2,274 Matching Annotations
  1. Feb 2024
    1. Author Response

      We thank all three Reviewers and the editors for the time and effort they put in reading and critiquing the manuscript. Our revised manuscript includes new data and analyses that address the original concerns. These include, 1) a new Supplemental Figure characterizing Cre expression and cellular phenotypes in the hippocampus, 2) new tables that give a more comprehensive picture of the EEG recordings and statistical analyses, 3) addition of whole cell electrophysiology data, and 4) rewriting to ensure that we do not state that either mTORC1 or mTORC2 hyperactivation is sufficient to cause epilepsy. We discuss the issue of statistical power to detect reduction in generalized seizure rate in the responses below. These suggestions and additions have improved the paper and we hope they will raise both significance and strength of support for the conclusions.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Hyperactivation of mTOR signaling causes epilepsy. It has long been assumed that this occurs through overactivation of mTORC1, since treatment with the mTORC1 inhibitor rapamycin suppresses seizures in multiple animal models. However, the recent finding that genetic inhibition of mTORC1 via Raptor deletion did not stop seizures while inhibition of mTORC2 did, challenged this view (Chen et al, Nat Med, 2019). In the present study, the authors tested whether mTORC1 or mTORC2 inhibition alone was sufficient to block the disease phenotypes in a model of somatic Pten loss-of-function (a negative regulator of mTOR). They found that inactivation of either mTORC1 or mTORC2 alone normalized brain pathology but did not prevent seizures, whereas dual inactivation of mTORC1 and mTORC2 prevented seizures. As the functions of mTORC1 versus mTORC2 in epilepsy remain unclear, this study provides important insight into the roles of mTORC1 and mTORC2 in epilepsy caused by Pten loss and adds to the emerging body of evidence supporting a role for both complexes in the disease development.

      Strengths:

      The animal models and the experimental design employed in this study allow for a direct comparison between the effects of mTORC1, mTORC2, and mTORC1/mTORC2 inactivation (i.e., same animal background, same strategy and timing of gene inactivation, same brain region, etc.). Additionally, the conclusions on brain epileptic activity are supported by analysis of multiple EEG parameters, including seizure frequencies, sharp wave discharges, interictal spiking, and total power analyses.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The sample size of the study is small and does not allow for the assessment of whether mTORC1 or mTORC2 inactivation reduces seizure frequency or incidence. This is a limitation of the study.

      We agree that this is a minor limitation of the present study, however, for several reasons we decided not to pursue this question by increasing the number of animals. First, we performed a power analysis of the existing data. This analysis showed that we would need to use 89 animals per group to detect a significant difference (0.8 Power, p= 0.05, Mann-Whitney test) in the frequency of generalized seizures in the Pten-Raptor group and 31 animals per group in the Pten-Rictor group versus Pten alone. It is simply not feasible to perform video-EEG monitoring on this many animals for a single study. Second, even if we did do enough experiments to detect a reduction in seizure frequency, it is clear that neither Rptor nor Rictor deletion provides the kind normalization in brain activity that we seek in a targeted treatment. Both Pten-Rptor and Pten-Rictor animals still have very frequent spike-wave events (Fig. 3D) and highly abnormal interictal EEGs (Fig. 4), suggesting that even if generalized seizures were reduced, epileptic brain activity persists. This is in contrast to the triple KO animals, which have no increase in SWD above control level and very normal interictal EEG.

      (2) The authors describe that they inactivated mTORC1 and mTORC2 in a new model of somatic Pten loss-of-function in the cortex. This is slightly misleading since Cre expression was found both in the cortex and the underlying hippocampus, as shown in Figure 1. Throughout the manuscript, they provide supporting histological data from the cortex. However, since Pten loss-of-function in the hippocampus can lead to hippocampal overgrowth and seizures, data showing the impact of the genetic rescue in the hippocampus would further strengthen the claim that neither mTORC1 nor mTORC2 inactivation prevents seizures.

      Thank you for pointing out this issue. Cre expression was observed in both the cortex and the dorsal hippocampus in most animals, and we agree that differences in cortical versus hippocampal mTOR signaling could have differential contributions to epilepsy. We initially focused our studies on the cortex because spike-and-wave discharge, the most frequent and fully penetrant EEG phenotype in our model, is associated with cortical dysfunction. In our revised submission we have included a new Figure that quantifies Cre expression in the hippocampal subfields, as well as pS6, pAkt and soma size. These new data show that the amount of Cre expression in the hippocampus is not related to the occurrence of generalized seizures. The pattern of cell size changes in hippocampal neurons is the same as observed in cortical neurons. The levels of pS6 and pAkt are not much changed in the hippocampus, likely due to the sparse Cre expression there. We interpret these findings as supporting the conclusion that the reason we do not see seizure prevention by mTORC1 or mTORC2 inactivation is not due to hippocampal-specific dysfunction.

      (3)Some of the methods for the EEG seizure analysis are unclear. The authors describe that for control and Pten-Raptor-Rictor LOF animals, all 10-second epochs in which signal amplitude exceeded 400 μV at two time-points at least 1 second apart were manually reviewed, whereas, for the Pten LOF, Pten-Raptor LOF, and Pten-Rictor LOF animals, at least 100 of the highest- amplitude traces were manually reviewed. Does this mean that not all flagged epochs were reviewed? This could potentially lead to missed seizures.

      We reviewed at least 48 hours of data from each animal manually. All seizures that were identified during manual review were also identified by the automated detection program. It is possible but unlikely that there are missed seizures in the remaining data. We have added these details to the Methods of the revised submission.

      (4) Additionally, the inclusion of how many consecutive hours were recorded among the ~150 hours of recording per animal would help readers with the interpretation of the data.

      Thank you for this recommendation. Our revised submission includes a table with more information about the EEG recordings in the revised version of the manuscript. The number of consecutive hours recorded varied because the wireless system depends on battery life, which was inconsistent, but each animal was recorded for at least 48 consecutive hours on at least two occasions.

      (5) Finally, it is surprising that mTORC2 inactivation completely rescued cortical thickness since such pathological phenotypes are thought to be conserved down the mTORC1 pathway. Additional comments on these findings in the Discussion would be interesting and useful to the readers.

      We agree that the relationship between mTORC2, cortical thickness, and growth in general is an interesting topic with conflicting results in the literature. We didn’t add anything to the Discussion along these lines because we are up against word limits, but comment here that soma size was increased 120% by Pten inactivation and partially normalized to a 60% increase from Controls by mTORC2 inactivation (Fig. 2C). We and others have previously shown that mTORC2 inactivation (Rictor deletion) in neurons reduces brain size, neuron soma size, and dendritic outgrowth (PMIDs: 36526374, 32125271, 23569215). In our revised submission we also include new data showing that the membrane capacitance of Pten-Ric LOF neurons is normal. Thus, we do not find it completely surprising that mTORC2 inactivation reduces the cortical thickness increase caused by Pten loss. There may still be a slight increase in cortical thickness in Pten-Rictor animals, but it is statistically indistinguishable from Controls.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The study by Cullen et al presents intriguing data regarding the contribution of mTOR complex 1 (mTORC1) versus mTORC2 or both in Pten-null-induced macrocephaly and epileptiform activity. The role of mTORC2 in mTORopathies, and in particular Pten loss-off-function (LOF)-induced pathology and seizures, is understudied and controversial. In addition, recent data provided evidence against the role of mTORC1 in PtenLOF-induced seizures. To address these controversies and the contribution of these mTOR complexes in PtenLOF-induced pathology and seizures, the authors injected a AAV9-Cre into the cortex of conditional single, double, and triple transgenic mice at postnatal day 0 to remove Pten, Pten+Raptor or Rictor, and Pten+raptor+rictor. Raptor and Rictor are essentially binding partners of mTORC1 and mTORC2, respectively. One major finding is that despite preventing mild macrocephaly and increased cell size, Raptor knockout (KO, decreased mTORC1 activity) did not prevent the occurrence of seizures and the rate of SWD event, and aggravated seizure duration. Similarly, Rictor KO (decreased mTORC2 activity) partially prevented mild macrocephaly and increased cell size but did not prevent the occurrence of seizures and did not affect seizure duration. However, Rictor KO reduced the rate of SWD events. Finally, the pathology and seizure/SWD activity were fully prevented in the double KO. These data suggest the contribution of both increased mTORC1 and mTORC2 in the pathology and epileptic activity of Pten LOF mice, emphasizing the importance of blocking both complexes for seizure treatment. Whether these data apply to other mTORopathies due to Tsc1, Tsc2, mTOR, AKT or other gene variants remains to be examined.

      Strengths:

      The strengths are as follows: 1) they address an important and controversial question that has clinical application, 2) the study uses a reliable and relatively easy method to KO specific genes in cortical neurons, based on AAV9 injections in pups. 2) they perform careful video-EEG analyses correlated with some aspects of cellular pathology.

      Weaknesses:

      The study has nevertheless a few weaknesses: 1) the conclusions are perhaps a bit overstated. The data do not show that increased mTORC1 or mTORC2 are sufficient to cause epilepsy. However the data clearly show that both increased mTORC1 and mTORC2 activity contribute to the pathology and seizure activity and as such are necessary for seizures to occur.

      We agree that our findings do not directly show that either mTORC1 or mTORC2 hyperactivity are sufficient to cause seizures, as we do not individually hyperactivate each complex in the absence of any other manipulation. We interpreted our findings in this model as suggesting that either is sufficient based on the result that there is no epileptic activity when both are inactivated, and thus assume that there is not a third, mTOR-independent, mechanism that is contributing to epilepsy in Pten, Pten-Raptor, and Pten-Rictor animals. In addition, the histological data show that Raptor and Rictor loss each normalize activity through mTORC1 and mTORC2 respectively, suggesting that one in the absence of the other is sufficient. However, we agree that there could be other potential mTOR-independent pathways downstream of Pten loss that contribute to epilepsy. We have revised the manuscript to reflect this.

      (2) The data related to the EEG would benefit from having more mice. Adding more mice would have helped determine whether there was a decrease in seizure activity with the Rictor or Raptor KO.

      Please see response to Reviewer 1’s first Weakness.

      (3) It would have been interesting to examine the impact of mTORC2 and mTORC1 overexpression related to point #1 above.

      We are not sure that overexpression of individual components of mTORC1 or mTORC2 would result in their hyperactivation or lead to increases in downstream signaling. We believe that cleanly and directly hyperactivating mTORC1 or especially mTORC2 in vivo without affecting the other complex or other potential interacting pathways is a difficult task. Previous studies have used mTOR gain-of-function mutations as a means to selectively activate mTORC1 or pharmacological agents to selectively activate mTORC2, but it not clear to us that the former does not affect mTORC2 activity as well, or that the latter achieves activation of mTORC2 targets other than p-Akt 473, or that it is truly selective. We agree that these would be key experiments to further test the sufficiency hypothesis, but that the amount of work that would be required to perform them is more that what we can do in this Short Report.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary: This study investigated the role of mTORC1 and 2 in a mouse model of developmental epilepsy which simulates epilepsy in cortical malformations. Given activation of genes such as PTEN activates TORC1, and this is considered to be excessive in cortical malformations, the authors asked whether inactivating mTORC1 and 2 would ameliorate the seizures and malformation in the mouse model. The work is highly significant because a new mouse model is used where Raptor and Rictor, which regulate mTORC1 and 2 respectively, were inactivated in one hemisphere of the cortex. The work is also significant because the deletion of both Raptor and Rictor improved the epilepsy and malformation. In the mouse model, the seizures were generalized or there were spike-wave discharges (SWD). They also examined the interictal EEG. The malformation was manifested by increased cortical thickness and soma size.

      Strengths: The presentation and writing are strong. The quality of data is strong. The data support the conclusions for the most part. The results are significant: Generalized seizures and SWDs were reduced when both Torc1 and 2 were inactivated but not when one was inactivated.

      Weaknesses: One of the limitations is that it is not clear whether the area of cortex where Raptor or Rictor were affected was the same in each animal.

      Our revised submission includes new data showing that the area of affected cortex and hippocampus are similar across groups. (Figure 1A and Supplementary Figure 1)

      Also, it is not clear which cortical cells were measured for soma size.

      Soma size was measured by dividing Nissl stain images into a 10 mm2 grid. The somas of all GFP-expressing cells fully within three randomly selected grid squares in Layer II/III were manually traced. Three sections per animal at approximately Bregma -1.6, -2,1, and -2.6 were used. As Cre expression was driven by the hSyn promoter these cells include both excitatory and inhibitory cortical neurons.

      Another limitation is that the hippocampus was affected as well as the cortex. One does not know the role of cortex vs. hippocampus. Any discussion about that would be good to add.

      See response to Reviewer 1’s second Weakness.

      It would also be useful to know if Raptor and Rictor are in glia, blood vessels, etc.

      Raptor and Rictor are thought to be ubiquitously active in mammalian cells including glia and endothelial cells. Previous studies have shown that mTOR manipulation can affect astrocyte function and blood vessel organization, however, our study induced gene knockout using an AAV that expressed Cre under control of the hSyn promoter, which has previously been shown to be selective for neurons. Manual assessment of Cre expression compared with DAPI, NeuN, and GFAP stains suggested that only neurons were affected.

      Recommendations for the authors: please note that you control which revisions to undertake from the public reviews and recommendations for the authors

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In addition to the comments in the public review, it is recommended that the authors provide a more representative figure for p-Akt staining in the Pten LOF condition in Figure 1 D2. The current figure is not convincing.

      Thanks for the suggestion. We have replaced the images with zoomed in panels that beter demonstrate the difference.

      Additionally, in the last paragraph of the discussion, there is a reference error to an incorrect paper (reference 18) that should be corrected.

      Thanks, corrected.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major comments:

      Comment 1: Some statements need clarifications or changes.

      (1) Abstract: "spontaneous seizures and epileptiform activity persisted despite mTORC1 or mTORC2 inactivation alone but inactivating both mTORC1 and mTORC2 normalized pathology." Did inactivation of one only also normalized the pathology? Did inactivating both normalized the seizures? Pathology is not equal to seizures.

      We have altered this statement to avoid ambiguity.

      (2) Abstract: "These results suggest that hyperactivity of both mTORC1 and mTORC2 are sufficient to cause epilepsy,". Based on the abstract, it is not clear that it is sufficient. It is necessary.

      We have altered this statement by removing the term “sufficient.”

      (3) "Thus, there is strong evidence that hyperactivation of mTORC1 downstream of PTEN disruption causes the macrocephaly, epilepsy, early mortality, and synaptic dysregulation observed in humans and model organisms [17]" I would suggest adding that the strongest evidence is that mTOR GOF mutations lead to the same pathology and epilepsy, suggesting mTORC1 is sufficient. The other findings suggest that it is necessary.

      Unless we misunderstand the Reviewer’s point, we believe this viewpoint is already encompassed by the proceeding text that “These phenotypes resemble those observed in models of mTORC1- specific hyperactivation.”

      (4) Introduction (end): "suggesting that hyperactivity of either complex can lead to neuronal hyperexcitability and epilepsy".

      Comment 2: I do not agree with the title based on comment 1 above. You did not provide evidence that the mTORCs cause seizures. Your data suggest that they are necessary for seizures or contribute to seizures, but there is no evidence that mTORC2 can induce seizure.

      We softened the title by replacing “cause” with “mediate.”

      Comment 3: Fig. 1B. Could you beter describe the affected regions. I can see other regions than just the cortex and hippocampus.

      Almost all affected cell bodies were in the cortex and hippocampus. The virus in the image is cell-filling and as such projections from affected neurons throughout the brain can also be seen. We have clarified this in the figure legend.

      Comment 4: I feel unease about the number of animals recorded for EEG to assess seizure frequency. There is not enough power to draw clear conclusions. So, please make sure to not oversell your findings since it is all-or-nothing data (seizure or no seizure) in this case and the seizure frequency could very well be decreased with single mTOR LOF, but it is impossible to conclude. Maybe discuss this limitation of your study.

      We have addressed this in the public comments response.

      Minor:

      (1) Pten LOF: define the abbreviation.

      Done

      (2) Make sure that gene name in mice are not capitalized and italicized.

      OK

      (3) Fig 1C: could you specify in the results where the analysis was done.

      Detail added to Methods (to keep Results concise for word limit)

      (4) In the subtitle: "Concurrent mTORC1/2 inactivation, but neither alone, rescues epilepsy and interictal EEG abnormalities in focal Pten LOF". Replace "rescues" but prevents. This is not a rescue experiment since the LOF is done at the same time.

      OK

      (5) "GS did not appear to be correlated with mTOR pathway activity (Supplementary Figure 2)." Please can you do proper correlation analysis, by plotting all the values as a function of seizure frequency independent of the condition? There is also no correlation between pAKt and seizures.

      Here are those data in Author response image 1. They are now part of Supplementary Figure 2.

      Author response image 1.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Figures 1 D, and E show images that are too small to judge. Where are the layers? Please add marks.

      We replaced these images with larger zoomed in images to show group differences more clearly. The images no longer show multiple differentiable cortical layers.

      If Fig 1 characterizes the model, where is the seizure data? When did they start? Where did they start? Was the focus of the cortical area affected by PTEN loss of function?

      Updated figure name to reflect content. Information about the seizure phenotypes is included in Figure 3.

      Figure 2 The font size for the calibration is too small. The correlations are hard to see. Colors are not easy to discriminate.

      We edited the figure to correct these problems.

      Figure 3 shows a clear effect on generalized seizures but the text of the Results does not reflect that.

      We wanted to be cautious about interpreting these data based on the issue raised by other reviewers that they are underpowered to detect seizure reduction in the Pten-Raptor and Pten-Rictor groups. We have updated the language to atempt to strike a beter balance between over- and under-interpretation. We also performed an additional analysis of the occurrence of generalized seizures to emphasize that only Control and PtRapRic animals have significantly lower seizure occurrence that Pten LOF mice (Fig 3C).

      For interictal power, was the same behavioral state chosen? Was a particular band affected?

      Epochs to be analyzed were selected automatically and were agnostic to behavioral state. Band-specific effects are outlined in Figure 4B and Table [2].

      There is no information about whether the model exhibits altered sleep, food intake, weight, etc.

      We didn’t collect information on food intake. It would be possible to look at sleep from the EEG, but that is not something that we are prepared to do at this point. Weight at endpoint was not different between genotypes but we did not collect longitudinal data on weight.

      Were the sexes different?

      Included in new Table [1]

      Where were EEG electrodes and were they subdural or not?

      Additional detail on this has been added to Methods. The screws are placed in the skull but above the dura.

      How long were continuous EEG records- the method just says 150 hr. per mouse in total.

      Included in new Table [1]

      The statistics don't discuss power, normality, whether variance was checked to ensure it did not differ significantly between groups, or whether data are mean +- sem or sd. For ANOVAs, were there multifactorial comparisons and what were F, df, and p values? Exact p for post hoc tests?

      We have added a new table (Table [3]) that gives information on the exact test used, F, p values, and exact p for post hoc tests. Information regarding power, normality, variance, post- tests and multiple comparisons corrections have been added to Methods section “Statistical Analysis.”

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Visual Perceptual Learning (VPL) results in varying degrees of generalization to tasks or stimuli not seen during training. The question of which stimulus or task features predict whether learning will transfer to a different perceptual task has long been central in the field of perceptual learning, with numerous theories proposed to address it. This paper introduces a novel framework for understanding generalization in VPL, focusing on the form invariants of the training stimulus. Contrary to a previously proposed theory that task difficulty predicts the extent of generalization - suggesting that more challenging tasks yield less transfer to other tasks or stimuli - this paper offers an alternative perspective. It introduces the concept of task invariants and investigates how the structural stability of these invariants affects VPL and its generalization. The study finds that tasks with high-stability invariants are learned more quickly. However, training with low-stability invariants leads to greater generalization to tasks with higher stability, but not the reverse. This indicates that, at least based on the experiments in this paper, an easier training task results in less generalization, challenging previous theories that focus on task difficulty (or precision). Instead, this paper posits that the structural stability of stimulus or task invariants is the key factor in explaining VPL generalization across different tasks

      Strengths:

      • The paper effectively demonstrates that the difficulty of a perceptual task does not necessarily correlate with its learning generalization to other tasks, challenging previous theories in the field of Visual Perceptual Learning. Instead, it proposes a significant and novel approach, suggesting that the form invariants of training stimuli are more reliable predictors of learning generalization. The results consistently bolster this theory, underlining the role of invariant stability in forecasting the extent of VPL generalization across different tasks.

      • The experiments conducted in the study are thoughtfully designed and provide robust support for the central claim about the significance of form invariants in VPL generalization.

      Weaknesses:

      • The paper assumes a considerable familiarity with the Erlangen program and the definitions of invariants and their structural stability, potentially alienating readers who are not versed in these concepts. This assumption may hinder the understanding of the paper's theoretical rationale and the selection of stimuli for the experiments, particularly for those unfamiliar with the Erlangen program's application in psychophysics. A brief introduction to these key concepts would greatly enhance the paper's accessibility. The justification for the chosen stimuli and the design of the three experiments could be more thoroughly articulated.

      Response: We appreciate the reviewer's feedback regarding the accessibility of our paper. In response to this feedback, we plan to enhance the introduction section of our paper to provide a concise yet comprehensive overview of the key concepts of Erlangen program. Additionally, we will provide a more thorough justification for the selection of stimuli and the experimental design in our revised version, ensuring that readers understand the rationale behind our choices.

      • The paper does not clearly articulate how its proposed theory can be integrated with existing observations in the field of VPL. While it acknowledges previous theories on VPL generalization, the paper falls short in explaining how its framework might apply to classical tasks and stimuli that have been widely used in the VPL literature, such as orientation or motion discrimination with Gabors, vernier acuity, etc. It also does not provide insight into the application of this framework to more naturalistic tasks or stimuli. If the stability of invariants is a key factor in predicting a task's generalization potential, the paper should elucidate how to define the stability of new stimuli or tasks. This issue ties back to the earlier mentioned weakness: namely, the absence of a clear explanation of the Erlangen program and its relevant concepts.

      Response: Thanks for highlighting the need for better integration of our proposed theory with existing observations in the field of VPL. Unfortunately, the theoretical framework proposed in our study is based on the Klein’s Erlangen program and is only applicable to geometric shape stimuli. For VPL studies using stimuli and paradigms that are completely unrelated to geometric transformations (such as motion discrimination with Gabors or random dots, vernier acuity, spatial frequency discrimination, contrast detection or discrimination, etc.), our proposed theory does not apply. Some stimuli employed by VPL studies can be classified into certain geometric invariants. For instance, orientation discrimination with Gabors (Dosher & Lu, 2005) and texture discrimination task (F. Wang et al., 2016) both belong to tasks involving Euclidean invariants, and circle versus square discrimination (Kraft et al., 2010) belongs to tasks involving affine invariance. However, these studies do not simultaneously involve multiple geometric invariants of varying levels stability, and thus cannot be directly compared with our research. It is worth noting that while the Klein’s hierarchy of geometries, which our study focuses on, is rarely mentioned in the field of VPL, it does have connections with concepts such as 'global/local', 'coarse/fine', 'easy/difficulty', 'complex/simple': more stable invariants are closer to 'global', 'coarse', 'easy', 'complex', while less stable invariants are closer to 'local', 'fine', 'difficulty', 'simple'. Importantly, several VPL studies have found ‘fine-to-coarse’ or ‘local-to-global’ asymmetric transfer (Chang et al., 2014; N. Chen et al., 2016; Dosher & Lu, 2005), which seems consistent with the results of our study.

      In the introduction section of our revised version and subsequent full author response, we will provide a clear explanation of the Erlangen program and elucidate how to define the stability of new stimuli or tasks. In the discussion section of our revised version, we will compare our results to other studies concerned with the generalization of perceptual learning and speculate on how our proposed theory fit with existing observations in the field of VPL.

      • The paper does not convincingly establish the necessity of its introduced concept of invariant stability for interpreting the presented data. For instance, consider an alternative explanation: performing in the collinearity task requires orientation invariance. Therefore, it's straightforward that learning the collinearity task doesn't aid in performing the other two tasks (parallelism and orientation), which do require orientation estimation. Interestingly, orientation invariance is more characteristic of higher visual areas, which, consistent with the Reverse Hierarchy Theory, are engaged more rapidly in learning compared to lower visual areas. This simpler explanation, grounded in established concepts of VPL and the tuning properties of neurons across the visual cortex, can account for the observed effects, at least in one scenario. This approach has previously been used/proposed to explain VPL generalization, as seen in (Chowdhury and DeAngelis, Neuron, 2008), (Liu and Pack, Neuron, 2017), and (Bakhtiari et al., JoV, 2020). The question then is: how does the concept of invariant stability provide additional insights beyond this simpler explanation?

      Response: We appreciate the alternative explanation proposed by the reviewer and agree that it presents a valid perspective grounded in established concepts of VPL and neural tuning properties. However, performing in the collinearity and parallelism tasks both require orientation invariance. While utilizing the orientation invariance, as proposed by the reviewer, can explain the lack of transfer from collinearity or parallelism to orientation task, it cannot explain why collinearity does not transfer to parallelism.

      As stated in the response to the previous review, in the revised discussion section, we will compare our study with other studies (including the three papers mentioned by the reviewer), aiming to clarify the necessity of the concept of invariant stability for interpreting the observed data and understanding the mechanisms underlying VPL generalization.

      • While the paper discusses the transfer of learning between tasks with varying levels of invariant stability, the mechanism of this transfer within each invariant condition remains unclear. A more detailed analysis would involve keeping the invariant's stability constant while altering a feature of the stimulus in the test condition. For example, in the VPL literature, one of the primary methods for testing generalization is examining transfer to a new stimulus location. The paper does not address the expected outcomes of location transfer in relation to the stability of the invariant. Moreover, in the affine and Euclidean conditions one could maintain consistent orientations for the distractors and targets during training, then switch them in the testing phase to assess transfer within the same level of invariant structural stability.

      Response: Thanks for raising the issue regarding the mechanism of transfer within each invariant conditions. We plan to design an additional experiment that is similar in paradigm to Experiment 2, aiming to examine how VPL generalizes to a new test location within a single invariant stability level.

      • In the section detailing the modeling experiment using deep neural networks (DNN), the takeaway was unclear. While it was interesting to observe that the DNN exhibited a generalization pattern across conditions similar to that seen in the human experiments, the claim made in the abstract and introduction that the model provides a 'mechanistic' explanation for the phenomenon seems overstated. The pattern of weight changes across layers, as depicted in Figure 7, does not conclusively explain the observed variability in generalizations. Furthermore, the substantial weight change observed in the first two layers during the orientation discrimination task is somewhat counterintuitive. Given that neurons in early layers typically have smaller receptive fields and narrower tunings, one would expect this to result in less transfer, not more.

      Response: We appreciate the reviewer's feedback regarding the clarity of our DNN modeling experiment. We acknowledge that while DNNs have been demonstrated to serve as models for visual systems as well as VPL, the claim that the model provides a ‘mechanistic’ explanation for the phenomenon still overstated. In our revised version,

      We will attempt a more detailed analysis of the DNN model while providing a more explicit explanation of the findings from the DNN modeling experiment, emphasizing its implications for understanding the observed variability in generalizations.

      Additionally, the substantial weight change observed in the first two layers during the orientation discrimination task is not contradictory to the theoretical framework we proposed, instead, it aligns with our speculation regarding the neural mechanisms of VPL for geometric invariants. Specifically, it suggests that invariants with lower stability rely more on the plasticity of lower-level brain areas, thus exhibiting poorer generalization performance to new locations or stimulus features within each invariant conditions. However, it does not imply that their learning effects cannot transfer to invariants with higher stability.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The strengths of this paper are clear: The authors are asking a novel question about geometric representation that would be relevant to a broad audience. Their question has a clear grounding in pre-existing mathematical concepts, that, to my knowledge, have been only minimally explored in cognitive science. Moreover, the data themselves are quite striking, such that my only concern would be that the data seem almost too clean. It is hard to know what to make of that, however. From one perspective, this is even more reason the results should be publicly available. Yet I am of the (perhaps unorthodox) opinion that reviewers should voice these gut reactions, even if it does not influence the evaluation otherwise. Below I offer some more concrete comments:

      (1) The justification for the designs is not well explained. The authors simply tell the audience in a single sentence that they test projective, affine, and Euclidean geometry. But despite my familiarity with these terms -- familiarity that many readers may not have -- I still had to pause for a very long time to make sense of how these considerations led to the stimuli that were created. I think the authors must, for a point that is so central to the paper, thoroughly explain exactly why the stimuli were designed the way that they were and how these designs map onto the theoretical constructs being tested.

      (2) I wondered if the design in Experiment 1 was flawed in one small but critical way. The goal of the parallelism stimuli, I gathered, was to have a set of items that is not parallel to the other set of items. But in doing that, isn't the manipulation effectively the same as the manipulation in the orientation stimuli? Both functionally involve just rotating one set by a fixed amount. (Note: This does not seem to be a problem in Experiment 2, in which the conditions are more clearly delineated.)

      (3) I wondered if the results would hold up for stimuli that were more diverse. It seems that a determined experimenter could easily design an "adversarial" version of these experiments for which the results would be unlikely to replicate. For instance: In the orientation group in Experiment 1, what if the odd-one-out was rotated 90 degrees instead of 180 degrees? Intuitively, it seems like this trial type would now be much easier, and the pattern observed here would not hold up. If it did hold up, that would provide stronger support for the authors' theory.

      It is not enough, in my opinion, to simply have some confirmatory evidence of this theory. One would have to have thoroughly tested many possible ways that theory could fail. I'm unsure that enough has been done here to convince me that these ideas would hold up across a more diverse set of stimuli.

      Response: (1) We appreciate the reviewer’s feedback regarding the justification for our experimental designs. We recognize the importance of thoroughly explaining how our stimuli were designed and how these designs correspond to the theoretical constructs being tested. In our revised version, we will enhance the introduction of Erlangen program and provide a more detailed explanation of the rationale behind our stimulus designs, aiming to enhance the clarity and transparency of our experimental approach for readers who may not be familiar with these concepts.

      (2) We appreciate the reviewer’s insight into the design of Experiment 1 and the concern regarding the potential similarity between the parallelism and orientation stimuli manipulations.

      The parallelism and orientation stimuli in Experiment 1 were first used by Olson & Attneave (1970) to support line-based models of shape coding and then adapted to measure the relative salience of different geometric properties (Chen, 1986). In the parallelism stimuli, the odd quadrant differs from the rest in line slope, while in the orientation stimuli, in contrast, the odd quadrant contains exactly the same line segments as the rest but differs in direction pointed by the angles. The result, that the odd quadrant was detected much faster in the parallelism stimuli than in the orientation stimuli, can serve as evidence for line-based models of shape coding. However, according to Chen (1986, 2005), the idea of invariants over transformations suggests a new analysis of the data: in the parallelism stimuli, the fact that line segments share the same slope essentially implies that they are parallel, and the discrimination may be actually based on parallelism. Thus, the faster discrimination of the parallelism stimuli than that of the orientation stimuli may be explained in terms of relative superiority of parallelism over orientation of angles—a Euclidean property.

      The group of stimuli in Experiment 1 has been employed by several studies to investigate scientific questions related to the Klein’s hierarchy of geometries (L. Chen, 2005; Meng et al., 2019; B. Wang et al., n.d.). Due to historical inheritance, we adopted this set of stimuli and corresponding paradigm, despite their imperfect design.

      (3) Thanks for raising the important issue of stimulus diversity and the potential for "adversarial" versions of the experiments to challenge our findings. We acknowledge the validity of your concern and recognize the need to demonstrate the robustness of our results across a range of stimuli. We plan to design additional experiments to investigate the potential implications of varying stimulus characteristics, such as different rotation angles proposed by the reviewer, on the observed patterns of performance.

    1. Author Response

      We would like to thank the editors and reviewers who took their valuable time to evaluate the manuscript from various perspectives. We are delighted that our technique was found appealing to biologists and imaging technologists. However, we received several comments that the principles and effectiveness of our techniques are often vague and difficult to understand. They also pointed out that the explanations and representations for several figures were not appropriate. We will revise the manuscript to address these issues and make the manuscript more clear and rigorous.

    1. Author Response

      We thank both the editors and the Reviewers for their thoughtful comments and recommendations, that will certainly help us improve the manuscript. Below we address in a brief format some of the comments made, and then outline the changes to the manuscript that we plan to implement in the revision.

      We see three interrelated issues in the comments of the Reviewers:

      • the length and complexity of the manuscript;

      • the link to previously proposed formalisms;

      • the impact of adopting the proposed information-theoretic framework.

      With regard to all of these issues, we would first like to highlight that the overall goal of our effort was to integrate con tributions to understanding the mechanisms underlying cognitive control across multiple different disciplines, using the information theoretic framework as a common formalism, while respecting and building on prior efforts as much as possible. Accordingly, we sought to be as explicit as possible about how we bridge from prior work using information theory, as well as neural networks and dynamical systems theory, which contributed to length of the original manuscript. While we continue to consider this an important goal, we will do our best to shorten and clarify the main exposition by reorganizing the manuscript as suggested by Reviewer #1 (i.e., in a way that is similar to what we did in our previous Nature Physics paper on multitasking). Specifically, we will move a substantially greater amount of the bridging material to the Supple mentary Information (SI), including the detailed discussion of the Stroop task, and the description of the link to Koechlin & Summerfield’s [L1] information theory formalism. We will also now include an outline of the full model at the beginning of the manuscript, that includes control and learning, and then more succinctly describe simplifications that focus on specific issues and applications in the remainder of the document.

      Along similar lines, we will revise and harmonize our presentation of the formalism and notations, to make these more consistent, clearer and more concise throughout the document. Again, some of the inconsistencies in notation arose from our initial description of previous work, and in particular that of Koechlin & Summerfield[L1] that was an important inspiration for our work but that used slightly different notations. An important motivation for our introduction of new notation was that their formulation focused on the performance of a single task at a time, whereas a primary goal of our work was to extend the information theoretic treatment to simultaneous performance of multiple tasks. That is, in focusing on single tasks, Koechlin & Summerfield could refer to a task simply as a direct association between stimuli and responses, whereas we required a way of being able to refer to sets of tasks performed at once (”multitasks”), which in turn required specification of internal pathways. Moreover, they do not provide a mechanism to compute the conditional information Q(a|s) of a response/action s conditioned to a stimulus s does not provide a way to compute it explicitly. Our formalism instead provides a way to explicitly unpack this expression in terms of the efficacies –automatic (Eq. 5) or controlled (Eq. 15)– which can also account for the competition between different stimuli {s1, s2, . . . sn}. It also describes explicitly the competition between multiple tasks (Eq. 18, and Eq. 25 for multiple layers), because different ways of processing schemes for the same combinations of stimuli/responses can incur different levels of internal dependencies and thus require different control strategies.

      To mitigate any confusion over terminology we will, as noted above, move a detailed discussion of Koechlin & Summer- field’s formulation, and how it maps to the one we present, to the SI, while taking care to introduce ours clearly at the beginning of the main document, and use it consistently throughout the remainder of the document. We will also make an important distinction – between informational and cognitive costs – more clearly, that we did not do adequately in the original manuscript.

      Finally, to more clearly and concretely convey what we consider to be the most important contributions, we will restrict the number of examples we present to ones that relate most directly to the central points (e.g., the effect and limits of control in the presence of interference, and the differences in control strategy under limited temporal horizons). Accompanying our revision, we will also provide a full point-by-point response to the comments and questions raised by the Reviewers. We summarize some the key points we will address below.

      PRELIMINARY REPLY TO THE REPORT OF REVIEWER #1

      We want to thank the Reviewer for the time and effort put into reviewing our paper and constructive feedback that was provided. We also thank the Reviewer for recognizing the need for a clear computational account of how ”control” manages conflicts by scheduling tasks to be executed in parallel versus serially, and for the positive evaluation on our “efforts of the authors to give these intuitions a more concrete computational grounding.”. As noted in the general reply above, we regret the lack of clarity in several parts of the manuscript and in our introduction and use of the formalism. We consider the following to be the main points to be addressed:

      • the role of task graphs and their mapping to standard neural architectures

      • the description of entropy and related information-theoretic concepts;

      • confusing choice of symbols in our notation between stimuli/responses and serialization/reconfiguration costs;

      • missing definition of response time;

      Regarding the first part point, we acknowledge that the network architectures we focus on do not draw direct inspiration from conventional machine learning models. Instead, our approach is rooted in the longstanding tradition of using (often simpler, but also more readily interpretable) neural network models to address human cognitive function and how this may be implemented in the brain [L2]; and, in particular, the mechanisms underlying cognitive control (e.g., [L3, L4]). In this context, we emphasize that, for analytical clarity, we deliberately abstract away from many biological details, in an effort to identify those principles of function that are most relevant to cognitive function. Nevertheless, our network architecture is inspired by two concepts that are central to neurobiological mechanisms of control: inhibition and gain modulation. Specifi- cally, we incorporate mutual inhibition among neural processing units, a feature represented by the parameter β. This aspect of our model is consistent with biologically inspired frameworks of neural processing, such as those discussed by Munakata et al. (2011)[L5], reflecting the competitive dynamics observed in neural circuits. Moreover, we introduce the parameter ν to represent a strictly modulatory form of control, akin to the role of neuromodulators in the brain. This modulatory control adjusts the sensitivity of a node to differences among its inputs (e.g., Servan-Schreiber, Printz, & Cohen, (1990)[L6]; Aston-Jones & Cohen (2005)[L7]). Finally, as the Reviewer notes, additional hidden layers can improve expressivity in neural networks, enabling the efficient implementation of more complex tasks, and are a universal feature of biological and artificial neural systems. We thus examined multitasking capability under the assumption that multiple hidden layers are present in a network; irrespective of whether they are needed to implement the corresponding tasks.

      Regarding the second point, as noted above, we believe that the confusion arose from our review of the work by Koechlin & Summerfield. In their formalism, in which an action a is chosen (from a set of potential actions) with probability p(a), the cost of choosing that action is − log p(a). This is usually referred to as the information content or, alternatively, the localized entropy [L8]. As the Reviewer correctly observed, the canonical (Shannon) entropy is actually the expectation lEa[− log p(a)] over the localized entropies of a set of actions. In summarizing their formulation, we misleadingly stated that ”they used standard Shannon entropy formalism as a measure of the information required to select the action a.” We will now correct this to state: “[..] they used local entropy (− log p(a)) as a measure of the information required to select the action a, that can be treated as the cost of choosing that action.” We follow this formulation in our own, referring to informational cost as Ψ, and generalizing this to include cases in which more than one action may be chosen to perform at a time.

      Regarding the third point, the confusion is due to our use of the letters S and R for both the stimulus and response units (in Sec. II.B) and then serialization and reconstruction costs (in eqs 31-33). We will fix this by renaming the serialization and reconstruction costs more explicitly as S er and Rec.

      Finally, we realized we never explicitly stated the expression of the response time we used, but only pointed to it in the literature. In the manuscript we used the expression given in Eq. 53 of [L9], which provides response times as function of the error rates ER and the number of options .

      PRELIMINARY REPLY TO THE REPORT OF REVIEWER #2

      We want to thank the Reviewer for recognizing our effort to ”rigorously synthesize ideas about multi-tasking within an information-theoretic framework” and its potential. We also thank the Reviewer for the careful comments.

      To our best understanding, and similarly to Reviewer #1, the main comments of the Reviewer are on:

      • the length and density of the paper;

      • the presentation of the Koechlin & Summerfield’s formalism, and the mismatch/lack of clarity of ours in certain points;

      • the added value of the information theoretic formalism.

      Regarding the first two points, which are common to Reviewer #1, we plan to move a significant part of the manuscript to the Supplementary Information, both to improve readability and make the manuscript shorter, as well as to provide one consistent and cleaner formalism (in particular with regards to the typos and errors highlighted by the Reviewer). In par- ticular, with respect to the comment on Eq. 4-5-6, we will clarify that the probability p[ fi j] is the probability that a certain input dimension (i in this case) is selected by on node j to produce its response (averaged over the individual inputs in each input dimension). We will also take care to make sure that the definition and domain of the various probabilities and probability distributions we use are clearly delineated (e.g. where the costs computed for tasks and task pathways come from).

      Regarding the third point, we hope that our work offers value in at least two ways: i) it helps bring unity to ideas and descriptions about the capacity constraints associated with cognitive control that have previously been articulated in different forms (viz., neural networks, dynamical systems, and statistical mechanical accounts); and ii) doing so within an information theoretic framework not only lends rigor and precision to the formulation, but also allows us to cast the allocation of control in normative form – that is, as an optimization problem in which the agent seeks to minimize costs while maximizing gains. While we do not address specific empirical phenomena or datasets in the present treatment, we have done our best to provide examples showing that: a) our information theoretic formulation aligns with treatments using other formalisms that have been used to address empirical phenomena (e.g., with neural network models of the Stroop task); and b) our formulation can be used as a framework for providing a normative approach to widely studied empirical phenomena (e.g., the transition from control-dependent to automatic processing during skill acquisition) that, to date, have been addressed largely from a descriptive perspective; and that it can provide a formally rigorous approach to addressing such phenomena.

      [L1] E. Koechlin and C. Summerfield, Trends in cognitive sciences 11, 229 (2007).

      [L2] J. L. McClelland, D. E. Rumelhart, P. R. Group, et al., Explorations in the Microstructure of Cognition 2, 216 (1986).

      [L3] J. D. Cohen, K. Dunbar, and J. L. McClelland, Psychological Review 97, 332 (1990).

      [L4] E. K. Miller and J. D. Cohen, Annual review of neuroscience 24, 167 (2001).

      [L5] Y. Munakata, S. A. Herd, C. H. Chatham, B. E. Depue, M. T. Banich, and R. C. O’Reilly, Trends in cognitive sciences 15, 453 (2011).

      [L6] D. Servan-Schreiber, H. Printz, and J. D. Cohen, Science 249, 892 (1990).

      [L7] G. Aston-Jones and J. D. Cohen, Annu. Rev. Neurosci. 28, 403 (2005).

      [L8] T. F. Varley, Plos one 19, e0297128 (2024).

      [L9] T. McMillen and P. Holmes, Journal of Mathematical Psychology 50, 30 (2006).

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This study used a multi-day learning paradigm combined with fMRI to reveal neural changes reflecting the learning of new (arbitrary) shape-sound associations. In the scanner, the shapes and sounds are presented separately and together, both before and after learning. When they are presented together, they can be either consistent or inconsistent with the learned associations. The analyses focus on auditory and visual cortices, as well as the object-selective cortex (LOC) and anterior temporal lobe regions (temporal pole (TP) and perirhinal cortex (PRC)). Results revealed several learning-induced changes, particularly in the anterior temporal lobe regions. First, the LOC and PRC showed a reduced bias to shapes vs sounds (presented separately) after learning. Second, the TP responded more strongly to incongruent than congruent shape-sound pairs after learning. Third, the similarity of TP activity patterns to sounds and shapes (presented separately) was increased for non-matching shape-sound comparisons after learning. Fourth, when comparing the pattern similarity of individual features to combined shape-sound stimuli, the PRC showed a reduced bias towards visual features after learning. Finally, comparing patterns to combined shape-sound stimuli before and after learning revealed a reduced (and negative) similarity for incongruent combinations in PRC. These results are all interpreted as evidence for an explicit integrative code of newly learned multimodal objects, in which the whole is different from the sum of the parts.

      The study has many strengths. It addresses a fundamental question that is of broad interest, the learning paradigm is well-designed and controlled, and the stimuli are real 3D stimuli that participants interact with. The manuscript is well written and the figures are very informative, clearly illustrating the analyses performed.

      There are also some weaknesses. The sample size (N=17) is small for detecting the subtle effects of learning. Most of the statistical analyses are not corrected for multiple comparisons (ROIs), and the specificity of the key results to specific regions is also not tested. Furthermore, the evidence for an integrative representation is rather indirect, and alternative interpretations for these results are not considered.

      We thank the reviewer for their careful reading and the positive comments on our manuscript. As suggested, we have conducted additional analyses of theoretically-motivated ROIs and have found that temporal pole and perirhinal cortex are the only regions to show the key experience-dependent transformations. We are much more cautious with respect to multiple comparisons, and have removed a series of post hoc across-ROI comparisons that were irrelevant to the key questions of the present manuscript. The revised manuscript now includes much more discussion about alternative interpretations as suggested by the reviewer (and also by the other reviewers).

      Additionally, we looked into scanning more participants, but our scanner has since had a full upgrade and the sequence used in the current study is no longer supported by our scanner. However, we note that while most analyses contain 17 participants, we employed a within-subject learning design that is not typically used in fMRI experiments and increases our power to detect an effect. This is supported by the robust effect size of the behavioural data, whereby 17 out of 18 participants revealed a learning effect (Cohen’s D = 1.28) and which was replicated in a follow-up experiment with a larger sample size.

      We address the other reviewer comments point-by-point in the below.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Li et al. used a four-day fMRI design to investigate how unimodal feature information is combined, integrated, or abstracted to form a multimodal object representation. The experimental question is of great interest and understanding how the human brain combines featural information to form complex representations is relevant for a wide range of researchers in neuroscience, cognitive science, and AI. While most fMRI research on object representations is limited to visual information, the authors examined how visual and auditory information is integrated to form a multimodal object representation. The experimental design is elegant and clever. Three visual shapes and three auditory sounds were used as the unimodal features; the visual shapes were used to create 3D-printed objects. On Day 1, the participants interacted with the 3D objects to learn the visual features, but the objects were not paired with the auditory features, which were played separately. On Day 2, participants were scanned with fMRI while they were exposed to the unimodal visual and auditory features as well as pairs of visual-auditory cues. On Day 3, participants again interacted with the 3D objects but now each was paired with one of the three sounds that played from an internal speaker. On Day 4, participants completed the same fMRI scanning runs they completed on Day 2, except now some visual-auditory feature pairs corresponded with Congruent (learned) objects, and some with Incongruent (unlearned) objects. Using the same fMRI design on Days 2 and 4 enables a well-controlled comparison between feature- and object-evoked neural representations before and after learning. The notable results corresponded to findings in the perirhinal cortex and temporal pole. The authors report (1) that a visual bias on Day 2 for unimodal features in the perirhinal cortex was attenuated after learning on Day 4, (2) a decreased univariate response to congruent vs. incongruent visual-auditory objects in the temporal pole on Day 4, (3) decreased pattern similarity between congruent vs. incongruent pairs of visual and auditory unimodal features in the temporal pole on Day 4, (4) in the perirhinal cortex, visual unimodal features on Day 2 do not correlate with their respective visual-auditory objects on Day 4, and (5) in the perirhinal cortex, multimodal object representations across Days 2 and 4 are uncorrelated for congruent objects and anticorrelated for incongruent. The authors claim that each of these results supports the theory that multimodal objects are represented in an "explicit integrative" code separate from feature representations. While these data are valuable and the results are interesting, the authors' claims are not well supported by their findings.

      We thank the reviewer for the careful reading of our manuscript and positive comments. Overall, we now stay closer to the data when describing the results and provide our interpretation of these results in the discussion section while remaining open to alternative interpretations (as also suggested by Reviewer 1).

      (1) In the introduction, the authors contrast two theories: (a) multimodal objects are represented in the co-activation of unimodal features, and (b) multimodal objects are represented in an explicit integrative code such that the whole is different than the sum of its parts. However, the distinction between these two theories is not straightforward. An explanation of what is precisely meant by "explicit" and "integrative" would clarify the authors' theoretical stance. Perhaps we can assume that an "explicit" representation is a new representation that is created to represent a multimodal object. What is meant by "integrative" is more ambiguous-unimodal features could be integrated within a representation in a manner that preserves the decodability of the unimodal features, or alternatively the multimodal representation could be completely abstracted away from the constituent features such that the features are no longer decodable. Even if the object representation is "explicit" and distinct from the unimodal feature representations, it can in theory still contain featural information, though perhaps warped or transformed. The authors do not clearly commit to a degree of featural abstraction in their theory of "explicit integrative" multimodal object representations which makes it difficult to assess the validity of their claims.

      Due to its ambiguity, we removed the term “explicit” and now make it clear that our central question was whether crossmodal object representations require only unimodal feature-level representations (e.g., frogs are created from only the combination of shape and sound) or whether crossmodal object representations also rely on an integrative code distinct from the unimodal features (e.g., there is something more to “frog” than its original shape and sound). We now clarify this in the revised manuscript.

      “One theoretical view from the cognitive sciences suggests that crossmodal objects are built from component unimodal features represented across distributed sensory regions.8 Under this view, when a child thinks about “frog”, the visual cortex represents the appearance of the shape of the frog whereas the auditory cortex represents the croaking sound. Alternatively, other theoretical views predict that multisensory objects are not only built from their component unimodal sensory features, but that there is also a crossmodal integrative code that is different from the sum of these parts.9,10,11,12,13 These latter views propose that anterior temporal lobe structures can act as a polymodal “hub” that combines separate features into integrated wholes.9,11,14,15” – pg. 4

      For this reason, we designed our paradigm to equate the unimodal representations, such that neural differences between the congruent and incongruent conditions provide evidence for a crossmodal integrative code different from the unimodal features (because the unimodal features are equated by default in the design).

      “Critically, our four-day learning task allowed us to isolate any neural activity associated with integrative coding in anterior temporal lobe structures that emerges with experience and differs from the neural patterns recorded at baseline. The learned and non-learned crossmodal objects were constructed from the same set of three validated shape and sound features, ensuring that factors such as familiarity with the unimodal features, subjective similarity, and feature identity were tightly controlled (Figure 2). If the mind represented crossmodal objects entirely as the reactivation of unimodal shapes and sounds (i.e., objects are constructed from their parts), then there should be no difference between the learned and non-learned objects (because they were created from the same three shapes and sounds). By contrast, if the mind represented crossmodal objects as something over and above their component features (i.e., representations for crossmodal objects rely on integrative coding that is different from the sum of their parts), then there should be behavioral and neural differences between learned and non-learned crossmodal objects (because the only difference across the objects is the learned relationship between the parts). Furthermore, this design allowed us to determine the relationship between the object representation acquired after crossmodal learning and the unimodal feature representations acquired before crossmodal learning. That is, we could examine whether learning led to abstraction of the object representations such that it no longer resembled the unimodal feature representations.” – pg. 5

      Furthermore, we agree with the reviewer that our definition and methodological design does not directly capture the structure of the integrative code. With experience, the unimodal feature representations may be completely abstracted away, warped, or changed in a nonlinear transformation. We suggest that crossmodal learning forms an integrative code that is different from the original unimodal representations in the anterior temporal lobes, however, we agree that future work is needed to more directly capture the structure of the integrative code that emerges with experience.

      “In our task, participants had to differentiate congruent and incongruent objects constructed from the same three shape and sound features (Figure 2). An efficient way to solve this task would be to form distinct object-level outputs from the overlapping unimodal feature-level inputs such that congruent objects are made to be orthogonal from the representations before learning (i.e., measured as pattern similarity equal to 0 in the perirhinal cortex; Figure 5b, 6, Supplemental Figure S5), whereas non-learned incongruent objects could be made to be dissimilar from the representations before learning (i.e., anticorrelation, measured as patten similarity less than 0 in the perirhinal cortex; Figure 6). Because our paradigm could decouple neural responses to the learned object representations (on Day 4) from the original component unimodal features at baseline (on Day 2), these results could be taken as evidence of pattern separation in the human perirhinal cortex.11,12 However, our pattern of results could also be explained by other types of crossmodal integrative coding. For example, incongruent object representations may be less stable than congruent object representations, such that incongruent objects representation are warped to a greater extent than congruent objects (Figure 6).” – pg. 18

      “As one solution to the crossmodal binding problem, we suggest that the temporal pole and perirhinal cortex form unique crossmodal object representations that are different from the distributed features in sensory cortex (Figure 4, 5, 6, Supplemental Figure S5). However, the nature by which the integrative code is structured and formed in the temporal pole and perirhinal cortex following crossmodal experience – such as through transformations, warping, or other factors – is an open question and an important area for future investigation.” – pg. 18

      (2) After participants learned the multimodal objects, the authors report a decreased univariate response to congruent visual-auditory objects relative to incongruent objects in the temporal pole. This is claimed to support the existence of an explicit, integrative code for multimodal objects. Given the number of alternative explanations for this finding, this claim seems unwarranted. A simpler interpretation of these results is that the temporal pole is responding to the novelty of the incongruent visual-auditory objects. If there is in fact an explicit, integrative multimodal object representation in the temporal pole, it is unclear why this would manifest in a decreased univariate response.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this issue. Our behavioural design controls unimodal feature-level novelty but allows object-level novelty to differ. Thus, neural differences between the congruent and incongruent conditions reflects sensitivity to the object-level differences between the combination of shape and sound. However, we agree that there are multiple interpretations regarding the nature of how the integrative code is structured in the temporal pole and perirhinal cortex. We have removed the interpretation highlighted by the reviewer from the results. Instead, we now provide our preferred interpretation in the discussion, while acknowledging the other possibilities that the reviewer mentions.

      As one possibility, these results in temporal pole may reflect “conceptual combination”. “hummingbird” – a congruent pairing – may require less neural resources than an incongruent pairing such as “bark-frog”.

      “Furthermore, these distinct anterior temporal lobe structures may be involved with integrative coding in different ways. For example, the crossmodal object representations measured after learning were found to be related to the component unimodal feature representations measured before learning in the temporal pole but not the perirhinal cortex (Figure 5, 6, Supplemental Figure S5). Moreover, pattern similarity for congruent shape-sound pairs were lower than the pattern similarity for incongruent shape-sound pairs after crossmodal learning in the temporal pole but not the perirhinal cortex (Figure 4b, Supplemental Figure S3a). As one interpretation of this pattern of results, the temporal pole may represent new crossmodal objects by combining previously learned knowledge. 8,9,10,11,13,14,15,33 Specifically, research into conceptual combination has linked the anterior temporal lobes to compound object concepts such as “hummingbird”.34,35,36 For example, participants during our task may have represented the sound-based “humming” concept and visually-based “bird” concept on Day 1, forming the crossmodal “hummingbird” concept on Day 3; Figure 1, 2, which may recruit less activity in temporal pole than an incongruent pairing such as “barking-frog”. For these reasons, the temporal pole may form a crossmodal object code based on pre-existing knowledge, resulting in reduced neural activity (Figure 3d) and pattern similarity towards features associated with learned objects (Figure 4b).”– pg. 18

      (3) The authors ran a neural pattern similarity analysis on the unimodal features before and after multimodal object learning. They found that the similarity between visual and auditory features that composed congruent objects decreased in the temporal pole after multimodal object learning. This was interpreted to reflect an explicit integrative code for multimodal objects, though it is not clear why. First, behavioral data show that participants reported increased similarity between the visual and auditory unimodal features within congruent objects after learning, the opposite of what was found in the temporal pole. Second, it is unclear why an analysis of the unimodal features would be interpreted to reflect the nature of the multimodal object representations. Since the same features corresponded with both congruent and incongruent objects, the nature of the feature representations cannot be interpreted to reflect the nature of the object representations per se. Third, using unimodal feature representations to make claims about object representations seems to contradict the theoretical claim that explicit, integrative object representations are distinct from unimodal features. If the learned multimodal object representation exists separately from the unimodal feature representations, there is no reason why the unimodal features themselves would be influenced by the formation of the object representation. Instead, these results seem to more strongly support the theory that multimodal object learning results in a transformation or warping of feature space.

      We apologize for the lack of clarity. We have now overhauled this aspect of our manuscript in an attempt to better highlight key aspects of our experimental design. In particular, because the unimodal features composing the congruent and incongruent objects were equated, neural differences between these conditions would provide evidence for an experience-dependent crossmodal integrative code that is different from its component unimodal features.

      Related to the second and third points, we were looking at the extent to which the original unimodal representations change with crossmodal learning. Before crossmodal learning, we found that the perirhinal cortex tracked the similarity between the individual visual shape features and the crossmodal objects that were composed of those visual shapes – however, there was no evidence that perirhinal cortex was tracking the unimodal sound features on those crossmodal objects. After crossmodal learning, we see that this visual shape bias in perirhinal cortex was no longer present – that is, the representation in perirhinal cortex started to look less like the visual features that comprise the objects. Thus, crossmodal learning transformed the perirhinal representations so that they were no longer predominantly grounded in a single visual modality, which may be a mechanism by which object concepts gain their abstraction. We have now tried to be clearer about this interpretation throughout the paper.

      Notably, we suggest that experience may change both the crossmodal object representations, as well as the unimodal feature representations. For example, we have previously shown that unimodal visual features are influenced by experience in parallel with the representation of the conjunction (e.g., Liang et al., 2020; Cerebral Cortex). Nevertheless, we remain open to the myriad possible structures of the integrative code that might emerge with experience.

      We now clarify these points throughout the manuscript. For example:

      “We then examined whether the original representations would change after participants learned how the features were paired together to make specific crossmodal objects, conducting the same analysis described above after crossmodal learning had taken place (Figure 5b). With this analysis, we sought to measure the relationship between the representation for the learned crossmodal object and the original baseline representation for the unimodal features. More specifically, the voxel-wise activity for unimodal feature runs before crossmodal learning was correlated to the voxel-wise activity for crossmodal object runs after crossmodal learning (Figure 5b). Another linear mixed model which included modality as a fixed factor within each ROI revealed that the perirhinal cortex was no longer biased towards visual shape after crossmodal learning (F1,32 = 0.12, p = 0.73), whereas the temporal pole, LOC, V1, and A1 remained biased towards either visual shape or sound (F1,30-32 between 16.20 and 73.42, all p < 0.001, η2 between 0.35 and 0.70).” – pg. 14

      “To investigate this effect in perirhinal cortex more specifically, we conducted a linear mixed model to directly compare the change in the visual bias of perirhinal representations from before crossmodal learning to after crossmodal learning (green regions in Figure 5a vs. 5b). Specifically, the linear mixed model included learning day (before vs. after crossmodal learning) and modality (visual feature match to crossmodal object vs. sound feature match to crossmodal object). Results revealed a significant interaction between learning day and modality in the perirhinal cortex (F1,775 = 5.56, p = 0.019, η2 = 0.071), meaning that the baseline visual shape bias observed in perirhinal cortex (green region of Figure 5a) was significantly attenuated with experience (green region of Figure 5b). After crossmodal learning, a given shape no longer invoked significant pattern similarity between objects that had the same shape but differed in terms of what they sounded like. Taken together, these results suggest that prior to learning the crossmodal objects, the perirhinal cortex had a default bias toward representing the visual shape information and was not representing sound information of the crossmodal objects. After crossmodal learning, however, the visual shape bias in perirhinal cortex was no longer present. That is, with crossmodal learning, the representations within perirhinal cortex started to look less like the visual features that comprised the crossmodal objects, providing evidence that the perirhinal representations were no longer predominantly grounded in the visual modality.” – pg. 13

      “Importantly, the initial visual shape bias observed in the perirhinal cortex was attenuated by experience (Figure 5, Supplemental Figure S5), suggesting that the perirhinal representations had become abstracted and were no longer predominantly grounded in a single modality after crossmodal learning. One possibility may be that the perirhinal cortex is by default visually driven as an extension to the ventral visual stream,10,11,12 but can act as a polymodal “hub” region for additional crossmodal input following learning.” – pg. 19

      (4) The most compelling evidence the authors provide for their theoretical claims is the finding that, in the perirhinal cortex, the unimodal feature representations on Day 2 do not correlate with the multimodal objects they comprise on Day 4. This suggests that the learned multimodal object representations are not combinations of their unimodal features. If unimodal features are not decodable within the congruent object representations, this would support the authors' explicit integrative hypothesis. However, the analyses provided do not go all the way in convincing the reader of this claim. First, the analyses reported do not differentiate between congruent and incongruent objects. If this result in the perirhinal cortex reflects the formation of new multimodal object representations, it should only be true for congruent objects but not incongruent objects. Since the analyses combine congruent and incongruent objects it is not possible to know whether this was the case. Second, just because feature representations on Day 2 do not correlate with multimodal object patterns on Day 4 does not mean that the object representations on Day 4 do not contain featural information. This could be directly tested by correlating feature representations on Day 4 with congruent vs. incongruent object representations on Day 4. It could be that representations in the perirhinal cortex are not stable over time and all representations-including unimodal feature representations-shift between sessions, which could explain these results yet not entail the existence of abstracted object representations.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and have conducted the two additional analyses. Specifically, we split the congruent and incongruent conditions and also investigated correlations between unimodal representations on Day 4 with crossmodal object representations on Day 4. There was no significant interaction between modality and congruency in any ROI across or within learning days. One possible explanation for these findings is that both congruent and incongruent crossmodal objects are represented differently from their underlying unimodal features, and all of these representations can transform with experience.

      However, the new analyses also revealed that perirhinal cortex was the only region without a modality-specific bias after crossmodal learning (e.g., Day 4 Unimodal Feature runs x Day 4 Crossmodal Object runs; now shown in Supplemental Figure S5). Overall, these results are consistent with the notion of a crossmodal integrative code in perirhinal cortex that has changed with experience and is different from the component unimodal features. Nevertheless, we explore alternative interpretations for how the crossmodal code emerges with experience in the discussion.

      “To examine whether these results differed by congruency (i.e., whether any modality-specific biases differed as a function of whether the object was congruent or incongruent), we conducted exploratory linear mixed models for each of the five a priori ROIs across learning days. More specifically, we correlated: 1) the voxel-wise activity for Unimodal Feature Runs before crossmodal learning to the voxel-wise activity for Crossmodal Object Runs before crossmodal learning (Day 2 vs. Day 2), 2) the voxel-wise activity for Unimodal Feature Runs before crossmodal learning to the voxel-wise activity for Crossmodal Object Runs after crossmodal learning (Day 2 vs Day 4), and 3) the voxel-wise activity for Unimodal Feature Runs after crossmodal learning to the voxel-wise activity for Crossmodal Object Runs after crossmodal learning (Day 4 vs Day 4). For each of the three analyses described, we then conducted separate linear mixed models which included modality (visual feature match to crossmodal object vs. sound feature match to crossmodal object) and congruency (congruent vs. incongruent)….There was no significant relationship between modality and congruency in any ROI between Day 2 and Day 2 (F1,346-368 between 0.00 and 1.06, p between 0.30 and 0.99), between Day 2 and Day 4 (F1,346-368 between 0.021 and 0.91, p between 0.34 and 0.89), or between Day 4 and Day 4 (F1,346-368 between 0.01 and 3.05, p between 0.082 and 0.93). However, exploratory analyses revealed that perirhinal cortex was the only region without a modality-specific bias and where the unimodal feature runs were not significantly correlated to the crossmodal object runs after crossmodal learning (Supplemental Figure S5).” – pg. 14

      “Taken together, the overall pattern of results suggests that representations of the crossmodal objects in perirhinal cortex were heavily influenced by their consistent visual features before crossmodal learning. However, the crossmodal object representations were no longer influenced by the component visual features after crossmodal learning (Figure 5, Supplemental Figure S5). Additional exploratory analyses did not find evidence of experience-dependent changes in the hippocampus or inferior parietal lobes (Supplemental Figure S4c-e).” – pg. 14

      “The voxel-wise matrix for Unimodal Feature runs on Day 4 were correlated to the voxel-wise matrix for Crossmodal Object runs on Day 4 (see Figure 5 in the main text for an example). We compared the average pattern similarity (z-transformed Pearson correlation) between shape (blue) and sound (orange) features specifically after crossmodal learning. Consistent with Figure 5b, perirhinal cortex was the only region without a modality-specific bias. Furthermore, perirhinal cortex was the only region where the representations of both the visual and sound features were not significantly correlated to the crossmodal objects. By contrast, every other region maintained a modality-specific bias for either the visual or sound features. These results suggest that perirhinal cortex representations were transformed with experience, such that the initial visual shape representations (Figure 5a) were no longer grounded in a single modality after crossmodal learning. Furthermore, these results suggest that crossmodal learning formed an integrative code different from the unimodal features in perirhinal cortex, as the visual and sound features were not significantly correlated with the crossmodal objects. * p < 0.05, ** p < 0.01, *** p < 0.001. Horizontal lines within brain regions indicate a significant main effect of modality. Vertical asterisks denote pattern similarity comparisons relative to 0.” – Supplemental Figure S5

      “We found that the temporal pole and perirhinal cortex – two anterior temporal lobe structures – came to represent new crossmodal object concepts with learning, such that the acquired crossmodal object representations were different from the representation of the constituent unimodal features (Figure 5, 6). Intriguingly, the perirhinal cortex was by default biased towards visual shape, but that this initial visual bias was attenuated with experience (Figure 3c, 5, Supplemental Figure S5). Within the perirhinal cortex, the acquired crossmodal object concepts (measured after crossmodal learning) became less similar to their original component unimodal features (measured at baseline before crossmodal learning); Figure 5, 6, Supplemental Figure S5. This is consistent with the idea that object representations in perirhinal cortex integrate the component sensory features into a whole that is different from the sum of the component parts, which might be a mechanism by which object concepts obtain their abstraction…. As one solution to the crossmodal binding problem, we suggest that the temporal pole and perirhinal cortex form unique crossmodal object representations that are different from the distributed features in sensory cortex (Figure 4, 5, 6, Supplemental Figure S5). However, the nature by which the integrative code is structured and formed in the temporal pole and perirhinal cortex following crossmodal experience – such as through transformations, warping, or other factors – is an open question and an important area for future investigation.” – pg. 18

      In sum, the authors have collected a fantastic dataset that has the potential to answer questions about the formation of multimodal object representations in the brain. A more precise delineation of different theoretical accounts and additional analyses are needed to provide convincing support for the theory that “explicit integrative” multimodal object representations are formed during learning.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments and helpful feedback. We hope that our changes to our wording and clarifications to our methodology now more clearly supports the central goal of our study: to find evidence of crossmodal integrative coding different from the original unimodal feature parts in anterior temporal lobe structures. We furthermore agree that future research is needed to delineate the structure of the integrative code that emerges with experience in the anterior temporal lobes.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      This paper uses behavior and functional brain imaging to understand how neural and cognitive representations of visual and auditory stimuli change as participants learn associations among them. Prior work suggests that areas in the anterior temporal (ATL) and perirhinal cortex play an important role in learning/representing cross-modal associations, but the hypothesis has not been directly tested by evaluating behavior and functional imaging before and after learning cross- modal associations. The results show that such learning changes both the perceived similarities amongst stimuli and the neural responses generated within ATL and perirhinal regions, providing novel support for the view that cross-modal learning leads to a representational change in these regions.

      This work has several strengths. It tackles an important question for current theories of object representation in the mind and brain in a novel and quite direct fashion, by studying how these representations change with cross-modal learning. As the authors note, little work has directly assessed representational change in ATL following such learning, despite the widespread view that ATL is critical for such representation. Indeed, such direct assessment poses several methodological challenges, which the authors have met with an ingenious experimental design. The experiment allows the authors to maintain tight control over both the familiarity and the perceived similarities amongst the shapes and sounds that comprise their stimuli so that the observed changes across sessions must reflect learned cross-modal associations among these. I especially appreciated the creation of physical objects that participants can explore and the approach to learning in which shapes and sounds are initially experienced independently and later in an associated fashion. In using multi-echo MRI to resolve signals in ventral ATL, the authors have minimized a key challenge facing much work in this area (namely the poor SNR yielded by standard acquisition sequences in ventral ATL). The use of both univariate and multivariate techniques was well-motivated and helpful in testing the central questions. The manuscript is, for the most part, clearly written, and nicely connects the current work to important questions in two literatures, specifically (1) the hypothesized role of the perirhinal cortex in representing/learning complex conjunctions of features and (2) the tension between purely embodied approaches to semantic representation vs the view that ATL regions encode important amodal/crossmodal structure.

      There are some places in the manuscript that would benefit from further explanation and methodological detail. I also had some questions about the results themselves and what they signify about the roles of ATL and the perirhinal cortex in object representation.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive feedback and address the comments in the below point-by-point responses.

      (A) I found the terms "features" and "objects" to be confusing as used throughout the manuscript, and sometimes inconsistent. I think by "features" the authors mean the shape and sound stimuli in their experiment. I think by "object" the authors usually mean the conjunction of a shape with a sound---for instance, when a shape and sound are simultaneously experienced in the scanner, or when the participant presses a button on the shape and hears the sound. The confusion comes partly because shapes are often described as being composed of features, not features in and of themselves. (The same is sometimes true of sounds). So when reading "features" I kept thinking the paper referred to the elements that went together to comprise a shape. It also comes from ambiguous use of the word object, which might refer to (a) the 3D- printed item that people play with, which is an object, or (b) a visually-presented shape (for instance, the localizer involved comparing an "object" to a "phase-scrambled" stimulus---here I assume "object" refers to an intact visual stimulus and not the joint presentation of visual and auditory items). I think the design, stimuli, and results would be easier for a naive reader to follow if the authors used the terms "unimodal representation" to refer to cases where only visual or auditory input is presented, and "cross-modal" or "conjoint" representation when both are present.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and agree. We have replaced the terms “features” and “objects” with “unimodal” and “crossmodal” in the title, text, and figures throughout the manuscript for consistency (i.e., “crossmodal binding problem”). To simplify the terminology, we have also removed the localizer results.

      (B) There are a few places where I wasn't sure what exactly was done, and where the methods lacked sufficient detail for another scientist to replicate what was done. Specifically:

      (1) The behavioral study assessing perceptual similarity between visual and auditory stimuli was unclear. The procedure, stimuli, number of trials, etc, should be explained in sufficient detail in methods to allow replication. The results of the study should also minimally be reported in the supplementary information. Without an understanding of how these studies were carried out, it was very difficult to understand the observed pattern of behavioral change. For instance, I initially thought separate behavioral blocks were carried out for visual versus auditory stimuli, each presented in isolation; however, the effects contrast congruent and incongruent stimuli, which suggests these decisions must have been made for the conjoint presentation of both modalities. I'm still not sure how this worked. Additionally, the manuscript makes a brief mention that similarity judgments were made in the context of "all stimuli," but I didn't understand what that meant. Similarity ratings are hugely sensitive to the contrast set with which items appear, so clarity on these points is pretty important. A strength of the design is the contention that shape and sound stimuli were psychophysically matched, so it is important to show the reader how this was done and what the results were.

      We agree and apologize for the lack of sufficient detail in the original manuscript. We now include much more detail about the similarity rating task. The methodology and results of the behavioral rating experiments are now shown in Supplemental Figure S1. In Figure S1a, the similarity ratings are visualized on a multidimensional scaling plot. The triangular geometry for shape (blue) and sound (red) indicate that the subjective similarity was equated within each unimodal feature across individual participants. Quantitatively, there was no difference in similarity between the congruent and incongruent pairings in Figure S1b and Figure S1c prior to crossmodal learning. In addition to providing more information on these methods in the Supplemental Information, we also now provide a more detailed description of the task in the manuscript itself. For convenience, we reproduce these sections below.

      “Pairwise Similarity Task. Using the same task as the stimulus validation procedure (Supplemental Figure S1a), participants provided similarity ratings for all combinations of the 3 validated shapes and 3 validated sounds (each of the six features were rated in the context of every other feature in the set, with 4 repeats of the same feature, for a total of 72 trials). More specifically, three stimuli were displayed on each trial, with one at the top and two at the bottom of the screen in the same procedure as we have used previously27. The 3D shapes were visually displayed as a photo, whereas sounds were displayed on screen in a box that could be played over headphones when clicked with the mouse. The participant made an initial judgment by selecting the more similar stimulus on the bottom relative to the stimulus on the top. Afterwards, the participant made a similarity rating between each bottom stimulus with the top stimulus from 0 being no similarity to 5 being identical. This procedure ensured that ratings were made relative to all other stimuli in the set.”– pg. 28

      “Pairwise similarity task and results. In the initial stimulus validation experiment, participants provided pairwise ratings for 5 sounds and 3 shapes. The shapes were equated in their subjective similarity that had been selected from a well-characterized perceptually uniform stimulus space27 and the pairwise ratings followed the same procedure as described in ref 27. Based on this initial experiment, we then selected the 3 sounds from the that were most closely equated in their subjective similarity. (a) 3D-printed shapes were displayed as images, whereas sounds were displayed in a box that could be played when clicked by the participant. Ratings were averaged to produce a similarity matrix for each participant, and then averaged to produce a group-level similarity matrix. Shown as triangular representational geometries recovered from multidimensional scaling in the above, shapes (blue) and sounds (orange) were approximately equated in their subjective similarity. These features were then used in the four-day crossmodal learning task. (b) Behavioral results from the four-day crossmodal learning task paired with multi-echo fMRI described in the main text. Before crossmodal learning, there was no difference in similarity between shape and sound features associated with congruent objects compared to incongruent objects – indicating that similarity was controlled at the unimodal feature-level. After crossmodal learning, we observed a robust shift in the magnitude of similarity. The shape and sound features associated with congruent objects were now significantly more similar than the same shape and sound features associated with incongruent objects (p < 0.001), evidence that crossmodal learning changed how participants experienced the unimodal features (observed in 17/18 participants). (c) We replicated this learning-related shift in pattern similarity with a larger sample size (n = 44; observed in 38/44 participants). *** denotes p < 0.001. Horizontal lines denote the comparison of congruent vs. incongruent conditions. – Supplemental Figure S1

      (2) The experiences through which participants learned/experienced the shapes and sounds were unclear. The methods mention that they had one minute to explore/palpate each shape and that these experiences were interleaved with other tasks, but it is not clear what the other tasks were, how many such exploration experiences occurred, or how long the total learning time was. The manuscript also mentions that participants learn the shape-sound associations with 100% accuracy but it isn't clear how that was assessed. These details are important partly b/c it seems like very minimal experience to change neural representations in the cortex.

      We apologize for the lack of detail and agree with the reviewer’s suggestions – we now include much more information in the methods section. Each behavioral day required about 1 hour of total time to complete, and indeed, participants rapidly learned their associations with minimal experience. For example:

      “Behavioral Tasks. On each behavioral day (Day 1 and Day 3; Figure 2), participants completed the following tasks, in this order: Exploration Phase, one Unimodal Feature 1-back run (26 trials), Exploration Phase, one Crossmodal 1-back run (26 trials), Exploration Phase, Pairwise Similarity Task (24 trials), Exploration Phase, Pairwise Similarity Task (24 trials), Exploration Phase, Pairwise Similarity Task (24 trials), and finally, Exploration Phase. To verify learning on Day 3, participants also additionally completed a Learning Verification Task at the end of the session. – pg. 27

      “The overall procedure ensured that participants extensively explored the unimodal features on Day 1 and the crossmodal objects on Day 3. The Unimodal Feature and the Crossmodal Object 1-back runs administered on Day 1 and Day 3 served as practice for the neuroimaging sessions on Day 2 and Day 4, during which these 1-back tasks were completed. Each behavioral session required less than 1 hour of total time to complete.” – pg. 27

      “Learning Verification Task (Day 3 only). As the final task on Day 3, participants completed a task to ensure that participants successfully formed their crossmodal pairing. All three shapes and sounds were randomly displayed in 6 boxes on a display. Photos of the 3D shapes were shown, and sounds were played by clicking the box with the mouse cursor. The participant was cued with either a shape or sound, and then selected the corresponding paired feature. At the end of Day 3, we found that all participants reached 100% accuracy on this task (10 trials).” – pg. 29

      (3) I didn't understand the similarity metric used in the multivariate imaging analyses. The manuscript mentions Z-scored Pearson's r, but I didn't know if this meant (a) many Pearson coefficients were computed and these were then Z-scored, so that 0 indicates a value equal to the mean Pearson correlation and 1 is equal to the standard deviation of the correlations, or (b) whether a Fisher Z transform was applied to each r (so that 0 means r was also around 0). From the interpretation of some results, I think the latter is the approach taken, but in general, it would be helpful to see, in Methods or Supplementary information, exactly how similarity scores were computed, and why that approach was adopted. This is particularly important since it is hard to understand the direction of some key effects.

      The reviewer is correct that the Fisher Z transform was applied to each individual r before averaging the correlations. This approach is generally recommended when averaging correlations (see Corey, Dunlap, & Burke, 1998). We are now clearer on this point in the manuscript:

      “The z-transformed Pearson’s correlation coefficient was used as the distance metric for all pattern similarity analyses. More specifically, each individual Pearson correlation was Fisher z-transformed and then averaged (see 61).” – pg. 32

      (C) From Figure 3D, the temporal pole mask appears to exclude the anterior fusiform cortex (or the ventral surface of the ATL generally). If so, this is a shame, since that appears to be the locus most important to cross-modal integration in the "hub and spokes" model of semantic representation in the brain. The observation in the paper that the perirhinal cortex seems initially biased toward visual structure while more superior ATL is biased toward auditory structure appears generally consistent with the "graded hub" view expressed, for instance, in our group's 2017 review paper (Lambon Ralph et al., Nature Reviews Neuroscience). The balance of visual- versus auditory-sensitivity in that work appears balanced in the anterior fusiform, just a little lateral to the anterior perirhinal cortex. It would be helpful to know if the same pattern is observed for this area specifically in the current dataset.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. After close inspection of Lambon Ralph et al. (2017), we believe that our perirhinal cortex mask appears to be overlapping with the ventral ATL/anterior fusiform region that the reviewer mentions. See Author response image 1 for a visual comparison:

      Author response image 1.

      The top four figures are sampled from Lambon Ralph et al (2017), whereas the bottom two figures visualize our perirhinal cortex mask (white) and temporal pole mask (dark green) relative to the fusiform cortex. The ROIs visualized were defined from the Harvard-Oxford atlas.

      We now mention this area of overlap in our manuscript and link it to the hub and spokes model:

      “Notably, our perirhinal cortex mask overlaps with a key region of the ventral anterior temporal lobe thought to be the central locus of crossmodal integration in the “hub and spokes” model of semantic representations.9,50 – pg. 20

      (D) While most effects seem robust from the information presented, I'm not so sure about the analysis of the perirhinal cortex shown in Figure 5. This compares (I think) the neural similarity evoked by a unimodal stimulus ("feature") to that evoked by the same stimulus when paired with its congruent stimulus in the other modality ("object"). These similarities show an interaction with modality prior to cross-modal association, but no interaction afterward, leading the authors to suggest that the perirhinal cortex has become less biased toward visual structure following learning. But the plots in Figures 4a and b are shown against different scales on the y-axes, obscuring the fact that all of the similarities are smaller in the after-learning comparison. Since the perirhinal interaction was already the smallest effect in the pre-learning analysis, it isn't really surprising that it drops below significance when all the effects diminish in the second comparison. A more rigorous test would assess the reliability of the interaction of comparison (pre- or post-learning) with modality. The possibility that perirhinal representations become less "visual" following cross-modal learning is potentially important so a post hoc contrast of that kind would be helpful.

      We apologize for the lack of clarity. We conducted a linear mixed model to assess the interaction between modality and crossmodal learning day (before and after crossmodal learning) in the perirhinal cortex as described by the reviewer. The critical interaction was significant, which is now clarified in the text as well as in the rescaled figure plots.

      “To investigate this effect in perirhinal cortex more specifically, we conducted a linear mixed model to directly compare the change in the visual bias of perirhinal representations from before crossmodal learning to after crossmodal learning (green regions in Figure 5a vs. 5b). Specifically, the linear mixed model included learning day (before vs. after crossmodal learning) and modality (visual feature match to crossmodal object vs. sound feature match to crossmodal object). Results revealed a significant interaction between learning day and modality in the perirhinal cortex (F1,775 = 5.56, p = 0.019, η2 = 0.071), meaning that the baseline visual shape bias observed in perirhinal cortex (green region of Figure 5a) was significantly attenuated with experience (green region of Figure 5b). After crossmodal learning, a given shape no longer invoked significant pattern similarity between objects that had the same shape but differed in terms of what they sounded like. Taken together, these results suggest that prior to learning the crossmodal objects, the perirhinal cortex had a default bias toward representing the visual shape information and was not representing sound information of the crossmodal objects. After crossmodal learning, however, the visual shape bias in perirhinal cortex was no longer present. That is, with crossmodal learning, the representations within perirhinal cortex started to look less like the visual features that comprised the crossmodal objects, providing evidence that the perirhinal representations were no longer predominantly grounded in the visual modality.” – pg. 13

      We note that not all effects drop in Figure 5b (even in regions with a similar numerical pattern similarity to PRC, like the hippocampus – also see Supplemental Figure S5 for a comparison for patterns only on Day 4), suggesting that the change in visual bias in PRC is not simply due to noise.

      “Importantly, the change in pattern similarity in the perirhinal cortex across learning days (Figure 5) is unlikely to be driven by noise, poor alignment of patterns across sessions, or generally reduced responses. Other regions with numerically similar pattern similarity to perirhinal cortex did not change across learning days (e.g., visual features x crossmodal objects in A1 in Figure 5; the exploratory ROI hippocampus with numerically similar pattern similarity to perirhinal cortex also did not change in Supplemental Figure S4c-d).” – pg. 14

      (E) Is there a reason the authors did not look at representation and change in the hippocampus? As a rapid-learning, widely-connected feature-binding mechanism, and given the fairly minimal amount of learning experience, it seems like the hippocampus would be a key area of potential import for the cross-modal association. It also looks as though the hippocampus is implicated in the localizer scan (Figure 3c).

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and now include additional analyses for the hippocampus. We found no evidence of crossmodal integrative coding different from the unimodal features. Rather, the hippocampus seems to represent the convergence of unimodal features, as evidenced by …[can you give some pithy description for what is meant by “convergence” vs “integration”?]. We provide these results in the Supplemental Information and describe them in the main text:

      “Analyses for the hippocampus (HPC) and inferior parietal lobe (IPL). (a) In the visual vs. auditory univariate analysis, there was no visual or sound bias in HPC, but there was a bias towards sounds that increased numerically after crossmodal learning in the IPL. (b) Pattern similarity analyses between unimodal features associated with congruent objects and incongruent objects. Similar to Supplemental Figure S3, there was no main effect of congruency in either region. (c) When we looked at the pattern similarity between Unimodal Feature runs on Day 2 to Crossmodal Object runs on Day 2, we found that there was significant pattern similarity when there was a match between the unimodal feature and the crossmodal object (e.g., pattern similarity > 0). This pattern of results held when (d) correlating the Unimodal Feature runs on Day 2 to Crossmodal Object runs on Day 4, and (e) correlating the Unimodal Feature runs on Day 4 to Crossmodal Object runs on Day 4. Finally, (f) there was no significant pattern similarity between Crossmodal Object runs before learning correlated to Crossmodal Object after learning in HPC, but there was significant pattern similarity in IPL (p < 0.001). Taken together, these results suggest that both HPC and IPL are sensitive to visual and sound content, as the (c, d, e) unimodal feature-level representations were correlated to the crossmodal object representations irrespective of learning day. However, there was no difference between congruent and incongruent pairings in any analysis, suggesting that HPC and IPL did not represent crossmodal objects differently from the component unimodal features. For these reasons, HPC and IPL may represent the convergence of unimodal feature representations (i.e., because HPC and IPL were sensitive to both visual and sound features), but our results do not seem to support these regions in forming crossmodal integrative coding distinct from the unimodal features (i.e., because representations in HPC and IPL did not differentiate the congruent and incongruent conditions and did not change with experience). * p < 0.05, ** p < 0.01, *** p < 0.001. Asterisks above or below bars indicate a significant difference from zero. Horizontal lines within brain regions in (a) reflect an interaction between modality and learning day, whereas horizontal lines within brain regions in reflect main effects of (b) learning day, (c-e) modality, or (f) congruency.” – Supplemental Figure S4.

      “Notably, our perirhinal cortex mask overlaps with a key region of the ventral anterior temporal lobe thought to be the central locus of crossmodal integration in the “hub and spokes” model of semantic representations.9,50 However, additional work has also linked other brain regions to the convergence of unimodal representations, such as the hippocampus51,52,53 and inferior parietal lobes.54,55 This past work on the hippocampus and inferior parietal lobe does not necessarily address the crossmodal binding problem that was the main focus of our present study, as previous findings often do not differentiate between crossmodal integrative coding and the convergence of unimodal feature representations per se. Furthermore, previous studies in the literature typically do not control for stimulus-based factors such as experience with unimodal features, subjective similarity, or feature identity that may complicate the interpretation of results when determining regions important for crossmodal integration. Indeed, we found evidence consistent with the convergence of unimodal feature-based representations in both the hippocampus and inferior parietal lobes (Supplemental Figure S4), but no evidence of crossmodal integrative coding different from the unimodal features. The hippocampus and inferior parietal lobes were both sensitive to visual and sound features before and after crossmodal learning (see Supplemental Figure S4c-e). Yet the hippocampus and inferior parietal lobes did not differentiate between the congruent and incongruent conditions or change with experience (see Supplemental Figure S4).” – pg. 20

      (F) The direction of the neural effects was difficult to track and understand. I think the key observation is that TP and PRh both show changes related to cross-modal congruency - but still it would be helpful if the authors could articulate, perhaps via a schematic illustration, how they think representations in each key area are changing with the cross-modal association. Why does the temporal pole come to activate less for congruent than incongruent stimuli (Figure 3)? And why do TP responses grow less similar to one another for congruent relative to incongruent stimuli after learning (Figure 4)? Why are incongruent stimulus similarities anticorrelated in their perirhinal responses following cross-modal learning (Figure 6)?

      We thank the author for identifying this issue, which was also raised by the other reviewers. The reviewer is correct that the key observation is that the TP and PRC both show changes related to crossmodal congruency (given that the unimodal features were equated in the methodological design). However, the structure of the integrative code is less clear, which we now emphasize in the main text. Our findings provide evidence of a crossmodal integrative code that is different from the unimodal features, and future studies are needed to better understand the structure of how such a code might emerge. We now more clearly highlight this distinction throughout the paper:

      “By contrast, perirhinal cortex may be involved in pattern separation following crossmodal experience. In our task, participants had to differentiate congruent and incongruent objects constructed from the same three shape and sound features (Figure 2). An efficient way to solve this task would be to form distinct object-level outputs from the overlapping unimodal feature-level inputs such that congruent objects are made to be orthogonal from the representations before learning (i.e., measured as pattern similarity equal to 0 in the perirhinal cortex; Figure 5b, 6, Supplemental Figure S5), whereas non-learned incongruent objects could be made to be dissimilar from the representations before learning (i.e., anticorrelation, measured as patten similarity less than 0 in the perirhinal cortex; Figure 6). Because our paradigm could decouple neural responses to the learned object representations (on Day 4) from the original component unimodal features at baseline (on Day 2), these results could be taken as evidence of pattern separation in the human perirhinal cortex.11,12 However, our pattern of results could also be explained by other types of crossmodal integrative coding. For example, incongruent object representations may be less stable than congruent object representations, such that incongruent objects representation are warped to a greater extent than congruent objects (Figure 6).” – pg. 18

      “As one solution to the crossmodal binding problem, we suggest that the temporal pole and perirhinal cortex form unique crossmodal object representations that are different from the distributed features in sensory cortex (Figure 4, 5, 6, Supplemental Figure S5). However, the nature by which the integrative code is structured and formed in the temporal pole and perirhinal cortex following crossmodal experience – such as through transformations, warping, or other factors – is an open question and an important area for future investigation. Furthermore, these anterior temporal lobe structures may be involved with integrative coding in different ways. For example, the crossmodal object representations measured after learning were found to be related to the component unimodal feature representations measured before learning in the temporal pole but not the perirhinal cortex (Figure 5, 6, Supplemental Figure S5). Moreover, pattern similarity for congruent shape-sound pairs were lower than the pattern similarity for incongruent shape-sound pairs after crossmodal learning in the temporal pole but not the perirhinal cortex (Figure 4b, Supplemental Figure S3a). As one interpretation of this pattern of results, the temporal pole may represent new crossmodal objects by combining previously learned knowledge. 8,9,10,11,13,14,15,33 Specifically, research into conceptual combination has linked the anterior temporal lobes to compound object concepts such as “hummingbird”.34,35,36 For example, participants during our task may have represented the sound-based “humming” concept and visually-based “bird” concept on Day 1, forming the crossmodal “hummingbird” concept on Day 3; Figure 1, 2, which may recruit less activity in temporal pole than an incongruent pairing such as “barking-frog”. For these reasons, the temporal pole may form a crossmodal object code based on pre-existing knowledge, resulting in reduced neural activity (Figure 3d) and pattern similarity towards features associated with learned objects (Figure 4b).” – pg. 18

      This work represents a key step in our advancing understanding of object representations in the brain. The experimental design provides a useful template for studying neural change related to the cross-modal association that may prove useful to others in the field. Given the broad variety of open questions and potential alternative analyses, an open dataset from this study would also likely be a considerable contribution to the field.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer 1

      Comment 1.1: “Did the UKB or HCHS datasets have information on accurate markers of insulin resistance, such as HbA1c or HOMA-IR (if fasting glucose was not available)? Looking at that data would allow us to determine the contribution of insulin resistance to the observed cortical phenotype.”

      Reply 1.1: We appreciate the insightful suggestion from the reviewer. In response, we incorporated the HbA1c into our analysis, enhancing its sensitivity to potential effects of insulin resistance. Subsequently, our analysis was reperformed, integrating HbA1c alongside non-fasting blood glucose in the PLS. This addition did not alter our main results, i.e., that of the PLS, virtual histology, and network contextualization analysis. Notably, as a result of the inclusion of HbA1c, the second latent variable now accounted for a greater shared variance (22.13%), with HbA1c showing the highest loading among MetS component variables. The manuscript has been thoroughly revised to incorporate these results.

      Comments 1.2: “(Results, p.13, 291-292) "A correlation matrix relating all considered MetS component measures is displayed in supplementary figure S12. Please clarify in this figure labels whether this was non-fasting glucose. If this is non-fasting glucose, it is not a MetS-related risk factor. The reader might be misled into thinking that fasting-glucose has a weak correlation, while its contribution (and the effect of insulin resistance) was not studied here.”

      “Table S8 and Table S9: Is the glucose metric here measured following fasting? If not, this should not be listed as a metabolic syndrome criterion. Or it should be specified that it isn't fasted glucose, otherwise, it sounds misleading.”

      Reply 1.2: We thank the reviewer for bringing this ambiguity to our attention. The initial analysis included only non-fasting plasma glucose in the PLS, as fasting plasma glucose data was unavailable for UKB and HCHS participants. Following your suggestion in reply 1.1, we have now incorporated HbA1c, a more indicative marker of insulin resistance. We retained non-fasting blood glucose in our analysis, recognizing its relevance as a diagnostic variable for type 2 diabetes mellitus, although it is less informative than fasting plasma glucose, HbA1c, or HOMA-IR. This decision is substantiated by the significant correlation found between non-fasting plasma glucose and HbA1c in our sample (r=.49).

      To enhance clarity, we have revised the methods section to explicitly mention that the study investigates non-fasting blood glucose. The revised sentence reads: “Here, we related regional cortical thickness and subcortical volumes to clinical measurements of MetS components, i.e., obesity (waist circumference, hip circumference, waist-hip ratio, body mass index), arterial hypertension (systolic blood pressure, diastolic blood pressure), dyslipidemia (high density lipoprotein, low density lipoprotein, total cholesterol, triglycerides) and insulin resistance (HbA1c, non-fasting blood glucose).”

      Additionally, we have updated the caption of supplementary figure S13 (formerly supplementary figure S12) to clearly indicate the investigation of non-fasting plasma glucose. The table detailing diagnostic MetS criteria (supplementary table S2) has also been amended to clarify the absence of fasting plasma glucose data in our study and to indicate that only data on antidiabetic therapy and diagnosis of type 2 diabetes mellitus were used as criteria for insulin resistance in the case-control analysis.

      Comment 1.3: “I do not understand how the authors can claim there is a deterministic relationship there if all the results are only correlational or comparative. Can the differences in functional connectivity and white matter fiber tracts observed not be caused by the changes in cortices they relate to? How can the authors be sure the network organisation is shaping the cortical effects and not the opposite (the cortical changes influence the network organisation)? This should be further discussed or explained.”

      Reply 1.3: We agree with the reviewer's comment on the non-causative nature of our data and have accordingly revised the discussion section to reflect a more cautious interpretation of our findings. We have carefully reframed our language to avoid any implications of causality, ensuring the narrative aligns with the correlational nature of our data. Nevertheless, we believe that exploring causal interpretations can offer valuable clinical insights. Therefore, while moderating our language, we have maintained certain speculative discussions regarding potential causative pathomechanistic pathways.

      Comment 1.4: “The hippocampus is also an area where changes have consistently been observed. Why did the authors limit their analysis to the cortex.”

      Reply 1.4: We appreciate this reviewer comment. In response, we have added volumes of Melbourne Subcortical Atlas parcels (including the hippocampus) to the analysis. Corresponding results are now shown in figure 2. The subcortical bootstrap ratios indicated that higher MetS severity was related to lower volumes across all investigated subcortical structures.

      Comment 1.5: “Which field ID of the UK biobank are the measures referring to? If possible, please specify the Field ID for each of the UKB metrics used in the study.”

      Reply 1.5: We thank the reviewer for the recommendation. The Field IDs used in our study are now listed in supplementary figure S1.

      Comment 1.6: “Several Figures were wrongly annotated, making it hard to follow the text.”

      Reply 1.6: Thank you for bringing the annotation issues to our awareness. We have thoroughly edited all annotations which should now correctly reference the figure content.

      Reviewer 2

      Comment 2.1: “Do the authors have the chance to see how the pattern relates to changes in cognitive function in the UKBB and possibly HCHS? This could help to provide some evidence about the directionality of the effect.” Reply 2.1: Thank you for your suggestion. We acknowledge the potential value of investigating gray matter morphometric data alongside longitudinal information on cognitive function. Although we concur with the significance of this approach, we are constrained by the ongoing processing of the UKB's imaging follow-up data and the pending release of the HCHS follow-up data. Consequently, our current analysis cannot incorporate this aspect for now. We plan to explore the relationship between MetS, cognition and brain morphology using longitudinal data as soon as it becomes available.

      Comment 2.2: “Also, you could project new data onto the component and establish a link with cognition in a third sample which would be even more convincing. I can offer LIFE-Adult study for this aim.”

      Reply 2.2: We are grateful for your recommendation to enhance our study's robustness by including a third sample to establish a cognitive link. While we recognize the merit of such a sensitivity analysis, we believe that our current dataset, derived from two large, independent cohorts, is sufficiently comprehensive for the scope of our current analysis. However, we are open to considering this approach in future studies and appreciate your offer of the LIFE-Adult study. We would welcome further conversation with you regarding future joint projects.

      Comment 2.3: “The sentences (p.17, ll.435 ff) seem to repeat: "Interestingly, we also observed a positive relationship between cortical thickness and MetS in the superior frontal, parietal and occipital lobe. Interpretation of this result is, however, less intuitive. We also noted a positive MetS-cortical thickness association in superior frontal, parietal and occipital lobes, a less intuitive finding that has been previously reported [60,61].”

      Reply 2.3: Thank you for making us aware of this duplication. We have deleted the first part of the section. It now reads “We also noted a positive MetS-cortical thickness association in superior frontal, parietal and occipital lobes, a less intuitive finding that has been previously reported.”

      Comment 2.4: “I would highly appreciate empirical evidence for the claim in ll. 442 "In support of this hypothesis, the determined cortical thickness abnormality pattern is consistent with the atrophy pattern found in vascular mild cognitive impairment and vascular dementia" Considering the previous reports about the co-localization of obesity-associated atrophy and AD neurodegeneration (Morys et al. 2023, DOI: 10.3233/JAD-220535), that most dementias are mixed and that MetS probably increases dementia risk through both AD and vascular mechanisms, I feel such "binary" claims on VaD/AD-related atrophy patterns should be backed up empirically.”

      Reply 2.4: Thank you for highlighting the need for clarity in differentiating between vascular and Alzheimer's dementia. We recognize the intricate overlap in dementia pathologies. Acknowledging the prevalence of mixed dementia and the influence of MetS on both AD and vascular mechanisms, we realize our original statement might have implied a specificity to vascular dementia, which was not intended.

      To address your concern, we have revised our statement to avoid an exclusive focus on vascular pathology, ensuring a more balanced representation of dementia types. Additionally, we have included Morys et al. 2023 as a reference. The section now reads: “In support of this hypothesis, the determined brain morphological abnormality pattern is consistent with the atrophy pattern found in vascular mild cognitive impairment, vascular dementia and Alzheimer’s dementia.”

      Comment 2.5: “I wonder how specific the cell-type results are to this covariance pattern. Maybe patterns of CT (independent of MetS) show similar associations with one or more of the reported celltypes? Would it be possible to additionally show the association of the first three components of general cortical thickness variation with the cell type densities?”

      Reply 2.5: Thank you for your query regarding the specificity of the cell-type results to the observed covariance pattern. To address this, we have conducted a virtual histology analysis of the first three latent variables of the main analysis PLS. The findings of this extended analysis have been detailed in the supplementary Figure S21. The imaging covariance profile of latent variable 2 was significantly associated with the density of excitatory neurons of subtype 3. The imaging covariance profile linked to latent variable 3 showed no significant association of cell type densities. Possibly, latent variable 3 represents only a noise component as it explained only 2.12% of shared variance. We hope this addition provides a clearer understanding of the specificity of our main results.

      Comment 2.6: “I agree that this multivariate approach can contribute to a more holistic understanding, yet I would like to see the discussion expanded on how to move on from here. Should we target the MetS more comprehensively or would it be best to focus on obesity (being the strongest contributor and risk factor for other "downstream" conditions such as T2DM)? A holistic approach is somewhat at odds with the in-depth investigation of specific mechanisms.”

      Reply 2.6: We value your suggestion to elaborate on the implications of our findings. Our study indicates that obesity may have the most pronounced impact on brain morphology among MetS components, suggesting it as a key contributor to the clinical-anatomical covariance pattern observed in our analysis. This highlights obesity as a primary target for future research and preventive strategies. However, we believe that our results warrant further validation, ideally through longitudinal studies, before drawing definitive clinical conclusions.

      Additionally, our study endorses a comprehensive approach to MetS, highlighting the importance of considering the syndrome as a whole to gain broader insights. We want to clarify, however, that such an approach is meant to complement, rather than replace, the study of individual cardiometabolic risk factors. The broad perspective our study adopts is facilitated by its epidemiological nature, which may not be as applicable in experimental settings that are vital for deriving mechanistic disease insights.

      To reflect these points, we have expanded the discussion in our manuscript to include a more detailed consideration of these implications and future research directions.

      Comment 2.7: “Please report the number of missing variables.”

      Reply 2.7: Thank you for your request to report the number of missing variables. We would like to direct your attention to table 1, where we have listed the number of available values for each variable in parentheses. To determine the number of missing variables, one can subtract these numbers from the total sample size.

      Comment 2.8: “Was the pattern similar in pre-clinical (pre-diabetes, pre-hypertension) vs. clinical conditions?“

      Reply 2.8: Thank you for your interest in the applicability of our findings across different MetS severity levels. Our analysis employs a continuous framework to encompass the entire range of vascular and cardiometabolic risks, including those only mildly affected by MetS. The linear relationship we observed between MetS severity and gray matter morphology patterns, as illustrated in Figure 2d, supports the interpretation that our findings apply to the entire spectrum of MetS severities.

      Comment 2.9: “How did you deal with medication (anti-hypertensive, anti-diabetic, statins..)?”

      Reply 2.9: Information on medication was considered for defining MetS for the case-control sensitivity analysis but was not included in the PLS. Detailed information can be found in table 1.

      Comment 2.10: “It would be really interesting to determine the genetic variations associated with the latent component. Have you considered doing a GWAS on this, potentially in the CHARGE consortium or with UKBB as discovery and HCHS as replication sample?”

      Reply 2.10: Thank you for your valuable suggestion regarding the implementation of a GWAS. We agree that incorporating a GWAS would provide significant insights, but we also recognize that it extends beyond the scope of our current analysis. However, we are actively planning a follow-up analysis. This subsequent analysis will encompass a comprehensive examination of both genetic variation and imaging findings in the context of MetS.

      Comment 2.11: “Please provide more information on which data fields from UKBB were used exactly (e.g. in github repository).”

      Reply 2.11: We appreciate your recommendation. The details regarding the Field IDs used in our study have been included as supplementary table S1.

      Reviewer 3

      Comments 3.1: “After a thorough review of the methods and results sections, I found no direct or strong evidence supporting the authors' claim that the identified latent variables were related to more severe MetS to worse cognitive performance. While a sub-group comparison was conducted, it did not adequately account for confounding factors such as educational level.”

      “Page 18-19 lines 431-446: the fifth paragraph in the discussion section. - As previously mentioned in the "Weaknesses" section, this study did not conduct a direct association analysis between MetS and cognitive levels without considering subgroup comparisons. Hence, I recommend the content of this paragraph warrants careful reconsideration.”

      Reply 3.1: We acknowledge the reviewer's constructive feedback regarding our analysis of cognitive data. We have performed a mediation analysis relating the subject-specific clinical PLS score of latent variable 1 representing MetS severity and cognitive test performances and testing for mediating effects of the imaging PLS score capturing the MetS-related brain morphological abnormalities. The imaging score was found to statistically mediate the relationship between the clinical PLS score and executive function and processing speed, memory, and reasoning test performance. These findings highlight brain structural differences as a relevant pathomechanistic correlate in the relationship of MetS and cognition. Corresponding information can now be found in figure 3, methods section 2.6.2, result section 3.3 and discussion section 4.2.

      Moreover, we would like to apologize for any confusion caused by previous unclear presentation. Our study further incorporates association analyses between MetS, brain structure, and cognition using MetS components, regional brain morphological measures, and cognitive performance data in a PLS to investigate whether cognitive measures contribute to the latent variable. These analyses were separately performed on the UK Biobank and HCHS datasets, due to their distinct cognitive assessments. We adjusted for age, sex, and education in the subgroup analyses by removing their effects from the input variables. These relationships are detailed in supplementary figures S16b and S17b, with loadings close to zero for age, sex, and education, confirming effective deconfounding.

      In sum, we greatly appreciate the suggestion to conduct a mediation analysis, which has substantially enhanced the strength and relevance of our analysis.

      Comment 3.2: “I would suggest the authors provide a more comprehensive description of the metrics used to assess each MetS component, such as obesity (incorporating parameters like waist circumference, hip circumference, waist-hip ratio, and body mass index) and arterial hypertension (detailing metrics like systolic and diastolic blood pressure), etc.”

      Reply 3.2: Thank you for your suggestion regarding a more detailed description of the metrics for assessing each component of MetS. We would like to point out that the specific metrics used, including those for obesity (such as waist circumference, hip circumference, waist-hip ratio, and body mass index) and arterial hypertension (including systolic and diastolic blood pressure), are comprehensively detailed in table 1 of our manuscript. We hope this table provides the clarity and specificity you are seeking regarding the MetS assessment metrics in our study.

      Comment 3.3: “I recommend the inclusion of an additional, detailed flowchart to further illustrate the procedure of virtual histology analysis. This would enhance the clarity of the methodological approach and assist readers in better comprehending the analysis method.”

      Reply 3.3: Thank you for your suggestion. Recognizing the challenges in visually representing many of our analysis steps, we have instead supplemented our manuscript with additional references. These references provide a clearer understanding of our virtual histology approach, particularly focusing on the processing of regional microarray expression data.

      The corresponding sentence reads: “Further details on the processing steps covered by ABAnnotate can be found elsewhere (https://osf.io/gcxun) [42]”

      Comment 3.4: “Why were both brain hemispheres used instead of solely utilizing the left hemisphere as the atlas, especially considering that the Allen Human Brain Atlas (AHBA) only includes gene data for the right hemisphere for two subjects?”

      Reply 3.4: Thank you for your query regarding our decision to use both brain hemispheres instead of solely the left hemisphere, especially considering the Allen Human Brain Atlas (AHBA) predominantly featuring gene data from the left hemisphere. Given the AHBA's limited spatial coverage of expression data in the right hemisphere, our approach involved mirroring the existing tissue samples across the left-right hemisphere boundary using the abagen toolbox,1 a practice supported by findings that suggest minimal lateralization of microarray expression.2,3 Further details are provided in previous work employing ABAnnotate.4 These studies are now referenced in our methods section.

      Comment 3.5: “The second latent variable was not further discussed. If this result is deemed significant, it warrants a more detailed discussion. "

      Reply 3.5: Thank you for the suggestion. We have added a paragraph to the discussion that discusses the second latent variable in greater detail. It reads: “The second latent variable accounted for 22.33% of shared variance and linked higher insulin resistance and lower dyslipidemia to lower thickness and volume in lateral frontal, posterior temporal, parietal and occipital regions. The distinct covariance profile of this latent variable, compared to the first, likely indicates a separate pathomechanistic connection between MetS components and brain morphology. Given that HbA1c and blood glucose were the most significant contributors to this variable, insulin resistance might drive the observed clinicalanatomical relationship.”

      Comment 3.6: “I suggest appending positive MetS effects after "..., insular, cingulate and temporal cortices;" for two reasons: a). The "positive MetS effects" might represent crucial findings that should not be omitted. b). Including both negative and positive effects ensures that subsequent references to "this pattern" are more precise.”

      Reply 3.6: We concur with the notion that the positive MetS effects should be highlighted as well. We modified the first discussion paragraph now mentioning them.

      Comment 3.7: “I would appreciate further clarification on this sentence and the use of the term "uniform" in this context. Does this suggest that despite the heterogeneity in the physiological and pathological characteristics of the various MetS components (e.g., obesity, hypertension), their impacts on cortical thickness manifest similarly? How is it that these diverse components lead to "uniform" effects on cortical thickness? Does this observation align with or deviate from previous findings in the literature?”

      Reply 3.7: Thank you for highlighting the ambiguity in our previous explanation. We agree that the complexity of the relationship between MetS components and brain morphology requires clearer articulation. To address this, we have revised the relevant sentence for better clarity. It now reads: „This finding indicates a relatively uniform connection between MetS and brain morphology, implying that the associative effects of various MetS components on brain structure are comparatively similar, despite the distinct pathomechanisms each component entails.“

      Comment 3.8: “Figure 1 does not have the labels "c)" and "d)". ”

      Reply 3.8: Thank you. We have modified figure 1 and made sure that the caption correctly references its content.

      Comment 3.10: “Incorrect figure/table citation:

      • Page 18 line 418: "(figure 2b and 1c)" à (figure 2b and 2c).

      • Page 18 line 419: "(supplementary figures S8 and S12-13)" à (supplementary figures S11 and S1516).

      • In the supplementary material, "Text S5 - Case-control analysis" section contains several figure or table citation errors. Please take a moment to review and correct them.”

      Reply 3.10: Thank you for bringing this to our attention. We have corrected the figure and table citation errors.

      Comment 3.11: “Page 8 line 184: The more commonly used term is "insulin resistance" rather than "insuline resistance.”

      Reply 3.11: We now use “insulin resistance” throughout the manuscript.

      Comment 3.12: “Nevertheless, variations in gene sets may introduce a degree of heterogeneity in the results (Seidlitz, et al., 2020; Martins et al., 2021). Consequently, further validation or exploratory analyses utilizing different gene sets can yield more compelling results and conclusions.”

      Reply 3.12: Thank you for your insightful comment regarding the potential heterogeneity introduced by variations in gene sets. We agree that exploring different gene sets could indeed enhance the robustness and generalizability of our findings. However, we think conducting a comprehensive methodological analysis of the available cell-type specific gene sets is a substantial effort and warrants its own investigation to thoroughly implement it and assess its implications. We also like to highlight that we are adhering to previous practices in our analysis setup.4,5

      References

      (1) Markello RD, Arnatkeviciute A, Poline JB, Fulcher BD, Fornito A, Misic B. Standardizing workflows in imaging transcriptomics with the abagen toolbox. Jbabdi S, Makin TR, Jbabdi S, Burt J, Hawrylycz MJ, eds. eLife. 2021;10:e72129. doi:10.7554/eLife.72129

      (2) Hawrylycz MJ, Lein ES, Guillozet-Bongaarts AL, et al. An anatomically comprehensive atlas of the adult human brain transcriptome. Nature. 2012;489(7416):391-399. doi:10.1038/nature11405

      (3) Hawrylycz M, Miller JA, Menon V, et al. Canonical genetic signatures of the adult human brain. Nat Neurosci. 2015;18(12):1832-1844. doi:10.1038/nn.4171

      (4) Lotter LD, Saberi A, Hansen JY, et al. Human cortex development is shaped by molecular and cellular brain systems. Published online May 5, 2023:2023.05.05.539537. doi:10.1101/2023.05.05.539537

      (5) Lotter LD, Kohl SH, Gerloff C, et al. Revealing the neurobiology underlying interpersonal neural synchronization with multimodal data fusion. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews. 2023;146:105042. doi:10.1016/j.neubiorev.2023.105042

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      (1.1) The work by Porciello and colleagues provides scientific evidence that the acidic content of the stomach covaries with the experienced level of disgust and fear evoked by disgusting videos. The working of the inside of the gut during cognitive or emotional processes have remained elusive due to the invasiveness of the methods to study it. The major strength of the paper is the use of the non-invasive smart pill technology, which senses changes in Ph, pressure and temperature as it travels through the gut, allowing authors to investigate how different emotions induced with validated video clips modulate the state of the gut. The experimental paradigm used to evoke distinct emotions was also successful, as participants reported the expected emotions after each emotion block. While the reported evidence is correlational in nature, I believe these results open up new avenues for studying brain-body interactions during emotions in cognitive neuroscience, and future causal manipulations will shed more insight on this phenomena. Indeed, this is the first study to provide evidence for a link between gastric acidity and emotional experience beyond single patient studies, and it has major implications for the advancement of our understanding of disorders with psycho-somatic influences, such as stress and it's influence of gastritis.

      1.1 First of all, we want to thank Reviewer#1 for his cogent comments and for highlighting that our findings may inspire future research on brain-body interactions. We took into the highest consideration all the remarks and changed the manuscripts accordingly.

      (1.2) As for the limitations, little insight is provided on the mechanisms, time scales, and inter-individual variability of the link between gastric Ph and emotional induction. Since this is a novel phenomena, it would be important to further validate and characterize this finding. On this line, one of the most well known influences of disgust on the gut is tachygastria, the acceleration of the gastric rhythm. It would be important to understand how acid secretion by disgusting film is related to tachygastria, but authors only examine the influence of disgusting film on the normogastric frequency range.

      1.2 We are aware that at the moment our data are mainly descriptive and do not provide a clear picture of the causal mechanisms. However, to deal with this outstanding issue we added a new series of analysis.

      Most of the data on gastric activity come from analysis of the normogastric band. However, information about the EGG tachygastric rhythm in humans is of potential great importance. To deal with the reviewer’s comment and considering the previously published literature, we re-examined the EGG data focusing on the tachygastric rhythm. The methodology remained consistent with the process described for normogastric peak extraction but this time, we extracted the peak in the tachygastric band, specifically 0.067 to 0.167 Hz (i.e., 4–10 cpm). The ANOVA performed over the tachygastric cycle revealed a significant main effect of the type of video clip (F(4, 112) = 2.907, p = 0.025, Eta2 (partial) = 0.09). However, the Bonferroni corrected post hoc tests did not show any significant difference between the different type of emotional video clips and the neutral condition. The sole significant comparison was observed between participants viewing happy and fearful video clips, indicating that participants’ tachygastric cycles were faster when exposed to happy rather than fearful video clips (p = 0.038). For a visual representation of the outcomes, please see Fig S6.

      We revised the main text (Page 17, lines: 472-482) to include this analysis. The revised text now reads as follows:

      “Finally, we explored whether normogastric and/or tachygastric cycle changed in response to specific emotional experience. After checking that normogastric and tachygastric peak frequencies were normally distributed (all ps > 0.05), we ran two separate ANOVAs on the individual peak frequencies in the normogastric and tachygastric range. Each analysis had the type of video clip as within-subjects factor. The ANOVA performed on the normogastric rhythm was not significant (F(4, 44) = 1.037, p = 0.399) suggesting that the gastric rhythm did not change while participants observed the different emotional video clips. In contrast, the ANOVA performed on the tachygastric rhythm did show a significant main effect (F(4, 112) = 2.907, p = 0.025, Eta2 (partial) = 0.09). However, the only comparison that survived the Bonferroni correction was the one between happy and fearful video clips, namely participants’ tachygastric cycle was faster when they observed happy vs fearful video clips (p = 0.038) see Fig. S6 for a graphical representation of the results.”

      To deal with the Reviewer’s comment, we also correlated the average pH value with the corresponding frequency of the tachygastric cycle recorded in the disgusting, happy and the fearful video clips, namely the emotions associated to changes in pH. The only significant correlation was the one found during the disgusting video clips (r= 0.435; p= 0.023, all the other rs ≤ 0.351, all the other ps ≥ 0.073). Differently from what we expected, we found a positive correlation suggesting that when participants were exposed to disgusting video clips the less acidic was the pH the higher was the frequency of the tachygastric cycle. Instead, we know from our pill data that disgusting video clips are associated to more acid values, and from literature (not replicated by us) to a faster gastric rhythm. Since we did not find strong support in the EGG analysis suggesting a relationship between the gastric rhythm and the emotional experience, we believe that additional evidence will help to clarify the relationship between pH and gastric rhythm.

      (1.3) Additionally, only one channel of the electrogastrogram (EGG) was used to measure the gastric rhythm, and no information is provided on the quality of the recordings. With only one channel of EGG, it is often impossible to identify the gastric rhythm as the position of the stomach varies from person to person, yielding inaccurate estimates of the frequency of the gastric rhythm.

      1.3 We agree with Reviewer 1 on this point. We acknowledge the potential limitation associated with one-channel EGG recording in our study. To deal with this remark, in a separate (ongoing) study (N# participants= 25) we recorded the electrogastrogram following the methodology outlined by Wolpert et al., 2020 published on Psychophysiology. Thus, in order to study the EGG in association to the emotional experience, we used a bipolar 4-channels montage while participants observed the same emotional video clips used in our current study (see picture below for the montage set-up).

      Author response image 1 shows the 4-channels EGG bipolar recording montage reproducing the one proposed by Wolpert et al., 2020.

      Author response image 1.

      Then, we extracted the gastric cycle in both the normogastric and the tachygastric bands.

      After checking that data were normally distributed (Kolmogorov-Smirnov ds > 0.10; ps> .20), in the case of the gastric cycle extracted in the normogastric band, we ran a repeated measures ANOVA with the type of video clip as the only within-subjects factor measured on the 5 levels (i.e. the five types of video clip: Disgusting, Fearful, Happy, Neutral, and Sad). The ANOVA shows that the gastric cycle recorded during the different video clips did not differ (F (4,96) = 0.39; p= 0.81), see the plot on Author response image 2.

      Author response image 2.

      Gastric cycle (normogastric band) recorded via multiple-channels electrogastrogram (EGG) during the emotional experience. The plot shows the gastric cycle extracted in the normogastric band while participants were observing the five categories of the video clips (i.e. those inducing disgust, fear, happiness, sadness and, as control, a neutral state).

      We also extracted the gastric cycle in the tachygastric band, the distribution of the data was not normal in one condition (Kolmogorov-Smirnov ds > 0.27; p < 0.05), therefore we ran a Friedman ANOVA to compare the gastric cycle during the different emotional experiences. The Friedman ANOVA was not statistically significant (χ2 (4) = 2.88; p = 0.58), suggesting that, similarly to the gastric cycle extracted in the normogastric band, also the one extracted in the tachygastric band was not clearly associated to the investigated emotional states, see Author response image 3.

      Author response image 3.

      Gastric cycle (tachygastric band) recorded via multiple-channels electrogastrogram (EGG) during the emotional experience. The plot above shows the gastric cycle extracted in the tachygastric band while participants were observing the five categories of the video clips (i.e. those inducing disgust, fear, happiness, sadness and as control a neutral state).

      Results from this control study seem to suggest that the non-significant effect of the gastric cycle was probably not due to the fact that we use a one-channel egg montage, at least for what concerns the gastric cycle extracted from the normogastric band.

      For what concerns the tachygastric frequency associated to the emotional experience these results from a multi-channel EGG recording seem to go in the same direction of the normogastric one, namely no frequency of the gastric cycles recorded during the emotional video clips was different from the control condition.

      The only significant difference that we found in our 1-channel EGG study was the one between the happy and the fearful video clips (see Fig. S6 contained in the supplementary materials and above). Specifically, we found that happy video clips were associated to higher gastric frequency compared to the fearful ones. However, we did not replicate these findings in our multi-channels EGG study.

      Although suggestive, this evidence is not conclusive. Indeed, we are aware that a final word on the results of our multi-channel study can be said only when a larger sample is obtained.

      (1.4) Finally, I believe that the results do not show evidence in favor of the discrete nature of emotions theory as they claim in the discussion. Authors chose to use stimuli inducing discrete emotions, and only asked subjective reports of these same discrete emotions, so these results shed no light on whether emotions are represented discretely vs continuously in the brain.

      We revised the discussion in order to better describe our results and toned down the interpretation that the present findings directly support the discrete nature of emotions, as suggested by this Reviewer.

      Now page 21&22 lines 622-631 reads as follow:

      “Overall, and in line with theoretical and empirical evidence (Damasio, 1999; Harrison et al., 2010; James, 1994, Lettieri et al., 2019; Stephens et al., 2010), our findings may suggest that specific patterns of subjective, behavioural, and physiological measures are linked to unique emotional states...We acknowledge that our results, although novel, are restricted to a sample of male participants, and more importantly they need to be replicated. We also acknowledge that future studies should better investigate the mechanisms underlying the role of the pH in the emergence of specific emotion. For instance, pharmacologically manipulating stomach pH during emotional induction, not only for basic emotions but also for exploring complex emotions such as moral disgust (Rozin et al., 2009), would enable researchers to generalize these findings and examine the directionality of this relationship.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      To measure the role of gastric state in emotion, the authors used an ingestible smart pill to measure pH, pressure, and temperature in the gastrointestinal tract (stomach, small bowel, large bowel) while participants watched videos that induced disgust, fear, happiness, sadness, or a control (neutral). The study has a number of strengths, including the novelty of the measurement (very few studies have ever measured these gut properties during emotion processing) and the apparent robustness of their main finding (that during disgusting video clips, participants who experienced more feelings of disgust (and to a lesser degree which might not survive more stringent multiple comparison correction, fear) had more acidic stomach measurements, while participants who experienced more happiness during the disgusting video clips had a less acidic (more basic) stomach pH. Although the study is correlational (which all discussion should carefully reflect) and is restricted to a moderately-sized, homogenous sample, the results support their general conclusion that stomach pH is related to emotion experience during disgust induction. There may be additional analyses to conduct in order for the authors to claim this effect is specific to the stomach. Nevertheless, this work is likely to have a large impact on the field, which currently tends to rely on noninvasive measures of gastric activity such as electrogastrography (which the authors also collect for comparison); the authors' minimally-invasive approach yields new and useful measurements of gastric state. These new measures could have relevance beyond emotion processing in understanding the role of gut pH (and perhaps temperature and pressure) in cognitive processes (e.g. interoception) as well as mental and physical health.

      We are very grateful to Reviewer#2 for skilfully managing the paper and highlighting its strengths, particularly the innovative measurement approach and the potential implications these findings might offer for future research into the impact of gastric signals on emotional experiences and potentially on many other higher-order cognitive functions. Additionally, we would like to thank her for the highly valuable feedback. We have incorporated all the comments into the revised manuscript, aiming to enhance its quality.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      This study used novel ingestible pills to measure pH and other gastric signals, and related these measures to self-report ratings of emotions induced by video clips. The main finding was that when participants viewed videos of disgust, there was an association between gastric pH and feelings of disgust and fear, and (in the opposite direction) happiness. These findings may be the first to relate objective measures of gastric physiology to emotional experience. The methods open up many new questions that can be addressed by future studies and are thus likely to have an impact on the field.

      We thank very much also Reviewer#3 for the accurate reading of our manuscript; for highlighting the strengths of our study; and for providing valuable feedback. Below, a point-by-point response to all the comments raised by this Reviewer. We have incorporated their comments, and we hope they are satisfied by the new version of the manuscript.

      (3.1) My main concern is with the reliability of the results. The study associates many measures (pH, temperature, pressure, EGG) in stomach, small bowel, and large bowel with multiple emotion ratings. This amounts to many statistical tests. Only one of these measures (pH in the stomach) shows a significant effect. Furthermore, the key findings, as displayed in Figure 4 do not look particularly convincing. Perhaps this is a display issue, but the relations between stomach pH and Vas ratings of disgust, fear, and happiness were not apparent from the scatter plot and may be influenced by outliers (e.g., happiness).

      3.1 We thank Reviewer#3 for raising this issue which was also raised by Reviewer#1 and #2, se replies above. As reported above we worked on the data analysis in order to provide more evidence supporting our claim, i.e. that pH plays a role in the emotional experience of disgust, happiness and fear. We modified Figure 4 (now 5) as also requested by Reviewer 1 and 2, and we now hope that it is clearer. We included a new analysis, in which we used all the datapoints recorded from the ingestible device and we performed a mixed models analysis with pH as dependent variable, type of video clips and number of datapoints (‘Time’) as fixed factors, and the by-subject intercepts as random effects. This analysis not only supported the results of the original one but provided evidence for a causal role of the emotional induction on the pH of the stomach. Results of this analysis are described in point 1.7 in the response to Reviewer#1 and results of the new analysis and the revised version of the main figure can be found in track change in the manuscript (Page 15&16, lines: 408-439) in the main text and copied and pasted below.

      “To explore how the emotional induction could modulate the pH of the stomach and how the length of the exposure to that specific emotional induction could also play a role in modulating pH variations, we ran an additional model, Model 2. This model included all the pH datapoints registered using the Smartpill as dependent variable, the type of video clip and the number of the datapoints (“Time”) as fixed effects, and the by-subject intercepts as random effects (see Supplementary information for a detailed description of the model). Model 2 had a marginal R2 = 0.014 and a conditional R2 = 0.79. Visual inspection of the plots did reveal some small deviations from homoscedasticity, visual inspection of the residuals did not show important deviations from normality. As for collinearity (tested by means of vif function of car package), all independent variables had a GVIF^(1/(2*Df)))^2 < 10.

      Type III analysis of variance of Model 2 showed a statistically significant main effect of the Time (F = 20.237, p < 0.001, Eta2 < 0.01) suggesting that independently from the type of video clip observed, the stomach pH significantly decreased as a function of the time of exposure to the induction. A significant main effect of the type of video clip was also found (F = 22.242, p < 0.001, Eta2 = 0.01) suggesting that pH of the stomach changes when participants experienced different types of emotions. In particular, post hoc analysis revealed that pH was more acidic when participants observed disgusting compared to fearful (t= -11.417; p < 0.001), happy (t= -15.510; p < 0.001) and neutral (t= -3.598; p = 0.003) video clips.

      Also, pH was more acidic when participants observed fearful compared to happy (t= -4.064; p < 0.001), and less acidic compared to neutral (t= 7.835; p < 0.001) and sad scenarios (t= 9.743; p < 0.001). Finally, pH was less acidic when participants observed happy compared to neutral (t= 11.923; p < 0.001). and sad videoclips (t= 13.806; p < 0.001), see Fig.6, left panel. Interestingly, also the double interaction Time X Type of video clip was significant (F = 3.250, p = 0.0113, Eta2 < 0.01) suggesting that the time of the exposure to the induction differentially influenced the pH of the stomach depending on to the type of the observed video clip. Simple slope analysis showed that while pH did not change over time when observing disgusting (t= -1.2691; p = 0.2045) and happy (t= 0.4466; p = 0.6552) clips, it did significantly decrease over time when observing fearful (t= -4.4212; p < 0.001), sad (t= -2.0487; p = 0.0405) and neutral video clips (t= -2.7956; p = 0.0052), see Fig.6, right panel."

      We believe that the new evidence reported provides support of our claims and we hope that the reviewer agrees with us. However, as we also mentioned in the paper, we are aware that replications are needed and we are already working on this.

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This study aims to test the role of awake replay in short-term memory, a type of memory that operates on the timescale of seconds and minutes. Replay refers to a time-compressed burst of neuronal population activity during a particular oscillatory local field potential event in the hippocampus, called the sharp-wave ripple (SWR). SWRs are found during sleep and in the awake state and are always associated with the animal being quiescent. The paper compares results from three different behavioral tasks ranging in memory requirements and memory timescales. First, rats were trained on either a spatial match-to-sample task (MTS), a non-match-to-sample task (NMTS), or a task requiring the memorization of sequences (maze arms to be visited in a specific temporal order). In this initial training phase, the animals were allowed to learn the maze structure and the rules governing these tasks for all these behavioral paradigms. Then, awake sharp-SWRs were disrupted as the animal performed these tasks (both during instruction and test phases) via an online detection system combined with closed-loop electrical stimulation of the ventral hippocampal commissure. Notably, this manipulation appeared not to affect performance in all three tasks, as determined using various behavioral parameters. Trials with no stimulation or delayed stimulation serve as controls. Thus, the authors conclude that awake SWRs are not involved in these short-term memory-guided behaviors. I do have a few comments that the authors should discuss or address:

      (1) This study adds to a large number of studies investigating the role of awake SWRs in spatial learning and memory tasks. The results of these previous studies are quite contradictory and range from awake SWRs are not crucial in guiding decisions at all to SWRs are only essential during task rule learning to SWRs do guide behavior. Could the authors comment on these seemingly contradictory results? Why are these experiments now the right ones?

      The reviewer is correct that there is a large body of literature investigating awake SWRs. Most commonly, interpretations about the role of SWRs and associated replay are made based on correlations of their occurrence with behavior. These correlations do, however, not necessarily indicate that SWRs contribute to a particular cognitive process. That is why interventional studies like ours are important to clarify the contribution of SWRs.

      The acquisition of a novel task involves a number of cognitive processes, including short- and long-term memory, building a map of the environment, exploration of the solution space and incorporating (non-)rewarding feedback. Based on available evidence, SWRs could contribute to many of these processes. Our experiments were designed to exclude the long-term memory aspect and focus on the memorization of locations on a short time-scale which as we now demonstrate is not dependent on SWRs. Since the use of short-term spatial memory is one of the possible explanations for the learning deficit seen by Jadhav et al. (2012) following SWR disruption in an alternation task, our results may also narrow down the exact contribution of SWR in these studies.

      (2) None of the experiments presented here test the role of replay. I suggest making this distinction in the paper and the title clear. As the results are presented now, is it possible that the SWR content is not affected sufficiently to have a behavioral effect or that there is a bias towards detecting specific SWRs, e.g., longer SWRs?

      The reviewer is right that our experiments do not say anything about replay directly. We adapted the text to make this distinction clear.

      We address the possibility that SWR content may not be disrupted sufficiently to cause a behavioral effect in response to recommendation 1.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In this manuscript, the authors seek to shed light on the role of awake hippocampal replay during memory tasks that are claimed to be short-term memory. For this, they make use of a real-time detection and disruption system of awake hippocampal ripples, which are used as a proxy for awake neuronal replay. The manuscript describes extensively the tasks as well as the disruption system and controls used during the experiments. The authors present numerous and solid analyses of the behavioral data acquired during the tasks. Nonetheless, the current version of the manuscript is lacking a more complete discussion in which the results are contrasted to previous similar findings, as well as mentioning the role of the awake ripple in the stabilization of hippocampal maps. Some extra analyses are also suggested below. The manuscript would also be enriched if the authors suggested alternative mechanisms for memory rehearsal. Finally, some claims of "we are first" seem inappropriate when compared to the previous literature.

      Major comments:

      How does one define short-term memory (STM) in rodents? The examples and papers cited in the first paragraphs refer mostly to human working memory tasks, from which it is known that a non- rehearsed STM lasts typically 20-30 seconds. Could the authors mention how this concept is translated to rodents? Could you clarify until what point memory is considered STM and what is the criteria to consider it has turned into long-term memory or when is it simply working memory or habit/skill?

      We agree with the reviewer that the definition of short-term memory is fluid and may differ between researchers and model systems. To avoid confusion, we reframed our study in a different context and hope that this makes the timeframes we are talking about clearer.

      Further, why should these tasks be classified as testing STM while Jadhav et al. tasks are working memory or as they now mention in this article rule learning?

      Note that short-term memory and working memory are closely related, but not identical, concepts. Whereas short-term memory refers to the retaining of information for a short period of time, working memory is generally considered to also include some manipulation of that information. Unfortunately, in the rodent literature, (spatial) working memory and short-term memory are often used interchangeably.

      Many (animal) spatial memory tasks do not test a single cognitive faculty, but likely involve a combination of short-term memory, working memory, and rule learning (among other abilities) to acquire or solve the task. As such, an unequivocal classification of behavioral tasks is not generally possible. For example, in the continuous version of the spatial alternation task used in Jadhav et al., animals may learn the rule “if I in the center arm and I came from the left goal arm, then I will next find reward in the right goal arm”. The execution of this rule would require maintaining in (short-term) memory the most recent visited goal arm. Alternatively, animals may learn the rule to turn left twice and right twice to successfully perform the task.

      One of our goals in our study was to attempt to isolate rule learning components and short-term memory components in our tasks (to be clear: we are not claiming that our tasks are pure short- term memory tasks).

      We have rewritten the introduction to reframe our study, which hopefully clarifies the points above.

      In humans, the retention of memory after a certain time is achieved by retrieving a long-term memory. How do we know if the considerable training the rats received has not allowed the use of a long-term memory strategy which allows the rats to perform well even in the absence of rehearsal (replay)? These are conceptual explanations that would help understand the key concept of STM in greater detail.

      Our experiments aimed to distinguish between the process of learning general task rules through training and the need to retain information specific to each trial or session. For example, in the NMTS task, the animals may have a long-term memory of the overall task design, but they cannot anticipate or recall in advance which specific arms will be baited in the instruction phase since they vary from one trial to another. Therefore, to complete a trial successfully, the animals must have formed some type of (short-term) memory of the instruction arms and/or of the arms that still need to be visited in the test phase. Although extended training may have resulted in a more optimized and less demanding strategy to memorize the necessary information, evidence in the literature indicates that even then (for this particular task), a functional hippocampus is required (Sasaki 2021). The question we address in our experiments is whether hippocampal SWRs (and by association, replay) are instrumental in the formation or maintenance of this memory, whether through rehearsal or other mechanisms. The rewritten introduction explains these concepts more clearly.

      Further, claims of "first" should be adjusted, since I do not see a large difference between the w (m) maze of Jadhav and these tasks. The main difference between the two projects would rather be that Jadhav tests when animals are still newer to the task while here overtrained animals are used. In Jadhav, it's unlikely that just rule learning is affected since the inbound component is not affected by disruption, which also tests rule learning. Therefore, it is still likely that the effect seen in Jadhav et al is a deficit in working memory/short-term memory. And here it is more likely, that no effect was seen since with overtrained animals other strategies (cortical, striatal, etc) were used. The authors should compare in more detail how overtrained animals were in these different projects as well as in the articles they cite for replay analysis.

      The training of the animals on the general task rules prior to SWR disruption manipulations is by design, as it better isolates the short-term memory demands required to solve the task in each trial/session. In our tasks, the rats are required to memorize a randomly chosen combination of goal arms on each day (MTS & SEQ task) or in every trial (NMTS task). Unlike the continuous alternation paradigm used by Jadhav et al. (2012), our tasks can not be solved using a stereotypical or habitual (striatal) strategy that is acquired through extended training. We can not exclude that the rats acquired an optimized and less cognitively demanding strategy that is mainly dependent on cortical structures outside the hippocampus, however evidence in the literature still indicates the requirement for a functional hippocampus (Sasaki, 2021; Okaichi and Oshima 1990; Blokland, Honig, and Raaijmakers, 1992).

      The reviewer is correct that the inbound component of the continuous alternation task in Jadhav et al. (2012) can be considered rule learning and was not affected by SWR disruption. However, we do not believe that this should be generalized to all rule learning and it is very well conceivable that SWRs contribute to the learning of more complex rules that also feature ambiguity (such as the outbound component in the continuous alternation task). We elaborate on these points in the discussion (lines 425-455).

      The main conclusion of the authors is that hippocampal replay is not the rehearsal mechanism expected in STM given that its disruption doesn't lead to behavioral changes. Could the authors hypothesize in their discussion what other neural mechanisms different from hippocampal replay may be involved in this rehearsal?

      Thank you for this suggestion. We added an extra paragraph speculating on this aspect (lines 499- 518).

      The discussion also lacks closure with respect to how the findings fit in the study of STM in human memory. This would make the article more interesting to a larger audience and highlight its translational aspect.

      We agree with the reviewer and added our insight to the discussion.

      The results describe deeply the behavioral performance of the rats and the validation of the ripple detection/disruption system. However, one important aspect missing is how the hippocampal activity and its encoding of space may be affected by the awake ripple disruption. The authors don't cite the work by Roux et al., Nature Neuroscience. 2017 where optogenetic stimulation of hippocampal neurons provided evidence that neuronal activity associated with awake hippocampal ripples during goal-directed behavior is required for both stabilizing and refining hippocampal place fields, while memory performance was not affected during ripple-locked stimulations compared to a ripple-delayed stimulation control (See supplementary Figure 7 of the mentioned article). I would like the authors to comment on their own findings and contrast them with those of Roux et al.

      We agree that it is interesting to include the results of Roux et al. in our discussion (lines 470 and 463-466).

      Line 64: Could the authors clarify what they mean by "indirect" causal evidence when discussing the contribution of papers by Jadhav, Igata, and Fernandez? Is it the fact that rodents' learning speed changed instead of showing a complete absence of learning? Or is it the fact that the disruption/prolongation is done on the hippocampal ripple and not strictly in the replay sequence?

      We apologize for the confusion and rewrote large parts of the introduction to clarify the contributions of the papers by Jadhav, Igata, and Fernandez and the difference with what our manipulations contribute. In the process, we removed the phrase ‘indirect causal evidence’.

      I would also highlight this latter difference, given that the above-mentioned authors describe their methodological approaches in terms of ripples and not in terms of replay content. For example, the use of "replay" instead of "ripple" in Line 61 results in methodological inaccurate terms such as replay disruption and replay prolongation.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We adapted the manuscript to always use ‘ripple’ or ‘sharp-wave ripple’ (SWR) when describing our results.

      Despite its apparent lack of statistical significance, the reported mean ripple detection rate during the trial and non-trial periods tend to be always higher in the disruption condition of all tasks by observing the median of the boxplots in Figure 1J, Figure 2H, and Figure 3J. It is worth investigating this further using the same linear regression method as Girardeau et al. Journal of Neuroscience, 2014 which may reduce the variability and allow comparing slopes of a cumulative number of ripples over time. This may reveal a compensatory homeostatic-like increase in the rate of ripples during the disrupted sessions, which may suggest a need for the ripple/replay occurrence in spite of it not having an effect on the rats' performance during the task.

      The reviewer makes an interesting observation and we appreciate the suggestion for further investigation. However, note that a clear trend for higher ripple rates in disruption trials/sessions is not present when comparing to non-stimulated control trials/session. Part of the variability in the observed ripple rates is likely due to the variability in the animals’ behavioral state (e.g., moving, pausing but alert, grooming, consuming reward) and the corresponding varying propensity for SWRs to occur. The behavioral variability makes application of the linear regression approach of Girardeau et al. (2014) not straightforward (note that Girardeau et al. looked at SWRs during sleep). For these reasons, we have decided to not further look into the potential disruption-induced increase of the SWR rate.

      In line 425, the authors report a median relative delay of 52.9 of their disruption system. Such a value would indicate that only around 47% of the ripple is being blocked. Is there any data from the authors or others that could reassure the reader that the 52.9% of the ripple that "leaks" is not enough for the replay phenomenon to occur? Considering the findings of Fernandez-Ruiz et al. 2019 on large-duration ripples, could the authors report the relative delay for both short and long ripples (>100 ms) separately?

      The reviewer is correct that the initial part (~35 ms) of SWRs remains intact, which is inherent to the online detection and disruption approach. In relative terms, a larger fraction of long SWRs is disrupted. As requested, we have adapted figure 4c to separately show the distribution of relative detection delays for long (duration >100ms) and short SWRs.

      As we and others have shown, the electrical stimulation temporarily suppresses spiking activity in CA1 and thus abruptly interferes with any ongoing replay, but any beginning of replay sequences before the stimulation will not be affected. Previous studies that use the same methodology to disrupt SWRs reported a behavioral performance deficit despite the detection delays (Michon et al. 2019; Girardeau et al. 2009; Jadhav et al. 2012). This suggests that the initial part of SWRs (and replay) is not sufficient to support the behavior. The delays in the current study are quantitatively similar to what we have reported before in Michon et al. (2019) and thus we are confident that we should have been able to observe a behavioral effect if present. We now elaborate on this topic in the Discussion (lines 489-498) .

      Line 494: The authors define long ripples as (>120 ms) but this doesn't coincide with the 100ms threshold from Fernandez Ruiz et al. 2019.

      Thank you for pointing this out, it is corrected in the text both in the Results (line 389) and Discussion (line 486).

      The online ripple detector used filtered the traces in the 135-255 Hz range. This is a narrower frequency range compared to online detectors used by Jadhav et al. 2012 (100-400 Hz) and Fernandez-Ruiz et al. 2019 (80-300 Hz). What motivated the use of this narrow range? Would the omittance of ripples below 135 Hz have implications in the results? Could the authors add to the supplement a figure similar to Figure 4B (FDR vs TPR) using a wider frequency range similar to the authors above in the offline detection of ripples?

      The frequency of hippocampal ripple oscillation in rat generally lies in the range of 160-225 Hz (Buzsaki, 1992). We have added a power spectrum in Figure 1d that confirms this frequency range in our experiments. Filters that include frequencies below this range (as in the studies referenced by the reviewer) likely also pass through high-frequency gamma oscillations, and filters that include frequencies above this range likely also pass through multi-unit spiking activity. The challenge for a real-time ripple detection system is to design a filter that has an acceptable trade-off between filtering in a specific (narrow) frequency range and introducing a long delay. In our study, we specifically designed a filter that is specific to the ripple frequency band and still has an acceptable low delay.

      It is unclear what criterion was used to train the rats in the NMTS task. Line 216 specifies a learning criterion of 80% fully correct trials in one session for three days in a row, while the methods in line 852 mention an average performance below 50% for at least three days in a row.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We corrected the learning criterium description in the results section (lines 108-110) to match the description in the Methods section.

      In the methods section, it is not mentioned if there was a specific region in the cortex where the tetrode was placed (Line 908).

      The detections in this tetrode were used to mark events as "false positives". The authors should be careful in line 933 when they make the statement "ripples are not present in the cortex". There have been recent publications that challenge this affirmation. See Khodagholy, Science. 2017, Nitzan, Nature Comm. 2020.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have added the cortical region in the methods (line 882) and clarified that, as far as we know, no ripples in that part of the cortex (parietal associate cortex) have been described that are synchronous with hippocampal ripples.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This study presents a useful characterization of the biochemical consequences of a disease-associated point mutation in a nonmuscle actin. The study uses solid and well-characterized in vitro assays to explore function. In some cases the statistical analyses are inadequate and several important in vitro assays are not employed.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Strengths:

      The authors first perform several important controls to show that the expressed mutant actin is properly folded, and then show that the Arp2/3 complex behaves similarly with WT and mutant actin via a TIRF microscopy assay as well as a bulk pyrene-actin assay. A TIRF assay showed a small but significant reduction in the rate of elongation of the mutant actin suggesting only a mild polymerization defect.

      Based on in silico analysis of the close location of the actin point mutation and bound cofilin, cofilin was chosen for further investigation. Faster de novo nucleation by cofilin was observed with mutant actin. In contrast, the mutant actin was more slowly severed. Both effects favor the retention of filamentous mutant actin. In solution, the effect of cofilin concentration and pH was assessed for both WT and mutant actin filaments, with a more limited repertoire of conditions in a TIRF assay that directly showed slower severing of mutant actin.

      Lastly, the mutated residue in actin is predicted to interact with the cardiomyopathy loop in myosin and thus a standard in vitro motility assay with immobilized motors was used to show that non-muscle myosin 2A moved mutant actin more slowly, explained in part by a reduced affinity for the filament deduced from transient kinetic assays. By the same motility assay, myosin 5A also showed impaired interaction with the mutant filaments.

      The Discussion is interesting and concludes that the mutant actin will co-exist with WT actin in filaments, and will contribute to altered actin dynamics and poor interaction with relevant myosin motors in the cellular context. While not an exhaustive list of possible defects, this is a solid start to understanding how this mutation might trigger a disease phenotype.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive evaluation of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      • Potential assembly defects of the mutant actin could be more thoroughly investigated if the same experiment shown in Fig. 2 was repeated as a function of actin concentration, which would allow the rate of disassembly and the critical concentration to also be determined.

      The polymerization rate of individual filaments observed in TIRFM experiments showed only minor changes, as did the bulk-polymerization rate of 2 µM actin in pyrene-actin based experiments. Therefore, we decided not to perform additional pyrene-actin based experiments, in which we titrate the actin concentration, as we expect only very small changes to the critical concentration. Instead, we focused on the disturbed interaction with ABPs, as we assume these defects to be more relevant in an in vivo context. Using pyrene-based bulkexperiments, we did determine the rate of dilution-induced depolymerization of mutant filaments and compare them with the values determined for wt (Figure 5A, Table 1).

      • The more direct TIRF assay for cofilin severing was only performed at high cofilin concentration (100 nM). Lower concentrations of cofilin would also be informative, as well as directly examining by the TIRF assay the effect of cofilin on filaments composed of a 50:50 mixture of WT:mutant actin, the more relevant case for the cell.

      The TIRF assay for cofilin severing was performed initially over the cofilin concentration range from 20 to 250 nM. The results obtained in the presence of 100 nM cofilin allow a particularly informative depiction of the differences observed with mutant and WT actin. This applies to the image series showing the changes in filament length, cofilin clusters, and filament number as well as to the graphs showing time dependent changes in the number of filaments and total actin fluorescence. We have not included the results for a 50:50 mixture of WT:mutant actin because its attenuating effect is documented in several other experiments in the manuscript.

      • The more appropriate assay to determine the effect of the actin point mutation on class 5 myosin would be the inverted assay where myosin walks along single actin filaments adhered to a coverslip. This would allow an evaluation of class 5 myosin processivity on WT versus mutant actin that more closely reflects how Myo5 acts in cells, instead of the ensemble assay used appropriately for myosin 2.

      Our results with Myo5A show a less productive interaction with mutant actin filaments as indicated by a 1.7-fold reduction in the average sliding velocity and an increase in the optimal Myo5A-HMM surface density from 770 to 3100 molecules per µm2. These results indicate a reduction in binding affinity and coupling efficiency, with a likely impact on processivity. We expect only a small incremental gain in knowledge about the extent of changes by performing additional experiments with an inverted assay geometry, given that under physiological conditions the motor properties of Myo5A and other cytoskeletal myosins are modulated by other factors such as the presence of tropomyosin isoforms and other actin binding proteins.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Greve et al. investigated the effects of a disease-associated gamma-actin mutation (E334Q) on actin filament polymerization, association of selected actin-binding proteins, and myosin activity. Recombinant wildtype and mutant proteins expressed in sf9 cells were found to be folded and stable, and the presence of the mutation altered a number of activities. Given the location of the mutation, it is not surprising that there are changes in polymerization and interactions with actin binding proteins. Nevertheless, it is important to quantify the effects of the mutation to better understand disease etiology.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive evaluation of our work.

      Some weaknesses were identified in the paper as discussed below.

      • Throughout the paper, the authors report average values and the standard-error-of-the-mean (SEM) for groups of three experiments. Reporting the SEM is not appropriate or useful for so few points, as it does not reflect the distribution of the data points. When only three points are available, it would be better to just show the three different points. Otherwise, plot the average and the range of the three points.

      We have gone through the manuscript carefully to correct any errors in the statistics, as explained below.

      Figure 1B, 5B, 5C, 5D, 8D, 9B, and 8 – figure supplement 2 all show the mean ± SD, as also correctly reported for Figure 8E and 8F in the figure legend. The statement, that these figures show the mean ± SEM was inaccurate. We corrected this mistake for all the listed figures. Furthermore, we now give the exact N for every experiment in the figure legend.

      Figure 2C, 2E, 2F, 4B, 5A, 6B-E showed the mean ± SEM. As suggested by the reviewer, we corrected the figures to show the mean ± SD.

      We still refer to the mean ± SEM in Figure 2B, where elongation rates for more than 100 filaments were recorded, and in Figure 8B, where sliding velocities for several thousand actin filaments were measured.

      • The description and characterization of the recombinant actin is incomplete. Please show gels of purified proteins. This is especially important with this preparation since the chymotrypsin step could result in internally cleaved proteins and altered properties, as shown by Ceron et al (2022). The authors should also comment on N-terminal acetylation of actin.

      We added an additional figure showing the purification strategy for the recombinant cytoskeletal γ –actin WT and p.E334Q protein with exemplary SDS-gels from different stages of purification (Figure 1 – figure supplement 1).

      In a previous paper, we reported the mass spectrometric analysis of the post-translational modifications of recombinant human β- and γ-cytoskeletal actin produced in Sf-9 cells. (Müller et al., 2013, Plos One). Recombinant actin showing complete N-terminal processing resulting in cleavage of the initial methionine and acetylation of the following aspartate (β-actin) or glutamate (γ-actin) is the predominant species in the analyzed preparations (> 95 %). While the recombinant actin in the 2013 study was produced tag-free and purified by affinity chromatography using the column-immobilized actin-binding domain of gelsolin (G4-G6), we have no reason to assume that the purification strategy using the actin-thymosin-β4 changes the efficiency of the N-terminal processing in Sf-9 cells. This is supported by our, yet unpublished, mass-spectrometric studies on recombinant human α-cardiac actin purified using the actin- thymosin-β4 fusion construct, which revealed actin species with an acetylated aspartate-3. This N-terminal modification of α-cardiac actin is catalyzed by the same actinspecific acetyltransferase (NAA80) as the acetylation of asparate-2 or glutamate-2 in cytoskeletal actin isoforms (Varland et al., 2019, Trends in Biochemical Sciences). Furthermore, additional studies that used the actin-thymosin-β4 fusion construct for the production of recombinant human cytoskeletal actin isoforms in Pichia pastoris reported robust N-terminal acetylation, when the actin was co-produced with NAA80 (In contrast to Sf-9 cells, NAA80 is not endogenously expressed in Pichia pastoris) (Hatano et al., 2020, Journal of Cell Science).

      We therefore, added the following statement to the manuscript:

      “Purification of the fusion protein by immobilized metal affinity chromatography, followed by chymotrypsin–mediated cleavage of C–terminal linker and tag sequences, results in homogeneous protein without non–native residues and native N-terminal processing, which includes cleavage of the initial methionine and acetylation of the following glutamate. “

      • The authors do not use the best technique to assess actin polymerization parameters. Although the TIRF assay is excellent for some measurements, it is not as good as the standard pyrene-actin assays that provide critical concentration, nucleation, and polymerization parameters. The authors use pyrene-actin in other parts of the paper, so it is not clear why they don't do the assays that are the standard in the actin field.

      The polymerization rate of individual filaments observed in TIRFM experiments showed only minor changes, as did the bulk-polymerization rate of 2 µM actin in pyrene-actin based experiments. Therefore, we decided not to perform additional pyrene-actin based experiments, in which we titrate the actin concentration, as we expect only very small changes to the critical concentration. Instead, we focused on the disturbed interaction with ABPs, as we assume these defects to be more relevant in an in vivo context. Using pyrene-based bulkexperiments, we did determine the rate of dilution-induced depolymerization of mutant filaments and compare them with the values determined for WT (Figure 5A, Table 1).

      • The authors' data suggest that, while the binding of cofilin-1 to both the WT and mutant actins remains similar, the major defect of the E334Q actin is that it is not as readily severed/disassembled by cofilin. What is missing is a direct measurement of the severing rate (number of breaks per second) as measured in TIRF.

      The severing rate as measured in TIRF is dependent on a number of parameters in a nonlinear manner. Therefore, we opted to show the combination of images directly showing the progress of the reaction and graphs summarizing the concomitant changes in cofilin clusters, actin filaments, actin-related fluorescence intensity and cofilin-related fluorescence intensity.

      • Figure 4 shows that the E334Q mutation increases rather than decreases the number of filaments that spontaneously assemble in the TIRF assay, but it is unclear how reduced severing would lead to increased filament numbers, rather, the opposite would be expected. A more straightforward approach would be to perform experiments where severing leads to more nuclei and therefore enhances the net bulk assembly rate.

      Figure 4 shows polymerization experiments that were started from ATP-G-actin in the presence of cofilin-1. These experiments show clearly that, especially at the higher cofilin-1 concentration (100 nM), the filament number is strongly increased in experiments performed with mutant actin. Inspection of the corresponding videos of these TIRFM experiments suggest that the increased number of filaments must result from an increased number of de novo nucleation events and not primarily from a mutation-induced change in severing susceptibility. The observation of a cofilin-stimulated increase in the de novo nucleation efficiency of actin was initially described by Andrianantoandro & Pollard (2006, Molecular Cell) using TIRFMbased experiments and is thought to arise from the stabilization of thermodynamically unfavorable actin dimers and trimers by cofilin. While the exact role of this cofilin-mediated effect in vivo is not completely clear, it is thought to contribute to cofilin-meditated actin dynamics synergistically with cofilin-mediated severing. It is therefore necessary, to clearly distinguish between the two effects of cofilin in vitro: stimulation of de novo nucleation and stimulation of filament disassembly. Our data indicated that the E334Q mutation affects these two effects differentially, as we state in the abstract and in the discussion.

      Abstract: “E334Q differentially affects cofilin-mediated actin dynamics by increasing the rate of cofilin-mediated de novo nucleation of actin filaments and decreasing the efficiency of cofilin-mediated filament severing.”

      Discussion: “Cofilin-mediated severing and nucleation were previously proposed to synergistically contribute to global actin turnover in cells (Andrianantoandro & Pollard, 2006; Du & Frieden, 1998). Our results show that the mutation affects these different cofilin functions in actin dynamics in opposite ways. Cofilin-mediated filament nucleation is more efficient for p.E334Q monomers, while cofilin-mediated severing of filaments containing p.E334Q is significantly reduced. The interaction of both actin monomers and actin filaments with ADF/cofilin proteins involves several distinct overlapping reactions. In the case of actin filaments, cofilin binding is followed by structural modification of the filament, severing and depolymerizing the filament (De La Cruz & Sept, 2010). Cofilin binding to monomeric actin is followed by the closure of the nucleotide cleft and the formation of stabilized “long-pitch” actin dimers, which stimulate nucleation (Andrianantoandro & Pollard, 2006)”.

      We interpret the reviewer's suggestion to mean that additional pyrene-actin-based bulk polymerization experiments should be performed to investigate the bulk-polymerization rate of ATP-G-actin in the presence of cofilin-1. In our understanding, these experiment would not provide additional value as 1) An observed increase of the bulk-polymerization rate cannot be directly correlated to a change of the efficiency of de novo nucleation or severing and 2) the effect of the mutation on cofilin-mediated filament disassembly was extensively analyzed in other experiments starting from preformed actin filaments. Moreover, our results are consistent with in silico modelling and normal mode analysis of the WT and mutant actin-cofilin complex.

      • Figure 5 A: in the pyrene disassembly assay, where actin is diluted below its critical concentration, cofilin enhances the rate of depolymerization by generating more free ends. The E334Q mutation leads to decreased cofilin-induced severing and therefore lower depolymerization. While these data seem convincing, it would be better to present them as an XY plot and fit the data to lines for comparison of the slopes.

      We now present the data as suggested by the reviewer. Furthermore, we determined the apparent second-order rate constant for cofilin-induced F-actin depolymerization (kc) to quantify the observed differences between WT, mutant and heterofilaments, as suggested by the reviewer.

      The paragraph describing these results was changed accordingly:

      “The observed rate constant values are linearly dependent on the concentration of cofilin–1 in the range 0–40 nM, with the slope corresponding to the apparent second– order rate constant (kC) for the cofilin-1 induced depolymerization of F–actin. In experiments performed with p.E334Q filaments, the value obtained for kC was 4.2-fold lower (0.81 × 10-4 ± 0.08 × 10-4 nM-1 s-1) compared to experiments with WT filaments (3.42 × 10-4 ± 0.22 × 10-4 nM-1 s-1). When heterofilaments were used, the effect of the mutation was reduced to a 2.2-fold difference compared to WT filaments (1.54 × 10-4 ± 0.11 × 10-4 nM-1 s-1).”

      • Figure 5 B and C: the cosedimentation data do not seem to help elucidate the underlying mechanism. While the authors report statistical significance, differences are small, especially for gel densitometry measurements where the error is high, which suggests that there may be little biological significance. Importantly, example gels from these experiments should be shown, if not the complete set included in the supplement. In B, the higher cofilin concentrations would be expected to stabilize the filaments and thus the curve should be Ushaped.

      We do not completely agree with the reviewer on this point. We think the co-sedimentation experiments are useful, as they show that cofilin-1 efficiently binds to mutant filaments, but is less efficient in stimulating disassembly in these endpoint-experiments. This information is not provided by the analysis of the effect of cofilin-1 on the bulk-depolymerization rate and adds to our understanding of the defect of the actin-cofilin interaction for the mutant.

      While we agree with the reviewer on the point that co-sedimentation experiments must be repeated several times to produce reliable data, we cannot fully grasp the reasoning behind the statement “While the authors report statistical significance, differences are small, especially for gel densitometry measurements where the error is high, which suggests that there may be little biological significance.”. We interpret this statement as advice to be cautious when extrapolating the observed perturbances of cofilin-mediated actin dynamics in vitro to the in vivo context. We think we are cautious about this throughout the manuscript.

      The author expects a U-shape curve, as high cofilin concentrations are reported to stabilize actin filaments by completely decorating the filament before severing-prone boundaries between cofilin-decorated and undecorated regions are generated. We have also performed these experiment with cytoskeletal β-actin and human cofilin-1 and never observed this U shape. This indicates that significant filament disassembly also happens at high cofilin concentrations, most likely directly after mixing of F-actin and cofilin. We cannot rule out that the incubation time plays an important role and that the U-shape only appears after longer incubation times. We also want to direct the reviewer to the publication “A Mechanism for Actin Filament Severing by Malaria Parasite Actin Depolymerizing Factor 1 via a Low Affinity Binding Interface” (Wong et al. 2013, JBC) in which comparable co-sedimentation experiments were performed (Figure 5E-G) with rabbit skeletal α-actin and human cofilin-1 and also no Ushaped curves were observed, even at higher molar excess of cofilin-1 compared to our experiments and with longer incubation times (1 hour vs. 10 minutes).

      We now included an exemplary gel showing co-sedimentation experiments performed with WT, mutant actin and different concentrations of cofilin at pH 7.8 in the manuscript (Figure 5 – figure supplement 2)

      • Figure 5 D: these data show that the binding of cofilin to WT and E334Q actin is approximately the same, with the mutant binding slightly more weakly. It would be clearer if the two plots were normalized to their respective plateaus since the difference in arbitrary units distracts from the conclusion of the figure. If the difference in the plateaus is meaningful, please explain.

      As suggested by the reviewer, we normalized the data for a better understanding of the message conveyed.

      • Figure 6: It is assumed that the authors are trying to show in this figure that cofilin binds both actins approximately the same but does not sever as readily for E334Q actin. The numerous parameters measured do not directly address what the authors are actually trying to show, which presumably is that the rate of severing is lower for E334Q than WT. It is therefore puzzling why no measurement of severing events per second per micron of actin in TIRF is made, which would give a more precise account of the underlying mechanism.

      The severing rate as measured in TIRF is dependent on a number of parameters in a nonlinear manner. Therefore, we opted to show the combination of images directly showing the progress of the reaction and graphs summarizing the concomitant changes in cofilin clusters, actin filaments, actin-related fluorescence intensity and cofilin-related fluorescence intensity.

      • Actin-activated steady-state ATPase data of the NM2A with mutant and WT actin would have been extremely useful and informative. The authors show the ability to make these types of measurements in the paper (NADH assay), and it is surprising that they are not included for assessing the myosin activity. It may be because of limited actin quantities. If this is the case, it should be indicated.

      Indeed, the measurement of the steady-state actin-activated ATPase with recombinant cytoskeletal actin is very material-intensive and therefore costly, as a complete titration of actin is required for the generation of meaningful data. Since the vast majority of our assays involving a myosin family member were performed with NM2A-HMM, we decided to perform a full actin titration of the steady-state actin-activated ATPase of NM2A-HMM with WT and mutant filaments. The results of these experiments are now shown in Figure 8C. The panel showing the results used for determining the dissociation rate constants (k-A) for the interaction of NM2C-2R with p.E334Q or WT γ –actin in the absence of nucleotide was moved to the supplement (Figure 8 – figure supplement 2).

      We added the following paragraph to the Material and Methods section concerning the Steady-State ATPase assay:

      “For measurements of the basal and actin–activated NM2A–HMM ATPase, 0.5 µM MLCKtreated HMM was used. Phalloidin–stabilized WT or mutant F-actin was added over the range of 0–25 µM. The change in absorbance at 340 nm due to oxidation of NADH was recorded in a Multiskan FC Microplate Photometer (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Waltham, MA, USA). The data were fitted to the Michaelis-Menten equation to obtain values for the actin concentration at half-maximal activation of ATP-turnover (Kapp) and for the maximum ATP-turnover at saturated actin concentration (kcat).”

      Furthermore, we added a description of the results of the experiments to the Results section of the manuscript:

      “Using a NADH-coupled enzymatic assay, we determined the ability of p.E334Q and WT filaments to activate the ATPase of NM2A-HMM over the range of 0-25 µM F-actin (Figure 8C). While we observed no significant difference in Kapp, indicated by the actin concentration at half-maximal activation, in experiments with p.E334Q filaments (2.89 ± 0.49 µM) and WT filaments (3.20 ± 0.74 µM), we observed a 28% slower maximal ATP turnover at saturating actin concentration (kcat) with p.E334Q filaments (0.076 ± 0.005 s-1 vs. 0.097 ± 0.002 s-1).”

      • (line 310) The authors state that they "noticed increased rapid dissociation and association events for E334Q filaments" in the motility assay. This observation motivates the authors to assess actin affinities of NM2A-HMM. Although differences in rigor and AM.ADP affinities are found between mutant and WT actins, the actin attachment lifetimes (many minutes) are unlikely to be related to the rapid association and dissociation event seen in the motility assay. Rather, this jiggling is more likely to be related to a lower duty ratio of the myosins, which appears to be the conclusion reached for the myosin-V data. These points should be clarified in the text.

      We changed the text in accordance with the reviewer’ suggestion. It reads now: Cytoskeletal –actin filaments move with an average sliding velocity of 195.3 ± 5.0 nm s–1 on lawns of surface immobilized NM2A–HMM molecules (Figure 8A, B). For NM2A-HMM densities below about 10,000 molecules per μm2, the average sliding speed for cytoskeletal actin filaments drops steeply (Hundt et al, 2016). Filaments formed by p.E334Q actin move 5fold slower, resulting in an observed average sliding velocity of 39.1 ± 3.2 nm/s. Filaments copolymerized from a 1:1 mixture of WT and p.E334Q actin move with an average sliding velocity of 131.2 ± 10 nm s–1 (Figure 8A, B). When equal densities of surface-attached WT and mutant filaments were used, we observed that the number of rapid dissociation and association events increased markedly for p.E334Q filaments (Figure 8 – video supplement 7– 9).

      Using a NADH-coupled enzymatic assay, we determined the ability of p.E334Q and WT filaments to activate the ATPase of NM2A-HMM over the range of 0-25 µM F-actin (Figure 8C). While we observed no significant difference in Kapp, indicated by the actin concentration at halfmaximal activation, in experiments with p.E334Q filaments (2.89 ± 0.49 µM) and WT filaments (3.20 ± 0.74 µM), we observed a 28% slower maximal ATP turnover at saturating actin concentration (kcat) with p.E334Q filaments (0.076 ± 0.005 s-1 vs. 0.097 ± 0.002 s-1). To investigate the impact of the mutation on actomyosin–affinity using transient–kinetic approaches, we determined the dissociation rate constants using a single–headed NM2A–2R construct (Figure 8D). …..

      • (line 327) The authors report that the 1/K1 value is unchanged. There are no descriptions of this experiment in the paper. I am assuming the authors measured the ATP-induced dissociation of actomyosin and determined ATP affinity (K1) from this experiment. If this is the case, they should describe the experiment and show the data, provide a second-order rate constate for ATP binding, and report the max rate of dissociation (k2). This is a kinetic experiment done frequently by this group, so the absence of these details is surprising.

      In the previous version of the manuscript, the method used to determine 1/K1 (ATP-induced dissociation of the actomyosin complex) was described in the Material and Methods paragraph “Transient kinetic analysis of the actomyosin complex” and the values obtained for 1/K1 were given in Table 1. We now included the experimental data as an additional figure in the manuscript (Figure 8 – figure supplement 3). Furthermore, we also give the maximal dissociation rate k+2 and the apparent second-order rate constant for ATP-binding (K1k+2) for the WT and mutant actomyosin complex in Table 1. Therefore, we changed the paragraph in the Results section concerning this experiment to:

      “The apparent ATP–affinity (1/K1), the maximal dissociation rate of NM2A from F-actin in the presence of ATP (k+2), and the apparent second-order rate constant of ATP binding (K1k+2) showed no significant differences for complexes formed between NM2A and WT or p.E334Q filaments (Table 1, Figure 8 – figure supplement 3).”

      and the section in the Material and Methods to:

      “The apparent ATP–affinity of the actomyosin complex was determined by mixing the apyrase–treated, pyrene–labeled, phalloidin–stabilized actomyosin complex with increasing concentrations of ATP at the stopped–flow system. Fitting an exponential function to the individual transients yields the ATP–dependent dissociation rate of NM2A–2R from F–actin (kobs). The kobs–values were plotted against the corresponding ATP concentrations and a hyperbola was fitted to the data. The fit yields the apparent ATP–affinity (1/K1) of the actomyosin complex and the maximal dissociation rate k+2.

      The apparent second–order rate constant for ATP binding (K1k+2) was determined by applying a linear fit to the data obtained at low ATP concentrations (0 – 25 µM).”

      For a better understanding of the numerous rate and equilibrium constants, we have now included a figure showing the kinetic reaction scheme of the myosin ATPase cycle (Figure 8 – figure supplement 1).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1:

      • The subdomains of actin are mislabeled in Fig. 1A.

      The labeling of the subdomains has been corrected.

      • Additional experimental data addressing the 3 weaknesses noted in the public review would be informative but are not essential in my opinion. Examining the effect of cofilin on severing by the TIRF assay in more detail and using a processivity assay for myosin V (immobilized actin) would be the two aspects I would most value.

      The TIRF assay for cofilin severing was performed initially over the cofilin concentration range from 20 to 250 nM. The results obtained in the presence of 100 nM cofilin allow a particularly informative depiction of the differences observed with mutant and WT actin. This applies to the image series showing the changes in filament length, cofilin clusters, and filament number as well as to the graphs showing time dependent changes in the number of filaments and total actin fluorescence. We have not included the results for a 50:50 mixture of WT:mutant actin because its attenuating effect is documented in several other experiments in the manuscript.

      Our results with Myo5A show a less productive interaction with mutant actin filaments as indicated by a 1.7-fold reduction in the average sliding velocity and an increase in the optimal Myo5A-HMM surface density from 770 to 3100 molecules per µm2. These results indicate a reduction in binding affinity and coupling efficiency, with a likely impact on processivity. Given that Myo5A is only one of many cytoskeletal myosin motors and that the motor properties of all myosins are modulated by the presence of tropomyosin isoforms and other actin binding proteins, we expect only a small incremental gain in knowledge by performing additional experiments with an inverted assay geometry.

      Reviewer #2:

      • The authors should address the concerns regarding the statistical methodologies.

      We have gone through the manuscript carefully to correct any errors in the statistics, as explained below.

      Figure 1B, 5B, 5C, 5D, 8D, 9B, and 8 – figure supplement 2 all show the mean ± SD, as also correctly reported for Figure 8E and 8F in the figure legend. The statement, that these figures show the mean ± SEM was wrong and we corrected this mistake for all the listed figures. Furthermore, we now give the exact N for every experiment in the figure legend.

      Figure 2C, 2E, 2F, 4B, 5A, 6B-E indeed showed the mean ± SEM. As the reviewer rightly points out, this is not the appropriate way to deal with such sample sizes. We therefore corrected the figures to show the mean ± SD.

      We still refer to the mean ± SEM in Figure 2B, where elongation rates for more than 100 filaments were recorded, and in Figure 8B, where sliding velocities for several thousand actin filaments were measured.

      • The authors should present the actin titration of the steady state ATPase activity for at least one of the myosins, or preferably all of them.

      An actin titration of the steady state ATPase activity of NM-2A has been included in the revised version of the manuscript (Fig 8C).

      • The authors should consider the use of pyrene-actin in measuring the assembly/disassembly of actin.

      Values for the rate of actin assembly/disassembly measured with pyrene-actin are given in Table 1. Based on the small changes observed, we did not determine the critical actin concentration for the mutant construct.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for The Authors):

      To hopefully contribute to more strongly support the conclusions of the manuscript, I am including a series of concerns regarding the experiments, as well as some recommendations that could be followed to address these issues:

      (1) The Q-nMT bundle is largely unaffected by the nocodazole treatment in most phases during its formation. However, cells were only treated with nocodazole for a very short period of time (15 min). Have the authors analyzed Q-nMT stability after longer nocodazole exposures? Is a similar treatment enough to depolymerize the mitotic spindle? This result could be further substantiated by treatment with other MT-depolymerizing agents. Furthermore, the dynamicity of the Q-nMT bundle could be ideally also assessed by other techniques, such as FRAP.

      The experiments suggested by the reviewer have been published in our previous paper (Laporte et al, JCB 2013). In this previous study, we presented data demonstrating the resistance of the Q-nMT bundle to several MT poisons: TBZ, benomyl, MBC (Sup Fig 2D) and to an increasing amount of nocodazole after a 90 min treatment (Sup Fig2E). These published figures are provided below.

      Author response image 1.

      The nMT array contains highly stable MTS. (A) Variation Of nuclear MT length in function Of time (second) in proliferating cells. Cells express GFP•Tubl (green) and Nup2•RFP (red). Bars, 2 pm. N = l, n is indicated. (B) Variation of the nMT array length in function of time measured for BirnlGFP—expressing cells In = 161, for 6-d•old Dad2GFP—expressing cells In = 171, for Stu2GFP—expressing cells (n = 17), and 6•d-old Nuf2• GFP—expressing cells (n = 17). Examples Of corresponding time lapse are shown. Time is in minutes experiments). Bar, 2 pm. (CJ Nuf2•GFP dots detected along nMT array (arrow) are immobile. Several time lapse images of cells are shown. Time is in minutes. gar, 2 pm _ MT organizations in proliferating cells and 4-d•old quiescent cells before and after a 90-min treatment With indicated drugs. Bar, 2 pm. (E) MT organizations in Sci-old quiescent cells before and after a 90min treatment With increasing concentrations Of nocodazole.

      In the same article, we showed that Q-nMT bundles resist a 3h nocodazole treatment, while all MT structures assembled in proliferating cells, including mitotic spindle, vanished (see Fig 2E below). In addition, in our previous article, FRAP experiments were provided in Fig 2D.

      Author response image 2.

      The nuclear array is composed of stable MTS. Variation of the length in function of time of (A) aMTs in proliferating cells, (B) nMT array in quiescent cells (7 d), and the two MT structures in early quiescent cells (4 d). White arrows point ot dynamic aMTs. In A—C, N = 2, n is indicated ID) FRAP on 7-d-old quiescent cells. White arrows point to bleach areas. Error bars are SEM. In A—D. time is in seconds. (E) nMT array is not affected by nocodazole treatment. Before and various times after carbon exhaustion (red dashed line), cells were incubated for 3 h with 22.5 pg/pL nocodozole and then imaged. The corresponding control experiment is shown in Fig I A. In all panels, cells expressing GFP-TtJbl (green) and Nup2-RFP (red) are shown; bars, 2 pm.

      This previous study was mentioned in the introduction and is now re-cited at the beginning of the results section (line 107-108).

      As expected from our previous study, when proliferating cells were treated with Noc (30 µg/ml) in the same conditions as in Fig1, most of the short and the long mitotic spindles vanished after a 15 min treatment as shown in the graph below.

      Author response image 3.

      Proliferating cells expressing NOf2=GFP and mTQZ-TUb1 (00—2) were treated or not With NOC (30vgfmI) for 15 min.% Of cells With detectable MT and representative cells are shown. Khi-teet values are indicated. Bar: 2 pm,

      (2) The graph in Figure 1B is somewhat confusing. Is the X-axis really displaying the length of the MTs as stated in the legend? If so, one would expect to see a displacement of the average MT length of the population as cells progress from phase II to phase III, as previously demonstrated in Figure 1A. Likewise, no data points would be anticipated for those phases in which the MT length is 0 or close to 0. Moreover, when the length of half pre-anaphase mitotic spindle was measured as a control, how can one get MT lengths that are equal or close to 0 in these cells? The length of the pre-anaphase spindle is between 2-4 um, so MT length values should range from 1 to 2 um if half the spindle is measured.

      The graph in Fig1B represents the fluorescence intensity (a proxy for the Q-nMT bundle thickness) along the Q-nMT bundle length.

      Fluorescence intensity is measured along a “virtual line” that starts 0,5 µm before the extremity of the QnMT bundle that is in contact with the SPB. In other words, we aligned all intensity measurements at the fluorescence increasing onset on the SPB side. We arbitrarily set the ‘zero’ at 0,5um before the fluorescence increased onset. That is why the fluorescence intensity is zero between 0 and 0,5 µm – The X-axis represents this virtual line, the 0 being set 0,5 µm before the Q-nMT bundle extremity on the SPB side. This virtual line allows us to standardize our “thickness” measurements for all Q-nMT bundles.

      Using this standardization, it is clear that the length of the Q-nMT bundles increased from phase II to III (see the red arrow). Yet, as in phase II, Q-nMT bundles are not yet stable, their lengths are shorter in phase II than in phase II after a Noc treatment (compare the end of the orange line and the end of the blue line in phase II).

      Author response image 4.

      This is now explained in details in the Material and Methods section (line 539-545).

      This is the same for the inset of Fig 1B and in Sup Fig 1A, in which we measured fluorescence intensity along the halfmitotic spindle just as we did for MT bundle. The X-axis represent a virtual line along the mitotic spindle, starting 0,5 µm before the SBP spindle extremity.

      Author response image 5.

      (3) Microtubules seem to locate next to or to extend beyond the nucleus in the control cells (DMSO) in Figure 1H. Since both nuclear MTs and cytoplasmic MTs emanate from the SPBs, it would have been desirable to display the morphology of the nucleus when possible. Moreover, since the nucleus is a tridimensional structure, it would also be advisable to image different Z-sections.

      Analysis demonstrating that Q-nMT bundles are located inside the nucleus have been provided in our previous paper (Laporte et al, JCB 2013). In this article most of the images are maximal projections of Z-stacks in which the nuclear envelope is visualized via Nup2-RFP (see Fig1 of Laporte et al, JCB 2013 as an example below).

      Author response image 6.

      MTsare organized as a nuclear array in quiescent cells. (A) MT reorganization upon quiescence entry. Cells expressing GFP-Tub1 (green) and Nup2RFP (red) are shown. Glucose exhaustion is indicated as a red dashed line. Quiescent cells dl expressing Tub I-RFP and either Spc72GFP,

      In Laporte et al, JCB 2013, we also provided EM analysis both in cryo and immune-gold (Fig 1E below).

      Author response image 7.

      (top) or coexpr;sse8 with Tub I-RFP (bottom). Arrows point dot along the nMT array. Bars: (A—C)) 2 pm. (E) AMT arroy visualized in WT cells by EMI Yellow arrows, MTS; red arrowheads, nuclear membrane; pink arrow, SPB. Insets: nMT cut transversally. Bar, 100 nm.

      (4) Movies depicting the process of Q-nMT bundle formation in live cells would have been really informative to more precisely evaluate the MT dynamics. Likewise, together with still images (Fig 1D and Supp. Fig. 1D), movies depicting the changes in the localization of Nuf2-GFP would have further facilitated the analysis of this process.

      In a new Sup Fig 1E, we now provide images of Q-nMT bundle formation initiation in phase I, in which it can be observed that Nuf2-GFP accompanies the growth of MT (mTQZ-TUB1) at the onset of Q-nMT bundle formation. Unfortunately, it is technically very challenging to follow the entire process of Q-nMT bundle formation in individual cells, as it takes > 48h. Indeed, for movies longer than 24h, on both microscope pads or specific microfluidic devices (Jacquel, et al, eLife 2021), phototoxicity and oxygen availability become problematic and affect cells’ viability.

      (5) Western blot images displaying the relative protein levels for mTQZ-Tub1 and of the ADH2 promoter-driven mRuby-Tub1 at the different time points should be included to more strongly support the conclusion that new tubulin molecules are introduced in the Q-nMT bundle only after phase I. It is worth noting, in this sense, that the percentage of cells with 2 colors Q-nMT bundle is analyzed only 1 hour after expression of mRuby-Tub1 was induced for phase I cells, but after 24 hours for phase II cells.<br /> We have modified Fig 1F and now provide images of cells after 3, 6 and 24h after glucose exhaustion and the corresponding percentage of cells displaying Q-nMT bundle with the two colors. We also now provide a western blot in Sup Fig 1H using specific antibodies against mTQZ (anti-GFP) and mRuby (anti-RFP).

      (6) In order to demonstrate that Q-nMT formation is an active process induced by a transient signal and that the Q-nMT bundle is required for cell survival, the authors treated cells with nocodazole for 24 h (Fig 1H and Supp Fig 1K). Both events, however, could be associated with the toxic effects of the extremely prolonged nocodazole treatment leading to cell death.

      We have treated 5 days old cells for 24h with 30 µg/ml Noc. We then washed the drug and transferred the cells into a glucose free medium. We then followed both cell survival, using methylene blue, and the cell’s capacity to form a colony after refeeding. In these conditions, we did not observe any toxic effect of the nocodazole. This result is now provided in Sup Fig 1L and discussed line 172-176.

      (7) The "Tub1-only" mutant displays shorter but stable Q-nMT bundles in phase II, although they are thinner than in wild-type cells. What happens in the "Tub3-only" mutant, which also has beta-tubulin levels similar to wild-type cells (Supp. Fig. 2B)?

      In order to measure Q-nMT bundle length and thickness, we used Tub1 fused to GFP. This cannot be done in a Tub3-only mutant. Yet, we have measured Q-nMT bundle length in Tub3-only cells using Bim1-3GFP as a MT marker (as in Laporte et al, JCB 2013). As shown in the figure below, Q-nMT bundles were shorter in Tub3-only cells than in WT cells whatever the phase.

      Author response image 8.

      We do not know if this effect is directly linked to the absence of Tub1 or if it is very indirect and for example due to the fact that Tub1 and Tub3 interact differently with Bim1 or other proteins that are involved in Q-nMT bundle stabilization. As we cannot give a clear interpretation for that result, we decided not to present those data in our manuscript.

      (8) Why were wild-type and ndc80-1 cells imaged after a 20 min nocodazole treatment to evaluate the role of KT-MT attachments in Q-nMT bundle formation (Fig 3A)? Importantly, this experiment is also missing a control in which Q-nMT length is analyzed in both wild-type and ndc80-1 cells at 25ºC instead of 37ºC.

      In this experiment, we used nocodazole to test both the formation and the stability of the Q-nMT bundle. Fig 3A shows MT length distribution in WT (grey) and ndc80-1 (violet) cells expressing mTQZTub1 (green) and Nuf2-GFP (red), shifted to 37 °C at the onset of glucose exhaustion and kept at this non-permissive temperature for 12 or 96 h then treated with Noc. The control experiment was provided in Sup Fig 3B. Indeed, this figure shows MT length in WT (grey) and ndc80-1 (violet) expressing mTQZ-Tub1 (green) and Nuf2-GFP (red) grown for 4 d (96h) at 25 °C, and treated or not with Noc. This is now indicated in the text line 216 and in the figure legend line 976

      Author response image 9.

      (9) As a general comment linked to the previous concern, it is striking that in many instances, Q-nMT bundle length is measured after nocodazole treatment without any evident reason to do this and without displaying the results in untreated cells as a control. If nocodazole is used, the authors should explicitly indicate it and state the reason for it.

      We provide control experiments without nocodazole for all of the figures. For the sake of figure clarity, for Fig.3A the control without the drug is in Sup. Fig. 3B, for Fig. 3B it is shown in Sup. Fig. 3D, for Fig. 4B, it is shown in Sup. Fig 4A. This is now stated in the text and in the figure legend: for Fig. 3A: line 216 and in the figure legend line 976; for Fig. 3B: line 222 and figure legend line 984; for Fig. 4B: line 280 and in the figure legend line 1017.

      The only figures where the untreated cells are not shown is for Fig 1D since the goal of the experiment is to make dynamic MTs shorten.

      In Fig. 5C and Sup. Fig. 5D to F, we used nocodazole to get rid of dynamic cytoplasmic MTs that form upon quiescence exit in order to facilitate Q-nMT bundle measurement. This was explained in our previous study (Laporte et al, JCB 2013). We now mention it in the figure legends, see for example Fig. 5 legend line 1054.

      (10) Ipl1 inactivation using the ipl1-1 thermosensitive allele impedes Q-nMT bundle formation. The inhibitor-sensitive ipl1-as1 allele could have been further used to show whether this depends on its kinase activity, also avoiding the need to increase the temperature, which affects MT dynamics. As suggested, we have used the ipl1-5as allele. We have thus modified Fig 3B and now show that is it indeed the Ipl1 kinase activity that is required for Q-nMT bundle formation initiation (line 222). In any case, it is surprising that deletion of SLI15 does not affect Q-nMT formation (in fact, MT length is even larger), despite the fact that Sli15, which localizes and activates Ipl1, is present at the Q-nMT (Fig 3C). Likewise, deletion of BIR1 has barely any effect on MT length after 4 days in quiescence (Fig 3D). Do the previous observations mean that Ipl1 role is CPC-independent? Does the lack of Sli15 or Bir1 aggravate the defect in Q-nMT formation of ipl1-1 cells at non-permissive or semi-permissive temperature?

      Thanks to the Reviewer’s comments, we have re-checked our sli15Δ strain and found that it was accumulating suppressors very rapidly. To circumvent this problem, we utilized the previously described sli15-3 strain (Kim et al, JCB 1999). We found that sli15-3 was synthetic lethal with both ipl1-1, ipl1-2 (as described in Kim et al, JCB 1999) and with ipl1-as5, preventing us from addressing the CPC dependence of the Ipl1 effect asked by the Reviewer. However, using the sli15-3 strain, we now show that inactivation of Sli15 upon glucose exhaustion does prevent Q-nMT bundle formation (See new Sup Fig 3F and the text line 226-227).

      (11) Lack of both Bir1 and Bim1 act in a synergistic way with regard to the defect in Q-nMT bundle formation. Although the absence of both Sli15 and Bim1 is proposed to lead to a similar defect, this is not sustained by the data provided, particularly in the absence of nocodazole treatment (Supp. Fig 3E).

      Deletion of bir1 alone has only a subtle effect on Q-nMT bundle length in the absence of Noc, yet in bir1Δ cells, Q-nMT bundles are sensitive to Noc. Deletion of BIM1 (bim1Δ) aggravates this phenotype (Fig. 3D). As mentioned above, Q-nMT bundle formation is impaired in sli15-3 cells. In our hands, and as expected from (Zimnaik et al, Cur Biol 2012), this allele is synthetic lethal with bim1Δ.

      On the other hand, the simultaneous lack of Bir1 and Bim1 drastically reduces the viability of cells in quiescence and this is proposed to be evidence supporting that KT-MT attachments are critical for QnMT bundle assembly (Supp Fig 3G). However, similarly to what was indicated previously for the 24 h nocodazole treatment, here again, the lack of viability could be originated by other reasons that are associated with the lack of Bir1 and Bim1 and not necessarily with problems in Q-nMT formation. In fact, the viability defect of cells lacking Bir1 and Bim1 is similar to that of cells only lacking Bir1 (Supp Fig 3G).

      We have previously shown that many mutants impaired for Q-nMT bundle formation (dyn1Δ, nip100Δ etc) have a reduced viability in quiescence (Laporte et al, JCB 2013). In the current study, a very strong phenotype is observed for other mutants impaired for Q-nMT bundle formation such as bim1Δ bir1Δ cells, but also for slk19Δ bim1Δ.

      Importantly, as shown in the new Sup Fig 1L, in WT cells treated with Noc upon entry into quiescence, a treatment that prevents Q-nMT formation, showed a reduced viability, while a Noc treatment that does not affect Q-nMT bundle formation, i.e. a treatment in late quiescence, has no effect on cell survival. This solid set of data point to a clear correlation between the ability of cells to assemble a Q-nMT bundle and their ability to survive in quiescence. Yet, of course, we cannot formally exclude that in all these mutants, the reduction of cell viability in quiescence is due to another reason.

      (12) Both Mam1 and Spo13 are, to my knowledge, meiosis-specific proteins. It is therefore surprising that mutants in these proteins have an effect on MT bundle formation (Fig 3G-H, Supp. Fig. 3G). Are Mam1 and Spo13 also expressed during quiescence? Transcription of MAM1 or SPO13 does not seem to be induced by glucose depletion in previously published microarray experiments, but if Mam1 are Spo13 are expressed in quiescent cells, the authors should show this together with their results.<br /> Indeed, it is interesting to notice that Mam1 and Spo13 are involved in both meiosis and Q-nMT bundle formation. As suggested by the Reviewer we have performed western blots in order to address the expression of those proteins in proliferation and quiescence (4d). We tagged Spo13 with either GFP, HA or Myc but none of the fusion proteins were functional. Yet, as shown in the new Sup Fig 3I, Mam1-GFP, Csm1-GFP and Lsr4-GFP were expressed both in proliferation and quiescence.

      (13) In the laser ablation experiments that demonstrate that KT-MT attachments are not needed in order to maintain Q-nMT bundles once formed, anaphase spindles of proliferating cells were cut as a control (Supp. Fig 3I). However, late anaphase cells have already segregated the chromosomes, which lie next to the SPBs (this can be evidenced by looking at Dad2-GFP localization in Supp. Fig 3I), so that only interpolar MTs are severed in these experiments. The authors should have instead used metaphase cells as a control, since chromosomes are maintained at the spindle midzone and the length and width of the metaphase spindle is more similar to that of the Q-nMT bundle.

      We have tried to “cut” short metaphase spindles, but as they are < 1 µm, after the laser pulse, it is difficult to verify that spindles are indeed cut and not solely “bleached”. Furthermore, after the cut, the remaining MT structure that is detectable is very short, and we are not confident in our length measurements. Yet, this type of experiment has been done in S. pombe (Khodjakov et al, Cur Biol 2004 and Zareiesfandabadi et al, Biophys. J. 2022). In these articles the authors have demonstrated that after a cut, metaphase spindles are unstable and rapidly shrink through the action of Kinesin14 and dynein. This is now mentioned in the text line 265.

      (14) In the experiment that shows that cycloheximide prevents Q-nMT disassembly after quiescence exit, and therefore that this process requires de novo protein synthesis (Fig. 5A), cells are indicated to express only Spc42-RFP and Nuf2-GFP. However, Stu2-GFP images are also shown next to the graph and, according to the figure legend, it was indeed Stu2-GFP that was used to measure individual QnMT bundles in cells treated with cycloheximide. In the graph, additionally, time t=0 represents the onset of MT bundle depolymerization, but Q-nMT bundle disassembly does not take place after cycloheximide treatment. The authors should clarify these aspects of the experiment.

      Following the Reviewer’s suggestion, to clarify these aspects we have split Fig. 5A into 2 panels.

      Finally, some minor issues are:

      (1) The text should be checked for proper spelling and grammar.

      We have done our best.

      (2) In some instances, there is no indication of how many cells were imaged and analyzed.

      We now provide all these details either in the figure itself or in the figure legend.

      (3) Besides the Q-nMT bundle, it is sometimes noticeable an additional strong cytoplasmic fluorescent signal in cells that express mTQZ-Tub1 and/or mRuby-Tub1 (e.g., Figs 1F, 1H and, particularly, Supp Fig 1H). What is the nature of these cytoplasmic MT structures?

      We did mention this observation in the material and methods section (see line 526-528). This signal is a background fluorescence signal detected with our long pass GFP filter. It is not GFP as it is “yellowish” when we view it via the microscope oculars. This background signal can also be observed in quiescent WT cells that do not express any GFP. We do not know what molecule could be at the origin of that signal but it may be derivative of an adenylic metabolite that accumulates in quiescence and could be fluorescent in the 550nm –ish wavelength, but this is pure speculation.

      (4) It is remarkable that a 20-30% decrease in tubulin levels had such a strong impact on the assembly of the Q-nMT bundle (Supp. Fig. 2). Can this phenotype be recovered by increasing the amount of tubulin in the mutants impaired for tubulin folding?

      Yes, this is astonishing, but we believe our data are very solid since we observed that with both tub3Δ and in all the tubulin folding mutants we have tested (See Sup. Fig. 2). To answer Reviewer’s question, we would need to increase the amount of properly folded tubulin, in a tubulin folding mutant. One way to try to do that would be to find suppressors of GIM mutations, but this is a lengthy process that we feel would not add much strength to this conclusion.

      (5) The graphs displaying the length of the Q-nMT bundle in several mutants in microtubule motors throughout a time course are presented in a different manner than in previous experiments, with data points for individual cells being only shown for the most extreme values (Fig 4C, 4H). It would be advisable, for the sake of comparison, to unify the way to represent the data.

      We have now unified the way we present our figures.

      (6) How was the exit from quiescence established in the experiments evaluating Q-nMT disassembly? How synchronous is quiescence exit in the whole population of cells once they are transferred to a rich medium?

      We set the “zero” time upon cell refeeding with new medium. In fact, quiescence exit is NOT synchronous. We have reported this in previous publications, with the best description of this phenomena being in Laporte et al, MIC 2017 . <br /> The figures below are the same data but on the left graph, the kinetic is aligned upon SPB separation onset, while on the right graph (Fig 5A), it is aligned on MT shrinking onset.

      Author response image 10.

      We can add this piece of data in a Sup Figure if the Reviewer believes it is important.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      General:

      • In general, more precise language that accurately describes the experiments would improve the text. <br /> We have tried to do our best to improve the text.

      • The authors should clearly define what they mean by an active process and provide context to support this statement regarding the Q-nMT.

      We have strived to clarify this point in the text (see paragraph form line 146 to 178).

      • It is reasonable to assume that structures composed of microtubules are dynamic during the assembly process. The authors should clarify what they mean by "stable by default i.e., intrinsically stable." Do they mean that when Q-nMT assembly starts, it will proceed to completion regardless of a change in condition?

      We mean that in phase I the Q-nMT bundle is stabilized as it grows and that stabilization is concomitant with polymerization. By contrast, MTs polymerized during phase II are not stabilized upon elongation beyond the phase I polymer, and get stabilized later, in a separate phase (i.e. in phase III). We hope to have clarified this point in the text (see line 108-110).

      • In lines 33-34, the authors claim that the Q-nMT bundle functions as a "sort of checkpoint for cell cycle resumption." This wording is imprecise, and more significantly the authors do not provide evidence supporting a direct role for Q-nMT in a quiescence checkpoint that inhibits re-entry into the cell cycle.

      We have softened and clarified the text in the abstract (see line 29-30)., in the introduction (line 101104), in the result section (line 331-332) and in the discussion (line 426-430).

      • Many statements are qualitative and subjective. Quantitative statements supported by the results should be used where possible, and if not possible restated or removed.

      We provide statistical data analysis for all the figures.

      • The number of hours after glucose exhaustion used for each phase varies between assays. This is likely a logistical issue but should be explained.

      This is indeed a logistical issue and when pertinent, it is explained in the text.

      • It would be interesting to address how this process occurs in diploids. Do they form a Q-nMT? How does this relate to the decision to enter meiosis?

      Diploid cells enter meiosis when they are starved for nitrogen. Upon glucose exhaustion diploids do form a Q-nMT bundle. This is shown and measured in the new Sup Fig1C. In fact, in diploids, Q-nMT bundles are thicker than in haploid cells.

      • It would be interesting to address how the timescale of this process compares to the types of nutrient stress yeast would be exposed to in the environment.

      We have transferred proliferating yeast cells to water, to try to mimic what could happen when yeast cells face rain in the wild. As shown below, they do form a Q-nMT bundle that becomes nocodazole resistant after 30h. This data is now provided in the new Sup Fig 1D.

      • It is recommended that the authors use FRAP experiments to directly measure the stability of the QnMT bundles.

      This experiment was published in (Laporte et al, 2013). Please see response to Reviewer #1.

      • In many cases, the description of the experimental methods lacks sufficient detail to evaluate the approach or for independent verification of results.

      We have strived to provide a more detailed material and methods section, as well as more detailed figure legends and statistical informations.

      Specific comments on figures:

      • In Figure 1 c), what do the polygons represent? They do not contain all the points of the associated colour.

      The polygon represented the area of distribution of 90% of the data points. As they did not significantly add to the data presentation they have been removed.

      • In Figure 2 a), is the use of two different sets of markers to control for the effect of the markers on microtubule dynamics?

      Yes, we are always concerned about the influence of GFP on our results, so very often we replicate our experiments with different fluorescent proteins or even with different proteins tagged with GFP. This is now mentioned in the text (line 184-186).

      • Is it accurate to say (line 201, figure 3 a)) that no Q-nMT bundles were detected in ndc80-1 cells shifted to 37 degrees, or are they just shorter?

      As shown in Fig 3A, in ndc80-1 cells, most of the MT structures that we measured are below 0,5um. This has been re-phrased in the text (line 214-215).

      • Lines 265-269, figure 4 b), how can the phenotype observed in cin8∆ cells be explained given the low abundance of Cin8 that is detected in quiescent cells?

      Faint fluorescence signal is not synonymous of an absence of function. As shown in Sup Fig 4B, we do detect Cin8-GFP in quiescent cells.

      • Quantification is needed in Figure 4 panels c) and h).

      Fig 4C and 4H have been changed and quantification are provided in the figure legend.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      A few points should be addressed for clarity:

      (1) Sup. Fig. 1K: are only viable cells used for the colony-forming assay? How were these selected? If not, the assay would just measure survival (as in the viability assay).

      Yes, only viable cells were selected for the colony forming assay. We used methylene blue to stain dead cells. Then, we used a micromanipulation instrument (Singer Spore Play) that is commonly used for tetrad dissection to select “non blue cells” and position them on a plate (as we do with spores). Each micromanipulated cell is then allowed to grow on the plate and we count colonies (see picture in Sup Fig 1L right panel). This was described in Laporte et al, JCB 2011. We have added that piece of information in the legend (line 1129-1130) and in the M&M section (line 580-586).

      (2) Could Tub3 have a role in phase I? It is not clear why the authors conclude involvement only in phase II.

      As it can be seen in Fig 2D, MT bundle length and thickness are quite similar in WT and Tub1-only cells in phase I, indicating that the absence of Tub3 as no effect in phase I. In Tub1-only cells, MT bundles are thinner in both phase II and phase III, yet, they get fully stabilized in phase III. Thus, the effect of Tub3 is largely specific to the nucleation/elongation of phase II MTs. We hope to have clarified that point in the text (line 203-207).

      (3) Quantifications, statistics: for all quantifications, the authors should clearly state the number of experiments (replicates), and number of cells used in each, and what number was used for statistics. For all quantifications in cells, it seems that the values from the total number of cells across different experiments were plotted and used for statistics. This is not very useful and results in extremely small p values. I assume that the values for individual cells were obtained from multiple, independent experiments. Unless there are technical limitations that allow only a very small sample size (not the case here for most experiments), for experiments involving treatments the authors should determine values for each experiment and show statistics for comparison between experiments rather than individual cells pooled from multiple experiments.

      All the experiments have been done at least in replicate. In the new Fig. 1A, we now display each independent experiment with a specific color code. For Fig 2B and 2C we now provide the data obtained for each separate experiment in Sup Fig 2C. Additional details about quantifications and statistics are provided in the M&M section or in the specific figure legends.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      We thank reviewer #1 for identifying the major caveats of the paper, and have split them out into separate comments below to address them.

      Comment 1) The caveats are that ecosystem processes beyond water availability are not investigated although they are brought into play in the title and in the paper

      Author response: We disagree that water availability is the only ecosystem process investigated in this study, as herbivory, plant mortality, and the maintenance of diversity in higher trophic levels are important processes within ecosystems. We have added text to the abstract and introduction clarifying that we consider these response measures to be ecosystem processes. Further language to this effect already exists in the abstract, methods, and discussion.

      Comment 2) That herbivory beyond leaf damage was not reported (there might be none, the reader needs to be shown the evidence for this)

      Author response: This is typically how herbivory is assessed in ecological studies, and our focus is on folivores. There may be additional herbivory in the form of fluid-sucking insects, shoot/root herbivory, etc., but these were not assessed. It would be interesting to assess these other forms of herbivory to see if they respond similarly with additional studies.

      Comment 3) That herbivore diversity is defined by leaf damage (authors need to give evidence that this is a valid inference)

      Author response: We thank reviewer #1 for pointing out the lack of written support for this claim. We have modified the methods (lines 138-139; 214-217) to clarify that this is a useful proxy for insect richness in the Piper system, and have added citations demonstrating it has been found to correlate well with insect richness in tropical forests.

      Comment 4) That the plots were isolated from herbivores beyond their borders

      Author response: This was not an assumption of the study. We have modified the methods (line 200) to make this clearer to the reader.

      Comment 5) That the effects of extreme climate events were isolated to Peru

      Author response: This was not an assumption of the study, rather it is an observation. While we consider it important to include observed climate differences between sites in the interpretation of our results, it was not necessary for there to be extreme climate events at other sites as we consider manipulated water availability to represent changes in precipitation that are expected to occur at these sites with climate change.

      Comment 6) That intraspecific variation in the host plants needs to be explained and interpreted in more detail

      Author response: We thank reviewer #1 for identifying that our current explanations needed development. We have modified the introduction to explore potential mechanisms relating intraspecific diversity to ecosystem function based on recent studies, and have modified the discussion to bring focus to why the effects of intraspecific differ from interspecific.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Comment 1) Pare this material down to simpler results. The most significant to me is the intraspecific variation in damage. Were this broken out and reported in some detail it could be quite interesting. I find the results to be a confusing blizzard of multiple factors that differ among sites; after reading the paper twice I could not recall the takeaway lesson beyond that drought wrecks the diversity of herbivores and sometimes even kills the host plant.

      Author response: We agree that the results are complicated given the variation in effects among sites, but this variation and complexity is important – and is in itself is one of the takeaway points. Unfortunately, nature is not simple. We have made several large edits to the results section, including the removal of methodological and otherwise redundant information, to hopefully bring the major takeaways into focus.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Comment 1) This is an important and large experimental study examining the effects of plant species richness, plant genotypic richness, and soil water availability on herbivory patterns on Piper species in tropical forests.

      A major strength is the size of the study and the fact that it tackled so many potentially important factors simultaneously. The authors examined both interspecific plant diversity and intraspecific plant diversity. They crossed that with a water availability treatment. And they repeated the experiment across five geographically separated sites.

      The authors find that both water availability and plant diversity, intraspecific and interspecific, influence herbivore diversity and herbivory, but that the effects differ in important ways across sites. I found the study to be solid and the results to be very convincing. The results will help the field grapple with the importance of environmental change and biodiversity loss and how they structure communities and alter species interactions.

      Author response: We thank reviewer #2 for their kind words.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Comment 1) I was confused about why the authors measured species diversity/richness as a proportion of the species pool. This means that the metric of richness decreases if species are added to the species pool but not the plot/experiment. I think I understand it, but I suggest the authors explain this choice.

      Author response: We thank reviewer #2 for pointing out that this was confusing. We have clarified the methods (lines 228-232) to explain that this choice was made to allow easier comparison between intra- and interspecific richness.

      Comment 2) One of the stronger estimated relationships was a positive effect of plant species richness on insect richness. I found it a little hard to interpret this relationship. Is this just because there are host species specialists? So, with more host species there are more herbivore species? Or does insect richness increase multiplicatively with increasing plant species richness? One way to look for this would be for the authors to examine the relationship between plant species richness and the average number of herbivore damage types per plant species.

      Author response: We agree that this is important for the reader to understand and have added text to the introduction and discussion sections explaining that this is the expectation based on theory and other empirical studies. We have additionally added text to the discussion (lines 386-388) pointing out that this pattern was not observed at all sites. While we agree that it would be interesting to explore if this effect was additive or multiplicative, we do not believe this is in the scope of the paper due to the methods used to measure insect richness.

      Comment 3) Unless I missed it, some important information about the models was missing. E.g., what distributions were assumed for each of the variables? Any transformations?

      Author response: We thank reviewer #2 for pointing this out, this information has been added to the methods (lines 272-274)

      Comment 4) Why is there no model with water addition affecting insect richness directly but not percent herbivory directly?

      Author response: While we originally decided to not include this model due to lack of theoretical support and low statistical performance, we have added references to this model (now model II) in the methods and results for consistency and to make model performance clearer to the reader. We have additionally moved supplemental table S1 to the main text to make the models and hypotheses tested by each model more accessible.

      Comment 5) Fig. 2. What are the percentages above the figures? Maybe PD values?

      Author response: These values are now clarified in the figure caption

      Comment 6) L364 "can differ dramatically" This is vague and confusing. Differ in what way? From each other? Did the authors really expect plant richness to have the same effect on herbivory and plant survival? What would it mean anyway for plant richness to have the same effect on herbivory and plant survival?

      Author response: We agree that the language here is confusing and thank reviewer #1 for drawing our attention to it. We have modified the discussion (lines 363-365) to clarify that the direction of effect of intraspecific richness can vary from the direction of effect of interspecific richness, rather than the effects on different response variables varying from each other.

      Comment 7) L 375 "only meaningful differences" This statement feels a little overly strong. It seems like there is a good argument for this, but there could be other things going on.

      Author response: We agree that the language here was unnecessarily strong, and have modified the discussion (lines 398-403) to focus on the lack of difference between methodologies at these two sites, and the observed differences in climate and community structure at each site.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this study, the authors aimed to investigate how cells respond to dynamic combinations of two stresses compared to dynamic inputs of a single stress. They applied the two stresses - carbon stress and hyperosmotic stress - either in or out of phase, adding and removing glucose and sorbitol.

      Both a strength and a weakness, as well as the main discovery, is that the cells' hyperosmotic response strongly requires glucose. For in-phase stress, cells are exposed to hyperosmotic shock without glucose, limiting their ability to respond with the well-studied HOG pathway; for anti-phase stress, cells do have glucose when hyperosmotically shocked, but experience a hypo-osmotic shock when both glucose and sorbitol are simultaneously removed. Responding with the HOG pathway and so amassing intracellular glycerol amplifies the impact of this hypo-osmotic shock. Counterintuitively then, it is the presence of glucose rather than the stress of its absence that is deleterious for the cells.

      The bulk of the paper supports these conclusions with clean, compelling time-lapse microscopy, including extensive analysis of gene deletions in the HOG network and measurements of both division and death rates. The methodology the authors develop is powerful and widely applicable.

      Some discussion of the value of applying periodic inputs would be helpful. Cells are unlikely to have previously seen such inputs, and periodic stimuli may reveal behaviours that are rarely relevant to selection.

      We thank the referee for his review. To answer the reviewer’s last comment, our main objective was not to study conditions that are ecologically relevant, but rather to perturb the system in an original way to reveal new mechanisms and properties of the system. The main advantage of periodic inputs over more complex or unpredictible types of temporal fluctuations is that they can be defined with few parameters that are easy to interpret and to integrate in biophysical models. For instance, by using periodic inputs we were able to investigate how changing the phasing of two stresses impacted fitness while keeping other parameters constant (the duration of each stress was kept constant). We added two sentences at the beginning of the discussion to highlight the value of using periodic inputs.

      We do not fully agree with the reviewer’s statement that periodic stimuli may reveal behaviours that are rarely relevant to selection. Indeed, many parameters of natural environments are known to vary periodically, such as light, temperature, predation, tides. Even if the periodic stimuli we use are artificial, they can still be a valuable tool to reveal new molecular processes. For instance, null mutants have been invaluable to understand biological systems despite being unlikely to reveal behaviours relevant to selection.

      The authors' findings demonstrate the tight links that can exist between metabolism and the ability to respond to stress. Their study appears to have parted somewhat from their original aim because of the HOG pathway's reliance on glucose. It would be interesting to see if the cells behaviour is simpler in periodically varying sorbitol and a stress where there is little known connection to the HOG network, such as nitrogen stress.

      The use of periodic nitrogen stress is a very interesting suggestion from both reviewers. However, we think it represents a large amount of work that deserves its own study. In particular, it would require first identifying a relevant period at which nitrogen fluctuations have an impact on division rate similar to what we observed for glucose fluctuations before performing experiments in AS and IPS conditions.

      Nitrogen starvation is known to induce filamentous growth via activation of components of the HOG pathway (Cullen and Sprague, 2012), with potential cross-talk between filamentous growth and hyperosmotic stress response. Therefore, periodic osmotic stress and periodic nitrogen starvation may interact in a complex way.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The authors have used microfluidic channels to study the response of budding yeast to variable environments. Namely, they tested the ability of the cells to divide when the medium was repeatedly switched between two different conditions at various frequencies. They first characterized the response to changes in glucose availability or in the presence of hyper-osmotic stress via the addition of sorbitol to the medium. Subsequently, the two stresses were combined by applying the alternatively or simultaneously (in-phase). Interestingly, the observed that the in-phase stress pattern allowed more divisions and low levels of cell mortality compared to the alternating stresses where cells were dividing slowly and many cells died. A number mutants in the HOG pathway were tested in these conditions to evaluate their responses. Moreover, the activation of the MAPK Hog1 and the transcriptional induction of the hyper-osmotic stress promoter STL1 were quantified by fluorescence microscopy.

      Overall, the manuscript is well structured and data are presented in a clear way. The time-lapse experiments were analyzed with high precision. The experiments confirm the importance of performing dynamic analysis of signal transduction pathways. While the experiments reveal some unexpected behavior, I find that the biological insights gained on this system remain relatively modest.

      In the discussion section, the authors mention two important behaviors that their data unveil: resource allocation (between glycolysis and HOG-driven adaptation) and regulation of the HOG-pathway based on the presence of glucose. These behaviors had been already observed in other reports (Sharifan et al. 2015 or Shen et al. 2023, for instance). I find that this manuscript does not provide a lot of additional insights into these processes.

      We thank the referee for his review. We agree with the reviewer that the interaction between glucose availability and osmotic stress response has been investigated in previous studies. However, this interaction was investigated using experimental procedures that differed from our approach in critical ways, and therefore the behaviors observed were not the same. In Sharifian et al. (2015), the authors identified a new negative feedback loop regulating Hog1 basal activity and described underlying molecular mechanisms. This feedback loop is unlikely to explain differences of cell fitness we observed in IPS and AS conditions, because 1) differences of division rate was still observed in hog1 mutant cells and 2) differences of death rate involve glycerol synthesis, which is independent of the feedback loop described in Sharifian et al. (2015). In Shen et al. (2023), the authors observed a stronger expression of Hog-responsive genes at lower glucose concentrations, which seems contradictory with our observation of very low pSTL1-GFP expression in absence of glucose. However, they did not use fluctuating conditions and they did not report expression of stress-response genes when glucose was totally depleted (the lower glucose concentration they used was 0.02%) as we did, which may explain the different outcomes. We added three sentences in the discussion to compare our findings to those of Shen et al. (2023).

      One clear evidence that is presented, however, is the link between glycerol accumulation during the sorbitol treatment and the cell death phenotype upon starvation in alternating stress condition. However, no explanations or hypothesis are formulated to explain the mechanism of resource allocation between glycolysis and HOG response that could explain the poor growth in alternating stresses or the lack of adaptation of Hog1 activity in absence of glucose.

      In the revised version of the manuscript, we included a new result section and a supplementary figure (Figure 4 – figure supplement 2) where we tested three hypotheses to explain the lower division rate observed in AS condition relative to IPS condition. We found no evidence supporting these hypotheses, and the mechanisms responsible for the reduced growth in AS condition therefore remains elusive.

      Another key question is to what extent the findings presented here can be extended to other types of perturbations. Would the use of alternative C-source or nitrogen starvation change the observed behaviors in dynamic stresses? If other types of stresses are used, can we expect a similar growth pattern between alternating versus in-phase stresses?

      As mentioned above in our response to the other reviewer, these are very interesting questions that we think go beyond the scope of our study due to the amount of work involved.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1

      My comments are only minor.<br /> - More paragraphs would improve legibility.

      To improve legibility, we split the longer section of the Results in three paragraphs (page 12, section entitled “Osmoregulation is impaired under in-phase stresses but not under alternating stresses.” However, we kept it as one section with a single title for global coherency: each section of the results corresponds to one main figure and have one main conclusion.

      • I found AS and IPS confusing because what becomes important is whether sorbitol appears with glucose or not. For me, an acronym that makes that co-occurrence clear would be better or even better still no acronyms at all.

      We tried several alternative names for the two conditions in previous drafts of the manuscript. Based on colleagues feedback, AS and IPS acronyms appeared as a good compromise between concision and clarity. To avoid confusion, the two acronyms are precisely defined when they are first used in the Results section. We think it is more important to emphasize the co-occurrence (or not) of the two stresses, rather than the co-occurrence of glucose and sorbitol. Indeed, standard yeast medium contains glucose but no sorbitol, and therefore we defined the two periodic conditions based on differences from standard medium. Even though we avoided using acronyms as much as possible in the manuscript, the use of these two acronyms to refer to the dual fluctuations of the environment seemed essential for concision. Indeed, IPS and AS acronyms are used many times in the results (16 occurrences on page 12 alone), figures and figure legends.

      • I would consider moving some of Fig S2 to the main text: it helps clarify where Fig 2 is coming from and is referenced multiple times.

      We fully agree with the reviewer and we moved panels A-D from Figure S2 to the main Figure 2.

      • On page 10, "constantly facing a single stress that changes over time" is confusing. Perhaps "repetitively facing a single stress" instead?

      We agree this sentence could be wrongly interpreted the way it was written. We changed it to: “cells grow more slowly when facing periodic alternation of the two stresses (AS) than when facing periodic co-occurrence of these stresses (IPS)”.

      • Is there any knowledge on how cells resist hyperosmotic stress in the absence of glucose? That would help explain the IPS results.

      Based on comments from both reviewers, we surveyed the literature to flesh out the discussion of hypotheses that would help explain observed differences between AS and IPS conditions. We found few studies that investigated cell responses in the absence of glucose, and because of significant differences in the experimental approaches it remains difficult to explain our results from conclusions of these previous studies. For instance, Shen et al., 2023 described and modeled the hyperosmotic stress response at various glucose concentrations. They found that Hog1p relocation to the nucleus after hyperosmotic shock lasted longer at lower glucose concentration, which is consistent with our finding in absence of glucose. However, they did not include the absence of glucose in their experiments or periodic fluctuations of glucose concentration. In addition, their model ignores the impact of cell signaling processes involved in growth arrest in response to hyperosmotic stress or glucose depletion. It is therefore difficult to relate their conclusions to our results. We have developed the discussion of our study to include these hypotheses and to clarify what is explained or not in our IPS and AS results.

      There is knowledge on activation of the hyperosmotic stress pathway in response to glucose fluctuations, but not about the response to hyperosmotic stress in absence of glucose.

      • On page 11, Figure 5a should be Figure 4a.

      Correct.

      • I would explain the components of the HOG pathway in the caption of Fig 1 or in the text when you cite Fig 1a. They are described later, but an early overview would be useful.

      To give more context, we added the following sentences to the caption of Figure 1: “Yeast cells maintain osmotic equilibrium by regulating the intracellular concentration of glycerol. Glycerol synthesis is regulated by the activity of the HOG MAP kinase cascade that acts both in the cytoplasm (fast response) and on the transcription of target genes in the nucleus (long-term response). For simplicity, we only represented on the figure genes and proteins involved in this study.”

      • On page 16, I wasn't sure what "redirect metabolic fluxes against glycerol synthesis" meant.

      For more clarity, we modified this sentence to: “Since glucose is a metabolic precursor of glycerol, the absence of glucose may prevent glycerol synthesis and thereby fast osmoregulation."

      • For Fig 2, having a dot-dash and dash-dash lines rather than both dash-dash would be better.

      We made the proposed change, assuming the reviewer was referring to the gray dashed lines and not the colored ones.

      • In the caption of Fig 3, 2% glucose is 20 g/L.

      We thank the reviewer for catching this typo.

      • In the Materials and Methods Summary, adding how you estimated death rates would be helpful: they are not often reported.

      The calculation of death rates was explained in the Methods section. For more clarity, we modified the names of the parameters in the equation to make more explicit which ones refer to cell death.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In Figure 2, it would be interesting to show individual growth rates of the perturbations at various frequencies as shown in Figures 3 c and d.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We added a new supplementary figure (Figure 2 – figure supplement 2) showing the temporal dynamics of division rates at three different frequencies of osmostress and glucose depletion. We did not include high frequencies (periods below 48 minutes) because the temporal resolution of image acquisition in our experiments (1 image every 6 minutes) was too low. Very interestingly, this new analysis suggests that the positive relationship between the frequency of glucose depletion and division rate is explained by a delay between glucose removal and growth arrest rather than a delay between glucose addition and growth recovery. We therefore added the following conclusion:

      “Under periodic fluctuations of 2% glucose, the division rate was lower during half-periods without glucose than during half-periods with glucose (Figure 2 – figure supplement 2d-f), as expected. However, this difference depended on the frequency of glucose fluctuations: the average division rate during half-periods without glucose was higher at high frequency (small period) than at low frequency (large period) of fluctuations (Figure 2 – figure supplement 2d-f). Therefore, the effect of the frequency of glucose availability on the division rate in 2% glucose is likely due to a delay between glucose removal and growth arrest: cell proliferation never stops when the frequency of glucose depletion is too fast.”

      According to Sharifan et al. 2015, I would have expected that Hog1 would not relocate in the nucleus in 0% glucose. I wonder if this is due to the use of sorbitol as a stressor or the presence of low levels of glucose in the medium. I would suggest performing some control experiments with NaCl as hyperosmotic agent and test the addition of 2-deoxy-glucose to completely block glycolysis.

      After careful reading of Sharifian et al. 2015, we fail to understand why the reviewer think Hog1 would be expected to not relocate to the nucleus after hyperosmotic stress in 0% glucose. In this previous study, the authors never combined glucose depletion with a strong hyperosmotic stress as we did in our study. They report the results of independent experiments where cells were exposed either to a single pulse of hyperosmotic stress (0.4 M NaCl) or to transient glucose starvation, but they did not combine these two stimuli. In this context, it is difficult to compare their results with ours. The fact that Sharifian et al. 2015 did not observe Hog1 nuclear relocation in 0% glucose (consistent with our result in Figure 6 – figure supplement 1a, yellow curve) is not inconsistent with our observation of Hog1 nuclear enrichment in 0% glucose + 1M sorbitol. One potential discrepancy between the two studies is the fact that they observed a small transient peak of Hog1 nuclear localization just after glucose is added back to the medium, while we failed to observe this peak in similar conditions (yellow curve in Figure 6 – figure supplement 1a). However, this could be simply explained by the temporal resolution of our experimental system: we image cells once every 6 minutes and the peak lasts less than 2 minutes in Sharifian et al. 2015. We added a sentence to discuss this minor point in the Results: “Although previous studies observed small transient (less than two minutes) peaks of Hog1-GFP nuclear localization after glucose was added back to the medium following glucose depletion (Sharifian et al., 2015, Piao et al., 2013), the temporal resolution in our experiments (one image every 6 minutes) may have been too low to detect these peaks.”.

      While we agree many additional experiments would be interesting, such as testing the effects of different stress factors or the non-metabolizable glucose analog 2-deoxy-D-glucose, we think this is beyond the scope of this study because such experiments are likely to open broad perspectives and to not be conclusive in a reasonable amount of time.

      When discussing Figure 7, the authors write that the HOG pathway is "overactivated" or "hyperactivated". I would refrain from using these terms because as seen in Figure 6, the Hog1 activity pattern, if anything, decreases as the number of alternative pulses increases. The high level of pSTL1mCitrine measured is mostly due to the long half-life of the fluorescent protein.

      We used the formulation “hyper-activation” of the HOG pathway because Mitchell et al. 2015 used it to refer to the same phenomenon in their seminal study. This "hyper-activation" refers to the fact that both the integral activation of Hog1p (sum of areas under Hog1 nuclear peaks) and the global activation of transcriptional targets is much higher during fast periodic hyperosmotic stress than during constant hyperosmotic stress. That being said, we understand the point made by the reviewer about the decreasing size of Hog1 peaks over time during repeated pulses of osmotic stress. Therefore, we slightly modified the text to refer to hyper-activation of pSTL1-mCitrine transcription or expression instead of hyper-activation of the HOG pathway. For coherency, we replaced all instances of “overactivation” by “hyper-activation”.

      Last but not least, the high level of pSTL1-mCitrine is both due to the long half-life of the protein and to the fact that pSTL1 transcription is never turned off due to high Hog1p activity under fast periodic osmostress.

      Minor comments:

      In the main text, I think it might be more intuitive to refer to doubling time in hours instead of division rates in 1/min which are harder to interpret.

      In an early draft of the manuscript, we made figures with either division rates or with doubling times (ln(2)/division rate) and we received mixed opinions from colleagues on what measure was more intuitive to interpret. Both measures are widely used in the literature, and we decided to use division rates in the final version of the figures because it was more directly related to population growth rate and to fitness. For instance, the population growth rate shown in Figure 5 is simply calculated by subtracting the death rate from the division rate. For coherency, we therefore reported division rates instead of doubling times in figures and results. However, to address the reviewer’s comment we included the doubling times (in addition to the division rates) when mentioning the most important results. For instance, page 12: “Strikingly, cells divided about twice as fast under IPS condition (1.67 x 10-3 division/min, corresponding to an average doubling time of 415 minutes) than under AS condition (9.4 x 10-4 division/min, corresponding to an average doubling time of 737 minutes)”.

      I found various capitalized version of "HOG /Hog pathway"

      We corrected this incoherency and used “HOG pathway” everywhere.

      Page 11. Figure 5a should refer to Figure 4a I believe.

      Correct.

      The methods are generally very thorough and precise. The explanation about the calculation of the division rate seems incomplete. For completeness, it would be good to mention the brand and model of valves used. In addition, it would be interesting to have an idea of the number of cells and microcolonies tracked in the various growth experiments.

      We are not sure why the reviewer found the explanation of the calculation of division rate incomplete. For more clarity, we modified the names of parameters in the equations to make them more explicit. We also added a reference to Supplementary File 1 that contains all R scripts used to calculate division rates and death rates. We included the brand and model of valves used, as requested. As for the number of cells tracked in the various experiments, we mentioned in the Methods: “we selected 25 positions (25 fields of view) of the motorized stage (Prior Scientific ProScan III) that captured 10 to 50 cells in each of the 25 growth chambers of the chip and were focused slightly below the median cell plane based on cell wall contrast.” To address the reviewer’s comment, we also included the range of number of tracked cells for each experiment in corresponding figure legends.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This study of extrachromosomal DNA (ecDNA) aims to identify genes that distinguish ecDNA+ and ecDNA- tumors. This timely study is important in addressing the genes responding to the amplification of the ecDNA. The data presented are for the most part solid, there were concerns regarding the clarity in the description of the analysis methods and whether the evidence for specific genes required to maintain the ecDNA+ state was entirely conclusive.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Recently discovered extrachromosomal DNA (ecDNA) provides an alternative non-chromosomal means for oncogene amplification and a potent substrate for selective evolution of tumors. The current work aims to identify key genes whose expression distinguishes ecDNA+ and ecDNA- tumors and the associated processes to shed light on the biological mechanisms underlying ecDNA genesis and their oncogenic effects. While this is clearly an important question, the analysis and the evidence supporting the claims are weak. The specific machine learning approach seems unnecessarily convoluted, insufficiently justified and explained, and the language used by the authors conflates correlation with causality. This work points to specific GO processes associated (up and down) with ecDNA+ tumors, many of which are expected but some seem intriguing, such as association with DSB pathways. My specific comments are listed below.

      Response. As some of the specific questions below address similar concerns, we have answered them briefly here. As a high level point, the reviewer is correct in that other statistical or ML approaches could potentially have been used, and that some are simpler. However, the test used here directly addresses the question: Find a collection of genes whose expression value is predictive of ecDNA status in the sample. Because the underlying method in the Boruta analysis uses random forests, it can test predictive power without relying on a linearity assumption implicit in other methods. In this revision, we also compare against a Generalized Linear Model and show that it is less suited to the specific task above. We also address the reviewer concerns about specific parameter choices by showing robustness to the specific parameter.

      (A) The claim of identifying genes required to 'maintain' ecDNA+ status is not justified - predictive features are not necessarily causal.

      Response. We agree with the reviewer that predictive features are correlative and not causal. In the manuscript, we identify genes whose expression (when used as a feature) is predictive of ecDNA presence or absence. Such predictive genes are consistently over-expressed or consistently under-expressed in ecDNA(+) samples relative to ecDNA(-) samples even though they are not required to be on ecDNA. To our knowledge, we did not claim that these genes are causal for ecDNA formation or maintenance, only that such genes and the underlying biological processes are worth investigating. In the beginning of the manuscript, we had written the following paragraph, but we have removed the last line (struck out here):

      “In lieu of identifying genes that are highly differentially expressed between ecDNA(+) and ecDNA(-) samples but driven by a small subset of cases (e.g. gene A in Fig. S1a), we sought to identify genes (e.g. gene B) whose expression level was predictive of ecDNA presence. We assumed that genes that were persistently over-expressed or under-expressed in ecDNA(+) samples relative to ecDNA(-) samples were more likely to be involved in ecDNA biogenesis or maintenance, or in mediating the cellular response to the presence of ecDNA.”

      We revised the manuscript to make sure that there are no claims that refer to causality. We revisited all phrases where the words like “maintain” were used and added appropriate disclaimers, or replaced them by the phrase, “ecDNA presence.” The remaining statements say, for example, “These results are consistent with a pan-cancer role of CorEx genes in ecDNA biogenesis and maintenance,” and do not claim causality.

      (B) The methods and procedures to identify the key genes is hyper-parameterized and convoluted and casts doubt on the robustness of the findings given the size and heterogeneity of the data.

      (a) In the first two paragraphs of Boruta Analysis Methods section, authors describe an iterative procedure where in each iteration, a binomial p-value is computed for each gene based on number of iterations thus far in which the gene was selected (higher GINI index than max of shadow features). But then in the third paragraph they simply perform Random Forest in 200 random 80% of samples and pick a gene if it is selected in at least 10/200. It is ultimately not clear what was done. Why 10/200? Also "the probability that a gene is a "hit" or "non-hit" in each iteration is 0.5" is unclear. That probability is of a gene achieving GINI index higher than the max of shadow features. How can it be 0.5?

      Response. We believe that there is some misunderstanding about the algorithm, and we agree that the description should have been more clear. We have greatly simplified the description in the manuscript. However, we want to provide some higher-level explanation here. Boruta is a standard feature extraction algorithm (Kursa, Journal of Statistical Software September 2010, Volume 36, Issue 11), and we used a Python implementation of the method. Given a gene expression data-set with class labels on samples, Boruta extracts features (genes) that best predict the class labels using a Random Forest Classifier, as long as the features are more predictive than permuted features added in each iteration. As we are using an implementation of a published method, we have removed non-essential details, referring directly to the publication. Nevertheless, to address the reviewer’s specific critique, the number of false-features added changes in each iteration (it equals the number of accepted+uncommitted features). Therefore, the choice of 0.5 by Boruta (it is fixed in the published method and not a user-specified parameter) is a conservative approach. If a gene was no better than a randomly chosen feature, its predictive performance would exceed the most predictive randomly chosen feature by at most 0.5 (but could be lower, making the choice of 0.5 conservative).

      While Boruta iteratively picks genes that are significantly better than random features, the list of genes predicted might be specific to the data-set, and might change with different data-sets. Therefore, we employed a bootstrapping strategy: we performed 200 trials each time picking 80% of the ecDNA(+) samples and 80% of the ecDNA(-) samples at random, thus generating many data-sets while maintaining class imbalance. For each of the 200 trials, we performed a Boruta analysis. Finally, we picked a gene if it was selected as a Boruta feature in at least 10 of 200 trials.

      The reviewer has a reasonable critique about why 10 (of 200) specifically, and why not fewer or more. Most genes are weak predictors by themselves. For example, RAE1, which is the top ranked gene, picked in all 200 Boruta trials, can only predict ecDNA status with poor recall for any meaningful precision.

      Author response image 1.

      Given the weakness of an individual gene as a classifier, its repeated selection in multiple Boruta trials is already a significant event. By requiring a gene to be picked in 5% of the trials (10/200), we were selecting a small, but more robust list of genes. However, to further explore the reviewer’s concerns, we also applied 8 other selection criteria ranging from 5 (of 200 Boruta trials) to 200 of 200 Boruta trials. See Figure below. The number of CorEx genes expectedly decreases. However, of the 187 GO terms that were enriched by 262 UP-genes using 10 of 200 Boruta trials as the selection criteria, 93 terms (49.7%) were enriched for each cut-off (see Author response image 2), and 155 terms (82.9%) were enriched in at least 5 of the 8 cut-off criteria. Given that the remaining analysis works on the hierarchy of GO terms and finds 4 GO-categories (Mitotic Cell Cycle, G1/S, G2/M; cell-division; DSB DNA Damage response; and the HOX Gene cluster) enriched by UP-regulated genes, those conclusions would hold regardless of the specific cut-off.

      Author response image 2.

      The number of GO terms that were enriched by DOWN-regulated genes is smaller, only 73, and falls rapidly for higher cut-offs, with 25 at a cut-off of 15. Therefore we see fewer terms enriched for more stringent cut-offs. However, they all support immune processes. These results do suggest that there are fewer genes that are consistently down-regulated in ecDNA(+) cancers, and expression change in a small number of genes may be sufficient to promote conditions for ecDNA.

      Finally, we note that in the final section we discuss the 65 most highly ranked genes with a harmonic mean rank <= 3. These 65 CorEx genes (or a member of their cluster) appear in each of 200 Boruta trials. Thus, their choice is also not dependent on the cut-off of 10 in 200. In summary, the conclusions of the paper do not depend upon the specific cut-off of 10 in 200 trials.

      We have added the figure as a supplemental figure and have added the following text to the manuscript on pages 17 and 18.

      “Any CorEx gene is either a Core gene that was selected as a feature in at least 5% of 200 Boruta trials, or be highly co-expressed with a Core gene. Because the selection criterion of 5% is arbitrary, we also tested robustness with 8 other cut-offs ranging from 5-of-200 to 200-of-200 Boruta trials. The number of CorEx genes expectedly decreases with more stringent cut-offs. However, of the 187 GO terms that were enriched by 262 CorEx UP-genes using 10 of 200 Boruta trials as the selection criteria, 93 terms (49.7%) were enriched for each cut-off (Fig. S9), and 155 terms (82.9%) were enriched in at least 5 of the 8 cut-offs. Given that our subsequent analyses utilized the hierarchy of GO terms and identified 4 GO-categories enriched by UP-regulated genes, the conclusions would hold regardless of the specific cut-off.”

      (b) The approach of combining genes with clusters is arbitrary. Why not start with clusters and evaluate each cluster (using some gene set summary score) for their ability to discriminate? Ultimately, one needs additional information to disambiguate correlated genes (i.e. in a coexpression cluster) in terms of causality.

      Response. In general, the approach proposed by the reviewer is reasonable. However, we did consider that possibility and found that our approach was easier to implement. For example, if we clustered first, we would have the challenge of choosing the correct set of clusters. Also, the Boruta analysis would become very difficult while dealing with clusters (e.g., how to define falsefeatures?). We tested other methods of picking genes that were suggested by other reviewers such as generalized linear models. They turned out not to be as predictive of ecDNA status, as described later in the response. Finally, we performed many experiments to ensure the validity of the clustering. Specifically, we had the following text in the paper:

      “Notably, among the 354 clusters, only 2 clusters (with 14 total genes) did not contain any Core genes. As most genes do not have completely identical expression patterns, we would expect one gene to be consistently picked as a Boruta gene over another co-expressed gene. Consistent with this hypothesis, most (344/354) clusters contained only 1 or 2 Core genes (Fig. 1c). When selecting clusters that contained at least 1 Core and 1 co-expressed gene, 53 of 71 clusters contained 1 to 3 Core genes (Fig. S1b), confirming that a few genes per co-expressed cluster provide sufficient predictive value, but other co-expressed genes might still play an important functional role in maintaining ecDNA(+) status.”

      These experiments suggest that the genes found by extending the Core genes through clustering do not radically change the Core genes, but only enhance the set.

      (c) The cross-validation procedure is not clear at all. There is a mention of 80-20 split but exactly how/if the evaluation is done on the 20% is muddled. The way precision-recall procedure is also a bit convoluted - why not simply use the area under the PR curve?

      Response. We apologize if the method was unclear. We have rewritten the methods part to make things clearer. As a high level point, there are two places where we use the same 80-20 split, and that resulted in some confusion. We start by randomly picking 80% of the ecDNA(+) and 80% of ecDNA(-) samples to create an 80-20 split of all samples. This procedure is repeated to generate 200 80-20 split data-sets. These data-sets are hereafter called 200 training and test samples.

      In the first usage, we use only the ‘training’ part of the 200 samples. We apply Boruta to each training set, and this helps us select the Core genes, which are then expanded to form the CorEx set. At this point, the CorEx genes are frozen for analysis in the rest of the paper. One question that we subsequently answer is what is the predictive power of the CorEx genes in determining if the sample is ecDNA(+) or ecDNA(-)? We also compare the predictive performance of CorEx genes relative to (a) Core genes, (b) LFC genes, and (c) random genes. In the revised manuscript, we have added another list of 3,012 genes selected using a single gene generalized linear model (GLM) for feature prediction. To make these comparisons, we utilized the same 200 training and test data-sets as before. In each test, we trained a random forest classifier on the training set and predicted on the ‘test’ set, for each of the 5 gene lists. This provided a uniform and fair method for testing which of the 5 gene lists was the better predictor of ecDNA status.

      The precision recall values are plotted in Fig. 2b (also included below). We note that none of the gene lists was a great predictor of ecDNA status of a sample. However, the CorEx and Core genes were significantly more predictive than GLM, LFC, and random genes. The predictive power of GLM genes was very similar to LFC, and better than random.

      For each of these 200 tests, we obtained a separate area under the precision-recall curve number for each of the gene-sets. To address the reviewer’s comments regarding a single number, we reported the average of the AUPRC for each of the gene-sets in the revision. The mean AUPRC values were added to the manuscript and are described here as well: Core_408_genes: 0.495 CorEx_643_genes: 0.48 Random_643_genes: 0.36 top_lfc_643_genes: 0.429 GLM_R_3012_genes: 0.426

      We also changed Figure 2b to show box-plots showing distribution of recall values for specific precision windows instead of maximum recall. For ease of checking, the figure is reproduced below.

      Author response image 3.

      (d) The claim is that Boruta genes are different from differentially expressed genes but the differential expression seems to be estimated without regards to cancer type, which would certainly be highly biased and misleading. Why not do a simple regression of gene expression by ecDNA status, cancer type and select the genes that show significant coefficient for ecDNA status?

      Response. As requested by the reviewer, and in the more detailed questions below, we added an alternative model with a generalized linear model (GLM) analysis that controlled for tumor subtype. The method itself is described in the Methods section and pasted below. The GLM genes were tested along with the LFC, CorEx, Core genes as described in response to the previous question, and those results are now presented in Figure 2b and on pages 6 and 7 of the revised manuscript.

      “We tested each of 16,309 genes independently in a separate logistic regression model using the glm() function in the R stats package (v4.2.0), and retained genes that were significant (p-value 0.01). Specifically, the model was defined as glm(𝑦 ~ 𝑔𝑗 + 𝑡𝑡, data = 𝑀, family = binomial(link = 'logit')), where y is the response vector where 𝑦𝑖=1 if sample 𝑖 ∈ {1, . . . ,870} is ecDNA(+) and 𝑦𝑖 =0 otherwise, 𝑔𝑗 is the vector of expression values for gene j ∈ {1, . . . ,16309} in samples 𝑖 ∈ {1,. . . ,870}, t is the covariate vector representing the tumor subtypes of samples 𝑖 ∈ {1, . . . ,870}, and 𝑀 is the data matrix containing values of gene expression, tumor subtype, and ecDNA status for all samples. The equation for the binomial logistic regression described above 𝑝𝑝 is formulated as where p is the probability that the dependent variable y is 1, 𝑋 are the independent variables, and 𝛽 are the coefficients of the model. In this case, k=1 represents independent variable gene j and k=2 represents the tumor subtype covariate t. Of the 16,309 genes tested independently, 3,012 genes were significant at pvalue<0.01.”

      (C) After identifying key features (which the authors inappropriate imply to be causal) they perform a series of enrichment/correlative analysis.

      Response. We have reviewed the document to ensure that we did not use the word ‘causal.’ If the reviewer can point to specific text, we are happy to change the phrasing.

      (a) It is known that ecDNA status associates with poor survival, and so are cell cycle related signal. Then the association between Boruta genes and those processes is entirely expected. Is it not? The same goes for downregulation of immune processes.

      Response. We agree with the reviewer that cell cycle related signals and immune related signals are associated with low survival, and so does ecDNA. However, many cellular processes could be associated with low survival (including for example, metabolic processes, protein and DNA biosynthesis, etc.). The unexpected part is that there appear to be only 4 major processes that are upregulated in ecDNA(+) cancers relative to ecDNA(-) cancers, and only one (immune response) that is downregulated.

      (b) The association with DSB specifically is interesting. Further analysis or discussion of why this should be would strengthen the work.

      Response. We thank the reviewer for their comment, and agree with their perspective. Note that we devoted a fair amount of text to analysis of DSB pathways. Specifically, we parsed the 4 main pathways in Figure 3b, and found our data to suggest that many genes in the classical nonhomologous end joining repair pathway are down-regulated in ecDNA(+) samples relative to ecDNA(-) samples. In contrast, Alternative end-joining and homology directed repair pathways are upregulated. This is a surprising result because c-NHEJ is considered to be an important mechanism of DSB repair. We have some lines in the discussion that address this:

      “The DNA damage genes are broadly up-regulated in ecDNA(+) samples, especially in double-strand break repair. Within this broad category of mechanisms, our analysis suggests that alternative DSB repair pathways such as Alt-EJ are preferred relative to classical NHEJ. This is consistent with previous observations of small microhomologies at breakpoint junctions, and has important implications in therapeutic selection that will need to be validated in future experimental studies. We note, however, the microhomology analyses typically study breakpoint junctions, and might ignore double-strand breaks in non-junctional sequences which could be observed, for example at replication-transcription junctions.”

      We note that additional experimental work to corroborate these findings is significant effort and will be part of ongoing research in our collaborators’ laboratories.

      (c) On page 15, second paragraph, when providing the up versus down CorEx genes, please also provide up versus down for non-CorEx genes as well to get a sense of magnitude.

      Response. We thank the reviewer for the comment. We note that Supplementary Table S15 has the complete contingency tables as well as the Fisher Exact Test statistic for all categories. For the specific categories mentioned in the paper, the chi-square tables are reproduced below. As we are citing TableS15 (containing all numbers and the statistic p-value) in the main text, we thought it was better to leave the text as it was.

      Category: Inflammation (p-value: 0.005)

      CorEx: 18 (UP), 76 (DOWN)

      Non-CorEx: 325 (UP), 657 (DOWN)

      Category: Leukocyte migration and chemotaxis (p-value: 0.03)

      CorEx: 13 (UP), 49 (DOWN)

      Non-CorEx: 213 (UP), 410 (DOWN)

      Category: Lymphocyte activation (p-value: 0.0075)

      CorEx: 23 (UP), 75 (DOWN)

      Non-CorEx: 334 (UP), 560 (DOWN)

      Category: Cytokine production (p-value: 0.117)

      CorEx: 6 (UP), 28 (DOWN)

      Non-CorEx: 93 (UP), 208 (DOWN)

      (d) The finding that Boruta genes are associated with high mutation burden is intriguing because in general mutation burden is associated with better survival and immunotherapy response. This counter-intuitive result should be scrutinized more to strengthen the work.

      Response. We agree with the reviewer that it is an intriguing observation. However, we are cautious in our interpretation. This is for the following reasons (all mentioned in the text):

      (1) The total mutation burden was significantly higher in ecDNA(+) samples relative to ecDNA(-) samples (Fig. 5a). However, when controlling for cancer type, only glioblastoma, low-grade gliomas, and uterine corpus endometrial carcinoma continued to show differential total mutational burden (Fig. S7b).

      (2) We tested if specific genes were differentially mutated between the two classes (Fig. 5b). For deleterious/high-impact mutations, TP53 was the only gene whose mutational patterns were significantly higher in ecDNA(+) compared to ecDNA(-) (OR 2.67, Bonferroni adjusted p-value 4.22e-07). BRAF mutations, however, were more common in ecDNA(-) samples and were significant to an adjusted p-value < 0.1 (OR 0.27).

      (3) In response to another reviewer’s comment, we also tested correlation with variant allele frequencies, and did not find any significant correlation except for TP53. We decided not to include that result in the paper.

      These tissue specific cases might be confounding the main observation, but we have placed all of them together so that the reader can gain a better understanding. It is worth noting that the correlation between high TMB and immunotherapy response is also now controversial, and perhaps not true for all cancer types. See for example (https://www.annalsofoncology.org/article/S0923-7534(21)00123-X/fulltext), which suggests that this relationship is not true for Glioma, and in Glioma (which is ecDNA enriched), higher TMB is associated with worse immunotherapy response. Our results are consistent with that finding. We have modified the discussion paragraph to better reflect this.

      “Mutation data alone does not provide as clear a picture of the genes involved in ecDNA maintenance. We did observe that the total mutation burden (TMB) was higher in ecDNA(+) samples. However, that relationship is much less clear after controlling for cancer type. High TMB has been positively correlated with sensitivity to immunotherapy52, and better patient outcomes; however, the gene expression patterns suggest that immunomodulatory genes are downregulated in ecDNA(+) samples, and patients with ecDNA(+) tumors have worse outcomes2. Notably, other results have suggested that the correlation between TMB and response to immunotherapy is not uniform, and it can vary across different tumor subtypes53. Specifically, our data is consistent with previous results which showed that Gliomas with high TMB have worse response to immunotherapy relative to gliomas with low TMB53. In general, no collection of gene mutations was predictive of ecDNA status, although mutations in TP53 were more likely in ecDNA(+) samples, and perhaps are an important driver for ecDNA formation5.”

      (e) On page 17 "12 of the 47 genes not specifically enriching any known GO biological Process" is confusing. How can individual gene enrich for a GO process?

      Response. We agree that the statement was incorrectly phrased. We have changed it to state that “Only 12 of the 47 genes were not included in the gene sets of any enriched GO term.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In their manuscript entitled "Transcriptional immune suppression and upregulation of double stranded DNA damage and repair repertoires in ecDNA-containing tumors" Lin et al. describe an important study on the transcriptional programs associated with the presence of extrachromosomal DNA in a cohort of 870 cancers of different origin. The authors find that compared to cancers lacking such amplifications, ecDNA+ cancers express higher levels of DNA damage repair-associated genes, but lower levels of immune-related gene programs.

      This work is very timely and its findings have the potential to be very impactful, as the transcriptional context differences between ecDNA+ and ecDNA- cancers are currently largely unknown. The observation that immune programs are downregulated in ecDNA+ cancers may initiate new preclinical and translational studies that impact the way ecDNA+ cancers are treated in the future. Thus, this study has important theoretical implications that have the potential to substantially advance our understanding of ecDNA+ cancers.

      Strengths

      The authors provide compelling evidence for their conclusions based on large patient datasets. The methods they used and analyses are rigorous.

      Weaknesses

      The biological interpretation of the data remains observational. The direct implication of these genes in ecDNA(+) tumors is not tested experimentally.

      Response. We agree with the reviewer that experimental tests would be ideal. Towards that, there are some challenges. The immune system genes cannot be tested in cell line models as they need a tumor microenvironment. Tests of DSB repair mechanisms and cell cycle control can be performed in cell-lines, but not with the TCGA samples which are not available. Some of our collaborators are actively working on these topics, but that extensive experimental work is beyond the scope of this paper.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Using a combination of approaches, including automated feature selection and hierarchical clustering, the author identified a set of genes persistently associated with extrachromosomal DNA (ecDNA) presence across cancer types. The authors further validated the gene set identified using gene ontology enrichment analysis and identified that upregulated genes in extrachromosomal DNA-containing tumors are enriched in biological processes like DNA damage and cell proliferation, whereas downregulated genes are enriched in immune response processes.

      Major comments:

      (1) The authors presented a solid comparative analysis of ecDNA-containing and ecDNA-free tumors. An established automated feature selection approach, Boruta, was used to select differentially expressed genes (DEG) in ecDNA(+) and ecDNA(-) TCGA tumor samples, and the iterative selection process and two-tier multiple hypothesis testing ensured the selection of reliable DEGs. The author showed that the DEG selected using Boruta has stronger predictive power than genes with top log-fold changes.

      (2) The author performed a thorough interpretation of the findings with GO enrichment analysis of biological processes enriched in the identified DEG set, and presented interesting findings, including the enrichment in DNA damage process among the genes upregulated in ecDNA(+) tumors.

      (3) Overall, the authors achieved their aims with solid data mining and analysis approaches applied to public data tumor data sets.

      (4) While it may not be the scope of this study, it will be interesting to at least have some justification for choosing Boruta over other feature selection methods, such as Recursive Feature Elimination (RFE) and backward stepwise selection.

      Response. We actually agree with the reviewer that some other feature selection methods could work just as well, and note that the Boruta analysis is not our creation, but a published feature selection method (Kursa, Journal of Statistical Software September 2010, Volume 36, Issue 11). We use Boruta to identify relevant genes, but the bulk of the paper is to understand the biological processes driven by that gene selection. Even if we had chosen another method that performed slightly better, it likely would not change the main conclusions. However, to address the reviewers concerns on over-reliance on one method, we added a different gene list created by a generalized linear model analysis, with the goal of checking if the expression of a gene could predict the ecDNA status of the sample after controlling for tumor subtype. Thus, we tested 5 different genelists in terms of their power in predicting ecDNA. While none of the lists is a great predictor of ecDNA status, the Core and CorEx gene lists are significantly better than the other lists. The Figure below replaces the previous Figure panels 2b and 2c.

      Author response image 4.

      (1) The authors showed that DESEQ-selected DEGs with top log-fold changes have less strong predictive power and speculated that this may be due to the fact that genes with top log-fold changes (LFC) are confined only to a small subset of samples. It will be interesting to select DEGs with top log-fold changes after first partitioning the tumor samples. For example, randomly partition the tumor samples, identify the DEGs with top LFC, combine the DEGs identified from each partition, then evaluate the predictive power of these DEGs against the Boruta-selected DEGs.

      Response. This is a great comment. We added a generalized linear model test for selecting genes whose expression is predictive of ecDNA status. The GLM list described above uses a standard methodology (Analysis of Variance) controls for tumor type as a covariate, and its predictive performance is only slightly better than the Top-|LFC| genes, while improving over a random gene set.

      (2) While the authors showed that the presence of mutations was not able to classify ecDNA(+) and (-) tumor samples, it will be interesting to see if variant allele frequencies of the genes containing these mutations have predictive power.

      Response. This is a great suggestion. To address the reviewer’s question, we used allelic counts (REFs and ALTs) information from the MC3 variant callset, and calculated allele frequencies of all variants from samples where ecDNA status was available. Next, we conducted a Wilcoxon rank-sum test between VAFs of the ecDNA(+) group and VAFs of the ecDNA(-) group for every mutated gene. We found 1,073 genes with p<0.05, but among them, only TP53 passed the multiple testing correction (padj<0.05, Benjamini-Hochberg). As the results are identical to the tests based solely on presence of mutations, we decided not to include this data.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (A) The presentation should be substantially streamlined.

      (B) Preferably use a more intuitive simpler ML approach with fewer parameters to make it more credible. Because there are relatively few samples across numerous cancer types with greater variability in representation, a simpler procedure with transparent controls will be more convincing.

      Response. We accept the reviewer’s criticism in that other statistical or ML approaches could potentially have been used, and that some are simpler. However, the test used here directly addresses the question: Find a collection of genes whose expression value is predictive of ecDNA status in the sample. Because the underlying method in the Boruta analysis uses random forests, it can test predictive power without relying on a linearity assumption implicit in other methods. In this revision, we also compare against a Generalized Linear Model (regression analysis) and show that it is less suited to the specific task above. We address the reviewer concerns about specific parameter choices by showing robustness to the specific parameter. All details are provided in the initial questions, and in the revised manuscript.

      (C) Avoid using any term implying causality unless you can bring in direct experimental evidence (e.g. mutagenesis experiment followed by ecDNA measurement. Some places you use the word 'maintain ecDNA' and other places 'ecDNA impact'. But these are all associations. How can you distinguish causal genes from downstream effects without additional data?

      Response. We note that the word causal does not appear anywhere in the manuscript, and was not intended. Additionally we have revised the manuscript and are open to specific changes requested by the reviewer or the editors.

      (D) Along these lines, if Boruta genes are indeed causal, one would expect Boruta-Up genes to be amplified more than expected in the ecDNA+; converse for Boruta-down genes.

      Response. We did not understand the reviewer’s question. By “amplified,” if the reviewer means “amplification of transcript level,” then that is exactly what the Boruta analysis is showing. Specifically, for each gene, we have the ability to pick a transcript level cut-off ‘t’ so that samples in which the expression is higher than t are more likely to be ecDNA(+). However, we are not claiming that there is causality, just that the transcript level is (weakly) predictive of the ecDNA status of the sample.

      (E) A strawman control should be a simple regression-based gene identification that controls for ecDNA status and cancer type.

      Response. We agree that this was a very good suggestion. In the revision, we have applied a GLM, which controls for tumor type. Thus, we have 5 gene-lists (including the Core and CorEx genes). As described in the revised manuscript but also in response to the main comments above, none of the lists are a great predictor. However, the CorEx and Core genes are significantly better at predicting ecDNA status of a sample.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Comments

      (1) The analysis hinges on a classification of tumors into ecDNA(+) and ecDNA(-) using AmpliconClassifier. It would be good to know how robust the outcomes are with respect to the performance of AmpliconClassifier - how many false positives and negatives will AmpliconClassifier generate on this dataset and how would this influence the CorEx genes?

      Response. This is a very reasonable request. AA has been extensively tested on established cell-lines for its ability in predicting ecDNA status, and this information is published in multiple venues, including Kim, Nature genetics 2020, and shows precision 85% for recall 83%. For completeness, we have reproduced the relevant plot from that paper here, and the relevant text here, but are not including it in the manuscript.

      “To evaluate the accuracy of the AmpliconArchitect predictions, we analyzed whole-genome sequencing data from a panel of 44 cancer cell lines, and examined tumor cells in metaphase. We used 35 unique fluorescence in-situ hybridization (FISH) probes in combination with matched centromeric probes (81 distinct “cell-line, probe” combinations) to determine the intranuclear location of amplicons (Supplementary Table 2). Following automated analysis >1,600 images, we observed that 85% of amplicons characterized as ‘Circular’ by whole genome sequencing profile demonstrated an extrachromosomal fluorescent signal, representing the positive predictive value. Of the amplicons corresponding to extrachromosomally located FISH probes, 83% were classified as Circular, representing the sensitivity (Extended Data Fig. 1A).”

      Author response image 5.

      (2) It is unclear why genes are labeled Boruta genes when they are present in 10 out of 200 runs, this seems like an unexpectedly low number. How did the authors arrive at this number? Do the authors have any ground truth to estimate how well Boruta works in this setting and implementation?

      Response. This is a great question and asked by another reviewer as well. Given the weakness of an individual gene as a classifier, its repeated selection in multiple Boruta trials is already a significant event. By requiring a gene to be picked in 5% of the trials (10/200), we were selecting a small, but more robust list of genes. However, to further explore the reviewer’s concerns, we also applied 8 other selection criteria ranging from 5 (of 200 Boruta trials) to 200 of 200 Boruta trials. See Figure below. The number of CorEx genes expectedly decreases with increasing stringency. However, of the 187 GO terms that were enriched by UP-genes, 93 terms (50%) were enriched regardless of the cut-off (see Figure below), and 153 terms (82%) were enriched in at least 5 of the 8 cut-offs. Given that the remaining analysis works on the hierarchy of GO terms and finds 4 GO-categories (Mitotic Cell Cycle, G1/S, G2/M; cell-division; DSB DNA Damage response; and the HOX Gene cluster) enriched by UP-regulated genes, those conclusions would hold regardless of the specific cut-off.

      Author response image 6.

      The number of GO terms that were enriched by DOWN-regulated genes is smaller, only 73, and falls rapidly for higher cut-offs, with 25 at a cut-off of 15. Therefore we see fewer terms enriched for more stringent cut-offs. However, they all support immune processes. These results do suggest that there are fewer genes that are consistently down-regulated in ecDNA(+) cancers, and expression change in a small number of genes may be sufficient to promote conditions for ecDNA.

      We have added the figure as a supplemental figure and have added the following text to the manuscript on pages 17 and 18.

      “Any CorEx gene is either a Core gene that was selected as a feature in at least 5% of 200 Boruta trials, or be highly co-expressed with a Core gene. Because the selection criterion of 5% is arbitrary, we also tested robustness with 8 other cut-offs ranging from 5-of-200 to 200-of-200 Boruta trials. The number of CorEx genes expectedly decreases with more stringent cut-offs.

      However, of the 187 GO terms that were enriched by 262 CorEx UP-genes using 10 of 200 Boruta trials as the selection criteria, 93 terms (49.7%) were enriched for each cut-off (Fig. S9), and 155 terms (82.9%) were enriched in at least 5 of the 8 cut-offs. Given that our subsequent analyses utilized the hierarchy of GO terms and identified 4 GO-categories enriched by UP-regulated genes, the conclusions would hold regardless of the specific cut-off.”

      (3) Authors extend the core gene set with co-expressed genes, arguing that "gene C" would not add predictive power in addition to "gene B" and is therefore not identified as a Boruta gene. However, from its description in the manuscript (summarized: "Boruta [...] selects the highest feature importance score, s, of shadow features as a cut off, and returns features with a higher score than s."), it isn't immediately obvious to me why Boruta would not return both genes B and C. Maybe the authors could explain this better.

      Response. We consider the following.

      (1) Consider 100 ecDNA(+) and 100 ecDNA(-) samples. Let the expression levels of genes B and C in the data-sets be as described in the figure below; y-axis is the gene expression, and x-axis is just a listing of all samples, with green color denoting ecDNA(+) samples and orange color denoting ecDNA(-) samples.

      Author response image 7.

      (2) Then, if we choose gene B and a transcript level of 1.25, we have a perfect prediction of ecDNA status because all samples where gene B has a transcript level higher than 1.25 are ecDNA(+) and otherwise they are ecDNA(-). Similarly, using Gene C, we can get perfect predictions. Thus, when Boruta has to select a gene, it will pick either Gene B or Gene C, because picking both will not improve prediction. We can therefore use Boruta to pick one gene, and then co-expression clustering to pick the other gene.

      As an example, cluster #3 consists of 21 genes that were up-regulated in ecDNA(+) samples and enriched in cell-cycle related biological processes (Table S3). While these genes were expressed similarly in ecDNA(+) samples, and separately, in ecDNA(-) samples, out of the 21 genes, only 9 genes were selected in at least 10 out of 200 Boruta trials (i.e., Core genes). Of the 12 remaining genes (i.e., CorEx genes), 8 genes were not selected by the Boruta method at all, 3 genes were selected in less than 5 out of 200 Boruta trials, and 1 gene was selected in 9 out of 200 Boruta trials.

      Author response image 8.

      (4) In Fig 2a, I would like to see the variability of the precision and recall in the main text, not only the maximum values. Authors could plot mean + standard deviation for precision and recall separately, or use S2a/b.

      Response. We have replaced Figures 2b and 2c with a combined figure (Fig. 2b) that gives a box-plot describing the distribution of recall values for 5 gene lists: four from the original manuscript, and another gene list created using a Generalized Linear Model (GLM).

      Author response image 9.

      (5) Since the authors analyze bulk RNA, the gene expression signatures they notice could, in principle, originate from non-tumor cells as well. I do not believe this is the case, however, the paper would be strengthened by an analysis that shows that the difference in expression patterns of the Corex genes between ecDNA(+) and ecDNA(-)-samples does come from tumor cells. One way of showing this would be by using single-cell mRNA-sequencing data, and another way of showing this would be to show that Corex gene-expression correlates with tumor purity in bulk samples.

      Response. The reviewer is correct. Unfortunately, our analysis requires data with whole-genome sequencing (WGS) for ecDNA prediction, as well as RNA-seq for transcriptome profiling. The TCGA data-set is the only available data-set with a significant number of samples that includes both WGS and RNA-seq. They have not made tissue samples available for scRNA analysis, to our knowledge. The reviewer raises an important question regarding purity, but testing if CorEx gene expression correlates with tumor purity would require a large range of purity values, something that scientists would avoid when collecting samples.

      However, the presence of non-cancer tissue (impurity) could reduce sensitivity of ecDNA detection, and therefore, change the results. To better investigate this, we started with a publication that investigated multiple tumor purity metrics and devised a composite score (CPE; Aran et al., 2015). Using their composite tumor purity, we find that ecDNA(-) samples have slightly lower purity than ecDNA(+) samples (p-value 0.0036; Fig. S2a).

      This result is not surprising because one would expect lower detection of ecDNA in less pure samples. The presence of undetected ecDNA in ecDNA(-) samples would confound the results by reducing the discriminating power of genes, but would not give false results. To test this, we measured the expression directionality in CorEx genes in all samples versus samples which had a high tumor purity (CPE 0.8). The results suggest that the p-values of directionality in the pure samples were highly correlated with the expression data from all samples (Fig. S2b).

      Author response image 10.

      (6) The biological interpretation of the data remains a bit too observational. Can the authors offer an interpretation of the enriched GO terms? And are any of these genes already implicated in ecDNA(+) tumors?

      Response. To answer the second question first, prior to our study, the focus was on genes that were amplified on ecDNA. Indeed many oncogenes known to be amplified in cancer are in fact amplified on ecDNA (Turner, Nature 2017, Kim Nature genetics 2020). This study is unique in that it identifies genes whose expression values are predictive of ecDNA(+) status. The Figure below lists 24 genes most frequently amplified on ecDNA from Kim, Nature Genetics 2020. With the exception of EGFR and CDK4, none of these 24 genes was included in the list of the 65 genes reported by us as the most frequently selected genes in the Boruta trials (lowest harmonic rank). Thus, most persistent CorEx genes do not lie on ecDNA. However, they all play important roles in biological processes relevant to cancer pathology including Immune Response, Mitotic cell Cycle, Cell division, and DSB repair. We agree with the reviewer that the results are observational (although statistically significant in populations), and some of our collaborators are actively working to experimentally validate some of these genes. The experimental work, however, is beyond the scope of this paper.

      We have added the following statement to the manuscript. “Notably, of the 24 genes most frequently expressed on ecDNA,2 only EGFR and CDK4 were included in the list of 65 genes, suggesting that the most persistent CorEx genes do not themselves appear frequently on ecDNA.”

      Author response image 11.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor comments:

      (1) The authors performed gene ontology enrichment test but referred to it as gene set enrichment analysis. Usually gene set enrichment analysis does not refer to Fischer's exact test-based analysis but rather the one described in Subramanian et al 2005. The term correction should be made to avoid confusion.

      Response. We have rephrased text in the manuscript to prevent confusion between enrichment analysis on gene sets using an one-sided Fisher’s exact test and the Gene Set Enrichment Analysis (GSEA) method that exists as a software. We have also revised the header in the methods section from “Gene set enrichment analysis” to “Gene Ontology (GO) enrichment analysis”.

      (2) A couple of figures could use more detailed labels and captions. In Figure 2c, it is unclear what the numbers 100 and 54 right next to the Cliff's Delta heatmap indicate. In Figures 3a and 4a, it is not immediately clear what the barplot on top of the heatmap indicates and there is no label for the y-axis.

      Response. These are good suggestions, and we have added descriptions to the figure captions.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      First, we would like to thank you and all the reviewers for acknowledging the meaningful contribution of our manuscript to the field. Your useful comments helped us improve the manuscript's quality. We understood the key issues of the manuscript were the quantification of inference accuracy and applicability to methylome data. We here therefore present a revised version of the manuscript addressing all major comments.

      For each demographic inference we have added the root mean square error as demanded by the reviewers. These results confirm the previous interpretation of the graphs especially in recent times. We also added TMRCA inference analysis as requested by one reviewer as a proof of principle that integrating multiple markers can improve ARG inference.

      The discussion was rewritten to further discuss the challenges of application to empirical methylation data. We clarify that in the case epimutations are well understood and modelled, they can be integrated into a SMC framework to improve the approaches accuracy. When epimutations are not well understood, our approach can help understand the epimutations process through generations at the evolutionary time scale along the genome. Hence, in both cases our approach can be used to unveil marker evolution processes through generations, and/or deepen our understanding of the population past history. We hope our discussion underlies better how our approach is designed and can be used.

      eLife assessment

      This important study advances existing approaches for demographic inference by incorporating rapidly mutating markers such as switches in methylation state. The authors provide a solid comparison of their approach to existing methods, although the work would benefit from some additional consideration of the challenges in the empirical use of methylation data. The work will be of broad interest to population geneticists, both in terms of the novel approach and the statistical inference proposed.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors developed an extension to the pairwise sequentially Markov coalecent model that allows to simultaneously analyse multiple types of polymorphism data. In this paper, they focus on SNPs and DNA methylation data. Since methylation markers mutate at a much faster rate than SNPs, this potentially gives the method better power to infer size history in the recent past. Additionally, they explored a model where there are both local and regional epimutational processes.

      Integrating additional types of heritable markers into SMC is a nice idea which I like in principle. However, a major caveat to this approach seems to be a strong dependence on knowing the epimutation rate. In Fig. 6 it is seen that, when the epimutation rate is known, inferences do indeed look better; but this is not necessarily true when the rate is not known. A roughly similar pattern emerges in Supp. Figs. 4-7; in general, results when the rates have to be estimated don't seem that much better than when focusing on SNPs alone. This carries over to the real data analysis too: the interpretation in Fig. 7 appears to hinge on whether the rates are known or estimated, and the estimated rates differ by a large amount from earlier published ones.

      Overall, this is an interesting research direction, and I think the method may hold more promise as we get more and better epigenetic data, and in particular better knowledge of the epigenetic mutational process. At the same time, I would be careful about placing too much emphasis on new findings that emerge solely by switching to SNP+SMP analysis.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer 1 for his positive comments and acknowledging the future promises of our method as better and more reliable data will be available in different species. We appreciate the reviewer noticing the complete set of work undertaken here to integrate local and regional effects of methylation into a model containing as much knowledge of the epigenetics mutational processes as possible. Note that in Figure 2 of the manuscript we observed a gain of accuracy even when the rates are unknown. Our results thus suggests that the accuracy gain of additional marker with unknown rates is also possible, although it is most likely be scenario and rate dependent.

      At last, as noticed and highlighted by the very recent work of the Johannes lab (Yao et al. Science 2023) using phylogenetic methods, knowing the epimutation rate is essential at short time scale to avoid confounding effects of homoplasy. In our estimation of the coalescent trees, the same applies, though our model considers finite site markers. We now provide additional evidence for the potential gain of power to infer the TMRCA (Supplementary Table S7) when knowing or not the epimutation rates and revised the discussion to clarify the potential shortcomings/caveats for the analysis of real data.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      A limitation in using SNPs to understand recent histories of genomes is their low mutation frequency. Tellier et al. explore the possibility of adding hypermutable markers to SNP based methods for better resolution over short time frames. In particular, they hypothesize that epimutations (CG methylation and demethylation) could provide a useful marker for this purpose. Individual CGs in Arabidopsis tends to be either close to 100% methylated or close to 0%, and are inherited stably enough across generations that they can be treated as genetic markers. Small regions containing multiple CGs can also be treated as genetic markers based on their cumulative methylation level. In this manuscript, Tellier et al develop computational methods to use CG methylation as a hypermutable genetic marker and test them on theoretical and real data sets. They do this both for individual CGs and small regions. My review is limited to the simple question of whether using CG methylation for this purpose makes sense at a conceptual level, not at the level of evaluating specific details of the methods. I have a small concern in that it is not clear that CG methylation measurements are nearly as binary in other plants and other eukaryotes as they are in Arabidopsis. However, I see no reason why the concept of this work is not conceptually sound. Especially in the future as new sequencing technologies provide both base calling and methylating calling capabilities, using CG methylation in addition to SNPs could become a useful and feasible tool for population genetics in situations where SNPs are insufficient.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer 2 for his positive comments. Indeed, surveys of CG methylation in other plant species show that its distribution is clearly bimodal (i.e. binary). This is not the case for non-CG methylation, such as CHG and CHH (where H=C,T,A). However, these later types of methylation contexts are also not heritable across generations and can therefore not be used as heritable molecular markers.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      I very much like this approach and the idea of incorporating hypervariable markers. The method is intriguing, and the ability to e.g. estimate recombination rates, the size of DMRs, etc. is a really nice plus. I am not able to comment on the details of the statistical inference, but from what I can evaluate it seems sound and reasonable. This is an exciting new avenue for thinking about inference from genomic data. I have a few concerns about the presentation and then also questions about the use of empirical methylation data sets.

      I think a more detailed description of demographic accuracy is warranted. For example, in L245 MSMC2 identifies the bottleneck (albeit smoothed) and only slightly overestimates recent size. In the same analysis the authors' approach with unknown mu infers a nonexistent population increase by an order of magnitude that is not mentioned.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer 3 for his positive comments and refer to our answer to reviewer 1 above. We added RMSE (Root Mean Square Error) analyses to quantify the inference accuracy. We apologize for not mentioning this last point. Thank you for pointing this out and we have now fixed it (line 245-253).

      Similarly, it seems problematic that (L556) the approach requiring estimation of site and region parameters (as would presumably be needed in most empirical systems like endangered nonmodel species mentioned in the introduction) does no better than using only SNPs. Overall, I think a more objective and perhaps quantitative comparison of approaches is warranted.

      Answer : See answer to reviewer 1 above, and more elaborate answers below. We provide now new RMSE analyses to quantify the accuracy of our demographic inference (Supplementary Tables 1,6,7,8,9,10). We also discuss the validity and usefulness of our approach when the epimutation rates are unknown. In short, the discussion was rewritten to further discuss the challenges of application to empirical methylation data. We clarify that in the case epimutations are well known and modelled (as much is known in A. thaliana for example), they can be integrated into a SMC framework to improve the accuracy of the method approach. When epimutations are not well understood and rates unknown, our approach can help understand the epimutational process through generations at the evolutionary time scale. Hence, whether makers are understood or not, our approach can be used to study the marker evolutionary processes through generations and/or to deepen our understanding of the population past history. We hope our discussion underlies better how our approach is designed and can be used.

      The authors simulate methylated markers at 2% (and in some places up to 20%). In many plant genomes a large proportion of cytosines are methylated (e.g. 70% in maize: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC8496265/). I don't know what % of these may be polymorphic, but this leads to an order of magnitude more methylated cytosines than there are SNPs. Couldn't this mean that any appreciable error in estimating methylation threatens to be of a similar order of magnitude to the SNP data? I would welcome the authors' thoughts here.

      Answer : The reviewer is correct and this is an interesting question. First, studies show that heritable epimutations in plants are restricted to CG dinucleotides that are located well outside of the target regions of de novo methylation pathways in plants. Most of these CGs tend of fall within so-called gene body methylated regions. While it is true that plant species can differ substantially in their proportion of methylation at the genome-wide scale, the number of gene body methylated genes (i.e. genic CG methylation) is relatively similar, and at least well within the same order of magnitude (Takuno et al. Nature Plants 2016, review in Muyle et al. Genome Biol Evol 2022). Moreover, spontaneous CG epimutations in gene body methylated regions has been shown to be neutral (van Der Graaf et al. 2015, Vidali et al. 2016, Yao et al. 2023), which is an ideal property for phylogentic and demographic inference.

      Second, CG methylation calls are sometimes affected by coverage or uncertainty. Stringent filtering for reliable SMP calls typically reduces the total proportion of CG sites that can be used as input for demographic inference. Here we only kept CG sites where the methylation information could be fully trusted after SMP calling (i.e. >99.9% posteriori certainty). Overall, this explains why the percentage of sites with methylation information is so small, and why we have decided to work on simulation with 2% of reliable methylated markers.

      Nevertheless, for the sake of generality, it may be that in some species such as maize a higher percentage of polymorphic methylated sites can be used, and the number of SMPs could be higher than that of SNPs when the effective population size is very small (due to past demographic history and/or life history traits). In this case, any error in the epimutation rate and variance due to the finite site model estimation (and homoplasy) are not corrected by the lack of SNPs and can lead to mis-inference.

      A few points of discussion about the biology of methylation might be worth including. For example, methylation can differ among cell types or cells within a tissue, yet sequencing approaches evaluate a pool of cells. This results in a reasonable fraction of sites having methylation rates not clearly 0 or 1. How does this variation affect the method? Similarly, while the authors cite literature about the stable inheritance of methylation, a sentence or so more about the time scale over which this occurs would be helpful.

      Answer: We thank reviewer 3 for asking those very interesting questions, which we further developed below and mention in the discussion (lines 716-722).

      For Arabidopsis thaliana:

      Following up on our previous comment above, the majority of the CG sites that serve as input to our approach are located in body methylated genes. Previous work has shown that CG methylation in these regions shows essentially no tissue and cellular heterogeneity (e.g. Horvath et al. 2019). This means that bulk methylation measurements only show limited susceptibility to measurement error. That said, to guard against any spurious SMPs call that could arise from residual measurement variation, we applied stringent filtering of CG methylation. We have kept sites where the methylation percentage is close to either 0% or 100% (the rest being removed from the analysis). We have used similar filtering strategies in previous studies of epimutational processes in mutation accumulation lines and long-lived perennials (work of the Johannes lab). In these later studies we found that the SMP calls sufficiently accurate for inferences of phylogenetic parameters in experimental settings (Sharyhary et al. Genome Biology 2021, Yao et al. Science, 2023).

      For other species:

      It is true that currently, evaluating the methylation state of a site from a pool of cells may be problematic for some species for two main reasons: 1) it will add noise to the signal and SMP calling could be erroneous, and 2) the methylation state used in analysis might originate from different tissues at different location of the genome/methylome. Overall, this will lead to spurious SMPs and can render the inference inaccurate (see Sellinger et al 2021 for the effect of spurious SNPs). Hence, caution is advised when calling SMPs in other species and for different tissues.

      Finally, in some species methylated cytosines have mutation rates an order of magnitude higher than other nucleotides. The authors mention they assume independence, but how would violation of this assumption affect their inference?

      Answer: Indeed, we assume the mutation and epimutation process to be independent thus the probability for a SNP to occur does not depend on the local methylation state. If this was the case, the mutation rate use would indeed be wrong to a degree function of the dependency between the processes. We suggest that by ignoring this dependence, we are in the same situation as ignoring the variation of mutation rate along the genome. We have previously documented the effect of ignoring this biological feature of genomes in Strüt et al 2023 and Sellinger et al 2021. The variation in mutation rate along the genome if too extreme and not accounted for can lead to erroneous inference results. However, this problem could be easily solved (modelled) by adapting the emission matrix. To correctly model this dependency, additional knowledge is needed: either the mutation and epimutation rates must be known to quantify the dependency, or the dependency must be known to quantify the resulting rates. As far as we know, these data are at the moment not available, but could maybe be obtained using the MA lines of A. thaliana (used in Yao et al. 2023).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      All three reviewers liked this approach and found it a valuable contribution. I think it is important to address reviewer 1/3 concerns about quantifying the accuracy of inference (the TMRCA approach from reviewer 1 sounds pretty reasonable), and reviewer 1 also highlights an intriguing point about model accuracy being worse when the mutation rate is known. Additionally, I think some discussion is warranted about challenges dealing with empirical methylation data (points from Rev 2 and 3 as well as Rev 1's question about inferred vs published rates of epigenetic mutation).

      Answer : We have added tables containing the root mean square error (RMSE) of every demographic inference in the manuscript to better quantify accuracy. We have below given the explanation on why accuracy in presence of site and region epimutations can in some cases decrease when real rates are known (because methylation state at the region level needs to be first inferred). We added evidence that accounting for methylation can improve the accuracy when recovering the TMRCA along the genome when the rates are known. We also have enhanced the discussion on the challenges of dealing with epimutations data for inference. As is suggested, we hope this study will generate an interest in tackling these challenges by applying the methods to various methylome datasets from different species.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major comments:

      • For all of the simulated demographic inference results, only plots are presented. This allowsfor qualitative but not quantitative comparisons to be made across different methods. It is not easy to tell which result is actually better. For example, in Supp. Fig. 5, eSMC2 seems slightly better in the ancient past, and times the trough more effectively, while SMCm seems a bit better in the very recent past. For a more rigorous approach, it would be useful to have accompanying tables that measure e.g. mean-squared error (along with confidence intervals) for each of the different scenarios, similar to what is already done in Tables 1 and 2 for estimating $r$.

      Answer : We understand the concern of reviewer #1 for a more quantitative approach to compare the inference results. We agree that plots are not sufficient to fully grasp a method performance. To provide better supports to quantity approaches performance, we added Sup tables 1,6,8,9 and 10 containing the RMSE (in log10 for visibility) for all Figures. The root mean-squared error is calculated as in Sellinger 2021 and a description of how the root mean-squared error is calculated and now found in the method section lines 886-893.

      • 434: The discussion downplays the really odd result that inputting the true value of themutation rate, in some cases, produces much worse estimates than when they are learned from data (SFig. 6)! I can't think of any reason why this should happen other than some sort of mathematical error or software bug. I strongly encourage the authors to pin down the cause of this puzzling behaviour.

      Answer : There are unfortunately no errors in this plot and those results are perfectly normal and coherent, but we understand they can be confusing at first.

      As described in the method section and in the appendix, when accounting for regionlevel epimutations, our algorithm requires the regional methylation status which needs to be inferred as a first step from the data (real or simulated). Because region and single site epimutation events are occurring at similar rates in our simulated scenario, the methylation state of the region is very hard to correctly recover (e.g. there will be unmethylated site in methylated regions and methylated sites in unmethylated regions). In other words, the accuracy of the region estimation HMM procedure is decreased by the joint action of site and region epimutation processes.

      When subsequently applying the HMM for inference, as described in the appendix, the probabilities of two CG site being in the same or different methylation state depends on the methlylation state of the "region". Hence the mislabelling of the region methylation state is (to some extent) equivalent to spurious SMPs (or inaccurate SMP calling).

      If the true rates for site and region epimutations are given as input, the model forces the demography (and other inferred parameters) to fit the observed distribution of SMPs (given the inputted rates), resulting in the poor accuracy observed in the Figure (Now Supplementary Figure 7).

      Note: The estimated rates from real data in A. thaliana suffer from the same issue as the region and site epimutation rates are independently estimated, and the existence of regions first quantified using an independent HMM method (Denkena et al. 2022).

      However, when rates are freely inferred, they are inferred accordingly to the estimated methylation status of regions and SNPs. Therefore, even if the inferred rates are wrong, they are used by the SMC in a more consistent way.

      Note: When methylation rates violate the infinite site assumption, such as here, we first estimate the tree sequence along the genome using SNPs (i.e. DNA mutations). The algorithm then infers the epimutations rates given the inferred coalescent times and the observed methylation diversity.

      To summarise: when inputting rates to the model, if the model fails to correctly recover the region methylation status there will be conflicting information between SNPs and SMPs leading to accuracy loss. However if the rates are inferred this is realized with the help of SNPs, leading to less conflicting information and potentially smaller loss of accuracy. We apologize that the explanations were missing from the manuscript and have added them lines 449-460 and 702-716.

      A further argument is that if region and site epimutations occur at rates of at least two orders of magnitude difference, the inference results are better (and accurate) when the true rates are given. The reason is that one epimutational process overrides the other (see Supplementary Table 2). In that case one epimutation process is almost negligible and we fall back to results from Figure 5 or Supplementary Figure 6.

      • As noted at 580, all of the added power from integrating SMPs/DMRs should come fromimproved estimation of recent TMRCAs. So, another way to study how much improvement there is would be to look at the true vs. estimated/posterior TMRCAs. Although I agree that demographic inference is ultimately the most relevant task, comparing TMRCA inference would eliminate other sources of differences between the methods (different optimization schemes, algorithmic/numerical quirks, and so forth). This could be a useful addition, and may also give you more insight into why the augmented SMC methods do worse in some cases.

      Answer : We fully agree with reviewer 1. We have added a comparison in TMRCA inference as proof of principle between using or not using methylation sites. The results are written in Supplementary Table 7 and methodology is inspired by Schiffels 2014 and described at the end of the method section (line 894-907). Those results demonstrate the potential gain in accuracy when using methylation polymorphic. However, TMRCA (or ARG) inference is a very vast and complex subject in its own right. Therefore, we are developing a complete TMRCA/ARG inference investigation and an improve methodology than the one presented in this manuscript. To do so we are currently working on a manuscript focusing on this topic specifically. We hence consider further investigations of TMRCA/ARG inference beyond the scope of this current study.

      • A general remark on the derivations in Section 2 of the supplement: I checked theseformulas as best I could. But a cleaner, less tedious way of calculating these probabilities would be to express the mutation processes as continuous time Markov chains. Then all that is needed is to specify the rate matrices; computing the emission probabilities needed for the SMC methods reduces to manipulating the results of some matrix exponentials. In fact, because the processes are noninteracting, the rate matrix decomposes into a Kronecker sum of the individual rate matrices for each process, which is very easy to code up. And this structure can be exploited when computing the matrix exponential, if speed is an issue.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for this very interesting suggestion! Unfortunately, it is a bit late to re-implement the algorithm and reshape the manuscript according to this suggestion. Speed is not yet an issue but will most likely become one in the future when integrating many different rates or when using a more complex SMC model. Hence, we added reviewer #1 suggestions to the discussion (line 648) and hope to be using it in our future projects.

      • Most (all?) of the SNP-only SMC methods allow for binning together consecutiveobservations to cut down on computation time. I did not see binning mentioned anywhere, did you consider it? If the method really processes every site, how long does it take to run?

      Answer: This is a very good question. We do the binning exactly as described in Mailund 2013 & Terhorst 2017, and added this information in the method section (lines 801-809). However, as described in Terhorst 2017, one can only bin observation of the same "type" (to compute the Baum-Welch algorithm). Therefore, the computation time gain by binning is reduced when different markers spread along the genome in high proportion. This is the approach we used throughout the study when facing multiple markers as it had the best speed performance. As for example, when the proportion of site with methylated information is 1% or less, computation time is only slightly affected (i.e. same order of magnitude).

      However, the binning method presented in Mailund 2013 can be extended to observation of different types, but parameters need to be estimated through a full likelihood approach (as presented in Figure 2). In our study this approach did not have the best speed performance. However, as our study is the first of its kind, it remains sub-optimal for now. Hence, we did not further investigate the performance of our approach in presence of many multiple different genomic marker (e.g. 5 different markers each representing ~20% of the genome each). Currently, with SMC approaches a high proportion of sites contain the information "No SNPs", making the Baum welch algorithm described in Terhorst 2017 very efficient. But when further developing our theoretical approach, we expect that most of the sites in a genome analysis will contain some "information", which could render the full likelihood approach computationally more tractable.

      • 486: The assumed site and region (de)methylation rates listed here are several OOMdifferent from what your method estimated (Supp. Tables 5-6). Yet, on simulated data your method is usually correct to within an order of magnitude (Supp. Table 4). How are we to interpret this much larger difference between the published estimates and yours? If the published estimates are not reliable, doesn't that call into question your interpretation of the blue line in Fig. 7 at 533?

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for asking this question. We believe answering this question is indeed the most interesting aspect of our study. Beyond demographic inference, our study has indeed unveiled a discrepancy between rates inferred through biological experiment and our study through the use of SNPs and branch length. There are several reasons which could explained the discrepancy between both approaches:

      • Firstly, our underlying HMM hypotheses are certainly violated. We ignoredpopulation structure, variation of mutations and recombination rate along the genome as well as the effect of selection. Hence, the branch lengths used for methylation rate estimations are to some extent inaccurate. We note that this is especially likely for the short branches of coalescent tree originating from background selection events in the coding regions and which are especially observable when using the methylation sites with a higher mutation rate than SNPs (Yao et al. 2023) at body methylated genes.

      • Secondly, calling single methylation site polymorphism is not 100 % reliable. If theerror rate is 0.1%, as the study was conducted on ~10 generations a minimum epimutation rate of 10-4 is to be expected. However, because our approach works at the evolutionary time scale, we expect that it suffers less from this bias as the proportion of diversity originating from actual epimutations, and not SMP calling error, should be greater.

      • Thirdly, as mentioned above, recovering the methylation status of a region is veryhard. Hence false region status inference could affect our inference accuracy as shown in Supplementary Figure 4.

      • Lastly and most importantly, the reason behind this discrepancy is the modelling ofepimutation and methylation between sites and regions. As we discuss, the current combination of rates and models is still limited to describe the observed diversity along the genome (as we intend in SMC methods). This is in contrast to the recent study by Yao et al. where very few regions of polymorphic SMPs are chosen, which implicitly avoids the influence of the methylation region effect. A study just published by Biffra et al. (Cell reports 2023) also uses a functional model of methylation modelling using a mix of region and site epimutation, albeit not tuned for evolutionary analyses. Thus we suggest, in line with functional studies, that epimutations are not independent from the local methylation context and may tend to stabilize the methylation state of a region. Therefore, the estimated methylation rates show a discrepancy to the previously measured ones. Indeed, the biological experiment would reveal a fast epimutation rate because epimutations can actually be tracked at sites which can mutate, while region mutation rate is much slower. However, because the methylation state of a region is rather stable through time it would reduce the methylation diversity over long time scale, and these rates would differ between methylated or unmethylated regions (i.e. the methylation rate is higher in methylated regions). Our results are thus in agreement with the observation by Biffra et al. that region methylation modelling is needed to explain patterns of methylation across the genome.

      To solve the discrepancy, one would need to develop a theoretical region + site epimutation model capable of describing the observed diversity at the evolutionary time scale (possibly based on the Biffra et al. model within an underlying population evolution model), and then use this model to reanalyse the sequence data from the biological experiment (i.e. in de Graaf et al. 2015 & Denkena et al. 2022) to re-estimate the methylation region sizes and epimutation rates.

      Minor comments:

      • 189: "SMCtheo" first occurs here, but it's not mentioned until 247 that this is the newmethod being presented.

      Answer : Fixed

      • 199: Are the estimates in this section from a single diploid sequence? Or is it n=5 (diploid) as mentioned in the earlier section?

      Answer : Yes, those results were obtained with 5 diploid individuals. We added it in the Table 1 description.

      • 336: I'm confused by the wording: it sounds like the test rejects the null if there is positivecorrelation in the methylation status across sites. But then, shouldn't 339 read "if the test is significant" (not non-significant)?

      Answer : We apologize for the confusion and rewrote the sentence line 339-348, the choice of word was indeed misleading .

      • Fig. 6: for some reason fewer simulations were run for 10Mb (panels C nad D) than for100Mb (A and B). Since it's very difficult to tell what's happening on average in the 10Mb case, I suggest running the same number of simulations.

      Answer : Yes we understand your concern. Actually, the same number of simulations were run but we plotted only the first 3 runs as it was less visually confusing. We now have added the missing lines to the plot C and D.

      Typos:

      • 104: "or or"

      • 292: build => built

      • 388: fulfil

      • 683: sample => samples

      Answer : Many thanks to reviewer 1 for pointing out the typos. They are all now fixed.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors may find some valuable information in Pisupati et al (2023) "On the causes of gene-body methylation variation in Arabidopsis thaliana" on interpreting epimutation rates.

      Answer: Many thanks for the recommended manuscript. We add it to the cited literature as it strongly supports our use of heritability or methylation. We also added the recent Biffra et al. paper.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      There are many places throughout the manuscript with minor grammatical errors. Please review these. A few noted below as I read:

      L104: extra "or"

      L123: built not build

      L 160 "relies" instead of "do rely"

      L161 "events"

      L 336 "from methylation data"

      L 378 "exists"

      L 379 "regions are on average shorter" instead of "there are shorter"

      L 338 "a regional-level"

      L 349 "," instead of "but"

      L 394 DMRs

      Table 1 legend: parentheses not brackets?

      Answer : Many thanks to reviewer #3 for finding those mistakes. They are all now fixed.

      I think a paragraph in the discussion of considerations of when to use this approach might be helpful to readers. Comparison to e.g. increased sample size in MSMC2, while not necessary, might be helpful here. It may often be the case that doubling the number of haplotypes with SNP data may be easier and cheaper estimating methylation accurately.

      Answer : We discuss (lines 691-698) that our approach is always useful by design, but cannot always be used for the same purpose. If the evolutionary properties of the used marker used are not understood, we suggest that our approach can be used to investigate the marker heritability process through generations. This could help to correctly design experiments aiming to study the marker heritability through lineages. And if the properties of the marker are well understood and modelled, it can be integrated into the SMC framework to improve inference accuracy.

      Other minor notes:

      L 486 "known" is a stretch. empirically estimated seems appropriate.

      Answer : Fixed

      L 573 ARG? You are not estimating the full ARG here.

      Answer : We apologize for the wrong choice of word and have rephrased the sentence.

      Fig. 2 is not super useful and could be supplemental.

      Answer : We moved Figure 2 to the appendix (now sup fig 1)

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study examines the role of host blood meal source, temperature, and photoperiod on the reproductive traits of Cx. quinquefasciatus, an important vector of numerous pathogens of medical importance. The host use pattern of Cx. quinquefasciatus is interesting in that it feeds on birds during spring and shifts to feeding on mammals towards fall. Various hypotheses have been proposed to explain the seasonal shift in host use in this species but have provided limited evidence. This study examines whether the shifting of host classes from birds to mammals towards autumn offers any reproductive advantages to Cx. quinquefasciatus in terms of enhanced fecundity, fertility, and hatchability of the offspring. The authors found no evidence of this, suggesting that alternate mechanisms may drive the seasonal shift in host use in Cx. quinquefasciatus.

      Strengths:

      Host blood meal source, temperature, and photoperiod were all examined together.

      Weaknesses: The study was conducted in laboratory conditions with a local population of Cx. quinquefasciatus from Argentina. I'm not sure if there is any evidence for a seasonal shift in the host use pattern in Cx. quinquefasciatus populations from the southern latitudes.

      We agree on the reviewers observation about the evidence on seasonal shift in the host use pattern in Cx. quinquefasciatus populations from southern latitudes. We include a paragraph in the Introduction section regarding this. Unfortunately, studies conducted in South America to understand host use by Culex mosquitoes are very limited, and there are virtually no studies on the seasonal feeding pattern. In Argentina, there is some evidence (Stein et al., 2013, Beranek, 2019) regarding the seasonal change in host use by Culex species, including Cx. quinquefasciatus, where the inclusion of mammals during the autumn has been observed. As part of a comprehensive study on characterising bridge vectors for SLE and WN viruses, our research group is currently working on the molecular identification of blood meals from engorged females to gain deeper insights into the seasonal feeding pattern of Culex mosquitoes. While the seasonal change in host use by Culex quinquefasciatus has not been reported in Argentina so far, there has been an observed increase in reported cases of SLE virus in humans between summer and fall (Spinsanti et al., 2008). It is based on this evidence that we hypothesise there is a seasonal change in host use by Cx. quinquefasciatus, similar to what occurs in the United States. This is also considering that both countries (Argentina and the United States) have regions with similar climatic conditions (temperate climates with thermal and hydrological seasonality). Since we work on the same species and in a similar temperate climate regimen, we assumed there is a seasonal shift in the host use by this mosquito species.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Abstract

      Line 23: fed on two different hosts.

      Accepted as suggested.

      I think the concluding statement should be rewritten to say that immediate reproductive outcomes do not explain the shift in host use pattern of Cx. quinquefasciatus mosquitoes from birds to mammals towards autumn.

      Accepted as suggested.

      Introduction

      No comments.

      Materials and Methods

      Please mention sample sizes in the text as well (n = ?) for each treatment.

      Accepted as suggested.

      Page 99: ......C. quinquefasciatus, since C. pipiens and its hybrids are present as well in Cordoba.

      Accepted as suggested.

      Results – Line 146: subsequently instead of posteriorly

      Accepted all changes as suggested.

      Line 148: were counted instead of was counted.

      Accepted all changes as suggested.

      Line 160: Subsequently instead of posteriorly

      Accepted all changes as suggested.

      Line 171: on fertility

      Accepted all changes as suggested.

      Line 174: there was an interaction effect on…

      Accepted all changes as suggested.

      Line 175: there were no differences in the number of eggs

      Accepted all changes as suggested.

      Discussion

      I think the first paragraph in the discussion section is redundant and should be deleted.

      The whole discussion was rewritten to be focused on our aims and results.

      Line 282: this sentence needs to be rewritten.

      Accepted as suggested.

      Line 299: at 28{degree sign}C

      Line 300: at 30{degree sign}C

      Sorry, but we are not sure about your comment here. We checked. Temperatures are written as stated, 28°C and 30°C.

      Line 363: I think the authors need to discuss more about the bigger question they were addressing. I think that the discussion section can be strengthened greatly by elaborating on whether there is evidence for a seasonal shift in host use pattern in Cx. quinquefasciatus in the southern latitudes. If yes, what alternate mechanisms they believe could be driving the seasonal change in host use in this species in the southern latitudes now that they show the 'deriving reproductive advantages' hypothesis to be not true for those populations.

      Thanks for this observation. We agree and so the Discussion section was restructured to align it with our results, as suggested.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Conceptually, this study is interesting and is the first attempt to account for the potentially interactive effects of seasonality and blood source on mosquito fitness, which the authors frame as a possible explanation for previously observed host-switching of Culex quinquefasciatus from birds to mammals in the fall. The authors hypothesize that if changes in fitness by blood source change between seasons, higher fitness in birds in the summer and on mammals in the autumn could drive observed host switching. To test this, the authors fed individuals from a colony of Cx. quinquefasciatus on chickens (bird model) and mice (mammal model) and subjected each of these two groups to two different environmental conditions reflecting the high and low temperatures and photoperiod experienced in summer and autumn in Córdoba, Argentina (aka seasonality). They measured fecundity, fertility, and hatchability over two gonotrophic cycles. The authors then used a generalized linear mixed model to evaluate the impact of host species, seasonality, and gonotrophic cycle on fecundity and fertility and a null model analysis via data randomization for hatchability. The authors were trying to test their hypothesis by determining whether there was an interactive effect of season and host species on mosquito fitness. This is an interesting hypothesis; if it had been supported, it would provide support for a new mechanism driving host switching. While the authors did report an interactive impact of seasonality and host species, the directionality of the effect was the opposite of that hypothesized. While this finding is interesting and worth reporting, there are significant issues with the experimental design and the conclusions that are drawn from the results, which are described below. These issues should be addressed to make the findings trustworthy.

      Strengths:

      (1) Using a combination of laboratory feedings and incubators to simulate seasonal environmental conditions is a good, controlled way to assess the potentially interactive impact of host species and seasonality on the fitness of Culex quinquefasciatus in the lab.

      (2) The driving hypothesis is an interesting and creative way to think about a potential driver of host switching observed in the field.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There is no replication built into this study. Egg lay is a highly variable trait, even within treatments, so it is important to see replication of the effects of treatment across multiple discrete replicates. It is standard practice to replicate mosquito fitness experiments for this reason. Furthermore, the sample size was particularly small for some groups (e.g. 15 egg rafts for the second gonotrophic cycle of mice in the autumn, which was the only group for which a decrease in fecundity and fertility was detected between 1st and 2nd gonotrophic cycles). Replicates also allow investigators to change around other variables that might impact the results for unknown reasons; for example, the incubators used for fall/summer conditions can be swapped, ensuring that the observed effects are not artefacts of other differences between treatments. While most groups had robust sample sizes, I do not trust the replicability of the results without experimental replication within the study.

      We agree egg lay is a variable trait and so we consider high numbers of mosquitoes and egg lay during experiments compared to our studies of the same topics. Evaluating variables such as fecundity, fertility, or other types of variables (collectively referred to as "life tables") is a challenging issue that depends on several intrinsic and extrinsic factors. Because all of this, in some experiments, sample sizes might not be very large, and in several articles, lower sample sizes could be found. For instance, in Richards et al. (2012), for Culex quinquefasciatus, during the second gonotrophic cycle, some experiments had 13 or even 6 egg rafts. For species like Aedes aegypti, the sample size for life table analysis is also usually small. As an example, Muttis et al. (2018) reported between 1 and 4 engorged females (without replicates). In addition, small sample size would be a problem if we would not have obtained any effect, which is not the case due to the fact that we were interested in finding an effect, regardless of the effect size. Because of this, we do find our sample sizes quite robust for our results.

      Regarding the need to repeat the experiments in order to give more robustness to the study we also agree. However, after a review of the literature (articles cited in the original manuscript), it is apparent that similar experiments are not frequently repeated as such. Examples of this are the studies of Richards et al. (2012), Demirci et al. (2014) or Telang & Skinner (2019), which even they manipulate several cages at a time as “replicates”, they are not true replicates because they summarise and manipulate all data together, and do not repeat the experiment several times. We see these “replicates” as a way of getting a greater N.

      As was stated by the reviewer, repetition is a resource and time-consuming activity that we are not able to do. Replicating the experiment poses a significant time and resources challenge. The original experiment took over three months to complete, and it is anticipated that a similar timeframe would be necessary for each replication (6 months in total considering two more replicates). Given our existing commitments and obligations, dedicating such an extensive period solely to this would impede progress on other crucial projects and responsibilities.

      Given the limitations of resources and time and the infrequent use of experimental replication in this type of studies, we performed a simulation-based analysis via a Monte Carlo approach. This approach involved generating synthetic data that mimics the expected characteristics of the original experiment and subsequently subjecting it to the same analysis routine. The main goal of this simulation was to evaluate the potential spuriousness and randomness of the results that might arise due to the experimental conditions. So, evaluating the robustness and confidence of our results and data.

      (2) Considering the hypothesis is driven by the host switching observed in the field, this phenomenon is discussed very little. I do not believe Cx. quinquefasciatus host switching has been observed in Argentina, only in the northern hemisphere, so it is possible that the species could have an entirely different ecology in Argentina. It would have been helpful to conduct a blood meal analysis prior to this experiment to determine whether using an Argentinian population was appropriate to assess this question. If the Argentinian populations don't experience host switching, then an Argentinian colony would not be the appropriate colony to use to assess this question. Given that this experiment has already been conducted with this population, this possibility should at least be acknowledged in the discussion. Or if a study showing host switching in Argentina has been conducted, it would be helpful to highlight this in the introduction and discussion.

      Thanks for this observation. We agree. However, we conducted the experiment beside host use data from Argentina since we used the mosquito species, and the centre region of Argentina (Córdoba) has a similar temperate weather regimen that those observed in the east coast of US.

      We are aware that few studies regarding host shifting in South America are available, some such that those conducted by Stein et al. (2013) and Beranek (2019) reported a moderate host switch for Culex quinquefasciatus in Argentina. We have already performed a study about seasonal host feeding patterns for this species. However, even though there are few studies regarding host shifting, our hypothesis is based mainly in the seasonality of human cases of WNV and SLEV, a pattern that has been demonstrated for our region, see for example the study of Spinsanti et al. (2008).

      We include a new paragraph in the Introduction and Discussion sections. Please see answers Reviewer #1.

      (3) The impacts of certain experimental design decisions are not acknowledged in the manuscript and warrant discussion. For example, the larvae were reared under the same conditions to ensure adults of similar sizes and development timing, but this also prevents mechanisms of action that could occur as a result of seasonality experienced by mothers, eggs, and larvae.

      We understand the confusion that may have arisen due to a lack of further details in the methodology. If we are not mistaken, you are referring to our oversight regarding the consideration of carry-over effects of larvae rearing that could potentially impact reproductive traits. When investigating the effects of temperature or other environmental factors on reproductive traits, it is possible to acclimate either larvae or adults. This is due to the significant phenotypic plasticity that mosquitoes exhibit throughout their entire ontogenetic cycle. In our study, we followed an approach similar to that of other authors where the adults are exposed to experimental conditions (temperature and photoperiod). For a similar approach you can refer to the studies conducted by Ferguson et al. (2018) for Cx. pipiens, Garcia Garcia & Londoño Benavides (2007) for Cx. quinquefasciatus or Christiansen-Jucht et al. (2014, 2015) for Anopheles gambiae.

      (4) There are aspects of the data analysis that are not fully explained and should be further clarified. For example, there is no explanation of how the levels of categorical variables were compared.

      The methodology and statistical analysis were expanded for a better understanding.

      (5) The results show the opposite trend as was predicted by the authors based on observed feeding switches from birds to mammals in the autumn. However, they only state this once at the end of the discussion and never address why they might have observed the opposite trend as was hypothesized.

      The discussion was restructured to focus on our results and our model.

      (6) Generally speaking, the discussion has information that isn't directly related to the results and/or is too detailed in certain parts. Meanwhile, it doesn't dig into the meaning of the results or the ways in which the experimental design could have influenced results.

      As mentioned above, the discussion was restructured to reflect our findings. We also included the effect that our design might have influenced our results. However, as stated above we do not fully agree that the design is inadequate for our analysis, we performed standard protocols followed by other researchers and studies in this research field.

      (7) Beyond the issue of lack of replication limiting trust in the conclusions in general, there is one conclusion reached at the end of the discussion that would not be supported, even if additional replicates are conducted. The results do not show that physiological changes in mosquitoes trigger the selection of new hosts. Host selection is never measured, so this claim cannot be made. The results don't even suggest that fitness might trigger selection because the results show that physiological changes are in the opposite direction as what would be hypothesized to produce observed host switches. Similarly, the last sentence of the abstract is not supported by the results.

      We agree with this observation. However, we did not evaluate the impact of fitness on host selection in this study. Instead, we aimed to investigate the potential influence of seasonality on mosquito fitness as a potential trigger for a shift in host selection. We agree that we have incorrectly used the term “host selection” when we should actually be discussing “host use change”. Our results indicate a seasonal alteration in mosquito fitness in response to temperature and photoperiod changes. Building upon this observation, we re-discussed our hypothesis and theoretical model to explain this seasonal shift in host use.

      (8) Throughout the manuscript, there are grammatical errors that make it difficult to understand certain sentences, especially for the results.

      All English grammar and writing of the manuscript was revised and corrected to be easily understood.

      This study is driven by an interesting question and has the potential to be a valuable contribution to the literature.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for The Authors):

      I hope that the authors will consider the suggested revisions and experimental replication to improve the quality of the study and paper.

      This study tests a very interesting hypothesis. I understand that additional replicates are difficult to conduct, but I do believe that fitness studies absolutely require experimental replicates. Unless you are able to replicate the observed effects, I personally would not trust the results of this study. I hope that you will consider conducting replicates so that this important question can be answered in a more robust manner. Below, I expand upon some additional points in the public review and also provide more specific suggestions. I provided some copy-editing feedback, but was not able to point out all grammatical mistakes. I suggest that you use ChatGPT to help you edit the English. For example, you can feed ChatGPT your MS and ask it to bold the grammatical errors or you can ask it to edit grammatical errors and bold the sections that were edited. I understand that writing in a second language is very difficult (from personal experience!), so I view ChatGPT as a great tool to help even the playing field for publishing. Below are line item suggestions. Apologies that wording is curt, I was trying to be efficient in writing.

      20-21: I suggest that you emphasize that you are investigating the interactive effect.

      Accepted as suggested.

      22: they weren't "reared" (from larvae) in different conditions, they were "maintained" as adults

      Accepted as suggested.

      26-27: increased/decreased is a bit misleading since you did not evaluate these groups sequentially in time. It might be more accurate to describe it as less than/greater than. Also, if you say increased/decreased or less than/greater than, you should always say what you are comparing to. The same applies throughout the MS.

      Accepted as suggested.

      29-30: "finding the" is not correct here; could be "with the lowest..."

      Accepted as suggested.

      34-36: I do not think that your results suggest this, even if you were to replicate the results of this experiment. You haven't shown metabolic changes.

      We understand the point. Accepted as suggested.

      42-44: "one of the main responsible" should be "one of the main species responsible..."

      Accepted as suggested.

      48: I think that "host preference" is better than selection here; -philic denotes preference

      Accepted as suggested.

      50: "Moreover" isn't the correct transition word here

      Accepted as suggested.

      57: "could" isn't correct here; consider saying "... species sometimes feed primarily on mammal hosts, including humans, in certain situations."

      Accepted as suggested.

      58: Different isn't correct word here

      Accepted as suggested.

      60: delete "feeding"

      Accepted as suggested.

      66-68: I am not familiar with any blood meal analysis studies in the southern hemisphere that show host switching for Culex species between summer and autumn. If this hasn't been shown, then this critique of the host migration hypothesis doesn't make sense.

      There are some studies pointing this out (Stein et al., 2013, Beranek 2019), and unpublished data from us). However, our hypothesis has supported by epidemiological data observed in human population which indicate a seasonal activity pattern. It was explained in depth in the Introduction section.

      68: ensures is not the right word; I suggest "suggests"

      Accepted as suggested.

      68-70: this explanation isn't clear to me; please revise

      It will be revised. Accepted as suggested.

      70: change cares to care

      Accepted as suggested.

      76-77: can you explain how they were not supported by the data for the benefit of those who are not familiar with these papers please?

      Accepted as suggested.

      87-89: I suggest the following wording: "In the autumn, we expect a greater number of eggs (fecundity) and larvae (fertility) in mosquitoes after feeding on a mammal host compared to an avian host, and the opposite relationship in the summer."

      Accepted as suggested.

      99: edit for grammar

      Accepted as suggested.

      102: suggest: "...offered a blood meal from a restrained chicken twice a month"

      Accepted as suggested.

      107: powder

      Accepted as suggested.

      108: inbred? Is this the term you meant to use?

      Changed as suggested.

      109: "several" cannot be used to describe 20 generations; suggest using "over twenty generations"; also, it would be good to acknowledge in your discussion that lab adaptation could force evolution, especially since mosquitoes are kept at constant temperatures and fed with certain hosts (with easy access) in the lab. Also, it would be good to know when the experiments were conducted to know the lapse of time between the creation of the colony and the experiments.

      Accepted as suggested.

      110-111: Does humidity vary between summer and fall in Córdoba? If so, I suggest acknowledging in the discussion that if humidity differences are involved in a potential interaction between host species and seasonality, then this would not have been captured by your experimental design.

      Several variables change during seasons. We were interested in capturing the effects of temperature and photoperiod, since humidity is a variable difficult to control.

      113-116: I suggest combining into one sentence to make more concise.

      Accepted as suggested.

      135: You might be obscuring the true impact of seasonality by rearing the larvae under the same conditions. There may be signals that mothers/eggs/larvae receive that influence their behavior (e.g. I believe this is the case for diapause), so this limitation should also be acknowledged. I understand why you decided to do this to control for development time and size, but it is something that should be considered in the discussion.

      As it was explained above, Cx. quinquefasciatus do not suffer diapause in our country. Maintaining mosquitoes from adults was an approach selected by us based on other studies.

      138: edit: "with cotton pads soaked in... on plastic..."; what is plastic glass? Do you mean plastic dishes?

      Accepted as suggested.

      141: here and throughout paragraph, full should be "fully"

      Accepted as suggested.

      144: located should be "placed"

      Accepted as suggested.

      147: suggest editing to "at which point, they were fixed with 1 mL of 96% ethanol and the number of L1 larvae per raft was counted."

      Accepted as suggested.

      154-155: edit for grammar

      Accepted as suggested.

      157: Your GLM explanation doesn't say anything about how you made pairwise comparisons between your levels; did you use emmeans?

      This revised version includes a more detailed methodology and statistical analysis. Accepted as suggested.

      158-160: I don't understand why you took this approach - it seems strange to me to use this analysis, but I am not familiar with it, so it might be that I lack the knowledge to be able to adequately evaluate. Please provide more explanation so that readers can better understand this analysis. A citation for this kind of application of the analysis would be helpful.

      It was changed to be in accordance with the remaining analyses.

      173: replace neither with either

      Accepted as suggested.

      174: this applies throughout; edit to : "An interaction effect was observed..."

      Accepted as suggested.

      175: "it was not found" is grammatically incorrect; instead : "We did not find ..." or "no differences in... were detected", etc

      Accepted as suggested.

      183: "it was detected" is grammatically incorrect

      Accepted as suggested.

      185-186: "being this treatment... in terms of fitness": I do not understand what this means. Please rephrase

      Accepted as suggested.

      170-199: you should provide the effect sizes and p values in text and/or in the figure for the pairwise comparisons

      Accepted as suggested.

      193-196. These two sentences are confusing and I am not sure what you mean, especially in the first sentence.

      It was rewritten. Accepted as suggested.

      Figure 1: This figure is great and easy to read and interpret! Thank you for the comment! 218-219: it is important to state which mosquito species you are referring to here.

      Accepted as suggested.

      226-227: you definitely should acknowledge the small sample size here.

      Considered.

      227: "it was observed" should be "We observed" or "A greater hatching rate.... was observed."

      Accepted as suggested.

      228-229: is the result really comparable even though you took very different approaches to the analysis for these outcomes?

      Changed to be comparable.

      230-278: the discussion of these hypotheses is too long and detailed, especially since the comparison of mouse vs chicken wasn't your main question; you really wanted to understand this in the context of seasonality. I suggest cutting this down a lot and making room to dig into your results more, and also to discuss the potential impacts of your experimental design/limitations on the results.

      Discussion was changed to focus on our results and model. Accepted as suggested.

      281: Hoffman is an old citation; I suggest you cite a modern review.

      Accepted as suggested. We deleted it due to the re-writing of the manuscript.

      282: "It can be recognise".. I am not sure what you are trying to say here

      Accepted as suggested.

      1. After the first time you write a species name, you can abbreviate the genus in all future mentions unless it is at the beginning of a sentence.

      Accepted as suggested.

      303-305: Revise this sentence. E.g "Fewer studies are available regarding photoperiod and show mixed results; Mogi (1992) found that mid and long day lengths induced greater fecundity while Costanzo et al. (2015) did not find differences in fecundity by day length."

      Accepted as suggested.

      315-316: typically, unpublished data shouldn't be referenced; I'm not sure if eLife has a policy on this.

      We will check this with eLife guidelines. However, since the lack of evidence on this pattern we consider important to include this unpublished data.

      316: Aegypti should be lowercase

      Accepted as suggested.

      328-330: This sentence is redundant with the first sentence of the paragraph

      Accepted as suggested.

      321-336: You never reintroduced your hypothesis in your discussion. I suggest that you center your whole discussion more directly around the hypothesis that motivated the study. If you decide not to restructure your discussion, you should at least reintroduce your hypothesis here and discuss how your results do not support the hypothesis.

      Accepted as suggested.

      337-348: This paragraph is a bit confusing as you jump between fertility and hatchability

      Accepted as suggested.

      353: is viral transmission the right word to use here? I think you might mean bridge vector transmission to humans specifically?

      Accepted as suggested.

      357: you say "neither" but never define which traits you are referring to

      Accepted as suggested.

      361: I suggest "two variables previously analyzed separately..."

      Accepted as suggested.

      General: There is no statement about the availability of data; it is eLife policy to require all data to be publicly available. Also, it would be helpful to share your code to help understand how you conducted pairwise comparisons, etc.

      In the submission it was not mentioned anything about data availability. However, all data and scripts will be uploaded with the VOR if it is required.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      I found your study interesting and potentially promising. However, there are some fundamental problems with the study design and the hypothesis, including:

      <(1) Seasonality simulation - Seasonality is strongly associated with time, so it is unusual to simulate seasonal factors without accounting for time. The actual factors associated with seasonal change in reproductive output may be neither a difference in host blood meal nor temperature and photoperiod. It is therefore, odd to reduce seasonality to a difference in photoperiod and temperature in summer and autumn without even mentioning the time of year when the experiment was carried (except for the mention of February as the time the stock samples were collected from the wild).

      The temperature and photoperiod settings are established according to a representative day in both autumn and summer. To determine these settings, we utilized climate data spanning a 3-year period (2020-2022), encompassing the most frequently occurring temperatures and day lengths. The weather conditions remained notably consistent throughout this time frame, which is why the specific year was not mentioned. Moreover, including the year in laboratory experiment details is uncommon, as evident in various papers. This practice can be corroborated by referring to multiple sources (cited in the original manuscript). We mention this in the new version.

      (2) Hypothesis - While the hypothesis alludes to the 'reason' for seasonal host shift, the prediction is on the outcome of the interaction between blood meal type and season.

      It might be nicer to frame your hypothesis to be consistent with the aim, which is, testing the partial contributions of blood meal type, versus photoperiod and temperature to seasonal change in the reproductive output of Culex quinquefasciatus. A hypothesis like that can be accompanied by alternative predictions according to the expected individual and interactive effects of both factors.

      It was rewritten in the revised version to be consistent with our predictions and findings.

      Blood meal type, temperature, and photoperiod are all components of seasonality, so the strength of the study is its potential to decouple the effect of blood meal type from that of temperature and photoperiod on the seasonal reproductive output of Culex quinquefasciatus by comparing the two blood meal types under simulated summer and winter conditions. Ideally, this should have been over a natural summer and winter because a natural time difference captures the effect of other seasonal factors other than temperature and photoperiod.

      Furthermore, the hypothesis stemmed from field observations, while the study itself was conducted under laboratory conditions using a local population of Culex quinquefasciatus from Argentina. It remains uncertain whether there is supporting evidence for a seasonal shift in host usage in Culex quinquefasciatus from the stock population. Discussing the field observations within the stock population would provide valuable insights.

      It was considered in the new version.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This important study enhances our understanding of the effects of landscape context on grassland plant diversity and biomass. Notably, the authors use a well-designed field sampling method to separate the effects of habitat loss and fragmentation per se. Most of the data and analyses provide solid support for the findings that habitat loss weakens the positive relationship between grassland plant richness and biomass.

      Response: Thanks very much for organizing the review of the manuscript. We are grateful to you for the recognition. We have carefully analyzed all comments of the editors and reviewers and revised our manuscript to address them. All comments and recommendations are helpfully and constructive for improving our manuscript. We have described in detail our response to each of comment below.

      In addition to the reviewers' assessments, we have the following comments on your paper.

      (1) Some of the results are not consistent between figures. The relationships between overall species richness and fragmentation per se are not consistent between Figs. 3 and 5. The relationships between aboveground biomass and habitat loss are not consistent between Figs. 4 and 5. How shall we interpret these inconsistent results?

      Response: Thanks for your insightful comments. The reason for these inconsistencies is that the linear regression model did not take into account the complex causal relationships (including direct and indirect effects) among the different influencing factors. The results in Figures 3 and 4 just represent the pairwise relationship pattern and relative importance, respectively. The causal effects of habitat loss and fragmentation per se on plant richness and above-ground biomass should be interpreted based on the structural equation model results (Figure 6). We have revised the data analysis to clear these inconsistent results. Line 225-228

      In the revised manuscript, we have added the interpretation for these inconsistent results. The inconsistent effects between Figures 3 and 6 suggest that fragmentation per se actually had a positive effect on plant richness after accounting for the effects of habitat loss and environmental factors simultaneously.

      The inconsistent effects between Figures 4 and 6 are because the effects of habitat loss and fragmentation per se on above-ground biomass were mainly mediated by plant richness and environmental factors, which had no significant direct effect (Figure 6). Thus, habitat loss and fragmentation per se showed no significant relative effects on above-ground biomass after controlling the effects of plant richness and environmental factors (Figure 4).

      (2) One of the fragmentation indices, mean patch area metric, seems to be more appropriate as a measure of habitat loss, because it represents "a decrease in grassland patch area in the landscape".

      Response: Thanks for your insightful comments. We apologize for causing this confusion. The mean patch area metric in our study represents the mean size of grassland patches in the landscape for a given grassland amount. Previous studies have often used the mean patch metric as a measure of fragmentation, which can reflect the processes of local extinction in the landscape (Fahrig, 2003; Fletcher et al., 2018). We have revised the definition of the mean patch area metric and added its ecological implication in the revised manuscript to clarify this confusion.

      (3) It is important to show both the mean and 95% CI (or standard error) of the slope coefficients regarding to Figs. 3 and 6.

      Response: Thanks for your suggestions. We have added the 95% confidence intervals to the Figure 3 and Figure 6 in the revised manuscript.

      (4) It would be great to clarify what patch-level and landscape-level studies are in lines 302-306. Note that this study assesses the effects of landscape context on patch-level variables (i.e., plot-based plant richness and plot-based grassland biomass) rather than landscape-level variables (i.e., the average or total amount of biomass in a landscape).

      Response: Thanks for your insightful comment. We agree with your point that our study investigated the effect of fragmented landscape context (habitat loss and fragmentation per se) on plot-based plant richness and plot-based above-ground biomass rather than landscape-level variables.

      Therefore, we no longer discussed the differences between the patch-level and landscape-level studies here, instead focusing on the different ecological impacts of habitat loss and fragmentation per se in the revised manuscript.

      Line 369-374:

      “Although habitat loss and fragmentation per se are generally highly associated in natural landscapes, they are distinct ecological processes that determine decisions on effective conservation strategies (Fahrig, 2017; Valente et al., 2023). Our study evaluated the effects of habitat loss and fragmentation per se on grassland plant diversity and above-ground productivity in the context of fragmented landscapes in the agro-pastoral ecotone of northern China, with our results showing the effects of these two facets to not be consistent.”

      (5) One possible way to avoid the confusion between "habitat fragmentation" and "fragmentation per se" could be to say "habitat loss and fragmentation per se" when you intend to express "habitat fragmentation".

      Response: Thanks for your constructive suggestions. To avoid this confusion, we no longer mention habitat fragmentation in the revised manuscript but instead express it as habitat loss and fragmentation per se.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This is a well-designed study that explores the BEF relationships in fragmented landscapes. Although there are massive studies on BEF relationships, most of them were conducted at local scales, few considered the impacts of landscape variables. This study used a large dataset to specifically address this question and found that habitat loss weakened the BEF relationships. Overall, this manuscript is clearly written and has important implications for BEF studies as well as for ecosystem restoration.

      Response: We are grateful to you for the recognition and constructive comments. All the comments and suggestions are very constructive for improving this manuscript. We have carefully revised the manuscript following your suggestions. All changes are marked in red font in the revised manuscript.

      My only concern is that the authors should clearly define habitat loss and fragmentation. Habitat loss and fragmentation are often associated, but they are different terms. The authors consider habitat loss a component of habitat fragmentation, which is not reasonable. Please see my specific comments below.

      Response: We agree with your point. In the revised manuscript, we no longer consider habitat loss and fragmentation per se as two facets of habitat fragmentation. We have clearly defined habitat loss and fragmentation per se and explicitly evaluated their relative effects on plant richness, above-ground biomass, and the BEF relationship.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Title: It is more proper to say habitat loss, rather than habitat fragmentation.

      Response: Thanks for your suggestion. We have revised the title to “Habitat loss weakens the positive relationship between grassland plant richness and above-ground biomass”

      Line 22, remove "Anthropogenic", this paper is not specifically discussing habitat fragmentation driven by humans.

      Response: Thanks for your suggestion. We have removed the “Anthropogenic” from this sentence.

      Line 26, revise to "we investigated the effects of habitat loss and fragmentation per se on plant richness... in grassland communities by using a structural equation model".

      Response: Thanks for your suggestion. We have revised this sentence.

      Line 25-28:

      “Based on 130 landscapes identified by a stratified random sampling in the agro-pastoral ecotone of northern China, we investigated the effects of landscape context (habitat loss and fragmentation per se) on plant richness, above-ground biomass, and the relationship between them in grassland communities using a structural equation model.”

      Line 58-60, habitat fragmentation generally involves habitat loss, but habitat loss is independent of habitat fragmentation, it is not a facet of habitat fragmentation.

      Response: Thanks for your insightful comment. We have no longer considered habitat loss and fragmentation per se as two facets of habitat fragmentation. In the revised manuscript, we consider habitat loss and fragmentation as two different processes in fragmented landscapes.

      Line 65-67, this sentence is not very relevant to this paragraph and can be deleted.

      Response: Thanks for your suggestion. We have deleted this sentence from the paragraph.

      Line 87-90, these references are mainly based on microorganisms, are there any references based on plants? These references are more relevant to this study. In addition, this is a key mechanism mentioned in this study, this section needs to be strengthened with more evidence and further exploration.

      Response: Thanks for your comment and suggestion. Thanks for your comment and suggestion. We have added some references based on plants here to strengthen the evidence and mechanism of habitat specialisation determines the BEF relationship.

      Line 89-95:

      “In communities, specialists with specialised niches in resource use may contribute complementary roles to ecosystem functioning, whereas generalists with unspecialised in resource use may contribute redundant roles to ecosystem functioning due to overlapping niches (Dehling et al., 2021; Denelle et al., 2020; Gravel et al., 2011; Wilsey et al., 2023). Therefore, communities composed of specialists should have a higher niche complementarity effect in maintaining ecosystem functions and a more significant BEF relationship than communities composed of generalists.”

      Denelle, P., Violle, C., DivGrass, C., Munoz, F. 2020. Generalist plants are more competitive and more functionally similar to each other than specialist plants: insights from network analyses. Journal of Biogeography 47: 1922-1933.

      Dehling, D.M., Bender, I.M.A., Blendinger, P.G., Böhning-Gaese, K., Muñoz, M.C., Neuschulz, E.L., Quitián, M., Saavedra, F., Santillán, V., Schleuning, M., Stouffer, D.B. 2021. Specialists and generalists fulfil important and complementary functional roles in ecological processes. Functional Ecology 35: 1810-1821.

      Wilsey, B., Martin, L., Xu, X., Isbell, F., Polley, H.W. 2023. Biodiversity: Net primary productivity relationships are eliminated by invasive species dominance. Ecology Letters.

      Line 129-130, Although you can use habitat loss in the discussion or the introduction, here preferably use habitat amount or habitat area, rather than habitat loss in this case. Habitat loss represents changes in habitat area, but the remaining grasslands could be the case of natural succession or other processes, rather than loss of natural habitat.

      Response: Thanks for your insightful comment. We agree with your point. In the revised manuscript, we have explicitly stated that habitat loss was represented by the loss of grassland amount in the landscape.

      Since the remaining grassland fragments in this region were mainly caused by grassland loss due to human activities such as cropland expansion (Chen et al., 2019; Yang et al., 2020), we used the percentage of non-grassland cover in the landscape to represent habitat loss in our study.

      Line 132-135:

      “Habitat loss was represented by the loss of grassland amount in the landscape. As the remaining grassland fragments in this region were mainly caused by grassland loss due to human activities such as cropland expansion (Chen et al., 2019; Yang et al., 2020), the percentage of non-grassland cover in the landscape was used in our study to represent habitat loss.”

      Lines 245-246, please also give more details of the statistical results, such as n, r value et al in the text.

      Response: Thanks for your suggestion. We have added the details of the statistical results in the revised manuscript.

      Line 283-290:

      “Habitat loss was significantly negatively correlated with overall species richness (R = -0.21, p < 0.05, Figure 3a) and grassland specialist richness (R = -0.41, p < 0.01, Figure 3a), but positively correlated with weed richness (R = 0.31, p < 0.01, Figure 3a). Fragmentation per se was not significantly correlated with overall species richness and grassland specialist richness, but was significantly positively correlated with weed richness (R = 0.26, p < 0.01, Figure 3b). Habitat loss (R = -0.39, p < 0.01, Figure 3c) and fragmentation per se (R = -0.26, p < 0.01, Figure 3d) were both significantly negatively correlated with above-ground biomass.”

      Fig. 5, is there any relationship between habitat amount and fragmentation per se in this study?

      Response: Thanks for your insightful comment. We have considered a causal relationship between habitat loss and fragmentation per se in the structural equation model. We have discussed this relationship in the revised manuscript.

      Line 290-293, how about the BEF relationships with different fragmentation levels? I may have missed something somewhere, but it was not shown here.

      Response: Thanks for your insightful comment. We have added the BEF relationships with different fragmentation per se levels here.

      Line 323-340:

      “The linear regression models showed that habitat loss had a significant positive modulating effect on the positive relationship between plant richness and above-ground biomass, and fragmentation per se had no significant modulating effect (Figure 5). The positive relationship between plant richness and above-ground biomass weakened with increasing levels of habitat loss, strengthened and then weakened with increasing levels of fragmentation per se.

      Author response image 1.

      Relationships between grassland plant richness and above-ground biomass at different levels of habitat loss and fragmentation per se from 130 landscapes in the Tabu River Basin, a typical agro-pastoral ecotone of northern China: (a) high habitat loss and low fragmentation per se, (b) high habitat loss and moderate fragmentation per se, (c) high habitat loss and high fragmentation per se, (d) moderate habitat loss and low fragmentation per se, (e) moderate habitat loss and moderate fragmentation per se, (f) moderate habitat loss and high fragmentation per se, (g) low habitat loss and low fragmentation per se, (h) low habitat loss and moderate fragmentation per se. The R2 values in each panel are from linear regression models. The n in each panel is the number of surveying sites used in the linear regression models. The blue solid and dashed trend lines represent the significant and not significant effects, respectively. The shaded area around the trend line represents the 95% confidence interval. * represent significance at the 0.05 level. ** represent significance at the 0.01 level.”

      Discussion

      The Discussion (Section 4.2) needs to be revised and focused on your key findings, it is habitat loss, not fragmentation per se, that weakens the BEF relationships.

      Response: Thanks for your insightful comment and suggestion. In the revised manuscript, we have rephrased the Discussion (Section 4.2) to mainly discuss the inconsistent effects of habitat loss and fragmentation per se on the BEF relationship.

      Line 414-416:

      “4.2 Habitat loss rather than fragmentation per se weakened the magnitude of the positive relationship between plant diversity and ecosystem function”

      The R2 in the results are low (e.g., Fig. 3), please also mention other variables that might influence the observed pattern in the Discussion, such as soil and topography, though I understand it is difficult to collect such data in this study.

      Response: Thanks for your insightful comment and suggestion. We agree with you and reviewer 3 that the impact of environmental factors should also be considered.

      Therefore, we have considered two environmental factors related to water and temperature (soil water content and land surface temperature) in the analysis and discussed their impacts on plant diversity and above-ground biomass in the revised manuscript.

      Lines 344-345, its relative importance was stronger in the intact landscape than that of the fragmented landscape?

      Response: We apologize for making this confusion. We have rephrased this sentence.

      Line 422-426:

      “Our study found grassland plant diversity showed a stronger positive impact on above-ground productivity than landscape context and environmental factors. This result is consistent with findings by Duffy et al. (2017) in natural ecosystems, indicating grassland plant diversity has an important role in maintaining grassland ecosystem functions in the fragmented landscapes of the agro-pastoral ecotone of northern China.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Yan et al. assess the effect of two facets of habitat fragmentation (i.e., habitat loss and habitat fragmentation per se) on biodiversity, ecosystem function, and the biodiversity-ecosystem function (BEF) relationship in grasslands of an agro-pastoral ecotone landscape in northern China. The authors use stratified random sampling to select 130 study sites located within 500m-radius landscapes varying along gradients of habitat loss and habitat fragmentation per se. In these study sites, the authors measure grassland specialist and generalist plant richness via field surveys, as well as above-ground biomass by harvesting and dry-weighting the grass communities in each 3 x 1m2 plots of the 130 study sites. The authors find that habitat loss and fragmentation per se have different effects on biodiversity, ecosystem function and the BEF relationship: whereas habitat loss was associated with a decrease in plant richness, fragmentation per se was not; and whereas fragmentation per se was associated with a decrease in above-ground biomass, habitat loss was not. Finally, habitat loss, but not fragmentation per se was linked to a decrease in the magnitude of the positive biodiversity-ecosystem functioning relationship, by reducing the percentage of grassland specialists in the community.

      Strengths:

      This study by Yan et al. is an exceptionally well-designed, well-written, clear and concise study shedding light on a longstanding, important question in landscape ecology and biodiversity-ecosystem functioning research. Via a stratified random sampling approach (cf. also "quasi-experimental design" Butsic et al. 2017), Yan et al. create an ideal set of study sites, where habitat loss and habitat fragmentation per se (usually highly correlated) are decorrelated and hence, separate effects of each of these facets on biodiversity and ecosystem function can be assessed statistically in "real-world" (and not experimental, cf. Duffy et al. 2017) communities. The authors use adequate and well-described methods to investigate their questions. The findings of this study add important empirical evidence from real-world grassland ecosystems that help to advance our theoretical understanding of landscape-moderation of biodiversity effects and provide important guidelines for conservation management.

      Weaknesses:

      I found only a few minor issues, mostly unclear descriptions in the study that could be revised for more clarity.

      Response: Thanks very much for your review of the manuscript. We are grateful to you for the recognition. All the comments and suggestions are very insightful and constructive for improving this manuscript. We have carefully studied the literature you recommend and revised the manuscript carefully following your suggestions. All changes are marked in red font in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Specific comments

      (1) Some aspects of the Methods section were not entirely clear to me, could you revise them for more clarity?

      (a) Whereas you describe 4 main facets of fragmentation per se that are used to create the PC1 as a measure of overall fragmentation per se, it looks as if this PC1 is mainly driven by 3 facets only (ED, PD and AREA_MN), and patch isolation (nearest neighbour distance, ENN) having a relatively low loading on PC1 (Figure A1). I think it would be good to discuss this fact and the consequences of it, that your definition of fragmentation is focused more on edge density, patch density and mean patch area, and less on patch isolation in your Discussion section?

      Response: Thanks for your insightful comment and suggestion. We agree with your point. We have discussed this fact and its implications for understanding the effects of fragmentation per se in our study.

      Line 384-389:

      “However, it is important to stress that the observed positive effect of fragmentation per se does not imply that increasing the isolation of grassland patches would promote biodiversity, as the metric of fragmentation per se used in our study was more related to patch density, edge density and mean patch area while relatively less related to patch isolation (Appendix Table A1). The potential threats from isolation still need to be carefully considered in the conservation of biodiversity in fragmented landscapes (Haddad et al., 2015).”

      (b) Also, from your PCA in Figure A1, it seems that positive values of PC1 mean "low fragmentation", whereas high values of PC1 mean "high fragmentation", however, in Figure A2, the inverse is shown (low values of PC1 = low fragmentation, high values of PC1 = high fragmentation). Could you clarify in the Methods section, if you scaled or normalized the PC1 to match this directionality?

      Response: We apologize for making this confusion. In order to be consistent with the direction of change in fragmentation per se, we took the inverse of the PC1 as a single fragmentation per se index, which was positively correlated with patch density, edge density, mean nearest-neighbor distance metric, and negatively with mean patch area (Appendix Figure A1 and Table A1). We have clarified this point in the Method section.

      Line 160-163:

      “We took the inverse of the PC1 as a single fragmentation per se index, which was positively correlated with patch density, edge density, mean nearest-neighbor distance metric, and negatively with mean patch area (Appendix Figure A1 and Table A1).”

      (c) On line 155 you describe that you selected at least 20 landscapes using stratified sampling from each of the eight groups of habitat amount and fragmentation combination. Could you clarify: 1) did you randomly sample within these groups with a minimum distance condition or was it a non-random selection according to other criteria? (I think you could move the "To prevent overlapping landscapes..." sentence up here to the description of the landscape selection process) 2) Why did you write "at least 20 landscapes" - were there in some cases more or less landscapes selected? 130 study landscapes divided by 8 groups only gives you 16.25, hence, at least for some groups there were less than 20 landscapes? Could you describe your final dataset in more detail, i.e. the number of landscapes per group and potential repercussions for your analysis?

      Response: Thanks for your insightful comments. In the revised manuscript, we have rephrased the method to provide more detail for the sampling landscape selection.

      (1) Line 169-172

      We randomly selected at least 20 grassland landscapes with a minimum distance condition using stratified sampling from each of the remaining eight grassland types as alternative sites for field surveys. The minimum distance between each landscape was at least 1000 m to prevent overlapping landscapes and potential spatial autocorrelation.

      (2) Line 184-191

      The reason for selecting at least 20 grassland landscapes of each type in this study was to ensure enough alternative sites for the field survey. This is because the habitat type of some selected sites was not the natural grasslands, such as abandoned agricultural land. Some of the selected sites may not be permitted for field surveys.

      Thus, we finally established 130 sites in the field survey. The types of the 130 sites were: 19 high-moderate, 14 high-low, 19 moderate-high, 16 moderate-moderate, 18 moderate-low, 16 low-high, 17 low-moderate, 11 low-low habitat amount and fragmentation per se.

      (d) On line 166, you describe that you established 130 sites of 30 m by 30 m - I assume they were located (more or less) exactly in the centre of the selected 500 m - radius landscapes? Were they established so that they were fully covered with grassland? And more importantly, how did you establish the 10 m by 10 m areas and the 1 m2 plots within the 30 m by 30 m sites? Did you divide the 30 m by 30 m areas into three rectangles of 10 m by 10 m and then randomly established 1 m2 plots? Were the 1 m2 plots always fully covered with grassland/was there a minimum distance to edge criterion? Please describe with more detail how you established the 1 m2 study sites, and how many there were per landscape.

      Response: Thanks for your insightful comments. In the revised manuscript, we have provided more detailed information on how to set up 130 sites of 30 m by 30 m and three plots of 1 m by 1 m.

      (1) As these 130 sites were selected based on the calculation of the moving window, they were located (more or less) exactly in the centre of the 500-m radius buffer.

      (2) These sites were fully covered with grassland because their size (30 m by 30 m) was the same as the size of the grassland cell (30 m by 30 m) used in the calculation of the moving window.

      (3) We randomly set up three 1 m * 1 m plots in a flat topographic area at the 10 m * 10 m centre of each site. Thus, there was a minimum distance of 10 m to the edge for each 1 m * 1 m plot.

      (4) There are three 1 m * 1 m plots per landscape.

      Line 182-191:

      “Based on the alternative sites selected above, we established 130 sites (30 m * 30 m) between late July to mid-August 2020 in the Tabu River Basin in Siziwang Banner, Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region (Figure 1). The types of the 130 sites were: 19 high-moderate, 14 high-low, 19 moderate-high, 16 moderate-moderate, 18 moderate-low, 16 low-high, 17 low-moderate, 11 low-low habitat amount and fragmentation per se. In order to exclude the impact of historical agricultural activities, the habitat type of the established sites was natural grasslands with regional vegetation characteristics. Each site was not abandoned agricultural land, and there was no sign of agricultural reclamation.

      At the 10 m * 10 m center of each site, we randomly set up three 1 m * 1 m plots in a flat topographic area to investigate grassland vascular plant diversity and above-ground productivity.”

      (e) Line 171: could you explain what you mean by reclaimed?

      Response: Thanks for your comment. The “reclaimed” means that historical agricultural activities. We have rephrased this sentence to make it more explicit.

      Line 186-189:

      “In order to exclude the impact of historical agricultural activities, the habitat type of the established sites was natural grasslands with regional vegetation characteristics. Each site was not abandoned agricultural land, and there was no sign of agricultural reclamation.”

      (f) Line 188 ff.: Hence your measure of productivity is average-above ground biomass per 1 m2. I think it would add clarity if you highlighted this more explicitly.

      Response: Thanks for your suggestion. We have highlighted that the productivity in our study was the average above-ground biomass per 1 m * 1 m plots in each site.

      Line 215-217:

      “For each site, we calculated the mean vascular plant richness of the three 1 m * 1 m plots, representing the vascular plant diversity, and mean above-ground biomass of the three 1 m * 1 m plots, representing the above-ground productivity.”

      (2) All figures are clear and well-designed!

      (a) Just as a suggestion: in Figures 3 and 6, you could maybe add the standard errors of the mean as well?

      Response: Thanks for your suggestion. In the revised manuscript, we have added the standard errors of the mean in Figures 3 and 6.

      (b) Figure 4: Could you please clarify: Which models were the optimal models on which these model-averaged standardized parameter estimates were based on? And hence, the optimal models contained all 4 predictors (otherwise, no standardized parameter estimate could be calculated)? Or do these model-averaged parameters take into account all possible models (and not only the optimal ones)?

      Response: Thanks for your suggestion. We selected the four optimal models based on the AICc value to calculate the model-averaged standardized parameter estimates. The four optimal models contained all predictors in Figure 4. We have added the four optimal models in Appendix Table A3.

      Appendix:

      Author response table 1.

      Four optimal models of landscape context, environment factors, and plant diversity affecting above-ground biomass.

      Note: AGB: above-ground biomass; HL: habitat loss; FPS: fragmentation per se; SWT: soil water content; LST: land surface temperature; GSR: grassland specialist richness; WR: weed richness; **: significance at the 0.01 level.”

      (c) Please add in all Figures (i.e., Figures 4, 5 and 6, Figure 6 per "high, moderate and low-class") the number of study units the analyses were based on.

      Response: Thanks for your suggestion. In the revised manuscript, we have added the number of study units the analyses were based on in all Figures.

      (d) Figure 6: I think it would be more consistent to add a second plot where the BEF-relationship is shown for low, moderate and high levels of habitat fragmentation per se. Could you also add a clearer description in the Methods and/or Results section of how you assessed if habitat amount or fragmentation per se affected the BEF-relationship? I.e. based on the significance of the interaction term (habitat amount x species richness) in a linear model?

      Response: Thanks for your insightful comment and suggestion. We have added a second plot in Figure 5 to show the BEF relationship at low, moderate and high levels of fragmentation per se.

      Line 328-340:

      Author response image 2.

      Relationships between grassland plant richness and above-ground biomass at different levels of habitat loss and fragmentation per se from 130 landscapes in the Tabu River Basin, a typical agro-pastoral ecotone of northern China: (a) high habitat loss and low fragmentation per se, (b) high habitat loss and moderate fragmentation per se, (c) high habitat loss and high fragmentation per se, (d) moderate habitat loss and low fragmentation per se, (e) moderate habitat loss and moderate fragmentation per se, (f) moderate habitat loss and high fragmentation per se, (g) low habitat loss and low fragmentation per se, (h) low habitat loss and moderate fragmentation per se. The R2 values in each panel are from linear regression models. The n in each panel is the number of surveying sites used in the linear regression models. The blue solid and dashed trend lines represent the significant and not significant effects, respectively. The shaded area around the trend line represents the 95% confidence interval. * represent significance at the 0.05 level. ** represent significance at the 0.01 level.”

      We determined whether habitat loss and fragmentation per se moderated the BEF relationship by testing the significance of their interaction term with plant richness. We have added a clearer description in the Methods section of the revised manuscript.

      Line 245-250:

      “We then assessed the significance of interaction terms between habitat loss and fragmentation per se and plant richness in the linear regression models to evaluate whether they modulate the relationship between plant richness and above-ground biomass. Further, we used a piecewise structural equation model to investigate the specific pathways in which habitat loss and fragmentation per se modulate the relationship between plant richness and above-ground biomass.”

      (3) While reading your manuscript, I missed a discussion on the potential non-linear effects of habitat amount and fragmentation per se. In your study, it seems that the effects of habitat amount and fragmentation per se on biodiversity and ecosystem function are quite linear, which contrasts previous research highlighting that intermediate levels of fragmentation/heterogeneity could maximise spatial asynchrony, biodiversity and ecosystem function (e.g. Redon et al. 2014, Thompson & Gonzalez 2016, Tscharntke et al. 2012, Wilcox et al. 2017). I think it would add depth to your study if you discussed your finding of linear effects of habitat amount and fragmentation on biodiversity, ecosystem functioning and BEF. For example:

      Response: Thanks for your constructive suggestions. We have carefully studied the literature (e.g. Redon et al. 2014, Thompson & Gonzalez 2016, Tscharntke et al. 2012, Wilcox et al. 2017), which highlights that intermediate levels of fragmentation/heterogeneity could maximise spatial asynchrony, biodiversity and ecosystem function.

      In the revised manuscript, we have added the discussion about the linear positive effects of fragmentation on plant diversity and above-ground productivity and discussed possible reasons for this linear effect.

      Line 402-413:

      “In our study, a possible mechanism for the positive impacts of fragmentation per se on plant diversity and above-ground productivity (indirect positive impact via plant diversity) is that fragmentation per se increases the habitat heterogeneity in the landscape, which can promote biodiversity through spatial asynchrony and spatial insurance effects (Tscharntke et al., 2012). Previous studies indicated that heterogeneity typically has nonlinear effects on biodiversity and ecosystem function, as moderate heterogeneity can maximise spatial asynchrony (Redon et al., 2014; Wilcox et al., 2017). However, our study did not observe nonlinear patterns between fragmentation per se and plant diversity and above-ground productivity. This may be due to the low spatial heterogeneity of this area as a result of agricultural intensification (Benton et al., 2003; Chen et al., 2019). The gradient of fragmentation per se in our study may not cover the optimal heterogeneity levels for maximising plant diversity and above-ground productivity (Thompson and Gonzalez, 2016).”

      Meanwhile, we also discussed the nonlinear pattern of the BEF relationship with increasing levels of fragmentation per se to add depth to the discussion.

      Line 442-451:

      “In addition, our study found that the BEF relationship showed a nonlinear pattern with increasing levels of fragmentation per se. For a given level of habitat loss, the positive BEF relationship was strongest at moderate fragmentation per se level and became neutral at high fragmentation per se level. This can be explained by the increased spatial asynchrony at moderate fragmentation per se level, which can promote niche complementary among species in the community and thus strengthen the BEF relationship (Gonzalez et al., 2020; Thompson and Gonzalez, 2016; Tscharntke et al., 2012). The neutral BEF relationship at high fragmentation per se level may be due to edge effects enhancing environmental filtering, thereby leading to functional redundancy among species and decoupling the BEF relationship (Fetzer et al., 2015; Hu et al., 2016; Zambrano et al., 2019).”

      (a) Line 74-75: I was wondering if you also thought of spatial insurance effects or spatial asynchrony effects that can emerge with habitat fragmentation, which could lead to increased ecosystem functioning as well? (refs. above).

      Response: Thanks for your constructive suggestions. In the revised manuscript, we have explicitly considered the spatial insurance effect or spatial asynchrony as the important mechanism for fragmentation per se to increase plant diversity, ecosystem function, and the BEF relationship.

      Line 74-77:

      “In theory, habitat loss and fragmentation per se can regulate ecosystem function and the BEF relationship by altering species composition, interactions, and spatial asynchrony regardless of changes in species richness (Liu et al., 2018; Thompson and Gonzalez, 2016; Tscharntke et al., 2012).”

      Line 402-408:

      “In our study, a possible mechanism for the positive impacts of fragmentation per se on plant diversity and above-ground productivity (indirect positive impact via plant diversity) is that fragmentation per se increases the habitat heterogeneity in the landscape, which can promote biodiversity through spatial asynchrony and spatial insurance effects (Tscharntke et al., 2012). Previous studies indicated that heterogeneity typically has nonlinear effects on biodiversity and ecosystem function, as moderate heterogeneity can maximise spatial asynchrony (Redon et al., 2014; Wilcox et al., 2017).”

      Line 442-451:

      “In addition, our study found that the BEF relationship showed a nonlinear pattern with increasing levels of fragmentation per se. For a given level of habitat loss, the positive BEF relationship was strongest at moderate fragmentation per se level and became neutral at high fragmentation per se level. This can be explained by the increased spatial asynchrony at moderate fragmentation per se level, which can promote niche complementary among species in the community and thus strengthen the BEF relationship (Gonzalez et al., 2020; Thompson and Gonzalez, 2016; Tscharntke et al., 2012). The neutral BEF relationship at high fragmentation per se level may be due to edge effects enhancing environmental filtering, thereby leading to functional redundancy among species and decoupling the BEF relationship (Fetzer et al., 2015; Hu et al., 2016; Zambrano et al., 2019).”

      (b) I was wondering, if this result of linear effects could also be the result of a fragmentation gradient that does not cover the whole range of potential values? Maybe it would be good to compare the gradient in habitat fragmentation in your study with a theoretical minimum maximum/considering that there might be an optimal medium degree of fragmentation.

      Response: Thanks for your insightful comment. We agree with your point that the linear effect of fragmentation per se in our study may be due to the fact that the gradient of fragmentation per se in this region may not cover the optimal heterogeneity levels for maximising spatial asynchrony. This is mainly because the agricultural intensification in the agro-pastoral ecotone of northern China could lead to lower spatial heterogeneity in this region. We have explicitly discussed this point in the revised manuscript.

      Line 406-413:

      “Previous studies indicated that heterogeneity typically has nonlinear effects on biodiversity and ecosystem function, as moderate heterogeneity can maximise spatial asynchrony (Redon et al., 2014; Wilcox et al., 2017). However, our study did not observe nonlinear patterns between fragmentation per se and plant diversity and above-ground productivity. This may be due to the low spatial heterogeneity of this area as a result of agricultural intensification (Benton et al., 2003; Chen et al., 2019). The gradient of fragmentation per se in our study may not cover the optimal heterogeneity levels for maximising plant diversity and above-ground productivity (Thompson and Gonzalez, 2016).”

      (4) Some additional suggestions:

      (a) Line 3: Maybe add "via reducing the percentage of grassland specialists in the community"?

      Response: Thanks for your suggestion. We have revised this sentence.

      Line 19:

      “Habitat loss can weaken the positive BEF relationship via reducing the percentage of grassland specialists in the community”

      (b) Lines 46-48: Maybe add "but see: Duffy, J.E., Godwin, C.M. & Cardinale, B.J. (2017). Biodiversity effects in the wild are common and as strong as key drivers of productivity. Nature."

      Response: Thanks for your suggestion. We have added this reference here.

      Line 47-49:

      “When research expands from experiments to natural systems, however, BEF relationships remain unclear in the natural assembled communities, with significant context dependency (Hagan et al., 2021; van der Plas, 2019; but see Duffy et al., 2017).”

      (c) Lines 82-87 and lines 90-93: Hence, your study actually is in contrast to these findings, i.e., fragmented landscapes do not necessarily have a lower fraction of grassland specialists? If yes, could you highlight this more explicitly?

      Response: Thanks for your insightful comment. We have explicitly highlighted this point in the revised manuscript.

      Line 434-439:

      “Meanwhile, our study demonstrates that habitat loss, rather than fragmentation per se, can decrease the degree of habitat specialisation by leading to the replacement of specialists by generalists in the community, thus weakening the BEF relationship. This is mainly because fragmentation per se did not decrease the grassland specialist richness in this region, whereas habitat loss decreased the grassland specialist richness and led to the invasion of more weeds from the surrounding farmland into the grassland community (Yan et al., 2022; Yan et al., 2023).”

      (d) Line 360: Could you add some examples of these multiple ecosystem functions you refer to?

      Response: Thanks for your suggestion. We have added some examples of these multiple ecosystem functions here.

      Line 456-457:

      “Therefore, future studies are needed to focus on multiple ecosystem functions, such as below-ground productivity, litter decomposition, soil carbon stocks, etc.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to solve how landscape context impacts the community BEF relationship. They found habitat loss and fragmentation per se have inconsistent effects on biodiversity and ecosystem function. Habitat loss rather than fragmentation per se can weaken the positive BEF relationship by decreasing the degree of habitat specialization of the community.

      Strengths:

      The authors provide a good background, and they have a good grasp of habitat fragmentation and BEF literature. A major strength of this study is separating the impacts of habitat loss and fragmentation per se using the convincing design selection of landscapes with different combinations of habitat amount and fragmentation per se. Another strength is considering the role of specialists and generalists in shaping the BEF relationship.

      Response: We are grateful to you for the recognition and constructive comments. All the comments and suggestions are very constructive for improving this manuscript. We have carefully revised the manuscript following your suggestions. All changes are marked in red font in the revised manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors used five fragmentation metrics in their study. However, the choice of these fragmentation metrics was not well justified. The ecological significance of each fragmentation metric needs to be differentiated clearly. Also, these fragmentation metrics may be highly correlated with each other and redundant. I suggest author test the collinearity of these fragmentation metrics for influencing biodiversity and ecosystem function.

      Response: Thanks for your constructive suggestion. The fragmentation metrics used in our study represent the different processes of breaking apart of habitat in the landscape, which are widely used by previous studies (Fahrig, 2003; Fahrig, 2017). In the revised manuscript, we have provided more detailed information about the ecological significance of these fragmentation indices.

      Line 142-148:

      “The patch density metric reflects the breaking apart of habitat in the landscape, which is a direct reflection of the definition of fragmentation per se (Fahrig et al., 2019). The edge density metric reflects the magnitude of the edge effect caused by fragmentation (Fahrig, 2017). The mean patch area metric and the mean nearest-neighbor distance metric are associated with the area and distance effects of island biogeography, respectively, reflecting the processes of local extinction and dispersal of species in the landscape (Fletcher et al., 2018).”

      Meanwhile, we have calculated the variance inflation factors (VIF) for each fragmentation metric to assess their collinearity. The VIF of these fragmentation metrics were all less than four, suggesting no significant multicollinearity for influencing biodiversity and ecosystem function.

      Author response table 2.

      Variance inflation factors of habitat loss and fragmentation per se indices for influencing plant richness and above-ground biomass.

      (2) I found the local environmental factors were not considered in the study. As the author mentioned in the manuscript, temperature and water also have important impacts on biodiversity and ecosystem function in the natural ecosystem. I suggest authors include the environmental factors in the data analysis to control their potential impact, especially the structural equation model.

      Response: Thanks for your constructive suggestion. We agree with you that environmental factors should be considered in our study. In the revised manuscript, we have integrated two environmental factors related to water and temperature (soil water content and land surface temperature) into the data analysis to control their potential impact. The main results and conclusions of the revised manuscript are consistent with those of the previous manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) L60-63. The necessity to distinguish between habitat loss and fragmentation per se is not clearly stated. More information about biodiversity conservation strategies can be given here.

      Response: Thanks for your suggestion. In the revised manuscript, we have provided more evidence about the importance of distinguishing between habitat loss and fragmentation per se for biodiversity conservation.

      Line 62-67:

      “Habitat loss is often considered the major near-term threat to the biodiversity of terrestrial ecosystems (Chase et al., 2020; Haddad et al., 2015), while the impact of fragmentation per se remains debated (Fletcher Jr et al., 2023; Miller-Rushing et al., 2019). Thus, habitat loss and fragmentation per se may have inconsistent ecological consequences and should be considered simultaneously to establish effective conservation strategies in fragmented landscapes (Fahrig et al., 2019; Fletcher et al., 2018; Miller-Rushing et al., 2019).”

      (2) L73-77. The two sentences are hard to follow. Please rephrase to improve the logic. And I don't understand the "however" here. There is no twist.

      Response: Thanks for your suggestion. We have rephrased the two sentences to improve their logic.

      Line 74-79:

      “In theory, habitat loss and fragmentation per se can regulate ecosystem function and the BEF relationship by altering species composition, interactions, and spatial asynchrony regardless of changes in species richness (Liu et al., 2018; Thompson and Gonzalez, 2016; Tscharntke et al., 2012). This is because species in communities are not ecologically equivalent and may respond differently to habitat loss and fragmentation per se, and contribute unequally to ecosystem function (Devictor et al., 2008; Wardle and Zackrisson, 2005).”

      (3) L97. Are grasslands really the largest terrestrial ecosystem? Isn't it the forest?

      Response: We apologize for making this confusion. We have rephrased this sentence here.

      Line 101-104:

      “Grasslands have received considerably less attention, despite being one of the largest terrestrial ecosystems, and suffering severe fragmentation due to human activities, such as agricultural reclamation and urbanisation (Fardila et al., 2017).”

      (4) Fig.1, whether the four sample plots presented in panel b are from panel a. Please add the scale bar in panel b.

      Response: Thanks for your comment. The four sample plots presented in panel b are from panel a in Figure 1. We have also added the scale bar in panel b.

      (5) L105. This statement is too specific. Please remove and consider merging this paragraph with the next.

      Response: Thanks for your suggestion. We have removed this sentence and merged this paragraph with the next.

      (6) L157. The accuracy and kappa value of the supervised classification should be given.

      Response: Thanks for your suggestion. We have added the accuracy and kappa value of the supervised classification in the revised manuscript.

      Line 176-177:

      “The overall classification accuracy was 84.3 %, and the kappa coefficient was 0.81.”

      (7) I would recommend the authors provide the list of generalists and specialists surveyed in the supplementary. Readers may not be familiar with the plant species composition in this area.

      Response: Thanks for your suggestion. We agree with your point. We have provided the list of generalists and specialists surveyed in the Appendix Table A4.

      Line 282-283:

      “A total of 130 vascular plant species were identified in our study sites, including 91 grassland specialists and 39 weeds (Appendix Table A4).”

      (8) Fig.4, it is better to add the results of variation partition to present the relative contribution of habitat fragmentation, environmental factors, and plant diversity.

      Response: Thanks for your suggestion. We have integrated the landscape context, environmental factors, and plant diversity into the multi-model averaging analysis and redraw Figure 4 to present their relative importance for above-ground biomass.

      Line 313-319:

      Author response image 3.

      Standardised parameter estimates and 95% confidence intervals for landscape context, plant diversity, and environmental factors affecting above-ground biomass from 130 landscapes in the Tabu River Basin, a typical agro-pastoral ecotone of northern China. Standardised estimates and 95% confidence intervals are calculated by the multi-model averaging method based on the four optimal models affecting above-ground biomass (Appendix Table A3). ** represent significance at the 0.01 level.

      (9) Please redraw Fig.2 and Fig.5 to integrate the environmental factors. Add the R-square to Fig 5.

      Response: Thanks for your suggestion. We have integrated two environmental factors into the structural equation model and redraw Figure 2 and Figure 5 in the revised manuscript. And we have added the R-square to the Figure 5.

      (10) L354. The authors should be careful to claim that habitat loss could reduce the importance of plant diversity to ecosystem function. This pattern observed may depend on the type of ecosystem function studied.

      Response: Thanks for your suggestion. We have avoided this claim in the revised manuscript and explicitly discussed the importance of simultaneously focusing on multiple ecosystem functions, such as below-ground productivity, litter decomposition, soil carbon stocks, etc.

      Line 454-457:

      “This inconsistency can be explained by trade-offs between different ecosystem functions that may differ in their response to fragmentation per se (Banks-Leite et al., 2020). Therefore, future studies are needed to focus on multiple ecosystem functions, such as below-ground productivity, litter decomposition, soil carbon stocks, etc.”

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This valuable study seeks to disentangle the different selective forces shaping the evolutionary dynamics of transposable elements (TEs) in the wild grass Brachypodium distachyon. Using haplotype-length metrics, and genetic and environmental differentiation tests, the authors present in large parts convincing evidence that positive selection on TE polymorphisms is rare, and that the distribution of TE ages points to purifying selection being the main force acting on TE evolution in this species. A caveat of this study, as of other studies that seek to assess TE insertion polymorphisms with short reads, is that the rates of false negatives and false positives are difficult to estimate, which may have major effects on the interpretation. This study will be relevant for anyone interested in the role of TEs in evolution and adaptation.

      Thank you for considering our manuscript for publication in eLife. We appreciate the constructive comments and suggestions of the reviewers. We have addressed the raised issues by the reviewers. Below, we provide a more detailed response to each of the reviewer comments.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1:

      The study presented in this manuscript presents very convincing evidence that purifying selection is the main force shaping the landscape of TE polymorphisms in B. distachyon, with only a few putatively adaptive variants detected, even though most conclusions are based on the 10% of polymorphisms contributed by retrotransposons. That first conclusion is not novel, however, as it had already been clearly established in natural A. thaliana strains (Baduel et al. Genome Biol 2021) and in experimental D. simulans lines (Langmüller et al. NAR 2023), two studies that the authors do not mention, or improperly mention. In contrast to the conclusions reached in A. thaliana, however, Horvath et al. report here a seemingly deleterious effect of TE insertions even very far away from genes (>5kb), a striking observation for a genome of relatively similar size. If confirmed, as a caveat of this study is the lack of benchmarking of the TE polymorphisms calls by a pipeline known for a high rate of false positives (see detailed Private Recommendations #1), this set of observations would make an important addition to the knowledge of TE dynamics in the wild and questioning our understanding of the main molecular mechanisms through which TEs can impact fitness.

      Thank you for your positive evaluation of our paper. We have now adjusted the manuscript to include the mentioned studies (Line 330-333) and to address the issue of false positive and false negative calls. The detailed responses to all the raised points are below.

      Reviewer #2:

      Summary:

      Transposable elements are known to have a strong potential to generate diversity and impact gene regulation, and they are thought to play an important role in plant adaptation to changing environments. Nevertheless, very few studies have performed genome-wide analyses to understand the global effect of selection on TEs in natural populations. Horvath et al. used available whole-genome re-sequencing data from a representative panel of B. distachyon accessions to detect TE insertion polymorphisms (TIPs) and estimate their time of origin. Using a thorough combination of population genomics approaches, the authors demonstrate that only a small amount of the TE polymorphisms are targeted by positive selection or potentially involved in adaptation. By comparing the age-adjusted population frequencies of TE polymorphisms and neutral SNPs, the authors found that retrotransposons are affected by purifying selection independently of their distance to genes. Finally, using forward simulations they were able to quantify the strength of selection acting on TE polymorphisms, finding that retrotransposons are mainly under moderate purifying selection, with only a minority of the insertions evolving neutrally.

      Strengths:

      Horvath et al., use a convincing set of strategies, and their conclusions are well supported by the data. I think that incorporating polymorphism's age into the analysis of purifying selection is an interesting way to reduce the possible bias introduced by the fact that SNPs and TEs polymorphisms do not occur at the same pace. The fact that TE polymorphisms far from genes are also under purifying selection is an interesting result that reinforces the idea that the trans-regulatory effect of TE insertions might not be a rare phenomenon, a matter that may be demonstrated in future studies.

      Weaknesses:

      TEs from different classes and orders strongly differ in multiple features such as size, the potential impact of close genes upon insertion, insertion/elimination ratio (ie, MITE/TIR excision, solo-LTR formation), or insertion preference. Given such diversity, it is expected that their survival rates on the genome and the strength of selection acting on them could be different. The authors differentiate DNA transposons and retrotransposons in some of the analyses, the specificities of the most abundant plant TE types (ie, LTR/Gypsy, LTR/Copia, MITE DNA transposons) are not considered.

      The authors used a short-read-based approach to detect TIPs and TAPs. It is known that detecting TE polymorphisms is challenging and can lead to false negatives, depending on the method used and the sequencing coverage. The methodology used here (TEPID) has been previously applied to other species, but it is unclear if the sensitivity of the TIP/TAP caller is equivalent to that of the SNP caller and how these potential differences may affect the results.

      Thank you for your positive evaluation of our paper. We have now adjusted the manuscript and the discussion to include the mentioned points on the different TE superfamilies and the reliability of the TE calls. The detailed responses to all the raised points are below.

      Private Recommendations:

      Reviewer #1:

      (1) TE polymorphisms (presence and absence variants) were called from short-read sequencing data using a pipeline (TEPID, Stuart et al. eLife 2016) that is known to have a low specificity as well as a low sensitivity in its detection of presence variants (Baduel et al. MIMB 2021). An assessment of the rate of false positives and false negatives in the data presented in this study and how it varies across TE superfamilies is therefore of crucial importance as it may bias all downstream analyses, especially if it impacts the identification of polymorphisms contributed by retrotransposons, as these are the basis of most conclusions of the manuscript. Nonetheless, the fact that the PCA of the polymorphisms contributed by DNA transposons is less able to distinguish genetic clades than with those contributed by retrotransposons, suggests the issue of false positives is most preeminent for DNA transposons. However, high rates of false positives may explain why no significant increase in TE frequency is detected within selective sweep regions, a result that runs against the expectation of hitch-hiking of neutral or weakly deleterious polymorphisms which the authors claim is the category of many TE polymorphisms. Furthermore, given that the reference genome belongs to the B_east clade, and the TEPID is better at calling absence than presence it may bias analyses in this clade (where clade-specific insertions will take the form of absence in other clades which are well detected) compared to other clades (where clade-specific insertions will be presence polymorphisms and may be missed). A benchmark of TE polymorphism calls could be done by de novo assembling one genome from each clade or by cross-checking at least the presence variant calls from TEPID with those made with another of the many TE calling pipelines available.

      We agree with this issue raised by both reviewers regarding the effects of false negative and false positive TE calls. We also think that some reasonable follow-ups should be done to check the potential impact of the false negative and false positive TE calls on the presented results, without turning the manuscript in a method comparison paper as this is not the main goal of this study. Therefore, we generated a subsample of our dataset that included only accession with an average genome wide mapping coverages of at least 20x, as the false negative TE call rate is correlated with the mapping coverage and a high mapping coverage is expected to lead to a reduction in the false negative TE call rates. We then used this subsample to check if our results would change if our dataset had a lower false negative TE call rate. However, reducing the rate of false negative calls through the use of only higher coverage samples did not change our results and interpretations.

      Re-running the ANCOVA analyses revealed similar results regarding the accumulation of TEs in selective sweep regions. This was added to the main text Line 143-148: “Similar results were obtained when investigating the number of fixed TE polymorphisms (Additional file 2: Table S1) and the allele frequency of TE polymorphisms (Additional file 2: Table S2) in high iHS regions using a subset of our dataset with an expected lower false negative TE call rate, that only included samples with a genome-wide mapping coverage of at least 20x (see Discussion and Materials and Methods for more details).” and in Additional file 2: Table S1 and S2.

      Further, we re-ran the age-adjusted SFS based on this subset of our dataset and found that the results and conclusions from the age-adjusted SFS were not only driven by false negative TE calls. This was also included in the text Line 338-349: “One caveat of the approach used in this study is that TE calling pipelines based on short-reads tend to have higher false positive and false negative call rates than SNP calling pipelines, which is also the case for the TEPID TE calling pipeline used here [57, 59]. A high false negative TE calling rate however might bias our TE frequency estimates toward lower frequencies, which could drive the observed patterns in the age-adjusted SFS. To assess if the false negative TE calling rate in our study substantially affected our results, we re-run the age-adjusted SFS on a subset of our dataset only including samples with a genome-wide mapping coverage of at least 20x, as higher mapping coverages are expected to reduce the false negative call rate [27, 59]. Using the TE allele frequencies estimated based on this subset of our data to estimate  frequency revealed similar results of the age-adjusted SFS based on the whole dataset (Additional file 1: Fig. S9), indicating that our observation of retrotransposons evolving under purifying selection is not solely driven by a high false negative TE calling rate.” and in Additional file 1: Fig. S9.

      The details of this analyses have been added to the materials and methods Line 493-498: “Mapping coverage is known to influence false discovery rate [27, 59]. To investigate the impact of false positive and false negative TE calls on our results, we down sampled the TE dataset to only include TEs that have been called in samples that had at least an average mapping coverage of 20x. The allele frequencies of TEs present in our high coverage dataset was recalculated only considering samples with at least an average mapping coverage of 20x. This second TE dataset was then used to check if using a dataset with a higher mapping coverage and presumably a lower false TE calling rate impacted our results.”

      (2) If confirmed, the observation that retrotransposons located more than 5kb away from genes appear to be also affected by purifying selection (L209) is indeed surprising. The authors should add a comparison with SNPs at the same distance from genes to strengthen the claim and make sure it is not the result of mapping artifacts, such as alignment quality dropping far away from genes.

      We added a comparison of the age-adjusted SFS of SNPs and retrotransposons more than 5 kb away from genes to evaluate if the observed shape of the age-adjusted SFS of retrotransposons more than 5 kb away from genes were due to artefacts. The results are included on line 383-389: “Finally, we tested whether TE polymorphisms located more than 5 kb away from genes are evolving under purifying selection could be due to mapping or other artefacts by comparing the shape of the age-adjusted SFS of retrotransposons and SNPs more than 5 kb away from genes. However, the age-adjusted SFS of SNPs 5 kb away from genes differs from the one of retrotransposons (Additional file 1: Fig. S10), indicating that the shape of the age-adjusted SFS of retrotransposons more than 5 kb away from genes is not likely to be the result of artefacts in regions of the genome far away from genes.” and Additional file 1: Fig. S10.

      (3) The authors' claim that most TE polymorphisms are under weak to moderate purifying selection (L273) relies on the comparison of the age of polymorphisms in the oldest age bin with forward simulations. However, the conclusions from these comparisons cannot be extrapolated to the fitness effects of all TE polymorphisms as variants in the oldest age bin are de facto a biased sample of the variants of a category, a point the authors highlight.

      We adjusted the mentioned paragraph to better highlight this point. Line 390-397: “To further ascertain the strength of purifying selection, we used forward simulation and showed that simulations assuming a moderately weak selection pressure (S = -5 or S = -8) against TE polymorphisms best fitted our observed data. In theory, no TE polymorphisms under strong purifying selection should be present in a natural population, as such mutations are expected to be quickly lost, especially in a predominantly selfing species where most loci are expected to be homozygous. Therefore, it is not surprising that TE polymorphisms which persist in B. distachyon are under weak to moderate selection, as also shown, for example, for the L1 retrotransposons in humans [27] or the BS retrotransposon family in Drosophila melanogaster [62].”

      L220-228 for high-effect SNPs. Indeed, the most deleterious TE polymorphisms would be purged very quickly and never contribute to variants in the oldest age bin. Unless new arguments can be made to support this claim, this conclusion should be rephrased to claim instead that even the oldest TE polymorphisms are still mostly non-neutral and under weak to moderate purifying.

      This has been adjusted. Line 231-232: “. Hence, even the oldest retrotransposon polymorphisms seem to be mostly non-neutral and are affected by purifying selection.”

      L214: replace smaller with more negative for clarity.

      Done.

      L233: Given the discussion L220-228, the oldest age bin seems to be biased in its composition and thus not useful for comparisons. The sentence should therefore be rephrased to reflect that DNA transposon polymorphisms appear to be actually less deleterious than high-effect SNPs in S9A and B based on the penultimate age bin.

      This has been fixed.

      Reviewer #2:

      • I wonder if false negative detection could artificially increase the evidence for purifying selection by increasing the amount of low-frequency variants. This could be easily checked if long-read data or genome assembly is available for any of the samples in the collection, by comparing the TIP/TAP prediction with the actual sequence.

      We agree with this point from the reviewers that false negative calls can lead to misinterpretations of the observed low-frequencies of the TEs. (But see response to the first comment of reviewer #1). Unfortunately, long-read data from the sample used here are not available to estimate false negative call rates. However, to check if the observed results are manly driven by high false negative rates, we re-run the age-adjusted SFS based on samples with at least 20x mapping coverage, which should result in the reduction the false negative TE calling rate. The results and conclusions from this second analyses were included in the text Line 338-349: “One caveat of the approach used in this study is that TE calling pipelines based on short-reads tend to have higher false positive and false negative call rates than SNP calling pipelines, which is also the case for the TEPID TE calling pipeline used here [57, 59]. A high false negative TE calling rate however might bias our TE frequency estimates toward lower frequencies, which could drive the observed patterns in the age-adjusted SFS. To assess if the false negative TE calling rate in our study substantially affected our results, we re-run the age-adjusted SFS on a subset of our dataset only including samples with a genome-wide mapping coverage of at least 20x, as higher mapping coverages are expected to reduce the false negative call rate [27, 59]. Using the TE allele frequencies estimated based on this subset of our data to estimate  frequency revealed similar results of the age-adjusted SFS based on the whole dataset (Additional file 1: Fig. S9), indicating that our observation of retrotransposons evolving under purifying selection is not solely driven by a high false negative TE calling rate.” and in Additional file 1: Fig. S9.

      • Supplementary Figure S1. DNA transposons are much worse at separating the samples in comparison to LTR-retrotransposons. Doesn´t this suggest that these two classes have very different dynamics in the population and maybe different intensities of the selection forces acting on them? Could this profile be explained as DNA transposons being older and likely more fixed in all the clades, whereas retrotransposons are more recent and more specific to some populations? Another possibility might be that some B. distachyon DNA transposons had an unusually high excision rate. In any case, in my opinion, this reinforces the need to study the different TE orders in more detail.

      Indeed, different TE orders and superfamilies can have different excision rates, age distributions and be under different selective regimes. To investigate the possibility that different TE orders are affected by very different selective regimes, we split our TE dataset into the four different TE types: Copia, Ty3, Helitron and MITE. We than re-run the age-adjusted SFS analyses and added our results to the text Line 422-430: “To further examine our conclusion on purifying selection, we investigated the selective regime affecting different retrotransposons and DNA-transposons superfamilies. Thereby, we generated age-adjusted SFS for the four most common TE superfamilies Copia, Ty3 (also known under the name Gypsy, but we will avoid using this name because of its problematic nature see [71]), Helitron and MITE and found similar deviations of the  frequency from 0 in the four investigated TE superfamilies (Additional file 1: Fig. S12–S15). These results indicate that our conclusion on the broad effect of purifying selection is not driven by a single TE superfamily but is at least common among the four most numerous TE superfamilies.” and in Additional file 1: Fig. S12- S15.

      • Line 112: "most TE polymorphisms in our dataset were young and only a few were very old". Does this change substantially among TE orders/superfamilies?

      Indeed, there are some differences in the age distribution of the TEs depending on the superfamilies, However, the differences are no substantial as the age bins in the age-adjusted SFS of the different TE superfamilies are fairly similar. See Additional file 1: Fig. S12-S15.

      • Figure 2. Is difficult to read, especially lower panels. I think the grey border of the boxplots makes visualization difficult.

      The gray borders have been removed.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This useful study could potentially represent a step forward towards personalized medicine by combining cell-based data and a prior-knowledge network to derive Boolean-based predictive logic models to uncover altered protein/signaling networks within cancer cells. However, the level of evidence supporting the conclusions is inadequate, and further validation of the reported approach is required. If properly validated, these findings could be of interest to medical biologists working in the field of cancer and would inform drug development and treatment choices in the field of oncology.

      We thank the editor and the reviewer for their constructive comments, which helped us to improve our story. We have now performed new analyses and experiments to further support our proposed approach.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      (1) The authors deploy a combination of their own previously developed computational methods and databases (SIGNOR and CellNOptR) to model the FLT3 signaling landscape in AML and identify synergistic drug combinations that may overcome the resistance AML cells harboring ITD mutations in the TKI domain of FLT3 to FLT3 inhibitors. I did not closely evaluate the details of these computational models since they are outside of my area of expertise and have been previously published. The manuscript has significant issues with data interpretation and clarity, as detailed below, which, in my view, call into question the main conclusions of the paper.

      The authors train the model by including perturbation data where TKI-resistant and TKIsensitive cells are treated with various inhibitors and the activity (i.e. phosphorylation levels) of the key downstream nodes are evaluated. Specifically, in the Results section (p. 6) they state "TKIs sensitive and resistant cells were subjected to 16 experimental conditions, including TNFa and IGF1 stimulation, the presence or absence of the FLT3 inhibitor, midostaurin, and in combination with six small-molecule inhibitors targeting crucial kinases in our PKN (p38, JNK, PI3K, mTOR, MEK1/2 and GSK3)". I would appreciate more details on which specific inhibitors and concentrations were used for this experiment. More importantly, I was very puzzled by the fact that this training dataset appears to contain, among other conditions, the combination of midostaurin with JNK inhibition, i.e. the very combination of drugs that the authors later present as being predicted by their model to have a synergistic effect. Unless my interpretation of this is incorrect, it appears to be a "self-fulfilling prophecy", i.e. an inappropriate use of the same data in training and verification/test datasets.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have now extensively revised the Figure 2B and edited the text to clarify and better describe the experimental conditions of our multiparametric analysis. As the reviewer stated, we have used different combinations of drugs, including midostaurin and JNK inhibitor to generate two cell-specific predictive models recapitulating the main signal transduction events, down-stream FLT3, occurring in resistant (FLT3ITD-TKD) and sensitive (FLT3ITD-JMD) cells. These experiments were performed by treating cells at very early time points to obtain a picture of the signaling response of FLT3-ITD positive cells. Indeed, we have measured the phosphorylation level of signaling proteins, because at these early time points (90 minutes) we do not expect a modulation of downstream crucial phenotypes, including apoptosis or proliferation. To infer perturbations impacting the apoptosis or proliferation phenotypes, we applied a computational two-steps strategy:

      (1) We extracted key regulators of ‘apoptosis’ and ‘proliferation’ hallmarks from SIGNOR database.

      (2) We applied our recently developed ProxPath algorithm to retrieve significant paths linking nodes of our two optimized models to ‘proliferation’ and ‘apoptosis’ phenotypes.

      This allowed us to evaluate in silico the “proliferation” and “apoptosis” rate upon inactivation of each node of the network. With the proposed approach, we identified JNK as a potential drug target to use in combination with FLT3 to restore sensitivity (i.e. in silico inducing apoptosis and reducing proliferation) of FLT3 ITD-TKD cells. We here want to stress once more that although the first piece of information (the effect of JNK and FLT3 inhibition) on sentinel readouts was provided in the training dataset, the second piece of information (the effect on this treatment over the entire model and, as a consequence, on the cellular phenotype) was purely the results of our computational models. As such, we hope that the reviewer will agree that this could not represent a “self-fulfilling prophecy".

      That said, we understand that this aspect was not clearly defined in the manuscript. For this reason, we have now 1) extensively revised the Figure 2B; 2) edited the text (pg. 6) to clarify the purpose and the results of our approach; and 3) described in further detail (pg. 16-18) the experimental conditions of our multiparametric analysis.

      (2) My most significant criticism is that the proof-of-principle experiment evaluating the combination effects of midostaurin and SP600125 in FLT3-ITD-TKD cell line model does not appear to show any synergism, in my view. The authors' interpretation of the data is that the addition of SP600125 to midostaurin rescues midostaurin resistance and results in increased apoptosis and decreased viability of the midostaurin-resistant cells. Indeed, they write on p.9: "Strikingly, the combined treatment of JNK inhibitor (SP600125) and midostaurin (PKC412) significantly increased the percentage of FLT3ITD-TKD cells in apoptosis (Fig. 4D). Consistently, in these experimental conditions, we observed a significant reduction of proliferating FLT3ITD- TKD cells versus cells treated with midostaurin alone (Fig. 4E)." However, looking at Figs 4D and 4E, it appears that the effects of the midostaurin/SP600125 combination are virtually identical to SP600125 alone, and midostaurin provides no additional benefit. No p-values are provided to compare midostaurin+SP600125 to SP600125 alone but there seems to be no appreciable difference between the two by eye. In addition, the evaluation of synergism (versus additive effects) requires the use of specialized mathematical models (see for example Duarte and Vale, 2022). That said, I do not appreciate even an additive effect of midostaurin combined with SP600125 in the data presented.

      We agree with the reviewer that the JNK inhibitor and midostaurin do not have neither a synergic nor additive effect and we have now revised the text accordingly. It is highly discussed in the scientific community whether FLT3ITD-TKD AML cells benefit from midostaurin treatments. In a recently published retroprospective study of K. Dohner et al. (Rücker et al., 2022), the authors investigated the prognostic and predictive impact of FLT3-ITD insertion site (IS) in 452 patients randomized within the RATIFY trial, which evaluated midostaurin additionally to intensive chemotherapy. Their study clearly showed that “Midostaurin exerted a significant benefit only for JMDsole” patients. In agreement with this result, we have demonstrated that midostaurin treatment had no effects on apoptosis of blasts derived from FLT3ITD-TKD patients (Massacci et al., 2023). On the other hand, we and others observed that midostaurin triggers apoptosis in FLT3ITD-TKD cells to a lesser extent as compared to FLT3ITDJMD cells (Arreba-Tutusaus et al., 2016). The data presented here (Fig. 4) and our previously published papers (Massacci et al., 2023; Pugliese et al., 2023) pinpoint that hitting cell cycle regulators (WEE1, CDK7, JNK) induce a significant apoptotic response of TKI resistant FLT3ITD-TKD cells. Prompted by the reviewer comment, we have now revised the text and discussion (pg.9; 14) highlighting the crucial role of JNK in apoptosis induction.

      (3) In my view, there are significant issues with clarity and detail throughout the manuscript. For example, additional details and improved clarity are needed, in my view, with respect to the design and readouts of the signaling perturbation experiments (Methods, p. 15 and Fig 2B legend). For example, the Fig 2B legend states: "Schematic representation of the experimental design: FLT3 ITD-JMD and FLT3 ITD-JMD cells were cultured in starvation medium (w/o FBS) overnight and treated with selected kinase inhibitors for 90 minutes and IGF1 and TNFa for 10 minutes. Control cells are starved and treated with PKC412 for 90 minutes, while "untreated" cells are treated with IGF1 100ng/ml and TNFa 10ng/ml with PKC412 for 90 minutes.", which does not make sense to me. The "untreated" cells appear to be treated with more agents than the control cells. The logic behind cytokine stimulation is not adequately explained and it is not entirely clear to me whether the cytokines were used alone or in combination. Fig 2B is quite confusing overall, and it is not clear to me what the horizontal axis (i.e. columns of "experimental conditions", as opposed to "treatments") represents. The Method section states "Key cell signaling players were analyzed through the X-Map Luminex technology: we measured the analytes included in the MILLIPLEX assays" but the identities of the evaluated proteins are not given in the Methods. At the same time, the Results section states "TKIs sensitive and resistant cells were subjected to 16 experimental conditions" but these conditions do not appear to be listed (except in Supplementary data; and Fig 2B lists 9 conditions, not 16). In my subjective view, the manuscript would benefit from a clearer explanation and depiction of the experimental details and inhibitors used in the main text of the paper, as opposed to various Supplemental files/Figures. The lack of clarity on what exactly were the experimental conditions makes the interpretation of Fig 2 very challenging. In the same vein, in the PCA analysis (Fig 2C) there seems to be no reference to the cytokine stimulation status while the authors claim that PC2 stratifies cells according to IGF1 vs TNFalpha. There are numerous other examples of incomplete or confusing legends and descriptions which, in my view, need to be addressed to make the paper more accessible.

      We thank the reviewer for his/her comment. We have now extensively revised the text of the manuscript (pg. 6), revised Fig. 2B (now Fig 2C) and methods (pg. 16-18) to improve the clarity of our manuscript, making the take-home messages more accessible. We believe that the revised versions of text and of Figure 2 better explain our strategy and clarify the experimental set up, we added details on the choices of the experimental conditions, and we proposed a better graphic representation of the analysis.

      (4) I am not sure that I see significant value in the patient-specific logic models because they are not supported by empirical evidence. Treating primary cells from AML patients with relevant drug combinations would be a feasible and convincing way to validate the computational models and evaluate their potential benefit in the clinical setting.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have now performed additional experiments in a small cohort of FLT3-ITD positive patient-derived primary blasts. Specifically, we have treated blasts from 2 FLT3ITD-TKD patients and 3 FLT3ITD-JMD+TKD patients with PKC412 (100nM) 24h and/or 10μM SP600125 (JNK inhibitor). After 24h of treatment we have measured the apoptotic rate. As shown below and in the new Fig. 4F (see pg.10, main text), midostaurin triggers higher levels of apoptosis in FLT3ITD-JMD+TKD blasts as compared to FLT3ITD-TKD blasts. Importantly, treatment with the JNK inhibitor SP600125 alone triggers apoptosis in FLT3ITD-TKD blasts, validating the crucial role of JNK in FLT3ITD-TKD cell survival and TKI resistance. The combined treatment of midostaurin and SP600125 increases the percentage of apoptotic cells as compared to midostaurin treatment alone but to a lesser extent than single agent treatment. This result is in agreement with the current debate in the scientific community on the actual beneficial effect of midostaurin treatment in FLT3ITD-TKD AML patients.

      Author response image 1.

      Primary samples from AML patients with the FLT3ITD-TKD mutation (n=2, yellow bars) or the FLT3ITD-JMD/TKD mutation (n=3, blue bars) were exposed to Midostaurin (100nM, PKC412), and JNK inhibitor (10µM, SP600125) for 48 hours, or combinations thereof. The specific cell death of gated AML blasts was calculated to account for treatment-unrelated spontaneous cell death. The bars on the graph represent the mean values with standard errors.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Latini et al describes a methodology to develop Boolean-based predictive logic models that can be applied to uncover altered protein/signalling networks in cancer cells and discover potential new therapeutic targets. As a proof-of-concept, they have implemented their strategy on a hematopoietic cell line engineered to express one of two types of FLT3 internal tandem mutations (FLT3-ITD) found in patients, FLT3-ITD-TKD (which are less sensitive to tyrosine kinase inhibitors/TKIs) and FLT3-ITD-JMD (which are more sensitive to TKIs).

      Strengths:

      This useful work could potentially represent a step forward towards personalised targeted therapy, by describing a methodology using Boolean-based predictive logic models to uncover altered protein/signalling networks within cancer cells. However, the weaknesses highlighted below severely limit the extent of any conclusions that can be drawn from the results.

      Weaknesses:

      While the highly theoretical approach proposed by the authors is interesting, the potential relevance of their overall conclusions is severely undermined by a lack of validation of their predicted results in real-world data. Their predictive logic models are built upon a set of poorlyexplained initial conditions, drawn from data generated in vitro from an engineered cell line, and no attempt was made to validate the predictions in independent settings. This is compounded by a lack of sufficient experimental detail or clear explanations at different steps. These concerns considerably temper one's enthusiasm about the conclusions that could be drawn from the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for the thorough review and kind comments about our manuscript. We hope the changes and new data we provide further strengthen it in his or her eyes.

      Some specific concerns include:

      (1) It remains unclear how robust the logic models are, or conversely, how affected they might be by specific initial conditions or priors that are chosen. The authors fail to explain the rationale underlying their input conditions at various points. For example: - at the start of the manuscript, they assert that they begin with a pre-PKN that contains "76 nodes and 193 edges", though this is then ostensibly refined with additional new edges (as outlined in Fig 2A). However, why these edges were added, nor model performance comparisons against the basal model are presented, precluding an evaluation of whether this model is better.

      We understand the reviewer’s concern. We have now complemented the manuscript with an extended version of the proposed modelling strategy offering a detailed description of the pipeline and the rationale behind each choice (Supplementary material, pg.14-19). Furthermore, we also referenced the manuscript to a GitHub repository where users can follow and reproduce each step of the pipeline (https://github.com/SaccoPerfettoLab/FLT3ITD_driven_AML_Boolean_models).

      • At a later step (relevant to Fig S4 and Fig 3), they develop separate PKNs, for each of the mutation models, that contain "206 [or] 208 nodes" and "756 [or] 782 edges", without explaining how these seemingly arbitrary initial conditions were arrived at. Their relation to the original parameters in the previous model is also not investigated, raising concerns about model over-fitting and calling into question the general applicability of their proposed approach. The authors need to provide a clearer explanation of the logic underlying some of these initial parameter selections, and also investigate the biological/functional overlap between these sets of genes (nodes).

      We thank the reviewer for raising this question. Very briefly, the proposed optimization strategy falls in a branch of the modelling, where the predictive model is, indeed, driven by the data (Blinov and Moraru, 2012). From a certain point of view, the scope of optimization is the one of fitting the experimental data in the best way possible. To achieve this, we followed standard practices (Dorier et al., 2016; Traynard et al., 2017). To address the issue of “calling into question the general applicability of their proposed approach”, we have compared the activity status of nodes in the models with ‘real data’ extracted from cell lines and patients’ samples to reassure about the robustness and scalability of the strategy (please see below, response to point 3 pg. 9).

      Finally, as mentioned in the previous point, we have now provided a detailed supplementary material, where we have described all the aspects mentioned by the reviewer: step-by-step changes in the PKN, the choice of the parameters and other details can be traced over the novel text and are also available in the GitHub repository (https://github.com/SaccoPerfettoLab/FLT3-ITD_driven_AML_Boolean_models).

      (2) There is concern about the underlying experimental data underpinning the models that were generated, further compounded by the lack of a clear explanation of the logic. For example, data concerning the status of signalling changes as a result of perturbation appears to be generated from multiplex LUMINEX assays using phosphorylation-specific antibodies against just 14 "sentinel" proteins. However, very little detail is provided about the rationale underlying how these 14 were chosen to be "sentinels" (and why not just 13, or 15, or any other number, for that effect?). How reliable are the antibodies used to query the phosphorylation status? What are the signal thresholds and linear ranges for these assays, and how would these impact the performance/reliability of the logic models that are generated from them?

      We thank the reviewer for this comment as it gives us the opportunity to clarify and better explain the criteria behind the experimental data generation.

      Overall, we revised the main text at page 6 and the Figure 2B to improve the clarity of our experimental design. Specifically, the sentinels were chosen because they were considered indirect or direct downstream effectors of the perturbations and were conceived to serve as both a benchmarking system of the study and a readout of the global perturbation of the system. To clarify this aspect, we have added a small network (compressed PKN) in Figure 2B to show that the proteins (green nodes) we chose to measure in the LUMINEX multiplex assay are “sentinels” of the activity of almost all the pathways included in the Prior knowledge network. Moreover, we implemented the methods section “Multiparametric experiment of signaling perturbation” (pg. 16-18), where we added details about the antibodies used in the assay paired with the target phosphosites and their functional role (Table 3). We also better specified the filtering process based on the number of beads detected per each antibody used (pg. 18). About the reliability of the measurements, we can say that the quality of the perturbation data impacts greatly on the logic models’ performance. xMAP technology been already used by the scientific community to generate highly reproducible and reliable multiparametric dataset for model training (Terfve et al., 2012). Additionally, we checked that for each sentinel we could measure a fully active state, a fully inactive state and intermediate states. Modulation of individual analytes are displayed in Figure S3.

      Author response image 2.

      Partial Figure of normalization of analytes activity through Hill curves. Experimental data were normalized and scaled from 0 to 1 using analyte-specific Hill functions. Raw data are reported as triangles, normalized data and squares. Partial Figure representing three plots of the FLT3 ITD-JMD data (Complete Figure in Supplementary material Fig S3).

      (3) In addition, there are publicly available quantitative proteomics datasets from FLT3-mutant cell lines and primary samples treated with TKIs. At the very least, these should have been used by the authors to independently validate their models, selection of initial parameters, and signal performance of their antibody-based assays, to name a few unvalidated, yet critical, parameters. There is an overwhelming reliance on theoretical predictions without taking advantage of real-world validation of their findings. For example, the authors identified a set of primary AML samples with relevant mutations (Fig 5) that could potentially have provided a valuable experimental validation platform for their predictions of effective drug combination. Yet, they have performed Boolean simulations of the predicted effects, a perplexing instance of adding theoretical predictions on top of a theoretical prediction!

      Additionally, there are datasets of drug sensitivity on primary AML samples where mutational data is also known (for example, from the BEAT-AML consortia), that could be queried for independent validation of the authors' models.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment that helped us to significantly strengthen our story. Prompted by his/her comment, we have now queried three different datasets for independent validation of our logic models. Specifically, we have taken advantage of quantitative phosphoproteomics datasets of FLT3-ITD cell lines treated with TKIs (Massacci et al., 2023), phosphoproteomic data of FLT3-ITD positive patients-derived primary blast (Kramer et al., 2022) and of drug sensitivity data on primary FLT3-ITD positive AML samples (BEAT-AML consortia)

      • Comparison with phosphoproteomic data of FLT3-ITD cell lines treated with TKIs (Massacci et al., 2023)

      Here, we compared the steady state of our model upon FLT3 inhibition with the phosphoproteomic data describing the modulation of 16,319 phosphosites in FLT3-ITD BaF3 cells (FLT3ITD-TKD and FLT3ITD-JMD) upon TKI treatment (i.e. quizartinib, a highly selective FLT3 inhibitor). As shown in the table below and new Figure S5A, the activation status of the nodes in the two generated models is highly comparable with the level of regulatory phosphorylations reported in the reference dataset. Briefly, to determine the agreement between each model and the independent dataset, we focused on the phosphorylation level of specific residues that (i) regulate the functional activity of sentinel proteins (denoted in the ‘Mode of regulation’ column) and (ii) that were measured in this work to train the model. So, we cross-referenced the sentinel protein status in FLT3 inhibition simulation (as denoted in the 'Model simulation of FLT3 inhibition' column) with the functional impact of phosphorylation measured in Massacci et. al dataset (as denoted in the 'Functional impact in quizartinib dataset' column). Points of congruence were summarized in the 'Consensus' column. As an example, if the phosphorylation level of an activating residue decreases (e.g., Y185 of Mapk1), we can conclude that the protein is inhibited (‘Down-reg’) and this is coherent with model simulation in which Mapk1 is ‘Inactive’.

      Author response image 3.

      • Comparison with phosphoproteomic data of FLT3-ITD patient-derived primary blasts (Kramer et al., 2022)

      Using the same criteria, we extended our validation efforts by comparing the activity status of the proteins in the “untreated” simulation (i.e. reproducing the tumorigenic state where FLT3, IGF1R and TNFR are set to be active) with their phosphorylation levels in the dataset by Kramer et al. (Kramer et al., 2022). Briefly, this dataset gathers phosphoproteomic data from a cohort of 44 AML patients and we restricted the analysis to 11 FLT3-ITD-positive patients. Importantly, all patients carry the ITD mutation in the juxta membrane domain (JMD), thus allowing for the comparison with FLT3 ITD-JMD specific Boolean model, exclusively.

      The results are shown in the heatmap below. Each cell in the heatmap reports the phosphorylation level of sentinel proteins’ residues in the indicated patient (red and blue indicate up- or- down-regulated phosphoresidues, respectively). Patients were clustered according to Pearson correlation. We observed a good level of agreement between the patients’ phosphoproteomics data and our model (reported in the column “Tumor simulation steady state”) for a subset of patients highlighted within the black rectangle. However, for the remaining patients, the level of agreement is poor. The main reason is that our work focuses on FLT3-ITD signaling and a systematic translation of the Boolean modeling approach to the entire cohort of AML patients would require the inclusion of the impact of other driver mutations in the network. This is actually a current and a future line of investigation of our group. We have revised the discussion, taking this result into consideration.

      Author response image 4.

      • Comparison with drug sensitivity data on primary FLT3-ITD positive AML samples (BEAT-AML consortia)

      Here we took advantage of the Beat AML programme on a cohort of 672 tumour specimens collected from 562 patients. The BEAT AML consortium provides whole-exome sequencing, RNA sequencing and analyses of ex vivo drug sensitivity of this large cohort of patient-derived primary blasts. We focused on drug sensitivity screening on 134 patients carrying the typical FLT3-ITD mutation in the JMD region. Unfortunately, the ITD insertion in the TKD region is less characterized and additional in-depth sequencing studies are required to identify in this cohort FLT3ITD-TKD positive blasts. Next, we focused on those compounds hitting nodes present in the FLT3ITD-JMD Boolean model. Specifically, we selected drugs inhibiting FLT3, PI3K, mTOR, JNK and p38 and we calculated the average IC50 of FLT3ITD-JMD patient-derived primary blasts for each drug. These results are reported as a bar graph in the new Fig. S5B and below (upper panel) and were compared with the apoptotic and proliferation rate measured in silico simulation of the FLT3ITD-JMD Boolean model. Drug sensitivity screening on primary FLT3ITD-JMD blasts revealed that inhibition of FLT3, PI3K and mTOR induces cell death at low drug concentrations in contrast with JNK and p38 inhibitors showing higher IC50 values. These observations are consistent with our simulation results of the FLT3ITD-JMD model. As expected, in silico inhibition of FLT3 greatly impacts apoptosis and proliferation. Additionally, in silico suppression of mTOR and to a lesser extent PI3K and p38 affect apoptosis and proliferation. Of note, JNK inhibition neither in silico nor in vitro seems to affect viability of FLT3ITD-JMD cells.

      Author response image 5.

      Altogether these publicly available datasets independently validate our models, strengthening the reliability and robustness of our approach.

      We have now revised the main text (pg. 8; 9) and added a new Figure (Fig. S5) in the supplementary material; we collected the results of the analysis in TableS6.

      (4) There are additional examples of insufficient experimental detail that preclude a fuller appreciation of the relevance of the work. For example, it is alluded that RNA-sequencing was performed on a subset of patients, but the entire methodological section detailing the RNA-seq amounts to just 3 lines! It is unclear which samples were selected for sequencing nor where the data has been deposited (or might be available for the community - there are resources for restricted/controlled access to deidentified genomics/transcriptomics data).

      We apologize for the lack of description regarding the RNA sequencing of patient samples. We have now added details of this approach in the method section (pg. 24), clearly explained in text how we selected the patients for the analysis. Additionally, data has now been deposited in the GEO database (accession number: GSE247483).

      The sentences we have rephrased are below:

      “We analyzed the mutational and expression profiles of 262 genes (Table S7), relevant to hematological malignancies in a cohort of 14 FLT3-ITD positive de novo AML patients (Fig. 5A, panel a). Since, follow-up clinical data were available for 10 out of 14 patients (Fig. 5B, Table S9), we focused on this subset of patients. Briefly, the classification of these 10 patients according to their ITD localization (see Methods) was as follows: 8 patients with FLT3ITD-JMD, 4 with FLT3ITD-JMD+TKD, and 2 with FLT3ITD-TKD (Fig. 5A, panel b). The specific insertion sites of the ITD in the patient cohort are shown in Table S8.

      Similarly, in the "combinatory treatment inference" methods, it states "...we computed the steady state of each cell line best model....." and "Then we inferred the activity of "apoptosis" and "proliferation" phenotypes", without explaining the details of how these were done. The outcomes of these methods are directly relevant to Fig 4, but with such sparse methodological detail, it is difficult to independently assess the validity of the presented data.

      Overall, the theoretical nature of the work is hampered by real-world validation, and insufficient methodological details limit a fuller appreciation of the overall relevance of this work.

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful feedback regarding the methodology in our paper.<br /> About ‘real-world validation’ we have extensively replied to this issue in point 3 (pg. 9-14 of this document). For what concerns the ‘insufficient methodological details’, we have made substantial improvements to enhance clarity and reproducibility, that encompass: (i) revisions in the main text and in the Materials and Methods section; (ii) detailed explanation of each step and decisions taken that can be accessed either as an extended Materials and Methods section (Supplementary material, pg. 14-19) and through our GitHub repository (https://github.com/SaccoPerfettoLab/FLT3-ITD_driven_AML_Boolean_models). We sincerely hope this addition addresses concerns and facilitates a more thorough and independent assessment of our work.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The paper "Unveiling the signaling network of FLT3-ITD AML improves drug sensitivity prediction" reports the combination of prior knowledge signaling networks, multiparametric cell-based data on the activation status of 14 crucial proteins emblematic of the cell state downstream of FLT3 obtained under a variety of perturbation conditions and Boolean logic modeling, to gain mechanistic insight into drug resistance in acute myeloid leukemia patients carrying the internal tandem duplication in the FLT3 receptor tyrosine kinase and predict drug combinations that may reverse pharmacoresistant phenotypes. Interestingly, the utility of the approach was validated in vitro, and also using mutational and expression data from 14 patients with FLT3-ITD positive acute myeloid leukemia to generate patient-specific Boolean models.

      Strengths:

      The model predictions were positively validated in vitro: it was predicted that the combined inhibition of JNK and FLT3, may reverse resistance to tyrosine kinase inhibitors, which was confirmed in an appropriate FLT3 cell model by comparing the effects on apoptosis and proliferation of a JNK inhibitor and midostaurin vs. midostaurin alone.

      Whereas the study does have some complexity, readability is enhanced by the inclusion of a section that summarizes the study design, plus a summary Figure. Availability of data as supplementary material is also a high point.

      We thank the reviewer for his/her constructive comments about our manuscript. We believe that our story has been significantly strengthened by the changes and new data we provided.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Some aspects of the methodology are not properly described (for instance, no methodological description has been provided regarding the clustering procedure that led to Figs. 2C and 2D).

      We apologize for the lack of proper description of the methodology. We have extensively revised the methods section and worked to improve the clarity. We have now added a description of the clustering procedures in the methods section (pg. 19) of new Fig. S2D., Fig. S2E.

      It is not clear in the manuscript whether the patients gave their consent to the use of their data in this study, or the approval from an ethical committee. These are very important points that should be made explicit in the main text of the paper.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have now added the following sentence (pg. 24): “Peripheral blood (PB) samples from 14 AML patients were obtained upon patient’s informed consent.”

      The authors claim that some of the predictions of their models were later confirmed in the follow-up of some of the 14 patients, but it is not crystal clear whether the models helped the physicians to make any decisions on tailored therapeutic interventions, or if this has been just a retrospective exercise and the predictions of the models coincide with (some of) the clinical observations in a rather limited group of patients. Since the paper presents this as additional validation of the models' ability to guide personalized treatment decisions, it would be very important to clarify this point and expand the presentation of the results (comparison of observations vs. model predictions).

      As described in the introduction section, this study was inspired by an urgent clinical problem in AML research: patients carrying the ITD in the TKD domain of the FLT3 receptor display poor prognosis and do not respond to current therapy: Midostaurin (which on the other hand is effective in patients with the ITD in the JMD domain).

      To fill this gap, we gathered a team of 18 participants, of which 7 have a clinical background and have expertise in the diagnosis, treatment and management of AML patients and 5 are experts in Boolean modeling. The scope of the project is the development of a computational approach to identify possible alternative solutions for FLT3ITD-TKD AML patients, generating future lines of investigations. Drug combinations are currently under investigation as a potential means of avoiding drug resistance and achieving more effective and durable treatment responses. However, it is impractical to test for potential synergistic properties among all available drugs using empirical experiments alone. With our approach, we developed models that recreated in silico the main differences in the signaling of sensitive and resistant cells to support the prioritization of novel therapies. Prompted by the reviewer suggestions, we have now extended the validation of our models, through the comparison with publicly available cell lines and patient-derived dataset. We have also confirmed our results by performing in vitro experiments in patient-derived primary blasts treated with midostaurin and/or JNK inhibitor. Importantly, we have already demonstrated that hitting cell cycle regulators in FLT3ITD-TKD cells can be an effective approach to kill resistant leukemia cells (Massacci et al., 2023; Pugliese et al., 2023). We are aware that changing the clinical practice and the therapies for patients require a proper clinical study which goes far beyond the scope of this manuscript.

      However, we hope that our results can be translated soon from “bench-to-bed”. Importantly, we believe that our study can open lines of investigations aimed at the application of our approach to identify promising therapeutic strategies in other clinical settings.

      Recommendations for the authors

      The reviewers have highlighted significant issues regarding the inadequate level of evidence to support some of the conclusions, plus lack of an exhaustive methodological description that may jeopardize reproducibility.

      We hope that the editor and the reviewers will appreciate the extensive revision we made and new data and analysis we provided to strengthen our story.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) In Fig 2D the hierarchical tree is off-set in relation to the treatment symbols and names in the middle of the Figure. In addition, I do not see FLT3i combination with JNKi in the JMD cells (perhaps, a coloring error?).

      We thank the reviewer for this observation. We have now revised the hierarchical tree, which is now in Figure S2D, we have aligned the tree with the symbols and names and corrected the colouring error for the sample FLT3i+JNKi in JMD cells.

      (2) Midostaurin and PKC412 refer to the same drug and are used interchangeably in the manuscript. Using one name consistently would improve readability.

      We have now improved the readability of the text and the Figures by choosing “Midostaurin” when we refer to the FLT3 inhibitor.

      (3) It is not clear to me why the FLT3-ITD-JMD cells are not presented in Fig. 4B. Perhaps their values are 0? In that case, the readability would be improved by including a thin blue line representing zero values. Additionally, on p.8 the authors state "Interestingly, in the FLT3ITDTKD model, the combined inhibition of JNK and FLT3, exclusively, in silico restores the TKI sensitivity, as revealed by the evaluation of the apoptosis and proliferation levels (Fig. 4B-C)." but Fig. 4C shows no differential effects of JNK inhibition in sensitive versus resistant cells.

      To address the reviewer's point, we’ve added a thin blue line representing the zero values of the FLT3ITD-JMD in the results of the simulations in Figure 4B. Regarding the Figure 4C, the reviewer is right in saying that there is no difference in terms of proliferation between sensitive and resistant cells upon JNKi and FLT3i co-inhibition. However, we can see lower proliferation levels in both cell lines as compared to the “untreated” condition. Indeed, the simulation suggests that by combining JNK and FLT3 inhibition we restore the resistant phenotype lowering the proliferation rate of the resistant cells to the TKI-sensitive levels.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I have addressed a number of concerns in the public review. Much better effort needs to be made to provide sufficient methodological detail (to permit independent validation by a sufficiently capable and motivated party) and explain the rationale of important parameter selections. Furthermore, I urge the authors to take advantage of the plethora of publicly available real-world data to validate their predicted outcomes.

      We are grateful to the reviewer for the careful revisions. All the aspects raised have been discussed in the specific sections of the public review. In summary, we have provided more methodological details, by revising the text, the methods session, by adding a new step-by-step description of the modelling strategy, the parameters and the criteria adopted in each phase (supplementary methods) and by referring to the entire code developed. Prompted by the reviewer suggestions, we have performed a novel and extensive comparison of our model with three different publicly available datasets. This analysis significantly strengthens our story, and a new supplementary Figure (Fig. S5) summarizes our findings (pg. 9-14 of this document).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) At first sight, the distribution of the data points in the PCA space does not really seem to speak of nice clustering. Have the authors computed any clustering validation metric to assess if their clustering strategy is adequate and how informative the results are? Further analysis of this point of the article is precluded by the absence of a clear methodological description.

      Here we have used the PCA analysis to obtain a global view of our complex multiparametric data. We have now worked on the PCA to improve its readability. As shown in the new Figure 2D, PCA analysis showed that the activity level of sentinel proteins stratifies cells according to FLT3 activation status (component 1: presence vs absence of FLT3i) and cytokine stimulation (component 2: IGF1 vs TNF⍺). We have now added new experimental details on this part in the methods section (pg. 19) and we deposited the code used for the clustering strategy on the GitHub repository (https://github.com/SaccoPerfettoLab/FLT3ITD_driven_AML_Boolean_models).

      (2) Whereas scientists and medical professionals who work in the field of oncology may be familiar with some of the abbreviations used here, it would be good for improved readability by a more general audience to make sure that all the abbreviations (e.g., TKI) are properly defined the first time that they appear in the text.

      We thank the reviewer for this observation. To improve the readability of the text, we properly defined all the abbreviations in their first appearance, and we added the “Abbreviation” paragraph at page 15 of the manuscript to summarize them all.

      (3) How were the concentrations of the combined treatments chosen in the cell assays used as validation?

      We thank the reviewer for giving us the chance to clarify this point. We implemented the Methods with additional information about the treatments used in the validations. We detailed the SP600125 IC50 evaluation and usage in our cell lines (pg.22): IC50 values are approximately 1.5 µM in FLT3-ITD mutant cell lines; the SP600125 treatment affects cell viability, reaching a plateau phase of cell death and at about 2 µM. I used the minimal dose of SP600125 (10µM) to properly inhibit JNK. (Kim et al., 2010; Moon et al., 2009).

      We also specified (pg.22) that the concentration of Midostaurin was chosen based on the previously published work (Massacci et al., 2022): FLT3 ITD-TKD cells treated with Midostaurin 100nM show lower apoptotic rate and higher cell viability compared to FLT3 ITD-JMD cells.

      The concentration of SB203580 and UO126 was chosen based on previous data available in the lab and set up experiments (pg.22).

      (4) The authors say that "we were able to derive patient-specific signaling features and enable the identification of potential tailored treatments restoring TKI resistance" and that "our predictions were confirmed by follow-up clinical data for some patients". However, the results section on this part of the manuscript is rather scarce (the main text should be much more descriptive about the results summarized in Fig. 5, which are not self-explanatory).

      We thank the reviewer for this observation. We have now expanded the text to provide a more comprehensive description of the results about personalized Boolean model generation and usage and the content presented in Fig. 5 (pg.10-12).

      (5) I do not really agree with the final conclusion about this paper being "the proof of concept that our personalized informatics approach described here is clinically valid and will enable us to propose novel patient-centered targeted drug solutions". First, the clinical data used here belongs to a rather low number of patients. Second, as mentioned before, it is not clear if the models have been used to make any prospective decision or if this conclusion is drawn from an in vitro assay plus a retrospective analysis on a limited number of patients. Moreover, a description of the results and the discussion of the part of the manuscript dealing with patientspecific models is rather scarce, and it is difficult to see how the authors support their conclusions. Also, the statement " In principle, the generalization of our strategy will enable to obtain a systemic perspective of signaling rewiring in different cancer types, driving novel personalized approaches" may be a bit overoptimistic if one considers that so far, the approach has only been applied to a single type of drug-resistant cancer.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree with the referees that the clinical data we used belongs to a rather low number of patients. However, during the revision we have extensively worked to support the clinical relevance of our models and our discoveries. Specifically, we have compared our Boolean logic models with two different publicly available datasets on phosphoproteomics and drug sensitivity of FLT3ITD-JMD and FLT3ITD-TKD cell lines and blasts (FigS5 and answer to reviewer 2, point 3). Importantly, these datasets independently validated our models, highlighting that our approach has a translational value. Additionally, we have performed novel experiments by measuring the apoptotic rate of patient-derived primary blasts upon pharmacological suppression of JNK (Fig. 4H, pg. 10 of main text). Our data highlights that our approach has the potential to suggest novel effective treatments.

      That said, we have now revised the discussion to avoid overstatements.

      References

      Arreba-Tutusaus, P., Mack, T.S., Bullinger, L., Schnöder, T.M., Polanetzki, A., Weinert, S., Ballaschk, A., Wang, Z., Deshpande, A.J., Armstrong, S.A., Döhner, K., Fischer, T., Heidel, F.H., 2016. Impact of FLT3-ITD location on sensitivity to TKI-therapy in vitro and in vivo. Leukemia 30, 1220–1225. https://doi.org/10.1038/leu.2015.292

      Blinov, M.L., Moraru, I.I., 2012. Logic modeling and the ridiculome under the rug. BMC Biol 10, 92. https://doi.org/10.1186/1741-7007-10-92

      Dorier, J., Crespo, I., Niknejad, A., Liechti, R., Ebeling, M., Xenarios, I., 2016. Boolean regulatory network reconstruction using literature based knowledge with a genetic algorithm optimization method. BMC Bioinformatics 17, 410. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12859-016-1287-z

      Kramer, M.H., Zhang, Q., Sprung, R., Day, R.B., Erdmann-Gilmore, P., Li, Y., Xu, Z., Helton, N.M., George, D.R., Mi, Y., Westervelt, P., Payton, J.E., Ramakrishnan, S.M., Miller, C.A., Link, D.C., DiPersio, J.F., Walter, M.J., Townsend, R.R., Ley, T.J., 2022. Proteomic and phosphoproteomic landscapes of acute myeloid leukemia. Blood 140, 1533–1548. https://doi.org/10.1182/blood.2022016033

      Massacci, G., Venafra, V., Latini, S., Bica, V., Pugliese, G.M., Graziosi, S., Klingelhuber, F., Krahmer, N., Fischer, T., Mougiakakos, D., Boettcher, M., Perfetto, L., Sacco, F., 2023. A key role of the WEE1-CDK1 axis in mediating TKI-therapy resistance in FLT3-ITD positive acute myeloid leukemia patients. Leukemia 37, 288–297. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41375-022-01785-w

      Pugliese, G.M., Venafra, V., Bica, V., Massacci, G., Latini, S., Graziosi, S., Fischer, T., Mougiakakos, D., Boettcher, M., Perfetto, L., Sacco, F., 2023. Impact of FLT3-ITD location on cytarabine sensitivity in AML: a network-based approach. Leukemia 37, 1151–1155. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41375-023-01881-5

      Rücker, F.G., Du, L., Luck, T.J., Benner, A., Krzykalla, J., Gathmann, I., Voso, M.T., Amadori, S., Prior, T.W., Brandwein, J.M., Appelbaum, F.R., Medeiros, B.C., Tallman, M.S., Savoie, L., Sierra, J., Pallaud, C., Sanz, M.A., Jansen, J.H., Niederwieser, D., Fischer, T., Ehninger, G., Heuser, M., Ganser, A., Bullinger, L., Larson, R.A., Bloomfield, C.D., Stone, R.M., Döhner, H., Thiede, C., Döhner, K., 2022. Molecular landscape and prognostic impact of FLT3-ITD insertion site in acute myeloid leukemia: RATIFY study results. Leukemia 36, 90–99. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41375-021-01323-0

      Terfve, C., Cokelaer, T., Henriques, D., MacNamara, A., Goncalves, E., Morris, M.K., van Iersel, M., Lauffenburger, D.A., Saez-Rodriguez, J., 2012. CellNOptR: a flexible toolkit to train protein signaling networks to data using multiple logic formalisms. BMC Syst Biol 6, 133. https://doi.org/10.1186/1752-0509-6-133

      Traynard, P., Tobalina, L., Eduati, F., Calzone, L., Saez-Rodriguez, J., 2017. Logic Modeling in Quantitative Systems Pharmacology: Logic Modeling in Quantitative Systems Pharmacology. CPT Pharmacometrics Syst. Pharmacol. 6, 499–511. https://doi.org/10.1002/psp4.12225

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Many of my specific issues have been addressed in the revision. However, the data shown in Reviewer Fig. 1 and 2 is not sufficiently described to assess it's reliability and these new data do not appear to have been integrated into the paper. A response that more clearly states how the manuscript has been revised to address the comments is necessary.

      We appreciate the opportunity to respond to your updated comments on our manuscript. We carefully considered the feedback and made changes to address the specific issues raised.

      In response to your question of insufficient description of the data shown in Reviewer Fig. 1 and 2, we would like to confirm that we have taken this feedback seriously. Supplementary data, including the information provided in Reviewer Figures 1 and 2, have been fully described and integrated into the body of the manuscript according to your request. We ensured that the reliability and significance of new data were clearly presented to enhance the overall synthesis of the manuscript.

      We are grateful to your valuable feedback, which undoubtedly contributed to the refinement of our manuscript. We hope that the revised version meets the standards of the journal and look forward to the opportunity for further deliberation.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Additional feedback from the reviewer:

      "I think the authors have been responsive to my previous comments. However, I cannot find this new data in the main text but rather only in the response to reviewers. New data should be incorporated into the main text not the supplement as the controls are important to consider alongside the treatment groups. Lastly, while the authors include BODIPY in their approaches, their results are not quantitative. My suggestion was to include this data in a quantitative manner not just the images. Lastly, I am still somewhat puzzled about the connection with GABA. The rationale for its selection other than it was significantly changed is not strong."

      Thank you for providing us with the latest feedback. We appreciate the opportunity to address the specific concerns raised and provide a detailed response to each point.

      (1) Incorporation of New Data into the Main Text:

      We acknowledge the reviewer's comment regarding the incorporation of new data into the main text rather than solely in the response to reviewers. In response to this feedback, we have diligently revised the manuscript to ensure that the new data, including controls, is now seamlessly integrated into the main body of the text. This modification allows for a more comprehensive and contextual presentation of the data, as recommended by the reviewer.

      (2) Quantitative Presentation of BODIPY Results:

      We understand the importance of presenting quantitative data for the BODIPY results, and we appreciate the reviewer's suggestion to include this information in a quantitative manner, not just as images. In line with this valuable feedback, we have revised the relevant sections to incorporate quantitative data alongside the images, providing a more robust and comprehensive presentation of the results.

      (3) Rationale for the Selection of GABA:

      In the present study, in order to elucidate the molecular mechanisms through which pathway participates metformin-treated IR injury, we analysed gene expression profiles of each group mice, showing that similar mRNA changes are mainly concentrated in the three top pathways: lipid metabolism, carbohydrate metabolism, and amino acid metabolism. Given the close relevance between lipid metabolism and ferroptosis, and the fact of carbohydrate metabolism is a primary way to metabolize amino acids, 22 species of amino acid were detected in liver tissues using HPLC-MS/MS for further identification of key metabolites involved in the role of metformin against HIRI-induced ferroptosis. It was found that only GABA level is significantly increased by metformin treatment and FMT treatment, further verifying by the data of ELISA detection. Consequently, we identified GABA was the main metabolism of metformin protecting from HIRI and focus on the source of GABA generation.

      We would like to express our gratitude to your thorough evaluation and constructive feedback, which has undoubtedly contributed to the improvement of our manuscript.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This is an important study that provides new insights into the development and function of medullary thymus epithelial cells (mTEC). The authors provide compelling evidence to support their claims as to the differentiation and lineage outcomes of CCL21+ mTEC progenitors, which further our understanding of how central tolerance of T cells is enforced within the thymus.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The work by Ohigashi and colleagues addresses the developmental and lineage relationship of a newly characterized thymus epithelial cell (TEC) progenitor subset. The authors take advantage of an elegant and powerful set of experimental approaches to demonstrate that CCL21-expressing TECs appear early in thymus organogenesis and that these cells, which are centrally located, go on to give rise to medullary (m)TECs. What makes the findings intriguing is that these CCL21-expressing mTECs are a distinct subset, which do not express RANK or AIRE, and transcriptomic and lineage tracing approaches point to these cells as potential mTEC progenitor-like cells. Of note, using in vitro and in vivo precursor-product cell transfer experiments, the authors show that this subset has a developmental potential to give rise to AIRE+ self-antigen-displaying mTECs, revealing that CCL21-expressing mTECs can give rise to distinct mTEC subsets. This functional duality provides an attractive rationale for the necessary function of mTECs, which is to attract CCR7+ thymocytes that have just undergone positive selection in the thymus cortex to enter the medulla to undergo tolerance-induction against self-antigen-displaying mTECs. Overall, the work is well supported and offers new insights into the diverse functions of the medullary compartment, and how two distinct subsets of mTECs can achieve it.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors set out to discover a developmental pathway leading to functionally diverse mTEC subsets. They show that Ccl21 is expressed early during thymus ontogeny in the medullary area. Fate-mapping gives evidence for the Ccl21 positive history of Aire positive mTECs as well as of thymic tuft cells and postnatally of a certain percentage of cTECs. Therefore, the differentiation potential of Ccl21+ TECs is tested in reaggregate thymus experiments - using embryonic or postnatal Ccl21+ TECs. From these experiments, the authors conclude that at least embryonic mTECs in large part pass through a Ccl21 positive stage prior to differentiation towards an Aire expressing or tuft cell stage.

      The authors are using Ccl21a as a marker for a bipotent progenitor that is detectable in the embryonic thymus and is still present at the adult stage mainly giving rise to mTECs. The choice of this marker gene is very interesting since Ccl21 expression can directly be linked to an important aspect in thymus biology: the expression of Ccl21 by cells in the thymic medulla allows trafficking of T cells into the medulla in order to undergo T cell selection.

      Making use of the Ccl21 detection, the authors can nicely show that cells actively expressing Ccl21 are localized throughout the medulla at an embryonic stage but also in adult thymus tissue. This suggests, that this progenitor is not accumulating at a specific area inside the medulla. This is a new finding.

      Moreover, the finding that a Ccl21+ progenitor population plays a functional role in thymocyte trafficking towards the medulla has not been described. Thus, Ccl21 expression may be used to localize a late bipotent progenitor in the thymic lobes.

      In addition, in Fig.8, the authors provide evidence that these progenitor cells have the potential to self-maintain as well as to differentiate in reaggregate experiments at E17 (not at 4 weeks of age). The first point is of great interest and importance since these cells in theory can be of therapeutic use.

      Overall assessment:

      The authors highlight a developmental pathway starting from a Ccl21-expressing TEC progenitor that contributes to a functionally diverse mTEC repertoire. This is a welcome addition to current knowledge of TEC differentiation.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In this manuscript, the authors define the developmental trajectory resulting in a diverse mTEC compartment. Using a variety of approaches, including a novel CCL21-fate mapping model, data is presented to argue that embryonic CCL21-expressing thymocyte attracting mTECs naturally convert to into self-antigen displaying mTEC subsets, including Aire+ mTECs and thymic tuft cells. Perhaps somewhat surprisingly, a large fraction of cTECs were also marked for having expressed CCL21, suggesting that there exists some conversion of mTEC (progenitors) into cTEC, a developmentally interesting observation that could be followed up later. Overall, the experimental setup, writing, and conclusions, are all outstanding.

      Provisional author response

      We thank the editors and the reviewers for their supportive comments on our manuscript. We will revise the manuscript according to their helpful recommendations.

      Author response to recommendations

      We thank the editors and the reviewers for their supportive comments on our manuscript. We also thank the three reviewers for their helpful recommendations. We have revised the manuscript accordingly, as detailed below.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      There are several unanswered questions, which the authors themselves acknowledge, a principal one being whether CCL21+ mTECs represent a progenitor for yet another distinct subset of cortical (c)TECs, or whether they represent an intermediary or unique population of mTECs derived from a bipotent (cTEC/mTEC) progenitor. These questions will need to be addressed in future work as they go beyond the initial characterization of this intriguing mTEC subset.

      Indeed, our findings reported in this manuscript have stimulated many interesting questions, including those pointed out by the reviewer. We would like to address them one by one in our future work.

      The presence of GFP+ cTECs, which are lineage-traced as having expressed CCL21, begs the question as to whether these cells are generated as a consequence of later steps in mTEC differentiation or derived from earlier bipotent cells, which again the authors point out. The authors could discuss this further or perhaps experimentally address this by using a model system whereby mTEC differentiation is absent or halted (e.g., Relb ko, or TCRa/TCRd ko) and test whether GFP+ cTECs are still present.

      According to the suggestion, we have revised the manuscript by adding a statement that it is interesting to examine whether GFP+ cTEC development in Ccl21a-Cre x CAG-loxP-EGFP mice is mediated through RelB-dependent mTEC developmental progression or developing thymocyte-dependent mTEC-nurturing ‘crosstalk’ signals.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Even though the manuscript highlights the functional aspect of a postnatal bipotent progenitor, there are several aspects that need further discussion.

      (1) The title is somewhat misleading since the identified TEC subset can not only be detected in embryonic, but also in postnatal thymus. Only the RTOC experiments indicate a higher developmental potential of TECs isolated from embryos, but this might as well be due to experimental difficulties as discussed in the text. Furthermore, Ccl21+ TECs are shown to differentiate postnatally into mTECs and cTECs, therefore this subset presumably belongs to a bipotent progenitor population described earlier (their ref. 22, 39).

      We are fully aware of previous studies showing that mTEC progenitors include cells that transcribe Ccl21a, and have cited them in the manuscript. The manuscript title describes our finding that thymocyte-attracting CCL21-expressing functional mTECs isolated from embryonic thymus show the capability to give rise to self-antigen-displaying mTECs. We thank the reviewer for further pointing out the possibility that postnatal CCLl21+ TECs include cells that retain the capability to differentiate into mTECs and cTECs.

      (2) In the introduction the authors claim that the "developmental progression of the self-antigen-displaying mTEC subset occurs in a single stream as mTEClow progenitors -> mTEChigh Aire-expressing cells -> mTEClow mimetic cells." line 79. So far it only could be shown that some mimetic cell types undergo an Aire+ stage; whether this is true for all mimetic cells remains to be shown. Therefore, this statement should be toned down.

      Following the suggestion, this sentence has been toned down in the revised manuscript.

      (3) In line 86, the reference to another paper, describing Ccl21a expression in a postnatal mTEC biased progenitor should be added: Nusser et al. Nature. 2022 PMID: 35614226, in which the developmental potential of the Ccl21 positive so-called postnatal progenitor is analysed by barcoding and results give evidence for differentiation into mature mTECs (see lines 94-96).

      As suggested, the Introduction of the revised manuscript now cites Nusser, et al. study showing that postnatal mTEC-biased progenitors include cells that transcribe Ccl21a.

      (4) Have a look at Extended Data Figure 2b of PMID: 35614226, wherein the population-specific gene expression pattern of the progenitor population at different time points is depicted. Ccl21a belongs to a group of genes, which identifies the postnatal progenitor, and indicates that its functionality and/or developmental potential is age-dependent. Therefore, it would be important to specify the age of the analysed mice throughout the text of the results part instead of describing them as "postnatal" only.

      As recommended, mouse age has been added to the revised manuscript and figures.

      (5) Line 113: "embryonic" needs to be replaced since the results of Fig. 1 are referring to 5-week-old mice.

      The manuscript has been revised per the reviewer’s suggestion.

      (6) Referring to Fig. 3g, line 173: It is interesting to see that, at 3 weeks of age, 95% of mTECs have a Ccl21-history but only approx. 70% of cTECs. Therefore, the earliest progenitor giving rise to the first cTECs might still be productive and feed into the cTEC lineage. This reporter would allow for the analysis of progenitor activity over time. The same could be done for mTECs since at E15 the tdTomato signal is still low compared to the assigned medullary area in Fig. 2c in order to detect when the Ccl21-expressing progenitor becomes the main source of mTECs. The finding in Fig. 4e (line196) also argues for the timed replacement of cTECs by a progenitor which locates to the medulla, thus, leading to a decline in Ccl21-history signal towards the subcapsular region at 2 weeks of age. This should be better explained/discussed.

      We appreciate the work of Nusser, et al. showing that postnatal mTEC-biased, but not embryonic cTEC-biased, TEC progenitors include cells that transcribe a detectable amount of Ccl21a (cited in the Introduction as ref. 23). It is important to clarify whether and how those postnatal TEC progenitors (23) overlap with the embryonic and postnatal CCL21-protein-expressing mTECs reported in this study. It is also interesting to shed light on how Ccl21a+ progenitors contribute to cTECs and mTECs over the ontogeny and whether the enrichment of Ccl21a+ progenitor-derived cTECs in the perimedullary area reflects a temporal replacement of cTECs derived from Ccl21a+ progenitors localized in the medulla. We would like to clarify these issues in our future work. The revised manuscript includes a discussion of these issues.

      (7) Line 304 and 355: Note that the "unstable" age-dependent gene expression profiles were already reported in Nusser et al. Nature. 2022. Not only Ccl21 expression, but other progenitor-specific genes also change their expression levels with age. The entirety of changes in gene expression during aging likely impacts the developmental potential of progenitor populations. These changes might be reflected in the negative results of the RTOC experiment using TECs of 4-week-old mice. The manuscript would benefit from a discussion in light of this "unstable" age-dependent gene expression.

      It is interesting to point out that the age-dependent difference in gene expression profiles, which was reported in TEC progenitors by Nusser, et al. (23), is also detected in CCL21-expressing mTECs in this study. Similarly to the recommendation no. 6 by reviewer 2, and as described in the revised manuscript, it is interesting to clarify whether and how embryonic and postnatal CCL21-expressing mTECs overlap with the previously reported TEC progenitors.

      (8) Line 321: as discussed above, the exact time point should be added to the text since the proportion of cTECs derived from a Ccl21+ progenitor is associated with a certain time point, "2/3 of cTECs" refers to 3 weeks of age.

      The manuscript has been revised following the reviewer’s suggestion.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The one question I have, which may be more of a curiosity of this reviewer than a requirement for the manuscript, is whether thymocytes themselves are required for the conversion/maturation of attracting TECs to mTECs? For example, in CD3e-/- (or Rag-/-) mice, are mTECs arrested at the thymocyte attracting stage, or is the conversion process 'pre-programed'? In the same vein, do cTECs (or the immature cTECs) maintain CCL21 expression in the absence of mature thymocytes? These are not critical studies but are fairly straightforward (effort- and time-wise) that would aid in placing this process in the overall scope of thymus development.

      We previously showed that Aire+ mTECs are detectable in the thymus of RAG2-deficient mice, in which thymocyte development is arrested beyond the CD4/CD8 double-negative 3 stage (Hikosaka, et al. 2006; PMID: 18799150). In another work, we also showed that Aire+ mTECs and CCL21+ mTECs are detectable in the thymus of TCR-alpha-KO mice, which lack mature CD4/CD8 single-positive TCR-alpha/beta-expressing thymocytes (Lkhagvasuren, et al. 2013; PMID: 23585674). These results indicate that thymocyte maturation beyond the Rag-dependent stage is not essential for the development of Aire+ mTECs. Nonetheless, we agree with the reviewer pointing out that it is important to clarify how developing thymocytes contribute to the growth and differentiation of diverse TEC subpopulations, including GFP+ cTEC development in Ccl21a-Cre x CAG-loxP-EGFP mice. The revised manuscript includes a discussion of these issues.

    1. Author Response

      We thank eLife Senior Editor and reviewers for the comprehensive evaluation and constructive comment on our manuscript. We are grateful that all 3 reviewers recognize the value of the large pharmacological and proteomics screen of 51 cancer cell lines in relation to vitamin C IC50 values. As reviewer 1 points out, our findings are of interest as high dose vitamin C is in clinical trials. Most importantly, we show that all 51 cell lines tested can be killed at a dose range that is achievable by intravenous administration in the clinic. These pharmacological findings underscore high-dose vitamin C as a potent anti-cancer agent. Moreover, we provide an elaborate description of functional terms associated with the vitamin C IC50 values in the different cell panels (Figs 1-5) and the common denominators across panels (Figs 6, 7 and 8), thereby enhancing our biological insights of sensitivity to vitamin C treatment. This study indeed is of descriptive nature and our large scale pharmacological and proteomics scale dataset should be seen as a resource for further research. The raw and processed data will be available in the ProteomeXchange repository (accession number and reviewer password were provided before) and the resubmission will include all processed proteome and phosphoproteome data as a supplementary file.

      It is beyond the scope of our study to do mechanistic studies with knock-downs to see if we can further sensitize cancer cell lines that are less sensitive. We do not call these cell lines resistant as cell growth can be inhibited at a clinically achievable dose.

      In our detailed rebuttal we will follow up on the suggestion of reviewer 1 to put our data also in the context of NCI-60 growth inhibition data for other cytotoxic agents. This will expand our comparative analysis to cisplatin in the lung cancer panel (Fig 5A) where we show that vitamin C IC50 values and cisplatin IC50 values are not one-on-one correlated as one of the most cisplatin resistant NSCLC cell lines in our panel was very sensitive to high dose vitamin C. Furthermore, we will clarify method details and annotate mutational status in our panels and explore potential genomic associations to high-dose vitamin C sensitivity as presented in previous studies (e.g. mutant BRAF and/or KRAS tumors, https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aaa5004).

      Finally, we will critically read the manuscript and add references where needed.

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Heer and Sheffield used 2 photon imaging to dissect the functional contributions of convergent dopamine and noradrenaline inputs to the dorsal hippocampus CA1 in head-restrained mice running down a virtual linear path. Mice were trained to collect water rewards at the end of the track and on test days, calcium activity was recorded from dopamine (DA) axons originating in the ventral tegmental area (VTA, n=7) and noradrenaline axons from the locus coeruleus (LC, n=87) under several conditions. When mice ran laps in a familiar environment, VTA DA axons exhibited ramping activity along the track that correlated with distance to reward and velocity to some extent, while LC input activity remained constant across the track, but correlated invariantly with velocity and time to motion onset. A subset of recordings taken when the reward was removed showed diminished ramping activity in VTA DA axons, but no changes in the LC axons, confirming that DA axon activity is locked to reward availability. When mice were subsequently introduced to a new environment, the ramping to reward activity in the DA axons disappeared, while LC axons showed a dramatic increase in activity lasting 90 s (6 laps) following the environment switch. In the final analysis, the authors sought to disentangle LC axon activity induced by novelty vs. behavioral changes induced by novelty by removing periods in which animals were immobile and established that the activity observed in the first 2 laps reflected novelty-induced signal in LC axons.

      Strengths:

      The results presented in this manuscript provide insights into the specific contributions of catecholaminergic input to the dorsal hippocampus CA1 during spatial navigation in a rewarded virtual environment, offering a detailed analysis of the resolution of single axons. The data analysis is thorough and possible confounding variables and data interpretation are carefully considered.

      Weaknesses:

      Aspects of the methodology, data analysis, and interpretation diminish the overall significance of the findings, as detailed below.

      The LC axonal recordings are well-powered, but the DA axonal recordings are severely underpowered, with recordings taken from a mere 7 axons (compared to 87 LC axons). Additionally, 2 different calcium indicators with differential kinetics and sensitivity to calcium changes (GCaMP6S and GCaMP7b) were used (n=3, n=4 respectively) and the data pooled. This makes it very challenging to draw any valid conclusions from the data, particularly in the novelty experiment. The surprising lack of novelty-induced DA axon activity may be a false negative. Indeed, at least 1 axon (axon 2) appears to be showing a novelty-induced rise in activity in Figure 3C. Changes in activity in 4/7 axons are also referred to as a 'majority' occurrence in the manuscript, which again is not an accurate representation of the observed data.

      The reviewer points out a weakness in the analysis of VTA axons in our dataset. The relatively low n (currently 7) comes from the fact that VTA axons in the CA1 region of the hippocampus are very sparse and very difficult to record from (due to their sparsity and the low level of baseline fluorescence inherent in long range axon segments). This is the reason they have not been recorded from in any other lab outside of our lab. LC axons, on the other hand, are more abundant in CA1. In the paper when comparing VTA versus LC axons we deal with the mismatch in n by downsampling the LC axons to match the VTA axons and repeated this 1000 times to create a distribution. However, because the VTA axon n is relatively low, it is possible that we have not sampled the VTA axon population sufficiently and therefore have a biased population in our dataset. The issue is that it takes months for the baseline expression of GCaMP to reach sufficient levels to be able to record from VTA axons, and it is typical to find only a single axon in a FOV per animal. There are additional reasons why mice and/or axon recordings do not reach criteria and cannot be included in the dataset (these exclusion criteria are reported in the Methods section). For instance, out of the 54 DAT-Cre mice injected, images were never conducted in 36 for lack of expression or because mice failed to reach behavioral criteria. Another 11 mice were excluded for heat bubbles that developed during imaging, z-drift of the FOV, or bleaching of the GCaMP signal.

      However, we do have n=2 additional VTA axon recordings that we will add to the dataset to bring the n up from 7 to 9. We plan on re-analyzing the data with n=9 VTA axons and making comparisons to down-sampled LC axons as described above. This boost in n will increase the power of our VTA axon analysis. To more formally test whether this is sufficient for statistical tests, we plan to utilize the G*power power-analysis tool to compute statistical power for each of the different tests we use. We will report this in the next version of the paper. However, the n=2 additional axons were nor recorded in the novel environment, so the next version will remain at n=7 for the novel environment analysis. We agree with the reviewer that the lack of the novelty induced DA axon activity may be a false negative, and so we will adjust the description of our results and discussion accordingly.

      During the data collection of VTA axon activity we tried two variants of GCaMP: 6s and 7b, to see if one would increase the success rate of finding and recording from VTA axons. Given the long time-course of these experiments and the low yield in success, we pooled the GCaMP variants together to increase statistical power. Because the 2 additional VTA DA axons that were recorded from expressed GCaMP6s, the next version of the paper will have n=5 GCaMP6s, and n=4 GCaMP7b VTA DA axons, which will allow us to compare the activity of the two sensors in the familiar environment. The reviewer correctly pointed out that the sensors themselves could confound our results, and so they should not be pooled unless we can show they do not produce different signals in the axons. We will make this comparison and report the findings in the next version of the paper. If we find no significant differences, we will pool the data. If differences are detected, we will keep these axons separate for subsequent analysis and comparisons to LC axons.

      The authors conducted analysis on recording data exclusively from periods of running in the novelty experiment to isolate the effects of novelty from novelty-induced changes in behavior. However, if the goal is to distinguish between changes in locus coeruleus (LC) axon activity induced by novelty and those induced by motion, analyzing LC axon activity during periods of immobility would enhance the robustness of the results.

      This is indeed true, and this suggested analysis could further support our conclusions regarding the LC novelty signal. For the next version of the paper, we will use the periods of immobility to analyze and isolate any novelty induced activity in LC axons. However, following exposure to the novel environment, mice spend much less time immobile, therefore there may not be sufficient periods of immobility close in time to the exposure to the novel environment (which is when the novelty signal occurs). We plan to analyze mouse behavior during the early exposure to the novel environment for immobility and check whether we have enough of this behavior to perform the suggested analysis.

      The authors attribute the ramping activity of the DA axons to the encoding of the animals' position relative to reward. However, given the extensive data implicating the dorsal CA1 in timing, and the remarkable periodicity of the behavior, the fact that DA axons could be signalling temporal information should be considered.

      This is a very good point. We agree that the VTA DA axons could be signaling temporal information, as we have previously shown that these axons also exhibit ramping activity when you average their activity by time to reward (Krishnan et. al., 2022). We will conduct this analysis on this dataset. We have not, however, conducted any experiments designed to separate out time from distance, such as the experiments conducted in Kim et. al., 2020. Therefore, we cannot determine whether this is due to proximity in space to reward or time to reward. We will clarify in our text that by proximity, we mean either place or time, and cannot conclude which feature of the experience drives the VTA axon signal.

      Krishnan, L.S., Heer, C., Cherian, C., Sheffield, M.E. Reward expectation extinction restructures and degrades CA1 spatial maps through loss of a dopaminergic reward proximity signal. Nat Commun 13, 6662 (2022).

      Kim, HyungGoo R., Athar N. Malik, John G. Mikhael, Pol Bech, Iku Tsutsui-Kimura, Fangmiao Sun, Yajun Zhang, et al. A Unified Framework for Dopamine Signals across Timescales. Cell 183, no. 6 (2020).

      The authors should explain and justify the use of a longer linear track (3m, as opposed to 2m in the DAT-cre mice) in the LC axon recording experiments.

      LC axon activity was recorded on a 3m track to match the track length from an experiment we recently published (Dong et al., 2021) in which mice were exposed to a novel 3m track while populations of CA1 pyramidal cells were recorded. In that paper we described the time course of place field formation on the novel track. We wanted to test if LC axons signaled novelty (as we hypothesized) and whether the time course of LC axon activity matched the time course of place field formation. We briefly discuss this in the Discussion section of this paper and hypothesize that LC axons in CA1 could open a window of plasticity in which new place fields can form.

      VTA axons were recorded on a 2m track (same VR tracks as LC axons were recorded on) to match another recent paper from our lab in which reward expectation was manipulated (Krishnan et al, 2022). In that study CA1 populations of pyramidal cells were recorded during the reward expectation experiment. To match the experience during recordings of VTA axons in CA1 to test how reward expectation may influence axon signaling along the track, we also used a 2m track. The idea was to check how VTA dopaminergic inputs to CA1 may influence CA1 population dynamics along the track.

      Although the tracks were identical for LC and VTA recordings for both the familiar and novel tracks in terms of visual cues and design, the track lengths are different (simply modulated by gain control of the rotary encoder). To account for this we normalized the lengths for our comparison analysis. This normalization allows for a direct comparison of the patterns of activity across the two types of axons, controlling for the potential confound introduced by the different track lengths. By adjusting the data to a common scale, we could assess the relative changes in activity levels at matched spatial bins, ensuring that any observed differences or similarities are due to the intrinsic properties of the axons rather than differences in track lengths. However, the different lengths do make the animal’s experience slightly different. This is somewhat offset by the observations in our study that none of the LC or VTA axon signals would be expected to be majorly influenced by variations in track length. For instance, LC axons are associated with velocity and a pre-motion initiation signal, neither of which would be influenced by track length. VTA axons are also associated with velocity, which would not influence a direct comparison to LC axon velocity signals as mice reach maximal velocity very rapidly along the track. VTA axons do ramp up in activity as they approach the reward zone, and this signal could be modulated by track length (or maybe not if the signal is encoding time to reward rather than distance). However, LC axons show no ramping to reward signals, so a comparison across axons recorded on different track lengths for this analysis is justified.

      However, to add rigor to comparisons of axon dynamics recorded along 2m and 3m tracks, we plan to plot axon activity of both sets of axons by time to reward, and actual (un-normalized) distance from reward.

      Krishnan, L.S., Heer, C., Cherian, C., Sheffield, M.E. Reward expectation extinction restructures and degrades CA1 spatial maps through loss of a dopaminergic reward proximity signal. Nat Commun 13, 6662 (2022).

      Dong, C., Madar, A. D. & Sheffield, M.E. Distinct place cell dynamics in CA1 and CA3 encode experience in new environments. Nat Commun 12, 2977 (2021).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors used 2-photon Ca2+-imaging to study the activity of ventral tegmental area (VTA) and locus coeruleus (LC) axons in the CA1 region of the dorsal hippocampus in head-fixed male mice moving on linear paths in virtual reality (VR) environments.

      The main findings were as follows:

      • In a familiar environment, the activity of both VTA axons and LC axons increased with the mice's running speed on the Styrofoam wheel, with which they could move along a linear track through a VR environment.
      • VTA, but not LC, axons showed marked reward position-related activity, showing a ramping-up of activity when mice approached a learned reward position.
      • In contrast, the activity of LC axons ramped up before the initiation of movement on the Styrofoam wheel.
      • In addition, exposure to a novel VR environment increased LC axon activity, but not VTA axon activity.

      Overall, the study shows that the activity of catecholaminergic axons from VTA and LC to dorsal hippocampal CA1 can partly reflect distinct environmental, behavioral, and cognitive factors. Whereas both VTA and LC activity reflected running speed, VTA, but not LC axon activity reflected the approach of a learned reward, and LC, but not VTA, axon activity reflected initiation of running and novelty of the VR environment.

      I have no specific expertise with respect to 2-photon imaging, so cannot evaluate the validity of the specific methods used to collect and analyse 2-photon calcium imaging data of axonal activity.

      Strengths:

      (1) Using a state-of-the-art approach to record separately the activity of VTA and LC axons with high temporal resolution in awake mice moving through virtual environments, the authors provide convincing evidence that the activity of VTA and LC axons projecting to dorsal CA1 reflect partly distinct environmental, behavioral and cognitive factors.

      (2) The study will help a) to interpret previous findings on how hippocampal dopamine and norepinephrine or selective manipulations of hippocampal LC or VTA inputs modulate behavior and b) to generate specific hypotheses on the impact of selective manipulations of hippocampal LC or VTA inputs on behavior.

      Weaknesses:

      (1)The findings are correlational and do not allow strong conclusions on how VTA or LC inputs to dorsal CA1 affect cognition and behavior. However, as indicated above under Strengths, the findings will aid the interpretation of previous findings and help to generate new hypotheses as to how VTA or LC inputs to dorsal CA1 affect distinct cognitive and behavioral functions.

      (2) Some aspects of the methodology would benefit from clarification.<br /> First, to help others to better scrutinize, evaluate, and potentially to reproduce the research, the authors may wish to check if their reporting follows the ARRIVE (Animal Research: Reporting of In Vivo Experiments) guidelines for the full and transparent reporting of research involving animals (https://arriveguidelines.org/). For example, I think it would be important to include a sample size justification (e.g., based on previous studies, considerations of statistical power, practical considerations, or a combination of these factors). The authors should also include the provenance of the mice. Moreover, although I am not an expert in 2-photon imaging, I think it would be useful to provide a clearer description of exclusion criteria for imaging data.

      We thank the reviewer for helping us formalize the scientific rigor of our study. There are ten ARRIVE Guidelines and we have addressed most of them in our study already. However, there is an opportunity to add detail. We have listed below all ten points and how we have or will address each one.

      (1) Experimental design - we go into great depth explaining the experimental set-up, how we used the autofluorescent blebs as imaging controls, how we controlled for different sample sizes between the two populations, and the statistical tests used for comparisons. We also carefully accounted for animal behavior when quantifying and describing axon dynamics both in the familiar and novel environments.

      (2)Sample size - We state both the number of ROIs and mice for each analysis. Wherever we state how many axons had a certain kind of activity, we will also state the number of mice we saw this activity in. For the next version of the paper, we plan to conduct a power analysis using G*power to assess the power of our sample sizes for statistical analysis.

      (3) Inclusion/exclusion criteria - Out of the 36 NET-Cre mice injected, 15 were never recorded for either failing to reach behavioral criteria, or a lack of visible expression in axons. Out of the 54 DAT-Cre mice injected, images were never conducted in 36 for lack of expression or failing to reach behavioral criteria. Out of the remaining 21 NET-CRE, 5 were excluded for heat bubbles, z-drift, or bleaching, while 11 DAT-Cre were excluded for the same reasons. This was determined by visually assessing imaging sessions, followed by using the registration metrics output by suite2p. This registration metric conducted a PCA on the motion-corrected ROIs and plotted the first PC. If the PC drifted largely, to the point where no activity was apparent, the video was excluded from analysis.

      (4) Randomization - Already included in the paper is a description of random down sampling of LC axons to make statistical comparisons with VTA axons. LC axons were selected pseudo-randomly (only one axon per imaging session) to match VTA sampling statistics. This randomization was repeated 1000 times and comparisons were made against this random distribution.

      (5) Blinding-masking - no blinding/masking was conducted as no treatments were given that would require this. We will include this statement in the next version.

      (6) Outcomes - We defined all outcomes measured, such as those related to animal behavior and related axon signaling.

      (7) Statistical methods - None of the reviewers had any issues regarding our description of statistical methods, which we described in detail in this version of the paper.

      (8) Experimental animals - We described that DAT- Cre mice were obtained through JAX labs, and NET-Cre mice were obtained from the Tonegawa lab (Wagatsuma et al. 2017)

      (9) Experimental procedure - Already listed in detail in Methods section.

      (10) Results - Rigorously described in detail for behaviors and related axon dynamics.

      Wagatsuma, Akiko, Teruhiro Okuyama, Chen Sun, Lillian M. Smith, Kuniya Abe, and Susumu Tonegawa. “Locus Coeruleus Input to Hippocampal CA3 Drives Single-Trial Learning of a Novel Context.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 115, no. 2 (January 9, 2018): E310–16. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1714082115.

      Second, why were different linear tracks used for studies of VTA and LC axon activity (from line 362)? Could this potentially contribute to the partly distinct activity correlates that were found for VTA and LC axons?

      A detailed response to this is written above for a similar comment from reviewer 1.

      Third, the authors seem to have used two different criteria for defining immobility. Immobility was defined as moving at <5 cm/s for the behavioral analysis in Figure 3a, but as <0.2 cm/s for the imaging data analysis in Figure 4 (see legends to these figures and also see Methods, from line 447, line 469, line 498)? I do not understand why, and it would be good if the authors explained this.

      This is an error leftover from before we converted velocity from rotational units of the treadmill to cm/s. This will be corrected in the next version of the paper.

      (3) In the Results section (from line 182) the authors convincingly addressed the possibility that less time spent immobile in the novel environment may have contributed to the novelty-induced increase of LC axon activity in dorsal CA1 (Figure 4). In addition, initially (for the first 2-4 laps), the mice also ran more slowly in the novel environment (Figure 3aIII, top panel). Given that LC and VTA axon activity were both increasing with velocity (Figure 1F), reduced velocity in the novel environment may have reduced LC and VTA axon activity, but this possibility was not addressed. Reduced LC axon activity in the novel environment could have blunted the noveltyinduced increase. More importantly, any potential novelty-induced increase in VTA axon activity could have been masked by decreases in VTA axon activity due to reduced velocity. The latter may help to explain the discrepancy between the present study and previous findings that VTA neuron firing was increased by novelty (see Discussion, from line 243). It may be useful for the authors to address these possibilities based on their data in the Results section, or to consider them in their Discussion.

      This is a great point. The decreased velocity in the novel environment could lead to a diminished novelty response in LC axons. We will add a discussion point on this in the next version. This could also be the case for VTA axons, so will add a discussion point that the lack of novelty signaling seen in VTA axons could be due to reduced velocity masking this signal.

      (4) Sensory properties of the water reward, which the mice may be able to detect, could account for reward-related activity of VTA axons (instead of an expectation of reward). Do the authors have evidence that this is not the case? Occasional probe trials, intermixed with rewarded trials, could be used to test for this possibility.

      Mice receive their water reward through a waterspout that is immobile and positioned directly in front of their mouth (which is also immobile as they are head fixed) and water delivery is triggered by a solenoid when the mice reach the end of the virtual track. Therefore, because the waterspout remains in the same place relative to the mouse, and the water reward is not delivered until they reach the end of the virtual track, there is nothing for the mice to detect. We will update the paper to make this clearer.

      Additionally, on the initial laps with no reward, the ramping activity is still present (Krishnan et al, 2022) indicating this activity is not directly related to the presence/absence of water but is instead caused by reward expectation.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Heer and Sheffield provide a well-written manuscript that clearly articulates the theoretical motivation to investigate specific catecholaminergic projections to dorsal CA1 of the hippocampus during a reward-based behavior. Using 2-photon calcium imaging in two groups of cre transgenic mice, the authors examine the activity of VTA-CA1 dopamine and LC-CA1 noradrenergic axons during reward seeking in a linear track virtual reality (VR) task. The authors provide a descriptive account of VTA and LC activities during walking, approach to reward, and environment change. Their results demonstrate LC-CA1 axons are activated by walking onset, modulated by walking velocity, and heighten their activity during environment change. In contrast, VTA-CA1 axons were most activated during the approach to reward locations. Together the authors provide a functional dissociation between these catecholamine projections to CA1. A major strength of their approach is the methodological rigor of 2-photon recording, data processing, and analysis approaches. These important systems neuroscience studies provide solid evidence that will contribute to the broader field of learning and memory. The conclusions of this manuscript are mostly well supported by the data, but some additional analysis and/or experiments may be required to fully support the author's conclusions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) During teleportation between familiar to novel environments the authors report a decrease in the freezing ratio when combining the mice in the two experimental groups (Figure 3aiii). A major conclusion from the manuscript is the difference in VTA and LC activity following environment change, given VTA and LC activity were recorded in separate groups of mice, did the authors observe a similar significant reduction in freezing ratio when analyzing the behavior in LC and VTA groups separately?

      In response to this comment, we will analyze the freezing ratios in DAT-Cre and NET-Cre mice separately. However, other members of the lab have seen the same result in other mouse strains (See Dong et al. 2021), so we do not expect to see a difference (but it is certainly worth checking).

      (2) The authors satisfactorily apply control analyses to account for the unequal axon numbers recorded in the LC and VTA groups (e.g. Figure 1). However, given the heterogeneity of responses observed in Figures 3c, 4b and the relatively low number of VTA axons recorded (compared to LC), there are some possible limitations to the author's conclusions. A conclusion that LC-CA1 axons, as a general principle, heighten their activity during novel environment presentation, would require this activity profile to be observed in some of the axons recorded in most all LC-CA1 mice.

      We agree with the reviewer’s point here. To help avoid this problem, when downsampling LC axons to compare to VTA axons, we matched the sampling statistics of the VTA axons/mice (i.e. only one LC axon was taken from each mouse to match the VTA dataset).

      However, in the next version of the paper we will also report the number of mice that we see a significant novel response in. We will also add the number of mice with significant activity for each of the measures in the familiar environment (e.g. how many mice had axons positively correlated with velocity).

      Additionally, if the general conclusion is that VTA-CA1 axons ramp activity during the approach to reward, it would be expected that this activity profile was recorded in the axons of most all VTA-CA1 mice. Can the authors include an analysis to demonstrate that each LC-CA1 mouse contained axons that were activated during novel environments and that each VTA-CA1 mouse contained axons that ramped during the approach to reward?

      As stated above, we will add the number of mice that had each activity type we reported here.

      (3) A primary claim is that LC axons projecting to CA1 become activated during novel VR environment presentation. However, the experimental design did not control for the presentation of a familiar environment. As I understand, the presentation order of environments was always familiar, then novel. For this reason, it is unknown whether LC axons are responding to novel environments or environmental change. Did the authors re-present the familiar environment after the novel environment while recording LC-CA1 activity?

      This is an important point to address. While we never varied the presentation order of the familiar vs novel environments, we did record the activity of LC axons in some of the mice in a dark environment (no VR cues) prior to exposure to the familiar environment. We will look at these axons to address whether they respond to initial exposure to the familiar environment. This will allow us to check whether they are responding to environmental change or novelty. We will add this analysis to the next version of the paper.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This important study assesses anatomical, behavioral, physiological, and neurochemical effects of early-life seizures in rats, describing a striking astrogliosis and deficits in cognition and electrophysiological parameters. The convincing aspects of the paper are the wide range of convergent techniques used to understand the effects of early-life seizures on behavior as well as hippocampal prefrontal cortical dynamics. While reviewers thought that the scope was impressive, there was criticism of the statistical robustness and number of animals used per study arm, as well as the lack of causal manipulations to determine cause-and-effect relationships. This paper will be of interest to neurobiologists, epileptologists, and behavioral scientists.

      We thank Joseph Gleeson as the Reviewing Editor and Laura Colgin as the Senior Editor for considering this revision of our manuscript for publication in eLife. We appreciate the positive acknowledgment of the study and the critical points raised by the reviewers. We have addressed all the excellent comments of the two reviewers, providing a detailed response for each comment. We believe that these revisions have significantly improved the quality and rigor of our study.

      We want to assure you that our experimental design was meticulously crafted, incorporating adequate control groups, and is grounded in prominent studies in systems neurophysiology focusing into early-life seizures effects, especially for capturing mild effects. We conducted statistical tests adhering to established norms and recommendations, ensuring a thorough and transparent description of the employed statistical methods. We welcome any specific suggestions to further improve this aspect.

      In fact, the concerns raised by the reviewers regarding statistical robustness may stem from a misunderstanding of the rat cohorts used in each experiment. Criticism was directed at the use of only 5 animals without a control group for acute electrophysiological recording. It is essential to clarify that this group served the sole purpose of confirming that the injection of lithium-pilocarpine would induce both behavioral and electrographic seizures. Importantly, this was a descriptive result, and no statistical test or further analysis was conducted with these data. In the revised manuscript, we have made adjustments to this description, aiming to eliminate any ambiguity, particularly addressing the issue of sample size in each experiment.

      Regarding the lack of causal manipulations, we fully agree that this approach would provide a deeper mechanistic understanding of our findings and is an essential next step. Still, developmental brain disturbances are linked to manifold intricate outcomes, so an initial observational exploration would offer insights about particular and nuanced relationships for following studies aimed at targeted interventions. In this context, our objective was to provide a comprehensive characterization of ELS effects to serve as a foundation for future research. While recognizing the relevance of causal manipulations, only a more sophisticated data analyses were able to reveal more complex aspects like specific multivariate associations and non-linear relationships that would not have been revealed by causally perturbing one or another factor at first. In the revised manuscript, we emphasized the limitation of lacking causal manipulations as well as the advantages of our approach. Also, we mentioned some possible targets for following perturbational investigations based on our findings.

      For a more detailed discussion on these matters, we invite you to review our response to reviewers.

      Reviewer 1

      In this paper, Ruggiero, Leite, and colleagues assess the effects of early-life seizures on a large number of anatomical, physiological, behavioral, and neurochemical measures. They find that prolonged early-life seizures do not lead to obvious cell loss, but lead to astrogliosis, working memory deficits on the radial arm maze, increased startle response, decreased paired pulse inhibition, and increased hippocampal-PFC LTP. There was a U-shape relationship between LTP and cognitive deficits. There is increased theta power during the awake state in ELS animals but reduced PFC theta-gamma coupling and reduced theta HPC-PFC coherence. Theta coherence seems to be similar in ACT and REM states in ELS animals while in decreases in active relative REM in controls.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of the paper is the number of convergent techniques used to understand how hippocampal PFC neural dynamics and behavior change after early-life seizures. The sheer scale, breadth, and reach of the experiments are praiseworthy. It is clear that the paper is a major contribution to the field as far as understanding the impact of early-life seizures. The LTP findings are robust and provide an important avenue for future study. The experiments are performed carefully and the analysis is appropriate. The paper is well-written and the figures are clear.

      We express our gratitude to Reviewer #1 for conducting a thoughtful and comprehensive review of our manuscript. We sincerely value both the constructive criticisms provided and your acknowledgment of the manuscript's strengths.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness of the paper is the lack of causal manipulations to determine whether prevention or augmentation of any of the findings has any impact on behavior or cognition. Alternatively, if other manipulations would enhance working memory in ELS animals, it would be interesting to see the effects on any of these parameters measured in the paper.

      We sincerely appreciate the insightful comments from Reviewer #1 regarding the potential benefits of including causal manipulations in our study. We wholeheartedly agree that such manipulations can provide a deeper understanding of the mechanistic underpinnings of the observed relationships and represent a crucial next step in our research trajectory.

      Our primary objective in this study was to establish a comprehensive framework through observational examinations, exploring intricate relationships across various neurobiological and behavioral variables in the aftermath of early-life seizures (ELS). By identifying these associations, our work aims to provide a foundation for future investigations that can delve into targeted interventions.

      While we acknowledge the importance of causal manipulations, we would like to underscore the advantages of our initial multivariate correlational study. Importantly, developmental brain disturbances have lasting impacts affecting multiple biological outcomes that may have intricate relationships between themselves. Firstly, although some neurobiological variables stood out from the comparisons of group means, this did not reveal some nuanced relationships within the data. The complexity of the relationships we uncovered, involving behavior, cognition, immunohistochemistry, plasticity, neurochemistry, and network dynamics, required a more elaborate analytical approach. Only through sophisticated data analysis techniques, we were able to dissect important peculiarities, such as the robust multivariate association between brain-wide astrogliosis and sensorimotor impairments, as well as non-linear relationships, such as the inverted-U relationship between plasticity and working memory. These nuances might not have been fully revealed through causal manipulations, since several variables are strongly related and consequently can affect several outcomes, leading to a false conclusion of direct causality.

      Nevertheless, we acknowledge the understatement of the limitation of lacking causal manipulations in our manuscript. To address this, we have included a dedicated section in the discussion highlighting this limitation. We emphasize the advantages of this exploratory phase, supported by a review of the literature on cause-and-effect studies that align with our findings. Additionally, we speculate on promising targets for future cause-and-effect studies based on our findings. For instance, we hypothesize that enhancing plasticity may improve working memory in control subjects, while attenuating plasticity might have a similar effect in ELS subjects. Furthermore, we propose that reactive astrogliosis and concurrent neuroinflammatory processes likely underlie sensorimotor changes in the ELS group. Lastly, we suggest that dopaminergic antagonism in the ELS group could normalize behavioral deficits, prevent the exaggerated LTP induction of the HPC-PFC pathway, reestablish the state-dependent network dynamics, and desensitize the dopaminergic response.

      [...]Also, I find the sections where correlations and dimensionality reduction techniques are used to compare all possible variables to each other less compelling than the rest of the paper (with the exception of the findings of U-shaped relationship of cognition to LTP). In fact, I think these sections take away from the impact of the actual findings.

      We appreciate the reviewer's feedback and would like to emphasize the significance of the multivariate analysis conducted in our study. Multivariate analysis extends beyond bivariate correlations and is the only type of analysis capable of comprehending the relation of data in a multidimensional way, offering a comprehensive approach to understanding complex relationships among multiple variables. By employing techniques such as principal component analysis (PCA), generalized linear models (GLM), and canonical correlation analysis (CCA), we aimed to unravel intricate patterns of covariance that explore how different variables collectively contribute to the observed outcomes and assess the impact of each independent variable (predictor) on the dependent variable (the variable to be predicted or explained). Importantly, it enables us to control for potential confounding factors by keeping all other variables constant.

      While we acknowledge that these sections may appear intricate, their inclusion is indispensable for a comprehensive understanding of the diverse variables associated with SE outcomes. We believe that these analyses offer valuable insights into the intricate dynamics of our study, providing a more holistic perspective on the altered spectrum induced by early-life seizures (ELS).

      Regarding the reviewer's observations about the impact of the U-shaped relationship between cognition and LTP, we have made graphical and textual adjustments to emphasize the significance of these findings, aiming to enhance their clarity and impact within the broader context of our research. We trust that these modifications contribute to a more compelling presentation of our results.

      […]Finally, the apomorphine section seemed to hang separately from the rest of the paper and did not seem to fit well.

      We appreciate the Reviewer #1 feedback on the apomorphine section. In order to address this point, we carefully rewrote our rationale before the results to clarify our hypothesis and chosen methodology. In our work, we performed the apomorphine experiment as a logical next step of previous data. We showed that ELS rats display REM-like oscillatory dynamics during active behavior, similar to genetically and pharmacologically hyperdopaminergic mice (Dzirasa et al., 2006). Furthermore, other results also indicated possible dopamine neurotransmission alterations, such as working memory deficits, hyperlocomotion, PPI deficits, aberrant HPC-PFC LTP, and abnormal PFC gamma coordination. Therefore, we hypothesized that ELS animals would present a state of hyperdopaminergic activity. Among the possible methodologies to investigate the hyperdopaminergic state, we choose the apomorphine sensitivity test, which is classically used and induces unambiguous behavior and neurochemical alterations in hyperdopaminergic rodents (Duval, 2023; Ellenbroek & Cools, 2002).

      Reviewer 1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) It would be useful to stain for other GABAergic interneuron markers such as somatostatin, VIP, CCK.

      (2) The authors refer to neuroinflammation but they are really referring to reactive astrogliosis. I would also suggest staining for microglial markers.

      (3) The duration of chronic electrographic seizures in ELS animals should also be calculated and presented.

      (4) Word usage: the authors frequently use the word "presents" when "demonstrates" would be more appropriate

      (1) We appreciate your insight into staining for other GABAergic interneuron markers such as somatostatin, VIP, CCK. While investigating additional interneuron types is indeed relevant, it was not the primary focus of this study for several reasons: 1) The overall neuron density, assessed through NeuN immunostaining, revealed no differences between controls and early life seizure (ELS) groups, even in brain regions susceptible to neuron death after SE (i.e., CA1). Therefore, differences in interneurons, which are more resistant to death in SE and constitute approximately 20% of the cells, are unlikely. 2) Among all interneuron subtypes, Parvalbumin-positive (PV+) interneurons represent a substantial population and are susceptible to various stressors. In the hippocampus, 24% of GABAergic neurons are PV+, whereas 14% are SST+, 10% are CCK+, and VIP+ are less than 10% (Freund and Buzsaki, 1996). Consequently, we considered PV+ interneurons to be a more sensitive subpopulation for evaluating the effects of SE. As they showed no significant difference, we do not believe that assessing smaller subtypes, such as VIP+ or CCK+ cells, would yield significant differences.

      (2) While we often see activated microglia in hippocampal sclerosis, these cells are only slightly increased in cases without hippocampal sclerosis (which are similar to our animals), as we previously published (Peixoto-Santos et al., 2012). Astrocytes are a better marker for the epileptogenic zone, as are increased in epileptogenic zones without neuron loss and are also important for controlling neuronal activity by neurotransmitter recycling and ion buffering. In fact, our present model is very similar to the mesial temporal lobe epilepsy patients with gliosis-only, which are characterized by only presenting increased reactive astrogliosis in the hippocampus, without cell loss, and also present changes in innate inflammatory response related to the presence of reactive astrocytes (Grote et al., 2023).

      (3) We have performed these calculations and added this information to the revised manuscript.

      (4) We thank the reviewer for the word usage recommendation. Indeed, we frequently used “present” throughout the manuscript to describe the observations and patterns the groups “exhibited” or “showed”. However, we believe this is truly not the most appropriate usage in the Discussion when we describe the multivariate latent factors, as we did not “present” them, but rather, we “demonstrated” their existence and significance through our analysis. We rewrote these sentences and hope this is the point the reviewer was referring to.

      References:

      Duval F. Systematic review of the apomorphine challenge test in the assessment of dopaminergic activity in schizophrenia. Healthcare. 2023 11 (1487): 1-11. doi: 10.3390/healthcare11101487.

      Dzirasa K, Ribeiro S, Costa R, Santos LM, Lin SC, Grosmark A, Sotnikova TD, Gainetdinov RR, Caron MG, Nicolelis MAL. Dopaminergic control of sleep-wake states. Journal of Neuroscience. 2006 26:10577–10589. doi:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1767-06.2006.

      Freund TF, Buzsáki G. Interneurons of the hippocampus. Hippocampus. 1996;6(4):347-470. doi: 10.1002/(SICI)1098-1063(1996)6:4<347::AID-HIPO1>3.0.CO;2-I. PMID: 8915675.

      Ellenbroek BA & Cools AR. Apomorphine susceptibility and animal models for psychopathology: genes and environment. Behavior Genetics. 2002 32 (5): 349-361. doi: 10.1023/a:1020214322065.

      Grote A, Heiland DH, Taube J, Helmstaedter C, Ravi VM, Will P, Hattingen E, Schüre JR, Witt JA, Reimers A, Elger C, Schramm J, Becker AJ, Delev D. 'Hippocampal innate inflammatory gliosis only' in pharmacoresistant temporal lobe epilepsy. Brain. 2023 Feb 13;146(2):549-560. doi: 10.1093/brain/awac293. PMID: 35978480; PMCID: PMC9924906.

      Peixoto-Santos JE, Galvis-Alonso OY, Velasco TR, Kandratavicius L, Assirati JA, Carlotti CG, Scandiuzzi RC, Serafini LN, Leite JP. Increased metallothionein I/II expression in patients with temporal lobe epilepsy. PLoS One. 2012;7(9):e44709. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0044709. Epub 2012 Sep 18. Erratum in: PLoS One. 2016;11(7):e0159122. PMID: 23028585; PMCID: PMC3445538.

      Reviewer 2

      In this manuscript, the authors employ a multilevel approach to investigate the relationship between the hippocampal-prefrontal (HPC-PFC) network and long-term phenotypes resulting from early-life seizures (ELS). Their research begins by establishing an ELS rat model and conducting behavioral and neuropathological studies in adulthood. Subsequently, the manuscript delves into testing hypotheses concerning HPC-PFC network dysfunction. While the results are intriguing, my enthusiasm is tempered by concerns related to the logical flow

      We thank the reviewer for bringing attention to the logical flow of the manuscript. Given the diverse array of behavioral and neurobiological variables examined in our study obtained through various methods and measures, we utterly recognize the utmost importance of a clear and coherent logical flow to provide a comprehensive understanding of the overall narrative.

      Our goal was to articulate the neurobiological findings in a manner that underscores their convergence of mechanisms, revealing a cohesive relationship between early-life seizure, cognitive deficits, sensorimotor impairments, abnormal network dynamics, aberrant plasticity, neuroinflammation and dysfunctional dopaminergic transmission.

      Briefly, an outline of our narrative could be summarized in the highlights:

      (1) ELS induces sensorimotor alterations and working memory deficits.

      (2) ELS does not induce neuronal loss, so neurobiological underpinnings may be molecular and functional.

      (3) ELS induces brain-wide astrogliosis and exaggerated HPC-PFC long-term plasticity.

      (4) ELS does not induce neuronal loss, so neurobiological underpinnings may be molecular and functional.

      (5) Sensorimotor alterations are more correlated to astrogliosis, while cognitive deficits to altered HPC-PFC plasticity.

      (6) ELS-induced functional alterations may also be observable in freely moving subjects. ELS induces state-dependent alterations in the HPC-PFC network dynamics, such as increased hippocampal theta and abnormal PFC gamma coordination during behavioral activity.

      (7) ELS leads to REM-ACT similarity, previously reported in hyperdopaminergic mice, indicating dopaminergic dysfunction.

      (8) ELS exhibits altered dopaminergic transmission and behavioral sensitivity that mirror the initial sensorimotor findings.

      (9) The literature establishes an inverted-U relationship between dopamine and cognition and PFC plasticity, which may explain our finding of an inverted-U relationship between working memory and HPC-PFC LTP across CTRL and ELS rats.

      To address this concern, we have made revisions to enhance the logical flow, ensuring a more seamless transition between the different sections of the Results by presenting clearer links between observations and following investigations. We hope these changes contribute to a more straightforward rationale and easily understandable presentation of our hypotheses and results.

      Focus on Correlations: The manuscript primarily highlights correlations as the most significant findings. For instance, it demonstrates that ELS induces cognitive and sensorimotor impairments. However, it falls short of elucidating why these deficits are specifically linked to HPC-PFC synaptic plasticity/network. Furthermore, the manuscript mentions the involvement of other brain regions like the thalamus in the long-term outcomes of ELS based on immunohistochemistry data.

      Thank you for your insightful comments, which allowed us to provide further clarification on our study's focus and findings. Our primary goal was to delve into the electrophysiological alterations within the HPC-PFC pathway. The rationale behind this choice lies in the hypothesis that, even in the absence of significant neuronal loss, functional changes in circuits closely linked to the cognitive and behavioral aspects under investigation could be identified.

      While we concentrated our electrophysiological investigation on the HPC-PFC pathway due to its well-established functional correlates in existing literature, it is essential to highlight that our data reveal broader alterations in neural circuitry. Notably, we observed an increase in GFAP in the entorhinal cortex and thalamic reticular nucleus, along with changes in the dopaminergic release within the VTA-NAc pathway. These findings suggest that the impact of early-life seizures extends beyond the HPC-PFC circuit.

      While we recognize the relevance of other brain circuits in the outcomes of ELS, we argue for a specific role of the HPC-PFC circuit in the outcomes of ELS. We will detail the supporting evidence and arguments that specifically link the HPC-PFC function to our ELS-related observations in a later comment regarding the "overinterpretation" of the HPC-PFC role. To better convey these important nuances, we have made specific modifications to the results and in the discussion section to underscore the broader implications of our findings, providing a more comprehensive understanding of the study's scope and outcomes.

      […]This raises questions about the subjective nature and persuasiveness of the statistical studies presented.

      All statistical analyses were carefully applied based on the literature and following well-established precepts and precautions. Specifically, we constructed the experimental design for univariate inferential statistics for the data related to behavioral tests, synaptic plasticity, immunohistochemistry, oscillatory activity, and dopaminergic sensitization. However, we also submitted our data to multivariate statistical analysis, which is recommended in cases with a considerable amount of data, and intend to investigate possible hidden effects. In this situation, multivariate analyses are inherently exploratory due to the possibility of using multiple measurements for each phenomenon investigated. Nevertheless, their application is not subjective and follows the same statistical rigor as univariate analyses. We firmly believe that abstaining from exploring these data, would not reach the full potential of this analytical method in dissecting the multidimensional associations within our dataset. In order to eliminate any doubt regarding the objectivity in the choice and application of statistics, we carefully rewrote the methods, highlighting the details of statistical rigor even more.

      Sample Size Concerns: The manuscript raises concerns about the adequacy of sample sizes in the study. The initial cohort for acute electrophysiology during ELS induction comprised only 5 rats, without a control group. Moreover, the behavioral tests involved 11 control and 14 ELS rats, but these same cohorts were used for over four different experiments. Subsequent electrophysiology and immunohistochemistry experiments used varying numbers of rats (7 to 11). Clarification is needed regarding whether these experiments utilized the same cohort and why the sample sizes differed. A power analysis should have been performed to justify sample sizes, especially given the complexity of the statistical analyses conducted.

      We appreciate the reviewer's thoroughness and considerations regarding the sample sizes used in our study. The concerns raised about statistical robustness seem to stem from a lack of clarity in delineating the rat cohorts used in each experiment. It is encouraging to note that several studies in the field of neurophysiology, employing similar analyses, utilize a sample size similar to what was used in our research. The choice of the sample size was based on a thorough analysis of the existing literature, considering specific experimental demands, the complexity of employed techniques, and the need to achieve statistically robust results. In response to these concerns and to enhance clarity on the sample sizes, we have made several modifications (highlighted in red) in the text. Below, we provide details for each animal cohort utilized:

      Cohort 1 - Acute Electrophysiology

      The decision to use only 5 animals without a control group for acute electrophysiological recording aimed specifically to confirm that the injection of lithium-pilocarpine would induce both behavioral and electrographic seizures. It is crucial to note that this was a descriptive result and a methodological control of the ELS model. Besides, no statistical test or further analysis was conducted on these data. We maintain the belief that a group of 5 animals is sufficient to demonstrate that the protocol induces electrographic seizures, and introducing a control group was considered unnecessary to show that saline injection does not induce electrographic seizures.

      Cohort 2 - Behavior, LTP Recording, and Immunohistochemistry

      Initially, 14 (ELS) and 11 (CTRL) rats were used for behavior assessment. The reduction in sample size for LTP and immunohistochemistry experiments was influenced by practical challenges, including mortality during LTP surgery and issues with immunohistochemical staining that hindered a proper analysis for some animals.

      Cohort 3 - Chronic Freely-Moving Electrophysiology

      A new cohort of animals (n=6 and 9 for CTRL and ELS, respectively) was used specifically for freely-moving electrophysiological data.

      Cohort 4 - Behavioral Sensitization to Psychostimulants

      A fourth cohort was utilized for assessing behavioral sensitization to psychostimulants (CTRL n=15 and ELS n=14). The reduced sample size for neurotransmitter analysis (CTRL n=8 and ELS n=9) was a deliberate selection of a subsample to ensure a sufficient sample for quantification while maintaining statistical validity

      Overinterpretation of HPC-PFC Network Dysfunction: The manuscript potentially overinterprets the role of HPC-PFC network dysfunction based on the results.

      We appreciate the insight from Reviewer #2 regarding the potential overinterpretation of the role of the hippocampal-prefrontal cortex (HPC-PFC) network dysfunction in the various alterations observed after ELS.

      The significance of HPC-PFC plasticity and network function has been extensively documented concerning cognitive, affective, and sensorimotor functions, as well as in models of neuropsychiatric diseases. Our recent review (Ruggiero et al., 2021) compiles these findings. Specifically, the HPC-PFC network has been linked to spatial working memory through a series of causal and correlational studies conducted by Floresco et al. and Gordon et al. These findings make the HPC-PFC pathway a plausible candidate for underlying alterations associated with working memory, consistent with our observation of exaggerated HPC-PFC LTP associated with poorer performance in the ELS group. Regarding the immunohistochemical observations, we concur with Reviewer #2 that these findings suggest broader-scale brain alterations related to sensorimotor dysfunction beyond the HPC-PFC circuitry. Surely, we acknowledge that these large-scale alterations may underlie brain-wide network functional changes.

      In our network dynamics study arm, we investigated HPC-PFC oscillatory activity, allowing us to discuss potential relationships between abnormal plasticity (verified in the second study arm) and network dynamics. It is important to note that while there is some anatomical specificity to the LFPs recorded in the HPC and PFC, these activities may represent larger-scale limbic-cortical dynamics. The intermediate HPC exhibits a significant influence from both dorsal and ventral HPC, and the prelimbic PFC is intricately related to both hippocampal and thalamic oscillations exhibiting under-demand state-dependent synchrony. Additionally, the state maps used in our study were initially described to distinguish states at a global forebrain network level. Even in our past studies, we have described HPC-PFC patterns of network activity (Marques et al., 2022a) that later were found to represent a part of a brain-wide synchrony pattern (Marques et al., 2022b). However, most of our findings on oscillatory dynamics were centered around theta oscillations, a well-established brain-wide activity that originates and spreads from the hippocampus and are present in the HPC-PFC circuit during activity.

      In conclusion, we believe the correlations between HPC-PFC LTP and working memory, as well as the specific alterations of theta coordinated activity, support a particular role of the HPC-PFC network dysfunction in the effects of ELS. However, the brain-wide immunochemical alterations are plausible indications of larger-scale dysfunctional networks. To address this issue, we emphasized in the discussion of network findings that the immunohistochemical and neurochemical findings endorse the need to investigate ELS effects on larger networks.

      Notably, cognitive deficits are described as subtle, with no evidence of learning deficits and only faint working memory impairments. However, sensorimotor deficits show promise. Consequently, it's essential to justify the emphasis on the HPC-PFC network as the primary mechanism underlying ELS-associated outcomes, especially when enhanced LTP is observed. Additionally, the manuscript seems to sideline neuropathological changes in the thalamus and the thalamus-to-PFC connection. The analysis lacks a direct assessment of the causal relationship between HPC-PFC dysfunction and ELS-associated outcomes, leaving a multitude of multilevel analyses yielding potential correlations without easily interpretable results.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for the thorough review and insightful comments. To better grasp the context, it is crucial to consider this characterization within the scope of our experimental design and expected outcomes. Unlike epilepsy models involving adult animals or interventions causing pronounced neuronal loss and structural modifications, our study was intentionally designed to explore moderate behavioral alterations. In fact, the mild behavioral alterations observed in ELS models and the lack of neuronal loss guided our focus on investigating changes in HPC-PFC communication.

      While our observed cognitive deficits may be milder compared to certain models, it is imperative to underscore their robustness and clinical relevance. These findings have been consistently replicated globally across various experimental models, encompassing ELS induced by hyperthermia (Chang et al., 2003; Kloc et al., 2022), kainic acid (Statsfrom et al. 1993), flurothyl (Karnam et al., 2009a; 2009b), and hypoxia (Najafian et al., 2021; Hajipour et al., 2023). Mild cognitive deficits were also evident by other research groups using the pilocarpine model in P12 (Mikulecká et al., 2019; Kubová et al., 2013; Kubová et al., 2002). Furthermore, our group replicated the working memory deficit results using an alternative paradigm (the T-maze) and a different rat strain (Sprague Dawley), enhancing the reliability of our observations (D’Agosta et al., 2023).

      The clinical perspective gains importance, considering that cognitive effects of ELS may be less severe than those in patients with long-term epilepsy. In fact, the majority of patients with childhood epilepsy exhibit mild cognitive impairment as the most common grade of severity - more than two times the rate of severe cognitive impairment (Sorg et al., 2022). Investigating the mechanisms underlying these mild cognitive changes is crucial for shedding light on neurobiological aspects not fully understood, thereby expanding our comprehension of the consequences of ELS.

      We recognize the challenges associated with conducting causal experiments in neuroscience, especially in long-term and chronic alterations as seen in our model. Isolating modifications of specific activities is indeed intricate. However, it's essential to acknowledge that neuroscience progress has not solely relied on causal experiments but has significantly advanced through correlational observations. Our findings serve as a foundational step in comprehending the repercussions of ELS, proposing mechanisms and circuits that necessitate further in-depth dissection and study in the future. We have integrated these considerations into the discussion section of the manuscript to enhance clarity.

      Overall, while the manuscript presents intriguing findings related to the HPC-PFC network and ELS outcomes, it requires a more rigorous experimental design[…]

      We thank the reviewer for acknowledging our intriguing findings. Regarding the experimental design, we are confident that all the manuscript hypotheses, design, and execution of experiments were rigorously based on the literature and carried out with all necessary controls. As stated earlier, we constructed the experimental design for univariate inferential statistics and explored associations between variables using multivariate statistics. Specifically, we achieved a rigorously experimental design following a series of guidelines. First, the planning of the sample size in each experiment and their respective controls were based on mild effects from the ELS literature. As previously indicated, the only experiment with one group was just the description of the behavioral effects and electrographic seizures after the acute injection of lithium-pilocarpine. Given the exhaustive replication of these data in the ELS literature, this result was presented descriptively as a methodological control. Second, detailed descriptions of statistics were made in both methods and results, always indicating positive and negative results. Notably, the experimental designs used in the work do not correspond to any novelty or radicalization, strictly following the literature of the field. However, new indications and references about the experimental accuracy were added to the manuscript to resolve any doubts regarding objectivity.

      References:

      Chang YC, Huang AM, Kuo YM, Wang ST, Chang YY, Huang CC. Febrile seizures impair memory and cAMP response-element binding protein activation. Ann Neurol. 2003 Dec;54(6):706-18. doi: 10.1002/ana.10789. PMID: 14681880.

      D'Agosta R, Prizon T, Zacharias LR, Marques DB, Leite JP, Ruggiero RN. Alterations in hippocampal-prefrontal cortex connectivity are associated with working memory impairments in rats subjected to early-life status epilepticus. In: NEWROSCIENCE INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM, 2023, Ribeirão Preto. Poster.

      Hajipour S, Khombi Shooshtari M, Farbood Y, Ali Mard S, Sarkaki A, Moradi Chameh H, Sistani Karampour N, Ghafouri S. Fingolimod Administration Following Hypoxia Induced Neonatal Seizure Can Restore Impaired Long-term Potentiation and Memory Performance in Adult Rats. Neuroscience. 2023 May 21;519:107-119. doi: 10.1016/j.neuroscience.2023.03.023. Epub 2023 Mar 28. PMID: 36990271.

      Karnam HB, Zhou JL, Huang LT, Zhao Q, Shatskikh T, Holmes GL. Early life seizures cause long-standing impairment of the hippocampal map. Exp Neurol. 2009 Jun;217(2):378-87. doi: 10.1016/j.expneurol.2009.03.028. Epub 2009 Apr 2. PMID: 19345685; PMCID: PMC2791529.

      Karnam HB, Zhao Q, Shatskikh T, Holmes GL. Effect of age on cognitive sequelae following early life seizures in rats. Epilepsy Res. 2009 Aug;85(2-3):221-30. doi: 10.1016/j.eplepsyres.2009.03.008. Epub 2009 Apr 22. PMID: 19395239; PMCID: PMC2795326.

      Kubová H, Mareš P. Are morphologic and functional consequences of status epilepticus in infant rats progressive? Neuroscience. 2013 Apr 3;235:232-49. doi: 10.1016/j.neuroscience.2012.12.055. Epub 2013 Jan 7. PMID: 23305765.

      Kloc ML, Marchand DH, Holmes GL, Pressman RD, Barry JM. Cognitive impairment following experimental febrile seizures is determined by sex and seizure duration. Epilepsy Behav. 2022 Jan;126:108430. doi: 10.1016/j.yebeh.2021.108430. Epub 2021 Dec 10. PMID: 34902661; PMCID: PMC8748413.

      Kubová H, Mares P, Suchomelová L, Brozek G, Druga R, Pitkänen A. Status epilepticus in immature rats leads to behavioural and cognitive impairment and epileptogenesis. Eur J Neurosci. 2004 Jun;19(12):3255-65. doi: 10.1111/j.0953-816X.2004.03410.x. PMID: 15217382.

      Marques DB, Ruggiero RN, Bueno-Junior LS, Rossignoli MT, and Leite JP. Prediction of Learned Resistance or Helplessness by Hippocampal-Prefrontal Cortical Network Activity during Stress. The Journal of Neuroscience. 2022a 42 (1): 81-96.. https://doi.org/10.1523/jneurosci.0128-21.2021.

      Marques DB, Rossignoli MT, Mesquita BDA, Prizon T, Zacharias LR, Ruggiero RN and Leite JP. Decoding fear or safety and approach or avoidance by brain-wide network dynamics abbreviated. bioRxiv. 2022b https://doi.org/10.1101/2022.10.13.511989.

      Mikulecká A, Druga R, Stuchlík A, Mareš P, Kubová H. Comorbidities of early-onset temporal epilepsy: Cognitive, social, emotional, and morphologic dimensions. Exp Neurol. 2019 Oct;320:113005. doi: 10.1016/j.expneurol.2019.113005. Epub 2019 Jul 3. PMID: 31278943.

      Najafian SA, Farbood Y, Sarkaki A, Ghafouri S. FTY720 administration following hypoxia-induced neonatal seizure reverse cognitive impairments and severity of seizures in male and female adult rats: The role of inflammation. Neurosci Lett. 2021 Mar 23;748:135675. doi: 10.1016/j.neulet.2021.135675. Epub 2021 Jan 28. PMID: 33516800.

      Ruggiero RN, Rossignoli MT, Marques DB, de Sousa BM, Romcy-Pereira RN, Lopes-Aguiar C and Leite JP. Neuromodulation of Hippocampal-Prefrontal Cortical Synaptic Plasticity and Functional Connectivity: Implications for Neuropsychiatric Disorders. Frontiers in Cellular Neuroscience. 2021 15 (October): 1–23. https://doi.org/10.3389/fncel.2021.732360.

      Sorg AL, von Kries R, Borggraefe I. Cognitive disorders in childhood epilepsy: a comparative longitudinal study using administrative healthcare data. J Neurol. 2022 Jul;269(7):3789-3799. doi: 10.1007/s00415-022-11008-y. Epub 2022 Feb 15. PMID: 35166927; PMCID: PMC9217877.

      Stafstrom CE, Chronopoulos A, Thurber S, Thompson JL, Holmes GL. Age-dependent cognitive and behavioral deficits after kainic acid seizures. Epilepsia. 1993 May-Jun;34(3):420-32. doi: 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1993.tb02582.x. PMID: 8504777.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1

      This is a short but important study. Basically, the authors show that α-synuclein overexpression's negative impact on synaptic vesicle recycling is mediated by its interaction with E-domain containing synapsins. This finding is highly relevant for synuclein function as well as for the pathophysiology of synucleinopathies. While the data is clear, functional analysis is somewhat incomplete.

      (1) The authors should present a clearer dissociation of endocytosis and exocytosis under the various conditions they study. They should quantify the rate of rise and decay of pHluorin signals. 2. In addition, I strongly recommend a few additional experiments with and without a vATPase inhibitor such as bafilomycin to estimate the relative effects on exo- vs. endocytosis. As the authors are aware bafilomycin will mask the re-acidification /endocytosis component, thus revealing pure exocytosis and thus enabling quantification of endocytosis with minimal contamination from exocytosis.

      In the revised version, we analyzed and quantified exocytosis and endocytosis separately, with bafilomycin experiments, as the reviewer suggested (new data, Fig. 1- Fig. Supp. 1A-B). Overexpression of human alpha-synuclein only attenuated exocytosis in neurons that also expressed synapsins (WT neurons and synapsin TKO neurons transduced with synapsin Ia). In parallel, we also examined endocytosis by calculating the time-constant of the decay in the fluorescence of sypHy during the endocytotic phase (Fig. 1- Fig. Supp. 1C-E). Previous studies have shown that after brief stimulus-trains – like those used in our study (20Hz/300AP) – most endocytosis occurs after the cessation of stimulation 1. Expression of human alpha-synuclein did not alter the endocytosis time-constant in any of our experiments. To summarize, the interaction of alpha-synuclein with the synapsin E domain was required for alpha-synuclein induced attenuation of exocytosis, but not endocytosis.

      Reviewer #2

      ...The paper will be improved significantly if additional experiments are added to expand and provide a more mechanistic understanding of the effect of α-syn and the intricate interplay between synapsin, α-syn, and the SV. For an enthusiastic reader, the manuscript as it looks now with only 3 figures, ends prematurely. Some of the experiments above or others could complement, expand and strengthen the current manuscript, moving it from a short communication describing the phenomenon to a coherent textbook topic. Nevertheless, this work provides new and exciting evidence for the regulation of neurotransmitter release and its regulation by synapsin and α-syn.

      (1) Did the authors try to attach E-domain for example to synapsin Ib and restore α-syn inhibition with synapsin Ib-E?

      This is an interesting idea, but in previous studies, we found that synapsin Ib does not associate with synaptic vesicles2, so it will not be present at the right location to be able to restore alpha-synuclein induced synaptic attenuation. We have also seen that this mis-localization alters synaptic properties (unpublished).

      (2) Was the expression level of Synapsin-IaScrE examined and compared to WT Synapsin-Ia in Fig 3?

      Yes, this data is now shown in Fig. 3-Fig. Supp. 1.

      (3) Were SVs dispersed in α-syn overexpression as predicted?

      We interpret the reviewer’s question and reasoning as follows. If alpha-synuclein binds to the E-domain of synapsin, a prediction in the alpha-synuclein over-expression scenario is that the overabundance of alpha-synuclein molecules would bind to and sequester the E-domain synapsins away from synaptic vesicles. In the absence of E-domain synapsins, the synaptic-vesicle clustering effects of synapsins would be lost, and there would be dispersion of synaptic vesicles. We tested this prediction, which is now shown in an additional figure (new data, Fig. 4). Indeed, the AAV-mediated over-expression of alpha-synuclein leads to a dispersion of synaptic vesicles, and this dispersion is dependent on synapsins Ia and Ib, but not IIa and IIb (please see Fig. 4D-E in the revised manuscript). Appropriate text is also added, starting with “Previous studies have shown that loss of all synapsins...” presents this data and interprets it.

      (4) How does this study coincide with the effects of α-syn on fusion pore and endocytosis? This should be at least discussed. It is also possible that the effects of α-syn on endocytosis might affect the results as if endocytosis is affected, SVs number and distribution will be also affected.

      It is difficult to reconcile our data with the idea that alpha-synuclein facilitates fusion-pore opening, as proposed by the Edwards lab 3. In fact, its difficult to reconcile this concept with their own previous data, showing that alpha-synuclein over-expression attenuates SV-recycling 4. As mentioned above, modulation of endocytosis does not seem to be a major factor in our experiments, though this does not rule out a physiologic role for alpha-synuclein in endocytosis, since all our experiments are based on over-expression paradigms. Future experiments looking at phenotypes after acute alpha-synuclein knockdown may provide more clarity. In any case, there are many purported roles of alpha-synuclein, and this is now mentioned in the last paragraph (starting with Additionally, -syn has been implicated…”

      (5) What happened after stimulation when synapsin is detached from SV, does α-syn continues to be linked to it?

      The fate of alpha-synuclein after stimulation is unclear in our experiments. Previous experiments suggest that while both synapsin and alpha-synuclein detach from the SV cluster during stimulation, synapsin returns to synapses while alpha-synuclein does not 5. However, our more recent experiments (unpublished) suggest that the activity-induced dispersion of alpha-synuclein might be phosphorylation-dependent, and that over-expression of alpha-synuclein may not be the best setting to evaluate protein dispersion. We hope to answer this question more rigorously using alpha-synuclein knock-in constructs.

      (6) The experiment with E-domain fused to syPhy assumes that α-syn will still be bound to the SV. So how does α-syn inhibit ST?

      The goal of this experiment was to force the synapsin E-domain to be in a location where it would normally be present – i.e. surface of the synaptic vesicle – by tagging it to sypHy (sypHy-E), and ask if this forced-retention would be sufficient to reinstate the alpha-synuclein mediated attenuation of SV-recycling (as shown in Fig. 3F, it does). Please note that the sypHy-E in these experiments does target to the synapses (new data, Fig. 3-Fig. Supp. 2D). In this context, we are not sure what the reviewer means by “So how does a-syn inhibit synaptic transmission?” We don’t think that alpha-synuclein needs to unbind from the SVs in order to inhibit synaptic transmission. Overall, we think that alpha-synuclein needs to cooperate with synapsins to perform its function, but as mentioned above and in the manuscript, the precise role of alpha-synuclein in this process is still unclear.

      (7) An interesting experiment will be the expression of the isolated E-domain and examining blockage of α-syn inhibition and disruption of synapsin- α-syn interaction. Have the authors examined it as was done in other models?

      We did do the experiment where we only over-expressed the isolated synapsin E-domain in neurons. We were thinking that perhaps the E-domain would have a dominant-negative effect on SV-clustering, as it did in the lamprey and other model-systems, where the E-peptide was directly injected into the axon. However, we found that in cultured hippocampal neurons, the over-expressed E-domain behaves like a soluble protein and is not enriched in synapses (see new data, Fig. 3-Fig. Supp. 2B). Also, the over-expressed E-domain cannot reinstate the synaptic attenuation induced by alpha-synuclein (new data, Fig. 3-Fig. Supp. 2C), likely because the E-domain does not target to synapses. Actually, this is why we did the syPhy-E domain experiment in the first place, to ensure that the E-domain was in the right location to have an effect.

      (8) A schematic model/scheme providing a mechanistic view of the interplay between the proteins is essential and can improve the paper.

      The only model we can confidently make right now would be stick-figures showing the site where alpha-synuclein C-terminus binds to synapsin, which is obviously not very insightful. As noted above (and in the revised version), several different functions have been attributed to alpha-synuclein, and the precise role of alpha-synuclein/synapsin interactions in regulating the SV-cycle is unclear. We hope to create a better model after getting some more data from us and our colleagues working on this challenging problem.

      References

      (1) Kononenko NL & Haucke V. (2015) Molecular mechanisms of presynaptic membrane retrieval and synaptic vesicle reformation. Neuron 85, 484-496.

      (2) Gitler D, Xu Y, Kao H-T, Lin D, Lim S, Feng J, Greengard P & Augustine GJ. (2004) Molecular Determinants of Synapsin Targeting to Presynaptic Terminals. J. Neurosci. 24, 3711-3720.

      (3) Logan T, Bendor J, Toupin C, Thorn K & Edwards RH. (2017) α-Synuclein promotes dilation of the exocytotic fusion pore. Nat Neurosci 20, 681-689.

      (4) Nemani VM, Lu W, Berge V, Nakamura K, Onoa B, Lee MK, Chaudhry FA, Nicoll RA & Edwards RH. (2010) Increased expression of alpha-synuclein reduces neurotransmitter release by inhibiting synaptic vesicle reclustering after endocytosis. Neuron 65, 66-79.

      (5) Fortin DL, Nemani VM, Voglmaier SM, Anthony MD, Ryan TA & Edwards RH. (2005) Neural activity controls the synaptic accumulation of alpha-synuclein. J Neurosci 25, 10913-10921.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer 1: I would have preferred to see more figures with brain images showing the cellular abundance maps and the atrophy maps. Without being able to see these figures, it's difficult for the reader to 1) validate the atrophy patterns or 2) gain intuition about how the cellular abundance maps vary across the brain. The images in Figure 1C give a small preview, but I'd like to see these maps in their entirety on the brain surface or axial image slices.

      (1) We added brain surface visualization plots of the voxel-wise cellular abundance maps to Figure 1 (lateral, dorsal, and ventral views of both hemispheres). To illustrate how their spatial distributions are associated with brain tissue damage, in Figure 2, we have also added brain surface visualizations of regional values from the atrophy t-statistic maps for the thirteen neurodegenerative conditions and the cell-type map most strongly associated with each condition. These plots allow us to observe variability across the cell-type density and atrophy maps, as well as to visually validate and compare how the patterns vary across the brain.

      Reviewer 1: FTD is an umbrella category for a family of distinct clinical syndromes with different atrophy patterns. It doesn't seem a good idea to take the average of all subjects in this group to form a single atrophy map. Instead, different average maps for each syndrome should be provided.

      (2) Considering the heterogeneity of clinical FTD syndromes, we addressed the reviewers' concerns about using the averaged atrophy map across all patients with an FTD diagnosis. As suggested, we accessed different atrophy maps for each major variant of clinical FTD, including behavioral FTD (n = 70), as well as the semantic (n = 36) and nonfluent variants of primary progressive aphasia (n = 30). These maps are based on data from the participants from the same dataset of the Frontotemporal Lobar Degeneration Neuroimaging Initiative (FTLDNI) that we originally used. Similar to our previous results using the atrophy map averaged over all FTD patients, the analysis showed significant associations of atrophy patterns with cell type densities in all three major variants (see Figure 3A). Notably, these new findings offer insights into specific differences in spatial vulnerability of different cell-types across the variants of FTD, each characterized by unique symptoms, clinical manifestations, and atrophy patterns. In response to these additions, we have updated all figures, results, and interpretations accordingly.

      Reviewer 2: In the abstract, the list of neurodegenerative disorders should be edited: frontotemporal dementia is an umbrella clinical syndrome, not a neurodegenerative disorder. Frontotemporal lobar degeneration (FTLD) is a neurodegenerative disorder, and many tauopathies are FTLDs. While the authors grab their definitional classes from various sources (i.e., published cohort, and other studies), the reader fatigues to understand the population that is being assessed.

      (3) To address potential confusion arising from the inclusion of atrophy maps from FTLD patients across two different studies, stratified based on both clinical and pathological criteria, we added clarifications regarding the assessed population and the used definitions. We used the term FTD when addressing the clinical syndromes, and the term FTLD was employed when referencing the histologically confirmed neurodegenerative pathologies. In addition, we added details on the diagnostic criteria employed for participant recruitment in the FTLDNI cohort, which data we used for atrophy maps in clinical subtypes of FTD. Lastly, throughout the text and within the figures, we systematically refined the nomenclature for FTLD pathological types, categorizing them based on their known definitions used in literature and type of proteinaceous inclusions (FTLD- 3-repeat and 4-repeat tauopathies and FTLD-TDP types A and C).

      Reviewer 1: The results section contains perhaps too much interpretation. While the information that's provided serves as an interesting review (e.g., the discussion of the blood-brain barrier), the discussion may be a better place for this.

      (4) We removed sentences with excessive interpretation but insisted on including those outlining the fundamental functions of cell types and their literature-based relevance to neurodegenerative diseases in the Results section, clarifying the significance of our findings to the readers.

      Reviewer 2: The authors based their methodology on the use of a deconvolutional cell classifier; however, do not extensively recognize that their data on gene expression are based on normal brain levels rather than on diseased ones.

      (5) We acknowledged that the gene expression data is based on normal human brain levels in figure titles and all sections of the paper (Introduction, Results, Discussion, Methods) to remind the readers that the analysis shows how changes in gray matter tissue in diseased brains correlates with healthy reference levels of cellular density.

      Reviewer 2: More information in the text needs to be provided regarding the method used to infer gene expression levels at non-sampled brain locations. The reader should not be forced to read reference 40 or investigate the methods section. Figure 1 schematics do not sufficiently explain the used method.

      (6) We added clarifications/references about the used Gaussian progress regression for imputing gene expression (Results and figure titles).

      Reviewer 2: Also, while predicted levels are uniquely based on patterns of brain atrophy, it is not possible to know whether this strategy is generalizable to all diseases (for instance, it is known that pure DLB, PD and ALS are not associated with extensive brain atrophy), or even adequately comparable between subtypes of diseases within the same class (e.g., different forms of FTLD). The authors do not acknowledge that only data based on true neuropathological assessment may prove whether their findings are true.

      (7) Although diagnoses of most dementia conditions used in our study were histologically confirmed, we added acknowledgement about the importance of neuropathological assessment (Discussion section).

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This important work identifies a previously uncharacterized capacity for songbirds to recover vocal targets even without sensory experience. While the evidence supporting this claim is solid, with innovative experiments exploring vocal plasticity in deafened birds, additional behavioral controls and analyses are necessary to shore up the main claims. If improved, this work has the potential for broad relevance to the fields of vocal and motor learning.

      We were able to address the requests for additional behavioral controls about the balancing of the groups (reviewer 1) and the few individual birds that showed a different behavior (reviewer 2) without collecting any further data. See our detailed replies below.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Zai et al test if songbirds can recover the capacity to sing auditory targets without singing experience or sensory feedback. Past work showed that after the pitch of targeted song syllables is driven outside of birds' preferred target range with external reinforcement, birds revert to baseline (i.e. restore their song to their target). Here the authors tested the extent to which this restoration occurs in muted or deafened birds. If these birds can restore, this would suggest an internal model that allows for sensory-to-motor mapping. If they cannot, this would suggest that learning relies entirely on feedback-dependent mechanisms, e.g. reinforcement learning (RL). The authors find that deafened birds exhibit moderate but significant restoration, consistent with the existence of a previously under-appreciated internal model in songbirds.

      Strengths:

      The experimental approach of studying vocal plasticity in deafened or muted birds is innovative, technically difficult, and perfectly suited for the question of feedback-independent learning. The finding in Figure 4 that deafened birds exhibit subtle but significant plasticity toward restoration of their pre-deafening target is surprising and important for the songbird and vocal learning fields, in general.

      Weaknesses:

      The evidence and analyses related to the directed plasticity in deafened birds are confusing, and the magnitude of the plasticity is far less than the plasticity observed in control birds with intact feedback. The authors acknowledge this difference in a two-system model of vocal plasticity, but one wonders why the feedback-independent model, which could powerfully enhance learning speed, is weak in this songbird system.

      We fully agree with the reviewer. This surprising weakness applies to birds’ inability rather than our approach for characterizing it.

      There remains some confusion about the precise pitch-change methods used to study the deafened birds, including the possibility that a critical cohort of birds was not suitably balanced in a way where deafened birds were tested on their ability to implement both pitch increases and decreases toward target restoration.

      Both deaf groups were balanced: (dLO and WNd) were balanced in that half of the birds (5/10 WNm and 4/8 dLO) shifted their pitch up (thus target restoration corresponded to decreasing pitch) and half of the birds (5/10 WNd and 4/8 dLO) shifted their pitch down (thus target restoration corresponded to increasing pitch), see Methods.

      To clarify the precise pitch-change method used, we added to the methods an explanation about why we used the sensitivity index 𝒅′ in Fig. 4:

      We used sensitivity 𝒅′ relative to the last 2 h of WN/LO instead of NRP because we wanted to detect a pitch change, which is the realm of detection theory, i.e. 𝒅′. Furthermore, by measuring local changes in pitch relative to the last 2 h of WN/LO reinforcement, our measurements are only minimally affected by the amount of reinforcement learning that might have occurred during this 2 h time window — choosing an earlier or longer window would have blended reinforced pitch changes into our estimates. Last but not least, changes in the way in which we normalized 𝒅’ values — dividing by 𝑺𝑩, — or using the NRP relative to the last 2 h of WN/LO did not qualitatively change the results shown in Fig. 4D.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This paper investigates the role of motor practice and sensory feedback when a motor action returns to a learned or established baseline. Adult male zebra finches perform a stereotyped, learned vocalization (song). It is possible to shift the pitch of particular syllables away from the learned baseline pitch using contingent white noise reinforcement. When the reinforcement is stopped, birds will return to their baseline over time. During the return, they often sing hundreds of renditions of the song. However, whether motor action, sensory feedback, or both during singing is necessary to return to baseline is unknown.

      Previous work has shown that there is covert learning of the pitch shift. If the output of a song plasticity pathway is blocked during learning, there is no change in pitch during the training. However, as soon as the pathway is unblocked, the pitch immediately shifts to the target location, implying that there is learning of the shift even without performance. Here, they ask whether the return to baseline from such a pitch shift also involves covert or overt learning processes. They perform a series of studies to address these questions, using muting and deafening of birds at different time points. learning.

      Strengths:

      The overall premise is interesting and the use of muting and deafening to manipulate different aspects of motor practice vs. sensory feedback is a solid approach.

      Weaknesses:

      One of the main conclusions, which stems primarily from birds deafened after being pitch-shifted using white noise (WNd) birds in comparison to birds deafened before being pitchshifted with light as a reinforcer (LOd), is that recent auditory experience can drive motor plasticity even when an individual is deprived of such experience. While the lack of shift back to baseline pitch in the LOd birds is convincing, the main conclusion hinges on the responses of just a few WNd individuals who are closer to baseline in the early period. Moreover, only 2 WNd individuals reached baseline in the late period, though neither of these were individuals who were closer to baseline in the early phase. Most individuals remain or return toward the reinforced pitch. These data highlight that while it may be possible for previous auditory experience during reinforcement to drive motor plasticity, the effect is very limited. Importantly, it's not clear if there are other explanations for the changes in these birds, for example, whether there are differences in the number of renditions performed or changes to other aspects of syllable structure that could influence measurements of pitch.

      We thank the reviewer for these detailed observations. We looked into the reviewer’s claim that our main conclusion of revertive pitch changes in deaf birds with target mismatch experience hinges on only few WNd birds in the early period.

      When we remove the three birds that were close to baseline (NRP=0) in the early period, we still get the same trend that WNd birds show revertive changes towards baseline: Early 𝒅’ = −𝟎. 𝟏𝟑, 𝒑 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝟒, tstat = −𝟎.𝟕𝟒, 𝒅𝒇 = 𝟔, 𝑵 = 𝟕 birds, one-sided t-test of H0: 𝒅′ = 𝟎; Late 𝒅’ = −𝟏. 𝟐𝟔, 𝒑 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟖, tstat = −𝟏.𝟔𝟑, 𝒅𝒇 = 𝟔, 𝑵 = 𝟕 birds, one-sided t-test of H0: 𝒅′ = 𝟎. Furthermore, even without these three birds, bootstrapping the difference between WNd and dC birds shows the same trend in the early period (p=0.22) and a significant reversion in the late period (p<0.001). Thus, the effect of reversion towards baseline in the late period is robustly observed on a population level, even when discounting for three individual birds that the reviewer suspected would be responsible for the effect.

      Moreover, note that there are not two but three WNd individuals that reached baseline in the late period (see Figure 2C, D). One of them was already close to baseline in the early period and another one was already relatively close, too.

      Also, the considerable variability among birds is not surprising, it is to be expected that the variability across deaf birds is large because of their ongoing song degradation that might lead to a drift of pitch over time since deafening.

      Last but not least, see also our multivariate model (below).

      With regards to the “differences in the number of renditions” that could explain pitch changes: Deaf birds sing less after deafening than hearing birds: they sing less during the first 2 hours (early): 87±59 renditions (WNd) and 410±330 renditions (dLO) compared to 616±272 renditions (control birds). Also, WN deaf birds sing only 4300±2300 motif renditions between the early and late period compared to the average of 11000±3400 renditions that hearing control birds produce in the same time period. However, despite these differences, when we provide WNd birds more time to recover, namely 9 days after the early period, they sung on average 12000±6000 renditions, yet their NRP was still significantly different from zero (NRP = 0.37, p=0.007, tstat=3.47, df=9). Thus, even after producing more practice songs, deaf birds do not recover baseline pitch and so the number of songs alone cannot explain why deaf birds do not fully recover pitch. We conclude that auditory experience seems to be necessary to recover song.

      We added this information to the Results.

      In this context, note that the interesting part of our work is not that deaf birds do not fully recover, but that they recover anything at all (“main conclusion”, Fig. 4). The number of songs does not explain why deaf birds with mismatch experience (WNd, singing the least and singing significantly less than control birds, p=2.3*10-6, two-tailed t-test) partially revert song towards baseline, unlike deaf birds without mismatch experience (dLO, singing significantly more than WNd birds, p=0.008, and indistinguishable from control birds, p=0.1). We added this information to the Results section.

      With regards to ‘other aspects of syllable structure’: We did not look into this. Regardless of the outcome of such a hypothetical analysis, whether other syllable features change is irrelevant for our finding that deaf birds do not recover their target song. Nevertheless, note that in Zai et al. 2020 (supplementary Figure 1), we analyzed features other than pitch change in deaf birds. Absolute change in entropy variance was larger in deaf birds than in hearing birds, consistent with the literature on song degradation after deafening (Lombardino and Nottebohm, 2000, Nordeen and Nordeen 2010 and many others). In that paper, we found that only pitch changes consistently along the LO direction. All other features that we looked at (duration, AM, FM and entropy) did not change consistently with the LO contingency. We expect that a similar result would apply for the changes across the recovery period in WNd and dLO birds, i.e., that song degradation can be seen in many features and that pitch is the sole feature that changes consistently with reinforcement (LO/WN) direction.

      While there are examples where the authors perform direct comparisons between particular manipulations and the controls, many of the statistical analyses test whether each group is above or below a threshold (e.g. baseline) separately and then make qualitative comparisons between those groups. Given the variation within the manipulated groups, it seems especially important to determine not just whether these are different from the threshold, but how they compare to the controls. In particular, a full model with time (early, late), treatment (deafened, muted, etc), and individual ID (random variable) would substantially strengthen the analysis.

      We performed a full model of the NRP as the reviewer suggests and it supports our conclusions: Neither muting, deafening nor time without practice between R and E windows have a significant effect on pitch in the E window, but the interaction between deafening and time (late, L) results in a significant pitch change (fixed effect 0.67, p=2*10-6), demonstrating that deaf birds are significantly further away from baseline (NRP=0) than hearing birds in late windows, thereby confirming that birds require auditory feedback to recover a distant pitch target. Importantly, we find a significant fixed effect on pitch in the direction of the target with mismatch experience (fixed effect -0.37, p=0.006), supporting our finding that limited vocal plasticity towards a target is possible even without auditory feedback.

      We included this model as additional analysis to our manuscript.

      The muted birds seem to take longer to return to baseline than controls even after they are unmuted. Presumably, there is some time required to recover from surgery, however, it's unclear whether muting has longer-term effects on syrinx function or the ability to pass air. In particular, it's possible that the birds still haven't recovered by 4 days after unmuting as a consequence of the muting and unmuting procedure or that the lack of recovery is indicative of an additional effect that muting has on pitch recovery. For example, the methods state that muted birds perform some quiet vocalizations. However, if birds also attempt to sing, but just do so silently, perhaps the aberrant somatosensory or other input from singing while muted has additional effects on the ability to regain pitch. It would also be useful to know if there is a relationship between how long they are muted and how quickly they return to baseline.

      We agree, it might be the case that muting has some longer-term effects that could explain why WNm birds did not recover pitch 4 days after unmuting. However, if such an effect exists, it is only weak. Arguing against the idea that a longer muting requires longer recovery, we did not find a correlation between the difference in NRP between early and late and 1. the duration the birds were muted (correlation coefficient = -0.50, p=0.20), and 2. the number of renditions the birds sung between early and late (correlation coefficient = 0.03, p=0.95), and 3. the time since they last sung the target song (last rendition of baseline, correlation coefficient = -0.43, p=0.29). Neither did we find a correlation between the early NRP and the time since the muting surgery (correlation coefficient = 0.26, p=0.53), suggesting that the lack of pitch recovery while muted was not due to a lingering burden of the muting surgery. We added these results to the results section.

      In summary, we used the WNm group to assess whether birds can recover their target pitch in the absence of practice, i.e. whether they recovered pitch in the early time period. Whether or not some long-term effect of the muting/unmuting procedure affects recovery does not impair the main finding we obtained from WNm birds in Figure 1 (that birds do not recover without practice).

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Zai et al. test whether birds can modify their vocal behavior in a manner consistent with planning. They point out that while some animals are known to be capable of volitional control of vocalizations, it has been unclear if animals are capable of planning vocalizations -that is, modifying vocalizations towards a desired target without the need to learn this modification by practicing and comparing sensory feedback of practiced behavior to the behavioral target. They study zebra finches that have been trained to shift the pitch of song syllables away from their baseline values. It is known that once this training ends, zebra finches have a drive to modify pitch so that it is restored back to its baseline value. They take advantage of this drive to ask whether birds can implement this targeted pitch modification in a manner that looks like planning, by comparing the time course and magnitude of pitch modification in separate groups of birds who have undergone different manipulations of sensory and motor capabilities. A key finding is that birds who are deafened immediately before the onset of this pitch restoration paradigm, but after they have been shifted away from baseline, are able to shift pitch partially back towards their baseline target. In other words, this targeted pitch shift occurs even when birds don't have access to auditory feedback, which argues that this shift is not due to reinforcement-learning-guided practice, but is instead planned based on the difference between an internal representation of the target (baseline pitch) and current behavior (pitch the bird was singing immediately before deafening).

      The authors present additional behavioral studies arguing that this pitch shift requires auditory experience of the song in its state after it has been shifted away from baseline (birds deafened early on, before the initial pitch shift away from baseline, do not exhibit any shift back towards baseline), and that a full shift back to baseline requires auditory feedback. The authors synthesize these results to argue that different mechanisms operate for small shifts (planning, does not need auditory feedback) and large shifts (reinforcement learning, requires auditory feedback).

      We thank the reviewer for this concise summary of our paper. To clarify, we want to point out that we do not make any statement about the learning mechanism birds use to make large shifts to recover their target pitch, i.e. we do not say that large shifts are learned by reinforcement learning requiring auditory feedback. We only show that large shifts require auditory feedback.

      The authors also make a distinction between two kinds of planning: covert-not requiring any motor practice and overt-requiring motor practice but without access to auditory experience from which target mismatch could be computed. They argue that birds plan overtly, based on these deafening experiments as well as an analogous experiment involving temporary muting, which suggests that indeed motor practice is required for pitch shifts.

      Strengths:

      The primary finding (that partially restorative pitch shift occurs even after deafening) rests on strong behavioral evidence. It is less clear to what extent this shift requires practice, since their analysis of pitch after deafening takes the average over within the first two hours of singing. If this shift is already evident in the first few renditions then this would be evidence for covert planning. This analysis might not be feasible without a larger dataset. Similarly, the authors could test whether the first few renditions after recovery from muting already exhibit a shift back toward baseline.

      This work will be a valuable addition to others studying birdsong learning and its neural mechanisms. It documents features of birdsong plasticity that are unexpected in standard models of birdsong learning based on reinforcement and are consistent with an additional, perhaps more cognitive, mechanism involving planning. As the authors point out, perhaps this framework offers a reinterpretation of the neural mechanisms underlying a prior finding of covert pitch learning in songbirds (Charlesworth et al., 2012).

      A strength of this work is the variety and detail in its behavioral studies, combined with sensory and motor manipulations, which on their own form a rich set of observations that are useful behavioral constraints on future studies.

      Weaknesses:

      The argument that pitch modification in deafened birds requires some experience hearing their song in its shifted state prior to deafening (Fig. 4) is solid but has an important caveat. Their argument rests on comparing two experimental conditions: one with and one without auditory experience of shifted pitch. However, these conditions also differ in the pitch training paradigm: the "with experience" condition was performed using white noise training, while the "without experience" condition used "lights off" training (Fig. 4A). It is possible that the differences in the ability for these two groups to restore pitch to baseline reflect the training paradigm, not whether subjects had auditory experience of the pitch shift. Ideally, a control study would use one of the training paradigms for both conditions, which would be "lights off" or electrical stimulation (McGregor et al. 2022), since WN training cannot be performed in deafened birds. This is difficult, in part because the authors previously showed that "lights off" training has different valences for deafened vs. hearing birds (Zai et al. 2020). Realistically, this would be a point to add to in discussion rather than a new experiment.

      We added the following statement to our manuscript:

      It is unlikely that dLO birds’ inability to recover baseline pitch is somehow due to our use of a reinforcer of a non-auditory (visual) modality, since somatosensory stimuli do not prevent reliable target pitch recovery in hearing birds (McGregor et al 2022).

      A minor caveat, perhaps worth noting in the discussion, is that this partial pitch shift after deafening could potentially be attributed to the birds "gaining access to some pitch information via somatosensory stretch and vibration receptors and/or air pressure sensing", as the authors acknowledge earlier in the paper. This does not strongly detract from their findings as it does not explain why they found a difference between the "mismatch experience" and "no mismatch experience groups" (Fig. 4).

      We added the following statement: Our insights were gained in deaf birds and we cannot rule out that deaf birds could gain access to pitch information via somatosensoryproprioceptive sensory modalities. However, such information, even if available, cannot explain the difference between the "mismatch experience” (WNd) and the "no mismatch experience" (dLO) groups, which strengthens our claim that the pitch reversion we observe is a planned change and not merely a rigid motor response (as in simple usedependent forgetting).

      More broadly, it is not clear to me what kind of planning these birds are doing, or even whether the "overt planning" here is consistent with "planning" as usually implied in the literature, which in many cases really means covert planning. The idea of using internal models to compute motor output indeed is planning, but why would this not occur immediately (or in a few renditions), instead of taking tens to hundreds of renditions?

      Indeed, what we call ‘covert planning’ refers to what usually is called ‘planning’ in the literature. Also, there seems to be currently no evidence for spontaneous overt planning in songbirds (which we elicited with deafening). Replay of song-like syringeal muscle activity can be induced by auditory stimuli during sleep (Bush, A., Doppler, J. F., Goller, F., and Mindlin, G. B. (2018), but to our knowledge there are no reports of similar replay in awake, non-singing birds, which would constitute evidence for overt planning.

      We cannot ascertain how fast birds can plan their song changes, but our findings are not in disagreement with fast planning. The smallest time window of analysis we chose is 2h, which sets a lower bound of the time frame within which we can measure pitch changes. Our approach is probably not ideally suited for determining the minimal planning time, because the deafening and muting procedures cause an increase in song variability, which calls for larger pitch sample sizes for statistical testing, and the surgeries themselves cause a prolonged period without singing during which we have no access to the birds’ planned motor output. Note that fast planning is demonstrated by the recent finding of instant imitation in nightingales (Costalunga, Giacomo, et al. 2023) and is evidenced by fast re-pitching upon context changes in Bengalese finches (Veit, L., Tian, L. Y., Monroy Hernandez, C. J., & Brainard, M. S., 2021).

      To resolve confusion, it would be useful to discuss and add references relating "overt" planning to the broader literature on planning, including in the introduction when the concept is introduced.

      Overt and covert planning are terms used in the literature on child development and on adult learning, see (Zajic, Matthew Carl, et al., Overt planning behaviors during writing in school-age children with autism spectrum disorder and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, 2020) and (Abbas zare-ee, Researching Aptitude in a Process-Based Approach to Foreign Language Writing Instruction. Advances in Language and Literary Studies, 2014), and references therein.

      Indeed, muddying the interpretation of this behavior as planning is that there are other explanations for the findings, such as use-dependent forgetting, which the authors acknowledge in the introduction, but don't clearly revisit as a possible explanation of their results. Perhaps this is because the authors equate use-dependent forgetting and overt planning, in which case this could be stated more clearly in the introduction or discussion.

      We do not mean to strictly equate use-dependent forgetting and overt planning, although they can be related, namely when ‘use’ refers to ‘altered use’ as is the case when something about the behavior is missing (e.g. auditory feedback in our study), and the dependence is not just on ‘use’ but also on ‘experience’.

      We added the following sentence to the discussion: We cannot distinguish the overt planning we find from more complex use-and-experience dependent forgetting, since we only probed for recovery of pitch and did not attempt to push birds into planning pitch shifts further away from baseline.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The single main issue with this paper is in the section related to Figure 4, and the Figure itself - this is the most important part of the paper essential to buttress the claim of covert learning. However, there are several sources of confusion in the text, analyses, and figures. The key result is in Figure 4B, C - and, in the context of Figs 1-3, the data are significant but subtle. That is, as the authors state, the birds are mostly dependent on slow sensory feedback-dependent (possibly RL) mechanisms but there is a small component of target matching that evidences an internal model. One wonders why this capacity is so small - if they had a good internal model they'd be much faster and better at recovering target pitches after distortion-driven deviations even without sensory feedback.

      (1a) The analysis of the WNd and DLO reversions of pitch (related to Fig. 4) uses a d' analysis which is a pivot from the NRP analysis used in the rest of the paper. It is not clear why different analyses are being used here to compute essentially the same measure, i.e. how much did the pitch revert. It's also odd that different results are now obtained - Fig. 4 has a small but significant reversion of pitch in WNd birds but Fig. 2 shows no significant return to baseline.

      We did not test for reversion towards baseline in Fig. 2 and made no statement about whether there is a significant reversion or not. But when we do such a test, we find a significant reversion for WNd birds in the ‘late’ window (NRP=0.5, p=0.02, N=10, tstat=-1.77, two-tailed t-test), which agrees with Figure 4. In the ‘early’ window in Fig. 2, we find only a trend but no reversion (NRP = 0.76, p=0.11, n=10, tstat=-1.76), which contrasts with our findings in Figure 4. However, the discrepancy can be simply explained by the difference in time alignment that we detail in the Materials and Methods. Namely, in Figure 2, we measure pitch relative to the pitch in the morning on the day before, which is not a good measure of ‘reversion’ (since pitch had been reinforced further away during the day), which is why we do not present this analysis in the paper and dedicate a separate analysis in Figure 4 to reversion.

      (1b) Also in Fig. 4 is it the case that, as in the schematic of 4a, ALL birds in these experiments had their pitch pushed up - so that the return to baseline was all down? If this is the case the analysis may be contaminated by a pitch-down bias in deafened birds. This would ideally be tested with a balance of pitch-up and pitch-down birds in the pre-deafening period, and/or analysis of non-targeted harmonic stacks to examine their pitch changes. If non-targeted stacks exhibit pitch-down changes after deafening, then the reversion that forms the key discovery of this paper will be undermined. Please address.

      Both groups in Figure 4 were balanced (same number of birds were shifted their pitch up and down), see response to public review and Methods.

      (1c) After multiple re-reads and consultations with the Methods section I still do not understand the motivation or result for Figure 4E. Please provide clarification of the hypothesis/control being assessed and the outcome.

      Figure 4E does not add an additional result but strengthens our previous findings because we obtain the same result with a different method. The pitch of deaf birds tends to drift after deafening. To discount for this drift and the effect of time elapsed since deafening, we bootstrapped the magnitude of the pitch change in WNd and dLO birds by comparing them to dC birds in matched time windows. We modified the sentence in the results section to clarify this point:

      To discount for the effect of time elapsed since deafening and quantify the change in pitch specifically due to reinforcement, we bootstrapped the difference in 𝒅′ between dLO/WNd birds and a new group of dC birds that were deafened but experienced no prior reinforcement (see methods).

      (1d) Line 215. It's not clear in the text here how the WNd birds experience a pitch mismatch. Please clarify the text that this mismatch was experienced before deafening. This is a critical paragraph to set up the main claims of the paper. Also, it's not clear what is meant by 'fuel their plan'? I can imagine this would simply be a DA-dependent plasticity process in Area X that does not fuel a plan but rather re-wires and HVC timestep to medium spiny neurons whose outputs drive pitch changes - i.e. not a fueled plan but simply an RL-dependent re-mapping in the motor system. Alternatively, a change could result in plasticity in pallial circuits (e.g. auditory to HVC mappings) that are RL independent and invoke an inverse model along the lines of the author's past work (e.g. Ganguli and Hahnlsoer). This issue is taken up in the discussion but the setup here in the results is very confusing about the possible outcomes. This paragraph is vague with respect to the key hypotheses. It's possible that the WNd and DLO groups enable dissection of the two hypotheses above - because the DLO groups would presumably have RL signals but without recovery - but there remains a real lack of clarity over exactly how the authors are interpreting Fig 4 at the mechanistic level.

      WNd birds experience a pitch mismatch because while singing they hear that their pitch differs from baseline pitch, but the same is not true for dLO birds. We simply tested whether this experience makes a difference for reversion and it does. We added ‘before deafening’ to the paragraph and changed the wording of our hypothesis to make it clearer (we reworded ‘fuel their plan’). Mechanistic interpretations we left in the discussion. Without going to details, all we are saying is that birds can only plan to revert motor changes they are aware of in the first place.

      Minor issues

      The songs of deafened birds degrade, at a rate that depends on the bird's age. Younger crystalized birds degrade much faster, presumably because of lower testosterone levels that are associated with increased plasticity and LMAN function. Some background is needed on deafened birds to set up the WNd experiments.

      Despite deafening leading to the degradation of song (Lombardino and Nottebohm, 2000), syllable detection and pitch calculation were still possible in all deaf birds (up to 13-50 days after deafening surgery, age range 90-300 dph, n=44 birds).

      Since pitch shifting was balanced in both deaf bird groups (the same number of birds were up- and down-shifted), systematic changes in pitch post deafening (Lombardino and Nottebohm, 2000) will average out and so would not affect our findings.

      Lines 97-103. The paragraph is unclear and perhaps a call to a SupFig to show the lack of recovery would help. If I understand correctly, the first two birds did not exhibit the normal recovery to baseline if they did not have an opportunity to hear themselves sing without the WN. I am failing to understand this.

      In the early window (first 2 hours after unmuting) birds have not changed their pitch compared to their pitch in the corresponding window at the end of reinforcement (with matching time-of-day). We added ‘immediately after unmuting (early)’ to clarify this statement.

      Lines 68-69. What is the difference between (2) and (3)? Both require sensory representation/target to be mapped to vocal motor output. Please clarify or fuse these concepts.

      We fused the concept and changed the figure and explanation accordingly.

      Line 100. Please name the figure to support the claim.

      We marked the two birds in the Fig. 1H and added a reference in the text.

      Line 109. Is there a way to confirm / test if muted birds attempted to sing?

      Unfortunately, we do not have video recordings to check if there are any signs of singing attempts in muted birds.

      Line 296: Why 'hierarchically 'lower'?

      Lower because without it there is nothing to consolidate, i.e. the higher process can only be effective after the lower but not before. We clarified this point in the text.

      Past work on temporal - CAF (tcaf) by the Olveczky group showed that syllable durations and gaps could be reinforced in a way that does not depend on Area X and, therefore, related to the authors' discussion on the possible mechanisms of sensory-feedback independent recovery, may rely on the same neural substrates that Fig. 4 WNd group uses to recover. Yet the authors find in this paper that tCAF birds did not recover. There seems to be an oddity here - if covert recovery relies on circuits outside the basal ganglia and RL mechanisms, wouldn't t-CAF birds be more likely to recover? This is not a major issue but is a source of confusion related to the authors' interpretations that could be fleshed out.

      This is a good point, we reinvestigated the tCAF birds in the context of Fig 4 where we looked for pitch reversions towards baseline. tCAF birds do also revert towards baseline. We added this information to the supplement. We cannot say anything about the mechanistic reasons for lack of recovery, especially given that we did not look at brain-level mechanisms.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The data presentation could be improved. It is difficult to distinguish between the early and late symbols and to distinguish between the colors for the individual lines on the plots or to match them with the points on the group data plots. In addition, because presumably, the points in plots like 2D are for the same individuals, lines connecting those points would be useful rather than trying to figure out which points are the same color.

      We added lines in Fig. 2D connecting the birds in early and late.

      The model illustrations (Fig 1A, Fig 5) are not intuitive and do not help to clarify the different hypotheses or ideas. I think these need to be reworked.

      We revised the model illustrations and hope they improved to clarify the different hypothesis.

      Some of the phrasing is confusing. Especially lines 157-158 and 256-257.

      Lines 157-158: we removed an instance of ‘WNd’, which was out of place.

      Lines 256-257: we rephrased to ‘showing that prior experience of a target mismatch is necessary for pitch reversion independently of auditory feedback’

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      For Fig. 1, the conclusion in the text "Overall, these findings suggest that either motor practice, sensory feedback, or both, are necessary for the recovery of baseline song" is not aligned with the figure header "Recovery of pitch target requires practice".

      We rephrased the conclusion to: Overall, these findings rule out covert planning in muted birds and suggest that motor practice is necessary for recovery of baseline song.

      The use of the term "song experience" can be confusing as to whether it means motor or auditory experience. Perhaps replace it with "singing experience" or "auditory experience" where appropriate.

      We did the requested changes.

      Fig. 1A, and related text, reads as three hypotheses that the authors will test in the paper, but I don't think this turns out to the be the main goal (and if it is, it is not clear their results differentiate between hypotheses 1, 2, and 3). Perhaps reframe as discussion points and have this panel not be so prominent at the start, just to avoid this confusion.

      We modified the illustration in Fig 1A and simplified it. We now only show the 2 hypotheses that we test in the paper.

      Line 275-276, "preceding few hours necessitates auditory feedback, which sets a limit to zebra finches' covert planning ability". Did the authors mean "overt", not covert? Since their study focuses on overt planning.

      Our study focuses on covert planning in figure 1 and overt planning in subsequent figures.

      The purpose of the paragraph starting on line 278 could be more clear. Is the goal to say that overt planning and what has previously been described as use-dependent forgetting are actually the same thing? If not, what is the relationship between overt planning and forgetting? In other words, why should I care about prior work on use-dependent forgetting?

      We moved the paragraph further down where it does not interrupt the narrative. See also our reply to reviewer 3 on use-dependent forgetting.

      Line 294, "...a dependent process enabled by experience of the former...", was not clear what "former" is referring to. In general, this paragraph was difficult to understand. Line 296: Which is the "lower" process?

      We added explanatory parentheses in the text to clarify. We rephrased the sentence to ‘the hierarchically lower process of acquisition or planning as we find is independent of immediate sensory experience.’

      Line 295, the reference to "acquisition" vs. "retention". It is not clear how these two concepts relate to the behavior in this study, and/or the hierarchical processes referenced in the previous sentence. Overall, it is not clear how consolidation is related to the paper's findings.

      We added explanatory parentheses in the text and changed figure 5 to better explain the links.

      Line 305, add a reference to Warren et al. 2011, which I believe was the first study (or one of them) that showed that AFP bias is required for restoring pitch to baseline.

      We are citing Warren et al. 2011 in the sentence:

      Such separation also applies to songbirds. Both reinforcement learning of pitch and recovery of the original pitch baseline depend on the anterior forebrain pathway and its output, the lateral magnocellular nucleus of the anterior nidopallium (LMAN)(1).

      Line 310, "Because LMAN seems capable of executing a motor plan without sensory feedback", is this inferred from this paper (in which case this is an overreach) or is this referencing prior work (if so, which one, and please cite)?

      We changed the wording to ‘It remains to be seen whether LMAN is capable of executing a motor plans without sensory feedback’.

      Line 326, "which makes them well suited for planning song in a manner congruent with experience." I don't fully understand the logic. Can this sentence be clarified?

      We rephrased the sentence and added an explanation as follows: …which makes them well suited for executing song plans within the range of recent experience (i.e., if the song is outside recent experience, it elicits no LMAN response and so does not gain access to planning circuits).

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer 1

      One criticism the authors have made of previous studies was that they have not distinguished between 'tonic' and 'phasic' LC activity and could not demonstrate 'time- locked phasic firing'. This has not been achieved in the present report, as an examination of Fig 1 C,D and 2 C,D shows. Previous reports in rats and monkeys, using unit recording in rats and monkeys clearly show that the latency of LC 'phasic' responses to salient or behaviorally relevant stimuli are in the range of tens of milliseconds, with a very short duration, often followed by a long-lasting inhibition. This kind of temporal precision concerning the phasic response cannot be gleaned from the time scale shown in the Figures (assuming the time scale is in seconds). We can discern a long-lasting increase in tonic firing level for the more salient stimuli (Fig 1C) (although the authors state in the discussion that "we did not observe obvious changes in tonic LC-HPC activity). This calcium imaging methodology as used in the present experiments can give us a general idea of the temporal relation of LC response to the stimulus, but apparently does not afford the millisecond resolution necessary to capture a phasic response, at least as the data are presented in the Figures.

      While we understand the reviewer’s concern with our use of the terms phasic and tonic, we believe we have represented them as accurately as possible given our data. Unfortunately, the distinction between tonic and phasic activity is somewhat arbitrary, in that there is no strict definition, to our knowledge, of the exact parameters that activity must fall into to be categorized as tonic or phasic. While it is true that phasic LC activity has typically been studied with electrophysiological approaches that afford millisecond resolution and that observed phasic responses are often extremely short, there are numerous differences between those studies and this one. Most prominently, the stimuli used to elicit a phasic response are generally extremely short (often 1ms or less) and therefore generate extremely short phasic responses (Aston-Jones and Bloom, 1981a; Aston-Jones and Cohen, 2005), but this is not to say that phasic responses might not be longer in response to a longer lasting stimulus. Moreover, tonic activity is reported to track with behavioral state on the order of dozens of seconds to minutes and is not reported in response to specific stimuli (Aston-Jones and Bloom, 1981b). The “phasic” responses we report generally decay in less than 5 seconds in our fluorescence signals. Given the slow time course of decay for GcAMP6s (a single action potential can generate a response that lasts 3 or more seconds (Chen et al., 2013)) and the GRAB sensors (GRAB-DA2h τoff = 7.2s (Sun et al., 2020)), the underlying neural responses would have lasted for a significantly shorter period. Therefore, we believe the responses we observed are much more consistent with phasic responses to long-lasting sensory stimuli (20-second tone, 1-2 second shock), than with increases in tonic activity associated with a change in behavioral state. Finally, regardless of whether these responses are exactly the same as previously reported phasic responses, our photometry and optogenetics studies provide insight about a form of LC activity that is fundamentally different than what can be gleaned from much slower dialysis, lesion, and pharmacology studies. Nonetheless, we added the following to the discussion section to clarify the limitations of our interpretation:

      “…given their relatively short duration and the fact that they are elicited specifically by salient sensory stimuli, we refer to these responses as “phasic responses.” However, because of the comparatively slow dynamics of fluorescent sensors relative to electrophysiology, we cannot rule out the possibility that these responses are somehow different in nature to previously reported phasic LC responses. Thus, some care must be taken in conflating the characteristics and/or function of the relatively short-lasting responses presented here and the extremely fast phasic responses to very brief (μs to ms) sensory stimuli reported previously.”

      Much of the data presented here can be regarded as 'proof of concept' i.e. demonstrating that Photometric imaging of calcium signalling yields similar results concerning LC responses to salient or behaviorally relevant stimuli as has been previously reported using electrophysiological unit recording. The role of dopamine as the principal player in hippocampaldependent learning also corroborates previous reports.

      Although some of the data presented in this study could be seen as “proof of concept” or “confirmatory” of previous results, we believe this work extends previous results by showing 1) the importance of hippocampal dopamine to aversive hippocampus-dependent learning and trace fear conditioning specifically, 2) that LC responses are important at the specific times of learning (i.e. CS/US onset/termination), and 3) that dopamine in the hippocampus is likely important for learning in a way that is not tied to prediction error or memory consolidation.

      No attempt was made to address the important current question of the modular organisation of Locus Coeruleus, although the authors recognize the importance of this question and propose future experiments using their methodology to record simultaneously in several LC projection sites.

      While we do recognize the importance of this modular organization, which is addressed in the discussion as the reviewer mentions, experiments addressing this organization are beyond the scope of the present study. Future work will address the possibility that LC projections to different regions show differential responses during learning.

      The phasic-tonic issue has not been resolved by these experiments. Phasic responses of LC single units are short-latency, short-lived (just 3-4 action potentials), and followed by a relatively long refraction period. Multiunit responses will have a more jittery latency and longer-lasting response (but still only tens to hundreds of milliseconds). Your figures clearly show long-lasting increases in tonic firing levels, even though you state the contrary in the discussion. Therefore, I strongly recommend removing the word 'phasic' from the title.

      Addressed above.

      Yohimbine, the Alpha 2 antagonist, administered systemically, induces a massive increase in the rate of firing of LC cells (through blockade of autoinhibition at the cell body level at terminals). I guess its effect on the receptor 'backbones' overrides the massive release of NE and/or DA, but you might want to mention this; also include the dose of all drug treatments.

      Yes, yohimbine’s effect on the GRAB-NE signal is somewhat counter-intuitive given the known effect of yohimbine on norepinephrine levels. However, our result is consistent with previous reports (Feng et al., 2019). We have added the following to the results section to clarify:

      “Thus, even though yohimbine is known to increase NE levels in the hippocampus (Abercrombie et al., 1988), its blockade effect on the GRAB-NE sensor should result in a decrease in fluorescence after administration.”

      Include time scale units on all figures (I assume it is seconds in Figs 1 &2).

      Thank you for pointing out this issue, we have added units on all figures.

      • Is it possible to have a better quality example of staining? Fig 1 B in particular is very blurry. Is the yellow double staining? Please indicate. Most of the GCaMP seems to be outside the main area of TH staining. Fig 4 B is much nicer--and it looks morphologically, like LC.

      Unfortunately, the GcAMP6s staining was very dim in our hands and resulted in relatively blurry images. Yes, in this case, yellow is double staining. Regarding the morphology, the GCaMP image is taken from a sagittal section and the shape of expression is consistent with images of LC in the sagittal plane. However, given the quality of our ChR2 images, we are confident in the specificity of expression in these mice.

      Reviewer 2

      The claim that dopamine release in dHPC is caused by LC neurons is not directly tested. Unfortunately, the most critical experiment for the claims that dopamine release comes from LC during conditioning is not tested. A lack of dopamine signal in dHPC caused by inhibition of LC during TFC would show this. It is indeed an interesting observation that chemoegenetic activation of LC causes dopamine release in the dHPC. However, in the absence of concurrent VTA inhibition or lesion, it remains a possibility that the dopamine release is mediated through indirect actions on other dopamine-expressing neurons. The authors do a good job of arguing against this interpretation in the discussion, and the literature seems appropriate for this. However, the title is still an overstatement of the data presented in this study.

      We agree with the reviewer’s comments. As indicated in the discussion, it is possible that hippocampal dopamine is increased indirectly via LC projections to dopaminergic midbrain regions. We believe that our title is consistent with this possibility. When phasic stimulation was delivered to the LC, dopamine levels increased in the hippocampus and trace fear conditioning was enhanced. The observed increase in dopamine could be direct or indirect. As the reviewer notes, we argue for the former in the discussion section. A number of experiments would be needed to show this directly (record dopamine while: inhibiting the LC, inhibiting the VTA, stimulating LC while simultaneously inhibiting the VTA etc.) and we are planning to do these in the future.

      The primary alternative interpretations of the phasic activation experiment are whether only stimulation to the cue events (both on and off), or whether only stimulation to the shock. Thus this experiment would benefit from additional data showing either a no shock control, to show that enhanced activity of the LC to the tone is not inherently aversive, or manipulations to the tone but not to the shock.

      Future work will explore whether the contribution of LC to learning is primarily due to its activation during the CS or the US. However, this is beyond the scope of this manuscript.

      Specificity of the GRAB-NE and GRAB-DA sensors should be either justified through additional experiments testing the alternative antagonist (i.e. GRAB-NE CNO+eticloprode / GRAB-DA CNO+yohimbine) or additional citations that have tested this already. It is critical for the claims of the paper to show that these sensors are specific to dopamine or norepinephrine.<br /> Although sensitivity is a potential concern, these sensors have been thoroughly vetted and used by many groups since their generation. In particular, the creators of these sensors provided extensive data showing their specificity. The GRAB-DA sensor is ~10 fold more sensitive to DA than to NE (Sun et al., 2020, cited 239 times) and the GRAB-NE sensor is ~37 fold more sensitive to NE than to DA (Feng et al., 2019, cited 371 times).

      The role of dopamine in prediction error was tested through a series of conditions whereby the shock was presented either signaled (i.e. predicted), or not. However, another way that prediction error is signaled is through the absence of an expected outcome. Admittedly it might not be possible to observe a decrease in dopamine signaling with this methodology.

      Although this is a strong point, given that the study is not primarily focused on error prediction and the low likelihood of observing the typically small decrease in signaling during expected outcome omission, we feel that additional error prediction studies are beyond the scope of this manuscript. However, further experiments as suggested by the reviewer could prove interesting in future studies.

      The difference between Fig. 6E and 6H needs to be clarified. What is shown in Fig. 6E is that the response to the shock decreases through experience (i.e. by the 10th trial). However in Fig 6H, there is no difference between signaled and signaled shock, but this is during conditioning, and not after learning (based on my understanding of the methods, line 482).

      We are not sure we fully understand what point of clarification the reviewer is asking for. However, we have clarified in the methods that the signaled vs unsignaled shock experiment took place in animals that had already been trained on TFC. Thus, all of the trials took place after the animals had learned the tone-shock association. Therefore, although the drop in shock-response could be taken as an indicator of a prediction-error like signal, all the other data points to this not being the case (no change in tone response over training, no difference in signaled vs. unsignaled responses after training).

      Unless I missed it, at no point in the manuscript is the number of subjects described. Please add the n per experiment within each section describing each experiment in the methods (Behavioral procedures). Some more details in the photometry statistical analysis would be helpful. For example, what is the n per group for every data set that is presented? How many trials per analysis?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. Animal numbers have been added in the methods section in the Behavioral Procedures, Optogenetics, and Drugs sub-sections and in the figure legends. Trial numbers are included in these sections and all trials were used for analysis.

      What is the difference in experimental procedure between Fig. 2D and Fig. 3B? It seems that they are the same, and yet the LC response to the conditioned CS is not.

      Fig. 3B is simply the Day 1 data from Fig 2D presented at a different scale because the shock response is included in Fig. 3B which necessitates a larger scale on both axes. Close inspection of the figures will show that the shapes of these two curves and the error around them is the same, but the different scaling obfuscates this slightly.

      Typo in the legend of Figure 2 - D should be E.

      Thank you, we have corrected this.

      • Anatomical localization of the virus injections, and more importantly the fiber placements, is not shown. Including this information helps with replication and understanding where exactly the observations were made in dHPC to contrast with prior studies.

      Representative examples are included in the manuscript in figure 1B, 3F, 4B, and 5B.

      Reviewer 3

      While the optogenetic study was lovely, a control using the same stimulation but delivered at different time points would have been a good addition to show how critical the neural signal at tone onset, tone offset, and shock is.

      We agree that it would be interesting in future studies to delineate the specific times when LC stimulation produces a learning enhancement. It could be that LC activity is most important during one specific time period (eg. just during shock) or that all three periods of activation are required. It would also be useful to know whether stimulation at other times during learning can produce an enhancement given the potentially long-lasting effects of dopamine on HPC plasticity and learning.

      Justification for the focus on D1 receptors was lacking.

      We chose to focus on D1 receptors because previous studies have shown that these receptors are critical for memory formation or consolidation in the hippocampus. We have added a sentence justifying this in the results section.

      “To test whether dopamine is required for trace fear memory formation, we administered the dopamine D1 receptor antagonist SCH23390 (0.1mg/kg) 30 minutes before training, as D1/D5 receptors have previously been shown to be critical for other types of hippocampus dependent memory and plasticity (Frey et al., 1990; Huang and Kandel, 1995; O’Carroll et al., 2006; Wagatsuma et al., 2018).”

      The manuscript provides convincing evidence that the neural signal is not an error- correcting one by including a predicted (by a tone) and unpredicted shock. One possibility is that perhaps the unpredicted shock could be predicted by the context. Some clarification on the behavioural procedures would help understand if indeed the unsignaled shock could be predicted by the context or not.

      Mice always exhibit freezing in the training environment, so the context is definitely a predictor of shock. However, the tone is a much better predictor because it is always followed by shock while the mice spend a large amount of time in the context without being shocked. This is demonstrated by the fact that the same procedure used in the current experiments consistently produces more tone fear than context fear (Wilmot et al., 2019). While we did not do long-term memory tests here, we assume the same dissociation occurred as it has been observed very consistently across studies (Chowdhury et al., 2005; Kitamura et al., 2014; Wilmot et al., 2019). Nonetheless, it is possible that a difference between signaled and unsignaled groups was obscured by the context. We should note however, that differences between dopaminergic responses to cued and uncued rewards and aversive outcomes has been observed and these animals were also trained in the same context (Eshel et al., 2016; Matsumoto and Hikosaka, 2009; Pan et al., 2005; Schultz, 1998). Therefore, we believe this experiment does differentiate the observed dopamine response in the hippocampus from previously reported VTA dopamine prediction error signaling.

      Figure 2 - tone termination in Tone only group - no change? Stats?

      Thank you for pointing out this omission. We have added the stats to the figure legend. Although the response to tone termination decreased numerically, it did not change significantly across days. This is one point we may seek to clarify in future studies, as the difference between tone onset and termination responses is unexpected. Given the relatively small responses, it’s possible future studies with stronger signal (eg. GcAMP8) may find differences in the tone termination response across training days. This is one of the reasons we focused primarily on the responses to tone onset and shock in the rest of the manuscript.

      Fig 4 data - stimulation at time incongruent with the signal as a control for the timing of stim.

      This is addressed above.

      Fig 5 - GRAB-NE - yohimbine seems to suppress the signal below the vehicle. Not the case for GRAB-DA. Is this sig? post-hoc stats?

      Yes, this does appear to be the case for GRAB-NE, and would not be entirely surprising given that there is likely a baseline level of NE (and dopamine) in the hippocampus that produces some degree of baseline fluorescence in the vehicle group. This signal could be reduced/abolished by blocking the sensor and preventing this baseline level of NE from binding and producing fluorescence. This may not be the same for the GRAB-DA for a variety of reasons – different sensor binding affinities, different baseline neurotransmitter levels, potentially non-equivalent drug doses, etc. Because of the large number of pairwise comparisons in this data (18), we did not make post-hoc pairwise comparisons.

      Shock response curve - lines 466-474 - some explanation of what the pseudorandom order of shock presentation means.

      We have added the following explanation to this section:

      “…pseudorandom order, such that the shocks did not occur in ascending or descending order or follow the same pattern in each block,…”

      Line 126 - the extinction came out of the blue, it needs some introduction such as a statement that the animals were exposed to extinction training following conditioning.

      We have added the following earlier in that same paragraph:

      “On the second and third days, mice underwent extinction trials in which no shocks were administered.”

      References in Response

      Abercrombie ED, Keller RW, Zigmond MJ. 1988. Characterization of hippocampal norepinephrine release as measured by microdialysis perfusion: Pharmacological and behavioral studies. Neuroscience 27:897–904. doi:10.1016/0306-4522(88)90192-3

      Aston-Jones G, Bloom FE. 1981a. Nonrepinephrine-containing locus coeruleus neurons in behaving rats exhibit pronounced responses to non-noxious environmental stimuli. Journal of Neuroscience 1:887–900. doi:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.01-08-00887.1981

      Aston-Jones G, Bloom FE. 1981b. Activity of norepinephrine-containing locus coeruleus neurons in behaving rats anticipates fluctuations in the sleep-waking cycle. J Neurosci 1:876–886. doi:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.01-08-00876.1981

      Aston-Jones G, Cohen JD. 2005. AN INTEGRATIVE THEORY OF LOCUS COERULEUSNOREPINEPHRINE FUNCTION: Adaptive Gain and Optimal Performance. Annual Review of Neuroscience 28:403–450. doi:10.1146/annurev.neuro.28.061604.135709

      Chen T-W, Wardill TJ, Sun Y, Pulver SR, Renninger SL, Baohan A, Schreiter ER, Kerr RA, Orger MB, Jayaraman V, Looger LL, Svoboda K, Kim DS. 2013. Ultrasensitive fluorescent proteins for imaging neuronal activity. Nature 499:295–300. doi:10.1038/nature12354

      Chowdhury N, Quinn JJ, Fanselow MS. 2005. Dorsal hippocampus involvement in trace fear conditioning with long, but not short, trace intervals in mice. Behavioral Neuroscience 119:1396–1402. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0735-7044.119.5.1396

      Eshel N, Tian J, Bukwich M, Uchida N. 2016. Dopamine neurons share common response function for reward prediction error. Nat Neurosci 19:479–486. doi:10.1038/nn.4239

      Feng J, Zhang C, Lischinsky JE, Jing M, Zhou J, Wang H, Zhang Y, Dong A, Wu Z, Wu H, Chen W, Zhang P, Zou J, Hires SA, Zhu JJ, Cui G, Lin D, Du J, Li Y. 2019. A Genetically Encoded Fluorescent Sensor for Rapid and Specific In Vivo Detection of Norepinephrine. Neuron 102:745-761.e8. doi:10.1016/j.neuron.2019.02.037

      Frey U, Schroeder H, Matthies H. 1990. Dopaminergic antagonists prevent long-term maintenance of posttetanic LTP in the CA1 region of rat hippocampal slices. Brain Research 522:69–75. doi:10.1016/0006-8993(90)91578-5

      Huang YY, Kandel ER. 1995. D1/D5 receptor agonists induce a protein synthesis-dependent late potentiation in the CA1 region of the hippocampus. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 92:2446–2450. doi:10.1073/pnas.92.7.2446

      Kitamura T, Pignatelli M, Suh J, Kohara K, Yoshiki A, Abe K, Tonegawa S. 2014. Island Cells Control Temporal Association Memory. Science 343:896–901. doi:10.1126/science.1244634

      Matsumoto M, Hikosaka O. 2009. Two types of dopamine neuron distinctly convey positive and negative motivational signals. Nature 459:837–841. doi:10.1038/nature08028

      O’Carroll CM, Martin SJ, Sandin J, Frenguelli BG, Morris RGM. 2006. Dopaminergic modulation of the persistence of one-trial hippocampus-dependent memory. Learning & memory 13:760–769.

      Pan W-X, Schmidt R, Wickens JR, Hyland BI. 2005. Dopamine Cells Respond to Predicted Events during Classical Conditioning: Evidence for Eligibility Traces in the Reward-Learning Network. J Neurosci 25:6235–6242. doi:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1478-05.2005

      Schultz W. 1998. Predictive Reward Signal of Dopamine Neurons. Journal of Neurophysiology 80:1–27. doi:10.1152/jn.1998.80.1.1

      Sun F, Zhou J, Dai B, Qian T, Zeng J, Li X, Zhuo Y, Zhang Y, Wang Y, Qian C, Tan K, Feng J, Dong H, Lin D, Cui G, Li Y. 2020. Next-generation GRAB sensors for monitoring dopaminergic activity in vivo. Nat Methods 17:1156–1166. doi:10.1038/s41592-02000981-9

      Wagatsuma A, Okuyama T, Sun C, Smith LM, Abe K, Tonegawa S. 2018. Locus coeruleus input to hippocampal CA3 drives single-trial learning of a novel context. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 115:E310–E316. doi:10.1073/pnas.1714082115

      Wilmot JH, Puhger K, Wiltgen BJ. 2019. Acute Disruption of the Dorsal Hippocampus Impairs the Encoding and Retrieval of Trace Fear Memories. Frontiers in Behavioral Neuroscience 13. doi:10.3389/fnbeh.2019.00116

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors conducted two tasks at 300 days of separation. First, a social perception task, where Ps responded whether a pictured person either deserved or needed help. Second, an altruism task, where Ps are offered monetary allocations for themselves and a partner. Ps decide whether to accept, or a default allocation of 20 dollars each. The partners differed in perceived merit, such that they were highly deserving, undeserving, or unknown. This categorisation was decided on the basis of a prisoner's dilemma game the partner played beforehand. "Need" was also manipulated, by altering the probability that the partner must have their hand in cold water at the end of the experiment and this partner can use the money to buy themselves out. These two tasks were conducted to assess the perception of need/merit in the first instance, and how this relates to social behaviour in the second. fMRI data were collected alongside behavioural.

      The authors present many analyses of behaviour (including DDM results) and fMRI. E.g., they demonstrate that they could decode across the mentalising network whether someone was making a need or deserving judgement vs control judgement but couldn't decode need vs deserving. And that brain responses during merit inferences (merit - control) systematically covaried with participants' merit sensitivity scores in the rTPJ. They also found relationships between behaviour and rTPJ in the altruism task. And that merit sensitivity in the perception task predicted the influence of merit on social behaviour in the altruism task.

      Strengths:

      This manuscript represents a sensible model to predict social perceptions and behaviours, and a tidy study design with interesting findings. The introduction introduced the field especially brilliantly for a general audience.

      Response: We are pleased that the reviewer found the model sensible and the findings interesting! Below, we respond to each of the reviewer’s comments/critiques.

      Weaknesses: (1) The authors do acknowledge right at the end that these are small samples. This is especially the case for the correlational questions. While the limitation is acknowledged at the end, it is not truly acknowledged in the way that the data are interpreted. I.e. much is concluded from absent relationships, where the likelihood of Type II error is high in this scenario. I suggest that throughout the manuscript, authors play down their conclusions about absence of effects.

      Response: We agree with the reviewer that the limitation of small samples should be adequately reflected in the interpretation of the data. We have therefore added cautionary language to the interpretation of the correlational effects in several places of the revised manuscript. For example, we now state: “However, this absence of effects for need ought to be interpreted with caution, given the comparatively small sample size.” (pg. 33) and “As mentioned above, we cannot rule out the possibility that null findings may be due to the comparatively small sample size and should be interpreted cautiously (also see discussion)” (pg. 34-35).

      (2) I found the results section quite a marathon, and due to its length I started to lose the thread concerning the overarching aims - which had been established so neatly in the introduction. I am unsure whether all of these analyses were necessary for addressing the key questions or whether some were more exploratory. E.g. it's unclear to me what one would have predicted upfront about the decoding analyses.

      Response: We acknowledge and share the reviewer’s concern about the length of the results section and potential loss of clarity. Regarding the decoding analyses, we want to clarify that they were conducted as a sanity check to compare against the results of the univariate analysis. We didn’t have apriori hypotheses regarding these supplemental decoding analysis. We have clarified this issue in the revised version of the manuscript and moved the decoding analyses fully to the supplemental material to streamline the main text. The remaining results reported in the manuscript are indeed all based on apriori, key questions (unless specified otherwise, for example, supplemental analyses for other regions of interest for the sake of completeness). The only exception is the final set of results (Neural markers of merit sensitivity predict merit-related behavioral changes during altruistic choice) which represent posthoc tests to clarify the role of activation in the right temporoparietal junction (rTPJ) in merit-related changes in other-regard in altruistic decisions. While we acknowledge that this is a complex paper, after careful consideration we couldn’t identify any other parts of the results section to remove or report in the supplemental material.

      (3) More specifically, the decoding analyses were intriguing to me. If I understand the authors, they are decoding need vs merit, and need+merit vs control, not the content of these inferences. Do they consider that there is a distributed representation of merit that does not relate to its content but is an abstracted version that applies to all merit judgements? I certainly would not have predicted this and think the analyses raise many questions.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for sharing their thoughts on the decoding analyses and agree that this set of analyses are intriguing, yet raise additional questions, such as the neural computations required to assess content. However, we wish to clarify that the way we view our current results is very much analogous to results obtained from studies of perception in other fields. For example, in the face perception literature, it is often observed that the fusiform face area is uniformly more active, not only when a face (as opposed to an object) is on the screen, but when a compound stimulus consistent of features of a face and other features (e.g. of objects) is on the screen, but participants are instructed to attend to and identify solely the face. Moreover, multivariate activity in the FFA (but not univariate activity) is sufficient to decode the identity of the face. We view the results we report in the manuscript as more akin to the former types of analyses, where any region that is involved in the computation is uniformly more active when attention is directed to judgment-specific features. Unfortunately, the present data are not sufficient to properly answer the latter questions, about which areas enable decoding of specific intensity or identity of merit-related content. Follow-up experiments with a more optimized design are needed. Although interesting, we thus refrain from further discussing the decoding analyses in the manuscript to avoid distracting from the main findings based on the univariate comparison of brain responses observed while participants make merit or need inferences in the social perception task.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      When people help others is an important psychological and neuroscientific question. It has received much attention from the psychological side, but comparatively less from neuroscience. The paper translates some ideas from a social Psychology domain to neuroscience using a neuroeconomically oriented computational approach. In particular, the paper is concerned with the idea that people help others based on perceptions of merit/deservingness, but also because they require/need help. To this end, the authors conduct two experiments with an overlapping participant pool:

      (1) A social perception task in which people see images of people that have previously been rated on merit and need scales by other participants. In a blockwise fashion, people decide whether the depicted person a) deserves help, b) needs help, and c) whether the person uses both hands (== control condition).

      (2) In an altruism task, people make costly helping decisions by deciding between giving a certain amount of money to themselves or another person. How much the other person needs and deserves the money is manipulated.

      The authors use a sound and robust computational modelling approach for both tasks using evidence accumulation models. They analyse behavioural data for both tasks, showing that the behaviour is indeed influenced, as expected, by the deservingness and the need of the shown people. Neurally, the authors use a block-wise analysis approach to find differences in activity levels across conditions of the social perception task (there is no fMRI data for the other task). The authors do find large activation clusters in areas related to the theory of mind. Interestingly, they also find that activity in TPJ that relates to the deservingness condition correlates with people's deservingness ratings while they do the task, but also with computational parameters related to helping others in the second task, the one that was conducted many months later. Also, some behavioural parameters correlate across the two tasks, suggesting that how deserving of help others are perceived reflects a relatively stable feature that translates into concrete helping decisions later-on.

      The conclusions of the paper are overall well supported by the data.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for the positive evaluation of our study and the comprehensive summary of our main findings. We would like to clarify, though, that we did originally collect fMRI data for the independent altruism task. Unfortunately, due to COVID-19-related interruptions, only 25 participants from the sample that performed the social perception task also completed the fMRI altruism task (see pg. 18). Given the limited sample size and noise level of fMRI data, we moved anything related to the neuroimaging data of the altruism task to the supplemental material (see Note S7) and decided to focus solely on the behavior of the altruism task to address our research objectives. We apologize for any confusion.

      (1) I found that the modelling was done very thoroughly for both tasks. Overall, I had the impression that the methods are very solid with many supplementary analyses. The computational modelling is done very well.

      Response: We are pleased that the reviewer found the computational model sensible.

      (2) A slight caveat, however, regarding this aspect, is that, in my view, the tasks are relatively simplistic, so even the complex computational models do not do as much as they can in the case of more complex paradigms. For example, the bias term in the model seems to correspond to the mean response rate in a very direct way (please correct me if I am wrong).

      Response. We agree that the Bias term relates to mean responding (although it is not the sole possibility: thresholds and starting default biases can also produce changes in mean levels of responding that, without the computational model, are not possible to dissociate). However, we think that the primary value of this parameter comes not from the analysis of the social judgment task (where the reviewer is correct that the bias relates in a quite straightforward way to the mean response rate), but in the relationship of this parameter to the un-contextual generosity response in the altruism task. Here, we find that this general bias term relates not to overall generosity, but rather to the overall weight given to others’ outcomes, a finding that makes sense if the tendency to perceive others as deserving overall yields an increase in overall attention/valuation of their outcomes. Thus, a simple finding in one task relates to a more nuanced finding in another. However, we agree it is important to acknowledge the point raised by the reviewer, and now do so on pg. 20: “It is worth noting that the Bias parameters are strongly associated with (though not the sole determinant of) the mean response rate.”

      (3) Related to the simple tasks: The fMRI data is analysed in a simple block-fashion. This is in my view not appropriate to discern the more subtle neural substrates of merit/need-based decision-making or person perception. Correspondingly, the neural activation patterns (merit > control, need > control) are relatively broad and unspecific. They do not seem to differ in the classic theory of mind regions, which are the focus of the analyses.

      Response: The social perception task is modified from a well-established social inference task (Spunt & Adolphs, 2014; 2015) designed to reliably localize the mentalizing network in the brain. As such, we acknowledge that it is not optimally designed to discern the intrinsic complexities of social perception, or the specific appraisals or computations that yield more or less perception (of need or merit) in a given context. Instead, it was designed to highlight regions that are more generally recruited for performing these social perceptions/inferences.

      We heartily agree with the reviewer that it would be interesting and informative to analyze this task in a trial-wise way, with parametric variation in evidence for each image predicting parametric variation in brain activity. Unfortunately, the timing of this task is not optimal for this kind of an analysis, since trials were presented in rapid and blocked fashion. We were also limited in the amount of time we could devote to this task, since it was collected in conjunction with a number of other tasks as part of a larger effort to detail the neural correlates of social inference (reported elsewhere). Thus, we were not able to introduce the kind of jittered spacing between trials that would have enabled such analysis, despite our own wish to do so. We hope that this work will thus be a motivator for future work designed more specifically to address this interesting question, and now include a statement to this effect on pgs. 2223: “Future research may reveal additional distinctions between merit and need appraisals in trial-wise (compared to our block-wise) fMRI designs.”

      References:

      Spunt, R. P. & Adolphs, R. Validating the Why/How contrast for functional MRI studies of Theory of Mind. Neuroimage 99, 301-311, doi:10.1016/j.neuroimage.2014.05.023 (2014).

      Spunt, R. P. & Adolphs, R. Folk explanations of behavior: a specialized use of a domain-general mechanism. Psychological Science 26, 724-736, doi:10.1177/0956797615569002 (2015).

      (4) However, the relationship between neural signal and behavioural merit sensitivity in TPJ is noteworthy.

      Response: We agree with this assessment and thank the reviewer for their positive assessment; we feel that linking individual differences in merit sensitivity with variance in TPJ activity during merit judgments is one of the key findings of the study.

      (5) The latter is even more the case, as the neural signal and aspects of the behaviour are correlated across subjects with the second task that is conducted much later. Such a correlation is very impressive and suggests that the tasks are sensitive for important individual differences in helping perception/behaviour.

      Response: Again, we share the reviewer’s impression that this finding is more noteworthy for appearing in tasks separated both by considerable conceptual/paradigmatic differences, and by such a long temporal distance. These findings make us particularly excited to follow up on these results in future research.

      (6) That being said, the number of participants in the latter analyses are at the lower end of the number of participants that are these days used for across-participant correlations.

      Response: We fully agree with this assessment. Unfortunately, COVID-related disruptions in data collection, as well as the expiration of grant funds due to the delay, severely limited our ability to complete assessments in a larger sample. Future research needs to replicate these results in a larger sample. We comment on this issue in the discussion on pg. 40. If the editor or reviewer has suggestions for other ways in which we could more fully acknowledge this, we would be happy to include them.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The paper aims to provide a neurocomputational account of how social perception translates into prosocial behaviors. Participants first completed a novel social perception task during fMRI scanning, in which they were asked to judge the merit or need of people depicted in different situations. Secondly, a separate altruistic choice task was used to examine how the perception of merit and need influences the weights people place on themselves, others, and fairness when deciding to provide help. Finally, a link between perception and action was drawn in those participants who completed both tasks.

      Strengths:

      The paper is overall very well written and presented, leaving the reader at ease when describing complex methods and results. The approach used by the author is very compelling, as it combines computational modeling of behavior and neuroimaging data analyses. Despite not being able to comment on the computational model, I find the approach used (to disentangle sensitivity and biases, for merit and need) very well described and derived from previous theoretical work. Results are also clearly described and interpreted.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for their positive comments regarding presentation, approach, and content.

      Weaknesses:

      My main concern relates to the selection of the social perception task, which to me is the weakest point. Such weakness has been also addressed by the same authors in the limitation section, and related to the fact that merit and need are evaluated by means of very different cues that rely on different cognitive processes (more abstract thinking for merit than need). I wonder whether and how such difference can bias the overall computational model and interpretation of the results (e.g. ideal you vary merit and need to leave all other aspects invariant).

      Response: We agree with the reviewer on the importance of future research to more fully unpack the differences in this task, and develop better ways to manipulate need and merit in more comparable fashion. However, we point out that the issue of differences in abstractness of cues for need and merit does not actually seem to have a strong influence on the parameters retrieved by the computational model. Participants seem to be equally sensitive to BOTH merit and need information, despite that information deriving from different sources, as evidenced by the fact that the magnitude of the sensitivity parameters for need and merit in the social judgment task were nearly identical, and not statistically distinguishable. Nor were other parameters related to non-decision time or threshold statistically different (see Supplemental Table S2). If our results were driven purely by differences in the difficulty or abstractness of these judgments, we would have expected to see some evidence of this in the computational model, in the form of longer non-decision times, higher thresholds, or both. We do not. Likewise, the neural underpinnings evoked by both need and merit perceptions in this task (in the mentalizing brain network) were comparable. This is not to say that there aren’t real differences in the cues that might signal these quantities in our social perception task - just that there is little direct evidence for this difference in computational parameters or evoked brain responses, and thus it is unlikely that our results (which rely on an analysis of computational parameters) are driven solely by computational model biases, or the inability of the model to adequately assess participant sensitivity to need as opposed to merit.

      A second weakness is related to the sample size which is quite small for study 2. I wonder, given that study 2 fRMI data are not analyzed, whether is possible to recover some of the participants' behavioral results, at least the ones excluded because of bad MR image quality.

      Response: We fully agree with the reviewer that increasing the sample size for the cross-task correlations would be desirable. Unfortunately, the current sample size already presents the maximum of ‘usable’ data; the approach suggested by the reviewer won’t affect the sample size. We used all participants whose behavioral data in the altruism task suggested they were performing the task in good faith and conscientiously.

      Finally, on a theoretical note, I would elaborate more on the distinction of merit and need. These concepts tap into very specific aspects of morality, which I suspect have been widely explored. At the moment I am missing a more elaborate account of this.

      Response: Need and merit are predominantly studied in separate lines of research (Molouki & Bartels, 2020) so there is relatively little theoretical research on the distinction between the two. Consequently, Siemoneit (2023) states that the relation between the concepts of need and merit in allocative distributions remains diffuse. To emphasize the distinct concepts of morality in the introduction we have now added to pg. 3: “Need and deservingness (merit) are two distinct principles of morality. The need principle involves distributing resources to those who require them, irrespective of whether they have earned them, while the "merit principle" focuses on allocating resources based on individuals' deservingness, regardless of their actual need (Wilson, 2003).”

      One of the added values of our paper to the research literature is in adding to the clarification of computational and neural underpinnings of broad concepts like merit and need. To highlight the latter point, we have added the following statement on pg. 5 to the manuscript: “Examining need and merit concurrently in this task will also help clarify the computational and neural underpinnings of related, but distinct concepts, distinguishing between them more effectively.”

      References:

      Molouki, S., & Bartels, D. M. (2020). Are future selves treated like others? Comparing determinants and levels of intrapersonal and interpersonal allocations. Cognition, 196, 104150.

      Siemoneit, A. (2023). Merit first, need and equality second: hierarchies of justice. International Review of Economics, 70(4), 537-567.

      Wilson, C. (2003). The role of a merit principle in distributive justice. The Journal of ethics, 7, 277-314.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I acknowledge the difficulty with respect to recruitment, especially in the age of covid, but is it possible for the authors to collect larger samples for their behavioural questions via online testing? Admittedly, I'm sure they don't want to wait 300 days to have the complete dataset, but I would be in favour of collecting a sample in the hundreds on these behavioural tasks, completed at a much shorter separation (if any). I believe this would strengthen the authors' conclusions considerably if they could both replicate the effects they have and check these null effects in a sample where they could draw conclusions from them. Indeed, Bayesian stats to provide evidence for the null would also help here.

      Response: We share the reviewer’s desire to see these results replicated (ideally in a sample of hundreds of participants). We have seriously considered the possibility of trying to replicate our results online, even before submitting the first version of the paper. However, it is difficult to fully replicate this paradigm online, given the elaborate story and context we engaged in to convince participants that they were playing with real others, as well as the usage of physical pain (Cold Pressor Task) for the need manipulation in the altruism task. Moreover, given comments by this reviewer that the results are already a little long, adding a new, behavioral replication would likely only add to the memory burden for the reader. We have thus opted not to include a replication study in the current work. However, we are actively working on a replication that can be completed online, using a modified experimental paradigm and different ways to manipulate need and merit. Because of the differences between that paradigm and the one described here, which would require considerable additional exposition, we have opted not to include the results of this work in the current paper. We hope to be able to publish this work as a separate, replication attempt in the future.

      Given the difficulty of wading through the results section while keeping track of the key question being answered, I would suggest moving any analyses that are less central to the supplementary. And perhaps adding some more guiding sentences at the start and end of each section to remind the reader how each informs the core question.

      Response: We deliberated for quite some time about what results could be removed, but in the end, felt that nearly all results that we already described need to be included in the paper, since each piece of the puzzle contributes to the central finding (relating parameters and behavior to neural and choice data across two separate tasks). However, we did move the decoding analysis results to the supplemental (see point below). We also take the reviewers point that the results can be made clearer. We thus have worked to include some guiding sentences at the start and end of sections to remind the readers how each analysis informs the core questions.

      I think it needs unpacking more for the reader what they should conclude from the significant need+merit vs control decoding analyses, and what they would have expected in terms of cortical representation from the decoding analyses in general.

      Response: We agree with the reviewer that given the decoding results position in the main manuscript it would need unpacking. After considering the reviewer's prior suggestion, we have reevaluated the placement of these supplemental results. Consequently, we have relocated it to the supplemental materials, as it was deemed less relevant to directly addressing the core research questions in the main manuscript. On pg. 23, the main manuscript now only states “We also employed supplemental multivariate decoding analyses (searchlight analysis 85-87), as commonly used in social perception and neuroscience research 7,58,82,88,89, corroborating our univariate findings (see Supplemental Note S6, Supplemental Table S10).”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) I would suggest moving information on how the computational models were fitted to the main text.

      Response: The computational models are a key element of the paper and we deliberated about the more central exposure of the description of how the models were fitted in the main manuscript. However, we are concerned about the complexity and length of the article, which requires quite a lot from readers to keep in mind (as also commented on by reviewer 1). Those readers who are particularly interested in details of model fitting can still find an extensive discussion of the procedures we followed in the supplements. We thus have opted to retain the streamlined presentation in the main manuscript. However, if the editor feels that including the full and extensive description of model fitting in the main paper would significantly improve the flow and exposition of ideas, we are happy to do so.

      (2) For the fMRI analyses: Could it be worth analysing the choices in the different conditions? They could be modelled as a binary regressor (yes/no) and this one might be different across conditions (merit/need/hands). Maybe this won't work because of the tight trial timeline, but it could be another avenue to discern differences across fMRI conditions.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this interesting suggestion! Unfortunately, the block design and rapid presentation of stimuli within each condition make it challenging to distinguish the different choices (within or across conditions). While we see the merit in the suggested analytical approach (in fact, we discussed it before the initial submission of the article), it would require some modifications of the task structure (e.g., longer inter-trial-intervals between individual stimuli) and an independent replication fMRI study. We were not able to have such a long inter-trial interval in the original design due to practical constraints on the inclusion of this paradigm in a larger effort to examine a wide variety of social judgment and inference tasks. We hope to investigate this kind of question in greater detail in future fMRI work.

      (3) The merit effects seem to be more stable across time than the need conditions. Would it be worthwhile to test if the tasks entailed a similar amount of merit and need variation? Maybe one variable varied more than the other in the task design, and that is why one type of effect might be stronger than the other?

      Response: We thank the reviewer for drawing attention to this important point. We used extensive pilot testing to select the stimuli for the social perception task, ensuring an overall similar amount of need and merit variation. For example, the social perception ratings of the independent, normative sample suggest that the social perception task entails a similar amount of need and merit variation (normative participant-specific percentage of yes responses for merit (mean ± standard deviation: 53.95 ± 13.87) and need (45.65 ± 11.07)). The results of a supplemental paired t-test (p = 0.122) indicate comparable SD for need and merit judgments. Moreover, regarding the actual fMRI participant sample, Figure S3 illustrates comparable levels of variations in need and merit perceptions (participant-specific percentage of yes responses for merit (56.70 ± 11.91) and need (48.69 ± 10.81) in the social perception task). Matching the results for the normative sample, the results of a paired t-test (p = 0.705) suggest no significant difference in variation between need and merit judgments. With respect to the altruism task, we manipulated the levels of merit and need externally (high vs. low).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) It would be good to provide the demographics of each remaining sample.

      Response: We appreciate the attention to detail and agree with the reviewer’s suggestion. We have now added the demographics for each remaining sample to the revised manuscript.

      (2) The time range from study 1 to study 2, is quite diverse. Did you use it as a regressor of no interest?

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this interesting suggestion. We have examined this in detail in the context of our cross-task analyses (i.e., via regressions and partial correlations). Interestingly, variance in the temporal delay between both tasks does not account for any meaningful variation, and results don’t qualitatively change controlling for this factor.

      For example, when we controlled for the delay between both separate tasks (partial correlation analysis), we confirmed that variance in merit sensitivity (social perception task) still reflected meritinduced changes in overall generosity (altruism task; p = 0.020). Moreover, we confirmed that variance in merit sensitivity reflected individuals’ other-regard (p = 0.035) and self-regard (p = 0.040), but not fairness considerations (p = 0.764) guiding altruistic choices. Regarding people’s general tendency to perceive others as deserving, we found that the link between merit bias (social perception task) and overall other-regard (p = 0.008) and fairness consideration (p = 0.014) (altruism task) holds when controlling for the time range (no significant relationship between merit bias and self-regard, p = 0.191, matching results of the main paper).

      We refer to these supplemental analyses in the revised manuscript on ps. 33 and 35: “Results were qualitatively similar when statistically controlling for the delay between both tasks (partial correlations).”

      (3) Why in study 1 a dichotomous answer has been used? Would not have been better (also for modeling) a continuous variable (VAS)?

      Response: We appreciate the reviewer's thoughtful feedback. In Study 1, opting for a dichotomous response format in the social perception task (Figure 1a) was a deliberate methodological choice. This decision, driven by the study's model requirements, aligns with the common use of a computational model employing two-alternative forced choices ("yes" and "no") as decision boundaries. While drift– diffusion models for multiple-alternative forced-choice designs exist, our study's novel research questions were effectively addressed without their complexity. Finally, our model cannot accept continuous response variables as input unless they are transformed into categorical variables.

      (4) In the fMRI analyses, when you assess changes in brain activity as a function of merit, I would control for need (and the other way round), to see whether such association is specific.

      Response: Regarding the reviewer’s suggestion on controlling for need when assessing changes in brain activity as a function of merit, and vice versa, we would like to clarify the nature of our fMRI analyses in the social perception task. Our focus is on block-wise assessments (need vs. control, merit vs. control, need vs. merit blocks, following the fMRI task design from which our social perception task was modified from). We don’t assess changes in brain activity as a function of the level of perceived merit or need (i.e., “yes” vs. “no” trials within or across task blocks). Blocks are clearly defined by the task instruction given to participants prior to each block (i.e., need, merit, or control judgments). Thus, unfortunately, given the short inter-stimulus-intervals of each block, the task design is not optimal to implement the suggested approach.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1, in both the public review and recommendations to authors, raises the important question of generalizability of the new technique to other brain areas, to analysis with sorters other than Kilosort, and in the absence of reference data. Specifically, how can experimenters working in brain areas other than visual cortex understand if the tracking is functioning, and set the parameters in the tracking pipeline.

      We agree that generalizability of the tracking procedure is a serious issue, especially with respect to other brain areas with varying degrees of measured waveform preservation over time. As the number of potential recording conditions is combinatorial to experimentally test, we instead address these issues in the manuscript by providing a general prescription for interpreting the distribution of vertical distances of matched pairs that can be used for data from any recording using any spike-sorter (Methods section 4.2, Supplement section 8.4, figure S9, paragraphs 7-10 of the Discussion section). This extension of the method allows users to estimate the matching success in the context of their own data, even in the absence of reference data. To address the concern of overfitting, we have also added discussion covering adjustment of the two parameters in the procedure (the relative weight of waveform distance vs. physical distance, and the threshold for accepting matches as real) to the Discussion section.

      Reviewer #2 suggested clarification of the following points in the public review. We answer those here and have also clarified these points in the main text where appropriate.

      (1) What is the purpose of testing the drift correction with imposed drift (Figure 2, page 6 in the original manuscript), and how the value was chosen?

      To test the ability of EMD to detect substantial drift, we need examples that resemble experimental data, including error in fit unit positions and units with no correct matches. We chose to create these examples by taking waveform and position sets from real data with modest drift, and adding a fixed shift to one dataset. The value of 12 um in the figure is arbitrary, simply an example in the range of real drift. These tests allow us to demonstrate the success of EMD for detection of drift in real data.

      (2) How is performance affected by using a different weighting of the 2 measures (physical distance and waveform distance) in the EMD?

      Recovery rate (number of reference units successfully matched in EMD) vs weighting of the waveform distance is shown in Supplement section 8.10. Recovery rate increases with low values of waveform weighting, leveling off at a value of 1500. We selected that inflection point for the analysis in this paper, to avoid coincidental matching of physically distant units with similar waveforms.

      (3) Should the intervals measured in the survival plot in Figure 5 be identical for the three different classes of tracked neurons?

      The plot includes all chains of tracked neurons, which can start on arbitrary days in the set of all recordings (see the definition of chains in section 2.4). As a result, the gaps between days, which determine where there is a point on the plot, can be different for the three sets of neurons (reference, putative, and mixed). We have added a comment to the Figure 5 caption to ensure this is clear.

      (4) Would other metrics of the similarity of visual responses work better?

      The similarity metric we use was adopted from the original paper using this data (reference 7). We chose to use the same metric both to take advantage of the original authors’ expertise about the data and allow for reasonable comparison of the new technique to theirs. It is correct that this similarity metric alone does not allow for unique matching (see Discussion and Supplement section 8.2). However, the agreement of EMD with reference pairs determined from the combination of position and visual response similarity is very high, suggesting there are few incorrect reference pairs. Any incorrect reference pairs cause an underestimate of the tracking accuracy.

      (5) Add a definition of ROC.

      Added this definition to the text.

      Reviewer #1 Recommendation to authors:

      The main text needs proofreading.

      We agree that the manuscript needed more thorough proofreading, and we have made corrections of typos and minor language errors throughout.

      Additional comment from the authors:

      Since the posting of this manuscript, another method for tracking neurons has been introduced:

      Enny H. van Beest, Célian Bimbard, Julie M. J. Fabre, Flóra Takács, Philip Coen, Anna Lebedeva, Kenneth Harris, Matteo Carandini, Tracking neurons across days with high-density probes, bioRxiv 2023.10.12.562040; doi: https://doi.org/10.1101/2023.10.12.562040

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      By examining the prevalence of interactions with ancient amino acids of coenzymes in ancient versus recent folds, the authors noticed an increased interaction propensity for ancient interactions. They infer from this that coenzymes might have played an important role in prebiotic proteins.

      Strengths:

      (1) The analysis, which is very straightforward, is technically correct. However, the conclusions might not be as strong as presented.

      (2) This paper presents an excellent summary of contemporary thought on what might have constituted prebiotic proteins and their properties.

      (3) The paper is clearly written.

      We are grateful for the kind comments of the reviewer on our manuscript. However, we would like to clarify a possible misunderstanding in the summary of our study. Specifically, analysis of "ancient versus recent folds" was not really reported in our results. Our analysis concerned "coenzyme age" rather than the "protein folds age" and was focused mainly on interaction with early vs. late amino acids in protein sequence. While structural propensities of the coenzyme binding sites were also analyzed, no distinction on the level of ancient vs. recent folds was assumed and this was only commented on in the discussion, based on previous work of others.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The conclusions might not be as strong as presented. First of all, while ancient amino acids interact less frequently in late with a given coenzyme, maybe this just reflects the fact that proteins that evolved later might be using residues that have a more favorable binding free energy.

      We would like to point out that there was no distinction to proteins that evolved early or late in our dataset of coenzyme-binding proteins. The aim of our analysis was purely to observe trends in the age of amino acids vs. age of coenzymes. While no direct inference can be made from this about early life as all the proteins are from extant life (as highlighted in the discussion of our work), our goal was to look for intrinsic propensities of early vs. late amino acids in binding to the different coenzyme entities. Indeed, very early interactions would be smeared by the eons of evolutionary history (perhaps also towards more favourable binding free energy, as pointed out also by the reviewer). Nevertheless, significant trends have been recorded across the PDB dataset, pointing to different propensities and mechanistic properties of the binding events. Rather than to a specific evolutionary past, our data therefore point to a “capacity” of the early amino acids to bind certain coenzymes and we believe that this is the major (and standing) conclusion of our work, along with the properties of such interactions. In our revised version, we will carefully go through all the conclusions and make sure that this message stands out but we are confident that the following concluding sentences copied from the abstract and the discussion of our manuscript fully comply with our data:

      “These results imply the plausibility of a coenzyme-peptide functional collaboration preceding the establishment of the Central Dogma and full protein alphabet evolution”

      “While no direct inferences about distant evolutionary past can be drawn from the analysis of extant proteins, the principles guiding these interactions can imply their potential prebiotic feasibility and significance.”

      “This implies that late amino acids would not be necessarily needed for the sovereignty of coenzyme-peptide interplay.”

      We would also like to add that proteins that evolved later might not always have higher free energy of binding. Musil et al., 2021 (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC8294521/) showed in their study on the example of haloalkane dehalogenase Dha A that the ancestral sequence reconstruction is a powerful tool for designing more stable, but also more active proteins. Ancestral sequence reconstruction relies on finding ancient states of protein families to suggest mutations that will lead to more stable proteins than are currently existing proteins. Their study did not explore the ligand-protein interactions specifically, but showed that ancient states often show more favourable properties than modern proteins.

      (2) What about other small molecules that existed in the probiotic soup? Do they also prefer such ancient amino acids? If so, this might reflect the interaction propensity of specific amino acids rather than the inferred important role of coenzymes.

      We appreciate the comment of the reviewer towards other small molecules, which we assume points mainly towards metal ions (i.e. inorganic cofactors). We completely agree with the reviewer that such interactions are of utmost importance to the origins of life. Intentionally, they were not part of our study, as these have already been studied previously by others (e.g. Bromberg et al., 2022; and reviewed in Frenkel-Pinter et al., 2020) and also us (Fried et al., 2022). For example, it is noteworthy that prebiotically relevant metal binding sites (e.g. of Mg2+) exhibit enrichment in early amino acids such as Asp and Glu while more recent metal (e.g. Cu and Zn) site in the late amino acids His and Cys (Fried et al., 2022). At the same time, comparable analyses of amino acid - coenzyme trends were not available.

      Nevertheless, involvement of metal ions in the coenzyme binding sites was also studied here and pointed to their bigger involvement with the Ancient coenzymes. In the revised version of the manuscript, we will be happy to enlarge the discussion of the studies concerning inorganic cofactors.

      (3) Perhaps the conclusions just reflect the types of active sites that evolved first and nothing more.

      We partly agree on this point with the reviewer but not on the fact why it is listed as the weakness of our study and on the “nothing more” notion. Understanding what the properties of the earliest binding sites is key to merging the gap between prebiotic chemistry and biochemistry. The potential of peptides preceding ribosomal synthesis (and the full alphabet evolution) along with prebiotically plausible coenzymes addresses exactly this gap, which is currently not understood.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      I enjoyed reading this paper and appreciate the careful analysis performed by the investigators examining whether 'ancient' cofactors are preferentially bound by the first-available amino acids, and whether later 'LUCA' cofactors are bound by the late-arriving amino acids. I've always found this question fascinating as there is a contradiction in inorganic metal-protein complexes (not what is focused on here). Metal coordination of Fe, Ni heavily relies on softer ligands like His and Cys - which are by most models latecomer amino acids. There are no traces of thiols or imidazoles in meteorites - although work by Dvorkin has indicated that could very well be due to acid degradation during extraction. Chris Dupont (PNAS 2005) showed that metal speciation in the early earth (such as proposed by Anbar and prior RJP Williams) matched the purported order of fold emergence.

      As such, cofactor-protein interactions as a driving force for evolution has always made sense to me and I admittedly read this paper biased in its favor. But to make sure, I started to play around with the data that the authors kindly and importantly shared in the supplementary files. Here's what I found:

      Point 1: The correlation between abundance of amino acids and protein age is dominated by glycine. There is a small, but visible difference in old vs new amino acid fractional abundance between Ancient and LUCA proteins (Figure 3, Supplementary Table 3). However, the bias is not evenly distributed among the amino acids - which Figure 4A shows but is hard to digest as presented. So instead I used the spreadsheet in Supplement 3 to calculate the fractional difference FDaa = F(old aa)-F(new aa). As expected from Figure 3, the mean FD for Ancient is greater than the mean FD for LUCA. But when you look at the same table for each amino acid FDcofactor = F(ancient cofactor) - F(LUCA cofactor), you now see that the bias is not evenly distributed between older and newer amino acids at all. In fact, most of the difference can be explained by glycine (FDcofactor = 3.8) and the rest by also including tryptophan (FDcofactor = -3.8). If you remove these two amino acids from the analysis, the trend seen in Figure 3 all but disappears.

      Troubling - so you might argue that Gly is the oldest of the old and Trp is the newest of the new so the argument still stands. Unfortunately, Gly is a lot of things - flexible, small, polar - so what is the real correlation, age, or chemistry? This leads to point 2.

      We truly acknowledge the effort that the reviewer made in the revision of the data and for the thoughtful, deeper analysis. We agree that this deserves further discussion of our data. As invited by the reviewer, we indeed repeated the analysis on the whole dataset. First, we would like to point out that the reviewer was most probably referring to the Supplementary Fig. 2 (and not 3, which concerns protein folds). While the difference between Ancient and LUCA coenzyme binding is indeed most pronounced for Gly and Trp, we failed to confirm that the trend disappears if those two amino acids are removed from the analysis (additional FDcofactors of 3.2 and -3.2 are observed for the early and late amino acids, resp.), as seen in Table I below. The main additional contributors to this effect are Asp (FD of 2.1) and Ser (FD of 1.8) from the early amino acids and Arg (FD of -2.6) and Cys (FD of -1.7) of the late amino acids. Hence, while we agree with the reviewer that Gly and Trp (the oldest and the youngest) contribute to this effect the most, we disagree that the trend reduces to these two amino acids.

      In addition, the most recent coenzyme temporality (the Post-LUCA) was neglected in the reviewer’s analysis. The difference between F (old) and F (new) is even more pronounced in PostLUCA than in LUCA, vs. Ancient (Table II) and depends much less on Trp. Meanwhile, Asp, Ser, Leu, Phe, and Arg dominate the observed phenomenon (Table I). This further supports our lack of agreement with the reviewer’s point. Nevertheless, we remain grateful for this discussion and we will happily include this additional analysis in the Supplementary Material of our revised manuscript.

      Author response table 1.

      Amino acid fractional difference of all coenzymes at residue level

      Author response table 2.

      Amino acid fractional difference of all coenzymes

      Point 2 - The correlation is dominated by phosphate.

      In the ancient cofactor list, all but 4 comprise at least one phosphate (SAM, tetrahydrofolic acid, biopterin, and heme). Except for SAM, the rest have very low Gly abundance. The overall high Gly abundance in the ancient enzymes is due to the chemical property of glycine that can occupy the right-hand side of the Ramachandran plot. This allows it to make the alternating alphaleftalpharight conformation of the P-loop forming Milner-White's anionic nest. If you remove phosphate binding folds from the analysis the trend in Figure 3 vanishes.

      Likewise, Trp is an important functional residue for binding quinones and tuning its redox potential. The LUCA cofactor set is dominated by quinone and derivatives, which likely drives up the new amino acid score for this class of cofactors.

      Once again, we are thankful to the reviewer for raising this point. The role of Gly in the anionic nests proposed by Milner-White and Russel, as well as the Trp role in quinone binding are important points that we would be happy to highlight more in the discussion of the revised manuscript.<br /> Nevertheless, we disagree that the trends reduce only to the phosphate-containing coenzymes and importantly, that “the trend in Figure 3 vanishes” upon their removal. Table III and IV (below) show the data for coenzymes excluding those with phosphate moiety and the trend in Fig. 3 remains, albeit less pronounced.

      Author response table 3.

      Amino acid fractional difference of non-phosphate containing coenzymes

      Author response table 4.

      Amino acid fractional difference of non-phosphate containing coenzymes at residue level

      In summary, while I still believe the premise that cofactors drove the shape of peptides and the folds that came from them - and that Rossmann folds are ancient phosphate-binding proteins, this analysis does not really bring anything new to these ideas that have already been stated by Tawfik/Longo, Milner-White/Russell, and many others.

      I did this analysis ad hoc on a slice of the data the authors provided and could easily have missed something and I encourage the authors to check my work. If it holds up it should be noted that negative results can often be as informative as strong positive ones. I think the signal here is too weak to see in the noise using the current approach.

      We are grateful to the reviewer for encouraging further look at our data. While we hope that the analysis on the whole dataset (listed in Tables I - IV) will change the reviewer’s standpoint on our work, we would still like to comment on the questioned novelty of our results. In fact, the extraordinary works by Tawfik/Longo and Milner-While/Russel (which were cited in our manuscript multiple times) presented one of the motivations for this study. We take the opportunity to copy the part of our discussion that specifically highlights the relevance of their studies, and points out the contribution of our work with respect to theirs.

      “While all the coenzymes bind preferentially to protein residue sidechains, more backbone interactions appear in the ancient coenzyme class when compared to others. This supports an earlier hypothesis that functions of the earliest peptides (possibly of variable compositions and lengths) would be performed with the assistance of the main chain atoms rather than their sidechains (Milner-White and Russel 2011). Longo et al., recently analyzed binding sites of different phosphate-containing ligands which were arguably of high relevance during earliest stages of life, connecting all of today’s core metabolism (Longo et al., 2020 (b)). They observed that unlike the evolutionary younger binding motifs (which rely on sidechain binding), the most ancient lineages indeed bind to phosphate moieties predominantly via the protein backbone. Our analysis assigns this phenomenon primarily to interactions via early amino acids that (as mentioned above) are generally enriched in the binding interface of the ancient coenzymes. This implies that late amino acids would not be necessarily needed for the sovereignty of coenzymepeptide interplay.”

      Unlike any other previous work, our study involves all the major coenzymes (not just the phosphate-containing ones) and is based on their evolutionary age, as well as age of amino acids. It is the first PDB-wide systematic evolutionary analysis of coenzyme-amino acid binding. Besides confirming some earlier theoretical assertions (such as role of backbone interactions in early peptide-coenzyme evolution) and observations (such as occurrence of the ancient phosphatecontaining coenzymes in the oldest protein folds), it uncovers substantial novel knowledge. For example, (i) enrichment of early amino acids in the binding of ancient coenzymes, vs. enrichment of late amino acids in the binding of LUCA and Post-LUCA coenzymes, (ii) the trends in secondary structure content of the binding sites of coenzyme of different temporalities, (iii) increased involvement of metal ions in the ancient coenzyme binding events, and (iv) the capacity of only early amino acids to bind ancient coenzymes. In our humble opinion, all of these points bring important contributions in the peptide-coenzyme knowledge gap which has been discussed in a number of previous studies.

    1. Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors compared four types of hiPSCs and four types of hESCs at the proteome level to elucidate the differences between hiPSCs and hESCs. Semi-quantitative calculations of protein copy numbers revealed increased protein content in iPSCs. Particularly in iPSCs, proteins related to mitochondrial and cytoplasmic were suggested to reflect the state of the original differentiated cells to some extent. However, the most important result of this study is the calculation of the protein copy numbers per cell, and the validity of this result is problematic. In addition, several experiments need to be improved, such as using cells of different genders (iPSC: female, ESC: male) in mitochondrial metabolism experiments.

      Strengths:

      The focus on the number of copies of proteins is exciting and appreciated if the estimated calculation result is correct and biologically reproducible.

      Weaknesses:

      The proteome results in this study were likely obtained by simply looking at differences between clones, and the proteome data need to be validated. First, there were only a few clones for comparison, and the gender and number of cells did not match between ESCs and iPSCs. Second, no data show the accuracy of the protein copy number per cell obtained by the proteome data.

      We agree with the reviewer in their assessment that more independent stem cell clones and an equal gender balance would be preferable. We will mention these considerations as limitations of our study and encourage a larger-scale follow-up.

      Regarding the estimated copy numbers, we would like to highlight that they have been extensively in the field, with direct validation of the differences in copy numbers with orthogonal methods like FACS2-4,7,10. Furthermore, the original paper directly compared the copy numbers estimated using the “proteomic ruler” to spike-in protein epitope signature tags and found remarkable concordance. This was performed with a much older generation mass spectrometer with reduced peptide coverage, and the author predicted that higher coverage would increase the quantitative performance.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Pluripotent stem cells are powerful tools for understanding development, differentiation, and disease modeling. The capacity of stem cells to differentiate into various cell types holds great promise for therapeutic applications. However, ethical concerns restrict the use of human embryonic stem cells (hESCs). Consequently, induced human pluripotent stem cells (ihPSCs) offer an attractive alternative for modeling rare diseases, drug screening, and regenerative medicine.

      A comprehensive understanding of ihPSCs is crucial to establish their similarities and differences compared to hESCs.

      This work demonstrates systematic differences in the reprogramming of nuclear and non-nuclear proteomes in ihPSCs.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment.

      Strengths:

      The authors employed quantitative mass spectrometry to compare protein expression differences between independently derived ihPSC and hESC cell lines. Qualitatively, protein expression profiles in ihPSC and hESC were found to be very similar. However, when comparing protein concentration at a cellular level, it became evident that ihPSCs express higher levels of proteins in the cytoplasm, mitochondria, and plasma membrane, while the expression of nuclear proteins is similar between ihPSCs and hESCs. A higher expression of proteins in ihPSCs was verified by an independent approach, and flow cytometry confirmed that ihPSCs had larger cell sizes than hESCs. The differences in protein expression were reflected in functional distinctions. For instance, the higher expression of mitochondrial metabolic enzymes, glutamine transporters, and lipid biosynthesis enzymes in ihPSCs was associated with enhanced mitochondrial potential, increased ability to uptake glutamine, and increased ability to form lipid droplets.

      Weaknesses:

      While this finding is intriguing and interesting, the study falls short of explaining the mechanistic reasons for the observed quantitative proteome differences. It remains unclear whether the increased expression of proteins in ihPSCs is due to enhanced transcription of the genes encoding this group of proteins or due to other reasons, for example, differences in mRNA translation efficiency. Another unresolved question pertains to how the cell type origin influences ihPSC proteomes. For instance, whether ihPSCs derived from fibroblasts, lymphocytes, and other cell types all exhibit differences in their cell size and increased expression of cytoplasmic and mitochondrial proteins. Analyzing ihPSCs derived from different cell types and by different investigators would be necessary to address these questions.

      We agree with the Reviewer that our study does not provide a mechanistic reason for the quantitative differences between the two cell types. However, we will include an expanded section in the discussion where we discuss the potential causes.<br /> We also agree studying hiPSCs reprogrammed from different cell types, such as blood lymphocytes, would be of great interest and will include a section about this within the discussion to encourage further research into the area.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Brenes and colleagues carried out proteomic analysis of several human induced pluripotent (hiPSC) and human embryonic stem cell (hESC) lines. The authors found quantitative differences in the expression of several groups of cytoplasmic and mitochondrial proteins. Overall, hiPSC expressed higher levels of proteins such as glutamine transporters, mitochondrial metabolism proteins, and proteins related to lipid synthesis. Based on the protein expression differences, the authors propose that hiPSC lines differ from hESC in their growth and metabolism.

      Strengths:

      The number of generated hiPSC and hESC lines continues to grow, but potential differences between hiPSC and hESC lines remain to be quantified and explained. This study is a promising step forward in understanding of the differences between different hiPSC and hESC lines.

      Weaknesses:

      It is unclear whether changes in protein levels relate to any phenotypic features of cell lines used. For example, the authors highlight that increased protein expression in hiPSC lines is consistent with the requirement to sustain high growth rates, but there is no data to demonstrate whether hiPSC lines used indeed have higher growth rates.

      We respectfully disagree with the reviewer on this point. Our data shows that hESCs and hiPSCs show significant differences in protein mass and cell size, validated by the EZQ assay and FACS, while having no significant differences in their cell cycle profiles. Thus increased size and protein content would require higher growth rates to sustain the increased mass, which is what we show.

      The authors claim that the cell cycle of the lines is unchanged. However, no details of the method for assessing the cell cycle were included so it is difficult to appreciate if this assessment was appropriately carried out and controlled for.<br /> We apologise for this omission; the details will be included in the revised version of the document.

      Details and characterisation of iPSC and ESC lines used in this study were overall lacking. The lines used are merely listed in methods, but no references are included for published lines, how lines were obtained, what passage they were used at, their karyotype status, etc. For details of basic characterisation, the authors should refer to the ISSC Standards for the use of human stem cells in research. In particular, the authors should consider whether any of the changes they see may be attributed to copy number variants in different lines.

      We agree with the reviewer on this. The hiPSC lines were generated by the HipSci consortium in the Wellcome Sanger Centre as described in the flagship HipSci paper13. We cite the flagship paper which specifies in great detail the reprogramming protocols and quality control measures, including looking at copy number variations13. However, we agree that we did not make this information easily accessible for readers. We also believe it is relevant to also explicitly include this information on our manuscript instead of expecting readers to look at the flagship paper. These details will be added to the revised version.

      The expression data for markers of undifferentiated state in Figure 1a would ideally be shown by immunocytochemistry or flow cytometry as it is impossible to tell whether cultures are heterogeneous for marker expression.

      We agree with the reviewer on this. FACS is indeed much more quantitative and a better method to study heterogeneity. However, we did not have protocols to study these markers using FACS.

      TEM analysis should ideally be quantified.

      We agree with the reviewer that it would be nice to have a quantitative measure.

      All figure legends should explicitly state what graphs are representing (e.g. average/mean; how many replicates (biological or technical), which lines)? Some data is included in Methods (e.g. glutamine uptake), but not for all of the data (e.g. TEM).

      We agree with the reviewer completely. These points will be remediated in the revised version of the manuscript.

      Validation experiments were performed typically on one or two cell lines, but the lines used were not consistent (e.g. wibj_2 versus H1 for respirometry and wibj_2, oaqd_3 versus SA121 and SA181 for glutamine uptake). Can the authors explain how the lines were chosen?

      We will include these details within the updated manuscript.

      The authors should acknowledge the need for further functional validation of the results related to immunosuppressive proteins.

      We agree with the reviewer and will add a clear sentence in the discussion making this point explicitly.

      Differences in H1 histone abundance were highlighted. Can the authors speculate as to the meaning of these differences?

      Regarding H1 histones, our study of the literature as well as interaction with chromatin and histone experts both within our institute and externally have not shed light into what the differences could imply. We think this is an interesting result that merits further study, but we don’t have a clear hypothesis on the consequences.

      In summary, we thank the reviewers for their comments and will prepare a revised version that addresses their suggestions.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Assessment:

      The manuscript titled 'Rab7 dependent regulation of goblet cell protein CLCA1 modulates gastrointestinal 1 homeostasis' by Gaur et al discusses the role of Rab7 in the development of ulcerative colitis by regulating the lysosomal degradation of Clca1, a mucin protease. The manuscript presents interesting data and provides a potential molecular mechanism for the pathological alterations observed in ulcerative colitis. Gaur et al demonstrate that Rab7 levels are lowered in UC and CD. However, a similar analysis of Rab7 levels in ulcerative colitis (UC) and Crohn's disease (CD) patient samples was conducted recently (Du et al, Dev Cell, 2020) which showed that Rab7 levels are found to be elevated under these conditions. While Gaur et al have briefly mentioned Du et al's paper in passing in the discussion, they need to discuss these contradictory results in their paper and clarify these differences. Additionally, Du et al are not included in the list of references.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript used a multi-pronged approach and compares patient samples, mouse models of DSS, and protocols that allow differentiation of goblet cells. They also use a nanogel-based delivery system for siRNAs, which is ideal for the knockdown of specific genes in the gut.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Du et al, Dev Cell 2020 (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.devcel.2020.03.002) have previously shown that Rab7 levels are elevated in a similar set of colonic samples (age group, number etc.) from UC and CD patients. Gaur et al have not discussed this paper or its findings in detail, which directly contradicts their results. Clarification regarding this should be provided.

      We thank and appreciate the reviewer for bringing this point.

      The results shown by Du et al, Dev Cell, 2020 depict elevated expression of Rab7 in UC and CD patients compared to controls. In first occurrence, these results appear contradictory, but there may be a few possible explanations for this.

      Firstly, Rab7 expression levels may fluctuate in the tissue depending on the degree of the gut inflammation. This can be concluded from our observations in DSS-mice dynamics model and the human patient samples with mild and moderate UC. Furthermore, Du et al provide no information of the severity of the condition among the patients employed in the study. Our motive, in the current work, was to emphasize this aspect. This point was mentioned in the discussion section of the manuscript. However, in view of the reviewer’s concern, we have now added a detailed comment on this in the main text of the revised version of the manuscript.

      Secondly, the control biopsies in our investigation were acquired from non-IBD patients, and not what was done by Du et al., wherein biopsies from the normal para-carcinoma region of the colorectal cancer patients were used. One cannot overlook the fact that physiological and molecular changes are apparent even in non-inflamed regions in the gut of an IBD or CRC patient. It is possible that the observed discrepancy arises due to the differences in the sample type used for comparing the Rab7 expression.

      Finally, the main sub-tissue region showing a decrease in Rab7 expression in UC samples, appeared to be the Goblet cells which was not covered by Du et al.

      Keeping these points in mind we do not think that there is a contradiction in our findings with that of Du et al., 2020. In the revised submission some of these explanations are incorporated (Lines 106-109).

      This was an oversight from our side. We have actually mentioned Du et al., 2020 in the discussion (line number 345) but somehow the reference was missing in the main list. We have ensured that the reference is included in the revised version and that their findings are included both in main text and in the discussion.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this work, the authors report a role for the well-studied GTPase Rab7 in gut homeostasis. The study combines cell culture experiments with mouse models and human ulcerative colitis patient tissues to propose a model where, Rab7 by delivering a key mucous component CLCA1 to lysosomes, regulates its secretion in the goblet cells. This is important for the maintenance of mucous permeability and gut microbiota composition. In the absence of Rab7, CLCA1 protein levels are higher in tissues as well as the mucus layer, corroborating with the anticorrelation of Rab7 (reduced) and CLCA1 (increased) from ulcerative colitis patients. The authors conclude that Rab7 maintains CLCA1 level by controlling its lysosomal degradation, thereby playing a vital role in mucous composition, colon integrity, and gut homeostasis.

      Strengths:

      The biggest strength of this manuscript is the combination of cell culture, mouse model, and human tissues. The experiments are largely well done and, in most cases, the results support their conclusions. The authors go to substantial lengths to find a link, such as alteration in microbiota, or mucus proteomics.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There are also some weaknesses that need to be addressed. The association of Rab7 with UC in both mice and humans is clear, however, claims on the underlying mechanisms are less clear. Does Rab7 regulate specifically CLCA1 delivery to lysosomes, or is it an outcome of a generic trafficking defect?

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful comment. We would like to bring forth the following explanation for each these concerns:

      Our immunofluorescence imaging experiments revealed co-localization of Rab7 protein with CLCA1 and the lysosomes (Fig 7I). In addition, the absence of Rab7 affects the transport of CLCA1 to lysosomes (Fig 7J). This demonstrates that Rab7 may be involved in regulation of CLCA1 transport (presumably along with other cargo), to lysosomes selectively. However, we do recognize that the point raised by the reviewer about possible effect of a generic trafficking defect is valid.

      (2) CLCA1 is a secretory protein, how does it get routed to lysosomes, i.e., through Golgi-derived vesicles, or by endocytosis of mucous components? Mechanistic details on how CLCA1 is routed to lysosomes will add substantial value.

      As mentioned in the manuscript, the trafficking of CLCA1 protein or CLCA1-containing vesicles within the goblet cell is unknown, with no information on the proteins involved in its mobility. The switching of CLCA1 containing vesicles from the secretory route to lysosomes needs extensive investigation involving overall trafficking of the protein. Taken together, the complete answer to both these important questions will need a series of experiments and those may be interesting avenues for future research.

      (3) Why does the level of Rab7 fluctuate during DSS treatment (Fig 1B)?

      This is a very thoughtful point from the reviewer. We detected a distinct pattern of Rab7 expression fluctuation in intestinal epithelial cells after DSS-dynamics treatment in mice. Perhaps, these changes are the result of complex cellular signaling in response to the DSS treatment. Rab7, being a fundamental protein involved in protein sorting pathway, is expected to undergo alteration based on cells requirement. Presently there are no reports suggesting the regulatory mechanisms that govern Rab7 levels in the gut.

      (4) Does the reduction seen in Rab7 levels (by WB) also reflect in reduced Rab7 endosome numbers?

      We observed reduction in Rab7 expression both at RNA and protein levels. To confirm whether this alteration will lead to reduced Rab7 positive endosome numbers may require detailed investigations.

      (5) Are other late endosomal (and lysosomal) populations also reduced upon DSS treatment and UC? Is there a general defect in lysosomal function?

      There are no direct evidences showing reduction in the late endosomal and lysosomal population during gut inflammation, but few studies link lysosomal dysfunction with risk for colitis (doi: 10.1016/j.immuni.2016.05.007).

      (6) The evidence for lysosomal delivery of CLCA1 (Fig 7 I, J) is weak. Although used sometimes in combination with antibodies, lysotracker red is not well compatible with permeabilization and immunofluorescence staining. The authors can substantiate this result further using lysosomal antibodies such as Lamp1 and Lamp2. For Fig 7J, it will be good to see a reduction in Rab7 levels upon KD in the same cell.

      We used Lysotracker red in live cells followed by fixation. So, permeabilization issues were resolved. Lamp1, as suggested by the reviewer, is definitely a better marker for lysosomes in immunofluorescence studies, but is also shown to mark late endosomes (doi: 10.1083/jcb.132.4.565). As Rab7 protein also marks the late endosomes, using Lamp1 may leave the ambiguity of CLCA1 in Rab7 positive late endosomes versus lysosomes. Nevertheless, we have carried out this experiment, as suggested by the reviewer, by staining the cells with LAMP1 (author response image 1). As demonstrated in our previous data, the colocalization of CLCA1 with LAMP1 positive vesicles decreased upon Rab7 knockdown. Also, we observed a decrease in the intensity of LAMP1 staining in cells with Rab7 knockdown. Additionally, we noted a reduction in the LAMP1 staining intensity in cells where Rab7 was knocked down. This observation can be attributed to the decrease in the presence of Rab7-positive vesicles or late endosomes which also exhibit LAMP1 staining.

      Author response image 1.

      (A) Representative confocal images of HT29-MTX-E12 cells transfected with either scrambled siRNA (control) or Rab7 siRNA (Rab7Knockdown). Cells are stained with CLCA1 (green) using antiCLCA1 antibody and lysosomes with LAMP1. (B) Graph shows quantitation of colocalization between CLCA1 and LAMP1 from images (n=20) using Mander’s overlap coefficient. Inset shows zoomed areas of the image with colocalization puncta (yellow) marked with arrows.

      (7) In this connection, Fig S3D is somewhat confusing. While it is clear that the pattern of Muc2 in WT and Rab7-/- cells are different, how this corroborates with the in vivo data on alterations in mucus layer permeability -- as claimed -- is not clear.

      The data in Fig. S3D suggest the involvement of Rab7 in packaging of Muc2. The whole idea for doing this experiment was to support our observation in the Rab7KD-mice model where mucus layer was seen to be loose and more permeable in Rab7 deficient mice.

      (8) Overall, the work shows a role for a well-studied GTPase, Rab7, in gut homeostasis. This is an important finding and could provide scope and testable hypotheses for future studies aimed at understanding in detail the mechanisms involved.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Specific questions to the authors:

      (1) Why is the dotted line in Fig. 1c at -7.5? What does this signify?

      Response: The dotted line was intended to represent the baseline; in the revised manuscript it is corrected and placed at y=0.

      (2) Du et al should be cited. Fig 6 K-Q from Du et al should be discussed and reasons for contradictory findings should be given in greater detail, rather than a single sentence in the discussion.

      Response: The reference for Du et al is included in the list and the possible reasons the findings of the current work are discussed in the main text (Line 106-109).

      (3) Fig1. Why are Rab7 levels low even in remission patient samples? Can DSS be withdrawn to induce remission followed by analysis of colonic samples?

      Response: A possible explanation for this observation could be that the restoration of Rab7 levels may not immediately follow the resolution of clinical symptoms in remission patients. After the remission initiation, the normalization of cellular processes, including the regulation of Rab7 expression, might exhibit a time lag. A thorough investigation of Rab7 levels and the allied pathways at different time points during the remission phase could provide deeper insights into the gradual dynamics of recovery. As suggested by the reviewer, DSS withdrawal induced recovery model can be utilized for understanding the same and could be a good approach for future investigations.

      (4) Fig. 2: Single-channel fluorescence should be shown.

      Response: The single channel fluorescence images are incorporated in Fig. S2.

      (5) Line 456 should be modified. 'Blind pathologist' does not read well!

      Response: The line has been modified with ‘Blinded pathologist’.

      (6) Other inflammatory markers, cytokine levels should be looked at in addition to TNF alpha.

      Response: TNF-α is a crucial mediator in intestinal inflammation, actively contributing to the development of IBD. Elevated levels of TNF-α are observed in patients of IBD (Billmeier U. et al, World J Gastroenterol. 2016). In the current work, while probing for TNF-α our primary objective was to examine this significant indicator of colitis following Rab7 knockdown in mice, aiming to gain insights into heightened gut inflammation.

      (7) Quantitation of S3D should be provided.

      Response: The dispersed expression of Muc2 was observed in n=20 cells per sample and it was a qualitative observation. The aim was to identify any changes in Muc2 packaging under Rab7 knockout conditions.

      (8) Microbiota analysis should include Rab7KD+DSS mice.

      Response: We understand the importance of this point, however, in the current work our primary objective was to specifically investigate changes in microbial diversity and abundance in Rab7KD mice compared to both DSS+CScr and CScr mice. Rab7KD+DSS mice is expected to show higher dysbiosis in comparison to DSS+CScr.

      (9) Fig 6 H and I, G. How do Clca1 levels reduce in Rab7kd +DSS relative to Scr+DSS while they are higher in Rab7kd compared to Scr. Comment.

      Response: The decreased expression of CLCA1 in the mucus of DSS+Rab7KD mice can be attributed to a consequence of significant reduction in goblet cell numbers in these mice, as evidenced by the observed loss of these cells (Fig.S3 B and Fig. S3C). CLCA1 is exclusively secreted by goblet cells, so a decline in their numbers directly affects CLCA1 levels.

      (10) How are Rab7 levels downregulated? What is the predicted mechanism?

      Response: While our current study didn't explore this aspect, it's worth noting that Rab7 protein levels undergo regulation through various mechanisms, including post-translational modifications such as Ubiquitination and SUMOylation. These modifications are known to regulate Rab7 stability, transport and recycling. Specific experiments conducted during this study (work not included in the manuscript) indicated the participation of SENP7, a deSUMOylase, in controlling the stability of Rab7 protein, particularly in the context of colitis. Additionally, goblet cell specific mechanisms are also likely to be controlling the Rab7 in the gut.

      (11) What is the explanation for opposite changes in CLCa1 RNA (down) and protein (up).

      Response: The reduction in CLCA1 at the RNA level could be associated with the decrease in goblet cell numbers during colitis. Our investigation indicates that Rab7 predominantly influences CLCA1 at the protein level by impacting its degradation pathway. It is important to acknowledge that not all the alterations in CLCA1 observed during colitis can be solely attributed to Rab7, but our study has identified a connection between Rab7 and CLCA1.

      (12) In light of Du et al, it would be interesting to see how the number of peroxisomes changes upon alteration of Rab7 levels.

      Response: The suggestion by the reviewer is noteworthy. Since, being an altogether different domain, it deviates from the primary objectives of current work. Here, our goal was specifically on exploring the role of Rab7 in goblet cell functioning. Thus is an attractive theme for future investigations.

      (13) While Gaur et al suggest in their discussion that Du et al may have observed an upregulation in Rab7 levels in different cell types of the intestine, this is not apparent from the data provided. Tissue sections should be carefully analysed to provide data supporting this observation. Differences in reagents used (antibodies) should also be considered. As far as the human patient data is concerned, it does not appear that the sample stages are very different across the two manuscripts (based on age, inclusion criteria etc.).

      Response: This has been explained in detail in our public comments.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) In general, image-based measurements could be done better (for example, object-based statistics than pixel-based overlaps) and represented differently. It is difficult to appreciate the reduction in Rab7 levels in goblet cells in Fig 2 A, C. It might be good to show the channels separately, and perhaps use an intensity gradient LUT for the Rab7 channel.

      Response: The single channel fluorescence images are incorporated in Fig. S2.

      (2) The EM images, and particularly Fig 2F are not convincing, with an oddly square-shaped vesicle. I'm not sure what value they are adding to the interpretation.

      Response: The observed square-shaped vesicle in Fig. 2F could be attributed to the dynamic nature of vesicles within a cell. This dynamicity allows them to adopt various shapes depending on their state and function within the cell. The presence of Rab7 near vacuoles of goblet cells signify its probable involvement in the regulation of secretory function of these cells which is the key aspect being covered in this work.

      (3) A general method question concerns the definition of the distal colon. How is this decided, particularly when colon lengths are reduced upon DSS treatment?

      Response: The murine colon is divided into proximal and distal colon of mouse and has a visual difference of inner folds which are quite prominent in proximal colon. Additionally, the portion towards the rectum (predominantly distal colon) was majorly utilized for the experiments. In each case the various experimental groups were matched for the respective areas.

      (4) The use of an in vivo intestine-specific Rab7 silencing model is good. Why does Rab7 KD itself not capitulate aspects of DSS treatment, rather it seems to exacerbate it.

      Response: Our objective was to determine whether the downregulation of Rab7 during colitis was the cause or consequence of gut inflammation. Interestingly, our investigation using the murine Rab7 knockdown model revealed that the reduction of Rab7 expression in the intestine exacerbates inflammation. Subsequent analysis demonstrated that the absence of Rab7 disrupts goblet cell secretory function, consequently contributing to heightened inflammation. Our findings overall suggest that Rab7 downregulation is not merely a consequence but plays a contributory role in aggravating inflammation in the context of colitis.

      (5) The axes labels in Fig 5 are not readable. It is unclear how Rab7 KD is more similar in gut microbiota phenotypes to DSS than to CScr.

      Response: The microbial analysis revealed an abnormal composition of gut microbiota in Rab7KD mice compared to CScr. Interestingly, this composition exhibited some similarity to the inflamed gut microbiota observed in DSSScr mice. The analysis further demonstrated a shift in microbial diversity in Rab7KD mice, showcasing characteristics akin to those observed in inflamed mice. This similarity in gut microbiota phenotypes between Rab7KD and DSSScr suggests a potential link or influence of Rab7 downregulation on the microbiota, contributing to the observed similarities with DSS-induced inflammation.

      (6) The use of mucous proteomics to identify mechanisms of Rab7-mediated phenotype is a good approach. The replicates in the proteomics dataset (Fig 6F) do not seem to match. Detailing of methodology used for analysis will help to overcome these doubts.

      Response: The identified proteins in different samples of mucus proteomics were subjected to label free quantification. Subsequently, the significantly altered proteins were subjected to analysis with the False Discovery Rate (FDR) to control for potential false positives and ascertain the validity of the findings.

      (7) It will be good to see the immunoblots showing the negative correlation between Rab7 and CLCL1 in Fig 7D.

      Response: Fig. 7C shows western blot for protein expression of CLCA1of the same control and UC samples which were used in Fig. 1F to show Rab7 expression. Fig. 7D is the quantitative correlation plot for Fig. 1F (Rab7 expression) and Fig. 7C (CLCA1 expression).

      (8) Why is UC different from the DSS model for Rab7 gene expression but not protein levels? Endosomal counts could help address this.

      Response: We encountered challenges in accurately counting the individual puncta of Rab7 expression in immunofluorescence images due to the nature of tissue samples. Locating endosomes within a single cell proved to be challenging, and the proximity of many puncta made it difficult to delineate them individually. Despite these technical difficulties, the intriguing prospect of correlating Rab7 expression with endosomal counts remains a compelling aspect that may well be area for future investigations.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This study uses a multi-pronged empirical and theoretical approach to advance our understanding of how differences in learning relate to differences in the ways that male versus female animals cope with urban environments, and more generally how reversal learning may benefit animals in urban habitats. The work makes an important contribution and parts of the data and analyses are solid, although several of the main claims are only partially supported or overstated and require additional support.

      Public Reviews:

      We thank the Editor and both Reviewers for their time and for their constructive evaluation of our manuscript. We worked to address each comment and suggestion offered by the Reviewers in our revision—please see our point-by-point responses below.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this highly ambitious paper, Breen and Deffner used a multi-pronged approach to generate novel insights on how differences between male and female birds in their learning strategies might relate to patterns of invasion and spread into new geographic and urban areas.

      The empirical results, drawn from data available in online archives, showed that while males and females are similar in their initial efficiency of learning a standard color-food association (e.g., color X = food; color Y = no food) scenario when the associations are switched (now, color Y = food, X= no food), males are more efficient than females at adjusting to the new situation (i.e., faster at 'reversal learning'). Clearly, if animals live in an unstable world, where associations between cues (e.g., color) and what is good versus bad might change unpredictably, it is important to be good at reversal learning. In these grackles, males tend to disperse into new areas before females. It is thus fascinating that males appear to be better than females at reversal learning. Importantly, to gain a better understanding of underlying learning mechanisms, the authors use a Bayesian learning model to assess the relative role of two mechanisms (each governed by a single parameter) that might contribute to differences in learning. They find that what they term 'risk sensitive' learning is the key to explaining the differences in reversal learning. Males tend to exhibit higher risk sensitivity which explains their faster reversal learning. The authors then tested the validity of their empirical results by running agent-based simulations where 10,000 computersimulated 'birds' were asked to make feeding choices using the learning parameters estimated from real birds. Perhaps not surprisingly, the computer birds exhibited learning patterns that were strikingly similar to the real birds. Finally, the authors ran evolutionary algorithms that simulate evolution by natural selection where the key traits that can evolve are the two learning parameters. They find that under conditions that might be common in urban environments, high-risk sensitivity is indeed favored.

      Strengths:

      The paper addresses a critically important issue in the modern world. Clearly, some organisms (some species, some individuals) are adjusting well and thriving in the modern, human-altered world, while others are doing poorly. Understanding how organisms cope with human-induced environmental change, and why some are particularly good at adjusting to change is thus an important question.

      The comparison of male versus female reversal learning across three populations that differ in years since they were first invaded by grackles is one of few, perhaps the first in any species, to address this important issue experimentally.

      Using a combination of experimental results, statistical simulations, and evolutionary modeling is a powerful method for elucidating novel insights.

      Thank you—we are delighted to receive this positive feedback, especially regarding the inferential power of our analytical approach.

      Weaknesses:

      The match between the broader conceptual background involving range expansion, urbanization, and sex-biased dispersal and learning, and the actual comparison of three urban populations along a range expansion gradient was somewhat confusing. The fact that three populations were compared along a range expansion gradient implies an expectation that they might differ because they are at very different points in a range expansion. Indeed, the predicted differences between males and females are largely couched in terms of population differences based on their 'location' along the rangeexpansion gradient. However, the fact that they are all urban areas suggests that one might not expect the populations to differ. In addition, the evolutionary model suggests that all animals, male or female, living in urban environments (that the authors suggest are stable but unpredictable) should exhibit high-risk sensitivity. Given that all grackles, male and female, in all populations, are both living in urban environments and likely come from an urban background, should males and females differ in their learning behavior? Clarification would be useful.

      Thank you for highlighting a gap in clarity in our conceptual framework. To answer the Reviewer’s question—yes, even with this shared urban ‘history’, it seems plausible that males and females could differ in their learning. For example, irrespective of population membership, such sex differences could come about via differential reliance on learning strategies mediated by an interaction between grackles’ polygynous mating system and malebiased dispersal system, as we discuss in L254–265 (now L295–306). Population membership might, in turn, differentially moderate the magnitude of any such sex-effect since an edge population, even though urban, could still pose novel challenges—for example, by requiring grackles to learn novel daily temporal foraging patterns such as when and where garbage is collected (grackles appear to track this food resource: Rodrigo et al. 2021 [DOI: 10.1101/2021.06.14.448443]). We now introduce this important conceptual information— please see L89–96.

      Reinforcement learning mechanisms:

      Although the authors' title, abstract, and conclusions emphasize the importance of variation in 'risk sensitivity', most readers in this field will very possibly misunderstand what this means biologically. Both the authors' use of the term 'risk sensitivity' and their statistical methods for measuring this concept have potential problems.

      Please see our below responses concerning our risk-sensitivity term.

      First, most behavioral ecologists think of risk as predation risk which is not considered in this paper. Secondarily, some might think of risk as uncertainty. Here, as discussed in more detail below, the 'risk sensitivity' parameter basically influences how strongly an option's attractiveness affects the animal's choice of that option. They say that this is in line with foraging theory (Stephens and Krebs 2019) where sensitivity means seeking higher expected payoffs based on prior experience. To me, this sounds like 'reward sensitivity', but not what most think of as 'risk sensitivity'. This problem can be easily fixed by changing the name of the term.

      We apologise for not clearly introducing the field of risk-sensitive foraging, which focuses on how animals evaluate and choose between distinct food options, and how such foraging decisions are influenced by pay-off variance i.e., risk associated with alternative foraging options (seminal reviews: Bateson 2002 [DOI: 10.1079/PNS2002181]; Kacelnik & Bateson 1996 [DOI: 10.1093/ICB/36.4.402]). We have added this information to our manuscript in L494–497. We further apologise for not clearly explaining how our lambda parameter estimates such risk-sensitive foraging. To do so here, we need to consider our Bayesian reinforcement learning model in full. This model uses observed choice-behaviour during reinforcement learning to infer our phi (information-updating) and lambda (risksensitivity) learning parameters. Thus, payoffs incurred through choice simultaneously influence estimation of each learning parameter—that is, in a sense, they are both sensitive to rewards. But phi and lambda differentially direct any reward sensitivity back on choicebehaviour due to their distinct definitions. Glossing over the mathematics, for phi, stronger reward sensitivity (bigger phi values) means faster internal updating about stimulus-reward pairings, which translates behaviourally into faster learning about ‘what to choose’. For lambda, stronger reward sensitivity (bigger lambda values) means stronger internal determinism about seeking the non-risk foraging option (i.e., the one with the higher expected payoffs based on prior experience), which translates behaviourally into less choice-option switching i.e., ‘playing it safe’. We hope this information, which we have incorporated into our revised manuscript (please see L153–161), clarifies the rationale and mechanics of our reinforcement learning model, and why lamba measures risk-sensitivity.

      In addition, however, the parameter does not measure sensitivity to rewards per se - rewards are not in equation 2. As noted above, instead, equation 2 addresses the sensitivity of choice to the attraction score which can be sensitive to rewards, though in complex ways depending on the updating parameter. Second, equations 1 and 2 involve one specific assumption about how sensitivity to rewards vs. to attraction influences the probability of choosing an option. In essence, the authors split the translation from rewards to behavioral choices into 2 steps. Step 1 is how strongly rewards influence an option's attractiveness and step 2 is how strongly attractiveness influences the actual choice to use that option. The equation for step 1 is linear whereas the equation for step 2 has an exponential component. Whether a relationship is linear or exponential can clearly have a major effect on how parameter values influence outcomes. Is there a justification for the form of these equations? The analyses suggest that the exponential component provides a better explanation than the linear component for the difference between males and females in the sequence of choices made by birds, but translating that to the concepts of information updating versus reward sensitivity is unclear. As noted above, the authors' equation for reward sensitivity does not actually include rewards explicitly, but instead only responds to rewards if the rewards influence attraction scores. The more strongly recent rewards drive an update of attraction scores, the more strongly they also influence food choices. While this is intuitively reasonable, I am skeptical about the authors' biological/cognitive conclusions that are couched in terms of words (updating rate and risk sensitivity) that readers will likely interpret as concepts that, in my view, do not actually concur with what the models and analyses address.

      To answer the Reviewer’s question—yes, these equations are very much standard and the canonical way of analysing individual reinforcement learning (see: Ch. 15.2 in Computational Modeling of Cognition and Behavior by Farrell & Lewandowsky 2018 [DOI: 10.1017/CBO9781316272503]; McElreath et al. 2008 [DOI: 10.1098/rstb/2008/0131]; Reinforcement Learning by Sutton & Barto 2018). To provide a “justification for the form of these equations'', equation 1 describes a convex combination of previous values and recent payoffs. Latent values are updated as a linear combination of both factors, there is no simple linear mapping between payoffs and behaviour as suggested by the reviewer. Equation 2 describes the standard softmax link function. It converts a vector of real numbers (here latent values) into a simplex vector (i.e., a vector summing to 1) which represents the probabilities of different outcomes. Similar to the logit link in logistic regression, the softmax simply maps the model space of latent values onto the outcome space of choice probabilities which enter the categorial likelihood distribution. We can appreciate how we did not make this clear in our manuscript by not highlighting the standard nature of our analytical approach—we now do so in our revised manuscript (please see L148–149). As far as what our reinforcement learning model measures, and how it relates cognition and behaviour, please see our previous response.

      To emphasize, while the authors imply that their analyses separate the updating rate from 'risk sensitivity', both the 'updating parameter' and the 'risk sensitivity' parameter influence both the strength of updating and the sensitivity to reward payoffs in the sense of altering the tendency to prefer an option based on recent experience with payoffs. As noted in the previous paragraph, the main difference between the two parameters is whether they relate to behaviour linearly versus with an exponential component.

      Please see our two earlier responses on the mechanics of our reinforcement learning model.

      Overall, while the statistical analyses based on equations (1) and (2) seem to have identified something interesting about two steps underlying learning patterns, to maximize the valuable conceptual impact that these analyses have for the field, more thinking is required to better understand the biological meaning of how these two parameters relate to observed behaviours, and the 'risk sensitivity' parameter needs to be re-named.

      Please see our earlier response to these suggestions.

      Agent-based simulations:

      The authors estimated two learning parameters based on the behaviour of real birds, and then ran simulations to see whether computer 'birds' that base their choices on those learning parameters return behaviours that, on average, mirror the behaviour of the real birds. This exercise is clearly circular. In old-style, statistical terms, I suppose this means that the R-square of the statistical model is good. A more insightful use of the simulations would be to identify situations where the simulation does not do as well in mirroring behaviour that it is designed to mirror.

      Based on the Reviewer’s summary of agent-based forward simulation, we can see we did a poor job explaining the inferential value of this method—we apologise. Agent-based forward simulations are posterior predictions, and they provide insight into the implied model dynamics and overall usefulness of our reinforcement learning model. R-squared calculations are retrodictive, and they say nothing about the causal dynamics of a model. Specifically, agent-based forward simulation allows us to ask—what would a ‘new’ grackle ‘do’, given our reinforcement learning model parameter estimates? It is important to ask this question because, in parameterising our model, we may have overlooked a critical contributing mechanism to grackles’ reinforcement learning. Such an omission is invisible in the raw parameter estimates; it is only betrayed by the parameters in actu. Agent-based forward simulation is ‘designed’ to facilitate this call to action—not to mirror behavioural results. The simulation has no apriori ‘opinion’ about computer ‘birds’ behavioural outcomes; rather, it simply assigns these agents random phi and lambda draws (whilst maintaining their correlation structure), and tracks their reinforcement learning. The exercise only appears circular if no critical contributing mechanism(s) went overlooked—in this case computer ‘birds’ should behave similar to real birds. A disparate mapping between computer ‘birds’ and real birds, however, would mean more work is needed with respect to model parameterisation that captures the causal, mechanistic dynamics behind real birds’ reinforcement learning (for an example of this happening in the human reinforcement learning literature, see Deffner et al. 2020 [DOI: 10.1098/rsos.200734]). In sum, agent-based forward simulation does not access goodness-of-fit—we assessed the fit of our model apriori in our preregistration (https://osf.io/v3wxb)—but it does assess whether one did a comprehensive job of uncovering the mechanistic basis of target behaviour(s). We have worked to make the above points on the method and the insight afforded by agent-based forward simulation explicitly clear in our revision—please see L192–207 and L534–537.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The study is titled "Leading an urban invasion: risk-sensitive learning is a winning strategy", and consists of three different parts. First, the authors analyse data on initial and reversal learning in Grackles confronted with a foraging task, derived from three populations labeled as "core", "middle" and "edge" in relation to the invasion front. The suggested difference between study populations does not surface, but the authors do find moderate support for a difference between male and female individuals. Secondly, the authors confirm that the proposed mechanism can actually generate patterns such as those observed in the Grackle data. In the third part, the authors present an evolutionary model, in which they show that learning strategies as observed in male Grackles do evolve in what they regard as conditions present in urban environments.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript's strength is that it combines real learning data collected across different populations of the Great-tailed grackle (Quiscalus mexicanus) with theoretical approaches to better understand the processes with which grackles learn and how such learning processes might be advantageous during range expansion. Furthermore, the authors also take sex into account revealing that males, the dispersing sex, show moderately better reversal learning through higher reward-payoff sensitivity. I also find it refreshing to see that the authors took the time to preregister their study to improve transparency, especially regarding data analysis.

      Thank you—we are pleased to receive this positive evaluation, particularly concerning our efforts to improve scientific transparency via our study’s preregistration (https://osf.io/v3wxb).

      Weaknesses:

      One major weakness of this manuscript is the fact that the authors are working with quite low sample sizes when we look at the different populations of edge (11 males & 8 females), middle (4 males & 4 females), and core (17 males & 5 females) expansion range. Although I think that when all populations are pooled together, the sample size is sufficient to answer the questions regarding sex differences in learning performance and which learning processes might be used by grackles but insufficient when taking the different populations into account.

      In Bayesian statistics, there is no strict lower limit of required sample size as the inferences do not rely on asymptotic assumptions. With inferences remaining valid in principle, low sample size will of course be reflected in rather uncertain posterior estimates. We note all of our multilevel models use partial pooling on individuals (the random-effects structure), which is a regularisation technique that generally reduces the inference constraint imposed by a low sample size (see Ch. 13 in Statistical Rethinking by Richard McElreath [PDF: https://bit.ly/3RXCy8c]). We further note that, in our study preregistration (https://osf.io/v3wxb), we formally tested our reinforcement learning model for different effect sizes of sex on learning for both target parameters (phi and lambda) across populations, using a similarly modest N (edge: 10 M, 5 F; middle: 22 M, 5 F ; core: 3 M, 4 F) to our actual final N, that we anticipated to be our final N at that time. This apriori analysis shows our reinforcement learning model: (i) detects sex differences in phi values >= 0.03 and lambda values >= 1; and (ii) infers a null effect for phi values < 0.03 and lambda values < 1 i.e., very weak simulated sex differences (see Figure 4 in https://osf.io/v3wxb). Thus, both of these points together highlight how our reinforcement learning model allows us to say that across-population null results are not just due to small sample size. Nevertheless the Reviewer is not wrong to wonder whether a bigger N might change our population-level results (it might; so might muchneeded population replicates—see L310), but our Bayesian models still allow us to learn a lot from our current data. We now explain this in our revised manuscript—please see L452–457.

      Another weakness of this manuscript is that it does not set up the background well in the introduction. Firstly, are grackles urban dwellers in their natural range and expand by colonising urban habitats because they are adapted to it? The introduction also fails to mention why urban habitats are special and why we expect them to be more challenging for animals to inhabit. If we consider that one of their main questions is related to how learning processes might help individuals deal with a challenging urban habitat, then this should be properly introduced.

      In L74–75 (previously L53–56) we introduce that the estimated historical niche of grackles is urban environments, and that shifts in habitat breadth—e.g., moving into more arid, agricultural environments—is the estimated driver of their rapid North American colonisation. We hope this included information sufficiently answers the Reviewer’s question. We have worked towards flushing out how urban-imposed challenges faced by grackles, such as the wildlife management efforts introduced in L64–65 (now L85–86), may apply to animals inhabiting urban environments more broadly; for example, we now include an entire paragraph in our Introduction detailing how urban environments may be characterised differently to nonurban environments, and thus why they are perhaps more challenging for animals to inhabit— please see L56–71.

      Also, the authors provide a single example of how learning can differ between populations from more urban and more natural habitats. The authors also label the urban dwellers as the invaders, which might be the case for grackles but is not necessarily true for other species, such as the Indian rock agama in the example which are native to the area of study. Also, the authors need to be aware that only male lizards were tested in this study. I suggest being a bit more clear about what has been found across different studies looking at: (1) differences across individuals from invasive and native populations of invasive species and (2) differences across individuals from natural and urban populations.

      We apologise for not including more examples of such learning differences. We now include three examples (please see L43–49), and we are careful to call attention to the fact that these data cover both resident urban and non-urban species as well as urban invasive species (please see L49–50). We also revised our labelling of the lizard species (please see L44). We are aware only male lizards were tested but this information is not relevant to substantiating our use of this study; that is, to highlight that learning can differ between urbandwelling and non-urban counterparts. We hope the changes we did make to our manuscript satisfy the Reviewer’s general suggestion to add biological clarity.

      Finally, the introduction is very much written with regard to the interaction between learning and dispersal, i.e. the 'invasion front' theme. The authors lay out four predictions, the most important of which is No. 4: "Such sex-mediated differences in learning to be more pronounced in grackles living at the edge, rather than the intermediate and/or core region of their range." The authors, however, never return to this prediction, at least not in a transparent way that clearly pronounces this pattern not being found. The model looking at the evolution of risk-sensitive learning in urban environments is based on the assumption that urban and natural environments "differ along two key ecological axes: environmental stability 𝑢 (How often does optimal behaviour change?) and environmental stochasticity 𝑠 (How often does optimal behaviour fail to pay off?). Urban environments are generally characterised as both stable (lower 𝑢) and stochastic (higher 𝑠)". Even though it is generally assumed that urban environments differ from natural environments the authors' assumption is just one way of looking at the differences which have generally not been confirmed and are highly debated. Additionally, it is not clear how this result relates to the rest of the paper: The three populations are distinguished according to their relation to the invasion front, not with respect to a gradient of urbanization, and further do not show a meaningful difference in learning behaviour possibly due to low sample sizes as mentioned above.

      Thank you for highlighting a gap in our reporting clarity. We now take care to transparently report our null result regarding our fourth prediction; more specifically, that we did not detect credible population-level differences in grackles’ learning (please see L130). Regarding our evolutionary model, we agree with the Reviewer that this analysis is only one way of looking at the interaction between learning phenotype and apparent urban environmental characteristics. Indeed, in L282–288 (now L325–329) we state: “Admittedly, our evolutionary model is not a complete representation of urban ecology dynamics. Relevant factors—e.g., spatial dynamics and realistic life histories—are missed out. These omissions are tactical ones. Our evolutionary model solely focuses on the response of reinforcement learning parameters to two core urban-like (or not) environmental statistics, providing a baseline for future study to build on”. But we can see now that ‘core’ is too strong a word, and instead ‘supposed’, ‘purported’ or ‘theorised’ would be more accurate—we have revised our wording throughout our manuscript to say as much (please see, for example, L24; L56; L328). We also further highlight the preliminary nature of our evolutionary model, in terms of allowing a narrow but useful first-look at urban eco-evolutionary dynamics—please see L228–232. Finally, we now detail the theorised characteristics of urban environments in our Introduction (rather than in our Results; please see L56–71), and we hope that by doing so, how our evolutionary results relate to the rest of our paper is now better set up and clear.

      In conclusion, the manuscript was well written and for the most part easy to follow. The format of eLife having the results before the methods makes it a bit harder to follow because the reader is not fully aware of the methods at the time the results are presented. It would, therefore, be important to more clearly delineate the different parts and purposes. Is this article about the interaction between urban invasion, dispersal, and learning? Or about the correct identification of learning mechanisms? Or about how learning mechanisms evolve in urban and natural environments? Maybe this article can harbor all three, but the borders need to be clear. The authors need to be transparent about what has and especially what has not been found, and be careful to not overstate their case.

      Thank you, we are pleased to read that the Reviewer found our manuscript to be generally digestible. We have worked to add further clarity, and to tempter our tone (please see our above and below responses).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Several of the results are based on CIs that overlap zero. Tone these down somewhat.

      We apologise for overstating our results, which we have worked to tone down in our revision. For instance, in L185–186 we now differentiate between estimates that did or did not overlap zero (please also see our response to Reviewer 2 on this tonal change). We note we do not report confidence intervals (i.e., the range of values expected to contain the true estimate if one redoes the study/analysis many times). Rather, we report 89% highest posterior density intervals (i.e., the most likely values of our parameters over this range). We have added this definition in L459, to improve clarity.

      The literature review suggesting that urban environments are more unpredictable is not convincing. Yes, they have more noise and light pollution and more cars and planes, but does this actually relate to the unpredictability of getting a food reward when you choose an option that usually yields rewards?

      To answer the Reviewer’s question—yes. But we can see that by not including empirical examples from the literature, we did a poor job of arguing such links. In L43–49 we now give three empirical examples; more specifically, we state: “[...] experimental data show the more variable are traffic noise and pedestrian presence, the more negative are such human-driven effects on birds' sleep (Grunst et al., 2021), mating (Blickley et al., 2012), and foraging behaviour (Fernández-Juricic, 2000).” We note we now detail such apparently stable but stochastic urban environmental characteristics in our Introduction rather than our Results section, to hopefully improve the clarity of our manuscript (please see L56–71). We further note that we cite three literature reviews—not one—suggesting urban environments are stable in certain characteristics and more unpredictable in others (please see L59–60). Finally, we appreciate such characterisation is not certain, and so in our revision we have qualified all writing about this potential dynamic with words such as “apparent”, “supposed”, “theorised”, “hypothesised” etc.

      It would be interesting to see if other individual traits besides sex affect their learning/reversal learning ability and/or their learning parameters. Do you have data on age, size, condition, or personality? Or, the habitat where they were captured?

      We do not have these data. But we agree with the Reviewer that examining the potential influence of such covariates on grackles’ reinforcement learning would be interesting in future study, especially habitat characteristics (please see L306–309).

      For most levels of environmental noise, there appears to be an intermediate maximum for the relationship between environmental stability and the risk sensitivity parameter. What does this mean?

      There is indeed an intermediate maximum for certain values of environmental stochasticity (although the differences are rather small). The most plausible reason for this is that for very stable environments, simulated birds essentially always “know” the rewarded solution and never need to “relearn” behaviour. In this case, differences in latent values will tend to be large (because they consistently get rewarded for the same option), and different lambda values (in the upper range) will produce the same choice behaviour, which results in very weak selection. While in very unstable environments, optimal choice behaviour should be more exploratory, allowing learners to track frequently-changing environments. We now note this pattern in L240–248.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      L2: I'd encourage the authors to reconsider the term "risk-sensitive learning", at least in the title. It's not apparent to me how 'risk' relates to the investigated foraging behaviour. Elsewhere, risk-reward sensitivity is used which may be a better term.

      We apologise for not clearly introducing the field of risk-sensitive foraging, which focuses on how animals evaluate and choose between distinct food options, and how such foraging decisions are influenced by pay-off variance i.e., risk associated with alternative foraging options (seminal reviews: Bateson 2002 [DOI: 10.1079/PNS2002181]; Kacelnik & Bateson 1996 [DOI: 10.1093/ICB/36.4.402]). We have added this information to our manuscript in L494–497. In explaining our reinforcement model, we also now detail how risk relates to foraging behaviour. Specifically, in L153–161 we now state: “Both learning parameters capture individual-level internal response to incurred reward-payoffs, but they differentially direct any reward sensitivity back on choice-behaviour due to their distinct definitions (full mathematical details in Materials and methods). For 𝜙, stronger reward sensitivity (bigger values) means faster internal updating about stimulus-reward pairings, which translates behaviourally into faster learning about ‘what to choose’. For 𝜆, stronger reward sensitivity (bigger values) means stronger internal determinism about seeking the nonrisk foraging option (i.e., the one with the higher expected payoffs based on prior experience), which translates behaviourally into less choice-option switching i.e., ‘playing it safe’.” We hope this information clarifies why lamba measures risk-sensitivity, and why we continue to use this term.

      L1-3: The title is a bit misleading with regard to the empirical data. From the data, all that can be said is that male grackles relearn faster than females. Any difference between populations actually runs the other way, with the core population exhibiting a larger difference between males and females than the mid and edge populations.

      It is customary for a manuscript title to describe the full scope of the study. In our study, we have empirical data, cognitive modelling, and evolutionary simulations of the background theory all together. And together these analytical approaches show: (1) across three populations, male grackles—the dispersing sex in this historically urban-dwelling and currently urban-invading species—outperform female counterparts in reversal learning; (2) they do this via risk-sensitive learning, so they’re more sensitive to relative differences in reward payoffs and choose to stick with the ‘safe’ i.e., rewarding option, rather than continuing to ‘gamble’ on an alternative option; and (3) risk-sensitive learning should be favoured in statistical environments characterised by purported urban dynamics. So, we do not feel our title “Leading an urban invasion: risk-sensitive learning is a winning strategy” is misleading with regard to our empirical data; it just doesn’t summarise only our empirical data. Finally, as we now state in L312–313, we caution against speculating about any between-population variation, as we did not infer any meaningful behavioural or mechanistic population-level differences.

      L13: "Assayed", is that correctly put, given that the authors did not collect the data?

      Merrian-Webster defines assay as “to analyse” or “examination or determination as to characteristics”, and so to answer the Reviewer’s question—yes, we feel this is correctly put. We note we explicitly introduce in L102–103 that we did not collect the data, and we have an explicit “Data provenance” section in our methods (please see L342–347).

      L42-46: The authors provide a single example of how learning can differ between populations from more urban and more natural habitats. I would like to point out that many of these studies do not directly confirm that the ability in question has indeed led to the success of the species tested (e.g. show fitness consequences). Then the authors could combine these insights to form a solid prediction for the grackles. As of now, this looks like cherry-picking supportive literature without considering negative results.

      Here are some references that might be helpful in identifying relevant literature to cite:

      Szabo, B., Damas-Moreira, I., & Whiting, M. J. (2020). Can cognitive ability give invasive species the means to succeed? A review of the evidence. Frontiers in Ecology and Evolution, 8, 187.

      Griffin AS, Tebbich S, Bugnyar T, 2017. Animal cognition in a human-dominated world. Anim Cogn 20(1):1-6.

      Kark, S., Iwaniuk, A., Schalimtzek, A., & Banker, E. (2007). Living in the city: Can anyone become an "urban exploiter"? Journal of Biogeography, 34(4), 638-651.

      We apologise for not including more examples of such learning differences. We now include three examples (please see L43–49). We are aware that direct evidence of fitness consequences is entirely lacking in the scientific literature on cognition and successful urban invasion; hence why such data is not present in our paper. But we now explicitly point out a role for likely fitness-affecting anthropogenic disturbances on sleep, mate, and foraging behaviour on animals inhabiting urban environments (please see L63–68). We hope these new data bolster our predictions for our grackles. Finally, the Reviewer paints a (in our view) inaccurate picture of our use of available literature. Nevertheless, to address their comment, we now highlight a recent meta-analysis advocating for further research to confirm apparent ‘positive’ trends between animal ‘smarts’ and successful ‘city living’ (please see L43).

      L64: Is their niche historically urban, or have they recently moved into urban areas?

      In L74–75 (previously L53–56) we introduce that the estimated historical niche of grackles is urban environments, and that shifts in habitat breadth—e.g., moving into more arid, agricultural environments—is the estimated driver of their rapid North American colonisation. We hope this included information sufficiently answers the Reviewer’s question.

      L66-67: This is an important point that is however altogether missing from the discussion.

      We thank the Reviewer for highlighting a gap in our discussion regarding populationlevel differences in grackles’ reinforcement learning. In L310–312 we now state: “The lack of spatial replicates in the existing data set used herein inherently poses limitations on inference. Nevertheless, the currently available data do not show meaningful population-level behavioural or mechanistic differences in grackles’ reinforcement learning, and we should thus be cautious about speculating on between-population variation”.

      L68-71: The paper focuses on cognitive ability. The whole paragraph sets up the prediction of why male grackles should be better learners due to their dispersal behaviour. This example, however, focuses on aggression, not cognition. Here is a study showing differences in learning in male and female mynas that might be better suited:

      Federspiel IG, Garland A, Guez D, Bugnyar T, Healy SD, Güntürkün O, Griffin AS, 2017. Adjusting foraging strategies: a comparison of rural and urban common mynas (Acridotheres tristis). Anim Cogn 20(1):65-74.

      We thank the Reviewer for suggesting this paper. We feel it is better suited to substantiating our point in the Discussion about reversal learning not being indicative of cognitive ability—please see L276–277.

      L73: Generally, I suggest not writing "for the first time" as this is not a valid argument for why a study should be conducted. Furthermore, except for replication studies, most studies investigate questions that are novel and have not been investigated before.

      The Reviewer makes a fair point—we have removed this statement.

      L80-81: Here again, this is left undiscussed later on.

      By ‘this’ we assume the Reviewer is referring to our hypothesis, which is that sex differences in dispersal are related to sex differences in learning in an urban invader— grackles. At the beginning of our Discussion, we state how we found support for this hypothesis (please see L250–261); and in our ‘Ideas and speculation’ section, we discuss how these hypothesis-supporting data fit into the literature more broadly (please see L294–331). We feel this is therefore sufficiently discussed.

      L77-81: This sentence is very long and therefore hard to read. I suggest trying to split it into at least 2 separate sentences which would improve readability.

      Per the Reviewer’s useful suggestion, we have split this sentence into two separate sentences—please see L97–115.

      L83: Please explain choice-option switches. I am not aware of what that is and it should be explained at first mention.

      We apologise for this operational oversight. We now include a working definition of speed and choice-option switches at first mention. Specifically, in L107–108 we state: “[...] we expect male and female grackles to differ across at least two reinforcement learning behaviours: speed (trials to criterion) and choice-option switches (times alternating between available stimuli)”.

      L83-87: Again, a very long sentence. Please split.

      We thank the Reviewer for their suggestion. In this case we feel it is important to not change our sentence structure because we want our prediction statements to match between our manuscript and our preregistration.

      L96-97: Important to not overstate this. It merely demonstrates the potential of the proposed (not detected) mechanism to generate the observed data.

      As in any empirical analysis, our drawn conclusions depend on causal assumptions about the mechanisms generating behaviour (Pearl, J. (2009). Causality). Therefore, we “detected” specific learning mechanisms assuming a certain generative model, namely reinforcement learning. As there is overwhelming evidence for the widespread importance of value-based decision making and Rescorla-Wagner updating rules across numerous different animals (Sutton & Barto (2018) Reinforcement Learning), we would argue that this assumed model is highly plausible in our case. Still, we changed the text to “inferred” instead of “detected” learning mechanisms to account for this concern—please see L123–124.

      L99: "urban-like settings" again a bit confusing. The authors talk about invasion fronts, but now also about an urbanisation gradient. Is the main difference between the size and the date of establishment, or is there additionally a gradient in urbanisation to be considered?

      We now include a paragraph in our Introduction detailing apparent urban environmental characteristics (please see 56–71), and we now refer to this dynamic specifically when we define urban-like settings (please see L126–127). To answer the Reviewer’s question—we consider both differences. Specifically, we consider the time since population establishment in our paper (with respect to our behavioural and mechanistic modelling), as well as how statistical environments that vary in how similar they are to apparently characteristically urban-like environments, might favour particular learning phenotypes (with respect to our evolutionary modelling). We hope the edits to our Introduction as a whole now make both of the aims clear.

      L11-112: Above the authors talk about a comparable number of switches (10.5/15=0.7), and here of fewer number of switches (25/35=0.71), even though the magnitude of the difference is almost identical and actually runs the other way. The authors are probably misled by their conservative priors, which makes the difference appear greater in the second case than in the first. Using flat priors would avoid this particular issue.

      Mathematically, the number of trials-to-finish and the number of choice-optionswitches are both a Poisson distributed outcome with rate λ (we note lambda here is not our risk-sensitivity parameter; just standard notation). As such, our Poisson models infer the rate of these outcomes by sex and phase—not the ratio of these outcomes by sex and phase. So comparing the magnitude of divided medians of choice-option-switches between the sexes by phase is not a meaningful metric with respect to the distribution of our data, as the Reviewer does above. For perspective, 1 vs. 2 switches provides much less information about the difference in rates of a Poisson distribution than 50 vs 100 (for the former, no difference would be inferred; for the latter, it would), but both exhibit a 1:2 ratio. To hopefully prevent any such further confusion, and to focus on the fact that our Poisson models estimate the expected value i.e., the mean, we now report and graph (please see Fig. 2) mean and not median trialsto-finish and total-switch-counts. Finally, we can see that our use of the word “conservative” to describe our weakly informative priors is confusing, because conservative could mean either strong priors with respect to expected effect size (not our parameterisation) or weak priors with respect to such assumptions (our parameterisation). To address this lack of clarity, we now state that we use “weakly informative priors” in L457–458.

      L126: It is not clear what risk sensitivity means in the context of these experiments.

      Thank you for pointing out our lack of clarity. In L153–161 we now state: “Both learning parameters capture individual-level internal response to incurred reward-payoffs, but they differentially direct any reward sensitivity back on choice-behaviour due to their distinct definitions (full mathematical details in Materials and methods). For 𝜙, stronger reward sensitivity (bigger values) means faster internal updating about stimulus-reward pairings, which translates behaviourally into faster learning about ‘what to choose’. For 𝜆, stronger reward sensitivity (bigger values) means stronger internal determinism about seeking the nonrisk foraging option (i.e., the one with the higher expected payoffs based on prior experience), which translates behaviourally into less choice-option switching i.e., ‘playing it safe’.” We hope this information clarifies what risk sensitivity means and measures, with respect to our behavioural experiments.

      L128-129: I find this statement too strong. A plethora of other mechanisms could produce similar patterns, and you cannot exclude these by way of your method. All you can show is whether the mechanism is capable of producing broadly similar outcomes as observed

      In describing the inferential value of our reinforcement learning model, we now qualify that the insight provided is of course conditional on the model, which is tonally accurate. Please see L161.

      L144: As I have already mentioned above, here is the first time we hear about unpredictability related to urban environments. I suggest clearly explaining in the introduction how urban and natural environments are assumed to be different which leads to animals needing different cognitive abilities to survive in them which should explain why some species thrive and some species die out in urbanised habitats.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We now include a paragraph in our Introduction detailing as much—please see L56–71.

      L162: "almost entirely above zero" again, this is worded too strongly.

      In reporting our lambda across-population 89% HPDI contrasts in L185–186, we now state: “[...] across-population contrasts that lie mostly above zero in initial learning, and entirely above zero in reversal learning”. Our previous wording stated: ““[...] across-population contrasts that lie almost entirely above zero”. The Reviewer was correct to point out that this previous wording was too strong if we considered the contrasts together, as, indeed, we find the range of the contrast in initial learning does minimally overlap zero (L: -0.77; U: 5.61), while the range of the contrast in reversal learning does not (L: 0.14; U: 4.26). This rephrasing is thus tonally accurate.

      L178-179: I think it should be said instead that the model accounts well for the observed data.

      We have rephrased in line with the Reviewer’s suggestion, now stating in L217–218 that “Such quantitative replication confirms our reinforcement learning model results sufficiently explain our behavioural sex-difference data.”

      L188-190: I am not convinced this is a general pattern. It is quite a bold claim that I don't find to be supported by the citations. Why should biotic and abiotic factors differ in how they affect behavioural outcomes? Also, events in urban environments such as weekend/weekday could lead to highly regular optimal behaviour changes.

      Please see our response to Reviewer 1 on this point. We note we now touch on such regular events in L94–96.

      L209-211: The first sentence is misleading. The authors have found that males and females differ in 'risk sensitivity', that their learning model can fit the data rather well, and that under certain, not necessarily realistic assumptions, the male learning type is favoured by natural selection in urban environments. A difference between core, middle, and edge habitats however is barely found, and in fact seems to run the other way than expected.

      In our study, we found: (1) across three populations, male grackles—the dispersing sex in this historically urban-dwelling and currently urban-invading species—outperform female counterparts in reversal learning; (2) they do this via risk-sensitive learning, so they’re more sensitive to relative differences in reward payoffs and choose to stick with the ‘safe’ i.e., rewarding option, rather than continuing to ‘gamble’ on an alternative option; (3) we are sufficiently certain risk-sensitive learning generates our sex-difference data, as our agentbased forward simulations replicate our behavioural results (not because our model ‘fits’ the data, but because we inferred meaningful mechanistic differences—see our response to Reviewer 1 on this point); and (4) under theorised dynamics of urban environments, natural selection should favour risk-sensitive learning. We therefore do not feel it is misleading to say that we mapped a full pathway from behaviour to mechanisms through to selection and adaptation. Again, as we now state in L311–313, we caution against speculating about any between-population variation, as we did not infer any meaningful behavioural or mechanistic population-level differences. And we note the Reviewer is wrong to assume an interaction between learning, dispersal, and sex requires population-level differences on the outcome scale—please see our discussion on phenotypic plasticity and inherent species trait(s) in L313–324.

      L216: "indeed explain" again worded too strongly.

      We have tempered our wording. Specifically, we now state in L218: “sufficiently explain”. This wording is tonally accurate with respect to the inferential value of agent-based forward simulations—please see L192–207 on this point.

      L234: "reward-payoff sensitivity" might be a better term than risk-sensitivity?

      Please see our earlier response to this suggestion. We note we have changed this text to state “risk-sensitive learning” rather than “reward-payoff sensitivity”, to hopefully prevent the reader from concluding only our lambda term is sensitive to rewards—a point we now include in L153–154.

      L234-237: I think these points may be valuable, but come too much out of the blue. Many readers will not have a detailed knowledge of the experimental assays. It therefore also does not become clear how they measure the wrong thing, what this study does to demonstrate this, or whether a better alternative is presented herein. It almost seems like this should be a separate paper by itself.

      We apologise for this lack of context. We now explicitly state in L275 that we are discussing reversal learning assays, to give all readers this knowledge. In doing so, we hope the logic of our argument is now clear: reversal learning assays do not measure behavioural flexibility, whatever that even is. The Reviewer’s suggestion of a separate paper focused on what reversal learning assays actually measure, in terms of mechanism(s), is an interesting one, and we would welcome this discussion. But any such paper should build on the points we make here.

      L270-288: Somewhere here the authors have to explain how they have not found differences between populations, or that in so far as they found them, they run against the originally stated hypothesis.

      We thank the Reviewer for these suggestions. In L310—313 we now state: “The lack of spatial replicates in the existing data set used herein inherently poses limitations on inference. Nevertheless, the currently available data do not show meaningful population-level behavioural or mechanistic differences in grackles’ reinforcement learning, and we should thus be cautious about speculating on between-population variation”.

      L284: should be "missing" not "missed out"

      We have made this change.

      L290-291: It is unclear what "robust interactive links" were found. A pattern of sexbiased learning was found, which can potentially be attributed to evolutionary pressures in urban environments. An interaction e.g. between learning, dispersal, and sex can only be tentatively suggested (no differences between populations). Also "fully replicable" is a bit misleading. The analysis may be replicable, but the more relevant question of whether the findings are replicable we cannot presently answer.

      We apologise for our lack of clarity. By “robust” we mean “across population”, which we now state in L333. We again note the Reviewer is wrong to assume an interaction between learning, dispersal, and sex requires population-level differences on the outcome scale— please see our discussion on phenotypic plasticity and inherent species trait(s) in L313–324. Finally, the Reviewer makes a good point about our analyses but not our findings being replicable. In L334 we now make this distinction by stating “analytically replicable”.

      L306-315: I think you have a bit of a sample size issue not so much when populations are pooled but when separated. This might also factor in the fact that you do not really find differences across the populations in your analysis. When we look at the results presented in Figure 2 (and table d), we can see a trend towards males having better risk sensitivity in core (HPDI above 0) and middle populations (HPDI barely crossing 0) but the difference is very small. Especially the results on females are based on the performance of only 8 and 4 females respectively. I suggest making this clear in the manuscript.

      In Bayesian statistics, there is no strict lower limit of required sample size as the inferences do not rely on asymptotic assumptions. With inferences remaining valid in principle, low sample size will of course be reflected in rather uncertain posterior estimates. We note all of our multilevel models use partial pooling on individuals (the random-effects structure), which is a regularisation technique that generally reduces the inference constraint imposed by a low sample size (see Ch. 13 in Statistical Rethinking by Richard McElreath [PDF: https://bit.ly/3RXCy8c]). We further note that, in our study preregistration (https://osf.io/v3wxb), we formally tested our reinforcement learning model for different effect sizes of sex on learning for both target parameters (phi and lambda) across populations, using a similarly modest N (edge: 10 M, 5 F; middle: 22 M, 5 F ; core: 3 M, 4 F) to our actual final N, that we anticipated to be our final N at that time. This apriori analysis shows our reinforcement learning model: (i) detects sex differences in phi values >= 0.03 and lambda values >= 1; and (ii) infers a null effect for phi values < 0.03 and lambda values < 1 i.e., very weak simulated sex differences (see Figure 4 in https://osf.io/v3wxb). Thus, both of these points together highlight how our reinforcement learning model allows us to say that across-population null results are not just due to small sample size. Nevertheless the Reviewer is not wrong to wonder whether a bigger N might change our population-level results; it might; so might muchneeded population replicates—see L310. But our Bayesian models still allow us to learn a lot from our current data, and, at present, we infer no meaningful population-level behavioural or mechanistic differences in grackles’ behaviour. To make clear the inferential sufficiency of our analytical approach, we now include some of the above points in our Statistical analyses section in L452–457. Finally, we caution against speculating on any between-population variation, as we now highlight in L311—313 of our Discussion.

      Figure 2: I think the authors should rethink their usage of colour in this graph. It is not colour-blind friendly or well-readable when printed in black and white.

      We used the yellow (hex code: #fde725) and green (hex code: #5ec962) colours from the viridis package. As outlined in the viridis package vignette (https://cran.rproject.org/web/packages/viridis/index.html), this colour package is “designed to improve graph readability for readers with common forms of color blindness and/or color vision deficiency. The color maps are also perceptually-uniform, both in regular form and also when converted to black-and-white for printing”.

      Figure 3B: Could the authors turn around the x-axis and the colour code? It would be easier to read this way.

      We appreciate that aesthetic preferences may vary. In this case, we prefer to have the numbers on the x-axis run the standard way i.e., from small to large. We note we did remove the word ‘Key’ from this Figure, in line with the Reviewer’s point about these characteristics not being totally certain.

      I also had a look at the preregistration. I do think that there are parts in the preregistration that would be worth adding to the manuscript:

      L36-40: This is much easier to read here than in the manuscript.

      We changed this text generally in the Introduction in our revision, so we hope the Reviewer will again find this easier to read.

      L49-56: This is important information that I would also like to see in the manuscript.

      We no longer have confidence in these findings, as our cleaning of only one part of these data revealed considerable experimenter oversight (see ‘Learning criterion’).

      L176: Why did you remove the random effect study site from the model? It is not part of the model in the manuscript anymore.

      The population variable is part of the RL_Comp_Full.stan model that we used in our manuscript to assess population differences in grackles’ reinforcement learning, the estimates from which we report in Table C and D (please note we never coded this variable as “study cite”). But rather than being specified as a random effect, in our RL_Comp_Full.stan model we index phi and lambda by population as a predictor variable, to explicitly model population-level effects. Please see our code:

      https://github.com/alexisbreen/Sex-differences-in-grackles- learning/blob/main/Models/Reinforcement%20learning/RL_Comp_Full.stan

      L190-228: I am wondering if the model validation should also be part of the manuscript as well, rather than just being in the preregistration?

      We are not sure how the files were presented to the Reviewer for review, but our study preregistration, which includes our model validation, should be part of our manuscript as a supplementary file.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This fundamental study evaluates the evolutionary significance of variations in the accuracy of the intron-splicing process across vertebrates and insects. Using a powerful combination of comparative and population genomics approaches, the authors present convincing evidence that species with lower effective population size tend to exhibit higher rates of alternative splicing, a key prediction of the drift-barrier hypothesis. The analysis is carefully conducted and all observations fit with this hypothesis, but focusing on a greater diversity of metazoan lineages would make these results even more broadly relevant. This study will strongly appeal to anyone interested in the evolution of genome architecture and the optimisation of genetic systems.

      Public Reviews):

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review:

      Summary:

      Functionally important alternative isoforms are gold nuggets found in a swamp of errors produced by the splicing machinery.

      The architecture of eukaryotic genomes, when compared with prokaryotes, is characterised by a preponderance of introns. These elements, which are still present within transcripts, are rapidly removed during the splicing of messenger RNA (mRNA), thus not contributing to the final protein. The extreme rarity of introns in prokaryotes, and the elimination of these introns from mRNAs before translation into protein, raises questions about the function of introns in genomes. One explanation comes from functional biology: introns are thought to be involved in post-transcriptional regulation and in the production of translational variants. The latter function is possible when the positions of the edges of the spliced intron vary. While some light has been shed on specific examples of the functional role of alternative splicing, to what extent are they representative of all introns in metazoans?

      In this study, the hypothesis of a functional role for alternative splicing, and therefore to a certain extent for introns, is evaluated against another explanation coming from evolutionary biology: isoforms are above all errors of imprecision by the molecular machinery at work during splicing. This hypothesis is based on a principle established by Motoo Kimura, which has become central to population genetics, explaining that the evolutionary trajectory of a mutation with a given effect is intimately linked to the effective population size (Ne) where this mutation emerges. Thus, the probability of fixation of a weakly deleterious mutation increases when Ne decreases, and the probability of fixation of a weakly advantageous mutation increases when Ne increases. The genomes of populations with low Ne are therefore expected to accumulate more weakly deleterious mutations and fewer weakly advantageous mutations than populations with high Ne. In this framework, if splicing errors have only small effects on the fitness of individuals, then natural selection cannot increase the precision of the splicing machinery, allowing tolerance for the production of alternative isoforms.

      In the past, the debate opposed one-off observations of effectively functional isoforms on the one hand, to global genomic quantities describing patterns without the possibility of interpreting them in detail. The authors here propose an elegant quantitative approach in line with the expected continuous variation in the effectiveness of selection, both between species and within genomes. The result describing the inter-specific pattern on a large scale confirms what was already known (there is a negative relationship between effective size and average alternative splicing rate). The essential novelty of this study lies in 1) the quantification, for each intron studied, of the relative abundance of each isoform, and 2) the analysis of a relationship between this abundance and the evolutionary constraints acting on these isoforms.

      What is striking is the light shed on the general very low abundance of alternative isoforms. Depending on the species, 60% to 96% of cases of alternatively spliced introns lead to an isoform whose abundance is less than 5% of the total variants for a given intron.

      In addition to the fact that 60 %-96% of the total isoforms are more than 20 times less abundant than their majority form, this large proportion of alternative isoforms exhibit coding-phase shift at rates similar to what would be expected by chance, i.e. for a third of them, which reinforces the idea that there is no particular constraint on these isoforms.

      The remaining 4%-40% of isoforms see their coding-phase shift rate decrease as their relative abundance increases. This result represents a major step forward in our understanding of alternative splicing and makes it possible to establish a quantitative model directly linking the relative abundance of an isoform with a putative functional role concerning only those isoforms produced in abundance. Only the (rare) isoforms which are abundantly produced are thought to be involved in a biological function.

      Within the same genome, the authors show that only highly expressed genes, i.e. those that tend to be more constrained on average, are also the genes with the lowest alternative splicing rates on average.

      The comparison between species in this study reveals that the smaller the effective size of a species, the more its genome produces isoforms that are low in abundance and low in constraint. Conversely, species with a large effective size relatively reduce rare isoforms, and increase stress on abundant isoforms. To sum up:

      • the higher the effective size of a species, the fewer introns are spliced.

      • highly expressed genes are spliced less.

      • when splicing occurs, it is mainly to produce low-abundance isoforms.

      • low-abundance isoforms are also less constrained.

      Taken together, these results reinforce a quantitative view of the evolution of alternative splicing as being mainly the product of imprecision in the splicing machinery, generating a great deal of molecular noise. Then, out of all this noise, a few functional gold nuggets can sometimes emerge. From the point of view of the reviewer, the evolutionary dynamics of genomes are depressing. The small effective population sizes are responsible for the accumulation of multiple slightly deleterious introns. Admittedly, metazoan genomes try to get rid of these introns during RNA maturation, but this mechanism is itself rendered imprecise by population sizes.

      Strengths:

      • The authors simultaneously study the effects of effective population size, isoform abundance, and gene expression levels on the evolutionary constraints acting on isoforms. Within this framework, they clearly show that an isoform becomes functionally important only under certain rare conditions.

      • The authors rule out an effect putatively linked to variations in expression between different organs which could have biased comparisons between different species.

      Weaknesses:

      • While the longevity of organisms as a measure of effective size seems to work overall, it may not be relevant for discriminating within a clade. For example, within Hymenoptera, we might expect them to have the same overall longevity, but that effective size would be influenced more by the degree of sociality: solitary bees/ants/wasps versus eusocial. I am therefore certain that the relationship shown in Figure 4D is currently not significant because the measure of effective size is not relevant for Hymenoptera. The article would have been even more convincing by contrasting the rates of alternative splicing between solitary versus social hymenopterans.

      As suggested by the reviewer, we investigated the degree of sociality for the 18 hymenopterans included in our study. We observed that the average dN/dS of the 12 eusocial species (4 bees, 6 ants, 2 wasps) is significantly higher than that of the 6 solitary species (p=2.1x10-3; Fig. R1A), consistent with a lower effective population size in eusocial species compared to solitary ones.

      However, the AS rate does not differ significantly between these two groups, neither for the full set of major-isoform introns (Fig. R1B), nor for the subsets of low-AS or high-AS major-isoform introns (Fig. R1C,D). Given the limited sample size (12 eusocial species, 6 solitary species), it is possible that some uncontrolled variables affecting the AS rate hide the impact of Ne.

      Author response image 1.

      Comparison of solitary (N=6) and eusocial hymenopterans (N=12). A: dN/dS ratio. B: AS rate (all major-isoform introns). C: AS rate (low-AS major-isoform introns). D: AS rate (high-AS major-isoform introns). The means of the two group were compared with a Wilcoxon test.

      <ahref="https://imgur.com/NiBIJde">

      • When functionalist biologists emphasise the role of the complexity of living things, I'm not sure they're thinking of the comparison between "drosophila" and "homo sapiens", but rather of a broader evolutionary scale. Which gives the impression of an exaggeration of the debate in the introduction.

      We disagree with the referee: in fact, all the debate regarding the paradox of the absence of relationship between the number of genes and organismal complexity arose from the comparative analysis of gene repertoires across metazoans. This debate started in the early 2000’s, when the sequencing of the human genome revealed that it contains only ~20,000 protein-coding genes (far less than the ~100,000 genes that were expected at that time). This came as a big surprise because it showed that the gene repertoire of mammals is not larger than that of invertebrates such as Caenorhabditis elegans (19,000 genes) or Drosophila melanogaster (14,000 genes) . We cite below several articles that illustrate how this paradox has been perceived by the scientific community:

      Graveley BR 2001 Alternative splicing: increasing diversity in the proteomic world. Trends in Genetics 17 : 100–107. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0168-9525(00)02176-4

      “ How can the genome of Drosophila melanogaster contain fewer genes than the undoubtedly simpler organism Caenorhabditis elegans? ”

      Ewing B and Green P 2000 Analysis of expressed sequence tags indicates 35,000 human genes. Nature Genetics 25 : 232–234. https://doi.org/10.1038/76115

      “ the invertebrates Caenorhabditis elegans and Drosophila melanogaster having 19,000 and 13,600 genes, respectively. Here we estimate the number of human genes […] approximately 35,000 genes, substantially lower than most previous estimates. Evolution of the increased physiological complexity of vertebrates may therefore have depended more on the combinatorial diversification of regulatory networks or alternative splicing than on a substantial increase in gene number. ”

      Kim E, Magen A and Ast G 2007 Different levels of alternative splicing among eukaryotes. Nucleic Acids Research 35 : 125–131. https://doi.org/10.1093/nar/gkl924

      “we reveal that the percentage of genes and exons undergoing alternative splicing is higher in vertebrates compared with invertebrates. […] The difference in the level of alternative splicing suggests that alternative splicing may contribute greatly to the mammal higher level of phenotypic complexity,”

      Nilsen TW and Graveley BR 2010 Expansion of the eukaryotic proteome by alternative splicing. Nature 463 : 457–463. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature08909

      “ It is noteworthy that Caenorhabditis elegans, D. melanogaster and mammals have about 20,000 (ref. 68), 14,000 (ref. 69) and 20,000 (ref. 70) genes, respectively, but mammals are clearly much more complex than nematodes or flies.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Two hypotheses could explain the observation that genes of more complex organisms tend to undergo more alternative splicing. On one hand, alternative splicing could be adaptive since it provides the functional diversity required for complexity. On the other hand, increased rates of alternative splicing could result through nonadaptive processes since more complex organisms tend to have smaller effective population sizes and are thus more prone to deleterious mutations resulting in more spurious splicing events (drift-barrier hypothesis). To evaluate the latter, Bénitière et al. analyzed transcriptome sequencing data across 53 metazoan species. They show that proxies for effective population size and alternative splicing rates are negatively correlated. Furthermore, the authors find that rare, nonfunctional (and likely erroneous) isoforms occur more frequently in more complex species. Additionally, they show evidence that the strength of selection on splice sites increases with increasing effective population size and that the abundance of rare splice variants decreases with increased gene expression. All of these findings are consistent with the drift-barrier hypothesis.

      This study conducts a comprehensive set of separate analyses that all converge on the same overall result and the manuscript is well organized. Furthermore, this study is useful in that it provides a modified null hypothesis that can be used for future tests of adaptive explanations for variation in alternative splicing.

      Strengths:

      The major strength of this study lies in its complementary approach combining comparative and population genomics. Comparing evolutionary trends across phylogenetic diversity is a powerful way to test hypotheses about the origins of genome complexity. This approach alone reveals several convincing lines of evidence in support of the drift-barrier hypothesis. However, the authors also provide evidence from a population genetics perspective (using resequencing data for humans and fruit flies), making results even more convincing.

      The authors are forward about the study's limitations and explain them in detail. They elaborate on possible confounding factors as well as the issues with data quality (e.g. proxies for Ne, inadequacies of short reads, heterogeneity in RNA-sequencing data).

      Weaknesses:

      The authors primarily consider insects and mammals in their study. This only represents a small fraction of metazoan diversity. Sampling from a greater diversity of metazoan lineages would make these results and their relevance to broader metazoans substantially more convincing. Although the authors are careful about their tone, it is challenging to reconcile these results with trends across greater metazoans when the underlying dataset exhibits ascertainment bias and represents samples from only a few phylogenetic groups. Relatedly, some trends (such as Figure 1B-C) seem to be driven primarily by non-insect species, raising the question of whether some results may be primarily explained by specific phylogenetic groups ( although the authors do correct for phylogeny in their statistics). How might results look if insects and mammals (or vertebrates) are considered independently?

      Following the referee’s suggestion, we investigated the relationship between AS rate and proxies of Ne, separately for insects and vertebrates (Supplementary Fig. 11) . We observed that the relationship was consistent in vertebrates and insects: linear regressions show a positive correlation, significant (p<0.05) in all cases, except for body length in vertebrates. We added a sentence (line 166) to mention this point.

      Note that for these analyses we have smaller sample sizes, so we have a weaker power to detect signal. We therefore prefer to present the combined analyses, using PGLS to account for phylogenetic inertia.

      Throughout the manuscript, the authors refer to infrequently spliced ( mode <5%) introns as "minor introns" and frequently spliced (mode >95%) as "major introns". This is extremely confusing since "minor introns" typically represent introns spliced by the U12 spliceosome, whereas "major introns" are those spliced by the U2 spliceosome.

      To avoid any confusion, we modified the terminology: we now refer to infrequently spliced introns as " minor-isoform introns" and frequently spliced as "major -isoform introns" (see line 135-137) . The entire manuscript (including the figures) has been modified accordingly.

      Furthermore, it remains unclear whether the study only considers major introns or both major and minor introns. Minor introns typically have AT-AC splice sites whereas major introns usually have GT/GC-AG splice sites, although in rare cases the U2 can recognize AT-AC (see Wu and Krainer 1997 for example).

      We modified the text (line 148-150) to clearly state that we studied all introns, both U2-type and U12-type.

      The authors also note that some introns show noncanonical AT-AC splice sites while these are actually canonical splice sites for minor introns.

      This is corrected (line 148).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Figures 1, 3, and 4: I suggest that authors add regression lines.

      We added the regression lines with the “pgls” function from the R package “caper” (in Fig. 1, 3 and 4, and also in all other figures where we present correlations).

      Figure 2: As previously mentioned, the terms "minor introns" and "major introns" are extremely confusing. I strongly suggest the authors use different naming conventions.

      We changed the terminology:

      minor introns -> minor-isoform introns

      major introns -> major-isoform introns

      Figure 5: Intron-exon boundaries and splice site annotations are shown at the bottom of B, C, and D but not A. I suggest removing the annotation beneath B for consistency and since A+C and B+D are aligned on the x-axis.

      Corrected, it was a mistake.

      Figure 7: The yellow dotted line is very challenging to see in A.

      Corrected, the line has been widened.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      (1.1) This work introduces a new method of imaging the reaction forces generated by small crawling organisms and applies this method to understanding locomotion of Drosophila larva, an important model organism. The force and displacement data generated by this method are a qualitative improvement on what was previously available for studying the larva, improving simultaneously the spatial, temporal, and force resolution, in many cases by an order of magnitude. The resulting images and movies are quite impressive.

      We thank the reviewer for their recognition of the achievements our work presents and for their feedback with regard to what they consider our most important findings and the points raised in their review. We will address these points individually below.

      (1.2) As it shows the novel application of recent technological innovations, the work would benefit from more detail in the explanation of the new technologies, of the rationales underlying the choice of technology and certain idiosyncratic experimental details, and of the limitations of the various techniques. In the methods, the authors need to be sure to provide sufficient detail that the work can be understood and replicated. The description of the results and the theory of motion developed here focus only on forces generated when the larva pushes against the substrate and ignores the equally strong adhesive forces pulling the larva onto the substrate.

      As the reviewer correctly points out, our present work adapts a recently developed set of methods (namely, ERISM and WARP) for use with small soft-bodied animals. The foundational methods have been described in detail in previous publications (refs, 23 and 26). However, upon reflection, we agree that more information can be provided to ensure our work is more accessible and reproducible. We also agree that some additional clarifying information on our approach could be helpful. We have addressed this in the following ways:

      (1) We have included a detailed Key Resources table in the methods section to allow for maximum transparency on equipment and reagent sourcing. This can now be found on Pages 16-19.

      (2) We have modified the ‘Freely behaving animals force imaging’ section of the Materials and Methods section to include more detailed information on practical aspects of conducting experiments. These changes can be found on page 23-24 (lines 566–567, 571-577).

      (3) We have re-ordered the Materials and Methods section, such that microcavity fabrication and microcavity characterisation occur prior to the description of ERISM and WARP experiments - this change should hopefully aid replication. Details regarding the application of a silicone well to the surface of microcavities have also been added (lines 472-474).

      (4) We have added additional text in the Introduction and Results (Pages 3-4 and 7, lines 56-86, and 152-153) to explain our rationale for using ERISM/WARP and additional text in the discussion that discusses the potential role(s) of adhesive forces in larval locomotion (Page 12, lines 301307).

      (1.3) The substrate applies upward, downward, and horizontal forces on the larva, but only upward and downward forces are measured, and only upward forces are considered in the discussions of "Ground Reactive Forces." An apparent weakness of the WARP technique for the study of locomotion is that it only measures forces perpendicular to the substrate surface ("vertical forces" in Meek et al.), while locomotion requires the generation of forces parallel to the substrate ("horizontal forces"). It should be clarified that only vertical forces are studied and that no direct information is provided about the forces that actually move the larva forward (or about the forces which impede this motion and are also generated by the substrate). Along with this clarification, it would be helpful to include a discussion of other techniques, especially micropillar arrays and traction force microscopy, that directly measure horizontal forces and of why these techniques are inappropriate for the motions studied here.

      We attempted to provide a streamlined Introduction in our initial submission and then compared ERISM/WARP to other methods in our discussion. We are happy to provide a brief overview of substrate force measurement methods in the introduction to help set the stage for readers. The Introduction section of our revised manuscript now contains the following comparison of different mechanobiological imaging techniques on pages 3-4 lines 56-86:

      ‘However, in the field of cellular mechanobiology, many new force measuring techniques have been developed which allow measurement of comparatively small forces from soft structures exhibiting low inertia (15–17) often with relatively high spatial-resolution. Early methods such as atomic force microscopy required the use of laser-entrained silicon probes to make contact with a cell of interest (15). This approach is problematic for studying animal behaviour due to the risk of the laser and probe influencing behaviour. Subsequently, techniques have been developed which allow indirect measurement of substrate interactions. One such approach is Traction Force Microscopy (TFM) in which the displacement of fluorescent markers suspended in a material with known mechanical properties relative to a zero-force reference allows for indirect measurement of horizontally aligned traction forces (17–19). This technique allows for probe-free measurement of forces, but the need to obtain a precise zero-force reference would make time-lapse measurements on behaving animals challenging; further, depending on the version used, it has insufficient temporal resolution for the measurement of forces produced by many behaving animals, despite recent improvements (20). A second approach revolves around the use of micropillar arrays; in this technique, horizontally-aligned traction forces are measured by observing the deflection of pillars made of an elastic material with known mechanical properties. This approach can be limited in spatial resolution and introduces a non-physiological substrate that may influence animal behavior (21,22).

      Recently we have introduced a technique named Elastic Resonator Interference Stress Microscopy (ERISM) which allows for the optical mapping of vertically aligned GRFs in the pico and nanonewton ranges with micrometre spatial resolution by monitoring local changes in optical resonances of soft and deformable microcavities. This technique allows reference-free mapping of substrate deformations and calculation of vertically directed GRFs; it has been used to study a range of questions related to exertion of cellular forces (23–25). Until recently, this technique was limited by its low temporal resolution (~10s), making it unsuitable for recording substrate interaction during fast animal movements, but a further development of ERISM known as wavelength alternating resonance pressure microscopy (WARP), has been demonstrated to achieve down to 10 ms temporal resolution (26). Given ERISM/WARP allows for probe-free measurement of vertical ground reaction forces with high spatial and temporal resolution, it becomes an attractive method for animal-scale mechanobiology.’

      (1.4) The larvae studied are about 1 mm long and 0.1 mm in cross-section. Their volumes are therefore on order 0.01 microliter, their masses about 0.01 mg, and their weights in the range of 0.1 micronewton. This contrasts with the force reported for a single protpodium of 1 - 7 micronewtons. This is not to say that the force measurements are incorrect. Larvae crawl easily on an inverted surface, showing gravitational forces are smaller than other forces binding the larva to the substrate. The forces measured in this work are also of the same magnitude as the horizontal forces reported by Khare et al. (ref 32) using micropillar arrays.

      I suspect that the forces adhering the larva to the substrate are due to the surface tension of a water layer. This would be consistent with the ring of upward stress around the perimeter of the larva visible in S4D, E and in video SV3. The authors remark that upward deflection of the substrate may be due to the Poisson's ratio of the elastomer, but the calibration figure S5 shows that these upward deflections and forces are much smaller than the applied downward force. In any case, there must be a downward force on the larva to balance the measured upward forces and this force must be due to interaction with the substrate. It should be verified that the sum of downward minus upward forces on the gel equals the larva's weight (given the weight is neglible compared to the forces involved, this implies that the upward and downward forces should sum to 0).

      We have carefully calculated the forces exerted by protopodia and are confident in the accuracy of our measurements as reported. We further agree with the reviewer’s suggestion that gravitational forces can be largely neglected.

      As the reviewer points out, one would expect forces due to upward and downward deflections to cancel when considering the entire system. However, we see indications that the counteracting / balancing force often acts over a much larger area than the acting force, e.g. a sharp indentation by a protopodium might be counteracted by an upward deflection over a 10-20 fold larger radius and hence 100 to 400-fold larger area, thereby reducing the absolute value of the upward deflection at any given pixel surrounding the indentation. This in turn increases error in determining the integrated upward deformation, making it difficult to perform an absolute comparison of acting and counteracting force. Further, recording the entire counteracting force induced deformation would require acquiring data with a prohibitively large field of view.

      We agree that in some situations, water surface tension may be adhering animals to the substrate. Importantly, this is a challenge that the animal faces outside the lab in its natural environment of moist rotting fruit and yeast. The intricate force patterns seen in our study in the presence of water surface tension are therefore ecologically relevant. In other situations (e.g. preparing for pupation), larvae are able to stick to dry surfaces, suggesting that other adhesive forces such as mucoid adhesion can also come into play in certain behavioural contexts. A full characterization of the effects of water tension and mucoid adhesion are beyond the scope of this study. However, we have now added a sentence on pages 8 and 12 commenting on these other biomechanical forces at play:

      ‘We also observed that the animals travel surrounded by a relatively large water droplet (lines 189-190).’

      ‘We observed that larvae travel surrounded by moisture from a water droplet, which produces a relatively large upwardly directed force in a ring around the animal. The surface tension produced by such a water droplet likely serves a role in adhering the animal to the substrate. However, during forward waves, we found that protopodia detached completely during SwP, suggesting this surface tensionrelated adhesion force can be easily overcome by the behaving animal. (lines 301-307) .’

      (1.5) Much of the discussion and the model imply that the sites where the larva exerts downward force on the gel are the sites where horizontal propulsion is generated. This assumption should be justified. Can the authors rule out that the larva 'pulls' itself forward using surface tension instead of 'pushing' itself forward using protopodia?

      Determining the exact ‘sites’ where horizontal propulsion is generated is challenging. In our conceptual model, movement is not initiated by protopodia per se, but rather by a constellation of muscle contractions, which act upon the hydrostatic skeleton, which in turn causes visceral pistoning that heaves larvae forward. This is based on previous findings in Ref 31. While there are indeed downward protopodial ‘vaulting’ forces prior to initiation of swing, we propose that the main function of protopodia is not to push the larvae forward, but rather to provide anchoring to counteract opposing forces generated by muscles. We agree that water surface tension could also be sculpting biomechanical interactions; however, a full characterization of how water surface tension shapes larval locomotion is beyond the scope of this study.

      Since we have observed larvae move over dry terrain (e.g. glass) without an encasing water bubble, we do not believe that an encasing water bubble is strictly required for locomotion. We have also seen no obvious locomotion related modulations in the pulling forces created by water bubbles encasing larva, which would be expected if animals were somehow using water tension to pull themselves forward. Overall, the most likely explanation is that larvae use a mixture of biomechanical tactics to suit the moment in a given environment. This represents a challenge but also an opportunity for future research.

      We have now added additional text in the ‘Functional subdivisions within protopodia’ subsection to discuss these nuances (page 14, lines 382-387):

      ‘This increased force transmitted into the substrate is unexpected as the forces generated for the initiation of movement should arise from the contraction of the somatic muscles. We propose that the contraction of the musculature responsible for sequestration acts to move haemolymph into the protopodia thus exerting an increased pressure onto the substrate while the contact area decreases as a consequence of the initiation of sequestration.’

      and (page 15, lines 398-399):

      ‘Water surface films appear to facilitate larval locomotion in general but the biomechanical mechanisms by which they do this remain unclear.’

      (1.6) More detail should be provided about the methods, their limitations, and the rationale behind certain experimental choices.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. As this significantly overlaps with a point raised earlier, we kindly direct them to our answer to comment #1.2 above.

      (1.7) Three techniques are introduced here to study how a crawling larva interacts with the substrate: standard brightfield microscopy of a larva crawling in an agarose capillary, ERISM imaging of an immobilized larva, and WARP imaging of a crawling larva. The authors should make clear why each technique was chosen for a particular study - e.g. could the measurements using brightfield microscopy also be accomplished using WARP? They should also clarify how these techniques relate to and possibly improve on existing techniques for measuring forces organisms exert on a substrate, particularly micropillar arrays and Traction Force Microscopy.

      Indeed, each of the three methods used has a specific merit. The brightfield microscopy was selected to track features on the animal’s body and to provide a basic control for the later measurements. However, this technique cannot directly measure the substrate interaction, it only allows inferences to be made from tracked features at the substrate interface. ERISM provides high resolution maps of the indentation induced by the larva; it is also extensively validated for mapping cell forces and the data analysis is robust against defects on the substrate (refs 23, 24 and 25). However, as we explain in the manuscript, ERISM lacks the temporal resolution needed to monitor mechanical activity of behaving larva. Its use was therefore limited to the study of anaesthetised animals. For mapping forces exerted by behaving larva, we used WARP which is a further development of ERISM that offers higher frame rates but at the cost of requiring more extensive calibration (Supplementary Figure S4). The streamlined introduction of the different methods in our original manuscript originates from our attempt to be as concise as possible. However, as state in response to comment #1.2, we agree that additional explanation and discussion will be helpful for readers and that it will helpful to briefly refer to other methods for force mapping. We have now added references to a variety of techniques in the Introduction (Page 3-4, lines 56-86) as stated in a prior response.

      (1.8) As written, "(ERISM) (19) and a variant, Wavelength Alternating Resonance Pressure microscopy (WARP) (20) enable optical mapping of GRFs in the nanonewton range with micrometre and millisecond precision..." (lines 53-55) may generate confusion. ERISM as described in this work has a much lower temporal resolution (requires the animal to be still for 5 seconds - lines 474-5); In this work, WARP does not appear to have nanonewton precision (judging by noise on calibration figures) and it is not clear that it has millisecond precision (the camera used and its frame rate should be specified in the methods).

      Previous studies have demonstrated the capabilities and limitations of ERISM and WARP. Upon reflection, we agree that our wording here could be more precise. To clarify our claim, we now separate the statements on ERISM and WARP in the introduction as follows (page 4, lines 78-83):

      “Until recently, this technique was limited by its low temporal resolution (~10s) making it unsuitable for use in recording substrate interaction during fast animal movements, but a further development of ERISM known as wavelength alternating resonance pressure microscopy (WARP), has been demonstrated to achieve down to 10 ms temporal resolution (26)”

      While WARP can achieve comparable force resolution as ERISM when used in a cellular context (c.f. Ref 26), we agree that for the present study, the resolution was in the 10s of nanonewton range, due to the need to use stiffer substrates and larger fields of view.

      The camera used in our work was specified in the appropriate subsection of the Materials and Methods (“All WARP and ERISM images were acquired using an Andor Zyla 4.2 sCMOS camera (Andor Technology, Belfast, UK)”). We apologise that the exact frame rate used in our current work was not mentioned in our original manuscript; this has now been added to the ‘Freely behaving animals force imaging’ section of the Materials and Methods (page 23, lines 574-577).

      (1.9) It would be helpful to have a discussion of the limits of the techniques presented and tradeoffs that might be involved in overcoming them. For instance, what is the field of view of the WARP microscope, and could it be increased by choosing a lower power objective? What would be required to allow WARP microscopy to measure horizontal forces? Can a crawling larva be imaged over many strides by recentering it in the field of view, or are there only particular regions of the elastomer where a measurement may be made?

      We agree with the reviewer that some discussion of the limitations of our technique will allow readers to have a more informed appreciation of what we are capable of measuring using WARP. However, as this is the first work to ever demonstrate such measurements, the limitations and tradeoffs cannot all be known with certainty at the present stage.

      To answer your individual questions:

      (1) There is a trade-off between numerical aperture and the ability to resolve individual interference fringes. Since our approach to calculate displacement from reflection maps relies upon counting of individual fringe transitions, going to a lower powered objective risks having these fringes blend and thus the identification of the individual transitions becoming impossible. The minimum numerical aperture of the objective will therefore generally depend on the steepness of indentations produced by the animals; the steeper an indentation, the closer the neighbouring fringes and thus the higher the required magnification to resolve them.

      (2) From WARP and ERISM data, one can make inferences about horizontal forces, as is described in detail in our earlier publications about ERISM (ref, 23). However, quantitation of horizontal forces at sufficient temporal resolution to allow the investigation of behaving Drosophila larva is currently not possible.

      (3) Many strides can indeed be imaged using our technique, however, this comes with additional technical challenges. Whether or not the animal itself can be recentred is an ongoing challenge. We have found that the animals are amenable to recentring themselves within the field of view if chasing an attractive odorant. However, manual recentering using a paintbrush risks destroying the top surface of the soft elastic resonator and recentering the microscope stage would require real-time object tracking which has been outside the scope of this original work, given the other challenging requirements on hardware and optics for obtaining high quality force maps.

      To provide more information on limitations of our technique, we have added the following text into the discussion (pages 13-14, lines 356-370).

      ‘Despite the substantial advances they have provided, the use of WARP and ERISM also brings challenges and has several technical limitations. For example, fabrication of resonators is much more challenging than preparation of the agarose substrates conventionally used for studying locomotion of Drosophila. This problem is compounded by the fragility of the devices owing to the fragility of the thin gold top mirror. This becomes problematic when placing animals onto the microcavities, as often the area local to the initial placement of the animal is damaged by the paintbrush used to move the animals. Further, as a result of the combining of the two wavelengths, the effective framerate of the resultant displacement and stress maps is equal to half of the recorded framerate of the interference maps. To be able to monitor fast movements, recording at very high framerates is therefore necessary which, depending on hardware, might require imaging at reduced image size, but this in turn reduces the number of peristaltic waves that can be recorded before the animal escapes the field of view. A further limitation is that WARP and ERISM are sensitive mainly to forces in the vertical direction; this is complementary to TFM, which is sensitive to forces in horizontal directions. Using WARP in conjunction with high speed TFM (possibly using the tuneable elastomers presented here) could provide a fully integrated picture of underlying vertical and horizontal traction forces during larval locomotion.’ And further on page 13, lines 337-341:

      ‘More detailed characterisation of this behaviour remains a challenge owing to the changing position of the mouth hooks. Due to their rigid structure and the relatively large forces produced in planting, mouth hooks produce substrate interaction patterns which our technique struggles to map accurately due to overlapping interference fringes ambiguating the fringe transitions.’

      We trust that the above discussion and our modifications to our manuscript resulting from these will address the reviewer’s concerns.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      (2.1) With a much higher spatiotemporal resolution of ground dynamics than any previous study, the authors uncover new "rules" of locomotory motor sequences during peristalsis and turning behaviors. These new motor sequences will interest the broad neuroscience community that is interested in the mechanisms of locomotion in this highly tractable model. The authors uncover new and intricate patterns of denticle movements and planting that seem to solve the problem of net motion under conditions of force-balance. Simply put, the denticulated "feet" or tail of the Drosophila larva are able to form transient and dynamic anchors that allow other movements to occur.

      We thank the reviewer for their feedback and the information regarding which of our results is likely to resonate most impactfully with readers from a biological background.

      The biology and dynamics are well-described. The physics is elementary and becomes distracting when occasionally overblown. For example, one doesn't need to invoke Newton's third law, per se, to understand why anchors are needed so that peristalsis can generate forward displacements. This is intuitively obvious.

      We are sorry to hear that the reviewer found some of the physics details distracting. To address this concern, we have simplified some of the language while still attempting to keep the core arguments intact. For context and analogy, we still believe that including a brief reference to the laws of motion is helpful for some readers to explain some of our results and highlight their general implications, especially with regard to anchoring against reaction forces.

      One of our objectives is to make this article accessible and interesting for biologists and physicists at all levels. We feel it is important to reach out to both communities and try to be inclusive as possible in our writing. Newton’s 3rd law is clearly relevant for our study and it is a common point of reference for anyone with a highschool education, and so we feel it is appropriate to mention it as a way to help readers across disciplines understand the biophysical challenges faced by the animals we study.

      (2.2) Another distracting allusion to "physics" is correlating deformation areas with displaced volume, finding that "volume is a consequence of mass in a 2nd order polynomial relationship". I have no idea what this "physics" means or what relevance this relationship has to the biology of locomotion.

      Upon reflection, we agree that this language may be overly complex and distracts from what is, at its core, a simple, but important principle governing how Drosophila larvae interact with their substrates. The point we are trying to make is that our data show that forces exerted by an animal are proportional in a non-linear way to contact area. This suggests that to increase force exerted on the substrate, an animal must increase contact area. We do not observe contact area remaining constant while force increases, or vice versa. To make this result more clear, we have made several changes in our revised manuscript. Figure 5B no longer shows the relationship between the protopodial contact area and the displaced volume of the elastic resonator, but instead now shows the protopodial contact area and recorded force transmitted into the substrate. This then shows that in order to increase force transmitted into the substrate, these animals must increase their contact area. We have made changes to the figure legend of Figure 5 and the statements in the Results section accordingly (Page 9, lines 220-222).

      2.3 The ERISM and WARP methods are state-of-the-art, but aside from generally estimating force magnitudes, the detailed force maps are not used. The most important new information is the highly accurate and detailed maps of displacement itself, not their estimates of applied force using finite element calculations. In fact, comparing displacements to stress maps, they are pretty similar (e.g., Fig 4), suggesting that all experiments are performed in a largely linear regime. It should also be noted that the stress maps are assumed to be normal stresses (perpendicular to the plane), not the horizontal stresses that are the ones that actually balance forces in the plane of animal locomotion.

      We largely agree with the statement made by the reviewer here. However, we have found that in many contexts, audiences appreciate having the absolute number of the forces and stresses involved reported. Therefore, where possible, we have used stress maps, rather than displacement maps. We also observe that while stress and displacement maps show similar patterns, features sometimes appear sharper in the stress map, which is a result of the finite element algorithm being able to attribute a broad indentation to a somewhat more localised downward force. We have thus opted to keep to original stress maps. We have been more explicit about WARP and ERISM being more tuned to recording vertically directed forces throughout the revised manuscript (lines 75, 78, 86, 162, 301, 305, 336).

      We have also modified our Discussion section to encourage further investigation of our proposed model using a technique more tuned to horizontal stresses (pages 12-13, lines 324-328):

      ‘However, WARP microscopy is best suited to measurements of forces in the vertical direction, and though we can make inferences such as this as they are a consequence of fundamental laws of physics, we present this conclusion as a testable prediction which could be confirmed using a force measurement technique more tuned to horizontally directed forces relative to the substrate.’

      (2.4) But none of this matters. The real achievements are the new locomotory dynamics uncovered with these amazing displacement measurements. I'm only asking the authors to be precise and down-to-earth about the nature of their measurements.

      We thank the reviewer for their perceptiveness in finding that though the forces are interesting, the interactions themselves are the most noteworthy result here. We trust that with the changes made in our revised manuscript, the description is now more “down-to-earth”, more concise where appropriate, and accurate as to which results are particularly important and novel.

      (2.5) It would be good to highlight the strength of the paper -- the discovery of new locomotion dynamics with high-resolution microscopy -- by describing it in simple qualitative language. One key discovery is the broad but shallow anchoring of the posterior body when the anterior body undertakes a "head sweep". Another discovery is the tripod indentation at the tail at the beginning of peristalsis cycles.

      We thank the reviewer for this recommendation. We agree that including a more explicit statement of some of our findings, especially with regards to these new posterior tripod structures and the whole-abdomen preparatory anchoring prior to head sweeps, would make the paper more impactful. As a result, we have modified the discussion section to include a statement for each new result and have also amended our abstract as a result (lines 407-416):

      “Here we have provided new insights into the behaviour of Drosophila larval locomotion. We have provided new quantitative details regarding the GRFs produced by locomoting larvae with high spatiotemporal resolution. This mapping allowed the first detailed observations of how these animals mitigate friction at the substrate interface and thus provide new rules by which locomotion is achieved. Further, we have ascribed new locomotor function to appendages not previously implicated in locomotion in the form of tripod papillae, providing a new working hypothesis of how these animals initiate movement. These new principles underlying the locomotion outlined here may serve as useful biomechanical constraints as called for by the wider modelling community (39).”

      (2.6) As far as I know, these anchoring behaviors are new. It is intuitively obvious that anchoring has to occur, but this paper describes the detailed dynamics of anchoring for the first time. Anchoring behavior now has to be included in the motor sequence for Drosophila larva locomotion in any comprehensive biomechanical or neural model.

      We agree with the reviewer on this. We think it is best to let our colleagues reflect on our findings and then decide how best to include them in future models.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Please be sure to describe in a figure caption or in the methods the details of the optical setup, especially the focal lengths of all the lenses, including the objective, and part numbers of the LEDs and filters. It would be helpful to have a figure in the main paper explaining the principles of ERISM/WARP microscopy along with the calibration measurements and computational pipeline (this would mainly combine elements already in the supplement). Such a figure should also include details of the setup that are alluded to in the methods but not fully explained (for instance, a "silicone well" is referred to in the methods but never described). The calibration of elastomer stiffness that now appears in the main text could be made a supplementary figure, unless there is some new art in the fabrication of the elastomers that should be highlighted as an advance in the main text.

      We appreciate the importance of explaining our methods to readers.

      In response to the public comments, we have added further details in our methods section to clarify practical aspects and ensure that readers will be able to reproduce our work.

      In Supplemental Figure 2, we show the full optical light path for ERISM and WARP along with named components. In addition, the principles of ERISM and WARP microscopy have already been extensively described in previous publications (See Refs 23-26). In light of this, we feel that the best approach in this paper is to direct readers to those publications.

      We feel that it is appropriate to present the calibration of elastomer stiffness in the main text because this is indeed a new innovation that is not just about making the elastomers but making force sensors based on these different materials. This is really important because it shows how researchers can tune the stiffness of an ERISM/WARP elastomer to match the type of tissue or organism under study. This is really the key technical advance that enables whole animal biomechanics across a range of animal sizes, so we think it is appropriate to keep it in the main text.

      We want to make sure that we do not oversell this point, and we feel that we make it sufficiently clear in the main text of our manuscript that making elastomer based force sensors of appropriate stiffness is important, when we state

      “First, we developed optical microcavities with mechanical stiffnesses in the range found in hydrogel substrates commonly used for studying Drosophila larval behaviour, i.e. Young’s modulus (E) of 10-30kPa (36–38).” (p. 5, ll. 124) and later

      “Here we used Drosophila larvae as a test case, but our methods now allow elastic optical resonators to be tuned to a wide range of animal sizes and thus create new possibilities for studying principles of neuro-biomechanics across an array of animals.” (p. 12, ll. 337)

      I would appreciate a description of the "why" behind some experimental choices, as understanding the motivation would be helpful for other researchers looking to adopt these techniques.

      We have now added additional text in the introduction and discussion that explains the rationale behind our experimental choices. in more detail. Please see our response to Reviewer 1’s public comments on the same point.

      (1) The WARP and ERISM experiments were conducted on a collagen coated gold surface rather than agarose. Why? EG does agarose not adhere to the gold, or would its thickness interfere with the measurement?

      The gold layer is applied above the elastomer and the collagen on top of the gold layer makes the gold a more natural biological surface for the animals. Agarose is unsuitable as an elastomer because it would dry during the vacuum based deposition of the gold. It is also unsuitable as a surface coating on top of the gold as the coating on the gold needs to very thin to preserve the spatial and mechanical resolution of our sensors. Further, processing of agarose generally requires temperatures of 60°C and higher which we find can damage the elastomer / gold films.

      (2) The ERISM measurements are made on a cold anesthetized animal right as it starts to wake up (visible mouth-hooks movement), which presents some difficulty. Why not start imaging while the animal is still completely immobile? Or why not use a dead larva?

      This approach allowed us to get measurements of forces exerted by denticles that are physiologically and biomechanically accurate. In dead or fully anesthetized animals, one cannot be sure that the forces exerted by denticles and denticle bands are representative of the forces exerted by an animal with active hydrostatic control.

      (3) In the ERISM setup the monochromator is spatially filtered by focusing through pinhole, while in the WARP setup, the LEDs are not.

      Yes that’s correct. The LED light sources used in WARP have better spatial homogeneity than the tungsten filament used in ERISM and so a pinhole is not required in WARP.

      (4) SV4 shows the interference image of a turning larva (presumably from one illumination wavelength) rather than a reconstruction of the displacement or stresses. Why?

      We felt that in this particular case the interference images provided a clearer representation of the behavioural sequence, showing both the small indentations generated by individual denticles and the larger indentations of the animal overall.

      Lines 49-50 "a lack of methods with sufficient spatiotemporal resolution for measuring GRFs in freely behaving animals has limited progress." This needs a discussion of what sufficient spatial and temporal resolutions would be and how existing methods fall short of these goals.

      We have now rewritten the introduction to include an overview of other alternative approaches and of what we see as the requirements here. See our response to the public comments.

      Figure caption 1B (line 789) refers to "concave areas of naked cuticle (black line) which generally do not interact with the substrate" While I think this might be supported by later WARP images, it's not clear how the technique of figure 1 measures interaction, which could e.g. be mediated by surface tension of a transparent fluid.

      The technique of Figure 1 provides qualitative information which as the reviewer points out is validated by WARP measurements later.

      Lines 184-189 "However, unexpectedly, we observed an additional force on the substrate when protopodia leave the substrate (SI) and when they are replanted (ST). To investigate whether this force was due to an active behaviour or due to shifting body mass, we plotted integrated displacement (i.e. displaced volume) against the contact area for each protopodium, combining data from multiple forwards waves (Figure 5B). Area is correlated with displaced volume for most time points, indicating that volume is a consequence of mass in a 2nd order polynomial relationship." I couldn't follow this argument at all.

      We have now reworded this section and explained our rationale. Also see our response to a similar critique in Reviewer 2’s public comments.

      Generally the authors might reconsider their use of acronyms. e.g. (244-246) "SI latencies were much more strongly correlated with wave duration across most segments than ST latencies. SIs scale with SwP and this could be mediated by proprioceptor activity in the periphery" is made more difficult to parse by the abbreviations.

      As we need to refer to these terms multiple times throughout the manuscript, we feel the use of acronyms is appropriate here.

      The video captions are inadequate. Please expand on them to explain clearly what is shown, and also describe in the methods how the data were acquired and processed. For instance, it seems that in SV3 a motion correction algorithm is applied so that the larva appears stationary even as it crawls forward. I think "fourier filtered" means that the images were processed with a spatial high pass filter - this should be explained and the parameters noted.

      We have revisited the video captions provided in the supplementary information document and conclude that these contain the important information. The mode of acquisition are described in the methods, e.g. Video 1 and 2 see section in Methods on “Denticle band kinematic imaging” and Videos 3 and 4 see section in Methods on WARP. Supplementary Video 3 does not make use of motion correction; indeed, one can see the larvae moving upwards/forwards in the field of view. We apologize for not explaining the Fourier filtering process for Video 3. We have now modified the video caption to read as follows:

      Video SV3. WARP imaging during forwards peristalses.

      Video showing high frame rate displacement maps produced by a freely behaving Drosophila larva. Displacement maps were Fourier filtered to make denticulated cuticle more readily visible and projected in 3D to show the effects of substrate interaction. Details of the Fourier filtering procedure were described elsewhere [Kronenberg et al, Nat Cell Biol 19, 864–872 (2017)].

      What were the reflectances of the bottom (10 nm Au/Cr) and top (15nm Au) metal layers at the wavelengths used? I imagine the bottom layer should be less than 38%, the top layer higher, and the product of the square of the bottom transmission and the top reflectance coefficients equal to the bottom reflectance (to make the two paths of the interferometer contribute equal intensity), but none of this is stated.

      The reflectance of the gold mirrors was studied in detail in prior work on ERISM. See Kronenberg et al, Nat Cell Biol 19, 864–872 (2017). We therefore refrained from adding a complete optical characterization of the ERISM sensors again here. In brief, we found that a reflectance >13% at each Au mirror is required for reliable ERISM measurements.

      The description of the gold coated elastomer as a microcavity is confusing to me. Does the light really make multiple round trips between the plates before returning to the detector? The loss of light on each round trip would depend on the reflectance and parallelism of the top and bottom mirrors. From the WARP calculation it's appears that there is only one round trip - a pi/2 phase shift results from the calculation for one round trip: 2pi*2nL 5nm/(630nm)^2, with n = 1.4 and L = 8 microns - if there were two round trips, the phase shift would be pi etc. Would this better be described as a mostly common path interferometer?

      The physics of our devices is best described within the framework of thin film interference and (weak) microcavity optics. Indeed, light can make multiple roundtrips, though it gets attenuated with each reflection. The complete calculation of the multiple roundtrips is only required to obtain quantitative information on the amount of light that is reflected. The spectral position of minima in reflectance can also be obtained from assuming one roundtrip which is what is done in the description of the WARP calculations.

      Figure 2 e,f: the line fits appear to be dominated by the data points at 2 s. If these are removed, do the fits change? To support the argument that 2e shows a correlation and 2f does not, some kind of statistical test, ideally a hierarchical bootstrap, should be conducted to compare between the two measurements.

      If we remove the data points at 2 s, then R^2’s for swing initiation latencies change as follows: A2: 0.35 to 0.005; A4: 0.78 to 0.31; A6: 0.61 to 0.01. The data in 2e,f are the averages from 3 waves in each animal and so the data points at 2 s are not simply the result of single ‘rogue’ waves but rather averages of several trials. Further, if all individual waves are plotted, we can see that the overall trends are still visible.

      We don’t think it is appropriate to remove the data at 2 s from our analysis, but we take the point regarding statements about presence or absence of correlation in a formal sense. We have therefore changed the wording in the description of 2e,f to refer simply to the fact that wave duration can ‘largely determine' latencies in some instances, but is less able to in other instances, as is suggested by the R^2 (coefficient of determination) data. In discussion, we have also adjusted our wording.

      Figure 4 - please provide in the main figure or as a supplement the full images (i.e. not cropped to the assumed shape of the larva)

      We do not feel that it is necessary or helpful to provide the full images given that the focus of the analysis is on dynamics of protopodia movements.

      Figure 5e top: single data points around wave duration 0.6s appear to dominate fit lines. Does removing these points alter the fits? To support the argument that 5e top shows a correlation and 5e bottom does not, some kind of statistical test, ideally a hierarchical bootstrap, should be conducted to compare between the two measurements.

      In Figure 5e, we are showing all waves analysed across animals. If we remove the datapoints at 0.6 s, A2 R^2 changes from 0.24 to 0.05, A4 R^2 changes from 0.48 to 0.11, A6 R^2 changes from 0.69 to 0.34; however we don’t feel it is appropriate to remove these data from our analysis. We take the point about needing to be cautious about making claims about correlation versus no correlation and have now reworded description of these results along same lines as Figure 4.

      It appears from the methods (467-489) that animals were kept wet for warp imaging but not for ERISM imaging. Please confirm or explain further the presence or absence of a water layer in these two sets of measurements, as this could affect the adhesion forces.

      In each case, the animals were transferred onto experimental substrates with a moistened paintbrush. We have added text explicitly stating this in the methods section.

      Kim et al. Nature Methods 2017 (10.1038/nmeth.4429) describes recording two images separated by less than 60 microseconds using a scientific CMOS camera with a frame rate of 200 Hz. This is accomplished by triggering a pulsed LED once at the end of one frame's capture window and then a second time at the beginning of the next frame's window (see Supplementary Figure 10). I'm not sure if this trick is widely known, but it's worth considering if the authors are running into a problem with movement between the two wavelength exposures in their WARP setup.

      Thank you for this tip. We will take this under consideration for future work.

      Is the setup compatible with optogenetics? (EG is the red light dim enough that it wouldn't activate CsChrimson, or could a longer wavelength led be used for interferometry?) If so, activation of mooncrawler descending neuron (MDN) could be used to study backward crawling (or thermogenetic activation of MDN), e.g. to contrast the sites and order of "anchoring" between the two directions of crawling.

      The set-up is potentially compatible with optogenetics. We are in the process of exploring this in current ongoing work.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Simplify/reduce the commentary about force measurements, and highlight the clear, qualitative descriptions of the novel locomotion patterns that they have observed. The microscopy and movements seem to matter more than the ground force estimations.

      We have addressed these issues in our responses to Reviewer 2’s public comments.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      We thank the reviewers for their valuable feedback which has improved this work greatly from its original form, and are elated to have such glowing reviews of the revised work published alongside the revised preprint. Reviewer 3 raises some final salient points, which deserve a brief address here.

      Teeth: We thank the reviewer for clarifying their points. We do make the assumption that the ecological parameter space of toothed and beaked organisms will be comparable. Both are governed by the same set of physical principles and have the jaw bone as the most likely point of failure (teeth are harder than bone, and keratinous rhamphothecae are malleable and can be regrown with relative ease when deformed). Differences in stress/strain distribution between toothed and beaked organisms will occur but are already accounted for in our methods as we model both the teeth and rhamphotheca and will observe these different effects. We have added an explicit statement of this hypothesis to the Methods section of the manuscript.

      Cranial kinesis: In our opinion, it is a safe assumption that the lower jaws of extant birds and enantiornithines are comparable. We do not see why the acquisition of kinesis in the upper jaw would generally affect the functional role of or constraints on the lower jaw. One possibility we discussed is that a quickly-moving kinetic premaxilla could let the lower jaw move a shorter distance during effective prey capture and lower the selection for speed (i.e. allow jaw-closing MA to remain higher). While we have added this possibility to our call for the investigation of cranial kinesis, we consider it too speculative to begin altering interpretations of fossil taxa. All raw measurement data remains available so that, if evidence is found for cranial kinesis having predictable effects on our measured parameters, future researchers can re-analyse our data and update any ecological predictions accordingly.

      Organization: To our knowledge eLife format incorporates what one would think of as a Conclusions section into the Discussion. Our Discussion section currently contains 18 subheadings which should guide a reader to any specific topic of interest. The Discussion also progresses from a more narrow to broad focus which we and several colleagues find intuitive.

      We thank all three reviewers once again for their feedback that has improved this work and their kind words throughout the process.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank all three reviewers for their detailed reviews, and generally agree with their feedback. To accompany the reviewed preprint of this manuscript, we wished to respond to comments from the reviewers so that they (and the public) will know what we are planning to incorporate in the revised manuscript we are currently preparing. If there are any comments on our plans in the meantime, please let us know.

      • Reviewer 1, on concerns regarding identification of ontogenetic stage and comparison of taxa from different ontogenetic stages: It is fair to say that enantiornithine ontogeny is still poorly understood, though we believe all current evidence points to each specimen used in this study to being adequately mature for comparison to the extant birds used in the study. Stages of skeletal fusion are the standard method of assessing enantiornithine ontogeny (Hu and O'Connor 2017), and our comparison of histological work (Atterholt, Poust et al. 2021) to skeletal stages in Table S4 suggests a transition from juvenile to subadult in stage 0 or 1 and from subadult to adult within stage 3. Thus, the specimens we quantitatively examine in this study, all at stages 2 or 3 (Figure S10), are advanced subadults or adults. It is well-known that many living animals considered “adults” would be considered subadults or even juveniles to a palaeontologist (Hone, Farke et al. 2016). So, even if some individuals in this study are not fully skeletally mature, they should have obtained the morphology which they would possess for most of their lives and thus the morphology which undergoes selective pressure. We will add this context to the “Bohaiornithid Ontogeny” section and thank the reviewer for seeking more detail for this point.

      • Reviewer 2, on need of a context figure: We have an artistic life reconstruction of a bohaiornithid in preparation, and can include that in the revised manuscript as a figure.

      • Reviewer 2, on raptor claw categories: We explain these categories in-depth in a previous work (Miller, Pittman et al. 2023). However, we will now add a short summary of that explanation to this work so that this manuscript will become self-contained in this regard. In short, the “large raptor” category includes extant birds with records of regularly taking prey which cannot be encircled with the pes, while birds in the “small raptor” have no such records. As Reviewer 2 points out this does often follow phylogenetic lines, but not always. E.g. most owls specialise in taking small prey, but the great horned owl Bubo virginianus regularly takes mammals and birds larger than its pes (Artuso, Houston et al. 2020); and conversely we can only find reports of the common black hawk Buteogallus anthracinus taking prey samll enough for the pes to encircle (Schnell 2020) despite other accipiters frequently taking large prey. In both cases these taxa plot in PCA nearer to other large or small raptors (respectively) than to their phylogenetic relatives.

      • Reviewer 3, on teeth vs beaks: We are not aware of any foods which are exclusive to toothed or beaked animals. There are some aspects of extant bird biology that may affect the way a certain diet may need to be adapted to which we do comment on, e.g. discussion of alternatives to the crop and ventriculus for processing plant matter in the Bohaiornithid Ecology and Evolution section. For functional studies, e.g. FEA, we have included the rhamphotheca in toothless models which serves the same role as teeth, to be a feeding surface. It should not matter, in theory, if the feeding surface is hard or soft as mechanical failure occurs in high stress/strain states regardless of the medium. If having teeth necessarily increases or decreses overall stress/strain relative to a beak (and from our work this does not appear to be the case), this would in turn necessarily limit dietary options. So, all models in our work should be directly comparable.

      As an additional note on this topic, we address tooth shape in bohaiornithids at the end of the Bohaiornithid Ecology and Evolution section. We specifically note that their tooth shape is likley controlled by phylogeny in the current version, though we will add a note in the upcoming version that the morphospace of bohaiorntihid teeth overlaps that of many other clades with purportedly diverse diets, which is consistent with a hypothesis of diverse diets within the clade.

      • Reviewer 3, on cranial kinesis: Our FE models should be unaffected by cranial kinesis, as these are two-dimensional and model the akinetic lower jaw only. Some mediolateral kinesis may be relevant in the mandible in the form of “wishboning” in different taxa, but its prevalence in extant birds is currently unknown. The preservation of enantiornithines (two-dimensionally and typically in lateral view) limits the ability to capture any mediolateral function regardless.

      Our models of mechanical advantage do not account for any cranial kinesis. This is a necessary simplifcation. The nature of cranial kinesis in extant birds, and the role that it plays in feeding, is poorly understood. Cranial kinesis will increase gape, but we don’t yet know how/if it affects jaw closing force and speed (moreover, given the variation in quadrate and hinge morphology present in extant birds, this is also something that is likely to be highly diverse). We have therefore modelled the extant birds’ jaw closing systems as having one, akinetic out lever (the jaw joint to the bite point), to match the situation in our fossil taxa. This is a common simplification that has been used previously with success (Corbin, Lowenberger et al. 2015, Olsen 2017). However, we acknowledge that this simplification may introduce some error. Unfortunately, until the mechanics of cranial kinesis – and the variation in the anatomy and performance of kinetic structures in extant birds – are better understood, we cannot determine exactly what that error looks like. We therefore have greater confidence in the inter-species comparability this conservative, akinetic approach (in other words, we may not be making assumptions that are 100% accurate, but we are at least making the same assumption across all taxa, so it should be comparable in its error). We will add a section in the Mechanical Advantage and Functional Indices discussion calling for further research into the mechanics of cranial kinesis so future mechanical advantage work in birds can take this matter into account.

      • Reviewer 3, on skull reconstruction: This issue is partly addressed in the Bohaiornithid Skull Reconstruction section, though we agree that adding more mentions of it in the MA and FEA Discussion sections and the Bohaiornithid Ecology and Evolution sections will benefit the manuscript. Most notably Shenqiornis and Sulcavis have similar ecological interpretations, but much of the Shenqiornis skull reconstruction uses Sulcavis bones. Longusunguis is the only other taxon which takes more than two bones from a different taxon, and in this case all but the quadrate are not used in any quanitative measurements. We have ensured that the skull reconstructions presented in Figure 2 show what portions of the skull come from what specimen so that as new material is discovered and phylogenetic relationships are updated it will be clear to future readers which parts of reconstructions will need to be updated.

      • Reviewer 3, on data availability: All data including FEA models and raw measurement data are included in the same repository as the scripts, which we will make clear in the manuscript. Good catch on the data link being dead, we will publish it now.

      As a final note, it was brought to our attention by another colleague that the original manuscript’s ancestral state reconstrction lacked an outgroup. An updated reconstruction using Sapeornis as an outgroup will be included in the revised manuscript. The addition of the outgroup does not change any conclusions of the manuscript.

      We once again thank our reviewers for their valuable feedback and will submit a revised version of this manuscript for publication shortly. Please let us know if you have any additional comments after reading our response that we can take onboard in our revision.

      References

      Artuso, C., C. S. Houston, D. G. Smith and C. Rohner (2020). Great Horned Owl (Bubo virginianus), version 1.0. Birds of the World. A. F. Poole. Ithaca, NY, USA, Cornell Lab of Ornithology.

      Atterholt, J., A. W. Poust, G. M. Erickson and J. K. O'Connor (2021). "Intraskeletal osteohistovariability reveals complex growth strategies in a Late Cretaceous enantiornithine." Frontiers in Earth Science 9: 640220.

      Corbin, C. E., L. K. Lowenberger and B. L. Gray (2015). "Linkage and trade‐off in trophic morphology and behavioural performance of birds." Functional ecology 29(6): 808-815.

      Hone, D. W. E., A. A. Farke and M. J. Wedel (2016). "Ontogeny and the fossil record: what, if anything, is an adult dinosaur?" Biology letters 12(2): 20150947.

      Hu, H. and J. K. O'Connor (2017). "First species of Enantiornithes from Sihedang elucidates skeletal development in Early Cretaceous enantiornithines." Journal of Systematic Palaeontology 15(11): 909-926.

      Miller, C. V., M. Pittman, X. Wang, X. Zheng and J. A. Bright (2023). "Quantitative investigation of Mesozoic toothed birds (Pengornithidae) diet reveals earliest evidence of macrocarnivory in birds." iScience 26(3): 106211.

      Olsen, A. M. (2017). "Feeding ecology is the primary driver of beak shape diversification in waterfowl." Functional Ecology 31(10): 1985-1995.

      Schnell, J. H. (2020). Common Black Hawk (Buteogallus anthracinus), version 1.0. Birds of the World. A. F. Poole and F. B. Gill. Ithaca, NY, USA, Cornell Lab of Ornithology.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This important study combines a range of advanced ultrastructural imaging approaches to define the unusual endosomal system of African trypanosomes. Compelling images show that instead of a distinct set of compartments, the endosome of these protists comprises a continuous system of membranes with functionally distinct subdomains as defined by canonical markers of early, late and recycling endosomes. The findings suggest that the endocytic system of bloodstream stages has evolved to facilitate the extraordinarily high rates of membrane turnover needed to remove immune complexes and survive in the blood, which is of interest to anyone studying infectious diseases.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Bloodstream stages of the parasitic protist, Trypanosoma brucei, exhibit very high rates of constitutive endocytosis, which is needed to recycle the surface coat of Variant Surface Glycoproteins (VSGs) and remove surface immune complexes. While many studies have shown that the endo-lysosomal systems of T. brucei BF stages contain canonical domains, as defined by classical Rab markers, it has remained unclear whether these protists have evolved additional adaptations/mechanisms for sustaining these very high rates of membrane transport and protein sorting. The authors have addressed this question by reconstructing the 3D ultrastructure and functional domains of the T. brucei BF endosome membrane system using advanced electron tomography and super-resolution microscopy approaches. Their studies reveal that, unusually, the BF endosome network comprises a continuous system of cisternae and tubules that contain overlapping functional subdomains. It is proposed that a continuous membrane system allows higher rates of protein cargo segregation, sorting and recycling than can otherwise occur when transport between compartments is mediated by membrane vesicles or other fusion events.

      Strengths:

      The study is a technical tour-de-force using a combination of electron tomography, super-resolution/expansion microscopy, immune-EM of cryo-sections to define the 3D structures and connectivity of different endocytic compartments. The images are very clear and generally support the central conclusion that functionally distinct endocytic domains occur within a dynamic and continuous endosome network in BF stages.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors suggest that this dynamic endocytic network may also fulfil many of the functions of the Golgi TGN and that the latter may be absent in these stages. Although plausible, this comment needs further experimental support. For example, have the authors attempted to localize canonical makers of the TGN (e.g. GRIP proteins) in T. brucei BF and/or shown that exocytic carriers bud directly from the endosomes?

      We agree with the criticism and have shortened the discussion accordingly and clearly marked it as speculation. However, we do not want to completely abandon our hypothesis.

      The paragraph now reads:

      Lines 740 – 751:

      “Interestingly, we did not find any structural evidence of vesicular retrograde transport to the Golgi. Instead, the endosomal ‘highways’ extended throughout the posterior volume of the trypanosomes approaching the trans-Golgi interface. It is highly plausible that this region represents the convergence point where endocytic and biosynthetic membrane trafficking pathways merge. A comparable merging of endocytic and biosynthetic functions has been described for the TGN in plants. Different marker proteins for early and recycling endosomes were shown to be associated and/ or partially colocalized with the TGN suggesting its function in both secretory and endocytic pathways (reviewed in Minamino and Ueda, 2019). As we could not find structural evidence for the existence of a TGN we tentatively propose that trypanosomes may have shifted the central orchestrating function of the TGN as a sorting hub at the crossroads of biosynthetic and recycling pathways to the endosome. Although this is a speculative scenario, it is experimentally testable.”

      Furthermore, we removed the lines 51 - 52, which included the suggestion of the TGN as a master regulator, from the abstract.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The authors suggest that the African trypanosome endomembrane system has unusual organisation, in that the entire system is a single reticulated structure. It is not clear if this is thought to extend to the lysosome or MVB. There is also a suggestion that this unusual morphology serves as a trans-(post)Golgi network rather than the more canonical arrangement.

      The work is based around very high-quality light and electron microscopy, as well as utilising several marker proteins, Rab5A, 11 and 7. These are deemed as markers for early endosomes, recycling endosomes and late or pre-lysosomes. The images are mostly of high quality but some inconsistencies in the interpretation, appearance of structures and some rather sweeping assumptions make this less easy to accept. Two perhaps major issues are claims to label the entire endosomal apparatus with a single marker protein, which is hard to accept as certainly this reviewer does not really even know where the limits to the endosomal network reside and where these interface with other structures. There are several additional compartments that have been defined by Rob proteins as well, and which are not even mentioned. Overall I am unconvinced that the authors have demonstrated the main things they claim.<br /> The endomembrane system in bloodstream form T. brucei is clearly delimited. Compared to mammalian cells it is tidy and confined to the posterior part of the spindleshaped cell. The endoplasmic reticulum is linked to one side of the longitudinal cell axis, marked by the attached flagellum, while the mitochondrion locates to the opposite side. Glycosomes are easily identifiable as spheres, as are acidocalcisomes, which are smaller than glycosomes and – in electron micrographs – are characterized by high electron density. All these organelles extend beyond the nucleus, which is not the case for the endosomal compartment, the lysosome and the Golgi. The vesicles found in the posterior half of the trypanosome cell are quantitatively identifiable as COP1, CCVI or CCVII vesicles, or exocytic carriers. The lysosome has a higher degree of morphological plasticity, but this is not topic of the present work. Thus, the endomembrane system in T. brucei is comparatively well structured and delimited, which is why we have chosen trypanosomes as cell biological model.

      We have published EP1::GFP as marker for the endosome system and flagellar pocket back in 2004. We have defined the fluid phase volume of the trypanosome endosome in papers published between 2002 and 2007. This work was not intended to represent the entirety of RAB proteins. We were only interested in 3 canonical markers for endosome subtypes. We do not claim anything that is not experimentally tested, we have clearly labelled our hypotheses as such, and we do not make sweeping assumptions.

      The approaches taken are state-of-the-art but not novel, and because of the difficulty in fully addressing the central tenet, I am not sure how much of an impact this will have beyond the trypanosome field. For certain this is limited to workers in the direct area and is not a generalisable finding.

      To the best of our knowledge, there is no published research that has employed 3D Tokuyasu or expansion microscopy (ExM) to label endosomes. The key takeaway from our study, which is the concept that "endosomes are continuous in trypanosomes" certainly is novel. We are not aware of any other report that has demonstrated this aspect.

      The doubts formulated by the reviewer regarding the impact of our work beyond the field of trypanosomes are not timely. Indeed, our results, and those of others, show that the conclusions drawn from work with just a few model organisms is not generalisable. We are finally on the verge of a new cell biology that considers the plethora of evolutionary solutions beyond ophistokonts. We believe that this message should be widely acknowledged and considered. And we are certainly not the only ones who are convinced that the term "general relevance" is unscientific and should no longer be used in biology.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      As clearly highlighted by the authors, a key plank in the ability of trypanosomes to evade the mammalian host’s immune system is its high rate of endocytosis. This rapid turnover of its surface enables the trypanosome to ‘clean’ its surface removing antibodies and other immune effectors that are subsequently degraded. The high rate of endocytosis is likely reflected in the organisati’n and layout of the endosomal system in these parasites. Here, Link et al., sought to address this question using a range of light and three-dimensional electron microscopy approaches to define the endosomal organisation in this parasite.

      Before this study, the vast majority of our information about the make-up of the trypanosome endosomal system was from thin-section electron microscopy and immunofluorescence studies, which did not provide the necessary resolution and 3D information to address this issue. Therefore, it was not known how the different structures observed by EM were related. Link et al., have taken advantage of the advances in technology and used an impressive combination of approaches at the LM and EM level to study the endosomal system in these parasites. This innovative combination has now shown the interconnected-ness of this network and demonstrated that there are no ‘classical’ compartments within the endosomal system, with instead different regions of the network enriched in different protein markers (Rab5a, Rab7, Rab11).

      Strengths:

      This is a generally well-written and clear manuscript, with the data well-presented supporting the majority of the conclusions of the authors. The authors use an impressive range of approaches to address the organisation of the endosomal system and the development of these methods for use in trypanosomes will be of use to the wider parasitology community.

      I appreciate their inclusion of how they used a range of different light microscopy approaches even though for instance the dSTORM approach did not turn out to be as effective as hoped. The authors have clearly demonstrated that trypanosomes have a large interconnected endosomal network, without defined compartments and instead show enrichment for specific Rabs within this network.

      Weaknesses:

      My concerns are:

      i) There is no evidence for functional compartmentalisation. The classical markers of different endosomal compartments do not fully overlap but there is no evidence to show a region enriched in one or other of these proteins has that specific function. The authors should temper their conclusions about this point.

      The reviewer is right in stating that Rab-presence does not necessarily mean Rabfunction. However, this assumption is as old as the Rab literature. That is why we have focused on the 3 most prominent endosomal marker proteins. We report that for endosome function you do not necessarily need separate membrane compartments. This is backed by our experiments.

      ii) The quality of the electron microscopy work is very high but there is a general lack of numbers. For example, how many tomograms were examined? How often were fenestrated sheets seen? Can the authors provide more information about how frequent these observations were?

      The fenestrated sheets can be seen in the majority of the 37 tomograms recorded of the posterior volume of the parasites. Furthermore, we have randomly generated several hundred tiled (= very large) electron micrographs of bloodstream form trypanosomes for unbiased analyses of endomembranes. In these 2D-datasets the “footprint” of the fenestrated flat and circular cisternae is frequently detectable in the posterior cell area.

      We now have included the corresponding numbers in all EM figure legends.

      iii) The EM work always focussed on cells which had been processed before fixing. Now, I understand this was important to enable tracers to be used. However, given the dynamic nature of the system these processing steps and feeding experiments may have affected the endosomal organisation. Given their knowledge of the system now, the authors should fix some cells directly in culture to observe whether the organisation of the endosome aligns with their conclusions here.

      This is a valid criticism; however, it is the cell culture that provides an artificial environment. As for a possible effect of cell harvesting by centrifugation on the integrity and functionality of the endosome system, we consider this very unlikely for one simple reason. The mechanical forces acting in and on the parasites as they circulate in the extremely crowded and confined environment of the mammalian bloodstream are obviously much higher than the centrifugal forces involved in cell preparation. This becomes particularly clear when one considers that the mass of the particle to be centrifuged determines the actual force exerted by the g-forces. Nevertheless, the proposed experiment is a good control, although much more complex than proposed, since tomography is a challenging technique. We have performed the suggested experiment and acquired tomograms of unprocessed cells. The corresponding data is now included as supplementary movie 2, 3 and 4. We refer to it in lines 202 – 206: To investigate potential impacts of processing steps (cargo uptake, centrifugation, washing) on endosomal organization, we directly fixed cells in the cell culture flask, embedded them in Epon, and conducted tomography. The resulting tomograms revealed endosomal organization consistent with that observed in cells fixed after processing (see Supplementary movie 2, 3, and 4).

      We furthermore thank the reviewer for the experiment suggestion in the acknowledgments.

      iv) The discussion needs to be revamped. At the moment it is just another run through of the results and does not take an overview of the results presenting an integrated view. Moreover, it contains reference to data that was not presented in the results.

      We have improved the discussion accordingly.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      The reviewers concurred about the high calibre of the work and the importance of the findings.

      They raised some issues and made some suggestions to improve the paper without additional experiments - key issues include

      (1) Better referencing of the trypanosome endocytosis/ lysosomal trafficking literature.

      The literature, especially the experimental and quantitative work, is very limited. We now provide a more complete set of references. However, we would like to mention that we had cited a recent review that critically references the trypanosome literature with emphasis on the extensive work done with mammalian cells and yeast.

      (2) Moving the dSTORM data that detracts from otherwise strong data in a supplementary figure.

      We have done this.

      (3) Removal of the conclusion that the continuous endosome fulfils the functions of TGN, without further evidence.

      As stated above, this was not a conclusion in our paper, but rather a speculation, which we have now more clearly marked as such. Lines 740 to 751 now read:

      “Interestingly, we did not find any structural evidence of vesicular retrograde transport to the Golgi. Instead, the endosomal ‘highways’ extended throughout the posterior volume of the trypanosomes approaching the trans-Golgi interface. It is highly plausible that this region represents the convergence point where endocytic and biosynthetic membrane trafficking pathways merge. A comparable merging of endocytic and biosynthetic functions was already described for the TGN in plants. Different marker proteins for early and recycling endosomes were shown to be associated and/ or partially colocalized with the TGN suggesting its function in both secretory and endocytic pathways (reviewed in Minamino and Ueda, 2019). As we could not find structural evidence for the existence of a TGN we tentatively propose that trypanosomes may have shifted the central orchestrating function of the TGN as a sorting hub at the crossroads of biosynthetic and recycling pathways to the endosome. Although this is a speculative scenario, it is experimentally testable.”

      (4) Broader discussion linking their findings to other examples of organelle maturation in eukaryotes (e.g cisternal maturation of the Golgi)

      We have improved the discussion accordingly.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      What are the multi-vesicular vesicles that surround the marked endosomal compartments in Fig 1. Do they become labelled with fluid phase markers with longer incubations (e.g late endosome/ lysosomal)?

      The function of MVBs in trypanosomes is still far from being clear. They are filled with fluid phase cargo, especially ferritin, but are devoid of VSG. Hence it is likely that MVBs are part of the lysosomal compartment. In fact, this part of the endomembrane system is highly dynamic. MVBs can be physically connected to the lysosome or can form elongated structures. The surprising dynamics of the trypanosome lysosome will be published elsewhere.

      Figure 2. The compartments labelled with EP1::Halo are very poorly defined due to the low levels of expression of the reporter protein and/or sensitivity of detection of the Halo tag. Based on these images, it would be hard to conclude whether the endosome network is continuous or not. In this respect, it is unclear why the authors didn't use EP1-GFP for these analyses? Given the other data that provides more compelling evidence for a single continuous compartment, I would suggest removing Fig 2A.

      We have used EP1::GFP to label the entire endosome system (Engstler and Boshart, 2004). Unfortunately, GFP is not suited for dSTORM imaging. By creating the EP1::Halo cell line, we were able to utilize the most prominent dSTORM fluorescent dye, Alexa 647. This was not primarily done to generate super resolution images, but rather to measure the dynamics of the GPI-anchored, luminal protein EP with single molecule precision. The results from this study will be published separately. But we agree with the reviewer and have relocated the dSTORM data to the supplementary material.

      The observation that Rab5a/7 can be detected in the lumen of lysosome is interesting. Mechanistically, this presumably occurs by invagination of the limiting membrane of the lysosome. Is there any evidence that similar invagination of cytoplasmic markers occurs throughout or in subdomains of the endocytic network (possibly indicative of a 'late endosome' domain)?

      So far, we have not observed this. The structure of the lysosome and the membrane influx from the endosome are currently being investigated.

      The authors note that continuity of functionally distinct membrane compartments in the secretory/endocytic pathways has been reported in other protists (e.g T. cruzi). A particular example that could be noted is the endo-lysosomal system of Dictyostelium discoideum which mediates the continuous degradation and eventual expulsion of undigested material.

      We tried to include this in the discussion but ultimately decided against it because the Dictyostelium system cannot be easily compared to the trypanosome endosome.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Abstract

      Not sure that 'common' is the correct term here. Frequent, near-universal..... it would be true that endocytosis is common across most eukaryotes.

      We have changed the sentence to “common process observed in most eukaryotes” (line 33).

      Immune evasion - the parasite does not escape the immune system, but does successfully avoid its impact, at least at the population level.

      We have replaced the word “escape” with “evasion” (line 35).

      The third sentence needs to follow on correctly from the second. Also, more than Igs are internalised and potentially part of immune evasion, such as C3, Factor H, ApoL1 etcetera.

      We believe that there may be a misunderstanding here. The process of endocytic uptake and lysosomal degradation has so far only been demonstrated in the context of VSGbound antibodies, which is why we only refer to this. Of course, the immune system comprises a wide range of proteins and effector molecules, all of which could be involved in immune evasion.

      I do not follow the logic that the high flux through the endocytic system in trypanosomes precludes distinct compartmentalisation - one could imagine a system where a lot of steps become optimised for example. This idea needs expanding on if it is correct.

      Membrane transport by vesicle transfer between several separate membrane compartments would be slower than the measured rate of membrane flux.

      Again I am not sure 'efficient' on line 40. It is fast, but how do you measure efficiency? Speed and efficiency are not the same thing.

      We have replaced the word “efficient” with “fast” (line 42).

      The basis for suggesting endosomes as a TGN is unclear. Given that there are AP complexes, retromer, exocyst and other factors that are part of the TGN or at least post-G differentiation of pathways in canonical systems, this seems a step too far. There really is no evidence in the rest of the MS that seems to support this.

      Yes, we agree and have clarified the discussion accordingly. We have not completely removed the discussion on the TGN but have labelled it more clearly as speculation.

      I am aware I am being pedantic here, but overall the abstract seems to provide an impression of greater novelty than may be the case and makes several very bold claims that I cannot see as fully valid.

      We are not aware of any claim in the summary that we have not substantiated with experiments, or any hypothesis that we have not explained.

      Moreover, the concept of fused or multifunctional endosomes (or even other endomembrane compartments) is old, and has been demonstrated in metazoan cells and yeast. The concept of rigid (in terms of composition) compartments really has been rejected by most folks with maturation, recycling and domain structures already well-established models and concepts.

      We agree that the (transient) presence of multiple Rab proteins decorating endosomes has been demonstrated in various cell types. This finding formed the basis for the endosomal maturation model in mammals and yeast, which has replaced the previous rigid compartment model.

      However, we do not appreciate attempts to question the originality of our study by claiming that similar observations have been made in metazoans or yeast. This is simply wrong. There are no reports of a functionally structured, continuous, single and large endosome in any other system. The only membrane system that might be similar was described in the American parasite Trypanosoma cruzi, however, without the use of endosome markers or any functional analysis. We refer to this study in the discussion.

      In summary, the maturation model falls short in explaining the intricacies of the membrane system we have uncovered in trypanosomes. Therefore, one plausible interpretation of our data is that the overall architecture of the trypanosome endosomes represents an adaptation that enables the remarkable speed of plasma membrane recycling observed in these parasites. In our view, both our findings and their interpretation are novel and worth reporting. Again, modern cell biology should recognize that evolution has developed many solutions for similar processes in cells, about whose diversity we have learned almost nothing because of our reductionist view. A remarkable example of this are the Picozoa, tiny bipartite eukaryotes that pack the entire nutritional apparatus into one pouch and the main organelles with the locomotor system into the other. Another one is the “extreme” cell biology of many protozoan parasites such as Giardia, Toxpoplasma or Trypanosoma.

      Higher plants have been well characterised, especially at the level of Rab/Arf proteins and adaptins.

      We now mention plant endosomes in our brief discussion of the trypanosome TGN. Lines 744 – 747:

      “A comparable merging of endocytic and biosynthetic functions was already described for the TGN in plants. Different marker proteins for early and recycling endosomes were shown to be associated and/ or partially colocalized with the TGN suggesting its function in both secretory and endocytic pathways (reviewed in Minamino and Ueda, 2019).”

      The level of self-citing in the introduction is irritating and unscholarly. I have no qualms with crediting the authors with their own excellent contributions, but work from Dacks, Bangs, Field and others seems to be selectively ignored, with an awkward use of the authors' own publications. Diversity between organisms for example has been a mainstay of the Dacks lab output, Rab proteins and others from Field and work on exocytosis and late endosomal systems from Bangs. These efforts and contributions surely deserve some recognition?

      This is an original article and not a review. For a comprehensive overview the reviewer might read our recent overview article on exo- and endocytic pathways in trypanosomes, in which we have extensively cited the work of Mark Field, Jay Bangs and Joel Dacks. In the present manuscript, we have cited all papers that touch on our results or are otherwise important for a thorough understanding of our hypotheses. We do not believe that this approach is unscientific, but rather improves the readability of the manuscript. Nevertheless, we have now cited additional work.

      For the uninitiated, the posterior/anterior axis of the trypanosome cell as well as any other specific features should be defined.

      In lines 102 - 110 we wrote:

      “This process of antibody clearance is driven by hydrodynamic drag forces resulting from the continuous directional movement of trypanosomes (Engstler et al., 2007). The VSG-antibody complexes on the cell surface are dragged against the swimming direction of the parasite and accumulate at the posterior pole of the cell. This region harbours an invagination in the plasma membrane known as the flagellar pocket (FP) (Gull, 2003; Overath et al., 1997). The FP, which marks the origin of the single attached flagellum, is the exclusive site for endo- and exocytosis in trypanosomes (Gull, 2003; Overath et al., 1997). Consequently, the accumulation of VSG-antibody complexes occurs precisely in the area of bulk membrane uptake.”

      We think this sufficiently introduces the cell body axes.

      I don't understand the comment concerning microtubule association. In mammalian cells, such association is well established, but compartments still do not display precise positioning. This likely then has nothing to do with the microtubule association differences.

      We have clarified this in the text (lines 192 – 199). There is no report of cytoplasmic microtubules in trypanosomes. All microtubules appear to be either subpellicular or within the flagellum. To maintain the structure and position of the endosomal apparatus, they should be associated either with subpellicular microtubules, as is the case with the endoplasmic reticulum, or with the more enigmatic actomyosin system of the parasites. We have been working on the latter possibility and intend to publish a follow-up paper to the present manuscript.

      The inability to move past the nucleus is a poor explanation. These compartments are dynamic. Even the nucleus does interesting things in trypanosomes and squeezes past structures during development in the tsetse fly.

      The distance between the nucleus and the microtubule cytoskeleton remains relatively constant even in parasites that squeeze through microfluidic channels. This is not unexpected as the nucleus can be highly deformed. A structure the size of the endosome will not be able to physically pass behind the nucleus without losing its integrity. In fact, the recycling apparatus is never found in the anterior part of the trypanosome, most probably because the flagellar pocket is located at the posterior cell pole.

      L253 What is the evidence that EP1 labels the entire FP and endosomes? This may be extensive, but this claim requires rather more evidence. This is again suggested at l263. Again, please forgive me for being pedantic, but this is an overstatement unless supported by evidence that would be incredibly difficult to obtain. This is even sort of acknowledged on l271 in the context of non-uniform labelling. This comes again in l336.

      The evidence that EP1 labels the entire FP and endosomes is presented here: Engstler and Boshart, 2004; 10.1101/gad.323404).

      Perhaps I should refrain from comments on the dangers of expansion microscopy, or asking what has actually been gained here. Oddly, the conclusion on l290 is a fair statement that I am happy with.

      An in-depth discussion regarding the advantages and disadvantages of expansion microscopy is beyond the manuscript's intended scope. Our approach involved utilizing various imaging techniques to confirm the validity of our findings. We appreciate that our concluding sentence is pleasing.

      F2 - The data in panel A seem quite poor to me. I also do not really understand why the DAPI stain in the first and second columns fails to coincide or why the kinetoplast is so diffuse in the second row. The labelling for EP1 presents as very small puncta, and hence is not evidence for a continuum. What is the arrow in A IV top? The data in panel B are certainly more in line with prior art, albeit that there is considerable heterogeneity in the labelling and of the FP for example. Again, I cannot really see this as evidence for continuity. There are gaps.... Albeit I accept that labelling of such structures is unlikely to ever be homogenous.

      We agree that the dSTORM data represents the least robust aspect of the findings we have presented, and we concur with relocating it to the supplementary material.

      F3 - Rather apparent, and specifically for Rab7, that there is differential representation - for example, Cell 4 presents a single Rab7 structure while the remaining examples demonstrate more extensive labelling. Again, I am content that these are highly dynamic strictures but this needs to be addressed at some level and commented upon. If the claim is for continuity, the dynamics observed here suggest the usual; some level of obvious overlap of organellar markers, but the representation in F3 is clever but not sure what I am looking at. Moreover, the title of the figure is nothing new. What is also a bit odd is that the extent of the Rab7 signal, and to some extent the other two Rabs used, is rather variable, which makes this unclear to me as to what is being detected. Given that the Rab proteins may be defining microdomains or regions, I would also expect a region of unique straining as well as the common areas. This needs to at least be discussed.

      The differences in the representation result from the dynamics of the labelled structures. Therefore, we have selected different cells to provide examples of what the labelling can look like. We now mention this in the results section.

      The overlap of the different Rab signals was perhaps to be expected, but we now have demonstrated it experimentally. Importantly, we performed a rigorous quantification by calculating the volume overlaps and the Pearson correlation coefficients.

      In previous studies the data were presented as maximal intensity projections, which inherently lack the complete 3D information.

      We found that Rab proteins define microdomains and that there are regions of unique staining as well as common areas, as shown in Figure 3. The volumes do not completely overlap. This is now more clearly stated in lines 315 – 319:

      “These objects showed areas of unique staining as well as partially overlapping regions. The pairwise colocalization of different endosomal markers is shown in Figure 3 A, XI - XIII and 3 B. The different cells in Figure 3 B were selected to represent the dynamic nature of the labelled structures. Consequently, the selected cells provide a variety of examples of how the labelling can appear.”

      This had already been stated in lines 331 – 336:

      “In summary, the quantitative colocalization analyses revealed that on the one hand, the endosomal system features a high degree of connectivity, with considerable overlap of endosomal marker regions, and on the other hand, TbRab5A, TbRab7, and TbRab11 also demarcate separated regions in that system. These results can be interpreted as evidence of a continuous endosomal membrane system harbouring functional subdomains, with a limited amount of potentially separated early, late or recycling endosomes.”

      F4-6 - Fabulous images. But a couple of issues here; first, as the authors point out, there is distance between the gold and the antigen. So, this of course also works in the z-plane as well as the x/y-planes and some of the gold may well be associated with membraneous figures that are out of the plane, which would indicate an absence of colinearity on one specific membrane. Secondly, in several instances, we have Rab7 essentially mixed with Rab11 or Rab5 positive membrane. While data are data and should be accepted, this is difficult to reconcile when, at least to some level, Rab7 is a marker for a late-endosomal structure and where the presence of degradative activity could reside. As division of function is, I assume, the major reason for intracellular compartmentalisation, such a level of admixture is hard to rationalise. A continuum is one thing but the data here seem to be suggesting something else, i.e. almost complete admixture.

      We are grateful for the positive feedback regarding the image quality. It is true that the "linkage error," representing the distance between the gold and the antigen, also functions to some extent in the z-axis. However, it's important to note that the zdimension of the section in these Figures is 55 nm. Nevertheless, it's interesting to observe that membranes, which may not be visible within the section itself but likely the corresponding Rab antigen, is discernible in Figure 4C (indicated by arrows).

      We have clarified this in lines 397 – 400:

      “Consequently, gold particles located further away may represent cytoplasmic TbRab proteins or, as the “linkage error” can also occur in the z-plane, correspond to membranes that are not visible within the 55 nm thickness of the cryosection (Figure 4, panel C, arrows). “

      The coexistence of different Rabs is most likely concentrated in regions where transitions between different functions are likely. Our focus was primarily on imaging membranes labelled with two markers. We wanted to show that the prevailing model of separate compartments in the trypanosome literature is not correct.

      F7 - Not sure what this adds beyond what was published by Grunfelder.

      First, this figure is an important control that links our results to published work (Grünfelder et al. (2003)). Second, we include double staining of cargo with Rab5, Rab7, and Rab11, whereas Grünfelder focused only on Rab11. Therefore, our data is original and of such high quality that it warrants a main figure.

      F8 - and l583. This is odd as the claim is 'proof' which in science is a hard thing to claim (and this is definitely not at a six sigma level of certainty, as used by the physics community). However, I am seeing structures in the tomograms which are not contiguous - there are gaps here between the individual features (Green in the figure).

      We have replaced the term "proof". It is important to note that the structures in individual tomograms cannot all be completely continuous because the sections are limited to a thickness of 250 nm. Therefore, it is likely that they have more connectivity above and below the imaged section. Nevertheless, we believe that the quality of the tomograms is satisfactory, considering that 3D Tokuyasu is a very demanding technique and the production of serial Tokuyasu tomograms is not feasible in practice.

      Discussion - Too long and the self-citing of four papers from the corresponding author to the exclusion of much prior work is again noted, with concerns about this as described above. Moreover, at least four additional Rab proteins are known associated with the trypanosome endosomal system, 4, 5B, 21 and 28. These have been completely ignored.

      We have outlined our position on referencing in original articles above. We also explained why we focused on the key marker proteins associated with early (Rab5), late (Rab7) and recycling endosomes (Rab11). We did not ignore the other Rabs, we just did not include them in the present study.

      Overall this is disappointing. I had expected a more robust analysis, with a clearer discussion and placement in context. I am not fully convinced that what we have here is as extreme as claimed, or that we have a substantial advance. There is nothing here that is mechanistic or the identification of a new set of gene products, process or function.

      We do not think that this is constructive feedback.

      This MS suggests that the endosomal system of African trypanosomes is a continuum of membrane structures rather than representing a set of distinct compartments. A combination of light and electron microscopy methods are used in support. The basic contention is very challenging to prove, and I'm not convinced that this has been. Furthermore, I am also unclear as to the significance of such an organisation; this seems not really addressed.

      We acknowledge and respect varying viewpoints, but we hold a differing perspective in this matter. We are convinced that the data decisively supports our interpretation. May future work support or refute our hypothesis.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Line 81 - delete 's

      Done.
      

      Generally, the introduction was very well written and clearly summarised our current understanding but the paragraph beginning line 134 felt out of place and repeated some of the work mentioned earlier.

      We have removed this paragraph.

      For the EM analysis throughout quantification would be useful as highlighted in the public review. How many tomograms were examined, and how often were types of structures seen? I understand the sample size is often small but this would help the reader appreciate the diversity of structures seen.

      We have included the numbers.

      Following on from this how were the cells chosen for tomogram analysis? For example, the dividing cell in 1D has palisades associating with the new pocket - is this commonly seen? Does this reflect something happening in dividing cells. This point about endosomal division was picked up in the discussion but there was little about in the main results.

      This issue is undoubtedly inherent to the method itself, and we have made efforts to mitigate it by generating a series of tomograms recorded randomly. We have refrained from delving deeper into the intricacies of the cell cycle in this manuscript, as we believe that it warrants a separate paper.

      As the authors prosecute, the co-localisation analysis highlights the variable nature of the endosome and the overlap of different markers. When looking at the LM analysis, I was struck by the variability in the size and number of labelled structures in the different cells. For example, in 3A Rab7 is 2 blobs but in 3B Cell 1 it is 4/5 blobs. Is this just a reflection of the increase in the endosome during the cell cycle?

      The variability in representation is a direct consequence of the dynamic nature of the labelled structures. For this reason, we deliberately selected different cells to represent examples of how the labelling can look like. We have decided not to mention the dynamics of the endosome during the cell cycle. This will be the subject of a further report.

      Moreover, Rab 11 looks to be the marker covering the greatest volume of the endosomal system - is this true? I think there's more analysis of this data that could be done to try and get more information about the relative volumes etc of the different markers that haven't been drawn out. The focus here is on the co-localisation.

      Precisely because we recognize the importance of this point, we intend to turn our attention to the cell cycle in a separate publication.

      I appreciate that it is an awful lot of work to perform the immuno-EM and the data is of good quality but in the text, there could be a greater effort to tie this to the LM data. For example, from the Rab11 staining in LM you would expect this marker to be the most extensive across the networks - is this reflected in the EM?

      For the immuno-EM there were no numbers, the authors had measured the position of the gold but what was the proportion of gold that was in/near membranes for each marker? This would help the reader understand both the number of particles seen and the enrichment of the different regions.

      Our original intent was to perform a thorough quantification (using stereology) of the immuno-EM data. However, we later realized that the necessary random imaging approach is not suitable for Tokuyasu sections of trypanosomes. In short, the cells are too far apart, and the cell sections are only occasionally cut so that the endosomal membranes are sufficiently visible. Nevertheless, we continue to strive to generate more quantitative data using conventional immuno-EM.

      The innovative combination of Tokuyasu tomograms with immuno-EM was great. I noted though that there was a lack of fenestration in these models. Does this reflect the angle of the model or the processing of these samples?

      We are grateful to the referee, as we have asked ourselves the same question. However, we do not attribute the apparent lack of fenestration to the viewing angle, since we did not find fenestration in any of the Tokuyasu tomograms. Our suspicion is more directed towards a methodological problem. In the Tokuyasu workflow, all structures are mainly fixed with aldehydes. As a result, lipids are only effectively fixed through their association with membrane proteins. We suggest that the fenestration may not be visible because the corresponding lipids may have been lost due to incomplete fixation.

      We now clearly state this in the lines 563 – 568.

      “Interestingly, these tomograms did not exhibit the fenestration pattern identified in conventional electron tomography. We suspect that this is due to methodological reasons. The Tokuyasu procedure uses only aldehydes to fix all structures. Consequently, effective fixation of lipids occurs only through their association with membrane proteins. Thus, the lack of visible fenestration is likely due to possible loss of lipids during incomplete fixation.”

      The discussion needs to be reworked. Throughout it contains references to results not in the main results section such as supplementary movie 2 (line 735). The explicit references to the data and figures felt odd and more suited to the results rather than the discussion. Currently, each result is discussed individually in turn and more effort needs to be made to integrate the results from this analysis here but also with previous work and the data from other organisms, which at the moment sits in a standalone section at the end of the discussion.

      We have improved the discussion and removed the previous supplementary movies 2 and 3. Supplementary movie 1 is now mentioned in the results section.

      Line 693 - There was an interesting point about dividing cells describing the maintenance of endosomes next to the old pocket. Does that mean there was no endosome by the new pocket and if so where is this data in the manuscript? This point relates back to my question about how cells were chosen for analysis - how many dividing cells were examined by tomography?

      The fate of endosomes during the cell cycle is not the subject of this paper. In this manuscript we only show only one dividing cell using tomography. An in-depth analysis focusing on what happens during the cell cycle will be published separately.

      Line 729 - I'm unclear how this represents a polarization of function in the flagellar pocket. The pocket I presume is included within the endosomal system for this analysis but there was no specific mention of it in the results and no marker of each position to help define any specialisation. From the results, I thought the focus was on endosomal co-localisation of the different markers. If the authors are thinking about specialisation of the pocket this paper from Mark Field shows there is evidence for the exocyst to be distributed over the entire surface of the pocket, which is relevant to the discussion here. Boehm, C.M. et al. (2017) The trypanosome exocyst: a conserved structure revealing a new role in endocytosis. PLoS Pathog. 13, e1006063

      We have formulated our statement more cautiously. However, we are convinced that membrane exchange cannot physically work without functional polarization of the pocket. We know that Rab11, for example, is not evenly distributed on the pocket. By the way, in Boehm et al. (2017) the exocyst is not shown to cover the entire pocket (as shown in Supplementary Video 1).

      We now refer to Boehm et al. (Lines 700 – 703):

      “Boehm et al (2017) report that in the flagellar pocket endocytic and exocytic sites are in close proximity but do not overlap. We further suggest that the fusion of EXCs with the flagellar pocket membrane and clathrin-mediated endocytosis take place on different sites of the pocket. This disparity explains the lower colocalization between TbRab11 and TbRab5A.”

      Line 735 - link to data not previously mentioned I think. When I looked at this data I couldn't find a key to explain what all the different colours related to.

      We have removed the previous supplementary movies 2 and 3. We now reference supplementary movie 1 in the results section.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The current work by Kulich et al. examines the dynamic relocalization of NGR1 (LAZY2) a member of the LAZY protein family which is key for auxin redistribution during gravitropic responses. After gravistimulation of the triple mutant ngr123 (lazy234), the PIN3 activating kinase D6PK is not polarized in the columella cells.

      Strengths:

      The authors show a thorough characterization of NGR1 relocalization dynamics after gravistimulation.

      Weaknesses:

      Genetically the relocalization of D6PK depends on the LAZY protein family, but some essential details are missing in this study. On the one hand, NGR1-GFP does not associate with the BFA compartments and maintains its association with the PM and amyloplasts. On the other hand, D6PK relies on GNOM, via vesicle trafficking sensitive to BFA, suggesting that D6PK follows a different relocalization route than NGR1 which is BFA-insensitive. Based on these observations, D6PK relocalization requires the LAZY proteins, but D6PK and NGR1 relocalize through independent routes. How can this be interpreted or reconciled?

      Response: Since we demonstrated that D6PK does not relocalize in the absence of NGR proteins, we conclude that NGR1 acts upstream of D6PK. The molecular mechanism driving this interaction is not fully understood; however, it is evident that NGR1 triggers the mobilization of D6PK. Despite previous investigations into D6PK mobility, the underlying mechanisms remain elusive. Notably, despite its sensitivity to BFA, D6PK does not localize to BFA bodies and does not undergo conventional endocytosis (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.devcel.2014.05.006). We fully acknowledge the importance and interest in gaining a better understanding of these processes, and it will be a focal point of our future research.

      Two other works (now published) provide valuable and fundamental findings related to the mechanism examined in the current manuscript and display complementary and similar results to the ones shown in the current manuscript. Given the similarities in the examined mechanisms, these preprints should be referenced, recognized, and discussed in the manuscript under review. It is assumed that the three projects were independently developed, but the results of these previous works should be addressed and taken into account at least during the discussion and when drawing any conclusions. This does not mean that this work is less relevant. On the contrary, some of the observations that seem to be redundant are more solid, and firm conclusions can now be drawn from them.

      Response: We have included and discussed these works in the revised discussion

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript addresses what rapid molecular events underly the earliest responses after gravity-sensing via the sedimentation of starch-enriched amyloplasts in columella cells of the plant root cap. The LAZY or NEGATIVE GRAVITROPIC RESPONSE OF ROOTS (NGR) protein family is involved in this process and localizes to both the amyloplast and to the plasma membrane (PM) of columella cells.

      The current manuscript complements and extends Nishimura et al., Science, 2023. Kulich and colleagues describe the role of the LZY2 protein, also called NGR1, during this process, imaging its fast relocation and addressing additional novel points such as molecular mechanisms underlying NGR1 plasma membrane association as well as revealing the requirement of NGR1/LZY2, 3,4 for the polar localization of the AGCVIII D6 protein kinase at the PM of columella cells, in which NGR1/LZY2 acts redundantly with LZY3 and LZY4.

      The authors initially monitored relocalization of functional NGR1-GFP in columella cells of the ngr1 ngr2 ngr3 triple mutant after 180-degree reorientation of the roots. Within 10 -15 min NGR1-GFP signal disappeared from the upper PM after reorientation and reappeared at the lower PM of the reoriented cells in close proximity to the sedimented amyloplasts. Reorientation of NGR1-GFP occurred substantially faster than PIN3-GFP reorientation, at about the same time or slightly later than a rise in a calcium sensor (GCaMP3) just preceding a change in D2-Venus auxin sensor alterations. Reorientation of NGR1-GFP proved to be fast and not dependent on a brefeldin A-sensitive ARF GEF-mediated vesicle trafficking, unlike the trafficking of PIN proteins, like PIN3, or the AGCVIII D6 protein kinase. Strikingly, the PM association of NGR1-GFP was highly sensitive to pharmacological interference with sterol composition or concentration and phosphatidylinositol (4)kinase inhibition as well as dithiothreitol (DTT) treatment interfering with thioester bond formation e.g. during S-acylation. Indeed, combined mutation of a palmitoylation site and polybasic regions of NRG1 abolished its PM but not its amyloplast localization and rendered the protein non-functional during the gravitropic response, suggesting NRG1 PM localization is essential for the gravitropic response. Targeting the protein to the PM via an artificially introduced N-terminal myristoylation and an ROP2-derived polybasic region and geranylgeranylation site partially restored its functionality in the gravitropic response.

      Strengths:

      This timely work should be of broad interest to plant, cell and developmental biologists across the field as gravity sensing and signaling may well be of general interest. The point that NGR1 is rapidly responsive to gravistimulation, polarizes at the PM in the vicinity to amyloplast and that this is required for repolarization of D6 protein kinase, prior to PIN relocation is really compelling. The manuscript is generally well-written and accessible to a general readership. The figures are clear and of high quality, and the methods are sufficiently explained for reproduction of the experiments.

      Weaknesses:

      Statistical analysis has been performed for some figures but is lacking for most of the quantitative analyses in the figure legends.

      Response: We added this information to the figure legends

      The title claims a bit more than what is actually shown in the manuscript: While auxin response reporter alterations are monitored, "rapid redirection of auxin fluxes" are not really directly addressed and, while D6PK can activate PIN proteins in other contexts, it is not explicitly shown in the manuscript that PIN3 is a target in the context of columella cells in vivo. A title such as "Rapid redirection of D6 protein kinase during Arabidopsis root gravitropism relies on plasma membrane translocation of NGR proteins" would reflect the results better.

      Response: We modified the title to Rapid translocation of NGR proteins driving polarization of PIN-activating D6 protein kinase during root gravitropism

      Fig. 4: The point that D6PK is transcytosed cannot be made here based on the data of these authors. They should have used a photoswitchable version of NGR1 to show that the same molecules observed at the upper PM are translocated to the lower PM. Nishimura and colleagues actually did that for NGR4. However, this is a lot of work and maybe for NGR1 that fusion would have too low fluorescence intensity (as it was the case for NGR3). So, I think a rewording would be sufficient such as NGR-dependent reorientation of D6PK plasma membrane localization" as this does not say, from where it comes to the lower PM. Theoretically, the signal could also be amyloplast-derived or newly synthesized (or just folded) NGR1-GFP.

      Response: We fully agree and rephrased the text using translocation instead of transcytosis

      The authors make a model in which D6PK AGCVIII kinase-dependent on NGRs activates PIN3 to drive auxin fluxes. However, alterations in auxin responses are observed prior to PIN3 reorientation. They should explain this discrepancy better and clearly describe that this is a working hypothesis for the future rather than explicitly proven, yet.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The mechanism controlling plant gravity sensing has fascinated researchers for centuries. It has been clear for at least the past decade that starch-filled plastids (termed statoliths) in specialised gravity-sensing columella cells sense changes in root orientation, triggering an asymmetric auxin gradient that alters root growth direction. Nevertheless, exactly how statolith movement triggers PIN auxin efflux carrier activation and auxin gradient formation has remained unclear until very recently. A series of new papers (in Science and Cell) and this manuscript report how LAZY proteins (also referred to as NEGATIVE GRAVITROPIC 50 RESPONSE OF ROOTS; NGR) play a pivotal role in regulating root gravitropism. In terms of their overall significance, their collective findings provide seminal insights into the very earliest steps for how plant roots sense gravity which are arguably the most important papers about root gravitropism in the past decade.

      In the current manuscript, Kulich et al initially report (through creating a functional NGR1-GFP reporter) that "NGR1-GFP displayed a highly specific columella expression, which was most prominent at the PM and the statolith periphery." Is NGR1-GFP expressed in shoot tissues? If yes, is it in starch sheath (the gravity-sensing equivalent of root columella cells)? The authors also note "NGR1-GFP signal from the PM was not evenly distributed, but rather polarized to the lower side of the columella cells in the vicinity of the sedimented statoliths (Fig. 1A)." and (when overexpressing NGR-GFP) "chloroplasts in the vicinity of the PM strongly correlated with NGR1 accumulating at the PM nearby, similar to the scenario in columella" suggesting that NGR1 does not require additional tissue-specific factors (i.e. trafficking proteins or lipids) to assist in its intracellular movement from plastid to PM.

      Response: Yes, NGR1, also called LAZY2 is expressed in the inner hypocotyl tissues, according to https://doi.org/10.1104/pp.17.00942. Unfortunately, we saw very little signal with our NGR-GFP construct, possibly due to NGR1-GFP weak signal and/or NGR1 being expressed only exclusively in the inner tissues.

      Next, the authors study the spatiotemporal dynamics of NGR1-GFP re-localisation with other early gravitropic signals and/or components Calcium, auxin, and PIN3. The temporal data presented in Figure 1 illustrates how the GCaMP calcium reporter (in panel E) revealed "the first signaling event in the root gravitropic bending is the statolith removal from the top membrane, rather than its arrival at the bottom" It appeared that the auxin DII-VENUS reporter was also changing rapidly (panel G) - was this detectable BEFORE statolith re-sedimentation?

      Response: In our data (Figure 1G), we observe that the increase in signal at the top side begins prior to starch sedimentation, in contrast to the bottom side, where the decrease starts only after starch grains land on the bottom membrane. While this observation aligns with our hypothesis and other data, we refrained from commenting on it due to the small differences between the first 2-3 timepoints, which are obscured by noise. This phenomenon arises because the DII response relies on protein degradation and is relatively slow. Hence, for rapid tracking of the auxin response, we utilized auxin-induced calcium as a proxy, with NPA treatment serving as a negative control.

      Please can the authors explain their NPA result in Fig 1E? Why would treatment with the auxin transport inhibitor NPA block Ca signalling (unless the latter was dependent on the former)?

      Response: Auxin induces rapid calcium transients (e.g., http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.cub.2015.10.025). Consequently, when auxin reaches the bottom elongation zone approximately 5-6 minutes after rotation, we observe an increased GCaMP signal at this location. Notably, when we inhibit PIN function using NPA, the GCaMP signal persists, but the difference between the top and bottom diminishes. This validates that the calcium transients at the bottom side can be interpreted as monitoring increase in auxin accumulation as a result of auxin transport.

      They go on to note "This initial auxin asymmetry is mediated by PIN-dependent auxin transport, despite visible polarization of PIN3 can be detected only later" which suggests that PIN activity was being modified prior to PIN polarisation.

      In contrast to other proteins involved in gravity response like RLDs and PINs, NGR1 localization and gravity-induced polarization does not undergo BFA-sensitive endocytic recycling by ARF-GEF GNOM. This makes sense given NGR1 is initially targeted to plastids, THEN the PM. Does NGR1 contain a cleavable plastid targeting signal? The authors go on to elegantly demonstrate that NGR1 PM targeting relies on palmitoylation through imaging and mutagenesis-based transgenic ngr rescue assays.

      Response: Yes, there is weakly conserved plastid targeting signal on NGR1. Although we also started researching in this direction, we quickly realized, that two other groups showed very comprehensive data regarding NGR plastid localization.

      Finally, the authors demonstrate that gravitropic-induced auxin gradient formation is initially dependent on PIN3 auxin efflux activation (prior to PIN3 re-localisation). This early PIN3 activation process is dependent on NGR1 re-targeting D6PK (a PIN3 activating kinase). This elegant molecular mechanism integrates all the regulatory components described in the paper into a comprehensive root gravity sensing model.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor comments:

      Line 83: This construct fully rescued the agravitropic bending phenotype of the ngr1/2/3 triple mutant (see further).

      What does it mean the see further in this context?

      Response: It is a reference to the second part of the manuscript (Fig. 3, Supplementary Fig S3, Fig S4), where we extensively address the complementation with wild type and point mutated versions of NGR. There we show that the construct we are using is functional. This does not prove, but strongly imply that the GFP signal we obtain is relevant. We updated the text to point this out.

      Line 101: Timing of events during the gravitropic response

      When describing the equipment employed and the rotation applied to the samples, "the vertical stage microscope and minimized the time required for rotating the sample. 180{degree sign} rotation..."

      The authors mentioned a travel time of 5 minutes first and later of 15 minutes for the relocalization of NGR1. Are these two different experiments? Were there two different rotation angles or degrees applied? Could the authors please rephrase this part of the description to answer these questions and help the reader understand how the assay performed?

      Response: We added this explanation to the text.

      Figure 1 E, F, and G.

      Could the authors please provide pictures and/or videos for the PIN3 localization dynamics, intracellular calcium transients, and auxin reporter DII-Venus? In other words, show the complementing images for Figure 1E, 1F, and 1G as the authors did for Figure 2D where authors presented the pictures and the corresponding quantification plots.

      Response: We wanted to avoid overcrowding the figure, but we would also love to show the videos. Therefore, we did additional supplementary movie 3, where we put all the additional observations.

      Line 194: This implies the existence of posttranslational modifications such as S-acylation to associate with PM.

      Why is this specific modification suggested/examined and no other modification? What is the criteria to select this kind of modification? Based on what premises? Could the authors elaborate on that? Could the authors please include references?

      Response: Thank you for this comment. We of course first checked the prediction tools which have shown very strongly conserved S-acylation side. We now clarified this in the text and added other modifications as an example. Later on, we rule out myristoylation (that happens on the glycins) and prenylation (it happens only at the C-terminus CAAX box).

      Line 255: NGR1 PM localization is synergistically mediated by polybasic regions and a palmitoylation site

      Similarly to the previous commentary, How and why are these regions examined/analyzed? Likewise, why is the palmitoylation site selected? Please provide some background, criteria, and references.

      Response: Here, we clearly state that the prediction of the palmitoylation site is made based on the GPS lipid prediction tool.

      As for the polybasic region, these can be seen upon manual inspection of the primary protein sequence. We simply looked at the protein and saw it there. We rephrased the text so that it is more clear.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Please, proofread the manuscript for style and minor language errors.

      Statistical analysis has been performed for some figures but is lacking for most of the quantitative analyses in the figure legends. Where it has been performed it is not given what "n" number of roots, cells, or plasma membranes were analyzed NGR1-GFP and no information is given whether the data is derived from a representative experiment or several or pooled data from several experiments. This certainly requires revision in Fig. 1D-G, Fig. 2B-D, Fig. S2 B,E, Fig. 3B,D, F-H, Fig. S.3 B,D, Fig. S. 4 ,E-H, Fig. 4 D.

      Response: Thank you, we added this information to the figure legends.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary

      This fascinating paper by M. Alfatah et al. describes work to uncover novel genes affecting lifespan in the budding yeast S. cerevisiae, eventually identifying and further characterizing a gene, YBR238C, now named AAG1 by the authors. The authors began by considering published gene sets pulled from the Saccharomyces genome database that described increases or decreases in either chronological lifespan or replicative lifespan in yeast. They also began with gene sets known to be downregulated upon treatment with the lifespan-extending TOR inhibitor rapamycin.

      YBR283C was unique in being largely uncharacterized, downregulated upon rapamycin treatment, and linked to both increased replicative lifespan and increased chronological lifespan upon deletion.

      The authors show that YBR283C may act to negatively regulate mitochondrial function, in ways that are both dependent on and independent of the stressresponsive transcription factor Hap4, largely by looking at relative expression levels of relevant mitochondrial genes.

      In a hard-to-fully interpret but well-documented series of experiments the authors note that the two paralogues YBR283C and RMD9 (which have ~66% similarity) (a) have opposite effects when acting alone, and (b) appear to interact in that some phenotypes of ybr283c are dependent on RMD9.

      A particularly interesting finding in light of the current literature and of the authors' strategy in identifying YBR283C is that changes in electron transport chain genes upon rapamycin treatment appear to be affected via YBR283C.

      Based on a series of experiments the authors move to conclude the existence of "a feedback loop between TORC1 and mitochondria (the TORC1-Mitochondria-TORC1 (TOMITO) signaling process) that regulates cellular aging processes."

      Strengths

      Overall, this study describes a great deal of new data from a large number of experiments, that shed light on the potential specific roles of YBR238C and its paralog RMD9 in aging in yeast, and also underscore the potential of an approach looking for "dark matter" such as uncharacterized genes when seining the increasing deluge of published datasets for new hypotheses to test. This work when revised will become a valuable addition to the field.

      Weaknesses

      A paralog of YBR283C, RMD9, also exists in the yeast genome. While the authors indicate that part of their interest in YBR283C lies in its uncharacterized nature, its paralogue, RMD9, is not uncharacterized but is named due to its phenotype of Required for Meiotic nuclear Division, which is not mentioned or discussed anywhere in the manuscript currently.

      In the context of the current work, in addition to the cited Hillen, H.S et al. and Nouet C. et al, the authors might be very interested in the 2007 Genetics paper "Translation initiation in Saccharomyces cerevisiae mitochondria: functional interactions among mitochondrial ribosomal protein Rsm28p, initiation factor 2, methionyl-tRNAformyltransferase and novel protein Rmd9p" (PMID: 17194786), which does not appear to be cited or discussed in the current version of the manuscript.

      Thank you for your thorough and insightful review of our manuscript. We value your positive feedback and recognition of the strengths in our study. Your constructive comments have been carefully considered, leading to the inclusion of RMD9, identified as 'Required for Meiotic Nuclear Division,' and the addition of the relevant reference (PMID: 12586695) in the revised manuscript. This information has been incorporated into the second paragraph of the "The YBR238C paralogue RMD9 deletion decreases the lifespan of cells" results section.

      Furthermore, we appreciate the reviewer's suggestion to include the 2007 Genetics paper on translation initiation in Saccharomyces cerevisiae mitochondria (PMID: 17194786). This citation has been integrated into our revised manuscript.

      We believe that these revisions significantly strengthen the manuscript and address the concerns raised by Reviewer #1. We thank the reviewer for their time and valuable input.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The effectors of cellular aging in yeast have not been fully elucidated. To address this, the authors curated gene expression studies to link genes influenced by rapamycin - a well-known mediator of longevity across model systems - to genes known to affect chronological and replicative lifespan (RLS) in yeast. Through their analyses, they find one gene, ybr238c, whose deletion increases both CLS and RLS upon deletion and that is downregulated by rapamycin. Curiously, despite these selection criteria, the authors only use CLS as a proxy for cellular aging throughout their study and do not explore the effects of ybr238c deletion on RLS. This does not diminish their conclusions, but given the importance of this phenotype in their selection criteria, it is surprising that the authors did not choose to test both types of aging throughout their study.

      Nonetheless, the authors demonstrate that deletion of ybr238c increases CLS across multiple yeast strains and through multiple assays. The authors also test the effects of YBR238C overexpression on lifespan and find the opposite effect, with overexpression yeast showing decreased survival relative to wild-type cells, consistent with "accelerated aging" as the authors propose. The authors also note that ybr238c has a paralog, rmd9, whose deletion decreases CLS and seems to be epistatic to ybr238c, as a double ybr238c/rmd9 mutant has decreased CLS relative to a wild-type strain.

      Collectively, the data presented by the authors convincingly demonstrate that ybr238c influences lifespan in a manner that is distinct from (and likely opposite to) rmd9. However, the authors then link the increased CLS in Δybr238c yeast to mitochondrial function using only a handful of assays that do not directly test mitochondrial function. These include total cellular ATP levels, levels of reactive oxygen species, and the transcript levels of select nuclear-encoded mitochondrial genes. Yeast is well established to generate ATP through non-mitochondrial pathways such as glycolysis in fermentive conditions. While it is possible that the ATP levels assayed in the manuscript were tested in stationary phase, which would more likely reflect "mitochondrial function," the methods nor the figure legends contain these details, which are critical for the interpretation of these data. Similarly, ROS can be generated through non-mitochondrial pathways, and the transcription of nuclear-encoded mitochondrial genes is an indirect measure of mitochondrial function at best. Thus, the authors' proposed connection of ybr238c to mitochondrial function is correlative and should be substantiated with assays that more closely align with organellar function, such as respirometry or assaying the activity of oxidiative phosphorylation complexes. Finally, the authors attempt to tie the phenotypes of mitochondrial dysfunction caused by the deletion of ybr238c to TORC1 signaling, as the gene is influenced by rapamycin. However, the presentation of the data, such as reporting ATP levels as relative percentages or failing to perform appropriate statistical comparisons between conditions in which the authors derive conclusions, renders the data difficult to interpret. As such, this manuscript establishes that ybr238c is rapamycin responsive and influences CLS, but its influence on mitochondrial activity and ties to TORC1 signaling remain speculative.

      We would like to express our gratitude to Reviewer #2 for the thoughtful feedback on our manuscript. We have carefully considered your comments and have made comprehensive revisions to address the concerns raised.

      We appreciate the suggestion to investigate the role of YBR238C in replicative lifespan (RLS). However, we want to bring to your attention that four previous studies (references 7, 39, 40, and 41) have already identified the involvement of YBR238C in the RLS phenotype. Given the existing body of literature on this aspect, we chose not to duplicate these efforts in our study.

      Instead, we focused our efforts on validating the role of YBR238C in chronological lifespan (CLS) phenotype, a finding reported in only one genome-wide study (reference 38). To enhance the comprehensiveness of our study, we performed analyses on different phenotypes, including mitochondria activity and oxidative stress, under both logarithmic-phase (condition for RLS) and stationary phase (condition for CLS). We now clearly indicate the logarithmic-phase/stationary phase conditions in the figure legends of the manuscript, specifying whether the conditions are relevant to RLS or CLS. Additional results of the new experiments have been included in the revised manuscript as supplementary figures (S3E-S3I).

      To address concerns about the indirect nature of our mitochondrial function assays, we have performed relative mitochondria content (S3F), quantification of ROS levels from fermentative to stationary phase conditions (S3G), and assessment in respiratory glycerol medium (S3H), which provides a more direct insight into mitochondrial biology. Additionally, we have investigated the resistance of ybr238c∆ cells to H2O2 toxicity and found them to be more resistant compared to wild-type cells.

      We believe these revisions strengthen the scientific rigor and clarity of our study. We sincerely appreciate the guidance from Reviewer #2, and we hope these modifications address the concerns raised effectively.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary: The study by Alfatah et al. presented a role for YBR238C in mediating lifespan through improved mitochondrial function in a TOR1-dependent metabolic pathway. The authors used a dataset comparison approach to identify genes positively modulating yeast chronological (CLS) and Replicative (RLS) lifespan when deleted, and their expression is reduced under Rapamycin treatment condition. This approach revealed an unknown, mitochondria-localized yeast gene YBR238C, and through mechanistic studies, they identified its paralogous gene RMD9 regulating lifespan in an antagonistic effect.

      Strengths:

      Findings have valuable implications for understanding the YBR238C-mediated, mitochondrial-dependent yeast lifespan regulation, and the interplay between two paralogous genes in the regulation of mitochondrial function represents an inserting case for gene evolution.

      Weaknesses:

      Overall, the implication/findings of this study are restricted only to the yeast model since these two genes do not have any homology in higher eukaryotes. The primary methods must be carefully designed by considering two different metabolic states: respiration-associated with CLS and fermentation-associated with RLS in a single comparative approach. Yeast CLS and RLS are two completely different processes. It is already known that most gene-regulating CLS is not associated with RLS or vice versa. The method section is poorly written and missing important information. The experimental approaches are poorly designed, and variability across the datasets (e.g., media condition "YPD," "SC" etc.) and their experimental conditions are not well described/considered; thus, presented data are not conclusive, which decreases the overall rigor of the study.

      We sincerely appreciate your thorough review of our manuscript and your insightful comments. We acknowledge the limitation of our study being yeast-specific due to the absence of homologous genes in higher eukaryotes. However, we would like to highlight the significance of our findings in revealing a feedback loop between mitochondrial function and TORC1 signaling (TORC1-Mitochondria-TORC1 or TOMITO signaling process) in cellular lifespan regulation.

      Our interpretation of the experimental results is grounded in recent literature. Two studies (references 62 and 63) support our findings by demonstrating TORC1 activation after mitochondrial electron transport chain dysfunction and the delay in brain pathology progression upon TORC1 inhibition, respectively. These studies, discussed in our manuscript, reinforce the relevance of our work in a broader biological context.

      We recognize the importance of carefully designing our primary methods to account for the different metabolic states associated with cellular processes, such as respiration in cellular lifespan (CLS) and fermentation in replicative lifespan (RLS). We want to bring to your attention that four previous studies (references 7, 39, 40, and 41) have already identified the involvement of YBR238C in the RLS phenotype. To avoid duplicating these efforts, we have chosen not to reiterate these findings in our study. However, we have clarified the logarithmic-phase/stationary phase conditions in the figure legends, specifying their metabolic states relevance to RLS or CLS. Additionally, we have included new supplementary figures (S3E-S3I) to provide further details on the new experiments conducted.

      We appreciate your feedback regarding the clarity and completeness of our method section. In the revised manuscript, we have invested additional effort to enhance the clarity of the method section, providing a more detailed account of the experimental procedures, including the missing information you identified.

      We believe these revisions strengthen the scientific rigor and clarity of our study. We sincerely appreciate the guidance from Reviewer #3, and we hope these modifications address the concerns raised effectively.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Thank you for your detailed review and valuable recommendations. We have carefully addressed each of your comments in the revised manuscript. The specific changes made include:

      (1) "TORC1 positively regulates aging, and its inhibition increases lifespan in various eukaryotic organisms including yeast and mammalian 13,26,27,29,30." Here I would suggest replacing "mammalian" with "mammals".

      We have amended the sentence as recommended.

      (2) "Next, we experimentally tested whether the transcriptome longevity signatures are associated with enhanced mitochondrial metabolism, whether the cellular energy level has gone up and cellular stress responses are induced with a switch to oxidative metabolism 47,48." Here I would replace "transcriptome longevity signatures is" with "transcriptome longevity signatures are".

      We have amended the sentence as recommended.

      (3) "Thus, HAP4-independent mechanism does exist through which YBR238C also affects cellular aging (Figure 3I)." I would replace "Thus, HAP4-independent" with "Thus, a HAP4-independent".

      We have amended the sentence as recommended.

      (4) "We examined other mitochondrial dysfunctional conditions to confirm that suppressive effect of rapamycin is not only specific to YBR238C-OE." I would change "that suppressive effect" to "that the suppressive effect".

      We have amended the sentence as recommended.

      (5) "Understanding the mechanism of aging will also require to understand the role of many genes of yet unknown function as YBR238C at the beginning of this work." I would switch "require to understand" to "require understanding".

      We have amended the sentence as recommended.

      (6) "The gene lists that modulate cellular lifespan in aging model organism yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae were extracted from database SGD 22 and GenAge 23 (as of 8th November 2022)" "yeast" should not be italicized.

      Corrected.

      (7) Figure 1, panels C and D, ybr238c should be italicized.

      Corrected.

      (8) Figure 2B, top left-most (oxidative phosphorylation) network. I might consider repositioning some labels to make them more readable if possible.

      Thank you for your feedback. The figure labels in Figure 2B are default from Metascape analysis, so repositioning isn't feasible. However, we have indicated in the figure legends that the full set of genes for functional enrichment analysis and the MCODE complex is available in Additional File 3.

      (9) Figure 4E, rmd9, pet100, and cox6 should be italicized.

      Corrected.

      (10) Figure 5C, rmd9 and rmd9 ybr238c should be italicized. Corrected.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Thank you for your detailed review and valuable recommendations. We have carefully addressed each of your comments in the revised manuscript. The specific changes made include:

      (1) The presentation of data as heatmaps (Figures 1F, 3D, 4C, 4G, 5B, 5H, 5L, 6K) obfuscates the quantitative nature of the data. These data would be much stronger if presented as bar graphs with appropriate statistical analysis. If the authors prefer the visual of the heat map, there should be some statistical analysis performed to accompany these figures. This is particularly important for Figure 3D, in which the authors state "We found that HAP4 deletion significantly decrease the ETC complex I-V genes' expression" (bottom of page 8). As no statistical analyses were performed, the authors should refrain from using such language as it is unsupported by the data as analyzed.

      Thank you for your insightful comments and suggestions regarding the presentation of our data. We appreciate the attention you have given to Figures 1F, 3D, 4C, 4G, 5B, 5H, 5L, and 6K.

      In response to your feedback, we have carefully re-evaluated our approach. Considering the large volume of data associated with our lifespan analysis at different time points, we initially chose to visualize it using heatmaps to comprehensively capture the complexity of the results. However, we have now incorporated quantification information into the heatmaps.

      For Figure 3D, which addresses the impact of HAP4 deletion on the expression of ETC complex I-V genes, we have replaced the heatmap with a bar graph. This modification allows for a clearer representation of the quantitative nature of the data. Moreover, we have conducted thorough statistical analyses comparing data between ybr238c∆ and ybr238c∆ hap4∆ to support the statements made in the text. The results of these analyses are now included in the revised figure. Moreover, we also replaced the Figure 6K heatmap with a bar graph.

      We believe that these changes enhance the interpretability and robustness of our findings. We are grateful for your guidance, and we are confident that these adjustments will strengthen the overall quality of our manuscript.

      (2) The presentation of ATP data, given its importance in supporting the core conclusions of this manuscript, is poor. The conditions under which yeast was collected are not reported, making these data impossible to interpret; total cellular ATP levels would be significantly altered and influenced by separate pathways in fermentive versus stationary phases. Minimally, the authors should describe the conditions of yeast growth (e.g., age, culture media) in which these measurements were made. The presentation of relative ATP percentages is problematic, particularly with measurements that deviate so far from wild-type ATP levels in conditions such as those in Figure 6A, in which the authors report that rapamycin induces a 1200% increase in cellular ATP. Previous papers have established that ATP levels in yeast hover around 4 mM and are stable through the cell cycle and across nutrient conditions (PMID: 30858198, 35438635). Given this, the reported ATP levels would be expected to be near 48 mM, which is strongly outside of the typically accepted values of 1-10 mM for this metabolite. Without understanding the contexts in which these measurements are made, as well as the absolute values for these measurements (which would be easily achievable through the use of a standard curve of ATP), these data are uninterpretable. Furthermore, it seems unlikely that yeast would be able to accommodate shifts of ATP levels that span an order of magnitude without dire cellular consequences, particularly during rapamycin treatment.

      We appreciate the valuable feedback from the reviewer regarding the importance of providing detailed information on yeast growth conditions for interpreting ATP data. In response to this suggestion, we have enhanced the figure legends associated with the relevant figures to include a comprehensive description of the yeast growth conditions. This now specifies the age of the culture, culture media composition, and other pertinent parameters.

      In addressing the concern raised about the rapamycin-induced ATP increase, we have carefully re-examined our experimental procedures. We performed additional experiments and confirmed the consistency of our findings in logarithmic-treated cultures. The results remain in alignment with our initial observations, reinforcing the reliability and reproducibility of our data.

      (3) As stated above, the inference of mitochondrial function from cellular ATP levels, cellular ROS levels, and gene expression of a handful of nuclear-encoded genes is not sound. The authors should include further experimentation as evidence of mitochondrial functionality, such as respirometry or metabolic flux experiments.

      Thank you for your constructive feedback on our manuscript. We appreciate your careful consideration of our work. In response to your concerns regarding the indirect nature of our mitochondrial function assays, we have implemented the following changes: We have incorporated additional assays to provide a more direct insight into mitochondrial biology. Specifically, we performed relative mitochondria content analysis (S3F) and quantified ROS levels under fermentative to stationary phase conditions (S3G). These assays offer a more direct and comprehensive assessment of mitochondrial function. Furthermore, we conducted experiments in respiratory glycerol medium (S3H) to complement our previous findings.

      To further support our claims, we investigated the resistance of ybr238c∆ cells to H2O2 toxicity. Our results demonstrate that these cells exhibit increased resistance compared to wild-type cells. This additional evidence strengthens the link between mitochondrial function and cellular response to oxidative stress.

      We believe these adjustments address your concerns and significantly enhance the robustness of our study. We hope you find these modifications satisfactory. We are grateful for your valuable input, which has undoubtedly improved the clarity and reliability of our findings.

      (4) Multiple gene expression analyses are performed on n=2 measurements, and this should be bolstered by further replicates. Many bar graphs do not have accompanying statistics; these should be added. Some statistical tests are performed across inappropriate comparisons, such as Figure 3G, in which expression levels of mitochondrial genes in both deletion and overexpression strains should be compared to a wild-type control rather than to each other.

      Thank you for your thorough review and constructive feedback on our manuscript. We appreciate your careful examination of our work. In response to your comments, we have made the following revisions to address your concerns: The multiple gene expression analysis in our study focused specifically on ETC genes. It is important to note that ETC genes themselves represent multiple replicates within the ybr238c deletion and overexpression cells, as illustrated in Figures 4D, 4G, and 6B.

      We acknowledge and appreciate your observation regarding Figure 3G. To address this concern, we have revised the statistical comparisons. The expression levels of mitochondrial genes in the overexpression strain are now appropriately compared to a wild-type control. This correction has been applied in the figure that correctly corresponds to text in the manuscript.

      (5) Figure 2B is uninterpretable as it stands, as most gene symbols are obscured.

      We appreciate the reviewer's attention to Figure 2B and the feedback provided. Regarding the gene labels in Figure 2B, we would like to clarify that these labels are default outputs from the Metascape analysis, and unfortunately, repositioning them within the current figure layout isn't feasible without compromising the integrity of the information.

      However, we have taken the reviewer's concern seriously and have made efforts to address the interpretability issue. To provide readers with access to the full set of genes for functional enrichment analysis and the MCODE complex, we have included this information in Additional File 3. The figure legends have been updated accordingly to guide readers to refer to Additional File 3 for a more detailed examination of the gene symbols and their annotations.

      We hope that this solution addresses the concern raised by the reviewer.

      (6) The conclusions to be drawn from Figure 3A are not clear, and this figure is cited only once in the text along with two other figures (page 8).

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. We have carefully considered your comments and made revisions to improve the clarity of the conclusions drawn from Figure 3A.

      (7) Figure 6K reports a range of 100-200% cell survival - how does a cell have 200% survival? Isn't survival binary (i.e., you survive or you are dead)? Perhaps this is meant to be relative to another condition; this should be more clearly stated in the figure, or the axis should be normalized to a maximum of 100% survival.

      Thank you for your guidance and valuable feedback. Based on your recommendation, we have made significant changes to Figure 6K in the revised manuscript. Specifically, we replaced the heatmap with a bar graph to enhance clarity. Additionally, we would like to highlight that cell survival of combined treated cells is measured relative to the control treatment, which is considered 100% survival. This aims to provide a more accurate and comprehensible representation of the data. We believe these modifications contribute to a clearer presentation of our findings.

      (8) The authors state that "TORC1 inhibition in yeast and human cells with mitochondrial dysfunction suppresses their accelerated aging." No studies of aging were done in human cells; survival in response to mitochondrial toxins does not reveal aging phenotypes. To state such is a substantial overstatement and should be amended to perhaps "cellular survival" rather than directly linked to aging.

      We appreciate the careful review of our manuscript and the constructive feedback provided by the reviewer. In response to the concern raised regarding the statement about TORC1 inhibition and accelerated aging in human cells, we have revised the relevant passage as follows: "In turn, TORC1 inhibition in yeast and human cells with mitochondrial dysfunction enhances their cellular survival." We believe that this modification accurately reflects the outcomes of our experiments and addresses the concern raised by the reviewer. We would like to express our gratitude for the valuable feedback, which has contributed to the improvement of our manuscript. Thank you for your thoughtful consideration.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Thank you for your detailed review and valuable recommendations. We have carefully addressed each of your comments in the revised manuscript. The specific changes made include:

      The authors should have attempted to fully characterize the RLS and CLS phenotype of strains lacking the YBR238C and RMD9 gene, the single most important gene identified in this study. Before further characterization, its association with aging must be tested to replicate findings from the literature. Although Figure 3 shows partially characterized CLS in SC medium, different media conditions could be tested, and the full spectrum of CLS lifespan curves should be represented. RLS phenotypes of these cells were not analyzed throughout the study.

      We appreciate the suggestion to investigate the role of YBR238C in both Replicative Lifespan (RLS) and Chronological Lifespan (CLS). However, it's essential to note that the involvement of YBR238C in the RLS phenotype has been previously documented in four studies (references 7, 39, 40, and 41). Considering the established literature on this matter, we chose not to duplicate these efforts in our study.

      Our primary focus was on confirming the role of YBR238C in the chronological lifespan (CLS) phenotype, as indicated by a genome-wide study (reference 43). Accordingly, we also conducted an analysis of the role of RMD9 in CLS. The methods and figure legends explicitly state that CLS experiments for prototrophic CEN.PK113-7D strains were conducted in synthetic defined (SD) medium containing 6.7 g/L yeast nitrogen base with ammonium sulfate without amino acids and 2% glucose. For auxotrophic BY4743 strains, SD medium was supplemented with histidine (40 mg/L), leucine (160 mg/L), and uracil (40 mg/L).

      It is important to clarify that SC medium was not used for CLS analysis. Instead, we employed SD medium, recommended for CLS analysis (reference 15; PMID: 22768836). The CLS experiments were conducted using three different methods, providing a comprehensive representation of the entire CLS lifespan (Figures 1C, 1D, 1E, and 1F).

      While we did not present the Replicative Lifespan (RLS) phenotype explicitly, we performed experiments such as mitochondrial activity and ROS production under both CLS and RLS conditions. These additional analyses contribute valuable insights into the broader implications of YBR238C and RMD9 on cellular function.

      We believe that these clarifications and the inclusion of additional experimental details enhance the robustness and validity of our findings. We hope these explanations address the concerns raised by the reviewer and contribute to the overall improvement of our manuscript.

      In addition, authors include RNAseq data from Rapamycin-treated cells to identify differentially expressed genes. Notably, genes with decreased expression were used to compare KO strains' lifespan phenotype. Additional RNAseq analyses were performed on individual KO cells. The methodology section needs to be better written with information on which media and metabolic state that these cells are collected after treatment with rapamycin. If the cells are collected during logarithmic growth, the data can be compared with RLS aging gene sets only. A separate experiment has to be performed on stationary cells (respiratory) to collect RNAseq data after rapamycin treatment, then can be compared to the CLS aging gene set.

      Thank you for your insightful comments and considerations regarding our methodology for obtaining Rapamycin response genes (RRGs). We appreciate the opportunity to address your concerns and provide further clarification on our experimental approach.

      As mentioned in our manuscript, we obtained RRGs by treating logarithmic cells with 50 nM Rapamycin for 1 hour, and the details have been included in supplementary Figure S1C legends. Our primary objective was to compare these RRGs with agingassociated genes that modulate both Replicative Lifespan (RLS) and Chronological Lifespan (CLS). We acknowledge the significance of this comparison and believe that our approach, treating logarithmic cells, is suitable for achieving this goal.

      It is important to note that the use of a higher concentration of Rapamycin for treatment renders the cells less efficient in terms of growth, resulting in a very low optical density (OD) at 72 hours, as illustrated in Figure 6H. Unfortunately, due to this limitation in growth efficiency, obtaining Rapamycin response genes at the stationary phase was not feasible in our experimental setup.

      As the experimental conditions vary among the reports and the gene expression signature significantly changes under different metabolic conditions, the media condition that samples are collected for RNAseq analyses should match the media condition that the lifespans of those KO strains are tested. However, more information needs to be detailed on these methodologies. For example, the transcriptomic signature of the YBR238C KO strain should be done under both fermentative and respiratory conditions to understand the true gene expression signature associated with CLS and RLS. Throughout the manuscript, these two metabolic conditions and associated lifespan types (CLS vs. RLS) are not differentiated and treated as the same, probably causing the biggest confounding effect that resulted in the identification of a single yeast-specific gene.

      We obtained the transcriptomic signature of the YBR238C KO strain from logarithmic phase cultures. This consistency was maintained to align with the Rapamycin Response Genes (RRGs) obtained from logarithmic cells treated with rapamycin. Detailed methodology and metabolic status information is provided in the method section and relevant figure legends.

      To broaden the scope of our study, we conducted analyses on various phenotypes, including mitochondrial activity and oxidative stress, under both logarithmic phase (relevant to Replicative Lifespan, RLS) and stationary phase (relevant to Chronological Lifespan, CLS). We have now explicitly indicated the logarithmic phase/stationary phase conditions in the figure legends of the manuscript, specifying their relevance to RLS or CLS.

      Results from these additional experiments have been incorporated into the revised manuscript as supplementary figures (S3E-S3I). We believe that these clarifications and the inclusion of additional experimental details enhance the robustness and validity of our findings. We trust that these explanations effectively address the concerns raised by the reviewer and contribute to the overall improvement of our manuscript.

      YBR238C gene KO effect on mitochondrial function missing comprehensive characterization. Whether the improved mito function caused by increased mtDNA copy number and/or increased mitochondrial number could be easily tested by analyzing normalizing RNAseq reads from mtDNA genes to reads from nucDNA genes. Data could be further combined with western blot specific to mito membrane proteins to analyze mito copy number.

      Thank you for your insightful comments and suggestions. Following your recommendation, we conducted an assessment of relative mitochondrial content (see Figure S3F) and observed significantly higher mtDNA content in the ybr238c∆ compared to the wild type (see Figure S3F). Additionally, we have incorporated the methodology for mitochondrial DNA copy number analysis in the methods section.

      The two paralogous gene interaction is an interesting observation. However, in yeast, it is known that deletion of one of the paralogous genes causes copy number amplification of the certain chromosome that the other paralogous gene is located, causing aneuploid chromosome. Many of the observed phenotypes can be associated with increased chromosome copy number and should be carefully tested. However, the authors did not consider this important point. Simply, using RNA seq data normalized read/per chromosome could be plotted to analyze the karyotype of YBR238C and RMD9 KO cells.

      We appreciate your thoughtful consideration of our work and the suggestion to investigate chromosome copy number variations. While we did not directly test the chromosome copy, we want to highlight that our study extensively explores the impact of YBR238C on cellular lifespan through an RMD9-dependent mechanism (Figure 5). Deletion of YBR238C increases, whereas overexpression of YBR238C decreases the expression of its paralog, RMD9 (Figure 5F). Furthermore, this phenotype is associated with the lifespan of YBR238C-deleted and overexpressed cells. In our study, we have thoroughly investigated this aspect.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We appreciate the care and the detail shown by the Reviewers. Their comments have made our article more focused and more accessible to a general audience.

      We would like to begin with a comment about the last sentence of the “eLife assessment”. The evolution of metamorphosis in insects was a major triumph in animal evolution that subsequently impacted almost every aspect of plant and animal evolution in the terrestrial and freshwater aquatic biospheres. Unlike the metamorphoses of most other groups, whose evolutions are lost in time, insect evolution arose relatively recently (~400 mya) and insect orders have branched off at various points in this evolution and have persisted to modern times. Although these “relic” groups also have undergone millions of years of evolution and specialization, they still provide us with windows into how this progression may have come about. The study of these groups provides a unique opportunity to explore the mechanisms that underlie major life history shifts and should be of interest to anyone interested in evolution – not just entomologists.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This paper provides strong evidence for the roles of JH in an ametabolous insect species. In particular, it demonstrates that:

      • JH shifts embryogenesis from a growth mode to a differentiation mode and is responsible for terminal differentiation during embryogenesis. This, and other JH roles, are first suggested as correlations, based on the timing of JH peaks, but then experimentally demonstrated using JH antagonists and rescue thereof with JH mimic. This is a robust approach and the experimental results are very convincing.

      • JH redirects ecdysone-induced molting to direct formation of a more mature cuticle

      • Kr-h1 is downstream of JH in Thermobia, as it is in other insects, and is a likely mediator of many JH effects

      • The results support the proposed model that an ancestral role of JH in promoting and maintaining differentiation was coopted during insect radiations to drive the evolution of metamorphosis. However, alternate evolutionary scenarios should also be considered.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this is a beautiful, in-depth student. The paper is well-written and clear. The background places the work in a broad context and shows its importance in understanding fundamental questions about insect biology. The researchers are leaders in the field, and a strength of this manuscript is their use of a variety of different approaches (enzymatic assays, gene expression, agonists & antagonists, analysis of morphology using different types of microscopy and detection, and more) to attack their research questions. The experimental data is clearly presented and carefully executed with appropriate controls and attention to detail. The 'multi-pronged' approach provides support for the conclusions from different angles, strengthening conclusions. In sum, the data presented are convincing and the conclusions about experimental outcomes are well-justified based on the results obtained.

      Weaknesses:

      This paper provides more detail than is likely needed for readers outside the field but also provides sufficient depth for those in the field. This is both a strength and a weakness. I would suggest the authors shorten some aspects of their text to make it more accessible to a broader audience. In particular, the discussion is very long and accompanied by two model figures. The discussion could be tightened up and much of the text used for a separate review article (perhaps along with Figure 11) that would bring more attention to the proposed evolution of JH roles.

      We appreciate the comments about the strengths and weaknesses of the paper. To deal with the weaknesses, we have condensed some of the Results to make them less cumbersome and the Discussion has been completely revised, keeping a sharp focus on the actions of JH in Thermobia embryos and how these actions relate to the status quo functions of JH in insects with metamorphosis. As part of the revision of the Discussion, we have replaced Figures 10 and 11.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In keeping with my public review, this paper is very strong and I have very few suggestions for improvement. They are:

      (1) Thermobia are extant insects and are not ancestral insects. It is likely that they retain features found in an insect ancestor. However, these insects have been evolving for a very long time, and for any one feature, many changes may have occurred, both gain and loss of gene function and morphology. Further, even for morphological features present in an extant species that are the same as an ancestor, genetic pathways regulating this feature may have changed over time (see for examples papers from the Haag and Pick labs). Although I realize this is a small, possibly almost semantic point, I feel it is important to be precise here. For example, in the title, "before" is speculative as there could have been a different role in the ancestor with the role in embryogenesis arising in lineages leading to Thermobia; similarly in the abstract, "this ancestral role of JH' is an overstatement since we cannot actually measure the ancestral role.

      Since the title has already been cited in a Perspectives review, we decided to keep the title as is.

      (2) I don't understand the results in Met and myo in Fig. 3B. Perhaps include them in the explanation of Fig.3 and not after the description of Fig. 4 and explain them in more detail (or perhaps not include them at all?). I don't really understand the statistical analysis of these panels either.

      We have revised the figure legends to explain the statistics.

      (3) Another point regarding language - talking about the embryo being "able" to go through a developmental stage implies decision-making. I would suggest dropping that wording (e.g, in the description of Fig. 5C). Similarly, in explaining Fig. 6B, it would be more correct to say "JH treatment no longer inhibited" than as written "could no longer inhibit" (implying 'no matter how hard it tried, it still couldn't do it')

      We have removed the “can’t” wording. Figure 6 has been revised

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The authors have studied in detail the embryogenesis of the ametabolan insect Thermobia domestica. They have also measured the levels of the two most important hormones in insect development: juvenile hormone (JH) and ecdysteroids. The work then focuses on JH, whose occurrence concentrates in the final part (between 70 and 100%) of embryo development. Then, the authors used a precocene compound (7-ethoxyprecocene, or 7EP) to destroy the JH producing tissues in the embryo of the firebrat T. domestica, which allowed to unveil that this hormone is critically involved in the last steps of embryogenesis. The 7EP-treated embryos failed to resorb the extraembryonic fluid and did not hatch. More detailed observations showed that processes like the maturational growth of the eye, the lengthening of the foregut and posterior displacement of the midgut, and the detachment of the E2 cuticle, were impaired after the 7EP treatment. Importantly, a treatment with a JH mimic subsequent to the 7EP treatment restored the correct maturation of both the eye and the gut. It is worth noting that the timing of JH mimic application was essential for correcting the defects triggered by the treatment with 7EP.

      This is a relevant result in itself since the role of JH in insect embryogenesis is a controversial topic. It seems to have an important role in hemimetabolan embryogenesis, but not so much in holometabolans. Intriguingly, it appears important for hatching, an observation made in hemimetabolan and in holometabolan embryos. Knowing that this role was already present in ametabolans is relevant from an evolutionary point of view, and knowing exactly why embryos do not hatch in the absence of JH, is relevant from the point of view of developmental biology.

      The unique and intriguing aspect of juvenile hormone is its status quo action in the control of metamorphosis. Our reason for dealing with an insect group that branched off from the line of insects that eventually evolved metamorphosis, was to gain insight into the ancestral functions of this hormone. Our data from Thermobia as well as that from grasshoppers and crickets indicate that the developmental actions of JH were originally confined to embryogenesis where it promoted the terminal differentiation of the embryo. Its actions in promoting differentiation also included suppressing morphogenesis. This latter function was not pronounced during embryogenesis because JH only appeared after morphogenesis was essentially completed. However, it was a preadaptation that proved useful in more derived insects that delayed aspects of morphogenesis into the postembryonic realm. JH was then used postembryonically to inhibit morphogenesis until late in juvenile growth when JH disappears, and this inhibition is released.

      Then, the authors describe a series of experiments applying the JH mimic in early embryogenesis, before the natural peak of JH occurs, and its effects on embryo development. Observations were made under different doses of JHm, and under different temporal windows of treatment. Higher doses triggered more severe effects, as expected, and different windows of application produced different effects. The most used combination was 1 ng JHm applied 1.5 days AEL, checking the effects 3 days later. Of note, 1.5 days AEL is about 15% embryonic development, whereas the natural peak of JH occurs around 85% embryonic development. In general, the ectopic application of JHm triggered a diversity of effects, generally leading to an arrest of development. Intriguingly, however, a number of embryos treated with 1 ng of JHm at 1.5 days AEL showed a precocious formation of myofibrils in the longitudinal muscles. Also, a number of embryos treated in the same way showed enhanced chitin deposition in the E1 procuticle and showed an advancement of at least a day in the deposition of the E2 cuticle.

      While the experiments and observations are done with great care and are very exhaustive, I am not sure that the results reveal genuine JH functions. The effects triggered by a significant pulse of ectopic JHm when the embryo is 15% of the development will depend on the context: the transcriptome existing at that time, especially the cocktail of transcription factors. This explains why different application times produce different effects. This also explains why the timing of JHm application was essential for correcting the effects of 7EP treatment. In this reasoning, we must consider that the context at 85% development, when the JH peaks in natural conditions and plays its genuine functions, must be very different from the context at 15% development, when the JHm was applied in most of the experiments. In summary, I believe that the observations after the application of JHm reveal effects of the ectopic JHm, but not necessarily functions of the JH. If so, then the subsequent inferences made from the premise that these ectopic treatments with JHm revealed JH functions are uncertain and should be interpreted with caution.

      We disagree with the reviewer. An analogous situation would be in exploring gene function in which both gain-of-function and loss-of-function experiments often provide complementary insights into how a gene functions. We see JH effects only when its receptor, Met, is present and JH can induce its main effector protein, Kr-h1. The latter gives us confidence that we are looking at bona fide JH effects. We have also kept in mind, though, that the nature of the responding tissues is changing through time. Nevertheless, we see a consistent pattern of responses in the embryo and these can be related to its postembryonic effects in metamorphic insects.

      Those inferences affect not only the "JH and the progressive nature of embryonic molts" section, but also, the "Modifications in JH function during the evolution of hemimetabolous and holometabolous life histories" section, and the entire "Discussion". In addition to inferences built on uncertain functions, the sections mentioned, especially the Discussion, I think suffer from too many poorly justified speculations. I love speculation in science, it is necessary and fruitful. But it must be practiced within limits of reasonableness, especially when expressed in a formal journal.

      We have tried to dial back the speculation.

      Finally, In the section "Modifications in JH function during the evolution of hemimetabolous and holometabolous life", it is not clear the bridge that connects the observations on the embryo of Thermobia and the evolution of modified life cycles, hemimetabolan and holometabolan.

      Our Figure 12 should put this into perspective.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Main points

      (1) Please, reduce the level of overinterpretation of ectopic treatment experiments with JHm, since the resulting observations represent effects, but not necessarily functions of JH.

      We have revised this section to indicate that the “effects” of ectopic treatments provide insights into the function of JH. Using a genetic analogy, both “loss-of-function” and “gain-of-function” experiments provide insights into a given gene. (see response to Public Comments)

      (2) Especially in the sections "JH and the progressive nature of embryonic molts" and "Modifications in JH function during the evolution of hemimetabolous and holometabolous life histories", and the entire "Discussion", please keep the level of speculation within reasonable limits, avoiding especially the inference of conclusions on the basis of speculation, itself based on previous speculation.

      We have toned down some of the speculation and provided reasons why it is worth suggesting.

      (3) Please revisit the argued roles of myoglianin in the story, in light of its effects as an inhibitor of JH production, repressing the expression of JHAMT, as has been reliably demonstrated in hemimetabolan species (DOI: 10.1073/pnas.1600612113 and DOI: 10.1096/ fj.201801511R).

      Our appreciation to the reviewer. We are more explicit about the relationship between JH and myo.

      Minor points

      (4) Please keep the consistency of the scientific binomial nomenclature for the species mentioned. For example, read "Manduca sexta" (in italics) at the first mention, and then "M. sexta" (in italics) in successive mentions (instead of reading "Manduca" on page 17, and then "Manduca sexta" on page 18, for example). The same for "Drosophila" ("Drosophila melanogaster" first, and then "D. melanogaster"), "Thermobia" ("Thermobia domestica" first, and then "T. domestica"), etc. In the figure legends, I recommend using the complete name: Thermobia domestica, in the main heading.

      Where there is no possibility of confusion, we intend to use Thermobia, rather than T. domestica, etc. We think that it is easier for a non-specialist to read and it is commonly done in endocrine papers.

      (5) There is no purpose in evolution and biological processes. Thus, I suggest avoiding expressions that have a teleological aftertaste. For example (capitals are mine), on p. 3 "appears to have been extended into postembryonic life where it acts TO antagonize morphogenic and allow the maintenance of a juvenile state".

      We have tried to avoid teleological wording.

      (6) The title "The embryonic role of juvenile hormone in the firebrat, Thermobia domestica, reveals its function before its involvement in metamorphosis" contains a redundancy ("role" and "function"), and an apparent obviousness ("before its involvement in metamorphosis"). I suggest a more straightforward title. Something like "Juvenile hormone plays developmental functions in the embryo of the firebrat Thermobia domestica, which predate its status quo action in metamorphosis".

      As noted above, we are retaining the title since it has already been cited.

      (7) Page 2. "The transition from larva to adult then occurred through a transitional stage, the pupa, thereby providing the three-part life history diagnostic of the "complete metamorphosis" exhibited by holometabolous insects (reviews: Jindra, 2019; Truman & Riddiford, 2002, 2019)". I suggest adding the reference ISBN: 9780128130209 9 7 8 - 0 - 1 2 - 8 1 3 0 2 0 - 9, as the most comprehensive and recent review on complete metamorphosis.

      Done

      (8) Page 3. "These severe developmental effects suggest that the developmental role of JH in insects was initially CONFINED to the embryonic domain" (capitals are mine). This appears contradictory with the observations of Watson, 1967, on the relationships between the apparition of scales and JH, mentioned shortly before by the authors.

      This is explained in the Discussion. Although JH can suppress scale appearance in the J4 stage, we have not been able to show that scales appearance is caused by changes in the juvenile JH titer.

      (9) Page 4. "we measured JH III levels during Thermobia embryogenesis at daily intervals starting at 5 d AEL". Why not before, like in the case of ecdysteroids? The authors might perhaps argue that the levels of Kr-h1 expression are consistently low from the very beginning, according to Fernandez-Nicolas et al, 2022 (reference cited later in the manuscript).

      (10) Page 4. "Ecdysteroid titers through embryogenesis and the early juvenile instars were measured using the enzyme immunoassay method (Porcheron et al., 1989) that is optimized for detecting 20-hydroxyecdysone (20E)". The antibody generated by Porcheron (and now sold by Cayman) recognizes ecdysone and 20-hydroxyecdysone alike. But that's not relevant here. I would refer to "ecdysteroids" when mentioning measurements. Also in figure 2B (and "juvenile hormone III" without the formula, in Panel A, for harmonization). And I would not expand on specifications, like those at the beginning of page 5, or towards the end of page

      We thank the reviewer for this important correction.

      (12) ("the fact that we detected only a slight rise in ecdysteroids at this time (Fig 2B) is likely due to the assay that we used being designed to detect 20E rather than ecdysone").

      Omitted.

      (11) Page 5. "Low levels of Kr-h1 transcripts were present at 12 hr after egg deposition, but then were not detected until about 6 d AEL when JH-III first appeared". There is a very precise Kr-h1 pattern in Fernandez-Nicolas et al. 2023 (reference mentioned later in the manuscript).

      (12) Page 5. "notably myoglianin (myo), have become prominent as agents that promote the competence and execution of metamorphosis in holometabolous and hemimetabolous insects (He et al., 2020; Awasaki et al., 2011)". See my note 3 above.

      The myoglianin issue has been revised.

      (13) Page 5. "a drug that suppresses JH production". Rather, "a drug that destroys the JH producing tissues". Why the way, do the authors know when the CA are formed in T. domestica embryo development?

      We prefer to keep our original wording. There have been some cases in which precocene has blocked JH production but did not kill the CA cells. We do not have observations that show that 7EP kills the CA cells in Thermobia embryos.

      (14) Page 5. "subsequent treatment with a JHm". I would say here that the JHm is pyriproxyfen, not on page 6 or page 7. Thus, to be consistent, after the first mention of "pyriproxyfen (JHm)" on page 5, I'd consistently use the abbreviation "JHm".

      (15) Page 9. "Limb loss in such embryos was often STOCHASTIC, i.e., in a given embryo some limbs were completely lost while others were maintained in a reduced state" (capitals are mine). The meaning of "stochastic" is random, involving a random variable; it is a concept usually associated to probability theory and related fields. I suggest using the less specialized word "variable", since to ascertain that the values are really stochastic would require specific mathematical approaches.

      We are still using stochastic because the loss is random.

      (16) Page 10. "9E). Indeed, the JH treatment redirects the molt to be more like that to the J2 stage, rather than to the E2 (= J1) stage". Probably too assertive given the evidence available (see my points 1 and 2 above).

      We do not see a problem with our conclusion. In response to the JHm treatment, the embryo produced a smooth, rather than a “pebbly” cuticle, failed to make the J1-specific egg tooth, and attempted to make cuticular lenses (a J2 feature). This ability of premature JH exposure to cause embryos to “skip” a stage is also seen in locusts (Truman & Riddiford, 1999) and crickets (Erezyilmaz et al., 2004). The JHm treatment resulted in the production of smooth cuticle, lack of a hatching tooth, and an attempt to make cuticular lenses.

      (17) Page 11. "early JHM treatment", read "early JHm treatment".

      Corrected

      (18) Page 11. "likely. A target of JH, and likely Kr-h1, in Thermobia is myoglianin...". Please see my notes 1, 2, and especially 3, above.

      This has been revised

      (19) Page 13. "the locust, Locusta americana (Aboulafia-Baginshy et al.,1984)". Please read "the locust, Locusta migratoria (Aboulafia-Baginshy et al.,1984)".

      Corrected

      (20) Page 13 "Acheta domesticus" three times. The correct name now is "Acheta domestica", after harmonizing the declension of the specific name with the generic one. See additionally my note 4 above.

      Acheta domesticus has been used in hundreds (thousands?) of papers since it was originally named by Linnaeus. We will continue to use it.

      (21) Page 15, "(also called the vermiform larva (Bernays, 1971) redirects embryonic development to form an embryo with proportions, cuticular pigmentation, cuticular sculpturing and bristles characteristic of a nymph, while pronymph modifications, such as the cuticular surface sculpturing (Bernays, 1971)". The reference "Bernays, 1971" is indeed "Bergot et al., 1971".

      There was a mistake in the references. The Bernays reference was omitted from the revised Discussion

      (22) Page 16. "Since JH also induces Kr-h1 in embryos of many insects, including Thermobia". I'm not sure that this has been studied in many insects. In any case, any reference would be useful.

      (23) Page 17. "Tribolium casteneum". Please read "Tribolium castaneum".

      Changed

      (24) Page 17. "...results in a permanent larva that continues to molt well after it has surpassed its critical weight (He et al., 2019)". The paper of He et al., 2019 is preceded by two key papers that previously demonstrate (and in hemimetabolan insects) that myoglianin is a determining factor in the preparation for metamorphosis: DOI: 10.1073/pnas.1600612113 and DOI: 10.1096/ fj.201801511R). See my note 3 above.

      Corrected in revision

      (25) Page 18. "These persisting embryonic primordia join the wing primordia in delaying their morphogenesis into postembryonic life". This reader does not understand this sentence.

      Made clearer in the revision.

      (26) Page 18. "is first possible in the commercial silkworm (Daimon et al., 2015)". Please mention the scientific Latin name of the species, Bombyx mori.

      (27) Page 19. "The functioning of farnesol derivatives in growth versus differentiation control extends deep into the eukaryotes.../... this capacity was eventually exploited by the insects to provide the hormonal system that regulates their metamorphosis". This information appears quite out of place.

      We have retained this point.

      (28) Page 21. Heading "Hormones". I suggest using the heading "Bioactive compounds", as neither pyriproxyfen nor 7-ethoxyprecocene are hormones.

      Done

      (29) Page 29, legend of figure 1. "Photomicrographs" is somewhat redundant. The technical word is "micrographs". "Thermobia domestica" appears in the explanation of panel C, but this is not necessary, as the name appears in the main heading of the legend.

      Done

      (30) Page 30, legend of figure 2. Panel B, see my comment 10 above. Why embryonic age is expressed in % embryo development in panel C (and in days in panels A and B)?

      All have been converted to days AEL

      (31) Page 35, legend of figure 5. "Photomicrograph" see my note 28 above.

      Done

      (32) Page 40, figure 10. In panel A, the indication of the properties of JH is misleading. The arrow going to promoting differentiation and maturation is OK, but the repression sign that indicates suppression of morphogenetic growth and cell determination seems to suggest that JH has retroactive effects. In panel B, I suggest to label "Flies" instead of "Higher Diptera", which is an old-fashioned term. In any case, see my general comments 1 and 2, above, about speculation.

      Figure has been completely revised

      (33) Figure 11. See my general comments 1 and 2, above, about speculation.

      Figure has been revised

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors use inhibitors and mimetics of juvenile hormone (JH) to demonstrate that JH has a key role in late embryonic development in Thermobia, specifically in gut and eye development but also resorption of the extraembryonic fluid and hatching. They then exogenously apply JH early in development (when it is not normally present) to examine the biological effects of JH at these stages. This causes a plethora of defects including developmental arrest, deposition of chitin, limb development, and enhanced muscle differentiation. The authors interpret these early effects on development as JH being important for the shift from morphogenetic growth to differentiation - a role that they speculate may have facilitated the evolution of metamorphosis (hemi- and holo-metaboly). This paper will be of interest to insect evo-devo researchers, particularly those with interests in the evolution of metamorphosis.

      Strengths:

      The experiments are generally conducted very well with appropriate controls and the authors have included a very detailed analysis of the phenotypes.

      The manuscript significantly advances our understanding of Thermobia development and the role of JH in Thermobia development.

      The authors interpret this data to present some hypotheses regarding the role of JH in the evolution of metamorphosis, some aspects of which can be addressed by future studies.

      Weaknesses:

      The results are based on using inhibitors and mimetics of JH and there was no attempt to discern immediate effects of JH from downstream effects. The authors show, for instance, that the transcription of myoglianin is responsive to JH levels, it would have been interesting to see if any of the phenotypic effects are due to myoglianin upregulation/suppression (using RNAi for example). These kinds of experiments will be necessary to fully work out if and how the JH regulatory network has been co-opted into metamorphosis.

      We agree completely and should be a feature of future work.

      The results generally support the authors' conclusions. However, the discussion contains a lot of speculation and some far-reaching conclusions are made about the role of JH and how it became co-opted into controlling metamorphosis. There are some interesting hypotheses presented and the author's speculations are consistent with the data presented. However, it is difficult to make evolutionary inferences from a single data point as although Thermobia is a basally branching insect, the lineage giving rise to Thermobia diverged from the lineages giving rise to the holo- and hemimetabolous insects approx.. 400 mya and it is possible that the effects of JH seen in Thermobia reflect lineage-specific effects rather than the 'ancestral state'. The authors ignore the possibility that there has been substantial rewiring of the networks that are JH responsive across these 400 my. I would encourage the authors to temper some of the discussion of these hypotheses and include some of the limitations of their inferences regarding the role of JH in the evolution of metamorphosis in their discussion.

      We have tried to be less all-encompassing in the Discussion. The strongest comparisons can be made between ametabolous and hemimetabolous insects and we have focused most of the Discussion on the role of JH in that transition. We still include some discussion of holometabolous insects because the ancestral embryonic functions of JH may be somehow related to the unusual reappearance of JH in the prepupal period. We have reduced this discussion to only a few sentences.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The overall manuscript is very long (especially the discussion), and the main messages of the manuscript get lost in some of the details. I would suggest that the authors move some of the results to the supplementary material (e.g. it might be possible to put a lot of the detail of Thermobia embryogenesis into the supplementary text if the authors feel it is appropriate). The discussion contains a lot of speculation and I suggest the authors make this more concise. One example: At the moment there is a large section on the modification in JH function during the evolution of holo and hemi-metabolous life history strategies. There are some interesting ideas in this section and the authors do a good job of integrating their findings with the literature - but I would encourage the authors to limit the bulk of their discussion to the specific things that their results demonstrate. E.g. The first half of p17 contains too much detail, and the focus should be on the relationship with Thermobia (as at the bottom of p17).

      Section has been revised and is more focused

      (2) I would also suggest a thorough proofread of the manuscript, I have highlighted some of the errors/points of confusion that I found in the list below - but this list is unlikely to be exhaustive . We appreciate catching the errors. Hopefully the final version is better proofed.

      (3) It might be me, but I found the wording in the second half of the abstract a bit confusing. Particularly the statement about the redeployment of morphogen systems - could this be stated more clearly?

      Abstract has been revised.

      (4) Introduction

      a. "powered flight" rather than 'power flight'

      Done

      b. 'brought about a hemimetabolous lifecycle' implies causality which hasn't been shown and directionality to evolution - suggest 'facilitated the evolution of a hemi...". Similar comment for 'subsequent step to complete metamorphosis'.

      c. Bottom of p2 - unclear whether you are referring to hemi- holo- or both

      d. Suggest removing sentence beginning "besides its effects..." as the relevance of the role of JH in caste isn't clear.

      Kept sentence but removed initial clause

      e. State that Thermoia is a Zygentoma.

      Done

      f. Throughout - full species names on first usage only, T. domestica on subsequent usages.

      We will continue to use genus names for the reason given above.

      Gene names e.g. kr-h1 in italics.

      g. 'antagonise morphogens"? rather than 'antagonise morphoentic'.

      Done

      (5) Results

      a. Unclear why drawings are provided rather than embryonic images in Fig. 1A

      We think that the points can be made better with diagrams.

      b. Top of p4, is 'slot' the correct word?

      Corrected

      c. Unclear why the measurements of JHIII weren't measured before 5 days AEL, especially given that many of the manipulative experiments are at earlier time points than this. I appreciate that, based on kr-h1, levels that JHIII is also likely to be low.

      d. Reference for the late embryonic peak of 20E being responsible for the J2 cuticle?

      Clarified that this is an assumption

      e. Clarify "some endocrine related transcripts" why were these ones in particular picked? Kr-h1 is a good transcriptional proxy for JH and Met is the JH-receptor, why myoglianin and not some of the other transcriptional proxies of neuroendocrine signalling?

      Hopefully, the choice is clearer.

      f. Fig 2C rather than % embryo development for the gene expression data please represent this in days (to be consistent with your other figures).

      It is now consistent with other parts of figure.

      g. In Fig. 3 the authors do t-tests, because there are three groups there needs to be some correction for multiple testing (e.g. Bonferroni) can the authors add this to the relevant methods section?

      We think that pair-wise comparisons are appropriate.

      h. Fig. 3 legend: you note that you treat stage 2 juveniles with 7EP - I couldn't tell what AEL this corresponded to.

      This is after hatching so AEL does not apply.

      i. Top of p7 'deformities' rather than 'derangements'?

      Done

      j. Regarding the dosage effects of embryonic abnormalities - it would be good to include these in the supp material, as it convinces the reader that the effects you have seen aren't just due to toxicity.

      It is not clear what the objection is.

      k. Bottom of p7 'problematic' not 'problematical'

      Done

      l. P8 Why are the clusters of Its important? - provide a bit more interpretation for the reader here.

      This is clear in the revised version.

      m. P9 Why is the modulation of transcription of kr-h1, met, and myo important in this context

      Explained

      n. P9 'fig. 7F'? there is no Fig. 5F

      Thanks for catching the typo.

      o. Fig. 7B add to the legend which treatment the dark and light points correspond to.

      We think it is obvious from the labeling on Fig 7B.

      (6) Discussion:

      a. What do we know about how terminal differentiation is controlled in non-insect arthropods? Most of the discussion is focused on insects (which makes sense as JH is an insect-specific molecule), but if the authors are arguing the ancestral role of JH it would be useful to know how their findings relate to non-insect arthropods.

      We have not been able to find any information about systemic signals being involved in non-insect arthropods.

      b. There is no Fig. 5E (are they referring to 7E?)

      Yes, it should have been Fig. 7E.

      c. Is myoglianin a direct target of JH in other species?

      Other reports are in postembryonic stages and show that myoglianin suppresses JH production. Our paper is the first examination in embryos and we find that the opposite is true – i.e., that JH treatment suppresses myoglianin production. We suspect that these two signaling systems are mutually inhibitory. It would be interesting to see whether treatment of a post-critical weight larva with JH (which would induce a supernumerary larval molt) would also suppress myoglianin production (as we see in Thermobia embryos).

      d. P12 What is the evidence that JH interacts with the first 20E peak to alter the embryonic cuticle?

      We are not sure what the issue is. The experimental fact is that treatment with JH before the E1 ecdysteroid peak causes the production of an altered E1 cuticle. We are faced with the question of why is this molt sensitive to JH when the latter will not appear until 3 or 4 days later? A possible answer is that the ecdysone response pathway has a component that has inherent JH sensitivity. The mosquito data suggest that Taiman provides another link between JH and ecdysone action

      e. Top of p13 - this paragraph can be cut down substantially. Although this is evidence that JH can alter ecdysteriods - it is in a species that is 400 my derived from the target species. Is it likely to be the exact same mechanism? I would encourage the authors to distil and retain the most important points.

      This paragraph has been shortened and focused.

      f. Bottom of p13 - what does this study add to this knowledge?

      The response of Thermobia embryos to JH treatment is qualitatively the same as seen in other short germband embryos. This similarity supports the assumption that the same responses would have been seen in their last common ancestor.

      g. P19 the last paragraph in the conclusions is really peripherally relevant to the paper and is a bit of a stretch, I would encourage the authors to leave this section out.

      We agree that it is a stretch. JH and its precursor MF are the only sesquiterpene hormones. How did they come about to acquire this function? We think it is worth pointing out the farnesol metabolites have been associated with promoting differentiation in various eukaryotes. An ancient feature of these molecules in promoting (maintaining?) differentiation may have been exploited by the insects to develop a unique class of hormones. It is worth putting the idea out to be considered.

      h. P19 "conclusions" rather than 'concluding speculations'.

      Changed as suggested.

      Methods:

      It is standard practice to include at least two genes as reference genes for RT-qPCR analysis (https://doi.org/10.1186/gb-2002-3-7-research0034, https://doi.org/10.1373/clinchem.2008.112797) If there are large-scale differences in the tissues being compared (e.g. as there are here during development) then more than two reference genes may be required and a reference gene study (such as https://doi.org/10.3390%2Fgenes12010021) is appropriate. Have the authors confirmed that rp49 is stably expressed during the stages of Thermobia development that they assay here?

      We have explained our choice in the Methods.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This work describes a new method for sequence-based remote homology detection. Such methods are essential for the annotation of uncharacterized proteins and for studies of protein evolution.

      Strengths:

      The main strength and novelty of the proposed approach lies in the idea of combining stateof-the-art sequence-based (HHpred and HMMER) and structure-based (Foldseek) homology detection methods with recent developments in the field of protein language models (the ESM2 model was used). The authors show that features extracted from high-dimensional, information-rich ESM2 sequence embeddings can be suitable for efficient use with the aforementioned tools.

      The reduced features take the form of amino acid occurrence probability matrices estimated from ESM2 masked-token predictions, or structural descriptors predicted by a modified variant of the ESM2 model. However, we believe that these should not be called "embeddings" or "representations". This is because they don't come directly from any layer of these networks, but rather from their final predictions.

      We agree that there is some room for discussion about whether the amino acid probabilities returned by pre-trained ESM-2 and the 3Di sequences returned by ESM-2 3B 3Di can be properly referred to as “embeddings”. The term “embedding” doesn’t have a formal definition, other than some kind of alternative vector representation of the input data which, preferably, makes the input data more suitable for some downstream task. In that simple sense of the word “embedding”, amino acid probabilities and 3Di sequences output by our models are, indeed, types of embeddings. We posed the question on Twitter (https://twitter.com/TrichomeDoctor/status/1715051012162220340) and nobody responded, so we are left to conclude that the community is largely ambivalent about the precise definition of “embedding”.

      We’ve added language in our introduction to make it more clear that this is our working definition of an “embedding”, and why that definition can apply to profile HMMs and 3Di sequences.

      The benchmarks presented suggest that the approach improves sensitivity even at very low sequence identities <20%. The method is also expected to be faster because it does not require the computation of multiple sequence alignments (MSAs) for profile calculation or structure prediction.

      Weaknesses:

      The benchmarking of the method is very limited and lacks comparison with other methods. Without additional benchmarks, it is impossible to say whether the proposed approach really allows remote homology detection and how much improvement the discussed method brings over tools that are currently considered state-of-the-art.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. To address the question, we’ve expanded the results by adding a new benchmark and added a new figure, Figure 4. In this new content, we use the SCOPe40 benchmark, originally proposed in the Foldseek paper (van Kempen et al., 2023), to compare our best method, ESM-2 3B 3Di coupled to Foldseek, with several other recent methods. We find our method to be competitive with the other methods.

      We are hesitant to claim that any of our proposed methods are state-of-the-art because of the lack of a widely accepted standard benchmark for remote homology detection, and because of the rapid pace of advancement of the field in recent years, with many groups finding innovative uses of pLMs and other neural-network models for protein annotation and homology detection.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a number of exploratory applications of current protein representations for remote homology search. They first fine-tune a language model to predict structural alphabets from sequence and demonstrate using these predicted structural alphabets for fast remote homology search both on their own and by building HMM profiles from them. They also demonstrate the use of residue-level language model amino acid predicted probabilities to build HMM profiles. These three implementations are compared to traditional profile-based remote homology search.

      Strengths:

      • Predicting structural alphabets from a sequence is novel and valuable, with another approach (ProstT5) also released in the same time frame further demonstrating its application for the remote homology search task.

      • Using these new representations in established and battle-tested workflows such as MMSeqs, HMMER, and HHBlits is a great way to allow researchers to have access to the state-of-the-art methods for their task.

      • Given the exponential growth of data in a number of protein resources, approaches that allow for the preparation of searchable datasets and enable fast search is of high relevance.

      Weaknesses:

      • The authors fine-tuned ESM-2 3B to predict 3Di sequences and presented the fine-tuned model ESM-2 3B 3Di with a claimed accuracy of 64% compared to a test set of 3Di sequences derived from AlphaFold2 predicted structures. However, the description of this test set is missing, and I would expect repeating some of the benchmarking efforts described in the Foldseek manuscript as this accuracy value is hard to interpret on its own.

      The preparation of training and test sets are described in the methods under the heading “Fine tuning ESM-2 3B to convert amino acid sequences into 3Di sequences”. Furthermore, there is code in our github repository to reproduce the splits, and the entire model training process: https://github.com/seanrjohnson/esmologs#train-esm-2-3b-3di-starting-from-the-esm-2-3bpre-trained-weights

      We didn’t include the training/validation/test splits in the Zenodo repository because they are very large: train 33,924,764; validation 1,884,709; test 1,884,710 sequences, times 2 because there are both amino acid and 3Di sequences. It comes out to about 30 Gb total, and is easily rebuilt from the same sources we built it from.

      We’ve added the following sentence to the main text to clarify:

      “Training and test sets were derived from a random split of the Foldseek AlphaFold2 UniProt50 dataset (Jumper et al., 2021; van Kempen et al., 2023; Varadi et al., 2022), a reducedredundancy subset of the UniProt AlphaFold2 structures (see Methods for details).”

      To address the concern about comparing to Foldseek using the same benchmark, we’ve expanded the results section and added a new figure, Figure 4 using the SCOPe40 benchmark originally presented in the Foldseek paper, and subsequently in the ProstT5 paper to compare Foldseek with ESM-2 3B 3Di to Foldseek with ProstT5, AlphaFold2, and experimental structures.

      • Given the availability of predicted structure data in AFDB, I would expect to see a comparison between the searches of predicted 3Di sequences and the "true" 3Di sequences derived from these predicted structures. This comparison would substantiate the innovation claimed in the manuscript, demonstrating the potential of conducting new searches solely based on sequence data on a structural database.

      See response above. We’ve now benchmarked against both ProstT5 and AF2.

      • The profile HMMs built from predicted 3Di appear to perform sub-optimally, and those from the ESM-2 3B predicted probabilities also don't seem to improve traditional HMM results significantly. The HHBlits results depicted in lines 5 and 6 in the figure are not discussed at all, and a comparison with traditional HHBlits is missing. With these results and presentation, the advantages of pLM profile-based searches are not clear, and more justification over traditional methods is needed.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the lack of clarity in the discussion of lines 5 and 6.

      We’ve re-written that section of the discussion, and reformatted Figure 3 to enhance clarity.

      We agree, a comparison to traditional HHBlits could be interesting, but we don’t expect to see stronger performance from the pLM-predicted profiles than from traditional HHBlits, just as we don’t see stronger performance from pLM-hmmscan or pLM-Foldseek than from the traditional variants. We think that the advantages of pLM based amino acid hmm searches are primarily speed. There are many variables that can influence speed of generating an MSA and HMM profile, but in general we expect that it will be much slower than generating an HMM profile from a pLM.

      We don’t know why making profiles of 3Di sequences doesn’t improve search sensitivity, we just think it’s an interesting result that is worth presenting to the community. Perhaps someone can figure out how to make it work better.

      • Figure 3 and its associated text are hard to follow due to the abundance of colors and abbreviations used. One figure attempting to explain multiple distinct points adds to the confusion. Suggestion: Splitting the figure into two panels comparing (A) Foldseek-derived searches (lines 7-10) and (B) language-model derived searches (line 3-6) to traditional methods could enhance clarity. Different scatter markers could also help follow the plots more easily.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful comment. We’ve reformatted Figure 3 as suggested, and we think it is much easier to read now.

      • The justification for using Foldseek without amino acids (3Di-only mode) is not clear. Its utility should be described, or it should be omitted for clarity.

      To us, the use of 3Di-only mode is of great theoretical interest. From our perspective, this is one of our most significant results. Previous methods, such as pLM-BLAST and related methods, have made use of very large positional embeddings to achieve sensitive remote homology search. We show that with the right embedding, you don’t need very many bits per position to get dramatically improved search sensitivity from Smith-Waterman, compared to amino acid searches. We also doubt that predicted 3Di sequences are the optimal small encoding for remote homology detection. This result and observation opens up an exciting avenue for future research in developing small, learned positional embeddings that are optimal for remote homology detection and amenable to SIMD-optimized pre-filtering and Smith-Waterman alignment steps.

      We’ve expanded the discussion, explaining why we are excited about this result.

      • Figure 2 is not described, unclear what to read from it.

      It's just showing that ESM-2-derived amino acid probabilities closely resemble amino acid frequencies in MSAs. We think it gives readers some visual intuition about why predicted profile HMMs perform as well as they do. We’ve added some additional explanation of it in the text.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The paper would mainly benefit from a more comprehensive benchmark:

      We suggest that the authors extend the benchmark by including the reference methods (HHpred and Foldseek) run with their original representations, i.e., MSAs obtained with 2-3 iterations of hhblits (for HHpred) and experimental or predicted structures (for Foldseek). HHpred profile-profile comparisons and Foldseek structure-structure comparisons would be important reference points for assessing the applicability of the proposed approach in distant homology detection. It is also essential to compare the method with other emerging tools such as EBA (DOI: 10.1101/2022.12.13.520313), pLM-BLAST (DOI: 10.1101/2022.11.24.517862), DEDAL (DOI: 10.1038/s41592-022-01700-2), etc.

      We also suggest using an evolutionary-oriented database for the benchmark, such as ECOD or CATH (these databases classify protein domains with known structures, which is important in the context of including Foldseek in the benchmark). We ran a cursory benchmark using the ECOD database and generated HH-suite .hhm files (using the single_seq_to_hmm.py and hhsearch_multiple.py scripts). Precision and recall appear to be significantly lower compared to "vanilla" hhsearch runs with MSA-derived profiles. It would also be interesting to see benchmarks for speed and alignment quality.

      The pLM-based methods for homology detection are an emerging field, and it would be important to evaluate them in the context of distinguishing between homology and analogy. In particular, the predicted Foldseek representations may be more likely to capture structural similarity than homology. This could be investigated, for example, using the ECOD classification (do structurally similar proteins from different homology groups produce significant matches?) and/or resources such as MALISAM that catalog examples of analogy.

      We’ve added the SCOPe40 benchmark, which we think at least partially addresses these comments, adding a comparison to pLM-BLAST, ProstT5, and AF2 followed by Foldseek. The question of Analogy vs homology is an interesting one. It could be argued that the SCOPe40 benchmark addresses this in the difference between Superfamily (distant homology) and Fold (analogy, or very distant homology).

      Our focus is on remote homology detection applications rather than alignment quality, so we don’t benchmark alignment quality, although we agree that those benchmarks would be interesting.

      Page 2, lines 60-67. This paragraph would benefit from additional citations and explanations to support the superiority of the proposed approach. The fact that flattened embeddings are not suitable for annotating multidomain proteins seems obvious. Also, the claim that "current search implementations are slow compared to other methods" should be supported (tools such as EBA or pLM-BLAST have been shown to be faster than standard MSA-based methods). Also, as we mentioned in the main review, we believe that the generated pseudo-profiles and fine-tuned ESM2 predictions should not be called "smaller positional embeddings".

      Discriminating subdomains was a major limitation of the influential and widely-cited PfamN paper (Bileschi et al., 2022), we’ve added a citation to that paper in that paragraph for readers interested in diving deeper.

      To address the question of speed, we’ve included data preparation and search benchmarks as part of our presentation of the SCOPe40 benchmark.

      Finally, we were not sure why exactly every 7th residue is masked in a single forward pass. Traditionally, pseudo-log likelihoods are generated by masking every single token and predicting probabilities from logits given the full context - e.g. https://arxiv.org/pdf/1910.14659.pdf. Since this procedure is crucial in the next steps of the pipeline, it would be important to either experiment with this hyperparameter or explain the logic used to choose the mask spacing.

      We’ve added discussion of the masking distance to the Methods section.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      • While the code and data for the benchmark are available, the generation of searchable databases using the methods described for a popular resource such as Pfam, AFDB, SCOP/CATH which can be used by the community would greatly boost the impact of this work.

      3Di sequences predicted by ESM-2 3B 3Di can easily be used as queries against any Foldseek database, such as PDB, AFDB, etc. We’ve added Figure 4E to demonstrate this possibility, and added some related discussion.

      • Minor: In line 114, the text should likely read "compare lines 7 and 8" instead of "compare lines 6 and 7."

      We’ve clarified the discussion of Figure 3.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The current manuscript focuses on the adenine phosphoribosyltransferase (Aprt) and how the lack of its function affects nervous system function. It puts it into the context of Lesch-Nyhan disease, a rare hereditary disease linked to hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoribosyltransferase (HGPRT). Since HGPRT appears absent in Drosophila, the study focuses initially on Aprt and shows that aprt mutants have a decreased life-span and altered uric acid levels (the latter can be attenuated by allopurinol treatment). Moreover, aprt mutants show defects in locomotor reactivity behaviors. A comparable phenotype can be observed when specifically knocking down aprt in dopaminergic cells. Interestingly, also glia-specific knock-down caused a similar behavioral defect, which could not be restored when re-expressing UAS-aprt, while neuronal re-expression did restore the mutant phenotype. Moreover, mutants, pan-neuronal and pan-neuronal plus glia RNAi for aprt caused sleep-defects. Based on immunostainings Dopamine levels are increased; UPLC shows that adenosine levels are reduced and PCR showed in increase of Ent2 levels are increased (but not AdoR). Moreover, aprt mutants display seizure-like behaviors, which can be partly restored by purine feeding (adenosine and N6methyladenosine). Finally, expression of the human HGPRT also causes locomotor defects.

      The authors provide a wide range of genetic experimental data to assess behavior and some molecular assessment on how the defects may emerge. It is clearly written, and the arguments follow the experimental evidence that is provided. The findings provide a new example of how manipulating specific genes in the fruit fly allows the study of fundamental molecular processes that are linked to a human disease.

      We thank the reviewer for his clear understanding and positive assessment of our work.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The manuscript by Petitgas et al demonstrates that loss of function for the only enzyme responsible for the purine salvage pathway in fruit-flies reproduces the metabolic and neurologic phenotypes of human patients with Lesch-Nyhan disease (LND). LND is caused by mutations in the enzyme HGPRT, but this enzyme does not exist in fruit-flies, which instead only have Aprt for purine recycling. They demonstrate that mutants lacking the Aprt enzyme accumulate uric acid, which like in humans can be rescued by feeding flies allopurinol, and have decreased longevity, locomotion and sleep impairments and seizures, with striking resemblance to HGPRT loss of function in humans. They demonstrate that both loss of function throughout development or specifically in the adult ubiquitously or in all neurons, or dopaminergic neurons, mushroom body neurons or glia, can reproduce the phenotypes (although knock-down in glia does not affect sleep). They show that the phenotypes can be rescued by over-expressing a wild-type form of the Aprt gene in neurons. They identify a decrease in adenosine levels as the cause underlying these phenotypes, as adenosine is a neurotransmitter functioning via the purinergic adenosine receptor in neurons. In fact, feeding flies throughout development and in the adult with either adenosine or m6A could prevent seizures. They also demonstrate that loss of adenosine caused a secondary up-regulation of ENT nucleoside transporters and of dopamine levels, that could explain the phenotypes of decreased sleep and hyperactivity and night. Finally, they provide the remarkable finding that over-expression of the human mutant HGPRT gene but not its wild-type form in neurons impaired locomotion and induced seizures. This means that the human mutant enzyme does not simply lack enzymatic activity, but it is toxic to neurons in some gain-of-function form. Altogether, these are very important and fundamental findings that convincingly demonstrate the establishment of a Drosophila model for the scientific community to investigate LND, to carry out drug testing screens and find cures.

      We thank the reviewer for his clear understanding and positive assessment of our work.

      The experiments are conducted with great rigour, using appropriate and exhaustive controls, and on the whole the evidence does convincingly or compellingly support the claims. The exception is an instance when authors mention 'data not shown' and here data should either be provided, or claims removed: "feeding flies with adenosine or m6A did not rescue the SING phenotype of Aprt mutants (data not shown)". It is important to show these data (see below).

      As recommended by the reviewer, these results are now shown in the new Figure S15.

      Sleep is used to refer to lack of movement of flies to cross a beam for more than 5 minutes. However, lack of movement does not necessarily mean the flies are asleep, as they could be un-motivated to move (which could reflect abnormal dopamine levels) or engaged in incessant grooming instead. These differences are important for future investigation into the neural circuits affect by LND.

      We agree that the method we used could overestimate sleep duration because flies that don't move do not necessarily sleep either, as it is the case with brain-dopamine deficient flies (Riemensperger et al., PNAS 2011). To address this issue, we have recorded video data showing that after 5 min of inactivity, wild-type and Aprt5 mutant flies are less sensitive to stimulation, indicating that they were indeed asleep. This is now shown in the new Figure S10 and mentioned on page 17, lines 338-339 in the main text. In addition, in this work we report that Aprt mutant flies have a nocturnal insomnia phenotype. Sleep overestimation is not, therefore, an issue that could challenge these results.

      The authors claim that based on BLAST genome searchers, there are no HPRTI (encoding HGPRT) homologues in Drosophila. However, such a claim would require instead structure-based searches that take into account structural conservation despite high sequence divergence, as this may not be detected by regular BLAST.

      To reinforce our conclusions about the lack of homologue of the human HPRT1 gene in Drosophila, we have now added a Results section about the evolution of HGPRT proteins on pages 6-7, lines 122150, and two phylogenetic analyses as new Figures S2 and S3 with more details in legends. We have also carried out structural similarity searches against the RCSB PDB repository. The structural analysis did not identify any relevant similarity with HGPRT 3D structures in Insecta (mentioned lines 146-150). We hope these new analyses address the Reviewer's concerns. Furthermore, as shown in Table S2, no enzymatic HGPRT activity could be detected in extracts of wild-type Drosophila. A protein that would be structurally similar to human HGPRT but with a divergent sequence could not be involved in purine recycling without expressing HGPRT-like activity. In contrast, enzymatic Aprt activity could be easily detected in this organism (Figure S4 and Table S1).

      This work raises important questions that still need resolving. For example, the link between uric acid accumulation, reduced adenosine levels, increased dopamine and behavioural neurologic consequences remain unresolved. It is important that they show that restoring uric acid levels does not rescue locomotion nor seizure phenotypes, as this means that this is not the cause of the neurologic phenotypes.

      We agree with the reviewer about the potential importance of our results and the need to resolve the exact origin of the neurological phenotypes. This would need to be addressed in further studies in our opinion. The fact that allopurinol treatment did not improve the locomotor ability of Aprt5 mutant flies is now shown in Figure 1D, E to emphasize this result. Results showing that allopurinol does not rescue the bang-sensitivity phenotype of Aprt-deficient mutants are shown in Figure S14.

      Instead, their data indicate adenosine deficiency is the cause. However, one weakness is that for the manipulations they test some behaviours but not all. The authors could attempt to improve the link between mechanism and behaviour by testing whether over-expression of Aprt in neurons or glia, throughout development or in the adult, and feeding with adenosine and m6A can rescue each of the behavioural phenotypes handled: lifespan, SING, sleep and seizures. The authors could also attempt to knock-down dopamine levels concomitantly with feeding with adenosine or m6A to see if this rescues the phenotypes of SING and sleep.

      The reviewer is right. However, carrying out all these experiments properly with enough repeats will require about two more years of work. Because of that, they could not be included in the revision of the present article. Here we show that Aprt overexpression in neurons, but not in glia, rescues the SING phenotype of Aprt5 mutants (Figure 2B and 2E). We have also added in the revised article the new result that Aprt overexpression reduces transcript levels of DTH1, which codes for the neural form of the dopamine-synthesizing enzyme tyrosine hydroxylase (new Figure 5F).

      Visualising the neural circuits that express the adenosine receptor could reveal why the deficit in adenosine can affect distinct behaviours differentially, and which neurologic phenotypes are primary and which secondary consequences of the mutations. This would allow them to carry out epistasis analysis by knocking-down AdoR in specific circuits, whilst at the same time feeding Aprt mutants with Adenosine.

      Deciphering the specific circuits involved in the various effects of adenosine would indeed be extremely interesting. Unfortunately very few is currently known about the neural circuits that express AdoR in flies. No antibody is available to detect this receptor in situ and mutated AdoR gene coding for a tagged form of the receptor has not been engineered yet to our knowledge.

      The revelation that the mutant form of human HGPRT has toxic effects is very intriguing and important and it invites the community to investigate this further into the future.

      To conclude, this is a fundamental piece of work that opens the opportunity for the broader scientific community to use Drosophila to investigate LND.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for his thoughtful and positive comments on our work.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The study attempts to develop a Drosophila model for the human disease of LND. The issue here, and the main weakness of this study, is that Drosophila does not express the enzyme, HGPRT, which when mutated causes LND. The authors, instead, mutate the functionally-related Drosophila Aprt enzyme. However, it is unknown whether Aprt is also a structural homologue. Because of this, it will likely not be possible to identify pharmacological compounds that rescue HGPRT activity via a direct interaction (unless modelling predicts high conservation of substrate binding pocket between the two enzymes, etc).

      As stated in our Provisional Responses prior to revision of the Reviewed Preprint, the enzymes APRT and HGPRT are actually known to be functionally and structurally related. We apologize for not providing this information in the original submission. This point is now made clearer in the revised article on page 39, lines 785-792. Indeed, both human APRT and HGPRT belong to the type I PRTases family identified by a conserved phosphoribosyl pyrophosphate (PRPP) binding motif, which is used as a substrate to transfer phosphoribosyl to purines. This binding motif is only found in PRTases from the nucleotide synthesis and salvage pathways (see: Sinha and Smith (2001) Curr Opin Struct Biol 11(6):733-9, doi: 10.1016/s0959-440x(01)00274-3). The purine substrates adenine, hypoxanthine and guanine share the same chemical skeleton and APRT can bind hypoxanthine, indicating that APRT and HGPRT also share similarities in their substrate binding sites (Ozeir et al. (2019) J Biol Chem. 294(32):11980-11991, doi: 10.1074/jbc.RA119.009087). Moreover, Drosophila Aprt and Human APRT are closely related as the amino acid sequences of APRT proteins have been highly conserved throughout evolution (see Figure S5B in our paper).

      An additional weakness is that the study does not identify a molecule that may act as a lead compound for further development for treating LND. Rather, the various rescues reported are selective for only a subset of the disease-associated phenotypes. Thus, whilst informative, this first section of the study does not meet the study ambitions.

      In this study, we identify adenosine and N6-methyladenosine as rescuers of the epileptic behavior in Aprt mutant flies (shown in Figure 7E, F). Interestingly, the same molecules have been found to rescue the viability of fibroblasts and neural stem cells derived from iPSCs of LND patients, in which de novo purine synthesis was prevented (discussed on page 38, lines 747-753). This suggests that the Drosophila model reported here could help to identify new genetic targets and pharmacological compounds capable to rescue HGPRT mutations in humans.

      The second approach adopted is to express a 'humanised mutated' form of HGPRT in Drosophila, which holds more promise for the development of a pharmacological screen. In particular, the locomotor defect is recapitulated but the seizure-like activity, whilst reported as being recapitulated, is debatable. A recovery time of 2.3 seconds is very much less than timings for typical seizure mutants. Nevertheless, the SING behaviour could be sufficient to screen against. However, this is not explored.

      We agree with the reviewer that it would be very interesting to do a pharmacological screen in this second LND model. However, we did not have the possibility to carry out such a screen yet.

      In summary, this is a largely descriptive study reporting the behavioural effects of an Aprt loss-offunction mutation. RNAi KD and rescue expression studies suggest that a mix of neuronal (particularly dopaminergic and possibly adenosinergic signalling pathways) and glia are involved in the behavioural phenotypes affecting locomotion, sleep and seizure. There is insufficient evidence to have confidence that the Arpt fly model will prove valuable for understanding / treating LND.

      Here we report many common phenotypes between the Aprt fly model and the symptoms of LND patients (reduced longevity, locomotor problems, sleep defects, overproduction of uric acid that is rescued by allopurinol treatment…). Moreover, APRT and HGPRT enzymes are both functional and structural homologues, as explained in our answers. We also found that the same drugs can rescue the seizure-like phenotype in Aprt-deficient flies and the viability of LND fibroblasts and neural stem cells, derived from iPSCs of LND patients, in which de novo purine synthesis is prevented (Figure 7E, F). In many respects, our results therefore suggest that Aprt mutant flies could be useful to better understand LND, and potentially to screen for new therapeutic compounds.

      From the Reviewing Editor:

      (1) How are the pathways of purine catabolism different between flies and mammals? How does the absence of HGPRT and presence of only AGPRT affect purine catabolism? When did HGPRT appear in evolution?

      Purine catabolism is quite similar in flies and mammals, except for the lack of urate oxidase in primates, as described in Figure S1. We added words in the revised article about purine anabolism/catabolism pathways lines 123-126 (see below our detailed response to Reviewer 1’s Recommandations). HGPRT is present in Bacteria, Archea and Eukaryota, and nearly all animal phyla. However, BLAST search indicates that HGPRT homologues cannot be found in most insect species, such as Drosophila. To reinforce our conclusions about the lack of homologue of the human HPRT1 gene in Drosophila melanogaster, we have now added a Results section about the evolution of HGPRT proteins on pages 6-7, lines 122-150, and two phylogenetic analyses as new Figures S2 and S3 with details in legends.

      In addition to BLAST a structural based modelling method should be used to establish the loss of HGPRT in Drosophila.

      In agreement with the phylogenetic analyses, we have confirmed that no HGPRT enzymatic activity can be detected in wild-type Drosophila extract (Table S2). To complete these observations, as recommended by reviewer #2, we have carried out 3D structure-based searches in the RCSB Protein Data Bank. This enabled us to compare human HGPRT with all currently available protein structures. W found no Drosophila protein with a divergent sequence showing relevant structural similarity to human HGPRT. In contrast, this search identified proteins similar to human HGPRT in many other species of Eukaryota, Archea and Bacteria. This is now mentioned on page 7, lines 146-150 in the revised article.

      (2) Of the three biochemical changes reported the change in dopamine levels should be validated by other methods given the unreliable nature of IHC.

      As recommended by Reviewer #1, we have added the results of new experiments carried out by RTqPCR and Western blotting, which confirm the effect of Aprt mutation on brain dopamine levels. In addition, we added the consistent result that Aprt overexpression reduces transcript levels of DTH1. The results are shown in the new panels E to H of Figure 5 and mentioned in the text on page 20, lines 385-389.

      (3) As suggested by reviewer 2 it would be helpful to clearly identify which of the three biochemical changes (DA, uric acid, adenosine) are responsible for the numerous behaviours tested. This is important because it is relevant for developing any therapeutic strategy arising from this study.

      We agree that it would be very interesting to decipher the relationship between the different behaviors observed in mutant flies and the biochemical changes (dopamine, uric acid or adenosine). However, this would require a large amount of new experiments and it would probably double the size of our paper, which already includes many original data. In our opinion, such a detailed study should logically be the purpose of another article.

      (4) There is concern regarding the robustness of the seizure data. Reviewer 3 has suggestions on how to address this.

      See our answers to Reviewer 3’s recommendations below.

      (5) Editorial corrections and changes suggested by reviewers 2 and 3 need to be addressed.

      As indicated in our answers, we have taken into account and when possible addressed the corrections and changes suggested by the reviewers.

      (6) It is recommended that the authors tone down the relevance of this model for LND, particularly in the abstract. The focus should be on stating what is actually delivered.

      As recommended by the reviewing editor, and to take in account the reserved comments of reviewer #3, we have toned down our affirmation that our new fly models are relevant for LND in the last sentences of the Abstract and Discussion, and also added a question mark in the subtitle of the Discussion on line 777. As mentioned in our provisional responses to the Public Reviews, we would like to emphasize, however, that reviewers #1 and #2 expressed more confidence than reviewer #3 in the potential usefulness of our work. Reviewer #1 indeed stated that: “The findings provide a new example of how manipulating specific genes in the fruit fly allows the study of fundamental molecular processes that are linked to a human disease”, and reviewer #2 further wrote: "Altogether, these are very important and fundamental findings that convincingly demonstrate the establishment of a Drosophila model for the scientific community to investigate LND, to carry out drug testing screens and find cures”, and added: “To conclude, this is a fundamental piece of work that opens the opportunity for the broader scien2fic community to use Drosophila to inves2gate LND”.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      • An important prerequisite for the current study is that there appears to be no HGPRT "activity" in Drosophila. It is initially stated that there was previously no "HGPRT activity observed" in two papers form the 70ies. It would be important to corroborate this notion and provide some background on the <br /> /catabolism pathways. How shared or divergent are these pathways between Drosophila and mammals?

      In agreement with the pioneering studies of Becker (1974a, b), we have confirmed in this work that no HGPRT enzymatic activity can be detected in wild-type Drosophila extracts, as mentioned in Results on page 6, lines 127-130 and reported in Table S2. Purine catabolism is quite similar in flies and mammals, except for the lack of urate oxidase in primates, as shown in Figure S1. All the enzymes involved in purine anabolism/catabolim or recycling in humans have been conserved in Drosophila and humans, with the notorious exception of HPRT1.

      If there is no HGPRT gene, but only the APRT ortholog, what would this mean for the metabolites? Our enzymatic assays on Drosophila extracts indicated that hypoxanthine and guanine cannot be recycled into IMP and GMP, respectively, contrary to adenine which can be converted into AMP in flies. In the absence of HGPRT activity, GMP and IMP could be produced by de novo purine synthesis, or, alternatively, synthesized from AMP, which can be converted into IMP by the enzyme AMPD, and then IMP can be converted into GMP by the enzymes IMPDH and GMPS. These metabolic pathways are depicted in Figure S1A.

      Is the lack of HGPRT specific for Drosophila, insects (generally in invertebrates)? I feel clarifying this would provide more insight into the motivation of the experimental approach.

      As suggested by the Reviewer and the Reviewing Editor, we have addressed the evolution of HGPRT proteins more precisely in the revision. We have added a section on this subject in Results on pages 67, lines 122-150, and two phylogenetic analyses as Figures S2 and S3 with details in legends. A phylogenetic analysis was carried out a few years ago by Giorgio Matassi, who is now co-author of this paper. The most striking result was the great impact of horizontal gene transfer in the evolution of HGPRT in Insects (Figures S2 and S3). Our analysis of the phyletic distribution of HGPRT proteins revealed their striking rareness in Insecta, and in particular, their absence in Drosophilidae. The PSIBlast search detected however a significant hit in Drosophila immigrans (accession KAH8256851.1). Yet, this sequence is 100% identical to the HGPRT of the Gammaroteobacterium Serratia marcescens. Indeed, a phylogenetic analysis showed that D. immigrans HGPRT clusters with the Serratia genus (see Figure S3). This can be interpreted either a contamination of the sequenced sample, or as a very recent horizontal gene transfer event. The second scenario is more likely for the corresponding nucleotide sequences differ by 5 synonymous substitutions (out of 534 positions). A powerful approach to try to understand the "origin" of the D. immigrans protein would be to analyze whether horizontal gene transfer has affected its chromosomal neighbours. This approach, proposed previously by G. Matassi (BMC Evol Biol, 2017, 17:2, doi: 10.1186/s12862-016-0850-6), is highly demanding in terms of computing time and would require an ad hoc study. We hope that these new analyses address the Reviewer's concerns.

      • On the mechanistic side on how the behavioral defects may arise, the authors show that dopaminergic neurons (and glia cells) are involved. One interesting finding is that dopamine immunostainings suggest increased dopamine levels. However, immunostainings are notorious for artifacts and do not provide a strong quantitative assessment. I feel it would be helpful to have an alternative technique to corroborate this finding.

      We agree with the reviewer and we added the results of further confirmatory experiments in the four new panels E-H of Figure 5, showing that: 1) the transcript levels of DTH1 (encoding the neuronal isoform of the dopamine-synthesizing enzyme tyrosine hydroxylase in Drosophila) are increased in Aprt5 mutants compared to wild-type flies (new Figure 5E), 2) consistent with this, DTH1 transcript levels were found in contrast to be decreased when Aprt was overexpressed ubiquitously in flies (new Figure 5F), 3) Western blot experiments showed that DTH1 protein levels are also increased in Aprt5 mutant flies compared to controls (new Figure 5G-H).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      As mentioned in the public review, the behavioural phenotypes of decreased lifespan, SING, sleep and seizures could be tested for all manipulations: feeding with allopurinol, adenosine and m6A, and combining this with knock-down dopamine levels in PAMs or MBs. This could help dissect the relationship between mutations in Aprt and behaviour.

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions, and, indeed, we would have liked to do all these experiments. However, as mentioned in our responses to the Public Reviews, carrying out these experiments properly with sufficient repeats would require about two more years of work. We have already accumulated a large amount of data, so we have decided to publish our results at this stage in order to make our new fly models available to the scientific community. We are giving careful and due consideration to these experimental proposals and we hope to continue our investigation on this topic in the future.

      It would also be helpful to find out which neurons and glia express AdoR. Perhaps there are already tools available the authors could test or at least check with the scRNAseq Fly Atlas (public Scope database).

      Following the reviewer’s recommendation, we have checked the scRNAseq Fly Atlas for AdoR expression in the brain, compared to that of ple (encoding tyrosine hydroxylase) and Eaat1 (encoding the astrocytic glutamate transporter). As shown in the image below, the results are not very informative. AdoR appears to be expressed in rather widespread subsets of neurons and glial cells, that partly overlap with ple and Eaat1 expression. Further work would be required to identify more precisely the neurons and glial cells expressing AdoR in the brain.

      Author response image 1.

      Page 7, line 161: use of the word 'normalize'. "We tried to normalise uric acid content in flies..." would best to use 'rescue' instead, as normalisation in science has a different meaning.

      We modified this word as suggested.

      Page 9 line 203: 'genomic deficiencies that cover': the genetic term is 'uncover', as a deficiency for a locus reveals a phenotypes, thus it is said 'a gene uncovered by xx deficiency".

      Thank you for this helpful remark. We corrected this in line 221.

      Page 10, lines 206-208: 'allopurinol treatment did not improve the locomotor activity...". These are important observations that should be best presented within the main manuscript Figure 1.

      As recommended, we have transferred the graphs of Figure S5 to new panels D and E of Figure 1.

      Figure 4: please indicate genotypes in the figure, where no information is given that these are UASAprt-RNAi experiments.

      We added the complete genotype in Figure 4G, and also in Figure S12C and D. Thank you for noting that.

      Page 25 line 491: "None of these drugs was able to rescue the SING defects (data not shown)". Either provide the data or remove this claim.

      We have added these data in the new Figure S15.

      Statistical analyses: details are provided in the methods, but the name of test and multiple comparisons corrections should be also provided in the legends.

      Thank you very much for the careful proofreading. This was an oversight and we have added the information in all legends of the revised article.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      This is a difficult manuscript to appreciate. The abstract and introduction suggest that the study is to identify novel treatments for a human disease (LND) by development of a Drosophila model. Much of the results, however, are focussed to describing the consequences to purine metabolism of the Aprt mutation. To my mind, a rewrite to focus on the latter would be beneficial. The potential applicability to LND would be best restricted to the discussion.

      We apologize for not making our goals clearer. Our purpose was to find out if purine recycling deficiency could lead to metabolic and neurobehavioral disturbances in Drosophila, as it is the case in human LND patients when HGPRT is mutated. Interestingly, we observed that mutation of the only purine recycling enzyme in flies, Aprt, did induce defects in part comparable to that of LND in humans, including overproduction of uric acid that is rescued by allopurinol treatment, reduced longevity, and various neurobehavioral phenotypes including bang-sensitive seizure, sleep defects and locomotor impairments. We also identified adenosine and N6-methyladenosine as rescuers of the epileptic behavior in these mutants. These drugs were also identified as therapeutic candidates in screens based on iPSCs from LND patients. This suggests that Aprt deficiency in Drosophila could be used as a model to better understand this disease and find new therapeutic targets.

      Regardless of the above comment, the concluding sentence of the abstract is inappropriate. This study does not show that Drosophila can be used to identify a cure for LND.

      We agree with the Reviewer that the last sentence of the abstract was too affimative. As also recommended by the reviewing editor, we have modified this sentence in the abstract and other sentences in the text in order to tone down the affirmation that our new fly models are relevant for LND. See our answers to the Reviewing Editor above for details.

      Indeed, I would challenge the premise that screening against a functional, but unknown if structural, homologue (Aprt) will ever provide an exploitable opportunity. To meet this statement, this study needs to identify a treatment that rescues all of the behavioural phenotypes associated with the Aprt mutation, in addition to rescuing the influences of the mis-expression of mutated HGPRT.

      APRT and HGPRT are both functionally and structurally related. Both human APRT and HGPRT belong to the type I PRTases family identified by a conserved phosphoribosyl pyrophosphate (PRPP) binding motif, which is used as a substrate to transfer phosphoribosyl to purines. This binding motif is only found in PRTases from the nucleotide synthesis and salvage pathways (see: Sinha and Smith (2001) Curr Opin Struct Biol 11(6):733-9733-9, doi: 10.1016/s0959-440x(01)00274-3). The purine substrates adenine, hypoxanthine and guanine share the same chemical skeleton and APRT can bind hypoxanthine, indicating that APRT and HGPRT also share similarities in their substrate binding sites (Ozeir et al. (2019) J Biol Chem. 294(32): 11980-11991, doi: 10.1074/jbc.RA119.009087)). This point has been made clearer in the Discussion page 39, in lines 785-792.. Finally, Drosophila Aprt and Human APRT are closely related as the amino acid sequences of APRTs have been highly conserved throughout evolution (shown in Figure S5B).

      With respect to expression of the mutated HGPRT: the short seizure recovery time of 2.3 seconds is not very convincing evidence of a seizure phenotype. This is far below the timings reported for typical BS mutations. Because of this, the authors should run a positive control (e.g. one of the wellestablished BS mutations: parabss, eas or jus) to validate their assay. Moreover, was the seizure induced by the Aprt mutation (17.3 secs - again a low value) rescued by prior exposure to an antiepileptic? Could this behaviour be, instead, related to the SING locomotor phenotype?

      The assay we used to test for bang-sensitivity has been validated in previous articles from different laboratories. We agree that the recovery times we observed were shorter than those of the BS mutations mentioned by the reviewer. However, we could cite another Drosophila BS mutant, porin, that shows similarly short recovery times (2.5 and 6 sec, according to the porin alleles tested, Graham et al. J Biol Chem. 2010, doi: 10.1074/jbc.M109.080317). This is now mentioned on page 36 lines 717-720). In addition, the BS phenotype we observed with Aprt mutants was robust and highly significant compared to control flies (Figure 7). We did not try to rescue this phenotype by exposing the flies to an antiepileptic, but we do not think that it can be related to the SING phenotype. Indeed, providing adenosine or N6-methyladenosine to Aprt5 mutant flies was able to rescue the BS phenotype (Figure 7E, F), but did not rescue the locomotor defects (new Figure S15). Moreover, SING performances of Aprt5 mutant flies at 8 or 30 d a. E. are decreased nearly in almost identical way (Figure 1C), while we observed an effect on BS behavior at 30 d a. E., which implies that the SING and BS behaviors are most likely unrelated.

      Line 731 states that 'Aprt mutants show a typical BS phenotype' - whilst accurate to some extent (e.g. the behaviour depicted in the supp videos), it should be made clear, it should be made clear that the recovery time is uncharacteristically short and thus differs from typical BS mutations.

      We have corrected the sentence in the revised article to mention that (page 36, lines 717-718).

      Line 732 stating that BS phenotype is often linked to neuronal activity - what other links would there be? Even if via glia or other tissues the final effect is via neurons.

      We have modified this sentence (page 36, line 720).

      The introduction and, particularly, the discussion are overly long and, in the case of the latter, repetitive of the results text. Pruning to make the paper more concise would be very beneficial. Removal of the extensive speculation about how DA and adenosine may interact would help in this regard (line 688 onwards). Indeed, in many places the discussion morphs into a review.

      We agree with the reviewer on this point, and have therefore done our best to shorten the Introduction and Discussion, which are now 24% and 21% shorter, respectively, in the revised article compared to the original submission.

      The applicability of using Drosophila Aprt mutations to screen for compounds that may treat LND is predicated on some degree of similarity in either enzyme structure or metabolic pathways. A discussion of how relevant, therefore, studying Aprt is needs to be included. Given the authors insights - where should potential new rugs be targeted to?

      As stated above, we now mention in the article that APRT and HGPRT share similarities in their structure. In addition, the metabolic pathways between humans and Drosophila have been largely conserved (shown in Figure S1B).

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their tremendously helpful comments. We outline below changes we have made to the manuscript in response to each point. These include new analyses and a substantial rewrite to address the concerns about lack of clarity.

      We believe the revisions strengthen the evidence for our conclusion that grid fields can be either anchored to or independent from a task reference frame, and that anchoring is selectively associated with successful path integration-dependent behaviour. Our additional analyses of non-grid cells indicate that while some are coherent with the grid population, many are not, suggesting cell populations within the MEC may implement grid-dependent and grid-independent computations in parallel.

      We hope the reviewers will agree that our novel experimental strategy complements and avoids limitations of perturbation-based approaches, and by providing evidence to dissociate the two major hypotheses for whether and when grid cells contribute to behaviour our results are likely to have a substantial impact on the field.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this study, Clark et. al. uncovered an association between the positional encoding of grid cell activity with good performance in spatial navigation tasks that requires path integration, highlighting the contribution of grid firing to behaviour… The conclusions of this paper are mostly well supported by data, the finding about the association between grid cell encoding and behaviour in spatial memory tasks is important. However, some aspects of the analysis need to be clarified or extended.

      Thankyou for the overview and constructive comments.

      (1) While the current dataset aims to demonstrate a "correlation" between grid cell encoding and task performance, the other variables that could confound this correlation should be carefully examined.

      (1.1) The exact breakdown of the fraction of beaconed/non-beaconed/probe trials is never shown. if the session makeup has a significant effect on the coding scheme or other results, this variable should be accounted for.

      The lack of information about the trial organisation was a substantial oversight in our preparation of the first version of the manuscript. Session make up can not account for effects on grid stability and its relationship to behavioural outcome but this was not made at all clear.

      In all sessions trial types were varied in a fixed repeating sequence. Therefore, continuous blocks of trials on which grid firing is anchored (or independent from) the track can not be explained by the mouse experiencing a particular trial type. We have revised the manuscript to make this clearer, e.g. p 5, ‘These switches could not be explained by variation between trials in the availability of cues or rewards, as these were interleaved in blocks that repeated throughout a session (see Methods), whereas periods in which grid cell activity was in a given mode extended across the repeating blocks (e.g. Figures 3D,E, 4A, 5E,F).’ and methods p 12, ‘Trials were delivered in repeating blocks throughout a recording session…’

      (1.2) The manuscript did not provide information about whether individual mice experienced sessions with different combinations of the three trial types, and whether they show different preferences in position or distance encoding even in comparable sessions. This leads to the question of whether different behaviour and activity encoding were dominated by experimental or natural differences between individual mice. Presenting the data per mouse will be helpful.

      As we note above, because trial types were interleaved in a fixed sequence, experience of a particular trial type can not account for switching between task-anchored and taskindependent firing modes. This was insufficiently clear in the first version of the manuscript.

      We varied the proportions of trials of a particular type between sessions with the aim of maximising the number of non-beaconed and probe trials. This was necessary because we find that if we introduce too high a proportion of these trials early in training then mice appear to ‘lose interest’ in the task and their performance drops off. We therefore used an approach in which we increased the proportions of non-beaconed and probe trials over training days as mice became familiar with the task. This is now described in the methods (p 12).

      Because the decision for when to vary the proportion of trial types was based on the previous day’s performance, the experimental design was not optimised for addressing the reviewer’s question about dissociating experimental from natural differences in mice. To provide some initial insight we have analysed the relationship between task anchored coding and proportion of beaconed trials in a session (Figure 3, Figure Supplement 7). While on average there is a higher proportion of trials in which grid fields are task-anchored in sessions with more beaconed trials, this effect is small and most of the variance is independent from the proportion of beaconed trials.

      (1.3) Related to the above point, in Figure 5, the mice appeared to behave worse in probe trials than non-beaconed trials. If the mouse did not know if a trial is a probe or a non-beacon trial, they should behave equivalently until the reward location and thus should stop an equal amount. If this difference is because multiple probe trials are placed consecutively, did the mouse learn that it will not get a reward and then stop trying to get rewards? Did this affect switching between position and distance coding?

      Thankyou for flagging this. This reflected an inconsistency arising from the way we detected stops that we have now corrected. Briefly, the temporal resolution of the processed location data against which the stop detection threshold was applied was insufficiently high. As a result, stops in the non-beaconed group were picked up, as they tended to be longer because mice remained still to consume rewards, whereas some stops in the probe group were missed because they were relatively short. We have corrected this by repeating the analyses on raw position data at the highest temporal resolution available. This analysis is now clearly described in the Methods (see p13 “A stop was registered in Blender3D if the speed of the mouse dropped below 4.7 cm/s. Speed was calculated on a rolling basis from the previous 100 ms at a rate of 60 Hz.”).

      (1.4) It is not shown how the behaviours (e.g., running speed away from the reward zone, licking for reward) in beaconed/non-beaconed/probe trials were different and whether the difference in behaviours led to the different encoding schemes.

      Because trial types were interleaved and repeated with a period less than the length of typical trial sequences during which grid cell activity remained either task-anchored or taskindependent, differences between trial types are unlikely to explain use of the different coding schemes. Hopefully, this is clarified by the comments above.

      To further describe the relationship between behavioural outcomes, trial types and grid anchoring, we now also show running speed as a function of location for each combination of trial types and trial outcomes (Figure 6, Figure Supplement 1). This illustrates and replicates our previous findings (Tennant et al. 2018) that running speed profiles are similar for a given trial outcome regardless of trial type (Figure 6, Figure Supplement 1A), and further further shows that the behavioural profile for a given trial outcome and trial-type does not differ when grid cells are in task-anchored and task-independent modes (Figure 6, Figure Supplement 1B). This further argues against the possibility that difference in behaviours leads to the different encoding schemes.

      (2) Regarding the behaviour and activity encoding on a trial-by-trial basis, did the behavioural change occur first, or did the encoding switch occur first, or did they happen within the same trial? This analysis will potentially determine whether the encoding is causal for the behaviour, or the other way around.

      This is a good question but our experimental design lacks sufficient statistical power to address the timing of mode switches within a trial. This is because mode switching is relatively infrequent (so the n for switching is low) and only a subset of trials are uncued (making the relevant n even lower), while at a trial level the behavioural outcome is variable (increasing the required n for adequate power).

      (3) The author determined that the grid cell coding schemes were limited to distance encoding and position encoding. However, there could be other schemes, such as switching between different position encodings (with clear spatial fields but at different locations), as indicated by Low et. al., 2021, and switching between different distant encodings (with different distance periods). If these other schemes indeed existed in the data, they might contribute to the variation of the behaviours.

      Switching between position encoding schemes appears to be rare within our dataset and unlikely to contribute to variation in behaviour. In most sessions we did not observe switching between grid phases / position encodings (e.g. Figures 2A-B, 3B-E, 4A, 5C-D, F). In one session we found switching between different phases when grid cells were taskanchored. Because the grid period was unchanged, the spatial periodograms remained similar. We report this example in the revised manuscript (Figure 5E).

      (4) The percentage of neurons categorised in each coding scheme was similar between nongrid and grid cells. This implies that non-grid cells might switch coding schemes in sync with grid cells, which would mean the whole MEC network was switching between distance and position coding. This raises the question of whether the grid cell coding scheme was important per se, or just the MEC network coding scheme.

      We very much appreciate this suggestion. We note first that while the proportion of taskanchored grid and non-grid cells is similar, task-independent periodic firing of non-grid cells is much rarer than for grid cells (Figure 2E), suggesting a dissociation between the populations. To further address the question we have included additional analyses of nongrid cells (Figure 3, Figure Supplement 5). This shows that while some non-grid cells have anchoring that switches coherently with simultaneously recorded grid cells, others do not. Figures 4 and 5 now show examples of non-grid cell activity recorded simultaneously with grid cells.

      Together, our data suggest that the MEC implements multiple coding schemes: one that is associated with the grid network and includes some non-grid cells; and one (or more) that can be independent from the grid network. This dissociation adds to the insights into MEC function that are provided by our study and is now highlighted in the abstract and discussion.

      (5) In Figure 2 there are several cell examples that are categorised as distance or position coding but have a high fraction of the other coding scheme on a per-trial basis. Given this variation, the full session data in F should be interpreted carefully, since this included all cells and not just "stable" coding cells. It will be cleaner to show the activity comparison only between the stable cells.

      We have now included examples in Figure 2A-C where the grid mode is stable throughout a session. As the view of activity at a session level is important, we have not updated Figure 2F, but have clarified the terminology to now clearly refer to classification at either season or trial levels. In addition, we have repeated the analyses shown in Figure 2F but after grouping cells according to whether their firing has a single mode on >85% of the trials (Figure 3 Figure Supplement 4). This analysis supports similar conclusions to those of Figure 2F.

      (6) The manuscript is not well written. Throughout the manuscript, there are many unexplained concepts (especially in the introduction) and methods, mis-referenced figures, and unclear labels.

      We very much appreciate the feedback and have substantially rewritten the manuscript. We have paid particular attention to explaining key concepts in the introduction and have carefully checked the figures. We welcome further feedback on whether this is now clearer.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Clark and Nolan's study aims to test whether the stability of grid cell firing fields is associated with better spatial behaviour performance on a virtual task… This study is very timely as there is a pressing need to identify/delimitate the contribution of grid cells to spatial behaviours. More studies in which grid cell activity can be associated with navigational abilities are needed.

      Thank you for the supportive comments and highlighting the importance of the question.

      The link proposed by Clark and Nolan between "virtual position" coding by grid cells and navigational performance is a significant step toward better understanding how grid cell activity might support behaviour. It should be noted that the study by Clark and Nolan is correlative. Therefore, the effect of selective manipulations of grid cell activity on the virtual task will be needed to evaluate whether the activity of grid cells is causally linked to the behavioural performance on this task. In a previous study by the same research group, it was shown that inactivating the synaptic output of stellate cells of the medial entorhinal cortex affected mice's performance of the same virtual task (Tennant et al., 2018). Although this manipulation likely affects non-grid cells, it is still one of the most selective manipulations of grid cells that are currently available.

      Again, thank you for the supportive comments. We recognise the previous version of the manuscript did not sufficiently clarify the motivation for our approach, or the benefits of capitalising on behavioural variable variability as a complementary strategy to perturbation approaches. We now make this clearer in the revised introduction (p 2, paragraphs 2 and 3).

      When interpreting the "position" and "distance" firing mode of grid cells, it is important to appreciate that the "position" code likely involves estimating distance. The visual cues on the virtual track appear to provide mainly optic flow to the animal. Thus, the animal has to estimate its position on the virtual track by estimating the distance run from the beginning of the track (or any other point in the virtual world).

      We appreciate the ambiguity here was confusing. We have re-named the groups to ‘taskanchored’, corresponding to when grid cells encode position on the track (as well as distance as the reviewer correctly points out), and ‘task-independent’, corresponding to the group we previously referred to as distance encoding.

      It is also interesting to consider how grid cells could remain anchored to virtual cues. Recent work shows that grid cell activity spans the surface of a torus (Gardner et al., 2022). A run on the track can be mapped to a trajectory on the torus. Assuming that grid cell activity is updated primarily from self-motion cues on the track and that the grid cell period is unlikely to be an integer of the virtual track length, having stable firing fields on the virtual track likely requires a resetting mechanism taking place on each trial. The resetting means that a specific virtual track position is mapped to a constant position on the torus. Thus, the "virtual position" mode of grid cells may involve 1) a trial-by-trial resetting process anchoring the grid pattern to the virtual cues and 2) a path integration mechanism. Just like the "virtual position" mode of grid cell activity, successful behavioural performance on non-beaconed trials requires the animal to anchor its spatial behaviour to VR cues.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      This study addresses the major question of 'whether and when grid cells contribute to behaviour'. There is no doubt that this is a very important question. My major concern is that I'm not convinced that this study gives a significant contribution to this question, although this study is well-performed and potentially interesting. This is mainly due to the fact that the relation between grid cell properties and behaviour is exclusively correlative and entirely based on single cell activity, although the introduction mentions quite often the grid cell network properties and dynamics. In general, this study gives the impression that grid cells exclusively support the cognitive processes involved in this task. This problem is in part related to the text.

      Thank you for the comments. We recognise now that the previous text was insufficiently clear. We have modified the introduction to clarify the value of an approach that takes advantage of behavioural variability. Importantly, this approach is complementary to perturbation strategies we and others have used previously. In particular it addresses critical limitations of perturbation strategies which can be confounded by off-target effects and possible adaptation, both of which are extremely difficult to fully rule out. We hope that with this additional clarification it is now clear that as for any important question multiple and complementary testing strategies are required to make progres, and second, that our study makes a new and important contribution by introducing a novel experimental approach and by following this up with careful analyses that clearly distinguish competing hypotheses.

      However, it would be interesting to look at the population level (even beyond grid cells) to test whether at the network level, the link between behavioural performance and neural activity is more straightforward compared to the single-cell level. This approach could reconcile the present results with those obtained in their previous study following MEC inactivation.

      We’re unclear here about what the reviewer means by ‘more straightforward’ as clear relationships between activity of single grid cells and populations of grid cells are well established (Gardner et al., 2021; Waaga et al., 2021; Yoon et al., 2013).

      To give a clearer indication of the corresponding population level representations, as mentioned in response to Reviewer #1, we now include additional data showing many simultaneously recorded neurons, and analyses of non-grid as well as grid cells (Figures 4, 5, Figure 5 Figure Supplement 2).

      To reconcile results with our previous study of MEC inactivation we have paid additional attention to the roles of non-grid cells (following suggestions by Reviewer #1). We show that while some non-grid cells show transitions between task-anchored and task-independent firing that are coherent with the grid population, many others have more stable firing that is independent of grid representations. This is consistent with the idea that the MEC supports localised behaviour in the cued and uncued versions of the task (Tennant et al., 2018), and suggests that while grid cells preferentially contribute when cues are absent, non-grid cells could also support the cued version. We make this additional implication clear in the revised abstract and discussion.

      The authors used a statistical method based on the computation of the frequency spectrum of the spatial periodicity of the neural firing to classify grid cells as 'position-coding' (with fields anchored to the virtual track) and 'distance-coding' (with fields repeating at regular intervals across trials). This is an interesting approach that has nonetheless the default to be based exclusively on autocorrelograms. It would be interesting to compare with a different method based on the similarities between raw maps.

      While our main analyses use a periodogram-based method to identify when grid cells are / are not anchored to the task environment, we validate these analyses by examination of the rate maps in each condition (Figures 2-4). For example, when grid cells are task-anchored, according to the periodogram analysis, the rate maps clearly show spatially aligned peaks, whereas when grid cells are not anchored the peaks in their rate maps are not aligned (Figure 2A vs 2B; Figure 3B-E; Figure 4C). We provide further validation by showing that spatial information (in the track reference frame) is substantially higher when grid cell activity is task-anchored vs task-independent (Figures 2F, 3G, 4F and Figure 3 Figure Supplement 4).

      To further address this point we have carried out additional complementary analyses in which we identify task anchored vs task independent modes using a template matching method applied to the raw rate maps (Figure 6, Figure Supplement 2). These analyses support similar conclusions to our periodogram-based analyses.

      Beyond this minor point, cell categorization is performed using all trial types.

      Each trial type (i.e. beacon or non-beacon) is supposed to force mice to use different strategies and should induce different spatial representations within the entorhinal-hippocampal circuit (and not only in the grid cell system). In that context, since all trials are mixed, it is difficult to extrapolate general information.

      We recognise that the description of the task design was insufficiently clear but are unsure why ‘it is difficult to extrapolate general information’. Before addressing this point, we should first be clear that mice are not ‘forced’ to adopt any particular strategy. Rather, on uncued trials a path integration strategy is the most efficient way to solve the task. However, mice could instead use a less efficient strategy, for example by stopping at short intervals they still obtain rewards. Detailed behavioural analyses indicate that such random stopping strategies are used by naive mice, while with training mice learn to use spatial stopping strategies (Tennant et al. 2018).

      In terms of ‘extracting general information’ from the task, the following findings lead to general predictions: 1) Grid cells can exist in either task-anchored or task-independent periodic firing modes; 2) These modes can be stable across a session, but often modeswitching occurs within a session; 3) While some non-grid cells show task-independent periodic firing, this is much less common than for grid cells, which suggests a model in which many non-grid MEC neurons operate independently from the grid network; 4) When a marker cue is available mice locate a reward equally well when grid cells are in taskanchored versus task-independent modes, which argues against theories in which grid cells are a key part of a general system for localisation; 5) When markers cues are absent taskanchored grid firing is associated with successful reward localisation, which corroborates a key prediction of theories in which grid cells contribute to path integration.

      In revising the manuscript we have attempted to improve the writing to make these advances clearer, and have clarified methodological details that made interpretation more challenging than it should have been. For example, as noted in our response to Reviewer #1, we have included additional details to clarify the organisation of trials and relationships between trials, behavioural outcomes and neural codes observed.

      On page 5 the authors state that 'Since only position representations should reliably predict the reward location, ..., we reasoned that the presence of positional coding could be used to assess whether grid firing contributes to the ongoing behaviour'. I do not agree with this statement. First of all, position coding should be more informative only in a cue-guided trial. Second, distance coding could be as informative as position coding since at the network level may provide information relevant to the task (such as distance from the reward).

      Again, this point perhaps reflects a lack of clarity on our part in writing the manuscript. When grid cells are anchored to the track reference frame (now called ‘tasked anchored’, previously ‘position encoding’), then the location of the rate peaks in grid firing is reliable from trial to trial. This is the case whether or not the trial is cued. When grid cells are independent of the track reference frame (now called ‘task independent’, previously ‘distance encoding’), then the location of the firing rate peaks vary from trial to trial. In the latter case, position can not be read out directly from trial to trial.

      In principle, in the task-independent mode track position could be calculated by storing the grid network configuration at the start of the track, which would differ on each trial, and then implementing a mechanism to readout relative distance as mice move along the track. However, if mice do use this computation we would expect them to do so equally well on cued and uncued trials. By contrast, our results clearly show a dissociation between trial types in the relationship between grid firing and behavioural outcome. We highlight and discuss this possibility in the revised manuscript (p 10, ‘Alternatively, mice could in principle estimate track location with a system that utilises information about distance travelled obtained from task-independent grid representations’).

      Third, position-coding is interpreted as more relevant because it predominates in correct trials. However, this does not imply that this coding scheme is indeed used to perform correct trials.

      We have revised the manuscript to clarify our goal of distinguishing major hypotheses for the roles of grid cells in behaviour (Introduction, ‘On the one hand, theoretical arguments that grid cell populations can generate high capacity codes imply that they could in principle contribute to all spatial behaviours (Fiete et al., 2008; Mathis et al., 2012; Sreenivasan and Fiete, 2011). On the other hand, if the behavioural importance of grid cells follows from their hypothesised ability to generate position representations by integrating self-motion signals (McNaughton et al., 2006), then their behavioural roles may be restricted to tasks that involve path integration strategies.’

      By showing that performance on cued trials is similar regardless of whether grid cells are task-anchored or not, we provide strong evidence against the idea that grid firing is in general necessary for location-based behaviours. By showing that task anchoring is associated with successful localisation when cues are absent we corroborate a key prediction of hypothesised roles for grid cells in path integration-dependent behaviour. Therefore, we substantially reduce the space of behaviours to which grid cells might contribute. Importantly, this space is much larger for the MEC, which is required for cued and uncued versions of the task. We have revised the introduction and discussion to make these points clearer.

      While we believe our results add a key piece of evidence to the puzzle of when and where grid cells contribute to behaviour, we agree that further work will be required to develop and test more refined hypotheses. Alternative models also remain plausible, for example perhaps the behaviourally relevant computations are implemented elsewhere in the brain with grid anchoring to the track as an indirect consequence. Nevertheless, explanations of this kind are more difficult to reconcile with evidence that inactivation of stellate cells in the MEC impairs learning of the task, and other manipulations that modify grid firing impair performance on similar tasks. We now discuss these possibilities (discussion p 10, ‘mice could in principle estimate track location with a system that utilises information about distance travelled obtained from task-independent grid representations’).

      It could be more informative to push forward the correlative analysis by looking at whether behavioural performance can be predicted by the coding scheme on a trial-by-trial basis.

      The previous version of the manuscript showed these analyses (now in Figure 6). Thus, task anchored grid firing predicts more successful performance on uncued trials at the session level (Figure 6A-B) and at the trial level (Figure 6C-D).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The author particularly mentioned that the 1D tracks are different from the "cue-rich environments that are typically used to study grid cells". It is not clear what conclusions would hold for a cue-rich environment or a track, which may require relatively less path integration compared to the cue-sparse environment. This point should be discussed.

      This is an important point that we did not pay sufficient attention to in the previous version of the manuscript. Our finding of successful localisation in the cued environment when grid cells are not task anchored implies that grid anchoring is not required to solve cued tasks. The implication here is that cue rich environments may then not be the most suitable for investigation of grid roles in behaviour as non-grid mechanisms may suffice, although this does not rule out the possibility that anchored grid codes may play important roles in learning about cue rich environments. We now address this point in the discussion (p 10, ‘An implication of this result is that cue rich tracks often used to investigate grid activity patterns may not engage behaviours that require anchored grid firing.’).

      (2) It would be good to see the statistics for the number of different cells (stable position or distance encoding, and unstable cells) identified per mouse/session and the number of grid cells per session.

      These are now added to Supplemental Data 2 and will also be accessible through code and datasets that we will make available alongside the version of record.

      (3) Figure 2F: any explanation about why AG cells had high spatial information?

      Previously the calculation used bits per spike and as aperiodic cells have low firing rates the spatial information was high. We have replaced this with bits per second, which provides a more intuitive measure and no longer implies high spatial information. We have amended this in the methods (p 15, ‘Spatial information was calculated in bits per second…’).

      (4) The following methods sections should provide additional details:

      (4.1) Details of the training protocol are largely left to reference papers. The reference papers give a general outline of the training protocol, but the details are not completely comparable given the single experiment performed on these mice. More details should be given on training stages and experience at the time of the experiment.

      The task is more clearly described in the introduction (p 3), and additional details of the training protocol are now provided in the methods (p 12-13).

      (4.2) The methods reference mean speed across sessions, but it is not clear where this was used.

      This was very poor wording. We have now changed this to ‘For each session the mean speed was calculated for each trial outcome’.

      (4.3) The calculation of the spatial autocorrelogram on a per-trial basis should be more explicitly stated. Is it the average of each 10 cm increment with the centre trial?

      We have added additional information to the methods (p 16-18).

      (4.4) 1D field detection is not sufficiently explained in Figure 1/S2. This information should also appear in the methods section.

      This is now clarified on page 16 in section ‘Analysis of neural activity and behaviour during the location memory task’.

      (5) The data in Figure 4A and B only shows speed vs. location for one example mouse. The combined per mouse or per session data should also be shown.

      This is now shown in Figure 5A and Figure 5, Figure Supplemental 2

      (6) Figure 5 is somewhat confusing. Why are A/B by session and C/D by trial? The methods imply that A/B are originally averaged by cell, but that duplicate cells in the same session are excluded because behaviour versus session type is identical. This method should be valid if all grid cells within a session are all "stable". This is likely given the synchrony of code-switching between grid cells, but not all co-active grid cells behaved identically.

      It is understandable that C/D are performed by trial, but it should be made clear that it is not a comparable analysis to A/B. It is unclear what N refers to in C. The figure says by trial, but the legend says the error bar is by cell. If data is calculated by trial and then averaged by cell, this should be more clearly stated.

      In Figure 6A/B (previously Figure 5A/B) we focus our analysis on sessions in which the mode of grid firing, either task-anchored or task-independent, was relatively stable on a trialto-trial basis (see Figure 3F for definitions). This enables us to then compare behaviour averaged across each session, with sessions categorised as task-anchored and task independent. This analysis has the advantage that it focuses on large blocks of time (whole sessions) in which the mode of grid firing is unambiguous, but the disadvantage is that it excludes many sessions in which grid firing switches between task-anchored and taskindependent modes.

      Figure 6C/D (previously Figure 5C/D) addresses this limitation by carrying out similar analyses with behaviour sorted into task-anchored versus task-independent groups at the level of trials. A potential limitation for this analysis is that grid firing is somewhat variable on a trial-by-trial basis and so some trials may be mis-classified. We don’t expect this to lead to systematic bias, but it may make the data more noisy. Nevertheless, these analyses are important to include as they allow assessment of whether conclusions from 6A/B hold when all sessions are considered.

      We have added additional clarification of the rationale for these analyses to the main text (p7-8, ‘’We addressed this by using additional trial-level comparisons’). We have also added clarification in the methods section for categorisation of task-anchored versus taskindependent trials when multiple grid cells were recorded simultaneously (p 17, ‘When assigning a common classification across a group of cells recorded simultaneously...’) and an explanation for the N in the figure legend. We also clarify that the analyses use a nested random effects design to account for dependencies at the levels of sessions and mice (methods, p 20, ‘Random effects had a nested structure to account for animals and sessions…’) .

      (7) Panels E and F of Figure 5 are not explained in the main text.

      This is now corrected (see p8, ‘Additional analyses…’).

      (8) Figure 5: Since stable grid cells and all grid cells are shown, it will be better to show unstable cells, which can be compared with grid cells.

      Given that the rationale for differences between Figure 6A/B and C/D (previously Figure 5AD) were not previously clear, the reason for focussing on stable grid cells here was likely also not clear (see point 6 above). We don’t show unstable grid cells in Figure 6A-B as the behaviour averaged at the level of a session would be a mix of trials when they are taskanchored and when they are task-independent. Therefore, the analysis would not test predictions about the relationship between task-anchored vs task-independent modes and behaviour. We hope this is now clear in the manuscript given the revisions introduced to address point 6 above.

      (9) The methods describing the statistics for these experiments are also confusing. The methods section should be written more clearly, and it should be made clear in the text or figure legend whether this data is the "original" data or is processed in relation to the model, such as excluding duplicate grid cells within a session. The figure legend should also state that a GLMM was used to calculate the statistics.

      We have revised the methods section with the goal of improving clarity, adding detail and removing ambiguity. This includes updates of the methods for the GLMM analysis, which are referred to within the Figure 6 legend. A clear definition of a stable session is now also added to the Figure 6 legend.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      When grid fields are anchored to the virtual world (position mode), there is probably small trialto-trial variability in the firing location of the firing fields. Is this trial-to-trial variability related to the variability in the stop location? This would provide a more direct link between path integration in grid cell networks and behaviour that depends on path integration.

      When attempting to address this we find that the firing of individual grid cells is too variable to allow sufficiently precise decoding of their fields at a single trial level. This is expected given the Poisson statistics of spike generation and previous evaluations of grid coding (e.g. (Stemmler et al., 2015)).

      The conclusion of the abstract is: "Our results suggest that positional anchoring of grid firing enhances the performance of tasks that require path integration." This statement is slightly confusing. The task requires 1) anchoring the behaviour to the visual cues presented at the start of the trial and 2) path integration from thereon to identify the rewarded location. The performance is higher when grid cells anchor to the visual cues presented at the start of the trial. What the results show is that the anchoring of grid firing fields to visual landmarks enhances the performance of tasks that require path integration from visual landmarks (i.e. grid cells being anchored to the reference frame that is behaviorally relevant).

      To try to more clearly explain the logic and conclusion we have rewritten the abstract, including the final sentence.

      Similar comment for the title of Figure 5: "Positional grid coding is not required for cued spatial localisation but promotes path integration-dependent localisation." Positional coding means that grid cells are anchored to the behaviorally relevant reference frame.

      To address the lack of clarity we have modified the little of Figure 6 (previously Figure 5) to read ‘Anchoring of grid firing to the task reference frame promotes localisation by path integration but is not required for cued localisation’.

      In Figure 1, there is a wide range of beaconed (40-80%) and non-beaconed (10-60%) trials given. It is not 100% clear whether these refer to the percentage of trials of a given type within the recording sessions. Was the proportion of non-beaconed trials manipulated? If so, was the likelihood of position and distance coding changing according to the percentage of nonbeaconed trials?

      The ranges given refer to proportions across different behavioural sessions. Within any given behavioural session the proportion was constant. We now make this clear in the figure legend and in the results and methods sections.

      We did not manipulate proportions of trial types during a session. Manipulations betweens sessions were carried out with the goal of maximising the numbers of uncued trials that the mice would carry out (see response to public comments above). While the effect of trial-type at the session level is not relevant to the hypotheses we aim to test here, we have included an additional analysis of the relationship between task anchoring and the proportions of trial types in a session (Figure 3, Figure Supplement 7)(also discussed above). As disentangling the effects of learning and motivation will be complex and likely require new experimental designs we have not drawn strong conclusions or pursued the analysis further..

      I was not convinced that the labels "position" and "distance" were appropriate for the two grid cell firing modes. My understanding is that the "position" code also requires the grid cell network to estimate distance. It seems that the main difference between the "position" and "distance" modes is that when in the "position" mode, the activity on the torus is reset to a constant toroidal location when the animal reaches a clearly identifiable location on the virtual track. In the "distance" mode, this resetting does not take place.

      As previously mentioned, we agree these terms weren’t the best and have since relabelled these as “task-anchored” and “task-independent”.

      There are a few sections in the manuscript that implicitly suggest that a causal link between grid cell activity and behaviour was demonstrated. For instance: "It has been challenging to directly test whether and when grid cells contribute to behaviour.": The assumption here is that the manuscript overcomes this challenge, but the study is correlative.

      We have modified the wording to be clear that we are introducing new tests of predictions made by hypotheses about causal relationships between grid coding and behaviour (introduction, p 1-2). We also clarify that our results argue against the hypothesis that grid cells provide a general coded for behaviour, but corroborate predictions of hypotheses in which they are specifically important for path integration (discussion, p 10).

      We have modified the title abstract and main text to try to treat claims about causality with care. We now more thoroughly introduce and contrast the approach we report here with previous experiments that use perturbations (introduction, p2). While it is tempting to make stronger claims for causality with these approaches, there are also logical limitations with perturbation-based approaches, for example the challenges of fully excluding off target effects and adaptation. We now explain how these strategies are complementary. Our view is that both strategies will be required to develop strong arguments for whether and when grid cells contribute to behaviour. From this perspective, it is encouraging that our conclusions are in agreement with what are probably the most specific perturbations of grid cells reported to date (Gil et al. 2017), while perturbations that more generally affect MEC function appear to impair cued and path integration-dependent behaviours (Tennant et al. 2018). We now discuss these points more clearly (introduction, p 2).

      I am slightly confused by the references to the panels in Figure 4.

      "In some sessions, localization of the reward occurred almost exclusively when grid cells were anchored to position and not when they encoded distance (Figure 4C). Figure 4C only shows position coding.

      "In other sessions, animals localised the reward when grid firing was anchored to position or distance, but overall performance was improved on positional trials (Figure 4D-E)." The reference should probably point to Figure 4E-F or just to 4E.

      "In a few sessions, we observed spatial stopping behaviour comparable to cued trials, even when grid firing almost exclusively encoded distance rather than position (Figure 4F)." From Figure 4F, it seems that the performance on non-beaconed trials is better during "position" coding.

      We have now updated Figure 5 (Figure 4 in the original manuscript) and references to the Figure in the text. Now Figure 5 shows the activity of cells recorded in stable and unstable task-anchored and task-independent sessions (see Figure 5C-F).

      Minor issues:

      Is this correct: (Figure 4A and Figure 4, Figure Supplement 1).

      This has been corrected.

      Figure 4B: There could be an additional label for position and distance.

      Figure 4B from the original manuscript has now been removed.

      Figure 4C-F. The panels on the right side should be explained in the Figure Legend.

      Legends for Figure 5C-F (previously Figure 4C-F) have now been updated.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Specific questions :

      (1) Position coding reflects a coding scheme in which fields are spaced by a fixed distance; previous studies have shown that a virtual track grid map is a slice of the 2D classic grid. In that case, the fields are still anchored to the track but would produce a completely different map. Did the authors check whether it is the case at least for some cells? If not, what could explain such a major difference?

      Το avoid confusion we now use the term ‘task-anchored’ rather than ‘position coding’ (see comments above). We should further clarify that our conclusions rest on whether or not the grid fields are anchored to the track. Task anchored firing does not require that grid fields maintain their spacing from 2D environments, only that fields are at the same track position on each trial. Thus, whether the spacing of the fields corresponds to a slice through a 2D grid makes no difference to the hypotheses we test here.

      We agree that the relationship between 1D and 2D field organisation could be an interesting future direction, for example anchoring could involve resetting the grid phase while maintaining a stable period, or it could be achieved through local distortions in the grid period. However, since these outcomes would not help distinguish the hypotheses we test here we have not included analyses to address them.

      (2) Previous studies have highlighted the role of grid cells in goal coding. Here there is an explicit reward in a particular area. Are there any grid modifications around this area? This question is not addressed in this study.

      Again, we note that the hypotheses we test here relate to the firing mode of grid cells - taskanchored or task-independent - and interpretation of our results is independent from the specific pattern of grid fields on the track. This question nevertheless leads to an interesting prediction that if grid fields cluster in the goal area then this clustering should be apparent in the task-anchored but not the task-independent firing mode.

      We test this by considering the average distribution of firing fields across all grid cells in each firing mode (Reviewer Figure 1). We find that when grid firing is task-anchored there is a clear peak around the reward zone, which is consistent with previous work by Butler et al. and Boccara et al. Consistent with our other prediction, this peak is reduced when grid cells are in the task-independent mode.

      Author response image 1.

      Plot shows the grid field distribution during stable grid cell session (> 85 % task-anchored or task-independent) (A) or during task-anchored and task-independent trials (B). Shaded regions in A and B represent standard error of the mean measured across sessions and epochs respectively.

      (3) The behavioural procedure during recording is not fully explained. Do trial types alternate within the same session by blocks? How many trials are within a block? Is there any relation between trial alternation and the switch in the coding scheme observed in a large subset of the grid cells?

      We agree this wasn’t sufficiently clear in the previous version of the manuscript. Trial types were interleaved in a fixed order within each session. We have updated the results and methods sections to provide details (see responses above).

      (4) From the examples in Figure 2 it seems that firing fields tend to shift toward the start position. Is it the case in all cells? Could this reflect some reorganisation at the network level with cells signalling the starting as time progresses?

      This is inconsistent between cells. To make this variability clear we have included additional examples of spiking profiles from different grid cells (Figure 2 - 5). Because quantification of the phenomena would not, so far as we can tell, help distinguish our core hypotheses we have not included further analyses here.

      (5) Are grid cells with different coding properties recorded in different parts of the MEC? Are there any differences between these cell categories in the 2D map?

      The recordings we made are from the dorsal region of the MEC (stated at the start of the results section). We don’t have data to speak to other parts of the MEC.

      Minor:

      There are very few grid cell examples that repeat in the different figures. I would suggest showing more examples both in the main text and supplementary material.

      We have now provided multiple additional examples in Figures 2, 4 and 5. Grid cell examples repeat in the main figures twice, in both cases only when showing additional examples are shown from the same recording session (Figure 2A example #1 with Figure 5C, Figure 3E with Figure 4A). Further similar repeats are found in the supplemental figures (Figure 3D with Figure 5, Figure Supplement 2A, Figure 3C with Figure 5, Figure Supplement 2F).

      Fig1 A-B shows the predictions in a 1D track based on distance or position coding. The A inset represents the modification of field distribution from a 2D arena to a 1D track, as performed in this study. The inset B is misleading since it represents the modifications expected from a circular track to a 1D track as in Jacob et al 2019, that is not what the authors studied. It would be better to present either the predictions based on the present study or the prediction based on previous studies. In that case, they should mention the possibility that the 1D map is a slice of the 2D map.

      The goal of Figure 1A-B is to illustrate predictions (right) based on conclusions from previous studies (left). Figure 1A shows predicted 1D track firing given anchoring to the environment typically observed in grid cell studies in 2D arenas. Figure 1B shows predicted 1D track firing given the firing shifting firing patterns observed by Jacob et al. in a circular 2D track. To improve clarity, we have modified the legend to make clear that the schematics to the right are predictions given the previous evidence summarised to the left. As we outline above, the critical prediction relates to whether the representations anchor to the track. Whether the 1D representation is a perfect slice isn’t relevant to the hypotheses tested and so isn’t included in the schematic (see comments above).

    2. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their tremendously helpful comments. We outline below changes we have made to the manuscript in response to each point. These include new analyses and a substantial rewrite to address the concerns about lack of clarity.

      We believe the revisions strengthen the evidence for our conclusion that grid fields can be either anchored to or independent from a task reference frame, and that anchoring is selectively associated with successful path integration-dependent behaviour. Our additional analyses of non-grid cells indicate that while some are coherent with the grid population, many are not, suggesting cell populations within the MEC may implement grid-dependent and grid-independent computations in parallel.

      We hope the reviewers will agree that our novel experimental strategy complements and avoids limitations of perturbation-based approaches, and by providing evidence to dissociate the two major hypotheses for whether and when grid cells contribute to behaviour our results are likely to have a substantial impact on the field.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this study, Clark et. al. uncovered an association between the positional encoding of grid cell activity with good performance in spatial navigation tasks that requires path integration, highlighting the contribution of grid firing to behaviour… The conclusions of this paper are mostly well supported by data, the finding about the association between grid cell encoding and behaviour in spatial memory tasks is important. However, some aspects of the analysis need to be clarified or extended.

      Thankyou for the overview and constructive comments.

      (1) While the current dataset aims to demonstrate a "correlation" between grid cell encoding and task performance, the other variables that could confound this correlation should be carefully examined.

      (1.1) The exact breakdown of the fraction of beaconed/non-beaconed/probe trials is never shown. if the session makeup has a significant effect on the coding scheme or other results, this variable should be accounted for.

      The lack of information about the trial organisation was a substantial oversight in our preparation of the first version of the manuscript. Session make up can not account for effects on grid stability and its relationship to behavioural outcome but this was not made at all clear.

      In all sessions trial types were varied in a fixed repeating sequence. Therefore, continuous blocks of trials on which grid firing is anchored (or independent from) the track can not be explained by the mouse experiencing a particular trial type. We have revised the manuscript to make this clearer, e.g. p 5, ‘These switches could not be explained by variation between trials in the availability of cues or rewards, as these were interleaved in blocks that repeated throughout a session (see Methods), whereas periods in which grid cell activity was in a given mode extended across the repeating blocks (e.g. Figures 3D,E, 4A, 5E,F).’ and methods p 12, ‘Trials were delivered in repeating blocks throughout a recording session…’

      (1.2) The manuscript did not provide information about whether individual mice experienced sessions with different combinations of the three trial types, and whether they show different preferences in position or distance encoding even in comparable sessions. This leads to the question of whether different behaviour and activity encoding were dominated by experimental or natural differences between individual mice. Presenting the data per mouse will be helpful.

      As we note above, because trial types were interleaved in a fixed sequence, experience of a particular trial type can not account for switching between task-anchored and taskindependent firing modes. This was insufficiently clear in the first version of the manuscript.

      We varied the proportions of trials of a particular type between sessions with the aim of maximising the number of non-beaconed and probe trials. This was necessary because we find that if we introduce too high a proportion of these trials early in training then mice appear to ‘lose interest’ in the task and their performance drops off. We therefore used an approach in which we increased the proportions of non-beaconed and probe trials over training days as mice became familiar with the task. This is now described in the methods (p 12).

      Because the decision for when to vary the proportion of trial types was based on the previous day’s performance, the experimental design was not optimised for addressing the reviewer’s question about dissociating experimental from natural differences in mice. To provide some initial insight we have analysed the relationship between task anchored coding and proportion of beaconed trials in a session (Figure 3, Figure Supplement 7). While on average there is a higher proportion of trials in which grid fields are task-anchored in sessions with more beaconed trials, this effect is small and most of the variance is independent from the proportion of beaconed trials.

      (1.3) Related to the above point, in Figure 5, the mice appeared to behave worse in probe trials than non-beaconed trials. If the mouse did not know if a trial is a probe or a non-beacon trial, they should behave equivalently until the reward location and thus should stop an equal amount. If this difference is because multiple probe trials are placed consecutively, did the mouse learn that it will not get a reward and then stop trying to get rewards? Did this affect switching between position and distance coding?

      Thankyou for flagging this. This reflected an inconsistency arising from the way we detected stops that we have now corrected. Briefly, the temporal resolution of the processed location data against which the stop detection threshold was applied was insufficiently high. As a result, stops in the non-beaconed group were picked up, as they tended to be longer because mice remained still to consume rewards, whereas some stops in the probe group were missed because they were relatively short. We have corrected this by repeating the analyses on raw position data at the highest temporal resolution available. This analysis is now clearly described in the Methods (see p13 “A stop was registered in Blender3D if the speed of the mouse dropped below 4.7 cm/s. Speed was calculated on a rolling basis from the previous 100 ms at a rate of 60 Hz.”).

      (1.4) It is not shown how the behaviours (e.g., running speed away from the reward zone, licking for reward) in beaconed/non-beaconed/probe trials were different and whether the difference in behaviours led to the different encoding schemes.

      Because trial types were interleaved and repeated with a period less than the length of typical trial sequences during which grid cell activity remained either task-anchored or taskindependent, differences between trial types are unlikely to explain use of the different coding schemes. Hopefully, this is clarified by the comments above.

      To further describe the relationship between behavioural outcomes, trial types and grid anchoring, we now also show running speed as a function of location for each combination of trial types and trial outcomes (Figure 6, Figure Supplement 1). This illustrates and replicates our previous findings (Tennant et al. 2018) that running speed profiles are similar for a given trial outcome regardless of trial type (Figure 6, Figure Supplement 1A), and further further shows that the behavioural profile for a given trial outcome and trial-type does not differ when grid cells are in task-anchored and task-independent modes (Figure 6, Figure Supplement 1B). This further argues against the possibility that difference in behaviours leads to the different encoding schemes.

      (2) Regarding the behaviour and activity encoding on a trial-by-trial basis, did the behavioural change occur first, or did the encoding switch occur first, or did they happen within the same trial? This analysis will potentially determine whether the encoding is causal for the behaviour, or the other way around.

      This is a good question but our experimental design lacks sufficient statistical power to address the timing of mode switches within a trial. This is because mode switching is relatively infrequent (so the n for switching is low) and only a subset of trials are uncued (making the relevant n even lower), while at a trial level the behavioural outcome is variable (increasing the required n for adequate power).

      (3) The author determined that the grid cell coding schemes were limited to distance encoding and position encoding. However, there could be other schemes, such as switching between different position encodings (with clear spatial fields but at different locations), as indicated by Low et. al., 2021, and switching between different distant encodings (with different distance periods). If these other schemes indeed existed in the data, they might contribute to the variation of the behaviours.

      Switching between position encoding schemes appears to be rare within our dataset and unlikely to contribute to variation in behaviour. In most sessions we did not observe switching between grid phases / position encodings (e.g. Figures 2A-B, 3B-E, 4A, 5C-D, F). In one session we found switching between different phases when grid cells were taskanchored. Because the grid period was unchanged, the spatial periodograms remained similar. We report this example in the revised manuscript (Figure 5E).

      (4) The percentage of neurons categorised in each coding scheme was similar between nongrid and grid cells. This implies that non-grid cells might switch coding schemes in sync with grid cells, which would mean the whole MEC network was switching between distance and position coding. This raises the question of whether the grid cell coding scheme was important per se, or just the MEC network coding scheme.

      We very much appreciate this suggestion. We note first that while the proportion of taskanchored grid and non-grid cells is similar, task-independent periodic firing of non-grid cells is much rarer than for grid cells (Figure 2E), suggesting a dissociation between the populations. To further address the question we have included additional analyses of nongrid cells (Figure 3, Figure Supplement 5). This shows that while some non-grid cells have anchoring that switches coherently with simultaneously recorded grid cells, others do not. Figures 4 and 5 now show examples of non-grid cell activity recorded simultaneously with grid cells.

      Together, our data suggest that the MEC implements multiple coding schemes: one that is associated with the grid network and includes some non-grid cells; and one (or more) that can be independent from the grid network. This dissociation adds to the insights into MEC function that are provided by our study and is now highlighted in the abstract and discussion.

      (5) In Figure 2 there are several cell examples that are categorised as distance or position coding but have a high fraction of the other coding scheme on a per-trial basis. Given this variation, the full session data in F should be interpreted carefully, since this included all cells and not just "stable" coding cells. It will be cleaner to show the activity comparison only between the stable cells.

      We have now included examples in Figure 2A-C where the grid mode is stable throughout a session. As the view of activity at a session level is important, we have not updated Figure 2F, but have clarified the terminology to now clearly refer to classification at either season or trial levels. In addition, we have repeated the analyses shown in Figure 2F but after grouping cells according to whether their firing has a single mode on >85% of the trials (Figure 3 Figure Supplement 4). This analysis supports similar conclusions to those of Figure 2F.

      (6) The manuscript is not well written. Throughout the manuscript, there are many unexplained concepts (especially in the introduction) and methods, mis-referenced figures, and unclear labels.

      We very much appreciate the feedback and have substantially rewritten the manuscript. We have paid particular attention to explaining key concepts in the introduction and have carefully checked the figures. We welcome further feedback on whether this is now clearer.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Clark and Nolan's study aims to test whether the stability of grid cell firing fields is associated with better spatial behaviour performance on a virtual task… This study is very timely as there is a pressing need to identify/delimitate the contribution of grid cells to spatial behaviours. More studies in which grid cell activity can be associated with navigational abilities are needed.

      Thank you for the supportive comments and highlighting the importance of the question.

      The link proposed by Clark and Nolan between "virtual position" coding by grid cells and navigational performance is a significant step toward better understanding how grid cell activity might support behaviour. It should be noted that the study by Clark and Nolan is correlative. Therefore, the effect of selective manipulations of grid cell activity on the virtual task will be needed to evaluate whether the activity of grid cells is causally linked to the behavioural performance on this task. In a previous study by the same research group, it was shown that inactivating the synaptic output of stellate cells of the medial entorhinal cortex affected mice's performance of the same virtual task (Tennant et al., 2018). Although this manipulation likely affects non-grid cells, it is still one of the most selective manipulations of grid cells that are currently available.

      Again, thank you for the supportive comments. We recognise the previous version of the manuscript did not sufficiently clarify the motivation for our approach, or the benefits of capitalising on behavioural variable variability as a complementary strategy to perturbation approaches. We now make this clearer in the revised introduction (p 2, paragraphs 2 and 3).

      When interpreting the "position" and "distance" firing mode of grid cells, it is important to appreciate that the "position" code likely involves estimating distance. The visual cues on the virtual track appear to provide mainly optic flow to the animal. Thus, the animal has to estimate its position on the virtual track by estimating the distance run from the beginning of the track (or any other point in the virtual world).

      We appreciate the ambiguity here was confusing. We have re-named the groups to ‘taskanchored’, corresponding to when grid cells encode position on the track (as well as distance as the reviewer correctly points out), and ‘task-independent’, corresponding to the group we previously referred to as distance encoding.

      It is also interesting to consider how grid cells could remain anchored to virtual cues. Recent work shows that grid cell activity spans the surface of a torus (Gardner et al., 2022). A run on the track can be mapped to a trajectory on the torus. Assuming that grid cell activity is updated primarily from self-motion cues on the track and that the grid cell period is unlikely to be an integer of the virtual track length, having stable firing fields on the virtual track likely requires a resetting mechanism taking place on each trial. The resetting means that a specific virtual track position is mapped to a constant position on the torus. Thus, the "virtual position" mode of grid cells may involve 1) a trial-by-trial resetting process anchoring the grid pattern to the virtual cues and 2) a path integration mechanism. Just like the "virtual position" mode of grid cell activity, successful behavioural performance on non-beaconed trials requires the animal to anchor its spatial behaviour to VR cues.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      This study addresses the major question of 'whether and when grid cells contribute to behaviour'. There is no doubt that this is a very important question. My major concern is that I'm not convinced that this study gives a significant contribution to this question, although this study is well-performed and potentially interesting. This is mainly due to the fact that the relation between grid cell properties and behaviour is exclusively correlative and entirely based on single cell activity, although the introduction mentions quite often the grid cell network properties and dynamics. In general, this study gives the impression that grid cells exclusively support the cognitive processes involved in this task. This problem is in part related to the text.

      Thank you for the comments. We recognise now that the previous text was insufficiently clear. We have modified the introduction to clarify the value of an approach that takes advantage of behavioural variability. Importantly, this approach is complementary to perturbation strategies we and others have used previously. In particular it addresses critical limitations of perturbation strategies which can be confounded by off-target effects and possible adaptation, both of which are extremely difficult to fully rule out. We hope that with this additional clarification it is now clear that as for any important question multiple and complementary testing strategies are required to make progres, and second, that our study makes a new and important contribution by introducing a novel experimental approach and by following this up with careful analyses that clearly distinguish competing hypotheses.

      However, it would be interesting to look at the population level (even beyond grid cells) to test whether at the network level, the link between behavioural performance and neural activity is more straightforward compared to the single-cell level. This approach could reconcile the present results with those obtained in their previous study following MEC inactivation.

      We’re unclear here about what the reviewer means by ‘more straightforward’ as clear relationships between activity of single grid cells and populations of grid cells are well established (Gardner et al., 2021; Waaga et al., 2021; Yoon et al., 2013).

      To give a clearer indication of the corresponding population level representations, as mentioned in response to Reviewer #1, we now include additional data showing many simultaneously recorded neurons, and analyses of non-grid as well as grid cells (Figures 4, 5, Figure 5 Figure Supplement 2).

      To reconcile results with our previous study of MEC inactivation we have paid additional attention to the roles of non-grid cells (following suggestions by Reviewer #1). We show that while some non-grid cells show transitions between task-anchored and task-independent firing that are coherent with the grid population, many others have more stable firing that is independent of grid representations. This is consistent with the idea that the MEC supports localised behaviour in the cued and uncued versions of the task (Tennant et al., 2018), and suggests that while grid cells preferentially contribute when cues are absent, non-grid cells could also support the cued version. We make this additional implication clear in the revised abstract and discussion.

      The authors used a statistical method based on the computation of the frequency spectrum of the spatial periodicity of the neural firing to classify grid cells as 'position-coding' (with fields anchored to the virtual track) and 'distance-coding' (with fields repeating at regular intervals across trials). This is an interesting approach that has nonetheless the default to be based exclusively on autocorrelograms. It would be interesting to compare with a different method based on the similarities between raw maps.

      While our main analyses use a periodogram-based method to identify when grid cells are / are not anchored to the task environment, we validate these analyses by examination of the rate maps in each condition (Figures 2-4). For example, when grid cells are task-anchored, according to the periodogram analysis, the rate maps clearly show spatially aligned peaks, whereas when grid cells are not anchored the peaks in their rate maps are not aligned (Figure 2A vs 2B; Figure 3B-E; Figure 4C). We provide further validation by showing that spatial information (in the track reference frame) is substantially higher when grid cell activity is task-anchored vs task-independent (Figures 2F, 3G, 4F and Figure 3 Figure Supplement 4).

      To further address this point we have carried out additional complementary analyses in which we identify task anchored vs task independent modes using a template matching method applied to the raw rate maps (Figure 6, Figure Supplement 2). These analyses support similar conclusions to our periodogram-based analyses.

      Beyond this minor point, cell categorization is performed using all trial types.

      Each trial type (i.e. beacon or non-beacon) is supposed to force mice to use different strategies and should induce different spatial representations within the entorhinal-hippocampal circuit (and not only in the grid cell system). In that context, since all trials are mixed, it is difficult to extrapolate general information.

      We recognise that the description of the task design was insufficiently clear but are unsure why ‘it is difficult to extrapolate general information’. Before addressing this point, we should first be clear that mice are not ‘forced’ to adopt any particular strategy. Rather, on uncued trials a path integration strategy is the most efficient way to solve the task. However, mice could instead use a less efficient strategy, for example by stopping at short intervals they still obtain rewards. Detailed behavioural analyses indicate that such random stopping strategies are used by naive mice, while with training mice learn to use spatial stopping strategies (Tennant et al. 2018).

      In terms of ‘extracting general information’ from the task, the following findings lead to general predictions: 1) Grid cells can exist in either task-anchored or task-independent periodic firing modes; 2) These modes can be stable across a session, but often modeswitching occurs within a session; 3) While some non-grid cells show task-independent periodic firing, this is much less common than for grid cells, which suggests a model in which many non-grid MEC neurons operate independently from the grid network; 4) When a marker cue is available mice locate a reward equally well when grid cells are in taskanchored versus task-independent modes, which argues against theories in which grid cells are a key part of a general system for localisation; 5) When markers cues are absent taskanchored grid firing is associated with successful reward localisation, which corroborates a key prediction of theories in which grid cells contribute to path integration.

      In revising the manuscript we have attempted to improve the writing to make these advances clearer, and have clarified methodological details that made interpretation more challenging than it should have been. For example, as noted in our response to Reviewer #1, we have included additional details to clarify the organisation of trials and relationships between trials, behavioural outcomes and neural codes observed.

      On page 5 the authors state that 'Since only position representations should reliably predict the reward location, ..., we reasoned that the presence of positional coding could be used to assess whether grid firing contributes to the ongoing behaviour'. I do not agree with this statement. First of all, position coding should be more informative only in a cue-guided trial. Second, distance coding could be as informative as position coding since at the network level may provide information relevant to the task (such as distance from the reward).

      Again, this point perhaps reflects a lack of clarity on our part in writing the manuscript. When grid cells are anchored to the track reference frame (now called ‘tasked anchored’, previously ‘position encoding’), then the location of the rate peaks in grid firing is reliable from trial to trial. This is the case whether or not the trial is cued. When grid cells are independent of the track reference frame (now called ‘task independent’, previously ‘distance encoding’), then the location of the firing rate peaks vary from trial to trial. In the latter case, position can not be read out directly from trial to trial.

      In principle, in the task-independent mode track position could be calculated by storing the grid network configuration at the start of the track, which would differ on each trial, and then implementing a mechanism to readout relative distance as mice move along the track. However, if mice do use this computation we would expect them to do so equally well on cued and uncued trials. By contrast, our results clearly show a dissociation between trial types in the relationship between grid firing and behavioural outcome. We highlight and discuss this possibility in the revised manuscript (p 10, ‘Alternatively, mice could in principle estimate track location with a system that utilises information about distance travelled obtained from task-independent grid representations’).

      Third, position-coding is interpreted as more relevant because it predominates in correct trials. However, this does not imply that this coding scheme is indeed used to perform correct trials.

      We have revised the manuscript to clarify our goal of distinguishing major hypotheses for the roles of grid cells in behaviour (Introduction, ‘On the one hand, theoretical arguments that grid cell populations can generate high capacity codes imply that they could in principle contribute to all spatial behaviours (Fiete et al., 2008; Mathis et al., 2012; Sreenivasan and Fiete, 2011). On the other hand, if the behavioural importance of grid cells follows from their hypothesised ability to generate position representations by integrating self-motion signals (McNaughton et al., 2006), then their behavioural roles may be restricted to tasks that involve path integration strategies.’

      By showing that performance on cued trials is similar regardless of whether grid cells are task-anchored or not, we provide strong evidence against the idea that grid firing is in general necessary for location-based behaviours. By showing that task anchoring is associated with successful localisation when cues are absent we corroborate a key prediction of hypothesised roles for grid cells in path integration-dependent behaviour. Therefore, we substantially reduce the space of behaviours to which grid cells might contribute. Importantly, this space is much larger for the MEC, which is required for cued and uncued versions of the task. We have revised the introduction and discussion to make these points clearer.

      While we believe our results add a key piece of evidence to the puzzle of when and where grid cells contribute to behaviour, we agree that further work will be required to develop and test more refined hypotheses. Alternative models also remain plausible, for example perhaps the behaviourally relevant computations are implemented elsewhere in the brain with grid anchoring to the track as an indirect consequence. Nevertheless, explanations of this kind are more difficult to reconcile with evidence that inactivation of stellate cells in the MEC impairs learning of the task, and other manipulations that modify grid firing impair performance on similar tasks. We now discuss these possibilities (discussion p 10, ‘mice could in principle estimate track location with a system that utilises information about distance travelled obtained from task-independent grid representations’).

      It could be more informative to push forward the correlative analysis by looking at whether behavioural performance can be predicted by the coding scheme on a trial-by-trial basis.

      The previous version of the manuscript showed these analyses (now in Figure 6). Thus, task anchored grid firing predicts more successful performance on uncued trials at the session level (Figure 6A-B) and at the trial level (Figure 6C-D).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The author particularly mentioned that the 1D tracks are different from the "cue-rich environments that are typically used to study grid cells". It is not clear what conclusions would hold for a cue-rich environment or a track, which may require relatively less path integration compared to the cue-sparse environment. This point should be discussed.

      This is an important point that we did not pay sufficient attention to in the previous version of the manuscript. Our finding of successful localisation in the cued environment when grid cells are not task anchored implies that grid anchoring is not required to solve cued tasks. The implication here is that cue rich environments may then not be the most suitable for investigation of grid roles in behaviour as non-grid mechanisms may suffice, although this does not rule out the possibility that anchored grid codes may play important roles in learning about cue rich environments. We now address this point in the discussion (p 10, ‘An implication of this result is that cue rich tracks often used to investigate grid activity patterns may not engage behaviours that require anchored grid firing.’).

      (2) It would be good to see the statistics for the number of different cells (stable position or distance encoding, and unstable cells) identified per mouse/session and the number of grid cells per session.

      These are now added to Supplemental Data 2 and will also be accessible through code and datasets that we will make available alongside the version of record.

      (3) Figure 2F: any explanation about why AG cells had high spatial information?

      Previously the calculation used bits per spike and as aperiodic cells have low firing rates the spatial information was high. We have replaced this with bits per second, which provides a more intuitive measure and no longer implies high spatial information. We have amended this in the methods (p 15, ‘Spatial information was calculated in bits per second…’).

      (4) The following methods sections should provide additional details:

      (4.1) Details of the training protocol are largely left to reference papers. The reference papers give a general outline of the training protocol, but the details are not completely comparable given the single experiment performed on these mice. More details should be given on training stages and experience at the time of the experiment.

      The task is more clearly described in the introduction (p 3), and additional details of the training protocol are now provided in the methods (p 12-13).

      (4.2) The methods reference mean speed across sessions, but it is not clear where this was used.

      This was very poor wording. We have now changed this to ‘For each session the mean speed was calculated for each trial outcome’.

      (4.3) The calculation of the spatial autocorrelogram on a per-trial basis should be more explicitly stated. Is it the average of each 10 cm increment with the centre trial?

      We have added additional information to the methods (p 16-18).

      (4.4) 1D field detection is not sufficiently explained in Figure 1/S2. This information should also appear in the methods section.

      This is now clarified on page 16 in section ‘Analysis of neural activity and behaviour during the location memory task’.

      (5) The data in Figure 4A and B only shows speed vs. location for one example mouse. The combined per mouse or per session data should also be shown.

      This is now shown in Figure 5A and Figure 5, Figure Supplemental 2

      (6) Figure 5 is somewhat confusing. Why are A/B by session and C/D by trial? The methods imply that A/B are originally averaged by cell, but that duplicate cells in the same session are excluded because behaviour versus session type is identical. This method should be valid if all grid cells within a session are all "stable". This is likely given the synchrony of code-switching between grid cells, but not all co-active grid cells behaved identically.

      It is understandable that C/D are performed by trial, but it should be made clear that it is not a comparable analysis to A/B. It is unclear what N refers to in C. The figure says by trial, but the legend says the error bar is by cell. If data is calculated by trial and then averaged by cell, this should be more clearly stated.

      In Figure 6A/B (previously Figure 5A/B) we focus our analysis on sessions in which the mode of grid firing, either task-anchored or task-independent, was relatively stable on a trialto-trial basis (see Figure 3F for definitions). This enables us to then compare behaviour averaged across each session, with sessions categorised as task-anchored and task independent. This analysis has the advantage that it focuses on large blocks of time (whole sessions) in which the mode of grid firing is unambiguous, but the disadvantage is that it excludes many sessions in which grid firing switches between task-anchored and taskindependent modes.

      Figure 6C/D (previously Figure 5C/D) addresses this limitation by carrying out similar analyses with behaviour sorted into task-anchored versus task-independent groups at the level of trials. A potential limitation for this analysis is that grid firing is somewhat variable on a trial-by-trial basis and so some trials may be mis-classified. We don’t expect this to lead to systematic bias, but it may make the data more noisy. Nevertheless, these analyses are important to include as they allow assessment of whether conclusions from 6A/B hold when all sessions are considered.

      We have added additional clarification of the rationale for these analyses to the main text (p7-8, ‘’We addressed this by using additional trial-level comparisons’). We have also added clarification in the methods section for categorisation of task-anchored versus taskindependent trials when multiple grid cells were recorded simultaneously (p 17, ‘When assigning a common classification across a group of cells recorded simultaneously...’) and an explanation for the N in the figure legend. We also clarify that the analyses use a nested random effects design to account for dependencies at the levels of sessions and mice (methods, p 20, ‘Random effects had a nested structure to account for animals and sessions…’) .

      (7) Panels E and F of Figure 5 are not explained in the main text.

      This is now corrected (see p8, ‘Additional analyses…’).

      (8) Figure 5: Since stable grid cells and all grid cells are shown, it will be better to show unstable cells, which can be compared with grid cells.

      Given that the rationale for differences between Figure 6A/B and C/D (previously Figure 5AD) were not previously clear, the reason for focussing on stable grid cells here was likely also not clear (see point 6 above). We don’t show unstable grid cells in Figure 6A-B as the behaviour averaged at the level of a session would be a mix of trials when they are taskanchored and when they are task-independent. Therefore, the analysis would not test predictions about the relationship between task-anchored vs task-independent modes and behaviour. We hope this is now clear in the manuscript given the revisions introduced to address point 6 above.

      (9) The methods describing the statistics for these experiments are also confusing. The methods section should be written more clearly, and it should be made clear in the text or figure legend whether this data is the "original" data or is processed in relation to the model, such as excluding duplicate grid cells within a session. The figure legend should also state that a GLMM was used to calculate the statistics.

      We have revised the methods section with the goal of improving clarity, adding detail and removing ambiguity. This includes updates of the methods for the GLMM analysis, which are referred to within the Figure 6 legend. A clear definition of a stable session is now also added to the Figure 6 legend.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      When grid fields are anchored to the virtual world (position mode), there is probably small trialto-trial variability in the firing location of the firing fields. Is this trial-to-trial variability related to the variability in the stop location? This would provide a more direct link between path integration in grid cell networks and behaviour that depends on path integration.

      When attempting to address this we find that the firing of individual grid cells is too variable to allow sufficiently precise decoding of their fields at a single trial level. This is expected given the Poisson statistics of spike generation and previous evaluations of grid coding (e.g. (Stemmler et al., 2015)).

      The conclusion of the abstract is: "Our results suggest that positional anchoring of grid firing enhances the performance of tasks that require path integration." This statement is slightly confusing. The task requires 1) anchoring the behaviour to the visual cues presented at the start of the trial and 2) path integration from thereon to identify the rewarded location. The performance is higher when grid cells anchor to the visual cues presented at the start of the trial. What the results show is that the anchoring of grid firing fields to visual landmarks enhances the performance of tasks that require path integration from visual landmarks (i.e. grid cells being anchored to the reference frame that is behaviorally relevant).

      To try to more clearly explain the logic and conclusion we have rewritten the abstract, including the final sentence.

      Similar comment for the title of Figure 5: "Positional grid coding is not required for cued spatial localisation but promotes path integration-dependent localisation." Positional coding means that grid cells are anchored to the behaviorally relevant reference frame.

      To address the lack of clarity we have modified the little of Figure 6 (previously Figure 5) to read ‘Anchoring of grid firing to the task reference frame promotes localisation by path integration but is not required for cued localisation’.

      In Figure 1, there is a wide range of beaconed (40-80%) and non-beaconed (10-60%) trials given. It is not 100% clear whether these refer to the percentage of trials of a given type within the recording sessions. Was the proportion of non-beaconed trials manipulated? If so, was the likelihood of position and distance coding changing according to the percentage of nonbeaconed trials?

      The ranges given refer to proportions across different behavioural sessions. Within any given behavioural session the proportion was constant. We now make this clear in the figure legend and in the results and methods sections.

      We did not manipulate proportions of trial types during a session. Manipulations betweens sessions were carried out with the goal of maximising the numbers of uncued trials that the mice would carry out (see response to public comments above). While the effect of trial-type at the session level is not relevant to the hypotheses we aim to test here, we have included an additional analysis of the relationship between task anchoring and the proportions of trial types in a session (Figure 3, Figure Supplement 7)(also discussed above). As disentangling the effects of learning and motivation will be complex and likely require new experimental designs we have not drawn strong conclusions or pursued the analysis further..

      I was not convinced that the labels "position" and "distance" were appropriate for the two grid cell firing modes. My understanding is that the "position" code also requires the grid cell network to estimate distance. It seems that the main difference between the "position" and "distance" modes is that when in the "position" mode, the activity on the torus is reset to a constant toroidal location when the animal reaches a clearly identifiable location on the virtual track. In the "distance" mode, this resetting does not take place.

      As previously mentioned, we agree these terms weren’t the best and have since relabelled these as “task-anchored” and “task-independent”.

      There are a few sections in the manuscript that implicitly suggest that a causal link between grid cell activity and behaviour was demonstrated. For instance: "It has been challenging to directly test whether and when grid cells contribute to behaviour.": The assumption here is that the manuscript overcomes this challenge, but the study is correlative.

      We have modified the wording to be clear that we are introducing new tests of predictions made by hypotheses about causal relationships between grid coding and behaviour (introduction, p 1-2). We also clarify that our results argue against the hypothesis that grid cells provide a general coded for behaviour, but corroborate predictions of hypotheses in which they are specifically important for path integration (discussion, p 10).

      We have modified the title abstract and main text to try to treat claims about causality with care. We now more thoroughly introduce and contrast the approach we report here with previous experiments that use perturbations (introduction, p2). While it is tempting to make stronger claims for causality with these approaches, there are also logical limitations with perturbation-based approaches, for example the challenges of fully excluding off target effects and adaptation. We now explain how these strategies are complementary. Our view is that both strategies will be required to develop strong arguments for whether and when grid cells contribute to behaviour. From this perspective, it is encouraging that our conclusions are in agreement with what are probably the most specific perturbations of grid cells reported to date (Gil et al. 2017), while perturbations that more generally affect MEC function appear to impair cued and path integration-dependent behaviours (Tennant et al. 2018). We now discuss these points more clearly (introduction, p 2).

      I am slightly confused by the references to the panels in Figure 4.

      "In some sessions, localization of the reward occurred almost exclusively when grid cells were anchored to position and not when they encoded distance (Figure 4C). Figure 4C only shows position coding.

      "In other sessions, animals localised the reward when grid firing was anchored to position or distance, but overall performance was improved on positional trials (Figure 4D-E)." The reference should probably point to Figure 4E-F or just to 4E.

      "In a few sessions, we observed spatial stopping behaviour comparable to cued trials, even when grid firing almost exclusively encoded distance rather than position (Figure 4F)." From Figure 4F, it seems that the performance on non-beaconed trials is better during "position" coding.

      We have now updated Figure 5 (Figure 4 in the original manuscript) and references to the Figure in the text. Now Figure 5 shows the activity of cells recorded in stable and unstable task-anchored and task-independent sessions (see Figure 5C-F).

      Minor issues:

      Is this correct: (Figure 4A and Figure 4, Figure Supplement 1).

      This has been corrected.

      Figure 4B: There could be an additional label for position and distance.

      Figure 4B from the original manuscript has now been removed.

      Figure 4C-F. The panels on the right side should be explained in the Figure Legend.

      Legends for Figure 5C-F (previously Figure 4C-F) have now been updated.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Specific questions :

      (1) Position coding reflects a coding scheme in which fields are spaced by a fixed distance; previous studies have shown that a virtual track grid map is a slice of the 2D classic grid. In that case, the fields are still anchored to the track but would produce a completely different map. Did the authors check whether it is the case at least for some cells? If not, what could explain such a major difference?

      Το avoid confusion we now use the term ‘task-anchored’ rather than ‘position coding’ (see comments above). We should further clarify that our conclusions rest on whether or not the grid fields are anchored to the track. Task anchored firing does not require that grid fields maintain their spacing from 2D environments, only that fields are at the same track position on each trial. Thus, whether the spacing of the fields corresponds to a slice through a 2D grid makes no difference to the hypotheses we test here.

      We agree that the relationship between 1D and 2D field organisation could be an interesting future direction, for example anchoring could involve resetting the grid phase while maintaining a stable period, or it could be achieved through local distortions in the grid period. However, since these outcomes would not help distinguish the hypotheses we test here we have not included analyses to address them.

      (2) Previous studies have highlighted the role of grid cells in goal coding. Here there is an explicit reward in a particular area. Are there any grid modifications around this area? This question is not addressed in this study.

      Again, we note that the hypotheses we test here relate to the firing mode of grid cells - taskanchored or task-independent - and interpretation of our results is independent from the specific pattern of grid fields on the track. This question nevertheless leads to an interesting prediction that if grid fields cluster in the goal area then this clustering should be apparent in the task-anchored but not the task-independent firing mode.

      We test this by considering the average distribution of firing fields across all grid cells in each firing mode (Reviewer Figure 1). We find that when grid firing is task-anchored there is a clear peak around the reward zone, which is consistent with previous work by Butler et al. and Boccara et al. Consistent with our other prediction, this peak is reduced when grid cells are in the task-independent mode.

      Author response image 1.

      Plot shows the grid field distribution during stable grid cell session (> 85 % task-anchored or task-independent) (A) or during task-anchored and task-independent trials (B). Shaded regions in A and B represent standard error of the mean measured across sessions and epochs respectively.

      (3) The behavioural procedure during recording is not fully explained. Do trial types alternate within the same session by blocks? How many trials are within a block? Is there any relation between trial alternation and the switch in the coding scheme observed in a large subset of the grid cells?

      We agree this wasn’t sufficiently clear in the previous version of the manuscript. Trial types were interleaved in a fixed order within each session. We have updated the results and methods sections to provide details (see responses above).

      (4) From the examples in Figure 2 it seems that firing fields tend to shift toward the start position. Is it the case in all cells? Could this reflect some reorganisation at the network level with cells signalling the starting as time progresses?

      This is inconsistent between cells. To make this variability clear we have included additional examples of spiking profiles from different grid cells (Figure 2 - 5). Because quantification of the phenomena would not, so far as we can tell, help distinguish our core hypotheses we have not included further analyses here.

      (5) Are grid cells with different coding properties recorded in different parts of the MEC? Are there any differences between these cell categories in the 2D map?

      The recordings we made are from the dorsal region of the MEC (stated at the start of the results section). We don’t have data to speak to other parts of the MEC.

      Minor:

      There are very few grid cell examples that repeat in the different figures. I would suggest showing more examples both in the main text and supplementary material.

      We have now provided multiple additional examples in Figures 2, 4 and 5. Grid cell examples repeat in the main figures twice, in both cases only when showing additional examples are shown from the same recording session (Figure 2A example #1 with Figure 5C, Figure 3E with Figure 4A). Further similar repeats are found in the supplemental figures (Figure 3D with Figure 5, Figure Supplement 2A, Figure 3C with Figure 5, Figure Supplement 2F).

      Fig1 A-B shows the predictions in a 1D track based on distance or position coding. The A inset represents the modification of field distribution from a 2D arena to a 1D track, as performed in this study. The inset B is misleading since it represents the modifications expected from a circular track to a 1D track as in Jacob et al 2019, that is not what the authors studied. It would be better to present either the predictions based on the present study or the prediction based on previous studies. In that case, they should mention the possibility that the 1D map is a slice of the 2D map.

      The goal of Figure 1A-B is to illustrate predictions (right) based on conclusions from previous studies (left). Figure 1A shows predicted 1D track firing given anchoring to the environment typically observed in grid cell studies in 2D arenas. Figure 1B shows predicted 1D track firing given the firing shifting firing patterns observed by Jacob et al. in a circular 2D track. To improve clarity, we have modified the legend to make clear that the schematics to the right are predictions given the previous evidence summarised to the left. As we outline above, the critical prediction relates to whether the representations anchor to the track. Whether the 1D representation is a perfect slice isn’t relevant to the hypotheses tested and so isn’t included in the schematic (see comments above).

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This study is valuable as it sheds light on the pivotal role played by alterations in glycan metabolism within chondrocytes in the onset of cartilage degeneration and early onset of osteoarthritis (OA) through the process of hypertrophic differentiation of chondrocytes, giving insights into the identification of nascent markers for early-stage OA. Although the methods, data, and analyses broadly support the claims, the data shown by the authors are incomplete because the mechanism by which cartilage degeneration induced by changes in glycometabolism occurs has not been fully elucidated. The authors' deductions stand to gain further credence through undertaking additional experiments aimed at analyzing the mechanisms underlying the changes in glycometabolism in cartilage, such as the meticulous identification of the target glycan molecules bearing core fucose and analysis of endochondral ossification in cartilage-specific Fut8 KO mice.

      We wish to express our strong appreciation to the Reviewer for his or her insightful comments on our paper. We feel the comments have helped us significantly improve the paper. In particular, we wish to acknowledge the Reviewer’s highly valuable comments on the effect of Fut8 on endochondral ossification.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): :<br /> Summary:

      This study is valuable in that it may lead to the discovery of future OA markers, etc., in that changes in glycan metabolism in chondrocytes are involved in the initiation of cartilage degeneration and early OA via hypertrophic differentiation of chondrocytes. However, more robust results would be obtained by analyzing the mechanisms and pathways by which changes in glycosylation lead to cartilage degeneration.

      Strengths:

      This study is important because it indicates that glycan metabolism may be associated with pre-OA and may lead to the elucidation of the cause and diagnosis of pre-OA.

      We thank reviewer #1 for their interest in our work and their overall positive report.

      Weaknesses:

      More robust results would be obtained by analyzing the mechanism by which cartilage degeneration induced by changes in glycometabolism occurs.

      To understand the mechanisms of cartilage degeneration induced by changes in glycometabolism, we attempted additional experiments using rescue experiments with external administration of TGF-β. We had shown that the addition of mannosidase to an organ culture system of normal wild-type mouse cartilage increased TGF-β gene expression from 6 hours (Fig. 3E) and that TGF-β expression was even suppressed in chondrocytes from Fut8 cKO mice (Fig. 4D). In addition to these results, an early OA model in which mannosidase is added to the cartilage was used to test the effect of exogenous TGF-β. As a result, under TGF-β treated conditions, no degenerative changes occurred when high-mannose type N-glycans were trimmed, and proteoglycan leakage during the recovery period was significantly reduced. This was considered to be a very useful finding and it was decided to include the experimental results in Figure 4F, rather than making them supplement data.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This paper consists of mostly descriptive data, judged from alpha-mannosidase-treated samples, in which they found an increase in core fucose, a product of Fut 8.

      Strengths:

      This paper is interesting in the clinical field, but unfortunately, the data is mostly descriptive and does not have a significant impact on the scientific community in general.

      We thank reviewer #2 for their interest in our work and their overall positive report. In response to your comment about our attempts to show that glycan changes occur at the precursor stage of cartilage substrate degeneration and that this glycosylation is also what triggers substrate degeneration, we would like to add that reversing cartilage substrate degeneration is a very ambitious challenge. We are currently in the preparatory stages of characterizing the appropriate glycan-substrate relationships to 'rescue' cartilage tissue from degeneration, and we hope to use this approach to provide information on the pre-developmental stages of OA.

      Weaknesses:

      If core fucose is increased, at least the target glycan molecules of core fucose should be evaluated. They also found an increase in NO, suggesting that inflammatory processes also play an important role in OA in addition to glycan changes.

      As the increase in NO was observed in the organ culture system and cartilage is a tissue without vascular invasion, we thought that the involvement of immune cells could be excluded. On the other hand, our research group has reported that chondrocytes themselves have inflammatory circuits (Ota et al., Arthritis Rheum. 2019. DOI:10.1002/art.41182), but as we did not find increased expression of NF-κB, an indicator of inflammatory amplifier activation, we concluded that inflammation was not involved in this study.

      It has already been reported that core fucose is decreased by administration of alpha-mannosidase inhibitors. Therefore, it is expected that alpha-mannosidase administration increases core fucose.

      The report by Toegel et al. that the synthesis of complex-type N-glycans (Man2a1, Mgat2) is predicted in human OA chondrocytes along with the expression of Fut8 also led to the expectation that administration of α-mannosidase would increase core fucose. However, there was no conclusive evidence that administration of α-mannosidase increased core fucose; in 1987, Vignon et al performed an enzyme assay on experimental OA cartilage (rabbit ACLT model) and showed that mannosidase was very high in operated joints and that its activity increased and decreased with the severity of fibrosis in the cartilage. The results suggest that glycoprotein hexose degradation is an early transient event in the enzymatic process of cartilage destruction. These findings led to the conception of a novel 'pre-OA model' in which mannosidase is added to the joint. The present study is valuable in its demonstration that glycometabolism is a driver of degeneration.

      (see manuscript REF. 25, 9)

      Toegel et al., Arthritis Res. Ther. 2013. DOI:10.1186/ar4330

      Vignon et al., Clin Rheumatol. 1987. DOI:10.1007/BF02201026

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript "Articular cartilage corefucosylation regulates tissue resilience in osteoarthritis", the authors investigate the glycan structural changes in the context of pre-OA conditions. By mainly conducting animal experiments and glycomic analysis, this study clarified the molecular mechanism of N-glycan core fucosylation and Fut8 expression in the extracellular matrix resilience and unrecoverable cartilage degeneration. Lastly, a comprehensive glycan analysis of human OA cartilage verified the hypothesis.

      Strengths:

      Generally, this manuscript is well structured with rigorous logic and clear language. This study is valuable and important in the early diagnosis of OA patients in the clinic, which is a great challenge nowadays.

      We thank reviewer #3 for their interest in our work and their mainly positive report. This is precisely the purpose of our study, as we are primarily interested in the detection of conditions prior to the onset of OA.

      Weaknesses:

      I recommend minor revisions:

      (1) I would suggest the authors prepare an illustrative scheme for the whole study, to explain the complex mechanism and also to summarize the results.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for this comment and have created a new Figure 7 for the overall study scheme.

      We included the following statement in the opening discussion part:

      "The objective of this work was to provide novel and translational insights into pathogenesis of OA associated with changes in glycan structure. A graphical abstract summarizing our findings is shown in Fig. 7." (line199-201, p9)

      (2) Including but not limited to Figures 2A-C, Figures 3A and C, Figure 4B, and Figures 5A and D. The texts in the above images are too small to read, I would suggest the authors remake these images.

      The font size of the figures has been reviewed and revised throughout.

      (3) The paper is generally readable, but the language could be polished a bit. Several writing errors should be realized during the careful check.

      Thanks to your suggestion, I have noticed several writing errors. In addition, we have had the manuscript rewritten by an experienced scientific editor, who has improved the grammar and stylistic expression of the paper.

      (4) As several species and OA models were conducted in this study, it would be better if the authors could note the reason behind their choice for it.

      The authors agree with the reviewer's argument that since several species and OA models were performed in this study, it would be better to note the reason for their choice.

      We first attempted to inject mannosidase into rabbits, matching the animal species to a previous paper showing that N-glycans are altered prior to degeneration of the cartilage matrix. Next, we checked whether similar changes occur in mouse cartilage after mannosidase treatment, assuming that we would verify this in genetically engineered mice. We then used the integrated glycome in human cartilage to see if the corefucosylation phenomenon detected was conserved across species.

      For the modeling of OA in Fut8 cKO mice, the instability-induced OA model and the age-associated OA model were adapted. The former emphasizes mechanical stress factors in OA, the latter aging factors. OA is a multifactorial disease. Therefore, we thought it was appropriate to validate both aspects of OA.

      We included the following statements in each Methods part:

      "We injected mannosidase into rabbit knee joints in accordance with a previous paper showing that N-type glycans are altered prior to cartilage matrix degeneration." (line289-290, p12)

      "Organ culture experiments in mice were established to study the effects of mannosidase on articular cartilage without immunoreaction and in anticipation of later candidate gene research using transgenic mice." (line326-328, p14)

      "To determine whether the glycosylation detected is conserved across species, we analyzed the total glycome in human cartilage." (line407-408, p17)

      We included the following statements in the Discussion part:

      "For the modeling of OA in Fut8 cKO mice, the instability-induced OA model and the age-associated OA model were adapted. The former emphasizes mechanical stress factors in OA, the latter aging factors. OA is a multifactorial disease. Therefore, we thought it was appropriate to validate both aspects of OA." (line254-257, p11)

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The cited literature states that core fucosylation by FUT8 has a chondroprotective effect via the TGF-β pathway and that the loss of these chondroprotective effects in Fut8 led to cartilage degeneration, but these need to be proven by experiment.

      We agree that corefucosylation and the TGF-β signaling pathway are important lines of investigation. We have now acknowledged this and added in the revised manuscript that additional experiments have shown that TGF-β restores the protective effects of Fut8 cKO cartilage by external administration.

      We included the following statements in the Results part:

      "To evaluate whether TGF-β1 decreases cartilage degeneration after mannosidase stimulation, TGF-β1 was exogenously added to Col2-Fut8−/− cartilage in the presence of α-mannosidase stimulation for 24 h. The samples treated with TGF-β1 leaked significantly less PG following mannosidase stimulation compared to samples not treated with TGF-β1 (Fig. 4F)." (line143-147, p6-7)

      We included the following statements in the Discussion part:

      "Here, the exogenous addition of TGF-β1 rescued them from cartilage degeneration." (line274-275, p12)

      (2) There are skeletal differences in cartilage-specific Fut8 KO mice compared to WT, and the effect of Fut8 on endochondral ossification should also be analyzed.

      We agree that Fut8 is associated with various endochondral ossification processes (for example by the TGF-β signaling pathway). Moreover, we would like to thank the reviewer for the proposed experiment.

      The growth curve was normal at birth, with differences beginning around weaning (~3 w for mice). Therefore, we evaluated the epiphyseal line of 4-week-old mice stained with toluidine, type 10 collagen, and proliferating cell nuclear antigen. This is similar to the epiphyseal growth plate phenotype of Smad3ex8/ex8 mice by Yang et al. and is consistent with the finding that Smad3 deficiency does not affect chondrogenesis during developmental stages, but the hypertrophic zone is increased in 3-4 week-old Smad3 KO mice. Chondrocytes in Fut8 cKO mice were suppressed of Tgf-β expression (Fig. 4D), suggesting that inhibition of TGF-β signaling, which is suppressive for late hypertrophic chondrocyte differentiation, led to the increased height of the hypertrophic zone.

      The results suggested that the growth plate of Fut8 cKO mice had an enlarged hypertrophic layer and decreased primary trabecular bone. Because these results have important implications for the content of the paper, we have included the staining results in Figure 5 and added a graph quantitatively assessing the extent of the hypertrophic zone as supplementary Figure S6.

      We included the following statement in the Results part:

      "To assess the role of FUT8 in endochondral ossification, we performed an epiphyseal plate analysis of 4-week-old Col2-Fut8−/− mice. This uncovered a significant enlargement of the zone of hypertrophic chondrocytes in the growth plates of the long bones of Col2-Fut8−/− mice compared to controls (Fig. 5C, S6 Figure)." (line154-158, p7)

      We included the following statement in the Discussion part:

      "The high-mannose/corefucosylation relationship estimated function to maintain formed cartilage. In endochondral ossification, the Fut8 cKO growth plate had an enlarged hypertrophic zone and reduced primary spongiosa because it is involved in the next process of cartilage replacement into bone rather than the process of cartilage formation." (line214-217, p9)

      Literature mentioned above (not included in manuscript):

      Yang X, et al. TGF-beta/Smad3 signals repress chondrocyte hypertrophic differentiation and are required for maintaining articular cartilage. J Cell Biol. 2001;153(1):35–46.

      (3) The DMM model analysis is performed with n=5 for each group. Please consider if the sample size is sufficient.

      In the literature, the sample sizes for DMM models have varied in previous studies (Doyran et al., n=5; Liao et al., n=6-7; Ouhaddi et al., n=8). Therefore, we performed a preliminary test of the DMM in WT and Flox mice with n=3 each and a power analysis with the outcome set to the OARSI score at 8 weeks. This resulted in n=4. The sample size for this study was increased to n=5 to account for attrition. The summed OARSI score of the WT in this study was comparable to that of Ouhaddi et al. and the model was judged to be working accurately. The summed OARSI score of the WT in this study was comparable to that of Ouhaddi et al. and the model was judged to be working accurately. The summed OARSI score of the WT in this study was comparable to that of Ouhaddi et al. and the model was judged to be working accurately.

      Literature mentioned above (not included in manuscript):

      (1) Doyran B, Tong W, Li Q, Jia H, Zhang X, Chen C, et al. Nanoindentation modulus of murine cartilage: a sensitive indicator of the initiation and progression of post-traumatic osteoarthritis. Osteoarthr Cartil. 2017;25(1):108–17.

      (2) Liao L, Zhang S, Gu J, Takarada T, Yoneda Y, Huang J, et al. Deletion of Runx2 in Articular Chondrocytes Decelerates the Progression of DMM-Induced Osteoarthritis in Adult Mice. Sci Rep. 2017 24;7(1):2371.

      (3) Ouhaddi Y, Nebbaki SS, Habouri L, Afif H, Lussier B, Kapoor M, et al. Exacerbation of Aging-Associated and Instability-Induced Murine Osteoarthritis With Deletion of D Prostanoid Receptor 1, a Prostaglandin D2 Receptor. Arthritis Rheum. 2017;69(9):1784–95.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      This paper is suitable for publication in clinical Journals related to osteoarthritis and cartilage.

      Identification of core fucosylated glycans from chondrocytes is essential for this type of paper.

      We mentioned that we had identified similar corefucosylated glycans in isolated mouse chondrocytes from the cartilage (line117-118, p5), but we have now also added the following to the subtitle of the Results section to avoid any potential confusion: "Corefucosylated N-glycan was formed in resilient cartilage and its isolated chondrocyte" (line109, p5)

      Thank you again for your comments on our paper. We trust that the revised manuscript is suitable for publication.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This manuscript describes fundamental single-molecule correlative force and fluorescence microscopy experiments to visualize the 1D diffusion dynamics and long-range nucleosome sliding activity of the yeast chromatin remodelers, RSC and ISW2. Compelling evidence shows that both remodelers exhibit 1D diffusion on bare DNA but utilize different mechanisms, with RSC primarily hopping and ISW2 mainly sliding on DNA. These results will be of interest to researchers working on chromatin remodeling.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Single-molecule visualization of chromatin remodelers on long chromatin templates-a long sought-after goal-is still in its infancy. This work describes the behaviors of two remodelers RSC and ISW2, from SWI/SNF and ISWI families respectively, with well-conducted experiments and rigorous quantitative analysis, thus representing a significant advance in the field of chromatin biology and biophysics. Overall, the conclusions are supported by the data and the manuscript is clearly written. However, there are a few occasions where the strength of the conclusion suffers from low statistics. Some of the statements are too strong given the evidence presented.

      We thank the reviewer for the thorough and considerate review of our manuscript. We have increased the statistics when possible and have toned down the conclusions wherever further experimentation to improve statistics could not be done expeditiously.

      Specific Comments:

      (1) It is confusing what is the difference between the "non-diffusive" behavior of the remodeler upon nucleosome encounter and the nucleosome-translocating behavior in the presence of ATP. For example, in Figure 3F, readers can see a bit of nucleosome translocation in the first segment. Is the lower half-life of "non-diffusive" ISW2 with ATP on a nucleosome array because it is spending more time translocating nucleosomes? The solid and dashed green lines in Figure 3F and 3G are not explained. It is also not explained why Figure 3H and 3I are fit by double exponentials.

      We thank the reviewer for calling upon us to clarify these points. In both the case of translocation and stable non-translocating colocalization, the chromatin remodeler is marked as “non-diffusive” because the molecule is not moving quickly enough to be detected by our rolling-window (20 frames considered) diffusion coefficient analysis. We have updated the text to point out the translocation that is occurring in the panels indicated and noted that this type of motion is not detected by our automated analysis. Thus, translocation events were manually segmented for analysis from kymographs; a note of this was added to the results section (Results section # 1; Paragraph # 2).

      To address the question of whether the half-life of “non-diffusive” ISW2 with ATP on the nucleosome array is because of increased time spent in translocation, we have computed the percentage of “non-diffusive” time spent translocating in the presence of ATP for both remodelers; for ISW2, 14% of “non-diffusive” times are translocation whereas for RSC, 28% of “non-diffusive” times are translocation. Given that these percentages are not negligible, the reviewer helped identify an important parameter that better describes the effects of ATP hydrolysis on nucleosome binding for ISW2. In addition, we computed and compared the half-life of translocation times for both remodelers to the “non-diffusive” times and found that RSC translocates with a half-life of 20 s (similar to the half-life of “non-diffusion”) whereas ISW2 translocates with a half-life of 17 s (longer than the half-life of “non-diffusion”). We believe that this new information improves understanding of the role of ATP hydrolysis in turning over ISW2-nucleosome binding interactions, which result in the shorter “non-diffusive” lifetime as well as the shorter and more rarely observed ISW2 translocation events. We have updated the text to include these observations and our interpretation (Results section # 3; Paragraph # 3). As was already included in the text (Results section # 3; Final Paragraph), we speculate that this behavior may be due to a hydrolysis-dependent turnover of the ISW2-nucleosome bound state and refer the reader to Tim Richmond’s 2004 EMBO paper titled “Reaction cycle of the yeast Isw2 chromatin remodeling complex” in which bulk experiments show that ATP hydrolysis affects ISW2-nucleosome bound lifetimes.

      We thank the reviewer for also pointing out where details were missing from the figure legend and results section regarding Figure 3. We have added a description of the dashed and solid lines to the figure legend (Figure 3; Legend). We have also described why Figures 3H and I are fit to double exponentials to the results section (Results section # 3; Paragraph # 2).

      (2) What is the fraction of 1D vs. 3D nucleosome encountered by the remodelers? This is an important parameter to compare between RSC and ISW2.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We agree that this is an important parameter to compare between RSC and ISW2; knowledge of this parameter would enable quantitative predictions to be made from our data regarding target localization efficiency increases owed to 1D scanning for each remodeler. We regretfully could not quantify this due to technical limitations of our measurements. A note about this limitation along with an explanation for why we were unable to quantify this parameter have been added to the main text (Results section # 3; end of Paragraph # 1).

      (3) A major conclusion stated repeatedly in the manuscript is that nucleosome translocation by a remodeler is terminated by a downstream nucleosome. But this is based on a total of 4 events. The problem of dye photobleaching was mentioned, which is a bit surprising considering that the green excitation was already pulsed. The authors should try to get more events by lowering the laser power or toning down the conclusion that translocation termination is prominently due to blockage by a downstream nucleosome. Quantifying the translocation distances before termination, in addition to the durations (Figure 4G and 4H), would also be helpful.

      We thank the reviewer for these observations and feedback. We agree that only 4 observations of direct visualization of remodeler translocation termination by a downstream nucleosome is a small n-value, and have chosen to omit presentation of these rare events in the manuscript.

      (4) The claim on nucleosome translocation directionality is also based on a small number of events, particularly for RSC. 6/9 is hardly over 50% if one considers the Poisson counting error (RSC was also found to switch directions.) If the authors would like to make a firm statement to support the "push-pull" model, they should obtain more events.

      We thank the reviewer for this critique and agree with the reviewer’s concern. In addition to adding data from two additional experimental replicates of RSC nucleosome translocation (which had the smaller n-value), we have also re-evaluated all events containing translocation for additional evidence in support or against the “push-pull” model. Previously we were only considering events where 1D diffusion on DNA leads immediately to translocation. Now we add the following categories to the count: (1) events where translocation terminates with the remodeler dissociating from the nucleosome and performing a 1D diffusive search, (2) events where 1D diffusion on DNA leads to association with a nucleosome and after a paused colocalization we observe translocation, and (3) the inverse scenario of (2) (see schematics in Figure 5 – figure supplement 1). These new results, detailed below, are now included in place of the older results in (Results Section # 5; Paragraph # 2). Furthermore, we toned down our argument and clarified that a larger n-value would be needed to be definitive, especially since we observe RSC switching directions, as the reviewer points out.

      By aggregating in new RSC data and using only events where 1D diffusion leads immediately to translocation, we observe 10/12 events in support of the “push” model. If we include these other categories in addition to aggregating the previous data with the new data, a total of 20/25 events are in support of the “push” model. For RSC, the breakdown in the other categories was as follows: (1) 7/10 events, (2) 1/1 events with a paused time of 5 seconds, and (3) 2/2 events with a paused time of 36 and 50 seconds.

      For ISW2, we had previously reported 12/13 events where 1D search lead immediately to translocation. After combing through the data a second time, we decided to omit two events which were less clear; Now we report 10/11 events in support of the “pull” model from this initial category. If we include these other categories in addition to the original, a total of 19/21 events are in support of the “pull” model. For ISW2, the breakdown in the other categories was as follows: (1) 4/4 events, (2) 4/4 events with pause times of 44, 27, 29, and 8 seconds, (3) 1/2 events with paused times of 5 and 19 seconds.

      (5) At 5 pN of tether tension, the outer wrap of nucleosomes is destabilized, which could impact nucleosome translocation dynamics. Additionally, a low buffer flow was kept on during data acquisition, which could bias remodeler diffusion behavior. The authors should rule out or at a minimum discuss these possibilities.

      We thank the reviewer for raising the important point regarding outer wrap destabilization of the nucleosome occurring at 5pN of tension. We have added an additional section to the discussion that reviews the literature on tension effects on nucleosome stability as well as what is currently known of the effects of tension on remodeler translocation on DNA (Discussion Paragraph # 3). While we cannot exclude the possibility that the 5pN of tension used in this study is a causative factor of the observed fast speed or high processivity nucleosome translocation that we report, we believe that with the modifications made to the text to emphasize to the reader of these possibilities, the reader can draw informed conclusions on the significance of our findings. The topic of force effects on remodeling outcomes is an interesting subject for the future.

      We apologize that the experimental details on buffer flow used during imaging was unclear in our initial submission; we do not have buffer flowing during imaging, rather the buffer containing protein is flowed over the DNA at low pressure just prior to imaging. The flow is completely stopped before the DNA or nucleosome array is stretched to 5pN of tension for imaging (See Methods section: Single Molecule Tracking and Analysis).

      Reviewer 1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The figure panels could be better arranged to focus on the main messages of the paper.

      (i) Figure 3C-E should go to a supplemental figure.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. As recommended, we moved Figure 3C to the supplemental figure as this panel did not pertain to the main message of the paper.

      (ii) Figure 4 could be split into two figures, one characterizing processive nucleosome translocation (4C, D, G, H, I, J, K, and relevant panels in S4), and the other showing the differential directionality of each remodeler (4E, F, L, and relevant panels in S4).

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestions that help better organize our presentation of the data. As the reviewer suggests, we split figure 4 into two figures: figure 4 which now focuses on translocation characterization and figure 5 which now focuses on the differential directionality of each remodeler.

      (iii) The nucleotide condition should be clearly indicated in the figures or legends. For example, it is unclear if the data in Figure 2 were generated with or without ATP.

      We thank the reviewer for taking note of this. We have added clear indications of the nucleotide condition to figures where this is relevant, including in Figure 2 as indicated.

      (iv) There are many cartoon panels, and some are redundant (e.g., Figure 1A and 1B, Figure 3A and 3B).

      We thank the reviewer for bringing up this point. We agree that some cartoons are redundant. We have eliminated Figure panel 1B and Figure panel 3A of the original figures from the new figures.

      (2) The last paragraph of the Results section should be moved to Discussion. This paper did not directly address the effects of RSC/ISW2 on NDR length.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree and have moved the last paragraph of the Results section to the Discussion..

      (3) There are some typos in the text. For example, "Of the two main types of 1D diffusion, hopping and sliding" is not a complete sentence.

      We thank the reviewer for catching this typo and bringing our attention to others. Upon a more careful proofreading of the text and figures we have caught and amended this and other typos.

      (4) What are the green lines in Figure S1F?

      We thank the reviewer for asking this question. The green lines were meant emphasize how the percentage of traces in the majority high diffusion category increases for RSC but not for ISW2 in response to increases in the KCl concentration. Since this was confusing, we removed these green lines.

      Reviewer # 2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors use a dual optical trap instrument combined with 2-color fluorescence imaging to analyze the diffusion of RSC and ISW2 on DNA, both in the presence and absence of nucleosomes, as well as long-range nucleosome sliding by these remodelers. This allowed them to demonstrate that both enzymes can participate in 1D diffusion along DNA for rather long ranges, with ISW2 predominantly tracking the DNA strand, while RSC diffusion involves hopping. In an elegant two-color assay, the authors were able to analyze interactions of diffusing remodeler molecules, both of the same or different types, observing their collisions, co-diffusion, and bypassing. The authors demonstrate that nucleosomes act as barriers for remodeler diffusion, either repelling or sequestering them upon collision. In the presence of ATP, they observed surprisingly processive unidirectional nucleosome sliding with a strong bias in the direction opposite to where the remodeler approached the nucleosome from for ISW2. These results have fundamentally important implications for the mechanism of nucleosome positioning at promoters in vivo, will be of great interest to the scientific community, and will undoubtedly spark exciting future research.

      Strengths:

      The mechanism of target search for chromatin-interacting protein machines is a 'hot' topic, and this manuscript provides extremely important and timely new information about how RSC and ISW2 find the nucleosomes they slide. Intriguingly, although both remodelers analyzed in this study can diffuse along DNA, the diffusion mechanisms are substantially different, with extremely interesting mechanistic implications.

      The strong directional preference in nucleosome sliding by ISW2 dictated by the direction it approaches the nucleosomes from during 1D sliding on DNA is a very intriguing result with interesting implications for the regulation of nucleosome organization around promoters. It will be of great interest to the scientific community and will undoubtedly inspire future research.

      Relatively little is known about nucleosome sliding at longer ranges (>100bp), and this manuscript provides a unique view into such sliding and also establishes a versatile methodology for future studies.

      Weaknesses:

      All measurements were conducted at 5pN tension, which induces unwrapping of the outer DNA gyre from nucleosomes. This could potentially represent a limitation for experiments involving nucleosomes, since partial nucleosome unwrapping could affect the behavior of remodelers, especially their sliding of nucleosomes.

      We thank the reviewer for succinctly summarizing the strengths and weaknesses of our study. We have changed the Discussion to better review the literature on the effects of 5pN of tension on nucleosome wrapping and have more clearly presented the limitations of our studying owing to our conducting measurements at 5pN of tension. In doing so, we have tried to emphasize the strengths of our study identified by the reviewer and better inform the reader of the weaknesses.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Although not required, nucleosome sliding data under lower tensions (e.g., <=2pN) could be a valuable addition to the manuscript. Indeed, to my knowledge, there is no data on force-dependent rates of nucleosome sliding, so a conclusive demonstration of changes in remodeling rate with tension would be an exciting new result and might be discussed in the context of a potential tension in chromatin. If such experiments cannot readily be added, the authors could alternatively discuss this potential limitation in more detail.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that adding data at lower tensions (<= 2pN) would have been valuable. Due to time constraints, this will be the subject for the future. We agree that knowledge of the effects of tension would be especially interesting in light of the possibility that tension on chromatin in cells may be affecting remodeler function. We have added a discussion of this potential significance of future work to the discussion (Discussion Section; Paragraph # 3). We have also elaborated on the potential limitation of only conducting measurements at 5pN to the discussion (Discussion Section; Paragraph # 3), as the reviewer recommends.

      The quantitative implications of the proposed mechanism for targeting ISW2 and RSC towards +1 and -1 nucleosomes are highly interesting. To further strengthen the mechanistic implications, the authors could consider quantitatively analyzing how the observed 1D diffusion would affect the probabilities of binding to +1 and -1 versus to other nucleosomes.

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful suggestion. While we would have liked to present a final quantitative model that integrates the experimental parameters on 1D diffusion that we present in this study with the parameters extracted from live cell single particle tracking studies, there are key parameters for model building that are missing from our study, due to technical limitations. Namely, we were not able to quantify the fraction of 1D vs 3D nucleosome encounters by remodelers, because the majority of the protein that we image has been bound before the start of imaging; very few proteins bind the nucleosome arrays after the start of imaging as the protein concentration in the imaging chamber is very low. This makes observing binding directly to a nucleosome a very rare event, especially due to the sparse density of nucleosomes (~10) on the array (~50,000 kb).

      The low-diffusion state is intriguing - could the authors speculate about the nature of this state?

      We thank the reviewer for the question. We had added some speculation about the nature of the low-diffusion state to the results section (Results Section # 1; Paragraph 2). One thought that we have is that this may be due to more stable interactions made between remodelers and free DNA when they become trapped in a conformation state that binds more tightly to DNA. Conformational changes may result in different scanning speeds for chromatin remodelers; e.g. SWR1 was shown to scan DNA quicker when bound to ATP (Carcamo, C. et al. eLife 2022). Another possibility is that certain sequences due to their intrinsic curvature, for instance, or their AT-content may trap the remodeler which may make more contacts with the DNA at these sites.

      Minor points:

      Information on the labeling efficiencies for the remodelers would be helpful.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We assessed labeling saturation by running gels of remodeler labeling with increasing molar ratios of dye to protein and did not observe increased labeling efficiency above the molar ratio used for proteins imaged in our study (see added Figure 1 – figure supplement 1, panel A). From this, we assessed that we have high protein labeling efficiency. We could not assess the labeling efficiency using the standard absorbance method as the extinction coefficient for JFX650 was measured with 1% v/v TFA (PMCID: PMC8154212) which is not compatible for use in assessing our protein labeling efficiency in an aqueous buffer.

      How were the experimental conditions adjusted for two-color diffusion experiments in order to optimize the probability of observing two remodeler molecules with different labels at the same time.

      We thank the reviewer for this clarifying question. To image both remodelers on the same DNA, we combined the remodelers using the same concentrations that produced single molecule densities when the remodelers were imaged separately. We have clarified this point in the Methods section: “Bimolecular Remodeler-Remodeler Imaging and Interaction Analysis”.

      The authors should check the figures for consistency of labeling and provide definitions for abbreviations used in them (e.g. CDF and PDF).

      We thank the reviewer for catching inconsistencies in labeling in our figures. We have updated the figures such that there is consistent labeling throughout. We have also provided definitions for abbreviations such as Cumulative Distribution Function (CDF) and Probability Distribution Function (PDF) in the figure legends where applicable.

      In the section "Remodeler-remodeler collisions during 1D search" (4th line from the end) reference to Fig3D seems to be out of place.

      We thank the reviewer for catching this typo. We have reworded this section such that each figure panel can be discussed sequentially, eliminating this out of place reference to Fig 3D.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the reviewers for their thorough reading and helpful comments which has allowed us to further improve the manuscript. Following the suggestions of the reviewers we have run a number of new simulations including mutations of the PIP binding residues and with an elastic network allowing more mobility of the linker. Together these excellent ideas have allowed us to strengthen the conclusions of the study. Below, we provide point-by-point responses to their suggestions.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Here, the authors were attempting to use molecular simulation or probe the nature of how lipids, especially PIP lipids, bind to a medically-important ion channel. In particular, they look at how this binding impact the function of the channel.

      Strengths:

      The study is very well written and composed. The techniques are used appropriately, with plenty of sampling and analysis. The findings are compelling and provide clear insights into the biology of the system.

      Weaknesses:

      A few of the analyses are hard to understand/follow, and rely on "in house" scripts. This is particularly the case for the lipid binding events, which can be difficult to compute accurately. Additionally, a lack of experimental validation, or coupling to existing experimental data, limits the study.

      Our analysis scripts have now been made publicly accessible as a Jupyter notebook on Github https://github.com/etaoster/etaoster.github.io/tree/main/nav_pip_project

      It is my view that the authors have achieved their aims, and their findings are compelling and believable. Their findings should have impacts on how researchers understand the functioning of the Nav1.4 channel, as well as on the study of other ion channels and how they interact with membrane lipids.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Y., Tao E., et al. used multiscale MD simulations to show that PI(4,5)P2 binds stably to an inactivated state of Nav channels at a conserved site within the DIV S4-S5 linker, which couples the voltage sensing domain (VSD) to the pore. The authors hypothesized that PI(4,5)P2 prolongs inactivation by binding to the same site where the C-terminal tail is proposed to bind during recovery from inactivation. They convincingly showed that PI(4,5)P2 reduces the mobility of both the DIV S4-S5 linker and the DIII-IV linker, thus slowing the conformational changes required for the channel to recover to the resting state. They also conducted MD simulations to show that phosphoinositides bind to VSD gating charges in the resting state of Nav channels. These interactions may anchor VDS at the resting state and impede its activation. Their results provide a mechanism by which phosphoinositides alter the voltage dependence of activation and the recovery rate from inactivation, an important step for developing novel therapies to treat Nav-related diseases. However, the study is incomplete and lacks the expected confirmatory studies which are relevant to such proposals.

      Strengths:

      The authors identified a novel binding between phosphoinositides and the VSD of Nav and showed that the strength of this interaction is state-dependent. Based on their work, the affinity of PIPs to the inactivated state is higher than the resting state. This work will help pave the way for designing novel therapeutics that may help relieve pain or treat diseases like arrhythmia, which may result from a leftward shift of the channel's activation.

      Weaknesses:

      However, the study lacks the expected confirmatory studies which are relevant to such proposals. For example, one would expect that the authors would mutate the positive residues that they claim to make interactions with phosphoinositides to show that there are much fewer interactions once they make these mutations. Another point is that the authors found that the main interaction site of PIPs with Nav1.4 is the VSD-DIV and DIII-DIV linker, an interaction that is expected to delay fast inactivation if it happens at the resting state. The authors should make a resting state model of the Nav1.4 channel to explain the recent experimental data showing that PIP2 delays the activation of Nav1.4, with almost no effect on the voltage dependence of fast inactivation.

      Following the reviewers suggestion we have conducted new simulations demonstrating that there are many fewer protein-PIP interactions after mutating the positive residues as shown in the new Supplementary Fig S6.

      The reviewer mentions that if PIPs interact with the VSD-DIV and DIII-DIV linker in the resting state that it could delay fast inactivation. However, as described in the original manuscript and depicted in the schematic (Fig 7) the C-terminal domain impeded PIP binding at the position in the resting state (but not the inactivated state), meaning that PIP does not bind in the resting state to delay fast inactivation. We have clarified this statement in the text on page 14 lines 1-2.

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion we have examined PIP binding to a model of the resting state of Nav1.4 (in addition to the resting state of Nav1.7 described in the original manuscript) as described on page 12 lines 28-30 (and in Fig S12). Similar to what we saw for Nav1.7, PIP binding to VSDI-III can impair activation of the channel.

      Major concern:

      (1) Lack of confirmatory experiments, e.g., mutating the positive residues that show a high affinity towards PIPs to a neutral and negative residue and assessing the effect of mutagenesis on binding.

      Done as described above

      (2) Nav1.4 is the only channel that has been studied in terms of the effect of PIPs on it, therefore the authors should build a resting state model of Nav1.4 and study the effect of PIPs on it.

      Done as described above

      Minor points:

      There are a lot of wrong statements in many areas, e.g., "These diseases 335 are associated with accelerated rates of channel recovery from inactivation, consistent with our observations that an interaction between PI(4,5)P2 and the residue corresponding to R1469 in other Nav 337 subtypes could be important for prolonging the fast-inactivated state." Prolonging the fast inactivated state would actually reduce recovery from inactivation and not accelerate it.

      We disagree with this statement from the reviewer which may have come from a misreading of the mentioned sentence. Our statement in the original manuscript is consistent with the original experiments that show that the presence of PIP prolongs the time spent in the fast inactivated state. Mutations at the PIP binding site are likely to reduce PIP binding, and with less PIP bound the channel is expected to recover from inactivation more quickly. We have reworded this sentence for clarity on page 13 line 27-30.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This work uses multiscale molecular dynamics simulations to demonstrate molecular mechanism(s) for phosphatidylinositol regulation of voltage gated sodium channel (Nav1.4) gating. Recent experimental work by Gada et al. JGP 2023 showed altered Nav1.4 gating when Nav1.4 current was recorded with simultaneous application of PI(4,5)P2 dephosphorylate. Here the authors revealed probable molecular mechanism that can explain PI(4,5)P2 modulation of Nav1.4 gating. They found PIP lipids interacting with the gating charges - potentially making it harder to move the voltage sensor domain and altering the channels voltage sensitivity. They also found a stable PIP binding site that reaches the D_IV S4-S5 linker, reducing the mobility of the linker and potentially competing with the C-terminal domain.

      Strengths:

      Using multiscale simulations with course-grained simulations to capture lipid-protein interactions and the overall protein lipid fingerprint and then all-atom simulations to verify atomistic details for specific lipidprotein interactions is extremely appropriate for the question at hand. Overall, the types of simulation and their length are suitable for the questions the authors pose and a thorough set of analysis was done which illustrates the observed PIP-protein interactions.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the set of current simulations and analysis supports the conclusions drawn nicely, there are some limitations imposed by the authors on the course-grained simulations. If those were not imposed, it would have allowed for an even richer set and more thorough exploration of the protein-lipid interactions. The Martini 2 force field indeed cannot change secondary structure but if run with a properly tuned elastic network instead of backbone restraints, the change in protein configuration can be sampled and/or some adaptation of the protein to the specific protein environment can be observed. Additionally, with the 4to1 heavy atoms to a bead mapping some detailed chemical specificity is averaged out but parameters for different PIP family members do exist - including specific PIP(4,5)P2 vs PIP(3,4)P2, and could have been explored.

      We thank the reviewer for their excellent suggestions and have run new simulations with an elastic network instead of backbone restraints which have generated new insights. Indeed, as shown in the new panel Fig 4E, the new data allows us to demonstrate that the presence of PIP in the proposed binding site stabilises binding of the DIII-DIV linker to the inactivation receptor site, strengthening the conclusions of the paper.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out that there do exist parameters for different PIP sub-species and have corrected our statement on page 14 line 16 to reflect this. We have not run additional CG simulations with each of these parameters but use the all-atom simulations to examine the interactions of phosphates at specific positions.

      In our atomistic simulations, we backmapped both PI(4,5)P2 and PI(4)P in the binding site to study their specific interactions. We chose to focus on PI(4,5)P2 given its physiological significance. However, we agree that differences in binding with PI(3,4)P2 would be interesting and warrants future investigation. We also note that the newer Martini3 forcefield would be useful in further work to differentiate between PIP subspecies interactions.

      Detailed Comments

      We thank the reviewers for their thorough reading and helpful comments which has allowed us to further strengthen the manuscript. Below, we provide point-by-point responses to their suggestions.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I don't have many suggestions for the manuscript, just a few text edits. Of course, experimental analysis would bolster the claims made in the text, but I don't believe that this is necessary, given the quality of the data.

      I understand the focus on the PIP lipids, but it's a shame that the high binding likelihood of glycosphingolipid isn't considered or analysed in any way. This is an especially interesting lipid from the point-of-view of raftlike membrane domains. Given the potential role of raft-like domains in sodium channel function, I feel this would be worth a paragraph or two in the discussion.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing our attention to this interesting point. Glycolipids accumulate around Nav1.4 in our complex membrane simulations, however, given reports that carbohydrates tend to interact too strongly in the Martini2.2 forcefield (Grünewald et al. 2022, Schmalhorst et al. 2017) and there are no specific residues on Nav1.4 that interact preferentially with glycolipid species, we chose not to focus on this. However, we have noted that interactions with other lipids deserve further attention in our revised discussion.

      The analyses have been run using Martini 2. I don't suggest the authors repeat using the Martini 3 force field, but some mention of this in the discussion would be good.

      We have added the following statement to the discussion: “Our coarse grain simulations were carried out using the Martini2.2 forcefield, for which lipid parameters for many plasma membrane lipids have been developed. We expect that future investigations of lipid-protein interactions will benefit from use of the newer, refined Martini 3 forcefield (Souza et al. 2021) as parameters become available for more lipid types.

      This might just be an oversight, but no mention is made of an elastic network applied to the backbone beads.

      Lack of a network has been known to cause the protein to collapse, so if this is missing, I'd like to see an RMSD to show that the protein dynamics are not compromised.

      While no elastic network was used in our original CG simulations, weak protein backbone restraints (10 kJ mol-1 nm-2) used in our simulations allowed us to maintain the structure while allowing some protein movement. However, following the suggestion of reviewer 3, we conducted additional simulations with an elastic instead of backbone restraints as described in the results on page 9 line 30-37 (and in Fig 4E) of the revised manuscript.

      Minor

      •In Fig 3B, are these lipids binding to the channel at the same time? And therefore do the authors see cooperativity?

      The Fig 3B caption has been amended in the revised manuscript to read “Representative snapshots from the five longest binding events from different replicates, showing the three different PIP species (PIP1 in blue, PIP2 in purple and PIP3 in pink) binding to VSD-IV and the DIII-IV linker.” We cannot comment on PIP cooperativity based on these simulations shown in Fig 3, due to the artificially high concentrations used here; however, in model complex membrane simulations we see co-binding of PIPs at the binding site. This is likely due to PIP’s ability to accumulate together and the high density of positively charged residues in the region, attracting and supporting multiple PIP bindings.

      •What charges were used for the atomistic PIP lipids? Does this match the CG lipids?

      We used the CHARMM-GUI PIP parameters for the atomistic simulations. SAPI24 (PIP2) has a headgroup charge of –4e which is one less negative charge than the CG PIP2; whereas SAPI14 (PIP1) has a charge of –3e which is the same as the CG PIP1. We have explicitly included this charge information in the updated Methods of the manuscript (on page 15-16).

      •Line 259-260: "we performed embedded three structures"

      Corrected in the revised manuscript.

      •Line 272: "us" should be "µs"

      Corrected in the revised manuscript.

      •Line 434: kJ/mol should probably also have 'nm-2' included

      Corrected in the revised manuscript.

      •What charge state titratable residues were set to, and were pKa analyses done to decide this?

      Charge states were assigned to default values at neutral pH. We appreciate that future studies could examine this more carefully using constant pH simulations or similar.

      •It's stated that anisotropic scaling is used the AT sims - is this correct? If so, is there a reason this was chosen over semi-isotropic scaling?

      Anisotropic scaling was used for the atomistic simulations allowing all box dimensions to change independently.

      •I would recommend in-house analysis scripts are made available on GitHub or similar, just so the details can be seen.

      Per the reviewer’s request, the Jupyter notebooks used for analysis has been made available on GitHub (https://github.com/etaoster/etaoster.github.io/tree/main/nav_pip_project ).<br /> -One coarse grained notebook:

      • Lipid DE

      • Contact occupancy + outlier plots

      • Binding duration plots

      • Minimum distance plots

      • Number of ARG/LYS plots

      • PIP Occupancy, binding duration, gating charge residues

      • One atomistic notebook:

      • RMSD, RMSF and distance between IFM and its binding pocket (using MDAnalysis)

      • Atomistic PIP headgroup interaction analyses and plots (using ProLIF)

      As a final note, I am NOT saying this needs to be done for the current study, but I recommend the authors try the PyLipID package (https://github.com/wlsong/PyLipID) if they haven't yet, as it might be useful for similar projects they run in the future (i.e. for binding site identification, accurate binding kinetics calculations, lipid pose generation etc.).

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and will keep this in mind for future projects.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Lin Y., Tao E., et al. used multiscale MD simulations to show that PI(4,5)P2 binds stably to an inactivated state of Nav channels at a conserved site within the DIV S4-S5 linker, which couples the voltage sensing domain (VSD) to the pore. The authors hypothesized that PI(4,5)P2 prolongs inactivation by binding to the same site where the C-terminal tail is proposed to bind during recovery from inactivation. They convincingly showed that PI(4,5)P2 reduces the mobility of both the DIV S4-S5 linker and the DIII-IV linker, thus slowing the conformational changes required for the channel to recover to the resting state. They also conducted MD simulations to show that phosphoinositides bind to VSD gating charges in the resting state of Nav channels. These interactions may anchor VDS at the resting state and impede its activation. Their results provide a mechanism by which phosphoinositides alter the voltage dependence of activation and the recovery rate from inactivation, an important step for developing novel therapies to treat Nav-related diseases. However, the study is incomplete lacks the expected confirmatory studies which are relevant to such proposals.

      The authors identified a novel binding between phosphoinositides and the VSD of Nav and showed that the strength of this interaction is state-dependent. Based on their work, the affinity of PIPs to the inactivated state is higher than the resting state. This work will help pave the way for designing novel therapeutics that may help relieve pain or treat diseases like arrhythmia, which may result from a leftward shift of the channel's activation. However, the study lacks the expected confirmatory studies which are relevant to such proposals. For example, one would expect that the authors would mutate the positive residues that they claim to make interactions with phosphoinositides to show that there are much fewer interactions once they make these mutations. Another point is that the authors found that the main interaction site of PIPs with Nav1.4 is the VSD-DIV and DIII-DIV linker, an interaction that is expected to delay fast inactivation if it happens at the resting state. The authors should make a resting state model of the Nav1.4 channel to explain the recent experimental data showing that PIP2 delays the activation of Nav1.4, with almost no effect on the voltage dependence of fast inactivation.

      Major concern:

      (1) Lack of confirmatory experiments, e.g., mutating the positive residues that show a high affinity towards PIPs to a neutral and negative residue and assessing the effect of mutagenesis on binding.

      (2) Nav1.4 is the only channel that has been studied in terms of the effect of PIPs on it, therefore the authors should build a resting state model of Nav1.4 and study the effect of PIPs on it. Minor points:

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion we have conducted new simulations demonstrating that there are notably fewer protein-PIP interactions after performing charge neutralizing and charge reversal mutations to the positive residues as shown in the new Fig S6.

      The reviewer mentions that if PIPs interact with the VSD-DIV and DIII-DIV linker in the resting state that it could delay fast inactivation. However as described in the original manuscript and depicted in the schematic (Fig 7) the C-terminal domain impeded PIP binding at the position in the resting state (but not the inactivated state), meaning that PIP does not bind in the resting state to delay fast inactivation. We have clarified this statement in the text on page 14 lines 1-2.

      Following the reviewers suggestion we have examined PIP binding to a model of the resting state of Nav1.4 (in addition to the resting state of Nav1.7 described in the original manuscript) as described on page 12 lines 28-30 (and in Fig S12). Similar to what we saw for Nav1.7 PIP binding to VSDI-III can impair activation of the channel.

      There are a lot of wrong statements in many areas, e.g., "These diseases 335 are associated with accelerated rates of channel recovery from inactivation, consistent with our observations that an interaction between PI(4,5)P2 and the residue corresponding to R1469 in other Nav 337 subtypes could be important for prolonging the fast-inactivated state." Prolonging the fast inactivated state would actually reduce recovery from inactivation and not accelerate it.

      We disagree with this statement from the reviewer which may have come from a misreading of the mentioned sentence. Our statement in the original manuscript is consistent with the the original experiments that show that the presence of PIP prolongs the time spent in the fast inactivated state. Mutations at the PIP binding site are likely to reduce PIP binding, and with less PIP present the channel will recover from inactivation more quickly. We have reworded this sentence for clarity on page 13 line 27-30.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      As mentioned in the public review, overall, I am impressed with the manuscript and do think the conclusions are supported. There are, however, quite a few mistakes, mostly minor (listed below). Additionally, I do have a few questions and several extensions that could be done and I mention a few but fully realize many of those could be outside of the scope of the current manuscript.

      We greatly appreciate the time taken by Reviewer 3 to carefully review our manuscript and provide detailed comments. We believe their suggestions have helped to improve our manuscript.

      First comments are in general about the PIP subtype.

      • In the paper you claim:

      L196, "However, this loss of resolution prevents distinction between phosphate positions on the inositol group and does not permit analysis of protein conformational changes induced by PIP binding"

      L367, "it does not distinguish between phosphate positions within each charge state (e.g. PI(3,4)P2 vs PI(4,5)P2)."

      This is not true the PIP2 most commonly used in Martini 2 is from dx.doi.org/10.1021/ct3009655 and is a PI(3,4)P2 subtype. Also other extensions and alternative parameters exist for PIPs in Martini 2 e.g. http://cgmartini.nl/index.php/tools2/other-tools - Martini lipid .itp generator has all three main variants of both PIP1 and PIP2.

      As described in the response to the public review we are grateful for the reviewer for pointing out that there do exist parameters for different PIP sub-species and have corrected our statement on page 14 to reflect this, and clarified the parameters chosen in the methods section (page 16 line 2-3). We have not run additional CG simulations with each of these parameters in the current work but use the all-atom simulations to examine the interactions of phosphates at specific positions.

      • One detail that is missing in the manuscript is some mention of the charge state of the PIPs e.g. Fig.1D does not specify and Fig.4D PIP2 looks like -2 on position 5 and -1 on position 4. Which I think fits the used SAPI24, please specify. Also, what if you use SAPI25 with the flipped charges would that significantly alter the results?

      The charge state of PIP2 is -2e on the 5’ phosphate and -1e on the 4’ phosphate, using the SAPI24 CHARMM lipid parameters. We have ensured that this charge information is stated clearly in the revised manuscript in the methods section on page 16 (line 21). We considered looking at SAPI25, however we expected that it would behave quite similarly, given that the PIP headgroup can adopt slightly different poses and orientations within the binding site across replicates and does fluctuate over simulations (Fig S8). We have noted this in the revised discussion on page 14 line 15-17.

      • I was very intrigued and puzzled by the lower binding of PIP3 vs PIP2 in the Martini simulations. Could it be that PIP3 has a harder time fully entering the binding site, or maybe just sampling? i.e. and its lower number of binding events is a sampling issue.

      We agree with the reviewer that PIP3 is less able to access the binding site than PIP2, likely because of its larger size. This might also be why we see PIP1 binding at the location via a more buried route (since it has the smallest headgroup size). However, PIP1 does not have enough negative charge to keep it in the binding site. It seems to be a Goldilocks-like situation where PIP2 has the optimal size and charge to allow access and stable binding at the site. We also see that when PIP3 enters the binding site it leaves before the end of the simulations. While it is hard to prove statistical significance given the number of binding and dissociation events even with the high and equal concentrations of all three PIP species in the enriched PIP membrane CG simulations, the data strongly suggests preferential binding of PIP2 over PIP3.

      Also the same L196 sentence as above "However, this loss of resolution prevents distinction between phosphate positions on the inositol group and does not permit analysis of protein conformational changes induced by PIP binding". The later part is also wrong, there are no conformational changes due to the restraints on the protein backbone, from methods "backbone beads were weakly restrained to their starting coordinates using a force constant of 10 kJ mol−1nm−2". Martini in general might have a hard time with some conformational changes and definitely cannot sample changes in secondary structure, but conformational changes can, and have on many occasions, been successfully sampled (even full ion channel opening and closing).

      On a similar note, in L179 you mention "owing to the flexibility of the linker." Hose does this fit with simulation with position restraints on all backbone atoms?

      We applied fairly weak restraints to the backbone only – therefore we still observe some flexibility in the highly flexible loop portion of the linker, where sidechains are able to flip between membrane-facing and cytosol-facing orientations.

      However, after reading the comments from the reviewer we have run additional simulations with an elastic network rather than backbone restraints on the DIII-DIV linker which have given further insight. As seen in Fig 4E and described in the results paragraph on page 9 line 30-37 of the revised manuscript, we can see that the presence of PIP does stabilise the linker in its receptor site. To accentuate this effect, we also ran simulation of the ‘IQM’ mutant known to have a less stable fast inactivated state due to weaker binding to the receptor. Without backbone restraints we can see partial dissociation of the DIII-DIV linker from the receptor that is partially rescued by the presence of PIP.

      I know the paper focuses on PIPs, also very nicely in Fig.2B and Fig. S1-2 the lipid enrichment is shown for other lipids, but why show all lipid classes except cholesterol? And, for the left-hand panels in Fig. S1-2 those really should be leaflet specific - as both the membrane and protein are asymmetric.

      The depletion/enrichment of Cholesterol is shown in Fig 2B and as are the Lipid Z-Density maps and contact occupancy structures a (in row 5 of Fig S2, labeled as CL in yellow). The Z-density maps are meant to provide an overall summary of lipid distribution. The contact occupancy structures showing the transverse views and intracellular/ extracellular views provide a better indication of the occupancy across the different leaflets.

      In L237 for the comparison of Cav2.2 and Kv7.1 bound to PI(4,5)P2 structures: They do agree well with the PIP1 simulations but not as much for the main PIP2 binding site. If you look in the CG simulations, is there another (not the main) PIP2 binding site at that same location (which might also be stable in AA simulations)?

      In some replicates of the CG simulations, we identify stable PIP1 binding via the other orientation (i.e. the one that overlaps with the Cav2.2 and Kv7.1 structures). Since we did not directly observe any PIP2 binding events from the other orientation, we did not run any backmapped atomistic simulations with PIP2 at this position. However, the binding site residues that the PIP1/2 headgroup binds to are the same regardless of which side PIP1/2 approaches from. We would expect that PIP2 bound from the alterative position is also stable.

      Two references I want to put for consideration to the authors, for potential inclusion if the authors find their inclusion would strengthen the manuscript. This one gives a good demonstration of using the same PM mixture to define lipid protein fingerprints with Martini:

      https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/acscentsci.8b00143.

      And this one https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33836525/ shows how Nav1.4 function could also be affected by general changes in bilayer properties (in addition to the specific lipid interactions explored here).

      We thank the reviewer for bringing to our attention these two relevant references that will help to respectively substantiate the use Martini to study membrane protein-lipid interactions, as well as, why Nav channels are interesting to study in the context of their membrane environment (and also the potential implications with drugs that can bind from within the membrane). We have added these citations to the introduction and discussion.

      Minor comments and fixes:

      L2, Title: A binding site for phosphoinositide modulation of voltage-gated sodium channels described by multiscale simulations

      The title reads very strangely to me, should it be "A binding site for phosphoinositide" ; "modulation". We thank the reviewer for this comment - title has been updated to: A binding site for phosphoinositides described by multiscale simulations explains their modulation of voltage gated sodium channels.

      L25, Abstract, "The phosphoinositide PI(4,5)P2 decreases Nav1.4 activity by increasing the difficulty of channel opening, accelerating fast activation and slowing recovery from fast inactivation." Assuming this is referring to results from Gada et al JGP, 2023 should this not be "accelerating fast inactivation"?

      Corrected in the revised manuscript.

      L71 maybe good to write the longer version of IFM on first use e.g. Ile-Phe-Met (IFM), as to not mistake it for some random three letter acronym.

      Corrected in the revised manuscript.

      L109, Fig.2. Maybe change the upper and lower leaflet to intracellular and cytoplasmic leaflets (or outer / inner). In D "(D) Distribution of PIP binding occupancies (left)" something missing can I assume, for/over all lipids exposed residues. Also, for D I am a little confused how occupancy is defined as the total occupancy per residue dose not add up to 100.

      The figure has been updated with intracellular and cytoplasmic leaflet labels. The binding occupancy distribution boxplot shows binding occupancies for all lipid exposed residues. In our analysis, we define contact occupancy as the proportion of simulation time in which a lipid type is within 0.7 nm of a given residue. It is possible for more than one lipid to be within this cut in any given frame – that is, both a PIP and PE can be simultaneously bound.

      L160 "occurring the identified site" in the

      Corrected in the revised manuscript.

      L170 "PIP3 (headgroup charge: -7e) has interacts similarly to PIP1," - remove has Corrected in the revised manuscript.

      L194, "reducing system size" the size does not change, I am assuming you want to say reducing the number of particles?

      Corrected in the revised manuscript.

      L252, Fig.6 "(B) Occupancy of all PIPs (PIP1, PIP2, PIP3) at binding site residues in the three systems" A little confusing, initially was expecting 3x3 data points per residue, maybe change to, Combined occupancy of all PIPs...

      Corrected in the revised manuscript.

      L253, Fig.6 D, I don't really have a good suggestion for improvement here, so this is just a FYI that this panel was very confusing for me and took some time to figure out what is shown.

      We have added to the caption of Fig. 6D to try to clarify this panel.

      L257, Fig.6 (F) not in bold

      Corrected in the revised manuscript.

      L259 "PIP binding, we performed embedded three structures of Nav1.7" something missing?

      Corrected in the revised manuscript.

      L272, "In triplicate 50 us coarse-grained simulations" us instead of (micro_greek)s

      Corrected in the revised manuscript.

      L272, that paragraph how long/many simulations only reported for the inactivated Nav1.7 system not the Nav1.7-NavPas chimera, which I am assuming is the same?

      Corrected in the revised manuscript.

      L297, "marked by both shortened inactivation times", can I assume this is: shortened times to inactivation (i.e. to get inactivated not times in the inactivated states)?

      Corrected in the revised manuscript.

      L331, "are conserved in Nav1.1-1.9 (Fig. 5D)," Fig.5C Corrected in the revised manuscript.

      L353, "channel opening []" [] maybe a missing reference?

      Thank you for pointing out this oversight - Goldschen-Ohm et al. has been cited here.

      L394, "The composition of the complex mammalian membrane is as reported in Ingólfsson, et al. (38)." Ref 38 is the "Computational lipidomics of the neuronal plasma membrane" which indeed uses the 63 component PM but the original reference for the average 63 lipid mixture PM is dx.doi.org/10.1021/ja507832e.

      Corrected in the revised manuscript.

      L404, "Additionally, a model Nav1.7 with all four VSDs in the deactivated state using Modeller (40)." Something missing, e.g. was also built and simulated for ...

      Corrected in the revised manuscript.

      Table S1 "Disease information", I am guessing this should be Disease information; mechanism? Of the x5 entries two have mechanism, one has "; unknown significance ", one has "; unknown" maybe clarify in title and make same if unknown.

      Corrected in the revised manuscript.

      Table S1 and S2 have different styles.

      The tables have been amended to have the same style.

      Fig. S3 "for all 12 lipid types in the mammalian membrane " there are many more lipid types in a typical PM (hundreds) and 63 in the PM mixture simulated here, so maybe write: 12 lipid classes?

      Corrected in the revised manuscript.

      Fig.S6 PIP headgroup, can I assume that is for the bound PIP only, please specify.

      Only a single PIP at the identified binding site was backmapped into all cases of atomistic simulations. We have now clarified this point in the methods, results and the FigS6 caption.

      Writing of PI(4,5)P2 and PI(4)P1 most of the time use 1 and 2 as subscripts but not always (at least not in SI), also the same with Nav vs Na_v (v subscript) and even NAV (in Table S1).

      Subscripts have been implemented in the updated Supplementary Information (as well as within various figures and throughout the manuscript).

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This landmark study sheds light on a long-standing puzzle of Protein kinase A activation in Trypanosoma. Extensive experimental work provides compelling evidence for the conclusions of the manuscript. It represents a significant advancement in our understanding of the molecular mechanism of Cyclic Nucleotide Binding domains and will be of interest to researchers with interest in kinases and mechanistic studies.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Cyclic Nucleotide Binding (CNB) domains are pervasive structural components involved in signaling pathways across eukaryotes and prokaryotes. Despite their similar structures, CNB domains exhibit distinct ligand-sensing capabilities. The manuscript offers a thorough and convincing investigation that clarifies numerous puzzling aspects of nucleotide binding in Trypanosoma.

      Strengths:

      One of the strengths of this study is its multifaceted methodology, which includes a range of techniques including crystallography, ITC (Isothermal Titration Calorimetry), fluorimetry, CD (Circular Dichroism) spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, and computational analysis. This interdisciplinary approach not only enhances the depth of the investigation but also offers a robust cross-validation of the results.

      Weaknesses:

      None noticed.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript clearly shows that Trypanosoma PKA is controlled by nucleoside analogues rather than cyclic nucleotides, which are the primary allosteric effectors of human PKA and PKG. The authors demonstrate that the inosine, guanosine, and adenosine nucleosides bind with high affinity and activate PKA in the tropical pathogens T. brucei, T. cruzi and Leishmania. The underlying determinants of nucleoside binding and selectivity are dissected by solving the crystal structure of T. cruzi PKAR(200-503) and T. brucei PKAR(199-499) bound to inosine at 1.4 Å and 2.1 Å resolution and through comparative mutational analyses. Of particular interest is the identification of a minimal subset of 2-3 residues that controls nucleoside vs. cyclic nucleotide specificity.

      Strengths:

      The significance of this study lies not only in the structure-activity relationships revealed for important targets in several parasite pathogens but also in the understanding of CNB's evolutionary role.

      Weaknesses:

      The main missing piece is the model for activation of the kinetoplastid PKA which remains speculative in the absence of a structure for the trypanosomatid PKA holoenzyme complex. However, this appears to be beyond the scope of this manuscript, which is already quite dense.

      We fully agree that insight into the activation mechanism and its possible deviation from the mammalian paradigm requires a holoenzyme structure revealing the details of R-C interaction. We have attempted Cryo-EM from LEXSY-produced holoenzyme, yet upscaling the purification procedures described in this manuscript have repeatedly failed in spite of numerous protocol changes and optimizations. Much more work is required to achieve this.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Some minor points to consider for enhancing the impact of this interesting manuscript:

      (1) The nucleoside affinities measured are mainly for the regulatory subunits unbound to the kinase domain. How would nucleoside affinities change when the regulatory subunits are bound to the kinase domain, which is presumably the case under resting conditions? An estimation of this change in affinity is important because it more closely relates to the variations in cellular nucleoside concentrations needed for activation.

      This is an important question and we have given an indirect answer in the manuscript, but not very explicit. The EC50 values for kinase activation of the purified holoenzyme complexes are very similar or almost identical to the kD values measured by ITC with free regulatory subunits. By inference, the binding kD for the holoenzyme and for the free R-subunit cannot be very different. In addition, we have recently determined the EC50 for PKA activation in vivo in trypanosomes using a bioluminescence complementation reporter assay. The values fit perfectly to the values obtained with purified holoenzyme (Wu et al. in preparation). A sentence in Results (lines 201-203) has been added.

      (2) The authors should point out that a major implication of nucleoside vs. cyclic nucleotide activation is in terms of signal termination. If phosphodiesterases (PDEs) are responsible for cAMP/cGMP signal termination, what terminates nucleoside-dependent signaling? Although the answer to this question may not be known at this stage, it is important to highlight this critical implication of the authors' study.

      The mechanism of signal termination is indeed unknown so far. We speculate that some enzymes of the purine salvage pathways are differentially localized in subcellular compartments and thereby able to establish microdomains that enable nucleoside signaling. In addition, PKA subunit phosphorylations/dephosphorylations and/or protein turnover may also regulate signal termination. As an example, free PKAC1 is rapidly degraded upon depletion of the PKAR subunit by RNAi. We have now mentioned signal termination in Discussion and have revised the last part of Discussion (lines 567-602). A possible approach to monitor compartmentalized signaling would be using the FluoSTEPs technology (Tenner et al., Sci. Adv. 2021; 7: eabe4091), but adapting this to the trypanosome system will not be a short-term task.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We highly thank the editor and reviewers for their time and insightful comments and suggestions. We have made revisions by performing additional experiments and analysis, and clarified the items based on the suggestions.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary of Author's Objectives:

      The authors aimed to explore JMJD6's role in MYC-driven neuroblastoma, particularly in the interplay between pre-mRNA splicing and cancer metabolism, and to investigate the potential for targeting this pathway.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study employs a diverse range of experimental techniques, including molecular biology assays, next-generation sequencing, interactome profiling, and metabolic analysis. Moreover, the authors specifically focused on gained chromosome 17q in neuroblastoma, in combination with analyzing cancer dependency genes screened with Crispr/Cas9 library, analyzing the association of gene expression with prognosis of neuroblastoma patients with large clinical cohort. This comprehensive approach strengthens the credibility of the findings. The identification of the link between JMJD6-mediated premRNA splicing and metabolic reprogramming in MYC-driven cancer cells is innovative.

      (2) The authors effectively integrate data from multiple sources, such as gene expression analysis, RNA splicing analysis, JMJD6 interactome assay, and metabolic profiling. This holistic approach provides a more complete understanding of JMJD6's role.

      (3) The identification of JMJD6 as a potential therapeutic target and its correlation with the response to indisulam have significant clinical implications, addressing an unmet need in cancer treatment.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The manuscript contains complex technical details and terminology that may pose challenges for readers without a deep background in molecular biology and cancer research. Providing simplified explanations or additional context would enhance accessibility.

      We have provided simplified explanations for some terminology.

      (2) It would be beneficial to explore whether treatment with JMJD6 inhibitors, both in vitro and in vivo, can effectively target the enhanced pre-mRNA splicing of metabolic genes in MYC-driven cancer cells.

      Unfortunately, there is no potent and selective JMJD6 inhibitors available.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Jablonowski and colleagues studied key characteristics of MYC-driven cancers: dysregulated pre-mRNA splicing and altered metabolism. This is an important field of study as it remains largely unclear as to how these processes are coordinated in response to malignant transformation and how they are exploitable for future treatments. In the present study, the authors attempt to show that Jumonji Domain Containing 6, Arginine Demethylase And Lysine Hydroxylase (JMJD6) plays a central role in connecting pre-mRNA splicing and metabolism in MYC-driven neuroblastoma. JMJD6 collaborates with the MYC protein in driving cellular transformation by physically interacting with RNA-binding proteins involved in pre-mRNA splicing and protein regulation. In cell line experiments, JMJD6 affected the alternative splicing of two forms of glutaminase (GLS), an essential enzyme in the glutaminolysis process within the central carbon metabolism of neuroblastoma cells. Additionally, the study provides in vitro (and in silico) evidence for JMJD6 being associated with the anti-proliferation effects of a compound called indisulam, which degrades the splicing factor RBM39, known to interact with JMJD6.

      Overall, the findings presented by Jabolonowski et al. begin to illuminate a cancer-promoting metabolic, and potentially, a protein synthesis suppression program that may be linked to alternative pre-mRNA splicing through the action of JMJD6 - downstream of MYC. This discovery can provide further evidence for considering JMJD6 as a potential therapeutic target for the treatment of MYC-driven cancers.

      Strengths:

      Alternative Splicing Induced by JMJD6 Knockdown: the study presents evidence for the role of JMJD6 in alternative splicing in neuroblastoma cells. Specifically, the RNA immunoprecipitation experiments demonstrated a significant shid from the GAC to the KGA GLS isoform upon JMJD6 knockdown. Moreover, a significant correlation between JMJD6 levels and GAC/KGA isoform expression was identified in two distinct neuroblastoma cohorts. This suggests a causative link between JMJD6 activity and isoform prevalence.

      Physical Interaction of JMJD6 in Neuroblastoma Cells: The paper provides preliminary insight into the physical interactome of JMJD6 in neuroblastoma cells. This offers a potential mechanistic avenue for the observed effects on metabolism and protein synthesis and could be exploited for a deeper investigation into the exact nature, and implications of neuroblastoma-specific JMJD6 protein-protein interactions.

      Weaknesses:

      There are several areas that would benefit from improvements with regard to the current data supporting the claims of the paper (i.e., the conclusion presented in Figure 8).

      Neuroblastoma Modelling Strategy: The study heavily relies on cell lines without incorporating patient derived cells/biomaterials. Using databases to fill gaps in the experimental design can only fortify the observations to a certain extent. A critical oversight is the absence of non-cancerous control cells in many figures, and the rationale for selecting specific cell lines for assays/approaches remains somewhat unclear. A foundational control for such experiments should involve the non-transformed neural crest cell line, which the authors have readily available. Are the observed splicing and metabolic effects of JMJD6 specific to neuroblastoma? Is there a neuroblastoma-specific JMJD6 interactome? Is MYC function essential?

      In Vivo Modelling: The inclusion of a genetic mouse model combined with an inducible JMJD6 knockdown, would enhance the study by allowing examination of JMJD6's role during both tumor initiation and growth in vivo. For instance, the TH-MYCN mice overexpressing MYCN in neural crest cells, could be a promising choice.

      Dependence on Colony Formation Assay: The study leans on 2D and semi-quantitative colony formation assays to assess malignant growth. To validate the link between the mechanistic insights discussed (e.g., reduced protein synthesis) and JMJD6-mediated malignant growth as a potential therapeutic target, evidence from in vivo or representative 3D models would be crucial.

      Data Presentation and Rigor: The presented data is predominantly qualitative and necessitates quantification. For instance, Western blots should be quantified. The RNAseq, metabolism, and pulldown data should be transparently and numerically presented. The figure legends seem elusive and their lack of transparency (oden with regards to biological repeats, error bars, cell line used etc.) is concerning. Adequate citation and identification of all data sources, including online resources, are imperative. The manuscript would also benefit from a more rigorous depiction and quantification of RNA interference of both stable and transient knockdowns with quantitative validation at mRNA and protein levels.

      Novelty Concerns: The emphasis on JMJD6 as a novel neuroblastoma target is contingent on the new mechanistic revelations about the JMJD6-centered link between splicing, metabolism, and protein synthesis. Given that JMJD6 has been previously linked to neuroblastoma biology, the rationale (particularly in Figure 1) for concentrating on JMJD6 may stem more from bias rather than data-driven reasoning.

      Depth of Mechanistic Investigation: Current evidence lacks depth in key areas such as JMJD6-RNA binding. A more thorough approach would involve pinpointing specific JMJD6 binding sites on endogenous RNAs using techniques such as cross-linking and immunoprecipitation, paired with complementary proximity-based methodologies. Regarding the presented metabolism data, diving deeper into metabolic flux via isotope labeling experiments could shed light on dynamic processes like TCA and glutaminolysis. As it stands, the 'pathway cartoon' in Figure 6d appears overly qualitative.

      Response: We agree with this reviewer that more in-depth studies are needed to understand the biological functions of JMJD6 in neuroblastoma. We have included one paragraph “limitation of the study” to point out that additional work needs to be done to address the comments from this reviewer.

      We have also added details in figure legend to increase rigor.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In this study, Jablonowski and colleagues identify the link between JMJD6-mediated pre-mRNA splicing and metabolic reprogramming in cancer cells, with implications for therapeutic response to splicing inhibitors. I have reviewed your manuscript and found it quite promising. However, there are some specific points that require further clarification and additional experiments. Please consider the following comments:

      Major concerns:

      (1) Regarding Figure 1d and e: to enhance the robustness of your findings, it would be beneficial to include additional datasets, such as the Kocak-649 dataset. It is important to narrow down the analysis to high-risk patient groups when examining survival rates, specifically to investigate whether the elevated expression of the 114 gene signature correlates with poor survival within this subgroup. Additionally, please consider conducting a more detailed breakdown of the subsets depicted in Fig. 1b to explore the association between their expression levels and patient survival rates.

      Response: We have included the Kocak-649 datasets as Supplemental Figure 1. We have further analyzed the 114 gene signature in low-risk and high-risk patients, respectively, as Supplemental Figure 2.

      (2) Fig. 2b: Similar to the previous comment, it would strengthen your findings to include survival rate analysis in more datasets, particularly in high-risk patient groups.

      Response: We have further analyzed the association of JMJD6 with survival in low-risk and high-risk patients, respectively, as Supplemental Figure 3. Regardless of the risk factors, high expression of JMJD6 was associated with a poor outcome.

      (3) In reference to Fig. S1D, please clarify the time point under investigation. It looks like siRNAs were utilized in this study. Ensure consistency between the siRNA # mentioned in the methods section and what is presented in Fig. S1d.

      Response: We have clarified the time point under investigation in Fig. S1D (now as Fig. S4D). We have corrected the siRNA# on the method section.

      Additionally, it would be beneficial to include data on knockdown efficacy and consider incorporating western blot results, similar to those presented in Fig. 2c.

      Response: These experiments were performed as shown in Figure 4C. We assumed the knockdown efficiency was comparable.

      Furthermore, I recommend analyzing the RNA-seq data from JMJD6-depleted BE(2)C cells to identify any alterations in the expression of neuronal differentiation signature genes, with the aim of exploring potential associations with changes in cell morphology showed in Fig. S1D.

      Response: We have analyzed the data and indeed like this reviewer expected, we do see the upregulation of neuronal differentiation pathways. We have included the data as Fig. S7B.

      (4) Fig. 4g: Confirm whether the data is related to GAC, and if so, where is the data for KGA?

      Response: We apologize for this. KGA data was missed when we assembled the figure. We have added back as Figure 4H.

      (5) In relation to Fig. 4, I suggest conducting experiments to individually silence GAC and KGA, if feasible (for instance, by targeting their 3'-UTRs). This would allow for a more in-depth investigation into whether GAC and KGA play essential roles in NB cell proliferation.

      Response: As this reviewer suggested, we have performed the experiments to knock down GAC and KGA in BE2C cells, and we found that both isoforms seemed to be important for cell survival. We have included the data as Figure 5G-I. Additionally, we have also performed RNA-seq to understand the differential functions of GAC and KGA in neuroblastoma cells when they were overexpressed separately. We have included the data as Figure 5E,F, and Supplemental Figure 9.

      (6) Fig. 5c: Could this protein synthesis reduction be attributed to an artificial overexpression of JMJD6? It would be interesting to investigate whether the genetic silencing of JMJD6 has an impact on total protein synthesis.

      Response: This is a great question but could be very challenging to have a definitive answer. Since cells are not happy with knockdown of JMJD6, we may have a secondary effect resulting from activation of cell death. While we have successfully generated single cell JMJD6 CRISPR KO clones, the cells are not happy either. In the future, we may generate dTAG knockin cell line which will allow us to induce an acute protein degradation, and then we can assess if JMJD6 loss will consequently impact total protein synthesis.

      (7) Fig. S7: the authors have shown that knocking down of JMJD6 in NB cells reduced cell proliferation (Fig. 2c-e). Please clarify how you obtained sufficient cells ader CRISPR knockout of JMJD6 clones and whether the cells remained healthy. It would be helpful to provide cell images.

      Response: We harvested cells at different time points in Fig 2C-E, and we have added the information in Figure legends. Cells were not happy ader JMJD6 KD or KO. We therefore harvest cells for Western blot at an early time point while stained cells for survival effect at a late time point.

      (8) Fig. 7f: Address the paradox where JMJD-knockdown cells grow slower (Fig. 2c-e), but these JMJD-KO4E5 cells grow at a similar rate compared to SKNAS-WT in the DMSO treatment group. Clarify whether this aligns with the results observed with shRNA results shown in Fig. 2c-e.

      Response: The JMJD6 KO cells grew much slower than the wild-type cells. In these experiments, we intentionally seeded a lot more cells for JMJD6 KO clone so that we can have a comparable comparison for the cells with DMSO treatment.

      Minor concerns:

      (1) Fig. 2c: Please specify the time point for Fig. 2c to provide a clearer context for readers.

      We have added the information.

      (2) In Line 204, it is stated that 'Supplementary Table 3,' which describes the 'Correlation of JMJD6 KO and its co-dependency genes,' can actually be found in 'Supplementary Table 4.' Please clarify this discrepancy.

      We apologize for this. We probably accidentally uploaded the duplicates. We have uploaded the new table in our revision.

      (3) Line 207: The order of figures should be clarified. Fig. 3c should be mentioned before Fig. 3b in the text.

      Yes, we did.

      (4) In Line 216, it is mentioned that 'Supplementary Table 4,' which describes 'Differentially expressed genes by JMJD6 KD,' can actually be found in 'Supplementary Table 3.' Please provide clarification for this discrepancy.

      We have corrected this.

      (5) Line 244-247: Please provide clarification of this section to ensure readers can fully understand your point.

      We have rephrased the sentence.

      (6) Line 1048: Confirm whether Fig. 2c represents siRNA or shRNA, as the label in the graph does not match the figure legends.

      Sorry for this. We have corrected.

      (7) Line 1161: Provide clarification regarding the use of Image J from k, and in Line 1162, specify the source of Image J from l.

      We apologized for the confusion of our description. We meant “Image J” sodware. We have corrected in Figure legend.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Suggestions to authors:

      Line 39 - suggest introducing JMJD6.

      Response: We have added the full name of JMJD6.

      Line 47 - suggest slightly rephrasing 'metabolic program that is coupled with...'.

      We have made a slight change by changing “coupled” to “associate”.

      Line 85 - please delete/replace 'exceptional'; proofread for inadequate use of ambiguous wording.

      We have changed it as “significant”.

      Line 141 - please concisely define 'high risk'.

      We have defined it with a citation (line 142-146).

      Line 143 - please concisely define 'event free'.

      We have defined the event free and overall survival precisely (line 149, 150).

      Line 153 - provide an adequate citation for 'cBioportal'.

      We have added the citation (line166).

      Line 161 - please state the utilized cell lines.

      We have referenced to Materials and Methods (line 175).

      Line 166 - please note that 'morphological changes' of a cell do not suffice to determine 'stemness', please rephrase.

      We agreed and changed it to “regulate cellular differentiation” (line 181).

      Line 182 - provide a quantifiable measure for color change and or remove observation from the narrative.

      We have removed “indicative of acidic pH change” (line 198).

      Line 185 - the statement commencing with 'It is believed...' requires referencing.

      We have added references (line 200).

      Line 187 - please provide an adequate citation for the 'JoMa1' neural crest-derived cells (J. Maurer and colleagues?).

      We have added the reference (line 201).

      Line 203 - please provide an adequate citation for 'DepMap'.

      There is no citation specifically for DepMap and that’s why we can only provide the DepMap link.

      Line 234 - please provide an adequate citation for 'two algorithms'.

      We have provided the reference (line 265).

      Line 265 - please provide a rationale for the choice of the three tested cell lines.

      We have added definition by saying C-MYC overexpressed SKNAS, BE2C and SIMA with MYCN amplification (line 302, 303).

      Line 279 - suggest rephrasing 'gaining more ATPs'.

      We have removed these words as we do not have direct evidence to show ATP production (line 320).

      Line 342 - suggest rephrasing 'are in the only gene signature'.

      We have rephrased by saying “lysine demethylase (HDM) genes, including JMJD6, are present in the most significantly enriched gene signature in indisulam-sensitive cells” (line 416-416).

      Line 424 - please state the source or all cell lines (commercial provider?).

      We have added the source of cell lines.

      Lines 438 to 442 - are STR and mycoplasma profiling data adequately presented in the manuscript?

      We routinely test STR and mycoplasma for all cell lines cultured in hood in our Department every month.

      Lines 520 onwards - is the JMJD6 knockout generation data (e.g., cell viability upon knockout) adequately presented in the manuscript? Why does the study depend on transient transfection of siRNAs for obtaining mechanistic results?

      We created stable JMJD6 KO clones by selecting single cell with complete knockout. Cells are not happy ader KO. siRNA knockdown is a method for relatively acute depletion of JMJD6, which is easy and fast, and may be more reliable to assess the direct effect of JMJD6.

      Figures: please provide adequate axis-labeling for all graphs (e.g., FIg2 b, and e).

      We have added the axis labeling.

      Discussion line 370 - what is meant by 'too harsh' - please use unambiguous phrasing to highlight limitations.

      We have changed to “stringent”.

      Please provide a study limitation paragraph.

      We have added one limitation paragraph.

      Limitation of the study

      Our study focused on the understanding of JMJD6 function in neuroblastoma cell lines. In the future, we will consolidate our study by expanding our models to patient-derived xenograds, organoids, and neuroblastoma genetic models, in comparison with non-cancerous cells. Although we have identified a conserved interactome of JMJD6 in neuroblastoma cells, it remains to be determined whether it is neuroblastoma-specific and essential to MYC-driven cancers. The genome-wide RNA binding by JMJD6 in cancer cells and normal cells coupled with isotope labeling to dissect the metabolic effect of JMJD6 will enhance our understanding of the biological functions of JMJD6, awaiting future studies. Inability to target the enhanced pre-mRNA splicing of metabolic genes in MYC-driven cancer cells by pharmacologic inhibition of JMJD6 is another limitation, due to lack of selective and potent JMJD6 inhibitors.

      Additional editing and proof-reading of the manuscript's narrative, figures, legends, and methods is highly recommended.

      We have gone through the whole MS to have proof-reading.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors of this study seek to visualize NS1 purified from dengue virus infected cells. They infect vero cells with DV2-WT and DV2 NS1-T164S (a mutant virus previously characterized by the authors). The authors utilize an anti-NS1 antibody to immunoprecipitate NS1 from cell supernatants and then elute the antibody/NS1 complex with acid. The authors evaluate the eluted NS1 by SDS-PAGE, Native Page, mass spec, negative-stain EM, and eventually Cryo-EM. SDS-PAGE, mas spec, and native page reveal a >250 Kd species containing both NS1 and the proteinaceous component of HDL (ApoA1). The authors produce evidence to suggest that this population is predominantly NS1 in complex with ApoA1. This contrasts with recombinantly produced NS1 (obtained from a collaborator) which did not appear to be in complex with or contain ApoA1 (Figure 1C). The authors then visualize their NS1 stock in complex with their monoclonal antibody by CryoEM. For NS1-WT, the major species visualized by the authors was a ternary complex of an HDL particle in complex with an NS1 dimer bound to their mAB. For their mutant NS1-T164S, they find similar structures, but in contrast to NS1-WT, they visualize free NS1 dimers in complex with 2 Fabs (similar to what's been reported previously) as one of the major species. This highlights that different NS1 species have markedly divergent structural dynamics. It's important to note that the electron density maps for their structures do appear to be a bit overfitted since there are many regions with electron density that do not have a predicted fit and their HDL structure does not appear to have any predicted secondary structure for ApoA1. The authors then map the interaction between NS1 and ApoA1 using cross-linking mass spectrometry revealing numerous NS1-ApoA1 contact sites in the beta-roll and wing domain. The authors find that NS1 isolated from DENV infected mice is also present as a >250 kD species containing ApoA1. They further determine that immunoprecipitation of ApoA1 out of the sera from a single dengue patient correlates with levels of NS1 (presumably COIPed by ApoA1) in a dose-dependent manner.

      In the end, the authors make some useful observations for the NS1 field (mostly confirmatory) providing additional insight into the propensity of NS1 to interact with HDL and ApoA1. The study does not provide any functional assays to demonstrate activity of their proteins or conduct mutagenesis (or any other assays) to support their interaction predications. The authors assertion that higher-order NS1 exists primarily as a NS1 dimer in complex with HDL is not well supported as their purification methodology of NS1 likely introduces bias as to what NS1 complexes are isolated. While their results clearly reveal NS1 in complex with ApoA1, the lack of other NS1 homo-oligomers may be explained by how they purify NS1 from virally infected supernatant. Because NS1 produced during viral infection is not tagged, the authors use an anti-NS1 monoclonal antibody to purify NS1. This introduces a source of bias since only NS1 oligomers with their mAb epitope exposed will be purified. Further, the use of acid to elute NS1 may denature or alter NS1 structure and the authors do not include controls to test functionality of their NS1 stocks (capacity to trigger endothelial dysfunction or immune cell activation). The acid elution may force NS1 homo-oligomers into dimers which then reassociate with ApoA1 in a manner that is not reflective of native conditions. Conducting CryoEM of NS1 stocks only in the presence of full-length mAbs or Fabs also severely biases what species of NS1 is visualized since any NS1 oligomers without the B-ladder domain exposed will not be visualized. If the residues obscured by their mAb are involved in formation of higher-order oligomers then this antibody would functionally inhibit these species from forming. The absence of critical controls, use of one mAb, and acid elution for protein purification severely limits the interpretation of these data and do not paint a clear picture of if NS1 produced during infection is structurally distinct from recombinant NS1. Certainly there is novelty in purifying NS1 from virally infected cells, but without using a few different NS1 antibodies to purify NS1 stocks (or better yet a polyclonal population of antibodies) it's unclear if the results of the authors are simply a consequence of the mAb they selected.

      Data produced from numerous labs studying structure and function of flavivirus NS1 proteins provide diverse lines of evidence that the oligomeric state of NS1 is dynamic and can shift depending on context and environment. This means that the methodology used for NS1 production and purification will strongly impact the results of a study. The data in this manuscript certainly capture one of these dynamic states and overall support the general model of a dynamic NS1 oligomer that can associate with both host proteins as well as itself but the assertions of this manuscript are overall too strong given their data, as there is little evidence in this manuscript, and none available in the large body of existing literature, to support that NS1 exists only as a dimer associated with ApoA1. More likely the results of this paper are a result of their NS1 purification methodology.

      Suggestions for the Authors:

      Major:

      (1) Because of the methodology used for NS1 purification, it is not clear from the data provided if NS1 from viral infection differs from recombinant NS1. Isolating NS1 from viral infection using a polyclonal antibody population would be better to answer their questions. On this point, Vero cells are also not the best candidate for their NS1 production given these cells do not come from a human. A more relevant cell line like U937-DC-SIGN would be preferable.

      We performed an optimization of sNS1 secretion from DENV infection in different cell lines (Author response image 1 below) to identify the best cell line candidate to obtain relatively high yield of sNS1 for the study. As shown in Author response image 1, the levels of sNS1 in the tested human cell lines Huh7 and HEK 293T were at least 3-5 fold lower than in Vero cells. Although using a monocytic cell line expressing DC-SIGN as suggested by the reviewer would be ideal, in our experience the low infectivity of DENV in monocytic cell lines will not yield sufficient amount of sNS1 needed for structural analysis. For these practical reasons we decided to use the closely related non-human primate cell line Vero for sNS1 production supported by our optimization data.

      Author response image 1.

      sNS1 secretion in different mammalian and mosquito cell lines after DENV2 infection. The NS1 secretion level is measured using PlateliaTM Dengue NS1 Ag ELISA kit (Bio-Rad) on day 3 (left) and day 5 (right) post infection respectively.

      (2) The authors need to support their interaction predictions and models via orthogonal assays like mutagenesis followed by HDL/ApoA1 complexing and even NS1 functional assays. The authors should be able to mutate NS1 at regions predicted to be critical for ApoA1/HDL interaction. This is critical to support the central conclusions of this manuscript.

      In our previous publication (Chan et al., 2019 Sci Transl Med), we used similarly purified sNS1 (immunoaffinity purification followed by acid elution) from infected culture supernatants from both DENV2 wild-type and T164S mutant (both also studied in the present work) to carry out stimulation assay on human PBMCs as described by other leading laboratories investigating NS1 (Modhiran et al., 2015 Sci Transl Med). For reader convenience we have extracted the data from our published paper and present it as Author response image 2 below.

      Author response image 2.

      (A) IL6 and (B) TNFa concentrations measured in the supernatants of human PBMCs incubated with either 1µg/ml or 10µg/ml of the BHK-21 immunoaffinity-purified WT and TS mutant sNS1 for 24 hours. Data is adapted from Chan et al., 2019.

      Incubation of immunoaffinity-purified sNS1 (WT and TS) with human PBMCs from 3 independent human donors triggered the production of proinflammatory cytokines IL6 and TNF in a concentration dependent manner (Author response image 2), consistent with the published data by Modhiran et al., 2015 Sci Transl Med. Interestingly the TS mutant derived sNS1 induced a higher proinflammatory cytokines production than WT virus derived sNS1 that appears to correlate with the more lethal and severe disease phenotype in mice as also reported in our previous work (Chan et al., 2019). Additionally, the functionality of our immune-affinity purified infection derived sNS1 (isNA1) is now further supported by our preliminary results on the NS1 induced endothelial cell permeability assay using the purified WT and mutant isNS1 (Author response image 3). As shown in Author response image 3, both the isNS1wt and isNS1ts mutant reduced the relative transendothelial resistance from 0 to 9 h post-treatment, with the peak resistance reduction observed at 6 h post-treatment, suggesting that the purified isNS1 induced endothelial dysfunction as reported in Puerta-Guardo et al., 2019, Cell Rep.) It is noteworthy that the isNS1 in our study behaves similarly as the commercial recombinant sNS1 (rsNS1 purchased from the same source used in study by Puerta-Guardo et al., 2019) in inducing endothelial hyperpermeability. Collectively our previous published and current data suggest that the purified isNS1 (as a complex with ApoA1) has a pathogenic role in disease pathogenesis that is also supported in a recent publication by Benfrid et al., EMBO 2022). The acid elution has not affected the functionality of NS1.

      Author response image 3.

      Functional assessment of isNS1wt and isNS1ts on vascular permeability in vitro. A trans-endothelial permeabilty assay via measurement of the transendothelial electrical resistance (TEER) on human umbilical vascular endothelial cells (hUVEC) was performed, as described previously (Puerta-Guardo et al., 2019, Cell Rep). Ovalbumin serves as the negative control, while TNF-α and rsNS1 serves as the positive controls.

      We agree with reviewer about the suggested mutagnesis study. We will perform site-directed mutagenesis at selected residues and further structural and functional analyses and report the results in a follow-up study.

      (3) The authors need to show that the NS1 stocks produced using acid elution are functional compared to standard recombinantly produced NS1. Do acidic conditions impact structure/function of NS1?

      We are providing the same response to comments 1 & 2 above. We would like to reiterate that we have previously used sNS1 from immunoaffinity purification followed by acid elution to test its function in stimulating PBMCs to produce pro-inflammatory cytokines (Chan et al., 2019; Author response image 2). Similar to Modhiran et al. (2015) and Benfrid et al. (2022), the sNS1 that we extracted using acid elution are capable of activating PBMCs to produce pro-inflammatory cytokines. We have now further demonstrated the ability of both WT and TS isNS1 in inducing endothelial permeability in vitro in hUVECs, using the TEER assay (Author response image 3). Based on the data presented in the rebuttal figures as well as our previous publication we do not think that the acid elution has a significant impact on function of isNS1.

      We performed affinity purification to enrich the complex for better imaging and analysis (Supp Fig. 1b) since the crude supernatant contains serum proteins and serum-free infections also do not provide sufficient isNS1. The major complex observed in negative stain is 1:1 (also under acidic conditions which implies that the complex are stable and intact). We agree that it is possible that other oligomers can form but we have observed only a small population (74 out of 3433 particles, 2.15%; 24 micrographs) of HDL:sNS1 complex at 1:2 ratio as shown in the Author response image 4 below and in the manuscript (p. 4 lines 114-117, Supp Fig. 1c). Other NS1 dimer:HDL ratios including 2:1 and 3:1 have been reported by Benfrid et al., 2022 by spiking healthy sera with recombinant sNS1 and subsequent re-affinity purification. However, this method used an approximately 8-fold higher sNS1 concentration (400 ug/mL) than the maximum clinically reported concentration (50 ug/mL) (Young et al., 2000; Alcon et al., 2002; Libraty et al., 2002). In our hands, the sNS1 concentration in the concentrated media from in vitro infection was quantified as 30 ug/mL which is more physiologically relevant.

      We conclude that the integrity of the HDL of the complex is not lost during sample preparation, as we are able to observe the complex under the negative staining EM as well as infer from XL-MS. Our rebuttal data and our previous studies with our acid-eluted isNS1 from immunoaffinity purification clearly show that our protein is functional and biologically relevant.

      Author response image 4.

      (A) Representative negative stain micrograph of sNS1wt (B) Representative 2D averages of negative stained isNS1wt. Red arrows indicating the characteristic wing-like protrusions of NS1 inserted in HDL. (C) Data adapted from Figure 2 in Benfrid et al. (2022).

      (4) Overall, the data obtained from the mutant NS1 (contrasted to WT NS1) reveals how dynamic the oligomeric state of NS1 proteins are but the authors do not provide any insight into how/why this is, some additional lines of evidence using either structural studies or mutagenesis to compare WT and their mutant and even NS1 from a different serotype of DENV would help the field to understand the dynamic nature of NS1.

      The T164S mutation in DENV2 NS1 was proposed as the residue associated with disease severity in 1997 Cuban dengue epidemic (Halsted SB. “Intraepidemic increases in dengue disease severity: applying lessons on surveillance and transmission”. Whitehorn, J., Farrar. J., Eds., Clinical Insights in Dengue: Transmission, Diagnosis & Surveillance. The Future Medicine (2014), pp. 83-101). Our previous manuscript examined this mutation by engineering it into a less virulent clade 2 DENV isolated in Singapore and showed that sNS1 production was higher without any change in viral RNA replication. Transcript profiling of mutant compared to WT virus showed that genes that are usually induced during vascular leakage were upregulated for the mutant. We also showed that infection of interferon deficient AG129 mice with the mutant virus resulted in disease severity, increased complement protein expression in the liver, tissue inflammation and greater mortality compared to WT virus infected mice. The lipid profiling in our study (Chan et al., 2019) suggested small differences with WT but was overall similar to HDL as described by Gutsche et al. (2011). We were intrigued by our functional results and wanted to explore more deeply the impact of the mutation on sNS1 structure which at that stage was widely believed to be a trimer of NS1 dimers with a central channel (~ X Å) stuffed with lipid as established in several seminal publications (Flamand et al., 1999; Gutsche et al., 2011; Muller et al., 2012). In fact “This Week in Virology” netcast (https://www.microbe.tv/twiv/twiv-725/) discussed two back-to-back publications in Science (Modhiran et al., 371(6625)190-194; Biering et al., Science 371(6625):194-200)) which showed that therapeutic antibodies can ameliorate the NS1 induced pathogenesis and expert discussants posed questions that also pointed to the need for more accurate definition of the molecular composition and architecture of the circulating NS1 complex during virus infection to get a clearer handle on its pathogenic mechanism. Our current studies and also the recent high resolution cryoEM structures (Shu et al., 2022) do not support the notion of a central channel “stuffed with lipid”. Even in the rare instances where trimer of dimers are shown, the narrow channel in the center could only accommodate one molecule of lipoid molecule no bigger than a typical triglyceride molecule. This hexamer model cannot explain the lipid proeotmics data in the literature.

      In our study we observed predominantly 1:1 NS1 dimer to HDL (~30 μg/mL) mirroring maximum clinically reported concentration of sNS1 in the sera of DENV patients (40-50 μg/mL) as we highlighted in our main text (P. 18, lines 461-471). What is often quoted (also see later) is the recent study of Flamand & co-workers which show 1-3 NS1 dimers per HDL (Benfrid et al, 2022) by spiking rsNS1 (400 μg/mL) with HDL. This should not be confused with the previous models which suggested a lipid filled central channel holding together the hexamer. The use of physiologically relevant concentrations is important for these studies as we have highlighted in our main text (P. 18, lines 461-471).

      Our interpretation for the mutant (isNS1ts) is that it is possible that the hydrophilic serine at residue 164 located in the greasy finger loop may weaken the isNS1ts binding to HDL hence the observation of free sNS1 dimers in our immunoaffinity purified (acid eluted sample). The disease severity and increased complement protein expression in AG129 mice liver can be ascribed to weakly bound mutant NS1 with fast on/off rate with HDL being transported to the liver where specific receptors bind to free sNS1 and interact with effector proteins such as complement to drive inflammation and associated pathology. Our indirect support for this is that the XL-MS analysis of purified isNS1ts identified only 7 isNS1ts:ApoA1 crosslinks while 25 isNS1wt:ApoA1 crosslinks were identified from purified isNS1wt (refer to Fig. 4 and Supp. Fig. 8).

      Taken together, the cryoEM and XL-MS analysis of purified isNS1ts suggest that isNS1ts has weaker affinity for HDL compared to isNS1wt. We welcome constructive discussion on our interpretation that we and others will hopefully obtain more data to support or deny our proposed explanation. Our focus has been to compare WT with mutant sNS1 from DENV2 and we agree that it will be useful to study other serotypes.

      Reviewer #2:

      CryoEM:

      Some of the neg-stain 2D class averages for sNS1 in Fig S1 clearly show 1 or 2 NS1 dimers on the surface of a spherical object, presumably HDL, and indicate the possibility of high-quality cryoEM results. However, the cryoEM results are disappointing. The cryo 2D class averages and refined EM map in Fig S4 are of poor quality, indicating sub-optimal grid preparation or some other sample problem. Some of the FSC curves (2 in Fig S7 and 1 in Fig S6) have extremely peculiar shapes, suggesting something amiss in the map refinement. The sharp drop in the "corrected" FSC curves in Figs S5c and S6c (upper) indicate severe problems. The stated resolutions (3.42 & 3.82 Å) for the sNS1ts-Fab56.2 are wildly incompatible with the images of the refined maps in Figs 3 & S7. At those resolutions, clear secondary structural elements should be visible throughout the map. From the 2D averages and 3D maps shown in the figures this does not seem to be the case. Local resolution maps should be shown for each structure.

      The same sample is used for negative staining and the cryoEM results presented. The cryoEM 2D class averages are similar to the negative stain ones, with many spherical-like densities with no discernible features, presumably HDL only or the NS1 features are averaged out. The key difference lies in the 2D class averages where the NS1 could be seen. The side views of NS1 (wing-like protrusion) are more obvious in the negative stain while the top views of NS1 (cross shaped-like protrusion) are more obvious under cryoEM. HDL particles are inherently heterogeneous and known to range from 70-120 Å, this has been highlighted in the main text (p. 8, lines 203 and 228). This helps to explain why the reviewer may find the cryoEM result disappointing. The sample is inherently challenging to resolve structurally as it is (not that the sample is of poor quality). In terms of grid preparation, Supp Fig 4b shows a representative motion-corrected micrograph of the isNS1ts sample whereby individual particles can be discerned and evenly distributed across the grid at high density.

      We acknowledge that most of the dips in the FSC curves (Fig S5-7) are irregular and affect the accuracy of the stated resolutions, particularly for the HDL-isNS1ts-Fab56.2 and isNS1ts-Fab56.2 maps for which the local resolution maps are shown (Fig S7d-e). Probable reasons affecting the FSC curves include (1) the heterogeneous nature of HDL, (2) preferred orientation issue (p 7, lines 198 -200), and (3) the data quality is intrinsically less ideal for high resolution single particle analysis. Optimizing of the dynamic masking such that the mask is not sharper than the resolution of the map for the near (default = 3 angstroms) and far (12 angstroms) parameters during data processing, ranging from 6 - 12 and 14 - 20 respectively, did not help to improve the FSC curves. To report a more accurate global resolution, we have revised the figures S5-7 with new FSC curve plots generated using the remote 3DFSC processing server.

      Regardless, the overall architecture and the relative arrangement of NS1 dimer, Fab, and HDL are clearly visible and identifiable in the map. These results agree well with our biochemical data and mass-spec data.

      The samples were clearly challenging for cryoEM, leading to poor quality maps that were difficult to interpret. None of the figures are convincing that NS1, Ab56.2 or Fab56.2 are correctly fit into EM maps. There is no indication of ApoA1 helices. Details of the fit of models to density for key regions of the higher-resolution EM maps should be shown and the models should be deposited in the PDB. An example of modeling difficulty is clear in the sNS1ts dimer with bound Fab56.2 (figs 3c & S7e). For this complex, the orientation of the Fab56.2 relative to the sNS1ts dimer in this submission (Fig 3c) is substantially different than in the bioRxiv preprint (Fig 3c). Regions of empty density in Fig 3c also illustrate the challenge of building a model into this map.

      We acknowledge the modelling challenge posed by low resolution maps in general, such as the handedness of the Fab molecule as pointed out by the reviewer (which is why others have developed the use of anti-fab nanobody to aid in structure determination among other methods). The change in orientation of the Fab56.2 relative to the sNS1ts dimer was informed by the HDX-MS results which was not done at the point of bioRxiv preprint mentioned. With regards to indication of ApoA1 helices, this is expected given the heterogeneous nature of HDL. To the best of our knowledge, engineered apoA1 helices were also not reported in many cryoEM structures of membrane proteins solved in membrane scaffold protein (MSP) nanodiscs. This is despite nanodiscs, comprised of engineered apoA1 helices, having well-defined size classifications.

      Regions of weak density in Fig 3c is expected due to the preferred orientation issue acknowledged in the results section of the main text (p. 9, line 245). The cryoEM density maps have been deposited in the Electron Microscopy Data Bank (EMDB) under accession codes EMD-36483 (isNS1ts:Fab56.2) and EMD-36480 (Fab56.2:isNS1ts:HDL). The protein model files for isNS1ts:Fab56.2 and Fab56.2:isNS1ts:HDL model are available upon request. Crosslinking MS raw files and the search results can be downloaded from https://repository.jpostdb.org/preview/14869768463bf85b347ac2 with the access code: 3827. The HDX-MS data is deposited to the ProteomeXchange consortium via PRIDE partner repository51 with the dataset identifier PXD042235.

      Mass spec:

      Crosslinking-mass spec was used to detect contacts between NS1 and ApoA1, providing strong validation of the sNS1-HDL association. As the crosslinks were detected in a bulk sample, they show that NS1 is near ApoA1 in many/most HDL particles, but they do not indicate a specific protein-protein complex. Thus, the data do not support the model of an NS1-ApoA1 complex in Fig 4d. Further, a specific NS1-ApoA1 interaction should have evidence in the EM maps (helical density for ApoA1), but none is shown or mentioned. If such exists, it could perhaps be visualized after focused refinement of the map for sNS1ts-HDL with Fab56.2 (Fig S7d). The finding that sNS1-ApoA1 crosslinks involved residues on the hydrophobic surface of the NS1 dimer confirms previous data that this NS1 surface engages with membranes and lipids.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. The XL-MS is a method to identify the protein-protein interactions by proximity within the spacer arm length of the crosslinker. The crosslinking MS data do support the NS1-ApoA1 complex model obtained by cryo-EM because the identified crosslinks that are superimposed on the EM map are within the cut-off distance of 30 Å. We agree that the XL-MS data do not dictate the specific interactions between specific residues of NS1-ApoA1 in the EM model. We also do not claim that specific residue of NS1 in beta roll or wing domain is interacting with specific residue of ApoA1 in H4 and H5 domain. We claim that beta roll and wing domain regions of NS1 are interacting with ApoA1 in HDL indicating the proximity nature of NS1-ApoA1 interactions as warranted by the XL-MS data.

      As explained in the previous response on the lack of indication of ApoA1 helical density, this is expected given the heterogeneous nature of HDL. It is typical to see lipid membranes as unstructured and of lower density than the structured protein. In our study, local refinement was performed on either the global map (presented in Fig S7d) or focused on the NS1-Fab region only. Both yielded similar maps as illustrated in the real space slices shown in Author response image 5. The mask and map overlay is depicted in similar orientations to the real space slices, and at different contour thresholds at 0.05 (Author response image 5e) and 0.135 (Author response image 5f). While the overall map is of poor resolution and directional anisotropy evident, there is clear signal differences in the low density region (i.e. the HDL sphere) indicative of NS1 interaction with ApoA1 in HDL, extending from the NS1 wing to the base of the HDL sphere.

      Author response image 5.

      Real Space Slices of map and mask used during Local Refinement for overall structure (a-b) and focused mask on NS1 region (c-d). The corresponding map (grey) contoured at 0.05 (e) and 0.135 (f) in similar orientations as shown for the real space slices of map and masks. The focused mask of NS1 used is colored in semi-transparent yellow. Real Space Slices of map and mask are generated during data processing in Cryosparc 4.0 and the map figures were prepared using ChimeraX.

      Sample quality:

      The paper lacks any validation that the purified sNS1 retains established functions, for example the ability to enhance virus infectivity or to promote endothelial dysfunction.

      Please see detailed response for question 2 in Reviewer #1’s comments. In essence, we have showed that both isNS1wt and isNS1ts are capable of inducing endothelial permeability in an in vitro TEER assay (Rebuttal Fig 3) and also in our previous study that quantified inflammation in human PBMC’s (Rebuttal Fig 2).

      Peculiarities include the gel filtration profiles (Fig 2a), which indicate identical elution volumes (apparent MWs) for sNS1wt-HDL bound to Ab562 (~150 kDa) and to the ~3X smaller Fab56.2 (~50 kDa). There should also be some indication of sNS1wt-HDL pairs crosslinked by the full-length Ab, as can be seen in the raw cryoEM micrograph (Fig S5b).

      Obtaining high quality structures is often more demanding of sample integrity than are activity assays. Given the low quality of the cryoEM maps, it's possible that the acidification step in immunoaffinity purification damaged the HDL complex. No validation of HDL integrity, for example with acid-treated HDL, is reported.

      Please see detailed response for question 3 in Reviewer #1’s comments.

      Acid treatment is perhaps discounted by a statement (line 464) that another group also used immunoaffinity purification in a recent study (ref 20) reporting sNS1 bound to HDL. However the statement is incorrect; the cited study used affinity purification via a strep-tag on recombinant sNS1.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing this out and have rewritten this paragraph instead (p 18, line 445-455). We also expanded our discussion to highlight our prior functional studies showing that acid-eluted isNS1 proteins do induce endothelial hyperpermeability (p 18-19, line 470-476).

      Discussion:

      The Discussion reflects a view that the NS1 secreted from virus-infected cells is a 1:1 sNS1dimer:HDL complex with the specific NS1-ApoA1 contacts detected by crosslinking mass spec. This is inconsistent with both the neg-stain 2D class average with 2 sNS1 dimers on an HDL (Fig S1c) and with the recent study of Flamand & co-workers showing 1-3 NS1 dimers per HDL (ref 20). It is also ignores the propensity of NS1 to associate with membranes and lipids. It is far more likely that NS1 association with HDL is driven by these hydrophobic interactions than by specific protein-protein contacts. A lengthy Discussion section (lines 461-522) includes several chemically dubious or inconsistent statements, all based on the assumption that specific ApoA1 contacts are essential to NS1 association with HDL and that sNS1 oligomers higher than the dimer necessarily involve ApoA1 interaction, conclusions that are not established by the data in this paper.

      We thank the Reviewer and have revised our discussion to cover available structural and functional data to draw conclusions that invariably also need further validation by others. One point that is repeatedly brought up by Reviewer 1 & 2 is the quality and functionality of our sample. Our conclusion now reiterates this point based on our own published data (Chan et al., 2019) and also the TEER assay data provided as Author response image 3.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor:

      (1) Fig. S3B, should the label for lane 4 be isNS1? In figure 1C you do not see ApoA1 for rsNS1 but for S3B you do? Which is correct?

      This has been corrected in the Fig. S3B, the label for lane 4 has been corrected to isNS1 and lane 1 to rsNS1, where no ApoA1 band (25 kDa) is found.

      (2) Line 436, is this the correct reference? Reference 43?

      This has been corrected in the main text. (p 20, Line 507; Lee et al., 2020, J Exp Med).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The cryoEM data analysis is incompletely described. The process (software, etc) leading to each refined EM map should be stated, including the use of reference structures in any step. These details are not in the Methods or in Figs S4-7, as claimed in the Methods. The use of DeepEMhancer (which refinements?) with the lack of defined secondary structural features in the maps and without any validation (or discussion of what was used as "ground truth") is concerning. At the least, the authors should show pre- and post-DeepEMhancer maps in the supplemental figures.

      The data processing steps in the Methods section have been described with improved clarity. DeepEMhancer is a deep learning solution for cryo-EM volume post-processing to reduce noise levels and obtain more detailed versions of the experimental maps (Sanchez-Garcia, et al., 2021). DeepEMhancer was only used to sharpen the maps and reduce the noise for classes 1 and 2 of isNS1wt in complex with Ab56.2 for visualization purpose only and not for any refinements. To avoid any confusion, the use of DeepEMhancer has been removed from the supp text and figures.

      Line 83 - "cryoEM structures...recently reported" isn't ref 17

      This reference has been corrected in to Shu et al. (2022) in p 3, line 83.

      Fig. S3 - mis-labeled gel lanes

      This has been corrected in the Fig. S3B, the label for lane 4 has been corrected to isNS1 and lane 1 to rsNS1.

      Fig S6c caption - "Representative 2D classes of each 3D classes, white bar 100 Å. Refined 3D map for classes 1 and 2 coloured by local resolution". The first sentence is unclear, and there is no white scale bar and no heat map.

      Fig S6c caption has been corrected to “Representative 3D classes contoured at 0.06 and its particle distribution as labelled and coloured in cyan. Scale bar of 100 Å as shown. Refined 3D maps and their respective FSC resolution charts and posterior precision directional distribution as generated in crysosparc4.0”.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This important study elucidates the molecular divergence of caspase 3 and 7 in the vertebrate lineage. Convincing biochemical and mutational data provide evidence that in humans, caspase 7 has lost the ability to cleave gasdermin E due to changes in a key residue, S234. However, the physiological relevance of the findings is incomplete and requires further experimental work.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary

      In this study, Xu et al. provide insights into the substrate divergence of CASP3 and CASP7 for GSDME cleavage and activation during vertebrate evolution vertebrates. Using biochemical assays, domain swapping, site-directed mutagenesis, and bioinformatics tools, the authors demonstrate that the human GSDME C-terminal region and the S234 residue of human CASP7 are the key determinants that impede the cleavage of human GSDME by human CASP7.

      Strengths

      The authors made an important contribution to the field by demonstrating how human CASP7 has functionally diverged to lose the ability to cleave GSDME and showing that reverse-mutations in CASP7 can restore GSDME cleavage. The use of multiple methods to support their conclusions strengthens the authors' findings. The unbiased mutagenesis screen performed to identify S234 in huCASP7 as the determinant of its GSDME cleavability is also a strength.

      Weaknesses

      While the authors utilized an in-depth experimental setup to understand the CASP7-mediated GSDME cleavage across evolution, the physiological relevance of their findings are not assessed in detail. Additional methodology information should also be provided.

      Specific recommendations for the authors

      (1) The authors should expand their evaluation of the physiological relevance by assessing GSDME cleavage by the human CASP7 S234N mutant in response to triggers such as etoposide or VSV, which are known to induce CASP3 to cleave GSDME (PMID: 28045099). The authors could also test whether the human CASP7 S234N mutation affects substrate preference beyond human GSDME by testing cleavage of mouse GSDME and other CASP3 and CASP7 substrates in this mutant.

      (1) The physiological relevance was discussed in the revised manuscript (lines 328-340). Our study revealed the molecular mechanism underlying the divergence of CASP3- and CASP7-mediated GSDME activation in vertebrate. One of the physiological consequences is that in humans, CASP7 no longer directly participates in GSDME-mediated cell death, which enables CASP7 to be engaged in other cellular processes. Another physiological consequence is that GSDME activation is limited to CASP3 cleavage, thus restricting GSDME activity to situations more specific, such as that inducing CASP3 activation. The divergence and specialization of the physiological functions of different CASPs are consistent with and possibly conducive to the development of refined regulations of the sophisticated human GSDM pathways, which are executed by multiple GSDM members (A , B, C, D, and E), rather than by GSDME solely in teleost, such as Takifugu. More physiological consequences of CASP3/7 divergence in GSDME activation need to be explored in future studies.

      With respect to the reviewer’s suggestion of assessing GSDME cleavage by the human CASP7 S234N mutant in response to triggers such as etoposide or VSV: (i) CASP7 S234N is a creation of our study, not a natural human product, hence its response to CASP7 triggers cannot happen under normal physiological conditions except in the case of application, such as medical application, which is not the aim of our study. (ii) CASP3/7 activators (such as raptinal) induced robust activation of the endogenous CASP3 (Heimer et al., Cell Death Dis. 2019;10:556) and CASP7 (Author response image 1, below) in human cells. Since CASP3 is the natural activator of GSDME, the presence of the triggers inevitably activates GSDME via CASP3. Hence, under this condition, it will be difficult to examine the effect of CASP7 S234N.

      Author response image 1.

      HsCASP7 activation by raptinal. HEK293T cells were transfected with the empty vector (-), or the vector expressing HsCASP7 or HsCASP7-S234N for 24 h. The cells were then treated with or without (control) 5 μM raptinal for 4 h. The cells were lysed, and the lysates were blotted with anti-CASP7 antibody.

      (2) As suggested by the reviewer, the cleavage of other CASP7 substrates, i.e., poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase 1 (PARP1) and gelsolin, by HsCASP7 and S234N mutant was determined. The results showed that HsCASP7 and HsCASP7-S234N exhibited similar cleavage capacities. Figure 5-figure supplement 1 and lines 212-214.

      (2) It would also be interesting to examine the GSDME structure in different species to gain insight into the nature of mouse GSDME, which cannot be cleaved by either mouse or human CASP7.

      Because the three-dimensional structure of GSDME is not solved, we are unable to explore the structural mechanism underlying the GSDME cleavage by caspase. Since our results showed that the C-terminal domain was essential for caspase-mediated cleavage of GSDME, it is likely that the C-terminal domain of mouse GSDME may possess some specific features that render it to resist mouse and human CASP7.

      (3) The evolutionary analysis does not explain why mammalian CASP7 evolved independently to acquire an amino acid change (N234 to S234) in the substrate-binding motif. Since it is difficult to experimentally identify why a functional divergence occurs, it would be beneficial for the authors to speculate on how CASP7 may have acquired functional divergence in mammals; potentially this occurred because of functional redundancies in cell death pathways, for example.

      According to the reviewer’s suggestion, a speculation was added. Lines 328-340.

      (4) For the recombinant proteins produced for these analyses, it would be helpful to know whether size-exclusion chromatography was used to purify these proteins and whether these purified proteins are soluble. Additionally, the SDS-PAGE in Figure S1B and C show multiple bands for recombinant mutants of TrCASP7 and HsCASP7. Performing protein ID to confirm that the detected bands belong to the respective proteins would be beneficial.

      The recombinant proteins in this study are soluble and purified by Ni-NTA affinity chromatography. Size-exclusion chromatography was not used in protein purification.

      For the SDS-PAGE in Figure 4-figure supplement 1B and C (Figure S1B and C in the previous submission), the multiple bands are most likely due to the activation cleavage of the TrCASP7 and HsCASP7 variants, which can result in multiple bands, including p10 and p20. According to the reviewer’s suggestion, the cleaved p10 was verified by immunoblotting. Figure 4-figure supplement 1B and C.

      (5) For Figures 3C and 4A, it would be helpful to mention what parameters or PDB files were used to attribute these secondary structural features to the proteins. In particular, in Figure 3C, residues 261-266 are displayed as a β-strand; however, the well-known α-model represents this region as a loop. Providing the parameters used for these callouts could explain this difference.

      For Figure 3C, in the revised manuscript, we used the structure of mouse GSDMA3 (PDB: 5b5r) for the structural analysis of HsGSDME. As indicated by the reviewer, the region of 261-266 is a loop. The description was revised in lines 172 and 174, Figure 3C and Figure 3C legend.

      For Figure 4A, the alignment of CASP7 was constructed by using Esprit (https://espript.ibcp.fr/ESPript/cgi-bin/ESPript.cgi) with human CASP7 (PDB:1k86) as the template. The description was revised in the Figure legend.

      (6) Were divergent sequences selected for the sequence alignment analyses (particularly in Figure 6A)? The selection of sequences can directly influence the outcome of the amino acid residues in each position, and using diverse sequences can reduce the impact of the number of sequences on the LOGO in each phylogenetic group.

      In Figure 6A, the sequences were selected without bias. For Mammalia, 45 CASP3 and 43 CASP7 were selected; for Aves, 41 CASP3 and 52 CASP7 were selected; for Reptilia, 31CASP3 and 39 CASP7 were selected; for Amphibia, 11 CASP3 and 12 CASP7 were selected; for Osteichthyes, 40 CASP3 and 43 CASP7 were selected. The sequence information was shown in Table 1 and Table 2.

      (7) For clarity, it would help if the authors provided additional rationale for the selection of residues for mutagenesis, such as selecting Q276, D278, and H283 as exosite residues, when the CASP7 PDB structures (4jr2, 3ibf, and 1k86) suggest that these residues are enriched with loop elements rather than the β sheets expected to facilitate substrate recognition in exosites for caspases (PMID: 32109412). It is possible that the inability to form β-sheets around these positions might indicate the absence of an exosite in CASP7, which further supports the functional effect of the exosite mutations performed.

      According to the suggestion, the rationale for the selection of residues for mutagenesis was added (lines 216-222). Unlike the exosite in HsCASP1/4, which is located in a β sheet, the Q276, D278, and H283 of HsCASP7 are located in a loop region (Figure 5-figure supplement 2), which may explain the mutation results and the absence of an exosite in HsCASP7 as suggested by the reviewer.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The authors wanted to address the differential processing of GSDME by caspase 3 and 7, finding that while in humans GSDME is only processed by CASP3, Takifugu GSDME, and other mammalian can be processed by CASP3 and 7. This is due to a change in a residue in the human CAPS7 active site that abrogates GSDME cleavage. This phenomenon is present in humans and other primates, but not in other mammals such as cats or rodents. This study sheds light on the evolutionary changes inside CASP7, using sequences from different species. Although the study is somehow interesting and elegantly provides strong evidence of this observation, it lacks the physiological relevance of this finding, i.e. on human side, mouse side, and fish what are the consequences of CASP3/7 vs CASP3 cleavage of GSDME.

      Our study revealed the molecular mechanism underlying the divergence of CASP3- and CASP7-mediated GSDME activation in vertebrate. One of the physiological consequences is that in humans, CASP7 no longer directly participates in GSDME-mediated cell death, which enables CASP7 to be engaged in other cellular processes. Another physiological consequence is that GSDME activation is limited to CASP3 cleavage, thus restricting GSDME activity to situations more specific, such as that inducing CASP3 activation. The divergence and specialization of the physiological functions of different CASPs are consistent with and possibly conducive to the development of refined regulations of the sophisticated human GSDM pathways, which are executed by multiple GSDM members (A , B, C, D, and E), rather than by GSDME solely in teleost, such as Takifugu. More physiological consequences of CASP3/7 divergence in GSDME activation need to be explored in future studies. Lines 328-340.

      Fish also present a duplication of GSDME gene and Takifugu present GSDMEa and GSDMEb. It is not clear in the whole study if when referring to TrGSDME is the a or b. This should be stated in the text and discussed in the differential function of both GSDME in fish physiology (i.e. PMIDs: 34252476, 32111733 or 36685536).

      The TrGSDME used in this study belongs to the GSDMEa lineage of teleost GSDME. The relevant information was added. Figure 1-figure supplement 1 and lines 119, 271, 274-276, 287 and 288.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) For the chimeric and truncated constructs, such as HsNT-TrCT, TrNT-HsCT, Hsp20-Trp10, Trp20-Hsp10, etc., the authors should provide a table denoting which amino acids were taken from each protein to create the fusion or truncation.

      According to the reviewer’s suggestion, the information of the truncate/chimeric proteins was provided in Table 4.

      (2) Both reviewers agree that functional physiological experiments are needed to increase the significance of the work. Specifically, the physiological relevance of these findings can be assessed by using western blotting to monitor GSDME cleavage by the human CASP7 S234N mutant compared with wild type CASP7 in response to triggers such as etoposide or VSV, which are known to induce CASP3 to cleave GSDME (PMID: 28045099).

      Additionally, the authors can assess cell death in HEK293 cells, HEK293 cells transfected with TrGSDME, HEK293 cells expressing TrCASP3/7 plus TrGSDME, and TrCASP3/7 plus the D255R/D258A mutant. These cells can be stimulated, and pyroptosis can be assessed by using ELISA to measure the release of the cytoplasmic enzyme LDH as well as IL-1β and IL-18, and the percentage of cell death (PI+ positive cells) may also be assessed.

      (1) With respect to the physiological relevance, please see the above reply to Reviewer 1’s comment of “Specific recommendations for the authors, 1”.

      (2) As shown in our results (Fig. 2), co-expression of TrCASP3/7 and TrGSDME in HEK293T cells induced robust cell death without the need of any stimulation, as evidenced by LDH release and TrGSDME cleavage. In the revised manuscript, similar experiments were performed as suggested, and cell death was assessed by Sytox Green staining (Figure 2-figure supplement 3A and B) and immunoblot to detect the cleavage of both wild type and mutant TrGSDME (Figure 2-figure supplement 3C). The results confirmed the results of Figure 2.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Abstract:

      Although the authors try to summarize the principal results of this study, please rewrite the abstract section to make it easier to follow and to empathise the implications of their results.

      We have modified the Abstract as suggested by the reviewer.

      Introduction:

      The authors do not mention anything about the implication of the inflammasome activation to get pyroptosis by GSDM cleave by inflammatory caspases. Please consider including this in the introduction section as they do in the discussion section.

      The introduction was modified according to the reviewer’s suggestion. Lines 58-61.

      From the results section the authors name the human GSDM as HsGSDM and the human CASP as HsCASP, maybe the author could use the same nomenclature in the introduction section. The same for the fish GSDM (Tr) and CASP.

      According to the reviewer’s suggestion, the same nomenclature was used in the introduction.

      Line 39. Remove the word necrotic.

      “necrotic” was removed .

      Line 42. Change channels by pores. In the manuscript, change channels by pores overall.

      “channels” was replaced by “pores”.

      Line 42: Include that: by these pores can be released the proinflammatory cytokines and if these pores are not solved then pyroptosis occurs. Please rephrase this statement.

      According to the reviewer's suggestion, the sentence was rephrased. Lines 46-48.

      Line 45. GSDMF is not an approved gene name, its official nomenclature is PJVK (Uniprot Q0ZLH3). Please use PJVK instead GSDMF.

      GSDMF was changed to PJVK.

      Line 103: Can the authors explain better the molecular determinant?

      The sentence was revised, line 109.

      Results:

      Line 110: Reference for this statement. The reference for this statement was added in line 116.

      Figure 1A, B: Concentration or units used of HsCASP?

      The unit (1 U) of HsCASPs was added to the figure legend (line 661).

      Line 113: Add Hs or Tr after CASP would be helpful to follow the story.

      “CASP” was changed to “HsCASP”.

      Fig 1D: Why the authors do not use the DMPD tetrapeptide (HsGSDME CASP3 cut site) in this assay? Comparing with the data obtained in Fig 3B the TrCASP3 activity is going to be very closer to that obtained for VEID o VDQQD in the CASP3 panel.

      The purpose of Figure 1D was to determine the cleavage preference of TrCASPs. For this purpose, a series of commercially available CASP substrates were used, including DEVD, which is commonly used as a testing substrate for CASP3. Figure 3B was to compare the cleavage of HsCASP3/7 and TrCASP3/7 specifically against the motifs from TrGSDME (DAVD) and HsGSDME (DMPD).

      Figure 1D and Figure 3B are different experiments and were performed under different conditions. In Figure 1D, CASP3 was incubated with the commercial substrates at 37 ℃ for 2 h, while in Figure 3B, CASP3/7 were incubated with non-commercial DAVD (motif from TrGSDME) and DMPD (motif from HsGSDME) at 37 ℃ for 30 min. More experimental details were added to Materials and Methods, lines 443 and 447.

      Fig 1H: What is the concentration used of the inhibitors?

      The concentration (20 μM) was added to the figure legend (line 669).

      Does the Hs CASP3/7 fail to cleave the TrGSDME mutants (D255R and D258A)? the authors do not show this result so they cannot assume that HsCASP3/7 cleave that sequence (although this is to be expected).

      The result of HsCASP3/7 cleavage of the TrGSDME mutants was added as Figure 1-figure supplement 2 and described in Results, line 133.

      Line 132-133: Can the author specify where is placed the mCherry tag? In the N terminal or C terminal portion of the different engineered proteins?

      The mCherry tag is attached to the C-terminus. Figure 2 legend (line 676).

      Fig 2A: Although is quite clear, a column histogram showing the quantification is going to be helpful.

      The expression of TrGSDME-FL, -NT and -CT was determined by Western blot, and the result was added as Figure 2-figure supplement 1.

      Fig 2A, B, C: After how many hours of expression are the pictures taken? Can the authors show a Western blot showing that the expression of the different constructions is similar?

      The time was added to Figure 2 legend and Materials and Methods (line 466). The expression of TrGSDME-FL, -NT and -CT was determined by Western blot, and the result was added as Figure 2-figure supplement 1.

      Fig 2C: Another helpful assay can be to measure the YO-PRO or another small dye internalization, to complete the LDH data.

      According the reviewer’s suggestion, in addition to LDH release, Sytox Green was also used to detect cell death. The result was added as Figure 2-figure supplement 2 and described in Results, line 146.

      Fig 2C: In the figure y axe change LHD by LDH.

      The word was corrected.

      Fig 2D: Change HKE293T by HEK293T in the caption.

      The word was corrected.

      Fig 2G: Please add the concentration used with the two plasmids co-transfection. A Western blot showing CASP3/7 expression vs TrGSDME is missing. Is that assay after 24h? please specify better the methodology.

      The concentration of plasmid used in co-transfection and the time post transfection were added to the Materials and Methods (lines 422 and 424). In addition, the expression of CASP3/7 was added to Figure 2I.

      Fig 2 J, K: Change HKE293T by HEK293T in the figure caption. The concentration of the caspase inhibitors is missing. Depending on the concentration used, these inhibitors used could provoke toxicity on the cells by themselves.

      The word was corrected in the figure caption. The inhibitor concentration (10 μM) was added to the figure legend (line 690).

      Line 151: TrCASP3/7 instead of CASP3/7

      CASP3/7 was changed to TrCASP3/7.

      Fig 3A, 3B: Please add the units used of the HsCASP

      The unit was added to the figure legends (lines 697).

      Fig 3A: Can the authors add the SDS-PAGE to see the Nt terminal portion as has been done in Fig 1A? Maybe in a supplementary figure.

      The SDS-PAGE was added as Figure 3-figure supplement 1.

      Fig 3B: If the authors could add some data about the caspase activity using any other CASP such as CASP2, CASP1 to compare the activity data with CASP3 and CASP7 would be helpful.

      The proteolytic activity of TrCASP1 was provided as Figure 3-figure supplement 2.

      Fig 3C: To state this (Line 160), the authors should use another prediction software to reach a consensus with the sequences of the first analysis. In fact, what happens when GSDME is modelled 3-dimensionally by comparing it to crystalized structures such as mouse GSDMA? If the authors add an arrow indicating where the Nt terminal portion ends and where Ct portion begins would make the figure clearer.

      According to the suggestions of both reviewers, in the revised manuscript, we used mouse GSDMA3 (PDB: 5b5r) for the structural analysis of HsGSDME, which showed that the 261-266 region of HsGSDME was a loop. As a result, Figure 3C was revised. Relevant change in Results: lines 172 and 174.

      As suggested by the reviewer, we modelled the three-dimensional structure of HsGSDME by using SWISS-MODEL with mouse GSDMA3 as the template (Author response image 2, below).

      Author response image 2.

      The three-dimensional structure model of HsGSDME. (A) The structure of HsGSDME was modeled by using mouse GSDMA3 (MmGSDMA3) as the template. The N-terminal domain (1-246 aa) and the C-terminal domain (279-468 aa) of HsGSDME are shown in red and blue, respectively. (B) The superposed structure of HsGSDME (cyan) and MmGSDMA3 (purple).

      Fig 3F: if this is an immunoblotting why NT can be seen? In other Western blots only the CT is detected, why? The use of the TrGSDME mouse polyclonal needs more details (is a purify Ab, was produced for this study, what are the dilution used...)

      Since the anti-TrGSDME antibody was generated using the full-length TrGSDME, it reacted with both the N-terminal and the C-terminal fragments of TrGSDME in Figure 3F. In Figure 3G, the GSDME chimera contained only TrGSDME-CT, so only the CT fragment was detected by anti-TrGSDME antibody. More information on antibody preparation and immunoblot was added to “Materials and Methods” (lines 390 and 391).

      Fig 4B: Can the authors show in which amino acid the p20 finish for each CASP? (Similarly, as they have done in panel 3E)

      Fig 4B was revised as suggested.

      Fig 5F: With 4 units of WT CASP7 the authors show a HsGSDME Ct in the same proportion than when the S234N mutant is used (at lower concentrations). How do the authors explain this?

      The result showed that the cleavage by 4U of HsCASP7 was comparable to the cleavage by 0.25U of HsCASP7-S234N, indicating that S234 mutation increased the cleavage ability of HsCASP7 by 16 folds.

      Line 203: Can the authors show an alignment between this region of casp1/4 and 7? Maybe in supplementary figures.

      As reported by Wang et. al (PMID: 32109412), the βIII/βIII’ sheet of CASP1/4 forms the exosite critical for GSDMD recognition. The structural comparison among HsCASP1/4/7 and the sequence alignment of HsCASP1/4 βIII/βIII’ region with its corresponding region in HsCASP7 were added as Figure 5-figure supplement 2.

      Line 205: A mutation including S234N with the exosite mutations (S234+Q276W+D278E+H283S) is required to support this statement.

      The sentence of “suggesting that, unlike human GSDMD, HsGSDME cleavage by CASPs probably did not involve exosite interaction” was deleted in the revised manuscript.

      Fig 5I, 5J: which is the amount of HsGSDME and TrGSDME? I would place these figures in supplementary material.

      The protein expression of TrGSDME/HsGSDME was shown in the figure. Fig 5I and 5J were moved to Figure 5-figure supplement 3.

      Line 218: I would specify that this importance is in HUMAN CASP7 to cleavage Human GSDME.

      “CASP7” and “GSDME” were changed to “HsCASP7” and “HsGSDME”, respectively.

      Fig 6C: 4 units is the amount of S234N mutant needed to see an optimal HsGSDME cleavage in Fig 5F.

      In Figure 6C, the cleavage efficacy of HsCASP3-N208S was apparently decreased compared to that of HsCASP3, and 4U of HsCASP3-N208S was roughly equivalent to 1U of HsCASP3 in cleavage efficacy. In Figure 5F, cleavage by 4U of HsCASP7 was comparable to the cleavage by 0.25U of HsCASP7-S234N. Together, these results confirmed the critical role of S234/N208 in HsCASP3/7 cleavage of HsGSDM.

      Fig 6I: Could be the fact that the mouse GSDME has a longer Ct than human GSDME affect the interaction with CASP7? Less accessible to the cut site? Needs a positive control of mouse GSDME with mouse Caspase 3.

      Although mouse GSDME (MmGSDME) (512 aa) is larger than HsGSDME (496 aa), the length of the C-terminal domain of MmGSDME (186 aa) is comparable to that of HsGSDME (190 aa).

      Author response image 3.

      Conserved domain analysis of mouse (upper) and human (lower) GSDME.

      As suggested by the reviewer, the cleavage of MmGSDME by mouse caspase-3 (MmCASP3) was added as Figure 6-figure supplement 2 and described in Results, lines 258.

      Material and Methods:

      -Overall, concentrations or amounts used in this study regarding the active enzyme or plasmids used are missing and need to be added.

      The missing concentrations of the enzymes and plasmids were added in Material and Methods (lines 421, 453, 457, and 470) or figure legends (Figure 1 and 3).

      -It would be helpful if the authors label in the immunoblotting panels what is the GSDME that they are using. (Hs GSDME FL...).

      As suggested, the labels were added to Figures 1A ,1B, and 3.

      -Add the units of enzyme used.

      The units of enzyme were added to figure legends (Figure 1A, 3A, 3D, and 3F) or Material and Methods (lines 453 and 457).

      The GSDME sequence obtained for Takifugu after amplification of the RNA extracted should be shown and specified (GSDMEa or GSDMEb). From which tissue was the RNA extracted?

      The details were added to Materials and Methods (lines 398 and 402).

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Responses to reviewers’ comments

      (1) The rationale of selecting tNOX/ENOX2 as a potential target of 4-dmH, but not heliomycin, is unclear by taking a biased approach. Thus, there is high possibility that 4-dmH binds to other proteins involved in apoptosis inhibition. An unbiased screen to identify 4-dmH-binding proteins would be a better approach unless there is a clear and logical rationale.

      We apologize for this oversight. In response to this comment, we rewrote the abstract, reorganized the results, and added more references to better introduce tNOX/ENOX2.

      A) Under the “4-dmH, but not heliomycin, targets intracellular tNOX, an upstream regulator of SIRT1” result section:

      We next addressed the molecular mechanisms underlying SIRT1 inhibition and concurrent cell death by these two compounds in oral cancer cells. Being an NAD+-dependent protein deacetylase, SIRT1 activity is primarily governed by NAD+/NADH ratio, thus, there exists a positive correlation between these two [1-9]. We then questioned whether these two compounds inhibit SIRT1 by affecting the intracellular NAD+/NADH levels, and were surprised to find that 4-dmH, but not heliomycin, caused a prominent inhibition of intracellular NAD+/NADH ratio (revised Fig. 7a). The discrepancy in their ability to reduce NAD+ generation led us to explore the role of a tumor-associated NADH oxidase (tNOX, ENOX2) in 4-dmH-suppressed SIRT1 and apoptosis induction. We have previously reported that tNOX inhibition reduced the intracellular NAD+/NADH ratio and SIRT1 deacetylase activity, increasing p53 acetylation and apoptosis [10-13]. In the light of this information, we assessed the effect of the compounds on tNOX expression and found that 4-dmH, but not heliomycin, considerably diminished tNOX protein expression in a concentration-dependent manner (Fig. 7b).

      B) To demonstrate that our results from ligand-binding assays (CETSA) were specific to tNOX, we conducted more CETSA experiments to exclude PARP or NOX4 targets of 4-dmH. PARP acts as a DNA damage sensor and also a NAD+-consuming enzyme, affecting many cellular functions [14]. NOX4 belongs to the NOX family of NADPH oxidases that mediate electron transport through intracellular membranes and is also shown to be involved in tumorigenesis [15, 16]. We show that 4-dmH treatments did not seem to increase the melting temperature of PARP or NOX4, excluding those two proteins as potential targets of 4-dmH (revised Fig. 8c).

      Author response image 1.

      (2) The authors should show whether heliomycin indeed does not induce apoptosis, while 4-dmH cannot induce autophagy.

      We have reorganized and revised our manuscript and figures (Fig. 5 and Fig. 6) to better demonstrate the different cell death pathways associated with heliomycin and 4-dmH. Using flow cytometry, we show that heliomycin, but not 4-dmH, induced autophagy in two lines of oral cancer cells (Fig. 5a). In the revision, we moved up the analysis of apoptosis by JC-1 staining to Figure 5 (revised Fig. 5b). We also reorganized the protein analysis to demonstrate better the downregulation of pro-apoptotic Bak and Puma and a lack of caspase 3-directed PARP cleavage, indicating the ineffective apoptosis by heliomycin (revised Fig. 5c). Similarly, we found that the absence of upregulation of ULK1, Atg 5, Atg7, and cleaved LC3-II provided evidence for the inadequate autophagy by 4-dmH (revised Fig. 5d). Attached please see the revised Figure 5.

      Author response image 2.

      (3) They should demonstrate whether genetic knockdown of tNOX, SirT1, or both tNOX and SirT1 induces apoptosis or autophagy and also reduces malignant properties of oral cancer cells.

      A) In the revision, we conducted more experiments utilizing the RNAi-knockdown to understand the role of tNOX on the regulation of apoptosis or autophagy. Our results indicate that the tNOX-depletion effectively provoked spontaneous apoptosis and autophagy in SAS cells (revised Fig. 7e). However, given that SIRT1 per se is not the focus of this present study and SIRT1-knockdown has been shown to increase apoptotic population by other groups [17] [18], we decided not to pursue it further.

      Author response image 3.

      B) In our earlier studies, we have adequately demonstrated that tNOX confers a survival advantage for cancer cells. For example, tNOX-deficiency by RNA interference in cancer cells abolishes cancer phenotypes, reducing NAD+ production, proliferation, and migration/invasion while increasing apoptosis [19-22]. On the other hand, tNOX-overexpressing in non-cancerous cells stimulates the growth of cells, decreases doubling time, and enhances cell migration [23-26].

      (4) The authors should examine whether overexpression of SirT1 or tNOX in cells treated with heliomycin or 4-dmH could nullify heliomycin-induced autophagy and 4-dmH-induced apoptosis. Also, instead of overexpressing tNOX, they can supplement NAD into cells treated with 4-dmH.

      A) The utilization of tNOX overexpression has been previously reported in several studies, demonstrating that tNOX-overexpressing in non-cancerous cells stimulates the growth of cells, decreases doubling time, and enhances cell migration [23-26]. However, in our experiences, the effect of tNOX overexpression in cancer cells is much less apparent than that in non-cancerous cells. Thus, we decided not to study it further, given that our results from tNOX knockdown have evidently signified the role of tNOX in the regulation of apoptosis and autophagy.

      B) Since SIRT1 is not the major focus of this present study and SIRT1-overexpression has been shown to reduce stress-mediated apoptosis by other groups [27, 28], we decided not to pursue it further.

      C) The systemic deterioration in NAD+ level has been correlated with many diseases and aging [29-31]. In this regard, NAD+ administration was reported to attenuate doxorubicin-induced apoptosis in the liver of mice, suggesting a protective effect [32]. The administration of nicotinamide riboside (NR), a precursor of NAD+, was also demonstrated to prevent ROS generation and apoptosis in the mouse sepsis models [33]. With data from these animal studies already demonstrating the benefits of NAD+ supplements, we decided not to conduct similar experiments in a cell-based setting.

      (5) Related to Fig. 5C and 6a, the authors should examine the effects of heliomycin and 4-dmH on the cell cycle profiles, Annexin V positivity, and colony formation.

      We added the results from colony-forming assays and revealed that both compounds exhibited high growth-suppressive ability against oral cancer cells (revised Fig. 6c). Nevertheless, we showed that the diminution in growth by the compounds was least likely to arise from cell cycle arrest mediated by these two compounds (revised Fig. 6d). Due to the possible interference of the fluorescence wavelength of heliomycin/derivative, we examined JC-1 staining rather than Annexin V positivity. The apoptotic effect of the compounds was demonstrated in revised Fig. 5b in the revision.

      Author response image 4.

      (6) They should also examine whether either or both heliomycin and 4-dmH induce reactive oxygen species (ROS).

      In our previous report, we examined the effects of heliomycin and 4-dmH on oxidative stress utilizing H2DCFDA [34]. The dye fluoresces in the presence of intracellularly generated reactive oxygen species (ROS). We showed that 4-dmH significantly induced the generation of ROS generation. However, no marked ROS generation was observed in cells exposed to heliomycin.

      (7) Related to Fig. 9d, they should mutate amino acid residue(s) in tNOX that are crucial for the 4-dmH-tNOX binding, including Ile 90, Lys98, Pro111, Pro113, Leu115, Pro117, and Pro118, to examine whether these mutants lose the binding to 4-dmH and fail to rescue 4-dmH-induced apoptosis, unlike wild-type tNOX.

      For further evaluation of the importance of the consistent interaction residues in the three docked compound-tNOX complexes, the seven interaction residues on tNOX were substituted with alanine or glycine amino acids and then simulated the protein structures. The simulated protein structures appear slightly different from the original tNOX structure. Overall, the root mean square difference between the original tNOX structure and the structures with residues substituted by alanine or glycine amino acids was estimated at 3.339 or 4.024 angstroms (Å), respectively (Fig. S1a). The simulated protein structures were also employed to conduct the docking analysis for 4-dmH. The results of further docking analysis revealed that 4-dmH could bind within the same pocket of different types of tNOX structures but with varying orientations (Fig. S1b). This observation also suggests that the replacement of both key residues with alanine or glycine could result in a reduction of the binding affinity of 4-dmH to tNOX, with values of -8.2 and -7.6 kcal/mol, respectively. Moreover, the substitution of both key residues with alanine or glycine also reduces the number of the original interacting residues and interaction forces in core moieties in the 4-dmH-tNOX complexes (Fig. S1c and S1d). Together, our experimental results and molecular docking simulations are consistent with the notion that 4-dmH possesses a better affinity ability for tNOX than for SIRT1.

      Author response image 5.

      The simulated tNOX structures (a, b) and the binding modes of 4-dmH after docking study (c, d). (a) Superimposition of three types of tNOX structures, including the original tNOX structure (orange) and the critical residues in tNOX protein substituted with alanine (magenta) or glycine (cyan). The substituted residues were shown as sticks. (b) Superimposition of the docked 4-dmH (blue). (c) Schematic presentations of possible interactions between 4-dmH and the interacted residues in tNOX protein substituted with alanine. (d) Schematic presentations of possible interactions between 4-dmH and the interacted residues in tNOX protein substituted with glycine. The key residues were identified based on the best docking pose of 4-dmH. The red circles and ellipses indicate the identical residues that interacted with different types of tNOX structures.

      (8) Related to Fig. 10a, heliomycin appears to also reduce tNOX levels (although the extent is not as robust as 4-dmH), which is not expected since heliomycin does not bind to tNOX. They should compare the effects of heliomycin and 4-dmH on reducing the protein levels of tNOX. If heliomycin does not change the tNOX protein levels, then they need to discuss why heliomycin reduces tNOX levels in vivo.

      In our previous studies, we have shown that tNOX knockdown partially attenuates SIRT1 expression and represses growth in various cancer cell types, such as lung [22], bladder [20], and stomach [13]. We also observed that tNOX is acetylated/ubiquitinated under certain stresses and SIRT1 depletion affects tNOX expression (data not shown). It is speculated that SIRT1 deacetylates tNOX and modulates its protein stability. Thus, there is a reciprocal regulation between tNOX and SIRT1. Although heliomycin does not bind to tNOX, its inhibition of SIRT1 activity/expression might also have an impact on tNOX expression.

      (9) Related to Fig. 10F, if tNOX is an upstream regulator of SirT1 and both heliomycin and 4-dmH ultimately target SirT1, it is unclear why heliomycin and 4-dmH cause different biological outcomes. One explanation is that tNOX has apoptosis-inhibiting function other than supporting (or independent of) SirT1 and hence 4-dmH-mediated tNOX inhibition causes apoptosis rather than autophagy. They should explain and discuss more about whether tNOX-inhibiting/binding function of 4-dmH is sufficient to explain the different biological outcomes from heliomycin.

      Thank you for this valuable suggestion. Indeed, in our earlier studies, we have adequately demonstrated that tNOX-deficiency by RNA interference in cancer cells abolishes cancer phenotypes, reducing NAD+ production, proliferation, and migration/invasion while increasing apoptosis; thus, tNOX confers a survival advantage for cancer cells [19-22]. On the other hand, tNOX-overexpressing in non-cancerous cells stimulates the growth of cells, decreases doubling time, and enhances cell migration [23-26]. With these lines of evidence, we believe that tNOX not only supports but also exerts functions independent of SIRT1. The tNOX- and SIRT1-inhibiting function of 4-dmH, thus, results in the different biological outcomes from the SIRT1-binding heliomycin.

      (10) They should examine the effects of heliomycin and 4-dmH on cell viability of non-tumor cells to examine their toxicities.

      Using cell impedance measurements, we also examined the effects of heliomycin and 4-dmH on the proliferation of human non-cancerous BEAS-2B cells. Our results demonstrated that heliomycin did not exhibit cytotoxicity toward human non-cancerous BEAS-2B cells (revised Fig. 6a). Furthermore, the water-soluble 4-dmH effectively diminished cell proliferation in a dose-dependent manner in oral cancer cells, but much less apparent in that of BEAS-2B cells (revised Fig. 6b). Similar results were reported in our previous study, indicating that 4-dmH displayed much higher IC50 values against non-cancerous human dermal microvascular endothelium HMEC-1 cells compared to those of tumor cells [34].

      Author response image 6.

      (11) They should consistently use either tNOX or ENOX2 to avoid confusion.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have now consistently used tNOX throughout the manuscript. However, for the revised Figure 7d, the commercially available antibody to ENOX2 (from Proteintech, Rosemont, IL, USA) is different from the one to tNOX (produced in our laboratory) and this is the only place we have used ENOX2 rather than tNOX.

      References

      1) Mouchiroud L, Houtkooper RH, Moullan N, Katsyuba E, Ryu D, Canto C, Mottis A, Jo YS, Viswanathan M, Schoonjans K et al: The NAD(+)/Sirtuin Pathway Modulates Longevity through Activation of Mitochondrial UPR and FOXO Signaling. Cell 2013, 154(2):430-441.

      2) He S, Gao Q, Wu X, Shi J, Zhang Y, Yang J, Li X, Du S, Zhang Y, Yu J: NAD(+) ameliorates endotoxin-induced acute kidney injury in a sirtuin1-dependent manner via GSK-3beta/Nrf2 signalling pathway. J Cell Mol Med 2022, 26(7):1979-1993.

      3) Donmez G: The neurobiology of sirtuins and their role in neurodegeneration. Trends Pharmacol Sci 2012, 33(9):494-501.

      4) Teertam SK, Phanithi PB: Up-regulation of Sirtuin-1/autophagy signaling in human cerebral ischemia: possible role in caspase-3 mediated apoptosis. Heliyon 2022, 8(12):e12278.

      5) Li BY, Peng WQ, Liu Y, Guo L, Tang QQ: HIGD1A links SIRT1 activity to adipose browning by inhibiting the ROS/DNA damage pathway. Cell reports 2023, 42(7):112731.

      6) Bai P, Canto C, Oudart H, Brunyanszki A, Cen Y, Thomas C, Yamamoto H, Huber A, Kiss B, Houtkooper RH et al: PARP-1 inhibition increases mitochondrial metabolism through SIRT1 activation. Cell Metab 2011, 13(4):461-468.

      7) Ma Y, Nie H, Chen H, Li J, Hong Y, Wang B, Wang C, Zhang J, Cao W, Zhang M et al: NAD(+)/NADH metabolism and NAD(+)-dependent enzymes in cell death and ischemic brain injury: current advances and therapeutic implications. Curr Med Chem 2015, 22(10):1239-1247.

      8) Fulco M, Schiltz RL, Iezzi S, King MT, Zhao P, Kashiwaya Y, Hoffman E, Veech RL, Sartorelli V: Sir2 regulates skeletal muscle differentiation as a potential sensor of the redox state. Mol Cell 2003, 12(1):51-62.

      9) Yang Y, Liu Y, Wang Y, Chao Y, Zhang J, Jia Y, Tie J, Hu D: Regulation of SIRT1 and Its Roles in Inflammation. Front Immunol 2022, 13:831168.

      10) Tikhomirov AS, Shchekotikhin AE, Lee YH, Chen YA, Yeh CA, Tatarskiy VV, Jr., Dezhenkova LG, Glazunova VA, Balzarini J, Shtil AA et al: Synthesis and Characterization of 4,11-Diaminoanthra[2,3-b]furan-5,10-diones: Tumor Cell Apoptosis through tNOX-Modulated NAD(+)/NADH Ratio and SIRT1. Journal of medicinal chemistry 2015, 58(24):9522-9534.

      11) Chang CF, Islam A, Liu PF, Zhan JH, Chueh PJ: Capsaicin acts through tNOX (ENOX2) to induce autophagic apoptosis in p53-mutated HSC-3 cells but autophagy in p53-functional SAS oral cancer cells. Am J Cancer Res 2020, 10(10):3230-3247.

      12) Lin CY, Islam A, Su CJ, Tikhomirov AS, Shchekotikhin AE, Chuang SM, Chueh PJ, Chen YL: Engagement with tNOX (ENOX2) to Inhibit SIRT1 and Activate p53-Dependent and -Independent Apoptotic Pathways by Novel 4,11-Diaminoanthra[2,3-b]furan-5,10-diones in Hepatocellular Carcinoma Cells. Cancers (Basel) 2019, 11(3).

      13) Chen HY, Cheng HL, Lee YH, Yuan TM, Chen SW, Lin YY, Chueh PJ: Tumor-associated NADH oxidase (tNOX)-NAD+-sirtuin 1 axis contributes to oxaliplatin-induced apoptosis of gastric cancer cells. Oncotarget 2017, 8(9):15338-15348.

      14) Xu Q, Liu X, Mohseni G, Hao X, Ren Y, Xu Y, Gao H, Wang Q, Wang Y: Mechanism research and treatment progress of NAD pathway related molecules in tumor immune microenvironment. Cancer Cell Int 2022, 22(1):242.

      15) Brandes RP, Weissmann N, Schroder K: Nox family NADPH oxidases: Molecular mechanisms of activation. Free Radic Biol Med 2014, 76:208-226.

      16) Gong S, Wang S, Shao M: NADPH Oxidase 4: A Potential Therapeutic Target of Malignancy. Front Cell Dev Biol 2022, 10:884412.

      17) Wang Y, Sui Y, Niu Y, Liu D, Xu Q, Liu F, Zuo K, Liu M, Sun W, Wang Z et al: PBX1-SIRT1 Positive Feedback Loop Attenuates ROS-Mediated HF-MSC Senescence and Apoptosis. Stem Cell Rev Rep 2023, 19(2):443-454.

      18) Wang X, Lu Y, Tuo Z, Zhou H, Zhang Y, Cao Z, Peng L, Yu D, Bi L: Role of SIRT1/AMPK signaling in the proliferation, migration and invasion of renal cell carcinoma cells. Oncol Rep 2021, 45(6).

      19) Liu SC, Yang JJ, Shao KN, Chueh PJ: RNA interference targeting tNOX attenuates cell migration via a mechanism that involves membrane association of Rac. Biochem Biophys Res Commun 2008, 365(4):672-677.

      20) Lin MH, Lee YH, Cheng HL, Chen HY, Jhuang FH, Chueh PJ: Capsaicin Inhibits Multiple Bladder Cancer Cell Phenotypes by Inhibiting Tumor-Associated NADH Oxidase (tNOX) and Sirtuin1 (SIRT1). Molecules 2016, 21(7).

      21) Cheng HL, Lee YH, Yuan TM, Chen SW, Chueh PJ: Update on a tumor-associated NADH oxidase in gastric cancer cell growth. World J Gastroenterol 2016, 22(10):2900-2905.

      22) Lee YH, Chen HY, Su LJ, Chueh PJ: Sirtuin 1 (SIRT1) Deacetylase Activity and NAD(+)/NADH Ratio Are Imperative for Capsaicin-Mediated Programmed Cell Death. J Agric Food Chem 2015, 63(33):7361-7370.

      23) Islam A, Su AJ, Zeng ZM, Chueh PJ, Lin MH: Capsaicin Targets tNOX (ENOX2) to Inhibit G1 Cyclin/CDK Complex, as Assessed by the Cellular Thermal Shift Assay (CETSA). Cells 2019, 8(10).

      24) Su YC, Lin YH, Zeng ZM, Shao KN, Chueh PJ: Chemotherapeutic agents enhance cell migration and epithelial-to-mesenchymal transition through transient up-regulation of tNOX (ENOX2) protein. Biochim Biophys Acta 2012, 1820(11):1744-1752.

      25) Zeng ZM, Chuang SM, Chang TC, Hong CW, Chou JC, Yang JJ, Chueh PJ: Phosphorylation of serine-504 of tNOX (ENOX2) modulates cell proliferation and migration in cancer cells. Experimental cell research 2012, 318(14):1759-1766.

      26) Chueh PJ, Wu LY, Morre DM, Morre DJ: tNOX is both necessary and sufficient as a cellular target for the anticancer actions of capsaicin and the green tea catechin (-)-epigallocatechin-3-gallate. Biofactors 2004, 20(4):235-249.

      27) Ran D, Zhou D, Liu G, Ma Y, Ali W, Yu R, Wang Q, Zhao H, Zhu J, Zou H et al: Reactive Oxygen Species Control Osteoblast Apoptosis through SIRT1/PGC-1alpha/P53(Lys382) Signaling, Mediating the Onset of Cd-Induced Osteoporosis. J Agric Food Chem 2023.

      28) Zhang Z, Chen X, Liu S: Role of Sirtuin-1 in Neonatal Hypoxic-Ischemic Encephalopathy and Its Underlying Mechanism. Med Sci Monit 2020, 26:e924544.

      29) McReynolds MR, Chellappa K, Baur JA: Age-related NAD(+) decline. Exp Gerontol 2020, 134:110888.

      30) Xie N, Zhang L, Gao W, Huang C, Huber PE, Zhou X, Li C, Shen G, Zou B: NAD(+) metabolism: pathophysiologic mechanisms and therapeutic potential. Signal Transduct Target Ther 2020, 5(1):227.

      31) Zapata-Perez R, Wanders RJA, van Karnebeek CDM, Houtkooper RH: NAD(+) homeostasis in human health and disease. EMBO Mol Med 2021, 13(7):e13943.

      32) Wang B, Ma Y, Kong X, Ding X, Gu H, Chu T, Ying W: NAD(+) administration decreases doxorubicin-induced liver damage of mice by enhancing antioxidation capacity and decreasing DNA damage. Chem Biol Interact 2014, 212:65-71.

      33) Hong G, Zheng D, Zhang L, Ni R, Wang G, Fan GC, Lu Z, Peng T: Administration of nicotinamide riboside prevents oxidative stress and organ injury in sepsis. Free Radic Biol Med 2018, 123:125-137.

      34) Nadysev GY, Tikhomirov AS, Lin MH, Yang YT, Dezhenkova LG, Chen HY, Kaluzhny DN, Schols D, Shtil AA, Shchekotikhin AE et al: Aminomethylation of heliomycin: Preparation and anticancer characterization of the first series of semi-synthetic derivatives. European journal of medicinal chemistry 2018, 143:1553-1562.

    1. Author Response

      We are grateful for the reviewers' appreciation of our work and for their constructive feedback. We will address their comments through a revised version of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This study by Paoli et al. used a resonant scanning multiphoton microscope to examine olfactory representation in the projection neurons (PNs) of the honeybee with improved temporal resolution. PNs were classified into 9 groups based on their response patterns. Authors found that excitatory repose in the PNs precedes the inhibitory responses for ~40ms, and ~50% of PN responses contain inhibitory components. They built the neural circuit model of the mushroom body (MB) with evolutionally conserved features such as sparse representation, global inhibition, and a plasticity rule. This MB model fed with the experimental data could reproduce a number of phenomena observed in experiments using bees and other insects, including dynamical representations of odor onset and offset by different populations of Kenyon cells, prolonged representations of after-smell, different levels of odor- specificity for early/delay conditioning, and shift of behavioral timing in delay conditioning. The trace conditioning was not modeled and tested experimentally. Also, the experimental result itself is largely confirmatory to preceding studies using other organisms. Nonetheless, the experimental data and the model provide a solid basis for future studies.

      We thank the reviewer for summarizing the value of our study and recognizing its generality and significance. As suggested, in a revised version of the manuscript, we will discuss the implication of our approach for the context of trace conditioning. The model we presented hinges on the learning-induced plasticity of KC-to-MBON synapses recruited during the learning window (i.e., the simulated US arrival). In the case of trace conditioning, the model predicts that the time of the behavioral response time should match the expected US arrival. Contrary to this prediction, preliminary analyses on empirical measurements of PER latency upon trace conditioning indicate this is not the case. In a revised version of the manuscript, we will discuss the differences between the predictions of the model and the experimental observations in a trace conditioning paradigm.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The study presented by Paoli et al. explores temporal aspects of neuronal encoding of odors and their perception, using bees as a general model for insects. The neuronal encoding of the presence of an odor is not a static representation; rather, its neuronal representation is partly encoded by the temporal order in which parallel olfactory pathways participate and are combined. This aspect is not novel, and its relevance in odor encoding and recognition has been discussed for more than the past 20 years.

      The temporal richness of the olfactory code and its significance have traditionally been driven by results obtained based on electrophysiological methods with temporal resolution, allowing the identification and timing of the action potentials in the different populations of neurons whose combination encodes the identity of an odor. On the other hand, optophysiological methods that enable spatial resolution and cell identification in odor coding lack the temporal resolution to appreciate the intricacies of olfactory code dynamics.

      (1) In this context, the main merit of Paoli et al.'s work is achieving an optical recording that allows for spatial registration of olfactory codes with greater temporal detail than the classical method and, at the same time, with greater sensitivity to measure inhibitions as part of the olfactory code.

      The work clearly demonstrates how the onset and offset of odor stimulation triggers a dynamic code at the level of the first interneurons of the olfactory system that changes at every moment as a natural consequence of the local inhibitory interactions within the first olfactory neuropil, the antennal lobe. This gives rise to the interesting theory that each combination of activated neurons along this temporal sequence corresponds to the perception of a different odor. The extent to which the corresponding postsynaptic layers integrate this temporal information to drive the perception of an odor, or whether this sequence is, in a sense, a journey through different perceptions, is challenging to address experimentally.

      In their work, the authors propose a computational approach and olfactory learning experiments in bees to address these questions and evaluate whether the sequence of combinations drives a sequence of different perceptions. In my view, it is a highly inspiring piece of work that still leaves several questions unanswered.

      We thank the reviewer for considering that our work has an inspiring nature. Below we have tried to answer the questions raised by the following comments, and we will include part of these answers in the revised version of our manuscript.

      (2) In my opinion, the detailed temporal profile of the response of projection neurons and their respective probabilities of occurrence provide valuable information for understanding odor coding at the level of neurons transferring information from the antennal lobes to the mushroom bodies. An analysis of these probabilities in each animal, rather than in the population of animals that were measured, would aid in better comprehending the encoding function of such temporal profiles. Being able to identify the involved glomeruli and understanding the extent to which the sequence of patterns and inhibitions is conserved for each odor across different animals, as it is well known for the initial excitatory burst of activity observed in previous studies without the fine temporal detail, would also be highly significant.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing the relevance of the findings in understanding the logic of olfactory coding. We agree about the importance of establishing if the different glomerular response profiles are evenly distributed across individuals or have individual biases. In the revised version of the manuscript, we will provide data on the distribution of response profiles for each animal and for different olfactory stimuli. Also, we fully agree on the importance of assessing to what extent such response profiles - largely determined by the local network of AL interneurons - are glomerulus-specific and conserved across individuals.

      In my view, the computational approach serves as a useful tool to inspire future experiments; however, it appears somewhat simplistic in tackling the complexity of the subject. One question that I believe the researchers do not address is to what extent the inhibitions recorded in the projection neurons are integrated by the Kenyon cells and are functional for generating odor-specific patterns at that level.

      The model we proposed represents, indeed, a simplification of olfactory signal processing throughout the honey bee olfactory circuit. Still, it shows that simple but realistic rules can be sufficient to grasp some fundamental aspects of olfactory coding. However, we agree with the reviewer and believe that such a minimalistic model can provide a basis for designing future experiments in which complexity can be increased by adding relevant features, such as the learning-induced plasticity of PN-to-KC synapses or the divergence of multiple PNs from the same glomerulus to different KCs

      Concerning the reviewer's question on the involvement of inhibitory inputs in generating odor-specific patterns at the level of the KCs, the short answer is yes, they contribute to the summed input of a target KC, thus to the odor representation. In designing the model, we considered that a given glomerulus provides maximal input at maximal excitation and minimal input (=0 input) at maximal inhibition. For this reason, an inhibited glomerulus contributes less (to KC action potential probability) than a glomerulus showing baseline activity. This, in turn, contributes less than an excited glomerulus. From the modeling point of view, normalizing the signal between 0 and 1 (i.e., setting minimal inhibition to 0 and maximal excitation to 1) would yield a similar result as with the current approach, where values range from -25% to +30% F/F. We implement the model's description to clarify this point.

      Lastly, the behavioral result indicating a difference in conditioned response latency after early or delayed learning protocol is interesting. However, it does not align with the expected time for the neuronal representation that was theoretically rewarded in the delayed protocol. This final result does not support the authors' interpretation regarding the existence of a smell and an after-smell as separate percepts that can serve as conditioned stimuli.

      Considering that our odor stimulus lasted 5 seconds, glomerular activity is highly variable at odor onset (i.e., within the first 1s) because of short excitatory response profiles and the delayed and slower onset of inhibitory responses. After the initial phase, the neural representation of the stimulus becomes more stable. Consequently, a neural signature learned in the case of delay conditioning, i.e., with the US appearing towards the end of the olfactory stimulation (t = 4 - 5s), may present itself much earlier (t = 1.5s), triggering a behavioral response that largely anticipates the expected US arrival time.

      In the model, we observe an early decrease in action potential probability even in the case of delay conditioning. This occurs because the synapses recruited during the last second of olfactory stimulation (within the learning window during which CS and US overlap) become inactive. Because odorant-induced activity recruits highly overlapping synaptic populations between 1.5 and 5 s from the onset, a learning-induced inactivation of part of these synapses will result in a reduced action-potential probability in the modeled MBON. Importantly, this event will not be governed by time but by the appearance of the learned synaptic configuration.

      We will add a new section to the revised version of the manuscript to clarify this concept and perform further analyses to characterize the contribution of different response types to the modeled response latency.

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Strengths:

      • The paper is clearly written, and all the conclusions stem from a set of 3 principles: circular topology, rotational symmetry, and noise minimization. The derivations are sound and such rigor by itself is commendable.

      • The authors provide a compelling argument on why evolution might have picked an eight-column circuit for path-integration, which is a great example of how theory can inform our thinking about the organization of neural systems for a specific purpose.

      • The authors provide a self-consistency argument on how cosine-like activity supports cosine-like connectivity with a simple Hebbian rule. However, their framework doesn't answer the question of how this system integrates angular velocity with the correct gain in the absence of allothetic cues to produce a heading estimate (more on that on point 3 below).

      Weaknesses:

      • The authors make simplifying assumptions to arrive at the cosine activity/cosine connectivity circuit. Among those are the linear activation function, and cosine driving activity u. The authors provide justification for the linearization in methods 3.1, however, this ignores the well-established fact that bump amplitude is modulated by angular velocity in the fly head direction system (Turner-Evans et al 2017). In such a case, nonlinearities in the activation function cannot be ignored and would introduce harmonics in the activity.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this omission. We added a paragraph at the end of section 4.1 clarifying that transient non-linearity, for instance when the circuit is actively receiving external input, is compatible with our work because we only need linearity in the line attractor, but not outside (lines 407-419).

      “In more intuitive terms, the neurons have a saturating nonlinear activation function where they modulate their gain based on the total activity in the network. If the activity in the network is above the desired level, r, the gain is reduced and the activity decreases, and when the activity of the network is less than desired level, both the gain and the activity increase. Note that in this scenario transient deviations from the line attractor, which would induce nonlinear behaviour in the circuit dynamics, are tolerable. External inputs, u(t), could transiently modify the shape of the activity, producing activity shapes deviating from what the linear model can accommodate. For example, the shape of the bump attractor could be modified through nonlinearities while the insect attains high angular velocity (Turner-Evans et al., 2017).

      Such nonlinear dynamics do not conflict with the theory developed here, which only requires linearity when the activity is projected onto the circular line attractor. In our framework, the linearity of integration at the circular line attractor is not a computational assumption, but rather it emerges from the principle of symmetry.”

      Furthermore, even though activity has been reported to be cosine-like, in fact in the fruit fly it takes the form of a somewhat concentrated activity bump (~80-100 degrees, Seelig & Jayaraman 2015; Turner-Evans et al 2017), and one has to take into account the smoothing effect of calcium dynamics too which might make the bump appear more cosine-like. So in general, it would be nice to see how the conclusions extend if the driving activity is more square-like, which would also introduce further harmonics.

      We added a cautionary comment on the sinusoidal activity (lines 222-226).

      “We note, however, that data from the fruit fly shows a more concentrated activity bump than what would be expected from a perfect sinusoidal profile (Seelig and Jayaraman, 2015; Turner-Evans et al., 2017), and that calcium imaging (which was used to measure the activity) can introduce biases in the activity measurements (Siegle et al., 2021; Huang et al., 2021). Thus the sinusoidal activity we model is an approximation of the true biological process rather than a perfect description.”

      Overall, it would be interesting to see whether, despite the harmonics introduced by these two factors interacting in the learning rule, Oja's rule can still pick up the "base" frequency and produce sinusoidal weights (as mentioned in methods 3.8). At this point, the examples shown in Figure 5 (tabula rasa and slightly perturbed weights) are quite simple. Such a demonstration would greatly enhance the generality of the results.

      We also extended the self-consistency framework from Oja’s rule to the non-linear case, and found that while Oja’s rule with non-linear neurons would not give pure harmonics, the secondary harmonics will remain small. We added a sentence explaining this in the main text (section 2.4, lines 309-312) and a methods section to develop the self-consistency framework for the case of non-linear activations (section 4.7.2).

      “For neurons with a nonlinear activation function, secondary harmonics would emerge, but would remain small under mild assumptions, as shown in Section 4.7.2. Oja’s rule will still cause the weights to converge to approximately sinusoidal connectivity.”

      • The match of the theoretical prediction of cosine-like connectivity profiles with the connectivity data is somewhat lacking. In the locust the fit is almost perfect, however, the low net path count combined with the lack of knowledge about synaptic strengths makes this a motivating example in my opinion. In the fruit fly, the fit is not as good, and the function-fitting comparison (Methods Figure 6) is not as convincing. First, some function choices clearly are not a good fit (f1+2, f2). Second, the profile seems to be better fit by a Gaussian or other localized function, however the extra parameter of the Gaussian results in the worst AIC and AICc. To better get at the question of whether the shape of the connectivity profile matches a cosine or a Gaussian, the authors could try for example to fix the width of the Gaussian (e.g. to the variance of the best-fit cosine, which seems to match the data very well even though it wasn't itself fit), and then fit the two other parameters to the data. In that case, no AIC or AICc is needed. And then do the same for a circular distribution, e.g. von Mises.

      We also included the fit with von Mises and Gaussian with the width parameters fixed to match the cosine as the reviewer suggested. We found that even though these two distributions fit the data better, the difference is very small (2%), probably due to the high variability of the fruit fly connectome data. We also changed the wording and state that the theory is compatible with experimental data.

      In the Methods 4.6 (lines 568-585), we wrote

      “As a complementary approach to evaluate the shape of the distribution, we first fit the Gaussian and von Mises distributions to the best fit f = 1 curve. We then freeze the width parameters of the distributions (σ_g for the Gaussian and κ_v for the von Mises) and only optimise the amplitude and vertical offset parameters (β and γ) to fit the data. This approach limits the number of free parameters for the Gaussian and von Mises distributions to two, to match the sinusoid. The results are shown in Methods Fig. 6 and Table 5. Both the fixed-width Gaussian and von Mises distributions are a slightly better fit to the data than the sinusoid, but the differences between the three curves are very small.

      In simplifying the fruit fly connectome data, we assumed all synapses of different types were of equal weight, as no data to the contrary were available. Different synapse types having different strengths could introduce nonlinear distortions between our net synaptic path count and the true synaptic strength, which could in turn make the data a better or worse fit for a sinusoidal compared to a Gaussian profile. As such, we don’t consider the only 2% relative differences between the f = 1 sinusoid and fixed-width Gaussian and von Mises distributions to be conclusive.

      Overall, we find that the cosine weights that emerge from our derivations are a very close match for the locust, but less precise for the fly, where other functions fit slightly better. Given the limitations in using the currently available data to provide an exact estimate of synaptic strength (for the locust), and due to the high variability of the synaptic count (for the fruit fly), we consider that our theory is compatible with the observed data.”

      In addition, the theoretical prediction of cosine-like connectivity is not clearly stated in the abstract, introduction, or discussion. As a prediction, I believe it should be center forward, as it might be revisited again in the future in lieu of e.g. new experimental data.

      We added the explicit prediction in the abstract and the introduction (lines 52-53).

      • I find the authors' claim that Oja's rule suffices to learn the insect head direction circuit (l. 273-5) somewhat misleading/vague. The authors seem to not be learning angular integration here at all. First, it is unclear to me what is the form of u(t). Is it the desired activity in the network at time t given angular velocity? This is different than modelling a population of PEN neurons jointly tuned to head direction and angular velocity, and learning weights so as to integrate angular velocity with the correct gain (Vafidis et al 2022). The learning rule here establishes a self-consistency between sinusoidal weights and activity, however, it does not learn the weights from PEN to EPG neurons so as to perform angular integration. Similar simple Hebbian rules have been used before to learn angular integration (Stringer et al 2002), however, they failed to learn the correct gain. Therefore, the authors should limit the statement that their simpler learning rule is enough to learn the circuit (l. 273-5), making sure to outline differences with the current literature (Vafidis et al 2022).

      We agree and we clarified that we focus only on the self-sustained activity condition. We appended the following text to the first and last paragraphs of section 2.4.

      For the first (lines 279-284): “Our approach follows from previous research which has shown that simple Hebbian learning rules can lead to the emergence of circular line attractors in large neural populations (Stringer et al., 2002), and that a head direction circuit can emerge from a predictive rule (Vafidis et al., 2022). In contrast to this work, we focus only on the self-sustaining nature of the heading integration circuit in insects and show that our proposed sinusoidal connectivity profile can emerge naturally.”

      For the last (lines 317-321): “However, this learning rule only applies to the weights that ensure stable, self-sustaining activity in the network. The network connectivity responsible for correctly integrating angular velocity inputs (given by the PEN to EPG connections in the fly) might require more elements than a purely Hebbian rule (Stringer et al., 2002), such as the addition of a predictive component (Vafidis et al., 2022).”

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      Responses to the reviewers

      We thank the editor and reviewers for their insightful feedback and valuable suggestions on our revised manuscript. In this reply, we provided further clarifications and made changes accordingly. Reviewers’ comments are in bold, and our responses are immediately below. Changes in the main text are presented in italics, accompanied by the specific line numbers in the revised manuscript where these changes can be found. Below, we respond to each reviewer’s comments in turn.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Ps observed 24 objects and were asked which afforded particular actions (14 action types). Affordances for each object were represented by a 14-item vector, values reflecting the percentage of Ps who agreed on a particular action being afforded by the object. An affordance similarity matrix was generated which reflected similarity in affordances between pairs of objects. Two clusters emerged, reflecting correlations between affordance ratings in objects smaller than body size and larger than body size. These clusters did not correlate themselves. There was a trough in similarity ratings between objects ~105 cm and ~130 cm, arguably reflecting the body size boundary. The authors subsequently provide some evidence that this clear demarcation is not simply an incidental reflection of body size, but likely causally related. This evidence comes in the flavour of requiring Ps to imagine themselves as small as a cat or as large as an elephant and showing a predicted shift in the affordance boundary. The manuscript further demonstrates that ChatGPT (theoretically interesting because it's trained on language alone without sensorimotor information; trained now on words rather than images) showed a similar boundary.

      The authors also conducted a small MRI study task where Ps decide whether a probe action was affordable (graspable?) and created a congruency factor according to the answer (yes/no). There was an effect of congruency in posterior fusiform and superior parietal lobule for objects within body size range, but not outside. No effects in LOC or M1.

      The major strength of this manuscript in my opinion is the methodological novelty. I felt the correlation matrices were a clever method for demonstrating these demarcations, the imagination manipulation was also exciting, and the ChatGPT analysis provided excellent food for thought. These findings are important for our understanding of the interactions between action and perception, and hence for researchers from a range of domains of cognitive neuroscience.

      The major element that limits conclusions is that an MRI study with 12 P in this context can really only provide pilot data. Certainly the effects are not strong enough for 12 P to generate much confidence. The others of my concerns have been addressed in the revision.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I think that the authors need to mention in the abstract that the MRI study constitutes a small pilot.

      Response: We appreciate the reviewer’s positive evaluation and constructive suggestions. In response to the concern about the limited number of participants in the fMRI study, we fully acknowledge the implications this has on the generalizability and robustness of our findings related to the congruency effect. To clarity, we have explicitly stated its preliminary nature of the MRI study in the abstract [line 22]: “A subsequent fMRI experiment offered preliminary evidence of affordance processing exclusively for objects within the body size range, but not for those beyond.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary

      In this work, the authors seek to test a version of an old idea, which is that our perception of the world and our understanding of the objects in it are deeply influenced by the nature of our bodies and the kinds of behaviours and actions that those objects afford. The studies presented here muster three kinds of evidence for a discontinuity in the encoding of objects, with a mental "border" between objects roughly of human body scale or smaller, which tend to relate to similar kinds of actions that are yet distinct from the kinds of actions implied by human-or-larger scale objects. This is demonstrated through observers' judgments of the kinds of actions different objects afford; through similar questioning of AI large-language models (LLMs); and through a neuroimaging study examining how brain regions implicated in object understanding make distinctions between kinds of objects at human and larger-than-human scales.

      Strengths 

      The authors address questions of longstanding interest in the cognitive neurosciences -- namely how we encode and interact with the many diverse kinds of objects we see and use in daily life. A key strength of the work lies in the application of multiple approaches. Examining the correlations among kinds of objects, with respect to their suitability for different action kinds, is novel, as are the complementary tests of judgments made by LLMs. The authors include a clever manipulation in which participants are asked to judge action-object pairs, having first adopted the imagined size of either a cat or an elephant, showing that the discontinuity in similarity judgments effectively moved to a new boundary closer to the imagined scale than the veridical human scale. The dynamic nature of the discontinuity hints that action affordances may be computed dynamically, "on the fly", during actual action behaviours with objects in the real world.

      Weaknesses 

      A limitation of the tests of LLMs may be that it is not always known what kinds of training material was used to build these models, leading to a possible "black box" problem. Further, presuming that those models are largely trained on previous human-written material, it may not necessarily be theoretically telling that the "judgments" of these models about action-object pairs shows human-like discontinuities. Indeed, verbal descriptions of actions are very likely to mainly refer to typical human behaviour, and so the finding that these models demonstrate an affordance discontinuity may simply reflect those statistics, rather than providing independent evidence for affordance boundaries.

      The relatively small sample size of the brain imaging experiment, and some design features (such as the task participants performed, and the relatively narrow range of objects tested) provide some limits on the extent to which it can be taken as support for the authors' claims.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for the positive evaluation and the constructive comments. We agree that how LLMs work is a “black box”, and thus it is speculative to assume them to possess any human-like ability, because, as the reviewer pointed out, “these models demonstrate an affordance discontinuity may simply reflect those statistics.” Indeed, our manuscript has expressed a similar idea [line 338]: “We speculated that ChatGPT models may have formed the affordance boundary through a human prism ingrained within its linguistic training corpus.” That is, our intention was not to suggest that such information could replace sensorimotor-based interaction or achieve human-level capability, but rather to highlight that embodied interaction is necessary. Additionally, the scope of the present study does not extend to elucidating the mechanisms behind LLMs’ resemblance of affordance boundary, whether through statistical learning or actual comprehension. To clarify this point, in the revised manuscript, we have clarified that the mechanisms underlying the observed affordance boundary in LLMs may be different from human cognitive processes, and advocated future studies to explore this possibility [line 415]: “Nevertheless, caution should be taken when interpreting the capability of LLMs like ChatGPT, which are often considered “black boxes.” That is, our observation indicates that certain sensorimotor information is embedded within human language materials presumably through linguistic statistics, but it is not sufficient to assert that LLMs have developed a human-like ability to represent affordances. Furthermore, such information alone may be insufficient for LLMs to mimic the characteristics of the affordance perception in biological intelligence. Future studies are needed to elucidate such limitation.”

      Regarding the concern about the models’ results not “providing independent evidence for affordance boundaries”, our objective in employing LLMs was to explore if an affordance boundary could emerge from conceptual knowledge without direct sensorimotor experience, rather than to validate the existence of the affordance boundary per se.

      As for the concern about the limitations imposed by the small sample size and certain design features of our brain imaging experiment, please see our reply to Reviewer #1.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Feng et al. test the hypothesis that human body size constrains the perception of object affordances, whereby only objects that are smaller than the body size will be perceived as useful and manipulable parts of the environment, whereas larger objects will be perceived as "less interesting components."

      To test this idea, the study employs a multi-method approach consisting of three parts:

      In the first part, human observers classify a set of 24 objects that vary systematically in size (e.g., ball, piano, airplane) based on 14 different affordances (e.g., sit, throw, grasp). Based on the average agreement of ratings across participants, the authors compute the similarity of affordance profiles between all object pairs. They report evidence for two homogenous object clusters that are separated based on their size with the boundary between clusters roughly coinciding with the average human body size. In follow-up experiments, the authors show that this boundary is larger/smaller in separate groups of participants who are instructed to imagine themselves as an elephant/cat.

      In the second part, the authors ask different large language models (LLMs) to provide ratings for the same set of objects and affordances and conduct equivalent analyses on the obtained data. Some, but not all, of the models produce patterns of ratings that appear to show similar boundary effects, though less pronounced and at a different boundary size than in humans.

      In the third part, the authors conduct an fMRI experiment. Human observers are presented with four different objects of different sizes and asked if these objects afford a small set of specific actions. Affordances are either congruent or incongruent with objects. Contrasting brain activity on incongruent trials against brain activity on congruent trials yields significant effects in regions within the ventral and dorsal visual stream, but only for small objects and not for large objects.

      The authors interpret their findings as support for their hypothesis that human body size constrains object perception. They further conclude that this effect is cognitively penetrable, and only partly relies on sensorimotor interaction with the environment (and partly on linguistic abilities).

      Strengths:

      The authors examine an interesting and relevant question and articulate a plausible (though somewhat underspecified) hypothesis that certainly seems worth testing. Providing more detailed insights into how object affordances shape perception would be highly desirable. Their method of analyzing similarity ratings between sets of objects seems useful and the multi-method approach is original and interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      The study presents several shortcomings that clearly weaken the link between the obtained evidence and the drawn conclusions. Below I outline my concerns in no particular order:

      (1) It is not entirely clear to me what the authors are proposing and to what extent the conducted work actually speaks to this. For example, in the introduction, the authors write that they seek to test if body size serves not merely as a reference for object manipulation but also "plays a pivotal role in shaping the representation of objects." This motivation seems rather vague motivation and it is not clear to me how it could be falsified.

      Overall, the lack of theoretical precision makes it difficult to judge the appropriateness of the approaches and the persuasiveness of the obtained results. I would strongly suggest clarifying the theoretical rationale and explaining in more detail how the chosen experiments allow them to test falsifiable predictions.

      (2) The authors used only a very small set of objects and affordances in their study and they do not describe in sufficient detail how these stimuli were selected. This renders the results rather exploratory and clearly limits their potential to discover general principles of human perception. Much larger sets of objects and affordances and explicit data-driven approaches for their selection would provide a more convincing approach and allow the authors to rule out that their results are just a consequence of the selected set of objects and actions.

      (3) Relatedly, the authors could be more thorough in ruling out potential alternative explanations. Object size likely correlates with other variables that could shape human similarity judgments and the estimated boundary is quite broad (depending on the method, either between 80 and 150 cm or between 105 to 130 cm). More precise estimates of the boundary and more rigorous tests of alternative explanations would add a lot to strengthen the authors' interpretation.

      (4) While I appreciate the manipulation of imagined body size, as a clever way to solidify the link between body size and affordance perception, I find it unfortunate that it is implemented in a between-subjects design, as this clearly leaves open the possibility of pre-existing differences between groups. I certainly disagree with the authors' statement that their findings suggest "a causal link between body size and affordance perception."

      (5) The use of LLMs in the current study is not clearly motivated and I find it hard to understand what exactly the authors are trying to test through their inclusion. As it currently stands, I find it hard to discern how the presence of perceptual boundaries in LLMs could constitute evidence for affordance-based perception.

      (6) Along the same lines, the fMRI study also provides little evidence to support the authors' claims. The use of congruency effects as a way of probing affordance perception is not well motivated. Importantly (and related to comment 2 above), the very small set of objects and affordances in this experiment heavily complicates any conclusions about object size being the crucial variable determining the occurrence of congruency effects.

      Overall, I consider the main conclusions of the paper to be far beyond the reported data. Articulating a clearer theoretical framework with more specific hypotheses as well as conducting more principled analyses on more comprehensive data sets could help the authors obtain stronger tests of their ideas.

      Response: We appreciate the insightful inquiries regarding our manuscript. Below, we explained the theoretical motivation and rationale of each part of our experiments.

      In response to the reviewer’s insights, we have modified the expression “plays a pivotal role in shaping the representation of objects” in the revised manuscript and have restated the general question of our study in the introduction. Our motivation is on the long-lasting debate over the representation versus direct perception of affordance, specifically examining the “representationalization” of affordance. That is, we tested whether object affordance simply covaried directly with continuous constraints such as object size, a perspective aligned with the representation-free (direct perception) view, or whether affordance became representationalized, adhering to the representation-based view, constrained by body size. Such representationalization would generate a categorization between objects that are affordable and the environment that exceeds affordance.

      To test these hypotheses, we first delineated the affordance of various objects. We agree with the reviewer that in this step a broader selection of objects and actions could mitigate the risk of our results being influenced by the specific selection of objects and actions. However, our results are unlikely to be biased, because our selection was guided by two key criteria, rather than being arbitrary. First, the objects were selected from the dataset in Konkle and Oliva's study (2011), which systematically investigated object size’ impact on object recognition, thus providing a well-calibrated range of sizes (i.e., from 14 cm to 7,618 cm) reflective of real-world objects. Second, the selected actions covered a wide range of daily humans-objects/environments interactions, from single-point movements (e.g., hand, foot) to whole-body movements (e.g., lying, standing) based on the kinetics human action video dataset (Kay et al., 2017). Thus, this set of objects and actions is a representative sampling of typical human experiences.

      Upon demonstrating a trough in perceived affordance similarity, we recognized the location of the affordance boundary coincidentally fell within the range of human body size. We agree with the reviewer that this observation of the coincidence between body size and the location of boundary alone is not sufficient for a mechanistic explanation, because variables co-varying with object sizes might also generate this coincidence. The identification of a more precise location for the boundary unlikely rules out alternative explanations of this kind. To establish a causal link between body size and the affordance boundary, we opted for a direct manipulation of body sizes through imagination, while keeping all other variables constant across conditions. This approach allowed us to examine whether and how the affordance boundary shifts in response to body size changes.

      Regarding the between-subjects design of the imagination experiment, we wish to clarify that this design aimed to prevent carryover effects. Although a within-subjects design indeed is more sensitive in detecting manipulation effects by accounting for subject variability, it risks contamination across conditions. Specifically, transitioning immediately between different imagined body sizes poses a challenge, and sequential participation could induce undesirable response strategies, such as deliberately altering responses to the same objects in different conditions. The between-subjects design, which susceptible to participant variability (e.g., “pre-existing differences between groups” suggested by the reviewer), avoids such contamination. In addition, we employed random assignment of participants to different conditions (cat-size versus elephant-size).

      The body imagination experiment provided causal evidence of an embodied discontinuity, suggesting the boundary is tied to the agent’s motor capacity, rather than amodal sources. The LLMs experiment then sought to test a prediction from the embodied theories of cognition: the supramodality of object perception. Especially, we asked whether the embodied discontinuity is supramodally accessible, using LLMs to assess whether affordance perception discretization is supramodally accessible beyond the sensorimotor domain through linguistic understanding. From this perspective, our LLM experiment was employed not to affirm affordance-based perception but to examine and support a prediction by the embodied theories of cognition.

      Finally, our preliminary fMRI study aimed to conceptually replicate the perceptual discontinuity and explore it neural correlates using a subset of objects and actions from the behaviour experiments. This approach was chosen to achieve stable neural responses and enhance study power, employing the congruent effect (congruent - incongruent) as a metric for affordance processing (e.g., Kourtis et al., 2018), which reflects facilitated responses when congruent with objects’ affordances (e.g., Ellis & Tucker, 2000). Nevertheless, we recognize the limitation of a relatively small sample sizes, for details please see our reply to the reviewer #1.

      In summary, our findings contribute to the discourse on computationalism’s representation concept and influence of these representations, post-discretization, on processes beyond the sensorimotor domain. We hope that these additional explanations and revisions effectively address the concerns raised and demonstrate our commitment to enhancing the quality of our work in light of your valuable feedback. By acknowledging these limitations and directions for future research, we hope to further the discourse on affordance perception and embodied cognition.

      References

      Ellis, R., & Tucker, M. (2000). Micro‐affordance: The potentiation of components of action by seen objects. British Journal of Psychology, 91(4), 451-471.

      Kay, W., Carreira, J., Simonyan, K., Zhang, B., Hillier, C., Vijayanarasimhan, S., ... & Zisserman, A. (2017). The kinetics human action video dataset. arXiv preprint arXiv:1705.06950.

      Konkle, T., & Oliva, A. (2011). Canonical visual size for real-world objects. Journal of Experimental Psychology: human perception and performance, 37(1), 23.

      Kourtis, D., Vandemaele, P., & Vingerhoets, G. (2018). Concurrent cortical representations of function-and size-related object affordances: an fMRI study. Cognitive, Affective, & Behavioral Neuroscience, 18, 1221-1232.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Responses to the reviewers

      We deeply appreciate the reviewers’ comments. In response to the concerns raised, we have revised the manuscript accordingly. Below we address each of the reviewers’ comments in turn. Reviewers’ comments are in bold, and our responses are immediately below. Changes in the main text are presented in italics, followed by corresponding page and line numbers in the revised manuscript. We also highlighted tracks of change in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      (1) The main behavioural work appears well-powered (>500 Ps). This sample reduces to 100 for the imagination study, after removing Ps whose imagined heights fell within the human range (100-200 cm). Why 100-200 cm? 100 cm is pretty short for an adult. Removing 80% of data feels like conclusions from the imagination study should be made with caution.

      R1: Sorry for the confusion. We did not remove 80% of the participants; instead, a separate sample of participants was recruited in the imagination experiment. The size of this sample (100 participants) was indeed smaller than the first experiment (528 participants), because the first experiment was set for exploratory purposes and was designed to be over-powered. Besides, inspection of the data of the first sample showed that the affordance pattern became stable after the first 50 participants. We explained this consideration in the revised manuscript:

      (p 21, ln 490) “…, another one hundred and thirty-nine participants from the same population were recruited from the same platform. We chose a smaller sample size for the imagination experiment compared to that for the object-action relation judgement task, because inspection of the data of the first sample showed that the affordance pattern became stable after the first 50 participants.”

      The average adult human height ranges from 140-170 cm for women and 150180 cm for men (NCD-RisC, 2016). Accordingly, the criterion of 100-200 cm covered this range and was set to ensure that participants unambiguously imagined a body schema different from that of human, as the tallest domestic cat below 100 cm according to the Guinness World Records and an elephant above 200 cm according to Crawley et al. (2017). We clarified these considerations in the revised manuscript:

      (p 21, ln 494) “To maximize the validity of the manipulation, data from participants whose imagined height fell within the average human size range (100cm - 200cm) were excluded from further analysis. Consequently, 100 participants (49 males, aged from 17 to 39 years, mean age = 23.2 years) remained in the analysis. This exclusion criterion was broader than the standard adult human height range of 140cm to 180cm (NCD-RisC, 2016). This approach ensured that our analysis focused on participants who unambiguously imagined a body schema different from humans, yet within the known height range of cats and elephants.”

      In addition, we also reanalysed the data with a more conservative criterion of 140cm to 180cm, and the results remained.

      (2) There are only 12 Ps in the MRI study, which I think should mean the null effects are not interpreted. I would not interpret these data as demonstrating a difference between SPL and LOC/M1, but rather that some analyses happened to fall over the significance threshold and others did not.

      R2: We would like to clarify that the null hypothesis of this fMRI study is the lack of two-way interaction between object size and object-action congruency, which was rejected by the observed significant interaction. That is, the interpretation of the present study did not rely on accepting any null effect.

      Having said this, we admit that the fMRI experiment is exploratory and the sample size is small (12 participants), which might lead to low power in estimating the affordance effect. In the revision, we acknowledge this issue explicitly:

      (p 16, ln 354) “…, supporting the idea that affordance is typically represented only for objects within the body size range. While it is acknowledged that the sample size of the fMRI study was small (12 participants), necessitating cautious interpretation of its results, the observed neural-level affordance discontinuity is notable. That is, qualitative differences in neural activity between objects within the affordance boundary and those beyond replicated our behavioral findings. This convergent evidence reinforced our claim that objects were discretized into two broad categories along the continuous size axis, with affordance only being manifested for objects within the boundary.”

      (3) I found the MRI ROI selection and definition a little arbitrary and not really justified, which rendered me even more cautious of the results. Why these particular sensory and motor regions? Why M1 and not PMC or SMA? Why SPL and not other parietal regions? Relatedly, ROIs were defined by thresholding pF and LOC at "around 70%" and SPL and M1 "around 80%", and it is unclear how and why these (different) thresholds were determined.

      R3: Our selection of these specific sensory and motor regions was based on prior literature reporting their distinct contribution to affordance perception (e.g., Borghi, 2005; Sakreida et al., 2016). The pFs was chosen as a representative region of the ventral visual stream, involved in object identification and classification, and the SPL was chosen as a representative region of the dorsal visual stream, involved in object perception and manipulation. The primary motor cortex (M1) has also been reported involved in affordance processing (e.g., McDannald et al., 2018), and we chose this region to probe the affordance congruency effect in the motor execution stage of the sense-think-act pathway. We did not choose the premotor cortex (PMC) and the supplementary motor area (SMA) because they were proposedly also involved in processes beyond motor execution (e.g., Hertrich et al., 2016; Kantak et al., 2012), and if any effect was observed, one cannot exclusively attribute the effect to motor execution. As for the parietal regions, our choice of the SPL not IPL/IPS is based on the meta-analysis of affordance processing areas where only the SPL shows consistent activation for both stable and variable affordances (Sakreida et al., 2016). We chose the SPL to capture effects on either type of affordances. In revision, we explained these considerations in the revised manuscript:

      (p 14, ln 280) “In addition to the pFs and SPL, we also examined the congruency effect in the lateral occipital cortex (LO), which is involved in object representation (e.g., Grill-Spector et al., 2000; Konkle & Caramazza, 2013) and provides inputs to both the pFs and SPL (Hebart et al., 2018). Meanwhile, the primary motor cortex (M1), which receives inputs from the dorsal stream (Vainio & Ellis, 2020), is involved in affordance processing (e.g., McDannald et al., 2018) and action executions (Binkofski et al., 2002).”

      (p 29, ln 684) “We chose the pFs, LO, SPL, and M1 as ROIs based on existing literature highlighting their distinct contributions to affordance perception (Borghi, 2005; Sakreida et al., 2016).”

      Regarding ROI thresholding, we apologize for the lack of clarity in reporting the thresholds in the original manuscript. The thresholds were different between ventral regions (from Zhen et al., 2015) and dorsal regions (from Fan et al., 2016) because they are from two different atlases. The former was constructed by probability maps of task-state fMRI activity during localizer contrast with stationary images and the latter by a parcellation of the brain's functional connectivity; therefore, the numerical values in these two atlases are not comparable. To extract ROIs with comparable sizes, we selected a threshold of 55% for the pFs, 90% for the LO, 78% for the SPL, and 94% for the M1 in the original manuscript.

      To rule out the possibility that the results were distorted by the specific choice of thresholds, we re-ran the analysis with a threshold 80% for all ROIs (resulting in 456 voxels in the lpFs, 427 voxels in the rpFs, 1667 voxels in the lLO, 999 voxels in the rLO, 661 voxels in the lSPL, 310 voxels in the rSPL, 231 voxels in the lM1, and 327 voxels in the rM1) with the 2-by-2 repeated-measures ANOVA. Our results remained the same qualitatively. A significant interaction between object type and congruency was observed in the pFs (F(1,11) = 24.87, p <.001, 𝜂2=.69) and SPL (F(1,11) = 14.62, p =.003, 𝜂2=.57). The simple effect analysis revealed the congruency effect solely for objects within body size range (pFs: p =.003; SPL: p <.001), not for objects beyond (ps >.30). For the M1 and LO, neither significant main effects (ps >.11) nor interactions were found (ps >.20).

      We clarified our choice of thresholds in the methods section in the revised manuscript:

      (p 29, ln 686) “Eight ROIs depicted in Fig. 3b were constructed based on the overlap between the whole-brain map activated by both objects within and beyond and corresponding functional atlases (the pFs and LO from Zhen et al., 2015; the SPL and M1 from Fan et al., 2016). To achieve ROIs of similar sizes, we applied varying thresholds to each cortical area: for the pFs and LO, the atlases were thresholded at 55% and 90%, resulting in 266 voxels in the lpFs, 427 in the rpFs, 254 in the lLO and 347 in the rLO; for the SPL and M1, the atlases were thresholded at 78% and 94%, resulting in 661 voxels in the lSPL, 455 in the rSPL, 378 in the lM1, and 449 in the rM1. In the subsequent analysis, homologous areas spanning both cortical hemispheres were merged.”

      (4) Discussion and theoretical implications. The authors discuss that the MRI results are consistent with the idea we only represent affordances within body size range. But the interpretation of the behavioural correlation matrices was that there was this similarity also for objects larger than body size, but forming a distinct cluster. I therefore found the interpretation of the MRI data inconsistent with the behavioural findings.

      R4: We speculated that the similarity in action perception among objects beyond the body size range may be due to these objects being similarly conceptualized as ‘environment’, in contrast to the objects within the body size range, which are categorized differently, namely as the ‘objects for the animal.’ Accordingly, in cortical regions involved in object processing, objects conceptualized as ‘environment’ unlikely showed the congruency effect, distinct from objects within the body size range. We have explained this point in the revised manuscript:

      (p 17, ln 370) “…which resonates the embodied influence on the formation of abstract concepts (e.g., Barsalou, 1999; Lakoff & Johnson, 1980) of objects and environment. Consistently, our fMRI data did not show the congruency effect for objects beyond the body size range, distinct from objects within this range, suggesting a categorization influenced by objects’ relative size to the human body.”

      (5) In the discussion, the authors outline how this work is consistent with the idea that conceptual and linguistic knowledge is grounded in sensorimotor systems. But then reference Barsalou. My understanding of Barsalou is the proposition of a connectionist architecture for conceptual representation. I did not think sensorimotor representation was privileged, but rather that all information communicates with all other to constitute a concept.

      R5: We are sorry for the confusion. We do not intend to argue that the sensorimotor representation is privileged. Instead, we would like to simply emphasize their engagement in concept. According to our understanding, Barsalou’s Perceptual Symbol Theory proposes that grounded concepts include sensorimotor information, and conceptual knowledge is grounded in the same neural system that supports action (Barsalou, 1999). This is consistent with our proposal that the affordance boundary locked to an animal’s sensorimotor capacity might give rise to a conceptual-ish representation of object-ness specific to the very animal. We have clarified this point in the introduction and discussion on the conceptual knowledge and sensorimotor information:

      In the introduction (p 2, ln 59) “…, and the body may serve as a metric that facilitates meaningful engagement with the environment by differentiating objects that are accessible for interactions from those not. Further, grounded cognition theory (see Barsalou, 2008 for a review) suggests that the outputs of such differentiation might transcend sensorimotor processes and integrate into supramodal concepts and language. From this perspective, we proposed two hypotheses...”

      In the discussion (p 18, ln 392) “Indeed, it has been proposed that conceptual knowledge is grounded in the same neural system that supports action (Barsalou, 1999; Glenberg et al., 2013; Wilson & Golonka, 2013), thereby suggesting that sensorimotor information, along with other modal inputs, may be embedded in language (e.g., Casasanto, 2011; Glenberg & Gallese, 2012; Stanfield & Zwaan, 2001), as the grounded theory proposed (see Barsalou, 2008 for a review).”

      (6) More generally, I believe that the impact and implications of this study would be clearer for the reader if the authors could properly entertain an alternative concerning how objects may be represented. Of course, the authors were going to demonstrate that objects more similar in size afforded more similar actions. It was impossible that Ps would ever have responded that aeroplanes afford grasping and balls afford sitting, for instance. What do the authors now believe about object representation that they did not believe before they conducted the study? Which accounts of object representation are now less likely?

      R6: We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. The theoretical motivation of the present study is to explore whether, for continuous action-related physical features (such as object size relative to the agents), affordance perception introduces discontinuity and qualitative dissociation, i.e., to allow the sensorimotor input to be assigned into discrete states/kinds, as representations envisioned by the computationalists; alternatively, whether the activity may directly mirror the input, free from discretization/categorization/abstraction, as proposed by the Replacement proposal of some embodied theories on cognition.

      By addressing this debate, we hoped to shed light on the nature of representation in, and resulted from, the vision-for-action processing. Our finding of affordance discontinuity suggests that sensorimotor input undergoes discretization implied in the computationalism idea of representation. Further, not contradictory to the claims of the embodied theories, these representations do shape processes out of the sensorimotor domain, but after discretization.

      We have now explained our hypotheses and alternatives explicitly in the revised introduction and discussion:

      In the introduction (p 2, ln 45) “However, the question of how object perception is influenced by the relative size of objects in relation to the human body remains open. Specifically, it is unclear whether this relative size simply acts as a continuous variable for locomotion reference, or if it affects differentiating and organizing object representation based on their ensued affordances.”

      In the discussion (p 14, ln 295) “One long-lasting debate on affordance centers on the distinction between representational and direct perception of affordance. An outstanding theme shared by many embodied theories of cognition is the replacement hypothesis (e.g., Van Gelder, 1998), which challenges the necessity of representation as posited by computationalism’s cognitive theories (e.g., Fodor, 1975). This hypothesis suggests that input is discretized/categorized and subjected to abstraction or symbolization, creating discrete stand-ins for the input (e.g., representations/states). Such representationalization would lead to a categorization between the affordable (the objects) and those beyond affordance (the environment), in contrast to the perspective offered by embodied theories. The present study probed this ‘representationalization’ of affordance by examining whether affordance perception introduces discontinuity and qualitative dissociation in response to continuous action-related physical features (such as object size relative to the agents), which allows sensorimotor input to be assigned into discrete states/kinds, in line with the representation-based view under the constraints of body size. Alternatively, it assessed whether activity directly mirrors the input, free from discretization/categorization/abstraction, in line with the representation-free view.

      First, our study found evidence demonstrating discretization in affordance perception. Then, through the body imagination experiment, we provided causal evidence suggesting that this discretization originates from sensorimotor interactions with objects rather than amodal sources, such as abstract object concepts independent of agent motor capability. Finally, we demonstrated the supramodality of this embodied discontinuity by leveraging the recent advances in AI. We showed that the discretization in affordance perception is supramodally accessible to disembodied agents such as large language models (LLMs), which lack sensorimotor input but can access linguistic materials built upon discretized representations. These results collectively suggest that sensorimotor input undergoes discretization, as implied in the computationalism’s idea of representation. Note that, these results are not contradictory to the claim of the embodied theories, as these representations do shape processes beyond the sensorimotor domain but after discretization.

      This observed boundary in affordance perception extends the understanding of the discontinuity in perception in response to the continuity of physical inputs (Harnad, 1987; Young et al., 1997).”

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      a) I would recommend providing further justification for why 100-200 cm were used as the cut-offs reflecting acceptable imagined body size. Were these decisions preregistered anywhere? If so, please state.

      Ra: Please see R1.

      b) I would encourage the authors to call the MRI a small pilot study throughout, including in the abstract.

      Rb: We completely agree and have indicated the preliminary nature of this study in the revised version:

      (p 11, ln 236) “To test this speculation, we ran an fMRI experiment with a small number of participants to preliminarily investigate the neural basis of the affordance boundary in the brain by measuring neural activity in the dorsal and ventral visual streams when participants were instructed to evaluate whether an action was affordable by an object (Fig. 3a).”

      c) Please provide much further justification of ROI selection, why these thresholds were chosen, and therefore why they are different across regions.

      Rc: Please see R3.

      d) Further elucidation in the discussion would help the reader interpret the MRI data, which should always be interpreted also in light of the behavioural findings.

      Rd: Please see R4.

      e) The authors may wish to outline precisely what they claim concerning the nature of conceptual/linguistic representation. Is sensorimotor information privileged or just part of the distributed representation of concepts?

      Re: This is a great point. For details of corresponding revision, please see R5.

      f) There are some nods to alternative manners in which we plausibly represent objects (e.g. about what the imagination study tells us) but I think this theoretical progression should be more prominent.

      Rf: We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. For details of corresponding revision, please see R6.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      (1) A limitation of the tests of LLMs may be that it is not always known what kinds of training material was used to build these models, leading to a possible "black box" problem. Further, presuming that those models are largely trained on previous human-written material, it may not necessarily be theoretically telling that the "judgments" of these models about action-object pairs show human-like discontinuities. Indeed, verbal descriptions of actions are very likely to mainly refer to typical human behaviour, and so the finding that these models demonstrate an affordance discontinuity may simply reflect those statistics, rather than evidence that affordance boundaries can arise independently even without "organism-environment interactions" as the authors claim here.

      R1: We agree that how LLMs work is a “black box”, and thus it is speculative to assume them to possess any human-like ability, because, as the reviewer pointed out, “these models demonstrate an affordance discontinuity may simply reflect those statistics.” Indeed, our manuscript has expressed a similar idea: “We speculated that ChatGPT models may have formed the affordance boundary through a human prism ingrained within its linguistic training corpus. (p 16 ln 338)”. That is, we did not intend to claim that such information is sufficient to replace sensorimotor-based interaction, or to restore human-level capability, for which we indeed speculated that embodied interaction is necessary. In the revised manuscript, we have clarified our stand that the mechanism generating the observed affordance boundary in LLMs might be different from that in human cognition, and urged future studies to explore this possibility:

      (p 18, ln 413) “…, as well as alignment methods used in fine-tuning the model (Ouyang et al., 2022). Nevertheless, caution should be taken when interpreting the capabilities of LLMs like ChatGPT, which are often considered “black boxes.” That is, our observation indicates that some degree of sensorimotor information is embedded within human language materials presumably through linguistic statistics, but it is not sufficient to assert that LLMs have developed a human-like ability to represent affordances. Furthermore, such information alone may be insufficient for LLMs to mimic the characteristics of the affordance perception in biological intelligence. Future studies are needed to elucidate such limitation.”

      Indeed, because of this potential dissociation, our LLM study might bear novel implications for the development of AI agents. We elaborated on them in the revised discussion on LLMs:

      (p 19, ln 427) “…, represents a crucial human cognitive achievement that remains elusive for AI systems. Traditional AI (i.e., task-specific AI) has been confined with narrowly defined tasks, with substantial limitations in adaptability and autonomy. Accordingly, these systems have served primarily as tools for humans to achieve specific outcomes, rather than as autonomous agents capable of independently formulating goals and translating them into actionable plans. In recent years, significant efforts have been directed towards evolving traditional AI into more agent-like entities, especially in domains like navigation, object manipulation, and other interactions with the physical world. Despite these advancements, the capabilities of AI still fall behind human-level intelligence. On the other hand, embodied cognition theories suggest that sensorimotor interactions with the environment are foundational for various cognitive domains. From this point of view, endowing AI with human-level abilities in physical agent-environment interactions might provide an unreplaceable missing piece for achieving Artificial General Intelligence (AGI). This development would significantly facilitate AI’s role in robotics, particularly in actions essential for survival and goal accomplishment, a promising direction for the next breakthrough in AI (Gupta et al., 2021; Smith & Gasser, 2005).

      However, equipping a disembodied AI with the ability for embodied interaction planning within a specific environment remains a complex challenge. By testing the potential representationalization of action possibilities (affordances) in both humans and LLMs, the present study suggests a new approach to enhancing AI’s interaction ability with the environment. For instance, our finding of supramodal affordance representation may indicate a possible pathway for disembodied LLMs to engage in embodied physical interactions with their surroundings. From an optimistic view, these results suggest that LLM-based agents, if appropriately designed, may leverage affordance representations embedded in language to interact with the physical world. Indeed, by clarifying and aligning such representations with the physical constitutes of LLM-based agents, and even by explicitly constructing an agent-specific object space, we may foster the sensorimotor interaction abilities of LLM-based agents. This progression could lead to achieving animal-level interaction abilities with the world, potentially sparking new developments in the field of embodied cognition theories.”

      (2) The authors include a clever manipulation in which participants are asked to judge action-object pairs, having first adopted the imagined size of either a cat or an elephant, showing that the discontinuity in similarity judgments effectively moved to a new boundary closer to the imagined scale than the veridical human scale. The dynamic nature of the discontinuity suggests a different interpretation of the authors' main findings. It may be that action affordance is not a dimension that stably characterises the long-term representation of object kinds, as suggested by the authors' interpretation of their brain findings, for example. Rather these may be computed more dynamically, "on the fly" in response to direct questions (as here) or perhaps during actual action behaviours with objects in the real world.

      R2: We thank the reviewer for pointing out the dynamic nature of affordance perception in our study. This feature indeed reinforced our attribution of the boundary into an affordance-based process instead of a conceptual or semantic process, the latter of which would predict the action possibilities being a fixed belief about the objects, instead of being dynamically determined according to the feature of the agent-object dyads. In addition, this dynamic does not contradict with our interpretation of the observed boundary in affordance perception. With this observation, we speculated that continuous input was abstracted or representationalized into discontinued categories, and the boundary between these categories was drawn according to the motor capacity of the agent. The finding of the boundary adapting to manipulation on body schema suggests that the abstraction/representationalization dynamically updates according to the current belief of motor capacity and body schema of the animal. In addition, we agree that future studies are needed to examine the dynamics of the abstraction/representationalization of affordance, probably by investigating the evolvement of affordance representation during ongoing actual interactions with novel objects or manipulated motor capability. These points are now addressed in the revision:

      (p 17, ln 380) “Therefore, this finding suggests that the affordance boundary is cognitively penetrable, arguing against the directness of affordance perception (e.g., Gibson, 1979; Greeno, 1994; Prindle et al., 1980) or the exclusive sensorimotor origin of affordances (e.g., Gallagher, 2017; Thompson, 2010; Hutto & Myin, 2012; Chemero, 2013). Further, this finding that the boundary adapted to manipulation on body schema suggests that the abstraction/representationalization may be dynamically updated in response to the current motor capacity and body schema of the agent, suggesting that the affordance-based process is probably determined dynamically by the nature of the agent-object dyads, rather than being a fixed belief about objects. Future studies could explore the dynamics of affordance representationalization, probably by investigating how affordance representations evolve during active interactions with novel objects or under conditions of altered motor capabilities. Finally, our findings also suggest that disembodied conceptual knowledge pertinent to action likely modulates affordance perception.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      a) As described, I think the authors could improve their discussion of the LLM work and consider more deeply possible different interpretations of their findings with those models. Are they really providing an independent data point about how objects may be represented, or instead is this a different, indirect way of asking humans the same questions (given the way in which these models are trained)?

      Ra: Please see R1.

      b) Some of the decisions behind the design of the fMRI experiment, and some of the logic of its interpretation, could be made clearer. Why those four objects per se? What kinds of confounds, such as familiarity, or the range of possible relevant actions per object, might need to be considered? Is there the possibility that relative performance on the in-scanner behavioural task may be in part responsible for the findings? Why were those specific regions of interest chosen and not others? The authors find that the dorsal and ventral regions make a univariate distinction between congruent and incongruent trials, but only for human-scale objects, but it was not clear from the framework that the authors adopted why that distinction should go in that direction (e.g. congruent > incongruent) nor why there shouldn't also be a distinction for the "beyond" objects? Finally, might some of these brain questions better be approached with an RSA or similar approach, as that would seem to better map onto the behavioural studies?

      Rb: We thank the reviewer for the detailed suggestions.

      Regarding the fMRI study, we have provided further justification on its rationale in the revised manuscript:

      (p 11, ln 231) “The distinct categories of reported affordances demarcated by the boundary imply that the objects on either side of the boundary may be represented differently in the brain. We thus speculated that the observed behavioral discontinuity is likely underpinned by distinct neural activities, which give rise to these discrete ‘representations’ separated by the boundary.”

      The objects used in the fMRI study were selected by taking into account the objective of the fMRI study, which was to provide the neural basis for the affordance discontinuity found in behaviour experiments. In other words, the fMRI study is not an exploratory experiment, but a validation experiment. To this end, we deliberately selected a small range of common objects to ensure that participants were sufficiently familiar with them, as confirmed through their oral reports. Furthermore, to ensure a fair comparison between the two categories of objects in terms of action possibility range, we predetermined an equal number of congruent and incongruent actions for each category. This arrangement was intended to eliminate any bias that might arise from different amount of action choices associated with each category. Therefore, the present object and action sets in the fMRI study, which were based on the behavior experiments, are sufficient for its purpose.

      Regarding the possibility that the performance of the in-scanner behavioural task may be in part responsible for the findings, we analysed participants’ performance. Not surprisingly, participants demonstrated high consistency and accuracy in their responses:

      𝑀𝑒𝑎𝑛𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑔𝑟𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑡_𝑂𝑏𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑊𝑖𝑡ℎ𝑖𝑛 = 0.991, SD = 0.018;

      𝑀𝑒𝑎𝑛𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑔𝑟𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑡_𝑂𝑏𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑊𝑖𝑡ℎ𝑖𝑛 = 0.996, SD = 0.007;

      𝑀𝑒𝑎𝑛𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑔𝑟𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑡_𝑂𝑏𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝐵𝑒𝑦𝑜𝑛𝑑 = 0.996, SD = 0.004;

      𝑀𝑒𝑎𝑛𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑔𝑟𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑂𝑏𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝐵𝑒𝑦𝑜𝑛𝑑 = 0.998, SD = 0.002

      in all conditions, suggesting constant active engagement with the task. Thus, the inscanner behaviour unlikely resulted in the lack of congruency effect for the ‘beyond’ objects observed in the brain.

      Regarding the selection of ROIs, our decision to focus on these specific sensory and motor regions was based on existing literature highlighting their distinct contribution to affordance perception (Borghi, 2005; Sakreida et al., 2016). The pFs was chosen for its role in object identification and classification, while the SPL was chosen for its involvement in object manipulation. Additionally, the primary motor cortex (M1) is known to be engaged in affordance processing (e.g., McDannald et al., 2018), which was included to investigate the affordance congruency effect during the motor execution stage of the sense-think-act pathway. These considerations are detailed in the revised manuscript:

      (p 14, ln 280) “In addition to the pFs and SPL, we also examined the congruency effect in the lateral occipital cortex (LO), which is involved in object representation (e.g., Grill-Spector et al., 2000; Konkle & Caramazza, 2013) and provides inputs to both the pFs and SPL (Hebart et al., 2018). Meanwhile, the primary motor cortex (M1), which receives inputs from the dorsal stream (Vainio & Ellis, 2020), is involved in affordance processing (e.g., McDannald et al., 2018) and action executions (Binkofski et al., 2002).”

      (p 29, ln 684) “We chose the pFs, LO, SPL, and M1 as ROIs based on existing literature highlighting their distinct contributions to affordance perception (Borghi, 2005; Sakreida et al., 2016).”

      Regarding the congruency effect, in our study, we followed the established fMRI research paradigm of employing the congruent effect as a measure of affordance processing (e.g., Kourtis et al., 2018), and the rationale behind the directionality of the distinction in our framework (congruent > incongruent) is grounded in the concept of affordance, in which the mere perception of a graspable object facilitates motor responses that are congruent with certain qualities of the object (e.g., Ellis & Tucker, 2000). From the interaction of congruency by object type, we observed only congruency effect for objects within rather than objects beyond. We speculate that the objects beyond the affordance boundary is generally beyond the motor capacities of the very animal, being too large for the animal to manipulate, thus no congruency effect was found. We have added these clarifications in the revised manuscript:

      (p 11, ln 244) “The congruency effect, derived from the contrast of Congruent versus Incongruent conditions, is a well-established measure of affordance processing (e.g., Kourtis et al., 2018).”

      (p 16, ln 340) “In contrast, objects larger than that range typically surpass the animal’s motor capabilities, rendering them too cumbersome for effective manipulation. Consequently, these larger objects are less likely to be considered as typical targets for manipulation by the animal, as opposed to the smaller objects. That is, they are perceived not as the “objects” in the animal’s eye, but as part of the background environment, due to their impracticality for direct interactions.”

      Regarding the RSA analysis, we agree with the reviewer that RSA may offer a more direct comparison with similarities among objects. However, our primary objective in this fMRI study was to explore the neural basis of the affordance boundary observed in the behavioural study, rather than explaining the similarities in neural responses between different objects. For this reason, we did not conduct RSA analysis.

      c) Page 4 Re statistical evaluation of the discontinuity in judgments, the authors might consider a Bayesian approach, which would be stronger than using "all ps > 0.05" to argue that within-boundary similarities are consistent and high.

      Rc: We thank the reviewer for the suggestion on the Bayesian approach for significance tests, which has been now added in the revised manuscript:

      In the results (p 4, ln 105) “This trough suggested an affordance boundary between size rank 4 and 5, while affordance similarities between neighboring ranks remained high (rs > 0.45) and did not significantly differ from each other (ps > 0.05, all 𝐵𝐹10 < 10) on either side of the boundary (Fig. 1d, left panel, green lines).”

      In the methods (p 25, ln 597) “Pearson and Filon’s (1898) Z, implemented in R package “cocor” (Diedenhofen & Musch, 2015) was used to evaluate the significance of these similarities (alpha level = .05, one-tail test). For significance tests, Bayesian statistical analyses were conducted using the web version of the “bayesplay” R package (Colling, 2021). Specifically, the data (likelihood) model was specified as a normal distribution, where the correlation coefficients were transformed to Fisher’s z. The null hypothesis was specified as a standard normal distribution centred at zero. Conversely, the alternative hypothesis was specified as a normal distribution centred at 2. Bayes factors (BF10) were calculated and interpreted using the classification scheme suggested by Wagenmakers et al. (2011), wherein a Bayes factor greater than 10 is considered strong evidence for accepting H1 over H0.”

      d) Page 4 One question I had about the big objects is whether their internal similarity and dissimilarity to smaller objects, might largely arise if most of the answers about actions for those larger objects are just "no"? This depends on the set of possible actions that were considered: the authors chose 14 from a previous study but did not describe these further or consider possible strengths/limitations of this selection. This is a very important point that needs addressing - to what extent are these findings "fragile" in that they relate only to that specific selection of 14 action kinds?

      Rd: The action judgements for objects beyond body size were not mostly “no”; in fact, there was no significant difference between average action possibilities related to objects beyond (25%) and within (26%). Rather, the dissimilarity between objects within and those beyond likely arose from the difference in most-plausible action set they related. For example, the top three actions related to objects within are “grasp”, “hold” and “throw”, while those related to objects beyond are “sit”, “lift” and “stand”, as stated in our original manuscript: “A further analysis on the affordances separated by the boundary revealed that objects within human body size range were primarily subjected to hand-related actions such as grasping, holding and throwing. These affordances typically involve object manipulation with humans’ effectors. In contrast, objects beyond the size range of human body predominantly afforded actions such as sitting and standing, which typically require locomotion or posture change of the whole body around or within the objects (p 11 ln 229)”.

      Regarding the validity of action selection, the selection of the objects and affordances in this study was guided by two key criteria. First, the objects were selected from the dataset published in Konkle and Oliva's study (2011), which systematically investigates the effect of object size on object recognition. Therefore, the range of object sizes, from 14 cm to 7,618 cm, is well-calibrated and represents a typical array of object sizes found in the real world. Second, the actions were selected to cover a wide range of daily humans-objects/environments interactions, from singlepoint movements (e.g., hand, foot) to whole-body movements (e.g., lying, standing), based on the kinetics human action video dataset (Kay et al., 2017). Thus, this set of objects and actions is a sufficiently representative of typic human experiences. In revision, we have clarified these two criteria in the methods section:

      (p 22, ln 517) “The full list of objects, their diagonal size, and size rankings were provided in Supplementary Table S6. The objects were selected from the dataset in Konkle and Oliva’s study (2011) to cover typic object sizes in the world (ranging from 14 cm to 7,618 cm), and actions related to these objects were selected to span a spectrum of daily humans-objects/environments interactions, from single-point movements (e.g., hand, foot) to whole-body movements (e.g., lying, standing), based on the Kinetics Human Action Video Dataset (Kay et al., 2017).”

      Having said this, we agree with reviewer that a larger set of objects and actions will facilitate finer localization of the representational discontinuity, which can be addressed in future studies

      (p 16, ln 344): “…, due to their impracticality for direct interactions. Future studies should incorporate a broader range of objects and a more comprehensive set of affordances for finer delineation of the representational discontinuity between objects and the environment.”

      e) Page 12 "no region showed the congruency effect for objects beyond the body size" in a whole brain analysis. What about a similar analysis for the humanscale objects? We must also keep in mind that with N=12 there may be relatively little power to detect such effects at the random-effects level, so this null finding may not be very informative.

      Re: We thank the reviewer for this advice. The whole brain analysis on the congruency effect for human-scale objects (objects within) has now been included in the supplementary materials (please see Author response figure 1d (New Supplementary Fig. S4d) and Author response table 1 (New Supplementary Table S5) below).

      Author response image 1.

      Significant brain activations of different contrasts in the whole-brain level analysis. a, the effect of object type, positive values (warm color) indicated higher activation for objects within than objects beyond and negative values (cold color) indicated the opposite. b, the effect of congruency, positive values indicated higher activation in congruent than incongruent condition. c, the effect of interaction between object type and congruency, positive values indicated the larger congruency effect for objects within than beyond. d, the congruency effect for objects within. All contrasts were corrected with cluster-level correction at p < .05. The detailed cluster-level results for each contrast map can be found in Supplementary Table S2 to S5.

      Author response table 1.

      Cortical regions showing significant congruency effect (congruent versus incongruent) for objects within, whole-brain analysis (R = right hemisphere, L = left hemisphere; Z > 2.3, p = 0.05, cluster corrected)

      Regarding the power of the fMRI study, we would like to clarify that, the critical test of this fMRI study is the two-way interaction of congruency effect by object size instead of the (null) congruency effect for the object beyond. Having said this, we agree that the sample size is small which might lead to lack of power in the fMRI study. In the revision we have now acknowledged this issue explicitly:

      (p 16, ln 354) “…supporting the idea that affordance is typically represented only for objects within the body size range. While it is acknowledged that the sample size of the fMRI study was small (12 participants), necessitating cautious interpretation of its results, the observed neural-level affordance discontinuity is notable. That is, qualitative differences in neural activity between objects within the affordance boundary and those beyond replicated our behavior findings. This convergent evidence reinforced our claim that objects were discretized into two broad categories along the continuous size axis, with affordance only being manifested for objects within the boundary.”

      f) Page 14 [the fMRI findings] "suggest that affordance perception likely requires perceptual processing and is not necessarily reflected in motor execution". This seems a large leap to make from a relatively basic experiment that tests only a small set of (arbitrarily chosen) objects and actions. It's important to keep in mind too that none of the studies here actually asked participants to interact with objects; that objects were shown as 2D images; and that the differences between real-world sizes of objects were greatly condensed by the way they are scaled for presentation on a computer screen (and such scaling is probably greater for the larger-than-human objects).

      Rf: The action-congruency judgement task is widely used in the studies of affordance processing (e.g., Kourtis et al., 2018; Peelen & Caramazza, 2012), so does the practice of not including actual interaction with the objects and using 2D instead of 3D objects (e.g., Peelen & Caramazza, 2012; Matić et al., 2020). However, we are aware that alternative practice exists in the field and we agree that it would be interesting for future studies to test whether actual interactions and 3D objects presentation may bring any change on the affordance boundary observed in our study.

      Our inference “affordance perception likely requires perceptual processing and is not necessarily reflected in motor execution” was based on the fMRI finding that the congruency effect only in cortical regions proposedly engaged in perceptual processing, but not in the M1 which is associated with motor execution. This significant two-way interaction pointed to a possibility that affordance processing may not necessarily manifest in motor execution.

      We acknowledge the scaling issue inherent in all laboratory experiments, but we doubt that it significantly influenced our results. In fact, it is a common practice in studies on object size to present objects of different physical sizes as constantly sized images on a screen (e.g., Konkle & Oliva, 2012; Huang et al., 2022). Moreover, scaling does not change the smoothness of object sizes, whereas the affordance boundary represents a singularity point that disrupts this smoothness. Finally, regarding the limited variety of objects and actions, please see Rd.

      g) Page 15 Why are larger objects "less interesting"? They have important implications for navigation, for example?

      Rg: We are sorry for the confusion. Our intention was to express that objects beyond the affordance boundary are generally beyond motor capacities of the animal in question. As such, compared to smaller objects within the environment, these larger objects may not typically be considered as potential targets for manipulation. We have now corrected the wording in the revised text:

      (p 16, ln 340) “In contrast, objects larger than that range typically surpass the animal’s motor capabilities, rendering them too cumbersome for effective manipulation. Consequently, these larger objects are less likely to be considered as typical targets for manipulation by the animal, as opposed to smaller objects in the environment. That is, they are perceived not as the “objects” in the animal’s eye, but as part of the background environment, due to their impracticality for direct interactions.”

      h) Page 15 At several places I wondered whether the authors were arguing against a straw man. E.g. "existing psychological studies...define objects in a disembodied manner..." but no citations are given on this point, nor do the authors describe previous theoretical positions that would make a strong counter-claim to the one advocated here.

      Rh: We are sorry for not presenting our argument clearly. Previous studies often define the object space based on object features alone, such as absolute size or function, without reference to the knowledge and the abilities of the agent (e.g., de Beeck et al., 2008; Konkle & Oliva, 2011). This perspective overlooks the importance of the features of the animal-object pairs. Gibson (1979) highlighted that an object’s affordance, which includes all action possibilities it offers to an animal, is determined by the object’s size relative to the animal’s size, rather than its real-world size. Under this embodied view, we argue that the object space is better defined by the features of the agent-object system, and this is the primary assumption and motivation of the present study. We have now clarified this point and added the references in the revision:

      (p 2, ln 35) “A contemporary interpretation of this statement is the embodied theory of cognition (e.g., Chemero, 2013; Gallagher, 2017; Gibbs, 2005; Wilson, 2002; Varela et al., 2017), which, diverging from the belief that size and shape are inherent object features (e.g., de Beeck et al., 2008; Konkle & Oliva, 2011), posits that human body scale (e.g., size) constrains the perception of objects and the generation of motor responses.”

      (p 17, ln 365) “Existing psychological studies, especially in the field of vision, define objects in a disembodied manner, primarily relying on their physical properties such as shape (e.g., de Beeck et al., 2008) and absolute size (e.g., Konkle & Oliva, 2011).”

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      (1) Even after several readings, it is not entirely clear to me what the authors are proposing and to what extent the conducted work actually speaks to this. In the introduction, the authors write that they seek to test if body size serves not merely as a reference for object manipulation but also "plays a pivotal role in shaping the representation of objects." This motivation seems rather vague motivation and it is not clear to me how it could be falsified.

      Similarly, in the discussion, the authors write that large objects do not receive "proper affordance representation," and are "not the range of objects with which the animal is intrinsically inclined to interact, but probably considered a less interesting component of the environment." This statement seems similarly vague and completely beyond the collected data, which did not assess object discriminability or motivational values.

      Overall, the lack of theoretical precision makes it difficult to judge the appropriateness of the approaches and the persuasiveness of the obtained results. This is partly due to the fact that the authors do not spell out all of their theoretical assumptions in the introduction but insert new "speculations" to motivate the corresponding parts of the results section. I would strongly suggest clarifying the theoretical rationale and explaining in more detail how the chosen experiments allow them to test falsifiable predictions.

      R1: We are sorry for the confusion about the theoretical motivation and rationale. Our motivation is on the long-lasting debate regarding the representation versus direct perception of affordance. That is, we tested whether object affordance would simply covary with its continuous constraints such as object size, in line with the representation-free view, or, whether affordance would be ‘representationalized’, in line with the representation-based view, under the constrain of body size. In revision, we have clarified the motivation and its relation to our approach:

      In the introduction (p 2, ln 45): “However, the question of how object perception is influenced by the relative size of objects in relation to the human body remains open. Specifically, it is unclear whether this relative size simply acts as a continuous variable for locomotion reference, or if it affects differentiating and organizing object representations based on their ensued affordances.”

      In the discussion (p 14, ln 295): “One long-lasting debate on affordance centers on the distinction between representational and direct perception of affordance. An outstanding theme shared by many embodied theories of cognition is the replacement hypothesis (e.g., Van Gelder, 1998), which challenges the necessity of representation as posited by computationalism’s cognitive theories (e.g., Fodor, 1975). This hypothesis suggests that input is discretized/categorized and subjected to abstraction or symbolization, creating discrete stand-ins for the input (e.g., representations/states). Such representationalization would lead to a categorization between the affordable (the objects) and those beyond affordance (the environment). Accordingly, computational theories propose the emergence of affordance perception, in contrast to the perspective offered by embodied theories. The present study probed this ‘representationalization’ of affordance by examining whether affordance perception introduces discontinuity and qualitative dissociation in response to continuous action-related physical features (such as object size relative to the agents), which allows sensorimotor input to be assigned into discrete states/kinds, in line with the representation-based view under the constraints of body size. Alternatively, it assessed whether activity directly mirrors the input, free from discretization/categorization/abstraction, in line with the representation-free view.

      First, our study found evidence demonstrating discretization in affordance perception. Then, through the body imagination experiment, we provided causal evidence suggesting that this discretization originates from sensorimotor interactions with objects rather than amodal sources, such as abstract object concepts independent of agent motor capability. Finally, we demonstrated the supramodality of this embodied discontinuity by leveraging the recent advances in AI. We showed that the discretization in affordance perception is supramodally accessible to disembodied agents such as large language models (LLMs), which lack sensorimotor input but can access linguistic materials built upon discretized representations. These results collectively suggest that sensorimotor input undergoes discretization, as implied in the computationalism’s idea of representation. Note that, these results are not contradictory to the claim of the embodied theories, as these representations do shape processes beyond the sensorimotor domain but after discretization.

      The observed boundary in affordance perception extends the understanding of the discontinuity in perception in response to the continuity of physical inputs (Harnad, 1987; Young et al., 1997).”

      We are also sorry for the confusion about the expression “proper affordance representation”. We intended to express that the neural responses to objects beyond the boundary in the whole brain failed to reflect affordance congruency, and therefore did not show evidence of affordance processing. We have clarified this expression in the revised manuscript:

      (p 12, ln 265) “Taken together, the affordance boundary not only separated the objects into two categories based on their relative size to human body, but also delineated the range of objects that evoked neural representations associated with affordance processing.”

      Finally, we agree with the reviewer that the expressions, such as “not…inclined to interact” and “probably considered a less interesting component of the environment”, may be misleading. Rather, we intended to express that the objects beyond the affordance boundary is generally beyond the motor capacities of the very animal, being too large for the very animal to manipulated, as comparing to the smaller objects in the environment, may not be a typical target object for manipulation for the animal. We have revised these expressions in the manuscript and clarified their speculative nature:

      (p 16, ln 340) “In contrast, objects larger than that range typically surpass the animal’s motor capabilities, rendering them too cumbersome for effective manipulation. Consequently, these larger objects are less likely to be considered as typical targets for manipulation by the animal, as opposed to the smaller objects. That is, they are perceived not as the “objects” in the animal’s eye, but as part of the background environment, due to their impracticality for direct interactions.”

      (2) The authors used only a very small set of objects and affordances in their study and they do not describe in sufficient detail how these stimuli were selected. This renders the results rather exploratory and clearly limits their potential to discover general principles of human perception. Much larger sets of objects and affordances and explicit data-driven approaches for their selection would provide a far more convincing approach and allow the authors to rule out that their results are just a consequence of the selected set of objects and actions.

      R2: The selection of the objects and affordances in this study was guided by two key criteria. First, the objects were selected from the dataset published in Konkle and Oliva's study (2011), which systematically investigates the effect of object size on object recognition. Therefore, the range of object sizes, from 14 cm to 7,618 cm, is well-calibrated and represents a typical array of object sizes found in the real world. Second, the actions were selected to cover a wide range of daily humans objects/environments interactions, from single-point movements (e.g., hand, foot) to whole-body movements (e.g., lying, standing), based on the kinetics human action video dataset (Kay et al., 2017). Thus, this set of objects and actions is a sufficiently representative of typic human experiences. In revision, we have clarified these two criteria in the methods section:

      (p 22, ln 517) “The full list of objects, their diagonal sizes, and size rankings were provided in Supplementary Table S6. The objects were selected from the dataset in Konkle and Oliva’s study (2011) to cover typic object sizes in the world (ranging from 14 cm to 7,618 cm), and actions related to these objects were selected to span a spectrum of daily humans-objects/environments interactions, from single-point movements (e.g., hand, foot) to whole-body movements (e.g., lying, standing), based on the Kinetics Human Action Video Dataset (Kay et al., 2017).”

      Having said this, we agree with reviewer that a larger set of objects and actions will facilitate finer localization of the representational discontinuity, which can be addressed in future studies

      (p 16, ln 344): “…, due to their impracticality for direct interactions. Future studies should incorporate a broader range of objects and a more comprehensive set of affordances for finer delineation of the representational discontinuity between objects and the environment.”

      (3) Relatedly, the authors could be more thorough in ruling out potential alternative explanations. Object size likely correlates with other variables that could shape human similarity judgments and the estimated boundary is quite broad (depending on the method, either between 80 and 150 cm or between 105 to 130 cm). More precise estimates of the boundary and more rigorous tests of alternative explanations would add a lot to strengthen the authors' interpretation.

      R3: We agree with the reviewer that correlation analyses alone cannot rule out alternative explanations, as any variable co-varying with object sizes might also affect affordance perception. Therefore, our study experimentally manipulated the imagined body sizes, while keeping other variable constant across conditions. This approach provided evidence of a causal connection between body size and affordance perception, effectively ruling out alternative explanations. In revision, the rationale of experimentally manipulation of imagined body sizes has been clarified

      (p 7, ln 152): “One may argue that the location of the affordance boundary coincidentally fell within the range of human body size, rather than being directly influenced by it. To rule out this possibility, we directly manipulated participants’ body schema, referring to an experiential and dynamic functioning of the living body within its environment (Merleau-Ponty & Smith, 1962). This allowed us to examine whether the affordance boundary would shift in response to changes in the imagined body size. This experimental approach was able to establish a causal link between body size and affordance boundary, as other potential factors remained constant. Specifically, we instructed a new group of participants to imagine themselves as small as a cat (typical diagonal size: 77cm, size rank 4, referred to as the “cat condition”), and another new group to envision themselves as large as an elephant (typical diagonal size: 577 cm, size rank 7, referred to as the “elephant condition”) throughout the task (Fig. 2a).”

      Meanwhile, with correlational analysis, precise location of the boundary cannot help ruling out alternative explanation. However, we agree that future studies are needed to incorporate a broader range of objects and a more comprehensive set of affordances. For details, please see R2.

      (4) Even though the division of the set of objects into two homogenous clusters appears defensible, based on visual inspection of the results, the authors should consider using more formal analysis to justify their interpretation of the data. A variety of metrics exist for cluster analysis (e.g., variation of information, silhouette values) and solutions are typically justified by convergent evidence across different metrics. I would recommend the authors consider using a more formal approach to their cluster definition using some of those metrics.

      R4: We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We performed three analyses on this point, all of which consistently indicated the division of objects into two distinct groups along the object size axis.

      First, a hierarchical clustering analysis of the heatmaps revealed a two-maincluster structure, which is now detailed in the revised methods section (p 25, ln 589) “A hierarchical clustering analysis was performed, employing the seaborn clustermap method with Euclidean distance and Complete linkage (Waskom, 2021).”

      Second, the similarity in affordances between neighbouring size ranks revealed the same two-main-cluster structure. In this analysis, each object was assigned a realworld size rank, and then Pearson’s correlation was calculated as the affordance similarity index for each pair of neighbouring size ranks to assess how similar the perceived affordances were between these ranks. Our results showed a clear trough in affordance similarity, with the lowest point approaching zero, while affordance similarities between neighbouring ranks on either side of the boundary remained high, confirming the observation that objects formed two groups based on affordance similarity.

      Finally, we analysed silhouette values for this clustering analysis, where 𝑎𝑖 represents the mean intra-cluster distance, and 𝑏𝑖 represents the mean nearest-cluster distance for each data point i. The silhouette coefficient is calculated as (Rousseeuw, 1987):

      The silhouette analysis revealed that the maximum silhouette value coefficient corresponded to a cluster number of two, further confirming the two-cluster structure (please see Author response table 2 below).

      Author response table 2.

      The silhouette values of a k-means clustering when k (number of clusters) = 2 to 10

      (5) While I appreciate the manipulation of imagined body size, as a way to solidify the link between body size and affordance perception, I find it unfortunate that this is implemented in a between-subjects design, as this clearly leaves open the possibility of pre-existing differences between groups. I certainly disagree with the authors' statement that their findings suggest "a causal link between body size and affordance perception."

      R5: The between-subjects design in the imagination experiment was employed to prevent contamination between conditions. Specifically, after imagining oneself as a particular size, it can be challenging to immediately transition to envisioning a different body size. In addition, participating sequentially participate in two conditions that only differ in imagined body sizes may lead to undesirable response strategies, such as deliberately altering responses to the same objects in the different conditions. The reason of employing the between-subjects design is now clarified in the revised text (p 7, ln 161): “A between-subject design was adopted to minimize contamination between conditions. This manipulation was effective, as evidenced by the participants’ reported imagined heights in the cat condition being 42 cm (SD = 25.6) and 450 cm (SD = 426.8) in the elephant condition on average, respectively, when debriefed at the end of the task.”

      Further, to address the concern that “pre-existing differences between groups” would generate this very result, we adhered to standard protocols such as random assignment of participants to different conditions (cat-size versus elephant-size). Moreover, experimentally manipulating one variable (i.e., body schema) to observe its effect on another variable (i.e., affordance boundary) is the standard method for establishing causal relationships between variables. We could not think of other better ways for this objective.

      (6) The use of LLMs in the current study is not clearly motivated and I find it hard to understand what exactly the authors are trying to test through their inclusion. As noted above, I think that the authors should discuss the putative roles of conceptual knowledge, language, and sensorimotor experience already in the introduction to avoid ambiguity about the derived predictions and the chosen methodology. As it currently stands, I find it hard to discern how the presence of perceptual boundaries in LLMs could constitute evidence for affordance-based perception.

      R6: The motivation of LLMs is to test the supramodality of this embodied discontinuity found in behavioral experiments: whether this discontinuity is accessible beyond the sensorimotor domain. To do this, we leveraged the recent advance in AI and tested whether the discretization observed in affordance perception is supramodally accessible to disembodied agents which lack access to sensorimotor input but only have access to the linguistic materials built upon discretized representations, such as large language models (LLM). The theoretical motivation and rationale regarding the LLM study are now included in the introduction and discussion:

      In the introduction (p 2, ln 59) “…, and the body may serve as a metric that facilitates meaningful engagement with the environment by differentiating objects that are accessible for interactions from those not. Further, grounded cognition theory (see Barsalou, 2008 for a review) suggests that the outputs of such differentiation might transcend sensorimotor processes and integrate into supramodal concepts and language. From this perspective, we proposed two hypotheses...”

      In the introduction (p 3, ln 70) “Notably, the affordance boundary varied in response to the imagined body sizes and showed supramodality. It could also be attained solely through language, as evidenced by the large language model (LLM), ChatGPT (OpenAI, 2022).”

      For details in the discussion, please see R1.

      (7) Along the same lines, the fMRI study also provides very limited evidence to support the authors' claims. The use of congruency effects as a way of probing affordance perception is not well motivated. What exactly can we infer from the fact a region may be more active when an object is paired with an activity that the object doesn't afford? The claim that "only the affordances of objects within the range of body size were represented in the brain" certainly seems far beyond the data.

      R7: In our study, we followed the established fMRI research paradigm of employing the congruent effect as a measure of affordance processing (e.g., Kourtis et al., 2018). The choice of this paradigm has now been clarified in the revised manuscript (p 11, ln 244): “The congruency effect, derived from the contrast of Congruent versus Incongruent conditions, is a well-established measure of affordance processing (e.g., Kourtis et al., 2018).”

      The statement that “only the affordances of objects within the range of body size were represented in the brain” is based on the observed interaction of congruency by object size. In the revised text, we have weakened this statement to better align with the direct implications of the interaction effect (p 1 ln 22): “A subsequent fMRI experiment revealed evidence of affordance processing exclusively for objects within the body size range, but not for those beyond. This suggests that only objects capable of being manipulated are the objects capable of offering affordance in the eyes of an organism.”

      (8) Importantly (related to my comments under 2) above), the very small set of objects and affordances in this experiment heavily complicates any conclusions about object size being the crucial variable determining the occurrence of congruency effects.

      R8: The objective of the fMRI study was to provide the neural basis for the affordance discontinuity found in behaviour experiments. In other words, the fMRI study is not an exploratory experiment, and therefore, the present object and action sets, which are based on the behaviour experiments, are sufficient.

      (9) I would also suggest providing a more comprehensive illustration of the results (including the effects of CONGRUENCY, OBJECT SIZE, and their interaction at the whole-brain level).

      R9: We agree and in revision, we have now included these analyses in the supplementary material (p 30, ln 711): “For the whole-brain analyses on the congruency effect, the object size effect, and their interaction, see Supplementary Fig. S4 and Table S2 to S5.” Please see Author response image 2 (New Supplementary Fig. S4) and Author responses tables 3 to 5 (New Supplementary Table S2 to S4) below.

      Author response image 2.

      Significant brain activations of different contrasts in the whole-brain level analysis. a, the effect of object type, positive values (warm color) indicated higher activation for objects within than objects beyond and negative values (cold color) indicated the opposite. b, the effect of congruency, positive values indicated higher activation in congruent than incongruent condition. c, the effect of interaction between object type and congruency, positive values indicated the larger congruency effect for objects within than beyond. d, the congruency effect for objects within. All contrasts were corrected with cluster-level correction at p < .05. The detailed cluster-level results for each contrast map can be found in Supplementary Table S2 to S5.

      Author response table 3.

      Cortical regions reaching significance in the contrasts of (A) objects within versus object beyond and (B) objects beyond versus objects within, whole-brain analysis (R = right hemisphere, L = left hemisphere; Z > 2.3, p = 0.05, cluster corrected).

      Author response table 4.

      Cortical regions reaching significance in contrasts of (A) congruent versus incongruent and (B) incongruent versus congruent, whole-brain analysis (R = right hemisphere, L = left hemisphere; Z > 2.3, p = 0.05, cluster corrected).

      Author response table 5.

      Review Table 5 (New Supplementary Table S4). Cortical regions showing significant interaction between object type and congruency, whole-brain analysis (OW = Objects within, OB = Objects beyond; R = right hemisphere, L = left hemisphere; Z > 2.3, p = 0.05, cluster corrected)

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      a. >a) Clarify all theoretical assumptions already within the introduction and specify how the predictions are tested (and how they could be falsified).

      Ra: Please see R1.

      b. >b) Explain how the chosen experimental approach relates to the theoretical questions under investigation (e.g., it is not clear to me how affordance similarity ratings can inform inference about which part of the environment is perceived as more or less manipulable).

      Rb: We thank the reviewer for the suggestion, and the theoretical motivation and rationale are now clarified. For details, please see R1.

      c. >c) Include a much larger set of objects and affordances in the behavioural experiments (that is more generalizable and also permits a more precise estimation of the boundary), and use a more rigorous methodology to justify a particular cluster solution.

      Rc: Please see R2 for the limited variance of objects and actions, and R4 for more analyses on the boundary.

      d. >d) Clearly motivate what the use of LLMs can contribute to the study of affordance perception.

      Rd: Please see R6.

      e) Clearly motivate why congruency effects are thought to index "affordance representation in the brain" Re: Please see R7.

      e) Include a much larger set of objects and affordances in the fMRI study.

      Re: Please see R7.

      f) Consider toning down the main conclusions based on the limitations outlined above.

      Rf: We have toned down the main conclusions accordingly.

      We are profoundly grateful for the insightful comments and suggestions provided by the three reviewers, which have greatly improved the quality of this manuscript.   References

      Barsalou, L. W. (1999). Perceptual symbol systems. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 22(4), 637-660.

      de Beeck, H. P. O., Torfs, K., & Wagemans, J. (2008). Perceived shape similarity among unfamiliar objects and the organization of the human object vision pathway. Journal of Neuroscience, 28(40), 10111-10123.

      Borghi, A. M. (2005). Object concepts and action. Grounding cognition: The role of perception and action in memory, language, and thinking, 8-34.

      Colling, L.J. (2021). ljcolling/go-bayesfactor: (Version v0.9.0).Zenodo. doi: 10.5281/zenodo.4642331

      Crawley, J. A. H., Mumby, H. S., Chapman, S. N., Lahdenperä, M., Mar, K. U., Htut, W., ... & Lummaa, V. (2017). Is bigger better? The relationship between size and reproduction in female Asian elephants. Journal of Evolutionary Biology, 30(10), 1836-1845.

      Ellis, R., & Tucker, M. (2000). Micro‐affordance: The potentiation of components of action by seen objects. British Journal of Psychology, 91(4), 451-471.

      Fan, L., Li, H., Zhuo, J., Zhang, Y., Wang, J., Chen, L., ... & Jiang, T. (2016). The human brainnetome atlas: a new brain atlas based on connectional architecture. Cerebral Cortex, 26(8), 3508-3526.

      Fodor, J. A. (1975). The Language of Thought (Vol. 5). Harvard University Press.

      Gibson, J. J. (1979). The ecological approach to visual perception: Classic edition.

      Hertrich, I., Dietrich, S., & Ackermann, H. (2016). The role of the supplementary motor area for speech and language processing. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 68, 602-610.

      Huang, T., Song, Y., & Liu, J. (2022). Real-world size of objects serves as an axis of object space. Communications Biology, 5(1), 1-12.

      Kantak, S. S., Stinear, J. W., Buch, E. R., & Cohen, L. G. (2012). Rewiring the brain: potential role of the premotor cortex in motor control, learning, and recovery of function following brain injury. Neurorehabilitation and Neural Repair, 26(3), 282-292.

      Kay, W., Carreira, J., Simonyan, K., Zhang, B., Hillier, C., Vijayanarasimhan, S., ... & Zisserman, A. (2017). The kinetics human action video dataset. arXiv preprint arXiv:1705.06950.

      Konkle, T., & Oliva, A. (2011). Canonical visual size for real-world objects. Journal of Experimental Psychology: human perception and performance, 37(1), 23.

      Kourtis, D., Vandemaele, P., & Vingerhoets, G. (2018). Concurrent cortical representations of function-and size-related object affordances: an fMRI study. Cognitive, Affective, & Behavioral Neuroscience, 18, 1221-1232.

      Matić, K., de Beeck, H. O., & Bracci, S. (2020). It's not all about looks: The role of object shape in parietal representations of manual tools. Cortex, 133, 358-370.

      McDannald, D. W., Mansour, M., Rydalch, G., & Bolton, D. A. (2018). Motor affordance for grasping a safety handle. Neuroscience Letters, 683, 131-137.

      NCD Risk Factor Collaboration (NCD-RisC). (2016). A century of trends in adult human height. Elife, 5, e13410.

      Peelen, M. V., & Caramazza, A. (2012). Conceptual object representations in human anterior temporal cortex. Journal of Neuroscience, 32(45), 15728-15736.

      Rousseeuw, P. J. (1987). Silhouettes: a graphical aid to the interpretation and validation of cluster analysis. Journal of Computational and Applied Mathematics, 20, 53-65.

      Sakreida, K., Effnert, I., Thill, S., Menz, M. M., Jirak, D., Eickhoff, C. R., ... & Binkofski, F. (2016). Affordance processing in segregated parieto-frontal dorsal stream sub-pathways. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 69, 89-112.

      Van Gelder, T. (1998). The dynamical hypothesis in cognitive science. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 21(5), 615-628.

      Wagenmakers, E.-J., Wetzels, R., Borsboom, D. & van der Maas, H. L. J. Why psychologists must change the way they analyze their data: the case of psi: Comment on Bem (2011). Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 100(3), 426–432.

      Zhen, Z., Yang, Z., Huang, L., Kong, X. Z., Wang, X., Dang, X., ... & Liu, J. (2015). Quantifying interindividual variability and asymmetry of face-selective regions: a probabilistic functional atlas. NeuroImage, 113, 13-25.

    1. Author Response

      Public reviews:

      Reviewer 1:

      Weaknesses:

      While I generally agree with the author's interpretations, the idea of Saccorhytida as a divergent, simplified off-shot is slightly contradictory with a probably non-vermiform ecdysozoan ancestor. The author's analyses do not discard the possibility of a vermiform ecdysozoan ancestor (importantly, Supplementary Table 4 does not reconstruct that character),

      Reply: Thanks for the comments. Saccorhytids are only known from the early Cambrian and their unique morphology has no equivalent among any extinct or extant ecdysozoan groups. This prompted us to consider them as a possible dead-end evolutionary off-shot. The nature of the last common ancestor of ecdysozoan (i.e. a vermiform or non-vermiform animal with capacities to renew its cuticle by molting) remains hypothetical. At present, palaeontological data do not allow us to resolve this question. The animal in Fig. 4b at the base of the tree is supposed to represent an ancestral soft-bodied form with no cuticle from which ecdysozoan evolved via major innovations (cuticular secretion and ecdysis). Its shape is hypothetical as indicated by a question mark. Our evolutionary model is clearly intended to be tested by further studies and hopefully new fossil discoveries.

      and outgroup comparison with Spiralia (and even Deuterostomia for Protostomia as a whole) indicates that a more or less anteroposteriorly elongated (i.e., vermiform) body is likely common and ancestral to all major bilaterian groups, including Ecdysozoa. Indeed, Figure 4b depicts the potential ancestor as a "worm". The authors argue that the simplification of Saccorhytida from a vermiform ancestor is unlikely "because it would involve considerable anatomical transformations such as the loss of vermiform organization, introvert, and pharynx in addition to that of the digestive system". However, their data support the introvert as a specialisation of Scalidophora (Figure 4a and Supplementary Table 4), and a pharyngeal structure cannot be ruled out in Saccorhytida. Likewise, loss of an anus is not uncommon in Bilateria. Moreover, this can easily become a semantics discussion (to what extent can an animal be defined as "vermiform"? Where is the limit?).

      Reply: We agree with you that “vermiform” is an ill-defined term that should be avoided. “Elongated” might be a better term to designate the elongation of the body along the antero-posterior axis. Changes have been made in the text to solve this semantic problem. Priapulid worms or annelids are examples of extremely elongated, tubular animals. In saccorhytids, the antero-posterior elongation is present (as it is in the vast majority of bilaterians) but extremely reduced, Saccorhytus and Beretella having a sac-like or beret-shape, respectively. That such forms may have derived from elongated, tubular ancestors (e.g. comparable with scalidophoran worms) would require major anatomical transformations that have no equivalent among modern animals. We agree that further speculation about the nature of these transformations is unnecessary and should be deleted simply because the nature of these ancestors is purely hypothetical. We also agree that the loss of anus and the extreme simplification of the digestive system is common among extant bilaterians. The single opening seen in Saccorhytus and possibly Beretella may result from a comparable simplification process. In Figure 4b, the hypothetical pre-ecdysozoan animal is slightly elongated (antero-posterior axis and polarity) but in no way comparable with a very elongated and cylindrical ecdysozoan worm (e.g. extant or extinct priapulid).

      Therefore, I suggest to leave the evolutionary scenario more open. Supporting Saccorhytida as a true group at the early steps of Ecdysozoa evolution is important and demonstrates that animal body plans are more plastic than previously appreciated. However, with the current data, it is unlikely that Saccorhytida represents the ancestral state for Ecdysozoa (as the authors admit), and a vermiform nature is not ruled out (and even likely) in this animal group. Suggesting that the ancestral Ecdysozoan might have been small and meiobenthic is perhaps more interesting and supported by the current data (phylogeny and outgroup comparison with Spiralia).

      Reply: We agree the evolutionary scenario should be more open, especially the evolutionary process that gave rise to Saccorhytida. Again, we know nothing about the morphology of the ancestral ecdysozoan (typically the degree of body elongation, whether it had a differentiated introvert or not, whether it had a through gut or not). Simplification appears as one possible option, but which assumes that the ancestral ecdysozoan was an elongated animal with a through gut. Changes will be made in Fig.4A accordingly. Alternatively, the ancestral ecdysozoan might have been small and meiobenthic.

      Reviewer 2:

      Weaknesses:

      The preservations of the specimens, in particular on the putative ventral side, are not good, and the interpretation of the anatomical features needs to be tested with additional specimens in the future. The monophyly of Cycloneuralia (Nematoida + Scalidophora) was not necessarily well-supported by cladistic analyses, and the evolutionary scenario (Figure 4) also needs to be tested in future works.

      Reply: Yes, we agree that our MS is the first report on an enigmatic ecdysozoan. Whereas the dorsal side of the animal is well documented (sclerites), uncertainties remain concerning its ventral anatomy (typically the mouth location and shape). Additional better-preserved specimens will hopefully provide the missing information. Concerning Cycloneuralia, their monophyly is generally better supported by analyses based on morphological characters than in molecular phylogenies. I

      Reviewer 3:

      Weaknesses: I, as a paleontology non-expert, experienced several difficulties in reading the manuscript. This should be taken into consideration when assuming a wide range of readers including non-experts.

      Reply: We have ensured that the text is comprehensible to biologists. Our main results are summarized in relatively simple diagrams (e.g. Fig. 4). We are aware that technical descriptive terms may appear obscure to non-specialists. However, we think that our text-figures help the reader to understand the morphology of these ancient animals.

    1. Author Response

      eLife assessment

      This study presents a useful comparison of the dynamic properties of two RNA-binding domains. The data collection and analysis are solid, making excellent use of a suite of NMR methods. However, evidence to support the proposed model linking dynamic behavior to RNA recognition and binding by the tandem domains remains incomplete. The work will be of interest to biophysicists working on RNA-binding proteins.

      Response: We thank eLife for taking the time and effort to review our manuscript. Evidence from the literature and our study shows a great deal of parity between the dynamic behavior of dsRBDs and its dsRNA-recognition and -binding, which helped us culminate in proposing a fair model. As mentioned in the manuscript, we have been working on the suggested experiments to further support our proposed model.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript entitled "Differential conformational dynamics in two type-A RNA-binding domains drive the double-stranded RNA recognition and binding," Chugh and co-workers utilize a suite of NMR relaxation methods to probe the dynamic landscape of the TAR RNA binding protein (TRBP) double-stranded RNA-binding domain 2 (dsRBD2) and compare these to their previously published results on TRBP dsRBD1. The authors show that, unlike dsRBD1, dsRBD2 is a rigid protein with minimal ps-ns or us-ms time scale dynamics in the absence of RNA. They then show that dsRBD2 binds to canonical A-form dsRNA with a higher affinity compared to dsRBD1 and does so without much alteration in protein dynamics. Using their previously published data, the authors propose a model whereby dsRBD2 recognizes dsRNA first and brings dsRBD1 into proximity to search for RNA bulge and internal loop structures.

      Response: We thank the Reviewer for sending us an encouraging review. We have combined the findings reported in the literature with new ones, that led us to propose the dsRNA-binding model by tandem A-form dsRBDs.

      We propose that dsRBD1 can first recognize a variety of sequential and structurally different dsRNAs. dsRBD2 assists the interaction with a higher affinity, thus fortifying the interaction between TRBP and a possible substrate. This may enable the other associated proteins like Dicer and Ago2 to perform critical biological functions.

      However, the following statements made in the comment above are factually incorrect.

      (1) They then show that dsRBD2 binds to canonical A-form dsRNA with a higher affinity compared to dsRBD1 and does so without much alteration in protein dynamics.

      However, we have explicitly shown the perturbation in dsRBD2 dynamics upon RNA binding.

      (2) Using their previously published data, the authors propose a model whereby dsRBD2 recognizes dsRNA first and brings dsRBD1 into proximity to search for RNA bulge and internal loop structures.

      Our previously published data suggests that dsRBD1, owing to its high conformational dynamics in solution, is able to recognize a variety of structurally and sequentially different dsRNA (PMID: 35134335). dsRBDs preferably bind to the double-stranded region (minor-major-minor-groove) of an A-form RNA (PMID: 24801449; PMID: 27332119) and do not search for bulge and internal loop structures as a part of the binding event. Even though dsRBDs preferably bind to the double-stranded region, they can still accommodate perturbation in the A-form helix due to mismatch and bulges with decreased binding affinity (PMID 25608000). However, it is a matter of future research to identify how much of a deviation from the A-form structure can be accommodated by the dsRBDs. The diffusion event observed in the literature (PMID: 23251028) also does not show any direct implication to search for bulge and internal loop structures.

      Strengths:

      The authors expertly use a variety of NMR techniques to probe protein motions over six orders of magnitude in time. Other NMR titration experiments and ITC data support the RNA-binding model.

      Weaknesses:

      The data collection and analysis are sound. The only weakness in the manuscript is the lack of context with the much broader field of RNA-binding proteins. For example, many studies have shown that RNA recognition motif (RRM) domains have similar dynamic characteristics when binding diverse RNA substrates. Furthermore, there was no discussion about the entropy of binding derived from ITC. It might be interesting to compare with dynamics from NMR.

      Response: We understand the reviewer’s point that this study is focused on a dsRNA-binding mechanism rather than addressing the much broader field of RNA-binding. There are multiple challenges in finding a single mechanism that works for all RNA-binding proteins. For instance, RRM is a single-stranded RNA binding domain that is able to read out the substrate base sequence. RRM behaves entirely differently than the dsRBD in terms of sequence specificity. Besides, several other RNA-binding domains like the KH-domain, Puf domains, Zinc finger domains, etc., showcase a unique RNA-binding behavior. Thus, it would be really difficult to draw a single rule of thumb for RNA-recognition behavior for all these diverse domains.

      Thank you for pointing out the entropy of binding from ITC. We shall include the discussion about the entropy of binding in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Proteins that bind to double-stranded RNA regulate various cellular processes, including gene expression and viral recognition. Such proteins often contain multiple double-stranded RNA-binding domains (dsRBDs) that play an important role in target search and recognition. In this work, Chug and colleagues have characterized the backbone dynamics of one of the dsRBDs of a protein called TRBP2, which carries two tandem dsRBDs. Using solution NMR spectroscopy, the authors characterize the backbone motions of dsRBD2 in the absence and presence of dsRNA and compare these with their previously published results on dsRBD1. The authors show that dsRBD2 is comparatively more rigid than dsRBD1 and claim that these differences in backbone motions are important for target recognition.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of this study are multiple solution NMR measurements to characterize the backbone motions of dsRBD2. These include 15N-R1, R2, and HetNOE experiments in the absence and presence of RNA and the analysis of these data using an extended-model-free approach; HARD-15N-experiments and their analysis to characterize the kex. The authors also report differences in binding affinities of dsRBD1 and dsRBD2 using ITC and have performed MD simulations to probe the differential flexibility of these two domains.

      Weaknesses:

      While it may be true that dsRBD2 is more rigid than dsRBD1, the manuscript lacks conclusive and decisive proof that such changes in backbone dynamics are responsible for target search and recognition and the diffusion of TRBP2 along the RNA molecule. To conclusively prove the central claim of this manuscript, the authors could have considered a larger construct that carries both RBDs. With such a construct, authors can probe the characteristics of these two tandem domains (e.g., semi-independent tumbling) and their interactions with the RNA. Additionally, mutational experiments may be carried out where specific residues are altered to change the conformational dynamics of these two domains. The corresponding changes in interactions with RNA will provide additional evidence for the model presented in Figure 8 of the manuscript. Finally, there are inconsistencies in the reported data between different figures and tables.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for the comprehensive and insightful review. A larger construct carrying both RBDs was not used because of the multiple challenges pertaining to dynamics study by NMR spectroscopy (intrinsic R2 rates of the dsRBD1-dsRBD2 construct would be high, resulting in broadened peaks) as per our previous experience (PMID: 35134335). There would be additional dynamics in that construct coming from domain-domain relative motions, difficult to deconvolute the dynamics information. Further, the dsRNA needed to bind to this construct will be longer, thereby causing further line broadening in NMR.

      Coming to mutational studies, careful designing of domain mutants remains as a challenge because the conformational dynamics in both the domains are distributed all through the backbone rather than only in the RNA-binding residues. The mutational studies would need an exhaustive number of mutations in protein as well as RNA to draw a parallel between the binding and dynamics. Having said that, we are working on making such mutations in the protein (at several locations to freeze the dynamics site-specifically) and the RNA (to change the shape of the dsRNA) to systematically study this mechanism, which will be out of scope of this manuscript.

      The reviewer has rightly pointed out some subtle superficial differences. These superficial differences are present because of the context in which we are describing the data. For example, in Figure S4 we are talking about the average relaxation rates and nOe values for only the common residues we were able to analyze between two magnetic field strengths 600 and 800 MHz. Whereas in Figure 6, we are comparing the averages of the core dsRBD residues at 600 MHz, in presence and absence of D12RNA. The differences however are minute falling well within the error range.

    1. Author Response

      eLife assessment

      The manuscript explores the ways in which the genetic code evolves, specifically how stop codons are reassigned to become sense codons. The authors present phylogenetic data showing that mutations at position 67 of the termination factor are present in organisms that nevertheless use the UGA codon as a stop codon, thereby questioning the importance of this position in the reassignment of stop codons. Alternative models on the role of eRF1 would reflect a more balanced view of the data. Overall, the data are solid and these findings will be valuable to the genomic/evolution fields.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The issue:

      The ciliates are a zoo of genetic codes, where there have been many reassignments of stop codons, sometimes with conditional meanings which include retention of termination function, and thus > 1 meaning. Thus ciliate coding provides a hotspot for the study of genetic code reassignments.

      The particular issue here is the suggestion that translation of a stop (UGA) in Blastocritihidia has been attributed to a joint change in the protein release factor that reads UGA's and also breaking a base pair at the top of the anticodon stem of tRNATrp (Nature 613, 751, 2023).

      The work:

      However, Swart, et al have looked into this suggestion, and find that the recently suggested mechanism is overly complicated.

      The broken pairing at the top of the anticodon stem of tRNATrp indeed accompanies the reading of UGA as Trp as previously suggested. It changes the codon translated even though the anticodon remains CCA, complementary to UGG. A compelling point is that this misreading matches previous mutational studies of E coli tRNA's, in which breaking the same base pair in a mutant tRNATrp suppressor tRNA stimulated the same kind of miscoding.

      This is a fair characterization, and we would also note the additional positive aspect: that we observed there is consistency in the presence of 4 bp tRNA-Trp anticodon stems in those ciliates which translate UGA as tryptophan, and generally 5 bp anticodon stems in those that do not (including Euplotes with UGA=Cys).

      But the amino acid change in release factor eRF1, the protein that catalyzes termination of protein biosynthesis at UGA is broadly distributed. There are about 9 organisms where this mutation can be compared with the meaning of UGA, and the changes are not highly correlated with a change in the meaning of the codon. Therefore, because UGA can be translated as Trp with or without the eRF1 mutation, Swart et al suggest that the tRNA anticodon stem change is the principal cause of the coding change.

      We do think multiple lines of evidence support the shorter tRNA anticodon stem promoting UGA translation, but also think other changes in the translation system may be important. For instance, structural studies suggest interaction of ribosomal RNA with extended stop codons (particularly the base downstream of the triplet) during translation termination (Brown et al. 2015, Nature). As we noted, previous studies have sought to correlate individual eRF1 substitutions with genetic code changes, but the proposed correlations have invariably disappeared once new tranches of eRF1 sequences and alternative genetic codes for different species became available. This is why we concluded that there needs to be more focus on obtaining and understanding molecular structures during translation termination, particularly in the organisms with alternative codes.

      The review:

      Swart et al have a good argument. I would only add that eRF1 participation is not ruled out, because finding that UGA encodes Trp does not distinguish between encoding Trp 90% of the time and encoding it 99% of the time. The release factor could still play a measurable quantitative role, but the major inference here seems convincing.

      We agree that eRF1 may participate and compete with the tRNA, but we question the hypothesis that the particular amino acid position/substitution proposed by Kachale et al. 2023 is the key. There is experimental evidence in the form of Ribo-seq for the ciliate Condylostoma magnum (A67), which does appear to efficiently translate UGA sense codons (Swart et al. 2016, Figure S3: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cell.2016.06.020): we observed no dip in ribosome footprints downstream of these codons, as there would be in the case of classical translational readthrough in standard genetic code organisms (which is usually relatively inefficient - certainly well below 50% of upstream translation from our reading of the literature). Ribo-seq also supports efficient termination at those Condylostoma UGA codons that are stops.

      Of course, the entire translation system may have evolved to be as efficient as what we currently observe, and it is not unreasonable to consider that it may have been less efficient in the past. However, not so inefficient that the error rate incurred would have been strongly deleterious. Importantly also, we believe the role of multiple eRF1 paralogs in translation termination in the ciliates really needs to be investigated, given that translation is inherently probabilistic with any of these proteins potentially being incorporated into the ribosome.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The manuscript raises interesting observations about the potential evolution of release factors and tRNA to readdress the meaning of stop codons. The manuscript is divided into two parts: The first consists of revealing that the presence of a trp tRNA with an AS of 5bp in Condylostoma magnum is probably linked to contamination in the databases by sequences from bacteria. This is an interesting point which seems to be well supported by the data provided. It highlights the difficulty of identifying active tRNA genes from poorly annotated or incompletely assembled genomes.

      We will consider adding subheadings in revising the manuscript to make the structure more explicit, as it really has three parts to it, with the third largely in the supplement. The “good” was that there is a range of support for the 4 bp AS stem, with new evidence we supplied from ciliates and older studies with E. coli tRNAs. The “bad” is that scrutiny of eRF1 sequences, with the addition of ones we provided, contradicts the hypothesis by Kachale et al. that a S67A/G substitution is necessary for genetic code evolution in Blastocrithidia and certain ciliates. The “ugly” is that a tRNA shown in a main figure in Kachale et al. 2023, and which was investigated in a number of subsequent experiments, is almost certainly a bacterial contaminant.

      Proper scrutiny of the bacterial tRNA should have led to its immediate recognition and rejection, as one of us did years ago in searches of tRNAs in a preliminary Condylostoma genome assembly (only predicted 4 bp AS tRNA secondary structures were shown in Swart et al. 2016, Fig S4B and C). Evidence for the bacterial nature of this tRNA was placed in the supplement of the present manuscript, as the meat of the critique was the consideration of the evidence for and against its good and bad aspects. The bacterial tRNA secondary structure has been removed from the main figure by Kachale et al. 2023, and downstream experiments based on synthetic constructs for this tRNA have also been revised (https://www.nature.com/articles/s41586-024-07065-0).

      Much of the rest of the supplement served to correct multiple errors in genetic codes in public sequence databases that led to additional errors and difficulties in interpreting the eRF1 substitutions in Kachale et al. 2023. It is important that these codes get corrected. If not they create multiple headaches for users besides those investigating genetic codes, as we found out in communications with authors and a colleague of Kachale et al. 2023 (in particular, leading to thousands of missing genes in the macronuclear genome of the standard code ciliate Stentor coeruleus that were removed in automated GenBank processing due to incorrectly having an alternative genetic code specified).

      Recently the NCBI Genetic Codes curators reinstated a genetic code incorrectly attributed to the ciliate Blepharisma (“Blepharisma nuclear genetic code”) (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/Taxonomy/Utils/wprintgc.cgi#SG15), despite us requesting a reasonable fix years ago. This would be very confusing for those that are not in the know. We have explained this confusion in our supplement too. Thus we also hope that this paper will aid in communication with the genetic code database curators and in correcting such issues.

      The second part criticises the fact that a mutation at position S67 of eRF1 is required to allow the UGA codon to be reassigned as a sense codon. As supporting evidence, they provide a phylogenetic study of the eRF1 factor showing that there are numerous ciliates in which this position is mutated, whereas the organism shows no trace of the reassignment of the UGA codon into a sense codon. While this criticism seems valid at first glance, it suffers from the lack of information on the level of translation of UGA codons in the organisms considered.

      Firstly, we not only showed that there are organisms with the S67 substitution but no UGA reassignment, but also provided evidence for the converse: organisms with a UGA=Trp reassignment but without the S67 substitution (both ciliates and a non-ciliate). So, two related lines of substitutions were not consistent with the eRF1 substitution hypothesis proposed.

      Secondly, we disagree that there is a “lack of information about UGA translation in the organisms considered”. Evolution has already supplied information as to whether UGA codons are translated at an appreciable level in the organisms of interest, in the form of codon frequencies within their protein-coding sequences and those ending them. If UGA was translated at appreciable levels, it would be found at a corresponding frequency in coding sequences. In genomes with thousands of genes, if not predicted as amino acids, they likely primarily serve as stops. Low levels of potential readthrough of actual stops would not change the arguments. With the exception of selenocysteine translation (which is restricted to a limited number of genes by the condition of requiring a specific mRNA secondary structure) there is no expectation of meaningful levels of UGA translation when this codon is missing from the bulk of coding sequences (CDSs).

      This is well illustrated by the heterotrichs, a clade of ciliates that use a variety of genetic codes. In heterotrichs that use the standard code, UGA is virtually absent from coding sequences, only appearing at the 3’ end of transcripts in the predicted stop codon and 3’-UTR (Seah et al. 2022, Figure 5). This contrasts notably with other genera like Blepharisma where appreciable levels of UGA codons occur throughout coding sequences, upstream of the predicted UAA and UAG stops (Seah et al. 2022, Figure 5: https://www.biorxiv.org/content/biorxiv/early/2022/07/12/2022.04.12.488043/F5.large.jpg). The difference in the UGA, UAG and UAA codon frequencies in 3’ UTRs compared to the upstream frequencies in CDSs of standard genetic code heterotrichs is stark. Frequencies of all three codons are elevated in the 3’ UTRs of all heterotrich ciliates, irrespective of their genetic codes (Seah et al. 2022, Figure 5), according with these codons not being deleterious in this region and strongly selected against upstream, within CDSs.

      The reviewer raises the possibility that UGA may appear to be a stop codon but still have biologically significant translational readthrough. We think that this is unlikely in the heterotrich ciliate species discussed here, which have extremely short (median 21-26 bp) and AU-rich 3’-UTRs compared to yeast and animals (Seah et al. 2022). Therefore, in heterotrichs where UGA is predicted to be a stop, translational readthrough would lead to extensions of only a few amino acids and be relatively inconsequential, as there are plenty of secondary UAA, UAG and UGA codons downstream of the typical stop.

      If one were to consistently pursue the reviewer’s line of argumentation, one would also have to argue against the very reasoning used in Kachale et al. 2023 about all the stop codon predictions/reassignments in protists for which experiments were not conducted in S. cerevisiae or other translation systems, as well as decades of prior work using sequence conservation in multiple sequence alignments to infer alternative genetic codes.

      Furthermore, experimental information for UGA translation levels is available for the ciliate Condylostoma magnum, predominantly in the form of Ribo-seq (Swart et al. 2016). Similarly to Condylostoma’s UAA and UAG codons, Ribo-seq shows that the UGA codons are generally either efficiently translated when present in the bodies of CDSs or terminate translation as actual stops close to mRNA 3’ termini/poly(A) tails (Swart et al. 2016). Thus, irrespective of the presence of the hypothesized eRF1 substitution there is an example of relatively discrete reading of UGA codons in ciliates as either stops or amino acids. This contrasts with Kachale et al 2023’s experiments in yeast with yeast eRF1 S67G or Blastocrithida eRF1 which also has glycine at the equivalent position that appear to lead to modest readthrough. In addition, efficient reading of codons in either of two ways also occurs in the ciliate genus Euplotes in which “stop” codons can either serve as frameshift sites during translation within coding sequences or be actual stops when they are close to 3’ mRNA termini (Lobanov et al. 2017), as verified by Ribo-seq and protein mass spectrometry.

      It has been clearly shown that S67G or S67A mutations allow a strong increase in the reading of UGA codons by tRNAs, so this point is not in doubt. However, this has been demonstrated in model organisms, and we now need to determine whether other changes in the translational apparatus could accompany this mutation by modifying its impact on the UGA codon. This is a point partly raised at the end of the manuscript.

      There is no doubt that S67G or S67A mutations lead to increased translational readthrough, but this is restricted to experiments with or in baker’s yeast or other standard genetic code surrogate model organisms. Experiments introducing eRF1 sequences from alternative genetic code eukaryotes into translation systems of such standard genetic code eukaryotes are not compelling because the rest of the associated translation system has also evolved tremendously. As far as we are aware, no in vivo experiments with ciliate eRF1s have been conducted to determine if position 67 or other substitutions have any effect. These considerations are critical given the vast evolutionary distances between yeasts, Blastocrithidia, the ciliates and Amoebophrya sp. ex Karlodinium veneficum. On the other hand, the evolutionary information presented contradicts the importance of this substitution in the Amoebophyra species and ciliates. We will consider how to incorporate these ideas in the revised version of the manuscript.

      Indeed, it is quite possible that in these organisms the UGA codon is both used to complete translation and is subject to a high level of readthrough. Actually, in the presence of a mutation at position 67 (or elsewhere), the reading of the UGA can be tolerated under specific stress conditions (nutrient deficiency, oxidative stress, etc.), so the presence of this mutation could allow translational control of the expression of certain genes.

      As explained a couple replies above, it is not constructive to invoke the additional complexity of conditional translation or any other kinds of factors that lead to enhanced readthrough, because the translation of UGA sense codons in the ciliate Condylostoma, where we have supporting experimental evidence, does not resemble translational readthrough. These codons occur in constitutively expressed single-copy genes, like a tryptophan tRNA synthetase and an eRF1 protein (Swart et al. 2016), not ones that might be expected to be conditionally translated.

      On the other hand, it seems obvious to me that there are other ways of reading through a stop codon without mutating eRF1 at position S67. So the absence of a mutation at this position is not really indicative of a level of reading of the UGA codon.

      It may seem obvious to the reviewer, but that is neither what Kachale et al. originally proposed nor what we questioned. Kachale et al. hypothesized that mutation of S67 to A or G is necessary for UGA=Trp translation, but we provided evidence that it is not: multiple organisms with S67 or C67 that translate UGA as tryptophan. Kachale et al. also originally suggested that the S67 to A/G substitution is also necessary in Condylostoma for UGA translation as tryptophan by weakening its recognition of this codon as a stop (from their abstract: “Virtually the same strategy has been adopted by the ciliate Condylostoma magnum.”). However, as we have stated, Condylostoma (A67) is both able to efficiently terminate at UGA stop codons and to efficiently translate (other) UGA sense codons, which does not fit this hypothesis.

      Before writing such a strong assertion as that found on page 3, experiments should be carried out. The authors should therefore moderate their assertion.

      Experiments should be carried out in the organisms in which stop codon reassignments have readily occurred and their close relatives that have not, not distantly related ones where they rarely, if ever, occur, like yeasts. We made this point in the conclusion. There is too much emphasis on models for investigation of genetic code evolution via stop codon reassignments in questionable models and too little investigation in the really good ones, particularly the ciliates. This clade has genera that are amenable to molecular experiments including Paramecium, Tetrahymena and Oxytricha. We plan to add some text about these considerations in revision.

      To make a definitive conclusion, we would need to be able to measure the level of termination and readthrough in these organisms. So, from my point of view, all the arguments seem rather weak.

      We reiterate: there is experimental information about translation and termination in two ciliate species worth considering, including one that translates UGA codons depending on their context. If one chooses to ignore the evolutionary information presented, this not only ignores all prior approaches to infer genetic codes, but also the fact that there is experimental verification and other lines of evidence supporting these approaches.

      Moreover, the authors themselves indicate that the conjunction between a Trp tRNA that is efficient at reading the UGA codon and an eRF1 factor that is not efficient at recognising this stop codon could be the key to reassignment.

      This does not convey well what we wrote, since the main consideration was overall eRF1 structure, rather than individual amino acid substitutions. Here are the key sentences:

      “Instead, in a transitional evolutionary phase, codons may be interpreted in two ways, with potential eRF1-tRNA competition. With time, beneficial mutations or modifications in either the tRNA or eRF1 (or other components of translation) that reduce competition may be selected.

      Instead of focusing on individual eRF1 substitutions, we propose future investigations should more generally explore the structure of non-standard genetic code eRF1’s captured in translation termination in the context of their own ribosomes.”

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This study presents a valuable finding on the distinct subpopulation of adipocytes during brown-to-white conversion in perirenal adipose tissue (PRAT) at different ages. The evidence supporting the claims of the authors is convincing, although specific lineage tracing of this subpopulation of cells and mechanistic studies would expand the work. The work will be of interest to scientists working on adipose and kidney biology.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors performed single nucleus RNA-seq for perirenal adipose tissue (PRAT) at different ages. They concluded a distinct subpopulation of adipocytes arises through brown-to-white conversion and can convert to a thermogenic phenotype upon cold exposure.

      Strengths:

      PRAT adipose tissue has been reported as an adipose tissue that undergoes browning. This study confirms that brown-to-white and white-to-beige conversions also exist in PRAT, as previously reported in the subcutaneous adipose tissue.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for summarizing the strengths of our manuscript. However, we would like to clarify two points here. First, PRAT has been reported as a visceral adipose depot that contains brown adipocytes and a process of continuous replacement of brown adipocytes by white adipocytes has been previously suggested based on histological assessment. There is no evidence that PRAT undergoes browning, unless cold exposure is involved. Second, unlike the brown-to-white conversion, white-to-beige conversion in PRAT was not observed under normal conditions. The adipocyte population that arises from brown-to-white conversion (mPRAT-ad2) can respond to cold and restore their UCP1 expression. However, the adipocytes that arise from the mPRAT-ad2 subpopulation after cold exposure have a distinct transcriptome to that of cold-induced beige adipocyte in iWAT (Figure S7K) and are more related to iBAT brown adipocytes (Figure 6E). Therefore, it is more of a white-to-brown conversion in PRAT upon cold exposure rather than white-to-beige conversion and the underlying mechanism is likely different from the white-to-beige conversion in the subcutaneous adipose tissue.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There is overall a disconnection between single nucleus RNA-seq data and the lineage chasing data. No specific markers of this population have been validated by staining.

      Response: We are not sure what “this population” refers to. We assume that it is the Ucp1-&Cidea+ mPRAT-ad2 adipocyte subpopulation. If so, we did not identify specific markers for these adipocytes as shown in Figure 1H and statements in the Discussion section. mPRAT-ad2 is negative for Ucp1 and Cyp2e1, which are markers for mPRAT-ad1 and mPRAT-ad3&4, respectively. To visualize the mPRAT-ad2 adipocytes on tissue sections, we collected pvPRAT and puPRAT of Ucp1CreERT2;Ai14 mice one day after tamoxifen injection and stained with CYP2E1 antibody and BODIPY. The Tomato-&CYP2E1-&BODIPY+ cells represent the mPRAT-ad2 adipocytes. Based on such strategy, we revealed a significantly higher percentage of mPRAT-ad2 cells in puPRAT than pvPRAT (presented as Figure S3E in the revised manuscript).

      (2) It would be nice to provide more evidence to support the conclusion shown in lines 243 to 245 "These results indicated that new BAs induced by cold exposure were mainly derived from UCP1- adipocytes rather than de novo ASPC differentiation in puPRAT". Pdgfra-negative progenitor cells may also contribute to these new beige adipocytes.

      Response: We stained pvPRAT and puPRAT of the PdgfraCre;Ai14 mice with the adipocyte marker Plin1 and observed a 100% overlap between the tdTomato signal and the Plin1 staining, after examining a total of 832 and 628 adipocytes in pvPRAT and puPRAT of two animals (Figure S4). Plin1 stains all adipocytes, while the endogenous tdTomato labels both the adipocytes and blood vessels. This result suggests that all adipocytes in mPRAT are derived from Pdgfra-expressing cells, which is in line with a previous study that integrated several single-cell RNA sequencing data sets and showed that Pdgfra is expressed by virtually all ASPCs (Ferrero et al., 2020).

      Also, we would like to point out that the cold-induced adipocytes in mPRAT resemble more to the brown adipocytes of iBAT than the beige adipocytes of iWAT (Figure 6E and S7K).

      Ferrero, R., Rainer, P., and Deplancke, B. (2020). Toward a Consensus View of Mammalian Adipocyte Stem and Progenitor Cell Heterogeneity. Trends Cell Biol 30, 937-950.

      (3) The UCP1Cre-ERT2; Ai14 system should be validated by showing Tomato and UCP1 co-staining right after the Tamoxifen treatment.

      Response: We collected pvPRAT and puPRAT of 1- and 6-month-old Ucp1CreERT2;Ai14 mice one day after the last tamoxifen injection and stained with UCP1 antibody to check the overlap between the Tomato and UCP1signal. All Tomato+ cells were UCP1+, indicating 100% specificity of the Ucp1CreERT2; and the labelling efficiency was over 93% at both time points for both regions (Figure S3C-D).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In the present manuscript, Zhang et al utilize single-nuclei RNA-Seq to investigate the heterogeneity of perirenal adipose tissue. The perirenal depot is interesting because it contains both brown and white adipocytes, a subset of which undergo functional "whitening" during early development. While adipocyte thermogenic transdifferentiation has been previously reported, there remain many unanswered questions regarding this phenomenon and the mechanisms by which it is regulated.

      Strengths:

      The combination of UCP1-lineage tracing with the single nuclei analysis allowed the authors to identify four populations of adipocytes with differing thermogenic potential, including a "whitened" adipocyte (mPRAT-ad2) that retains the capacity to rapidly revert to a brown phenotype upon cold exposure. They also identify two populations of white adipocytes that do not undergo browning with acute cold exposure.

      Anatomically distinct adipose depots display interesting functional differences, and this work contributes to our understanding of one of the few brown depots present in humans.

      Weaknesses:

      The most interesting aspect of this work is the identification of a highly plastic mature adipocyte population with the capacity to switch between a white and brown phenotype. The authors attempt to identify the transcriptional signature of this ad2 subpopulation, however, the limited sequencing depth of single nuclei somewhat lessens the impact of these findings. Furthermore, the lack of any form of mechanistic investigation into the regulation of mPRAT whitening limits the utility of this manuscript. However, the combination of well-executed lineage tracing with comprehensive cross-depot single-nuclei presented in this manuscript could still serve as a useful reference for the field.

      Response: The sequencing depth of our data is comparable, if not better than previously published snRNA-seq studies on adipose tissue (Burl et al., 2022; Sarvari et al., 2021; Sun et al., 2020). Therefore, the depth of our data has reached the limit of the 3’ sequencing methods. Unfortunately, due to size limitation of the adipocytes, it is challenging to sort them for Smart-seq. We suspect that lack of specific markers for mPRAT-ad2 is partly due to its intermediate and plastic phenotype. Regarding the mechanistic regulation of mPRAT whitening, we believe that it is more suitable to leave such investigations for a separate follow-up and more in-depth study.

      Burl, R.B., Rondini, E.A., Wei, H., Pique-Regi, R., and Granneman, J.G. (2022). Deconstructing cold-induced brown adipocyte neogenesis in mice. Elife 11. 10.7554/eLife.80167.

      Sarvari, A.K., Van Hauwaert, E.L., Markussen, L.K., Gammelmark, E., Marcher, A.B., Ebbesen, M.F., Nielsen, R., Brewer, J.R., Madsen, J.G.S., and Mandrup, S. (2021). Plasticity of Epididymal Adipose Tissue in Response to Diet-Induced Obesity at Single-Nucleus Resolution. Cell Metab 33, 437-453 e435. 10.1016/j.cmet.2020.12.004.

      Sun, W., Dong, H., Balaz, M., Slyper, M., Drokhlyansky, E., Colleluori, G., Giordano, A., Kovanicova, Z., Stefanicka, P., Balazova, L., et al. (2020). snRNA-seq reveals a subpopulation of adipocytes that regulates thermogenesis. Nature 587, 98-102. 10.1038/s41586-020-2856-x.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) There is overall a disconnection between single nucleus RNA-seq data and the lineage chasing data. No specific markers of this population have been validated by staining.

      (2) It would be nice to provide more evidence to support the conclusion shown in lines 243 to 245: "These results indicated that new BAs induced by cold exposure were mainly derived from UCP1- adipocytes rather than de novo ASPC differentiation in puPRAT". Pdgfra-negative progenitor cells may also contribute to these new beige adipocytes.

      (3) The UCP1Cre-ERT2; Ai14 system should be validated by showing Tomato and UCP1 co-staining right after the Tamoxifen treatment.

      Please see above for the responses.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      • Without specific lineage tracing it is not possible to conclude that the mPRAT-ad2 population converted to beige with CE. The authors should change this wording from "likely" to "possible".

      Response: We have changed the word “likely” to “possible” in the text. Also, we would like to point out that the cold-induced adipocytes in mPRAT resemble more to the brown adipocytes of iBAT than the beige adipocytes of iWAT (Figure 6E and S7K).

      • The sentence "precursor cells may be less sensitive to environmental temperature and have a limited contribution to mature adipocyte phenotypes through de novo adipogenesis after cold exposure." and others like it should be changed to indicate the acute timeframe of this experiment. It has been shown that the precursors make a more significant contribution to de novo beige adipogenesis with chronic cold exposure.

      Response: We have modified the sentence as follows: “precursor cells may be less sensitive to acute environmental temperature drop and have a limited contribution to mature adipocyte phenotypes through de novo adipogenesis after cold exposure”. As mentioned above, the cold-induced adipocytes in mPRAT resemble more to the brown adipocytes of iBAT and therefore may have a different mechanism to the de novo beige adipogenesis with chronic cold exposure.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors have addressed the specific comments made upon the initial submission. In particular, they have now provided an explanation, why their GSDM tree looks different than previously published trees. The authors have also followed my initial suggestion to consider the highly-conserved residue following the cleavage site in bird GSDMA forms. Some of the more general weaknesses remain, since they cannot easily be addressed. I agree with the suggestions made by reviewer #2 to further improve the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for their insight which we think has improved our manuscript. We have additionally made the changes requested by this reviewer and reviewer #2 in the next section.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors responded sincerely to our reviewers' questions in the revised manuscript and I sufficiently understand. After re-reading it, however, I found two issues that need to be revised, so please consider doing them.

      (1) New sentences (Page 5, lines 209-212) that the authors have added are better written in the subsection, "Bird GSDMA is activated .." after some modification. Because there is an undeniable sense of suddenness in present position.

      We agree with this evaluation and have moved these sentences to a more natural position in the following section.

      (2) Regarding the chromosomal location of the GSDMA gene, the authors describe that the genes of mammals, birds, and reptiles localize the same genetic locus, but no data are presented. To support their claim, it should also be presented as a supplementary figure.

      We agree with this evaluation and have generated Figure 1 – Supplemental 4 to show the synteny of the GSDMA locus from humans to GSDMEc in sharks.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Response to Reviewing Editor:

      Comment: Bladder dysfunction following spinal cord injury (SCI) represents a severe and disabling complication and we lack effective therapies. Following evidence that AMPA receptors play a key role in bladder function the authors show convincingly that AMPA allosteric activators can ameliorate many of the subacute defects in bladder and sphincter function following SCI, including prolonged voiding intervals and high bladder pressure thresholds for voiding. These valuable results in rodents may help in the development of these agents as therapeutics for humans with SCI-induced bladder dysfunction.

      Response: We thank the reviewing editor for their assessment of this manuscript and positive comments. We also appreciate the opportunity to revise this manuscript for publication in eLife. We have addressed the excellent comments of the three reviewers. We have included detailed response-to-reviewer comments below to address each specific point. Based on the reviewers’ critiques, we feel our re-working of the manuscript has made for a greatly improved study.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Spinal cord injury (SCI) causes immediate and prolonged bladder dysfunction, for which there are poor treatments. Following up on evidence that AMPA glutamatergic receptors play a key role in bladder function, the authors induced spinal cord injury and its attendant bladder dysfunction and examined the effects of graded doses of allosteric AMPA receptor activators (ampakines). They show that ampakines ameliorate several prominent derangements in bladder function resulting from SCI, improving voiding intervals and pressure thresholds for voiding and sphincter function.

      Strengths:

      Well-performed studies on a relevant model system. The authors induced SCI reproducibly and showed that they had achieved their model. The drugs revealed clear and striking effects. Notably, in some mice that had such bad SCI that they could not void, the drug appeared to restore voiding function.

      Weaknesses:

      The studies are well conducted, but it would be helpful to include information on the kinetics of the drugs used, their half-life, and how long they are present in rats after administration. What blood levels of the drugs are achieved after infusion? How do these compare with blood levels achieved when these drugs are used in humans?

      Response: We thank Reviewer #1 for the positive comments and their helpful critique. We address each of the specific comments below (in the “Recommendations for the Authors” section of this Response to Reviewer Comments document), and have made changes to the manuscript based on these excellent points.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Rana and colleagues present interesting findings demonstrating the potential beneficial effects of AMPA receptor modulators with ampakines in the context of the neurogenic bladder following acute spinal cord injury. Neurogenic bladder dysfunction is characterized by urinary retention and/or incontinence, with limited treatments available. Based on recent observations showing that ampakines improved respiratory function in rats with SCI, the authors explored the use of ampakine CX1739 on bladder and external urethral sphincter (EUS) function and coordination early after mid-thoracic contusion injury. Using continuous flow cystometry and EUS myography the authors showed that ampakine treatment led to decreased peak pressures, threshold pressure, intercontraction interval, and voided volume in SCI rats versus vehicle-treated controls. Although CX1739 did not alter EUS EMG burst duration, treatment did lead to EUS EMG bursting at lower bladder pressure compared to baseline. In a subset of rats that did not show regular cystometric voiding, CX1739 treatment diminished non-voiding contractions and improved coordinated EUS EMG bursting. Based on these findings the authors conclude that ampakines may have utility in recovery of bladder function following SCI.

      Strengths:

      The experimental design is thoughtful and rigorous, providing an evaluation of both the bladder and external urethral sphincter function in the absence and presence of ampakine treatment. The data in support of a role for CX1789 treatment in the context of the neurogenic bladder are presented clearly, and the conclusions are adequately supported by the findings.

      Weaknesses:

      Since CX1789 was administered in the context of cystometry and urethral sphincter EMG, a brief discussion of how ampakines could be used in a therapeutic context in humans would help to understand the translational significance of the work. The study lacks information on the half-life of CX1789 and how might this impact the implementation of CX1789 for clinical use. In addition, the study was limited to female rats. Lastly, given the male bias of traumatic SCI in humans, a brief discussion of this limitation is warranted.

      Response: We thank Reviewer #2 for their positive comments and their helpful critique. We address each of the specific comments below (in the “Recommendations for the Authors” section of this Response to Reviewer Comments document). We have also made changes to the manuscript based on the three excellent discussion points brought up by the reviewer.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Rana and colleagues examined the effect of a "low impact" ampakine, an AMPA receptor allosteric modulator, on the voiding function of rats subjected to midline T9 spinal cord contusion injury. Previous studies have shown that the micturition reflex fully depends on AMPA glutaminergic signaling, and, that the glutaminergic circuits are reorganized after spinal cord injury. In chronic paraplegic rats, other circuits (no glutaminergic) become engaged in the spinal reflex mechanism controlling micturition. The authors employed continuous flow cystometry and external urethral sphincter electromyography to assess bladder function and bladder-urethral sphincter coordination in naïve rats (control) and rats subjected to spinal cord injury (SCI). In the acute phase after SCI, rats exhibit larger voids with lower frequency than naïve rats. This study shows that CX1739 improves, in a dose-dependent manner, bladder function in rats with SCI. The interval between voids and the voided volume was reduced in rats with SCI when compared to controls. In summary, this is an interesting study that describes a potential treatment for patients with SCI.

      Strengths:

      The findings described in this manuscript are significant because neurogenic bladder predisposes patients with SCI to urinary tract infections, hydronephrosis, and kidney failure. The manuscript is clearly written. The study is technically outstanding, and the conclusions are well justified by the data.

      Weaknesses:

      The study was conducted 5 days after spinal cord contusion when the bladder is underactive. In rats with chronic SCI, the bladder is overactive. Therefore, the therapeutic approach described here is expected to be effective only in the underactive bladder phase of SCI. The mechanism and site of action of CX1739 is not defined.

      Response: We thank Reviewer #3 for the positive comments and their helpful critique. We address each of the specific comments below (in the “Recommendations for the Authors” section of this Response to Reviewer Comments document), and have made changes to the manuscript based on the excellent point mentioned in the weakness section.

      Comment: Recommendations for the authors: please note that you control which revisions to undertake from the public reviews and recommendations for the authors

      Response: We have addressed all comments of both reviewers. We detail our responses in this Response to Reviewer Comments document and have made the associated modifications to the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Comment: These are well-performed studies.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for their positive comment.

      Comment: It would be useful to know the blood levels of the drug that are achieved by the infusions, and how long the drugs remain after infusion. Is the 45-minute interval between doses appropriate for the drug's kinetics?

      Response: While blood levels of ampakine were not tested in this study, pharmacokinetic parameters for CX1739 in Sprague Dawley rats have previously been determined following an intravenous administration of CX1739. The mean plasma half-life of CX1739 was 1.25 ± 0.03 hrs, with a Tmax of 30 minutes (information provided through personal communication with RespireRx). Although the 45 minutes interval between doses would not be within the time frame of post administration clearance of the first CX1739 dose from the system, the plasma levels would be considerably lower by 45 mins post administration. A limitation of terminal cystometry preparations is the duration you can maintain a single animal, and this was also included in our rationale for dosing every 45 mins. In our experience longer recordings can increase variability. A 45 min window allowed for the anesthetized procedure to remain under ~6 hours. Further, in our studies investigating the impact of ampakines in rats following an SCI, acute impacts of intravenous ampakine administration were observed for up to 30 minutes. (Rana et al., 2021) Along with the half-life and data from the respiratory system informed our decision here. We have added this rationale to the methods section and in part to the discussion section (Page 11, 2930).

      Comment: Since a major plus of these studies is their potential applicability to humans with SCI, it would be helpful to know whether the drug levels achieved here resemble those that were achieved in human trials to date.

      Response: Since blood/plasma levels were not tested in the current study, we cannot comment on the comparison of blood plasma levels achieved in human trials. However, we have expanded upon this point in the discussion section (page 29-30).

      Comment: The authors could also provide us with a bit more description of the different classes of ampakines, and why they chose the one they used.

      Response: Thank you for this suggestion. We would like to highlight a section in our discussion (Page 28-29) where we have an in-depth description of the two classes of ampakines in the discussion and the rationale for selecting the low-impact CX1739 drug.

      Comment: Lastly, the first reference is cited twice in the bibliography.

      Response: The duplicate reference has been removed.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Comment: Overall, the findings support the potential for ampakine administration in the setting of neurogenic bladder dysfunction following SCI. The manuscript was well written, the experimental design was rigorous, the data were of excellent quality, and the conclusions were adequately supported by the findings. Weaknesses are considered minor and can be addressed mostly by clarification as noted below.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for their positive comments.

      Comment: Since CX1789 was provided in the context of cystometry and EUS EMG, a brief discussion of how ampakines could be used in a therapeutic context in humans would help to understand the translational significance of the work.

      Response: Thank you for this important comment to include a discussion about translational significance of CX1739. We have included a discussion (Page 34) about the translational significance of this work in the discussion section of the last paragraph.

      Comment: No information is provided on the half-life of CX1789 and how might this impact the implementation of CX1789 for clinical use. The inclusion of this information would help the reader to appreciate the potential for and limitations of clinical implementation.

      Response: Although pharmacokinetic analyses were not conducted as part of this study, we have included details of CX1739 plasma pharmacokinetics examined in Sprague-Dawley rats (Page 11, 29-30). This information has been provided through personal communication with RespireRx.

      Comment: The study was limited to female rats. Would the authors anticipate different efficacy of CX1789 in male rats? A comment on the choice of animal sex and implications for interpretation of the findings would strengthen the discussion and potential clinical implementation given the male bias of traumatic SCI in humans.

      Response: Thank you for your important comment. In this study, females were chosen primarily due to the fact they have better recovery outcomes from spinal cord injury. During initial preliminary data gathering, we used both male and female rats and found that the male rats often did not recover cytometric voiding at this time point. So we chose to continue only with the female rats in this current study. It is well established that female rats have better urogenic recovery from SCI effects, perhaps due to the easier postoperative care. It is critical that we complete future studies in both male and female rats, however, we will have to change our experimental paradigm (time after injury, and or severity of injury) to make comparisons between SCI and intact male rats. We have now included this important topic of our sex selection in the methods section (Page 6) of the manuscript and have also expanded this point in the discussion section (page 30).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Comment: The impact of ampakine treatment on EUS EMG activity is not obvious from the data presented in Fig. 5C-F. I do see in the magnified area of the SCI rat tracing some clear EUS activity with 15 mg/kg of CX1739. However, statistically, there is not a significant improvement in bladder-urethral sphincter coordination in rats treated with ampakine. Authors should discuss how or why ampakine treatment improves bladder function without affecting bladder-urethral sphincter coordination. The background noise of the EUS EMG in Fig. 5B changes dramatically between conditions. Are these tracings from the same experiment? If yes, please explain why the background noise changes during the course of the experiment. Was this change in background noise observed only in SCI rats?

      Response: Thank you for such an interesting comment. Although our data analysis shows no statistically significant difference in the duration or amplitude of EUS EMG bursting when comparing vehicle to ampakine treatment. However, we did see a difference in the threshold at which bursting occurred (Fig 5C-F). Rats that lost complete coordination (Figure 6) due to injury, ampakines provide further confirmation about producing EUS EMS bursting and coordinated voiding.

      Therefore, these results suggest that ampakines have some positive modulatory effects on EUS EMG bursting events. Overall, we did not see any significant differences of the background noise of EUS EMG between conditions during experiments both in spinal intact and SCI. The background noise of the EUS EMG in Fig. 5B decreases after baseline and HPCD due to changes in experimental conditions (needed to use slightly more urethane due to showing up of animal’s consciousness). We would also like to confirm that these tracings are from the same experiment. Accordingly, we have made further clarifications in the manuscript.

      Comment: Tables 1 and 2 show the same data as figures 3 and 4. I suggest removing the tables. In addition, table 2 includes letters (A, B, C, D) to indicate statistical significance. However, no indication of the meaning of these letters is provided. What does "levels not connected by same letter are significantly different" mean? Please clarify. I suggest including the statistical comparisons in Fig. 4

      Response: While we did consider adding statistical bars in the graphs themselves, the number of comparisons being conducted reduced the readability of the graphs. Thus, we would like preserve the current format of the table and provide the readers with all statistical comparisons being made. The statement “levels not connected by the same letter are significantly different” indicates that only treatment groups for an outcome that do not have an overlapping letter, such as baseline (A) and HPCD (A) values for threshold pressures are different from the 5 mg/kg (B,C,D), 10 mg/kg (C,D) and 15 mg/kg (D) group in the SCI rats. Further, threshold pressures in the 5 mg/kg, 10 mg/Kg and 15 mg/kg groups are not significantly different from each other. These results have also been described in detail in the results section. Lastly, we acknowledge the redundancy of data presented in Tables 1 and 2. These two tables have been moved to the supplemental section.

      Comment: A study by Yoshiyama and colleagues previously showed that the AMPA antagonists LY215490 completely abolished the reflex bladder contractions and EMG activity of the EUS muscle during a continuous filling in naïve rats (JPET 1997). Surprisingly, CX1739, a low-impact AMPA receptor activator, does not affect bladder contractions or EMG activity in naïve rats. Authors should discuss the reason for this discrepancy.

      Response: Thank you for this comment. We believe the different pharmacokinetics of the drugs can explain these effects. We have included this critical point in the discussion (page 31-32).

      Comment: The conclusion that CX1739 is acting on sensory pathways is highly speculative and needs additional support. The functional status of the afferent pathways is uncertain following SCI. Please revise.

      Response: Thank you for this comment. We agree, in retrospect, that this speculative comment is an overassumption, and we have removed it from the discussion. We have modified the discussion to remove focus from the sensory nervous system and, more generally, discuss the location of AMPA receptors in the voiding neurocircuitry (page 31).

      Comment: Figure 3. It's difficult to see the asterisks that indicate statistical significance. Please use a line or a bigger symbol to indicate statistical differences between groups.

      Response: Thank you for the suggestion we have modified the figure to make the asterisks bigger and added a line.

      Comment: Data for peak pressure should be included in Figures 3 and 4.

      Response: Thank you for pointing out one of the important parameters of cystometry which is peak pressure. As we did not see significant changes in bladder peak contraction pressure between spinal intact and SCI rats, we prefer not to show a graph of peak pressure (in Fig 3) to highlight other parameters that showed significant injury effects, such as baseline pressure, ICI, threshold, and voided volume. However, peak pressure reduced similarly both in spinal intact and SCI rats, suggesting that ampakine has some treatment effects on peak pressure that we prefer to include in Fig 4. We modified our results section and have included a description on peak pressures in the result section.

      Comment: The peak pressure was reduced in both naïve and SCI rats treated with ampakine. Therefore, the peak pressure is not one of the parameters that improves by ampakine in SCI rats.

      Response: Yes, we agree that peak pressures between spinal intact and SCI rats were comparable. Some treatment effects of ampakine on peak pressure were observed both between spinal intact and SCI rats. We have amended the manuscript to make this clearer.

      Comment: The reference from Yoshiyama et al (1999) is duplicated.

      Response: Thank you for catching this error. The references have been combined in the revised version.

      Comment: Page 15, the authors state that "Coordinated bladder contractions and associated EUS EMG activity were readily demonstrated in all 7 naïve animals". In other sections, they referred to 8 naïve rats. What is the actual number of naïve rats?

      Response: Thanks for pointing out this error. The actual number of naïve rats is 8. We have rectified this error.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the Editors and the Reviewers for their comments on the importance of our work “showing a new role of caveolin-1 as an individual protein instead of the main molecular component of caveolae” in contributing to membrane bending rigidity and for constructive and thoughtful remarks that have allowed us to improve the manuscript.

      Indeed, we here establish the contributing role of caveolin-1 to membrane mechanics by a molecular mechanism that needs to be further addressed. To that respect, we thank the reviewers for suggesting avenues to improve the presentation and discussion of our hypotheses based on results of theoretical model and independent biophysical measurements of membrane mechanics in tube pulling from plasma membrane spheres, which concur to support the key role of caveolin-1 in building membrane bending rigidity.

      To fulfill the recommendations of the reviewers we have modified the manuscript, as discussed below.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Because of the role of membrane tension in the process, and that caveloae regulate membrane tension, the authors looked at the formation of TEMs in cells depleted of Caveolin1 and Cavin1 (PTRF): They found a higher propensity to form TEMs, spontaneously (a rare event) and after toxin treatment, in both Caveolin 1 and Cavin 1. They show that in both siRNA-Caveolin1 and siRNA-Cavin1 cells, the cytoplasm is thinner. They show that in siCaveolin1 only, the dynamics of opening are different, with notably much larger TEMs. From the dynamic model of opening, they predict that this should be due to a lower bending rigidity of the membrane. They measure the bending rigidity from Cell-generated Giant liposomes and find that the bending rigidity is reduced by approx. 50%.

      Strengths:

      They also nicely show that caveolin1 KO mice are more susceptible to death from infections with pathogens that create TEMs.

      Overall, the paper is well-conducted and nicely written. There are however a few details that should be addressed.

      See below modifications brought to the manuscript in response to the Reviewer’s remarks.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Morel et al. aims to identify some potential mechano-regulators of transendothelial cell macro-aperture (TEM). Guided by the recognized role of caveolar invaginations in buffering the membrane tension of cells, the authors focused on caveolin-1 and associated regulator PTRF. They report a comprehensive in vitro work based on siRNA knockdown and optical imaging approach complemented with an in vivo work on mice, a biophysical assay allowing measurement of the mechanical properties of membranes, and a theoretical analysis inspired by soft matter physics.

      Strengths:

      The authors should be complimented for this multi-faceted and rigorous work. The accumulation of pieces of evidence collected from each type of approach makes the conclusion drawn by the authors very convincing, regarding the new role of cavolin-1 as an individual protein instead of the main molecular component of caveolae. On a personal note, I was very impressed by the quality of STORM images (Fig. 2) which are very illuminating and useful, in particular for validating some hypotheses of the theoretical analysis.

      Weaknesses:

      While this work pins down the key role of caveolin-1, its mechanism remains to be further investigated. The hypotheses proposed by the authors in the discussions about the link between caveolin and lipids/cholesterol are very plausible though challenging. Even though we may feel slightly frustrated by the absence of data in this direction, the quality and merit of this paper remain.

      We thank the reviewer for mentioning the merit of our work which lays the foundations for more molecular mechanistic work on a possible role of lipids/cholesterol in the building of membrane bending rigidity by caveolin-1 and which is currently carried out by some of the authors, and which shows that the question is indeed challenging as indicated by the reviewer. This is now stated in the results section, as suggested (Page 12) :

      "To test these predictions, we have treated cells with methyl-beta-cyclodextrin to deplete cholesterol from the plasma membrane and reduce its bending rigidity (47); unfortunately, this treatment affected the cell morphology, which precluded further analysis."

      The analogy with dewetting processes drawn to derive the theoretical model is very attractive. However, although part of the model has already been published several times by the same group of authors, the definition of the effective membrane rigidity of a plasma membrane including the underlying actin cortex, was very vague and confusing.

      We thank the reviewer for mentioning the importance of defining the terms “membrane bending rigidity” as well as “effective membrane bending rigidity” that is now used and defined in the material and method section in the Physical modelling description (see considerations below), while for the sake of simplicity we use the term “membrane bending rigidity” in the main text, which is now defined in the introduction section : “membrane bending rigidity, i.e. the energy required to locally bend the membrane surface”.

      Indeed, in a liposome, a rigorous derivation leads to a relationship between the membrane tension and the variation of the projected area, which are related by the bending rigidity: this relationship is known as the Helfrich’s law. This statistical physics approach is only rigorously valid for a liposome, whereas its application to a cell is questionable due to the presence of cytoskeletal forces acting on the membrane. Nevertheless, application of the Helfrich’s law to cell membranes may be granted on short time scales, before active cell tension regulation takes place (Sens P and Plastino J, 2015 J Phys Condens Matter), especially in cases where cytoskeletal forces play a modest role, such as red blood cells (Helfrich W 1973 Z Naturforsch C). The fact that the cytoskeletal structure and actomyosin contraction are significantly disrupted upon cell intoxication-driven inhibition of the small GTPase RhoA, as shown here for the first time by STORM analysis, supports the applicability of Helfrich’s law to describe TEM opening. Because of the presence of proteins, carbohydrates, and the adhesion of the remaining actin meshwork after toxin treatment, we expect the Helfrich relationship to somewhat differ from the case of a pure lipidic membrane. We account for these effects via an “effective bending rigidity”, a term used in the detailed discussion of the model hypotheses, which corresponds to an effective value describing the relationship between membrane tension and projected area variation in our cells.

      The following discussion has been extended and improved in the Physical modeling part of the materials & methods section (Pages 23-24): “κ is the effective bending rigidity of the cell membrane, which quantifies the energy required to bend the membrane. (…). While rigorously derived for a pure lipid membrane, we assumed that Helfrich’s law is applicable to describe the relationship between the effective membrane tension acting on TEMs and the observed projected surface in our cells. We expect Helfrich’s law to be applicable on short time scales, before active cell tension regulation takes place (73), especially in cases where cytoskeletal forces play a modest role, such as for red blood cells (74) or for the highly disrupted cytoskeletal structure of our intoxicated cells. Thus, the parameter κ in Eq. 2 is an effective bending rigidity, whose value may somewhat differ from that of a pure lipid membrane to account for the role played by protein inclusions and the mechanical contribution of the remaining cytoskeletal elements after cell treatment with the toxin”

      Here, for the first time, thanks to the STORM analysis, the authors show that HUVECs intoxicated by ExoC3 exhibit a loose and defective cortex with a significantly increased mesh size. This argues in favor of the validity of Helfrich formalism in this context. Nonetheless, there remains a puzzle. Experimentally, several TEMs are visible within one cell. Theoretically, the authors consider a simultaneous opening of several pores and treat them in an additive manner. However, when one pore opens, the tension relaxes and should prevent the opening of subsequent pores. Yet, experimentally, as seen from the beautiful supplementary videos, several pores open one after the other. This would suggest that the tension is not homogeneous within an intoxicated cell or that equilibration times are long. One possibility is that some undegraded actin pieces of the actin cortex may form a barrier that somehow isolates one TEM from a neighboring one.

      As pointed by the Reviewer, we expect that membrane tension is neither a purely global nor a purely local parameter. Opening of a TEM will relax membrane tension over a certain distance, not over the whole cell. Moreover, once the TEM closes back, membrane tension will increase again. This spatial and temporal localization of membrane tension relaxation explains that the opening of a first TEM does not preclude the opening of a second one or enlargement of the TEM when the actin cable is cut by laser ablation (20). On the other hand, membrane tension is not a purely local property. Indeed, we observe that when two TEMs enlarge next to each other, their shape becomes anisotropic, as their enlargement is mutually hampered in the region separating them. We account for this interaction by treating TEM membrane relaxation in an additive fashion. We emphasize that this simplified description is used to predict maximum TEM size, corresponding to the time at which TEM interaction is strongest. As the reviewer points out, it would be more questionable to use this additive treatment to predict the likelihood of nucleation of a new TEM, which is not done here.

      Accordingly, the Physical modelling part in the materiel and methods has been modified into: “Eq. 2 treats the effect of several simultaneous TEMs in an additive manner. This approximation is used here to predict TEM size, because at maximum opening of simultaneous TEMs their respective membrane relaxation is felt by each other, as it can be inferred from the shape that neighboring TEMs adopt in experiments. This additive treatment would appear less appropriate to describe the likelihood of nucleating a second TEM in the presence of a first one (a calculation that is not performed here), since membrane relaxation by a TEM may not be felt at membrane regions distant from it.”

      Could the authors look back at their STORM data and check whether intoxicated cells do not exhibit a bimodal population of mesh sizes and possibly provide a mapping of mesh size at the scale of a cell?

      To address the question raised by the Reviewer we decided to plot the whole distribution of mesh sizes in addition to the average value per cell. We did not observe a bimodal distribution but rather a very heterogeneous distribution of mesh size going up to a few microns square in all conditions of siRNA treatments. Moreover, we did not observe a specific pattern in the distribution of mesh size at the scale of the cell, with very large mesh sizes being surrounded by small ones. We also did not observe any specific pattern for the localization of TEM opening, as described in the paper, making the correlation between mesh size and TEM opening difficult.

      This following sentence has been added in the results section (Pages 8-9): “Indeed, we observed in cells treated with ExoC3 no specific cellular pattern or bimodal distribution of mesh size between the different siRNA conditions but a rather very heterogeneous distribution of mesh size values that could reach a few square microns in all conditions. ”

      In particular, it is quite striking that while bending rigidity of the lipid membrane is expected to set the maximal size of the aperture, most TEMs are well delimited with actin rings before closing. Is it because the surrounding loose actin is pushed back by the rim of the aperture? Could the authors better explain why they do not consider actin as a player in TEM opening?

      Actin ring assembly and stiffening is indeed a player in TEM opening, that was investigated in the work by Stefani et al., 2017 Nat comm. Interference of actin ring assembly and stiffening is included in our differential equation describing TEM opening dynamics (second term on the left-hand side of Eq. 3). In some cases, actin ring assembly is the dominant player, such as in TEM opening after laser ablation (ex novo TEM opening/widening). In contrast, here we investigate de novo TEM opening, for which we expect that bending rigidity can be estimated without accounting for actin assembly, as we previously reported (19). Such a bending rigidity estimate (Eq. 5) is obtained by considering two different time scales: the time scale of membrane tension relaxation, governed by bending rigidity, and the time scale of cable assembly, governed by actin dynamics. We expect the first time scale to be shorter, and thus the maximum size of de novo TEMs to be mainly constrained by membrane tension relaxation. Two paragraphs related to the discussion of the different time scales have been added to 1) the discussion section, and 2) to the physical modelling part discussed in the materiel and methods section of the revised manuscript (see below).

      The following paragraph has been added in the discussion (Pages 14-15): “Our study shows that membrane rigidity sets the maximal size of TEM aperture, although an actin ring appears before TEM closure (20). Actin ring assembly and stiffening is indeed a player in TEM opening, and it is included in our differential equation describing TEM opening dynamics (Eq. 3). In some configurations, actin ring assembly is the dominant player, such as in TEM opening after laser ablation (ex novo TEM opening), as we previously reported (20). In contrast, here we investigate de novo TEM opening, for which we expect that bending rigidity can be estimated without accounting for actin assembly (19). Such a bending rigidity estimate (Eq. 5) is obtained by considering two different time scales: the time scale of membrane tension relaxation, governed by bending rigidity, and the time scale of cable assembly, governed by actin dynamics. We expect the first-time scale to be shorter, and thus the maximum size of de novo TEMs to be mainly constrained by membrane tension relaxation. However, we cannot rule out that the formation of an actin cable around the TEM before it reaches its maximum size may limit the correct estimation of the bending rigidity.”

      The following paragraph has been added in the physical modelling part of the materiel and methods section (Pages 24-25) “A limitation of our theoretical description arises from the use of spatially uniform changes in parameter values to describe differences between experimental conditions, thus assuming spatially uniform effects. However, we cannot exclude the existence of non-uniform effects, such as changes in the size and organization of the remaining actin mesh, which could set local, non-uniform barriers to TEM enlargement in a manner not accounted for by our model.” And “We note that the estimate of κ provided by Eq. 5 is independent of α and thus of actin cable assembly. This simplification arises from membrane tension relaxing over a shorter time scale than actin assembly. Thus, we expect the maximum size of de novo TEMs to be mainly constrained by membrane tension relaxation (19), unlike ex novo TEM enlargement upon laser ablation, for which the dynamics of actin cable assembly control TEM opening (20)”

      Instead of delegating to the discussion the possible link between caveolin and lipids as a mechanism for the enhanced bending rigidity provided by caveolin-1, it could be of interest for the readership to insert the attempted (and failed) experiments in the result section. For instance, did the authors try treatment with methyl-beta-cyclodextrin that extracts cholesterol (and disrupts caveolar and clathrin pits) but supposedly keeps the majority of the pool of individual caveolins at the membrane?

      As recommended by the reviewer we have added the following sentence (Page 12): “We have treated cells with methyl-beta-cyclodextrin to deplete cholesterol from the plasma membrane and reduce its bending rigidity (47); unfortunately, this treatment affected the cell morphology, which precluded further analysis”

      Tether pulling experiments on Plasma membrane spheres (PMS) are real tours de force and the results are quite convincing: a clear difference in bending rigidity is observed in controlled and caveolin knock-out PMS. However, one recurrent concern in these tether-pulling experiments is to be sure that the membrane pulled in the tether has the same composition as the one in the PMS body. The presence of the highly curved neck may impede or slow down membrane proteins from reaching the tether by convective or diffusive motion.

      We thank the Reviewer for mentioning the dedicated work accomplished with tether pulling experiments on PMS and for pointing the obtention of convincing results that align well with the hypotheses drawn from the theoretical model thereby allowing us to propose a direct or indirect role of caveolin-1 in the building of membrane rigidity. As pointed out by the reviewer, a concern with tube pulling experiments is related to the dynamics of equilibration of membrane composition between the nanotube and the rest of the membrane. In our experiments, we have waited about 30 seconds after tube pulling and after changing membrane tension. We have checked that after this time, the force remained constant, implying that we have performed experiments of tube pulling from PMS in technical conditions of equilibrium that ensure that lipids and membrane proteins had enough time to reach the tether by convective or diffusive motion.

      The revised version of the manuscript now includes the following sentence and a representative example of force vs time plot (Page 12): “We waited about 30 seconds after tube pulling and changing membrane tension and checked that we reached a steady state (Fig. S5), where lipids and membrane proteins had enough time to equilibrate.”

      Could the authors propose an experiment to demonstrate that caveolin-1 proteins are not restricted to the body of the PMS and can access to the nanometric tether?

      In principle, this could be further checked using cells expressing GFP-caveolin-1 to generate PMS as done in Sinha et al., 2011 and by analyzing a steady protein signal in the tube. This would confirm the equilibration, provided that caveolin-1 is recruited in the nanotube due to mechanical reasons that are now discussed in the discussion section (Pages 13-14) : “Our tube pulling experiments can be discussed along 2 lines. Indeed, since caveolin-1 is inserted in the cytosolic leaflet of the plasma membrane, when a nanotube is pulled towards the exterior of the PMS, we can expect 2 situations depending on the ability of caveolin-1 to deform membranes, which remains to be addressed (24). i) If Cav1 does not bend membranes, it could be recruited in the nanotube at a density similar to the PMS and our force measurement would reflect the bending rigidity of the PMS membrane. Cav1 could then stiffen membrane either as a stiff inclusion at high density or/and by affecting lipid composition. ii) If Cav1 bends the membrane, it is expected from caveolae geometry that the curvature in the tube would favor Cav1 exclusion. The force would then reflect the bending rigidity of the membrane depleted of Cav1, which should be the same in both types of experiments (WT and Cav1-depleted conditions) if the lipid composition remains unchanged upon Cav1 depletion. Note that the presence of a very reduced concentration of Cav1 as compared to the plasma membrane has been reported in tunneling nanotubes (TNT) connecting two neighboring cells (51). These TNTs have typical diameters of similar scale than diameters of tubes pulled from PMS. At this stage, we cannot decipher between both properties for Cav1. Considering a direct mechanical role of Cav1, previous studies showed that inclusion of integral proteins in membranes had no impact on bending rigidity, as shown in the bacteriorhodopsin experiment (52), or even decreased membrane rigidity as reported for the Ca2+-ATPase SERCA (53). Previous simulations have also confirmed the softening effect of protein inclusions (54). Nevertheless, our observations could be explained by a high density of stiff inclusions in the plasma membrane (>>10%), which is generally not achievable with the reconstituted membranes. Considering an impact on lipid composition, it is well established that caveolae are enriched with cholesterol, sphingomyelin, and glycosphingolipids, including gangliosides (55,56), which are known to rigidify membranes (57,47). Thus, caveolin-1 might contribute to the enrichment of the plasma membrane with these lipid species. We did not establish experimental conditions allowing us to deplete cholesterol without compromising the shape of HUVECs, which prevented a proper analysis of TEM dynamics. Moreover, a previous attempt to increase TEMs width by softening the membrane through the incorporation of poly-unsaturated acyl chains into phospholipids failed, likely due to homeostatic adaptation of the membrane’s mechanical properties (18). Further studies are now required to establish whether and how caveolin-1 oligomers control membrane mechanical parameters through modulation of lipids organization or content. Caveolin-1 expression may also contribute to plasma membrane stiffening by interacting with membrane-associated components of the cortical cytoskeletal or by structuring ordered lipid domains. Nevertheless, it has been reported that the Young’s modulus of the cell cortex dramatically decreases in ExoC3-treated cells (17) suggesting a small additional contribution of caveolin-1 depletion to membrane softening. This is supported by 2D STORM data showing a dramatic reorganization of actin cytoskeleton in ExoC3-treated cells into a loose F-actin meshwork that is not significantly exacerbated by caveolin-1 depletion. Altogether, our results suggest that the presence of Cav1 stiffens plasma membranes, and that the exact origin of this effect must be further investigated.”

      Author recommendations

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Suggestions for improvements:

      (1) Depletion of both Cavin1 and Caveolin1 increases the density of TEMs. Membrane tension is a critical parameter of the initiation phase of TEMs, its nucleation, and initial enlargement. From the TEM dynamics, the authors should be able to measure membrane tension. The expectation is that in both Caveolin1 and Cavin1 depleted cells, tension is higher (because there is no caveolae), explaining why there are more TEMs.

      While we cannot directly measure membrane tension, we can estimate membrane tension variations using our theoretical modeling. As reported in the article, we predict that depleting Caveolin-1 leads to a significant 2-fold increase of membrane tension, which can explain the concomitant increase in the nucleation of TEMs, as the reviewer points out. In contrast, the model predicts no significant increase of membrane tension upon Cavin-1/PTRF depletion, whereas TEM nucleation also increases significantly (but less than upon Caveolin-1 depletion). Altogether, we can explain these results by considering that membrane tension is an important player in TEM nucleation, but not the only one. Notably, we expect cell height to be another important player, as it sets an energy barrier for the basal and apical membranes to meet each other and fuse. Indeed, we report that membrane height is reduced upon depletion Cavin-1, thus explaining the observed increase in TEM nucleation. The importance of reducing cell thickness to increase the TEM opening likelihood is best supported by previous data showing that pushing forces applied on the apical membrane induced the opening of TEMs (Ng et al., 2017 MBoC).

      An improved discussion of the parameters controlling TEM nucleation has been included in the discussion of the revised manuscript, as follow (Page 15): “Our study points to underlying mechanisms by which caveolae regulate the frequency of TEM nucleation. Nucleation of TEMs requires the apposition of the basal and apical cell membranes, which is hindered by the intermembrane distance, set by the cell height. Meeting of the two membranes may create an initial precursor tunnel, which needs to be sufficiently big to enlarge into an observable TEM, instead of simply closing back. The size of the minimal precursor tunnel required to give rise to a TEM increases with membrane bending rigidity and decreases with membrane tension (19). Silencing cavin-1 or caveolin-1 both lead to a decrease in cell height, thus favoring the likelihood of precursor tunnel nucleation. While silencing cavin-1 has no significant impact on either membrane tension or bending rigidity, silencing caveolin results in both an increase of membrane tension and a decrease of bending rigidity, which results in a decrease in the required minimal radius of the precursor tunnel, thus further favoring TEM nucleation. Overall, our results offer a consistent picture of the physical mechanisms by which caveolae modulate TEM nucleation.”

      (2) In Figure 2B, the authors state that there is no significant difference in the actin mesh size while I see a clear higher average value and distribution in siCAV1+. This seems to correlate with the differences in TEM maximal sizes. How can the authors completely exclude that the actin organisation is not in part responsible for the larger TEMs observed in siCAV1 cells?

      In our theoretical modeling of TEM opening dynamics, all differences between conditions are described by changes in what we consider as “effective” parameter values. Thus, changes in actin organization may induce a change in the "effective bending rigidity" parameter controlling membrane tension relaxation. A limitation of such a description is that all changes are assumed to be spatially uniform. However, it is possible that changes in actin mesh size and organization set local barriers to TEM enlargement in a way that would not be appropriately described by our model. While our current modeling appears to provide a consistent interpretation of our observations, we cannot completely exclude the existence of such local effects.

      This limitation of our current interpretation is now mentioned in the following paragraph, which has been added in the physical modelling part of the materiel and methods section (Page 24) : “A limitation of our theoretical description arises from the use of spatially uniform changes in parameter values to describe differences between experimental conditions, thus assuming spatially uniform effects. However, we cannot exclude the existence of non-uniform effects, such as changes in the size and organization of the remaining actin mesh, which could set local, non-uniform barriers to TEM enlargement in a manner not accounted for by our model.”

      (3) It would be nice to see the results of Table 1 (in particular the thickness of cells) in a Bar plot.

      The experimental values of cell volumes and areas are reported in bar plots of Fig. 3C and 3D. In contrast, we chose not to depict values of cell eight in bar plots considering that these values were calculated from mean values of cell areas and volumes reported in Fig. 3C and 3D, i.e. rough division of volumes over areas, with error propagation. Since the volume and areas are not performed on the same set of cells, it is not possible to divide the repeats one by one and to provide cell numbers, which are key parameters to perform statistical tests.

      (4) There are two reasons why Caveolin1 could change the bending rigidity. First, because it makes the membrane stiffer, or because the presence of caveolin1 (that binds to cholesterol) in the plasma membrane changes the lipid composition. It would be nice if the authors could provide some lipidomics analysis to see if there is a lipid change in siCAV1 cells.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing the importance of clarifying the hypotheses regarding a direct or indirect role of caveolin-1 in membrane bending rigidity which might be related to changes in membrane lipid composition especially cholesterol and sphingomyelin. We have modified the discussion section to integrate this point. The lipidomic approach is certainly interesting to address the question of the role of caveolin-1 in building membrane bending rigidity. Indeed, some of the authors have addressed the specific questions related to Cav-1 spontaneous curvature and its effect on the lipid composition of the plasma membrane in two separate manuscripts (in preparation). They represent comprehensive studies by themselves that will provide mechanistic insights on how caveolin-1 builds membrane bending rigidity and as follow up of the present manuscript which reports the importance of the regulation of membrane rigidity in cell biology and during infectious processes.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The paper is nicely written and the results are convincing. The three main comments and questions from the Public Review do not necessarily call for new experiments. However, clarifications are required. This work can be very useful. Better not to leave any difficulty or weakly justified hypothesis under the carpet.

      To fulfill with the reviewer comments, we have improved the discussion regarding the hypothesizes which can be drawn about of a direct versus indirect mechanistic role of caveolin-1 in the regulation of effective membrane bending rigidity and which might be related to changes in membrane lipid composition or via regulation of the cytoskeleton, which we cannot exclude.

      • Minor correction: in the abstract: replace "the enhanced nucleation" with "the enhanced occurrence of nucleation events".

      The abstract has been changed accordingly : “The enhanced occurrence of TEM nucleation events correlates with a reduction of cell height, …”

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This valuable study introduces an innovative method for measuring interocular suppression depth, which implicates mechanisms underlying subconscious visual processing. The evidence supporting the effectiveness of this method would be solid after successfully addressing concerns raised by the reviewers. The novel method will be of interest not only to cognitive psychologists and neuroscientists who study sensation and perception but also to philosophers who work on theories of consciousness.

      Thank you for the recognition and appreciation of our work.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Strengths:

      The authors introduced a new adapted paradigm from continuous flash suppression (CFS). The new CFS tracking paradigm (tCFS) allowed them to measure suppression depth in addition to breakthrough thresholds. This innovative approach provides a more comprehensive understanding of the mechanisms underlying continuous flash suppression. The observed uniform suppression depth across target types (e.g., faces and gratings) is novel and has new implications for how the visual system works. The experimental manipulation of the target contrast change rate, as well as the modeling, provided strong support for an early interocular suppression mechanism. The authors argue that the breakthrough threshold alone is not sufficient to infer about unconscious processing.

      Weaknesses:

      A major finding in the current study is the null effect of the image categories on the suppression depth measured in the tCFS paradigm, from which the authors infer an early interocular mechanism underlying CFS suppression. This is not strictly logical as an inference based on the null effect. The authors may consider statistical evaluation of the null results, such as equivalence tests or Bayesian estimation.

      We have now included a Bayesian model comparison (implemented in JASP), to assess the strength of evidence in favour of the alternative hypothesis (or null effect). For example in Experiment 1 (comparing discrete to tCFS), we found inconsistent evidence in favour of the null effect of image-category on suppression depth:

      Lines 382 – 388: “We quantified the evidence for this null-effect on suppression depth with a subsequent Bayesian model comparison. A Bayesian repeated-measures ANOVA (2 x 2; procedure x image type on suppression depth) found that the best model to explain suppression depth included the main effect of procedure (BF10 = 3231.74), and weak evidence/data insensitivity for image type (BF10 = 0.37). This indicates that the data was insensitive as to whether image-type was better at predicting suppression depth than the null model.”

      In Experiment 2, which was specifically designed to investigate the effect of image category on suppression depth, we found strong evidence in favour of the null:

      Lines 429 – 431: “A Bayesian repeated-measures ANOVA (1 x 5, effect of image categories on suppression depth), confirmed strong evidence in favour of the null hypothesis (BF01 =20.30).

      In Experiment 3, we also had image categories, but the effect of rate of contrast change was our main focus. For completeness, we have also included the Bayes factors for image-category in Experiment 3 in our text.

      Lines 487- 490> “This null-effect of image-type was again confirmed with a Bayesian model comparison (3 speed x 4 image categories on suppression depth), demonstrating moderate support for the null effect of image category (BF01= 4.06).”

      We have updated our Methods accordingly with a description of this procedure

      Lines 297-305: “We performed Bayesian model comparison to quantify evidence for and against the null in JASP, using Bayesian repeated measures ANOVAs (uninformed prior with equal weight to all models). We report Bayes factors (B) for main effects of interest (e.g. effect of image type on suppression depth), as evidence in favour compared to the null model (BF10= B). Following the guidelines recommended in (Dienes 2021), B values greater than 3 indicate moderate evidence for H1 over H0, and B values less than 1/3 indicate moderate evidence in favour of the null. B values residing between 1/3 and 3 are interpreted as weak evidence, or an insensitivity of the data to distinguish between the null and alternative models.”

      More importantly, since limited types of image categories have been tested, there may be some exceptional cases. According to "Twofold advantages of face processing with or without visual awareness" by Zhou et al. (2021), pareidolia faces (face-like non-face objects) are likely to be an exceptional case. They measured bidirectional binocular rivalry in a blocked design, similar to the discrete condition used in the current study. They reported that the face-like non-face object could enter visual awareness in a similar fashion to genuine faces but remain in awareness in a similar fashion to common non-face objects. We could infer from their results that: when compared to genuine faces, the pareidolia faces would have a similar breakthrough threshold but a higher suppression threshold; when compared to common objects, the pareidolia faces would have a similar suppression threshold but a low breakthrough threshold. In this case, the difference between these two thresholds for pareidolia faces would be larger than either for genuine faces or common objects. Thus, it would be important for the authors to discuss the boundary between the findings and the inferences.

      This is correct. We acknowledge that our sampling of image-categories is limited, and have added a treatment of this limitation in our discussion. We have expanded on the particular case of Zhou et al (2021), and the possibility of the asymmetries suggested:

      Lines 669 – 691: “As a reminder, we explicitly tested image types that in other studies have shown differential susceptibility to CFS attributed to some form of expedited unconscious processing. Nevertheless, one could argue that our failure to obtain evidence for category specific suppression depth is based on the limited range of image categories sampled in this study. We agree it would be informative to broaden the range of image types tested using tCFS to include images varying in familiarity, congruence and affect. We can also foresee value in deploying tCFS to compare bCFS and reCFS thresholds for visual targets comprising physically meaningless ‘tokens’ whose global configurations can synthesise recognizable perceptual impressions. To give a few examples, dynamic configurations of small dots varying in location over time can create the compelling impression of rotational motion of a rigid, 3D object (structure from motion) or of a human engaged in given activity (biological motion) (Grossmann & Dobbins, 2006; Watson et al., 2004). These kinds of visual stimuli are associated with neural processing in higher-tier visual areas of the human brain, including the superior occipital lateral region (e.g., Vanduffel et al., 2002) and the posterior portion of the superior temporal sulcus (e.g., Grossman et al., 2000). These kinds of perceptually meaningful impressions of objects from rudimentary stimulus tokens are capable of engaging binocular rivalry. Such stimuli would be particularly useful in assessing high-level processing in CFS because they can be easily manipulated using phase-scrambling to remove the global percept without altering low-level stimulus properties. In a similar vein, small geometric shapes can be configured so as to resemble human or human-like faces, such as those used by (Zhou et al., 2021)[1]. These kinds of faux faces could be used in concert with tCFS to compare suppression depth with that associated with actual faces.

      [1] Zhou et al. (2021) derived dominance and suppression durations with fixed-contrast images. In their study, genuine face images and faux faces remained suppressed for equivalent durations whereas genuine faces remained dominant significantly longer than did faux faces. The technique used by those investigators - interocular flash suppression (Wolfe, 1994) - is quite different from CFS in that it involves abrupt, asynchronous presentation of dissimilar stimuli to the two eyes. It would be informative to repeat their experiment using the tCFS procedure.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary

      The paper introduces a valuable method, tCFS, for measuring suppression depth in continuous flash suppression (CFS) experiments. tCFS uses a continuous-trial design instead of the discrete trials standard in the literature, resulting in faster, better controlled, and lower-variance estimates. The authors measured suppression depth during CFS for the first time and found similar suppression depths for different image categories. This finding provides an interesting contrast to previous results that breakthrough thresholds differ for different image categories and refine inferences of subconscious processing based solely on breakthrough thresholds. However, the paper overreaches by claiming breakthrough thresholds are insufficient for drawing certain conclusions about subconscious processing.

      We agree that breakthrough thresholds can provide useful information to draw conclusions about unconscious processing – as our procedure is predicated on breakthrough thresholds. Our key point is that breakthrough provides only half of the needed information.

      We have amended our manuscript thoroughly (detailed below) to accommodate this nuance and avoid this overreaching claim.

      Strengths

      (1) The tCFS method, by using a continuous-trial design, quickly estimates breakthrough and re-suppression thresholds. Continuous trials better control for slowly varying factors such as adaptation and attention. Indeed, tCFS produces estimates with lower across-subject variance than the standard discrete-trial method (Fig. 2). The tCFS method is straightforward to adopt in future research on CFS and binocular rivalry.

      (2) The CFS literature has lacked re-suppression threshold measurements. By measuring both breakthrough and re-suppression thresholds, this work calculated suppression depth (i.e., the difference between the two thresholds), which warrants different interpretations from the breakthrough threshold alone.

      (3) The work found that different image categories show similar suppression depths, suggesting some aspects of CFS are not category-specific. This result enriches previous findings that breakthrough thresholds vary with image categories. Re-suppression thresholds vary symmetrically, such that their differences are constant.

      Thank you for this positive and succinct summary of our contribution. We have adopted your 3rd point “... suggesting that some aspects...” in our revised manuscript to more appropriately treat the ways that bCFS and reCFS thresholds may interact with suppression depths. For example:

      Lines 850 – 852: “These [low level] factors could be parametrically varied to examine specifically whether they modulate bCFS thresholds alone, or whether they also cause a change in suppression depth by asymmetrically affecting reCFS thresholds”.

      Weaknesses

      (1) The results and arguments in the paper do not support the claim that 'variations in breakthrough thresholds alone are insufficient for inferring unconscious or preferential processing of given image categories,' to take one example phrasing from the abstract. The same leap in reasoning recurs on lines 28, 39, 125, 566, 666, 686, 759, etc.

      We have thoroughly updated our manuscript with respect to mentions of preferential processing, to avoid this leap in reasoning throughout. For example, this phrase in the abstract now reads:

      Lines 27-30: “More fundamentally, it shows that variations in bCFS thresholds alone are insufficient for inferring whether the barrier to achieving awareness exerted by interocular suppression is weaker for some categories of visual stimuli compared to others”.

      Take, for example, the arguments on lines 81-83. Grant that images are inequivalent, and this explains different breakthrough times. This is still no argument against differential subconscious processing. Why are images non-equivalent? Whatever the answer, does it qualify as 'residual processing outside of awareness'? Even detecting salience requires some processing. The authors appear to argue otherwise on lines 694-696, for example, by invoking the concept of effective contrasts, but why is effective contrast incompatible with partial processing? Again, does detecting (effective) contrast not involve some processing? The phrases 'residual processing outside of awareness' and 'unconscious processing' are broad enough to encompass bottom-up salience and effective contrast. Salience and (effective) contrast are arguably uninteresting, but that is a different discussion. The authors contrast 'image categories' or semantics with 'low-level factors.' In my opinion, this is a clearer contrast worth emphasizing more. However, semantic processing is not equal to subconscious processing writ large.

      We are in agreement with your analysis that differential subconscious processing may contribute to differences between images, and have updated our manuscript to clarify this possibility. In particular, we have now included a section in our Discussion which offers a suggestion for future research, linking sensitivity to different low-level image features with differences in gain of the respective contrast-response functions.

      From Lines 692 – 722: “Next we turn to another question raised about our conclusion concerning invariant depth of suppression: If certain image types have overall lower bCFS and reCFS contrast thresholds relative to other image types, does that imply that images in the former category enjoy “preferential processing” relative to those in the latter? Given the fixed suppression depth, what might determine the differences in bCFS and reCFS thresholds? Figure 3 shows that polar patterns tend to emerge from suppression at slightly lower contrasts than do gratings and that polar patterns, once dominant, tend to maintain dominance to lower contrasts than do gratings and this happens even though the rate of contrast change is identical for both types of stimuli. But while rate of contrast change is identical, the neural responses to those contrast changes may not be the same: neural responses to changing contrast will depend on the neural contrast response functions (CRFs) of the cells responding to each of those two types of stimuli, where the CRF defines the relationship between neural response and stimulus contrast. CRFs rise monotonically with contrast and typically exhibit a steeply rising initial response as stimulus contrast rises from low to moderate values, followed by a reduced growth rate for higher contrasts. CRFs can vary in how steeply they rise and at what contrast they achieve half-max response. CRFs for neurons in mid-level vision areas such as V4 and FFA (which respond well to polar stimuli and faces, respectively) are generally steeper and shifted towards lower contrasts than CRFs for neurons in primary visual cortex (which responds well to gratings). Therefore, the effective strength of the contrast changes in our tCFS procedure will depend on the shape and position of the underlying CRF, an idea we develop in more detail in Supplementary Appendix 1, comparing the case of V1 and V4 CRFs. Interestingly, the comparison of V1 and V4 CRFs shows two interesting points: (i) that V4 CRFs should produce much lower bCFS and reCFS thresholds than V1 CRFs, and (ii) that V4 CRFs should produce more suppression than V1 CRFs. Our data do not support either prediction: Figure 3 shows that bCFS and reCFS thresholds are very similar for all image categories and suppression depth is uniform. There is no room in these results to support the claim that certain images receive “preferential processing” or processing outside of awareness, although there are many other kinds of images still to be tested and exceptions may potentially be found. As a first step in exploring this idea, one could use standard psychophysical techniques (e.g., (Ling & Carrasco, 2006)) to derive CRFs for different categories of patterns and then measure suppression depth associated with those patterns using tCFS.”

      We have also expanded on this nuanced line of reasoning in a new Supplementary Appendix for the interested reader.

      The preceding does not detract from the interest in finding uniform suppression depth. Suppression depth and absolute bCFS can conceivably be due to orthogonal mechanisms warranting their own interpretations. In fact, the authors briefly take this position in the Discussion (lines 696-704, 'A hybrid model ...'). The involvement of different mechanisms would defeat the argument on lines 668-670.

      We agree with this analysis, and note our response to Reviewer 1 and the possibility of exceptional cases that may affect absolute bCFS or reCFS thresholds independently.

      Similarly, we agree with the notion that some aspects of CFS may not be category specific. The symmetric relationship of thresholds for a given category of stimuli should be assessed in the context of other categories, such as with pontillist images and by incorporating semantic features of images into the mask as in Che et al. (2019) and Han et al. (2021). This line of reasoning and suggestions for future research is provided in the revised discussion, beginning:

      Lines 67: “Nevertheless, one could argue that our failure to obtain evidence for category specific suppression depth is based on a limited range of image categories….”

      (2) These two hypotheses are confusing and should be more clearly distinguished: a) varying breakthrough times may be due to low-level factors (lines 76-79); b) uniform suppression depth may also arise from early visual mechanisms (e.g., lines 25-27).

      Thank you for highlighting this opportunity for clarification. We have updated our text:

      Lines 25 – 27: “This uniform suppression depth points to a single mechanism of CFS suppression, one that likely occurs early in visual processing, because suppression depth was not modulated by target salience or complexity”

      Lines 78 – 79: “Sceptics argue, however, that differences in breakthrough times can be attributed to low-level factors such as spatial frequency, orientation and contrast that vary between images”

      Neutral remarks

      The depth between bCFS and reCFS depended on measurement details such as contrast change speed and continuous vs. discrete trials. With discrete trials, the two thresholds showed inverse relations (i.e., reCFS > bCFS) in some participants. The authors discuss possible reasons at some length (adaptation, attention, etc. ). Still, a variable measure does not clearly indicate a uniform mechanism.

      We have ensured our revised manuscript makes no mention of a uniform mechanism, although we frequently mention our result of uniform suppression depth.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In the 'bCFS' paradigm, a monocular target gradually increases in contrast until it breaks interocular suppression by a rich monocular suppressor in the other eye. The present authors extend the bCFS paradigm by allowing the target to reduce back down in contrast until it becomes suppressed again. The main variable of interest is the contrast difference between breaking suppression and (re) entering suppression. The authors find this difference to be constant across a range of target types, even ones that differ substantially in the contrast at which they break interocular suppression (the variable conventionally measured in bCFS). They also measure how the difference changes as a function of other manipulations. Interpretation in terms of the processing of unconscious visual content, as well as in terms of the mechanism of interocular suppression.

      Thank you for your positive assessment of our methodology.

      Strengths:

      Interpretation of bCFS findings is mired in controversy, and this is an ingenuous effort to move beyond the paradigm's exclusive focus on breaking suppression. The notion of using the contrast difference between breaking and entering suppression as an index of suppression depth is interesting, but I also feel like it can be misleading at times, as detailed below.

      Weaknesses:

      Here's one doubt about the 'contrast difference' measure used by the authors. The authors seem confident that a simple subtraction is meaningful after the logarithmic transformation of contrast values, but doesn't this depend on exactly what shape the contrast-response function of the relevant neural process has? Does a logarithmic transformation linearize this function irrespective of, say, the level of processing or the aspect of processing that we're talking about?

      Given that stimuli differ in terms of the absolute levels at which they break (and re-enter) suppression, the linearity assumption needs to be well supported for the contrast difference measure to be comparable across stimuli.

      Our motivation to quantify suppression depth after log-transform to decibel scale was two-fold. First, we recognised that the traditional use of a linear contrast ramp in bCFS is at odds with the well-characterised profile of contrast discrimination thresholds which obey a power law (Legge, 1981) and the observations that neural contrast response functions show the same compressive non-linearity in many different cortical processing areas (e.g.: V1, V2, V3, V4, MT, MST, FST, TEO. See (Ekstrom et al., 2009)). Increasing contrast in linear steps could thus lead to a rapid saturation of the response function, which may account for the overshoot that has been reported in many canonical bCFS studies. For example, in (Jiang et al., 2007), target contrast reached 100% after 1 second, yet average suppression times for faces and inverted faces were 1.36 and 1.76 seconds respectively. As contrast response functions in visual neurons saturate at high contrast, the upper levels of a linear contrast ramp have less and less effect on the target's strength. This approach to response asymptote may have exaggerated small differences between stimulus conditions and may have inflated some previously reported differences. In sum, the use of a log-transformed contrast ramp allows finer increments in contrast to be explored before saturation, a simple manipulation which we hope will be adopted by our field.

      Second, by quantifying suppression depth as a decibel change we enable the comparison of suppression depth between experiments and laboratories, which inevitably differ in presentation environments. As a comparison, a reaction-time for bCFS of 1.36 s can not easily be compared without access to near-identical stimulation and testing environments. In addition once ramp contrast is log transformed it effectively linearises the neural contrast response function. This means that comparing different studies that use different contrast levels for masker or target can be directly compared because a given suppression depth (for example, 15 dB) is the same proportionate difference between bCFS and reCFS regardless of the contrasts used in the particular study.

      We also acknowledge that different stimulus categories may engage neural and visual processing associated with different contrast gain values (e.g., magno- vs parvo-mediated processing). But the breaks and returns to suppression of a given stimulus category would be dependent on the same contrast gain function appropriate for that stimulus which thus permits their direct comparison. Indeed, this is why our novel approach offers a promising technique for comparing suppression depth associated with various stimulus categories (a point mentioned above). Viewed in this way, differences in actual durations of break times (such as we report in our paper) may tell us more about differences in gain control within neural mechanisms responsible for processing of those categories.

      We have now included a summary of these arguments in a new paragraph of our discussion (from lines 696- cf Reviewer 2 above), as well as a new Supplementary Appendix.

      Here's a more conceptual doubt. The authors introduce their work by discussing ambiguities in the interpretation of bCFS findings with regard to preferential processing, unconscious processing, etc. A large part of the manuscript doesn't really interpret the present 'suppression depth' findings in those terms, but at the start of the discussion section (lines 560-567) the authors do draw fairly strong conclusions along those lines: they seem to argue that the constant 'suppression depth' value observed across different stimuli argues against preferential processing of any of the stimuli, let alone under suppression. I'm not sure I understand this reasoning. Consider the scenario that the visual system does preferentially process, say, emotional face images, and that it does so under suppression as well as outside of suppression. In that scenario, one might expect the contrast at which such a face breaks suppression to be low (because the face is preferentially processed under suppression) and one might also expect the contrast at which the face enters suppression to be low (because the face is preferentially processed outside of suppression). So the difference between the two contrasts might not stand out: it might be the same as for a stimulus that is not preferentially processed at all. In sum, even though the author's label of 'suppression depth' on the contrast difference measure is reasonable from some perspectives, it also seems to be misleading when it comes to what the difference measure can actually tell us that bCFS cannot.

      We have addressed this point with respect to the differences between suppression depth and overall value of contrast thresholds in our revised discussion (reproduced above), and supplementary appendix.

      The authors acknowledge that non-zero reaction time inflates their 'suppression depth' measure, and acknowledge that this inflation is worse when contrast ramps more quickly. But they argue that these effects are too small to explain either the difference between breaking contrast and re-entering contrast to begin with, or the increase in this difference with the contrast ramping rate. I agree with the former: I have no doubt that stimuli break suppression (ramping up) at a higher contrast than the one at which they enter suppression (ramping down). But about the latter, I worry that the RT estimate of 200 ms may be on the low side. 200 ms may be reasonable for a prepared observer to give a speeded response to a clearly supra-threshold target, but that is not the type of task observers are performing here. One estimate of RT in a somewhat traditional perceptual bistability task is closer to 500 ms (Van Dam & Van Ee, Vis Res 45 2005), but I am uncertain what a good guess is here. Bottom line: can the effect of contrast ramping rate on 'suppression depth' be explained by RT if we use a longer but still reasonable estimated RT than 200 ms?

      A 500 ms reaction time estimate would not account for the magnitude of the changes observed in Experiment 3. Suppression depths in our slow, medium, and fast contrast ramps were 9.64 dB, 14.64 dB and 18.97 dB, respectively (produced by step sizes of .035, .07 and .105 dB per video frame at 60 fps). At each rate, assuming a 500 ms reaction time for both thresholds would capture a change of 2.1 dB, 4.2 dB, 6.3 dB. This difference cannot account for the size of the effects observed between our different ramp speeds. Note that any critique using the RT argument also applies to all other bCFS studies which inevitably will have inflated breakthrough points for the same reason.

      We’ve updated our discussion with this more conservative estimate:

      Lines 744 – 747: “For example, if we assume an average reaction time of 500 ms for appearance and disappearance events, then suppression depth will be inflated by ~4.2 dB at the rate of contrast change used in Experiments 1 and 2 (.07 dB per frame at 60 fps). This cannot account for suppression depth in its entirety, which was many times larger at approximately 14 dB across image categories.”

      Lines 755 – 760: [In Experiment 3] “Using the same assumptions of a 500 ms response time delay, this would predict a suppression depth of 2.1 dB, 4.2 dB and 6.3 dB for the slow, medium and fast ramp speeds respectively. However, this difference cannot account for the size of the effects (Slow 9.64 dB, Medium 14.6 dB, Fast 18.97 dB). The difference in suppression depth based on reaction-time delays (± 2.1 dB) also does not match with our empirical data (Medium - Slow = 4.96 dB; Fast - Medium = 4.37 dB)”

      A second remark about the 'ramping rate' experiment: if we assume that perceptual switches occur with a certain non-zero probability per unit time (stochastically) at various contrasts along the ramp, then giving the percept more time to switch during the ramping process will lead to more switches happening at an earlier stage along the ramp. So: ramping contrast upward more slowly would lead to more switches at relatively low contrast, and ramping contrast downward more slowly would lead to more switches at relatively high contrasts. This assumption (that the probability of switching is non-zero at various contrasts along the ramp) seems entirely warranted. To what extent can that type of consideration explain the result of the 'ramping rate' experiment?

      We agree that for a given ramp speed there is a variable probability of a switch in perceptual state for both bCFS and reCFS portions of the trial. To put it in other words, for a given ramp speed and a given observer the distribution of durations at which transitions occur will exhibit variance. We see that variance in our data (just as it’s present in conventional binocular rivalry duration histograms), as a non-zero probability of switches at very short durations (for example). One might surmise that slower ramp speeds would afford more opportunity for stochastic transitions to occur and that the measured suppression depths for slow ramps are underestimates of the suppression depth produced by contrast adaptation. Yet by the same token, the same underestimation would occur during fast ramp speeds, indicating that that difference may be even larger than we reported. In our revision we will spell this out in more detail, and indicate that a non-zero probability of switches at any time may lead to an underestimation of all recorded suppression depths.

      In our data, we believe the contribution of these stochastic switches are minimal. Our current Supplementary Figure 1(d) indicates that there is a non-zero probability of responses early in each ramp (e.g. durations < 2 seconds), yet these are a small proportion of all percept durations. This small proportion is clear in the empirical cumulative density function of percept durations, which we include below. Notably, during slow-ramp conditions, average percept durations actually increased, implying a resistance to any effect of early stochastic switching.

      Author response image 1.

      The data from Supplementary FIgure 1D. (right) Same data reproduced as a cumulative density function. The non-zero probability of a switch occurring (for example at very short percept durations) is clear, but a small proportion of all switches. Notably, In slow ramp trials, there is more time for this stochastic switching to occur, which should underestimate the overall suppression depth. Yet during slow-ramp conditions, average percept durations increased (vertical arrows), implying a resistance to any effect of early stochastic switching.

      When tying the 'dampened harmonic oscillator' finding to dynamic systems, one potential concern is that the authors are seeing the dampened oscillating pattern when plotting a very specific thing: the amount of contrast change that happened between two consecutive perceptual switches, in a procedure where contrast change direction reversed after each switch. The pattern is not observed, for instance, in a plot of neural activity over time, threshold settings over time, etcetera. I find it hard to assess what the observation of this pattern when representing a rather unique aspect of the data in such a specific way, has to do with prior observations of such patterns in plots with completely different axes.

      We acknowledge that fitting the DHO model to response order (rather than time) is a departure from previous investigations modelling oscillations over time. Our alignment to response order was a necessary step to avoid the smearing which occurs due to variation in individual participant threshold durations.

      Our Supplementary Figure 1 shows the variation in participant durations for the three rates of contrast change. From this pattern we can expect that fitting the DHO to perceptual changes over time would result in the poorest fit for slow rates of change (with the largest variation in durations), and best fit for fast rates of change (with least variation in durations).

      That is indeed what we see, reproduced in the review figure below. We include this to show the DHO is still applicable to perceptual changes over time when perceptual durations have relatively low variance (in the fast example), but not the alternate cases. Thus the DHO is not only produced by our alignment to response number - but this step is crucial to avoid the confound of temporal smearing when comparing between conditions.

      Author response image 2.

      DHO fit to perceptual thresholds over time. As a comparison to manuscript Figure 5 (aligning to response order), here we display the raw detrended changes in threshold over time per participant, and their average. Individual traces are shown in thin lines, the average is thick. Notably, in the slow and medium conditions, when perceptual durations had relatively high variance, the DHO is a poor fit to the average (shown in pink). The DHO is still an excellent fit in fast conditions, when modelling changes in threshold over time, owing to the reduced variance in perceptual durations (cf. Supplementary Figure 1). As a consequence, to remove the confound of individual participant durations, we have fitted the DHO when aligned to response order in our manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The terminology used: "suppression depth". The depth of interocular suppression indexed by detection threshold has long been used in the literature, such as in Tsuchiya et al., 2006. I notice that this manuscript has created a totally different manipulative definition of the depth of suppression, the authors should make this point clear to the readers to avoid confusion.

      We believe that our procedure does not create a new definition for suppression depth, but rather utilises the standard definition used for many years in the binocular rivalry literature: the ratio between a threshold measured for a target while it is in the state of suppression and for that same target when in the dominance state.

      We have now revised our introduction to make the explicit continuation from past methods to our present methodology clear:

      Lines 94 – 105: “One method for measuring interocular suppression is to compare the threshold for change-detection in a target when it is monocularly suppressed and when it is dominant, an established strategy in binocular rivalry research (Alais, 2012; Alais et al., 2010; Alais & Melcher, 2007; Nguyen et al., 2003). Probe studies using contrast as the dependent variable for thresholds measured during dominance and during suppression can advantageously standardise suppression depth in units of contrast within the same stimulus (e.g., Alais & Melcher, 2007; Ling et al., 2010). Ideally, the change should be a temporally smoothed contrast increment to the rival image being measured (Alais, 2012), a tactic that preludes abrupt onset transients and, moreover, provides a natural complement to the linear contrast ramps that are standard in bCFS research. In this study, we measure bCFS thresholds as the analogue of change-detection during suppression, and as their complement, record thresholds for returns to suppression (reCFS).”

      The paper provides a new method to measure CFS bidirectionally. Given the possible exceptional case of pareidolia faces, it would be important to discuss how the bidirectional measurement offers more information, e.g., how the bottom-up and top-down factors would be involved in the breakthrough phase and the re-suppression phase.

      In our discussion, we have now included the possibility of exceptional cases (such as pareidolia faces), and how an asymmetry may arise with respect to separate image categories affecting either bCFS or reCFS thresholds orthogonally.

      Lines 688 - 691: “...In a similar vein, small geometric shapes can be configured so as to resemble human faces, such as those used by Zhou et al. (2021)[footnote]. These kinds of faux faces could be used in concert with tCFS to compare suppression depth with that associated with actual faces.

      [footnote] Zhou et al. (2021) derived dominance and suppression durations with fixed-contrast images. In their study, genuine face images and faux faces remained suppressed for equivalent durations whereas genuine faces remained dominant significantly longer than did faux faces. The technique used by those investigators - interocular flash suppression (Wolfe, 1994) - is quite different from CFS in that it involves abrupt, asynchronous presentation of dissimilar stimuli to the two eyes. It would be informative to repeat their experiment using the tCFS procedure.”

      What makes the individual results in the discrete condition much less consistent than the tCFS (in Figure 2c)? The authors discussed that motivation or attention to the task would change between bCFS and reCFS blocks (Line 589). But this point is not clear. Does not the attention to task also fluctuate in the tCFS paradigm, as the target continuously comes and goes?

      We believe the discrete conditions have greater variance owing to the blocked design of the discrete conditions. A sequence of bCFS thresholds was collected in order (over ~15 mins), before switching to a sequence of back-to-back discrete reCFS thresholds (another ~15 mins), or a sequence of the tCFS condition. As the order of these blocks was randomized, thresholds collected in the discrete bCFS vs reCFS blocks could be separated by many minutes. In contrast, during tCFS, every bCFS threshold used to calculate the average is accompanied by a corresponding reCFS threshold collected within the same trial, separated by seconds. Thus the tCFS procedure naturally controls for waxing and waning attention, as within every change in attention, both thresholds are recorded for comparison.

      A second advantage is that because the tCFS design changes contrast based on visibility, targets spend more time close to the threshold governing awareness. This reduced distance to thresholds remove the opportunity for other influences (such as oculomotor influences, blinks, etc), from introducing variance into the collected thresholds.

      Experiment 3 reported greater suppression depth with faster contrast change. Because the participant's response was always delayed (e.g., they report after they become aware that the target has disappeared), is it possible that the measured breakthrough threshold gets lower, the re-suppression threshold gets higher, just because the measuring contrast is changing faster?

      We have included an extended discussion of the contribution of reaction-times to the differences in suppression depth we report. Importantly, even a conservative reaction time of 500 ms, for both bCFS and reCFS events, cannot account for the difference in suppression depth between conditions.

      Lines 755 – 760> “Using the same assumptions of a 500 ms response time delay, this would predict a suppression depth of 2.1 dB, 4.2 dB and 6.3 dB for the slow, medium and fast ramp speeds respectively. However, this difference cannot account for the size of the effects (Slow 9.64 dB, Medium 14.6 dB, Fast 18.97 dB). The difference in suppression depth based on reaction-time delays (± 2.1 dB) also does not match with our empirical data (Medium - Slow = 4.96 dB; Fast - Medium = 4.37 dB).”

      In the current manuscript, some symbols are not shown properly (lines 145, 148, 150, 303).

      Thank you for pointing this out, we will arrange with the editors to fix the typos.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Line 13: 'time needed'-> contrast needed?

      This sentence was referring to previous experiments which predominantly focus on the time of breakthrough.

      Line 57: Only this sentence uses saliency; everywhere else in the paper uses salience.

      We have updated to salience throughout.

      Fig. 1c: The higher variance in discrete measurement results may be due to more variation in discrete trials, e.g., trial duration and inter-trial intervals (ITIs). Tighter control is indeed one advantage of the continuous tCFS design. For the discrete condition, it would help to report more information about variation across trials. How long and variable are the trials? The ITIs? This information is also relevant to the hypothesis about adaptation in Experiment 3.

      In the discrete condition, each trial ended after the collection of a single response. Thus the variability of the trials is the same as the variability of the contrast thresholds reported in Figure 2. The distribution of these ‘trials’ (aka percept durations), is also shown in Supplementary Figure 1.

      The ITI between discrete trials was self-paced, and not recorded during the experiment.

      Line 598: 'equivalently' is a strong word. The benefit is perhaps best stated relatively: bCFS and reCFS are measured under closer conditions (e.g., adaptation, attention) with continuous experiments compared to discrete ones.

      We agree - and have amended our manuscript:

      Lines 629 – 632: “Alternating between bCFS/reCFS tasks also means that any adaptation occurring over the trial will occur in close proximity to each threshold, as will any waning of attention. The benefit being that bCFS and reCFS thresholds are measured under closer conditions in continuous trials, compared to discrete ones.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Figure 1 includes fairly elaborate hypothetical results and how they would be interpreted by the authors, but I didn't really see any mention of this content in the main text. It wasn't until I started reading the caption that I figured it out. A more elaborate reference to the figure would prevent readers from overlooking (part of) the figure's message.

      We have now made it clearer in the text that those details are contained in the caption to Figure 1.

      Lines 113 – 115: “Figure 1 outlines hypothetical results that can be obtained when recording reCFS thresholds as a complement to bCFS thresholds in order to measure suppression depth.”

      A piece of text seems to have been accidentally removed on line 267.

      Thank you, this has now been amended

    1. Author Response

      The authors' responses to the public reviews can be found here


      The following is the authors’ response to the most recent recommendations.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I appreciate the effort that the authors have put into this revised version of the manuscript. Before going into details, I would suggest that, in the future, the authors include enough information in their response to allow reviewers to follow the changes made. Not simply "Fixed", but instead "we have modified the description of these results and now state on lines XXX to XXX (revised text)".

      We greatly apologize, we certainly did not wish to cause more work for the reviewer to find the necessary changes. We will list the line number and our changes in the following response.

      The authors' response to my comments was confined to the minor points, with no attention to more important questions regarding speculations about mechanism which were (and still are) presented as factual conclusions. I do not consider the responses adequate.

      We responded to each of your comments and where we disagree, we have explained in detail.

      With respect to the meaning of "above" and "below" in the context of an intracellular organelle, I think that referring to up and down in a figure is fine, provided that the cytoplasmic and luminal sides are indicated in that figure. I think that labeling to that effect in each figure would be immensely helpful for the reader.

      We agree with this point and have updated all the figures to include these labels.

      The statement on lines 333-335 about non-competitive inhibition is a bit naïve. The only thing ruled out by this type of inhibition is that substrate and TBZ binding do not share the same binding process, in which case they would compete. It doesn't show that TBZ gets to its binding site from the lumen or from the bilayer, or by any other process that isn't shared with substrate. It also doesn't rule out kinetic effects, such as slow inhibitor dissociation, that result in non-competitive kinetics. Please rewrite this sentence to indicate that one explanation of the non-competitive nature of TBZ inhibition would be that TBZ diffuses into the vesicle and binds from the lumen. It's not the only explanation.

      We have changed this sentence lines 334-336 to be more speculative and not include any statement about non-competitive inhibition. Please see, “Studies have proposed that TBZ first enters VMAT2 from the lumenal side, binding to a lumenal-open conformation.”

      The revised version integrates the MD simulations into a plausible mechanism for luminal release of substrate. A key element in this mechanism is the protonation of D33, E312 and D399, which allows substrate to leave following water entry into the binding site. The acidic interior of synaptic vesicles should facilitate such protonation, but the fate of those protons needs to be considered. Are any of them predicted to dissociate prior to the return to a cytoplasm-facing conformation? If so, are all 3 released in that conformation? Postulating protonation events at one point in the reaction cycle requires some accounting for those protons - or at least recognition of the problem of reconciling their binding with the known stoichiometry of VMAT.

      We completely agree with this point and while we cannot account for all protons with a single structure and simulation of neurotransmitter release, some discussion of the fate of the protons is warranted. We have included a highly speculative statement in the discussion on this point, see lines 462-465, “Given the known transport stoichiometry of two protons per neurotransmitter, we speculate that two protons may dissociate back into the lumen, perhaps driven by the formation of salt bridges between D33 and K138 or R189 and E312 for example in an cytosol-facing state.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      On page 13, line 238, the statement "The protonation states of titratable residues D33, E312, D399, D426, K138 and R189, which are in close proximity to TBZ, also impact its binding stability (Table 4)" is misleading. Table 4 only shows that D426 is charged and what the pKa values are. This should be rephrased to separate out which residues are in close proximity from what is known about how their protonation states affect TBZ stability.

      We agree with this statement and have rephrased this on line 290-294 on page 13 to read, “Several titratable residues, including D33, E312, D399, D426, K138, and R189, line the central cavity of VMAT2 and impact TBZ binding stability (Table 4). We found that maintaining an overall neutral charge within the TBZ binding pocket, as observed in system TBZ_1, most effectively preserves the TBZ-bound occluded state of VMAT2. Residues R189 and E312 in particular are within close proximity of TBZ and participate directly in binding.” We note that given the acidic pH of the vesicle lumen (5.5), it is likely all four residues may be protonated to a significant degree in this state.

      Typos:

      • luminal is another name for the drug generically known as phenobarbital, lumenal means in the lumen. (This typo seems to have crept into the published literature now too).

      Thank you for pointing this out. Indeed, we had considered carefully whether to use ‘lumenal’ or ‘luminal’ in our revised text. In fact, both are used interchangeably throughout the scientific literature and luminal is the more commonly used term. Please also see: https://www.merriam-webster.com/medical/luminal we do agree that there may be confusion because ‘Luminal’ is a trademark of phenobarbital. Therefore, we have changed the text to read ‘lumenal’ throughout.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original recommendations.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I congratulate the authors on this study, which I enjoyed reading. Overall, the study reports a novel and exciting new structure for a member of the SLC18 family of vesicular monoamine transporters. Associated MD, binding and transport assays provide support for the hypothesis and firm up the modelled pose for the TBZ drug. The main strengths of the study largely sit with the structure, which, as the authors say, provides additional and essential insights above those available from AF2. The structures also reveal several potentially interesting observations concerning the mechanism of gating and proton-driven transport. The main weakness lies in the limited mutational data and studies into the role of pH in regulating ligand binding. As detailed below, my main comment would be to spend a little extra time expanding the mutational data (perhaps already done during the review?) to enable more evidence-based conclusions to be drawn.

      We thank reviewer #1 for their helpful comments and suggestions. We agree that mutational analysis specifically of neurotransmitter transport would strengthen the mechanistic conclusions of the work. We also agree with reviewer #1 and #3 that the role of pH and the protonation state of charged residues was a weakness in the first version of the manuscript. Therefore, we have expanded our mutational and computational data as detailed below and we believe that this has further solidified our findings.

      Specific comments & suggestions:

      It is an interesting strategy to fuse the mVenus and anti-GFP nanobody to the N-/C-termini. The authors should also include in SI Fig. 1 a full model for the features observed in these maps and deposit this in the PDB.

      Great point, we have made a main text panel describing the construct. Figure S1 includes a full description of the construct. The reviewer will note that the PDB entry contains the entire amino acid sequence of the construct and while the GFP and GFP-Nb cannot be well modeled into the density, we have included all of the relevant information for the reader.

      Difficult to make out the ligand in Fig. 2b, I would suggest changing the color of the carbon atoms.

      Fixed.

      It is difficult to make out the side chains in ED Fig. 5d.

      This is now its own supplemental figure and is presented larger.

      ED Figures are called out of order in the manuscript. For example, in line 143 ED Fig.6 is called before ED Fig. 5d (line 152), and then ED 5d is called before ED 5a. This makes it rather confusing to follow the description, analysis, and data when reading the paper. Although there are other examples. I would suggest trying to order the figure callouts to flow with the narrative of the study.

      Agreed. Fixed.

      It wasn't clear to me what the result was produced by just imaging the ligand-free chimaera protein. It would be useful to say whether this resulted in low-resolution maps and whether the presence of the TBZ compound was essential for high-resolution structure determination.

      The ligand is likely required for structure determination. We have not, however, made such a statement largely because we have yet to determine an apo reconstruction.

      The role of E127 and W318 on EL1 in gating the luminal side of the transporter is very intriguing. As the authors suggest, this may represent an atypical gating mechanism for the MFS (line 182). I did wonder if the authors had considered providing more insight into this potentially novel mechanism. Additional experiments would be further mutations of W318 to F, Y, V, and I to see if they can identify a non-dead variant that could be analysed kinetically. They may have more luck with variants of E127, as they suggest this stabilises W318. If these side chains are important for gating and transport regulation, one might expect to see interesting effects on the transport kinetics.

      This is a fantastic suggestion. We have done this, and we think that the reviewer will find the results to be quite interesting. Some VMAT2 sequences have an R or an H at position 318 while VPAT has an F at the equivalent position. We have made these mutants including the E127A mutant and analyzed them using TBZ binding and transport experiments. Interestingly the W318R, H, and F mutants preserve activity in varying degrees with the R mutant closely resembling wild type. W318A has no transport activity. Only the W318F mutant retains some TBZ binding. The E127A mutant also has little transport activity but nearly wild type like TBZ binding which we believe suggests a role for this residue also in stabilizing W318.

      The authors identify an interesting polar network, which is described in detail and shown in Fig. 2d. However, the authors present no experimental data to shed further mechanistic insight into how these side chains contribute to monoamine transport or ligand binding. Additional experiments that would be helpful here might include repeating the binding and competition assays shown in Fig. 1c under different pH conditions for the WT and different mutations of this polar network. At present, this section of the manuscript is very descriptive without providing much novel insight into the mechanism of VMAT transport. I did wonder whether a similar analysis of pH effects on DTBZ binding might also provide insight into the role of E312 and the role of protons in the mechanism.

      Thank you, we have addressed this point in several different ways. The first is that many of these residues have already been characterized in several earlier studies, see refs 31, 32, and 42 and we have incorporated this into our discussion where appropriate. With respect to E312, the reviewers’ comments are again very appropriate. We have addressed this using computational experiments exploring the protonation status of E312 and other residues as well as TBZ. Our simulations and Propka calculations clearly show that E312 must be protonated and TBZ must be deprotonated to maintain TBZ binding. We have also extended these computational studies toward understanding the protonation status of residues which orchestrate dopamine binding and release.

      The authors then describe the binding pose for TBZ. This section also provides some biochemical characterisation of the binding site, in the form of the binding assay introduced in Fig. 1. However, the insights are again somewhat reduced as the mutants were chosen to show reduced binding. Could the authors return to this assay and try more conservative mutations of the key side chains to illuminate more detail? For example, does an R189K mutant still show binding but not transport? Similarly, what properties does an E312D have? The authors speculate that K138 might play a role in coupling ligand binding/transport to the protonation, possibly through an interaction with D426 and D33 (line 236). Given the presence of D33 in the polar network described previously, I was left wondering how this might occur. I feel that some of the experiments with pH and conservative mutants might shed some light on this important aspect. Please label the data points in Fig. 3d.

      Indeed, alanine mutants at these positions while valuable do not provide the level of detailed insight into mechanism that we also would have liked to obtain. Thus, we have made more conservative and targeted mutants like the R189K mutant and various mutants at N34 for example and tested them in both transport and binding assays. We have also made a mutant at K138 and found that it is not transport competent or able to bind TBZ to a significant degree. With respect to labels and color codes, we have made the color codes consistent between the bar graphs and the curves. We have also labeled the data points in the figure legends.

      The manuscript currently doesn't present a hypothesis for how TBZ induces the 'dead-end' complex compared to physiological ligands. Does the MD shed any light on this aspect of the study? If the authors place the physiological ligand in the same location as the TBZ and run the simulation for 500ns, what do they observe? 100ns is also a very short time window. I appreciate the comment about N34 in line 303, but is this really the answer? It would be very interesting to provide more evidence on this important aspect of VMAT pharmacology.

      MD with a natural ligand (dopamine) provides substantial insight into why TBZ is a dead-end complex. Since water cannot penetrate into the binding site in the TBZ bound complex, this does not allow for substantial luminal release. In contrast, simulations conducted in the presence of DA bound to the occluded VMAT2 show the propensity of that structure to accommodate an influx of water molecules that promote the release of DA to the lumen. The new results are illustrated in Figure 5 (main text) as well as supplemental figure 8 panels d-h. The new simulations further emphasized the importance of the protonation state of acidic residues near the substrate-binding pocket.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Line 68, "both sides of the membrane" -> "alternately to either side of the membrane".

      Fixed. Thanks.

      Transmembrane proteins in intracellular organelles present unique issues of nomenclature. I suggest the authors refer to cytoplasmic and luminal faces of the protein (not intracellular or extracellular (line 124)) and adhere to these names to avoid confusion. This creates problems for loops called IL and EL, but they could be defined on first use.

      We agree with this point and had initially gone with the conventional definitions used in the literature. We have now changed this throughout the text to be luminal and cytosolic.

      Lines 135-6, are these residue numbers correct? The pdb file lists 126 as Asp and 333 as Ala.

      Thank you. This is fixed.

      ED Fig. 6 is not clear. A higher-resolution figure is needed.

      We have updated this figure and hope that the reviewer will find it to be much clearer.

      Lines 158-9, Is there any data to support effects on dynamics or folding? If not, please indicate that this is speculation.

      Fixed.

      Line 174, Should "I315" be "L315"?

      Fixed.

      Line 179, Please indicate what is meant by "inner" and "below" (also lines 183 and 258).

      We have added Figure calls here where needed.

      Line 192, S197 is listed as part of polar network 1, but not discussed further. Is it actually involved, or just in the neighborhood?

      It is part of the network, but we did not discuss in further detail because we do not have data indicating its precise function and thus have left this as a description.

      Line 199, E312, and N388 are fairly distant from each other. Do you want to clarify why they represent a network?

      While they are not within hydrogen bonding distance, we nevertheless include them as part of the same network because they may come into closer proximity in a different conformational state.

      Line 206, Protonation of all 3? VMAT2 doesn't transport 3 protons per cycle. Please clarify.

      We believe that these residues may be protonated, but they may not necessarily all be involved in proton transport.

      Line 219, Do you mean the aspartate unique to DAT, NET, and SERT? This is Gly in all the amino acid transporters in the NSS family. Please be specific.

      Fixed. Thank you.

      Line 224, "mutation of E312 to Q" or "mutation of Glu312 to Gln".

      Fixed. Thank you.

      Fig. 3d, Normally, one would expect full saturation curves for each mutant. How can a reader distinguish between low affinity or a decrease in the number of binding sites? Would full binding curves be prohibitive for the mutants because of the cost or availability of the ligand? These points should be addressed. A couple of the curves are not visible. Would an expanded scale inset show them more clearly? Also, would it be possible to include chemical structures for all ligands discussed?

      Many if not most of these mutants bind TBZ with such low affinity that it is not possible to measure a full saturation curve either because of ligand availability (radioactive ligand concentration is only in µM) or due to technical issues with being able to measure such low affinity binding. We have changed the presentation of the curves and have split the gating and binding site mutants into their own figures. We feel this improves the readability of these curves. We have also included a table with the respective Kd values determined for each of the mutants where possible.

      Line 235, The distances are long for a direct interaction between K138 and the TBZ methoxy groups. The unusual distances should be mentioned if an interaction is being proposed.

      We do not think that K138 is directly involved in TBZ binding, however this was written in a confusing way and has been now changed.

      Line 243, Please give a quantitative estimate of the affinity difference. "modestly" is vague.

      It is an approximately 2-fold difference. Fixed in the text.

      Line 248, 150 nM is, at best, a Kd, not an affinity.

      Agreed, this is changed.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The (3 x ~100ns-long) molecular dynamics simulations provided suggest some instability of the pose identified by cryo-EM. While it is not unreasonable that ligands shift around and adopt multiple conformations within a single binding site (in a reversible manner), the present results do raise questions about the assumptions made when starting the simulations, in particular (1) the protonation states of charged residues in the TBZ binding sites; (2) the parameters used for tetrabenazine; (3) the conformations of acidic side chains that are notoriously difficult to resolve in cryoEM maps; and (4) any contributions of the truncated regions truncated in the simulated structure, namely the cysteine cross-linked loop and the terminal domains. The authors should examine and/or discuss these contributions before attributing mechanistic insights into the newly observed binding orientation.

      In order to estimate the effects of protonation states on TBZ binding, we now added three new systems with altered protonation on TBZ and binding pocket lining residues (see Table 3 in the revised vision); and for each system, we performed multiple MD runs to address the question and concerns raised by reviewer.

      Regarding the protonation states: Propka3.0 was used to determine the protonation states, finding that E312 and D399 should be protonated. If I am not mistaken, this version of ProPka cannot account for non-protein ligands (https://github.com/jensengroup/propka). Given their proximity to the binding site, these protonation states will be critical factors for the stability of the simulations. The authors could test their assumption by repeating the calculations with Propka 3.1 or higher, to establish sensitivity to the ligand. Beyond this, showing the resultant hydrogen bond networks will help to reassure the reader that the dynamics in the lumenal gates do not arise from an artifact.

      We thank the reviewer for suggestion of using higher version of Propka. We used the most recent Propka3.5 and carried out protonation calculations in the presence and absence of TBZ. The new calculations are presented in Table 4 and SI Figure 8c of the revised version.

      It should be possible to assess whether waters penetrate the ligand binding site during the simulations if that is of concern.

      We now added the number of waters within the ligand binding pockets for all MD simulations we performed, which are presented in Table 3 and Table 5 of the revised version.

      Finally, I didn't fully understand the conclusion based on the simulations and the "binding affinity" calculations: do they imply that the pose identified in the EM map is not stable? What is the value of the binding affinity histogram?

      We apologize for this confusion. For each MD snapshot, we calculated TBZ binding affinity using PRODIGY-LIG (Vangone et al., Bioinformatics 2019), which is a contact-based tool for computing ligand binding affinity. The binding affinity histogram shown in the original submission was the histogram of those binding affinities calculated for MD snapshots. In the revision, we replaced binding affinity histogram by time evolution of binding affinity changes (SI Fig 6c in the revision). The simulations confirmed that the pose identified in the EM map is stable, with a flattened binding affinity of -9.4 ± 0.3 kcal/mol in all three runs.

      Recommendations regarding writing/presentation:

      The authors use active tense terminology in attributing forces to elements of structure (cinching, packing tightly, locking). While appealing and commonplace in structural biology, this style frequently overstates the understanding obtained from a static structure and can give a rather misleading picture, so I encourage rephrasing.

      We appreciate this point; the use of these words is not meant to overstate or provide a misleading picture but rather to aid the reader in mechanistic understanding of the proposed processes.

      I would also recommend replacing the terms "above" and "below" for identifying aspects of the structure; the protein's location in the vesicular membrane makes these terms particularly difficult to follow.

      These terms refer specifically to the Figures themselves which we have always oriented with the luminal side at the top of the page and the cytosolic on the bottom. We have indicated in Figure 1 the orientation of VMAT2. The Figures are the point of reference which we refer to, and the ‘above’ and ‘below’ terms have been used to assist the reader to make the manuscript easier for a more casual or non-expert reader to follow.

      Minor corrections:

      • the legend in Figure 2 lacks details, e.g. how many simulation frames are shown, how were the electrostatic maps calculated?

      We revised Figure 2 and moved simulation frames to SI figure 6e. A total of 503 simulation frames are shown.

      • how were the TBZ RMSDs calculated? using all atoms or just the non-hydrogen atoms?

      For TBZ RMSDs, we used non-hydrogen atoms. This information is presented in the Methods section.

      MD simulation snapshots and input files can be provided via zenodo or another website.

      We will upload snapshots and input files to Zenodo upon acceptance of the manuscript.

      Reviewing editor specific points:

      Specific points

      L.97: Remove "readily available"

      Fixed.

      L.99: The authors are not measuring competition binding. It is well known that reserpine and substrates inhibit TBZ binding only at concentrations 100 times higher than their respective KD and KM values. It is, therefore, surprising that the authors use this isotherm and refrain from commenting on the significance of the finding. Moreover, the presentation of results as "Normalized Counts" does not provide any information about the fraction of VMAT molecules binding the ligand. At least, the authors should provide the specific activity of the ligand, and the number of moles bound per mole of protein should be calculated.

      The point was not to infer any details about the conformations that TBZ and reserpine bind but merely to point out that both constructs have a similar behavior with respect to their Ki for reserpine. We have added a sentence to say that reserpine binding stabilizes cytoplasmic-open so the reader is aware of the significance of this competition experiment.

      L.102: The characterization of serotonin transport activity needs to be more satisfactory. The Km in rVMAT2 is 100-200 nM, so why are the experiments done at 1 and 10 micromolar? Is the Km of this construct very different? The results provided (counts per minute at the steady state) need to give more information.

      The Km of human VMAT2 varies somewhat according to the source but has generally been reported to be between 0.6 to 1.4 µM for serotonin according to these references.

      https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3019297/ https://www.cell.com/cell/pdf/0092-8674(92)90425-C.pdf https://www.pnas.org/doi/abs/10.1073/pnas.93.10.5166

      Fig 1B could be more informative. I suggest adding a cartoon model with TMs labeled, similar to ED Fig6a.

      This panel is to aid the reader in accessing the overall map quality and thus we do not wish to add additional labels/fits which would distract from that point. Instead, we have added overall views of the model in Figs 2,3.

      L.179: The authors claim that the inner gate is located "below" (whatever this could mean) the TBZ ligand. In L.214, they claim that TBZ adopts a pose.....just "below" the location of the luminal gating residues. Please clarify and use appropriate terminology.

      This refers to the position of these residues in the Figures themselves. We have added figure calls where appropriate here.

      Fig. 4: The cartoon could be more informative.

      We have added more information to the mechanism cartoon which is now Figure 6. This incorporates some of our new data and we believe it will be more informative.

      L. 213: The paragraph describes residues involved in TBZ binding. Mutagenesis is used to validate the structural information. However, the results (ED fig. 5B) must be corrected for protein expression levels. In the Methods section, the authors state (L.444), "Mutants were evaluated similarly from cell lysates of transfected cells." Without normalization of protein expression levels, the results are meaningless even if they agree with predictions.

      In fact, we have normalized the concentrations of protein in our binding experiments. This was noted in the methods section. And to account for these differences, experiments were conducted using 2.5 nM of VMAT2 protein as assessed by FSEC.

      L.220: The referral to ED Fig.7 is not appropriate here. The figure shows docking-predicted poses of dopamine and serotonin.

      Figure call has been changed.

      L.226: The referral to Fig. 3b needs to be corrected. The figure shows TBZ and not the neurotransmitter.

      This has been corrected.

      L. 337: "The neurotransmitter substrate is bound at the central site." What do the authors mean in this cartoon? Do they have evidence for this? Tetrabenazine is not a substrate.

      This cartoon drawing is meant to illustrate the elements of structure. Similar drawings are presented throughout the literature such as here: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC5940252/ Figure 3 and here: https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/acs.chemrev.0c00983 Figure 2.

      The same compound is mentioned with different names: 3H-dihydrotetrabenazine and 3H-labeled DTBZ.

      Fixed.

      ED fig 1d is illegible.

      The high-resolution figure is completely legible. We will provide this to the journal upon publication.

      Figure 2d: A side view would be more visual.

      We have updated this figure and believe that it is much easier to understand now.

      L. 179: The inner gate is located 'below' the TBZ ligand

      Please see above response, this refers to the figures themselves. The figures are our point of reference.

      L. 213-215: Tetrabenazine binding site just 'below' the location of the luminal gating residues.

      See above.

      Throughout the paper, results are given as cpm or counts. The reader can only estimate the magnitude of the binding/transport by knowing the specific activity of the radiolabel. I recommend switching to nano/picomoles or supplying enough information to understand what the given cpm values could mean.

      Binding experiments were done using scintillation proximity assays and therefore converting the CPMs to values in pmol of bound ligand is simply not possible. For the transport experiments (now Fig 1d) the point was to show that the wild type was similar in activity to the chimera. In our new transport experiments we have presented for the mutants, many experiments were combined together and therefore, we have normalized the counts to the relative activity of wild type VMAT2.

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript introduces an exciting way to measure SARS-CoV-2 aerosolized shedding using a disposable exhaled breath condensate collection device (EBCD). The paper draws the conclusion that the contagious shedding of the virus via aerosol route persists at a high level 8 days after symptoms.

      Strengths:

      The methodology is potentially of high importance and the paper is clearly written. The study design is clever. If aerosolized viral load kinetics truly differed from those of nasal swabs, then this would be a very important finding.

      Thank you for your encouraging remarks. We agree that a comparison between aerosolized viral load and nasal swabs would strengthen our findings, and we have collected new specimens which will enable this comparison: In each session we collected both nasal swabs and exhaled breath samples, and we are in the process of analyzing these data. These data will be included in our revised manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      The study conclusions are not entirely supported by the data for several reasons:

      (1) Most data points in the study are relatively late during infection when viral loads from other compartments (nasal and oral swabs) are typically much lower than peak viral loads which often occur in the pre-symptomatic or early symptomatic phase of infection. Moreover, the generation time for SARS-CoV-2 has been estimated to be 3-4 days on average meaning that most infections occur before or very early during symptoms. Therefore, the available epidemiologic data does not support 12 days of infection (day 8 symptoms) as important for most transmissions. Therefore, many of the measurement timepoints in this study may not be relevant for transmission.

      Thank you for your comment. Notably, our new data set includes a small number of specimens that were collected prior to the start of symptoms, and so we may be able to partially address this concern with those data. That said, we agree that a limitation of our study is that we were unable to collect specimens prior to symptom onset, and that this pre-symptomatic period represents a fruitful area for future work. However, significant questions do remain open regarding transmission dynamics of SARS-CoV-2, including the extent of transmission after symptom onset, and therefore, despite this limitation of our data, we feel that our method may contribute to further understanding of those dynamics. However, we will include a more prominent discussion of this limitation in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Fig 1A would be more powerful as a correlation plot between viral load from nasal samples (x-axis) and aerosol (y-axis). One would expect at least a rough correlation (as has been seen between viral loads in oral and nasal samples) and deviations from this correlation would provide crucial information about how and when aerosol shedding is discordant from nasal samples (ie early vs late time points, low versus high viral loads< etc...). It is too strong to state correspondence is 100% when viral load is only measured in one compartment and nasal swabs are reduced to the oversimplified "positive or negative".

      Thank you for this suggestion, we agree that the figure would be more powerful as a correlation plot between viral load from nasal samples and aerosol. Unfortunately, at the time these samples were collected, the ER at Northwestern Hospital was diagnosing SARS-CoV-2 patients using the Abbott ID NOW rapid diagnostic platform, which, despite being a PCR-based system, does not provide quantitative information about viral loads, and instead provides a binary positive/negative result. Since we were looking for a direct comparison between the clinical diagnostic test and our test, we considered the binary aspect of our data (detected/undetected), and found 100% correspondence, meaning that when the clinical test detected SARS-CoV-2, our test did too. We have collected additional data which includes quantitative PCR values from nasal swabs collected at the same time as breath samples and we will include these data in the format you suggest, once analyzed, in our revised manuscript.

      (3) Results are reported in RNA copies which is fine but particle-forming units (pfu, or quantitative culture) are likely a more accurate surrogate of infectivity. It is quite possible that all of these samples would have been negative for pfu given that the ratio of RNA: pfu is often >1000 (though also dynamic over time during infection). This could be another indicator that most samples in the study were collected too late during infection to represent contagious time points.

      We agree that culturing exhaled breath samples would be an important addition to our understanding of the transmission dynamics of SARS-CoV-2 and we consider this to be an important next step for our method. Because we did not perform culturing of our breath samples in this study, we avoided making claims about infectivity of our samples in this manuscript, and instead speculate about the future utility of our method in understanding transmission dynamics, once an appropriate surrogate of infectivity is performed. We will make sure this is clearer in the revised manuscript. That said, other groups have successfully cultured breath samples with corresponding CT values in a range that are well within the range we found in our study, and sufficient for transmission (for example, Alsved et al, 2023, CT range ~33-38). These studies support the idea that a significant portion of the viral RNA measured in our samples may come from viable virus. Therefore, quantifying the ratio of viable to nonviable virus in our samples is an important next step. We appreciate this comment, and we will add a clearer discussion of this point to the revised manuscript.

      (4) Individual kinetic curves should be shown for participants with more than three time points to demonstrate whether there are clear kinetic trends within individuals that would help further validate this approach. The inclusion of single samples from individuals is less informative.

      We will add individual kinetic curves to the revised manuscript.

      (5) The S-shaped model in 2A is somewhat misleading as it is fit to means but there is tremendous variability within the data. Therefore the 8-day threshold should be listed clearly as a mean but not a rule for all individuals. The statement that viral RNA copies do not decrease until 8 days from symptom onset is unlikely to be true for all infected people and can't be made based on the available data in this study given that many people contributed only one datapoint.

      We will clarify the language in the manuscript and make limitations of the 8-day interpretation clearer.

      (6) The incubation period for SARS-CoV-2 is highly variable. Therefore duration of symptoms is a rather poor correlate of the duration of infection. This further diminishes the interpretive value of positive samples from individuals who were only sampled once.

      We will add a discussion of this point to the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Lane and colleagues measured the abundance of SARS-CoV-2 on breath in 60 outpatients after the development of COVID-19 symptoms using a novel breath collection apparatus. They found that, overall, viral abundance remains high for approximately eight days following the development of symptoms, after which viral abundance on breath drops to a low level that may persist for approximately 20 days or more. They did not identify significant differences in viral shedding on breath by vaccination status or viral variant. They also noted substantial variation in the degree and duration of shedding across individuals.

      Strengths:

      The primary strengths of this study are (1) the focus on breath, rather than the more traditional nasal/oropharyngeal swabs, and (2) the fact that the data were collected at multiple time points for each infection. This allows the authors to characterize not only mean viral abundance across individuals but also how that abundance changes over time, allowing for a better understanding of the potential duration of infectiousness of SARS-CoV-2.

      Weaknesses:

      The sample size is moderate (60) and focuses only on outpatients. While these are minor weaknesses (as the authors note, the majority of SARS-CoV-2 transmission likely occurs among those with symptoms below the threshold of hospitalization), it would nevertheless be useful to have a fuller understanding of variation in viral shedding across clinical groups.

      We agree this would be very interesting and feel our method, which is straightforward to perform in clinical settings, lends itself to future studies across clinical groups. We have added discussion of this to the discussion section of the manuscript.

      Furthermore, the study lacks information on viral shedding prior to the development of symptoms, which may be a critical period for transmission. Since the samples were collected at home by study participants using a novel apparatus, it is difficult to assess the degree to which actual variation in viral abundance, user variability, and/or measurement variation is inherent to the apparatus.

      This is a great point, which we will discuss in our revised manuscript.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1

      Reviewer #1’s main concerns revolved around the evidential strength of the study’s conclusion that age-specific effects of birth weight on brain structure are more localized and less consistent across cohorts than age-uniform, stable effects. Specifically, the reviewer points out the evidence (or lack of such) for age-specific effects. We have rearticulated as a “bullet-point summarization” the reviewer’s concerns for a better response (please, see the original reviewer’s response in the annexed document). We thank the reviewer for his/her comment.

      Concern #1: No direct statistical comparisons are conducted between samples (beyond the spin-tests).

      In the initial version of the manuscript, the spin-tests represented a key test since they compared the spatial distribution of birth weight effects across samples. In the revised manuscript, we additionally perform a replicability analysis across samples both for birth weight effects on brain characteristics and on brain change in a similar fashion as described for the within-sample analysis. The results of these analyses provide complementary evidence of robust associations of birth weight effects on cortical characteristics (for area and volume, less so for thickness) and of unreliable associations of birth weight on cortical change. These analyses are briefly mentioned in the main document and fully described as supplementary information. Briefly, the effects of birth weight on cortical area and cortical volume showed high (exploratory and confirmatory) replicability while replicability was almost nonexistent for the effects of birth weight on cortical change. See below, under Reviewer #1, concern #2, for a description of the changes in the revised manuscript.

      Concern #2: The differential composition of samples in terms of age distribution leads to the possibility that lack of results is explained by methodological differences.

      The revised version of the manuscript provides now a within-sample replicability analysis of the birth weight effects on cortical change. This analysis addresses the reviewer’s concern as the lack of replicability in this analysis cannot be attributed to sample or methodological differences. We thank the reviewer for suggesting this analysis which provides further quantification of the (lack of) robustness of the birth weight effects on cortical change. See below for changes in the revised version of the manuscript concerning additional replicability analyses which were carried out as a response to reviewer #1 concerns #1 and #2.

      pp. 12-3. “Additionally, we performed replicability analyses both across and within samples to further investigate the robustness of the effects of birth weight on cortical characteristics and cortical change. Split-half analyses within datasets were performed, to investigate the replicability of significant effects 36,37 of BW on cortical characteristics within samples (refer to Figure 1). These analyses further confirmed that the significant effects were largely replicable for volume and area, but not for thickness (see Supplementary Figure 11). Split-half analyses of BW on cortical change (refer to Figure 2) showed, in general, a very low degree of replicability on the three different cortical measures. See Supplementary Table 3. Replicability across datasets showed a similar pattern, that is, replicability was high for the effect of brain weight on cortical characteristics but very low for the effects of cortical change. See Supplementary Table 4 for stats. See Supplementary statistical methods for a full description of the analyses. These analyses provide complementary evidence of robust associations of BW with cortical area and volume – but not cortical change - across and within samples.”

      p. 41. “For each dataset and cortical measure, we assessed the effects of birth weight on cortical structure and cortical change (…)”

      p. 42. “Across samples replicability was performed as described in the within-sample replicability analysis (i.e., we assessed the exploratory and confirmatory replicability) except that split-half was not performed - the three datasets were compared with each other - and the analyses were performed in the original fsaverage space.”

      pp. 54-55. “The exploratory replicability of birth weight on cortical change was negligible across datasets and measures [.00 (.00), .00 (.00), .00 (.00) for area, .02 (.09), .00 (.02), .01 (.03) for volume, and .01 (.05), .01 (.14), .00 (.01) for thickness] while confirmatory replicability was generally poor, except for the ABCD dataset [.02 (.05), .68 (.35), .00 (.00) for area, .08 (.14), .56 (.25), .00 (.02) for volume, and .37 (.26), .60 (.27), .01 (.03) for thickness] (see Supplementary Table 3).

      These results are not fully comparable to other studies assessing the replicability of brain phenotype associations due to analytical differences (e.g. sample size, multiple-comparison correction method)20,36, yet clearly show that the rate of replicability of BW associations with cortical area and volume are comparable to benchmark brain-phenotype associations such as body-mass index and age68. Lower levels of replicability in the LCBC subsample are likely attributable to higher sample variability (e.g. increased age span). Kinship may lead to inflated patterns of replicability within the ABCD cohort. Confirmatory replicability is, also, to some degree, affected by sample size, and thus the estimates of confirmatory replicability may be somewhat inflated in the ABCD dataset.

      Finally, the degree of across-sample replicability was high for the effects of birth weight on cortical area and volume (average confirmatory replicability = .96 and .93), low for thickness (.27), and negligible for the effects of birth weight on cortical change (.03, .06, and .06). See further information in Supplementary Table 4.”

      Concern #3: Some datasets have a narrow age range precluding the detection of age-related effects.

      We do not believe concern #3 is a major problem since timebirth weight refers to a within subject contrast, e.g., longitudinal-only-based contrast. Birth weight, even when self reported, is a highly reliable measure and the sample sizes are relatively large (n = 635, 1759, and 3324 unique individuals). Note that the smaller dataset does have longer follow-up times and more observations per participant, increasing the reliability of estimations in individual change. Structural MRI measures have very high reliability. Clearly, longitudinal brain change is less reliable, yet the present sample size and the high reliability of birth weight should provide enough statistical power to capture even small time-varying effects of birth weight on brain structure. Note as well that in each model age is treated as a covariate. Rather, the consistency of timebirth weight (that is, the effects of birth weight on cortical change) is assessed with split-half replications within and across samples. In this methodological pipeline, a narrow age range for a given dataset, if anything, may constitute an advantage. We have clarified the statistical model (see changes in the revised manuscript, referred to in response to reviewer #1, concern #5).

      Concern #4 The modeling strategy does not allow for non-linear interaction between age and BW suggesting the use of spline models instead in a mega-analytical fashion.

      Indeed, we agree that some - if not most - brain structures follow non-linear trajectories throughout life. In the present study, age regressors are used only for accounting for variance in the data rather than capturing any effect of interest. Rather, it is the time*birth weight regressor that captures age-varying changes in brain structure. Time reflects within-subject follow-up time. We believe non-linear modeling of age will only account for additional variance (compared to linear models) in the LCBC dataset given the dataset’s wider age range, while it will not have any consequential effect in the ABCD and UKB datasets (as predicted in the provisional response). In any case, we recognize it as a valid concern. Consequently, we have rerun the main models in an ROI-based fashion using or not using spline models to fit age. Specifically, we have fitted the models in each of Desikan-Killiany’s ROIs using generalized additive mixed models (GAMM with age as a smooth term) or linear mixed models (LME with age as a linear regressor). The results are shown in Supplementary Figures 13 and 14. The Beta regressors are nearly identical. As expected, the differences are noticeable in the LCBC dataset while the effect of using - or not using- splines to fit age is almost null in the other two datasets. See also FDR-corrected maps below for both birth weight effects on brain structure and brain change (we opted to show Beta-maps as supplementary material as the multiple-comparisons correction in the ROI-based analysis is not fully comparable with the one used in the vertex-wise approach).

      p. 9: “Both birth weight effects on cortical characteristics and cortical change were rerun (ROIwise) using spline models that accounted for possible non-linear effects of age on cortical structure. The results were comparable to those reported above in Figures 1 and 2. See Supplementary Figures 13 and 14 for birth weight effects on cortical characteristics and cortical change, respectively.”

      Caption to Supplementary Figure 13. “Comparison between spline (GAMM) and linear (LME) models on the effect of birth weight on cortical characteristics. Age was fitted either as a smoothing spline using generalized additive mixed models (GAMM, mgcv r-package) or a linear regressor with a linear mixed models (LME, lmer r-package) framework. The analyses were performed ROI-wise using the Desikan-Killiany atlas. Significance was considered at a FDR corrected threshold of p < 0.04. All the remaining parameters were comparable to the main analyses shown in Figure 1. The viridis-yellow scale represents the lower-higher Beta regressors. Red contour displays regions showing significant effects of birth weight. Note the high correspondence with both fitting models. Differences are only noticeable in the LCBC sample due to the datasets’ wider age range (i.e., lifespan dataset).” Caption to Supplementary Figure 14. “Comparison between spline (GAMM) and linear (LME) models on the effect of birth weight on cortical change. Age was fitted either as a smoothing spline using generalized additive mixed models (GAMM, mgcv r-package) or a linear regressor with a linear mixed models (LME, lmer r-package) framework. The analyses were performed on ROI-based using the Desikan-Killiany atlas. Significance was considered at a FDR corrected threshold of p < 0.04. All the remaining parameters were comparable to the main analyses shown in Figure 1. The viridis-yellow scale represents the lower-higher Beta regressors. Red contour displays regions showing significant effects of birth weight. Note the high correspondence with both fitting models. Differences are only noticeable in the LCBC sample due to the datasets’ wider age range (i.e., lifespan dataset).” The figures below show the birth weight effects on brain characteristics (above) and change (below) using a GAMM or an LME approach; that is, using age as a smooth term or as a regressor. FDR-corrected p < 0.05 values are shown in a signed logarithmic scale. Red-yellow values represent positive associations between birth weight and brain while blue-lightblue values represent negative associations. The results are qualitatively comparable and quantitative differences exist only in the LCBC dataset. Please see Supplementary Figures 13 and 14 in the revised manuscript.

      Author response image 1.

      Concern #5: Greater clarity regarding the statistical models and the provision of effect-size maps.

      The revised manuscript provides additional information regarding the statistical model, especially in the results section, to avoid misunderstanding (see below examples of clarifications in the revised manuscript). We now provide Beta-maps, F-maps, unthresholded p-values maps, and degrees of freedom for the main univariate analyses. That is, we provide this information for both the whole sample and the twin analyses which correspond to Figures 1, 2, 4, and 5. We opted not to compute effect-size estimates (e.g. partial eta-squared, cohen’s d) due to the ambiguous interpretation of these maps in the context of linear mixed models.

      p.8. “To test the effect of birth weight on cortical change we rerun the analyses with BW x time and age x time interactions. Note BW x time (i.e., within-subject follow-up time) represents the contrasts of interest while age – and age interactions – are used to account for differences in age across individuals.”

      p.11. “In contrast, the spatial correlation of the maps capturing BW-associated cortical change (i.e., BW x time contrast) …”

      p. 12. “Additionally, we performed replicability analysis both across and within samples to further investigate the robustness of the effects of birth weight on cortical characteristics and cortical change.”

      p. 14: “BW discordance analyses on twins specifically were run as described for the main analyses above, with the exception that twin scans were reconstructed using FS v6.0.1. for ABCD and the addition of the twin’s mean birth weight as a covariate.”

      p .31. “Group-level unthresholded p-maps, F-maps, Beta-maps, and degrees of freedom for the univariate analyses accompany this manuscript as additional material.”

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For the Authors):

      (1) While not absolutely necessary - it would be nice to see at least at the in-situ level what happens to the handful of other HC-important transcription factors in the Rbm24 KO (IKZF2, Barlh1, RFX) as the authors did look at Insm1.

      Reply: Thanks for your suggested experiments. We agree that knowing whether the genes that are known to be involved in cell survival regulation are changed will provide insights into the mechanisms underlying cell death of Rbm24-/- HCs. Our data showed that Ikzf2 seemed to be upregulated when in the Rbm24-/- HCs, relative to Rbm24+/+ HCs at P5. We also tested Barlh1 and RFX, but we did not obtain confident data to present. Nonetheless, following the reviewer’s logic, we further tested Gata3, another gene involved in HC survival, and found that Gata3 was down-regulated in Rbm24 -/- HCs, compared to Rbm24+/+ HCs. Please refer to the text on lines 12-22 on page 12 and lines 1-10 on page 13, and Figure 3-figure supplement 1.

      (2) Major comments: The nomenclature for mouse gene vs. mouse protein needs to be addressed throughout the manuscript. The nomenclature when referring to a mouse gene: gene symbols are italicized, with only the first letter in upper-case (e.g. Rbm24).

      The nomenclature when referring to a mouse protein: Protein symbols are not italicized, and all letters are in upper-case (e.g. RBM24).

      Reply: Thanks for pointing it out. In the entire manuscript, we have followed the reviewer’s comments to list gene and protein.

      (3) Supplemental Figure 2D: Individual data points should be displayed on the bar graph via dots. SEM is not appropriate for this graph as SEM precision with only 3 samples is low. Furthermore, readers are more interested in knowing the variability within samples and not proximity of mean to the population mean, therefore standard deviation (SD) should be used instead.

      Reply: We have edited the Figure 1-figure supplement 2D, as suggested. The Figure 1figure supplement 2 legend was updated, too. Please refer to line 21-22 on page 32.

      (4) Red/Green should be avoided, especially when both are on the same image (merged immunofluorescence images that are found throughout the manuscript). I highly recommend changing to a color-blind friendly color scheme (such as cyan/green/magenta, cyan/magenta/yellow, etc.) for inclusivity.

      Reply: Thanks for pointing it out. We have changed the red to magenta in all our Figures and figure supplements.

      (5) Minor comments: As CRISPR-stop is a major method used throughout the paper, a brief explanation is needed for readers to understand what this methodology entails and why it was used. Something along the lines of," The CRISPR-stop technique allows for the introduction of early stop codons without the induction of DNA damage via Cas9 which can cause deleterious effects".

      Reply: We have further elaborated how CRISPR-stop works and its advantages. Please refer to lines 8-13 on page 5.

      (6) Page 5; line 5 - "Phenotypes occur earlier..." Grammar

      Reply: The grammar error was corrected. Please refer to line 4, page 5.

      (7) Page 5; line 5 - "Given Pou4f3 is the upstream regulator..." Not proven, rephrase

      Reply: We have rephrased this sentence. Please refer to lines 5-6 on page 5.

      (8) Supplemental 1A: Fine, Proof of knockout, I wouldn't mention INSM1 being "irregular"

      Reply: We have rephrased this sentence. Please refer to lines 2-3 on page 6.

      (9) Page 5; line21 - "Alignment of Insm1+ OHCs was not as regular..." Not a good description

      Reply: We have rephrased this sentence. Please refer to lines 2-3 on page 6.

      (10) Page 6; line11 - "Rbm24 was completely absent.." Redundancy with line 9

      Reply: Thanks for pointing it out, and we have removed the redundant sentence.

      (11) Page 7 - HA tag should be indicated originally as: Hemaglutinin (HA)

      Reply: We have switched “HA” to “Hemaglutinin (HA)”. Please refer to line 15, page 7.

      (12) Page 9, line 11- "Determine if autonomous/noncell autonomous." Disagree, cells still clustered in supplemental fig 4.

      Reply: We have removed this sentence.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The writing of the manuscript is adequate, but it would certainly be improved by professional editing.

      Reply: Thanks for the reviewer’s encouraging comments. The revised version of our manuscript has been edited by an English native speaker.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      The manuscript from Richter et al. is a very thorough anatomical description of the external sensory organs in Drosophila larvae. It represents an important tool for investigating the relationship between the structure and function of sensory organs. Using improved electron microscopy analysis and digital modeling, the authors provide compelling evidence offering the basis for molecular and functional studies to decipher the sensory strategies of larvae to navigate through their environment.

      Public Reviews:

      Summary

      This is a very meticulous and precise anatomical description of the external sensory organs (sensillia) in Drosophila larvae. Extending on their previous study (Rist and Thum 2017) that analyzed the anatomy of the terminal organ, a major external taste organ of fruit fly larva, the authors examined the anatomy of the remaining head sensory organs - the dorsal organ, the ventral organ, and the labial organ-also described the sensory organs of the thoracic and abdominal segments. Improved serial electron microscopy and digital modeling are used to the fullest to provide a definitive and clear picture of the sensory organs, the sensillia, and adjacent ganglia, providing an integral and accurate map, which is dearly needed in the field. The authors revise all the data for the abdominal and thoracic segments and describe in detail, for the first time, the head and tail segments and construct a complete structural and neuronal map of the external larval sensilla.

      Strengths

      It is a very thorough anatomical description of the external sensory organs of the genetically amenable fruitfly. This study represents a very useful tool for the research community that will definitely use it as a reference paper. In addition to the classification and nomenclature of the different types of sensilla throughout the larval body, the wealth of data presented here will be valuable to the scientific community. It will allow for investigating sensory processing in depth. Serial electron microscopy and digital modeling are used to the fullest to provide a comprehensive, definitive, and clear picture of the sensory organs. The discussion places the anatomical data into a functional and developmental frame. The study offers fundamental anatomical insights, which will be helpful for future functional studies and to understand the sensory strategies of Drosophila larvae in response to the external environment. By analyzing different larval stages (L1 and L3), this work offers some insights into the developmental aspects of the larval sense organs and their corresponding sensory cells.

      Weaknesses

      There are no apparent weaknesses, although it is not a complete novel anatomical study. It revisits many data that already existed, adding new information. However, the repetitiveness of some data and prior studies may be avoided for easy readability.

      We would like to thank the reviewers for their respective reviews. The detailed comments and efforts have helped us to improve our manuscript. In the following, we have listed the comments one by one and provide the respective information on how we addressed the concerns.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      We have tried to address every single comment as far as possible. In order to structure our response a little better, we have listed the relevant page number and the original comments once again. Directly following this you will find our response and a description of what we have changed in the manuscript.

      REVIEWER #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I have a few comments that will help the reader navigate this long and detailed paper.

      REVIEWER 1.1. page 4

      The final section of "the Structural organization of Drosophila larvae" needs some reorganization.

      Specifically:

      "The DO and the TO are prominently located on the tip of the head lobes" Can the authors rewrite the sentence in a way that it is clear that there is one DO and one VO on each side of the head? Check at the beginning of each section, please. There is a mention about hemi-segments but it is still confusing.

      Done – replaced with “The largest sense organs of Drosophila larvae are arranged in pairs on the right and left side of the head.”

      REVIEWER 1.2. page 5

      "The sequence of sensilla is always similar for and different between T1, T2-T3, and A1-A7" This sentence is not clear, please break it into two sentences.

      Done – replaced with: “We noticed varying arrangements for T1, T2-T3, and A1-A7, with a consistent sequence of sensilla in each configuration.”

      REVIEWER 1.3. figures page 4

      Double hair can't be found in Figure 1B or C (is it h3, h4?) - please clarify.

      Done - changed to double hair organ in page 11, included double hair sketch in legend in figure 1B. We changed the name of the structure to double hair organ, to clarify that this is a compound sensillum consisting of two individual sensilla.

      REVIEWER 1.4. page 5

      The authors go back and forth in their descriptions of the different sensory organs. Knob sensilla and then papilla sensilla are discussed and then a few lines later a further description is done. Please unify the description of each separately.

      Done – we restructured the whole section.

      REVIEWER 1.5. figures page 6

      "We found three hair sensilla on T1-T3, and "two" on A1-A7" - in the figure there seem to be "four" on A1-A7.

      Done – we included the two hair sensilla of the double hair organ

      REVIEWER 1.6. figures page 6

      DORSAL ORGAN:

      Can the authors explain the colour map meaning in Figure 2A? It is explained in 2C but the image already has colours. Add your sentence "Color code in A applies to all micrographs in this Figure".

      Done – we added a sentence to explain that the color code in A applies to the whole figure.

      REVIEWER 1.7. page 6

      Page 10: which comprises seven olfactory sensilla "composing" three dendrites each: replace this with"with". At the end, we want to think 7 X 3= 21 ORNs.

      Done – replaced.

      REVIEWER 1.8. page 9

      CHORDOTONAL ORGANS:

      "We find these these DO associated ChO (doChO).. .". Please remove one "these"

      Done – removed.

      REVIEWER 1.9. page 8

      Is the DO associated ChO part of the dorsal ganglion???? It does not look like it. Could you clarify?

      Done – we added a sentence that clarifies that the ChO neuron is not iside the DOG.

      REVIEWER 1.10. page 9 VENTRAL ORGAN: A figures page 12

      Please add to the Figure 8 legend the description of 8c' and 8c'?

      Done – added description in figure legend.

      B page 9

      8H, what are the *, arrows? Please clarify - it is hard to interpret the figure.

      Done – we added parentheses in the figure legend that state which structures the asterisks and arrows indicate.

      C page 9

      "Three of them are innervated by a single neuron () and one by two neurons () (Figure 8F-I). Please add which are innervated by 1 (VO1, VO2-VO4) and which by 2 (VO3).

      Done – we added parentheses that clarify which sensilla are innervated by 1 or 2 neurons.

      REVIEWER 1.11. page 9

      Can you add something (or speculate) about the difference in sensory processing of the different types of sensilla?

      Done – new sentence in discussion:

      ‘Their different size and microtubule organization likely correlate with processing of different stimulus intesities applied to the mechanotransduction apparatus (Bechstedt et al. 2010).’

      REVIEWER 1.12. figures page 16

      PAPILLA AND HAIR SENSILLA:

      FIGURE 10a, please add the name of each sensillum from p1, p2, px py, etc... (if not we have to go back to figure 1 when you describe specific ps.)

      Thanks for the comment, it really makes it a lot easier for the reader.

      REVIEWER 1.13. figures page 18 Figure 11, can you add the name of each hair, please?

      Done – updated figure.

      REVIEWER 1.14. figures pages 16, 18, 20

      In Figures 10, 11, and 12 you clearly draw an area on the internal side that I assume is what you call the "electron-dense sheath". It is wider in papilla sensilla than in hair sensilla, most likely due to the difference in stimuli sensed that you explain in detail in the discussion. Can you say in the figure what this "internal" thing is? Can you add this difference to your list "Apart from the difference in outer appearance and structure of the tubular body"?

      This is the basal septum, but it is not certain that it is wider in the papillae sensillae, at least we could not observe this in our data sets. The impression could have been created by different scales in the 3D reconstructions and a perspective view. Therefore, we do not want to list this as a difference here, as we are not sure.

      However, we have now specified the socket septum in the figure legends and in Figures 10A, 11A and 12A.

      REVIEWER 1.15. page 11

      KNOB SENSILLA:

      Page 25;" Knob sensilla have been described under "vaious" names such as": add various.

      Done

      REVIEWER 1.16. page 12

      "reveals that the three hair and the two papilla sensilla are associated with a single dendrite." Can you write that "reveals THAT EACH OF the three hair and the two papilla sensilla" if not it seems that there is only one dendrite.

      Done

      REVIEWER 1.17. figures page 25 TERMINAL SENSORY CONES:

      Please name the t1-t7 cones in Figure 15A.

      Done – we updated the figure.

      REVIEWER 1.18. page 13

      The spiracle sense organ deserves a new paragraph. As does the papilla sensillum of the anal plate.

      Done – we added subtitles before the prargraphs.

      Discussion:

      REVIEWER 1.19. page 15

      Page 38: "v'entral" correct typo

      PAGE 15

      Done – we have updated the nomenclature  ventral 1 (v), ventral 2 (v’) and ventral 3 (v’’)

      REVIEWER #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I have only a few comments:

      REVIEWER 2.1. page 5

      p.5, right column, middle: the use of trichoid, campaniform, and basiconical (sensilla) in previous works were based on even older papers and reviews that attempted to link EM architecture to function (e.g., KEIL, T. A. & STEINBRECHT, R. A. (1986). Mechanosensitive and olfactory sensilla of insects. In Insect Ultrastructure, vol. 2. (ed. R. C. King & H. Akai), pp. 477-516. New York/London: Plenum Press). Trichoid sensilla can be mechano-sensitive, olfactory, or gustatory; trichoid simply refers to the shape (hair). The same applies to basiconical sensilla. The use of "campaniform", which Ghysen et al called "papilla sensilla", was the only really problematic case, because these (Drosophila larval) sensilla did not really resemble closely the classical campaniform sensilla (e.g., adult haltere). The only reason we called them campaniform is because they were not more similar to any other type of (previously named) sensillum.

      Thank you for the explanation. The nomenclature of structures is generally always a complex topic with often different approaches and principles. We are aware of this and have therefore tried to be as careful as possible. We were not sure from this comment whether you were suggesting to change the text or whether you wanted to explain how these names were assigned to the sensilla in the past. However, we hope that the current version is in line with your understanding, but could of course make changes if necessary (see also comments of reviewer 1).

      REVIEWER 2.2. page 9

      p.21, Labial Organ: the ventral lip is the labium; the dorsal one is the labrum.

      Done – replaced labrum with labium.

      REVIEWER 2.3. page 9

      p.20/21, Ventral organ and labial organ: here, the projection of the axons could be mentioned as an ordering principle. In the previous literature, for larva and embryo, a labial organ (lbo) was described that most likely corresponds to the labial organ presented here. This (previously mentioned) lbo characteristically projects along the labial nerve to the labial segment (hence the name). It fasciculates with axons of another sensory complex, also generated by the labial segment, namely the ventral pharyngeal sensory organ (VPS). Does the labial organ described here share this axonal path?

      Yes, it has the same axonal pathway and is the same organ as the lbo. We have tried to standardise the nomenclature for all important external head organs (DO, TO, VO, LO) and have therefore used abbreviations with two letters. However, to avoid confusion, we have now added that the LO was also called lbo in the past.

      For the ventral organ, the segmental origin (to my knowledge) was never clarified. The axons of the ventral organ project along the maxillary nerve (which carries axons of the terminal=maxillary organ). This nerve, closely before entering the VNC, splits into a main branch to the maxillary segment (TO axons) and a thinner branch that appears to target the mandibular segment. This branch could contain the axons of the ventral organ (as described previously and in this paper). Could the authors confirm this axonal projection of the VO?

      In this work, we did not focus on the axonal projections into the SEZ. This is also not a simple and fast process, as in the entire larval dataset, the large head nerves unfortunately exhibit a highly variable quality of representation. Therefore, the reconstruction of nerves and individual neurons within it is often challenging and very time-consuming. The research question is, of course, very intriguing, and one could also attempt to match each sensory neuron of the periphery with the existing map of the brain connectome. However, this is a project in itself, exceeding the scope of this work, and is therefore more feasible as a subsequent project.

      REVIEWER #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor suggestions that the authors might consider:

      REVIEWER 3.1. figures all

      Recheck the scale bar in figures and figure legends. Missing in a few places.

      Done – we replaced or added some (missing) scale bars in figures and figure legends (see annotated figure document).

      REVIEWER 3.2. figures page 4

      The color schematic in Figure 1 can be improved for readability.

      Done – we changed the color schematic, especially for the head region to improve readability.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript titled "Coevolution due to physical interactions is not a major driving force behind evolutionary rate covariation" by Little et al., explores the potential contribution of physical interaction between correlated evolutionary rates among gene pairs. The authors find that physical interaction is not the main driving of evolutionary rate covariation (ECR). This finding is similar to a previous report by Clark et al. (2012), Genome Research, wherein the authors stated that "direct physical interaction is not required to produce ERC." The previous study used 18 Saccharomycotina yeast species, whereas the present study used 332 Saccharomycotina yeast species and 11 outgroup taxa. As a result, the present study is better positioned to evaluate the interplay between physical interaction and ECR more robustly.

      Strengths & Weaknesses:

      Various analyses nicely support the authors' claims. Accordingly, I have only one significant comment and several minor comments that focus on wordsmithing - e.g., clarifying the interpretation of statistical results and requesting additional citations to support claims in the introduction.

      We are pleased the reviewer found the analyses to support the claims. We have addressed comments related to clarifying interpretations as suggested in the Recommendations to the Authors. For example, we have added discussion and clarification on the other parameters that could affect the strength of ERC correlations.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors address an important outstanding question: what forces are the primary drivers of evolutionary rate covariation? Exploration of this topic is important because it is currently difficult to interpret the functional/mechanistic implications of evolutionary covariation. These analyses also speak to the predictive power (and limits) of evolutionary rate covariation. This study reinforces the existing paradigm that covariation is driven by a varied/mixed set of interaction types that all fall under the umbrella explanation of 'co-functional interactions'.

      Strengths:

      Very smart experimental design that leverages individual protein domains for increased resolution.

      Weaknesses:

      Nuanced and sometimes inconclusive results that are difficult to capture in a short title/abstract statement.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s acknowledgement of the experimental design. We have addressed the nuance of the results by changing the title and clarifying other statements throughout the manuscript as suggested in the reviewer’s recommendations. We have also addressed reviewer comments asking for further explanation on using Fisher transformations when normalizing the Pearson correlations for branch counts.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The paper makes a convincing argument that physical interactions of proteins do not cause substantial evolutionary co-variation.

      Strengths:

      The presented analyses are reasonable and look correct and the conclusions make sense.

      Weaknesses:

      The overall problem of the analysis is that nobody who has followed the literature on evolutionary rate variation over the last 20 years would think that physical interactions are a major cause of evolutionary rate variation. First, there have been probably hundreds of studies showing that gene expression level is the primary driver of evolutionary rate variation (see, for example, [1]). The present study doesn't mention this once. People can argue the causes or the strength of the effect, but entirely ignoring this body of literature is a serious lack of scholarship. Second, interacting proteins will likely be co-expressed, so the obvious null hypothesis would be to ask whether their observed rates are higher or lower than expected given their respective gene expression levels. Third, protein-protein interfaces exert a relatively weak selection pressure so I wouldn't expect them to play much role in the overall evolutionary rate of a protein.

      We thank the reviewer for their comments and suggestions. A point to immediately clarify is that the methods studied in this manuscript deal with rate variation of individual proteins over time, and if that variation correlates with that of another protein.. The numerous studies the reviewer refers to deal with explaining the differences in average rate between proteins. These are different sources of variation. It has not, to our knowledge, been shown that variation in the expression level of a single protein over time is responsible for its variation in evolutionary rate over time, let alone to a degree that allows its variation to correlate with that of a functionally related protein. That question interests us, but it is not the focus of this study.

      In our study, we sought to test for a contribution of physical interaction to the correlation of evolutionary rate changes as they vary over time, i.e. between branches. We made many changes to clarify this distinction in our revisions.

      We agree that the manuscript would be more clear to define the forces proposed to lead to difference in rate in general, which includes expression levels. We had generally considered expression level as one of the many potential non-physical forces, but failed to make that explicit and instead focused on selection pressure. In our revision we describe expression level as another potential driver of evolutionary rate variation over time. References to previous literature have been made in the introduction. We also added a more explicit explanation of the rate covariation over time that we are measuring in contrast with the association between expression level and rate differences between proteins that was studied in previous literature.

      On point 3, the authors seem confused though, as they claim a co-evolving interface would evolve faster than the rest of the protein (Figure 1, caption). Instead, the observation is they evolve slower (see, for example, [2]). This makes sense: A binding interface adds additional constraint that reduces the rate at which mutations accumulate. However, the effect is rather weak.

      The values in Fig 1B are a measure of correlation, specifically a Fisher transformed correlation coefficient. They are not evolutionary rates, so they are not reflecting faster or slower evolution, rather more or less covariation of evolutionary rates over time. We are not predicting that physically interacting interfaces evolve faster than the rest of the protein, but rather that if physical interaction drives covariation in evolutionary rates over time, their correlation would be stronger between pairs of physically interacting domains. In response, we have used clearer language in the figure caption and reorganized labels in Figure 1B to clearly show that the values are correlations. Revised Figure 1 Legend:

      “Overview of experimental schema and hypotheses. Proteins that share functional/physical relationships have similar relative rates of evolution across the phylogeny, as shown in (A) with SMC5 and SMC6. The color scale along the bottom indicates the relative evolutionary rate (RER) of the specific protein for that species compared to the genome-wide average. A higher (red) RER indicates that the protein is evolving at a faster rate than the genome average for that branch. Conversely, a lower (blue) RER indicates that protein is evolving at a slower rate than the genome average. The ERC (right) is a Pearson correlation of the RERs for each shared branch of the gene pair. (B) Suppose the correlation in relative evolutionary rates between two proteins is due to compensatory coevolution and physical interactions. In that case, the correlation of their rates (ie. ERC value) would be higher for just the amino acids in the physically interacting domain. (C) Outline of experimental design. Created with Biorender.com

      All in all, I'm fine with the analysis the authors perform, and I think the conclusions make sense, but the authors have to put some serious effort into reading the relevant literature and then reassess whether they are actually asking a meaningful question and, if so, whether they're doing the best analysis they could do or whether alternative hypotheses or analyses would make more sense.

      [1] https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4523088/

      [2] https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4854464/

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major comments

      (1) Numerous parameters influence ECR calculation. The authors note that their use of a large dataset of budding yeast provides sufficient statistical power to calculate ECR. I agree with that. However, a discussion of other parameters needs to be improved, especially when comparing the present study to others like Kann et al., Hakes et al., and Jothi et al.. For example, what is the evolutionary breadth and depth used in the Kann, Hakes, Jothi and other studies? How does that compare to the present study? Budding yeast evolve rapidly with gene presence/absence polymorphisms observed in genes otherwise considered universally conserved. Is there any reason to expect different results in a younger, slower-evolving clade such as mammals? There is potential to acknowledge and discuss other parameters that may influence ECR, such as codon optimization and gene/complex "essentiality," among others.

      More discussion of these parameters is a good idea. We have added the number and phylogeny of species used in the previous studies in the discussion paragraph starting with “Previous studies attributed varying degrees of evolutionary rate covariation signal to physical interactions between proteins.” We also like the idea of studying the effect of younger and more slowly evolving clades as opposed to the contrary, but currently we lack the required number of datasets to do this.

      We have also added more discussion and clarification of potential non-physical forces leading to ERC correlations in the introduction.

      Minor comments

      (1) It would be good to add a citation to the second sentence of the first paragraph, which reads, "It has been observed that some genes have rates that covary with those of other genes and that they tend to be functionally related."

      Added citation to Clark et al. 2012

      (2) In the last sentence of the first paragraph of the introduction, ERC is discussed in the context of only amino acid divergence, however, there is no reason that DNA sequences can't be used, especially if ERC is being calculated among species that are less ancient than, for example, Saccharomycotina yeasts. Thus, it may be more accurate to suggest that ERC measures how correlated branch-specific rates of sequence divergence are with those of another gene.

      Nice suggestion to generalize. We have made this change.

      (3) ERC was not calculated in reference #2. For the sentence "Protein pairs that have high ERC values (i.e., high rate covariation) are often found to participate in shared cellular functions, such as in a metabolic pathway2 or meiosis3 or being in a protein complex together," I think more appropriate citations (including inspiring work by the corresponding author) would be

      a) Coevolution of Interacting Fertilization Proteins (https://journals.plos.org/plosgenetics/article?id=10.1371/journal.pgen.1000570)

      b) Evolutionary rate covariation analysis of E-cadherin identifies Raskol as a regulator of cell adhesion and actin dynamics in Drosophila (https://journals.plos.org/plosgenetics/article?id=10.1371/journal.pgen.1007720)

      c) An orthologous gene coevolution network provides insight into eukaryotic cellular and genomic structure and function (https://www.science.org/doi/10.1126/sciadv.abn0105)

      d) PhyKIT: a broadly applicable UNIX shell toolkit for processing and analyzing phylogenomic data (https://academic.oup.com/bioinformatics/article/37/16/2325/6131675)

      Thank you for pointing out these works. We agree that there are more appropriate citations and we have referenced your suggested b-d.

      (4) The dataset of 343 yeast species also includes outgroup taxa. Therefore, indicating that 332 species are Saccharomycotina yeast and 11 are closely related outgroup taxa may be more accurate.

      Thank you for the suggestion, the following sentence has been added, citing the Shen et. al 2018 paper that the dataset was derived from:

      “To investigate the discrepancy between contributions to ERC signal from co-function and physical interaction, we used a dataset of 343 evolutionarily distant yeast species. 332 of the species are Saccharomycotina with 11 closely related outgroup species providing as much evolutionary divergence as humans to roundworms3”

      (5) Are there statistics/figures to support the claim that "Almost all complexes and pathways had mean ERC values significantly greater than a null distribution consisting of random protein pairs"?

      This is shown in supplementary figure 1. A reference to this figure was added as well as quantification within the text.

      (6)Similar to the previous comment, can quantitative values be added to the statement "While protein complexes appear to have higher mean ERC scores than the pathways..."?

      The median of the mean ERC scores for protein complexes is 5.366 while the median for the mean ERC score in pathways is 4.597. This quantification has been included in the text: “While protein complexes have higher mean ERC scores (median 5.366) than the pathways (median 4.597), the members of a given complex are also co-functional, making interpretation of the relative contribution of physical interactions to the average ERC score difficult”

      These quantifications are were also added to the figure caption for figure 2A

      (7) A semantic point: In the sentence "The lack of significance in the global permutation test shows that the...", I recommend saying that the analysis suggests, not shows, because there is potential for a type II error.

      Good suggestion, we have made this change.

      (8) The authors suggest that shared evolutionary pressures, "and hence shared levels of constraint," drive signatures of coevolution. The manuscript does not delve into selection measures (e.g., dN/dS). Perhaps it would be more representative to remove any implication of selection.

      We have added better language to clarify that discussion of selection is purely a hypothesis and that selection is not probed in our analyses.

      “Previous work finds evidence that relaxation of selective constraint can lead to drastic rate variation and hence covariation6. Rather, the greater and consistent contribution comes from non-physical interaction drivers that could include variation in essentiality, expression level, codon adaptation, and network connectivity. These non-physical forces would be under shared selective pressures and hence shared levels of constraint, the result of which was elevated ERC between non-interacting proteins, as visible in our study of genetic pathways that do not physically interact (Figure 2).”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major comments:

      -Title: In my opinion, the title of the manuscript is a somewhat misleading summary of the results of this paper. In the majority of the analyses in this paper, physical interactions do account for a significantly outsized portion of the ERC signature. The current title downplays the consistent (although sometimes small effect-sized) result that physically interacting domains do show higher ERC than non-physically interacting domains by every statistical measure employed in this paper to compare physical vs non-physical interactions. The authors' interpretation of their results within the manuscript body is that the effect of physical interactions is an inconsistent, weak, and non-generalizable driver of ERC. I generally agree with the authors' interpretations, but the nuance of these interpretations is lost in the title of the paper. I would suggest rewording the title to try to capture the nuance or at least be subjectively accurate. For example, stating that "...physical interactions are not the sole driving force.." is inarguably accurate based on these results.

      As an alternative title, I would suggest focusing on an important takeaway from the paper: ERC is a reliable predictor of co-functional interactions but not necessarily physical interactions. I agree with the statement that "there is not a strong enough signal to confidently call an interaction physical or not and would be of little value to an experimentalist wanting to infer interacting domains" and I think that a title that emphasizes this idea would be more accurate and impactful.

      Great suggestion. We agree that the current title is downplaying the minutiae of the method and the signal we capture with it, we have used your suggested title.

      There are an outsized number of complexes that had ROC-AUCs greater than 0.5 which is why we performed the permutation tests to determine how significant each of the individual ROC-AUCs were given the differing number of protein/domain pairs in each complex. Between the statistical methods used only 3 of the 17 complexes ranked physical interactions significantly higher than non-physically interacting domains in every analysis. Even among the 3 that were statistically significant some of the physically interacting domains still fell among the bottom portion of the ERC scores for that complex (Figure 5: MCM and CUL8 complexes) This is why we concluded that physical interactions are not the sole driving force of the signal captured by ERC.

      -Abstract: related to my preceding comment, the word "negligible" in the abstract is misleading. If physical interactions were truly entirely negligible, the comparisons of physically interacting vs non-physically interacting domains would yield 0.5. Instead, these comparisons always yielded results greater than 0.5. Consider rewording.

      Thank you for the suggestion this phrasing has been changed to “Therefore, we conclude that coevolution due to physical interaction is weak, but present in the signal captured by ERC”

      We agree that “negligible” may be too strong of a word, however, the comparisons do not always yield results greater than 0.5.

      5 of the 17 complexes do not reach the 0.5 threshold for the initial ROC analysis and even among those that do, only 4 had significantly high ROC-AUCs. You are correct that the signal is not completely negligible which is why we continued by determining if the physical interaction was driving high ERC only within proteins (Figure 5)

      -Figure 3: I think there may be an error in the domain labeling in Figure 3. The comparison between OKP1_2 and AME1_3 is the highest ERC value in the matrix. From the complex structure, it appears that OKP1_2 and AME1_3 are two helix domains that appear to physically interact. However, in the ERC matrix, they are not shaded to indicate they are a physical interaction pair. Please double-check that the interacting domains are properly annotated, since mis-annotation would have a large impact on the interpretation of this figure with respect to the overall question the paper addresses.

      Thank you for catching this - fixed.

      Minor comments:

      -Methods: "The full ERC pipeline can be found at (Github)." Provide github URL here? Thanks for the catch, fixed

      -Discussion: "Evidence for physical coevolution however was tempered by a global permutation test, which did not reach significance, indicating that this inference is sensitive to approach and further underlines the relatively weak contribution of physical coevolution." The word "relatively" may not be a good choice of words. In comparison to what? As is, the phrasing could be interpreted as implying "in comparison to non-physical interactions". This would not be accurate, because the results show that in general, physical interactions are a stronger contributor to ERC (consistent trend but varied significance, depending on methodology) than non-physical interactions.

      Thank you for your help with clarification. The word relatively was removed.

      However, we do not agree that in general physical interactions are a stronger contributor to ERC than non-physical interactions (such as gene expression, codon adaptation, etc.). In all of our statistical tests a maximum of 5 of the 17 complexes ranked physical interactions significantly higher than non-physical interactions. While the ROC-AUC is greater than 0.5 for 12 of the 17 complexes only 4 of those were significant.

      -I have not seen Fisher-transformed correlation coefficients used in the context of ERC. I understand that it's helpful in normalizing the results so that they are comparable between ERC comparisons with differing numbers of overlapping branches (i.e. points on a linear correlation plot). A reference of where the authors got this idea or a little more verbiage to describe the rationale would be helpful. On a related note, I would expect that using linear correlation p-value instead of R-squared would account for differences in overlapping branches, eliminating the need to apply fisher-transformation. It would be helpful for the authors to outline their rationale for using a correlation coefficient rather than a P-value.

      We agree that this method could be made clearer. We made a methodological choice to use Fisher transformation over linear correlation p-value. Both methods should achieve the same end result by taking the number of branches into consideration. We have added additional explanation to the results section “Both protein pathways and complexes have elevated ERC”:

      “ERC was calculated for all pairs of the 12,552 genes. For each pair the correlation is Fisher transformed to normalize for the number of shared branches that contribute to the correlation. This normalization is necessary to reduce false positives that have high correlation solely due to a small number of data points. This normalization also allows for direct comparison of ERC between gene pairs that have differing numbers of branches contributing to the score.”

      We also added additional explanation in the methods section including the formula used to calculate the Fisher transformation

      -Did the authors use Pearson or Spearman correlation coefficient?

      Pearson. We clarified this in the methods section, “Calculating evolutionary rate covariation” : “Evolutionary rate covariation is calculated by correlating relative evolutionary rates (RERs) between two gene trees using a Pearson correlation.”

      -Did the authors explore ERC between domains within a single protein? Do domains within a protein exhibit ERC? I would expect that they do. If they do, this could likely be attributed to linkage/genetic hitchhiking, representing a new angle/factor beyond physical interaction that could lead to ERC. This is just an idea for a future analysis, not necessarily a request within the scope of the present paper.

      We did calculate the ERC between domains of a single protein but did not include them in the analysis since they didn’t address the specific question we posed. As expected they are highly correlated, and past unpublished studies in the lab do find a very weak, but detectable genome-wide, signature of rate covariation between neighboring colinear genes on a chromosome. That signal was however so weak as to be eclipsed by true functional relationships, when present.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Please read the literature and revise accordingly.

      We understand the confusion surrounding previous literature on the relationship between expression levels and evolutionary rates when comparing between different proteins. Those studies clearly showed how expression level is highly predictive of a given protein’s average evolutionary rate. However, we are studying the change in evolutionary rate over branches for single proteins. This is inherently different because we’re following rate fluctuations in the same protein over time. To our knowledge it has not yet been shown that expression level commonly varies enough over time to produce large rate variations over time in the same protein, and if it is responsible for the correlations of rate we observe between co-functional proteins. It is however reasonable to expect that what governs between-protein differences in rate could also contribute to between-branch differences (over time for a single protein). In fact, our earlier study approached this (Clark et al. Genome Research 2012). We expect expression level could influence rate over time and lump its effect together with general non-physical forces, such as selection pressures. We recognize we could do better in defining more of the non-physical forces and the past literature. We added the following section to the introduction and many other clarifying statements throughout the manuscript:

      “For the purposes of this study, the forces that contribute to correlated evolutionary rates are grouped into two bins, physical and non-physical. The physical force is coevolution occurring at physical interaction interfaces. Non-physical forces include gene co-expression, codon adaptation, selective pressures, and gene essentiality. There is a well accepted negative relationship between gene expression and rate of protein evolution where genes that are highly expressed generally have slower rates of evolution14,15. However, Cope et al.16 found that there is a weak relationship between both gene expression and the number of interactions a protein has with the coevolution of expression level. Conversely, they found a strong relationship between proteins that physically interact and the coevolution of gene expression. These findings illuminate the difference between the strong relationship of gene expression level on the average evolutionary rate of a protein and the weak contribution of gene expression level to correlated evolutionary rates of proteins across branches. The finding that physically interacting proteins have strong expression level coevolution brings to question how much coevolution of physically interacting proteins contributes to overall covariation in protein evolutionary rates.”

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This manuscript provides novel and important findings regarding the impact of noradrenergic signaling from the locus coeruleus on hippocampal gene expression. The locus coeruleus is the sole source of noradrenaline to the hippocampus and many rapid molecular changes induced by stress are regulated by noradrenaline. This manuscript provides a rigorous investigation into hippocampal genes uniquely regulated by noradrenaline in the presence or absence of stress. Data were collected and analyses were performed using solid methodology, and the results mostly convincingly support the conclusion made with few weaknesses. The study would benefit from a more comprehensive analyses of sex differences.

      Response: We thank the reviewers and the editors for the positive evaluation of our work and for the constructive feedback. To address some of the key criticisms, we have performed several new experiments and analyses. Importantly, we now provide a much more rigorous comparison of males and females, which strongly suggests that there are no major sex differences in the transcriptomic response to stress and noradrenaline in the hippocampus. We think that these - and other additions discussed below - significantly strengthen the manuscript. We provide detailed responses to all the reviewers comments. We have added numbers to the reviewers’ comments for easier referencing.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Comment 1: Privitera et al., provide a comprehensive and rigorous assessment of how noradrenaline (NA) inputs from the locus coeruleus (LC) to the hippocampus regulate stress-induced acute changes in gene expression. They utilize RNA-sequencing with selective activation/inhibition of LC-NA activity using pharmacological, chemogenetic and optogenetic manipulations to identify a great number of reproducible sets of genes impacted by LC activation. It is noteworthy that this study compares transcriptomic changes in the hippocampus induced by stress alone, as compared with selective circuit activation/inhibition. This reveals a small set of genes that were found to be highly reproducible. Further, the publicly available data will be highly useful to the scientific community.

      Response: We are very grateful for this positive evaluation.

      Comment 2: A major strength of the study is the inclusion of both males and females. However, with this aspect of the study also lies the biggest weakness. While the experiments tested males and females, they were not powered for identifying sex differences. There are vast amounts of literature documenting the inherent sex differences, both under resting and stress-evoked conditions, in the LC-NA system and this is a major missed opportunity to better understand if there is an impact of these sex-specific differences at the genetic level in a major LC projection region. There are many instances whereby sex effects are apparent, but do not pass multiple testing correction due to low n's. The authors highlight one of them (Ctla2b) in supplemental figure 6. This gene is only upregulated by stress in females. It is appreciated that the manuscript provides an incredible amount of novel data, making the investigation of sex differences ambitious. Data are publicly available for others to conduct follow up work, and therefore it may be useful if a list of those genes that were different based on targeted interrogation of the dataset be provided with a clear statement that multiple testing corrections failed. This will aid further investigations that are powered to evaluate sex effects.

      Response: The assessment of the reviewers and the editorial feedback encouraged us to look more thoroughly into potential sex differences, because we believe it would indeed be a major additional strength if our manuscript could make a firm statement on this important issue. To this end, we have expanded the manuscript in two major ways:

      (1) To expand the analysis of sex effects also to the dorsal hippocampus, and to increase robustness of the data, we have performed RNA-seq in 32 additional samples of male and female mice exposed to stress (or control) and propranolol (or saline) injection. Figure 1fh and Supplementary Figure 1d-f have been updated to reflect this new addition, and the results are presented in a new section on Pages 3-4 (pasted below for ease of reviewing). In summary, the strongly support our initial observation that the effects of stress on gene expression, as well as the effects of propranolol on blocking stress-induced effects, are highly similar in both sexes.

      (2) To further increase the power for detection of sex-effects, we have performed a small meta-analysis. For this, we combined several RNAseq datasets from the current manuscript and published datasets from our previous work (Floriou-Servou et al., 2018; von Ziegler et al., 2022), which also investigated transcriptomic sex-differences in the hippocampus 45 min after cold swim stress exposure in the same setup as used for the current manuscript. This approach increased our sample size to 51 males and 20 females. In summary, this well-powered approach shows no evidence for sex differences in the transcriptional response to stress, even when more lenient analyses were applied. These results are described in a new section on page 4, and summarized in Supplementary Figures 1f+g. This section is pasted below for ease of reviewing.

      "While blocking β-adrenergic receptors was able to block stress-induced gene expression, we did not test whether propranolol might decrease gene expression already at baseline, independent of stress. Additionally, all tests had thus far been conducted in male mice, raising the question about potential sex differences in NA-mediated transcriptomic responses. To address these two issues, we repeated the experiment in both sexes and included a group that received a propranolol injection but was not exposed to stress (Fig. 1f). Combining the data from both experiments, we repeated the analysis for each region, to identify genes whose response to stress was inhibited by propranolol (Figure 1g). As in the previous experiment, we found that many of the stress-induced gene expression changes were blocked by propranolol injection in both dHC (Figure 1g, left panel) and vHC (Figure 1g, right panel). Importantly, propranolol did not change the expression level of these genes in the absence of stress. We then directly compared the genes sensitive to stress and propranolol treatment in both dHC and vHC. To this end, we plotted the union of genes showing a significant stress:propranolol interaction in either region in one heatmap across both dHC and vHC (Supplementary Figure 1d). This showed again that the stress-induced changes were very similar in dHC and vHC, and that propranolol similarly blocked many of them. Finally, we asked whether the response differs between males and females. Despite clear sex differences in gene expression at baseline (data not shown), we found no significant sex differences in response to stress or propranolol between male and female mice (FDR<0.05; Fig. 1g). To more directly visualize this, we compared females and males by plotting the log2-fold changes of the stress:propranolol interaction across all stress-induced genes that were blocked by propranolol. We find very similar regulation patterns in both sexes (Figure 1h). Although none of these sex differences are significant, some genes seem to show quantitative differences, so we plotted the expression patterns of the 5 genes showing the largest difference in interaction term as box-plots, which suggest that these spurious differences are likely due to noisy coefficient estimates (Supplementary Fig. 1e). To address concerns that our analysis of sex differences might not have been sufficiently powered, we performed a meta-analysis of the experiments shown here along with previously published datasets from our lab (Floriou-Servou et al. 2018; von Ziegler et al. 2022). In all these experiments, the vHC of male and female mice was profiled 45 min after exposure to an acute swim stress challenge. This resulted in a sample size of 51 males and 20 females. Despite this high number of independent samples, we could not identify any statistically significant interaction between sex and the stress response. To identify candidates that might not reach significance while discounting differences due to noise in fold-change estimates, we reproduced the same analysis using DESeq2 with Approximate Posterior Estimation for generalized linear model (apeglm) logFC shrinkage (A. Zhu, Ibrahim, and Love 2018). This analysis also did not reveal any sex differences in the stress response (Supplementary Fig. 1f). We then tailored the meta-analysis specifically to the set of stress-responsive genes that were blocked by propranolol, and also for these genes the response to stress was strikingly similar in both sexes (Supplementary Fig. 1g). Altogether, we conclude that there are no major sex differences in the rapid transcriptomic stress response in the hippocampus, and that blocking beta-receptors prevents a large set of stress-induced genes in both females and males."

      To put these findings in context with existing literature, we agree with the reviewer that there are many studies that have reported sex differences in the LC-circuitry as summarized by Bangasser and colleagues (Bangasser et al., 2016, 2019). However, these studies primarily focus on the LC itself, suggesting that female rats have more LC neurons, denser LC-dendrites in the peri-LC region, and that LC neurons are more readily activated by stress in females because of heightened sensitivity to CRF-signaling. A recent study in mice reports, in contrast, that females have fewer TH-positive neurons in the LC, but they also find enhanced excitability of LC neurons in females (Mariscal et al., 2023). Similarly, one study has suggested molecular differences in the makeup of the LC (Mulvey et al., 2018). Our experiments, however, focus on the impact of NA release in a projection region (hippocampus). Further, we use a strong stress induction protocol (swim stress) and various potent modes of direct LC activation, so differences in "LC-excitability" are likely less relevant in this context. We added evidence showing that we trigger powerful NA release in both sexes (Supplementary Figure 2c-h; see response to Reviewer #2, Comment #3 for more details). In addition, we show that the intensity or pattern of LC stimulation does not appear to alter the molecular response (Figure 3a-b), and that various stressors (mild or intense) all trigger the same NA-dependent molecular changes (Figure 4a-b). Therefore, our results suggest that once NA is released (in the hippocampus), the molecular downstream effects on gene expression are very similar - independent of stimulation intensity, sex, or hippocampal subregion (dorsal/ventral). This does not mean that there are no sex differences for activation of LC, but rather that the transcriptional response to NA release in the hippocampus is robust across sexes, and that propranolol seems to block NA-dependent effects similarly in both sexes. This does not rule out quantitative differences between sexes that only emerge with targeted analyses of individual genes, or once fluctuations in ovarian hormones are taken into account. We have updated the section in the discussion to summarize these considerations in light of the new results (see pages 20-21, section: "A uniform molecular response to stress and noradrenaline release in both sexes").

      Comment 3: A major finding of the present study is the involvement of noradrenergic transcriptomic changes occurring in astrocytic genes in the hippocampus. Given the stated importance of this finding within the discussion, it seems that some additional dialogue integrating this with current literature about the role of astrocytes in the hippocampus during stress or fear memory would be important.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for giving us an opportunity to add a more detailed discussion about the role of astrocytes and thyroid hormones in the hippocampus during learning and memory formation. We have added these statements to the discussion:

      “Within the hippocampus, astrocytic pathways are emerging as important players for learning and memory processes (Gibbs, Hutchinson, and Hertz 2008; Bohmbach et al. 2022). In fact, it is well-known that NA enhances memory consolidation (Schwabe et al. 2022; McGaugh and Roozendaal 2002), and recent work suggests that these effects are mediated by astrocytic β-adrenergic receptors (Gao et al. 2016; Iqbal et al. 2023). Our transcriptomic screens revealed Dio2 as the most prominent target influenced by LC activity. Dio2 is selectively expressed in astrocytes and encodes for the intracellular type II iodothyronine deiodinase, which converts thyroxine (T4) to the bioactive thyroid hormone 3,3',5-triiodothyronine (T3) and therefore regulates the local availability of T3 in the brain (Bianco et al. 2019). Enzymatic activity of DIO2 has further been shown to be increased by prolonged noradrenergic transmission through desipramine treatment in LC projection areas (Campos-Barros et al. 1994). This suggests that the LC-NA system and its widespread projections could act as a major regulator of brain-derived T3. Notably, T3-signaling plays a role in hippocampal memory formation (Rivas and Naranjo 2007; Sui et al. 2006), raising the possibility that NA-induced Dio2 activity in astrocytes might mediate some of these effects.”

      Comment 4: The comparison of the candidate genes activated by the LC in the present study (swim) with datasets published by Floriou-Servou et al., 2018 (Novelty, swim, restraint, and footshock) is an interesting and important comparison. Were there other stressors identified in this paper or other publications that do not regulate these candidate genes? Further, can references be added to clarify to the reader, that prior studies have identified that novelty, restraint and footshock all activate LC-NA neurons.

      ponse: Thank you for the positive feedback. We have only tested the stressors reported in Figure 4a-b (novelty, swim, restraint, and footshock). It is known that all these stressors trigger noradrenaline release, in fact we are not aware of stressors that do not trigger NA release. This reproducible finding supports the notion that the identified set of genes is indeed highly NAresponsive. As suggested, we have now included references that show increased NA release in response to all these stressors:

      “Therefore, we assessed their expression in a dataset comparing the effect of various stressors on the hippocampal transcriptome (Floriou-Servou et al., 2018). The stressors included restraint, novelty and footshock stress, which have all previously been shown to increase hippocampal NA release (HajósKorcsok et al., 2003; Lima et al., 2019; Masatoshi Tanaka et al., 1982).”

      Comment 5: Comparisons are made between chemogenetic studies and yohimbine, stating that fewer genes were activated by chemogenetic activation of LC neurons. There is clear justification for why this may occur, but a caveat may need to be mentioned, that evidence of neuronal activation in the LC by each of these methods were conducted at 90 (yohimbine) versus 45 (hM3Dq) minutes, and therefore it cannot be ruled out that differences in LC-NA activity levels might also contribute.

      Response: The reviewer raises an important point about some inconsistencies between the time points chosen in our study, an aspect that was also pointed out by Reviewer #2. We have chosen the 45 and 90 min time points for two different reasons. On the one hand, cFos changes on the protein level are known to peak 90 min after neuronal activation, and we wanted to capture the strongest possible cFos signal in the LC. On the other hand, we wanted to measure gene expression changes triggered by NA release, which already occur 45 min after noradrenergic activation (Roszkowski et al., 2016). Thus, when the experimental design allowed separate experiments (e.g. systemic yohimbine injection), we chose to measure gene expression after 45 min, but to validate cFos activation in the LC separately after 90min. In response to DREADD activation, however, we wanted to confirm within the same animal that LC activation was successful, and thus we collected LC and hippocampus simultaneously (Figure 2c,d). While the cFos increase is already very pronounced at the 45min time point (Figure 2g), the quality of IHC is slightly lower because the tissue cannot be perfused in this experimental design. Therefore, we do not think that the time point for cFos sampling matters in this context. However, we agree with the reviewer that it remains unclear whether yohimbine and DREADDs activate the LC with similar potency. To directly compare NA release would require a set of photometry-based experiments to measure NA release using genetically-encoded NA-sensors. While we have added such experiments for LC activation with DREADDs and optogenetics to show rapid NA release indeed occurs in the hippocampus (see Reviewer #2, Comment 3; Supplementary Figure 2c-h), yohimbine interferes with the NA-sensors as explained in detail in response to Reviewer 2, Comment 3. Thus, it was too challenging for us to directly compare the release dynamics in response to DREADDs and yohimbine, which was also not the main focus of our work. To explicitly address this caveat, we have extended the corresponding section in the discussion:

      "Finally, our observation that systemic administration of the α2-adrenergic receptor antagonist yohimbine very closely recapitulates the transcriptional response to stress stands in contrast to the much more selective transcriptional changes observed after chemogenetic or optogenetic LC-NA activation. This difference could be due to various factors. First, it remains unclear how strong the LC gets activated by yohimbine versus hM3Dq-DREADDs. However, given the potent LC activation observed after DREADD activation, it seems unlikely that yohimbine would lead to a more pronounced LC activation, thus explaining the stronger transcriptional effects. Second, contrary to LC-specific DREADD-activation, systemic yohimbine injection will also antagonize postsynaptic α2-adrenergic receptors throughout the brain (and periphery). More research is needed to determine whether this could have a more widespread impact on the hippocampus (and other brain regions) than isolated LC-NA activation, further enhancing excitability by preventing α2-mediated inhibition of cAMP production. Finally, systemic yohimbine administration and noradrenergic activity have been shown to induce corticosterone release into the blood (Johnston, Baldwin, and File 1988; Leibowitz et al. 1988; Fink 2016). Thus, yohimbine injection could have broader transcriptional consequences, including corticosteroid-mediated effects on gene expression."

      Comment 6: Please add information about how virus or cannula placement was confirmed in these studies. Were missed placements also analyzed separately?

      Response: Pupillometry recordings were performed with all animals involving optogenetic or chemogenetic manipulations of the LC, before subjecting them to stress experiments. These assessments account for both correct optic fiber placement and virus expression (Privitera et al., 2020). If an animal did not show a clear pupil response, it was not included any further in the study. To demonstrate correct cannula placement for drug infusion of isoprotenerol in the dorsal hippocampus, we added a representative image of cannula placement in Supplementary Figure 1h.

      Comment 7: Time of day for tissue collection used in genetic analysis should be reported for all studies conducted or reanalyzed.

      Response: Thank you for pointing out this omission. Tissue collection for RNA-seq analysis was always performed between 11am and 5pm during the dark phase of the reversed light-dark cycle. We have added this information to the corresponding method section (“Tissue collection”).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Comment 8: This is a well written, comprehensive and rigorous manuscript that will be of great interest to those in the scientific community.

      Response: Thank you for the positive evaluation of our work and for the constructive feedback.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Comment 1: The present manuscript investigates the implication of locus coeruleus-noradrenaline system in the stress-induced transcriptional changes of dorsal and ventral hippocampus, combining pharmacological, chemogenetic, and optogenetic techniques. Authors have revealed that stress-induced release of noradrenaline from locus coeruleus plays a modulatory role in the expression of a large scale of genes in both ventral and dorsal hippocampus through activation of β-adrenoreceptors. Similar transcriptional responses were observed after optogenetic and chemogenetic stimulation of locus coeruleus. Among all the genes analysed, authors identified the most affected ones in response to locus coeruleus-noradrenaline stimulation as being Dio2, Ppp1r3c, Ppp1r3g, Sik1, and Nr4a1. By comparing their transcriptomic data with publicly available datasets, authors revealed that these genes were upregulated upon exposure to different stressors. Additionally, authors found that upregulation of Ppp1r3c, Ppp1r3g, and Dio2 genes following swim stress was sustained from 90 min up to 2-4 hours after stress and that it was predominantly restricted to hippocampal astrocytes, while Sik1 and Nr4a1 genes showed a broader cellular expression and a sharp rise and fall in expression, within 90 min of stress onset.

      Overall, the paper is well written and provides a useful inventory of dorsal and ventral hippocampal gene expression upregulated by activation of LC-NA system, which can be used as starting point for more functional studies related to the effects of stress-induced physiological and pathological changes.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for the careful assessment of our work.

      Comment 2: However, I believe that the study would have benefited of a more comprehensive analyses of sex differences. Experiments in females were conducted only in one experiment and analyses restricted to the ventral hippocampus.

      Response: In response to the comments by the reviewer, as well as Reviewer #1 and the editors, we have sequenced an additional 32 brain samples to expand the comparison of sex effects in females and males across dorsal and ventral hippocampus, and we included a new meta-analysis of 3 experimental datasets (51 male and 20 female) samples, to thoroughly assess sex differences in the transcriptomic response to stress. We refer the reviewer to our detailed response provided above to Reviewer #1, comment #2, and the updated results section on pages 3-4.

      Comment 3: Although, the experiments were overall sound and the results broadly support the conclusion made, I think some methodological choices should be better explained and rationalized. For instance, the study focuses on identifying transcriptional changes in the hippocampus induced by stress-mediated activation of the LC-NA system, however NA release following stress exposure and pharmacological or optogenetic manipulation was mostly measured in the cortex.

      Response: Because the hippocampus was used for RNA-sequencing, we could not assess NA release in the hippocampus (as this would require fiber implants that would interfere with molecular measures, or different tissue processing for HPLC). Nonetheless, we wanted to assess the transcriptional changes in the hippocampus, while simultaneously measuring successful stimulation of the LC-NA system in the same animals. To achieve this, we pursued 3 routes: 1) we used pupillometry to confirm functional LC activation; 2) we measured cFOS in the LC to directly demonstrate LC activation; 3) we assessed NA release using uHPLC (which requires larger tissue samples) and we chose the cortex because both cortex and hippocampus receive NA predominantly from the LC (Samuels & Szabadi, 2008). Importantly, we had previously shown that chemogenetic LC activation leads to a similar NA turnover in both the cortex and hippocampus, as measured by uHPLC (Zerbi et al., 2019). The relevant figure from that paper is inserted below to quickly show the striking similarity between hippocampus and cortex.

      Author response image 1.

      Levels of noradrenaline (NE) turnover (MHPG/NE ratio) in the cortex (CTX) and hippocampus (HC), measured in whole tissue with uHPLC 90min after hM3Dq-DREADD activation of the LC (copied and cropped from Zerbi et al, 2019, Neuron).

      In response to the reviewers comment, we performed additional experiments to directly demonstrate that LC-activation with DREADDs as well as optogenetics causes an increase in hippocampal NA-release. We recorded NA release in the hippocampus (using fiber photometry combined with genetically encoded NA sensors). For DREADD activation, we observed a strong increase in hippocampal noradrenaline that started a few minutes after clozapine administration, and this increase was sustained throughout the duration of the 21 minute recording (see Supplementary Figure2c-e). For optogenetic LC activation, we find a rapid and immediate sharp increase in NA levels in the hippocampus (Supplementary Figure 2f-h). These experiments were performed in females and males and triggered similar responses. An adapted and cropped version of Supplementary Figure 2 is pasted below for ease of reading.

      Please note that we could not perform a similar experiment using yohimbine, because the GRABNE sensors are based on the alpha-2 adrenergic receptor, thus yohimbine administration interferes with the photometry recording. However, we believe that it is clear from this response that strong activation of the LC leads to uniform release of NA in the hippocampus and cortex.

      Author response image 2.

      c, Schematic of fiber photometry recording of hippocampal NA during chemogenetic activation of the LC. After 5 min baseline recording in the homecage animals were injected with clozapine (0.03mg/kg, i.p.) and placed in the OFT for 21min. d, Average ΔF/F traces of GRABNE2m photometry recordings in response to chemogenetic activation of the LC (mean±SEM for hM3DGq+ and hM3DGq- split into females and males, n=3/group/sex). e, Peak ΔF/F response of fiber photometry trace. f, Schematic of fiber photometry recording of hippocampal NA during optogenetic activation of the LC. Animals were lightly anesthetized (1.5% isoflurane) and recorded in a stereotaxic frame. After 1 min baseline recording, animals were stimulated three times with 5Hz for 10s (10ms pulse width, ~8mW laser power) and recorded for 2 min post-stimulation. g, Average ΔF/F traces of the NA sensors GRABNE1m and nLightG in response to optogenetic activation of the LC (mean±SEM for females and males, n(females)= 10, n(males)=5. h, Peak ΔF/F response of fiber photometry trace.

      Comment 4: Furthermore, behavioral changes following systemic pharmacologic or chemogenetic manipulation were observed in the open field task immediately after peripheral injections of yohimbine or CNO, respectively. Is this timing sufficient for both drugs to cross the blood brain barrier and to exert behavioral effects?

      Response: We have previously shown that chemogenetic activation of the LC through clozapine elicits pupil responses within 1-2 minutes after injection (Privitera et al., 2020; Zerbi et al., 2019). This indicates that clozapine rapidly crosses the blood brain barrier and affects LC activity within a few minutes after injection. Our additional experiments using genetically encoded sensors in the hippocampus show this even more directly (Supplementary Figure 2d), see also the response to Comment 3 above.

      Similarly, yohimbine also rapidly crosses the blood brain barrier within the same time frame (Hubbard et al., 1988). These observations are consistent with the rapid behavioral effects that can be detected within a few minutes after injection of clozapine for LC-DREADD activation (Zerbi et al., 2019), and for yohimbine as well (von Ziegler et al., 2023). In response to another comment of this reviewer, we have also re-analyzed the behavior presented in the current manuscript in time-bins of 3 minutes, which also shows the rapid onset of effects in response to yohimbine (within the first 3 min) and DREADDs (within 6 min), see Supplementary Fig. 3.

      Comment 5: Finally, the study shows that activation of noradrenergic hippocampus-projecting LC neurons is sufficient to regulate the expression of several hippocampal genes, although the necessity of these projection to induce the observed transcriptional effects has been tested to some extent through systemic blockade of beta-adrenoceptor, I believe the study would have benefited of more selective (optogenetic or chemogenetic) necessity experiments.

      Response: We understand the reviewer's point that blocking the LC during stress exposure would be an interesting experiment. However, it is very hard to completely silence the LC during intense stressors. In fact, despite intense efforts, we have not been able to silence the LC during swim stress exposure using DREADDs or other chemogenetic approaches (PSAM/PSEM). We were in fact able to silence the LC with the optogenetic inhibitor JAWS (and others have reported successful LC silencing with GtACR2), but there is a major issue involving the "rebound effect", where more NA is released once the inhibition is stopped. We would thus have had to optogenetically silence the LC for 45-90 min, which would create heat artifacts, and require challenging control experiments to draw firm conclusions. Given all these issues, we reasoned that blocking adrenergic receptors is a simple and elegant solution, which provides clear evidence for the necessity of beta-adrenergic signaling.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major concerns:

      Comment 6: The study focuses on the identification of transcriptional changes in the hippocampus induced by stress-mediated activation of the LC-NA system, however, noradrenaline release following stress exposure or yohimbine injection was measured in the cortex. Authors should consider measuring NA concentrations in the hippocampus after exposure to swim stress or administration of yohimbine, or at least explain their choice to analyse to cortex in the manuscript.

      Response: We have addressed this issue in detail in Response to "Reviewer 2, Comment #3", where we provided an overview of the additional data that support our approach. As mentioned before, measuring NA release after yohimbine is not compatible with our GRABNE-photometry approach, as the GRAB-sensor is based on alpha2-adrenoceptor. Here, we would like to add that measuring NA release using photometry during swim stress is also challenging. The challenge is the vigorous movement (swimming, typically in one direction), which creates pressure on the cables/implants. We felt that overcoming these experimental challenges (setup, troubleshooting and controls) would be beyond the scope of the paper, given that it is already known that this stressor leads to strong NA release in the hippocampus. We have now included references that demonstrate that all the stressors used in our work trigger NA increase in the hippocampus (see response to Reviewer 1, Comment 3): “Therefore, we assessed their expression in a dataset comparing the effect of various stressors on the hippocampal transcriptome (Floriou-Servou et al., 2018). The stressors included restraint, novelty and footshock stress, which have all previously been shown to increase hippocampal NA release (Hajós-Korcsok et al., 2003; Lima et al., 2019; Masatoshi Tanaka et al., 1982).”

      Comment 7: Concerning the experiment aimed at investigating sex differences in gene expression, it is not clear the reason why authors decided to restrict their analyses in females to the ventral hippocampal only. The explanation that in males they did not detect major differences between the dorsal and ventral hippocampus is not sufficient, because there could have been different effects in females. Therefore, the conclusion made by the authors that their "results suggest that the transcriptomic response is independent of sex" is not entirely correct, since sex differences were only evaluated in the ventral hippocampus.

      Response: We appreciate the reviewer's critique. As described above, we have now also sequenced the dorsal hippocampal tissue from the propranolol experiment (males and females, 32 samples) and additionally added an extensive meta-analysis of three large datasets (n=71) to compare transcriptional sex differences in response to stress. A detailed description of these experiments and how they have extended/supported our conclusions have been provided in response to Reviewer #1, Comment #2.

      Comment 8: Besides the effects on females, the same experiment examined whether propranolol by itself (in the absence of stress) would have been able to alter gene expression: such effects were not examined in the dorsal hippocampus. In contrast, in a different experiment, the effects of isoproterenol on genes expression were restricted to the dorsal hippocampus only. Furthermore, related to this latter experiment, intra-dorsal hippocampal injection of isoproterenol should presumably mimic the rise in NA observed after stress exposure, why was gene expression measured 90 min after isoproterenol central injections while in the other experiments gene expression was determined 45 min after stress, that is when authors observe the peak NA concentration?

      Response: We have addressed the reviewer's critique of dorsal vs ventral hippocampus by reanalyzing 32 additional samples from dorsal hippocampus of male and female mice after propranolol (or saline) injection. Please see response to Reviewer #1, comment #2.

      Regarding the time points: We have chosen the 45 and 90 min time points mainly for two reasons. First, cFos protein changes are known to be strongest 90 min after neuronal activation. Second, because we wanted to capture gene expression changes triggered by NA release, we reasoned that these effects must be fast and should thus be measured at an early transcriptional time-point (45min). However, after performing the time-course experiment after swim stress exposure (Figure 4d,c), we observed that the LC-NA-sensitive genes (e.g. Dio2 and several PP1-subunits) show the strongest changes 90 min after stress exposure. Therefore, in some of our experiments we opted to analyze gene expression changes at 90min, converging with the time-point we typically use for cFos staining. Contrary to the reviewer's statement, peak NA concentrations are not observed 45 min after the various interventions, but rather the peak in the main metabolite (MHPG) is observed then, due to the temporal dynamics of NA release and breakdown. NA release occurs immediately upon stress exposure (or direct LC activation), which we also show in the new photometry data described above. Thus, rapid NA release triggers intracellular cascades that lead to downstream transcriptional changes, which peak presumably between 4590 min later.

      Comment 9: Behavioral changes following systemic pharmacologic or chemogenetic manipulation were observed in the open field task immediately after peripheral injections of yohimbine or CNO, respectively. Is this timing sufficient for both drugs to cross the blood brain barrier and to exert behavioral effects? It is also not immediately clear the reason why the open field tasks have different durations depending on the experiments, which can also impact the results. Authors might also consider to split the open field data analyses in 2 or 3 min time-bins, to allow for a better comparison across the different results.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for the suggestion to plot the behavior data as time-bins. We have implemented this change for the yohimbine and DREADD experiments, and updated the corresponding figure accordingly (Supplementary Figure 3, pasted below for ease of reading). The new visualization clearly shows that yohimbine injection triggers rapid behavioral effects already in the first three minutes, whereas the LC-DREADD activation triggers behavioral changes within 3-6 minutes after injection. Thus, clear drug effects are visible in the first 10 minutes, which is comparable to the standard OFT test (10min testing) shown in response to swim stress exposure (Suppl. Figure 3a). The choice to expose mice to the OFT for 21 minutes in total was due to the fact that we based our experimental approach on the optogenetic LC-stimulation protocol first published by McCall and colleagues (McCall et al, Neuron, 2015), in which the LC is stimulated for 3 min followed by 3 min pauses (see Suppl. Figure 3d). Because of this on-off design, we decided to keep the optogenetic analysis simple and show the overall effect (Supplementary Figure 3d), particularly as we know that NA dynamics do not recover rapidly enough after 3 min continuous stimulation to justify a bin-analysis (unpublished data).

      Author response image 3.

      Effects of acute stress and noradrenergic stimulation on anxiety-like behaviour in the open field test. a, Stress-induced changes in the open field test 45 min after stress onset. Stressed animals show overall reductions in distance traveled (unpaired t-test; t=3.55, df=22, p=0.0018), time in center (welch unpaired t-test; t=3.50, df=13.61, p=0.0036), supported rears (unpaired t-test; t=3.39, df=22, p=0.0026) and unsupported rears (unpaired t-test; t=5.53, df=22, p = 1.47e-05) compared to controls (Control n = 12; Stress n = 12). This data have been previously published (von Ziegler et al., 2022). b, Yohimbine (3 mg/kg, i.p.) injected animals show reduced distance traveled (unpaired t-test; t=2.39, df=10, p=0.03772), reduced supported rears (unpaired t-test; t=6.56, df=10, p=0.00006) and reduced unsupported rears (welch unpaired t-test; t=3.69, df=4.4, p = 0.01785) compared to vehicle injected animals (Vehicle n = 6; Yohimbine n = 7). c, Chemogenetic LC activation induced changes in the open field test immediately after clozapine (0.03 mg/kg, i.p.) injection. hM3Dq+ animals show reduced distance traveled (unpaired t-test; t=6.28, df=13, p=0.00003), reduced supported rears (unpaired t-test; t=4.28, df=13, p=0.0009), as well as reduced unsupported rears (welch unpaired t-test; t=4.28, df=13, p = 0.00437) compared to hM3D- animals (hM3Dq- n = 7; hM3Dq+ n = 8). d, Optogenetic 5 Hz LC activation induced changes during the open field test. ChR2+ animals show reduced supported rears (unpaired t-test; t=2.42, df=64, p=0.0185) and reduced unsupported rears (unpaired ttest; t=2.91, df=64, p = 0.00499) compared to ChR2- animals (ChR2- n = 32; ChR2+ n = 36). Data expressed as mean ± SEM. p < 0.05, p < 0.01, p < 0.001, **p < 0.0001.

      Comment 9: The study shows that activation of noradrenergic hippocampus-projecting LC neurons is sufficient to regulate the expression of several hippocampal genes. I believe the study would have benefited of more selective necessity experiments. Authors might consider adding optogenetic (or chemogenetic) experiments aimed at inhibiting LC-NA hippocampal projections during stress exposure (or, alternatively, perform intrahippocampal pharmacological blockade of β-adrenoreceptors during stress exposure), and determine the effects on gene expression.

      Response: We kindly refer the reviewer to our previous response to Comment #2 above.

      Minor concerns:

      There is a typo in the abstract. Please correct "LN-NA" with "LC-NA"

      Response: Thank you, we have corrected it.

      References

      Bangasser, D. A., Eck, S. R., & Ordoñes Sanchez, E. (1/2019). Sex differences in stress reactivity in arousal and attention systems. Neuropsychopharmacology: Official Publication of the American College of Neuropsychopharmacology, 44(1), 129–139.

      Bangasser, D. A., Wiersielis, K. R., & Khantsis, S. (06/2016). Sex differences in the locus coeruleusnorepinephrine system and its regulation by stress. Brain Research, 1641, 177–188.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      All comments made in the public section.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for their assessment of our study and for suggestions for additional experiments to follow up our studies.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      ‐ Preparation of spike proteins and VLPs. Although Triton‐X114 extraction was done to remove endotoxin from the recombinant spike protein preparations, its removal efficiency depends on the levels of endotoxin in the samples. Therefore, the residual endotoxin levels in each of the test samples and batches should be measured. Even very low but varying levels of residual endotoxin would substantially impact the reported results, as they create inconsistent data that are not interpretable.

      Certainly, endotoxin contamination in instilled materials is always an issue. Established protocols for inducing acute inflammatory responses using endotoxin outline specific ranges of endotoxin levels in the instillation materials. To induce acute lung inflammation in mice at least 2 µg of endotoxin must be instilled. We have endeavored to reduce the possibility of endotoxin contamination in our recombinant proteins by using a mammalian expression system; careful aseptic culture and protein purification techniques; and a final Triton-X114 partitioning protocol. We assessed the possibility of endotoxin contamination using the Pierce™ Chromogenic Endotoxin Quant Kit, which is based on the amebocyte lysate assay. Our analysis revealed that the endotoxin level in the purified recombinant protein preparation is below 1.0 EU/ml, which closely aligns with the levels specified for recombinant proteins. An endotoxin concentration of 1.0 EU/ml is equivalent to approximately 0.1 ng/ml. Throughout all mouse nasal instillation experiments, the total volume of recombinant protein administered did not exceed 6 µl. The amount of contaminant endotoxin instilled did not exceed 1 pg (50 µl of 0.02 ng/ml of endotoxin). Consequently, we can confirm that the extent of endotoxin contamination is at trace levels. Moreover, our study reveals multiple results indicating that the level of endotoxin contamination in the recombinant protein was inadequate to independently induce neutrophil recruitment in the cremaster muscle, lymph nodes, and liver. For further insights, refer to Figure 5.

      ‐ Doses of spike and VLPs: The amount of spike protein incorporated into HIV Gag‐based VLPs should be determined and compared to that found in the native SARS‐CoV‐2 virus particles. This should provide more physiologic doses (or dose ranges/titration) of spike than the arbitrary doses (3 ug or 5 ug) used in the mouse experiments.

      To visualize the acquisition of spike protein and track cells that have acquired the spike protein, we conducted a series of tests and optimizations using different concentrations of Alexa 488 labeled spike protein, ranging from 0.5 to 5 µg. During the processing of lung tissue for microscopic imaging, it was of utmost importance to preserve the integrity of the labeled spike protein in the tissue samples. We determined that instillation of 3 µg of Alexa 488 labeled spike protein yielded the optimal signal strength across the lung sections. Notably, in many mouse models employing intra-nasal instillation protocols for SARS-CoV2 spike protein or RBD domain-only recombinant proteins, a dosage of approximately 3 µg or higher were commonly used. Regarding the titer of spike-incorporated VLPs, it is important to highlight that we did not directly compare the quantity of spike protein present in NL4.3 VLPs to that of the naïve SARS-CoV-2 virus. HIV-1 and SARS-CoV-2 viruses typically carry around 70 gp120 spikes and 30 spikes, respectively. We estimated that SARS-CoV-2 spike-incorporated NL4.3 VLPs may display twice the number of spikes compared to naïve SARS-CoV-2. Notably, our measurements of SARS-CoV-2 spike on NL4.3 VLPs demonstrated similar behavior to SARS-CoV-2 in terms of specific binding to ACE2-expressing 293T cells, indicating their functional similarity in this context.

      Author response image 1.

      Spike protein-incorporated NL4.3 VLPs test with human ACE2-transfected HEK293 cells. The wild-type spike protein-incorporated VLPs and delta envelope NL4.3 VLPs were analyzed using human ACE2-transfected HEK293 cells. The first plot shows ACE2 expression levels in HEK293 cells. The second plot displays the binding pattern of Delta Env NL4.3 VLPs on ACE2-expressing HEK293 cells. The third plot illustrates the binding pattern of wild-type spike protein-incorporated NL4.3 VLPs on ACE2expressing HEK293 cells. The histogram provides a comparison of VLP binding strength to ACE2expressing HEK293 cells.

      ‐ The PNGase F‐treated protein was not studied in Fig 1. In Fig 2, glycan‐removal by PNGaseF has little effects on cell uptake and cell recruitment in the lung. If binding to one of the Siglec lectins is a critical initial step, experiments should be designed to evaluate this aspect of the spike‐cell interaction in a greater depth.

      As the reviewer states results with the PNGase F-treated protein were not shown in Fig. 1 although we showed results in Figs. 2 & 3. See discussion below about our preparation of the PNGase F-treated protein. Perhaps because we elected to use a purified fraction that retained ACE2 binding, the protein we used likely retained some complex glycans. As the reviewer notes the PNGase F treated protein had similar overall cellular recruitment and uptake profiles compared to the untreated spike protein. The PNGase Ftreated fraction we used no longer bound Siglec-F in the flow-based assay, shown in Fig. 7. This argues that the initial uptake and cellular recruitment following intranasal instillation of the Spike protein did not depend upon the engagement of Siglec-F. While Siglec-F on the murine alveolar macrophage can likely efficiently capture the spike proteins other cellular receptors contribute and the overall impact of the spike protein on alveolar macrophages likely reflects its engagement of multiple receptors.

      • Enzymatic removal of sialic acids from spike may be one parameter to explore. The efficiency of enzymatic removal should also be verified prior to experiments. Finally, the authors need to assess whether the proteins remained functional, folded properly, and did not aggregate.

      To obtain the de-glycosylated form of the SARS-CoV-2 spike protein, we employed PNGase F enzymatic digestion to remove glycans. Subsequently, the spike protein was purified using a size exclusion column. During this purification process, the PNGase F-treated spike protein segregated into two distinct fractions, specifically fraction 6 to 8 and fraction 9 to 11 (see revised Figure 1- figure supplement 1).

      Author response image 2.

      Size exclusion chromatography. The peak lines represent the absorbance at 280 nm. PNGase F-treated spike proteins were loaded onto a Superdex 26/60 column, resolved at a flow rate of 1.0 ml/min, and collected in 1 ml fractions.

      The Coomassie blue staining of an SDS-PAGE gel revealed that fractions 6 to 8 likely underwent a more pronounced de-glycosylation by PNGase F compared to fractions 9 to 11. Additionally, during the size column purification, we noticed that fraction 6 to 8 exhibited a faster mobility than the untreated spike protein, implying a potentially substantial modification of the protein's conformation. To probe the functional characteristics of the de-glycosylated spike protein in fraction 6 to 8, we conducted binding tests with human ACE2. Strikingly, the spike protein in fraction 6 to 8 completely lost its binding affinity to ACE2, indicating a loss of its ACE2-binding capability. Conversely, the protein in fraction 9 to 11 showed partial de-glycosylation but still retained its original functionality to bind to ACE2 and its antibody.

      Author response image 3.

      FACS analysis of various spike protein-bound beads. Protein bound beads were detected with labeled spike antibody, recombinant human ACE2, and recombinant mouse Siglec-F.

      Based on these results, we concluded that fraction 9 to 11 would be the most suitable choice for further studies as the de-glycosylated spike protein, considering its retained functional properties relevant for ligating ACE2 and antibody motifs yet had lost Siglec-F binding. In the revised manuscript we have describe in more detail the purification of the PNGase F treated Trimer and its functional assessment.

      ‐ Increases in macrophages and alveolar macrophages by Kifunensine Tx spike in Fig 2A suggest effects that are not related to Siglec lectins. These effects are not seen with the wild type or D614 spike trimers, so the relevance of high‐ mannose spike is unclear. On the other hand, there were clear differences between Wuhan and D614 trimers seen in Fig 2A and 2B, but there was no verification to ascertain whether these differences were indeed due to strain differences and not due to batch‐to‐batch variability of the recombinant protein production. The overall glycan contents of the Wuhan and D614 spike protein samples should be measured. If Siglec interaction is the main interest in this study, the terminal sialic acid contents should be determined and compared to those in the corresponding strains in the context of native SARS‐CoV‐2 virions.

      Our initial observation that Siglec-F positive alveolar macrophages (AMs) avidly acquired spike proteins followed by a rapid leukocyte recruitment provided the rational for us to examine the impact of modifying the glycosylation pattern on the spike protein (de-glycosylated and spike variants) on their binding tropism and their cellular recruitment profiles in the lung. In this context, we examined the influence of several glycan modification on spike proteins, hypothesizing that these modifications would alter the acquisition of the spike protein by mouse AMs compared to the wild-type trimer. While we did not conduct an indepth analysis of the glycan composition and terminal sialic acid contents of the SARS-CoV-2 spike proteins we used we did verify that the different proteins behaved as expected. Most of the biochemical studies were performed in Jim Arthos’ laboratory, which has a long interest in the glycosylation of the HIV envelope protein. On SDS-PAGE the SARS-CoV-2 spike protein purified from the Kifunesine treated CHO cells exhibited a 12 kDa reduction. It bound much better to L-Sign, DC-Sign, and maltose binding lectin, and poorly to Siglec-F. In the cellular studies it bound less well to most of the cellular subsets examined including murine alveolar macrophages. In studies with human blood leukocytes, it relied on cations for binding. However, it retained its toxicity directed at mouse and human neutrophils and it elicited a similar cytokine profile when added to human macrophages. The D614G mutation increased the spike protein binding to P-Selectin, CD163, and snowdrop lectin (mannose binding) suggesting that the mutation had altered the glycan content of the protein. We used the D614G spike protein in a limited number of experiments as it behaved like the wild-type protein except for a slightly altered cellular retention pattern 18 hrs after intranasal instillation. In the revised manuscript we have included its binding to peripheral blood leukocytes. The D614G mutation conferred stronger binding to human monocytes than the original Spike protein. As discussed above, we recovered two fractions following the PNGase F treatment, one with a 40 kDa reduction on SDS-PAGE and the other a 60 kDa decrease and we chose to evaluate the fraction with a 40 kDa reduction in subsequent experiments. Consistent with a loss of N-linked glycans the PNGase F treatment reduced the binding to the lectin PHA, which recognizes complex carbohydrates, and it resulted in a sharp reduction in Siglec-F binding. The lower molecular weight fraction recovered after PNGase F treatment no longer bound ACE2. While our studies showed that alveolar macrophages likely employ Siglec-F as a capturing receptor they possess other receptors that also can capture the spike protein. The downstream consequences of engaging SiglecF and other Siglecs by the SARS-CoV-2 spike protein will require additional studies.

      While acknowledging the possibility of some batch-batch variation in recombinant protein preparation, we don’t think this was a major issue. We have noted some batch-batch variations in yield- efficiency, however the purified proteins consistently gave similar results in the various experiments.

      ‐ Fig 3: The same concern described above applies to the hCoV‐HKU1 spike protein. In Panel D, the PNGase and Kifunensine treatment did not appear to abrogate the neutrophil recruitment. Panel A did not include PNGase and Kif Tx spike proteins. Quantification of images in panel D is missing and should be done on many randomly selected areas.

      We analyzed the neutrophil count of images in panel D and the results are presented. (Figure 3-figure supplement 1C). The Kifunensine treatment reduced the neutrophil recruitment at 3 hours, while the PNGase F treated Spike protein recruited as well or slightly more neutrophils. The hCoV-HKU1 S1 domain did not differ much from the saline control.

      ‐ Fig 4: Kifunensine Tx spike caused more increase in neutrophil damage after intrascrotal injections. PNGase Tx spike was not tested. Connection between Siglec‐spike binding and neutrophil recruitment/damage is lacking.

      Exteriorized cremaster muscle imaging functions as a model system for monitoring neutrophil behavior recruited by spike proteins within the local tissue, distinct from Siglec F-positive alveolar macrophages residing in lung tissue. Hence, our primary focus was not on investigating the Siglec/Spike protein interaction. Consequently, we did not utilize PNGase F-treated spike protein in these experiments. To clarify this issue, we added a sentence in main text ‘Although this model lacks Siglec F-positive macrophages, it is worth monitoring the effect of the SARS-CoV-2 Spike protein on neutrophils recruited in the inflammatory local tissue.’

      ‐ Fig 5. Neutrophil injury was also seen after inhalation (intranasal) of spike protein in mice and in vitro with human neutrophils. Panel B shows no titrating effects of spike (from 0.1 to 2) on Netosis of murine neutrophils. Panel C: Netosis was seen with human neutrophils at 1 but not 0.1. Is this species difference important?

      Given the observation of neutrophil NETosis in the mouse imaging experiment, our objective was to characterize the direct impact of the spike protein on human and murine neutrophils. The origins of the neutrophils are different as the murine neutrophils were purified from mouse bone marrow while the human neutrophils were purified from human blood. Both purification protocols led to greater than 98% neutrophils. However, the murine neutrophils contain many more immature cells (50-60%) because the bone marrow served as their source. Furthermore, the murine neutrophils are from 6–8-week-old mice while the human neutrophils are from 30-50 year-old humans. More work would be needed to sort out whether there is any difference between human and mouse neutrophils in their propensity to undergo netosis in response to Spike protein.

      ‐ Kifunensine Tx again did not cause any reduction, indicating the lack of involvement of sialic acid. How was this related to Siglec participation directly or indirectly? There was no quantification for Panel D.

      We do not think that Siglecs play a role in the induction of neutrophil netosis as the Spike proteins lacking Siglec interactions induced similar levels of netosis. Likely other neutrophil receptors are important. As noted in the text,

      "human neutrophils express several C-type lectin receptors including CLEC5A, which has been implicated in SARS-CoV-2 triggered neutrophil NETosis." Our goal with the data in Panel D was to visualize human neutrophil NETosis on trimer-bearing A549 cells we relied on the flow cytometry assays for quantification.

      ‐ The rationale for testing cation dependence is unclear and should be described. What is the significance of "cations enhanced leukocyte binding particularly so with the high mannose protein"? Are there cationdependent receptors for spike independent of glycans and huACE‐2? If so, how is this relevant to the main topic of this paper?

      It is well known that many glycan bindings by C-type lectins are calcium-dependent, involving specific amino acid residues that coordinate with calcium ions and bind to the hydroxyl groups of sugars. As discussed in our previous draft, the C-type lectin receptor L-SIGN has been suggested as a calciumdependent receptor for SARS-CoV-2, specifically interacting with high-mannose-type N-glycans on the SARS-CoV-2 spike protein. Therefore, it was worthwhile to investigate the calcium-dependent manner of spike protein binding to various types of immune cells. We added some data to this figure. It now includes the binding profile of the D614G protein. In addition, we corrected the binding data by subtracting the fluorescent signal from the unstained control cells.

      ‐ Fig 7: human Siglec 5 and 8 were studied in comparison with mouse Siglec F. Recombinant protein data are not congruent with transfected 293 cell data. Panel A, the best binding to hSiglec 5 and 8 are the PNGase F Tx spike protein; how to interpret these data? Panel B: only the WT and D614G spike proteins binding to Siglec 5 and 8 on transfected cells. It made sense that kif Tx (high‐mannose) and PNGaseF Tx (no glycan) spike would not bind to the Siglecs, but they did not bind to ACE2 either, indicative of nonfunctional spike proteins.

      We discussed this as follows: ‘The closest human paralog of mouse Siglec-F is hSiglec-8 (reference 40). While expressed on human eosinophils and mast cells, human AMs apparently lack it. In contrast, human AMs do express Siglec-5 (reference 37). Along with its paired receptor, hSiglec-14, Siglec-5 can modulate innate immune responses (reference 41). When tested in a bead binding assay, in contrast to Siglec-F, neither hSiglec-5 or -8 bound the recombinant spike protein, yet their expression in a cellular context allowed binding. The in vitro bead binding assay we established demonstrated the specific binding of the bait molecule to target molecules. However, it does have limitations in replicating the complexities of the actual cellular environment. As discussed previously the PNGase Tx fraction we used in these experiments retained ACE2 binding, but loss binding to Siglec-F in the bead assay. In a biacore assay, not shown, the PNGase Tx fraction bound L-Sign and DC-Sign better than the untreated trimer, and it retained human ACE2 binding although it bound less well than wild type-trimer. Why the PNGase Tx fractions bound poorly to the human ACE2 transfected HEK293 cells is unclear. A higher density of recombinant ACE2 on the beads compared to that expressed on the surface of HEK293 may explain the difference. Alternatively in the bead assay we used a recombinant human ACE2-Fc fragment fusion protein purified from HEK293 cells, while in the transfection assay, we expressed human full length ACE2. The biacore, the bead binding, and the functional assays we performed all suggest that we had used intact recombinant proteins.

      ‐ Fig 8: This last set of experiment was to measure cytokine release by different types of macrophage cultures treated with spike from different cells with vs without Kifunensine Tx. The connection of these experiments to the rest is tenuous and is not explained. This is one of the examples where bits of data are presented without tying them together.

      Dysregulated cytokine production significantly contributes to the pathogenesis of severe COVID-19 infection. Since we had observed strong binding of the spike protein to human monocytes and murine alveolar macrophages, we tested whether the spike protein altered cytokine production by human monocyte-derived macrophages. Depending on the culture conditions human monocytes can be differentiated M0, M1, or M2 phenotypes. Each type of macrophage responds differently to stimulants, often leading to distinct patterns of cytokine secretion. These patterns offer valuable insights into the immune response. The cytokine profiling conducted in this study enhances our understanding of how distinct macrophage types react to the spike protein.

      ‐ Discussion section did not describe how the various experiments and data are tied together. The authors explained the interactions of spike with different cell types in each paragraph separately, leaving this reviewer really confused as to what the authors want to convey as the main message of the paper.

      We have modified discussion to address this issue.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      ‐ The authors may want to refer to "intranasal instillation" to distinguish it from inhalation of an aerosolised liquid. How was the dose of the spike protein selected? There is some dose information in different settings, but usually between 0.1‐1 µg/ml or 0.1 µg‐5 µg range for in vivo injection, but the rationale for these ranges should be discussed. Is this mimicking a real situation during infections or a condition that might be used for vaccines?

      While inhalation of aerosolized liquid closely mimics the natural route of human exposure to respiratory infectious materials, intranasal instillation with a liquid inoculum remains a widely accepted standard approach for virus or vaccine inoculation across various laboratory species. To clearly define our mouse model, we are changing the term 'inhalation' to 'instillation'. We previously answered to Reviewer #2 as following: To visualize the acquisition of spike protein and track cells that have acquired the spike protein, we conducted a series of tests and optimizations using different concentrations of Alexa Fluor 488 labeled spike protein, ranging from 0.5 to 5 µg. During the processing of lung tissue for microscopic imaging, it was of utmost importance to preserve the integrity of the labeled spike protein on the tissue samples. Through our investigations, we determined that an instillation of 3 µg of Alexa Fluor 488 labeled spike protein yielded the most optimal signal strength across the lung sections. Notably, in many mouse models employing intra-nasal instillation protocols for SARS-CoV-2 spike protein or RBD domain-only recombinant proteins, a dosage of approximately 3 µg or higher was commonly used. Hence, based on these references and our preliminary studies, we selected 3 µg as the optimal concentration of instilled spike protein per mouse.

      ‐ Controls are not evenly applied. In some cases, the control for the large and complex SARS‐CoV2 spiker trimer is PBS. This seems insufficient to control against effects of injecting such complex proteins that can undergo significant conformational changes after uptake by a cell. In some cases, human coronavirus spike proteins from different viruses are used, but not much is said about these proteins and the different glycoforms are not explored. Are these prepared in the same way and do they have similar glycoforms. For example, if the Siglecs bind sialic acid on N‐linked glycans, then why do the purified Siglecs or Siglecs expressed in cells not bind the HKU‐1 spike, which would have such sialic acids if expressed in the same way as the CoV2 spike?

      We have taken careful consideration to select an appropriate control material for these experiments. Initially, we opted to employ Saline or PBS for intranasal instillation as a vehicle control, a choice aligned with the approach taken in numerous previous studies involving lung inflammation mouse models. However, as the reviewer pointed out, we share the concern for achieving more meaningful and comparable control materials, particularly considering the size and complexity of the recombinant protein. In accordance with this perspective, we introduced glycan-modified spike proteins and the HCoV-HKU1 S1 subunit. Figure 3 illustrates our comprehensive evaluation of various spike proteins in terms of their impact on neutrophil recruitment. The diversity of sialic acid structures observed on recombinant proteins expressed within the same cell emerges from the intricate interplay of multiple factors within the cellular glycosylation machinery. This complex enzymatic process empowers cells to finely modulate glycan structures and sialic acid patterns, tailoring them to suit the diverse biological functions of distinct proteins. Despite structural similarities between the HCoV-HKU1 and SARS-CoV-2 spike proteins, their glycan modifications vary, thereby leading to distinct binding properties with various Siglec subtypes. All recombinant proteins used in this study except for the S1 subunits were generated within our laboratory. These include the wild-type spike protein, the D614G Spike protein, the Kifunensine-treated high mannose spike proteins, and the PNGase F-treated deglycosylated spike proteins. All the proteins were produced using the same protocol using CHO cells or on occasion HEK293F cells. We have indicated in the manuscript where we used HEK293F cells for the protein production otherwise they were produced in CHO cells.

      ‐ Figure 1 F‐I, there should be a control for VLP without SARS‐CoV2 spike as the VLP will contain other components that may be active in the system.

      We tested the delta Env VLP for alveolar macrophage acquisition and neutrophil recruitment. We found a similar alveolar macrophage acquisition of the VLPs, but significantly less neutrophil recruitment compared to the free Spike protein. Since the uptake pattern with the VLPs matched that of the spike protein we did not consider adding a non-spike bearing VLP as a control. The rapid VLPs clearance into the lymphatics shortly after instillation may account for the reduced neutrophil recruitment following their instillation (Figure 1 figure supplement 2B, C).

      ‐ In Figure 1H, that do they mean by autofluorescence? Is this the cyan signal?

      Is the green signal also autofluorescence as this is identified as the VLP?

      We appreciate reviewer pointing out the typo regarding autofluorescence in the figure image. To provide clarity regarding the background in all lung section images, we have included additional supplemental data. During the fixation process of lung tissue, various endogenous elements in the tissue sample contribute to autofluorescence when exposed to lasers in the confocal microscope. Specifically, collagen and elastin present in the lung vasculature, including airways and blood vessels, are dominant structures that generate autofluorescence. To address this issue, we have implemented optimizations to distinguish between real signals and the noise caused by autofluorescence. We inadvertently failed to indicate the source of the strong cyan signal. The signal is due to Evans Blue dye delineating lung airway structures, which contain collagen and elastin—known binding materials for Evans Blue dye. This explains the strong fluorescence signals observed in the airways. We conjugated the recombinant spike protein with Alexa Fluor 488, and viral-like particles (VLPs) were visualized with gag-GFP. (Figure 1 figure supplement 2A, D)

      ‐ The control for SARS‐CoV2 spike trimer is PBS, but how can the authors distinguish patterns specific to the spike trimer from any other protein delivered by intranasal instillation. Could they use another channel with a control glycoprotein to determine if there is anything unique about the pattern for spike trimer?

      Alveolar macrophages employ numerous receptors to capture glycoproteins that have mannose, Nacetylglucosamine, or glucose exposed. Galactose-terminal glycoproteins are typically not bound. We do not think that the Spike protein is unique in its propensity to target alveolar macrophages.

      ‐ What is the parameter measured in Figure S2B?

      The percentage of the different cell types that have retained the instilled Spike protein at the three-hour time point. .

      ‐ The Spike trimer with high mannose oligosaccharides may gain binding to the mannose receptor. It may be helpful to state the distribution of this receptor and comment is it could be responsible for this having the largest effect size for some cell types.

      We agree that the spike trimer with high mannose should target cells bearing the mannose receptor. We have modified the discussion to address this point and have mentioned some of the cell types likely to bind the high mannose bearing spike protein.

      ‐ A key experiment is the Evans Blue measure of lung injury in Figure 3A. A control with the HKU‐1 spike is also performed, but more details on the matching of this proteins production to the SARS‐CoV2 spike trimer and the quantification of these comparative result should be provided. To show that the SARSCoV2 spike trimer can cause tissue injury on its own seems like a very important result, but the impact is currently reduced by the inconsistent application of controls and quantification of key results. Furthermore, if these results can be repeated in the B6 and B6 K18‐hACE2 mouse model it might further increase the impact by demonstrating whether or not hACE2 contributes to this effect.

      We repeated the lung permeability assay using the S1 subunit from the original SARS-CoV-2 and the S1 subunit from HCoV-HKU1. Both proteins were made by the same company using a similar expression system and purification protocol. Consistent with our original data, the instillation of the SARS-CoV-2 S1 subunit led to an increase in lung vasculature permeability, whereas the HCoV-HKU-1 S1 subunit had a minimal impact. (Figure 3 figure supplement 1A). This experiment suggests that it the S1 subunit that leads to the increase in vascular permeability. To address the contribution of hACE2 in this phenomenon, we conducted a lung permeability assay using K18-hACE2 transgenic mice. The K18-hACE2 transgenic mice exhibited a slight increase in lung vasculature permeability upon SARS-CoV-2 trimer instillation compared to the non-transgenic mice. This suggests that the hACE2-Spike protein interaction may contribute to an increase in lung vascular permeability during SARS-CoV-2 lung infection (Figure 3 figure supplement 1B).

      ‐ For Figure 4A, could they provide quantification. The neutrophil extravasation with Trimer appears quite robust, but the authors seem to down‐play this and it's not clear without quantification.

      To address this issue, we analyzed and graphed the neutrophil numbers in each image. Injection of the trimer along with IL-1β significantly increased neutrophil infiltration. (Figure 4 figure supplement 1)

      ‐ In Figure 4B, there are no neutrophils at all in the BSA condition. Is this correct? Intravascular neutrophils were detected with PBS injection in Figure 4A.

      We demonstrated that the neutrophil behaviors occur within the infiltrated tissue rather than within the blood vessels. Even when examining the blood vessels in all other images, it is challenging to identify neutrophils adhering to the endothelium of the blood vessels. Neutrophils observed in the PBS 3-hour control group are likely acute responders to the local injection, as a smaller number of neutrophils were observed in the 6-hour image.

      ‐ In Figure 5A the observation of neutrophil response in lung slices seems to be presented an anecdotal account. The neutrophil appears to polarize, but is this a consistent observation? How many such observations were made?

      We have consistent observations across three different experiments. In addition, highly polarized and fragmented neutrophils were consistently observed in the fixed lung section images.

      ‐ The statement: "human Siglec‐5 and Siglec‐8 bound poorly despite being the structural and functional equivalents of Siglec F, respectively (37)". How can one Siglec be the structural and the other the functional equivalent of Siglec‐F? It might help to provide a little more detail as to how these should be seen.

      Mouse Siglec-F has two distinct counterparts in the human Siglec system, both in terms of structure and function. In the context of domain structure, human Siglec-5 serves as the counterpart to mouse Siglec-F. However, it's important to note that while human Siglec-8 is not a genetic ortholog of mouse Siglec-F, it is expressed on similar cellular populations and functions as a functional paralog.

      ‐ The assay using purified proteins and proteins expressed in cells don't fully agree. For example, it's very surprising that recombinant Siglec 5 and 8 bind better to the non‐glycosylated form than to the glycosylated trimer. It appears from Figure S1 that the PNGaseF treated Spike contains at least partly glycosylated monomers and it also appears that the Kifunesine effect may be partial. PNGaseF may have a hard time removing some glycans from a native protein.

      We were also surprised by the results using the PNGase F treated Spike protein in that it lost binding to Siglec-F and retained binding to human Siglec-5 and 8 in the bead assay, shown in Figure 7A. As explained above we used a purified fraction of the PNGase F treated protein that retained some functional activity as assessed in the ACE2 binding assay and in biacore assays not shown. The persistent binding of Siglec-5 and Siglec-8 suggests that removal of some of the complex glycans had revealed sites capable of binding Siglec-5 and 8. We would agree with the reviewer that the PNGase treatment we used only removed some of the glycans from the native protein. In data not shown the high mannose spike protein behaved as predicted in biacore assays, binding better to DC-SIGN and maltose binding lectin, but less well to PHA and less well to ACE2. The high mannose trimer also bound less to the HEK293 cells expressing ACE2, Siglec-5, or Siglec-8 as well as peripheral blood leukocytes.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This study presents valuable findings that examine both how Down syndrome (DS)-related physiological, behavioral, and phenotypic traits track across time, as well as how chronic treatment with green tea extracts 25 enriched in epigallocatechin-3-gallate (GTE-EGCG), administered in drinking water spanning prenatal through 5 months of age, impacts these measures in wild-type and Ts65Dn mice. However, the strength of the evidence is incomplete, due to high variability across measures, perhaps attributable to a failure to include sex as a factor for measures known to be sexually dimorphic. This study is of interest to scientists interested in Down Syndrome and its' treatment, as well as scientists who study disorders that impact multiple organ systems.

      Public Reviews:

      Using Ts65Dn - the most commonly used mouse model of Down syndrome (DS) - the goal of this study is two-pronged: 1) to conduct a thorough assessment of DS-related genotypic, physiological, behavioral, and phenotypic measures in a longitudinal manner; and 2) to measure the effects of chronic GTE-EGCG on these measures in the Ts65Dn mouse model. Corroborating results from several previous studies on Ts65Dn mice, findings of this study show confirm the Ts65Dn mouse model exhibits the suite of traits associated with DS. The findings also suggest that the mouse model might have experienced drift, given the milder phenotypes than those reported by earlier studies. Results of the GTE-EGCG treatment do not support its therapeutic use and instead show that the treatment exacerbated certain DS-related phenotypes.

      Strengths:

      The authors performed a rigorous assessment of treatment and examined treatment and genotypic alterations at multiple time points during growth and aging. Detailed analysis shows differences in genotype during aging as well as genotype with treatment. This study is solid in the overarching methodological approach (with the exception of RNAseq, described below). The biggest strength of the study is its approach and dataset, which corroborate results from a multitude of past studies on Ts65Dn mice, albeit on adult specimens. It would be beneficial for the dataset to be made available to other researchers using a public data repository.

      We deeply appreciate the reviewers' positive feedback. Their acknowledgment of the solid methodological approach and the rigorous assessment of genotypic and treatment effects over various developmental stages resonates with our motivation. Their suggestion to make the dataset available in a public data repository for other researchers is well-taken. We are committed to data sharing and we are creating a dedicated platform to facilitate the accessibility of our research data to the scientific community. Given its size and complexity, we currently hold the dataset available upon reasonable request to the corresponding authors.

      Weaknesses:

      There are several primary weaknesses, described below:

      Sex was not considered in the analyses.

      The number of experimental animals of each sex are not clearly represented in the paper, but are buried in supplemental tables, and the Ns for the RNAseq are unclear. No analyses were done to examine sex differences in male/female DS or WT animals with or without treatment. Body measurements will greatly vary by sex, but this was not taken into consideration during assessments. As such, there is a high amount of variability within each cohort measured for body assessments (tibia, body weight, skeletal development etc.). Supplemental table 14 had the list of each animal, but not collated by sex, genotype or treatment, making it difficult to assess the strength of each measurement.

      Our study primarily concentrated on providing a holistic understanding of the impact of trisomy and GTE-EGCG treatment on Down syndrome, and was not explicitly designed to investigate sexual dimorphism. However, instead of reporting on only one sex and thereby obviating sex as a source of variation, as in previously published studies, we decided to include both male and female mice within the study design to represent a more realistic portrayal of the nature of Down syndrome in a heterogeneous population. By encompassing both sexes, we aim to better capture the variability in Down syndrome.

      As we do acknowledge the significance of sex bias in scientific research, we considered performing post-hoc analyses to test the effect of sexual dimorphism, but found that our dataset was underpowered to obtain reliable results, since our experiments were not a priori designed to investigate this question and sample sizes for each sex by separate were not large enough. Nevertheless, considering the reviewer’s comment, we have taken specific steps to improve the representation of sex-related information and to enhance the clarity of our manuscript.

      First, we have redesigned all figures using empty and full symbols to distinguish male from female mice within each analysis, providing readers with an immediate sense of the sex distribution in each experimental group. Moreover, we have modified Supplementary Table 1 to offer a comprehensive breakdown of the number of male and female mice for each test, along with their respective genotypes and treatment groups. This table aims to make the sample size and sex distribution within our study as transparent as possible for our readers. While we acknowledge that our study lacked the statistical power to perform a detailed sex-based analysis, the visual representation of sex in our data shows which systems are mainly affected by sexual dysmorphism. This evidence can guide future investigations directly designed to investigate sexual effects in certain systems or structures.

      Key results are not clearly depicted in the main figures

      Rigorous assessment of each figure and the clarity of the figure to convey the results of the analysis needs to be performed. Many of the figures do not clearly represent the findings, with authors heavily relying on supplemental figures to present details to explain results. Figure legends do not adequately describe figures; rather, they are limited to describing how the analysis is performed. For example, LDA plots in Figure 4 do not clearly convey the results of metabolite analysis.

      Overall, the amount of data presented here is overwhelming, making it difficult to interpret the findings. Some assessments that do not add to the overall paper need to be removed. Clarifying the text, figures and trimming the supplement to represent the data in a manner that is easily understood will improve the readability of the paper. For example, perhaps measures which are not strongly impacted by genotype could be moved to the supplement, because they are not directly relevant to the question of whether GTE-EGCG reverses the impact of trisomy on the measures.

      As rightly pointed out by the reviewers, the vast amount of data generated by our holistic and longitudinal approach is one of the primary strengths, but also an important challenge in our study. Our dataset encompasses a comprehensive assessment of the effects of treatment and genotypic alterations at multiple time points during growth and aging. This multi-dimensional evaluation is pivotal to our research, and relegating data to supplementary material would restrict access to this holistic understanding. Our aim is to provide readers with a complete view of the complex interactions we have explored, and retaining this data in the main text is essential to uphold the integrity of our work.

      Indeed, we specifically chose to submit or manuscript to eLife because this journal allows to access supplemental information directly from the text and figures in the main manuscript and best aligned with our approach to data presentation. The eLife format permits us to offer readers a quick and informative overview of all the data within the main figures employing multivariate techniques such as Linear Discriminant Analysis or Principal Component Analysis. Subsequently, we supply more detailed analyses in the supplementary figures for readers who wish to delve deeper into specific aspects. Furthermore, while certain figures may be categorized as supplementary, for us it is crucial, and we would like to emphasize, that every result is comprehensively described in the main text.

      Acknowledging the concerns raised about the density of our paper and the potential challenges in interpreting the findings, we have conducted a thorough review of the text and figure legends. We have made revisions with the goal to enhance clarity and readability. We have made dedicated efforts to ensure that readers can readily grasp the significance of our results and appreciate the intricacies of our findings. We firmly believe that with these revisions, our chosen approach is the most effective means of presenting the richness of our data and maintaining the integrity of our findings.

      Lack of clarity in the behavioral analyses

      Behavioral assessments are not clearly written in the methods. For example, for the novel object recognition task, it isn't clear how preference was calculated. Is this simply the percent of time spent with the novel object, or is this a relative measure (novel:familiar ratio)? This matters because if it is simply the percent of time, the relevant measure is to compare each group to 50% (the absence of a preference). The key measures for each test need to be readily distinguished from the control measures.

      There are also many dependent behavioral measures. For example, speed and distance are directly related to each other, but these are typically reported as control measures to help interpret the key measure, which is the anxiety-like behavior. Similarly, some behavioral tests were used to represent multiple behavioral dimensions, such as anxiety and arousal. In general, the measurements of arousal seem atypical (speed and distance are typically reported as control measures, not measures of arousal). Similarly, measures of latency during training would not typically be used as a measure of long-term memory but instead reported as a control measure to show learning occurred. LDA analysis requires independence of the measures, as well as normality. It does not appear that all of the measures fed into this analysis would have met these assumptions, but the methods also do not clearly describe which measures were actually used in the LDA.

      We agree with the reviewers’ concerns about the clarity of our behavioral analyses and we have thus added information to the methods section to clarify the procedures. Specifically, for SPSN, social approach was recorded as time spent close to STR1, and a preference ratio was calculated as Pref= 100 Time close to STR1/(Time close to STR1 + Time close to Empty). Social recognition memory was scored as preference towards STR2 and calculated as Pref =100 (time close to STR2) / (Time close to STR1 + Time close to STR2). For NOR, preference for novel object was calculated as Pref=100* Time novel object / (Time familiar object + novel object).

      With regards to the different variables reported for the behavioral protocols, we agree that some measures, such as path length and speed can be used as control measures. For example, in an open field test, path length is an important control measure to assess whether an animal is engaged in the task. However, if an animal is actively moving, the amount of distance covered can but does not have to correlate with the amount of time that a mouse spends in the center of the open field. Using the measure of distance covered as a measure for general arousal and time spent in the center as a measure for anxiety related behavior allows a more nuanced evaluation of animal behavior. For instance, two animals spending similar amounts of time in the center may exhibit differences in the distance they cover. In this scenario, we would argue that anxiety related behavior (defined as exploring the center of an open field) would not reflect well a behavioral difference between the two animals, while the aspect of arousal clearly is a differencing factor.

      Regarding the PA task and the use of latency during training, we agree that typically latency during training can be used as control measure to show that learning occurred. However, our study involved testing animals at two distinct time points. Contextual fear conditioning creates very robust memory traces that can persist for weeks or even months, and therefore the starting premise is very different when repeating the test. Initially, the animals were experimentally naïve and had not yet experienced a foot shock, leading to a rapid entry into the dark box. However, after experiencing the first CS-US presentation, a robust and persistent contextual fear memory trace is formed. Therefore, the latency observed in the second training phase of the PA reflects in essence long-term contextual fear memory, that is robustly displayed in WT animals but less in treated WT and TS animals. We have included this clarification in the methods and results sections.

      Finally, we want to thank the reviewer for noticing the error in the LDAs, as the analysis was indeed performed including dependent variables for some systems. We have re-evaluated the LDAs for the behavioral tests and tibia microarchitecture tests, excluding dependent variables. As a result, the text and significance levels have been adjusted accordingly. To enhance transparency and clarity, we have included Supplementary Table S21, which precisely outlines the variables included in each LDA.

      Unclear value of RNAseq

      RNAseq was performed in cerebellum, a relatively spared region in DS pathology at an early time point in disease. Further, the expression of 125 genes triplicated in DS was shown in a PCA plot to highly overlap with WT, indicating that there are minimal differences in gene expression in these genes. If these genes are not critical for cerebellar function, perhaps this could account for the lack of differences between WT and Ts65Dn mice. If the authors are interested in performing RNAseq, it would have made more sense to perform this in hippocampus (to compare with metabolites) and to perform more stringent bioinformatic analysis than assessment by PCA of a limited subset of genes. Supplementary Table S14, which shows the differentially expressed genes, appears to be missing from the manuscript and cannot be evaluated. Additionally, the methods of the RNAseq are not sufficiently described and lack critical details. For example, what was the normalization performed, and which groups were compared to identify differentially expressed genes? It would also be worthwhile to describe how animals were identified for RNAseq-were those animals representative of their groups across other measures?

      We acknowledge the reviewers' comments on the RNAseq analysis and would like to provide additional insights into our rationale and choices for this analysis. The primary aim of our RNAseq analysis was to offer supplementary evidence in support of the broader context of our paper. Rather than focusing on specific genes, our aim was to assess potential alterations in transcription within genes triplicated in the mouse model and explore differentially expressed genes across the entire genome. Therefore, we conducted a global analysis of the triplicated genes using a PCA and analyzed the differentially expressed genes across the entire genome as shown in Supplementary Table S14. The table was originally included as a separate Excel file but apparently it was not received by the reviewers. We have contacted the eLife editorial to ensure its inclusion in the current version. Furthermore, we have modified the text to clarify that both the triplicated genes and the entire genome were analyzed.

      Regarding the use of cerebellum instead of hippocampus, we agree with the reviewers that the hippocampus is a major tissue of interest in the study of Down Syndrome since it mostly relates to cognition. Trisomic patients, however, also display other typical features such as for example a delay in the acquisition of motor skills. Here we decided to focus on the cerebellum as it is primarily associated to the locomotor system but also plays a role in other cognitive functions such as language processing and memory. Furthermore, at the time of the RNAseq analysis, the mice were 8 months old, equivalent to the adult human stage, and previous studies have shown transcriptomic alterations in this tissue and mouse model (Olmos-Serrano et al., 2016; Saran et al., 2003).

      The lack of observable differences between WT and Ts65Dn mice in our PCA analysis may be attributed to several factors as discussed in our article. First, the high variability within each group, inherent to the complexity of DS, may obscure inter-group differences. Additionally, the subtlety of gene expression differences between WT and trisomic mice in the set of triplicated genes, as suggested by other transcriptomics studies on DS (Aït Yahya-Graison et al., 2007; Lyle et al., 2004; Olmos-Serrano et al., 2016; Saran et al., 2003), may contribute to the limited distinctions observed. Furthermore, regarding treatment effects, the timing of the RNAseq analysis should be considered since it was conducted at the endpoint, three months after treatment cessation. This temporal aspect could imply that the effects of the drug are not persistent, and a molecular memory might not be formed and maintained.

      Nevertheless, we appreciate the reviewers' constructive comments and acknowledge the potential for more stringent bioinformatic analyses. While our intention was to provide an initial, global perspective, we are eager to support further investigations that delve deeper into the complexities of DS-related molecular mechanisms. Consequently, the dataset is available for other researchers to explore more specific questions upon request.

      Finally, we have updated the methods section of the article to offer more detailed information on RNAseq processing and analysis. We have also clarified that all the surviving mice were included in the analysis.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      (1) Please add power calculations for each of the assessments.

      We would like to clarify that we had already conducted power calculations as part of the initial planning and design phase of our study. After data acquisition and analysis, we have utilized appropriate statistical methods to interpret the results based on the data we have collected. Given that we had conducted a priori power calculations prior to data collection and that our analysis is based on the acquired data, we do not see the added value in including post hoc power calculations. Our primary focus has been on performing the correct statistical analyses to accurately interpret the results and draw meaningful conclusions.

      (2) Introduction has some excessive references for each statement, which are not necessary. For instance: lines 67-73 are only references for 1 statement and lines 74-76 are references for a 2nd statement in the same sentence.

      We have removed redundant references.

      (3) Introduction: Lines 136-146 Gene names need to be spelled out, not just the IDs. Were these studies done in human or mouse models of DS?

      We have spelled out the names of the genes.

      (4) Why was brain volume and brain structure size normalized to body weight, not clearly explained?

      The choice to normalize brain volume and brain structure size to body weight was a deliberate decision made to address potential confounding factors in our study. In the case of trisomic (TS) mice, they are generally smaller in size compared to their wild-type (WT) counterparts. The same may hold true for sex-related size differences. Without normalization, assessing brain volume and structure size could be misleading, as it might reflect the differences in overall body size rather than providing insights into the specific aspects of brain structure that we aimed to investigate. We have clarified this in the methods section.

      (5) In cognitive tests, some of the WT data represented in Figure 3 does not match supplemental findings. Again power calculations may indicate a higher number of WT mice are needed to clarify this discrepancy.

      We appreciate the reviewers' observation regarding the disparities between the data presented in Figure 3 and the supplemental figures. We would like to clarify that these variations are a result of the distinct analytical approaches employed in the two sets of data.

      In Figure 3 and all main figures, the data were analyzed using multivariate tests, which consider multiple variables simultaneously and are particularly suited for investigating the collective impact of multiple factors. Conversely, the results shown in the supplementary figures were derived from univariate tests, which focus on individual variables and are well-suited for addressing specific questions related to each variable in isolation. The discrepancies between the data in the main figures and the supplementary figures can be attributed to the differences in the analytical methods chosen.

      As for the suggestion of conducting power calculations to address the observed differences, we believe that the differences in data are inherent to the distinct analytical strategies and the specific research questions each analysis intended to answer. Power calculations may not be the most suitable approach in this context, as they pertain to sample size planning for hypothesis testing and may not reconcile the inherent dissimilarity between multivariate and univariate analyses.

      Aït Yahya-Graison, E., Aubert, J., Dauphinot, L., Rivals, I., Prieur, M., Golfier, G., . . . Potier, M. C. (2007). Classification of human chromosome 21 gene-expression variations in Down syndrome: impact on disease phenotypes. Am J Hum Genet, 81(3), 475-491. https://doi.org/10.1086/520000

      Lyle, R., Gehrig, C., Neergaard-Henrichsen, C., Deutsch, S., & Antonarakis, S. E. (2004). Gene expression from the aneuploid chromosome in a trisomy mouse model of down syndrome. Genome Res, 14(7), 1268-1274. https://doi.org/10.1101/gr.2090904

      Olmos-Serrano, J. L., Kang, H. J., Tyler, W. A., Silbereis, J. C., Cheng, F., Zhu, Y., . . . Sestan, N. (2016). Down Syndrome Developmental Brain Transcriptome Reveals Defective Oligodendrocyte Differentiation and Myelination. Neuron, 89(6), 1208-1222. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2016.01.042

      Saran, N. G., Pletcher, M. T., Natale, J. E., Cheng, Y., & Reeves, R. H. (2003). Global disruption of the cerebellar transcriptome in a Down syndrome mouse model. Hum Mol Genet, 12(16), 2013-2019. https://doi.org/10.1093/hmg/ddg217

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1:

      Summary:

      In this study, Yan et al. investigate the molecular bases underlying mating type recognition in Tetrahymena thermophila. This model protist possesses a total of 7 mating types/sexes and mating occurs only between individuals expressing different mating types. The authors aimed to characterize the function of mating type proteins (MTA and MTB) in the process of self- and non-self recognition, using a combination of elegant phenotypic assays, protein studies, and imaging. They showed that the presence of MTA and MTB in the same cell is required for the expression of concavalin-A receptors and for tip transformation - two processes that are characteristic of the costimulation phase that precedes cell fusion. Using protein studies, the authors identify a set of additional proteins of varied functions that interact with MTA and MTB and are likely responsible for the downstream signaling processes required for mating. This is a description of a fascinating self- and non-self-recognition system and, as the authors point out, it is a rare example of a system with numerous mating types/sexes. This work opens the door for the further understanding of the molecular bases and evolution of these complex recognition systems within and outside protists.

      The results shown in this study point to the unequivocal requirement of MTA and MTB proteins for mating. Nevertheless, some of the conclusions regarding the mode of functioning of these proteins are not fully supported and require additional investigation.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors have established a set of very useful knock-out and reporter lines for MT proteins and extensively used them in sophisticated and well-designed phenotypic assays that allowed them to test the role of these proteins in vivo.

      (2) Despite their apparent low abundance, the authors took advantage of a varied set of protein isolation and characterization techniques to pinpoint the localization of MT proteins to the cell membrane, and their interaction with multiple other proteins that could be downstream effectors. This opens the door for the future characterization of these proteins and further elucidation of the mating type recognition cascade.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript is structured and written in a very clear and easy-to-follow manner. However, several conclusions and discussion points fall short of highlighting possible models and mechanisms through which MT proteins control mating type recognition:

      (1) The authors dismiss the possibility of a "simple receptor-ligand system", even though the data does not exclude this possibility. The model presented in Figure 2 S1, and on which the authors based their hypothesis, assumes the independence of MTA and MTB proteins in the generation of the intracellular cascade. However, the results presented in Figure 2 show that both proteins are required to be active in the same cell. Coupled with the fact that MTA and MTB proteins interact, this is compatible with a model where MTA would be a ligand and MTB a receptor (or vice-versa), and could thus form a receptor-ligand complex that could potentially be activated by a non-cognate MTA-MTB receptor-ligand complex, leading to an intracellular cascade mediated by the identified MRC proteins. As it stands, it is not clear what is the proposed working model, and it would be very beneficial for the reader for this to be clarified by having the point of view of the authors on this or other types of models.

      We are very grateful that Reviewer #1 proposed the possibility that MTA and MTB form a receptor-ligand complex in which one acting as the ligand and the other as the receptor. We considered this hypothesis when asking how dose MTRC function, too. However, our current results do not support this idea. For instance, if MTA were a ligand and MTB a receptor, we would expect a mating signal upon treatment with MTAxc protein, but not with MTBxc. Contrary to this expectation, our experiments revealed that both MTAxc and MTBxc exhibit very similar effects (Figure 5, green and blue), and their combined treatment produces a stronger effect (Figure 5, teal). This suggests a mixed function for both proteins. (We incorporated this discussion into the revised version [line 120-121, 240-244].) It is pity that our current knowledge does not provide a detailed molecular mechanism for this intricate system. We are actively investigating the protein structures of MTA, MTB, and the entire MTRC, hoping to gain deeper insights into the molecular functions of MTA and MTB.

      Additionally, we also realized that the expression we used in the previous version, “simple receptor-ligand model”, is not clearly defined. As Reviewer #1 pointed out, in this section, we examined whether the individual proteins of MTA and MTB act as a couple of receptor and ligand. We think this is the simplest possibility as a null hypothesis for Tetrahymena mating-type recognition. We have clarified it in the revised version (line 90-91, 104-106). According to this section, we proposed that MTA and MTB may form a complex that serves as a recognizer (functioning as both ligand and receptor) (line 117-118).

      (2) The presence of MTA/MTB proteins is required for costimulation (Figure 2), and supplementation with non-cognate extracellular fragments of these proteins (MTAxc, or MTBxc) is a positive stimulator of pairing. However, alone, these fragments do not have the ability to induce costimulation (Figure 5). Based on the results in Figures 5 and 6 the authors suggest that MT proteins mediate both self and non-self recognition. Why do MTAxc and MTBxc not induce costimulation alone? Are any other components required? How to reconcile this with the results of Figure 2? A more in-depth interpretation of these results would be very helpful, since these questions remain unanswered, making it difficult for the reader to extract a clear hypothesis on how MT proteins mediate self- and non-self-recognition.

      Several factors could contribute to the inability of MTA/Bxc to induce costimulation. It is highly likely that additional components are necessary, given that MTA/B form a protein complex with other proteins. Moreover, the expression of MTA/Bxc in insect cells, compared with Tetrahymena, might result in differences in post-translational modifications. Additionally, there are variations in protein conditions; on the Tetrahymena membrane, these proteins are arranged regularly and concentrated in a small area, while MTA/Bxc is randomly dispersed in the medium. The former condition could be more efficient. If there is a threshold required to stimulate a costimulation marker, MTA/Bxc may fail to meet this requirement. Much more studies are needed to fully answer this question. We acknowledged this limitation in the revised version (line 244-248).

      Reviewer #2:

      This manuscript reports the discovery and analysis of a large protein complex that controls mating type and sexual reproduction of the model ciliate Tetrahymena thermophila. In contrast to many organisms that have two mating types or two sexes, Tetrahymena is multi-sexual with 7 distinct mating types. Previous studies identified the mating type locus, which encodes two transmembrane proteins called MTA and MTB that determine the specificity of mating type interactions. In this study, mutants are generated in the MTA and MTB genes and mutant isolates are studied for mating properties. Cells missing either MTA or MTB failed to co-stimulate wild-type cells of different mating types. Moreover, a mixture of mutants lacking MTA or MTB also failed to stimulate. These observations support the conclusion that MTA and MTB may form a complex that directs mating-type identity. To address this, the proteins were epitope-tagged and subjected to IP-MS analysis. This revealed that MTA and MTB are in a physical complex, and also revealed a series of 6 other proteins (MRC1-6) that together with MTA/B form the mating type recognition complex (MTRC). All 8 proteins feature predicted transmembrane domains, three feature GFR domains, and two are predicted to function as calcium transporters. The authors went on to demonstrate that components of the MTRC are localized on the cell surface but not in the cilia. They also presented findings that support the conclusion that the mating type-specific region of the MTA and MTB genes can influence both self- and non-self-recognition in mating.

      Taken together, the findings presented are interesting and extend our understanding of how organisms with more than two mating types/sexes may be specified. The identification of the six-protein MRC complex is quite intriguing. It would seem important that the function of at least one of these subunits be analyzed by gene deletion and phenotyping, similar to the findings presented here for the MTA and MTB mutants. A straightforward prediction might be that a deletion of any subunit of the MRC complex would result in a sterile phenotype. The manuscript was very well written and a pleasure to read.

      Thanks for the valuable comments and suggestions. We are currently in the process of constructing deletion strains for these genes. As of now, we have successfully obtained ΔMRC1-3 and MRC4-6 knockdown strains. Our preliminary observations indicate that ΔMRC1-3 strains are unable to undergo mating. However, we prefer not to include these results in the current manuscript, as we believe that more comprehensive studies are still needed.

      Reviewer #3:

      The authors describe the role, location, and function of the MTA and MTB mating type genes in the multi-mating-type species T. thermophila. The ciliate is an important group of organisms to study the evolution of mating types, as it is one of the few groups in which more than two mating types evolved independently. In the study, the authors use deletion strains of the species to show that both mating types genes located in each allele are required in both mating individuals for successful matings to occur. They show that the proteins are localized in the cell membrane, not the cilia, and that they interact in a complex (MTRC) with a set of 6 associated (non-mating type-allelic) genes. This complex is furthermore likely to interact with a cyclin-dependent kinase complex. It is intriguing that T. thermophila has two genes that are allelic and that are both required for successful mating. This coevolved double recognition has to my knowledge not been described for any other mating-type recognition system. I am not familiar with experimental research on ciliates, but as far as I can judge, the experiments appear well performed and mostly support the interpretation of the authors with appropriate controls and statistical analyses.

      The results show clearly that the mating type genes regulate non-self-recognition, however, I am not convinced that self-recognition occurs leading to the suppression of mating. An alternative explanation could be that the MTA and MTB proteins form a complex and that the two extracellular regions together interact with the MTA+MTB proteins from different mating types. This alternative hypothesis fits with the coevolution of MTA and MTB genes observed in the phylogenetic subgroups as described by Yan et al. (2021 iScience). Adding MTAxc and/or MTBxc to the cells can lead to the occupation of the external parts of the full proteins thereby inhibiting the formation of the complex, which in turn reduces non-self interactions. Self-recognition as explained in Figure 2S1 suggests an active response, which should be measurable in expression data for example. This is in my opinion not essential, but a claim of self-recognition through the MTA and MTB should not be made.

      We express our gratitude to Reviewer #3 for proposing the occupation model and have incorporated this possibility into the manuscript. We believe it is possible that occupation may serve as the molecular mechanism through which self-recognition negatively regulates mating. If there is a physical interaction between mating-type proteins of the same type, but this interaction blocks the recognition machinery rather than initiating mating, it can be considered a form of self-recognition. This aligns with the observation that strains expressing MTA/B6 and MTB2 mate normally with WT cells of all mating types except for VI and II (line 203-204). A concise discussion on this topic is included in the manuscript (line 288-293, 659-661). We are actively investigating the downstream aspects of mating-type recognition, and we hope to provide further insights into this question soon.

      The authors discuss that T. thermophila has special mating-type proteins that are large, while those of other groups are generally small (lines 157-160 and discussion). The complex formed is very large and in the discussion, they argue that this might be due to the "highly complex process, given that there are seven mating types in all". There is no argument given why large is more complex, if this is complex, and whether more mating types require more complexity. In basidiomycete fungi, many more mating types than 7 exist, and the homeodomain genes involved in mating types are relatively small but highly diverse (Luo et al. 1994 PMID: 7914671). The mating types associated with GPCR receptors in fungi are arguably larger, but again their function is not that complex, and mating-type specific variations appear to evolve easily (Fowler et al 2004 PMID: 14643262; Seike et al. 2015 PMID: 25831518). The large protein complex formed is reminiscent of the fusion patches that develop in budding or fission yeasts. In these species, the mating type receptors are activated by ligand pheromones from the opposite mating type that induce polarity patch formation (see Sieber et al. 2023 PMID: 35148940 for a recent review). At these patches, growth (shmooing) and fusion occur, which is reminiscent (in a different order) of the tip transformation in T. thermophilia. The fusion of two cells is in all taxa a dangerous and complex event that requires the evolution of very strict regulation and the existence of a system like the MTRC and cyclin-dependent complex to regulate this process is therefore not unexpected. The existence of multiple mating types should not greatly complicate the process, as most of the machinery (except for the MTA and MTB) is identical among all mating types.

      We are very grateful that Reviewer #3 provide this insightful view and relevant papers. In response to the feedback, we removed the sentences regarding “multiple mating types greatly complicate the process” in the revised version. Instead, we have introduced a discussion section comparing the mating systems of yeasts and Tetrahymena (line 279-286).

      The Tetrahymena/ciliate genetics and lifecycle could be better explained. For a general audience, the system is not easy to follow. For example, the ploidy of the somatic nucleus with regards to the mating type is not clear to me. The MAC is generally considered "polyploid", but how does this work for the mating type? I assume only a single copy of the mating type locus is available in the MAC to avoid self-recognition in the cells. Is it known how the diploid origin reduces to a single mating type? This does not become apparent from Cervantes et al. 2013.

      In T. thermophila, the MIC (diploid) contains several mating-type gene pairs (mtGP, i.e., MTA and MTB) organized in a tandem array at the mat locus on each chromosome. In sexual reproduction, the new MAC of the progeny develops from the fertilized MIC through a series of genome editing events, and its ploidy increases to ~90 by endoreduplication. During this process, mtGP loss occurs, resulting in only one mtGP remaining on the MAC chromosome. The mating-type specificity of mtGPs on each chromosome within one nucleus becomes relatively pure through intranuclear coordination. After multiple assortments (possibly caused by MAC amitosis during cell fission), only mtGPs of one mating-type specificity exist in each cell, determining the cell’s mating type.

      It is pity that the exact mechanisms involved in this complicated process remain a black box. The loss of mating-type gene pairs is hypothesized to involve a series of homologous recombination events, but this has not been completely proven. Furthermore, there is no clear understanding of how intranuclear coordination and assortment are achieved. While we have made observations confirming these events, a breakthrough in understanding the molecular mechanism is yet to be achieved.

      We included more information in the revised version (line 672-683). Given the complexity of these unusual processes, we recommend an excellent review by Prof. Eduardo Orias (PMID: 28715961), which offers detailed explanations of the process and related concepts (line 685-686).

      Also, the explanation of co-stimulation is not completely clear (lines 49-60). Initially, direct cell-cell contact is mentioned, but later it is mentioned that "all cells become fully stimulated", even when unequal ratios are used. Is physical contact necessary? Or is this due to the "secrete mating-essential factors" (line 601)? These details are essential, for interpretation of the results and need to be explained better.

      Sorry that we didn’t realize the term “contact” is not precise enough. In Tetrahymena, physical contact is indeed necessary, but it can refer to temporary interactions. Unlike yeast, Tetrahymena cells exhibit rapid movement, swimming randomly in the medium. Occasionally, two cells may come into contact, but they quickly separate instead of sticking together. Even newly formed loose pairs often become separated. As a result, one cell can come into contact with numerous others and stimulate them. We have clarified this aspect in the revised version (line 50-51, 57).

      Abstract and introduction: Sexes are not mating types. In general, mating types refer to systems in which there is no obvious asymmetry between the gametes, beyond the compatibility system. When there is a physiological difference such as size or motility, sexes are used. This distinction is of importance because in many species mating types and sexes can occur together, with each sex being able to have either (when two) or multiple mating types. An example are SI in angiosperms as used as an example by the authors or mating types in filamentous fungi. See Billiard et al. 2011 [PMID: 21489122] for a good explanation and argumentation for the importance of making this distinction.

      We have clarified the expression in the revised version (line 20, 38, 40, 45).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1:

      I really enjoyed reading this manuscript and I think a few tweaks in the writing/data presentation could greatly improve the experience for the reader:

      (1) The information about your previous work in identifying downstream proteins CDK19, CYC9, and CIP1 (lines 170-173) could be directly presented in the introduction.

      We have moved this information in the introduction in the revised version (line 74-77).

      (2) For a reader who is not familiar with Tetrahymena, a few more details on how reporter and knock-out lines are generated would be beneficial.

      We introduced the knock-out method in Figure 2 – figure supplement 1B, HA-tag method in Figure 3A, and MTB2-eGFP construction method in Figure 4E. In addition, we introduced how co-stimulation markers observed in Materials and Methods (line 404-410)

      (3) Figures 5 and 6: clarify the types of pairing and treatments that were done directly in the figure (eg. adding additional labels). As of now, it is necessary to go through the text and legend to try and understand in detail what was done.

      Cell types and treatments were directly introduced in the revised figure (Figure 5 and 6).

      (4) The logical transition in lines 136-142 is hard to follow.

      We rewrote this paragraph in the revised version (lines 143-156). Additionally, we added a figure to illustrate the theoretical mating-type recognition model between WT cells and ΔCDK19, ΔCYC9 cells, MTAxc, MTBxc proteins, and ΔMTA, ΔMTB cells (Figure 2 – figure supplement 1D-G).

      (5) Lines 191-196: the fact that cells expressing multiple mating types can self goes against an active self-rejection system - if this is the case there should be self-rejection among all expressed mating types. Unless non-self recognition is an active process and self-recognition is simply the absence of non-self recognition. The authors briefly mention this in lines 263-265, but it would be interesting to expand and clarify this.

      We appreciate that Reviewer #1 notice the interesting selfing phenotype of the MTB2-eGFP (MTVI background) strain. We further discussed it in the revised manuscript (line 298-306).

      (6) The authors briefly mention the possibility of different mating types using different recognition mechanisms (lines 255-260), based on the big differences in the size of the mating-specific region of MT proteins. Following this and the weakness nr. 2, I think it would be pertinent to gather and present more information on the properties and structures of the mating-type specific regions of MT proteins. Simple in silico analysis of motifs, structure, etc. could help clarify the role of these regions. It seems more parsimonious that MT proteins would have variable mating type specific regions that account for the recognition of the different mating types, and conserved cytoplasmic functions that could trigger a single downstream signaling cascade. It would be interesting to know the authors' opinion on this.

      We are very grateful for this suggestion. Actually, we are currently working on determining the 3D structure of MTRC. The Alphafold2 prediction indicates that the MT-specific region is comprised of seven global β-sheets, resembling the structure of immunoglobulins (Ig). Our most recent cryo-EM results have revealed a ~15Å structure, aligning well with the prediction. However, the main challenge lies in the low expression levels, both in Tetrahymena and insect/mammal cells. We anticipate obtaining more detailed results soon. Therefore, we prefer to present the MT recognition model with robust experimental evidence in the future, and didn’t discuss too much on this aspect in the current manuscript.

      (7) Adding a figure including a proposed model, as well as expanding the discussion on the points presented as "weaknesses" would help clarify the ideas/hypothesis on how the mating recognition works. I think this would really elevate the paper and help highlight the results.

      We added a figure to introduce the model and the weaknesses in the revised version (Figure 7, line 656-665).

      (8) Line 202-203: It is far-fetched to infer subcellular localization based on the data presented here, couterstaining with other dyes and antibodies specific to certain cell components, as well as negative control images, are required.

      Thanks for the suggestion. We attempted to stain cell components using various dyes and antibodies. Unfortunately, we found that cell surface and cilia (especially oral cilia) is very easy to give a false positive signal. We think this issue seriously affects the credibility of the results. It may seem like splitting hairs, but we are trying to be precise.

      Meanwhile, we still believe the mating-type proteins localizes to cell surface because MTA-HA is identified in the isolated cell surface proteins.

      Regarding negative control, as shown in Fig. 4G, where a MTB2-eGFP cell is pairing with a WT cell, no GFP signal is observed in the WT cell.

      (9) Lines 131: clarify the sentence - expression of Con-A receptors requires both MTA and MTB (MTA to receive the signal).

      We modified the sentence in the revised version (line 139-140).

      Reviewer #2:

      Minor points.

      (1) Line 194-196. Why are these cells able to self?

      These cells able to self may because the MTRC contain heterotypic mating-type proteins (MTA6 and MTB2), which activate mating when they interact with another heterotypic MTRC (line 207-208).

      (2) Line 232. What do the authors mean by the term synergistic effect here? Definition and statistics?

      Sorry about the confusion. The synergistic effect refers to the effect of MTAxc and MTBxc become stronger when using together. We clarified it in the revised version (line 232).

      (3) For Figure 4 panel D, are there antibodies that are available as a control for cilia? If so, then blotting this membrane would show that cilia-associated proteins are in the cilia preparation, which is a standard control for sub-cellular fractionation.

      Thanks for the suggestion. Unfortunately, we didn’t find a suitable cilia-specific antibody yet. Instead, we employed MS analysis to confirm the presence of cilia proteins in this sample (line 195-196, Figure 4–Source data 1). We also observed the sample under the microscope, which directly revealed the presence of cilia (Figure 4C).

      (4) At least one reference cited in the text was not present in the reference list. The authors should go through the references cited to ensure that all have made it into the reference list.

      We have checked all the references.

      Some minor edits:

      (1) MTA and MTB are presented in both roman and italics (e.g. line 209) in the manuscript. Maybe all should be in italics? Or is this a distinction between the gene and the protein?

      The italics word (MTA) refers to gene, and non-italics word (MTA) refers to protein.

      (2) Line 251. Change "achieving" to "achieve".

      We have corrected this word (line 266).

      Reviewer #3:

      Line 101. It would help to explain this expectation earlier in this paragraph.

      We explained the expectation in the revised version (line 92-97, 104-106).

      Line 109. How is a co-receptor different from the MTRC complex?

      We have rewritten the relevant sentences to enhance clarity (line 116-119). The molecular function of the MTRC complex could involve acting as a co-receptor or recognizer (functioning as both ligand and receptor). Based on the results presented in this section, we propose that MTA and MTB may function as a complex, but the confirmation of this hypothesis (MTRC) is provided in a later section. Therefore, we did not use the term “MTRC” here. These sentences briefly discuss the molecular function of this complex and explain why MTRC does not appear to function as a co-receptor.

      Line 251: which "dual approach" is referred to?

      Dual approach is referred to both self and non-self recognition. We explained it in the revised version (line 265-266).

      Line 258: what "different mechanisms" do the authors have in mind? Why would a different mechanism be expected? The different sizes could have evolved for (coevolutionary?) selection on the same mechanism.

      Sorry about the confusion. We clarified it in the revised version (line 269-278).

      What we intended to express is that we are uncertain whether the mating-type recognition model we discovered in T. thermophila is applicable to all Tetrahymena species due to significant differences in the length of the mating-type-specific region. We believe it is important to highlight this distinction to avoid potential misinterpretations in future studies involving other Tetrahymena species. At the same time, we look forward to future research that may provide insights into this question.

      Fig 2 C&D. Is it correct that these figures show the strains only after 'preincubation'? This is not apparent from the caption of the text. Additionally, the order of the images is very confusing. Write in the figures (so not just in the caption) what the sub-script means.

      These panels are re-organized in the revised version (Fig. 2C&D). There are three kinds of pictures: “not incubated”, “WT pre-incubated by mutant” and “mutant pre-incubated by WT”.

      The methods used to generate Figure 5 are not clearly described. I understand that the obtained xc proteins were added to the cells, and then washed, after which a test was performed mixing WT-VI and WT-VII cells. Were both cells treated? Or only one of the strains? The explanation for the reused washing medium is not clear and the method is not indicated.

      Both cells are treated. More details are provided in the revised manuscript (line 230-231, 633-634, 637-639, Fig. 5). To prepare the starvation medium containing mating-essential factors, cells were starved in fresh starvation medium for ~16 hours. Subsequently, cells were removed by three rounds of centrifugation (1000 g, 3 min) (line 330-332).

      In general, the figures are difficult to understand without repeated inquiries in the captions. Give more information in the figures themselves.

      More information is introduced in the figure (Fig. 2C, Fig. 3B, Fig. 4A, B, D, Fig. 5 and Fig. 6).

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This paper suggests to apply intrinsically-motivated exploration for the discovery of robust goal states in gene regulatory networks.

      Strengths:

      The paper is well written. The biological motivation and the need for such methods are formulated extraordinarily well. The battery of experimental models is impressive.

      We thank the reviewer for sharing interest in the research problem and for recognizing the strengths of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The proposed method is compared to the random search. That says little about the performance with regard to the true steady-state goal sets. The latter could be calculated at least for a few simple ODE (e.g., BIOMD0000000454, `Metabolic Control Analysis: Rereading Reder'). The experiment with 'oscillator circuits' may not be directly interpolated to the other models.

      The lack of comparison to the ground truth goal set (attractors of ODE) from arbitrary initial conditions makes it hard to evaluate the true performance/contribution of the method. A part of the used models can be analyzed numerically using JAX, while there are models that can be analyzed analytically.

      "...The true versatility of the GRN is unknown and can only be inferred through empirical exploration and proxy metrics....": one could perform a sensitivity analysis of the ODEs, identifying stable equilibria. That could provide a proxy for the ground truth 'versatility'.

      We agree with the reviewer that one primary concern is to properly evaluate the effectiveness of the proposed method. However, as we move toward complex pathways, knowledge of the “true” steady-state goal sets is often unknown which is where the use of machine learning methods as the one we propose are particularly interesting (but challenging to evaluate).

      For simple models whose true steady-state distribution can be derived numerically and/or analytically, it is very likely that their exploration will be much simpler and this is not where a lot of improvement over random search may be found, which explains our focus on more complex models. While we agree that it is still interesting to evaluate exploration methods on these simple models for checking their behavior, it is not clear how to scale this analysis to the targeted more complex systems.

      For systems whose true steady state distribution cannot be derived analytically or numerically, we believe that random search is a pertinent baseline as it is commonly used in the literature to discover the attractors/trajectories of a biological network. For instance, Venkatachalapathy et al. [1] initialize stochastic simulations at multiple randomly sampled starting conditions (which is called a kinetic Monte Carlo-based method) to capture the steady states of a biological system. Similarly, Donzé et al. [29] use a Monte Carlo approach to compute the reachable set of a biological network «when the number of parameters is large and their uncertain range is not negligible».

      (2) The proposed method is based on `Intrinsically Motivated Goal Exploration Processes with Automatic Curriculum Learning', which assumes state action trajectories [s_{t_0:t}, a_{t_0:t}], (2.1 Notations and Assumptions' in the IMGEP paper). However, the models used in the current work do not include external control actions, but rather only the initial conditions can be set. It is not clear from the methods whether IMGEP was adapted to this setting, and how the exploration policy was designed w/o actual time-dependent actions. What does "...generates candidate intervention parameters to achieve the current goal....", mean considering that interventions 'Sets the initial state...' as explained in Table 2?

      We thank the reviewer for asking for clarification, as indeed the IMGEP methodology originates from developmental robotics scenarios which generally focus on the problem of robotic sequential decision-making, therefore assuming state action trajectories as presented in Forestier et al. [65]. However, in both cases, note that the IMGEP is responsible for sampling parameters which then govern the exploration of the dynamical system. In Forestier et al. [65], the IMGEP also only sets one vector at the start (denoted θ∈Θ) which was specifying parameters of a movement (like the initial state of the GRN), which was then actually produced with dynamic motion primitives which are dynamical system equations similar to GRN ODEs, so the two systems are mathematically equivalent. More generally, while in our case the “intervention” of the IMGEP (denoted i ∈I) only controls the initial state of the GRN, future work could consider more advanced sequential interventions simply by setting parameters of an action policy π_i at the start which could be called during the GRN’s trajectory to sample control actions π_i (a_(t+1) 〖|s〗_(t0:t+1),a_t) where s_t would be the state of the GRN. In practice this would also require setting only one vector at the start, so it would remain the same exploration algorithm and only the space of parameters would change, which illustrates the generality of the approach.

      (3) Fig 2 shows the phase space for (ERK, RKIPP_RP) without mentioning the typical full scale of ERK, RKIPP_RP. It is unclear whether the path from (0, 0) to (~0.575, ~3.75) at t=1000 is significant on the typical scale of this phase space. is it significant on the typical scale of this phase space?

      The purpose of Figure 2 is to illustrate an example of GRN trajectory in transcriptional space, and to illustrate what “interventions” and “perturbations” can be in that context. To that end we have used the fixed initial conditions provided in the BIOMD0000000647, replicating Figure 5 of Cho et al. [56]. While we are not sure of what the reviewer means with “typical” scale of this phase space, we would like to point reviewer toward Figure 8 which shows examples of certain paths that indeed reach further point in the same phase space (up to ~10μM in RKIPP_RP levels and ~300μM in ERK levels). However, while the paths displayed in Figure 8 are possible (and were discovered with the IMGEP), note that they may be “rarer” to occur naturally in the sense that a large portion of the tested initial conditions with random search tend to converge toward smaller (ERK, RKIPP_RP) steady-state values similar to the ones displayed in Figure 2.

      (4) Table 2:

      a) Where is 'effective intervention' used in the method?

      b) in my opinion 'controllability', 'trainability', and 'versatility' are different terms. If their correspondence is important I would suggest to extend/enhance the column "Proposed Isomorphism". otherwise, it may be confusing.

      a) We thank the reviewer for pointing out that “effective intervention” is not explicitly used in the method. The idea here is that as we are exploring a complex dynamical system (here the GRN), some of the sampled interventions will be particularly effective at revealing novel unseen outcomes whereas others will fail to produce a qualitative change to the distribution of discovered outcomes. What we show in this paper, for instance in Figure 3a and Figure 4, is that the IMGEP method is particularly sample-efficient in finding those “effective interventions”, at least more than a random exploration. However we agree that the term “effective intervention” is ambiguous (does not say effective in what) and propose to replace it with “salient intervention” in the revised version.

      b) We thank the reviewer for highlighting some confusing terms in our chosen vocabulary, and we will try to clarify those terms in the revised version. We agree that controllability/trainability and versatility are not exactly equivalent concepts, as controllability/trainability typically refers to the amount to which a system is externally controllable/trainable whereas versatility typically refers to the inherent adaptability or diversity of behaviors that a system can exhibit in response to inputs or conditions. However, they are both measuring the extent of states that can be reached by the system under a distribution of stimuli/conditions, whether natural conditions or engineered ones, which is why we believe that their correspondence is relevant.

      I don't see how this table generalizes "concepts from dynamical complex systems and behavioral sciences under a common navigation task perspective".

      We propose to replace “generalize” with “investigate” in the revised version.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Etcheverry et al. present two computational frameworks for exploring the functional capabilities of gene regulatory networks (GRNs). The first is a framework based on intrinsically-motivated exploration, here used to reveal the set of steady states achievable by a given gene regulatory network as a function of initial conditions. The second is a behaviorist framework, here used to assess the robustness of steady states to dynamical perturbations experienced along typical trajectories to those steady states. In Figs. 1-5, the authors convincingly show how these frameworks can explore and quantify the diversity of behaviors that can be displayed by GRNs. In Figs. 6-9, the authors present applications of their framework to the analysis and control of GRNs, but the support presented for their case studies is often incomplete.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the paper presents an important development for exploring and understanding GRNs/dynamical systems broadly, with solid evidence supporting the first half of their paper in a narratively clear way.

      The behaviorist point of view for robustness is potentially of interest to a broad community, and to my knowledge introduces novel considerations for defining robustness in the GRN context.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing the strengths and novelty of the proposed experimental framework for exploring and understanding GRNs, and complex dynamical systems more generally. We agree that the results presented in the section “Possible Reuses of the Behavioral Catalog and Framework” (Fig 6-9) can be seen as incomplete along certain aspects, which we tried to make as explicit as possible throughout the paper, and why we explicitly state that these are “preliminary experiments”. Despite the discussed limitations, we believe that these experiments are still very useful to illustrate the variety of potential use-cases in which the community could benefit from such computational methods and experimental framework, and build on for future work.

      Some specific weaknesses, mostly concerning incomplete analyses in the second half of the paper:

      (1) The analysis presented in Fig. 6 is exciting but preliminary. Are there other appropriate methods for constructing energy landscapes from dynamical trajectories in gene regulatory networks? How do the results in this particular case study compare to other GRNs studied in the paper?

      We are not aware of other methods than the one proposed by Venkatachalapathy et al. [1] for constructing an energy landscape given an input set of recorded dynamical trajectories, although it might indeed be the case. We want to emphasize that any of such methods would anyway depend on the input set of trajectories, and should therefore benefit from a set that is more representative of the diversity of behaviors that can be achieved by the GRN, which is why we believe the results presented in Figure 6 are interesting. As the IMGEP was able to find a higher diversity of reachable goal states (and corresponding trajectories) for many of the studied GRNs, we believe that similar effects should be observable when constructing the energy landscapes for these GRN models, with the discovery of additional or wider “valleys” of reachable steady states. We could indeed add other case studies in the supplementary to support the argument for the revised version.

      Additionally, it is unclear whether the analysis presented in Fig. 6C is appropriate. In particular, if the pseudopotential landscapes are constructed from statistics of visited states along trajectories to the steady state, then the trajectories derived from dynamical perturbations do not only reflect the underlying pseudo-landscape of the GRN. Instead, they also include contributions from the perturbations themselves.

      We agree that the landscape displayed Fig. 6C integrates contributions from the perturbations on the GRN’s behavior, and that it can shape the landscape in various ways, for instance affecting the paths that are accessible, the shape/depth of certain valleys, etc. But we believe that qualitatively or quantitatively analyzing the effect of these perturbations on the landscape is precisely what is interesting here: it might help 1) understand how a system respond to a range of perturbations and to visualize which behaviors are robust to those perturbations, 2) design better strategies for manipulating those systems to produce certain behaviors

      (2) In Fig. 7, I'm not sure how much is possible to take away from the results as given here, as they depend sensitively on the cohort of 432 (GRN, Z) pairs used. The comparison against random networks is well-motivated. However, as the authors note, comparison between organismal categories is more difficult due to low sample size; for instance, the "plant" and "slime mold" categories each only have 1 associated GRN. Additionally, the "n/a" category is difficult to interpret.

      We acknowledge that this part is speculative as stated in the paper: “the surveyed database is relatively small with respect to the wealth of available models and biological pathways, so we can hardly claim that these results represent the true distribution of competencies across these organism categories”. However, when further data is available, the same methodology can be reused and we believe that the resulting statistical analyses could be very informative to compare organismal (or other) categories.

      (3) In Fig. 8, it is unclear whether the behavioral catalog generated is important to the intervention design problem of moving a system from one attractor basin to another. The authors note that evolutionary searches or SGD could also be used to solve the problem. Is the analysis somehow enabled by the behavioral catalog in a way that is complementary to those methods? If not, comparison against those methods (or others e.g. optimal control) would strengthen the paper.

      We thank the reviewer for asking to clarify this point, which might not be clearly explained in the paper. Here the behavioral catalog is indeed used in a complementary way to the optimization method, by identifying a representative set of reachable attractors which are then used to define the optimization problem. For instance here, thanks to the catalog, we 1) were able to identify a “disease” region and several possible reachable states in that region and 2) use several of these states as starting points of our optimization problem, where we want to find a single intervention that can successfully and robustly reset all those points, as illustrated in Figure 8. Please note that given this problem formulation, a simple random search was used as an optimization strategy. When we mention more advanced techniques such as EA or SGD, it is to say that they might be more efficient optimizers than random search. However, we agree that in many cases optimizing directly will not work if starting from random or bad initial guess, and this even with EA or SGD. In that case the discovered behavioral catalog can be useful to better initialize this local search and make it more efficient/useful, akin to what is done in Figure 9.

      (4) The analysis presented in Fig. 9 also is preliminary. The authors note that there exist many algorithms for choosing/identifying the parameter values of a dynamical system that give rise to a desired time-series. It would be a stronger result to compare their approach to more sophisticated methods, as opposed to random search and SGD. Other options from the recent literature include Bayesian techniques, sparse nonlinear regression techniques (e.g. SINDy), and evolutionary searches. The authors note that some methods require fine-tuning in order to be successful, but even so, it would be good to know the degree of fine-tuning which is necessary compared to their method.

      We agree that the analysis presented in Figure 9 is preliminary, and thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We would first like to refer to other papers from the ML literature that have more thoroughly analyzed this issue, such as Colas et al. [74] and Pugh et al. [34], and shown the interest of diversity-driven strategies as promising alternatives. Additionally, as suggested by the reviewer, we added an additional comparison to the CMA-ES algorithm in order to complete our analysis. CMA-ES is an evolutionary algorithm which is self-adaptive in the optimization steps and that is known to be better suited than SGD to escape local minimas when the number of parameters is not too high (here we only have 15 parameters). However, our results showed that while CMA-ES explores more the solution space at the beginning of optimization than SGD does, it also ultimately converges into a local minima similarly to SGD. The best solution converges toward a constant signal (of the target b) but fails to maintain the target oscillations, similar to the solutions discovered by gradient descent. We tried this for a few hyperparameters (init mean and std) but always found similar results. We report the novel results at https://developmentalsystems.org/curious-exploration-of-grn-competencies/tuto2.html (bottom cell, Figure 4). We suggest including the updated figure and caption in the revised version.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      This is significant work, and you should certainly make the best case you can on the weaknesses discussed.

      We thank reviewer for this positive comment on the significance of our work. The referee indicates as weaknesses (i) that the force involving the bent or straight αI-helix is not readily apparent, (ii) the residue types were not varied in the helix mutations, and (iii) that the chemical shift perturbations are indirect observations.

      We think we have tried to address a large part of these questions by being very careful in our analysis and by the discussion in the manuscript. The following remarks may help to clarify this further:

      (i) The force emanating from the helix is e.g. visualized in the PC2 loadings in Figure 6E of the PCA carried on all observed SH3-SH2-KD resonances for all apo forms of the helix mutants. The SH2 residues identified by these loadings are in direct vicinity to the αI-helix. The respective PC2 scores correlate to 98% with the vmax of the catalytic reaction and to 94 % with the PC1 scores found for imatinib-induced opening. Importantly, the structure of the KD with the straight αI-helix indicates that mostly residues F516, Q517, S520, and I521 would clash with the SH2 domain in a closed core (Figure 6F). Thus, the expected clashes are in direct vicinity of the SH2 residues identified by the PC2 loadings as correlated to vmax and imatinib-induced opening. These data are completely orthogonal and show that most of the force is coming from residues F516, Q517, S520, and I521 in the αI-αI’ turn.

      (ii) We agree that we mainly used truncations of the αI-helix to study its involvement in activation. Point (i) makes it clear that a larger part of the αI-helix effects is caused by steric clashes of the residues in the αI-αI’ turn. In the latter region, we don’t expect strong amino acid type-specific effects besides excluded volume. Due to expression problems, we could not vary the helix length between residues 519 and 534. However, in this region we introduced the amino acid type mutation E528K. The latter showed a clear specific effect. Further amino acid type-specific effects may be possible in this region. However, we expect that the identified electrostatic E528-R479 interaction is one of the most important interactions in this region.

      (iii) We agree that chemical shift changes of individual resonances are often hard to interpret. However, we want to stress that our conclusions are all drawn from principal component analyses, which in all cases had as input well over 100 if not over 200 1H-15H resonances. The first two principal components of these analyses are robust averages over many residues, which reveal general correlated structural trends.

      We assume that chemical shift deposition etc will be pursued.

      We are currently depositing a larger collection of our Abl data to the “Biological Magnetic Resonance Data Bank (BMRB)”, which includes the NMR chemical shift data of the present work. A ‘collection’ will be a new feature of the BMRB, and we are in discussion with their staff. We will provide the accession codes as soon as possible (probably within the next month) to be included into the final version of the manuscript. We have amended the Data Availability Section accordingly.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) The overall discussion of the implications of the described allostery on kinase activation is provided through lenses of imatinib binding, which is used as an experimental trigger to disassemble the autoinhibited core. Can the authors elaborate in the Discussion on what event would play this role in the kinase catalytic cycle, communicating to helix I? Would dissociation of the myristate from the active site be hypothesized to be the first step in kinase activation? While I understand that certainty may be challenging to attain, it would be good to introduce some ideas into the Discussion.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestions for the discussion and added the following text to the Conclusion section:

      "We have used here imatinib binding to the ATP-pocket as an experimental tool to disassemble the Abl regulatory core. Our previous analysis (Sonti et al., 2018) of the high-resolution Abl transition-state structure (Levinson et al., 2006) indicated that due to the extremely tight packing of the catalytic pocket, binding and release of the ATP and tyrosine peptide substrates is only possible if the P-loop and thereby the N-lobe move towards the SH3 domain by about 1–2 Å. This motion is of similar size and direction as the motion of the N-lobe observed in complexes with imatinib and other type II inhibitors (Sonti et al., 2018). From this we concluded that substrate binding opens the Abl core in a similar way as imatinib. The present NMR and activity data now clearly establish the essential role of the αI-helix both in the imatinib- and substrate-induced opening of the core, thereby further corroborating the similarity of both disassembly processes.

      Notably, the used regulatory core construct Abl83-534 lacks the myristoylated N-cap. Although we have previously demonstrated that the latter construct is predominantly assembled (Skora et al., 2013), the addition of the myristoyl moiety is expected to further stabilize the assembled conformation in a similar way as asciminib.

      Considering this mechanism, dissociation of myristoyl from the native Abl 1b core may be a first step during activation. However, it should be kept in mind that the Abl 1a isoform lacks the N-terminal myristoylation, and it is presently unclear whether other moieties bind to the myristoyl pocket of Abl 1a during cellular processes."

      2) Can the authors comment more on the differentiation between assembled conformations induced by type I inhibitor binding vs apo forms (or AMP-PNP and allosteric inhibitor) reported in Figure 3B? The differences are clearly identified by PCA but not sufficiently discussed.

      As indicated in the text, we think two structural effects are intermingled within PC2. Due to this admixture, it is hard to draw strong conclusions and we don’t want to expand on this too much. We have slightly modified the respective paragraph (p.7) as follows):

      "As the affected residues react differently to perturbations by type I inhibitors and truncation of the αI’-helix (Figure 3A, right), we attribute this behavior to two effects intermixed into the PC2 detection: (i) a minor rearrangement of the SH3/KD N-lobe interface caused by filling of the ATP pocket with type I inhibitors, which in contrast to the stronger N-lobe motion induced by type II inhibitors does not yet lead to core disassembly and (ii) a small rearrangement of the SH2/KD C-lobe interface caused by shortening and mutations of the αI-helix."

      3) The allosteric connection between active site inhibitor binding and the myristate/allosteric inhibitor binding has been observed in the past and noted before, in papers such as Zhang et al, Nature 2010. While the authors reference this paper, they do not acknowledge its specific findings or engage in a broader discussion of how their conclusions relate to this work.

      We have modified the beginning of the Conclusion section:

      "The allosteric connection between Abl ATP site and myristate site inhibitor binding has been noted before, albeit specific settings such as construct boundaries and the control of phosphorylation vary in published experiments. Positive and negative binding cooperativity of certain ATP-pocket and allosteric inhibitors has been observed in cellular assays and in vitro (Kim et al., 2023; Zhang et al., 2010). Furthermore, hydrogen exchange mass spectrometry has indicated changes around the unliganded ATP pocket upon binding of the allosteric inhibitor GNF-5 (Zhang et al., 2010). Here, we present a detailed high-resolution explanation of these allosteric effects via a mechanical connection between the kinase domain N- and C-lobes that is mediated by the regulatory SH2 and SH3 domains and involves the αI helix as a crucial element.

      Specifically, we have established a firm correlation between the kinase activity of the Abl regulatory core, the imatinib (type II inhibitor)-induced disassembly of the core, which is caused by a force FKD–N,SH3 between the KD N-lobe and the SH3 domain, and a force FαI,SH2 exerted by the αI-helix towards the SH2 domain. The FαI,SH2 force is mainly caused by a clash of the αI-αI’ loop with the SH2 domain. Both the FKD–N,SH3 and FαI,SH2 force act on the KD/SH2SH3 interface and may lead to the disassembly of the core, which is in a delicate equilibrium between assembled and disassembled forms. As disassembly is required for kinase activity, the modulation of both forces constitutes a very sensitive regulation mechanism. Allosteric inhibitors such as asciminib and also myristoyl, the natural allosteric pocket binder, pull the αI-αI’ loop away from the SH2 interface, and thereby reduce the FαI,SH2 force and activity. Notably, all observations described here were obtained under nonphosphorylated conditions, as phosphorylation will lead to additional strong activating effects."

      4) Figure 6 could do a better job of providing an illustration of steric clashes.

      We have revised Figure 6, panel F, in order to better illustrate the steric clashes, and modified the legend accordingly.

      5) There is a typo in line 5 from the top on page 11 (dash missing from "83534" superscript).

      Thank you. This was fixed.

    1. Author Response

      Many thanks for handling our manuscript (eLife-RP-RA-2023-93968) entitled "Allosteric modulation of the CXCR4:CXCL12 axis by targeting receptor nanoclustering via the TMV-TMVI domain", by García-Cuesta et al. We are delighted to hear your willingness to consider our manuscript following appropriate revision. We have carefully read the referees' commentaries and have organized new experiments to address their specific queries.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review)

      The computational methodology is going to be carefully reviewed. In particular to justify the software and techniques used in this manuscript. We will also describe the method for identifying the pocket on the CXCR4 structure as well as the workflow used to explain the transition from docking evaluation to MD analyses. Additionally, we will conduct experiments to enhance the results and address the specific feedback provided, ultimately improving the overall reliability.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review)

      Although the paper was initiated by titrating the compounds in migration experiments, we are going to add new kinetics and titration of concentrations in these experiments. In addition, we are going to change the way in which we present the data from the singlemolecule tracking experiments. We will add a representative video of each experimental condition, and include some of the mean square displacement curves to support our data on the analysis of the diffusion coefficient (D1-4) to give a more conclusive view of receptor clustering. Regarding the tumorigenesis experiments we will include the individual data points and we will try to perform kinetics with distinct concentrations of the drug.

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This manuscript from Kavanjoo et al examines the role of macrophages within the fetal liver beyond erythrocyte maturation. Using single-cell sequencing, high-resolution imaging, and inducible genetic deletion of yolk-sac (YS) derived macrophages, the authors demonstrate that heterogeneous fetal liver macrophages regulate erythrocyte enucleation, interact physically with fetal HSCs, and may regulate neutrophil accumulation in the fetal liver. The data as presented do not strongly support the authors’ conclusion that fetal macrophages in the liver regulate the HSC niche or granulopoiesis from HSCs.

      Fetal-derived resident tissue macrophages are increasingly implicated in regulation of adult tissue function and homeostasis, but considerably less is known regarding the function of fetal macrophages during development. Macrophages in the fetal liver have been shown to form erythroblastic islands, where they regulate erythrocyte maturation. Here, the authors performed single-cell sequencing on fetal liver macrophages (Cd11b-lo) to gain insight into heterogeneity and utilized previously published pre-Mac signatures from the YS to focus on YS-derived macrophages. These clusters were then further cross-referenced with surface protein expression as determined by multidimensional flow cytometry to hone in on a very specific subset of three groups of F4/80hi macrophages defined by multiple surface markers. Fate-mapping with three models (Tnfrsf11a-Cre - YS pMAC derived; Ms4a3Cre - FL monocyte derived; CXCR4-Cre-ERT2 - definitive HSC derived) revealed that three major subsets are all derived from YS pMACs.

      We thank the reviewer for the comments and have addressed all points below. If certain points were mentioned twice, we responded at the position where the point was raised the first time.

      However, the relative frequencies of these specific populations are not shown, and because the single sequencing analysis goes through so many iterations of re-clustering that initiates by focusing specifically on pMAC signatures, this result is not surprising.

      Probing gene expression within each of the three clusters revealed ligand expression suggesting cell-cell interactions, and cross-referencing with a fetal LT-HSC gene expression dataset revealed potential receptor-ligand interactions. Microscopic investigation of physical interactions between specific macrophage subsets and HSCs was not particularly convincing. In Figure 3C, for example, Cluster C is very difficult to visualize. It would again be helpful to know what the ratios are within the FL for each cluster. Data in Figure 3F are not well represented by Data in Figure 3E.

      We showed frequencies after CODEX in the original manuscript (Fig. S3A, now Figure 4 - figure supplement 1A) since isolation of cells often induces an artifact, and relative frequencies after scRNA-seq experiments never represent the actual cell numbers present in situ. However, also the CODEX analysis has its weakness, especially in dense tissues, as the automated gating method may not catch every macrophage due to its star-shaped structure. Thus, we have now included the absolute numbers of macrophage subpopulations in Figure 7C. We have tried to improve the visualization of the clusters in Figure 3C (now Figure 4C) by zooming into a specific region. The Voronoi diagram is a powerful method that allows for an overall spatial visualization of cell distribution in large tissue pieces. In the high-resolution PDF that we provide, zooming into the PDF file should allow the reader to see each cluster in great detail.

      To improve the data of macrophage-HSC interaction we have performed 3D reconstructions and quantified the distance of CD150+ and Iba1+ cells in 3D (new Figure 3C-E) as the thin cryosectioning used for CODEX is not suitable to reconstruct these interactions properly (see also lines 328-331). Thus, Figure 3E was not able and also not meant to represent data shown in Figure 3F (now Figure 4E and 4F). Figure 3E is just meant to show examples of all clusters sitting in proximity to CD150+ HSCs.

      Furthermore, deletion of YS pMAC-derived macrophages the Tnfrsf11a-Cre X Spi1fl/fl resulted in broad macrophage depletion - although the authors did not demonstrate this using the carefully refined phenotypes they had defined earlier in the manuscript. Nonetheless, the authors demonstrate that macrophage depletion did affect erythroid enucleation, as expected, and the authors also showed some effect of macrophage deletion on LT-HSC gene expression by bulk transcription analysis. These effects were relatively small, however, and this was clear in the absence of effects on hematopoiesis in vivo or HSC proliferation ex vivo. To further investigate the effects of macrophage deletion on downstream hematopoieisis, the authors re-assessed the myeloid compartment following macrophage deletion, and identified and specifically focused on an observed increase in neutrophils in response to macrophage depletion. Based on this increase, they tested HSC differentiation using a colony-forming assay, which shows a slight increase in GM colonies that is also reflective of a slight but insignificant increase in total colony forming capability. The authors concluded that loss of fetal macrophages causes a reprogramming of HSCs to the granulocytic lineage. However, the colony-forming assay and subtle differences in gene expression are not sufficient to conclude that fetal HSCs have been reprogrammed towards granulocytic lineage by macrophage deletion.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and have improved the manuscript accordingly: We have performed the colony-forming assay again with n=5 embryos per genotype that were harvested on the same day, which resulted in a similar phenotype as before, with the differences of GM colonies now being significant. Further, we quantified the depletion of all macrophage subpopulations in the Tnfrsf11a-Cre X Spi1fl/fl model (Fig. 7C). To strengthen the point that the transient lack of macrophages when HSCs arrive in the fetal liver leads to their reprograming, we included flow cytometry data from E16.5 and E18.5 where we still see an increase of neutrophils in the fetal liver, despite the fact that macrophages are repopulating the empty niche (Fig. 7E, F). To show that this is a cell-intrinsic effect, we have performed adoptive transfer experiments supporting our claim that loss of macrophages reprograms HSCs toward the granulocytic lineage (Fig. 7H, I)

      Overall, there are some interesting pieces of data in this manuscript, including the classification of new subsets of macrophages in the liver, their fate-mapping to the YS, and gene expression analysis. However, the data as presented do not strongly support a role for these particular macrophage subsets in regulating HSCs or fetal hematopoiesis within the fetal liver niche. Although there may be specific subsets of fetal liver macrophages that more closely physically interact with HSCs, deletion of what appeared to be a vast majority of macrophages in the FL did not appear to affect cellularity of hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells in vivo, and was not shown to convincingly affect HSC function. The mechanism by which macrophage deletion affected granulopoiesis could be independent from HSCs, and would be interesting to further explore.

      We hope that with new set of experiments we were able to convince the reviewer of the importance of macrophages in the HSC niche.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Using a single-cell omics approach combined with spatial proteomics and genetic fate mapping, Kayvanjoo et al found that fetal liver (FL) macrophages cluster into distinct yolk sac-derived subpopulations and that some of the HSCs in FL preferentially associate with one of the identified macrophage subpopulations. FLs lacking macrophages show a delay in erythropoiesis. The authors also try to identify a role of macrophages for HSCs function in FL, and claim that macrophages affect myeloid differentiation of HSCs. Experimental support for the function of macrophages on HSCs remains weak. Taken together, their data provide a precise map of FL macrophage subpopulations, which is novel and will serve the field well.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment. We have now strengthened the data regarding the impact of granulopoiesis by performing additional CFU assays and adoptive transfers.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this study, the researchers aimed to investigate the cellular landscape and cell-cell interactions in cavernous tissues under diabetic conditions, specifically focusing on erectile dysfunction (ED). They employed single-cell RNA sequencing to analyze gene expression patterns in various cell types within the cavernous tissues of diabetic individuals. The researchers identified decreased expression of genes associated with collagen or extracellular matrix organization and angiogenesis in several cell types, including fibroblasts, chondrocytes, myofibroblasts, valve-related lymphatic endothelial cells, and pericytes. They also discovered a newly identified marker, LBH, that distinguishes pericytes from smooth muscle cells in mouse and human cavernous tissues. Furthermore, the study revealed that pericytes play a role in angiogenesis, adhesion, and migration by communicating with other cell types within the corpus cavernosum. However, these interactions were found to be significantly reduced under diabetic conditions. The study also investigated the role of LBH and its interactions with other proteins (CRYAB and VIM) in maintaining pericyte function and highlighted their potential involvement in regulating neurovascular regeneration. Overall, the manuscript is well-written and the study provides novel insights into the pathogenesis of ED in patients with diabetes and identifies potential therapeutic targets for further investigation.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary: In this manuscript, the authors performed single cell RNA-sequencing of cells from the penises of healthy and diabetes mellitus model (STZ injection-based) mice, identified Lbh as a marker of penis pericytes, and report that penis-specific overexpression of Lbh is sufficient to rescue erectile function in diabetic animals. In public human single cell RNA-sea datasets, the authors report that LBH is similarly specific to pericytes and down regulated in diabetic patients. Additionally, the authors report discovery of CRYAB and VIM1 as protein interacting partners with LBH.

      The authors contributions are of interest to the erectile dysfunction community and their Lbh overexpression experiments are especially interesting and well-conducted. However, claims in the manuscript regarding the specificity of Lbh as a pericyte marker, the mechanism by which Lbh overexpression rescues erectile function, cell-cell interactions impaired by diabetes, and protein-interaction partners require qualification or further evidence to justify.

      Major claims and evidence:

      1) Marker gene specificity and quantification: One of the authors' major contributions is the identification of Lbh as a marker of pericytes in their data. The authors present qualitative evidence for this marker gene relationship, but it is unclear from the data presented if Lbh is truly a specific marker gene for the pericyte lineage (either based on gene expression or IF presented in Fig. 2D, E). Prior results (see Tabula Muris Consortium, 2018) suggest that Lbh is widely expressed in non-pericyte cell types, so the claims presented in the manuscript may be overly broad. Even if Lbh is not a globally specific marker, the authors' subsequent intervention experiments argue that it is still an important gene worth studying.

      Answer: We appreciate this comment. In our scRNAseq data for the mouse cavernosum tissues, previously known markers such as Rgs5, Pdgfrb, Cspg4, Kcnj8, Higd1b, and Cox4i2 were found to be expressed not exclusively in pericytes, while Lbh exhibited specific expression patterns in pericytes (Fig. 2 and Supplementary Fig. 5). LBH expression was easily distinguishable from α-SMA, not only in mouse cavernosum but also in dorsal artery and dorsal vein tissues within penile tissues. This distinctive expression pattern of LBH was also observed in the human cavernous pericytes (Fig. 5). Then, we examined Lbh expression patterns in various mouse tissues using the mouse single-cell atlas (Tabula Muris), although endothelial and pericyte clusters were not subclustered in most tissues from Tabula Muris. To identify pericytes, we relied on the expression pattern of known marker genes (Pecam1 for endothelial cells, Rgs5, Pdgfrb, and Cspg4 for pericytes). Lbh was expressed in pericytes of the bladder, heart and aorta, kidney, and trachea but not as specifically in penile pericytes (Supplementary Fig. 6A-D). However, it is worth noting that other known pericyte markers were also did not exhibit exclusive expression in pericytes across all the tissues we analyzed. Therefore, in certain tissues, particularly in mouse penile tissues, Lbh may be a valuable marker in conjunction with other established pericyte marker genes for distinguishing pericytes.

      2) Cell-cell communication and regulon activity changes in the diabetic penis: The authors present cell-cell communication analysis and TF regulon analysis in Fig 3 and report differential activities in healthy and DM mice. These results are certainly interesting, however, no statistical analyses are performed to justify claimed changes in the disease state and no validations are performed. It is therefore challenging to interpret these results, and the relevant claims do not seem well supported.

      Answer: In response to these helpful suggestions, we calculated statistical significance and performed experimental validation. CellphoneDB permutes the cluster labels of all cells 1000 times and calculates the mean(mean(molecule 1 in cluster X), mean(molecule 2 in cluster Y)) at each time for each interaction pair, for each pairwise comparison between two cell types. We only considered interactions in which the difference in means calculated by these permutations were greater than 0.25-fold between diabetes and normal. Also, we considered that the interactions with P-value < 0.05 were significant.

      To assess differential regulon activities of transcription factor (SCENIC) between diabetic and normal pericytes, we utilized a generalized linear model with scaled activity scores for each cell as input. These scaled regulon activity values for angiogenesis-related TFs exhibited differences between diabetic and normal pericytes. The results of the generalized linear model revealed that Klf5, Egr1, and Junb were TFs with significantly altered regulon activities in diabetic pericytes. Experimental data indicated that the expression level of Lmo2, Junb, Elk1, and Hoxd10 was higher (Hoxd10) or lower (Lmo2, Junb, Elk1) in diabetic pericytes compared to normal pericytes (Supplementary Fig. 9). We have added the scaled regulon activity values and statistical significance in Fig. 3E.

      3) Rescue of ED by Lbh overexpression: This is a striking and very interesting result that warrants attention. By simple overexpression of the pericyte marker gene Lbh, the authors report rescue of erectile function in diabetic animals. While mechanistic details are lacking, the phenomenon appears to have a large effect size and the experiments appear sophisticated and well conducted. If anything, the authors appear to underplay the magnitude of this result.

      Answer: We appreciate this comment. Therefore, we have added relevant clarification in the revised manuscript discussion section to emphasize the importance of LBH overexpression on rescuing ED as follows: “To test our hypothesis, we utilized the diabetes-induced ED mouse model, commonly employed in various studies focusing on microvascular complications associated with type 1 diabetes. We observed that the overexpression of LBH in diabetic mice led to the restoration of reduced erectile function by enhancing neurovascular regeneration. However, this study primarily demonstrated the observed phenomenon without delving into the detailed mechanisms. Nonetheless, these results of LBH on erections provide us with new strategies for treating ED and should be of considerable concern.” (Please see revised ‘Discussion’)

      4) Mechanistic claims for rescue of ED by Lbh overexpression: The authors claim that cell type-specific effects on MPCs are responsible for the rescue of erectile function induced by Lbh overexpression. This causal claim is unsupported by the data, which only show that Lbh overexpression influences MPC performance. In vivo, it's likely that Lbh is being over expressed by diverse cell types, any of which could be the causal driver of ED rescue. In fact, the authors report rescue of cell type abundance in endothelial cells and neuronal cells. Therefore, it cannot be concluded that MPC effects alone or in principal are responsible for ED rescue.

      Answer: We agree with these claims. Therefore, we have added relevant clarifications in the discussion section of the revised manuscript. Our findings suggest that LBH can affect the function of cavernous pericytes, although we cannot definitively specify which particular cavernous cell types are affected by the overexpressed LBH, whether it be cavernous endothelial cells, smooth muscle cells, or others. Subsequent research will be required to conduct more comprehensive mechanistic investigations, such as in vitro studies using cavernous endothelial cells, smooth muscle cells, and fibroblasts to address these knowledge gaps. (Please see revised ‘Discussion’)

      5) Protein interaction data: The authors claim that CRYAB and VIM1 are novel interacting partners of LBH. However, the evidence presented (2 blots in Fig. 6A,B) lack the relevant controls. It is possible that CRYAB and VIM1 are cross-reactive with the anti-LBH antibody or were not washed out completely. The abundance of bands on the Coomassie stain in Fig. 6A suggests that either event is plausible. Therefore, the evidence presented is insufficient to support the claim that CRYAB and VIM1 are protein interacting partners of LBH.

      Answer: We agree with these claims. Therefore, we have added the relevant controls(Input) and performed Co-IP (IP: CRYAB or VIM, WB: LBH) to demonstrate CRYAB and VIM1 are not simply cross-reactive antigens to their LBH antibody. Our results show that we can detect the expression of CRYAB and VIM after LBH IP, and we also detect the expression of LBH after CRYAB and VIM IP. In addition, it can be seen from our results that the binding of LBH to VIM is higher than that of CRYAB. Regardless, these results indicate that the binding of CRYAB or VIM to LBH is not a random phenomenon. (Please see revised ‘Result’ and ‘Figure 6B’)

      Impact: These data will trigger interest in Lbh as a target gene within the erectile dysfunction community.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Bae et al. described the key roles of pericytes in cavernous tissues in diabetic erectile dysfunction using both mouse and human single-cell transcriptomic analysis. Erectile dysfunction (ED) is caused by dysfunction of the cavernous tissue and affects a significant proportion of men aged 40-70. The most common treatment for ED is phosphodiesterase 5 inhibitors; however, these are less effective in patients with diabetic ED. Therefore, there is an unmet need for a better understanding of the cavernous microenvironment, cell-cell communications in patients with diabetic ED, and the development of new therapeutic treatments to improve the quality of life.

      Pericytes are mesenchymal-derived mural cells that directly interact with capillary endothelial cells (ECs). They play a vital role in the pathogenesis of erectile function as their interactions with ECs are essential for penile erection. Loss of pericytes has been associated with diabetic retinopathy, cancer, and Alzheimer's disease and has been investigated in relation to the permeability of cavernous blood vessels and neurovascular regeneration in the authors' previous studies. This manuscript explores the mechanisms underlying the effect of diabetes on pericyte dysfunction in ED. Additionally, the cellular landscape of cavernous tissues and cell type-specific transcriptional changes were carefully examined using both mouse and human single-cell RNA sequencing in diabetic ED. The novelty of this work lies in the identification of a newly identified pericyte (PC)-specific marker, LBH, in mouse and human cavernous tissues, which distinguishes pericytes from smooth muscle cells. LBH not only serves as a cavernous pericyte marker, but its expression level is also reduced in diabetic conditions. The LBH-interacting proteins (Cryab and Vim) were further identified in mouse cavernous pericytes, indicating that these signaling interactions are critical for maintaining normal pericyte function. Overall, this study demonstrates the novel marker of pericytes and highlights the critical role of pericytes in diabetic ED.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) The methods are poorly written. It lacks specific information on the sample size, experimental design, and data analysis methods employed. The absence of these crucial details makes it difficult to evaluate the robustness and reliability of the findings.

      Answer: We agree with the reviewer’s suggestion, now we revised the methods of our manuscript, and added detailed information or references. For sample size we have added detailed information in Figure legend (Please see revised ‘Method’ , Figure Legend, and Supplementary information.)

      2) The cell number in the scRNA-seq analysis is small (~12000) and some minor cell types are probably underrepresented. It is not clear whether the authors pooled the cells from different mice as one sample, or replicates in different groups have been included. It will be helpful to label different samples in the UMAP. The authors should repeat the experiments with more replicates to increase the cell number and validate the findings.

      Answer: We understand the reviewer's concern, but due to the small size of mouse penile tissue, we had to pool 5 corpus cavernosum tissues for each group (using pooled samples) for scRNA-seq analysis. Moreover, owing to the unique nature of mouse penile tissue, which is highly resistant, it posed challenges for the dissolution and isolation of single cells using conventional single-cell separation methods. Consequently, we had to increase the concentration of the enzyme to finally obtain 12,894 cells. Rather than conducting a repetitive scRNAseq analysis on the same mouse model, we validated our findings in human cavernous single-cell transcriptome data. This analysis allowed us to confirm the presence of pericyte in human corpus cavernosum, specific expression of LBH in human cavernous pericytes, and the identification of relevant GO terms associated with pericyte functions (Figure 5). We have add these information in ‘Method’ (Please see revised ‘Method’).

      3) Functional studies are lacking to justify how manipulating LBH expression or its interacting proteins might lead to effective therapeutic approaches for diabetic ED.

      Answer: We have performed the functional study to evaluate LBH expression might lead to effective therapeutic approaches for diabetic ED as showed in Figure 4G. Assessment of intracavernous pressure (ICP) is the most representative test for evaluating erectile function. Therefore, we modulated LBH expression in the penis of diabetic mice and assessed the erectile function of the mice by intracavernous pressure. However, we have not performed ICP studies and relative in vitro studies (migration, survival experiment) to assess whether LBH-interacting proteins have the same effect.

      4) Although the abstract identifies novel targets for potential interventions, such as LBH and its interacting proteins, the clinical relevance of these findings remains uncertain. The authors should include a discussion regarding the translation of these discoveries into therapeutic strategies or their potential impact on patients with diabetes and ED.

      Answer: We appreciate the reviewer's suggestion and have added a discussion as per the reviewer’s recommendation (Please see revised ‘Discussion’).

      5) While the study highlights the importance of pericytes in penile erection, it fails to mention the broader context of other cell types involved in the pathogenesis of ED. Neglecting to discuss potential contributions from endothelial cells, smooth muscle cells, or neural elements limits the comprehensive understanding of the cellular interactions underlying diabetic ED.

      Answer: We agree with the reviewer's suggestion and have added a discussion regarding the significance of other cell populations in penile tissues, such as endothelial cells, smooth muscle cells fibroblasts, and neural elements, along with the rationale for our focus on pericytes. (Please see revised ‘Discussion’).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      We congratulate the authors on an interesting study. We were especially excited to see their Lbh overexpression results. However, we felt other claims in the paper could benefit from additional investigation, analysis, and statistical rigor. We have provided a set of suggestions for improvement below.

      Major points:

      1) Pericyte marker gene proposal: See public review for commentary on the following suggested experiments. The authors should perform binary classification analysis using Lbh and report the performance of this gene as a marker (e.g. using the area under the receiver operating characteristic, accuracy, precision and recall). Further, they should consider performing this analysis for all other genes in their data to determine whether Lbh is the best marker gene.

      Answer: We appreciate this comment. AUC scores of Rgs5, Pln, Ednra, Npylr, Atp1b2, and Gpc3 for ability of a binary classifier to distinguish between pericyte and the other cell types in mouse penile tissues were measured by using FindMarkers function. Rgs5 had the highest AUC, but Rgs5 was also expressed in SMCs in our data. Pln, Ednra, Gpc3, and Npy1r also seemed to be candidate markers, but the literature search excluded these genes as they are also expressed in the SMCs of other tissues or different cell types. The AUC score of Lbh was over 0.7, and expression in SMC was not identified in previous studies, and ultimately, we experimentally identified that Lbh is penis pericyte specific. We have added this to the manuscript.

      Author response table 1.

      Robust differential expression analysis should also be performed for this gene (if not all) and the statistics should be reported, given known issues with the statistical approach used by the authors for differential expression (see: Squair 2021, 10.1038/s41467-021-25960-2). The authors' should also report the number of cells involved in these comparisons, as the number of pericytes in the data (Fig 1B) appears quite small.

      Answer: We appreciate this comment. We used “MAST” to identify differentially expressed genes. This test is often used to find DEGs in single-cell RNA data. However, because the pseudobulk method has advantages over the single cell DEG method (Squair 2021, 10.1038/s41467-021-25960-2), we additionally performed DEG analysis with DESeq2 to confirm whether Lbh can distinguish pericytes from other cell types in the penile. As a result, even when tested with DESeq2, Lbh expression was significantly higher in pericytes than in other cell types in penile (adjusted p-value = 2.694475e-07 in Pericyte vs SMC, adjusted P-value = 3.700118e-58 in Pericyte vs the other cell types). Mouse penile tissue is small in size, and the number of pericytes in mouse penile tissue is relatively smaller compared to fibroblasts and chondrocytes. In our mouse penile scRNAseq data, the number of pericytes is as follows: normal: 58, diabetes: 116. Despite the limited number of cells, we were able to establish statistical significance in our analyses.

      Immunostaining results in Fig. 2D, E should likewise be quantified. At present, it's unclear that LBH and aSMA are mutually exclusive as claimed. The authors should also investigate Lbh expression in public single cell genomics data, rather than performing candidate gene literature searches. For example, the Tabula Muris suggests Lbh is expressed widely outside pericytes.

      Answer: For Figure 2D and E, the aim of these analyses was to assess the distribution of LBH and other cellular markers to see if they overlap and if they can be distinguished. We think that some of the overlapping staining in the tissue may be caused by multilayered cellular structures, so staining within cells would be more convincing. Therefore, we quantified the percentage of LBH- or α-SMA-expressed pericytes and relative expression in smooth muscle cells in cell staining (Supplementary Fig. 5E). We found that only 3% of smooth muscle cells expressed LBH, 67% of mouse cavernous pericytes (MCPs) expressed α-SMA, and more than 97% of MCPs expressed LBH. Therefore, these results may illustrate the specific expression of LBH in MCPs. These information was added as ‘Supplementary Fig. 5E’ (Please see revised ‘Supplementary information’). We also examined Lbh expression patterns in various mouse tissues using the public mouse single-cell atlas (Tabula Muris), and provided a detailed response in reviewer 2’s public review 1.

      Even if Lbh is not the best marker, the authors' intervention experiment still motivates study of the gene, but these analyses would help contextualize the result for readers.

      2) Statistical anslyses for cell-cell communication and TF regulon analysis: See public review for context on these comments. The authors should perform statistical tests to evaluate the significance of differences detected for each of these analysis. For example, generalized linear models can be used to assess the significance of TF regulon activity scores from SCENIC, and permutation tests can be used to measure the significance of cell-cell interaction score changes. Without these statistical tests, it's challenging for a reader to interpret whether the results reported are meaningful or within the realm of experimental noise.

      Answer: We appreciate this comment. We calculated statistical significance TF regulon analyses as suggested by the reviewer and described a detailed statistical calculation method for cell-cell communication. We provided a detailed response in reviewer 2’s public review 2.

      3) Mechanism of ED rescue by Lbh overexpression: To support this claim, the authors would need to perform an experiment where Lbh is over expressed specifically in MPCs (using e.g. a specific promoter on their LTV construct, or a transgenic line with a cell type-specific Cre-Lox system). Absent these data, the claim should be removed.

      Answer: We agree with the reviewer's suggestion and we have reworked the claim that ‘LBH overexpression is affected by pericytes during ED recovery’ and have added relevant clarification in the Discussion section to clearly state that LBH overexpression may affect many cavernosum cells, such as cavernous endothelial cells, smooth muscle cells, fibroblasts, and pericytes (Please see revised ‘Result’ and ‘Discussion’)

      4) Protein interaction claims: This experiment would require that the authors perform a similar pull-down with LBH KO cells and or a reciprocal Co-IP (e.g. IP: CRYAB or VIM1, WB: LBH) to demonstrate CRYAB and VIM1 are not simply cross-reactive antigens to their LBH antibody. Further, these experiments appear to only have a single replicate for each condition. The authors should either remove associated claims, or perform a Co-IP experiment with the relevant controls with sufficient replication.

      Answer: We agree with the claims. Therefore, we have included the necessary controls (Input) and performed Co-IP (IP: CRYAB or VIM1, WB: LBH) to demonstrate that CRYAB and VIM1 are not simply cross-reactive antigens to their LBH antibody. Our results show that we can detect the expression of CRYAB and VIM after LBH IP, and we also detect the expression of LBH after CRYAB and VIM IP. In addition, it can be seen from our results that the binding of LBH to VIM is higher than that of CRYAB. Regardless, these results indicate that the binding of CRYAB or VIM to LBH is not a random phenomenon. Additionally, all IP experiments were replicated at least three times. (Please see revised ‘Result’ and ‘Figure 6B’)

      Minor Points:

      • The reference "especially in men" on line 56 seems odd given that only males can experience penile erectile dysfunction.

      Answer: We agree with the reviewer's suggestion and have removed the description 'especially male' (Please see revised ‘Introduction’)

      • Line 109, it's unclear what genes showed altered expression in Schwann cells.

      Answer: We apologize for the confusion. There was no significant differentially expressed genes between normal and diabetes in Schwann cells. We revised this part in the manuscript. (Schwann cells showed an increased expression compared to normal cells in diabetes, though not significant. In Schwann cells, there were no significant DEGs between diabetic and normal cells.)

      • It would be helpful for readers to see an analysis of the cell types that are transduced in the Lbh overexpression experiment in vivo. At present, some pericyte specificity is implied, but not demonstrated.

      Answer: We appreciate this comment. Our findings suggest that LBH can affect the function of cavernous pericytes, although we cannot definitively conclude which specific-cavernous cell types are affected by the overexpressed LBH, whether it be cavernous endothelial cells, smooth muscle cells, or others. Subsequent research will be required to conduct more comprehensive mechanistic investigations, such as in vitro studies using cavernous endothelial cells, smooth muscle cells, and fibroblasts to address these knowledge gaps. These were also mentioned in the manuscript.

      • To improve clarity and enhance readability, define abbreviations before their initial usage in the text. For instance, in the second paragraph of the Introduction, the abbreviation 'ECs' is used without prior definition. It can be inferred that it is referring to endothelial cells, mentioned in parentheses in the subsequent sentence.

      Answer: We agree with the reviewer's suggestion to expand acronyms and ensure that all acronyms are defined in the revised manuscript before they are used for the first time in the text (Please see revised Manuscript).

      • It is important to include relevant references that align with the content being discussed. For example, in the Introduction, pericytes are described as being involved in various processes such as angiogenesis, vasoconstriction, and permeability. The text refers to a single reverence, a review by Gerhardt and Besholtz, which primarily focuses on pericyte's role in regulating angiogenesis. Adding additional sources, such as the review by Bergers and Song (Neuro Oncol., 2005) is recommended.

      Answer: We agree with the reviewer's suggestion, and have added the reference as reviewer recommended (Please see revised Manuscript and reference).

      • Figure 3E: it is stated that a panel of 53 angiogenesis factors were tested, it is stated that only MMP3 showed increased expression. However, various unlabeled spots appear to show changed expression patterns. It would be helpful to show a summary graph with the relative intensities of the full array of factors tested.

      Answer: We agree with the reviewer’s suggestion, now we showed all spots density in angiogenesis array as Supplementary Table 1. The condition of the spots we selected was that the expression density was at least above 1500, and the change ratio was greater than 1.2. (Please see revised ‘Supplementary information’)

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Detailed statistical power calculation

      Data availability statement( were both mouse and human scRNA deposited in GEO with a taken and when will they be released to the public?)

      Answer: Human scRNA data have been deposited in GEO under accession number GSE206528. Our mouse scRNA dataset has been uploaded to KoNA and is available for download (https://www.kobic.re.kr/kona/review?encrypt_url=amlod2FucGFya3xLQUQyMzAxMDEz)

      Major concerns about this work

      1) The single cell RNAseq data collected for mouse diabetic ED(Fig 1B), FB are the most abundant cell population compared to PC, EC, SMC and other clusters. The rationale for studying FB clusters (in Figure 1, D-F) instead of PC cluster is unclear. Which cluster DEG did the authors annotate for Fig 1G-H?

      Answer: We understand the reviewer's suggestion and confusion. Although other major cell populations in penile tissue such as smooth muscle cells, endothelial cell, and fibroblasts have been extensively studied, pericytes have mainly been investigated in the context of the central nervous system (CNS). For example, in the CNS, pericytes are involved in maintaining the integrity of the brain's blood-brain barrier (BBB) [PMID: 27916653], regulating blood flow at capillary junctions [PMID: 33051294], and promoting neuroinflammatory processes [PMID: 31316352], whose dysfunction is considered an important factor in the progression of vascular diseases such as Alzheimer's disease [PMID: 24946075]. But little is known about the role of pericytes in penile tissue [PMID: 35865945; PMID: 36009395; PMID: 26044953]. In order to explore the role of pericytes in repairing the corpus cavernosum vascular and neural tissues damaged by DM, we focused on pericytes, which are multipotent perivascular cells that contribute to the generation and repair of various tissues in response to injury. Although recent studies have shown that pericytes are involved in physiological mechanisms of erection, little is known about their detailed mechanisms. We have also added this rationale in discussion.

      Single cell level study has not been conducted in mouse penile tissues. Therefore, before delving into pericytes, we aimed to identify overall transcriptome differences between normal and diabetic conditions in mouse penile tissues. We presented the analyses of FB, which make up the largest proportion among the cell types in the mouse penis, in Fig. 1D-F. The analysis of other cell types is provided in Supplementary Fig. 1-4. Fig. 1G-H are GO terms for Fibroblasts clusters. We added this information in the figure.

      2) Fig 2 is the critical data to show Lbh is a cavernous PC specific marker. More PC violin plots to identify PC cluster such as Cspg4, Kcnj8, Higd1b, Cox4i2 and more SMC violin plots to identify SMC cluster such as Acta2, Myh11, Tagln, Actg2 should be used for inclusion and exclusion of PC( the same concern applied to human scRNAseq in Fig 5B).

      Answer: We appreciate this comment. We examined the expression of other marker genes of pericytes and SMCs. Although some marker genes were rarely expressed in the mouse penis data (Kcnj8, Higd1b), the expression of marker genes tended to be relatively high in each cluster. The expression of Cspg4 and Cox4i2 was higher in pericytes than in SMCs, while the expression of Acta2, Myh11,and Tagln was higher in SMCs than in pericytes. Actag2 was specifically expressed in SMCs. Through the gene set enrichment test as well as the expression of known cell type marker genes, we identified that the annotation of pericyte and SMC was appropriate (Fig. 2B and Fig. 5C). We added the violin plots of these marker genes in Supplementary Fig. 5.

      Author response image 1.

      (Mouse)

      In human penis data, ACTA2 and MYH11 were expressed in SMCs, pericytes, and myofibroblasts, as in the previous paper [PMID: 35879305]. Among pericyte markers, the number of cells expressing KCNJ8 and HIGD1B was small. The cluster we annotated as pericyte was double positive for pericyte markers CSPG4 and COX4I2. ACTG2, a marker for SMC, was expressed more highly in SMC than in pericytes and myofibroblasts. As in the mouse penis data, we identified that the annotation of each cell type was appropriate through the gene set enrichment test in the human penis data. We added the violin plots of CSPG4, COX4I2, and ACTG2 in Supplementary Fig. 11.

      Author response image 2.

      (Human)

      When exploring Lbh expression levels in "Database of gene expression in adult mouse brain and lung vascular and perivascular cells" from https://betsholtzlab.org/VascularSingleCells/database.html, Lbh is not uniquely expressed in PC, suggesting its tissue-specific expression level. This difference should be discussed in the Discussion section.

      Answer: We appreciate this valuable comment. For the answer to this comment, we extensively analyzed Lbh expression patterns in various mouse tissues using the public mouse single-cell atlas (Tabula Muris) as also suggested by Reviewer 2. Please see our detailed response in reviewer 2’s public review 1.

      3) In prior studies on PC morphology and location (PMID: 21839917), they reside in capillaries (diameter less than 10um) or distal vessels (diameter less than 25um) and have oval cell body and long processes. Due to the non-specificity of Pdgfrb, SMC are positive for Pdgfrb staining (this has been shown in many publications that SMC are Pdgfrb+; unfortunately, NG2 antibody also stains for both PC and SMC). Therefore, the LBH immunostaining (in Fig 2D and 2E of large-sized vessels) are very likely for SMC identity, not PC. PC should be in close contact with CD31+ ECs in healthy conditions. The LBH immunostaining of PC in both mouse and human tissues (Fig 4) must be replaced and better characterized.

      Answer: We agree with the reviewer's suggestion. As it is widely known, peicytes are primarily located in capillaries, where they surround endothelial cells of blood vessels. However, recent discoveries have identified cells with pericyte-like characteristics in the walls of large blood vessels, challenging the traditional concept [PMID: 27268036]. In our study, we observed minimal overlap in staining between LBH and α-SMA, suggesting that the cells expressing LBH were not smooth muscle cells but possibly pericyte-like cells in large vessels. In small vessels within the bladder, kidney, and even the aorta, we found LBH-expressing cells surrounding CD31-expressing vessels, consistent with the known characteristics of pericytes. Further research is needed to comprehend the differences in LBH expression and its characteristics in both large and small blood vessels. We have added discussions and references for this issue (Please see revised ‘Discussion’ and ‘Reference’)

      4) How do mouse cavernous pericytes isolate? How is purity?

      Answer: As the reviewer points out, we isolated mouse spongiform pericytes following our and other previously published methods. We used pigment epithelium-derived factor (PEDF), which removes non-pericytic cells [PMID: 30929324, 23493068]. Although there are no purity study results such as FACS, other staining results thoroughly support the notion that this method yields pericytes with a notably high level of purity. (Please see ‘Method’ section).

      5) Can mouse scRNAseq cell-cell communication in Fig 3 be reproducible in human scRNAseq cell-cell communication? The results in human ED are more clinically significant than in mouse data.

      Answer: In human scRNAseq data, the difference between angiogenesis-related interactions between normal and diabetes was not as significant as that in mouse data. Because the cell type composition of the human and mouse penis is not completely identical, there are limitations in comparing cell-cell interactions. However, in the human penis data, some interactions related to angiogenesis between pericytes and other cell types were decreased in diabetes compared to normal (boxed parts).

      Author response image 3.

      6) Fibroblasts also express Vim. Murine PC VIM/CRYAB( should be written as Vim/Cryab as mouse proteins) direct interaction with Lbh is unclear from Lbh IP as Fig 6A red boxes showed a wide range of sizes. Where is the band for Lbh? Do human PC LBH interact with VIM/CRYAB?

      Answer: We agree with the reviewer's comment. VIM is a type III intermediate filament protein expressed in many cell types. We have added the relevant controls (Input) and performed Co-IP (IP: CRYAB or VIM, WB: LBH) to demonstrate CRYAB and VIM are not simply cross-reactive antigens to their LBH antibody. In western blot study, the LBH band was expressed between 35 kDa-48 kDa. From Figure 6A, we detected CRYAB in band 1 and VIM in bands 2 and 3. This may be due to the formation of dimers or multimers by VIM. We did not use human PCs for IP studies because IP requires large amounts of protein, making IP studies using human pericyte challenging. Nevertheless, the interaction between LBH and CRYAB in humans has been reported through fluorescent resonance energy transfer assay and affinity chromatography technology assay [PMID:34000384, PMID:20587334].

      7) In Fig 6H and I, why does CRYAB expression significantly reduce in vitro and in vivo under diabetic conditions, whereas VIM expression significantly increases?

      Answer: As the reviewer pointed out, and we have discussed on this issue in the manuscript, CRYAB is known to promote angiogenesis. Diabetes reduces CRYAB expression, so angiogenesis may be impaired. Furthermore, since VIM is a multifunctional protein, it interacts with several other proteins with multiple functions under various pathophysiological conditions. There are many relevant literatures showing that VIM expression is increased under diabetic conditions [PMID: 28348116 and PMID: 32557212]. And VIM deficiency protects against obesity and insulin resistance in patients with type 2 diabetes. Therefore, we hypothesize that exogenous LBH may have the ability to bind to the increased VIM in diabetic conditions and inactivate the effects of VIM. Thereby achieving the protective effect. This needs to be proved in further studies.

      8) The therapeutic strategies targeting (Lbh-Cryab-Vim) on mouse diabetic ED model is not investigated and need to be further validated and discussed.

      Answer: As the reviewers pointed out, in this study, we did not evaluate the targeted therapeutic strategy for LBH-CRYAB-VIM in a mouse diabetic ED model. We only identified the binding potential of these three proteins. Evaluation of this treatment strategy requires further study. For example, we can employ shRNA lentivirus, either alone or in combination, to downregulate CRYABexpression [PMID: 31612679] in normal mice, utilize a lentiviral vector CMV-GFP-puro-vimentin to overexpress Vimentin [PMID: 36912679], and then treat it with LBH to evaluate whether the LBH effect still exists (in vivo erectile function study and in vitro angiogenesis assay). We include this information in the Discussion section as a limitation of this study (Please see revised ‘Discussion’).

      9) The Discussion of current knowledge of pericytes in diabetic ED and other diseases and the significance of this study as well as clinical implications, should be expanded.

      Answer: As the reviewers pointed out, we have expanded the current knowledge of pericytes in diabetic ED and other diseases (CNS disease) and clinical implications as follows: “Although other major cell populations in penile tissue such as smooth muscle cells, endothelial cell, and fibroblasts have been extensively studied, pericytes have mainly been investigated in the context of the central nervous system (CNS). For example, in the CNS, pericytes are involved in maintaining the integrity of the brain's blood-brain barrier (BBB), regulating blood flow at capillary junctions, and promoting neuroinflammatory processes, whose dysfunction is considered an important factor in the progression of vascular diseases such as Alzheimer's disease. But little is known about the role of pericytes in penile tissue.” (Please see revised ‘Discussion’).

      10) How many clinical samples were used? How many times did each experiment repeat?

      Answer: As the reviewers pointed out, the clinical samples’ information was added in ‘method’ section. A total four human samples were used in this study (‘human corpus cavernosum tissues were obtained from two patients with congenital penile curvature (59-year-old and 47-year-old) who had normal erectile function during reconstructive penile surgery and two patients with diabetic ED (69-year-old and 56-year-old) during penile prosthesis implantation.’). For in vivo study, we quantified four different fields from human samples.

      Minor concerns

      1) Fig 1A, why normal mouse's body size is the same as DM?

      Answer: As the reviewer pointed out, in Figure 1A, while the size of normal mice and DM mice may not appear significantly different, there are indeed notable difference in body weight and size. The normal mice body weigh we used was about 30 grams, while DM mice body weigh was generally less than 24 grams. We found that we missed information on physiological and metabolic parameters from in vivo studies (ICP function study). Therefore, we have added it in Supplementary Table 2 (Please see revised ‘Supplementary information’)

      2) The label and negative, and positive controls for Fig 6B are missing.

      Answer: We thank for pointing out this. We have added the relevant controls (Input) and performed Co-IP (IP: CRYAB or VIM1, WB: LBH) to demonstrate CRYAB and VIM1 are not simply cross-reactive antigens to their LBH antibody and all IP was replicated for at least 3 times. (Please see revised ‘Result’ and ‘Figure 6B’)

      3) The limitation of this study and future work should be discussed.

      Answer: As the reviewer pointed out, we have added the limitation of this study and future direction in the discussion section (Please see revised ‘Discussion’).

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      REVIEWER 1

      The claim that olivooid-type feeding was most likely a prerequisite transitional form to jet-propelled swimming needs much more support or needs to be tailored to olivooids. This suggests that such behavior is absent (or must be convergent) before olivooids, which is at odds with the increasing quantities of pelagic life (whose modes of swimming are admittedly unconstrained) documented from Cambrian and Neoproterozoic deposits. Even among just medusozoans, ancestral state reconstruction suggests that they would have been swimming during the Neoproterozoic (Kayal et al., 2018; BMC Evolutionary Biology) with no knowledge of the mechanics due to absent preservation.

      Thanks for your suggestions. Yes, we agree with you that the ancestral swimming medusae may appear before the early Cambrian, even at the Neoproterozoic deposits. However, discussions on the affinities of Ediacaran cnidarians are severely limited because of the lack of information concerning their soft anatomy. So, it is hard to detect the mechanics due to absent preservation. Olivooids found from the basal Cambrian Kuanchuanpu Formation can be reasonably considered as cnidarians based on their radial symmetry, external features, and especially the internal anatomies (Bengtson and Yue 1997; Dong et al. 2013; 2016; Han et al. 2013; 2016; Liu et al. 2014; Wang et al. 2017; 2020; 2022). The valid simulation experiment here was based on the soft tissue preserved in olivooids.

      While the lack of ambient flow made these simulations computationally easier, these organisms likely did not live in stagnant waters even within the benthic boundary layer. The absence of ambient unidirectional laminar current or oscillating current (such as would be found naturally) biases the results.

      Many thanks for your suggestion concerning the lack of ambient flow in the simulations. We revised the section “Perspectives for future work and improvements” (lines 381-392 in our revised version of manuscript). Conducting the simulations without ambient flow can reduce the computational cost and, of course, making the simulation easier, while adding ambient flow can lead to poorer convergency and more technical issues. Meanwhile, we strongly agreed that these (benthic) organisms did not live in stagnant waters, as discussed in Liu et al. 2022. However, reducing computational complexity is not the main reason that the ambient flow was not incorporated in the simulations. As we discussed in section “Perspectives for future work and improvements”, our work focuses on the theoretical effect caused by the dynamics (based on fossil observation and hypothesis) of polyp on ambient environment (i.e., how fast the organism inhales water from ambient environment) rather than effect caused by ambient flow on organism (e.g., drag forces), which was what previous palaeontological CFD simulations mainly focused based on fossil morphology and hydrodynamics. To this end, we mainly concern the flow velocity above or near peridermal aperture (and vorticity computed in this paper) generated only by polyp’s dynamics itself without the interference of ambient flow (as many CFD simulations for modern jellyfish, i.e., McHenry & Jed 2003; Gemmell et al. 2013; Sahin et al. 2009. All those simulations were conducted under hydrostatic conditions). Adding ambient flow to our simulations “biases” the flow velocity profiles we expect to obtain in this case.

      Nevertheless, we do agree that the ambient unidirectional laminar current or oscillating current plays an important role in feeding and respiration behavior of Quadrapyrgites. Further investigations need to be realized by designing a set of new insightful simulations and is beyond the scope of this work. We conducted CFD simulations incorporated with a randomly generated surface that imitated uneven seabed, where unidirectional laminar current and oscillating current (or vortex) were formed and exerted on Quadrapyrgites located in different places on the surface (Zhang et al. 2022). We assumed that combining the method we used in Zhang et al. 2022 and the velocity profiles collected in this work to conduct new simulations may be a promising way to further investigate the effect of the ambient current on organisms’ active feeding behavior.

      There is no explanation for how this work could be a breakthrough in simulation gregarious feeding as is stated in the manuscript.

      Thanks for your suggestion. We revised the section “Perspectives for future work and improvements” (lines 396-404 in our revised version of manuscript).

      Conducting simulations of gregarious active feeding behavior generally need to model multi (or clustered) organisms, which is beyond the present computational capability. However, exploiting the simulation result and thus building a simplified model can be possible to realize that, as we may apply an inlet or outlet boundary condition to the peridermal aperture of Quadrapyrgites with corresponding exhale or inhale flow velocity profiles collected in this work. By doing this we can obtain a simplified version of an active feeding Quadrapyrgites model without using computational expensive moving mesh feature. Such a model can be used solely or in cluster to investigate gregarious feeding behavior incorporated with ambient current. Those above are explicit explanations for how this work could be a “breakthrough” in simulation gregarious feeding. However, we modified the corresponding description in section “Perspectives for future work and improvements” to make it more appropriate.

      Throughout the manuscript there are portions that are difficult to digest due to grammar, which I suspect is due to being written in a second language. This is particularly problematic when the reader is attempting to understand if the authors are stating an idea is well documented versus throwing out hypotheses/interpretations.

      Thanks. Our manuscript was checked and corrected by a native speaker of English again.

      Line-by-line:

      L023: "Although fossil evidence suggests..."

      L026: "demonstrated" instead of "proven"

      We corrected them accordingly.

      L030: "The hydrostatic simulations show that the..." Maybe I'm confused by the wording, but shouldn't this be the case since it's a set part of the model?

      As is demonstrated in our manuscript, all the simulations were conducted under “hydrostatic” environment. We originally intend to use the description “hydrostatic” here to emphasize the simulation condition we set in our work. However, it can literally lead to misunderstanding that some of the simulations we conducted are “hydrostatic” while the others are not. To this end, deleting the word “hydrostatic” here (line 30) may be appropriate to eliminate confusion.

      L058: "lacking soft tissue" Haootia preservation suggests it is soft tissue (Liu et al., 2014), unless the preceding sentence is not including Haootia, in which case this section is confusingly worded

      Thank you. We deleted the sentence “However, their affinities are not without controversy as the lacking soft tissue.”

      L085: change "proxy"

      Yes, we changed to “Considering their polypoid shape and cubomedusa-type anatomy, the hatched olivooids appear to a type of periderm-bearing polyp-shaped medusa (Wang et al. 2020) (lines 86-88).”

      L092: "assist in feeding" has this been stated before? Citation needed, else this interpretation should primarily be in the discussion

      Yes, you are right. We cited the reference at the end of the mentioned sentence (lines 91-94).

      L095: Remove "It is suggested that"

      Thanks for your suggestions. We corrected it.

      L100: "Probably the..." here to the end belongs in the discussion and not introduction.

      Thanks for your suggestions. We corrected the sentences.

      L108: "an abapical"

      Thanks for your suggestions. We revised it in line 107.

      L112: "for some distance" be specific or remove

      Yes, we deleted “for some distance” in line 111.

      L133: I can't find a corresponding article to Zhang et al., 2022. Is this the correct reference?

      The article Zhang et al. 2022 (entitled “Effect of boundary layer on simulation of microbenthic fossils in coastal and shallow seas”.) was in press at the time when we first submitted this manuscript. We complemented the corresponding term in References with the doi (10.13745/j.esf.sf.2023.5.32), which may help readers to locate this article easier.

      L138: You can't be positive that your simulations "provide a good reproduction of the movement." You have attempted to reconstruct said movement, but the language here is overly firm - as is "pave a new way"

      Thanks for your suggestions. We corrected the corresponding description (lines 138-140) to make it more rigorous.

      L149: "No significant change" implies statistics were computed that are not presented here.

      The statistics were computed by using built-in function of Excel and presented in Table supplement 2 (deposited in figshare, https://doi.org/10.6084/m9.figshare.23282627.v2) rather than in manuscript. To be specific, the error computations are followed by the formula of relative error, which is defined by:

      where u_z denotes the velocity profile collected on each cut point z with the current mesh parameters, u_z^* denotes the velocity profile collected on each cut point z with the next finer mesh parameters, i denotes each time step (from 0.01 to 4.0). In this case, the total average error was computed by averaging the sum of each 〖error〗_i on corresponding time step. The results are red marked in Table supplement 2. We revised the corresponding description in lines 140-146

      L152: "line graphs" >> "profiles"

      Thanks for your suggestions. We corrected it in line 144.

      L159: remove "significant" unless statistics are being reported, in which case those need to be explained in detail.

      Thanks for your suggestions. We removed "significant" and corrected the corresponding sentences in lines 150-153 to make them more rigorous.

      L159: I would recommend including a supplemental somewhere that shows how tall the modeled Quadrapyrgites is and where the cut lines exist above it.

      Many thanks for your suggestions. Corresponding complementation was made in the last paragraph of section “Computational fluid dynamics” (line 455 and line 535). We agree that it is appropriate to elucidate the height of modeled Quadrapyrgites and the position of each cut point. Hence, we add a supplementary figure (entitled Figure supplement 1) to illustrate those above.

      L183: "The maximum vorticity magnitude was set..." I do not follow what this threshold is based on the current phrasing.

      The vorticity magnitude mentioned here is the visualisation range of the color scalebar, which can be set manually set in the software. The positive number represent the vortex rotated counterclockwise, while the negative number represent that rotated clockwise on the cut plane. In this case, the visualisation range is [-0.001,0.001] (i.e., the absolute value of 0.001 is the threshold), as the color scalebar in Figure 7. Decreasing the threshold, for example, setting the visualisation range to [-0.0001,0.0001], can capture smaller vorticity on the cut plane, as the figure below on the left. Otherwise, setting the range to [-0.01,0.01] will focus on bigger vorticity, as the figure below on the right. We found [-0.001,0.001] could be an appropriate parameter to visualize the vortex near periderm based on our trial. To be more rigorous and to avoid confusion, we modified the description in the corresponding place of the manuscript (lines 172-174).

      Author response image 1.

      L201: "3.9-4 s"

      Thanks, we corrected it in line 191.

      L269: "Sahin et al.,..." add to the next paragraph

      Yes, we rearranged the corresponding two paragraphs (lines 258-289).

      L344: "Higher expansion-contraction..." this needs references and/or more justification.

      Thanks. We deleted the sentence.

      L446: two layers of hexahedral elements is a very low number for meshing boundary layer flow

      Many thanks for your question. We agree that an appropriate hexahedral elements mesh for boundary layer is essential to recover boundary flow, especially in cases where turbulence model incorporated with wall function is adopted such as the standard k-epsilon model. In this case, the boundary flow is not the main point since the velocity profile was collected above periderm aperture rather than near no-slip wall region. What else, we do not need drag (related to sheer stress and pressure difference) computations in this case, which requires a more accurate flow velocity reconstruction near no-slip walls as what previous palaeontological CFD simulations have done. Thus, we think two layers of hexahedral elements are enough. What else, hexahedral elements added to periderm aperture domain, as illustrated in figure below, can let the velocity near wall vary smoothly and thus can benefit the convergency of simulations.

      Author response image 2.

      L449: similar to comments regarding lines 146-148, key information is missing here. Figure 3C appears to be COMSOL's default meshing routine. While it is true that the domain is discretized in a non-uniform manner, no information is provided as to what mesh parameters were "tuned" to determine "optimal settings" or what those settings are (or how they are optimal).

      Many thanks for your question. Specific mesh parameters were listed in Table supplement 3 and corresponding descriptions and modifications were made both in lines 475-479 and lines 542-549. In most CFD cases, the mesh parameters need to be tuned to ensure a balance between computational cost and accuracy. If the difference of the result obtained from present mesh and that obtained from the next finer mesh ranges from 5% -10%, the present mesh is expected to be “optimal”. To achieve this, we prescribed several sets of different mesh (mainly concerning maximum and minimum element size) to each subdomain (domain of the inner cavity, domain of the peridermal aperture and domain outside of fossil model) of the whole computational domain in the test model. Subsequently, we refined the mesh step by step as much as possible and adjust the element size of subdomains to find suitable mesh parameters, that is how the mesh parameters were "tuned". We agree that we should explicit what mesh parameters were tuned and what those settings are.

      Figure 7 should have the timesteps included and the scaling of the arrows should be explicit in the caption

      Many thanks for your suggestions. We intended to use the white arrows to represent the velocity orientation rather than true velocity scale in Figure 7 (Instead, the white arrows in Animation supplement 1 represent a normalized velocity profile). To avoid confusion, we revised Figure 7 with timesteps and arrows represent a normalized velocity profile, making it consistent with Animation supplement 1. Corresponding modification is also made in the caption of Figure 7.

      The COMSOL simulation files (raw data) are missing from the supplemental data. These should be posted to Dryad or here.

      We uploaded the files to Dryad (https://datadryad.org/stash/share/QGDSqLh8HOll7ofl6JWVrqM57Rp62ZPjvZU0AQQHwTY), and added the corresponding link to section “Data Availability Statement”.

      REVIEWER 2

      Lines 319-334: The omission in this paragraph of Paraconularia ediacara Leme, Van Iten and Simoes (2022) from the terminal Ediacaran of Brazil is a serious matter, as (1) the medusozoan affinities of this fossil are every bit as well established as those of anabaritids, Sphenothallus, Cambrorhytium and Byronia, and (2) P. ediacara was a large (centimetric) polyp, the presence of which in Precambrian times is thus a problem for the simple evolutionary scenario (very small polyps followed later in evolutionary history by large polyps) outlined in the paragraph. Thus, Paraconularia ediacara must be mentioned in this paper, both in connection with the early evolution of size in cnidarian polyps and in other places where the early evolution of cnidarians is discussed.

      Thanks for your important suggestions. We added some sentences in lines 323-326 as following: “Significantly, the large-bodied, skeletonized conulariids-like Paraconularia found from the terminal Ediacaran Tamengo Formation of Brazil confirmed their ancient predators like the extant medusozoans and suggested the origin of cnidarians even farther into the deep evolutionary scenario (Leme et al. 2022).”

      Line 23. Delete the word, been.

      Line 25. Replace conjecture with conjectural.

      Line 26. Delete the word, the before calyx-like.

      Line 32. Replace consisting with consistent.

      Thanks for your suggestions. We all corrected them.

    1. Author Response

      eLife assessment

      This potentially valuable study uses classic neuroanatomical techniques and synchrotron X-ray tomography to investigate the mapping of the trunk within the brainstem nuclei of the elephant brain. Given its unique specializations, understanding the somatosensory projections from the elephant trunk would be of general interest to evolutionary neurobiologists, comparative neuroscientists, and animal behavior scientists. However, the anatomical analysis is inadequate to support the authors' conclusion that they have identified the elephant trigeminal sensory nuclei rather than a different brain region, specifically the inferior olive.

      Comment: We are happy that our paper is considered to be potentially valuable. Also, the editors highlight the potential interest of our work for evolutionary neurobiologists, comparative neuroscientists, and animal behavior scientists. The editors are more negative when it comes to our evidence on the identification of the trigeminal nucleus vs the inferior olive. We have five comments on this assessment. (i) We think this assessment is heavily biased by the comments of referee 2. We will show that the referee’s comments are more about us than about our paper. Hence, the referee failed to do their job (refereeing our paper) and should not have succeeded in leveling our paper. (ii) We have no ad hoc knock-out experiments to distinguish the trigeminal nucleus vs the inferior olive. Such experiments (extracellular recording & electrolytic lesions, viral tracing would be done in a week in mice, but they cannot and should not be done in elephants. (iii) We have extraordinary evidence. Nobody has ever described a similarly astonishing match of body (trunk folds) and myeloarchitecture in the trigeminal system before. (iv) We will show that our assignment of the trigeminal nucleus vs the inferior olive is more plausible than the current hypothesis about the assignment of the trigeminal nucleus vs the inferior olive as defended by referee 2. We think this is why it is important to publish our paper. (v) We think eLife is the perfect place for our publication because the deviating views of referee 2 are published along.

      Change: We performed additional peripherin-antibody staining to differentiate the inferior olive and trigeminal nucleus. Peripherin is a cytoskeletal protein that is found in peripheral nerves and climbing fibers. Specifically, climbing fibers of various species (mouse, rabbit, pig, cow, and human; Errante et al., 1998) are stained intensely with peripherin-antibodies. What is tricky for our purposes is that there is also some peripherin-antibody reactivity in the trigeminal nuclei (Errante et al., 1998). Such peripherin-antibody reactivity is weaker, however, and lacks the distinct axonal bundle signature that stems from the strong climbing fiber peripherin-reactivity as seen in the inferior olive (Errante et al., 1998). As can be seen in Author response image 1, we observe peripherin-reactivity in axonal bundles (i.e. in putative climbing fibers), in what we think is the inferior olive. We also observe weak peripherin-reactivity, in what we think is the trigeminal nucleus, but not the distinct and strong labeling of axonal bundles. These observations are in line with our ideas but are difficult to reconcile with the views of the referee. Specifically, the lack of peripherin-reactive axon bundles suggests that there are no climbing fibres in what the referee thinks is the inferior olive.

      Errante, L., Tang, D., Gardon, M., Sekerkova, G., Mugnaini, E., & Shaw, G. (1998). The intermediate filament protein peripherin is a marker for cerebellar climbing fibres. Journal of neurocytology, 27, 69-84.

      Author response image 1.

      The putative inferior olive but not the putative trigeminal nucleus contains peripherin-positive axon bundles (presumptive climbing fibers). (A) Overview picture of a brainstem section stained with anti-peripherin-antibodies (white color). Anti-peripherin-antibodies stain climbing fibers in a wide variety of mammals. The section comes from the posterior brainstem of African elephant cow Bibi; in this posterior region, both putative inferior olive and trigeminal nucleus are visible. Note the bright staining of the dorsolateral nucleus, the putative inferior olive according to Reveyaz et al., and the trigeminal nucleus according to Maseko et al., 2013. (B) High magnification view of the dorsolateral nucleus (corresponding to the upper red rectangle in A). Anti-peripherin-positive axon bundles (putative climbing fibers) are seen in support of the inferior olive hypothesis of Reveyaz et al. (C) High magnification view of the ventromedial nucleus (corresponding to the lower red rectangle in A). The ventromedial nucleus is weakly positive for peripherin but contains no anti-peripherin-positive axon bundles (i.e. no putative climbing fibers) in support of the trigeminal nucleus hypothesis of Reveyaz et al. Note that myelin stripes – weakly visible as dark omissions – are clearly anti-peripherin-negative.

      Reviewer #1:

      Summary:

      This fundamental study provides compelling neuroanatomical evidence underscoring the sensory function of the trunk in African and Asian elephants. Whereas myelinated tracts are classically appreciated as mediating neuronal connections, the authors speculate that myelinated bundles provide functional separation of trunk folds and display elaboration related to the "finger" projections. The authors avail themselves of many classical neuroanatomical techniques (including cytochrome oxidase stains, Golgi stains, and myelin stains) along with modern synchrotron X-ray tomography. This work will be of interest to evolutionary neurobiologists, comparative neuroscientists, and the general public, with its fascinating exploration of the brainstem of an icon sensory specialist.

      Comment: We are incredibly grateful for this positive assessment.

      Changes: None.

      Strengths:

      • The authors made excellent use of the precious sample materials from 9 captive elephants.

      • The authors adopt a battery of neuroanatomical techniques to comprehensively characterize the structure of the trigeminal subnuclei and properly re-examine the "inferior olive".

      • Based on their exceptional histological preparation, the authors reveal broadly segregated patterns of metabolic activity, similar to the classical "barrel" organization related to rodent whiskers.

      Comment: The referee provides a concise summary of our findings.

      Changes: None.

      Weaknesses:

      • As the authors acknowledge, somewhat limited functional description can be provided using histological analysis (compared to more invasive techniques).

      • The correlation between myelinated stripes and trunk fold patterns is intriguing, and Figure 4 presents this idea beautifully. I wonder - is the number of stripes consistent with the number of trunk folds? Does this hold for both species?

      Comment: We agree with the referee’s assessment. We note that cytochrome-oxidase staining is an at least partially functional stain, as it reveals constitutive metabolic activity. A significant problem of the work in elephants is that our recording possibilities are limited, which in turn limits functional analysis. As indicated in Figure 4 for the African elephant Indra, there was an excellent match of trunk folds and myelin stripes. Asian elephants have more, and less conspicuous trunk folds than African elephants. As illustrated in Figure 6, Asian elephants have more, and less conspicuous myelin stripes. Thus, species differences in myelin stripes correlate with species differences in trunk folds.

      Changes: We clarify the relation of myelin stripe and trunk fold patterns in our discussion of Figure 6.  

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The authors describe what they assert to be a very unusual trigeminal nuclear complex in the brainstem of elephants, and based on this, follow with many speculations about how the trigeminal nuclear complex, as identified by them, might be organized in terms of the sensory capacity of the elephant trunk.

      Comment: We agree with the referee’s assessment that the putative trigeminal nucleus described in our paper is highly unusual in size, position, vascularization, and myeloarchitecture. This is why we wrote this paper. We think these unusual features reflect the unique facial specializations of elephants, i.e. their highly derived trunk. Because we have no access to recordings from the elephant brainstem, we cannot back up all our functional interpretations with electrophysiological evidence; it is therefore fair to call them speculative.

      Changes: None.

      The identification of the trigeminal nuclear complex/inferior olivary nuclear complex in the elephant brainstem is the central pillar of this manuscript from which everything else follows, and if this is incorrect, then the entire manuscript fails, and all the associated speculations become completely unsupported.

      Comment: We agree.

      Changes: None.

      The authors note that what they identify as the trigeminal nuclear complex has been identified as the inferior olivary nuclear complex by other authors, citing Shoshani et al. (2006; 10.1016/j.brainresbull.2006.03.016) and Maseko et al (2013; 10.1159/000352004), but fail to cite either Verhaart and Kramer (1958; PMID 13841799) or Verhaart (1962; 10.1515/9783112519882-001). These four studies are in agreement, but the current study differs.

      Comment & Change: We were not aware of the papers of Verhaart and included them in the revised ms.

      Let's assume for the moment that the four previous studies are all incorrect and the current study is correct. This would mean that the entire architecture and organization of the elephant brainstem is significantly rearranged in comparison to ALL other mammals, including humans, previously studied (e.g. Kappers et al. 1965, The Comparative Anatomy of the Nervous System of Vertebrates, Including Man, Volume 1 pp. 668-695) and the closely related manatee (10.1002/ar.20573). This rearrangement necessitates that the trigeminal nuclei would have had to "migrate" and shorten rostrocaudally, specifically and only, from the lateral aspect of the brainstem where these nuclei extend from the pons through to the cervical spinal cord (e.g. the Paxinos and Watson rat brain atlases), the to the spatially restricted ventromedial region of specifically and only the rostral medulla oblongata. According to the current paper, the inferior olivary complex of the elephant is very small and located lateral to their trigeminal nuclear complex, and the region from where the trigeminal nuclei are located by others appears to be just "lateral nuclei" with no suggestion of what might be there instead.

      Comment: We have three comments here:

      1) The referee correctly notes that we argue the elephant brainstem underwent fairly major rearrangements. In particular, we argue that the elephant inferior olive was displaced laterally, by a very large cell mass, which we argue is an unusually large trigeminal nucleus. To our knowledge, such a large compact cell mass is not seen in the ventral brain stem of any other mammal.

      2) The referee makes it sound as if it is our private idea that the elephant brainstem underwent major rearrangements and that the rest of the evidence points to a conventional ‘rodent-like’ architecture. This is far from the truth, however. Already from the outside appearance (see our Figure 1B and Figure 6A) it is clear that the elephant brainstem has huge ventral bumps not seen in any other mammal. An extraordinary architecture also holds at the organizational level of nuclei. Specifically, the facial nucleus – the most carefully investigated nucleus in the elephant brainstem – has an appearance distinct from that of the facial nuclei of all other mammals (Maseko et al., 2013; Kaufmann et al., 2022). If both the overall shape and the constituting nuclei of the brainstem are very different from other mammals, it is very unlikely if not impossible that the elephant brainstem follows in all regards a conventional ‘rodent-like’ architecture.

      3) The inferior olive is an impressive nucleus in the partitioning scheme we propose (Author response image 1). In fact – together with the putative trigeminal nucleus we describe – it’s the most distinctive nucleus in the elephant brainstem. We have not done volumetric measurements and cell counts here, but think this is an important direction for future work. What has informed our work is that the inferior olive nucleus we describe has the serrated organization seen in the inferior olive of all mammals. We will discuss these matters in depth below.

      Changes: None.

      Such an extraordinary rearrangement of brainstem nuclei would require a major transformation in the manner in which the mutations, patterning, and expression of genes and associated molecules during development occur. Such a major change is likely to lead to lethal phenotypes, making such a transformation extremely unlikely. Variations in mammalian brainstem anatomy are most commonly associated with quantitative changes rather than qualitative changes (10.1016/B978-0-12-804042-3.00045-2).

      Comment: We have two comments here:

      1) The referee claims that it is impossible that the elephant brainstem differs from a conventional brainstem architecture because this would lead to lethal phenotypes etc. Following our previous response, this argument does not hold. It is out of the question that the elephant brainstem looks very different from the brainstem of other mammals. Yet, it is also evident that elephants live. The debate we need to have is not if the elephant brainstem differs from other mammals, but how it differs from other mammals.

      2). In principle we agree with the referee’s thinking that the model of the elephant brainstem that is most likely correct is the one that requires the least amount of rearrangements to other mammals. We therefore prepared a comparison of the model the referee is proposing (Maseko et al., 2013; see Author response table 1 below) with our proposition. We scored these models on their similarity to other mammals. We find that the referee’s ideas (Maseko et al., 2013) require more rearrangements relative to other mammals than our suggestion.

      Changes: Inclusion of Author response table 1, which we discuss in depth below.

      The impetus for the identification of the unusual brainstem trigeminal nuclei in the current study rests upon a previous study from the same laboratory (10.1016/j.cub.2021.12.051) that estimated that the number of axons contained in the infraorbital branch of the trigeminal nerve that innervate the sensory surfaces of the trunk is approximately 400 000. Is this number unusual? In a much smaller mammal with a highly specialized trigeminal system, the platypus, the number of axons innervating the sensory surface of the platypus bill skin comes to 1 344 000 (10.1159/000113185). Yet, there is no complex rearrangement of the brainstem trigeminal nuclei in the brain of the developing or adult platypus (Ashwell, 2013, Neurobiology of Monotremes), despite the brainstem trigeminal nuclei being very large in the platypus (10.1159/000067195). Even in other large-brained mammals, such as large whales that do not have a trunk, the number of axons in the trigeminal nerve ranges between 400,000 and 500,000 (10.1007/978-3-319-47829-6_988-1). The lack of comparative support for the argument forwarded in the previous and current study from this laboratory, and that the comparative data indicates that the brainstem nuclei do not change in the manner suggested in the elephant, argues against the identification of the trigeminal nuclei as outlined in the current study. Moreover, the comparative studies undermine the prior claim of the authors, informing the current study, that "the elephant trigeminal ganglion ... point to a high degree of tactile specialization in elephants" (10.1016/j.cub.2021.12.051). While clearly, the elephant has tactile sensitivity in the trunk, it is questionable as to whether what has been observed in elephants is indeed "truly extraordinary".

      Comment: These comments made us think that the referee is not talking about the paper we submitted, but that the referee is talking about us and our work in general. Specifically, the referee refers to the platypus and other animals dismissing our earlier work, which argued for a high degree of tactile specialization in elephants. We think the referee’s intuitions are wrong and our earlier work is valid.

      Changes: We prepared a Author response image 2 (below) that puts the platypus brain, a monkey brain, and the elephant trigeminal ganglion (which contains a large part of the trunk innervating cells) in perspective.

      Author response image 2

      The elephant trigeminal ganglion is comparatively large. Platypus brain, monkey brain, and elephant ganglion. The elephant has two trigeminal ganglia, which contain the first-order somatosensory neurons. They serve mainly for tactile processing and are large compared to a platypus brain (from the comparative brain collection) and are similar in size to a monkey brain. The idea that elephants might be highly specialized for trunk touch is also supported by the analysis of the sensory nerves of these animals (Purkart et al., 2022). Specifically, we find that the infraorbital nerve (which innervates the trunk) is much thicker than the optic nerve (which mediates vision) and the vestibulocochlear nerve (which mediates hearing). Thus, not everything is large about elephants; instead, the data argue that these animals are heavily specialized for trunk touch.

      But let's look more specifically at the justification outlined in the current study to support their identification of the unusually located trigeminal sensory nuclei of the brainstem.

      (1) Intense cytochrome oxidase reactivity.

      (2) Large size of the putative trunk module.

      (3) Elongation of the putative trunk module.

      (4) The arrangement of these putative modules corresponds to elephant head anatomy.

      (5) Myelin stripes within the putative trunk module that apparently match trunk folds.

      (6) Location apparently matches other mammals.

      (7) Repetitive modular organization apparently similar to other mammals.

      (8) The inferior olive described by other authors lacks the lamellated appearance of this structure in other mammals.

      Comment: We agree those are key issues.

      Changes: None.

      Let's examine these justifications more closely.

      (1) Cytochrome oxidase histochemistry is typically used as an indicative marker of neuronal energy metabolism. The authors indicate, based on the "truly extraordinary" somatosensory capacities of the elephant trunk, that any nuclei processing this tactile information should be highly metabolically active, and thus should react intensely when stained for cytochrome oxidase. We are told in the methods section that the protocols used are described by Purkart et al (2022) and Kaufmann et al (2022). In neither of these cited papers is there any description, nor mention, of the cytochrome oxidase histochemistry methodology, thus we have no idea of how this histochemical staining was done. To obtain the best results for cytochrome oxidase histochemistry, the tissue is either processed very rapidly after buffer perfusion to remove blood or in recently perfusion-fixed tissue (e.g., 10.1016/0165-0270(93)90122-8). Given: (1) the presumably long post-mortem interval between death and fixation - "it often takes days to dissect elephants"; (2) subsequent fixation of the brains in 4% paraformaldehyde for "several weeks"; (3) The intense cytochrome oxidase reactivity in the inferior olivary complex of the laboratory rat (Gonzalez-Lima, 1998, Cytochrome oxidase in neuronal metabolism and Alzheimer's diseases); and (4) The lack of any comparative images from other stained portions of the elephant brainstem; it is difficult to support the justification as forwarded by the authors. The histochemical staining observed is likely background reactivity from the use of diaminobenzidine in the staining protocol. Thus, this first justification is unsupported.

      Comment: The referee correctly notes the description of our cytochrome-oxidase reactivity staining was lacking. This is a serious mistake of ours for which we apologize very much. The referee then makes it sound as if we messed up our cytochrome-oxidase staining, which is not the case. All successful (n = 3; please see our technical comments in the recommendation section) cytochrome-oxidase stainings were done with elephants with short post-mortem times (≤ 2 days) to brain removal/cooling and only brief immersion fixation (≤ 1 day). Cytochrome-oxidase reactivity in elephant brains appears to be more sensitive to quenching by fixation than is the case for rodent brains. We think it is a good idea to include a cytochrome-oxidase staining overview picture because we understood from the referee’s comments that we need to compare our partitioning scheme of the brainstem with that of other authors. To this end, we add a cytochrome-oxidase staining overview picture (Author response image 3) along with an alternative interpretation from Maseko et al., 2013.

      Changes: 1) We added details on our cytochrome-oxidase reactivity staining protocol and the cytochrome-oxidase reactivity in the elephant brain in general recommendation.

      2) We provide a detailed discussion of the technicalities of cytochrome-oxidase staining below in the recommendation section, where the referee raised further criticisms.

      3) We include a cytochrome-oxidase staining overview picture (Author response image 2) along with an alternative interpretation from Maseko et al., 2013.

      Author response image 3.

      Cytochrome-oxidase staining overview along with the Maseko et al. (2013) scheme Left, coronal cytochrome-oxidase staining overview from African elephant cow Indra; the section is taken a few millimeters posterior to the facial nucleus. Brown is putatively neural cytochrome-reactivity, and white is the background. Black is myelin diffraction and (seen at higher resolution, when you zoom in) erythrocyte cytochrome-reactivity in blood vessels (see our Figure 1E-G); such blood vessel cytochrome-reactivity is seen, because we could not perfuse the animal. There appears to be a minimal outside-in-fixation artifact (i.e. a more whitish/non-brownish appearance of the section toward the borders of the brain). This artifact is not seen in sections from Indra that we processed earlier or in other elephant brains processed at shorter post-mortem/fixation delays (see our Figure 1C). Right, coronal partitioning scheme of Maseko et al. (2013) for the elephant brainstem at an approximately similar anterior-posterior level.

      The same structures can be recognized left and right. The section is taken at an anterior-posterior level, where we encounter the trigeminal nuclei in pretty much all mammals. Note that the neural cytochrome reactivity is very high, in what we refer to as the trigeminal-nuclei-trunk-module and what Maseko et al. refer to as inferior olive. Myelin stripes can be recognized here as white omissions.

      At the same time, the cytochrome-oxidase-reactivity is very low in what Maseko et al. refer to as trigeminal nuclei. The indistinct appearance and low cytochrome-oxidase-reactivity of the trigeminal nuclei in the scheme of Maseko et al. (2013) is unexpected because trigeminal nuclei stain intensely for cytochrome-oxidase-reactivity in most mammals and because the trigeminal nuclei represent the elephant’s most important body part, the trunk. Staining patterns of the trigeminal nuclei as identified by Maseko et al. (2013) are very different at more posterior levels; we will discuss this matter below.

      Justifications (2), (3), and (4) are sequelae from justification (1). In this sense, they do not count as justifications, but rather unsupported extensions.

      Comment: These are key points of our paper that the referee does not discuss.

      Changes: None.

      (4) and (5) These are interesting justifications, as the paper has clear internal contradictions, and (5) is a sequelae of (4). The reader is led to the concept that the myelin tracts divide the nuclei into sub-modules that match the folding of the skin on the elephant trunk. One would then readily presume that these myelin tracts are in the incoming sensory axons from the trigeminal nerve. However, the authors note that this is not the case: "Our observations on trunk module myelin stripes are at odds with this view of myelin. Specifically, myelin stripes show no tapering (which we would expect if axons divert off into the tissue). More than that, there is no correlation between myelin stripe thickness (which presumably correlates with axon numbers) and trigeminal module neuron numbers. Thus, there are numerous myelinated axons, where we observe few or no trigeminal neurons. These observations are incompatible with the idea that myelin stripes form an axonal 'supply' system or that their prime function is to connect neurons. What do myelin stripe axons do, if they do not connect neurons? We suggest that myelin stripes serve to separate rather than connect neurons." So, we are left with the observation that the myelin stripes do not pass afferent trigeminal sensory information from the "truly extraordinary" trunk skin somatic sensory system, and rather function as units that separate neurons - but to what end? It appears that the myelin stripes are more likely to be efferent axonal bundles leaving the nuclei (to form the olivocerebellar tract). This justification is unsupported.

      Comment: The referee cites some of our observations on myelin stripes, which we find unusual. We stand by the observations and comments. The referee does not discuss the most crucial finding we report on myelin stripes, namely that they correspond remarkably well to trunk folds.

      Changes: None.

      (6) The authors indicate that the location of these nuclei matches that of the trigeminal nuclei in other mammals. This is not supported in any way. In ALL other mammals in which the trigeminal nuclei of the brainstem have been reported they are found in the lateral aspect of the brainstem, bordered laterally by the spinal trigeminal tract. This is most readily seen and accessible in the Paxinos and Watson rat brain atlases. The authors indicate that the trigeminal nuclei are medial to the facial nerve nucleus, but in every other species, the trigeminal sensory nuclei are found lateral to the facial nerve nucleus. This is most salient when examining a close relative, the manatee (10.1002/ar.20573), where the location of the inferior olive and the trigeminal nuclei matches that described by Maseko et al (2013) for the African elephant. This justification is not supported.

      Comment: The referee notes that we incorrectly state that the position of the trigeminal nuclei matches that of other mammals. We think this criticism is justified.

      Changes: We prepared a comparison of the Maseko et al. (2013) scheme of the elephant brainstem with our scheme of the elephant brainstem (see Author response table 1). Here we acknowledge the referee’s argument and we also changed the manuscript accordingly.

      (7) The dual to quadruple repetition of rostrocaudal modules within the putative trigeminal nucleus as identified by the authors relies on the fact that in the neurotypical mammal, there are several trigeminal sensory nuclei arranged in a column running from the pons to the cervical spinal cord, these include (nomenclature from Paxinos and Watson in roughly rostral to caudal order) the Pr5VL, Pr5DM, Sp5O, Sp5I, and Sp5C. However, these nuclei are all located far from the midline and lateral to the facial nerve nucleus, unlike what the authors describe in the elephants. These rostrocaudal modules are expanded upon in Figure 2, and it is apparent from what is shown that the authors are attributing other brainstem nuclei to the putative trigeminal nuclei to confirm their conclusion. For example, what they identify as the inferior olive in Figure 2D is likely the lateral reticular nucleus as identified by Maseko et al (2013). This justification is not supported.

      Comment: The referee again compares our findings to the scheme of Maseko et al. (2013) and rejects our conclusions on those grounds. We think such a comparison of our scheme is needed, indeed.

      Changes: We prepared a comparison of the Maseko et al. (2013) scheme of the elephant brainstem with our scheme of the elephant brainstem (see Author response table 1).

      (8) In primates and related species, there is a distinct banded appearance of the inferior olive, but what has been termed the inferior olive in the elephant by other authors does not have this appearance, rather, and specifically, the largest nuclear mass in the region (termed the principal nucleus of the inferior olive by Maseko et al, 2013, but Pr5, the principal trigeminal nucleus in the current paper) overshadows the partial banded appearance of the remaining nuclei in the region (but also drawn by the authors of the current paper). Thus, what is at debate here is whether the principal nucleus of the inferior olive can take on a nuclear shape rather than evince a banded appearance. The authors of this paper use this variance as justification that this cluster of nuclei could not possibly be the inferior olive. Such a "semi-nuclear/banded" arrangement of the inferior olive is seen in, for example, giraffe (10.1016/j.jchemneu.2007.05.003), domestic dog, polar bear, and most specifically the manatee (a close relative of the elephant) (brainmuseum.org; 10.1002/ar.20573). This justification is not supported.

      Comment: We carefully looked at the brain sections referred to by the referee in the brainmuseum.org collection. We found contrary to the referee’s claims that dogs, polar bears, and manatees have a perfectly serrated (a cellular arrangement in curved bands) appearance of the inferior olive. Accordingly, we think the referee is not reporting the comparative evidence fairly and we wonder why this is the case.

      Changes: None.

      Thus, all the justifications forwarded by the authors are unsupported. Based on methodological concerns, prior comparative mammalian neuroanatomy, and prior studies in the elephant and closely related species, the authors fail to support their notion that what was previously termed the inferior olive in the elephant is actually the trigeminal sensory nuclei. Given this failure, the justifications provided above that are sequelae also fail. In this sense, the entire manuscript and all the sequelae are not supported.

      Comment: We disagree. To summarize:

      (1) Our description of the cytochrome oxidase staining lacked methodological detail, which we have now added; the cytochrome oxidase reactivity data are great and support our conclusions.

      (2)–(5)The referee does not really discuss our evidence on these points.

      (6) We were wrong and have now fixed this mistake.

      (7) The referee asks for a comparison to the Maseko et al. (2013) scheme (agreed, see Author response image 4 4 and Author response table 1).

      (8) The referee bends the comparative evidence against us.

      Changes: None.

      A comparison of the elephant brainstem partitioning schemes put forward by Maseko et al 2013 and by Reveyaz et al.

      To start with, we would like to express our admiration for the work of Maseko et al. (2013). These authors did pioneering work on obtaining high-quality histology samples from elephants. Moreover, they made a heroic neuroanatomical effort, in which they assigned 147 brain structures to putative anatomical entities. Most of their data appear to refer to staining in a single elephant and one coronal sectioning plane. The data quality and the illustration of results are excellent.

      We studied mainly two large nuclei in six (now 7) elephants in three (coronal, parasagittal, and horizontal) sectioning planes. The two nuclei in question are the two most distinct nuclei in the elephant brainstem, namely an anterior ventromedial nucleus (the trigeminal trunk module in our terminology; the inferior olive in the terminology of Maseko et al., 2013) and a more posterior lateral nucleus (the inferior olive in our terminology; the posterior part of the trigeminal nuclei in the terminology of Maseko et al., 2013).

      Author response image 4 gives an overview of the two partitioning schemes for inferior olive/trigeminal nuclei along with the rodent organization (see below).

      Author response image 4.

      Overview of the brainstem organization in rodents & elephants according to Maseko et. (2013) and Reveyaz et al. (this paper).

      The strength of the Maseko et al. (2013) scheme is the excellent match of the position of elephant nuclei to the position of nuclei in the rodent (Author response image 4). We think this positional match reflects the fact that Maseko et al. (2013) mapped a rodent partitioning scheme on the elephant brainstem. To us, this is a perfectly reasonable mapping approach. As the referee correctly points out, the positional similarity of both elephant inferior olive and trigeminal nuclei to the rodent strongly argues in favor of the Maseko et al. (2013), because brainstem nuclei are positionally very conservative.

      Other features of the Maseko et al. (2013) scheme are less favorable. The scheme marries two cyto-architectonically very distinct divisions (an anterior indistinct part) and a super-distinct serrated posterior part to be the trigeminal nuclei. We think merging entirely distinct subdivisions into one nucleus is a byproduct of mapping a rodent partitioning scheme on the elephant brainstem. Neither of the two subdivisions resemble the trigeminal nuclei of other mammals. The cytochrome oxidase staining patterns differ markedly across the anterior indistinct part (see our Author response image 4) and the posterior part of the trigeminal nuclei and do not match with the intense cytochrome oxidase reactivity of other mammalian trigeminal nuclei (Referee Figure 3). Our anti-peripherin staining indicates that there probably no climbing fibers, in what Maseko et al. think. is inferior olive; this is a potentially fatal problem for the hypothesis. The posterior part of Maseko et al. (2013) trigeminal nuclei has a distinct serrated appearance that is characteristic of the inferior olive in other mammals. Moreover, the inferior olive of Maseko et al. (2013) lacks the serrated appearance of the inferior olive seen in pretty much all mammals; this is a serious problem.

      The partitioning scheme of Reveyaz et al. comes with poor positional similarity but avoids the other problems of the Maseko et al. (2013) scheme. Our explanation for the positionally deviating location of trigeminal nuclei is that the elephant grew one of the if not the largest trigeminal systems of all mammals. As a result, the trigeminal nuclei grew through the floor of the brainstem. We understand this is a post hoc just-so explanation, but at least it is an explanation.

      The scheme of Reveyaz et al. was derived in an entirely different way from the Maseko model. Specifically, we were convinced that the elephant trigeminal nuclei ought to be very special because of the gigantic trigeminal ganglia (Purkart et al., 2022). Cytochrome-oxidase staining revealed a large distinct nucleus with an elongated shape. Initially, we were freaked out by the position of the nucleus and the fact that it was referred to as inferior olive by other authors. When we found an inferior-olive-like nucleus at a nearby (although at an admittedly unusual) location, we were less worried. We then optimized the visualization of myelin stripes (brightfield imaging etc.) and were able to collect an entire elephant trunk along with the brain (African elephant cow Indra). When we made the one-to-one match of Indra’s trunk folds and myelin stripes (Figure 4) we were certain that we had identified the trunk module of the trigeminal nuclei. We already noted at the outset of our rebuttal that we now consider such certainty a fallacy of overconfidence. In light of the comments of Referee 2, we feel that a further discussion of our ideas is warranted. A strength of the Reveyaz model is that nuclei look like single anatomical entities. The trigeminal nuclei look like trigeminal nuclei of other mammals, the trunk module has a striking resemblance to the trunk and the inferior olive looks like the inferior olive of other mammals.

      We evaluated the fit of the two models in the form of a table (Author response table 1; below). Unsurprisingly, Author response table 1 aligns with our views of elephant brainstem partitioning.

      Author response table 1.

      Qualitative evaluation of elephant brainstem partitioning schemes

      Author response table 1 suggests two conclusions to us. (i) The Reveyaz et al. model has mainly favorable properties. The Maseko et al. (2013) model has mainly unfavorable properties. Hence, the Reveyaz et al. model is more likely to be true. (ii) The outcome is not black and white, i.e., both models have favorable and unfavorable properties. Accordingly, we overstated our case in our initial submission and toned down our claims in the revised manuscript.

      What the authors have not done is to trace the pathway of the large trigeminal nerve in the elephant brainstem, as was done by Maseko et al (2013), which clearly shows the internal pathways of this nerve, from the branch that leads to the fifth mesencephalic nucleus adjacent to the periventricular grey matter, through to the spinal trigeminal tract that extends from the pons to the spinal cord in a manner very similar to all other mammals. Nor have they shown how the supposed trigeminal information reaches the putative trigeminal nuclei in the ventromedial rostral medulla oblongata. These are but two examples of many specific lines of evidence that would be required to support their conclusions. Clearly, tract tracing methods, such as cholera toxin tracing of peripheral nerves cannot be done in elephants, thus the neuroanatomy must be done properly and with attention to detail to support the major changes indicated by the authors.

      Comment: The referee claims that Maseko et al. (2013) showed by ‘tract tracing’ that the structures they refer to trigeminal nuclei receive trigeminal input. This statement is at least slightly misleading. There is nothing of what amounts to proper ‘tract tracing’ in the Maseko et al. (2013) paper, i.e. tracing of tracts with post-mortem tracers. We tried proper post-mortem tracing but failed (no tracer transport) probably as a result of the limitations of our elephant material. What Maseko et al. (2013) actually did is look a bit for putative trigeminal fibers and where they might go. We also used this approach. In our hands, such ‘pseudo tract tracing’ works best in unstained material under bright field illumination, because myelin is very well visualized. In such material, we find: (i) massive fiber tracts descending dorsoventrally roughly from where both Maseko et al. 2013 and we think the trigeminal tract runs. (ii) These fiber tracts run dorsoventrally and approach, what we think is the trigeminal nuclei from lateral.

      Changes: Ad hoc tract tracing see above.

      So what are these "bumps" in the elephant brainstem?

      Four previous authors indicate that these bumps are the inferior olivary nuclear complex. Can this be supported?

      The inferior olivary nuclear complex acts "as a relay station between the spinal cord (n.b. trigeminal input does reach the spinal cord via the spinal trigeminal tract) and the cerebellum, integrating motor and sensory information to provide feedback and training to cerebellar neurons" (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK542242/). The inferior olivary nuclear complex is located dorsal and medial to the pyramidal tracts (which were not labeled in the current study by the authors but are clearly present in Fig. 1C and 2A) in the ventromedial aspect of the rostral medulla oblongata. This is precisely where previous authors have identified the inferior olivary nuclear complex and what the current authors assign to their putative trigeminal nuclei. The neurons of the inferior olivary nuclei project, via the olivocerebellar tract to the cerebellum to terminate in the climbing fibres of the cerebellar cortex.

      Comment: We agree with the referee that in the Maseko et al. (2013) scheme the inferior olive is exactly where we expect it from pretty much all other mammals. Hence, this is a strong argument in favor of the Maseko et al. (2013) scheme and a strong argument against the partitioning scheme suggested by us.

      Changes: Please see our discussion above.

      Elephants have the largest (relative and absolute) cerebellum of all mammals (10.1002/ar.22425), this cerebellum contains 257 x109 neurons (10.3389/fnana.2014.00046; three times more than the entire human brain, 10.3389/neuro.09.031.2009). Each of these neurons appears to be more structurally complex than the homologous neurons in other mammals (10.1159/000345565; 10.1007/s00429-010-0288-3). In the African elephant, the neurons of the inferior olivary nuclear complex are described by Maseko et al (2013) as being both calbindin and calretinin immunoreactive. Climbing fibres in the cerebellar cortex of the African elephant are clearly calretinin immunopositive and also are likely to contain calbindin (10.1159/000345565). Given this, would it be surprising that the inferior olivary nuclear complex of the elephant is enlarged enough to create a very distinct bump in exactly the same place where these nuclei are identified in other mammals?

      Comment: We agree with the referee that it is possible and even expected from other mammals that there is an enlargement of the inferior olive in elephants. Hence, a priori one might expect the ventral brain stem bumps to the inferior olive, this is perfectly reasonable and is what was done by previous authors. The referee also refers to calbindin and calretinin antibody reactivity. Such antibody reactivity is indeed in line with the referee’s ideas and we considered these findings in our Referee Table 1. The problem is, however, that neither calbindin nor calretinin antibody reactivity are highly specific and indeed both nuclei in discussion (trigeminal nuclei and inferior olive) show such reactivity. Unlike the peripherin-antibody staining advanced by us, calbindin nor calretinin antibody reactivity cannot distinguish the two hypotheses debated.

      Changes: Please see our discussion above.

      What about the myelin stripes? These are most likely to be the origin of the olivocerebellar tract and probably only have a coincidental relationship with the trunk. Thus, given what we know, the inferior olivary nuclear complex as described in other studies, and the putative trigeminal nuclear complex as described in the current study, is the elephant inferior olivary nuclear complex. It is not what the authors believe it to be, and they do not provide any evidence that discounts the previous studies. The authors are quite simply put, wrong. All the speculations that flow from this major neuroanatomical error are therefore science fiction rather than useful additions to the scientific literature.

      Comment: It is unlikely that the myelin stripes are the origin of the olivocerebellar tract as suggested by the referee. Specifically, the lack of peripherin-reactivity indicates that these fibers are not climbing fibers (Referee Figure 1). In general, we feel the referee does not want to discuss the myelin stripes and obviously thinks we made up the strange correspondence of myelin stripes and trunk folds.

      Changes: Please see our discussion above.

      What do the authors actually have?

      The authors have interesting data, based on their Golgi staining and analysis, of the inferior olivary nuclear complex in the elephant.

      Comment: The referee reiterates their views.

      Changes: None.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The study claims to investigate trunk representations in elephant trigeminal nuclei located in the brainstem. The researchers identified large protrusions visible from the ventral surface of the brainstem, which they examined using a range of histological methods. However, this ventral location is usually where the inferior olivary complex is found, which challenges the author's assertions about the nucleus under analysis. They find that this brainstem nucleus of elephants contains repeating modules, with a focus on the anterior and largest unit which they define as the putative nucleus principalis trunk module of the trigeminal. The nucleus exhibits low neuron density, with glia outnumbering neurons significantly. The study also utilizes synchrotron X-ray phase contrast tomography to suggest that myelin-stripe-axons traverse this module. The analysis maps myelin-rich stripes in several specimens and concludes that based on their number and patterning they likely correspond with trunk folds; however, this conclusion is not well supported if the nucleus has been misidentified.

      Comment: The referee gives a concise summary of our findings. The referee acknowledges the depth of our analysis and also notes our cellular results. The referee – in line with the comments of Referee 2 – also points out that a misidentification of the nucleus under study is potentially fatal for our analysis. We thank the referee for this fair assessment.

      Changes: We feel that we need to alert the reader more broadly to the misidentification concern. We think the critical comments of Referee 2, which will be published along with our manuscript, will go a long way in doing so. We think the eLife publishing format is fantastic in this regard. We will also include pointers to these concerns in the revised manuscript.

      Strengths:

      The strength of this research lies in its comprehensive use of various anatomical methods, including Nissl staining, myelin staining, Golgi staining, cytochrome oxidase labeling, and synchrotron X-ray phase contrast tomography. The inclusion of quantitative data on cell numbers and sizes, dendritic orientation and morphology, and blood vessel density across the nucleus adds a quantitative dimension. Furthermore, the research is commendable for its high-quality and abundant images and figures, effectively illustrating the anatomy under investigation.

      Comment: Again, a very fair and balanced set of comments. We are thankful for these comments.

      Changes: None.

      Weaknesses:

      While the research provides potentially valuable insights if revised to focus on the structure that appears to be the inferior olivary nucleus, there are certain additional weaknesses that warrant further consideration. First, the suggestion that myelin stripes solely serve to separate sensory or motor modules rather than functioning as an "axonal supply system" lacks substantial support due to the absence of information about the neuronal origins and the termination targets of the axons. Postmortem fixed brain tissue limits the ability to trace full axon projections. While the study acknowledges these limitations, it is important to exercise caution in drawing conclusions about the precise role of myelin stripes without a more comprehensive understanding of their neural connections.

      Comment: The referee points out a significant weakness of our study, namely our limited understanding of the origin and targets of the axons constituting the myelin stripes. We are very much aware of this problem and this is also why we directed high-powered methodology like synchrotron X-ray tomograms to elucidate the structure of myelin stripes. Such analysis led to advances, i.e., we now think, what looks like stripes are bundles and we understand the constituting axons tend to transverse the module. Such advances are insufficient, however, to provide a clear picture of myelin stripe connectivity.

      Changes: We think solving the problems raised by the referee will require long-term methodological advances and hence we will not be able to solve these problems in the current revision. Our long-term plans for confronting these issues are the following: (i) Improving our understanding of long-range connectivity by post-mortem tracing and MR-based techniques such as Diffusion-Tensor-Imaging. (ii) Improving our understanding of mid and short-range connectivity by applying even larger synchrotron X-ray tomograms and possible serial EM.

      Second, the quantification presented in the study lacks comparison to other species or other relevant variables within the elephant specimens (i.e., whole brain or brainstem volume). The absence of comparative data for different species limits the ability to fully evaluate the significance of the findings. Comparative analyses could provide a broader context for understanding whether the observed features are unique to elephants or more common across species. This limitation in comparative data hinders a more comprehensive assessment of the implications of the research within the broader field of neuroanatomy. Furthermore, the quantitative comparisons between African and Asian elephant specimens should include some measure of overall brain size as a covariate in the analyses. Addressing these weaknesses would enable a richer interpretation of the study's findings.

      Comment: The referee suggests another series of topics, which include the analysis of brain parts volumes or overall brain size. We agree these are important issues, but we also think such questions are beyond the scope of our study.

      Changes: We hope to publish comparative data on elephant brain size and shape later this year.  

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      We thank the reviewers for their insightful comments on our manuscript. We have addressed the reviewers’ comments below and in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #1:

      Comment #1: The authors found differences in the initial spike doublet of action potentials between cortical neurons in experimental and control conditions (Figure 2e). The action potential firing frequency of the first two APs (instant firing frequency) of recorded neurons shall be quantified to investigate whether there are statistical differences between the action potential firing frequency in cortical neurons in different experimental groups versus control conditions.

      Response: As suggested by the reviewer, we have quantified the first interspike interval (ISI; time between the 1st and 2nd action potential). The data is included in Fig. 2h as well as in Fig. S3e and Table 1. The Results and Methods have also been updated accordingly.

      Comment #2: The mTORS12215Y induced the largest changes in Ih current amplitudes in cortical neurons compared with other experimental conditions. Whether the HCN4 channel expression is regulated by mTOR pathway activation, or could there be possible interactions between the HCN channel and mTORS12215Y mutant protein?

      Response: Our previous findings using the RhebS16H mutation support the idea that increased expression of HCN4 channels is regulated by mTOR pathway activation. This is evidenced by its sensitivity to rapamycin (a mTOR inhibitor) and expression of constitutively active 4E-BP1 (a translational repressor downstream of mTORC1). Since mTORS2215Y directly hyperactivates mTORC1 and there are no known interactions between HCN channels and mTORS2215Y, our data strongly suggests that abnormal HCN4 channel expression occurs via mTORC1 hyperactivation in this condition. We have revised our Discussion to make this point clearer.

      Comment #3: A comparison of the electrophysiological characteristics of cortical neurons in different experimental conditions in the present study and pathological neurons in human FCD reported in previous literature could be interesting. Inducing pathological gene mutations or knocking out key genes in mTOR pathway in the rodent cortex - which approach could better model human FCD?

      Response: We agree with the reviewer and have added a new paragraph in the Discussion to compare our electrophysiology results to those of previous studies done on human FCDII and TSC cytomegalic neurons. With regards to the reviewer’s question about which of the two approaches in the rodent cortex – inducing pathological gene mutations or knocking out key genes in the mTOR pathway – would better model human FCD, our study emphasizes the importance of considering gene-specific mechanisms in FCDII. Thus, modeling the genetically distinct FCDIIs will require using gene-specific manipulations. We have revised our Discussion to include this point. With that said, for some phenotypes that are generalized across FCDII independent of the mTOR pathway genes, using pathogenic mutations of mTOR activators or knockout of negative mTOR regulators would likely both be appropriate models. Of note, as discussed in the manuscript, there are also technical factors to be considered when choosing to use a pathogenic gene mutation versus knocking out a gene (the latter which would depend on the half-life of the proteins).

      Reviewer #2:

      Comment #1: The authors postulate that all the findings are dependent on mTORC1-related effects but don't assess whether some of the differences could be due to effects on mTORC2 signaling. mTORC2 is an important and poorly understood alternative isoform of mTOR (due to rictor binding) that has effects on distinct cell signaling pathways and in particular actin polymerization. This doesn't diminish the effects of the current analysis of mTORC1 but could explain genotypic differences in each variable. A few prior studies have assessed the role of mTORC2 in epileptogenesis and cortical malformations (Chen et al., 2019).

      Response: We agree with the reviewer and have revised our Discussion to include the possibility of mTORC2 contribution to the gene-specific phenotypic differences.

      Comment #2: The slice recordings were performed in the usual recording aCSF buffer conditions but there is no assessment of the role of amino acids or nutrients in the bath. While it is clear that valuable and viable acute slice recordings can be made in aCSF, the role of the mTOR pathway is to modulate cell growth in response to nutrient conditions. Thus, one variable that could be manipulated and assessed currently in this study is the levels of amino acids i.e., leucine and arginine added to the bath since DEPDC5 and TSC1 are responsive to ambient amino acid levels.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this great suggestion, and we intend to pursue this as part of another study.

      Comment #3: The analysis concedes that the role of somatic mutations in cortical malformations may depend not only on genotypic effects but also on allelic load and cellular subtype affected by the mutation. Thus, it would be interesting to see if electroporation either at E14 or E16, thereby affecting a distinct pool of progenitors, would mitigate or accentuate differences between mTOR pathway genes.

      Response: We agree with the reviewer. This is a crucial experiment that we hope to perform in the future. We have also added a paragraph in our Discussion to address this important point.

      Comment #4: Treatment with rapamycin and zatebradine in each condition would have added to the strength of the findings to determine the mTOR-dependence and reversibility of HCN4 effects.

      Response: We previously demonstrated the mTORC1 dependence of HCN4 expression in the RhebS16H condition using rapamycin and expression of constitutively active 4E-BP1. 4E-BP1 is a translational repressor downstream of mTORC1. In the 4E-BP1 study, we used a conditional system to express 4EBP1F113A (mutation that resists inactivation by mTORC1) in adolescent mice while RhebS16H (and thus mTORC1 activation) was expressed embryonically. 4E-BP1F113A expression suppressed Ih current and HCN4 expression, suggesting that aberrant HCN4 expression can be reversed by decreasing mTORC1regulated translation. Based on these data and the findings that rapamycin suppressed abnormal HCN4 expression, we postulate that increased HCN4 expression in the different gene conditions examined in the present study occurs via the mTORC1 pathway. However, we agree with the reviewer that treating each of the conditions with rapamycin would provide direct evidence of their mTORC1 dependence. Additionally, treating each condition with the HCN channel blocker zatebradine would also add strength to the findings. We have added a comment in the Discussion to acknowledge this point.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Comment #1: The authors found increased frequency or amplitudes of spontaneous postsynaptic currents in different experimental cohorts. These data may not be sufficient to conclude increased synaptic excitability, because there are no pharmacological experiments to verify whether the recorded inward currents are excitatory or inhibitory postsynaptic currents. An alternative approach could be analyzing the decay time of spontaneous postsynaptic currents, the excitatory postsynaptic currents had relatively faster decay time compared with inhibitory postsynaptic currents.

      Response: Thank you for the comment. We apologize for the lack of clarity and have added the following text in the Results to clarify: “To separate sEPSCs from spontaneous inhibitory postsynaptic currents (sIPSCs), we used an intracellular solution rich in K-gluconate to impose a low intracellular Cl- concentration and recorded at a holding potential of -70 mV, which is near the Cl- reversal potential. The 90%-10% decay time of the measured synaptic currents ranged between 4-8 ms in all conditions (mean ± SD: control: 4.9 ± 1.6; RhebY35L: 5.2 ± 1.4; mTORS2215Y: 7.4 ± 1.4; control: 6.8 ± 0.7; Depdc5KO: 7.4 ± 1.0; PtenKO: 8.1 ± 0.9; Tsc1KO: 7.4 ± 0.9), consistent with the expected decay time for sEPSCs and shorter than the decay time for sIPSCs (Kroon et al, 2019). The recorded synaptic currents were therefore considered to be sEPSCs.”

      Comment #2: There are typos of Depdc5 in the text and figure legends.

      Response: Thank you for noticing this error. We have corrected the typos in the manuscript.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1

      Strengths:

      This study uses a carefully constructed experiment design and decision-making task that allows separation of multiple electroencephalographic (EEG) signals thought to track different stages of decision-making. For example, the steady-state visual evoked potential measures can be cleanly dissociated from more anterior beta-band activity over the motor cortex. They also allow evaluation of how cued expectancy effects may unfold over a number of testing sessions. This is important because the most consistent evidence of expectation-related modulations of electrophysiological measures (using EEG, local field potentials, or single neuron firing rates) is from studies of nonhuman primates that involved many days of cue-stimulus contingency learning, and there is a lack of similar work using several testing sessions in humans. Although there were several experimental conditions included in the study, careful trial-balancing was conducted to minimise biases due to incidental differences in the number of trials included for analyses across each condition. Performance for each individual was also carefully calibrated to maximise the possibility of identifying subtle changes in task performance by expectation and avoid floor or ceiling effects.

      We would like to thank Reviewer 1 for these very positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the experiment and analysis methods are cohesive and well-designed, there are some shortcomings that limit the inferences that can be drawn from the presented findings.

      Comment #1

      The first relates to the measures of SSVEPs and their relevance for decision-making in the task. In order to eliminate the influence of sporadic pulses of contrast changes that occurred during stimulus presentation, a time window of 680-975 ms post-stimulus onset was used to measure the SSVEPs. The mean response times for the valid and neutral cues were around 850-900 ms for correct responses, and within the same time window for errors in the invalid cue condition. In addition, a large portion of response times in perceptual decision-making tasks are substantially faster than the mean due to right-skewed response time distributions that are typically observed. As it has also been estimated to require 70-100 ms to execute a motor action (e.g., a keypress response) following the commitment to a decision. This raises some concerns about the proportion of trials in which the contrast-dependent visual responses (indexed by the SSVEPs) indexed visual input that was actually used to make the decision in a given trial. Additional analyses of SSVEPs that take the trial-varying pulses into account could be run to determine whether expectations influenced visual responses earlier in the trial.

      The reviewer raises a very valid point and, indeed, it is an issue that we grappled with in our analyses. Actually, in this study, the RT distributions were not right-skewed, but appear to be relatively normal (RT distributions shown below). This is something that we have previously observed when using tasks that involve an initial zero-evidence lead in at the start of each trial which means that participants cannot start accumulating at stimulus onset and must rely on their knowledge of the lead-in duration to determine when the physical evidence has become available (e.g. Kelly et al 2021, Nat Hum Beh). We agree that it is important to establish whether the reported SSVEP modulations occur before or after choice commitment. In our original submission we had sought to address this question through our analysis of the response-locked ‘difference SSVEP’. Figure 4D clearly indicates that the cue modulations are evident before as well as after response.

      However, we have decided to include an additional Bayesian analysis of the response-locked signal to offer more evidence that the cue effect is not a post-response phenomenon.

      Manuscript Changes

      To quantify the evidence that the cue effect was not driven by changes in the signal after the response, we ran Bayesian one-way ANOVAs on the SSVEP comparing the difference across cue conditions before and after the response. If the cue effect only emerged after the response, we would expect the difference between invalid and neutral or invalid and valid cues to increase in the post-response window. There was no compelling evidence of an increase in the effect when comparing invalid to neutral (BF10 = 1.58) or valid cues (BF10 = 0.32).

      Comment #2

      Presenting response time quantile plots may also help to determine the proportions of motor responses (used to report a decision) that occurred during or after the SSVEP measurement window.

      We agree that it may be helpful for the reader to be able to determine the proportion of responses occurring at different phases of the trial, so we have included the requested response time quantile plot (shown below) as a supplementary figure.

      Author response image 1.

      Reaction time quantiles across cue conditions. The plot illustrates the proportion of trials where responses occurred at different stages of the trial. The SSVEP analysis window is highlighted in purple.

      Comment #3

      In addition, an argument is made for changes in the evidence accumulation rate (called the drift rate) by stimulus expectancy, corresponding to the observed changes in SSVEP measures and differences in the sensory encoding of the stimulus. This inference is limited by the fact that evidence accumulation models (such as the Diffusion Decision Model) were not used to test for drift rate changes as could be determined from the behavioural data (by modelling response time distributions). There appear to be ample numbers of trials per participant to test for drift rate changes in addition to the starting point bias captured in earlier models. Due to the very high number of trials, models could potentially be evaluated for each single participant. This would provide more direct evidence for drift rate changes than the findings based on the SSVEPs, particularly due to the issues with the measurement window relating to the response times as mentioned above.

      The focus of the present study was on testing for sensory-level modulations by predictive cues, rather than testing any particular models. Given that the SSVEP bears all the characteristics of a sensory evidence encoding signal, we believe it is reasonable to point out that its modulation by the cues would very likely translate to a drift rate effect. But we do agree with the reviewer that any connection between our results and previously reported drift rate effects can only be confirmed with modelling and we have tried to make this clear in the revised text. We plan to comprehensively model the data from this study in a future project. While we do indeed have the benefit of plenty of trials, the modelling process will not be straightforward as it will require taking account of the pulse effects which could have potentially complicated, non-linear effects. In the meantime, we have made changes to the text to qualify the suggestion and stress that modelling would be necessary to determine if our hypothesis about a drift rate effect is correct.

      Manuscript Changes

      (Discussion): [...] We suggest that participants may have been able to stabilise their performance across task exposure, despite reductions in the available sensory evidence, by incorporating the small sensory modulation we detected in the SSVEP. This would suggest that the decision process may not operate precisely as the models used in theoretical work describe. Instead, our study tentatively supports a small number of modelling investigations that have challenged the solitary role of starting point bias, implicating a drift bias (i.e. a modulation of the evidence before or upon entry to the decision variable) as an additional source of prior probability effects in perceptual decisions (Dunovan et al., 2014; Hanks et al., 2011; Kelly et al., 2021; van Ravenzwaaij et al., 2012 Wyart et al., 2012) and indicates that these drift biases could, at least partly, originate at the sensory level. However, this link could only be firmly established with modelling in a future study.

      Recommendations For The Authors:

      Comment #4

      The text for the axis labels and legends in the figures is quite small relative to the sizes of the accompanying plots. I would recommend to substantially increase the sizes of the text to aid readability.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have increased the size of the axis labels and made the text in the figure legends just 1pt smaller than the text in the main body of the manuscript.

      Comment #5

      It is unclear if the scalp maps for Figure 5 (showing the mu/beta distributions) are on the same scale or different scales. I assume they are on different scales (adjusted to the minimum/maximum within each colour map range), as a lack of consistent signals (in the neutral condition) would be expected to lead to a patchy pattern on the scalp as displayed in that figure (due to the colour range shrinking to the degree of noise across electrodes). I would recommend to include some sort of colour scale to show that, for example, in the neutral condition there are no large-amplitude mu/ beta fluctuations distributed somewhat randomly across the scalp.

      Thank you to the reviewer for pointing this out. They were correct, the original topographies were plotted according to their own scale. The topographies in Figure 5 have now been updated to put them on a common scale and we have included a colour bar (as shown below). The caption for Figure 5 has also been updated to confirm that the topos are on a common scale.

      Author response image 2.

      Manuscript Changes

      (Figure 5 Caption): [...] The topography of MB activity in the window - 200:0 ms before evidence onset is plotted on a common scale for neutral and cued conditions separately.

      Comment #6

      In Figure 2, the legend is split across the two panels, despite the valid/invalid/neutral legend also applying to the first panel. This gives an initial impression that the legend is incomplete for the first panel, which may confuse readers. I would suggest putting all of the legend entries in the first panel, so that all of this information is available to readers at once.

      We are grateful to the reviewer for spotting this. Figure 2 has been updated so that the full legend is presented in the first panel, as shown below.

      Author response image 3.

      Comment #7

      Although linear mixed-effects models (using Gaussian families) for response times are standard in the literature, they incorrectly specify the distributions of response times to be Gaussian instead of substantially right-skewed. Generalised linear mixed-effects models using gamma families and identity functions have been shown to more accurately model distributions of response times (see Lo and Andrews, 2015. Frontiers in Psychology). The authors may consider using these models in line with good practice, although it might not make a substantial difference relating to the patterns of response time differences.

      We appreciate this thoughtful comment from Reviewer 1. Although RT distributions are often right skewed, we have previously observed that RT distributions can be closer to normal when the trial incorporates a lead-in phase with no evidence (e.g. Kelly et al 2021, Nat Hum Beh). Indeed, the distributions we observed in this study were markedly Gaussian (as shown in the plot below). Given the shape of these distributions and the reviewer’s suggestion that adopting alternative models may not lead to substantial differences to our results, we have decided to leave the mixed effects models as they are in the manuscript, but we will take note of this advice in future work.

      Author response image 4.

      Reviewer #2

      Strengths:

      The work is executed expertly and focuses cleverly on two features of the EEG signals that can be closely connected to specific loci of the perceptual decision-making process - the SSVEP which connects closely to sensory (visual) encoding, and Mu-Beta lateralisation which connects closely to movement preparation. This is a very appropriate design choice given the authors' research question.

      Another advantage of the design is the use of an unusually long training regime (i.e., for humans) - which makes it possible to probe the emergence of different expectation biases in the brain over different timecourses, and in a way that may be more comparable to work with nonhuman animals (who are routinely trained for much longer than humans).

      We are very grateful for these positive comments from Reviewer 2.

      Weaknesses:

      In my view, the principal shortcoming of this study is that the experimental task confounds expectations about stimulus identity with expectations about to-be-performed responses. That is, cues in the task don't just tell participants what they will (probably) see, but what they (probably) should do.

      In many respects, this feature of the paradigm might seem inevitable, as if specific stimuli are not connected to specific responses, it is not possible to observe motor preparation of this kind (e.g., de Lange, Rahnev, Donner & Lau, 2013 - JoN).

      However, the theoretical models that the authors focus on (e.g., drift-diffusion models) are models of decision (i.e., commitment to a proposition about the world) as much as they are models of choice (i.e., commitment to action). Expectation researchers interested in these models are often interested in asking whether predictions influence perceptual processing, perceptual decision, and/ or response selection stages (e.g., Feuerriegel, Blom & Hoogendorn, 2021 - Cortex), and other researchers have shown that parameters like drift bias and start point bias can be shifted in paradigms where observers cannot possibly prepare a response (e.g., Thomas, Yon, de Lange & Press, 2020 - Psych Sci).

      The present paradigm used by Walsh et al makes it possible to disentangle sensory processing from later decisional processes, but it blurs together the processes of deciding about the stimulus and choosing/initiating the response. This ultimately limits the insights we can draw from this study - as it remains unclear whether rapid changes in motor preparation we see reflect rapid acquisition of new decision criterion or simple cue-action learning. I think this would be important for comprehensively testing the models the authors target - and a good avenue for future work.

      Thank you to Reviewer 2 for these observations. We adopted this paradigm because it is typical of the perceptual decision making literature and our central focus in this study was to test for a sensory-level modulation as a source of a decision bias. We are pleased that the Reviewer agrees that the paradigm successfully disentangles sensory encoding from later decisional processes since this was our priority. However, we agree with Reviewer 2 that because the response mapping was known to the participants, the cues predicted both the outcome of the perceptual decision (“Is this a left- or right-tilted grating?”) and the motor response that the participant should anticipate making (“It’s probably going to be a left click on this trial”). They are correct that this makes it difficult to know whether the changes in motor preparation elicited by the predictive cues reflect action-specific preparation or a more general shift in the boundaries associated with the alternate perceptual interpretations. We fully agree that it remains an interesting and important question and in our future work we hope to conduct investigations that better dissect the distinct components of the decision process during prior-informed decisions. In the interim, we have made some changes to the manuscript to reflect the Reviewer’s concerns and better address this limitation of the study design (these are detailed in the response to the comment below).

      Recommendations For The Authors:

      Comment #8

      As in my public review, my main recommendation to the authors is to think a bit more in the presentation of the Introduction and Discussion about the difference between 'perceiving', 'deciding', and 'responding'.

      The paper is presently framed in terms of the debates around whether expectations bias decision or bias perception - and these debates are in turn mapped onto different aspects of the driftdiffusion model. Biases in sensory gain, for instance, are connected to biases in the drift rate parameter, while decisional shifts are connected to parameters like start points.

      In line with this kind of typology, the authors map their particular EEG signals (SSVEP and MB lateralisation) onto perception and decision. I see the logic, but I think the reality of these models is more nuanced.

      In particular, strictly speaking, the process of evidence accumulation to bound is the formation of a 'decision' (i.e., a commitment to having seen a particular stimulus). Indeed, the dynamics of this process have been beautifully described by other authors on this paper in the past. Since observers in this task simultaneously form decisions and prepare actions (because stimuli and responses are confounded) it is unclear whether changes in motor preparation are reflecting changes in what perceivers 'decide' (i.e., changes in what crosses the decision threshold) or what they 'do' (i.e., changes in the motor response threshold). This is particularly important for the debate around whether expectations change 'perception' or 'decision' because - in some accounts - is the accumulation of evidence to the bound that is hypothesised to cause the perceptual experience observers actually have (Pereira, Perrin & Faivre, 2022 - TiCS). The relevant 'bound' here though is not the bound to push the button, but the bound for the brain to decide what one is actually 'seeing'.

      I completely understand the logic behind the authors' choices, but I would have liked more discussion of this issue. In particular, it seems strange to me to talk about the confounding of stimuli and responses as a particular 'strength' of this design in the manuscript - when really it is a 'necessary evil' for getting the motor preparation components to work. Here is one example from the Introduction:

      "While some have reported expectation effects in humans using EEG/MEG, these studies either measured sensory signals whose relevance to the decision process is uncertain (e.g. Blom et al., 2020; Solomon et al., 2021; Tang et al., 2018) and/or used cues that were implicit or predicted a forthcoming stimulus but not the correct choice alternative (e.g. Aitken et al., 2020; Feuerriegel et al., 2021b; Kok et al., 2017). To assess whether prior probabilities modulate sensory-level signals directly related to participants' perceptual decisions, we implemented a contrast discrimination task in which the cues explicitly predicted the correct choice and where sensory signals that selectively trace the evidence feeding the decision process could be measured during the process of deliberation."

      I would contend that this design allows you to pinpoint signals related to participant's 'choices' or 'actions' but not necessarily their 'decisions' in the sense outlined above.

      As I say though, I don't think this is fatal and I think the paper is extremely interesting in any case. But I think it would be strengthened if some of these nuances were discussed a bit more explicitly, as a 'perceptual decision' is more than pushing a button. Indeed, the authors might want to consider discussing work that shows the neural overlap between deciding and acting breaks down when Ps cannot anticipate which actions to use to report their choices ahead of time (Filimon, Philiastides, Nelson, Kloosterman & Heekeren, 2013 - JoN) and/or work which has combined expectations with drift diffusion modelling to show how expectations change drift bias (Yon, Zainzinger, de Lange, Eimer & Press, 2020 - JEP:General) and/or start bias (Thomas, Yon, de Lange & Press, 2020 - Psych Sci) even when Ps cannot prepare a motor response ahead of time.

      While our focus was on testing for sensory-level modulations, we think the question of whether the motor-level effects we observed are attributable to the task design or represents a more general perceptual bound adjustment is an important question for future research. In our previous work, we have examined this distinction between abstract, movement-independent evidence accumulation (indexed by the centro-parietal positivity, CPP) and response preparation in detail. The CPP has been shown to trace evidence accumulation irrespective of whether the sensory alternatives are associated with a specific response or not (Twomey et al 2016, J Neurosci). When speed pressure is manipulated in tasks with fixed stimulus-response mappings we have found that the CPP undergoes systematic adjustments in its pre-response amplitude that closely accord with the starting-level modulations observed in mu/beta, suggesting that motor-level adjustments do still translate to differences at the perceptual level under these task conditions (e.g. Kelly et al 2021, Nat Hum Beh; Steinemann et al., 2018, Nat Comms). We have also observed that the CPP and mu-beta exhibit corresponding adjustments in response to predictive cues (Kelly et al., 2021) that are consistent with both a starting-point shift and drift rate bias. However, the Kelly et al. study did not include a signature of sensory encoding and therefore could not test for sensory-level modulations.

      We have added some remarks to the discussion to acknowledge this issue with the interpretation of the preparatory shifts in mu-beta activity we observed when the predictive cues were presented, and we have included references to the papers that the reviewer helpfully provided. We have also offered some additional consideration of the features of the task design that may have influenced the SSVEP results.

      Manuscript Changes

      An implication of using cues that predict not just the upcoming stimulus, but the most likely response, is that it becomes difficult to determine if preparatory shifts in mu-beta (MB) activity that we observed reflect adjustments directly influencing the perceptual interpretation of the stimulus or simply preparation of the more probable action. When perceptual decisions are explicitly tied to particular modes of response, the decision state can be read from activity in motor regions associated with the preparation of that kind of action (e.g. de Lafuente et al., 2015; Ding & Gold, 2012; Shadlen & Newsome, 2001; Romo et al., 2004), but these modules appear to be part of a constellation of decision-related areas that are flexibly recruited based on the response modality (e.g. Filimon et al., 2013). When the response mapping is withheld or no response is required, MB no longer traces decision formation (Twomey et al., 2015), but an abstract decision process is still readily detectable (e.g. O’Connell et al., 2012), and modelling work suggests that drift biases and starting point biases (Thomas et al., 2020; Yon et al., 2021) continue to influence prior-informed decision making. While the design of the present study does not allow us to offer further insight about whether the MB effects we observed were inherited from strategic adjustments at this abstract level of the decision process, we hope to conduct investigations in the future that better dissect the distinct components of prior-informed decisions to address this question.

      Several other issues remain unaddressed by the present study. One, is that it is not clear to what extent the sensory effects may be influenced by features of the task design (e.g. speeded responses under a strict deadline) and if these sensory effects would generalise to many kinds of perceptual decision-making tasks or whether they are particular to contrast discrimination.

      Comment #9

      On a smaller, unrelated point - I thought the discussion in the Discussion section about expectation suppression was interesting, but I did not think it was completely logically sound. The authors suggest that they may see relative suppression (rather than enhancement) of their marginal SSVEP under a 'sharpening' account because these accounts suggest that there is a relative suppression of off-channel sensory units, and there are more off-channel sensory units than onchannel sensory units (i.e., there are usually more possibilities we don't expect than possibilities that we do, and suppressing the things we don't expect should therefore yield overall suppression).

      However, this strikes me as a non-sequitur given that the marginal SSVEP only reflects featurespecific visual activity (i.e., activity tuned to one of the two grating stimuli used). The idea that there are more off-channel than on-channel units makes sense for explaining why we would see overall signal drops on expected trials e.g., in an entire visual ROI in an fMRI experiment. But surely this explanation cannot hold in this case, as there is presumably an equal number of units tuned to each particular grating?

      My sense is that this possibility should probably be removed from the manuscript - and I suspect it is more likely that the absence of a difference in marginal SSVEP for Valid vs Neutral trials has more to do with the fact that participants appear to be especially attentive on Neutral trials (and so any relative enhancement of feature-specific activity for expected events is hard to detect against a baseline of generally high-precision sensory evidence on these highly attentive, neutral trials).

      We thank the reviewer for flagging that we did not clearly articulate our thoughts in this section of the manuscript. Our primary purpose in mentioning this sharpening account was simply to point out that, where at first blush our results seem to conflict with expectation suppression effects in the fMRI literature, the sharpening account provides an explanation that can reconcile them. In the case of BOLD data, the sharpening account proposes that on-channel sensory units are boosted and off-channel units are suppressed and, due to the latter being more prevalent, this leads to an overall suppression of the global signal. In the case of the SSVEP, the signal isolates just the onunits and so the sharpening account would predict that when there is a valid cue, the SSVEP signal associated with the high-contrast, expected stimulus should be boosted and the SSVEP signal associated with the low-contrast, unexpected stimulus should be weakened; this would result in a larger difference between these signals and therefore, a larger ‘marginal SSVEP’. Conversely, when there is an invalid cue, the SSVEP signal associated with the, now unexpected, high-contrast stimulus should be relatively weakened and the SSVEP signal associated with the expected, but low-contrast stimulus should be relatively boosted; this would result in a smaller difference between these signals and therefore, a lower amplitude marginal SSVEP. We do not think that this account needs to make reference to any channels beyond those feature-specific channels driving the two SSVEP signals. Again our central point is simply that the sharpening account offers a means of reconciling our SSVEP findings with expectation suppression effects previously reported in the fMRI literature.

      We suspect that this was not adequately explained in the discussion. We have adjusted the way this section is phrased to make it clear that we are not invoking off-channel activity to explain the SSVEP effect we observed and we thank the Reviewer for pointing out that this was unclear in the original text.

      Manuscript Changes

      An alternative account for expectation suppression effects, which is consistent with our SSVEP results, is that they arise, not from a suppression of expected activity, but from a ‘sharpening’ effect whereby the response of neurons that are tuned to the expected feature are enhanced while the responses of neurons tuned to unexpected features are suppressed (de Lange et al., 2018). On this account, the expectation suppression commonly reported in fMRI studies arises because voxels contain intermingled populations with diverse stimulus preferences and the populations tuned to the unexpected features outnumber those tuned to the expected feature. In contrast to these fMRI data, the SSVEP represents the activity of sensory units driven at the same frequency as the stimulus, and thus better isolates the feature-specific populations encoding the task-relevant sensory evidence. Therefore, according to the sharpening account, an invalid cue would have enhanced the SSVEP signal associated with the low contrast grating and weakened the SSVEP signal associated with the high contrast grating. As this would result in a smaller difference between these signals, and therefore, a lower amplitude marginal SSVEP compared to the neutral cue condition, this could explain the effect we observed. 

      Reviewer #3

      Observers make judgements about expected stimuli faster and more accurately. How expectations facilitate such perceptual decisions remains an ongoing area of investigation, however, as expectations may exert their effects in multiple ways. Expectations may directly influence the encoding of sensory signals. Alternatively (or additionally), expectations may influence later stages of decision-making, such as motor preparation, when they bear on the appropriate behavioral response.

      In the present study, Walsh and colleagues directly measured the effect of expectations on sensory and motor signals by making clever use of the encephalogram (EEG) recorded from human observers performing a contrast discrimination task. On each trial, a predictive cue indicated which of two superimposed stimuli would likely be higher contrast and, therefore, whether a left or right button press was likely to yield a correct response. Deft design choices allowed the authors to extract both contrast-dependent sensory signals and motor preparation signals from the EEG. The authors provide compelling evidence that, when predictive cues provide information about both a forthcoming stimulus and the appropriate behavioral response, expectation effects are immediately manifest in motor preparation signals and only emerge in sensory signals after extensive training.

      Future work should attempt to reconcile these results with related investigations in the field. As the authors note, several groups have reported expectation-induced modulation of sensory signals (using both fMRI and EEG/MEG) on shorter timescales (e.g. just one or two sessions of a few hundred trials, versus the intensive multi-session study reported here). One interesting possibility is that perceptual expectations are not automatic but demand the deployment of feature-based attention, while motor preparation is comparatively less effortful and so dominates when both sources of information are available, as in the present study. This hypothesis is consistent with the authors' thoughtful analysis showing decreased neural signatures of attention over posterior electrodes following predictive cues. Therefore, observing the timescale of sensory effects using the same design and methods (facilitating direct comparison with the present work), but altering task demands slightly such that cues are no longer predictive of the appropriate behavioral response, could be illuminating.

      We would like to thank Reviewer 3 for their positive comments and thoughtful suggestions for future work.

      Recommendations For The Authors:

      Comment #10

      In the methods, the term 'session' is used early on but only fleshed out at the end of the 'Procedure' subsection and never entirely explained (e.g., did sessions take place over multiple days?). A brief sentence laying this out early on, perhaps in 'Participants' after the (impressive) trial counts are reported, might be helpful.

      Thank you to Reviewer 3 for pointing out that this was not clear in the original draft. We have amended the text in the Methods section to better explain the relationship between sessions, days, and trial bins.

      Manuscript Changes

      (Methods - Participants): [...] All procedures were approved by the Trinity College Dublin School of Psychology Ethics Committee and were in accordance with the Declaration of Helsinki. Participants completed between 4 and 6 testing sessions, each on a different day. While the sample size was small, on average, participants completed 5750 (SD = 1066) trials each.

      (Methods - Data Analysis): [...] As there were two lengths of testing session and participants completed different numbers of sessions, we analysed the effect of task exposure by pooling trials within-subjects and dividing them into five ‘trial bins’. The first bin represents the participants’ earliest exposure to the task and the final bin represents trials at the end of their participation, when they had had substantial task exposure. All trials with valid responses and reaction times greater than 100 ms were included in the analyses of behavioural data and the SSVEP.

      Comment #11

      On a related note: participants completed a variable number of trials/sessions. To facilitate comparison across subjects, training effects are reported by dividing each subject's data into 5 exposure bins. This is entirely reasonable but does leave the reader wondering about whether you found any effects of rest or sleep between sessions.

      We agree with the reviewer that this is an interesting question that absolutely merits further investigation. As different participants completed different numbers of sessions, different session lengths, and had variable gaps between their sessions, we do not think a per-session analysis would be informative. We think it may be better addressed in a future study, perhaps one with a larger sample where we could collect data specifically about sleep and more systematically control the intervals between testing sessions.

      Comment #12

      Fig 2B: the 'correct' and 'neutral' labels in the legend are switched

      Thank you to the reviewer for spotting that error, the labels in Figure 2 have been corrected.

      Comment #13

      Fig 4B: it's a bit difficult to distinguish which lines are 'thick' and 'thin'

      We have updated Figure 4.B to increase the difference in line thickness between the thick and thin lines (as shown below).

      Author response image 5.

      Comment #14

      Fig 4C: missing (I believe?) the vertical lines indicating median reaction time

      We have updated Figure 4.C to include the median reaction times.

      Author response image 6.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study investigated behavioural performance on a competing speech task and neural attentional filtering over the course of two years in a group of middle-aged to older adults. Neural attentional filtering was quantified using EEG by comparing neural envelope tracking to an attended vs. an unattended sentence. This dataset was used to examine the stability of the link between behavior and neural filtering over time. They found that neural filtering and behavior were correlated during each measurement, but EEG measures at the first time point did not predict behavioural performance two years later. Further, while behavioural measures showed relatively high test-retest reliability, the neural filtering reliability was weak with an r-value of 0.21. The authors conclude that neural tracking-based metrics have limited ability to predict longitudinal changes in listening behavior.

      Strengths:

      This study is novel in its tracking of behavioural performance and neural envelope tracking over time, and it includes an impressively large dataset of 105 participants. The manuscript is clearly written.

      Weaknesses:

      The weaknesses are minor, primarily concerning how the reviewers interpret their data. Specifically, the envelope tracking measure is often quite low, close to the noise floor, and this may affect testretest reliability. Furthermore, the trajectories may be affected by accelerated age-related declines that are more apparent in neural tracking than in behaviour.

      We thank the reviewer for their supportive assessment of our work. We describe in detail how we have addressed the two main concerns raised here—neural filtering’s low test-retest reliability and differences in age-related behavioural vs. neural change—in our response to the more detailed recommendations below.

      To briefly summarise here:

      (1) In Figure 5, we now illustrate more transparently how the employed structural equation framework helps to overcome the issue of low test-retest reliability of neural filtering as originally reported.

      (2) We include two additional control analyses, one of which relates neural tracking of attended speech (featuring a moderately high T1–T2 correlation of r = .64 even outside of latent modelling) to behavioural change. Importantly, this analysis provides critical empirical support for the apparent independence of neural and behavioural trajectories.

      (3) We more clearly describe how the latent-variable modelling strategy accounts for differences in age-related change along the neural and behavioural domain. Moreover, the results of the of 18 additional control analysis also suggest that the absence of a change-change relationship is not primarily due to differential effects of age on brain and behaviour.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) Figure 3:

      Does the 70-year range reach a tipping point?

      Is that why neural filtering drops dramatically in this age group, whereas the other groups do not change or increase slightly?

      This can also be seen with behavioral accuracy to a lesser extent. Perhaps test-retest reliability is affected by accelerated age-related declines in older listeners, as was found for envelope tracking measures in Decruy et al. 2019.

      We agree with the reviewer that at first glance the data seem to suggest a critical tipping point in the age range above 70 years. It is important to emphasize, however, that the four age bins were not based on equal number of data points. In fact, the >70 age group included the fewest participants, leading to a less reliable estimate of change. Together with the known observation of increasing interindividual differences with increasing age, the results do not allow for any strong conclusions regarding a potential tipping point. For the same reasons, we used the four age bins for illustrative purposes, only, and did not include them in any statistical modelling.

      We did however include chronological age as a continuous predictor in latent change score modelling. Here, we modelled its influence on participants’ T1 neural and behavioural status, as well as its effect on their respective change, thereby accounting for any differential (linear) effects of age on neural vs. behavioural functioning and its change.

      On p.14 of the revised manuscript, we now state more clearly that the latent change score model did in fact account for the potential influence of age on the change-related relationships:

      "In line with our hypotheses, we modelled the longitudinal impact of T1 neural functioning on the change in speed, and tested for a change-change correlation. Since the analyses conducted up to this point have either directly shown or have suggested that longitudinal change per domain may be affected by age, we included individuals’ age as a time-invariant covariate in the final model. We modelled the influence of age on neural and behavioural functioning at T1 but also on individual change per domain. By accounting for linear effects of age on longitudinal change, we also minimize its potential impact on the estimation of change-change relationship of interest. Note that we refrained from fitting separate models per age group due to both limited and different number of data points per age group."

      2) Would good test-retest reliability be expected when the actual values of envelope tracking for attended vs. unattended speech are so low? The investigators address this by including measurement errors in the models, but I am not certain this kind adequately deals with envelope tracking values that are close to the noise floor.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We addressed the concerns regarding the low re-test reliability of our neural-attentional metric (and its potential impact on observing a systematic changechange relationship) in two separate ways.

      The major outcome of these tests is that low re-test reliability of neural tracking is (i) not generally true, and (ii) is not the cause of the main finding, i.e., a low or absent correlations of behavioural vs. neural changes over time.

      In more detail, to show how latent change score modelling improves test-retest reliability by explicitly modelling measurement error, we first extracted and correlated T1 and T2 latent factors scores from the respective univariate models of neural filtering and response speed.

      Indeed, at the latent level, the correlation of T1–T2 neural filtering was moderately high at r = .65 (compared to r = .21 at the manifest level). The correlation of T1–T2 response speed was estimated as r = .75 (compared to r = .71).

      Figure 5A, reproduced below for the reviewer’s convenience, now includes insets quantifying these latent-level correlations over time.

      Author response image 1.

      Modelling of univariate and bivariate change. A Univariate latent change score models for response speed (left) and neural filtering (right). All paths denoted with Latin letters refer to freely estimated but constrained to be equal parameters of the respective measurement models. Greek letters refer to freely estimated parameters of the structural model. Highlighted in black is the estimated mean longitudinal change from T1 to T2. Scatterplots in the top left corner illustrate how capturing T1 and T2 neural and behavioural functioning as latent factors improves their respective test-retest reliability. B Latent change score model (LCSM) relating two-year changes in neural filtering strength to changes in response speed. Black arrows indicate paths or covariances of interest. Solid black arrows reflect freely estimated and statistically significant effects, dashed black arrows reflect non-significant effects. All estimates are standardised. Grey arrows show paths that were freely estimated or fixed as part of the structural model but that did not relate to the main research questions. For visual clarity, manifest indicators of the measurement model and all symbols relating to the estimated mean structure are omitted but are identical to those shown in panel A. p<.001, p<.01, p<.05, p=.08. C Scatterplots of model-predicted factor scores that refer to the highlighted paths in panel B. Top panel shows that baseline-level neural filtering did not predict two-year change in behavioural functioning, bottom panel shows the absence of a significant change-change correlation.

      Second, we ran a control analysis that includes the neural tracking of attended speech in selectiveattention trials rather than the neural filtering index averaged across all trials. The results are shown as part of a new main figure (and two new supplemental figures) reproduced below (see in particular Figure 6, panels C and D).

      This analysis serves two purposes: On the one hand, it allows for a more direct evaluation of the actual strength of neural speech tracking as quantified by the Pearson’s correlation coefficient. Note that these individual averages fall well within the to be expected range given that the neural tracking estimates are based on relatively short sentences (i.e., duration of ~2.5 sec) (O’Sullivan et al., 2014).

      On the other hand, neural tracking of attended speech showed a moderately high, r = .64, T1–T2 correlation even outside of latent modelling. Note that the magnitude of this T1–T2 reliability is close to the short-term test-retest reliability recently reported by Panela et al. (2023). Still, when including neural tracking of attended speech in the bivariate model of change, the change-change correlation with response speed was now estimated as close to 0 (𝜙 = –.03, n.s). This observation suggests that manifest-level high re-test reliability does not necessarily improve chances of observing a significant change-change correlation.

      Lastly, we would like to point out that these bivariate model results also help to shed light on the question of whether non-linear effects of age on neural / behavioural change may affect the chance of observing a systematic change-change relationship. As shown in Fig. 6C, for neural tracking of attended speech, we observed a fairly consistent longitudinal increase across age groups. Yet, as detailed above, the change-change correlation was virtually absent.

      In sum, these new results provide compelling evidence for the absence of a systematic changechange relationship.

      The respective control analysis results section reads as follows, and is accompanied by Figure 6 reproduced below:

      "Control analyses: The weak correlation of behavioural and neural change is robust against different quantifications of neural filtering

      Taken together, our main analyses revealed that inter-individual differences in behavioural change could only be predicted by baseline age and baseline behavioural functioning, and did not correlate with contemporaneous neural changes.

      However, one could ask in how far core methodological decisions taken in the current study, namely our focus on (i) the differential neural tracking of relevant vs. irrelevant speech as proxy of neural filtering, and (ii) on its trait-level characterization that averaged across different spatial-attention conditions may have impacted these results. Specifically, if the neural filtering index (compared to the neural tracking of attended speech alone) is found to be less stable generally, would this also impact the chances of observing a systematic change-change relationship? Relatedly, did the analysis of neural filtering across all trials underestimate the effects of interest?

      To evaluate the impact of these consideration on our main findings, we conducted two additional control analyses: First, we repeated the main analyses using the neural filtering index (and response speed) averaged across selective-attention trials, only. Second, we repeated the main analyses using the neural tracking of attended speech, again averaged across selective-attention trials, only.

      As shown in Figure 6, taken together, the control analyses provide compelling empirical support for the robustness of our main results: Linking response speed and neural filtering under selective attention strengthened their relationship at T1 (𝜙 = .54, SE = .15, Dc2(df = 1) = 2.74, p = .1; see. Fig 6B) but did not yield any significant effects for the influence of T1 neural filtering on behavioural change (β = .13, SE = .21, Dc2(df = 1) = .43, p = .51), or for the relationship of neural and behavioural change (𝜙 = .26, SE = .14, Dc2(df = 1) = 3.1, p = .08; please note the close correspondence to path estimates reported in Fig. 5). The second control analysis revealed a substantially higher manifest-level test-retest reliability of neural tracking of attended speech (r = .65, p<.001; Fig. 6C) compared to that of the neural tracking index. However, when linked to longitudinal changes in response speed, this analysis provided even less evidence for systematic change-related relationships: Baseline-levels of attended-speech tracking did not predict future change in response speed (β = .18, SE = .11, Dc2(df = 1) = 2.73, p = .10), and changes in neural and behavioural functioning occurred independently of one another (𝜙 = –.03, SE = .12, Dc2(df = 1) = .06, p = .81).

      In sum, the two control analyses provide additional empirical support for the results revealed by our main analysis."

      Author response image 2.

      Control analyses corroborate the independence of neural and behavioural trajectories under selective attention. Cross-sectional and longitudinal change in neural filtering (A) and neural tracking of attended speech (C) averaged across selective-attention trials, only. Coloured vectors (colour-coding four age groups for illustrative purposes, only) in the left subpanels show individual T1–T2 change along with the cross-sectional trend plus 95% confidence interval (CI) separately for T1 (dark grey) and T2 (light grey). Top right, correlation of T1 and T2 as measure of test-retest reliability along with the 45° line (grey) and individual data points (black circles). Bottom right, mean longitudinal change per age group and grand mean change (grey). B, D Latent change score model (LCSM) relating two-year changes in neural filtering (B) /neural tracking (D) strength to changes in response speed. Black arrows show the paths or covariances of interest that were freely estimates, grey arrows show paths that were freely estimated or fixed as part of the structural model but did not relate to the main research questions. Solid arrows indicate statistically significant effects, dashed arrows reflect nonsignificant paths. All estimates are standardised. p<.001, p<.01, p<.05.

      b

      3) The authors conclude that the temporal instability of the neural filtering measure precludes its use for diagnostic/therapeutic intervention. I agree that test-retest reliability is needed for a clinical intervention. However, given the relationship with behavior at a specific point in time, would it not be a possible target for intervention to improve performance? Even if there are different trajectories, an individual may benefit from enhanced behavioral performance in the present.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We would agree that the observation of robust betweensubject (or even more desirable: within-subject) brain–behaviour relationships is a key desideratum in identifying potential interventional targets. At the same time, we would argue that the most direct way of evaluating a neural signature’s translational potential is by focusing on how it predicts or is linked to individual change. In revising both the Introduction and Discussion section, we hope to now better motivate our reasoning.

      Other minor comments:

      4) Lines 106-107 What is the basis for the prediction regarding neural filtering?

      In our previous analysis of T1 data (Tune et al., 2021), we found inter-individual differences in neural filtering itself, and also in its link to behaviour, to be independent of chronological age and hearing loss. On the basis of these results, we did not expect any systematic decrease or increase in neural filtering over time.<br /> We rephrased the respective sentence as follows:

      Since we previously observed inter-individual differences in neural filtering to be independent of age and hearing status, we did not expect any systematic longitudinal change in neural filtering.

      5) Line 414: Replace "relevant" with "relevance".

      Thank you, this has been corrected.

      6) What was the range of presentation levels? Stimuli presented at 50 dB above individual sensation level could result in uncomfortably loud levels for people with mild to moderate hearing loss.

      Unfortunately, we didn’t have the means to estimate the precise dB SPL level at which our stimuli were presented. Due to the use of in-ear headphones, we did not aim to measure the exact sound pressure level of presentation but instead ensured that even if stimuli were presented at the maximally possible intensity given our hardware, this would not result in subjectively uncomfortably loud stimulus presentation levels. The described procedure estimated per individual how far the maximal sound pressure level needed to be attenuated to arrive at a comfortable and easy-tounderstand presentation level.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study examined the longitudinal brain-behaviour link between attentional neural filtering and listening behaviour among a sample of aging individuals. The results based on the latent change score modeling showed that neither attentional neural filtering at T1 nor its T1-T2 change predicted individual two-year listening performance change. The findings suggest that neural filtering and listening behaviour may follow independent developmental trajectories. This study focuses on an interesting topic and has the potential to contribute a better understanding of the neurobiological mechanisms of successful communication across the lifespan.

      Strengths:

      Although research suggests that speech comprehension is neurally supported by an attentionguided filter mechanism, the evidence of their causal association is limited. This study addresses this gap by testing the longitudinal stability of neural filtering as a neural mechanism upholding listening performance, potentially shedding light on translational efforts aiming at the preservation of speech comprehension abilities among aging individuals.

      The latent change score modeling approach is appropriately used as a tool to examine key developmental questions and distinguish the complex processes underlying lifespan development in brain and behaviour with longitudinal data.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the paper does have strengths in principle, the weaknesses of the paper are that the findings are merely based on a single listening task. Since both neural and behavioral indicators are derived from the same task, the results may be applicable only to this specific task, and it is difficult to extrapolate them to cognitive and listening abilities measured by the other tasks. Therefore, more listening tasks are required to comprehensively measure speech comprehension and neural markers.

      The age span of the sample is relatively large. Although no longitudinal change from T1 to T2 was found at the group-level, from the cross-sectional and longitudinal change results (see Figure 3), individuals of different age groups showed different development patterns. Particularly, individuals over the age of 70 show a clear downward trend in both neural filtering index and accuracy. Therefore, different results may be found based on different age groups, especially older groups. However, due to sample limitations, this study was unable to examine whether age has a moderating effect on this brain-behaviour link.

      In the Dichotic listening task, valid and invalid cues were manipulated. According to the task description, the former could invoke selective attention, whereas the latter could invoke divided attention. It is possible that under the two conditions, the neural filtering index may reflect different underlying cognitive processes, and thus may differ in its predictive effect on behavioral performance. The author could perform a more in-depth data analysis on indicators under different conditions.

      We thank the reviewer for their critical yet positive assessment of our work that also appreciates its potential to further our understanding of key determinants of successful communication in healthy aging. Please also see our more in-depth responses to the detailed recommendations that relate to the three main concern raised above.

      Regarding the first concern of the reviewer about the limited generalizability of our brain–behaviour results, we would argue that there are two sides to this argument.

      On the one hand, the results do not directly speak to the generalizability of the observed complex brain–behaviour relationships to other listening tasks. This may be perceived as a weakness. Unfortunately, as part of our large-scale projects, we did not collect data from another listening task suitable for such a generalization test. Using any additional cognitive tests would shift the focus away from the goal of understanding the determinants of successful communication, and rather speak more generally to the relationship of neural and cognitive change.

      On the other hand, we would argue the opposite, namely that the focus on the same listening task is in fact a major strength of the present study: The key research questions were motivated by our timepoint 1 findings of a brain-behaviour link both at the within-subject (state) and at the between subject (trait) level (Tune et al., 2021). Notably, in the current study, we show that both, the state- and the trait-level results, were replicated at timepoint 2. This observed stability of results provides compelling empirical evidence for the functional relevance of neural filtering to the listening outcome and critically sets the stage for the inquiry into the complex longitudinal change relationships. We now spell this out more clearly in the Introduction and the Discussion.

      Here, we briefly summarise how we have addressed the two remaining main concerns.

      (1) Please refer to our response R1’s comment #1 on the influence of (differential) age effects on brain and behaviour. These effects were in fact already accounted for by our modelling strategy which included the continuously (rather than binned by age group) modelled effect of age. We now communicate this more clearly in the revised manuscript.

      (2) We added two control analyses, one of which replicated the main analysis using selective attention trials, only. Critically, as shown in Figure 6, while the strength of the relationship of neural filtering and behaviour at a given timepoint increased, the key change-related relationships of interest remained not only qualitatively unchanged, but resulted in highly similar quantitative estimates.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) Theoretically, the relationship between brain and behavior may not be just one-way, but probably bi-directional. In this study, the authors only considered the unidirectional predictive effect of neural filtering on changes in listening task performance. However, it is possible that lower listening ability may limit information processing in older adults, which may lead to a decline in neural filtering abilities. The authors may also consider this theoretical hypothesis.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. While we did not have any specific hypotheses about influence of the behavioural state at timepoint 1 on the change in neural filtering, we ran control analysis that freely estimates the respective path (rather than implicitly assuming it to be 0). However, the results did not provide evidence for such a relationship. We report the results on p. 14 of the revised manuscript:

      "We did not have any a priori hypotheses on the influence of T1 speed on the individual T1–T2 change in neural filtering. Still in a control analysis that freely estimated the respective path, we found that an individual’s latent T1 level of response speed was not predictive of the ensuing latent T1–T2 change in neural filtering (β = –.11, SE = .21, Dc2(df = 1) = .31, p = .58)."

      2) The necessity of exploring the longitudinal relationship between attentional neural filtering and listening behaviour needs to be further clarified. That is, why choose attentional filtering (instead of the others) as an indicator to predict listening performance?

      We are not quite certain we understood which ‘other’ metrics the reviewer was referring to here exactly. But we would like to reiterate our argument from above: we believe that focusing on neural and behavioural metrics that are (i) derived from the same task, and (ii) were previously shown to be linked at both the trait- and state-level provided strong empirical ground for our inquiries into their longitudinal change-related relationships.

      Please note that we agree that the neural filtering index as a measure of attention-guided neural encoding of relevant vs. irrelevant speech signals is only one potential candidate neural measure but one that was clearly motivated by previous results. Nevertheless, in the revised manuscript we now also report on the relationship of neural tracking of attended speech and listening performance (see also our response to the reviewer’s comment #5 below).

      Apart of this, by making the entire T1–T2 dataset openly available, we invite researchers to conduct any potential follow-up analyses focused on metrics not reported here.

      3) Regarding the Dichotic listening task, further clarification is needed.

      (1) The task procedure and key parameters need to be supplemented.

      We have added a new supplemental Figure S6 which details the experimental design and procedure. We have also added further listening task details to the Methods section on p.23:

      At each timepoint, participants performed a previously established dichotic listening task20. We provide full details on trial structure, stimulus construction, recording and presentation in our previously published study on the first (N = 155) wave of data collection (but see also Fig. S6)12.

      In short, in each of 240 trials, participants listened to two competing, dichotically presented five-word sentences spoken by the same female speaker. They were probed on the sentence-final noun in one of the two sentences. Participants were instructed to respond within a given 4 s time window beginning with the onset of a probe screen showing four alternatives. They were not explicitly instructed to respond as quickly as possible. The probe screen showed four alternative words presented either on the left or right side of the screen, indicating the probed ear. Two visual cues preceded auditory presentation (…)

      We also note that the task and key parameters have been published additionally in (Tune et al., 2021) and Alavash et al. (2019). We have made sure these citations are placed prominently at the beginning of the methods section.

      Author response image 3.

      Experimental design and procedure.

      (2) Prior to the task, were the participants instructed to respond quickly and correctly? Was there a speed-accuracy trade-off? Was it possible to consider an integrated ACC-RT indicator?

      We instructed participants to respond within a 4-sec time window following the response screen onset but we did not explicitly instruct them to respond as quickly as possible. We also state this more explicitly in the revised Method section on p. 23 (see also our response to comment #3 by R3 on p. 15 below).

      In a between-subjects analysis we observed, both within T1 and T2, a significant positive correlation (rT1 = .33, p<.01; rT2 = .40, p<.001) of participants’ overall accuracy and response speed, speaking against a speed-accuracy trade-off. For this reason, we did not consider an integrated speed–accuracy measure as behavioural indicator for modelling.

      (3) The correlation between neural filtering at T1 and T2 was weak, which may be due to the low reliability of this indicator. The generally low reliability of the difference score is a notorious measurement problem recognized in the academic community.

      We fully agree with the reviewer on their assessment of notoriously noisy difference scores. It is the very reason that motivated our application of the latent change score model approach. This framework elegantly supersedes the manual calculation of differences scores, and by explicitly

      modelling measurement error also removes the impact of varying degrees of reliability on the estimation of change and how it varies as a function of different influences.

      While we had already detailed this rationale in the original manuscript, we now more prominently describe the advantages of the latent variable approach in the first paragraph of the Results section:

      Third and final, we integrate and extend the first two analysis perspectives in a joint latent change score model (LCSM) to most directly probe the role of neural filtering ability as a predictor of future attentive listening ability. Addressing our key change-related research questions at the latent rather than the manifest level supersedes the manual calculation of notoriously noisy differences scores, and effectively removes the influence of each metric’s reliability on the estimation of change-related relationships.

      We also kindly refer the reviewer to our in-depth response to R1’s comment #2 regarding the concern of neural filtering’s low test-rest reliability and its impact on estimating change-change relationships.

      1. For the latent change score model, it is recommended that the authors:<br /> (1) Supplement the coefficients of each path in Figure 5. For details, please refer to the figures in the papers of Kievit et al. (2017, 2019)

      This information has been added to Figure 5.

      (2) In Figure 5 and Figure S2, why should the two means of the observed 2nd half scores be estimated?

      In longitudinal modelling, special care needs to be applied to the pre-processing/transformation of raw data for the purpose of change score modelling. While it is generally desirable to bring all variables onto the same scale (typically achieved by standardising all variables), one needs to be careful not to remove the mean differences of interest in such a data transformation step. We therefore followed the procedure recommended by Little (2013) and rescaled variables stacked across T1 and T2 using the proportion of maximum scale (‘POMS’) methods. This procedure, however, results in mean values per timepoint ≠ 0, so the mean of the second half needed to be freely estimated to avoid model misfit. Note that the mean of the first half manifest variables was set to 0 (using the ‘marker method’; see Little, 2013) to ensure model identification.

      We have added the following more detailed description to the Method section on p. 26:

      To bring all manifest variables onto the same scale while preserving mean differences over time, we first stacked them across timepoint and then rescaled them using the proportion of maximum scale (‘POMS’) method99,100 (…) Given our choice of POMS-transformation of raw to preserve mean differences over time, the mean of the second manifest variable had to be freely estimated (rather than implicitly assumed to be 0) to avoid severe model misfit.

      (3) The authors need to clarify whether the latent change factor in Figure 5 is Δ(T1-T2) or Δ(T2-T1)?

      Thank you for this comment. Our notation here was indeed confusing. The latent change factor quantifies the change from T1 to T2, so it is Δ(T2–T1). We have accordingly re-named the respective latent variables in all corresponding figures.

      1. For data analysis, the author combined the trials under different conditions (valid and invalid cues) in the dichotic listening task and analyzed them together, which may mask the variations between different attention levels (selective vs. divided attention). It is recommended that the authors analyze the relationship between various indicators under different conditions.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment which prompted us to (i) more clearly motivate our decision to model neural filtering across all trials, and (ii) nevertheless report the results of an additional control analyses that focused on neural filtering (or the neural tracking of attended speech) in selective-attention trials, only.

      Our decision to analyse neural filtering across all spatial-attention conditions was motivated by two key considerations: First, previous T1 results (Tune et al., 2021) suggested that irrespective of the spatial-attention condition, stronger neural filtering boosted behavioural performance. Second, analysing neural filtering (and associated behaviour) across all trials provided the most direct way of probing the trait-like nature of individual neural filtering ability. <br /> We have included the following paragraph to the Results section on p. 6 to motivate this decision more clearly:

      Our main analyses focus on neural filtering and listening performance averaged across all trials and thereby also across two separate spatial-attention conditions. This choice allowed us to most directly probe the trait-like nature and relationships of neural filtering. It was additionally supported by our previous observation of a general boost in behavioural performance with stronger neural filtering, irrespective of spatial attention.

      On the other hand, one could argue that the effects of interest are underestimated by jointly analysing neural and behavioural functioning derived from both selective- and divided-attention conditions. After all, it is reasonable to expect a more pronounced neural filtering response in selective-attention trials.

      For this reason, we now report, in the revised version, two additional control analyses that replicate the key analyses for the neural filtering index and for the tracking of attended speech, both averaged across selective-attention trials, only: In summary, analysing neural filtering under selective attention strengthened the brain-behaviour link within a given time-point but resulted in highly similar quantitative estimated for the key relationships of interest. The analysis of attended speech tracking notably improved the neural metric’s manifest-level re-test reliability (r = .64, p<.001) – but resulted in an estimated change-change correlation close to 0.

      Taken together, these control analyses provide compelling support for our main conclusion that neural and behavioural functioning follow largely independent developmental trajectories.

      We kindly refer the reviewer to our detailed response to R1 for the text of the added control analysis section on p. 4f. above. The additional Figure 6 is reproduced again below for the reviewer’s convenience.

      Author response image 4.

      Control analyses corroborate the independence of neural and behavioural trajectories under selective attention. Cross-sectional and longitudinal change in neural filtering (A) and neural tracking of attended speech (C) averaged across selective-attention trials, only. Coloured vectors (colour-coding four age groups for illustrative purposes, only) in the left subpanels show individual T1–T2 change along with the cross-sectional trend plus 95% confidence interval (CI) separately for T1 (dark grey) and T2 (light grey). Top right, correlation of T1 and T2 as measure of test-retest reliability along with the 45° line (grey) and individual data points (black circles). Bottom right, mean longitudinal change per age group and grand mean change (grey). B, D Latent change score model (LCSM) relating two-year changes in neural filtering (B) /neural tracking (D) strength to changes in response speed. Black arrows show the paths or covariances of interest that were freely estimates, grey arrows show paths that were freely estimated or fixed as part of the structural model but did not relate to the main research questions. Solid arrows indicate statistically significant effects, dashed arrows reflect nonsignificant paths. All estimates are standardised. p<.001, p<.01, p<.05.

      Figure 6 has also been supplemented by two additional figures showing behavioural functioning (Fig. S4) and neural tracking of ignored speech (Fig. S5) under selective-attention trials, only. These figures are reproduced below for the reviewer’s convenience.

      Author response image 5.

      Cross-sectional and longitudinal change in listening behaviour under selective attention.

      Author response image 6.

      Cross-sectional and longitudinal change in neural tracking of ignored speech under selective attention.

      6) As can be seen from the Methods section, there were still other cognitive tasks in this database that can be included in the data analysis to further determine the predictive validity of neural filtering.

      We kindly refer the reviewer to our response to their public review and comment # 2 above where we motivate our decision to focus on manifest indicators of neural and behavioural functioning that are derived from the same task.

      We believe that the analysis of several additional indicators of cognitive functioning would have distracted from our main goal of the current study focused on understanding how individual trajectories of listening performance may be explained and predicted.

      7) "Magnitudes > 1 are taken as moderate, > 2.3 as strong evidence for either of the alternative or null hypotheses, respectively." Which papers are referenced by these criteria? The interpretation of BF values seems inconsistent with existing literature.

      It may deserve emphasis that these are log Bayes Factors (logBF). Our interpretation of logarithmic Bayes Factors (logBF) follows Lee and Wagenmakers’ (2013) classic heuristic scheme for the interpretation of (non-logarithmic, ‘raw’) BF10 values. We have added the respective reference to the manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The study investigates the longitudinal changes in hearing threshold, speech recognition behavior, and speech neural responses in 2 years, and how these changes correlate with each other. A slight change in the hearing threshold is observed in 2 years (1.2 dB on average) but the speech recognition performance remains stable. The main conclusion is that there is no significant correlation between longitudinal changes in neural and behavioral measures.

      Strengths:

      The sample size (N>100) is remarkable, especially for longitudinal studies.

      Weaknesses:

      The participants are only tracked for 2 years and relatively weak longitudinal changes are observed, limiting how the data may shed light on the relationships between basic auditory function, speech recognition behavior, and speech neural responses.

      Suggestions

      First, it's not surprising that a 1.2 dB change in hearing threshold does not affect speech recognition, especially for the dichotic listening task and when speech is always presented 50 dB above the hearing threshold. For the same listener, if the speech level is adjusted for 1.2 dB or much more, the performance will not be influenced during the dichotic listening task. Therefore, it is important to mention in the abstract that "sensory acuity" is measured using the hearing threshold and the change in hearing threshold is only 1.2 dB.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have added the respective information to the abstract and have toned down our interpretation of the observed behavioural stability despite the expected decline in auditory acuity.

      Second, the lack of correlation between age-related changes in "neuronal filtering" and behavior may not suggest that they follow independent development trajectories. The index for "neuronal filtering" does not seem to be stable and the correlation between the two tests is only R = 0.21. This low correlation probably indicates low test-retest reliability, instead of a dramatic change in the brain between the two tests. In other words, if the "neuronal filtering" index only very weakly correlates with itself between the two tests, it is not surprising that it does not correlate with other measures in a different test. If the "neuronal filtering" index is measured on two consecutive days and the index remains highly stable, I'm more convinced that it is a reliable measure that just changes a lot within 2 years, and the change is dissociated with the changes in behavior.

      The authors attempted to solve the problem in the section entitled "Neural filtering reliably supports listening performance independent of age and hearing status", but I didn't follow the logic. As far as I could tell, the section pooled together the measurements from two tests and did not address the test-retest stability issue.

      Please see our detailed response to R1’s comment #2 regarding the concern of how low (manifestlevel) reliability of our neural metric may have impacted the chance of observing a significant changechange correlation.

      In addition, we would like to emphasize that the goal of the second step of our analysis procedure, featuring causal mediation analysis, was not to salvage the perhaps surprisingly low reliability of neural filtering. Instead, this section addressed a different research question, namely, whether the link of neural filtering to behaviour would hold across time, irrespective of the observed stability of the measure itself. The stability of the observed between-subjects brain-behaviour relationships was assessed by testing for an interaction with timepoint.

      We have revised the respective Results section to more clearly state our scientific questions, and how our analysis procedure helped to address them:

      "The temporal instability of neural filtering challenges its status as a potential trait-like neural marker of attentive listening ability. At the same time, irrespective of the degree of reliability of neural filtering itself, across individuals it may still be reliably linked to the behavioural outcome (see Fig. 1). This is being addressed next.

      On the basis of the full T1–T2 dataset, we aimed to replicate our key T1 results and test whether the previously observed between-subjects brain-behaviour relationship would hold across time: We expected an individual’s neural filtering ability to impact their listening outcome (accuracy and response speed) independently of age or hearing status12. (…) To formally test the stability of direct and indirect relationships across time, we used a moderated mediation analysis. In this analysis, the inclusion of interactions by timepoint tested whether the influence of age, sensory acuity, and neural filtering on behaviour varied significantly across time."

      Third, the behavioral measure that is not correlated with "neuronal filtering" is the response speed. I wonder if the participants are asked to respond as soon as possible (not mentioned in the method). If not, the response speed may strongly reflect general cognitive function or a personal style, which is not correlated with the changes in auditory functions. This can also explain why the hearing threshold affects speech recognition accuracy but not the response speed (lines 263-264).

      Participants were asked to response within a given time window limited to 4 s but were not implicitly instructed to respond as quickly as possible. This is now stated more clearly in the Methods section (please also refer to our response to R2 on a similar question). It is important to emphasize—as shown in Figure 4A and Figure 5B —both at the manifest and latent variable level neural filtering (and in fact also the neural tracking of attended speech, see Fig. 6C) was reliably linked to response speed at T1 and T2. These results providing important empirical ground for the question of whether changes in neural filtering are systematically related to changes in response speed, and whether the fidelity of neural filtering at T1 represents a precursor of behavioural changes.

      Moreover, an interpretation of response speed as an indicator of general cognitive function is not at all incompatible with the cognitive demands imposed by the task. As the reviewer rightly stated above, performance in a dichotic listening task does not simply hinge on how auditory acuity may limit perceptual encoding of speech inputs but also on how the goal-directed application of attention modulates the encoding of relevant vs. irrelevant inputs. We here focus on one candidate neural strategy we here termed ‘neural filtering’ in line with an influential metaphor of how auditory attention may be neurally implemented (Cherry, 1953; Erb & Obleser, 2020; Fernandez-Duque & Johnson, 1999).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Other issues:

      The authors should consider using terminology that the readers are more familiar with and avoid unsubstantiated claims.

      For example, the Introduction mentions that "The observation of such brain-behaviour relationships critically advances our understanding of the neurobiological foundation of cognitive functioning. Their translational potential as neural markers predictive of behaviour, however, is often only implicitly assumed but seldomly put to the test. Using auditory cognition as a model system, we here overcome this limitation by testing directly the hitherto unknown longitudinal stability of neural filtering as a neural compensatory mechanism upholding communication success."

      For the first sentence, please be clear about which aspects of "our understanding of the neurobiological foundation of cognitive functioning" is critically advanced by such brain-behaviour relationships, and why such brain-behaviour relationships are so critical given that so many studies have analyzed brain-behaviour relationships. The following two sentences seem to suggest that the current study is a translational study, but the later questions do not seem to be quite translational.

      The uncovering of robust between- and within-subject brain behaviour-relationships is a key scientific goal that unites basic and applied neuroscience. From a basic neuroscience standpoint, the observation of such brain–behaviour links provides important mechanistic insight into the neurobiological implementation of higher order cognition – here the application of auditory spatial attention in the service of speech comprehension. At the same time, they provide fruitful ground for translational inquiries of applied neuroscience. We therefore don’t consider it contradictory at all that the current study addressed both more basic and applied/translational neuroscientific research questions.

      We have rephrased the respective section as follows:

      "The observation of such brain–behaviour relationships critically advances our understanding of the neurobiological foundation of cognitive functioning by showing, for example, how neural implementations of auditory selective attention support attentive listening. They also provide fruitful ground for scientific inquiries into the translational potential of neural markers. However, the potency of neural markers to predict future behavioural outcomes is often only implicitly assumed but seldomly put to the test15."

      More importantly, "neuronal filtering" is a key concept in the paper but I'm not sure what it means. The authors have only mentioned that auditory cognition is a model system for "neuronal filtering", but not what "neuronal filtering" is. Even for auditory cognition, I'm not sure what "neuronal filtering" is and why the envelope response is representative of "neuronal filtering".

      As spelled out in the Introduction, we define our ‘neural filtering’ metric of interest as neural manifestation of the attention-guided segregation of behaviourally relevant from irrelevant sounds. By terming this signature neural ‘filtering’, we take up on a highly influential algorithmic metaphor of how auditory attention may be implemented at the neurobiological level (Cherry, 1953; Erb & Obleser, 2020; Fernandez-Duque & Johnson, 1999).

      We now provide more mechanistic detail in our description of the neural filtering signature analysed in the current study:

      "Recent research has focused on the neurobiological mechanisms that promote successful speech comprehension by implementing ‘neural filters’ that segregate behaviourally relevant from irrelevant sounds. Such neural filter mechanisms act by selectively increasing the sensory gain for behaviourally relevant inputs or by inhibiting the processing of irrelevant inputs5-7. A growing body of evidence suggests that speech comprehension is neurally supported by an attention-guided filter mechanism that modulates sensory gain and arises from primary auditory and perisylvian brain regions: By synchronizing its neural activity with the temporal structure of the speech signal of interest, the brain ‘tracks’ and thereby better encodes behaviourally relevant auditory inputs to enable attentive listening 8-11."

      Figure 1C should be better organized and the questions mentioned in the Introduction should be numbered.

      We have revised both the respective section of the Introduction and corresponding Figure 1 in line with the reviewer’s suggestions. The revised text and figure are reproduced below for the reviewer’s convenience:

      "First, by focusing on each domain individually, we ask how sensory, neural, and behavioural functioning evolve cross-sectionally across the middle and older adult life span (Fig. 1B). More importantly, we also ask how they change longitudinally across the studied two-year period (Fig. 1C, Q1), and whether aging individuals differ significantly in their degree of change (Q2). We expect individuals’ hearing acuity and behaviour to decrease from T1 to T2. Since we previously observed inter-individual differences in neural filtering to be independent of age and hearing status, we did not expect any systematic longitudinal change in neural filtering.

      Second, we test the longitudinal stability of the previously observed age- and hearing-loss–independent effect of neural filtering on both accuracy and response speed (Fig. 1A). To this end, we analyse the multivariate direct and indirect relationships of hearing acuity, neural filtering and listening behaviour within and across timepoints.

      Third, leveraging the strengths of latent change score modelling16,17, we fuse cross-sectional and longitudinal perspectives to probe the role of neural filtering as a precursor of behavioural change in two different ways: we ask whether an individual’s T1 neural filtering strength can predict the observed behavioural longitudinal change (Q3), and whether two-year change in neural filtering can explain concurrent change in listening behaviour (Q4). Here, irrespective of the observed magnitude and direction of T1–T2 developments, two scenarios are conceivable: Intra-individual neural and behavioural change may be either be correlated—lending support to a compensatory role of neural filtering—or instead follow independent trajectories18 (see Fig. 1C)."

      Author response image 7.

      Schematic illustration of key assumptions and research questions. A Listening behaviour at a given timepoint is shaped by an individuals’ sensory and neural functioning. Increased age decreases listening behaviour both directly, and indirectly via age-related hearing loss. Listening behaviour is supported by better neural filtering ability, independently of age and hearing acuity. B Conceptual depiction of individual two-year changes along the neural (blue) and behavioural (red) domain. Thin coloured lines show individual trajectories across the adult lifespan, thick lines and black arrows highlight two-year changes in a single individual. C Left, Schematic diagram highlighting the key research questions detailed in the introduction and how they are addressed in the current study using latent change score modelling. Right, across individuals, co-occurring changes in the neural and behavioural domain may be correlated (top) or independent of one another (bottom).

      Figure 3, the R-value should also be labeled on the four main plots.

      This information has been added to Figure 3, reproduced below.

      Author response image 8.

      Characterizing cross-sectional and longitudinal change along the auditory sensory (A), neural (B), and behavioural (C, D) domain. For each domain, coloured vectors (colour-coding four age groups for illustrative purposes, only) in the respective left subpanels show an individual’s change from T1 to T2 along with the cross-sectional trend plus 95% confidence interval (CI) separately for T1 (dark grey) and T2 (light grey). Top right subpanels: correlation of T1 and T2 as measure of test-retest reliability along with the 45° line (grey) and individual data points (black circles). Bottom right panels: Mean longitudinal change per age group (coloured vectors) and grand mean change (grey). Note that accuracy is expressed here as proportion correct for illustrative purposes, but was analysed logit-transformed or by applying generalized linear models.

      T1 and T2 should be briefly defined in the abstract or where they first appear.

      We have changed the abstract accordingly.

      References

      Alavash, M., Tune, S., & Obleser, J. (2019). Modular reconfiguration of an auditory control brain network supports adaptive listening behavior. [Clinical Trial]. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science of the United States of America, 116(2), 660-669. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1815321116

      Cherry, E. C. (1953). Some experiments on the recognition of speech, with one and with two ears. The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 25(5), 975-979. https://doi.org/10.1121/1.1907229

      Erb, J., & Obleser, J. (2020). Neural filters for challening listening situations. In M. Gazzaniga, G. R. Mangun, & D. Poeppel (Eds.), The cognitive neurosciences (6th ed.). MIT Press.

      Fernandez-Duque, D., & Johnson, M. L. (1999). Attention metaphors: How metaphors guide the cognitive psychology of attention. Cognitive Science, 23(1), 83-116. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15516709cog2301_4<br /> O’Sullivan, J. A., Power, A. J., Mesgarani, N., Rajaram, S., Foxe, J. J., Shinn-Cunningham, B. G., Slaney, M., Shamma,

      S. A., & Lalor, E. C. (2014). Attentional Selection in a Cocktail Party Environment Can Be Decoded from Single-Trial EEG. Cerebral Cortex, 25(7), 1697-1706. https://doi.org/10.1093/cercor/bht355

      Panela, R. A., Copelli, F., & Herrmann, B. (2023). Reliability and generalizability of neural speech tracking in younger and older adults. Nature Communications, 2023.2007.2026.550679. https://doi.org/10.1101/2023.07.26.550679

      Tune, S., Alavash, M., Fiedler, L., & Obleser, J. (2021). Neural attentional-filter mechanisms of listening success in middle-aged and older individuals. Nature Communications, 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467021-24771-9

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The manuscript by Zhu and colleagues aimed to clarify the importance of isoform diversity of PCDHg in establishing cortical synapse specificity. The authors optimized 5' single-cell sequencing to detect cPCDHg isoforms and showed that the pyramidal cells express distinct combinations of PCDHg isoforms. Then, the authors conducted patch-clamp recordings from cortical neurons whose PCDHg diversity was disrupted. In the elegant experiment in Figure 3, the authors demonstrated that the neurons expressing the same sets of cPCDHg isoforms are less likely to form synapses with each other, suggesting that identical cPCDHg isoforms may have a repulsive effect on synapse formation. Importantly, this phenomenon was dependent on the similarity of the isoforms present in neurons but not on the amount of proteins expressed.

      One of the major concerns in an earlier version was whether PCDHg isoforms, which are expressed at a much lower level than C-type isoforms, have true physiological significance. The authors conducted additional experiments to address this point by using PCDHg cKO and provided convincing data supporting their conclusion. The results from PCDHg C4 overexpression, showing no impact on synaptic connectivity, further clarified the importance of isoforms. I have no further concerns, however, I would like to point out that the evidence for the necessity of the PCDHg isoform is still lacking because most experiments were done by overexpression. It would be helpful for the readers if the authors could add this point to the discussion.

      Thank you for the positive feedback on our work. We have now incorporated a discussion of the limitations associated with overexpression.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This short manuscript by Zhu et al. describes an investigation into the role of gamma protocadherins in synaptic connectivity in the mouse cerebral cortex. First, the authors conduct a single-cell RNA-seq survey of postnatal day 11 mouse cortical neurons, using an adapted 10X Genomics method to capture the 5' sequences that are necessary to identify individual gamma protocadherin isoforms (all 22 transcripts share the same three 3' "constant" exons, so standard 3'biased methods can't distinguish them). This method adaptation is an advance for examining individual gamma transcripts, and it is helpful to publish the method, the characterization of which is improved in this revised manuscript. The results largely confirm what was known from other approaches, which is that a few of the 19 A and B subtype gamma protocadherins are expressed in an apparently stochastic and combinatorial fashion in each cortical neuron, while the 3 C subtype genes are expressed ubiquitously. Second, using elegant paired electrophysiological recordings, the authors show that in gamma protocadherin cortical slices, the likelihood of two neurons on layers 2/3 being synaptically connected is increased. That suggests that gamma protocadherins generally inhibit synaptic connectivity in the cortex; again, this has been reported previously using morphological assays, but it is important to see it confirmed here with physiology. Finally, the authors use an impressive sequential in utero electroporation method to provide evidence that the degree of isoform matching between two neurons negatively regulates their reciprocal synaptic connectivity. These are difficult experiments to do, and while some caveats remain, the main result is consistent. Strengths include the impressive methodology and improved demonstration of the previously-reported finding that gamma protocadherins work via homophilic matching to put a brake on synapse formation in the cortex. Weaknesses include the writing, which even in the revision fails to completely put the new results in context with prior work, which together has largely shown similar results; a still-incomplete characterization of a new alpha protocadherin KO mouse (a minor point but it should still be addressed); and a lack of demonstration of protein levels in electroporated brains. Because of the unique organization and expression pattern of the gamma protocadherins, it is unlikely that these results will be directly applicable to the broader understanding of the role of cell adhesion molecules in synapse development. However, the methodology, which is now better described, should be applicable more broadly and the improved demonstration of the role of gamma protocadherin's negative role in cortical synaptogenesis is helpful.

      Thank you for the positive comments on our work. We have taken your suggestion into account and expanded our discussion to contextualize our research within the broader field of PCDH. Additionally, we have included more data to further illustrate the decrease in αPCDH expression in Pcdha conditional knockout mice. Your feedback has been invaluable in enhancing our manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In this study, Zhu and authors investigate the expression and function of the clustered Protocadherins (cPcdhs) in synaptic connectivity in the mouse cortex. The cPcdhs encode a large family of cadherin-related transmembrane molecules hypothesized to regulate synaptic specificity through combinatorial expression and homophilic binding between neurons expressing matching cPcdh isoforms. But the evidence for combinatorial expression has been limited to a few cell types, and causal functions between cPcdh diversity and wiring specificity have been difficult to test experimentally. This study addresses two important but technically challenging questions in the mouse cortex: 1) Do single neurons in the cortex express different cPcdh isoform combinations? and 2) Does Pcdh isoform diversity or particular combinations among pyramidal neurons influence their connectivity patterns? Focusing on the Pcdh-gamma subcluster of 22 isoforms, the group performed 5'end-directed single-cell RNA sequencing from dissociated postnatal (P11) cortex. To address the functional role of Pcdhg diversity in cortical connectivity, they asked whether the Pcdhgs and isoform matching influence the likelihood of synaptic pairing between 2 nearby pyramidal neurons. They performed simultaneous whole-cell recordings of 6 pyramidal neurons in cortical slices, and measured paired connections by evoked monosynaptic responses. In these experiments, they measured synaptic connectivity between pyramidal neurons lacking the Pcdhgs, or overexpressing dissimilar or matching sets of Pcdhg isoforms introduced by electroporation of plasmids encoding Pcdhg cDNAs.

      Overall, the study applies elegant methods that demonstrate that single cortical neurons express different combinations of Pcdh-gamma isoforms, including the upper layer Pyramidal cells that are assayed in paired recordings. The electrophysiology data demonstrate that nearby Pyramidal neurons lacking the entire Pcdhg cluster are more likely to be synaptically connected compared to the control neurons, and that overexpression of matching isoforms between pairs decreases the likelihood to be synaptically connected. These are important and compelling findings that advance the idea that the Pcdhgs are important for cortical synaptic connectivity, and that the repertoire of isoforms expressed by neurons influence their connectivity patterns potentially through a self/nonself discrimination mechanism. However, the findings are limited to probability in connectivity and do they do not support the authors' conclusions that Pcdhg isoforms regulate synaptic specificity, 'by preventing synapse formation with specific cells' or to 'unwanted partners'. Characterizations of the cellular basis of these defects are needed to determine whether they are secondary to other roles in cell positioning, axon/dendrite branching and synaptic pruning, and overall synaptic formation. Claims that Pcdh-alpha and Pcdhg C-type isoforms are not functionally required are premature, due to limitations of the experiments. Moreover, claims that 'similarity level of γPCDH isoforms between neurons regulate the synaptic formation' are not supported due to weak statistical analyses presented in Fig4. The overstatements should be corrected. There was also missed opportunity to clearly discuss these results in the context of other published work, including recent publications focused on the cortex.

      Thank you for your feedback on the strengths and weaknesses of our work. In terms of the cellular basis of affected synaptic connectivity caused by γ-PCDH isoforms, we have compared the probability of connectivity for neuronal pairs with similar range of distance. Our findings indicate that the manipulation primarily affects pairs within the 50-150 micrometer range, suggesting that cell positioning might be a critical factor for the impact of γ-PCDH on synapse formation. However, we acknowledge that we couldn't definitively determine whether the negative effect on synaptic connectivity stems directly from impaired synapse formation or indirectly from synaptic pruning or the influence of PCDHγ on axon/dendritic branching. We've added these limitations to our discussion to provide a more comprehensive view of our research. Furthermore, we've adjusted our statements to better reflect the significance of our findings. Your feedback has been instrumental in improving the clarity and depth of our manuscript.

      Strengths:

      • The 5' end sequencing with a Pcdhg-amplified library is a technical feat and addresses the pitfall of conventional scRNA-Seq methods due to the identical 3'sequences shared by all Pcdhg isoform and the low abundance of the variable exons. New figures with annotated cell types confirm that several pyramidal and inhibitory cortical subpopulations were captured.

      Statistical assessment of co-occurrence of isoform expression within clusters is also a strength.

      • By establishing the combinatorial expression of Pcdhgs by maturing pyramidal cells, the study further substantiates the 'single neuron combinatorial code for cPcdhs' model. Although combinatorial expression is not universal (ie. serotonergic neurons), there was limited evidence. The findings that individual pyramidal neurons express ~1-3 variable Pcdhg transcripts plus the Ctype transcripts aligns with single RT-PCR studies of single Purkinje cells (Esumi et al 2005; Toyoda et al 2014). They differ from the findings by Lv et al 2022, where C-type expression was lower among pyramidal neurons. OSNs also do not substantially express C-type isoforms (Mountoufaris et al 2017; Kiefer et al 2023). Differences, and the advantages of the 5'end -directed sequencing (vs. SmartSeq) could be raised in the discussion.

      • Simultaneous whole-cell recordings and pairwise comparisons of pyramidal neurons is a technically outstanding approach. They assess the effects of Pcdhg OE isoform on the probability of paired connections.

      • The connectivity assay between nearby pairs proved to be sensitive to quantify differences in probability in Pcdhg-cKO and overexpression mutants. The comparisons of connectivity across vertical vs lateral arrangement are also strengths. Overexpressing identical Pcdhg isoform (whether 1 or 6) reduces the probability of connectivity, but there are caveats to the interpretations (see below).

      Weaknesses:

      n earby pairs but are not sufficient evidence for synapse specificity. The cPcdhs play multiple roles in neurite arborization, synaptic density, and cell positioning. Kostadinov 2015 also showed that starburst cells lacking the Pcdhgs maintained increased % connectivity at maturity, suggesting a lack of refinement in the absence of Pcdhgs. The known roles raise questions on how these manipulations might have primary effects in these processes and then subsequently impact the probability of connectivity. Investigations of morphological aspects of pyramidal development would strengthen the study and potentially refine the findings. The authors should more clearly relate their findings to the body of cPcdh studies in the discussion.

      Previous studies revealed the adverse effects of γ-PCDHs on dendritic spines, demonstrating that their absence results in increased dendritic spines density, while overexpression leads to a reduction. In our study, we consistently observed that γ-PCDHs exert a negative influence on synaptic connectivity. This consistency strengthens the overall body of evidence in support of the role of γ-PCDHs in synaptic connectivity and dendritic spine regulation. While we have previously mentioned this point in our discussion to highlight the concordance between our findings and prior research, your input is greatly appreciated in reinforcing the scientific context of our work.

      • Pcdhg cKO-dependent effects on connectivity occur between closely spaced soma (50-100um - Figure 2E), highlighting the importance of spatial arrangement to connectivity (also noted by Tarusawa 2016). Was distance considered for the overexpression (OE) assays, and did the authors note changes in cell distribution which might diminish the connectivity? Recent work by Lv et al 2022 reported that manipulating Pcdhgs influences the dispersion of clonally-related pyramidal neurons, which also impacts the likelihood of connections. Overexpression of Pcdhgc3 increased cell dispersion and decreased the rate of connectivity between pairs. Though these papers are mentioned, they should be discussed in more detail and related to this work.

      Our data indicated that variable γ-PCDH isoforms primarily influence synaptic connectivity in neuronal pairs within the 50-150 micrometer range. Notably, as the distance between neurons increases, we observed a corresponding reduction in synaptic connectivity, as illustrated in Figure 2E. We have also included additional discussion regarding potential variances among different C-type isoforms.

      • Though the authors added suggested citations and improved the contextualization of the study, several statements do not accurately represent the cited literature. It is at the expense of crystalizing the novelty and importance of this present work. For instance, Garrett et al 2012 PMID: 22542181 was the first to describe roles for Pcdhgs in cortical pyramidal cells and dendrite arborization, and that pyramidal cell migration and survival are intact. Line 52 cited Wang et al 2002, but this was limited to gross inspection. Garrett et al is the correct citation for: 'The absence of γ-PCDH does not cause general abnormality in the development of the cerebral cortex, such as cell differentiation, migration, and survival (Wang et al., 2002).' Second, single cell cPcdh diversity is introduced very generally, as though all neuron types are expected to show combinatorial variable expression with ubiquitous C-Type expression. But those initial studies were limited to Purkinje cells (Esumi 2005 and Toyoda 2014). Profiling of serotonergic neurons and OSN reveals different patterns (citations needed for Chen 2017 PMID: 28450636; Mountofaris et al PMID: 2845063; Canzio 2023 PMID: 37347873), raising the idea that cPcdh diversity and ubiquitous Ctype expression is not universal. Thus, the authors missed the opportunity to emphasize the gap regarding cPcdh diversity in the cortex.

      We would like to extend our gratitude to the reviewer for pointing out the citation related to the roles of γ-PCDHs in the neocortex. After a thorough review of both papers, Wang et al., 2002 and Garrett et al., 2012, we concur that it would be more appropriate to cite both of these papers here. Your suggestion to underscore the diverse expression patterns of γPCDHs in neocortical neurons is well-received, and we have integrated this aspect of our findings with previous observations into a new paragraph within the discussion section. Your insights have greatly enriched the depth of our paper, and we genuinely appreciate your contribution.

      • They have not shown rigorously and statistically that the rate of connectivity changes with% isoform matching. In Figure 4D, comparisons of % isoform matching in OE assays show a single statistical comparison between the control and 100% groups, but not between the 0%, 11% and 33% groups. Is there a significant difference between the other groups? Significant differences are claimed in the results section, but statistical tests are not provided. The regression analysis in 4E suggests a correlation between % isoform similarity and connectivity probability, but this is not sound as it is based on a mere 4 data points from 4D. The authors previously explained that they cannot evaluate the variance in these recordings as they must pool data together. However, there should be some treatment of variability, especially given the low baseline rate of connectivity. Or at the very least, they should acknowledge the limitations that prevent them from assessing this relationship. Claims in lines 230+ are not supported: ' Overall, our findings demonstrate a negative correlation between the probability of forming synaptic connections and the similarity level of γPCDH isoforms expressed in neuron pairs (Fig. 4E)".

      We employed a bootstrap method to estimate the potential variance in the analysis presented in Fig. 4E. It's important to note that due to methodological limitations, a comprehensive assessment of variance based solely on recordings from a single animal is challenging. As such, we have adjusted our claims to be more aligned with our observations.

      • Figure 4 provides connectivity probability, but this result might be affected by overall synapse density. Did connection probability change with directionality (e.g between red to green cells, or green to red cells).

      As suggested by the reviewer, we have conducted an analysis to assess the directionality of connections under different conditions. This analysis involved comparing the directionalities of connections following the overexpression of six variable isoforms, as depicted in Fig. 3E. Upon examining 33 connected OE-Ctrl pairs following the electroporation of these 6 isoforms, we observed 3 pairs with bidirectional connections, 19 pairs with connections from OE to Ctrl, and 11 with connections from Ctrl to OE. To assess the statistical significance of these observations, we applied a Chi-square test. The results from this analysis indicated that there was no significant difference in the directionality of connections. These findings offer further support for the idea that overexpressing multiple γ-PCDH isoforms within a single neuron might not be sufficient to alter its connections with other neurons.

      • Generally, the statistical approaches were not sufficiently described in the methods nor in the figure legends, making it difficult to assess the findings. They do not report on how they calculated FDR for connectivity data, when this is typically used for larger multivariate datasets.

      We employed the False Discovery Rate (FDR) correction, specifically the BenjaminiHochberg method, to determine which values remained statistically significant. This method is widely accepted and involves inputting all the p-values and the total number, 'n.' Additional details about this correction are now provided in the Method section for clarity.

      • The possibility that the OE effects are driven by total Pcdhg levels, rather isoform matching, should be examined. As shown by qRT-PCR in Fig. 3, expression of individual isoforms can vary. It is reasonable that protein levels cannot be measured by IHC, although epitope tags could be considered as C-terminal tagging of cPcdhs preserves the function in mice (see Lefebvre 2008). Quantification of constant Pcdhg RNA levels by qRT-PCR or sc-RT-PCR would directly address the potential caveat that OE levels vary with isoform combinations.

      Through a series of multiple whole-cell recordings, we examined neuronal pairs within the 0% group, where both neurons exhibited overexpression of different combinations of γPCDH isoforms. What we discovered is that the connectivity level within pairs of neurons where both neurons overexpressed γ-PCDH isoforms, pairs with only one neuron overexpressing these isoforms, and pairs with two control neurons (lacking overexpression) was remarkably similar. However, as we incrementally raised the similarity level between the recorded neurons by increasing the overlap in the combinatorial expression of γ-PCDH isoforms, we observed a gradual decrease in the connectivity probability between these neurons. Notably, the connectivity probability reached its minimum when the recorded cells had the exact same combinatorial expression of γ-PCDH isoforms at the 100% similarity level. These findings suggest that the similarity level between neurons, rather than the absolute expression level of γ-PCDH isoforms, plays a critical role in affecting synapse formation.

      -A caveat for the relative plasmid expression quantifications in Figure 3-S1 is that IHC was used to amplify the RFP-tagged isoform, and thus does not likely preserve the relationship between quantities and detection.

      We attempted to enhance the mNeongreen signal, known for its exceptional signal-tonoise ratio, by utilizing the 32f6-100 antibody from Chromotek. However, our observations did not reveal any additional cells through immunostaining compared to the images obtained solely based on the mNeongreen signal. This indicates that the application of the available antibody did not yield a significant improvement in cell detection.<br /> It's important to emphasize that if the RFP signal is overvalued, it would result in an increase in both the "red only" and "red in total" categories. However, it's worth noting that the "red only" category is more sensitive to the outcome than the "red in total" category. Therefore, an overvaluation of the RFP signal would lead to an underestimation of the total estimated plasmid content in electroporated neurons. Consequently, this would result in a lower estimate for the proportion of co-expression cells rather than a higher estimate. We have updated the calculation method in the "Estimating the numbers of overexpressed γPCDH isoform" section to reflect these considerations.

      • Figure 1 didn't change in response to reviews to improve clarity. New panels relating to the scRNASeq analyses were added to supplementary data but many are central and should be included in Figure 1 (ie. S1-Fig6D). In the Results, the authors state that neuronal subpopulations generally show a combinatorial expression of some variable RNA isoforms and near ubiquitous C-type expression. But they only show data for the Layer 2/3 neuron-specific cluster in S1-Fig-6D, and so it is not clear if this pattern applies to other clusters. Fig. S1-5 show a low number of expressed isoforms per cell, but specific descriptions on whether these include C-type isoforms would be helpful. Figure 1F showing isoform profile in all neurons is not particularly meaningful. There is a lot of interest in neuron-type specific differences in cPcdh diversity, and the authors could highlight their data from S1-5 accordingly.

      In addition to the layer 2/3 cluster, we observed a diverse combinatorial expression of various variable γ-PCDH isoforms alongside nearly ubiquitous C-type expression in all other clusters of cells. We have now explicitly mentioned this observation in the main text. To underscore this point further, we have included a new figure, Fig. 1-S6, which provides information on the similarity analysis for all other clusters. It's important to note that the data in previous Fig. S1-5 (now renumbered as S1-7) were solely related to "variable" isoforms. We apologize for any confusion and have made this clarification by including it in the title of the figure.

      • The concept of co-occurrence and results should be explained within the results section, to more clearly relate this concept to data and interpretations. Explanations are now found in the methods, but this did not improve the clarity of this otherwise very interesting aspect of the study.

      Thanks for your suggestion. We have incorporated some of the explanations from the methods section into the main text t, mainly for the concept of “co-occurence”.

      • The claim that C-type Pcdhgs do not functionally influence connectivity is premature. Tests were limited to PcdhgC4, which has unique properties compared to the other 2 C-type isoforms (Garrett et al 2019 PMID: 31877124; Mancia et al PMID: 36778455). The text should be corrected to limit the conclusion to PcdhgC4, and not generally to C-type. The authors should test PcdhgC3 and PcdhgC5 isoforms.

      We have changed the claim for PcdhgC4, but not generally for C-type to better reflect our observation.

      • The group generated a novel conditional Pcdh-alpha mouse allele using CRISPR methods, and state that there were no changes in synaptic connectivity in these Pcdh-alpha mutants. But this claim is premature. The Southern blots validate the targeting of the allele. But further validations are required to establish that this floxed allele can be efficiently recombined, disrupting Pcdha protein levels and function. Pcdha alleles have been validated by western blots and by demonstration of the prominent serotonergic axonal phenotype of Pcdha-KO (ie. Chen 2017 PMID: 28450636; IngEsteves 2018 PMID: 29439167).

      We have obtained a new set of qRT-PCR data that confirms the decreased expression of α-PCDH in Pcdha CKO mice. These data have been integrated into Figure 2-S2D.

      • The Discussion would be strengthened by a deeper discussion of the findings to other cPcdh roles and studies, and of the limitations of the study. The idea that the Pcdhgs are influencing the rate of connectivity through a repulsion mechanism or synaptic formation (ie through negative interactions with synaptic organizers such as Nlgn - Molumby 2018, Steffen 2022) could be presented in a model, and supported by other literature.

      I would like to express my sincere appreciation to the reviewer for their invaluable comments and suggestions, which have led to extended discussions within our work. We have incorporated these suggestions into our paper to establish stronger connections between our observations and prior research findings.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) In Figure S6, the authors measured Euclidean distance from the single cell data to take account of the isoform expression levels in explaining diversity. However, it is hard to interpret the data without any control. The authors could measure the same value from a shuffled /randomized dataset for comparison (similarly to Fig 1F).

      We understand the reviewer's concern about the significance of the Euclidean distance analysis without an appropriate control. The inclusion of the Euclidean distance metric was initially a response to suggestions from other reviewers who recommended incorporating diverse methods for analyzing expression patterns among neurons.

      In response to your valuable feedback, we have taken measures to address these concerns. We have introduced shuffled data for comparison, thus enhancing the meaningful context for interpreting the results derived from the Euclidean distance analysis.

      2) The authors need to clarify which cortical regions were used for electrophysiological experiments.

      Apologies for any confusion. To clarify, all recordings were conducted on neurons located in layer 2/3 of the neocortex without further discrimination. We have reinstated this information in both the main text and the methods section to ensure its clarity.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      There are still some issues that must be addressed.

      1) The references to gamma protocadherin repulsion are not correct in context. A repulsive role of homophilic interaction has been inferred from certain knockout phenotypes in a subset of neurons (not in cortical neurons). However, repulsion has never been shown to follow gamma protocadherin engagement. The authors present no new evidence that their results are attributable to cellular repulsion at nascent synaptic contacts. The mechanism is unknown. The references to repulsion to explain their results should make it clear that this is one possible explanation, but it is not shown. Also some references in the text are not correct. For example, line 63/64: the results of Molumby and Steffen are not involving homophilic adhesion or repulsion, but rather a cis interaction with neuroligins. Those papers should not be discussed as involving repulsion as in the reference to Lefebvre 2012. Also line 268/269 "Together with previous findings (Molumby,,,Tarusawa), our observations solidify repulsion effect of g-PCDH on synapse formation. . .". This is not the case. Neither Molumby nor Tarusawa demonstrated any such repulsion.

      Thank you to the reviewer for pointing out the errors in our citations. We have made the necessary corrections to the citations and have also refined the descriptions of our observations to improve clarity and accuracy.

      2) The discussion of the results when C4 is overexpressed must also be greatly toned down. C4 is a strange C-type protein--it cannot get to the cell surface alone but relies on other cPCDHs for this, and its primary role is in preventing cell death. It is odd that the authors used this isoform to represent C-types. They should have used C3, which two recent papers showed have specific roles at some synapses (Meltzer et al 2023, Ginty lab) and in dendrite branching (Steffen et al 2023, Weiner lab) , or C5. It is entirely possible that just C4 has no role in synaptic matching--but C3 and C5 might. They should not conclude that the C-types have no such role and only A and B types do. That must be toned down (e.g., line 198/199, line 281).

      We acknowledge that using C4 to represent all three C-types (C3, C4, and C5) is not accurate. We have now modified the statement in the main text to rectify this.

      3) For the citation of Pcdhg flox/flox mice (line 126), Prasad et al., Development, 2008, Weiner lab, should also be cited as it fully characterized that line that was also used in Lefebvre et al 2008. They were co-published.

      Thank you for highlighting the missing citation, and we have now included it in the relevant section.

      4) the Pcdh alpha KO Mouse characterization is still insufficient. The authors must show that alpha expression is gone following introduction of Cre, either by RT-PCR using alpha constant domain primers, or an alpha antibody on Western. blot. The southern and off-target sequencing do not confirm that all alpha gene expression is gone.

      Thank you for your feedback. We have conducted the qRT-PCR analysis as per your suggestion. The results clearly indicate a substantial reduction in α-PCDH expression within the neocortex of Pcdha cKO mice. We have thoughtfully incorporated this data into the manuscript, and it is visually represented in the new panel of Figure 2-S2D. Your valuable input has contributed to enhancing the quality of our work, and we sincerely appreciate the opportunity to address this important aspect.

      5) I do not understand something in Figure 4-S1A. Why with 0% matching is synaptic connectivity so low? This is not the same as in Figure 3E. This has to be explained because it does suggest that overexpression of ANY isoforms can inhibit synapse formation, which is consistent with Molumby 2017, even though this paper says it is not just the levels but the isoform specificity.

      The panel of Fig.4-S1A illustrates the connection rate between neurons with the same color (icons in upper left), representing cells that express the same combination of γ-PCDHs (100% of similarity). The X-axis (0%, 11%, 33%, and 100%) reflects the similarity level between the 2 populations of cells (GFP and RFP).

      6) There are still issues with the English grammar in the paper. It is not too bad in the main text but someone should re-edit it. However, the figure legends are indeed much worse and truly must be edited professionally before they are acceptable.

      We apologize for our English writings in the paper. We have now polished most part of the manuscript, especially the parts for figure legends.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      • This study has many strengths and innovative findings. Most comments above included suggestions to strengthen the paper. The overall message that Pcdhgs influence the rate of synaptic connectivity between nearby cells is compelling. How this Pcdhg-isoform-dependent process could influence synaptic specificity can be explored in a model in the discussion. But this study did not test a role in 'synaptic specificity'; this term should be removed from the title and line 81 in the intro.

      Thank you for your invaluable comments aimed at improving our paper. Regarding the title, we believe that "synaptic connectivity" might be a more suitable choice than "synaptic specificity." However, we're open to considering other alternatives as well.

      • The manuscript and overall quality of the science will be improved by removing those sections that are not adequately investigated (ie.Pcdh-a cKO; PcdhgC4 is assessed but findings can't be extended to other C-type isoforms) and by outlining limitations of the study.

      We have modified the related claim mentioned in the main text.

      • The studies negatively correlating between isoform matching and connectivity are not robust. Additional approaches are needed if the authors want to make this claim.

      In Figure 4E, we have implemented a bootstrapping method. Bootstrapping is a statistical technique falling under the broader category of resampling methods. It involves random sampling from the observed data with replacement, enabling the calculation of standard errors, confidence intervals, and supporting hypothesis testing.

      • Statistical approaches should be described in methods, figure legends.

      More information about statistical approaches has been added in the figure legends.

      • The discussion should elaborate on the limitations of the study, and relate to other studies, including Lv et al 2022.

      We have added more discussion to relate our observations to previous findings.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer 1

      R1.1) Although very robust and capable of handling several situations, the researcher has to keep in mind that processing has to follow some basic rules in order for this pipeline to work properly. For instance, fiducials and scales need to be included in the photograph, and the slabs must be photographed against a contrasting background.

      Our pipeline does indeed have some prerequisites in terms of data acquisition – at the very least, a ruler must be present in the photographs. A contrasting background is not strictly needed, but does definitely facilitate segmentation. We have edited the Introduction and Discussion to emphasize these prerequisites.

      R1.2) Also, only coronal slices can be used, which can be limiting for certain situations.

      While the 3D reconstruction based on Eq. 1 is quite general, the segmentation is indeed tailored to coronal slices of the cerebrum. As explained in the paper, this orientation is standard when slicing the cerebrum, but axial or sagittal slicing may also be of interest – particularly when dissecting the brainstem or cerebellum. We acknowledge this limitation in the Discussion of the revised manuscript.

      R1.3) In the future, segmentation of the histological slices could be developed and histological structures added (such as small brainstem nuclei, for instance). Also, dealing with axial and sagittal planes can be useful to some labs.

      While outside the scope of this paper, these are good ideas for future directions, and are considered in the Discussion of the revised version.

      Reviewer 2

      R2.1) The current method could only perform accurate segmentation on subcortical tissues. It is of more interest to accurately segment cortical tissues, whose morphometrics are more predictive of neuropathology. The authors also mentioned that they would extend the toolset to allow for cortical tissue segmentation in the future.

      We agree with the reviewer that cortical parcellation has high value. We have included a new option in Photo-SynthSeg to parcellate the cortex using a machine learning block already existing in SynthSeg 2.0 (Billot et al, PNAS, 2023); see example in Figure 2 of the revised manuscript. This parcellation is volumetric; more accurate methods based on surfaces are out of the scope of this article and remain as future work. The manuscript has been edited to reflect these changes.

      R2.2) Brain tissues are not rigid bodies, so dissected slices could be stretched or squeezed to some extent. Also, dissected slices that contain temporal poles may have several disjoined tissues. Therefore, each pixel in dissected photographs may go through slightly diFerent transformations. The authors constrain that all pixels in each dissected photograph go through the same aFine transform in the reconstruction step probably due to concerns of computational complexity. But ideally, dissected photographs should be transformed with some non-linear warping or locally linear transformations. Or maybe the authors could advise how to place diFerent parts of dissected slices when taking dissection photographs to reduce such non-linearity of transforms.

      The reviewer is totally right. The problem with nonlinear warps is that, albeit trivial to implement, they compromise the robustness of the registration pipeline. This is because the nonlinear model introduces huge ambiguity in the space of solutions: for example, if one adds identical small nonlinear deformations to every slice, the objective function barely changes. The revised manuscript: (i) more thoroughly discussed this limitation; (ii) discusses nonlinear models for 3D reconstruction as future work; and (iii) makes recommendation about the tissue placement to minimize errors around the temporal pole.

      R2.3) For the quantitative evaluation of the segmentation on UW-ARDC, the authors calculated 2D Dice scores on a single slice for each subject. Could the authors specify how this single slice is chosen for each subject? Is it randomly chosen or determined by some landmarks? It's possible that the chosen slice is between dissected slices so SAMSEG cannot segment accurately.

      The slice is chosen to be close to the mid-coronal plane, while maximizing visibility of subcortical structures. The chosen slice is always a “real” dissected slice (rather than a digital “virtual” slice) and cannot be located in a gap between slices. This is clarified in the Quantitative Evaluation section of the revised manuscript.

      R2.4) Also from Figure 3, it seems that SAMSEG outperforms Photo-SynthSeg on large tissues, WM/Cortex/Ventricle. Is there an explanation for this observation?

      Since we use a single central coronal slice when computing Dice, SAMSEG yields very high Dice scores for large structures with strong contrast (e.g., the lateral ventricles). However, Photo-SynthSeg provides better results across the board, particularly when considering 3D analysis (see Figure 2 and results on volume correlations). We have added a comment on this issue to the revised manuscript.

      R2.5) In the third experiment, quantitative evaluation of 3D reconstruction, each digital slice went through random aFine transformations and illumination fields only. However, it's better to deform digital slices using random non-linear warping due to the non-rigidity of the brain as mentioned in R2.2. So, the reconstruction errors estimated here are quite optimistic. It would be more realistic if digital slices were deformed using random nonlinear warping.

      We agree with the reviewer and, as we acknowledge in the manuscript, the validation of the reconstruction error with synthetic data is indeed optimistic. The problem with adding nonlinear warps is that the results will depend heavily on the strength of the simulated deformation. We keep the warps linear as we believe that the value of this experiment lies in the trends that the errors reflect, as a function of slice thickness and its variability (“jitter”). This has been clarified in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer 2 (recommendations for the authors)

      AR2.1) In the abstract, the authors mentioned that the segmentations of the 3D reconstructed stack deal with 11 brain regions, however, in most sections, only 9 tissue masks were compared, such as in Table 1, 2, and Figure 3. Also in the supplementary video, there are only 10 rendered tissues. So, what are these 11 regions? Is the background nonbrain region also counted as a region? And how these 11 regions were derived from the original 36 annotated tissues in T1-39?

      We particularly thank the reviewer for noticing this.

      The 11 regions are white matter, cortex, ventricle, thalamus, caudate, putamen, pallidum, hippocampus, amygdala, accumbens area, and ventral diencephalon. These are all bilateral labels, i.e., 22 regions in total. The original 36 labels include these 22 and: four labels for the cerebellum (left and right cortex and white matter); the brainstem; five labels for cerebrospinal fluid regions that we do not consider; the left and right choroid plexus; and two labels for white matter hypo intensities in the left and right hemisphere.

      As in many other papers, we leave “ventral diencephalon” and “accumbens area” out of the validation as they are not very well defined.

      We note that all regions except the accumbens are visible in Figure 1d. The ventral diencephalon is easy to miss as only a small portion of it is visible (when picking a slice, one needs to compromise in terms of how much of each structure is visible). Moreover, it has a very similar color to the cortex in the FreeSurfer convention (see picture below).

      Author response image 1.

      The accumbens is visible at 1m45s in the, segmented in orange (see capture below).

      Author response image 2.

      We have clarified these issues in the reviewed version of the manuscript.

      RA2.2) In Figure 1(f), why are the hippocampal volumes of confirmed AD subjects larger than those of the healthy controls? Is this a typo or is there any explanation for this?

      Yes, it is a typo. Again, thank you very much for noticing this.

      RA2.3) Typo on P3, "sex and gender were corrected" should be "age and gender were corrected".

      This has been corrected in the revised version.

      RA2.4) In the MADRC dataset, the authors mentioned that there are 18 full brains and 58 hemispheres, however, the total data size is 78. Is this a typo?

      Yes, it is. It has been corrected in the revised version.

      RA2.5) Comparing the binary masks in Figure 5(d) and the photographs in Figure 5(c), some tissues below the ventricles with high intensities are also removed from masks. Is this done by manual editing? If so, how long does it usually take to edit a clean mask for each subject?

      We used a combination of thresholding, morphological operations (erosion/dilation), and minor manual edits when needed – particularly to remove chunks of pial surface when they are visible, in the most anterior slices. The average is a couple of minutes per photograph. In the future, we plan to use these manually curated images to train a supervised convolutional neural network to perform the task automatically. These details are provided in the revised manuscript.

      RA2.6) In the method of 3d reconstruction, there are four weights for the optimization function. How did the authors determine such weights and do these weights have some impact on the reconstruction performance?

      The parameters were set by visual inspection of the output on a small pilot dataset, and do not have a strong impact on the reconstruction. The crucial aspect is to increase 𝜈 (the affine regularizer) and decrease 𝛼 (compliance with the external reference) when using a soft reference. These details have been added to the revised version.

      RA2.7) Finally for the deep learning-based segmentation, a U-Net was trained on GMM generated single-channel intensity synthetic images while the dissected photographs are color images with three channels. So, did the authors only input the grayscale photographs to the segmentation network? Are there any other preprocessing steps for color photographs, such as normalization? Is it possible to use GMM to generate color images as training data to better suit dissection photography?

      We did try simulating three channels during training, but the performance was actually worse than when simulating one channel and converting the RGB input to grayscale. This information has been added to the revised version.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the reviewers for their time and insightful and constructive comments. We are pleased that reviewers found this study “opens the way for novel future work” and the findings “interesting”. We have experimentally addressed the points raised by the reviewers and have substantially revised the manuscript by modifying 30 figures panels. The reviewers’ points are specifically addressed below.

      1) The authors concluded that an accumulation of Ly6Clo monocytes occurred in the Rbpjfl/fl Lyz2cre/cre mouse by examining the percentage of cells among CD45+ cells in Figure 1. It would be helpful if the authors could give an account of the total cell count numbers of monocyte subsets per ml of blood and in the bone marrow to give the readers a better idea of the extent of increase as cell percentages among CD45+ cells may be influenced by the number of other immune subsets.

      We thank the reviewer for raising these points. In this research, we crossed Rbpjfl/fl mice with Lyz2-Cre mice carrying the Cre recombinase inserted in the Lysozyme-M (Lyz2) gene locus results in the selective deletion of RBP-J in myeloid cells, such as monocytes, macrophages and granulocytes. We then proceeded to examine the neutrophil levels in the bone marrow and blood. The percentage of neutrophils observed was found to be similar to that of control mice, which was in line with the findings reported in the literature (Metzemaekers et al. 2020). Furthermore, the proportion of Ly6Chi monocytes in RBP-J deficient mice was found to be similar to that of control mice, which is consistent with the literature (Ginhoux et al. 2014). Based on these results, we thought that the changes observed in the proportion of Ly6Clo monocytes could reliably indicate the alterations occurring in Ly6Clo monocytes within the Rbpjfl/flLyz2cre/cre mice.

      2) The authors demonstrated no significant differences in bone marrow progenitor and monocyte numbers, therefore concluding that monocyte egress from the bone marrow did not contribute to the increase in Ly6Clo monocyte numbers in the blood (Figure 1B-D). As it is unclear what is the exact cell number increase in the blood, the changes in bone marrow monocyte numbers might be too small to be reflected in their percentage calculations. In light that CCR2 was also found to play a role in Ly6Clo monocyte homeostasis in Rbpjfl/fl Lyz2cre/cre mice, could the authors demonstrate if Rbpj-deficient Ly6Clo monocytes might be more responsive to CCL2 through transwell experiments? This would also provide readers a more in-depth mechanism of how an increase in CCR2 on Rbpj-deficient Ly6Clo monocytes leads to their accumulation in the periphery.

      The experimental results regarding the proportion of monocytes and precursor cells in the bone marrow were derived from multiple experiments. The data obtained from individual experiments as well as the final integrated data did not reveal significant differences between the control mice and Rbpjfl/flLyz2cre/cre mice. Therefore, we believed that even if there were small changes in cell numbers, these differences could still be reflected through alterations in their proportions. We attempted transwell experiments, but unfortunately, they were not technically successful. Nearly all sorted Ly6Clo monocytes attached to the transwell membrane, making it challenging to draw a conclusion regarding the responsiveness of RBP-J deficient Ly6Clo monocytes to CCL2.

      3) In the parabiosis experiment conducted in Figure 3C-E, the authors provide conclusive evidence that the accumulation of Rbpj-deficient Ly6Clo monocytes was cell intrinsic as Rbpj-deficient Ly6Clo monocytes continued to accumulate in the blood of control counterparts. Monocytes have also been shown to accumulate in the spleen and re-enter or home back to the bone marrow. Assessing if there is a change in monocyte homing abilities in Rbpj-deficient Ly6Clo monocytes by examining their numbers in the spleen and bone marrow of control parabiotic mice would substantiate their claims that the defect was cell intrinsic and provide further understanding for the readers of why Rbpj-deficient Ly6Clo monocytes accumulate in the blood.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing out this interesting point. We also analyzed the proportions of GFP- Ly6Chi monocytes and Ly6Clo monocytes in the bone marrow of parabiotic mice. The experimental results revealed that there were no significant differences in the proportion of GFP- monocytes between the control mice and the KO animals (see the figure A below). We also detected the expression of CXCR4 in bone marrow Ly6Clo monocytes. Rbpjfl/flLyz2cre/cre mice exhibited normal expression of CXCR4 (see Author response image 1 below), which participates in the homing of classical and nonclassical monocytes to bone marrow and spleen monocyte reservoirs (Chong et al. 2016). The homing abilities of RBP-J deficient Ly6Clo monocytes may not have changed.

      Author response image 1.

      4) Authors should provide cell counts for Figure 5B to demonstrate the extent CCR2 depletion affects the number of Ly6Clo monocytes in Rbpjfl/fl Lyz2cre/cre mice as explained in point 1.

      As mentioned before, we believed that the proportion of circulating monocytes could, to some extent, provide evidence of the impact of CCR2 deficiency on Ly6Clo monocytes.

      Reviewer #2

      1) The confirmation of knockout in supplemental figure 1A shows only a two third knockdown when this should be almost totally gone. Perhaps poor primer design, cell sorting error or low Cre penetrance is to blame, but this is below the standard one would expect from a knockout.

      Kang et al (PMID: 31944217) evaluated the knockout efficiency of Rbpj in sorted colonic macrophages of Rbp-jfl/flLyz2cre/cre mice using qPCR and immunoblotting. The qPCR result indicated a two-third knockdown, while the immunoblotting results demonstrated efficient deletion of RBP-J protein in Rbp-jfl/flLyz2cre/cre mice. As pointed out by the reviewer, the observed two-third knockdown, which is lower than the expected complete knockout, may be attributed to primer design.

      2) Many figures (e.g. 1A) only show proportional data (%) when the addition of cell numbers would also be informative

      We appreciate the reviewer for bringing up these points. Indeed, multiple articles studying monocytes only show changes in cell proportions. As mentioned above, we believed that analyzing the proportion of circulating monocytes could offer valuable evidence of the influence of RBP-J deficiency on Ly6Clo monocytes.

      3) Many figures only have an n of 1 or 2 (e.g. 2B, 2C)

      Here, we employed annexin V (AnnV) and propidium iodide (PI) staining to evaluate apoptosis and cell death in Ly6Chi and Ly6Clo blood monocytes from control and RBPJ deficient mice. The results showed no significant difference in the levels of apoptosis and cell death between the two groups (see Author response image 2 below). The statistical data for Ki-67 expression obtained from multiple experiments, and the expression of Ki-67 showed no significant difference between the control and RBP-J deficient mice (see the figure B below). In Figure 2C, each dot represents 2-3 mice, and there were no differences observed between control and RBP-J deficient mice at multiple time points during the repeated measurements.

      Author response image 2.

      4) Sometimes strong statements were based on the lack of statistical significance, when more n number could have changed the interpretation (e.g. 2G, 3E)

      We have derived the corresponding conclusions based on the observed experimental results.

      5) There is incomplete analysis (e.g. Network analysis) and interpretation of RNAsequencing results (figure 4), the difference between the genotypes in both monocyte subsets would provide a more complete picture and potentially reveal mechanisms

      We thank the reviewer for bringing out this point. We agreed that a more comprehensive analysis, including a comparison between the genotypes in both monocyte subsets, would provide a deeper understanding and potentially uncover underlying mechanisms. Having observed alterations in blood Ly6Clo monocytes in RBP-J deficient mice, our primary focus had been on analyzing the differentially expressed genes within this subset of monocytes to gain further insights into its specific characteristics and behavior. We also uploaded sequencing data sets in the Genome Expression Omnibus with assigned accession numbers GSE208772 to facilitate interested researchers in accessing and downloading the data.

      6) The experiments in Figures 5 and 7 are missing a control (Lyz2cre/cre Ccr2RFP/RFP or the Rbpj+/+ versions) and may have been misinterpreted. For example if the control (RBP-J WT, CCR2 KO) was used then it would almost certainly show falling Ly6C low numbers compared to RBP-J WT CCR2 WT, but RBP-J KO CCR2 KO would still have more Ly6c low monocytes than RBP-J WT, CCR2 KO - meaning that the RBP-J function is independent of CCR2. I.e. Ly6c low numbers are mostly dependent on CCR2 but this is irrespective of RBP-J.

      The diminished Ly6Clo monocytes in Rbpjfl/flLyz2cre/creCcr2RFP/RFP (DKO) mice can be divided into two distinct subpopulations: one portion originates from Ly6Chi monocytes, while the other comprises Ly6Clo monocytes characterized by heightened CCR2 expression. The Ly6Clo monocytes that remain in DKO mice exhibit CCR2 expression levels within the normal range when compared to Lyz2cre/cre mice, but lower levels compared to RBP-J deficient mice (Figure 5A). These findings suggest that RBP-J exerts regulatory influence over Ly6Clo monocytes, at least in part, through CCR2.

      7) Figure 6 was difficult to interpret because of the lack of shown gating strategy. This reviewer assumes that alveolar macrophages were gated out of analysis

      The gating strategy of lung interstitial macrophage in the manuscript Figure 6 was consistent with the published work (Schyns et al, cited in the manuscript). We also measured alveolar macrophages (AM) from control and RBP-J deficient mice bronchoalveolar lavage fluid. At the resting state, RBP-J deficient mice exhibited normal AM frequency and number (see Author response image 3 below).

      Author response image 3.

      8) The statements around Figure 7 are not completely supported by the evidence, i) a significant proportion of CD16.2+ cells were CCR2 independent and therefore potentially not all recently derived from monocytes, and ii) there is nothing to suggest that the source was not Ly6C high monocytes that differentiated - the manuscript in general seems to miss the point that the source of the Ly6C low cells is almost certainly the Ly6C high monocytes - which further emphasises the importance of both cells in the sequencing analysis

      Schyns et al and Sabatel at al showed that the numbers of IM and CD16.2+ were similar in Ccr2 sufficient and Ccr2-/- mice, demonstrating that CD16.2+ cells were Ccr2 independent. The number of CD16.2+ cells was significantly reduced in Rbpjfl/flLyz2cre/creCcr2RFP/RFP mice as compared to Rbpjfl/flLyz2cre/cre mice, in line with decreased number of lung Ly6Clo monocytes and blood Ly6Clo monocytes, showing that CD16.2+ cells depended on Ccr2 for their presence in Rbpjfl/flLyz2cre/cre mice.

      9) The authors did not refer to or cite a similar 2020 study that also investigated myeloid deletion of Rbpj (Qin et al. 2020 - https://doi.org/10.1096/fj.201903086RR). Qin et al identified that Ly6Clo alveolar macrophages were decreased in this model - it is intriguing to synthesise these two studies and hypothesise that the ly6c low monocytes steal the lung niche, but this was not discussed

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this study to our attention. According to their findings, myeloid-specific RBP-J deficiency resulted in a decrease in Ly6CloCD11bhi alveolar macrophages but an increase in Ly6CloCD11blo alveolar macrophages after bleomycin treatment, while the total number of alveolar macrophages showed no significant difference. These results suggest that RBP-J may play a role in regulating the balance between these specific alveolar macrophage subsets in response to bleomycin-induced injury, without affecting the overall population of alveolar macrophages. This may be different from what we observe in interstitial macrophages under resting conditions.

      Reviewer #3

      1) It is curious that the authors do not see the increase in circulating monocytes reflected in the spleen however, the n-number is 2. Increasing the n-number would enable the author to understand the data which is not interpretable at the moment. There are multiple other places in which a low n-number makes it hard to fully understand the biology (eg Figure 2C&E)

      Although we only counted the number of splenic monocyte subsets in two mice, the proportion of splenic monocyte subsets was calculated based on additional quantity of mice in our study.

      2) Given that Ly6Clow monocytes are thought to be longer lived than Ly6C+ and there is still considerable labelling of Ly6Clow monocytes at the end of the 96 hours analysed in the EdU experiment, it is not possible to determine from the data here whether RBPJ deficiency increases life span. Could it be that differences in %EdU+ cells would only be seen at later time points? If the timeline was extended, could it be that differences in %EdU+ become apparent

      Based on the latex bead experiment, we observed that the presence of latex+ Ly6Clo monocytes at 7 days in control and RBP-J deficient mice did not differ, indicating that the lifespan of Ly6Clo monocytes did not increase.

      3) Similarly for the latex bead experiment. Given that there is only n=2 at the first time point and only ~30% of Ly6Clow monocytes are Latex+, it is very hard to conclusively claim that RBP-J does not influence monocyte survival or proliferation. An interesting experiment to assess whether RBP-J is increasing monocyte survival could be an adoptive transfer model in which Ly6Clow monocytes are injected into a congenic mouse and tracked over time.

      In RBP-J deficient mice, there was an increase in the proportion of Ly6Clo monocytes. We hypothesized that this lower proportion of latex+ cells might make it easier to observe differences, but clearly, in our experiment, no differences were observed between control and RBP-J deficient mice.

      4) RNA-seq: Ccr2 and Itgax are not the top hits. The authors do not investigate the top hits which may provide very interesting insight into how RBP-J influences monocyte biology.

      We thank the reviewer for raising these points. We also analyzed some top changed genes. The top two gene in the downregulated gene list are Hes1 and Nrarp, which are regulated by the Notch pathway (Krebs et al 2001 and Radtke et al 2010). We tested blood monocytes, but the population of monocyte subsets displayed no differences between Hes1fl/flRbp-jfl/flLyz2cre/cre and Rbp-jfl/flLyz2cre/cre mice (data not shown). As shown in Figure 2- figure supplement 1A, expression of Nr4a1 showed no significant differences between control and RBP-J deficient mice. The top gene in the upregulated gene list is Erdr1, which has been reported to play a role in cellular survival (Soto et al 2017), while blood monocyte subsets in RBP-J deficient mice displayed normal survival.

      5) The PCA plot in figure 4C- it would be interesting to see where all the biological replicates fall.

      We agree with the reviewer’s assessment that observing the positions of all biological replicates on the PCA plot may indeed yield valuable insights. However, it is worth noting that the upregulated and downregulated genes also offer suggestive hints.

      6) Based on CCR2 expression and CD11c expression, monocytes from RBP-J deficient mice look more like Ly6C+ monocytes - could it be that RBP-J is increasing conversion from Ly6C+ monocytes to Ly6Clow? Or could it be that Ly6Clow monocytes are heterogeneous and RBP-J is increasing survival or conversion of one subtype of Ly6Clow monocytes but looking at all Ly6Clow monocytes together is masking this?

      Ly6Clo monocyte can be subdivided into different subpopulations depending on surface makers, such as CD43, MHC-II, CD11c and CCR2 (Jakubzick et al 2013 and Ginhoux et al. 2014). Carlin et al founded that a subset of blood Ly6Clow cells was independent of both Ccr2 and Nr4a1. As said by the reviewer, Ly6Clo monocytes are heterogeneous. Therefore, there is a possibility of altered survival in a certain group of Ly6Clo monocytes.

      7) The data presented here suggest that lung CD16.2+ interstitial macrophages are derived from Ly6Clow monocytes which are increased via CCR2. Although the data are suggestive, they are not conclusive, lineage tracing and CCR2 blockade or better, conditional CCR2 deficiency would help to strengthen the claim.

      Schyns et al showed that the number of CD16.2+ was similar in Ccr2 sufficient and Ccr2-/- mice, demonstrating that CD16.2+ cells were Ccr2 independent. While number of CD16.2+ cells was significantly reduced in Rbpjfl/flLyz2cre/creCcr2RFP/RFP mice as compared to Rbpjfl/flLyz2cre/cre mice, in line with decreased number of lung Ly6Clo monocytes and blood Ly6Clo monocytes. Moreover, the turnover of lung Ly6Chi and Ly6Clo monocytes was normal. These results implicated that CD16.2+ cells depended on Ccr2 for their presence in Rbpjfl/flLyz2cre/cre mice.

      8) The figures could do with more headings/ more detailed legends to help the reader, for example including what is BM, what is blood, what is spleen. Figure 2E needs the days labelled on or above the histograms.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We have now added additional detailed legends to the figure.

      9) Gating strategies should be included to help the reader understand which cells you are looking at, especially for Figure 6&7.

      The gating strategy for Figures 6 and 7 followed the method reported in the literature, which included the identification of alveolar macrophages. Additionally, we labeled the markers for cell populations in the figure.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) Line 99-100 The authors claimed that IQCH is a novel IQ motif-containing protein, which is essential for spermiogenesis and fertilization. However, it is not clear if the currently published paper named an ancient testis-specific IQ motif containing H gene that regulates specific transcript isoform expression during spermatogenesis.

      Response: Thanks to the reviewer’s comment. Yes, IQCH is the ancient testis-specific IQ motif containing H gene. According to the reviewer’s suggestion, we have revised the statement “Here, we revealed a testis-specific IQ motif containing H gene, IQCH, which is essential for spermiogenesis and fertilization” in Introduction part of revised manuscript.

      2) Line 154-159 Immunofluorescence staining for the marker of the acrosome (peanut agglutinin: PNA) as well as the mitochondrial marker (Transcription Factor A, Mitochondrial: TFAM) was performed to confirm the deficiency of the acrosomes and mitochondria in the proband's spermatozoa. It seems that the spermatozoa acrosomes and mitochondria were severely defective in the proband. The authors should indicate IQCH's role in mitochondrial and acrosome function and IQCH's role in mitochondrial and acrosome function these points by explaining how IQCH is related to mitochondrial and acrosome deficiency. In addition to staining, other functional analyses should be performed to strengthen the claim of acrosome and mitochondrial defects.

      Response: We appreciate the reviewer's valuable suggestion. Indeed, in our study, the results of multiomics analysis on WT and Iqch KO testes, including LC-MS/MS analysis, proteomic analysis, and RNA-seq analysis, found a potential role of IQCH in mitochondrial and acrosome function. GO analysis of these analysis indicated a significant enrichment in mitochondrial and acrosomal functions, including acrosomal vesicle, acrosome assembly, vesicle fusion with Golgi apparatus, mitochondrion organization, mitochondrial matrix, and so on. Among the enriched molecules, in particular, HNRNPK mainly expresses at Golgi phase and Cap phase (Biggiogera et al. 1993). ANXA7 is a calcium-dependent phospholipid-binding protein that is a negative regulator of mitochondrial apoptosis (Du et al. 2015). Loss of SLC25A4 results in mitochondrial energy metabolism defects in mice (Graham et al. 1997). Furthermore, we confirmed that IQCH interacted with HNRNPK, ANXA7, and SLC25A4 through Co-IP, and exhibited downregulation in the sperm of the Iqch KO mice by immunofluorescence and western blotting. Moreover, IQCH can bind to HNRPAB, which could influence the mRNAs level of Catsper-family, such as Catsper1, Catsper2, and Catsper3, which are crucial for acrosome development (Jin ZR et al). In addition, we also detected HNRPAB binding to Dnhd1, which affects mitochondria development (Tan C et al). Therefore, in addition to staining, the other functional analyses also have provided the evidence of acrosome and mitochondrial defects caused by IQCH absence.

      3) Line 180-182 IQCH knockout mice were generated. It is not clear why Mut-IQCH mice were not generated to be consistent with the human sequencing data.

      Response: Thanks for reviewer’s comments. To understand IQCH's impact on fecundity in mice, we employed CRISPR-Cas9 to generate mice encoding the orthologous variant of IQCH387+1_387+10del detected in humans. Regrettably, due to sequence complexity, the designed sgRNA's specificity and efficiency were low, hindering successful Iqch knock-in mouse construction. Considering IQCH387+1_387+10del results in absent expression, we pursued Iqch knockout mice to explore IQCH's role in spermatogenesis.

      4) Line 241.Figure 5A Gene Ontology (GO) analysis of the IQCH-bound proteins revealed a particular enrichment in fertilization, sperm axoneme assembly, mitochondrial organization, calcium channel, and RNA processing. But these GO functions are not shown in Figure 5A. The entire Figure 5 should be revised to enhance readability.

      Response: We sincerely apologize for the oversight. These GO functions were indeed identified during the analysis of IQCH-bound proteins. Regrettably, we unintentionally omitted these GO functions when creating the plots. We have revised the plots in Figure 5 in revised manuscript to enhance readability.

      5) Line 242 "33 ribosomal proteins were identified (Fig. 5B), indicating that IQCH might be involved in protein synthesis". The authors should perform an analysis to support the claim of protein synthesis defects.

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s suggestions. Initially, we have supplemented Co-IP experiments to confirm the interaction between IQCH and three ribosomal proteins (RPL4, RPS3, and RPS7), chosen from a pool of 33 ribosomal proteins based on different protein scores (Figure R1). In addition, the proteomic analysis revealed 807 upregulated proteins and 1,186 downregulated proteins in KO mice compared to WT mice. We confirmed the key downregulated proteins by western blotting and immunofluorescence staining in the previous manuscript. These results indicated that IQCH might interact with ribosomal proteins to regulate protein expression. Naturally, the regulation of protein synthesis by IQCH requires further experiments for confirmation in future studies.

      Author response image 1.

      The interaction between IQCH and ribosomal proteins. Co-IP assays confirmed that IQCH interacted with RPL4, RPS3, and RPS7 in WT mouse sperm.

      6) Line 244 The authors mentioned too many GO functions without focus.

      Response: Following reviewer’s suggestions, we have simplified IQCH-associated GO functions in the revised manuscript.

      7) Figure 6, there are no negative controls in all co-IP experiments. Band sizes are not marked. Thus, all data can't be evaluated. This also raises concern about whether the LC-MS/MS experiment to identify IQCH interacting protein was well-controlled? All co-IP experiments were poorly designed to draw any conclusion.

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s comments. We have supplemented negative controls in all Co-IP experiments and provided band sizes in Figure 6 in revised manuscript.

      8) The authors mentioned that IQCH can bind to CaM. But they didn't detect CaM protein in Figure 5. Did the LC-MS/MS experiment really work?

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s comments. We detected the interaction of CaM protein with IQCH in the LC-MS/MS experiment analysis, which has been submitted as new Data S1 in the revised manuscript. We also confirmed their binding in mouse sperm by Co-IP experiment and immunofluorescence staining, which results were shown in Figure 6 and Figure S10 in the previous study.

      9) Figure 6D. Because IQCH is lost in Iqch KO sperm, what is the point of showing in the Co-IP assay that CaM does not bind to IQCH in Iqch KO sperm?

      Response: Following reviewer’s suggestions, we have deleted the results of Co-IP assay that CaM could not bind to IQCH in Iqch KO sperm.

      10) Figure 6E. The Co-IP assay does not support the authors' claim that the decreased expression of HNRPAB was due to the reduced binding of IQCH and CaM by the knockout of IQCH or CaM.

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s expert comments. Indeed, the results of Figure 6E confirmed the interaction of IQCH and CaM in K562 cells, and also showed that the expression of HNRPAB was reduced when IQCH or CaM was knocked down, suggesting that IQCH or CaM might regulate HNRPAB expression. While in Figure 6F, the downregulation of HNRPAB caused by knocking down IQCH (or CaM) cannot be rescued when overexpressed CaM (or IQCH), indicating that CaM (or IQCH) cannot mediate HNRPAB expression alone. Therefore, the reduced expression of HNRPAB in Figure 6E might result from the weakened interaction between IQCH and CaM, but not a superficial downregulation of IQCH or CaM expression. To avoid the confusion, we have modified the relevant description in the revied manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major comments:

      1) Lines 117 and 129: Please provide the reference number (NM_xxx.x) for the IQCH isoform that was used to interpret this variant. This is key information. Also, please provide the predicted truncation consequence caused by this splicing variant to IQCH protein.

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s suggestions. We have added reference number (NM_0010317152) of IQCH in manuscript. We employed splice site prediction tools, such as SpliceAI, RDDC, and varSEAK, to assess the expression consequences of this IQCH splicing variant. These tools couldn't anticipate the outcome of this splicing variant. However, the results of minigene splicing assay showed that the IQCH c.387+1_387+10del resulted in degradation of IQCH.

      2) Figure 1A: The deleted sequence indicated by the red box does not match IQCH c.387+1_387+10del. Please show a plot of the exon-intron boundary under the Sanger sequencing results of the WT allele.

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s suggestions. We are sorry for the use of non-standard descriptions about the results of Sanger sequencing. According to the HGVS nomenclature (Figure R2), we have modified the red box to match IQCH c.387+1_387+10del and have added the exon-intron boundary in Figure 1A accordingly.

      Author response image 2.

      HGVS nomenclature description of the IQCH variant. The picture showed a detailed HGVS nomenclature description of IQCH c.387+1_387+10del.

      Minor comments:

      a) Manuscript title: It is suggested to change the title to "IQCH regulates spermatogenesis by interacting with CaM to promote the expression of RNA-binding proteins".

      Response: According to reviewer’s suggestions, we have modified the title as “IQCH regulates spermatogenesis by interacting with CaM to promote the expression of RNA-binding proteins”.

      b) Line 116: Please introduce the abbreviation WES. Also, please introduce the other abbreviations (such as WT, SEM, TEM, etc.) the first time they appear.

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s suggestions. We have provided the full explanations for all abbreviations upon their initial appearance.

      c) Line 140, "Nonfunctional IQCH": Due to "the lack of IQCH expression" in Line 137, should "Nonfunctional IQCH" be changed into "IQCH deficiency"?

      Response: Thanks for reviewer’s the detailed review. We have modified this title in Results part of the revised manuscript as followed: “IQCH deficiency leads to sperm with cracked axoneme structures accompanied by defects in the acrosome and mitochondria”

      d) The information on the following references is incomplete: Sechi et al., Tian et al., Wang et al., and Xu et al. Please provide issue/page/article numbers.

      Response: We are sorry for our oversight. We have provided the missing issue/page/article numbers for the references.

      e) The title of Figure 1: Please emphasize that the male infertile-associated variant is "homozygous".

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s suggestions. We have revised the title of Figure 1 to emphasize the homozygous variant as follows: “Identification of a homozygous splicing mutation in IQCH in a consanguineous family with male infertility”.

      f) Table 1: Please provide the reference paper for the normal values. Response: We appreciate the reviewer's detailed checks. We have provided the reference paper for the normal values in Table 1.

      g) Figure 5F is distorted. Please make sure that it is a perfect circle.

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s suggestions. We have revised both the graphical representation and layout of Figure 5 in revised manuscript to make sure the readability.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      While the writing is generally clear, there are multiple examples of where the writing could be improved for clarity.

      1) While some terms are defined throughout the manuscript, many abbreviations are not defined upon their first mention, such as WES, RT-PCR, TYH, HTF, KSOM, KEGG, RIPA, PMSE, SDS-PAGE, H&L, and HRP.

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s suggestions. We have provided the full explanations for all abbreviations upon their initial appearance.

      2) On line 44, the claim that spermatogenesis is the "most complex biological process" is rather subjective and hard to support with concrete data.

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s suggestions. We have modified this description in the Introduction section as follow: “Spermatogenesis is one of the most complex biological process in male organisms and functions to produce mature spermatozoa from spermatogonia in three phases: (i) spermatocytogenesis (mitosis), (ii) meiosis, and (iii) spermiogenesis.”

      3) On line 54, I think the authors meant "heterogeneous," not "heterologous."

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s comment. We have changed “heterologous” into “heterogeneous”.

      4) On line 156, I think the authors meant "deficiency," not "deficient."

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s comment. We are sorry to make this mistake. We have made the correction in the revised version of the manuscript.

      5) On line 300, K562 cells are mentioned, but neither in the Methods nor the Results are any details about the biological origin of these cells (or rationale for their use other than co-expression of IQCH and CaM) provided.

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s suggestion. K562 cell line is a human leukemia cell line and is enriched in the expression of IQCH and CaM, we thus opted to use this cell line for an easier knockdown of IQCH and CaM. We have supplemented the details about the biological origin of these cells in Method section of revised manuscript.

      6) For the Results section describing Figure 6H, it would be nice to provide some explanation of the results of ICHQ overexpression alone relative to control situations and not just relative to the delta-IQ version or relative to simultaneous CaM manipulation.

      Response: According to the reviewer’s suggestion, we have supplemented the co-transfection of control and CaM plasmids in HEK293T cells, and the results showed that the expression of HNRPAB in cells co-transfected with control and CaM plasmids was similar to that of co-transfected with IQCH (△IQ) /CaM plasmids, but was lower than that in the cells overexpressing the WT-IQCH and CaM plasmids, confirming the nonfunction of IQCH (△IQ) plasmids. We have shown the results in Figure 6H in the revised manuscript.

      7) The sentence on lines 352-354 is confusing.

      Response: We apologize for any confusion caused by the sentence in question. We have revisited the sentence and made appropriate revisions to enhance its clarity as follows: “Our findings suggest that the fertilization function is the main action of IQ motif-containing proteins, while each specific IQ motif-containing protein also has its own distinct role in spermatogenesis.”

      8) The use of "employee" on line 371 is awkward and not very scientific.

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s comment. We have changed “employee” in to “downstream effector protein” on line 376

    1. Author Response

      Thanks to all the reviewers for their insightful and constructive comments, which are very helpful in improving the manuscript. We are encouraged by the many positive comments regarding the significance of our findings and the value of our data. Regarding the reviews’ concern on cell classification, we used several additional marker genes to explain the identification of cell clusters and subclusters. We have further analyzed and rewrote part of the text to address the concerns raised. Here is a point-by-point response to the reviewers’ comments and concerns. Figures R1-R9 were provided only for additional information for reviewers and were not included in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In the article "Temporal transcriptomic dynamics in developing macaque neocortex", Xu et al. analyze the cellular composition and transcriptomic profiles of the developing macaque parietal cortex using single-cell RNA sequencing. The authors profiled eight prenatal rhesus macaque brains at five timepoints (E40, E50, E70, E80, and E90) and obtained a total of around 53,000 high-quality cells for downstream analysis. The dataset provides a high-resolution view into the developmental processes of early and mid-fetal macaque cortical development and will potentially be a valuable resource for future comparative studies of primate neurogenesis and neural stem cell fate specification. Their analysis of this dataset focused on the temporal gene expression profiles of outer and ventricular radial glia and utilized pesudotime trajectory analysis to characterize the genes associated with radial glial and neuronal differentiation. The rhesus macaque dataset presented in this study was then integrated with prenatal mouse and human scRNA-seq datasets to probe species differences in ventricular radial glia to intermediate progenitor cell trajectories. Additionally, the expression profile of macaque radial glia across time was compared to those of mouse apical progenitors to identify conserved and divergent expression patterns of transcription factors.

      The main findings of this paper corroborate many previously reported and fundamental features of primate neurogenesis: deep layer neurons are generated before upper layer excitatory neurons, the expansion of outer radial glia in the primate lineage, conserved molecular markers of outer radial glia, and the early specification of progenitors. Furthermore, the authors show some interesting divergent features of macaque radial glial gene regulatory networks as compared to mouse. Overall, despite some uncertainties surrounding the clustering and annotations of certain cell types, the manuscript provides a valuable scRNA-seq dataset of early prenatal rhesus macaque brain development. The dynamic expression patterns and trajectory analysis of ventricular and outer radial glia provide valuable data and lists of differentially expressed genes (some consistent with previous studies, others reported for the first time here) for future studies.

      The major weaknesses of this study are the inconsistent dissection of the targeted brain region and the loss of more mature excitatory neurons in samples from later developmental timepoint due to the use of single-cell RNA-seq. The authors mention that they could observe ventral progenitors and even midbrain neurons in their analyses. Ventral progenitors should not be present if the authors had properly dissected the parietal cortex. The fact that they obtained even midbrain cells point to an inadequate dissection or poor cell classification. If this is the result of poor classification, it could be easily fixed by using more markers with higher specificity. However, if it is the result of a poor dissection, some of the cells in other clusters could potentially be from midbrain as well. The loss of more mature excitatory neurons is also problematic because on top of hindering the analysis of these neurons in later developmental periods, it also affects the cell proportions the authors use to support some of their claims. The study could also benefit from the validation of some of the genes the authors uncovered to be specifically expressed in different populations of radial glia.

      We thank the Reviewer’s comments and apologize for the shortcomings of tissue dissection and cell capture.

      We used more marker genes for major cell classification, such as SHOX2, IGFBP5, TAC1, PNYN, FLT1, and CYP1B, in new Figure 1D, to improve the cell type annotation results. We improved the cell type annotation results by fixing cluster 20 from C20 as Ventral LGE-derived interneuron precursor and cluster by the expression of IGFBP5, TAC1, and PDYN; fixing cluster 23 from meningeal cells to thalamus cells by the expression of ZIC2, ZIC4, and SHOX2. These cell types were excluded in the follow-up analysis. Due to EN8 being previously incorrectly defined as midbrain neurons, it resulted in a misunderstanding of the dissection result as a poor dissection. After carefully reviewing the data analysis process, we determined that EN8 was a small group of cells in cluster 23 mistakenly selected during excitatory neuron analysis, as shown in Figure R5(A), which was corrected after revision. In the revised manuscript, we deleted the previous EN8 subcluster and renumbered the rest of the excitatory neuron subclusters in the new Figure 2.

      In addition, we also improved the description of sample collection as follows: “We collected eight pregnancy-derived fetal brains of rhesus macaque (Macaca mulatta) at five prenatal developmental stages (E40, E50, E70, E80, E90) and dissected the parietal lobe cortex. Because of the different development times of rhesus monkeys, prenatal cortex size and morphology are different. To ensure that the anatomical sites of each sample are roughly the same, we use the lateral groove as a reference to collect the parietal lobe for single-cell sequencing (as indicated by bright yellow in Figure S1A) and do not make a clear distinction between the different regional parts including primary somatosensory cortex and association cortices in the process of sampling”. As shown in Figure S1A, due to the small volume of the cerebral cortex at early time points, especially in E40, a small number of cells beyond the dorsal parietal lobe, including the ventral cortex cells and thalamus cells, were collected during the sampling process with the brain stereotaxic instrument.

      In this study, the BD method was used to capture single cells. Due to the fixed size of the micropores, this method might be less efficient in capturing mature excitatory neurons. However, it has a good capture effect on newborn neurons at each sampling time point so that the generation of excitatory neurons at different developmental time points can be well observed, as shown in Figure 2, which aligns with our research purpose.

      To verify the reliability of our cell annotation results, we compared the similarity of cell-type association between our study and recently published research(Micali N, Ma S, Li M, et al. Science. doi:10.1126/science.adf3786.PMID: 37824652), using the scmap package to project major cell types in our macaque development scRNA-seq dataset to GSE226451. The river plot in Author response image 1 illustrates the broadly similar relationships of cell type classification between the two datasets.

      Author response image 1.

      Riverplot illustrates relationships between datasets in this study and recently published developing macaque telencephalon datasets major cell type annotation.

      Furthermore, bioinformatics analysis is used for the validation of genes specifically expressed in outer radial glia. We verified terminal oRG differentiation genes in the recently published macaque telencephalic development dataset(Micali N, Ma S, Li M, et al. Science. doi:10.1126/science.adf3786.PMID: 37824652) (GEO accession: GSE226451). The results of Author response image 2 show that the gene expression showed states/stages. Most of the oRG terminal differentiation markers genes identified in our study were also expressed in the oRG cells of the GSE226451 dataset. In particular, the two datasets were consistent in the expression of ion channel genes ATP1A2, ATP1A2, and SCN4B.

      Author response image 2.

      Heatmap shows the relative expression of genes displaying significant changes along the pseudotime axis of vRG to oRG from the dataset of Nicola Micali et al.2023(GEO: GSE226451). The columns represent the cells being ordered along the pseudotime axis.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Xu et al., is an interesting study aiming to identify novel features of macaque cortical development. This study serves as a valuable atlas of single cell data during macaque neurogenesis, which extends the developmental stages previously explored. Overall, the authors have achieved their aim of collecting a comprehensive dataset of macaque cortical neurogenesis and have identified a few unknown features of macaque development.

      Strengths:

      The authors have accumulated a robust dataset of developmental time points and have applied a variety of informatic approaches to interrogate this dataset. One interesting finding in this study is the expression of previously unknown receptors on macaque oRG cells. Another novel aspect of this paper is the temporal dissection of neocortical development across species. The identification that the regulome looks quite different, despite similar expression of transcription factors in discrete cell types, is intriguing.

      Weaknesses:

      Due to the focus on demonstrating the robustness of the dataset, the novel findings in this manuscript are underdeveloped. There is also a lack of experimental validation. This is a particular weakness for newly identified features (like receptors in oRG cells). It's important to show expression in relevant cell types and, if possible, perform functional perturbations on these cell types. The presentation of the data highlighting novel findings could also be clarified at higher resolution, and dissected through additional informatic analyses. Additionally, the presentation of ideas and goals of this manuscript should be further clarified. A major gap in the study rationale and results is that the data was collected exclusively in the parietal lobe, yet the rationale and interpretation of what this data indicates about this specific cortical area was not discussed. Last, a few textual errors about neural development are also present and need to be corrected.

      We thank you for your comments and suggestions concerning our manuscript. The comments and suggestions are all valuable and helpful for revising and improving our paper and the essential guiding significance to our research. We have studied the comments carefully and made corrections, which we hope to meet with approval. We have endeavored to address the multiple points raised by the referee.

      To support the reliability of our data and newly identified features, we verified terminal oRG differentiation genes in the recently published macaque telencephalic development dataset(Micali N, Ma S, Li M, et al. Science. doi:10.1126/science.adf3786.PMID: 37824652) (GEO accession: GSE226451). The results of Figure R2 show that the gene expression showed states/stages. Most of the oRG terminal differentiation markers genes identified in our study were also expressed in the oRG cells of the GSE226451 dataset. In particular, the two datasets were consistent in the expression of ion channel genes ATP1A2, ATP1A2, and SCN4B.

      Our research results mainly explore the conserved features of neocortex development across species. By comparing evolution, we found the types of neural stem cells in the intermediate state, their generative trajectories, and gene expression dynamics accompanying cell trajectories. We further explored the stages of transcriptional dynamics during vRG generating oRG. More analysis was performed through transcriptional factor regulatory network analysis. We performed the TFs regulation network analysis of human vRG with pyscenic workflow. The top transcription factors of every time point in human vRG were calculated, and we used the top 10 TFs and their top 5 target genes to perform interaction analysis and generate the regulation network of human vRG in revised figure 6. In comparison of the pyscenic results of mouse, macaque and human vRG, it was obvious that the regulatory networks were not evolutionarily conservative. Compared with macaque, the regulatory network of transcription factors and target genes in humans is more complex. Some conserved regulatory relationships present in more than one species are identified, such as HMGN3, EMX2, SOX2, and HMGA2 network at an early stage when deep lager generation and SOX10, ZNF672, ZNF672 network at a late stage when upper-layer generation.

      Although the parietal lobe is the center of the somatic senses and is significant for interpreting words as well as language understanding and processing. In this study, the parietal lobe area was selected mainly because of the convenience of sampling the dorsal neocortex. As we described in the Materials and Methods section as follows: “Because of the different development times of rhesus monkeys, prenatal cortex size and morphology are different. To ensure that the anatomical sites of each sample are roughly the same, we use the lateral groove as a reference to collect the parietal lobe for single-cell sequencing (as indicated by bright yellow in Figure S1A) and do not make a clear distinction between the different regional parts including primary somatosensory cortex and association cortices in the process of sampling”.

      Thanks for carefully pointing out our manuscript's textual errors about neural development. We have corrected them which were descripted in the following response.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary: The study adds to the existing data that have established that cortical development in rhesus macaque is known to recapitulate multiple facets cortical development in humans. The authors generate and analyze single cell transcriptomic data from the timecourse of embryonic neurogenesis.

      Strengths:

      Studies of primate developmental biology are hindered by the limited availability and limit replication. In this regard, a new dataset is useful.

      The study analyzes parietal cortex, while previous studies focused on frontal and motor cortex. This may be the first analysis of macaque parietal cortex and, as such, may provide important insights into arealization, which the authors have not addressed.

      Weaknesses:

      The number of cells in the analysis is lower than recent published studies which may limit cell representation and potentially the discovery of subtle changes.

      The macaque parietal cortex data is compared to human and mouse pre-frontal cortex. See data from PMCID: PMC8494648 that provides a better comparison.

      A deeper assessment of these data in the context of existing studies would help others appreciate the significance of the work.

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions and constructive comments. We agree with the reviewer that the cell number in our study is lower than in recently published studies. The scRNA sequencing in this study was completed between 2018 and 2019, the early stages of the single-cell sequencing technology application. Besides, we have been unable to get extra macaque embryos to enlarge the sample numbers recently since rhesus monkey samples are scarce. Therefore, the number of cells in our study is relatively small compared to recently published single-cell studies.

      The dataset suggested by the reviewers is extremely valuable, and we tried to perform analysis as the reviewer suggested to explore temporal expression patterns in different species of parietal cortex. The dataset from PMCID: PMC8494648 provides the developing human brain across regions from gestation week (GW)14 to gestation week (GW)25. Since this data set only covers the middle and late stages of embryonic neurogenesis, it did not fully match the developmental time points of our study for integration analysis. However, we quoted the results of this study in the discussion section.

      The human regulation analysis with pyscenic workflow was added into new figure 6 for the comparison of different species vRG regulatory network. Compared with macaque, the regulatory network of transcription factors and target genes in humans is more complex. Some conserved regulatory relationships present in more than one species are identified, such as HMGN3, EMX2, SOX2, and HMGA2 network at an early stage when deep lager generation and SOX10, ZNF672, ZNF672 network at a late stage when upper-layer generation.

      Besides, we performed additional integration analysis of our dataset with the recently published macaque neocortex development datase (GEO accession: GSE226451) to verify the reliability of our cell annotation results and terminal oRG differentiation genes. The river plot in Figure R1 illustrates the broadly similar relationships of cell type classification between the two datasets. The result in Figure R2 showed that most of the oRG terminal differentiation markers genes identified in our study were also expressed in the oRG cells of the GSE226451 dataset. In particular, the two datasets were consistent in the expression of ion channel genes ATP1A2, ATP1A2, and SCN4B.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) Throughout the manuscript, the term "embryonic" or "embryogenesis" is used in reference to all timepoints (E40-E90) in this study. The embryonic period is a morphologically and anatomically defined developmental period that ends ~E48-E50 in rhesus macaque. Prenatal or developing is a more accurate term when discussing all timepoints of this study.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this terminology that needs to be clarified. We have now replaced “embryonic” with “prenatal” as a more appropriate description for the sampling time points in the manuscript.

      2) Drosophila should be italicized in the introduction.

      Thanks for suggesting that we have set the “Drosophila” words to italics in the manuscript.

      3) Introduction - "In rodents, radial glia are found in the ventricular zone (VZ), where they undergo proliferation and differentiation." This sentence implies that only within rodents are radial glia found within the ventricular zone. Radial glia are present within the ventricular zone of all mammals.

      Thanks for careful reading. This sentence has been corrected “In mammals, radial glial cells are found in the ventricular zone (VZ), where they undergo proliferation and differentiation.”

      4) Figure 1A - an image of the E40 brain is missing.

      We first sampled the prenatal developmental cortex of rhesus monkeys at the E40 timepoint. Unfortunately, we forgot to save the photo of the sampling at the E40 time point.

      5) Figure 1B and 1C - it is unclear why cluster 20 is not annotated in Figure 1 as in the text it is stated "Each of the 28 identified clusters could be assigned to a cell type identity..." This cluster expresses VIM and PAX6 suggestive of ventricular radial glia and is located topographically approximate to IPC cluster 8 and seems to bridge the gap between neural stem cells and the interneuron clusters. Additionally, cluster 20 appears to be subclustered by itself in the progenitor subcluster UMAP (Figure 3A) suggestive of a batch effect or cells with low quality. The investigation, quality control, and proper annotation of this cluster 20 is necessary.

      We appreciate for the reviewer’s suggestion. We detected specific expression marker genes of cluster 20, cells in this cluster specifically expressed VIM, IGFBP5 and TAC. According to the cell annotation results from a published study, we relabeled cluster 20 as ventral LGE-derived interneuron precursors (Yu, Yuan et al. Nat Neurosci. 2021. doi:10.1038/s41593-021-00940-3. PMID: 34737447.). Cluster 20 cells have been deleted in the new Figure 3A.

      6) Figure 1B UMAP - it is unexpected that meningeal cells would cluster topographically closer to the excitatory neuron cluster (one could even argue that the meningeal cell cluster is located within the excitatory neuron clusters) instead of next to or with the endothelial cell clusters. This is suspicious for a mis-annotated cell cluster. ZIC2 and ZIC3 were used as the principal marker genes for meningeal cells. However, these genes are not specific for meninges (PanglaoDB) and had not been identified as marker genes in a developmental sc-RNAseq dataset of the developing mouse meninges (DeSisto et al. 2020). Additional marker genes (COL1A1, COL1A2, CEMIP, CYP1B1, SLC13A3) may be helpful to delineate the identity of this cluster and provide more evidence for a meningeal origin.

      We thank the reviewer for the constructive advice. The violin plot in Author response image 3 has checked additional marker genes, including COL1A1, COL1A2, CEMIP, and CYP1B2. Cluster 23 does not express these marker genes but specifically expresses thalamus marker genes SHOX2(Rosin, Jessica M et al. Dev Biol. 2015. doi:10.1016/j.ydbio.2014.12.013. PMID: 25528224.) and TCF7L2(Lipiec, Marcin Andrzej et al. Development. 2020. doi: 10.1242/dev.190181. PMID: 32675279). According to the gene expression results, we corrected the cell definition of cluster 23 to thalamic cells in the revised manuscript. Specifically, we added marker genes SHOX2 and CYP1B1 in the new Figure 1D violin plot and corrected the cell definition of cluster23 from meninges to thalamus cells in the revised manuscript and figures.

      Author response image 3.

      Vlnplot of additional markers in cluster 23.

      7) From Figure 1A, it appears that astrocytes (cluster 13) are present at E40 and E50 timepoints. This is inconsistent with literature and experimental data of the timing of the neuron-glia switch in primates and inconsistent with the claim within the text that, "Collectively, these results suggested that cortical neural progenitors undergo neurogenesis processes during the early stages of macaque embryonic cortical development, while gliogenic differentiation... occurs in later stages." The clarification of the percentage of astrocytes at each timepoint would clarify this point.

      According to the suggestion, we have statistically analyzed the percentage of astrocytes (cluster 13) at each time point. The statistical results showed that the proportion of astrocytes was low to 0.1783% and 0.1046% at E40 and E50 time points, and increased significantly at E80 and E90, suggesting the onset of macaque gliogenesis might be around embryonic 80 days to 90 days. The result was consistent with published research on the timing of the neuron-glial transition in primates (Rash, Brian G et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2019. doi:10.1073/pnas.1822169116. PMID: 30894491). Besides, we thought that the cells in cluster 13 captured at E40 to E50 time points, with a total number of less than 200, maybe astrocyte precursor cells expressing the AQP4 gene (Yang, Lin, et al. Neuroscience bulletin. 2022. doi:10.1007/s12264-021-00759-9. PMID: 34374948).

      8) A subcluster of ExN neurons was identified and determined to be of midbrain origin based on expression of TCF7L2. Did this subcluster express other known markers of the developing midbrain (OTX2, LMX1A, NR4A2, etc...)? Additionally, does this subcluster suggest that the limits of the dissection extended to the midbrain in samples E40 and E50?

      We apologize for the previous inadequacy of the excitatory neuron cell annotation. In the description of the previous version of the manuscript, we misidentified the cells of the EN8 as midbrain cells. Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we verified the expression of more tissue- specific marker genes of EN8. As the violin diagram in Author response image 4 shows, other developing midbrain markers OTX2, NR4A2, and PAX7 did not express in EN8, but thalamus marker genes SHOX2, TCF7L2, and NTNG1 were highly expressed in EN8. Besides, dorsal cortex excitatory neuron markers NEUROD2, NEUROD6, and EMX1 were not expressed in EN8, which suggests that EN8 might not belong to cortical cells. After carefully reviewing the data analysis process, we determined that EN8 was a small group of cells in cluster 23 mistakenly selected during excitatory neuron analysis, as shown in Figure R5(A), which was corrected after revision. In the revised manuscript, we have removed EN8 from the analysis of excitatory neurons. In the revised manuscript, we have deleted the previous EN8 subcluster and renumbered the left excitatory neuron subclusters in new Figure 2 and Figure S3.

      Author response image 4.

      (A). Modified diagram of clustering of excitatory neuron subclusters collected at all time points, visualized via UMAP related to Figure 2A. (B) Vlnplot of different marker genes in EN8.

      9) "These data suggested that the cell fate determination by diverse neural progenitors occurs in the embryonic stages of macaque cortical development and is controlled by several key transcriptional regulators" The authors present a list of differentially expressed genes specific to the various radial glia clusters along pseudotime. Some of these radial glia DEGs are known and have been characterized by previous literature while other DEGs they have identified had not been previously shown to be associated with radial glia specification/maturation. However, this list of DEGs does not support the claim that cell fate determination is controlled by several key transcriptional regulators. What were the transcriptional regulators of radial glia specification identified in this study and how were they validated?

      We agree with the reviewer and honestly admit that the description of this part in the previous manuscript is inaccurate. The description has been deleted in the revised manuscrip.

      10) "Comparing vRG to IPC trajectory between human, macaque, and mouse, we found this biological process of vRG-to-IPC is very conserved across species, but the vRG to oRG trajectory is divergent between species. The latter process is almost invisible in mice, but it is very similar in primates and macaque." Firstly, macaques are primates, and the text should be updated to reflect this. Secondly, from Figure 5C., it seems there were no outer radial glia detected at all within the vRG-oRG and vRG-IPC developmental trajectories. This would imply that oRGs are not "almost invisible" in mice, but rather do not exist. The authors need to clarify the presence or absence of identifiable outer radial glia in the integrated dataset and relate the relative abundance of these cells to their interpretation of the developmental trajectories for each species.

      We apologize for the description inaccuracies in the manuscript and thank the reviewer for pointing out the expression errors. At your two suggestions, the description has been corrected in the revised manuscript as "Comparing vRG to IPC trajectory between human, macaque, and mouse, we found this biological process of vRG-to-IPC is very conserved across species. However, the vRG to oRG trajectory is divergent between species because the oRG population was not identified in the mouse dataset. The latter process is almost invisible in mice but similar in humans and macaques".

      Although several published research has shown that oRG-like progenitor cells were present in the mouse embryonic neocortex(Wang, Xiaoqun et al. Nature neuroscience.2011. doi:10.1038/nn.2807; Vaid, Samir et al. Development. 2018, doi:10.1242/dev.169276. PMID: 30266827). However, oRG cells were barely detected in the scRNA-seq dataset of mice cortical development studies(Ruan, Xiangbin et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2021. doi:10.1073/pnas.2018866118. PMID: 33649223; Di Bella, Daniela J et al. Nature. 2021. doi:10.1038/s41586-021-03670-5. PMID: 34163074; Chen, Ao et al. Cell. 2022. doi:10.1016/j.cell.2022.04.003. PMID: 35512705). There were no oRG populations detected in the mouse embryonic cortical development dataset (GEO: GSE153164) used for integration analysis in our study.

      11) "Ventral radial glia cells generate excitatory neurons by direct and indirect neurogenesis" This should be corrected to dorsal radial glia cells as this paper is discussing radial glia of the dorsal pallium.

      13) Editorially, gene names need to be italicized in the text, figures, and figure legends.

      14) Figure 5B - a scale bar showing the scale of the relative expression denoted by the dark blue color would be beneficial.

      15) Figure S7D is mislabeled in the figure legend.

      Merged response to points 11 to 15: Thank you for kindly pointing out the errors in our manuscript. We have corrected the above four points in the revised version.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Specific suggestions for authors:

      In the abstract the authors state: "thicker upper-layer neurons". I think it's important to be clear in the language by stating either that the layers are thicker or the neurons are most dense.

      Thanks for your good comments. The description of “thicker upper-layer neurons” was corrected to “the thicker supragranular layer” in the revised manuscript. The supragranular layer thickness in primates was much higher than in rodents, both in absolute thickness and in proportion to the thickness of the whole neocortex (Hutsler, Jeffrey J et al. Brain research. 2005. doi:10.1016/j.brainres.2005.06.015. PMID: 16018988). Here, we want to describe the supragranular layer of primates as significantly higher than that of rodents, both in absolute thickness and in proportion to the thickness of the whole neocortex.

      The introduction needs additional clarification regarding the vRG vs oRG discussion. I was unclear what the main takeaway for readers should be. Similarly, the discussion of previous studies and the importance for comparing human and macaque could be clarified.

      We appreciate the suggestion and apologize for the shortcomings of the introduction part. We have rewritten the section and added additional clarification in the revised introduction. In the revised manuscript, the contents of the introduction are as follows:

      “The neocortex is the center for higher brain functions, such as perception and decision-making. Therefore, the dissection of its developmental processes can be informative of the mechanisms responsible for these functions. Several studies have advanced our understanding of the neocortical development principles in different species, especially in mice. Generally, the dorsal neocortex can be anatomically divided into six layers of cells occupied by distinct neuronal cell types. The deep- layer neurons project to the thalamus (layer VI neurons) and subcortical areas (layer V neurons), while neurons occupying more superficial layers (upper-layer neurons) preferentially form intracortical projections1. The generation of distinct excitatory neuron cell types follows a temporal pattern in which early-born neurons migrate to deep layers (i.e., layers V and VI), while the later- born neurons migrate and surpass early-born neurons to occupy the upper layers (layers II-IV) 2. In Drosophila, several transcription factors are sequentially explicitly expressed in neural stem cells to control the specification of daughter neuron fates, while very few such transcription factors have been identified in mammals thus far. Using single-cell RNA sequencing (scRNA-seq), Telley and colleagues found that daughter neurons exhibit the same transcriptional profiles of their respective progenitor radial glia, although these apparently heritable expression patterns fade as neurons mature3. However, the temporal expression profiles of neural stem cells and the contribution of these specific temporal expression patterns in determining neuronal fate have yet to be wholly clarified in humans and non-human primates. Over the years, non-human primates (NHP) have been widely used in neuroscience research as mesoscale models of the human brain. Therefore, exploring the similarities and differences between NHP and human cortical neurogenesis could provide valuable insight into unique features during human neocortex development.

      In mammals, radial glial cells are found in the ventricular zone (VZ), where they undergo proliferation and differentiation. The neocortex of primates exhibits an extra neurogenesis zone known as the outer subventricular zone (OSVZ), which is not present in rodents. As a result of evolution, the diversity of higher mammal cortical radial glia populations increases. Although ventricular radial glia (vRG) is also found in humans and non-human primates, the vast majority of radial glia in these higher species occupy the outer subventricular zone (OSVZ) and are therefore termed outer radial glia (oRG). Outer radial glial (oRG) cells retain basal processes but lack apical junctions 4 and divide in a process known as mitotic somal translocation, which differs from vRG 5. VRG and oRG are both accompanied by the expression of stem cell markers such as PAX6 and exhibit extensive self-renewal and proliferative capacities 6. However, despite functional similarities, they have distinct molecular phenotypes. Previous scRNA-seq analyses have identified several molecular markers, including HOPX for oRGs, CRYAB, and FBXO32 for vRGs7. Furthermore, oRGs are derived from vRGs, and vRGs exhibit obvious differences in numerous cell-extrinsic mechanisms, including activation of the FGF-MAPK cascade, SHH, PTEN/AKT, and PDGF pathways, and oxygen (O2) levels. These pathways and factors involve three broad cellular processes: vRG maintenance, spindle orientation, and cell adhesion/extracellular matrix production8.

      Some transcription factors have been shown to participate in vRG generation, such as INSM and TRNP1. Moreover, the cell-intrinsic patterns of transcriptional regulation responsible for generating oRGs have not been characterized.

      ScRNA-seq is a powerful tool for investigating developmental trajectories, defining cellular heterogeneity, and identifying novel cell subgroups9. Several groups have sampled prenatal mouse neocortex tissue for scRNA-seq 10,11, as well as discrete, discontinuous prenatal developmental stages in human and non-human primates 7,12 13,14. The diversity and features of primate cortical progenitors have been explored 4,6,7,15. The temporally divergent regulatory mechanisms that govern cortical neuronal diversification at the early postmitotic stage have also been focused on 16. Studies spanning the full embryonic neurogenic stage in the neocortex of humans and other primates are still lacking. Rhesus macaque and humans share multiple aspects of neurogenesis, and more importantly, the rhesus monkey and human brains share more similar gene expression patterns than the brains of mice and humans17-19. To establish a comprehensive, global picture of the neurogenic processes in the rhesus macaque neocortex, which can be informative of neocortex evolution in humans, we sampled neocortical tissue at five developmental stages (E40, E50, E70, E80, and E90) in rhesus macaque embryos, spanning the full neurogenesis period. Through strict quality control, cell type annotation, and lineage trajectory inference, we identified two broad transcriptomic programs responsible for the differentiation of deep-layer and upper-layer neurons. We also defined the temporal expression patterns of neural stem cells, including oRGs, vRGs, and IPs, and identified novel transcription factors involved in oRG generation. These findings can substantially enhance our understanding of neocortical development and evolution in primates.”

      Why is this study focused on the parietal lobe? This should be discussed in the introduction and interpretation of the data should be contextualized in the context of this cortical area.

      In this study, samples were collected from the parietal lobe area mainly for the following reasons:

      (1) To ensure that the cortical anatomical parts collected at each time point are consistent, we used the lateral cerebral sulcus as a marker to collect the parietal lobe tissue above the lateral sulcus for single-cell sequencing sample collection. Besides, the parietal region is also convenient for sampling the dorsal cortex.

      (2) Previous studies have made the timeline of the macaque parietal lobe formation process during the prenatal development stage clear ( Finlay, B L, and R B Darlington.Science.1995. doi:10.1126/science.7777856. PMID: 7777856), which is also an essential reason for using the parietal lobe as the research object.

      Figure 1:

      Difficult to appreciate how single cell expression reflects the characterization of layers described in Figure 1A. A schematic for temporal development would be helpful. Also, how clusters correspond to discrete populations of excitatory neurons and progenitors would improve figure clarity. Perhaps enlarge and annotate the UMAPS on the bottom of Figure 1A.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion and apologize for that Figure 1A does not convey the relationship between single-cell expression and neocortex layer formation. In the revised manuscript, time points information associated with the hierarchy is labeled to the diagram in Figure S1A. The UMAPS on the bottom of Figure 1A was enlarged in the revised manuscript as new Figure 1C.

      Labels on top of clusters for 1A/1B would be helpful as it's difficult to see which colors the numbers correspond to on the actual UMAP.

      Many thanks to the reviewer for carefully reading and helpful suggestions. We have adjusted the visualization of UMAP in the revised vision. The numbers in the label bar of Figure 1B have been moved to the side of the dot so that the dot can be seen more clearly.

      Microglia and meninges are also non-neural cells. This needs to be changed in the discussion of the results.

      Thanks for the suggestion. We have fixed the manuscript as the reviewer suggested. The description in the revised manuscript has been fixed as follows: “According to the expression of the marker genes, we assigned clusters to cell type identities of neurocytes (including radial glia (RG), outer radial glia (oRG), intermediate progenitor cells (IPCs), ventral precursor cells (VP), excitatory neurons (EN), inhibitory neurons (IN), oligodendrocyte progenitor cells (OPC), oligodendrocytes, astrocytes, ventral LGE-derived interneuron precursors and Cajal-Retzius cells, or non-neuronal cell types (including microglia, endothelial, meninge/VALC(vascular cell)/pericyte, and blood cells). Based on the expression of the marker gene, cluster 23 was identified as thalamic cells, which are small numbers of non-cortical cells captured in the sample collection at earlier time points. Each cell cluster was composed of multiple embryo samples, and the samples from similar stages generally harbored similar distributions of cell types.”.

      It's important to define the onset of gliogenesis in the text and figure. What panels/ages show this?

      We identified the onset of gliogenesis by statistically analyzing the percentage of astrocytes (cluster 13) at each time point and added the result in Figure S1. The statistical results showed that the proportion of astrocytes was deficient at E40 and E50 time points and increased significantly at E80 and E90, suggesting the onset of macaque gliogenesis might be around embryonic 80 days to 90 days. The result was consistent with published research on the timing of the neuron-glial transition in primates (Rash, Brian G et al. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 201. doi:10.1073/pnas.1822169116. PMID: 30894491).

      Figure 2:

      Why are there so few neurons at E90? Is it capture bias, dissociation challenges (as postulated for certain neuronal subtypes in the discussion), or programmed cell death at this time point?

      We thought it was because mature neurons at E90 with abundant axons and processes were hard to settle into micropores of the BD method for single cell capture. Due to the fixed size of the BD Rhapsody microwells, this sing-cell capture method might be less efficient in capturing mature excitatory neurons but has a good capture effect on newborn neurons at each sampling time point. In conclusion, based on the BD cell capture method feature, the immature neurons at each point are more easily captured than mature neurons in our study, so the generation of excitatory neurons at different developmental time points can be well observed, as shown in Figure 2, which aligns with our research purpose.

      The authors state: "We then characterized temporal changes in the composition of each EN subcluster. While the EN 5 and EN 11 (deep-layer neurons) subclusters emerged at E40 and E50 and disappeared in later stages, EN subclusters 1, 2, 3, and 4 gradually increased in population size from E50 to E80 (Figure 2D)." What about EN7? It's labeled as an upper layer neuron that is proportionally highest at E40. Could this be an interesting, novel finding? Does this indicate something unique about macaque corticogenesis? The authors don't describe/discuss this cell type at all.

      We apologize for the manuscript’s lack of detailed descriptions of EN results. In our study, EN7 is identified as CUX1-positive, PBX3-positive, and ZFHX3-positive excitatory neuron subcluster. The results of Fig. 2B show that EN7 was mainly captured from the early time points (E40/E50) samples. Above description was added in the revised manuscript.

      The Pbx/Zfhx3-positive excitatory neuron subtype reported in Moreau et al. study on mouse neocortex development progress ( Moreau, Matthieu X et al. Development. 2021. doi:10.1242/dev.197962. PMID: 34170322). Our study verified that the Pbx3/Zfhx3-positive cortical excitatory neurons also exist in the early stage of prenatal macaque cortex development.

      Is there any unique gene expression in identified subtypes that are surprising? Did the comparison against human data, in later figures, inform any unique features of gene expression?

      Based on the excitatory neuron subclusters analysis result in our study, we found no astonishing results in excitatory neuron subclusters. In subsequent integrated cross-species analyses, macaque excitatory neurons showed similar transcriptional characteristics to human excitatory neurons. In general, excitatory neurons tend to have a greater diversity in the cortex of animals that are more advanced in evolution (Ma, Shaojie et al. Science. 2022. doi:10.1126/science.abo7257. PMID: 36007006; Wei, Jia-Ru et al. Nat Commun. 2022. doi:10.1038/s41467-022-34590-1. PMID: 36371428; Galakhova, A A et al. Trends Cogn Sci. 2022. doi:10.1016/j.tics.2022.08.012. PMID: 36117080; Berg, Jim et al. Nature. 2021. doi:10.1038/s41586-021-03813-8. PMID: 34616067). Since only single-cell transcriptome data was analyzed in this study, we did not find any unique features of the prenatal developing macaque cortex excitatory neurons in the comparison against the human dataset due to the limitation of information dimension.

      Figure 3:

      The identification of terminal oRG differentiation genes is interesting. The confirmation of known gene expression as well as novel markers that indicate different states/stages of oRG cells is a valuable resource. As the identification of described ion channel expression is a novel finding, it should be explored more and would be strengthened by validation in tissue samples and, if possible, functional assays.

      E is the most novel part of this figure, but it's very hard to read. I think increasing the focus of this figure onto this finding and parsing these results more would be informative.

      Thanks for the positive comments. We apologize for the lack of clarity and conciseness in figure visualizations. We hypothesized vRG to oRG cell trajectories into three phases: onset, commitment, and terminal. The leading information conveyed by Figure 3E was the dynamic gene expression along the developmental trajectory from vRG to oRG. Specific genes were selected and shown in the schema diagram of new Figure 3.

      We verified terminal oRG differentiation genes in the recently published macaque telencephalic development dataset(Micali N, Ma S, Li M, et al. Science. doi:10.1126/science.adf3786.PMID: 37824652) (GEO accession: GSE226451). The results of Author response image 2 show that the gene expression showed states/stages. Most of the oRG terminal differentiation markers genes identified in our study were also expressed in the oRG cells of the GSE226451 dataset. In particular, the two datasets were consistent in the expression of ion channel genes ATP1A2, ATP1A2, and SCN4B.

      I'm curious about the granularity of the oRG_C12 terminal cluster. Are there ways to subdivide the different cells that seem to be glial-committed vs actively dividing vs neurogenically committed to IPCs? In the text, the authors referred to different oRG populations, but they are annotated as the same cluster and cell type. The authors should clarify this.

      According to the reviewer's suggestion, we subdivide the oRG_C12 into eight subclusters. Based on the marker gene in Author response image 5C, subclusters 1,2 and 4 might be glial- committed with AQP4/S100B positive expression; subclusters 3,6,7 might be neurogenically committed to IPCs with NEUROD6 positive expression; subclusters 0,3,5,6,7 might be actively dividing state with MKI67/TOP2A positive expression.

      Author response image 5.

      Subdivide analysis of oRG_C12. (A)and (B) Subdividing of e oRG_C12 visualized via UMAP. Cells are colored according to subcluster timepoint (A) and subcluster identities (B). (C) Violin plot of molecular markers for the subclusters.

      Figure 4:

      Annotating/labeling the various EN clusters (even as deep/upper) would help improve the clarity of this and other figures. It's clear what each progenitor subtype is but it's hard to read the transitions. Why are all the EN groups in pink/red? It makes the data challenging to interpret.

      In Figure4A, we use different yellow/orange colors for deep-layer excitatory neuron subclusters (EN5 and EN10), and different red/pink colors for upper-layer excitatory neuron subclusters (EN1, EN2, EN3, EN4, EN6, EN7, EN8 and EN9). We add the above information in the legend of Figure 4 in the revised manuscript.

      E50 seems to be unique - what's EN11?

      Based on the molecular markers for EN subclusters in Author response image 2, we recognized EN11 as a deep-layer excitatory neuron subcluster expressing BCL11B and FEZF2. As explained in the above reply, the microplate of BD has a good effect on capturing newborn neurons at each time point. The EN11 was mainly a newborn excitatory neuron at the E50 timepoint, which makes the subcluster seem unique.

      Author response image 6.

      Vlnplot of different markers in EN8.

      Figure 4E - the specificity of gene expression for deep vs upper layer markers seems to be over stated given the visualized gene expression pattern (ex FEZF2). Could the right hand panels be increased to better appreciate the data and confirm the specificity, as described.

      In our study, we used slingshot method to infer cell lineages and pseudotimes, which have been used to identifying biological signal for different branching trajectories in many scRNA- seq studies. We apologize for the lack of visualization clarity in the figure 4E. Due to the size limitation of the uploaded file, the file was compressed, resulting in a decrease in the clarity of the image. Below, we provided figure 4E with a higher definition and increased several genes’ slingshot branching tree results according to the reviewer's suggestion.

      Figure 5:

      There are some grammatical typos at the bottom of page 8. In this section, it also feels like there is a missing logical step between expansion of progenitors through elongated developmental windows that impact long-term expansion of the upper cortical layers.

      We apologize for the grammatical typos and have corrected them in the revised manuscript. We understand the reviewer’s concern. Primates have much longer gestation than rodents, and previous study evidence had shown that extending neurogenesis by transplanting mouse embryos to a rat mother increases explicitly the number of upper-layer cortical neurons, with concomitant abundant neurogenic progenitors in the subventricular zone(Stepien, Barbara K et al. Curr Biol. 2020. doi:10.1016/j.cub.2020.08.046. PMID: 32888487). We thought this mechanism could also explain primates' much more expanded abundance of upper-layer neurons.

      I'm curious about the IPCs that arise from the oRGs. Lineage trajectory shows vRG decision to oRG or IPC, but oRGs also differentiate into IPCs. Could the authors conjecture why they are not in this dataset or are indistinguishable from vRG-derived IPCs.

      Several published experiments have proved that oRG can generate IPC in human and macaque developing neocortex. (Hansen, David V et al. Nature. 2010. doi:10.1038/nature08845. PMID: 20154730; Betizeau, Marion et al. Neuron. 2013. doi:10.1016/j.neuron.2013.09.032. PMID: 24139044). Clearly identifying the difference between IPC generated from vRG and oRG at the transcriptional level in our single-cell transcriptome dataset is difficult. We hypothesized that the IPCs produced by both pathways have highly similar transcriptional features. Due to the limit of the scRNA data analysis algorithm used in this study, we didn’t distinguish the two kinds of IPC, which could not be in terms of pseudo-time trajectory reconstruction and transcriptional data.

      Figure 6 :

      How are the types 1-5 in 6A defined? Were they defined in one species and then applied across the others?

      We applied the same analysis to each species. We first picked up vRG cells in each species dataset and screened the differentially expressed genes (DEGs) between adjacent development time points using the “FindMarkers” function (with min. pct = 0.25, logfc. threshold = 0.25). After separate normalization of the DEG expression matrix from different species datasets, we use the “standardise” function from the Mfuzz package to standardize the data. The DEGs of vRG in each species were grouped into five clusters using the Mfuzz package in R with fuzzy c- means algorithm.

      The temporal dynamics in the highlighted section in B have interesting, consistent patterns of gene expression of the genes described, but what about the genes below that appear less consistent temporally? What processes do not appear to be conserved, given those gene expression differences?

      Many thanks for the constructive comments. The genes in Figure 6B below are temporal dynamics non-conserved transcription factors among the three species vRG. We performed a functional enrichment analysis on the temporal dynamics of non-conserved transcription factors with the PANTHER (Protein ANalysis THrough Evolutionary Relationships) Classification System(https://www.pantherdb.org/), and the analysis results are shown in Author response image 7. The gene ontology (GO) analysis results show that unconserved transcription factors were related to different biological processes, cellular components, and molecular functions. However, subsequent experiments are still needed to verify specific genes.

      Author response image 7.

      Gene Ontology (GO) analysis of unconserved temporal patterns transcription factors among mouse, macaque and human vRG cells.

      The identification of distinct regulation of gene networks, despite conservation of transcription factors in discrete cell types, is interesting. What does the comparison between humans and macaques indicate about regulatory differences evolutionarily?

      We appreciate the reviewer for the comments. We performed the TFs regulation network analysis of human vRG with pyscenic workflow. The top transcription factors of every time point in human vRG were calculated, and we used the top 10 TFs and their top 5 target genes to perform interaction analysis and generate the regulation network of human vRG in revised figure 6. In comparison of the pyscenic results of mouse, macaque and human vRG, it was obvious that the regulatory networks were not evolutionarily conservative. Compared with macaque, the regulatory network of transcription factors and target genes in humans is more complex. Some conserved regulatory relationships present in more than one species are identified, such as HMGN3, EMX2, SOX2, and HMGA2 network at an early stage when deep lager generation and SOX10, ZNF672, ZNF672 network at a late stage when upper-layer generation.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The data should be compared to a similar brain region in human and mouse, if available. (See data from PMCID: PMC8494648).

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestions. In Figure 6, the species-integration analysis, the mouse data were from the perspective of the somatosensory cortex, macaque data were mainly from the parietal lobe in this study, and human data including the frontal lobe (FL), parietal lobe (PL), occipital lobe (OL), and temporal lobe (TL). PMC8494648 offered high-quality data covering the period of gestation week 14 to gestation week 25. However, our study's development stage of rhesus monkeys is E40-E90 days, corresponding to pcw8-pcw21 in humans. The quality of data from PMC8494648 is particularly good. However, the developmental processes covered by PMC8494648 don’t perfectly match the development time of the macaque cortex that we focused on in this study. Therefore, it is challenging to integrate the dataset (PMCID: PMC8494648) into the data analysis part. However, we have cited the results of this precious research (PMCID: PMC8494648) in the discussion part of the revised manuscript.

      A deeper assessment of these data in the context of existing studies would help distinguish the work and enable others to appreciate the significance of the work.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s constructive suggestions. The human regulation analysis with pyscenic workflow was added into new figure 6 for the comparison of different species vRG regulatory network. Analysis of the regulatory activity of human, macaque and mouse prenatal neocortical neurogenesis indicated that despite commonalities in the roles of classical developmental TFs such as GATA1, SOX2, HMGN3, TCF7L1, ZFX, EMX2, SOX10, NEUROG1, NEUROD1 and POU3F1. The top 10 TFs of the human, macaque, and mouse vRG each time point and their top 5 target genes identified by pySCENIC as an input to construct the transcriptional regulation network (Figure 6 D, F and H). Some conserved regulatory TFs present in more than one species are identified, such as HMGN3, EMX2, SOX2, and HMGA2 at an early stage when deep- lager generation and SOX10, ZNF672, and ZNF672 at a late stage when upper-lay generation.

      Besides, we performed some comparative analysis with our macaque dataset and the newly published macaque telencephalon development dataset. The results were only used to provide additional information to reviewers and were not included in the revised manuscript.

      To verify the reliability of our cell annotation results, we compared the similarity of cell-type association between our study and recently published research(Micali N, Ma S, Li M, et al. Science. doi:10.1126/science.adf3786.PMID: 37824652), using the scmap package to project major cell types in our macaque development scRNA-seq dataset to GSE226451. The river plot in Author response image 1 illustrates the broadly similar relationships of cell type classification between the two datasets. Otherwise, we used more marker genes for cell annotation to improve the results of cell type definition in new Figure 1D. Besides, the description of distinct excitatory neuronal types has been improved in the new Figure 2.

      Furthermore, we verified terminal oRG differentiation genes in the recently published macaque telencephalic development dataset(Micali N, Ma S, Li M, et al. Science. doi:10.1126/science.adf3786.PMID: 37824652) (GEO accession: GSE226451). The results of Authro response image 2 show that the gene expression showed states/stages. Most of the oRG terminal differentiation markers genes identified in our study were also expressed in the oRG cells of the GSE226451 dataset. In particular, the two datasets were consistent in the expression of ion channel genes ATP1A2, ATP1A2, and SCN4B.

    1. Author Response

      Note to the editor and reviewers.

      All the authors would like to thank the editorial team and the two anonymous reviewers for their efforts and thoughtfulness in assessing our manuscript. We very much appreciate it and we all believe that the manuscript has been much improved in addressing the comments and suggestions made.

      General considerations on the revised manuscript

      We have applied extensive modifications to the manuscript with our main goal being the improvement of clarity. The Introduction has been changed mainly to introduce precisely our terminology and we have stuck to it in the rest of the manuscript. The Results section has been divided up into more defined sections. The discussion has been extensively re-written to improve clarity, following the suggestion of the reviewers. Main figures 1 and 4 have been modified with clearer schematics. Supplementary figures and legends have been modified and several supplementary schematic figures have been added to clearly present our interpretations for various data. We have added a Supplementary Discussion where the most detailed technical parts of our discussion are presented to avoid unnecessarily weighing down the main discussion, where our main conclusions are outlined. We have presented our mass photometry mixing experiment in a new supplementary figure, with detailed explanation. We have also expanded our discussion of in vivo and general relevance of our study.

      Response to manuscript evaluation

      Our manuscript has been evaluated as a valuable study and presenting solid experimental evidence. We appreciate the recognition of our work.

      Two weaknesses were identified by reviewers: 1) our experiments do not completely exclude the possibility of an alternative nucleophile. This relates to the evaluation of our experimental evidence. 2) Our study does not address the in vivo relevance of the interface swapping phenomenon, which relate to the value of the study for the community.

      Response to the evaluation of experimental evidence (Weakness #1):

      We argued in the original manuscript that we have excluded completely the presence of an alternative nucleophile. This conclusion is based on a series of experiments which were presented in the originally submitted manuscript. These experiments are not discussed by the reviewers in relation to this main conclusion and therefore we suggest that they have not been properly evaluated. We believe our conclusion to be appropriately supported by these data (see our response to reviewer #1). In addition, the criticism of our gel-filtration data by reviewer #2 was based on a misinterpretation of Supplementary figure 1 b. We accept of course that the way the data was presented could be misleading and we assume responsibility for this. We have attempted to correct this by changing the main text and the figures legends and annotation. In conclusion, we believe that the evaluation of experimental evidence as presented in the revised manuscript could be upgraded to “convincing”.

      Response to our study general relevance evaluation (weakness #2):

      We agree with both reviewers about the in vivo relevance of our observation being an important question, not addressed so far. Indeed, the value of our study would be greatly increased by in vivo data and be of interest to a wider audience. However, we would like to argue that our study would interest a wider audience than initially stated for the following reasons: 1) Our study is the first evidence of interface swapping in vitro and will constitute a base to investigate this phenomenon both in vivo and in vitro. It will therefore interest a wide audience due to the potential involvement of interface swapping in a wide range of processes, such as recombination, evolution, and drug targeting (see also below). 2) DNA cleavage is the central mode of action of antibiotics targeting bacterial type II topoisomerases (i.e. topoisomerases “poisons”). This already established target is one of the few having produced new scaffolds and too few new antibacterial are in production to fulfill medical needs. The role of interface stability is also emerging as a modulator of the efficiency of topoisomerase poisons. See for instance (Germe, Voros et al. 2018, Bandak, Blower et al. 2023). By shedding light on interface dynamics, our study will be of interest to scientist interested in the development of these drugs. In addition, the heterodimer system can potentially produce detailed mechanistic information (Gubaev, Weidlich et al. 2016, Hartmann, Gubaev et al. 2017, Stelljes, Weidlich et al. 2018) not only on gyrase but also on other, dimeric type II topoisomerases or even other dimeric enzyme in general. We have amended the manuscript to make these points clearer. Therefore, we believe that the evaluation of the revised manuscript’s relevance could be upgraded to “important”.

      Point-by-point response to the reviewer

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Germe and colleagues have investigated the mode of action of bacterial DNA gyrase, a tetrameric GyrA2GyrB2 complex that catalyses ATP-dependent DNA supercoiling. The accepted mechanism is that the enzyme passes a DNA segment through a reversible double-stranded DNA break formed by two catalytic Tyr residues-one from each GyrA subunit. The present study sought to understand an intriguing earlier observation that gyrase with a single catalytic tyrosine that cleaves a single strand of DNA, nonetheless has DNA supercoiling activity, a finding that led to the suggestion that gyrase acts via a nicking closing mechanism. Germe et al used bacterial co-expression to make the wild-type and mutant heterodimeric BA(fused). A complexes with only one catalytic tyrosine. Whether the Tyr mutation was on the A side or BA fusion side, both complexes plus GyrB reconstituted fluoroquinolone-stabilized double-stranded DNA cleavage and DNA supercoiling. This indicates that the preparations of these complexes sustain double strand DNA passage. Of possible explanations, contamination of heterodimeric complexes or GyrB with GyrA dimers was ruled out by the meticulous prior analysis of the proteins on native Page gels, by analytical gel filtration and by mass photometry. Involvement of an alternative nucleophile on the Tyr-mutated protein was ruled unlikely by mutagenesis studies focused on the catalytic ArgTyrThr triad of residues. Instead, results of the present study favour a third explanation wherein double-strand DNA breakage arises as a consequence of subunit (or interface/domain) exchange. The authors showed that although subunits in the GyrA dimer were thought to be tightly associated, addition of GyrB to heterodimers with one catalytic tyrosine stimulates rapid DNA-dependent subunit or interface exchange to generate complexes with two catalytic tyrosines capable of double-stranded DNA breakage. Subunit exchange between complexes is facilitated by DNA bending and wrapping by gyrase, by the ability of both GyrA and GyrB to form higher order aggregates and by dense packing of gyrase complexes on DNA. By addressing a puzzling paradox, this study provides support for the accepted double strand break (strand passage) mechanism of gyrase and opens new insights on subunit exchange that may have biological significance in promoting DNA recombination and genome evolution.

      The conclusions of the work are mostly well supported by the experimental data.

      Strengths:

      The study examines a fundamental biological question, namely the mechanism of DNA gyrase, an essential and ubiquitous enzyme in bacteria, and the target of fluoroquinolone antimicrobial agents.

      The experiments have been carefully done and the analysis of their outcomes is comprehensive, thoughtful and considered.

      The work uses an array of complementary techniques to characterize preparations of GyrA, GyrB and various gyrase complexes. In this regard, mass photometry seems particularly useful. Analysis reveals that purified GyrA and GyrB can each form multimeric complexes and highlights the complexities involved in investigating the gyrase system.

      The various possible explanations for the double-strand DNA breakage by gyrase heterodimers with a single catalytic tyrosine are considered and addressed by appropriate experiments.

      The study highlights the potential biological importance of interactions between gyrase complexes through domain-or subunit-exchange

      We thank the reviewer for their support, effort, and comments. The above is a great summary.

      Weaknesses:

      The mutagenesis experiments described do not fully eliminate the perhaps unlikely participation of an alternative nucleophile.

      We agree that the mutagenesis experiment on its own does not fully eliminate the possibility of an alternative nucleophile. The number of residues mutated is limited, and therefore it is possible we have missed a putative alternative nucleophile.

      However, we have other data and experiments supporting the conclusion that no alternative nucleophile exists. Therefore, we want to stress that our conclusion that no such alternative exist is based on these extra data. These data and experiments are not discussed by either reviewer despite being present in the original manuscript. This puzzled us and we have modified the manuscript and the figures in the hope that they, and their significance, would not be missed.

      Briefly:

      1) We have performed cleavage-based labeling of the nucleophile responsible for cleavage. This experiment is depicted in Figure 4. The nucleophilic activity of the residue involved results in covalent link between the polypeptide (that includes the residue) and radiolabeled DNA. Therefore, a polypeptide that includes an active nucleophile will be radiolabeled and visible, whereas a polypeptide that is missing an active nucleophile will remain unlabeled and invisible. We can distinguish the BA and the A polypeptide from their size. In the case of the BA.A complex both the BA polypetide and the A polypetide are radiolabeled and therefore both have an active nucleophile. In the case of the BAF.A complex, the unmutated A polypeptide is labeled, meaning that a nucleophile is still active. In contrast, the BAF polypeptide shows no detectable labeling. This result means that removing the hydroxyl group from the catalytic tyrosine abolishes any protein-DNA covalent link, suggesting that no other nucleophile from the BA polypetidic chain can substitute for the catalytic tyrosine hydroxyl group. This experiment excludes the possibility of an alternative nucleophile coming from the polypeptidic chain of either GyrA or GyrB. This experiment, described in figure 4, is not discussed by the reviewer. This experiment is similar in principle to early experiments identifying catalytic tyrosine in topoisomerases. See for instance, (Shuman, Kane et al. 1989).

      2) The experiment above does not exclude a nucleophile coming from the solvent. To exclude this possibility, we have used T5 exonuclease (which needs a free 5’ DNA end to digest) and ExoIII (which need a free 3’ DNA end to digest). We have shown the reconstituted cleavage is not sensitive to T5 and sensitive to ExoIII. This shows that the 5’ end of the cleaved sites are protected by a bulky polypeptide impairing T5 activity, which is active in our reaction as shown by the digestion of a control DNA fragment. This experiment shows that the reconstituted cleavage is very unlikely to come from a small nucleotide potentially provided by the solvent. This experiment is described in the main text and the results are shown in supplementary figure 5. It is not mentioned by either reviewer.

      3) Finally, we would like to emphasize our experiment comparing the BAF.A59 to BALLL.A59. The BALLL.A59 complex displays increased cleavage compared to BAF.A59. If this increased cleavage was due to an alternative nucleophile on the BALLL side, we would expect an accompanying increase in supercoiling activity since the BALLL.A59 possesses one CTD, which is sufficient for supercoiling. The fact that no increased supercoiling activity is observed strongly suggests subunit exchange reconstituting an A59 dimer, inactive for supercoiling but active for cleavage. We believe this somewhat complex observation to be quite significant and we have attempted to clarify the manuscript and discuss its full significance in several places.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      An interesting paper on DNA gyrase that explains a puzzling paradox in terms of the double-strand break mechanism.

      Major points

      1) The authors consider several mechanisms that could potentially explain their data. On page 15, the authors present the evidence against the nicking closing mechanism proposed by Gubaev et al. Throughout the manuscript, they indicate where their experimental results agree with this earlier work but should also indicate and account for differences. For example, Gubaev et al describe cross linking experiments that they claim rule out subunit exchange. These aspects should be clearly explained.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have re-written the discussion to address this point. We are extensively discussing experiments from (Gubaev, Weidlich et al. 2016), and offer our interpretation of apparently conflicting results. We suggest that their experiments are basically consistent with our data when correctly interpreted. To keep the main manuscript clear, we have added a supplementary discussion where experiments from (Gubaev, Weidlich et al. 2016) are discussed further in relation to our data.

      2) Page 9. The experiments done to rule out the perhaps unlikely alternative nucleophile hypothesis relate to the possible role of the Arg and Threonine of the RYT triad. These residues are close to the DNA and therefore are prime candidates and attractive targets for mutagenesis. However, strictly speaking, the mutant enzyme data presented do not rule all possibilities. For example, Serine is often the nucleophile used by resolvases to effect DNA recombination via subunit exchange. The ideal experiment to rule out/rule in other nucleophiles would be to identify the residue(s) that become attached to DNA in the cleavage reaction.

      Please see above. We have effectively ruled an alternative nucleophile with our cleavage-based labeling experiment and others that were present and discussed in the original manuscript but were missed. We have modified the manuscript and figures in order to make this point clearer than before.

      3) p17. The readout for subunit exchange used by the authors is double-stranded DNA cleavage. Attempts to directly detect the formation of the DNA cleaving complexes GyrA2B2 and (GyrBA)2 (arising from subunit exchange between heterodimers) by mass photometry were not successful. Perhaps FRET would have been another approach to try as it could also detect interface and domain interchanges.

      Directly detecting interface exchange directly by proximity experiment would be extremely useful. FRET would have to be done in the BAF.A + GyrB configuration where the amount of interface exchange is important. Now, we do not have the tools to do that and developing them would be outside the scope of the study. We propose cross linking experiment to be done in the future. We argue that the manuscript is convincing without these for now. This will be addressed in the future. This point, and other possible future experiments are now discussed in the discussion section.

      4) The underlying canvas of this paper is the strand passage mechanism of gyrase. It would seem appropriate to include the papers first proposing it - Brown P.O and Cozzarelli N.R. (1979) and Mizuuchi K et al (1980).

      We very much agree. These papers have now been added in the introduction as appropriate, highlighting the relationship between double-strand cleavage and the strand-passage mechanism.

      5) Figure 1. The quality of the insets is poor. It is difficult to pick out the key catalytic residues and their disposition vis-a-vis DNA.

      We agree, Figure 1 has been re-done and the schematic theme has been harmonized throughout the whole manuscript. We very much hope that clarity has improved. Thank you for the suggestion.

      6) The experimental work is a very detailed analysis of a specific feature of engineered gyrase heterodimers. Making the work accessible to the general reader will be important. Using shorter paragraphs each with a specific theme might help. In particular, the second paragraph of the Results on p7, the section on p9 and bottom of p11, p13 and the first paragraph of the Discussion on p14 are each a page or more long. A shorter manuscript that avoids overinterpretation of the smaller details would also help.

      We agree. We have now split long paragraphs into individual sections, with titles, in the Results. This structure is recapitulated at the beginning of the discussion, and we have split the discussion into shorter paragraphs, each with a unique point being made.

      7) The impact of the Gubaev et al (2016) paper for the field in general, and as the catalyst for the present work should be better documented. Mention of this earlier paper and its significance at the beginning of the Abstract and elsewhere e.g in the Introduction might also help with a more logical organization of the current findings and result in a shorter paper (which would be easier to read).

      We have added a reference to (Gubaev, Weidlich et al. 2016) in the abstract and have expanded our introduction

      Minor points

      1) Legends for Figs 2 and 6; Supplementary Figs 1 and 8. The designation of subfigures as a, b, c, d , e etc appears to be incorrect. Check throughout and in the text.

      The manuscript has been checked for such errors.

      2) Figure 2, and first paragraph p8. Peaks in Fig 2c should be labelled to facilitate discussion on p8.

      Agreed, this has been done.

      3) Supplementary Fig 4 and elsewhere in the manuscript. A variety of notations are used to denote phenylalanine mutants e.g. AsubscriptF, AsuperscriptF and AF. Check and use one format throughout.

      Done

      4) Figures showing gels include the label '+EtBr, +cipro'. This is somewhat confusing because EtBr was contained in the gel (not the samples) whereas cipro was included in the reaction. Modify or describe in the legend..

      We have re-written the figure legend.

      5) Supplementary Fig 4b describes a small effect on the ratio of linear to nicked DNA for the triple LLL mutant. Is this significant? How many times was the measurement made?

      This has been addressed in the original manuscript in the supplementary data. In term of quantification, the experiment has been done 3 times for each prep, with the same GyrB prep and concentration. The standard error is displayed on the figure. This result is very reproducible and have been reproduced more than 3 times. No LLL cleavage assay showed more single-strand than double-strand cleavage. For the phenylalanine mutant, no cleavage assay showed more double-strand than single-strand cleavage.

      6) Supplementary Fig 5 legend. Should 'L' read 'size markers' (and give their sizes)?

      Yes indeed, we have modified the figure to clarify.

      7) p11 line 5. Is this statement correct?

      Yes, it is correct. Although we hope we are on the same line. When the Tyrosine is mutated on one side only of the heterodimer, both single- and double-strand cleavage are protected from T5 exonuclease digestion.

      8) 12 last line should read...and supercoiling activity (not shown)..were

      Thank you, done.

      There are a number of typos throughout the text, for example:

      Page 3 line..Difficult to conclude...what?

      Page 3 para 3...Lopez....and Blazquez

      We have corrected these typos and checked the whole manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      DNA gyrase is an essential enzyme in bacteria that regulates DNA topology and has the unique property to introduce negative supercoils into DNA. This enzyme contains 2 subunits GyrA and GyrB, which forms an A2B2 heterotetramer that associates with DNA and hydrolyzes ATP. The molecular structure of the A2B2 assembly is composed of 3 dimeric interfaces, called gates, which allow the cleavage and transport of DNA double stranded molecules through the gates, in order to perform DNA topology simplification. The article by Germe et al. questions the existence and possible mechanism for subunit exchange in the bacterial DNA gyrase complex.

      The complexes are purified as a dimer of GyrA and a fusion of GyrB and GyrA (GyrBA), encoded by different plasmids, to allow the introduction of targeted mutations on one side only of the complex. The conclusion drawn by the authors is that subunit exchange does happen, favored by DNA binding and wrapping. They propose that the accumulation of gyrase in higher-order oligomers can favor rapid subunit exchange between two active gyrase complexes brought into proximity.

      The authors are also debating the conclusions of a previous article by Gubaev, Weidlich et al 2016 (https://doi.org/10.1093/nar/gkw740). Gubaev et al. originally used this strategy of complex reconstitution to propose a nicking-closing mechanism for the introduction of negative supercoils by DNA gyrase, an alternative mechanism that precludes DNA strand passage, previously established in the field. Germe et al. incriminate in this earlier study the potential subunit swapping of the recombinant protein with the endogenous enzyme, that would be responsible for the detected negative supercoiling activity.

      Accordingly, the authors also conclude that they cannot completely exclude the presence of endogenous subunits in their samples as well.

      Strengths

      The mix of gyrase subunits is plausible, this mechanism has been suggested by Ideka et al, 2004 and also for the human Top2 isoforms with the formation of Top2a/Top2b hybrids being identified in HeLa cells (doi: 10.1073/pnas.93.16.8288).

      Germe et al have used extensive and solid biochemical experiments, together with thorough experimental controls, involving :

      • the purification of gyrase subunits including mutants with domain deletion, subunit fusion or point mutations.

      • DNA relaxation, cleavage and supercoiling assays

      • biophysical characterization in solution (size exclusion chromatography, mass photometry, mass spectrometry)

      Together the combination of experimental approaches provides solid evidence for subunit swapping in gyrase in vitro, despite the technical limitations of standard biochemistry applied to such a complex macromolecule.

      We thank the reviewer for their supportive and considered comments.

      Weaknesses

      The conclusions of this study could be strengthened by in vivo data to identify subunit swapping in the bacteria, as proposed by Ideka et al, 2004. Indeed, if shown in vivo, together with this biochemical evidence, this mechanism could have a substantial impact on our understanding of bacterial physiology and resistance to drugs.

      Thank you for this comment. Indeed, whether this interface exchange can happen in vivo and lead to recombination is a very important question. However, we believe that this is outside the scope of this study simply because of the amount of work one can fit into one paper. Proving that interface exchange can happen in vitro has already necessitated a number of non-trivial experiments and likewise investigating interface exchange in vivo will require a careful, long-term study (see our reply to reviewer #2 comment, who also raised this point). We can’t address it with one additional experiment with the tools we have. However, we very much hope to do it in the future.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Specific questions and comments for the authors:

      1) Complex identification during purification

      The statement line 236-237 that "Our heterodimer preparation showed a single-peak on a gel-filtration column, distinct from the GyrA dimer peak" is not entirely clear. In Fig supp 1 b, how can the authors conclude from the superose 6 that GyrBA is separated from the GyrA dimer? Since they seem close in size 160/180kDa, they are unlikely to be well separated in a superose 6 gel filtration column. The SDS-PAGE seems to show both species in the same fractions #15-17 therefore it would not be possible to distinguish GyrBA. A from A2.

      There appears to be some confusion about what Supp Fig. 1b shows. First, in all our gel filtration conditions both GyrBA and GyrA can’t exist as monomers at a significant concentration. Therefore, we can never observe the GyrBA monomer on a gel filtration column. Supp Fig. 1b shows the gel filtration profile of the BA.A heterodimer only. This is the output of the last, polishing step in the reaction. We analyze these results using SDS-PAGE. Therefore, the BA.A heterodimer will be denatured and separated into 2 polypeptides: GyrBA and GyrA, which migrates according to their size in an SDS-PAGE and forms two bands. These two bands do not represent two separate species in solution. They represent the separation of one species only, the BA.A heterodimer into its two, denatured, subunits: GyrA and GyrBA. We do not conclude from Supp Fig. 1 as a whole that GyrBA and the GyrA dimer are well separated, and this is not stated in the manuscript. We conclude that the BA.A dimer is fairly well separated from the GyrA dimer. They have significant different size (~260 kDa and ~180 kDa respectively) and form different peaks on a gel filtration column. The BA.A heterodimer has a GyrA subunit and therefore will shows a GyrA band on an SDS-PAGE, like the GyrA dimers but the two are obviously distinct in their quaternary structure. We are hoping that our new schematics and re-write of some of the results and figure legends will clarify this.

      Panel 6 shows a different elution volume for the 2 species BA.A and A2 on an analytical S200 column, which appears better at separating the complexes in this size range.

      Did the authors consider using a S200 column instead of superose 6 for the sample preparation, to optimize the separation of GyrBA. A from A2?

      This is not a necessarily true statement (see above). We have not run the GyrA dimer on a Superose 6 column. The analysis was done on an s200 because extensive data for the GyrA dimer was already available with this, already calibrated column. We do not expect the Superose 6 to be worse in this size range. In fact, it might even be better. The Superose 6 profile in Supp. Fig. 1b shows BA.A only and no GyrA dimer. We have clarified the annotations in the figure to make this clearer.

      Regarding the analytical gel filtration experiment, there is however an overlap in the elution volume in the analytical column, therefore how can the authors ensure there is no excess free A2 complex in the GyrBA. A sample?

      Indeed, there is an overlap, but we argue that it is overstated. The important part of the overlap is where the maximum height of the GyrA peak is positioned compared to the BA.A trace, not where the traces intersect. This overlap is minimal. If a contaminating GyrA peak was hidden in the BA.A peak, it would have to be at least 10 times less intense than the BA.A peak. Since BA.A and GyrA dimer have roughly the same extinction coefficient, this means that a contamination would detectable at 10 % or even less. Our mass photometry further excludes such contamination.

      Alternatively, the addition of a larger (cleavable) tag at the C-terminal end of the BA construct (therefore not disturbing dimer association) could allow to better distinguish the 2 populations already at the size exclusion step.

      This is true and could allow cleaner purification. There are also other ways to achieve cleaner purification, like adding a secondary tag. However, like we argue in the manuscript, our contaminations are already minimal. It is questionable what benefits could be gained in changing the protocol. We also argue that the tandem tag method does not completely exclude contamination (Supplementary Discussion) and therefore we are not sure if this would be worth the time and expenditure.

      2) GyrA and GyrB Oligomers:

      In the mass photometry experiment, the authors explain that the low concentration of the proteins promotes dissociation of GyrA dimers, hence the detection of GyrA monomers instead of GyrA dimers, which are also detected in the GyrBA.A sample.

      However, it cannot be concluded that the GyrA dimer is not formed in the condition of the gel filtration chromatography, at higher concentration.

      In our mass photometry experiment, The BA.A sample is not as diluted as the GyrA dimer and much closer to our experimental condition. Since we have calculated the dissociation constant, we can calculate the expected level of dissociation (or reassociation). The level of dissociation is minimal in these conditions. If some dissociation is expected from the BA.A heterodimers, a very low amount of GyrBA monomer should also be present and yet they are not observed. We presume that it is because mass photometry is much more sensitive to GyrA (see our mixing mass photometry experiment that we have added). If the GyrA would reassociate at higher concentration, it would do so either with itself (forming a GyrA dimer) or with the GyrBA monomer, reforming the heterodimer. Assuming both GyrA dimer and heterodimer have the same dissociation constant, roughly one third of the GyrA monomer would reassociate with themselves. Assuming even complete reassociation of the GyrA dimer, this would leave only GyrA dimer accounting for 2% of the prep.

      Another interpretation would be to assume that GyrBA monomers are not present at all and that GyrA monomer are reassociating only with themselves. This is not valid because of the following thermodynamic reason:

      Since the profile for the GyrA dimer are collected at equilibrium, we should expect a ratio between GyrA monomer and dimers that follow the dissociation constant. In other words, if the GyrA monomer were in equilibrium with GyrA dimer we should expect a much higher dimer concentration already as the GyrA monomers are not as dilute. We do not observe a GyrA dimer peak in the BA.A profile, even though we can detect a low amount of GyrA dimer mixed with BA.A. Therefore, we conclude that the observed GyrA monomer must be in equilibrium with another dimerization partner, which is most probably the GyrBA monomer (see above). Therefore, only a minimal amount of GyrA dimer is expected to be formed at higher concentration by direct reassociation. This could probably increase if we let this solution-based exchange carry on for a long time at dissociation equilibrium. We have actually shown that this solution-based exchange is very slow and take several days because of the low dissociation at equilibrium.

      The mass spectrometry analysis in Fig 2 confirms the presence of (monomeric) GyrA in the sample, despite different experimental conditions.

      The concentration of heterodimer in the mass spectrometry experiment is actually higher than in the mass photometry experiment. This shows that self-reassociation of the GyrA monomer as suggested above is undetectable with mass spectrometry at higher concentration.

      We considered that the “GyrA monomer” peak could be a contaminating GyrB monomer, which is ~90 kDa, which would explain the lack of reassociation. However, the mass spectrometry peak shows precisely the expected molecular weight of GyrA so we interpret this peak as arising from very limited dissociation of the BA.A heterodimer. The reassociation is limited at high concentration due simply to the fact that the difference in concentration between the mass photometry and our other experimental conditions is not that high. The GyrA dimer had to be diluted 400 times to see significant dissociation and yet even at this very low concentration the dissociation is far from complete.

      Our general conclusions on the couple of point above is that we cannot completely exclude the presence of GyrA dimers being present, although they are undetectable in our working conditions either by mass photometry (lower concentration), Mass spectrometry (higher concentration) and even gel filtration (even higher concentration, see above). For the mass photometry, we have established that our detection threshold for a contamination is very low (see our mixing experiment).

      Figure 2A: the authors state in the introduction that GyrB is a monomer in solution and then explain that the upper bands in the native gel are multimer of GyrB. Could the authors comment and provide the size exclusion profile of the Gyr B purification?

      We have expanded our discussion of this. However, we have not been successful in collecting a gel filtration profile for GyrB. This is likely due to excessive oligomerization at the concentration we are using for gel filtration. We suggest that our mass photometry and Blue-Native PAGE experiment shows clearly that GyrB can be detected as a monomer in solution at the appropriate dilution. However, GyrB tends to oligomerize in a regular fashion (Consider especially Supp Fig. 8a), which suggest that it could align heterodimers on DNA in a linear, regular orientation. We have added a discussion of this.

      Together the relevance of the oligomeric state of purified GyrA or GyrB should be clarified, relative to their role in subunit swapping.

      We have added explanation in our discussion, while also trying to not be too speculative. Basically, we believe that GyrB oligomerization is likely to be involved. It is difficult to conclude for GyrA since no experiment has allowed us to test it. Therefore, the role of GyrA oligomerization, if any, is unclear. The GyrA tetramer is very prominent though and forms very easily. GyrB on the contrary forms longer oligomers more readily than GyrA and we surmise that this would help interface exchange. However, the structure of these GyrA and GyrB oligomers is not clear, which make it difficult to go beyond speculation on this. It would be a very interesting experiment if we were able to suppress GyrB oligomerization whilst conserving its ability to promote strand-passage and cleavage. Same goes for GyrA. Unfortunately, we are unable to do that at this time.

      4) Subunit exchange

      Line 320: the concept of subunit exchange in this context should be clearly explained. If one understands correctly, the authors mean that the BAF polypeptide, part of the BAF.A complex, could be replaced by a combination of B+A therefore forming a fully functional WT A2B2 gyrase complex.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have harmonized and clearly defined our terminology for interface swapping and subunit exchange in the introduction and attempted to be much more rigorous when referring to it.

      A great effort has been done in this study to explain all the pros and cons of the experimental design but the length of the explanations may prevent readers outside of the field to fully appreciate the conclusions. This article would benefit from the addition of a few schematics to summarize the working hypothesis.

      Thanks for the suggestion. We have added a series of schematics to illustrate our interpretation for each construct. As mentioned above the terminology has been more rigorously defined and updated throughout the manuscript.

      5) Presence of endogenous GyrA

      Line 419-425: it is quite difficult to follow the explanations regarding the possible contamination of the sample by endogenous GyrA.

      Maybe these points should rather be addressed in the discussion, when debating the conclusions of Gubaev et al.

      We agree. We have re-organized the Discussion doing just that. We added a Supplementary Discussion in which we further discuss the contamination problem in relation to (Gubaev, Weidlich et al. 2016).

      Production of the subunits in another (non bacterial) expression system or a cell free system may prevent the association of endogenous protein.

      Absolutely. We are planning on addressing this in the future, using the yeast expression system.

      6) Mechanism for subunit swapping

      Lines 588-595: As described by the authors the BA fusion shows decreased activity when compared with the WT probably due to limited conformational flexibility in absence of an additional linker sequence between the fused subunits.

      The affinity of BA for A may possibly be reduced compared to the free A2B2 complex, due to a relative stiffness of the fusion upon full association with a free B subunit, as rightfully pointed by the authors.

      If subunit exchange do happen in vitro, at least in the conditions of this study, the authors could assess the affinity of BA for A, when compared to the association of free B and A subunits

      Experiments using analytical ultracentrifugation or surface plasmon resonance (SPR) may allow to determine the relative affinity of the BA +(A+B) compared to the A2B2 complex. This could be done also for the BALLL mutant and association with A59.

      It would be extremely useful to measure the affinity of BA for A. However, this is difficult because of the high affinity of the interface. To measure a dissociation constant, one has to be able to measure the concentration of the monomer and the dimer at equilibrium. Because of this, the complex must be diluted enough to see any dissociation, making detection difficult. In practice, this also means that we cannot purify monomeric versions of these subunits. We therefore can’t perform “on-rate” study on an SPR surface, which would require flowing monomers on its partner subunit tethered to the SPR surface. However, we could perform “off-rate” studies, but the dissociation time is likely to be very long, making the measurement difficult. We have not tried it though, and it could turn out to be informative. An analysis of antibodies off-rate done in the past could provide a guideline for us to perform this experiment. Analytical ultracentrifugation is an excellent technique and could in theory provide information. In practice however it would be still necessary to dilute the complex enough to obtain significant dissociation at equilibrium, making detection difficult. As far as we are aware, analytical ultracentrifugation rely on UV absorbance for protein detection and therefore we probably would not detect our material at the necessary dilution. We are however open-minded about technique with very sensitive detection methods that could be used.

      9) In vivo relevance

      The study does not conclude on the subunits exchange in vivo, which have been suggested by earlier studies by Ikeda et al. To elaborate further on the relevance of such mechanism in the bacteria, experiments involving the fluorescent labeling of endogenous / exogenous mutant subunits may be required to provide further information on this phenomenon.

      We completely agree that the in vivo relevance of such phenomena is the central question. Addressing this directly is not trivial though. Expressing both BA and A in vivo will results in random partnering and lead to a mix of dimers: A2 (1/4), BA2(1/4) and BA.A (1/2), assuming equal interface affinity. Therefore, to see subunit exchange in the same way as in vitro, one would have to get rid of the BA2 and A2 dimer together, or the BA.A dimer only. Our initial strategy to do that would be to engineer a specific dimer as being uniquely targeted for degradation. This could allow us to “get rid” of for instance the BA.A dimer. Subsequently, we would turn off the degradation and translation together and observe the rate of subunit exchange. This is not trivial though and would be the subject of a further study.

      10) Figure 3: I guess the "intact" label refers to the supercoiled DNA (SC) ? It also appears as "uncleaved" in supp Figure 6. The same label for this topoisomer should be used throughout.

      Thank you for pointing that out. It has now been corrected.

      Bandak, A. F., T. R. Blower, K. C. Nitiss, R. Gupta, A. Y. Lau, R. Guha, J. L. Nitiss and J. M. Berger (2023). "Naturally mutagenic sequence diversity in a human type II topoisomerase." Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 120(28).

      Germe, T., J. Voros, F. Jeannot, T. Taillier, R. A. Stavenger, E. Bacque, A. Maxwell and B. D. Bax (2018). "A new class of antibacterials, the imidazopyrazinones, reveal structural transitions involved in DNA gyrase poisoning and mechanisms of resistance." Nucleic Acids Res.

      Gubaev, A., D. Weidlich and D. Klostermeier (2016). "DNA gyrase with a single catalytic tyrosine can catalyze DNA supercoiling by a nicking-closing mechanism." Nucleic Acids Res 44(21): 10354-10366.

      Hartmann, S., A. Gubaev and D. Klostermeier (2017). "Binding and Hydrolysis of a Single ATP Is Sufficient for N-Gate Closure and DNA Supercoiling by Gyrase." J Mol Biol 429(23): 3717-3729. Shuman, S., E. M. Kane and S. G. Morham (1989). "Mapping the active-site tyrosine of vaccinia virus DNA topoisomerase I." Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 86(24): 9793-9797.

      Stelljes, J. T., D. Weidlich, A. Gubaev and D. Klostermeier (2018). "Gyrase containing a single C-terminal domain catalyzes negative supercoiling of DNA by decreasing the linking number in steps of two." Nucleic Acids Res.

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Strengths:

      NanoPDLIM2, nanotechnologies that efficiently deliver lentivirus overcomes resistance to chemotherapy and anti-PD-1 immunotherapy. This is a new strategy for enhancing the efficiency of immune checkpoint inhibitors.

      This finding is important from a clinical translation perspective, but I have several minor concerns.

      Weaknesses:

      1) Please describe the mechanism of increased MHC class I and PD-L1 by PDLIM2.

      Our previous studies showed that PDLIM2 induces MHC-I induction through decreasing STAT3 whereas it is dispensable for PD-L1 expression (Sun et al, 2019, PMID: 31757943). In line with the studies, PD-L1 is induced by chemotherapeutic drugs, but not by NanoPDLIM2 (Figure 6A). Together with the roles of PDLIM2 in repressing RelA-dependent MDR1 induction by chemotherapy and in preventing expression of cell survival and proliferation genes by targeting both RelA and STAT3 (Sun et al, 2019, PMID: 31757943), further providing the mechanistic basis for the combination and synergistic effect of nanoPDLIM2, anti-PD-1 and chemo drugs. The improvement has now been further incorporated.

      2) Please describe the mechanism of decreased MDR1, nuclear RelA and STAT3 by PDLIM2.

      Our previous studies demonstrated that PDLIM2 reduces MDR1 expression by degrading nuclear RelA (Sun et al, 2019, PMID: 31757943).

      3) Please determine whether PDLIM2 expression directly impacts immune cells (function and number)?

      As shown in Figure 5, NanoPDLIM2 increased the number and activation of tumor infiltrating lymphocytes (TILs); and in prior study, PDLIM2 knockout repressed the numbers of TILs and inhibited the activation of CD4+ and CD8+ T cells, while its re-expression in lung tumors led to T cell activation (Sun et al. 2019, PMID: 31757943). On the other hand, selective deletion of PDLIM2 in immune cells and in particular myeloid cells repressed the numbers and activation of TILs (Li et al, 2021, PMID: 33539325; PMCID: PMC8021114). Thus, PDLIM2 may impact immune cells both directly and indirectly, particularly when nanoparticles can deliver PDLIM2 into both tumor cells and tumor-associated immune cells (despite PDLIM2 is delivered into much fewer immune cells compared to tumor cells).

      4) What is the efficiency of PDLIM2 delivery? Does delivery efficiency determine anti-tumor effect?

      As shown in the manuscript, the dose of PDLIM2 used already shows high delivery (20-30 copies per tumor cell in Figure 3B) and therapeutic efficacy in the mouse model of refractory lung cancer and particularly when being combined with anti-PD-1 and chemo drugs. It is of interest to test different doses in the model for the best delivery and efficacy, which is actively being pursued in the lab.

      5) Authors used a non-immunogenic tumor model. Can you demonstrate the combination effect with PDLIM2 in immunogenic lung cancer models to determine whether the combination of PDLIM2 with anti-PD-1 Ab confers a synergistic effect without chemotherapy?

      Yes, it is of interest to demonstrate the combination of PDLIM2 and anti-PD-1 in immunogenic lung cancer models with chemotherapy although a synergy is highly expected. The greatest challenge in the lung cancer field is the low response of non-immunogenic tumor, which is the focus of the current manuscript.

      6) On page 11, % change can make one over-interpret data.

      The % change has been removed from the manuscript.

      7) In Figure 5, what is the difference between 5A and 5D?

      Figure 5A shows the increase of TILs by nanoPDLIM2 in animals that did not receive PD-1 blockade immunotherapy, Figure 5D shows the increase of TILs by nanoPDLIM2 in animals received PD-1 blockade immunotherapy.

      8) It is unclear whether PDLIM2 confers an additive or a synergistic effect with anti-PD-1/chemo.

      PDLIM2 nanotherapy confers a synergistic effect with chemotherapy on increasing apoptosis in tumors (Figure 4B) and tumor reduction (Figure 4A and 6E, left panel, tumor number), confers a synergistic effect with antiPD-1 on increasing CD4+ and CD8+ TILs (Figure 5A and 5D), and apoptosis in tumors (Figure 5F), and an additive effect on tumor reduction (Figure 5C and 6E), and confers a synergistic effect with chemotherapy plus anti-PD-1 on increasing CD4+ and CD8+ TILs (Figure 5A and 6F) and tumor reduction (Figure 6E, left panel, tumor number).

      9) Have the authors tested any toxicity in normal lungs?

      Same to tumor lungs, no obvious toxicity has been observed in normal lungs.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The paper is clear and well-written, although some minor edits are needed. For example, the title could be changed to reflect both human and mouse studies in the manuscript for more general readers. Moreover, 'lung cancer' should be used instead of 'lung cancers'. The manuscript could be further improved by validating their findings in a different model and particularly the syngeneic model of metastatic lung cancer for a better overall survival time by the new combination therapy, given the fact that clinical trial studies usually start in patients with metastatic tumors. But this is optional because the therapeutic effect on primary lung cancer is already significant.

      Thanks for the correction and wonderful suggestions. The “lung cancers” were replaced with “lung cancer”, and the title was changed to “Improving PD-1 blockade plus chemotherapy for complete remission of lung cancer by nanoPDLIM2”.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) What is the rationale for i.v. injection of nanoparticles containing PDLIM2 plasmid? Intranasal administration of nanoparticles may potentially target nanoPDLIM2 specifically to the lungs. Another potential option is intranasal infection of mice with adenovirus expressing PDLIM2.

      The rationale for i.v. injection of nanoPDLIM2 is that iv injected nanoPDLIM2 first reach into the lung and more importantly tumor tissues as well as the convenience and high efficacy of mouse i.v. injection, particularly when multiple injections are needed. Mice are much less stressful compared to other intranasal or even intratracheal injection. Adenovirus can be used only once, because it will initiate ant-viral immune response in mice.

      2) The authors examine PDLIM2 expression in lung tumors 1 week after i.v. administration of nanoparticles (Fig. 3A). Do all tumor cells express PDLIM2 after nanoPDLIM2 treatment? How long does PDLIM2 persist in the tumors? The kinetics of PDLIM2 expression may be informative to help interpret the results from the various combination treatments given to the mice. Multiple rounds of nanoPDLIM2 treatment could potentially improve the efficacy of the treatment.

      For all the sections examined (n=6), PDLIM2 was re-expressed in most but not all lung cancer cells at 1-week of the i.v administration. Accordingly, nanoPDLIM2 was injected weekly. We are examining if PDLIM2 reexpression can last longer. We are also testing the best dose with the best efficacy.

      3) Does the plasmid DNA from nanoparticles trigger an innate immune response in the lung that contributes to anti-tumor responses?

      In line with previous studies showing no effect on immune responses (Bonnet et al. 2008. PMID: 18709489), the dose used in current study does not significantly affect immune cells in the lung, suggesting no obvious effect of nanoparticles with empty plasmid on innate immune response.

      4) In Fig. 4, does the combination of nanoPDLIM2 and chemotherapy diminish STAT3 nuclear staining?

      NanoPDLIM2 alone decreased nuclear STAT 3 in tumor cells (Figure 2C), it also diminished nuclear STAT3 in tumor cells with the combination of chemotherapy.

    1. Author Response

      On behalf of my co-authors, I thank you very much for sending our manuscript (# eLifeRP-RA-2023-91223) entitled “Elimination of subtelomeric repeat sequences exerts little effect on telomere functions in Saccharomyces cerevisiae” for review and providing us an opportunity for revision. We also thank the reviewers for their critical and constructive comments and suggestions which have helped us to strengthen our study. We have performed more experiments to address the concerns the reviewers raised, and we have also revised or corrected some of our statements as the reviewers suggested.

      Reviewer #1

      1) The author’s data indicate that cells with many chromosomes are more dependent on possibly homologous recombination than SY12 cells with three chromosomes. Telomerase-deficient cells exhibit the type I and type II telomere structures, whereas telomerase-deficient SY12 cells often generate different telomere structures (named Type X survivors or atypical survivors). Type I survivor depends on Rad51 possessing tandem Y' elements whereas Type II survivor depends on Rad59 carrying long TG sequences (line 60-70). Both types require Rad52 (line 66-70). At the moment, it is not determined how Type X or atypical survivors are generated in telomerase-deficient SY12 cells.

      The authors need to determine whether Type X or atypical survivors depend on other repair pathways from Type I and Type II, and what DNA sequences are retained adjacent to telomeres in Type X or atypical survivors by sequencing analysis (Fig. 2).

      We thank the reviewer’s valuable comments and suggestions. Atypical survivor is a subtype of survivor that exhibits non-uniform telomere patterns, distinct from those observed in Type I, Type II, Type X, or circular survivors. To further determine its genetic requirements, we deleted RAD52 in SY12 tlc1Δ, SY12YΔ tlc1Δ, SY12XYΔ tlc1Δ, and SY12XYΔ+Y tlc1Δ strains. Southern blotting results showed that neither Type I nor Type II survivors were found in the series of strains; circular survivor was in the predomination; beside circular survivor, some survivors exhibiting non-uniform telomere patterns suggested they were atypical survivor. These results have been presented as Figure 2—figure supplement 6B, Figure 5—figure supplement 2B and Figure 6—figure supplement 4B in the revised version. The results showed that atypical survivors still emerged when Rad52 pathway was repressed, indicating that the formation of atypical survivors does not strictly rely on the homologous recombination.

      Given that "atypical" clones exhibit non-uniform telomere patterns, it’s not surprising that their chromosome structures are variable and tanglesome. Consequently, it is hard for us to amplify and sequence the DNA sequences retained adjacent to telomeres.

      Since no Type X survivor was detected in SY12 tlc1Δ rad52Δ strain (Author response image 1A), we deleted RAD50 or RAD51 in SY12 tlc1Δ strain to investigate on which pathway the formation of the Type X survivor relied. Results showed that Type X survivor emerged in the absence of Rad51 but not Rad50, suggesting that the formation of Type X survivor depended on Rad50 pathway. These results have been presented as Figure 2—figure supplement 7.

      To determine the chromosomal end structure of the Type X survivor, we randomly selected a typical Type X survivor, and performed PCR-sequencing analysis. The results revealed the intact chromosome ends for I-L, X-R, XIII-L, XI-R, and XIV-R, albeit with some mismatches compared with the S. cerevisiae S288C genome, which possibly arising from recombination events that occurred during survivor formation. Notably, the sequence of the Y’-element in XVI-L could not be detected, while the X-element remained intact. Figure 2—figure supplement 5 in the revised manuscript.

      2) Survivor generation of each type (Type I, Type II, Type X or atypical and circularization) needs to be accurately quantitated. The authors concluded that X or Y' elements are not strictly necessary for survivor formation (Fig. 5 and Fig. 6). However, their removal appears to increase atypical survivor and chromosome circularization (Fig. 2 vs Fig. 5 and 6).

      We are grateful for the reviewer’s critical and constructive suggestions. According to the reviewer’s requirement, we quantified each type of survivors in SY12 tlc1Δ, SY12YΔ tlc1Δ, SY12XYΔ tlc1Δ and SY12XYΔ+Y tlc1Δ strains (Figure 2D, 5C, 6A and 6B). In SY12 tlc1Δ strain, Type I survivors accounted for 16%, Type II survivors for 2%, Type X survivors for 24%, circular survivors for 20% and atypical survivors for 38%. In SY12YΔ tlc1Δ strain, 4% were Type II survivors, 52% were circular survivors and 44% were atypical survivors.

      For the SY12XYΔ tlc1Δ strain, 8% were Type II survivors, 48% were circular survivors and 44% were atypical survivors. In SY12XYΔ+Y tlc1Δ strain, the proportions of Type II, circular and atypical survivors were 14%, 44%, and 42%, respectively (Author response image 1).

      In comparing SY12YΔ with SY12XYΔ, we observed a similar ratio of circular and atypical survivors. This result indicates that the remove of X-elements exert little effect on the formation of circular and atypical survivors. Similarly, in SY12XYΔ+Y strain, the proportions of circular and atypical survivors were comparable to those in SY12XYΔ strain, indicating that Y’-elements also have little effect on the formation of circular and atypical survivors. However, due to the unknown frequency of survivor formation, alternative explanations of these data are possible. For example, subtelomeric elements previously suggested to have no impact on the formation of any survivor types might influence every type to similar extents, leading to similar ratios across all survivor types. With our present data, it is still unclear whether the absence of X and Y'-elements enhances the formation of circular and atypical survivors. Therefore, we did not present these results in the revised manuscript.

      Author response image 1.

      Quantitation of each survivor type in SY12 subtelomerice engineered strains. The ratio of survivor types in SY12 tlc1Δ, SY12YΔ tlc1Δ, SY12XYΔ tlc1Δ and SY12XYΔ+Y tlc1Δ strains. Type I, pulper; Type II, green; Type X, gray; atypical survivor, orange; circular survivor, blue.

      3)The authors asked whether X and Y' elements are required for cell proliferation, stress response, telomere length control and telomere silencing (Fig. 4). Similar studies have been previously carried out by using synthetic chromosomes (see PMID: 28300123). The authors need to discuss this point.

      Thanks for your suggestion, we have added the information in the revised version. (p.24 line 449-453)

      4) The Fig. 7 data support that circular chromosomes do not require Ku-dependent DNA end protection. This is consistent with the current view that Ku binds and protects DNA ends. This finding by itself does not contribute significantly to our understanding of telomere maintenance. The authors need to more extensively discuss the significance of their findings in SY12 cells compared to wild-type cells with 16 chromosomes.

      We agree with the logic that this reviewer has pointed out. Our results demonstrate that combinatorial deletion of YKU70 and TLC1 caused synthetic lethality in SY12 cells, which possess three linear chromosomes, However, it did not affect the viability of "circular survivors", supporting the notion that telomere deprotection leads to the synthetic lethality in yku70Δ tlc1Δ double mutants. Nevertheless, this conclusion merely confirms the current view observed in wild-type cells that Ku binds and protects DNA ends.

      To avoid confusing readers and maintain the logical flow of the manuscript, we have deleted this section in the revised version.

      Minor issues:

      1) Line 112-113: " for SY13, which contains two chromosomes, could also have a high probability of circularizing all chromosomes for survival": The reference or the supplemental data are required.

      Thank this reviewer for the suggestion. According to the reviewer’s comments, we performed a Southern blotting assay to examine the types of survivors in SY13 tlc1Δ strain. We found that the majority of SY13 tlc1Δ clones exhibited hybridization signal similar to SY14 tlc1Δ circular survivors, pointing to the possibility that two chromosomes in these survivors may undergo intra-chromosomal fusions. This result has been added to figure 1D in the revised version.

      2) Line 349-350: The BY4742 mre11Δ haploid strain serves as a negative control. The authors need to explain why mre11 cells serve as a negative control.

      Thank this reviewer for the comment. We employed mre11Δ as negative control because Mre11 is a member of the RAD52 epistasis group, which is involved in the repair of double-stranded breaks in DNA, and mutants in MRE11 exhibit defects in the repair of DNA damages caused by DNA damage drugs (Krogh and Symington, 2004; Lewis et al., 2004; Symington, 2002). (p.23 line 420-422)

      Reviewer #2

      1) The qualification of survivor types mostly relies on molecular patterns in Southern blots. While this is a valid method for a standard strain, it might be more difficult to apply to the strains used in this study. For example, in SY8, SY11 and SY12, the telomere signal at 1-1.2 kb can be very faint due to the small number of terminal Y' elements left. As another example, for the Y'-less strain, it might seem obvious that no Type I survivor can emerge given that Y' amplification is a signature of Type I, but maybe Type-I-specific molecular mechanisms might still be used. To reinforce the characterization of survivor types, an analysis of the genetic requirements for Type I and Type II survivors (e.g. RAD51, RAD54, RAD59, RAD50) could complement the molecular characterization in specific result sections.

      We thank this reviewer for his/her constructive comments and suggestions. To investigate whether Type-I-specific molecular mechanisms are still utilized in the survivor formation in Y'-less strain, we deleted RAD51 in SY12XYΔ tlc1Δ. SY12XYΔ tlc1Δ rad51Δ strain was able to generate three types of survivors, including Type II survivor, circular survivor and atypical survivor, similar to the observations in SY12XYΔ tlc1Δ strain. However, the ratios of circular and atypical survivors were 36% and 32%, respectively, lower than the 48% and 44% observed in SY12XYΔ tlc1Δ strain (supplementary file 5). This result indicates that Type-I-specific molecular mechanisms contribute to the survivor formation. Given that our work primarily focuses on the function of subtelomeric elements, we chose not to include this result in our revised manuscript to maintain a coherent logical flow.

      To reinforce the characterization of survivor types, we deleted RAD50, RAD51 and RAD52 in SY12 tlc1Δ strain, respectively. Southern blotting assay revealed that in the absence of Rad51, no Type I survivor was detected; in the absence of Rad50, neither Type I nor Type X survivor was detected. However, circular and atypical survivors still emerged in the absence of Rad52, suggesting that the RAD52-mediated homologous recombination is not strictly necessary for the formation of circular and atypical survivors. These results have been presented as Figure 2—figure supplement 6 and Figure 2— figure supplement 7.

      2) In the title, the abstract and throughout the discussion, the authors chose to focus on the effect of X- and Y'-element deletion on different phenotypes and on survivor formation, as the main message to convey. While it is a legitimate and interesting message, other important results of this work might benefit from more spotlight. Namely, the observation that strains with different chromosome numbers show different survivor patterns and that several survival strategies beyond Type I and II exist and can reach substantial frequencies depending on the chromosomal context.

      Thanks for your valuable suggestion. While we value your suggestion to highlight additional aspects of our work, we would like to express our perspective on the current emphasis on the effect of X- and Y'-element deletion. We believe that by maintaining this focus, we can present a more coherent and impactful narrative for our readers. Additionally, we recognize that the relationship between chromosome numbers and survivor type frequencies is complex and warrants further experimental validation. We are considering exploring this aspect in more detail in our future projects. However, we fully acknowledge the importance of the observations you raised concerning strains with different chromosome numbers and the diversity of survival strategies.

      3) In SY12 strain, while X- and Y'-elements are not essential for survivor emergence, they do modulate the frequency of each type of survivors, with more chromosome circularization events observed for SY12YΔ, SY12XYΔ and SY12XYΔ+Y strains. This result should be stated and discussed, maybe alongside the change in survivor patterns in the other SY strains, to more accurately assess the roles of these subtelomeric elements.

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we compared the circular survivor ratios in SY12 tlc1Δ, SY12YΔ tlc1Δ, SY12XYΔ tlc1Δ and SY12XYΔ+Y tlc1Δ strains (supplementary file 5). It appears that the formation of circular survivors is less efficient in the SY12 tlc1Δ, with a ratio of 20%, much lower than that in SY12YΔ tlc1Δ, SY12XYΔ tlc1Δ or SY12XYΔ+Y tlc1Δ strains. However, it should be noted that SY12 tlc1Δ can generate Type I and Type X survivors, potentially decreasing the ratio of circular survivors.

      Therefore, we further compared the circular survivor ratios in SY12YΔ tlc1Δ, SY12XYΔ tlc1Δ and SY12XYΔ+Y tlc1Δ strains. In the SY12YΔ tlc1Δ strain, circular survivors accounted for 52% (26/50), comparable to 48% (24/50) in the SY12XYΔ tlc1Δ strain, indicating that X- elements exert little effect on the formation of circular survivor. Additionally, the ratio of circular survivors was 44% (22/50) in SY12XYΔ+Y tlc1Δ strain, also comparable to 48% (24/50) in the SY12XYΔ tlc1Δ strain, suggesting that Y’-element also has little effect on chromosome circularization. However, due to the unknown frequency of survivor formation, alternative explanations of these data are possible. For example, subtelomeric elements previously suggested to have no impact on the formation of any survivor types might influence every type to similar extents, resulting in similar ratios across all survivor types. With our current data, it is still uncertain whether X and Y'-elements modulate the frequency of each type of survivors. Therefore, we did not include these results in the revised manuscript.

      4) The authors might want to update some general information about subtelomere structure and their diversity across yeast strain with the recent paper by O'Donnell et al. 2023 Nature Genetics, "Telomere-to-telomere assemblies of 142 strains characterize the genome structural landscape in Saccharomyces cerevisiae".

      Thanks for your advice. We have added this information in the revised manuscript. (p.3 line 51-54)

      5) Although it is cited in the discussion, the recent work by the Malkova lab (Kockler et al. 2021 Mol Cell) could be mentioned in the introduction as it conceptually changes our views on survivor formation, its dynamics and the categorization into Type I and Type II.

      Thanks for your advice. We have added this information in the revised manuscript. (p.5 line 75-78)

      6) p.7 line 128-130: rather than chromosome number, the ratio of survivor types might be controlled by the fraction of subtelomeres with Y'-elements and their relative configuration across chromosomes. A map of the structure of remaining subtelomeres in the SYn strains might be good to have.

      We have added this information in supplementary file 2 in the revised manuscript.

      7) Fig. 1C: in SY9 tlc1Δ, the lane with triangle mark looks like a type II.

      The hybridization pattern of SY9 tlc1Δ clone 2 has both amplified Y’L-element and long heterogeneous TG1-3 repeats, it might be the “hybrid” survivor mentioned by Kockler’s work (Kockler et al., 2021). Therefore, we classify it as a no-classical survivor.

      8) p.9 line 149: the title of this result section "Y'-element is not essential for the viability of cells carrying linear chromosomes" doesn't reflect well the content of the section, which is more about characterizing the survivor pattern in SY12.

      Thanks for your advice. We have changed the title of this section into “Characterizing the survivor pattern in SY12” in the revised manuscript. (p.9 line 155)

      9) p.10 line 167: that type I can emerge in SY12 indicates that multiple Y'-elements in tandem are not required for type I recombination. I am not sure if this was already known, but it could be noted.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment. We have added this information in the revised manuscript. (p.10 175-177)

      10) p.18 line 318-320: the deletion of the Y' element also seems to remove the centromere-proximal telomere sequence adjacent to it. Maybe it should be stated as well. Even more importantly, in lines 327-329, the Y'-element that is reintroduced in the strain does not include the centromere-proximal short telomere sequence. This is important to interpret the Southern blots.

      We thank the reviewer for this critical suggestion. The deletion of Y'-element including both Y’- and X- element sequence in XVI-L (supplementary file 4), and the Y’element in the XVI-L does not contain the centromere-proximal telomere sequence. The Y'-element reintroduced into the left arm of Chr 3 in SY12XYΔ strain was cloned from native left arm of XVI in SY12 strain which does not contain the centromere-proximal short telomere sequence. Besides listing these details in supplementary file 4, we also emphasize it in the revised manuscript (p.21 line 397-398).

      11) p.29 lines 496-497: it seems that X and Y'-elements tend to inhibit formation of circular survivors either directly (by participating in end protection), or by promoting type I and type II, thus reducing the fraction of circular survivors. Maybe this could be added to the conclusion of this section.

      We thank the reviewer for his/her comments and have analyzed survivor types in SY12 tlc1Δ, SY12YΔ tlc1Δ, SY12XYΔ tlc1Δ and SY12XYΔ+Y tlc1Δ strains (supplementary file 5). Circular survivor formation appears less efficient in the SY12 tlc1Δ, with a ratio of 20%, significantly lower than SY12YΔ tlc1Δ, SY12XYΔ tlc1Δ or SY12XYΔ+Y tlc1Δ strains. However, it is noteworthy that SY12 tlc1Δ can generate Type I and Type X survivors, potentially impacting the circular survivor ratio.

      We further compared circular survivor ratios in SY12YΔ tlc1Δ, SY12XYΔ tlc1Δ and SY12XYΔ+Y tlc1Δ strains. SY12YΔ tlc1Δ had 52% circular survivors, similar to SY12XYΔ tlc1Δ with 48%, indicating minimal impact of X- elements. Additionally, SY12XYΔ+Y tlc1Δ had 44% circular survivors, also similar to SY12XYΔ tlc1Δ, suggesting that Y’-element has little effect on chromosome circularization. However, due to unknown frequency of survivor formation, alternative explanations, like subtelomeric elements affecting all the type of survivor similarly, are possible. With our current data, it remains unclear whether X and Y'-elements are involved in end protection and consequently inhibit the formation of circular survivors.

      Therefore, these results were not included in the revised manuscript.

      12) p.32 line 533: this result section doesn't really fit with the rest of the paper, does it?

      Thanks for your valuable advice. To avoid confusing readers and to keep the fluency of logic flow of the manuscript we have deleted this section in the revised version.

      13) The methods section does not describe the experiments sufficiently and it often lacks specific details such as the manufacturer or references. Some sections of the methods are more exhaustive than others. They should all be written with the same level of detail in my opinion.

      Thanks for your advice. We have described the experiments more sufficiently and added the manufacturer or references in the ‘materials and methods’ part in the revised manuscript. (p.41 line741-745, p.42 line 755-756, p.42 line 762-770, p.43 line 788 and p.45 line 812-813)

      Minor comments, typos and grammatical errors:

      p.3 line 33: "INTROUDUCTION" should be "INTRODUCTION".

      We have corrected it in the revised manuscript. (p.3 line 33) p.4 line 54: "S, cerevisiae", use dot instead of comma. R15: We have corrected it in the revised manuscript. (p.4 line 57)

      p.4 line 55: I believe TLC1 as the RNA moiety should be in (non-italicized) capital letters and not written as a protein.

      We have corrected it in the revised manuscript. (p.4 line 58)

      p.7 line 115: please indicate that pRS316 uses URA3 as a marker, otherwise the counterselection with 5'-FOA is not obvious.

      Thank this reviewer for the comment. We have added this statement in the revised manuscript. (p.7 line 121-122)

      p.12 line 206: tlc1Δ should be in italic.

      We have corrected it in the revised manuscript. (p.10 line 184)

      p.13 lines 227-229: "where only one hybridization signal", a verb seems to be missing.

      We thank the reviewer’s kind reminder and have corrected the mentioned errors in the revised manuscript. (p.14 line 254-255)

      Reviewer #3

      1) A weakness of the manuscript is the analysis of telomere transcriptional silencing. They state: "The results demonstrated a significant increase in the expression of the MPH3 and HSP32 upon Sir2 deletion, indicating that telomere silencing remains effective in the absence of X and Y'-elements". However, there are no statistical analyses performed as far as I can see. For some of the strains, the significance of the increased expression in sir2 (especially for MPH3) looks questionable. In addition, a striking observation is that the SY12 strain (with only three chromosomes) express much less of both MPH3 and HSP32 than the parental strain BY4742 (16 chromosomes), both in the presence and absence of Sir2. In fact, the expression of both MPH3 and HSP32 in the SY12 sir2 strain is lower than in the BY4742 SIR2+ strain. In addition, relating this work to previous studies of subtelomeric sequences in other organisms would make the discussion more interesting.

      First, I enjoyed reading your manuscript. It would be great if you performed the statistical analysis on the RT-qPCR data in figure 4B and addressed the issue of the difference of the BY4742 and SY12 strains. A model could be that this is a titration effect of silencing proteins due to fewer telomeres, which could be investigated by performing the analyses on more SY-strains with variable numbers of telomeres.

      We highly appreciate the reviewer’s valuable comments and suggestions, which included a point that has also left us confused. We conducted statistical analyses on the RT-qPCR data, and the t-test result revealed that upon the deletion of Sir2, SY12YΔ, SY12XYΔ and SY12XYΔ+Y strains exhibited a significant increase in MPH3 expression (located on the right arm of chr X) with a P value < 0.05. In the case of SY12, the deletion of Sir2 resulted in an increase in gene expression (P value < 0.1). Similar tendencies were observed in the BY4742 strain. The statistical analyses of RTqPCR results on XVI-L mirrored those of X-R.

      The results demonstrated a significant increase in MPH3 and HSP32 expression upon SIR2 deletion in SY12YΔ, SY12XYΔ and SY12XYΔ+Y strains, leading to the conclusion that telomere silencing remains effective in the absence of X-and Y’-elements. However, as the reviewer has pointed out, no statistically significant differences in MPH3 and HSP32 expression were observed between the SY12 and SY12 sir2Δ strain. For HSP32, this lack of significance may be attributed to the greater distance between HSP32 and telomere XVI-L in SY12 compared to SY12YΔ, SY12XYΔ or SY12XYΔ+Y strains, resulting in a weaker telomere position effect on HSP32 and a non-significant increase in gene expression in SY12. However, this explanation does not apply to MPH3, as SY12YΔ, with a same distance between MPH3 and telomere X-R as in SY12, still exhibits an effective telomere position effect on MPH3. We cannot provide a compelling explanation at this moment, and we suspect that the lack of statistically significant differences may be due to random clonal variation.

      Additionally, the SY12 strain (with three chromosomes) exhibited lower expression levels of both MPH3 and HSP32 compared to the parental strain BY4742 (with 16 chromosomes). Notably, it has been reported that the expression of genes coding silencing proteins in SY14 (with one chromosomes) were nearly identical to that of BY4742 (with 16 chromosomes)(Shao et al., 2018). Consequently, with respect to the reduced chromosome numbers, the silencing proteins appeared to be relatively overexpressed. Therefore, as pointed out by the reviewer, this observed phenomenon may be attributed to a titration effect of silencing proteins due to fewer telomeres. We have added the statistical analyses result in Figure 4B.

      We have related our work with previous studies of subtelomeric sequences in fission yeast in the discussion part. (p.37 line 655-676)

      Minor points are to correct the figure legend for Figure 6 supplement 1 (the strain designations) and line 55, RNAs are written with all caps, i.e. TLC1, and line 537 delete the "which" in the sentence.

      Thanks for your advice. We have corrected them in the revised manuscript.

      1) The strain has been replaced with SY12XYΔ+Y (p.35 line 617, 618 and 620)

      2) “Tlc1” has been replaced with “TLC1” (p.4 line 58).

      3) We have deleted the section of “Circular chromosome maintain stable when double knockout of yku70 and tlc1” according to the suggestions raised by reviewer 1 and 2, the deleted section contain the sentence in line 537 you mentioned.

      Kockler, Z.W., Comeron, J.M., and Malkova, A. (2021). A unified alternative telomerelengthening pathway in yeast survivor cells. Molecular Cell 81, 1816-1829.e1815. Krogh, B.O., and Symington, L.S. (2004). Recombination proteins in yeast. Annu Rev Genet 38, 233-271.

      Lewis, L.K., Storici, F., Van Komen, S., Calero, S., Sung, P., and Resnick, M.A. (2004). Role of the nuclease activity of Saccharomyces cerevisiae Mre11 in repair of DNA double-strand breaks in mitotic cells. Genetics 166, 1701-1713.

      Shao, Y., Lu, N., Wu, Z., Cai, C., Wang, S., Zhang, L.L., Zhou, F., Xiao, S., Liu, L., Zeng, X., et al. (2018). Creating a functional single-chromosome yeast. Nature 560, 331-335. Symington, L.S. (2002). Role of RAD52 epistasis group genes in homologous recombination and double-strand break repair. Microbiol Mol Biol Rev 66, 630-670, table of contents.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This valuable study reports on the potential of neural networks to emulate simulations of human ventricular cardiomyocyte action potentials for various ion channel parameters with the advantage of saving simulation time in certain conditions. The evidence supporting the claims of the authors is solid, although the inclusion of open analysis of drop-off accuracy and validation of the neural network emulators against experimental data would have strengthened the study. The work will be of interest to scientists working in cardiac simulation and quantitative pharmacology.

      Thank you for the kind assessment. It is important for us to point out that, while limited, experimental validation was performed in this study and is thoroughly described in the work.

      Reviewer 1 - Comments

      This manuscript describes a method to solve the inverse problem of finding the initial cardiac activations to produce a desired ECG. This is an important question. The techniques presented are novel and clearly demonstrate that they work in the given situation. The paper is well-organized and logical.

      Strengths:

      This is a well-designed study, which explores an area that many in the cardiac simulation community will be interested in. The article is well written and I particularly commend the authors on transparency of methods description, code sharing, etc. - it feels rather exemplary in this regard and I only wish more authors of cardiac simulation studies took such an approach. The training speed of the network is encouraging and the technique is accessible to anyone with a reasonably strong GPU, not needing specialized equipment.

      Weaknesses:

      Below are several points that I consider to be weaknesses and/or uncertainties of the work:

      C I-(a) I am not convinced by the authors’ premise that there is a great need for further acceleration of cellular cardiac simulations - it is easy to simulate tens of thousands of cells per day on a workstation computer, using simulation conditions similar to those of the authors. I do not really see an unsolved task in the field that would require further speedup of single-cell simulations. At the same time, simulations offer multiple advantages, such as the possibility to dissect mechanisms of the model behaviour, and the capability to test its behaviour in a wide array of protocols - whereas a NN is trained for a single purpose/protocol, and does not enable a deep investigation of mechanisms. Therefore, I am not sure the cost/benefit ratio is that strong for single-cell emulation currently.

      An area that is definitely in need of acceleration is simulations of whole ventricles or hearts, but it is not clear how much potential for speedup the presented technology would bring there. I can imagine interesting applications of rapid emulation in such a setting, some of which could be hybrid in nature (e.g. using simulation for the region around the wavefront of propagating electrical waves, while emulating the rest of the tissue, which is behaving more regularly/predictable, and is likely to be emulated well), but this is definitely beyond of the scope of this article.

      Thank you for this point of view. Simulating a population of few thousand cells is completely feasible on single desktop machines and for fixed, known parameters, emulation may not fill ones need. Yet we still foresee a great untapped potential for rapid evaluations of ionic models, such as for the gradient-based inverse problem, presented in the paper. Such inverse optimization requires several thousand evaluations per cell and thus finding maximum conductances for the presented experimental data set (13 cell pairs control/drug → 26 APs) purely through simulations would require roughly a day of simulation time even in a very conservative estimation (3.5 seconds per simulation, 1000 simulations per optimization). Additionally, the emulator provides local sensitivity information between the AP and maximum conductances in the form of the gradient, which enables a whole new array of efficient optimization algorithms [Beck, 2017]. To further emphasize these points, we added the number of emulations and runtime of each conducted experiment in the specific section and a paragraph in the discussion that addresses this point:

      "Cardiomyocyte EP models are already very quick to evaluate in the scale of seconds (see Section 2.3.1), but the achieved runtime of emulations allows to solve time consuming simulation protocols markedly more efficient. One such scenario is the presented inverse maximum conductance estimation problem (see Section 3.1.2 and Section 3.1.3), where for estimating maximum conductances of a single AP, we need to emulate the steady state AP at least several hundred times as part of an optimization procedure. Further applications include the probabilistic use of cardiomyocyte EP models with uncertainty quantification [Chang et al., 2017, Johnstone et al., 2016] where thousands of samples of parameters are potentially necessary to compute a distribution of the steady-state properties of subsequent APs, and the creation of cell populations [Muszkiewicz et al., 2016, Gemmell et al., 2016, Britton et al., 2013]." (Section 4.2)

      We believe that rapid emulations are valuable for several use-cases, where thousands of evaluations are necessary. These include the shown inverse problem, but similarly arise in uncertainty quantification, or cardiomyocyte population creation. Similarly, new use-cases may arise as such efficient tools become available. Additionally, we provided the number of evaluations along with the runtimes for each of the conducted experiments, showing how essential these speedups are to realize these experiments in reasonable timeframes. Utilizing these emulations in organ-level electrophysiological models is a possibility, but the potential problems in such scenarios are much more varied and depend on a number of factors, making it hard to pin-point the achievable speed-up using ionic emulations.

      C I-(b) The authors run a cell simulation for 1000 beats, training the NN emulator to mimic the last beat. It is reported that the simulation of a single cell takes 293 seconds, while emulation takes only milliseconds, implying a massive speedup. However, I consider the claimed speedup achieved by emulation to be highly context-dependent, and somewhat too flattering to the presented method of emulation. Two specific points below:

      First, it appears that a not overly efficient (fixed-step) numerical solver scheme is used for the simulation. On my (comparable, also a Threadripper) CPU, using the same model (”ToR-ORd-dyncl”), but a variable step solver ode15s in Matlab, a simulation of a cell for 1000 beats takes ca. 50 seconds, rather than 293 of the authors. This can be further sped up by parallelization when more cells than available cores are simulated: on 32 cores, this translates into ca. 2 seconds amortized time per cell simulation (I suspect that the NN-based approach cannot be parallelized in a similar way?). By amortization, I mean that if 32 models can be simulated at once, a simulation of X cells will not take X50 seconds, but (X/32)50. (with only minor overhead, as this task scales well across cores).

      Second, and this is perhaps more important - the reported speed-up critically depends on the number of beats in the simulation - if I am reading the article correctly, the runtime compares a simulation of 1000 beats versus the emulation of a single beat. If I run a simulation of a single beat across multiple simulated cells (on a 32-core machine), the amortized runtime is around 20 ms per cell, which is only marginally slower than the NN emulation. On the other hand, if the model was simulated for aeons, comparing this to a fixed runtime of the NN, one can get an arbitrarily high speedup.

      Therefore, I’d probably emphasize the concrete speedup less in an abstract and I’d provide some background on the speedup calculation such as above, so that the readers understand the context-dependence. That said, I do think that a simulation for anywhere between 250 and 1000 beats is among the most reasonable points of comparison (long enough for reasonable stability, but not too long to beat an already stable horse; pun with stables was actually completely unintended, but here it is...). I.e., the speedup observed is still valuable and valid, albeit in (I believe) a somewhat limited sense.

      We agree that the speedup comparison only focused on a very specific case and needs to be more thoroughly discussed and benchmarked. One of the main strengths of the emulator is to cut the time of prepacing to steady state, which is known to be a potential bottleneck for the speed of the single-cell simulations. The time it takes to reach the steady state in the simulator is heavily dependant on the actual maximum conductance configuration and the speed-up is thus heavily reliant on a per-case basis. The differences in architecture of the simulator and emulator further makes direct comparisons very difficult. In the revised version we now go into more detail regarding the runtime calculations and also compare it to an adaptive time stepping simulation (Myokit [Clerx et al., 2016]) in a new subsection:

      "The simulation of a single AP (see Section 2.1) sampled at a resolution of 20kHz took 293s on one core of a AMD Ryzen Threadripper 2990WX (clock rate: 3.0GHz) in CARPentry. Adaptive timestep solver of variable order, such as implemented in Myokit [Clerx et al., 2016], can significantly lower the simulation time (30s for our setup) by using small step sizes close to the depolarization (phase 0) and increasing the time step in all other phases. The emulation of a steady state AP sampled at a resolution of 20kHz for t ∈ [−10, 1000]ms took 18.7ms on a AMD Ryzen 7 3800X (clock rate: 3.9GHz) and 1.2ms on a Nvidia A100 (Nvidia Corporation, USA), including synchronization and data copy overhead between CPU and GPU.

      "The amount of required beats to reach the steady state of the cell in the simulator has a major impact on the runtime and is not known a-priori. On the other hand, both simulator and emulator runtime linearly depends on the time resolution, but since the output of the emulator is learned, the time resolution can be chosen at arbitrarily without affecting the AP at the sampled times. This makes direct performance comparisons between the two methodologies difficult. To still be able to quantify the speed-up, we ran Myokit using 100 beats to reach steady state, taking 3.2s of simulation time. In this scenario, we witnessed a speed-up of 171 and 2 · 103 of our emulator on CPU and GPU respectively (again including synchronization and data copy overhead between CPU and GPU in the latter case). Note that both methods are similarly expected to have a linear parallelization speedup across multiple cells.

      For the inverse problem, we parallelized the problem for multiple cells and keep the problem on the GPU to minimize the overhead, achieving emulations (including backpropagation) that run in 120µs per AP at an average temporal resolution of 2kHz. We consider this the peak performance which will be necessary for the inverse problem in Section 3.1.2." (Section 2.3.1)

      Note that the mentioned parallelization across multiple machines/hardware applies equally to the emulator and simulator (linear speed-up), though the utilization for single cells is most likely different (single vs. multi-cell parallelization).

      C I-(c) It appears that the accuracy of emulation drops off relatively sharply with increasing real-world applicability/relevance of the tasks it is applied to. That said, the authors are to be commended on declaring this transparently, rather than withholding such analyses. I particularly enjoyed the discussion of the not-always amazing results of the inverse problem on the experimental data. The point on low parameter identifiability is an important one and serves as a warning against overconfidence in our ability to infer cellular parameters from action potentials alone. On the other hand, I’m not that sure the difference between small tissue preps and single cells which authors propose as another source of the discrepancy will be that vast beyond the AP peak potential (probably much of the tissue prep is affected by the pacing electrode?), but that is a subjective view only. The influence of coupling could be checked if the simulated data were generated from 2D tissue samples/fibres, e.g. using the Myokit software.

      Given the points above (particularly the uncertain need for further speedup compared to running single-cell simulations), I am not sure that the technology generated will be that broadly adopted in the near future.

      However, this does not make the study uninteresting in the slightest - on the contrary, it explores something that many of us are thinking about, and it is likely to stimulate further development in the direction of computationally efficient emulation of relatively complex simulations.

      We agree that the parameter identifiability is an important point of discussion. While the provided experimental data gave us great insights already, we still believe that given the differences in the setup, we can not draw conclusions about the source of inaccuracies with absolute certainty. The suggested experiment to test the influence of coupling is of interest for future works and has been integrated into the discussion. Further details are given in the response to the recommendation R III- (t)

      Reviewer 2 - Comments

      Summary:

      This study provided a neural network emulator of the human ventricular cardiomyocyte action potential. The inputs are the corresponding maximum conductances and the output is the action potential (AP). It used the forward and inverse problems to evaluate the model. The forward problem was solved for synthetic data, while the inverse problem was solved for both synthetic and experimental data. The NN emulator tool enables the acceleration of simulations, maintains high accuracy in modeling APs, effectively handles experimental data, and enhances the overall efficiency of pharmacological studies. This, in turn, has the potential to advance drug development and safety assessment in the field of cardiac electrophysiology.

      Strengths:

      1) Low computational cost: The NN emulator demonstrated a massive speed-up of more than 10,000 times compared to the simulator. This substantial increase in computational speed has the potential to expedite research and drug development processes

      2) High accuracy in the forward problem: The NN emulator exhibited high accuracy in solving the forward problem when tested with synthetic data. It accurately predicted normal APs and, to a large extent, abnormal APs with early afterdepolarizations (EADs). High accuracy is a notable advantage over existing emulation methods, as it ensures reliable modeling and prediction of AP behavior

      C II-(a) Input space constraints: The emulator relies on maximum conductances as inputs, which explain a significant portion of the AP variability between cardiomyocytes. Expanding the input space to include channel kinetics parameters might be challenging when solving the inverse problem with only AP data available.

      Thank you for this comment. We consider this limitation a major drawback, as discussed in Section 4.3. Identifiability is already an issue when only considering the most important maximum conductances. Further extending the problem to include kinetics will most likely only increase the difficulty of the inverse problem. For the forward problem though, it might be of interest to people studying ionic models to further analyze the effects of channel kinetics.

      C II-(b) Simplified drug-target interaction: In reality, drug interactions can be time-, voltage-, and channel statedependent, requiring more complex models with multiple parameters compared to the oversimplified model that represents the drug-target interactions by scaling the maximum conductance at control. The complex model could also pose challenges when solving the inverse problem using only AP data.

      Thank you pointing out this limitation. We slightly adapted Section 4.3 to further highlight some of these limitations. Note however that the experimental drugs used have been shown to be influenced by this drug interaction in varying degrees [Li et al., 2017] (e.g. dofetilide vs. cisapride). However, the discrepancy in identifiability was mostly channel-based (0%-100%), whereas the variation in identifiability between drugs was much lower (39%-66%).

      C II-(c) Limited data variety: The inverse problem was solved using AP data obtained from a single stimulation protocol, potentially limiting the accuracy of parameter estimates. Including AP data from various stimulation protocols and incorporating pacing cycle length as an additional input could improve parameter identifiability and the accuracy of predictions.

      The proposed emulator architecture currently only considers the discussed maximum conductances as input and thus can only compensate when using different stimulation protocols. However, the architecture itself does not prohibit including any of these as parameters for future variants of the emulator. We potentially foresee future works extending on the architecture with modified datasets to include other parameters of importance, such as channel kinetics, stimulation protocols and pacing cycle lengths. These will however vary between the actual use-cases one is interested in.

      C II-(d) Larger inaccuracies in the inverse problem using experimental data: The reasons for this result are not quite clear. Hypotheses suggest that it may be attributed to the low parameter identifiability or the training data set were collected in small tissue preparation.

      The low parameter identifiability on some channels (e.g. GK1) poses a problem, for which we state multiple potential reasons. As of yet, no final conclusion can be drawn, warranting further research in this area.

      Reviewer 3 - Comments

      Summary:

      Grandits and colleagues were trying to develop a new tool to accelerate pharmacological studies by using neural networks to emulate the human ventricular cardiomyocyte action potential (AP). The AP is a complex electrical signal that governs the heartbeat, and it is important to accurately model the effects of drugs on the AP to assess their safety and efficacy. Traditional biophysical simulations of the AP are computationally expensive and time-consuming. The authors hypothesized that neural network emulators could be trained to predict the AP with high accuracy and that these emulators could also be used to quickly and accurately predict the effects of drugs on the AP.

      Strengths:

      One of the study’s major strengths is that the authors use a large and high-quality dataset to train their neural network emulator. The dataset includes a wide range of APs, including normal and abnormal APs exhibiting EADs. This ensures that the emulator is robust and can be used to predict the AP for a variety of different conditions.

      Another major strength of the study is that the authors demonstrate that their neural network emulator can be used to accelerate pharmacological studies. For example, they use the emulator to predict the effects of a set of known arrhythmogenic drugs on the AP. The emulator is able to predict the effects of these drugs, even though it had not been trained on these drugs specifically.

      C III-(a) One weakness of the study is that it is important to validate neural network emulators against experimental data to ensure that they are accurate and reliable. The authors do this to some extent, but further validation would be beneficial. In particular for the inverse problem, where the estimation of pharmacological parameters was very challenging and led to particularly large inaccuracies.

      Thank you for this recommendation. Further experimental validation of the emulator in the context of the inverse problem would be definitely beneficial. Still, an important observation is that the identifiability varies greatly between channels. While the inverse problem is an essential reason for utilizing the emulator, it is also empirically validated for the pure forward problem and synthetic inverse problem, together with the (limited) experimental validation. The sources of problems arising in estimating the maximum conductances of the experimental tissue preparations are important to discuss in future works, as we now further emphasize in the discussion. See also the response to the recommendations R III-(t).

      Reviewer 1 - Recommendations

      R I-(a) Could further detail on the software used for the emulation be provided? E.g. based on section 2.2.2, it sounds like a CPU, as well as GPU-based emulation, is possible, which is neat.

      Indeed as suspected, the emulator can run on both CPUs and GPUs and features automatic parallelization (per-cell, but also multi-cell), which is enabled by the engineering feats of PyTorch [Paszke et al., 2019]. This is now outlined in a bit more detail in Sec. 2 and 5.

      "The trained emulator is provided as a Python package, heavily utilizing PyTorch [Paszke et al., 2019] for the neural network execution, allowing it to be executed on both CPUs and NVidia GPUs." (Section 5)

      R I-(b) I believe that a potential use of NN emulation could be also in helping save time on prepacing models to stability - using the NN for ”rough” prepacing (e.g. 1000 beats), and then running a simulation from that point for a smaller amount of time (e.g. 50 beats). One could monitor the stability of states, so if the prepacing was inaccurate, one could quickly tell that these models develop their state vector substantially, and they should be simulated for longer for full accuracy - but if the model was stable within the 50 simulated beats, it could be kept as it is. In this way, the speedup of the NN and accuracy and insightfulness of the simulation could be combined. However, as I mentioned in the public review, I’m not sure there is a great need for further speedup of single-cell simulations. Such a hybrid scheme as described above might be perhaps used to accelerate genetic algorithms used to develop new models, where it’s true that hundreds of thousands to millions of cells are eventually simulated, and a speedup there could be practical. However one would have to have a separate NN trained for each protocol in the fitness function that is to be accelerated, and this would have to be retrained for each explored model architecture. I’m not sure if the extra effort would be worth it - but maybe yes to some people.

      Thank you for this valuable suggestion. As pointed out in C I-(a), one goal of this study was to reduce the timeconsuming task of prepacing. Still, in its current form the emulator could not be utilized for prepacing simulators, as only the AP is computed by the emulator. For initializing a simulation at the N-th beat, one would additionally need all computed channel state variables. However, a simple adaptation of the emulator architecture would allow to also output the mentioned state variables.

      R I-(c) Re: ”Several emulator architectures were tried on the training and validation data sets and the final choice was hand-picked as a good trade-off between high accuracy and low computational cost” - is it that the emulator architecture was chosen early in the development, and the analyses presented in the paper were all done with one previously selected architecture? Or is it that the analyses were attempted with all considered architectures, and the well-performing one was chosen? In the latter case, this could flatter the performance artificially and a test set evaluation would be worth carrying out.

      We apologize for the unclear description of the architectural validation. The validation was in fact carried out with 20% of the training data (data set #1), which is however completely disjoint with the test set (#2, #3, #4, formerly data set #1 and #2) on which the evaluation was presented. To further clarify the four different data sets used in the study, we now dedicated an additional section to describing each set and where it was used (see also our response below R I-(d)), and summarize them in Table 1, which we also added at R II-(a). The cited statement was slightly reworked.

      "Several emulator architectures were tried on the training and validation data sets and the final choice was hand-picked as a good trade-off between high accuracy on the validation set (#1) and low computational runtime cost." (Section 2.2.2)

      R I-(d) When using synthetic data for the forward and inverse problem, with the various simulated drugs, is it that split of the data into training/validation test set was done by the drug simulated (i.e., putting 80 drugs and the underlying models in the training set, and 20 into test set)? Or were the data all mixed together, and 20% (including drugs in the test set) were used for validation? I’m slightly concerned by the potential of ”soft” data leaks between training/validation sets if the latter holds. Presumably, the real-world use case, especially for the inverse problem, will be to test drugs that were not seen in any form in the training process. I’m also not sure whether it’s okay to reuse cell models (sets of max conductances) between training and validation tests - wouldn’t it be better if these were also entirely distinct? Could you please comment on this?

      We completely agree with the main points of apprehension that training, validation and test sets all serve a distinct purpose and should not be arbitrarily mixed. However, this is only a result of the sub-optimal description of our datasets, which we heavily revised in Section 2.2.1 (Data, formerly 2.3.1). We now present the data using four distinct numbers: The initial training/validation data, now called data set #1 (formerly no number), is split 80%/20% into training and validation sets (for architectural choices) respectively. The presented evaluations in Section 2.3 (Evaluation) are purely performed on data set #2 (normal APs, formerly #1), #3 (EADs, formerly #2) and #4 (experimental).

      R I-(e) For the forward problem on EADs, I’m not sure if the 72% accuracy is that great (although I do agree that the traces in Fig 12-left also typically show substantial ICaL reactivation, but this definitely should be present, given the IKr and ICaL changes). I would suggest that you also consider the following design for the EAD investigation: include models with less severe upregulation of ICaL and downregulation of IKr, getting a population of models where a part manifests EADs and a part does not. Then you could run the emulator on the input data of this population and be able to quantify true, falsexpositive, negative detections. I think this is closer to a real-world use case where we have drug parameters and a cell population, and we want to quickly assess the arrhythmic risk, with some drugs being likely entirely nonrisky, some entirely risky, and some between (although I still am not convinced it’s that much of an issue to just simulate this in a couple of thousands of cells).

      Thank you for pointing out this alternative to address the EAD identification task. Even though the values chosen in Table 2 seem excessively large, we still only witnessed EADs in 171 of the 950 samples. Especially border cases, which are close to exhibiting EADs are hardest to estimate for the NN emulator. As suggested, we now include the study with the full 950 samples (non-EAD & EAD) and classify the emulator AP into one of the labels for each sample. The mentioned 72.5% now represent the sensitivity, whereas our accuracy in such a scenario becomes 90.8% (total ratio of correct classifications):

      "The data set #3 was used second and Appendix C shows all emulated APs, both containing the EAD and non-EAD cases. The emulation of all 950 APs took 0.76s on the GPU specified in Section 2.2.3 We show the emulation of all maximum conductances and the classification of the emulation. The comparison with the actual EAD classification (based on the criterion outlined in Appendix A) results in true-positive (EAD both in the simulation and emulation), false-negative (EAD in the simulation, but not in the emulation), false-positive (EAD in the emulation, but not in the simulation) and true-negative (no EAD both in the emulation and simulation). The emulations achieved 72.5% sensitivity (EAD cases correctly classified) and 94.9% specificity (non-EAD cases correctly classified), with an overall accuracy of 90.8% (total samples correctly classified). A substantial amount of wrongly classified APs showcase a notable proximity to the threshold of manifesting EADs. Figure 7 illustrates the distribution of RMSEs in the EAD APs between emulated and ground truth drugged APs. The average RMSE over all EAD APs was 14.5mV with 37.1mV being the maximum. Largest mismatches were located in phase 3 of the AP, in particular in emulated APs that did not fully repolarize." (Section 3.1.1)

      R I-(f) Figure 1 - I think a large number of readers will understand the mathematical notation describing inputs/outputs; that said, there may be a substantial number of readers who may find that hard to read (e.g. lab-based researchers, or simulation-based researchers not familiar with machine learning). At the same time, this is a very important part of the paper to explain what is done where, so I wonder whether using words to describe the inputs/outputs would not be more practical and easier to understand (e.g. ”drug-based conductance scaling factor” instead of ”s” ?). It’s just an idea - it needs to be tried to see if it wouldn’t make the figure too cluttered.

      We agree that the mathematical notation may be confusing to some readers. As a compromise between using verbose wording and mathematical notation, we introduced a legend in the lower right corner of the figure that shortly describes the notation in order to help with interpreting the figure.

      R I-(g) ”APs with a transmembrane potential difference of more than 10% of the amplitude between t = 0 and 1000 ms were excluded” - I’m not sure I understand what exactly you mean here - could you clarify?

      With this criterion, we try to discard data that is far away from fully repolarizing within the given time frame, which applies to 116 APs in data set #1 and 50 APs in data set #3. We added a small side note into the text:

      "APs with a transmembrane potential difference of more than 10% of the amplitude between t = 0 and 1000ms (indicative of an AP that is far away from full repolarization) were excluded." (Section 2.2.1)

      R I-(h) Speculation (for the future) - it looks like a tool like this could be equally well used to predict current traces, as well as action potentials. I wonder, would there be a likely benefit in feeding back the currents-traces predictions on the input of the AP predictor to provide additional information? Then again, this might be already encoded within the network - not sure.

      Although not possible with the chosen architecture (see also R I-(b)), it is worth thinking about an implementation in future works and to study differences to the current emulator.

      Entirely minor points:

      R I-(i) ”principle component analysis” → principal component analysis

      Fixed

      R I-(j) The paper will be probably typeset by elife anyway, but the figures are often quite far from their sections, with Results figures even overflowing into Discussion. This can be often fixed by using the !htb parameters (\begin{figure}[!htb]), or potentially by using ”\usepackage[section]{placeins}” and then ”\FloatBarrier” at the start and end of each section (or subsection) - this prevents floating objects from passing such barriers.

      Thank you for these helpful suggestions. We tried reducing the spacing between the figures and their references in the text, hopefully improving the reader’s experience.

      R I-(k) Alternans seems to be defined in Appendix A (as well as repo-/depolarization abnormalities), but is not really investigated. Or are you defining these just for the purpose of explaining what sorts of data were also included in the data?

      We defined alternans since this was an exclusion criterion for generating simulation data.

      Reviewer 2 - Recommendations

      R II-(a) Justification for methods selection: Explain the rationale behind important choices, such as the selection of specific parameters and algorithms.

      Thank you for this recommendation, we tried to increase transparency of our choices by introducing a separate data section that summarizes all data sets and their use cases in Section 2.2.1 and also collect many of the explanations there. Additionally we added an overview table (Table 1) of the utilized data.

      Author response table 1.

      Table 1: Summary of the data used in this study, along with their usage and the number of valid samples. Note that each AP is counted individually, also in cases of control/drug pairs.

      R II-(b) Interpretation of the evaluation results: After presenting the evaluation results, consider interpretations or insights into what the results mean for the performance of the emulator. Explain whether the emulator achieved the desired accuracy or compare it with other existing methods. In the revised version, we tried to further expand the discussion on possible applications of our emulator (Section 4.2). See also our response to C I-(a). To the best of our knowledge, there are currently no out-of-the-box methods available for directly comparing all experiments we considered in our work.

      Reviewer 3 - Recommendations

      R III-(a) In the introduction (Page 3) and then also in the 2.1 paragraph authors speak about the ”limit cycle”: Do you mean steady state conditions? In that case, it is more common to use steady state.

      When speaking about the limit cycle, we refer to what is also sometimes called the steady state, depending on the field of research and/or personal preference. We now mention both terms at the first occurence, but stick with the limit cycle terminology which can also be found in other works, see e.g. [Endresen and Skarland, 2000].

      R III-(b) On page 3, while comparing NN with GP emulators, I still don’t understand the key reason why NN can solve the discontinuous functions with more precision than GP.

      The potential problems in modeling sharp continuities using GPs is further explained in the referenced work [Ghosh et al., 2018] and further references therein:

      "Statistical emulators such as Gaussian processes are frequently used to reduce the computational cost of uncertainty quantification, but discontinuities render a standard Gaussian process emulation approach unsuitable as these emulators assume a smooth and continuous response to changes in parameter values [...] Applying GPs to model discontinuous functions is largely an open problem. Although many advances (see the discussion about non-stationarity in [Shahriari et al., 2016] and the references in there) have been made towards solving this problem, a common solution has not yet emerged. In the recent GP literature there are two specific streams of work that have been proposed for modelling non-stationary response surfaces including those with discontinuities. The first approach is based on designing nonstationary processes [Snoek et al., 2014] whereas the other approach attempts to divide the input space into separate regions and build separate GP models for each of the segmented regions. [...]"([Ghosh et al., 2018])

      We integrated a short segment of this explanation into Section 1.

      R III-(c) Why do authors prefer to use CARPentry and not directly openCARP? The use of CARPentry is purely a practical choice since the simulation pipeline was already set up. As we now point out however in Sec. 2.1 (Simulator), simulations can also be performed using any openly available ionic simulation tool, such as Myokit [Clerx et al., 2016], OpenCOR [Garny and Hunter, 2015] and openCARP [Plank et al., 2021]. We emphasized this in the text.

      "Note, that the simulations can also be performed using open-source software such as Myokit [Clerx et al., 2016], OpenCOR [Garny and Hunter, 2015] and openCARP [Plank et al., 2021]." (Section 2.1)

      R III-(d) In paragraph 2.1:

      (a) In this sentence: ”Various solver and sampling time steps were applied to generate APs and the biomarkers used in this study (see Appendix A)” this reviewer suggests putting the Appendix reference near “biomarkers”. In addition, a figure that shows the test of various solver vs. sampling time steps could be interesting and can be added to the Appendix as well.

      (b) Why did the authors set the relative difference below 5% for all biomarkers? Please give a reference to that choice. Instead, why choose 2% for the time step?

      1) We adjusted the reference to be closer to “biomarkers”. While we agree that further details on the influence of the sampling step would be of interest to some of the readers, we feel that it is far beyond the scope of this paper.

      2) There is no specific reference we can provide for the choice. Our goal was to reach 5% relative difference, which we surpassed by the chosen time steps of 0.01 ms (solver) and 0.05 ms (sampling), leading to only 2% difference. We rephrased the sentence in question to make this clear.

      "We considered the time steps with only 2% relative difference for all AP biomarkers (solver: 0.01ms; sampling: 0.05ms) to offer a sufficiently good approximation." (Section 2.1)

      R III-(e) In the caption of Figure 1 authors should include the reference for AP experimental data (are they from Orvos et al. 2019 as reported in the Experimental Data section?)

      We added the missing reference as requested. As correctly assumed, they are from [Orvos et al., 2019].

      R III-(f) Why do authors not use experimental data in the emulator development/training?

      For the supervised training of our NN emulator, we need to provide the maximum conductances of our chosen channels for each AP. While it would be beneficial to also include experimental data in the training to diversify the training data, the exact maximum conductances in our the considered retrospective experiments are not known. In the case such data would be available with low measurement uncertainty, it would be possible to include.

      R III-(g) What is TP used in the Appendix B? I could not find the acronymous explanation.

      We are sorry for the oversight, TP refers to the time-to-peak and is now described in Appendix A.

      R III-(h) Are there any reasons for only using ST and no S1? Maybe are the same?

      The global sensitivity analysis is further outlined in Appendix B, also showing S1 (first-order effects) and ST (variance of all interactions) together (Figure 11) [Herman and Usher, 2017] and their differences (e.g. in TP) Since S1 only captures first-order effects, it may fail to capture higher-order interactions between the maximum conductances, thus we favored ST.

      R III-(i) In Training Section Page 8. It is not clear why it is necessary to resample data. Can you motivate?

      The resampling part is motivated by exactly capturing the swift depolarization dynamics, whereas the output from CARPentry is uniformly sampled. This is now further highlighted in the text.

      "Then, the data were non-uniformly resampled from the original uniformly simulated APs, to emphasize the depolarization slope with a high accuracy while lowering the number of repolarization samples. For this purpose, we resamled the APs [...]" (Section 2.2.1)

      R III-(j) For the training of the neuronal network, the authors used the ADAM algorithm: have you tested any other algorithm?

      For training neural networks, ADAM has become the current de-facto standard and is certainly a robust choice for training our emulator. While there may exist slightly faster, or better-suited training algorithms, we witnessed (qualitative) convergence in the training (Equation (2)). We thus strongly believe that the training algorithm is not a limiting factor in our study.

      R III-(k) What is the amount of the drugs tested? Is the same dose reported in the description of the second data set or the values are only referring to experimental data? Moreover, it is not clear if in the description of experimental data, the authors are referring to newly acquired data (since they described in detail the protocol) or if they are obtained from Orvos et al. 2019 work.

      In all scenarios, we tested 5 different drugs (cisapride, dofetilide, sotalol, terfenadine, verapamil). We revised our previous presentation of the data available, and now try to give a concise overview over the utilized data (Section 2.2.1 and table 1) and drug comparison with the CiPA distributions (Table 5, former 4). Note that in the latter case, the available expected channel scaling factors by the CiPA distributions vary, but are now clearly shown in Table 5.

      R III-(l) In Figure 4, I will avoid the use of “control” in the legend since it is commonly associated with basal conditions and not with the drug administration.

      The terminology “control” in this context is in line with works from the CiPA initiative, e.g. [Li et al., 2017] and refers to the state of cell conditions before the drug wash-in. We added a minor note the first time we use the term control in the introduction to emphasize that we refer to the state of the cell before administering any drugs

      "To compute the drugged AP for given pharmacological parameters is a forward problem, while the corresponding inverse problem is to find pharmacological parameters for given control (before drug administration) and drugged AP." (Section 1)

      R III-(m) In Table 1 when you referred to Britton et al. 2017 work, I suggest adding also 10.1371/journal.pcbi.1002061.

      We added the suggested article as a reference.

      R III-(n) For the minimization problem, only data set #1 has been used. Have you tested data set #2?

      In the current scenario, we only tested the inverse problem for data set #2 (former #1). The main purpose for data set #3 (former #2), was to test the possibility to emulate EAD APs. Given the overall lower performance in comparison to data set #2 (former #1), we also expect deteriorated results in comparison to the existing inverse synthetic problem.

      R III-(o) In Figure 6 you should have the same x-axis (we could not see any points in the large time scale for many biomarkers). Why dVmMax is not uniformed distributed compared to the others? Can you comment on that?

      As suggested, we re-adjusted the x-range to show the center of distributions. Additionally, we denoted in each subplot the number of outliers which lie outside of the shown range. The error distribution on dVmMax exhibits a slightly off-center, left-tailed normal distribution, which we now describe a bit more in the revised text:

      "While the mismatches in phase 3 were simply a result of imperfect emulation, the mismatches in phase 0 were a result of the difficulty in matching the depolarization time exactly. [...] Likewise, the difficulty in exactly matching the depolarization time leads to elevated errors and more outliers in the biomarkers influenced by the depolarization phase (TP and dVmMax)," (Section 3.1.1)

      R III-(p) Page 14. Can the authors better clarify ”the average RMSE over all APs 13.6mV”: is it the mean for all histograms in Figure 7? (In Figure 5 is more evident the average RMSE).

      The average RMSE uses the same definition for Figures 5 and 7: It is the average over all the RMSEs for each pair of traces (simulated/emulated), though the amount of samples is much lower for the EAD data set and not normal distributed.

      R III-(q) In Table 4, the information on which drugs are considered should be added. For each channel, we added the names of the drugs for which respective data from the CiPA initiative were available.

      R III-(r) Pag. 18, second paragraph, there is a repetition of ”and”.

      Fixed

      R III-(s) The pair’s combination of scaling factors for simulating synthetic drugs reported in Table 2, can be associated with some effects of real drugs? In this case, I suggest including the information or justifying the choice.

      The scaling factors in Table 2 are used to create data set #3 (former #2), and is meant to provide several APs which expose EADs. This is described in more detail in the new data section, Section 2.2.1:

      "Data set #3: The motivation for creating data set #3 was to test the emulator on data of abnormal APs showing the repolarization abnormality EAD. This is considered a particularly relevant AP abnormality in pharmacological studies because of their role in the genesis of drug-induced ventricular arrhythmia’s [Weiss et al., 2010]. Drug data were created using ten synthetic drugs with the hERG channel and the Cav1.2 channel as targets. To this end, ten samples with pharmacological parameters for GKr and PCa (Table 2) were generated and the synthetic drugs were applied to the entire synthetic cardiomyocyte population by scaling GKr and PCa with the corresponding pharmacological parameter. Of the 1000 APs simulated, we discarded APs with a transmembrane potential difference of more than 10% of the amplitude between t = 0 and 1000ms (checked for the last AP), indicative of an AP that does not repolarize within 1000ms. This left us with 950 APs, 171 of which exhibit EAD (see Appendix C)." (Section 2.2.1)

      R III-(t) A general comment on the work is that the authors claim that their study highlights the potential of NN emulators as a powerful tool for increased efficiency in future quantitative systems pharmacology studies, but they wrote ”Larger inaccuracies were found in the inverse problem solutions on experimental data highlight inaccuracies in estimating the pharmacological parameters”: so, I was wondering how they can claim the robustness of NN use as a tool for more efficient computation in pharmacological studies.

      The discussed robustness directly refers to efficiently emulating steady-state/limit cycle APs from a set of maximum conductances (forward problem, Section 3.1.1). We extensively evaluated the algorithm and feel that given the low emulation RMSE of APs (< 1 mV), the statement is warranted. The inverse estimation, enabled through this rapid evaluation, performs well on synthetic data, but shows difficulties for experimental data. Note however that at this point there are multiple potential sources for these problems as highlighted in the Evaluation section (Section 4.1) and Table 5 (former 4) highlights the difference in accuracy of estimating per-channel maximum conductances, revealing a potentially large discrepancy. The emulator also offers future possibilities to incorporate additional informations in the forms of either priors, or more detailed measurements (e.g. calcium transients) and can be potentially improved to a point where also the inverse problem can be satisfactorily solved in experimental preparations, though further analysis will be required.

      References [Beck, 2017] Beck, A. (2017). First-order methods in optimization. SIAM.

      [Britton et al., 2013] Britton, O. J., Bueno-Orovio, A., Ammel, K. V., Lu, H. R., Towart, R., Gallacher, D. J., and Rodriguez, B. (2013). Experimentally calibrated population of models predicts and explains intersubject variability in cardiac cellular electrophysiology. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 110(23).

      [Chang et al., 2017] Chang, K. C., Dutta, S., Mirams, G. R., Beattie, K. A., Sheng, J., Tran, P. N., Wu, M., Wu, W. W., Colatsky, T., Strauss, D. G., and Li, Z. (2017). Uncertainty quantification reveals the importance of data variability and experimental design considerations for in silico proarrhythmia risk assessment. Frontiers in Physiology, 8.

      [Clerx et al., 2016] Clerx, M., Collins, P., de Lange, E., and Volders, P. G. A. (2016). Myokit: A simple interface to cardiac cellular electrophysiology. Progress in Biophysics and Molecular Biology, 120(1):100–114.

      [Endresen and Skarland, 2000] Endresen, L. and Skarland, N. (2000). Limit cycle oscillations in pacemaker cells. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 47(8):1134–1137.

      [Garny and Hunter, 2015] Garny, A. and Hunter, P. J. (2015). OpenCOR: a modular and interoperable approach to computational biology. Frontiers in Physiology, 6.

      [Gemmell et al., 2016] Gemmell, P., Burrage, K., Rodr´ıguez, B., and Quinn, T. A. (2016). Rabbit-specific computational modelling of ventricular cell electrophysiology: Using populations of models to explore variability in the response to ischemia. Progress in Biophysics and Molecular Biology, 121(2):169–184.

      [Ghosh et al., 2018] Ghosh, S., Gavaghan, D. J., and Mirams, G. R. (2018). Gaussian process emulation for discontinuous response surfaces with applications for cardiac electrophysiology models.

      [Herman and Usher, 2017] Herman, J. and Usher, W. (2017). SALib: An open-source python library for sensitivity analysis. J. Open Source Softw., 2(9):97.

      [Johnstone et al., 2016] Johnstone, R. H., Chang, E. T., Bardenet, R., de Boer, T. P., Gavaghan, D. J., Pathmanathan, P., Clayton, R. H., and Mirams, G. R. (2016). Uncertainty and variability in models of the cardiac action potential: Can we build trustworthy models? Journal of Molecular and Cellular Cardiology, 96:49–62.

      [Li et al., 2017] Li, Z., Dutta, S., Sheng, J., Tran, P. N., Wu, W., Chang, K., Mdluli, T., Strauss, D. G., and Colatsky, T. (2017). Improving the in silico assessment of proarrhythmia risk by combining hERG (human ether`a-go-go-related gene) channel–drug binding kinetics and multichannel pharmacology. Circulation: Arrhythmia and Electrophysiology, 10(2).

      [Muszkiewicz et al., 2016] Muszkiewicz, A., Britton, O. J., Gemmell, P., Passini, E., S´anchez, C., Zhou, X., Carusi, A., Quinn, T. A., Burrage, K., Bueno-Orovio, A., and Rodriguez, B. (2016). Variability in cardiac electrophysiology: Using experimentally-calibrated populations of models to move beyond the single virtual physiological human paradigm. Progress in Biophysics and Molecular Biology, 120(1):115–127.

      [Orvos et al., 2019] Orvos, P., Kohajda, Z., Szlov´ak, J., Gazdag, P., Arp´adffy-Lovas, T., T´oth, D., Geramipour, A.,´ T´alosi, L., Jost, N., Varr´o, A., and Vir´ag, L. (2019). Evaluation of possible proarrhythmic potency: Comparison of the effect of dofetilide, cisapride, sotalol, terfenadine, and verapamil on hERG and native iKr currents and on cardiac action potential. Toxicological Sciences, 168(2):365–380.

      [Paszke et al., 2019] Paszke, A., Gross, S., Massa, F., Lerer, A., Bradbury, J., Chanan, G., Killeen, T., Lin, Z., Gimelshein, N., Antiga, L., Desmaison, A., Kopf, A., Yang, E., DeVito, Z., Raison, M., Tejani, A., Chilamkurthy, S., Steiner, B., Fang, L., Bai, J., and Chintala, S. (2019). PyTorch: An Imperative Style, High-Performance Deep Learning Library. In Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems, volume 32. Curran Associates, Inc.

      [Plank et al., 2021] Plank, G., Loewe, A., Neic, A., Augustin, C., Huang, Y.-L., Gsell, M. A., Karabelas, E., Nothstein, M., Prassl, A. J., S´anchez, J., Seemann, G., and Vigmond, E. J. (2021). The openCARP simulation environment for cardiac electrophysiology. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine, 208:106223.

      [Shahriari et al., 2016] Shahriari, B., Swersky, K., Wang, Z., Adams, R. P., and de Freitas, N. (2016). Taking the Human Out of the Loop: A Review of Bayesian Optimization. Proceedings of the IEEE, 104(1):148–175. Conference Name: Proceedings of the IEEE.

      [Snoek et al., 2014] Snoek, J., Swersky, K., Zemel, R., and Adams, R. (2014). Input Warping for Bayesian Optimization of Non-Stationary Functions. In Proceedings of the 31st International Conference on Machine Learning, pages 1674–1682. PMLR. ISSN: 1938-7228.

      [Weiss et al., 2010] Weiss, J. N., Garfinkel, A., Karagueuzian, H. S., Chen, P.-S., and Qu, Z. (2010). Early afterdepolarizations and cardiac arrhythmias. Heart Rhythm, 7(12):1891–1899.

    1. Author Response

      We thank you for your careful review of our manuscript and helpful comments and suggestions. We have carefully considered each point and have addressed them by adding changes to the manuscript and figures. The text below detailed our responses and edits.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Liao et al leveraged two powerful genomics techniques-CUT&RUN and RNA sequencing-to identify genomic regions bound by and activated or inactivated by SMAD1, SMAD5, and the progesterone receptor during endometrial stromal cell decidualization.

      Strengths:

      The authors utilized powerful next generation sequencing and identified important transcriptional mechanisms of SMAD1/5 and PGR during decidualization in vivo.

      Weaknesses:

      Overall, the manuscript and study are well structured and provide critical mechanistic updates on the roles of SMAD1/5 in decidualization and preparation of the maternal endometrium for pregnancy. Please consider the following to improve the manuscript:

      • Figure 4: A and C show bar graphs, not histograms. Please alter this phrasing.

      Figure legends were adjusted as suggested.

      • What post hoc test was performed on qPCR analyses? (Figure 6). It is evident that any assumptions of equal variance need to be negated due to the wide dispersion in experimental response invalidating the assumptions of a one-way ANOVA.

      Yes, a Tukey’s post hoc test was performed on the qPCR analyses. To address the reviewer’s question regarding equal variance, normality of the dataset was examined by D’agostino & Pearson test in GraphPad Prism. The data demonstrated a normal distribution pattern, thus justifying the one-way ANOVA test.

      • Figure 6: what data points are plotted? Are these technical replicates from individual wells or qPCR technical replicates?

      The dataset represents three technical and three biological data points.

      • Figure 6: Consider changing graph colors to increase visibility of error bars and data points.

      Thank you for this suggestion. The colors of the error bars in Figure 6 have been changed to increase visibility. Additionally, different shapes have been utilized to distinguish between different groups.

      • Figure 6 legend: no histograms are shown in this figure. Refer to all gene names utilizing proper nomenclature and conventions (gene names should be italicized).

      The legend was adjusted as suggested with the correct nomenclature implemented.

      • qPCR analyses: qPCR normalization should be done to at least two internal control genes, preferably three according to the MIQE guidelines (PMID: 19246619).

      As suggested, we have performed additional qPCR analysis with normalization done to three internal controls.

      • Supplement figure 2: graphs are bar graphs, not histograms.

      The legends have been changed as suggested.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Liao and colleagues generated tagged SMAD1 and SMAD5 mouse models and identified genome occupancy of these two factors in the uterus of these mice using the CUT&RUN assay. The authors used integrative bioinformatic approaches to identify putative SMAD1/5 direct downstream target genes and to catalog the SMAD1/5 and PGR genome co-localization pattern. The role of SMAD1/5 on stromal decidualization was assayed in vitro on primary human endometrial stromal cells. The new mouse models offer opportunities to further dissect SMAD1 and SMAD5 functions without the limitation from SMAD antibodies, which is significant. The CUT&RUN data further support the usefulness of these mouse models for this purpose.

      Strengths:

      The strength of this study is the novelty of new mouse models and the valuable cistromic data derived from these mice.

      Weaknesses:

      The weakness of the present version of the manuscript includes the self-limited data analysis approaches such as the proximal promoter based bioinformatic filter and a missed opportunity to investigate the role of SMAD1/5 on determining the genome occupancy of major uterine transcription regulators.

      Thank you for the comments. We addressed the limitation of the promoter-based analysis in the discussion and pointed out the possibility of analyzing additional genomics features (Lines 548551). Based on the suggestions, we also included an analysis in which we compared SMAD1/5 binding activities in this study to known major uterine transcription regulators’ binding activities (namely, SOX17 and NR2F2) using published ChIP-seq data in the mouse uterus. Results from this analysis are discussed in Lines 426-436. Content from the adjusted manuscript is copied below.

      Lines 548-551:

      “From pathway enrichment analysis, we demonstrate that genes with SMAD1/5 and PR bound at the promoter regions are enriched for key pathways in directing the decidualization process, such as WNT and relaxin signaling pathways. Future studies can benefit from analyzing binding events beyond the promoter regions.”

      Lines 426-436:

      “To further evaluate the key roles of SMAD1/5 as major uterine transcription regulators, we cross-compared the genomic binding sites of SMAD1/5 with known key transcription factors, namely aforementioned SOX17 (Supplement Figure 1E), as well as NR2F2 (Supplement Figure 1F), an essential regulator of hormonal response, using our CUT&RUN data sets and published mouse uterine SOX17 and NR2F2 ChIP-seq data sets (GSE118328, GSE232583). Among the annotated genes, 5402 genes are shared between SMAD1/5 and SOX17, and 1922 genes are shared between SMAD1/5 and NR2F2. Such observations indicate a potential co-regulatory mechanism between SMAD1/5 and other key uterine transcription factors in maintaining appropriate uterine functions. Overall, our analyses demonstrate that the transcriptional activity of SMAD1, SMAD5, and PR coordinate the expression of key genes required for endometrial receptivity and decidualization.”

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      As SMAD1/5 activities have previously been indistinguishable, these studies provide a new mouse model to finally understand unique downstream activation of SMAD1/5 target genes, a model useful for many scientific fields. Using CUT&RUN analyses with gene overlap comparisons and signaling pathway analyses, specific targets for SMAD1 versus SMAD5 were compared, identified, and interpreted. These data validate previous findings showing strong evidence that SMADs directly govern critical genes required for endometrial receptivity and decidualization, including cell adhesion and vascular development. Further, SMAD targets were overlapped with progesterone receptor binding sites to identify regions of potential synergistic regulation of implantation. The authors report strong correlations between progesterone receptor and SMAD1/5 direct targets to cooperatively promote embryo implantation. Finally, the authors validated SMAD1/5 gene regulation in primary human endometrial stromal cells. These studies provide a data-rich survey of SMAD family transcription, defining its role as a governor of early pregnancy.

      Strengths:

      This manuscript provides a valuable survey of SMAD1/5 direct transcriptional events at the time of receptivity. As embryo implantation is controlled by extensive epithelial to stromal molecular crosstalk and hormonal regulation in space and time, the authors state a strong, descriptive narrative defining how SMAD1/5 plays a central role at the site of this molecular orchestration. The implementation of cutting-edge techniques and models and simple comparative analyses provide a straightforward, yet elegant manuscript.

      Although the progesterone receptor exists as a major regulator of early pregnancy, the authors have demonstrated clear evidence that progesterone receptor with SMAD1/5 work in concert to molecularly regulate targets such as Sox17, Id2, Tgfbr2, Runx1, Foxo1 and more at embryo implantation. Additionally, the authors pinpoint other critical transcription factor motifs that work with SMADs and the progesterone receptor to promote early pregnancy transcriptional paradigms.

      Weaknesses:

      Although a wonderful new tool to ascertain SMAD1 versus SMAD5 downstream signaling, the importance of these factors in governing early pregnancy is not novel. Furthermore, functional validation studies are needed to confirm interactions at promoter regions. Addtionally, the authors presume that all overlapped genes are shared between progesterone receptor and SMAD1/5, yet some peak representations do not overlap. Although, transcriptional activation can occur at the same time, they may not occur in the same complex. Thus, further confirmation of these transcriptional events is warranted.

      Thank you for the review; we appreciate these valuable comments. Although we used an overlap approach to investigate the gene regulatory networks between SMAD1/5 and PR at the gene level, we functionally validated the regulatory effect in an in vitro decidualization model using a qPCR approach. We acknowledge that gene activations may not occur at the exact same complex, but functional validation screenings at the promoter level are beyond the scope of the study. However, we added the discussion about the possibility of proposed investigations in Lines 553-558. Our current dataset and validation studies support our conclusions with robust evidence. Content from Lines 553-558 is copied below.

      Lines 553-558: “In this study, we determined the overlapped transcriptional control between SMAD1/5 and PR at the gene level, and functionally validated the regulatory effect at the transcript level in a human stromal cell decidualization model. While we observe a subset of peak representations that do not overlap at the base pair level in the promoter regions, future functional screenings at the promoter level, such as luciferase reporter assays to assess transcriptional co-activation by SMAD1/5 and PR, will advance this study.”

      • Since whole murine uterus was used for these studies, the specific functions of SMAD1/5 in the stroma versus the epithelium (versus the myometrium) remain unknown. Specific roles for SMAD1/5 in the uterine stroma and epithelial compartments still need to be examined. Also, further work is needed to delineate binding and transcriptional activation of SMAD1/5 and the progesterone receptor in stromal versus epithelial uterine compartments.

      Thank you for the comments. Indeed, our study was performed in the whole mouse uterus, which includes stroma, epithelium and myometrium. Our previous data shows that nuclear SMAD1/5 are localized to both the stroma and epithelium in the decidua zone during the decidualization process at 4.5 dpc (PMID:34099644). Published in vivo studies also demonstrate the essential role of SMAD1/5 in the uterine epithelium and stroma compartments, respectively (PMIDs:35383354/27335065/17967875). Although we believe the binding/transcriptional activation of SMAD1/5 and PR occurs in both compartments based on the mouse phenotypic data, opportunities for further compartment-specific analysis were granted and discussion regarding such investigations was added (Lines 501-513). Content from Lines 501-513 is copied below.

      Lines 501-513:

      “Published studies have shown that nuclear SMAD1/5 localize to the stroma and epithelium during the decidualization process at 4.5dpc during the window of implantation. Conditional deletion of SMAD1/5 exclusively in the uterine epithelium using lactoferrin-icre (Ltf-icre) results in severe subfertility due to impaired implantation and decidual development. Conditional deletion of SMAD1/5/4 exclusively in the cells from mesenchymal lineage (including uterine stroma) using anti-Mullerian hormone type 2 receptor cre (Amhr2-cre) results in infertility with defective decidualization. Given the essential roles of SMAD1/5 in both stroma and epithelium identified by previous studies, we believe that transcriptional co-regulation by SMAD1/5 and PR reported here using the whole uterus validates a relationship between SMAD1/5 and PR in both the stromal and epithelial compartments. However, it does not rule out the potential coregulation of SMAD1/5 and PR in the myometrium, immune cells, and/or endothelium, given that whole uterus was used. The specific transcriptional evaluations of SMAD1/5 in the stroma versus the epithelium would require future single-cell sequencing (i.e., digital cytometry) and/or spatial transcriptomic analysis.”

      • There are asynchronous gene responses in the SMAD1/5 ablated mouse model compared to the siRNA-treated human endometrial stromal cells. These differences can be confounding, and more clarity is required in understanding the meaning of these differences and as they relate to the entire SMAD transcriptome.

      Thank you for the comments. From the mouse models with SMAD1/5 conditional deletions, we observed phenotypic defects at 4.5 dpc, which is the beginning of decidualization in the mouse. Our study used human endometrial stromal cells as a model to validate our findings functionally, aiming to mimic the specific time point during decidualization. Differences between the two models may arise from the strategy used to perturb SMAD1/5; in the mouse, a complete knockout of SMAD1/5 was used, resulting in failed decidualization, while the human endometrial stromal cells used an siRNA knockdown approach, which decreased the potential for decidualization. As such, this information needs to be considered when evaluating genome-wide effects on the transcriptome. We added a discussion of this point to Lines 564-572. Content from Lines 564-572 is copied below.

      Lines 564-572:

      “Since mice only undergo decidualization upon embryo implantation whilst human stromal cells undergo cyclic decidualization in each menstrual cycle in response to rising levels of progesterone, asynchronous gene responses may occur in comparison between mouse models and human cells. However, cellular transformation during decidualization is conserved between mice and humans, which makes findings in the mouse models a valuable and transferable resource to be evaluated in human tissues. Accordingly, our functional validation studies were performed using human endometrial stromal cells induced to decidualize in vitro for four days, which models the early phases of decidualization. Additional transcriptomic studies of the SMAD1/5 perturbations in human endometrial stromal cells will be of great resource in understanding the entire SMAD1/5 regulomes in humans.”

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      • Minor grammatical errors requiring attention such as inserting punctuation at the end of sentences and including figure legends prior to the end of sentence punctuation.

      Thanks for the comments. Additional proofreading was conducted for the revision.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) Between SMAD1 and SMAD5, does losing one SMAD affect the other SMAD's genome occupancy?

      Thanks for the comments. Based on the mouse phenotypic data that conditional deletion of SMAD1 in the uterus does not affect female fertility, while conditional deletion of SMAD5 leads to subfertility, and conditional deletion of both SMAD1 and SMAD5 leads to complete infertility. We believe losing one SMAD will affect the other SMAD's genome occupancy. This point is discussed in Lines 514-517, with contents copied below.

      Lines 514-517: “Although our studies herein confirm that SMAD1 and SMAD5 proteins have distinct transcriptional regulatory activities, our previous studies demonstrated that while SMAD5 can functionally replace SMAD1, SMAD1 cannot replace SMAD5 in the uterus. How this epistatic relationship is established in a tissue-specific manner still needs to be determined by further biochemical investigations.”

      2) In light of SMAD1/5 and PGR co-occupied cis-acting elements and coregulating uterine transcriptome, does loss of SMAD1/5 alter the PGR and ESR1 genome occupancy?

      Thanks for the comments. In the SMAD1/5 double conditional knockout mice, we observe the hyposensitivity towards progesterone and unopposed estrogen responses. We hypothesize that loss of SMAD1/5 alters PR genome occupancy and subsequently ER genome occupancy is altered as a secondary effect. To functionally address this question, genomic profiling studies need to be performed in the SMAD1/5 knockout mice, and, ideally, also performed in the PR knockout mice. However, such large-scale studies are beyond the scope of the current study and will not affect our conclusions under physiological conditions. We did include additional discussion regarding this comment in Lines 551-553, with the contents copied below.

      Lines 551-553: “Profiling the PR genome occupancy in the SMAD1/5 deficient mice would provide an interesting perspective to reevaluate the major regulatory roles of SMAD1/5 in mediating uterine transcriptomes.”

      3) In terms of investigating the impact of SAMD1/5 on cell type composition, perhaps the digital cytometry approach (e.g., PMID: 31061481) could provide unbiased inferences.

      Thank you for the comments. We included expression analysis of a subset of SMAD1/5 direct target genes over different uterine compartments (Figure 4E). We also added the discussion of the opportunities for further compartment-specific analysis, including but not limited to the digital cytometry approach in Lines 506-513, with the contents copied below.

      Line 506-513:

      “Given the essential roles of SMAD1/5 in both stroma and epithelium identified by previous studies, we believe that the transcriptional co-regulatory roles of SMAD1/5 and PR reported here using the whole uterus validates a relationship between SMAD1/5 and PR in both the stromal and epithelial compartments. However, it does not rule out potential co-regulatory roles of SMAD1/5 and PR in the myometrium, immune cells, and/or endothelium, given that whole uterus was used. The specific transcriptional evaluations of SMAD1/5 in the stroma versus the epithelium would require future single-cell sequencing (i.e., digital cytometry) and/or spatial transcriptomic analysis.”

      4) The limitation of focusing on the promoter occupied SMADs should be discussed.

      Additional discussion of the limitation of focusing on the promoter regions was added in Lines 548-551, with contents copied below.

      Lines 548-551:

      “From pathway enrichment analysis, we demonstrate that genes with SMAD1/5 and PR bound at the promoter regions are enriched for key pathways in directing the decidualization process, such as WNT and relaxin signaling pathways. Future studies can benefit from analyzing binding events beyond the promoter regions.”

      5) Methods: The reagent and the condition for PGR CUT&RUN is missing.

      Information added in Line 153.

      1. Line 260: Please clarify the statement of "suggesting the transcriptional of PR depends on BMP/SMAD1/5 signaling".

      Thanks for the suggestion. The sentence was rephrased to (Lines 258-261) “Our previous studies revealed that conditional ablation of SMAD1 and SMAD5 in the uterus decreased P4 response during the peri-implantation period, suggesting that the transcriptional activities of PR depend on BMP/SMAD1/5 signaling.”

      7) Line 280-289: This statement belongs to the discussion section.

      The statement was moved as suggested.

      8) Figure 4E is not cited in the result section.

      Figure 4E was cited in the results section in the revised version. (Line 386)

      9) Figures 3C, 3D, 3E, 3F, 5B and 5D: please include the full lists in the supplemental data so that labs with limited bioinformatic capabilities could use these findings to facilitate scientific discovery.

      Data regarding the aforementioned figures were included in Supplement Tables 3-8 and Supplement Files 1-2.

      10) Figure 2B and Figure 5A: the heatmaps without further grouping on common and distinct genome occupancy among assayed factors provided minimum useful information. Please reconsider the presentation format in order to deliver more meaningful results.

      Figure 2B and Figure 5A were replotted with clustering using the k-means algorithm. Methods and legends were updated accordingly.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      To delineate specific roles for SMAD1/5 in the uterine stroma and epithelial compartments, methods such as single cell sequencing or spatial transcriptomic analysis may be warranted.

      The manuscript now includes the discussion of future opportunities in investigating the roles of SMAD1/5 in different uterine compartments using single-cell sequencing and/or spatial transcriptomic analysis (Lines 498-513), with contents copied below.

      Lines 498-513:

      “Our studies also examined the role of SMAD1/5 in mediating progesterone responses at the genomic and transcription levels. Similarly, our analysis was based on data sets generated from the whole mouse uterus, which contains multiple compartments of the uterine structures, including but not limited to epithelium and stroma. Published studies have shown that nuclear SMAD1/5 localize to the stroma and epithelium during the decidualization process at 4.5 dpc, during the window of implantation. Conditional deletion of SMAD1/5 exclusively in the uterine epithelium using lactoferrin-icre (Ltf-icre) results in severe subfertility due to impaired implantation and decidual development. Conditional deletion of SMAD1/5/4 exclusively in the cells from mesenchymal lineage (including uterine stroma) using anti-Mullerian hormone type 2 receptor cre (Amhr2-cre) results in infertility with defective decidualization. Given the essential roles of SMAD1/5 in both stroma and epithelium identified by previous studies, we believe that the transcriptional co-regulatory roles of SMAD1/5 and PR reported here using the whole uterus validates a relationship between SMAD1/5 and PR in both the stromal and epithelial compartments. However, it does not rule out potential co-regulatory roles of SMAD1/5 and PR in the myometrium, immune cells, and/or endothelium, given that whole uterus was used. The specific transcriptional evaluations of SMAD1/5 in the stroma versus the epithelium would require future single-cell sequencing (i.e., digital cytometry) and/or spatial transcriptomic analysis.”

    1. Author Response

      We would like to thank the editor and the reviewers for their constructive comments and the chance to revise the manuscript. The suggestions have allowed us to improve our manuscript. We have been able to fulfil all reviewer comments and added new statistical analyses to examine associations for subsets of data. Whilst suggested by a reviewer, we did not perform large-scale experiments to confirm the viability of low sporozoite densities at different time-points post salivary gland colonization. For these assays there are currently no satisfactory in vitro models for sporozoites harvested from single mosquitoes and setting up and validating such experiments could be a PhD project in itself. We do consider this suggestion very relevant but beyond the scope of the current work.

      Relevantly, during the time the manuscript was under review at eLife, we have been able to examine the multiplicity of infection in our field experiments. This was, as written in the original manuscript, a key reason to also perform experiments in the field where there is a greater diversity of parasite lines. We have successfully performed AMA-1 amplicon deep sequencing on infected mosquito salivary glands and infected skins. Although this does not change the key messages of the manuscript and is secondary to our main hypothesis, we do consider it a relevant addition since we were able to demonstrate that for some infected mosquitoes from the Burkina Faso study, multiple clones were expelled by mosquitoes during probing on a single piece of artificial skin. We have added a short paragraph to our revised manuscript and updated the acknowledgement section to include the supporting researcher who conducted those experiments.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary: There is a long-believed dogma in the malaria field; a mosquito infected with a single oocyst is equally infectious to humans as another mosquito with many oocysts. This belief has been used for goal setting (and modelling) of malaria transmission-blocking interventions. While recent studies using rodent malaria suggest that the dogma may not be true, there was no such study with human P. falciparum parasites. In this study, the numbers of oocysts and sporozoite in the mosquitoes and the number of expelled sporozoites into artificial skin from the infected mosquito was quantified individually. There was a significant correlation between sporozoite burden in the mosquitoes and expelled sporozoites. In addition, this study showed that highly infected mosquitoes expelled sporozoites sooner.

      Strengths:

      • The study was conducted using two different parasite-mosquito combinations; one was lab-adapted parasites with Anopheles stephensi and the other was parasites, which were circulated in infected patients, with An. coluzzii. Both combinations showed statistically significant correlations between sporozoite burden in mosquitoes and the number of expelled sporozoites.

      • Usually, this type of study has been done in group bases (e.g., count oocysts and sporozoites at different time points using different mosquitoes from the same group). However, this study determined the numbers in individual bases after multiple optimization and validation of the approach. This individual approach significantly increases the power of correlation analysis.

      Weaknesses:

      • In a natural setting, most mosquitoes have less than 5 oocysts. Thus, the conclusion is more convincing if the authors perform additional analysis for the key correlations (Fig 3C and 4D) excluding mosquitoes with very high total sporozoite load (e.g., more than 5-oocyst equivalent load).

      In the revised manuscript, we have also performed our analysis including only the subset of mosquitoes with low oocyst burden. In our Burkina Faso experiments, where we could not control oocyst density, 48% (15/31) of skins were from mosquitoes with <5 oocyst sheets. Whilst low oocyst densities were thus not very uncommon, we acknowledge that this may have rendered some comparisons underpowered. At the same time, we observe a strong positive trend between oocyst density and sporozoite density and between salivary gland sporozoite density and mosquito inoculum. This makes it very likely that this trend is also present at lower oocyst densities, an association where sporozoite inoculation saturates at high densities is plausible and has been observed before for rodent malaria (DOI: 10.1371/journal.ppat.1008181) whilst we consider it less likely that sporozoite expelling would be more efficient at low (unmeasured) sporozoite densities.

      • As written as the second limitation of the study, this study did not investigate whether all expelled sporozoites were equally infectious. For example, Day 9 expelled sporozoites may be less infectious than Day 11 sporozoites, or expelled sporozoites from high-burden mosquitoes may be less infectious because they experience low nutrient conditions in a mosquito. Ideally, it is nice to test the infectivity by ex vivo assays, such as hepatocyte invasion assay, and gliding assay at least for salivary sporozoites. But are there any preceding studies where the infectivity of sporozoites from different conditions was evaluated? Citing such studies would strengthen the argument.

      We appreciate this thought and can see the value of these experiments. We are not aware of any studies that examined sporozoite viability in relation to the day of salivary gland colonization or sporozoite density.

      One previous study assessed the NF54 sporozoite infectivity on different days post infection (days 12-13-14-15-16-18) and observed no clear differences in ‘per sporozoite hepatocyte invasion capacity’ over this period (DOI: 10.1111/cmi.12745). We nevertheless agree that it is conceivable that sporozoites require maturation in the salivary glands and might not all be equally infectious. While hepatocyte invasion experiments are conducted with bulk harvesting of all the sporozoites that are present in the salivary glands, it would even be more interesting to assess the invasion capacity of the smaller population of sporozoites that migrate to the proboscis to be expelled. This would, as the reviewer will appreciate, be a major endeavour. To do this well the expelled sporozoites would need to be harvested from the salivary glands/proboscis and used in the best and most natural environment for invasion. The suggested work would thus depend on the availability of primary hepatocytes since conventional cell-lines like HC-04 are likely to underestimate sporozoite invasion. Importantly, there are currently no opportunities to include the barrier of the skin environment in invasion assays whilst this may be highly important in determining the likelihood that sporozoites manage to achieve invasion and give rise to secondary infections. In short, we agree with the reviewer that these experiments are of interest but consider these well beyond the scope of the current work. We have added a section to the Discussion section to highlight these future avenues for research. ‘Of note, our assessments of EIP and of sporozoite expelling did not confirm the viability of sporozoites. Whilst the infectivity of sporozoites at different time-points post infection has been examine previously (https://doi.org/10.1111/cmi.12745), these experiments have never been conducted with individual mosquito salivary glands. To add to this complexity, such experiments would ideally retain the skin barrier that may be a relevant determinant for invasion capacity and primary hepatocytes.’

      • Since correlation analyses are the main points of this paper, it is important to show 95% CI of Spearman rank coefficient (not only p-value). By doing so, readers will understand the strengths/weaknesses of the correlations. The p-value only shows whether the observed correlation is significantly different from no correlation or not. In other words, if there are many data points, the p-value could be very small even if the correlation is weak.

      We appreciate this comment and agree that this is indeed insightful. We have added the 95% confidence intervals to all figure legends and main text. We also provide them below.

      Fig 3b: 95% CI: 0.74, 0.85

      Fig 3c: 95% CI: 0.17, 0.50

      Fig 4c: 95% CI: 0.80, 0.95

      Fig 4d: 95% CI: 0.52, 0.82

      Supp Fig 5a: 95% CI: 0.74, 0.85

      Supp Fig 5b: 95% CI: 0.73, 0.93

      Supp Fig 6: 95% CI: 0.11, 0.48

      Supp Fig 7: 95% CI: -0.12, 0.16

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary: The malaria parasite Plasmodium develops into oocysts and sporozoites inside Anopheles mosquitoes, in a process called sporogony. Sporozoites invade the insect salivary glands in order to be transmitted during a blood meal. An important question regarding malaria transmission is whether all mosquitoes harbouring Plasmodium parasites are equally infectious. In this paper, the authors investigated the progression of P. falciparum sporozoite development in Anopheles mosquitoes, using a sensitive qPCR method to quantify sporozoites and an artificial skin system to probe for parasite expelling. They assessed the association between oocyst burden, salivary gland infection intensity, and sporozoites expelled.

      The data show that higher sporozoite loads are associated with earlier colonization of salivary glands and a higher prevalence of sporozoite-positive salivary glands and that higher salivary gland sporozoite burdens are associated with higher numbers of expelled sporozoites. Intriguingly, there is no clear association between salivary gland burdens and the prevalence of expelling, suggesting that most infections reach a sufficient threshold to allow parasite expelling during a mosquito bite. This important observation suggests that low-density gametocyte carriers, although less likely to infect mosquitoes, could nevertheless contribute to malaria transmission.

      Strengths: The paper is well written and the work is well conducted. The authors used two experimental models, one using cultured P. falciparum gametocytes and An. stephensi mosquitoes, and the other one using natural gametocyte infections in a field setup with An. coluzzii mosquitoes. Both studies gave similar results, reinforcing the validity of the observations. Parasite quantification relies on a robust and sensitive qPCR method, and parasite expelling was assessed using an innovative experimental setup based on artificial skin.

      Weaknesses: There is no clear association between the prevalence of sporozoite expelling and the parasite burden. However, high total sporozoite burdens are associated with earlier and more efficient colonization of the salivary glands, and higher salivary gland burdens are associated with higher numbers of expelled sporozoites. While these observations suggest that highly infected mosquitoes could transmit/expel parasites earlier, this is not directly addressed in the study. In addition, whether all expelled sporozoites are equally infectious is unknown. The central question, i.e. whether all infected mosquitoes are equally infectious, therefore remains open.

      We agree that the manuscript provides important steps forward in our understanding of what makes an infectious mosquito but does not conclusively demonstrate that highly infected mosquitoes are more likely to initiate a secondary infection. We consider this to be beyond the scope of the current work although the current work lays the foundation for these important future studies. For human Plasmodium infections the most satisfactory answer on the infectiousness of low versus high infected mosquitoes comes from controlled human infection models. In response to reviewer comments, we have extended our Discussion section to highlight this importance. To accommodate the (very fair) reviewer comments, we have avoided any phrasings that suggest that our findings demonstrate differences in transmission.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary: This study uses a state-of-the-art artificial skin assay to determine the quantity of P. falciparum sporozoites expelled during feeding using mosquito infection (by standardised membrane feeding assay SMFA) using both cultured gametocytes and natural infection. Sporozoite densities in salivary glands and expelled into the skin are quantified using a well-validated molecular assay. These studies show clear positive correlations between mosquito infection levels (as determined by oocyst numbers), sporozoite numbers in salivary glands, and sporozoites expelled during feeding. This indicates potentially significant heterogeneity in infectiousness between mosquitoes with different infection loads and thus challenges the often-made assumption that all infected mosquitoes are equally infectious.

      Strengths: Very rigorously designed studies using very well validated, state-of-the-art methods for studying malaria infections in the mosquito and quantifying load of expelled sporozoites. This resulted in very high-quality data that was well-analyzed and presented. Both sources of gametocytes (cultures vs. natural infection) show consistent results further strengthening the quality of the results obtained.

      Weaknesses: As is generally the case when using SMFAs, the mosquito infections levels are often relatively high compared to wild-caught mosquitoes (e.g. Bombard et al 2020 IJP: median 3-4 ), and the strength of the observed correlations between oocyst sheet and salivary gland sporozoite load even more so between salivary gland sporozoite load and expelled sporozoite number may be dominated by results from mosquitoes with infection levels rarely observed in wild-caught mosquitoes. This could result in an overestimation of the importance of these well-observed positive relationships under natural transmission conditions. The results obtained from these excellently designed and executed studies very well supported their conclusion - with a slight caveat regarding their application to natural transmission scenarios

      For efficiency and financial reasons, we have worked with an approach to enhance mosquito infection rates. If we had worked with gametocytes at physiological concentrations and a small number of donors, we probably have had considerably lower mosquito infection rates. Whilst this would indeed result in lower infection burdens in the sparse infected mosquitoes, addressing the reviewer concern, it would have made the experiments highly inefficient and expensive. The skin mimic was initially provided free of charge when the matrix was close to the expiry date but for the experiments in Burkina Faso we had to purchase the product at market value. Whilst we consider the biological question sufficiently important to justify this investment – and think our findings prove us right – it remained important to avoid using skins for uninfected mosquitoes. Since oocyst prevalence and density are strongly correlated (doi: 10.1016/j.ijpara.2012.09.002; doi: 10.7554/eLife.34463), a low oocyst density in natural infections typically coincides with a high proportion of negative mosquitoes.

      Of note, our approach did result in the inclusion of 15 skins from infected mosquitoes with 1-4 oocysts. This number may be modest but we did include observations from this low oocyst range which is, we agree, highly important for better understanding malaria epidemiology.

      This work very convincingly highlights the potential for significant heterogeneity in the infectiousness between individual P. falciparum-infected mosquitoes. Such heterogeneity needs to be further investigated and if again confirmed taken into account both when modelling malaria transmission and when evaluating the importance of low-density infections in sustaining malaria transmission.

      Reviewer #4 (Public Review):

      Summary: The study compares the number of sporozoites expelled by mosquitoes with different Plasmodium infection burden. To my knowledge this is the first report comparing the number of expelled P. falciparum sporozoites and their relation to oocyst burden (intact and ruptured) and residual sporozoites in salivary glands. The study provides important evidence on malaria transmission biology although conclusions cannot be drawn on direct impact on transmission.

      Strengths: Although there is some evidence from malaria challenge studies that the burden of sporozoites injected into a host is directly correlated with the likelihood of infection, this has been done using experimental infection models which administer sporozoites intravenously. It is unclear whether the same correlation occurs with natural infections and what the actual threshold for infection may be. Host immunity and other host related factors also play a critical role in transmission and need to be taken into consideration; these have not been mentioned by the authors. This is of particular importance as host immunity is decreasing with reduction in transmission intensity.

      Weaknesses: The natural infections reported in the study were not natural as the authors described. Gametocyte enrichment was done to attain high oocyst infection numbers. Studying natural infections would have been better without the enrichment step. The infected mosquitoes have much larger infection burden than what occurs in the wild.

      Nevertheless, the findings support the same results as in the experiments conducted in the Netherlands and therefore are of interest. I suggest the authors change the wording. Rather than calling these "natural" infections, they could be called, for example, "experimental infections with wild parasite strains".

      We have addressed these concerns and, in the process, also changed our manuscript title. The following sentences have been changed:

      “It is currently unknown whether all Plasmodium falciparum infected mosquitoes are equally infectious. We assessed sporogonic development using cultured gametocytes in the Netherlands and natural infections in Burkina Faso”.

      Now reads: “It is currently unknown whether all Plasmodium falciparum infected mosquitoes are equally infectious. We assessed sporogonic development using cultured gametocytes in the Netherlands and experimental infections with naturally circulating parasite strains in Burkina Faso”. 226-228 “Experimental infections with naturally circulating parasite strains show comparable correlation between oocyst density, salivary gland density and sporozoite inoculum”.

      Has now replaced the original phrasing: “Natural infected mosquitoes by gametocyte carriers in Burkina Faso show comparable correlation between oocyst density, salivary gland density and sporozoite inoculum”.

      I do not believe the study results generate sufficient evidence to conclude that lower infection burden in mosquitoes is likely to result in changes to transmission potential in the field. In study limitations section, the authors say "In addition, our quantification of sporozoite inoculum size is informative for comparisons between groups of high and low-infected mosquitoes but does not provide conclusive evidence on the likelihood of achieving secondary infections. Given striking differences in sporozoite burden between different Plasmodium species - low sporozoite densities appear considerably more common in mosquitoes infected with P. yoelii and P. berghei the association between sporozoite inoculum and the likelihood of achieving secondary infections may be best examined in controlled human infection studies. However, in the abstract conclusion the authors state "Whilst sporozoite expelling was regularly observed from mosquitoes with low infection burdens, our findings indicate that mosquito infection burden is associated with the number of expelled sporozoites and may need to be considered in estimations of transmission potential." Kindly consider ending the sentence at "expelled sporozoites." Future studies on CHMI can be recommended as a conclusion if authors feel fit.

      We agree that we need to be very cautious with conclusions on the impact of our findings for the infectious reservoir. We have rephrased parts of our abstract and have updated the Discussion section following the reviewer suggestions. We agree with the reviewer that CHMI studies are recommended and have expanded the Discussion section to make this clearer. The sentence in the abstract now ends as:

      "Whilst sporozoite expelling was regularly observed from mosquitoes with low infection burdens, our findings indicate that mosquito infection burden is associated with the number of expelled sporozoites. Future work is required to determine the direct implications of these findings for transmission potential."

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      • Prevalence data shown in Fig 2A and Table S1 are different. For example, >50K at Day 11, Fig 2A shows ~85% prevalence, but Table S1 says 100%. If the prevalence in Table S1 shows a proportion of observations with positive expelled sporozoites (instead of a proportion of positive mosquitoes shown in Fig 2A), then the prevalence for <1K at Day 11 cannot be 6.7% (either 0 or 20% as there were a total of 5 observations). So in either case, it is not clear why the numbers shown in Fig 2A and Table S1 are different.

      Figure 2A and Table S2 are estimated prevalence and odds ratios from an additive logistic regression model (i.e. excluding the interaction between day and sporozoite categories). Table S1 includes this interaction when estimating prevalence and odds ratios and as we can see some categories in the interaction were extremely small resulting in blown up confidence intervals especially in day 11. So Table S1 and Fig 2A are the results from two different models. Whilst our results are thus correct, we can understand the confusion and have added a sentence to explain the model used in the figure/table legends.

      Figure. 2 Extrinsic Incubation Period in high versus low infected mosquitoes. A. Total sporozoites (SPZ) per mosquito in body plus salivary glands (x-axis) were binned by infection load <1k; 1k-10k; 10k-50k; >50k and plotted against the proportion of mosquitoes (%) that were sporozoite positive (y-axis) as estimated from an additive logistic regression model with factors day and SPZ categories. Supplementary Table S1. The extrinsic incubation period of P. falciparum in An. stephensi estimated by quantification of sporozoites on day 9, 10, 11 by qPCR. Based on infection intensity mosquitoes were binned into four categories (<1k, 1k-10k, 10k-50k, >50) that was assessed by combining sporozoite densities in the mosquito body and salivary gland. Prevalences and odds ratios were estimated from a logistic regression model with factors day, SPZ category and their interaction.

      There are 3 typos in the paper. Please fix them.

      Line 464; ...were counted using a using an incident....

      Line 473; Supplementary Figure 7 should be Fig S8.

      Line 508: ...between days 9 and 10 using a (t=-2.0467)....

      We appreciate the rigour in reviewing our text and have corrected all typos.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      High infection burdens may result in earlier expelling capacity in mosquitoes, which would reflect more accurately the EIP. The fact that earlier colonization of SG and correlation between SG burden and numbers expelled suggest it could be the case, but it would be interesting to directly measure the prevalence of expelling over time to directly assess the effect of the sporozoite burden (not just at day 15 but before). This could reveal how the parasite burden in mosquitoes is a determinant of transmission.

      We appreciate this suggestion and will consider this for future experiments. It adds another variable that is highly relevant but will also complicate comparisons where sporozoite expelling is related to both time since infectious blood meal and salivary gland sporozoite density (that is also dependent on time since infectious bloodmeal). Moreover, we then consider it important to measure this over the entire duration of sporozoite expelling, including late time-points post infectious bloodmeal. This may form part of a follow-up study.

      Another question is whether all sporozoites (among expelled parasites) are equally infective, i.e. susceptible to induce secondary infection. If not, this could reconcile the data of this study and previous results in the rodent model where high burdens were associated with an increased probability to transmit.

      As also indicated above, we are aware of a single study that assessed NF54 sporozoite infectivity on different days post infection (days 12-13-14-15-16-18) and observed no clear differences in ‘per sporozoite hepatocyte invasion capacity’ over this period (DOI: 10.1111/cmi.12745). We nevertheless agree that it is conceivable that sporozoites require maturation in the salivary glands and might not all be equally infectious. While hepatocyte invasion experiments are conducted with bulk harvesting of all the sporozoites that are present in the salivary glands, it would even be more interesting to assess the invasion capacity of the smaller population of sporozoites that migrate to the proboscis to be expelled. This would, as the reviewer will appreciate, be a major endeavour. To do this well the expelled sporozoites would need to be harvested from the salivary glands/proboscis and used in the best and most natural environment for invasion. The suggested work would thus depend on the availability of primary hepatocytes since conventional cell-lines like HC-04 are likely to underestimate sporozoite invasion. Importantly, there are currently no opportunities to include the barrier of the skin environment in invasion assays whilst this may be highly important in determining the likelihood that sporozoites manage to achieve invasion and give rise to secondary infections. In short, we agree with the reviewer that these experiments are of interest but consider these well beyond the scope of the current work. We have added a section to the Discussion section to highlight these future avenues for research. ‘Of note, our assessments of EIP and of sporozoite expelling did not confirm the viability of sporozoites. Whilst the infectivity of sporozoites at different time-points post infection has been examine previously (ref), these experiments have never been conducted with individual mosquito salivary glands. To add to this complexity, such experiments would ideally retain the skin barrier that may be a relevant determinant for invasion capacity and primary hepatocytes.’

      The authors evaluated oocyst rupture at day 18, i.e. 3 days after feeding experiments (performed at day 15). Did they check in control experiments that the prevalence of rupture oocysts does not vary between day 15 and day 18?

      We did not do this and consider it very unlikely that there is a noticeable increase in the number of ruptured oocysts between days 15 and 18. We observe that salivary gland invasion plateaus around day 12 and the provision of a second bloodmeal that is known to accelerate oocyst maturation and rupture (doi: 10.1371/journal.ppat.1009131) makes it even less likely that a relevant fraction of oocysts ruptures very late. Perhaps most compellingly, the time of oocyst rupture will depend on nutrient availability and rupture could thus occur later for oocysts from a heavily infected gut compared to oocysts from mosquitoes with a low infection burden. We observe a very strong association between salivary gland sporozoite density (day 15) and oocyst density (assessed at day 18) without any evidence for change in the number of sporozoites per oocyst for different oocyst densities. In our revised manuscript we have also assessed correlations for different ranges of oocyst intensities and see highly consistent correlation coefficients and find no evidence for a change in ‘slope’. If oocyst rupture would regularly happen between days 15 and 18 and this late rupture would be more common in heavily infected mosquitoes, we would expect this to affect the associations presented in figures 3B and 4C This is not the case.

      The authors report higher sporozoite numbers per oocyst and a higher proportion of SG invasion as compared to previous studies (30-50% rather than 20%). How do they explain these differences? Is it due to the detection method and/or second blood meal? Or parasite species?

      We were also intrigued by these findings in light of existing literature. To address potential discrepancies, it is indeed possible that the 2nd bloodmeal made a difference. In addition, NF54 is known to be a highly efficient parasite in terms of gametocyte formation and transmission. And there are marked differences in these performances between NF54 isolates and definitely between NF54 and its clone 3D7 that is regularly used. We also used a molecular assay to detect and quantify sporozoites but consider it less likely that this is a major factor in terms of explaining SG invasion since sporozoite densities were typically within the range that would be detected by microscopy. We can only hypothesize that the 2nd bloodmeal may have contributed to these findings and acknowledge this in the revised Discussion section.

      The median numbers of expelled sporozoites seem to be higher in the natural gametocyte infection experiments as compared to the cultures. Is it due to the mosquito species (An. coluzzii versus An. stephensi?).

      The added value of our field experiments, a more relevant mosquito species and more relevant parasite isolates, is also a weakness in terms of understanding possible differences between in vitro experiments and field experiments with naturally circulating parasite strains. We only conclude that our in vitro experiments do not over-estimate sporozoite expelling by using a highly receptive mosquito source and artificially high gametocyte densities. We have clarified this in the revised Discussion.

      39% of sporozoite-positive mosquitoes failed to expel, irrespective of infection densities. Could the authors discuss possible explanations for this observation?

      In paragraph 304-307 we now write that:” This finding broadly aligns with an earlier study of Medica and Sinnis that reported that 22% of P. yoelii infected mosquitoes failed to expel sporozoites. For highly infected mosquitoes, this inefficient expelling has been related to a decrease of apyrase in the mosquito saliva”.

      In Figure 3, it would be interesting to zoom in the 0-1k window, below the apparent threshold for successful expelling.

      We have generated correlation estimates for different ranges of oocyst and sporozoite densities and added these in Supplementary Table 5. We agree that this helps the reader to appreciate the contribution of different ranges of parasite burden to the observed associations.

      In Fig S8. Did they observe intact oocysts with fixed samples? These could be shown as well in the figure.

      We have incorporated this comment. An intact oocyst from fixed samples was now added to Fig S10.

      Minor points

      -line 119: LOD and LOQ could be defined here.

      We agree that this should have been defined. We changed line 119 to explain LOD and LOQ to: …“the limit of detection (LOD) and limit of quantification (LOQ)”….

      • line 126: the title does not reflect the content of this paragraph.

      We have changed the title: “Immunolabeling allows quantification of ruptured oocysts ”into: A comparative analysis of oocyst densities using mercurochrome staining and anti-CSP immunostaining.

      -line 269: infectivity is not appropriate. The data show colonization of SG.

      Line 269: infectivity has been changed with colonization of salivary glands.

      There seems to be a problem with Fig S6. The graph seems to be the same as Fig 3C. Please check whether the graph and legends are correct.

      Supplementary Figure 6 shows the sporozoite expelling density in relation to infection burden with a threshold set at > 20 sporozoites while Fig 3C shows the total sporozoite density (residual salivary gland sporozoites + sporozoites expelled, X-axis) in relation to the number of expelled sporozoites (Y-axis) by COX-1qPCR without any threshold density. We have explained this in more detail in the revised supplemental figure where we now state

      “Of note, this figure differs from Figure 3C in the main text in the following manner. This figure presents sporozoite expelling density in relation to infection burden with a threshold set at > 20 sporozoites to conclude sporozoite positivity while Figure 3C shows the total sporozoite density (residual salivary gland sporozoites + sporozoites expelled, X-axis) in relation to the number of expelled sporozoites (Y-axis) by COX-1 qPCR without any threshold density and thus includes all observations with a qPCR signal”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Congratulations to the authors for the really excellently designed and rigorously conducted studies.

      My main concern is in regards to the relatively high oocyst numbers in their experimental mosquitoes (from both sources of gametocytes) compared to what has been reported from wild-caught mosquitoes in previous studies in Burkina Faso.

      We have addressed this concern above. For completeness, we include the main points here again. We enriched gametocytes for efficiency reasons, experiments on gametocytes at physiological concentrations would have resulted in a lower oocyst density (and thus more ‘natural’ although a minority of individuals achieves very high oocyst densities in all studies that included a broad range of oocyst densities (e.g. doi: 10.1016/j.exppara.2014.12.010; doi: 10.1016/S1473-3099(18)30044-6). Of note, we did include 15 skins from low oocyst densities (1-4 oocysts). Whilst low oocyst densities were thus not very uncommon in our sample set, we acknowledge that this may have rendered some comparisons underpowered. At the same time, we observe a strong positive trend between oocyst density and sporozoite density and between salivary gland sporozoite density and mosquito inoculum. This makes it very likely that this trend is also present at lower oocyst densities, an association where sporozoite inoculation saturates at high densities is plausible and has been observed before for rodent malaria (DOI: 10.1371/journal.ppat.1008181) whilst we consider it less likely that sporozoite expelling would be more efficient at low (unmeasured) sporozoite densities. In the revised manuscript we have also performed our analysis including only the subset of mosquitoes with low oocyst burden.

      The best way to address this would be to do comparable artificial skin-feeding experiments on such wild-caught mosquitoes, but I appreciate that this is very difficult to do.

      This would indeed by difficult to do. Mostly because infection status can only be examined post-hoc and it is likely that >95% of mosquitoes are sporozoite negative at the moment experiments are conducted (in many settings this will even be >99%). Importantly, also in wild-caught mosquitoes very high oocyst burdens are observed in a small but relevant subset of mosquitoes (doi: 10.1016/j.ijpara.2020.05.012).

      Instead, I would suggest the authors conduct addition analysis of their data using different cut-offs for maximum oocyst numbers (e.g. <5, <10, <20) to determine if these correlations hold across the entire range of observed oocyst sheets and salivary gland sporozoite load.

      We have provided these calculations for the proposed range of oocyst numbers. In addition, we also provided them for a range of sporozoite densities. These findings are now provided in

      Entire range of observed oocyst sheets and salivary gland sporozoite load. A minor point on the regression lines in Figures 3 & 4: both variables in these plots have inherent variation (measurement & natural), but regression techniques such as reduced major exit regression (MAR) that allow error in both x and y variables may be preferable to a standard lines regression. Also, as it is implausible that mosquitoes with zero sporozoite in salivary glands expel several hundred sporozoites at feeding, the regression should probably also be constrained to pass through the 0,0 point.

      Since the main priority of the analyses is the correlation, and not the fit of the regression line – which is only for indication, and also because of the availability of software, we did not change the type of regression. We have however added a disclaimer to the legend, and we have also forced the intercept to 0 – which does indeed better reflect the biological association. Additionally we added 95% confidence intervals to all Spearman’s correlation coefficients in the legends.

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors propose a hypothesis for ovarian carcinogenesis based on epidemiological data, and more specifically they suggest that the latter relates to ascending genital tract "infection" or "dysbiosis", the resulting fallopian tube inflammation ultimately predisposing to ovarian cancer.

      While this hypothesis would ideally be addressed in a longitudinal set-up with repeated female genital tract sampling, such an approach is obviously hard to realize. Rather, the authors present this hypothesis as a rationale for a cross-sectional study involving 81 patients with ovarian cancer (most with the most common subtype of high grade serous ovarian carcinoma, though other subtypes were also included), as well as 106 control patients with various non-infectious conditions including endometriosis and benign ovarian cysts. In all patients was there a comprehensive microbiome sampling of ovarian surface/fallopian tube, cervix and peritoneal cavity as well sampling of a number of potential sources of contamination, including surgery sites, ambient environment, consumables used in the DNA extraction and sequencing pipeline, etc. In line with the hypothesis presented at the outset, species with a threshold of at least 100 reads in both at least one cervical and at least one fallopian tube sample, while absent from environmental swabs, were considered relevant to the postulated pathway.

      Remarkably, fallopian tube microbiota in ovarian cancer patients tended to cluster more closely to those retrieved from the paracolic gutter, than fallopian tube microbiota in non-cancer controls, which showed more relative similarity to vaginal/genital tract microbiota.

      Although not really addressed by the authors, there also seem to be quite a few differences, at least in terms of abundance, in cervical microbiota between ovarian cancer patients and controls as well, which is an interesting finding, even when accounting for differences in age distribution between ovarian cancer patients and included control patients.

      Overall, very few data are available thus far on the upper genital tract/fallopian tube microbiome, while also invariably controversial, as it has proven extremely difficult to obtain pelvic samples in a valid, "sterile" manner, i.e. without affecting a resident low-biomass microbiome to be analyzed. The authors took a number of measures to counter so, and in this respect, this is likely the largest and most valid study on the subject, even though biases and contamination can never be completely excluded in this context.

      As such, I believe the strength of this study and paper primarily relates to the rigour of the methodology, thereby giving us a valuable insight in the presumed fallopian tube/ovarian surface microbiome, which may definitely serve as an impetus and a reference to future translational ovarian cancer research, or ovarian microbiome research for that matter.

      I believe that the authors should acknowledge in more detail, that the data obtained from their cross-sectional study, valid as these are, do not provide any direct support to the hypothesis - albeit also plausible - set forth, a discussion that I somehow missed to a certain extent. It is important to realize in this and related contexts that neoplasia may well induce microbiome alterations through a variety of mechanisms, hence microbiome alterations not per se being causative. Conclusions should therefore be more reserved. Along the same lines, potential biases introduced through the selection of control patients (some detail here would be insightful) also deserves some discussion, as it is not known, whether other conditions such as benign ovarian cysts or endometriosis have some relationship with the human microbiome, be it causative or 'reversely causative', see for instance very recent work in Science Translational Medicine.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s detailed review and thoughtful comments. We have added the following sentences in the Discussion to address the reviewer’s concern: “Due to the cross-sectional nature of the study, we have limited ability to link specific bacteria to ovarian carcinogenesis, as we would need to demonstrate that exposure to bacteria precedes the cancer. However, identifying associations between FT microbiota and OC is a critical first step. Further investigations, especially backed by in vitro studies, are needed to test our initial hypotheses.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The authors aimed to investigate the microbiota present in the fallopian tubes (FT) and its potential association with ovarian cancer (OC). They collected swabs intraoperatively from the FT and other surgical sites as controls to profile the FT microbiota and assess its relationship with OC.

      They observed a clear shift in the FT microbiota of OC patients compared to non-cancer patients. Specifically, the FT of OC patients had more types of bacteria typically found in the gastrointestinal tract and the mouth. In contrast, vaginal bacterial species were more prevalent in non-cancer patients. Serous carcinoma, the most common OC subtype, showed a higher prevalence of almost all FT bacterial species compared to other OC subtypes.

      The strengths of the study include its large sample size, rigorous collection methods, and use of controls to identify the possible contaminants. Additionally, the study employed advanced sequencing techniques for microbiota analysis. However, there are some weaknesses to consider. The study relied on swabs collected intraoperatively, which may not fully represent the microbiota in the FT during normal physiological conditions. The study also did not establish causality between the identified bacteria and OC but rather demonstrated an association. Regardless, the findings are important and these questions need to be addressed by future studies. A few additions in data representation and analysis are instead recommended.

      Overall, the authors achieved their aims of identifying the FT microbiota and assessing its relationship with OC. The results support the conclusion that there is a clear shift in the FT microbiota in OC patients, paving the way for further investigations into the role of these bacteria in the pathogenesis of ovarian cancer.

      The identification of specific bacterial species associated with OC could contribute to the development of novel diagnostic and therapeutic approaches. The study design and the data generated here can be valuable to the research community studying the microbiota and its impact on cancer development. However, further research is needed to validate these findings and elucidate the underlying mechanisms linking the FT microbiota shift and OC.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s detailed review and positive comments.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The findings of Bo Yu and colleagues titled "Identification of fallopian tube microbiota and its association with ovarian cancer: a prospective study of intraoperative swab collections from 187 patients" describes the identification of the fallopian tube microbiome and relationship with ovarian cancer. The studies are highly rigorous obtaining specimens from the fallopian tube, ovarian surfaces, paracolic gutter of patients of known or suspected ovarian cancer or benign tumor patients. The investigators took great care to ensure there was no or limited contamination including test the surgical suite air, as the test locations are from low abundance microbiota. The findings provide evidence that the microbiota in the fallopian tube, especially in ovarian cancer has similarities to gut microbial communities. This is a potentially novel observation.

      The studies investigate the microbiome of >1000 swabs from 81 ovarian cancer and 106 non-cancer patients. The sites collected are low biomass microbiota making the study particularly challenging. The studies provide descriptive evidence that the ovarian cancer fallopian tube microbiota contain species that are similar to the gut microbiota. In contrast the fallopian tube microbiota of non-cancer patients that exhibit more similarity to the uterine/cervical microbiota. This may be a relevant observation but is highly descriptive with limited insights on the functional relevance.

      The data indicate the presence of low biomass FT microbiota. The findings support the existence of FT microbiota in ovarian cancer that appears to be related to gut microbial species. While interesting, there is no insights on how and why these microbial species are found in the FT. The studies only identify the species but there is no transcriptomic analysis to provide an indication on whether the bacteria are activating DNA damage pathways. This is an interesting observation that requires more insights to address how these bacteria reach the fallopian tube and a related question is whether these bacteria are found in the peritoneum.

      An additional concern is whether these data can be used to develop biomarkers of disease and early detection of disease. can the investigators detect the ovarian cancer FT microbiota in cervical/vaginal secretions? That may yield more significant insights for the field.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s detailed review and thoughtful comments. We have added the following sentences in the Discussion to acknowledge the reviewer’s concern: “Due to the cross-sectional nature of the study, we have limited ability to link specific bacteria to ovarian carcinogenesis, as we would need to demonstrate that exposure to bacteria precedes the cancer. However, identifying associations between FT microbiota and OC is a critical first step. Further investigations, especially backed by in vitro studies, are needed to test our initial hypotheses.”

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I have no additional comments here.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The data analysis and data representation could be improved by the following points:

      1. To compare the microbiota and assess the overall microbiota structure difference between the cancer vs non cancer cohort alpha- and beta-diversity of the microbial communities can be conducted.

      2. A differential abundance analysis could also be conducted to assess the differences at the genera and taxa level between the cancer vs non cancer cohorts.

      3. The analysis suggested above can also be conducted in the serous vs non serous cancer cohorts.

      4. In Figure 4 and 5 it would be more intuitive to show the predominant niche of each bacterium by color coding

      We appreciate these helpful suggestions from the reviewer. We have added Figure 2B to address the diversity as well as the differences between cancer versus non-cancer cohorts. We have added in the Results section the description of our findings in Figure 2B. We have added color coding to Figure 4 and 5 as the reviewer suggested.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      These studies are interesting but are very descriptive with no obvious approaches for understanding the mechanisms of FT microbiota in ovarian cancer. The identification of these bacteria is not sufficient to draw implications on their impact on ovarian cancer development or progression. This needs to be addressed.

      We agree with the reviewer and have added the following sentences in the Discussion to acknowledge the reviewer’s concern: “Due to the cross-sectional nature of the study, we have limited ability to link specific bacteria to ovarian carcinogenesis, as we would need to demonstrate that exposure to bacteria precedes the cancer. However, identifying associations between FT microbiota and OC is a critical first step. Further investigations, especially backed by in vitro studies, are needed to test our initial hypotheses.”

    1. Author Response

      Responses to public reviews

      Reviewer 1

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable and constructive comments and are pleased that the re-viewer finds our study timely and our behavioral results clear.

      1) The RSA basically asks on the lowest level, whether neural activation patterns (as measured by EEG) are more similar between linked events compared to non-linked events. At least this is the first question that should be asked. However, on page 11 the authors state: "We ex-amined insight-induced effects on neural representations for linked events [...]". Hence, the critical analysis reported in the manuscript fully ignores the non-linked events and their neu-ral activation patterns. However, the non-linked events are a critical control. If the reported effects do not differ between linked and non-linked events, there is no way to claim that the effects are due to experimental manipulation - neither imagination nor observation. Hence, instead of immediately reporting on group differences (sham vs. control) in a two-way in-teraction (pre vs. post X imagination vs. observation), the authors should check (and re-port) first, whether the critical experimental manipulation had any effect on the similarity of neural activation patterns in the first place.

      We completely agree that the non-link items are a critical control. Therefore, we had reported not only the results for linked but also for non-linked events on page 15, lines 336-350. We clarified this important point now on page 12 lines 283-286:

      “Subsequently, we examined insight-induced effects on neural representations for linked (vs. non-linked) events by comparing the change from pre- to post-insight (post-pre) and the difference between imagination and observation (imagination - observation) between cTBS and sham groups using an independent cluster-based permutation t-test.”

      Moreover, to directly compare linked and non-linked events we performed a four-way in-teraction including link vs. non-link. This analysis yielded a significant four-way interaction, showing that the interaction of time (pre vs. post), mode of insight (imagination vs. obser-vation) and cTBS differed for linked vs. non-linked items. We then report the follow-up analyses, separately for linked and non-linked events. Please see pages 12-13, lines 287-294:

      “First, we included the within-subject factors time (pre vs. post), mode of insight (imagina-tion vs. observation) and link (vs. non-link) by calculating the difference waves. Subse-quently we conducted a cluster-based permutation test comparing the cTBS and the sham groups. This analysis yielded a four-way interaction within a negative cluster in a fronto-temporal region (electrode: FT7; p = 0.007, ci-range = 0.00, SD = 0.00). This result indicates that the impact of cTBS over the angular gyrus on the neural pattern reconfiguration follow-ing imagination- vs. observation-based insight may differ between linked and non-linked events. For linked events, this analysis yielded a […]”

      2) Overall, the focus on the targeted three-way interaction is poorly motivated. Also, a func-tional interpretation is largely missing.

      In order to better explain our motivation for the three-way interaction, we em-phasized in the introduction the importance of disentangling potential differences due to the mode of insight, given the known role of the angular gyrus in imagination on pages 4-5, lines 107-115:

      “Considering this involvement of the angular gyrus in imaginative processes, we expected that the effect of cTBS on the change in representational similarity from pre- to post-insight will differ based on the mode of insight – whether this insight was gained via imagination or observation. Specifically, we expected a more pronounced impairment in the neural recon-figurations when insight is gained via imagination, as this function may depend more on an-gular gyrus recruitment than insight gained via observation. Additionally, we expected cTBS to the left angular gyrus to interfere with the increase in neural similarity for linked events and with the decrease of neural similarity for non-linked event.”

      As discussed on page 21 (starting from line 478; see also the intro on page 4), we expected that the angular gyrus would be particularly implicated in imagination-based insight, given its known role in imagination (e.g.: Thakral et al., 2017). Moreover, given the angular gyrus’s strong connectivity with other regions, the results observed may not be driven by this re-gion alone but also by interconnected regions, such as the hippocampus. We clarified these important points at the very end of the discussion on pages 23-24, lines 543-560:

      “Furthermore, the differential impact of cTBS to the angular gyrus on neural reconfigura-tions between events linked via imagination and those linked via observation may be at-tributed to its crucial role in imaginative processes (Ramanan et al., 2018; Thakral et al., 2017). Another intriguing aspect to consider is that the stimulated site was situated in the more ventral portion of the angular gyrus, recognized for its stronger connectivity to the episodic hippocampal memory system in contrast to its more dorsal counterpart (Seghier, 2013; Uddin et al., 2010). This stronger connectivity between the ventral angular gyrus and the hippocampus may shed light on the greater impact of cTBS to the angular gyrus on im-agination-based insight. Given the angular gyrus’s robust connectivity with other brain re-gions, including the hippocampus (Seghier, 2013), it is plausible that the observed changes might not solely stem from alterations within the angular gyrus itself, but could also origi-nate from these interconnected regions. This notion may bear particular importance given the required accessibility to the hippocampus during imaginative processes (Benoit & Schacter, 2015; Grob et al., 2023a; Zeidman & Maguire, 2016). Interactions between the an-gular gyrus and the hippocampus may give rise to rich memory representations (Ramanan et al., 2018). In line with this, recent studies have demonstrated that cTBS to the angular gy-rus resulted in enhanced hippocampal connectivity and improved associative memory (Hermiller et al., 2019; Tambini et al., 2018; Wang et al., 2014).”

      3) "Interestingly, we observed a different pattern of insight-related representational pattern changes for non-linked events." It is not sufficient to demonstrate that a given effect is pre-sent in one condition (linked events) but not the other (non-linked events). To claim that there are actually different patterns, the authors would need to compare the critical condi-tions directly (Nieuwenhuis et al., 2011).

      We completely agree and now compared the two conditions directly. Specifical-ly, we now report the significant four-way interaction, including the factor link vs. non-link, before delving into separate analyses for linked and non-linked events on pages 12-13, lines 287-294:

      “First, we included the within-subject factors time (pre vs. post), mode of insight (imagina-tion vs. observation) and link (vs. non-link) by calculating the difference waves. Subse-quently we conducted a cluster-based permutation test comparing the cTBS and the sham groups. This analysis yielded a four-way interaction within a negative cluster in a fronto-temporal region (electrode: FT7; p = 0.007, ci-range = 0.00, SD = 0.00). This result indicates that the impact of cTBS over the angular gyrus on the neural pattern reconfiguration follow-ing imagination- vs. observation-based insight may differ between linked and non-linked events. For linked events, this analysis yielded a […]”

      4) "This analysis yielded a negative cluster (p = 0.032, ci-range = 0.00, SD = 0.00) in the parieto-temporal region (electrodes: T7, Tp7, P7; Fig. 3B)." (p. 11). The authors report results with specificity for certain topographical locations. However, this is in stark contrast to the fact that the authors derived time X time RSA maps.

      We did derive time × time similarity maps for each electrode within each partic-ipant, which allowed us to find a cluster consisting of specific electrodes. We apologize for not making this aspect clear enough and have, therefore, modified the respective part of our methods section on page 38, lines 951-952:

      “In total, this analysis produced eight Representational Dissimilarity Matrices (RDMs) for each electrode and each participant.”

      5) "These theta power values were then combined to create representational feature vectors, which consisted of the power values for four frequencies (4-7 Hz) × 41 time points (0-2 sec-onds) × 64 electrodes. We then calculated Pearson's correlations to compare the power pat-terns across theta frequency between the time points of linked events (A with B), as well as between the time points of non-linked events (A with X) for the pre- and the post-phase separately, separately for stories linked via imagination and via observation. To ensure un-biased results, we took precautions not to correlate the same combination of stories twice, which prevented potential inflation of the data. To facilitate statistical comparisons, we ap-plied a Fisher z-transform to the Pearson's rho values at each time point. This yielded a global measure of similarity on each electrode site. We, thus, obtained time × time similarity maps for the linked events (A and B) and the non-linked events (A and X) in the pre- and post-phases, separately for the insight gained through imagination and observation." (p. 34+35).

      If RSA values were calculated at each time point and electrode, the Pearson correlations would have been computed effectively between four samples only, which is by far not enough to derive reliable estimates (Schönbrodt & Perugini, 2013). The problem is aggra-vated by the fact that due to the time and frequency smoothing inherent in the time-frequency decomposition of the EEG data, nearby power values across neighboring theta frequencies are highly similar to start with. (e.g., Schönauer et al., 2017; Sommer et al., 2022).

      Alternative approaches would be to run the correlations across time for each electrode (re-sulting in the elimination of the time dimension) or to run the correlations at each time point across electrodes (resulting in the elimination of topographic specificity).

      At least, the authors should show raw RSA maps for linked and non-linked events in the pre- and post-phases separately for the insight gained through imagination and observa-tion in each group, to allow for assessing the suitability of the input data (in the supple-ments?) before progressing to reporting the results of three-way interactions.

      Although we do see the reviewer’s point, we think that an RSA specific to the theta range yielding electrode specific time × time similarity maps must be run this way, otherwise, as you pointed out, one or the other dimension is compromised. Running an RSA across time for each electrode will lead to computing a similarity measure between the events without information on when these stimuli become more or less similar, thereby ig-noring the temporal dynamics crucial to EEG data and not taking advantage of the high temporal resolution. Conversely, conducting an RSA across electrodes might result in an overall similarity measure per participant, disregarding the spatial distribution and potential variations among electrodes. Although EEG has limited spatial resolution, different elec-trodes can capture differences that may aid in understanding neural processing. However, as suggested by the reviewer, we included the raw RSA maps for linked and non-linked events separately for pre- and post-phases, imagination and observation and link and non-link in the supplement and refer to these data in the results section on pages 12-13, lines 293-295:

      “For linked events, this analysis yielded a negative cluster (p = 0.032, ci-range = 0.00, SD = 0.00) in the parieto-temporal region (electrodes: T7, Tp7, P7; Fig. 3B; Figure 3 – Figure sup-plement 1).”

      And on page 15, lines 339-341:

      “This analysis yielded a positive cluster (p = 0.035, ci-range = 0.00, SD = 0.00) in a fronto-temporal region (electrode: FT7; Fig. 3C; Figure 3 – Figure supplement 2).”

      Reviewer 2

      We thank the reviewer for the very helpful and constructive comments and appreciate that the reviewer finds our study relevant to all areas of cognitive research.

      1) While the observed memory reconfiguration/changes are attributed to the angular gyrus in this study, it remains unclear whether these effects are solely a result of the AG's role in re-configuration processes or to what extent the hippocampus might also mediate these memory effects (e.g., Tambini et al., 2018; Hermiller et al., 2019).

      We agree that, in addition to the critical role of the angular gyrus, there may be an involvement of the hippocampus. We point now explicitly to the modulatory capacities of angular gyrus stimulation on the hippocampus. Please see page 4, lines 81-88:

      “One promising candidate that may contribute to insight-driven memory reconfiguration is the angular gyrus. The angular gyrus has extensive structural and functional connections to many other brain regions (Petit et al., 2023), including the hippocampus (Coughlan et al., 2023; Uddin et al., 2010). Accordingly, previous studies have shown that stimulation of the angular gyrus resulted in altered hippocampal activity (Thakral et al., 2020; Wang et al., 2014). Furthermore, the angular gyrus has been implicated in a myriad of cognitive func-tions, including mental arithmetic, visuospatial processing, inhibitory control, and theory-of-mind (Cattaneo et al., 2009; Grabner et al., 2009; Lewis et al., 2019; Schurz et al., 2014).”

      We further added a new paragraph to the discussion pointing at the possibility that not solely the angular gyrus but another brain region, such as the hippocampus, may have me-diated the changes observed in our study on pages 23-24, lines 546-562:

      “Another intriguing aspect to consider is that the stimulated site was situated in the more ventral portion of the angular gyrus, recognized for its stronger connectivity to the episodic hippocampal memory system in contrast to its more dorsal counterpart (Seghier, 2013; Ud-din et al., 2010). This stronger connectivity between the ventral angular gyrus and the hip-pocampus may shed light on the greater impact of cTBS to the angular gyrus on imagination-based insight. Given the angular gyrus’s robust connectivity with other brain regions, includ-ing the hippocampus (Seghier, 2013), it is plausible that the observed changes might not solely stem from alterations within the angular gyrus itself, but could also originate from these interconnected regions. This notion may bear particular importance given the re-quired accessibility to the hippocampus during imaginative processes (Benoit & Schacter, 2015; Grob et al., 2023a; Zeidman & Maguire, 2016). Interactions between the angular gyrus and the hippocampus may give rise to rich memory representations (Ramanan et al., 2018). In line with this, recent studies have demonstrated that cTBS to the angular gyrus resulted in enhanced hippocampal connectivity and improved associative memory (Hermiller et al., 2019; Tambini et al., 2018; Wang et al., 2014). However, it should be noted that our study detected impaired associative memory following cTBS to the angular gyrus.”

      2) Another weakness in this manuscript is the use of different groups of participants for the key TMS intervention, along with underspecified or incomplete hypotheses/predictions.

      In our view, the chosen between-subjects design is to be preferred over a crossover design for several reasons. First, our choice aimed to eliminate potential se-quence effects that may have adversely affected performance in the narrative-insight task (NIT). Second, this approach ensured consistency in expectations regarding the story links while also mitigating potential differences induced by fatigue. Additionally, we accounted for the potential advantage of a within-subject design – the stimulation of the same brain – by utilizing neuro-navigated TMS for targeting the stimulation coordinate. Finally, it is im-portant to note that we measured the event representations pre- and post-insight and that also the mode of insight was manipulated within-subject. Thus, our design did include a within-subject component and we are convinced that the chosen paradigm balances the different strengths and weaknesses of within-subject and between-subjects designs in the best possible manner. We specified our rationale for choosing a between-subjects ap-proach in the introduction on page 5, lines 122-126:

      “We intentionally adopted a mixed design, combining both between-subjects and within-subject methodologies. The between-subjects approach was chosen to minimize the risk of carry-over effects and sequence biases. Simultaneously, we capitalized on the advantages of a within-subject design by altering the pre- to post-insight comparison and the mode of insight (imagination vs. observation) within each participant.”

      Moreover, to provide a comprehensive portrayal of the two groups, we incorporated de-scriptions concerning trait and state variables alongside age and motor thresholds and in-cluded t-test comparisons between these variables on page 7, lines 157-160:

      “Notably, the groups did not differ on levels of subjective chronic stress (TICS), state and trait anxiety (STAI-S, STAI-T), depressive mood (BDI), imaginative capacities (FFIS), person-ality dimensions (BFI), age, and motor thresholds (for descriptive statistics see Table 1; all p > 0.053).”

      And further included age and motor thresholds as control variables in Table 1 on page 18, lines 402-404:

      “Overall, levels of subjective chronic stress, anxiety, and depressive mood were relatively low and not different between groups. The groups did further not differ in terms of per-sonality traits, imagination capacity, age or motor thresholds (all p > 0.053; see Table 1).”

      For greater precision in outlining our hypotheses, we specified these at the end of the in-troduction on pages 4-55, lines 107-118:

      “Considering this involvement of the angular gyrus in imaginative processes, we expected that the effect of cTBS on the change in representational similarity from pre- to post-insight will differ based on the mode of insight – whether this insight was gained via imagination or observation. Specifically, we expected a more pronounced impairment in the neural recon-figurations when insight is gained via imagination, as this function may depend more on an-gular gyrus recruitment than insight gained via observation. Additionally, we expected cTBS to the left angular gyrus to interfere with the increase in neural similarity for linked events and with the decrease of neural similarity for non-linked events. We further predicted that cTBS to the left angular gyrus would reduce the impact of (imagination-based) insight into the link of initially unrelated events on memory performance during free recall, given its higher variability compared to other memory measures.”

      3) Furthermore, in some instances, the types of analyses used do not appear to be suitable for addressing the questions posed by the current study, and there is limited explanation pro-vided for the choice of analyses and questionnaires.

      We addressed this concern by inserting a new section “control variables” in the methods explaining our rationale for employing the different questionnaires as control var-iables on pages 40-41, lines 1003-1019:

      “Control variables In order to ensure that the observed effects were solely attributable to the TMS manipula-tion and not influenced by other factors, we comprehensively evaluated several trait and state variables. To account for potential variations in anxiety levels that could impact our re-sults, we specifically measured state and trait anxiety using STAI-S and STAI-T (Laux et al., 1981), thus minimizing the potential confounding effects of anxiety on our findings (Char-pentier et al., 2021). Additionally, we evaluated participants’ chronic stress levels using the TICS (Schulz & Schlotz, 1999) to exclude any group variations that might explain the effect on memory, cosidering the well-established impact of stress on memory (Sandi & Pinelo-Nava, 2007; Schwabe et al., 2012). Moreover, we assessed participants’ depressive symp-toms employing the BDI (Hautzinger et al., 2006), to guarantee group comparability on this clinical measure. We further assessed fundamental personality dimensions using the BFI-2 (Danner et al., 2016) to exclude any potential group discrepancies that could account for dif-ferences observed. Lastly, we assessed participants’ imaginative capacities using the FFIS (Zabelina & Condon, 2019), to ensure uniformity across groups regarding this central varia-ble, considering the significant role of imagination in relation to the cTBS-targeted angular gyrus (Thakral et al., 2017).”

      We further specified why we chose to analyze our behavioral data using LMMs on page 34, lines 849-85:

      “For our behavioral analyses we opted to employ linear-mixed models (LMM), given their high robustness regarding the underlying distribution and high sensitivity to individual varia-tion (Pinheiro & Bates, 2000; Schielzeth et al., 2020).”

      Moreover, we added an explanation on why we opted for the RSA approach in the meth-ods section on page 37, lines 920-923:

      “This method is ideally suited to measure neural representation changes and was specifical-ly chosen as it has been previously identified as the preferred approach for quantifying in-sight-induced neural changes (Grob et al., 2023b; Milivojevic et al., 2015).”

      To clarify on the rationale behind our coherence analysis, we incorporated an explanatory sentence in the methods section on page 39, lines 966-967:

      “Due to the robust connectivity between the angular gyrus and other brain regions (Petit et al., 2023; Seghier, 2013), we proceeded with a connectivity analysis as a next step.”

      Reviewer 3

      We thank the reviewer for the constructive and very helpful comments. We are pleased that the reviewer considered our experimental design to be strong and our behavioral results to be striking.

      1) My major criticism relates to the main claim of the paper regarding causality between the angular gyrus and the authors' behavior of interest. Specifically, I am not convinced by the evidence that the effects of stimulation noted in the paper are attributable specifically to the angular gyrus, and not other regions/networks.

      While our results showed specific changes after cTBS over the angular gyrus, demonstrating a causal involvement of the angular gyrus in these effects, we completely agree that this does not rule out an involvement of additional areas. In particular, there is evidence suggesting that cTBS over parietal regions, such as the angular gyrus, could poten-tially influence hippocampal functioning. We address this issue now in a new paragraph that we have added to the discussion, on pages 23-24, lines 546-564:

      “Another intriguing aspect to consider is that the stimulated site was situated in the more ventral portion of the angular gyrus, recognized for its stronger connectivity to the episodic hippocampal memory system in contrast to its more dorsal counterpart (Seghier, 2013; Ud-din et al., 2010). This stronger connectivity between the ventral angular gyrus and the hip-pocampus may shed light on the greater impact of cTBS to the angular gyrus on imagination-based insight. Given the angular gyrus’s robust connectivity with other brain regions, includ-ing the hippocampus (Seghier, 2013), it is plausible that the observed changes might not solely stem from alterations within the angular gyrus itself, but could also originate from these interconnected regions. This notion may bear particular importance given the re-quired accessibility to the hippocampus during imaginative processes (Benoit & Schacter, 2015; Grob et al., 2023a; Zeidman & Maguire, 2016). Interactions between the angular gyrus and the hippocampus may give rise to rich memory representations (Ramanan et al., 2018). In line with this, recent studies have demonstrated that cTBS to the angular gyrus resulted in enhanced hippocampal connectivity and improved associative memory (Hermiller et al., 2019; Tambini et al., 2018; Wang et al., 2014). However, it should be noted that our study detected impaired associative memory following cTBS to the angular gyrus. Expanding upon this idea, it is conceivable that targeting a more dorsal segment of the angular gyrus might exert a stronger influence on observation-based linking – an aspect that warrants future in-vestigations.”

      Responses to reviewer recommendations

      Reviewer 1

      1) On page 26, the authors write: "[...] different video events (A, B, and X) were recalled from day one [...]". I may have missed this point, but I had the impression that the task was con-ducted within one day.

      Indeed, this study was conducted within a single day. We rephrased the respec-tive statement accordingly. Please see page 7, lines 149-153:

      “To test this hypothesis and the causal role of the angular gyrus in insight-related memory reconfigurations, we combined the life-like video-based narrative-insight task (NIT) with representational similarity analysis of EEG data and (double-blind) neuro-navigated TMS over the left angular gyrus in a comprehensive investigation within a single day.”

      We further included this information in the methods section on page 27, lines 634-635:

      “In total, the experiment took about 4.5 hours per participant and was completed within a single day. ”

      Reviewer 2

      1) There is a substantial disconnection between the introduction and the methods/results sec-tion. One reason is that there is not sufficient detail regarding the hypotheses/predictions and the specific types of analyses chosen to test these hypotheses/predictions. Additionally, it is not explained what comparisons and outcomes would be informative/expected. This should be made clear. Second and related to the above, the rationale for conducting certain types of analyses (correlation, coherence, see below) sometimes is not specified.

      To address this concern, we elaborated on our hypotheses incorporating specif-ic predictions for the free recall, given its higher variability than the other memory measures, and for imagination vs. observation at the end of the introduction on pages 4-5, lines 107-122:

      “Considering this involvement of the angular gyrus in imaginative processes, we expected that the effect of cTBS on the change in representational similarity from pre- to post-insight will differ based on the mode of insight – whether this insight was gained via imagination or observation. Specifically, we expected a more pronounced impairment in the neural recon-figurations when insight is gained via imagination, as this function may depend more on an-gular gyrus recruitment than insight gained via observation. Additionally, we expected cTBS to the left angular gyrus to interfere with the increase in neural similarity for linked events and with the decrease of neural similarity for non-linked events. We further predicted that cTBS to the left angular gyrus would reduce the impact of (imagination-based) insight into the link of initially unrelated events on memory performance during free recall, given its higher variability compared to other memory measures. Considering the high connectivity profile of the angular gyrus within the brain (Seghier, 2013), we conducted an EEG connec-tivity analysis building upon prior findings concerning alterations in neural reconfigurations. To establish a link between neural and behavioral findings, we chose a correlational ap-proach to relate observations from these two domains.”

      Moreover, we made our rationale for the employed analyses more explicit and specified why we chose to analyze our behavioral data using LMMs on page 34, lines 849-851:

      “For our behavioral analyses we opted to employ linear-mixed models (LMM), given their high robustness regarding the underlying distribution and high sensitivity to individual varia-tion (Pinheiro & Bates, 2000; Schielzeth et al., 2020).”

      Moreover, we added an explanation on why we opted for the RSA approach in the meth-ods section on page 37, lines 920-923:

      “This method is ideally suited to measure neural representation changes and was specifical-ly chosen as it has been previously identified as the preferred approach for quantifying in-sight-induced neural changes (Grob et al., 2023b; Milivojevic et al., 2015).”

      To clarify on the rationale behind our coherence analysis, we incorporated an explanatory sentence in the methods section on page 39, lines 966-967:

      “Due to the robust connectivity between the angular gyrus and other brain regions (Petit et al., 2023; Seghier, 2013), we proceeded with a connectivity analysis as a next step.”

      2) The authors suggest that besides Branzi et al. (2021), this is one of the first studies showing that memory update is linked to the AG. I suggest having a look at work from Tambini, Nee, & D'Esposito, 2018, JoCN, and other papers from Joel Voss' group that target a similar re-gion of AG/Inferior parietal cortex. Many studies, using multiple TMS protocols, have now shown this brain region is causally involved in episodic and associative memory encoding.

      As mentioned above, further consideration of this literature is important as it delves into the region's hippocampal connectivity (and other network properties), and how that mediates the memory effects. Indeed because of the nature of the methods employed in this study, we do not know if the memory-related behavioural effects are due to TMS-changes induced at the AG's versus the hippocampal' s level, or both. How do the current findings square with the existing TMS effects from this region? Can the connectivity profile of the target re-gion highlighted by previous studies provide further insight into how the current behaviour-al effect arises? Some comments on this could be added to the discussion.

      We completely agree that the other studies showing enhanced associative memory after TMS to parietal regions need to be addressed. Therefore, we updated the discussion on page 20, lines 449-453:

      “Interestingly, recent work has additionally indicated that targeting parietal regions with TMS led to alterations in hippocampal functional connectivity, thereby enhancing associa-tive memory (Nilakantan et al., 2017; Tambini et al., 2018; Wang et al., 2014), potentially shedding light on the underlying mechanisms involved.”

      Moreover, we included a section specifically addressing the possibility that the effects ob-served may pertain to having modulated other regions via the targeted region and updated the discussion on pages 23-24, lines 543-562:

      “Furthermore, the differential impact of cTBS to the angular gyrus on neural reconfigura-tions between events linked via imagination and those linked via observation may be at-tributed to its crucial role in imaginative processes (Ramanan et al., 2018; Thakral et al., 2017). Another intriguing aspect to consider is that the stimulated site was situated in the more ventral portion of the angular gyrus, recognized for its stronger connectivity to the episodic hippocampal memory system in contrast to its more dorsal counterpart (Seghier, 2013; Uddin et al., 2010). This stronger connectivity between the ventral angular gyrus and the hippocampus may shed light on the greater impact of cTBS to the angular gyrus on im-agination-based insight. Given the angular gyrus’s robust connectivity with other brain re-gions, including the hippocampus (Seghier, 2013), it is plausible that the observed changes might not solely stem from alterations within the angular gyrus itself, but could also origi-nate from these interconnected regions. This notion may bear particular importance given the required accessibility to the hippocampus during imaginative processes (Benoit & Schacter, 2015; Grob et al., 2023a; Zeidman & Maguire, 2016). Interactions between the an-gular gyrus and the hippocampus may give rise to rich memory representations (Ramanan et al., 2018). In line with this, recent studies have demonstrated that cTBS to the angular gy-rus resulted in enhanced hippocampal connectivity and improved associative memory (Hermiller et al., 2019; Tambini et al., 2018; Wang et al., 2014). However, it should be noted that our study detected impaired associative memory following cTBS to the angular gyrus.”

      3) Another comment I have regards the results observed for the observation vs imagination insight conditions. The authors mention that the 'changes in representational similarity for the observation condition should be interpreted with caution, as these seemingly opposite changes appeared to be at least in part driven by group differences already in the pre-phase before participants gained insight.' I wonder what these group differences are and whether the authors have any hypothesis about what factors determined them.

      We could only speculate about the basis of the observed pre-insight phase dif-ferences. However, we provide now the raw RSA data as supplemental material to make the pattern of the (raw) RSA findings in the pre- and post-insight phases more transparent. We refer the interested reader to this material on pages 12-13, lines 293 to 295:

      “For linked events, this analysis yielded a negative cluster (p = 0.032, ci-range = 0.00, SD = 0.00) in the parieto-temporal region (electrodes: T7, Tp7, P7; Fig. 3B; Figure 3 – Figure sup-plement 1).”

      And on page 15, lines 339-341:

      “This analysis yielded a positive cluster (p = 0.035, ci-range = 0.00, SD = 0.00) in a fronto-temporal region (electrode: FT7; Fig. 3C; Figure 3 – Figure supplement 2).”

      Furthermore, the age of participants is not reported separately for the two groups (cTBS to AG vs Sham), I think. This should be reported including a t-test showing that the two groups have the same age.

      We agree and report now explicitly that groups did not significantly differ in rel-evant control variables including age. Please see page 7, lines 157-160:

      “Notably, the groups did not differ on levels of subjective chronic stress (TICS), state and trait anxiety (STAI-S, STAI-T), depressive mood (BDI), imaginative capacities (FFIS), person-ality dimensions (BFI), age, and motor thresholds (for descriptive statistics see Table 1; all p > 0.053).”

      And further included age and motor thresholds as control variables in Table 1 on page 18, lines 402-412:

      “Overall, levels of subjective chronic stress, anxiety, and depressive mood were relatively low and not different between groups. The groups did further not differ in terms of per-sonality traits, imagination capacity, age or motor thresholds (all p > 0.053; see Table 1).”

      The fact this study is not a within-subject design makes difficult the interpretation of the results and this should be recognised as an important limitation of the study.

      As outlined above, a within-subject design would in our view come with several disadvantages, such as significant sequence/carry-over effects. Moreover, the neural rep-resentation change was measured in a pre-post design, enabling us to measure the insight-driven neural reconfiguration at the individual level.

      We clarify our rationale for the between-subjects factor TMS in the introduction on page 5, lines 122-126:

      “We intentionally adopted a mixed design, combining both between-subjects and within-subject methodologies. The between-subjects approach was chosen to minimize the risk of carry-over effects and sequence biases. Simultaneously, we capitalized on the advantages of a within-subject design by altering the pre- to post-insight comparison and the mode of insight (imagination vs. observation) within each participant.”

      Furthermore, we included our rationale for choosing a between-subjects approach for the crucial TMS manipulation in the methods section on page 25, lines 601-604:

      “We implemented a mixed-design including the within-subject factors link (linked vs. non-linked events), session (pre- vs. post-link), and mode (imagination vs. observation) as well as the between-subjects factor group (cTBS to the angular gyrus vs. sham) to mitigate the risk of carry-over effects and sequence biases of the crucial cTBS manipulation.”

      4) The angular gyrus is a heterogeneous region with multiple graded subregions. The one tar-geted in the present study is the ventral AG which has strong connections with the episodic-hippocampal memory system. I was wondering if this might explain why the AG TMS ef-fects on representational changes have been observed for events linked via imagination but not direct observation. Perhaps the stimulation of a more 'visual' AG subregion (see Hum-phreys et al., 2020, Cerebral Cortex) would have resulted in a different (opposite) pattern of results. It would be good to add some comments on this in the discussion.

      We appreciate this interesting perspective offered regarding the potential out-comes of our study, particularly in relation to the activation of a more ventral sub region of the angular gyrus. We incorporated this idea into our discussion, alongside considerations regarding the potential effects of a more dorsal angular gyrus stimulation on observation-based linking. However, caution is warranted recognizing the inherent limitations posed by the precision of TMS manipulations, which is further underscored by our electric field simu-lations, utilizing a 10 mm radius. We included this section in the discussion on pages 23-24, lines 546-569:

      “Another intriguing aspect to consider is that the stimulated site was situated in the more ventral portion of the angular gyrus, recognized for its stronger connectivity to the episodic hippocampal memory system in contrast to its more dorsal counterpart (Seghier, 2013; Ud-din et al., 2010). This stronger connectivity between the ventral angular gyrus and the hip-pocampus may shed light on the greater impact of cTBS to the angular gyrus on imagina-tion-based insight. Given the angular gyrus’s robust connectivity with other brain regions, including the hippocampus (Seghier, 2013), it is plausible that the observed changes might not solely stem from alterations within the angular gyrus itself, but could also originate from these interconnected regions. This notion may bear particular importance given the re-quired accessibility to the hippocampus during imaginative processes (Benoit & Schacter, 2015; Grob et al., 2023a; Zeidman & Maguire, 2016). Interactions between the angular gyrus and the hippocampus may give rise to rich memory representations (Ramanan et al., 2018). In line with this, recent studies have demonstrated that cTBS to the angular gyrus resulted in enhanced hippocampal connectivity and improved associative memory (Hermiller et al., 2019; Tambini et al., 2018; Wang et al., 2014). However, it should be noted that our study detected impaired associative memory following cTBS to the angular gyrus. Expanding upon this idea, it is conceivable that targeting a more dorsal segment of the angular gyrus might exert a stronger influence on observation-based linking – an aspect that warrants future in-vestigations. Yet, while acknowledging the functional heterogeneity within the angular gy-rus (Humphreys et al., 2020), pinpointing specific sub regions via TMS remains challenging due to its limited focal precision at the millimeter level (Deng et al., 2013; Thielscher & Kammer, 2004), as reinforced by our electric field simulations utilizing a 10 mm radius. Hence, drawing definitive conclusions regarding distinct angular gyrus sub regions requires future research employing rigorous checks to assess the focality of their stimulation.”

      5) Regarding the methods section, I have the following specific queries. It is unclear what is the purpose of the coherence and correlation analyses (pages 35, 36). Could the authors pro-vide further clarification on this? These analyses seem not to be mentioned anywhere in the introduction. This should be clarified briefly in the introduction and then in the methods sec-tion. The same for the questionnaires (anxiety, stress, etc): It is unclear the reason for col-lecting this type of data. This should be clarified in the introduction as well.

      We agree, and have updated the introduction as follows on page 5, lines 118-122:

      “Considering the high connectivity profile of the angular gyrus within the brain (Seghier, 2013), we conducted an EEG connectivity analysis building upon findings from the RSA anal-yses concerning alterations in neural reconfigurations. To establish a link between neural and behavioral findings, we chose a correlational approach to relate observations from these two domains.”

      We additionally provided an explanation for including these questionnaires in the introduc-tion on page 5, lines 126-129:

      “To control for any group differences beyond the TMS manipulation, we gathered various control variables through questionnaires, including trait- and state-anxiety, depressive symptoms, chronic stress levels, personality dimensions, and imaginative capacities.”

      Moreover, we elaborated on the underlying rationale guiding our chosen analytical ap-proaches. Therefore, we specified why we chose to analyze our behavioral data using LMMs on page 34, lines 849-851:

      “For our behavioral analyses we opted to employ linear-mixed models (LMM), given their high robustness regarding the underlying distribution and high sensitivity to individual varia-tion (Pinheiro & Bates, 2000; Schielzeth et al., 2020).”

      Furthermore, we added an explanation on why we opted for the RSA approach in the methods section on page 37, lines 920-923:

      “This method is ideally suited to measure neural representation changes and was specifical-ly chosen as it has been previously identified as the preferred approach for quantifying in-sight-induced neural changes (Grob et al., 2023b; Milivojevic et al., 2015).”

      To clarify on the rationale behind our coherence analysis, we incorporated an explanatory sentence in the methods section on page 39, lines 966-967:

      “Due to the robust connectivity between the angular gyrus and other brain regions (Petit et al., 2023; Seghier, 2013), we proceeded with a connectivity analysis as a next step.”

      6) The preregistration webpage is in German. This is not ideal as it means that the information is available only to German speakers.

      This webpage can easily be switched to English by changing the settings in the top right corner:

      To address this issue, we included a description of how to set the webpage to English in the methods section on page 25, lines 581-582:

      “For translation to English, please adjust the page settings located in the top right corner.”

      7) Page 18. 'NIT' and 'MAT' - avoid abbreviations when possible.

      We included the full name for the narrative-insight task (NIT) on page 7, line 151, line 153, and line 165, page 8 lines 177-178 and line 187, page 19 on line 427, page 26 on line 615, line 629 and line 632, page 27, line 653, page 30, lines 730-731, page 31, line 754, page 35, line 870, line 873, and page 36 and line 885.

      We further included the full name for the multi-arrangements task (MAT) on page 19, lines 428-429.

      8) Line 21....we further observed DECREASED...should be replaced with INCREASED, if I am not wrong.

      We checked the sentence again and it looks correct to us, since it describes the change for observation-based insight, not imagination-based insight. We clarified that this finding pertains to observation-based linking by modifying the sentence on page 23, lines 525-528, as follows:

      “Following cTBS to the angular gyrus, we further observed decreased pattern similarity for non-linked events in the observation-based condition, resembling the pattern change ob-served in the sham group for linked events, which may highlight the role of the angular gy-rus in representational separation during observation-based linking”

      Reviewer 3

      1) The major claim of the paper is that the angular gyrus is causally involved in insight-driven memory reconfiguration. To the authors' credit, they localized stimulation to the angular gyrus using an anatomical scan, the strength of the estimated electromagnetic field in the angular gyrus correlated with their behavioral results, and there were also brain-behavior correlations involving sensors located in the parietal lobe. However, the minimum evidence needed to claim causality is 1) evidence of a behavioral change (which the authors found) and 2) evidence of target engagement in the angular gyrus. It is also important to show brain-behavior correlations between target engagement and behavior. Although the au-thors stimulated the angular gyrus, that does not mean that rTMS specifically affected this region or that the behavioral results can be attributed to rTMS effects on the angular gyrus. As the authors point out, the angular gyrus has dense connections with other regions such as the hippocampus. In fact, several studies have shown that angular gyrus (or near AG) stimulation affects the hippocampal network (Wang et al., 2014, Science; Freedberg et al. 2019, eNeuro; Thakral et al., 2020, PNAS). EEG also has a poor spatial resolution, so even though the results were attributable to parieto-temporal sensors, this is not sufficient evi-dence to claim that the angular gyrus was modulated. Source localization would be re-quired to reconstruct the signal specifically from the AG. Thus, with the manuscript written as is, the authors can claim that "cTBS to the angular gyrus modulates insight-driven memory reconfiguration," but the current claim is not sufficiently substantiated.

      While acknowledging the potential role of the angular gyrus in driving the ob-served changes, we recognize that the available evidence may not be sufficient. Conse-quently, we have introduced several modifications within our manuscript to address this concern.

      In the revised Introduction, we now explicitly address the possibility of a stimulation of the hippocampus via the angular gyrus on page 4, lines 84-85:

      “Accordingly, previous studies have shown that stimulation of the angular gyrus resulted in altered hippocampal activity (Thakral et al., 2020; Wang et al., 2014).”

      Additionally, we included relevant evidence demonstrating previous instances of targeted stimulation of the angular gyrus, which led to alterations in hippocampal connectivity and associative memory. These insights have been included in the discussion on page 20, lines 449-453:

      “Interestingly, recent work has additionally indicated that targeting parietal regions with TMS led to alterations in hippocampal functional connectivity, thereby enhancing associa-tive memory (Nilakantan et al., 2017; Tambini et al., 2018; Wang et al., 2014), potentially shedding light on the underlying mechanisms involved.”

      Next, we have integrated crucial modifications essential for establishing a conclusive infer-ence of causality in our study. Moreover, we now explore the potential mediation of the effects observed from angular gyrus stimulation through other brain regions, like the hip-pocampus. In addition, we have highlighted prior work where such stimulation coincided with alterations in associative memory. For the updated discussion section, please see pag-es 23-24, lines 538-562:

      “Although our study provided evidence suggesting a causal role of the angular gyrus in in-sight-driven memory reconfigurations – highlighted by behavioral changes after cTBS to the angular gyrus, neural changes in left parietal regions, and relevant brain-behavior associa-tions – it is important to acknowledge the limitations imposed by the spatial resolution of EEG. Consequently, the precise source of the observed signal changes in the parietal re-gions remains uncertain, potentially tempering the definitive nature of these findings. Fur-thermore, the differential impact of cTBS to the angular gyrus on neural reconfigurations between events linked via imagination and those linked via observation may be attributed to its crucial role in imaginative processes (Ramanan et al., 2018; Thakral et al., 2017). An-other intriguing aspect to consider is that the stimulated site was situated in the more ven-tral portion of the angular gyrus, recognized for its stronger connectivity to the episodic hippocampal memory system in contrast to its more dorsal counterpart (Seghier, 2013; Ud-din et al., 2010). This stronger connectivity between the ventral angular gyrus and the hip-pocampus may shed light on the greater impact of cTBS to the angular gyrus on imagina-tion-based insight. Given the angular gyrus’s robust connectivity with other brain regions, including the hippocampus (Seghier, 2013), it is plausible that the observed changes might not solely stem from alterations within the angular gyrus itself, but could also originate from these interconnected regions. This notion may bear particular importance given the re-quired accessibility to the hippocampus during imaginative processes (Benoit & Schacter, 2015; Grob et al., 2023a; Zeidman & Maguire, 2016). Interactions between the angular gyrus and the hippocampus may give rise to rich memory representations (Ramanan et al., 2018). In line with this, recent studies have demonstrated that cTBS to the angular gyrus resulted in enhanced hippocampal connectivity and improved associative memory (Hermiller et al., 2019; Tambini et al., 2018; Wang et al., 2014). However, it should be noted that our study detected impaired associative memory following cTBS to the angular gyrus.”

      We further replaced terms that imply inhibition of the angular gyrus with a more operation-ally descriptive phrase:

      “cTBS to the angular gyrus”

      2) The authors frequently claim that cTBS is "inhibitory stimulation" and that inhibition of the angular gyrus caused their effects. There is a common misconception within the cognitive neuroscience literature that stimulation is either "inhibitory" or "excitatory," but there is no such thing as either. The effects of rTMS are dependent on many physiological, state, and trait-specific variables and the location of stimulation. For example, while cTBS does repro-ducibly inhibit behavior supported by the motor cortex (Wilkinson et al., 2010, Cortex; Rosenthal et al., 2009, J Neurosci), cTBS of the posterior parietal cortex reproducibly en-hances hippocampal network functional connectivity and episodic memory (Hermiller et al., 2019, Hippocampus; Hermiller et al., 2020, J Neurosci). The authors reference the Huang et al. (2005) paper as evidence of its inhibitory effects but work in this paper is not sufficient to broadly categorize cTBS as inhibitory. First, Huang et al. stimulated the motor cortex and measured the effects on corticospinal excitability, which is significantly different from what the current authors are measuring. Furthermore, this oft-cited study only included 9 sub-jects. Other studies have found that the effects of theta-burst are significantly more varia-ble when more subjects are used. For example, intermittent theta-burst, which is assumed to be excitatory based on the Huang paper, was found to produce unreliable excitatory ef-fects when more subjects were examined (Lopez-Alonso, 2014, Brain Stimulation). Thus, the a priori assumption that stimulation would be inhibitory is weak and cTBS should not be dis-cussed as "inhibitory."

      We agree and included now a statement in the methods section that explicitly states that cTBS effects may be region-specific on page 33, lines 817-819:

      “Nonetheless, the effects of cTBS appear to vary based on the targeted region, with cTBS to parietal regions demonstrating the capability to enhance hippocampal connectivity (Hermiller et al., 2019, 2020).”

      We further substituted all terminology suggestive of an inhibitory effect with the phrase:

      “cTBS to the angular gyrus”.

      However, it is important to note, that while other studies (Hermiller et al., 2019; Tambini et al., 2018; Wang et al., 2014) found increased hippocampal connectivity after rTMS to a parie-tal region as well as enhanced associative memory, we observed impaired memory for the linked events. We included this clarification in the discussion on page 24, lines 558-562:

      “In line with this, recent studies have demonstrated that cTBS to the angular gyrus resulted in enhanced hippocampal connectivity and improved associative memory (Hermiller et al., 2019; Tambini et al., 2018; Wang et al., 2014). However, it should be noted that our study detected impaired associative memory following cTBS to the angular gyrus.”

      3) The hypothesis at the end of the introduction did not strike me as entirely clear. From this hypothesis, it seems that the authors are just comparing the differences in memory and re-configuration during imagination-based insight links. However, the authors also include ob-servation-based links and a non-linking condition, which seem ancillary to the main hy-pothesis. Thus, I am confused about why these extra factors were included and exactly what statistical results would confirm the authors' hypothesis.

      We agree, and have clarified our hypotheses on pages 4-5, lines 107-115:

      “Considering this involvement of the angular gyrus in imaginative processes, we expected that the effect of cTBS on the change in representational similarity from pre- to post-insight will differ based on the mode of insight – whether this insight was gained via imagination or observation. Specifically, we expected a more pronounced impairment in the neural recon-figurations when insight is gained via imagination, as this function may depend more on an-gular gyrus recruitment than insight gained via observation. Additionally, we expected cTBS to the left angular gyrus to reduce the increase in neural similarity for linked events and in-crease of neural dissimilarity for non-linked events.”

      4) Many of the distributions throughout the paper do not look normal. Was normality checked? Are non-parametric stats warranted?

      We evaluated and reported the normality assumption in our behavioral anal-yses. Despite the non-normal distribution of our data, we chose to utilize linear-mixed models due to their robust performance even in case of deviations from normal distribu-tions. This update in our methods section can be found on page 36, lines 890-896:

      “After outlier correction, we identified non-normality in our data using a Shapiro-Wilk test (narrative-insight task: W = 0.92, p < 0.001; multi-arrangements task: W = 0.94, p < 0.001; forced-choice recognition: W = 0.50, p < 0.001; free recall details: W = 0.85, p < 0.001; free recall naming of linking events: W = 0.94, p < 0.001). However, we mitigated this by employ-ing linear-mixed models (LMMs), recognized for their robustness even with non-normally distributed data (Schielzeth et al., 2020).”

      We recalculated the correlational analysis between the RSA data and the behavioral recall of linking events by using the Spearman method on page 13, lines 306-308:

      “Furthermore, to address a deviation from the normality assumption, the correlational analysis was repeated using the Spearman method, which indicated an even stronger cor-relation (r(59) = 0.32, p = 0.012).”

      We further recalculated the correlation between the change in coherence for linked events and the recall of details for events linked via imagination on page 16, lines 376-378:

      “Please note that for addressing a deviation from the normality assumption, the correla-tional analysis was repeated using the Spearman method, which yielded a significant corre-lation of similar strength (r(59) = 0.31, p = 0.015).”

      Our EEG analyses , including RSA and coherence analyses, utilized a cluster-based permuta-tion test (Fieldtrip; Oostenveld et al., 2011). These tests do not assume a normal distribu-tion by utilizing empirical sampling for statistical inference. This approach ensures robust-ness without constraints imposed by specific distributional assumptions. Subsequent t-tests, stemming from significant clusters identified in the initial non-parametric analyses, were extensions of the robust non-parametric approach and did not require additional normality testing.

      5) Can the authors include more detail about the sham coil? Was it subthreshold? Did the EMF cross the skull?

      The sham coil, also obtained from MAG & More GmbH, München, Germany, provided a similar sensory experience; however, the company did not specify any field strength (n.a.) as this coil was purposefully designed to prevent the induction of an elec-tromagnetic field (EMF) capable of penetrating the skull, thereby ensuring it had no impact on the brain. We clarified on this point in the methods section on pages 31-32, lines 772-778:

      “Two identically looking but different 70 mm figure-of-eight-shaped coils were used de-pending on the TMS condition: The PMD70-pCool coil (MAG & More GmbH, München, Germany) with a 2T maximum field strength was used for cTBS, while the PMD70-pCool-SHAM coil (MAG & More GmbH, München, Germany), with minimal magnetic field strength, was employed for sham, providing a similar sensory experience, with stimulation pulses being scattered over the scalp and not penetrating the skull.”

      6) There are differences between exclusion criteria in pre-registration and report. For example, BMI is an exclusion factor in the report, but not in the pre-registration. Can the authors provide a reason for this deviation?

      This discrepancy is due to (partial) participant recruitment from previous fMRI studies conducted in our lab that involved a stress induction protocol (as a structural MRI image was needed for the ‘neuronavigated’ TMS). Owing to the distinct cortisol stress reac-tivity observed in individuals with varying body mass indices (BMIs), participants with a BMI below 19 or above 26 kg/m² were excluded from these studies. To maintain consistency within our sample, only participants meeting these criteria were included. We elaborated on this point in the methods section on page 25, lines 586-592:

      “Participants were screened using a standardized interview for exclusion criteria that com-prised a history of neurological and psychiatric disease, medication use and substance abuse, cardiovascular, thyroid, or renal disease, evidence of COVID-19 infection or expo-sure, and any contraindications to MRI examination or TMS. Additionally, participants with a body mass index (BMI) below 19 or above 26 kg/m² were excluded. This decision stemmed from recruiting some participants from prior studies that incorporated stress induction pro-tocols, which imposed this specific criterion (Herhaus & Petrowski, 2018; Schmalbach et al., 2020).”

      7) Were impedances monitored and minimized during EEG?

      Yes, they were monitored. We clarified this point in the methods section on page 34, lines 845-847:

      “We maintained impedances within a range of ± 20 μV using the common mode sense (CMS) and driven right leg (DRL) electrodes, serving as active reference and ground, re-spectively”

      8) I think there may be a typo related to the Thakral coordinates. I believe Thakral used MNI coordinates -48,-64, 30, whereas the authors stated they used -48,-67,30. Is this a mistake?

      Upon reevaluation of our study coordinates, we identified a slight deviation in our stimulation coordinates compared to those reported by Thakral et al. (2017; +3mm on the y-axis). This variance resulted from the required MNI to Talairach (TAL) transformations necessary for utilizing the neuronavigation software Powermag View! (MAG & More GmbH, München, Germany). Notably, this deviation was consistent across all participants in our study. While TMS is more precise than tDCS, its focality is not as fine-grained down to the millimeter level. Despite this, our electric field simulations, adopting a 10mm radius, ef-fectively encompassed the original coordinates specified by Thakral et al. (2017). This radius ensured coverage over the intended target area, mitigating the impact of this minor devia-tion on the overall study outcomes. We updated the methods section accordingly on page 33, lines 800-806:

      “Based on the individual T1 MR images, we created 3D reconstructions of the participants' heads, allowing us to precisely locate the left angular gyrus coordinate (MNI: -48, -67, 30), initially derived from previous work (Thakral et al., 2017), for TMS stimulation. Despite a mi-nor deviation in coordinates due to necessary MNI to Talairach transformations for soft-ware compatibility (Powermag View! by MAG & More GmbH, München, Germany), our methodology ensured precise localization of the angular gyrus target area.”

      9) How was the tail of the coil positioned during stimulation? Was it individualized so that the lobes of the coil are perpendicular to the nearest gyrus, as is commonly done?

      The coil handle always pointed upwards to maintain optimal positioning with the coil holder. We followed the positioning procedure in the neuronavigation software Powermag View!, which did not indicate any positioning of the coil handle but specified the position and angle of the coil itself. To incorporate this aspect, we updated the legend of figure 2 on page 11, lines 260-261:

      “Please note that in the study, the coil handle was oriented upwards; however, in this illus-tration, it has been intentionally depicted as pointing downwards for better visibility pur-poses.”

      We further updated the method section on page 33, lines 723-824:

      “The coil was positioned tangentially on the head and mechanically fixed in a coil holder, with its handle pointing upwards to maintain its position”

    1. Author Response

      We are grateful for the insightful suggestions and comments provided by the reviewers. Your constructive feedback has been valuable, and we are thankful for the opportunity to address each point.

      We appreciate both reviewers’ recognition of our devotion to rigorous methodology and experimental control in this study, as evidenced by the comments: “remarkable efforts were made to isolate peripheral confounds”, “a clear strength of the study is the multitude of control conditions … that makes results very convincing”, and “thorough design of the study”. Indeed, we hope to have provided more than solid, but compelling evidence for sound-driven motor inhibitory effects of online TUS. We hope that this will be reflected in the assessment. Our conclusions are supported by multiple experiments across multiple institutions using exemplary experimental control including (in)active controls and multiple sound-sham conditions. This contrasts with the sole use of flip-over sham or no-stimulation conditions used in the majority of work to date. Indeed, the current study communicates that substantiated inferences on the efficacy of ultrasonic neuromodulation cannot be made under insufficient experimental control.

      In response to the reviewers' comments, we have substantially changed our manuscript. Specifically, we have open-sourced the auditory masking stimuli and specified them in better detail in the text, we have improved the figures to reflect the data more closely, we have clarified the intracranial doseresponse relationship, we have elaborated in the introduction, and we have further discussed the possibility of direct neuromodulation. We hope that you agree these changes have helped to substantially improve the manuscript.

      Public reviews

      1.1) Despite the main conclusion of the authors stating that there is no dose-response effects of TUS on corticospinal inhibition, both the comparison of Isppa and MEP decrease for Exp 1 and 2, and the linear regression between MEP decrease (relative to baseline) and the estimated Isppa are significant, arguing the opposite, that there is a dose-response function which cannot be fully attributed to difference in sound (since the relationship in inversed, lower intracranial Isppa leads to higher MEP decrease). These results suggest that doseresponse function needs to be further studied in future studies.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing up this point. While we are convinced our study provides no evidence for a direct neuromodulatory dose-response relationship, we have realized that the manuscript could benefit from improved clarity on this point.

      A dose-response relationship between TUS intensity and motor cortical excitability was assessed by manipulating free-water Isppa (Figure 4C). Here, no significant effect of free-water stimulation intensity was observed for Experiment I or II, thus providing no evidence for a dose-response relationship (Section 3.2). To aid in clarity, ‘N.S.’ has been added to Figure 4C in the revised manuscript.

      However, it is likely that the efficacy of TUS would depend on realized intracranial intensity, which we estimated with 3D simulations for on-target stimulation. These simulations resulted in an estimated intracranial intensity for each applied free-water intensity (i.e., 6.35 and 19.06 W/cm2), for each participant. We then tested whether inter-individual differences in intracranial intensity during on-target TUS affected MEP amplitude. We have realized that the original visualization used to display these data and its explanation was unintuitive. Therefore, we have completely revised Supplementary Figure 6. Because of the substantial length of this section, we have not copied it here. Please see the Supplementary material for the implemented improvements.

      In brief, we now show MEP amplitudes on the y-axis, rather than expressing values a %change. This plot depicts how individuals with higher intracranial intensities during ontarget TUS exhibit higher MEP amplitudes. However, this same relationship is observed for active control and sound-sham conditions. If there were a direct neuromodulatory doseresponse relationship of TUS, this would be reflected as the difference between on-target and control conditions changing as the estimated intracranial intensity increases. This was not the case. Further, the fact that the difference between on-target stimulation and baseline changes across intracranial intensities is notable, but this occurs to an equal degree in the control conditions. Therefore, these data cannot be interpreted as evidence for a doseresponse relationship.

      We hope the changes in Supplementary Figure 6 will make it clear that there is no evidence for direct intracranial dose-response effects.

      1.2) Other methods to test or mask the auditory confound are possible (e.g., smoothed ramped US wave) which could substantially solve part of the sound issue in future studies or experiments in deaf animals etc... 

      We agree with the reviewer’s statement. We aimed to replicate the findings of online motor cortical inhibition reported in prior work using a 1000 Hz square wave modulation frequency. While ramping can effectively reduce the auditory confound, as noted in the discussion, this is not feasible for the short pulse durations (0.1-0.3 ms) employed in the current study (Johnstone et al., 2021). We have further clarified this point in the methods section of the revised manuscript as follows:

      “While ramping the pulses can in principle mitigate the auditory confound (Johnstone et al., 2021; Mohammadjavadi et al., 2019), doing so for such short pulse durations (<= 0.3 ms) is not effective. Therefore, we used a rectangular pulse shape to match prior work.”

      Mitigation of the auditory confound by testing deaf subjects is a valid approach, and has now been added to the revised manuscript in the discussion as follows:

      “Alternative approaches could circumvent auditory confounds by testing deaf subjects, or perhaps more practically by ramping the ultrasonic pulse to minimize or even eliminate the auditory confound.”

      1.3) Dose-response function is an extremely important feature for a brain stimulation technique. It was assessed in Exp II by computing the relationship between the estimated intracranial intensities and the modulation of corticospinal excitability (Fig. 3b, 3c). It is not clear why data from Experiment I could not be integrated in a global intracranial dose-response function to explore wider ranges of intracranial intensities and MEP variability.

      We chose not to combine data from Experiment 1 in a global intracranial dose-response function because TUS was applied at different fundamental frequencies and focal depths (Experiment I: 500 kHz, 35 mm; Experiment II: 250 kHz, 28 mm). We have now explicitly communicated this under Supplementary Figure 6:

      “It was not appropriate to combine data from Experiments I and II given the different fundamental frequencies and stimulation depths applied… we ran simple linear models for Experiment II, which had a sufficient sample size (n = 27) to assess inter-individual variability.”

      1.4) Furthermore, the dose response function as computed with the MEP change relative to baseline shows a significant effect (6.35W/cm2) or a trend (19.06 W/cm2) for a positive linear relationship. This comparison cannot disentangle the auditory confound from the pure neuromodulatory effect but given the direction of the relationship (lower Isppa associated with larger neuromodulatory effect), it is unlikely that it is driven by sound. This relationship is absent for the Active control condition or the Sound Sham condition, more or less matched for peripheral confound. This needs to be further discussed. 

      Please refer to point 1.1

      1.5) The clear auditory confound arises from TUS pulsing at audible frequencies, which can be highly subject to inter-individual differences. Did the authors individually titrate the auditory mask to account for this intra- and inter-individual variability in auditory perception? 

      In Experiments I-III, the auditory mask was identical between participants. In Experiment IV, the auditory mask volume and signal-to-noise ratio were adjusted per participant. In the discussion we recommend individualized mask titration. However, we do note that masking successfully blinded participants in Experiment II, despite using uniform masking stimuli (Supplementary Figure 5).

      1.6) How different is the masking quality when using bone-conducting headphones (e.g., Exp. 1) compared to in-ear headphones (e.g., Exp. 2)?

      In our experience, bone conducting headphones produce a less clear, fuzzier, sound than in-ear headphones. However, in-ear headphones block the ear canal and likely result in the auditory confound being perceived as louder. We have included this information in the discussion of the revised manuscript:

      “Titrating auditory mask quality per participant to account for intra- and inter-individual differences in subjective perception of the auditory confound would be beneficial. Here, the method chosen for mask delivery must be considered. While bone-conducting headphones align with the bone conduction mechanism of the auditory confound, they might not deliver sound as clearly as in-ear headphones or speakers. Nevertheless, the latter two rely on airconducted sound. Notably, in-ear headphones could even amplify the perceived volume of the confound by obstructing the ear canal.”

      1.7) I was not able to find any report on the blinding efficacy of Exp. 1. Do the authors have some data on this? 

      We do not have blinding data available for Experiment I. Following Experiment I, we decided it would be useful to include such an assessment in Experiment II.

      1.8) Was the possibility to use smoothed ramped US wave form ever tested as a control condition in this set of studies, to eventually reduce audibility? For such fast PRF, for fast PRF, the slope would still need to be steep to stimulate the same power (AUC), it might not be as efficient. 

      We indeed tested smoothing (ramping) the waveform. There was no perceptible impact on the auditory confound volume. Indeed, prior research has also indicated that ramping over

      such short pulse durations is not effective (Johnstone et al., 2021). Taken together, we chose to continue with a square wave modulation as in prior TUS-TMS studies. We have updated the methods section of the manuscript with the following:

      “While ramping the pulses can in principle mitigate the auditory confound (Johnstone et al., 2021; Mohammadjavadi et al., 2019), doing so for such short pulse durations (<= 0.3 ms) is not effective. Therefore, we used a rectangular pulse shape to match prior work.”

      Importantly, our research shows that auditory co-stimulation can confound effects on motor excitability, and this likely occurred in multiple seminal TUS studies. While some preliminary work has been done on the efficacy of ramping in humans, future work is needed to determine what ramp shapes and lengths are optimal for reducing the auditory confound.

      1.9) There are other models or experiments that need to be discussed in order to clearly disassociate the TUS effect from the auditory confound effect, for instance, testing deaf animal models or participants, or experiments with multi-region recordings (to rule out the effects of the dense structural connectivity between the auditory cortex and the motor cortex). 

      The suggestion to consider multi-region recording in future experiments is important. Indeed, the effects of the auditory confound are expected to vary between brain regions. In the primary motor cortex, we observe a learned inhibition, which is perhaps supported by dense structural connectivity with the auditory system. In contrast, in perceptual areas such as the occipital cortex, one might expect tuned attentional effects in response to the auditory cue. We suggest that it is likely that the impact of the auditory confound also operates on a more global network level. It is reasonable to propose that, in a cognitive task for example, the confound will affect task performance and related brain activity, ostensibly regardless of the extent of direct structural connectivity between the auditory cortex and the (stimulated) region of interest.

      Regarding the testing of deaf subjects, this has been included in the revised discussion as follows:

      “Alternative approaches could circumvent auditory confounds by testing deaf subjects, or perhaps more practically by ramping the ultrasonic pulse to minimize or even eliminate the auditory confound.”

      1.10) The concept of stochastic resonance is interesting but traditionally refers to a mechanism whereby a particular level of noise actually enhances the response of non-linear systems to weak sensory signals. Whether it applies to the motor system when probed with suprathreshold TMS intensities is unclear. Furthermore, whether higher intensities induce higher levels of noise is not straightforward neither considering the massive amount of work coming from other NIBS studies in particular. Noise effects are indeed a function of noise intensity, but exhibit an inverted U-shape dose-response relationship (Potok et al., 2021, eNeuro). In general SR is rather induced with low stimulation intensities in particular in perceptual domain (see Yamasaki et al., 2022, Neuropsychologia).  In the same order of ideas, did the authors compare inter-trials variability across the different conditions? 

      We thank the reviewer for these insightful remarks. Indeed, stochastic resonance is a concept first formalized in the sensory domain. Recently, the same principles have been shown to apply in other domains as well. For example, transcranial electric noise (tRNS) exhibits similar stochastic resonance principles as sensory noise (Van Der Groen & Wenderoth, 2016). Indeed, tRNS has been applied to many cortical targets, including the motor system. In the current manuscript, we raise the question of whether TUS might engage with neuronal activity following principles similar to tRNS. One prediction of this framework would be that TUS might not modulate excitation/inhibition balance overall, but instead exhibit an inverted U-shape dose-dependent relationship with stochastic noise. Please note, we do not use the ‘suprathreshold TMS intensity’ to quantify whether noise could bring a sub-threshold input across the detection threshold, nor whether it could bring a sub-threshold output across the motor threshold. Instead, we use the MEP read-out to estimate the temporally varying excitability itself. We argue that MEP autocorrelation captures the mixture of temporal noise and temporal structure in corticospinal excitability. Building on the non-linear response of neuronal populations, low stochastic noise might strengthen weakly present excitability patterns, while high stochastic noise might override pre-existing excitability. It is therefore not the overall MEP amplitude, but the MEP timeseries that is of interest to us. Here, we observe a non-linear dose-dependent relationship, matching the predicted inverted U-shape. Importantly, we did not intend to assume stochastic resonance principles in the motor domain as a given. We have now clarified in the revised manuscript that we propose a putative framework and regard this as an open question:

      “Indeed, human TUS studies have often failed to show a global change in behavioral performance, instead finding TUS effects primarily around the perception threshold where noise might drive stochastic resonance (Butler et al., 2022; Legon et al., 2018). Whether the precise principles of stochastic resonance generalize from the perceptual domain to the current study is an open question, but it is known that neural noise can be introduced by brain stimulation (Van Der Groen & Wenderoth, 2016). It is likely that this noise is statedependent and might not exceed the dynamic range of the intra-subject variability (Silvanto et al., 2007). Therefore, in an exploratory analysis, we exploited the natural structure in corticospinal excitability that exhibits as a strong temporal autocorrelation in MEP amplitude.”

      Following the above reasoning, we felt it critical to estimate noise in the timeseries, operationalized as a t-1 autocorrelation, rather than capture inter-trial variability that ignores the timeseries history and requires data aggregation thereby reducing statistical power. Importantly, we would expect the latter index to capture global variability, putatively masking the temporal relationships which we were aiming to test. The reviewer raises an interesting option, inviting us to wonder if inter-trial variability might be sensitive enough, nonetheless. To this end, we compared inter-trial variability as suggested. This was achieved by first calculating the inter-trial variability for each condition, and then running a three-way repeated measures ANOVA on these values with the independent variables matching our autocorrelation analyses, namely, procedure (on-target/active control)intensity (6.35/19.06)masking (no mask/masked). This analysis did not reveal any significant interactions or main effects.

      Author response table 1.

      1.11) State-dependency/Autocorrelations: These values were extracted from Exp2 which has baseline trials. Can the authors provide autocorrelation values at baseline, with and without auditory mask?  Can the authors comment on the difference between the autocorrelation profiles of the active TUS condition at 6.35W/cm2 or at 19.06W/cm2. They should somehow be similar to my understanding.  Besides, the finding that TUS induces noise only when sound is present and at lower intensities is not well discussed. 

      In the revised manuscript, we have now included baseline in the figure (Figure 4D). Regarding baseline with and without a mask, we must clarify that baseline involves only TMS (no mask), and sham involves TMS + masking stimulus (masked).

      The dose-dependent relationship of TUS intensity with autocorrelation is critical. One possible observation would have been that TUS at both intensities decreased autocorrelation, with higher intensities evoking a greater reduction. Here, we would have concluded that TUS introduced noise in a linear fashion.

      However, we observed that lower-intensity TUS in fact strengthened pre-existing temporal patterns in excitability (higher autocorrelation), while during higher-intensity TUS these patterns were overridden (lower autocorrelation). This non-linear relationship is not unexpected, given the non-linear responses of neurons.

      If this non-linear dependency is driven by TUS, one could expect it to be present during conditions both with and without auditory masking. However, the preparatory inhibition effect of TUS likely depends on the salience of the cue, that is, the auditory confound. In trials without auditory masking, the salience of the confound in highly dependent on (transmitted) intensity, with higher intensities being perceived as louder. In contrast, when trials are masked, the difference in cue salience between lower and higher intensity stimulation in minimized. Therefore, we would expect for any nuanced dose-dependent direct TUS effect to be best detectable when the difference in dose-dependent auditory confound perception is minimized via masking. Indeed, the dose-dependent effect of TUS on autocorrelation is most prominent when the auditory confound is masked.

      “In sum, these preliminary exploratory analyses could point towards TUS introducing temporally specific neural noise to ongoing neural dynamics in a dose-dependent manner, rather than simply shifting the overall excitation-inhibition balance. One possible explanation for the discrepancy between trials with and without auditory masking is the difference in auditory confound perception, where without masking the confound’s volume differs between intensities, while with masking this difference is minimized. Future studies might consider designing experiments such that temporal dynamics of ultrasonic neuromodulation can be captured more robustly, allowing for quantification of possible state-dependent or nondirectional perturbation effects of stimulation.”

      1.12) Statistical considerations. Data from Figure 2 are considered in two-by-two comparisons. Why not reporting the ANOVA results testing the main effect of TUS/Auditory conditions as done for Figure 3. Statistical tables of the LMM should be reported. 

      Full-factorial analyses and main effects for TUS/Auditory conditions are discussed from Section 3.2 onwards. These are the same data supporting Figure 2 (now Figure 3). We would like to note that the main purpose of Figure 2 is to demonstrate to the reader that motor inhibition was observed, thus providing evidence that we replicated motor inhibitory effects of prior studies. A secondary purpose is to visually represent the absence of direct and spatially specific neuromodulation. However, the appropriate analyses to demonstrate this are reported in following sections, from Section 3.2 onwards, and we are concerned that mentioning these analyses earlier will negatively impact comprehensibility.

      Statistical tables of the LMMs are provided within the open-sourced data and code reported at the end of the paper, embedded within the output which is accessible as a pdf (i.e., analysis/analysis.pdf).

      1.13) Startle effects: The authors dissociate two mechanisms through which sound cuing can drive motor inhibition, namely some compensatory expectation-based processes or the evocation of a startle response. I find the dissociation somehow artificial. Indeed, it is known that the amplitude of the acoustic startle response habituates to repetitive stimulation. Therefore, sensitization can well explain the stabilization of the MEP amplitude observed after a few trials. 

      Thank you for bringing this to our attention. Indeed, an acoustic startle response would habituate over repetitive stimulation. A startle response would result in MEP amplitude being significantly altered in early trials. As the participant would habituate to the stimulus, the startle response would decrease. MEP amplitude would then return to baseline levels. However, this is not the pattern we observe. An alternative possibility is that participants learn the temporal contingency between the stimulus and TMS. Here, compensatory expectation-based change in MEP amplitude would be observed. In this scenario, there would be no change in MEP amplitude during early trials because the stimulus has not yet become informative of the TMS pulse timing. However, as participants learn how to predict TMS timing by the stimulus, MEP amplitude would decrease. This is also the pattern we observe in our data. We have clarified these alternatives in the revised manuscript as follows:

      “Two putative mechanisms through which sound cuing may drive motor inhibition have been proposed, positing either that explicit cueing of TMS timing results in compensatory processes that drive MEP reduction (Capozio et al., 2021; Tran et al., 2021), or suggesting the evocation of a startle response that leads to global inhibition (Fisher et al., 2004; Furubayashi et al., 2000; Ilic et al., 2011; Kohn et al., 2004; Wessel & Aron, 2013). Critically, we can dissociate between these theories by exploring the temporal dynamics of MEP attenuation. One would expect a startle response to habituate over time, where MEP amplitude would be reduced during startling initial trials, followed by a normalization back to baseline throughout the course of the experiment as participants habituate to the starling stimulus. Alternatively, if temporally contingent sound-cueing of TMS drives inhibition, MEP amplitudes should decrease over time as the relative timing of TUS and TMS is being learned, followed by a stabilization at a decreased MEP amplitude once this relationship has been learned.”

      1.14) Can the authors further motivate the drastic change in intensities between Exp1 and 2? Is it due to the 250-500 carrier difference? It this coming from the loss power at 500kHz? 

      The change in intensities between Experiments I and II was not an intentional experimental manipulation. Following completion of data acquisition, our TUS system received a firmware update that differentially corrected the 250 kHz and 500 kHz stimulation intensities. In this manuscript, we report the actual free-water intensities applied during our experiments.

      1.15) Exp 3: Did 4 separate blocks of TUS-TMS and normalized for different TMS intensities used with respect to baseline. But how different was it. Why adjusting and then re adjusting intensities? 

      The TMS intensities required to evoke a 1 mV MEP under the four sound-sham conditions significantly differed from the intensities required for baseline. In the revised appendix, we have now included a figure depicting the TMS intensities for these conditions, as well as statistical tests demonstrating each condition required a significantly higher TMS intensity than baseline.

      TMS intensities were re-adjusted to avoid floor effects when assessing the efficacy of ontarget TUS. Sound-sham conditions themselves attenuate MEP amplitude. This is also evident from the higher TMS intensities required to evoke a 1 mV MEP under these conditions. If direct neuromodulation by TUS would have further decreased MEP amplitude, the concern was that effects might not be detectible within such a small range of MEP amplitudes.

      1.16) In Exp 4, TUS targeted the ventromedial WM tract. Since direct electrical stimulation on white matter pathways within the frontal lobe can modulate motor output probably through dense communication along specific white matter pathways (e.g., Vigano et al., 2022, Brain), how did the authors ensure that this condition is really ineffective? Furthermore, the stimulation might have covered a lot more than just white matter. Acoustic and thermal simulations would be helpful here as well. 

      Thank you for pointing out this possibility. Ultrasonic and electrical stimulation have quite distinct mechanisms of action. Therefore, it is challenging to directly compare these two approaches. There is a small amount of evidence that ultrasonic neuromodulation of white matter tracts is possible. However, the efficacy of white matter modulation is likely much lower, given the substantially lesser degree of mechanosensitive ion channel expression in white matter as opposed to gray matter (Sorum et al., 2020, PNAS). Further, recent work has indicated that ultrasonic neuromodulation of myelinated axonal bundles occurs within the thermal domain (Guo et al., 2022, SciRep), which is not possible with the intensities administered in the current study. Nevertheless, based on Experiment IV in isolation, it cannot be definitively excluded that there TUS induced direct neuromodulatory effects in addition to confounding auditory effects. However, Experiment IV does not possess sufficient inferential power on its own and must be interpreted in tandem with Experiments I-III. Taken together with those findings, it is unlikely that a veridical neuromodulation effect is seen here, given the equivalent or lower stimulation intensities, the substantially deeper stimulation site, and the absence of an additional control condition in Experiment IV. This likelihood is further decreased by the fact that inhibitory effects under masking descriptively scale with the audibility of TUS.

      Off-target effects such as unintended co-stimulation of gray matter when targeting white matter is always an important factor to consider. Unfortunately, individualized simulations for Experiment IV are not available. However, the same type of transducer and fundamental frequency was used as in Experiment II, for which we do have simulations. Given the size of the focus and the very low in-situ intensities extending beyond the main focal point, it is incredibly unlikely that effective stimulation was administered outside white matter in a meaningful number of participants. Nevertheless, the reviewer is correct that this can only be directly confirmed with simulations, which remain infeasible due to both technical and practical constraints. We have included the following in the revised manuscript:

      “The remaining motor inhibition observed during masked trials likely owes to, albeit decreased, persistent audibility of TUS during masking. Indeed, MEP attenuation in the masked conditions descriptively scale with participant reports of audibility. This points towards a role of auditory confound volume in motor inhibition (Supplementary Fig. 8). Nevertheless, one could instead argue that evidence for direct neuromodulation is seen here. This unlikely for a number of reasons. First, white matter contains a lesser degree of mechanosensitive ion channel expression and there is evidence that neuromodulation of these tracts may occur primarily in the thermal domain (Guo et al., 2022; Sorum et al., 2021). Second, Experiment IV lacks sufficient inferential power in the absence of an additional control and must therefore be interpreted in tandem with Experiments I-III. These experiments revealed no evidence for direct neuromodulation using equivalent or higher stimulation intensities and directly targeting grey matter while also using multiple control conditions. Therefore, we propose that persistent motor inhibition during masked trials owes to continued, though reduced, audibility of the confound (Supplementary Fig. 8). However, future work including an additional control (site) is required to definitively disentangle these alternatives.”

      1.17) Still for Exp 4. the rational for the 100% MSO or 120% or rMT is not clear, especially with respect to Exp 1 and 2. Equipment is similar as well as raw MEPs amplitudes, therefore the different EMG gain might have artificially increased TMS intensities. Could it have impacted the measured neuromodulatory effects?

      Experiment IV was conducted independently at a different institute than Experiments I-II. In contrast to Experiments I-II, a gel pad was used to couple TUS to the participant’s head. The increased TMS-to-cortex distance introduced by the gel pad necessitates higher TMS intensities to compensate for the increased offset. In fact, in 9/12 participants, the intended intensity at 120% rMT exceeded the maximum stimulator output. In those cases, we defaulted to the maximum stimulator output (i.e., 100% MSO). We have clarified in the revised supplementary material as follows:

      “We aimed to use 120% rMT (n =3). However, if this intensity surpassed 100% MSO, we opted for 100% MSO instead (n = 9). The mean %MSO was 94.5 ± 10.5%. The TMS intensities required in this experiment were higher than those required in Experiment I-II using the same TMS coil, though still within approximately one standard deviation. This is likely due to the use of a gel pad, which introduces more distance between the TMS coil and the scalp, thus requiring a higher TMS intensity to evoke the same motor activity.”

      Regarding the EMG gain, this did not affect TMS intensities and did not impact the measured neuromodulatory effects. The EMG gain at acquisition is always considered during signal digitization and further analyses.

      1.18) Exp. 4. It would be interesting to provide the changes in MEP amplitudes for those subjects who rated "inaudible" in the self-rating compared to the others. That's an important part of the interpretation: inaudible conditions lead to inhibition, so there is an effect. The auditory confound is not additive to the TUS effect. 

      Previously, we only provided participant’s ratings of audibility, and showed that conditions that were rated as inaudible more often showed less inhibition, descriptively indicating that inaudible stimulation does not lead to inhibition. This interpretation is in line with our conclusion that the TUS auditory confound acts as a cue signaling the upcoming TMS pulse, thus leading to preparatory inhibition.

      We have now included an additional plot and discussion in Supplementary Figure 8 (Subjective Report of TUS Audibility). Here, we show the change in MEP amplitude from baseline for the three continuously masked TUS intensities as in the main manuscript, but now split by participant rating of audibility. Descriptively, less audible sounds result in no marked change or a smaller change in MEP amplitude. This supports our conclusion that direct neuromodulation is not being observed here. When participants were unsure whether they could hear TUS, or when they did hear TUS, more inhibition was observed. However, this is still to a lesser degree than unmasked stimulation which was nearly always audible, and likely also more salient. This also supports our conclusion that these results indicate a role of cue salience rather than direct neuromodulation. Regarding masked conditions where participants were uncertain whether they heard TUS, the sound was likely sufficient to act as a cue, albeit potentially subliminally. After all, preparatory inhibition is not a conscious action undertaken by the participant either. We would also like to note that participants reported perceived audibility after each block, not after each trial, so selfreported audibility was not a fine-grained measurement. The data from Experiment IV suggest that the volume of the cue has an impact on motor inhibition. Taken together with the points mentioned in 1.16, it is not possible to conclude there is evidence for direct neuromodulation in Experiment IV.

      1.19) I suggest to re-order sub panels of the main figures to fit with the chronologic order of appearance in the text. (e.g Figure 1 with A) Ultrasonic parameters, B) 3D-printed clamp, C) Sound-TMS coupling, D) Experimental condition). 

      We have restructured the figures in the manuscript to provide more clarity and to have greater alignment with the eLife format.

      2.1) Although auditory confounds during TUS have been demonstrated before, the thorough design of the study will lead to a strong impact in the field.

      We thank the reviewer for recognition of the impact of our work. They highlight that auditory confounds during TUS have been demonstrated previously. Indeed, our work builds upon a larger research line on auditory confounds. The current study extends on the confound’s presence by quantifying its impact on motor cortical excitability, but perhaps more importantly by invalidating the most robust and previously replicable findings in humans. Further, this study provides a way forward for the field, highlighting the necessity of (in)active control conditions and tightly matched sham conditions for appropriate inferences in future work. We have amended the abstract to better reflect these points:

      “Primarily, this study highlights the substantial shortcomings in accounting for the auditory confound in prior TUS-TMS work where only a flip-over sham control was used. The field must critically reevaluate previous findings given the demonstrated impact of peripheral confounds. Further, rigorous experimental design via (in)active control conditions is required to make substantiated claims in future TUS studies.”

      2.2) A few minor [weaknesses] are that (1) the overview of previous related work, and how frequent audible TUS protocols are in the field, could be a bit clearer/more detailed

      We have expanded on previous related work in the revised manuscript:

      “Indeed, there is longstanding knowledge of the auditory confound accompanying pulsed TUS (Gavrilov & Tsirulnikov, 2012). However, this confound has only recently garnered attention, prompted by a pair of rodent studies demonstrating indirect auditory activation induced by TUS (Guo et al., 2022; Sato et al., 2018). Similar effects have been observed in humans, where exclusively auditory effects were captured with EEG measures (Braun et al., 2020). These findings are particularly impactful given that nearly all TUS studies employ pulsed protocols, from which the pervasive auditory confound emerges (Johnstone et al., 2021).”

      2.3) The acoustic control stimulus can be described in more detail

      We have elaborated upon the masking stimulus for each experiment in the revised manuscript as follows:

      Experiment I: “In addition, we also included a sound-only sham condition that resembled the auditory confound. Specifically, we generated a 1000 Hz square wave tone with 0.3 ms long pulses using MATLAB. We then added white noise at a signal-to-noise ratio of 14:1. This stimulus was administered to the participant via bone-conducting headphones.”

      Experiment II: “In this experiment, the same 1000 Hz square wave auditory stimulus was used for sound-only sham and auditory masking conditions. This stimulus was administered to the participant over in-ear headphones.”

      Experiment III: “Auditory stimuli were either 500 or 700 ms in duration, the latter beginning 100 ms prior to TUS (Supplementary Fig. 3.3). Both durations were presented at two pitches. Using a signal generator (Agilent 33220A, Keysight Technologies), a 12 kHz sine wave tone was administered over speakers positioned to the left of the participant as in Fomenko and colleagues (2020). Additionally, a 1 kHz square wave tone with 0.5 ms long pulses was administered as in Experiments I, II, IV, and prior research (Braun et al., 2020) over noisecancelling earbuds.”

      Experiment IV: “We additionally applied stimulation both with and without a continuous auditory masking stimulus that sounded similar to the auditory confound. The stimulus consisted of a 1 kHz square wave with 0.3 ms long pulses. This stimulus was presented through wired bone-conducting headphones (LBYSK Wired Bone Conduction Headphones). The volume and signal-to-noise ratio of the masking stimulus were increased until the participant could no longer hear TUS, or until the volume became uncomfortable.”

      In the revised manuscript we have also open-sourced the audio files used in Experiments I, II, and IV, as well as a recording of the output of the signal generator for Experiment III:

      “Auditory stimuli used for sound-sham and/or masking for each experiment are accessible here: https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.8374148.”

      2.4) The finding that remaining motor inhibition is observed during acoustically masked trials deserves further discussion.

      We agree. Please refer to points 1.16 and 1.18.

      2.5) In several places, the authors state to have "improved" control conditions, yet remain somewhat vague on the kind of controls previous work has used (apart from one paragraph where a similar control site is described). It would be useful to include more details on this specific difference to previous work.

      In the revised manuscript, we have clarified the control condition used in prior studies as follows:

      Abstract:

      “Primarily, this study highlights the substantial shortcomings in accounting for the auditory confound in prior TUS-TMS work where only a flip-over sham control was used.”

      Introduction:

      “To this end, we substantially improved upon prior TUS-TMS studies implementing solely flip-over sham by including both (in)active control and multiple sound-sham conditions.”

      Methods:

      “We introduced controls that improve upon the sole use of flip-over sham conditions used in prior work. First, we applied active control TUS to the right-hemispheric face motor area, allowing for the assessment of spatially specific effects while also better mimicking ontarget peripheral confounds. In addition, we also included a sound-only sham condition that closely resembled the auditory confound.”

      2.6) I also wondered how common TUS protocols are that rely on audible frequencies. If they are common, why do the authors think this confound is still relatively unexplored (this is a question out of curiosity). More details on these points might make the paper a bit more accessible to TUS-inexperienced readers. 

      Regarding the prevalence of the auditory confound, please refer to point 2.2.

      Peripheral confounds associated with brain stimulation can have a strong impact on outcome measures, often even overshadowing the intended primary effects. This is well known from electromagnetic stimulation. For example, the click of a TMS pulse can strongly modulate reaction times (Duecker et al., 2013, PlosOne) with effect sizes far beyond that of direct neuromodulation. Unfortunately, this consideration has not yet fully been embraced by the ultrasonic neuromodulation community. This is despite long known auditory effects of TUS (Gavrilov & Tsirulnikov, 2012, Acoustical Physics). It was not until the auditory confound was shown to impact brain activity by Guo et al., and Sato et al., (2018, Neuron) that the field began to attend to this phenomenon. Mohammadjavadi et al., (2019, BrainStim) then showed that neuromodulation persisted even in deaf mice, and importantly, also demonstrated that ramping ultrasound pulses could reduce the auditory brainstem response (ABR). Braun and colleagues (2020, BrainStim) were the first bring attention to the auditory confound in humans, while also discussing masking stimuli. This was followed by a study from Johnstone and colleagues (2021, BrainStim) who did preliminary work assessing both masking and ramping in humans. Recently, Liang et al., (2023) proposed a new form of masking colourfully titled the ‘auditory Mondrian’. Further research into the peripheral confounds associated with TUS is on the way.

      However, we agree that the confound remains relatively unexplored, particularly given the substantial impact it can have, as demonstrated in this paper. What is currently lacking is an assessment of the reproducibility of previous work that did not sufficiently consider the auditory confound. The current study constitutes a strong first step to addressing this issue, and indeed shows that results are not reproducible when using control conditions that are superior to flip-over sham, like (in)active control conditions and tightly matched soundsham conditions. This is particularly important given the fundamental nature of this research line, where TUS-TMS studies have played a central role in informing choices for stimulation protocols in subsequent research.

      We would speculate that, with TUS opening new frontiers for neuroscientific research, there comes a rush of enthusiasm wherein laying the groundwork for a solid foundation in the field can sometimes be overlooked. Therefore, we hope that this work sends a strong message to the field regarding how strong of an impact peripheral confounds can have, also in prior work. Indeed, at the current stage of the field, we see no justification not to include proper experimental control moving forward. Only when we can dissociate peripheral effects from direct neuromodulatory effects can our enthusiasm for the potential of TUS be warranted.

      2.7) Results, Fig. 2: Why did the authors not directly contrast target TUS and control conditions? 

      Please refer to point 1.1.

      2.8) The authors observe no dose-response effects of TUS. Does increasing TUS intensity also increase an increase in TUS-produced sounds? If so, should this not also lead to doseresponse effects? 

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful question. Yes, increasing TUS intensity results in an increased volume of the auditory confound. Under certain circumstances this could lead to ‘dose-response’ effects. In the manuscript, we propose that the auditory confounds acts as a cue for the upcoming TMS pulse, thus resulting in MEP attenuation once the cue is informative (i.e., when TMS timing can be predicted by the auditory confound). In this scenario, volume can be taken as the salience of the cue. When the auditory confound is sufficiently salient, it should cue the upcoming TMS pulse and thus result in a reduction of MEP amplitude.

      If we take Experiment II as an example (Figure 3B), the 19.06 W/cm2 stimulation would be louder than the 6.35 W/cm2 intensity. However, as both intensities are audible, they both cue the upcoming TMS pulse. One could speculate that the very slight (nonsignificant) further decrease for 19.06 W/cm2 stimulation could owe to a more salient cueing.

      One might notice that MEP attenuation is less strong in Experiment I, even though higher intensities were applied. Directly contrasting intensities from Experiments I and II was not feasible due to differences in transducers and experimental design. From the perspective of sound cueing of the upcoming TMS pulse, the auditory confound cue was less informative in Experiment I than Experiment II, because TUS stimulus durations of both 100 and 500 ms were administered, rather than solely 500 ms durations. This could explain why descriptively less MEP attenuation was observed in Experiment I, where cueing was less consistent.

      Perhaps more convincing evidence of a sound-based ‘dose-response’ effect comes from Experiment IV (Figure 4B). Here, we propose that continuous masking reduced the salience of the auditory confound (cue), and thus, less MEP attenuation was be observed. Indeed, we see less MEP change for masked stimulation. For the lowest administered volume during masked stimulation, there was no change in MEP amplitude from baseline. For higher volumes, however, there was a significant inhibition of MEP amplitude, though it was still less attenuation than unmasked stimulation. These results indicate a ‘doseresponse’ effect of volume. When the volume (intensity) of the auditory confound was low enough, it was inaudible over the continuous mask (also as reported by participants), and thus it did not act as a cue for the upcoming TMS pulse, therefore not resulting in motor inhibition. When the volume (intensity) was higher, less participants reported not being able to hear the stimulation, so the cue was to a given extent more salient, and in line with the cueing hypothesis more inhibition was observed.

      In summary, because the volume of the auditory confound scales with the intensity of TUS, there may be dose-response effects of the auditory confound volume. Along the border of (in)audibility of the confound, as in masked trials of Experiment IV, we may observe dose-response effects. However, at clearly audible intensities (e.g., Experiment I & II), the size of such an effect would likely be small, as both volumes are sufficiently audible to act as a cue for the upcoming TMS pulse leading to preparatory inhibition.

      2.9) I wonder if the authors could say a bit more on the acoustic control stimulus. Some sound examples would be useful. The authors control for audibility, but does the control sound resemble the one produced by TUS? 

      Please refer to point 2.3.

      2.10) The authors' claim that the remaining motor inhibition observed during masked trials is due to persistent audibility of TUS relies "only" on participants' descriptions. I think this deserves a bit more discussion. Could this be evidence that there is a TUS effect in addition to the sound effect? 

      Please refer to points 1.16 and 1.18.

    1. Author Response

      Thank you for your letter and for the reviewers’ comments concerning our manuscript entitled “The cation channel mechanisms of subthreshold inward depolarizing currents in the VTA dopaminergic neurons and their roles in the depression-like behavior”. These comments are constructive and very helpful for improving our manuscript. We have studied comments carefully and have made provisional revision which we hope meet with approval. We also respond to the reviewer’s comments point by point as following.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Comment 1:

      The pharmacological tools used in this study are highly non-selective. Gd3+, used here to block NALCN is actually more commonly used to block TRP channels. 2-APB inhibits not only TRPC channels, but also TRPM and IP3 receptors while stimulating TRPV channels (Bon and Beech, 2013), while FFA actually stimulates TRPC6 channels while inhibiting other TRPCs (Foster et al., 2009).

      We agree with the reviewer that the substances mentioned are not specific. Although we performed shRNA experiments against NALCN and TRPC6, we also used more specific pharmacological modulators for these two channels, L703,606 (the antagonist of NALCN)[1] and larixyl acetate (a potent TRPC6 inhibitor)[2]. The results are shown in figure 3E, F and figure 4C, E.

      Comment 2:

      -The multimodal approach including shRNA knockdown experiments alleviates much of the concern about the non-specific pharmacological agents. Therefore, the author's claim that NALCN is involved in VTA dopaminergic neuron pacemaking is well-supported.

      -However, the claim that TRPC6 is the key TRPC channel in VTA spontaneous firing is somewhat, but not completely supported. As with NALCN above, the pharmacology alone is much too non-specific to support the claim that TRPC6 is the TRP channel responsible for pacemaking. However, unlike the NALCN condition, there is an issue with interpreting the shRNA knockdown experiments. The issue is that TRPC channels often form heteromers with TRPC channels of other types (Goel, Sinkins and Schilling, 2002; Strübing et al., 2003). Therefore, it is possible that knocking down TRPC6 is interfering with the normal function of another TRPC channel, such as TRPC7 or TRPC4.

      From our single-cell RNA-seq results, TRPC7 and TRPC4 are found not to be present broadly like TRPC6 in the VTA DA neurons. And in experiments using single cell PCR (sFig. 9A), only a very small proportion of TRPC6-positive DA cells (DAT+) expressed TRPC4 (sFig. 9Bi) or TRPC7 (sFig. 9Bii), in consistent with the results of single-cell RNA-seq (Fig.2). Therefore, it is possible that knocking down TRPC6 maybe not interfering with the normal function of another TRPC channel, such as TRPC7 or TRPC4.

      Comment 3:

      The claim that TRPC6 channels in the VTA are involved in the depressive-like symptoms of CMUS is supported.

      • However, the connection between the mPFC-projecting VTA neurons, TRPC6 channels, and the chronic unpredictable stress model (CMUS) of depression is not well supported. In Figure 2, it appears that the mPFC-projecting VTA neurons have very low TRPC6 expression compared to VTA neurons projecting to other targets. However, in figure 6, the authors focus on the mPFC-projecting neurons in their CMUS model and show that it is these neurons that are no longer sensitive to pharmacological agents non-specifically blocking TRPC channels (2-APB, see above comment). Finally, in figure 7, the authors show that shRNA knockdown of TRPC6 channels (in all VTA dopaminergic neurons) results in depressive-like symptoms in CMUS mice. Due to the low expression of TRPC6 in mPFC-projecting VTA neurons, the author's claims of "broad and strong expression of TRPC6 channels across VTA DA neurons" is not fully supported. Because of the messy pharmacological tools used, it cannot be clamed that TRPC6 in the mPFC-projecting VTA neurons is altered after CMUS. And because the knockdown experiments are not specific to mPFC-projecting VTA neurons, it cannot be claimed that reducing TRPC6 in these specific neurons is causing depressive symptoms.

      The reason we focused on the mPFC-projecting VTA DA neurons is that this pathway is indicated in depressive-like behaviors of the CMUS model[3-5]. Although mPFC-projecting VTA DA neurons seem have lower level of TRPC6, we reason they are still functional there. However, we do agree with the reviewer that the statement “broad and strong expression of TRPC6 channels across VTA DA neurons" is not fully supported. We have changed the statements based on the reviewer suggestion. Furthermore, we did selectively knockdown TRPC6 in the mPFC-projecting VTA DA neurons, and then studied the behavior (Fig.8).

      Comment 4:

      It is important to note that the experiments presented in Figure 1 have all been previously performed in VTA dopaminergic neurons (Khaliq and Bean, 2010) including showing that low calcium increases VTA neuron spontaneous firing frequency and that replacement of sodium with NMDG hyperpolarizes the membrane potential.

      We agree with reviewer that similar experiments have been performed previously [6] for the flow of our manuscript and for general readers.

      Comment 5:

      -The authors explanation for the increase in firing frequency in 0 calcium conditions is that calcium-activated potassium channels would no longer be activated. However, there is a highly relevant finding that low calcium enhances the NALCN conductance through the calcium sensing receptor from Dejian Ren's lab (Lu et al., 2010) which is not cited in this paper. This increase in NALCN conductance with low calcium has been shown in SNc dopaminergic neurons (Philippart and Khaliq, 2018), and is likely a factor contributing to the low-calcium-mediated increase in spontaneous VTA neuron firing.

      We agree with the reviewer and thanks for the suggestions. A discussion for this has been added.

      Comment 6:

      -One of the only demonstrations of the expression and physiological significance of TRPCs in VTA DA neurons was published by (Rasmus et al., 2011; Klipec et al., 2016) which are not cited in this paper. In their study, TRPC4 expression was detected in a uniformly distributed subset of VTA DA neurons, and TRPC4 KO rats showed decreased VTA DA neuron tonic firing and deficits in cocaine reward and social behaviors.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. The references and a discussion for this has been added.

      Comment 7:

      • Out of all seven TRPCs, TRPC5 is the only one reported to have basal/constitutive activity in heterologous expression systems (Schaefer et al., 2000; Jeon et al., 2012). Others TRPCs such as TRPC6 are typically activated by Gq-coupled GPCRs. Why would TRPC6 be spontaneously/constitutively active in VTA DA neurons?

      In a complex neuronal environment where VTA DA neurons are located, multiple modulatory factors including the GPCRs could be dynamically active, this could lead to the activation of TRP channels including TRPC6.

      Comment 8:

      A new paper from the group of Myoung Kyu Park (Hahn et al., 2023) shows in great detail the interactions between NALCN and TRPC3 channels in pacemaking of SNc DA neurons.

      The reference mentioned has been added. We thank the reviewer.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Comment 1:

      These results do not show that TRPC6 mediates stress effects on depression-like behavior. As stated by the authors in the first sentence of the final paragraph, "downregulation of TRPC6 proteins was correlated with reduced firing activity of the VTA DA neurons, the depression-like behaviors, and that knocking down of TRPC6 in the VTA DA neurons confer the mice with depression behaviors." Therefore, the results show associations between TRPC6 downregulation and stress effects on behavior, occlusion of the effects of one by the other on some outcome measures, and cell manipulation effects that resemble stress effects. There is no experiment that shows reversal of stress effects with cell/circuit-specific TRPC6 manipulations. Please adjust the title, abstract and interpretation accordingly.

      We agree with the reviewer’s suggestion. The title was changed to ‘’The cation channel mechanisms of subthreshold inward depolarizing currents in the VTA dopaminergic neurons and their roles in the chronic stress-induced depression-like behavior” and the abstract and interpretation were also adjusted accordingly.

      Comment 2:

      Statistical tests and results are unclear throughout. For all analyses, please report specific tests used, factors/groups, test statistic and p-value for all data analyses reported. In some cases, the chosen test is not appropriate. For example, in Figure 6E, it is not clear how an experiment with 2 factors (stress and drug) can be analyzed with a 1-way RM ANOVA. The potential impact of inappropriate statistical tests on results makes it difficult to assess the accuracy of data interpretation.

      We have redone the statistical analysis as suggested by the reviewer and added specific tests used, factors/groups, test statistic and p-value for all data analyses into the figure legends of the revised manuscript.

      Comment 3:

      Why were only male mice used? Please justify and discuss in the manuscript. Also, change the title to reflect this.

      Although most similar previous studies used male mice or rats[7, 8], we do agree with the reviewer that the female animals should also be tested, in consideration possible role of sex hormones, as such we repeated some key experiments on female mice (sFig.1.6.8. and 13).

      Comment 4:

      Number of recorded cells is very low in Figure 1. Where in VTA did recordings occur? Given the heterogeneity in this brain region, this n may be insufficient. Additional information (e.g., location within VTA, criteria used to identify neurons) should be included. Report the number of mice (i.e., n = 6 cells from X mice) in all figures.

      Yes indeed, the number here is not high. More experiments were performed to increase the N/n number. And the location of recorded cells in VTA and the number of used mice is now shown in all figures; criteria to identify neurons is stated in the Methods-Identification of DA neurons and electrophysiological recordings. At the end of electrophysiological recordings, the recorded VTA neurons were collected for single-cell PCR. VTA DA neurons were identified by single-cell PCR for the presence of TH and DAT.

      Comment 5:

      Authors refer to VTA DA neurons as those that are DAT+ in line 276, although TH expression is considered the standard of DAergic identity, and studies (e.g., Lammel et al, 2008) have shown that a subset of VTA DA neurons have low levels of DAT expression. Authors should reword/clarify that these are DAT-expressing VTA DA neurons.

      The study published by Lammel[9] in 2015 has shown the low dopamine specificity of transgene expression in ventral midbrain of TH-Cre mice; on the other hand, DAT-Cre mice exhibit dopamine-specific Cre expression patterns, although DAT-Cre mice are likely to suffer from their own limitations (for example, low DAT expression in mesocortical DA neurons may make it difficult to target this subpopulation, see Lammel et al., 2008[10]).Hence, in our study, the DAT was used as criteria to identify DAT neurons. Of course, TH and DAT were all tested in single-cell PCR to identify whether the recorded cells were DA neurons.

      Comment 6:

      Neuronal subtype proportions should be quantified and reported (Fig. 1Aii).

      Neuronal subtype proportions are now quantified and reported in Fig. 1Aii.

      Comment 7:

      In addition to reporting projection specificity of neurons expressing specific channels, it would be ideal to report these data according to spatial location in VTA.

      The spatial location of recorded cells in VTA are now shown in all figures.

      Comment 8:

      The authors state that there are a small number of Glut neurons in VTA, then they state that a "significant proportion" of VTA neurons are glutamatergic.

      Thanks, “a significant proportion of neurons” has been changed to “less than half of sequenced DA neurons”.

      Comment 9:

      It is an overstatement that VTA DA neurons are the key determinant of abnormal behaviors in affective disorders.

      Thanks, we have amended the statement to that “Dopaminergic (DA) neurons in the ventral tegmental area (VTA) play an important role in mood, reward and emotion-related behaviors”.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Comment 1:

      The authors of this study have examined which cation channels specifically confer to ventral tegmental area dopaminergic neurons their autonomic (spontaneous) firing properties. Having brought evidence for the key role played by NALCN and TRPC6 channels therein, the authors aimed at measuring whether these channels play some role in so-called depression-like (but see below) behaviors triggered by chronic exposure to different stressors. Following evidence for a down-regulation of TRPC6 protein expression in ventral tegmental area dopaminergic cells of stressed animals, the authors provide evidence through viral expression protocols for a causal link between such a down-regulation and so-called depression-like behaviors. The main strength of this study lies on a comprehensive bottom-up approach ranging from patch-clamp recordings to behavioral tasks. However, the interpretation of the results gathered from these behavioral tasks might also be considered one main weakness of the abovementioned approach. Thus, the authors make a confusion (widely observed in numerous publications) with regard to the use of paradigms (forced swim test, tail suspension test) initially aimed (and hence validated) at detecting the antidepressant effects of drugs and which by no means provide clues on "depression" in their subjects. Indeed, in their hands, the authors report that stress elicits changes in these tests which are opposed to those theoretically seen after antidepressant medication. However, these results do not imply that these changes reflect "depression" but rather that the individuals under scrutiny simply show different responses from those seen in nonstressed animals. These limits are even more valid in nonstressed animals injected with TRPC6 shRNAs (how can 5-min tests be compared to a complex and chronic pathological state such as depression?). With regard to anxiety, as investigated with the elevated plus-maze and the open field, the data, as reported, do not allow to check the author's interpretation as anxiety indices are either not correctly provided (e.g. absolute open arm data instead of percents of open arm visits without mention of closed arm behaviors) or subjected to possible biases (lack of distinction between central and peripheral components of the apparatus).

      We agree with the reviewer that behavior tests we used here is debatable whether they represent a real depression state, and this is an open question that could be discussed from different respective. Since these testes (forced swimming and tail suspension), as the reviewer noted, were “widely observed in numerous publications”, we used these seemly only options to reflect a “depression-like” state. One could argue that since these testes were initially used for testing antidepressants (“validated”), with decreased immobility time as indications of anti-depressive effects, why not an increased immobility time reflect a “depression-like” state. As for anxiety tests, the data concerning the elevated plus-maze are also changed based on the reviewer’s suggestion.

      Recommendations for the authors: please note that you control which, if any, revisions, to undertake

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Recommendation 1 for improving the paper:

      -The paper needs extensive editing for both overall structural clarity and for the high number of typos and grammatical errors.

      We thank the reviewer’s suggestion. The revised manuscript has been edited extensively.

      Recommendation 2 for improving the paper:

      -Retrobeads are often toxic to cells and build up with increasing time. It is surprising that the authors wait 14-21 days for retrobead expression in their target cells. It is also a problem that the mPFC projecting cells have a longer time with the retrobeads than the other projection-targeting cells because the toxicity could be more extensive with the longer wait time thus confounding the results. The authors should repeat some mPFC experiments at the 14 day time point to confirm that the longer time with the beads is not influencing the differential effects in these cells.

      According to the methods published by Stephan Lammel and Jochen Roeper, “For sufficient labeling, survival periods for retrograde tracer transport depended on respective injection areas: DS and NAc lateral shell, 7 days; NAc core, NAc medial shell, and BLA, 14 days; and mPFC, 21 days[10]”, we did the experiments related to mPFC projecting cells at the 21 day time point. Consistent with the mentioned above, the labeled mPFC projecting cells at 14 day time point, is not sufficient, compared with this at 21 day time point, which is shown as followings.

      Author response image 1.

      Confocal images showing the anatomical distribution of mPFC-projecting DA neurons labelled with retrobeads (red) in the VTA after DAT-immunofluorescence (green) staining at different day time point (A, 14d; B, 21d) after retrobeads injection; Scale bars=10 μm.

      Recommendation 3 for improving the paper:

      -The experiment with FFA in Figure 4E seems weird. Why is there no baseline before the FFA application? And why is the baseline trending downward immediately? The authors should explain why this example experiment is presented differently from all the others.

      We apologize for this part that this example time-course is not typical. Since the FFA is not specific antagonist for TRPC6 and actually stimulates TRPC6 channels, we repeated the experiments with a more specific pharmacological modulator for TRPC6, larixyl acetate (LA), and the results are shown in Figure 4C and 4F.

      Recommendation 4 for improving the paper:

      -It would be much more useful to see exact p values in the text, as it aids in interpreting the 'insignificance' of specific comparisons. Specifically, in Figure 5F, the 2-APB looks like it is having a small effect, and the already low firing rate (due to the TRPC6 knockdown) makes a big effect less likely. It would be useful to know what the actual p value is here (and everywhere).

      OK. We now report all P values in the figure legends of the revised version.

      Recommendation 5 for improving the paper:

      -In the results, it should be explained that the "RMP" of VTA DA neurons was obtained by treating the cells with TTX.

      A sentence indicating the presence of TTX when measuring “RMP” is added in the Results part of the revised version.

      Recommendation 6 for improving the paper:

      -The spacing of the panels in the figures is somewhat odd. The figures could be more compact.

      Thanks, we have re-arranged all figures.

      Recommendation 7 for improving the paper:

      The paper is difficult to read because of significant grammatical errors. Here are some examples by line number, but this list is not at all exhaustive.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out grammatical errors and we corrected them.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Recommendation 1 for improving the paper:

      Fix typos: e.g., change HCH to HCN, change EMP to EPM, "these finding", "compact par" should read "pars compacta", "substantial" in line 475 should read "substantia", Incomplete sentences on line 73 and line 107, etc. Also, what is meant by "autonomic" firing activity? What is meant by "expression files"? Change "depression behaviors" to depression-like behaviors. "The HCN" as written in line 69 is a bit misleading, as HCN channels in the heart and brain are different members of a family of channels, although as written in the text, it seems that they are identical. In Figure 2, rearrange order of brain regions (e.g., from "BLA-VTA" to "VTA-BLA"), because as written, it seems that the focus is on projections into the VTA from each brain region, rather than VTA neurons that project to each respective region.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out these errors and we corrected them. Autonomic firing activity has been changed to spontaneous firing activity. Expression files has been changed to expression levels. All the “depression behavior” have been changed to depression-like behaviors. In the Figure 2, all “xx-VTA” have been changed to “VTA-xx”.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Recommendation 1 for improving the paper:

      Methodology: as opposed to sFig. 8 where the order through which mice were repeatedly tested is precise, such a key information is lacking in Fig. 6 as well as in the Methods section (for example, when such traumatic stress as forced swimming is performed with regard to the other tests?). Relevant to this point is the possible bias triggered by such chronological testing as exposure to the forced swim test likely affects the behaviors recorded in the other tests. Furthermore, the way this test is conducted is appealing as it is mentioned that the water depth was set to 10 cms which is quite low given that immobility scores might be affected by the ability of mice to stand on their tails.

      With regard to the elevated plus-maze, data are erroneously provided. Absolute values regarding open arm behaviors should be provided as percentages of the number of visits (or time spent therein) over the total (open + closed) number of arm visits. Indeed, closed arm visits should also be provided. This variable, also considered an index of locomotor activity, would allow the reader to exclude any effect of locomotion on the exploration in the open field.

      As they stand, data in the open field seem to indicate parallel changes at the center(center time) and the periphery (total distance), hence suggesting locomotor effects rather than anxiogenic effects. Data related to the center and the periphery should be clearly distinguished. Lastly, the number of weeks allowed for the mice to recover from surgeries aimed at delivering viruses are not mentioned. This is important as it could have affected the amplitude of the sensitivity to the stressors.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. The lack information in Figure 6 and the Methods is now supplied. We apologize for the wrong number of “10 cm” in the forced swimming test, this has been corrected. The data concerning the elevated plus-maze are also changed based on the reviewer’s suggestion. For a possible role of locomotor effect, we tested the mice on the rota-rod test. From the result, there is no difference in locomotor activity between control and depressed-like mice (sFig.10G, sFig.12I and sFig.13G). We modified the experimental procedure timeline in Figure 6 and in the method- AAV for gene knockdown or overexpression and viral construct and injection, we added “Mice were singly housed with enough food and water to recover for 4-5 weeks after injection of virus, before behavior tests and electrophysiological recordings.” to report the number of weeks allowed for the mice to recover from surgeries aimed at delivering virus.

      Recommendation 2 for improving the paper:

      Results/conclusions: as yet mentioned, the authors make a confusion in the interpretation of their tail suspension tests and forced swimming tests. I acknowledge that such a confusion is frequent but it is important to note that the tests used by the authors were INITIALLY aimed at detecting the antidepressant effects of drugs under investigation. However, it is not because a test reveals such antidepressant properties that they also provide indices of depression. The authors will surely agree that it is unlikely that a 5-min test provides a model of a chronic pathology accounted for by a complex intrication between genetics and environmental factors. I would propose the authors to read for example Molendijk and De Kloet (Eur J Neurosci 2022). I think that the authors should just neutrally mention their results without any interpretation related to depression. On the other hand, what could have been interesting is to test whether the so-called "depressive-like" responses recorded in the study were sensitive to chronic antidepressant treatments. This would have allowed the authors to further suggest some relevance (if any) with depression-like pathologies.

      As we discussed above, we again agree with the reviewer’s concern. However, if as stated by the reviewer that “However, it is not because a test reveals such antidepressant properties that they also provide indices of depression”, then the experiments suggested by the reviewer “….. to test whether the so-called "depressive-like" responses recorded in the study were sensitive to chronic antidepressant treatments”

      Recommendation 3 for improving the paper:

      A close examination of the responses to CMUS or chronic restraint suggests that indeed two populations of animals were detected, possibly sensitive and resilient to these stressors. Did the authors try to examine this possibility?

      Based on the results of behavior test in CMUS and CRS, animals might be divided into two populations of animals highly-sensitive and moderately-sensitive ones.

      Recommendation 4 for improving the paper:

      There are some text changes that need to be performed:

      Page 2 line 46: ref 4 uses a social stress model which brings no clearcut evidence for it being a "depression" model. Indeed, this model can also be suggested to be a model of chronic anxiety (Kalueff et al., Science 2006; Chaouloff, Cell tissue Res 2013), hence indicating that VTA dopaminergic neurons might also be involved in anxiety.

      page 11, line 329: the references supporting the hypothesis that VTA DA neurons are linked to depression cannot be found in the reference list (10-15 do not correspond to the appropriate references).

      page 11, line 3341: reference 47 does not fit with the authors' assertion as it did not include any behavior.

      Fig. S8: body weight data are likely provided as changes rather than absolute values (e.g. 8 g)

      We agreed with the reviewer’s comments. The line 46“……such as depression states” has been changed to “such as depression- or anxiety-related states”. And we corrected the references in line 329 and 341. Finally, the body weight has been changed to the change in body weight.

      References:

      1. Um, K.B., et al., TRPC3 and NALCN channels drive pacemaking in substantia nigra dopaminergic neurons. Elife, 2021. 10.

      2. Urban, N., et al., Identification and Validation of Larixyl Acetate as a Potent TRPC6 Inhibitor. Mol Pharmacol, 2016. 89(1): p. 197-213.

      3. Zhong, P., et al., HCN2 channels in the ventral tegmental area regulate behavioral responses to chronic stress. Elife, 2018. 7.

      4. Liu, D., et al., Brain-derived neurotrophic factor-mediated projection-specific regulation of depressive-like and nociceptive behaviors in the mesolimbic reward circuitry. Pain, 2018. 159(1): p. 175.

      5. Walsh, J.J. and M.H. Han, The Heterogeneity of Ventral Tegmental Area Neurons: Projection Functions in a Mood-Related Context. Neuroscience, 2014. 282: p. 101-108.

      6. Khaliq, Z.M. and B.P. Bean, Pacemaking in dopaminergic ventral tegmental area neurons: depolarizing drive from background and voltage-dependent sodium conductances. J Neurosci, 2010. 30(21): p. 7401-13.

      7. Li, L., et al., Selective targeting of M-type potassium K(v) 7.4 channels demonstrates their key role in the regulation of dopaminergic neuronal excitability and depression-like behaviour. Br J Pharmacol, 2017. 174(23): p. 4277-4294.

      8. Friedman, A.K., et al., Enhancing depression mechanisms in midbrain dopamine neurons achieves homeostatic resilience. Science, 2014. 344(6181): p. 313-9.

      9. Lammel, S., et al., Diversity of transgenic mouse models for selective targeting of midbrain dopamine neurons. Neuron, 2015. 85(2): p. 429-38.

      10. Lammel, S., et al., Unique properties of mesoprefrontal neurons within a dual mesocorticolimbic dopamine system. Neuron, 2008. 57(5): p. 760-73.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1:

      This work describes a new and powerful approach to a central question in ecology: what are the relative contributions of resource utilisation vs interactions between individuals in the shaping of an ecosystem? This approach relies on a very original quantitative experimental set-up whose power lies in its simplicity, allowing an exceptional level of control over ecological parameters and of measurement accuracy.

      In this experimental system, the shared resource corresponds to 10^12 copies of a fixed single-stranded target DNA molecule to which 10^15 random single-stranded DNA molecules (the individuals populating the ecosystem) can bind. The binding process is cycled, with a 1000x-PCR amplification step between successive binding steps. The composition of the population is monitored via high-throughput DNA sequencing. Sequence data analysis describes the change in population diversity over cycles. The results are interpreted using estimated binding interactions of individuals with the target resource, as well as estimated binding interactions between individuals and also self-interactions (that can all be directly predicted as they correspond to DNA-DNA interactions). A simple model provides a framework to account for ecosystem dynamics over cycles. Finally, the trajectory of some individuals with high frequency in late cycles is traced back to the earliest cycles at which they are detected by sequencing. Their propensities to bind the resource, to form hairpins, or to form homodimers suggest how different interaction modes shape the composition of the population over cycles.

      The authors report a shift from selection for binding to the resource to interactions between individuals and self-interactions over the course of cycles as the main drivers of their ecosystem. The outcome of the experiment is far from trivial as the individual resource binding energy initially determines the relative enrichment of individuals, and then seems to saturate. The richness of the population dynamics observed with this simple system is thus comparable to that found in some natural ecosystems. The findings obtained with this new approach will likely guide the exploration of natural ecosystems in which parameters and observables are much less accessible.

      My review focuses mainly on the experimental aspects of this work given my own expertise. The introduction exposes very convincingly the scientific context of this work, justifying the need for such an approach to address questions pertaining to ecology. The manuscript describes very clearly and rigorously the experimental setup. The main strengths of this work are (i) the outstanding originality of the experimental approach and (ii) its simplicity. With this setup, central questions in ecology can be addressed in a quantitative manner, including the possibility of running trajectories in parallel to generalize the findings, as reported here. Technical aspects have been carefully implemented, from the design of random individuals bearing flanking regions for PCR amplification, binding selection and (low error) amplification protocols, and sequencing read-out whose depth is sufficient to capture the relevant dynamics.<br /> :<br /> We thank the reviewer for summarizing our work and the main findings in a very clear and effective manner.

      One missing aspect in the data analysis is the quantification of the effect of PCR amplification steps in shaping the ecosystem (to be modeled if significant). In addition, as it stands the current work does not fully harness the power of the approach. For instance, with this setup, one can tune the relative contributions of binding selection vs amplification for instance (to disentangle forces that shape the ecosystem). One can also run cycles with new DNA individuals, designed with arbitrarily chosen resource binding vs self-binding, that are predicted to dominate depending on chosen ecological parameters. I have three main recommendations to the authors:

      1) PCR amplification steps (and not only binding selection steps) should be taken into account when interpreting the outcome of experiments.

      2) More generally, a systematic analysis of the possible modes of propagation of a DNA molecule from one cycle to the next, including those considered as experimental noise, would help with interpreting the results.

      3) Testing experimentally the predictions from the analysis and the modelling of results would strengthen the case for this approach.

      Despite its conceptual simplicity, our approach has indeed a few experimental handles that enable exploring a relevant variety of conditions much beyond those described in this paper, of which we are very aware. These involve selection vs. amplification or set the stage to explore competition, parasitism or cooperation among specific species, as the reviewer points out, but also introduce mutations and explore the kinetics of evolution in static or dynamic environments. Ongoing experiments are considering some of these conditions. We modified the text to mention more explicitly these possibilities, which are now mentioned in p11 lines 376-378 and lines 416-417. The three points raised by the reviewer helped us to further improve and clarify strengths and limitations of our work, as detailed below.

      Regarding the first point, here are my suggestions :

      • Run one cycle of just amplification vs 'binding + amplification', or simply increase the number of PCR cycles (and subsample the product) to check whether it impacts the population composition, in particular for sequences with predictions derived from the current analysis.

      The point raised by the reviewer is indeed very relevant and not discussed in our manuscript. Prompted by the reviewer’s comment, we performed two new experiments to distinguish resource-binding selection from PCR amplification effects.

      First, we performed a negative control experiment in which we performed the “selection step” with bear beads, i.e. beads without with no DNA grafted on them. We then compared the results with the corresponding results of the original experiments on Oligo 1 and 2.

      After 6 cycles, the most abundant sequence in the negative dataset has a relative occurrence of 0.05%, whereas the dominant strand in Oligo 1 and Oligo 2 has an abundance of 8% and 16%, respectively, i.e. 40-80 times larger.

      This indicates that the drift due to non-specific binding + PCR amplification is at least two orders of magnitude smaller than the selection induced by the affinity with the resource.

      This results are now cited in p14 lines 468-470, and described in Appendix 1, Experimental controls.

      Second, we tested the effect of PCR amplification on the selection process. We exploited the fact that we have aliquots for each generation of our evolution experiment, which we sampled and saved after PCR and before sequencing. We thus chose a specific generation - specifically generation 9 from Oligo 1 experiments - and performed another PCR round we proceeded directly to sequencing with no beadsselection step. We then compared the ensemble of oligos obtained in this way, which we named Oligo 1 “cycle 9 replica”, with both the original Oligo1 cycle 9, and with Oligo1 cycle 10.

      We sampled 20 times 4 x 10^5 sequences from the cycle 9 dataset, from cycle 9 replica and from cycle 10 with a bootstrap approach. To compare the three systems we extracted the fraction of the population of each covered by the 10 most abundant individuals. The results are shown in Figure 2 - Figure Supplement 4. In the figure caption further details on the analysis can be found. The similarity between cycle 9 and cycle 9 replica and the marked difference between cycle 9 replica and cycle 10

      indicates that the relevant part of the selection is indeed performed by the resourcebinding mechanism, while drifts induced by PCR play a secondary role.

      As a further check, we compared the specific sequences across the 20 samples in cycle 9 and cycle 9 replica datasets and found that the 10 most abundant sequences are almost always the same. In particular, the first 8/9 are always the same, possibly shuffled.

      These new pieces of evidence are now cited in p14 lines 483-484 and described in Appendix 1, Experimental controls.

      • Sequencing read-out includes the same PCR protocol as the one used for amplification steps, so read-out potentially has an effect on the composition of the ecosystem. Again, varying the number of PCR cycles is a direct way to test this.

      The PCR amplification involved in the read-out might have a minor effect on the sequencing outcome but not on the composition of the ecosystem. In fact, the sample that undergoes sequencing is taken from the pool at each cycle, and not inserted back into it. Thus, it does not participate in the following selection steps. This is specified in the text at p3 line 104

      • Could self-interactions (hairpins of homodimers) benefit individuals during amplification steps? The role of self-interactions during binding selection steps could also be tested directly over one cycle (again varying the relative weight of the binding vs amplification to disentangle both).

      Our choice of conditions for PCR amplification were thought to minimize effects of this type. PCR amplification is carried out at 68 C, a temperature at which, given the level of self and mutual complementarity in the sequences analyzed in the text, hairpins or homodimers should be melted and thus have no effect. This is specified in the text at p. 14 lines 479-480 However, if an effect is present, it gives a disadvantage (rather than an advantage) to self-interacting individuals. For the amplification step we used Q5® Hot Start HighFidelity DNA Polymerase, which does not possess strand displacement activity. Therefore, in theory, if during amplification the polymerase encounters a double strand portion, it stops and synthesizes only a truncated product, which will be then lost during the purification step. In other words, sequences with secondary and/or tertiary structures are less likely to be amplified during the polymerization step. As a consequence, a DNAi that is characterized by this kind of structures, will be negatively selected even in the case of optimal binding to the resource, and will be underrepresented in the pool.

      About the second point:

      • Regarding the effect of sampling (sequencing read-out), PCR amplification errors: explicitly check the consistency of observations with the expected outcome, in the methods section (right now these aspects are only briefly mentioned in the main text), which would highlight again the level of control and accuracy of the system.

      Hoping to have well interpreted the request, we performed a technical replicate sequencing Oligo 1 cycle 9 again and analyzed the sequences that have at least 100 reads (corresponding to 27.42% of the total reads). We find that among the 800 DNA species that have at least 100 reads, 93.6% are found in both replicates. All the nonoverlapping sequences have very low abundance, close to 100.

      Moreover, we compare the population size of each DNA species between the two replicas, after having equalized the database sizes. The results are now cited in p14 lines 509-510, In Appendix 1, Experimental Controls and shown in Figure 2-figure supplement 3, where we plot the ratio of the number of reads in the two replicates for each sequence as a function of the number of reads in one. We found an average of 0.965 with a standard deviation of 0.119. High fluctuations are found in the most rare species, as expected.

      We think this evaluation indeed strengthens the solidity of our results.

      • I have a small concern about target resource accessibility: is there any spacer between the ssDNA and the bead? The methods section does not mention any, and I would expect such a proximity between the target DNA and the bead to yield steric repulsion that impedes interactions with random DNA individuals.

      Yes, there is a 12-carbon spacer between the bead and the resource, which was inserted exactly to make the resource more accessible. This information is now available in Table 1 of Supplementary Information detailing the sequences used in the experiment. However, as now described in the text (p8 lines 284-286), we observe that the interaction with the resource is always shifted to the 3', the terminal furthest from the bead, indicating some residual issue of accessibility to the resource sections closest to the bead.

      • Regardless of the existence of a spacer, binding of random DNA molecules to beads instead of the target DNA constitutes a potential source of noise (described for now as '1-x' in the IBEE model), which can be probed by swapping targets, selecting without target etc.

      This issue is addressed by the test with bare beads described above, in which we found little effects, corresponding to small 1−𝑥 value.

      • Is there any recombination potentially occurring during amplification steps? This could be tested with a set of known molecules amplified over 24 amplification steps in a row (no binding step).

      It is possible for recombination to occur during the amplification steps. In Appendix 2, the section "By-Product Formation from PCR Amplification", discusses PCR byproducts as aberrant forms of amplification, such as recombination events. We adopted several strategies to limit by-product formation, such as: i) use of “blockers” characterized by a phosphate group at 3’ end (thus inhibiting their usage during the amplification and allowing a better control of the reaction conditions over the PCR cycles), ii) a high annealing temperature (to limit the possibility of a spurious primer annealing to the random region), iii) fewer PCR cycles, iv) a high primer concentration, v) a very short elongation step (all these strategies have been implemented to avoid a possible mispriming event between different DNAi, and the formation of concatemers). However, the formation of by-products is a problem inherent to the technique: in fact, it is a known issue for classical SELEX technology (Tolle et al. 2014), mainly due to the random region within the DNAi. Q5® Hot Start High-Fidelity DNA Polymerase (New England Biolabs, Ipswich, MA, USA) has an error rate of <0.44 x 10-6/base.

      In classic SELEX technology, the average number of selection cycles is 10. This limitation is partly due to the increase in PCR by-products. As we can see from Figure 2 Supplementary Figure 1, the percentage of PCR by-products is less than 20% at cycle 12, and then increases dramatically in the following cycles. We are performing a series of experiments with known and limited sequences to verify and better understand the phenomenon for future applications of the SEDES platform. On this issue we decided not to modify the manuscript since we think it is already well discussed in Appendix 1.

      And the third point:

      • Perform one cycle (or a few cycles) with random DNA individuals, the most frequent individuals at the end of the current experiment, newly designed individuals with higher binding affinity to the target than currently dominating individuals, newly designed individuals with higher propensity to form hairpins or to form homodimers. Such experimental testing of predictions from the data analysis/modeling, typical of a physics approach, would illustrate the level of understanding one can reach with a simple yet powerful experimental setup.

      We perfectly agree that the approach we propose and the set of results we obtained call for further investigations that could strengthen analysis and modeling. The final aim we envisage is the understanding, within this simplified approach, of key evolutionary factors such as fitness. Indeed, becoming able to write an explicit fitness function would be a significant new contribution to the understanding of evolutionary processes, even within the limited settings of the ADSE approach, as discussed in the conclusions of the manuscript.

      However, undergoing such an analysis is a long and expensive job, which we have started and will be completed in a not immediate future. For this reason, given the already significant body of results we are presenting here, we prefer to keep this paper confined to the study of the evolution of a random DNAi population and discuss in a future contribution the behavior of smaller designed sets of competing, collaborating or parasitic individuals.

      Looking ahead, additional stages of investigations will also include mutations - to investigate the kinetics of speciation, and, in an even further stage, the interplay between evolution kinetics and dynamical mutation of resources.

      I have a few smaller points:

      • It would be very useful to provide the expected dynamic range of binding free energies (in terms of DeltaG and omega): what is the maximum binding free energy for the perfect complement?

      The NUPACK-computed binding free energy of a 20 basis-long oligomer complementary to the resource (𝜔=20) is -24.36 Kcal/mol for Oligo1 and -23.08 Kcal/mol for oligo 2. This is the best answer we can offer to the reviewer’s request, since the maximum binding free energy of DNAi individuals (much longer than the target strand) would include contributions from the unpaired bases. Indeed, the values give above are approached by the left tail of the distribution of Fig. 3a, which however includes DNAi self-energies.<br /> The perfect complement binding free energy is now cited in the text as a reference for the dynamical range of DeltaG (p4 lines 151-152).

      • How is the number of captured DNA molecules quantified? Is 10^12 measured, estimated, or hypothesized?

      The number of sequences was calculated from data obtained from 260 nm absorbance quantification. We have now added this information in the Methods, Selection Phase” section.

      Reviewer #2:

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors introduced ADSE, a SELEX-based protocol to explore the mechanism of emergency of species. They used DNA hybridization (to the bait pool, "resources") as the driving force for selection and quantitatively investigated the factors that may contribute to the survival during generation evolution (progress of SELEX cycle), revealing that besides individual-resource binding, the inter- and intra-individual interactions were also important features along with mutualism and parasitism.

      Strengths:

      The design of using pure biochemical affinity assay to study eco-evolution is interesting, providing an important viewpoint to partly explain the molecular mechanism of evolution.

      Weaknesses:

      Though the evidence of the study is somewhat convincing, some aspects still need to be improved, mostly technical issues.

      Major:

      1) There are a few technical issues that the authors should clarify in the manuscript to make the analysis more transparent:

      1.1) To my understanding, it is difficult to guarantee the even distribution of different species (individuals) in the initial individual pool. Even though the authors have shown in Fig. 2a that the top 10 sequences take up ~ 0% in the pool, it remains unclear how abundant these top and bottom representative sequences are, given the huge number of the pool (10E15). Can the author show the absolute number of these sequences in different quantiles? Please show both Oligo sets.<br /> : First, we thank the reviewer for both positive and critical comments that have guided us in reformulating or clarifying some messages of our work.

      As for this specific point: 10E15 is a small number compared to 4^50 = 10E30, the number of possible sequences of length 30. Thus, we don’t expect more than one individual per sequence in the initial pool. However, sequencing requires a preparation amplification, which may lead to detecting a few sequences with more than one individual.

      Specifically, in the initial pool of Oligo 1, the most abundant individual (of sequence GAACTAAAGGGGCGGTGTCCACTTGCCTGTAGTGGTTATCAGTCCGGTTG)has 3 copies. The 0.7% of the sequences has 2 copies, while the vast majority of strings (99.3% on a sample of about 1.5 x 10E6 sequenced DNAi) is present in one copy only. A similar situation holds for Oligo 2, with 4 DNAi present in 3 copies and the 0.8% of the sequences (in a pool of 2 x 10E6 DNAi) in 2 copies.

      It is worth noticing that none of the 10 most abundant species in the last cycle is present in the sample. Indeed, the fraction of the pool which is sequenced is removed from the population that undergoes evolution (as now specified in p2, line 104). We specified in the text (p2, lines 69-70, p3 lines 94-96) the fact that in the initial pool no sequence is expected to be present in more than one individual.

      1.2) The author claimed that they used two different oligo sets (Oligo1 and Oligo2) in this study. It is unclear which data was used in the presentation. How reproducible are they? Similar to this concern, how reproducible if the same oligo set was used to repeat the experiment?

      The oligo used in the main text was declared in Methods, Replica section. It is now declared also in the main text (p3 lines 106-108 and in the captions of Figure 2, Figure 3 and Figure 4). Reproducibility is addressed in: Figure 2-figure supplement 5; Figure 2-figure supplement 6; Appendix 2: Results of the experimental replica.

      It should also be noted that two starting pools of random 50mers are necessarily disjoint sets for the same reason discussed in the previous answer: the probability of common sequences in two 10E15 selections from a 10E30 is negligibly small. Thus, it is expected that each time a new evolution experiment is started, different dominant sequences are found. However, the statistical properties of the DNAi pool during the evolution process of Oligo1 and Oligo2 are similar as discussed in Appendix 2 of the paper.

      1.3) PCR and illumina sequencing itself introduced selection bias. How would the analysis eliminate them? The authors only discussed the errors created during PCR cycles (page 3, lines 115-122). However the PCR itself would prefer to amplify some sequences over the others (e.g. with high GC content). Similarly, the illumina sequencing would be difficult to sequence the low complexity sequences. How would this be circumvented?

      Yes, both PCR and Illumina sequencing have some known biases in the amplification process (e.g. sequencing of homopolymers or amplification of GC-rich sequences) that are intrinsic to the used techniques. Regarding PCR, we implemented a thermal protocol optimized for our chosen experimental setup, characterized by very short denaturation, annealing and amplification steps performed at high temperatures. Regarding Illumina sequencing, we can’t rule out a bias against specific sequences (e.g, homopolymers), which however should not be captured during the selection step, due to the design of the resource. Also, the libraries subjected to sequencing are characterized by a low complexity: according to the experimental design, the first and last 25 nucleotides are the same for all DNAi, the only differences being in the central 50 nt-long sequence. It is known that a low complexity library might encounter problems during sequencing due to the design of Illumina instruments: nucleotide diversity, especially in the first sequencing cycles, is critical for cluster filtering, optimal run performance and high-quality data generation. To overcome this limitation, the obtained libraries were run together with more complex and diverse library preparations: the ADSE sequences were about 1-2% of the total reads per run, corresponding to only a few million reads.

      This discussion is now in Appendix 1, Intrinsic limitations of the molecular approach.

      1.4) Some DNA sequences would bind to the beads instead of the resource sequence coated on them. Should the author run the experiment using bead alone as a control?<br /> : We performed a negative control experiment in which we performed the “selection step” with bear beads, i.e. beads without with no DNA grafted on them. We then compared the results with the corresponding results of the original experiments on Oligo 1 and 2.

      After 6 cycles, the most abundant sequence in the negative dataset has a relative occurrence of 0.05%, whereas the dominant strand in Oligo 1 and Oligo 2 has an abundance of 8% and 16%, respectively, i.e. 40-80 times larger.

      This indicates that the drift due to non-specific binding (+ PCR amplification) is at least two orders of magnitude smaller than the selection induced by the affinity with the resource.<br /> This part is now discussed in Appendix 1, Experimental controls.

      2) It would be interesting to study the impact of environmental factors, for example, changing pH, salt concentration, and detergent. Would these factors accelerate/decelerate the evolution?

      We agree that the approach we propose and the set of results we obtained call for further investigations. However, performing these additional experiments, which would require a minimum of 6 generations each, is a long and expensive job, which we have started and will not be completed in the near future. For this reason, given the already significant body of results we are presenting here, we prefer to keep this paper confined to the study of the evolution of a random DNAi population in the selected conditions and leave the exploration of new conditions, potentially opening new evolutionary scenarios, to a future contribution. In fact, our aim was to show that through our platform we can indeed observe fundamental elements of evolution in a non-biological system, which, in the set of chosen parameters, we do.

      3) The concentration of individual oligo is apparently one of the most important factors in determining the interactions. In later cycles, some oligos become dominant, namely with extremely higher concentrations compared to their concentration in earlier cycles. This would definitely affect its interaction with resources, or self-interaction, or interaction with other oligos in the pool. However, the authors failed to discuss this factor, which may explain the exponential enrichment in later cycles.

      We agree with the reviewer that this is an important point, but we disagree that we have not discussed it. We introduce the topic at the end of the “Null Model and Eco-evolutionary Algorithm”, where we comment on the change of the gamma parameter by saying that there must be a shift in the evolution process, first dominated by the interactions with the resources, and in later stages by some other factors (lines 227230) that we then discuss in “Self and mutual DNAi interactions are evolutionary drivers”. In this latter chapter and in the following, we indeed discussed the effects of mutual and self interactions between DNAi.

      Indeed, a key point in our paper is the change in the gamma parameter necessary to match the IBEE model to experiments, as it is now more openly stated (p5 lines 217218 where we also mention figure 2-supplement 8 which clearly shows the necessity of a variable gamma). The two regimes enlightened by the gamma value must reflect a change in the competition for the resources and interactions among species. In the first generations, where the diversity of species is large (there are few strings for each species) and binding to the resources generally very week (small <omega>), the affinity with the resource is the main driving force (fast growth of <omega>), while mutual interactions remain too random to favor any species in particular. In the later cycles instead, when <omega> becomes large enough to provide a significant stability to the resource-binding of the majority of species, the dominating species compete more intensively on the basis of their structure and capacity of self-defense, parasitism and mutualism, a condition in which evolution affects more modifications in sequences than in <omega>.

      Certainly, our understanding of this shift is based on statistical behavior and it is inferential, based on the study of specific DNAi described in the last part of the manuscript. For a better molecular model, more experiments with selected DNAi competing, cooperating or being parasitic would be necessary, with the final aim of defining a predictive fitness function. Alas, this requires months of further investigation. :

      4) The author observed the different behaviors of medium 𝜔 in early and late cycles, referring to Fig 2h. Using the IBEE model, they found out it is the change of gamma. However, the authors did not further discuss the molecular mechanism. It could be very interesting to understand the evolutionary change of these individuals.

      This comment might be related to the previous one. It is true that our discussion and understanding of the whole process is statistical, and misses a molecular model to predict the value of gamma.

      However, the specific behavior that the reviewer asks about (those in Fig. 2h) is not related to the change in gamma. Even if gamma remains as in the first part of the evolution (gamma = 3), the species with overlap between 6 and 10 would first grow in number and later decrease. Indeed, during the first cycles they have an advantage with respect to the majority of species with lower maximum overlap, a condition that favors their amplification. However, in the second stage of the evolution dominant species with a larger affinity emerge and outcompete the individuals of this class. We added a sentence in the text to clarify this point (p7 lines 227-229).

      5) In Figure 2f, some high w become quite missing. Should the authors give some interpretation? It is not observed in cycle 12 though (panel e).

      Such an effect is just due to under-sampling. In a pool of 10^n oligomers, any sequence with a given 𝜔 with P(omega) < 10E-n will have a vanishing probability to appear in that sample.<br /> At cycle 12 the overall number of sequenced strands is larger than at cycle 24, due to the growing presence of PCR by-products. Thus, the right tail of the cyan distribution at the last cycle is sampled with less accuracy than at cycle 12. We have added a sentence in the revised manuscript (p5 lines 177-178) to clarify this point.

      6) It would be interesting to further explore if another type of selection resource is used, for example protein that binds to particular sequences, i.e. transcription factors. Previous studies have used a large amount of sequence-specific transcription factors to run SELELX. Since the data have existed there, why not explore?

      This is an interesting suggestion: can we use data from “ordinary” SELEX favoring specific sequences to explore sequence evolution? Two limitations make us a bit skeptical on this path: first, the consensus sequences of DNA-binding proteins are rather short and typically target dsDNA rather than ssDNA; second, the free energy of interaction is known only for the consensus sequence but not for sequences with all possible mutations with respect to the consensus sequence, making very hard to develop any molecular understanding of the process.

      Minor:

      1) There is no figure legend or in-text citation of Figure 2b.

      2) Please correct "⁃C" with "{degree sign}C" in lines 470, 471, 472, 477 et al.

      3) Typos and grammar issues should be corrected. Examples are shown below (but not limited to these only):

      • mixed use of past and present tense.

      • Line 152, "basis" should be "bases".

      • Line 277, "a impediment" should be "an impediment"

      • Line 278, "a major deadly threats" should be "major deadly threats"<br /> :<br /> We are sorry for the mistakes, and we have corrected them. Many thanks to the reviewer!

    1. Author Response

      We appreciate your consideration of our manuscript entitled “Deciphering molecular heterogeneity and dynamics of neural stem cells in human hippocampal development, aging, and injury” (eLife-RP-RA-2023-89507). We thank all the reviewers for their valuable and thoughtful comments and suggestions. We have carefully considered all the comments and revised our manuscript (eLife-VOR-RA2023-89507) accordingly. You can find our point-by-point responses here. In the revised manuscript, we have addressed most of the issues and concerns raised by the reviewers. We hope that the changes will better illustrate the quality of our sn-RNA data and the criteria of the cell type identification. However, due to the scarcity of stroke and neonatal human brain samples, we cannot strengthen our findings and conclusions by increasing this type of hippocampal tissue for analysis within the expected timeframe. With these improvements and limitations, we would like to ask whether we could get a better judgment from the reviewers.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this manuscript, Yao et al. explored the transcriptomic characteristics of neural stem cells (NSCs) in the human hippocampus and their changes under different conditions using single-nucleus RNA sequencing (snRNA-seq). They generated single-nucleus transcriptomic profiles of human hippocampal cells from neonatal, adult, and aging individuals, as well as from stroke patients. They focused on the cell groups related to neurogenesis, such as neural stem cells and their progeny. They revealed genes enriched in different NSC states and performed trajectory analysis to trace the transitions among NSC states and towards astroglia and neuronal lineages in silico. They also examined how NSCs are affected by aging and injury using their datasets and found differences in NSC numbers and gene expression patterns across age groups and injury conditions. One major issue of the manuscript is questionable cell type identification. For example, in Figure 2C, more than 50% of the cells in the astroglia lineage clusters are NSCs, which is extremely high and inconsistent with classic histology studies.

      We appreciate the concerns raised by Reviewer 1 regarding the cell type identification. We suggest that the identification of the 16 main cell types in our study is accurate, as supported by the differential gene expression and the similarity of transcriptional profiles across species (Figure 1B to D, Figure Supplement 1C to E, and Figure 2A and B).

      While we appreciate the reviewer for bringing up the concern regarding the high proportion of NSCs within the astroglia lineage clusters, it is worth mentioning that distinguishing hippocampal qNSCs from astrocytes by transcription profiling poses a significant challenge in the field due to their high transcriptional similarity. From previous global UMAP analysis, AS1 (adult specific) can be separated from qNSCs, but AS2 (NSC-like astrocytes) cannot. Therefore, the data presented in Figure 2C to G aimed to further distinguish the qNSCs from AS2 by using gene set scores analysis. Based on different scores, we categorized qNSC/AS lineages into qNSC1, qNSC2 and AS2. Figure 2C presented the UMAP plot of qNSC/AS2 population from only neonatal sample. We apologize for not clarifying this in the figure legend. We have now clarified this information in the figure legend of Figure 2C. More importantly, we have added UMAP plots and quantifications for other groups in Figure2Supplement 2A and B, including adult, aging, and injure samples. This supplementary figure provides more complete information of the cell type composition and dynamic variations during aging and injury. Although the ratio of NSCs in the astroglia lineage clusters remains higher compared to classic histology studies, the trends indicate a reduction in qNSCs and an increase in astrocytes during aging and injury, which supports that cell type identification by using gene set score analysis is effective, although still not optimal. Combined methods to accurately distinguish between qNSCs and astrocytes are required in the future, and we also discuss this in the corresponding texts.

      Major comments:

      In Figure 1E, the authors should provide supporting quality control of their snRNAseq dataset in the corresponding supplementary figures. Specifically, they should show that the average number of genes and transcripts detected in each cluster are similar across different conditions. This would rule out the possibility that the stem cell gene enrichment is an artifact of increased global gene expression.

      Thanks for the suggestion. We have provided the supporting quality control of our snRNA-seq dataset in Figure1-Supplement 1A, B and F. The detailed data presented in Figure 1-Supplement 1A and Figure 1-source data 1 show that more than 2000 genes per cell were detected in all donor samples and mitochondrial genes accounted for less than 5%, suggesting that most cells were viable before freezing and underwent minimal RNA degradation. The hippocampi were dissected and collected from donors with a short post-mortem interval of about 3-4 hours to ensure low levels of RNA degradation and cellular apoptosis rates in the collected samples. For subsequent transcriptome analysis, we removed cells with fewer than 200 genes or more than 8600 genes (potentially indicating cell debris and doublets) and those with more than 20% of transcripts generated from mitochondrial genes, as shown in Figure 1-Supplement 1A and B. Figure 1-Supplement 1F provides evidence supporting that the average number of genes detected in each neurogenic cell type (AS2/qNSC, pNSC, aNSC, NB and GC) is similar across different conditions. This suggests that the enrichment of stem cell genes is not simply an artifact of increased global gene expression.

      In Figure 2A, the authors performed a cross-species comparative analysis of neurogenic cell clusters by integrating their datasets with published datasets from mice, pigs, and macaques. They assigned cell types to the clusters based on their similarity to the same cell group across species. However, they did not address why a previous study by Franjic et al. (Neuron 2022) using the same method and analysis did not detect any neurogenic clusters in human hippocampal and entorhinal cells. This discrepancy could have implications for the validity of their approach and the interpretation of their results. The authors should provide possible explanations for the different outcomes.

      We appreciate the valuable feedback provided by the reviewer. In our dataset, we sequenced 24,671 GC nuclei and 92,966 total DG cell nuclei, which also includes neonatal samples. The number of nuclei we sequenced is 4.5 times higher than that of Wang et al. (Cell Research, 2022), who also detected NBs. Thus, it is reasonable to conclude that we were able to detect NBs. Moreover, the presence of these rare cell types has been demonstrated in our study through immunostaining techniques, which provides further evidence. In addition, we downloaded the snRNAseq data from Franjic et al. (Neuron 2022) and mapped the dataset onto our snRNAseq dataset using the “multimodal reference mapping” method. Based on the mapping analysis, astrocytes, qNSCs, and aNSCs were identified in Franjic’s data with varying correlation efficiencies, but neuroblasts or immature neurons could not be detected (Figure 6-figure supplement 11 A to G). Therefore, we speculated that the discrepancies between our study and Franjic’s might be caused by health state differences across hippocampi, which subsequently lead to different degrees of hippocampal neurogenesis and immature neuron maintenance.

      In Figure 2C-2J, the authors examined the astroglia lineage clusters to identify NSC subpopulations and their gene features. However, they did not use consistent cell types for the analysis. Some comparisons involved quiescent NSCs (qNSCs) and differentiated astrocytes, while others involved primed NSCs (pNSCs), and active NSCs (aNSCs). This could introduce bias and affect the results. The authors should consistently include all astroglia cell clusters in their analysis, such as q, p, a NSCs and astrocytes.

      We understand the concerns raised by the reviewer, and we use different cell types as the starting points for the developmental trajectory for specific reasons. pNSCs represent an intermediate state between quiescence and activation. During embryonic development, pNSCs demonstrate the greatest similarity to RGLs. Subsequently, pNSCs progressively exit the cell cycle and transition into qNSCs during the postnatal stage. These qNSCs have the ability to re-enter the cell cycle upon activation by stimuli. Based on this knowledge, we have set the pNSC population as the root of the developmental trajectory in the neonatal sample, which aligns more closely with the actual developmental process. However, setting qNSCs as the root of the NSC developmental trajectory in the adult injury sample is more fit to the process of adult neurogenesis.

      In addition, the authors’ identification of qNSCs, pNSCs and aNSCs is very questionable in Figure 2. For instance, qNSC2 cells in Figure 2G express MBP, PLP1, and MOBP, which are markers of mature oligodendrocytes. They receive low scores in RGL gene module scoring in Figure 2E, even lower than those of astrocytes. These cells are likely misclassified mature oligodendrocytes. In Figure 2H-I, the authors did not present the DEGs in pNSCs and aNSCs, the GO terms of these clusters are very similar. To confirm their results, the authors should either use histology or cite literature that supports the differentiation of pNSCs and aNSCs by these genes.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s observation regarding the high expression of oligodendrocyte (OL) genes in the qNSC2 population, and we acknowledge that we currently do not have a clear explanation for this finding. However, despite the expression of OL genes in qNSC2, when we conducted a transcriptional similarity analysis comparing qNSC2 to other cell populations, we still observed a higher similarity between qNSC2 and qNSC1, as well as between qNSC2 and astrocytes, rather than oligodendrocytes. Therefore, qNSC2 are not misclassified mature oligodendrocytes (Figure 2-figure supplement 2C).

      Regarding pNSCs and aNSCs, both cell types share similar molecular characteristics, with a key distinction in their proliferation abilities. Notably, aNSCs primarily reside in the S/G2/M phase and highly express the cell cycle-related gene CCND2, reflecting active mitosis. Since its capacity to differentiate into neuroblast/immature granule cells, aNSCs also express a small subset of genes associated with neuronal differentiation, including STMN2, SOX11, and SOX4 (Figure 1C, D, and Figure 2J). As per the reviewer’s request, we have presented the DEGs in pNSCs and aNSCs (Figure 2-figure supplement 2D, Figure 2-source data 2). The results of GO analysis reveal that pNSC is more associated with the Wnt signaling pathway, axonogenesis, and Hippo signaling, while aNSC is more associated with G2/M transition of mitotic cell cycle, neuron projection development, axon development, and dendritic spine organization (Figure2-figure supplement 2E, Figure 2-source data 2).

      As Figure 2C illustrates, the authors isolated qNSCs and differentiated astrocytes from the astroglia lineage clusters to identify DEGs. However, more than 50% of the cells in the astroglia lineage clusters are NSCs, which is extremely high and inconsistent with classic histology studies. This could be due to cluster misclassification or over-representation of neonatal NSCs in the NSC cluster. The authors should stratify their data by age groups and provide corresponding UMAP plots and quantification. They should also compare DEGs between NSCs and astrocytes within each age group in all of the analyses, as neonatal, adult, and aging NSCs may have different properties and outputs.

      While we appreciate the reviewer for bringing up the concern regarding the high proportion of NSCs within the astroglia lineage clusters, it is worth mentioning that distinguishing hippocampal qNSCs from astrocytes by transcription profiling poses a significant challenge in the field due to their high transcriptional similarity. From previous global UMAP analysis, AS1 (adult specific) can be separated from qNSCs, but AS2 (NSC-like astrocytes) cannot. Therefore, the data presented in Figure 2C to G aimed to further distinguish the qNSCs from AS2 by using gene set scores analysis. Based on different scores, we categorized qNSC/AS lineages into qNSC1, qNSC2 and AS2. Figure 2C presented the UMAP plot of qNSC/AS2 population from only neonatal sample. We apologize for not clarifying this in the figure legend. We have now clarified this information in the figure legend of Figure 2C. More importantly, we have added UMAP plots and quantifications for other groups in Figure2-Supplement 2A and B, including adult, aging, and injure samples. This supplementary figure provides more complete information of the cell type composition and dynamic variations during aging and injury. Although the ratio of NSCs in the astroglia lineage clusters remains higher compared to classic histology studies, the trends indicate a reduction in qNSCs and an increase in astrocytes during aging and injury, which supports that cell type identification by using gene set score analysis is effective, although still not optimal. Combined methods to accurately distinguish between qNSCs and astrocytes are required in the future, and we also discuss this in the corresponding texts. (The same question has been answered in the first part of this letter.)

      In Figure 3, the authors discuss the important issues of shared gene expression between interneurons and NB/im-GCs. In the published work (Zhou et al. Nature 2022; Wang et al. Cell Research 2022), however, NBs and im-GCs are not located in the interneuron cluster. This needs to be stated to avoid confusion. Specifically, this suggests the limitation of using a few preselected markers for cell type identification. The author should also examine whether these shared markers are indeed expressed in human interneurons by immunostaining as one application of these markers will be in histology for the field.

      Thanks for the reviewer’s comments. We agree that single nucleus transcriptome analysis is capable of effectively distinguishing between immature neurons and interneurons. In our UMAP plot, the NBs and im-GCs are not located in the interneuron cluster, either. When we compared the granule cell lineage which contains NB/immature GC and the interneuron population at the whole transcriptome level between our dataset and published mouse (Hochgerner et al. 2018), macaque and human (Franjic et al. 2022) transcriptome datasets, we found high transcriptomic congruence across different datasets (Figure 3-figure supplement 3A). Specifically, our identified human GABA-INs very highly resembled the well-annotated interneurons in different species (similarity scores > 0.95) (Figure 3-figure supplement 3A). The point we want to convey here is that many markers previously used to identify immature neurons are also expressed in interneurons. Therefore, when using these markers for staining and identification purposes, there is a possibility of mistaking an interneuron for an immature neuron. Hence, when selecting markers, we need to be aware of this and exclude genes that are highly expressed in interneurons as markers for immature neurons. To support our view, we conducted co-immunostainings of DCX (a traditional neuroblast marker) and SST (a typical interneuron marker). Our results demonstrate that SST-positive interneurons are indeed capable of being stained by the traditional neuroblast marker DCX in primates. Please see Figure 3-figure supplement 4A-C.

      In Figure 4, the authors' classification of cell subpopulations in the neuronal lineage is not convincing. They claim to have identified two subpopulations of granule cells (GCs) that derive from neuroblasts in Figure 4A-4D. However, this is inconsistent with previous single-cell transcriptomic studies of human hippocampus, which only identified one GC cluster. The differentially expressed genes (DEGs) that they used to distinguish the two GC subpopulations are not supported by prior research. This could be a result of over-classification or technical bias. CALB1 marks mature neurons whereas CALB2 marks immature neurons. However, in Figure 4F, it suggests that CALB1 is expressed in cells that have similar pseudotime scores as CALB2, both of which reside in an intermediate position during the differentiation trajectory. This does not match the known expression patterns of these markers in GCs. The authors should explain this discrepancy and provide additional evidence to support their claims. In addition, for Figure 4F, the authors should address how the different cell fate groups correspond to cell clusters.

      We appreciate the concerns raised by the reviewer. Unfortunately, despite trying various strategies to confirm the identity of the two subpopulations of granule cells (GCs) derived from neuroblasts, we were unable to find a clear answer. As a result, we can only provide an objective description of the differences in gene expression and developmental trajectory and speculate that these differences may be related to their degree of maturity but are not aligned on the same trajectory.

      Regarding the expression of CALB1 and CALB2, the original Figure 4F did not provide precise positional information for these genes due to the compression of a large amount of gene information. In order to address this, we conducted a separate trajectory analysis specifically for CALB1 and CALB2 (Figure4-figure supplement 6B). The results of this analysis are in line with previous literature reports: CALB2 was found to be enriched in immature neurons, while CALB1 exhibited a delayed expression pattern and was enriched in mature neurons.

      The authors compared NSCs in different age groups in Figure 5, but their analysis in Figure S5A-D only included neonatal and aging stages, omitting adult stages. They should perform cross-age analyses with all three stages for consistency.

      Thank you for the reviewer's comments. We have now included the differentially expressed genes (DEGs) of the neurogenic lineage in the adult stage. Please see Figure5-supplyment 8.

      In Figure 6E, the authors should separate the data by age and calculate the proportion of the re-clustered cell groups, as they did in Figure 6B. In the re-clustered groups, how do the aNSCs and reactive astrocytes change with age?

      Thanks for the reviewer's comments. We have removed the previous Figure 6B and recalculated the proportions of the re-clustered cell groups, including reactive astrocytes (AS). The changes in the proportions of qNSC1, qNSC2, pNSC, aNSCs, and reactive astrocytes with age are now shown in Figure 6E of the updated version. We observed that the proportion of aNSCs decreases with age but increases after injury. Reactive astrocytes primarily appear in the injury group, while their proportion is very low in the other groups.

      In Figure 6E-H, the authors assert that the aNSC group in stroke injury can produce oligodendrocytes in vivo based on trajectory analysis, which is a bold claim and lacks literature support. Their evidence is insufficient, as it relies on a single in vitro study.

      Thanks for the reviewer's comments. We have provided more references to support our claim (e.g., El Waly, Cayre, and Durbec 2018; Parras et al. 2004; Enric Llorens-Bobadilla et al. 2015b; Koutsoudaki et al. 2016). These studies have indicated that under injury conditions, neural stem cells have potentials to differentiate into oligodendrocytes.

      In Figure S8 and the Discussion section, they compared their dataset with Zhou et al. (Nature 2022), a published snRNA-seq dataset of the human hippocampus across the lifespan. The authors speculated that the new neurons identified in the EdU in vitro culture analysis in Zhou et al. might be related to epilepsy, but they did not provide any evidence for this claim. To partially validate their speculation, the authors should conduct the same integrative analysis with Ayhan et al. (Neuron 2021), which examined snRNA-seq data from epileptic patient hippocampi, to demonstrate that they could detect the injury-induced aNSC population and injury-associated genes. Furthermore, they should also conduct the same integrative analysis with the other two published human hippocampal datasets, namely Franjic et al. (Neuron 2022) and Wang et al. (Cell Research 2022).

      Thanks for the reviewer's comments. As the reviewer’s request, we down loaded the snRNA-seq data from Zhou et al. (Nature 2022), Wang et al (Cell Research, 2022a), Franjic et al. (Neuron 2022) and Ayhan et al. (Neuron 2021) for integrative analysis. Except for the dataset from Zhou et al. (Nature 2022), which utilized machine learning and made it difficult to extract cell type information for fitting with our own data, the datasets from the other three laboratories were successfully mapped onto our dataset. Different levels of correlation were observed, confirming the presence of astrocytes, qNSCs, aNSCs, and NBs (Figure 6-figure supplement 11 E to G).

      There are a few minor concerns that the authors could improve upon. In Fig. 5D, HOPX immunostaining pattern doesn't not look like NSCs. In Figure 5B and 6B, the same data were presented twice. And proper statistical tests are missing in Figure 6B.

      Thanks for the reviewer's comments. We have added the arrowheads to indicate the typical immunostaining of HOPX immunostaining, which clearly shows its nuclear localization. This observation is consistent with previous reports on the subcellular distribution of HOPX protein. In the updated version, Figure 5B and 6D are distinct and not repetitive. The inclusion of the proportions of reactive astrocytes in Figure 6D provides valuable information about their distribution within the different groups. Unfortunately, statistical tests cannot be conducted for the neonatal and injury samples since only one sample is available in each case.

      # Reviewer 2

      Major points:

      1) The number of sequenced nuclei is lower than the calculated numbers of nuclei required for detecting rare cell types according to a recent meta-analysis of five similar datasets (Tosoni et al., Neuron, 2023). However, Yao et al report succeeding in detecting rare populations, including several types of neural stem cells in different proliferation states, which have been demonstrated to be extremely scarce by previous studies. It would be very interesting to read how the authors interpret these differences.

      We appreciate the valuable comments from the reviewer. We understand the reviewer’s concern and have also noticed that according to the computational modeling conducted by Tosoni et al. (Neuron, 2023), at least 21 neuroblast cells (NBs) can be identified out of 30,000 granule cells (GCs) from a total of 180,000 dentate gyrus (DG) cells. In our dataset, we sequenced 24,671 GC nuclei and 92,966 total DG cell nuclei, which also includes neonatal samples. The number of nuclei we sequenced is 4.5 times higher than that of Wang et al. (Cell Research, 2022), who also detected NBs. Therefore, it is reasonable to conclude that we were able to detect NBs. Moreover, the presence of these rare cell types has been demonstrated in our study through immunostaining techniques, which provides further evidence. we have implemented strict quality control measures to support the reliability of our sequencing data. These measures include: 1. Immediate collection of tissue samples after postmortem (3-4 hrs) to ensure the quality of isolated nuclei. 2. Only nuclei expressing more than 200 genes but fewer than 5000-8600 genes (depending on the peak of enrichment genes) were considered. On average, each cell detected around 3000 genes. 3. The average proportion of mitochondrial genes in each sample was approximately 1.8%, with no sample exceeding 5%. The related supplementary information has been included in Figure 1-supplement 1A, B and F, and Figure 1source data 1.

      2) The information regarding the donors including in this study is very scarce. Factors such as chronic conditions, medication, lifestyle parameters, inflammatory levels should be provided.

      Thanks for the reviewer's comments. We have incorporated additional details about the donors. However, we would like to clarify that information regarding lifestyle parameters has not been collected. Please refer to Figure 1-source data 1 for the updated information.

      3) The number of donors included per group is insufficient: neonatal group n=1; adult group n=2; stroke n=1. Although the scarcity and value of each human brain sample is a factor to be considered, the authors must explain why and how the results obtained from individuals can be extrapolated to the population at these low numbers, especially considering that the rate of adult hippocampal neurogenesis is assumed to be very variable across individuals (Tosoni et al., Neuron, 2023).

      Thanks for the reviewer's comments. We acknowledge these limitations and understand that the inclusion of a larger number of donors would strengthen the statistical power and generalizability of our findings. However, due to the scarcity of stroke or neonatal human samples, it was not feasible to collect a larger sample size within the expected timeframe. To explain why and how we could identify the rare neurogenic populations, we have shown that the number of cells captured from individual samples and the average number of genes detected per cell are sufficient, indicating overall good sequencing quality (Figure 1-supplement 1A and B, and Figure 1-source data 1). Additionally, we have further confirmed the presence of these cell types with low abundance by integrating immunofluorescence staining (Figure 4E and Figure 6F), cell type-specific gene expression (Figure1 C and D), overall transcriptomic characteristics (Figure 1-supplement 1E), and developmental potential (Figure4 A-D, Figure 6A-D).

      4) The definition of primed NSCs (pNSCs) is poor and questionable. "Primed" may be interpreted as a loaded term and the authors only make an effort to follow them into their neurogenic trajectory while figure 4A suggest that they also, if not preferentially judging on the directionality of the RNA velocity vectors, generate astrocytes and quiescent NSCs.

      Thanks for the reviewer's comments. We apologize for not clearly explaining the definition of pNSC in our study. We have now included an explanation in the text and added supplementary information to highlight the features of pNSC and aNSC (Figure 2H to J, Figure2-figure supplement 2D and E). The results of GO analysis reveal that pNSC is more associated with the Wnt signaling pathway, axonogenesis, and Hippo signaling, while aNSC is more associated with G2/M transition of mitotic cell cycle, neuron projection development, axon development, and dendritic spine organization (Figure2-figure supplement 2E, Figure 2-source data 2). The pNSCs referred to in this study represent an intermediate state between quiescence and activation. During embryonic development, pNSCs exhibit the greatest similarity to RGLs. Subsequently, pNSCs gradually exit the cell cycle and transition into qNSCs during the postnatal development (Figure 2J). Thus, in Figure 4A, for the neonatal sample analysis, some pNSCs are shown to enter the neurogenic trajectory, while others exit the cell cycle and transition into qNSCs or become astrocytes (AS2) during postnatal development, indicating a bidirectional trajectory.

      5) The experimental definition of quiescent NSCs (qNSC1) is poor and questionable. The qNSC1 cluster is defined by the expression of HOXP (page 6), which the authors indicate is a"quiescence NSC gene". However, at least in mice, HOXP collages with BrdU in proliferative NSCs (Deqiang Li et al, Stem Cell Res. 2015).

      Thank you for providing the information about the study conducted by Deqiang Li et al (Stem Cell Res. 2015). We have carefully reviewed their findings. They propose that Hopx is specifically expressed in RGL cells, which are predominantly in a quiescent state. Additionally, they observed that Hopx-positive cells are long-term BrdU-label retaining cells, and Hopx-null NSCs show enhanced neurogenesis, as evidenced by an increased number of BrdU-positive cells. These results suggest that high expression of Hopx in NSCs indicates their quiescence. Furthermore, other studies have provided further support for using high expression of the HOPX gene as a marker to identify quiescent NSCs (Jaehoon Shin et al., Cell Stem Cell 2015; Daniel A. Berg et al., Cell 2019)

      6) The term quiescent is never defined in the text, and the reader is forced to assume that they refer to the absence of active proliferation genes, most commonly MKI67. Is that what the authors intended? this should be clarified.

      Thanks for the reviewer's comments. We apologize for not clearly explaining the definition of qNSC in our study. We have now included an explanation in the text. qNSCs exhibit reversible cell cycle arrest and display a low rate of metabolic activity. However, they still possess a latent capacity to generate neurons and glia when they receive activation signals. They express genes such as GFAP, ALDH1L1, ID4, and HOPX (Figure 2B). The absence or low expression of active proliferation genes is one feature of qNSCs. The main difference lies in the state of the cell cycle and metabolism.

      7) They find cell clusters that express the proliferation marker MKI67. however, previous studies have indicated the difficulty of snRNA-seq techniques to detect proliferation marker transcripts, specially MKI67 even in hippocampal samples from human infants (for example see the snRNAseq studies from Wang and from Zhou cited by the authors and previously mentioned meta-analysis).

      Thanks for the reviewer's comments. We could detect MKI67 in our snRNA-seq data, albeit with a very low number of cells (not clustered) expressing it. Here, we are providing the feature plot in Author response image 1 to illustrate the expression of MKI67. In our Figure 5C, we compared the expression level of MKI67 in neurogenic lineage among neonatal, adult and aged groups, and observed its high expression in neonatal rather than adult and aged groups. But the fraction of cells expressed MIK67 is still very low. We apologize for the confusion. We did not claim that we identified specific cell clusters expressing MKI67 in our study.

      Author response image 1.

      8) The authors observe declining numbers of proliferating cells with aging and interpret this as evidence of declining neurogenesis. However, they also observe sustained neuroblast numbers in the aged brains they analyzed. Wouldn't these neuroblast support neurogenesis? This is unclear and should be discussed.

      Thanks for the reviewer's question. We will revise the inaccurate description to clarify that the number of proliferating NPCs, rather than immature neurons, is dramatically reduced with aging. This is because, compared to rodents, immature neurons in primates are indeed retained for a longer period and possess the potential to further develop into mature neurons (Kohler, S.J., et al., PNAS, 2011). We have discussed this in the corresponding texts (Figure 5).

      9) The authors indicate that they find DCX transcript expression in interneurons. This is a potentially interesting observation. However, the authors should be very clear to state that in most studies that use DCX as a marker of immature granule cells, DCX's expression is detected by immunohistochemistry. Therefore, the fact that DCX transcripts may be present in other immature neurons does not necessarily disqualify its use as a protein maker of immature granule cells. This clarification will help to prevent misinterpretations of the data presented by the authors.

      Thanks for the reviewer's suggestion. We have clarified that we observed DCX transcripts present in interneurons in addition to immature neurons by snRNAseq. In this revised version, we conducted co-immunostainings of DCX (a traditional neuroblast marker) and SST (a typical interneuron marker). Our results demonstrate that SST-positive interneurons are indeed capable of being stained by the traditional neuroblast marker DCX in primates. Please see Figure 3-figure supplement 4A-C. The similar result has also been reported by Franjic et al. (Neuron 2022).

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The goal of the current study was to evaluate the effect of neuronal activity on blood-brain barrier permeability in the healthy brain, and to determine whether changes in BBB dynamics play a role in cortical plasticity. The authors used a variety of well-validated approaches to first demonstrate that limb stimulation increases BBB permeability. Using in vivo-electrophysiology and pharmacological approaches, the authors demonstrate that albumin is sufficient to induce cortical potentiation and that BBB transporters are necessary for stimulus-induced potentiation. The authors include a transcriptional analysis and differential expression of genes associated with plasticity, TGF-beta signaling, and extracellular matrix were observed following stimulation. Overall, the results obtained in rodents are compelling and support the authors' conclusions that neuronal activity modulates the BBB in the healthy brain and that mechanisms downstream of BBB permeability changes play a role in stimulus-evoked plasticity. These findings were further supported with fMRI and BBB permeability measurements performed in healthy human subjects performing a simple sensorimotor task. While there are many strengths in this study, there is literature to suggest that there are sex differences in BBB dysfunction in pathophysiological conditions. The authors only used males in this study and do not discuss whether they would also expect to sex differences in stimulation-evoked BBB changes in the healthy brain. Another minor limitation is the authors did not address the potential impact of anesthesia which can impact neurovascular coupling in rodent studies. The authors could have also better integrated the RNAseq findings into mechanistic experiments, including testing whether the upregulation of OAT3 plays a role in cortical plasticity observed following stimulation. Overall, this study provides novel insights into how neurovascular coupling, BBB permeability, and plasticity interact in the healthy brain.

      While there are many strengths in this study, there is literature to suggest that there are sex differences in BBB dysfunction in pathophysiological conditions. The authors only used males in this study and do not discuss whether they would also expect to sex differences in stimulation-evoked BBB changes in the healthy brain.

      We agree with the reviewer regarding the importance of examining sex differences on stimulation-evoked BBB changes. To address this issue we have: (1) clarified in the methods section that the human study involved both males and females; (2) added a section to the discussion highlighting the male bias as a key limitation of our animal experiments; and (3) stated that future work should examine whether stimulation-evoked BBB changes differ between makes and females.

      Another minor limitation is the authors did not address the potential impact of anesthesia which can impact neurovascular coupling in rodent studies.

      We are grateful for this comment and agree with the reviewer that the potential effects of anesthesia should be discussed. We have added the following discussion paragraph:

      “A key limitation of our animal experiments is the fact they were performed under anesthesia, due to the complex nature of the experimental setup (i.e., simultaneous cortical imaging and electrophysiological recordings). Anesthetic agents can affect various receptors within the NVU, potentially altering neuronal activity, SEPs, CBF, and vascular responses (Aksenov et al., 2015; Lindauer et al., 1993; Masamoto & Kanno, 2012). To minimize these effects, we used ketamine-xylazine anesthesia, which unlike other anesthetics, was shown to generate robust BOLD and SEP responses to neuronal activation (Franceschini et al., 2010; Shim et al., 2018).”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study builds upon previous work that demonstrated that brain injury results in leakage of albumin across the bloodbrain barrier, resulting in activation of TGF-beta in astrocytes. Consequently, this leads to decreased glutamate uptake, reduced buffering of extracellular potassium, and hyperexcitability. This study asks whether such a process can play a physiological role in cortical plasticity. They first show that stimulation of a forelimb for 30 minutes in a rat results in leakage of the blood-brain barrier and extravasation of albumin on the contralateral but not ipsilateral cortex. The authors propose that the leakage is dependent upon neuronal excitability and is associated with an enhancement of excitatory transmission. Inhibiting the transport of albumin or the activation of TGF-beta prevents the enhancement of excitatory transmission. In addition, gene expression associated with TGF-beta activation, synaptic plasticity, and extracellular matrix are enhanced on the "stimulated" hemisphere. That this may translate to humans is demonstrated by a breakdown in the blood-brain barrier following activation of brain areas through a motor task.

      Strengths:

      This study is novel and the results are potentially important as they demonstrate an unexpected breakdown of the blood-brain barrier with physiological activity and this may serve a physiological purpose, affecting synaptic plasticity.

      The strengths of the study are:

      1) The use of an in vivo model with multiple methods to investigate the blood-brain barrier response to a forelimb stimulation.

      2) The determination of a potential functional role for the observed leakage of the blood-brain barrier from both a genetic and electrophysiological viewpoint.

      3) The demonstration that inhibiting different points in the putative pathway from activation of the cortex to transport of albumin and activation of the TGF-beta pathway, the effect on synaptic enhancement could be prevented.

      4) Preliminary experiments demonstrating a similar observation of activity-dependent breakdown of the blood-brain barrier in humans.

      Weaknesses:

      There are both conceptual and experimental weaknesses.

      1) The stimulation is in an animal anesthetized with ketamine, which can affect critical receptors (ie NMDA receptors) in synaptic plasticity.

      We agree that the potential effects of anesthesia should be considered. The Discussion was revised to address this point: “A key limitation of our animal experiments is the fact they were performed under anesthesia, due to the complex nature of the experimental setup (i.e., simultaneous cortical imaging and electrophysiological recordings). Anesthetic agents can affect various receptors within the NVU, potentially altering neuronal activity, SEPs, CBF, and vascular responses (Aksenov et al., 2015; Lindauer et al., 1993; Masamoto & Kanno, 2012). To minimize these effects, we used ketamine-xylazine anesthesia, which unlike other anesthetics, was shown to generate robust BOLD and SEP responses to neuronal activation (Franceschini et al., 2010; Shim et al., 2018)”

      2) The stimulation protocol is prolonged and it would be helpful to know if briefer stimulations have the same effect or if longer stimulations have a greater effect ie does the leakage give a "readout" of the stimulation intensity/length.

      Thank you for this important comment. We are also very curious about the potential relationship between stimulation magnitude/duration and subsequent leakage and have added the following statement to the discussion:

      “Future studies should also explore the effects of stimulation magnitude/duration on BBB modulation, as well as the stimulation threshold between physiological and pathological increase in BBB permeability.”

      Our current findings indicate that a one-minute stimulation does not affect vascular permeability or SEP and we aim to test additional stimulation paradigms in future studies.

      3) For some of the experiments (see below), the numbers of animals are low and the statistical tests used may not be the most appropriate, making the results less clear cut.

      We appreciate this comment and have revised the statistical analysis of Figure 1J,K. We now use a nested t-test to test for differences between rats (as opposed to sections). The differences remain significant (EB, p=0.0296; Alexa, p=0.0229). The text was modified accordingly.

      4) The experimental paradigms are not entirely clear, especially the length of time of drug application and the authors seem to try to detect enhancement of a blocked SEP.

      Thank you for pointing this out. Figures 2&3 were revised for clarification and a ‘Drug Application’ subsection was added to the methods section.

      5) It is not clear how long the enhancement lasts. There is a remark that it lasts longer than 5 hours but there is no presentation of data to support this.

      Thank you for this comment. As the length of experiments differed between animals, the exact length could not be specifically stated. To clarify this point, we revised the text to indicate that LTP was recorded until the end of each experiment (between 1.5-5 hours, depending on the condition the animal was in). We also added a panel to figure 2 (Figure 2d) with exemplary data showing potentiation 60, 90, and 120 min post stimulation.

      6) The spatial and temporal specificity of this effect is unclear (other than hemispheric in rats) and even less clear in humans.

      Our animal experiments (using both in vivo imaging and histological analysis) showed no evidence of BBB modulation outside the cortical somatosensory area corresponding to the limbs. We looked at the entirety of the coronal section of the brain and found enhancement solely in the somatosensory area corresponding to limb. The right side of panels h and i in Figure 1 show an x20 magnification of the section, focusing on the enhanced area. The whole section was not shown, as no fluorescence was found outside the magnified area. Moreover, our quantification showed that the enhancement was specific to the contralateral and not ipsilateral somatosensory cortex (Figure 1 j-k).

      We agree that temporal specificity needs to be further explored, and we have now stated that in the discussion: “Future studies are needed to explore the BBB modulating effects of additional stimulation protocols – with varying durations, frequencies, and magnitudes. Such studies may also elucidate the temporal and ultrastructural characteristics that may differentiate between physiological and pathological BBB modulation.”

      We also agree that larger studies are needed to better understand the specificity of the observed effect in humans, and to account for potential inter-human variability in vascular integrity and brain function due to different schedules, diets, exercise habits, etc.

      8) The experimenters rightly use separate controls for most of the experiments but this is not always the case, also raising the possibility that the application of drugs was not done randomly or interleaved, but possibly performed in blocks of animals, which can also affect results.

      Thank you for pointing out this lack of clarity. We have now highlighted that drug application was done randomly.

      9) Methyl-beta-cyclodextrin clears cholesterol so the effect on albumin transport is not specific, it could be mediating its effect through some other pathway.

      We agree that the effect of mβCD may not be specific. To mitigate this issue, we used a very low mβCD concentration (10uM). Notably, this is markedly lower than the concentrations reported by Koudinov et al, showing that cholesterol depletion is observed at 5mM mβCD and not at 2.5mM/5mM (Koudinov & Koudinova, 2001). This point was added to the discussion.

      10) Since the breakdown of the blood-brain barrier can be inhibited by a TGF-beta inhibitor, then this implies that TGFbeta is necessary for the breakdown of the blood-brain barrier. This does not sit well with the hypothesis that TGF-beta activation depends upon blood-brain barrier leakage.

      Thank you for pointing out this lack of clarity. We have added a discussion paragraph that clarifies our hypothesis: “As mentioned above, albumin is a known activator of TGF-β signaling, and TGF-β has a well-established role in neuroplasticity. Interestingly, emerging evidence suggests that TGF-β also increases cross-BBB transcytosis (Betterton et al., 2022; Kaplan et al., 2020; McMillin et al., 2015; Schumacher et al., 2023). Hence, we propose the following two-part hypothesis for the TGF-β/BBB-mediated synaptic potentiation observed in our experiments: (1) prolonged stimulation triggers TGF-β signaling and increased caveolae-mediated transcytosis of albumin; and (2) extravasated albumin induces further TGF-β signaling, leading to synaptogenesis and additional cross-BBB transport – in a self-reinforcing positive feedback loop. Future research is needed to examine the validity of this hypothesis.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study used prolonged stimulation of a limb to examine possible plasticity in somatosensory evoked potentials induced by the stimulation. They also studied the extent that the blood-brain barrier (BBB) was opened by prolonged stimulation and whether that played a role in the plasticity. They found that there was potentiation of the amplitude and area under the curve of the evoked potential after prolonged stimulation and this was long-lasting (>5 hrs). They also implicated extravasation of serum albumin, caveolae-mediated transcytosis, and TGFb signalling, as well as neuronal activity and upregulation of PSD95. Transcriptomics was done and implicated plasticity-related genes in the changes after prolonged stimulation, but not proteins associated with the BBB or inflammation. Next, they address the application to humans using a squeeze ball task. They imaged the brain and suggested that the hand activity led to an increased permeability of the vessels, suggesting modulation of the BBB.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the paper are the novelty of the idea that stimulation of the limb can induce cortical plasticity in a normal condition, and it involves the opening of the BBB with albumin entry. In addition, there are many datasets and both rat and human data.

      Weaknesses:

      The conclusions are not compelling however because of a lack of explanation of methods and quantification. It also is not clear whether the prolonged stimulation in the rat was normal conditions. To their credit, the authors recorded the neuronal activity during stimulation, but it seemed excessive excitation. Since seizures open the BBB this result calls into question one of the conclusions. that the results reflect a normal brain. The authors could either conduct studies with stimulation that is more physiological or discuss the caveats of using a supraphysiological stimulus to infer healthy brain function.

      The conclusions are not compelling however because of a lack of explanation of methods and quantification.

      Thank you for this comment. In the revised paper, we expanded the Methods section to better describe the procedures and approaches we used for data analysis.

      It also is not clear whether the prolonged stimulation in the rat was normal conditions.

      We believe that the used stimulation protocol is within the physiological range (and relevant to plasticity, learning and memory) for the following reasons:

      1) In our continuous electrophysiological recordings, we did not observe any form of epileptiform or otherwise pathological activity.

      2) Memory/training/skill acquisition experiments in humans often involve similar training duration or longer (Bengtsson et al., 2005), e.g., a 30 min thumb training session performed by (Classen et al., 1998).

      3) The levels of SEP potentiation we observed are similar to those reported in:

      a) Rats following a 10-minute whisker stimulation (one hour post stimulation, (Mégevand et al., 2009)).

      b) Humans following a 15 min task (McGregor et al., 2016).

      This important point is now presented in the discussion.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The discussion would benefit from additional discussion of the potential impacts of sex and anesthesia in their findings.

      We agree with the reviewer and have added the following paragraph to the discussion:

      “A key limitation of our animal experiments is the fact they were performed under anesthesia, due to the complex nature of the experimental setup (i.e., simultaneous cortical imaging and electrophysiological recordings). Anesthetic agents can potentially alter neuronal activity, SEPs, CBF, and vascular responses (Aksenov et al., 2015; Lindauer et al., 1993; Masamoto & Kanno, 2012). To minimize these effects, we used ketaminexylazine anesthesia, which unlike other anesthetics, was shown to maintain robust BOLD and SEP responses to neuronal activation (Franceschini et al., 2010; Shim et al., 2018). Another limitation of our animal study is the potentially non-specific effect of mβCD – an agent that disrupts caveola transport but may also lead to cholesterol depletion (Keller & Simons, 1998). To mitigate this issue, we used a very low mβCD concentration (10uM), orders of magnitude below the concentration reported to deplete cholesterol (Koudinov et al). Lastly, our animal study is limited by the inclusion of solely male rats. While our findings in humans did not point to sex-related differences in stimulation-evoked BBB modulation, larger animals and human studies are needed to examine this question.”

      The figure text is quite small.

      Thank you for pointing this out, we revised all figures and increased font size for clarity.

      Including pharmacological concentrations within the figure legends would improve the readability of the manuscript.

      Thank you for this suggestion, the figure legends were modified accordingly.

      In methods for immunoassays the 5 groups could be more clear by stating that there are 3 timepoints for stimulation experiments. There is a typo in this section where the 24-hour post is stated twice in the same sentence.

      Thank you for pointing this out, the text was modified accordingly.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) In Figure 1, J and K seem to indicate that in these experiments the statisitics were done per slice and not per animal. This is not a reasonable approach, a repeat measure ANOVA or averaging for each animal are more appropriate statistical approaches.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. The statistical analysis for Figure 1j,k was modified. We now use a nested ttest to test for differences between rats and not sections. The differences are still significant (EB, p=0.0296; Alexa, p=0.0229). The manuscript was modified accordingly.

      2) In Figure 2, the protocol does not seem to give much idea about time course. There was a stimulation test for 1 minute before and then 1 minute after the 30-minute stimulation train. How was potentiation assessed for the next 5 hours and where are the data?

      Potentiation was assessed by repeating 1min test stim every 30 min for the duration of the experiment, we added a panel to show late potentiation, see response above.

      3) In Figure 2, there is a notable lack of controls eg the effect of sham stimulation and application of saline. These are important as the drift of response magnitude can be a problem in long experiments.

      We did test for the potential presence of response drift, by examining whether SEPs of non-stimulated animals change over time (at baseline, 30 or 60 minutes of recording; n=6). No statistical differences were found. Our analysis focused on using each animal as its own control (i.e., comparing baseline SEP to SEP post albumin perfusion), because SEP studies highlight the importance of comparing each animal to its own baseline, due to the large inter-animal variability (All et al., 2010; Mégevand et al., 2009; Zandieh et al., 2003).

      4) Figure 3 a is not clear – were the drugs applied throughout?

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have revised Figure 3 a to show that the drugs were applied for 50 min before the stimulation.

      5) In Figure 3 panel d is repeated in panel j. This needs correcting

      Thank you. This mistake was fixed.

      6) In LTP-type experiments usually the antagonist is applied during the stimulation and then washed out. This avoids the problem in this figure in which CNQX effectively blocks transmission and so it is not possible to detect any enhancement if it were there. Eg in panel e, CNQX block transmission, and then the assessment is performed when the AMPA receptors are blocked after 30 minutes of stimulation. If receptors are blocked no enhancement will be detectable. Moreover, surely the question is the ratio of the effect of 30-minute stimulation on the SEP in the presence of CNQX and so the statistics should be done on the fold change in the SEP following 30-minute stimulation in the presence of CNQX.

      Thank you. The protocol might have been misrepresented in the original figure. We modified Fig 3a to clarify that the antagonists were indeed washed out upon stimulation start to make sure the receptors are not blocked during the test stimulation following the 30 min stimulation. In addition, we tested for the difference in fold change between 30 min stim, and 30 min stimulation following antagonists wash-in (Fig 3f and Fig S2a).

      7) Interesting in Figure f, stimulation, albumin, and AP5 all seem to have the same enhancement of the SEP. Is the lack of effect of 30-minute stimulation in the presence of AP5, a ceiling effect ie AP5 has enhanced the SEP, and no further enhancement from stimulation is possible.

      This is a very interesting point that will require further research.

      8) SJN seems to block neurotransmission. What is the mechanism? The same analysis as for CNQX should be performed ie what is the fold change not compared to baseline but in the presence of SJN.

      Our quantification showed that SJN did not significantly reduce the SEP max amplitude, and we therefore did not include this graph in the figure.

      9) Please acknowledge that the effect of mbetaCD is non-specific. There is a large literature on the effects of cholesterol depletion on LTP.

      We agree that the effect of mβCD may not be specific. To mitigate this issue, we used a very low mβCD concentration (10µM). Notably, this is markedly lower than the concentrations reported by Koudinov et al, showing that cholesterol depletion is only observed at a concentration of 5mM (Koudinov & Koudinova, 2001). This point is now discussed under the discussion paragraph describing the study’s limitations.

      10) k&l seem to have used the same control in which case they should not be analysed separately (they are all part of the same experiment).

      We agree with the reviewer and have revised the figure accordingly.

      11) The difference in gene expression in Figure 4 would be more convincing if it could be prevented by for example a TGFbeta inhibitor.

      We agree and acknowledge the impact such experiments could provide. We plan to incorporate these experiments into our future studies.

      12) Figure 5 seems to indicate bilateral and widespread BBB modulation arguing that this may be a non-specific effect. Panel g should look at other neocortical regions eg occipital cortex.

      We agree and thank the reviewer for this comment. We revised the figure to include other cortical areas, such as the frontal and occipital cortices (Figure 5g)

      Minor comments

      1) Paired data eg in Fig 2D are better represented by pairing the dots usually with a line.

      2) Please correct the %fold baseline in axes in graphs which show % change for baseline.

      3) Figure 4 is not correctly referred to in the text.

      We agree with all the points raised by the reviewer and revised the figures and text accordingly.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The conclusions are not compelling however because of a lack of explanation of methods and quantification. It also is not clear whether the prolonged stimulation in the rat was normal conditions. To their credit, the authors recorded the neuronal activity during stimulation, but it seemed excessive excitation. Since seizures open the BBB this result calls into question one of the conclusions. that the results reflect a normal brain. The authors could either conduct studies with stimulation that is more physiological or discuss the caveats of using a supraphysiological stimulus to infer healthy brain function.

      Major concerns:

      Methods need more explanation. Rationales need more justification. Examples are provided below.

      Throughout many sections of the paper, sample sizes and stats are often missing. For stats, please provide p-values and other information (tcrit, U statistic, F, etc.)

      Thank you, we added the relevant information where it was missing throughout the manuscript.

      For transcriptomics, they might have found changes in BBB-related genes if they assayed vessels but they assayed the cortex.

      We agree with the reviewer that this would be a very interesting future direction. The present study could not include this kind of analysis due to lack of access to vasculature isolation methods or single-cell RNA seq.

      What were the inclusion/exclusion criteria for the subjects?

      Thank you for pointing out this lack of clarity. The methods section (under ‘Magnetic Resonance Imaging’ – ‘Participants’) was expanded to include the following:

      “Male and female healthy individuals, aged 18-35, with no known neurological or psychiatric disorders were recruited to undergo MRI scanning while performing a motor task (n=6; 3 males and 3 females). MRI scans of 10 sex- and age- matched individuals (with no known neurological or psychiatric disorders) who did not perform the task were used as control data (n=10; 5 males and 5 females.

      Were they age and sex-matched?

      They were, indeed, age and sex-matched. This was now clarified in the relevant Methods section.

      Were there other factors that could have influenced the results?

      Certainly. Human subjects are difficult to control for due to different schedules, diets, exercise habits, and other factors that may impact vascular integrity and brain function. Larger multimodal studies are needed to better understand the observed phenomenon.

      Fig. 1. Images are very dim. Text here and in other figures is often too small to see. Some parts of the figures are not explained.

      Our apologies. Figures and legends were revised accordingly.

      Fig 2a, f. I don't see much difference here- do the authors think there was?

      We agree that the difference may not be visually obvious. The quantification of trace parameters (amplitude and area under curve) does, however, reveal a significant SEP difference in response to both stimulation (panels X and y) and albumin (panels z and q).

      Fig 3 d and j seem the same.

      We thank the reviewer for noticing. This was a copy mistake that was now rectified.

      Lesser concerns and examples of text that need explana9on:

      Introduction

      Insulin-like growth factor is transported. From where to where?

      The text was edited to clarify that this was cross-BBB influx of insulin-like growth factor-I.

      RMT that underlies the transport of plasma proteins was induced by physiological or non-physiological stimulation.

      This was shown without stimulation, in normal physiology of young and aged healthy mice. The text was edited to clarify this point.

      What was the circadian modulation that was shown to implicate BBB in brain function?

      The text was edited for clarity.

      Results

      When the word stimulation is used please be specific if whiskers are moved by an experimenter, an electrode is used to apply current, etc.

      We have now moved the ‘Stimulation protocol’ section closer to beginning of the Methods and emphasized that we administered electrical stimulation to the forepaw or hindlimb using subdermal needle electrodes.

      Please explain how the authors are convinced they localized the vascular response.

      The vascular response was localized via: (1) visual detection of arterioles that dilated in response to stimulation (due to functional hyperemia / neurovascular coupling) [figure 1 d]; and (2) quantitative mapping of increased hemoglobin concentration (Bouchard et al., 2009) [Figure 1 b]. This is now mentioned in the methods (under ‘In vivo imaging’) and results (under the ‘Stimulation increases BBB permeability’).

      "30 min of limb stimulation" means what exactly? 6 Hz 2mA for 30 min?

      Thank you. The text was revised for clarity (Methods under ‘Stimulation protocol’):

      “The left forelimb or hind limb of the rat was stimulated using Isolated Scmulator device (AD Instruments) attached with two subdermal needle electrodes (0.1 ms square pulses, 2-3 mA) at 6 Hz frequency. Test stimulation consisted of 360 pulses (60 s) and delivered before (as baseline) and after long-duration stimulation (30 min, referred throughout the text as ‘stimulation’). In control and albumin rats, only short-duration stimulations were performed. Under sham stimulation, electrodes were placed without delivering current.”

      Histology that was performed to confirm extravasation needs clarification because if tissue was removed from the brain, and fixed in order to do histology, what is outside the vessels would seem likely to wash away.

      Thank you for pointing out the need to clarify this point. The Histology description in the Methods section was revised in the following manner:

      “Albumin extravasacon was confirmed histologically in separate cohorts of rats that were anesthetized and stimulated without craniotomy surgery. Assessment of albumin extravasacon was performed using a well-established approach that involves peripheral injection of either labeled-albumin (bovine serum albumin conjugated to Alexa Flour 488, Alexa488-Alb) or albumin-labeling dye (Evans blue, EB – a dye that binds to endogenous albumin and forms a fluorescent complex), followed by histological analysis of brain tissue (Ahishali & Kaya, 2020; Ivens et al., 2007; Lapilover et al., 2012; Obermeier et al., 2013; Veksler et al., 2020). Since extravasated albumin is taken up by astrocytes (Ivens et al., 2007; Obermeier et al., 2013), it can be visualized in the brain neuropil after brain removal and fixation (Ahishali & Kaya, 2020; Ivens et al., 2007; Lapilover et al., 2012; Veksler et al., 2020). Five rats were injected with Alexa488-Alb (1.7 mg/ml) and five with EB (2%, 20 mg/ml, n=5). The injections were administered via the tail vein. Following injection, rats were transcardially perfused with…”

      It is not clear why there was extravasacon contralateral but not ipsilateral if there are cortical-cortical connections.

      Interpersonally, we also did not observe ipsilateral SEP in response to limb stimulation, with evidence of SEP and BBB permeability only in the contralateral sensorimotor region. This finding is consistent with electrophysiological and fMRI studies showing that peripheral stimulation results in predominantly contralateral potentials (Allison et al., 2000; Goff et al., 1962).

      After injection of Evans blue or Alexa-Alb, how was it shown that there was extravasacon?

      Extravasalon in cortical sections was visualized using a fluorescent microscope (Figure 1 h-i). Since extravasated albumin is taken up by astrocytes, fluorescent imaging can be used for visualizing and quantifying labeled albumin (Ahishali & Kaya, 2020; Ivens et al., 2007; Knowland et al., 2014). Here is the relevant methods excerpt:

      “Coronal sections (40-μm thick) were obtained using a freezing microtome (Leica Biosystems) and imaged for dye extravasacon using a fluorescence microscope (Axioskop 2; Zeiss) equipped with a CCD digital camera (AxioCam MRc 5; Zeiss).”

      How is a sham control not stimulated - what is the sham procedure?

      In the sham stimulation protocol electrodes were placed, but current was not delivered. A section titled ‘Stimulation protocol’ was added to the methods to clarify this point.

      What was the method for photothrombosis-induced ischemia?

      The procedure for photothrombosis-induced ischemia is described under the Methods section ‘Immunoassays’ – ‘Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) for albumin extravasalon’:

      “Rats were anesthetilzed and underwent … photothrombosis stroke (PT) as previously described (Lippmann et al., 2017; Schoknecht et al., 2014). Briefly, Rose Bengal was administered intravenously (20 mg/kg) and a halogen light beam was directed for 15 min onto the intact exposed skull over the right somatosensory cortex.”

      Fig 1d. All parts of d are not explained.

      Thank you for pointing this out. In the revised manuscript, the panels of this figure were slightly reordered, and we made sure all panels are explained in the legend.

      e. Is the LFP a seizure? How physiological is this- it does not seem very physiological.

      Thank you for your comment. We believe that this activity is not a seizure because it lacks the typical slow activity that corresponds to the “depolarizalon shir” observed during seizures (Ivens et al., 2007; Milikovsky et al., 2019; Zelig et al., 2022).

      f. Permeability index needs explanation. How was the area chosen for each rat? Randomly? Was it the same across rats?

      We have now revised the Methods section to provide a clearer description of the permeability index calculation and the choice of the imaging area:

      “Across all experiments, acquired images were the same size (512 × 512 pixel, ~1x1 mm), centered above the responding arteriole. Images were analyzed offline using MATLAB as described (Vazana et al., 2016). Briefly, image registration and segmentation were performed to produce a binary image, separating blood vessels from extravascular regions. For each extravascular pixel, a time curve of signal intensity over time was constructed. To determine whether an extravascular pixel had tracer accumulation over time (due to BBB permeability), the pixel’s intensity curve was divided by that of the responding artery (i.e., the arterial input function, AIF, representing tracer input). This ratio was termed the BBB permeability index (PI), and extravascular pixels with PI > 1 were identified as pixels with tracer accumulation due to BBB permeability.”

      g. For Evans blue and Alexa-Alb was the sample size rats or sections?

      Thank you for this question. We revised the statistical analysis for Figure 1j,k to appropriately asses the differences between rats. We used a nested t-test to test for differences between rats (and not sections). The differences remained significant (EB, p=0.0296; Alexa, p=0.0229) and the text was modified accordingly.

      h, i, j need more contrast and/or brightness to appreciate the images. Arrows would help. The text is too small to read.

      Thank you. This issue was addressed in the revised paper.

      To induce potentiation, 6 Hz 2 mA stimuli were used for 30 min. Please justify this as physiological.

      Thank you for the comment. We believe that the used stimulation protocol is within the physiological range (and relevant to plasticity, learning and memory) for the following reasons:

      1. In our continuous electrophysiological recordings, we did not observe any form of epileptiform or otherwise pathological activity.

      2. Memory/training/skill acquisition experiments in humans often involve similar training duration or longer (Bengtsson et al., 2005), e.g., a 30 min thumb training session performed by (Classen et al., 1998).

      3. The levels of SEP potentiation we observed are similar to those reported in:

      a. Rats following a 10-minute whisker stimulation (one hour post stimulation, (Mégevand et al., 2009)).

      b. Humans following a 15 min task (McGregor et al., 2016).

      We have revised the Discussion of the paper to clarify this important point.

      The test stimulus to evoke somatosensory evoked potentials was 1 min. Was this 6 Hz 2 mA for 1 min? Please justify.

      Yes. We chose these parameters as these ranges were shown to induce the largest changes in blood flow (with laserdoppler flowmetry) and summated SEP (Ngai et al., 1999), corresponding with our findings. We also show that these stimulation parameters do not induce changes in BBB permeability nor synaptic potentiation, therefore served as test control.

      How long after the 30 min was the test stimulus triggered- immediately? 30 sec afterwards?

      The test stimulus was applied 5 min afterwards to allow for BBB imaging protocol (now explained in the Methods section).

      How were amplitude and AUC measured? Baseline to peak? For AUC is it the sum of the upward and downward deflections comprising the LFP?

      Yes, and yes. This is now clarified in the ‘Analysis of electrophysiological recordings’ section in the Methods.

      How was the same site in the somatosensory cortex recorded for each animal?<br /> Potentiation was said to last >5 hrs. How often was it measured? Was potentiation the same for the amplitude and the AUC?

      The location of the cranial window over the somatosensory cortex was the same in all rats. The location of the specific responding arteriole may change between animals, but the recording electrode was places around the responding arteriole in the same approaching angle and depth for all animals.

      As the length of experiments differed between animals, the exact length could not be specifically stated. We therefore revised the text to clarify that LTP was recorded until the end of each experiment (depending on the animal condition, between 1.5-5 hours) and added a panel to figure 2 (Figure 2f) with exemplary data showing potentiation 120 min (2hr) post stimulation.

      Why was 25% of the serum level of albumin selected- does the brain ever get exposed to that much? Was albumin dissolved in aCSF or was aCSF chosen as a control for another reason?

      Yes, albumin was dissolved in aCSF and the solution was allowed to diffuse through the brain. The relatively high concentration of albumin was chosen to account for factors that lower its effective tissue concentration:

      1. The low diffusion rate of albumin (Tao & Nicholson, 1996).

      2. The likelihood of albumin to encounter a degradation site or a cross-BBB efflux transporter (Tao & Nicholson, 1996; Zhang & Pardridge, 2001).

      Figure 2.

      a. Please show baseline, the stimulus, and aftier the stimulus.

      Please point out when there was stimulacon.

      What is the inset at the top?

      The inset on top is the example trace of the stimulus waveform, the legend of the figure was modified for clarity.

      b. Please show when the stimulus artifact occurred. The end of the 1-minute test stimulus period is fine. Why are the SEPs different morphologies? It suggests the different locations in the cortex were recorded.

      What is shown is the averaged SEP response over 1min test stimulus, each SEP is time locked to each stimulus. Regarding SEP waveform, it does indeed show different morphology between animals, as sometimes different arterioles respond to the stimulation, and we localize the recording to the responding vessel in each rat. However, in each rat the recording is only from one location. Once the electrode was positioned near the responding arteriole it was not moved.

      d, e. What are the stats?

      h, i. Add stats. Are all comparisons Wilcoxon? Please provide p values.

      The comparisons were performed with the Wilcoxon test. We now state that and provide the exact p values.

      j. What was selected from the baseline and what was selected during Albumin and how long of a record was selected?

      What program was used to create the spectrogram?

      What is meant by changes at frequencies above 200 Hz, the frequencies of HFOs?

      The Method section (under ‘Electrophysiology – Data acquisition and analyses’) has been revised for clarification. Spectrogram was created with MATLAB and graphed with Prism. For analysis, we selected a 10 min recorded segment before starting albumin perfusion, and 10 min after terminating albumin perfusion.

      When the cortial window was exposed to drugs, what were concentrations used that were selective for their receptor? How long was the exposure?

      Was the vehicle tested?

      We have revised the Methods section (under ‘Animal preparation and surgical procedures - Drug application’) to clarify the duration and concentration used and justification. All blockers were exposed for 50 min. The vehicle was an artificial cerebrospinal fluid solution (aCSF).

      For PSD-95, what was the area of the cortex that was tested?

      Were animals acutely euthanized and the brain dissected, frozen, etc?

      We have revised the Methods section (under ‘Immunoassays’) for clarity.

      What is mbetaCD?

      The full term was added to the results section. It is also mentioned in the Methods.

      Is SJN specific at the concentration that was chosen? Did it inhibit the SEP?

      In the concentration used in our experiments, SJN is a selective TGF-β type I receptor ALK5 inhibitor (see (Gellibert et al., 2004)).

      Fig. 3b. It looks like CNQX increased the width of the vessels quite a bit. Please explain.

      For AP5, very large vessels were imaged, making it hard to compare to the other data.

      The vascular dilation in response to the stimulation under CNQX was similar to that seen under “normal” conditions (i.e. aCSF). As for AP5, in some experiments the responding arteriole was in close proximity to a large venule that cannot be avoidable while imaging. For quantification we always measured arterioles within the same diameter range.

      e. Sometimes CNQX did not block the response after 30 min stimulation. Why?

      CNQX is washed out before the 30 min stimulation starts, so it is not expected to block the response to stimulation. However, in some cases the response to stimulation was lower in amplitude, likely due to residual CNQX that did not wash out completely.

      Regarding DEGs, on the top of p 10 what are the percentages of?

      In this analysis we tested in each hemisphere how many genes expressed differentially between 1 and 24 hours post stimulation (either up- or down- regulated). The results were presented as the percentages of differentially expressed genes in each hemisphere (13.2% contralateral, and 7.3% ipsilateral). The text was rephrased for clarity.

      Please add a ref for the use of the JSD metric methods and support for its use as the appropriate method. Other methods need explanation/references.

      References were added to the text to clarify. The Jensen-Shannon Divergence metric is commonly used to calculate the statistical pairwise distance among two distributions (Sudmant et al., 2015). From comparing a few different distance metric calculations including JSD, our results were similar irrespective of the distance metric applied. Therefore, we demonstrate the variability between paired samples of stimulated and non-stimulated cortex of each animal at two time points following stimulation (24 h vs. 1 h) using JSD.

      What synaptic plasticity genes were selected for assay and what were not?

      What does "largely unaffected" mean? Some of the genes may change a small amount but have big functional effects.

      The selected genes of interest were taken from a large list compiled from previous publications (see (Cacheaux et al., 2009; Kim et al., 2017)) and are well documented in gene ontology databases and tools (e.g., Metascape, (Zhou et al., 2019)).

      We agree that the term ‘largely unaffected’ is suboptimal, and we rephrased this section of the results to indicate that “No significant differences were found in BBB or inflammation related genes between the hemispheres”. We also agree that a small number of genes can have big functional effects. Future studies are needed to better understand the genes underlying the observed BBB modulation.

      Please note that Slc and ABCs are not only involved in the BBB.

      Thank you. We modified the text to no longer specify that these are BBB-specific transporters.

      Please explain the choice of the stress ball squeeze task, and DCE.

      DCE is a well-established method for BBB imaging in living humans, and it is cited throughout the manuscript. The ball squeeze task was chosen as it is presumed to involve primarily sensory motor areas, without high-level processing (Halder et al., 2005). This is now stated in the discussion.

      What is Gd-DOTA?

      Gd-DOTA is a gadolinium-based contrast agent (gadoterate meglumine, AKA Dotarem). Text was revised for clarity. Please see the Methods section under ‘Magnetic Resonance Imaging’ - ‘Data Acquisition’.

      What does a higher percentage of activated regions mean- how was activacon defined and how were regions counted?

      Higher percentage of activated regions refers to regions in which voxels showed significant BOLD changes due to the motor task preformed. The statistical approaches and analyses are detailed in the Methods section under ‘Magnetic Resonance Imaging - Preprocessing of functional data, and fMRI Localizer Motor Task’.

      Figure. 4

      Was stimulation 1 min or 30 min.?

      30 min, Text has been revised for clarity.

      What is the Wald test and how were p values adjusted-please add to the Stats section.

      The Methods section under ‘Statistical analysis’ was revised to clarify this point.

      Is there a reason why p values are sometimes circles and otherwise triangles?

      The legend was revised to explain that ”Circles represent genes with no significant differences between 1 and 24 h poststimulation. Upward and downward triangles indicate significantly up- and down- regulated genes, respectively.”

      How can a p-value be zero? Please explain abbreviations.

      The p-value is very low (~10-10) and therefore appears to be zero due to the scale of the y-axis.

      Fig. 5b.

      There are unexplained abbreviations.

      The x on the ball and hand is not clear relative to the black ball and hand.

      Thank you for noticing. We revised the figure for clarity.

      c. What was the method used to make an activator map and what is meant by localizer task?

      The explanation of the “fMRI Localizer Motor Task” section in the methods was revised for added clarity.

      f. What is the measurement "% area" that indicates " BBB modulation"?

      Is it in f, the BBB permeable vessels (%)? f. Please explain: "Heatmap of BBB modulated voxels percentage in motor/sensory-related areas of task vs. controls."

      The %area measurement indicates the percentage of voxels within a specific brain region that have a leaky BBB. See Methods.

      Is Task - the control?

      Yes.

      Supplemental Fig. 2.

      Why is AUC measured, not amplitude?

      The amplitude, and now also the AUC are shown in Figure 3.

      b. There is no comparison to baseline. The arrowhead points to the start of stimulation but there is no arrowhead marking the end.

      In the revised paper we added a grey shade over the stimulation period to better visualize the difference to baseline. In this panel we wanted to show that NMDA receptor antagonist did not block the SEP, while AMPA receptor antagonist did.

      c. In the blot there are two bands for PSD95- which is the one that is PSD95? There is no increase in PSD95 uncl 24 hrs but in the graph in d there is. In the blot, there is a strong expression of PSD95 ipsilateral compared to contralateral in the sham-why?

      What is the percent change fold?

      The PSD-95 is the top and larger band. The lower band was disregarded in the analysis. The example we show may not fully reflect the group statistics presented in panel d. Upon quantification of 8 animals, PSD-95 is significantly higher 30 min and 24 hours post stimulation in the contralateral hemisphere. No significant changes were found in sham animals. The % change fold refers to the AUC change compared to baseline. This panel was now incorporated in Figure 3 (panel h), and the title was corrected to “|AUC|, % change from baseline”.

      Supplemental Fig. 4.

      a. If ipsilateral and contralateral showed many changes why do the authors think the effects were only contralateral?

      Our gene analysis was designed to complement our in vivo and histological findings, by assessing the magnitude of change in differentially expressed genes (DEGs). This analysis showed that: (1) the hemisphere contralateral to the stimulus has significantly more DEGs than the ipsilateral hemisphere; and (2) the DEGs were related to synaptic plasticity and TGF-b signaling. These findings strengthen the hypothesis raised by our in vivo and histological experiments.

      Supplemental Fig. 5 includes many processes not in the results. Examples include dorsal cuneate and VPL, dynamin, Kir, mGluR, etc. The top right has numbers that are not mentioned. If the drawings are from other papers they should be cited.

      The drawings of Figure 5 are original and were not published before. This hypothesis figure points to mechanisms that may drive the phenomena described in the paper. The legend of the figure was revised to include references to mechanisms that were not tested in this study.

      Papers referenced in this letter:

      Ahishali, B., & Kaya, M. (2020). Evaluation of Blood-Brain Barrier Integrity Using Vascular Permeability Markers: Evans Blue, Sodium Fluorescein, Albumin-Alexa Fluor Conjugates, and Horseradish Peroxidase. Methods in Molecular Biology, 2367, 87–103. https://doi.org/10.1007/7651_2020_316

      Aksenov, D. P., Li, L., Miller, M. J., Iordanescu, G., & Wyrwicz, A. M. (2015). Effects of anesthesia on BOLD signal and neuronal activity in the somatosensory cortex. Journal of Cerebral Blood Flow and Metabolism, 35(11), 1819–1826. https://doi.org/10.1038/jcbfm.2015.130

      All, A. H., Agrawal, G., Walczak, P., Maybhate, A., Bulte, J. W. M., & Kerr, D. A. (2010). Evoked potential and behavioral outcomes for experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis in Lewis rats. Neurological Sciences, 31(5), 595–601. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10072-010-0329-y

      Allison, J. D., Meador, K. J., Loring, D. W., Figueroa, R. E., & Wright, J. C. (2000). Functional MRI cerebral activation and deactivation during finger movement. Neurology, 54(1), 135–142. https://doi.org/10.1212/wnl.54.1.135

      Bengtsson, S. L., Nagy, Z., Skare, S., Forsman, L., Forssberg, H., & Ullén, F. (2005). Extensive piano practicing has regionally specific effects on white matter development. Nature Neuroscience, 8(9), 1148–1150. https://doi.org/10.1038/nn1516

      Betterton, R. D., Abdullahi, W., Williams, E. I., Lochhead, J. J., Brzica, H., Stanton, J., Reddell, E., Ogbonnaya, C., Davis, T. P., & Ronaldson, P. T. (2022). Regula/on of Blood-Brain Barrier Transporters by Transforming Growth Factor-β/Activin Receptor-Like Kinase 1 Signaling: Relevance to the Brain Disposition of 3-Hydroxy-3-Methylglutaryl Coenzyme A Reductase Inhibitors (i.e., Sta/ns). Drug Metabolism and Disposition, 50(7), 942–956. https://doi.org/10.1124/dmd.121.000781

      Bouchard, M. B., Chen, B. R., Burgess, S. A., & Hillman, E. M. C. (2009). Ultra-fast multispectral optical imaging of cortical oxygenation, blood flow, and intracellular calcium dynamics. Optics Express, 17(18), 15670. https://doi.org/10.1364/oe.17.015670

      Cacheaux, L. P., Ivens, S., David, Y., Lakhter, A. J., Bar-Klein, G., Shapira, M., Heinemann, U., Friedman, A., & Kaufer, D. (2009). Transcriptome profiling reveals TGF-β signaling involvement in epileptogenesis. Journal of Neuroscience, 29(28), 8927–8935. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.0430-09.2009

      Classen, J., Liepert, J., Wise, S. P., Hallett, M., & Cohen, L. G. (1998). Rapid plasticity of human cortical movement representation induced by practice. Journal of Neurophysiology, 79(2), 1117–1123. https://doi.org/10.1152/JN.1998.79.2.1117/ASSET/IMAGES/LARGE/JNP.JA47F4.JPEG

      Franceschini, M. A., Radhakrishnan, H., Thakur, K., Wu, W., Ruvinskaya, S., Carp, S., & Boas, D. A. (2010). The effect of different anesthetics on neurovascular coupling. NeuroImage, 51(4), 1367–1377. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2010.03.060

      Gellibert, F., Woolven, J., Fouchet, M. H., Mathews, N., Goodland, H., Lovegrove, V., Laroze, A., Nguyen, V. L., Sautet, S., Wang, R., Janson, C., Smith, W., Krysa, G., Boullay, V., De Gouville, A. C., Huet, S., & Hartley, D. (2004). Identification of 1,5-naphthyridine derivatives as a novel series of potent and selective TGF-β type I receptor inhibitors. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 47(18), 4494–4506. https://doi.org/10.1021/jm0400247

      Goff, W. R., Rosner, B. S., & Allison, T. (1962). Distribution of cerebral somatosensory evoked responses in normal man. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 14(5), 697–713. https://doi.org/10.1016/0013-4694(62)90084-6

      Halder, P., Sterr, A., Brem, S., Bucher, K., Kollias, S., & Brandeis, D. (2005). Electrophysiological evidence for cortical plasticity with movement repetition. European Journal of Neuroscience, 21(8), 2271–2277. https://doi.org/10.1111/J.1460-9568.2005.04045.X

      Ivens, S., Kaufer, D., Flores, L. P., Bechmann, I., Zumsteg, D., Tomkins, O., Seiffert, E., Heinemann, U., & Friedman, A. (2007). TGF-β receptor-mediated albumin uptake into astrocytes is involved in neocortical epileptogenesis. Brain, 130(2), 535–547. https://doi.org/10.1093/brain/awl317

      Kaplan, L., Chow, B. W., & Gu, C. (2020). Neuronal regulation of the blood–brain barrier and neurovascular coupling. In Nature Reviews Neuroscience (Vol. 21, Issue 8, pp. 416–432). Nature Research. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41583-020-0322-2

      Keller, P., & Simons, K. (1998). Cholesterol is required for surface transport of influenza virus hemagglutinin. Journal of Cell Biology, 140(6), 1357–1367. https://doi.org/10.1083/jcb.140.6.1357

      Kim, S. Y., Senatorov, V. V., Morrissey, C. S., Lippmann, K., Vazquez, O., Milikovsky, D. Z., Gu, F., Parada, I., Prince, D. A., Becker, A. J., Heinemann, U., Friedman, A., & Kaufer, D. (2017). TGFβ signaling is associated with changes in inflammatory gene expression and perineuronal net degradation around inhibitory neurons following various neurological insults. Scientific Reports, 7(1), 7711. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-017-07394-3

      Knowland, D., Arac, A., Sekiguchi, K. J., Hsu, M., Lutz, S. E., Perrino, J., Steinberg, G. K., Barres, B. A., Nimmerjahn, A., & Agalliu, D. (2014). Stepwise Recruitment of Transcellular and Paracellular Pathways Underlies Blood-Brain Barrier Breakdown in Stroke. Neuron, 82(3), 603–617. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2014.03.003

      Koudinov, A. R., & Koudinova, N. V. (2001). Essen/al role for cholesterol in synaptic plasticity and neuronal degeneration. The FASEB Journal, 15(10), 1858–1860. https://doi.org/10.1096/r.00-0815re

      Lapilover, E. G., Lippmann, K., Salar, S., Maslarova, A., Dreier, J. P., Heinemann, U., & Friedman, A. (2012). Periinfarct blood-brain barrier dysfunction facilitates induction of spreading depolarization associated with epileptiform discharges. Neurobiology of Disease, 48(3), 495–506. htttts://doi.org/10.1016/j.nbd.2012.06.024

      Lindauer, U., Villringer, A., & Dirnagl, U. (1993). Characterization of CBF response to somatosensory stimulation: Model and influence of anesthetics. American Journal of Physiology - Heart and Circulatory Physiology, 264(4 33-4), 223–1228. https://doi.org/10.1152/ajpheart.1993.264.4.h1223

      Lippmann, K., Kamintsky, L., Kim, S. Y., Lublinsky, S., Prager, O., Nichtweiss, J. F., Salar, S., Kaufer, D., Heinemann, U., & Friedman, A. (2017). Epileptiform activity and spreading depolarization in the bloodbrain barrier-disrupted peri-infarct hippocampus are associated with impaired GABAergic inhibition and synaptic plasticity. Journal of Cerebral Blood Flow and Metabolism, 37(5), 1803–1819. https://doi.org/10.1177/0271678X16652631

      Masamoto, K., & Kanno, I. (2012). Anesthesia and the quantitative evaluation of neurovascular coupling. In Journal of Cerebral Blood Flow and Metabolism (Vol. 32, Issue 7, pp. 1233–1247). SAGE PublicationsSage UK: London, England. https://doi.org/10.1038/jcbfm.2012.50

      McGregor, H. R., Cashaback, J. G. A., & Gribble, P. L. (2016). Functional Plasticity in Somatosensory Cortex Supports Motor Learning by Observing. Current Biology, 26(7), 921–927. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cub.2016.01.064

      McMillin, M. A., Frampton, G. A., Seiwell, A. P., Patel, N. S., Jacobs, A. N., & DeMorrow, S. (2015). TGFβ1 exacerbates blood-brain barrier permeability in a mouse model of hepatic encephalopathy via upregulation of MMP9 and downregulation of claudin-5. Laboratory Investigation, 95(8), 903–913. https://doi.org/10.1038/labinvest.2015.70

      Mégevand, P., Troncoso, E., Quairiaux, C., Muller, D., Michel, C. M., & Kiss, J. Z. (2009). Long-term plasticity in mouse sensorimotor circuits after rhythmic whisker stimulation. Journal of Neuroscience, 29(16), 5326– 5335. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.5965-08.2009

      Milikovsky, D. Z., Ofer, J., Senatorov, V. V., Friedman, A. R., Prager, O., Sheintuch, L., Elazari, N., Veksler, R., Zelig, D., Weissberg, I., Bar-Klein, G., Swissa, E., Hanael, E., Ben-Arie, G., Schefenbauer, O., Kamintsky, L., Saar-Ashkenazy, R., Shelef, I., Shamir, M. H., … Friedman, A. (2019). Paroxysmal slow cortical activity in Alzheimer’s disease and epilepsy is associated with blood-brain barrier dysfunction. Science Translational Medicine, 11(521), eaaw8954–eaaw8954. https://doi.org/10.1126/scitranslmed.aaw8954

      Ngai, A. C., Jolley, M. A., D’Ambrosio, R., Meno, J. R., & Winn, H. R. (1999). Frequency-dependent changes in cerebral blood flow and evoked potentials during somatosensory stimulation in the rat. Brain Research, 837(1–2), 221–228. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0006-8993(99)01649-2

      Obermeier, B., Daneman, R., & Ransohoff, R. M. (2013). Development, maintenance and disruption of the blood-brain barrier. In Nature Medicine (Vol. 19, Issue 12, pp. 1584–1596). Nature Publishing Group. https://doi.org/10.1038/nm.3407

      Schoknecht, K., Prager, O., Vazana, U., Kamintsky, L., Harhausen, D., Zille, M., Figge, L., Chassidim, Y., Schellenberger, E., Kovács, R., Heinemann, U., & Friedman, A. (2014). Monitoring stroke progression: In vivo imaging of cortical perfusion, blood-brain barrier permeability and cellular damage in the rat photothrombosis model. Journal of Cerebral Blood Flow and Metabolism, 34(11), 1791–1801. https://doi.org/10.1038/jcbfm.2014.147

      Schumacher, L., Slimani, R., Zizmare, L., Ehlers, J., Kleine Borgmann, F., Fitzgerald, J. C., Fallier-Becker, P., Beckmann, A., Grißmer, A., Meier, C., El-Ayoubi, A., Devraj, K., Mittelbronn, M., Trautwein, C., & Naumann, U. (2023). TGF-Beta Modulates the Integrity of the Blood Brain Barrier In Vitro, and Is Associated with Metabolic Alterations in Pericytes. Biomedicines, 11(1), 1–19. https://doi.org/10.3390/biomedicines11010214

      Shim, H. J., Jung, W. B., Schlegel, F., Lee, J., Kim, S., Lee, J., & Kim, S. G. (2018). Mouse fMRI under ketamine and xylazine anesthesia: Robust contralateral somatosensory cortex ac/va/on in response to forepaw stimulation. NeuroImage, 177, 30–44. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.NEUROIMAGE.2018.04.062

      Sudmant, P. H., Alexis, M. S., & Burge, C. B. (2015). Meta-analysis of RNA-seq expression data across species, tissues and studies. Genome Biology, 16(1), 287. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13059-015-0853-4

      Tao, L., & Nicholson, C. (1996). Diffusion of albumins in rat cortical slices and relevance to volume transmission. Neuroscience, 75(3), 839–847. https://doi.org/10.1016/0306-4522(96)00303-X

      Vazana, U., Veksler, R., Pell, G. S., Prager, O., Fassler, M., Chassidim, Y., Roth, Y., Shahar, H., Zangen, A., Raccah, R., Onesti, E., Ceccanti, M., Colonnese, C., Santoro, A., Salvati, M., D’Elia, A., Nucciarelli, V., Inghilleri, M., & Friedman, A. (2016). Glutamate-mediated blood–brain barrier opening: Implications for neuroprotection and drug delivery. Journal of Neuroscience, 36(29), 7727–7739. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.0587-16.2016

      Veksler, R., Vazana, U., Serlin, Y., Prager, O., Ofer, J., Shemen, N., Fisher, A. M., Minaeva, O., Hua, N., SaarAshkenazy, R., Benou, I., Riklin-Raviv, T., Parker, E., Mumby, G., Kamintsky, L., Beyea, S., Bowen, C. V., Shelef, I., O’Keeffe, E., … Friedman, A. (2020). Slow blood-to-brain transport underlies enduring barrier dysfunction in American football players. Brain, 143(6), 1826–1842. https://doi.org/10.1093/brain/awaa140

      Zandieh, S., Hopf, R., Redl, H., & Schlag, M. G. (2003). The effect of ketamine/xylazine anesthesia on sensory and motor evoked potentials in the rat. Spinal Cord, 41(1), 16–22. https://doi.org/10.1038/sj.sc.3101400

      Zelig, D., Goldberg, I., Shor, O., Ben Dor, S., Yaniv-Rosenfeld, A., Milikovsky, D. Z., Ofer, J., Imtiaz, H., Friedman, A., & Benninger, F. (2022). Paroxysmal slow wave events predict epilepsy following a first seizure. Epilepsia, 63(1), 190–198. https://doi.org/10.1111/epi.17110

      Zhang, Y., & Pardridge, W. M. (2001). Mediated efflux of IgG molecules from brain to blood across the blood– brain barrier. Journal of Neuroimmunology, 114(1–2), 168–172. https://doi.org/10.1016/S01655728(01)00242-9

      Zhou, Y., Zhou, B., Pache, L., Chang, M., Khodabakhshi, A. H., Tanaseichuk, O., Benner, C., & Chanda, S. K. (2019). Metascape provides a biologist-oriented resource for the analysis of systems-level datasets. Nature Communications, 10(1), 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-019-09234-6

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This study presents a valuable finding for the treatment of PCCs by sequencing 16 tumor specimens from five patients with pheochromocytomas by single-cell transcriptomics and proposing a new molecular classification criterion based on the sequencing results and characterization of tumor microenvironmental features. The evidence supporting the claims of the authors is solid, although the inclusion of more patient samples would strengthen the study's conclusions. The work will be of interest to clinicians or medical biologists working on rare pheochromocytomas (PCCs).

      Firstly, we sincerely appreciate the positive feedback from the editor and extend our gratitude to the three reviewers for their meticulous review and valuable comments. Our detailed responses to each recommendation are outlined below.

      Response to reviewers’ recommendations

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for The Authors):

      1) Transcriptomal clonal dynamics of different PCCs is well written. However for conclusion sample size needs to be more.

      Acknowledging the rarity of PCCs with an incidence of approximately 0.2 to 0.6 cases per 100,000 person-years (Farrugia & Charalampopoulos, 2019; Neumann et al, 2019), our study recognizes the limitation in sample size, as discussed in the limitations section (Page 22). In response to this concern, we are committed to undertaking further research with an expanded sample size to bolster the robustness of our conclusions, seeking a more comprehensive understanding of tumor microenvironment characterization and molecular classification in PCCs. We appreciate the valuable guidance provided by the reviewer.

      2) Clinical, biochemistry data of 5 cases can be analysed. Any findings in different categories as per postulated classification can be noted for further studies. Example: epinephrine levels

      We have now included the clinical information of 5 PCC patients, encompassing signs and symptoms, the tumor size, and laboratory test results in the revised manuscript as Supplemental Table S3 (Page 11-12). Notably, our analysis revealed that the kinase-type PCC patient (P4) exhibited higher blood pressures and plasma levels of catecholamine metabolites (3-methoxytyramine and normetanephrine) compared to metabolism-type PCC patients (P1-P3, and P5). This observation aligns with the elevated expression of phenylethanolamine N-methyltransferase (PNMT), an enzyme involved in the biosynthesis of catecholamine and linked to hypertension, in P4, as identified in the scRNA-seq data (Figure 4B and 4D) (Kennedy et al, 1993; Konosu-Fukaya et al, 2018; Nguyen et al, 2015). As suggested, we plan to conduct further research to explore the correlation of our molecular classification with plasma levels of catecholamine metabolites, and the relevant points have been discussed in the revision (Page 20).

      We would like to take this chance to again thank the reviewer for the careful review and very helpful guidance about how to improve our study.

      References for Reviewer #1:

      Farrugia FA, Charalampopoulos A (2019) Pheochromocytoma. Endocrine regulations 53: 191-212 Neumann HPH, Young WF, Jr., Eng C (2019) Pheochromocytoma and Paraganglioma. The New England journal of medicine 381: 552-565

      Kennedy B, Elayan H, Ziegler MG (1993) Glucocorticoid hypertension and nonadrenal phenylethanolamine N-methyltransferase. Hypertension (Dallas, Tex : 1979) 21: 415419

      Konosu-Fukaya S, Omata K, Tezuka Y, Ono Y, Aoyama Y, Satoh F, Fujishima F, Sasano H, Nakamura Y (2018) Catecholamine-Synthesizing Enzymes in Pheochromocytoma and Extraadrenal Paraganglioma. Endocrine pathology 29: 302309

      Nguyen P, Khurana S, Peltsch H, Grandbois J, Eibl J, Crispo J, Ansell D, Tai TC (2015) Prenatal glucocorticoid exposure programs adrenal PNMT expression and adult hypertension. The Journal of endocrinology 227: 117-127

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for The Authors):

      1) Please revise all references to "malignant potential", "malignant behavior", etc. throughout the article, including the abstract and introduction, and replace them with the word "metastasis" as appropriate. Since all PCCs are malignant non-epithelial neuroendocrine neoplasms originating from the paraganglia, which are themselves malignant tumors, it is unacceptable to describe them as "malignant potential" or "malignant potential". Please review the 2022 WHO/IARC classification and description of pheochromocytoma/paraganglioma (reference: Mete O, Asa SL, Gill AJ, Kimura N, de Krijger RR, Tischler A. Overview of the 2022 WHO Classification of Paragangliomas and Pheochromocytomas. Endocr Pathol. 2022;33(1):90-114. doi:10.1007/s12022-022-09704-6).

      As suggested, we have replaced all occurrences of “malignant potential” or “malignant behavior” with “metastasis” throughout the revised manuscript. We have also included a citation to the 2022 WHO/IARC classification for further clarity.

      • Similarly, it is not advisable to use the PASS score to predict "malignant" PCC; this type of scoring system evaluates the "metastasis risk" or the "metastasis potential" of PCC.

      We appreciate the reviewer for this insight and have revised our statements accordingly.

      • Also, "MALIGNANT CHAFFIN CELLS" needs to be modified; in fact, it is the "tumor cell of PCC" that the authors are trying to express.

      As suggested, we have amended the term “malignant chromaffin cells” to “PCC cells” in the revised manuscript (Page 9-10).

      2) How does the PASS score specifically relate to intra-tumor heterogeneity as reflected by scRNA-seq? In fact, the PASS score evaluates the histological or pathological invasiveness of PCC, and different sections of the same tumor tissue may have different histological manifestations, which may affect the score; however, scRNA-seq analyzes the cellular composition of the tumor, which is not the same as the information reflected by the PASS score. Both represent different levels and dimensions of intra-tumor heterogeneity and should be analyzed together. Please specifically list, one by one, the proportion of each item score of the PASS system and cell type of scRNA-seq for each sample and the results of the comparisons with each other to better present the conclusions.

      As suggested, we have included the proportion of each item score from the PASS system in the revised manuscript as Supplemental Table S2 (Page 8). Integrating this data with the cell type composition of each sample from Figure 2B, our analysis suggests that intra-tumor heterogeneity, as assessed by the PASS system, is more extensive compared to scRNA-seq. We concur with the reviewer’s judgement that scRNA-seq analysis and PASS score represent different levels and dimensions of intratumor heterogeneity, and we have adjusted our claim throughout the revised manuscript accordingly (Page 8, 9, and 19).

      3) Where is the specific mutation site of the VHL gene in patient 5? Please advise.

      The VHL gene mutation site, c.499C>T (missense mutation), in patient 5 was identified through whole exome sequencing (WES) analysis. We have now added the information to Supplemental Table S1 in the revised manuscript (Page 6).

      4) Please revise Supplementary Figure 1, the scale should not appear in the picture of the staining result of P5.

      As suggested, we have adjusted the position of the scale bar.

      Author response image 1.

      Hematoxylin-eosin staining and immunohistochemistry staining of CGA marker in formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded PCC tissue sections matched to scRNA-seq specimens. Scale bar, 100 μm.

      5) What were the clinical presentation and biochemical findings in the five patients?

      The information regarding tumor sizes, signs and symptoms, and plasma levels of catecholamine metabolites [3-methoxytyramine (3-MT), metanephrine (MN), and normetanephrine (NMN)] has been added to the revised manuscript as Supplemental Table S3 (Page 11-12).

      • Were there any preoperative symptoms of hypertension?

      With the exception of P2, preoperative symptoms of hypertension were observed in all PCC patients. The information has been added to the revised manuscript as Supplemental Table S3 (Page 11-12).

      • What was the size and catecholamine secretion phenotype of each tumor? What was the relationship between these data and the scRNA-seq results?

      The secretion phenotype showed that the kinase-type PCC patient (P4) exhibited higher plasma levels of catecholamine metabolites (3-methoxytyramine and normetanephrine) compared to metabolism-type PCC patients (P1-P3, and P5). This observation aligns with the elevated expression of phenylethanolamine Nmethyltransferase (PNMT), an enzyme involved in the biosynthesis of catecholamine and linked to hypertension, in P4, as identified in the scRNA-seq data (Figure 4B and 4D) (Kennedy et al, 1993; Konosu-Fukaya et al, 2018; Nguyen et al, 2015). Meanwhile, we have not observed the correlation between tumor sizes and molecular classification. We have now included tumor sizes and laboratory test results of 5 PCC patients in the revised manuscript as Supplemental Table S3 (Page 11-12), and the relevant points have been discussed in the revision (Page 20).

      6) Please revise Figure 1A, the meaning shown in the figure appears to dissociate the tissues of the patient's normal adrenal glands, which can be misleading.

      We appreciate the reviewer for raising this concern. The schematic in Figure 1A has been revised accordingly.

      Author response image 2.

      (1A) Schematic of the experimental pipeline. 11 tumor specimens and 5 adjacent normal adrenal medullary specimens were isolated from 5 PCC patients, dissociated into single-cell suspensions, and analyzed using 10x Genomics Chromium droplet scRNA-seq.

      • Please revise the figure note for Figure 1B, where the symbol (B) appears twice.

      As suggested, we have revised the figure legends for Figure 1B and 1C (Page 42).

      7) Please indicate in the figure legends and text what exactly is meant by "adjacent specimens"? medulla? cortex? normal tissue? I believe the authors mean adjacent normal adrenal medullary tissue, please check the article.

      As suggested, we have revised the term “adjacent specimens” to “adjacent normal adrenal medullary tissues” throughout the revised manuscript.

      8) Please review the pathologic diagnostic criteria of this study in light of the 2022 WHO/IARC guidelines for pathologic diagnosis: "For the pathological diagnosis, the inclusion criteria were neuroendocrine neoplasm originating from the adrenal medulla and retroperitoneal origin, i.e. pheochromocytoma and paraganglioma, with consistent morphologic and immunohistochemical confirmation in relevant cases and positivity for chromogranin A and synaptophysin. The exclusion criteria were adrenocortical neoplasm and metastatic tumors." It is not rigorous enough to diagnose a tumor as PCC based on positive CgA immunohistochemical staining results alone.

      We have revised the statements about pathologic diagnostic criteria in accordance with the suggestion and have cited the reference (Page 6).

      We would like to express our gratitude to the reviewer for the thorough review and invaluable guidance provided to enhance the quality of our study.

      References for Reviewer #2:

      Kennedy B, Elayan H, Ziegler MG (1993) Glucocorticoid hypertension and nonadrenal phenylethanolamine N-methyltransferase. Hypertension (Dallas, Tex: 1979) 21: 415419

      Konosu-Fukaya S, Omata K, Tezuka Y, Ono Y, Aoyama Y, Satoh F, Fujishima F, Sasano H, Nakamura Y (2018) Catecholamine-Synthesizing Enzymes in Pheochromocytoma and Extraadrenal Paraganglioma. Endocrine pathology 29: 302309

      Nguyen P, Khurana S, Peltsch H, Grandbois J, Eibl J, Crispo J, Ansell D, Tai TC (2015) Prenatal glucocorticoid exposure programs adrenal PNMT expression and adult hypertension. The Journal of endocrinology 227: 117-127

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I have several concerns and suggestions, which if addressed would improve the manuscript.

      1) The statements of “plasmas” in the manuscript and figures are confusing, which should be revised as “plasma cells”.

      As suggested, we have revised the terminology from “plasmas” to “plasma cells” throughout the revised manuscript and figures.

      2) The marker genes used for defining plasma cells (IGHG1 and IGLC2) showed low expressing percentage in Figure 1D. Please consider providing other genes as the marker of plasma cells.

      As suggested, we performed additional analysis to pinpoint marker genes for accurate definition of plasma cells. Applying stricter statistical criteria (cut-off pvalue < 0.05, log2 fold change ≥ 1.5, and expressing percentage ≥ 0.6), we identified XBP1 (a transcription factor playing key roles in the final stages of plasma cell development) and IGKC (a type of light-chain immunoglobulins) (Todd et al, 2009; Poulsen et al, 2002) as top significant differentially expressed genes (DEGs) suitable for defining plasma cells. These data are now presented as Figure 1D in the revised manuscript (Page 7).

      Author response image 3.

      (1D) Dot plot of representative marker genes for each cell type. The color scale represents the average marker gene expression level; dot size represents the percentage of cells expressing a given marker gene.

      3) The statement “Our clustering and cell type annotation analysis identified diverse adrenal cells, stromal cells, and immune cells within the PCC microenvironment” seems not be exhibited in Figure 1, so the clustering result of adrenal cells, stromal cells, and immune cells need to be added.

      As suggested, we performed clustering analysis for adrenal cells, stromal cells, and immune cells (including lymphocytes and myeloid cells), and visualized by the Uniform Manifold Approximation and Projection (UMAP) plot. These data have been added to the revised manuscript as Supplemental Figure S3 (Page 8).

      Author response image 4.

      Integration Analysis across 5 PCC Patients Revealing the Cell Type Composition of the PCC Microenvironment. UMAP plot depicting the distribution of adrenal cells, stromal cells, and immune cells (including lymphocytes and myeloid cells) within the PCC microenvironment.

      4) Given the classification of “metabolism-type PCCs” and “kinase-type PCCs” have not been presented in Figure 2D, the statement “Combined with our findings of a higher proportion of neutrophils and monocyts/macrophages in metabolism-type as compared with kinase-type” in Result 6 should be supported by using additional data.

      As suggested, we performed additional analysis to evaluate the proportion of neutrophils and monocytes/macrophages in metabolism-type and kinasetype PCC patients. These data have been added to the revised manuscript as Supplemental Figure S4 (Page 14).

      Author response image 5.

      The frequency distribution of cell types within the microenvironment of metabolism-type and kinase-type PCC patients.

      5) What makes the difference of scRNA-seq analysis and multispectral immunofluorescent staining in judging the immune escape of PCCs? Please provide an explanation.

      We appreciate the reviewer's concern. scRNA-seq lacks spatial details, and multispectral immunofluorescent staining is constrained in the number of detected proteins. To address this, we employed both methods for analysis. scRNA-seq revealed limited communication between tumor and T cells, with lower HLA-I expression in kinase-type PCCs compared to metabolism-type PCCs. This was supported by multispectral staining using antibodies against CD4+ T cells, CD8+ T cells, M1 macrophages, or M2 macrophages markers, indicating sparse immune cell infiltration around tumor cells, mainly in the stroma (Figure 7A and 7B). This dual approach strengthens our understanding of immune escape in both PCC types. The explanation has been added to the revised manuscript (Page 21).

      6) Figure 7G missed the scale bar for the staining results of marker proteins. Please add the scale bar into the figure.

      As suggested, we have added to the scale bar accordingly.

      7) In the method part of the manuscript, the authors should describe the minimum and maximum number used for quality control of the number of genes and the percentage of mitochondrial genes.

      For quality control, we established a minimum threshold of no less than 200 genes and a maximum threshold of no more than 5000 genes. Additionally, the quality control process included a maximum threshold of 30% for mitochondrial genes. These specific criteria have been added to the methods section of the revised manuscript (Page 25-26).

      We express our gratitude to the reviewer for their supportive recommendations and invaluable guidance on enhancing the rigor of our data.

      References for Reviewer #3:

      Todd DJ, McHeyzer-Williams LJ, Kowal C, Lee AH, Volpe BT, Diamond B, McHeyzer-Williams MG, Glimcher LH (2009) XBP1 governs late events in plasma cell differentiation and is not required for antigen-specific memory B cell development. The Journal of experimental medicine 206: 2151-2159

      Poulsen TS, Silahtaroglu AN, Gisselø CG, Tommerup N, Johnsen HE (2002) Detection of illegitimate rearrangements within the immunoglobulin light chain loci in B cell malignancies using end sequenced probes. Leukemia 16: 2148-2155

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review)

      Midbrain dopamine neurons have attracted attention as a part of the brain's reward system. A different line of research, on the other hand, has shown that these neurons are also involved in higher cognitive functions such as short-term memory. However, these neurons are thought not to encode short-term memory itself because they just exhibit a phasic response in short-term memory tasks, which cannot seem to maintain information during the memory period. To understand the role of dopamine neurons in short-term memory, the present study investigated the electrophysiological property of these neurons in rodents performing a T-maze version of a short-term memory task, in which a visual cue indicated which arm (left or right) of the T-maze was associated with a reward. The animal needed to maintain this information while they were located between the cue presentation position and the selection position of the T-maze. The authors found that the activity of some dopamine neurons changed depending on the information while the animals were located in the memory position. This dopamine neuron modulation was unable to explain the motivation or motor component of the task. The authors concluded that this modulation reflected the information stored as short-term memory.

      I was simply surprised by their finding because these dopamine neurons are similar to neurons in the prefrontal cortex that store memory information with sustained activity. Dopamine neurons are an evolutionally conserved structure, which is seen even in insects, whereas the prefrontal cortex is developed mainly in the primate. I feel that their findings are novel and would attract much attention from readers in the field. But the authors need to conduct additional analyses to consolidate their conclusion.

      We thank reviewer #1 for the positive assessment and for the valuable and constructive comments on our manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations to The Authors)

      (1) The authors found the dopamine neuron modulation that reflected the memory information during the delay period. Here the dopamine neuron activity was aligned by the position, not by time, in which the animals needed to maintain the information. Usually, the activity was aligned by time, and many studies found that dopamine neurons exhibited a short duration burst in response to rewards and behaviorally relevant stimuli including visual cues presented in short-term memory tasks. For comparison, I (and probably other readers) want to see the time-aligned dopamine neuron modulation that reflected the memory information. Did the modulation still exist? Did it have a long duration? The authors just showed the time-aligned "population" activity that exhibited no memory-dependent modulation.

      We agree that the point raised by the reviewer is important. To address this question, we added a new paragraph to the Methods section titled “Methodological considerations” (in line 793 of the revised manuscript), where we explain the caveats of using time alignment in the T-maze task study. We also created a new sup figure 5 to clarify our argument. As the figure shows, we did not observe major differences in the firing rates when they were arranged by position or time. More importantly, we did not detect brief bursts of activity in response to the visual cue which could reflect an RPE signaling scheme. Our interpretation is that in the T-maze task, DA neurons encode “miniature” RPE signals between successive states in the T-maze, which are hard to detect, especially when neurons receive a continuous sensory input during trials.

      (2) Several studies have reported that dopamine neurons at different locations encode distinct signals even within the VTA or SNr. Were the locations of dopamine neurons maintaining the memory information different from those of other dopamine neurons?

      We thank the reviewer’s comment. Indeed, there is evidence from recent studies demonstrating that DA neurons form functional and anatomical clusters in the VTA and SN. Following the reviewer’s advice, we report the anatomical structure of memory and non-memory-specific neurons in the revised manuscript. You can read these results in the paragraph “Anatomical organization of trajectory-specific neurons.” in the “Results” section (in line 383 of the revised manuscript) and in the new sup figure 11. We only observed a clear functional-anatomical segregation in GABA neurons, but not in DA neurons. But we should note that the absence of segregation in the DA neurons could be accounted for by the fact that we recorded mostly from the lateral VTA, therefore we do not have any numbers from the medial VTA.

      (3a) Did the dopamine neurons maintaining the memory information respond to reward?

      We believe that we have already provided the data that can partially answer this question by correlating the firing rate difference between the reward and memory delay sections. This result was described in the “Neuronal activities in delay and reward are unrelated.” paragraph and in Figure 6. Moreover, motivated by the reviewer’s question, we also performed additional analysis, which is included in the revised manuscript. Briefly, we clustered significant responses between the memory delay and reward sections (Category 1: Left-signif, R-signif or No-signif / Category 2: Memory delay or Reward). We discovered that only a very small number of neurons showed the same significant trajectory preference in the memory delay and reward sections (i.e., significant preference for left trials in the memory delay and significant preference for the left reward). In fact, more significant neurons showed a preference for opposite trajectories (i.e. significant preference for left trials in memory delay and a significant preference for right rewards). A description of the new results is included in the “Neuronal activities in delay and reward are unrelated.” paragraph (in line 349 of the revised manuscript) and in the new supplementary Figure 11.

      (3b) Did they encode reward prediction error? The relationship between the present data and the conventional theory may be valuable.

      We understand that the readers of this study will come up with the question of how memory-specific activities are related to RPE signaling. However, the T-maze task we used in this research was designed for studying working memory and was not adequate to extract information about the RPE signaling of DA neurons.

      RPE signaling is mainly studied in Pavlovian conditioning. These are low-dimensional tasks with usually four (4) states (state1: ITI, state2: trial start, state3: stimulus presentation, state4: reward delivery). Evidence of RPE signaling is extracted from the firing activity of states 3 and 4 (which is theorized to be related to the difference in the values for states 3 and 4).

      However, in the T-maze task, the number of states is hard to define and practically countless. In these conditions, it has been suggested that numerous small RPEs are signaled while the mice navigate the maze; Thus, they are very difficult to detect. To our knowledge, only Kim et al 2020, Cell, vol183, pg1600, managed to detect the RPE signaling activity of DA neurons while mice were teleported in a virtual corridor.

      Another confounding factor in extracting RPE signals in the T-maze task is that the environment is high-dimensional and DA neurons are multitasking. Therefore, it is likely that RPE signaling could be masked by other parallel encoding schemes.

      We have added these descriptions in the “Methodological considerations” (in line 793 of the revised manuscript).

      (4) Did the dopamine neurons maintaining the memory information (left or right) prefer a contralateral direction like neurons in the motor cortex?

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. Indeed, the majority of the memory-specific DA neurons showed a preference for the contralateral direction. We report this result in the legend of the new sup fig 10 (in line 1668 of the revised manuscript).

      (5) As shown in Table S2, the proportion of GABA neurons maintaining the memory information (left or right during delay) was much larger than that of dopamine neurons. It seems to be strange because the main output neurons in the VTA are dopaminergic. What is the role of these GABA neurons?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. The present study shows that in both populations a sizeable portion of neurons show memory-specific encoding activities. However, the percentage of memory-encoding GABA neurons is more than twice as large as in the DA neurons. Moreover, we show that GABA neurons are functionally and anatomically segregated.

      From this evidence, one could raise the hypothesis that the GABA neurons have a primary role and that the activity of DA neurons is a collateral phenomenon, triggered in a sequence of events within the VTA network. To characterize the (1) role and (2) importance of GABA neurons in memory-guided behavior, one should first identify the afferent and efferent projections of these cells in great detail. Unfortunately, we do not provide anatomical evidence.

      So far, with the electrophysiological data we have collected (unit and field recordings), we can address an alternative hypothesis. It has been reported earlier (but we have also observed) that the VTA circuit engages in behaviorally related network oscillations which range from 0.4Hz up to 100Hz. Converging evidence from different brain regions, in vitro preparations but also in vivo recordings agree that local networks of inhibitory neurons are crucial for the generation, maintenance, and spectral control of network oscillations. Ongoing analysis, which we hope will lead to a publication, is looking for the behavioral correlates of network oscillations on the T-maze task, as well as the correlation of single-unit firing activity to the field oscillations. We expect to detect a higher field-unit coherence in GABA neurons, which could explain their stronger engagement in memory-specific encoding activity.

      The potential role of GABA neurons in network oscillations is discussed in the revised manuscript in a newly added paragraph in line 564.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review)

      The authors phototag DA and GABA neurons in the VTA in mice performing a t-maze task, and report choice-specific responses in the delay period of a memory-guided task, more so than in a variant task w/o a memory component. Overall, I found the results convincing. While showing responses that are choice selective in DA neurons is not entirely novel (e.g. Morris et al NN 2006, Parker et al NN 2016), the fact that this feature is stronger when there is a memory requirement is an interesting and novel observation.

      I found the plots in 3B misleading because it looks like the main result is the sequential firing of DA neurons during the Tmaze. However, many of the neurons aren't significant by their permutation test. Often people either only plot the neurons that are significant, or plot with cross-validation (ie sort by half of the trials, and plot the other half).

      Relatedly, the cross-task comparisons of sequences (Fig, 4,5) are hampered by the fact that they sort in one task, then plot in the other, which will make the sequences look less robust even if they were equally strong. What happens if they swap which task's sequences they use to order the neurons? I do realize they also show statistical comparisons of modulated units across tasks, which is helpful.

      We thank reviewer #2 for the valuable and constructive comments on our manuscript. If, as the reviewer commented, the rate differences between left and right trajectories were only the result we want to claim, there may be a way to show only those whose left and right are significant. However, the sequential activity is also one of the points we wanted to display. We did not emphasize this result because it has already been shown by Engelhard et al. 2019. However, after reading the reviewer's comments, we decided to add a few lines in the "Results" (in lines 205 - 215 of the revised manuscript) and "Discussion" (in line 453 of the revised manuscript) describing the sequential activity of the VTA circuit. In those lines, we explained that DA activity is position-specific (resulting in sequential activity) and that a fraction of them also have left-right specificity.

      Overall, the introduction was scholarly and did a good job covering a vast literature. But the explanation of t-maze data towards the end of the introduction was confusing. In Line 87, I would not say "in the same task" but "in a similar task" because there are many differences between the tasks in question.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this mistake. In the revised manuscript, we replaced “in the same task” with “in a similar task” (in line 85 of the revised manuscript).

      And not clear what is meant by "by averaging neuronal population activities, none of these computational schemes would have been revealed. " There was trial averaging, at least in Harvey et al. I thought the main result of that paper related to coding schemes was that neural activity was sequential, not persistent. I think it would help the paper to say that clearly.

      We admit that this sentence leaves room for misunderstanding. We were mainly referring to DA studies using microdialysis or fiber photometry techniques. We decided to delete this sentence in the revised manuscript.

      Also, I'm not aware it was shown that choice selectivity diminishes when the memory demand of the task is removed - please clarify if that is true in both referenced papers.

      The reviewer’s remark is correct. None of these reports show explicitly that memory-specific activities are diminished without the memory component. Therefore, we deleted this sentence in the revised manuscript.

      If so, an interpretation of this present data could be found in Lee et al biorxiv 2022, which presents a computational model that implies that the heterogeneity in the VTA DA system is a reflection of the heterogeneity found in upstream regions (the state representation), based on the idea that different subsets of DA neurons calculate prediction errors with respect to different subsets of the state representation.

      We thank the reviewer for sharing this interpretation. We agree that this theory would support our results. In the revised manuscript we briefly discuss the Lee et al. report (in line 460 of the revised manuscript).

      I am surprised only 28% of DA neurons responded to the reward - the reward is not completely certain in this task. This seems lower than other papers in mice (even Pavlovian conditioning, when the reward is entirely certain). It would be helpful if the authors comment on how this number compares to other papers.

      In Pavlovian conditioning, neuronal responses to rewards are compared to a relatively quiet period of firing activity (usually the inter-trial interval epoch). As the reviewer pointed out, in the present study, the number of DA neurons responding to reward is smaller compared to the earlier studies. We hypothesize that this is due to our comparison method. We compared the post-reward response to an epoch when the animal was running along the side arms and the majority of neurons were highly active, instead of comparing it to a quiescent baseline epoch.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations to The Authors)

      Can you clarify what disparity you are referring to here? "Disparities between this 438 and our study in the proportions of modulated neurons could be attributed to the 439 different recording techniques applied as well as the maze regions of interest; for 440 example, Engelhard et al. analyzed neuronal firing activities in the visual-cue period 441 (Engelhard et al., 2019), whereas we focused on memory delay.". Is it the fact that Engelhard et al did not report choice-selective activity? They did report cue-side-selective activity, with some neurons responsive to cues on one side, and other neurons responsive to cues on the other side. Because there are more cues on the left when the mouse turns left, these neurons do indeed have choice-selective responses.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that we need to clarify further our argument. As the reviewer pointed out, Engelhard et al identified choice-specific DA neurons. However, they reported the encoding properties of DA neurons only in the visual-cue period and the reward period. Remarkably, although the task has a memory delay, they did not report the neuronal firing activities for this delay period. Instead, in the present study we dedicated most of our analysis to characterizing the firing properties of VTA neurons in the delay period.

      Also, in response to your comment, we edited the paragraph where we describe the disparities between our study and Engelhard et al (in line 466 in the revised manuscript).

      I don't think this sentence of intro is needed since it doesn't really contain new info: "Therefore, we looked for hints 116 of memory-related encoding activities in single DA and GABA neurons by 117 characterizing their firing preference for opposite behavioral choices.".

      We agree with the reviewer. Therefore, we deleted this sentence in the revised manuscript.

      I didn't understand this line of discussion: "Our evidence does not question the validity of this computational model, since we do not provide evidence of how the selective preference for one response over the other translates into the release site.".

      The gating theory is based on experimental evidence of neuronal firing activities of DA neurons but also takes into consideration (to a lesser degree) the pre- and post-synaptic processes at the DA release sites (inverted U-shape of D1R activity). We thought that the reader may come to the conclusion that we question the validity of the gating theory. But this is not our intention, especially when we do not provide important evidence such as (1) the projection sites of DA and GABA neurons and (2) the sequence of events that take place at the synaptic triads following the DA and GABA release.

      After reading your comment we came to the conclusion that this sentence should be omitted because it is not within the scope of this study to question the validity of the gating theory. Instead, we dedicated a few lines of text to explaining which components of the gating theory (“update”, “maintenance & manipulation” and “motor preparation”) could be attributed to the trajectory-specific activities in the memory delay of the T-maze task. (section “Activities of midbrain DA neurons in short-term memory” in line 417 of the revised manuscript).

      In 1B, please illustrate when the light pulses are on & off?

      Following the reviewer’s instruction, we added colored bars on top of the raster plots in Figure 1B, indicating the light induction conditions.

      In legend for 6C, please clarify it's a correlation between the difference in R and L choice activity across the epochs (if my understanding is correct).

      The reviewer’s understanding is correct. We took this advice into consideration to further clarify the methods of analysis that led to the plot in Figure 6C (in line 1246 in the revised manuscript).

    1. Author Response

      We thank you for the time you took to review our work and for your feedback!

      The major changes to the manuscript are:

      1. We have extended the range of locomotion velocity over which we compare its dependence with cholinergic activity in Figures 2E and S2H.

      2. We have quantified the contributions of cholinergic stimulation on multiplicative and additive gains on visual responses (Figure S7).

      3. We have provided single cell examples for the change in latency to visual response (Figure S12).

      4. We have added an analysis to compare layer 2/3 and layer 5 locomotion onset responses as a function of visuomotor condition (Figure S8).

      A detailed point-by-point response to all reviewer concerns is provided below.  

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The paper submitted by Yogesh and Keller explores the role of cholinergic input from the basal forebrain (BF) in the mouse primary visual cortex (V1). The study aims to understand the signals conveyed by BF cholinergic axons in the visual cortex, their impact on neurons in different cortical layers, and their computational significance in cortical visual processing. The authors employed two-photon calcium imaging to directly monitor cholinergic input from BF axons expressing GCaMP6 in mice running through a virtual corridor, revealing a strong correlation between BF axonal activity and locomotion. This persistent activation during locomotion suggests that BF input provides a binary locomotion state signal. To elucidate the impact of cholinergic input on cortical activity, the authors conducted optogenetic and chemogenetic manipulations, with a specific focus on L2/3 and L5 neurons. They found that cholinergic input modulates the responses of L5 neurons to visual stimuli and visuomotor mismatch, while not significantly affecting L2/3 neurons. Moreover, the study demonstrates that BF cholinergic input leads to decorrelation in the activity patterns of L2/3 and L5 neurons.

      This topic has garnered significant attention in the field, drawing the interest of many researchers actively investigating the role of BF cholinergic input in cortical activity and sensory processing. The experiments and analyses were thoughtfully designed and conducted with rigorous standards, leading to convincing results which align well with findings in previous studies. In other words, some of the main findings, such as the correlation between cholinergic input and locomotor activity and the effects of cholinergic input on V1 cortical activity, have been previously demonstrated by other labs (Goard and Dan, 2009; Pinto et al., 2013; Reimer et al., 2016). However, the study by Yogesh and Keller stands out by combining cutting-edge calcium imaging and optogenetics to provide compelling evidence of layerspecific differences in the impact of cholinergic input on neuronal responses to bottom-up (visual stimuli) and top-down inputs (visuomotor mismatch).

      We thank the reviewer for their feedback.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The manuscript investigates the function of basal forebrain cholinergic axons in mouse primary visual cortex (V1) during locomotion using two-photon calcium imaging in head-fixed mice. Cholinergic modulation has previously been proposed to mediate the effects of locomotion on V1 responses. The manuscript concludes that the activity of basal forebrain cholinergic axons in visual cortex provides a signal which is more correlated with binary locomotion state than locomotion velocity of the animal. Cholinergic axons did not seem to respond to grating stimuli or visuomotor prediction error. Optogenetic stimulation of these axons increased the amplitude of responses to visual stimuli and decreased the response latency of layer 5 excitatory neurons, but not layer 2/3 neurons. Moreover, optogenetic or chemogenetic stimulation of cholinergic inputs reduced pairwise correlation of neuronal responses. These results provide insight into the role of cholinergic modulation to visual cortex and demonstrate that it affects different layers of visual cortex in a distinct manner. The experiments are well executed and the data appear to be of high quality. However, further analyses are required to fully support several of the study's conclusions.

      We thank the reviewer for their feedback.

      1) In experiments analysing the activity of V1 neurons, GCaMP6f was expressed using a ubiquitous Ef1a promoter, which is active in all neuronal cell types as well as potentially non-neuronal cells. The manuscript specifically refers to responses of excitatory neurons but it is unclear how excitatory neuron somata were identified and distinguished from that of inhibitory neurons or other cell types.

      This might be a misunderstanding. The Ef1α promoter has been reported to drive highly specific expression in neurons (Tsuchiya et al., 2002) with 99.7% of labeled cells in layer 2/3 of rat cortex being NeuN+ (a neuronal marker), with only 0.3% of labeled cells being GFAP+ (a glial marker) (Yaguchi et al., 2013). This bias was even stronger in layer 5 with 100% of labeled cells being NeuN+ and none GFAP+ (Yaguchi et al., 2013). The Ef1α promoter in an AAV vector, as we use it here, also biases expression to excitatory neurons. In layer 2/3 of mouse visual cortex, we have found that 96.8% ± 0.7% of labeled neurons are excitatory three weeks after viral injection (Attinger et al., 2017). Similar results have also been found in rats (Yaguchi et al., 2013), where on expressing GFP under Ef1a promoter delivered using Lenti virus, 95.2% of labeled neurons in layer 2/3 were excitatory and 94.1% in layer 5 were excitatory. These numbers are comparable to the ones obtained with promoters commonly used to target expression to excitatory neurons. To do this, typically two variants of promoters based on the transcription start region of CaMKIIα gene have been used. The first, the CaMKIIα-0.4 promoter, results in 95% excitatory specificity (Scheyltjens et al., 2015). The second, the CaMKIIα-1.3 promoter, results in only 82% excitatory specificity (Scheyltjens et al., 2015), and is thus not far from chance. We have clarified this in the manuscript. Nevertheless, we have removed the qualifier “excitatory” when talking about neurons in most instances, throughout the manuscript.

      2) The manuscript concludes that cholinergic axons convey a binary locomotion signal and are not tuned to running speed. The average running velocity of mice in this study is very slow - slower than 15 cm/s in the example trace in Figure 1D and speeds <6 cm/s were quantified in Figure 2E. However, mice can run at much faster speeds both under head-fixed and freely moving conditions (see e.g. Jordan and Keller, 2020, where example running speeds are ~35 cm/s). Given that the data in the present manuscript cover such a narrow range of running speeds, it is not possible to determine whether cholinergic axons are tuned to running speed or convey a binary locomotion signal.

      Our previous analysis window of 0-6.25 cm/s covered approximately 80% of all data. We have increased the analysis window to 0-35 cm/s that now covers more than 99% of the data (see below). Also, note that very high running speeds are probably overrepresented in the Jordan and Keller 2020 paper as mice had to be trained to run reliably before all experiments given the relatively short holding times of the intracellular recordings. The running speeds in our current dataset are comparable to other datasets we have acquired in similar experiments.

      Figure 2E has now been updated to reflect the larger range of data. Please note, as the number of mice that contribute to the data now differs as a function of velocity (some mice run faster than others), we have now switched to a variant of the plot based on hierarchical bootstrap sampling (see Methods). This does not overtly change the appearance of the plot. See Author response image 1 for a comparison of the original plot, the extended range without bootstrap sampling, and the extended range with bootstrap sampling currently used in the paper.

      Author response image 1.

      Average activity of cholinergic axons as a function of locomotion velocity. (A) As in the previous version of the manuscript. (B) As in A, but with the extended velocity range. (C) As in B, but using hierarchical bootstrap sampling to estimate median (red dots) and 95% confidence interval (shading) for each velocity bin.

      3) The analyses in Figure 4 only consider the average response to all grating orientations and directions. Without further analysing responses to individual grating directions it is unclear how stimulation of cholinergic inputs affects visual responses. Previous work (e.g. Datarlat and Stryker, 2017) has shown that locomotion can have both additive and multiplicative effects and it would be valuable to determine the type of modulation provided by cholinergic stimulation.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. To address this, we quantified how cholinergic stimulation influenced the orientation tuning of V1 neurons. The stimuli we used were full field sinusoidal drifting gratings of 4 different orientations (2 directions each). For each neuron, we identified the preferred orientation and plotted responses relative to this preferred orientation as a function of whether the mouse was running, or we were stimulating cholinergic axons. Consistent with previous work, we found a mixture of a multiplicative and an additive components during running. With cholinergic axon stimulation, the multiplicative effect was stronger than the additive effect. This is now quantified in Figure S7.

      4) The difference between the effects of locomotion and optogenetic stimulation of cholinergic axons in Figure 5 may be confounded by differences in the visual stimulus. These experiments are carried out under open-loop conditions, where mice may adapt their locomotion based on the speed of the visual stimulus. Consequently, locomotion onsets are likely to occur during periods of higher visual flow. Since optogenetic stimulation is presented randomly, it is likely to occur during periods of lower visual flow speed. Consequently, the difference between the effect of locomotion and optogenetic stimulation may be explained by differences in visual flow speed and it is important to exclude this possibility.

      We find that in general locomotion is unaffected by visual flow in open loop conditions in this type of experiment (in this particular dataset, there was a small negative correlation between locomotion and visual flow in the open loop condition, Author response image 2).

      Author response image 2.

      Correlation between visual flow and locomotion in open loop conditions. Average correlation of locomotion velocity and visual flow speed in open loop for all mice in Figure 5. Each dot is an imaging site. In the open loop, the correlation between locomotion and visual flow speed is close to zero, but significantly negative in this dataset.

      However, to directly address the concern that our results are influenced by visual flow, we can restrict our analysis only to locomotion onsets that occurred in absence of visual flow (Author response image 3A and R3B). These responses are not substantially different from those when including all data (Figures 5A and 5B). Thus, the difference between the effect of locomotion and optogenetic stimulation cannot be explained by differences in visual flow speed.

      Author response image 3.

      Open loop locomotion onset responses without visual flow. (A) Average calcium response of layer 2/3 neurons in visual cortex to locomotion onset in open loop in the absence of visual flow. Shading indicates SEM. (B) As in A, but for layer 5 neurons.

      5) It is unclear why chemogenetic manipulations of cholinergic inputs had no effect on pairwise correlations of L2/3 neuronal responses while optogenetic stimulation did.

      This is correct – we do not know why that is the case and can only speculate. There are at least two possible explanations for this difference:

      1) Local vs. systemic. The optogenetic manipulation is relatively local, while the chemogenetic manipulation is systemic. It is not clear how cholinergic release in other brain regions influences the correlation structure in visual cortex. It is conceivable that a cortex-wide change in cholinergic release results in a categorically different state with a specific correlation structure in layer 2/3 neurons different from the one induced by the more local optogenetic manipulation.

      2) Layer-specificity of activation. Cholinergic projections to visual cortex arrive both in superficial and deep layers. We activate the axons in visual cortex optogenetically by illuminating the cortical surface. Thus, in our optogenetic experiments, we are primarily activating the axons arriving superficially, while in the chemogenetic experiment, we are likely influencing superficial and deep axons similarly. Thus, we might expect a bias in the optogenetic activation to influencing superficial layers more strongly than the chemogenetic activation does.

      6) The effects of locomotion and optogenetic stimulation on the latency of L5 responses in Figure 7 are very large - ~100 ms. Indeed, typical latencies in mouse V1 measured using electrophysiology are themselves shorter than 100 ms (see e.g. Durand et al., 2016). Visual response latencies in stationary conditions or without optogenetic stimulation appear surprisingly long - much longer than reported in previous studies even under anaesthesia. Such large and surprising results require careful analysis to ensure they are not confounded by artefacts. However, as in Figure 4, this analysis is based only on average responses across all gratings and no individual examples are shown.

      This is correct and we speculate this is the consequence of a combination of different reasons.

      1) Calcium imaging is inherently slower than electrophysiological recordings. While measuring spiking responses using electrophysiology, response latencies of on the order of 100 ms have indeed been reported, as the reviewer points out. Using calcium imaging these latencies are typically 4 times longer (Kuznetsova et al., 2021). This is likely a combination of a) calcium signals that are slower than electrical changes, b) delays in the calcium sensor itself, and c) temporal sampling used for imaging that is about 3 orders of magnitude slower than what typically used for electrophysiology.

      2) Different neurons included in analysis. The calcium imaging likely has very different biases than electrophysiological recordings. Historically, the fraction of visually responsive neurons in visual cortex based on extracellular electrophysiological recordings has been systematically overestimated (Olshausen and Field, 2005). One key contributor to this is the fact that recordings are biased to visually responsive neurons. The criteria for inclusion of “responsive neurons” strongly influences the “average” response latency. In addition, calcium imaging has biases that relate to the vertical position of the somata in cortex. Both layer 2/3 and layer 5 recordings are likely biased to superficial layer 2/3 and superficial layer 5 neurons. Conversely, electrical recordings are likely biased to layer 4 and layer 5 neurons. Thus, comparisons at this level of resolution between data obtained with these two methods are difficult to make.

      We have added example neurons as Figure S12, as suggested.  

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      While the study showcases valuable insights, I have a couple of concerns regarding the novelty of their research and the interpretation of results. By addressing these concerns, the authors can clarify the positioning of their research and strengthen the significance of their findings.

      (Major comments)

      1) Page 1, Line 21: The authors claim, "Our results suggest that acetylcholine augments the responsiveness of layer 5 neurons to inputs from outside of the local network, enabling faster switching between internal representations during locomotion." However, it is not clear which specific data or results support the claim of "switching between internal representations." Overall, their study primarily presents responses averaged across all neurons imaged, lacking a detailed exploration of individual neuron response patterns. Population analysis, such as PCA and decoding, can be used to assess the encoding of each stimulus by V1 neurons - "internal representation."<br /> To strengthen their claim regarding "switching between internal representations," the authors could consider an experiment measuring the speed at which the population activity pattern A transitions to the population activity pattern B when the visual stimulus switches from A to B. Such experiments would significantly enhance the impact of their study, providing a clearer understanding of how BF cholinergic input influences the dynamic representation of stimuli during locomotion.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this up. That acetylcholine enables a faster switching between internal representations in layer 5 is a speculation. We have attempted to make this clearer in the discussion. Our speculation is based on the finding that the population response in layer 5 to sensory input is faster under high levels of acetylcholine (Figures 4D and 7B). In line with the reviewer’s intuition, the neuronal response to a change in visual stimulus, in our experiment from a uniform grey visual stimulus to a sinusoidal grating stimulus, is indeed faster. Based on evidence in favor of layer 5 encoding internal representation (Heindorf and Keller, 2023; Keller and Mrsic-Flogel, 2018; Suzuki and Larkum, 2020), we interpret the decrease in latency of the population response as a faster change in internal representation. We are not sure a decoding analysis would add much to this, given that a trivial decoder simply based on mean population response would already find a faster transition. We have expanded on our explanation of these points in the manuscript.

      2) Page 4, Line 103: "..., a direct measurement of the activity of cholinergic projection from basal forebrain to the visual cortex during locomotion has not been made." This statement is incorrect. An earlier study by Reimer et al. indeed imaged cholinergic axons in the visual cortex of mice running on a wheel. They found that "After walking onset, ... ACh activation, and a large pupil diameter, were sustained throughout the walking period in both cortical areas V1 and A1." Their findings are very similar to the results presented by Yogesh and Keller - that is, BF cholinergic axons exhibited locomotion statedependent activity. The authors should clarify the positioning of this study relative to previous studies.

      Reimer, J., McGinley, M., Liu, Y. et al. Pupil fluctuations track rapid changes in adrenergic and cholinergic activity in cortex. Nat Commun 7, 13289 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1038/ncomms13289

      We have clarified this as suggested. However, we disagree slightly with the reviewer here. The key question is whether the cholinergic axons imaged originate in basal forebrain. While Reimer et al. 2016 did set out to do this, we believe a number of methodological considerations prevent this conclusion:

      1) In their analysis, Reimer et al. 2016 combine data from mice with cholinergic axons labeled with either viral injection to basal forebrain or germline cross of ChAT-cre mice with reporter line. Unfortunately, it is unclear what the exact number of mice labeled with either strategy was. Based on the information in the paper, we can conclude that of the 6 mice used for experiments between 2 and 5 were germline cross. The problem with germline labeling of ChAT positive neurons is that when using a cross, VIP-ChAT+ neurons in cortex are also labeled. Based on the fact that Reimer et al. 2016 find an anticipatory increase in activity on locomotion onset, that is also seen by Larsen et al. 2018 (they use a germline cross strategy), an effect we do not see in our data, we speculate that a significant part of the signals reported in the Reimer et al. 2016 paper are from local VIP-ChAT+ neurons.

      2) In their analysis, Reimer et al. 2016 also combine all imaging data obtained from both primary auditory cortex and primary visual cortex. Given the heterogeneity in the basal forebrain cholinergic neuronal population and their projection selectivity, to better understand these signals, it’s important to acquire the signals from cholinergic axons selectively in specific cortical regions, which we do in visual cortex. Based on the information provided in their paper, we were unfortunately not able to discern the injection location for their viral labeling strategy. Given the topographic selectivity in projection from basal forebrain, this could give hints as to the relative contribution of cholinergic projections to A1 vs V1 in their data. The injection coordinates given in the methods of the Reimer paper, of 4 mm lateral and 0.5 mm posterior to bregma to target basal forebrain, are likely wrong (they fall outside the head of the mouse).

      Given the heterogeneity in the basal forebrain cholinergic neuronal population and their projection selectivity, to better understand these signals, it’s important to acquire the signals from cholinergic axons both selectively in a cortical region, as we do in visual cortex, and purely originating from basal forebrain. Collins et al. 2023 inject more laterally and thus characterize cholinergic input to S1 and A1, while Lohani et al. 2022 use GRAB sensors which complement our findings. Please note, we don’t think there is any substantial disagreement in the results of previous studies and ours, with very few exceptions, like the anticipatory increase in cholinergic activity that precedes locomotion onset in the Reimer et al. 2016 data, but not in ours. This is a rather critical point in the context of the literature of motor-related neuronal activity in mouse V1. Based on early work on the topic, it is frequently assumed that motor-related activity in V1 is driven by a cholinergic input. This is very likely incorrect given our results, hence we feel it is important to highlight this methodological caveat of earlier work.

      3) Fig. 4H: The authors found that L5 neurons exhibit positive responses at the onset of locomotion in a closed-loop configuration. Moreover, these responses are further enhanced by photostimulation of BF axons.

      In a previous study from the same authors' group (Heindorf and Keller, 2023), they reported 'negative' responses in L5a IT neurons during closed-loop locomotion. This raises a question about the potential influence of different L5 neuron types on the observed results between the two studies. Do the author think that the involvement of the other neuronal type in L5, the PT neurons, might explain the positive responses seen in the present study? Discussing this point in the paper would provide valuable insights into the underlying mechanisms.

      Yes, we do think the positive response observed on locomotion onset in closed loop is due to non-Tlx3+ neurons. Given that Tlx3-cre only labels a subset of inter-telencephalic (IT) neurons (Gerfen et al., 2013; Heindorf and Keller, 2023), it’s not clear whether the positive response is explained by the pyramidal tract (PT) neurons, or the non-Tlx3+ IT neurons. Dissecting the response profiles of different subsets of layer 5 neurons is an active area of research in the lab and we hope to be able to answer these points more comprehensively in future publications. We have expanded on this in the discussion as suggested.

      Furthermore, it would be valuable to investigate whether the effects of photostimulation of BF axons vary depending on neuronal responsiveness. This could help elucidate how neurons with positive responses, potentially putative PT neurons, differ from neurons with negative responses, putative IT neurons, in their response to BF axon photostimulation during locomotion.

      We have attempted an analysis of the form suggested. In short, we found no relationship between a neuron’s response to optogenetic stimulation of ChAT axons and its response to locomotion onset, or its mean activity. Based on their response to locomotion onset in closed loop, we split layer 5 neurons into three groups, 30% most strongly decreasing (putative Tlx3+), 30% most strongly increasing, and the rest. We did not see a response to optogenetic stimulation of basal forebrain cholinergic axons in any of the three groups (Author response image 4A). We also found no obvious relationship between the mean activity of neurons and their response to optogenetic stimulation (Author response image 4B).

      Author response image 4.

      Neither putative layer 5 cell types nor neuronal responsiveness correlates with the response to optogenetic stimulation of cholinergic axons. (A) Average calcium response of layer 5 neurons split into putative Tlx3 (closed loop locomotion onset suppressed) and non-Tlx3 like (closed loop locomotion onset activated) to optogenetic stimulation of cholinergic axons. (B) Average calcium response of layer 5 neurons to optogenetic stimulation of cholinergic axons as a function of their mean response throughout the experimental session. Left: Each dot is a neuron. Right: Average correlation in the response of layer 5 to optogenetic stimulation and mean activity over all neurons per imaging site. Each dot is an imaging site.

      (Minor comments)

      1) It is unclear which BF subregion(s) were targeted in this study.

      Thanks for pointing this out. We targeted the entire basal forebrain (medial septum, vertical and horizontal limbs of the diagonal band, and nucleus basalis) with our viral injections. All our axonal imaging data comes from visual cortex and given the sensory modality-selectivity of cholinergic projections to cortex, the labeled axons originate from medial septum and the diagonal bands (Kim et al., 2016). We have now added the labels for basal forebrain subregions targeted next to the injection coordinates in the manuscript.

      2) Page 43, Line 818: The journal name of the cited paper Collins et al. is missing.

      Fixed.

      3) In the optogenetic experiments, how long is the inter-trial interval? Simulation of BF is known to have long-lasting effects on cortical activity and plasticity. It is, therefore, important to have a sufficient interval between trials.

      The median inter-trial interval for different stimulation events are as follows:

      • Optogenetic stimulation only : 15 s

      • Optogenetic stimulation + grating : 12 s

      • Optogenetic stimulation + mismatch: 35 s

      • Optogenetic stimulation + locomotion onset: 45 s

      We have added this information to the methods in the manuscript.

      Assuming locomotion is the primary driver of acetylcholine release (as we argue in Figures 1 and 2), the frequency of stimulation roughly corresponds to the frequency of acetylcholine release experienced endogenously. It is of course possible that being awake and mobile puts the entire system in a longlasting acetylcholine driven state different from what would be observed during long-term quite wakefulness or during sleep. But the main focus of the optogenetic stimulation experiments we performed was to investigate the consequences of the rapid acetylcholine release driven by locomotion.

      4) Page 11, Line 313: "..., we cannot exclude the possibility of a systemic contribution to the effects we observe through shared projections between different cortical and subcortical target." This possibility can be tested by examining the effect of optogenetic stimulation of cholinergic axons on locomotor activity, as they did for the chemogenetic experiments (Fig. S7). If the optogenetic manipulation changes locomotor activity, it is likely that this manipulation has some impact on subcortical activity and systemic contribution to the changes in cortical responses observed.

      Based on the reviewer suggestion we tested this and found no change in the locomotor activity of the mice on optogenetic stimulation of cholinergic axons locally in visual cortex (we have added this as Figure S5 to the manuscript). Please note however, we can of course not exclude a systemic contribution based on this.

      5) Fig. 4 and 5: In a closed-loop configuration, L2/3 neurons exhibit a transient increase in response at the onset of locomotion, while in an open-loop configuration, their response is more prolonged. On the other hand, L5 neurons show a sustained response in both configurations. Do the authors have any speculation on this difference?

      This is correct. Locomotion onset responses in layer 2/3 are strongly modulated by whether the locomotion onset occurs in closed loop or open loop configurations (Widmer et al., 2022). This difference is absent in our layer 5 data here. We suspect this is a function of a differential within-layer cell type bias in the different recordings. In the layer 2/3 recordings we are likely biased strongly towards superficial L2/3 neurons that tend to be negative prediction error neurons (top-down excited and bottom-up inhibited), see e.g. (O’Toole et al., 2023). A reduction of locomotion onset responses in closed loop is what one would expect for negative prediction error neurons. While layer 5 neurons exhibit mismatch responses, they do not exhibit opposing top-down and bottom-up input that would result in such a suppression (Jordan and Keller, 2020).

      We can illustrate this by splitting all layer 2/3 neurons based on their response to gratings and to visuomotor mismatch into a positive prediction error (PE) type (top 30% positive grating response), a negative prediction error type (top 30% positive visuomotor mismatch response), and the rest (remaining neurons and neurons responsive to both grating and visuomotor mismatch). Plotting the response of these neurons to locomotion onset in closed loop and open loop, we find that negative PE neurons have a transient response to locomotion onset in closed loop while positive PE neurons have a sustained increase in response in closed loop. In open loop the response of the two populations is indistinguishable. Splitting the layer 5 neurons using the same criteria, we don’t find a striking difference between closed and open loop between the two groups of neurons. We have added this as Figure S8.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major concerns:

      1) As a ubiquitous promoter was used to drive GCaMP expression, please explain how excitatory neurons were identified.

      2) As the data cover a very small range of running speeds, it is important to confirm that the binary locomotion signal model still applies when mice run at higher speeds - either by selecting recordings where mice have a wider range of running speeds or conducting additional experiments. In addition, please show the running speed tuning of individual axons.

      3) Please provide a more detailed analysis of the effects of locomotion and cholinergic modulation on visual responses. How does cholinergic modulation affect orientation and direction tuning? Are the effects multiplicative or additive? How does this compare to the effects of locomotion on single neurons?

      4) To ensure that the analyses in Figure 5 are not confounded by differences in the visual stimulus, please include average visual flow speed traces for each condition.

      5) Please clarify why chemogenetic manipulations of cholinergic inputs had no effect on pairwise correlations in L2/3.

      6) The latency effect is quite an extraordinary claim and requires careful analysis. Please provide examples of single neurons illustrating the latency effect - including responses across individual grating orientations/directions. One possible confound is that grating presentation could itself trigger locomotion or other movements. In the stationary / noOpto conditions, the grating response might not be apparent in the average trace until the animal begins to move. Thus the large latency in the stationary / noOpto conditions may reflect movement-related rather than visual responses.

      Please see our responses to these points in the public review part above.

      There are some minor points where text and figures could be improved:

      1) When discussing the decorrelation of neuronal responses by cholinergic axon activation, it is important to make it clear that Figure 6D quantifies the responses of layer 5 apical dendrites rather than neurons.

      We have added this information to the results section.

      2) In Figure S7, please clarify why velocity is in arbitrary units.

      This was an oversight and has been fixed.

      3) Please clarify how locomotion and stational trials are selected in Figure 4.

      We thank the reviewers for pointing this out. Trials were classified as occurring during locomotion or while mice were stationary as follows. We used a time-window of -0.5 s to +1 s around stimulus onset. If mice exhibited uninterrupted locomotion above a threshold of 0.25 cm/s in this time-window, we considered the stimulus as occurring during locomotion, otherwise it was defined as occurring while the mice were stationary. Note, the same criteria to define locomotion state was used to isolate visuomotor mismatch events, and also during control optogenetic stimulation experiments. We have added this information to the methods.

      4) When testing whether cholinergic activation is sufficient to explain locomotion-induced decorrelation in Figure 6G-H, please show pre-CNO and post-CNO delta-correlation, not just their difference.

      We can do that, but the results are harder to parse this way. We have added this as Figure S11 to the manuscript. The problem with parsing the figure is that the pre-CNO levels are different in different groups. This is likely a function of mouse-to-mouse variability and makes it harder to identify what the CNO induced changes are. Using the pre-post difference removes the batch influence. Hence, we have left this as the main analysis in Figure 6G and 6H.

    1. Author Response

      eLife assessment

      The important work by Aballay et al. significantly advances our understanding of how G protein-coupled receptors (GPCRs) regulate immunity and pathogen avoidance. The authors provide convincing evidence for the GPCR NPR-15 to mediate immunity by altering the activity of several key transcription factors. This work will be of broad interest to immunologists.

      The authors express their sincere appreciation to Timothy Behrens (Senior Editor), the Reviewing Editor, and the original reviewers for their considerate and favorable assessment of our manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Otarigho et al. presented a convincing study revealing that in C. elegans, the neuropeptide Y receptor GPCR/NPR-15 mediates both molecular and behavioral immune responses to pathogen attack. Previously, three npr genes were found to be involved in worm defense. In this study, the authors screened mutants in the remaining npr genes against P. aeruginosa-mediated killing and found that npr-15 loss-of-function improved worm survival. npr-15 mutants also exhibited enhanced resistance to other pathogenic bacteria but displayed significantly reduced avoidance to S. aureus, independent of aerotaxis, pathogen intake and defecation. The enhanced resistance in npr-15 mutant worms was attributed to upregulation of immune and neuropeptide genes, many of which were controlled by the transcription factors ELT-2 and HLH-30. The authors found that NPR-15 regulates avoidance behavior via the TRPM gene, GON-2, which has a known role in modulating avoidance behavior through the intestine. The authors further showed that both NPR-15-dependent immune and behavioral responses to pathogen attack were mediated by the NPR-15-expressing neurons ASJ. Overall, the authors discovered that the NPR-15/ASJ neural circuit may regulate distinct defense mechanisms against pathogens under different circumstances. This study provides novel and useful information to researchers in the fields of neuroimmunology and C. elegans research.

      The authors are grateful for the thoughtful and insightful comments on our manuscript. Your feedback has been instrumental in refining our work, and we appreciate the time and expertise you have invested in evaluating our study.

      Strengths:

      1) This study uncovered specific molecules and neuronal cells that regulate both molecular immune defense and behavior defense against pathogen attack and indicate that the same neural circuit may regulate distinct defense mechanisms under different circumstances. This discovery is significant because it not only reveals regulatory mechanisms of different defense strategies but also suggests how C. elegans utilize its limited neural resources to accomplish complex regulatory tasks.

      The authors express gratitude to the reviewer for recognizing that the present study revealed specific molecules and neuronal cells involved in regulating both molecular immune defense and behavioral defense against pathogen attacks. Additionally, the acknowledgment that the same neural circuit may oversee distinct defense mechanisms under different circumstances is appreciated.

      2) The conclusions in this study are supported by solid evidence, which are often derived from multiple approaches and/or experiments. Multiple pathogenic bacteria were tested to examine the effect of NPR-15 loss-of-function on immunity; the impacts of pharyngeal pumping and defecation on bacterial accumulation were ruled out when evaluating defense; RNA-seq and qPCR were used to measure gene expression; gene inactivation was done in multiple strains to assess gene function.

      The authors thank the reviewer for appreciating that this study is supported by solid evidence.

      3) Gene differential expression, gene ontology, and pathway analyses were performed to demonstrate that NPR-15 controls immunity by regulating immune pathways.

      The authors thank the reviewer for appreciating the Gene differential expression, gene ontology, and pathway analyses performed in the study.

      4) Elegant approaches were employed to examine avoidance behavior (partial lawn, full lawn, and lawn occupancy) and the involvement of neurons in regulating immunity and avoidance (the use of a diverse array of mutant strains).

      The author thanks the reviewer for appreciating the approaches used in this study.

      5) Statistical analyses were appropriate and adequate.

      The authors thank the reviewer for appreciating the Statistical analyses used in this study.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors are studying the behavioral response to pathogen exposure. They and others have previously describe the role that the G-protein coupled receptors in the nervous system plays in detecting pathogens, and initiating behavioral patterns (e.g. avoidance/learned avoidance) that minimize contact. The authors study this problem in C. elegans, which is amenable to genetic and cellular manipulations and allow the authors to define cellular and signaling mechanisms. This paper extends the original idea to now implicate signaling and transcriptional pathways within a particular neuron (ASJ) and the gut in mediating avoidance behaviour.

      Strengths:

      The work is rigorous and elegant and the data are convincing. The authors make superb use of mutant strains in C. elegans, as well tissue specific gene inactivation and expression and genetic methods of cell ablation. to demonstrate how a gene, NPR15 controls behavioral changes in pathogen infection. The results suggest that ASJ neurons and the gut mediate such effects. I expect the paper will constitute an important contribution to our understanding of how the nervous system coordinates immune and behavioral responses to infection.

      The authors sincerely thank the reviewer for the thoughtful and positive review of our manuscript. We greatly appreciate the time and effort you dedicated to evaluating our work, and we are pleased that you find our study to be a rigorous and elegant contribution to the understanding of behavioral responses to pathogen exposure.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors have adequately addressed my concerns and questions. I have no more comments or recommendations for the authors.

      The authors thank the reviewer for the constructive comments on the manuscript

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors have adequately addressed my concerns.

      The authors express their appreciation to the reviewer for the valuable and constructive comments provided on the manuscript.

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the effects of two sensory stimuli (visual and somatosensory) on fMRI responsiveness during absence seizures were investigated in GEARS rats with concurrent EEG recordings. SPM analysis of fMRI showed a significant reduction in whole-brain responsiveness during the ictal period compared to the interictal period under both stimuli, and this phenomenon was replicated in a structurally constrained whole-brain computational model of rat brains.

      The conclusion of this paper is that whole-brain responsiveness to both sensory stimuli is inhibited and spatially impeded during seizures.

      I also suggest the manuscript should be written in a way that is more accessible to readers who are less familiar with animal experiments. In addition, the implementation and interpretation of brain simulations need to be more careful and clear.

      Several sections of the manuscript were clarified and simplified to be more accessible. Also, implementation and interpretations of brain simulations were modified to be more precise.

      Strengths:

      1) ZTE imaging sequence was selected over traditional EPI sequence as the optimal way to perform fMRI experiments during absence seizures.

      2) A detailed classification of stimulation periods is achieved based on the relative position in time of the stimulation period with respect to the brain state.

      3) A whole-brain model embedded with a realistic rat connectome is simulated on the TVB platform to replicate fMRI observations.

      We thank the reviewer for indicating the strengths of our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      1) The analysis in this paper does not directly answer the scientific question posed by the authors, which is to explore the mechanisms of the reduced brain responsiveness to external stimuli during absence seizures (in terms of altered information processing), but merely characterizes the spatial involvement of such reduced responsiveness. The same holds for the use of mean-field modeling, which merely reproduces experimental results without explaining them mechanistically as what the authors have claimed at the head of the paper.

      We agree with the reviewer that the manuscript does not answer specifically about the mechanisms of reduced brain responsiveness. The main scientific question addressed in the manuscript was to compare whole-brain responsiveness of stimulus between ictal and interictal states. The sentence that can lead to misinterpretations in the manuscript abstract: “The mechanism underlying the reduced responsiveness to external stimulus remains unknown.” was therefore modified to the following “The whole-brain spatial and temporal characteristics of reduced responsiveness to external stimulus remains unknown”.

      2) The implementations of brain simulations need to be more specific.

      Contribution:

      The contribution of this paper is performing fMRI experiments under a rare condition that could provide fresh knowledge in the imaging field regarding the brain's responsiveness to environmental stimuli during absence seizures.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study examined the possible effect of spike-wave discharges (SWDs) on the response to visual or somatosensory stimulation using fMRI and EEG. This is a significant topic because SWDs often are called seizures and because there is non-responsiveness at this time, it would be logical that responses to sensory stimulation are reduced. On the other hand, in rodents with SWDs, sensory stimulation (a noise, for example) often terminates the SWD/seizure.

      In humans, these periods of SWDs are due to thalamocortical oscillations. A certain percentage of the normal population can have SWDs in response to photic stimulation at specific frequencies. Other individuals develop SWDs without stimulation. They disrupt consciousness. Individuals have an absent look, or "absence", which is called absence epilepsy.

      The authors use a rat model to study the responses to stimulation of the visual or somatosensory systems during and in between SWDs. They report that the response to stimulation is reduced during the SWDs. While some data show this nicely, the authors also report on lines 396-8 "When comparing statistical responses between both states, significant changes (p<0.05, cluster-) were noticed in somatosensory auditory frontal..., with these regions being less activated in interictal state (see also Figure 4). That statement is at odds with their conclusion.

      We thank the reviewer for noting this discrepancy. The statement should have been written vice versa and it has been corrected as: “When comparing statistical responses between both states, significant changes (p<0.05, cluster-level corrected) were noticed in the somatosensory, auditory and frontal cortices: these regions were less activated in ictal than in interictal state (see also Figure 4).”

      They also conclude that stimulation slows the pathways activated by the stimulus. I do not see any data proving this. It would require repeated assessments of the pathways in time.

      We agree with the reviewer that there are no data showing slowing of the pathways in response to stimulus. However, we are a bit confused about this comment, as to what part in conclusion section it refers to. We did not intentionally claim that stimulation slows the activated pathways in the manuscript.

      The authors also study the hemodynamic response function (HRF) and it is not clear what conclusions can be made from the data.

      Hemodynamic response functions were studied for two reasons:

      • To account for possible change in HRF during the detection of activated regions. Indeed, a physiological change in HRF can mask the detection of an activation when the software uses a standard HRF to convolve the design matrix (David et al. 2008).

      • To characterize the shape and polarity of fMRI activations in brain regions that we noticed to be differently activated between ictal and interictal states and evaluate whether alteration in activation was associated to alteration in hemodynamic.

      The observed HRF decreases (rather than increases) in the cortex when stimulation was applied during SWD, was discussed in section 4.4., where we speculated that neuronal suppression caused by SWD can prevent responsiveness. In this case, the decreased HRF could either be a consequence or a cause of the observed neuronal suppression. The assumption that the HRF reduction is causal would be supported by a possible vascular steal effect from other activation regions. However, in the conclusion section we did not state this and therefore the following sentence was added to conclusions: “Moreover, the detected decreases in the cortical HRF when sensory stimulation was applied during spike-and-wave discharges, could play a role in decreased sensory perception. Further studies are required to evaluate whether this HRF change is a cause or a consequence of the reduced neuronal response”.

      Finally, the authors use a model to analyze the data. This model is novel and while that is a strength, its validation is unclear. The conclusion is that the modeling supports the conclusions of the study, which is useful.

      Details about the model were added.

      Strengths:

      Use of fMRI and EEG to study SWDs in rats.

      Weaknesses:

      Several aspects of the Methods and Results are unclear.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This is an interesting paper investigating fMRI changes during sensory (visual, tactile) stimulation and absence seizures in the GAERS model. The results are potentially important for the field and do suggest that sensory stimulation may not activate brain regions normally during absence seizures. However the findings are limited by substantial methodological issues that do not enable fMRI signals related to absence seizures to be fully disentangled from fMRI signals related to the sensory stimuli.

      Strengths:

      Investigating fMRI brain responses to sensory stimuli during absence seizures in an animal model is a novel approach with the potential to yield important insights.

      The use of an awake, habituated model is a valid and potentially powerful approach.

      Weaknesses:

      The major difficulty with interpreting the results of this study is that the duration of the visual and auditory stimuli was 6 seconds, which is very close to the mean seizure duration per Table 1. Therefore the HRF model looking at fMRI responses to visual or auditory stimuli occurring during seizures was simultaneously weighting both seizure activity and the sensory (visual or auditory) stimuli over the same time intervals on average. The resulting maps and time courses claiming to show fMRI changes from visual or auditory stimulation during seizures will therefore in reality contain some mix of both sensory stimulation-related signals and seizure-related signals. The main claim that the sensory stimuli do not elicit the same activations during seizures as they do in the interictal period may still be true. However the attempts to localize these differences in space or time will be contaminated by the seizure-related signals.

      The claims that differences were observed for example between visual cortex and superior colliculus signals with visual stim during seizures vs. interictal are unconvincing due to the above.

      We understand this concern expressed by the reviewer and agree that seizure-related signals must be considered in the analysis when studying stimulation responses. Therefore, in modelling the responses in the SPM framework, we considered both stimulation and seizure-only states as regressors of interest and used seizure-only responses as nuisance regressors to account for error variance. Thereby, the effects caused by the stimulation should be, in theory, separated as much as possible from the effects caused by the seizure itself. Additionally, the cases where stimulations occurred fully inside a seizure (included in Figure 3, “...stimulation during ictal state) actually had a longer average seizure duration of 45 ± 60 s, therefore being much longer than 6s which an average duration taken from all seizures.

      However, we acknowledge that there is a potential that some leftover effects from a seizure are still present, and we have noted this caution in the “Physiologic and methodologic considerations” section: “We note a caution that presented maps and time courses showing fMRI changes from visual or whisker stimulation during seizures may contain mixture of both sensory stimulation-related signals and seizure-related signals. To minimize this contamination, we considered in SPM both stimulation and seizure-only states as regressors of interest and used seizure-only responses as nuisance regressors to account for error variance. Thereby, the effects caused by the seizure itself should be separated as much as possible from the effects caused by stimulation.”

      The maps shown in Figure 3 do not show clear changes in the areas claimed to be involved.

      We clarified the overall appearance of Figure 3, by enlarging the selected cross sections for better anatomical differentiation and added anterior and posterior directions on all images.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) The implementations of brain simulations need to be more specific: How is the stimulation applied in the mean-field model in terms of its mathematical expression? The state variable of the model is the rate of neuronal firing, but how is it subsequently converted into fMRI responses? How are the statistical plots calculated? How much does this result depend on the model parameter?

      Further details and explanations about the model have now been added to the manuscript. The stimulation of a specific region is simulated as an increase in the excitatory input to the specific node. In particular we use a square function for representing the stimulus (see for example panel A in Figure 6–figure supplement 1). As the referee mentions, the model describes the dynamics of the neuronal firing rates. This provides direct information about neuronal activity and responsiveness for which all the statistical analyses of the simulations shown in the paper were performed using the firing rates. For these analyses, no conversion to fMRI was needed. To build the statistical maps, an ANOVA (analysis of variance) test was used. The ANOVA test is originally designed to assess the significance of the change in the mean between two samples, and is calculated via an F-test as the ratio of the variance between and within samples. In our case it allowed us to assess the impact of the stimulation on the ongoing neuronal activity by performing a comparison of the timeseries of the firing rate with and without stimulation (this was performed independently for each state). For the results presented in this paper, the ANOVA analysis was performed using the “f_oneway” function of the scipy.stats. module in python. Regarding the dependence on the model parameter, the main results obtained in our paper are related with the responsiveness of the system under two quantitatively different types of ongoing dynamics: an asynchronous irregular activity (interictal period) and an oscillatory SWD type of dynamics (ictal period). In particular, we show how for the SWD dynamics the activity evoked by the stimulus is overshadowed by the ongoing activity which imposes a strong limitation in the response of the system and the propagation of the stimulus. In this sense, the main results of the simulations are very general, and no significant dependence on specific cellular or network parameters was observed within a physiologically relevant range or should be expected. Nevertheless, we point out that, as mentioned in the text, the key parameter that triggers the transition between the two types of dynamics is the strength of the adaptation current (in particular the strength of the spike-triggered adaptation parameter ‘b’ described in the Supplementary information), which in addition has the capacity of controlling the frequency of the oscillations. In the paper, this parameter was set such that the SWD frequency falls within the range observed in the GAERS (between 7-12Hz). We believe that further analysis around the region of transition between states, in particular from a dynamical point of view, could be of relevance for future work.

      2) In the abstract, what exactly does "typical information flow in functional pathways" mean and which part of the results does this refer to?

      We note that this sentence was overly complicated. By “typical information flow”, we were referring to sensory responsiveness during interictal state. Therefore, we made the following modifications to the abstract: “These results suggest that sensory processing observed during an interictal state can be hindered or even suppressed by the occurrence of an absence seizure, potentially contributing to decreased responsiveness.”

      3) Figure 4 - Figure Supplement 1 performed an analysis of comparing states between 'when stimulation ended a seizure' and 'stimulation during an ictal period'. The authors should explain more clearly in the manuscript what is the reason and significance of considering the state of 'when stimulation ended a seizure'. And how is a seizure considered to be terminated by stimulation rather than ending spontaneously?

      We have now added explanations to the manuscript section 2.5.3 as why this state was also of interest: “The case when stimulation ended a seizure is particularly interesting for studying the spatial and temporal aspects explaining shift from ictal, i.e. non-responsiveness state, to non-ictal, i.e. responsiveness state.” We agree that there is a possibility that seizures ended spontaneously at the same time as stimulus was applied but argue that seizures most probably end due to stimulation, based on results published previously (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brs.2012.05.009).

      4) In Section 3.1, some detailed descriptions of methods should be moved to Section 2, e.g. how the spatial and temporal SNR is obtained and the description of bad quality data. Also, I suggest the significance of selecting the optimal MRI sequence be stated earlier in the paper, as Section 3.1 cannot be expected from reading the abstract and introduction.

      We moved some technical explanations of SNRs from section 3.1. to section 2.4.1. Significance of the selection of the MRI sequence is also now stated earlier in the introduction section: “For this purpose, the functionality of ZTE sequence was first piloted, and selected over traditional EPI sequence for its lower acoustic noise and reduced magnetic susceptibility artefacts. The selected MRI sequence thus appeared optimal for awake EEG-fMRI measurements.”

      Some minor issues:

      1) How is ROI defined in this paper? What type of atlas is used?

      Anatomical ROIs were drawn based on Paxinos and Watson rat brain atlas 7th edition. Region was selected if there were statistically significant activations detected inside that region, based on activation maps. We clarified the definition of ROI as the following: “Anatomical ROIs, based on Paxinos atlas (Paxinos and Watson rat brain atlas 7th edition), were drawn on the brain areas where statistical differences were seen in activation maps.”

      2) Section 4.3.2, "In addition, some responses were seen in the somatosensory cortex during the seizure state, which may be due to the fact that the linear model used did not completely remove the effect of the seizure itself" What is the reason for the authors to make such comments?

      This claim was made because we saw similar trend of responses (deactivation) in F-contrast maps in the somatosensory cortex, when comparing “stimulation during ictal state” maps to "seizure map", leading us to assume that the effect of seizure was still apparent in the maps (even though “seizure only” states were used as nuisance regressors). However, as this claim is highly speculative, we have decided to delete this sentence in the manuscript.

      3) Abbreviations such as SPM, HRF, CBF, etc. are not defined in the manuscript.

      Definitions for these abbreviations were added.

      4) Supplementary information-AdEx mean-field model, 've and vi', e and i should be subscripted.

      Subscripts were added.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Below are more detailed questions and concerns. Many questions are about the Methods, which seem to be written by a specialist. However, there are also questions about the experimental approach and conclusions.

      One of the strengths of the study is the use of fMRI and EEG. However, to allow rats to be still in the magnet, isoflurane was used, and then as soon as rats recovered they were imaged. However isoflurane has effects on the brain long after the rats have appeared to wake up. Moreover, to train rats to be still, repetitive isoflurane sessions had to be used. Repetitive isoflurane should have a control of some kind, or be discussed as a limitation.

      The repetitive use of isoflurane is indeed an important limiting factor that was not yet discussed in the manuscript. We have added the following sentences to the “Physiologic and methodologic considerations” section:

      “As the used awake habituation and imaging protocol didn’t allow us to avoid the usage of isoflurane during the preparation steps, we cannot rule out the possible effect of using repetitive anesthesia on brain function. However, duration (~15 min) and concentration of anesthesia (~1.5%) during these steps were still moderate, whereas extended durations (1-3 h) of either single or repetitive isoflurane exposures have been used in previous studies where long-term effects on brain function have been observed (Long II et al., 2016; Stenroos et al., 2021). Moreover, there was a 5-15 min waiting period between the cessation of anesthesia and initiation of fMRI scan, to avoid the potential short-term effects of isoflurane that has been found to be most prominent during the 5 min after isoflurane cessation (Dvořáková et al., 2022).

      An assumption of the study is that interictal periods are normal. However, they may not be. A control is necessary. One also wants to know how often GAERS have spontaneous spike-wave discharges (SWDs), what the authors call seizures. The reason is that the more common the SWDs, the less likely interictal periods are normal. It seems from the Methods that rats were selected if they had frequent seizures so many could be captured in a recording session. Those without frequent seizures were discarded.

      A good control would be a normal rat that has spontaneous SWDs, since almost all rat strains have them, especially with age and in males (PMID: 7700522). However, whether they are frequent enough might be a problem. Alternatively, animals could be studied with rare seizures to assess the normal baseline, and compared to interictal states in GAERS.

      We appreciate this concern raised by the Reviewer. Even though it would be interesting to study different strains and SWD frequency dependence, the aim of this study was to compare interictal vs ictal states in this specific animal model. We also understand that interictal periods could not necessarily model “normal” state and therefore went through the manuscript again to remove any claims referring to this.

      About the mechanisms of SWDs, the authors should update their language which seems imprecise and lacks current citations (starting on line 71):

      "Although the origin of absence seizures is not fully understood, current studies on rat models of absence seizures suggest that they arise from atypical excitatory-inhibitory patterns in the barrel field of the somatosensory cortex (Meeren et al. 2002; Polack et al. 2007) and lead to synchronous cortico-thalamic activity (Holmes, Brown, and Tucker 2004)."

      Some of the best explanations for SWDs that I know of are from the papers of John Huguenard. His reviews are excellent. They discuss the mechanisms of thalamocortical oscillations.

      We have reformatted the sentences discussing the mechanism of SWDs and included the explanations provided by manuscripts from Huguenard and McCafferty et al.: “Although the origin of absence seizures is not fully understood, current studies on rat models of absence seizures suggest that they arise from excitatory drive in the barrel field of the somatosensory cortex (Meeren et al. 2002; Polack et al. 2007, 2009, David et al., 2008) and then propagate to other structures (David et al., 2008) including thalamus, knowing to play an essential role during the ictal state (Huguenard, 2019). Notably, the thalamic subnetwork is believed to play a role in coordinating and spacing SWDs via feedforward inhibition together with burst firing patterns. These lead to the rhythms of neuronal silence and activation periods that are detected in SWD waves and spikes (McCafferty et al., 2018; Huguenard, 2019).”

      The following also is not precise:

      "Although seizures are initially triggered by hyperactive somatosensory cortical neurons, the majority of neuronal populations are deactivated rather than activated during the seizure, resulting in an overall decrease in neuronal activity during SWD (McCafferty et al. 2023)." What neuronal populations? Cortex? Which neurons in the cortex? Those projecting to the thalamus? What about thalamocortical relay cells? Thalamic gabaergic neurons?

      Lines 85-8: "In addition, a previous fMRI study on GAERS, which measured changes in cerebral blood volume, found both deactivated and activated brain areas during seizures (David et al. 2008). Which areas and conditions led to reduced activity? Increased activity? How was it surmised?

      "concurrent stimuli and therefore could contribute to the alterations in behavioral responsiveness" - This idea has been raised before by others (Logthetis, Barth). Please discuss these as the background for this study.

      The particular section was modified to the following:

      “Previous results on GAERS have indicated that, during an absence seizure, hyperactive electrophysiological activity in the somatosensory cortex can contribute to bilateral and regular SWD firing patterns in most parts of the cortex. These patterns propagate to different cortical areas (retrosplenial, visual, motor and secondary sensory), basal ganglia, cerebellum, substantia nigra and thalamus (David et al. 2008; Polack et al. 2007). Although SWDs are initially triggered by hyperactive somatosensory cortical neurons, neuronal firing rates, especially in majority of frontoparietal cortical and thalamocortical relay neurons, are decreased rather than increased during SWD, resulting in an overall decrease in activity in these neuronal populations (McCafferty et al. 2023). Previous fMRI studies have demonstrated blood volume or BOLD signal decreases in several cortical regions including parietal and occipital cortex, but also, quite surprisingly, increases in subcortical regions such as thalamus, medulla and pons (David et al., 2008; McCafferty et al., 2023). In line with these findings, graph-based analyses have shown an increased segregation of cortical networks from the rest of the brain (Wachsmuth et al. 2021). Altogether, alterations in these focal networks in the animal models of epilepsy impairs cognitive capabilities needed to process specific concurrent stimuli during SWD and therefore could contribute to the lack of behavioral responsiveness (Chipaux et al. 2013; Luo et al. 2011; Meeren et al. 2002; Studer et al. 2019), although partial voluntary control in certain stimulation schemes can be still present (Taylor et al., 2017).”

      Please discuss the mean-field model more. What are its assumptions? What is its validation? Do other models also provide the same result?

      We have now extended the discussion and explanation of the mean-field model, both in the main text and in the Supplementary information. The mean-field model is a statistical tool to estimate the mean activity of large neuronal populations, and as such its main assumptions are centered around the size of the population analyzed and the characteristic times of the neuronal dynamics under study. It has been shown that the formalism is valid for characteristic times of neuronal dynamics with a lower bond in the order of few milliseconds and with population size of in the order thousands of neurons (see El Boustani and Destexhe, Neural computation 2009; and Di Volo et al, Neural computation 2019), with both conditions satisfied in the simulations made for this work. Regarding the validation, the model has been extensively validated and used for simulating different brain states (Di Volo et al. 2009; Goldman et al. 2023), signal propagation in cortical circuits (Zerlaut et al, 2018) and to perform whole-brain simulations (Goldman et al, 2023). The standard validation of the mean-field implies its comparison with the activity obtained from the corresponding spiking neural network. For completeness we show in Author response image 1 an example of the SWD type of dynamics obtained from a spiking neural network together with the one obtained from the mean-field. This figure has been added now to the Supplementary information of the paper. Regarding the extension of the results to other models, we think that the generality of our results is an interesting point from our work. The main results obtained from our simulation are related with the responsiveness of the system during two different type of ongoing activity: in the interictal state there is a significant variation on the ongoing activity evoked by the stimulation that is propagated to other regions, while in the SWD state the evoked activity is overshadowed by the ongoing activity which imposes a strong limit to the responsiveness of the system and the propagation of the signal. In this sense, the results of the simulations are very general and should be extensible to other models. Of course, the advantage of using a model like ours is the capability of reproducing the different states, its applicability to large scale simulations, and the fact that it is built from biologically relevant single-cell models (AdEx).

      Author response image 1.

      Comparison of the SWD dynamics in the mean-field model and the underlying spiking-neural network of AdEx neurons. A) Raster plot (top) and mean firing rate (bottom) from an SWD type of dynamics obtained from the spiking- network simulations. The network is made of 8000 excitatory neurons and 2000 inhibitory neurons. Neurons in the network are randomly connected with probability p=0.05 for inhibitory-inhibitory and excitatory-inhibitory connections, and p=0.06 for excitatory-excitatory connections. Cellular parameters correspond to the ones used in the mean-field, with spike-triggered adaptation for excitatory neurons set to b=200pA. We show the results for excitatory (green) and inhibitory (red) neurons. B) Mean-firing rate obtained from a single mean-field model. We see that, although the amplitude of oscillations is larger in the spiking-network, the mean-field can correctly capture the general dynamics and frequency of the oscillations.

      Line 11: "rats were equally divided by gender." Given n=11, does that mean 5 males and 6 females or the opposite?

      Out of 11 animals, 6 were males, and 5 females. This is now mentioned in the manuscript.

      What was the type of food?

      Type of food was added to the manuscript (Extrudat, vitamin-fortified, irradiated > 25 kGy)

      What were the electrodes?

      This was provided in the manuscript. Carbon fiber filament was produced by World Precision Instruments. The tips of this filament were spread to brush-like shape to increase the contact surface above the skull.

      "low noise zero echo time (ZTE) MRI sequence"- please explain for the non-specialist or provide references.

      Reference added.

      Lines 148-150: "The length of habituation period was selected based on pilot experiments and was sufficient for rats to be in low-stress state and produce absence seizures inside the magnet." How do the authors know the rats were in a low-stress state?

      This claim was based on two factors. At the end of the habituation protocol, the motion of animals was considerably decreased according to previous study using similar restraint/habituation protocol (DOI: 10.3389/fnins.2018.00548). In this study the decreased motion is also correlated with decreased blood corticosterone levels which reduced to baseline levels (indicating low-stress state) after 4 days of habituation. Another factor is when epileptic rodents are continuously recorded for 24h, most SWDs occur during a state of passive wakefulness or drowsiness (Lannes et al. 1988, Coenen et al. 1991) . Either way, as we don’t have a way to provide direct evidence of low-stress state, we modified the sentence to the following:

      “The length of habituation period was selected based on pilot experiments to provide low-motion data therefore giving rats a better chance to be in a low-stress state and thus produce absence seizures inside the magnet.”

      Lines 150-2: "Respiration rate and motion were monitored during habituation sessions using a pressure pillow and video camera to estimate stress level." What were the criteria for a high stress level?

      Criteria for high (or low) stress levels were based mostly on motion levels according to previous study (DOI: 10.1016/s0149-7634(05)80005-3). Still, as we didn’t measure direct measures of stress, we modified the sentence to the following:

      “Pressure pillow and video camera were used to estimate physiological state, via breathing rate, and motion level, respectively.”

      Lines 152-3: "During the last habituation session, EEG was measured to confirm that the rats produced a sufficient amount of absence seizures (10 or more per session)." If 10 min, the rats would basically be seizing the entire session, leading to doubt about what the interictal state was.

      The length of the last habituation session was 60min and the fMRI scan 45min. Given that rats produced ~40-50 seizures during fMRI scan, on average they produced ~1 seizures/min, and one seizure lasting on average of 5-6s, giving ~45s periods for interictal states. 10 or more seizures were used as a threshold to give statistically meaningful findings based on pilot experiments.

      Line 153: "Total of 2-5 fMRI experiments were conducted per rat within a 1-3-week period." What was the schedule for each animal? A table would be useful. If it varied, how do the authors know this was justified?

      Please see Figure 1–figure supplement 2 for examples of habituation timelines for individual rats:

      We found an error when stating 2-5 fMRI experiments, but it should be 3-5 fMRI experiments. This was corrected. We had an aim to acquire 12-14 sessions per stimulation condition and once a sufficient number of sessions were acquired, part of the animals was not used further. Two of the animals that were found to have good quality EEG and produced sufficient amounts of SWDs were kept, and briefly retrained for later second stimulation condition experiments. This was done to replace animals that needed to be excluded in the second stimulation condition due to bad quality EEG or lost implant. Extended use of some animals could theoretically bring slight variation to results but could actually be an advantage as animals were already well trained providing low-motion data.

      "Before and after each habituation session, rats were given a treat of sugar water and/or chocolate cereals as positive reinforcement. " How much and what was the concentration of sugar water; chocolate cereal?

      Rats were given 3 chocolate cereals and/or 1% sugar water. This was added to the manuscript now.

      Line 188: "We relied on pilot calibration of the heated water to maintain the body temperature" Please explain.

      Sentence was clarified:

      “We relied on pilot calibration of the temperature of heated water circulating inside animal bed to maintain the normal body temperature of ~37 °C"

      Line 190: "After manual tuning and matching of the transmit-receive coil, shimming and anatomical imaging" Please explain for the non-specialist.

      Sentence was simplified:

      “After routine preparation steps in the MRI console were done"

      Lines 199-201: "Anatomical imaging was conducted with a T1-FLASH sequence (TR: 530 ms, TE: 4 ms, flip angle 196 18{degree sign}, bandwidth 39,682 kHz, matrix size 128 x 128, 51 slices, field-of-view 32 x 32 mm², resolution 0.25 x 0.25 x 0.5 mm3). fMRI was performed with a 3D ZTE sequence (TR: 0.971 ms, TE: 0 ms, flip angle 4{degree sign}, pulse length 1 µs, bandwidth 150 kHz, oversampling 4, matrix size 60 x 60 x 60, field-of-view 30 x 30 x 60 mm3 , resolution of 0.5 x 0.5 x 1 mm3 , polar under sampling factor 5.64 nr. of projections 2060 resulting to a volume acquisition time of about 2 s). A total of 1350 volumes (45 min) were acquired." Please explain for the non-specialist.

      These technical parameters are provided for the sake of repeatability. Section was however clarified as the following and citation was added:

      Anatomical imaging was conducted with a T1-FLASH sequence (repetition time: 530 ms, echo time: 4 ms, flip angle 18°, bandwidth 39,682 kHz, matrix size 128 x 128, 51 slices, field-of-view 32 x 32 mm², spatial resolution 0.25 x 0.25 x 0.5 mm3). fMRI was performed with a 3D ZTE sequence (repetition time: 0.971 ms, TE: 0 ms, flip angle 4°, pulse length 1 µs, bandwidth 150 kHz, oversampling 4, matrix size 60 x 60 x 60, field-of-view 30 x 30 x 60 mm3, spatial resolution of 0.5 x 0.5 x 1 mm3, polar under sampling factor 5.64, number of projections 2060 resulting to a volume acquisition time of about 2 s (look Wiesinger & Ho, 2022 for parameter explanations)). A total of 1350 volumes (45 min) were acquired.

      "Visual (n=14 sessions, 5 rats) and somatosensory whisker (n=14 sessions, 4 rats)" - Please explain how multiple sessions were averaged for a single rat. Please justify the use of different numbers of sessions per rat.

      All the sessions belonging to the same stimulus scheme (multiple sessions per rat) were put at the once as sessions in SPM analysis together with all the stimulus conditions belonging to these sessions. Justifications for using a different number of sessions per rat, were given above.

      Lines 205-206: "For the visual stimulation, light pulses (3 Hz, 6 s total length, pulse length 166 ms) were produced by a blue led, and light was guided through two optical fibers to the front of the rat's eyes. What wavelength of blue? Why blue? Is the stimulation strong? Weak?

      Wavelength was 470 nm and brightness 7065 mcd with a current of 20mA. Blue was selected as it is in the frequency range that rat can differentiate and this color has been used in previous literature ( https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2020.117542, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jneumeth.2021.109287)

      Line 212: "Stimulation parameters were based on previous rat stimulation fMRI studies to produce robust responses" What is a robust response? One where a lot of visual cortical voxels are activated?

      Sentence was corrected as the following:

      “Stimulation parameters were based on previous rat stimulation fMRI studies and chosen to activate voxels widely in visual and somatosensory pathways, correspondingly.”

      Line 245: "Seizures were confirmed as SWDs if they had a typical regular pattern, had at least double the amplitude compared to baseline signal..." What was the "typical" pattern? What baseline signal was it compared to? Was the baseline measured as an amplitude? Peak to trough?

      Sentence was corrected to the following:

      “Seizures were confirmed as SWDs if they had a typical regular spike and wave pattern with 7-12 Hz frequency range and had at least double the amplitude compared to baseline signal. All other signals were classified as baseline i.e. signal absent of a distinctive 7-12 Hz frequency power but spread within frequencies from 1 to 90 Hz.”

      "using rigid, affine, and SYN registrations" Please explain for the non-specialist.

      Corrected as the following:

      “using rigid, affine (linear) and SYN (non-linear) registrations”

      Line 274-5: "However, there were also intermediate cases where the seizure started or ended during the stimulation block (Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 1). These intermediate cases were modeled as confounds" Why confounds? They could be very interesting because the stimulation may not be affected if timed at the end of the seizure. What was the definition of start and end? Defining the onset and end of seizures is tricky.

      We agree that these cases are also highly interesting. Indeed, all the intermediate cases were also analyzed separately but not included in the manuscript (other than the case when stimulation immediately ended a seizure) as no statistical findings were found when comparing these cases to the baseline. E.g. for the case when stimulation was applied towards the end of seizure, it provided weakened responses but still stronger compared to case when stimulation was applied fully during a seizure (indicating some responsiveness after the cessation of seizure). As these intermediate cases led to results with higher variance, we considered them as confounds in the general linear model (i.e. reducing unwanted variance from the results of interests).

      Definition of onset and end of seizure can be difficult in some cases. When looking at the signal itself, especially towards the end of seizure the amplitude of SWDs can get weaker and thus the shift from seizure to baseline signal can be more problematic to differentiate. However, when looking at the power spectrum the boundaries were more easily detectable. Thus, in the definitions of onsets and ends of seizure we relied on both the signal and power spectrum (stated in the manuscript).

      "in the SPM analysis" Please explain for the non-specialist.

      Definition of SPM together with a link to software site was added.

      Line 276: "of fMRI data (see 2.5.3.) and thus explained variance that was not accounted for by the main effects of interest. " Please clarify.

      Clarified as:

      “Intermediate cases, where the seizure started or ended during the stimulation block (Figure 1–figure supplement 1), were considered as confounds of no-interest in the SPM analysis of fMRI data and the explained variance caused by the confounds were reduced from the main effects of interests”

      Line 277: "Additionally, a contrast..." What is meant?

      This chapter in 2.5.3. was modified as a whole to be more clear.

      Line 278-9: "...was given to two cases: i) when stimulation ended a seizure (0-2 s between stimulation start and seizure end)..." Again, how is the seizure onset and end defined?

      Look comment above.

      Lines 281-2: "Stimulations that did not fully coincide with a seizure were considered as nuisance regressors in the second level analysis." What is meant by nuisance regressor?

      Reference to SPM 12 manual was given for technical terms referring to analysis software.

      Lines 283-8: "Motion periods were also included as multiple regressors (not convolved with a basis function) to be used as nuisance regressors. Stimulations that coincided with a motion above 0.3% of the voxel size were not considered stimulation inputs. Stimulation and seizure inputs were convolved with "3 gamma distribution basis functions" (i.e. 3rd 285 order gamma) in SPM (option: basis functions, gamma functions, order: 3), to account for temporal and dispersion variations in the hemodynamic response. The choice of 3rd order gamma was based on the expectation that time-to peak and shape of HRFs of seizure could vary across voxels (David et al. 2008)." Please explain the technical terms.

      Reference for SPM 12 manual was given for technical terms referring to analysis software, and HRF was defined.

      "BAMS rat connectome" - Please explain the technical terms.

      Modified as:

      “…connection matrix of the rat nervous system (BAMS rat connectome, Bota, Dong, and Swanson 2012).”

      Results

      After removing problematic animals and sessions, was there sufficient power? There probably wasn't enough to determine sex differences.

      After removing problematic sessions, we found statistically significant results (multiple comparison corrected) results in both activation maps, and hemodynamic responses. To determine sex differences, there were not enough animals for statistical findings (p>0.05).

      Figure 2 - I don't understand "tSNR" here. What is the point here?

      B vs C. Are these different brain areas or the same but SNR was adjusted?

      D. Where is FD explained? I think explaining what the parts of the figure show would be helpful.

      tSNR, the temporal signal-to-noise ratio, demonstrates the behavior of noise through time. Readers who are planning to mimic the used awake fMRI protocol together with the single loop coil, might be interested on data quality aspect, and ability for the coil to capture signal from noise, as it is one of the most important factors in fMRI designs where small signal changes have to be distinguished from the background noise.

      B and C illustrate the same brain area, but B was acquired with high resolution anatomical scanning (T1 FLASH), and C was acquired with low resolution ZTE scanning. We clarified the figure legend to the following:

      “…spatial signal-to-noise ratios of an illustrative high resolution anatomical T1-FLASH (B), and low resolution ZTE image (C)

      FD was explained in section 2.5.1. Some parts of the explanation were clarified: “Framewise displacement (FD) (Figure 2E) was calculated as follows. First, the differential of successive motion parameters (x, y, z translation, roll, pitch, yaw rotation) was calculated. Then absolute value was taken from each parameter and rotational parameters were divided by 5 mm (as estimate of the rat brain radius) to convert degrees to millimeters (Power et al. 2012). Lastly, all the parameters were summed together.”

      Table 1 has no statistical comparisons.

      Table 1 is purely an illustration of stimulation and seizure occurrence. There is no specific interest to compare stimulation types (in what state of seizure it occurred) as it does not provide any meaningful inferences to the study.

      Statistical activation maps - it is not clear how this was done.

      Creation of statistical maps are explained in section 2.5.3.

      Line 384-5: "In addition, some responses were observed in the somatosensory cortex during a seizure state, probably due to incomplete nuisance removal of the effect of the seizure itself by the linear model used." I don't see why the authors would not suggest that the result is logical given that stimuli should activate the somatosensory cortex.

      Sentence was modified as the following:

      “In addition, responses were observed in the somatosensory cortex during a seizure state”

      Fig 3 "F-contrast maps." Please explain.

      Creation of statistical maps are explained in section 2.5.3.

      HRF- please define. The ROI selection is unclear - it "was based on statistical differences seen in activation maps." But how were ROIs drawn? Also, why were HRFs examined at the end of seizures?

      HRF was defined, and definitions of HRF and ROI were moved from results section 3.3. to method section 2.5.3.

      Definition of ROI was clarified:

      “Anatomical ROIs, based on Paxinos atlas (Paxinos and Watson rat brain atlas 7th edition), were drawn on the brain areas where statistical differences were seen in activation maps.”

      HRFs were estimated additionally at the end of seizure as it was specifically interesting to study brain state shifts from ictal to interictal. This shift was also providing us statistically significant findings in means that brain responses differed from ictal stimulation.

      Line 421: "Interestingly, the response amplitude was higher when the stimulation ended a seizure compared to when it did not" Why is this interesting?

      Word “interestingly” was changed to “additionally” to avoid any inferences in the results section.

      Line 427: "Notably, HRFs amplitudes were both negatively and positively signed during the ictal 427 state, depending on the brain region." Why is this notable?

      Word “notably” was removed to avoid any inferences in the results section.

      Please explain the legends of Figures 4 and 6 more clearly.

      Figure 4, and figure 4 – figure supplement 1, legends were clarified:

      “HRFs was calculated in selected ROI, belonging to visual or somatosensory area, by multiplying gamma basis functions (Figure 1–figure supplement 1, B) with their corresponding average beta values over a ROI and taking a sum of these values.”

      Using the comments above as a guide, please revise the Discussion to be more precise and more clear about what was shown and what can be concluded in light of limitations. Please ensure the literature is cited where appropriate.

      Some parts of the discussion and conclusion sections were modified.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor comments:

      Formatting: fMRI maps in Figures 3 and 5 should be more clearly labeled, indicating anterior and posterior directions on all images, and the cross sections should be enlarged to enable anatomical areas to be more clearly differentiated.

      Anterior and posterior directions were added, and cross sections were enlarged.

      The Methods section 2.41 and other places in the text, and Figure 2 - Figure Supplement 1 say that there was less artifact on the EEG with ZTA than with GE-EPI. However the EEG shown in Figure 2 - Figure Supplement 1 Part C shows much more artifact in the left (ZTE) trace than the right (GE-EPI) trace. This apparent contradiction should be resolved.

      The figure was actually demonstrating the relative change to the signal when MRI sequences were on, and by this standard, the ZTE produced both less amplitude and frequency changes than EPI. In the example figure, the baseline fluctuations in the EEG trace in the left were higher in amplitude than in the right, and this could potentially lead to misconception of ZTE producing more noise. Figure legend was clarified to highlight relative change:

      “ZTE also caused relatively less artificial noise on EEG signal, keeping both amplitude of the signal and frequencies relatively more intact, which improved live detection of absence seizures.”

      Figure 2 - Supplement 1, part B horizontal axis should provide units.

      Units were added.

      Figure 2 - Supplement 1, legend last sentence says arrows mark the beginning of each "sequence." Is this a typo and should this instead say "each seizure"?

      Should state “each fMRI sequence” which was corrected.

      Line 307, Methods "to reveal brain areas where ictal stimulation provided higher amplitude response than interictal" - should this be reversed, ie weren't the authors analyzing a contrast to determine where interictal signals were higher than ictal signals?

      This should be reversed, and was corrected, thank you for noting this.

      Figure 6 - Figure Supplement 1, the scales are very different for many of the plots so they are hard to compare. Especially in the ictal periods (D, E, F) it is hard to see if any changes are happening during ictal stimulation similar to interictal stimulation due to very different scales. The activity related to SWD is so large that it overshadows the rest and perhaps should be subtracted out.

      We point out that Figure 6 - Figure Supplement 1 reproduces with a higher level of detail the results shown of Figure 6 from the main text, where all signals are plotted in the same scale. The difference between scales used in this figure is intended, and its purpose is to show and highlight the large differences observed on the ongoing activity and the evoked response between the two states (ictal and interictal). In interictal periods the ongoing activity is characterized by fluctuations around a baseline level whose variance is highly affected by the application of the stimulus. On the contrary, ictal periods are characterized by large oscillations, with periods of high and synchronized activity followed by periods of nearly no activity, where the effect of the stimulus on the dynamics is overshadowed by the ongoing dynamics (both from local and from afferent nodes) as the referee mentions, and which imposes a strong limit to the responsiveness of the system and the propagation of the signal.

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The manuscript entitled 'Safb1 regulates cell fate determination in adult neural stem cells by enhancing Drosha cleavage of NFIB mRNA' by Iffländer et al, represents a solid piece of work addressing a non-canonical function of Drosha on NFIB mRNA processing via a newly identified Drosha partner, Safb1. The authors provide particularly systematic and convincing evidence on the biochemical interactions among the key players in this cascade. However, the significance of these interactions for NSC fate determination is not adequately supported by the data, hence, I have some remarks that would need to be addressed in order to clarify the impact of these events on NSC biology.

      1) One of my main concerns is related to the nature of the DG NSCs used in all in vitro assays. The authors refer to their previous work on how these cells are isolated using a Hes5 mouse reporter line. However, both recent scRNAseq data (http://linnarssonlab.org/dentate/ from Hochgerner et al) and the authors' own immunostainings (Fig. 7A), clearly show that Hes5 does not label only adult NSCs in the DG, but also (if not primarily) astrocytes. Considering that the initial cultures could contain a high proportion of mature astrocytes, most of the major conclusions and hypotheses should be reformulated.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. We think that there is a misunderstanding about how the DG neural stem cells were isolated and cultured. In this manuscript we did not use the Hes5::GFP allele to isolate the stem cells. We isolated DG neural stem cells from C57Bl6 mice according to the protocol of Babu et al. (Babu et al. 2007 doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0000388) and maintained and differentiated these according to our previous manuscripts (Ronaldo et al. 2016). This was not clear in the methods section of the original manuscript and, therefore, we have added the reference Babu et al. In order to address potential contamination with astrocytes, we have added images of the stem cells and their progeny immunostained with astrocytic markers (GFAP and S100b) in undifferentiated and differentiated states. These new data show that these neurogenic cells and their progeny do not express astrocytic markers until differentiation is induced.

      2) Along these lines, Safb1 expression is quite widespread in the mouse DG (Fig. 7A) and does not display any specificity towards any type of progenitor cells compared to its expression in DGCs within the GCL. The authors should discuss this and integrate this expression information into their conclusions and interpretations, highlighting all pertinent limitations.

      We appreciate and agree with the reviewer’s comment. SAFB1 is indeed broadly expressed by most if not all cells in the hippocampus. We quantified levels of SAFB1 expression across progenitors, astrocytes and neurons in the adult DG and in the SVZ, and show that SAFB1 levels differ across different neural stem cell populations and neural cells. We believe that our data show both in vitro and in vivo that the levels of SAFB1 are critical for determining the function of SAFB1 in regulating neural stem cell fate. We also showed that elevating SAFB1 levels in SVZ-derived neural stem cells suppresses their differentiation into oligodendrocytes, This we have made clearer in the text. However, how cells sense the levels of SAFB1 remains to be shown and it is difficult to speculate on the mechanism.

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this analysis derived from the BLADE study, a Phase IV investigation using the LHRH antagonist Degarelix, the authors revealed additional insights into the relationship between FSH and body composition.

      The primary strength of the study lies in its prospective nature and the utilization of human subjects.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive evaluation.

      However, some weaknesses exist in the study.

      First, the authors presented results from a simple correlation study without accounting for potential confounding factors in fat metabolism. Particularly, readers may be intrigued to understand how testosterone or estradiol interact with FSH in relation to fat mass.

      As for the evaluation of circulating levels of testosterone and estradiol, unfortunately the protocol did not include the dosage for these hormones. The evaluation of testosterone, in particular, would have required mass photometry as the values of testosterone during therapy with degarelix are reduced below the sensitivity of the methods used in clinical practice. Therefore, the correlation/association analysis between testosterone and body composition would not have been reliable and would not have been useful for the study. All patients were considered to have hypogonadism due to the significant decrease in PSA values and the limited testosterone data available.

      The inverse relationship between ALBI/FBM was previously documented in a paper by the same group (Palumbo et al, Prostate Cancer Prostatic Dis 2021). In that earlier publication, the authors reported no correlation between FSH and lean mass or ALBI, suggesting the significance of the correlation between FSH and ALBI/FBM arising from changes in fat body mass-a factor somehow not included in the prior paper, not necessarily from sarcopenia.

      The referee is correct, as there is no correlation between lean mass and FSH, nor between lean mass variations and FSH variations. The correlation between ALMI/FBM and FSH is mostly due to the effect on fat mass. The text now includes a statement that emphasizes this concept (see Discussion page 8, lines 19-22).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This manuscript reports the results of an ancillary study of a prospective trial assessing the effects of androgen deprivation therapy (ADT) with Dagarelix (a GnRH antagonist) on body composition in patients with prostate cancer. An interesting relationship between FSH levels, that were suppressed by Dagarelix treatment, and body composition parameters (particularly fat body mass) was described after 12 months of therapy. Therefore, the authors conclude that FSH could be a promising marker to monitor the risk of sarcopenic obesity and cardiovascular complications in prostate cancer patients undergoing ADT. As acknowledged by the Authors the main limitation of the study is the limited sample of patients. However, since testosterone levels were not assessed it is not possible to firmly establish whether the changes in fat mass observed with treatment are directly or indirectly associated with a reduction in FSH (and therefore in the latter case mediated by testosterone). Moreover, it is not clear whether the effect of the change in FSH levels during the study and the body composition parameters achieved at 12 months was evaluated (instead of assessing the relationship between FSH changes and changes in body composition parameters). Finally, tests on bone muscle mass and strength were not performed, so the hypothesis that variation of FSH levels in prostate cancer patients in ADT may affect sarcopenia remains speculative.

      We appreciate the reviewer's positive assessment of our manuscript. We evaluated the correlation between FSH changes and body composition values after 12 months of Degarelix, as requested by the reviewer. No significant correlation was observed, see the attached table. Therefore we have decided not to insert this last statistical analysis in the revised paper.

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Using a HFD mouse model, the authors examined the H3K4me3 mark in sperm and placental tissues followed by correlation to the transcriptomic changes in the placental tissues of the male and female offspring. The hypothesis that the authors tried to test was that sperm histone epimutations affect placental function, thereby leading to metabolic disorders in offspring. The strength of this work includes the interesting idea and the initial data generated. However, the entire study remains purely correlative without any validation experiment to support the correlation. The conclusion needs to be further supported by bigger sample size and more functional analyses demonstrating the causal relationship among the histone epimutations detected, the dysregulated mRNA expression in the placenta, and the phenotypes in offspring.

      Functional data: We appreciate that we should have emphasized and written more clearly that we had indeed phenotyped the placentas and offspring metabolic health from the same model we derived the placenta tissue from as we reported in (Jazwiec et al., 2022)(PMID: 35377412). This was referenced in our submitted manuscript (Lines 105-107; 131-133; 135-139; 147-150; 232-235; 270-273; 297-300; 384-386; 433-435; 441-448; 507-514). We have made this more apparent in the manuscript by expanding our description of the offspring phenotypes in the introduction and clarified that it was from this model that the placenta’s used in this study were derived from (Jazwiec et al., 2022) (PMID: 35377412).

      Regarding effect and sample size: It appears that on review the animal numbers used for the ChIP-seq were confused with the number of replicates by the reviewers. These details were in Supplementary file 1a. There were 3 replicates per experimental group and each replicate contained sperm from pooled samples that was equalized in cell number and comprised of sperm from n=7 control males, or n=16 HFD males. For the RNA-seq n=4 placentas were used from each experimental group from both males and females for a total N of 16. Although the sample size is moderate, we followed the Canadian Council of Animal Care guideline which calls for the use of the lowest animal number that elicits significant effects (CCAC guidelines p6 “Consideration must also be given to reduction, to determine the fewest number of animals appropriate to provide valid information and statistical power, while still minimizing the welfare impact for each animal”).

      Validation: We used a high standard of computational validation and visualization strategies, to ensure confidence in genomic data. This also allowed for a comprehensive understanding of the biological and physiological impacts of paternal obesity on the sperm epigenome and placenta transcriptome. In our experimental design we also included biological and technical replicates. Together these methods provide robustness checks of the experimental data and support our conclusions. These are the validation strategies we used:

      Technical and experimental validation

      • We evaluated the quality of sequencing data using metrics of read quality, alignment and coverage. These are summarized in Supplementary file 1a.

      • Visualized and performed statistical analysis of data to check for anomalies and discrepancies, Pearson correlation analysis shown on heatmap to look for variance and patterns in samples- all here highly correlated (Figure 2 – Figure supplement 1 B and Figure 4 – Figure supplement 1 A). We checked for batch effects and normalized the data (Figure 4 – Figure supplement 1 B) we used PCA plot analysis as a second check for sample behaving oddly (Figure 2 – Figure supplement 1 C and Figure 4 – Figure supplement 1 C).

      • We used a deconvolution approach to improve the biological meaning of our bulk RNA-seq data (Figure 6, Figure 5 – Figure supplement 1 and 2).

      • Performed functional enrichment analysis to gain insight into biological functions, pathways, and genome ontology and visualized individual regions identified to be altered as a confirmation (Figure 2 D and 2 E; Figure 4 E and F; Figure 6, Figure 2 – Figure supplement 1 E; Figure 3 – Figure supplement 1). Comparison to external data sets:

      • We compared our data with external data sets using the same tissues and cell and to our prior studies: a) We compared ChIP-seq data from this obesity model with our former obesity ChIP-seq data (Figure 2 – Figure supplement 1); b) re-analyzed and compared placenta RNA-seq data from an in utero exposure hypoxia model that shared similar offspring and placenta phenotypes as we observed in the obesity model (Figure 6 and Figure 6 – Figure supplement 1).

      • We used a deconvolution approach to improve the biological meaning of our bulk RNA-seq data (Figure 6, Figure 5 – Figure supplement 1 and 2). Statistical Significance and False Discovery Rate (FDR):

      • We applied statistical tests and multiple testing corrections to reduce the likelihood of false positives (See also response 1 for additional testing added to the revised manuscript)

      Causation versus correlation: We agree that the relationship between the sperm epigenome and placenta transcriptome is correlative, however this is the current state of the field for studies of paternal epigenetic transmission of environmental information. To take this study to the point where causation can be implied would require the generation of a sperm epigenome edited mouse model where we target genes implicated in placental function. Indeed, this targeting approach is well underway in our research program.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This study follows up on previous work from this group, and others, relating paternal diet to changes in sperm epigenetics, and offspring phenotypes. The authors focus on paternal diet (high-fat diet versus a control chow), sperm chromatin, and molecular changes in the placenta associated with offspring development.

      The text is well written and the figures are generally well presented and clear. The sperm epigenetic analyses and analysis of the placenta epigenetics and gene expression are generally well performed. The study provides new insight into how paternally mediated intergenerational epigenetic inheritance could involve placenta-embryo signaling.

      A major weakness is that the high-fat diet used was from a different manufacturer than the control (lower fat) diet. Therefore, it is difficult to judge whether the effects are due to a change in fat levels, or the many other molecules that are likely to differ in chow between different manufacturers. Other weaknesses include lack of methodological detail in parts, low n values for some experiments, and the need for more mechanistic data.

      Diets: It is worth reminding that we are studying the effects of obesity and not diet. Indeed, HFD induces metabolic dysfunction while the control does not. Although it is fair to point out that the composition of the control diet should be kept in mind, considering the desired outcomes within the scope of the study, the diets elicited the desired phenotypic effects serving as a model for obesity. We see this experimental design as a strength, as in this study we compared this model to our previous published obesity model (Pepin, Lafleur, Lambrot, Dumeaux, & Kimmins, 2022) (PMID: 35183795), and there was significant overlap in the regions of differential enrichment detected between both models even though they were conducted in different research settings, with different mouse substrain and different diet combinations. In our opinion this demonstrates that we are measuring robust effects of paternal obesity that can be replicated under different conditions. This comparative study design has been lacking in the field of epigenetic inheritance.

      Animal numbers and replicates: It appears that on review the animal numbers used for the ChIP-seq were confused with the number of replicates by the reviewers. These details were in Supplementary file 1a. There were 3 replicates per experimental group and each replicate contained sperm from pooled samples that was equalized in cell number and comprised of sperm from n=7 control males, or n=16 HFD males. For the RNA-seq n=4 placentas were used from each experimental group from both males and females for a total N of 16. Although the sample size is moderate, we followed the Canadian Council of Animal Care guideline which calls for the use of the lowest animal number that elicits significant effects (CCAC guidelines p6 “Consideration must also be given to reduction, to determine the fewest number of animals appropriate to provide valid information and statistical power, while still minimizing the welfare impact for each animal”).

      Whilst the authors may have achieved their aims, more data is needed to inform a potential mechanism.

      It is difficult in studies on paternal epigenetic inheritance to attribute a mechanism and we agree that the relationship between the obesity altered sperm epigenome and the placenta abnormalities are correlative. However, the novelty in our study is that we postulate a new mechanism for paternal transmission of metabolic disease that implicates the placenta and demonstrate this via an altered placenta transcriptome and placenta developmental abnormalities described here and in our previous paper on this model ((Jazwiec et al., 2022); PMID: 35377412). The next steps for the field to address causation/mechanism requires generation of a sperm epigenome edited mouse model where we induce and track histone methylation changes at specific genes to the tissues in the next generation. Indeed, this targeting approach is underway in our research program.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      This study represents a useful addition to the authors' previous study examining the effects of paternal high-fat diet on offspring metabolism and gene expression in offspring (PMID: 35183795). It differs from the previous study in some of the details of the experimental model (age of sire when exposed to the diet manipulation, mouse substrain, and the nature of the control diet) and the results are largely in line with previous findings. The major finding is that many genes at which sperm H3K4me3 signal is altered also have altered expression in the placenta; some of these genes are paternally imprinted, providing a paternal-specific epigenetic signature. Strengths of the study include establishment of an important dataset correlating the sperm epigenome with gene expression in placental tissue, leading to an interesting and provocative conclusion. Weaknesses include a relatively superficial analysis of the dataset, revealing broad patterns but few specific conclusions, reliance on correlative analysis to draw conclusions, and absence of validation studies. Deconvolution analysis of bulk RNA-seq data helps to account for differences in cell composition between placental datasets, but does not add additional insight toward the central question of how sperm epigenetic state contributes to offspring gene expression. Overall the advance over previous work is relatively small.

      Specific points:

      1) The analysis as it stands is limited. To compare sperm H3K4me3 and placental expression, numbers of overlapping genes are provided, but no statistical analysis is done to indicate the significance of the overlap.

      Fisher’s exact test to overlap paternal obesity-associated differentially enriched regions of H3K4me3 deH3K4me3) with female and male placenta differentially enriched genes (Figure 4 – Figure supplement 1 Di and ii).

      2) There is little direct connection to biological systems or validation of differential enrichment/expression analysis. Gene ontology enrichments for genes differentially enriched for H3K4me3 in sperm or differentially expressed in placenta (broken up by sex) are performed, but the biological significance of these categories is not clear.

      We used a high standard of computational validation and visualization strategies, to ensure confidence in genomic data. This also allowed for a comprehensive understanding of the biological and physiological impacts of paternal obesity on the sperm epigenome and placenta transcriptome. In our experimental design we also included biological and technical replicates. Together these methods provide robustness checks of the experimental data and support our conclusions. The validation strategies we used are detailed in response 17.

      We revised the text to expand discussion on the observed enriched gene ontology terms, as well as the biological significance and functions of the genes we refer to in this section:

      Lines 222-227: “The placenta is a rich source of hormone production, is highly vascularized, and secretes neurotransmitters (Hemberger, Hanna, & Dean, 2020; Rosenfeld, 2021). Disruption in these functions is suggested in the significantly enriched pathways that included genes involved in the transport of cholesterol, angiogenesis, and neurogenesis (Figure 4 C-D, Supplementary file 1e-f). Other significantly enriched processes included genes implicated in nutrient and vitamin transport (Figure 4 C-D).”

      Lines 441-463:“Many of the DEGs in the paternal obese-sired placentas were involved in the regulation of the heart and brain. This is in line with paternal obesity associated to the developmental origins of neurological, cardiovascular, and metabolic disease in offspring (Andescavage & Limperopoulos, 2021; Binder, Beard, et al., 2015; Binder et al., 2012; Chambers et al., 2016; Cropley et al., 2016; de Castro Barbosa et al., 2016b; T. Fullston et al., 2012; Tod Fullston et al., 2013; Grandjean et al., 2015; Huypens et al., 2016; Jazwiec et al., 2022; Mitchell, Bakos, & Lane, 2011; Ng et al., 2010; Pepin et al., 2022; Perez-Garcia et al., 2018; Terashima et al., 2015; Thornburg et al., 2016; Thornburg & Marshall, 2015; Ueda et al., 2022; Wei et al., 2014). The brain-placenta and heart-placenta axes refer to their developmental linkage to the trophoblast which produces various hormones, neurotransmitters, and growth factors that are central to brain and heart development (Parrettini, Caroli, & Torlone, 2020; Rosenfeld, 2021). This is further illustrated in studies where placental pathology is linked to cardiovascular and heart abnormalities (Andescavage & Limperopoulos, 2021; Thornburg et al., 2016; Thornburg & Marshall, 2015). For example, in a study of the relationship between placental pathology and neurodevelopment of infants, possible hypoxic conditions were a significant predictor of lower Mullen Scales of Early Learning (Ueda et al., 2022). A connecting factor between the neural and cardiovascular phenotypes is the neural crest cells which make a critical contribution to the developing heart and brain (Hemberger et al., 2020; Perez-Garcia et al., 2018). Notably, neural crest cells are of ectodermal origin which arises from the TE (Prasad, Charney, & García-Castro, 2019), which is in turn governed by paternally-driven gene expression. It is worth considering the routes by which TE dysfunction may be implicated in the paternal origins of metabolic and cardiovascular disease. First, altered placenta gene expression beginning in the TE could influence the specification of neural crest cells which are a developmental adjacent cell lineage in the early embryo. TE signaling to neural crest cells could alter their downstream function. Second, altered trophoblast endocrine function will influence cardiac and neurodevelopment (Hemberger et al., 2020).”

      3) The overall effect size is small. In most cases the magnitude of differences is minor, and it is not clear which of these changes are significant over noise. For example, the y-axis for the metagene plots in Figure 2B does not start at zero, so the total range of the difference in H3K4me3 is small. In Figure 6C, DEGs detected in hypoxic placenta after deconvolution analysis do not look very different compared to control.

      Thank-you for pointing out that the scales were different in Figure 2 Bi and ii. They have been revised to show the same Y axis scale beginning at zero for comparison of regions that gained and lost H3K4me3 making the differences in H3K4me3 more readily visible. The heatmap shown in Figure 6 C visualizes the DEGs in hypoxic vs control placenta where 1477 DEGS were identified in our re-analysis using a convolution approach applied to the bulk-seq data set from Chu et al., 2019. We do not share the view that they are not well visualized in the heat map.

      4) Deconvolution analysis was done on bulk RNA-seq data from placenta, and the numbers of DEGs identified with this analysis compared to the original analysis are shown, but is not clear how the deconvolution analysis changes the specific biological conclusions. In addition, the reference dataset for deconvolution is a published dataset generated in another lab, and it is unclear how comparable the reference sample is to the samples analyzed in this study, or how robust this analysis is when using a dataset generated under different conditions.

      The deconvolution analysis allows to infer cellular composition within a tissue and suggests that there are changes in cell-type proportion that could change placenta function and improves the detection of differentially expressed genes (Aliee & Theis, 2021; Campbell et al., 2023; Kuhn, Thu, Waldvogel, Faull, & Luthi-Carter, 2011) (PMID: 34293324; 36914823; 21983921).

      As per the published dataset used as a reference sample for the deconvolution analysis, it was ideal -we specifically chose this dataset for this analysis as the tissue of origin matched for the same mouse strain and developmental type points as our samples and those used in the Chu et al., 2019 analysis. We used the Chu et al., 2019 data set for comparative validation, and to further explore whether the biological effects of paternal obesity were like those of a hypoxic placenta. We have revised the text to more clearly show the biological relevance and interpretation of this analysis (see author response 12)

      We revised the text to clarify the biological implications of this analysis:

      Lines 282-290: “This reduction in the number of detected DEGs before versus after accounting for cellular composition suggests that changes in cell-type proportions at least partly drive tissue-level differential expression. This is consistent with the recent finding that preeclampsia-associated cellular heterogeneity in human placentas mediates previously detected bulk gene expression differences (Campbell et al., 2023). There were similarities between the bulk RNA-seq and deconvoluted analysis in that there was overlap of DEGs detected before and after adjusting for cell-type proportions (Figure 5 – Figure supplement 3 G and H, Fisher’s exact test P=1.8e-105 and P=0e+00, respectively). This differential gene expression analysis accounting for cellular composition provides insight into how paternal obesity may impact placental development and function and underscores the contribution of cellular heterogeneity in this process.”

      Reviewer #4 (Public Review):

      The members of the Kimmins lab perform a dietary study in mice to investigate the impact of obesity of fathers on the development of their offspring. To do so, they expose male mice to a high fat diet and determine the distribution and occupancy levels of the histone H3 lysine 4 trimethylation (H3K4me3) mark in spermatozoa and perform gene expression studies on placenta tissue obtained from mouse embryos during mid-gestation development. The authors report changes in H3K4me3 occupancy in sperm as well as in transcriptomes of placentas of male and female embryonic offspring. While the authors perform extensive computational analysis of the transcriptomic and chromatin immunoprecipitation data, the authors do not go much beyond making correlative statements at mainly the genome wide level between changes for H3K4me3 in sperm and transcriptional changes in placenta, the latter of which are in part related to changes in cellular composition (as deduced from transcriptional data). Given that both parental mice had the same genetic background, it was not possible to deduce parental specific contributions to transcriptional changes as observed in placentas of offspring. In all, the study falls short in increasing mechanistic insights into this important biological phenomenon.

      It is difficult in studies on paternal epigenetic inheritance to attribute a mechanism and we agree that the relationship between the obesity altered sperm epigenome and the placenta abnormalities are correlative. However, the novelty in our study is that we postulate a new mechanism for paternal transmission of metabolic disease that implicates the placenta and demonstrate this via an altered placenta transcriptome and placenta developmental abnormalities described here and in our previous paper on this model ((Jazwiec et al., 2022); PMID: 35377412). The next steps for the field to address causation/mechanism requires generation of a sperm epigenome edited mouse model where we induce and track histone methylation changes at specific genes to the tissues in the next generation. Indeed, this targeting approach is underway in our research program.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      We appreciate the constructive comments made by the editor and the reviewers. We have corrected errors and provided additional experimental data and analysis to address the latest criticisms raised by the reviewers and provided point-by-point response to the reviewers as below.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I do acknowledge the work the authors put into this manuscript and I can accept the fact that the authors decided on a minimum of additional experiments. However, I would recommend the authors to be more concise by adding more information in the method and result sections about how they performed their experiments such as which Nav and AMPAR DNA constructs they used, the age of the mice, how long time they exposed the patches to quinidine, information on how many times they repeated their pull downs etc.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer’s comments. we have incorporated the suggested modifications into our revised manuscript. Specifically, we have included detailed information on the NaV and AMPAR constructs in the Methods section. The age of the homozygous NaV1.6 knockout mice and the wild-type littermate controls is postnatal (P0-P1) (see in Results and Methods section). Prior to the application of step pulses, cells were subjected to the bath solution containing quinidine for approximately one minute (see in Methods section). Additionally, the co-immunoprecipitation assays for Slack and NaV1.6 were repeated three times (see in Methods section).

      Minor detail in line 263: "...KCNT1 (Slack) have been identified to related to seizure..." I guess this should have been "...KCNT1 (Slack) have been identified and related to seizure..."?

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We have corrected it in the revised manuscript.

      Also, and again minor detail, I had a comment about the color coding in Fig 4 and by mistake, I added 4B, but I meant the use of colors in the entire figure, and mainly the use of colors in 4C, G and I.

      Answer: We apologize for the confusion. We have changed the color coding of Figure 4 in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      While the paper is improved, several concerns do not seem to have been addressed. Some may have been missed because there is no response at all, but others may have been unclear because the response does not address the concern, but a related issue. Details are below.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for the criticisms. We have made changes of our manuscript to address the concerns.

      Original issue:

      3) Remove the term in vivo.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for raising this point. In our experiments, although we did not conduct experiments directly in living organisms, our results demonstrated the coimmunoprecipitation of NaV1.6 with Slack in homogenates from mouse cortical and hippocampal tissues (Fig. 3C). This result may support that the interaction between Slack and NaV1.6 occurs in vivo.

      New comment from reviewer:

      The argument to use the term in vivo is not well supported by what the authors have said. Just because tissues are used from an animal does not mean experiments were conducted in vivo. As the authors say, they did not conduct experiments in living organisms. Therefore the term in vivo should be avoided. This is a minor point.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have removed the term “in vivo” in the revised manuscript.

      Original:

      4) Figure 1C Why does Nav1.2 have a small inward current before the large inward current in the inset?

      Answer: We apologize for the confusion. We would like to clarify that the small inward current can be attributed to the current of membrane capacitance (slow capacitance or C-slow). The larger inward current is mediated by NaV1.2.

      New comment:

      This is not well argued. Please note why the authors know the current is due to capacitance. Also, how do they know the larger current is due to NaV1.2? Please add that to the paper so readers know too.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer’s comment. To provide a clearer representation of NaV1.2mediated currents in Fig. 1C, we have replaced the original example trace with a new one in which only one inward current is observed.

      Original:

      The slope of the rising phase of the larger sodium current seems greater than Nav1.6 or Nav1.5. Was this examined?

      Answer: Additionally, we did not compare the slope of the rising phase of NaV subtypes sodium currents but primarily focused on the current amplitudes.

      New comment:

      This is not a strong answer. There seems to be an effect that the authors do not mention and evidently did not quantify that argues against their conclusion, which weakens the presentation.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer’s comment. To assess the slope of the rising phase of NaV subtype currents, we compared the activation time constants of NaV1.2, NaV1.5, and NaV1.6 peak currents in HEK293 cells co-expressing NaV channel subtypes with Slack. The results have shown no significant differences (Author response image 1). We have included this analysis (see Fig. S9A) and the corresponding fitting equation (see in Methods section) in the revised manuscript.

      Author response image 1.

      The activation time constants of peak sodium currents in HEK293 cells co-expressing NaV1.2 (n=6), NaV1.5 (n=5), and NaV1.6 (n=5) with Slack, respectively. ns, p > 0.05, one-way ANOVA followed by Bonferroni’s post hoc test.

      Original:

      2D-E For Nav1.5 the sodium current is very large compared to Nav1.6. Is it possible the greater effect of quinidine for Nav1.6 is due to the lesser sodium current of Nav1.6?

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We would like to clarify that our results indicate that transient sodium currents contribute to the sensitization of Slack to quinidine blockade (Fig. 2C,E). Therefore, it is unlikely that the greater effect observed for NaV1.6 in sensitizing Slack is due to its lower sodium currents.

      New comment:

      I am not sure the question I was asking was clear. How can the authors discount the possibility that quinidine is more effective on NaV1.6 because the NaV1.6 current is relatively weak?

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We have examined the sodium current amplitudes of NaV1.5, NaV1.5/1.6 chimeras, and NaV1.6 upon co-expression of NaV with Slack. Our analysis revealed that there are no significant differences between NaV1.5 and NaV1.5/6N, with both exhibiting much larger current amplitudes compared to NaV1.6 (Author response image 2), but only NaV1.5/6N replicates the effect of NaV1.6 in sensitizing Slack to quinidine blockade (Fig. 4H-I), suggesting the observed differences between NaV1.5 and NaV1.6 in sensitizing Slack are unlikely to be attributed to NaV1.6's lower sodium currents but may instead involve NaV1.6's Nterminus-induced physical interaction. We have included this analysis in the revised manuscript (see Fig. S9B).

      Author response image 2.

      Comparison of peak sodium current amplitudes of NaV1.5 (n=9), NaV1.5/6NC (n=13), NaV1.5/6N (n=10), and NaV1.6 (n=8) upon co-expressed with Slack in HEK293 cells. ns, p > 0.05, * p < 0.05, ** p < 0.01, *** p < 0.001, **** p < 0.0001; one-way ANOVA followed by Bonferroni’s post hoc test.

      Original:

      The differences between WT and KO in G -H are hard to appreciate. Could quantification be shown? The text uses words like "block" but this is not clear from the figure. It seems that the replacement of Na+ with Li+ did not block the outward current or effect of quinidine.

      Answer: We apologize for the confusion. We would like to clarify the methods used in this experiment. The lithium ion (Li+) is a much weaker activator of sodium-activated potassium channel Slack than sodium ion (Na+)1,2.

      1. Zhang Z, Rosenhouse-Dantsker A, Tang QY, Noskov S, Logothetis DE. The RCK2 domain uses a coordination site present in Kir channels to confer sodium sensitivity to Slo2.2 channels. J Neurosci. Jun 2 2010;30(22):7554-62. doi:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.0525-10.2010

      2. Kaczmarek LK. Slack, Slick and Sodium-Activated Potassium Channels. ISRN Neurosci. Apr 18 2013;2013(2013)doi:10.1155/2013/354262 Therefore, we replaced Na+ with Li+ in the bath solution to measure the current amplitudes of sodium-activated potassium currents (IKNa)3.

      3. Budelli G, Hage TA, Wei A, et al. Na+-activated K+ channels express a large delayed outward current in neurons during normal physiology. Nat Neurosci. Jun 2009;12(6):745-50. doi:10.1038/nn.2313

      The following equation was used for quantification:

      Furthermore, the remaining IKNa after application of 3 μM quinidine in the bath solution was measured as the following:

      The quantification results were presented in Fig. 1K. The term "block" used in the text referred to the inhibitory effect of quinidine on IKNa.

      New comment:

      The fact remains that the term "block" is too strong for an effect that is incomplete. Also, the authors should add to the paper that Li+ is a weaker activator, so the reader knows some of the caveats to the approach.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We have added related citations and replaced the term “block” with “inhibit” in the revised manuscript.

      Original:

      1. In K, for the WT, why is the effect of quinidine only striking for the largest currents?

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for raising this point. After conducting an analysis, we found no correlation between the inhibitory effect of quinidine and the amplitudes of baseline IKNa in WT neurons (p = 0.6294) (Author response image 3). Therefore, the effect of quinidine is not solely limited to targeting the larger currents.

      Author response image 3.

      The correlation between the inhibitory effect of quinidine and the amplitudes of baseline IKNa in WT neurons (data from manuscript Fig. 1K). r = 0.1555, p=0.6294, Pearson correlation analysis.

      New comment:

      Please add this to the paper and the figure as Supplemental.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We have added this figure as Fig.S3B in the revised manuscript.

      Original:

      5) Figure 2 A. The argument could be better made if the same concentration of quinidine were used for Slack and Slack + Nav1.6. It is recognized a greater sensitivity to quinidine is to be shown but as presented the figure is a bit confusing."

      Answer: We apologize for the confusion. We would like to clarify that the presented concentrations of quinidine were chosen to be near the IC50 values for Slack and Slack+NaV1.6.

      New comment:

      Please add this to the paper.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We have added the clarification about the presented concentrations in the revised manuscript.

      Original:

      2C. Can the authors add the effect of quinidine to the condition where the prepulse potential was 90?"

      Answer: We apologize for the confusion. We would like to clarify that the condition of prepulse potential at -90 mV is the same as the condition in Fig. 1. We only changed one experiment condition where the prepulse potential was changed to -40 mV from -90 mV.

      New comment:

      There was no confusion. The authors should consider adding the condition where the prepulse potential was -90.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We have added the clarification about the voltage condition in the revised manuscript (see in Fig. 2A caption).

      Original:

      2A. Clarify these 6 panels."

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We have clarified the captions of Fig. 3A in the revised manuscript.

      New comment: Clarification is needed. What is the blue? DAPI? What area of hippocamps? Please label cell layers. What area of cortex? Please label layers.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for raising this point. We have included the clarification in the Figure caption.

      Original:

      Figure 7. The images need more clarity. They are very hard to see. Text is also hard to see."

      Answer: We apologize for the lack of clarity in the images and text. we would like to provide a concise summary of the key findings shown in this figure.

      Figure 7 illustrates an innovative intervention for treating SlackG269S-induced seizures in mice by disrupting the Slack-NaV1.6 interaction. Our results showed that blocking NaV1.6-mediated sodium influx significantly reduced Slack current amplitudes (Fig. 2D,G), suggesting that the Slack-NaV1.6 interaction contributes to the current amplitudes of epilepsy-related Slack mutant variants, aggravating the gain-of-function phenotype. Additionally, Slack’s C-terminus is involved in the Slack-NaV1.6 interaction (Fig. 5D). We assumed that overexpressing Slack’s C-terminus can disrupt the Slack-NaV1.6 interaction (compete with Slack) and thereby encounter the current amplitudes of epilepsy-related Slack mutant variants.

      In HEK293 cells, overexpression of Slack’s C-terminus indeed significantly reduced the current amplitudes of epilepsy-related SlackG288S and SlackR398Q upon co-expression with NaV1.5/6NC (Fig. 7A,B). Subsequently, we evaluated this intervention in an in vivo epilepsy model by introducing the Slack G269S variant into C57BL/6N mice using AAV injection, mimicking the human Slack mutation G288S that we previously identified (Fig. 7C-G).

      New comment:

      The images do not appear to have changed. Consider moving labels above the images so they can be distinguished better. Please label cell layers. Consider adding arrows to the point in the figure the authors want the reader to notice. The study design and timeline are unclear. What is (1) + (3), (2), etc.?

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have modified Figure 7 in the revised manuscript and included the cell layer information in the Figure caption.

      Original:

      It is not clear how data were obtained because injection of kainic acid does not lead to a convulsive seizure every 10 min for several hours, which is what appears to be shown. Individual seizures are just at the beginning and then they merge at the start of status epilepticus. After the onset of status epilepticus the animals twitch, have varied movements, sometime rear and fall, but there is not a return to normal behavior. Therefore one can not call them individual seizures. In some strains of mice, however, individual convulsive seizures do occur (even if the EEG shows status epilepticus is occurring) but there are rarely more than 5 over several hours and the graph has many more. Please explain."

      Answer: We apologize for the confusion. Regarding the data acquisition in relation to kainic acid injection, we initiated the timing following intraperitoneal injection of kainic acid and recorded the seizure scores of per mouse at ten-minute intervals, following the methodology described in previous studies4.

      1. Huang Z, Walker MC, Shah MM. Loss of dendritic HCN1 subunits enhances cortical excitability and epileptogenesis. J Neurosci. Sep 2 2009;29(35):10979-88. doi:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1531-09.2009

      The seizure scores were determined using a modified Racine, Pinal, and Rovner scale5,6: (1) Facial movements; (2) head nodding; (3) forelimb clonus; (4) dorsal extension (rearing); (5) Loss of balance and falling; (6) Repeated rearing and failing; (7) Violent jumping and running; (8) Stage 7 with periods of tonus; (9) Dead.

      1. Pinel JP, Rovner LI. Electrode placement and kindling-induced experimental epilepsy. Exp Neurol. Jan 15 1978;58(2):335-46. doi:10.1016/0014-4886(78)90145-0

      2. Racine RJ. Modification of seizure activity by electrical stimulation. II. Motor seizure. Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol. Mar 1972;32(3):281-94. doi:10.1016/00134694(72)90177-0

      New comment:

      This was clear. Perhaps my question was not clear. The question is how one can count individual seizures if animals have continuous seizures. It seems like the authors did not consider or observe status epilepticus but individual seizures. If that is true the data are hard to believe because too many seizures were counted. Animals do not have nearly this many seizures after kainic acid.

      Answer: We appreciate the reviewer’s clarification. Our methodology involved assessing the maximum seizure scale during 10-minute intervals per mouse as previously described7, rather than counting individual seizures. For instance, a mouse exhibited the loss of balance and falling multiple times within 30-40 minute interval, we recorded the seizure scale as 5 for that time interval.

      1. Kim EC, Zhang J, Tang AY, et al. Spontaneous seizure and memory loss in mice expressing an epileptic encephalopathy variant in the calmodulin-binding domain of Kv7.2. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. Dec 21 2021;118(51)doi:10.1073/pnas.2021265118

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      While the authors have improved the manuscript, several outstanding issues still need to be addressed. Some may have been missed because there is no response at all, but others may have been unclear.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for the criticisms. We have added additional experimental data and analysis to address the concerns.

      Original issue from Public Review:

      1. Immunolabeling of the hippocampus CA1 suggests sodium channels as well as Slack colocalization with AnkG (Fig 3A). Proximity ligation assay for NaV1.6 and Slack or a super-resolution microscopy approach would be needed to increase confidence in the presented colocalization results. Furthermore, coimmunoprecipitation studies on the membrane fraction would bolster the functional relevance of NaV1.6-Slack interaction on the cell surface.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for good suggestions. We acknowledge that employing proximity ligation assay and high-resolution techniques would significantly enhance our understanding of the localization of the Slack-NaV1.6 coupling.

      At present, the technical capabilities available in our laboratory and institution do not support highresolution testing. However, we are enthusiastic about exploring potential collaborations to address these questions in the future. Furthermore, we fully recognize the importance of conducting coimmunoprecipitation (Co-IP) assays from membrane fractions. While we have already completed Co-IP assays for total protein and quantified the FRET efficiency values between Slack and NaV1.6 in the membrane region, the Co-IP assays on membrane fractions will be conducted in our future investigations.

      New comment from reviewer: so far, the authors have not demonstrated that Nav1.6 and Slack interact on the cell surface.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We acknowledgement that our data did not directly demonstrate interaction between NaV1.6 and Slack on the cell surface and we have removed related terminology in the revised manuscript. Notably, our patch-clamp experiments in Fig. 2D,G and Fig. S10B showed a Na+-mediated membrane current coupling of Slack and NaV1.6. Additionally, the FRET efficiency values between Slack and NaV1.6 were quantified in the membrane region. These findings suggest that membrane-near Slack interacts with NaV1.6.

      1. Although hippocampal slices from Scn8a+/- were used for studies in Fig. S8, it is not clear whether Scn8a-/- or Scn8a+/- tissue was used in other studies (Fig 1J & 1K). It will be important to clarify whether genetic manipulation of NaV1.6 expression (Fig. 1K) has an impact on sodiumactivated potassium current, level of surface Slack expression, or that of NaV1.6 near Slack.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. In Fig. 1G,J,K, primary cortical neurons from homozygous NaV1.6 knockout (Scn8a-/-) mice were used. We will clarify this information in the revised manuscript. In terms of the effects of genetic manipulation of NaV1.6 expression on IKNa and surface Slack expression, we compared the amplitudes of IKNa measured from homozygous NaV1.6 knockout (NaV1.6-KO) neurons and wild-type (WT) neurons. The results showed that homozygous knockout of NaV1.6 does not alter the amplitudes of IKNa (Author response image 4). The level of surface Slack expression will be tested further.

      Author response image 4.

      The amplitudes of IKNa in WT and NaV1.6-KO neurons (data from manuscript Fig. 1K). ns, p > 0.05, unpaired two-tailed Student’s t test.

      New comment from reviewer: The current version of the manuscrip>t does not contain these pertinent details and needs to be updated to include the information pertaining homozygous NaV1.6 knockouts. What age were these homozygous NaV1.6 knockout mice? These details need to be clearly stated in the manuscript.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have included this analysis in the revised manuscript (see Fig. S3A). The age of homozygous NaV1.6 knockout mice are P0-P1 and we have added this detail in the revised manuscript.

      1. Did the epilepsy-related Slack mutations have an impact on NaV1.6-mediated sodium current?

      Answer: We thank the reviewer’s question. We examined the amplitudes of NaV1.6 sodium current upon expression alone or co-expression of NaV1.6 with epilepsy-related Slack mutations (K629N, R950Q, K985N). The results showed that the tested epilepsy-related Slack mutations do not alter the amplitudes of NaV1.6 sodium current (Author response image 5).

      Author response image 5.

      The amplitudes of NaV1.6 sodium currents upon co-expression of NaV1.6 with epilepsy-related Slack mutant variants (SlackK629N, SlackR950Q, and SlackK985N). ns, p>0.05, oneway ANOVA followed by Bonferroni’s post hoc test.

      New comment from reviewer: Figure with the functional effect of co-expression of NaV1.6 with epilepsy-related Slack mutations should be included in the revised manuscript

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have included this analysis in the revised manuscript (see Fig. S10A).

      Original issue from Recommendations For The Authors:

      1. A reference to homozygous knockout is made in the abstract; however, only heterozygous mice are mentioned in the methods section. The genotype of the mice needs to be made clear in the manuscript. Furthermore, at what age were these mice used in the study. Since homozygous knockout of NaV1.6 is lethal at a very young age (<4 wks), it would be important to clarify that point as well.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. In the revised manuscript, we have included information about the source of the primary cortical neurons used in our study. These neurons were obtained from postnatal homozygous NaV1.6 knockout C3HeB/FeJ mice and their wild-type littermate controls.

      New comment from reviewer: The answer that postnatal homozygous NaV1.6 knockout C3HeB/FeJ mice were used is insufficient. What age were these mice? This needs to be clearly stated in the manuscript.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. The postnatal homozygous NaV1.6 knockout C3HeB/FeJ mice and their wild-type littermate controls are in P0-P1. We have included this information in the revised manuscript.

      1. How long were the cells exposed to quinidine before the functional measurement were performed?

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. The cells were exposed to the bath solution with quinidine for about one minute before applying step pulses.

      New comment from reviewer: This needs to be clearly stated in the manuscript.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have included this information in the revised manuscript (see in Methods section).

      1. In Fig. 6B-D, it is not clear to what extent co-expression of Slack mutants and NaV1.6 increases sodium-activated potassium current.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We notice that the current amplitudes of Slack mutants exhibit a considerable degree of variation, ranging from less than 1 nA to over 20 nA (n =58). To accurately measure the effects of NaV1.6 on increasing current amplitudes of Slack mutants, we plan to apply tetrodotoxin in the bath solution to block NaV1.6 sodium currents upon coexpression of Slack mutants with NaV1.6.

      New comment from reviewer: Were these experiments with TTX completed? If so, they should be added to the revised manuscript.

      Answer: We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We compared the current amplitudes of epilepsy-related Slack mutant (SlackR950Q) before and after bath-application of 100 nM TTX upon co-expression with NaV1.6 in HEK293 cells. The results showed that bath-application of TTX significantly reduced the current amplitudes of SlackR950Q at +100 mV by nearly 40% (Author response image 6), suggesting NaV1.6 contributes to the current amplitudes of SlackR950Q. We have included this data in the revised manuscript (see Fig. S10B).

      Author response image 6.

      The current amplitudes of SlackR950Q before and after bath-application of 100 nM TTX upon co-expression with NaV1.6 in HEK293 cells (n=5). ***p < 0.001, Two-way repeated measures ANOVA followed by Bonferroni’s post hoc test.

      Additionally, we have corrected some errors in the methods and figure captions section:

      1. Line 513, bath solution “5 glucose” should be “10 glucose.”

      2. Figure 3A caption, the description “hippocampus CA1 (left) and neocortex (right)” was flipped and we have corrected it.

      References

      1. Zhang Z, Rosenhouse-Dantsker A, Tang QY, Noskov S, Logothetis DE. The RCK2 domain uses a coordination site present in Kir channels to confer sodium sensitivity to Slo2.2 channels. J Neurosci. Jun 2 2010;30(22):7554-62. doi:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.0525-10.2010

      2. Kaczmarek LK. Slack, Slick and Sodium-Activated Potassium Channels. ISRN Neurosci. Apr 18 2013;2013(2013)doi:10.1155/2013/354262

      3. Budelli G, Hage TA, Wei A, et al. Na+-activated K+ channels express a large delayed outward current in neurons during normal physiology. Nat Neurosci. Jun 2009;12(6):745-50. doi:10.1038/nn.2313

      4. Huang Z, Walker MC, Shah MM. Loss of dendritic HCN1 subunits enhances cortical excitability and epileptogenesis. J Neurosci. Sep 2 2009;29(35):10979-88. doi:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1531-09.2009

      5. Pinel JP, Rovner LI. Electrode placement and kindling-induced experimental epilepsy. Exp Neurol. Jan 15 1978;58(2):335-46. doi:10.1016/0014-4886(78)90145-0

      6. Racine RJ. Modification of seizure activity by electrical stimulation. II. Motor seizure. Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol. Mar 1972;32(3):281-94. doi:10.1016/0013-4694(72)90177-0

      7. Kim EC, Zhang J, Tang AY, et al. Spontaneous seizure and memory loss in mice expressing an epileptic encephalopathy variant in the calmodulin-binding domain of Kv7.2. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. Dec 21 2021;118(51)doi:10.1073/pnas.2021265118

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Benner et al. identify OVO as a transcriptional factor instrumental in promoting the expression of hundreds of genes essential for female germline identity and early embryo development. Prior data had identified both ovo and otu as genes activated by OVO binding to the promoters. By combining ChIP-seq, RNA-seq, and analysis of prior datasets, the authors extend these data to hundreds of genes and therefore propose that OVO is a master transcriptional regulator of oocyte development. They further speculate that OVO may function to promote chromatin accessibility to facilitate germline gene expression. Overall, the data compellingly demonstrate a much broader role for OVO in the activation of genes in the female germline than previously recognized. By contrast, the relationship between OVO, chromatin accessibility, and the timing of gene expression is only correlative, and more work will be needed to determine the mechanisms by which OVO promotes transcription.

      We fully agree with this summary.

      Strengths:

      Here Benner et al. convincingly show that OVO is a transcriptional activator that promotes expression of hundreds of genes in the female germline. The ChIP-seq and RNA-seq data included in the manuscript are robust and the analysis is compelling.

      Importantly, the set of genes identified is essential for maternal processes, including egg production and patterning of the early embryo. Together, these data identify OVO as a major transcriptional activator of the numerous genes expressed in the female germline, deposited into the oocyte and required for early gene expression. This is an important finding as this is an essential process for development and prior to this study, the major drivers of this gene expression program were unknown.

      We are delighted that this aspect of the work came across clearly. Understanding the regulation of maternal effect genes has been something of a black-box, despite the importance of this class of genes in the history of developmental genetics. The repertoire of essential oogenesis/embryonic development genes that are bound by and respond to OVO are well characterized in the literature, but nothing is known about how they are transcriptionally regulated. We feel the manuscript will be of great interest to readers working on these genes.

      Weaknesses:

      The novelty of the manuscript is somewhat limited as the authors show that, like two prior, well-studied OVO target genes, OVO binds to promoters of germline genes and activates transcription. The fact that OVO performs this function more broadly is not particularly surprising.

      Clearly, transcription factors regulate more than one or two genes. Never-the-less we were surprised at how many of the aspects of oogenesis per se and maternal effect genes were OVO targets. It was our hypothesis that OVO would have a transcriptional effect genome-wide, however, it was less clear whether OVO would always bind at the core promoter, as is with the case of ovo and otu. Our results strongly support the idea that core promoter proximal binding is essential for OVO function; a conclusion of work done decades ago, which has not been revisited using modern techniques.

      A major challenge to understanding the impact of this manuscript is the fact that the experimental system for the RNA-seq, the tagged constructs, and the expression analysis that provides the rationale for the proposed pioneering function of OVO are all included in a separate manuscript.

      This is a case where we ended up with a very, very long manuscript which included a lot of revisiting of legacy data. It was a tough decision on how to break up all the work we had completed on ovo to date. In our opinion, it was too much to put everything into a single manuscript unless we wanted a manuscript length supplement (we were also worried that supplemental data is often overlooked and sometimes poorly reviewed). We therefore decided to split the work into a developmental localization/characterization paper and a functional genomics paper. As it stands both papers are long. Certainly, readers of this manuscript will benefit from reading our previous OVO paper, which we submitted before this one. The earlier manuscript is under revision at another journal and we hope that this improved manuscript will be published and accessible shortly.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Benner et al. interrogate the transcriptional regulator OVO to identify its targets in the Drosophila germline. The authors perform ChIP-seq in the adult ovary and identify established as well as novel OVO binding motifs in potential transcriptional targets of OVO. Through additional bioinformatic analysis of existing ATAC-seq, CAGE-seq, and histone methylation data, the authors confirm previous reports that OVO is enriched at transcription start sites and suggest that OVO does not act as part of the core RNA polymerase complex. Benner et al. then perform bulk RNA-seq in OVO mutant and "wildtype" (GAL4 mediated expression of OVO under the control of the ovo promoter in OVO mutants) ovaries to identify genes that are differentially expressed in the presence of OVO. This analysis supports previous reports that OVO likely acts at transcription start sites as a transcriptional activator. While the authors propose that OVO activates the expression of genes that are important for egg integrity, maturation, and for embryonic development (nanos, gcl, pgc, bicoid), this hypothesis is based on correlation and is not supported by in vivo analysis of the respective OVO binding sites in some of the key genes. A temporal resolution for OVO's role during germline development and egg chamber maturation in the ovary is also missing. Together, this manuscript contains relevant ChIP-seq and RNA-seq datasets of OVO targets in the Drosophila ovary alongside thorough bioinformatic analysis but lacks important in vivo experimental evidence that would validate the high-quality datasets.

      We thank reviewer 2 for the appreciation of the genomics data and analysis. Some of the suggested in vivo experiments are clear next steps, which are well underway. These are beyond the scope of the current manuscript.

      Temporal analysis of ovo function in egg chamber development is not easy, as only the weakest ovo alleles have any egg chambers to examine. However, we will also point out the long-known phenotypes of some of those weak alleles in the text (e.g. ventralized chambers in ovoD3/+). We will need better tools for precise rescue/degradation during egg chamber maturation.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript contains relevant ChIP-seq and RNA-seq datasets of OVO targets in the Drosophila ovary alongside thorough bioinformatic analysis

      Thank you. We went to great lengths to do our highly replicated experiments in multiple ways (e.g. independent pull-down tags) and spent considerable time coming up with an optimized and robust informatic analysis.

      Weaknesses:

      1) The authors propose that OVO acts as a positive regulator of essential germline genes, such as those necessary for egg integrity/maturation and embryonic/germline development. Much of this hypothesis is based on GO term analysis (and supported by the authors' ChIP-seq data). However accurate interpretation of GO term enrichment is highly dependent on using the correct background gene set. What control gene set did the authors use to perform GO term analysis (the information was not in the materials and methods)? If a background gene set was not previously specified, it is essential to perform the analysis with the appropriate background gene set. For this analysis, the total set of genes that were identified in the authors' RNA-seq of OVO-positive ovaries would be an ideal control gene set for which to perform GO term analysis. Alternatively, the total set of genes identified in previous scRNA-seq analysis of ovaries (see Rust et al., 2020, Slaidina et al., 2021 among others) would also be an appropriate control gene set for which to perform GO term analysis. If indeed GO term analysis of the genes bound by OVO compared to all genes expressed in the ovary still produces an enrichment of genes essential for embryonic development and egg integrity, then this hypothesis can be considered.

      We feel that this work on OVO as a positive regulator of genes like bcd, osk, nos, png, gnu, plu, etc., is closer to a demonstration than a proposition. These are textbook examples of genes required for egg and early embryonic development. Hopefully, this is not lost on the readers by an over-reliance on GO term analysis, which is required but not always useful in genome-wide studies.

      We used GO term enrichment analysis as a tool to help focus the story on some major pathways that OVO is regulating. To the specific criticism of the reference gene-set, GO term enrichment analysis in this work is robust to gene background set. We will update the GO term enrichment analysis text to indicate this fact and add a table using expressed genes in our RNA-seq dataset to the manuscript and clarify gene set robustness in greater detail in the methods of the revision. We will also try to focus the reader’s attention on the actual target genes rather than the GO terms in the revised text.

      2) The authors provide important bioinformatic analysis of new and existing datasets that suggest OVO binds to specific motifs in the promoter regions of certain germline genes. While the bioinformatic analysis of these data is thorough and appropriate, the authors do not perform any in vivo validation of these datasets to support their hypotheses. The authors should choose a few important potential OVO targets based on their analysis, such as gcl, nanos, or bicoid (as these genes have well-studied phenotypes in embryogenesis), and perform functional analysis of the OVO binding site in their promoter regions. This may include creating CRISPR lines that do not contain the OVO binding site in the target gene promoter, or reporter lines with and without the OVO binding site, to test if OVO binding is essential for the transcription/function of the candidate genes.

      Exploring mechanism using in vivo phenotypic assays is awesome, so this is a very good suggestion. But, it is not essential for this work -- as has been pointed out in the reviews, in vivo validation of OVO binding sites has been comprehensively done for two target genes, ovo and otu. The “rules” appear similar for both genes. That said, we are already following up specific OVO target genes and the detailed mechanism of OVO function at the core promoter. We removed some of our preliminary in vivo figures from the already long current manuscript. We continue to work on OVO and expect to include this type of analysis in a new manuscript.

      3) The authors perform de novo motif analysis to identify novel OVO binding motifs in their ChIP-seq dataset. Motif analysis can be significantly strengthened by comparing DNA sequences within peaks, to sequences that are just outside of peak regions, thereby generating motifs that are specific to peak regions compared to other regions of the promoter/genome. For example, taking the 200 nt sequence on either side of an OVO peak could be used as a negative control sequence set. What control sequence set did the authors use as for their de novo motif analysis? More detail on this is necessary in the materials and methods section. Re-analysis with an appropriate negative control sequence set is suggested if not previously performed.

      We apologize for being unclear on negative sequence controls in the methods. We used shuffled OVO ChIP-seq peak sequences as the background for the de novo motif analysis, which we will better outline in the methods of the revision. This is a superior background set of sequences as it exactly balances GC content in the query and background sequences. We are not fond of the idea of using adjacent DNA that won’t be controlled for GC content and shadow motifs. Furthermore, the de novo OVO DNA binding motifs are clear, statistically significant variants of the characterized in vitro OVO DNA binding motifs previously identified (Lu et al., 1998; Lee and Garfinkel, 2000; Bielinska et al., 2005), which lends considerable confidence. We also show that the OVO ChIP-seq read density are highly enriched for all our identified motifs, as well as the in vitro motifs. We provide multiple lines of evidence, through multiple methods, that the core OVO DNA binding motif is 5’-TAACNGT-3’. We have high confidence in the motif data.

      4) The authors mention that OVO binding (based on their ChIP-seq data) is highly associated with increased gene expression (lines 433-434). How many of the 3,094 peaks (conservative OVO binding sites), and what percentage of those peaks, are associated with a significant increase in gene expression from the RNA-seq data? How many are associated with a decrease in gene expression? This information should be added to the results section.

      Not including the numbers of the overlapping ChIP peaks and expression changes in the text was an oversight on our part. The numbers that relate to this (666 peaks overlapping genes that significantly increased in expression, significant enrichment according to Fishers exact test, 564 peaks overlapping genes that significantly decreased in expression, significant depletion according to Fishers exact test) are found in figure 4C and will be added to the text.

      5) The authors mention that a change in endogenous OVO expression cannot be determined from the RNA-seq data due to the expression of the OVO-B cDNA rescue construct. Can the authors see a change in endogenous OVO expression based on the presence/absence of OVO introns in their RNA-seq dataset? While intronic sequences are relatively rare in RNA-seq, even a 0.1% capture rate of intronic sequence is likely to be enough to determine the change in endogenous OVO expression in the rescue construct compared to the OVO null.

      This is a good point. The GAL4 transcript is downstream of ovo expression in the hypomorphic ovoovo-GAL4 allele. We state in the text that there is a nonsignificant increase in GAL4 expression with ectopic rescue OVO, although the trend is positive. We calculated the RPKM of RNA-seq reads mapping to the intron spanning exon 3 and exon 4 in ovo-RA and found that there is also a nonsignificant increase in intronic RPKM with ectopic rescue OVO (we will add to the results in the revision). We would expect OVO to be autoregulatory and potentially increase the expression of GAL4 and/or intronic reads, but the ovoovo-GAL4>UASp-OVOB is not directly autoregulatory like the endogenous locus. It is not clear to us how the intervening GAL4 activity would affect OVOB activity in the artificial circuit. Dampening? Feed-forward? Is there an effect on OVOA activity? Regardless, this result does not change our interpretation of the other OVO target genes.

      6) The authors conclude with a model of how OVO may participate in the activation of transcription in embryonic pole cells. However, the authors did not carry out any experiments with pole cells that would support/test such a model. It may be more useful to end with a model that describes OVO's role in oogenesis, which is the experimental focus of the manuscript.

      We did not complete any experiments in embryonic pole cells in this manuscript and base our discussion on the potential dynamics of OVO transcriptional control and our previous work showing maternal and zygotic OVO protein localization in the developing embryonic germline. Obviously, we are highly interested in this question and continue to work on the role of maternal OVO. We agree that we are extended too far and will remove the embryonic germ cell model in the figure. We will instead focus on the possible mechanisms of OVO gene regulation in light of the evidence we have shown in the adult ovary, as suggested.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1:

      Drawing on insights from preceding studies, the researchers pinpointed mutations within the spag7 gene that correlate with metabolic aberrations in mice. The precise function of spag7 has not been fully described yet, thereby the primary objective of this investigation is to unravel its pivotal role in the development of obesity and metabolic disease in mice. First, they generated a mice model lacking spag7 and observed that KO mice exhibited diminished birth size, which subsequently progressed to manifest obesity and impaired glucose tolerance upon reaching adulthood. This behaviour was primarily attributed to a reduction in energy expenditure. In fact, KO animals demonstrated compromised exercise endurance and muscle functionality, stemming from a deterioration in mitochondrial activity. Intriguingly, none of these effects was observed when using a tamoxifen-induced KO mouse model, implying that Spag7's influence is predominantly confined to the embryonic developmental phase. Explorations within placental tissue unveiled that mice afflicted by Spag7 deficiency experienced placental insufficiency, likely due to aberrant development of the placental junctional zone, a phenomenon that could impede optimal nutrient conveyance to the developing fetus. Overall, the authors assert that Spag7 emerges as a crucial determinant orchestrating accurate embryogenesis and subsequent energy balance in the later stages of life.

      The study boasts several noteworthy strengths. Notably, it employs a combination of animal models and a thorough analysis of metabolic and exercise parameters, underscoring a meticulous approach. Furthermore, the investigation encompasses a comprehensive evaluation of fetal loss across distinct pregnancy stages, alongside a transcriptomic analysis of skeletal muscle, thereby imparting substantial value. However, a pivotal weakness of the study centres on its translational applicability. While the authors claim that "SPAG7 is well-conserved with 97% of the amino acid sequence being identical in humans and mice", the precise role of spag7 in the human context remains enigmatic. This limitation hampers a direct extrapolation of findings to human scenarios. Additionally, the study's elucidation of the molecular underpinnings behind the spag7-mediated anomalous development of the placental junction zone remains incomplete. Finally, the hypothesis positing a reduction in nutrient availability to the fetus, though intriguing, requires further substantiation, leaving an aspect of the mechanism unexplored.

      Hence, in order to fortify the solidity of their conclusions, these concerns necessitate meticulous attention and resolution in the forthcoming version of the manuscript. Upon the comprehensive addressing of these aspects, the study is poised to exert a substantial influence on the field, its significance reverberating significantly. The methodologies and data presented undoubtedly hold the potential to facilitate the community's deeper understanding of the ramifications stemming from disruptions during pregnancy, shedding light on their enduring impact on the metabolic well-being of subsequent generations.

      Thanks to this reviewer for their thoughtful analysis and commentary. Human mutations in SPAG7 are exceedingly rare (SPAG7 | pLoF (genebass.org)), potentially because of the deleterious effects of SPAG7-deficiency on prenatal development. This makes investigation into the causative effects of SPAG7 in humans challenging. There exist mutations in the SPAG7 region of the genome that are associated with BMI, but no direct coding variants within the spag7 gene itself have been studied.

      We agree with the reviewer that the precise role of spag7 in the placenta remains unknown. However, given its robust expression and high protein levels in the placenta, including in key cells, such as the syncytiotrophoblast (https://www.proteinatlas.org/ENSG00000091640-SPAG7/tissue/Placenta), it is highly likely that spag7 is critical for normal placenta development and function. Multiple studies (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC9716072/) have recently shown that sperm associated RNAs play a critical role in embryonic and early placenta development. Our findings will provide the basis for future studies that can elucidate the role of spag7 in human placenta.

      Reviewer #2:

      Summary:

      The authors of this manuscript are interested in discovering and functionally characterizing genes that might cause obesity. To find such genes, they conducted a forward genetic screen in mice, selecting strains which displayed increased body weight and adiposity. They found a strain, with germ-line deficiency in the gene Spag7, which displayed significantly increased body weight, fat mass, and adipose depot sizes manifesting after the onset of adulthood (20 weeks). The mice also display decreased organ sizes, leading to decreased lean body mass. The increased adiposity was traced to decreased energy expenditure at both room temperature and thermoneutrality, correlating with decreased locomotor activity and muscle atrophy. Major metabolic abnormalities such as impaired glucose tolerance and insulin sensitivity also accompanied the phenotype. Unexpectedly, when the authors generated an inducible, whole body knockout mouse using a globally expressed Cre-ERT2 along with a globally floxed Spag7, and induced Spag7 knockout before the onset of obesity, none of the phenotypes seen in the original strain were recapitulated. The authors trace this discrepancy to the major effect of Spag7 being on placental development.

      Strengths:

      Strengths of the manuscript are its inherently unbiased approach, using a forward genetic screen to discover previously unknown genes linked to obesity phenotypes. Another strong aspect of the work was the generation of an independent, complementary, strain consisting of an inducible knockout model, in which the deficiency of the gene could be assessed in a more granular form. This approach enabled the discovery of Spag7 as a gene involved in the establishment of the mature placenta, which determines the metabolic fate of the offspring. Additional strengths include the extensive array of physiological parameters measured, which provided a deep understanding of the whole-body metabolic phenotype and pinpointed its likely origin to muscle energetic dysfunction.

      Weaknesses:

      Weaknesses that can be raised are the lack of molecular mechanistic understanding of the numerous phenotypic observations. For example, the specific role of Spag7 to promote placental development remains unclear. Also, the reason why placental developmental abnormalities lead to muscle dysfunction, and whether indeed the entire metabolic phenotype of the offspring can be attributed solely to decreased muscle energetics is not fully explored.

      Overall, the authors achieved a remarkable success in identifying genes associated with development of obesity and metabolic disease, discovering the role of Spag7 in placental development, and highlighting the fundamental role of in-utero development in setting future metabolic state of the offspring.

      We thank this reviewer for their thoughtful analysis and commentary. Significant effort has been made to understand the causes of the metabolic phenotypes observed in SPAG7-deficient mouse models. It is clear that hyperphagia is not the cause and the muscle energetics deficit is likely not the sole cause. We expect that decreased access to nutrition in utero will lead to widespread and varied metabolic adaptation.

      We agree with the reviewer that further work can be done to understand the molecular mechanism driving the metabolic phenotypes of SPAG7-deficient animals. We believe that full investigation of the processes behind the developmental abnormalities is beyond the scope of this paper and best to be done under a separate paper.

      Reviewer #3:

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Flaherty III S.E. et al identified SPAG7 gene in their forward mutagenetic screening and created the germline knockout and inducible knockout mice. The authors reported that the SPAG7 germline knockout mice had lower birth weight likely due to intrauterine growth restriction and placental insufficiency. The SPAG7 KO mice later developed obesity phenotype as a result of reduced energy expenditure. However, the inducible SPAG7 knockout mice had normal body weight and composition.

      Strengths:

      In this reviewer's opinion, this study has high significance in the field of metabolic research for the following reasons.

      1) The authors' findings are significant in the field of obesity research, especially from the perspective of maternal-fetal medicine. The authors created and analyzed the SPAG7 KO mice and found that the KO mice had a "thrifty phenotype" and developed obesity.

      2) SPAG7 gene function hasn't been thoroughly studied. The reported phenotype will fill the gap of knowledge.

      Overall, the authors have presented their results in a clear and logically organized structure, clearly stated the key question to be addressed, used the appropriate methodology, produced significant and innovative main findings.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript can be further strengthened with more clarification on the following points.

      1) The germline whole-body KO mice were female mice (Line293), however the inducible knockout mice were male mice (Line549). Sexual dimorphism is often observed in metabolic studies, therefore the metabolic phenotype of both female and male mice needs to be reported for the germline and inducible knockouts in order to make the justified conclusion.

      2) SPAG7 has an NLS. Does this protein function in gene expression? Whether the overall metabolic phenotype is the direct cause of SPAG7 ablation is unclear. For example, the Hsd17b10 gene was downregulated in all tissues in the KO mice. Could this have been coincidentally selected for and thus be the cause of the developmental issues and adulthood obesity? Do the iSpag7 mice demonstrate reduced expression of Hsd17b10?

      3) Figure 2c should display the energy expenditure normalized to body weight (or lean body mass).

      4) Please provide more information for the figure legend, including the statistical test that was conducted for each data set, animal numbers for each genotype and sexes.

      5) The authors should report how long after treatment the data was collected for figures 4F-M.

      6) The authors should justify ending the data collection after 8 weeks for the iSPAG7 mice in Figures 4C-E. In the WT vs germline KO mice, there was no clear difference in body weight or lean mass at 15 weeks of age.

      Response to point #1 (Weakness): We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful analysis and commentary. All inducible KO animals described in the paper are female (the typo in Line 549 has been corrected). We did perform studies in both male and female animals for both of these lines. Males display similar metabolic phenotypes, though not as robustly as the females. A table summarizing key data from male and female germline KO animals and inducible KO animals has been included below.

      Author response table 1.

      Author response table 2.

      Response to point #2 (Weakness): SPAG7 contains an R3H domain, which is predicted to bind polynucleotides, and other proteins that contain R3H domains are known to bind RNA or ssDNA. The iSPAG7 mice do display decreased hsd17b10 expression (to a lesser degree than the germline KOs) in the tissues examined. When we knock-down SPAG7 in specific tissues, we also see hsd17b10 expression decrease specifically in those tissues. These data all suggest that hsd17b10 expression is, at least, linked to spag7 expression. They also raise the question of why these animals have no metabolic phenotype. Some possible explanations are that hsd17b10 expression is essential only during early development, or that the lower magnitude of downregulation of hsd17b10 in the iSPAG7 is insufficient to produce the metabolic phenotypes seen in the germline Kos with higher magnitude of downregulation.

      Response to point #3 (Weakness): How best to normalize total energy expenditure data is a subject of debate within the energy expenditure field. As the animals have increased body weight and decreased lean mass, normalizing to either will skew the results in different directions. We have included the data normalized to body weight and to lean mass below. The decrease in total energy expenditure remains significant in either scenario.

      Author response image 1.

      Response to point #4 (Weakness): The information has been added to all figures.

      Response to point #5 (Weakness): Weeks after treatment have been added to the figure legends for Figures 4F-M.

      Response to point #6 (Weakness): Highly significant changes in fat mass, glucose tolerance and insulin sensitivity are already present in the germline SPAG7 KO mice at age of 15 week or earlier. Tamoxifen injection effectively induced SPA7 gene KO in less than a week in the iSPAG7 KO mice. Given the absence of significant changes or any trends towards significance in glucose and insulin tolerance test as well as other metabolic testes in the iSPAG7 KO mice at age of 15 week (same age as the germline KO when these changes observed) and 8 week after SPAG7 gene KO, we did not anticipate to see the changes beyond this point and decided to stop the study at 9 weeks after treatment.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review)

      Weaknesses

      1) The usage of young growing mice (8-10 weeks) versus adult mice (>4 months) in the murine mechanical overload experiments. The usage of adult mice would be preferable for these experiments given that maturational growth may somehow affect the outcomes.

      The basis for this critique is not clear as it has been shown that the longitudinal growth of bones is complete by ⁓8 weeks of age (e.g., PMID: 28326349, and 31997656). These studies, along with others, also indicate that 8 weeks is a post-pubescent age in mice. For these reasons, 8 weeks of age was viewed as being representative of the human equivalent of when people start to perform resistance exercise with the goal of increasing muscle mass. Also, it’s important to consider that the mice were 10-12 weeks of age when the muscles were collected which would be equivalent to a human in their lower 20’s. In our human study, the mean age of the subjects was 23. Given the above points, it’s hard for us to appreciate why the use of mice that started at 8-10 weeks of age is viewed as a weakness. With that being said, we recognize that there may be age-related changes in mechanisms of mechanical load-induced growth, but it was not our intent to address this topic.

      1b) No consideration for biological sex.

      We appreciate this point and we agree that sex is an important variable to consider. In this study, we explored an unchartered topic and therefore we wanted to minimize as many known variables as possible. We did that, in part, by focusing specifically on male subjects. In the future, it will certainly be important to explore whether sex (and age) impact the structural adaptations that drive the mechanical load-induced growth of muscle fibers.

      2) Information on whether myofibrillogenesis is dependent on hypertrophy induced by loading, or just hypertrophy in general. To provide information on this, the authors could use, for instance, inducible Myostatin KO mice (a model where hypertrophy and force production are not always in lockstep) to see whether hypertrophy independent from load induces the same result as muscle loading regarding myofibrillogenesis.

      This is a great suggestion, but it goes beyond the intended scope of our study. Nevertheless, with the publication of our FIM-ID methodology, the answer to this and related questions can now be obtained in a time- and cost-effective manner.

      3) Limited information on Type 1 fiber hypertrophy. A "dual overload" model is used for the mouse where the soleus is also overloaded, but presumably, the soleus was too damaged to analyze. Exploring hypertrophy of murine Type 1 fibers using a different model (weight pulling, weighted wheel running, or forced treadmill running) would be a welcome addition.

      The point is well taken and further studies that are aimed at determining whether there are differences in how Type I vs. Type II fibers grow would be an excellent subject for future studies.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review)

      1) Supplemental Figure 1 is not very clear.

      Supplemental Figure 1 is now presented as Supplemental Figure 2. We carefully reexamined this figure and, in our opinion, the key points have been appropriately conveyed. We would be more than happy to revise the figure, but we would need guidance with respect to which aspect(s) of the figure were not clear to the reviewer.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors)

      Introduction.

      1) I do not think the first paragraph is really necessary. Cell growth is a fundamental property of cell biology that requires no further justification.

      We believe that it is essential to remind all readers about the importance of skeletal muscle research. For some, the detrimental impact of skeletal muscle loss on one’s quality of life and the greater burden on the healthcare system may not be known.

      2) I prefer "fundamental" over "foundationally".

      All mentions of the word “foundational” and “foundationally” have been changed to “fundamental” and “fundamentally.”

      3) As usual for the Hornberger lab, the authors do an excellent job of providing the (historical) context of the research question.

      Thank you for this positive comment.

      4) I prefer “Goldspink” as “Dr. Goldspink” feels too personal especially when you are critical of his studies.

      All instances of “Dr.” have been removed when referring to the works of others. This includes Dr. Goldspink and Dr. Tokuyasu.

      5) Fourth paragraph, after reference #17. I felt like this discussion was not necessary and did not really add any value to the introduction.

      We believe that this discussion should remain since it highlights the widely accepted notion that mechanical loading leads to an increase in the number of myofibrils per fiber, yet there is no compelling data to support this notion. This discussion highlights the need for documented evidence for the increase in myofibril number in response to mechanical loading and, as such, it serves as a major part of the premise for the experiments that were conducted in our manuscript.

      6) The authors do a nice job of laying out the challenge of rigorously testing the Goldspink model of myofiber hypertrophy.

      Thank you!

      Results

      1). For the EM images, can the authors provide a representative image of myofibril tracing? From the EM image provided, it is difficult to evaluate how accurate the tracing is.

      -Representative images and an explanation of myofibril calculation have been provided in Supplemental Figure 5.

      2) In the mouse, how does the mean myofibril CSA compare between EM and FIM-ID?

      Author response image 1.

      The above figures compare the myofibril CSA and fiber CSA measurements that were obtained with EM and FIM-ID for all analyzed fibers, as well as the same fibers separated according to the fiber type (i.e., Ox vs. Gly). The above figure shows that the FIM-ID measurements of myofibril CSA were slightly, yet significantly, lower than the measurements obtained with EM. However, we believe that it would be misleading to present the data in this manner. Specifically, as shown in Fig. 4C, a positive linear relationship exists between myofibril CSA and fiber CSA. Thus, a direct comparison of myofibril CSA measurements obtained from EM and FIM-ID would only be meaningful if the mean CSA of the fibers that were analyzed were the same. As shown on the panel on the right, the mean CSA of the fibers analyzed with FIM-ID was slightly, yet significantly, lower than the mean CSA of the fibers analyzed with EM. As such, we believe that the most appropriate way to compare the measurements of the two methods is to express the values for the myofibril CSA relative to the fiber CSA and this is how we presented the data in the main figure (i.e., Fig. 4E).

      3) Looking at Fig. 3D, how is intermyofibrillar space calculated when a significant proportion of the ROI is odd-shaped myofibrils that are not outlined? It is not clear how the intermyofibrillar space between the odd-shaped myofibrils is included in the total intermyofibrillar space calculation for the fiber.

      The area occupied by the intermyofibrillar components is calculated by using our custom “Intermyofibrillar Area” pipeline within CellProfiler. Briefly, the program creates a binary image of the SERCA signal. The area occupied by the white pixels in the binary image is then used to calculate the area that is occupied by the intermyofibrillar components. To help readers, an example of this process is now provided in supplemental figure 4.

      4) What is the average percentage of each ROI that was not counted by CP (because a myofibril did not fit the shape criteria)? The concern is that the method of collection is biasing the data. In looking at EM images of myofibrils (from other studies), it is apparent that myofibrils are not always oval; in fact, it appears that often myofibrils have a more rectangular shape. These odd-shaped myofibrils are excluded from the analysis yet they might provide important information; maybe these odd-shaped myofibrils always hypertrophy such that their inclusion might change the overall conclusion of the study. I completely understand the challenges of trying to quantify odd-shaped myofibrils. I think it is important the authors discuss this important limitation of the study.

      First, we would like to clarify that myofibrils of a generally rectangular shape were not excluded. The intent of the filtering steps was to exclude objects that exhibited odd shapes because of an incomplete closure of the signal from SERCA. To illustrate this point we have annotated the images from Figure 3B-D with a red arrow which points to a rectangular object and blue arrows which point to objects that most likely consisted of two or more individual myofibrils that were falsely identified as a single object.

      Author response image 2.

      We appreciate the reviewer's concern that differences in the exclusion rates between groups could have biased the outcomes. Indeed, this was something that we were keeping a careful eye on during our analyses, and we hope that the reviewer will take comfort in knowing that objects were excluded at a very similar rate in both the mouse and human samples (44% vs. 46% for SHAM vs. MOV in mice, and 47% vs. 47% for PRE vs. POST in humans). We realize that this important data should have been included in our original submission and it is now contained with the results section of the revised version of our manuscript. Hopefully the explanation above, along with the inclusion of this data, will alleviate the reviewers concerns that differences between the groups may have been biased by the filtering steps.

      Discussion.

      1) I think the authors provided a balanced interpretation of the data by acknowledging the limitation of having only one time-point. i.e., not being able to assess the myofibril splitting mechanism.

      Thank you!

      2) I think a discussion on the important limitation of only quantifying oval-shaped myofibrils should be included in the discussion.

      Please refer to our response to comment #4 of the results section.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors)

      Overall, this is a thoughtful, clear, and impactful manuscript that provides valuable tools and information for the skeletal muscle field. My specific comments are as follows:

      1) In the introduction, I really appreciate the historical aspect provided on myofbrillogenesis. As written, however, I was expecting the authors to tackle the myofibril "splitting" question in greater detail with their experiments given the amount of real estate given to that topic, but this was not the case. Consider toning this down a bit as I think it sets a false expectation.

      We acknowledge that the study does not directly address the question about myofibril splitting. However, we believe that it is important to highlight the background of this untested theory since it serves as a major part of the premise for the experiments that were performed.

      2) In the introduction, is it worth worth citing this study? https://rupress.org/jcb/articlepdf/111/5/1885/1464125/1885.pdf.

      This is a very interesting study but, despite the title, we do not believe that it is accurate to say that this study investigated myofibrillogenesis. Instead (as illustrated by the author in Fig. 9) the study focused on the in-series addition of new sarcomeres at the ends of the pre-existing myofibrils (i.e., it studied in-series sarcomerogenesis). In our opinion, the study does not provide any direct evidence of myofibrillogenesis, and we are not aware of any studies that have shown that the chronic stretch model employed by the authors induces myofibrillogenesis. However, numerous studies have shown that chronic stretch leads to the in-series addition of new sarcomeres.

      3) Is there evidence for myofbrillogenesis during cardiac hypertrophy that could be referenced here?

      This is a great question, and one would think that it would have been widely investigated. However, direct evidence for myofibrillogenesis during load-induced cardiac hypertrophy is just as sparse as the evidence for myofibrillogenesis during load-induced skeletal muscle hypertrophy.

      4) In the introduction, perhaps mention that prolonged fixation is another disadvantage of EM tissue preparation. This typically prevents the usage of antibodies afterwards, whereas the authors have been able to overcome this using their method, which is a great strength.

      Thank you for the suggestion. This point has been added the 5th paragraph of the introduction.

      5) In the introduction, are there not EM-compatible computer programs that could sidestep the manual tracing and increase throughput? Why could software such as this not be used? https://www.nature.com/articles/s41592-019-0396-9

      While we agree that automated pipelines have been developed for EM, such methods require a high degree of contrast between the measured objects. With EM, the high degree of contrast required for automated quantification is rarely observed between the myofibrils and the intermyofibrillar components (especially in glycolytic fibers). Moreover, one of the primary goals of our study was to develop a time and cost-effective method for identifying and quantifying myofibrils. As such, we developed a method that would not require the use of EM. We only incorporated EM imaging and analysis to validate the FIM-ID method. Therefore, utilizing an EM-compatible program to sidestep the manual tracing would have sped up the validation step, but it would not have accomplished one of the primary goals of our study.

      6) In the results, specifically for the human specimens, were "hybrid" fibers detected and, if so, how did the pattern of SERCA look? Also, did the authors happen to notice centrallynucleated muscle fibers in the murine plantaris after overload? If so, how did the myofibrils look? Could be interesting.

      For the analysis of the human fibers, two distinct immunolabeling methods were performed. One set of sections was stained for SERCA1 and dystrophin, while the other set was stained for SERCA2 and dystrophin. In other words, we did not perform dual immunolabeling for SERCA1 and SERCA2 on the same sections. Therefore, during the analysis of the human fibers, we did not detect the presence of hybrid fibers. Furthermore, while we did not perform nuclear staining on these sections, it should be noted that nuclei do not contain SERCA, and to the best of our recollection, we did not detect any SERCAnull objects within the center of the fibers. Moreover, our previous work has shown that the model of MOV used in this study does not lead to signs of degeneration/regeneration (You, Jae-Sung et al. (2019). doi:10.1096/fj.201801653RR). Therefore, it can be safely assumed that very few (if any) of the fibers analyzed in this study were centrally nucleated.

      7) In the Results, fixed for how long? This is important since, at least in my experience, with 24+ hours of fixation, antibody reactivity is significantly reduced unless an antigen retrieval step is performed (even then, not always successful). Also, presumably these tissues were drop-fixed? These details are in the Methods but some additional detail here could be warranted for the benefit of the discerning and interested reader.

      For both the mouse and human, the samples were immersion-fixed (presumably the equivalent of “drop-fixed”) in 4% paraformaldehyde in 0.1M phosphate buffer solution for a total of 24 hours (as described in the Methods section). We agree that prolonged aldehyde fixation can affect antibody reactivity; however, the antibodies used for FIM-ID did not require an antigen retrieval step.

      8) In the results regarding NADH/FAD autofluorescence imaging, a complimentary approach in muscle was recently described and could be cited here: https://journals.physiology.org/doi/full/10.1152/japplphysiol.00662.2022

      We appreciate the reviewer’s recommendation to add this citation for the support of our method for fiber type classification and have added it to the manuscript in the second paragraph under the “Further refinement and validation of the automated measurements with FIM-ID” subsection of the Results as citation number 57.

      9) In the results, "Moreover, no significant differences in the mean number of myofibrils per fiber CSA were found when the results from the FIM-ID and EM-based measurements were directly compared, and this point was true when the data from all analyzed fibers was considered..." Nit-picky, but should it be "were considered" since data is plural?

      Thanks, this error was corrected.

      10) In the discussion, are the authors developing a "methodology" or a "method"? I think it may be the latter.

      We agree that “method” is the correct term to use. Instances of the word “methodology” have been replaced with “method.”

      11) In the discussion, since the same fibers were not being tracked over time, I'm not sure that saying "radial growth" is strictly correct. It is intuitive that the fibers were growing during loading, of course, but it may be safer to say "larger fibers versus control or the Pre sample" or something of the like. For example, "all the fiber types that were larger after loading versus controls" as opposed to "showed significant radial growth"

      While we agree that the fiber size was not tracked over time, the experiments were designed to test for a main effect of mechanical loading. Therefore, we are attributing the morphological adaptations to the mechanical loading variable (i.e., mechanical loadinduced growth). The use of terms like “the induction of radial growth” or “the induction of hypertrophy” are commonly used in studies with the methods employed in this study. Respectfully, we believe that it would be more confusing for the readers if we used the suggested terms like "all the fiber types that were larger after loading versus controls". For instance, if I were the reader I would think to myself… but there fiber types that were larger than others before loading (e.g., Ox vs. Gly), so what are the authors really trying to talk about?

      12) I would suggest making a cartoon summary figure to complement and summarize the Methods/Results/Discussion

      Thank you for this suggestion. We created a cartoon that summarizes the overall workflow for FIM-ID and this cartoon is now presented in Supplemental Figure 1.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Making state-of-the-art (super-resolution) microscopy widely available has been the subject of many publications in recent years as correctly referenced in the manuscript. By advocating the ideas of open-microscopy and trying to replace expensive, scientific-grade components such as lasers, cameras, objectives, and stages with cost-effective alternatives, interested researchers nowadays have a number of different frameworks to choose from. In the iteration of the theme presented here, the authors used the existing modular UC2 framework, which consists of 3D printable building blocks, and combined a cheapish laser, detector and x,y,(z) stage with expensive filters/dichroics and a very expensive high-end objective (>15k Euros). This particular choice raises a first technical question, to which extent a standard NA 1.3 oil immersion objective available for <1k would compare to the chosen NA 1.49 one.

      Measurement of the illumination quality (e.g. the spectral purity) of low budget lasers convinced us of the necessity to use spectral filtering. These cannot be replaced with lower budget alternatives, to sill retain the necessary sensitivity to image single molecules. As expected, the high-quality objectives are able to produce high-quality data. Lower budget alternatives (<500 €) to replace the objective have been tried out. Image quality is reduced but key features in fluorescent images can be identified (see figure S1). The usage of a low budget objective for SMLM imaging is possible, but quality benchmarks such as identifying railroad tracks along microtubule profiles is not possible. Their usage is not optimal for applications aiming to visualize single molecules and might find better application in teaching projects.

      The choice of using the UC2 framework has the advantage, that the individual building blocks can be 3D printed, although it should be mentioned that the authors used injection-molded blocks that will have a limited availability if not offered commercially by a third party. The strength of the manuscript is the tight integration of the hardware and the software (namely the implementations of imSwitch as a GUI to control data acquisition, OS SMLM algorithms for fast sub-pixel localisation and access to Napari).

      The injection-molded cubes can be acquired through the OpenUC2 platform. Alternatively, the 3D printable version of the cubes is freely available and just requires the user to have a 3D printer. https://github.com/openUC2/UC2-GIT/tree/master/CAD/CUBE_EmptyTemplate

      The presented experimental data is convincing, demonstrating (1) extended live cell imaging both using bright-field and fluorescence in the incubator, (2) single-particle tracking of quantum dots, and (3) and STORM measurements in cells stained against tubulin. In the following I will raise two aspects that currently limit the clarity and the potential impact of the manuscript.

      First, the manuscript would benefit from further refinement. Elements in Figure 1d/e are not described properly. Figure 2c is not described in the caption. GPI-GFP is not introduced. MMS (moment scaling spectrum) could benefit from a one sentence description of what it actually is. In Figure 6, the size of the STORM and wide-field field of views are vastly different, the distances between the peaks on the tubuli are given in micrometers rather than nanometers. (more in the section on recommendations for the author)

      Second, and this is the main criticism at this point, is that although all the information and data is openly available, it seems very difficult to actually build the setup due to a lack of proper documentation (as of early July 2023).

      1) The bill of materials (https://github.com/openUC2/UC2-STORM-and-Fluorescence#bill-of-material) should provide a link to the commercially available items. Some items are named in German. Maybe split the BoM in commercially available and 3D printable parts (I first missed the option to scroll horizontally).

      2) The links to the XY and Z stage refer to the general overview site of the UC2 project (https://github.com/openUC2/) requiring a deep dive to find the actual information.

      3) Detailed building instructions are unfortunately missing. How to assemble the cubes (pCad files showing exploded views, for example)? Trouble shooting?

      4) Some of the hardware details (e.g. which laser was being used, lenses, etc) should be mentioned in the manuscript (or SI)

      I fully understand that providing such level of detail is very time consuming, but I hope that the authors will be able to address these shortcomings.

      1) The bill of materials has been and will also in future still be improved. The items have been sorted into UC2 printed parts and externally acquired parts. The combination of part name as well as provider enables users to find and acquire the same parts. Additionally, depending on the country where the user is located, different providers of a given part might be advantageous as delivery means and costs might vary.

      2) The Z-stage now has a specific repository with different solutions, offering different solutions with different levels of movement precision. According to the user and their budget, different solutions can be optimal for the endeavor.

      https://github.com/openUC2/UC2-Zstage

      The XY stage now also has a detailed repository, as the motorizing of the stage requires a fair amount of tinkering. The video tutorials and the detailed instructions on stage motorizing should help any user to reproduce the stage shown within this manuscript. https://github.com/openUC2/UC2-Motorized-XY-Table

      3) The updated repository has a short video showing the general assembly of the cubes and the layers. Additionally, figure S2 shows all the pieces that are included in every layer (as a photograph as well as CAD). An exploded view of the complete setup would certainly be a helpful visualization of the complete setup. We however hope that the presented assembly tutorials and documents are sufficient to successfully reproduce the U.C.STORM setup.

      First, we want to thank the reviewers for their effort to help us improving our work. We apologize for any trivial mistakes we had overlooked. Please find below our answers to the very constructive and helpful comments of the editors.  

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for The Authors):

      To complement the current data set:

      Figure 2(a & b): Panels i & ii, were chosen on the area where the distribution of the laser appears to be flatter. Can the authors select microtubules from a different section? Otherwise, it is reasonable to also crop the field-of-view along the flatter area (as done in Fig 6).

      Figure 2 was changed to according to the reviewer’s suggestions. The profiles of microtubules from a different section have similar profiles, but the region with best illumination thus best SNR of the profile have been used for the figure.

      Figure 2(c): The current plot shows the gaussian distribution which does not appear to be centered. Instead of a horizontal line, can the authors provide a diagonal profile across the field of view and update the panel below?

      A diagonal cross-section of the illuminated FOV is provided in figure 2 to replace the previous horizontal profile. The pattern seems not to be perfectly radially symmetric, and more light seems to be blocked at the bottom of the illumination pattern compared to the top. A possible improvement can be provided by a fiber-coupled laser, that could provide a more homogeneous illumination while being easier to handle in the assembly process.

      Author response image 1.

      Diagonal cross-section of the illuminated FOV. Pixel-size (104nm) is the same as in figure 2. Intensity has been normalized according to the maximal value.

      Figure 2(d): The system presents a XY drift of ~500nm over the course of a couple of hours. However, is not clear how the focus is being maintained. Can the authors clarify this point and add the axial drift to the plot?

      The axial position of the sample could be maintained over a prolonged period of time without correcting for drift. Measurements where an axial shift was induced by tension pulses in the electronics have been discarded, but the stability of the stage seems to be sufficient to allow for imaging without lateral and axial drift correction. The XY drift measurement displayed in Figure 2(d) can be extended by measuring the σ of the PSF over time. The increase of σ would suggest an axial displacement in relation to the focus plane. In these measurements, a slight axial drift can be seen, the fluorescent beads however can still be localized over the whole course of the measurement.

      A separate experiment was performed, using the same objective on the UC2 setup and on a high-quality setup equipped with a piezo actuator able to move in 10 nm steps. The precise Z steps of the piezo allows to reproducibly swipe through the PSF shape and to give an estimate of the axial displacement of the sample, according to the changes in PSF FWHM (Full Width at Half Maximum). When superimposing the graph with the UC2 measurement of fluorescent beads with the smallest possible Z step, an estimate about the relative axial position of the sample can be provided. The accuracy of the stage however remains limited.

      Author response image 2.

      Drift Figure: a. Drift of fluorescent TS beads on the UC2 setup positioned upon an optical table over a duration of two hours. Beads are localized and resulting displacement in i. and ii. are plotted in the graphs below. The procedure is repeated in b. with the microscope placed on a laboratory bench instead. c. (for the optical table i.) and d. (for the laboratory bench i.) show the variation in the sigma value of the localized beads over the measurement duration. As the sigma values changes when the beads are out of focus, the stability of the setup can be confirmed, as it remains practically unchanged over the measurement duration.

      Author response image 3.

      Z-focus Figure: Estimation of the axial position of TS beads on the UC2 setup. a. The change in PSF FWHM was quantified by acquiring a Z stack of a beads sample. The homebuilt high-quality setup (HQ) was used as a reference, by using the same objective and TS sample. The PSF FWHM on the UC2 setup was measured using the lowest possible axial stage displacement. A Z-position can thus be estimated for single molecules, as displayed in b.

      Addressing the seemingly correlated behavior of the X and Y drift:

      Further measurement show less correlation between drift in X and in Y. Simultaneous motion in X and Y seems to indicate that the stage or the sample is tilted. The collective movement in X and Y seems accentuated by bigger jumps, probably originating from vibrations (as more predominantly shown in the measurements on the laboratory bench compared to the optical table). Tension fluctuations inducing motion of the stage are possible but are highly unlikely to have induced the drift in the displayed measurements.

      Figure 3: Can the authors comment on the effect or otherwise potential effect of the incubator (humidity, condensation etc) may have on the system (e.g., camera, electronics etc)?

      When moving the microscope into the incubator, the first precaution is to check if the used electronics are able to perform at 37° C. Then, placing the microscope inside the incubator can induce condensation of water droplets at the cold interfaces, potentially damaging the electronics or reducing imaging quality. This can be prevented by preheating the microscope in e.g. an incubator without humidity, for a few hours before placing it within the functional incubator. The used incubator should also be checked for air streams (to distribute the CO2), and a direct exposure of the setup to the air stream should be prevented. The usage of a layer of foam material (e.g. Polyurethane) under the microscope helps to reduce possible effects of incubator vibrations on the microscope. The hydrophilic character of PLA makes its usage within the incubator challenging due to its reduced thermal stability. The temperature also inherently reduces the mechanical stability of 3D printed parts. Using a less hydrophilic and more thermally stable plastic, such as ABS, combined with a higher percentage of infill are the empirical solution to this challenge. Further options and designs to improve the usage of the microscope within the incubator are still in developement.

      Figure 5: Can the authors perform single molecule experiments with an alternative tag such as Alexa647?

      The SPT experiments were performed with QDs to make use of their photostability and brightness. The dSTORM experiment suggests that imaging single AF647 molecules with sufficient SNR is possible. The usage of AF647 for SPT is possible but would reduce the accuracy of the localization and shorten the acquired track-lengths, due to the blinking properties of AF647 when illuminated. The tracking experiment with the QDs thus was a proof of concept that the SPT experiments are possible and allow to reproduce the diffusion coefficients published in common literature. The usage of alternative tags can be an interesting extension of the capabilities that users can perform for their applications.

      Figure 6: The authors demonstrate dSTORM of microtubules. It would enhance the paper to also demonstrate 3D imaging (e.g., via cylindrical lens).

      The usage of a cylindrical lens for 3D imaging was not performed yet. The implementation would not be difficult, given the high modularity of the setup in general. The calibration of the PSF shape with astigmatism might however be challenging as the vertical scanning of the Z-stage lacks reliability in its current build. Methods such as biplane imaging might also be difficult to implement, as the halved number of photons in each channel leads to losses in the accuracy of localization. As a future improvement of the setup, the option of providing 3D information with single molecule accuracy is definitely desirable and will be tried out. In the following figure, two concepts for introducing 3D imaging capabilities in the detection layer of the microscope are presented.

      Author response image 4.

      3D concept Figure: Two possible setup modifications to provide axial information when imaging single molecules. a. A cylindrical lens can be placed to induce an asymmetry between the PSF FWHM in x and in y. Every Z position can be identified by two distinct PSF FWHM values in X and Y. b. By splitting the beam in two and defocusing one path, every PSF will have a specific set of values for its FWHM on the two detectors.

      Imaging modalities section: Regarding the use of cling film to diffuse; can the authors comment on the continual use of this approach, including its degradation over time?

      The cling foil was only used as a diffuser for broadening the laser profile. A detailed analysis of the constitution of the foil was not done, as no visible changes could be seen on the illumination pattern and the foil itself. The piece of cling foil is attached to a rotor. Detaching of the cling foil or vibrations originating from the rotor need to be minimized. By keeping the rotation speed to a necessary minimum and attaching the cling foil correctly to the rotor, a usable solution can be created. The low price of the cling foil provides the possibility to exchange the foil on a regular basis, allowing to keep the foil under optimal conditions.

      Author response image 5.

      Profile Figure: By moving a combination of pinhole and photometer to scan through the laser profile with a translational mount, the shape of the laser beam can be estimated. The cling foil plays the same role as a diffuser in other setups.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for The Authors):

      lines

      20, add "," after parts

      110, rotating cling foil?

      112/116, "custom 3D printed" I thought they were injection molded, please finalize

      113, "puzzle pieces" rephrase and they are also barely visible

      119, not clear that the stage is a manual stage that was turned into a motorised one by adding belts

      123-126, detail for SI,

      132, replace Arduino-coded with Arduino-based

      143, add reference to Napari

      146, (black) cardboard seems to be a cheaper and quicker alternative

      153, dichroic

      151-155, reads more like a blog post than a paper (maybe add a section on trouble shooting)

      156, antibody?

      167/189, moderate, please be specific

      194, layer of foam material, specify

      221, add description/reference to GPI. What is that? why is it relevant?

      226: add one sentence description of MMS

      318, add "," after students

      332-334, as mentioned earlier, not clear, you bought a manual stage and connected belts, correct?

      376-377, might be difficult to understand for the layman

      391, what laser was used?

      Figure 1, poor contrast between components, components visible should be named as much as possible, maybe provide the base layer in a different shade. To me, the red and blue labels look like fluorophores.

      Figure 1. looks like d is the excitation layer and not e, please fix.

      Figure 2, caption a-c, figure 1-d!, btw, why is the drift so anti-correlated?

      Figure 6 (line 259) nanometer I guess, not micrometer

      We now incorporated all the above-mentioned changes in the manuscript. Furthermore we added the supplementary Figures as below.

      Author response image 6.

      Basic concept of the UC2 setup: Left: Cubes (green) are connected to one another via puzzle pieces (white). Middle: 3D printed mounts have been designed to adapt various optics (right) to the cube framework. Combined usage of cubes and design of various mounts allows to interface various optics for the assembly.

      Author response image 7.

      Building the UC2 widefield microscope: a. Photograph of the complete setup. b. All pieces necessary to build the setup. A list of the components can be found in the bill of materials. c. Bottom emission layer of the microscope before assembly. d. Emission layer after assembly. Connection between cubes is doubled by using a layer of puzzles on the top and the bottom of the emission layer. e. CAD schematic of the emission layer and the positioning of the optics. f. Middle excitation layer of the microscope before assembly. Beam magnifier and homogenizer have been left out for clarity. g. Excitation layer after assembly is also covered by a puzzle layer. h. CAD schematic of the excitation layer and the positioning of the optics. i. Z-stage photograph and corresponding CAD file. Motor of the stage is embedded within the bottom cube. j. A layer of empty cubes supports the microscope stage. k. At this stage of the assembly, the objective is screwed into the objective holder. l. Finally, the stage is wired to the electronics and can then be mounted on top of the microscope (see a.).

      Author response image 8.

      Measurements performed on the UC2 setup with lower budget objectives. The imaged sample is HeLa cells, stably transfected to express CLC-GFP, then labelled with AF647 through immunostaining. The setup has been kept identical except for the objectives. Scale bar respectively represents 30 µm.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      This paper now provides a convincing presentation of valuable results of the drivers of nest construction for one termite species, and they briefly discuss possible relevance to other termite species. However, the authors have not yet addressed how their results may be important outside the field of termite nest construction. I could imagine the significance of the paper being elevated to important if there is a broader discussion about the impact of this work, e.g., the relevance of the results, the approach, and/or next steps to related fields outside of termite nest construction.

      Reading our manuscript again, we have to agree with the reviewer that we mostly focused the discussion of our results in the context of termite construction, without attempting to generalise to other systems. To some extent we still defend this choice, as we prefer not to make too many claims on the relevance of our results beyond what we can reasonably support with our own experimental results. However, we thought that it would be appropriate – as suggested by the reviewer – to add at least one paragraph to indicate how our results could be extrapolated to other systems. This new paragraph is now at the end of the discussion section.

      Here we elaborate a bit further on this point: first of all, while termites certainly build the most complex structures found in the natural world, there aren’t many other animals that are capable of collectively building complex structures. Typically, collective building activity is limited to highly social (typically eusocial) animals, but other social insects, such as ants and wasps, are phylogenetically distant from termites, their nests are often different (the large majority of ant nests only comprise excavated galleries with little construction, while wasp nests tend to comprise multiple repeated patterns that could be produced from stereotyped individual behaviour). Because of these differences, drawing a comparison between the mechanisms that regulate termite architecture and those that regulate other forms of animal architecture would be too speculative. One domain, however, where similar mechanisms to those that we describe here could operate is that of pattern formation at the cellular and tissue level, where surface curvature was shown to drive different phenomena from cell migration to tissue growth. A comment on this is now added in the manuscript at the very end of the discussion.

      Similarly, on a related note, as someone not directly in the field of termite nest construction but wanting to understand the system (and the results) presented here in a broader context, I found the additional information about species and natural habitat very helpful and interesting, though I was rather disappointed to find it relegated to supplementary material where most readers will not see it.

      We considered this suggestion to present more information about the natural nesting habits of the termites that we study into the main text, but eventually we decided to leave it as supplementary only. We feel that the nesting habits of the termites that we studied here are not too central to the problem that we want to focus on, of how they coordinate their building activity. In fact, there is a large variety of nesting habits across termite genera and species, but we believe that, at a basic level, the mechanisms that we describe here would also apply to species with different nesting habits, because our results are consistent with what is described in the scientific literature for other termite species. As our introduction is already a bit long, we left this description of Coptotermes nesting habits in the supplementary material, where, hopefully, it will still be accessible and useful to readers interested in finding this information.

      When providing responses to reviewers, please directly address the reviewers’ comments point-by-point rather than summarizing comments and responding to summaries.

      We apologize for our previous way to respond to comments and thanks the reviewer for his remark as we learn to navigate through the eLife reviewing system (where some comments are repeated in the overall assessment and in the feed-back of individual reviewers).

      Figure 2 colors: Panels A and E and maybe B do not seem colorblind-friendly. I suggest modifying the colormaps to address this.

      We have changed the colormaps of figures A,B and E which are now colorblind-friendly.

      Line 180: This system is not in equilibrium. Perhaps the authors mean "steady-state?" I suggest reviewing language to ensure that the correct technical terms are used.

      We have now corrected this.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      HP1 plays a pivotal role in orchestrating chromatin packaging through the creation of biomolecular condensates. The existence of distinct homologs offers an intriguing avenue for investigating the interplay between genetic sequence and condensate formation. In this study, the authors conducted extensive coarse-grained simulations to delve into the phase separation behavior of HP1 paralogs. Additionally, the researchers delved into the captivating possibility of various HP1 paralogs co-localizing within assemblies composed of multiple components. Importantly, the study also delved into the critical role of DNA in finely tuning this complex process.

      Strengths:

      I applaud the authors for their methodical approach in conducting simulations aimed at dissecting the contributions of hinges, CTE, NTE, and folded regions. The comprehensive insights unveiled in Figure 3 compellingly substantiate the significance of these protein components in facilitating the process of phase separation.

      This systematic exploration has yielded several innovative revelations. Notably, the authors uncovered a nuanced interplay between the folded and disordered domains. Although disordered regions have traditionally been linked to driving phase separation through their capacity for forming multivalent interactions, the authors have demonstrated that the contribution of the CD cannot be overlooked, as it significantly impacts the saturation concentration.

      The outcomes of this study serve to elucidate the intricate mechanisms and regulatory aspects governing HP1 LLPS.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors do not provide an assessment of the quantitative precision of their model. To illustrate, HP1a is anticipated to undergo phase separation primarily under low salt concentrations. Does the model effectively capture this sensitivity to salt conditions? Regrettably, the specific salt conditions employed in the simulations are not explicitly stated. While I anticipate that numerous findings in the manuscript remain valid, it could be beneficial to acknowledge potential limitations tied to the simulations. For instance, might the absence of quantitative precision impact certain predictions, such as the CD's influence on phase separation?

      We thank the reviewer for their kind feedback and for highlighting the essential mechanistic insights obtained from our study. We have addressed the concerns raised by the reviewer below, and the specific amendments made in the manuscript are also delineated.

      We appreciate the reviewer's comment on our model. Our coarse-grained (CG) physics-based model integrates electrostatic and short-range interactions, parametrized based on the Urry hydrophobicity scale. This approach effectively bridges the timescale gap between simulation and experiment, offering a transferable framework to compute protein phase diagrams in temperature-concentration space that can be compared to experimental phase behavior (1). Additionally, the vdW contact probability per residue correlation between AA and CG simulations (Fig. S1 f-h) underscores our model’s capability to uncover the mechanistic insights into the phase separation of HP1 paralogs. Despite its simplicity and widespread adoption for studying sequence-dependent phase separation in biomolecular condensates, we recognize that our CG model does not yet fully replicate experimental observations or the nuanced effects of local secondary structures on phase-separation propensities. We are actively refining our methods and exploring new strategies to enhance the accuracy and efficiency of CG models for the study of biological phase separation.

      In assessing the influence of salt on the LLPS of HP1α, we note that Wang et al. (2) demonstrated that HP1α can undergo LLPS at a low salt concentration (50 mM KCl). Furthermore, Wohl et al. (3) showed that the CG HPS (Kapcha-Rossky) model can capture the salt-dependent LLPS behavior through the electrostatic screening in HP1a, a Drosophila homolog of human HP1α. In our CG model, the salt concentration is captured by the DebyeHuckle term with tunable screening lengths, which allows for the simulations of salt-dependent effects in the low salt regime. We have added Figure S5 to illustrate the influence of salt on the LLPS propensity of HP1α. In the low-salt regime (50 mM), the Csat of HP1α was reduced by twofold compared to that at 100 mM. Increasing the salt concentration to 150 mM raised the Csat and started destabilizing the condensate. In the high salt regime (200500 mM), HP1α did not undergo phase separation, consistent with the experimental observations (2, 4–6).

      Author response image 1.

      Salt-dependent effects on the LLPS of HP1α homodimer. (a, b) Density profiles and snapshots of HP1α homodimer simulation with the box dimensions of 170x170x1190 Å3 at differing salt concentrations, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, and 500 mM, respectively. The simulations were conducted at 320 K using the HPS-Urry model.

      However, the primary objectives of our study are to elucidate the molecular interactions and to delineate the domain contributions that dictate the distinct phase-separation behaviors of the HP1 paralogs. To this end, we standardized our simulation conditions to a physiological salt concentration of 100 mM for all paralog constructs, facilitating a direct comparison and enabling physiologically relevant predictions, including those for the CD domain. We have added the salt concentration used in the CG simulations in the Materials and Methods section, relevant figure captions, and the following sentence in the third paragraph of the Discussions section to improve clarity.

      “…Our CG simulations corroborate these experimental observations, indicating that a low salt concentration (50 mM) promotes the LLPS of HP1α. Raising the salt concentration weakens the electrostatic interactions and increases the Csat, eventually precluding HP1α’s phase separation at high salt regimes (200-500 mM) (Fig. S5).”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In this paper, Phan et al. investigate the properties of human HP1 paralogs, their interactions and abilities to undergo liquid-liquid phase separation. For this, they use a coarse-grained computational approach (validated with additional all-atom simulations) which allows to explore complex mixtures. Matching (wet-lab) experimental results, HP1 beta (HP1b) exhibits different properties from HP1 alpha and gamma (HP1a,g), in that it does not phase separate. Using domain switch experiments, the authors determine that the more negatively charged hinge in HP1b, compared to HP1a and HP1g, is mainly responsible for this effect. Exploring heterotypic complexes, mixtures between HP1 subtypes and DNA, the authors further show that HP1a can serve as a scaffold for HP1b to enter into condensed phases and that DNA can further stabilize phase separated compartments. Most interestingly, they show that a multicomponent mixture containing DNA, and HP1a and HP1b generates spatial separation between the HP1 paralogs: due to increased negative charge of DNA within the condensates, HP1b is pushed out and accumulates at the phase boundary. This represents an example how complex assemblies could form in the cell.

      Overall, this is purely computational work, which however builds on extensive experimental results (including from the authors). The methods showcase how coarse-grained models can be employed to generate and test hypotheses how proteins can condense. Applied to HP1 proteins, the results from this tour-de-force study are consistent and convincing, within the experimental constraints. Moreover, they generate further models to test experimentally, in particular in light of multicomponent mixtures.

      There are, of course, some limitations to these models.

      First, the CG models employed probably will not be able to pick up more complex structure-driven interactions (i.e. specific binding of a peptide in a protein cleft, including defined H-bonds, or induced structural elements). Some of those interactions (i.e. beyond charge-charge or hydrophobics) may also play a role in HP1, and might be ignored here. There is also the question of specificity, i.e. how can diverse phases coexist in cells, when the only parameters are charge and hydrophobicity? Does the arrangement of charges in the NTD, hinges and CTDs matter or are only the average properties important?

      We thank the reviewer for the thoughtful comments. We also appreciate the opportunity to incorporate the feedback on the reviewer’s concerns below.

      We agree that the interaction picture becomes more sophisticated, and many interaction modes may be involved in the phase coexistence in the cell environment. However, due to system sizes and required sampling, studying LLPS at an atomistic resolution remains challenging with the current state-of-the-art computer hardware. Our approach employs the CG model to reduce the computational cost but still capture the predominant interactions at the residue level. We have added the plots (Fig. S1 f-h) to show the correlation of the vdW contact probability per residue for each paralog between AA and CG simulation. The Pearson correlation coefficient is approximately 0.86, suggesting a strong positive linear correlation in the contact propensity between AA and CG simulations.

      Author response image 2.

      Our sequence analysis reveals a high fraction of charged residues in HP1 paralogs, with Arg, Lys, Glu, and Asp constituting 39-45% of the total amino acid count in the sequence. This property may explain why the electrostatic interactions are predominantly involved in the phase-separation behaviors of HP1 paralogs. Our findings on electrostatically driven phase separation and co-localization of HP1 paralogs are consistent with experimental observations by Larson et al. and Keenen et al. (5, 6). Significantly, we observe that the charge patterning in the disordered regions (NTE, hinge, and CTE) plays a critical role in the LLPS of HP1 paralogs, as articulated in the second paragraph of the Discussions section. Modifying this charge patterning, such as by phosphorylating serine residues in HP1α, excising the HP1α CTE, or substituting four acidic residues with basic ones in the HP1β hinge, can profoundly augment the LLPS of these proteins (4, 5, 7). Our in silico molecular details, complemented by in vitro observations, lay a solid foundation for future experiments. These future investigations may delve deeper into the specificity of interactions and the role of structural elements in modulating HP1 phase separation.

      Second, the authors fix CSD-CSD dimers, whereas these interactions are expected to be quite dynamic. In the particular example of HP1 proteins, having dimerization equilibria may change the behavior of complex mixtures significantly, e.g. in view of the proposed accumulation of HP1b at a phase boundary. This point would warrant more discussion in the paper. Moreover, the biological plausibility of such a behavior would be interesting. Is there any experimental data supporting such assemblies?

      We appreciate the reviewer's insightful comment regarding the dynamic nature of CSD-CSD interactions in HP1 proteins. Our assumption of fixing CSD-CSD dimers is grounded on reported dissociation constant (Kd) values for HP1α and HP1β, which are within the nanomolar range, indicative of strong dimerization affinity (4, 8). While the precise Kd values for HP1γ are not available, a study has demonstrated that HP1γ dimerization is crucial for its interaction with chromatin, suggesting a similar strong dimerization tendency as its paralogs (9, 10). Furthermore, evidence from the literature underscores the dimeric functionality of HP1 paralogs facilitated by their ChromoShadow Domains (CSD), which are instrumental in forming stable genomic domains and engaging in crucial interactions within chromatin architecture (5, 6, 11).

      However, we acknowledge that despite the strong dimerization affinity, the CSD-CSD interactions exhibit dynamics, which may influence the behavior of complex mixtures, particularly at phase boundaries. A study by Nielsen et al. (12) shows that mammalian HP1 paralogs can interact directly with one another to form heterodimers. Moreover, the CSD-CSD interface has been shown to act as a hub for transient interactions with diverse binding partner proteins (5, 13). These experimental observations reflect the dynamic nature of CSD-CSD interactions. However, due to the computational constraints and the focus of our study, a simplified static model was employed to gain initial insights into the phase separation behaviors of HP1 paralogs. We believe that the dynamic nature of CSD-CSD interactions and its implications for phase behavior in complex mixtures form an exciting avenue for future computational and experimental studies.

      In light of the reviewer’s comment, we have expanded our discussion in the 6th paragraph of the Discussions Section:

      “... It is important to emphasize that our model is predicated on the assumption that HP1 proteins establish stable chromoshadow domain (CSD-CSD) dimers, a hypothesis supported by their Kd values being in the nanomolar range (13, 53). While this simplification serves as a useful starting point, it may not fully capture the dynamic nature of HP1 dimerization. Further computational and experimental studies are needed to understand better the behavior of the complex mixtures of HP1 paralogs, particularly at phase boundaries.”

      References: 1) R. M. Regy, J. Thompson, Y. C. Kim, J. Mittal, Improved coarse‐grained model for studying sequence dependent phase separation of disordered proteins. Protein Sci., doi: 10.1002/pro.4094 (2021).

      2) L. Wang, Y. Gao, X. Zheng, C. Liu, S. Dong, R. Li, G. Zhang, Y. Wei, H. Qu, Y. Li, C. D. Allis, G. Li, H. Li, P. Li, Histone Modifications Regulate Chromatin Compartmentalization by Contributing to a Phase Separation Mechanism. Mol. Cell 76, 646-659.e6 (2019).

      3) S. Wohl, M. Jakubowski, W. Zheng, Salt-Dependent Conformational Changes of Intrinsically Disordered Proteins. J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 12, 6684–6691 (2021).

      4) C. Her, T. M. Phan, N. Jovic, U. Kapoor, B. E. Ackermann, A. Rizuan, Y. C. Kim, J. Mittal, G. T. Debelouchina, Molecular interactions underlying the phase separation of HP1α: role of phosphorylation, ligand and nucleic acid binding. Nucleic Acids Res., gkac1194 (2022).

      5) A. G. Larson, D. Elnatan, M. M. Keenen, M. J. Trnka, J. B. Johnston, A. L. Burlingame, D. A. Agard, S. Redding, G. J. Narlikar, Liquid droplet formation by HP1α suggests a role for phase separation in heterochromatin. Nature 547, 236–240 (2017).

      6) M. M. Keenen, D. Brown, L. D. Brennan, R. Renger, H. Khoo, C. R. Carlson, B. Huang, S. W. Grill, G. J. Narlikar, S. Redding, HP1 proteins compact dna into mechanically and positionally stable phase separated domains. eLife 10, 1–38 (2021).

      7) W. Qin, A. Stengl, E. Ugur, S. Leidescher, J. Ryan, M. C. Cardoso, H. Leonhardt, HP1β carries an acidic linker domain and requires H3K9me3 for phase separation. Nucleus 12, 44–57 (2021).

      8) S. V. Brasher, The structure of mouse HP1 suggests a unique mode of single peptide recognition by the shadow chromo domain dimer. EMBO J. 19, 1587–1597 (2000).

      9) X. Li, S. Wang, Y. Xie, H. Jiang, J. Guo, Y. Wang, Z. Peng, M. Hu, M. Wang, J. Wang, Q. Li, Y. Wang, Z. Liu, Deacetylation induced nuclear condensation of HP1γ promotes multiple myeloma drug resistance. Nat. Commun. 14, 1290 (2023).

      10) Y. Mishima, C. D. Jayasinghe, K. Lu, J. Otani, M. Shirakawa, T. Kawakami, H. Kimura, H. Hojo, P. Carlton, S. Tajima, I. Suetake, Nucleosome compaction facilitates HP1γ binding to methylated H3K9. Nucleic Acids Res. 43, 10200–10212 (2015).

      11) D. O. Trembecka-Lucas, J. W. Dobrucki, A heterochromatin protein 1 (HP1) dimer and a proliferating cell nuclear antigen (PCNA) protein interact in vivo and are parts of a multiprotein complex involved in DNA replication and DNA repair. Cell Cycle 11, 2170–2175 (2012).

      12) A. L. Nielsen, M. Oulad-Abdelghani, J. A. Ortiz, E. Remboutsika, P. Chambon, R. Losson, Heterochromatin formation in mammalian cells: Interaction between histones and HP1 Proteins. Mol. Cell 7, 729–739 (2001).

      13) A. Thiru, D. Nietlispach, H. R. Mott, M. Okuwaki, D. Lyon, P. R. Nielsen, M. Hirshberg, A. Verreault, N. V. Murzina, E. D. Laue, Structural basis of HP1/PXVXL motif peptide interactions and HP1 localisation to heterochromatin. EMBO J. 23, 489–499 (2004).

      14) P. Yu Chew, J. A. Joseph, R. Collepardo-Guevara, A. Reinhardt, Thermodynamic origins of two-component multiphase condensates of proteins. Chem. Sci. 14, 1820–1836 (2023).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      In this important work, the authors apply a residue-resolution protein coarse-grained model to investigate the differences in molecule dimensions and phase behaviour of three HP1 paralogs, HP1 paralog mixtures, and HP1/DNA mixtures. The simulations are well designed to investigate the impact of HP1 sequence on its phase behaviour. The work reveals that electrostatic interactions are a key determinant of HP1 paralog phase behaviour; hence advancing our understanding of the molecular mechanisms driving the phase separation behaviour of HP1 paralogs. Notably, the authors uncovered a nuanced interplay between the folded and disordered domains of HP1. Although disordered regions have traditionally been linked to driving phase separation through their capacity for forming multivalent interactions, the authors demonstrate that the contribution of the CD cannot be overlooked, as it significantly impacts the saturation concentration.

      Essential revisions (based on reviewers assessment below):

      1) The manuscript describes the results of both single-molecule simulations and direct coexistence simulations. However, it is not very easy for the reader to determine which types simulations were performed in each section. The details on the simulations input parameters are also missing. Such details are needed throughout, i.e. to allow readers to follow the work and its implications. For instance, the specific salt conditions employed in the simulations are not explicitly stated. Since HP1 charge is presented as a key regulator for the modulation of HP1 paralogs radii of gyration and their phase behaviour, it is crucial for the authors to explicitly describe the salt concentration used for the different simulations and highlight how the relative differences observed are expected to change as the salt concentration decreases/increases.

      We have turned the first sentences in the paragraphs into subtitles to describe the results of single homodimers in dilute phase and multi-dimers in phase coexistence simulations.

      “Sequence variation affects the conformations of HP1 paralogs in the dilute phase.”

      “Sequence variation in HP1 paralogs leads to their distinct phase separation behaviors.”

      To improve the clarity, we have also added the following sentence to Fig. 2 caption.

      “… Figs. 2a-e show the results obtained under dilute conditions, while Figs. 2f-m illustrate the conditions of phase coexistence.”

      We have specified the salt concentration used in the CG simulations in the Materials and Methods section and the relevant figure captions to improve clarity. We also addressed the reviewer’s comment on salt concentration in the public review above.

      2) Since direct coexistence simulations suffer from important finite-size effects, especially for multi-component mixtures as those investigated here, describing how many proteins/DNA copies were used per system, the size of the simulation, and which checks were done to check for finite-size effects is important. Regarding this point, estimating C_sat from Direct Coexistence simulations is extremely challenging, given the sensitivity of the dilute phase concentration to the box dimensions. Hence, it would be valuable if the authors clarify that the differences on C_sat provided represent a qualitative comparison and are sensitive to the simulation conditions. Importantly, the observation of spatial segregation of components in multi-component condensates could be an artefact of the box dimensions, relative copies of the various components, and overall system density.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding the finite-size effects in phase coexistence simulations and potential artifacts arising from box dimensions and system composition. In response to this, we have expanded the Materials and Methods section to elaborate on the specific checks to examine the finite-size effects. The new texts and additional SI figures are shown below.

      “Previous studies have demonstrated that slab geometry can help mitigate finite-size effects and facilitate efficient sampling of the phase diagram (41). To assess the potential impact of finite-size effects with our chosen box dimensions, we conducted a test using the HP1α homodimer, which serves as a representative system given the comparable sequence lengths of HP1 paralogs and their chimeras. By reducing the system size by 30% and constructing its phase diagram, we observed that both the original system size (50 dimers) and the reduced counterpart (35 dimers) produced similar phase diagrams, with critical temperatures of 353.3 K and 352.1 K, respectively, as shown in Figs. S4a,b.

      We further evaluated the influence of the xy cross-sectional area on the measurement of Csat. With the z-direction box length fixed at 1190 ų, we varied the xy cross-sectional areas (120x120, 150x150, and 200x200 Ų) while maintaining the protein density consistent with the control case (170x170 Ų). Given that HP1 dimers are multidomain proteins, a 120x120 Ų cross-section was the minimum size feasible to prevent particle overlap in HOOMD simulations due to the constraints of the small box size. Our findings indicate that the condensates remained stable across all tested cross-sectional areas and that there were no significant differences in Csat measurements within the margin of error, as depicted in Figs. S4c,d. These results confirm that our chosen box size is sufficiently large to minimize finite-size effects, thus ensuring the robustness of our results.”

      Author response image 3.

      Finite-size analysis. (a) Phase diagrams for the HP1α homodimer (50 dimers) and for a system reduced in size by 30% (35 dimers), with critical temperatures of 353.3 K and 352.1 K, respectively. (b) Density profiles of HP1α and its reduced size counterpart at various temperatures. (c, d) Density profiles and snapshots of HP1α homodimer simulation with box dimensions of 170x170x1190 Å3 and for systems with z-direction length fixed at 1190 Å and varying cross-sectional areas: 120x120, 150x150, and 200x200 Å2. The black dashed line shows the simulated saturation concentration of wildtype HP1α homodimer in the box dimensions of 170x170x1190 Å3. The simulations were conducted at 320 K and 100 mM salt concentrations. The error bars represent the standard deviation from triplicate simulation sets.

      In response to the observed spatial segregation in our multi-component condensates, we have carefully considered finite-size effects and are confident that the segregation reflects genuine phase behavior rather than an artifact of simulation parameters. This interpretation is supported by findings from Chew et al. (14), who observed similar multilayered condensates and conducted thorough validations to verify these phases. To clarify our approach, we have included additional details in the Materials and Methods section of our manuscript.

      “... By selecting a box size that minimizes finite-size effects, we can ensure that the spatial segregation observed in our multi-component condensates reflects genuine phase behavior. This finding aligns with Chew et al. (66), who also reported well-separated multilayered condensates and conducted thorough validations to confirm these phases.”

      3) The authors should provide a clearer assessment of the quantitative precision of their model. For instance, the authors use all-atom simulations to compare with CG interaction maps. The all-atom maps are sparser due to less sampling, but the authors state that the maps are 'in good agreement'. How do the authors judge this? The issue of model validation is very important: to illustrate, HP1a is anticipated to undergo phase separation primarily under low salt concentrations. Does the model effectively capture this sensitivity to salt conditions? While numerous findings in the manuscript likely remain valid, it could be beneficial to acknowledge potential limitations tied to the simulations. For instance, might the absence of quantitative precision impact certain predictions, such as the CD's influence on phase separation?<br /> The CG models employed do not consider the specific binding of a peptide in a protein cleft, including defined H-bonds, or induced structural elements. Thus, the authors should discuss whether specific interactions (i.e. beyond charge-charge or hydrophobics) may also play a role in the phase behaviour of HP1, and why it makes sense to ignore them in this study. If the only important parameters are charge and hydrophobicity, how can diverse phases coexist in cells? Does the arrangement of charges in the NTD, hinges and CTDs matter or are only the average properties important?

      This is similar to the point made by Reviewer 2 in the Public Review. We have addressed these questions in the public review and incorporated new plots (Fig. S1 f-h) in the SI.

      4) The authors fix CSD-CSD dimers, whereas these interactions are expected to be quite dynamic. In the particular example of HP1 proteins, having dimerization equilibria may change the behaviour of complex mixtures significantly, e.g. in view of the proposed accumulation of HP1b at a phase boundary. This point warrants more discussion in the paper.

      We have addressed the comment in the public review and extended the discussion in the Discussion section.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors use all-atom simulations to validate their CG model. In Figure S1, they compare interaction maps. Of course, the AA maps are sparser due to less sampling, but the authors state that the maps are 'in good agreement'. How do the authors judge this (they do not look very similar to me, e.g. the NTD-hinge interactions are mostly lacking)?

      This is similar to Reviewer 1’s concern. We agree that the AA simulations are moderately limited over 5 μs due to the large size of the HP1 proteins (~400 residues in a dimer). However, the expansion trends of the average dimensions of the HP1 paralogs agree with the CG simulations (Fig. S1 a,b). Regarding the AA contact maps, we agree that they are relatively sparse, which makes it difficult to compare them to the CG maps. We have added new plots (Fig. S1 f-h) to show the correlation of the vdW contact probability per residue for each paralog in the AA and CG simulations. The Pearson correlation coefficients are approximately 0.86, suggesting a strong positive linear correlation in the contact propensity between AA and CG simulations.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment:

      This valuable study, of interest for students of the biology of genomes, uses simulations in combination with published data to examine how many TADs remain after cohesin depletion. The authors suggest that a significant subset of chromosome conformations do not require cohesin, and that knowledge of specific epigenetic states can be used to identify regions of the genome that still interact in the absence of cohesin. The theoretical approaches and quantitative analysis are state-of-the-art, and the data quality and strength of the conclusions are solid. However, because "physical boundaries (of domains?)" in the model appear to be a consequence of preserved TADs, rather than the other way around, the functional insights are limited.

      Summary of the reviewer discussion for the authors:

      While the simulations are state of the art and the reviewers appreciated that the approaches used here might help to resolve apparent discrepancies between conclusions from single-cell and bulk/ensemble techniques to study chromosome conformation, the work would benefit from clarification of what precisely is meant with "physical boundaries" and from a comparison of CCM and HIPPS models to understand commonalities and differences between them. In addition, more discussion of the relation of the current work to previous studies, such as Schwarzer et al., 2017, and Nuebler et al., 2018, would elevate the work and make the key claims more compelling. Please see also the detailed comments from the expert reviewers.

      We thank the editor for the assessment and the reviewers for the incisive comments. We will address these comments one by one. In particular, we attempt to clarify the concept of “physical boundaries” and its relevance in our study. We hope our responses are satisfactory. We believe that our manuscript has benefitted substantially by revising the manuscript following the comments by the reviewers.

      Below is our point-by-point response to the comments:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Jeong et al. investigate the prevalence and cause of TADs that are preserved in eukaryotic cells after cohesin depletion. The authors perform an extensive analysis of previously published Hi-C data, and find that roughly 15% of TADs are preserved in both mouse liver cells and in HCT-116 cells. They confirm previous findings that epigenetic mismatches across the boundaries of TADs can cause TAD preservation. However, the authors also find that not all preserved TADs can be explained this way. Jeong et al. provide an argument based on polymer simulations that "physical boundaries" in 3D structures provide an additional mechanism that can lead to TAD preservation. However, in its current form, we do not find the argumentation and evidence that leads to this claim to be fully compelling.

      Strengths:

      We appreciate the extensive statistical analysis performed by the authors on the extent to which TAD's are preserved; this does seem like a novel and valuable contribution to the field.

      We thank the reviewer for a succinct and comprehensive summary of our work and for appreciating value of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      1) As the authors briefly note, the fact that compartmentalization due to epigenetic mismatches can cause TAD-like structures upon cohesin depletion has already been discussed in the literature; see for example Extended Data Figure 8 in (Schwarzer et al., 2017) or the simulation study (Nuebler et al., 2018). We are hence left with the impression that the novelty of this finding is somewhat overstated in this manuscript.

      It is unclear to us by studying the results in the Extended Data Figure 8 that the authors have shown that epigenetic mismatches cause TAD-like structures. As far as we can discern, the data, without a quantitative analysis, shows that may be new TAD-like structures that are not in the wild type appear when cohesin is deleted.

      The studies by Schwarzer et al 2017 and Nuebler et al 2018 are relevant to our own investigation, which we undertook after scrutinizing the experiments in Schwarzer et al 2017 and the related work by Rao et. al in 2017 on a different cell line. In the summary of the Reviewer discussion, it is suggested we discuss the relation to the experimental study by Schwarzer et al 2017 and the computational work by Nuebler et al 2018.

      (1) The results and the corresponding discussion in these two studies are different (may be complimentary) from our results. When referring to the Extended Data Figure 8 Schwarzer and co-authors state in the main text, “The finer compartmentalization explains most of the remaining or new domains and boundaries seen in Nipbl Hi-C maps”. We are not 100% sure what “remaining” means in this context. The Extended Data Fig. 8(a) shows the “common boundaries” is correlated with the eigenvectors of compartmentalization. If this indeed is what the reviewer is referring to, we believe that our study differs from theirs in two important ways: First, Extended Data Fig.8 (a) is a statistical analysis at the “ensemble” level. In our study, we examined the preservation of TADs at both individual and ensemble level with more detailed analysis. Second, in Extended Data Fig. 8(a), the “common boundaries” (incidentally we are uncertain how that was calculated) are compared to the eigenvectors of PCA analysis of the compartments (larger length scales). In contrast, in our study, we examined the correlation between TAD boundaries and the epigenetic profiles. We believe that this is an important distinction. The PCA analysis of compartments and “common boundaries” defined using (presumably) the insulation score are both derived from the Hi-C contact map. Epigenetic profile, on the other hand, is independent of Hi-C data. We believe our contribution, is to build the connection between epigenetic profiles with the preservation of TADs, and link it to 3D structures. For these reasons, we assert that our results are novel, and are not contained (or even implied) in the Schwarzer et al 2017 study.

      The simulations in Neubler et al 2018, which were undertaken to rationalize the experimenrs, revealed that compartmentalization of small segments is enhanced after cohesin depletion, while TADs disappear, which support the broad claims that are made in the experiments. They assert that the structures generated are non-equilibrium. They do not address the emergence of preserved nor the observation of TAD-like structures at the single cell level. However, our goal was to elucidate the reasons for of preservation of TADs. By that we mean, the reasons why certain TADs are present in both the wild and cohesin depleted cells? Through a detailed analyses of two cells, polymer simulations, we have provided a structural basis to answer the question. Finally, we have provided a plausible between TAD preservation and maintenance of enhancer-promoter interactions by analyzing the Micro-C data. For all these reasons, we believe that our study is different from the results in the Extended Figure 8 or the simulations described by Neubler.

      Let us summarize the new results in our study that are not contained in the studies referred to by this Reviewer. (1) We showed by analyzing the Hi-C data for mouse liver and HCT-16 that a non-negligible fraction of TAPs is preserved, which set in motion our detailed investigation. (2) Then, using polymer simulations on a different cell type, we generated quantitative insights (epigenetic mismatches as well as structural basis) for the preservation of TADs. Although not emphasized, we showed that deletion of cohesin in the GM12878 cells also give rise to P-TADs a prediction that suggests that the observations might be “universal”. (3) Rather than perform, time consuming polymer simulations, we calculated 3D structures directly from Hi-C data for the mouse liver and HCT-16 cells, which provided a structural basis for TAP preservation. (4) The 3D structures also showed how TAD-like features appear at the single cell level, which is in accord with imaging experiments. (5) Finally, we suggest that P-TADs may be linked to the maintenance of enhancer-promoter and promoter-promoter interactions by calculating the 3D structures using the recent Micro-C data.

      For the reasons given above, we assert that our results are novel, and bring new perspectives that are not in the aforementioned insightful studies cited by the Reviewer.

      2) It is not quite clear what the authors conceptually mean by "physical boundaries" and how this could offer additional insight into preserved TADs. First, the authors use the CCM model to show that TAD boundaries correlate with peaks in the single cell boundary probability distribution of the model. This finding is consistent with previous reports that TAD-like structures are present in single cells, and that specific TAD boundaries only arise as a population average.

      The finding based on the CCM simulations hence seems to be that preserved TADs also arise as a population average in cohesin-depleted cells, but we do not follow what the term "physical boundaries" refers to in this context. The authors then use the Hi-C data to infer a maximumentropy-based HIPPS model. They find that preserved TADs often have boundaries that correspond to peaks in the single cell boundary probabilities of the inferred model. The authors seem to imply that these peaks in the boundary probability correspond to "physical boundaries" that cause the preservation of TADs. This argument seems circular; the model is based on inferring interaction strengths between monomers, such that the model recreates the input Hi-C map. This means that the ensemble average of the model should have a TAD boundary where one is present in the input Hi-C data. A TAD boundary in the Hi-C data would then seem to imply a peak in the model's single-cell boundary probability. (The authors do display two examples where this is not the case in Fig.3h, but looking at these cases by eye, they do not seem to correspond to strong TAD boundaries.) "Physical boundaries" in the model are hence a consequence of the preserved TADs, rather than the other way around, as the authors seem to suggest. At the very least the boundary probability in the HIPPS model is not an independent statistic from the Hi-C map (on which their model is constrained), so we have concerns about using the physical boundaries idea to understand where some of the preserved TADs come from.

      There are many statements in this long comment that require us to unpack separately. First, using both the CCM simulations, and even more importantly using data-driven approach, we established that TAD-like structures are present in single cells with and without cohesin. The latter finding is fully consistent with imaging experiments. We are unaware of other computational efforts, before our work, demonstrating that this is the case. Perhaps, the Reviewer can point to the papers in the literature.

      Regarding the statement that our arguments are circular, and lack of clarity of the meaning of physical boundary, please allow us to explain. First, we apologize for the confusion. Let us clarify our approach. We first used CCM to understand the potential origin of substantial fraction of P-TADs in the GM. The simulations, allowed us to generate the plausible mechanisms, for the origin of P-TADs. Because the CCM does reproduce the Hi-C data, we surmised that the general mechanisms inferred from these simulations could be profitably used to analyze the experiments. The simulations also showed that knowledge of 3D structures produces a muchneeded structural basis of P-TADs , and potentially for emergence of new TADs upon cohesin depletion.

      Because 3D coordinates are needed to obtain structural insights into the role of cohesin, we use a novel method to obtain them without the need for simulations. In particular, we used the HIPPS method to obtain 3D coordinates with the Hi-C data as the sole input, which allowed us to calculate directly the boundary probabilities. The excellent agreement between the predicted 3D structures and imaging experiments suggests that meaningful information, not available in Hi-C, may be gleaned from the ensemble of calculated 3D structures.

      Although “physical boundary”, a notion introduced by Zhuang, is defined in in the method section, it is apparently unclear for which we apologize. Because this is an important technical tool, we have added a summary in the main text in the revision. We did not mean to imply that the physical boundaries cause the preservation of TADs, although we found that maintenance of the enhancer-promoter contacts (see Fig. 8 in the revision) could be one of the potential reasons for the emergence of physical boundaries. We agree with the reviewer that physical boundaries are structural evidence of preserved TADs (not the cause), that is when a TAD is preserved, we can detect it by prominent physical boundary. The purpose and benefit of physical boundary analysis and using HIPPS in general is to obtain three-dimensional structures of chromosomes. Although both CCM simulations and HIPPS use Hi-C contact maps, three-dimensional structures provide additional information that is not present in the Hi-C data.

      The arguments that the authors use to justify their claims could be clarified and strengthened. Here are some suggestions: -Explain the concept of "physical boundaries" more clearly in the main text.

      As explained above, we have revised the text to clarify the concept and purpose of physical boundaries analysis. See Page 7.

      • Justify why the boundary probabilities and the physical boundaries concept can be used to offer novel insight into where preserved TADs may come from.

      Boundary probabilities and physical boundaries provide previously unavailable 3D structural information on the TADs structures both at the single-cell and population level. This provides a direct structural basis for determining which TADs are preserved. But in order to understand where P-TADs may come from, physical boundaries analysis alone is not sufficient. As we have shown in the analysis of enhancer-promoter contact, using physical boundary analysis from 3D structures, we can conclude that conservation of enhancer-promoter contact could be one of the reasons for the P-TAD.

      • Explain more clearly what the additional value of using the HIPPS model to study TAD preservation is.

      Our goal, as announced in the title is to elucidate the structural basis for the emergence of PTADs. The HIPPS method, which avoids doing simulations (like CCM and other polymer models used in the literature) provides an ensemble of 3D conformations using averaged contact map generated in Hi-C experiments. Even more importantly, HIPPS produce an ensemble of structures, which can be the basis for predicting the outcomes at the single-cell level. The accuracy of the generated structures has been shown in our previous work (Shi and ThirumalaiPRX 2021). In ensemble-averaged Hi-C experiments, TADs appear to be relatively stable. However, imaging experiments (Bintu et. al, 2018) have revealed that TADs are not fixed structures present in every single cell, but instead exhibit variability at the single-cell level. TADlike structures with distinct boundaries are observed in individual cells, and the location of these boundaries varies from cell to cell. However, these TAD-like structures still show a preferential positioning in 3D structures. Interestingly, the preferential positioning often corresponds to TAD boundaries observed in population-averaged Hi-C data. This suggests that while cohesin is involved in establishing the overall organization of TADs, other factors and mechanisms could also contribute to TAD formation at the individual cell level. In this study, we showed some boundaries of P-TADs upon cohesin loss in the Hi-C maps, align with preferential boundaries in individual 3D structures of chromosomes. The makes the finding that a subset of TADs is preserved upon cohesin is robust.

      From a technical perspective, the use of HIPPS avoids time-consuming polymer simulations. The HIPPS is rapid and can be used to generate arbitrarily large ensemble of structures, allowing us calculate properties both at the single cell and ensemble level.

      In addition, we'd like to offer the following feedback to the authors.

      3) The discussion of enhancer-promoter loops as a cause of TAD preservation is interesting, but it would be interesting to know fraction of preserved TADs enhancer-promoter loops might explain.

      We thank the reviewer for the excellent suggestion. We have done the suggested calculation. The results are shown in a new Figure.8 in the main text. We also moved the results on enhancer-promoter to the main results section from the Discussion section.

      4) The last paragraph of the introduction seems to state that only the HIPPS model was used to find single-cell 3D structures and boundary probabilities. However, the main text suggests that the CCM model was also used for these purposes.

      We have revised the text to clarify this point on pages 3-4. Also please see the discussion on the utility of HIPPS above.

      5) When referring to the boundary probability, it would be useful if the authors always specified whether they refer to the boundary probability before or after cohesin depletion (or loop depletion in the CCM model). Statements such as "This implies that peaks in the boundary probabilities should correspond to P-TADs" are ambiguous; it is unclear if the authors mean that boundary probabilities before cohesin depletion predict that the boundary will be preserved, rather than that preserved TAD boundaries correlate with peaks in the boundary probability after cohesin depletion.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. Indeed, it may be confusing. Hence, we have revised the text in numerous places to clarify this point.

      6) It would be interesting to analyze all TAD boundaries that are present after cohesin depletion, rather than just those that overlap with TAD boundaries in WT cells. This would give better statistics for answering the question what causes TAD-like structures in cells without cohesin.

      We thank the reviewer for this excellent suggestion. First, this would we believe this deviate from the primary goal of this study: what leads to TAD preservation after cohesin deletion? Second, this has to be done very systematically, as we did here for P-TADs, in order draw meaningful conclusions. This is a very useful study for another occasion.

      7) The use of a plethora of acronyms (P-TAD, CM, DM, CCM, HLM...) makes the paper difficult to read.

      We have revised the text to change CM to “contact map” and “DM” to “distance map”. For PTADs, CCM, and WLM, we would argue that P-TAD is rather a clear and intuitive abbreviation and CCM/WLM refers to specific methods/models and replacing them with full names would make text more difficult to read. We hope the reviewer is okay with us keeping these acronyms.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Here Jeong et al., use a combination of theoretical and experimental approaches to define molecular contexts that support specific chromatin conformations. They seek to define features that are associated with TADs that are retained after cohesin depletion (the authors refer to these TADs as P-TADs). They were motivated by differences between single cell data, which suggest that some TADs can be maintained in the absence of cohesin, whereas ensemble HiC data suggest complete loss of TADs. By reananalyzing a number of HiC datasets from different cell types, the authors observe that in ensemble methods, a significant subset of TADs are retained. They observe that P-TADs are associated with mismatches in epigenetic state across TAD boundaries. They further observe that "physical boundaries" are associated with P-TAD maintenance. Their structure/simulation based approach appears to be a powerful means to generate 3D structures from ensemble HiC data, and provide chromosome conformations that mimic the data from single-cell based experiments. Their results also challenge current dogma in the field about epigenetic state being more related to compartment formation rather than TAD boundaries. Their analysis is particularly important because limited amounts of imaging data are presently available for defining chromosome structure at the single-molecule level, however, vast amounts of HiC and ChIP-seq data are available. By using HiC data to generate high quality simulated structural data, they overcome this limitation. Overall, this manuscript is important for understanding chromosome organization, particularly for contacts that do not require cohesin for their maintenance, and for understanding how different levels of chromosome organization may be interconnected. I cannot comment on the validity of the provided simulation methods and hope that another reviewer is qualified to do this.

      We appreciate the reviewer for a comprehensive summary of our work, and we are happy that the reviewer finds our work important, which provides valuable insights to the field.

      Specific comments

      • It is unclear what defines a physical barrier. From reading the text and the methods, it is not entirely clear to me how the authors have designated sites of physical barriers. It may help to define this on pg 7, second to last paragraph, when the authors first describe instances of PTAD maintenance in the absence of epigenetic mismatch.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestions. The details of physical boundary designation are provided in the appendix data analysis. To make the concept and idea of physical boundary easy to understand, we have revised the text on page 7 in the revised main text.

      • Figure 7 adds an interesting take to their approach. Here the authors use microC data to analyze promoter-enhancer/promoter-promoter contacts. These data are included as part of the discussion. I think this data could be incorporated into the main text, particularly because it provides a biological context where P-TADs would have a rather critical role.

      We thank the reviewers for the suggestion. We also agree that results in Figure 7 provide novel insights on TAD formation and its possible preservation upon perturbation. We have followed the reviewer’s suggestion to move it to an independent section in the main results section as the last subsection.

      • Figure 3a- the numbers here do not match the text (page 6, second to last paragraph). The numbers have been flipped for either chromosome 10 or chromosome 13 in the text or the figures.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this error. In the revised main text, it has been corrected.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      This manuscript presents a comprehensive investigation into the mechanisms that explain the presence of TADs (P-TADs) in cells where cohesin has been removed. In particular, to study TADs in wildtype and cohesin depleted cells, the authors use a combination of polymer simulations to predict whole chromosome structures de novo and from Hi-C data. Interestingly, they find that those TADs that survive cohesin removal contain a switch in epigenetic marks (from compartment A to B or B to A) at the boundary. Additionally, they find that the P-TADs are needed to retain enhancer-promoter and promoter-promoter interactions.

      Overall, the study is well-executed, and the evidence found provides interesting insights into genome folding and interpretations of conflicting results on the role of cohesin on TAD formation.

      We are pleased with the reviewer’s positive assessment of our work.

      To strengthen their claims, the authors should compare their de-novo prediction approach to their data-driven predictions at the single cell level.

      We thank the reviewer for the very good suggestion. We are assuming that the Reviewer is asking us to compare the CCM simulations with HIPPS generated structures at the single cell level. We have shown, using the GM12878 cell data, that the polymer simulations reproduce the Hi-C contact maps (an average quantity) well (see Appendix Fig. 2 and Fig. 3). In addition, we show in Appendix Fig. 8 the comparison with ensemble averaged distance maps as well as at the single cell level for Chr 13 from the GM12878 cell. There are TAD-like structures at the single cell level just as we find for HCT-116 cell (Fig. 5 in the main text). Thus, the conclusions from de-novo prediction and data-driven predictions are consistent. In addition, in our previous publication introducing HIPPS in Phys Rev X 11: 011051 (2021), we showed that the method is quantitatively accurate in reproducing experimental data for all the interphase chromosomes.

      Having demonstrated this consistency, we used computationally simple data-driven predictions to analyze HCT-116 and mouse liver cell lines for which Hi-C data with and without cohesin rather than perform multiple laborious polymer simulations.

      Please see below for our response to specific comments.

      1) It is confusing that the authors change continuously their label for describing B-A and A-B switches. They should choose one expression. I think that the label "switch" between A and B is more precise than "mismatch".

      We have revised the text to make it consistent. Now it all reads “A-B”. Yes, the suggestion that we use switch is good but we think that mismatch is more concise. We trust that this Reviewer will indulge us on this point.

      2) In the Abstract, the authors mention HCT-116 cells but do not specify which cells are these.

      We have changed “HCT-116” in the abstract to “human colorectal carcinoma cell line”.

      3) In the Abstract, it is unclear what the authors mean by "without any parameters"

      In the theoretically based HIPPS method, there is no “free” parameter. In other words, the only parameter is uniquely determined. To avoid confusion, we have removed “without any parameters” from abstract.

      4) In Results, what do the authors mean by 16% (26%)?

      This refers the percentage of how many TADs are preserved after Nipbl and RAD21 removal in mouse and HCT-116 cells, respectively. Using TopDom method, we identified TAD boundaries in Wild and cohesin-depleted cells. There are 16% (959 out of 4176 – Fig. 1a) and 26% (1266 out of 4733 – Fig. 1b) of TADs are preserved after Nipbl and RAD21 removal in mouse and HCT-116 cells, respectively. We removed the percentages in the revised version.

      5) In Results, the authors mention "more importantly, we did tune the value of any parameter to fit the experimental CMs". Did they mean that instead they didn't tune any parameter?

      We apologize for the confusion. In the CCM, there is a single controlled parameter. We have changed the sentence to reflect this correctly.

      6) In Results, section "CCM simulations reproduce wild-type Hi-C maps", Kullback-Leibler (KL) divergence is used to assess the correlation between two loci, but it is unclear what the value 0.04 stands for; is it a good or a bad correlation?

      The value for Kullback-Leibler divergence can vary from 0 to infinity with 0 give the perfect correlation. Thus, 0.04 means that the correlation is excellent.

      7) The authors use two techniques to obtain 3D structures, one is CCM, which takes the cohesin as constraints, and another is HIPPS, which reconstructs from Hi-C maps. Both seem to have good agreement with the Hi-C contact maps. However, did the authors compare the CCM with the HIPPS 3D structures?

      This is detailed in response at the start of the reply to this Reviewer. As detailed in this response as well in the main text we used the CCM to generate hypotheses for the origin of P-TADs. In the process, we established the accuracy of CCM, which gives us confidence about the hypotheses. As explained above and emphasized in the revised version, CCM simulations are time consuming whereas generating 3D structures using HIPPS is computationally simple. Because HIPPS is also accurate, we used it to analyze the Hi-C data on mouse liver, HCT-116 as well as Micro-Data on mESC.

      In our paper in Phys Rev X 11: 011051 (2021) we showed that HIPPS reproduces Hi-C data. In the current manuscript, we showed in Appendix Fig. 2 and Fig. 3 as well as in a study in 2018 (Shi and Thirumalai, Nat Comm.) that CCM is accurate as well. Thus, there is little doubt about the accuracies of the methods that we have developed.

      8) In Results, section "P-TADs have prominent spatial domain boundaries", the authors constructed individual spatial distance matrices (DMs) using 10,000 simulated 3D structures. What are the differences among these 10,000 simulations? Do they start them with different initial structures?

      The structures are generated using HIPPS which is data-driven method that uses Hi-C contact map as constraints. The method, which uses the maximum entropy theory, samples from a distribution that describe the structural ensemble of chromosome. The 10,000 structures are randomly sampled and are independent from each other. The HIPPS method is not a simulation, and hence the issue of initial structures does not arise.

      9) In Methods, when the authors mention the "unknown parameter", do they use one parameter for all simulations (+/- cohesin) or is this parameter different for each system? Would this change the results?

      We apologize for the confusion. The “unknown parameter” is the energy scale 𝜖 that describes the interaction strength between chromosome loci. We have revised the text in the method (page 27) to clarify it. The same value of 𝜖 is used for all CCM simulation with or without cohesin.

      10) In Methods, when the authors perform DBSCAN clustering, they mention that they optimize the clustering parameters for each system. However, if they want to compare between different systems, the clustering parameters should be the same.

      The purpose of DBSCAN is to capture the spatial clustering topology of chromosome loci. However, different cell types and chromosomes may have different overall density, which will impact the average distance between loci. If using the same parameters, such global changes will impact the result of clustering most and the intended spatial clustering topology can be distorted. Hence, we tune the clustering parameter for each system in order to ignore the global effect but only capture the local and topology of clustering of chromosome loci.

      Grammar comments:

      1) "structures, with sharp boundaries are present, at.."

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the error. We have fixed it.

      2) "Three headlines emerge from these studies are:"

      We have fixed it.

      3) "both the cell lines"

      We have fixed it.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer 1

      Since they used PBMCs, without other assays to confirm the cell subtypes, I am not sure if any of the heterogeneity they detected in 6 cytokine secretion would be able to relate back to biology.

      We agree with the reviewer that we cannot relate cytokine secretion back to specific cell populations and that part of the heterogeneity observed is due to various cellular populations and subpopulations. However, we would argue that the results obtained from measuring PBMCs especially relate to biology, not cellular identity, and provide useful information on how PBMCs will respond to a specific challenge since they offer more clinical relevance in patient stratification and monitoring. Thus, the possibility of identifying trends in polyfunctional cytokine secretion is not hindered by the isolated view of one specific cellular subpopulation. However, we agree that future experiments must identify the polyfunctional cells and decipher the extent of heterogeneity within the population.

      In addition, the two panels were measured on separate cells, I am not sure it is meaningful to make any comparisons of the two panels as they are on different cells.

      Thank you for mentioning this point. If this refers to Figure 3, where we compare the percentage of secreting cells incubation times, these cells are all individual data points, i.e., individual cells and then pooled. It is true that, potentially, these could be similar cell types (a cell co-secreting TNFa/IL-6 could also co-secrete IL-8/MIP-1a). Since they originate from the same cell batch and stimulation, only divided before encapsulation, we think it is a valid comparison as this would also be done in ELISpot or similar techniques.

      Reviewer 2

      The conclusions of the study are based on samples from a single donor, which makes the conclusions on secretion patterns difficult to interpret. The choice of cytokines is explained, but the justification of the groupings of the antibodies into the two panels is missing.

      Thank you for highlighting this valid criticism. We chose to use cells from one donor to examine the secretion patterns observed in one individual, as cells from different individuals might respond differently. The focus of the experiments described in this study was to describe secretion patterns with respect to the incubation times and secreted cytokine, including multiple donors, which would address a different question (i.e., how is polyfunctionality different between individuals). The cytokines were grouped according to expected secretion to observe overlaps between different cell types (to increase the chance of seeing secretion from both panels simultaneously). We have added complementary text discussing the justification of cytokine grouping in the updated manuscript.

      It would further be helpful to discuss how the single cell incubation might affect the secretion dynamics vs. the influence of co-culture of all cell types during the 24 h activation.

      Thank you for this input. We discussed this potential limitation in detail in a previous publication (Portmann et al., Cell Reports Methods, 2023) and added some addressing sentences to the discussion.

      The authors compare average secretion rates and levels. However, the right panel in Fig. 6 looks like there might be two different populations of mono- or polyfuntional cells that have two secretion rates. As the authors have single-cell data, I would find the separation into these populations more meaningful than comparing the mean values. In line with this comment, comparing the mean values for these cytokines instead of the mean of the populations with distinct seretion properties might actually show stronger differences than the authors report here.

      Thank you for this addition. This plot focuses on describing the relationship between secretion and incubation times. We agree that the data can be further divided into high and low secretion and the respective average plot. However, we finally decided against such a solution to avoid bias due to small event counts in certain high- and low-polysecreting populations. We checked whether dynamics are different between these populations, and the individual averages largely follow the overall trend, although on different plateaus – indeed, high-secreting cells will reach a plateau due to saturation. We have added the plot for IFNy here to visualize this point.

      Author response image 1.

      Is the plateau of the cytokine concentration caused by the fluorescence signal saturating the camera, saturation of the magnetic beads, exhaustion of the fluorescent antibodies, or constant cytokine concentrations?

      Thank you for raising this point. On the individual cell level, the plateau is caused by assay capacity limitations for high-secreting cell populations, i.e., the capacity of the nanoparticles. For low secreting populations, the plateau is caused by a cease in secretion, whereas for high-secreting cells, the capacity will be limiting. This has been extensively discussed in Portmann et al., Cell Report Methods, 2023.

      The high number of non-CSCs and the limited number of droplets decrease the statistical power of the method. The authors discuss their choice to use PBMCs and not solely T cells, but this aspect is missing in the discussion.

      As mentioned above, we chose PBMCs for their better representability and heterogeneity in clinical settings. Indeed, focusing on secreting cell subpopulations would increase the percentage of CSCs and the number, but we found the method to be sufficiently statistically powerful for our measurements. However, we also agree with the comment raised by reviewer 1 that a focus on a specific cell population might be interesting for many questions and applications. We have added respective text to the discussion section.

      The absolute cell number is missing. This might also answer the question of whether polyfunctional cells turn into monofunctional cells after stimulation for 24 hours or if the monofunctional population expands more.

      We are unsure of this comment. If the reviewer refers to a potential expansion ex vivo over 24 h, we have checked this for different conditions and could not observe cellular expansion within this timeframe – the numbers remained mostly stable, sometimes decreasing and only increasing in CD3/CD28. However, an overall change in cell counts does not necessarily relate to the functionalities of individual cells. This observation, combined with our results, hints towards a dynamic cellular restriction of polyfunctionality, but is no direct evidence for such a hypothesis as individual cells need to be followed in such an experiment over a much larger time frame.

      Fig. 4: Using a divergent colour scheme would be helpful. Fig. 6: Adding labels with the stimulation next to the plots would be helpful.

      We have changed the figures accordingly.

      A limitation of the approach is that the detection of polyfunctionality relies on how the three cytokines in each panel are selected and comparisons between the two panels are not otherwise helpful. Can the authors discuss how many panels would be needed to fully explore polyfunctionality among the six cytokines?

      Thank you for this comment. We agree that the identification of polyfunctional cells is dependent on the panel selection, and its composition. We had to select respective panels, and based our initial choice for this study on expected secretion behavior from PBMCs, instead of engineering panels specific for one cell type. However, these panels can be adapted to study additional questions. Interesting point. 6 cytokines into groups of 3 allows for 20 possible combinations. However, we very rarely see triple positive polyfunctional cells, and not all combinations would make sense due to cellular restrictions and differences in stimulations.

      Is there any way to increase the number of cytokines that could be detected in one droplet?

      This can be done on a lower throughput scale by removing the Cell Trace violet stain. This would allow the current method to measure up to 4 cytokines. An alternative would be adding different fluorophores without spectral overlap so that the throughput could increase to around 6-7 max, allowing us to measure polyfunctionality in a less biased manner. Other solutions are needed if >6-7 cytokines should be measured. Our experiments (with high-throughput cytokine detection systems, Fireplex and Isoplexis, i.e., 17-18 cytokines) showed that cells rarely secreted more than three cytokines at a time.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study explores the relationship between guanine-quadruplex (G4) structures and pathogenicity islands (PAIs) in 89 pathogenic strains. G4 structures were found to be non-randomly distributed within PAIs and conserved within the same strains. Positive correlations were observed between G4s and GC content across various genomic features, suggesting a link between G4 structures and GC-rich regions. Differences in GC content between PAIs and the core genome underscored the unique nature of PAIs. High-confidence G4 structures in Escherichia coli's regulatory regions were identified, influencing DNA integration within PAIs. These findings shed light on the molecular mechanisms of G4-PAI interactions, enhancing our understanding of bacterial pathogenicity and G4 structures in infectious diseases.

      Strengths:

      The findings of this study hold significant implications for our understanding of bacterial pathogenicity and the role of guanine-quadruplex (G4) structures. Molecular Mechanisms of Pathogenicity: The study highlights that G4 structures are not randomly distributed within pathogenicity islands (PAIs), suggesting a potential role in regulating pathogenicity. This insight into the uneven distribution of G4s within PAIs provides a basis for further research into the molecular mechanisms underlying bacterial pathogenicity.

      Conservation of G4 Structures: The consistent conservation of G4 structures within the same pathogenic strains suggests that these structures might play a vital and possibly conserved role in the pathogenicity of these bacteria. This finding opens doors for exploring how G4s influence virulence across different pathogens. Unique Nature of PAIs: The differences in GC content between PAIs and the core genome underscore the unique nature of PAIs. This distinction suggests that factors such as DNA topology and G4 structures might contribute to the specialized functions and characteristics of PAIs, which are often associated with virulence genes. Regulatory Role of G4s: The identification of high-confidence G4 structures within regulatory regions of Escherichia coli implies that these structures could influence the efficiency or specificity of DNA integration events within PAIs. This finding provides a potential mechanism by which G4s can impact the pathogenicity of bacteria.

      Weaknesses:

      No weaknesses were identified by this reviewer.

      Overall, the study provides fundamental insights into the pathogenicity island and conservation of G4 motifs.

      Thank you for your thorough review of our manuscript exploring the relationship between G4 structures and PAIs in 89 pathogenic strains. We appreciate your recognition of the strengths of our study and its potential implications for understanding bacterial pathogenicity. We are pleased that you highlighted the significance of our findings in revealing the non-random distribution and conservation of G4 structures within PAIs across various pathogenic strains.

      Your insightful comments about the molecular mechanisms of pathogenicity, the conservation of G4 structures, the unique nature of PAIs, and the regulatory role of G4s within Escherichia coli are invaluable. We are encouraged by your positive evaluation of these aspects, which underscores the potential impact of our work on advancing the understanding of bacterial pathogenicity.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript entitled "The Intricate Relationship of G-Quadruplexes and Pathogenicity Islands: A Window into Bacterial Pathogenicity" Bo Lyu explored the interactions between guanine-quadruplex (G4) structures and pathogenicity islands (PAIs) in 89 bacterial genomes through a rigorous computational approach. This paper handles an intriguing and complex topic in the field of pathogenomics. It has the potential to contribute significantly to the understanding of G4-PAI interactions and bacterial pathogenicity.

      Strengths:

      • The chosen research area.

      • The summarizing of the results through neat illustrations.

      Weaknesses:

      This reviewer did not find any significant weaknesses.

      Thank you for your positive and encouraging feedback on our manuscript. We appreciate your specific mention of the strengths, particularly highlighting the chosen research area and the effectiveness of our illustrations in summarizing the results. Your acknowledgment of these aspects is motivating, and we are pleased that the content and presentation resonated well with you.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The main problem with the work is that the results are only descriptive and do not allow any inferences or conclusions about the importance of the function of G4 structures. The discussion and conclusions are poor. The results are preliminary and in order to try to make the analysis more interesting, it should be further extended and the data must be explored in a much greater depth.

      Thank you for your constructive feedback on our manuscript, and appreciate the time and effort you dedicated to evaluating our work. We acknowledge your concern regarding the descriptive nature of the results and the limitations in making inferences about the importance of G4 structures. To address this, we plan to enhance the depth of our analysis and provide more insightful interpretations in the discussion and conclusion sections. It's important to note that this study is intentionally a short report, emphasizing data mining findings rather than laboratory results. We understand the value of in-depth investigations and concur that our work lays the groundwork for more extensive studies in this area, aiming to provide a real-world scenario. We are committed to addressing your comments and refining our manuscript to contribute meaningfully to this field. Your insights are invaluable, and we look forward to presenting an improved version of our study.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors could try a higher G-quadruplex score of 1.4 or higher values to substantiate their findings or pick up the bacterial genomes that relied on G4s for their pathogenecity.

      We acknowledge your recommendation to explore a higher G-quadruplex score, and we would like to assure you that we have already conducted analyses using thresholds of 1.4 and 1.6. The findings consistently support the observations presented in the manuscript. We have updated the text to reflect this additional analysis, and the results are included in the revised version of the manuscript (Figure S1).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor points

      Introduction

      Q1. The introduction is shallow. The concept and the importance of PAIs is vague. Why should these genes be different from other genes?

      A1: Thank you for your valuable feedback and we have incorporated additional content to provide a more comprehensive understanding of PAIs and their distinctiveness from other genes in the Introduction section.

      Changes: Lines 44-49 “G4 structures are ...innovative technologies.” were added.

      Lines 51-55 “PAIs are distinct...such as plasmids.” were added.

      Lines 60-66 “PAIs typically contain...recipient genome” were added.

      Lines 77-80 “Growing evidence has...CpG islands, and PAIs” were added.

      Material and Methods

      Q2. It is not clear if the author used the TBTools or the G4Hunter software G4 structures. It would be interesting to include references to published articles that used this software.

      A2: Thank you! Corrected and added more references that used TBTools to extract sequences and G4Hunter to identify G4 structures.

      Q3. The statistical significance must not be based only on p-values. P-values are influenced by sample sizes. I strongly recommend the use of other parameters such as confidence interval and ROC analysis.

      A3: Thank you! We have incorporated confidence intervals and ROC analysis to complement p-values, enhancing the robustness of our statistical analysis.

      Changes: Lines 265-267 “The correlation's significance... sensitivity and specificity.” were added.

      Results and discussion

      Q4. The stability of G4 structures seems to be important for its function (doi:10.1111/febs.15065). Therefore it would be interesting if the analysis were carried out separating the G4 according to stability.

      A4: Thank you for highlighting the importance of G4 structure stability for its function and suggesting an analysis based on stability. We have carefully reviewed the referenced paper (doi:10.1111/febs.15065) and note that their study focused on the stability analysis of individual G4s. In our current study, we identified a large number of G4s, and while stability analysis for each G4 is indeed an interesting avenue, it goes beyond the scope of this particular investigation. However, we agree that exploring the relationship between G4 stability and function is a valuable topic. We plan to delve deeper into this aspect in future work, as discussed in our response to your previous comment.

      Changes: Lines 217-221 “Lastly, the stability of G4...molecular engineering.” were added.

      Q5. The quality of the figures is poor. Is not possible to read the correlation and p-values from Figure 2.

      A5: The revised figure is now submitted with enhanced clarity to ensure that correlation and p-values can be easily discerned.

      Q6. The analysis of promoter regions should be performed taking into account the distance between the G4 and the beginning of the gene.

      A6: Thank you and we have elaborated more in the revision.

      Changes: Lines 198-106 “Additionally, considering the distance...of G4 structures in promoters.” were added.

      Q7. The topic "Putative origin, transfer mechanisms, and functions of G4s in PAIs". The comments made on this topic are purely speculative and not backed up by data or any type of experimental analysis.

      A7: We appreciate the feedback and have revised the title to emphasize the focus on the functions of G4s in PAIs. We acknowledge that the content related to the putative origin and transfer mechanisms of G4s in PAIs is purely descriptive and speculative, we have made the adjustment to relocate this information to the discussion section for a more appropriate treatment.

      Q8. The supplemental material is hard to follow. The meaning of each column should be better explained. Why was the data divided into 10 parts?

      A8: Following your suggestion, we have revised the tables for better clarity. To address concerns about the division into 10 parts, we have decided to remove this data from the tables as it was deemed unnecessary for presentation.

      Q9. Why was the data of E. Coli strains 1 and 2 shown in Tables S3 and S4 and the other bacterial strains were not?

      A9: We appreciate your inquiry. The data of E. Coli strains 1 and 2 were specifically highlighted in Tables S3 and S4 as illustrative examples to demonstrate the putative functions of G4s in PAIs within the scope of our study. Given the extensive nature of function annotation analyses across various pathogenic strains, presenting additional tables for each strain would have resulted in an impractical volume of supplementary material.

      Q10. The Results and Discussion should be separated.

      A10: Thank you! Corrected as suggested.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Major changes:

      Removed any claim of label-free detection, clarifying that ADeS can predict apoptotic events without apoptotic probes

      Provided a github repository with the executable code ( https://github.com/mariaclaudianicolai/ADeS )

      Uploaded all imaging data used to train and benchmark ADeS on Zenodo ( https://zenodo.org/uploads/10260643 )

      Added supplementary movie showing degraded performance on noisy movie in vivo (Supplementary Movie 3)

      Generated a supplementary figure showing the effect of noise on prediction accuracy (Supplementary Figure 4)

      Minor changes:

      Line 6: added Benjamin Grädel and Mariaclaudia Nicolai to the list of authors

      Line 44: dynamics

      Line 54: updated reference to a published paper

      Line 65: fixed spelling of "chronic"

      Line 74: fixed spelling of "limitations"

      Line 76: changed “biochemical reporters” to “fluorescent probes”

      Line 77: changed “label-free” to “probe-free”

      Line 85: “can apply” to "can be applied"

      Line 109: The citation is updated to appear in the reference

      Lines 143-144: Fixed statement about apoptotic cells having non-significant displacement compared to arrested cells

      Line 156: Figure 3 is cited

      Line 185 and Fig 3 legends: “chore” to "core"

      Lines 187 and 248: “withouth” to "without"

      Lines 177-178: introduced acronyms for deep learning networks

      Lines 276-277: Added interval ranges to clarify subgroups observed in Figure 6F

      Line 284: substituted “SNR” with “signal-to-noise ratio”

      Line 286: mentioned “Supplementary Movie 3”

      Line 515: explicitly defined “field of view” instead of “FOVs”

      Lines 604-606: Added data availability section

      Line 822: modified caption of Figure 1D to explain the estimation of nuclear area over time

      Lines 911-912: Explained gray area in caption of figure 8B-C

      Supplementary figure 1: removed “Neu” and “Eos” acronyms from caption. Introduced definition of “FOV” and “SNR” acronyms

      Editorial assessment

      This valuable work by Pulfer et al. advances our understanding of spatial-temporal cell dynamics both in vivo and in vitro. The authors provide convincing evidence for their innovative deep learning-based apoptosis detection system, ADeS, that utilizes the principle of activity recognition. Nevertheless, the work is incomplete due to the authors' claim that their system is valid for non-fluorescently labeled cells, without evidence supporting this notion. After revisions, this work will be of broad interest to cell biologists and neuroscientists

      We acknowledge that the “label-free” claim was misleading, and in the revised manuscript we addressed this aspect by stating that ADeS is “probe-free”, not requiring any apoptotic marker. For this reason we kindly ask the editor to modify its assessment concerning the work being incomplete, as our tool was specifically meant for fluorescent microscopy.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Pulfer et al., describe the development and testing of a transformer-based deep learning architecture called ADeS, which the authors use to identify apoptotic events in cultured cells and live animals. The classifier is trained on large datasets and provides robust classification accuracies in test sets that are comparable to and even outperform existing deep learning architectures for apoptosis detection. Following this validation, the authors also design use cases for their technique both in vitro and in vivo, demonstrating the value of ADeS to the apoptosis research space.

      Strengths:

      ADeS is a powerful tool in the arsenal of cell biologists interested in the spatio-temporal co-ordinates of apoptotic events in vitro, since live cell imaging typically generates densely packed fields of view that are challenging to parse by manual inspection. The authors also integrate ADeS into the analysis of data generated using different types of fluorescent markers in a variety of cell types and imaging modalities, which increases its adaptability by a larger number of researchers. ADeS is an example of the successful deployment of activity recognition (AR) in the automated bioimage analysis space, highlighting the potential benefits of AR to quantifying other intra- and intercellular processes observable using live cell imaging.

      Weaknesses:

      A major drawback was the lack of access to the ADeS platform for the reviewers; the authors state that the code is available in the code availability section, which is missing from the current version of the manuscript. This prevented an evaluation of the usability of ADeS as a resource for other researchers.

      We acknowledge that having access to the code is pivotal, and therefore in this revised version we deposited the Python code deploying our DL model on github (link). Moreover, we included in the revised manuscript the training datasets (in vitro and in vivo), as well as all the testing videos used to benchmark ADeS.

      The authors also emphasize the need for label-free apoptotic cell detection in both their abstract and their introduction but have not demonstrated the performance of ADeS in a true label-free environment where the cells do not express any fluorescent markers.

      The system was developed to primarily analyze data acquired via fluorescent microscopy, which relies on fluorescent staining to visualize cells. Therefore, it is not possible to evaluate our methodology in a 100% label-free environment. What we meant using the term “label-free” is that our method can detect apoptotic events based exclusively on morphological cues, without the use of fluorescent apoptotic reporters. We acknowledge that this terminology was misleading and we apologize for the misunderstanding. To amend this, in our revised paper we avoid using the term “label-free”, referring instead to “probe-free” detection.

      While Pulfer et al., provide a wealth of information about the generation and validation of their DL classifier for in vitro movies, and the utility of ADeS is obvious in identifying apoptotic events among FOVs containing ~1700 cells, the evidence is not as strong for in vivo use cases. They mention the technical challenges involved in identifying apoptotic events in vivo, and use 3D rotation to generate a larger dataset from their original acquisitions. However, it is not clear how this strategy would provide a suitable training dataset for understanding the duration of apoptotic events in vivo since the temporal information remains the same.

      One of the main challenges encountered in vivo was the difficulty of capturing rare events such as apoptosis in physiological conditions. Moreover the lack of publicly available datasets further prevented us from collecting an extended training dataset suitable for data-hungry techniques such as supervised deep learning. Resorting to 3D rotations was a strategy to exploit the visual information within acquisition volumes to train our classifiers for 2D detection. This approach is a common data augmentation technique that can naturally increment the size of a dataset by displaying the same object from different angles. However this technique does not explicitly address temporal aspects of the apoptotic events, such as their duration. The duration of the apoptotic events was empirically estimated to obtain a temporal window suitable for detection (Supplementary Figure 1K-L).

      The authors also provide examples of in vivo acquisitions in their paper, where the cell density appears to be quite low, questioning the need for automated apoptotic detection in those situations. In the use cases for in vivo apoptotic detection using ADeS (Fig 8), it appears that the location of the apoptotic event itself was obvious and did not need ADeS, as in the case of laser ablation in the spleen and the sparse distribution of GFP labeled neutrophils in the lymph nodes.

      Before addressing the need for these methodologies in vivo, we provide a proof of concept for their applicability. Accordingly, in vivo acquisitions present several visual artifacts and challenges that can hamper activity recognition techniques. Therefore, from a computer vision perspective, the successful implementation of ADeS in vivo is an achievement per se.

      Concerning its need, we showed in supplementary figure 3 that ADeS is robust to increasingly populated fields of view, and might be useful in detecting hindered apoptotic events as well as in reducing human-bias.

      Finally, the authors also mention that video quality altered the sensitivity of ADeS in vivo (Fig 6L) but fail to provide an example of ADeS implementation on a video of poor quality, which would be useful for end users to assess whether to adopt ADeS for their own live cell movies.

      In figure 6L we quantitatively showed that videos affected by low quality were negatively affecting the sensitivity of ADeS. In this revised version we included a supplementary movie (supplementary movie X) depicting ADeS performances in high signal-to-noise conditions. We also addressed this aspect in vitro, by generating a synthetic degradation of the movie quality and measuring the effect on the performances (supplementary figure 4).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Pulfer A. et al. developed a deep learning-based apoptosis detection system named ADeS, which outperforms the currently available computational tools for in vitro automatic detection. Furthermore, ADeS can automatically identify apoptotic cells in vivo in intravital microscopy time-lapses, preventing manual labeling with potential biases. The authors trained and successfully evaluated ADeS in packed epithelial monolayers and T cells distributed in 3D collagen hydrogels. Moreover, in vivo, training and evaluation were performed on polymorphonucleated leukocytes in lymph nodes and spleen.

      Strengths:

      Pulfer A. et colleagues convincingly presented their results, thoroughly evaluated ADeS for potential toxicity assay, and compared its performance with available state-of-the-art tools.

      Weaknesses:

      The use of ADeS is still restricted to samples where cells are fluorescently labeled either in the cytoplasm or in the nucleus, which limits its use for in vitro toxicity assays that are performed on primary cells or organoids (e.g., iPSCs-derived systems) that are normally harder to transfect. In conclusion, ADeS will be a useful tool to improve output quality and accelerate the evaluation of assays in several research areas with basic and applied aims.

      As addressed in the answer to reviewer one, we primarily focused on fluorescent microscopy, which implies fluorescent labeling of the cells. The application to other imaging platforms was not the scope of our study. However, a model to infer apoptosis within other imaging solutions, e.g. brightfield, could be explored in future analogue studies.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      We thank the reviewers for their remarks. Please find our detailed answers bellow.

      1) The authors' continued refusal to acknowledge the other reports before the final sentence of the Discussion, which has been pointed out in two previous rounds of review as a major flaw, detracts from the manuscript significantly.

      We now acknowledge and discuss the other SIRT6-nucleosome reports in the introduction as requested by the reviewer.

      2) While some of the grammatical errors in previous versions have been corrected, many remain, especially in the Methods section

      We corrected the remaining grammatical errors.

      3) Multiple statements of fact not supported by data shown in this work continue to lack appropriate references.

      We added references where facts were not supported by our data.

    1. Author Response

      We appreciate the thoughtful comments from the reviewers. All reviewers express common support for the study’s meaningful contribution to understanding interoceptive neurocircuitry in health and in psychiatric disorders. Specifically, the reviewers highlight the strong theoretical backing and the novel combination of tasks and analytical methods. In turn, the reviewers identify several areas for improvement that we plan to address in our resubmission. These include a more detailed demographic characterization of the study participants, increased clarity when describing the statistics that support each conclusion, and additional discussion when interpreting the resting state findings, as we did not include a separate control condition for the effect of time. One reviewer commented that we largely cite our previous work with the isoproterenol paradigm; while we will provide an updated and broader view of the literature in our resubmission, there remains a limited number of comparable interoceptive perturbation studies. Finally, one comment referred to our reliance on ratings of interoceptive intensity without included additional behavioral measures. While our measures of interest were chosen for their relevance to our hypotheses, we will consider adding additional measures such as interoceptive accuracy (correspondence between heart rate and dial ratings) that were collected during the perturbation task, should they provide additional insight into the insular responses of the participants.

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This manuscript presents the first evidence for a plastic enhancement in the response of pial cortical arterioles to external stimulation. Specifically, they show (p8; Figure 3A-C) that repeated application of a visual stimulus at 0.25 Hz, at the upper edge of the vasomotor response, leads to a greater change in the diameter of pial arterioles at that frequency. This adds to the earlier, referenced work of Mateo et al (2017) that showed locking - or entrainment of pial arteriole vasomotion - by stimuli at different (0.0 to 0.3 Hz) frequencies.

      We thank the reviewer for positively identifying the value of our manuscript.

      The manuscript has a major flaw. Much as there is plasticity that leads to an increase in the amplitude of vasomotion at the drive frequency, the authors need to show reversibility. This could possibly be accomplished by driving the visual system at a different frequency, say 0.15 Hz, and observing if the 0.25 Hz response is then diminished. The authors could then test if their observation is repeatable by again driving at 0.25 Hz. Unless I missed the presentation on this point, there is no evidence for reversibility.

      The reviewer has raised a very important point of view. In our experiments, the visually induced vasomotion (or visual stimulus-triggered vasomotion) was always entrained by repeated trials of the 0.25 Hz temporal frequency stimuli. When the visual stimulation stops, the vasomotion frequency lock to 0.25 Hz quickly dissipates. After saturated training with this stimulus, the parameters of the visual stimulus were switched, for example to 0.15 Hz. The animal quickly adapted to this new stimulus paradigm and the vasomotion was frequency-locked to 0.15 Hz. The adaptation to this new paradigm occurred well within 5 minutes. In Fig. 5, various paradigms were randomly tested. In some of the trials, 0.25 Hz stimulus was tested after 0.15 Hz. The vasomotion also quickly adapted back to the 0.25 Hz. We agree with the reviewer that this reversibility could have been explicitly documented in the manuscript.

      Drew, P. J., A. Y. Shih, J. D. Driscoll, P. M. Knutsen, D. Davalos, P. Blinder, K. Akassoglou, P. S. Tsai, and D. Kleinfeld. 2010. 'Chronic optical access through a polished and reinforced thinned skull', Nature Methods, 7: 981-84.

      Morii, S., A. C. Ngai, and H. R. Winn. 1986. 'Reactivity of rat pial arterioles and venules to adenosine and carbon dioxide: With detailed description of the closed cranial window technique in rats', Journal of Cerebral Blood Flow & Metabolism, 6: 34-41.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Sasaki et al. investigated methods to entrain vasomotion in awake wild-type mice across multiple regions of the brain using a horizontally oscillating visual pattern which induces an optokinetic response (HOKR) eye movement. They found that spontaneous vasomotion could be detected in individual vessels of their wild-type mice through either a thinned cranial window or intact skull preparation using a widefield macro-zoom microscope. They showed that low-resolution autofluorescence signals coming from the brain parenchyma could be used to capture vasomotion activity using a macro-zoom microscope or optical fibre, as this signal correlates well with the intensity profile of fluorescently-labelled single vessels. They show that vasomotion can also be entrained across the cortical surface using an oscillating visual stimulus with a range of parameters (with varying temporal frequencies, amplitudes, or spatial cycles), and that the amplitude spectrum of the detected vasomotion frequency increases with repeated training sessions. The authors include some control experiments to rule out fluorescence fluctuations being due to artifacts of eye movement or screen luminance and attempt to demonstrate some functional benefit of vasomotion entraining as HOKR performance improves after repeat training. These data add in an interesting way to the current knowledge base on vasomotion, as the authors demonstrate the ability to entrain vasomotion across multiple brain areas and show some functional significance to vasomotion with regards to information processing as HOKR task performance correlates well with vascular oscillation amplitudes.

      We thank the reviewer for summarizing the value of our study and recognizing its significance.

      The aims of the paper are mostly well supported by the data, but some streamlining of the data presentation would improve overall clarity. The third aim to establish the functional significance of vasomotion in relation to plasticity in information processing could be better supported by the inclusion of some additional control experiments.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing our vast amount of data supporting our findings. We agree that better data presentation could have improved the clarity of the manuscript.

      Specifically:

      1) The clarity and comprehensibility of the paper could be significantly enhanced by incorporating additional details in both the introduction and discussion sections. In the introduction, a succinct definition of the frequency range of vasomotion should be provided, as well as a better description of the horizontal optokinetic response (i.e. as they have in the results section in the first paragraph below the 'Entrainment of vasomotion with visual stimuli presentation' sub-heading). The discussion would benefit from the inclusion of a clear summary of the results presented at the start, and the inclusion of stronger justification (i.e. more citations) with regards to the speculation about vasomotion and neuronal plasticity (e.g. paragraph 5 includes no citations).

      We agree that a better description of vasomotion and horizontal optokinetic response could have been provided in the introduction. As the reviewer suggests, the discussion could also have started with the following summary of the results.

      “We show that visually induced vasomotion can be frequency-locked to the visual stimulus and can be entrained with repeated trials. The initial drive for the vasomotion, or the sensory-evoked hyperemia, must be coming from the neuronal activity in the visual system. The vasomotion is likely triggered by activation of the neurovascular interaction (Kayser, 2004; van Veluw et al., 2020). Surprisingly, the entrained vasomotion was observed not only in the visual cortex but also widely throughout the surface of the brain and deep in the cerebellar flocculus. The global entrainment could be realized through separate mechanisms from the local neurovascular coupling. What is also unknown is where the plasticity occurs. The neuronal visual response in the primary visual cortex could potentially decrease with repeated visual stimulation presentation as the adaptive movement of the eye should decrease the retinal slip. With repeated training sessions, a more static projection of the presented image will likely be shown to the retina. The neurovascular coupling could be enhanced with increased responsiveness of the vascules and vascular-to-vascular coupling could also be potentiated.”

      2) The novel methods for detecting vasomotion using low-resolution imaging techniques are discussed across the first four figures, but this gets a little bit confusing to follow as the authors jump back and forth between the different imaging and analysis techniques they have employed to capture vasomotion. The data presentation could be better streamlined - for instance by presenting only the methods most relevant for the functional dataset (in Figures 5-7), with the additional information regarding the various controls to establish the use of autofluorescence intensity imaging as a valid method for capturing vasomotion reduced to fewer figure panels, or moved to supplementary figures so as to not detract from the main novel findings contributed in this study.

      We apologize for the confusing presentation of the data. Many of the initial figures were technical; however, we feel that following these steps was necessary to logically conclude that shadow imaging of the autofluorescence could be used as an indicator of vasomotion. We do agree with the reviewer that going back and forth between different techniques can be confusing. We could have added separate supplementary figures to introduce the various methods used upfront before going into the findings.

      3) The authors heavily rely on representative traces from individual vessels to illustrate their findings, particularly evident in Figures 1-4. While these traces offer a valuable visualization, augmenting their approach by presenting individual data points across the entire dataset, encompassing all animals and vessels, would significantly enhance the robustness of their claims. For instance, in Figures 1 and 2, where average basal and dilated traces are depicted for a representative vessel, supplementing these with graphs showcasing peak values across all measured vessels would enable the authors to convey a more holistic representation of their data. Or in Figure 3, where the amplitude spectrum is presented for individual Texas red fluorescence intensity changes in V1 across novice, trained, and expert mice, incorporating a summary graph featuring the amplitude spectrum value at 0.25Hz for each individual trace (across animals/imaging sessions), followed by statistical analysis, would fortify the strength of their assertions. Moreover, providing explicit details on sample sizes for each individual figure panel (where not a representative trace), including the number of animals or vessels/imaging sessions, would contribute to transparency and aid readers in assessing the generalisability of the findings.

      We agree with the reviewer that summarization of the data across a number of vessels/imaging sessions would lead to more generalization of the findings. However, contrary to what the reviewer described, we did summarize the vessel diameter expansion events across multiple vessel observations in Fig. 1F, G. The vasomotion parameters were not summarized for observation in intact skull shown in Fig. 2. However, this figure was intended just to show that vessel boundary cannot be well defined in intact skull imaging and Texas Red intensity or autofluorescence intensity fluctuation would give a better indication of vessel diameter fluctuation. In Fig. 3G, the peak ratio of 0.25 Hz was calculated for individual animals at Novice, Trained, and Expert levels and summarized for n = 5 animals. Statistical analysis was also done. The variability between imaging sessions within individual animals was not analyzed; thus, this could have been indicated.

      4) In the experiments where mice are classed as "novice", "trained" or "expert", the inclusion of the specific range of the number of training sessions for each category would improve replicability.

      We agree with the reviewer that classification on the level of training should have been explicitly indicated. Mice experiencing the first visual training session were defined as “Novice”. The mice that have experienced 3 training sessions are the “Trained” mice and the performance of the “Trained” mice during the 4th training session was evaluated. Mice that experienced 8 to 11 rounds of visual training sessions are the “Expert” mice.

      5) The authors don't state whether mice were habituated to the imaging set-up prior to the first data collection, as head-fixation and restraint can be stress-inducing for animals, especially upon first exposure, which could impact their neurovascular coupling responses differentially in "novice" versus "trained" imaging sessions (e.g. see Han et al., 2020, DOI: https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1553-20.2020). The stress associated with a tail vein injection prior to imaging could also partially explain why mice didn't learn very well if Texas Red was injected before the training session. If no habituation was conducted in these experiments, the study would benefit from the inclusion of some control experiments where "novice" responses were compared between habituated and non-habituated animals.

      We agree with the reviewer that stress could well affect spontaneous vasomotion as well as visually induced vasomotion (or visual stimulus-triggered vasomotion). As the reviewer suggested, we could have compared the habituated and non-habituated mice to the initial visually induced vasomotion response. In addition, whether the experimentally induced increase in stress would interfere with the vasomotion or not could also be studied. With the Texas Red experiments, we observed that tail-vein injection stress appeared to interfere with the HOKR learning process. In the experiments presented in Fig. 3, Texas Red was injected before session 1. Vasomotion entrainment likely progressed with sessions 2 and 3 training. Before session 4, Texas Red was injected again to visualize the vasomotion. The vasomotion was clearly observed in session 4, indicating that the stress induced by tail-vein injection could not interfere with the generation of visually induced vasomotion.

      6) The experiments regarding the brain-wide vasomotion entrainment across the cortical surface would benefit from some additional information about how brain regions were identified (e.g. particularly how V1 and V2 were distinguished given how close together they are).

      The brain regions were identified by referring to the Mouse Brain Atlas. As the skull was intact, the location of bregma, lambda, and midline was clearly visible. We agree with the reviewer that strict separation of V1 and V2 could be difficult if we rely on the brain atlas alone. However, what we wanted to emphasize was that there was no specific localization of the vasomotion entrainment effect.

      7) Whilst the authors show that HOKR task performance and vasomotion amplitude are increased with repeated training to provide some support to their aim of investigating the functional significance of vasomotion with regards to information processing plasticity, the inclusion of some additional control experiments would provide stronger evidence to address this aim. For instance, if vasomotion signalling is blocked or reduced (e.g. using optogenetics or in an AD mouse model where arteriole amyloid load restricts vasomotion capacity), does flocculus-dependent task performance (e.g. HOKR eye movements) still improve with repeated exposure to the external stimulus.

      We agree that experimental intervention to vasomotion is ideal to test the functional significance of vasomotion. As pharmacological intervention lacks specificity, we are currently exploring the optogenetic approach. We have never thought of using the AD mouse as a model of restricted vasomotion by amyloid, and we agree this would be an interesting model to study. However, the AD mouse model would also have deficits other than the restricted vasomotion. On the other hand, we could test whether the repeated presentation of slowly oscillating visual stimuli can have beneficial effects in improving the cognitive abilities of AD model mice.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Here the authors show global synchronization of cerebral blood flow (CBF) induced by oscillating visual stimuli in the mouse brain. The study validates the use of endogenous autofluorescence to quantify the vessel "shadow" to assess the magnitude of frequency-locked cerebral blood flow changes. This approach enables straightforward estimation of artery diameter fluctuations in wild-type mice, employing either low magnification wide-field microscopy or deep-brain fibre photometry. For the visual stimuli, awake mice were exposed to vertically oscillating stripes at a low temporal frequency (0.25 Hz), resulting in oscillatory changes in artery diameter synchronized to the visual stimulation frequency. This phenomenon occurred not only in the primary visual cortex but also across a broad cortical and cerebellar surface. The induced CBF changes adapted to various stimulation parameters, and interestingly, repeated trials led to plastic entrainment. The authors control for different artefacts that may have confounded the measurements such as light contamination and eye movements but found no influence of these variables. The study also tested horizontally oscillating visual stimuli, which induce the horizontal optokinetic response (HOKR). The amplitude of eye movement, known to increase with repeated training sessions, showed a strong correlation with CBF entrainment magnitude in the cerebellar flocculus. The authors suggest that parallel plasticity in CBF and neuronal circuits is occurring. Overall, the study proposes that entrained "vasomotion" contributes to meeting the increased energy demand associated with coordinated neuronal activity and subsequent neuronal circuit reorganization.

      We thank the reviewer for providing a thorough summarization of our manuscript.

      Strengths:

      • The paper describes a simple and useful method for tracking vasomotion in awake mice through an intact skull.

      • The work controls for artefacts in their primary measurements.

      • There are some interesting observations, including the nearly brain-wide synchronization of cerebral blood flow oscillations to visual stimuli and that this process only occurs after mice are trained in a visual task.

      • This topic is interesting to many in the CBF, functional imaging, and dementia fields.

      We thank the reviewer for positively recognizing the strength of the paper.

      Weaknesses:

      • I have concerns with the main concepts put forward, regarding whether the authors are actually studying vasomotion as they state, as opposed to functional hyperemia which is sensory-induced changes in blood flow, which is what they are actually doing. I recommend several additional experiments/analyses for them to explore. This is mostly further characterizing their effect which will benefit the interpretations.

      We recognized that the terminology used in our paper was not explicitly explained. Traditionally, “vasomotion” is defined as the dilation and constriction of the blood vessels that occurs spontaneously at low frequencies in the 0.1 Hz range without any apparent external stimuli. Sensory-induced changes in the blood flow are usually called “hyperemia”. However, in our paper, we used the term, vasomotion, literally, to indicate both forms of “vascular” “motion”. Therefore, the traditional vasomotion was called “spontaneous vasomotion” and the hyperemia induced with slow oscillating visual stimuli was called “visually induced vasomotion”.

      Using our newly devised methods, we show the presence of “spontaneous vasomotion”. However, this spontaneous vasomotion was often fragmented and did not last long at a specific frequency. With visual stimuli that slowly oscillated at temporal frequencies close to the frequency of spontaneous vasomotion, oscillating hyperemia, or “visually induced vasomotion” was observed.

      • Neuronal calcium imaging would also benefit the study and improve the interpretations.

      In our paper, we mainly studied the visually induced vasomotion (or visual stimulus-triggered vasomotion). Therefore, visual stimulation must first activate the neurons and, through neurovascular coupling, the initial drive for vasomotion is likely triggered. However, visually induced vasomotion is not observed in novice animals. Therefore, the visually induced vasomotion is not a simple sensory reaction of the vascular in response to neuronal activity in the primary visual cortex. We also do not know how the synchronized vasomotion can spread throughout the whole brain. Where the plasticity for vasomotion entrainment occurs is also unknown. To identify the extent of the neuronal contribution to the vasomotion triggering, whole brain synchronization, and vasomotion entrainment, simultaneous neuronal calcium imaging would be ideal. However, due to the fact that fluorescent Ca2+ indicators expressed in neurons would also be distorted by the “shadow” effect from the vasomotion, exquisite imaging techniques would be required.

      • The plastic effects in vasomotion synchronization that occur with training are interesting but they could use an additional control for stress. Is this really a plastic effect, or is it caused by progressively decreasing stress as trials and progress? I recommend a habituation control experiment.

      As also pointed out by reviewer #2, we agree that, whether stress would affect visually induced vasomotion or not could be studied. Studying the visually induced vasomotion in mice well-habituated to the experimental apparatus would give an idea of whether stress could truly be a profounding factor affecting vasomotion. On the other hand, whether acutely induced stress can interfere with the already entrained vasomotion could also be studied. In the experiments presented in Fig. 3, Texas Red was injected via the tail vein, which would be quite stressful for the mouse. However, in the trained mouse, visually induced vasomotion could be observed regardless of the stress. It is likely that stress can interfere with the acquisition of vasomotion entrainment, but the already acquired entrainment will not be canceled with acute stress induced by tail-vein injection. We agree that further relationship between stress and vasomotion and plasticity related to vasomotion entrainment could be investigated.

      Appraisal

      I think the authors have an interesting effect that requires further characterization and controls. Their interpretations are likely sound and additional experiments will continue to support the main hypothesis. If brain-wide synchrony of blood flow can be trained and entrained by external stimuli, this may have interesting therapeutic potential to help clear out toxic proteins from the brain as seen in several neurodegenerative diseases.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive evaluation of our manuscript. Strong entrainment of visually induced vasomotion was observed with a simple presentation of slowly oscillating visual stimuli for several days. This is a totally non-invasive method to train the vasomotion capacity. As the reviewer recognizes, potential benefits for the treatment of dementia and neurodegenerative diseases could be evaluated with further studies.

    1. Author Response:

      We thank the reviewers and editor for their careful analysis of our manuscript and their appreciation of its strengths. Our plans to address the reviewers’ concerns regarding the weaknesses of the study are outlined below.

      Reviewing Editor (Public Review):

      “Weaknesses mainly concern the experiments and arguments leading to the authors' notion that Cav3 channels may partially compensate for the loss of Cav1.4 calcium currents in cone synapses. It is possible that the non-conducting Cav1.4 variant supports synapse development and the Cav3 channel then provides the calcium influx. However, in its current state, the study does not unequivocally assess Cav3 expression in wild-type cones, it lacks direct evidence of Cav3 expression and upregulation, e.g. via single cell transcriptomics, immunolabeling, or an elaboration on electrophysiology, and it does not test the authors' earlier idea that Cav1.4 might couple to intracellular calcium stores at photoreceptor synapses.”

      Current transcriptomic studies indicate that Cav3 transcripts are present at extremely low levels compared to that for Cav1.4 in cones of young mice (PMID 26000488, summarized in PMID 35650675), adult mice (PMID: 36807640), macaque (PMID 30712875), and human (PMID 31075224). Thus, it was somewhat surprising that Davison et al reported the presence of low voltage activated (LVA) Cav3-like currents with amplitudes that were ~50% of that for the Cav1 current in mouse cones at -40 mV (PMID 35803735). Using similar pharmacological criteria as Davison et al, we did not find functional evidence for a LVA current in cones of wild-type (WT) mouse retina: the Ca2+ current in our recordings was suppressed by the Cav1 antagonist isradipine (Fig 3a) but minimally affected in the expected voltage range by the Cav3 antagonist ML218 (Fig 3b). In WT mouse, voltage clamp steps from -90 mV to more depolarized voltages failed to show a transient inward current at onset (Fig 2e), which is a hallmark of LVA calcium currents. In addition, by standard physiological and pharmacological critera, we could not identify LVA currents in cones of ground squirrel (Fig.3c,d) and macaque retina (Supp. Fig.S3). Our results argue against a significant role for LVA currents in mammalian cones.

      A problem that we discovered (as did Davison et al, their Fig.2C) was that Cav3 blockers (e.g., ML218 and Z944) have non-specific actions on the high voltage activated (HVA) Ca2+ current (presumably mediated by Cav1.4) in WT mouse cones. This is clearly shown in our Supp. figure S1a-b where ML218 causes a dose-dependent negative shift in the I-V relationship but also inhibition of current density in HEK293T cells transfected with Cav1.4. We are planning a second study to thoroughly characterize these actions of ML218 and Z944 on Cav1 channels as the results are important for understanding the actions of these drugs in cell-types with mixed populations of Cav1 and Cav3 channels.

      A second problem is that dihydropyridines (DHP) used in both our study and that of Davison et al (e.g., isradipine, nifedipine) incompletely and slowly block Cav1 channels at negative membrane potentials (PMID: 12853422). Due to the slow kinetics of DHP block, Cav1 currents in the presence of such blockers can appear to inactivate rapidly (see Fig.6A in PMID 11487617). Thus, the Cav current recorded in the presence of DHP blockers in WT mouse cones may represent unblocked Cav1.4-mediated currents that appear rapidly inactivating, and therefore misconstrued as being mediated by Cav3 channels.

      Given the caveats of the pharmacological approach, we agree that stronger evidence is needed to rule out a small contribution of Cav3 channels in WT mouse cones. As mentioned in our text, we have found that currently available Cav3 antibodies produce similar patterns of immunofluorescence in WT and corresponding Cav3 KO retina so analysis at the level of Cav proteins is not possible. Thus, we are planning to compare the relative expression of Cav channel genes in cones using drop-seq experiments of G369i KI and WT mouse retina. We also plan to elaborate on our electrophysiological dissection of the HVA and LVA currents.

      Among the 3 Cav3 subtypes, Cav3.2 was the only one detected in mouse cones by Davison et al using nested RT-PCR (PMID 35803735). Thus, we obtained the Cav3.2 mouse strain from JAX (B6;129-Cacna1htm1Kcam/J) and generated a Cav3.2 KO/G369i KI double mutant mouse strain. If the Cav3 current that appears in the G369i KI cones is mediated by Cav3.2, then it should be undetectable in cones of the double mutant mice. Moreover, if these Cav3.2 channels contribute to the residual cone synaptic responses in G369i KI mice, then the double mutant mice should be deficient in this regard. We will test these predictions in patch clamp recordings and ERGs.

      Finally, we will conduct Ca2+ imaging experiments in cone terminals of the WT vs G369i KI mice to test whether increased coupling of Cav channels to intracellular Ca2+ release may be involved in cone synaptic responses of the G369i KI mice.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Weaknesses:

      “The major criticism that I have of the study is that it infers Ca channel molecular composition based solely on pharmacological analysis, which, as the authors note, is confounded by the cross-reactivity of many of the "specific" channel-type antagonists. The authors note that Cav3 mRNAs have been found in cones, but here, they do not perform any analysis to examine Cav3 transcript expression after G369i-KI nor do they examine Ca channel transcript expression in monkey or squirrel cones, which serve as controls of sorts for the G369i-KI (i.e. like WT mouse cones, cones of these other species do not seem to exhibit LVA Ca currents).”

      Actually, we also used non-pharmacological (i.e., electrophysiological) criteria to back up our interpretation that Cav3 channels contribute to the Cav current in cones primarily in the absence of functional Cav1.4 channels. For example, in Fig.2, we show that the Ca2+ current in G369i KI and Cav1.4 KO mice exhibit the hallmarks of the Cav3 channel (negative activation and inactivation voltages and window current, rapid inactivation), which are quite distinct from the Ca2+ currents in WT cones. In recordings of ground squirrel and macaque cones (Supp.Figs.S2-3), negative holding voltages do not unmask a LVA current according to various criteria. In addition to the transcriptomic approaches described above, we plan to elaborate on the electrophysiological evidence for the absence of a LVA current in WT mouse cones as part of the revision.

      “Secondarily, in Maddox et al. 2020, the authors raise the possibility that G369i-KI, by virtue of having a functional voltage-sensing domain-might couple to intracellular Ca2+ stores, and it seems appropriate that this possibility be considered experimentally here.”

      We will conduct Ca2+ imaging experiments in cone terminals of the WT vs G369i KI mice to test whether increased coupling of Cav channels to intracellular Ca2+ release may be involved in cone synaptic responses of the G369i KI mice.

      “As a minor point: the authors might wish to note - in comparison to another retinal ribbon synapse-that Zhang et al. 2022 (in J. Neuroscience) performed a study of mouse rod bipolar cells found a number of LVA and HVA Ca conductances in addition to the typical L-type conductance mediated by Cav1-containing channels.”

      We are aware of the extensive evidence for the expression of Cav3 channels in retinal bipolar cells (PMID 11604141, 22909426, 19275782, 35896423) and our recordings of cone bipolar cells in ground squirrel confirm this (Supp. Fig.S2D). We could add reference to this work in our revision.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Weaknesses:

      “The major critiques are related to the description of the Cav1.4 knock-in mouse as "sparing" function, which can be remedied in part by a simple rewrite, and in certain places, the data may need to be examined more critically. In particular, the authors should address features in the data presented in Figures 6 and 7 that seem to indicate that the retina of the Cav1.4 knock-in is not intact, but the interpretation given by the authors as "intact" is not appropriate and made without rigorous statistical testing.”

      We intended to use “sparing” and “intact” to indicate that cone synapses are present and to some extent functional, in contrast to their complete absence in the Cav1.4 KO mouse. However, we recognize this may be misinterpreted as “normal”. As suggested by the reviewer, we will revise our statistical analyses and text to clarify that cone synaptic responses do indeed differ significantly in G369i KI as compared to WT mice. We feel that this will be a strong addition to the study and will emphasize the key point that Cav3 cannot fully compensate for loss of Cav1.4 with respect to cone synapse structure and function.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Weaknesses:

      “The study has been expertly performed but remains descriptive without deciphering the underlying molecular mechanisms of the observed phenomena, including the proposed homeostatic switch of synaptic calcium channels. Furthermore, a relevant part of the data in the present paper (presence of T-type calcium channels in cone photoreceptors) has already been identified/presented by previous studies of different groups (Macosko et al., 2015; pmid 26000488; Davison et al., 2021; pmid 35803735; Williams et al., 2022; pmid 35650675). The degree of novelty of the present paper thus appears limited.”

      We respectfully disagree that our paper lacks novelty. As indicated by Reviewer 2, a major advance of our study is in providing a mechanism that can explain the longstanding conundrum that congenital stationary night blindness type 2 mutations that would be expected to severely compromise Cav1.4 function do not produce complete blindness. We also disagree that the presence of T-type channels in cone photoreceptors has been unequivocally demonstrated, as the non-biased transcriptomic approaches show very little Cav3 transcript expression in mouse cones (PMIDs 26000488, 35650675, 36807640), macaque cones (PMID 30712875), and human cones (PMID 31075224). Transcription may not equate to translation, particularly at low expression levels. We also note that the one study to date that suggests a functional contribution of Cav3 channels in mouse cones (Davison et al., 2021; pmid 35803735) used a DHP to isolate the “LVA” current, which is problematic as described above. Our demonstration of minimal or undetectable Cav3-type currents in mammalian cones using physiological and pharmacological approaches, while a negative result, adds important context to the recent literature. As described in our response to the editor’s review, our planned revisions include testing whether Cav3 transcripts are upregulated in G369i KI cones and whether the Cav3.2 subtype suggested to be present in cones (PMID 35803735) contributes to Cav currents in these cells using Cav3.2 KO and Cav3.2 KO/G369i KI double mutant mice.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Response to reviews

      We would like to extend our thanks to the reviewers who took the time to carefully read our paper and provide thoughtful insights and suggestions on how to strengthen our conclusions. All reviewers agreed that our study presented strong data supporting a role for triglyceride lipase brummer (bmm) in regulating testis lipid droplets and spermatogenesis in Drosophila, and that our findings advance our understanding of lipid biology during sperm development. Reviewers made several helpful suggestions on how to strengthen our manuscript even further. Below, we outline how we revised our manuscript in response to reviewer comments to ensure we clearly communicate our data and conclusions with readers, and properly contextualize our findings.

      REVIEWER 1

      In this study, the authors investigate the role of triglycerides in spermatogenesis. This work is based on their previous study (PMID: 31961851) on triglyceride sex differences in which they showed that somatic testicular cells play a role in whole body triglyceride homeostasis. In the current study, they show that lipid droplets (LDs) are significantly higher in the stem and progenitor cell (pre-meiotic) zone of the adult testis than in the meiotic spermatocyte stages. The distribution of LDs anti-correlates with the expression of the triglyceride lipase Brummer (Bmm), which has higher expression in spermatocytes than early germline stages. Analysis of a bmm mutant (bmm[1]) - a P-element insertion that is likely a hypomorphic - and its revertant (bmm[rev]) as a control shows that bmm acts autonomously in the germline to regulate LDs. In particular, the number of LDs is significantly higher in spermatocytes from bmm[1] mutants than from bmm[rev] controls. Testes from males with global loss of bmm (bmm[1]) are shorter than controls and have fewer differentiated spermatids. The zone of bam expression, typically close to the niche/hub in WT, is now many cell diameters away from the hub in bmm[1] mutants. There is an increase in the number of GSCs in bmm[1] homozygotes, but this phenotype is probably due to the enlarged hub. However, clonal analyses of GSCs lacking bmm indicate that a greater percentage of the GSC pool is composed of bmm[1]-mutant clones than of bmm[rev]-clones. This suggests that loss of bmm could impart a competitive advantage to GSCs, but this is not explored in greater detail. Despite the increase in number of GSCs that are bmm[1]-mutant clones, there is a significant reduction in the number of bmm[1]-mutant spermatocyte and post-meiotic clones. This suggests that fewer bmm[1]-mutant germ cells differentiate than controls. To gain insights into triglyceride homeostasis in the absence of bmm, they perform mass spec-based lipidomic profiling. Analyses of these data support their model that triglycerides are the class of lipid most affected by loss of bmm, supporting their model that excess triglycerides are the cause of spermatogenetic defects in bmm[1]. Consistent with their model, a double mutant of bmm[1] and a diacylglycerol Oacyltransferase 1 called midway (mdy) reverts the bmm-mutant germline phenotypes.

      There are numerous strengths of this paper. First, the authors report rigorous measurements and statistical analyses throughout the study. Second, the authors ulize robust genetic analyses with loss-of-function mutants and lineage-specific knockdown. Third, they demonstrate the appropriate use of controls and markers. Fourth, they show rigorous lipidomic profiling. Lastly, their conclusions are appropriate for the results. In other words, they don't overstate the results.

      We thank the Reviewer for their positive assessment of our paper.

      There are a few weaknesses. Although the results support the germline autonomous role of bmm in spermatogenesis, one potential caveat that the mdy rescue was global, i.e., in both somatic and germline lineages. The authors did not recover somatic bmm clones, suggesting that bmm may be required for somatic stem self-renewal and/or niche residency. While this is beyond the scope of this paper, it is possible that somatic bmm does impact germline differentiation in a global bmm mutant.

      In the revised manuscript, we made several changes to address these points.

      1) We now clearly state when we used global versus germline-only loss of mdy to rescue bmm mutant phenotypes in the testis.

      “Notably, at least some of the effects of global loss of mdy on bmm1 males can be attributed to the germline:

      RNAi-mediated knockdown of mdy in the germline of bmm1 males partially rescued the defects in testis size (Figure 4I; Kruskal-Wallis rank sum test with Dunn’s multiple comparison test) and GSC variance (Figure S5J; p=4.5 x 10-5 and 8.2 x 10-3 by F-test from the GAL4- and UAS-only crosses, respectively).”

      “Importantly, testes isolated from males with global loss of both bmm and mdy (mdyQX25/k03902;bmm1) had fewer LD than testes dissected from bmm1 males (Figures 5D, S5I; one-way ANOVA with Tukey multiple comparison test).”

      2) We also discuss the possibility that somatic bmm may play a role in germline differentiation in a global bmm mutant, and present phenotypic data on somatic bmm1 clones.

      “We also reveal a potential non-cell-autonomous role for somatic bmm. While there was no difference in the ratio of Zd-1-positive cells between homozygous clones and heterozygous clones in animals carrying the bmm1 or bmmrev alleles at 14 days post clone induction (Figure S4O; Kruskal-Wallis rank sum test), the distance from the hub to the Zd-1 positive clones reside was significantly decreased in bmm1 homozygous clones (Figure S4P; Kruskal-Wallis rank sum test). Together, these data indicate bmm may play a cell-autonomous role in germline cells, and potentially a non-cell-autonomous role in somatic cells, to regulate spermatogenesis.”

      3) Finally, we clarify that we were unable to assess somatic LD. Specifically, this was a technical issue as the dye we use to visualize testis LD is incompatible with staining protocols to identify somatic cells. As a result, we were unable to count LD in somatic clones with confidence.

      “While we were unable to assess LD in bmm1 somatic clones, our data when taken together reveals a previously unrecognized cell-autonomous role for bmm as a regulator of testis LD in germline cells.”

      Regarding data presentation, I have a minor point about Fig. 3L: why aren't all data shown as box plots (only Day 14 bmm[rev] does).

      In our revised manuscript Figure 4L does present a boxplot across all genotypes and times; the appearance of ‘no boxes’ is simply due to the large number of datapoints with a value of zero, which compress the box near the X-axis.

      Finally, the authors provide a detailed pseudotime analysis of snRNA-seq of the testis in Fig. S2A-D, but this analysis is not sufficiently discussed in the text.

      In the revised manuscript we added text to describe our pseudotime analysis of single-cell RNA seq data in more detail.

      “Using pseudotime analysis, we arranged the germline (Figure S2A) and the somatic cells (Figure S2B) based on their annotated developmental trajectory. The expression pattern of bmm in the germline matched our observation with bmm-GFP reporter (Figure S2C). While levels of the bmm-GFP reporter were lower in somatic cells, single-cell RNA sequencing data identified bmm expression in the somatic lineage that was higher in cells at later stages of development (Figure S2D). Additional neutral lipid- and lipid droplet-associated genes such as lipid storage droplet-2, Seipin, Lipin, and midway also showed differential regulation during differentiation (Figure S2C, S2D). Combined with our data on the location of testis LD, these data suggest that bmm upregulation in both somatic and germline cells during differentiation corresponds to the downregulation of testis LD. Supporting this, germline GFP levels were negatively correlated with testis LD in bmm-GFP flies (Figure 2A, 2C), suggesting regions with higher bmm expression had fewer LD.”

      Overall, the many strengths of this paper outweigh the relatively minor weaknesses. The rigorously quantified results support the major aim that appropriate regulation of triglycerides are needed in a germline cell-autonomous manner for spermatogenesis.

      This paper should have a positive impact on the field. First and foremost, there is limited knowledge about the role of lipid metabolism in spermatogenesis. The lipidomic data will be useful to researchers in the field who study various lipid species. Going forward, it will be very interesting to determine what triglycerides regulate in germline biology. In other words, what functions/pathways/processes in germ cells are negatively impacted by elevated triglycerides. And as the authors point out in the discussion, it will be important to determine what regulates bmm expression such that bmm is higher in later stages of germline differentiation.

      We agree with the reviewer about the many interesting future directions for this project. We added a model figure in the revised manuscript to visualize our findings and highlight remaining questions about how bmm and triglycerides support normal spermatogenesis in Drosophila (Fig. 6).

      REVIEWER 2

      Summary:

      Here, the authors show that neutral lipids play a role in spermatogenesis. Neutral lipids are components of lipid droplets, which are known to maintain lipid homeostasis, and to be involved in non-gonadal differentiation, survival, and energy. Lipid droplets are present in the testis in mice and Drosophila, but not much is known about the role of lipid droplets during spermatogenesis. The authors show that lipid droplets are present in early differentiating germ cells, and absent in spermatocytes. They further show a cell autonomous role for the lipase brummer in regulating lipid droplets and, in turn, spermatogenesis in the Drosophila testis. The data presented show that a relationship between lipid metabolism and spermatogenesis is congruous in mammals and flies, supporting Drosophila spermatogenesis as an effective model to uncover the role lipid droplets play in the testis.

      We thank the Reviewer for their positive assessment of our paper.

      Strengths and weaknesses:

      The authors do a commendably thorough characterization of where lipid droplets are detected in normal testes: located in young somatic cells, and early differentiating germ cells. They use multiple control backgrounds in their analysis, including w[1118], Canton S, and Oregon R, which adds rigor to their interpretations. The authors employ markers that identify which lipid droplets are in somatic cells, and which are in germ cells. The authors use these markers to present measured distances of somatic and germ cell-derived lipid droplets from the hub. Because they can also measure the distance of somatic and germ cells with age-specific markers from the hub, these results allow the authors to correlate position of lipid droplets with the age of cells in which they are present. This analysis is clearly shown and well quantified.

      The quantification of lipid droplet distance from the hub is applied well in comparing brummer mutant testes to wild type controls. The authors measure the number of lipid droplets of specific diafteters, and the spatial distribution of lipid droplets as a function of distance from the hub. These measurements quantitatively support their findings that lipid droplets are present in an expanded population of cells further from the hub in brummer mutants. The authors further quantify lipid droplets in germline clones of specified ages; the quantitative analysis here is displayed clearly, and supports a cell autonomous role for brummer in regulating lipid droplets in spermatocytes.

      Data examining testis size and number of spermatids in brummer mutants clearly indicates the importance of regulating lipid droplets to spermatogenesis. The authors show beautiful images supported by rigorous quantification supporting their findings that brummer mutants have both smaller testes with fewer spermatids at both 29 and 25C. There is also significant data supporting defects in testis size for 14-day-old brummer mutant animals compared to controls. The comparison of number of spermatids at this age is not significant, which does not detract from the story but does not support sperm development defects specifically caused by brummer loss at 14 days. Their analysis clearly shows an expanded region beyond the testis apex that includes younger germ cells, supporting a role for lipid droplets influencing germ cell differentiation during spermatogenesis.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this inaccuracy in our manuscript. In the revised manuscript we chose more precise language to describe defects in 14-day-old bmm mutants:

      “Defects in testis size were also observed at 14-day post eclosion; suggesting testis size defects persist later into the life course (Figure S4C; Welch two-sample t-test). In contrast, the number of spermatid bundles per testis was not significantly different between bmm1 and bmmrev males at this age (Figure S4D; Welch two-sample ttest), potentially due to a large decrease in the number of spermatid bundles in 14-day-old bmmrev males (Figure 4C, S4D).”

      The authors present a series of data exploring a cell autonomous role for brummer in the germline, including clonal analysis and tissue specific manipulations. The clonal data indicating increased lipid droplets in spermatocyte clones, and a higher proportion of brummer mutant GSCs at the hub are convincing and supported by quantitation. The authors also show a tissue specific rescue of the brummer testis size phenotype by knocking down mdy specifically in germ cells, which is also supported by statistically significant quantitation. The authors present data examining the number of spermatocyte and post-meiotic clones 14 days aeer clonal induction. While data they present is significant with a 95% confidence interval and a p value of 0.0496, its significance is not as robust as other values reported in the study, and it is unclear how much information can be gained from that specific result.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. In the revised manuscript we displayed the p-value clearly in the text and on the figure to ensure our statistical output is clear for readers to evaluate our conclusions regarding bmm mutant clones 14 days after clone induction. We also state that the finding should be reproduced by others given that the statistical significance of this result was not as strong as our other data.

      “Because we observed significantly fewer bmm1 spermatocyte and spermatid clones at 14 days after clone induction (Figure 4K,4L; p = 0.0496, Kruskal-Wallis rank sum test), these effects on germline development may represent a cell-autonomous role in regulating spermatogenesis for bmm in this cell type. Given that the statistical significance of this finding was not as strong as for our other data, future studies should repeat this experiment with more samples.”

      The authors do a beautiful job of validating where they detect brummer-GFP by presenting their own pseudotime analysis of publicly available single cell RNA sequencing data. Their data is presented very clearly, and supports expression of brummer in older somatic and germline cells of the age when lipid droplets are normally not detected. The authors also present a thorough lipidomic analysis of animals lacking brummer to identify triglycerides as an important lipid droplet component regulating spermatogenesis.

      Impact:

      The authors present data supporting the broad significance of their findings across phyla. This data represents a key strength of this manuscript. The authors show that loss of a conserved triglyceride lipase impacts testis development and spermatogenesis, and that these impacts can be rescued by supplementing diet with medium chain triglycerides. The authors point out that these findings represent a biological similarity between Drosophila and mice, supporting the relevance of the Drosophila testis as a model for understanding the role of lipid droplets in spermatogenesis. The connection buttresses the relevance of these findings and this model to a broad scientific community.

      We thank the Reviewer very much for their positive assessment of our paper!

      REVIEWER 3

      In this manuscript, Chao et al seek to understand the role of brummer, a triglyceride lipase, in the Drosophila testis. They show that Brummer regulates lipid droplet degradation during differentiation of germ and somatic cells, and that this process is essential for normal development to progress. These findings are interesting and novel, and contribute to a growing realisation that lipid biology is important for differentiation.

      We thank the Reviewer for their positive comments about our manuscript.

      Major comments:

      1) The data in Figs 1 and 2, while helpful in setting the scene, do not add much to what was previously shown by the same group, namely that lipid droplets are present in both early germ cells and early somatic cells in the testis, and that Bmm regulates their degradation (PMID: 31961851). Measuring the distance of lipid droplets from the hub, while helpful in quantifying what is apparent, that only stem and early differentiated stages have lipid droplets, is not as informative as the way data are presented later (Fig. 2I), where droplets in specific stages are measured. Much of this could be condensed without much overall loss to the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. In our revised manuscript we edited the first part of the paper while still preserving the detailed characterization that builds upon our previous paper.

      2) It would be important to show images of the clones from which the data in Fig. 2I are generated. The main argument is that Bmm regulates lipid droplets in a cell autonomous manner; these data are the strongest argument in support of this and should be emphasised at the expense of full animal mutants (which could be moved to supplementary data).

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. In the revised manuscript we added a figure showing lipid droplets in control and bmm mutant spermatocyte clones in Fig. 3A, 3B with a quantification of this data in Figure 3C.

      Similarly, the title of Fig. S2 ("brummer regulates lipid droplets in a cell autonomous manner") should be changed as the figure has no experiments with cell (or cell-type)-specific knockdowns/mutants. This figure does show changes in lipid droplets in both lineages in bmm mutants, so an appropriate title could be "brummer regulates lipid droplets in both germ and soma".

      We thank the reviewer for this comment, we adjusted the Figure 2 legend title in the revised manuscript to “brummer regulates lipid droplets in both germline and somatic cells of the testis”.

      3) Interestingly, the clonal data show that bmm is dispensable in germ cells until spermatocyte stages, as no increase in lipid droplet number is seen until then. This should be more clearly stated, as it indicates that the important function of Bmm is to degrade lipid droplets at the transition from spermatogonial to spermatocyte stages. This is consistent with the phenotypes observed in which late stage germ cells are reduced or missing. However, the effect on niche retention of the mutant GSCs at the expense of neighbouring wildtype GSCs is hard to explain. Are lipid droplets in mutant GSCs larger than in control? Is there any discernible effect of bmm mutation on lipids in GSCs? Additionally, bam expression is delayed, suggesting that bmm may have roles on cell fate in earlier stages than its roles that can be detected on lipid droplets.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We included more text in the revised manuscript to clarify the key role bmm plays in regulating lipid droplets at the spermatogonia-spermatocyte transition.

      “Because we observed no significant effect of cell-autonomous bmm loss on LD at any other stage of germline development (Figure 3C), this suggests bmm function is not required to regulate LD at early stages of germ cell development. Instead, our data suggests bmm plays a role in regulating LD at the spermatogonia-spermatocyte transition.”

      We also added more detail to our description of how bmm affects lipid droplets in cells at the earliest stages of germline development.

      “Given that we detected no effect of cell-autonomous bmm loss on the number of GSC LD (Fig. 3C), more work will be needed to understand how bmm regulates GSC at a stage prior to its effects on LD number.”

      4) The bmm loss-of-function phenotype could be better described. Some of the data is glossed over with little description in the text (see for example the reference to Fig. 3A-C). For instance, in the discussion, the text states "loss of bmm delays germline differentiation leading to an accumulation of early-stage germ cells" (p13, l.25960). However, this accumulation has not been clearly shown, or at least described in the manuscript. Most of the data show a reduction (or almost complete absence) of differentiated cell types. This could indeed be due to delayed differentiation, or alternatively to a block in differentiation or to death of the differentiated cells. The clonal data presented show a decrease in the number of cells recovered, but do not allow inferences as to the timing of differentiation, making it hard to distinguish between the various possibilities for the lack of differentiated spermatids. Apart from data showing that GSCs are more likely to remain at the niche, no further data are shown to support the fact that mutant germ cells accumulate in early stages. While additional experiments could help resolve some of these issues, much of this could also be resolved by tempering the conclusions drawn in the text.

      We thank the reviewer for these comments. In the revised manuscript we temper our conclusions regarding bmm’s precise role in spermatogenesis by discussing different mechanisms (e.g. differentiation or death) that could lead to the phenotypes we observe.

      “This regulation is important for sperm development, as our data indicates that loss of bmm causes a decrease in the number of differentiated cell types. This reduction in differentiated cell types may be attributed to a delay in differentiation, a block in differentiation, or to a loss of differentiated cells through cell death. Future studies will therefore be essential to resolve why bmm loss causes a reduction in differentiated cell types.”

      5) In the discussion (p.14, l-273 onwards), the authors suggest that products of triglyceride breakdown are important for spermatogenesis. However, an alternative interpretation of the results presented here (especially those using the midway mutant) could be that triglycerides impede normal differentiation directly. Indeed, preventing the cells' ability to produce triglycerides in the first place can rescue many of the defects observed. A better discussion of these results with a model for the function of triglycerides and their by-products would be a great improvement to this manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. To ensure our data is clearly communicated with readers, we added a model to the paper suggesting how triglyceride and its by-products influence spermatogenesis (Fig. 6) and text to clarify that triglyceride could potentially impeded differentiation.

      “It will also be important to determine whether it is the loss of metabolites produced by bmm’s enzymatic action, or an increase in triglycerides, that leads to the reduction in differentiated cell types during spermatogenesis. Together, these experiments will provide critical insight into how triglyceride stored within testis LD contributes to overall cellular lipid metabolism during spermatogenesis.”

      Together, these changes will strengthen our overall finding that bmm-mediated regulation of testis triglyceride is important for normal sperm development. Because our findings in flies align with and extend data from rodent models, the developmental mechanisms we uncovered about how triglyceride lipase bmm regulates testis lipid droplets and sperm development will likely operate in other species.  

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I have a minor concern about methodology: how were spermatocytes identified? I ask because data in Figure 3 indicate that there is a significant delay in germline differentiation in the bmm[1] mutant, with relatively smaller germ cells throughout the apical half of the testis. Typical large spermatocyte-like cells are not clearly obvious to me in Fig. 3.

      We thank the Reviewer for suggesting we add more clarity to how we identified spermatocytes. We state in the revised manuscript how we identify spermatocytes:

      “Cells in the testis region occupied by primary spermatocytes were identified by their large cell size and decondensed chromosome staining occupying three nuclear domains [120].”

      Also, we note that while it is difficult to see where the bmm1 testis have spermatocytes in Fig. 4E, this is due to the large number of early-stage cells in this close-up image. The spermatocytes can be more easily seen in Fig. 4I and 4I’ when the whole testis is included in the image.    

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      • Lines 197-198 mention "Boule-positive area," "individualization complexes," and "waste bags." It would be helpful to the reader to explain what these measurements are to help contextualize the data shown related to these statements.

      We thank the Reviewer for this comment. We added the following text to the revised manuscript:

      “Because Boule-positive area, individualization complexes, and waste bags are all markers for later stages in sperm development, these data indicate the loss of bmm causes a reduction in differentiated cell types.”

      • Line 162 states a defect in sperm development observed in 14-day-old bmm[1] males, but the data presented in Figure S3D does not show a significant difference. The words "sperm development" should be removed from this sentence.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing out this inaccurate statement. We fixed the statement as follows in the revised manuscript:

      “Defects in testis size were also observed at 14-day post eclosion; suggesting testis size defects persist later into the life course (Figure S4C; Welch two-sample t-test). In contrast, the number of spermatid bundles per testis was not significantly different between bmm1 and bmmrev males at this age (Figure S4D; Welch two-sample ttest), potentially due to a large decrease in the number of spermatid bundles in 14-day-old bmmrev males (Figure 4C, S4D).”

      • Line 294 has a typo: "regulating" should likely be "regulated"

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing out this mistake, which we corrected.

      • Line 456 should include the length of time for heat shock

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing out this omission. We now include these details:

      “Adult males were collected at 3-5 days post-eclosion and heat-shocked three times at 37°C for 30 min followed by a 10 min rest period at room temperature between heat shocks.”

      • Methods section beginning on Line 442 might include an explanation of how hub area was quantified.

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion. We now include the following information:

      “Hub size was measured by quantifying FasIII-positive area of the testis.”

      • Figure 1 legend could benefit from adding a statement on how spermatocytes (arrowheads) were identified

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion, we now refer the reader to the more detailed description in the methods section.

      • Figure 2A should present the merged panel in A' first. The legend states that Panel A shows Lipid Droplets, but LipidTox is not shown until A'.

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion, we now clarify that the text refers to panels A-A''''.

      • Figure 2I would benefit from a key, to emphasize that these are individual cell clones, highlighting the idea of cell autonomous effects of bmm in the spermatocytes. Showing example images of spermatocyte clones with increased lipid droplets could also emphasize this result. The legend for this panel should note the statistical test done to confirm significance in the SC result.

      We agree with the Reviewer and have added images of the LD in bmm1 spermatocyte clones in Figure 3B, and the quantification in Figure 3C. We explicitly state the significance of this result and the statistical test in Figure 3 legend.

      • In Figure 3, the cell autonomous data clearly indicates that there are higher proportions of bmm mutant GSCs occupying the hub compared to control GSCs. It could be worth stating whether this observation indicates an increased ability of bmm mutant GSCs to compete for occupying space at the hub.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing out this potential implication of our data, which we acknowledge in the revised version of our manuscript:

      “Future studies will also need to confirm whether bmm1 mutant GSCs show an increased ability to occupy space at the hub.”

      • In Figure 4, I suggest changing the title of Panel B to "Proportion of significant species in each lipid class" for clarity.

      We made this change in the Figure 5 legend (Figure 5 is the corresponding figure in the revised manuscript).

      • It could be valuable to quantify the number of spermatids in the germline specific mdy knockdown, which would lend additional support to a cell autonomous requirement for bmm in spermatogenesis

      We added a sentence to the revised manuscript recognizing that this is an interesting experiment for studies on the role of germline triglyceride in promoting spermatogenesis.

      “While future studies will need to test whether germline-specific loss of mdy also rescues spermatid number defects in bmm1 males, our data suggest bmm-mediated regulation of testis triglyceride plays a previously unrecognized role in regulating sperm development.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) bmm-GFP does not show expression in somatic cells yet previous work by the same group has shown a requirement for bmm in the testis soma using C587-Gal4.

      We thank the Reviewer for raising this issue. While the reporter shows low GFP expression in the somatic cells, the single-cell RNA sequencing data we analyze suggests bmm is expressed in these cells. We address this issue in the revised manuscript as follows:

      “While levels of the bmm-GFP reporter were lower in somatic cells, single-cell RNA sequencing data identified bmm expression in the somatic lineage that was higher in cells at later stages of development (Figure S2D).”

      2) p.11 l.200-202 "Because we recovered fewer bmm1 spermatocyte and spermatid clones 14 days after clone induction (Figure 3K,3L; Kruskal-Wallis rank sum test), this effect on germline development represents a cell-autonomous role for bmm." This sentence should be rephrased as the phenotype could be a combination of autonomous roles within the germline and non-autonomous roles in supporting cyst cells.

      “We also reveal a potential non cell-autonomous role for somatic bmm. While there was no difference in the ratio of Zd-1-positive cells between homozygous clones and heterozygous clones in animals carrying the bmm1 or bmmrev alleles at 14 days post clone induction (Figure S4O; Kruskal-Wallis rank sum test), the distance from the hub to the Zd-1 positive clones reside was significantly decreased in bmm1 homozygous clones (Figure S4P; Kruskal-Wallis rank sum test). Together, these data indicate bmm may play a cell-autonomous role in germline cells, and potentially a non-cell-autonomous role in somatic cells, to regulate spermatogenesis.”

      3) The labelling in Fig. 3 is confusing - presumably the graph in 3C refers to spermatid bundles [this comment applies to other figures showing spermatid bundle numbers], not individual spermatids, while the graph in 3G refers to the proportion of the total GSC pool that is contained within the clone. The data in Fig. 3C are not described in the main text.

      We adjusted the confusing labelling to ‘spermatid bundles’ from ‘number of spermatids’, as suggested. We also changed the title of panel Fig. 3G (now 4G) as suggested and men5oned Fig. 3C (now Fig. 4C) in the text.

      4) On p.9, comments are speculative or seek to draw comparisons with the broader literature and would seem to belong more to the discussion (eg "our data suggests flies are a good model to study how bmm/ATGL influences sperm development" - also there is a typo, it should be "suggest").

      We thank the Reviewer for raising concern about our speculative statement; we changed the text as follows in the revised manuscript:

      “This identifies similarities between flies and mice in fertility-related phenotypes associated with whole-body loss of bmm/ATGL.”

      5) The length of the heat shocks used for clone induction should be specified in the methods (rather than just the period in between heat shocks).

      We now include more information on clone induction:

      “Adult males were collected at 3-5 days post-eclosion and heat-shocked three times at 37°C for 30 min followed by a 10 min rest period at room temperature between heat shocks. Amer heat-shock, the flies were incubated at room temperature until dissection.”

      6) p.8 l.132 "bmm-GFP accurately reproduces changes to bmm mRNA levels". This sentence should be rephrased.

      We thank the Reviewer for this comment and rephrased the sentence:

      “We first examined bmm expression in the testis by isolating this organ from flies carrying a bmm promoter driven GFP transgene (bmm-GFP) that recapitulates many aspects of bmm mRNA regulation [77].”

      7) p.9 l.172 "we used germline-specific marker" should read "we used an antibody against the germline-specific marker".

      We corrected this inaccurate statement in our revised manuscript.

      8) p.10 several lines, "GSC" should be "GSCs".

      We corrected this inaccurate use of GSC in our revised manuscript.

      9) p.13 l.247 should read "variance in GSC numbers".

      Thank you, this error was fixed.

    1. Author Response

      We thank the editors and the reviewers for their assessment of our revised manuscript. Please see bellow, our answers to the recommendations by reviewer #2.

      Figure S2F - Seems like a very narrow range of parameters. Is there some fine tuning here?

      The range of values of tau_P that yields previous-trial biases is bounded by below and above for the following reasons: above a certain value of tau_P (therefore large integration time), the bump that had formed in the previous trial is not strong enough to remain stable for a long time, and therefore dissipates by the time the current trial starts (especially when adaptation is fast, towards the left of the third panel). Below a certain value, instead, this integration timescale is small enough to quickly form a representation of the current trial, hence the bump from the previous trial quickly dissipates (due to mutual inhibition). This interplay between the integration and the adaptation timescale as well as considering a phenomenon which is bounded in time (how close the activity bump is to the second stimulus of the previous trial which is presented between -22.4 and -5.6 seconds from the moment we are considering) yields a region for tau_P which is bounded. This region, however, appears narrow due to the limited number of points we have considered for the simulation grid.

      Regarding my comment on lapse at the boundaries (old line 221). Lapse parameters in psychometric curves correspond to errors on the "easy" trials. But the mechanistic explanation for lapse trials is that there is a non-zero probability for the subject to respond in a manner that is random and independent of the stimulus. In the case of extreme stimuli, this is the only reason for errors, and thus looking at the edges of the psychometric curves allows to calculate lapse rate. But - the usual assumption for underlying mechanism is that the subject lapses in all trials, regardless of stimulus. If I understand correctly, this is different than the mechanistic reason for lapses in the network model, which was described as something that happens more in the edges than in the center. Or more generally, to be a stimulus-dependent effect.

      We thank the reviewer for this clarification. The reviewer is right that in our mechanistic model, lapses (as defined by errors on easy trials) are more likely to occur for extreme stimuli, due to the vicinity to the boundary of the attractor. Such errors also occur for non-extreme stimuli, when delay intervals are long enough for the bump in PPC to drift to the boundaries. In experiments, lapse trials as described by the reviewer occur due to multiple different reasons; for lapse that is independent of the stimuli, mechanisms such as attention have been thought to play a role, this however is not included in our model.

      What are the parameters for the distributions (skewed, bimodal, ...)?

      These parameters are reported in the legend of Fig.6, where the distributions appear.

      Bump with adaptation. Sorry for the draft-like comment. I don't think the existing studies are in the form you describe. I do think it might be useful to point readers to these studies. If an interested reader wishes to understand network dynamics in this and similar scenarios, it might be useful to have the pointers. The reference I had in mind was Romani, S., & Tsodyks, M. (2015). Short‐term plasticity based network model of place cells dynamics. Hippocampus, 25(1), 94-105.

      We thank the reviewer for the clarification, and we will include this reference in the Version of Record.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This is an important study about the mechanisms underlying our capacity to represent and hold recent events in our memory and how they are influenced by past experiences. A key aspect of the model put forward here is the presence of discrete jumps in neural activity with the posterior parietal region of the cortex. The strength of evidence is largely solid, with some weaknesses noted in the methodology. Both reviewers suggested ways in which this aspect of the model can to be tested further and resolve conflicts with previously published experimental results, in particular the study by Papadimitriou et al 2014 in Journal of Neurophysiology.

      We thank the editors for their assessment. As mentioned in the cover letter, we have addressed all the reviewers’ concerns and would like to request and update of the assessment to reflect the revisions we have made.

      Public Reviews:

      We thank both reviewers for their careful reading and feedback that helped clarify many aspects of the model. Below, we address their comments.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This paper aims to explain recent experimental results that showed deactivating the PPC in rats reduced both the contraction bias and the recent history bias during working memory tasks. The authors propose a twocomponent attractor model, with a slow PPC area and a faster WM area (perhaps mPFC, but unspecified). Crucially, the PPC memory has slow adaptation that causes it to eventually decay and then suddenly jump to the value of the last stimulus. These discrete jumps lead to an effective sampling of the distribution of stimuli, as opposed to a gradual drift towards the mean that was proposed by other models. Because these jumps are single-trial events, and behavior on single events is binary, various statistical measures are proposed to support this model. To facilitate this comparison, the authors derive a simple probabilistic model that is consistent with both the mechanistic model and behavioral data from humans and rats. The authors show data consistent with model predictions: longer interstimulus intervals (ISIs) increase biases due to a longer effect over the WM, while longer intertrial intervals (ITIs) reduce biases. Finally, they perform new experiments using skewed or bimodal stimulus distributions, in which the new model better fits the data compared to Bayesian models.

      The mechanistic proposed model is simple and elegant, and it captures both biases that were previously observed in behavior, and how these are affected by the ISI and ITI (as explained above). Their findings help rethink whether our understanding of contraction bias is correct.

      On the other hand, the main proposal - discrete jumps in PPC - is only indirectly verified.

      We agree with the reviewer that the evidence for discrete jumps in PPC has been provided in behavioural results (short-term, n-back trial biases), and not from neural data. However, we believe electrophysiological investigations are out of the scope of the current manuscript and future works are needed to further verify the results.

      The model predicts a systematic change in bias with inter-trial-interval. Unless I missed it, this is not shown in the experimental data. Perhaps the self-paced nature of the experiments allows to test this?

      We thank the reviewer for this great suggestion.

      We had not previously looked at this in the data for the reason that in the simulations, the ITI is set to either 2.2, 6 or 11 seconds, whereas the experiment is self-paced. Therefore, any comparison with the simulation should be made carefully.

      However, after the reviewer’s suggestion, we did look at the change in the bias with the inter-trial interval, by dividing trials according to ITIs lower than 3 seconds (“short” ITI), and higher than 3 seconds (“long” ITI). This choice was motivated by the shape of the distribution of ITIs, which is bimodal, with a peak around 1 second, and another after 3 seconds (new Fig 8F). Hence, we chose 3 seconds as it seemed a natural division. However, 3 seconds also happens to be approximately the 75th percentile of the distribution, and this means that there is much more data in the “short” ITI than the “long” ITI set. In order to have sufficient data in the “long” ITI for clearer effects we used all of our dataset – the negatively skewed, and also two bimodal distributions (of which only one was shown in the manuscript, for succinctness). This larger dataset allows us to clearly see not only a decreasing contraction bias with increasing ITI (Fig 8G), but also a decreasing onetrial-back attractive bias with increasing ITI (Fig 8H). We have uploaded all the datasets as well as scripts used to analyze them to this repository: https://github.com/vboboeva/ParametricWorkingMemory_Data.

      The data in some of the figures in the paper are hard to read. For instance, Figure 3B might be easier to understand if only the first 20 trials or so are shown with larger spacing. Likewise, Figure 5C contains many overlapping curves that are hard to make out.

      We have limited the dynamics in Fig 3B to the first 50 trials for better visibility. Likewise, as suggested, we report the standard error of the mean instead of the standard deviation in old Fig 5C (new Fig 6C) – this allows for the different curves to be better discernible.

      There is a gap between the values of tau_PPC and tau_WM. First - is this consistent with reports of slower timescales in PFC compared to other areas?

      Recent studies by Xiao-Jing Wang and colleagues (Refs. 1-3 below) suggest that may be the case. In Wang et al 2023, Ref 1 below), the authors use a generative model to study the concept of bifurcation in space in working memory, that is accompanied by an inverted-V shape of the time constants as a function of cortical hierarchy.

      Briefly, they propose a generative model of the cortex with modularity, incorporating repeats of a canonical local circuit connected via long-range connections. In particular, the authors define a hierarchy for each local circuit. At a critical point in this hierarchy axis, there is a phase transition from monostability to bistability in the firing rate. This means that a local circuit situated below the critical point will only display a low activity steady state, while those above the critical point additionally display a persistent activity steady state.

      The model predicts a critical slowing down of the neural fluctuations at the critical point, resulting in an inverted-V shape of the time constants as a function of the hierarchy. They test the predictions of their model – the bifurcation in space and that inverted-V-shaped time constants as a function of the hierarchy - on connectome-based models of the macaque and mouse cortex. Interestingly both datasets show similar behavior. In particular, during working memory, frontal areas (higher in the hierarchy, e.g. area 24c in macaques) has a smaller time constant relative to posterior parietal areas (lower in the hierarchy, like LIP or f7). We have now cited this new work.

      [1] https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2023.06.04.543639v1

      [2] https://elifesciences.org/articles/72136

      [3] https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2022.12.05.519094v3.abstract

      Second - is it important for the model, or is it mostly the adaptation timescale in PPC that matters?

      We have run simulations producing a phase diagram with tau_theta^P on the x-axis, tau^P on the y-axis, and in color, the fraction of trials in which the bump is in the vicinity of a target (Fig S2 F), before the network is presented with the second stimulus. This target can be the first stimulus s_1 (left), mean over stimuli (middle) and previous trial’s stimulus (right)). White point corresponds to parameters of the default network.

      In this phase diagram, the lowest value that tau_P takes is tau_WM=0.01. When tau_P=tau_WM, the bump is rarely in the vicinity of 1-trial-back stimulus, and we can see that tau_PPC should be greater than tau_WM in order for the model to yield 1-trial back effects. We conclude that it is indeed important for tau_PPC > tau_WM.

      We have included this in Fig S2 F of the manuscript.

      Regarding the relation to other models, the model by Hachen et al (Ref 45) also has two interacting memory systems. It could be useful to better state the connection, if it exists.

      The model proposed by Hachen et al is conceptually different in that one module stores the mean of the sensory stimulus; it could be related to a variant of our model where adaptation is turned off in the PPC network (Fig S2 A). However, the task they model is also different: subjects have to learn the location of a boundary according to which the stimulus is classified as ‘weak’ or ‘strong’, set by the experimenter. Hence, it is a task where learning is needed - this contrasts with the task we are modelling, where only working memory is required. How task demands reconfigure existing circuits via dynamics and/or learning to perform different computations is a fascinating area of research that is outside the scope of this work.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Working memory is not error free. Behavioral reports of items held in working memory display several types of bias, including contraction bias and serial dependence. Recent work from Akrami and colleagues demonstrates that inactivating rodent PPC reduces both forms of bias, raising the possibility of a common cause.

      In the present study, Boboeva, Pezzotta, Clopath, and Akrami introduce circuit and descriptive variants of a model in which the contents of working memory can be replaced by previously remembered items. This volatility manifests as contraction bias and serial dependence in simulated behavior, parsimoniously explaining both sources of bias. The authors validate their model by showing that it can recapitulate previously published and novel behavioral results in rodents and neurotypical and atypical humans.

      Both the modeling and the experimental work is rigorous, providing compelling evidence that a model of working memory in which reports sometimes sample past experience can produce both contraction bias and serial dependence, and that this model is consistent with behavioral observations across rodents and humans in the parametric working memory (PWM) task.

      Evidence for the model advanced by the authors, however, remains incomplete. The model makes several bold predictions about behavior and neural activity, untested here, that either conflict with previous findings or have yet to be reported but are necessary to appropriately constrain the model.

      First, in the most general (descriptive) formulation of the Boboeva et al. model, on a fraction of trials items in working memory are replaced by items observed on previous trials. In delayed estimation paradigms, which allow a more direct behavioral readout of memory items on a trial-by-trial basis than the PWM task considered here, reports should therefore be locked to previous items on a fraction of trials rather than display a small but consistent bias towards previous items. However, the latter has been reported (e.g., in primate spatial working memory, Papadimitriou et al., J Neurophysiol 2014). The ready availability of delayed estimation datasets online (e.g., from Rademaker and colleagues, https://osf.io/jmkc9/) will facilitate in-depth investigation and reconciliation of this issue.

      As pointed out by the reviewer, in the PWM task that we are modelling here, the activity in the network is used to make a binary decision. However, it is possible to directly analyse the network activity before the onset of the second stimulus.

      In their manuscript, Papadimitriou et al. study a memory-guided saccade task in nonhuman primates and argue that the animals display a small but consistent bias towards previous items (Fig 2). In that figure, the authors compute the error as the difference between the saccade direction and target direction in each trial. They compute this error for all trials in which the preceding trial’s target direction is between 35° and 85° relative to the current trial (counterclockwise with respect to the current trial’s target). They discover that the residual error distribution is unimodal with a mode at 1.29° and a mean at 2.21° (positive, so towards the preceding target’s direction), from which they deduce a small but systematic bias towards previous trial targets.

      We have computed a similar measure for our network with default parameters (Table 1), by subtracting the location of the bump at the end of the delay interval (s_hat(t), ‘saccade’) from the initial location of the first stimulus in the current trial (s1(t) or the ‘target’). We have done this for all trials where s1(t)=0.2, and where s2(t-1) takes specific values. These distributions are characterized by two modes. The first corresponds to those trials where the bump is not displaced in WM (i.e. mean of zero). We can also see the appearance of a second mode at the location of s1(t) - s2(t-1), corresponding to the displacements towards the preceding trial’s stimulus described in the main text. If, instead, we limit the analysis to a small range of previous trials close to s1(t) (similar to Papadimitriou et al) then the distribution of residual errors will appear unimodal, as the two modes merge. Importantly, note that there is a large variability around the second mode, expressing a more complex dynamics in the network. As can be seen in Fig 3B, the location of the bump is not always slaved to the one in the PPC in a straightforward way -- due to the adaptation in the PPC, the global inhibition in the connectivity kernel, as well as interleaved design for various delay intervals, the WM bump can be displaced in nontrivial ways (see also Recommendation no 4), yielding the dispersion around the second peak. It remains to be seen whether such patterns can be observed in the data from previous works on continuous working memory recall (including Papadimitriou et al). However, to our knowledge, such detailed and full analysis of errors at the level of individual trials has not been done.

      In summary, this analysis shows that the type of dynamics in our network is not one of the two cases: 1) small and systematic bias in each and every trial or 2) large error that occurs only rarely; rather, the dispersion around both modes suggests that the dynamics in our model are a mixture of these two limit cases.

      We have also performed another typical analysis, reported in several continuous recall tasks (e.g. Jazayeri and Shadlen 2010) where contraction bias has been reported. We plot WM bump locations after the delay period for every trial (s_hat(t)), and their averages, against the nominal value of s1(t). We see that the mean WM location deviates from the identity line toward the mean values of s1(t), again showing contraction bias as an average effect, while individual trials follow the dynamics explained above.

      We have now included a new section on continuous recall (Sect. 1.5 and a new figure (Fig 5)), which details the two above-mentioned analyses. The analysis of freely available datasets of delayed estimation tasks, unfortunately, is out of the scope of this work, and we leave such analyses to future studies.

      Second, the bulk of the modeling efforts presented here are devoted to a circuit-level description of how putative posterior parietal cortex (PPC) and working-memory (WM) related networks may interact to produce such volatility and biases in memory. This effort is extremely useful because it allows the model to be constrained by neural observations and manipulations in addition to behavior, and the authors begin this line of inquiry here (by showing that the circuit model can account for effects of optogenetic inactivation of rodent PPC).

      Further experiments, particularly electrophysiology in PPC and WM-related areas, will allow further validation of the circuit model. For example, the model makes the strong prediction that WM-related activity should display 'jumps' to states reflecting previously presented items on some trials. This hypothesis is readily testable using modern high-density recording techniques and single-trial analyses.

      As mentioned in response to the previous comment, we note again that in the WM network, the bump ‘displacement’ has a complex dynamics -- the examples we have provided in Fig 1A and 2B mainly show the cases in which jumps occur in the WM network, but this is not the only type of dynamics we observe in the model. We do have instances in which the continuity of the model causes drift across values, and we have now replaced the right panel in Fig 2B with one such instance, in order to emphasize that this displacement towards the previous trial’s stimulus (s2(t-1)) can occur in various ways. For a more thorough analysis, we have analyzed the distance between s1(t) and the position of the bump in the WM network at the end of the delay period s_hat(t), conditioned on specific values of s1(t) and s2(t-1) (Fig 5C). In this figure, we can see the appearance of two modes: one centered around 0, corresponding to the correct trials where the stimulus is kept in WM (s1(t) = s_hat(t)), and another mode centered around s2(t-1), the location of the second stimulus of the previous trial, where the bump is displaced. Note, as we explain in Sect. 1.5, the large dispersion around this second mode, which suggests that the bump is not always displaced to that specific location and may undergo drift.

      We agree with the reviewer that future electrophysiological experiments (or analysis of existing datasets) are necessary for validation of these results.

      Finally, while there has been a refreshing movement away from an overreliance on p-values in recent years (e.g., Amrhein et al., PeerJ 2017), hypothesis testing, when used appropriately, provides the reader with useful information about the amount of variability in experimental datasets. While the excellent visualizations and apparently strong effect sizes in the paper mitigate the need for p-values to an extent, the paucity of statistical analysis does impede interpretation of a number of panels in the paper (e.g., the results for the negatively skewed distribution in 5D, the reliability of the attractive effects in 6a/b for 2- and 3- trials back).

      We share the reviewer’s criticism towards the misuse of p-values – in order for a clearer interpretation of old Fig 5D (new Fig 7E), we have looked at the 2 and 3 trials-back biases by using all of our dataset – the negatively skewed, and also two bimodal distributions (of which only one was shown in the manuscript). This larger dataset of 43 subjects (approximately 17,200 trials) allows us to clearly see the 2 and 3 trial back attractive biases, and the effect that the delay interval exerts on them.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Fig 5 A&C - It might be beneficial to separate the distribution of stimuli from the performance. It is hard to read the details of the performance, especially with error bars.

      Following the next recommendation, we have exchanged the standard deviation to standard errors of the mean, hopefully this allows to better read the performance.

      Fig 5C. The number of participants should be written. Perhaps standard errors instead of standard deviation?

      We have now changed the standard deviation to standard errors of the mean and included the number of participants in the figure.

      Fig 2B - hard to understand, because there is no marking of where "perfect" memory of s1 would be.

      The perfect memory of s1 is shown in the upper panel as black bars.

      Fig 3B. dot number 9 (blue, around 0.7) - why is WM higher than stimulus?

      This trial has a long ISI (blue means 10s). During this delay, the bump in the PPC, under the influence of adaptation, drifts far below the first stimulus (note that the previous trial also had its first stimulus in the same location, as a result of which the adaptative thresholds have built up significantly, causing the bump to move away from that location). During this delay period, neurons in the WM network receive inputs from the PPC network: if this input is strong enough, it can disrupt an existing bump; if not, this input still exerts inhibiting influence on the existing bump via the global inhibition in the connectivity. This can cause an existing bump to slowly drift in a random direction, and finally dissipate. Note that the lines in Fig 2B represent the neuron with the maximal activity, this activity may be a stable bump, or an unstable bump that may soon dissipate.

      Other examples with similar dynamics include trials 43 and 54.

      L167 fewer -> smaller

      We have now corrected this.

      Fig 3C - bump can also be in between. Is this binned?

      We have not binned the length of the attractor; to produce that figure, we check whether the position of the neuron with the maximal firing rate is within a distance of ±5% of the length of the whole line attractor from the target location.

      L221 Lapse at the boundary of attractor. This seems very different from behavior. Specifically, if it is in the boundaries, it should be stimulus dependent.

      Very sorry, we did not manage to understand the reviewer’s comment.

      L236 are -> is

      We have now corrected this.

      Fig S4 - should be mostly in main text.

      Part of this figure is in Fig 6A, but given the amount of detail, we think Supplementary Material is better suited.

      L253-254. Differences across all distributions - very minor except the bimodal case.

      That is correct, this is why we conducted the experiment with the bimodal distribution, to better differentiate the predictions of the two models.

      L273 extra comma after "This probability"

      We have now corrected this.

      ITI was only introduced in section 1.5.2. Perhaps worth mentioning the default 5s value earlier in the paper.

      We have now mentioned this in line 97-98.

      Fig S6B title: perhaps "previous stimuli"?

      We have now corrected this.

      L364 i"n A given trial"

      Equation 2 - no decay term?

      Thank you for pointing out this error, we have now corrected this.

      Equation 5,6 are j^W and j^P indices of neurons in those populations?

      Yes, j^W indexes neurons in the WM network, and j^P those in the PPC. We have now added this in the text for clarity.

      Bump with adaptation - other REFs? Sandro?

      We are aware of continuous bump attractors implementing short-term synaptic plasticity in various studies (including by Sandro Romani), but not in the form we have described. May the reviewer kindly point us towards the relevant literature.

      Free boundary - what is the connectivity for neurons 1 and N? Is it weaker than others? Is the integral still 1? Does this induce some bias on the extreme values?

      The connectivity of the network is all-to-all. However, as expressed by Eq. (3), the distance-dependent contribution to the weights, K, decreases exponentially as we move from neuron 1 onwards, and from neuron N down. The sum (or integral, in the large-N limit) of the K_ij for j on either side of neuron i is unity only when i is sufficiently far from 1 or N. We have rephrased the paragraph starting in line 516 to make this clearer.

      The presence of a boundary could introduce a bias in theory, but in practice, it affects the dynamics only when the bump drifts sufficiently close to it. The smallest stimulus in the simulated task has amplitude 0.2, with width 0.05, which implies the activation of 50 neurons on either side of neuron 400. If one compares this with the width of the kernel K in stimulus space (d_0 = 0.02), which spans ~10 neurons, we can see that the bump of activity stays mostly far from the boundary. It is possible, though it is observed rarely, when several consecutive long delay intervals happen to occur, that the bump in PPC drifts beyond the location corresponding to either the minimum or maximum stimulus.

      Code availability?

      Code simulating the dynamics of the network as well as analysing the resulting data can be found in the following repository: https://github.com/vboboeva/ParametricWorkingMemory Code used to analyse human behavioural data and fit them with our statistical model can be found in this repository: https://github.com/vboboeva/ParametricWorkingMemory_Data Code used to run the auditory PWM experiments with human subjects (adapted from Akrami et al 2018) can be found here: https://github.com/vboboeva/Auditory_PWM_human

      L547 stimuli

      We have now corrected this.

      Equation 14 uses both stimuli. Was this the same for the rest of analysis in the paper (first figures for instance)?

      This equation was used for all GLM analyses (Figs 9 and S6).

      D0 is very small (0.02). Does this mean that activity is essentially discrete in the model? Fig 1A & 2B - the two examples of model activity suggest this is the case. In other words - are there cases where the continuity of the model causes drift across values? Can you show an example (similar to Fig 1A)?

      Since this point has been raised beforehand, we refer to the first comment, Fig 2B and Sect. 1.5 for the response to this question.

      Table 1 - inter trial interval 6. Text says 5

      We have now corrected this in the text.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In addition to my review above, I just have a few minor comments:

      • If I understood correctly, the squares inside the purple rectangle in Figure 1B are meant to show a gradation from red to blue, but this was hard to make out in the pdf.

      Actually the squares are all on one side or the other of the diagonal, therefore they do not have any gradation.

      • line 164: "The resulting dynamics... [are]?"

      We have corrected this in the text.

      • Fig 7B legend: "The network performance is on average worse for longer ITIs" – correct?

      This was a mistake, we have replaced worse with better.

      Other comments

      We realized that the colorbar reported the incorrect fraction classified in Figs 1B, 2C, 7B (new 8B), S2C, S3A, S5B. We have corrected this in the new version of the manuscript.

      We also found a minor mistake in one of our analysis codes that computed the n-trial back biases for different delay intervals. This did not change our results, actually made the effects clearer. The figures concerned are Fig 3F and new Fig 7E.

    1. Author Response

      eLife assessment

      This study presents important findings for understanding cortical processing of color, binocular disparity, and naturalistic textures in the human visual cortex at the spatial scale of cortical layers and columns using state-of-the-art high-resolution fMRI methods at ultra-high magnetic field strength (7 T). Solid evidence supports an interesting layer-specific informational connectivity analysis to infer information flow across early visual areas for processing disparity and color signals. While the question of how the modularity of representation relates to cortical hierarchical processing is interesting and fundamental, the findings that texture does not map onto previously established columnar architecture in V2 is suggestive but would benefit from further controls. The successful application of high-resolution fMRI methods to study the functional organization along cortical columns and layers is relevant to a broad readership interested in general neuroscience.

      Thank you for your assessment of our manuscript "Mesoscale functional organization and connectivity of color, disparity, and naturalistic texture in human second visual area ". We have carefully considered the public reviews and have outlined our plans of revision by providing point-by-point responses to the reviewers’ comments.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      To support the finding that texture is not represented in a modular fashion, additional possibilities must be considered. These include the effectiveness and specificity of the texture stimulus and control stimuli, (b) further analysis of possible structure in images that may have been missed, and (c) limitations of imaging resolution.

      Thank you for your suggestions. We will provide evidence and additional analyses to show that there was indeed a large difference in high-order statistical information between the texture and control stimuli in our study, and thus the contrast between the two stimuli should be effective in localizing the processing of high-order texture information. Compared to the previous studies, another reason for the weaker texture selectivity in the current study could be the smaller number of images used and the slower rate of image presentation. Although our fMRI result at 1-mm isotropic resolution did not show a modular processing of naturalistic texture in CO-stripe columns, this does not exclude the possibility that smaller modules exist beyond the current fMRI resolution. We will discuss these limitations in the revised manuscript.

      More in-depth analysis of subject data is needed. The apparent structure in the texture images in peripheral fields of some subjects calls for more detailed analysis. e.g. Relationship to eccentricity and the need for a 'modularity index' to quantify the degree of modularity. A possible relationship to eccentricity should also be considered.

      We will perform further analysis based on your suggestion, especially regarding the relationship between eccentricity and modulation index. We will discuss this possibility in the revised manuscript.

      Given what is known as a modular organization in V4 and V3 (e.g. for color, orientation, curvature), did images reveal these organizations? If so, connectivity analysis would be improved based on such ROIs. This would further strengthen the hierarchical scheme.

      Thank you for your suggestion. The informational connectivity analyses used highly informative voxels by feature selection, which may already represent information from the modular organizations in these higher visual areas. We will examine the functional maps for possible modular organizations.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In lines 162-163, it is stated that no clear columnar organization exists for naturalistic texture processing in V2. In my opinion, this should be rephrased. As far as I understand, Figure 2B refers to the analysis used to support the conclusion. The left and middle bar plots only show a circular analysis since ROIs were based on the color and disparity contrast used to define thin and thick stripes. The interesting graph is the right plot, which shows no statistically significant overlap of texture processing with thin, thick, and pale stripe ROIs. It should be pointed out that this analysis does not dismiss a columnar organization per se but instead only supports the conclusion of no coincidence with the CO-stripe architecture.

      Reviewer #1 also raised a similar concern. We agree that there may be a smaller functional module of textures in area V2 at a finer spatial scale than our fMRI resolution. We will rephrase our conclusions to be more precise.

      In Figure 3, cortical depth-dependent analyses are presented for color, disparity, and texture processing. I acknowledge that the authors took care of venous effects by excluding outlier voxels. However, the GE-BOLD signal at high magnetic fields is still biased to extravascular contributions from around larger veins. Therefore, the highest color selectivity in superficial layers might also result from the bias to draining veins and might not be of neuronal origin. Furthermore, it is interesting that cortical profiles with the highest selectivity in superficial layers show overall higher selectivity across cortical depth. Could the missing increase toward the pial surface in other profiles result from the ROI definition or overall smaller signal changes (effect size) of selected voxels? At least, a more careful interpretation and discussion would be helpful for the reader.

      We will discuss the limitations of cortical depth-dependent analysis using GE-BOLD fMRI. All our stimuli produced robust activations in these visual areas, thus the flat laminar profiles of modulatory indices are unlikely to be caused by smaller signal changes. We will show the original BOLD responses in addition to the modulation index.

      I was slightly surprised that no retinotopy data was acquired. The ROI definition in the manuscript was based on a retinotopy atlas plus manual stripe segmentation of single columns. Both steps have disadvantages because they neglect individual differences and are based on subjective assessment. A few points might be worth discussing: (1) In lines 467-468, the authors state that V2 was defined based on the extent of stripes. This classical definition of area V2 was questioned by a recent publication (Nasr et al., 2016, J Neurosci, 36, 1841-1857), which showed that stripes might extend into V3. Could this have been a problem in the present analysis, e.g., in the connectivity analysis? (2) The manual segmentation depends on the chosen threshold value, which is inevitably arbitrary. Which value was used?

      The retinotopic atlas on the standard surface is usually quite accurate in defining the boundaries of early visual areas. Although some stripes may extend into V3, these patterns should be more robust in V2. In our analysis, we selected only those with clear organizations within the retinotopic atlas. Thus, the signal contribution from V3 is likely to be small and would not affect the pattern of results. In addition, the results between V3 and V2 could be very different, we will compare the pattern of results from these areas in additional analyses. The threshold for segmentation is abs(T)>2, we will clarify this in the method.

      The use of 1-mm isotropic voxels is relatively coarse for cortical depth-dependent analyses, especially in the early visual cortex, which is highly convoluted and has a small cortical thickness. For example, most layer-fMRI studies use a voxel size of around isotropic 0.8 mm, which has half the voxel volume of 1 mm isotropic voxels. With increasing voxel volume, partial volume effects become more pronounced. For example, partial volume with CSF might confound the analysis by introducing pulsatility effects.

      We agree that the 1-mm isotropic voxel is much smaller in volume than the 0.8-mm isotropic voxel, but the resolution along the cortical depth is not a large difference. In addition to our study, there are also other studies showing that fMRI at 1-mm isotropic resolution is capable of resolving cortical depth-dependent signals. Also, our fMRI slices were oriented perpendicular to the calcarine sulcus, the higher in-plane resolution will also benefit in resolving depth-dependent signals. We will discuss these issues about fMRI resolution in the revised manuscript.

      The SVM analysis included a feature selection step stated in lines 531-533. Although this step is reasonable for the training of a machine learning classifier, it would be interesting to know if the authors think this step could have reintroduced some bias to remaining draining vein contributions.

      Several precautions have been taken in the ROI definition to reduce the influence of large draining veins. The same number of voxels were selected from each cortical depth for the SVM analysis, thus there was no bias from the superficial layers susceptible to draining veins. Also, since both feedforward and feedback connections involved the superficial voxels, the remaining influence of large draining veins should be comparable between the two connections.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The authors tend to overclaim their results.

      Thank you for your comments. We will add more control analyses to strengthen our findings, and have appropriate discussion of results.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This article describes a useful python-based image-analysis tool for bacteria growing in the 'mother-machine' microfluidic device. This new method for image segmentation and tracking offers a user-friendly graphical interface based on the previously developed, promising environment for image analysis 'Napari'. The authors demonstrate the usefulness of their software and its robust performance by comparing it to other methods used for the same purpose. The comparison provides solid support for the new method, although it would have been even stronger if tested using data sets from other groups. This article will be of interest for scientists who utilize the 'mother machine', not least because it also provides a short overview of how to set up this widely used device.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors aim to develop an easy-to-use image analysis tool for the mother machine that is used for single-cell time-lapse imaging. Compared with related software, they tried to make this software more user-friendly for non-experts with a design of "What You Put Is What You Get". This software is implemented as a plugin of Napari, which is an emerging microscopy image analysis platform. The users can interactively adjust the parameters in the pipeline with good visualization and interaction interface.

      Strengths:

      • Updated platform with great 2D/3D visualization and annotation support.

      • Integrated one-stop pipeline for mather machine image processing.

      • Interactive user-friendly interface.

      • The users can have a visualization of intermediate results and adjust the parameters.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      • Based on the presentation of the manuscript, it is not clear that the goals are fully achieved.

      • Although there is great potential, there is little evidence that this tool has been adopted by other labs.

      • The comparison of Otsu and U-Net results does not make much sense to me. The systematic bias could be adjusted by threshold change. The U-Net output is a probability map with floating point numbers. This output is probably thresholded to get a binary mask, which is not mentioned in the manuscript. This threshold could also be adjusted. Actually, Otsu is a segmentation method and U-Net is an image transformation method and they should not be compared together. U-Net output could also be segmented using Otsu.

      We agree that the comparison of the classical and U-Net results may be misleading. As the reviewer points out, the issue ultimately comes down to thresholding. Indeed, the threshold of both the Otsu and U-Net outputs could be adjusted to bring them into line with each other. The comparison between the Otsu pipeline and U-Net pipeline is meant to illustrate that any pipeline (making use of a variety of methods) may be highly susceptible to the value of a user-input (or hard-coded threshold).

      We have clarified the discussion to emphasize that the comparison is not specifically between U-Net and Otsu but between the two pipelines (lines 238 - 257).

      We have also clarified that the U-Net probability map output was binarized with a threshold of 0.5 (lines 538-541). We note the same activation function and threshold are used in DeLTA. As the reviewer points out, Otsu’s method could indeed be applied to threshold the U-Net output as well. What we referred to as the “Otsu” MM3 method itself uses Otsu thresholding coupled with a Euclidean distance transform and a Random Walker algorithm. For clarity we now refer to it as a classical or non-learning method in the text.

      • The diversity of datasets used in this study is limited.

      We have added a section “Testing napari-MM3 on other datasets” (lines 187-196) evaluating the performance of MM3 on 4 datasets (3 E. coli, 1 Corynebacterium glutamicum) from outside our lab, demonstrating its versatility.

      • There is some ambiguity in the main point of this manuscript, the title and figures illustrate a complete pipeline, including imaging, image segmentation, and analysis. While the abstract focus only on the software MM3. If only MM3 is the focus and contribution of this manuscript, more presentations should focus on this software tool. It is also not clear whether the analysis features are also integrated with MM3 or not.

      We have added a line (lines 160-162) clarifying that final analysis and plotting must be done outside of napari. MM3 itself processes raw microscopy images, segments cells and reconstructs cell lineages (Figure 2).

      • The impact of this work depends on the adoption of the software MM3. Napari is a promising platform with expanding community. With good software user experience and long-term support, there is a good chance that this tool could be widely adopted in the mother machine image analysis community.

      We thank the reviewer for their endorsement of MM3’s potential.

      • The data analysis in this manuscript is used as a demo of MM3 features, rather than scientific research.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The authors present an image-analysis pipeline for mother-machine data, i.e., for time-lapses of single bacterial cells growing for many generations in one-dimensional microfluidic channels. The pipeline is available as a plugin of the python-based image-analysis platform Napari. The tool comes with two different previously published methods to segment cells (classical image transformation and thresholding as well as UNet-based analysis), which compare qualitatively and quantitatively well with the results of widely accessible tools developed by others (BACNET, DelTA, Omnipose). The tool comes with a graphical user interface and example scripts, which should make it valuable for other mother-machine users, even if this has not been demonstrated yet.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive comments.

      The authors also add a practical overview of how to prepare and conduct mother-machine experiments, citing their previous work and giving more advice on how to load cells using centrifugation. However, the latter part lacks detailed instructions.

      We have added a more detailed experimental protocol, including the procedure we use for cell loading, to the lab github page https://github.com/junlabucsd/mother-machine-protocols (linked in the main text).

      Finally, the authors emphasize that machine-learning methods for image segmentation reproduce average quantities of training datasets, such as the length at birth or division. Therefore, differences in training can propagate to difference in measured average quantities. This result is not surprising and is normally considered a desired property of any machine-learning algorithm as also commented on below.

      Points for improvement:

      Different datasets: The authors demonstrate the use of their method for bacteria growing in different growth conditions in their own microscope. However, they don't provide details on whether they had to adjust image-analysis parameters for each dataset. Similarly, they say that their method also works for other organisms including yeast and C. elegans (as part of the Results section) but they don't show evidence nor do they write whether the method needs to be tuned/trained for those datasets. Finally, they don't demonstrate that their method works on data from other labs, which might be different due to differences in setup or imaging conditions.

      We have added a section “Testing napari-MM3 on other datasets” (lines 187-196) evaluating the performance of MM3 on 4 datasets (3 E. coli, 1 Corynebacterium glutamicum) from outside our lab, demonstrating its versatility. We provide details of the procedure and parameters used in the Methods section. (“Analysis of external datasets” lines 476-486).

      Bias due to training sets:

      The bias in ML-methods based on training datasets is not surprising but arguably a desired property of those methods. Similarly, threshold-based classical segmentation methods are biased by the choice of threshold values and other segmentation parameters. A point that would have profited from discussion in this regard: How to make image segmentation unbiased, that is, how to deliver physical cell boundaries? This can be done by image simulations and/or by comparison with alternative methods such as fluorescence microscopy.

      We agree this is an important point. We have revised the relevant sections (lines 238 - 270) to add context to the discussion of bias in both classical and deep learning methods. We have added a subsection (lines 401 - 410) discussing methods to this end, such as synthetic training data generation or calibrating the segmentation to fluorescence images.

      The authors stress the user-friendliness of their method in comparison to others. For example, they write: 'Unfortunately, many of these tools present a steep learning curve for most biologists, as they require familiarity with command line tools, programming, and image analysis methods.' I suggest to instead emphasize that many of the tools published in recent years are designed to be very use friendly. And as will all methods, MM3 also comes at a prize, which is to install Napari followed by the installation of MM3, which, according to their own instructions, is not easy either.

      We have modified our language to acknowledge that indeed recent software such as DeLTA and BACMMAN make a point to be user-friendly and accessible (lines 52-53).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      -The resources, including documentation and code, are referenced and are not easy to find. It should be easier for readers to curate them in a separate Resources section.

      We have created a Resources section in the Methods (top of first page) with the documentation, code and protocols hyperlinked.

      • It would be easier to understand the usage of MM3 with a screen recording video. I found a video from the GitHub paper, but the resolution is a bit low. Attaching a high-resolution screenshot video would be helpful.

      A high resolution tutorial video has been made more visible on the github page.

      • In Table 1, AMD GPU is used which is not easy to use for Deep Learning. It is not clear whether the GPU is used for Deep Learning training and inference.

      We have clarified this point in the Table 1 caption, and linked to a reference on how to use AMD GPUs with Tensorflow on Macs.

      • Some paragraphs in the Discussion section are like blogs with general recommendations. Although the suggestions look pretty useful, it is not the focus of this manuscript. It might be more appropriate to put it in the GitHub repo or a documentation page. The discussion should still focus on the software, such as features, software maintenance, software development roadmap, and community adoption.

      • It would be easier for reviewers to add line numbers in the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Software Installation: This might be something for the GitHub forum, but briefly trying to install the plugin myself, I already failed at the first line of the GitHub instructions, which is to use mamba for installation. This relates to my point above: Any program that is not stand-alone requires some user-savviness and trial-and-error, which is just hard to avoid for any method. I suggest being less critical of 'other methods' and instead focus on the advantage of the mother-machine-specific aspects of napari-mm3.

      The authors write 'Still, most labs do not have the time and resources to evaluate other tools they do not use critically, [...]'. The sentence is not very clear. Evaluating tools not used is obviously difficult/impossible.

      We have reworded this sentence to be more clear (lines 54-55).

      The authors write: 'The supervised learning method uses a convolutional neural net (CNN) with the U-Net architecture [20].' Can the authors cite previous work that has taken advantage of this approach before (e.g., DelTA)?

      We have added citations to DeLTA and other previous software (line 151).

      Cell tracking and lineage reconstruction should be described in more detail and/or with reference to previous work.

      We have added more details to the SI (lines 554 - 567) discussing the method in the context of existing mother machine analysis software.

      The authors provide a figure for a '3D printed cell loader', but as far they don't give instructions including a CAD file and the model of the fan used for spinning. The same holds for the stage inset (which, as far as I see, is not referred to in the manuscript text nor described in a figure caption).

      Thank you for pointing out this omission. The centrifuge is referenced in Box 1. We have updated the manuscript with a link to a Github repository containing CAD files & details of the centrifuge construction. We decided to remove the stage insert from the figure.

      Figure S3: Is the asymmetry in growth rate due to the expression of a fluorescent protein, due to strain differences, or due to imaging artifacts? Maybe this is impossible to tell based on the available datasets, but this could be discussed.

      Based on previous work (DOI 10.1099/mic.0.057240-0) it is likely due to the expression of the fluorescent protein and fluorescence imaging. We have added a brief discussion in the Figure S3 caption.

    1. Author Response

      The authors appreciate the reviewers' thoughtful and constructive feedback. We are pleased to have the opportunity to address their comments through a revised version to strengthen our work. In particular:

      (1) As suggested, we will add references/details in Methods to further help readers to establish the cohort as population-derived and clarify details about the analysis and specificity of results.

      (2) We agree that reserve, inefficiency, and compensation are complex issues needing more discussion. We will add definitions and discussion to clarify our approaches, including multivariate/univariate analyses and addressing the specificity of results. We also appreciate the suggestions for future research directions.

      A revised version addressing these valuable recommendations will improve our study's contribution towards quantitative methods for understanding reserve and compensation in healthy cognitive ageing.

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this work, the authors have explored how treating C. albicans fungal cells with EDTA affects their growth and virulence potential. They then explore the use of EDTA-treated yeast as a whole-cell vaccine in a mouse model of systemic infection. In general, the results of the paper are unsurprising. Treating yeast cells with EDTA affects their growth and the addition of metals rescues the phenotype. Because of the significant growth defects of the cells, they don't infect mice and you see reduced virulence. Injection with these cells effectively immunises the mice, in the same way that heat-killed yeast cells would. The data is fairly sound and mostly well-presented, and the paper is easy to follow. However, I feel the data is an incremental advance at best, and the immune analysis in the paper is very basic and descriptive.

      Strengths:

      Detailed analysis of EDTA-treated yeast cells

      Weaknesses:

      • Basic immune data with little advance in knowledge.

      • No comparison between their whole-cell vaccine and others tried in the field.

      • The data is largely unsurprising and not novel.

      Thank you so much for appreciating our effort to generate a live whole-cell vaccine by treating with EDTA. Also, we appreciate your comment that the manuscript is sound and well-presented. However, we are afraid that the respected reviewer assumed the CAET cells as dead cells. CAET is a live cell just that it replicates slower than the wild type. Since the respected reviewer presumed CAET to be a dead strain similar to heat-killed, most of his/her comments were partly negative.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Invasive fungal infections are very difficult to treat with limited drug options. With the increasing concern of drug resistance, developing an antifungal vaccine is a high priority. In this study, the authors studied the metal metabolism in Candida albicans by testing some chelators, including EDTA, to block the metal acquisition and metabolism by the fungus. Interestingly, they found EDTA-treated yeast cells grew poorly in vitro and non-pathogenic in vivo in a murine model. Mice immunized by EDTA-treated Candida (CAET) were protected against challenge with wild-type Candida cells. RNA-Seq analysis to survey the gene expression profile in response to EDTA treatment in vitro revealed upregulation of genes in metal homeostasis and downregulation of ribosome biogenesis. They also revealed an induction of both pro- and anti-inflammatory cytokines involved in Th1, Th2 and Th17 host immune response in response to CAET immunization. Overall, this is an interesting study with translational potential.

      Strengths:

      The main strength of the report is that the authors identified a potential whole-cell live vaccine strain that can provide full protection against candidiasis. Abundant data both on in vitro phenotype, gene expression profile, and host immune response have been presented.

      Weaknesses:

      A weakness is that the immune mechanism of CAET-mediated host protection remains unclear. The immune data is somewhat confusing. The authors only checked cytokines and chemokines in blood. The immune response in infected tissues and antibody response may be investigated.

      Thank you very much for appreciating our work and finding our strain to be a live whole-cell vaccine strain with translational potential. Since the current study focused on the identification and detailed characterization of a non-genetically modified live attenuated strain and its safety and efficacy as a potential vaccine candidate in the preclinical model, we have excluded the possible immune mechanisms involving CAET. We are in the process of developing another manuscript where we describe both cellular and molecular mechanisms that provide protective immunity in CAET-vaccinated mice.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors are trying to find a vaccine solution for invasive candidiasis.

      Strengths:

      The testing of the antifungal activity of EDTA on Candida is not new as many other papers have examined this effect. The novelty here is the use of this EDTA-treated strain as a vaccine to protect against a secondary challenge with wild-type Candida.

      Weaknesses:

      However, data presented in Figure 5 and Figure 6 are not convincing and need further experimental controls and analysis as the authors do not show a time-dependent effect on the CFU of their vaccine formulation. The methodology used is also an issue. As it stands, the impact is minor.

      Thank you so much for appreciating our efforts to develop a novel vaccine against fungal infections. Although the Figs. 5 and 6 are the main straight of the paper, we are afraid that this respected reviewer found them not convincing.

    1. Author Response

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The paper by Perovic and colleagues describes how important blood vessels called collaterals form during development and remodel/expand upon injury to the brain. These vessels are conduits between arteries that do not have strong blood flow physiologically but upon injury can compensate for conduit loss. Published work by others is largely descriptive and does not address the cellular sources of collaterals over time. Here elegant lineage tracing is used to better understand the source of vascular endothelial cells during embryonic development, and how these lineages contribute to remodeling upon injury. The work is ambitious and important as collateral capacity can strongly influence the trajectory of outcomes with vascular blockage. The work reveals that proliferative arterial EC is the primary contributor to the collaterals developmentally, with a small contribution from capillary/venous EC, and that this shifts to almost completely arterial contribution from birth onward. There are several aspects of the work that, if addressed, would strengthen the study and better support the interesting and novel conclusions, including analysis of non-collateral lineage contributions, more careful interpretation of fixed image data, and more careful annotation of the image panels.

      We thank the reviewer for appreciating the ambition, importance and novelty of our work, and for the constructive suggestions for improvements.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Pial collateral vessels are anastomotic connections that cross-connect distal arterioles of the middle, anterior, and posterior cerebral arteries. With respect to ischemic stroke, good pial collateral flow positively correlates with decreased infarct volume and improved recovery; accordingly, optimizing collateral flow represents an important intervention for limiting stroke damage. The goal of this study was to determine the endothelial cell (EC) subtype(s) that contribute to the embryonic and neonatal development of pial collaterals and their expansion in response to stroke. To this end, the authors used lineage tracing methods in the mouse, labeling arterial endothelial cells (using Bmx-CreERT on switch line, R26mTmG) or venous and microvascular endothelial cells (using Vegfr3-CreERT on R26mTmG) and assessing pial collaterals via confocal microscopy. The authors convincingly demonstrate that arterial-lineage ECs comprise the majority of pial collateral ECs during development and in adulthood, with a minor contribution from pial plexus-derived microvascular ECs that decline over time. They also convincingly demonstrate that pial collateral outward remodeling after experimentally-induced stroke (distal middle cerebral artery occlusion, or dMCAO) involves, at least in part, local proliferation of arterial-lineage ECs. The latter is intriguing given that arterial ECs generally leave the cell cycle. While these conclusions are quite solid, some key details are missing that could improve analysis, and some important caveats are not addressed. Moreover, less convincing are mechanistic claims that pial collaterals form via a migratory process of "mosaic colonization" of a preexisting vessel.

      We thank the reviewer for the careful assessment and suggestions for improvements. Claiming migratory behaviour from static images is indeed always tricky and comes with caveats. Our conclusions however are based on the appearance of cells in locations where they are not found at earlier stages. Given that we could exclude persistent recombination, a sound conclusion must be that cells appear in the new location through some means of translocation. Given our experience with the morphology of migrating cells in vivo, the appearance of polarized filopodial structures coinciding with the direction of observed appearance of cells at progressive later stages, strongly suggests active migration. Moreover, these highly migrating cells also exhibit ICAM2 positivity, suggesting that they are directly lining the pre-collateral lumen. In our explanation of how the immigration might occur, we would need to consider solitary cell migration through interstitial space, or rather intercalation movement. The active participation of migrating cells in lumen formation of the nascent pre-collateral suggests intercalation, but further analysis needs to be performed (such as a detailed analysis of cell-cell junctions or sustained apico-basal polarity). The conclusion that such a process highlights mosaic colonization of preexisting vessels is tightly linked to the demonstration of continuous lumen, whilst being found in a vessel without lineage marker, but beginning expression of arterial markers such as Cx40.

      1) It is difficult to understand whether individual collaterals are truly mosaic vessels, or whether arterial or venous/microvascular lineage ECs predominate in any particular region of the pial collateral vasculature. This is due to a number of methodological reasons: arterial and venous/microvascular contributions to pial collaterals were assessed independently, only a few (and in some cases, just one) collaterals were analyzed in each mouse, and regionality/location of collaterals was not addressed. Additionally, the inefficiency and variability of EC labeling, especially with the Vegfr3-CreERT line (Fig. S1, ~6-30%), compounds this problem.

      Factual error: 6 - 22% (not 30)

      The reviewer is correct in their statement that the independent assessment of contribution makes it difficult to locally demonstrate mosaicism. However, we are not aware of a method that could trace two different populations from different sources using recombination genetics simultaneously. Mosaicism however can be concluded from two observations independently. One, we find contribution from an alternative source that at the time point of labelling does not colocalize with arterial BMX lineage cells. Second, the BMX-lineage labelling is never complete in the collaterals, at least at developmental stages. Future work using scRNA seq may shed more light onto the degree of mosaicism. However at this point, the data strongly suggest mosaicism, even if the majority of the cells are of the BMX-lineage. The comment on inefficiency or variability of labelling in particular with the Vegfr3-CreERT line is interesting. At this point, we cannot rule out that the observed variability is due to intrinsic variability in expression, rather than inefficient recombination, or variability thereof. With our current tools we cannot easily distinguish between the two. Again, we hope that future studies with scRNA seq will be able to shed more light onto this interesting biology. Finally, we have not carefully assessed regionality, but have not seen obvious correlations with the degree of mosaicism. It is however important to note that in no case did we just examine one collateral per hemisphere. Each data point is an average of all collaterals from a part of a given collateral zone (imaging region). Usually, it is possible to image 2-4 collateral regions in each embryo. We always imaged multiple collaterals per animal, but sometimes only one region was imaged (due to technical issues).

      2) The identification of "pre-collateral" vessels requires further support. The authors define these vessels by their connection to the feeding artery, their (often) larger diameter, and their more pronounced ICAM2 expression. While most of these criteria are demonstrated in Figure S3, it is not apparent how these vessels were defined in Figure 4, which lacks specific annotation of each of these identifying criteria. As the identification of these novel vessels is one of the key findings of this paper, a more robust method of unambiguously defining them is warranted.

      We agree that it would be fabulous to have a unique marker at hand that identifies pre-collaterals. Our careful analysis of the distribution of the markers we tested, firmly established that the levels of ICAM2 expression nicely highlight structures that become colonized by these BMX lineage cells. Cx40 staining also confirmed this impression. We will attempt better annotation based on these markers to help the reader appreciate these findings. The combination of anatomical location and connection pattern with the stronger ICAM2 staining in our hands is a highly reliable and unambiguous identifier of what we called “pre-collaterals”.

      3) The conclusion that collateral-forming ECs migrate in the direction of flow into preexisting vessels is not well supported. The authors state that the presence of filopodial projections (Figure 4) supports this conclusion. However, filopodia number and directional polarization/orientation were not quantified, and "intercalation movements"/migration, per se, cannot be inferred from these static images.

      The reviewer is correct that claiming migration from static images is always difficult. As stated above, we base our conclusions on the progressive appearance of cells exhibiting migratory behavior, as well as the morphology including filopodia. Although we indeed didn’t quantify filopodia, these structures are in our experience not found on endothelial cells that do not engage in migration. Their consistent presence, and directionality is strongly suggestive of movement. . We will attempt to clarify this better in the text and the figures.

      4) In Figure 5, the simplest explanation for relative Cx40 expression in different vessels is the absence (low expression) or presence (high expression) of flow. This figure provides little mechanistic insight beyond this already-known relationship, and it is unclear how many times this experiment was performed (there is no N, no quantification or correlation).

      Flow is indeed one component of what regulated Cx40. However, a key point of this figure is to show that Cx40 expression can precede the recruitment of BMX lineage cells. This is important to distinguish whether arterial identity is only achieved by recruitment of BMX lineage cells, or exists in certain vessels (for example because they may have more flow) already before this colonization event. It suggests that the BMX population may rather serve to consolidate arterial state, as other structures that may have been Cx40 before, but do not become colonized lose arterial identity? We disagree that this finding does not contribute important information. If only BMX-lineage cells would express Cx40, the conclusion would be very different. This is not a question of how much, but of whether arterialization requires the recruitment of particular cells, or is induced in vessels that adopt arterial identity. This is not a singular observation and we will add the N number onto the figure legend.

      5) There is no statistical analysis in this work. This is justified by the authors by their admission that the study is of a "descriptive nature and...exploratory design."

      This is correct.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      These studies focus on a very interesting, understudied phenomenon in vascular development - the formation of pial collaterals between cerebral arteries. Understanding the mechanism(s) that regulates this process during normal development could provide important insights for the treatment of adult stroke patients, for which repair is highly dependent on collateral formation. Insights may also be relevant to other collateral-dependent diseases, such as heart disease and chronic peripheral ischemia.

      Strengths:

      The investigators use lineage tracing and 3D imaging to show that, in mouse embryos, endothelial cells (ECs) predominantly from Bmx+ arteries and some from the Vegfr3+ microvasculature, invade pre-existing pre-collateral vascular structures in a process they termed "mosaic colonization", and arterialization of the vessel segments is said to occur concurrently with colonization, although details about EC phenotypes are lacking. Growth of the collaterals in response to ischemic injury relies on local replication of the ECs within the collaterals and not further recruitment from veins and the microvasculature. Although detailed molecular mechanisms are not provided, demonstration of the "cellular mechanism" of pial collateral vascularization is novel.

      Weaknesses:

      Nonetheless, there are some issues that should be addressed, particularly to clarify the phenotype of the ECs forming the collaterals and expanding in response to injury; only their "origin" was traced and not their identity/growth after labeling in Bmx+ vessels.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the importance and novelty of our findings, and for the constructive suggestions for improvements. We indeed focussed here on origin and an attempt to distinguish how the cells arrive in their location rather than on their phenotype. We have performed detailed phenotypic analysis including EM analysis of collaterals but without the ability to connect these to the traced lineages. We therefore chose to leave these data for a separate manuscript. Future work will attempt to fully characterize these populations including their transcriptome using scRNA seq. However, isolating collateral ECs to faithfully characterize them is very challenging, and will not be a part of this manuscript. We have performed stainings for various arterial markers, with variable success.. Nevertheless, a full functional study will be part of future work.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary: The authors study the appearance of oscillations in motifs of linear threshold systems, coupled in specific topologies. They derive analytical conditions for the appearance of oscillations, in the context of excitatory and inhibitory links. They also emphasize the higher importance of the topology, compared to the strength of the links. Finally, the results are confirmed with WC oscillators, which are also linear. The findings are to some extent confirmed with spiking neurons, though here results are less clear, and they are not even mentioned in the Discussion.

      Overall, the results are sound from a theoretical perspective, but I still find it hard to believe that they are of significant relevance for biological networks, or in particular for the oscillations of BG-thalamus-cortex loop in PD. I find motifs in general to be too simplistic for multiscale and generally large networks as is the case in the brain. Moreover, the division of regions is more or less arbitrary by definition, and having such a strong dependence on an odd/even number of inhibitory links is far from reality. Another limitation is the fact that the cortex is considered a single node. Similarly, decomposing even such a coarse network in all possible (238 in this case) motifs doesn't seem of much relevance, when I assume that the emergence of pathological rhythms is more of an emergent phenomenon.

      Strengths:

      From the point of view of nonlinear dynamics, the results are solid, and the intuition behind the proofs of the theorems is well explained.

      Weaknesses:

      As stated in the summary, I find the work to be too theoretical without a real application in biological systems or the brain, where the networks are generally very large.

      We respectfully disagree with the reviewer here. The second half of the paper is all about explaining a biological problem. We have shown the validity of our theoretical results (which indeed were obtained in idealized settings) to explain emergence of oscillations in the basal ganglia. We clearly show that our theoretical results hold both in a rate-based model and in a network model with spiking neurons. The model with spiking neurons is one of the most complete network models of the basal ganglia available in the literature. So we emphasize that we have provided a clear application of our results for the brain networks.

      It is not the problem in the simplicity of the model or of the topology, it is often the case that the phenomena are explained by very reduced systems, but the problem is that the applicability of the finding cannot be extended. E.g. the Kuramoto model uses all-to-all coupling, or similar with QIF neurons which also need to follow a Lorentzian distribution in order to derive a mean field.

      We do not understand this comment. There is no need to extend these results to a network of Kuramoto models because in that setting we already assume that individual nodes/populations are oscillating – there is no problem of emergence of oscillations. Here, we are specifically considering a setting in which nodes themselves are not oscillators. We agree that we, at this point, have no insight into how to extend our analytical proof to a situation where individual nodes are spiking.

      But in those cases, relaxing the strict conditions that were necessary for the derivations, still conserves the main findings of the analysis, which I don't see being the case here. The odd/even number rule is too strict, and talking about a fixed and definite number of cycles in the actual brain seems too simplistic.

      We have clearly relaxed most of our assumptions when we considered a network model of basal ganglia in which each subpopulation is a collection of spiking neurons. And as we have shown our results still hold (see Figure 5). Again our model is about oscillations in a network of networks i.e. network of brain regions.

      At meso-scale it is not unreasonable to find such cycles and even-odd number rules. We have shown this for the case of a cortico-basal ganglia model. We can also extend this to cortico-thalamic networks and so on. We have already emphasized this point in the introduction to avoid any confusion: see lines 62-66 – “We prove this conjecture for the threshold-linear network (TLN) model without delays which can closely capture the dynamics of neural populations. Therefore, it is implicit that our results do not hold at the neuronal level but rather at the level of neuron populations/brain regions e.g. the basal ganglia (BG) network which can be described a network of different nuclei.” and lines 69-70 – ’Within the framework of the odd-cycle theory, distinct nuclei are associated with either excitatory or inhibitory nodes.’

      Being linear is another strong assumption, and it is not clear how much of the results are preserved for spiking neurons, even though there is such an analysis, or maybe for other nonlinear types of neuronal masses.

      Clearly our results hold in a network of spiking neurons (see Figure 5). It is of course interesting to ask whether our results hold in a network where individual spiking neurons have more complex spiking behavior like AdEx or Quadratic IF. But that kind of analysis deserves a full manuscript on its own.

      Delays are also mentioned, and their impact on the oscillatory networks is as expected: it reduces the amplitude, but there is no link to the literature, where this is an established phenomenon during synchronization. Finally, the authors should also discuss the time-delays as a known phenomenon to cause or amplify oscillations at different frequencies in a network of coupled oscillators, e.g Petkoski & Jirsa Network Neuroscience 2022, Tewarie et al. NeuroImage 2019, Davis et al. Nat Commun 2021.

      This is indeed a weakness of our model. But as the reviewer already knows, dynamical systems with delays are very difficult to analyze analytically. We have mentioned this in the limitations of the model and the analysis. In our simulations we have considered delays and when the delays are within reasonable limits our results hold.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors present here a mathematical and computational study of the topological/graph theory requirements to obtain sustained oscillations in neural network models. A first approach mathematically demonstrates that a given network of interconnected neural populations (understood in the sense of dynamical systems) requires an odd number of inhibitory populations to sustain oscillations. The authors extend this result via numerical simulations of (i) a simplified set of Wilson-Cowan networks, (ii) a simplified circuit of the cortico-basal ganglia network, and (iii) a more complex, spike-based neural network of basal ganglia network, which provides insight on experimental findings regarding abnormal synchrony levels in Parkinson's Disease (PD).

      Strengths:

      The work elegantly and effectively combines solid mathematical proof with careful numerical simulations at different levels of description, which is uncommon and provides additional layers of confidence to the study. Furthermore, the authors included detailed sections to provide intuition about the mathematical proof, which will be helpful for readers less inclined to the perusal of mathematical derivations. Its insightful and well-informed connection with a practical neuroscience problem, the presence of strong beta rhythms in PD, elevates the potential influence of the study and provides testable predictions.

      Weaknesses:

      In its current form, the study lacks a more careful consideration of the role of delays in the emergence of oscillations. Although they are addressed at certain points during the second part of the study, there are sections in which this could have been done more carefully, perhaps with additional simulations to solidify the authors' claims. Furthermore, there are several results reported in the main figures which are not explained in the main text. From what I can infer, these are interesting and relevant results and should be covered. Finally, the text would significantly benefit from a revision of the grammar, to improve the general readability at certain sections. I consider that all these issues are solvable and this would make the study more complete.

      This point has been made by the first reviewer as well. So we repeat our answer:

      This is indeed a weakness of our model. But as the reviewer already knows, dynamical systems with delays are very difficult to analyze analytically. We have mentioned this in the limitations of the model and the analysis. In our simulations we have considered delays and when the delays are within reasonable limits our results hold.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      As mentioned in my comments above, I think that the work is already quite solid and relevant but would significantly improve if some issues were addressed:

      We would like to thank the reviewer for valuable comments and constructive feedback which has helped us greatly improve the manuscript.

      1) While the authors acknowledge early on the limitations of this study in terms of not considering plasticity or neuron biophysics (line 72), I think that the absence of propagation delays should be explicitly included here. This absence leads to inaccuracies --for example, the sentence "Consider a small network of two nodes. If we connect them mutually with excitatory synapses, intuitively we can say that the two-population network will not oscillate" (line 74) is only correct if the delays (or signal latencies) are zero. With a proper delay, two excitatory neurons can engage in oscillations with a period given by two times the value of the delay.

      A similar situation happens for inhibitory neurons, where the winner-take-all dynamics described in line 77 is only valid for zero delay. It is known that a homogeneous population of inhibitory spiking neurons with delayed synapses can lead to fast oscillations (Brunel and Hakim 1999), something which is also valid for the equivalent inhibitory single node with delayed self-inhibition. Indeed, a circuit of two inhibitory populations with delayed self- and cross-inhibition can generate oscillations, contradicting the main conclusion of the odd number of inhibitory nodes needed for oscillations.

      Because of these considerations, I think the authors should be more careful when explaining the effects of delays, and state that their main results on the link between oscillations and having an odd number of inhibitory nodes are not valid when delays are considered. They could modify the sentences in lines 72-77 above and include a supplementary figure right after their simulation study for the Wilson-Cowan (to explain the examples above, and also the one in the next point).

      The reviewer has brought up a critical point regarding the impact of propagation delays, and we completely concur with your assessment. In our study, we indeed did not comprehensively consider the effects of propagation delays in cycles with even inhibition, which may introduce inaccuracies in our conclusions.

      We note that in the Wilson-Cowan model with delays, certain cycles with even number of inhibitory links can also generate oscillations with a period equal to twice the delay value. However, in our hand such oscillations were transient and dissipated quickly.

      To better reflect the limitations of our research, we have made significant modifications to the relevant sections in our manuscript.

      In line 100, we've added text to explicitly state that we considered delays in our simulations and acknowledged their potential to generate oscillations ("Given the importance of delays in biological network such as BG, we will consider them in the simulations.").

      In line 102, we've clarified that our conclusions are based on a scenario without delays ("In this following, we give simple examples of the possibility of oscillation (or not) based on the connectivity characteristics of small networks without delays. Let us start with a network of two nodes.").

      Additionally, in line 230, we've included a reference figure supplement 3-2 to highlight the outcomes in terms of oscillations ("EII network only resulted in transient oscillations (Fig. 3, figure supplement 3-1, figure supplement 3-2)").

      In lines 234-237, we've added a sentence discussing the role of synaptic delays in generating transient oscillations in cycles with an even number of inhibitory components, referring to figure supplement 3-2 ("In networks with even number of inhibitory connections (e.g. EII, EEE, II), synaptic delays are the sole mechanism for initiating oscillations, however, unless delays are precisely tuned such oscillations will remain transient (see Supplementary figure supplement 3-2)").

      Moreover, in response to the reviewer’s suggestion, we have included an additional figure supplement 3-2 to illustrate how cycles with even inhibitory components generate transient oscillations when propagation delays are taken into account. This figure provides a visual representation of the phenomenon and enhances the clarity of our findings.

      2) In Figure 3, two motifs (III and EII) are explored to demonstrate the validity of the results across different parameters. Delays don't seem to play a disruptive role in these two cases, but the results seem to be different for other motifs not considered here. Aside from the examples mentioned above, I can imagine how a motif of EEE (i.e. a circle of three excitatory Wilson-Cowan neurons) would display oscillations when delays are included, as the activation would 'circulate' along the ring. However, this EEE motif has an even number of inhibitory units (or perhaps zero is considered an exception, but if so it's not mentioned in the text).

      We thank the reviewer for this observation regarding Figure 3. Indeed, the impact of delays may differ for other motifs not considered in our study. For example, as the reviewer has correctly anticipated, a motif of EEE (a circular network of three excitatory Wilson-Cowan neurons) would exhibit oscillations when delays are included, as activation could 'circulate' along the ring.

      To address this concern,we have performed new simulations (added as a new supplementary figure supplement 3-2). As illustrated in figure supplement 3-2, oscillations may indeed arise in the EEE motif when delays are introduced. However, these oscillations will eventually dissipate – at least with our settings.

      3) Figures 1b, 1c, and 4e display interesting results, but these are absent from the main text. Please include the description of those results. Particularly the case of Figs 1b and 1c seems very relevant to understanding the main results in the context of more complex networks, in which multiple loops with odd and even numbers of inhibitory units would coexist in the network. Does the number of odd-inhibitory loops in a given network affect somehow the power or frequency of the resulting network oscillations? It would be interesting to show this.

      Indeed, we did not explain Figs 1b,c and 4e properly. Now we have revised the manuscript in the following way to incorporate these results:

      In lines 124-128, we added the following text to introduce the concept: "We can generalize these results to cycles of any size, categorizing them into two types based on the count of their inhibitory connections in one direction (referred to as the odd cycle rule, as illustrated in Fig. 1b). More complex networks can also be decomposed into cycles of size 2…N (where N is number of nodes), and predict the ability of the network to oscillate (as shown in Fig. 1c)" In line 298, we included the following text to highlight the relevant result: "Next, we removed the STN output (equivalent to inhibition of STN), the Proto-D2-Arky subnetwork generated oscillations for weak positive inputs to the D2-SPNs (Fig.4e, bottom)."

      How the number of odd/even loops affect the frequency is an interesting question. Intuitively there should be a relation between the two. However, a complete treatment of this question is beyond the scope of the manuscript but we think that in a network with identical node properties, more odd cycles should imply higher oscillation power.

      4) The cortico-BG model is focused on how inactivating STN could suppress (or not) beta oscillations, following experimental observations. However, besides mechanisms for extinguishing oscillations, it would be interesting to see if the progressive emergence of pathological beta oscillations could be explained by the modification of some of the nodes in the model (for example, explicitly mimicking the loss of dopaminergic neurons in the substantia nigra). This could be a very interesting additional figure in the main text.

      This is an interesting suggestion. Something similar has been already done – e.g. Kumar et al. (2010) showed that progressive increase of inhibition of GPe can lead to oscillations. Similarly Holgado et al. (2008) showed how progressive change in the mutual connectivity between STN and GPe can cause oscillations. More recently, Ortone et al. (PloS Comp. Biol 2023) and Azizpour et al. (2023 Bioarxiv) have also shown the effect of progressive change in individual node properties on oscillations in basal ganglia using numerical simulations. Our work in a way provides the theoretical backing to their work. Therefore, we think it is not necessary to again show these results in our model. Instead we have cited these papers. Lines 392-396

      5) I observed some grammatical inconsistencies in the text, some of them are indicated below. I would suggest carefully going through the text to correct those issues or seeking help with editing.

      -line 32 "...which can closely capture the neural population dynamics". Which population dynamics? Do the authors refer to general neural dynamics?

      -line 33 "long term behavior" -> long-term behavior

      -line 68 "given the ionic channel composition" -> "given its ionic channel composition"

      We apologize for the grammatical inconsistencies in our manuscript. We have made the necessary corrections to improve the clarity and accuracy of our text.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      This manuscript is useful for analytically showing that a cyclic network of threshold-linear neural populations can only oscillate if it has an odd number of inhibitory nodes with strong enough connections. Establishing this result, which holds under rather narrow assumptions, relies on standard tools from dynamical system theory. I find the strength of support for this result to be incomplete for the reasons detailed below:

      Although the mathematical arguments used appear to be correct, the manuscript lacks in rigor and clarity. For instance, the main result presented in theorem 2 is stated in a very unclear fashion: aside from the oddity of the number of inhibitory nodes, there are two conditions to check, which determines four cases. This can be explained in a much more straightforward way without introducing four relations in equations 4-7.

      We acknowledge the reviewer’s concern regarding the presentation of the main result in Theorem 2.

      We would like to emphasize that the introduction of four relations in equations 4-7 was intended to provide a detailed and transparent exposition of the conditions for the main result. While we understand that this approach may appear less straightforward, it allows for a more comprehensive understanding of the underlying logic and the multiple factors influencing the outcomes.

      However, we are open to suggestions for more concise and clear ways to express these conditions if the reviewer has specific recommendations or if there are alternative approaches that the reviewer believes would be more effective in conveying the information.

      Moreover, equation 3 in that same theorem is clearly wrong.

      We sincerely apologize for the typographical error in equation 3 within the same theorem. We thank the reviewer for noticing this. We have revised the text to rectify this mistake. The equation has now been corrected to ensure its accuracy.

      The proof of theorem 2 relies on standard linear algebra and can be improved as well: there are typos, approximations, and missing words (see line 664). The rigor of the exposition is also unsatisfactory. For instance, the proof of Lemma 1 ends with the sentence: "Similarly as before, the convergence of the dynamics driven by the left and right terms ends the proof". I don't know what this means.

      We thank the reviewer for the comments and suggestions. We have made the necessary adjustments to enhance the rigor and clarity of our mathematical reasoning in the revised manuscript.

      In line 644, we have provided clarification for the sentence you found unclear. The revised version now offers a more precise explanation that should help in understanding the proof.

      At the same time, the intuitive arguments presented in the main text are vague at best and do not really help grasping the possible generalizability of the results. For instance, I do not understand the message of panel B in Figure 2 and there seems to be no explanation about it in the main text.

      The main purpose of Figure 2B is to offer a visual representation of the concept and to serve as an aid for readers who may prefer a graphical illustration over extensive equations. While we understand that the figure may not provide a complete explanation on its own, it is intended to complement the text and mathematical content presented in the main text. In the revised version we have added the explanation of Figure 2B.

      Aside from the analytical result, most of the paper consists in simulating networks with distinct inhibitory cyclic structure to validate the theoretical argument. I do not find this approach particularly convincing due to the qualitative nature of the numerical results presented. There is little quantitative analysis of the network structure in relation to the emergence of oscillations. It is also hard to judge whether the examples discussed are cherry picked or truly representative of a large class of dynamics.

      The reviewer has a valid concern about numerical simulations and qualitative nature of the results. We would like to provide some perspective on our approach.

      In our paper, the primary focus is on the mathematical proof, which rigorously establishes the existence of our results. However, we understand that numerical simulations are valuable for illustrating the applicability of the theoretical framework and providing insights into the practical implications.

      If we get into the quantitative description of all the results, the manuscript will become prohibitively long. We acknowledge that there is a balance to be struck between theory and numerical examples in a research paper. We believe that, in conjunction with the mathematical proof, the numerical simulations serve the purpose of illustrating the existence of our results in specific examples. While we cannot provide an exhaustive exploration of all possible network structures, we have chosen representative cases to demonstrate the applicability of our findings. Some of these are already provided in figure supplements S3-1 and S3-3. In the absence of specific suggestions from the reviewer we would like to leave it as is.

      Moreover, the authors apply their cycle analysis to real-world networks by considering cycles of inhibitory nodes independently, whereas the same nodes can belong to several cycles. I find it hard to believe that considering these cycles independently should be enough to make predictions about the emergence of oscillations, as these cycles must interact with one another via shared nodes. I do not understand the color coding used to mark distinct cycles in supplementary figures. There is also not enough information to understand figures in the main text. For instance, I do not understand what the grids are representing in panel B, Figure 4.

      We have clarified the color coding and added more information to understand the figures. We appreciate the reviewer’s concern about our application of cycle analysis to real-world networks and the clarity of our figures. It is not a matter of belief – we have provided a mathematical proof and complemented that with illustrative examples from real-world networks i.e. cortico-basal ganglia network with both rate-based and spiking neurons. Clearly our results hold.

      Regarding the color coding in supplementary figures, we have revised the color scheme to make it more intuitive and informative in caption of figure 4: we use different colors to mark potential oscillators in each motif in BG, and each color means an oscillator from panel a. For more details, see figure supplements 4-1–4-6. The colors now represent distinct cycles more clearly, helping readers better interpret the figures.

    1. Author Response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This study presents potentially useful findings describing how activity in the corticotropin-releasing hormone neurons in the paraventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus modulates sevoflurane anesthesia, as well as a phenomenon the authors term a "general anesthetic stress response". The technical approaches are solid and the data presented are largely clear. However, the primary conclusion, that the PVHCRH neurons are a mechanism of sevoflurane anesthesia, is inadequately supported.

      We appreciate the editors and reviewers for their thorough assessment and constructive feedback. We have provided clarifications and updated the manuscripts to better interpret our results, please see below. As for the primary conclusion, we revised it as PVH CRH neurons potently modulate states of anaesthesia in sevoflurane general anesthesia, being a part of anaesthesia regulatory network of sevoflurane.

      Combined Public Review:

      This study describes a group of CRH-releasing neurons, located in the paraventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus, which, in mice, affects both the state of sevoflurane anesthesia and a grooming behavior observed after it. PVH-CRH neurons showed elevated calcium activity during the post-anesthesia period. Optogenetic activation of these PVH-CRH neurons during sevoflurane anesthesia shifts the EEG from burst-suppression to a seemingly activated state (an apparent arousal effect), although without a behavioral correlate. Chemogenetic activation of the PVH-CRH neurons delays sevoflurane-induced loss of righting reflex (another apparent arousal effect). On the other hand, chemogenetic inhibition of PVH-CRH neurons delays recovery of the righting reflex and decreases sevoflurane-induced stress (an apparent decrease in the arousal effect). The authors conclude that PVH-CRH neurons are a common substrate for sevoflurane-induced anesthesia and stress. The PVH-CRH neurons are related to behavioral stress responses, and the authors claim that these findings provide direct evidence for a relationship between sevoflurane anesthesia and sevoflurane-mediated stress that might exist even when there is no surgical trauma, such as an incision. In its current form, the article does not achieve its intended goal.

      Thank you for the detailed review. We have carefully considered your comments and have revised the manuscript to provide a clearer interpretation of our findings. Our findings indicate that PVH CRH neurons integrate the anesthetic effect and post-anesthesia stress response of sevoflurane (GA), providing new evidence for understanding the neuronal regulation of sevoflurane GA and identifying a potential brain target for further investigation into modulating the post-anesthesia stress response. However, we did not propose that there was a direct relationship between sevoflurane anesthesia and sevoflurane-mediated stress in the absence of incision. Our results mainly concluded that PVH CRH neurons integrate the anaesthetic effect and post-anaesthesia stress response of sevoflurane GA, which offers new evidence for the neuronal regulation of sevoflurane GA and provides an important but ignored potential cause of the post-anesthesia stress response.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript uses targeted manipulation of the PVH-CRH neurons, and is technically sound. Also, the number of experiments is substantial.

      Thank you.

      Weaknesses:

      The most significant weaknesses are a) the lack of consideration and measurement of GABAergic mechanisms of sevoflurane anesthesia, b) the failure to use another anesthetic as a control, c) a failure to document a compelling post-anesthesia stress response to sevoflurane in humans, d) limitations in the novelty of the findings. These weaknesses are related to the primary concerns described below:

      Concerns about the primary conclusion, that PVH-CRH neurons mediate "the anesthetic effects and post-anesthesia stress response of sevoflurane GA".

      Thanks for the advice. Our responses are as below:

      1) Just because the activity of a given neural cell type or neural circuit alters an anesthetic's response, this does not mean that those neurons play a role in how the anesthetic creates its anesthetic state. For example, sevoflurane is commonly used in children. Its primary mechanism of action is through enhancement of GABA-mediated inhibition. Children with ADHD on Ritalin (a dopamine reuptake inhibitor) who take it on the day of surgery can often require increased doses of sevoflurane to achieve the appropriate anesthetic state. The mesocortical pathway through which Ritalin acts is not part of the mechanism of action of sevoflurane. Through this pathway, Ritalin is simply increasing cortical excitability making it more challenging for the inhibitory effects of sevoflurane at GABAergic synapses to be effective. Similarly, here, altering the activity of the PVHCRH neurons and seeing a change in anesthetic response to sevoflurane does not mean that these neurons play a role in the fundamental mechanism of this anesthetic's action. With the current data set, the primary conclusions should be tempered.

      Thank you for your comments. Our results adequately uncover PVH CRH neurons that modulate the state of consciousness as well as the stress response in sevoflurane GA, but are insufficient to demonstrate that these neurons play a role in the underlying mechanism of sevoflurane anesthesia. We will revise our conclusions and make them concrete. The primary conclusion has been revised as PVH CRH neurons potently modulate states of anaesthesia in sevoflurane GA, being a part of the anaesthesia regulatory network of sevoflurane.

      2) It is important to compare the effects of sevoflurane with at least one other inhaled ether anesthetic. Isoflurane, desflurane, and enflurane are ether anesthetics that are very similar to each other, as well as being similar to sevoflurane. It is important to distinguish whether the effects of sevoflurane pertain to other anesthetics, or, alternatively, relate to unique idiosyncratic properties of this gas that may not be a part of its anesthetic properties.

      For example, one study cited by the authors (Marana et al.. 2013) concludes that there is weak evidence for differences in stress-related hormones between sevoflurane and desflurane, with lower levels of cortisol and ACTH observed during the desflurane intraoperative period. It is not clear that this difference in some stress-related hormones is modeled by post-sevoflurane excess grooming in the mice, but using desflurane as a control could help determine this.

      Thank you for your suggestions. We completely agree on the importance of determining whether the effects of sevoflurane apply to other anesthetics or arise from unique idiosyncratic attributes separate from its anesthetic properties. However, it is challenging to definitively conclude whether the effects of sevoflurane observed in our study extend to other inhaled anesthetics, even with desflurane as a control. While sevoflurane shares many common anesthetic properties with other inhalation agents, it also exhibits distinct characteristics and potential idiosyncrasies that set it apart from its counterparts. Regarding studies related to desflurane's impact on hormone levels or stress-like behaviors, one study involving 20 women scheduled for elective total abdominal hysterectomy demonstrated that there was no significant correlation between the intra-operative depth of anesthesia achieved with desflurane and the extent of the endocrine-metabolic stress response (as indicated by the concentrations of plasma cortisol, glucose, and lactate)1. Besides, a study conducted with mice suggested the abilities related to sensorimotor functions, anxiety and depression did not undergo significant changes after 7 days of anesthesia administered with 8.0% desflurane for 6 h2. Furthermore, a study involving 50 Caucasian women undergoing laparoscopic surgery for benign ovarian cysts demonstrated that in low stress surgery, desflurane, when compared to sevoflurane, exhibited superior control over the intraoperative cortisol and ACTH response 3. Based on these findings, we propose that the effect we observed in this study is likely attributed to the unique idiosyncratic properties of sevoflurane. We will conduct additional experiments to investigate this proposal with other commonly used anaesthetics in our future studies.

      Concerns about the clinical relevance of the experiments

      In anesthesiology practice, perioperative stress observed in patients is more commonly related to the trauma of the surgical intervention, with inadequate levels of antinociception or unconsciousness intraoperatively and/or poor post-operative pain control. The authors seem to be suggesting that the anesthetic itself is causing stress, but there is no evidence of this from human patients cited. We were not aware that this is a documented clinical phenomenon. It is important to know whether sevoflurane effectively produces behavioral stress in the recovery room in patients that could be related to the putative stress response (excess grooming) observed in mice. For example, in surgeries or procedures that required only a brief period of unconsciousness that could be achieved by administering sevoflurane alone (comparable to the 30 min administered to the mice), is there clinical evidence of post-operative stress?

      Thank you for your question. There is currently no direct evidence available. Studies on sevoflurane in humans primarily focus on its use during surgical interventions, making it difficult to find studies that solely administer sevoflurane, as was done in our study with mice. Generally, a short anesthesia time refers to procedures that last less than one hour, while a long anesthesia time could be considered for procedures lasting several hours or more4. A study published in eLife investigated the patterns of reemerging consciousness and cognitive function in 30 healthy adults who underwent GA for three hours 5. This finding suggests that the cognitive dysfunction observed immediately and persistently after GA in healthy animals may not necessarily apply anesthesia and postoperative neurocognitive disorders could be influenced by factors other than GA, such as surgery or patient comorbidity. Therefore, further studies are needed to verify the post-operative stress in sevoflurane-only short time anesthesia.

      Indeed, stress after surgeries can result from multiple factors aside from anesthesia, including pain, anxiety, inflammation, but what we want to illustrate in this study is that anesthesia could be one of these factors that we ignored in previous studies. In our current study, we did not propose that there was a direct relationship between sevoflurane anesthesia and sevoflurane-mediated stress without incision. We observed stress-related behavioural changes after exposure of sevoflurane GA in mouse model, indicating sevoflurane-mediated stress might exist without surgical trauma. Importantly, whether anesthetic administration alone will cause post-operative stress is worth studying in different species especially human.

      Patients who receive sevoflurane as the primary anesthetic do not wake up more stressed than if they had had one of the other GABAergic anesthetics. If there were signs of stress upon emergence (increased heart rate, blood pressure, thrashing movements) from general anesthesia, the anesthesiologist would treat this right away. The most likely cause of post-operative stress behaviors in humans is probably inadequate anti-nociception during the procedure, which translates into inadequate post-op analgesia and likely delirium. It is the case that children receiving sevoflurane do have a higher likelihood of post-operative delirium. Perhaps the authors' studies address a mechanism for delirium associated with sevoflurane, but this is not considered. Delirium seems likely to be the closest clinical phenomenon to what was studied.

      We agree with your idea. We aim to establish a connection between post-operative delirium in humans and stress-like behaviors observed in mice following sevoflurane anesthesia. Specifically, we have observed that the increased grooming behavior exhibited by mice after sevoflurane anesthesia resembles the fuzzy state of consciousness experienced during post-operative delirium6. In our discussion, we also emphasized the occurrence of sevoflurane-induced emergence agitation, a common phenomenon reported in clinical studies with an incidence of up to 80%. This state is characterized by hyperactivity, confusion, delirium, and emotional agitation 7,8. Meanwhile, in our experimental tests, namely the open field test (OFT) and elevated plus maze (EPM) test, we observed that mice exposed to sevoflurane inhalation displayed reduced movement distances during both the OFT and EPM tests (Figure 7G and I). These findings suggest a decline in behavioral activity similar to what is observed in cases of delirium.

      Concerns about the novelty of the findings

      CRH is associated with arousal in numerous studies. In fact, the authors' own work, published in eLife in 2021, showed that stimulating the hypothalamic CRH cells leads to arousal and their inhibition promotes hypersomnia. In both papers, the authors use fos expression in CRH cells during a specific event to implicate the cells, then manipulate them and measure EEG responses. In the previous work, the cells were active during wakefulness; here- they were active in the awake state that follows anesthesia (Figure 1). Thus, the findings in the current work are incremental.

      Thank you for acknowledging our previous work focusing on the changes in the sleep-wake state of mice when PVH CRH neurons are manipulated. In this study, our primary objective was to identify the neuronal mechanisms mediating the anesthetic effects and post-anesthetic stress response of sevoflurane GA. While our study claims that activation of PVH CRH neurons leads to arousal, it provides evidence that PVH CRH neurons may play a role in the regulation of conscious states in GA. Our current findings uncover that PVH CRH neurons modulate the state of consciousness as well as the stress response in sevoflurane GA, and that the modulation of PVH CRH neurons bidirectionally altered the induction and recovery of sevoflurane GA. This identifies a new brain region involved in sevoflurane GA that goes beyond the arousal-related regions.

      The activation of CRH cells in PVN has already been shown to result in grooming by Jaideep Bains (cited as reference 58). Thus, the involvement of these cells in this behavior is expected. The authors perform elaborate manipulations of CRH cells and numerous analyses of grooming and related behaviors. For example, they compare grooming and paw licking after anesthesia with those after other stressors such as forced swim, spraying mice with water, physical attack, and restraint. However, the relevance of these behaviors to humans and generalization to other types of anesthetics is not clear.

      The hyperactivity of PVH CRH neurons and behavior (e.g., excessive self-grooming) in mice may partially mirror the observed agitation and underlying mechanisms during emergence from sevoflurane GA in patients. As mentioned in the Discussion section (page 16, lines 371-374), sevoflurane-induced emergence agitation represents a prevalent manifestation of the post-anesthesia stress response. It is frequently observed, with an incidence of up to 80% in clinical reports, and is characterized by hyperactivity, confusion, delirium, and emotional agitation7,8. Our aim in this study is to distinguish the excessive stress responses of patients to sevoflurane GA from stress triggered by other factors. Other stimuli, such as forced swimming, can be considered sources of both physical and emotional stress, which are associated with depression and anxiety in humans.

      Regarding generalization to other types of anesthetics, we propose that the stress-related behavioral effects observed in this study might occur in cases of the administration of certain types of anesthetics. For example, one study showed that intravenous ketamine infusion (10 mg/kg, 2 hours) elevated plasma corticosterone and progesterone levels in rats, reducing locomotor activity (sedation) 9. The administration of intravenous anesthesia with propofol combined with sevoflurane caused greater postoperative stress than the single use of propofol10. However, desflurane, a common inhaled ether anesthetic, when compared to sevoflurane, was associated with better control of intraoperative cortisol and ACTH response in low-stress surgeries8. Thus, these behaviors observed after exposure to sevoflurane GA may be related to the post-anesthesia stress response in humans, which might also occur in cases of the administration of certain types of anesthetics.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer 1

      1) The CRH-Cre mouse line should be validated. There are several lines of these mice, and their fidelity varies.

      The CRH-Cre mouse line we used in this study is from The Jackson Laboratory (https://www.jax.org/strain/012704) with the name B6(Cg)-Crhtm1(cre)Zjh/J (Strain #: 012704). These CRH-ires-CRE knock-in mice have Cre recombinase expression directed to CRH positive neurons by the endogenous promoter/enhancer elements of the corticotropin releasing hormone locus (Crh). We have done standard PCR to validate the mouse line following genotyping protocols provided by the Jackson Laboratory. The protocol primers were: 10574 (SEQUENCE 5' → 3': CTT ACA CAT TTC GTC CTA GCC); 10575 (SEQUENCE 5' → 3': CAC GAC CAG GCT GCG GCT AAC); 10576 (SEQUENCE 5' → 3': CAA TGT ATC TTA TCA TGT CTG GAT CC). The 468-bp CRH-specific PCR product was amplified in mutant (CRH-Cre+/+) mice; in heterozygote (CRH-Cre+/-) mice, both the 468-bp and the 676-bp PCR products were detected; in wild type (WT) mice, only the 676-bp WT allele-specific PCR product was amplified. An example of PCR results is presented below. The heterozygote and mutant mice were included in our study.

      Author response image 1.

      1. It would be very helpful to validate the CRH antibody. Using any antiserum at 1:800 suggests that it may not be potent or highly specific.

      As requested, we used the same CRH antibody at a concentration of 1:800, following the methods described in the Method section. The results are displayed below.

      Author response image 2.

      1. In Figure 1C, the control sections are out of focus, any cells are blurry, reducing confidence in the analyses (locus ceruleus cells appear confluent in the control?)

      Sorry for the confusing figure and we have revised the control section part of Figure 1C:

      Author response image 3.

      Reviewer 2

      1) In the Abstract, to say that "General anesthetics benefit patients undergoing surgeries without consciousness. ..." is a gross understatement of the essential role that general anesthesia plays today to make surgery not only tolerable but humane. This opening sentence should be rewritten. General anesthesia is a fundamental process required to undertake safely and humanely a high fraction of surgeries and invasive diagnostic procedures.

      As requested, we rewrote this opening sentence, please see the follows:

      GA is a fundamental process required to undertake surgeries and invasive diagnostic procedures safely and humanely. However, the undesired stress response associated with GA can lead to delayed recovery and even increased morbidity in clinical settings.

      2) In the Abstract, when discussing the response of the PVN-CRH neurons to chemogenetic inhibition, say exactly what the "opposite effect" is.

      Thanks for your insights. We have rewritten our abstract as follows:

      Chemogenetic activation of these neurons delayed the induction and accelerated emergence from sevoflurane GA, whereas chemogenetic inhibition of PVH CRH neurons promoted induction and prolonged emergence from sevoflurane GA.

      3) In all spectrograms the dynamic range is compressed between 0.5 and 1. Please make use of the full range, as some details might be missed because of this compression.

      We are sorry for the incorrect unit of the spectrograms. We have provided the correct one with full range, please see below:

      Author response image 4.

      Author response image 5.

      4) The spectrogram in Figure 2D has several frequency chirps that do not seem physiological.

      Thank you for your comments. The frequency chips of the spectrogram during the During and Post 1 phase were caused by recording noises. To avoid confusion, we have deleted the spectrogram in Figure 2D.

      5) The 3D plots in Figures 3G and H are not helpful. Thanks for the comment. We'd like to keep the 3D plots as they aid visual comparison of three different features of grooming, which complements other panels in Figure 3.

      6) The spectrograms in Figures 5A and B are too small, while the spectra in Figures 5C and D are too large. Please invert this relationship, as it is interesting and important to see the details in the spectrograms. The same happens in Figure 6.

      We adjusted the layout of the Figure 5 and Figure 6 as requested, please see below:

      Author response image 6.

      Author response image 7.

      7) In Figure 6H, the authors compute the burst-suppression ratio during a period that seemingly has no bursts or suppressions (Figure 6B).

      The burst-suppression ratio was computed from data with the minimum duration of burst and suppression periods set at 0.5 s. Sorry for the confusion. We added a new supplementary figure (Figure 6-figure supplement 8) displaying a 40-second EEG with a burst suppression period to better visualize the burst suppression.

      Author response image 8.

      8) The data analyses are done in terms of p-values. They should be reported as confidence intervals so that any effect the authors wish to establish is measured along with its uncertainty.

      Thank you for your valuable suggestions regarding our manuscript. We appreciate your thoughtful consideration of our work. We understand your concern but we would like to provide some justification for our choice of reporting p-values and explain why we believe they are appropriate for our study. First, the use of p-values for hypothesis testing and significance assessment is a common practice in our field. Many previous studies in our area of research also report results in terms of p-values. For example, Wei Xu11 published in 2020 suggested sevoflurane inhibits MPB neurons through postsynaptic GABAA-Rs and background potassium channels, Ao Y12 demonstrated that activation of the TH:LC-PVT projections is helpful in facilitating the transition from isoflurane anesthesia to an arousal state, using P-value as data analyses. By adhering to this convention, we ensure that our findings are consistent with the existing body of literature. This makes it easier for readers to compare and integrate our results with previous work. Secondly, while confidence intervals can provide a measure of effect size and uncertainty, p-values offer a concise way to communicate statistical significance. They help readers quickly assess whether an effect is statistically significant or not, which is often the primary concern when interpreting research findings. We hope that by providing these reasons for our choice of reporting p-values, we can address your concern while maintaining the integrity and consistency of our study. If you believe there are specific instances where reporting confidence intervals would be more informative, please feel free to highlight those, and we will consider your suggestion on a case-by-case basis. 

      References

      1. Baldini, G., Bagry, H. & Carli, F. Depth of anesthesia with desflurane does not influence the endocrine-metabolic response to pelvic surgery. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand 52, 99-105, doi:10.1111/j.1399-6576.2007.01470.x (2008).
      2. Niikura, R. et al. Exploratory analyses of postanesthetic effects of desflurane using behavioral test battery of mice. Behav Pharmacol 31, 597-609, doi:10.1097/fbp.0000000000000567 (2020).
      3. Marana, E. et al. Desflurane versus sevoflurane: a comparison on stress response. Minerva Anestesiol 79, 7-14 (2013).
      4. Vutskits, L. & Xie, Z. Lasting impact of general anaesthesia on the brain: mechanisms and relevance. Nat Rev Neurosci 17, 705-717, doi:10.1038/nrn.2016.128 (2016).
      5. Mashour, G. A. et al. Recovery of consciousness and cognition after general anesthesia in humans. Elife 10, doi:10.7554/eLife.59525 (2021).
      6. Mattison, M. L. P. Delirium. Ann Intern Med 173, Itc49-itc64, doi:10.7326/aitc202010060 (2020).
      7. Dahmani, S. et al. Pharmacological prevention of sevoflurane- and desflurane-related emergence agitation in children: a meta-analysis of published studies. Br J Anaesth 104, 216-223, doi:10.1093/bja/aep376 (2010).
      8. Lim, B. G. et al. Comparison of the incidence of emergence agitation and emergence times between desflurane and sevoflurane anesthesia in children: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Medicine (Baltimore) 95, e4927, doi:10.1097/MD.0000000000004927 (2016).
      9. Radford, K. D. et al. Association between intravenous ketamine-induced stress hormone levels and long-term fear memory renewal in Sprague-Dawley rats. Behav Brain Res 378, 112259, doi:10.1016/j.bbr.2019.112259 (2020).
      10. Yang, L., Chen, Z. & Xiang, D. Effects of intravenous anesthesia with sevoflurane combined with propofol on intraoperative hemodynamics, postoperative stress disorder and cognitive function in elderly patients undergoing laparoscopic surgery. Pak J Med Sci 38, 1938-1944, doi:10.12669/pjms.38.7.5763 (2022).
      11. Xu, W. et al. Sevoflurane depresses neurons in the medial parabrachial nucleus by potentiating postsynaptic GABA(A) receptors and background potassium channels. Neuropharmacology 181, 108249, doi:10.1016/j.neuropharm.2020.108249 (2020).
      12. Ao, Y. et al. Locus Coeruleus to Paraventricular Thalamus Projections Facilitate Emergence From Isoflurane Anesthesia in Mice. Front Pharmacol 12, 643172, doi:10.3389/fphar.2021.643172 (2021).
    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      The work is a useful contribution towards understanding the role of archaeal and plant D-aminoacyl-tRNA deacylase 2 (DTD2) in deacylation and detoxification of D-Tyr-tRNATyr modified by various aldehydes produced as metabolic byproducts in plants. It integrates convincing results from both in vitro and in vivo experiments to address the long-standing puzzle of why plants outperform bacteria in handling reactive aldehydes and suggests a new strategy for stress-tolerant crops. The impact of the paper is limited by the fact that only one modified D-aminoacyl tRNA was examined, in lack of evidence that plant eEF1A mimics EF-Tu in protecting L-aminoacyl tRNAs from modification, and in failure to measure accumulation of toxic D-aminoacyl tRNAs or impairment of translation in plant cells lacking DTD2.

      We have now addressed all the drawbacks as follows:

      ‘only one modified D-aminoacyl tRNA was examined’

      We wish to clarify that only D-Leu (Yeast), D-Asp (Bacteria, Yeast), D-Tyr (Bacteria, Cyanobacteria, Yeast) and D-Trp (Bacteria) show toxicity in vivo in the absence of known DTD (Soutourina J. et al., JBC, 2000; Soutourina O. et al., JBC, 2004; Wydau S. et al., JBC, 2009) and D-Tyr-tRNATyr is used as a model substrate to test the DTD activity in the field because of the conserved toxicity of D-Tyr in various organisms. DTD2 has been shown to recycle D-Asp-tRNAAsp and D-Tyr-tRNATyr with the same efficiency both in vitro and in vivo (Wydau S. et al., NAR, 2007) and it also recycles acetaldehyde-modified D-Phe-tRNAPhe and D-Tyr-tRNATyr in vitro as shown in our earlier work (Mazeed M. et al., Science Advances, 2021). We have earlier shown that DTD1, another conserved chiral proofreader across bacteria and eukaryotes, acts via a side chain independent mechanism (Ahmad S. et al., eLife, 2013). To check the biochemical activity of DTD2 on D-Trp-tRNATrp, we have now done the D-Trp, D-Tyr and D-Asp toxicity rescue experiments by expressing the archaeal DTD2 in dtd null E. coli cells. We found that DTD2 could rescue the D-Trp toxicity with equal efficiency like D-Tyr and D-Asp (Figure: 1). Considering the action on multiple side chains with different chemistry and size, it can be proposed with reasonable confidence that DTD2 also operates based on a side chain independent manner.

      Author response image 1.

      DTD2 recycles multiple D-aa-tRNAs with different side chain chemistry and size. Growth of wildtype (WT), dtd null strain (∆dtd), and Pyrococcus horikoshii DTD2 (PhoDTD2) complemented ∆dtd strains of E. coli K12 cells with 500 µM IPTG along with A) no D-amino acids, B) 2.5 mM D-tyrosine, C) 30 mM D-aspartate and D) 5 mM D-tryptophan.

      ‘lack of evidence that plant eEF1A mimics EF-Tu in protecting L-aminoacyl tRNAs from modification’

      To understand the role of plant eEF1A in protecting L-aa-tRNAs from aldehyde modification, we have done a thorough sequence and structural analysis. We analysed the aa-tRNA bound elongation factor structure from bacteria (PDB ids: 1TTT) and found that the side chain of amino acid in the amino acid binding site of EF-Tu is projected outside (Figure: 2A; 3A). In addition, the amino group of amino acid is tightly selected by the main chain atoms of elongation factor thereby lacking a space for aldehydes to enter and then modify the L-aa-tRNAs and Gly-tRNAs (Figure: 2B; 3B). Modelling of D-amino acid (D-phenylalanine and smallest chiral amino acid, D-alanine) in the same site shows serious clashes with main chain atoms of EF-Tu, indicating D-chiral rejection during aa-tRNA binding by elongation factor (Figure: 2C-E). Next, we superimposed the tRNA bound mammalian eEF-1A cryoEM structure (PDB id: 5LZS) with bacterial structure to understand the structural differences in terms of tRNA binding and found that elongation factor binds tRNA in a similar way (Figure: 3C-D). Modelling of D-alanine in the amino acid binding site of eEF-1A shows serious clashes with main chain atoms, indicating a general theme of D-chiral rejection during aa-tRNA binding by elongation factor (Figure: 2F; 3E). Structure-based sequence alignment of elongation factor from bacteria, archaea and eukaryotes (both plants and mammals) shows a strict conservation of amino acid binding site (Figure: 2G). This suggests that eEF-1A will mimic EF-Tu in protecting L-aa-tRNAs from reactive aldehydes. Minor differences near the amino acid side chain binding site (as indicated in Wolfson and Knight, FEBS Letters, 2005) might induce the amino acid specific binding differences (Figure: 3F). However, those changes will have no influence when the D-chiral amino acid enters the pocket, as the whole side chain would clash with the active site. We have now included this sequence and structural conservation analysis in our revised manuscript (in text: line no 107-129; Figure: 2 and S2). Overall, our structural analysis suggests a conserved mode of aa-tRNA selection by elongation factor across life forms and therefore, our biochemical results with bacterial elongation factor Tu (EF-Tu) reflect the protective role of elongation factor in general across species.

      Author response image 2.

      Elongation factor enantio-selects L-aa-tRNAs through D-chiral rejection mechanism. A) Surface representation showing the cocrystal structure of EF-Tu with L-Phe-tRNAPhe. Zoomed-in image showing the binding of L-phenylalanine with side chain projected outside of binding site of EF-Tu (PDB id: 1TTT). B) Zoomed-in image of amino acid binding site of EF-Tu bound with L-phenylalanine showing the selection of amino group of amino acid through main chain atoms (PDB id: 1TTT). C) Modelling of D-phenylalanine in the amino acid binding site of EF-Tu shows severe clashes with main chain atoms of EF-Tu. Modelling of smallest chiral amino acid, alanine, in the amino acid binding site of EF-Tu shows D) no clashes with L-alanine and E) clashes with D-alanine. F) Modelling of D-alanine in the amino acid binding site of eEF-1A shows clashes with main chain atoms. (*Represents modelled molecule). G) Structure-based sequence alignment of elongation factor from bacteria, archaea and eukaryotes (both plants and animals) showing conserved amino acid binding site residues. (Key residues are marked with red star).

      Author response image 3.

      Elongation factor protects L-aa-tRNAs from aldehyde modification. A) Cartoon representation showing the cocrystal structure of EF-Tu with L-Phe-tRNAPhe (PDB id: 1TTT). B) Zoomed-in image of amino acid binding site of EF-Tu bound with L-phenylalanine (PDB id: 1TTT). C) Cartoon representation showing the cryoEM structure of eEF-1A with tRNAPhe (PDB id: 5LZS). D) Image showing the overlap of EF-Tu:L-Phe-tRNAPhe crystal structure and eEF-1A:tRNAPhe cryoEM structure (r.m.s.d. of 1.44 Å over 292 Cα atoms). E) Zoomed-in image of amino acid binding site of eEF-1A with modelled L-alanine (PDB id: 5ZLS). (*Modelled) F) Overlap showing the amino acid binding site residues of EF-Tu and eEF-1A. (EF-Tu residues are marked in black and eEF-1A residues are marked in red).

      ‘failure to measure accumulation of toxic D-aminoacyl tRNAs or impairment of translation in plant cells lacking DTD2’

      We agree that measuring the accumulation of D-aa-tRNA adducts from plant cells lacking DTD2 is important. We tried to characterise the same with dtd2 mutant plants extensively through Northern blotting as well as mass spectrometry. However, due to the lack of information about the tissue getting affected (root or shoot), identity of aa-tRNA as well as location of aa-tRNA (cytosol or organellar), we are so far unsuccessful in identifying them from plants. Efforts are still underway to identify them from plant system lacking DTD2. However, we have used a bacterial surrogate system, E. coli, as used earlier in Mazeed M. et al., Science Advances, 2021 to show the accumulation of D-aa-tRNA adducts in the absence of dtd. We could identify the accumulation of both formaldehyde and MG modified D-aa-tRNA adducts via mass spectrometry (Figure: 4). These results are now included in the revised manuscript (in line no: 190-197 and Figure: S5).

      Author response image 4.

      Loss of DTD results in accumulation of modified D-aminoacyl adducts on tRNAs in E. coli. Mass spectrometry analysis showing the accumulation of aldehyde modified D-Tyr-tRNATyr in A) Δdtd E. coli, B) formaldehyde and D-tyrosine treated Δdtd E. coli, and C) MG and D-tyrosine treated Δdtd E. coli. ESI-MS based tandem fragmentation analysis for unmodified and aldehyde modified D-Tyr-tRNATyr in D) Δdtd E. coli, E) and F) formaldehyde and D-tyrosine treated Δdtd E. coli, G) and H) MG and D-tyrosine treated Δdtd E. coli.

      Response to Public Reviews:

      We are grateful for the reviewers’ positive feedback and their comments and suggestions on this manuscript. Reviewer 1 has indicated two weaknesses and Reviewer 2 has none. We have now addressed all the concerns of the Reviewers.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This work is an extension of the authors' earlier work published in Sci Adv in 2001, wherein the authors showed that DTD2 deacylates N-ethyl-D-aminoacyl-tRNAs arising from acetaldehyde toxicity. The authors in this study, investigate the role of archaeal/plant DTD2 in the deacylation/detoxification of D-Tyr-tRNATyr modified by multiple other aldehydes and methylglyoxal (produced by plants). Importantly, the authors take their biochemical observations to plants, to show that deletion of DTD2 gene from a model plant (Arabidopsis thaliana) makes them sensitive to the aldehyde supplementation in the media especially in the presence of D-Tyr. These conclusions are further supported by the observation that the model plant shows increased tolerance to the aldehyde stress when DTD2 is overproduced from the CaMV 35S promoter. The authors propose a model for the role of DTD2 in the evolution of land plants. Finally, the authors suggest that the transgenic crops carrying DTD2 may offer a strategy for stress-tolerant crop development. Overall, the authors present a convincing story, and the data are supportive of the central theme of the story.

      We are happy that reviewer found our work convincing and would like to thank the reviewer for finding our data supportive to the central theme of the manuscript.

      Strengths:

      Data are novel and they provide a new perspective on the role of DTD2, and propose possible use of the DTD2 lines in crop improvement.

      We are happy for this positive comment on the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (a) Data obtained from a single aminoacyl-tRNA (D-Tyr-tRNATyr) have been generalized to imply that what is relevant to this model substrate is true for all other D-aa-tRNAs (term modified aa-tRNAs has been used synonymously with the modified Tyr-tRNATyr). This is not a risk-free extrapolation. For example, the authors see that DTD2 removes modified D-Tyr from tRNATyr in a chain-length dependent manner of the modifier. Why do the authors believe that the length of the amino acid side chain will not matter in the activity of DTD2?

      We thank the reviewer for bringing up this important point. As mentioned above, we wish to clarify that only half of the aminoacyl-tRNA synthetases are known to charge D-amino acids and only D-Leu (Yeast), D-Asp (Bacteria, Yeast), D-Tyr (Bacteria, Cyanobacteria, Yeast) and D-Trp (Bacteria) show toxicity in vivo in the absence of known DTD (Soutourina J. et al., JBC, 2000; Soutourina O. et al., JBC, 2004; Wydau S. et al., JBC, 2009). D-Tyr-tRNATyr is used as a model substrate to test the DTD activity in the field because of the conserved toxicity of D-Tyr in various organisms. DTD2 has been shown to recycle D-Asp-tRNAAsp and D-Tyr-tRNATyr with the same efficiency both in vitro and in vivo (Wydau S. et al., NAR, 2007). Moreover, we have previously shown that it recycles acetaldehyde-modified D-Phe-tRNAPhe and D-Tyr-tRNATyr in vitro as shown in our earlier work (Mazeed M. et al., Science Advances, 2021). We have earlier shown that DTD1, another conserved chiral proofreader across bacteria and eukaryotes, acts via a side chain independent mechanism (Ahmad S. et al., eLife, 2013). To check the biochemical activity of DTD2 on D-Trp-tRNATrp, we have now done the D-Trp, D-Tyr and D-Asp toxicity rescue experiments by expressing the archaeal DTD2 in dtd null E. coli cells. We found that DTD2 could rescue the D-Trp toxicity with equal efficiency like D-Tyr and D-Asp (Figure 1). Considering the action on multiple side chains with different chemistry and size, it can be proposed with reasonable confidence that DTD2 also operates based on a side chain independent manner.

      (b) While the use of EFTu supports that the ternary complex formation by the elongation factor can resist modifications of L-Tyr-tRNATyr by the aldehydes or other agents, in the context of the present work on the role of DTD2 in plants, one would want to see the data using eEF1alpha. This is particularly relevant because there are likely to be differences in the way EFTu and eEF1alpha may protect aminoacyl-tRNAs (for example see description in the latter half of the article by Wolfson and Knight 2005, FEBS Letters 579, 3467-3472).

      We thank the reviewer for bringing up this important point. As mentioned above, to understand the role of plant eEF1A in protecting L-aa-tRNAs from aldehyde modification, we have done a thorough sequence and structural analysis. We analysed the aa-tRNA bound elongation factor structure from bacteria (PDB ids: 1TTT) and found that the side chain of amino acid in the amino acid binding site of EF-Tu is projected outside (Figure: 2A; 3A). In addition, the amino group of amino acid is tightly selected by the main chain atoms of elongation factor thereby lacking a space for aldehydes to enter and then modify the L-aa-tRNAs and Gly-tRNAs (Figure: 2B; 3B). Modelling of D-amino acid (D-phenylalanine and smallest chiral amino acid, D-alanine) in the same site shows serious clashes with main chain atoms of EF-Tu, indicating D-chiral rejection during aa-tRNA binding by elongation factor (Figure: 2C-E). Next, we superimposed the tRNA bound mammalian eEF-1A cryoEM structure (PDB id: 5LZS) with bacterial structure to understand the structural differences in terms of tRNA binding and found that elongation factor binds tRNA in a similar way (Figure: 3C-D). Modelling of D-alanine in the amino acid binding site of eEF-1A shows serious clashes with main chain atoms, indicating a general theme of D-chiral rejection during aa-tRNA binding by elongation factor (Figure: 2F; 3E). Structure-based sequence alignment of elongation factor from bacteria, archaea and eukaryotes (both plants and mammals) shows a strict conservation of amino acid binding site (Figure: 2G). Minor differences near the amino acid side chain binding site (as indicated in Wolfson and Knight, FEBS Letters, 2005) might induce the amino acid specific binding differences (Figure: 3F). However, those changes will have no influence when the D-chiral amino acid enters the pocket, as the whole side chain would clash with the active site. We have now included this sequence and structural conservation analysis in our revised manuscript (in text: line no 107-129; Figure: 2 and S2). Overall, our structural analysis suggests a conserved mode of aa-tRNA selection by elongation factor across life forms and therefore, our biochemical results with bacterial elongation factor Tu (EF-Tu) reflect the protective role of elongation factor in general across species.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In bacteria and mammals, metabolically generated aldehydes become toxic at high concentrations because they irreversibly modify the free amino group of various essential biological macromolecules. However, these aldehydes can be present in extremely high amounts in archaea and plants without causing major toxic side effects. This fact suggests that archaea and plants have evolved specialized mechanisms to prevent the harmful effects of aldehyde accumulation.

      In this study, the authors show that the plant enzyme DTD2, originating from archaea, functions as a D-aminoacyl-tRNA deacylase. This enzyme effectively removes stable D-aminoacyl adducts from tRNAs, enabling these molecules to be recycled for translation. Furthermore, they demonstrate that DTD2 serves as a broad detoxifier for various aldehydes in vivo, extending its function beyond acetaldehyde, as previously believed. Notably, the absence of DTD2 makes plants more susceptible to reactive aldehydes, while its overexpression offers protection against them. These findings underscore the physiological significance of this enzyme.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments the manuscript.

      Response to recommendation to authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I enjoyed reading the manuscript entitled, "Archaeal origin translation proofreader imparts multi aldehyde stress tolerance to land plants" from the Sankaranarayanan lab. This work is an extension of their earlier work published in Sci Adv in 2001, wherein they showed that DTD2 deacylates N-ethyl-D-aminoacyl-tRNAs arising from acetaldehyde toxicity. Now, the authors of this study (Kumar et al.) investigate the role of archaeal/plant DTD2 in the deacylation/detoxification of D-Tyr-tRNATyr modified by multiple other aldehydes and methylglyoxal (which are produced during metabolic reactions in plants). Importantly, the authors take their biochemical observations to plants, to show that deletion of DTD2 gene from a model plant (Arabidopsis thaliana) makes them sensitive to the aldehyde supplementation in the media especially in the presence of D-Tyr. These conclusions are further supported by the observation that the model plant shows increased tolerance to the aldehyde stress when DTD2 is overproduced from the CaMV 35S promoter. The authors propose a model for the role of DTD2 in the evolution of land plants. Finally, the authors suggest that the transgenic crops carrying DTD2 may offer a strategy for stress-tolerant crop development. Overall, the authors present a convincing story, and the data are supportive of the central theme of the story.

      We are happy that reviewer enjoyed our manuscript and found our work convincing. We would also like to thank reviewer for finding our data supportive to the central theme of the manuscript.

      I have the following observations that require the authors' attention.

      1) The title of the manuscript will be more appropriate if revised to, "Archaeal origin translation proofreader, DTD2, imparts multialdehyde stress tolerance to land plants".

      Both the reviewer’s suggested to change the title. We have now changed the title based on reviewer 2 suggestion.

      2) Abstract (line 19): change, "physiologically abundantly produced" to "physiologically produced".

      As per the reviewer’s suggestion, we have now changed it to "physiologically produced".

      3) Introduction (line 50): delete, 'extremely'.

      We have removed the word 'extremely' from the Introduction.

      4) Line 79: change, "can be utilized" to "may be explored".

      We have changed "can be utilized" to "may be explored" as suggested by the reviewers.

      5) Results in general:

      (a) Data obtained from a single aminoacyl-tRNA (D-Tyr-tRNATyr) have been generalized to imply that what is relevant to this model substrate is true for all other D-aa-tRNAs (term modified aa-tRNAs has been used synonymously with the modified D-Tyr-tRNATyr). This is a risky extrapolation. For example, the authors see that DTD2 removes modified D-Tyr from tRNATyr in a chain-length dependent manner of the modifier. Why do the authors believe that the length of the amino acid side chain will not matter in the activity of DTD2?

      We thank the reviewer for bringing up this important point. As mentioned above, we wish to clarify that only half of the aminoacyl-tRNA synthetases are known to charge D-amino acids and only D-Leu (Yeast), D-Asp (Bacteria, Yeast), D-Tyr (Bacteria, Cyanobacteria, Yeast) and D-Trp (Bacteria) show toxicity in vivo in the absence of known DTD (Soutourina J. et al., JBC, 2000; Soutourina O. et al., JBC, 2004; Wydau S. et al., JBC, 2009). D-Tyr-tRNATyr is used as a model substrate to test the DTD activity in the field because of the conserved toxicity of D-Tyr in various organisms. DTD2 has been shown to recycle D-Asp-tRNAAsp and D-Tyr-tRNATyr with the same efficiency both in vitro and in vivo (Wydau S. et al., NAR, 2007). Moreover, we have previously shown that it recycles acetaldehyde-modified D-Phe-tRNAPhe and D-Tyr-tRNATyr in vitro as shown in our earlier work (Mazeed M. et al., Science Advances, 2021). We have earlier shown that DTD1, another conserved chiral proofreader across bacteria and eukaryotes, acts via a side chain independent mechanism (Ahmad S. et al., eLife, 2013). To check the biochemical activity of DTD2 on D-Trp-tRNATrp, we have now done the D-Trp, D-Tyr and D-Asp toxicity rescue experiments by expressing the archaeal DTD2 in dtd null E. coli cells. We found that DTD2 could rescue the D-Trp toxicity with equal efficiency like D-Tyr and D-Asp (Figure 1). Considering the action on multiple side chains with different chemistry and size, it can be proposed with reasonable confidence that DTD2 also operates based on a side chain independent manner.

      (b) Interestingly, the authors do suggest (in the Materials and Methods section) that the experiments were performed with Phe-tRNAPhe as well as Ala-tRNAAla. If what is stated in Materials and Methods is correct, these data should be included to generalize the observations.

      We regret for the confusing statement. We wish to clarify that L- and D-Tyr-tRNATyr were used for checking the TLC-based aldehyde modification, EF-Tu based protection assays and deacylation assays, D-Phe-tRNAPhe was used to characterise aldehyde-based modification by mass spectrometry and L-Ala-tRNAAla was used to check the modification propensity of multiple aldehydes. We used multiple aa-tRNAs to emphasize that aldehyde-based modifications are aspecific towards the identity of aa-tRNAs. All the data obtained with respective aa-tRNAs are included in manuscript.

      (c) While the use of EFTu supports that the ternary complex formation by the elongation factor can resist modifications of L-Tyr-tRNATyr by the aldehydes or other agents, in the context of the present work on the role of DTD2 in plants, one would want to see the data using eEF1alpha. This is particularly relevant because there are likely to be differences in the way EFTu and eEF1alpha may protect aminoacyl-tRNAs (for example see description in the latter half of the article by Wolfson and Knight 2005, FEBS Letters 579, 3467-3472).

      We thank the reviewer for bringing up this important point. As mentioned above, to understand the role of plant eEF1A in protecting L-aa-tRNAs from aldehyde modification, we have done a thorough sequence and structural analysis. We analysed the aa-tRNA bound elongation factor structure from bacteria (PDB ids: 1TTT) and found that the side chain of amino acid in the amino acid binding site of EF-Tu is projected outside (Figure: 2A; 3A). In addition, the amino group of amino acid is tightly selected by the main chain atoms of elongation factor thereby lacking a space for aldehydes to enter and then modify the L-aa-tRNAs and Gly-tRNAs (Figure: 2B; 3B). Modelling of D-amino acid (D-phenylalanine and smallest chiral amino acid, D-alanine) in the same site shows serious clashes with main chain atoms of EF-Tu, indicating D-chiral rejection during aa-tRNA binding by elongation factor (Figure: 2C-E). Next, we superimposed the tRNA bound mammalian eEF-1A cryoEM structure (PDB id: 5LZS) with bacterial structure to understand the structural differences in terms of tRNA binding and found that elongation factor binds tRNA in a similar way (Figure: 3C-D). Modelling of D-alanine in the amino acid binding site of eEF-1A shows serious clashes with main chain atoms, indicating a general theme of D-chiral rejection during aa-tRNA binding by elongation factor (Figure: 2F; 3E). Structure-based sequence alignment of elongation factor from bacteria, archaea and eukaryotes (both plants and mammals) shows a strict conservation of amino acid binding site (Figure: 2G). Minor differences near the amino acid side chain binding site (as indicated in Wolfson and Knight, FEBS Letters, 2005) might induce the amino acid specific binding differences (Figure: 3F). However, those changes will have no influence when the D-chiral amino acid enters the pocket, as the whole side chain would clash with the active site. We have now included this sequence and structural conservation analysis in our revised manuscript (in text: line no 107-129; Figure: 2 and S2). Overall, our structural analysis suggests a conserved mode of aa-tRNA selection by elongation factor across life forms and therefore, our biochemical results with bacterial elongation factor Tu (EF-Tu) reflect the protective role of elongation factor in general across species.

      6) Results (line 89): Figure: 1C-G (not B-G).

      As correctly pointed out by the reviewer(s), we have changed it to Figure: 1C-G.

      7) Results (line 91): Figure: S1B-G (not C-G).

      We wish to clarify that this is correct.

      8) Line 97: change, "propionaldehyde" to "propionaldehyde (Figure: 1H)".

      As per the reviewer’s suggestion, we have now changed, "propionaldehyde" to "propionaldehyde (Figure: 1H)".

      9) Line 124: The statement, "DTD2 cleaved all modified D-aa-tRNAs at 50 pM to 500 nM range (Figure: 2A_D)" is not consistent with the data presented. For example, Figure 2D does not show any significant cleavage. Figure S2A-B also does not show cleavage.

      We thank the reviewers for pointing this out. We have changed the sentence to “DTD2 cleaved majority of aldehyde modified D-aa-tRNAs at 50 pM to 500 nM range".

      10) Line 131: Cleavage observed in Fig. S2E is inconsistent with the generalized statement on DTD1.

      We wish to clarify that the minimal activity seen in Fig. S2E is inconsistent with the general trend of DTD1’s biochemical activity seen on modified D-aa-tRNAs. In addition, we have earlier shown that D-aa-tRNA fits snugly in the active site of DTD1 (Ahmad S. et al., eLife, 2013) whereas the modified D-aa-tRNA cannot bind due to the space constrains in the active site of DTD1 (Mazeed M. et al., Science Advances, 2021). Therefore, this minimal activity could be a result of technical error during this biochemical experiment and could be considered as no activity.

      11) Lines 129-133: Citations of many figure panels particularly in the supplementary figures are inconsistent with generalized statements. This section requires a major rewrite or rearrangement of the figure panels (in case the statements are correct).

      We thank the reviewers for bringing forth this point and we have accordingly modified the statement into “DTD2 from archaea recycled short chain aldehyde-modified D-aa-tRNA adducts as expected (Figure: 3E-G) and, like DTD2 from plants, it did not act on aldehyde-modified D-aa-tRNAs longer than three chains (Figure: 3H; S3C-D; S4G-L)”.

      12) Line 142: I don't believe one can call PTH a proofreader. Its job is to recycle tRNAs from peptidyl-tRNAs.

      We thank the reviewers for pointing out this very important point. This is now corrected.

      13). Line 145: change, "DTD2 can exert its protection for" to "DTD2 may exert protection from".

      As per the reviewer’s suggestion, we have now changed"DTD2 can exert its protection for" to "DTD2 may exert protection from".

      14) Line 148: change, "a homozygous line (Figure: 3A) and checked for" to "homozygous lines (Figure: 3A) and checked them for".

      As per the reviewer’s suggestion, we have now changed, "a homozygous line (Figure: 3A) and checked for" to "homozygous lines (Figure: 3A) and checked them for".

      15) Line 148: Change, the sentence beginning with dtd2 as follows. Similar to earlier results30-32, dtd2-/- (dtd2 hereafter) plants were susceptible to ethanol (Figure: S4A) confirming the non-functionality DTD2 gene in dtd2 plants.

      As per the reviewer’s suggestion, we have now changed the sentence accordingly.

      16) Line 161: change, "linked" to "associated".

      As per the reviewer’s suggestion, we have now changed "linked" to "associated".

      17) Lines 173-176: It would be interesting to know how well the DTD2 OE lines do in comparison to the other known transgenic lines developed with, for example, ADH, ALDH, or AOX lines. Any ideas would help appreciate the observation with DTD2 OE lines!

      We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion. We have not done any comparison experiment with any transgenic lines so far. However, it can be potentially done in further studies with DTD2 OE lines.

      18) Line 194: change, "necessary" with "present".

      As per the reviewer’s suggestion, we have now changed "necessary" with "present".

      19) Line 210: what is meant by 'huge'? Would 'significant' sound better?

      As per the reviewer’s suggestion, we have now changed "huge" with "significant".

      20) Lines 239-243: This needs to be rephrased. Isn't alpha carbonyl of the carboxyl group that makes ester bond with the -CCA end of the tRNA required for DTD2 activity as well? Are you referring to the carbonyl group in the moiety that modifies the alpha-amino group? Please clarify. The cited reference (no. 64) of Atherly does not talk about it.

      We regret for the confusing statement. To clarify, we were referencing to the carbonyl carbon of the modification post amino group of the amino acid in aa-tRNAs (Figure: 5). We have now included a figure (Figure: S4Q of revised manuscript) to show the comparison of the carbonyl group for the better clarity. The cited reference Atherly A. G., Nature, 1978 shows the activity of PTH on peptidyl-tRNAs and peptidyl-tRNAs possess carbonyl carbon at alpha position post amino group of amino acid in L-aa-tRNAs.

      Author response image 5.

      Figure showing the difference in the position of carbonyl carbon in acetonyl and acetyl modification on aa-tRNAs.

      21) Line 261: thrive (not thrives).

      As per the reviewer’s suggestion, we have now changed it to thrive.

      22) In Fig3A: second last lane, it should be dtd-/-:: AtDTDH150A (not dtd-/-:: AtDTDH150A).

      We thank the reviewers for pointing out this, we have corrected it.

      23). Materials and methods: Please clarify which experiments used tRNAPhe, tRNAAla, PheRS, etc. Also, please carefully check all other details provided in this section.

      As per the reviewer’s suggestion, we would like to provide a table below explaining the use of different substrates as well as enzymes in our experiments.

      Author response table 1.

      24) Figure legends (many places): p values higher than 0.05 (not less than) are denoted as ns.

      We thank the reviewers for pointing out this. We have corrected it.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I have only minor comments for the authors:

      Title: I would replace "Archeal origin translation proofreader" with " A translation proofreader of archeal origin"

      As per the reviewer’s suggestion, we have now changed the title.

      Abstract: This section could benefit from some rewriting. For instance, at the outset, the initial logical connection between the first and second sentences of the abstract is somewhat unclear. At the very least, I would suggest swapping their order to enhance the narrative flow. Later in the text, the term "chiral proofreading systems" is introduced; however, it is only in a subsequent sentence that these systems are explained to be responsible for removing stable D-aminoacyl adducts from tRNA. Providing an immediate explanation of these systems would enhance the reader's comprehension. The authors switch from the past participle tense to the present tense towards the end of the text. I would recommend that they choose one tense for consistency. In the final sentence, I would suggest toning down the statement and replacing "can be used" with "could be explored." (https://www.nature.com/articles/d41586-023-02895-w). The same comment applies to the introduction, line 79.

      As per the reviewer’s suggestion, we have now changed the abstract appropriately.

      General note: Conventionally, the use of italics is reserved for the specific species "Arabidopsis thaliana," while the broader genus "Arabidopsis" is not italicized.

      We acknowledge the reviewer for this pertinent suggestion. This is now corrected in revised version of our manuscript.

      General note: I would advise the authors against employing bold characters in conjunction with colors in the figures.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have now changed it appropriately in revised version of our manuscript.

      Figure 1A: I recommend including the concentrations of the various aldehydes used in the experiment within the figure legend. While this information is available in the materials and methods section, it would be beneficial to have it readily accessible when analyzing the figure.

      As per the reviewer’s suggestion, we have now included the concentrations in figure legend.

      Figure 1I, J: some error bars are invisible.

      We thank the reviewers for pointing out this, we have corrected it.

      Figure 2M: The table could be simplified by removing aldehydes for which it was not feasible to demonstrate activity. The letter "M" within the cell labeled "aldehydes" appears to be a typographical error, presumably indicating the figure panel.

      As per the reviewer’s suggestion, we have now changed this appropriately.

      Figure 3: For consistency with the other panels in the figure, I recommend including an additional panel to display the graph depicting the impact of MG on germination.

      As per the reviewer’s suggestion, we have now changed this appropriately.

      Figure 4: Considering that only one plant is presented, it would be beneficial to visualize the data distribution for the other plants used in this experiment, similar to what the authors have done in panel A of the same figure.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing up this point. We wish to clarify that we have done experiment with multiple plants. However, for the sake of clarity, we have included the representative images. Moreover, we have included the quantitative data for multiple plants in Figure 3C-G.

      Figure 5E: The authors may consider presenting a chronological order of events as they believe they occurred during evolution.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. However, it is very difficult to pinpoint the chronology of the events. Aldehydes are lethal for systems due to their hyper reactivity and systems would require immediate solutions to survive. Therefore, we think that both problem (toxic aldehyde production) and its solution (expansion of aldehyde metabolising repertoire and recruitment of archaeal DTD2) might have appeared simultaneously.

      Figure 6: The model appears somewhat crowded, which may affect its clarity and ease of interpretation. The authors might also consider dividing the legend sentence into two separate sentences for better readability.

      As per the reviewer’s suggestion, we have now changed this appropriately.

      Line 149: I recommend explicitly stating that ethanol metabolism produces acetaldehyde. This clarification will help the general reader immediately understand why DTD2 mutant plants are sensitive to ethanol.

      As per the reviewer’s suggestion, we have now changed this appropriately.

      Line 289: there is a typographical error, "promotor" instead of the correct term "promoter.".

      We thank the referee for pointing out this, we have now corrected it.

      Figure S5: The root morphology of DTD2 OE plants appears to exhibit some differences compared to the WT, even in the absence of a high concentration of aldehydes. It would be valuable if the authors could comment on these observed differences unless they have already done so, and I may have overlooked it.

      We thank the referee for pointing out this. We do see minor differences in root morphology, but they are more pronounced with aldehyde treatments. The reason for this phenotype remains elusive and we are trying to understand the role of DTD2 in root development in detail in further studies.

      Some Curiosity Questions (not mandatory for manuscript acceptance):

      1) Do DTD2 OE plants display an earlier flowering phenotype than wild-type Col-0?

      We have not done detailed phenotyping of DTD2 OE plants. However, our preliminary observations suggest no differences in flowering pattern as compared to wild-type Col-0.

      2) What is the current understanding of the endogenous regulation of DTD2?

      We have not done detailed analysis to understand the endogenous regulation of DTD2.

      3) Could the protective phenotype of DTD2 OE plants in the presence of aldehydes be attributed to additional functions of this enzyme beyond the removal of stable D-aminoacyl adducts from tRNAs?

      Based on the available evidence regarding the biochemical activity and in vivo phenotypes of DTD2, it appears that removal of stable D-aminoacyl adducts from tRNA is key for the protective phenotype of DTD2 OE.

      A Suggestion for Future Research (not required for manuscript acceptance):

      The authors could explore the possibility of overexpressing DTD2 in pyruvate decarboxylase transgenic plants and assess whether this strategy enhances flood tolerance without incurring a growth penalty under normal growth conditions.

      We thank the referee for this interesting suggestion for future research. We will surely keep this in mind while exploring the flood tolerance potential of DTD2 OE plants.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This valuable study advances our understanding of the forces that shape the genomic landscape of transposable elements. By exploiting both long-read sequencing of mutation accumulation lines and in vivo transposition assays, the authors offer compelling evidence that structural variation rather than transposition largely shapes transposable element copy number evolution in budding yeast. The work will be of interest to the transposable element and genome evolution communities.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Henault et al build on their own previous work investigating the longstanding hypothesis that hybridization between divergent populations can activate transposable element mobilization (transposition). Previously they created crosses of increasing sequence divergence, using both intra- and inter-species hybrids, and passaged them neutrally for hundreds of generations. Their previous work showed that neither hybrids isolated from natural environments nor hybrids from their mutation accumulation lines showed consistent evidence of increased transposable element content. Here, they sequence and assemble long-read genomes of 127 of their mutation-accumulation lines and annotate all existing and de novo transposable elements. They find only a handful of de novo transposition events, and instead demonstrate that structural variation (ploidy, aneuploidy, loss of heterozygosity) plays a much larger role in the transposable element load in a given strain. They then created transposable element reporter constructs using two different Ty1 elements from S. paradoxus lineages and measured the transposition rate in a number of intraspecific crosses. They demonstrate that the transposition rate is dependent on both the Ty1 sequence and the copy number of genomic transposable elements, the latter of which is consistent with what has been observed in the literature on transposable element copy number control in Saccharomyces. To my knowledge, others have not directly tested the effect of Ty1 sequence itself (have not created diverse Ty1 reporter constructs), and so this is an interesting advance. Finally, the authors show that mitotype has a moderate effect on transposition rate, which is an intriguing finding that will be interesting to explore in future work.

      This study represents a large effort to investigate how genetic background can influence transposable element load and transposition rate. The long read sequencing, assembly, and annotation, and the creation of these reporter constructs are non-trivial. Their results are straightforward, well supported, and a nice addition to the literature.

      The authors state that the results from their current work support results taken from their previous study using short-read sequencing data of the same lines. The argument that follows is whether the authors gained anything novel from long-read sequencing. I would like to see the authors make a stronger argument for why this new work was necessary, and a more detailed view of similarities or differences from their previous study (when should others choose to do long read vs. short read of evolved lines?).

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. While we initially aimed to justify the relevance and novelty of the current in relation to our previous study, we understand that this justification may not have been strong enough.

      In the second paragraph of the introduction, we explain how the multidimensional nature of TE load makes it more complex to characterize that simply reporting the abundance of a given TE family in a given genome. We added the following concluding sentence to further emphasize the importance of long reads in TE-focused genome inference:

      “As such, ongoing technological and computational advances in genome inference, including long-read sequencing, will certainly be key to getting a detailed understanding of the dynamics of TEs and the underpinning evolutionary forces.”

      In the penultimate introductory paragraph, we summarize our previous work from 2020 and highlight that the evolution of Ty contents in MA lines was inferred from aggregate measures of genomic abundance of TE families using short reads. We then make the point that combinations of multiple SVs could affect the landscape of TEs in ways that are not reflected by crude short-read measures. We added the following sentence to further emphasize this point and contrast it with the necessity of using more powerful methodologies for genome resolution:

      “Under this scenario, measuring Ty family abundance would yield no significant net change, and the dissection of the underlying SVs using short reads could often be challenging.”

      Relatedly, the authors should report the rates of structural variants that they observe. How are these results similar/different from other mutation-accumulation work in S. cerevisiae?

      Since this work does not attempt to provide an exhaustive report of all the SVs in the MA lines, but rather focus on attributing an SV type to individual loci occupied by TEs, we cannot include these estimates, excepted for de novo transposition itself (see below). We added the following sentence to the Results section on the classification of Ty loci by SV types:

      “We note that the current methodology does not aim at providing an exhaustive quantification of all SVs in the MA lines, as previously done for some SV types (Marsit et al., 2021), but focuses solely on loci containing Ty elements.”

      We added estimates of the average retrotransposition rate in the MA experiment based on the number of de novo insertions detected in the MA lines genomes.

      Figure 4:

      “The average retrotransposition rates estimated from the counts of de novo insertions (per line per generation per element) are the following: CC1, 1.0✕10-5; CC2, 4.9✕10-6; CC3, 7.6✕10-6; BB1, 1.5✕10-5; BC2, 1.7✕10-5; BA1, 6.5✕10-6; BA2, 2.2✕10-5; BSc1, 3.6✕10-5.”

      We added the following paragraph in the Discussion section to specifically discuss these estimates in relation to the in vivo measurements.

      “We note that while the CC crosses tend to have the lowest retrotransposition rates as estimated from the de novo insertions (~1✕10-5 per line per generation per element; Figure 4), these values are several orders of magnitude higher than the in vivo measures in SpC backgrounds. The discrepancy between these estimates could be due to uncharacterized biases inherent to each method. They could also be linked to differences between the parental genotypes used to generate the MA crosses and the fluctuation assays. One major difference is the use of ade2 genotypes in the MA parents, a strategy that was initially adopted to provide a marker for the loss of mitochondrial respiration (Joseph and Hall, 2004; Lynch et al., 2008). It has been shown that the induction of adenine starvation through minimal adenine concentration in the medium and deletion of ADE2, which inactivates the adenine de novo biosynthesis pathway, increases Ty1 transcript levels (Todeschini et al., 2005), resulting in higher transposition rates. Rich complex medium like the one that was used for the MA experiment (YPD) can exhibit substantial variation in adenine concentration (VanDusen et al., 1997), and adenine can quickly become the limiting nutrient for ade2 strains (Kokina et al., 2014). Thus, we cannot exclude that the choice of initial ade2 genotypes could have inflated the transposition rates in the MA experiment.”

      Since the authors show a small, but consistent influence of mitotype on transposition rates, adding further evidence for the role of mtDNA in regulating transposition, I'm curious what the transposition rate of a p0 strain is. I think including these results could make this observation more compelling.

      We agree that measuring in vivo transposition rates in ρ0 backgrounds would be an interesting avenue. However, there is a large distinction between having non-functional mitochondrial respiration in ρ0 strains and inheriting diverse functional mtDNA haplotypes. The effects we show are all linked to the reciprocal inheritance of intact mtDNAs, producing ρ+ strains that are all respiration-competent, as shown by our growth confirmations on non-fermentable carbon sources for all the diploid backgrounds generated. While potentially interesting, adding transposition rates measures for the ρ0 backgrounds seems hard to justify in the context of our results.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This is an interesting follow-up study that uses long-read sequencing to examine previously constructed mutation accumulation lines between wild populations of S. cerevisiae and S. paradoxus. They also complement this work with reporter assays in hybrid backgrounds. The authors are attempting to test the hypothesis that hybridization leads to genome shock and unrestrained transposition. The paper largely confirms previous results (suggesting hybridization does not increase transposition) that are well cited and discussed in the paper, both from this group and from the Smukowski Heil/Dunham group but extends them to a new set of species/hybrids and with some additional resolution via the long read sequencing. The paper is well written and clear and I have no serious complaints.

      In the abstract, the authors make three primary claims:

      Structural variation plays a strong role in TE load.

      Transposition plays only a minor role in shaping the TE landscape in MA lines.

      Transposition rates are not increased by hybridization but are affected by genotype-specific factors.

      I found all three claims supported, albeit with some minor questions below:

      Structural variation plays a strong role in TE load.

      Convinced of this result. However:

      Line 185-187/Figure 3C: I'm curious given that the changes in Ty count are so often linked to changes in gross DNA sequence whether the count per total DNA sequence is actually changing on average in these genomes. Ie., does hybridization tend to increase TE count via CNV or does hybridization tend to increase DNA content in the MA lines and TEs come along for the ride?

      The Ty content definitely “rides along” with the rest of the genome that is affected by retrotransposition-unrelated SVs. To further highlight this point, we added a panel (E) to Figure 3 in which we correlate the net Ty copy number change (same as panel D, formerly C) to the corresponding genome size, which reflects the amount of DNA lost/gained by all SV types. We added the following to the results section:

      “The distributions of net Ty CN change per MA line showed that most crosses had significant gains (Figure 3D), suggesting that Ty load can often increase as a result of random genetic drift. Some (but not all) of these crosses also exhibited significant increases in genome size after evolution (Supplemental Figure S7A). The net Ty CN changes per MA line subgenome were globally correlated to the corresponding changes in subgenome size (Figure 3E). Even after excluding polyploid lines (which have the largest changes in both Ty CN and genome size), we found a significant relationship between the two variables (mixed linear model with random intercepts and slopes for MA crosses, P-value=3.71✕10-9; Supplemental Figure S7B), indicating that SVs affecting large portions of the genome have a substantial impact on the Ty landscape.”

      One question about ploidy (lines 175-177):

      Both aneuploidy and triploidy seem easy to call from this data. A 3:1 tetraploidy as well. However, in Figure 2B there are tetraploids that are around the 1:1 line. How are the authors calling ploidy for these strains? This was not clear to me from the text.

      This detail was indeed missing from the manuscript. The ploidy level of all MA lines was previously measured by DNA staining and flow cytometry, and the ploidy level of the subgenomes of each polyploid MA line was previously inferred from short-read sequencing. We modified the figure captions and the main text to include this along with the corresponding references:

      Figure 2:

      “The ploidy level of each line was previously determined by DNA staining and flow cytometry (Charron et al., 2019; Marsit et al., 2021).”

      Main text:

      “The ratio of classified bases per subgenome was consistent with the corresponding ploidy levels: triploid BC lines had two copies of the SpC subgenome, while tetraploid lines had both SpC subgenomes duplicated (Charron et al., 2019; Marsit et al., 2021) (Figure 2B).”

      “Finally, we used the ploidy level of each MA line subgenome as previously measured by flow cytometry and short-read sequencing (Charron et al., 2019; Marsit et al., 2021).”

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Henault et al. address the important open question of whether hybridization could trigger TE mobilization. To do this they analysed MA lines derived from crosses of Saccharomyces paradoxus and Saccharomyces cerevisiae using long-read sequencing. These MA lines were already analysed in a previous publication using Illumina short-read data but the novelty of this work is the long-read sequencing data, which may reveal previously missed information. It is an interesting message of this study that hybridization between the two species did not lead to much TE activity. Due to this low activity, the authors performed an additional TE activity assay in vivo to measure transposition rates in hybrid backgrounds. The study is well written and I cannot spot any major problems. The study provides some important messages (like the influence of the genotype and mitochondrial DNA on transposition rates).

      Major comments

      • What I miss the most in this work is the perspective of the host defence against TEs in Saccharmoces. Based on such a mechanistic perspective, why do the authors think that hybridization could lead to a TE reactivation? For example, in Drosophila small RNAs important for the defence against a TE, are solely maternally transmitted. Hybrid offspring will thus solely have small-RNAs complementary to the TEs of the mother but not to the TEs of the father, therefore a reactivation of the paternal TEs may be expected. I was thus wondering, what is the situation in yeast. Why would we expect an upregulation of TEs? Without such a mechanistic explanation the hypothesis that TEs should be upregulated in hybrids is a bit vague, based on a hunch.

      We agree with the reviewer that in the first version of the manuscript, the justification for the investigation of the reactivation hypothesis in the first place was not self-sufficient and relied too much on our previous work, upon which this article builds. We extensively remodeled the introduction to better justify the investigation of this hypothesis in the context of the current knowledge on the regulation of Ty elements in Saccharomyces.  

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      It's interesting that the net change in transposable element copy number in mutation accumulation lines is either insignificant or gain, and never a significant loss. I think this could make a nice discussion point regarding the roles of drift and selection on TE load.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion and agree that this is an interesting perspective that we did not explore in the first version of the manuscript. We thus included a short discussion point in the Results:

      “The distributions of net Ty CN change per MA line showed that most crosses had significant gains (Figure 3D), suggesting that Ty load can often increase as a result of random genetic drift.”

      We also added the following paragraph to the discussion section:

      “Our experiments illustrate how under weakened natural selection efficiency, TE load can increase in hybrid genomes by the action of transposition-unrelated SVs. This offers a nuanced perspective on the classical interpretation of the transposition-selection balance model (Charlesworth et al., 1994; Charlesworth and Langley, 1989), in which increased TE load would be predominantly driven by the relaxation of purifying selection against TE insertions generated by de novo transposition. Our results suggest that SVs arising in the context of hybridization can act as a significant source of TE insertion polymorphisms which natural selection can purge more or less efficiently, depending on the population genetic context. This is closely related to the idea that sexual reproduction could favor the spread of TE families, contributing to their evolutionary success (Hickey, 1982; Zeyl et al., 1996). Since the insertion polymorphisms that contribute to increase TE load mostly originate from standing genetic variation, they could be less deleterious and thus harder for natural selection to purge efficiently.”

      The point about the role of LOH in TE load is cool!

      We thank the reviewer for their enthusiasm, it is one of our favorite results as well.

      Figure 1: Add a figure component of the green box and label it Ty1 or TE.

      We modified Figure 1 accordingly.

      Figure 2C: what is the assembly size ratio?

      We added the following sentence to the figure caption to clarify what we define as assembly size ratio:

      “Assembly size ratio refers to the ratio of subgenome assembly size to the corresponding parental assembly size.”

      Something cut off in the N50 plot axis

      Unfortunately, we can’t seem to understand what the reviewer meant with this comment, nothing seems cut out of the figure panel 2C in any of our versions of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      These are all minor comments/suggestions that the authors can take or leave.

      Line 42: "fuels" should be "fuel".

      Since the verb refers to “source” and not “variants”, we believe it should be at the third person singular.

      Line 43: unclear what the authors mean by "regroup".

      We understand how this phrasing may sound strange. We modified the sentence accordingly:

      “Structural variation is a term that encompasses a broad variety of large-scale sequence alterations”

      Line 51-52: There are a couple of really nice papers that could be cited here from Anna Selmecki's group (Todd et al. 2020, Todd and Selmecki 2019, both in eLife).

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestions, we included some of these references in the manuscript.

      Figure 1: This is a nice cartoon! I'd suggest spelling out LOH here for a truly naive reader.

      We modified the Figure 1 accordingly.

      Figure 3A: One thing that is slightly lost here in the presentation is the relative frequency of the different events because of the changing scales across 3A. I can see why you want to do it this way, but would consider whether there may be a way to present this that makes it more obvious how much more frequent polyploidy is than excision for example.

      We agree with the reviewer that the focus of this visualization is to compare crosses and individual MA lines within SV types, and fails to display the relative importance of each SV type. We solved this by including an additional panel (new 3A) that shows how the number of Ty loci affected by each SV type scales in comparison to others.

      Figure 5: I'm not a fan of the gray bars highlighting the individual strains. This made the graph less intuitively readable for me.

      We tend to agree with the reviewer and rolled back to a previous version of Figure 5 that was lighter on annotations.

      One thing I would like to see in the future from this data (definitely not in this paper) is genome rearrangements within these hybrid MA lines. How often are there structural changes and how often are those changes mediated by repeats including TEs?

      We completely agree with the reviewer that this would be a very interesting avenue, with a distinct (and likely higher) set of challenges at the analysis level compared to simply focusing on TE sequences like we did here. We hope to be able to tackle this goal in the future of this project.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      • I'm not from the yeast field. But why this focus on the Ty-load? Are Ty's the only active TEs in yeast? Provide some background on the TE landscape in yeast and a justification for focusing on Ty's.

      We agree with the reviewer that this point was only implicit in the introduction. We modified the introductory segment on Saccharomyces yeasts to mention that Ty retrotransposons are the only TEs found in these genomes, thus explaining the exclusive focus on them. It now reads as follows:

      “In the case of Saccharomyces cerevisiae, the only TEs found are five families of long terminal repeat (LTR) retrotransposons families named Ty1-Ty5 (Kim et al., 1998).”

      • 56 I would argue that Petrov et al 2003 is not the best citation for arguing that TEs can lead to genomic rearrangement through ectopic recombination. Petrov solely showed that some long TE families are at lower population frequency than short TE families ones. This could be due to many reasons (e.g. recent activity of long TEs - mostly LTRs) but Petrov interpreted the data as being due to ectopic recombination. Petrov, therefore, did not demonstrate any direct evidence for the involvement of ectopic recombination.

      We agree with the reviewer that this reference is not the best choice to simply support the role of TEs in generating ectopic recombination events and modified the references accordingly.

      • For the assembly the authors used two steps 1) separate the reads based on similarity to a subgenome 2) and assembly the reads from the resulting two sets separately. This is probably the only viable approach, but I'm wondering if this step can lead to some biases (many reads may not be assigned to one sub-genome or assigned to the wrong sub-genome). An alternative, possibly less biased approach, would be to use one of the emerging assemblers that promise to assemble sub-genomes. Maybe discuss why this approach was not pursued.

      We completely agree that our method has some level of bias. We adopted it because it seemed the most appropriate to answer our question, which required to resolve individual TE insertions at the level of single haplotype sequences. One specific challenge of this dataset is that we have a relatively wide range of nucleotide divergence between parental subgenomes in the different MA crosses, from <1% to ~15%. The efficiency of haplotype separation from tools that are not necessarily designed to be tunable with respect to the level of nucleotide divergence seemed uncertain, which is why we opted for a custom methodology. Although read non-classification remains a problem that is hard to solve (and would remain so using orthogonal strategies), we believe that read misclassification is minimized by our stringent criteria for read classification. The goal of this study was not to develop a tool nor to benchmark our approach against existing diploid assembly tools. It yielded phased genome representations that were of sufficient completeness and contiguity to confidently answer our questions, and we believe that pushing the discussion towards technical considerations would fall outside of our main objective.

      • The authors used a decision tree to classify Ty loci. What were the training data? How were the trees validated? Decision tree is a technical term for a classifier in machine learning. I do not think the authors used machine learning in this work, but rather an "an ad-hoc set of rules". The term decision tree in this study is misleading.

      We believe that the term “decision tree” can simply refer to a hierarchy of conditional rules implemented as a classification algorithm. As the reviewer pointed, it is clear from the manuscript that none of the analyses performed include any form of training or fitting of a machine learning classifier. However, we agree that its specific reference to the machine learning classifier can create unnecessary confusion. We thus agree to remove this term from the manuscript and replaced all its instances by “a hierarchy of binary rules”.

      • 272: as it is the CNC explanation does not make a lot of sense to me; some information is missing, is p22 expression increasing with copy numbers?

      Yes, p22 expression correlates positively with the CN of p22-expressing Ty1 elements.

      Why are the two alternative downstream codons important?

      We thought it would be useful to mention the two start codons at this point because later in the discussion, we bring the conservation of the first start codon as an observation consistent with the putative expression of p22 in S. paradoxus. We also thought that it helped clarify the mechanism by which the N-truncated version of the protein is expressed.

      p22 interferes with assembly viral particles when in high copy numbers, but what happens when at low copy numbers, is it essential for retroviral activity? Is it even necessary for the virus or just some garbage product (they mention N-truncated).

      To our knowledge, these questions regarding the potential molecular functions of p22 outside of a retrotransposition restriction factor are still open. We added details to the background on CNC in the Introduction and Results section to help clarify some the points raised:

      Introduction:

      “The best known regulation mechanism in yeast is termed copy number control (CNC) and was characterized in the Ty1 family of S. cerevisiae. This mechanism is a potent copy-number dependent negative feedback loop by which increasing the CN of Ty1 elements strengthens their repression (Czaja et al., 2020; Garfinkel et al., 2003; Saha et al., 2015).”

      Results:

      “The mechanism of negative copy-number dependent self-regulation of retrotransposition (CNC) was characterized in the Ty1 family of S. cerevisiae (Garfinkel et al., 2016). This mechanism relies on the expression of an N-truncated variant of the Ty1 capsid/nucleocapsid Gag protein (p22) from two downstream alternative start codons (Nishida et al., 2015; Saha et al., 2015). p22 expression scales up with the CN of Ty1 elements that encode it (Tucker et al., 2015), which gradually interferes with the assembly of the viral-like particles essential for Ty1 replication (Cottee et al., 2021; Saha et al., 2015). Thus, CNC yields a steep negative relationship between the retrotransposition rate measured with a tester element and the number of Ty1 copies in the genome (Garfinkel et al., 2003; Tucker et al., 2015).”

      • mtDNA influences transposition, is anything known about the mechanism?

      When presenting this result, we make it clear that this finding is not new and was previously observed in S. cerevisiae x S. uvarum hybrids by Smukowski-Heil et al. (2021). In this reference, the authors discuss multiple mechanisms by which mitochondrial biology and mito-nuclear interplay may affect transposition rate, although their data cannot support one specific hypothesis. Our data does not to allow to further dissect the mechanistic basis of the mtDNA effect, not more than the effect of distinct Ty1 natural variants. Since we simply provide new independent evidence for the mtDNA effect, it seems to us that repeating the discussion on putative mechanisms while bringing no support to any given hypothesis would be of limited relevance.

      • During the first reading, I got quite confused about what CN means (copy number as it turned out). I suggest using abbreviations only if absolutely necessary, and I'm not entirely convinced it is necessary here. But I leave this to the discretion of the authors.

      We agree that the excessive use of abbreviations in manuscripts is annoying. However, in this case, “copy number” is used so extensively that its abbreviation seemed to improve the reading experience. Thus, we would prefer to keep it unchanged.

      • Fig 3D: Wilcoxon Rank sum test. It is not clear to me what was tested here? Which data were used?

      We confirm that the statistical test employed is the Wilcoxon signed-rank test, and not the Wilcoxon rank-sum test (also known as Mann-Whitney U-test). The Wilcoxon signed-rank test is used here as a non-parametric one-sample test against the null hypothesis that the distribution is centered around zero.

      • de novo -> italics

      We choose to follow the recommendation of the general style conventions of the ACS guide for scholarly communications not to italicize common Latin terms like “de novo”, “e.g.” and “i.e.”.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      The reviewers make some suggestions aimed towards increasing the clarity of the manuscript, and I suggest that the authors examine those carefully. In particular, the figure is difficult to read and could contain additional information to help the reader's interpretation. For example, Reviewer 1 suggests including sample age estimates alongside depth, while Reviewer 3 also notes that there is missing information in the figure. Apart from the figure, Reviewer 1 suggests two additional analysis to help explain the amount of mammoth DNA recovered, which they observe is much higher than previous similar investigations. This would seem to be an important issue to address, given the surprising nature of the findings. In addition to this larger issue, the Reviewer makes a few important suggestions for supplementary material that may be needed to support the authors' statements.

      Some additional recommended edits -- in particular to the text and included references to related studies -- are suggested by Reviewers 2 and 3, and both commented on the lack of a publicly-available data repository. The authors may also wish to comment on or revisit their differential treatment of wooly mammoth vs. wooly rhinoceros samples, though I suspect this has more to do with low read numbers for the rhinos.

      Thank you very much for the positive assessment of our manuscript and clear suggestions for revision. We address these points below.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I have a few suggestions that might further improve the manuscript:

      It is difficult for the reader to follow which core slices exactly have been sampled and sequenced. The authors mention 23 samples were taken from core LK-001 and 16 samples from core LK-007. From the text it remains unclear to me what the exact age of each of these samples is. Figure 1 shows the depth at which the LK-001 core was sampled, maybe sample age estimates could be included here.

      Thanks for pointing this out. We have added approximate ages to Figure 1, added the depth range to the text (“from 1.5 to 80 cm”; l. 73-74, caption Figure 1), and reworked the table of the sampling depths in the supplement.

      Line 84-87. The authors mention the retrieval of DNA from several expected Arctic taxa, however no further data regarding these findings is given in the manuscript. It would be useful to report the same numbers for these species as the ones given for the Mammuthus and woolly rhinoceros, which would allow for a comparison of the relative abundance of the DNA between these species. Are the expected Arctic species for instance at much higher (DNA) abundance in the samples? It would also be interesting to know if the authors discovered DNA from extant species that are unlikely to have occurred in the geographic region. A (supplementary)table listing the number of mapped reads to each of the respective mitogenomes for each sequence library would be useful for the reader.

      We added a supplementary table (S8) indicating the numbers of reads assigned to mammals.

      Line 90: I am somewhat amazed by the amount of mammoth DNA the authors recovered from these cores. A total depth of over 400X of the mitogenome is quite extraordinary and I am not aware of any ancient sediment study to date that has retrieved a similar amount of data. For instance, the Wang et al. 2021 paper, which the authors cite, sequenced over 400 samples and did not find any mammoth DNA in 70% of those. For the 30% of samples showing signs of mammoth DNA they retrieved on average 530 sequence reads. In this study the authors find on average ~20.000 reads, in 22 out of the 23 sequence libraries. This makes me wonder if the way the mapping was performed has been too lenient, resulting in possible spurious mappings? To really confirm the authenticity of the mammoth (and woolly rhino data) I would suggest two additional analysis:

      1) Mapping all the sequence libraries to a reference consisting of the complete Asian-elephant genome (for instance https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/datasets/genome/GCF_024166365.1/), the complete human genome (+mitogenome) and the Asian elephant mitogenome. This could possibly reduce spurious mappings as conserved regions between the genomes are filtered out and could also reduce the possible mapping of NUMTS. If the authors could show that after such a mapping approach a significant number of reads are still assigned to the Asian elephant part (including the mitogenome) of the reference, the reported findings would be strengthened.

      2) I also suggest to construct a mitochondrial haplotype network from the obtained DNA, while also including previously published Asian and African elephants as well as previously published mammoth mitogenomes. If the obtained haplotypes indeed show that they cluster within the known haplotype diversity of mammoth, that would be strong support for the authenticity of the data

      The same analysis could be considered for the woolly rhino data, although the lower read numbers might make this analysis challenging.

      We agree that the amount of mammoth DNA is surprising, which is why we opted for further laboratory experiments for confirmation of the hybridization capture results of the first core, i.e., 1) DNA extraction from a second core of a different lake, 2) a quantitative PCR approach (ddPCR), and 3) metabarcoding. Our results of the highly specific ddPCR and metabarcoding assays confirmed considerable amounts of mammoth DNA in two sediment cores of different lakes, thus we have no doubts regarding the authenticity of the data. Considering the large amount of mammoth DNA, the high number of reads, and particularly the high mitogenome coverage, we argue that the effect of some spurious mapping is negligible and does not affect the main outcome and conclusions of our study. Although we agree that a haplotype network would be interesting, such analyses would stretch beyond the focus of this publication.

      Line 91: The authors mention negative controls (extraction and library blanks) did not produce any reads assigned to mammals. This is quite remarkable, as in my experience low levels of (human)contamination are almost always present in the blanks. Could the authors comment on why they think the blanks did not show any signal of mammalian DNA?

      The hybridization capture enrichment and the filtration and mapping procedures likely eliminated human contamination. Also, the data were mapped against Arctic mammal mitogenomes, which did not include human reference sequences. However, six of the sediment samples contained human sequences (now shown in supplementary table S8), albeit at low read counts (mean = 65)

      Line 97: "mapping suggested that the sequences throughout the core originated from multiple individuals" The authors do not provide any supporting data showing this. I think that an analysis (for instance based on allele frequencies) has to be included in manuscript to support this claim.

      We agree that his claim was not sufficiently supported. We performed further analyses including genomic data of previously retrieved mammoth remains and assigned our data to these haplogroups; the results were added to the main text and are shown as a figure (Fig. 2).

      Line 98: "Signatures of post-mortem DNA decay were comparably minor."

      Do the authors know if the used hybridisation enrichment method can distort the measurement of post-mortem damage? Are for instance reads with C-T substitutions less likely to be captured by the baits?

      To our knowledge, there is no study suggesting that damaged sites are less likely to be captured. In general, the hybridization capture procedure is not overly specific, and studies report that DNA is readily and preferentially captured as long as the difference between baits and DNA is not above 10%.

      Line 100: "The proportions of bases did not suggest a substantial deviation from those in the reference genomes or in the closest extant relative of Mammuthus, the Asian elephant (Elephas maximus)."

      It is not clear to me what the authors mean by this. Could the authors explain how this was measured and what their interpretation of this result is?

      We realize that the sentence was unclear. We meant that the nucleotide composition was similar to that of the reference genomes or the closest extant relative. However, as we do not consider this important for the argument, we have removed this sentence from the manuscript.

      Given the high number of recovered mammoth reads in the samples, it would be interesting to know how much mammoth reads are present in the sample before enrichment capture with the baits. Shotgun sequencing the raw extract of one of the samples with the highest number of mammoth reads might allow for a rough estimate of mammoth DNA abundance compared to the other extant species (e.g. reindeer, Arctic lemming and hare) found in the sample(s). This could give further clarification about the extent of stratigraphy disturbance and its overall effect on the DNA based community reconstruction. However, this is just a suggested additional analysis and not something I believe crucial for supporting the overall findings in this manuscript.

      We fully agree that this would be a highly interesting and informative additional analysis to perform. It was, however, not possible to perform this additional analyses in the course of the current experiments.

      Finally, I could not find a public link to the (sequence)data produced in this study. I strongly encourage the authors to make their data publicly available.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have added a Data Availability paragraph, including the respective reference.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In the Discussion it is mentioned that the reasons for Mammoth extinction are not entirely clear but are largely attributed to sudden climate warming (and add some relevant citations). However, there is also abundant literature that suggest humans also played a role in their extinction (for instance, a recent one, Damien et al. (2022) at Ecology Letters 25: 127-137).

      We agree with the reviewer and have added some the recent citation highlighting the possible influence of humans.

      One possibility to add further interest to this paper would be to conduct a phylogenetic tree with the Mammoth mitogenome(s) retrieved and a reference dataset; it could be interesting to know where do they fall in the phylogeny -already abundant with tens of individuals- and maybe it could be even possible to roughly estimate their date. There are some papers that report many Mammoth mitogenomes, including of course some from Siberia; for instance Chang et al. (2017) at Sci Reports and also Fellow Yates et al. (2017) also at Sci Reports (the latter mainly from Central Europe).

      We are well aware of the amount of mt genomes available for mammoth, and such an analyses would be an interesting addition, potentially also offering the possibility to date the DNA. However, the analyses was hampered and would be less secure for this dataset, as our sequences display quite some variation among each other, suggesting that we have a mix of multiple mt genomes, which we cannot readily distinguish. We thus refrain from this, also because we instead provide multiple lines of evidence for the existence of the mammoth DNA in the surface sediment core (metabarcoding, ddPCR).

      Minor points:

      -Correct wooly to woolly

      Revised.

      -In the sampling description it is not totally clear if the samples were taken at 1 cm each (it is mentioned that core LK-001 is sliced in the field at 1-cm steps for radiometric dating and later it is explained that 23 samples were analyzed from this core, but it is unclear if they represent 23 cm of core)

      -Maybe the authors could briefly define some terms such as "talik"

      Revised.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Maybe I missed this but I could not find a data availability statement or the location of the repository

      We have added a Data Availability paragraph, including the respective reference.

      It would be good to see some additional analysis on the distribution of the woolly rhinoceros DNA through the sediment core - like the figure for the mammoth i.e read numbers vs depth.

      We have added to the supplements a table showing the numbers of assigned mammal reads over the core depths (Table S8). However, as rhinoceros reads are considerable rarer in our results, we did not produce a figure.

      Would it be possible to be more explicit about the multiple mammoth individuals, could you calculate a minimum number or haplotypes for example.

      We agree that his claim was not sufficiently supported and added results from additional analyses (incl. Fig. 2). Please see our response above.

      Based on the aim stated in the introduction, the analysis of the Arctic biodiversity of this area is missing, it would be nice to see these result added or maybe the focus needs to be changed for clarity.

      We now explicitly state that this objective pertains to a different study, which is currently still in preparation for publication.

      The single main figure needs a bit more consideration. For example in panel A - there was no information on the transformation performed or what the general trend line refers to. Do the results in panel B refer to all 22 libraries? What is the x-axis in Panel C and what do the coloured lines refer to? Additionally, I think the figure needs to be in higher resolution with increased text size on all axes.

      We revised the figure and the caption for clarity and readability.

      Finally this might be an accidental typo - but when referring to the sample aged at around 8,677 years in text it states this the 36.5 cm sample (line 130 and 192), but the supplementary says this is the 51cm sample (Table S6). This would maybe impact potential conclusions. Would you be able to clarify this.

      Thank you for noting this error, we revised it.

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Alonso-Calleja and colleagues explore the role of TGR5 in adult hematopoiesis at both steady state and post-transplantation. The authors utilize two different mouse models including a TGR5-GFP reporter mouse to analyze the expression of TGR5 in various hematopoietic cell subsets. Using germline Tgr5-/- mice it's reported that loss of Tgr5 has no significant impact on steady-state hematopoiesis, with a small decrease in trabecular bone fraction, associated with a reduction in proximal tibia adipose tissue, and an increase in marrow phenotypic adipocytic precursors. The authors further explored the role of stroma TGR5 expression in the hematopoietic recovery upon bone marrow transplantation of wild-type cells, although the studies supporting this claim are weak. Overall, while most of the hematopoietic phenotypes have negative results or small effects, the role of TGR5 in adipose tissue regulation is interesting to the field.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for having identified some strengths and weaknesses of our study. As summarized below, we will work to consolidate the weaknesses of our study.

      Strengths:

      • This is the first time the role of TGR5 has been examined in the bone marrow.

      • This paper supports further exploration of the role of bile acids in bone marrow transplantation and possible therapeutic strategies.

      Weaknesses:

      • The authors fail to describe whether niche stroma cells or adipocyte progenitor cells (APCs) express TGR5.

      We are currently working to address this question using our reporter model and expect to be able to provide the data in the next version of the reviewed preprint.

      • Although the authors note a significant reduction in bone marrow adipose tissue in Tgr5-/- mice, they do not address whether this is white or brown adipose tissue especially since BA-TGR5 signaling has been shown to play a role in beiging.

      The nature of BMAT and how it relates to brown, white or brown/beige adipose tissue has been a persistent question in the field. Our understanding is that BMAT is currently considered a distinct adipose depot that is neither white nor brown/beige. BMAT does not express UCP1 to an appreciable extent, with reports showing its expressing possibly detecting contamination by tissues surrounding bone (Craft et al., 2019). Beyond this consideration, as the regulated BMAT in TGR5-/- mice is almost absent, determination of the brown/beige vs white nature of the regulated BMAT remains technically challenging.

      In Figure 1, the authors explore different progenitor subsets but stop short of describing whether TGR5 is expressed in hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs).

      Figure 1 of the originally submitted manuscript described TGR5 expression in committed myeloid progenitors (CMP, GMP and MEP). Below we provide the requested data (expression in MPPs and HSCs in Author response image 1) and we have further expanded our data with the expression in megakaryocyte progenitors (MkProg - Lin-cKit+Sca1-CD41+CD150+) as shown in Author response image 2.

      Author response image 1.

      Frequencies of GFP+ cells in MPPs and HSCs in the BM of 8-12-week-old male TGR5:GFP mice and their controls (n=9 for Wild-type control mice, n=11 for TGR5:GFP mice). Results represent the mean ± s.e.m., n represents biologically independent replicates. Two-tailed Student’s t-test was used for statistical analysis. p-values (exact value) are indicated.

      Author response image 2.

      A, representative flow cytometry gating strategy used to identify megakaryocyte progenitors (MkProg) and GFP positivity in TGR5:GFP mice and their wild-type controls. B, frequencies of GFP+ cells in MkProg population in the BM of 8-12-week-old male TGR5:GFP mice and their controls (n=3 for Wild-type control mice, n=4 for TGR5:GFP mice). Results represent the mean ± s.e.m., n represents biologically independent replicates. Two-tailed Student’s t-test (B) was used for statistical analysis. p-values (exact value) are indicated.

      • Are there more CD45+ cells in the BM because hematopoietic cells are proliferating more due to a direct effect of the loss of Tgr5 or is it because there is just more space due to less trabecular bone?

      While we do not have direct evidence to address this question, we see approximately an average 20% increase in CD45+ cell counts in the baseline Tgr5-/- mice. The absolute volume of bone and BMAT lost in these animals does not account for 20% of the total volume of the medullary cavity, so we speculate that the increase in CD45+ counts is not due exclusively to an increase in available volume.

      • In Figure 4 no absolute cell counts are provided to support the increase in immunophenotypic APCs (CD45-Ter119-CD31-Sca1+CD24-) in the stroma of Tgr5-/- mice. Accordingly, the absolute number of total stromal cells and other stroma niche cells such as MSCs, ECs are missing.

      We initially chose not to report the total number of cells per leg, as the processing of the bones for stroma isolation is less homogenous than that of the HSPC populations (which we do by crushing whole bones with a mortar and pestle). Regardless of these considerations, the data for absolute counts of APCs (left panel), the stroma-enriched fraction (CD45-Ter119-CD31- - middle panel) and endothelial cells (CD45-Ter119-CD31+ - right panel) is provided in Author response image 3. Note that the number of cells plated for CFU-F and BMSC in vitro differentiation is constant between the genotypes, thus confirming the importance of ther elative abundance data shown in the submitted version of the manuscript. In conclusion, we have prioritized the data showing the relative overrepresentation of APC progenitors in the BM stroma as measured by flow cytometry in a per cell basis, which is in line with the functional in vitro data. Further studies could address the specific question through 3D wholemount studies once APC in situ markers are firmly characterized.

      Author response image 3.

      Left panel: absolute number of adipocyte progenitor cells (APCs) in the CD45-Ter119-CD31- BM stromal gate for bothTgr5+/+ and Tgr5−/− (n=5). Middle panel: absolute number of cells isolated from the stroma-enriched BM fraction (CD45-Ter119-CD31-) in the same mice. Right panel: absolute number of endothelial cells, defined as CD45-Ter119-CD31+, in the same BM isolates.

      • There are issues with the reciprocal transplantation design in Fig 4. Why did the authors choose such a low dose (250 000) of BM cells to transplant? If the effect is true and relevant, the early recovery would be observed independently of the setup and a more robust engraftment dataset would be observed without having lethality post-transplant. On the same note, it's surprising that the authors report ~70% lethality post-transplant from wild-type control mice (Fig 4E), according to the literature 200 000 BM cells should ensure the survival of the recipient post-TBI. Overall, the results even in such a stringent setup still show minimal differences and the study lacks further in-depth analyses to support the main claim.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. On the one hand, we disagree on the relevance of the effect size, as Tgr5-/- mice recover from low levels of platelets significantly faster than the Tgr5+/+ controls. Underlining the relevance, in a clinical setting, G-CSF is administered to patients routinely even if the acceleration of recovery is of 1-2 days (Trivedi et al., 2009).

      From the point of view of the mortality, we agree that it is higher than expected. We have suffered from cases of swollen muzzles syndrome in our facilities that have greatly hampered our ability to perform myeloablation experiments (Garrett et al., 2019), as even sublethal doses have resulted in the appearance of severe side effects that are reasons for euthanasia under Swiss legislation. For example, a strong reduction in mobility requires immediate euthanasia. All experiments were performed blinded to genotype allocation, so we can reasonably exclude experimenter bias. Finally, it could be argued that mice with more marked symptomatology leading to euthanasia are more likely to have hematopoietic deficits, which in our case was mostly seen for Tgr5+/+animals. We have therefore chosen to report mortality together with the longitudinal assessment of peripheral blood counts.

      • Mechanistically, how does the loss of Tgr5 impact hematopoietic regeneration following sublethal irradiation?

      The question of a non-lethal hematopoietic stress is a very relevant one. Unfortunately, and as delineated in the previous point, we have been seriously conditioned by cases of swollen muzzles syndrome (Garrett et al., 2019) that have stopped us from proceeding with more irradiation studies. We will profit from the change of animal facility that will consolidate during the upcoming year Labora(tory of Regenerative Hematopoiesis) to address this point in follow-up studies.

      • Only male mice were used throughout this study. It would be beneficial to know whether female mice show similar results.

      We agree with this comment, and we expect to include the characterization of BM microenvironment (Figure 3 of the current manuscript) in females in the reviewed version of the manuscript when a suitable cohort becomes available.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary: In this manuscript, the authors examined the role of the bile acid receptor TGR5 in the bone marrow under steady-state and stress hematopoiesis. They initially showed the expression of TGR5 in hematopoietic compartments and that loss of TGR5 doesn't impair steady-state hematopoiesis. They further demonstrated that TGR5 knockout significantly decreases BMAT, increases the APC population, and accelerates the recovery upon bone marrow transplantation.

      Strengths: The manuscript is well-structured and well-written.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for this comment.

      Weaknesses: The mechanism is not clear, and additional studies need to be performed to support the authors' conclusion.

      We agree with Reviewer #2 that more studies are needed to understand what the role of TGR5 in the hematopoietic system is. We have been hampered in our studies of stress hematopoiesis because of frequent cases of swollen muzzles syndrome (Garrett et al., 2019), which has made difficult to continue with experiments involving myelosuppression (see response to Reviewer #1 as well). Further studies are planned or ongoing, including determining the role of the microbiome on the observed TGR5 bone and hematopoiesis stress phenotypes, but will be the focus of a separate study.

      References

      Craft, C.S., Robles, H., Lorenz, M.R., Hilker, E.D., Magee, K.L., Andersen, T.L., Cawthorn, W.P., MacDougald, O.A., Harris, C.A., Scheller, E.L., 2019. Bone marrow adipose tissue does not express UCP1 during development or adrenergic-induced remodeling. Sci Rep 9, 17427. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-019-54036-x

      Garrett, J., Sampson, C.H., Plett, P.A., Crisler, R., Parker, J., Venezia, R., Chua, H.L., Hickman, D.L., Booth, C., MacVittie, T., Orschell, C.M., Dynlacht, J.R., 2019. Characterization and Etiology of Swollen Muzzles in Irradiated Mice. Radiat Res 191, 31–42. https://doi.org/10.1667/RR14724.1

      Trivedi, M., Martinez, S., Corringham, S., Medley, K., Ball, E.D., 2009. Optimal use of G-CSF administration after hematopoietic SCT. Bone Marrow Transplant 43, 895–908. https://doi.org/10.1038/bmt.2009.75

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Answers to reviewers’ comments

      Peer Reviewers 2 and 3 criticized the name of the antibody – hvCADab - and the lack of proof that it recognized a classic cadherin. These criticisms were justified and in the intervening months the issue has been resolved. hvCADab does not recognize the cadherin protein, although it was made to an 18 amino acid sequence from the intracellular domain of the H. vulgaris cadherin protein. Newly available genome sequences from two other species, Hydra oligactis and Hydra viridissima, now show that the 18 amino acid antigen sequence is not present in these species.

      Nonetheless, the nerve net in both species is strongly stained by the antibody. Hence we have renamed the antibody PNab (pan-neuronal antibody). The antigen is currently not known. Nevertheless the antibody is an excellent reagent for imaging the nerve net in Hydra.

      We have revised the section on antibody preparation in Materials and Methods to state explicitly that PNab does not recognize classic cadherin. To support this conclusion we have added a sequence comparison (Suppl Fig 3) of the intracellular domains of classic cadherins from H. vulgaris, H. oligactis and H. viridissima, which show that the 18aa antigen sequence is only present in the H. vulgaris classic cadherin and not in the cadherin sequences from H. oligactis and H. viridissima. All three sequences have highly conserved p120/delta-catenin and beta-catenin binding domains. The sequence between these domains is highly variable and the 18aa antigen sequence used for antibody production is clearly not present in the H. oligactis and H. viridissima sequences.

      Both reviewers also criticized our evidence for pan-neuronal staining as inadequate. Hence we have now included additional data. We have stained a transgenic strain expressing NeonGreen under the control of a pan-neuronal alpha-tubulin promoter (Primak et al 2023). 684/684 transgenic nerve cells were stained with PNab. We consider this convincing evidence, in addition to the evidence presented previously, that PNab stains all nerve cells in Hydra. The first paragraph of Results has been revised to include these data.

      Reviewer 2 suggested moving gap junction/innexin data (Suppl Fig 3 and 4) from the Discussion to Results. These are indeed new results and we have followed this suggestion. Fig 12 (new) clearly shows gap junctions between neurites in bundles. It also shows that nerve cells in bundles express cell type specific innexins and hence can form cell type specific gap junctions. We have also added new images (Fig 11) of a transgenic Hym176B strain stained with PNab. These show that neurite bundles in the ectoderm contain neurites from different nerve cell types = neural circuits and hence that neurite links must be specific, e.g. gap junctions.

      As suggested by Reviewer 2 we have now provided a 3D interactive version of the block face SEM reconstruction (Suppl Fig 4). This shows that connections between neurites in bundles consist of thin overlapping fingers rather than “conventional” terminal contacts. It also shows that the purple neurite and extends past the green nerve cell body and does not end on it.

      Reviewer 2 suggested deleting discussion of possible functions for the endodermal nerve net (Discussion). We disagree with this suggestion. Our imaging results showed no connections between ectodermal and endodermal nerve nets. We also presented quantitative data for the absence of contact between the nerve nets in the gastric region. Consistent with our observations, Dupre and Yuste (2017) found no functional connection between the ectodermal and endodermal nerve nets based of neural activity measurements. Nevertheless, Giez et al (2023) in a recent preprint have described contact between specific endodermal and ectodermal nerve cells in the hypostome involved in the mouth opening response to glutathione. Both their observation and ours may be correct. The issue is not resolved. Hence we have included a discussion of possible functions for ectodermal and endodermal nerve nets. Importantly, our conclusions incorporate the difference in connectivity between muscle processes and nerve cells in the two nerve nets.

      Specific comments / Recommendations

      Reviewer 2

      Novelty: two preprints (Giez et al 2023) became available after the submission of our preprint. These include the results cited by the reviewer. These were not available to us at the time of submission.

      hvCADab has been re-named (see above). The differentiating nerve cell in Fig 11B is indeed stained by PNab. We have adjusted the intensities of red and green channels to show this more clearly.

      We consider the very clear black space between ectoderm and endoderm e.g. Fig 2B or Fig 4A to be an adequate marker for mesoglea. Use of an anti-mesoglea antibody would reduce the clarity of the image.

      It is always possible to look at more parts of Hydra tissue for possible nerve connections between ectoderm/endoderm. Nevertheless we provide the first quantitative data on the lack of contacts between 133 nerve cells (57 ectodermal and 76 endodermal) in the body column. Such data has not been previously available. And the EM result (Westfall 1973) cited by the reviewer is anecdotal at best. In later serial sectioning results on the hypostome/tentacle region from the Westfall lab no mention is made of nerve connections between the ectoderm and the endoderm. However, based on the results in the cited preprints (Giez et al) a closer examination of the hypostome/tentacle region in particular is warranted.

      To strengthen our conclusion that there are no contacts between the ectodermal and endodermal nerve nets, we now explicitly cite results from Dupre and Yuste (2017) on a calcium reporter strain demonstrating the absence of any crosscorrelation between the firing patterns of ectodermal RP1 network and the endodermal RP2 network. There was also no correlation between the activity of the second ectodermal nerve net CB and the endodermal RP2 network. These results demonstrate the absence of functional contacts between ectodermal and endodermal nerve nets.

      The reviewer criticizes the absence of trans-mesoglea links between ectodermal and endodermal epithelial cells in our EM images, e.g. Fig 9A. We can assure the reviewer that such links are frequently observed, although not in the image we chose for Fig 9A. This image, however, clearly documents two neurite bundles next to ectodermal muscle fibers.

      We agree with the reviewer that neurite bundles are an important discovery. And they raise the question of synaptic connections between neurites in bundles. Unfortunately, it is not possible to scan along the block face reconstruction (Fig 10) and count synapses. The resolution is not sufficient. Although scattered dense core vesicles (DCV) are observed in neurites, clustered DCV described by Westfall et al (1971) as synapses were not observed. We did, however, observe gap junctions between neurites in bundles (noted in Suppl Fig 3). These data have now been moved to the main body of the paper as Fig 12 together with the scRNAseq results on innexin gene expression in nerve cells. These results make it clear that neurites in bundles are connected via gap junctions and that these gap junctions are specific for neural circuits.

      The reviewer suggests that neurite bundles are an artifact of their interaction with muscle processes at the base of epithelial cells. We disagree with this statement. Muscle processes are temporary structures. They are withdrawn and reformed during every epithelial cell division, which occur approximately every three days. Bundles are almost certainly more stable structures. Furthermore, neurite bundles in the endoderm are distant from endodermal muscle fibers (Fig 4B and Fig 9D) and their polygonal pattern (Fig 2D) is completely different from the circumferential bands of endodermal muscle fibers.

      Reviewer 3

      Specific comments and suggestions have been answered above. Importantly, we show that the PNab antibody does not recognize cadherin and that it clearly stains all nerve cells in Hydra.

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Dubicka and co-workers on calcification in miliolid foraminifera presents an interesting piece of work. The study uses confocal and electron microscopy to show that the traditional picture of calcification in porcelaneous foraminifera is incorrect.

      Strengths:

      The authors present high-quality images and an original approach to a relatively solid (so I thought) model of calcification.

      Weaknesses:

      There are several major shortcomings. Despite the interesting subject and the wonderful images, the conclusions of this manuscript are simply not supported at all by the results. The fluorescent images may not have any relation to the process of calcification and should therefore not be part of this manuscript. The SEM images, however, do point to an outdated idea of miliolid calcification. I think the manuscript would be much stronger with the focus on the SEM images and with the speculation of the physiological processes greatly reduced.

      Reply: We would like to give thanks for all of the highly valuable comments. Prior to our study, we were also convinced that the calcification model of Miliolid (porcelaneous) foraminifera was relatively solid. Nevertheless, our SEM imaging results surprisingly contradicted the old model. The main difference is the in situ biomineralization of calcitic needles that precipitate within the chamber wall after deposition of ACC-bearing vesicles. We agree that our fluorescence studies presented in the paper are not conclusive evidence for the calcification model used by the studied Miliolid species. However, our fluorescent results show that “the old model” (sensu Hemleben et al., 1986) is not completely outdated. Most of the fluorescent imaging data show a vesicular transport of substrates necessary for calcification. This transport is presented by Calcein labelling experiments (Movie 1 that show a high number of dynamic endocytic vesicles of sea water circulation within the cytoplasm. These very fine Calcein-labelled vesicles are most likely responsible for transport and deposition of Ca2+ ions. This is partly consistent with the model presented by Hemleben et al. (1986). We may speculate that calcite nucleation is already occurring within the transported vesicles, but at this stage of research we have no evidence for this phenomenon.

      Further live imaging fluorescence data show autofluorescence of vesicles upon excitation at 405 nm (emission 420–480 nm) associated with acidic vesicles marked by pH-sensitive LysoGlow84, may be a hint indicating association of ACC-bearing vesicles with acidic vesicles. Such spatial association of these vesicles may indicate a mechanism of pH elevation in the vesicles transporting Ca2+-rich gel to the calcifying wall of the new chamber.

      We will do our best to limit the physiological interpretation presented based on fluorescence studies in the revised version of the manuscript. We are convinced that our fluorescent live imaging experiments provide important observations in biomineralizing Miliolid foraminifera, which are still missing in the existing literature. It should be stressed that all the fluorescent experiments and SEM observations were based on specimens constructing and biomineralizing new chambers. All of them belong to the same species and come from the same culture. Due to the aforementioned reasons, it is worthwhile presenting these complimentary results of our study. In the future they may be helpful in further exploration and understanding of all aspects of calcification in foraminifera.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Dubicka et al. in their paper entitled " Biocalcification in porcelaneous foraminifera" suggest that in contrast to the traditionally claimed two different modes of test calcification by rotallid and porcelaneous miliolid formaminifera, both groups produce calcareous tests via the intravesicular mineral precursors (Mg-rich amorphous calcium carbonate). These precursors are proposed to be supplied by endocytosed seawater and deposited in situ as mesocrystals formed at the site of new wall formation within the organic matrix. The authors did not observe the calcification of the needles within the transported vesicles, which challenges the previous model of miliolid mineralization. Although the authors argue that these two groups of foraminifera utilize the same calcification mechanism, they also suggest that these calcification pathways evolved independently in the Paleozoic.

      Reply: We would like to acknowledge the review and all valuable comments. We do not argue that Miliolida and Rotallida utilise an identical calcification mechanism, but both groups utilize less divergent crystallization pathways, where mesocrystalline chamber walls are created by accumulating and assembling particles of pre-formed liquid amorphous mineral phase.

      Strengths:

      The authors document various unknown aspects of calcification of Pseudolachlanella eburnea and elucidate some poorly explained phenomena (e.g., translucent properties of the freshly formed test) however there are several problematic observations/interpretations which in my opinion should be carefully addressed.

      Weaknesses:

      1) The authors (line 122) suggest that "characteristic autofluorescence indicates the carbonate content of the vesicles (Fig. S2), which are considered to be Mg-ACCs (amorphous MgCaCO3) (Fig. 2, Movies S4 and S5)". Figure S2 which the authors refer to shows only broken sections of organic sheath at different stages of mineralization. Movie S4 shows that only in a few regions some vesicles exhibit red autofluorescence interpreted as Mg-ACC (S5 is missing but probably the authors were referring to S3). In their previous paper (Dubicka et al 2023: Heliyon), the authors used exactly the same methodology to suggest that these are intracellularly formed Mg-rich amorphous calcium carbonate particles that transform into a stable mineral phase in rotaliid Aphistegina lessonii. However, in Figure 1D (Dubicka et al 2023) the apparently carbonate-loaded vesicles show the same red autofluorescence as the test, whereas in their current paper, no evidence of autofluorescence of Mg-ACC grains accumulated within the "gel-like" organic matrix is given. The S3 and S4 movies show circulation of various fluorescing components, but no initial phase of test formation is observable (numerous mineral grains embedded within the organic matrix - Figures 3A and B - should be clearly observed also as autofluorescence of the whole layer). Thus the crucial argument supporting the calcification model (Figure 5) is missing. There is no support for the following interpretation (lines 199-203) "The existence of intracellular, vesicular intermediate amorphous phase (Mg-ACC pools), which supply successive doses of carbonate material to shell production, was supported by autofluorescence (excitation at 405 nm; Fig. 2; Movies S3 and S4; see Dubicka et al., 2023) and a high content of Ca and Mg quantified from the area of cytoplasm by SEM-EDS analysis (Fig. S6)."

      Reply: We used laser line 405nm and multiphoton excitation to detect ACCs. These wavelengths (partly) permeate the shell to excite ACCs autofluorescence. The autofluorescence of the shells is present as well, but it is not clearly visible in movieS4 as the fluorescence of ACCs is stronger. This may be related to the plane/section of the cell which is shown. The laser permeates the shell above the ACCs (short distance), but to excite the shell CaCO3 around foraminifera in the same three-dimensional section where ACCs are shown, the light must pass a thick CaCO3 area due to the three-dimensional structure of the foraminifera shell. Therefore, the laser light intensity is reduced. In a revised version a movie/image with reduced threshold will be shown.

      2) The authors suggest that "no organic matter was detected between the needles of the porcelain structures (Figures 3E; 3E; S4C, and S5A)". Such a suggestion, which is highly unusual considering that biogenic minerals almost by definition contain various organic components, was made based only on FE-SEM observation. The authors should either provide clearcut evidence of the lack of organic matter (unlikely) or may suggest that intense calcium carbonate precipitation within organic matrix gel ultimately results in a decrease of the amount of the organic phase (but not its complete elimination), alike the pure calcium carbonate crystals are separated from the remaining liquid with impurities ("mother liquor"). On the other hand, if (249-250) "organic matrix involved in the biomineralization of foraminiferal shells may contain collagen-like networks", such "laminar" organization of the organic matrix may partly explain the arrangement of carbonate fibers parallel to the surface as observed in Fig. 3E1.

      Reply: We agree with the reviewer that biogenic minerals should, by definition, contain some organic components. We wrote that "no organic matter was detected between the needles of the porcelain structures” as we did not detect any organic structures based only on our FE-SEM observations. We are convinced that the shell incorporates a limited amount of organic matrix. We will rephrase this part of the text to avoid further confusion.

      3) The author's observations indeed do not show the formation of individual skeletal crystallites within intracellular vesicles, however, do not explain either what is the structure of individual skeletal crystallites and how they are formed. Especially, what are the structures observed in polarized light (and interpreted as calcite crystallites) by De Nooijer et al. 2009? The author's explanation of the process (lines 213-216) is not particularly convincing "we suspect that the OM was removed from the test wall and recycled by the cell itself".

      Reply: Thank you for this comment. We will do our best to supplement our explanations. We are aware of the structures observed in polarized light by De Nooijer et al. (2009). However, Goleń et al. (2022, Protist, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.protis.2022.125886) showed that organic polymers may also exhibit light polarization. Additional experimental studies are needed to distinguish these types of polarization. We will aim to investigate this issue in our future research.

      4) The following passage (lines 296-304) which deals with the concept of mesocrystals is not supported by the authors' methodology or observations. The authors state that miliolid needles "assembled with calcite nanoparticles, are unique examples of biogenic mesocrystals (see Cölfen and Antonietti, 2005), forming distinct geometric shapes limited by planar crystalline faces" (later in the same passage the authors say that "mesocrystals are common biogenic components in the skeletons of marine organisms" (are they thus unique or are they common)? It is my suggestion to completely eliminate this concept here until various crystallographic details of the miliolid test formation are well documented.

      Reply: Our intention was to express that mesocrystals are common biogenic components in the skeletons of marine organisms, however Miliolid needles that form distinct geometric shapes limited by planar crystalline faces are unique type of mesocrystals.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the editor and reviewers for their valuable feedback and comments. Below we have addressed all points carefully and have, when needed, revised the manuscript accordingly.

      Note that we have taken the opportunity to correct minor typos and unclear text in the revised manuscript.

      Of importance to the editors and reviewers, we detected a few minor factual errors in the method section, which we have now corrected. The first error was that we wrongfully stated that our final dataset had 6358 unique TCRs, whereas it was in fact 6353 unique TCRs. The second error was that we stated that the maximum length of CDR1ꞵ was 5, where it was in fact 6. The last error was that we stated that we used a Levenshtein distance of at least 3 to discard similar peptides when swapping the TCRs to generate negatives. This should have been a Levenshtein greater than 3, to match the script we used to generate negatives (though no peptides had a Levenshtein distance of exactly 3).

      eLife assessment

      This important study reports on an improved deep-learning-based method for predicting TCR specificity. The evidence supporting the overall method is compelling, although the inclusion of real-world applications and clear comparisons with the previous version would have further strengthened the study. This work will be of broad interest to immunologists and computational biologists.

      It is not fully clear to us what is meant by “clear comparisons with the previous version”. In the manuscript we consistently compare the performance of each novel approach introduced to that of the ancestor NetTCR-2.1. Further, we concluded the manuscript with a performance to a large set of current state-of-the-art methods by training and evaluating the novel modeling framework on the IMMREP22 benchmark data.

      We agree that the manuscript can be improved by including a brief discussion of real-life applications of models for prediction of TCR specificity, and have included a brief text in the introduction.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      It was a great pleasure to read this article. All the concepts and motivations are clearly defined. I have just a few questions.

      What was the motivation behind employing a 1:5 positive-negative ratio? Could it be the cause of worse performance in the case of outliers?

      The ratio 1:5 is based on results from earlier work [36561755]. In this work, negatives were constructed as a mix of swapped and true (i.e measured) negatives with a ratio 1:5 for each. This work demonstrated a slight gain when including both types of negatives compared to only using swapped. In a subsequent publication [https://doi.org/10.1016/j.immuno.2023.100024], it demonstrated that optimal performance was obtained when only including swapped negatives (again in a ratio 1:5). Given this, we maintained this approach in the current work. It is clear that this choice is somewhat arbitrary, and that further work is needed to fully address this issue and the general issue of how to best generate negatives for ML of TCR specificity. Such work is in our view however beyond the scope of the current manuscript.

      Why is the patience of 200 epochs for peptide-specific models and 100 epochs for pan-specific and pre-trained models used in the context of the early stopping mechanism?

      We observed that the loss curve was overall very stable in the case of pan-specific training, likely due to the large amount of data included in this training. Therefore, these models were less likely to become stuck in a local minimum during training, meaning that a lower patience for early stopping would not prevent the model from learning optimally. In contrast, we found for some peptides that the loss curve was very erratic, and would sometimes become stuck in a local minimum for an extended time. To resolve this, the patience was increased from 100 to 200, which resulted in a better chance to escape these minima, as well as a better overall performance.

      Why is weight 3.8 used in the weighted loss function in the pan-specific model?

      The weighted loss was scaled with a division factor (c) of 3.8, in order to get an overall loss that was comparable to training without sample weights. This was primarily done to better compare the two approaches (scaling and no scaling) in terms of loss, and not so much to improve the training itself, as we already use a relatively conservative sample weight scaling based on log2. We have added a brief sentence to clarify this in the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      This work is the evolution of previous studies that developed the NetTCR platform, and in a previous paper cited in this study, the authors explore the paired dataset approach with "paired α/β TCR sequence data". In this manuscript, the authors should make clear what advances were made when compared to the previous study. This is not clear, although extensive reference is made to NetTCR 2.0 and 2.1. Differences are scattered throughout the manuscript, so I would suggest a section or paragraph clearly delineating the advances in model architecture and training when compared to previous versions recently published.

      It is not clear to us when the reviewer is referring to when stating “the authors should make clear what advances were made when compared to the previous study”. Throughout the manuscript we consistently compare the performance of each novel approach introduced to that of the ancestor NetTCR-2.1. In addition, we briefly discuss all of the changes to the architecture and training at the start of the discussion section. Further, we concluded the manuscript with a performance to a large set of current state-of-the-art methods by training and evaluating the novel modeling framework on the IMMREP22 benchmark data. It is correct that the advances are described progressively by introducing each novel approach one by one, i.e. refining the machine learning model architecture and training setup, data denoising in terms of outlier identification in the training data, new model architectures combining the properties of a pan- and peptide-specific model, and integration of similarity based approach to boost model performance). We believe this helps better justify the relevance of each of the novel approaches introduced.

      In Figure 3, the colors have labels, but they are not explained in the legend or in the text. This makes it very difficult to understand the data in the various columns. Also, since it represents the Mean AUC, the data would be best displayed with a boxplot or a mean and bars for variance.

      We agree, and have changed Figure 3 and its corresponding AUC 0.1 figure (Supplementary Figure 1) into a boxplot. We also further clarified what the different models were in the figure text.

      Given the potential impact of this work on bioengineering and biotechnology, I would suggest adding a paragraph or section to the discussion where potential applications of the current model, or examples of applications of previous (or competing) models have been used to further biological research.

      We agree and have added a brief sentence in the introduction to outline biotechnological applications of models for prediction of TCR specificity.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Trenker et al. report cryo-EM structures of HER4/HER2 heterodimers and HER4 homodimers bound to Neuregulin-1b (Nrg1b) and Betacellulin (BTC). As observed for prior cryo-EM structures of full-length or near full-length HER-family receptors only the extracellular regions are visualized, presumably owing to flexibility in the relative orientation of extra- and intra-cellular regions. The authors observe no appreciable differences between Nrg1b and BTC bound heterodimers, both ligands, in this case being high-affinity ligands, and modest "scissor-like" differences in the subunit relationships in HER4 homodimers with Nrg1b and BTC bound.

      The authors also show that, as they showed for HER3, the HER4 dimerization arm is not indispensable for forming heterodimers with HER2 despite the HER4 dimerization arm forming a more canonical interaction with HER2. Perhaps most interestingly, the authors observe glycan interactions that appear to stabilize intra- and inter-subunit interactions in HER4 homodimers but that inter-subunit glycans are not present in HER2/HER4 heterodimers. The authors speculate that these glycan interactions may contribute to the apparent propensity of HER4 to homodimerize vs. heterodimerize with HER2.

      I realize that an important role of reviewers is to provide authors with informed and critical comments, but I found this manuscript a well-written, thoughtful, and important contribution. My only note is that I am not an electron microscopist so have assumed the microscopy has been carried out expertly and rely on other reviewers to vet structure determinations.

      We thank the reviewer for sharing our enthusiasm and the positive assessment of our manuscript. We have carefully reviewed the all microscopy-related concerns while responding to the assessment of reviewer #2.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      With the data presented in this manuscript, the authors help complete the set of high-resolution HER2-associated complex heterodimer structures as well as HER4 homodimer structures in the presence of NRG1b and BTC. Purification of HER2-HER4 heterodimers appears to be inherently challenging due to the propensity of HER4 to form homodimers. The authors have used an effective scheme to isolate these HER2-HER4 heterodimers and have employed graphene-oxide grid chemistry to presumably overcome the issues of low sample yield for solving cryo-EM structures of these complexes. The authors conclude HER2-HER4 heterodimers with either ligand are conformationally homogeneous relative to the HER4 homodimers. The HER2-HER4 heterodimers also appear to be better stabilized compared to other published HER2 heterodimers. The ability to model glycans in the context of HER4 homodimers is exciting to see and provides a strong rationale for the stability of these structures. Overall, the work is of great interest and the methods described in this work would benefit a wide variety of structural biology projects.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive assessment of our manuscript.

      Major comments:

      1) The HER2-HER4 heterodimer with BTC appears to be the lowest resolution of the reported structures. Although the authors claim the overall structure is similar to the HER2-HER4 heterodimer with NRG1b, it is therefore unclear whether the lower resolution of the BTC is due to challenging data collection conditions, sample preparation, or conformational dynamics not discernible due to the lower resolution. The authors should minimally clarify where they see the possible issues arising for the lower resolution as this is a key aspect of the work.

      The most likely reason for the lower resolution of the HER2/HER4/BTC reconstruction is not the underlying fundamental biology but a certain degree of preferred orientations in the sample, as can be seen from the directional FSC curves in the supplemental materials (Figure S3). We would like to note that while the overall resolution of the HER2/HER4/BTC reconstruction may be comparatively lower than other reconstructions presented in the manuscript, it remains of sufficiently high quality to substantiate our key claims. Specifically, our analysis indicates a close resemblance between the HER2/HER4/BTC reconstruction and the HER2/HER4/NRG reconstruction. For example, individual beta strands can still be well resolved allowing their accurate placement. There may be differences in features at higher resolution than 4.5Å between these two reconstructions which we cannot observe due to the lower resolution of HER2/HER4/BTC map, but these would amount to side chain motions rather than larger secondary structure movement. In the manuscript, we only draw comparisons between domain movements in different heterodimer structures and do not see any conformational variability in the final reconstructions, nor in their 3D classification analyses. Thus, we do not attribute the lower resolution of HER2/HER4/BTC reconstruction to increased dynamics at resolution scales that are discussed in the manuscript. What is more likely, is that variability in data quality, which we commonly observe between different GO grids, contributes to differences in resolution between different samples and potentially to the different orientation distributions. To comment on these possibilities, we added the following text to the manuscript (italic, underlined):

      Page 8 top paragraph:

      “Despite the diverse sequences of the NRG1β and BTC ligands, the larger-scale domain conformation of the HER2/HER4 heterodimers stabilized by each ligand is identical with only small differences in the ligand binding pockets (Figure 1d). Due to the lower resolution of the HER2/HER4/BTC complex, we cannot exclude the possibility of differences in side-chain arrangements between the two structures. However, we attribute the lower resolution to variability in data collection on GO grids, which we frequently observe, rather than differences in conformational heterogeneity of HER2/HER4/BTC.”

      Page 10, second paragraph:

      “Our cryo-EM structures of the full-length HER2/HER4 complexes bound to either NRG1β or BTC, did not reveal discernible differences at the receptor dimerization interface and larger-scale domain arrangements (Figure 1d).”

      2) For all maps, authors should display Euler angle plots from their final refinements to assess the degree of preferred orientation. Judging by the sphericity, it appears all the structures, except HER2-HER4-BTC, have well-sampled projection distributions. However, a formal clarification would be useful to the reader.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We regarded the 3DFSC curves included in our original submission as sufficient measure for projection distributions. In the revised manuscript, we now also include Euler angle plots from respective CryoSPARC refinements in the supplemental Figures.

      3) The authors should also include map-model FSCs to ascertain the quality of the map with respect to model building, as this is currently missing in the submission.

      We included map-model FSCs from Phenix validation runs in our supplemental material.

      Minor comments:

      1) With respect to complex formation, is there a reason why HER2 expression is dramatically lower than HER4?

      The expression of HER2 and HER4 in Expi293F cells, and consequently the amount of HER2 and HER4 receptors at the beginning of our first purification step, which is the NRG1b-mediated pulldown of HER4, is not noticeably different. After this initial purification step, a significant portion of HER2 is lost due to the fact that HER2/HER4 complexes constitute only a small fraction of the total HER complexes because HER4 homodimers preferentially tend to form. This is the reason why HER4 levels after the first purification step shown on the gel in Figure S1b are significantly higher than those of HER2. In the revised manuscript, in Figure S1d, we now show that both receptors are expressed at a comparable levels at the beginning of purification. In this experiment, levels of HER2-MBP-TS and HER4-TS purified separately from the equivalent volumes of transfected Exp293F cell culture via their shared TS-tags (MBP=Maltose Binding Protein, TS=Twin-Strep) are evaluated on a Coomassie-stained gel. When equal volumes of these elutions are then mixed and either subjected to HER4-directed pulldown using NRG1b-coated Flag-resin (lane 3, Figure S1d of the revised manuscript) or HER2-MBP-directed pulldown using amylose resin in the presence of NRG1b (lane 4, Figure S1d of revised manuscript), none of these pulldowns reveals substantial HER2/HER4 heterodimerization indicating that HER4 homodimerization is favored.

      2) Figures S1e authors should clarify if HER2 substitutions are VR alone or do these include GD substitutions as well. These should be suitably clarified in the main text.

      The HER2 constructs used in all cellular assays do not include the G778D mutation. We clarified this in Figure S1e, in the Materials and Methods section and in the main text on page 6.

      3) The validation reports for all 4 reported structures suggest the user-provided FSC-derived resolutions are different from those calculated by the deposition server. Are the masks deposited significantly different compared to the ones generated within cryoSPARC?

      The user-provided FSC-derived resolutions are different from those calculated by the server because the server only calculates resolution of unmasked curves from half maps while we provide the resolution derived from masked FSCs. These were all calculated using masks generated within the respective refinement job in cryoSPARC. However, we did notice that our author-provided FSC curves were from unmasked maps and we replaced the provided unmasked FSCs with masked FSCs as generated in cryoSPARC. These FSC plots in the validation reports now reflect the author-provided resolution in our validation reports and the plots generated by cryoSPARC shown in Figures S2, S3, S9 and S10.

      4) For interpretation regarding activation through phosphorylation in Figure 2e, have the authors considered HER4 could homodimerize as well? It appears from the data presented in Figure 4 and S12 that the propensity to form homodimers is greater for HER4 than to heterodimerize with HER2, despite the VR/IQ substitutions. This also appears to be supported by the reasonable amount of signal for pERK in lanes with HER4-IQ alone in the presence of NRG1b. It is recommended that the authors comment on this possibility.

      The IQ mutation, originally engineered to disrupt the receiver interface in EGFR, has been shown to have residual activity, which is greater than the mutation on the opposite site of the asymmetric dimer interface (VR) (PMID:16777603). This might be because this mutation partially destabilizes an inactive state of HER kinases by disrupting the hydrophobic interactions, which are both important for kinase inhibition and for stabilization of the active dimer. While IQ mutation is significantly inhibitory, as evidenced by the fact that we do not detect NRG1b-dependent HER4 phosphorylation in cells expressing HER4-IQ alone, it is possible that undetectable levels of phosphorylated HER4 cause the small increase in pERK signal. To acknowledge this possibility, we added the following sentence to the appropriate paragraph on page 10 in the main text:

      “Small increases in pERK levels in cells expressing the HER4-IQ construct are consistent with previous observations that the IQ mutation in HER kinase domains has small residual activity through homodimerization (PMID:16777603).”

      5) In the following line, "NRG1b-induced phosphorylation of HER2, HER4, ERK and AKT was not notably affected by substitution of the HER4 dimerization arm to a GS-arm relative to wild type receptors", it is unclear what the authors mean by wild-type receptors? There is presently no wildtype HER2 and/or HER4 tested in this blot.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. Wild type receptors here refer to WT dimerization arm sequences in contrast to GS-arm mutants. We corrected the language in the appropriate place in the main text:

      “NRG1b-induced phosphorylation of HER2, HER4, ERK and AKT was not notably affected by substitution of the HER4 dimerization arm to a GS-arm relative to receptors featuring wild type dimerization arm sequences, indicating that the HER4 dimerization arm is not required for assembly and activation of HER2/HER4 heterodimers (Figure 2e).”

      6) Considering the asparagine residues can potentially mediate stabilization of HER2-HER4 dimers through glycosylation, the authors should include western blot data for receptor-activation for mutants where glycosylation can be disrupted. This could minimally instruct the reader on how functionally relevant the identified interactions like N576-N358 are.

      We agree with the Reviewer that this is a very interesting and important point, and it is subject of our future investigations. The different spectra of glycosylation that we observe between HER4 homodimers and HER2/HER4 heterodimers suggest that glycans will modulate these interactions differently. We speculate that glycans will likely be more important for HER4 homodimerization where glycosylation is more pronounced in our reconstructions. To investigate how these interactions change in the absence of single glycan modifications or their combinations, will also require taking into consideration how glycan mutations will alter an equilibrium between HER4 homodimers and HER2/HER4 heterodimerization. Such studies will require months of mutagenesis and optimization of controlled expression of such mutants, ideally generation of stable cell lines, and likely and ideally structural follow up studies. We respectfully argue that this undertaking is beyond the main scope of the current manuscript, and conceptually constitutes a separate, very important question that we are working on.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The structural coordinates should be deposited in the RCSB.

      The coordinates will be released upon publication of the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) Figure S1b authors should ideally include a silver stain gel to assess the purity of the heterodimer-ligand complex. Although HER subunits are discernible, there is no clear band for NRG1b.

      Given its small size (9.7 kDa) our NRG1b construct is typically difficult to detect in our samples, but we would like to respectfully argue that the fact that we can resolve it at high resolution in our cryo-EM reconstructions provides sufficient evidence that it is present. Likewise, we argue that the Coomassie-stained gel we present in the manuscript is sufficient. It demonstrates that our purifications yield a stoichiometric complex of enough purity to obtain a high resolution cryo-EM reconstruction. Since we are not making any other claims about these preparations, we respectfully argue that providing a silver stain gel is not necessary to support conclusions of our study.

      We thank the reviewer for point this out. To best reflect what we wanted to convey, we change it to: “and is the same as observed in structures of an isolated HER2 ectodomain.”

      3) Page 8 first paragraph line 3, although one can deduce where the ligand binding pocket is, it would be clearer if this is marked in Figure 1d.

      We added arrows in the figure to indicate the ligand-binding pocket.

      4) Figure 2b inset A needs to be labeled 'A'.

      The inset was already labelled but in a different corner. We rearranged the label to make it clearer.

      5) Figure S5c will benefit from inset images zooming into the dimerization arm. It is hard to visualize the subtleties of the structural changes in the current format.

      Figure 5c predominantly shows side-views of various heterodimer overlays to highlight subtle differences in larger-scale assembly that correlate with differences in dimerization arm engagement. This side-orientation is not suitable for zooming into the dimerization arm regions, which can only be effectively visualized in front views (the view of the heart-shaped dimer illustrated in Figure 1a). We show a zoomed-in view of this representation in main Figure 2c, which is what we understand the Reviewer is requesting.

      6) Fig 3e is it A102 or A202 in the bottom-most panel.

      This is now corrected, thank you.

      7) Fig S9 revisit the color code for NRG1b, it appears there is no blue subunit of NRG1b. Also revisit the RMSD in the figure legend, since the text appears to suggest a different set of RMSDs for the 3 overlays.

      We fixed the color code in the Figure, thank you.

      In reference to Figure S9 (Figure S11 in the revised manuscript) we discuss two types of RMSDs:

      1) RMSDs between our cryo-EM homodimers and the crystal structure homodimers. The structure overlays are shown in Figure S9a and RMSD values were mentioned in the Figure legends. However, in the original manuscript we did not explicitly mention these values in the main text but have now added them to the main text of the revised version of the manuscript.

      2) RMSDs between monomers within our cryo-EM structures and within monomers of the crystal structure. Figure S11b and Figure S11c of the revised manuscript show these overlays for the cryo-EM structures only and the values are present in the Figure legend. We do not show the respective overlay for the crystal structures, which is why the values are not mentioned in the Figure legends, but we discuss the values in the main text.

      We recognize that this is confusing and added RMSD values for 1. to the main text and discuss this more carefully:

      “Our cryo-EM structures of the HER4/NRG1b homodimer differs slightly from the three HER4/NRG1b homodimers per asymmetric unit in the 3U7U crystal structure in which each monomer adopts a different orientation of the domain IV relative to the rest of the ectodomain (Figure S9a, RMSD: 5.438 Å, 5.435 Å and 3.662 Å). Notably, our two cryo-EM HER4 homodimer structures are more symmetric than the crystal structures of the HER4/NRG1β ectodomain homodimer. RMSDs for monomers within our cryo-EM structures are 1.42 Å in the cryo-EM HER4/NRG1b homodimer and 1.58 Å in the HER4/BTC homodimer (Figure S9b+c) compared to the monomers in the crystal structures which align with RMSDs of 1.67 Å, 5.76 Å and 2.38 Å”

      8) Page 12 paragraph 2 last line, expand on the abbreviation NAG.

      It is now expanded.

      9) What is the slit width used for the energy filter during data collection?

      The slit width was 20 eV. We added this information to the Methods section.

      10) The crosslinking conditions of 0.2% glutaraldehyde for 40 min on ice, with no quenching seems rather harsh. Have the authors attempted other crosslinking conditions? Do milder conditions or GraFix not help with complex stabilization?

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing this out. The reaction was quenched after 40 min by addition of 40 µl of 1M Tris pH 7.4 buffer. This information is now included in the Methods section. We have screened ideal crosslinking conditions for HER4 homodimers, and previously for HER2/HER3 heterodimers, and found that these crosslinking conditions were the mildest conditions that achieved complete crosslinking as assessed by SDS-PAGE.

      11) Have the authors used default parameters for all their data processing steps? Were additional steps like local per-particle CTF refinement and global defocus refinement employed during refinement?

      We did not perform any per particle CTF refinements as we previously have not observed any improvement from running such refinement on our size particles on top of per patch CTF estimation that already takes into account local CTF differences per micrograph. To make the manuscript clearer in this regard we added the following statement to the Methods section: “Unless specifically mentioned here or in the processing workflow, default parameters in CryoSPARC were used for each processing step.”

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Yamanaka et al.'s research investigates into the impact of volatile organic compounds (VOCs), particularly diacetyl, on gene expression changes. By inhibiting histone acetylase (HDACs) enzymes, the authors were able to observe changes in the transcriptome of various models, including cell lines, flies, and mice. The study reveals that HDAC inhibitors not only reduce cancer cell proliferation but also provide relief from neurodegeneration in fly Huntington's disease models. Although the findings are intriguing, the research falls short in providing a thorough analysis of the underlying mechanisms.

      HDAC inhibitors have been previously shown to induce gene expression changes as well as control cell division and demonstrated to work on disease models. The authors demonstrate diacetyl as a prominent HDAC inhibitor. Though the demonstration of diacetyl is novel, several similar molecules have been used before.

      In this manuscript we are not trying to understand the mechanisms by which HDAC inhibitors affect Huntington’s disease or cancer, since these have either been studied in detail before and are outside the scope of this manuscript. Our focus is to demonstrate that volatile odorants commonly found in the environment can inhibit HDACs, alter gene expression, and have downstream physiological effects. To the best of our knowledge this unusual effect of odorants has not been systematically described before.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Sachiko et al. study presents strong evidence that implicates environmental volatile odorants, particularly diacetyl, in an alternate role as an inhibitors HDAC proteins and gene expression. HDACs are histone deacetylases that generally have repressive role in gene expression. In this paper the authors test the hypothesis that diacetyl, which is a compound emitted by rotting food sources, can diffuse through blood-brain-barrier and cell membranes to directly modulate HDAC activity to alter gene expression in a neural activity independent manner. This work is significant because the authors also link modulation of HDAC activity by diacetyl exposure to transcriptional and cellular responses to present it as a potential therapeutic agent for neurological diseases, such as inhibition of neuroblastoma and neurodegeneration.

      The authors first demonstrate that exposure to diacetyl, and some other odorants, inhibits deacetylation activity of specific HDAC proteins using in vitro assays, and increases acetylation of specific histones in cultured cells. Consistent with a role for diacetyl in HDAC inhibition, the authors find dose dependent alterations in gene expression in different fly and mice tissues in response to diacetyl exposure. In flies they first identify a decrease in the expression of chemosensory receptors in olfactory neurons after exposure to diacetyl. Subsequently, they also observe large gene expression changes in the lungs, brain, and airways in mice. In flies, some of the gene expression changes in response to diacetyl are partially reversable and show an overlap with genes that alter expression in response to treatment with other HDAC inhibitors. Given the use of HDAC inhibitors as chemotherapy agents and treatment methods for cancers and neurodegenerative diseases, the authors hypothesize that diacetyl as an HDAC inhibitor can also serve similar functions. Indeed, they find that exposure of mice to diacetyl leads to a decrease in the brain expression of many genes normally upregulated in neuroblastomas, and selectively inhibited proliferation of cell lines which are driven from neuroblastomas. To test the potential for diacetyl in treatment of neurodegenerative diseases, the authors use the fly Huntington's disease model, utilizing the overexpression of Huntingtin protein with expanded poly-Q repeats in the photoreceptor rhabdomeres which leads to their degeneration. Exposing these flies to diacetyl significantly decreases the loss of rhabdomeres, suggesting a potential for diacetyl as a therapeutic agent for neurodegeneration.

      The findings are very intriguing and highlight environmental chemicals as potent agents which can alter gene expression independent of their action through chemosensory receptors.

      We thank the reviewer for the encouraging comments.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) The results section for figure 1 seems poorly written with errors in figure citations. Please rewrite this section.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing it out and have now rewritten the results section as well as made concomitant changes in the introduction to address this comment.

      2) Discussion could be more focused and could speculate mechanistic details of HDAC inhibitors in rescue of neurodegeneration.

      We have added in information about the mechanistic role of the HDAC inhibition in rescue of neurodegeneration. “Exposure to diacetyl volatiles in the fly model of Huntington’s disease reduces cell degeneration, as has been previously observed with orally administered HDAC inhibitors like sodium butyrate and SAHA in this genetic model (27). Previous studies indicate that the inhibition of HDACs counter the acetyltransferase inhibitory activity of the polyglutaminedomain of the human Htt protein which binds to p300, P/CAF and CBP (27).”

      A few minor comments are:

      1) Figure 1 is not properly cited in the test (Eg: line 137- Its not relevant to Fig 1B and its to IC)

      We thank the referee for pointing out our error and have now corrected it.

      2) Some Abbreviations were not expanded at the first sight, which made difficult in understanding the statement (Eg: Line 51- VOC, 111- Or

      We have now defined abbreviations the first time they appear in the manuscript.

      3) Line 98- What was the unit when you mention 0.01%?

      We have added (v/v) in the text to represent the standard volume / total volume. We have also described it in the method section.

      4) Line 138- there is no comparative study done with b-HB, but the authors have claimed its was comparable. If it’s from previous study, a relative comparative statement could be given.

      We apologize for the confusion. We have added the IC50 values previously reported for b-hydroxy butyrate “IC50 for HDAC1: 5.3 mM and HDAC3 2.4 mM” which was shown in the reference #21.

      5) In lines 146-150, more details of what are the compounds and how similar they are to diacetyl could be added

      We have added representative structures and names for the chemicals tested in Figure 1C.

      6) In line 160, Why specifically they increase H3K14 acetylation?

      This observed increased H3K9 (not H3K14) acetylation levels is identical to what has previously reported for b-hydroxybutyrate. We have added a sentence pointing out this similarity “preferable acetylation of H3K9 was also observed in HEK193 cells with b-hydroxybutyrate (reference #21)”.

      7) In line 317, How HDAC inhibitors reverse the PolyQ disorder? What is its mechanism? Can at least discuss in the discussion section.

      Our assay is based on a previous publication using the Drosophila model (Ref #27) and evaluated the mechanisms in detail. We have now added a section in the Discussion describing the past findings. “Exposure to diacetyl volatiles in the fly model of Huntington’s disease reduces cell degeneration, as has been previously observed with orally administered HDAC inhibitors like sodium butyrate and SAHA in this genetic model (27). Previous studies indicate that the inhibition of HDACs counter the acetyltransferase inhibitory activity of the polyglutamine-domain of the Htt protein which binds to p300, P/CAF and CBP (27).”

      8) In figures, 1C and 1D, proper labeling of drug molecules is missing. Check 1D- Could have included Diacetyl for comparison, Where is the uninhibited control (negative)?

      We have added the name of the chemical compounds to Figure 1C and 1D. Each compound tested has a separate blank control, which forms the basis for calculation of the percentage inhibition. The negative control is therefore part of each column.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      As specific feedback for the authors, I have a few questions/recommendations about the main point of the paper:

      a. Throughout the manuscript, the authors demonstrate gene expression differences in different tissues in flies and mice in response to exposure to diacetyl using both transgenic reporter expression and RNAseq. The authors mention they were able to show that these gene expression changes are independent of neural activity, yet I am not sure which experiment specifically demonstrates this. How do the authors know that these changes in gene expression are due to diacetyl reaching the brain after passing blood brain barrier but not due to changes in gene expression with olfactory circuit activity? I acknowledge that disproving that the gene expression differences are independent of neural activity, but one question is whether inhibiting neural activity result in changes in the expression of overlapping genes in the same direction. Or for example, if one inhibits neural activity in Gr21a neurons, do they reversibly shut down expression of the receptor after a few days? Is this true for other ORs or specific to Gr21a and Gr63a?

      While it is difficult to completely rule out contributions of the olfactory effects in the brain, we also report differential gene expression in the lungs of mice where we do not expect olfactory circuit activity (Fig 3D-G). The overlap in DEGs is highly statistically significant between the organs suggesting at least some commonality in mechanism (Fig 5D). We recently evaluated a Drosophila tissue that does not express odorant receptors or connections, the ovaries, and also found substantial evidence of diacetyl-exposed modulation of genes. While the data are intended for a different publication, we found up to 123 up and 61 downregulated DEGs (FDR cutoff <0.05 and log2 fold change cutoff of 1 and -1). These data should also be viewed together with the in vitro HDAC inhibition data and the increased histone acetylation seen in cell lines.

      b. Is diacetyl detected by any chemosensory receptors in flies or mice? RNA profiles from these receptor mutants can be used to distinguish whether the gene expression changes are occurring due to neural activity or direct ability of diacetyl to alter HDAC activity. One relatively simple experiment would be to test whether differentially expressed genes in the orco mutant antennae overlap at all with antennal RNA profiles from diacetyl exposed flies.

      Diacetyl can be detected by multiple chemosensory receptors in flies and mice. In flies the Gr21a+Gr63a complex expressing neurons are inhibited by diacetyl as indicated, and Or9a, Or43b, Or59b, Or67a, and Or85b are activated receptors (Hallem, Cell, 2006). It would be extremely resource and time-consuming process to create and evaluate single mutants or combinations of mutants as suggested. In response to the previous point, we noted examples of tissues without olfactory receptors or olfactory circuits showing DEGs upon diacetyl exposure.

      As suggested by the referee, we compared DEGs from RNASeq data of Orco mutant antenna (N=2 replicates) generated for another project. There is very little overlap between antennal DEGs from Orco and the diacetyl (labelled chart as d4on_up and d4on_down) exposed flies. These data suggest that large-scale silencing of antennal neurons in Orco mutants do not alter expression of the same genes as altered by exposure to diacetyl.

      Author response image 1.

      c. The comparison of DEGs from individuals exposed to diacetyl versus the other two HDAC inhibitors shows some overlap. The overlap is greater for DEGs shared between the two HDAC inhibitors. Yet, there is still a substantial number of genes that are unique to diacetyl exposure. For example, if you compare SB to VA exposure, each condition has about 150-200 genes uniquely misexpressed for each condition with about 55 genes shared. However, the number of uniquely misexpressed genes is over 600 for diacetyl exposed individuals, with only 30 and 100 genes shared with either SB and VA respectively. I would have expected a higher overlap in DEGs if these compounds all inhibit similar HDACs. Do they inhibit different HDACs? Can this explain the significant number of uniquely misexpressed genes in each condition?

      It is difficult to judge significance of overlap in DEG sets the genome has around 13,000 genes from evaluating numbers without statistical analysis which we noted in the text. “A pairwise analysis using the Fisher’s exact test of each gene set revealed a statistically significant overlap of diacetyl-induced genes with SB-induced genes (p=6x10-11) and with VA-induced genes (p=2x10-65) (Figure 4F).”

      We have also further clarified in the text “This highly significant overlap among upregulated genes lends further support to our model that diacetyl vapors act as an HDAC inhibitor in vivo. As expected, each of the 3 treatments also modulated a substantial number of unique genes (Figure 4G,H), suggesting that differences in delivery format (oral vs vapor delivery), molecular structure and inhibition profile across the repertoire of HDACs may contribute to differences in gene regulation.”

      d. The authors show changes in RNA profiles in response to diacetyl exposure in different tissues and suggest that these are due to changes in histone acetylation without direct comparison of genes that show up or down regulation with acetylation patterns. They do show in the beginning that diacetyl inhibits HDAC function in vitro and in cell culture. Yet it is critical that they also show a general increase in acetylation levels within tissues profiled for RNA. Additional experiments profiling chromatin and histone acetylation patterns in the tissues where RNA is profiled from would strengthen the argument of the paper.

      We agree with the referee’s suggestion and appreciate it. However, given the heterogeneity of the cell types and therefore histone marks in chromatin within the tissues that we analyzed, we estimate that it will require substantial effort to purify or enrich specific cell populations before performing Chip-Seq. Such studies will examine correlations between up- and down-regulated genes and histone acetylation pattens in cells in the future studies. This effort will require significant resources and time which we feel are outside the scope of this manuscript.

      e. The rhabdomere experiments might benefit from a negative control. Can the authors expose the flies to another volatile and show neurodegeneration is not affected?

      We exposed the negative control group to headspace odorants of paraffin oil which is a mixture of hydrocarbons.

      f. The same is true for the initial HDAC activity profiles from Figure 1. Can the authors show an HDAC activity that is not affected by diacetyl exposure?

      We exposed the negative control group to headspace odorants of paraffin oil which is a mixture of hydrocarbons. Diacetyl shows very little inhibition (Average inhibition = 7.69%; N=2) in purified human HDAC4 when tested at the 15mM concentration.

      g. One point that might require some explanation in the discussion is why diacetyl exposure only increases acetylation of certain histones but not others in Figure 2, especially given that many HDACs are inhibited by diacetyl in Figure 1.

      Please see response to comment #6, Reviewer 1.

      h. Figure S1C is missing descriptions of what different histogram colors signify.

      We apologize for the oversight and have now indicated it in the Figure legend.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      To the Senior Editor and the Reviewing Editor:

      We sincerely appreciate the valuable comments provided by the reviewers, the reviewing editor, and the senior editor. After carefully reviewing and considering the comments, we have addressed the key concerns raised by the reviewers and made appropriate modifications to the article in the revised manuscript.

      The main revisions made to the manuscript are as follows:

      1) We have added comparison experiments with TNDM (see Fig. 2 and Fig. S2).

      2) We conducted new synthetic experiments to demonstrate that our conclusions are not a by-product of d-VAE (see Fig. S2 and Fig. S11).

      3) We have provided a detailed explanation of how our proposed criteria, especially the second criterion, can effectively exclude the selection of unsuitable signals.

      4) We have included a semantic overview figure of d-VAE (Fig. S1) and a visualization plot of latent variables (Fig. S13).

      5) We have elaborated on the model details of d-VAE, as well as the hyperparameter selection and experimental settings of other comparison models.

      We believe these revisions have significantly improved the clarity and comprehensibility of the manuscript. Thank you for the opportunity to address these important points.

      Reviewer #1

      Q1: “First, the model in the paper is almost identical to an existing VAE model (TNDM) that makes use of weak supervision with behaviour in the same way [1]. This paper should at least be referenced. If the authors wish they could compare their model to TNDM, which combines a state space model with smoothing similar to LFADS. Given that TNDM achieves very good behaviour reconstructions, it may be on par with this model without the need for a Kalman filter (and hence may achieve better separation of behaviour-related and unrelated dynamics).”

      Our model significantly differs from TNDM in several aspects. While TNDM also constrains latent variables to decode behavioral information, it does not impose constraints to maximize behavioral information in the generated relevant signals. The trade-off between the decoding and reconstruction capabilities of generated relevant signals is the most significant contribution of our approach, which is not reflected in TNDM. In addition, the backbone network of signal extraction and the prior distribution of the two models are also different.

      It's worth noting that our method does not require a Kalman filter. Kalman filter is used for post hoc assessment of the linear decoding ability of the generated signals. Please note that extracting and evaluating relevant signals are two distinct stages.

      Heeding your suggestion, we have incorporated comparison experiments involving TNDM into the revised manuscript. Detailed information on model hyperparameters and training settings can be found in the Methods section in the revised manuscripts.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q2: “Second, in my opinion, the claims regarding identifiability are overstated - this matters as the results depend on this to some extent. Recent work shows that VAEs generally suffer from identifiability problems due to the Gaussian latent space [2]. This paper also hints that weak supervision may help to resolve such issues, so this model as well as TNDM and CEBRA may indeed benefit from this. In addition however, it appears that the relative weight of the KL Divergence in the VAE objective is chosen very small compared to the likelihood (0.1%), so the influence of the prior is weak and the model may essentially learn the average neural trajectories while underestimating the noise in the latent variables. This, in turn, could mean that the model will not autoencode neural activity as well as it should, note that an average R2 in this case will still be high (I could not see how this is actually computed). At the same time, the behaviour R2 will be large simply because the different movement trajectories are very distinct. Since the paper makes claims about the roles of different neurons, it would be important to understand how well their single trial activities are reconstructed, which can perhaps best be investigated by comparing the Poisson likelihood (LFADS is a good baseline model). Taken together, while it certainly makes sense that well-tuned neurons contribute more to behaviour decoding, I worry that the very interesting claim that neurons with weak tuning contain behavioural signals is not well supported.”

      We don’t think our distilled signals are average neural trajectories without variability. The quality of reconstructing single trial activities can be observed in Figure 3i and Figure S4. Neural trajectories in Fig. 3i and Fig. S4 show that our distilled signals are not average neural trajectories. Furthermore, if each trial activity closely matched the average neural trajectory, the Fano Factor (FF) should theoretically approach 0. However, our distilled signals exhibit a notable departure from this expectation, as evident in Figure 3c, d, g, and f. Regarding the diminished influence of the KL Divergence: Given that the ground truth of latent variable distribution is unknown, even a learned prior distribution might not accurately reflect the true distribution. We found the pronounced impact of the KL divergence would prove detrimental to the decoding and reconstruction performance. As a result, we opt to reduce the weight of the KL divergence term. Even so, KL divergence can still effectively align the distribution of latent variables with the distribution of prior latent variables, as illustrated in Fig. S13. Notably, our goal is extracting behaviorally-relevant signals from given raw signals rather than generating diverse samples from the prior distribution. When aim to separating relevant signals, we recommend reducing the influence of KL divergence. Regarding comparing the Poisson likelihood: We compared Poisson log-likelihood among different methods (except PSID since their obtained signals have negative values), and the results show that d-VAE outperforms other methods.

      Author response image 1.

      Regarding how R2 is computed: , where and denote ith sample of raw signals, ith sample of distilled relevant signals, and the mean of raw signals. If the distilled signals exactly match the raw signals, the sum of squared error is zero, thus R2=1. If the distilled signals always are equal to R2=0. If the distilled signals are worse than the mean estimation, R2 is negative, negative R2 is set to zero.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q3: “Third, and relating to this issue, I could not entirely follow the reasoning in the section arguing that behavioural information can be inferred from neurons with weak selectivity, but that it is not linearly decodable. It is right to test if weak supervision signals bleed into the irrelevant subspace, but I could not follow the explanations. Why, for instance, is the ANN decoder on raw data (I assume this is a decoder trained fully supervised) not equal in performance to the revenant distilled signals? Should a well-trained non-linear decoder not simply yield a performance ceiling? Next, if I understand correctly, distilled signals were obtained from the full model. How does a model perform trained only on the weakly tuned neurons? Is it possible that the subspaces obtained with the model are just not optimally aligned for decoding? This could be a result of limited identifiability or model specifics that bias reconstruction to averages (a well-known problem of VAEs). I, therefore, think this analysis should be complemented with tests that do not depend on the model.”

      Regarding “Why, for instance, is the ANN decoder on raw data (I assume this is a decoder trained fully supervised) not equal in performance to the relevant distilled signals? Should a well-trained non-linear decoder not simply yield a performance ceiling?”: In fact, the decoding performance of raw signals with ANN is quite close to the ceiling. However, due to the presence of significant irrelevant signals in raw signals, decoding models like deep neural networks are more prone to overfitting when trained on noisy raw signals compared to behaviorally-relevant signals. Consequently, we anticipate that the distilled signals will demonstrate superior decoding generalization. This phenomenon is evident in Fig. 2 and Fig. S1, where the decoding performance of the distilled signals surpasses that of the raw signals, albeit not by a substantial margin.

      Regarding “Next, if I understand correctly, distilled signals were obtained from the full model. How does a model perform trained only on the weakly tuned neurons? Is it possible that the subspaces obtained with the model are just not optimally aligned for decoding?”:Distilled signals (involving all neurons) are obtained by d-VAE. Subsequently, we use ANN to evaluate the performance of smaller and larger R2 neurons. Please note that separating and evaluating relevant signals are two distinct stages.

      Regarding the reasoning in the section arguing that smaller R2 neurons encode rich information, we would like to provide a detailed explanation:

      1) After extracting relevant signals through d-VAE, we specifically selected neurons characterized by smaller R2 values (Here, R2 signifies the proportion of neuronal activity variance explained by the linear encoding model, calculated using raw signals). Subsequently, we employed both KF and ANN to assess the decoding performance of these neurons. Remarkably, our findings revealed that smaller R2 neurons, previously believed to carry limited behavioral information, indeed encode rich information.

      2) In a subsequent step, we employed d-VAE to exclusively distill the raw signals of these smaller R2 neurons (distinct from the earlier experiment where d-VAE processed signals from all neurons). We then employed KF and ANN to evaluate the distilled smaller R2 neurons. Interestingly, we observed that we could not attain the same richness of information solely through the use of these smaller R2 neurons.

      3) Consequently, we put forth and tested two hypotheses: First, that larger R2 neurons introduce additional signals into the smaller R2 neurons that do not exist in the real smaller R2 neurons. Second, that larger R2 neurons aid in restoring the original appearance of impaired smaller R2 neurons. Our proposed criteria and synthetic experiments substantiate the latter scenario.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q4: “Finally, a more technical issue to note is related to the choice to learn a non-parametric prior instead of using a conventional Gaussian prior. How is this implemented? Is just a single sample taken during a forward pass? I worry this may be insufficient as this would not sample the prior well, and some other strategy such as importance sampling may be required (unless the prior is not relevant as it weakly contributed to the ELBO, in which case this choice seems not very relevant). Generally, it would be useful to see visualisations of the latent variables to see how information about behaviour is represented by the model.”

      Regarding "how to implement the prior?": Please refer to Equation 7 in the revised manuscript; we have added detailed descriptions in the revised manuscript.

      Regarding "Generally, it would be useful to see visualizations of the latent variables to see how information about behavior is represented by the model.": Note that our focus is not on latent variables but on distilled relevant signals. Nonetheless, at your request, we have added the visualization of latent variables in the revised manuscript. Please see Fig. S13 for details.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Recommendations: “A minor point: the word 'distill' in the name of the model may be a little misleading - in machine learning the term refers to the construction of smaller models with the same capabilities.

      It should be useful to add a schematic picture of the model to ease comparison with related approaches.”

      In the context of our model's functions, it operates as a distillation process, eliminating irrelevant signals and retaining the relevant ones. Although the name of our model may be a little misleading, it faithfully reflects what our model does.

      I have added a schematic picture of d-VAE in the revised manuscript. Please see Fig. S1 for details.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Reviewer #2

      Q1: “Is the apparently increased complexity of encoding vs decoding so unexpected given the entropy, sparseness, and high dimensionality of neural signals (the "encoding") compared to the smoothness and low dimensionality of typical behavioural signals (the "decoding") recorded in neuroscience experiments? This is the title of the paper so it seems to be the main result on which the authors expect readers to focus. ”

      We use the term "unexpected" due to the disparity between our findings and the prior understanding concerning neural encoding and decoding. For neural encoding, as we said in the Introduction, in previous studies, weakly-tuned neurons are considered useless, and smaller variance PCs are considered noise, but we found they encode rich behavioral information. For neural decoding, the nonlinear decoding performance of raw signals is significantly superior to linear decoding. However, after eliminating the interference of irrelevant signals, we found the linear decoding performance is comparable to nonlinear decoding. Rooted in these findings, which counter previous thought, we employ the term "unexpected" to characterize our observations.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q2: “I take issue with the premise that signals in the brain are "irrelevant" simply because they do not correlate with a fixed temporal lag with a particular behavioural feature hand-chosen by the experimenter. As an example, the presence of a reward signal in motor cortex [1] after the movement is likely to be of little use from the perspective of predicting kinematics from time-bin to time-bin using a fixed model across trials (the apparent definition of "relevant" for behaviour here), but an entire sub-field of neuroscience is dedicated to understanding the impact of these reward-related signals on future behaviour. Is there method sophisticated enough to see the behavioural "relevance" of this brief, transient, post-movement signal? This may just be an issue of semantics, and perhaps I read too much into the choice of words here. Perhaps the authors truly treat "irrelevant" and "without a fixed temporal correlation" as synonymous phrases and the issue is easily resolved with a clarifying parenthetical the first time the word "irrelevant" is used. But I remain troubled by some claims in the paper which lead me to believe that they read more deeply into the "irrelevancy" of these components.”

      In this paper, we employ terms like ‘behaviorally-relevant’ and ‘behaviorally-irrelevant’ only regarding behavioral variables of interest measured within a given task, such as arm kinematics during a motor control task. A similar definition can be found in the PSID[1].

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      [1] Sani, Omid G., et al. "Modeling behaviorally relevant neural dynamics enabled by preferential subspace identification." Nature Neuroscience 24.1 (2021): 140-149.

      Q3: “The authors claim the "irrelevant" responses underpin an unprecedented neuronal redundancy and reveal that movement behaviors are distributed in a higher-dimensional neural space than previously thought." Perhaps I just missed the logic, but I fail to see the evidence for this. The neural space is a fixed dimensionality based on the number of neurons. A more sparse and nonlinear distribution across this set of neurons may mean that linear methods such as PCA are not effective ways to approximate the dimensionality. But ultimately the behaviourally relevant signals seem quite low-dimensional in this paper even if they show some nonlinearity may help.”

      The evidence for the “useless” responses underpin an unprecedented neuronal redundancy is shown in Fig. 5a, d and Fig. S9a. Specifically, the sum of the decoding performance of smaller R2 neurons and larger R2 neurons is significantly greater than that of all neurons for relevant signals (red bar), demonstrating that movement parameters are encoded very redundantly in neuronal population. In contrast, we can not find this degree of neural redundancy in raw signals (purple bar).

      The evidence for the “useless” responses reveal that movement behaviors are distributed in a higher-dimensional neural space than previously thought is shown in the left plot (involving KF decoding) of Fig. 6c, f and Fig. S9f. Specifically, the improvement of KF using secondary signals is significantly higher than using raw signals composed of the same number of dimensions as the secondary signals. These results demonstrate that these dimensions, spanning roughly from ten to thirty, encode much information, suggesting that behavioral information exists in a higher-dimensional subspace than anticipated from raw signals.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q5: “there is an apparent logical fallacy that begins in the abstract and persists in the paper: "Surprisingly, when incorporating often-ignored neural dimensions, behavioral information can be decoded linearly as accurately as nonlinear decoding, suggesting linear readout is performed in motor cortex." Don't get me wrong: the equivalency of linear and nonlinear decoding approaches on this dataset is interesting, and useful for neuroscientists in a practical sense. However, the paper expends much effort trying to make fundamental scientific claims that do not feel very strongly supported. This reviewer fails to see what we can learn about a set of neurons in the brain which are presumed to "read out" from motor cortex. These neurons will not have access to the data analyzed here. That a linear model can be conceived by an experimenter does not imply that the brain must use a linear model. The claim may be true, and it may well be that a linear readout is implemented in the brain. Other work [2,3] has shown that linear readouts of nonlinear neural activity patterns can explain some behavioural features. The claim in this paper, however, is not given enough”

      Due to the limitations of current observational methods and our incomplete understanding of brain mechanisms, it is indeed challenging to ascertain the specific data the brain acquires to generate behavior and whether it employs a linear readout. Conventionally, the neural data recorded in the motor cortex do encode movement behaviors and can be used to analyze neural encoding and decoding. Based on these data, we found that the linear decoder KF achieves comparable performance to that of the nonlinear decoder ANN on distilled relevant signals. This finding has undergone validation across three widely used datasets, providing substantial evidence. Furthermore, we conducted experiments on synthetic data to show that this conclusion is not a by-product of our model. In the revised manuscript, we added a more detailed description of this conclusion.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q6: “Relatedly, I would like to note that the exercise of arbitrarily dividing a continuous distribution of a statistic (the "R2") based on an arbitrary threshold is a conceptually flawed exercise. The authors read too much into the fact that neurons which have a low R2 w.r.t. PDs have behavioural information w.r.t. other methods. To this reviewer, it speaks more about the irrelevance, so to speak, of the preferred direction metric than anything fundamental about the brain.”

      We chose the R2 threshold in accordance with the guidelines provided in reference [1]. It's worth mentioning that this threshold does not exert any significant influence on the overall conclusions.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      [1] Inoue, Y., Mao, H., Suway, S.B., Orellana, J. and Schwartz, A.B., 2018. Decoding arm speed during reaching. Nature communications, 9(1), p.5243.

      Q7: “I am afraid I may be missing something, as I did not understand the fano factor analysis of Figure 3. In a sense the behaviourally relevant signals must have lower FF given they are in effect tied to the temporally smooth (and consistent on average across trials) behavioural covariates. The point of the original Churchland paper was to show that producing a behaviour squelches the variance; naturally these must appear in the behaviourally relevant components. A control distribution or reference of some type would possibly help here.”

      We agree that including reference signals could provide more context. The Churchland paper said stimulus onset can lead to a reduction in neural variability. However, our experiment focuses specifically on the reaching process, and thus, we don't have comparative experiments involving different types of signals.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q8: “The authors compare the method to LFADS. While this is a reasonable benchmark as a prominent method in the field, LFADS does not attempt to solve the same problem as d-VAE. A better and much more fair comparison would be TNDM [4], an extension of LFADS which is designed to identify behaviourally relevant dimensions.”

      We have added the comparison experiments with TNDM in the revised manuscript (see Fig. 2 and Fig. S2). The details of model hyperparameters and training settings can be found in the Methods section in the revised manuscripts.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Reviewer #3

      Q1.1: “TNDM: LFADS is not the best baseline for comparison. The authors should have compared with TNDM (Hurwitz et al. 2021), which is an extension of LFADS that (unlike LFADS) actually attempts to extract behaviorally relevant factors by adding a behavior term to the loss. The code for TNDM is also available on Github. LFADS is not even supervised by behavior and does not aim to address the problem that d-VAE aims to address, so it is not the most appropriate comparison. ”

      We have added the comparison experiments with TNDM in the revised manuscript (see Fig. 2 and Fig. S2). The details of model hyperparameters and training settings can be found in the Methods section in the revised manuscripts.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q1.2: “LFADS: LFADS is a sequential autoencoder that processes sections of data (e.g. trials). No explanation is given in Methods for how the data was passed to LFADS. Was the moving averaged smoothed data passed to LFADS or the raw spiking data (at what bin size)? Was a gaussian loss used or a poisson loss? What are the trial lengths used in each dataset, from which part of trials? For dataset C that has back-to-back reaches, was data chopped into segments? How long were these segments? Were the edges of segments overlapped and averaged as in (Keshtkaran et al. 2022) to avoid noisy segment edges or not? These are all critical details that are not explained. The same details would also be needed for a TNDM comparison (comment 1.1) since it has largely the same architecture as LFADS.

      It is also critical to briefly discuss these fundamental differences between the inputs of methods in the main text. LFADS uses a segment of data whereas VAE methods just use one sample at a time. What does this imply in the results? I guess as long as VAEs outperform LFADS it is ok, but if LFADS outperforms VAEs in a given metric, could it be because it received more data as input (a whole segment)? Why was the factor dimension set to 50? I presume it was to match the latent dimension of the VAE methods, but is the LFADS factor dimension the correct match for that to make things comparable?

      I am also surprised by the results. How do the authors justify LFADS having lower neural similarity (fig 2d) than VAE methods that operate on single time steps? LFADS is not supervised by behavior, so of course I don't expect it to necessarily outperform methods on behavior decoding. But all LFADS aims to do is to reconstruct the neural data so at least in this metric it should be able to outperform VAEs that just operate on single time steps? Is it because LFADS smooths the data too much? This is important to discuss and show examples of. These are all critical nuances that need to be discussed to validate the results and interpret them.”

      Regarding “Was the moving averaged smoothed data passed to LFADS or the raw spiking data (at what bin size)? Was a gaussian loss used or a poisson loss?”: The data used by all models was applied to the same preprocessing procedure. That is, using moving averaged smoothed data with three bins, where the bin size is 100ms. For all models except PSID, we used a Poisson loss.

      Regrading “What are the trial lengths used in each dataset, from which part of trials? For dataset C that has back-to-back reaches, was data chopped into segments? How long were these segments? Were the edges of segments overlapped and averaged as in (Keshtkaran et al. 2022) to avoid noisy segment edges or not?”:

      For datasets A and B, a trial length of eighteen is set. Trials with lengths below the threshold are zero-padded, while trials exceeding the threshold are truncated to the threshold length from their starting point. In dataset A, there are several trials with lengths considerably longer than that of most trials. We found that padding all trials with zeros to reach the maximum length (32) led to poor performance. Consequently, we chose a trial length of eighteen, effectively encompassing the durations of most trials and leading to the removal of approximately 9% of samples. For dataset B (center-out), the trial lengths are relatively consistent with small variation, and the maximum length across all trials is eighteen. For dataset C, we set the trial length as ten because we observed the video of this paradigm and found that the time for completing a single trial was approximately one second. The segments are not overlapped.

      Regarding “Why was the factor dimension set to 50? I presume it was to match the latent dimension of the VAE methods, but is the LFADS factor dimension the correct match for that to make things comparable?”: We performed a grid search for latent dimensions in {10,20,50} and found 50 is the best.

      Regarding “I am also surprised by the results. How do the authors justify LFADS having lower neural similarity (fig 2d) than VAE methods that operate on single time steps? LFADS is not supervised by behavior, so of course I don't expect it to necessarily outperform methods on behavior decoding. But all LFADS aims to do is to reconstruct the neural data so at least in this metric it should be able to outperform VAEs that just operate on single time steps? Is it because LFADS smooths the data too much?”: As you pointed out, we found that LFADS tends to produce excessively smooth and consistent data, which can lead to a reduction in neural similarity.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q1.3: “PSID: PSID is linear and uses past input samples to predict the next sample in the output. Again, some setup choices are not well justified, and some details are left out in the 1-line explanation given in Methods.

      Why was a latent dimension of 6 chosen? Is this the behaviorally relevant latent dimension or the total latent dimension (for the use case here it would make sense to set all latent states to be behaviorally relevant)? Why was a horizon hyperparameter of 3 chosen? First, it is important to mention fundamental parameters such as latent dimension for each method in the main text (not just in methods) to make the results interpretable. Second, these hyperparameters should be chosen with a grid search in each dataset (within the training data, based on performance on the validation part of the training data), just as the authors do for their method (line 779). Given that PSID isn't a deep learning method, doing a thorough grid search in each fold should be quite feasible. It is important that high values for latent dimension and a wider range of other hyperparmeters are included in the search, because based on how well the residuals (x_i) for this method are shown predict behavior in Fig 2, the method seems to not have been used appropriately. I would expect ANN to improve decoding for PSID versus its KF decoding since PSID is fully linear, but I don't expect KF to be able to decode so well using the residuals of PSID if the method is used correctly to extract all behaviorally relevant information from neural data. The low neural reconstruction in Fid 2d could also partly be due to using too small of a latent dimension.

      Again, another import nuance is the input to this method and how differs with the input to VAE methods. The learned PSID model is a filter that operates on all past samples of input to predict the output in the "next" time step. To enable a fair comparison with VAE methods, the authors should make sure that the last sample "seen" by PSID is the same as then input sample seen by VAE methods. This is absolutely critical given how large the time steps are, otherwise PSID might underperform simply because it stopped receiving input 300ms earlier than the input received by VAE methods. To fix this, I think the authors can just shift the training and testing neural time series of PSID by 1 sample into the past (relative to the behavior), so that PSID's input would include the input of VAE methods. Otherwise, VAEs outperforming PSID is confounded by PSID's input not including the time step that was provided to VAE.”

      Thanks for your suggestions for letting PSID see the current neural observations. We did it per your suggestions and then performed a grid search for the hyperparameters for PSID. Specifically, we performed a grid search for the horizon hyperparameter in {2,3,4,5,6,7}. Since the relevant latent dimension should be lower than the horizon times the dimension of behavior variables (two-dimensional velocity in this paper) and increasing the dimension will reach performance saturation, we directly set the relevant latent dimensions as the maximum. The horizon number of datasets A, B, C, and synthetic datasets is 7, 6, 6 and 5, respectively.

      And thus the latent dimension of datasets A, B, and C and the synthetic dataset is 14, 12, 12 and 10, respectively.

      Our experiments show that KF can decode information from irrelevant signals obtained by PSID. Although PSID extracts the linear part of raw signals, KF can still use the linear part of the residuals for decoding. The low reconstruction performance of PSID may be because the relationship between latent variables and neural signals is linear, and the relationship between latent variables and behaviors is also linear; this is equivalent to the linear relationship between behaviors and neural signals, and linear models can only explain a small fraction of neural signals.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q1.4: “CEBRA: results for CEBRA are incomplete. Similarity to raw signals is not shown. Decoding of behaviorally irrelevant residuals for CEBRA is not shown. Per Fig. S2, CEBRA does better or similar ANN decoding in datasets A and C, is only slightly worse in Dataset B, so it is important to show the other key metrics otherwise it is unclear whether d-VAE has some tangible advantage over CEBRA in those 2 datasets or if they are similar in every metric. Finally, it would be better if the authors show the results for CEBRA on Fig. 2, just as is done for other methods because otherwise it is hard to compare all methods.”

      CEBRA is a non-generative model, this model cannot generate behaviorally-relevant signals. Therefore, we only compared the decoding performance of latent embeddings of CEBRA and signals of d-VAE.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q2: “Given the fact that d-VAE infers the latent (z) based on the population activity (x), claims about properties of the inferred behaviorally relevant signals (x_r) that attribute properties to individual neurons are confounded.

      The authors contrast their approach to population level approaches in that it infers behaviorally relevant signals for individual neurons. However, d-VAE is also a population method as it aggregates population information to infer the latent (z), from which behaviorally relevant part of the activity of each neuron (x_r) is inferred. The authors note this population level aggregation of information as a benefit of d-VAE, but only acknowledge it as a confound briefly in the context of one of their analyses (line 340): "The first is that the larger R2 neurons leak their information to the smaller R2 neurons, causing them contain too much behavioral information". They go on to dismiss this confounding possibility by showing that the inferred behaviorally relevant signal of each neuron is often most similar to its own raw signals (line 348-352) compared with all other neurons. They also provide another argument specific to that result section (i.e., residuals are not very behavior predictive), which is not general so I won't discuss it in depth here. These arguments however do not change the basic fact that d-VAE aggregates information from other neurons when extracting the behaviorally relevant activity of any given neuron, something that the authors note as a benefit of d-VAE in many instances. The fact that d-VAE aggregates population level info to give the inferred behaviorally relevant signal for each neuron confounds several key conclusions. For example, because information is aggregated across neurons, when trial to trial variability looks smoother after applying d-VAE (Fig 3i), or reveals better cosine tuning (Fig 3b), or when neurons that were not very predictive of behavior become more predictive of behavior (Fig 5), one cannot really attribute the new smoother single trial activity or the improved decoding to the same single neurons; rather these new signals/performances include information from other neurons. Unless the connections of the encoder network (z=f(x)) is zero for all other neurons, one cannot claim that the inferred rates for the neuron are truly solely associated with that neuron. I believe this a fundamental property of a population level VAE, and simply makes the architecture unsuitable for claims regarding inherent properties of single neurons. This confound is partly why the first claim in the abstract are not supported by data: observing that neurons that don't predict behavior very well would predict it much better after applying d-VAE does not prove that these neurons themselves "encode rich[er] behavioral information in complex nonlinear ways" (i.e., the first conclusion highlighted in the abstract) because information was also aggregated from other neurons. The other reason why this claim is not supported by data is the characterization of the encoding for smaller R2 neurons as "complex nonlinear", which the method is not well equipped to tease apart from linear mappings as I explain in my comment 3.”

      We acknowledge that we cannot obtain the exact single neuronal activity that does not contain any information from other neurons. However, we believe our model can extract accurate approximation signals of the ground truth relevant signals. These signals preserve the inherent properties of single neuronal activity to some extent and can be used for analysis at the single-neuron level.

      We believe d-VAE is a reasonable approach to extract effective relevant signals that preserve inherent properties of single neuronal activity for four key reasons:

      1) d-VAE is a latent variable model that adheres to the neural population doctrine. The neural population doctrine posits that information is encoded within interconnected groups of neurons, with the existence of latent variables (neural modes) responsible for generating observable neuronal activity [1, 2]. If we can perfectly obtain the true generative model from latent variables to neuronal activity, then we can generate the activity of each neuron from hidden variables without containing any information from other neurons. However, without a complete understanding of the brain’s encoding strategies (or generative model), we can only get the approximation signals of the ground truth signals.

      2) After the generative model is established, we need to infer the parameters of the generative model and the distribution of latent variables. During the inference process, inference algorithms such as variational inference or EM algorithms will be used. Generally, the obtained latent variables are also approximations of the real latent variables. When inferring the latent variables, it is inevitable to aggregation the information of the neural population, and latent variables are derived through weighted combinations of neuronal populations [3].

      This inference process is consistent with that of d-VAE (or VAE-based models).

      3) Latent variables are derived from raw neural signals and used to explain raw neural signals. Considering the unknown ground truth of latent variables and behaviorally-relevant signals, it becomes evident that the only reliable reference at the signal level is the raw signals. A crucial criterion for evaluating the reliability of latent variable models (including latent variables and generated relevant signals) is their capability to effectively explain the raw signals [3]. Consequently, we firmly maintain the belief that if the generated signals closely resemble the raw signals to the greatest extent possible, in accordance with an equivalence principle, we can claim that these obtained signals faithfully retain the inherent properties of single neurons. d-VAE explicitly constrains the generated signal to closely resemble the raw signals. These results demonstrate that d-VAE can extract effective relevant signals that preserve inherent properties of single neuronal activity.

      Based on the above reasons, we hold that generating single neuronal activities with the VAE framework is a reasonable approach. The remaining question is whether our model can obtain accurate relevant signals in the absence of ground truth. To our knowledge, in cases where the ground truth of relevant signals is unknown, there are typically two approaches to verifying the reliability of extracted signals:

      1) Conducting synthetic experiments where the ground truth is known.

      2) Validation based on expert knowledge (Three criteria were proposed in this paper). Both our extracted signals and key conclusions have been validated using these two approaches.

      Next, we will provide a detailed response to the concerns regarding our first key conclusion that smaller R2 neurons encode rich information.

      We acknowledge that larger R2 neurons play a role in aiding the reconstruction of signals in smaller R2 neurons through their neural activity. However, considering that neurons are correlated rather than independent entities, we maintain the belief that larger R2 neurons assist damaged smaller R2 neurons in restoring their original appearance. Taking image denoising as an example, when restoring noisy pixels to their original appearance, relying solely on the noisy pixels themselves is often impractical. Assistance from their correlated, clean neighboring pixels becomes necessary.

      The case we need to be cautious of is that the larger R2 neurons introduce additional signals (m) that contain substantial information to smaller R2 neurons, which they do not inherently possess. We believe this case does not hold for two reasons. Firstly, logically, adding extra signals decreases the reconstruction performance, and the information carried by these additional signals is redundant for larger R2 neurons, thus they do not introduce new information that can enhance the decoding performance of the neural population. Therefore, it seems unlikely and unnecessary for neural networks to engage in such counterproductive actions. Secondly, even if this occurs, our second criterion can effectively exclude the selection of these signals. To clarify, if we assume that x, y, and z denote the raw, relevant, and irrelevant signals of smaller R2 neurons, with x=y+z, and the extracted relevant signals become y+m, the irrelevant signals become z-m in this case. Consequently, the irrelevant signals contain a significant amount of information. It's essential to emphasize that this criterion holds significant importance in excluding undesirable signals.

      Furthermore, we conducted a synthetic experiment to show that d-VAE can indeed restore the damaged information of smaller R2 neurons with the help of larger R2 neurons, and the restored neuronal activities are more similar to ground truth compared to damaged raw signals. Please see Fig. S11a,b for details.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      [1] Saxena, S. and Cunningham, J.P., 2019. Towards the neural population doctrine. Current opinion in neurobiology, 55, pp.103-111.

      [2] Gallego, J.A., Perich, M.G., Miller, L.E. and Solla, S.A., 2017. Neural manifolds for the control of movement. Neuron, 94(5), pp.978-984.

      [3] Cunningham, J.P. and Yu, B.M., 2014. Dimensionality reduction for large-scale neural recordings. Nature neuroscience, 17(11), pp.1500-1509.

      Q3: “Given the nonlinear architecture of the VAE, claims about the linearity or nonlinearity of cortical readout are confounded and not supported by the results.

      The inference of behaviorally relevant signals from raw signals is a nonlinear operation, that is x_r=g(f(x)) is nonlinear function of x. So even when a linear KF is used to decode behavior from the inferred behaviorally relevant signals, the overall decoding from raw signals to predicted behavior (i.e., KF applied to g(f(x))) is nonlinear. Thus, the result that decoding of behavior from inferred behaviorally relevant signals (x_r) using a linear KF and a nonlinear ANN reaches similar accuracy (Fig 2), does not suggest that a "linear readout is performed in the motor cortex", as the authors claim (line 471). The authors acknowledge this confound (line 472) but fail to address it adequately. They perform a simulation analysis where the decoding gap between KF and ANN remains unchanged even when d-VAE is used to infer behaviorally relevant signals in the simulation. However, this analysis is not enough for "eliminating the doubt" regarding the confound. I'm sure the authors can also design simulations where the opposite happens and just like in the data, d-VAE can improve linear decoding to match ANN decoding. An adequate way to address this concern would be to use a fully linear version of the autoencoder where the f(.) and g(.) mappings are fully linear. They can simply replace these two networks in their model with affine mappings, redo the modeling and see if the model still helps the KF decoding accuracy reach that of the ANN decoding. In such a scenario, because the overall KF decoding from original raw signals to predicted behavior (linear d-VAE + KF) is linear, then they could move toward the claim that the readout is linear. Even though such a conclusion would still be impaired by the nonlinear reference (d-VAE + ANN decoding) because the achieved nonlinear decoding performance could always be limited by network design and fitting issues. Overall, the third conclusion highlighted in the abstract is a very difficult claim to prove and is unfortunately not supported by the results.”

      We aim to explore the readout mechanism of behaviorally-relevant signals, rather than raw signals. Theoretically, the process of removing irrelevant signals should not be considered part of the inherent decoding mechanisms of the relevant signals. Assuming that the relevant signals we extracted are accurate, the conclusion of linear readout is established. On the synthetic data where the ground truth is known, our distilled signals show a significant improvement in neural similarity to the ground truth when compared to raw signals (refer to Fig. S2l). This observation demonstrates that our distilled signals are accurate approximations of the ground truth. Furthermore, on the three widely-used real datasets, our distilled signals meet the stringent criteria we have proposed (see Fig. 2), also providing strong evidence for their accuracy.

      Regarding the assertion that we could create simulations in which d-VAE can make signals that are inherently nonlinearly decodable into linearly decodable ones: In reality, we cannot achieve this, as the second criterion can rule out the selection of such signals. Specifically,z=x+y=n^2+y, where z, x, y, and n denote raw signals, relevant signals, irrelevant signals and latent variables. If the relevant signals obtained by d-VAE are n, then these signals can be linear decoded accurately. However, the corresponding irrelevant signals are n^2-n+z; thus, irrelevant signals will have much information, and these extracted relevant signals will not be selected. Furthermore, our synthetic experiments offer additional evidence supporting the conclusion that d-VAE does not make inherently nonlinearly decodable signals become linearly decodable ones. As depicted in Fig. S11c, there exists a significant performance gap between KF and ANN when decoding the ground truth signals of smaller R2 neurons. KF exhibits notably low performance, leaving substantial room for compensation by d-VAE. However, following processing by d-VAE, KF's performance of distilled signals fails to surpass its already low ground truth performance and remains significantly inferior to ANN's performance. These results collectively confirm that our approach does not convert signals that are inherently nonlinearly decodable into linearly decodable ones, and the conclusion of linear readout is not a by-product by d-VAE.

      Regarding the suggestion of using linear d-VAE + KF, as discussed in the Discussion section, removing the irrelevant signals requires a nonlinear operation, and linear d-VAE can not effectively separate relevant and irrelevant signals.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q4: “The authors interpret several results as indications that "behavioral information is distributed in a higher-dimensional subspace than expected from raw signals", which is the second main conclusion highlighted in the abstract. However, several of these arguments do not convincingly support that conclusion.

      4.1) The authors observe that behaviorally relevant signals for neurons with small principal components (referred to as secondary) have worse decoding with KF but better decoding with ANN (Fig. 6b,e), which also outperforms ANN decoding from raw signals. This observation is taken to suggest that these secondary behaviorally relevant signals encode behavior information in highly nonlinear ways and in a higher dimensions neural space than expected (lines 424 and 428). These conclusions however are confounded by the fact that A) d-VAE uses nonlinear encoding, so one cannot conclude from ANN outperforming KF that behavior is encoded nonlinearly in the motor cortex (see comment 3 above), and B) d-VAE aggregates information across the population so one cannot conclude that these secondary neurons themselves had as much behavior information (see comment 2 above).

      4.2) The authors observe that the addition of the inferred behaviorally relevant signals for neurons with small principal components (referred to as secondary) improves the decoding of KF more than it improves the decoding of ANN (red curves in Fig 6c,f). This again is interpreted similarly as in 4.1, and is confounded for similar reasons (line 439): "These results demonstrate that irrelevant signals conceal the smaller variance PC signals, making their encoded information difficult to be linearly decoded, suggesting that behavioral information exists in a higher-dimensional subspace than anticipated from raw signals". This is confounded by because of the two reasons explained in 4.1. To conclude nonlinear encoding based on the difference in KF and ANN decoding, the authors would need to make the encoding/decoding in their VAE linear to have a fully linear decoder on one hand (with linear d-VAE + KF) and a nonlinear decoder on the other hand (with linear d-VAE + ANN), as explained in comment 3.

      4.3) From S Fig 8, where the authors compare cumulative variance of PCs for raw and inferred behaviorally relevant signals, the authors conclude that (line 554): "behaviorally-irrelevant signals can cause an overestimation of the neural dimensionality of behaviorally-relevant responses (Supplementary Fig. S8)." However, this analysis does not really say anything about overestimation of "behaviorally relevant" neural dimensionality since the comparison is done with the dimensionality of "raw" signals. The next sentence is ok though: "These findings highlight the need to filter out relevant signals when estimating the neural dimensionality.", because they use the phrase "neural dimensionality" not "neural dimensionality of behaviorally-relevant responses".”

      Questions 4.1 and 4.2 are a combination of Q2 and Q3. Please refer to our responses to Q2 and Q3.

      Regarding question 4.3 about “behaviorally-irrelevant signals can cause an overestimation of the neural dimensionality of behaviorally-relevant responses”: Previous studies usually used raw signals to estimate the neural dimensionality of specific behaviors. We mean that using raw signals, which include many irrelevant signals, will cause an overestimation of the neural dimensionality. We have modified this sentence in the revised manuscripts.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q5: “Imprecise use of language in many places leads to inaccurate statements. I will list some of these statements”

      5.1) In the abstract: "One solution is to accurately separate behaviorally-relevant and irrelevant signals, but this approach remains elusive due to the unknown ground truth of behaviorally-relevant signals". This statement is not accurate because it implies no prior work does this. The authors should make their statement more specific and also refer to some goal that existing linear (e.g., PSID) and nonlinear (e.g., TNDM) methods for extracting behaviorally relevant signals fail to achieve.

      5.2) In the abstract: "we found neural responses previously considered useless encode rich behavioral information" => what does "useless" mean operationally? Low behavior tuning? More precise use of language would be better.

      5.3) "... recent studies (Glaser 58 et al., 2020; Willsey et al., 2022) demonstrate nonlinear readout outperforms linear readout." => do these studies show that nonlinear "readout" outperforms linear "readout", or just that nonlinear models outperform linear models?

      5.4) Line 144: "The first criterion is that the decoding performance of the behaviorally-relevant signals (red bar, Fig.1) should surpass that of raw signals (the red dotted line, Fig.1).". Do the authors mean linear decoding here or decoding in general? If the latter, how can something extracted from neural surpass decoding of neural data, when the extraction itself can be thought of as part of decoding? The operational definition for this "decoding performance" should be clarified.

      5.5) Line 311: "we found that the dimensionality of primary subspace of raw signals (26, 64, and 45 for datasets A, B, and C) is significantly higher than that of behaviorally-relevant signals (7, 13, and 9), indicating that behaviorally-irrelevant signals lead to an overestimation of the neural dimensionality of behaviorally-relevant signals." => here the dimensionality of the total PC space (i.e., primary subspace of raw signals) is being compared with that of inferred behaviorally-relevant signals, so the former being higher does not indicate that neural dimensionality of behaviorally-relevant signals was overestimated. The former is simply not behavioral so this conclusion is not accurate.

      5.6) Section "Distilled behaviorally-relevant signals uncover that smaller R2 neurons encode rich behavioral information in complex nonlinear ways". Based on what kind of R2 are the neurons grouped? Behavior decoding R2 from raw signals? Using what mapping? Using KF? If KF is used, the result that small R2 neurons benefit a lot from d-VAE could be somewhat expected, given the nonlinearity of d-VAE: because only ANN would have the capacity to unwrap the nonlinear encoding of d-VAE as needed. If decoding performance that is used to group neurons is based on data, regression to the mean could also partially explain the result: the neurons with worst raw decoding are most likely to benefit from a change in decoder, than neurons that already had good decoding. In any case, the R2 used to partition and sort neurons should be more clearly stated and reminded throughout the text and I Fig 3.

      5.7) Line 346 "...it is impossible for our model to add the activity of larger R2 neurons to that of smaller R2 neurons" => Is it really impossible? The optimization can definitely add small-scale copies of behaviorally relevant information to all neurons with minimal increase in the overall optimization loss, so this statement seems inaccurate.

      5.8) Line 490: "we found that linear decoders can achieve comparable performance to that of nonlinear decoders, providing compelling evidence for the presence of linear readout in the motor cortex." => inaccurate because no d-VAE decoding is really linear, as explained in comment 3 above.

      5.9) Line 578: ". However, our results challenge this idea by showing that signals composed of smaller variance PCs nonlinearly encode a significant amount of behavioral information." => inaccurate as results are confounded by nonlinearity of d-VAE as explained in comment 3 above.

      5.10) Line 592: "By filtering out behaviorally-irrelevant signals, our study found that accurate decoding performance can be achieved through linear readout, suggesting that the motor cortex may perform linear readout to generate movement behaviors." => inaccurate because it us confounded by the nonlinearity of d-VAE as explained in comment 3 above.”

      Regarding “5.1) In the abstract: "One solution is to accurately separate behaviorally-relevant and irrelevant signals, but this approach remains elusive due to the unknown ground truth of behaviorally-relevant signals". This statement is not accurate because it implies no prior work does this. The authors should make their statement more specific and also refer to some goal that existing linear (e.g., PSID) and nonlinear (e.g., TNDM) methods for extracting behaviorally relevant signals fail to achieve”:

      We believe our statement is accurate. Our primary objective is to extract accurate behaviorally-relevant signals that closely approximate the ground truth relevant signals. To achieve this, we strike a balance between the reconstruction and decoding performance of the generated signals, aiming to effectively capture the relevant signals. This crucial aspect of our approach sets it apart from other methods. In contrast, other methods tend to emphasize the extraction of valuable latent neural dynamics. We have provided elaboration on the distinctions between d-VAE and other approaches in the Introduction and Discussion sections.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Regarding “5.2) In the abstract: "we found neural responses previously considered useless encode rich behavioral information" => what does "useless" mean operationally? Low behavior tuning? More precise use of language would be better.”:

      In the analysis of neural signals, smaller variance PC signals are typically seen as noise and are often discarded. Similarly, smaller R2 neurons are commonly thought to be dominated by noise and are not further analyzed. Given these considerations, we believe that the term "considered useless" is appropriate in this context. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Regarding “5.3) "... recent studies (Glaser 58 et al., 2020; Willsey et al., 2022) demonstrate nonlinear readout outperforms linear readout." => do these studies show that nonlinear "readout" outperforms linear "readout", or just that nonlinear models outperform linear models?”:

      In this paper, we consider the two statements to be equivalent. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Regarding “5.4) Line 144: "The first criterion is that the decoding performance of the behaviorally-relevant signals (red bar, Fig.1) should surpass that of raw signals (the red dotted line, Fig.1).". Do the authors mean linear decoding here or decoding in general? If the latter, how can something extracted from neural surpass decoding of neural data, when the extraction itself can be thought of as part of decoding? The operational definition for this "decoding performance" should be clarified.”:

      We mean the latter, as we said in the section “Framework for defining, extracting, and separating behaviorally-relevant signals”, since raw signals contain too many behaviorally-irrelevant signals, deep neural networks are more prone to overfit raw signals than relevant signals. Therefore the decoding performance of relevant signals should surpass that of raw signals. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Regarding “5.5) Line 311: "we found that the dimensionality of primary subspace of raw signals (26, 64, and 45 for datasets A, B, and C) is significantly higher than that of behaviorally-relevant signals (7, 13, and 9), indicating that behaviorally-irrelevant signals lead to an overestimation of the neural dimensionality of behaviorally-relevant signals." => here the dimensionality of the total PC space (i.e., primary subspace of raw signals) is being compared with that of inferred behaviorally-relevant signals, so the former being higher does not indicate that neural dimensionality of behaviorally-relevant signals was overestimated. The former is simply not behavioral so this conclusion is not accurate.”: In practice, researchers usually used raw signals to estimate the neural dimensionality. We mean that using raw signals to do this would overestimate the neural dimensionality. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Regarding “5.6) Section "Distilled behaviorally-relevant signals uncover that smaller R2 neurons encode rich behavioral information in complex nonlinear ways". Based on what kind of R2 are the neurons grouped? Behavior decoding R2 from raw signals? Using what mapping? Using KF? If KF is used, the result that small R2 neurons benefit a lot from d-VAE could be somewhat expected, given the nonlinearity of d-VAE: because only ANN would have the capacity to unwrap the nonlinear encoding of d-VAE as needed. If decoding performance that is used to group neurons is based on data, regression to the mean could also partially explain the result: the neurons with worst raw decoding are most likely to benefit from a change in decoder, than neurons that already had good decoding. In any case, the R2 used to partition and sort neurons should be more clearly stated and reminded throughout the text and I Fig 3.”:

      When employing R2 to characterize neurons, it indicates the extent to which neuronal activity is explained by the linear encoding model [1-3]. Smaller R2 neurons have a lower capacity for linearly tuning (encoding) behaviors, while larger R2 neurons have a higher capacity for linearly tuning (encoding) behaviors. Specifically, the approach involves first establishing an encoding relationship from velocity to neural signal using a linear model, i.e., y=f(x), where f represents a linear regression model, x denotes velocity, and y denotes the neural signal. Subsequently, R2 is utilized to quantify the effectiveness of the linear encoding model in explaining neural activity. We have provided a comprehensive explanation in the revised manuscript. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      [1] Collinger, J.L., Wodlinger, B., Downey, J.E., Wang, W., Tyler-Kabara, E.C., Weber, D.J., McMorland, A.J., Velliste, M., Boninger, M.L. and Schwartz, A.B., 2013. High-performance neuroprosthetic control by an individual with tetraplegia. The Lancet, 381(9866), pp.557-564.

      [2] Wodlinger, B., et al. "Ten-dimensional anthropomorphic arm control in a human brain− machine interface: difficulties, solutions, and limitations." Journal of neural engineering 12.1 (2014): 016011.

      [3] Inoue, Y., Mao, H., Suway, S.B., Orellana, J. and Schwartz, A.B., 2018. Decoding arm speed during reaching. Nature communications, 9(1), p.5243.

      Regarding Questions 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, and 5.10:

      We believe our conclusions are solid. The reasons can be found in our replies in Q2 and Q3. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q6: “Imprecise use of language also sometimes is not inaccurate but just makes the text hard to follow.

      6.1) Line 41: "about neural encoding and decoding mechanisms" => what is the definition of encoding/decoding and how do these differ? The definitions given much later in line 77-79 is also not clear.

      6.2) Line 323: remind the reader about what R2 is being discussed, e.g., R2 of decoding behavior using KF. It is critical to know if linear or nonlinear decoding is being discussed.

      6.3) Line 488: "we found that neural responses previously considered trivial encode rich behavioral information in complex nonlinear ways" => "trivial" in what sense? These phrases would benefit from more precision, for example: "neurons that may seem to have little or no behavior information encoded". The same imprecise word ("trivial") is also used in many other places, for example in the caption of Fig S9.

      6.4) Line 611: "The same should be true for the brain." => Too strong of a statement for an unsupported claim suggesting the brain does something along the lines of nonlin VAE + linear readout.

      6.5) In Fig 1, legend: what is the operational definition of "generating performance"? Generating what? Neural reconstruction?”

      Regarding “6.1) Line 41: "about neural encoding and decoding mechanisms" => what is the definition of encoding/decoding and how do these differ? The definitions given much later in line 77-79 is also not clear.”:

      We would like to provide a detailed explanation of neural encoding and decoding. Neural encoding means how neuronal activity encodes the behaviors, that is, y=f(x), where y denotes neural activity and, x denotes behaviors, f is the encoding model. Neural decoding means how the brain decodes behaviors from neural activity, that is, x=g(y), where g is the decoding model. For further elaboration, please refer to [1]. We have included references that discuss the concepts of encoding and decoding in the revised manuscript. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      [1] Kriegeskorte, Nikolaus, and Pamela K. Douglas. "Interpreting encoding and decoding models." Current opinion in neurobiology 55 (2019): 167-179.

      Regarding “6.2) Line 323: remind the reader about what R2 is being discussed, e.g., R2 of decoding behavior using KF. It is critical to know if linear or nonlinear decoding is being discussed.”:

      This question is the same as Q5.6. Please refer to the response to Q5.6. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Regarding “6.3) Line 488: "we found that neural responses previously considered trivial encode rich behavioral information in complex nonlinear ways" => "trivial" in what sense? These phrases would benefit from more precision, for example: "neurons that may seem to have little or no behavior information encoded". The same imprecise word ("trivial") is also used in many other places, for example in the caption of Fig S9.”:

      We have revised this statement in the revised manuscript. Thanks for your recommendation.

      Regarding “6.4) Line 611: "The same should be true for the brain." => Too strong of a statement for an unsupported claim suggesting the brain does something along the lines of nonlin VAE + linear readout.”

      We mean that removing the interference of irrelevant signals and decoding the relevant signals should logically be two stages. We have revised this statement in the revised manuscript. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Regarding “6.5) In Fig 1, legend: what is the operational definition of "generating performance"? Generating what? Neural reconstruction?””:

      We have replaced “generating performance” with “reconstruction performance” in the revised manuscript. Thanks for your recommendation.

      Q7: “In the analysis presented starting in line 449, the authors compare improvement gained for decoding various speed ranges by adding secondary (small PC) neurons to the KF decoder (Fig S11). Why is this done using the KF decoder, when earlier results suggest an ANN decoder is needed for accurate decoding from these small PC neurons? It makes sense to use the more accurate nonlinear ANN decoder to support the fundamental claim made here, that smaller variance PCs are involved in regulating precise control”

      Because when the secondary signal is superimposed on the primary signal, the enhancement in KF performance is substantial. We wanted to explore in which aspect of the behavior the KF performance improvement is mainly reflected. In comparison, the improvement of ANN by the secondary signal is very small, rendering the exploration of the aforementioned questions inconsequential. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q8: “A key limitation of the VAE architecture is that it doesn't aggregate information over multiple time samples. This may be why the authors decided to use a very large bin size of 100ms and beyond that smooth the data with a moving average. This limitation should be clearly stated somewhere in contrast with methods that can aggregate information over time (e.g., TNDM, LFADS, PSID) ”

      We have added this limitation in the Discussion in the revised manuscript. Thanks for your recommendation.

      Q9: “Fig 5c and parts of the text explore the decoding when some neurons are dropped. These results should come with a reminder that dropping neurons from behaviorally relevant signals is not technically possible since the extraction of behaviorally relevant signals with d-VAE is a population level aggregation that requires the raw signal from all neurons as an input. This is also important to remind in some places in the text for example:

      • Line 498: "...when one of the neurons is destroyed."

      • Line 572: "In contrast, our results show that decoders maintain high performance on distilled signals even when many neurons drop out."”

      We want to explore the robustness of real relevant signals in the face of neuron drop-out. The signals our model extracted are an approximation of the ground truth relevant signals and thus serve as a substitute for ground truth to study this problem. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q10: “Besides the confounded conclusions regarding the readout being linear (see comment 3 and items related to it in comment 5), the authors also don't adequately discuss prior works that suggest nonlinearity helps decoding of behavior from the motor cortex. Around line 594, a few works are discussed as support for the idea of a linear readout. This should be accompanied by a discussion of works that support a nonlinear encoding of behavior in the motor cortex, for example (Naufel et al. 2019; Glaser et al. 2020), some of which the authors cite elsewhere but don't discuss here.”

      We have added this discussion in the revised manuscript. Thanks for your recommendation.

      Q11: “Selection of hyperparameters is not clearly explained. Starting line 791, the authors give some explanation for one hyperparameter, but not others. How are the other hyperparameters determined? What is the search space for the grid search of each hyperparameter? Importantly, if hyperparameters are determined only based on the training data of each fold, why is only one value given for the hyperparameter selected in each dataset (line 814)? Did all 5 folds for each dataset happen to select exactly the same hyperparameter based on their 5 different training/validation data splits? That seems unlikely.”

      We perform a grid search in {0.001, 0.01,0.1,1} for hyperparameter beta. And we found that 0.001 is the best for all datasets. As for the model parameters, such as hidden neuron numbers, this model capacity has reached saturation decoding performance and does not influence the results.

      Regarding “Importantly, if hyperparameters are determined only based on the training data of each fold, why is only one value given for the hyperparameter selected in each dataset (line 814)? Did all 5 folds for each dataset happen to select exactly the same hyperparameter based on their 5 different training/validation data splits”: We selected the hyperparameter based on the average performance of 5 folds data on validation sets. The selected value denotes the one that yields the highest average performance across the 5 folds data.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q12: “d-VAE itself should also be explained more clearly in the main text. Currently, only the high-level idea of the objective is explained. The explanation should be more precise and include the idea of encoding to latent state, explain the relation to pip-VAE, explain inputs and outputs, linearity/nonlinearity of various mappings, etc. Also see comment 1 above, where I suggest adding more details about other methods in the main text.”

      Our primary objective is to delve into the encoding and decoding mechanisms using the separated relevant signals. Therefore, providing an excessive amount of model details could potentially distract from the main focus of the paper. In response to your suggestion, we have included a visual representation of d-VAE's structure, input, and output (see Fig. S1) in the revised manuscript, which offers a comprehensive and intuitive overview. Additionally, we have expanded on the details of d-VAE and other methods in the Methods section.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q13: “In Fig 1f and g, shouldn't the performance plots be swapped? The current plots seem counterintuitive. If there is bias toward decoding (panel g), why is the irrelevant residual so good at decoding?”

      The placement of the performance plots in Fig. 1f and 1g is accurate. When the model exhibits a bias toward decoding, it prioritizes extracting the most relevant features (latent variables) for decoding purposes. As a consequence, the model predominantly generates signals that are closely associated with these extracted features. This selective signal extraction and generation process may result in the exclusion of other potentially useful information, which will be left in the residuals. To illustrate this concept, consider the example of face recognition: if a model can accurately identify an individual using only the person's eyes (assuming these are the most useful features), other valuable information, such as details of the nose or mouth, will be left in the residuals, which could also be used to identify the individual.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Summary:

      In this interesting work, the authors investigated an important topical question: when we see travelling waves in cortical activity, is this due to true wave-like spread, or due to sequentially activated sources? In simulations, it is shown that sequential brain module activation can show up as a travelling wave - even in improved methods such as phase delay maps - and a variety of parameters is investigated. Then, in ex-vivo turtle eye-brain preparations, the authors show that visual cortex waves observable in local field potentials are in fact often better explained as areas D1 and D2 being sequentially activated. This has implications for how we think about travelling wave methodology and relevant analytical tools.

      Strengths:

      I enjoyed reading the discussion. The authors are careful in their claims, and point out that some phenomena may still indeed be genuine travelling waves, but we should have a higher evidence bar to claim this for a particular process in light of this paper and Zhigalov & Jensen (2023) (ref 44). Given this careful discussion, the claims made are well-supported by the experimental results. The discussion also gives a nice overview of potential options in light of this and future directions.

      The illustration of different gaussian covariances leading to very different latency maps was interesting to see.

      Furthermore, the methods are detailed and clearly structured and the Supplementary Figures, particularly single trial results, are useful and convincing.

      We are glad the reviewer found our manuscript “interesting”, the questions we raise “important”, our claims “well-supported by the experimental results”, and our methods “detailed and clearly structured”.

      The details of the sequentially activated Gaussian simulations give some useful results, but the fundamental idea still appears to be "sequential activation is often indistinguishable from a travelling wave", an idea advanced e.g. by Zhigalov & Jensen (2023). It takes a while until the (in my opinion) more intriguing experimental results.

      To emphasize the experimental results, we switched between the analytical results and the experimental results. Correspondingly, figure 2 now illustrates the more intriguing experimental results and figure 3 the analytical results. In addition, we added subtitles to the different sections of the results to ease the navigation through the paper and to enable the readers to access the different sections more easily.

      One of the key claims is that the spikes are more consistent with two sequentially activated modules rather than a continuous wave (with Fig 3k and 3l key to support this). Whilst this is more consistent, it is worth mentioning that there seems to be stochasticity to this and between-trial variability, especially for spikes.

      In the revised manuscript we added the reviewer’s comment about stochasticity, and we discuss its possible origins:

      "The transition was also not clear when examining spiking responses in some of the trials (as indicated by high DIP scores, Figure 2K). However, the observation that temporal grouping became more pronounced when using ALSA (a more robust estimate of local excitability) (Figure 2L,N), suggests that high DIP values may result from variability in the spike times of single neurons, and not necessarily from the lack of modular activation. Such issues can be resolved by denser sampling of spiking activity in the tissue."

      Recommendations For The Authors:

      The eye-cortex turtle preparation is not the most common. I would add more context about how specific the results are to this preparation vs how comparable it is to human data.

      We added a sentence explaining the relevance of our preparation: “Finally, while the layered organization of turtle cortex is different than that of mammalian cortex, the basic excitability features of both tissues are similar (Connors and Kriegstein, 1986; Hemberger et al., 2019; Kriegstein and Connors, 1986; Larkum et al., 2008; Shein-Idelson et al., 2017b), and substantial differences in the manner by which field potentials and spikes spread through the tissue are not to be expected.”

      Philosophical question: when does a 'module' become small enough for it to count as a travelling wave? More on this could be added to the discussion. I think we are in the very early days for a true understanding of travelling waves, and I wonder if these sequentially activated modules will functionally correspond to the known cortical segregation, or if it varies by area/task.

      We agree with the reviewer that macroscopic waves could be composed of smaller modules (or single neurons at the smallest scale). Our results suggest that modular patterns can be classified as wave patterns both at large scales (of brain areas) and smaller scales of local neural circuits. Therefore, we believe it is necessary to make this distinction across different scales. We sharpened this point in the first paragraph of the discussion:

      "…We showed that LFP measurements indicative of waves propagating across turtle cortex are underlined by discrete and consecutively activated neuronal populations, and not by a continuously propagating wavefront of spikes (Figure 2). Similarly, activation profiles that resemble continuous travelling waves in EEG simulations can be underlined by consecutive activation of two discrete cortical regions (Figure 1). We replicated these results using an analytical model and demonstrated that a simple scenario of sequentially activated Gaussians can exhibit WLPs with a rich diversity of spatiotemporal profiles (Figure 3). Our results offer insight into the scenarios and conditions for WLP detection by identifying failure points that should be considered when identifying travelling waves and therefore suggest caution when interpreting continuous phase latency maps as microscopically propagating wave patterns. Such failure points may exist both when examining activity at the scale of brain regions (Figure 1) and smaller neural circuits (Figure 2). Therefore, our results suggest that the discrepancy between modular and wave activation should be examined across spatial scales. Specifically, it is not necessarily the case that at the fine grained (single neuron) scale activation patterns are modular, but, following coarse graining, smooth wave patterns emerge. Rather, modular activation may hierarchically exist across scales (Kaiser and Hilgetag, 2010; Meunier et al., 2010) and may be masked by smeared spatial supra-threshold excitability boundaries. Below we discuss these limitations across techniques and their implications.”

      I would advise the authors to focus on the experimental data, perhaps by putting the simulations second, and by putting some of the equation details that are in Methods into the Supplementary Information. Whilst the simulation parameter space is well-explored, the fundamental idea of spreading Gaussians is relatively simple, and the current manuscript organization detracted from the main message for me a little bit.”

      Following the referee’s suggestion, we switched between the section with experimental data and the one with the analytic model (see response to comment 1). In addition, to ease the reading of the methods, we moved the mathematical derivation and related equations to appendix 1.

      Things I thought about that you may also enjoy thinking about: Could we tell something about sequential sources vs travelling waves by the nature of the wave - e.g. shape or dispersion? If some wave properties are conserved whilst travelling, this could be evidence for travelling vs two sources.

      This is a wonderful suggestion. We are currently working on a follow up publication with a new approach to do exactly that! We think that this new body of work is outside the scope of this paper.

      Could synaptic potentials spread like waves, but spikes more in modular bursts? This would also explain the LFP vs spikes difference - maybe travelling waves of EPSPs are there priming the network, 'looking' for suitable modules to activate, which then activate sequentially. The current discussion is quite spike-focused - could some information be in synaptic potentials after all?

      This is an interesting idea with intriguing functional implications. We added this idea to our discussion (see paragraph below). In addition, to emphasize our discussion on synaptic potentials, we reorganized the paragraphs in the discussion to separate between our discussion on sub-threshold excitability (which is mostly synaptic) and supra-threshold excitability which is the focus of the second part of the discussion.

      “Variability in responses may also be explained by differences in propagation mechanisms (Ermentrout and Kleinfeld, 2001; Muller et al., 2018; Wu et al., 2008). Several reports suggest that waves are underlined by propagation along axonal collaterals (Muller et al., 2018, 2014). Both the transmembrane voltage-gated currents excited during action potentials as well as the post-synaptic currents along axonal boutons can potentially contribute to measured signals. However, such waves travel at high propagation speeds and are not compatible with the wide diversity of wave velocities and mechanisms of local neuronal interactions (Ermentrout and Kleinfeld, 2001; Feller et al., 1996). An intriguing possibility is that such axonal waves prime neuronal excitability by sub-threshold inputs that later result in modular supra-threshold activation. The ability to experimentally discriminate between axonal inputs and local spiking excitability (e.g. by reporters with different wavelengths) can potentially resolve such discrepancies.

      Our turtle cortex results (Figure 2) exemplify how contrasting sub-threshold LFP measurements with supra-threshold spiking measurements can yield different conclusions about the nature of activity spread….”

    1. Author Response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Joint Public Review:

      […] While this does not rule out criticality in the brain, it decidedly weakens the evidence for it, which was based on the following logic: critical systems give rise to power law behavior; power law behavior is observed in cortical networks; therefore, cortical networks operate near a critical point. Given, as shown in this paper, that power laws can arise from noncritical processes, the logic breaks. Moreover, the authors show that criticality does not imply optimal information transmission (one of its proposed functions). This highlights the necessity for more rigorous analyses to affirm criticality in the brain. In particular, it suggests that attention should be focused on the question "does the brain implement a dynamical latent variable model?".

      These authors are not the first to show that slowly varying firing rates can give rise to power law behavior (see, for example, Touboul and Destexhe, 2017; Priesemann and Shriki, 2018). However, to our knowledge they are the first to show crackling, and to compute information transmission in the critical state.

      We thank the reviewers for their thoughtful assessment of our paper.

      We would push back on the assessment that our model ‘has nothing to do with criticality,’ and that we observed ‘signatures of criticality [that] emerge through fundamentally non-critical mechanisms.’ This assessment partially stems from the definition of criticality provided in the Public Comment, that ‘criticality is a very specific set of phenomena in physics in which fundamentally local interactions produce unexpected long-range behavior.’

      Our disagreement is largely focused on this definition, which we do not think is a standard definition. Taking the favorite textbook example, the Ising model, criticality is characterized by a set of power-law divergences in thermodynamic quantities (e.g., susceptibility, specific heat, magnetization) at the critical temperature, with exponents of these power laws governed by scaling laws. It is not defined by local interactions. All-to-all Ising model is generally viewed as showing a critical behavior at a certain temperature, even though interactions there are manifestly non-local. It is possible that, by “local” in the definition, the Public Comment meant that interactions are “collective” and among microscopic degrees of freedom. However, that same all-to-all Ising model is mathematically equivalent to the mean-field model, where criticality is achieved through large fluctuations of the mean field, but not through microscopic interactions.

      More commonly, criticality is defined by power laws and scaling relationships that emerge at a critical value of a parameter(s) of the system. That is, criticality is defined by its signatures. What is crucial in all such definitions is that this atypical, critical state requires fine tuning. For example, in the textbook example of the Ising model, a parameter (the temperature) must be tuned to a critical value for critical behavior to appear. In the branching process model that generates avalanche criticality, criticality requires tuning m=1. The key result of our paper is that all signatures expected for avalanche criticality (power laws, crackling, and, as shown below, estimates of the branching rate m), and hence the criticality itself, appear without fine-tuning.

      As we discussed in our introduction, there are a few other instances of signatures of criticality (and hence of criticality itself) emerging without fine-tuning. The first we are aware of was the demonstration of Zipf’s Law (by Schwab, et al. 2014, and Aitchison et al. 2016), a power-law relationship between rank and frequency of states, which was shown to emerge generically in systems driven by a broadly distributed latent variable. A second example, arising from applications of coarse-graining analysis to neural data (cf., Meshulam et al. 2019; also, Morales et al., 2023), was demonstrated in our earlier paper (Morrell et al. 2021). Thus, here we have a third example: the model in this paper generates signatures of criticality in the statistics of avalanches of activity, and it does so without fine-tuning (cf., Fig. 2-3).

      The rate at which these ‘criticality without fine-tuning' examples are piling up may inspire revisiting the requirement of fine-tuning in the definition of criticality, and our ongoing work (Ngampruetikorn et al. 2023) suggests that criticality may be more accurately defined through large fluctuations (variance > 1/N) rather than through fine-tuning or scaling relations.

      References:

      • Schwab DJ, Nemenman I, Mehta P. “Zipf’s Law and Criticality in Multivariate Data without FineTuning.” Phys Rev Lett. 2014 Aug; doi::101103/PhysRevLett.113.068102,

      • Aitchison L, Corradi N, Latham PE. “Zipf’s Law Arising Naturally When There Are Underlying, Unobserved Variables.” PLOS Computational biology. 2016 12; 12(12):1-32. doi:10.1371/journal.pcbi.1005110

      • Meshulam L, Gauthier JL, Brody CD, Tank DW, Bialek W. “Coarse Graining, Fixed Points, and Scaling in a Large Population of Neurons.” Phys Rev Lett. 2019 Oct; doi: 10.1103/PhysRevLett.123.178103.

      • Morales GB, di Santo S, Muñoz MA. “Quasiuniversal scaling in mouse-brain neuronal activity stems from edge-of-instability critical dynamics.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences. 2023; 120(9):e2208998120.

      • Morrell MC, Sederberg AJ, Nemenman I. “Latent Dynamical Variables Produce Signatures of Spatiotemporal Criticality in Large Biological Systems.” Phys Rev Lett. 2021 Mar; doi: 10.1103/PhysRevLett.126.118302.

      • Ngampruetikorn, V., Nemenman, I., Schwab, D., “Extrinsic vs Intrinsic Criticality in Systems with Many Components.” arXiv: arXiv:2309.13898 [physics.bio-ph]

      Major comments:

      1) For many readers, the essential messages of the paper may not be immediately clear. For example, is the paper criticizing the criticality hypothesis of cortical networks, or does the criticism extend deeper, to the theoretical predictions of "crackling" relationships in physical systems as they can emerge without criticality? Statements like "We show that a system coupled to one or many dynamical latent variables can generate avalanche criticality ..." could be misinterpreted as affirming criticality. A more accurate language is needed; for instance, the paper could state that the model generates relationships observed in critical systems. The paper should provide a clearer conclusion and interpretation of the findings in the context of the criticality hypothesis of cortical dynamics.

      Please see the response to the Public Review, above. To clarify the essential message that the dynamical latent variable model produces avalanche criticality without fine-tuning, we have made revisions to the abstract and introduction. This point was already made in the discussion (first sentence).

      Key sentences changed in the abstract:

      "… We find that populations coupled to multiple latent variables produce critical behavior across a broader parameter range than those coupled to a single, quasi-static latent variable, but in both cases, avalanche criticality is observed without fine-tuning of model parameters. … Our results suggest that avalanche criticality arises in neural systems in which activity is effectively modeled as a population driven by a few dynamical variables and these variables can be inferred from the population activity."

      In the introduction, we changed the final sentence to read:

      "These results demonstrate how criticality in neural recordings can arise from latent dynamics in neural activity, without need for fine-tuning of network parameters."

      2) On lines 97-99, the authors state that "We are agnostic as to the origin of these inputs: they may be externally driven from other brain areas, or they may arise from recurrent dynamics locally". This idea is also repeated at the beginning of the Summary section. Perhaps being agnostic isn't such a good idea: it's possible that the recurrent dynamics is in a critical regime, which would just push the problem upstream. Presumably you're thinking of recurrent dynamics with slow timescales that's not critical? Or are you happy if it's in the critical regime? This should be clarified.

      We have amended this sentence to clarify that any latent dynamics with large fluctuations would suffice:

      ”We are agnostic as to the origin of these inputs: they may be externally driven from other brain areas, or they may arise from large fluctuations in local recurrent dynamics.”

      3) Even though the model in Equation 2 has been described in a previous publication and the Methods section, more details regarding the origin and justification of this model in the context of cortical networks would be helpful in the Results section. Was it chosen just for simplicity, or was there a deeper reason?

      This model was chosen for its simplicity: there are no direct interactions between neurons, coupling between neurons and latent variables is random, and simulation is straightforward. More complex latent dynamics or non-random structure in the coupling matrices could have been used, but our aim was to explore this model in the simplest setting possible.

      We have revised the Results (“Avalanche scaling in a dynamical latent variable model,” first paragraph) to justify the choice of the model:

      "We study a model of a population of neurons that are not coupled to each other directly but are driven by a small number of dynamical latent variables -- that is, slowly changing inputs that are not themselves measured (Fig.~\ref{fig:fig1}A). We are agnostic as to the origin of these inputs: they may be externally driven from other brain areas, or they may arise from large fluctuations in local recurrent dynamics. The model was chosen for its simplicity, and because we have previously shown that this model with at least about five latent variables can produce power laws under the coarse-graining analysis \citep{Morrell2021}."

      We have added the following to the beginning of the Methods section expanding on the reasons for this choice:

      "We study a model from Morrell 2021, originally constructed as a model of large populations of neurons in mouse hippocampus. Neurons are non-interacting, receiving inputs reflective of place-field selectivity as well as input current arising from a random projection from a small number of dynamical latent variables, representing inputs shared across the population of neurons that are not directly measured or controlled. In the current paper, we incorporate only the latent variables (no place variables), and we assume that every cell is coupled to every latent variable with some randomly drawn coupling strength."

      4) The Methods section (paragraph starting on line 340) connects the time scale to actual time scales in neuronal systems, stating that "The timescales of latent variables examined range from about 3 seconds to 3000 seconds, assuming 3-ms bins". While bins of 3 ms are relevant for electrophysiological data from LFPs or high-density EEG/MEG, time scales above 10 seconds are difficult to generate through biophysically clear processes like ionic channels and synaptic transmission. The paper suggests that slow time scales of the latent variables are crucial for obtaining power law behavior resembling criticality. Yet, one way to generate such slow time scales is via critical slowing down, implying that some brain areas providing input to the network under study may operate near criticality. This pushes the problem toward explaining the criticality of those external networks. Hence, discussing potential sources for slow time scales in latent variables is crucial. One possibility you might want to consider is sources external to the organism, which could easily have time scales in the 1-24 hour range.

      As the reviewers note, it is a possibility that slow timescales arise from some other brain area in which dynamics are slow due to critical dynamics, but many other plausible sources exist. These include slowly varying sensory stimuli or external sources, as suggested by the reviewers. It is also possible to generate “effective” slow dynamics from non-critical internal sources. One example, from recordings in awake mice, is the slow change in the level of arousal that occurs on the scale of many seconds to minutes. These changes arise from release of neuromodulators that have broad effects on neural populations and correlations in activity (for a focused review, see Poulet and Crochet, 2019).

      We have added the following sentence to the Methods section where timescales of latent variables was discussed:

      "The timescales of latent variables examined range from about $3$ seconds to $3000$ seconds, assuming $3$-ms bins. Inputs with such timescales may arise from external sources, such as sensory stimuli, or from internal sources, such as changes in physiological state."

      5) It is common in neuronal avalanche analysis to calculate the branching parameter using the ratio of events in consecutive bins. Near-critical systems should display values close to 1, especially in simulations without subsampling. Including the estimated values of the branching parameter for the different cases investigated in this study could provide more comprehensive data. While the paper acknowledges that the obtained exponents in the model differ from those in a critical branching process, it would still be beneficial to offer the branching parameter of the observed avalanches for comparison.

      The reviewers requested that the branching parameter be computed in our model. We point out that, for the quasi-stationary latent variables (as in Fig. 3), a branching parameter of 1 is expected because the summed activity at time t+k is, on average, equal to the summed activity at time t, regardless of k. Numerics are consistent with this expectation. Following the methodology for an unbiased estimate of the branching parameter from Wilting and Priesemann (2018), we checked an example set of parameters (epsilon = 8, eta = 3) for quasi-stationary latent fields. We found that the naïve (biased) estimate of the branching parameter was 0.94, and that the unbiased estimator was exp(−1.4⋅10−8) ≈ 0.999999986.

      For faster time scales, it is no longer true that summed activity is constant over time, as the temporal correlations in activity decay exponentially. Using the five-field simulation from Figure 2, we calculated the branching parameter for several values of tau. The biased estimates of m are 0.76 (𝜏=50), 0.79 (𝜏=500), and 0.79 (𝜏=5000). The corrected estimates are 0.98 (𝜏=50), 0.998 (𝜏=500), and 0.9998 (𝜏=5000).

      6) In the Discussion (l 269), the paper suggests potential differences between networks cultured in vitro and in vivo. While significant differences indeed exist, it's worth noting that exponents consistent with a critical branching process have also been observed in vivo (Petermann et al 2009; Hahn et al. 2010), as well as in large-scale human data.

      We thank the reviewers for pointing out these studies, and we have added the missing one (Hahn et al. 2010) to our reference list. The following was added to the discussion, in the section “Explaining Experimental Exponents:”

      "A subset of the in vivo recordings analyzed from anesthetized cat (Hahn et al. 2010) and macaque monkeys (Petermann et al. 2009) exhibited a size distribution exponent close to 1.5."

      Along these lines, we noted two additional studies of high relevance that have been published since our initial submission (Capek et al. 2023, Lombardi et al. 2023), and we have added these references to the discussion of experimental exponents.

      Minor comments:

      1) The term 'latent variable' should be rigorously explained, as it is likely to be unfamiliar to some readers.

      Sentences and clauses have been added to the Introduction, Results and the Methods to clarify the term:

      Intro: “Numerous studies have reported relatively low-dimensional structure in the activity of large populations of neurons [refs], which can be modeled by a population of neurons that are broadly and heterogeneously coupled to multiple dynamical latent (i.e., unobserved) variables.”

      Results: “We studied a population of neurons that are not coupled to each other directly but are driven by a small number of dynamical latent variables -- that is, slowly changing inputs that are not themselves measured.”

      Methods: “Neurons are non-interacting, receiving inputs reflective of place-field selectivity as well as input current reflecting a random projection from a small number of dynamical latent variables, representing inputs shared across the population of neurons that are not directly measured.”

      2) There's a relatively important typo in the equations: Eq. 2 and Eq. 6 differ by a minus sign in the exponent. Eqs. 3 and 4 use the plus sign, but epsilon_0 on line 198 uses the minus sign. All very confusing until we figured out what was going on. But easy to fix.

      Thank you for catching this. We have made the following corrections:

      1) Figures adopted the sign convention that epsilon > 0, with larger values of epsilon decreasing the activity level. Signs in Eqs. 3 and 4 have been corrected to match.

      2) Equation 5 was missing a minus sign in front of the Hamiltonian. Restoring this minus sign fixed the discrepancy between 2 and 6.

      3) In Eq. 7, the left hand side is zeta'/zeta', which is equal to 1. Maybe it should be zeta'/zeta? Fixed, thank you.

      Additional comments:

      The authors are free to ignore these; they are meant to improve the paper.

      We are extremely grateful for the close reading of our paper and note the actions taken below.

      1) We personally would not use the abbreviation DLV; we find abbreviations extremely hard to remember. And DLV is not used that often.

      Done, thank you for the suggestion.

      2) l 198: epsilon_0 = -log(2^{1/N}-1) was kind of hard to picture -- we had to do a little algebra to make sense of it. Why not write e^{-epsilon_0} = 2^{1/N}-1 \approx log(2)/N, which in turn implies that epsilon_0 ~ log(N)?

      Thank you, good point. We have added a sentence now to better explain:

      "...which is maximized at $\epsilon_0 = - \log (2^{1/N} - 1)$, independent of $J_i$ and $\eta$. After some algebra, we find that $\epsilon_0 \sim \log N$ for large $N$."

      3) Typo on l 202: "We plot P_ava as a function of epsilon in Fig. 4B". 4B --> 4D.

      Done

      4) It would be easier on the reader if the tables were all in one place. It would be even nicer to put the parameters in the figure captions. Or at least N; that one is kind of important.

      Table placement was a Latex issue, which we have now fixed. We also have included links between tables and relevant figures and indicated network size.

      5) What's x_i in Eqs. 7 and 8?

      We added a sentence of explanation. These are the individual observations of avalanche sizes or durations, depending on what is being fit.

      6) The latent variables evolve according to an Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process. But we might equally expect oscillations or non-normal behavior coupling dynamical modes, and these are likely to give different behavior with respect to avalanches. It might be worth commenting on this.

      7) The model assumes a normal distribution of the coupling strengths between the latent variables and the binary units. Discussing the potential effects of different types of random coupling could provide interesting insights.

      Both 6 and 7 are interesting questions. At this point, we could speculate that the main results would be qualitatively unchanged, provided dynamics are sufficiently slow and that the distribution of coupling strengths is sufficiently broad (that is, there is variance in the coupling matrix across individual neurons). Further studies would be needed to make these statements more precise.

      8) In Fig 1, tau_f = 1E4 whereas in Fig 2 tau_f = 5E3. Why the difference?

      For Figure 1, we chose a set of parameters that gave clear scaling. In Figure 2, we saw some value in showing more than one example of scaling, hence different parameters for the examples in Fig 2 than Fig 1. Note that the Fig 1 simulations are represented in Fig. 2 G-J, as the 5-field simulation with tau_F = 1e4.

  2. Jan 2024
    1. Author Response

      eLife assessment

      This study presents a valuable finding on a new role of Foxp3+ regulatory T cells in sensory perception, which may have an impact on our understanding of somatosensory perception. The authors identified a previously unappreciated action of enkephalins released by immune cells in the resolution of pain and several upstream signals that can regulate the expression of the proenkephalin gene PENK in Foxp3+ Tregs. However, whereas the generation of transgenic mice with conditional deletion of PENK in Foxp3+ cells and PENK fate-mapping is novel and generates compelling data, they show an incomplete analysis of Tregs in the control and transgenic mice, proper tamoxifen controls nor the role of PENK+ skin T cells to further support their hypothesis. Nonetheless, the study would be of interest to the biologists working in the field of neuroimmunology and inflammation.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors explore mechanisms through which T-regs attenuate acute pain using a heat sensitivity paradigm. Analysis of available transcriptomic data revealed expression on the proenkephalin (Penk) gene in T-regs. The authors explore the contribution of T-reg Penk in the resolution of heat sensitivity.

      Strengths:

      Investigating the potential role of T-reg Penk in the resolution of acute pain is a strength.

      Weaknesses:

      The overall experimental design is superficial and lacks sufficient rigor to draw any meaningful conclusions.

      For instance:

      1) The were no TAM controls. What is the evidence that TAM does not alter heat-sensitive receptors.

      Author response : By comparing panel A and C, it appears that heat-sensitivity in controls (blue dots) is slightly different before and after TMX administration, suggesting that heat-sensitive receptors are moderately altered by TMX per se. However, heat sensitivity is increased by two fold in KO animals. Thus, a possible effect of TAM on heat receptors is not responsible for the heat hyperalgesia seen in KO, as shown in figure 4 and S3.

      2) There are no controls demonstrating that recombination actually occurred. How do the authors know a single dose of TAM is sufficient?

      Author response : these experiments are in progress. Specificity of the deletion will be presented in an updated version of the manuscript in the near future.

      3) Why was only heat sensitivity assessed? The behavioral tests are inadequate to derive any meaningful conclusions. Further, why wasn't the behavioral data plotted longitudinally

      Author response : We respectfuly point the reviewer to figure S3 where the longitudinal data are presented. New behavorial tests are being performed. The results will be presented in a revised version.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The present study addresses the role of enkephalins, which are specifically expressed by regulatory T cells (Treg), in sensory perception in mice. The authors used a combination of transcriptomic databases available online to characterize the molecular signature of Treg. The proenkephalin gene Penk is among the most enriched transcripts, suggesting that Treg plays an analgesic role through the release of endogenous opioids. In addition, in silico analysis suggests that Penk is regulated by the TNFR superfamily; this being experimentally confirmed. Using flow cytometry analysis, the authors then show that Penk is mostly expressed in Treg of the skin and colon, compared to other immune cells. Finally, genetic conditional excision of Penk, selectively in Treg, results in heat hypersensitivity, as assessed by behavior analysis.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is clear and reveals a previously unappreciated role of enkephalins, as released by immune cells, in sensory perception. The rationale in this manuscript is easy to follow, and conclusions are well supported by data.

      Weaknesses:

      The sensory deficit of Penk cKO appears to be quite limited compared to control littermates.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Aubert et al investigated the role of PENK in regulatory T cells. Through the mining of publicly available transcriptome data, the authors confirmed that PENK expression is selectively enriched in regulatory but not conventional T cells. Further data mining suggested that OX40, 4-1BB as well as BATF, can regulate PENK expression in Tregs. The authors generated fate-mapping mice to confirm selective PENK expression in Tregs and activated effector T cells in the colon and spleen. Interestingly, transgenic mice with conditional deletion of PENK in Tregs resulted in hypersensitivity to heat, which the authors attributed to heat hyperalgesia.

      Strengths:

      The generation of transgenic mice with conditional deletion of PENK in foxp3 and PENK fate-mapping is novel and can potentially yield significant findings. The identification of upstream signals that regulate PENK is interesting but unlikely to be the main reason why PENK is predominantly expressed in Tregs as both BATF and TNFR are expressed in effector T cells.

      Weaknesses:

      There is a lack of direct evidence and detailed analysis of Tregs in the control and transgenic mice to support the authors' hypothesis. PENK was previously reported to be expressed in skin Tregs and play a significant role in regulating skin homeostasis: this should be considered as an alternative mechanism that may explain the changed sensitivity to heat observed in the paper.

      Author response : Supplementary figures are being prepared and new results are being collected to show that the KO do not perturb immune and/or skin homeostasis at the time of the experiments. These will be presented in a revised version.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      The authors have developed a compelling coarse-grained simulation approach for nucleosome-nucleosome interactions within a chromatin array. The data presented are solid and provide new insights that allow for predictions of how chromatin interactions might occur in vivo, but some of the claims should be tempered. The tools will be valuable for the chromosome biology field.

      Response: We want to thank the editors and all the reviewers for their insightful comments. We have made substantial changes to the manuscript to improve its clarity and temper necessary claims, as detailed in the responses, and we performed additional analyses to address the reviewers’ concerns. We believe that we have successfully addressed all the comments, and the quality of our paper has improved significantly.

      In the following, we provide point-to-point responses to all the reviewer comments. 

      RESPONSE TO REFEREE 1:

      Comment 0: This study develops and applies a coarse-grained model for nucleosomes with explicit ions. The authors perform several measurements to explore the utility of a coarse-grained simulation method to model nucleosomes and nucleosome arrays with explicit ions and implicit water. ’Explicit ions’ means that the charged ions are modeled as particles in simulation, allowing the distributions and dynamics of ions to be measured. Since nucleosomes are highly charged and modulated by charge modifications, this innovation is particularly relevant for chromatin simulation.

      Response: We thank the reviewer’s excellent summary of the work.

      Comment 1: Strengths: This simulation method produces accurate predictions when compared to experiments for the binding affinity of histones to DNA, counterion interactions, nucleosome DNA unwinding, nucleosome binding free energies, and sedimentation coefficients of arrays. The variety of measured quantities makes both this work and the impact of this coarse-grained methodology compelling. The comparison between the contributions of sodium and magnesium ions to nucleosome array compaction, presented in Figure 3, was exciting and a novel result that this simulation methodology can assess.

      Response: We appreciate the reviewer’s strong assessment of the paper’s significance, novelty, and broad interest, and we thank him/her for the detailed suggestions and comments.

      Comment 2: Weaknesses: The presentation of experimental data as representing in vivo systems is a simplification that may misrepresent the results of the simulation work. In vivo, in this context, typically means experimental data from whole cells. What one could expect for in vivo experimental data is measurements on nucleosomes from cell lysates where various and numerous chemical modifications are present. On the contrary, some of the experimental data used as a comparison are from in vitro studies. In vitro in this context means nucleosomes were formed ’in a test tube’ or under controlled conditions that do not represent the complexity of an in vivo system. The simulations performed here are more directly compared to in vitro conditions. This distinction likely impacts to what extent these simulation results are biologically relevant. In vivo and in vitro differences could be clarified throughout and discussed.

      Response: As detailed in Response to Comment 3, we have made numerous modifications in the Introduction, Results, and Discussion Section to emphasize the differences between reconstituted and native nucleosomes. The newly added texts also delve into the utilization of the interaction strength measured for reconstituted nucleosomes as a reference point for conceptualizing the interactions among native nucleosomes.

      Comment 3: In the introduction (pg. 3), the authors discuss the uncertainty of nucleosome-tonucleosome interaction strengths in vivo. For example, the authors discuss works such as Funke et al. However, Funke et al. used reconstituted nucleosomes from recombinant histones with one controlled modification (H4 acetylation). Therefore, this study that the authors discuss is measuring nucleosome’s in vitro affinity, and there could be significant differences in vivo due to various posttranslational modifications. Please revise the introduction, results section ”Close contacts drive nucleosome binding free energy,” and discussion to reflect and clarify the difference between in vitro and in vivo measurements. Please also discuss how biological variability could impact your findings in vivo. The works of Alexey Onufriev’s lab on the sensitivity of nucleosomes to charge changes (10.1016/j.bpj.2010.06.046, 10.1186/s13072-018-0181-5), such as some PTMs, are one potential starting place to consider how modifications alter nucleosome stability in vivo.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for the insightful comments and agree that native nucleosomes can differ from reconstituted nucleosomes due to the presence of histone modifications.

      We have revised the introduction to emphasize the differences between in vitro and in vivo nucleosomes. The new text now reads

      "The relevance of physicochemical interactions between nucleosomes to chromatin organization in vivo has been constantly debated, partly due to the uncertainty in their strength [cite]. Examining the interactions between native nucleosomes poses challenges due to the intricate chemical modifications that histone proteins undergo within the nucleus and the variations in their underlying DNA sequences [cite]. Many in vitro experiments have opted for reconstituted nucleosomes that lack histone modifications and feature wellpositioned 601-sequence DNA to simplify the chemical complexity. These experiments aim to establish a fundamental reference point for understanding the strength of interactions within native nucleosomes. Nevertheless, even with reconstituted nucleosomes, a consensus regarding the significance of their interactions remains elusive. For example, using force-measuring magnetic tweezers, Kruithof et al. estimated the inter-nucleosome binding energy to be ∼ 14 kBT [cite]. On the other hand, Funke et al. introduced a DNA origamibased force spectrometer to directly probe the interaction between a pair of nucleosomes [cite], circumventing any potential complications from interpretations of single molecule traces of nucleosome arrays. Their measurement reported a much weaker binding free energy of approximately 2 kBT. This large discrepancy in the reported reference values complicates a further assessment of the interactions between native nucleosomes and their contribution to chromatin organization in vivo."

      We modified the first paragraph of the results section to read

      "Encouraged by the explicit ion model’s accuracy in reproducing experimental measurements of single nucleosomes and nucleosome arrays, we moved to directly quantify the strength of inter-nucleosomes interactions. We once again focus on reconstituted nucleosomes for a direct comparison with in vitro experiments. These experiments have yielded a wide range of values, ranging from 2 to 14 kBT [cite]. Accurate quantification will offer a reference value for conceptualizing the significance of physicochemical interactions among native nucleosomes in chromatin organization in vivo."

      New text was added to the Discussion Section to emphasize the implications of simulation results for interactions among native nucleosomes.

      "One significant finding from our study is the predicted strong inter-nucleosome interactions under the physiological salt environment, reaching approximately 9 kBT. We showed that the much lower value reported in a previous DNA origami experiment is due to the restricted nucleosomal orientation inherent to the device design. Unrestricted nucleosomes allow more close contacts to stabilize binding. A significant nucleosome binding free energy also agrees with the high forces found in single-molecule pulling experiments that are needed for chromatin unfolding [cite]. We also demonstrate that this strong inter-nucleosomal interaction is largely preserved at longer nucleosome repeat lengths (NRL) in the presence of linker histone proteins. While posttranslational modifications of histone proteins may influence inter-nucleosomal interactions, their effects are limited, as indicated by Ding et al. [cite], and are unlikely to completely abolish the significant interactions reported here. Therefore, we anticipate that, in addition to molecular motors, chromatin regulators, and other molecules inside the nucleus, intrinsic inter-nucleosome interactions are important players in chromatin organization in vivo."

      The suggested references (10.1016/j.bpj.2010.06.046, 10.1186/s13072-018-0181-5) are now included as citations # 44 and 45.

      Comment 4: Due to the implicit water model, do you know if ions can penetrate the nucleosome more? For example, does the lack of explicit water potentially cause sodium to cluster in the DNA grooves more than is biologically relevant, as shown in Figure 1?

      Response: We thank the reviewer for the insightful comments. The parameters of the explicit-ion model were deduced from all-atom simulations and fine-tuned to replicate crucial aspects of the local ion arrangements around DNA (1). The model’s efficacy was demonstrated in reproducing the radial distribution function of Na+ and Mg2+ ion distributions in the proximity of DNA (see Author response image 1). Consequently, the number of ions near DNA in the coarse-grained models aligns with that observed in all-atom simulations, and we do not anticipate any significant, unphysical clustering. It is worth noting that previous atomistic simulations have also reported the presence of a substantial quantity of Na+ ions in close proximity to nucleosomal DNA (refer to Author response image 2).

      Author response image 1.

      Comparison between the radial distribution functions of Na+ (left) and Mg2+ (right) ions around the DNA phosphate groups computed from all-atom (black) and coarse-grained (red) simulations. Figure adapted from Figure 4 of Ref. 1. The coarse-grained explicit ion model used in producing the red curves is identical to the one presented in the current manuscript.

      (© 2011, AIP Publishing. This figure is reproduced with permission from Figure 4 in Freeman GS, Hinckley DM, de Pablo JJ (2011) A coarse-grain three-site-pernucleotide model for DNA with explicit ions. The Journal of Chemical Physics 135:165104. It is not covered by the CC-BY 4.0 license and further reproduction of this figure would need permission from the copyright holder.)

      Author response image 2.

      Three-dimensional distribution of sodium ions around the nucleosome determined from all-atom explicit solvent simulations. Darker blue colors indicate higher sodium density and high density of sodium ions around the DNA is clearly visible. The crystallographically identified acidic patch has been highlighted as spheres on the surface of the histone core and a high level of sodium condensation is observed around these residues. Figure adapted from Ref. 2.

      (© 2009, American Chemical Society. This figure is reproduced with permission from Figure 7 in Materese CK, Savelyev A, Papoian GA (2009) Counterion Atmosphere and Hydration Patterns near a Nucleosome Core Particle. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 131:15005–15013.. It is not covered by the CC-BY 4.0 license and further reproduction of this figure would need permission from the copyright holder.)

      Comment 5: Histone side chain to DNA interactions, such as histone arginines to DNA, are essential for nucleosome stability. Therefore, can the authors provide validation or references supporting your model of the nucleosome with one bead per amino acid? I would like to see if the nucleosomes are stable in an extended simulation or if similar dynamic motions to all-atom simulations are observed.

      Response: The nucleosome model, which employs one bead per amino acid and lacks explicit ions, has undergone extensive calibration and has found application in numerous prior studies. For instance, the de Pablo group utilized a similar model to showcase its ability to accurately replicate the experimentally measured nucleosome unwinding free energy penalty (3), sequence-dependent nucleosome sliding (4), and the interaction between two nucleosomes (5). Similarly, the Takada group employed a comparable model to investigate acetylation-modulated tri-nucleosome structures (6), chromatin structures influenced by chromatin factors (7), and nucleosome sliding (8). Our group also employed this model to study the structural rearrangement of a tetranucleosome (9) and the folding of larger chromatin systems (10). In cases where data were available, simulations frequently achieved quantitative reproduction of experimental results.

      We added the following text to the manuscript to emphasize previous studies that validate the model accuracy.

      "We observe that residue-level coarse-grained models have been extensively utilized in prior studies to examine the free energy penalty associated with nucleosomal DNA unwinding [cite], sequence-dependent nucleosome sliding [cite], binding free energy between two nucleosomes [cite], chromatin folding [cite], the impact of histone modifications on tri-nucleosome structures [cite], and protein-chromatin interactions [cite]. The frequent quantitative agreement between simulation and experimental results supports the utility of such models in chromatin studies. Our introduction of explicit ions, as detailed below, further extends the applicability of these models to explore the dependence of chromatin conformations on salt concentrations."

      We agree that arginines are important for nucleosome stability. Since we assign positive charges to these residues, their contribution to DNA binding can be effectively captured. The model’s ability in reproducing nucleosome stability is supported by the good agreement between the simulated free energy penalty associated with nucleosomal DNA unwinding and experimental value estimated from single molecule experiments (Figure 1).

      To further evaluate nucleosome stability in our simulations, we conducted a 200-ns-long simulation of a nucleosome featuring the 601-sequence under physiological salt conditions– 100 mM NaCl and 0.5 mM MgCl2, consistent with the conditions in Figure 1 of the main text. We found that the nucleosome maintains its overall structure during this simulation. The nucleosome’s radius of gyration (Rg) remained proximate to the value corresponding to the PDB structure (3.95 nm) throughout the entire simulation period (see Author response image 3).

      Author response image 3.

      Time trace of the radius of gyration (Rg) of a nucleosome with the 601-sequence along an unbiased, equilibrium trajectory. It is evident the Rg fluctuates around the value found in the PDB structure (3.95 nm), supporting the stability of the nucleosome in our simulation.

      Occasional fluctuations in Rg corresponded to momentary, partial unwrapping of the nucleosomal DNA, a phenomenon observed in single-molecule experiments. However, we advise caution due to the coarse-grained nature of our simulations, which prevents a direct mapping of simulation timescale to real time. Importantly, the rate of DNA unwrapping in our simulations is notably overestimated.

      It’s plausible that coarse-grained models, lacking side chains, might underestimate the barrier for DNA sliding along the nucleosome. Specifically, our model, without differentiation between interactions among various amino acids and nucleotides, accurately reproduces the average nucleosomal DNA binding affinity but may not capture the energetic variations among binding interfaces. Since sliding’s contribution to chromatin organization is minimal due to the use of strongly positioning 601 sequences, we imposed rigidity on the two nucleotides situated at the dyad axis to prevent nucleosomal DNA sliding. In future studies, enhancing the calibration of protein-DNA interactions to achieve improved sequence specificity would be an intriguing avenue. To underscore this limitation of the model, we have included the following text in the discussion section of the main text.

      "Several aspects of the coarse-grained model presented here can be further improved. For instance, the introduction of specific protein-DNA interactions could help address the differences in non-bonded interactions between amino acids and nucleotides beyond electrostatics [cite]. Such a modification would enhance the model’s accuracy in predicting interactions between chromatin and chromatin-proteins. Additionally, the single-bead-per-amino-acid representation used in this study encounters challenges when attempting to capture the influence of histone modifications, which are known to be prevalent in native nucleosomes. Multiscale simulation approaches may be necessary [cite]. One could first assess the impact of these modifications on the conformation of disordered histone tails using atomistic simulations. By incorporating these conformational changes into the coarse-grained model, systematic investigations of histone modifications on nucleosome interactions and chromatin organization can be conducted. Such a strategy may eventually enable the direct quantification of interactions among native nucleosomes and even the prediction of chromatin organization in vivo."

      Comment 6: The solvent salt conditions vary in the experimental reference data for internucleosomal interaction energies. The authors note, for example, that the in vitro data from Funke et al. differs the most from other measurements, but the solvent conditions are 35 mM NaCl and 11 mM MgCl2. Since this simulation method allows for this investigation, could the authors speak to or investigate if solvent conditions are responsible for the variability in experimental reference data? The authors conclude on pg. 8-9 and Figure 4 that orientational restraints in the DNA origami methodology are responsible for differences in interaction energy. Can the authors rule out ion concentration contributions?

      Response: We thank the reviewer for the insightful comment. We would like to clarify that the black curve presented in Figure 4B of the main text was computed using the salt concentration specified by Funke et al. (35 mM NaCl and 11 mM MgCl2). Furthermore, there were no restraints placed on nucleosome orientations during these calculations. Consequently, the results in Figure 4B can be directly compared with the black curve in Figure 5C. The data in Figure 5C were calculated under physiological salt conditions (150 mM NaCl and 2 mM MgCl2), which are the standard solvent salt conditions used in most studies. It is worth noting that the free energy of nucleosome binding is significantly higher at the salt concentration employed by Funke et al. (14 kBT) than the value at the physiological salt condition (9 kBT). Therefore, comparing the results in Figure 4B and 5C eliminates ion concentration conditions as a potential cause for the the almost negligible result reported by Funke et al.

      Comment 7: In the discussion on pg. 12 residual-level should be residue-level.

      Response: We apologize for the oversight and have corrected the grammatical error in our manuscript.

      RESPONSE TO REFEREE 2:

      Comment 0: In this manuscript, the authors introduced an explicit ion model using the coarse-grained modelling approach to model the interactions between nucleosomes and evaluate their effects on chromatin organization. The strength of this method lies in the explicit representation of counterions, especially divalent ions, which are notoriously difficult to model. To achieve their aims and validate the accuracy of the model, the authors conducted coarse-grained molecular dynamics simulations and compared predicted values to the experimental values of the binding energies of protein-DNA complexes and the free energy profile of nucleosomal DNA unwinding and inter-nucleosome binding. Additionally, the authors employed umbrella sampling simulations to further validate their model, reproducing experimentally measured sedimentation coefficients of chromatin under varying salt concentrations of monovalent and divalent ions.

      Response: We thank the reviewer’s excellent summary of the work.

      Comment 1: The significance of this study lies in the authors’ coarse-grained model which can efficiently capture the conformational sampling of molecules while maintaining a low computational cost. The model reproduces the scale and, in some cases, the shape of the experimental free energy profile for specific molecule interactions, particularly inter-nucleosome interactions. Additionally, the authors’ method resolves certain experimental discrepancies related to determining the strength of inter-nucleosomal interactions. Furthermore, the results from this study support the crucial role of intrinsic physicochemical interactions in governing chromatin organization within the nucleus.

      Response: We appreciate the reviewer’s strong assessment of the paper’s significance, novelty, and broad interest, and we thank him/her for the detailed suggestions and comments.

      Comment 2: The method is simple but can be useful, given the authors can provide more details on their ion parameterization. The paper says that parameters in their ”potentials were tuned to reproduce the radial distribution functions and the potential of mean force between ion pairs determined from all-atom simulations.” However, no details on their all-atom simulations were provided; at some point, the authors refer to Reference 67 which uses all-atom simulations but does not employ the divalent ions. Also, no explanation is given for their modelling of protein-DNA complexes.

      Response: We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion on clarifying the parameterization of the explicition model. The parameterization was not carried out in reference 67 nor by us, but by the de Pablo group in citation 53. Specifically, ion potentials were parameterized to fit the potential of mean force between both monovalent and divalent ion pairs, calculated either from all-atom simulations or from the literature. The authors carried out extensive validations of the model parameters by comparing the radial distribution functions of ions computed using the coarse-grained model with those from all-atom simulations. Good agreements between coarse-grained and all-atom results ensure that the parameters’ accuracy in reproducing the local structures of ion interactions.

      To avoid confusion, we have revised the text from:

      "Parameters in these potentials were tuned to reproduce the radial distribution functions and the potential of mean force between ion pairs determined from all-atom simulations."

      to

      "Parameters in these potentials were tuned by Freeman et al. [cite] to reproduce the radial distribution functions and the potential of mean force between ion pairs determined from all-atom simulations."

      We modified the Supporting Information at several places to clarify the setup and interpretation of protein-DNA complex simulations.

      For example, we clarified the force fields used in these simulation with the following text

      "All simulations were carried out using the software Lammps [cite] with the force fields defined in the previous two sections."

      We added details on the preparation of these simulations as follows

      "We carried out a series of umbrella-sampling simulations to compute the binding free energies of a set of nine protein-DNA complexes with experimentally documented binding dissociation constants [cite]. Initial configurations of these simulations were prepared using the crystal structures with the corresponding PDB IDs listed in Fig. S1."

      We further revised the caption of Figure S1 (included as Author response image 4) to facilitate the interpretation of simulation results.

      Author response image 4.

      The explicit-ion model predicts the binding affinities of protein-DNA complexes well, related to Fig. 1 of the main text. Experimental and simulated binding free energies are compared for nine protein-DNA complexes [cite], with a Pearson Correlation coefficient of 0.6. The PDB ID for each complex is indicated in red, and the diagonal line is drawn in blue. The significant correlation between simulated and experimental values supports the accuracy of the model. To further enhance the agreement between the two, it will be necessary to implement specific non-bonded interactions that can resolve differences among amino acids and nucleotides beyond simple electrostatics. Such modifications will be interesting avenues for future research. See text Section: Binding free energy of protein-DNA complexes for simulation details.

      Comment 3: Overall, the paper is well-written, concise and easy to follow but some statements are rather blunt. For example, the linker histone contribution (Figure 5D) is not clear and could be potentially removed. The result on inter-nucleosomal interactions and comparison to experimental values from Ref#44 is the most compelling. It would be nice to see if the detailed shape of the profile for restrained inter-nucleosomal interactions in Figure 4B corresponds to the experimental profile. Including the dependence of free energy on a vertex angle would also be beneficial.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for the comments and agree that the discussion on linker histone results was brief. However, we believe the results are important and demonstrate our model’s advantage over mesoscopic approaches in capturing the impact of chromatin regulators on chromatin organization.

      Therefore, instead of removing the result, we expanded the text to better highlight its significance, to help its comprehension, and to emphasize its biological implications. The image in Figure 5D was also redesigned to better visualize the cross contacts between nucleosomes mediated by histone H1. The added texts are quoted as below, and the new Figure 5 is included.

      Author response image 5.

      Revised main text Figure 5, with Figure 5D modified for improved visual clarity.

      "Importantly, we found that the weakened interactions upon extending linker DNA can be more than compensated for by the presence of histone H1 proteins. This is demonstrated in Fig. 5C and Fig. S8, where the free energy cost for tearing part two nucleosomes with 167 bp DNA in the presence of linker histones (blue) is significantly higher than the curve for bare nucleosomes (red). Notably, at larger inter-nucleosome distances, the values even exceed those for 147 bp nucleosomes (black). A closer examination of the simulation configurations suggests that the disordered C-terminal tail of linker histones can extend and bind the DNA from the second nucleosome, thereby stabilizing the internucleosomal contacts (as shown in Fig. 5D). Our results are consistent with prior studies that underscore the importance of linker histones in chromatin compaction [cite], particularly in eukaryotic cells with longer linker DNA [cite]."

      We further compared the simulated free energy profile, depicting the center of mass distance between nucleosomes, with the experimental profile, as depicted in Author response image 6. The agreement between the simulated and experimental results is evident. The nuanced features observed between 60 to 80 Ain the simulated profile stem from DNA unwinding˚ to accommodate the incoming nucleosome, creating a small energy barrier. It’s worth noting that such unwinding is unlikely to occur in the experimental setup due to the hybridization method used to anchor nucleosomes onto the DNA origami. Moreover, our simulation did not encompass configurations below 60 A, resulting in a lack of data in˚ that region within the simulated profile.

      We projected the free energy profile onto the vertex angle of the DNA origami device, utilizing the angle between two nucleosome faces as a proxy. Once more, the simulated profile demonstrates reasonable agreement with the experimental data (Author response image 6). Author response image 6 has been incorporated as Figure S4 in the Supporting Information.

      Author response image 6.

      Explicit ion modeling reproduces the experimental free energy profiles of nucleosome binding. (A) Comparison between the simulated (black) and experimental (red) free energy profile as a function of the inter-nucleosome distance. Error bars were computed as the standard deviation of three independent estimates. The barrier observed between 60A and 80˚ A arises from the unwinding of nucleosomal DNA when the two nu-˚ cleosomes are in close proximity, as highlighted in the orange circle. (B) Comparison between the simulated (black) and experimental (red) free energy profile as a function of the vertex angle. Error bars were computed as the standard deviation of three independent estimates. (C) Illustration of the vertex angle Φ used in panel (B).

      Comment 4: Another limitation of this study is that the authors’ model sacrifices certain atomic details and thermodynamic properties of the modelled systems. The potential parameters of the counter ions were derived solely by reproducing the radial distribution functions (RDFs) and potential of mean force (PMF) based on all-atom simulations (see Methods), without considering other biophysical and thermodynamic properties from experiments. Lastly, the authors did not provide any examples or tutorials for other researchers to utilize their model, thus limiting its application.

      Response: We agree that residue-level coarse-grained modeling indeed sacrifices certain atomistic details. This sacrifice can be potentially limiting when studying the impact of chemical modifications, especially on histone and DNA methylations. We added a new paragraph in the Discussion Section to point out such limitations and the relevant text is quoted below.

      "Several aspects of the coarse-grained model presented here can be further improved. For instance, the introduction of specific protein-DNA interactions could help address the differences in non-bonded interactions between amino acids and nucleotides beyond electrostatics [cite]. Such a modification would enhance the model’s accuracy in predicting interactions between chromatin and chromatin-proteins. Additionally, the single-bead-per-amino-acid representation used in this study encounters challenges when attempting to capture the influence of histone modifications, which are known to be prevalent in native nucleosomes. Multiscale simulation approaches may be necessary [cite]. One could first assess the impact of these modifications on the conformation of disordered histone tails using atomistic simulations. By incorporating these conformational changes into the coarse-grained model, systematic investigations of histone modifications on nucleosome interactions and chromatin organization can be conducted. Such a strategy may eventually enable the direct quantification of interactions among native nucleosomes and even the prediction of chromatin organization in vivo."

      Nevertheless, it’s important to note that while the model sacrifices accuracy, it compensates with superior efficiency. Atomistic simulations face significant challenges in conducting extensive free energy calculations required for a quantitative evaluation of ion impacts on chromatin structures.

      The explicit ion model, introduced by the de Pablo group, follows a standard approach adopted by other research groups, such as the parameterization of ion models using the potential of mean force from atomistic simulations (11; 12). According to multiscale coarse-graining theory, reproducing potential mean force (PMF) enables the coarsegrained model to achieve thermodynamic consistency with the atomistic model, ensuring identical statistical properties derived from them. However, it’s crucial to recognize that an inherent limitation of such approaches is their dependence on the accuracy of atomistic force fields in reproducing thermodynamic properties from experiments, as any inaccuracies in the atomistic force fields will similarly affect the resulting coarse-grained (CG) model.

      We have provided the implementation of CG model and detailed instructions on setting up and performing simulations GitHub repository. Examples include simulation setup for a protein-DNA complex and for a nucleosome with the 601-sequence.

      References [1] Freeman GS, Hinckley DM, de Pablo JJ (2011) A coarse-grain three-site-pernucleotide model for DNA with explicit ions. The Journal of Chemical Physics 135:165104.

      [2] Materese CK, Savelyev A, Papoian GA (2009) Counterion Atmosphere and Hydration Patterns near a Nucleosome Core Particle. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 131:15005–15013.

      [3] Lequieu J, Cordoba A, Schwartz DC, de Pablo JJ´ (2016) Tension-Dependent Free Energies of Nucleosome Unwrapping. ACS Cent. Sci. 2:660–666.

      [4] Lequieu J, Schwartz DC, De Pablo JJ (2017) In silico evidence for sequence-dependent nucleosome sliding. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 114.

      [5] Moller J, Lequieu J, de Pablo JJ (2019) The Free Energy Landscape of Internucleosome Interactions and Its Relation to Chromatin Fiber Structure. ACS Cent. Sci. 5:341–348.

      [6] Chang L, Takada S (2016) Histone acetylation dependent energy landscapes in trinucleosome revealed by residue-resolved molecular simulations. Sci Rep 6:34441.

      [7] Watanabe S, Mishima Y, Shimizu M, Suetake I, Takada S (2018) Interactions of HP1 Bound to H3K9me3 Dinucleosome by Molecular Simulations and Biochemical Assays. Biophysical Journal 114:2336–2351.

      [8] Brandani GB, Niina T, Tan C, Takada S (2018) DNA sliding in nucleosomes via twist defect propagation revealed by molecular simulations. Nucleic Acids Research 46:2788–2801.

      [9] Ding X, Lin X, Zhang B (2021) Stability and folding pathways of tetra-nucleosome from six-dimensional free energy surface. Nat Commun 12:1091.

      [10] Liu S, Lin X, Zhang B (2022) Chromatin fiber breaks into clutches under tension and crowding. Nucleic Acids Research 50:9738–9747.

      [11] Savelyev A, Papoian GA (2010) Chemically accurate coarse graining of doublestranded DNA. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 107:20340–20345.

      [12] Noid WG (2013) Perspective: Coarse-grained models for biomolecular systems. The Journal of Chemical Physics 139:090901.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      Response to Reviewer Comments:

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their careful consideration of our revised manuscript. Reviewers 2 and 3 indicated that their previous comments had been satisfactorily addressed by our revisions. Reviewer 1 raised several points and our point by point responses can be found below.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) Please clarify the terminology of spontaneous recovery in your study.

      According to Rescorla RA 2004 ( http://www.learnmem.org/cgi/doi/10.1101/lm.77504.), he defines spontaneous recovery as "with the passage of time following nonreinforcement, there is some "spontaneous recovery" of the initially learned behavior. ". So in this study, I thought Test2 is spontaneous recovery while the Test1 is extinction test as most studies do. But authors seem to define spontaneous recovery from the last trial of Extinction3 to the first trial of Test1, which is confusing to me.

      We agree with the reviewer (and Rescorla, 2004) that spontaneous recovery is defined as the return of the initially learned behaviour after the passage of time. In our study, Test 1 is conducted 24-hours after the final extinction session (Extinction 3) and in our view, the return of responding following that 24-hour delay can be considered spontaneous recovery. Rescorla (2004 and elsewhere) also points out that the magnitude of spontaneous recovery may be greater with larger delays between extinction and testing. This in part motivated our second test 7 days following the last extinction session with optogenetic manipulation. We did not find evidence of greater spontaneous recovery in the test 7 days later, however, the additional extinction trials in Test 1 may have reduced the opportunity to detect such an effect.

      2) Why are E6-8 plots of Offset group in Figure 3E and F different?

      We apologise for this error and have corrected it. This was an artifact of an older version of the figure before final exclusions. The E6-8 data is now the same for panels 2E and 2F.

      3) Related to 2, Please clarify what type of data they are in Figure3E,F Figure5H, and I . If it's average, please add error bars. Also, it's hard to see the statistical significance at the current figure style.

      The data in these panels are the mean lever presses per trial as labeled on the y-axis of the figures. In our view, in this instance, error bars (or lines and other markers of significance) detract from the visual clarity of the figure. The statistical approach and outcomes are included in the figure legend and when presented alongside the figure in the final version of the paper should directly clarify these points.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors have addressed my previous comments to my satisfaction.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors have adequately addressed each of the points raised in my original review. The paper will make a nice contribution to the field.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      • It would be interesting if the authors would do calcium imaging or electrophysiology from LCNA neurons during appetitive extinction.

      Indeed these are interesting ideas. We have plans to pursue them but ongoing work is not yet ready for publication.

      • LC-NA neuronal responses during the omission period seem to be important for appetitive extinction as described in the manuscript (Park et al., 2013; Sara et al., 1994; Su & Cohen 2022). It would be nice to activate/inactivate LC-NA neurons during the omission period.

      Optogenetic manipulation was given for the duration of the stimulus (20 seconds; when reward should be expected contingent upon performance of the instrumental response). We believe the reviewer is suggesting briefer manipulation only at the precise time the pellet would have been expected but omitted. If so, the implementation of that is complex because animals were trained on random ratio schedules and so when exactly the pellet(s) was earned was variable and so when precisely the animal experiences “omission” is difficult to know with better temporal specificity than used in the current experiments. But we agree with the reviewer that now we see that there is an effect of LC manipulation, in future studies we could alter the behavioral task so that the timing of reward is consistent (e.g., train the animals with fixed ratio schedules or continuous reinforcement, or use a Pavlovian paradigm) where a reasonable assertion about when the outcome should occur, and thus when its absence would be detected, can be made and then manipulation given at that time to address this point.

      • Does LC-NA optoinhibition affect the expression of the conditioned response (the lever presses at early trials of Extinction 1)? It's hard to see this from the average of all trials.

      The eNpHR group responded numerically less overall during extinction. This effect appears greatest in the first extinction session, but fails to reach statistical significance [F(1,15)= 3.512, p=0.081]. Likewise, analysis of the trial by trial data for the first extinction session failed to reveal any group differences [F(1,15)= 3.512, p=0.081] or interaction [trial x group; F(1,15)=0.550, p=0.470].

      Comparison of responding in the first trial also failed to reveal group differences [F(1.15)=1.209, p=0.289]. Thus while there is a trend in the data, this is not borne out by the statistical analysis, even in early trials of the session.

      • While the authors manipulate global LC-NA neurons, many people find the heterogeneous populations in the LC. It would be great if the authors could identify the subpopulation responsible for appetitive extinction.

      We agree that it would be exciting to test whether and identify which subpopulation(s) of cells or pathway(s) are responsible for appetitive extinction. While related work has found that discrete populations of LC neurons mediate different behaviours and states, and may even have opposing effects, our initial goal was to determine whether the LC was involved in appetitive extinction learning. These are certainly ideas we hope to pursue in future work.

      Minor:

      • Why do the authors choose 10Hz stimulation?

      The stimulation parameters were based on previously published work. We have added these citations to the manuscript.

      Quinlan MAL, Strong VM, Skinner DM, Martin GM, Harley CW, Walling SG. Locus Coeruleus Optogenetic Light Activation Induces Long-Term Potentiation of Perforant Path Population Spike Amplitude in Rat Dentate Gyrus. Front Syst Neurosci. 2019 Jan 9;12:67. doi: 10.3389/fnsys.2018.00067. PMID: 30687027; PMCID: PMC6333706.

      Glennon E, Carcea I, Martins ARO, Multani J, Shehu I, Svirsky MA, Froemke RC. Locus coeruleus activation accelerates perceptual learning. Brain Res. 2019 Apr 15;1709:39-49. doi: 10.1016/j.brainres.2018.05.048. Epub 2018 May 31. PMID: 29859972; PMCID: PMC6274624.

      Vazey EM, Moorman DE, Aston-Jones G. Phasic locus coeruleus activity regulates cortical encoding of salience information. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2018 Oct 2;115(40):E9439-E9448. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1803716115. Epub 2018 Sep 19. PMID: 30232259; PMCID: PMC6176602.

      • The authors should describe the behavior task before explaining Fig1e-g results.

      We agree that introducing the task earlier would improve clarity and have added a brief summary of the task at the beginning of the results section (before reference to Figure 1) and point the reader to the schematics that summarize training for each experiment (Figures 2A and 4D).

      NOTE R2 includes specific comments in their Public review. We have considered those as their recommendations and address them here.

      1) In such discrimination training, Pavlovian (CS-Food) and instrumental (LeverPress-Food) contingencies are intermixed. It would therefore be very interesting if the authors provided evidence of other behavioural responses (e.g. magazine visits) during extinction training and tests.

      In a discriminated operant procedure, the DS (e.g. clicker) indicates when the instrumental response will be reinforced (e.g., lever-pressing is reinforced only when the stimulus is present, and not when the stimulus is absent). This is distinct from something like a Pavlovianinstrumental transfer procedure and so we wish to just clarify that there is no Pavlovian phase where the stimuli are directly paired with food. After a successful lever-press the rat must enter the magazine to collect the food, but food is only delivered contingency upon lever-pressing and so magazine entries here are not a clear indicator of Pavlovian learning as they may be in other paradigms.

      Nonetheless, we have compiled magazine entry data which although not fully independent of the lever-press response in this paradigm, still tells us something about the animals’ expectation regarding reward delivery.

      For the ChR2 experiment, largely paralleling the results seen in the lever-press data, there were no group differences in magazine responses at the end of training [F(2,40)=2.442, p=0.100].

      Responding decreased across days of extinction (when optogenetic stimulation was given) [F(2, 80)=38.070, p<0.001], but there was no effect of group [F(2,40)=0.801, p=0.456] and no interaction between day and group [F(4,40)=1.461, p=0.222]. Although a similar pattern is seen in the test data, group differences were not statistically different in the first [F(2,40)=2.352, p=0.108] or second [F(2,40)=1.900, p=0.166] tests, perhaps because magazine responses were quite low. Thus, overall, magazine data do not present a different picture than lever-pressing, but because of the lack of statistical effects during testing, we have chosen not to include these data in the manuscript.

      For the eNpHR experiment, again a similar pattern to lever-pressing was seen. There were no group differences at the end of acquisition [F(1,15)=0.290, p=0.598]. Responding decreased across days of extinction [F(2, 30)=4.775, p=0.016] but there was no main effect of group [F(1,15)=1.188, p=0.293], and no interaction between extinction and group [F(2,30)=0.070, p=0.932]. There were no group differences in the number of magazine entries in Test 1 [F(1,15)=1.378, p=0.259] or Test 2 [F(1,15)=0.319, p=0.580].

      Author response image 1.

      Author response image 2.

      2) In Figure 1, the authors show the behavioural data of the different groups of control animals which were later collapsed in a single control group. It would be very nice if the authors could provide the data for each step of the discrimination training.

      We are a little confused by this comment. Figure 1, panels E, F, and G show the different control groups at the end of training, for each day of extinction (when manipulations occurred) and for each test, respectively. It’s not clear if there is an additional step the reviewer is interested in? We note neural manipulation only occurred during extinction sessions.

      We chose to compare the control groups initially, and finding no differences, to collapse them for subsequent analyses as this simplifies the statistical analysis substantially; when group differences are found, each of the subgroups has to be investigated (including the different controls means there are 5 groups instead of 3). It doesn’t change the story because we tested that there were not differences between controls before collapsing them, but collapsing the controls makes the presentation of the statistical data much shorter and easier to follow.

      3) Inspection of Figures 2C & 2D shows that responding in control animals is about the same at test 2 as at the end of extinction training. Therefore, could the authors provide evidence for spontaneous recovery in control animals? This is of importance given that the main conclusion of the authors is that LC stimulation during extinction training led to an increased expression of extinction memory as expressed by reduced spontaneous recovery.

      To address this we have added analyses of trial data, specifically comparison of the final 3 trials of extinction to the subsequent three trials of each test. These analyses are included on page 5 of the manuscript and additional data figures can be found as panels 2E and 2F and pasted below.

      What we observe in the trial data for controls is an increase in responding from the end of extinction to the beginning of each test, thus demonstrating spontaneous recovery. Importantly, responding in the ChR2 group does not increase from the end of extinction to the beginning of the test, illustrating that LC stimulation during extinction prevents spontaneous recovery.

      Comparison of the final three trials of Extinction to the three trials of Test 1:

      Author response image 3.

      Comparison of the final three trials of Extinction to the three trials of Test 2:

      Author response image 4.

      Halorhodopsin Experiment Tests 1 and 2, respectively.

      Author response image 5.

      4) Current evidence suggests that there are differences in LC/NA system functioning between males and females. Could the authors provide details about the allocation of male and female animals in each group?

      More females had surgical complications (excess bleeding) than males resulting in the following allocations; control group; 14 males and 8 females; ChR2 group 8 males and 7 females; offset 6 males.

      In our dataset, we did not detect sex differences in training [no main effect of sex: F(1,38)=1.097, p=0.302, sex x group interaction: F(1,38)= 1.825, p=0.185], extinction [no effect of sex; F(1,38)=0.370, p=0.547; no sex x extinction interaction: F(2,76)=0.701, p=0.499 ; no sex x extinction x group interaction: F(2,76)=2.223, p=0.115] or testing [Test 1 no effect of sex: F(1,38)=1.734, =0.196; no sex x group interaction: F(1,38)=0.009, p=0.924; Test 2 no effect of sex: F(1,38)=0.661, p=0.421; no sex x group interaction: F(1,38)=0.566, p=0.456].

      5) The histology section in both experiments looks a bit unsatisfying. Could the authors provide more details about the number of counted cells and also their distribution along the anteroposterior extent of the LC. Could the authors also take into account the sex in such an analysis?

      The antero-posterior coordinates used for cell counts and calculation of % infection rates were between -9.68 and -10.04 (Paxinos and Watson, 2007, 6th Edition) as infection rates were most consistent in this region and it was well-positioned relative to the optic probe although TH and mCherry positive cells were observed both rostral and caudal to this area. For each animal, an average of ~116+/- 25 TH-positive LC neurons as determined by DAPI and GFP positive cells were identified. Viral expression was identified by colocalized mCherry staining. Animals that did not have viral expression in the LC were not included in the experimental groups. We have added these details to the histology results on page 4.

      Males and females showed very similar infection rates (Males, 74%; Females, 72%). While sex differences, such as total number of LC cells or total LC volume have been reported (Guillamon, A. et al. 2005), Garcia-Falgueras et al. (2005) reported no differences in LC volume or number of LC neurons between male and female Long-Evans rats. So while differences may exist in the LC of Long-Evans rats, the cell counts here were comparable between groups (males, 103 +/- 27; females, 129 +/- 17; t-test, p>0.05).

      References:

      1) Garcia-Falgueras, A., Pinos, H., Collado, P., Pasaro, E., Fernandez, R., Segovia, S., & Guillamon, A. (2005). The expression of brain sexual dimorphism in artificial selection of rat strains. Brain Research, 1052(2), 130–138. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brainres.2005.05.066

      2) Guillamon, A., De Bias, M. R., & Segovia, S. (1988). Effects of sex steroids on the of the locus coeruleus in the rat. Developmental Brain Research, 40, 306–310.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      MAJOR

      1) It is worth noting that responding in Group ChR2 decreased from Extinction 3 to Test 1, while responding in the other two groups appears to have remained the same. This suggests that there was no spontaneous recovery of responding in the controls; and, as such, something more must be said about the basis of the between-group differences in responding at test. This is particularly important as each extinction session involved eight presentations of the to-betested stimulus, whereas the test itself consisted of just three stimulus presentations. Hence, comparing the mean levels of performance to the stimulus across its extinction and testing overestimates the true magnitude of spontaneous recovery, which is simply not clear in the results of this study. That is, it is not clear that there is any spontaneous recovery at all and, therefore, that the basis of the difference between Group ChR2 and controls at test is in terms of spontaneous recovery.

      The reviewer is correct that there were a different number of trials in extinction vs. test sessions making direct comparison difficult and displaying the data as averages of the test session does not demonstrate spontaneous recovery per se. To address this we have added analyses of trial data and comparison of the final 3 trials of extinction to the subsequent three trials of each test. These analyses are included on page 5 and 6 of the manuscript and additional data figures can be found as panels 2E and 2F and 4 H and I, and pasted below.<br /> What we observe in the trial data for controls is an increase in responding from the end of extinction to the beginning of each test, thus demonstrating spontaneous recovery. Importantly, responding in the ChR2 group does not increase from the end of extinction to the beginning of the test, illustrating that LC stimulation during extinction prevents spontaneous recovery.

      Comparison of the final three trials of Extinction to the three trials of Test 1:

      Author response image 6.

      Comparison of the final three trials of Extinction to the three trials of Test 2:

      Author response image 7.

      Halorhodopsin Experiment Tests 1 and 2, respectively.

      Author response image 8.

      2a) Did the manipulations have any effect on the rates of lever-pressing outside of the stimulus?

      We did not detect any effect of the optogenetic manipulations on rates of lever pressing outside of the stimulus. This is demonstrated in the pre-CS intervals collected on stimulation days (i.e., extinction sessions) where we see similar response rates between controls and the ChR2 and Offset groups as shown below. There was no effect of group [F(2,40)=0.156, 0.856] or group x extinction day interaction [F(2,40)=0.146, p=0.865].

      Author response image 9.

      2b) Did the manipulations have any effect on rates of magazine entry either during or after the stimulus?

      For the ChR2 experiment, there were no group differences in magazine responses at the end of training [F(2,40)=2.442, p=0.100]. Responding decreased across days of extinction (when optogenetic stimulation was given) [F(2, 80)=38.070, p<0.001], but there was no effect of group [F(2,40)=0.801, p=0.456] and no interaction between day and group [F(4,40)=1.461, p=0.222]. Although a similar pattern is seen in the test data, group differences were not statistically different in the first [F(2,40)=2.352, p=0.108] or second [F(2,40)=1.900, p=0.166] tests, perhaps because magazine responses were quite low. Thus, overall, magazine data do not present a different picture than lever-pressing, but because of the lack of statistical effects during testing, we have chosen not to include these data in the manuscript.

      For the eNpHR experiment, again a similar pattern to lever-pressing was seen. There were no group differences at the end of acquisition [F(1,15)=0.290, p=0.598]. Responding decreased across days of extinction [F(2, 30)=4.775, p=0.016] but there was no main effect of group [F(1,15)=1.188, p=0.293], and no interaction between extinction and group [F(2,30)=0.070, p=0.932]. There were no group differences in the number of magazine entries in Test 1 [F(1,15)=1.378, p=0.259] or Test 2 [F(1,15)=0.319, p=0.580].

      Author response image 10.

      Author response image 11.

      2c) Did the manipulations affect the coupling of lever-press and magazine entry responses? I imagine that, after training, the lever-press and magazine entry responses are coupled: rats only visit the magazine after having made a lever-press response (or some number of leverpress responses). Stimulating the LC clearly had no acute effect on the performance of the lever-press response. If it also had no effect on the total number of magazine entries performed during the stimulus, it would be interesting to know whether the coupling of lever-presses and magazine entries had been disturbed in any way. One could assess this by looking at the jointdistribution of lever-presses (or runs of lever-presses) and magazine visits in each extinction session, or across the three sessions of extinction. As a proxy for this, one could look at the average latency to enter the magazine following a lever-press response (or run of leverpresses). Any differences here between the Controls and Group ChR2 would be informative with respect to the effects of the LC manipulations: that is, the results shown in Figure indicate that stimulating the LC has no acute effects on lever-pressing but protects against something like spontaneous recovery; whereas the results shown in Figure 4 indicate that inhibiting the LC facilitates the loss of responding across extinction without protecting against spontaneous recovery. The additional data/analyses suggested here would indicate whether LC stimulation had any acute effects on responding that might explain the protection from spontaneous recovery; and whether LC inhibition specifically reduced lever-pressing across extinction or whether it had equivalent effects on rates of magazine entry.

      Lever-press and magazine response data were collected trial by trial but not with the temporal resolution required for the analyses suggested by the reviewer. We do not have timestamps for magazine entries nor latency data. We can collect this type of data in future studies. At the session or trial level, magazine entries generally correspond to lever-pressing; being trained on ratio schedules, and from informal observation, rats will do several lever-presses and then check the magazine. Rates of each decrease across extinction (magazine data included in response to comment 2b. above). Optogenetic manipulation appeared to have no immediate effect on either response during extinction.

      ROCEDURAL

      1) Why were there three discriminative stimuli in acquisition: a light, white noise, and clicker?

      This was done to be consistent with and apply parameters similar to previous, related studies (Rescorla, 2006; Janak & Corbit, 2011) and to allow comparison to potential future studies that may involve stimulus compounds etc. (requiring training of multiple stimuli).

      2) Why were some rats extinguished to the noise while others were extinguished to the clicker? Were the effects of LC stimulation/inhibition dependent on the identity of the extinguished stimulus?

      Because the animals were trained with multiple stimuli, it allowed us some ability to choose amongst those stimuli to best balance response rates across groups before the key manipulations. The effects of LC manipulation did not differ between animals based on the identity of the extinguished stimulus.

      3) Did the acute effects of LC inhibition on extinction vary as a function of the stimulus identity?

      No

      4) Was the ITI in extinction the same as that in acquisition?

      Yes, the ITI was the same for acquisition and extinction sessions (variable, averaging to 90 seconds). We have added a sentence to the methods (p. 11) to reflect this.

      5) For Group Offset, when was the photo-stimulation applied in relation to the extinguished stimulus: was it immediately upon offset of the stimulus or at a later point in the ITI?

      The group label “Offset” was used to be consistent with Umaetsu et al. (2017) that delivered stimulation 50-70s after a trial. SImilarly, we mean it as discontinuous with the stimulus, not at the termination of the stimulus. We have revised the description of this group on page 11 to clarify the timing of the photostimulation as follows:

      “Animals in the Offset group (and relevant controls) underwent identical training with the exception that stimulation in extinction sessions occurred in the middle of the variable length ITI (45s after stimulus termination, on average).”

      MINOR

      1) "Such recovery phenomena undermine the success of extinction-based therapies..."

      ***Perhaps a different phrasing is needed here: "These phenomena show that extinction-based therapies are not always effective in suppressing an already-established response..."

      We have revised this sentence in line with the reviewer’s suggestion:

      “These phenomena mean that extinction-based therapies are not always successful in suppressing previously-established behaviours” (first paragraph of the introduction).

      2) Typo in para 1 of results: "F(2,19)=0.0.352"

      Thank you for finding this typo. It has been corrected. (p.4)

      3) "As another example of modular functional organization, no improvements to strategy setshifting following global LC stimulation, but improvements were observed when LC terminals in the medial prefrontal cortex were targeted (Cope et al., 2019)." ***This sentence is missing a "there were" before "no improvements".

      Thank you for finding this error. It has been corrected. (p.8)

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The Roco proteins are a family of GTPases characterized by the conserved presence of an ROC-COR tandem domain. How GTP binding alters the structure and activity of Roco proteins remains unclear. In this study, Galicia C et al. took advantage of conformation-specific nanobodies to trap CtRoco, a bacterial Roco, in an active monomeric state and determined its high-resolution structure by cryo-EM. This study, in combination with the previous inactive dimeric CtRoco, revealed the molecular basis of CtRoco activation through GTP-binding and dimer-to-monomer transition.

      Strengths:

      The reviewer is impressed by the authors' deep understanding of the CtRoco protein. Capturing Roco proteins in a GTP-bound state is a major breakthrough in the mechanistic understanding of the activation mechanism of Roco proteins and shows similarity with the activation mechanism of LRRK2, a key molecule in Parkinson's disease. Furthermore, the methodology the authors used in this manuscript - using conformation-specific nanobodies to trap the active conformation, which is otherwise flexible and resistant to single-particle average - is highly valuable and inspiring.

      Weakness:

      Though written with good clarity, the paper will benefit from some clarifications.

      1) The angular distribution of particles for the 3D reconstructions should be provided (Figure 1 - Sup. 1 & Sup. 2).

      The supplementary figures will be adapted to include particle distribution plots.

      2) The B-factors for protein and ligand of the model, Map sharpening factor, and molprobity score should be provided (Table 1).

      The map used to interpret the model was post-processed by density modification, therefore no sharpening factor was obtained. This information will be included in Table 1, together with B-factors and molprobity scores.

      3) A supplemental Figure to Figure 2B, illustrating how a0-helix interacts with COR-A&LRR before and after GTP binding in atomic details, will be helpful for the readers to understand the critical role of a0-helix during CtRoco activation.

      A supplemental figure will be prepared to illustrate this in the revised document.

      4) For the following statement, "On the other hand, only relatively small changes are observed in the orientation of the Roc a3 helix. This helix, which was previously suggested to be an important element in the activation of LRRK2 (Kalogeropulou et al., 2022), is located at the interface of the Roc and CORB domains and harbors the residues H554 and Y558, orthologous to the LRRK2 PD mutation sites N1337 and R1441, respectively."

      It is not surprising the a3-helix of the ROC domain only has small changes when the ROC domain is aligned (Figure 2E). However, in the study by Zhu et al (DOI: 10.1126/science.adi9926), it was shown that a3-helix has a "see-saw" motion when the COR-B domain is aligned. Is this motion conserved in CtRoco from inactive to active state?

      We indeed describe the conformational changes from the perspective of the Roc domain. When using the COR-B domain for structural alignment, a rotational movement of Roc (including a “seesaw”-like movement of the α3-helix helix around His554) with respect to COR-B is correspondingly observed. We will include this in the revised document.

      5) A supplemental figure showing the positions of and distances between NbRoco1 K91 and Roc K443, K583, and K611 would help the following statement. "Also multiple crosslinks between the Nbs and CtRoco, as well as between both nanobodies were found. ... NbRoco1-K69 also forms crosslinks with two lysines within the Roc domain (K583 and K611), and NbRoco1-K91 is crosslinked to K583".

      A provisional figure displaying these crosslinks is already provided below, and we will also consider including this in the revised manuscript. However, in interpreting these crosslinks it should be taken into consideration that the additive length of the DSSO spacer and the lysine side chains leads to a theoretical upper limit of ∼26 Å for the distance between the α carbon atoms of cross-linked lysines (and even a cut-off distance of 35 Å when taking into account protein dynamics).

      Author response image 1.

      6) It would be informative to show the position of CtRoco-L487 in the NF and GTP-bound state and comment on why this mutation favors GTP hydrolysis.

      We will create an additional figure showing the position of L487, and discuss possible mechanisms for the observed effect of a mutation on GTPase activity.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary

      The manuscript by Galicia et al describes the structure of the bacterial GTPyS-bound CtRoco protein in the presence of nanobodies. The major relevance of this study is in the fact that the CtRoco protein is a homolog of the human LRRK2 protein with mutations that are associated with Parkinson's disease. The structure and activation mechanisms of these proteins are very complex and not well understood. Especially lacking is a structure of the protein in the GTP-bound state. Previously the authors have shown that two conformational nanobodies can be used to bring/stabilize the protein in a monomer-GTPyS-bound state. In this manuscript, the authors use these nanobodies to obtain the GTPyS-bound structure and importantly discuss their results in the context of the mammalian LRRK2 activation mechanism and mutations leading to Parkinson's disease. The work is well performed and clearly described. In general, the conclusions on the structure are reasonable and well-discussed in the context of the LRRK2 activation mechanism.

      Strengths:

      The strong points are the innovative use of nanobodies to stabilize the otherwise flexible protein and the new GTPyS-bound structure that helps enormously in understanding the activation cycle of these proteins.

      Weakness:

      The strong point of the use of nanobodies is also a potential weak point; these nanobodies may have induced some conformational changes in a part of the protein that will not be present in a GTPyS-bound protein in the absence of nanobodies.

      Two major points need further attention.

      1) Several parts of the protein are very flexible during the monomer-dimer activity cycle. This flexibility is crucial for protein function, but obviously hampers structure resolution. Forced experiments to reduce flexibility may allow better structure resolution, but at the same time may impede the activation cycle. Therefore, careful experiments and interpretation are very critical for this type of work. This especially relates to the influence of the nanobodies on the structure that may not occur during the "normal" monomer-dimer activation cycle in the absence of the nanobodies (see also point 2). So what is the evidence that the nanobody-bound GTPyS-bound state is biochemically a reliable representative of the "normal" GTP-bound state in the absence of nanobodies, and therefore the obtained structure can be confidentially used to interpret the activation mechanism as done in the manuscript.

      See below for an answer to remark 1 and 2.

      2) The obtained structure with two nanobodies reveals that the nanobodies NbRoco1 and NbRoco2 bind to parts of the protein by which a dimer is impossible, respectively to a0-helix of the linker between Roc-COR and LRR, and to the cavity of the LRR that in the dimer binds to the dimerizing domain CORB. It is likely the open monomer GTP-bound structure is recognized by the nanobodies in the camelid, suggesting that overall the open monomer structure is a true GTP-bound state. However, it is also likely that the binding energy of the nanobody is used to stabilize the monomer structure. It is not automatically obvious that in the details the obtained nonobody-Roco-GTPyS structure will be identical to the "normal" Roco-GTPyS structure. What is the influence of nanobody-binding on the conformation of the domains where they bind; the binding energy may be used to stabilize a conformation that is not present in the absence of the nanobody. For instance, NbRoco1 binds to the a0 helix of the linker; what is here the "normal" active state of the Roco protein, and is e.g. the angle between RocCOR and LRR also rotated by 135 degrees? Furthermore, nanobody NbRoco2 in the LRR domain is expected to stabilize the LRR domain; it may allow a position of the LRR domain relative to the rest of the protein that is not present without nanobody in the LRR domain. I am convinced that the observed open structure is a correct representation of the active state, but many important details have to be supported by e,g, their CX-MS experiments, and in the end probably need confirmation by more structures of other active Roco proteins or confirmation by a more dynamic sampling of the active states by e.g. molecular dynamics or NMR.

      Recently, nanobodies have increasingly been used successfully to obtain structural insights in protein conformational states (reviewed in Uchański et al, Curr. Opin. Struc. Biol. 2020). As reviewer # 2 points out, the concern is sometimes raised that antibodies could distort a protein into non-native conformations. Here, it is important to note that the nanobodies were raised by immunizing a llama with the fully native CtRoco protein bound to a non-hydrolysable GTP analogue, after which the nanobodies were selected by phage display using the same fully native and functional form of the protein. As clearly explained in Manglik et al. Annu Rev Pharmacol Toxicol. 2017, the probability of an in vivo matured nanobody inducing a non-native conformation of the antigen is low, although it is possible that it selects a high-energy, low-population conformation of a dynamic protein. Immature B cells require engagement of displayed antibodies with antigen to proliferate and differentiate during clonal selection. Antibodies that induce non-native conformations of the antigen pay a substantial energetic penalty in this process, and B cell clones displaying such antibodies will have a significantly lower probability of proliferation and differentiation into mature antibody-secreting B lymphocytes. Hence, many recent experiments and observation give credence to the notion that nanobodies bind antigens primarily by conformational selection and not induced fit (e.g. Smirnova et al. PNAS 2015).

      Extrapolated to the case of CtRoco, which is clearly very flexible in its GTP-bound form, this means that the nanobodies are able to trap and stabilize one conformational state that is representative of the “active state” ensemble of the protein. In this respect, it is clear from our experiments (XL-MS, affinity and effect on GTPase activity) that the effects of NbRoco1 and NbRoco2 are additive (or even cooperative), meaning that both nanobodies recognize different features of the same CtRoco “active state”. Correspondingly, the monomeric, elongated “open” conformation is also observed in the structure of CtRoco bound to NbRoco1 only (Figure1 - supplement 2), albeit that this structure still displays more flexibility. The monomerization and conformational changes that we observe and describe in the current paper at high resolution are also in very good agreement with earlier observations for CtRoco in the GTP-bound form in absence of any nanobodies, including negative stain EM (Deyaert et al. Nature Commun, 2017), hydrogen-deuterium exchange experiments (Deyaert et al. Biochem. J. 2019) and native MS (Leemans et al. Biochem J. 2020).

      In the revised document we will include some additional text to address and clarify these aspects.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The present study provides a phylogenetic analysis of the size prefrontal areas in primates, aiming to investigate whether relative size of the rostral prefrontal cortex (frontal pole) and dorsolateral prefrontal cortex volume vary according to known ecological or social variables.

      I am very much in favor of the general approach taken in this study. Neuroimaging now allows us to obtain more detailed anatomical data in a much larger range of species than ever before and this study shows the questions that can be asked using these types of data. In general, the study is conducted with care, focusing on anatomical precision in definition of the cortical areas and using appropriate statistical techniques, such as PGLS. That said, there are some points where I feel the authors could have taken their care a bit further and, as a result, inform the community even more about what is in their data.

      We thank the reviewer for this globally positive evaluation of our work, and we appreciate the advices to improve our manuscript.

      The introduction sets up the contrast of 'ecological' (mostly foraging) and social variables of a primate's life that can be reflected in the relative size of brain regions. This debate is for a large part a relic of the literature and the authors themselves state in a number of places that perhaps the contrast is a bit artificial. I feel that they could go further in this. Social behavior could easily be a solution to foraging problems, making them variables that are not in competition, but simply different levels of explanation. This point has been made in some of the recent work by Robin Dunbar and Susanne Shultz.

      Thank you for this constructive comment, and we acknowledge that the contrast between social vs ecological brain is relatively marginal here. Based also on the first remark by reviewer 3, we have reformulated the introduction to emphasize what we think is actually more critical: the link between cognitive functions as defined in laboratory conditions and socio-ecological variables measured in natural conditions. And the fact that here, we use brain measures as a potential tool to relate these laboratory vs natural variables through a common scenario. Also, we were already mentioning the potential interaction between social and foraging processes in the discussion, but we are happy to add a reference to recent studies by S. Shultz and R. Dunbar (2022), which is indeed directly relevant. We thank the reviewer for pointing out this literature.

      In a similar vein, the hypotheses of relating frontal pole to 'meta-cognition' and dorsolateral PFC to 'working memory' is a dramatic oversimplification of the complexity of cognitive function and does a disservice to the careful approach of the rest of the manuscript.

      We agree that the formulation of which functions we were attributing to the distinct brain regions might not have been clear enough, but the functional relation between frontal pole and metacognition in the one hand, and DLPFC and working memory on the other hand, have been firmly established in the literature, both through laboratory studies and through clinical data. Clearly, no single brain region is necessary and sufficient for any cognitive operation, but decades of neuropsychology have demonstrated the differential implication of distinct brain regions in distinct functions, which is all we mean here. We have made a specific point on that topic in the discussion (cf p. 16). We have also reformulated the introduction to clarify that, even if the relation between these regions and their functions (FP/ metacognition; DLPFC/ working memory) was clear in laboratory conditions, it was not clear whether this mapping could be used for real life conditions. And therefore whether that simplification was somehow justified beyond the lab (and the clinics), and whether these neuro-cognitive concepts could be applied to natural conditions, are indeed critical questions that we wanted to address. The central goal of the present study was precisely to evaluate the extent to which this brain/cognition relation could be used to understand more natural behaviors and functions, and we hope that it appears more clearly now.

      One can also question the predicted relationship between frontal pole meta-cognition and social abilities versus foraging, as Passingham and Wise show in their 2012 book that it is frontal pole size that correlates with learning ability-an argument that they used to relate this part of the brain to foraging abilities. I would strongly suggest the authors refrain from using such descriptive terms. Why not simply use the names of the variables actually showing significant correlations with relative size of the areas?

      We basically agree with the reviewer, and we acknowledge the lack of clarity in the introduction of the previous manuscript. There were indeed lots of ambiguity in what we were referring to as ‘function’, associated with a given brain region. « Function » referred to way to many things! We have reformulated the introduction not only to clarify the different types of functions that were attributed to distinct brain regions in the literature but also to clarify how this study was addressing the question: by trying to articulate concepts from neuroscience laboratory studies with concepts from behavioral ecology and evolution using intuitive scenarios. We hope that the present version of the introduction makes that point clearer.

      The major methodological judgements in this paper are of course in the delineation of the frontal pole and dorsolateral prefrontal cortex. As I said above, I appreciate how carefully the authors describe their anatomical procedure, allowing researchers to replicate and extend their work. They are also careful not to relate their regions of interest to precise cytoarchitectonic areas, as such a claim would be impossible to make without more evidence. That said, there is a judgement call made in using the principal sulcus as a boundary defining landmark for FP in monkeys and the superior frontal sulcus in apes. I do not believe that these sulci are homologous. Indeed, the authors themselves go on to argue that dorsolateral prefrontal cortex, where studied using cytoarchitecture, stretches to the fundus of principal sulcus in monkeys, but all the way to the inferior frontal sulcus in apes. That means that using the fundus of PS is not a good landmark.

      We thank the reviewer for his kind remarks on our careful descriptions. But then, it is not clear whether our choice of using the principal sulcus as a boundary for FP in monkeys vs the superior frontal sulcus in apes is actually a judgement call. First, and foremost, there is no clear and unambiguous definition of what should be the boundaries of the FP. By contrast with cytoarchitectonic maps, but clearly this is out of reach here. In humans and great apes we used Bludau et al 2014 (i.e. sup frontal sulcus), and in monkeys, we chose a conservative landmark that eliminated area 9, which is traditionally associated with the DLPFC (Petrides, 2005; Petrides et al, 2012; Semendeferi et al, 2001).

      Of course, any definition will attract criticism, so the best solution might be to run the analysis multiple times, using different definitions for the areas, and see how this affects results.

      Indeed, functional maps indicate that dorsal part of anterior PFC in monkeys is functionally part of FP. But again, cytoarchitectonic maps also indicate that this part of the brain includes BA 9, which is traditionally associated with DLPFC (Petrides, 2005; Petrides et al, 2012). As already pointed out in the discussion, there is a functional continuum between FP and DLPFC and our goal when using PS as dorsal border was to be very conservative and to exclude the ambiguous area. But we agree with the reviewer that given that this decision is arbitrary, it was worth exploring other definitions of the FP volume. So, we did complete a new analysis with a less conservative definition of the FP, to include this ambiguous dorsal area, and it is now included in the supplementary material. Maybe as expected, including the ambiguous area in the FP volume shifted the relation with socio-ecological variables towards the pattern displayed by the DLPFC (ie the influence of population density decreased). The most parsimonious interpretation of this results is that when extending the border of the FP region to cover a part of the brain which might belong to the DLPFC, or which might be somehow functionally intermediate between the 2, the specific relation of the FP with socio-ecological variables decreases. Thus, even if we agree that it was important to conduct this analysis, we believe that it only confirms the difficulty to identify a clear boundary between FP and DLPFC. Again, we have clearly explained throughout the manuscript that we admit the lack of precision in our definitions of the functional brain regions. In that frame, the conservative option seems more appropriate and for the sake of clarity, the results of the additional analysis of a FP volume that includes the ambiguous area is only included in the supplementary material.

      If I understand correctly, the PGLS was run separately for the three brain measure (whole brain, FP, DLPFC). However, given that the measures are so highly correlated, is there an argument for an analysis that allows testing on residuals. In other words, to test effects of relative size of FP and DLPFC over and above brain size?

      Generally, using residuals as “data” (or pseudo-data) is not recommended in statistical analyses. Two widely cited references from the ecological literature are:

      Garcia-Berthou E. (2001) On the Misuse of Residuals in Ecology: Testing Regression Residuals vs. the Analysis of Covariance. Journal of Animal Ecology, 70 (4): 708-711.

      Freckleton RP. (2002). On the misuse of residuals in ecology: regression of residuals vs. multiple regression. Journal of Animal Ecology 71: 542–545. https://doi.org/10.1046/ j.1365-2656.2002.00618.x.

      The main reason for this recommendation is that residuals are dependent on the fitted model, and thus on the particular sample under consideration and the eventual significant effects that can be inferred.

      In the discussion and introduction, the authors discuss how size of the area is a proxy for number of neurons. However, as shown by Herculano-Houzel, this assumption does not hold across species. Across monkeys and apes, for instance, there is a different in how many neurons can be packed per volume of brain. There is even earlier work from Semendeferi showing how frontal pole especially shows distinct neuron-to-volume ratios.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment, but the references to Herculano-Houzel that we have in mind do indicate that the assumption is legitimate within primates.

      Herculano-Houzel et al (2007) show that the neuronal density of the cortex is well conserved across primate species (but only monkeys were studied). The conclusion of that study is that using volumes as a proxy for number of neurons, as a measure of computational capacity, should be avoided between rodents and primates (and as they showed later, even more so with birds, for which neuronal density is higher). BUT within primates, since neuronal densities are conserved, volume is a good predictor of number of neurons. Gabi et al (2016) provide evidence that the neuronal density of the PFC is well conserved between humans and non-human primates, which implies that including humans and great apes in the comparison is legitimate. In addition, the brain regions included in the analysis presumably include very similar architectonic regions (e.g. BA 10 for FP, BA 9/46 for DLPFC), which also suggests that the neuronal density should be relatively well conserved across species. Altogether, we believe that there is sufficient evidence to support the idea that the volume of a PFC region in primates is a good proxy for the number of neurons in that region, and therefore of its computational capacity.

      Semendeferi and colleagues (2001) pointed out some differences in cytoarchitectonic properties across parts of the FP and discussed how these properties could 1) be used to identify area 10 across species 2) be associated with distinct computational properties, with the idea that thicker ‘cell body free’ layers would leave more space for establishing connections (across dendrites and axons). This pioneering work, together with more recent imaging studies on functional connectivity (e.g. Sallet et al, 2013) emphasize the critical contribution of connectivity pattern as a tool for comparative anatomy. But unfortunately, as pointed out in the discussion already, this is currently out of reach for us.

      We acknowledge the limitations, and to be fair, the notion of computational capacity itself is hard to define operationally. Based on the work of Herculano-Houzel et al, average density is conserved enough across primates (including humans) to justify our approximation. We have tried to define our regions of interest using both anatomical and functional maps and, thanks to the reviewer’s suggestions, we even tried several ways to segment these regions. Functional maps in macaques and humans do not exactly match cytoarchitectonic maps, presumably because functions rely not only upon the cytoarchitectonics but also on connectivity patterns (e.g. Sallet et al, 2013).

      In sum, we appreciate the reviewer’s point but feel that, given the current understanding of brain functions and the relative conservation of neuronal density across primate PFC regions, the volume of a PFC region seems to be reasonable proxy for its number of neurons, and therefore its computational capacity. We have added these points to the discussions, and we hope that the reader will be able to get a fair sense of how legitimate is that position, given the literature.

      Overall, I think this is a very valuable approach and the study demonstrates what can now be achieved in evolutionary neuroscience. I do believe that they authors can be even more thorough and precise in their measurements and claims.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In the manuscript entitled "Linking the evolution of two prefrontal brain regions to social and foraging challenges in primates" the authors measure the volume of the frontal pole (FP, related to metacognition) and the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex (DLPFC, related to working memory) in 16 primate species to evaluate the influence of socio-ecological factors on the size of these cortical regions. The authors select 11 socio-ecological variables and use a phylogenetic generalized least squares (PGLS) approach to evaluate the joint influence of these socio-ecological variables on the neuro-anatomical variability of FP and DLPFC across the 16 selected primate species; in this way, the authors take into account the phylogenetic relations across primate species in their attempt to discover the influence of socio-ecological variables on FP and DLPF evolution.

      The authors run their studies on brains collected from 1920 to 1970 and preserved in formalin solution. Also, they obtained data from the Mussée National d´Histoire Naturelle in Paris and from the Allen Brain Institute in California. The main findings consist in showing that the volume of the FP, the DLPFC, and the Rest of the Brain (ROB) across the 16 selected primate species is related to three socio-ecological variables: body mass, daily traveled distance, and population density. The authors conclude that metacognition and working memory are critical for foraging in primates and that FP volume is more sensitive to social constraints than DLPFC volume.

      The topic addressed in the present manuscript is relevant for understanding human brain evolution from the point of view of primate research, which, unfortunately, is a shrinking field in neuroscience.

      We must not have been clear enough in our manuscript, because our goal is precisely not to separate humans from other primates. This is why, in contrast to other studies, we have included human and non-human primates in the same models. If our goal had been to study human evolution, we would have included fossil data (endocasts) from the human lineage.

      But the experimental design has two major weak points: the absence of lissencephalic primates among the selected species and the delimitation of FP and DLPFC. Also, a general theoretical and experimental frame linking evolution (phylogeny) and development (ontogeny) is lacking.

      We admit that lissencephalic species could not be included in this study because we use sulci as key landmarks. We believe that including lissencephalic primates would have introduced a bias and noise in our comparisons, as the delimitations and landmarks would have been different for gyrencephalic and lissencephalic primates. Concerning development, it is simply beyond the scope of our study.

      Major comments.

      1) Is the brain modular? Is there modularity in brain evolution?: The entire manuscript is organized around the idea that the brain is a mosaic of units that have separate evolutionary trajectories:

      "In terms of evolution, the functional heterogeneity of distinct brain regions is captured by the notion of 'mosaic brain', where distinct brain regions could show a specific relation with various socio-ecological challenges, and therefore have relatively separate evolutionary trajectories".

      This hypothesis is problematic for several reasons. One of them is that each evolutionary module of the brain mosaic should originate in embryological development from a defined progenitor (or progenitors) domain [see García-Calero and Puelles (2020)]. Also, each evolutionary module should comprise connections with other modules; in the present case, FP and DLPFC have not evolved alone but in concert with, at least, their corresponding thalamic nuclei and striatal sector. Did those nuclei and sectors also expand across the selected primate species? Can the authors relate FP and DLPFC expansion to a shared progenitor domain across the analyzed species? This would be key to proposing homology hypotheses for FP and DLPFC across the selected species. The authors use all the time the comparative approach but never explicitly their criteria for defining homology of the cerebral cortex sectors analyzed.

      We do not understand what the referee is referring to with the word ‘module’, and why it relates to development. Same thing for the anatomical relation with subcortical structures. Yes, the identity of distinct functional cortical regions relies upon subcortical inputs during development, but clearly this is neither technically feasible, nor relevant here anyways.

      We acknowledge, however, that our definition of functional regions was not precise enough, and we have updated the introduction to clarify that point. In short, we clearly do not want to make a strong case for the functional borders that we chose for the regions of interest here (FP and DLPFC), but rather use those regions as proxies for their corresponding functions as defined in laboratory conditions for a couple of species (rhesus macaques and humans, essentially).

      Contemporary developmental biology has showed that the selection of morphological brain features happens within severe developmental constrains. Thus, the authors need a hypothesis linking the evolutionary expansion of FP and DLPFC during development. Otherwise, the claims form the mosaic brain and modularity lack fundamental support.

      Once again, we do not think that our definition of modules matches what the reviewer has in mind, i.e. modules defined by populations of neurons that developed together (e.g. visual thalamic neurons innervating visual cortices, themselves innervating visual thalamic neurons). Rather, the notion of mosaic brain refers to the fact that different parts of the brain are susceptible to distinct (but not necessarily exclusive) sources of selective pressures. The extent to which these ‘developmental’ modules are related to ‘evolutionary’ modules is clearly beyond the scope of this paper.

      Our goal here was to evaluate the extent to which modules that were defined based on cognitive operations identified in laboratory conditions could be related (across species) to socio-ecological factors as measured in wild animals. Again, we agree that the way these modules/ functional maps were defined in the paper were confusing, and we hope that the new version of the manuscript makes this point clearer.

      Also, the authors refer most of the time to brain regions, which is confusing because they are analyzing cerebral cortex regions.

      We do not understand why the term ‘brain’ is more confusing than ‘cerebral cortex’, especially for a wide audience.

      2) Definition and delimitation of FP and DLPFC: The precedent questions are also related to the definition and parcellation of FP and DLPFC. How homologous cortical sectors are defined across primate species? And then, how are those sectors parcellated?

      The authors delimited the FP:

      "...according to different criteria: it should match the functional anatomy for known species (macaques and humans, essentially) and be reliable enough to be applied to other species using macroscopic neuroanatomical landmarks".

      There is an implicit homology criterion here: two cortical regions in two primate species are homologs if these regions have similar functional anatomy based on cortico-cortical connections. Also, macroscopic neuroanatomical landmarks serve to limit the homologs across species.

      This is highly problematic. First, because similar function means analogy and not necessarily homology [for further explanation see Puelles et al. (2019); García-Cabezas et al. (2022)].

      We are not sure to follow the Reviewer’s point here. First, it is not clear what would be the evolutionary scenario implied by this comment (evolutionary divergence followed by reversion leading to convergence?). Second, based on the literature, both the DLPFC and the FP display strong similarities between macaques and humans, in terms of connectivity patterns (Sallet et al, 2013), in terms of lesion-induced deficit and in terms of task-related activity (Mansouri et al, 2017). These criteria are usually sufficient to call 2 regions functionally equivalent. We do not see how this explanation is "highly problematic" as it is clearly the most parsimonious based on our current knowledge.

      Second, because there are several lissencephalic primate species; in these primates, like marmosets and squirrel monkeys, the whole approach of the authors could not have been implemented. Should we suppose that lissencephalic primates lack FP or DLPFC?

      We understand neither the reviewer’s logic, nor the tone. We understand that the reviewer is concerned by the debate on whether some laboratory species are more relevant than others for studying the human prefrontal cortex, but this is clearly not the objective of our work. As explained in the manuscript, we identified FP and DLPFC based on functional maps in humans and laboratory monkeys (macaques), and we used specific gyri as landmarks that could be reliably used in other species. And, as rightfully pointed out by reviewer 1, this is in and off itself not so trivial. Of course, lissencephalic animals could not be studied because we could not find these landmarks, but why would it mean that they do not have a prefrontal cortex? The reviewer implies that species that we did not study do not have a prefrontal cortex, which makes little sense. Standards in the field of comparative anatomy of the PFC, especially when it implies rodents (lissencephalic also) include cytoarchitectonic and connectivity criteria, but obviously we are not in a position to address it here. We have, however, included references to the seminal work of Angela Roberts and collaborator in the discussion on marmosets prefrontal functions, to reinforce the idea that the functional organization is relatively well conserved across all primates (with or without gyri on their brain) (Dias et al, 1996; Roberts et al, 2007).

      Do these primates have significantly more simplistic ways of life than gyrencephalic primates? Marmosets and squirrel monkeys have quite small brains; does it imply that they have not experience the influence of socio-ecological factors on the size of FP, DLPFC, and the rest of the brain?

      Again, none of this is relevant here, because we could not draw conclusions on species that we cannot study for methodological reasons. The reviewer seems to believe that an absence of evidence is equivalent to an evidence of absence, but we do not.

      The authors state that:

      "the strong development of executive functions in species with larger prefrontal cortices is related to an absolute increase in number of neurons, rather than in an increase in the ration between the number of neurons in the PFC vs the rest of the brain".

      How does it apply to marmosets and squirrel monkeys?

      Again, we do not understand the reviewer’s point, since it is widely admitted that lissencephalic monkeys display both a prefrontal cortex and executive functions (again, see the work of Angela Roberts cited above). Our goal here was certainly not to get into the debate of what is the prefrontal cortex in a handful of laboratory species, but to evaluate the relevance of laboratory based neuro-cognitive concepts for understanding primates in general, and in their natural environment.

      References:

      García-Cabezas MA, Hacker JL, Zikopoulos B (2022) Homology of neocortical areas in rats and primates based on cortical type analysis: an update of the Hypothesis on the Dual Origin of the Neocortex. Brain structure & function Online ahead of print. doi:doi.org/ 10.1007/s00429-022-02548-0

      García-Calero E, Puelles L (2020) Histogenetic radial models as aids to understanding complex brain structures: The amygdalar radial model as a recent example. Front Neuroanat 14:590011. doi:10.3389/fnana.2020.590011

      Nieuwenhuys R, Puelles L (2016) Towards a New Neuromorphology. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-25693-1

      Puelles L, Alonso A, Garcia-Calero E, Martinez-de-la-Torre M (2019) Concentric ring topology of mammalian cortical sectors and relevance for patterning studies. J Comp Neurol 527 (10):1731-1752. doi:10.1002/cne.24650

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      This is an interesting manuscript that addresses a longstanding debate in evolutionary biology - whether social or ecological factors are primarily responsible for the evolution of the large human brain. To address this, the authors examine the relationship between the size of two prefrontal regions involved in metacognition and working memory (DLPFC and FP) and socioecological variables across 16 primate species. I recommend major revisions to this manuscript due to: 1) a lack of clarity surrounding model construction; and 2) an inappropriate treatment of the relative importance of different predictors (due to a lack of scaling/normalization of predictor variables prior to analysis). My comments are organized by section below:

      We thank the reviewer for the globally positive evaluation and for the constructive remarks. Introduction:

      • Well written and thorough, but the questions presented could use restructuring.

      Again, we thank the reviewer, and we believe that this is coherent with some of the remarks of reviewer 1. We have extensively revised the introduction, toning down the social vs ecological brain issue to focus more on what is the objective of the work (evaluating the relevance of lab based neuro-cognitive concepts for understanding natural behavior in primates).

      Methods:

      • It is unclear which combinations of models were compared or why only population density and distance travelled tested appear to have been included.

      The details of the model comparison analysis were presented as a table in the supplementary material (#3, details of the model comparison data), but we understand that this was not clear enough. We have provided more explanation both in the main manuscript and in the supplements. All variables were considered a priori; however, we proceeded beforehand to an exploratory analyses which led us to exclude some variables because of their lack of resolution (not enough categories for qualitative variables) or strong cross-correlations with other quantitative variables. There were much more than three variables included in the models but the combination of these 3 (body mass, daily traveled distance and population density) best predicted (had the smallest AIC) the size of the brain regions. We provide additional information about these exploratory analyses in the supplementary material, sections 2 and 3.

      • Brain size (vs. body size) should be used as a predictor in the models.

      We do not understand the theoretical reason for replacing body size by brain size in the models. Brain size is not a socio-ecological variable. And of course, that would be impossible for modeling brain size itself. Or is it that the reviewer suggests to use brain size as a covariate to evaluate the effects of other variables in the model over and above the effect on brain size? But what is the theoretical basis for this?

      • It is not appropriate to compare the impact of different predictors using their coefficients if the variables were not scaled prior to analysis.

      We thank the Reviewer for this comment; however, standardized coefficients are not unproblematic because their calculations are based on the estimated standard-deviations of the variables which are likely to be affected by sampling (in effect more than the means). We note that the methods of standardized coefficients have attracted several criticisms in the literature (see the References section in https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Standardized_coefficient). Nevertheless, we now provide a table with these coefficients which makes an easy comparison for the present study. We also updated tables 1, 2 and 3 to include standardized beta values.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      N/A

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Contemporary developmental biology has showed that the brain of all mammals, including primates, develops out of a bauplan (or blueprint) made of several fundamental morphological units that have invariant topological relations across species (Nieuwenhuys and Puelles 2016).

      At some point in the discussion the authors acknowledge that:

      "Our aim here was clearly not to provide a clear identification of anatomical boundaries across brain regions in individual species, as others have done using much finer neuroanatomical methods. Such a fine neuroanatomical characterization appears impossible to carry on for a sample size of species compatible with PGLS".

      I do not think it would be impossible to carry such neuroanatomical characterization. It would take time and effort, but it is feasible. Such characterization, if performed within the framework of contemporary developmental biology, would allow for well-founded definition and delineation of cortical sectors across primate species, including lissencephalic ones, and would allow for meaningful homologies and interspecies comparisons.

      We do not see how our work would benefit from developmental biology at that point, because it is concerned with evolution, and these are very distinct biological phenomena. We do not understand the reviewer’s focus on lissencephalic species, because they are not so prevalent across primates, and it is unlikely that adding a couple of lissencephalic species will change much to the conclusions.

      Minor points:

      • Please, format references according to the instructions of the journal.

      Ok - done

      • The authors could use the same color code across Figures 1, 2, and 3.

      Ok – done

      • The authors say that group hunting "only occurs in a few primate species", but it also occurs in wolves, whales, and other mammalian species.

      We focus on primates here, these other species are irrelevant. Again, this is beside the point.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      My comments are organized by section below:

      Introduction:

      • Well written and thorough

      • The two questions presented towards the end of the intro are not clear and do not guide the structure of the methods/results sections. I believe one it would be more appropriate to ask if: 1) the relative proportions of the FP and DLPFC (relative to ROB) are consistent across primates; and 2) if the relative size of these region is best predicted by social and/ or ecological variables. Then, the results sections could be organized according to these questions (current results section 1 = 1; current results sections 2, 3, 4 = 2.1, 2.2, 2.3)

      As explained above, we agree with the reviewer that the introduction was somehow misleading and we have edited it extensively. We do not, however, agree with the reviewer regarding the relative (vs absolute) measure. We have discussed this in our response to reviewer 1 regarding the comparison of regional volumes as proxies for number of neurons. The best predictor of the computing capacity of a brain region is its number of neurons, but there is no reason to believe that this capacity should decrease if the rest of the brain increases, as implied by the relative measure that the reviewer proposes. That debate is probably critical in the field of comparative neuroanatomy, and confronting different perspectives would surely be both interesting and insightful, but we feel that it is beyond the scope of the present article.

      Methods:

      • While the methods are straightforward and generally well described, it is unclear which combinations of models were compared or why only population density and distance travelled tested appear to have been included (in e.g., Fig SI 3.1) even though many more variables were collected.

      We agree that this was not clear enough, and we have tried to improve the description of our model comparison approach, both in the main text and in the supplementary material.

      • Why was body mass rather than ROB used as a predictor in the models? The authors should instead/also include analyses using ROB (so the analysis is of FP and DLPFC size relative to brain size). Using body mass confounds the analyses since they will be impacted by differences in brain size relative body size.


      Again, we have addressed this issue above. First, body size is a socio-ecological variable (if anything, it especially predicts energetic needs and energy expenditure), but ROB is clearly not. We do not see the theoretical relevance of ROB in a socio-ecological model. Second, from a neurobiological point of view, since within primates the volume of a given brain region is directly related to its number of neurons (again, see work of Herculano-Houzel), which is a good proxy for its computing capacity, we do not see the theoretical reason for considering ROB.

      • It is not appropriate to compare the impact of different predictors using their coefficients if the variables were not scaled prior to analysis. The authors need to implement this in their approach to make such claims.

      We thank the reviewer again for pointing that out. We have addressed this question above.

      • Differences across primates in terms of frontal lobe networks throughout the brain should be acknowledged (e.g., Barrett et al. 2020, J Neurosci).

      We have added that reference to the discussion, together with other references showing that the difference between human and non-human primates is significant, but essentially quantitative, rather than qualitative (the building blocks are relatively well conserved, but their relative weight differs a lot). Thank you for pointing it out.

      I hope the authors find my comments helpful in revising their manuscript.

      And we thank again the reviewer for the helpful and constructive comments.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This fundamental study identifies the homeodomain transcription factor and suspected autism-candidate gene Meis2 as transcriptional regulators of maturation and end-organ innervation of low-threshold mechanoreceptors (LTMRs) in the dorsal root ganglia (DRG) of mice. For a few years, the view on autism spectrum disorders (ASD) has shifted from a disorder that exclusively affects the brain to a condition that also includes the peripheral somatosensory system, even though our knowledge about the genes involved is incomplete. The study by Desiderio and colleagues is therefore not only scientifically interesting but may also have clinical relevance. The work is convincing, with appropriate and validated methodology in line with current state-of-the-art and the findings contribute both to understanding and potential application.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This work examined transcription factor Meis2 in the development of mouse and chick DRG neurons, using a combination of techniques, such as the generation of a new conditional mutant strain of Meis2, behavioral assays, in situ hybridization, transcriptomic study, immunohistochemistry, and electrophysiological (ex vivo skin-nerve preparation) recordings. The authors found that Meis2 was selectively expressed in A fiber LTMRs and that its disruption affects the A-LTMRs' end-organ innervation, transcriptome, electrophysiological properties, and light touch-sensation.

      Strengths:

      1) The authors utilized a well-designed mouse genetics strategy to generate a mouse model where the Meis2 is selectively ablated from pre- and post-mitotic mouse DRG neurons. They used a combination of readouts, such as in situ hybridization, immunhistochemistry, transcriptomic analysis, skin-nerve preparation, electrophysiological recordings, and behavioral assays to determine the role of Meis2 in mouse DRG afferents.

      2) They observed a similar preferential expression of Meis2 in large-diameter DRG neurons during development in chicken, suggesting evolutionarily conserved functions of this transcription factor.

      3) Conducted severe behavioral assays to probe the reduction of light-touch sensitivity in mouse glabrous and hairy skin. Their behavioral findings support the idea that the function of Meis2 is essential for the development and/or maturation of LTMRs.

      4) RNAseq data provide potential molecular pathways through which Meis2 regulates embryonic target-field innervation.

      5) Well-performed electrophysiological study using skin-nerve preparation and recordings from saphenous and tibial nerves to investigate physiological deficits of Meis2 mutant sensory afferents.

      6) Nice whole-mount IHC of the hair skin, convincingly showing morphological deficits of Meis2 mutant SA- and RA- LTMRs.

      Overall, this manuscript is well-written. The experimental design and data quality are good, and the conclusion from the experimental results is logical.

      Weaknesses:

      1) Although the authors justify this study for the involvement of Meis2 in Autism and Autism associated disorders, no experiments really investigated Autism-like specific behavior in the Meis2 ablated mice.

      Indeed, in the first version of the manuscript, we use current understanding of ASD in mouse models and associated sensory defects to articulate our introduction and discussion. As noticed by reviewer 1, none of our experiments really investigated ASD. To avoid over-interpretation of the data, we have now removed sentences mentioning ASD and related references throughout the manuscript.

      2) For mechanical force sensing-related behavioral assays, the authors performed VFH and dynamic cotton swabs for the glabrous skin, and sticky tape on the back (hairy skin) for the hairy skin. A few additional experiments involving glabrous skin plantar surfaces, such as stick tape or flow texture discrimination, would make the conclusion stronger.

      We fully agree on that performing more behavioral analysis investigating with more details the primary sensory defects as well as some ASD-related behavior would re-inforce our conclusions. Our behavioral analysis clearly showed a loss of sensitivity in response to mechanical stimuli within the light touch range but not for higher range mechanical or noxious thermal stimuli. While the experiments suggested by the reviewer are interesting and would strengthen our conclusions, they are far from trivial and require large cohorts. Given the current laboratory conditions as stated at the outset, these unfortunately are not within reach.

      3) The authors considered von Frey filaments (1 and 1.4 g) as noxious mechanical stimuli (Figure 1E and statement on lines 181-183), which is questionable. Alligator clips or pinpricks are more certain to activate mechanical nociceptors.

      To avoid misinterpretation of the higher Von Frey filament tests, we deleted the two following statement in page 7: “In the von Frey test, the thresholds for paw withdrawal were similar between all genotypes when using filaments exerting forces ranging from 1 to 1.4g, which likely reflects the activation of mechanical nociception suggesting that Meis2 gene inactivation did not affect nociceptor function.”. The sentence “… while sparing other somatosensory behaviors” was also deleted.

      4) There are disconnections and inconsistencies among findings from morphological characterization, physiological recordings, and behavior assays. For example, Meis2 mutant SA-LTMRs show a deficiency in Merkel cell innervation in the glabrous skin but not in hairy skin. With no clear justification, the authors pooled recordings of SA-LTMRs from both glabrous and hairy skin and found a significant increase in mean vibration threshold. Will the results be significantly different if the data are analyzed separately? In addition, whole-mount IHC of Meissner's corpuscles showed morphological changes, but electrophysiological recordings didn't find significant alternation of RAI LTMRs. What does the morphological change mean then? Since the authors found that Meis2 mice are less sensitive to a dynamic cotton swab, which is usually considered as an RA-LTMR mediated behavior, is the SAI-LTMR deficit here responsible for this behavior? Connections among results from different methods are not clear, and the inconsistency should be discussed.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for the careful review of our data and fully agree with the weaknesses identified, weaknesses we were ourselves aware of at the time of submission. In particular on the lack of stronger connections between histological and electrophysiological data. Electrophysiological studies were conducted on a first cohort of mice where we mostly emphasize on WT and Meis2 mutant mice. The goal was to describe differences in electrophysiological properties of identified mechanoreceptors from these two genotypes. While substantial differences between WT and Islet1-Cre mice were not expected, only very few mice with this genotype were examined at that time to confirm this assumption. We fully agree with reviewer 1 that confirming differences in SA-LTMRs responses in the hairy and glabrous at electrophysiological levels would be interesting and worthwhile. It is assumed that the physiological properties of SA-LTMRs from glabrous and hairy skins are equivalent in both skin types. Indeed direct comparisons have been made between glabrous and hairy skin SA-LTMRs revealing that they have equivalent receptor properties (see Walcher et al J Physiol quoted in the manuscript). We had not recorded from a sufficient number of hairy and glabrous skin SA-LTMRs to make any meaningful comparison statistically. When we noticed the dramatic differences in the innervation patterns of Merkel cell complexes between glabrous and hairy skin, we immediately planned a second mice cohort, but as explained in the onset to the Public Review, this cohort was sacrificed due to the pandemic lockdown. However, the obtained dataset clearly shows that in Meis2 mutant mice many SA-LTMRs had similar vibration thresholds to those of wild types.

      For Meissner corpuscle, histological analysis evidenced clear morphological differences that could of course be investigated at the level of the dual innervation previously reported by Neubarth et al. It is uncertain whether differences in their electrophysiological responses would be revealed by increasing the number of recorded fibers. For this reason, we clearly stated this limitation in the results section page 7 “There was a tendency for RA-LTMRs in Isl1Cre/+::Meis2LoxP/LoxP mutant mice to fire fewer action potentials to sinusoids and to the ramp phase of a series 2 second duration ramp and hold stimuli, but these differences were not statistically significant (Figure 5B). Nevertheless it is important to point out that an electrical search strategy revealed that many Aβ-fibers did not have mechanosensitive receptive fields. Thus by focusing on LTMRs with a mechanosensitive receptive field, we ignore the fact that fewer fibers are mechanosensitive. This is now more extensively discussed in the discussion section of the manuscript page 13:

      “Indeed, the electrophysiology methods used here can only identify sensory afferents that have a mechanosensitive receptive field. Primary afferents that have an axon in the skin but no mechanosensitvity can only be identified with a so-called electrical search protocol (45, 46) which was not used here. It is therefore quite likely that many primary afferents that failed to form endings would not be recorded in these experiments e.g. SA-LTMRs and RA-LTMRs that fail to innervate end-organs (Fig.4-6).”

      “From our data, we could not conclude whether SA-LTMR electrophysiological responses are differentially affected in the glabrous versus hairy skin of Meis2 mutant as suggested by histological analysis. Further electrophysiological analysis focused on SA-LTMR selectively innervating the glabrous or hairy skin would be necessary to answer this question. Similarly, the decreased sensitivity of Meis2 mutant mice in the cotton swab assay and the morphological defects of Meissner corpuscles evidenced in histological analysis do not correlate with RA-LTMR electrophysiological responses for which a tendency to decreased responses were however measured. The later might result from an insufficient number of fibers recording, whereas the first may be due of pooling SA-LTMR from both the hairy and glabrous skin.”.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Desiderio and colleagues investigated the role of the TALE (three amino acid loop extension) homeodomain transcription factor Meis2 during maturation and target innervation of mechanoreceptors and their sensation to touch. They start with a series of careful in situ hybridizations to examine Meis2 transcript expression in mouse and chick DRGs of different embryonic stages. By this approach, they identify Meis2+ neurons as slowly- and rapidly adapting A-beta LTMRs, respectively. Retrograde tracing experiments in newborn mice confirmed that Meis2-expressing sensory neurons project to the skin, while unilateral limb bud ablations in chick embryos in Ovo showed that these neurons require target-derived signals for survival. The authors further generated a conditional knock-out (cKO) mouse model in which Meis2 is selectively lost in Islet1-expressing, postmitotic neurons in the DRG (IsletCre/+::Meis2flox/flox, abbreviated below as cKO). WT and Islet1Cre/+ littermates served as controls. cKO mice did not exhibit any obvious alteration in volume or cellular composition of the DRGs but showed significantly reduced sensitivity to touch stimuli and various innervation defects to different end-organ targets. RNA-sequencing experiments of E18.5 DRGs taken from WT, Islet1Cre/+, and cKO mice reveal extensive gene expression differences between cKO cells and the two controls, including synaptic proteins and components of the GABAergic signaling system. Gene expression also differed considerably between WT and heterozygous Islet1Cre/+ mice while several of the other parameters tested did not. These findings suggest that Islet1 heterozygosity affects gene expression in sensory neurons but not sensory neuron functionality. However, only some of the parameters tested were assessed for all three genotypes. Histological analysis and electrophysiological recordings shed light on the physiological defects resulting from the loss of Meis2. By immunohistochemical approaches, the authors describe distinct innervation defects in glabrous and hairy skin (reduced innervation of Merkel cells by SA1-LTMRs in glabrous but not hairy skin, reduced complexity of A-beta RA1-LTMs innervating Meissner's corpuscles in glabrous skin, reduced branching and innervation of A-betA RA1-LTMRs in hairy skin). Electrophysiological recordings from ex vivo skin nerve preparations found that several, but not all of these histological defects are matched by altered responses to external stimuli, indicating that compensation may play a considerable role in this system.

      Strengths:

      This is a well-conducted study that combines different experimental approaches to convincingly show that the transcription factor Meis2 plays an important role in the perception of light touch. The authors describe a new mouse model for compromised touch sensation and identify a number of genes whose expression depends on Meis2 in mouse DRGs. Given that dysbalanced MEIS2 expression in humans has been linked to autism and that autism seems to involve an inappropriate response to light touch, the present study makes a novel and important link between this gene and ASD.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors make use of different experimental approaches to investigate the role of Meis2 in touch sensation, but the results obtained by these techniques could be connected better. For instance, the authors identify several genes involved in synapse formation, synaptic transmission, neuronal projections, or axon and dendrite maturation that are up- or downregulated upon targeted Meis2 deletion, but it is unresolved whether these chances can in any way explain the histological, electrophysiological, or behavioral deficits observed in cKO animals. The use of two different controls (WT and Islet1Cre/+) is unsatisfactory and it is not clear why some parameters were studied in all three genotypes (WT, Islet1Cre/+ and cKO) and others only in WT and cKO. In addition, Meis2 mutant mice apparently are less responsive to touch, whereas in humans, mutation or genomic deletion involving the MEIS2 gene locus is associated with ASD, a condition that, if anything, is associated with an elevated sensitivity to touch. It would be interesting to know how the authors reconcile these two findings. A minor weakness, the first manuscript suffers from some ambiguities and errors, but these can be easily corrected.

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful comments and suggestions.

      The use of two different controls (WT and Islet1Cre/+) is unsatisfactory and it is not clear why some parameters were studied in all three genotypes (WT, Islet1Cre/+ and cKO) and others only in WT and cKO.

      First, we identified a labelling mistake in figures 4D, 5A and 6A where the control shown are from Islet1+/Cre mice and not from WT as reported in the first version. We apologize for this mistake which has now been corrected. This typographical error does not in any way affect our conclusion, on the contrary, it shows that innervation defects are not the consequence of Islet1 heterozygosity.

      The reviewer wonders why for some data both control genotypes are presented, and for some others only one is presented. It is quite possible that genes expression changes happen due to a synergistic effect of both heterozygous Meis2 deletion and heterozygous Islet1 deletion. However, we found no evidence that this led to defects in target-field innervation or to changes in the physiological properties of sensory neurons.

      Whereas it could be fairly envisaged that some gene expression is modified due to a synergistic effect of both heterozygous Meis2 deletion and heterozygous deletion of Islet1, several lines of evidence support that the defects in target-field innervation and electrophysiological responses are exclusively due to Meis2 deletion. Previous work on Islet1 specific deletion in DRG sensory neurons opens the possibility that some of the phenotypes we report here are in part due to an effect of Islet1 heterozygous deletion or a synergistic effect to Meis2 homozygous deletion.

      1) When Islet1 is conditionally deleted in mice using the Wnt1-Cre strain or at later stages using a tamoxifen inducible-Cre, homozygous pups die a few hours after birth. Early Islet1 deletion results in an increased apoptosis in the DRG, a massive loss of DRG sensory neurons and sensory defects associated to nociceptors mostly and some touch neurons while proprioceptive neurons are spared (Sun et al., 2008 now included in the revised version of the manuscript). There was a decrease in the number of Ntrk1+ and Ntrk2+ neurons whereas Ntrk3+ neurons number appeared normal. When Islet1 is inactivated later in development, the number of Ntrk1+ and Ntrk2+ neurons were normal and only the expression of nociceptor specific markers was decreased. Since neither the DRG volume, nor the number of Ntrk1+, Ntrk2+ and Ntrk3+ neurons are changed in Meis2 cKO using the Islet1-Cre strain, an early significant effect of Islet1 heterozygous deletion is very unlikely.

      2) For distal innervation defects, it is clear from the Wnt1-Cre::Meis2 data (Figure 3E) that the distal innervation phenotype occurred while Meis2 is inactivated independently of Islet1 expression.

      3) Finally, the lack of differences between WT and Islet+/Cre mice in behavioral assays and in electrophysiological characterization of RA-LTMR of the hairy skin (Figure 6C) and SA-LTMR (Figure 4B and C) argues for a lack of significant consequences of Islet1 heterozygous deletion on these parameters.

      4) For bulk RNAseq studies, all datasets has been now re-analyzed following Reviewer 2 specific comments (see below). To avoid misinterpretation of the data, the results are now presented differently (see pages 8 and 9) and more critically discussed (see pages 14 and 15). In particular, we included and discuss references on Islet1 cKO mice.

      We also agree with reviewer 2 that our RNAseq study only provides cues on potential genes expression that could impact distal innervation and electrophysiological responses. However, proving which of those genes are fully responsible for the morphological and electrophysiological defects would require extensive mouse genetic investigations such as restoring their normal expression level in a Meis2 mutant context, which is beyond the scope of the present study.

      Finally, the reviewer questioned how we could reconcile the lower touch sensitivity in Meis2 mutant mice with the exacerbated touch sensitivity found in ASD patient and mouse models of ASD. As suggested by reviewer 1, our study did not really investigate ASD specifically. Therefore, to avoid over interpretation of the data and to follow Reviewer 1 recommendation, we have removed all references to ASD in the revised version of the manuscript. Indeed, to our knowledge, none of the case reports on Meis2 mutant patients investigated sensory function in general and light touch in particular, maybe because of the severe intellectual disability characterizing these patients.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In addition to the aforesaid suggestions in the section 2, there are some minor issues:

      We thank the reviewer for the careful reading and for identifying all these typos. All of them have been corrected in the revised version of the manuscript.

      1) There should not be a full stop mark in the title of the article. This has been corrected in the new version of the manuscript.

      2) Figure 1C, 1D, please correct the typo "controlateral' to "contralateral".

      This has been corrected in the new version of the manuscript.

      3) Figure 1D, lower graph, Y-axis, please correct the typo 'umber' to "number".

      This has been corrected in the new version of the manuscript.

      4) To make it easy for readers, add the names of the behavioral tests on top of the graphs in Fig 1E-H.

      The name of behavioral tests is now added to the figure.

      5) It would be easier to read the markers' names in IHC and ISH images if they were written outside of image panels. The blue staining color in image 1B could be easily mixed with the background. Suggest change colors.

      Markers for IHC and IH images are now written outside the image panel or colors have been change in figure 1 and 2 for better clarity.

      6) The font size of Genes' name in Figure 3B is too small and not readable.

      Figure 3 has now been changed following Reviewer 2 recommendation. The small font size in Figure 3B is no longer present in the figure.

      7) Quantification of Fig 3E (number of fibers innervating each dermal papilla or footpad, for example).

      Unfortunately, we did not kept the Wnt1Cre::Meis2LoxP/LoxP strain which prevents further analysis (see onset of the answer to public review).

      8) In Figure 4, please arrange IHC images and their quantification results adjacent to each other.

      The figure has been reorganized and changes in the result section and figures legend were made accordingly.

      9) For consistency, please use either LTMR or LTM (See Figure 4F, 5A, 6C), but not both.

      This has been homogenized throughout the manuscript.

      10) Add arrows/heads to mark the overlaps in Figure 4D.

      Arrows are now added in Figure 4D to point at the overlap between Nefh and CK8 staining.

      11) Figure 5A, 6A, Lines 236, 240, 247, 258, 305, 308, 313, 347, and many more in Figure legends: please check in entire manuscript and make the mouse genotype nomenclature (+/Cre?) consistent. In some places, Cre is written in all upper case (Line 657).

      This has been homogenized throughout the manuscript.

      12) Figure 4G: Histogram color could be darker for better contrast.

      The color of the histograms has been changes in figures 6 and 5 for better clarity.

      13) Please add the figure number to the Figure 6.

      The figure number is now indicated on the figure.

      1. Figure 6B: Y-axis typo, correct "Nfeh" to Nefh.

      This typo is now corrected.

      15) Either explain Figure 2B information before that of Figure 2C (In lines 204-207) in the text or change the figure panel sequence to keep the consistent flow of contents.

      The figure has been modified and the panel sequence now follows that of the main text.

      16) Line 213 has a typo: change "form" to "from".

      This typo is now corrected.

      17) Line 423 has a typo. Correct "al" to "all".

      This typo is now corrected.

      18) Line 625 has a typo. Correct "fo" to "of".

      This typo is now corrected.

      19) Line 669 has a typo. Correct "Alexa Fluo" to "Fluor".

      This typo is now corrected.

      20) Line 744: To be consistent in the entire manuscript, write "Nfh" as "Nefh".

      This typo is now corrected.

      21) 740-749: Please add host names for all primary antibodies, as some are given but some are not for the current version.

      We now indicated the host species for all primary antibodies used in the study.

      22) Line 751 has a typo: change "a" to "as".

      This typo is now corrected.

      23) Line 754: what is for 20'?

      This typo is now corrected.

      24) Line 832: change "day test" to "testing day".

      The change has been made.

      25) Please mention for how many seconds the VFH was administered on the plantar surface in the method.

      A new sentence has been added to the “Von Frey withdrawal test” Methods section (page 30): “During each application, bend filament was maintained for approximately four to five seconds”.

      26) For the sticky tape test, in lieu of hind paw attending bouts, wet-dog shake behavior, the authors also found some scratching behaviors. Did they separately quantify these behaviors? It would be interesting to see exactly which behavior significantly reduced after Meis2 inactivation.

      Unfortunately, at the time of the design of the sticky tape test, we did not consider separating the behaviors considered as “positive” reactions. As these experiments were not video recorded, we are not able to extract this kind of information without generating new mice cohort and repeating this experiment.

      27) Line 344-345: consider rephrasing the sentence.

      This sentence has been removed.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      This is a beautiful and well-conducted study with all the strengths listed in the paragraphs above. Nevertheless, there are still some open questions, ambiguities in the presentation, and minor errors that I would recommend addressing.

      Major Points:

      1) The authors performed RNA-seq analysis from E18.5 mouse total DEGs from three different genotypes, WT, Isle1Cre/+ and cKO. Although this approach identified several interesting Meis2-dependent candidate genes, the presentation of the results is confusing, and the publication would gain impact if the RNA-seq results were better connected to the histological, behavioral, and electrophysiological data. Specific concerns:

      1.1) The gene expression profiles of WT and Islet1Cre/+ samples are remarkably divergent. According to Yang Development 2006, Islet1-Cre was generated by knocking in Cre into the endogenous Islet1 locus and replacing the Isl1 ATG, hence resulting in a heterozygous null for Islet1. When purely technical derivations can be excluded, the RNAseq results presented here suggest that heterozygous loss of Islet1 causes considerable gene expression changes in the postnatal DRG. For analysis of the RNAseq results, the authors focus on genes that are differentially expressed between one experimental condition (Islet1Cre/+::Meis2flox/flox) and either one of two controls (WT or Islet1Cre/+). Hence, they pool the genes that are differently expressed between cKO and Islet1Cre/+ with the genes that are different between cKO and WT. This approach mixes gene expression differences that result from two different genetic alterations, heterozygosity of Islet1 and targeted deletion of Meis2, respectively. It seems much more logical to compare the results pairwise.

      We agree with reviewer 2 that heterozygous deletion of Islet1 causes a significant change in genes expression that seems to very little correlate with any of the phenotypes we investigated in the study. When Islet1 is conditionally deleted in mouse using the Wnt1-cre strain, pups die few hours after birth and display increased apoptosis in the DRG, massive loss of DRG sensory neurons and sensory defects associated to nociceptors mostly and some touch neurons while proprioceptive neurons are spared (Sun et al., 2008 now included in the revised version of the manuscript). There is a decrease numbers of Ntrk1+ and Ntrk2+ neurons whereas the numbers of Ntrk3+ neurons appear normal. Later Isl1 inactivation does not induces changes in number of neurons and does not change Ntrk1 and 2 expressions. As explained in the answer to public reviews, bulk RNAseq data have now been reanalyzed following the reviewer suggestions and presented accordingly in the related figures.

      In the study bay Sun et al. they also reported DEGs following Islet1 homozygous deletion, but data on Islet1 heterozygous deletion are not included. However, out of the 60 most dysregulated genes identified in their study, only 6 were differentially expressed in our datasets. Importantly, DEGs in their studies where identified using microarray. In another study, the same group, showed that Brn3a (another transcription factor important for DRG neurons differentiation) and Islet1 exhibit negative epistasis on sensory genes expression (Dykes et al., 2011 now included in the revised version of the manuscript). Thus we cannot rule out that similar rules apply for Islet1 and Meis2. However, given the high diversity of DRG sensory neurons, interpreting our bulk RNAseq analysis in such direction might lead to misinterpretation.

      1.2) Along the same line, gene expression changes in Islet1Cre/+ DRGs seem to have little functional consequences, at least in the cases where all three genotypes were analyzed (target dependency (Fig. 1E), behavior (Fig. 1F), innervation (Fig. 4F, 6C)). Why were some parameters measured in all three genotypes and others only for WT and cKO? The authors probably reason that parameters that do not differ between WT and cKO animals will likely also not differ between WT and Islet1Cre/+. But what about parameters that do differ? Considering that the innervation of Merkel cells (Fig. 4E) and Meissner corpuscles (Fig. 5A) differ profoundly between WT and cKO, it would be interesting to know what this innervation looks like in Islet1Cre/+ DRGs. NEFH staining together with CK8 or S100beta from existing tissue sections should easily answer this question.

      As explained in the answer for public reviews, there was a mistake in the annotation of the control in figure 4 D and E, and in Fig. 5 that has now been corrected. Concerning target-dependency, those are experiments conducted in chick embryo, and therefore no associated genotype.

      1.3) Was a minimum cut-off for gene expression applied? The up-and downregulated genes in Fig. 3B list a number of pseudogenes and predicted genes. A quick (and incomplete) check for their expression in Fig2 Supple Table 1 shows that only a few reads were detected for most of them. With such low expression, even small changes will show up as significant differences.

      In our first analysis, a cut-off of 10 reads was applied. As reviewer 2 mentioned, this cut-off included several pseudogenes and predicted genes with low expression for which small changes were significant. We now re-analyzed the dataset using a cut-off of 100 reads. This excluded most of the previous predicted genes and pseudogenes for the analysis and resulted in a much small number of DEGs for each dataset. As recommended by reviewer 2, we also now performed the David analysis separately. These results are now presented in Figure 3 and corresponding supplementary figures.

      1.4) Given that bulk RNAseq from whole embryonic DRGs was performed, it would be interesting to know what cell type(s) express the Meis2-dependent transcripts. To address this question, the authors resort to published scRNAseq data by Usoskin Nat Neurosci 2015. They correlate the expression of all 488 DEGs (different between cKO and either WT or Islet1Cre/+) with the expression of Meis2 in the sensory neuron subtypes that were classified in the Usoskin paper. From that they conclude that many Meis2-dependent genes were expressed in the same sensory neuron classes as Meis2 itself. This is not apparent from Fig. 3 Supplementary 2. Neither do the 488 DEGs seem to be in any way enriched in the MEIS2-expressing cell clusters NF2/3/4/5, nor is cluster PEP1 particularly high in Meis2 expression. Immunostaining for MEIS2 together with a few selected DEGs would be a better way to assess co-expression.

      We agree with reviewer 2 that the correlation between DEGs and the expression of Meis2 in the sensory neuron subtypes was far from striking. In our opinion, the new analysis shows now a more robust correlation. However, it has to be kept in mind that among DEGs not all are expected to be Meis2 direct target genes and therefore to be enriched in the same Meis2-expressing population. This also hold true for genes that could be de-repressed or induced following Meis2 inactivation. Finally, the scRNAseq by Usoskin et al was performed on adult sensory neurons whereas our bulk RNAseq was performed on E18.5 embryos. Thus, because gene expression in developing sensory neurons is well-known to be highly dynamic, it is not expected that the transcriptional signature of sensory neurons subclasses in E18.5 embryo perfectly matches the transcriptional signature of adult subclasses. Finally, we agree that immunostaining for Meis2 together with few selected DEGs would give a better answer on whether they co-localize or not, but our lack of experience with those antibodies together with the lack of financial support for the proposal precludes achieving this pertinent point.

      1.5) The authors identify Gabra1 and Gabra4 as upregulated and Gabrr1 as downregulated genes in MEIS2 cKO animals. Does this reflect a change in GABA-receptor subunit composition in LMTRs?

      This is an interesting point. First, in our new analysis, increasing the cut-off to 100 reads excluded Gabrr1 from the DEGs. Based on our results, we cannot conclude whereas Gabra1 and Gabra4 up-regulation reflects a change in GABA receptors composition. However, in the GEO term associated to Gabaergic synapse, whereas Gabra1 and Gabra4 were up-regulated the ionotropic glutamate receptor Grid1 was downregulated, rather claiming for an imbalanced GABA/Glutamate transmission. Finally, the increased GABAR expression in the LTMRs might be expected to increase pre-synaptic inhibition on the LTMR synapses onto target neurons in the dorsal horn, thus decreasing synaptic transmission from these neurons into spinal circuits.

      2) The authors assessed SA-LTMR innervating Merkel cells in glabrous and hairy skin by IFC staining for neurofilament H and electrophysiological recordings. Due to the small sample size, they pooled recordings, reasoning that nerves that do not successfully innervate Merkel cells (i.e. cKO glabrous skin) do not evoke electrophysiological responses following a touch stimulus.

      2.1) It is undoubtedly true that non-innervating nerves will likely not show electrophysiological responses. However, by pooling the recordings of SA-LTMRs from glabrous and hairy skin, the data obtained from the 20% successful recordings of SA-LTMRs from glabrous cKO skin (according to Fig. 4E, upper panel) will be overrepresented and hence lead to a systematic bias. How many recordings were made from the glabrous and hairy skin of each genotype? In case the number of recordings from cKO/glabrous skin is the limiting factor, does the observed difference in vibration threshold hold true when only recordings from hairy skin are compared?

      As explained in the text and in our answers to reviewer 1, data for hairy and glabrous SAMs where initially pooled as no differences between them were expected, and next planned electrophysiological experiments were compromised due to the Covid19 pandemic. We are sorry that at this point, we cannot provide additional experiments to clarify this important point. In addition, as mention

      3) From the IFC images shown in Fig. 6A, it is not clear how the authors quantified branch points and innervated hair follicles.

      Branch points correspond to every time a nerve split in 2 or more nerves. Innervated follicles correspond to follicles that are entangled by circumferential and/or lanceolate Nefh+ endings.

      4) The quality of the data is very high, but there are several ambiguities and errors in their presentation.

      We apologize for this mistake. Figure 1 Supplementary 1 that reports data from Cat walk analysis is now appropriately included in the files.

      4.2) Fig. 3A is confusing and the figure legend just repeats what is already said in the text. What do yellow, blue, and pink represent?

      Figure 3 is now fully remade. Legend is now better indicated in Figure 3A. We hope it is now more clear.

      4.3) What genotype do the black, grey, and white boxplots in Fig. 6C Fig. 3 Supplementary 1B correspond to?

      The legends were missing for Figure 6C and Figure 3 supplementary 1B. They are now appropriately included.

      4.4) Up- and downregulated genes are assigned differently in Fig. 3 and Fig. 3 Supplementary 2. The figure legend of Fig. 3 Suppl 2 lists panel B as up-regulated genes but the same genes are labeled down-regulated in Fig. 3.

      We apologize for this previous mistake. Figure 3 and corresponding supplementary figures have been redone in the new version.

      4.5) Fig. 3E would benefit from a more detailed description. One can easily appreciate that the neurofilament H staining in the cKO sample is different from that of the WT sample but what exactly can be seen here?

      We added the following sentence in the results section: “In WT newborn mice, numerous Nefh+ sensory fibers surround all dermal papillae of the hairy skin and footpad of the glabrous skin, whereas in Wnt1Cre::Meis2LoxP/LoxP littermates, very few Nefh+ sensory fibers are present and they poorly innervate the dermal papillae and footpads.“.

      4.6) The figure legend to Fig. 4A is unclear. Does the graph show the sum of all recordings performed? From the text, one would guess that the bars correspond to the cKO samples, but this is not specified. Do the controls correspond to WT, Islet1Cre/+ or a mixture of both? In addition, the graph in the lower panel is labeled % Ab fibers, the figure legend reads % of tap units among Ab fibers.

      The graphs show the number of tap units identified among all recorded Afibers. Numbers show the number of tap units over the number of recorded fibers. This as been now reformulated in the last version of the manuscript.

      4.7) The abbreviation SAM in figure legends 4F, G is not introduced.

      This is now indicated in the figure legend.

      4.8) Readers who are not familiar with the traces above the graphs in 4F and 4G will find a more detailed description helpful.

      This is now indicated in the figure legend.

      4.9) Lines 274-275: Does the statement "Finally, consistent with the lack of neuronal loss in Isl1Cre/+::Meis2LoxP/LoxP, the number of recorded fibers were identical in WT and Isl1Cre/+::Meis2LoxP/LoxP." refer to Fig. 4G? This is not specified in the text.

      These data were not included in the first version of the manuscript as we though they were not significantly informative. They just indicate the overall numbers of fibers that were recorded in electrophysiological experiments. The sentence has been now removed in the last version of the manuscript to avoid misunderstanding.

      4.10) There is no Fig. 6 supplementary 1.

      The typo is now corrected. The corresponding data were in fact in Figure 5 Supplementary 1.

      Minor points:

      • Gangfuß et al. report that a patient previously diagnosed with a range of neurological deficits including the diagnosis of severe infantile autism is heterozygous mutant for MEIS2. Although this study links MEIS2 gene function to ASD in the wider sense, adding a few additional references will make the link stronger. Examples are Shimojima et al., Hum Genome Var 2017 or Bae et al., Science 2022.

      These two references have been now included in the introduction section of the manuscript.

      • In some figures (e.g. Fig. 4) the numbering of the panels does not follow the order in which the respective data are mentioned in the text.

      Figure 4 is now re-organized so that panels follow the same order as in the results section.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Nitrogen metabolism is of fundamental importance to biology. However, the metabolism and biochemistry of guanidine and guanidine containing compounds, including arginine and homoarginine, have been understudied over the last few decades. Very few guanidine forming enzymes have been identified. Funck et al define a new type of guanidine forming enzyme. It was previously known that 2-oxogluturate oxygenase catalysis in bacteria can produce guanidine via oxidation of arginine. Interestingly, the same enzyme that produces guanidine from arginine also oxidises 2-oxogluturate to give the plant signalling molecule ethylene. Funck et al show that a mechanistically related oxygenase enzyme from plants can also produce guanidine, but instead of using arginine as a substrate, it uses homoarginine. The work will stimulate interest in the cellular roles of homoarginine, a metabolite present in plants and other organisms including humans and, more generally, in the biochemistry and metabolism of guanidines.

      1) Significance

      Studies on the metabolism and biochemistry of the small nitrogen rich molecule guanidine and related compounds including arginine have been largely ignored over the last few decades. Very few guanidine forming enzymes have been identified. Funck et al define a new guanidine forming enzyme that works by oxidation of homoarginine, a metabolite present in organisms ranging from plants to humans. The new enzyme requires oxygen and 2oxogluturate as cosubstrates and is related, but distinct from a known enzyme that oxidises arginine to produce guanidine, but which can also oxidise 2-oxogluturate to produce the plant signalling molecule ethylene.

      Overall, I thought this was an exceptionally well written and interesting manuscript. Although a 2-oxogluturate dependent guanidine forming enzyme is known (EFE), the discovery that a related enzyme oxidises homoarginine is really interesting, especially given the presence of homoarginine in plant seeds. There is more work to be done in terms of functional assignment, but this can be the subject of future studies. I also fully endorse the authors' view that guanidine and related compounds have been massively understudied in recent times. I would like to see the possibility that the new enzyme makes ethylene explored. Congratulations to the authors on a very nice study.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for the positive evaluation of our manuscript. In the revised version, we have emphasized more clearly that we found no evidence for ethylene production by the recombinant enzymes. The other suggestions of the reviewer are also considered in the revised version as detailed below.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In this study, Dietmar Funck and colleagues have made a significant breakthrough by identifying three isoforms of plant 2-oxoglutarate-dependent dioxygenases (2-ODD-C23) as homo/arginine-6-hydroxylases, catalyzing the degradation of 6-hydroxyhomoarginine into 2aminoadipate-6-semialdehyde (AASA) and guanidine. This discovery marks the very first confirmation of plant or eukaryotic enzymes capable of guanidine production.

      The authors selected three plant 2-ODD-C23 enzymes with the highest sequence similarity to bacterial guanidine-producing (EFE) enzymes. They proceeded to clone and express the recombinant enzymes in E coli, demonstrating capacity of all three Arabidopsis isoforms to produce guanidine. Additionally, by precise biochemical experiments, the authors established these three 2-ODD-C23 enzymes as homoarginine-6-hydroxylases (and arginine-hydroxylase for one of them). Furthermore, the authors utilized transgenic plants expressing GFP fusion proteins to show the cytoplasmic localization of all three 2-ODD-C23 enzymes. Most notably, using T-DNA mutant lines and CRISPR/Cas9-generated lines, along with combinations of them, they demonstrate the guanidine-producing capacity of each enzyme isoform in planta. These results provide robust evidence that these three 2-ODD-C23 Arabidopsis isoforms are indeed homoarginine-6-hydroxylases responsible for guanidine generation.

      The findings presented in this manuscript are a significant contribution for our understanding of plant biology, particularly given that this work is the first demonstration of enzymatic guanidine production in eukaryotic cells. However, there are a couple of concerns and potential ways for further investigation that the authors should (consider) incorporate.

      Firstly, the observation of cytoplasmic and nuclear GFP signals in the transgenic plants may also indicate cleaved GFP from the fusion proteins. Thus, the authors should perform Western blot analysis to confirm the correct size of the 2-ODD-C23 fusion proteins in the transgenic protoplasts.

      Secondly, it may be worth measuring pipecolate (and proline?) levels under biotic stress conditions (particularly those that induce transcript changes of these enzymes, Fig S8). Given the results suggesting a potential regulation of the pathway by biotic stress conditions (eg. meJA), these experiments could provide valuable insights into the physiological role of guanidine-producing enzymes in plants. This additional analysis may give a significance of these enzymes in plant defense mechanisms.

      Response: We thank also reviewer 2 for the positive evaluation and useful suggestions. We performed the proposed GFP Western blot, which indeed indicated the presences of both, fulllength fusion proteins and free GFP, which can explain the partial nuclear localization. We fully agree that further experiments with biotic and abiotic stress will be required to determine the physiological function of the 2-ODD-C23 enzymes. However, the list of potential experiments is long and they are beyond the scope of the present manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Specific points

      Overall, I thought this was a very interesting study, comprising biochemical, cellular, and in vivo studies. Of course more could be done on each of these, and likely will be, but I think the assignment of biochemical function is very strong, across all three approaches. The one new experiment I would like to see is a clear demonstration of whether ethylene is produced - unlikely but should be tested.

      We had mentioned our failure to detect ethylene production by the plant enzymes in the previous version and have made it more prominent and reliable by including ethylene production as positive control in the new supplementary figure S5.

      Abstract

      Delete 'hitherto overlooked' - this is implicit 'but is more likely' to 'is likely'?

      Agreed and modified

      Introduction

      Second sentence - what about relevant small molecule primary metabolites including precursors of proteins/nucleic acids.

      We modified the sentence accordingly.

      Paragraph 2 - maybe also note EFE produces glutamate semi aldehyde, via arginine C-5 oxidation.

      Paragraph 2 has been re-phrased according to your suggestion.

      Overall, I thought the introduction was exceptionally well written.

      Perhaps either in the introduction, or later, note there are other 2OG oxygenases that oxidise arginine/arginine derivatives in various ways, e.g. clavaminate synthase/arginine hydroxylases/desaturases.

      We added a sentence mentioning the arginine hydroxylases VioC and OrfP to the introduction and included VioC into the sequence comparison in supplementary figure 2 to show that these enzymes, as well as NapI, are very different from EFE and the plant hydroxylases.

      Results

      Paragraph 1 - qualify similarity and refer to/give a structurally informed sequence alignment, including EFE

      A new supplemental figure S2 was added with sequence identity values and a structurally informed alignment. The text has been modified accordingly.

      Paragraph 2 - briefly state method of guanidine analysis

      We included a reference to the M&M section and mentioned LC-MS in paragraph 2.

      Figure 1 - trivial point - proteins are not expressed/genes are

      We have modified the legend to figure 1. However, we would like to point out that terms like “recombinant protein expression” are widely used in the field. A quick search with google Ngram viewer shows that “protein expression” started to appear in the mid-80ies and its use stayed constantly at 1/8th of “gene expression”.

      Define errors clearly in all figure legends, clearly defining biological/technical repeats<br /> Page 6 - was the His-tag cleared to ensure no issues with Ni contamination?

      We treat individual plants or independent bacterial cultures as biological replicates. Only in the case of enzyme activity assays with NAD(P)H, technical replicates were used and this has been indicated in the legend of figure 6.

      Lower case 'p' in pentafluorobenzyl corrected

      In Figure 2 make clear the hydroxylated intermediates are not observed

      We now use grey color for the intermediates and have put them in brackets. Additionally we state in the figure legend that these intermediates were not detected.

      Pages 6-7 - I may have missed this but it's important to investigate what happens to the 2OG. Is succinate the only product or is ethylene also produced? This possibility should also be considered in the plant studies, i.e. is there any evidence for responses related to perturbed ethylene metabolism. The authors consider a signalling role relating to AASA/P6C, but seem to ignore a potential ethylene connection.

      As stated above, we checked for ethylene production with negative result. EFE produced 6 times more guanidine than the plant enzymes under the same condition, but even 100-fold lower ethylene production would have been clearly detected.

      Page 12 - 'plants have been shown to....' Perhaps note how hydroxy guanidine is made?

      We now mention the canavanine-γ-lyase that cleaves canavanine into hydroxyguanidine and homoserine.

      Overall, I thought the discussion was good, but perhaps a bit long/too speculative on pages 12/13 and this detracted from the biochemical assignment of the enzyme. I'd suggest shortening the discussion somewhat - the precise roles of the enzyme can be the subject of future work. As indicated above, some discussion on potential links to ethylene would be appreciated.

      Since reviewer 2 wanted more (speculative) discussion on the role of the 2-ODD-C23 enzymes and there was no detectable ethylene production, we took the liberty to leave the discussion largely unaltered.

      I'd also like to see some more consideration/metabolic analyses of guanidine related metabolism in the genetically modified plants.

      Such analyses will certainly be included in future experiments once we get an idea about the physiological role of the 2-ODD-C23 enzymes.

      Page 16 - mass spectrometry

      Corrected.

      Please add a structurally informed sequence alignment with EFE and other 2OG oxygenases acting on arginine/derivatives.

      An excerpt of the alignment is now presented in supplementary figure S2.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I would like to see more discussion in the manuscript about the possible interconnection/roles between 2-ODD-C23 guanidine-producing, lysine- ALD1-Pipecolate producing, and proline metabolism pathways during both biotic and abiotic stresses.

      Since we were unable to detect pipecolate in any of our plant samples and also our preliminary results with biotic stress did not produce any evidence for a function of the 2ODD-C23 enzymes in the tested defense responses, we would like to postpone such extended discussion until we find a condition where the physiological function of these enzymes is evident.

      Fig. 4: Authors should change colors for Col-0, 0.2 HoArg and ctrl? They look too similar in my pdf file.

      We changed the colors in figure 4 and hope that the enhanced contrast is maintained during the production of the final version of our article.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This manuscript provides a fundamental contribution to the understanding of the role of intrinsically disordered proteins in circadian clocks and the potential involvement of phase separation mechanisms. The authors convincingly report on the structural and biochemical aspects and the molecular interactions of the intrinsically disordered protein FRQ. This paper will be of interest to scientists focusing on circadian clock regulation, liquid-liquid phase separation, and phosphorylation.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      "Phosphorylation, disorder, and phase separation govern the behavior of Frequency in the fungal circadian clock" is a convincing manuscript that delves into the structural and biochemical aspects of FRQ and the FFC under both LLPS and non-LLPS conditions. Circadian clocks serve as adaptations to the daily rhythms of sunlight, providing a reliable internal representation of local time.

      All circadian clocks are composed of positive and negative components. The FFC contributes negative feedback to the Neurospora circadian oscillator. It consists of FRQ, CK1, and FRH. The FFC facilitates close interaction between CK1 and the WCC, with CK1-mediated phosphorylation disrupting WCC:c-box interactions necessary for restarting the circadian cycle.

      Despite the significance of FRQ and the FFC, challenges associated with purifying and stabilizing FRQ have hindered in vitro studies. Here, researchers successfully developed a protocol for purifying recombinant FRQ expressed in E. coli.

      Armed with full-length FRQ, they utilized spin-labeled FRQ, CK1, and FRH to gain structural insights into FRQ and the FFC using ESR. These studies revealed a somewhat ordered core and a disordered periphery in FRQ, consistent with prior investigations using limited proteolysis assays. Additionally, p-FRQ exhibited greater conformational flexibility than np-FRQ, and CK1 and FRH were found in close proximity within the FFC. The study further demonstrated that under LLPS conditions in vitro, FRQ undergoes phase separation, encapsulating FRH and CK1 within LLPS droplets, ultimately diminishing CK1 activity within the FFC. Intriguingly, higher temperatures enhanced LLPS formation, suggesting a potential role of LLPS in the fungal clock's temperature compensation mechanism.

      Biological significance was supported by live imaging of Neurospora, revealing FRQ foci at the periphery of nuclei consistent with LLPS. The amino acid sequence of FRQ conferred LLPS properties, and a comparison of clock repressor protein sequences in other eukaryotes indicated that LLPS formation might be a conserved process within the negative arms of these circadian clocks.

      In summary, this manuscript represents a valuable advancement with solid evidence in the understanding of a circadian clock system that has proven challenging to characterize structurally due to obstacles linked to FRQ purification and stability. The implications of LLPS formation in the negative arm of other eukaryotic clocks and its role in temperature compensation are highly intriguing.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the manuscript include the scientific rigor of the experiments, the importance of the topic to the field of chronobiology, and new mechanistic insights obtained.

      Weaknesses:

      This reviewer had questions regarding some of the conclusions reached.

      Recommendations For The Authors:

      The reviewer has a few questions for the authors:

      1) Concerning the reduced activity of sequestered CK1 within LLPS droplets with FRQ, to what extent is this decrease attributed to distinct buffer conditions for LLPS formation compared to non-LLPS conditions?

      We don’t believe that these buffer conditions significantly influence the change in FRQ phosphorylation by CK1 observed at elevated temperatures. The pH and ionic strength of the buffer are in keeping with physiological conditions (300 mM NaCl, 50 mM sodium phosphate, 10 mM MgCl2, pH 7.5); CK1 autophosphorylation is robust and generally increases with temperature under these conditions (Figure 7B). However, as LLPS increases CK1 autophosphorylation remains high, whereas phosphorylation of FRQ dramatically decreases. In fact, we chose to alter temperature specifically to induce changes in phase behavior under constant buffer conditions. In this way LLPS could be increased, and FRQ phosphorylation evaluated, without altering the solution composition. Thus, we believe that the reduced CK1 kinase activity toward FRQ as a substrate is directly due to the impact of the generated LLPS milieu, i.e. the changes in structural/dynamic properties of FRQ and/or CK1 induced by the effects of being a phase separate microenvironment, which could be substantially different from non-phase separated buffer environment. For example, previous work done on the disordered region of DDX4 [Brady et al. 2017, and Nott et al. 2015] show that even the amount of water content and stability of biomolecules such as double strand nucleic acids encapsulated within the droplets differ between non- and phase separated DDX4 samples.

      Nott T.J. et al. Phase transition of a disordered nuage protein generates environmentally responsive membraneless organelles. Mol. Cell. 2015 57 936-947.

      Brady J.P. et al. Structural and hydrodynamic properties of an intrinsically disordered region of a germ cell-specific protein on phase separation. PNAS 2017 114 8194-8203.

      In the results section we have clarified the use of temperature to control LLPS, “We compared the phosphorylation of FRQ by CK1 in a buffer that supports phase separation under different temperatures, using the latter as a means to control the degree of LLPS without altering the solution composition.”

      On p.16 of the discussion we have elaborated on the above point, “We believe that the reduced CK1 kinase activity toward FRQ as a substrate is directly due to the impact of the generated LLPS milieu, i.e. the changes in structural/dynamic properties of FRQ and/or CK1 induced by the effects of being a phase separate microenvironment, which could be substantially different from non-phase separated buffer environment. For example, previous work done on the disordered region of DDX4 {Brady, 2017 #130;Nott, 2015 #131} show that even the amount of water content and stability of biomolecules such as double strand nucleic acids encapsulated within the droplets differ between non- and phase separated DDX4 samples. Indeed, the spin-labeling experiments indicate that the dynamics of FRQ have been altered by LLPS (Fig. 7D).”

      2) The DEER technique demonstrated spatial proximity between FRH and CK1 when bound to FRQ in the FFC. Is there evidence suggesting their lack of proximity in the absence of FRQ? Also, how important is this spatial proximity to FFC function?

      We have additional data substantiating that FRH and CK1 do not interact in the absence of FRQ. In the revised paper we have included the results of a SEC-MALS experiment showing that FRH and CK1 elute separately when mixed in equimolar amounts and applied to an analytical S200 column coupled to a MALS detector (Figure 1 below and Fig. S8). The importance of the FRH and CK1 proximity is currently unknown, but there are reasons to believe that it could have functional consequences. For example, CK1, as recruited by FRQ, phosphorylates the White-Collar Complex (WCC) in the repressive arm of the circadian oscillator [e.g. He et al. Genes Dev. 20, 2552 (2006); Wang et al, Mol. Cell 74, 771 (2019)]. Interactions between the WCC and the FFC are mediated at least in part by FRH binding to White Collar-2 [Conrad et al. EMBO J. 35, 1707 (2016)]. Thus, FRH:FRQ may effectively bridge CK1 to the WCC to facilitate the phosphorylation of the latter by the former.

      He et al. CKI and CKII mediate the FREQUENCY-dependent phosphorylation of the WHITE COLLAR complex to close the Neurospora circadian negative feedback loop. Genes Dev. 2006 20, 2552-2565.

      Wang B. et al. The Phospho-Code Determining Circadian Feedback Loop Closure and Output in Neurospora Mol. Cell 2019 74, 771-784.

      Conrad et al. Structure of the frequency-interacting RNA helicase: a protein interaction hub for the circadian clock. EMBO J. 2016 35, 1707-1719.

      Author response image 1.

      Size-exclusion chromatography- multiangle light scattering (SEC-MALS) of a mixture of purified FRH and CK1. The proteins elute separately as monomers with no evidence of co-migration.

      3) Is there any indication that impairing FRQ's ability to undergo LLPS disrupts clock function?

      We do not currently have direct evidence that LLPS of FRQ is essential for clock function. These experiments are ongoing, but complicated by the fact that changes to FRQ predicted to alter LLPS behavior also have the potential to perturb its many other clock-related functions that include dynamic interactions with partners, dynamic post-translational modification and rates of synthesis and degradation. That said, the intrinsic disorder of FRQ is important for it to act as a protein interaction hub, and large intrinsically disordered regions (IDRs) very often mediate LLPS, as is certainly the case here. In this work, we argue that the ability of FRQ to sequester clock proteins during the TTFL may involve LLPS. Additionally, we show that the phosphorylation state of FRQ, which is a critical factor in clock period determination, depends on LLPS. Given that the conditions under which FRQ phase separates are physiological in nature and that live-cell imaging is consistent with FRQ phase separation in the nucleus, it seems likely that FRQ does phase separate in Neurospora. Furthermore, given that the sequence features of FRQ that mediate phase-separation are conserved not only across FRQ homologs but also in other functionally related clock proteins, it is probable, albeit worthy of further investigation, that LLPS has functional consequences for the clock. See the response to reviewer 3 for more discussion on this topic.

      Minor Points:

      Indeed, we have included a reference to this paper on p. 3: “Emerging studies in plants (Jung, et al., 2020), flies (Xiao, et al., 2021) and cyanobacteria (Cohen, et al., 2014; Pattanayak, et al., 2020) implicate LLPS in circadian clocks, and in Neurospora it has recently been shown that the Period-2 (PRD-2) RNA-binding protein influences frq mRNA localization through a mechanism potentially mediated by LLPS (Bartholomai, et al., 2022).”

      • On page 9, six lines from the top, please insert "of" between "distributions" and "p-FRQ".

      We have corrected this typo.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study presents data from a broad range of methods (biochemical, EPR, SAXS, microscopy, etc.) on the large, disordered protein FRQ relevant to circadian clocks and its interaction partners FRH and CK1, providing novel and fundamental insight into oligomerization state, local dynamics, and overall structure as a function of phosphorylation and association. Liquid-liquid phase separation is observed. These findings have bearings on the mechanistic understanding of circadian clocks, and on functional aspects of disordered proteins in general.

      Strengths:

      This is a thorough work that is well presented. The data are of overall high quality given the difficulty of working with an intrinsically disordered protein, and the conclusions are sufficiently circumspect and qualitative to not overinterpret the mostly low-resolution data.

      Weaknesses:

      None

      Recommendations For The Authors:

      1)Fig.2B: Beyond the SEC part (absorbance vs elution volume), I don't understand this plot, in particular the horizontal lines. They appear to be correlating molecular weight with normalized absorption at 280 nm, but the chromatogram amplitudes are different. Clarify, or modify the plot. There are also some disconnected line segments between 10-11 mL - these seem to be spurious.

      We apologize for the confusion. The horizontal lines are meant to only denote the average molecular weights of the elution peaks and not correlate with the A280 values. The disconnected lines are the light-scattering molecular weight readouts from which the horizontal lines are derived. The problematic nature of the figure is that the full elution traces and MALS traces across the peaks call for different scales to best depict the relevant features of the data. We have reworked the figure and legend to make the key points more clear.

      2) It could be useful to add AF2 secondary structure predictions, pLDDT, and the helical propensity analysis to the sequence ribbon in Fig.1C.

      Thank you for the suggestion, we have updated the figure to incorporate the pLDDT scores into the linear sequence map, as well as the secondary structure predictions.

      3) Fig.3D: It would be better to show the raw data rather than the fits. At the same time, I appreciate the fact that the authors resisted the temptation to show distance distributions.

      Yes, we agree that it is important to show the raw data; it is included in the supplementary section. Depicting the raw data here unfortunately obscures the differences in the traces and we believe that showing the data as a superposition is quite useful to convey the main differences among the sites. However, we have now explicitly stated in the figure legend that the corresponding raw data traces are given in Figures S5-6.

      4) Fig.5: For all distance distributions, error intervals should be added (typically done in terms of shaded bands around the best-fit distribution). As shown, precision is visually overstated. The error analysis shown in the SI is dubious, as it shows some distances have no error whatsoever (e.g. 6nm in 370C-490C), which is not possible.

      We did previously show the error intervals in the SI, but we agree that it is better to include them here as well, and have done so in the new Figure 5. With respect to the error analysis, we are following the methodology described in the following paper:

      Srivastava, M. and Freed J., Singular Value Decomposition Method To Determine Distance Distributions in Pulsed Dipolar Electron Spin Resonance: II. Estimating Uncertainty. J. Phys Chem A (2019) 123:359-370. doi: 10.1021/acs.jpca.8b07673.

      Briefly, the uncertainty we are plotting is showing the "range" of singular values over which the singular value decomposition (SVD) solution remains converged. For most of the data displayed in this paper we only used the first few singular values (SVs) and the solution remained converged for ± 1 or 2 SVs near the optimum solution. For example, if the optimum solution was 4 SVs then the range in which the solution remained converged is ~3-6 SVs. We plot three lines - lowest range of SVs, highest range of SVs and optimum number of SVs – in the SI figures the optimum SV solution is shown in black and the region between the converged solutions with the highest and lowest number of SVs is shaded in red. Owing to the point-wise reconstruction of the distance distribution, the SVD method enables localized uncertainty at each distance value. Therefore, some points will have high uncertainty, whereas others low. The distance that may appear to have no uncertainty has actually very low uncertainty; which can be seen at close inspection. In these cases, we observe this "isosbestic" type behavior where the P(r) appears to change little across the acceptable solutions and hence there is only a small range of P(r) values at that particular r. This behavior results from multimodal distributions wherein the change in SVs shifts neighboring peaks to lower and higher distances respectively, producing an apparent cancelation effect. What we believe is most important for the biochemical interpretation, and accurately reflected by this analysis, is the general width of the uncertainty across the distribution and how this impacts the error in both the mean and the overall skewing of the distribution at short or long distances.

      Details of the error treatment as described above have been added to the supplementary methods section.

      5) The Discussion (p.13) states that the SAXS and DEER data show that disorder is greater than in a molten globule and smaller than in a denatured protein. Evidence to support this statement (molten globule DEER/SAXS reference data etc.) should be made explicit.

      We will make the statement more explicit by changing it to the following: “Notably, the shape of the Kratky plots generated from the SAXS data suggest a degree of disorder that is substantially greater than that expected of a molten globule (Kataoka, et al., 1997), but far from that of a completely denatured protein (Kikhney, et al., 2015; Martin, Erik W., et al., 2021). Similarly, the DEER distributions, though non-uniform across the various sites examined, indicate more disorder than that of a molten globule (Selmke et al., 2018) but more order than a completely unfolded protein (van Son et al. 2015).”

      van Son, M., et al. Double Electron−Electron Spin Resonance Tracks Flavodoxin Folding, J. Phys. Chem. B 2015, 119, 13507−13514. doi: 10.1021/acs.jpcb.5b00856.

      Selmke, B. et al. Open and Closed Form of Maltose Binding Protein in Its Native and Molten Globule State As Studied by Electron Paramagnetic Resonance Spectroscopy. Biochemistry 2018, 57, 5507−5512 doi: 10.1021/acs.biochem.8b00322.

      6) Fig. S11B could be promoted to the main paper.

      This comment makes a good point. Figure 8 is now an updated scheme, similar to the previous Fig. S11B. Thank you for the suggestion.

      Minor corrections:

      p.1: "composed from" -> "composed of"

      p.2: TFFLs -> TTFLs

      p.2: "and CK1 via" => "and to CK1 via"

      p.5: "Nickel" -> "nickel"

      p.5: "Size Exclusion Chromatography" -> "Size exclusion chromatography"

      p.5: "Multi Angle Light Scattering" -> "multi-angle light scattering"

      Fig.2 caption: "non-phosphorylated (np-FRQ)" -> "non-phosphorylated FRQ (np-FRQ)"

      Fig. S3: What are the units on the horizontal axis?

      Fig. 5H is too small

      Fig. S8, S9: all distance distribution plots show a spurious "1"

      Fig. 6A has font sizes that are too small to read

      p.11: "cytoplasm facing" -> "cytoplasm-facing"

      p.11: "temperature dependent" -> "temperature-dependent"

      p.12: "substrate-sequestration and product-release" -> "substrate sequestration and product release"

      p.12: "depend highly buffer composition" -> "depend highly on buffer composition"

      We thank the reviewer for finding these errors and their attention to detail. All of these minor points have been addressed in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript from Tariq and Maurici et al. presents important biochemical and biophysical data linking protein phosphorylation to phase separation behavior in the repressive arm of the Neurospora circadian clock. This is an important topic that contributes to what is likely a conceptual shift in the field. While I find the connection to the in vivo physiology of the clock to be still unclear, this can be a topic handled in future studies.

      Strengths:

      The ability to prepare purified versions of unphosphorylated FRQ and P-FRQ phosphorylated by CK-1 is a major advance that allowed the authors to characterize the role of phosphorylation in structural changes in FRQ and its impact on phase separation in vitro.

      Weaknesses:

      The major question that remains unanswered from my perspective is whether phase separation plays a key role in the feedback loop that sustains oscillation (for example by creating a nonlinear dependence on overall FRQ phosphorylation) or whether it has a distinct physiological role that is not required for sustained oscillation.

      The reviewer raises the key question regarding data suggesting LLPS and phase separated regions in circadian systems. To date condensates have been seen in cyanobacteria (Cohen et al, 2014, Pattanayak et al, 2020) where there are foci containing KaiA/C during the night, in Drosophila (Xiao et al, 2021) where PER and dCLK colocalize in nuclear foci near the periphery during the repressive phase, and in Neurospora (Bartholomai et al, 2022) where the RNA binding protein PRD-2 sequesters frq and ck1a transcripts in perinuclear phase separated regions. Because the proteins responsible for the phase separation in cyanobacteria and Drosophila are not known, it is not possible to seamlessly disrupt the separation to test its biological significance (Yuan et al, 2022), so only in Neurospora has it been possible to associate loss of phase separation with clock effects. There, loss of PRD-2, or mutation of its RNA-binding domains, results in a ~3 hr period lengthening as well as loss of perinuclear localization of frq transcripts. A very recent manuscript (Xie et al., 2024) calls into question both the importance and very existence of LLPS of clock proteins at least as regards to mammalian cells, noting that it may be an artefact of overexpression in some places where it is seen, and that at normal levels of expression there is no evidence for elevated levels at the nuclear periphery. Artefacts resulting from overexpression plainly cannot be a problem for our study nor for Xiao et al. 2021 as in both cases the relevant clock protein, FRQ or PER, was labeled at the endogenous locus and expressed under its native promoter. Also, it may be worth noting that although we called attention to enrichment of FRQ[NeonGreen] at the nuclear periphery, there remained abundant FRQ within the core of the nucleus in our live-cell imaging.

      Cohen SE, et al.: Dynamic localization of the cyanobacterial circadian clock proteins. Curr Biol 2014, 24:1836–1844, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cub.2014.07.036.

      Pattanayak GK, et al.: Daily cycles of reversible protein condensation in cyanobacteria. Cell Rep 2020, 32:108032, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.celrep.2020.108032.

      Xiao Y, Yuan Y, Jimenez M, Soni N, Yadlapalli S: Clock proteins regulate spatiotemporal organization of clock genes to control circadian rhythms. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 2021, 118, https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2019756118.

      Bartholomai BM, Gladfelter AS, Loros JJ, Dunlap JC. 2022 PRD-2 mediates clock-regulated perinuclear localization of clock gene RNAs within the circadian cycle of Neurospora. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 119(31):e2203078119. doi: 10.1073/pnas.2203078119.

      Yuan et al., Curr Biol 78: 102129, 2022. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ceb.2022.102129

      Pancheng Xie, Xiaowen Xie, Congrong Ye, Kevin M. Dean, Isara Laothamatas , S K Tahajjul T Taufique, Joseph Takahashi, Shin Yamazaki, Ying Xu, and Yi Liu (2024). Mammalian circadian clock proteins form dynamic interacting microbodies distinct from phase separation. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA. In press.

      We have updated the discussion on p. 15 accordingly:

      “Live cell imaging of fluorescently-tagged FRQ proteins is consistent with FRQ phase separation in N. crassa nuclei. FRQ is plainly not homogenously dispersed within nuclei, and the concentrated foci observed at specific positions in the nuclei indicate condensate behavior similar to that observed for other phase separating proteins (Bartholomai, et al., 2022; Caragliano, et al., 2022; Gonzalez, A., et al., 2021; Tatavosian, et al., 2019; Xiao, et al., 2021). While ongoing experiments are exploring more deeply the spatiotemporal dynamics of FRQ condensates in nuclei, the small size of fungal nuclei as well as their rapid movement with cytoplasmic bulk flow through the hyphal syncytium makes these experiments difficult. Of particular interest is drawing comparisons between FRQ and the Drosophila Period protein, which has been observed in similar foci that change in size and subnuclear localization throughout the circadian cycle (Meyer, et al., 2006; Xiao, et al., 2021), although it must be noted that the foci we observed are considerably more dynamic in size and shape than those reported for PER in Drosophila (Xiao, et al., 2021). A very recent manuscript (Xie, et al., 2024) calls into question the importance and very existence of LLPS of clock proteins at least in regards to mammalian cells, noting that it may be an artifact of overexpression in some instances where it is seen, and that at normal levels of expression there is no evidence for elevated levels at the nuclear periphery. Artifacts resulting from overexpression are unlikely to be a problem for our study and that of Xiao et al as in both cases clock proteins were tagged at their endogenous locus and expressed from their native promoters. Although we noted enrichment of FRQmNeonGreen near the nuclear envelope in our live-cell imaging, there remained abundant FRQ within the core of the nucleus.”

      Recommendations For The Authors:

      The data in Fig 6 showing microscopy of Neurospora is suggestive but needs more information/controls. Does the strain that expresses FRQ-mNeonGreen have normal circadian rhythms? How were the cultures handled (in terms of circadian entrainment etc.) for imaging? Do samples taken at different clock times appear different in terms of punctate structures in microscopy? The authors cite the Xiao 2021 paper in Drosophila, but would be good to see if the in vivo picture is fundamentally similar in Neurospora.

      All of the live-cell images we report were from cells grown in constant light; in the dark, strains bearing FRQ[NeonGreen] have normally robust rhythms with a slightly elongated period length as measured by a frq Cbox-luc reporter. Although we are interested, of course, in whether and if so how the punctate structures changed as function of circadian time, this is work in progress and beyond the scope of the present study. This said, it is plain to see from the movie included as a Supplemental file here that the puncta we see are moving and fusing/splitting on a scale of seconds whereas those reported in Drosophila by Xiao et al. (Xiao et al, 2021, above) were stable for many minutes; thus the FRQ foci seen in Neurospora are quite a bit more dynamic than those in Drosophila.

      We have updated the results section on p. 11 to provide this information more clearly: “FRQ thus tagged and driven by its own promoter is expressed at physiologically normal levels, and strains bearing FRQmNeonGreen as the only source of FRQ are robustly rhythmic with a slightly longer than normal period length. Live-cell imaging in Neurospora crassa offers atypical challenges because the mycelia grow as syncytia, with continuous rapid nuclei motion during the time of imaging. This constant movement of nuclei is compounded by the very low intranuclear abundance of FRQ and the small size of fungal nuclei, making not readily feasible visualization of intranuclear droplet fission/fusion cycles or intranuclear fluorescent photobleaching recovery experiments (FRAP) that could report on liquid-like properties. Nonetheless, bright and dynamic foci-like spots were observed well inside the nucleus and near the nuclear periphery, which is delineated by the cytoplasm-facing nucleoporin Son-1 tagged with mApple at its C-terminus (Fig. 6D,E, Movie S1). Such foci are characteristic of phase separated IDPs (Bartholomai, et al., 2022; Caragliano, et al., 2022; Gonzalez, A., et al., 2021; Tatavosian, et al., 2019) and share similar patterning to that seen for clock proteins in Drosophila (Meyer, et al., 2006; Xiao, et al., 2021), although the foci we observed are substantially more dynamic than those reported in Drosophila.”

      Another issue where some commentary would be helpful: Fig 7 shows that phase separation behavior is strongly temperature dependent (not biophysically surprising). Is that at odds with the known temperature compensation of the circadian rhythm if LLPS indeed plays a key role in the oscillator?

      We believe that the dependence of CK1-mediated FRQ phosphorylation on temperature, as manifested by FRQ phase separation, is consistent with temperature compensation within the Neurospora circadian oscillator. The phenomenon of temperature compensation by circadian clocks involves the intransigence of the oscillator period to temperature change. Stability of period with temperature change would not necessarily be expected of a generic chemical oscillator, which would run faster (shorter period) at higher temperature owing to Arrhenius behavior of the underlying chemical reactions. Circadian phosphorylation of FRQ is one such chemical process that contributes to the oscillation of FRQ abundance on which the clock is based. Reduced CK1 phosphorylation of FRQ causes both longer periods [Mehra et al., 2009] and loss of temperature compensation (manifested as a reduction of period length at higher temperature) [Liu et al, Nat Comm, 10, 4352 (2019); Hu et al, mBio, 12, e01425 (2021)]. Thus, the ability of increased LLPS formation at elevated temperature to reduce FRQ phosphorylation by CK1 (but not intrinsic CK1 autophosphorylation) would be a means to counter a decreasing period length that would otherwise manifest in an under compensated system. As further negative feedback on the system, LLPS is also promoted by FRQ phosphorylation itself, which in turn will reduce phosphorylation by CK1. Thus, both increased FRQ phosphorylation and temperature will couple to increased LLPS and mitigate period shortening through reduction of CK1 activity.

      Mehra et al., A Role for Casein Kinase 2 in the Mechanism Underlying Circadian Temperature Compensation. May 15, 2009. Cell 137, 749–760,

      Liu et al. FRQ-CK1 interaction determines the period of circadian rhythms in Neurospora. Nat Comm. 2019, 10 4352.

      Hu et al FRQ-CK1 Interaction Underlies Temperature Compensation of the Neurospora Circadian Clock mBio 2021 12 WOS:000693451600006.

      We have added Figure 8 to clarify the interpretation of the temperature compensation implicaitons of our work, the legend of which reads:

      “Figure 8: LLPS may play a role in temperature compensation of the clock through modulation of FRQ phosphorylation. Reduced CK1 phosphorylation of FRQ causes both longer periods (Mehra, et al., 2009) and loss of temperature compensation (manifested as a shortening of period at higher temperature) (Hu, et al., 2021; Liu, X., et al., 2019). Thus, the ability of increased LLPS at elevated temperature (larger grey circle) to reduce FRQ phosphorylation by CK1 will counter a shortening period that would otherwise manifest in an under compensated system. As further negative feedback, LLPS is also promoted by increased FRQ phosphorylation, which in turn will reduce phosphorylation by CK1. Thus, both increased FRQ phosphorylation and temperature favor LLPS and reduction of CK1 activity.”

      one minor comment: The chemical structures in Fig 3A have some issues where the "N" and "S" are flipped. Would be good to remake these figures to fix this problem.

      We apologize, the figure has been replaced with an improved version.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      The single-mutant and double-mutant crp/rpoB strains were made by co-transduction with a nearby gene deletion (kanR-marked). I couldn't tell from the methods section whether these mutants, e.g., crp-H22N delta-chiA, were compared to wild-type cells or deletion mutants, e.g., delta chiA, in the proteomics experiments. I encourage the authors to explain this more clearly in the methods section, and to briefly mention in the Results section and relevant figure legends that the crp/rpoB mutant strains (and possibly the "wild-type" strains) also have gene deletions. If the comparison "wild-type" strains are fully wild-type (i.e., not deleted for chiA/yjaH), it is especially important to mention this in the Results section and the figure legends since the phenotypic changes could be due to the gene deletions rather than the mutations in crp/rpoB

      We appreciate and agree with the editor's suggestion to clarify this point.

      Accordingly, we have made the following changes to the text:

      p11 L30-34 in the main text:

      "The second experiment similarly compared an engineered BW25113 (BW) strain, containing the two regulatory mutations from the compact set (i.e., crp H22N and rpoB A1245V) together with the deletions used to insert them (see methods and DataS1 file), to a “wild type” BW strain (a corresponding knockout strain without the mutations, see methods)."

      p28 under Chemostat proteomics experiment L13-16 in methods:

      "The starting volume of each bioreactor was 150 ml M9 media supplemented with either 30 mM and 10mM D-xylose for the evolved and ancestor samples or only 10mM D-xylose for BW including compact set mutations and/or the deletions used for their insertions (DataS1 file). The minimal media also included trace elements and vitamin B1 was omitted."

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Su et al propose the existence of two mechanisms repressing SBF activity during entry into meiosis in budding yeast. First, a decrease in Swi4 protein levels by a LUTI-dependent mechanism where Ime1 would act closing a negative feedback loop. Second, the sustained presence of Whi5 would contribute to maintaining SBF inhibited under sporulation conditions. The article is clearly written and the experimental approaches used are adequate to the aims of this work. The results obtained are in line with the conclusions reached by the authors but, in my view, they could also be explained by the existing literature and, hence, would not represent a major advance in the field of meiosis regulation.

      We respectfully disagree with the reviewer about their comment that this work can be explained by the existing literature. First, while SWI4LUTI has been previously identified in meiotic cells along with ~ 380 LUTIs, the biological purpose of these alternative mRNA isoforms and their effect on cellular physiology still remain largely unknown. Our manuscript clarifies this gap in understanding for SWI4LUTI. Loss of SWI4LUTI contributes to dysregulation of meiotic entry and does so by failing to properly repress the known inhibitors of meiotic entry, the CLNs. Furthermore, even though Cln1 and Cln2 have been previously shown to antagonize meiosis, the mechanisms that restrict their activity was unclear prior to our study.

      We recognize work done by others demonstrating Whi5-dependent repression of SBF during mitotic G1/S transition (De Bruin et al., 2004; Costanzo et al., 2004). We further examined Whi5’s involvement during meiotic entry and found that it acts in conjunction with the LUTI-based mechanism to restrict SBF activity. Combined loss of both mechanisms results in the increased expression of G1 cyclins, decreased expression of early meiotic genes, and a delay in meiotic entry (Figure 6). Neither mechanism was previously known to regulate meiotic entry. Our study not only adds to our broader understanding of gene regulation during meiosis but also raises additional questions regarding how LUTIs regulate gene expression and function.

      Regarding the first mechanism, Fig 1 shows that Swi4 decreases very little after 1-2h in sporulation medium, whereas G1-cyclin expression is strongly repressed very rapidly under these conditions (panel D and work by others). This fact dampens the functional relevance of Swi4 downregulation as a causal agent of G1 cyclin repression.

      Reviewer 1 expresses concern for the observation that by 2 h in sporulation media there is a 32% decrease in Swi4-3V5 protein abundance compared to 0 h in SPO. This is consistent with the range of protein level decrease typically accomplished by LUTI-based gene regulation (Chen et al., 2017; Chia et al., 2017; Tresenrider et al., 2021), and while it is a modest reduction, it is consistent across replicates. Furthermore, we don’t make the argument that reduction in Swi4 levels alone is the sole regulator of G1 cyclin levels. In fact, we report that in addition to Swi4 downregulation, Whi5 also functions to restrict SBF activity during meiotic entry, thereby ensuring G1 cyclin repression.

      In addition, the LUTI-deficient SWI4 mutant does not cause any noticeable relief in CLN2 repression, arguing against the relevance of this mechanism in the repression of G1-cyclin transcription during entry into meiosis. The authors propose a second mechanism where Whi5 would maintain SBF inactive under sporulation conditions. The role of Whi5 as a negative regulator of the SBF regulon is well known. On the other hand, the double WHI5-AA SWI4-dLUTI mutant does not upregulate CLN2, the G1 cyclin with the strongest negative effect on sporulation, raising serious doubts on the functional relevance of this backup mechanism during entry into meiosis.

      Due to replicate variance, CLN2 did not make the cut by our mRNA-seq data analysis as a significant hit. To address reviewer 1’s final point we opted for the “gold standard” of reverse transcription coupled with qPCR to measure CLN2 transcript levels in the double mutant ∆LUTI; WHI5-AA and the wild-type control. This revealed that CLN2 levels were significantly increased in the double mutant compared to wild type at 2 h in SPO (Author Response Image 1, *, p = 0.0288, two-tailed t-test).

      Author response image 1.

      Wild type (UB22199) and ∆LUTI;WHI5-AA (UB25428) cells were collected to perform RT-qPCR for CLN2 transcript abundance. Transcript abundance was quantified using primer sets specific for each respective gene from three technical replicates for each biological replicate. Quantification was performed in reference to PFY1 and then normalized to wild-type control. FC = fold change. Experiments were performed twice using biological replicates, mean value plotted with range. Differences in wild type versus ∆LUTI; WHI5-AA transcript levels compared with a two-tailed t-test (*, p = 0.0288)

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript highlights a mechanistic insight into meiotic initiation in budding yeast. In this study, the authors addressed a genetic link between mitotic cell cycle regulator SBF (the Swi4-Swi6 complex) and a meiosis inducing regulator Ime1 in the context of meiotic initiation. The authors' comprehensive analyses with cytology, imaging, RNA-seq using mutant strains lead the authors to conclude that Swi4 levels regulates Ime1-Ume6 interaction to activate expression of early meiosis genes for meiotic initiation. The major findings in this paper are that (1) the higher level of Swi4, a subunit of SBF transcription factor for mitotic cell cycle regulation, is the limiting factor for mitosis-to-meiosis transition; (2) G1 cyclins (Cln1, Cln2), that are expressed under SBF, inhibit Ime1-Ume6 interaction under overexpression of SWI4, which consequently leads to downregulation of early meiosis genes; (3) expression of SWI4 is regulated by LUTI-based transcription in the SWI4 locus that impedes expression of canonical SWI4 transcripts; (4) expression of SWI4 LUTI is likely negatively regulated by Ime1; (5) Action of Swi4 is negatively regulated by Whi5 (homologous to Rb)-mediated inhibition of SBF, which is required for meiotic initiation. Thus, the authors proposed that meiotic initiation is regulated under the balance of mitotic cell cycle regulator SBF and meiosis-specific transcription factor Ime1.

      Strengths:

      The most significant implication in their paper is that meiotic initiation is regulated under the balance of mitotic cell cycle regulator and meiosis-specific transcription factor. This finding will provide a mechanistic insight in initiation of meiosis not only into the budding yeast also into mammals. The manuscript is overall well written, logically presented and raises several insights into meiotic initiation in budding yeast. Therefore, the manuscript should be open for the field. I would like to raise the following concerns, though they are not mandatory to address. However, it would strengthen their claims if the authors could technically address and revise the manuscript by putting more comprehensive discussion.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors showed that increased expression of the SBF targets, and reciprocal decrease in expression of meiotic genes upon SWI4 overexpression at 2 h in SPO (Figure 2F). However, IME1 was not found as a DEG in Supplemental Table 1. Meanwhile, IME1 transcript level was decreased at 2 h SPO condition in pATG8-CLN2 cells in Fig S4C.

      Now this reviewer still wonders with confusion whether expression of IME1 transcripts per se is directly or in directly suppressed under SBF-activated gene expression program at 2 h SPO in pATG8-SWI4 and pATG8-CLN2 cells. This reviewer wonders how Fig S4C data reconciles with the model summarized in Fig 6F.

      One interpretation could be that persistent overexpression of G1 cyclin caused active mitotic cell cycle, and consequently delayed exit from mitotic cell cycle, which may have given rise to an apparent reduction of cell population that was expressing IME1. For readers to better understand, it would be better to explain comprehensively this issue in the main text.

      We believe there was an oversight here. In supplemental table 1, IME1 expression is reported as significantly decreased. The volcano plot shown below also highlights this change (Author response image 2).

      Author response image 2.

      Volcano plot of DE-Seq2 analysis for ∆LUTI;WHI5-AA versus wild type. Dashed line indicates padj (p value) = 0.05. Analysis was performed using mRNA-seq from two biological replicates. Wild type (UB22199) and ∆LUTI;WHI5-AA (UB25428) cells were collected at 2 h in SPO. SBF targets (pink) (Iyer et al., 2001) and early meiotic genes (blue) defined by (Brar et al., 2012). Darker pink or darker blue, labeled dots are well studied targets in either gene set list.

      The % of cells with nuclear Ime1 was much reduced in pATG8-CLN2 cells (Fig 2B) than in pATG8-SWI4 cells (Fig 4C). Is the Ime1 protein level comparable or different between pATG8-CLN2 strain and pATG8-SWI4 strain? Since it is difficult to compare the quantifications of Ime1 levels in Fig S1D and Fig S4B, it would be better to comparably show the Ime1 protein levels in pATG8-CLN2 and pATG8-SWI4 strains.

      Further, it is uncertain how pATG8-CLN2 cells mimics the phenotype of pATG8-SWI4 cells in terms of meiotic entry. It would be nice if the authors could show RNA-seq of pATG8-CLN2/WT and/or quantification of the % of cells that enter meiosis in pATG8-CLN2.

      Analyzing bulk Ime1 protein levels across a population of cells (Author response image 3) reveals that overexpression of CLN2 causes a more severe decrease in Ime1 levels than overexpression of SWI4. This is consistent with our observation that pATG8-CLN2 has a more severe impact on meiotic entry than pATG8-SWI4. The higher CLN2 levels (Author response image 4) likely accounts for the observed difference in severity of phenotype between the two mutants.

      Author response image 3.

      Samples from strain wild type (UB22199), pATG8-SWI4 (UB2226), pATG8-CLN2 (UB25959) and were collected between 0-4 hours (h) in sporulation medium (SPO) and immunoblots were performed using α-GFP. Hxk2 was used a loading control.

      Author response image 4.

      Wild type (UB22199), pATG8-SWI4 (UB2226), pATG8-CLN2 (UB25959) cells were collected to perform RT-qPCR for CLN2 transcript abundance. Quantification was performed in reference to PFY1 and then normalized to wild-type control. FC = fold change.

      The authors stated that reduced Ime1-Ume6 interaction is a primary cause of meiotic entry defect by CLN2 overexpression (Line 320-322, Fig 4J-L). This data is convincing. However, the authors also showed that GFP-Ime1 protein level was decreased compared to WT in pATG8-CLN2 cells by WB (Fig S4A).

      Compared to wild type, pATG8-CLN2 cells have lower levels of Ime1. Consequently, reviewer 2 suggests that this reduction may be responsible for the observed meiotic defect. However, we tested this possibility and found it not to be the primary cause of the meiotic defect in pATG8-CLN2 cells. As shown in Figure S4A, when IME1 was overexpressed from the pCUP1 promoter, Ime1 protein levels were similar between wild-type and pATG8-CLN2 cells. Despite this similarity, we still observed a decrease in nuclear Ime1 (Figure 4F) and no rescue in sporulation (Figure 4A). Therefore, the reduction in Ime1 protein levels alone cannot explain the meiotic defect caused by CLN2 overexpression.

      Further, GFP-Ime1 signals were overall undetectable through nuclei and cytosol in pATG8-CLN2 cells (Fig 4B), and accordingly cells with nuclear Ime1 were reduced (Fig 4C). Although the authors raised a possibility that the meiotic entry defect in the pATG8-CLN2 mutant arises from downregulation of IME1 expression (Line 282-283), causal relationship between meiotic entry defect and CLN2 overexpression is still not clear.

      As reviewer 2 comments, we initially considered the possibility that meiotic entry defect induced by CLN2 overexpression could be attributed to decreased IME1 expression. However, in the following paragraph in the manuscript, we demonstrate equalizing IME1 transcript levels using the pCUP1-IME1 allele does not rescue the meiotic defect caused by CLN2 overexpression. Consequently, we conclude that the decrease in IME1 transcript levels alone cannot explain the meiotic defect caused by increased CLN2 levels.

      Is the Ime1 protein level reduced in the pATG8-CLN2;UME6-⍺GFP strain compared to WT? It would be better to comparably show the Ime1 protein levels in the pATG8-CLN2 strain and the pATG8-CLN2;UME6-⍺GFP strain by WB. Also, it would be nice if the authors could show quantification of the % of cells that enter meiosis in the pATG8-CLN2;UME6-⍺GFP strain to see how and whether artificial tethering of Ime1 to Ume6 rescued normal meiosis program rather than simply showing % sporulation in Fig4A.

      We do not agree with the suggestion to compare the pATG8-CLN2;UME6-⍺GFP with wild type as the kinetics of meiosis is rather different. The more appropriate comparison is UME6-⍺GFP and pATG8-CLN2;UME6-⍺GFP which shows GFP-Ime1 bulk protein levels are slightly lower (Author response image 5). However, when we use a more sensitive measurement of meiotic entry through the nuclear accumulation of Ime1 in single cells, as illustrated in Figure 4L, it becomes evident that the Ume6-Ime1 tether is capable of restoring nuclear Ime1 levels, even in the presence of CLN2 overexpression. Given that these cells exhibited wild type levels of nuclear Ime1 and underwent sporulation after 24 hours, we make the fair assumption that they have successfully initiated the meiotic program.

      Author response image 5.

      Wild type (UB22199), pATG8-SWI4 (UB35106), UME6-⍺GFP (UB35300), and UME6-⍺GFP; pATG8-CLN2 (UB35177) cells collected between 0-3 hours (h) in sporulation medium (SPO) and immunoblots were performed using α-GFP. Hxk2 was used a loading control

      The authors showed Ume6 binding at the SWI4LUTI promoter (Figure 5K). However, since Ume6 forms a repressive form with Rpd3 and Sin3a and binds to target genes independently of Ime1, Ume6 binding at the SWI4LUTI promoter bind does not necessarily represent Ime1-Ume6 binding there. Instead, it would be better to show Ime1 ChIP-seq at the SWI4LUTI promoter.

      We agree with reviewer 2 that Ime1 ChIP would be the ideal measurement. Unfortunately, this has proved to be technically challenging. To address this limitation, we utilized a published Ume6 ChIP-seq dataset along with a published UME6-T99N RNA-seq dataset. Cells carrying the UME6-T99N allele are unable to induce the expression of early meiotic transcripts due to lack of Ime1 binding to Ume6 (Bowdish et al., 1995). Accordingly, RNA-seq analysis should reveal whether or not the LUTIs identified by Ume6 ChIP are indeed regulated by Ime1-Ume6 during meiosis. For SWI4LUTI, this is exactly what we observe. Not only is there Ume6 binding at the SWI4LUTI promoter (Figure 5K), but there is also a significant decrease in SWI4LUTI expression in UME6-T99N cells under meiotic conditions (Figure S5). Based on these data, we conclude that the Ime1-Ume6 complex is responsible for regulating SWI4LUTI expression during meiosis.

      The authors showed ∆LUTI mutant and WHI5-AA mutant did not significantly change the expression of SBF targets nor early meiotic genes relative to wildtype (Figure 6A, C). Accordingly, they concluded that LUTI- or Whi5-based repression of SBF alone was not sufficient to cause a delay in meiotic entry (Line451-452), and perturbation of both pathways led to a significant delay in meiotic entry (Figure 6E). This reviewer wonders whether Ime1 expression level and nuclear localization of Ime1 was normal in ∆LUTI mutant and WHI5-AA mutant.

      Based on our observations in Figure 4, Ime1 protein and expression levels were not reliable indicators of meiotic entry. Consequently, we opted for a more downstream and functionally relevant measure of meiotic entry, which involved time-lapse fluorescence imaging of Rec8, an Ime1 target.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors would like to mention previous work showing that G1-cyclin overexpression decreases the expression and nuclear accumulation of Ime1 (Colomina et al 1999 EMBO J 18:320). In this work, the interaction between Ime1 and Ume6 had been found to be resistant to G1-cyclin expression, arguing against a direct effect on the recruitment of Ime1 at meiotic promoters. Alternatively, differences in the experimental approaches used could be discussed to explain this apparent discrepancy.

      To clarify, in the paper that reviewer 1 is referring to (Colomina et al., 1999), the authors determine that the interaction between Ime1 and Ume6 is regulated by the presence of a non-fermentable carbon source. Additional work by others reveals that Ime1 undergoes phosphorylation by the protein kinases Rim11 and Rim15, promoting its nuclear localization and enabling interaction with Ume6 (Vidan and Mitchell, 1997; Pnueli et al., 2004; Malathi et al., 1999, 1997). Furthermore, both Rim11 and Rim15 kinase activities are inhibited by the presence of glucose via the PKA pathway (Pedruzzi et al., 2003; Rubin-Bejerano et al., 2004; Vidan and Mitchell, 1997). Accordingly, the elimination of cyclins in the presence of a non-fermentable carbon source (glucose) in (Colomina et al., 1999) is unlikely to result in an interaction between Ime1 and Ume6, as Rim11 and Rim15 remain repressed. Removal of cyclins in acetate does not further increase Ime1-Ume6 interaction leading the authors to conclude that G1 cyclins do not block Ime1 function through its interaction with Ume6. This work however uses loss of function (removal of G1 cyclins) to study the G1 cyclins’ effect on Ime1-Ume6 interaction while using timepoints that are well beyond meiotic entry. Additionally, Ime1-Ume6 interaction is being tested using yeast-two hybrid analysis with just the proposed interaction domain of Ime1 (amino acids 270-360). Therefore, the interpretation that G1 cyclins are dispensable for regulating the interaction between Ime1 and Ume6 is unclear from this work alone.

      There are many differences that can explain the discrepancy between our work and (Colomina et al., 1999). Our work uses increased expression of cyclins during meiotic entry. Additionally, in our study, we collected timepoints to measure meiotic entry (2 h in SPO) and sporulation (gamete formation) efficiency (24 h in SPO). Finally, we are using the endogenous, full length Ime1. These differences could very well explain the discrepancy with previous work. Lastly, in our discussion we acknowledge the lack of CDK consensus phosphorylation sites on Ime1. Therefore, it is most likely that G1 cyclins are not directly phosphorylating Ime1 and that other factors like Rim11 and Rim15 could be direct targets of the G1 cyclins, considering their involvement in the phosphorylation of Ime1-Ume6, as well as their role in regulating Ime1 localization and its interaction with Ume6. We have included these points in the revised manuscript (lines 547-551).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      This reviewer thinks that the findings in this paper are of general interest to meiosis field and help understanding the mechanism of meiotic initiation in mammals. The way of the current manuscript seems to be written for limited budding yeast scientists, and should not limited to the interest by the budding yeast scientists. Thus, it would be better to discuss more about what is known about the mechanism of initiation of meiosis not only in budding yeast but also in other species to share their finding to more broad scientists using other organisms.

      We appreciate reviewer 2’s comment and have added more discussion about the parallels between yeast and mammalian systems in meiotic initiation (lines 613-624).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The effect of overexpression of Swi4 is tested for MI and MII (Fig1F): this is a very indirect readout of meiotic entry. The authors could present Rec8 localization (Fig2I) at this stage. However, this is still a superficial description of the meiotic phenotype: is the phenotype only a delay or is the meiotic prophase altered. It is specifically important to analyse this in more detail to answer whether the overexpression of Swi4 leads to an identical phenotype to the one of CLN2. Also the comparison between overexpression of Swi4 and Cln2 is difficult to evaluate: what is the level of CLN2 when SwI4 is overexpressed compared to CLN2 overexpression. The percentage of nuclear Ime1 is 50% vs 5% when Swi4 or Cln2 are overexpressed. What is the interpretation? What are the levels of Ime1? (Y axis of quantifications not comparable, see also comment for Fig5F,H)

      CLN2 is expressed at a much higher level in pATG8-CLN2 cells relative to pATG8-SWI4 (Author Response Image 4). Therefore, we don’t expect identical phenotypes, but rather a more severe deficiency in meiotic entry upon CLN2 overexpression. The key experiment that establishes causality between SWI4 and CLNs is reported in Figure 3, where deletion of either CLN1 or CLN2 rescues the meiotic entry delay exerted by SWI4 overexpression.

      Fig3EF: What is the phenotype of Cln1 and Cln2 without overexpression of Swi4?

      Meiotic entry is not faster in cln1∆ or cln2∆ cells compared to wild-type. We included these data in Supplemental Figure 3 and made the relevant changes in the manuscript (lines 257-261).

      Fig4F: Need a control with CLN2 overexpression only.

      A control with only CLN2 overexpression (pATG8-CLN2) is not appropriate since these meiotic time course experiments are synchronized using the pCUP1-IME1 allele. It would be a misleading comparison since the two meiosis would have different kinetics. Figure 4F reports that despite similar IME1 transcript levels and Ime1 protein levels, CLN2 overexpressing cells still have reduced nuclear Ime1. Since side-by-side comparison of pATG8-CLN2 and pCUP1-IME1 is not possible, we chose to measure sporulation efficiency at 24 h in Figure 4A. These data together suggest that elevated IME1 transcript and protein levels cannot rescue the defects associated with increased CLN2 expression.

      Fig5E: in wild type, by Northern blot, Swi4canon level is increasing during meiosis, not decreasing?, whereas protein level is decreasing, what is the interpretation?

      Northern data is less quantitative than smFISH, which show that SWI4canon transcript levels are significantly lower in meiosis compared to vegetative cells (Figure 5D). We also note that the Northern blot data were acquired from unsynchronized meiotic cells and could have additional limitations based on the population-based nature of the assay. Finally, additional analysis of a transcript leader sequencing (TL-seq) dataset from synchronized cells (Tresenrider et al., 2021) further confirms the decrease in SWI4canon transcript levels upon meiotic entry. (Author response image 6).

      Author response image 6.

      TL-seq data from (Tresenrider et al. 2021) visualized on IGV at the SWI4 locus. Two timepoints are plotted including premeiotic before IME1 induction (pink) and meiotic prophase or after IME1 induction (blue).

      Fig5F, H. This quantification needs duplicates for validation.

      Replicates are submitted for every blot in this paper to eLIFE.It can be found in the shared Dropbox folder to the editors (named Raw-blots-for-eLIFE).

      Fig5F, H. Why are the wild type values so different?

      The immunoblotting done between Figure 5F and Figure 5H are on separate blots and therefore should not be compared. Additionally, these values are not absolute measurements of wild type values of Swi4-3V5 and therefore we should not expect them to be the same. Any comparisons done of relative amounts of Swi4-3V5 are always done on the same blot and normalized to a loading control, hexokinase.

      FigS5: What is the effect of the Ume6-T99N on Swi4 protein level and on meiotic entry? Is the backup mechanism proposed active?

      We haven’t measured Swi4 protein levels in the UME6-T99N background but given that this mutation is known to disrupt the interaction between Ime1 and Ume6, we expect a similar trend to that reported in Figure 5I (pCUP1-IME1 uninduced).

      What is the evidence that Swi4/6 is a E2F homolog? What is the homology at the protein level?

      While there is no sequence homology between SBF and E2F there is remarkable similarity between metazoans and yeast in terms of the regulation of the G1/S transition (reviewed in Bertoli et al., 2013). E2F and SBF are both repressed before the G1/S transition by the inhibitors Rb and Whi5, respectfully (Costanzo et al., 2004; De Bruin et al., 2004; Hasan et al., 2014). During G1/S transition, a cyclin dependent kinase phosphorylates and inactivates these inhibitors. We have carefully edited our language in the manuscript to “functional homology” instead of just “homology”.

      FigS3 is missing

      Each supplemental figure was matched to its corresponding main figure. In the original submission, we didn’t have Figure S3. However, the revised manuscript now contains FigS3.

      Bertoli, C., J.M. Skotheim, and R.A.M. De Bruin. 2013. Control of cell cycle transcription during G1 and S phases. Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol. 14:518–528. doi:10.1038/nrm3629.

      Bowdish, K.S., H.E. Yuan, and A.P. Mitchell. 1995. Positive control of yeast meiotic genes by the negative regulator UME6. Mol. Cell. Biol. 15:2955–2961. doi:10.1128/mcb.15.6.2955.

      Brar, G.A., M. Yassour, N. Friedman, A. Regev, N.T. Ingolia, and J.S. Weissman. 2012. High-Resolution View of the Yeast Meiotic Program Revealed by Ribosome Profiling. Science (80-. ). 335:552–558. doi:10.1126/science.1215110.

      De Bruin, R.A.M., W.H. McDonald, T.I. Kalashnikova, J. Yates, and C. Wittenberg. 2004. Cln3 activates G1-specific transcription via phosphorylation of the SBF bound repressor Whi5. Cell. 117:887–898. doi:10.1016/j.cell.2004.05.025.

      Chen, J., A. Tresenrider, M. Chia, D.T. McSwiggen, G. Spedale, V. Jorgensen, H. Liao, F.J. Van Werven, and E. Ünal. 2017. Kinetochore inactivation by expression of a repressive mRNA. Elife. 6:1–31. doi:10.7554/eLife.27417.

      Chia, M., A. Tresenrider, J. Chen, G. Spedale, V. Jorgensen, E. Ünal, and F.J. van Werven. 2017. Transcription of a 5’ extended mRNA isoform directs dynamic chromatin changes and interference of a downstream promoter. Elife. 6:1–23. doi:10.7554/eLife.27420.

      Colomina, N., E. Garí, C. Gallego, E. Herrero, and M. Aldea. 1999. G1cyclins block the Ime1 pathway to make mitosis and meiosis incompatible in budding yeast. EMBO J. 18:320–329. doi:10.1093/emboj/18.2.320.

      Costanzo, M., J.L. Nishikawa, X. Tang, J.S. Millman, O. Schub, K. Breitkreuz, D. Dewar, I. Rupes, B. Andrews, and M. Tyers. 2004. CDK activity antagonizes Whi5, an inhibitor of G1/S transcription in yeast. Cell. 117:899–913. doi:10.1016/j.cell.2004.05.024.

      Hasan, M., S. Brocca, E. Sacco, M. Spinelli, P. Elena, L. Matteo, A. Lilia, and M. Vanoni. 2014. A comparative study of Whi5 and retinoblastoma proteins : from sequence and structure analysis to intracellular networks. 4:1–24. doi:10.3389/fphys.2013.00315.

      Iyer, V.R., C.E. Horak, P.O. Brown, D. Botstein, V.R. Iyer, M. Snyder, and C.S. Scafe. 2001. Genomic binding sites of the yeast cell-cycle transcription factors SBF and MBF. Nature. 409:533–538. doi:10.1038/35054095.

      Malathi, K., Y. Xiao, and A.P. Mitchell. 1997. Interaction of yeast repressor-activator protein Ume6p with glycogen synthase kinase 3 homolog Rim11p. Mol. Cell. Biol. 17:7230–7236. doi:10.1128/mcb.17.12.7230.

      Malathi, K., Y. Xiao, and A.P. Mitchell. 1999. Catalytic roles of yeast GSK3β/shaggy homolog Rim11p in meiotic activation. Genetics. 153:1145–1152. doi:10.1093/genetics/153.3.1145.

      Pedruzzi, I., F. Dubouloz, E. Cameroni, V. Wanke, J. Roosen, J. Winderickx, and C. De Virgilio. 2003. TOR and PKA Signaling Pathways Converge on the Protein Kinase Rim15 to Control Entry into G0. Mol. Cell. 12:1607–1613. doi:10.1016/S1097-2765(03)00485-4.

      Pnueli, L., I. Edry, M. Cohen, and Y. Kassir. 2004. Glucose and Nitrogen Regulate the Switch from Histone Deacetylation to Acetylation for Expression of Early Meiosis-Specific Genes in Budding Yeast. Mol. Cell. Biol. 24:5197–5208. doi:10.1128/mcb.24.12.5197-5208.2004.

      Rubin-Bejerano, I., S. Sagee, O. Friedman, L. Pnueli, and Y. Kassir. 2004. The In Vivo Activity of Ime1, the Key Transcriptional Activator of Meiosis-Specific Genes in Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Is Inhibited by the Cyclic AMP/Protein Kinase A Signal Pathway through the Glycogen Synthase Kinase 3- Homolog Rim11. Mol. Cell. Biol. 24:6967–6979. doi:10.1128/mcb.24.16.6967-6979.2004.

      Tresenrider, A., K. Morse, V. Jorgensen, M. Chia, H. Liao, F.J. van Werven, and E. Ünal. 2021. Integrated genomic analysis reveals key features of long undecoded transcript isoform-based gene repression. Mol. Cell. 81:2231-2245.e11. doi:10.1016/j.molcel.2021.03.013.

      Vidan, S., and A.P. Mitchell. 1997. Stimulation of yeast meiotic gene expression by the glucose-repressible protein kinase Rim15p. Mol. Cell. Biol. 17:2688–2697. doi:10.1128/mcb.17.5.2688.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Sender et al describe a model to estimate what fraction of DNA becomes cell-free DNA in plasma. This is of great interest to the community, as the amount of DNA from a certain tissue (for example, a tumor) that becomes available for detection in the blood has important implications for disease detection.

      However, the authors' methods do not consider important variables related to cell-free DNA shedding and storage, and their results may thus be inaccurate. At this stage of the paper, the methods section lacks important detail. Thus, it is difficult to fully assess the manuscript and its results.

      Strengths:

      The question asked by the authors has potentially important implications for disease diagnosis. Understanding how genomic DNA degrades in the human circulation can guide towards ways to enrich for DNA of interest or may lead to unexpected methods of conserving cell-free DNA. Thus, the question "how much genomic DNA becomes cfDNA" is of great interest to the scientific and medical community. Once the weaknesses of the manuscript are addressed, I believe this manuscript has the potential to be a widely used resource.

      Weaknesses:

      There are two major weaknesses in how the analysis is presented. First, the methods lack detail. Second, the analysis does not consider key variables in their model.

      Issues pertaining to the methods section.

      The current manuscript builds a flux model, mostly taking values and results from three previous studies: 1) The amount of cellular turnover by cell type, taken from Sender & Milo, 2021

      2) The fractions of various tissues that contribute DNA to the plasma, taken from Moss et al, 2018 and Loyfer et al, 2023

      My expertise lies in cell-free DNA, and so I will limit my comments to the manuscripts in (2). Paper by Loyfer et al (additional context):

      Loyfer et al is a recent landmark paper that presents a computational method for deconvoluting tissues of origin based on methylation profiles of flow-sorted cell types. Thus, the manuscript provides a well-curated methylation dataset of sorted cell-types. The majority of this manuscript describes the methylation patterns and features of the reference methylomes (bulk, sorted cell types), with a smaller portion devoted to cell-free DNA tissue of origin deconvolution.

      I believe the data the authors are retrieving from the Loyfer study are from the 23 healthy plasma cfDNA methylomes analyzed in the study, and not the re-analysis of the 52 COVID-19 samples from Cheng et al (MED 2021).

      Paper by Moss et al (additional context):

      Moss et al is another landmark paper that predates the Loyfer et al manuscript. The technology used in this study (methylation arrays) is outdated but is an incredible resource for the community. This paper evaluates cfDNA tissues of origin in health and different disease scenarios. Again, I assume the current manuscript only pulled data from healthy patients, although I cannot be sure as it is not described in the methods section.

      This manuscript:

      The current manuscript takes (I think) the total cfDNA concentration from males and females from the Moss et al manuscript (pooled cfDNA; 2 young male groups, 2 old male groups, 2 young female groups, 2 old female groups, Supplementary Dataset; "total_cfDNA_conc" tab). I believe this is the data used as total cfDNA concentration. It would be beneficial for all readers if the authors clarified this point.

      The tissues of origin, in the supplemental dataset ("fraction" tab), presents the data from 8 cell types (erythrocytes, monocytes/macrophages, megakaryocytes, granulocytes, hepatocytes, endothelial cells, lymphocytes, other). The fractions in the spreadsheet do not match the Loyfer or Moss manuscripts for healthy individuals. Thus, I do not know what values the supplementary dataset represents. I also don't know what the deconvolution values are used for the flux model.

      The integration of these two methods lack detail. Are the authors here using yields (ie, cfDNA concentrations) from Moss et al, and tissue fractions from Loyfer et al? If so, why? There are more samples in the Loyfer manuscript, so why are the samples from Moss et al. being used? The authors are also selectively ignoring cell-types that are present in healthy individuals (Neurons from Moss et al, 2018). Why?

      Appraisal:

      At this stage of the manuscript, I think additional evidence and analysis is required to confirm the results in the manuscript.

      Impact:

      Once the authors present additional analysis to substantiate their results, this manuscript will be highly impactful on the community. The field of liquid biopsies (non-invasive diagnostics) has the potential to revolutionize the medical field (and has already in certain areas, such as prenatal diagnostics). Yet, there is a lack of basic science questions in the field. This manuscript is an important step forward in asking more "basic science" questions that seek to answer a fundamental biological question.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable comments on our analysis. In response to the feedback, we have updated the analysis to address all critical points as described below and revised the text to enhance the clarity of our methodology. One notable improvement to our analysis involved ensuring better alignment between the cohort data for cfDNA plasma concentration and cell turnover estimates. To achieve this, we utilized the total plasma concentration of cfDNA from a study conducted by Meddeb et al. 2019, taking into account the influence of age and sex on these concentrations and specifically focusing on a cohort of relatively young and healthy individuals. Additionally, we considered expected variations related to sex, age, and other pertinent factors, as outlined in the studies by Meddeb et al. 2019 and Madsen et al. 2019.

      In addition, we have addressed concerns regarding the technical aspects of cfDNA analysis, providing detailed explanations of their limited impact on our analysis and the resulting conclusions.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Cell-free DNA (cfDNA) are short DNA fragments released into the circulation when cells die. Plasma cfDNA level is thought to reflect the degree of cell-death or tissue injury. Indeed, plasma cfDNA is a reliable diagnostic biomarker for multiple diseases, providing insights into disease severity and outcomes. In this manuscript, Dr. Sender and colleagues address a fundamental question: What fraction of DNA released from cell death is detectable as plasma cfDNA? The authors use public data to estimate the amount of DNA produced from dying cells. They also utilize public data to estimate plasma cfDNA levels. Their calculations showed that <10% of DNA released is detectable as plasma cfDNA, the fraction of detectable cfDNA varying by tissue sources. The study demonstrates new and fundamental principles that could improve disease diagnosis and treatment via cfDNA.

      Strengths:

      1) The experimental approach is resource-mindful taking advantage of publicly available data to estimate the fraction of detectable cfDNA in physiological states. The authors did not assess if the fraction of detectable cfDNA changes in disease conditions. Nonetheless, their pioneering study lays the foundation and provides the methods needed for a similar assessment in disease states.

      2) The findings of this study potentially explain discrepancies in measured versus expected tissue-specific cfDNA from some tissues. For example, the gastrointestinal tract is subject to high cell turnover and release of DNA. Yet, only a small fraction of that DNA ends up in plasma as gastrointestinal cfDNA.

      3) The study proposes potential mechanisms that could account for the low fraction of detectable cfDNA in plasma relative to DNA released. This includes intracellular or tissue machinery that could "chew up" DNA released from dying cells, allowing only a small fraction to escape into plasma as cfDNA. Could this explain why the gastrointestinal track with an elaborate phagosome machinery contributes a small fraction of plasma cfDNA? Given the role of cfDNA as damage-associated molecular pattern in some diseases, targeting such a machinery may provide novel therapeutic opportunities.

      Weaknesses:

      In vitro and in vivo studies are needed to validate these findings and define tissue machinery that contribute to cfDNA production. The validation studies should address the following limitations of the study design: -

      1) Align the cohorts to estimate DNA production and plasma cfDNA levels. Cellular turnover rate and plasma cfDNA levels vary with age, sex, circadian clock, and other factors (Madsen AT et al, EBioMedicine, 2019). This study estimated DNA production using data abstracted from a homogenous group of healthy control males (Sender & Milo, Nat Med 2021). On the other hand, plasma cfDNA levels were obtained from datasets of more diverse cohort of healthy males and females with a wide range of ages (Loyfer et al. Nature, 2023 and Moss et al., Nat Commun, 2018).

      2) "cfDNA fragments are not created equal". Recent studies demonstrate that cfDNA composition vary with disease state. For example, cfDNA GC content, fraction of short fragments, and composition of some genomic elements increase in heart transplant rejection compared to no-rejection state (Agbor-Enoh, Circulation, 2021). The genomic location and disease state may therefore be important factors to consider in these analyses.

      3) Alternative sources of DNA production should be considered. Aside from cell death, DNA can be released from cells via active secretion. This and other additional sources of DNA should be considered in future studies. The distinct characteristics of mitochondrial DNA to genomic DNA should also be considered.

      We appreciate the reviewer's comments on our analysis. In response to the feedback, we have updated to address key points and revised the text accordingly.

      1) We have incorporated several enhancements to improve the coherence of our analysis. In our revised examination, we drew upon the total plasma concentration of cfDNA, as documented in a study conducted by (Meddeb et al. 2019), while considering the influence of age and sex on these concentrations. To ensure the cohort's alignment, we focus on relatively young and healthy individuals, specifically those below the age of 47. This approach allowed for a more meaningful comparison with the estimated DNA flux from a reference male human aged between 20 and 30 years.

      There was no specific estimate for a cohort of young males in both Meddeb et al. and Loyfer et al.; however, we factored in the expected variations stemming from sex, age, and other relevant factors, as elucidated in literature (Meddeb et al. 2019; Madsen et al. 2019). Thus, we demonstrate that sex and age have a small effect on the cfDNA concentrations and thus are unlikely to alter our conclusions substantially when considering a healthy population. We summarize the changes in the first paragraph, replacing the “Tissue-specific cfDNA concentration” subsection of the method, and the fourth paragraph added to the discussion.

      2) In this study, we addressed the total amount of cfDNA in healthy individuals without regard to GC content, representation of different genomic regions, or fragment length, as the goal was to understand if cell death rates are fully accounted for by cfDNA concentration. We agree that it will be interesting to study the relative representation of the genome in cfDNA and the processes that determine cfDNA concentration in pathologies beyond the rate of cell death. These topics for future research fall beyond this study's scope.

      3) We know only a few specific cases whereby DNA is released from cells that are not dying. These include the release of DNA from erythroblasts and megakaryocytes to generate anucleated erythrocytes and platelets (Moss et al. 2022, cited in our paper) and the release of NETs from neutrophils.

      The presence of cfDNA fragments originating from megakaryocytes and erythroblasts indicates the elimination of megakaryocytes and erythroblasts and the birth of erythrocytes and platelets. However, the considerations in the rest of the paper still apply: the concentration of cfDNA from these sources is far lower than expected from the cell turnover rate.

      Concerning NETosis: the presence of cfDNA originating in neutrophils that have not died would reduce the concentration of cfDNA from dying neutrophils and thus further increase the discrepancy, which is the topic of our study (under-representation of DNA from dying cells in plasma).

      We neglected mitochondrial DNA, as it is not measured in methylation cell-of-origin analysis. Similarly to the argument above, if some of the total DNA measured in plasma is in fact, mitochondrial, this would mean that genomic cfDNA concentration is actually lower than the estimates, meaning that an even smaller fraction of DNA from dying cells is measured in plasma.

      Recommendations For The Authors

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I think readers would appreciate the authors commenting or addressing the following points, in addition to addressing the concerns I raised about the methods section in the public review:

      What variables and considerations did the authors omit in this study?

      1) Cell-free DNA is found in virtually every biofluid.

      Thus, the fact that cell-free DNA is not present in the plasma does not mean it cannot be detected elsewhere. This also implies that phagocytosis may not be the only factor related to cfDNA not being present in the blood. One example (of many, many others) is neutrophil-derived cell-free DNA, which is present in the urine.

      Indeed, dying cells and their DNA can be consumed locally, released into the blood, or shed outside the body. The latter is a function of tissue topology. For example, intestinal epithelial cell turnover releases material to the lumen of the gut (i.e., stool); kidney and bladder cell turnover releases material to urine; and lung epithelium releases material to the air spaces. In these cases, the absence of cfDNA in plasma is expected. However, in cases where tissue topology dictates release to blood, low representation in cfDNA indicates local consumption or a related mechanism. In Figure 1 of the manuscript, we distinguish between tissues according to their topology, labeling organs that shed material to the outside denoted by open circles.

      Neutrophil-derived DNA in urine likely represents a local process in the kidney (neutrophils that penetrate the epithelium and fall into the urine). Neutrophils that die elsewhere in the body must release cfDNA to the blood before it can reach the urine. Hence, quantifying plasma cfDNA is a legitimate approach for assessing the relationship between cell death and cfDNA. The revised text clarifies this point. We made revisions to the initial paragraph in the results section and a paragraph within the discussion to provide clarity on this topic:

      “Based on atlases of human cell type-specific methylation signatures, Moss et al. and Loyfer et al. analyzed the main cell types contributing to plasma cfDNA. They found the primary sources of plasma cfDNA to be blood cells: granulocytes, megakaryocytes, macrophages, and/or monocytes (the signature could not differentiate between the last two), lymphocytes, and erythrocyte progenitors. Other cells that had detectable contributions are endothelial cells and hepatocytes. Qualitatively, these cells represent most of the leading cell types in cellular turnover, as shown in Sender & Milo 2021 (Sender and Milo 2021). Epithelial cells of the gastrointestinal tract, lung, kidney, bladder, and skin are other cell types that significantly contribute to cellular turnover. Dying cells in these tissues are shed into the gut lumen, the air spaces, the urine, or out of the skin (note that while DNA from gut, lung, and kidney epithelial cells can be found in stool, bronchoalveolar lavage, and urine, the fate of DNA from skin cells is not known). This arrangement may explain why DNA from these cell types is not represented in plasma cfDNA in healthy conditions. Therefore, it appears that cells with high cfDNA plasma levels are those with relatively high turnover that are not being shed out of the body.”

      “A comparison between the different types of cells shows a trend in which less DNA flux from cells with higher turnover gets to the bloodstream. In particular, a tiny fraction (1 in 3x104) of DNA from erythroid progenitors arrives at the plasma, indicating an extreme efficiency of the DNA recovery mechanism. Erythroid progenitors are arranged in erythroblastic islands. Up to a few tens of erythroid progenitors surround a single macrophage that collects the nuclei extruded during the erythrocyte maturation process (pyrenocytes) (Chasis and Mohandas 2008). The amount of DNA discarded through the maturation of over 200 billion erythrocytes per day (Sender and Milo 2021) exceeds all other sources of homeostatic discarded DNA. Our findings indicate that the organization of dedicated erythroblastic islands functions highly efficiently regarding DNA utilization. Neutrophils are another high-turnover cell type with a low level of cfDNA. When contemplating the process of NETosis (Vorobjeva and Chernyak 2020), the existence of cfDNA originating from live neutrophils would potentially diminish the concentration of cfDNA released by dying neutrophils, thereby amplifying the observed ratio for this particular cell type. The overall trend of higher turnover resulting in a lower cfDNA to DNA flux ratio may indicate similar design principles, in which the utilization of DNA is better in tissues with higher turnover. However, our analysis is limited to only several cell types (due to cfDNA test and deconvolution sensitivities), and extrapolation to cells with lower cell turnover is problematic.”

      2) Effect of biofluid storage.

      Cell-free DNA continues to degrade after it is extracted via blood draw. This is not expected to change tissue of origin predictions (although that remains to be shown in the literature), but definitely affects extraction yield. This is not accounted for (or even discussed) in the manuscript. It would be important to understand how this was done for the data presented here.

      The paper integrates data from multiple recent studies that adhered to state-of-the-art procedures requiring rapid processing of blood samples. In fact, earlier studies that were not careful to isolate plasma quickly typically reported very high concentrations due to the lysis of leukocytes and artifactual release of genomic DNA. Rapid plasma isolation and DNA extraction typically yield 5ng/ml in healthy donors, as stated in the paper (last paragraph of Results).

      3) Batch effects

      Batch effects are not discussed here and can affect cfDNA yields.

      Our analysis relies on data reported by multiple studies from different groups, which independently results in similar key findings (total concentration of cfDNA and the relative contribution of different tissues). Thus, batch effects are unlikely to affect the calculations markedly.

      4) Cell-free DNA extraction kits

      Different kits and methods extract cell-free DNA at different quantities. Importantly, much research has been done recently that most kits are not sensitive for ultrashort cell-free DNA (of lengths ~50bp). This may represent most of the DNA present in plasma. This raises an important question: are the yields that are being used in Moss et al (where I presume the total concentration is taken from) accurate? Is there more cell-free DNA that was missed? While the importance of this ultrashort cfDNA has yet to be shown, it is in the blood. Thus, the authors' model may underestimate ratios by not accounting for this. This is mentioned in the discussion, but it is not evident why it was not added into the model.

      The Qiagen cfDNA extraction kit can detect 50bp fragments. As shown in the specification sheets of the kit (https://www.qiagen.com/us/products/diagnostics-and-clinical-research/solutions-for -laboratory-developed-tests/qiasymphony-dsp-circulating-dna-kit), urine DNA contains abundant DNA fragments that peak at 50bp. In contrast, plasma cfDNA does not contain such fragments at appreciable concentrations. This suggests that small fragments, 50-150bp long, are not a major component of cfDNA, and thus, our measurements of the total concentration of cfDNA are not dramatically underestimated.

      The convention regarding the size distribution of cfDNA fragments is based on extensive evidence using multiple approaches. For example, a study that profiled the DNA released by multiple cell lines in vitro (Aucamp et al. 2017) used another kit for DNA isolation – the NucleoSpin Gel and PCR Clean-up kit (Macherey-Nagel, Düren, Germany). This kit does extract fragments that are 50bp long (nucleospin-gel-and-pcr-clean-up-mini). Indeed, the DNA released from cultured cells did contain a peak at 50bp, but it was minor compared with the nucleosome-size peak.

      More recently, several studies did suggest the presence of ultra-short cfDNA fragments, 50 bp long on average, and concluded that such fragments might be present at a molar concentration that is comparable to that of nucleosome-protected DNA (for example, (Hisano et al. 2021)).

      Thus, our model estimates can be off by up to 2-fold (that is, actual cfDNA concentration measured in most studies overlooks the small fragments and thus underestimates the actual concentration of cfDNA by 2-fold). This is incorporated into the revised manuscript.

      We note that we cannot exclude the presence of abundant ultra-short DNA fragments (e.g., 10bp long). However, such fragments are not measurable in cfDNA analysis. Thus, we can refine our conclusion and state that only a small fraction of DNA of dying cells appears as measured cfDNA. We included a section in the methods detailing the integration of a potential factor for the short fragments and revised the discussion:

      “The overall plasma cfDNA concentration was multiplied by a factor of 1.5 to accommodate for the presence of small fragments of approximately 50 base pairs of cfDNA in the plasma. These fragments are suggested to contribute comparable molar concentrations (Hisano, Ito, and Miura 2021). Despite having approximately one-third of the mass, it is reasonable to presume that these fragments represent a similar number of genomes. This assumption is based on the idea that their source is a broken nucleosome unit, and the fragments represent the portion that was not degraded. Given the restricted data and its interpretation, we consider factors spanning the range of 1 (negligible effect) and 2 (doubling of the amount). The chosen factor, 1.5, is selected as the midpoint within this range of uncertainty.”

      “In this study, we report a surprising, dramatic discrepancy between the measured levels of cfDNA in the plasma and the potential DNA flux from dying cells. One hypothetical explanation for that discrepancy is the limited sensitivity of typical cfDNA assays to short DNA fragments, which may contribute a significant fraction of the overall cfDNA mass. Regular cfDNA analysis shows a size distribution concentrated around a length of 165 base pairs (bp). The sizes in ctDNA vary more, but most are longer than 100 bp (Alcaide et al. 2020; Udomruk et al. 2021). Recent studies suggested a significant fraction of single-strand ultrashort fragments (length of 25-60 bp) (Cheng et al. 2022; Hisano, Ito, and Miura 2021). However, the total amount of DNA contained in these fragments is less than or comparable to that of the longer “regular” nucleosome-protected cfDNA fragments (Cheng et al. 2022; Hisano, Ito, and Miura 2021), arguing against ultrashort fragments as a dominant explanation for the “missing” cfDNA material. We integrated the estimate provided by Hisano et al. into our analysis as a modifying factor for both the total concentration and uncertainty of plasma cfDNA. Importantly, this incorporation did not alter the overall conclusions, as the discrepancy between the cfDNA plasma concentration and potential DNA flux remains on the same order of magnitude. We note that we cannot exclude the presence of abundant DNA fragments that are even shorter (e.g., 10bp long) and are not measurable in cfDNA analysis. Thus, our formal conclusion is that only a small fraction of the DNA of dying cells appears as measurable cfDNA.”

      5) Health status of samples analyzed.

      Health, sex and physical activity affects cfDNA yields. This is not accounted for or discussed in the manuscript.

      We incorporated several enhancements to improve our analysis in response to the provided feedback. In our revised examination, we drew upon the total plasma concentration of cfDNA, as documented in a study conducted by (Meddeb et al. 2019), while considering the influence of age and sex on these concentrations. To ensure the cohort's alignment, we focus on relatively young and healthy individuals, specifically those below the age of 47. This approach allowed for a more meaningful comparison with the estimated DNA flux from a reference male human aged between 20 and 30 years.

      Furthermore, we factored in the expected variations stemming from sex, age, and other relevant factors, as elucidated in the works of (Meddeb et al. 2019; Madsen et al. 2019). Our intent in doing so was to demonstrate that these factors are unlikely to alter our conclusions substantially when considering a healthy population. We summarize the changes in the first paragraph, replacing the “Tissue-specific cfDNA concentration” subsection of the method, and the fourth paragraph added to the discussion:

      “Our estimates for total plasma cfDNA concentration were derived from the median concentration observed in individuals below 47 years of age (n=52), as reported by (Meddeb et al. 2019). To complement this, we integrated our total concentration estimates with data on the proportion of cfDNA originating from specific cell types, leveraging a plasma methylome deconvolution method described by (Loyfer et al. 2023), which did not provide absolute quantities of cfDNA). To quantify the uncertainty associated with our cfDNA concentration estimates, we employed a methodology that considered several sources of variation. First, we incorporated the confidence interval of the median concentration reported by Meddeb et al. as a measure of uncertainty. Additionally, we accounted for individual-specific and analytic variations based on the study by (Madsen et al. 2019), encompassing factors such as the precise timing of measurements and assay precision. These sources of uncertainty were combined using the approach outlined below.”

      “Our current analysis focused on estimating plasma cfDNA concentration and cellular turnover in a cohort of healthy, relatively young individuals. The total plasma cfDNA concentrations were sourced from healthy individuals below 47 years, as reported by (Meddeb et al. 2019). We use data analyzed based on plasma samples from healthy individuals to estimate the proportion of cfDNA originating from specific cell types (Loyfer et al. 2023). These values were then compared to the potential DNA flux resulting from homeostatic cellular turnover, estimated for reference healthy males aged between 20 and 30 (Sender and Milo 2021). In our analysis, we considered various sources of uncertainty, including inter-individual variation, variability in the timing of sample collection, and analytical precision (Madsen et al. 2019; Meddeb et al. 2019). These factors collectively contributed to an uncertainty factor of less than 3. Importantly, this level of uncertainty does not alter our conclusion regarding the relatively small fraction of DNA present in plasma as cfDNA. Furthermore, we acknowledge that age and sex can impact total cfDNA concentration, as demonstrated by (Meddeb et al. 2019), with potential variations of up to 30%. However, as the results of our analysis present a much larger difference, these effects do not change the conclusions drawn from our analysis. Nevertheless, age and health status may influence the proportion of cfDNA originating from specific cell types and their corresponding cellular turnover rates. Consequently, the ratios themselves may vary in the elderly population or individuals with underlying health conditions.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) Align the cohorts to estimate DNA production and plasma cfDNA levels. Cellular turnover rate and plasma cfDNA levels vary with age, sex, circadian clock, and other factors (Madsen AT et al, EBioMedicine, 2019). This study estimated DNA production using data abstracted from a homogenous group of healthy control males (Sender & Milo, Nat Med 2021). On the other hand, plasma cfDNA levels were obtained from datasets of more diverse cohort of healthy males and females with a wide range of ages (Loyfer et al. Nature, 2023 and Moss et al., Nat Commun, 2018).

      We have incorporated several enhancements to improve the coherence of our analysis. In our revised examination, we drew upon the total plasma concentration of cfDNA, as documented in a study conducted by (Meddeb et al. 2019), while considering the influence of age and sex on these concentrations. To ensure the cohort's alignment, we focus on relatively young and healthy individuals, specifically those below the age of 47. This approach allowed for a more meaningful comparison with the estimated DNA flux from a reference male human aged between 20 and 30 years.

      There was no specific estimate for a cohort of young males in both Meddeb et al. and Loyfer et al.; however, we factored in the expected variations stemming from sex, age, and other relevant factors, as elucidated in literature (Meddeb et al. 2019; Madsen et al. 2019). Thus, we demonstrate that sex and age have a small effect on the cfDNA concentrations and thus are unlikely to alter our conclusions substantially when considering a healthy population.

      We summarize the changes in the first paragraph, replacing the “Tissue-specific cfDNA concentration” subsection of the method, and the fourth paragraph added to the discussion.

      “Our estimates for total plasma cfDNA concentration were derived from the median concentration observed in individuals below 47 years of age (n=52), as reported by (Meddeb et al. 2019). To complement this, we integrated our total concentration estimates with data on the proportion of cfDNA originating from specific cell types, leveraging a plasma methylome deconvolution method described by (Loyfer et al. 2023), which did not provide absolute quantities of cfDNA). To quantify the uncertainty associated with our cfDNA concentration estimates, we employed a methodology that considered several sources of variation. First, we incorporated the confidence interval of the median concentration reported by Meddeb et al. as a measure of uncertainty. Additionally, we accounted for individual-specific and analytic variations based on the study by (Madsen et al. 2019), encompassing factors such as the precise timing of measurements and assay precision. These sources of uncertainty were combined using the approach outlined below.”

      “Our current analysis focused on estimating plasma cfDNA concentration and cellular turnover in a cohort of healthy, relatively young individuals. The total plasma cfDNA concentrations were sourced from healthy individuals below 47 years, as reported by (Meddeb et al. 2019). We use data analyzed based on plasma samples from healthy individuals to estimate the proportion of cfDNA originating from specific cell types (Loyfer et al. 2023). These values were then compared to the potential DNA flux resulting from homeostatic cellular turnover, estimated for reference healthy males aged between 20 and 30 (Sender and Milo 2021). In our analysis, we considered various sources of uncertainty, including inter-individual variation, variability in the timing of sample collection, and analytical precision (Madsen et al. 2019; Meddeb et al. 2019). These factors collectively contributed to an uncertainty factor of less than 3. Importantly, this level of uncertainty does not alter our conclusion regarding the relatively small fraction of DNA present in plasma as cfDNA. Furthermore, we acknowledge that age and sex can impact total cfDNA concentration, as demonstrated by (Meddeb et al. 2019), with potential variations of up to 30%. However, as the results of our analysis present a much larger difference, these effects do not change the conclusions drawn from our analysis. Nevertheless, age and health status may influence the proportion of cfDNA originating from specific cell types and their corresponding cellular turnover rates. Consequently, the ratios themselves may vary in the elderly population or individuals with underlying health conditions.”

      2) "cfDNA fragments are not created equal". Recent studies demonstrate that cfDNA composition vary with disease state. For example, cfDNA GC content, fraction of short fragments, and composition of some genomic elements increase in heart transplant rejection compared to no-rejection state (Agbor-Enoh, Circulation, 2021). The genomic location and disease state may therefore be important factors to consider in these analyses.

      In this study, we addressed the total amount of cfDNA in healthy individuals without regard to GC content, representation of different genomic regions, or fragment length, as the goal was to understand if cell death rates are fully accounted for by cfDNA concentration. We agree that it will be interesting to study the relative representation of the genome in cfDNA and the processes that determine cfDNA concentration in pathologies beyond the rate of cell death. These topics for future research fall beyond this study's scope.

      3) Alternative sources of DNA production should be considered. Aside from cell death, DNA can be released from cells via active secretion. This and other additional sources of DNA should be considered in future studies. The distinct characteristics of mitochondrial DNA to genomic DNA should also be considered.

      We know only a few specific cases whereby DNA is released from cells that are not dying. These include the release of DNA from erythroblasts and megakaryocytes to generate anucleated erythrocytes and platelets (Moss et al. 2022, cited in our paper) and the release of NETs from neutrophils.

      The presence of cfDNA fragments originating from megakaryocytes and erythroblasts indicates the elimination of megakaryocytes and erythroblasts and the birth of erythrocytes and platelets. However, the considerations in the rest of the paper still apply: the concentration of cfDNA from these sources is far lower than expected from the cell turnover rate.

      Concerning NETosis: the presence of cfDNA originating in neutrophils that have not died would reduce the concentration of cfDNA from dying neutrophils and thus further increase the discrepancy, which is the topic of our study (under-representation of DNA from dying cells in plasma).

      We updated a paragraph in the discussion regarding this issue:

      “A comparison between the different types of cells shows a trend in which less DNA flux from cells with higher turnover gets to the bloodstream. In particular, a tiny fraction (1 in 3x104) of DNA from erythroid progenitors arrives at the plasma, indicating an extreme efficiency of the DNA recovery mechanism. Erythroid progenitors are arranged in erythroblastic islands. Up to a few tens of erythroid progenitors surround a single macrophage that collects the nuclei extruded during the erythrocyte maturation process (pyrenocytes) (Chasis and Mohandas 2008). The amount of DNA discarded through the maturation of over 200 billion erythrocytes per day (Sender and Milo 2021) exceeds all other sources of homeostatic discarded DNA. Our findings indicate that the organization of dedicated erythroblastic islands functions highly efficiently regarding DNA utilization. Neutrophils are another high-turnover cell type with a low level of cfDNA. When contemplating the process of NETosis (Vorobjeva and Chernyak 2020), the existence of cfDNA originating from live neutrophils would potentially diminish the concentration of cfDNA released by dying neutrophils, thereby amplifying the observed ratio for this particular cell type. The overall trend of higher turnover resulting in a lower cfDNA to DNA flux ratio may indicate similar design principles, in which the utilization of DNA is better in tissues with higher turnover. However, our analysis is limited to only several cell types (due to cfDNA test and deconvolution sensitivities), and extrapolation to cells with lower cell turnover is problematic.”

      We neglected mitochondrial DNA, as it is not measured in methylation cell-of-origin analysis. Similarly to the argument above, if some of the total DNA measured in plasma is in fact mitochondrial, this would mean that genomic cfDNA concentration is actually lower than the estimates, meaning that an even smaller fraction of DNA from dying cells is measured in plasma.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      We would firstly like to thank all reviewers for their comments and support of this manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      No further recommendations.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      All of my comments have been sufficiently addressed.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Thanks for responding to my former recommendations constructively. I believe these points have been fully addressed in this new version.

      However, I have not seen any comments on the points I raised in my former public review concerning the I-2 dependence of the FonSIX4 cell death. Do you know whether FonSIX4 would trigger cell death in tissues not expressing any I-2?

      We are a little confused concerning this comment. I-2 is a different class of resistance protein (NLR) that recognises Avr2 and this is likely to be intracellular. From the previous public review, we believe reviewer 3 may have been asking us to clarify the dependence of I (MM or M82) on FonSIX4 cell death. We have performed these controls by expressing FonSIX4 and associated FonSIX4/Avr1 chimeras in N. benthamiana (with the PR-1 signal peptide for efficient secretion of effectors) and it does not cause cell death in the absence of the I receptor – see S11F Fig. This was not explicitly conveyed in text so we have included the following in text: “Using the N. benthamiana assay we show FonSIX4 is recognised by I receptors from both cultivars (IM82 and iMoneymaker) and cell death is dependent on the presence of IM82 or iMoneymaker (Fig 5B, S11 Fig).”

      I still recommend discussing whether the Avr1 residues crucial for Avr activity are in the same structural regions of the C-terminal domain where previous work has identified residues under diversifying selection in symbiotic fungal FOLD proteins.

      The region important for recognition does encompass some residues within the structural region identified to be under diversifying selection in FOLD effectors from Rhizophagus irregularis previously reported (two residues within one beta-strand). However, we also see residues that don’t overlap to this area. We also note that the mycFOLD proteins analysed in symbiotic fungi are heavily skewed towards strong structurally similarity with FolSIX6 (similar cysteine spacing within both N and C-domains and structural orientation of the N and C-domains) rather than Avr1. We are under the impression that Avr1 was not included in the analysis of diversifying selection in symbiotic fungal FOLD proteins, it also is unclear to us if close Avr1 homologues are present. With this in mind, and considering our already lengthy discussion (as previously highlighted during reviewer), we have decided not to include further discussion concerning this point.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We would like to thank the editor(s) and reviewers for their work concerning our manuscript. Most of the suggested changes were related to text changes which we have incorporated into the revised version. Please find our response to reviewers below.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I only have very minor suggestions for the authors. The first one comes from reading the manuscript and finding it very dense with so many acronyms. This will limit the audience that will read the study and appreciate its impact. This is more noticeable in the Results, with many passages that I would suggest moving to Methodology.

      We thank reviewer 1 for their very positive review. We understand that due to the nature of this study, which includes many protein alleles/mutations that were expressed with different boundaries etc., it is difficult to achieve this. Reviewer 2 asked for more details to be provided. We hope we have achieved a nice balance in the revised manuscript.

      Something else that would facilitate the reading of the manuscript is the effectors name. The authors use the SIX name or the Avr name for some effectors and it makes it difficult to follow up.

      We have tried to make this consistent for Avr1 (SIX4), Avr2 (SIX3) and Avr3 (SIX1). Other SIX effectors are not known Avrs so the SIX names were used.

      Reading the manuscript and seeing how in most of the sections the authors used a computational approach followed by an experimental approach, I wonder why Alphafold2-multimer was not used to investigate the interaction between the effector and the receptor?

      This is a great suggestion, we have certainly investigated this, however to date there is no experimental evidence to directly support the direct interaction between I and Avr1. Post review, we spent some time trying to capture an interaction using a co-immunoprecipitation approach however to date we have not been able to obtain robust data that support this. We are currently looking to study this utilising protein biophysics/biochemistry but this work will take some time.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      We thank reviewer 2 for the very thorough editing and recommendations. We have incorporated all minor text edits below into the manuscript.

      Line 43: perhaps "Effector recognition" instead of "Effector detection", to be consistent with line 51?

      Line 60: Change to "leads".

      Line 79: Italicise Avr2.

      Line 94: Add the acronym ETI in parentheses after "effector-triggered immunity".

      Line 106: "(Leptosphaeria Avirulence-Supressing)" should be "(Leptosphaeria Avirulence and Supressing)".

      Line 112: Change "defined" to "define".

      Line 119: Spell out the species name on first use.

      Line 205: Glomeromycota is a division rather than a genus. Consistent with Fig 2, it also does not need to italicized.

      Line 207: Change "basidiomycete" to "Division Basidiomycota", consistent with Fig 2.

      Line 214: Change "alignment of Avr1, Avr3, SIX6 and SIX13" to "alignment of the mature Avr1, Avr3, SIX6 and SIX13 sequences".

      Line 324: Change "solved structures" to "solved protein structures".

      Line 335: Spell out acronyms like "MS" on first use in figure legends. Also dpi in other figure legends.

      Line 341: replace "effector-triggered immunity (ETI)" with "(ETI)" - see comment on Line 94.

      Line 370: Change "domains" to "domain".

      Line 374: In the title, change "C-terminus" to C-domain", consistent with the rest of the figure legend.

      Line 404: Change "(basidiomycetes and ascomycetes)" to "(Basidiomycota and Ascomycota fungi)", consistent with Fig 2C.

      Line 416: Change "in" to "by".

      Line 427: un-italicize the parentheses.

      Line 519: First mention of NLR. Spell out the acronym on first use in main text. S5 and S11 figure titles should be bolded.

      Line 852: Replace "@" with "at".

      S4 Table: Gene names should be italicised.

      S5 Table: Needs to be indicated that the primer sequences are in the 5´-3´ orientation.

      With regards to the Agrobacterium tumefaciens-mediated transient expression assays involving co-expression of the Avr1 effector and I immune receptor, the authors need to make clear how many biological replicates were performed as this information is only provided for the ion leakage assay.

      We have added these data to the figure legend

      Line 57: For me, the text "Fol secretes a limited number of structurally related effectors" reads as Fol secretes structurally related effectors, but very few of them are structurally related. Perhaps it would be better to say that the effector repertoire of Fol is made up of proteins that adopt a limited number of structural folds, or that the effector repertoire can be classified into a reduced set of structural families?

      This edit has been incorporated.

      Lines 66-67: Subtle re-wording required for "The best-characterized pathosystem is F. oxysporum f. sp. lycopersici (Fol)", as a pathosystem is made up of a pathogen and its host. Perhaps "The best-characterized pathosystem involves F. oxysporum f. sp. lycopersici (Fol) and tomato".

      Sentence has been reworded.

      Line 113 and throughout: Stick with one of "resistance protein", "receptor", "immune receptor" and "immunity receptor" throughout the manuscript.

      We have decided to use both receptor and immunity receptor as not all receptors investigated in the manuscript provide immunity.

      Lines 149-150: The title does not fully represent what is shown in the figure. The text "that is unique among fungal effectors" can be deleted as there is nothing in Fig 1 that shows that the fold is unique to fungal effectors.

      Figure title has been changed.

      Line 173: The RMSD of Avr3 is stated as being 3.7 Å, but in S3 Fig it is stated as being 3.6 Å.

      This was a mistake in the main text and has been corrected.

      Lines 202-204: This sentence needs to be reworded, as the way that it is written implies that the Diversispora and Rhizophagus genera are in the Ascomycota division. Also, "Ascomycetes" should be changed to "Ascomycota fungi", consistent with Fig 2.

      Sentence has been reworded.

      Line 233: "Scores above 8". What type of scores? Z-scores?

      These are Z-scores. This has been added in text.

      Lines 242-246: It is stated that SIX9 and SIX11 share structural similarity to various RNA-binding proteins, but no scores used to make these assessments is given. The scores should be provided in the text.

      Z-scores have been added.

      Fig 4A: SIX3 should be Avr2, consistent with line 292. The gene names should be italicised in Fig 4A.

      SIX3 was changed to Avr2. Gene names have been italicised.

      Line 356: Subtle rewording required, as "co-infiltrated with both IM82 and iMoneymaker" implies that you infiltrated with protein rather than Agrobacterium strains.

      Sentence has been reworded.

      Fig 5A, Fig 5C and Line 380: Light blue is used, but this looks grey. Perhaps change colour, as grey is already used to show the pro-domain in Fig 5A (or simply change the colour used to highlight the pro-domain)?

      Colour depicting the C-domain was changed.

      Lines 530-531: This text is no longer correct. Rlm4 and Rlm3 are now known to be alleles of Rlm9. See: Haddadi, P., Larkan, N. J., Van deWouw, A., Zhang, Y., Neik, T. X., Beynon, E., ... & Borhan, M. H. (2022). Brassica napus genes Rlm4 and Rlm7, conferring resistance to Leptosphaeria maculans, are alleles of the Rlm9 wall‐associated kinase‐like resistance locus. Plant Biotechnology Journal, 20(7), 1229.

      We thank the reviewer for picking this up. This text has been updated.

      Line 553: Provide more information on what the PR1 signal peptide is.

      More information about the PR1 signal peptide has been added.

      Lines 767-781: Descriptions and naming conventions of proteins throughout the figure legend need to be consistent and better reflect their makeup. For example, I think it would be best to put the sequence range after each protein mentioned - e.g. Avr118-242 or Avr159-242 instead of Avr1, PSL1_C37S18-111 instead of PSL1_C37S, etc. Furthermore, it is often stated that a protein is full-length when it lacks a signal peptide - my thought is that if a proteins lack its signal peptide, it is not full-length. The acronym "PD" also needs to be spelled out as "pro-domain (PD)" in the figure legend.

      We have incorporated sequence range for proteins that were produced upon first use. Sequence ranges that were modelled in AlphaFold2 were not added in text because they can be found in Supplementary Table 3.

      Lines 853-845: It is stated the sizes of proteins are indicated above the chromatogram in S10 Fig, but this is not the case. It is also not clear from S10B Fig that the faint peaks correspond to the peaks in the Fig 4B chromatogram. In S10D Fig, the stick of C58S is difficult to see. Perhaps change the colour or use an arrow/asterisk?

      Protein size estimates have been added above the chromatogram. Added text to indicate that the faint peaks correspond to peaks in Fig 4B. Added an asterisk in S10D Fig to identify the location of C58.

      S14 Fig is not mentioned/referenced in the main text of the manuscript.

      This was a mistake and has been added.

      The reference list needs to be updated to accommodate those referenced bioRxiv preprints that have now been published in peer-reviewed journals.

      The reference list has been updated.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      It would be good to discuss whether the pro-domains affecting virulence or avirulence activity.

      Kex2, the protease that cleaves the pro-domain functions in the golgi. We therefore suspect that the pro-domain is removed prior to secretion. For recombinant protein production in E. coli we find that these pro-domains are necessary to obtain soluble protein (doi: 10.1111/nph.17516). As we require the pro-domain for protein production and can not completely removing them from our preps, we cannot perform experiments to test this and subsequently comment further. In a paper that identified SIX effectors in tomato utilising proteomics approach (https://bsppjournals.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1364-3703.2007.00384.x), it appears that the pro-domains were not captured in this analysis. This supports the conclusion that they are not associated with the mature/secreted protein.

      The authors stated that the C-terminal domain of SIX6 has a single disulfide bond unique to SIX6. Please clarify in which context is it unique: in Fusarium or across all FOLD proteins?

      This is in direct comparison to Avr1 and Avr3. The disulfide in the C-domain of SIX6 is unique compared to Avr1 and Avr3. This has been made clear in text.

      The structural similarity of FOLD proteins to other known structures have been discussed (lines 460ff), but it is not clear whether all structures and models identified in this work would yield cysteine inhibitor and tumor necrosis factors as best structural matches in the database or whether this is specific to a single FOLD protein. Please consider discussing recently published findings by others (Teulet et al. 2023, New Phytologist) on this aspect.

      This analysis was performed for Avr1, we obtained relatively low similarity hits for Avr3/Six6. We have updated this text accordingly… “Unfortunately, the FOLD effectors share little overall structural similarity with known structures in the PDB outside of the similarity with each other. At a domain level, the N-domain of the FOLD effector Avr1 has some structural similarities with cystatin cysteine protease inhibitors (PDB code: 4N6V, PDB code: 5ZC1) [60, 61], and the C-domain with tumour necrosis factors (PDB code: 6X83) [62] and carbohydrate-binding lectins (PDB code: 2WQ4) [63]. Relatively weak hits were observed for Avr3/Six6.”

      It might be useful to clearly point out that the ToxA fold and the C-terminus of the FOLD fold are different.

      We have secondary structural topology maps of the FOLD and ToxA-like families in S8 Fig which highlight the differences in topology between these two families.

      Please add information to Fig.S8 listing the approach to generate the secondary structure topology maps.

      We have added this information in the figure caption.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors found that nifuroxazide has the potential to augment the efficacy of radiotherapy in HCC by reducing PD-L1 expression. This effect may be attributed to increased degradation of PD-L1 through the ubiquitination-proteasome pathway. The paper provides new ideas and insights to improve treatment effectiveness, however, there are additional points that could be addressed.

      • The paper highlights that the combination of nifuroxazide increases tumor cell apoptosis. A discussion regarding the potential crosstalk or regulatory mechanisms between apoptotic pathways and PD-L1 expression would be valuable.

      Response: Thank you very much for your suggestion. Research has shown that regulating the STAT3/PD-L1 pathway can effectively increase apoptosis in lung cancer cells (1). Our study confirmed that nifuroxazide can effectively inhibit the expression of p-STAT3 and PD-L1 in liver cancer cells, which may be the reason for the increased apoptosis of these cells. We have added relevant descriptions in the discussion.

      • The benefits and advantages of nifuroxazide combination could be compared to the current clinical treatment options.

      Response: Thank you greatly for your insightful feedback. The primary objective of this study is to explore whether nifuroxazide can effectively enhance the degradation of PD-L1, thereby increasing the radiosensitivity of HCC. Our research reveals that compared to radiation therapy alone, combination therapy involving nifuroxazide and radiation significantly inhibits tumor growth in mice and boosts the anti-tumor immune response. This finding could potentially provide a valuable strategy for patients who exhibit resistance to radiation therapy in clinical practice. Moreover, clinical trial investigations have demonstrated that nivolumab, a PD-1 monoclonal antibody, when combined with radiation therapy for HCC, exhibits promising safety and efficacy (2). This evidence supports the future application of nifuroxazide in the treatment of HCC. However, to reach this objective, we must continue to conduct extensive research, including comparing nifuroxazide with existing therapies in clinical practice. We believe that nifuroxazide not only significantly inhibits the expression of PD-L1 protein in HCC cells but also functions as a PD-L1 inhibitor. Furthermore, it effectively curbs the proliferation and migration of HCC cells, induces tumor cell apoptosis, and may exhibit enhanced anti-tumor effects, making it a promising candidate for clinical use. We have incorporated relevant discussion content in the article to address these points.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Zhao et al. aimed to explore an important question - how to overcome the resistance of hepatocellular carcinoma cells to radiotherapy? Given that the immune-suppressive microenvironment is a major mechanism underlying resistance to radiotherapy, they reasoned that a drug that blocks the PD-1/PD-L1 pathway could improve the efficacy of radiation therapy and chose to investigate the effect of Nifuroxazide, an inhibitor of stat3 activation, on radiotherapy efficacy in treating hepatocellular carcinoma cells. From in vitro experiments, they find combination treatment (Nifuroxazide+ radiotherapy) increases apoptosis and reduces proliferation and migration, in comparison to radiotherapy alone. From in vivo experiments, they demonstrate that combined treatment reduces the size and weight of tumors in vivo and enhances mice survival. These data indicate a better efficacy of combination therapy compared to radiotherapy alone. Moreover, they also determined the effect of combination therapy on tumor microenvironment as well as peripheral immune response. They find that combination therapy increases infiltration of CD4+ and CD8+ cells as well as M1 macrophages in the tumor microenvironment. Interestingly, they find that the ratio of Treg cells in spleen is increased by radiotherapy but decreased by Nifuroxazide. Considering the immune-suppressive role of Treg cells, this finding is consistent with reduced tumor growth by combination therapy. However, it is unclear whether the combined therapy affects the ratio of Treg cells in the tumors or not. The most intriguing part of the study is the determination of the effect of Nifuroxazide on PD-L1 expression in the context of radiotherapy. Considering Nifuroxazide is a stat3 activation inhibitor and stat3 inhibition leads to reduced expression of PD-L1, one would expect Nifuroxazide decreases PD-L1 expression through stat3. However, they found that the effect of Nifuroxazide on PD-L1 is dependent on GSK3 mediated Proteasome pathways and independent of stat3, in the given experimental context. To determine the relevance to human hepatocellular carcinoma, they also measured the PD-L1 expression in human tumor tissues of HCC patients pre- and post-radiotherapy. The increased PD-L1 expression level in HCC after radiotherapy is impressive. However, it is unclear whether the patients being selected in the study had resistant disease to radiotherapy or not.

      Overall, the data are convincing and supportive to the conclusions.

      Strengths:

      1) Novel finding: Identified novel mechanism underlying the effect of Nifuroxazide on PD-L1 expression in hepatocellular carcinoma cells in the context of radiotherapy.

      2) Comprehensive experimental approaches: using different approaches to prove the same finding. For example, in Fig 4, both IHC and WB were used. In Fig 5, both IF and WB were used.

      3) Human disease relevance: Compared observations in mice with human tumor samples.

      The question in the summary, “However, it is unclear whether the combined therapy affects the ratio of Treg cells in the tumors or not”.

      Response: Thank you very much for your valuable feedback. We have included additional flow cytometry results regarding the expression of relevant Treg cells (CD4+CD25+Foxp3+ T lymphocytes) in tumor tissues (Supplementary Fig 2). Our findings indicate that the number of Treg cells in tumor tissues significantly decreased following combination therapy with nifuroxazide and radiotherapy.

      The question in the summary, “However, it is unclear whether the patients being selected in the study had resistant disease to radiotherapy or not”.

      Response: Thank you very much for your valuable feedback. All the HCC patients selected in this study experienced recurrence after radiation treatment.

      Weaknesses:

      1) It is hard to tell whether the observed phenotype and mechanism are generic or specific to the limited cell lines used in the study. The in vitro experiments were performed in one human cell line and the in vivo experiments were performed in one mouse cell line.

      Response: Thank you very much for your feedback. We have included additional experimental data from another human cell line Huh7 (Supplementary Fig 3).

      2) The study did not distinguish the effect of increased radiosensitivity by nifuroxazide from combined anti-tumor effects by two different treatments.

      Response: Thank you greatly for your insightful feedback. In this study, we primarily compared the antitumor effects of nifuroxazide combined with radiotherapy versus either nifuroxazide or radiotherapy alone, and confirmed that the combined treatment demonstrated a more potent anti-hepatocellular carcinoma effect compared to single therapy. Furthermore, to achieve the goal of utilizing nifuroxazide for the treatment of clinical hepatocellular carcinoma, additional research is necessary, including comparisons with other clinically established therapies. We have also incorporated relevant discussions in our analysis.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors embarked on an exploration of how nifuroxazide could enhance the responsiveness to radiotherapy by employing both an in vitro cell culture system and an in vivo mouse tumor model.

      Strengths:

      The researchers conducted an array of experiments aimed at revealing the function of nifuroxazide in aiding the radiotherapy-induced reduction of proliferation, migration, and invasion of HepG2 cells.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors did not provide the molecular mechanism through which nifuroxazide collaborates with radiotherapy to effectively curtail the proliferation, migration, and invasion of HCC cells. Moreover, the evidence supporting the assertion that nifuroxazide contributes to the degradation of radiotherapy-induced upregulation of PD-L1 via the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway appears to be insufficient. Importantly, further validation of this discovery should involve the utilization of an additional syngeneic mouse HCC tumor model or an orthotopic HCC tumor model.

      Response: Thank you very much for your insightful comments. Nifuroxazide has been demonstrated to inhibit the expression of p-STAT3, thereby suppressing tumor cell proliferation and migration (3, 4). In our study, we observed that after 48 hours of treatment with Nifuroxazide, the expression of p-STAT3 in irradiated cells was significantly inhibited. Furthermore, compared to radiation alone, combined Nifuroxazide and radiotherapy resulted in a more pronounced decrease in PCNA expression. Simultaneously, we performed additional detection of migration-related protein MMP2 expression (revised Fig 2B), confirming that combined Nifuroxazide and radiotherapy led to a more significant inhibition of MMP2 expression. These findings suggest that the combined treatment may be responsible for the synergistic suppression of HCC cell proliferation and migration. We have included relevant discussions in our manuscript.

      Our initial results indicate that Nifuroxazide inhibits the expression of PD-L1 at the protein level, but does not affect its mRNA level. Interestingly, upon treatment with a proteasome inhibitor MG132, the inhibitory effect of Nifuroxazide on PD-L1 was eliminated, suggesting that Nifuroxazide may enhance the degradation of PD-L1 protein. Our experiments have demonstrated the inhibitory effect of Nifuroxazide on PD-L1 in both human and mouse cell lines. However, to translate these findings into clinical application for the treatment of hepatocellular carcinoma, additional research is necessary, including validation in genetically engineered mouse models of HCC. We have addressed these points in the discussion section of our manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) Please improve the quality of Figure 3E. It is hard to figure out the bar and details.

      Response: Thank you for your valuable feedback. We have meticulously revised the figures to enhance their clarity and presentation (revised Fig 3E).

      2) In Figure 7E, please elucidate the methods used for calculating the amount of PD-L1 mRNA level. Please adjust the picture angle and label the marker size on the left as well

      Response: Thank you for your feedback. We have incorporated a method for calculating PD-L1 mRNA levels and revised the corresponding figures accordingly (revised Fig 7E).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Questions:

      1) What is the advantage of using a combination of nifuroxazide and radiotherapy in comparison to using a combination of anti-PD1/PDL1 and radiotherapy?

      Response: Thank you very much for your insightful comments. We believe that the advantage of nifuroxazide over PD-1 or PD-L1 antibodies lies in its ability not only to effectively inhibit PD-L1 expression but also to suppress tumor cell proliferation, migration, and promote cell apoptosis (Supplementary Fig 1). We have also expanded on these aspects in the discussion section of the manuscript.

      2) For the characterization of tumor microenvironment and immune cells in the spleen, were the same cell populations being investigated? What about NK and Treg cells in tumors? What about M1 macrophages in spleen?

      Response: Thank you very much for your insightful suggestion. We have measured the infiltration of NK and Treg cells in tumor tissues (Supplementary Fig 2), as well as the abundance of M1 macrophages (revised Fig 6) in the spleen, and provided additional relevant data to strengthen our study.

      Other comments:

      1) The data in Fig 1 is solid. However, it is hard to distinguish the effect of increased radiosensitivity by nifuroxazide from combined anti-tumor effects by two different treatments. The anti-tumor role of Nifuroxazide has been reported in melanoma, colorectal carcinoma, and hepatocellular carcinoma previously (PMID: 26830149; 28055016, 26154152). Therefore, the increased apoptosis and decreased proliferation and migration could be caused by nifuroxazide and not related to the sensitivity of cells to radiation therapy.

      Response: Thank you very much for your constructive feedback. As you suggested, the anti-tumor role of nifuroxazide has been reported. However, the innovation of our study does not lie in confirming its antitumor effects but rather in demonstrating how nifuroxazide can enhance radiotherapy's efficacy in treating hepatocellular carcinoma by inhibiting PD-L1 levels.

      We compared the efficacy of combined therapy versus radiotherapy and found that compared to radiation alone, combined therapy more significantly inhibited hepatocellular carcinoma cell proliferation and migration. In our animal model, we compared the therapeutic effects of combined therapy, nifuroxazide, and radiotherapy on hepatocellular carcinoma-bearing mice. We observed that compared to individual treatment groups, combined therapy more profoundly suppressed tumor growth and enhanced the antitumor effects in the mice.

      In response to your feedback, we have expanded the discussion on the impact of combined therapy versus nifuroxazide or radiotherapy on hepatocellular carcinoma cell proliferation, migration, and apoptosis (Supplementary Fig 1). The data show that compared to either individual therapy, combined therapy further inhibited cell proliferation and migration while promoting apoptosis.

      2) There is no direct evidence to show the improved efficacy of radiation therapy by nifuroxazide through the degradation of PD-L1.

      Response: Thank you very much for your valuable suggestions. In our cell experiments, we found that nifuroxazide inhibits the increased expression of PD-L1 in cells induced by radiation therapy, and this inhibitory effect is counteracted when using the proteasome inhibitor MG132. Therefore, we speculate that nifuroxazide may inhibit PD-L1 expression through a proteasome-dependent mechanism. To better reflect this, we have revised the title of our manuscript to "Nifuroxazide Suppresses PD-L1 Expression and Enhances the Efficacy of Radiotherapy in Hepatocellular Carcinoma."

      3) "The oncogene Stat3.....was effectively inhibited by radiotherapy in cells" - this sentence may be rephrased to make the point clear. The authors might mean to say "activation of the oncogene stat3...."

      "The results demonstrated that the combination therapy increased the expression of PARP," the authors might mean to say "expression of c-PARP"

      Response: Thank you very much for your feedback. We have revised the relevant sentence descriptions to improve clarity and accuracy.

      4) "histomorphology significantly improved after the treatment with nifuroxazide and radiation therapy (Fig 3E)." How to define "improved histomorphology"? The authors may want to provide more details to clarify "improved".

      Response: Thank you very much for your feedback. We have revised the relevant sentence descriptions to improve clarity and accuracy.

      5) In addition to normalizing protein expression by tubulin, the authors may consider normalizing p-stat3 expression level by stat3.

      Response: Thank you very much for your feedback. We have conducted a quantitative analysis of the expression levels of p-STAT3 and STAT3 (revised Fig 2A).

      6) Figure 3C and D, using a different color to represent each group might help the readers to better differentiate each group.

      Response: Thank you very much for your feedback. Following your suggestion, we have revised the figures accordingly (revised Fig 3C and 3D).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In this study, the authors revealed the pivotal role of nifuroxazide in augmenting the efficacy of radiotherapy. This was evidenced by its synergistic effect in suppressing the proliferation and migratory capabilities of HCC cells, alongside its capacity to induce apoptosis in these cells. Furthermore, their findings underscored the substantial synergy between nifuroxazide and radiotherapy in retarding tumor growth, thereby extending survival rates in a tumor-bearing murine model. Moreover, the authors observed that nifuroxazide combined with radiotherapy significantly increases the tumor-infiltrating CD4+ T cells, CD8+ T cells, and M1 macrophages. Finally, the authors found that nifuroxazide countered the radiotherapy-induced upregulation of PD-L1 through the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway. However, the evidence for supporting the main claims is only partially supported. The following are my concerns and suggestions.

      1) In Figures 1 and 2, the authors convincingly demonstrate the synergistic impact of nifuroxazide and radiotherapy on curtailing the proliferation, colony formation, and migratory capabilities of HCC cells, while also instigating apoptosis in these cells. However, the underlying molecular mechanism remains elusive. A recent study highlighted nifuroxazide's potential to impede the proliferation of glioblastoma cells and induce apoptosis via the MAP3K1/JAK2/STAT3 pathway (Wang X., et al., Int Immunopharmacol. 2023 May;118:109987. doi: 10.1016/j.intimp.2023.109987). It would be valuable for the authors to investigate whether nifuroxazide employs a similar molecular mechanism to regulate proliferation and apoptosis in the context of HCC. This could offer deeper insights into the mechanisms at play in their observed effects.

      Response: Thank you very much for your insightful comments. As you pointed out, previous studies have reported that nifuroxazide exerts antitumor effects by inhibiting the STAT3 pathway. However, in our experiments, we observed that radiation therapy significantly increased the expression of PD-L1, but showed a trend of decreased p-STAT3 expression. Therefore, we believe that nifuroxazide does not inhibit PD-L1 expression through the STAT3 pathway. Subsequently, our further research revealed that the inhibitory effect of nifuroxazide on PD-L1 can be counteracted by a proteasome inhibitor. Thus, we propose that nifuroxazide inhibits PD-L1 expression through a proteasome-dependent mechanism, thereby enhancing the efficacy of radiation therapy in hepatocellular carcinoma.

      2) Figures 1 and 2 solely rely on the HepG2 cell line to establish their conclusions. To validate these findings robustly, it is recommended that another HCC cell line be included in the study. This additional cell line will contribute to the generalizability and reliability of the results, enhancing the overall credibility of the study's conclusions.

      Response: Thank you very much for your suggestion. We have included additional experimental results with the relevant cell line Huh7 (supplementary Fig 3).

      3) Figure 3 demonstrates the use of only one syngeneic mouse H22 tumor model. To ensure the robustness and validity of this finding, it would be advisable to incorporate at least one more syngeneic mouse HCC tumor model or even an orthotopic mouse tumor model. The inclusion of additional models would bolster the significance and reliability of the observed results, contributing to a more comprehensive understanding of the phenomenon under investigation.

      Response: Thank you for your valuable suggestion. In the H22 mouse tumor model, we conducted relevant assessments of survival rate and tumor growth. The results confirm that the combination of nifuroxazide and radiation therapy exhibits a promising synergistic antitumor effect. However, to achieve the goal of applying nifuroxazide combined with radiation therapy for the treatment of clinical hepatocellular carcinoma, we still need to undertake extensive research, including validation on genetically identical mouse HCC tumor models. We have also included relevant discussions in our ongoing discussions.

      4) In Figure 5, employing an alternative method, such as the flow cytometry assay, to analyze and corroborate the tumor-infiltrating immune cell profiling following various treatments would enhance the rigor of the study. This additional approach would provide a complementary perspective and validate the findings, strengthening the overall reliability and impact of the results presented.

      Response: Thank you for your insightful suggestion. We have included additional experimental data to strengthen our study (supplementary Fig 2).

      5) In Figure 7, the conclusion drawn regarding nifuroxazide's impact on PD-L1 expression through ubiquitination-proteasome mechanisms seems to lack the robust evidence needed to firmly establish nifuroxazide's role in regulating PD-L1 ubiquitination. To reinforce this aspect of the study, the authors may conduct comprehensive in vitro and in vivo ubiquitination assays. Performing these assays would offer direct insights into whether nifuroxazide genuinely influences PD-L1 ubiquitination, thus fortifying the credibility and importance of the reported findings.

      Response: Thank you for your valuable feedback. Our initial findings suggest that nifuroxazide inhibits the expression of PD-L1 protein levels, but does not affect the mRNA levels. Moreover, upon treatment with the proteasome inhibitor MG132, the inhibitory effect of nifuroxazide on PD-L1 was found to be abolished. Concurrently, we observed that nifuroxazide significantly enhances GSK-3β expression in both cell and animal experiments. Consequently, we propose that nifuroxazide augments the degradation of PD-L1 protein.

      6) Statistical methods should be included in the captions of all the figures with statistical graphs. The size of the scale should be supplemented with a description in the captions.

      Response: Thank you for your valuable suggestion. We have made the appropriate modifications to our study based on your recommendations.

      7) Considering the outcomes presented in the study, it appears that the title "Nifuroxazide enhances radiotherapy efficacy against hepatocellular carcinoma by upregulating PD-L1 degradation via the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway" may not accurately reflect the findings.

      Response: Thank you for your insightful feedback. We have revised the title to read, "Inhibitory Effects of Nifuroxazide on PD-L1 Expression and Enhanced Radiotherapy Efficacy in Hepatocellular Carcinoma".

      References

      1) Xie C, Zhou X, Liang C, Li X, Ge M, Chen Y, et al. Apatinib triggers autophagic and apoptotic cell death via VEGFR2/STAT3/PD-L1 and ROS/Nrf2/p62 signaling in lung cancer. Journal of experimental & clinical cancer research : CR. 2021;40(1):266. doi: 10.1186/s13046-021-02069-4.

      2) de la Torre-Alaez M, Matilla A, Varela M, Inarrairaegui M, Reig M, Lledo JL, et al. Nivolumab after selective internal radiation therapy for the treatment of hepatocellular carcinoma: a phase 2, single-arm study. Journal for immunotherapy of cancer. 2022;10(11). doi: 10.1136/jitc-2022-005457.

      3) Yang F, Hu M, Lei Q, Xia Y, Zhu Y, Song X, et al. Nifuroxazide induces apoptosis and impairs pulmonary metastasis in breast cancer model. Cell Death Dis. 2015;6(3):e1701. doi: 10.1038/cddis.2015.63.

      4) Nelson EA, Walker SR, Kepich A, Gashin LB, Hideshima T, Ikeda H, et al. Nifuroxazide inhibits survival of multiple myeloma cells by directly inhibiting STAT3. Blood. 2008;112(13):5095-102. doi: 10.1182/blood-2007-12-129718.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This work presents H3-OPT, a deep learning method that effectively combines existing techniques for the prediction of antibody structure. This work is important because the method can aid the design of antibodies, which are key tools in many research and industrial applications. The experiments for validation are solid.

      Comments to Author:

      Several points remain partially unclear, such as:

      1). Which examples constitute proper validation;

      Thank you for your kind reminder. We have modified the text of the experiments for validation to identify which examples constitute proper validation. We have corrected the “Finally, H3-OPT also shows lower Cα-RMSDs compared to AF2 or tFold-Ab for the majority of targets in an expanded benchmark dataset, including all antibody structures from CAMEO 2022” into “Finally, H3-OPT also shows lower Cα-RMSDs compared to AF2 or tFold-Ab for the majority (six of seven) of targets in an expanded benchmark dataset, including all antibody structures from CAMEO 2022” and added the following sentence in the experimental validation section of our revised manuscript to clarify which examples constitute proper validation: “AlphaFold2 outperformed IgFold on these targets”.

      2) What the relevance of the molecular dynamics calculations as performed is;

      Thank you for your comment, and I apologize for any confusion. The goal of our molecular dynamics calculations is to compare the differences in binding affinities, an important issue of antibody engineering, between AlphaFold2-predicted complexes and H3-OPT-predicted complexes. Molecular dynamics simulations enable the investigation of the dynamic behaviors and interactions of these complexes over time. Unlike other tools for predicting binding free energy, MM/PBSA or MM/GBSA calculations provide dynamic properties of complexes by sampling conformational space, which helps in obtaining more accurate estimates of binding free energy. In summary, our molecular dynamics calculations demonstrated that the binding free energies of H3-OPT-predicted complexes are closer to those of native complexes. We have included the following sentence in our manuscript to provide an explanation of the molecular dynamics calculations: “Since affinity prediction plays a crucial role in antibody therapeutics engineering, we performed MD simulations to compare the differences in binding affinities between AF2-predicted complexes and H3-OPT-predicted complexes.”.

      3) The statistics for some of the comparisons;

      Thank you for the comment. We have incorporated statistics for some of the comparisons in the revised version of our manuscript and added the following sentence in the Methods section: “We conducted two-sided t-test analyses to assess the statistical significance of differences between the various groups. Statistical significance was considered when the p-values were less than 0.05. These statistical analyses were carried out using Python 3.10 with the Scipy library (version 1.10.1).”.

      4) The lack of comparison with other existing methods.

      We appreciate your valuable comments and suggestions. Conducting comparisons with a broader set of existing methods can further facilitate discussions on the strengths and weaknesses of each method, as well as the accuracy of our method. In our study, we conducted a comparison of H3-OPT with many existing methods, including AlphaFold2, HelixFold-Single, ESMFold, and IgFold. We demonstrated that several protein structure prediction methods, such as ESMFold and HelixFold-Single, do not match the accuracy of AlphaFold2 in CDR-H3 prediction. Additionally, we performed a detailed comparison between H3-OPT, AlphaFold2, and IgFold (the latest antibody structure prediction method) for each target.

      We sincerely thank the comment and have introduced a comparison with OmegaFold. The results have been incorporated into the relevant sections (Fig 4a-b) of the revised manuscript.

      Author response image 1.

      Public Reviews

      Comments to Author:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors developed a deep learning method called H3-OPT, which combines the strength of AF2 and PLM to reach better prediction accuracy of antibody CDR-H3 loops than AF2 and IgFold. These improvements will have an impact on antibody structure prediction and design.

      Strengths:

      The training data are carefully selected and clustered, the network design is simple and effective.

      The improvements include smaller average Ca RMSD, backbone RMSD, side chain RMSD, more accurate surface residues and/or SASA, and more accurate H3 loop-antigen contacts.

      The performance is validated from multiple angles.

      Weaknesses:

      1) There are very limited prediction-then-validation cases, basically just one case.

      Thanks for pointing out this issue. The number of prediction-then-validation cases is helpful to show the generalization ability of our model. However, obtaining experimental structures is both costly and labor-intensive. Furthermore, experimental validation cases only capture a limited portion of the sequence space in comparison to the broader diversity of antibody sequences.

      To address this challenge, we have collected different datasets to serve as benchmarks for evaluating the performance of H3-OPT, including our non-redundant test set and the CAMEO dataset. The introduction of these datasets allows for effective assessments of H3-OPT’s performance without biases and tackles the obstacle of limited prediction-then-validation cases.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This work provides a new tool (H3-Opt) for the prediction of antibody and nanobody structures, based on the combination of AlphaFold2 and a pre-trained protein language model, with a focus on predicting the challenging CDR-H3 loops with enhanced accuracy than previously developed approaches. This task is of high value for the development of new therapeutic antibodies. The paper provides an external validation consisting of 131 sequences, with further analysis of the results by segregating the test sets into three subsets of varying difficulty and comparison with other available methods. Furthermore, the approach was validated by comparing three experimentally solved 3D structures of anti-VEGF nanobodies with the H3-Opt predictions

      Strengths:

      The experimental design to train and validate the new approach has been clearly described, including the dataset compilation and its representative sampling into training, validation and test sets, and structure preparation. The results of the in-silico validation are quite convincing and support the authors' conclusions.

      The datasets used to train and validate the tool and the code are made available by the authors, which ensures transparency and reproducibility, and allows future benchmarking exercises with incoming new tools.

      Compared to AlphaFold2, the authors' optimization seems to produce better results for the most challenging subsets of the test set.

      Weaknesses:

      1) The scope of the binding affinity prediction using molecular dynamics is not that clearly justified in the paper.

      We sincerely appreciate your valuable comment. We have added the following sentence in our manuscript to justify the scope of the molecular dynamics calculations: “Since affinity prediction plays a crucial role in antibody therapeutics engineering, we performed MD simulations to compare the differences in binding affinities between AF2-predicted complexes and H3-OPT-predicted complexes.”.

      2) Some parts of the manuscript should be clarified, particularly the ones that relate to the experimental validation of the predictions made by the reported method. It is not absolutely clear whether the experimental validation is truly a prospective validation. Since the methodological aspects of the experimental determination are not provided here, it seems that this may not be the case. This is a key aspect of the manuscript that should be described more clearly.

      Thank you for the reminder about experimental validation of our predictions. The sequence identities of the wild-type nanobody VH domain and H3 loop, when compared with the best template, are 0.816 and 0.647, respectively. As a result, these mutants exhibited low sequence similarity to our dataset, indicating the absence of prediction bias for these targets. Thus, H3-OPT outperformed IgFold on these mutants, demonstrating our model's strong generalization ability. In summary, the experimental validation actually serves as a prospective validation.

      Thanks for your comments, we have added the following sentence to provide the methodological aspects of the experimental determination: “The protein expression, purification and crystallization experiments were described previously. The proteins used in the crystallization experiments were unlabeled. Upon thawing the frozen protein on ice, we performed a centrifugation step to eliminate any potential crystal nucleus and precipitants. Subsequently, we mixed the protein at a 1:1 ratio with commercial crystal condition kits using the sitting-drop vapor diffusion method facilitated by the Protein Crystallization Screening System (TTP LabTech, mosquito). After several days of optimization, single crystals were successfully cultivated at 21°C and promptly flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen. The diffraction data from various crystals were collected at the Shanghai Synchrotron Research Facility and subsequently processed using the aquarium pipeline.”

      3) Some Figures would benefit from a clearer presentation.

      We sincerely thanks for your careful reading. According to your comments, we have made extensive modifications to make our presentation more convincing and clearer (Fig 2c-f).

      Author response image 2.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript introduces a new computational framework for choosing 'the best method' according to the case for getting the best possible structural prediction for the CDR-H3 loop. The authors show their strategy improves on average the accuracy of the predictions on datasets of increasing difficulty in comparison to several state-of-the-art methods. They also show the benefits of improving the structural predictions of the CDR-H3 in the evaluation of different properties that may be relevant for drug discovery and therapeutic design.

      Strengths:

      The authors introduce a novel framework, which can be easily adapted and improved. The authors use a well-defined dataset to test their new method. A modest average accuracy gain is obtained in comparison to other state-of-the art methods for the same task while avoiding testing different prediction approaches.

      Weaknesses:

      1) The accuracy gain is mainly ascribed to easy cases, while the accuracy and precision for moderate to challenging cases are comparable to other PLM methods (see Fig. 4b and Extended Data Fig. 2). That raises the question: how likely is it to be in a moderate or challenging scenario? For example, it is not clear whether the comparison to the solved X-ray structures of anti-VEGF nanobodies represents an easy or challenging case for H3-OPT. The mutant nanobodies seem not to provide any further validation as the single mutations are very far away from the CDR-H3 loop and they do not disrupt the structure in any way. Indeed, RMSD values follow the same trend in H3-OPT and IgFold predictions (Fig. 4c). A more challenging test and interesting application could be solving the structure of a designed or mutated CDR-H3 loop.

      Thank you for your rigorous consideration. When the experimental structure is unavailable, it is difficult to directly determinate whether the target is easy-to-predict or challenging. We have conducted our non-redundant test set in which the number of easy-to-predict targets is comparable to the other two groups. Due to the limited availability of experimental antibody structures, especially nanobody structures, accurately predicting CDR-H3 remains a challenge. In our manuscript, we discuss the strengths and weakness of AlphaFold2 and other PLM-based methods, and we introduce H3-OPT as a comprehensive solution for antibody CDR3 modeling.

      We also appreciate your comment on experimental structures. We fully agree with your opinion and made attempts to solve the experimental structures of seven mutants, including two mutants (Y95F and Q118N) which are close to CDR-H3 loop. Unfortunately, we tried seven different reagent kits with a total of 672 crystallization conditions, but were unable to obtain crystals for these mutants. Despite the mutants we successfully solved may not have significantly disrupted the structures of CDR-H3 loops, they have still provided valuable insights into the differences between MSA-based methods and MSA-free methods (such as IgFold) for antibody structure modeling.

      We have further conducted a benchmarking study using two examples, PDBID 5U15 and 5U0R, both consisting of 18 residues in CDR-H3, to evaluate H3-OPT's performance in predicting mutated H3 loops. In the first case (target 5U15), AlphaFold2 failed to provide an accurate prediction of the extended orientation of the H3 loop, resulting in a less accurate prediction (Cα-RMSD = 10.25 Å) compared to H3-OPT (Cα-RMSD = 5.56 Å). In the second case (target 5U0R, a mutant of 5U15 in CDR3 loop), AlphaFold2 and H3-OPT achieved Cα-RMSDs of 6.10 Å and 4.25 Å, respectively. Additionally, the Cα-RMSDs of OmegaFold predictions were 8.05 Å and 9.84 Å, respectively. These findings suggest that both AlphaFold2 and OmegaFold effectively captured the mutation effects on conformations but achieved lower accuracy in predicting long CDR3 loops when compared to H3-OPT.

      2) The proposed method lacks a confidence score or a warning to help guide the users in moderate to challenging cases.

      We appreciate your suggestions and we have trained a separate module to predict confidence scores. We used the MSE loss for confidence prediction, where the label error was calculated as the Cα deviation of each residue after alignment. The inputs of this module are the same as those used for H3-OPT, and it generates a confidence score ranging from 0 to 100.

      3) The fact that AF2 outperforms H3-OPT in some particular cases (e.g. Fig. 2c and Extended Data Fig. 3) raises the question: is there still room for improvements? It is not clear how sensible is H3-OPT to the defined parameters. In the same line, bench-marking against other available prediction algorithms, such as OmegaFold, could shed light on the actual accuracy limit. We totally understand your concern. Many papers have suggested that PLM-based models are computationally efficient but may have unsatisfactory accuracy when high-resolution templates and MSA are available (Fast, accurate antibody structure prediction from deep learning on massive set of natural antibodies, Ruffolo, J. A. et al, 2023). However, the accuracy of AF2 decreased substantially when the MSA information is limited. Therefore, we directly retained high-confidence structures of AF2 and introduced a PSPM to improve the accuracy of the targets with long CDR-H3 loops and few sequence homologs. The improvement in mean Cα-RMSD demonstrated the room for accurately predicting CDR-H3 loops.

      We also appreciate your kind comment on defined parameters. In fact, once a benchmark dataset is established, determining an optimal cutoff value through parameter searching can indeed further improve the performance of H3-OPT in CDR3 structure prediction. However, it is important to note that this optimal cutoff value heavily depends on the testing dataset being used. Therefore, we provide a recommended cutoff value and offer a program interface for users who wish to manually define the cutoff value based on their specific requirements. Here, we showed the average Cα-RMSDs of our test set under different confidence cutoffs and the results have been added in the text accordingly.

      Author response table 1.

      We also appreciate your reminder, and we have conducted a benchmark against OmegaFold. The results have been included in the manuscript (Fig 4a-b).

      Author response image 3.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) In Fig 3a, please also compare IgFold and H3-OPT (merge Fig. S2 into Fig 3a)

      In Fig 3b, please separate Sub2 and Sub3, and add IgFold's performance.

      Thank you very much for your professional advice. We have made revisions to the figures based on your suggestions.

      Author response image 4.

      2) For the three experimentally solved structures of anti-VEGF nanobodies, what are the sequence identities of the VH domain and H3 loop, compared to the best available template? What is the length of the H3 loop? Which category (Sub1/2/3) do the targets belong to? What is the performance of AF2 or AF2-Multimer on the three targets?

      We feel sorry for these confusions. The sequence identities of the VH domain and H3 loop are 0.816 and 0.647, respectively, comparing with the best template. The CDR-H3 lengths of these nanobodies are both 17. According to our classification strategy, these nanobodies belong to Sub1. The confidence scores of these AlphaFold2 predicted loops were all higher than 0.8, and these loops were accepted as the outputs of H3-OPT by CBM.

      3) Is AF2-Multimer better than AF2, when using the sequences of antibody VH and antigen as input?

      Thanks for your suggestions. Many papers have benchmarked AlphaFold2-Multimer for protein complex modeling and demonstrated the accuracy of AlphaFold2-Multimer on predicting the protein complex is far from satisfactory (Benchmarking AlphaFold for protein complex modeling reveals accuracy determinants, Rui Yin, et al., 2022). Additionally, there is no significantly difference between AlphaFold2 and AlphaFold2-Multimer on antibody modeling (Structural Modeling of Nanobodies: A Benchmark of State-of-the-Art Artificial Intelligence Programs, Mario S. Valdés-Tresanco, et al., 2023)

      From the data perspective, we employed a non-redundant dataset for training and validation. Since these structures are valuable, considering the antigen sequence would reduce the size of our dataset, potentially leading to underfitting.

      4) For H3 loop grafting, I noticed that only identical target and template H3 sequences can trigger grafting (lines 348-349). How many such cases are in the test set?

      We appreciate your comment from this perspective. There are thirty targets in our database with identical CDR-H3 templates.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      • It is not clear to me whether the three structures apparently used as experimental confirmation of the predictions have been determined previously in this study or not. This is a key aspect, as a retrospective validation does not have the same conceptual value as a prospective, a posteriori validation. Please note that different parts of the text suggest different things in this regard "The model was validated by experimentally solving three structures of anti-VEGF nanobodies predicted by H3-OPT" is not exactly the same as "we then sought to validate H3-OPT using three experimentally determined structures of anti-VEGF nanobodies, including a wild-type (WT) and two mutant (Mut1 and Mut2) structures, that were recently deposited in protein data bank". The authors are kindly advised to make this point clear. By the way, "protein data bank" should be in upper case letters.

      We gratefully thank you for your feedback and fully understand your concerns. To validate the performance of H3-OPT, we initially solved the structures of both the wild-type and mutants of anti-VEGF nanobodies and submitted these structures to Protein Data Bank. We have corrected “that were recently deposited in protein data bank” into “that were recently deposited in Protein Data Bank” in our revised manuscript.

      • It would be good to clarify the goal and importance of the binding affinity prediction, as it seems a bit disconnected from the rest of the paper. Also, it would be good to include the production MD runs as Sup, Mat.

      Thanks for your valuable comment. We have added the following sentence in our manuscript to clarify the goal and importance of the molecular dynamics calculations: “Since affinity prediction plays a crucial role in antibody therapeutics engineering, we performed MD simulations to compare the differences in binding affinities between AF2-predicted complexes and H3-OPT-predicted complexes.”. The details of production runs have been described in Method section.

      • Has any statistical test been performed to compare the mean Cα-RMSD values across the modeling approaches included in the benchmark exercise?

      Thanks for this kind recommendation. We conducted a statistical test to assess the performance of different modeling approaches and demonstrated significant improvements with H3-OPT compared to other methods (p<0.001). Additionally, we have trained H3-OPT with five random seeds and compared mean Cα-RMSD values with all five models of AF2. Here, we showed the average Cα-RMSDs of H3-OPT and AlphaFold2.

      Author response table 1.

      • In Fig. 2c-f, I think it would be adequate to make the ordering criterion of the data points explicit in the caption or the graph itself.

      We appreciate your comment and suggestion. We have revised the graph in the manuscript accordingly.

      Author response image 5.

      • Please revise Figure S2 caption and/or its content. It is not clear, in parts b and c, which is the performance of H3-OPT. Why weren´t some other antibody-specific tools such as IgFold included in this comparison?

      Thanks for your comments. The performance of H3-OPT is not included in Figure S2. Prior to training H3-OPT, we conducted several preliminary studies, and the detailed results are available in the supplementary sections. We showed that AlphaFold2 outperformed other methods (including AI-based methods and TBM methods) and produced sub-angstrom predictions in framework regions. The comparison of IgFold with other methods was discussed in a previous work (Fast, accurate antibody structure prediction from deep learning on massive set of natural antibodies, Ruffolo, J. A. et al, 2023). In that study, we found that IgFold largely yielded results comparable to AlphaFold2 but with lower prediction cost. Additionally, we have also conducted a detailed comparison of CDR-H3 loops with IgFold in our main text.

      • It is stated that "The relative binding affinities of the antigen-antibody complexes were evaluated using the Python script...". Which Python script?

      Thank you for your comments, and I apologize for the confusion. This python script is a module of AMBER software, we have corrected “The relative binding affinities of the antigen-antibody complexes were evaluated using the python script” into “The relative binding affinities of the antigen-antibody complexes were evaluated using the MMPBSA module of AMBER software”.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Does H3-OPT improve the AF2 score on the CDR-H3? It would be interesting to see whether grafted and PSPM loops improve the pLDDT score by using for example AF2Rank [https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.129.238101]. That could also be a way to include a confidence score into H3-OPT.

      We are so grateful for your kind question. H3-OPT could not provide a confidence score for output in current version, so we did not know whether H3-OPT improve the AF2 score or not.

      We appreciate your kind recommendations and have calculated the pLDDT scores of all models predicted by H3-OPT and AF2 using AF2Rank. We showed that the average of pLDDT scores of different predicted models did not match the results of Cα-RMSD values.

      Author response table 3.

      Therefore, we have trained a separate module to predict the confidence score of the optimized CDR-H3 loops. We hope that this module can provide users with reliable guidance on whether to use predicted CDR-H3 loops.

      The test case of Nb PDB id. 8CWU is an interesting example where AF2 outperforms H3-OPT and PLMs. The top AF2 model according to ColabFold (using default options and no template [https://doi.org/10.1038/s41592-022-01488-1]) shows a remarkably good model of the CDR-H3, explaining the low Ca-RMSD in the Extended Data Fig. 3. However, the pLDDT score of the 4 tip residues (out of 12), forming the hairpin of the CDR-H3 loop, pushes down the average value bellow the CBM cut-off of 80. I wonder if there is a lesson to learn from that test case. How sensible is H3-OPT to the CBM cut-off definition? Have the authors tried weighting the residue pLDDT score by some structural criteria before averaging? I guess AF2 may have less confidence in hydrophobic tip residues in exposed loops as the solvent context may not provide enough support for the pLDDT score.

      Thanks for your valuable feedback. We showed the average Cα-RMSDs of our test set under different confidence cutoffs and the results have been added in the text accordingly.

      Author response table 4.

      We greatly appreciate your comment on this perspective. Inspired on your kind suggestions, we will explore the relationship between cutoff values and structural information in related work. Your feedback is highly valuable as it will contribute to the development of our approach.

      A comparison against the new folding prediction method OmegaFold [https://doi.org/10.1101/2022.07.21.500999] is missed. OmegaFold seems to outperform AF2, ESM, and IgFold among others in predicting the CDR-H3 loop conformation (See [https://doi.org/10.3390/molecules28103991] and [https://doi.org/10.1101/2022.07.21.500999]). Indeed, prediction of anti-VEGF Nb structure (PDB WT_QF_0329, chain B in supplementary data) by OmegaFold as implemented in ColabFold [https://colab.research.google.com/github/sokrypton/ColabFold/blob/main/beta/omegafold.ipynb] and setting 10 cycles, renders Ca-RMSD 1.472 Å for CDR-H3 (residues 98-115).

      We appreciate your valuable suggestion. We have added the comparison against OmegaFold in our manuscript. The results have been included in the manuscript (Fig 4a-b).

      Author response image 6.

      In our test set, OmegaFold outperformed ESMFold in predicting the CDR-H3 loop conformation. However, it failed to match the accuracy of AF2, IgFold, and H3-OPT. We discussed the difference between MSA-based methods (such as AlphaFold2) and MSA-free methods (such as IgFold) in predicting CDR-H3 loops. Similarly, OmegaFold provided comparative results with HelixFold-Single and other MSA-free methods but still failed to match the accuracy of AlphaFold2 and H3-OPT on Sub1.

      The time-consuming step in H3-OPT is the AF2 prediction. However, most of the time is spent in modeling the mAb and Nb scaffolds, which are already very well predicted by PLMs (See Fig. 4 in [https://doi.org/10.3390/molecules28103991]). Hence, why not use e.g. OmegaFold as the first step, whose score also correlates to the RMSD values [https://doi.org/10.3390/molecules28103991]? If that fails, then use AF2 or grafting. Alternatively, use a PLM model to generate a template, remove/mask the CDR loops (at least CDR-H3), and pass it as a template to AF2 to optimize the structure with or without MSA (e.g. using AF2Rank).

      Thanks for your professional feedbacks. It is really true that the speed of MSA searching limited the application of high-throughput structure prediction. Previous studies have demonstrated that the deep learning methods performed well on framework residues. We once tried to directly predict the conformations of CDR-H3 loops using PLM-based methods, but this initial version of H3-OPT lacking the CBM could not replicate the accuracy of AF2 in Sub1. Similarly, we showed that IgFold and OmegaFold also provide lower accuracy in Sub1 (average Cα-RMSD is 1.71 Å and 1.83 Å, respectively, whereas AF2 predicted an average of 1.07 Å). Therefore, The predictions of AlphaFold2 not only produce scaffolds but also provide the highest quality of CDR-H3 loops when high-resolution templates and MSA are available.

      Thank you once again for your kind recommendation. In the current version of H3-OPT, we have highlighted the strengths of H3-OPT in combining the AF2 and PLM models in various scenarios. AF2 can provide accurate predictions for short loops with fewer than 10 amino acids, and PLM-based models show little or no improvement in such cases. In the next version of H3-OPT, as the first step, we plan to replace the AF2 models with other methods if any accurate MSA-free method becomes available in the future.

      Line 115: The statement "IgFold provided higher accuracy in Sub3" is not supported by Fig. 2a.

      We are sorry for our carelessness. We have corrected “IgFold provided higher accuracy in Sub3” into “IgFold provided higher accuracy in Sub3 (Fig. 3a)”.

      Lines 195-203: What is the statistical significance of results in Fig 5a and 5b?

      Thank you for your kind comments. The surface residues of AF2 models are significantly higher than those of H3-OPT models (p < 0.005). In Fig. 5b, H3-OPT models predicted lower values than AF2 models in terms of various surface properties, including polarity (p <0.05) and hydrophilicity (p < 0.001).

      Lines 212-213: It is not easy to compare and quantify the differences between electrostatic maps in Fig. 5d. Showing a Dmap (e.g. mapmodel - mapexperiment) would be a better option. Additionally, there is no methodological description of how the maps were generated nor the scale of the represented potential.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have modified the figure (Fig. 5d) according to your kind recommendation and added following sentences to clarify the methodological description on the surface electrostatic potential:

      “Analysis of surface electrostatic potential

      We generated two-dimensional projections of CDR-H3 loop’s surface electrostatic potential using SURFMAP v2.0.0 (based on GitHub from February 2023: commit: e0d51a10debc96775468912ccd8de01e239d1900) with default parameters. The 2D surface maps were calculated by subtracting the surface projection of H3-OPT or AF2 predicted H3 loops to their native structures.”

      Author response image 7.

      Lines 237-240 and Table 2: What is the meaning of comparing the average free energy of the whole set? Why free energies should be comparable among test cases? I think the correct way is to compare the mean pair-to-pair difference to the experimental structure. Similarly, reporting a precision in the order of 0.01 kcal/mol seems too precise for the used methodology, what is the statistical significance of the results? Were sampling issues accounted for by performing replicates or longer MDs?

      Thanks for your rigorous advice and pointing out these issues. We have modified the comparisons of free energies of different predicted methods and corrected the precision of these results. The average binding free energies of H3-OPT complexes is lower than AF2 predicted complexes, but there is no significant difference between these energies (p >0.05).

      Author response table 4.

      Comparison of binding affinities obtained from MD simulations using AF2 and H3-OPT.

      Thanks for your comments on this perspective. Longer MD simulations often achieve better convergence for the average behavior of the system, while replicates provide insights into the variability and robustness of the results. In our manuscript, each MD simulation had a length of 100 nanoseconds, with the initial 90 nanoseconds dedicated to achieving system equilibrium, which was verified by monitoring RMSD (Root Mean Square Deviation). The remaining 10 nanoseconds of each simulation were used for the calculation of free energy. This approach allowed us to balance the need for extensive sampling with the verification of system stability.

      Regarding MD simulations for CDR-H3 refinement, its successful application highly depends on the starting conformation, the force field, and the sampling strategy [https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.jctc.1c00341]. In particular, the applied plan MD seems a very limited strategy (there is not much information about the simulated times in the supplementary material). Similarly, local structure optimizations with QM methods are not expected to improve a starting conformation that is far from the experimental conformation.

      Thank you very much for your valuable feedback. We fully agree with your insights regarding the limitations of MD simulations. Before training H3-OPT, we showed the challenge of accurately predicting CDR-H3 structures. We then tried to optimize the CDR-H3 loops by computational tools, such as MD simulations and QM methods (detailed information of MD simulations is provided in the main text). Unfortunately, these methods were not expected to improve the accuracy of AF2 predicted CDR-H3 loops. These results showed that MD simulations and QM methods not only are time-consuming, but also failed to optimize the CDR-H3 loops. Therefore, we developed H3-OPT to tackle these issues and improve the accuracy of CDR3-H3 for the development of antibody therapeutics.

      Text improvements

      Relevant statistical and methodological parameters are presented in a dispersed manner throughout the text. For example, the number of structures in test, training, and validation datasets is first presented in the caption of Fig. 4. Similarly, the sequence identity % to define redundancy is defined in the caption of Fig. 1a instead of lines 87-88, where authors define "we constructed a non-redundant dataset with 1286 high-resolution (<2.5 Å)". Is the sequence redundancy for the CDR-H3 or the whole mAb/Nb?

      Thank you for pointing out these issues. We have added the number of structures in each subgroup in the caption of Fig. 1a: “Clustering of the filtered, high-resolution structures yielded three datasets for training (n = 1021), validation (n = 134), and testing (n = 131).” and corrected “As data quality has large effects on prediction accuracy, we constructed a non-redundant dataset with 1286 high-resolution (<2.5 Å) antibody structures from SAbDab” into “As data quality has large effects on prediction accuracy, we constructed a non-redundant dataset (sequence identity < 0.8) with 1286 high-resolution (<2.5 Å) antibody structures from SAbDab” in the revised manuscript. The sequence redundancy applies to the whole mAb/Nb.

      The description of ablation studies is not easy to follow. For example, what does removing TGM mean in practical terms (e.g. only AF2 is used, or PSPM is applied if AF2 score < 80)? Similarly, what does removing CBM mean in practical terms (e.g. all AF2 models are optimized by PSPM, and no grafting is done)? Thanks for your comments and suggestions. We have corrected “d, Differences in H3-OPT accuracy without the template module. e, Differences in H3-OPT accuracy without the CBM. f, Differences in H3-OPT accuracy without the TGM.” into “d, Differences in H3-OPT accuracy without the template module. This ablation study means only PSPM is used. e, Differences in H3-OPT accuracy without the CBM. This ablation study means input loop is optimized by TGM and PSPM. f, Differences in H3-OPT accuracy without the TGM. This ablation study means input loop is optimized by CBM and PSPM.”.

      Authors should report the values in the text using the same statistical descriptor that is used in the figures to help the analysis by the reader. For example, in lines 223-224 a precision score of 0.75 for H3-OPT is reported in the text (I assume this is the average value), while the median of ~0.85 is shown in Fig. 6a.

      Thank you for your careful checks. We have corrected “After identifying the contact residues of antigens by H3-OPT, we found that H3-OPT could substantially outperform AF2 (Fig. 6a), with a precision of 0.75 and accuracy of 0.94 compared to 0.66 precision and 0.92 accuracy of AF2.” into “After identifying the contact residues of antigens by H3-OPT, we found that H3-OPT could substantially outperform AF2 (Fig. 6a), with a median precision of 0.83 and accuracy of 0.97 compared to 0.64 precision and 0.95 accuracy of AF2.” in proper place of manuscript.

      Minor corrections

      Lines 91-94: What do length values mean? e.g. is 0-2 Å the RMSD from the experimental structure?

      We appreciate your comment and apologize for any confusion. The RMSD value is actually from experimental structure. The RMSD value evaluates the deviation of predicted CDR-H3 loop from native structure and also represents the degree of prediction difficulty in AlphaFold2 predictions. We have added following sentence in the proper place of the revised manuscript: “(RMSD, a measure of the difference between the predicted structure and an experimental or reference structure)”.

      Line 120: is the "AF2 confidence score" for the full-length or CDR-H3?

      We gratefully appreciate for your valuable comment and have corrected “Interestingly, we observed that AF2 confidence score shared a strong negative correlation with Cα-RMSDs (Pearson correlation coefficient =-0.67 (Fig. 2b)” into “Interestingly, we observed that AF2 confidence score of CDR-H3 shared a strong negative correlation with Cα-RMSDs (Pearson correlation coefficient =-0.67 (Fig. 2b)” in the revised manuscript.

      Line 166: Do authors mean "Taken" instead of "Token"?

      We are really sorry for our careless mistakes. Thank you for your reminder.

      Line 258: Reference to Fig. 1 seems wrong, do authors mean Fig. 4?

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for careful reading. As suggested by the reviewer, we have corrected the “Fig. 1” into “Fig. 4”.

      Author response image 7.

      Point out which plot corresponds to AF2 and which one to H3-OPT

      Thanks for pointing out this issue. We have added the legends of this figure in the proper positions in our manuscript.

    1. Author Response

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript aimed at elucidating the substrate specificity of two M23 endopeptidase Lysostaphin (LSS) and LytM in S. aureus. Endopeptidases are known to cleave the glycine-bridges of staphylococcal cell wall peptidoglycan (PG). To address this question, various glycine-bridge peptides were synthesized as substrates, the catalytic domain of LSS and LytM were recombinantly expressed and purified, and the reactions were analyzed using solution-state NMR. The major finding is that LytM is not only a Gly-Gly endopeptidase, but also cleaves D-Ala-Gly. Technically, the advantage of using real-time NMR was emphasized in the manuscript. The study explores an interesting aspect of cell wall hydrolases in terms of substrate-level regulation. It potentially identified new enzymatic activity of LytM. However, the biological significance and relevance of the conclusions remain clear, as the results are mostly from synthetic substrates.

      Strengths:

      The study explores an interesting aspect of cell wall hydrolases in terms of substrate-level regulation. It potentially identified new enzymatic activity of LytM.

      Weaknesses:

      1) Significance: while the current study provided a detailed analysis of various substrates, the conclusions are mainly based on synthesized peptides. One experiment used purified muropeptides (Fig. 3H); however, the results were unclear from this figure.

      We acknowledge the Reviewer for comments and concerns regarding the potential weaknesses of this study.

      Because peptidoglycan is insoluble, as such it is not amenable to solution-state NMR studies. However, soluble peptidoglycan (PG) fragments for NMR analyses can be obtained by digesting bacterial sacculi or via chemical synthesis. Whereas digestion results in mixtures of products, synthesis yields pure molecules. Analysis of NMR spectra of muropeptide-mimicking synthetic peptides before and after enzyme addition provides tools to identify peaks in the much more complex spectra of mutanolysin-treated sacculus.

      We will improve data presentation in Figure 3H in the revised version of our manuscript and emphasize the similarity of product peaks in spectra acquired from experiments using either synthetic peptides or mutanolysin-digested sacculus.

      The results from synthesized peptides may not necessarily correlate with their biological functions in vivo.

      The Reviewer refers several times to the use of synthetic peptides in this study. While it is unclear to us whether the concern is about the synthetic nature of the molecules or because the peptides are devoid of PG disaccharide units, it is true that PG fragments lack the 3D architecture present in intact sacculus, and thus cannot perfectly mimic the in vivo milieu. The fragments, as well as purified sacculus, also lack all other components present in an intact bacterial cell wall. Our largest synthetic peptide (7), however, represents a crosslinked muropeptide (stem-pentaGly-stem) which according to the structural model recently presented by Razew et al. (2023) (Staphylococcus aureus sacculus mediates activities of M23 hydrolases. Nat Commun 14, 6706) is large enough to cover the peptidic interaction interface between substrate and enzyme.

      Secondly, the study used only the catalytic domain of both proteins. It is known that the substrate specificity of these enzymes is regulated by their substrate-binding domains. There is no mention of other domains in the manuscript and no justification of why only the catalytic domain was studied. In short, the relevance of the results from the current study to the enzymes' actual physiological functions remains to be addressed, which attenuated the significance of the study.

      Lysostaphin catalytic domain was used for experimental simplicity and to allow direct comparison with LytM catalytic domain. Because lysostaphin cell-wall targeting (SH3b) domain interacts with the substrate with variable affinities depending on the substrate structure (Tossavainen et al., Structural and functional insights into lysostaphin-substrate interaction, Front. Mol. Biosci. 5, 60 (2018) and Gonzalez-Delgado et al., Two-site recognition of Staphylococcus aureus peptidoglycan by lysostaphin SH3b, Nat. Chem. Biol. 16, 24-30 (2020)), we would have had skewed results on kinetics because of this interaction.

      Catalytic domains were used also in the article by Razew et al. (Staphylococcus aureus sacculus mediates activities of M23 hydrolases. Nat Commun 14, 6706 (2023)). They showed that mature lysostaphin and lysostaphin catalytic domain hydrolysed the same Gly-Gly bonds.

      Moreover, full-length LytM is catalytically inactive. This is because the linker between its N-terminal and catalytic domains occludes the catalytic site (Odintsov et al. Latent LytM at 1.3 Å resolution. J. Mol. Biol. 225, 775 (2004)). LytM catalytic domain without its N-terminal segment is active (Odintsov et al (2004) and Firczuk et al. Crystal structure of active LytM. J. Mol. Biol 354, 578 (2005)).

      2) Impact and novelty:

      (1) the current study provided evidence suggesting the novel function of LytM in cleaving D-Ala-Gly. The impact of this finding is unclear. The manuscript discussed Enterococcus faecalis EnpA. But how about other M23 endopeptidases? What is biological relevance?

      EnpA was specifically mentioned because it has been reported to also cleave the D-Ala-Gly bond. Structural similarities between the enzymes could reveal the basis for this bond specificity. Moreover, the focus of the study was not to reveal the biological function of LytM but rather to understand which amino acid substitutions lead to differences in specificities in the two structurally very similar enzymes.

      (2) A very similar study published recently showed that the activity of LSS and LytM is regulated by PG cross-linking: LSS cleaves more cross-linked PG and LytM cleaves less cross-linked PG (Razew, A., Laguri, C., Vallet, A., et al. Staphylococcus aureus sacculus mediates activities of M23 hydrolases. Nat Commun 14, 6706 (2023). The results of this paper are different from the current study whereby both LSS and LytM prefer cross-linked substrates (Fig, 2JKL). Moreover, no D-Ala-Gly cleavage was observed by LytM using purified PG substrate from Razew A et al. An explanation of inconsistent results is needed here. In my opinion, the knowledge generated from the current study has not been fully settled. If the results can be validated, the contribution to the field is incremental, but not substantial.

      Another point raised by the Reviewer concerned the inconsistent results between our study and the recent paper by Razew et al. (2023) regarding LytM D-Ala--Gly cleavage. The explanation might lie in the type of NMR data acquired and its interpretation. We identified all hydrolysis products using 1H, 13C multiple bond correlation NMR spectra acquired from samples dissolved in deuterated buffers. Use of C-H signals is advantageous in that they are not prone to chemical exchange phenomena and enable unambiguous chemical shift assignment. Based on shown NMR spectra, Razew and co-workers identified cleaved muropeptide bonds by observing product glycine peaks in 1H, 15N correlation spectra, specifically amide peaks of product C-terminal glycines appearing in the 114-117 ppm 15N region of spectra of samples treated with LytM/LSS. D-Ala--Gly cleavage, however produces an N-terminal glycine, whose signal due to chemical exchange is not typically observed in regular N,H correlation spectra. Razew and co-workers validated their observations with UPLC-MS analysis. However, to our understanding, their data analysis was based on the assumption that LytM cleaves between Gly4-Gly5 (or Gly1-Gly2 using our numbering), and accordingly only masses corresponding to potential products containing 1 to 4 glycines anchored to the lysine side chain were considered.

      (3) The authors emphasized a few times in the text that it is superior to use NMR technology. In my opinion, NMR has certain advantages, such as measuring the efficacy of cleavage, but it is not that superior. It should be complementary to other methods such as mass spectrometry. In addition, more relevant solid-state NMR using intact PG or bacterial cells was not discussed in the study. I am of the opinion that the corresponding text should be revised.

      We value and agree with the Reviewer’s opinion that NMR spectroscopy is complementary to other methods e.g., mass spectrometry. However, in this particular case, NMR provided simultaneously information on reaction kinetics as well as scissile bonds in the substrates, which allowed us to compare rates of hydrolysis in different PG fragments and reshape the substrate specificities of LytM/LSS. We also agree that solid-state NMR is a wonderful technique. In our revised manuscript, we will edit the text accordingly.

      3) The conclusions are not fully supported by the data

      As mentioned above, the conclusions from synthesized peptide substrates may not necessarily reveal physiological functions. The conclusions need to be validated by more physiological substrates.

      As pointed out above in our response to the potential weaknesses of this study, the aim of this work was not to reveal the physiological function of LytM but to glean information on its substrate specificity that echoes its functional role in a substrate level. Hitherto LytM has been shown to cleave amide bonds between glycines without providing detailed information about the specific scissile bonds in the established PG components in S. aureus cell wall. The same holds true for lysostaphin as well. This study provides concomitantly information on the rates of hydrolysis and scissile bonds of these two enzymes. We deduced that LytM, and especially lysostaphin substrate specificity is defined by D-Ala-Gly cross-linking, which is a structural property, whereas Razew et al. (2023) discuss about “more cross-linked” and “less cross-linked PG”, which is a supramolecular asset or density.

      4) There are some issues with the presentation of the figures, text, and formatting.

      We are grateful to the Reviewer for bringing up issues in figures and text. We will address these in the revised version of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This work investigates the enzymatic properties of lysostaphin (LSS) and LytM, two enzymes produced by Staphylococcus aureus and previously described as glycyl-glycyl endopeptidases. The authors use synthetic peptide substrates mimicking peptidoglycan fragments to determine the substrate specificity of both enzymes and identify the bonds they cleave.

      Strengths:

      • This work is addressing a real gap in our knowledge since very little information is available about the substrate specificity of peptidoglycan hydrolases.

      • The experimental strategy and its implementation are robust and provide a thorough analysis of LSS and LytM enzymatic activities. The results are very convincing and demonstrate that the enzymatic properties of the model enzymes studied need to be revisited.

      Weaknesses:

      • The manuscript is difficult to read in places and some figures are not always presented in a way that is easy to follow. This being said, the authors have made a good effort to present their experiments in an engaging manner. Some recommendations have been made to improve the current manuscript but these remain minor issues.

      We thank the Reviewer for providing positive feedback on our manuscript and for appreciating the systematic work behind this study which aims to unknot the substrate specificity of two S. aureus PG hydrolyzing enzymes. We are grateful for the comments aiming to improve the presentation of the current version of manuscript and we will take these into account while preparing the revised version of the manuscript.

    1. Author Response

      We would like to thank the senior editor, reviewing editor and all the reviewers for taking out precious time to review our manuscript and appreciating our study. We are excited that all of you have found strength in our work and have provided comments to strengthen it further. We sincerely appreciate the valuable comments and suggestions, which we believe will help us to further improve the quality of our work.

      Reviewer 1

      The manuscript by Dubey et al. examines the function of the acetyltransferase Tip60. The authors show that (auto)acetylation of a lysine residue in Tip60 is important for its nuclear localization and liquid-liquid-phase-separation (LLPS). The main observations are: (i) Tip60 is localized to the nucleus, where it typically forms punctate foci. (ii) An intrinsically disordered region (IDR) within Tip60 is critical for the normal distribution of Tip60. (iii) Within the IDR the authors show that a lysine residue (K187), that is auto-acetylated, is critical. Mutation of that lysine residue to a non-acetylable arginine abolishes the behavior. (iv) biochemical experiments show that the formation of the punctate foci may be consistent with LLPS.

      On balance, this is an interesting study that describes the role of acetylation of Tip60 in controlling its biochemical behavior as well as its localization and function in cells. The authors mention in their Discussion section other examples showing that acetylation can change the behavior of proteins with respect to LLPS; depending on the specific context, acetylation can promote (as here for Tip60) or impair LLPS.

      Strengths:

      The experiments are largely convincing and appear to be well executed.

      Weaknesses:

      The main concern I have is that all in vivo (i.e. in cells) experiments are done with overexpression in Cos-1 cells, in the presence of the endogenous protein. No attempt is made to use e.g. cells that would be KO for Tip60 in order to have a cleaner system or to look at the endogenous protein. It would be reassuring to know that what the authors observe with highly overexpressed proteins also takes place with endogenous proteins.

      Response: The main reason to perform these experiments with overexpression system was to generate different point mutants and deletion mutants of TIP60 and analyse their effect on its properties and functions. To validate our observations with overexpression system, we also examined localization pattern of endogenous TIP60 by IFA and results depict similar kind of foci pattern within the nucleus as observed with overexpressed TIP60 protein (Figure 4A). However, we understand the reviewers concern and agree to repeat some of the overexpression experiments under endogenous TIP60 knockdown conditions using siRNA or shRNA against 3’ UTR region.

      Also, it is not clear how often the experiments have been repeated and additional quantifications (e.g. of western blots) would be useful.

      Response: The experiments were performed as independent biological replicates (n=3) and this is mentioned in the figure legends. Regarding the suggestion for quantifying Western blots, we want to bring into the notice that where ever required (for blots such as Figure 2F, 6H) that require quantitative estimation, graph representing quantitated value with p-value had already been added. However as suggested, in addition, quantitation for Figure 6D will be performed and added in the revised version.

      In addition, regarding the LLPS description (Figure 1), it would be important to show the wetting behaviour and the temperature-dependent reversibility of the droplet formation.

      Response: We appreciate the suggestion, and we will perform these assays and include the results in the revised version.

      In Fig 3C the mutant (K187R) Tip60 is cytoplasmic, but still appears to form foci. Is this still reflecting phase separation, or some form of aggregation?

      Response: TIP60 (K187R) mutant remains cytosolic with homogenous distribution as shown in Figure 2E. Also with TIP60 partners like PXR or p53, this mutant protein remains homogenously distributed in the cytosol. However, when co-expressed with TIP60 (Wild-type) protein, this mutant protein although still remain cytosolic some foci-like pattern is also observed at the nuclear periphery which we believe could be accumulated aggregates.

      Reviewer 2

      The manuscript "Autoacetylation-mediated phase separation of TIP60 is critical for its functions" by Dubey S. et al reported that the acetyltransferase TIP60 undergoes phase separation in vitro and cell nuclei. The intrinsically disordered region (IDR) of TIP60, particularly K187 within the IDR, is critical for phase separation and nuclear import. The authors showed that K187 is autoacetylated, which is important for TIP60 nuclear localization and activity on histone H4. The authors did several experiments to examine the function of K187R mutants including chromatin binding, oligomerization, phase separation, and nuclear foci formation. However, the physiological relevance of these experiments is not clear since TIP60 K187R mutants do not get into nuclei. The authors also functionally tested the cancer-derived R188P mutant, which mimics K187R in nuclear localization, disruption of wound healing, and DNA damage repair. However, similar to K187R, the R188P mutant is also deficient in nuclear import, and therefore, its defects cannot be directly attributed to the disruption of the phase separation property of TIP60. The main deficiency of the manuscript is the lack of support for the conclusion that "autoacetylation-mediated phase separation of TIP60 is critical for its functions".

      This study offers some intriguing observations. However, the evidence supporting the primary conclusion, specifically regarding the necessity of the intrinsically disordered region (IDR) and K187ac of TIP60 for its phase separation and function in cells, lacks sufficient support and warrants more scrutiny. Additionally, certain aspects of the experimental design are perplexing and lack controls to exclude alternative interpretations. The manuscript can benefit from additional editing and proofreading to improve clarity.

      Response: We understand the point raised by the reviewer, however we would like to draw his attention to the data where we clearly demonstrated that acetylation of lysine 187 within the IDR of TIP60 is required for its phase separation (Figure 2J). We would like to draw reviewer’s attention to other TIP60 mutants within IDR (R177H, R188H, K189R) which all enters the nucleus and make phase separated foci. Cancer-associated mutation at R188 behaves similarly because it also hampers TIP60 acetylation at the adjacent K187 residue. Our in vitro and in cellulo results clearly demonstrate that autoacetylation of TIP60 at K187 within its IDR is critical for multiple functions including its translocation inside the nucleus, its protein-protein interaction and oligomerization which are prerequisite for phase separation of TIP60.

      There are two putative NLS sequences (NLS #1 from aa145; NLS #2 from aa184) in TIP60, both of which are within the IDR. Deletion of the whole IDR is therefore expected to abolish the nuclear localization of TIP60. Since K187 is within NLS #2, the cytoplasmic localization of the IDR and K187R mutants may not be related to the ability of TIP60 to phase separation.

      Response: We are not disputing the presence of putative NLS within IDR region of TIP60, however our results through different mutations within IDR region (K76, K80, K148, K150, R177, R178, R188, K189) clearly demonstrate that only K187 residue acetylation is critical to shuttle TIP60 inside the nucleus while all other lysine mutants located within these putative NLS region exhibited no impact on TIP60’s nuclear shuttling. We have mentioned this in our discussion, that autoacetylation of TIP60’s K187 may induce local structural modifications in its IDR which is critical for translocating TIP60 inside the nucleus where it undergoes phase separation critical for its functions. A previous example of similar kind shows, acetylation of lysine within the NLS region of TyrRS by PCAF promote its nuclear localization (Cao X et al 2017, PNAS). IDR region (which also contains K187 site) is important for phase separation once the protein enters inside the nucleus. This could be the cell’s mechanism to prevent unwarranted action of TIP60 until it enters the nucleus and phase separate on chromatin at appropriate locations.

      The chromatin-binding activity of TIP60 depends on HAT activity, but not phase-separation (Fig 1I), (Fig 2B). How do the authors reconcile the fact that the K187R mutant is able to bind to chromatin with lower activity than the HAT mutant (Fig 2F, 2I)?

      Response: K187 acetylation is required for TIP60’s nuclear translocation but not critical for chromatin binding. When soluble fraction is prepared in fractionation experiment, nuclear membrane is disrupted and TIP60 (K187R) mutant has no longer hindrance in accessing the chromatin and thus can load on the chromatin (although not as efficient as Wild-type protein). For efficient chromatin binding auto-acetylation of other lysine residues in TIP60 is required which might be hampered due to reduced catalytic activity or not sufficient enough to maintain equilibrium with HDAC’s activity inside the nucleus. In case of K187R, the reduced auto-acetylation is captured when protein is the cytosol. During fractionation, once this mutant has access to chromatin, it might auto-acetylate other lysine residues critical for chromatin loading (remember catalytic domain is intact in this mutant). This is evident due to hyper auto-acetylation of Wild-type protein compared to K187R or HAT mutant proteins. We want to bring into notice that phase-separation occurs only after efficient chromatin loading of TIP60 that is the reason that under in-cellulo conditions, both K187R (which cannot enter the nucleus) and HAT mutant (which enters the nucleus but fails to efficiently binds onto the chromatin) fails to form phase separated nuclear punctate foci.

      The DIC images of phase separation in Fig 2I need to be improved. The image for K187R showed the irregular shape of the condensates, which suggests particles in solution or on the slide. The authors may need to use fluorescent-tagged TIP60 in the in vitro LLPS experiments.

      Response: We believe this comment is for figure 2J. The irregularly shaped condensates observed for TIP60 K187R are unique to the mutant protein and are not caused by particles on the slide. We would like to draw reviewer’s attention to supplementary figure S2A, where DIC images for TIP60 (Wild-type) protein tested under different protein and PEG8000 conditions are completely clear where protein did not made phase separated droplets ruling out the probability of particles in solution or slides.

      The authors mentioned that the HAT mutant of TIP60 does not phase separate, which needs to be included.

      Response: We have already added the image of RFP-TIP60 (HAT mutant) in supplementary Fig S4A (panel 2) in the manuscript.

      Related to Point 3, the HAT mutant that doesn't form punctate foci by itself, can incorporate into WT TIP60 (Fig 5A). In vitro LLPS assay for WT, HAT, and K187R mutants with or without acetylation should be included. WT and mutant TIP can be labelled with GFP and RFP, respectively.

      Response: We would like to draw reviewer’s attention towards our co-expression experiments performed in Figure 5 where Wild-type protein (both tagged and untagged condition) is able to phase separate and make punctate foci with co-expressed HAT mutant protein (with depleted autoacetylation capacity). We believe these in cellulo experiments are already able to answer the queries what reviewer is suggesting to acheive by in vitro experiments.

      Fig 3A and 3B showed that neither K187 mutant nor HAT mutant could oligomerize. If both experiments were conducted in the absence of in vitro acetylation, how do the authors reconcile these results?

      Response: We thank the reviewer for highlighting our oversight in omitting the mention of acetyl coenzyme A here. To induce acetylation under in vitro conditions, we have added 10 µM acetyl CoA into the reactions depicted in Figure 3A and 3B. The information for acetyl CoA for Figure 3B was already included in the GST-pull down assay (material and methods section). We will add the same in the oligomerization assay of material and methods in the revised manuscript.

      In Fig 4, the colocalization images showed little overlap between TIP60 and nuclear speckle (NS) marker SC35, indicating that the majority of TIP60 localized in the nuclear structure other than NS. Have the authors tried to perturbate the NS by depleting the NS scaffold protein and examining TIP60 foci formation? Do PXR and TP53 localize to NS?

      Response: Under normal conditions majority of TIP60 is not localized in nuclear speckles (NS) so we believe that perturbing NS will not have significant effect on TIP60 foci formation. Interestingly, recently a study by Shelly Burger group (Alexander KA et al Mol Cell. 2021 15;81(8):1666-1681) had shown that p53 localizes to NS to regulate subset of its targeted genes. We have mentioned about it in our discussion section. No information is available about localization of PXR in NS.

      Were TIP60 substrates, H4 (or NCP), PXR, TP53, present inTIP60 condensates in vitro? It's interesting to see both PXR and TP53 had homogenous nuclear signals when expressed together with K187R, R188P (Fig 6E, 6G), or HAT (Suppl Fig S4A) mutants. Are PXR or TP53 nuclear foci dependent on their acetylation by TIP60? This can and should be tested.

      Response: Both p53 and PXR are known to be acetylated by TIP60. In case of PXR, TIP60 acetylate PXR at lysine 170 and this TIP60-mediated acetylation of PXR at K170 is important for TIP60-PXR foci which now we know are formed by phase separation (Bakshi K et al Sci Rep. 2017 Jun 16;7(1):3635).

      Since R188P mutant, like K187R, does not get into the nuclei, it is not suitable to use this mutant to examine the functional relevance of phase separation for TIP60. The authors need to find another mutant in IDR that retains nuclear localization and overall HAT activity but specifically disrupts phase separation. Otherwise, the conclusion needs to be restated. All cancer-derived mutants need to be tested for LLPS in vitro.

      Response: We appreciate the reviewer’s point here, but it is important to note that the objective of these experiments is to understand the impact of K187R (critical in multiple aspects of TIP60 including phase separation) and R188P (a naturally occurring cancer-associated mutation and behaving similarly to K187R) on TIP60’s activities to determine their functional relevance. As suggested by the reviewer to test and find IDR mutant that fails to phase separate however retains nuclear localization and catalytic activity can be examined in future studies.

      For all cellular experiments, it is not mentioned whether endogenous TIP60 was removed and absent in the cell lines used in this study. It's important to clarify this point because the localization and function of mutant TIP60 are affected by WT TIP60 (Fig 5).

      Response: Endogenous TIP60 was present in in cellulo experiments, however as suggested by reviewer 1 we will perform some of the in cellulo experiments under endogenous TIP60 knockdown condition to validate our findings.

      It is troubling that H4 peptide is used for in vitro HAT assay since TIP60 has much higher activity on nucleosomes and its preferred substrates include H2A.

      Response: The purpose of using H4 peptide in the HAT assay is to determine the impact of mutations of TIP60’s catalytic activity. As H4 is one of the major histone substrate for TIP60, we believe it satisfy the objective of experiments.

      Reviewer 3

      This study presents results arguing that the mammalian acetyltransferase Tip60/KAT5 auto-acetylates itself on one specific lysine residue before the MYST domain, which in turn favors not only nuclear localization but also condensate formation on chromatin through LLPS. The authors further argue that this modification is responsible for the bulk of Tip60 autoacetylation and acetyltransferase activity towards histone H4. Finally, they suggest that it is required for association with txn factors and in vivo function in gene regulation and DNA damage response.

      These are very wide and important claims and, while some results are interesting and intriguing, there is not really close to enough work performed/data presented to support them. In addition, some results are redundant between them, lack consistency in the mutants analyzed, and show contradiction between them. The most important shortcoming of the study is the fact that every single experiment in cells was done in over-expressed conditions, from transiently transfected cells. It is well known that these conditions can lead to non-specific mass effects, cellular localization not reflecting native conditions, and disruption of native interactome. On that topic, it is quite striking that the authors completely ignore the fact that Tip60 is exclusively found as part of a stable large multi-subunit complex in vivo, with more than 15 different proteins. Thus, arguing for a single residue acetylation regulating condensate formation and most Tip60 functions while ignoring native conditions (and the fact that Tip60 cannot function outside its native complex) does not allow me to support this study.

      Response: We appreciate the reviewer’s point here, but it is important to note that the main purpose to use overexpression system in the study is to analyse the effect of different generated point/deletion mutations on TIP60. We have overexpressed proteins with different tags (GFP or RFP) or without tags (Figure 3C, Figure 5) to confirm the behaviour of protein which remains unperturbed due to presence of tags. To validate we have also examined localization of endogenous TIP60 protein which also depict similar localization behaviour as overexpressed protein. We would like to draw attention that there are several reports in literature where similar kind of overexpression system are used to determine functions of TIP60 and its mutants. Also nuclear foci pattern observed for TIP60 in our studies is also reported by several other groups.

      Sun, Y., et. al. (2005) A role for the Tip60 histone acetyltransferase in the acetylation and activation of ATM. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 102(37):13182-7.

      Kim, C.-H. et al. (2015) ‘The chromodomain-containing histone acetyltransferase TIP60 acts as a code reader, recognizing the epigenetic codes for initiating transcription’, Bioscience, Biotechnology, and Biochemistry, 79(4), pp. 532–538.

      Wee, C. L. et al. (2014) ‘Nuclear Arc Interacts with the Histone Acetyltransferase Tip60 to Modify H4K12 Acetylation(1,2,3).’, eNeuro, 1(1). doi: 10.1523/ENEURO.0019-14.2014.

      However, as a caution and suggested by other reviewers also we will perform some of these overexpression experiments in absence of endogenous TIP60 by using 3’ UTR specific siRNA/shRNA.

      We thank the reviewer for his comment on muti-subunit complex proteins and we would like to expand our study by determining the interaction of some of the complex subunits with TIP60 ((Wild-type) that forms nuclear condensates), TIP60 ((HAT mutant) that enters the nucleus but do not form condensates) and TIP60 ((K187R) that do not enter the nucleus and do not form condensates). We will include the result of these experiments in the revised manuscript.

      • It is known that over-expression after transient transfection can lead to non-specific acetylation of lysines on the proteins, likely in part to protect from proteasome-mediated degradation. It is not clear whether the Kac sites targeted in the experiments are based on published/public data. In that sense, it is surprising that the K327R mutant does not behave like a HAT-dead mutant (which is what exactly?) or the K187R mutant as this site needs to be auto-acetylated to free the catalytic pocket, so essential for acetyltransferase activity like in all MYST-family HATs. In addition, the effect of K187R on the total acetyl-lysine signal of Tip60 is very surprising as this site does not seem to be a dominant one in public databases.

      Response: We have chosen autoacetylation sites based on previously published studies where LC-MS/MS and in vitro acetylation assays were used to identified autoacetylation sites in TIP60 which includes K187. We have already mentioned about it in the manuscript and have quoted the references (1. Yang, C., et al (2012). Function of the active site lysine autoacetylation in Tip60 catalysis. PloS one 7, e32886. 10.1371/journal.pone.0032886. 2. Yi, J., et al (2014). Regulation of histone acetyltransferase TIP60 function by histone deacetylase 3. The Journal of biological chemistry 289, 33878–33886. 10.1074/jbc.M114.575266.). We would like to emphasize that both these studies have identified K187 as autoacetylation site in TIP60. Since TIP60 HAT mutant (with significantly reduced catalytic activity) can also enter nucleus, it is not surprising that K327 could also enter the nucleus.

      • As the physiological relevance of the results is not clear, the mutants need to be analyzed at the native level of expression to study real functional effects on transcription and localization (ChIP/IF). It is not clear the claim that Tip60 forms nuclear foci/punctate signals at physiological levels is based on what. This is certainly debated because in part of the poor choice of antibodies available for IF analysis. In that sense, it is not clear which Ab is used in the Westerns. Endogenous Tip60 is known to be expressed in multiple isoforms from splice variants, the most dominant one being isoform 2 (PLIP) which lacks a big part (aa96-147) of the so-called IDR domain presented in the study. Does this major isoform behave the same?

      Response: TIP60 antibody used in the study is from Santa Cruz (Cat. No.- sc-166323). This antibody is widely used for TIP60 detection by several methods and has been cited in numerous publications. Cat. No. will be mentioned in the manuscript. Regarding isoforms, three isoforms are known for TIP60 among which isoform 2 is majorly expressed and used in our study. Isoform and 1 and 2 have same length of IDR (150 amino acids) while isoform 3 has IDR of 97 amino acids. Interestingly, the K187 is present in all the isoforms (already mentioned in the manuscript) and missing region (96-147 amino acid) in isoform 3 has less propensity for disordered region (marked in blue circle). This clearly shows that all the isoforms of TIP60 has the tendency to phase separate.

      Author response image 1.

      • It is extremely strange to show that the K187R mutant fails to get in the nuclei by cell imaging but remains chromatin-bound by fractionation... If K187 is auto-acetylated and required to enter the nucleus, why would a HAT-dead mutant not behave the same?

      Response: We would like to draw attention that both HAT mutant and K187R mutant are not completely catalytically dead. As our data shows both these mutants have catalytic activity although at significantly decreased levels. We believe that K187 acetylation is critical for TIP60 to enter the nucleus and once TIP60 shuttles inside the nucleus autoacetylation of other sites is required for efficient chromatin binding of TIP60. In fractionation assay, nuclear membrane is dissolved while preparing the soluble fraction so there is no hindrance for K187R mutant in accessing the chromatin. While in the case of HAT mutant, it can acetylate the K187 site and thus is able to enter the nucleus however this residual catalytic activity is either not able to autoacetylate other residues required for its efficient chromatin binding or to counter activities of HDAC’s deacetylating the TIP60.

      • If K187 acetylation is key to Tip60 function, it would be most logical (and classical) to test a K187Q acetyl-mimic substitution. In that sense, what happens with the R188Q mutant? That all goes back to the fact that this cluster of basic residues looks quite like an NLS.

      Response: As suggested we will generate acetylation mimicking mutant for K187 site and examine it. Result will be added in the revised manuscript.

      • The effect of the mutant on the TIP60 complex itself needs to be analyzed, e.g. for associated subunits like p400, ING3, TRRAP, Brd8...

      Response: As suggested we will examine the effect of mutations on TIP60 complex

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      “A sample size of 3 idiopathic seems underpowered relative to the many types of genetic changes that can occur in ASD. Since the authors carried out WGS, it would be useful to know what potential causative variants were found in these 3 individuals and even if not overlapping if they might expect to be in a similar biological pathway.

      If the authors randomly selected 3 more idiopathic cell lines from individuals with autism, would these cell lines also have altered mTOR signaling? And could a line have the same cell biology defects without a change in mTOR signaling? The authors argue that the sample size could be the reason for lack of overlap of the proteomic changes (unlike the phosphor-proteomic overlaps), which makes the overlapping cell biology findings even more remarkable. Or is the phenotyping simply too crude to know if the phenotypes truly are the same?”

      We appreciate these thoughtful comments and also agree that of several models, our studies indicate the possibility of mTOR alteration in multiple forms of ASD. As above, we are currently pursuing this hypothesis with newly acquired DOD support. With regard to the I-ASD population, we agree that there are a large variety of genetic changes that can occur in genetically undefined ASDs. Indeed, this is precisely why we expected to see “personalized” phenotypes in each I-ASD individual when we embarked on this study. At that time, several years ago, we had planned to expand the analyses to more I-ASD individuals to assess for additional personalized phenotypes. However, as our studies progressed, we were surprised to find convergence in our I-ASD population in terms of neurite outgrowth and migration and later proteomic results showing convergence in mTOR. We found it particularly remarkable that despite a sample size of 3 that this convergence was noted. When we had the opportunity to extend our studies to the 16p11.2 deletion population, we were thrilled to conduct the first comparison between I-ASD and a genetically defined ASD and, as such, the scope of the paper turned towards this comparison. We do agree that analyses of the other I-ASD individuals would be a beneficial endeavor, both to understand how pervasive NPC migration and neurite deficits are in autism and to assess the presence of mTOR dysregulation. Furthermore, it would be important to see whether alterations in other pathways could also lead to similar cell biological deficits, though we know that other studies of neurodevelopmental disorders have found such cellular dysregulations without reporting concurrent mTOR dysregulation. Given our current grant funding to extend these analyses, such experiments within this manuscript would not be feasible.

      Regarding the phenotyping methods used, we decided to assess neurite outgrowth and migration as they are both cytoskeleton dependent processes that are critical for neurodevelopment and are often regulated by the same genes. Furthermore, similar analyses have been applied to Fragile-X Syndrome, 22q11.2 deletion syndrome, and schizophrenia NPCs (Shcheglovitov A. et al., 2013; Mor-Shaked H. et al., 2016; Urbach A. et al., 2010; Kelley D. J. et al., 2008; Doers M. E. et al., 2014; Brennand K. et al., 2015; Lee I. S. et al., 2015; Marchetto M. C. et al., 2011). As such, it seems that multiple underlying etiologies can lead to similar dysregulated cellular phenotypes that can contribute to a variety of neurodevelopmental disorders. On a more global level, there are only a few different cellular functions a developing neuron can undergo, and these include processes such as proliferation, survival, migration, and differentiation. Thus, to understand neurodevelopmental disorders, it is important to study the more “crude” or “global” cellular functions occurring during neurodevelopment to determine whether they are disrupted in disorders such as ASD. In our studies we find that there are indeed dysregulations in many of these basic developmental processes, indicating that the typical steps that occur for normal brain cytoarchitecture may be disrupted in ASD. To understand why, we then further utilized molecular studies to “zoom” in on potential mechanisms which implicated common dysregulation in mTOR signaling as one driver for these common cellular phenotypes. As suggested, we did complete WGS on all the I-ASD individuals and did not see any overlapping genetic variants between the three I-ASD individuals as mentioned in our manuscript. The genetic data was published in a larger manuscript incorporating the data (Zhou A. et al., 2023). However, there were variants that were unique to each I-ASD individual which were not seen in their unaffected family members, and it is possible these variants could be contributing to the I-ASD phenotypes. We also utilized IPA to conduct pathway analysis on the WGS data utilizing the same approach we did in analysis of p- proteome and proteome data. From WGS data, we selected high read-quality variants that were found only in I-ASD individuals and had a functional impact on protein (ie excluding synonymous variants). The enriched pathways obtained from this data were strikingly different from the pathways we found in the p-proteome analysis and are now included in supplemental Figure 6 in the manuscript. Briefly, the top 5 enriched pathways were: O-linked glycosylation, MHC class 1 signaling, Interleukin signaling, Antigen presentation, and regulation of transcription.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      1) I found that interpreting how differential EF sensitivity is connected to the rest of the story difficult at times. First, it is unclear why these extracellular factors were picked. These are seemingly different in nature (a neuropeptide, a growth factor and a neuromodulator) targeting largely different pathways. This limits the interpretation of the ASD subtype-specific rescue results. One way of reframing that could help is that these are pro-migratory factors instead of EFs broadly defined that fail to promote migration in I-ASD lines due to a shared malfunctioning of the intracellular migration machinery or cell-cell interactions (possibly through tight junction signaling, Fig S2A). Yet, this doesn't explain the migration/neurite phenotypes in 16p11 lines where EF sensitivity is not altered, overall implying that divergent EF sensitivity independent of underlying mTOR state. What is the proposed model that connects all three findings (divergent EF sensitivity based on ASD subtypes, 2 mTOR classes, convergent cellular phenotypes)?

      We thank you for the kind assessment of our manuscript and for the thought-provoking questions posed. In terms of extracellular factors, for our study, we defined extracellular factor as any growth factor, amino acid, neurotransmitter, or neuropeptide found in the extracellular environment of the developing cells. The EFs utilized were selected due to their well-established role in regulation of early neurodevelopmental phenotypes, their expression during the “critical window” of mid-fetal development (as determined by Allan Brain Atlas), and in the case of 5-HT, its association with ASD (Abdulamir H. A. et al., 2018; Adamsen D. et al., 2014; Bonnin A. et al., 2011; Bonnin A. et al., 2007; Chen X. et al., 2015; El Marroun H. et al., 2014; Hammock E. et al., 2012; Yang C. J. et al., 2014; Dicicco-Bloom E. et al., 1998; Lu N. et al., 1998; Suh J. et al., 2001; Watanabe J. et al., 2016; Gilmore J. H. et al., 2003; Maisonpierre P. C. et al., 1990; Dincel N. et al., 2013; Levi- Montalcini R., 1987). Lastly, prior experiments in our lab with a mouse model of neurodevelopmental disorders, had shown atypical responses to EFs (IGF-1, FGF, PACAP). As such, when we first chose to use EFs in human NPCs we wanted to know 1) whether human NPCs even responded to these EFs, 2) whether EFs regulated neurite outgrowth and migration and 3) would there be a differential response in NPCs derived from those with ASD. Our studies were initiated on the I-ASD cohort and given the heterogeneity of ASD we had hypothesized we would get “personalized” neurite and migration phenotypes. Due to this reason, we also wanted to select multiple types of EFs that worked on different signaling pathways. Ultimately, instead of personalized phenotypes we found that all the I-ASD NPCs did not respond to any of the EFs tested whereas the 16p11.2 deletion NPCS did – this was therefore the only difference we found between these two “forms” of ASD. As noted, in I-ASD the lack of response to EFs can be ameliorated by modulating mTOR. However, in the 16p11.2 deletion, despite similar mTOR dysregulation as seen in I-ASD, there is no EF impairment. We do not have a cohesive model to explain why the 16pDel individuals differ from the I-ASD model other than to point to the p- proteomes which do show that the 16pDel NPCs are distinct from the I-ASD NPCs. It seems that mTOR alteration can contribute to impaired EF responsiveness in some NPCs but perhaps there is an additional defect that needs to be present in order for this defect to manifest, or that 16p11.2 deletion NPCs have specific compensatory features. For example, as noted in the thoughtful comment, the p-proteome canonical pathway analysis shows tight junction malfunction in I-ASD which is not present in the 16pDel NPCs and it could be the combination of mTOR dysregulation + dysregulated tight junction signaling that has led to lack of response to EFs in I-ASD. Regardless, we do not think the differences between two genetically distinct ASDs diminish the convergent mTOR results we have uncovered. That is, regardless of whatever defects are present in the ASD NPCs, we are able to rescue it with mTOR modulation which has fascinating implications for treatment and conceptualization for ASD. Lastly, we see our EF studies as an important inclusion as it shows that in some subtypes of ASD, lack of response to appropriate EFs could be contributing to neurodevelopmental abnormalities. Moreover, lack of response to these EFs could have implications for treatment of individuals with ASD (for example, SSRI are commonly used to treat co-morbid conditions in ASD but if an individual is unresponsive to 5- HT, perhaps this treatment is less effective). We have edited the manuscript to include an additional discussion section to address the EFs more thoroughly and have included a few extra sentences in the introduction as well!

      2) A similar bidirectional migration phenotype has been described in hiSPC-derived human cortical interneurons generated from individuals with Timothy Syndrome (Birey et al 2022, Cell Stem Cell). Here, authors show that the intracellular calcium influx that is excessive in Timothy Syndrome or pharmacologically dampened in controls results in similar migration phenotypes. Authors can consider referring to this report in support of the idea that bimodal perturbations of cardinal signaling pathways can converge upon common cellular migration deficits.

      We thank you for pointing out the similar migration phenotype in the Timothy Syndrome paper and have now cited it in our manuscript. We have also expanded on the concept of “too much or too little” of a particular signaling mechanism leading to common outcomes.

      3) Given that authors have access to 8 I-ASD hiPSC lines, it'd very informative to assay the mTOR state (e.g. pS6 westerns) in NPCs derived from all 8 lines instead of the 3 presented, even without assessing any additional cellular phenotypes, which authors have shown to be robust and consistent. This can help the readers better get a sense of the proportion of high mTOR vs low- mTOR classes in a larger cohort.

      We have already addressed this in response to reviewer 1 and the essential revisions section, providing our reasoning for not expanding the study to all 8 I-ASD individuals.

      4) Does the mTOR modulation rescue EF-specific responses to migration as well (Figure 7)

      We did not conduct sufficient replicates of the rescue EF specific responses to migration due to the time consuming and resource intensive nature of the neurosphere experiments. Unlike the neurite experiments, the neurosphere experiments require significantly more cells, more time, selection of neurospheres based on a size criterion, and then manual trace measurements. We did one experiment in Family-1 where we utilized MK-2206 to abolish the response of Sib NPCs to PACAP. Likewise, adding SC-79 to I-ASD-1 neurospheres allowed for response to PACAP.

      Author response image 1.

      Author response image 2.

      Reviewer #3: Public Review

      We appreciate the kind, detailed and very thorough review you provided for us!

      The results on the mTOR signaling pathway as a point of convergence in these particular ASD subtypes is interesting, but the discussion should address that this has been demonstrated for other autism syndromes, and in the present manuscript, there should be some recognition that other signaling pathways are also implicated as common factors between the ASD subtypes.

      With regards to the mTOR pathway, we had included the other ASD syndromes in which mTOR dysregulation has been seen including tuberous sclerosis, Cowden Syndrome, NF-1, as well as Fragile-X, Angelman, Rett and Phelan McDermid in the final paragraph of the discussion section “mTOR Signaling as a Point of Convergence in ASD”. We have now expanded our discussion to include that other signaling pathways such as MAPK, cyclins, WNT, and reelin which have also been implicated as common factors between the ASD subtypes.

      The conclusions of this paper are mostly well supported by data, but for the cell migration assay, it is not clear if the authors control for initial differences in the inner cell mass area of the neurospheres in control vs ASD samples, which would affect the measurement of migration.

      Thank you for this thoughtful comment! When we first started our migration data, inner cell mass size was indeed a major concern for which we controlled in our methods. First, when plating the neurospheres, we would only collect spheres when a majority of spheres were approximately a diameter of 100 um. Very large spheres often could not be imaged due to being out of focus and very small spheres would often disperse when plated. Thus, there were some constraints to the variability of inner cell mass size.

      Furthermore, when we initially collected data, we conducted a proof of principal test to see if initial inner cell mass area (henceforth referred to as initial sphere size or ISS) influenced migration data. To do so, we obtained migration and ISS data from each diagnosis (Sib, NIH, I-ASD, 16pASD). Then we utilized R studio to see if there is a relationship between Migration and ISS in each diagnosis category using the equation (lm(Migration~ISS, data=bydiagnosis). In this equation, lm indicates linear modeling and (~) is a term used to ascertain the relationship between Migration and ISS and the term data=bydiagnosis allows the data to be organized by diagnosis

      The results were expressed as R-squared values indicating the correlation between ISS and Migration for each diagnosis and the p-value showing statistical significance for each comparison. As shown in Author response table 1, for each data set, there is minimal correlation between Migration and ISS in each data set. Moreover, there are no statistically significant relationships between Migration and ISS indicating that initial sphere size DOES NOT influence migration data in any of our data-sets.

      Author response table 1.

      Lastly, utilizing R, we modeled what predicted migration would be like for Sib, NIH, I-ASD, and 16pASD if we accounted for ISS in each group. Raw migration data was then plotted against the predicted data as in Author response image 3.

      Author response image 3.

      As shown in the graph, there are no statistical differences between the raw migration data (the data that we actually measured in the dish) and the modeled data in which ISS is accounted for as a variable. As such, we chose not to normalize to or account for ISS in our other experiments. We have now included the above R studio analyses in our supplemental figures (Figure S1) as well.

      Also, in Fig 5 and 6, panels I and J omit the effects of drug on mTOR phosphorylation as shown for other conditions.

      Both SC-79 and MK2206 were selected in our experiments after thorough analysis of their effects on human epithelial cells and other cultured cells (citations in manuscript). However, initially, we did not know whether either of these drugs would modulate the mTOR pathway in human NPCs, thus, in Figures 5A,5D, 6A and 6D we chose to focus on two of our data-sets to establish the effect of these drugs in human NPCs. Our experiments in Family-1 and Family-2 showed us that SC-79 increases PS6 in human NPCs while MK-2206 downregulates it. Once this was established, we knew the drugs would have similar effects in the NPCs from the other families. Thus, we only conducted a proof of principle test to confirm the drug does indeed have the intended effect in I-ASD-3 and 16pDel. We have included these proof of principle westerns in Figure 5I, 5K, 6I and 6K to show that the effects of these drugs are reproducible across all our NPC lines. We did not include quantification since the data is only from our single proof of principle western.

    1. Author response

      eLife assessment

      Using a genetically controlled experimental setting, the authors find that the lack of Polycomb-dependent epigenetic programming in the oocyte and early embryo influences the developmental trajectory through gestation in the mouse. By showing a two-phase outcome of early growth restriction followed by enhancement, the authors address previous inconsistencies in the field. However, the link with placenta function and gene misregulation is not yet fully supported.

      We thank the Reviewers for their constructive comments. In response we have added significantly more data to the study and substantially rewritten the manuscript. New data include analyses of glucose, amino acid and metabolite levels in fetal and maternal blood samples, more highly resolved fetal growth analyses, a more detailed study of the hyperplastic placenta including IF analyses of labyrinth area, labyrinth to placenta and capillary to labyrinth ratios. We have also added analyses of placental DNA methylation state in offspring from oocytes lacking EED, which reveals a range of DNA methylation changes at imprinted and non-imprinted genes in HET-hom offspring compared to HET-het or WT-wt controls.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Oberin, Petautschnig et. al investigated the developmental phenotypes that resulted from oocyte-specific loss of the EED (Embryonic Ectoderm Development) gene - a core component of the Polycomb repressive complex 2 (PRC2), which possess histone methyltransferase activity and catalyses trimethylation of histone H3 at lysine 27 (H3K27). The PRC2 complex plays essential roles in regulating chromatin structure, being an important regulator of cellular differentiation and development during embryogenesis. As novel findings, the authors find that PRC2-dependent programming in the oocyte, via loss of the core component EE2, causes placental hyperplasia and propose that the increase of placental transplacental flux of nutrients leads to fetal and postnatal overgrowth. At the mechanistic level, they show altered expression of genes previously implicated in placental hyperplasia phenotypes. They also establish interesting parallelism with the placental hyperplasia phenotype that is frequently observed in cloned mice.

      Strengths:

      The mouse breeding experiments are very well designed and are powerful to exclude potential confounding genetic effects on the developmental phenotypes that resulted from the loss of EED in oocytes. Another major strength is the developmental profiling across gestation, from pre-implantation to late gestation.

      Weaknesses:

      The evidence for 'oocyte' programming is restricted to phenotypic and gene expression analysis, without measurements of epigenetic dysregulation. It would be an added value if the authors could show evidence for altered H3K27me3 or DNA methylation in the placenta, for example.

      In an earlier previous study we identified a large number of developmentally important genes that accumulated H3K27me3 in primary-secondary stage growing oocytes and were repressed by EED (Jarred et al., 2022 Clinical Epigenetics). However, H3K27me3 was removed from all from these genes during preimplantation development, indicating that maternal inheritance of H3K27me3 at a wide range of genes is unlikely (Jarred et al., 2022 Clinical Epigenetics). Consistent with this only a small number of genes, including Slc38a4 and C2MC, have been shown to be functionally important in H3K27me3-dependent imprinting (Matoba et al., 2022 Genes and Development). Moreover, a related study showed that deletion of Setd2 and consequent loss of H3K36me3 in oocytes led to spreading of H3K27me3 into regions that were otherwise marked by H3K36me3 and DNA methylation (Xu et al. 2019 Nature Genetics 51:844–56). Based on these studies, we proposed that loss of EED and H3K27me3 may result in the ectopic spreading of H3K36me3 and DNA methylation in oocytes and that altered DNA methylation may then be transmitted to offspring and affect developmental outcomes (Jarred et al., 2022 Clinical Epigenetics)

      Given this hypothesis we analysed DNA methylation rather than H3K27me3 in the placenta of WT-wt, HET- het and HET-hom offspring. This revealed differentially methylated regions (DMRs) in HET-hom placentas at two H3K27me3 imprinted genes Sfmbt2 (C2MC) and Mbnl2, five classically imprinted genes and at 74 DMRs not associated with imprinted loci. Together, our data supports the hypothesis from Jarred et al., 2022 Clinical Epigenetics that loss of EED in oocytes results in altered DNA methylation patterning at both imprinted and non-imprinted genes in offspring and that this is likely to affect offspring growth and development. However, whether these changes result from direct alteration of DNA methylation in oocytes remains unclear.

      These new data are now included in results (Lines 387-409), Figure 6I, Supplementary File H-J and Discussion Lines 569-581.

      Reviewer Comment 1. The claim that placental hyperplasia drives offspring catch-up growth is not supported by current experimental data. The authors do not address if transplacental flux is increased in the hyperplastic placentae, measure amino acids and glucose in fetal/maternal plasma, or perform tetraploid rescue experiments to ascertain the contribution of the placenta to growth phenotypes. Furthermore, it is unclear, from the current data, if the surface area for nutrient transport is actually increased in the hyperplastic placenta and the extent to which other cell populations (i.e. spongiotrophoblasts) are affected in addition to glycogen cells. In addition, one of the supporting conclusions that the placenta is a key contributor to fetal overgrowth is based on a very crude measurement - placenta efficiency - which the authors claim is increased in the homozygous mutants compared to controls. After analysing the data carefully, I find evidence for decreased placental efficiency instead. I believe that the authors mistakenly present the data as placenta to fetal weight ratios, which led to the misinterpretation of the 'efficiency' concept.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out our error in the placental efficiency data and we have now corrected the placental efficiency graphs (fetal/placental weight ratios) and updated the text throughout the manuscript as required (Figure 3I-K). As requested and described below, we have also added significantly more data, which support the conclusion that placental function is not enhanced in HET-hom mice and is unlikely to support fetal growth recovery.

      The new data and analyses we have added include:

      1. Further analyses of glycogen-enriched and non-glycogen-enriched cell counts in the decidua and junctional zones (Figure 4F-J)

      2. Total glycogen cell counts for male and female placentas (Figure 4 – figure supplement 1F)

      3. New analyses of fetal blood glucose levels at E17.5 and E18.5 and matching data from the mothers of each litter (Figure 4M)

      4. New analyses of the circulating amino acid levels and metabolites in fetal blood of E17.5 offspring and matching data from the mothers of each litter (Figure 8)

      5. New IF analyses of CD31 (PECAM-1) and combined this with machine learning assisted quantitative analyses of labyrinth and capillary areas using HALO (Figure 5)

      6. Separated male and female offspring and placental weights at E14.5 and E17.5 and total areas of the placenta, decidua, junctional zone and labyrinth (Figure 3 – figure supplement 1) which provide more insight into potential sex-specific differences in HET-hom offspring and placenta

      We have significantly re-written the results and discussion to reflect our new data and interpretation.

      While we did not assess transplacental flux, our new data revealed: 1. HET-hom fetuses had lower blood glucose levels at E18.5; 2. Circulating levels of amino acids and a wide range of metabolites did not differ between HET-hom and control offspring, or between the mothers of these offspring; 3. HET-hom placentas had lower total labyrinth area, labyrinth/placenta and capillary/labyrinth ratios based on analysis of total capillary and labyrinth areas, indicating that the surface area for nutrient transfer is not increased

      Together these data strongly indicate that hyperplastic HET-hom placentas do not provide greater support to HET-hom fetuses than controls, and that increased placental function in HET-hom offspring is unlikely to explain the late gestation fetal growth recovery we observed in HET-hom offspring or how HET-hom offspring were able to attain normal weights by birth.

      While we have not directly counted the spongiotrophoblast populations, we have now included analyses of both the glycogen-enriched and non-glycogen cell populations in the junctional zone and the decidua (Figure 4H-K). This revealed an increased area of both glycogen-enriched and non-glycogen cells in the junctional zone and in the decidua of HET-hom placentas, consistent with the greater junctional zone/placenta ratio observed in HET-hom placentas (Figure 4D). Together with data in Figure 4C-F and Supp. Fig. 3, our observations demonstrate that the overall decidua and junctional zone areas were increased in HET-hom offspring, but there was a disproportionate expansion of the junctional zone that was caused by increased areas of both glycogen and non-glycogen-enriched cells.

      Tetraploid rescue experiments would require a very significant amount of time and investment and are technically very demanding. While creation of complementary tetraploid offspring would be informative, unfortunately these experiments are beyond the scope of this current study.

      Reviewer Comment 1 cont. The authors do not mention alternative explanations for the observed fetal catch-up and postnatal overgrowth. Why would oocyte epigenetic programming effects be restricted to the placenta, and not include fetal organs?

      Our intention was certainly not to convey a message that effects may be placenta specific. Indeed, our ongoing work beyond the scope of this study provides evidence for effects in other tissues (brain and bones) that will be published elsewhere. Our new data clearly show low placental efficiency, fetal blood glucose, low capillary/labyrinth ratio and no impact on circulating fetal amino acid or metabolite levels in HET-hom offspring. In light of these new data, we have reinterpreted the findings of this study and substantially updated the discussion.

      Given our observations that fetal growth rate markedly increased during late gestation, but placental efficiency was reduced, our data strongly indicate that the effects of altered epigenetic oocyte programming due to loss of Eed affect both the placenta and the fetus. While our findings are significant, the precise mechanism underlying this growth response in HET-hom fetuses remains unknown. Understanding this mechanism will require substantially more work that will be the subject of future studies.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Consistent fetal growth trajectories are vital for survival and later life health. The authors utilise an elegant and novel animal model to tease apart the role of Eed protein in the female germline from the role of somatic Eed. The authors were able to experimentally attribute placental overgrowth - particularly of the endocrine region of the placenta - to the function of Eed protein in the oocyte. Loss of Eed protein in the oocyte was also associated with dynamic changes in fetal growth and prolonged gestation. It was not determined whether the reported catch-up growth apparent on the day of birth was due to enhanced fetal growth very late in gestation, a longer gestational time ie the P0 pups are effectively one day "older" compared to the controls, or the pups catching up after birth when consuming maternal milk.

      To understand if increased growth occurred in HET-hom fetuses prior to birth, we have now included analyses of offspring weight at E18.5 (Figure 2F), all pups collected with a verified E19.5 birth date (Figure 2J) and for pups from similar litter sizes (5-7 pups) at E19.5 (Figure 2K). Together with our existing data, these additional analyses provide average weights for fetuses at E14.5, E17.5, E18.5 and pups born on E19.5. This confirmed that HET-hom offspring undergo enhanced growth in the last few days of pregnancy, resulting in the progression of substantially growth and developmentally restricted HET-hom fetuses at E14.5, to pups with normal weight at birth within the 40% of pregnancies that were born on E19.5 in a normal gestational time.

      However, in addition, gestational length was increased by one to two days in 60% of pregnancies from hom oocytes, but not in control pregnancies from het or wt oocytes. As average weights were significantly greater in all surviving HET-hom offspring at P0 (i.e. surviving pups born on E19.5-E21.5; Figure 2G), it appears that this additional gestational time contributed to the offspring overgrowth. This is logical, however it does not explain how growth and developmentally delayed fetuses at E14.5 attained normal weight and developmental stage by E19.5 (Figure 2J-K).

      Together our data clearly show that HET-hom offspring undergo enhanced growth during the late stages of pregnancy, allowing them to resolve the developmental delay and growth insufficiency observed at E14.5 so that they were born at normal weight and stage at E19.5. In addition, increased gestational time contributes to weight of pups delivered on E20.5 or 21.5, partly explaining the overgrowth phenotype observed in this model.

      The idea that increased milk consumption may explain the overgrowth of HET-hom offspring is interesting. It is possible that the increased growth rate of HET-hom offspring continues after birth and contributes to overgrowth. However, examining this outcome in a tightly controlled manner is complicated given that we cannot predict the day of birth of HET-hom litters, and that these litters are generally small and would need to be fostered on the day of birth alongside control litters. Given these challenges and that our primary observation is that HET-hom offspring underwent fetal growth recovery during pregnancies of normal length and via extension of gestational length, we have not examined the possibility of increased milk consumption after birth.

      We have updated the results to reflect the new analyses and have provided relevant discussion to address these data. Our description of these data can be found in Results (lines 165-197) and in Figure 2.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      My understanding of the main claims of the paper, and how they are justified by the data are discussed below:

      Overall, loss of PRC2 function in the developing oocyte and early embryo causes:

      1) Growth restriction from at least the blastocyst stage with low cell counts and midgestational developmental delay.

      Strengths:

      • Live embryo imaging added an important dimension to this study. The authors were able to confirm an unquantified finding from a previous lab (reduced time to 2-cell stage in oocyte-deletion Eed offspring, Inoue 2018, PMID: 30463900) as well as identify developmental delay and mortality at the blastocyst- hatching transition.

      • For the weight and morphological analysis the authors are careful to provide isogenic controls for most of the experiments presented. This means that any phenotypes can be attributed to the oocyte genotype rather than any confounding effects of maternal or paternal genotype.

      • Overall, there is good evidence that oocyte deletion of Eed results in early embryonic growth restriction, consistent with previous observations (Inoue 2018, PMID: 30463900).

      Reviewer 3, Comment 1: Weaknesses: Gaps in the reporting of specific features of the methodology make it difficult to interpret/understand some of the results.

      While we are unsure exactly which methods Reviewer 3 would like expanded, we have updated parts that we thought required further detail and allow more informed interpretation of the results. These include methods for placental histology (Lines 650-669) and immuno- histochemistry (Lines 671-690), and new methods for CD31 immunofluorescence (Lines 692-714), glucose and metabolomics (Lines 752-769) and DNA methylation (RRBS; Lines 734-750) analyses.

      To clarify the approach taken for histology, immunohistochemical and immunofluorescent staining, sections were cut in compound series from the centre of each placenta, ensuring that we collected representative data for each sample. QuPath was used to quantify the decidual and junctional zone areas in one complete, fully intact midline section for each placenta as close to the midline as possible. This provided data from 10 placentas for each genotype. In addition, glycogen-enriched and non-glycogen-enriched cells were identified and quantified using machine learning assisted QuPath analyses of the whole placenta, decidua and junctional zone regions. We have also added quantitative analyses of the labyrinth and labyrinth capillary network using immunofluorescent CD31 staining and machine learning assisted HALO software. This new analysis of placental morphology is included in the methods section.

      Moreover, as there were no sex-specific differences in placental morphology or weight, we combined the samples from both sexes to provide greater numbers for analysis in each genotype. For example, as described for the analyses of labyrinth and capillaries using CD31 IF, 4 placentas of each sex were used for data collection. This provided data from a total of 8 placentas (4 male and 4 female) for each genotype from a total of 17 WT-wt (9 male and 8 female), 21 HET-het (9 male and 12 female) and 24 HET-hom (16 male and 8 female) sections (2-3 sections/placenta).

      Reviewer 3, Comment 2: Placental hyperplasia with disproportionate overgrowth of the junctional trophoblast especially the glycogen trophoblast (GlyT) cells.

      Strengths: • The authors provide a comprehensive description of how placental and embryo weight is affected by the oocyte-Eed deletion through mid-to-late gestation development. The case for placentomegaly is clear.

      Weaknesses:

      • The placental efficiency data presented in Figure 3G-I is incorrect. Placental efficiency is calculated as embryo mass/placental mass, and it increases over the late gestation period. For e14.5 for example (Fig3G), WT-wt embryo mass = ~0.3g, placenta mass = 0.11g (from Fig 3D) = placental efficiency 2.7; HET-hom = 0.25/0.12 = 2.1. The paper gives values: WT-wt 0.5, HET-hom 0.7. Have the authors perhaps divided placenta weight by embryo mass? This would explain why the E17.5 efficiencies are so low (WT-wt 0.11 rather than a more usual figure of 8.88. If this is the case then the authors' conclusion that placental efficiency is improved by oocyte deletion of Eed is wrong - in fact, placental efficiency is severely compromised.

      The authors have performed cell type counting on histological sections obtained from placentas to discover which cells are contributing to the placentomegaly. This data is presented as %cell type area in the main figure, though the untransformed cross-sectional area for each cell type is shown in the supplementary data. This presentation of the data, as well as the description of it, is misleading because, while it emphasises the proportional increase in the endocrine compartment of the placenta it downplays the fact that the exchange area of the mutant placentas is vastly expanded. This is important for two reasons.

      Firstly, the whole placenta is increased in size suggesting that the mechanism is not placental lineage- specific and instead acting on the whole organ. Secondly in relation to embryonic growth, generally speaking, genetic manipulations that modify labyrinthine volume tend to have a positive correlation with fetal mass whereas the relationship between junctional zone volume and embryonic mass is more complex (discussed in Watson PMID: 15888575, for example). The authors should reconsider how they present this data in light of the previous point.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out our error in the placental efficiency analysis and apologise for this error. We have corrected the presentation and interpretation of these data and have described this in detail in our response to Reviewer 1, Comment 1.

      As discussed in our response to Reviewer 1, Comment 1, we have added a range of analyses to determine whether placental efficiency was enhanced in HET-hom offspring. These include measuring fetal and maternal circulating glucose levels (Figure 4K), individual amino acids and an extensive range of metabolites (Figure 8) and providing CD31 immunofluorescent analyses of labyrinth area, labyrinth/placental ratio and capillary/labyrinth ratio in HET-hom and control placentas (Figure 5).

      We also added analyses of glycogen enriched and non-glycogen-enriched cell counts in the decidua and junctional zones. As suggested by Reviewer 3, both glycogen-enriched and non-enriched cell populations are significantly increased in HET-hom placentas.

      Combined, these new analyses significantly expand the study and support the conclusion that placental efficiency in HET-hom offspring was either compromised or not different from controls, depending on the analysis. We find no evidence that placental efficiency was increased in HET-hom offspring and have reworked our results and discussion sections to reflect these new data and interpretation.

      Reviewer 3, Comment 2 cont: Again, some of the methods are not clearly reported making interpretation difficult - especially how they have estimated their GlyT number.

      As outlined in our response to Reviewer 3 Comment 1, in the methods section we have added further detail of how we counted glycogen-enriched and non-enriched cells in the decidua and junctional zone regions of sections for the middle of WT-wt, WT-het, HET-het and HET-hom placentas (Lines 650-669).

      Reviewer 3, Comment 3: Perinatal embryonic/pup overgrowth.

      Strengths:

      • The overgrowth exhibited by the oocyte-Eed-deleted pups is striking and confirms the previous work by this group (Prokopuk, 2018). This is an important finding, especially in the context of understanding how PRC2-group gene mutations in humans cause overgrowth syndromes. It is also intriguing because it indicates that genetic/environmental insults in the mother that affect her gamete development can have long-term consequences on offspring physiology.

      Weaknesses:

      • Is the overgrowth intrauterine or is it caused by the increase in gestation length? The way the data is reported makes it impossible to work this out. The authors show that gestation time is consistently lengthened for mothers incubating oocyte-Eed-deleted pups by 1-2 days. In the supplementary material, the mutant embryos are not larger than WT at e19.5, the usual day of birth. Postnatal data is presented as day post-parturition. It would probably be clearer to present the embryonic and postnatal data as days post coitum. In this way, it will be obvious in which period the growth enhancement is taking place. This is information really important to determine whether the increased growth of the mutants is due to a direct effect of the intrauterine environment, or perhaps a more persistent hormonal change in the mother that can continue to promote growth beyond the gestation period.

      We have used embryonic day (E) to denote embryo and fetal age throughout the study – this is the same as using DPC (i.e. E19.5 is equivalent to 19.5 DPC). As described in the Methods “Collection of post-implantation embryos, placenta and postnatal offspring”, mice were time mated for two-four nights, with females plug checked daily. Positive plugs were noted as day E0.5.

      To make the data presentation clearer, we have shown the data for surviving HET-hom pups born on E19.5 (Figure 2J) separately from all HET-hom surviving pups born on E19.5-E21.5. (Figure 2G). As discussed in our response to Reviewer 2, we have also included growth data for pregnancies at E14.5, E17.5, E18.5 (Fig. 2C-F) and E19.5 (Figure 2J,K), as well as P0 (combined data for surviving pups born E19.5-E21.5), and P3 (combined data for surviving pups born E19.5-E21.5, Figure 2G,H).

      These data clearly show that HET-hom fetuses are substantially growth and developmentally delayed at E14.5 (Figure 2D), but HET-hom pups born on E19.5 are the same weight as WT-wt, WT-het and HET-het control pups (Figure 2J). This demonstrates that weight of HET-hom fetuses is normalised in utero between E14.5 and day of birth on E19.5.

      Importantly, as requested by Reviewer 3, we have separated average weight for all surviving pups with a day of birth of E19.5-21.5 (Figure 2G) from average weight of pups born on E19.5 only (Figure 2J). These analyses revealed that the average weight of surviving pups born between E19.5-21.5 was significantly higher than for controls (Figure 2G), but the average weight of pups born on E19.5 only was not. It is therefore clear that extended gestation also contributed to increased HET-hom pup birth weight. We have updated these additional analyses in Results (Lines 165-197) and Figure 2

      As revealed in Figure 2H, it is also possible/likely that growth of HET-hom pups during the three days post- partum may have contributed to the offspring overgrowth we observed in this and our previous study (Prokopuk et al., 2018 Clinical Epigenetics). However, we cannot determine whether there is a contribution from a persistent maternal hormonal change that promotes post-natal offspring growth or whether there is an innate growth benefit in HET-hom pups. As this is very difficult to dissect, separating these possibilities is beyond the scope of our study.

      Reviewer 3, Comment 4: "fetal growth restriction followed by placental hyperplasia, .. drives catch-up growth that ultimately results in perinatal offspring overgrowth".

      Here the authors try to link their observations, suggesting that i) the increased perinatal growth rate is a consequence of placentomegaly, and ii) the placentomegaly/increased fetal growth is an adaptive consequence of the early growth restriction. This is an interesting idea and suggests that there is a degree of developmental plasticity that is operating to repair the early consequences of transient loss of Eed function.

      Strengths:

      • Discrepancies between earlier studies are reconciled. Here the authors show that in oocyte-Eed-deleted embryos growth is initially restricted and then the growth rate increases in late gestation with increased perinatal mass.

      Weaknesses:

      • Regarding the dependence of fetal growth increase on placental size increase, this link is far from clear since placental efficiency is in fact decreased in the mutants (see above).

      • "Catch-up growth" suggests that a higher growth rate is driven by an earlier growth restriction in order to restore homeostasis. There is no direct evidence for such a mechanism here. The loss of Eed expression in the oocyte and early embryo could have an independent impact on more than one phase of development.

      Firstly, there is growth restriction in the early phase of cell divisions. Potentially this could be due to depression of genes that restrain cell division on autosomes, or suppression of X-linked gene expression (as has been previously reported, Inoue, 2018 PMID: 30463900). The placentomegaly is explained by the misregulation of non-canonically imprinted genes, as the authors report (and in agreement with other studies, e.g. Inoue, 2020. PMID: 32358519).

      • Explaining the perinatal phase of growth enhancement is more difficult. I think it is unlikely to be due to placentomegaly. Multiple studies have shown that placentomegaly following somatic cell nuclear transfer (SCNT) is caused by non-canonically imprinted genes, and can be rescued by reducing their expression dosage. However, SCNT causes placentomegaly with normal or reduced embryonic mass (for example -Xie 2022, PMID: 35196486), not growth enhancement. Moreover, since (to my knowledge) single loss of imprinting models of non-canonically imprinted genes do not exist, it is not possible to understand if their increased expression dosage can drive perinatal overgrowth, and if this is preceded by growth restriction and thus constitutes 'catch up growth'.

      Reviewer 3 is correct in their assessment that placental efficiency was decreased in HET- hom offspring and we have corrected the placental efficiency analysis based on fetal/placental weight ratios (discussed in detail in our response to Reviewer 1 Comment 1). We have added substantially more data (glucose, amino acids, metabolites, labyrinth capillary area and density). These data support the conclusion that a placentally driven advantage for HET-hom fetal growth is unlikely, despite our observation that HET- hom fetuses are developmental delayed and underweight at E14.5, but are born at normal weight after a normal gestational length (19.5 days) (discussed in our responses to Reviewer 3, Comment 3 and Reviewer 2).

      This demonstrates that HET-hom fetuses are able to attain normal birth weight despite being initially growth restricted state at E14.5, and that this occurs despite low placental function. Moreover, as we compared isogenic offspring with heterozygous loss of Eed (Het-het compared to HET-hom offspring) the outcomes we observed in HET-hom offspring originate from loss of EED in the growing oocyte or loss of maternal EED in the zygote strongly suggesting that a non-genetic mechanism is involved.

      As pointed out by Reviewer 3, the initial developmental delay in HET-hom offspring may be due to increased expression of genes that regulate cell proliferation – this could clearly explain the lower number of cells we observed in the ICM and the growth delay at later stages of embryonic and fetal development. Another possibility is that maternal PRC2 provided by the oocyte promotes cell divisions in preimplantation embryos We have discussed these possibilities on Lines 467-476.

      In addition, Matoba et al 2022 demonstrated that deletion of maternal Xist together with Eed was able to rescue male-biased lethality in offspring from oocytes lacking Eed, revealing a clear role for X-linked genes in this phenotype (Matoba et al 2022, Genes and Development). However, deletion of maternal Xist did not properly normalise survival offspring from Eed null oocytes (i.e. Eed/Xist double maternal null litters were smaller than litters derived from wild type oocytes) strongly suggesting other mechanisms provide the capacity for HET-hom offspring to attain normal weight at birth. We have added further discussion of the Matoba study in the context of our study on of the Discussion (Lines 544-555)

      Finally, with respect to the outcomes for SCNT derived offspring, we extracted SCNT fetal growth and placental weight data from the supplementary data included in Matoba et al., 2018 Cell Stem Cell. 2018;23(3):343-54.e5 and compared it with data collected in our study (Figure 7). This analysis revealed that the weights of placentas and fetuses of offspring derived via SCNT were very similar to the HET-hom offpsring in our study and we have discussed the similarities and potential differences between HET-hom and SCNT offspring in the Discussion (Lines 478-500).

      As pointed out by Reviewer 3, deletion of maternal non-canonically imprinted genes partially or fully rescued the placental hyperplasia phenotype in both SCNT derived and offspring from oocyte lacking EED. However, as we have discussed, the mechanisms underlying other aspects of the offspring phenotype, such as fetal growth recovery of HET-hom offspring observed in our study, remain unknown. Moreover, the comparison we provide in Figure 7 strongly indicates that HET-hom and SCNT fetuses are similarly delayed at E14.5 and undergo similar fetal growth recovery before birth, but the mechanism also remains unknown. Together, it appears that offspring derived from either Eed-null oocytes or by SCNT have an innate ability to remediate fetal growth restriction during the late stages of pregnancy without a requirement to correct maternally inherited impacts mediated by Xist or H3K27me3-dependent imprinting.

    1. Author response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The main contribution appears to be related to functional specialization. I suggest clarifying the major novelty of the present report and to focus the introduction on it.

      We thank this reviewer for this suggestion. We have revised the introduction to emphasize the functional specialization question. The changes are extensive; we have included a tracked-changes version of the manuscript to make these edits easy to see.

      There is a growing literature on fluctuating neural firing patterns that is not considered in this report. The scholarship appears a bit impoverished with only 19 references, many of which point to work from this group of collaborators. I suggest that the authors consider the present work in the context of the wider literature more scholarly, even if not all the relations of these different lines of work can be conclusively connected at this point. For a few examples, there is work by Kienitz and colleagues on fluctuating neural patterns in V4 evoked by competing grating stimuli. Also, the work by Engel, Moore, and colleagues on 'on' and 'off' states in the context of selective attention seems relevant, or the work by Fiebelkorn and Kastner on rhythmic perception and attention.

      We agree completely with this suggestion! We have reworded the introduction to be more inclusive of other research in this area (especially Kienitz and colleagues – exciting work that we are pleased to have had brought to our attention) and we have added about 500 words in the Discussion to cover the work on on/off states (Engel et al.), rhythmic perception (Fiebelkorn & Kastner and others), and attention more generally (e.g., Triesman & Gelade’s work on serial sampling). We are particularly pleased to add these sections because these topics are very much on our minds – we have a commentary piece under review elsewhere in which we evaluate these synergistic lines of approach in a more complete fashion. In total, we’ve added about 15 additional references.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The description of the results would benefit from a better explanation of how low spike counts may influence the outcome of the analysis. Due to a smoothing procedure used for visualization, the spike counts for the paired stimuli (AB, black lines) shown in Figure 3a-b and Figure 4a-d go below 0. However, the actual spike count on a trial can not go below 0. The symmetric smoothing procedure may hide an underlying skewed distribution of spike counts that can only be positive. The statistical analysis is not performed on the smoothed distribution but on the actual spike counts, and the validity of the result is therefore not in question. However, the paper would benefit from 1) visualization of the unsmoothed trial counts, and 2) an explanation of how assumptions of symmetric/skewed distributions may affect the outcome.

      We thank the reviewers for noting this and making these suggestions. We now include unsmoothed raw spike counts in all the example figures (Figure 3a-b and Figure 4a-d). With regard to the symmetric/skewed distributions and the analysis methods, a Poisson distribution will be skewed at low rates and become more symmetric at higher rates, so this is already incorporated into the analysis. Indeed, the utility of Poisson distributions for fitting non-negative data is one of the reasons these distributions are so commonly used in neuroscience. We now make this point explicitly at the beginning of Methods/Data analysis: “Our method centers on modeling spike counts based on Poisson distributions, a common technique for handling non-negative count data in neuroscience and other fields.” With this edit as well as the revised example figures now making clear that no spike counts are below zero, we are optimistic that readers will better understand the analysis method and how the shape of response distributions are incorporated into it.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their helpful comments, which have allowed us to improve the manuscript.

      Response to reviewer 2

      We thank the reviewer for this positive feedback, which requires no further revision.

      Response to reviewer 3

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting these additional points and provide further explanations on these below.

      Firstly, we started the analysis from a baseline of year 2000 because the largest international donor (the Global Fund) uses baseline malaria levels in the period 2000-2004 as the basis of their current allocation calculations (The Global Fund, Description of the 2020-2022 Allocation Methodology, December 2019). In the paper we compare our optimal strategy to a simplified version of this method, represented by our “proportional allocation” strategy.

      Even if our simulations started in the year 2015, a direct comparison with the Global Technical Strategy for Malaria 2016-2030 would not be possible due to the different approaches taken. The GTS was developed to progress towards malaria elimination globally and set ambitious targets of at least 90% reduction in malaria case incidence and mortality rates and malaria elimination in at least 35 countries by 2030 compared to 2015. Mathematical modelling at the time suggested that 90% coverage of WHO-recommended interventions (vector control, treatment and seasonal malaria chemoprevention) would be needed to approach this target (Griffin et al. 2016, Lancet Infectious Diseases). The global annual investment requirements to meet GTS targets were estimated at US$6.4 billion by 2020 and US$8.7 billion by 2030 (Patouillard et al. 2017, BMJ Global Health). This strategy therefore considers what resources would be required to achieve a specific global target, but not the optimized allocation of resources.

      Investments into malaria control have consistently been below the estimated requirements for the GTS milestones (World Health Organization 2022, World Malaria Report 2022). In our study, we therefore take a different perspective on how limited budgets can be optimally allocated to a single intervention (insecticide-treated nets) across countries/settings to achieve the best possible outcome for two objectives that are different to the GTS milestones (either minimizing the global case burden, or minimizing both the global case burden and the number of settings not having yet reached a pre-elimination phase). As stated in the discussion, our estimate of allocating 76% of very low budgets to high-transmission settings was similar to the global investment targets estimated for the GTS, where the 20 countries with the highest burden in 2015 were estimated to require 88% of total investments (Patouillard et al. 2017, BMJ Global Health). Nevertheless, we also show that if higher budgets were available, allocating the majority to low-transmission settings co-endemic for P. falciparum and P. vivax would achieve the largest reduction in global case burden. We acknowledge the modelling of a single intervention as one of the key limitations of this analysis, but this simplification was necessary in order to perform the complex optimisation problem. Computationally it would not have been feasible to optimize across a multitude of intervention and coverage combinations.

      A further limitation raised by the reviewer is the lack of cross-species immunity between P. falciparum and P. vivax in our model. While cross-reactivity between antibodies against these two species has been observed in previous studies and the potential implications of this would be important to explore in future work, we did not include it here as little is known to date about the epidemiological interactions between different malaria parasite species (Muh et al. 2020, PLoS Neglected Tropical Diseases).

      Lastly, we did not assume that transmission was homogenous within the four transmission settings in our study (very low, low, moderate, high); transmission dynamics were simulated separately in each country, accounting for heterogeneous mosquito bite exposure. However, results were summarised for the broader transmission settings since many other country-specific factors were not accounted for (see discussion) and the findings should not be used to inform individual country allocation decisions.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Author response to peer review

      We thank the reviewers for their insightful comments, which raise several important points regarding our study. As the reviewers have recognised, we introduced a number of simplifications in order to perform this complex optimisation problem, such as by restricting the analysis to a single intervention (insecticide-treated nets) and modelling countries at a national level. Despite their clear relevance to the study, computationally it would not have been feasible to run the multitude of scenarios suggested by reviewer 1, which we recognise as a limitation. As such we agree with the assessment that this study primarily represents a thought experiment, based on substantive modelling and aggregate scenario-based analysis, to assess whether current policies are aligned with an optimal allocation strategy or whether there might be a need to consider alternative strategies. The findings are relevant primarily to global funders and should not be used to inform individual country allocation decisions, and also point to avenues for further research. This perspective also underlies our decision to start the analysis from a baseline of year 2000 as opposed to modelling the current 2023 malaria situation: the largest international donor (the Global Fund) uses baseline malaria levels in the period 2000-2004 as the basis of their allocation calculations (The Global Fund, Description of the 2020-2022 Allocation Methodology, December 2019) (1). A simplified version of this method is represented by our “proportional allocation” strategy. We have made several revisions to the manuscript to address the points raised by the reviewers, as detailed below.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      1. The authors present a back-of-the-envelope exploration of various possible resource allocation strategies for ITNs. They identify two optimal strategies based on two slightly different objective functions and compare 3 simple strategies to the outcomes of the optimal strategies and to each other. The authors consider both P falciparum and P vivax and explore this question at the country level, using 2000 prevalence estimates to stratify countries into 4 burden categories. This is a relevant question from a global funder perspective, though somewhat less relevant for individual countries since countries are not making decisions at the global scale.

      Thank you for this summary of the paper. We agree that our analysis is of relevance to global funders, but is not meant to inform individual country allocation decisions. In the discussion, we now state:

      p. 12 L19: “Therefore, policy decisions should additionally be based on analysis of country-specific contexts, and our findings are not informative for individual country allocation decisions.”

      1. The authors have made various simplifications to enable the identification of optimal strategies, so much so that I question what exactly was learned. It is not surprising that strategies that prioritize high-burden settings would avert more cases.

      Thank you for raising this point. Indeed, several simplifying assumptions were necessary to ensure the computational feasibility of this complex optimization problem. As a result, our study primarily represents a thought experiment to assess whether current policies are aligned with an optimal allocation strategy or whether there might be a need to consider alternative strategies. As now further outlined in the introduction, approaches to this have differed over time and it remains a relevant debate for malaria policy.

      p. 2 L22: “However, there remains a lack of consensus on how best to achieve this longer-term aspiration. Historically, large progress was made in eliminating malaria mainly in lower-transmission countries in temperate regions during the Global Malaria Eradication Program in the 1950s, with the global population at risk of malaria reducing from around 70% of the world population in 1950 to 50% in 2000 (2). Renewed commitment to malaria control in the early 2000s with the Roll Back Malaria initiative subsequently extended the focus to the highly endemic areas in sub-Saharan Africa (3).”

      We believe our findings not only confirm an “expected” outcome – that prioritizing high-burden settings would avert more cases – but also clearly illustrate various consequences of different allocation strategies that are implemented or considered in reality, which may not be so obvious. For example, we found that initially allocating a larger share of the budget to high-transmission countries could be both almost optimal in terms of reducing clinical cases and maximising the number of countries reaching pre-elimination. We also observed a trade-off between reducing burden and reducing the global population at risk (“shrinking the map”) through a focus on near-elimination settings, and estimate the loss in burden reduction when following an elimination target.

      1. Generally, I found much of the text confusing and some concepts were barely explained, such that the logic was difficult to follow.

      Thank you for bringing this to our attention, and we regret to hear the manuscript was confusing to read. We believe that the revisions made as a result of the reviewer comments have now made the manuscript much easier to follow. We additionally passed the manuscript to a colleague to identify confusing passages, and have added a number of sentences to clarify key concepts and improve the structure.

      1. I am not sure why the authors chose to stratify countries by 2000 PfPR estimates and in essence explore a counterfactual set of resource allocation strategies rather than begin with the present and compare strategies moving forward. I would think that beginning in 2020 and modeling forward would be far more relevant, as we can't change the past. Furthermore, there was no comparison with allocations and funding decisions that were actually made between 2000 and 2020ish so the decision to begin at 2000 is rather confusing.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have now made the rationale for this choice clearer in the manuscript. Our main reason for this was to allow comparison with the Global Fund funding allocation, which is largely based on malaria disease burden in 2000-2004. As stated in the paper, malaria prevalence estimates in the year 2000 are commonly considered to represent a “baseline” endemicity level, before large-scale implementation of interventions in the following decades. In the manuscript, the transmission-related element of the Global Fund allocation algorithm is represented in our “proportional allocation” strategy. Previously this was only mentioned in the methods, but we have now added the following in the results to address this comment of the reviewer:

      p. 6 L12: “Strategies prioritizing high- or low-transmission settings involved sequential allocation of funding to groups of countries based on their transmission intensity (from highest to lowest EIR or vice versa). The proportional allocation strategy mimics the current allocation algorithm employed by the Global Fund: budget shares are mainly distributed according to malaria disease burden in the 2000-2004 period. To allow comparison with this existing funding model, we also started allocation decisions from the year 2000.”

      The Global Fund framework additionally considers economic capacity and other specific factors, and we have now also included a direct comparison with the 2020-2022 Global Fund allocation in Supplementary Figure S12 (see Author response image 1).

      We agree that looking at allocation decisions from 2020 onward would also constitute a very interesting question. However, the high dimensionality in scenarios to consider for this would currently make it computationally infeasible to run on the global level. Not only would it have to include all interventions currently implemented and available for malaria at different levels of coverage, but also the option of scaling down existing interventions. Instead, our priority in this paper was to conduct a thought experiment including both P. falciparum and P. vivax on a large geographical scale.

      Author response image 1.

      Impact of the proportional allocation strategy and the 2020-2022 Global Fund allocation on global malaria cases (panel A) and the total population at risk of malaria (panel B) at varying budgets. Both strategies use the same algorithm for budget share allocation based on malaria disease burden in 2000-2004, but the Global Fund allocation additionally involves an economic capacity component and specific strategic priorities.

      1. I realize this is a back-of-the-envelope assessment (although it is presented to be less approximate than it is, and the title does not reveal that the only intervention strategy considered is ITNs) but the number and scope of modeling assumptions made are simply enormous. First, that modeling is done at the national scale, when transmission within countries is incredibly heterogeneous. The authors note a differential impact of ITNs at various transmission levels and I wonder how the assumption of an intermediate average PfPR vs modeling higher and lower PfPR areas separately might impact the effect of the ITNs.

      Thank you for this comment. We agree the title could be more specific and have changed this to “Resource allocation strategies for insecticide-treated bednets to achieve malaria eradication”.

      Regarding the scale of ITN allocation, it is true that allocation at a sub-national scale could affect the results. However, considering this at a national scale is most relevant for our analysis because this is the scale at which global funding allocation decisions are made in practice. A sentence explaining this has been added in the methods.

      p. 15 L8: “The analysis was conducted on the national level, since this scale also applies to funding decisions made by international donors (1).”

      Further considering different geographical scales would also require introducing other assumptions, for example about how different countries would distribute funding sub-nationally, whether specific countries would take cooperative or competitive approaches to tackle malaria within a region or in border areas, and about delays in the allocation of bednets in specific regions. These interesting questions were outside of the scope of this work, but certainly require further investigation.

      1. Second, the effect of ITNs will differ across countries due to variations in vector and human behavior and variation in insecticide resistance and susceptibility to the ITNs. The authors note this as a limitation but it is a little mind-boggling that they chose not to account for either factor since estimates are available for the historical period over which they are modeling.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We did consider this and mentioned it as a limitation. Nevertheless, the complexity of accounting for this should also be recognised; for example, there is substantial uncertainty about the precise relationship between insecticide resistance and the population-level effect of ITNs (Sherrard-Smith et al., 2022, Lancet Planetary Health) (4). Additionally, our simulations extend beyond the 2000-2023 period so further assumptions about future changes to these factors would also be required. Simplifying assumptions are inherent to all mathematical modelling studies and we consider these particular simplifications acceptable given the high-level nature of the analysis.

      1. Third, the assumption that elimination is permanent and nothing is needed to prevent resurgence is, as the authors know, a vast oversimplification. Since resources will be needed to prevent resurgence, it appears this assumption may have a substantial impact on the authors' results.

      Thank you for this comment. In the discussion, we have now expanded on this:

      p. 13 L3: “While our analysis presents allocation strategies to progress towards eradication, the results do not provide insight into allocation of funding to maintain elimination. In practice, the threat of malaria resurgence has important implications for when to scale back interventions.”

      We believe that from a global perspective, the questions of funding allocation to achieve elimination vs to maintain it can currently still be considered separately given the large time-scales involved. The cost of preventing resurgence is not known, and one major problem in accounting for this would also be to identify relevant timescales to quantify this over.

      1. The decision to group all settings with EIR > 7 together as "high transmission" may perhaps be driven by WHO definitions but at a practical level this groups together countries with EIR 10 and EIR 500. Why not further subdivide this group, which makes sense from a technical perspective when thinking about optimal allocation strategies?

      Thank you for pointing this out. The WHO categories used are better interpreted in terms of the corresponding prevalence, which places countries with a prevalence of over 35% in the high transmission categories (WHO Guidelines for malaria, 31 March 2022) (5). We felt this is appropriate given that we are looking at theoretical global allocation patterns and do not aim to make recommendations for specific groups of countries or individual countries within sub-Saharan Africa that would be distinguished through the use of higher cut-offs. In our analysis, all 25 countries in the high transmission category were located in sub-Saharan Africa.

      1. The relevance of this analysis for elimination is a little questionable since no one eliminates with ITNs alone, to the best of my understanding.

      Thank you for this comment. We indeed state in the paper that ITNs alone are not sufficient to eliminate malaria. However, we still think that our analysis is relevant for elimination by taking a more theoretical perspective on reducing transmission using interventions. Starting from the 2000 baseline (or current levels) globally, large-scale transmission reductions such as those achieved by mass ITN distribution still represent the first key step on the path to malaria eradication, as shown in previous modelling work (Griffin et al., 2016, Lancet Infectious Diseases) (6). In the final phase of elimination, the WHO also recommends the addition of more targeted and reactive interventions (WHO Guidelines for malaria, 31 March 2022) (5). Our changes to the title of the article (“Resource allocation strategies for insecticide-treated bednets to achieve malaria eradication”) should now better reflect that we consider ITNs as just one necessary component to achieve malaria eradication.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      1. Schmit et al. analyze and compare different strategies for the allocation of funding for insecticide-treated nets (ITNs) to reduce the global burden of malaria. They use previously published models of Plasmodium falciparum and Plasmodium vivax malaria transmission to quantify the effect of ITN distribution on clinical malaria numbers and the population at risk. The impact of different resource allocation strategies on the reduction of malaria cases or a combination of malaria cases and achieving pre-elimination is considered to determine the optimal strategy to allocate global resources to achieve malaria eradication.

      Strengths:

      Schmit et al. use previously published models and optimization for rigorous analysis and comparison of the global impact of different funding allocation strategies for ITN distribution. This provides evidence of the effect of three different approaches: the prioritization of high-transmission settings to reduce the disease burden, the prioritization of low-transmission settings to "shrink the malaria map", and a resource allocation proportional to the disease burden.

      Thank you for providing this summary and outline of the strengths of the paper.

      1. Weaknesses:

      The analysis and optimization which provide the evidence for the conclusions and are thus the central part of this manuscript necessitate some simplifying assumptions which may have important practical implications for the allocation of resources to reduce the malaria burden. For example, seasonality, mosquito species-specific properties, stochasticity in low transmission settings, and changing population sizes were not included. Other challenges to the reduction or elimination of malaria such as resistance of parasites and mosquitoes or the spread of different mosquito species as well as other beneficial interventions such as indoor residual spraying, seasonal malaria chemoprevention, vaccinations, combinations of different interventions, or setting-specific interventions were also not included. Schmit et al. clearly state these limitations throughout their manuscript.

      The focus of this work is on ITN distribution strategies, other interventions are not considered. It also provides a global perspective and analysis of the specific local setting (as also noted by Schmit et al.) and different interventions as well as combinations of interventions should also be taken into account for any decisions.

      Thank you for raising these points. As outlined at the beginning of our response, for computational reasons we indeed had to introduce several simplifying assumptions to perform this complex optimisation problem. As a result of these factors you highlighted, our study should primarily be interpreted as a thought experiment to assess whether current policies are aligned with an optimal allocation strategy or whether there might be a need to consider alternative strategies. The findings are relevant primarily to global funders and should not be used to inform individual country allocation decisions, which we have further clarified in the manuscript.

      1. Nonetheless, the rigorous analysis supports the authors' conclusions and provides evidence that supports the prioritization of funding of ITNs for settings with high Plasmodium falciparum transmission. Overall, this work may contribute to making evidence-based decisions regarding the optimal prioritization of funding and resources to achieve a reduction in the malaria burden.

      Thank you for this positive assessment of our work.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1. L144: last paragraph, the focus on endemic equilibrium: I did not really understand this, when 39 years is mentioned later is that a different analysis? How are cases averted calculated in a time-agnostic endemic equilibrium analysis? Perhaps a little more detail here would be helpful.

      A further explanation of this has been added in the results and methods.

      p. 8 L 22: “To evaluate the robustness of the results, we conducted a sensitivity analysis on our assumption on ITN distribution efficiency. Results remained similar when assuming a linear relationship between ITN usage and distribution costs (Figure S10). While the main analysis involves a single allocation decision to minimise long-term case burden (leading to a constant ITN usage over time in each setting irrespective of subsequent changes in burden), we additionally explored an optimal strategy with dynamic re-allocation of funding every 3 years to minimise cases in the short term.”

      p. 17 L25: “To ensure computational feasibility, 39 years was used as it was the shortest time frame over which the effect of re-distribution of funding from countries having achieved elimination could be observed.”

      p. 18 L 9: “Global malaria case burden and the population at risk were compared between baseline levels in 2000 and after reaching an endemic equilibrium under each scenario for a given budget.”

      1. L148: what is proportional allocation by disease burden and how is that different from prioritizing high-transmission settings?

      Further details have been added in the text.

      p. 6 L12: “Strategies prioritizing high- or low-transmission settings involved sequential allocation of funding to groups of countries based on their transmission intensity (from highest to lowest EIR or vice versa). The proportional allocation strategy mimics the current allocation algorithm employed by the Global Fund: budget shares are mainly distributed according to malaria disease burden in the 2000-2004 period. To allow comparison with this existing funding model, we also started allocation decisions from the year 2000.”

      1. L198-9: did low transmission settings get the majority of funding at intermediate and maximum budgets because they have the most population (I think so, based on Fig 1)?

      Yes, this is correct. We state in the results: “the optimized distribution of funding to minimize clinical burden depended on the available global budget and was driven by the setting-specific transmission intensity and the population at risk”.

      1. L206: what is ITN distribution efficiency? This is not explained. What is the 39-year period? Why this duration?

      Further explanations have been added in the results section, which were previously only detailed in the methods:

      p. 8 L 22: “To evaluate the robustness of the results, we conducted a sensitivity analysis on our assumption on ITN distribution efficiency. Results remained similar when assuming a linear relationship between ITN usage and distribution costs (Figure S10)."

      p. 17 L25: “To ensure computational feasibility, 39 years was used as it was the shortest time frame over which the effect of re-distribution of funding from countries having achieved elimination could be observed.”

      1. L218: what is "no intervention with a high budget"? is this a phrasing confusion?

      Yes, this has been changed.

      p. 9 L14: “We estimated that optimizing ITN allocation to minimize global clinical incidence could, at a high budget, avert 83% of clinical cases compared to no intervention.”

      1. L235-7: on comparing these results to previous work on the 20 highest-burden countries: is the definition of "high" similar enough across these studies that this is a relevant comparison?

      We believe this is reasonably comparable, as looking at the 20 highest-burden countries encompasses almost the entire high-transmission group in our work (25 countries in total), on which the comparison is made.

      1. L267-70: I didn't understand this sentence at all.

      Thanks for flagging this. The sentence referred to is: “Allocation proportional to disease burden did not achieve as great an impact as other strategies because the funding share assigned to settings was constant irrespective of the invested budget and its impact, and we did not reassign excess funding in high-transmission settings to other malaria interventions.”

      The previously mentioned added details on the proportional allocation strategy in the manuscript should now make this clearer, together with this clarification:

      p. 11 L17: “In modelling this strategy, we did not reassign excess funding in high-transmission settings to other malaria interventions, as would likely occur in practice.”

      For proportional allocation, a fixed proportion of the budget is calculated for each country based on disease burden, as described in the Global Fund allocation documentation (see Methods). However, since ITNs are the only intervention considered, this leads to a higher budget being allocated than is needed in some countries (i.e. where more funding doesn’t translate into further health gains).

      1. L339 EIR range: 80 is high at the country level but areas within countries probably went as high as 500 back in 2000. How does this affect the modeled estimates of ITN impact?

      The question of sub-national differences in transmission has been addressed in the public review comments. Briefly, we consider the national scale to be most relevant for our analysis because this is the scale at which global funding allocation decisions are made in practice. Although, as you correctly point out, the EIR affects ITN impact, it is not possible to conclude what the average effect of this would be on the country level without considering the following factors and introducing further assumptions on these: how would different countries distribute funding sub-nationally? Which countries would take cooperative or competitive approaches to tackle malaria within a region or in border areas? Would there be delays in the allocation of bednets in specific regions? These interesting questions were outside of the scope of this work, but certainly require further investigation.

      1. L347 population size constant: births and deaths are still present, is that right? Unclear from this sentence

      Yes, this is correct. Full details on the model can be found in the Supplementary Materials.

      1. L370 estimating ITN distribution required to achieve simulated population usage: is this a single relationship for all of Africa? Is it based on ITNs distributed 2:1 -> % access -> % usage? So it accounts for allocation inefficiency?

      Yes, this is represented by a single relationship for all of Africa to account for allocation inefficiency and is based on observed patterns across the continent and methodology developed in a previous publication (Bertozzi-Villa et al., 2021, Nature Communications) (7). Full details can be found in the Supplementary Materials (“Relationship between distribution and usage of insecticide-treated nets (ITNs)”, p. 21).

      1. L375: the ITN unit cost is assumed constant across countries and time (I think, it doesn't say explicitly), is this a good assumption?

      Yes, this is correct. We consider this a reasonable assumption within the scope of the paper. While delivery costs likely vary across countries, international funders usually have pooled procurement mechanisms for ITNs (The Global Fund, 2023, Pooled Procurement Mechanism Reference Pricing: Insecticide-Treated Nets).

      1. L399: "single allocation of a constant ITN usage" it is not explained what exactly this means

      Further explanations have been added in the manuscript.

      p. 8 L24: “While the main analysis involves a single allocation decision to minimise long-term case burden (leading to a constant ITN usage over time in each setting irrespective of subsequent changes in burden), we additionally explored an optimal strategy with dynamic re-allocation of funding every 3 years to minimise cases in the short term.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1. Additionally to the public comments, the only major comment is that in this reviewer's opinion, the focus on ITNs as the only intervention should be made clearer at different places in the manuscript (e.g. in the discussion lines 303-304). Otherwise, there are only some minor comments (see below).

      We have now modified the following sentence and also included this suggestion in the title (“Resource allocation strategies for insecticide-treated bednets to achieve malaria eradication”).

      p. 13 L8: “Our analysis demonstrates the most impactful allocation of a global funding portfolio for ITNs to reduce global malaria cases.”

      1. Minor comments:
      2. It may be of interest to compare the maximum budget obtained from the optimization with other estimates of required funding and actual available funding.

      Thank you for this interesting suggestion. Our maximum budget estimates are similar to the required investments projected for the WHO Global Technical Strategy: US$3.7 billion for ITNs in our analysis compared to between US$6.8 and US$10.3 billion total annual resources between 2020 and 2030, of which an estimated 55% would be required for (all) vector control (US$3.7 - US$5.7 billion) (Patouillard et al., 2016, BMJ Global Health) (8). However, it is well known that current spending is far below these requirements: total investments in malaria were estimated to be about US$3.1 billion per year in the last 5 years (World Health Organization, 2022, World Malaria Report 2022) (9).

      1. Line 177: should "Figure S7" be bold?

      Yes, this has been corrected.

      1. Line 218: what does "no intervention with high budget" mean? Should this simply be "no intervention"?

      This has been changed.

      p. 9 L14: “We estimated that optimizing ITN allocation to minimize global clinical incidence could, at a high budget, avert 83% of clinical cases compared to no intervention.”

      1. In this reviewer's opinion it would be easier for the reader if the weighting term in the objective function would be added in the Materials and Methods section. The weighting could be added without extending the section substantially and the explanation in lines 390-393 may be easier to understand.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We agree and have added this in the main manuscript.

      References

      1. The Global Fund. Description of the 2020-2022 Allocation Methodology 2019 [Available from: https://www.theglobalfund.org/media/9224/fundingmodel_2020-2022allocations_methodology_en.pdf.

      2. Hay SI, Guerra CA, Tatem AJ, Noor AM, Snow RW. The global distribution and population at risk of malaria: past, present, and future. Lancet Infect Dis. 2004;4(6):327-36.

      3. Feachem RGA, Phillips AA, Hwang J, Cotter C, Wielgosz B, Greenwood BM, et al. Shrinking the malaria map: progress and prospects. The Lancet. 2010;376(9752):1566-78.

      4. Sherrard-Smith E, Winskill P, Hamlet A, Ngufor C, N'Guessan R, Guelbeogo MW, et al. Optimising the deployment of vector control tools against malaria: a data-informed modelling study. The Lancet Planetary Health. 2022;6(2):e100-e9.

      5. World Health Organization. WHO Guidelines for malaria, 31 March 2022. Geneva: World Health Organization; 2022. Contract No.: Geneva WHO/UCN/GMP/ 2022.01 Rev.1.

      6. Griffin JT, Bhatt S, Sinka ME, Gething PW, Lynch M, Patouillard E, et al. Potential for reduction of burden and local elimination of malaria by reducing Plasmodium falciparum malaria transmission: a mathematical modelling study. The Lancet Infectious Diseases. 2016;16(4):465-72.

      7. Bertozzi-Villa A, Bever CA, Koenker H, Weiss DJ, Vargas-Ruiz C, Nandi AK, et al. Maps and metrics of insecticide-treated net access, use, and nets-per-capita in Africa from 2000-2020. Nature Communications. 2021;12(1):3589.

      8. Patouillard E, Griffin J, Bhatt S, Ghani A, Cibulskis R. Global investment targets for malaria control and elimination between 2016 and 2030. BMJ global health. 2017;2(2):e000176.

      9. World Health Organization. World malaria report 2022. Geneva: World Health Organization; 2022. Report No.: 9240064893.

    1. Author Response:

      We take the liberty to thank all of you for your constructive and inspiring comments, which will help us substantially improve the final version of the paper. Before our final revision with details, I am writing this provisional letter to have a quick response to our reviewers’ comments.

      I first give a quick and short summary for your public reviews, then respond point-by-point.

      Editors:

      1. More discussion is needed.

      2. More discussion about eye fixation during adaptation. Discuss why increasing visual uncertainty by blurring the cursor in the present study produces the opposite findings of previous studies (Tsay et al., 2021; Makino et al., 2023).

      3. Discuss the broad impact of the current model.

      4. Share the codes and the metadata (instead of the current data format).

      Response: This is a concise summary of the major concerns listed in the public review. Given these concerns are easy to address, we are giving a quick but point-to-point response for now. The elaborate version will be put into our formal revision.

      **Reviewer 1: **

      1) More credit should be given to the PReMo model: a) The PReMo model also proposes that perceptual error drives implicit adaptation, as in a new publication in Tsay et al., 2023, which was not public at the time of the current writing; and b) The PReMo model can account for some dataset, e.g. Fig 4A.

      Response: We will add this new citation and point out that the new paper also uses the term perceptual error. We will also point out that the PReMo model has the potential to explain Fig 4A, though for now, it assumes an additional visual shift to explain the positive proprioceptive changes relative to the target. We would expand the discussion about the comparison between the two models.

      2) The present study produced an opposite finding of a previous finding, i.e., upregulating visual uncertainty (by cursor blurring here) decreases adaptation for large perturbations but less so for small perturbations, while previous studies have shown the opposite (by using a cursor cloud; Tsay et al., 2021; Makino et al., 2023). This needs explanation.

      Response: Using the cursor cloud (Tsay et al., 2021, Makino et al., 2023) to modulate visual uncertainty has inherent drawbacks that make it unsuitable for testing the sensory uncertainty effect for visuomotor rotation. For the error clamp paradigm, the error is defined as angular deviation. The cursor cloud consists of multiple cursors spanning over a range of angles, which affects both the sensory uncertainty (the intended outcome) AND the sensory estimate of angles (the error itself, the undesired outcome). In Bayesian terms, the cursor cloud aims to modulate the sigma of a distribution (sigma_v in our model), but it additionally affects the mean of the distribution (mu). This unnecessary confound is avoided by using cursor blurring, which is still a cursor with its center (mu) unchanged from an un-blurred cursor. Furthermore, as correctly pointed out in the original paper by Tsay et al., 2021, the cursor cloud often overlaps with the visual target. This “target hit” would affect adaptation, possibly via a reward learning mechanism (See Kim et al., 2019 eLife). This is a second confound that accompanies the cursor cloud. We will expand our discussion to explain the discrepancy between our findings and previous findings.

      3) The estimation of visual uncertainty (our exp1) required people to fixate on the target, while this might not reflect the actual scenario during adaptation where people are free to look wherever they want.

      Response: Our data shows otherwise: in a typical error-clamp setting, people fixate on the target for the majority of the time. For our Exp1, the fixation on the straight line between the starting position and the target is 86%-95% (as shown in Figure S1). We also collected eye-tracking data in our Exp4, which is a typical error-clamp experiment. More than 95% of gaze falls with +/- 50 pixels around the center of the screen, even slightly higher than Exp1. We will provide this part of the data in the revision. In fact, we designed our Exp1 to mimic the eye-tracking pattern as in typical error-clamp learning with carefully executed pilot experiments.

      This high percentage of fixating on the target is not surprising: the error-clamp task requires participants to use their hands to move towards the target and to ignore the cursor. In fact, we would also like to point out that the high percentage of fixation on the aiming target is also true for conventional visuomotor rotation, which involves strategic re-aiming (shown in de Brouwer et al. 2018; Bromberg et al. 2019; we have an upcoming paper to show this). This is one reason that our new theory would also apply to other types of motor adaptation.

      4) More methodology details are needed. E.g., a figure showing the visual blurring, a figure showing individual data, a table showing data from individual sessions, code sharing, and a possible new correlational analysis.

      Response: All these additional methodological/analysis information will be provided. We were self-limited by writing a short paper, but the revision would be extended for all these details.

      Reviewer 2:

      1) More discussions are needed since the focus of this study is narrowly confined to visuomotor rotation. “A general computational principle, and its contributions to other motor learning paradigms remain to be explored”.

      Response: This is a great suggestion since we also think our original Discussion has not elaborated on the possible broad impact of our theory. Our model is not limited to the error-clamp adaptation, where the participants were explicitly told to ignore the rotated cursor. The error-clamp paradigm is one rare example that implicit motor learning can be isolated in a nearly idealistic way. Our findings thus imply two key aspects of implicit adaptation: 1) localizing one’s effector is implicitly processed and continuously used to update the motor plan; 2) Bayesian cue combination is at the core of integrating multimodal feedback and motor-related cues (motor prediction cue in our model) when forming procedural knowledge for action control.

      We will propose that the same two principles should be applied to various kinds of motor adaptation and motor skill learning, which constitutes motor learning in general. Most of our knowledge about motor adaptation is from visuomotor rotation, prism adaptation, force field adaptation, and saccadic adaptation. The first three types all involve localizing one’s effector under the influence of perturbed sensory feedback, and they also have implicit learning. We believe they can be modeled by variants of our model, or at least we should consider using the two principles above to think of their computational nature. For skill learning, especially for de novo learning, the area still lacks a fundamental computational model that accounts for the skill acquisition process on the level of relevant movement cues. Our model suggests a promising route, i.e., repetitive movements with a Bayesian cue combination of movement-related cues might underlie the implicit process of motor skills.

      We will add more discussion on the possible broad implications of our model in the revision.

      Reviewer 3:

      1) Similar to Reviewer 1, raised the concern about whether people’s fixation in typical motor adaptation settings is similar to the fixation that we instructed in our Exp1.

      Response: see above.

      2) Similar to Reviewer 2, the concern was raised about whether our new theory is applicable to a broad context. Especially, error clamp appears to be a strange experimental manipulation that has no real-life appeal, “(i)Ignoring errors and suppressing adaptation would also be a disastrous strategy to use in the real world”.

      Response: about the broad impact of our model, please see responses to Reviewer 2 above. We agree that ignoring errors (and thus “trying” to suppress adaptation) should not be a movement strategy for real-world intentional tasks. However, even in real life, we constantly attend to one thing and do the other thing; that’s when implicit motor processes are in charge. Furthermore, it is this exact “ignoring” instruction that elicits the implicit adaptation that we can work on. In this sense, the error-clamp paradigm is a great vehicle to isolate implicit adaptation and allows us to unpack its cognitive mechanism.

      3) In Exp1, the 1s delay between the movement end and the presentation of the reference cursor might inflate the actual visual uncertainty.

      Response: The 1s delay of the reference cursor would not inflate the estimate of visual uncertainty. Our Exp1 used a similar paradigm by visual science (e.g., White, Levi, and Aitsebaomo, Vision Research, 1992), which shows that delay does not lead to an obvious increase in visual uncertainty over a broad range of values (from 0.2s to >1s, see their Figure 5-6). We will add more methodology justifications in our revision.

      4) Our Fig4A used Tsay et al., 2021 data, which, in the reviewer’s view, is not an appropriate measure of proprioceptive bias. The reason is that in this dataset, “participants actively move to a visual target, the reported hand positions do not reflect proprioception, but mostly the remembered position of the target participants were trying to move to.”

      Response: We agree that Tsay et al., 2021 study used an unconventional way to measure the influence of implicit adaptation on proprioception. And, their observed “proprioceptive changes” should not be called “proprioceptive bias” which is conventionally a reserved term for measuring the difference between the estimated hand location relative to the actual hand location (and better to be a passively moved hand). However, we think their dataset is still subject to the same Bayesian cue combination principle and thus can be modeled. Our modeling of this dataset includes all relevant cues: the implicitly perceived hand position and the proprioceptive cue (given that the hand stays at the movement end). Both cues are in the extrinsic coordinates, which happened to set the target position as zero. But where to set the zero (whether it is the target or the actual hand location) does not matter for the model fitting. Note that our Exp4 is also based on PEA modeling of proprioceptive bias, and this time the data is presented relative to the actual location.

      In the revision, we would keep the current Fig4A and start to call the data as proprioceptive change as opposed to proprioceptive bias to follow the convention.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1:

      In no particular order:

      1. In Figs S3 and S4, can they also show gamma fit? (or rather corrected fit accounting for abundance conditioning?) The shapes look different, especially for the microbial mat.

      Author response: We have added gamma distribution fits to the rescaled AFD plots (Figs. S3, S4).

      1. Lines 170-176 seem like they should come before lines 164-166.

      Author response: In lines 166-170 we discuss empirical patterns in the data that motivate the introduction of the SLM as a model in lines 170-175. We have clarified these points in the revision.

      1. The wiggles in the gamma predictions in the occupancy-abundance plots are because occupancy depends not only on abundance but also on the shape parameter, right? Probably good to write a sentence or two explaining what's going on here.

      Author response: We agree with the reviewer that the variation in the prediction could be in-part driven by variation in the shape parameter across community members. We now include this observation in our revision (lines 209-211).

      1. In the predicted vs observed occupancy plots, it would be nice to add curves showing predicted standard deviation or similar to give a sense of how well the model is predicting the variability.

      Author response: In the revised manuscript we now include predictions for the variance of occupancy using the gamma distribution under both taxonomic and phylogenetic coarse-graining (Fig. S9; S10; lines 211-214).

      1. Covariance between sister groups: Figs S9 and S10 look very nice, but it's hard to see much because they're log-log plots over multiple decades, while even a several-fold difference from y = x would indicate a strong effect of correlations. It would be clearer if the y-axis showed the ratio of the coarsegrained variance to the sum of OTU variances and we were looking at how well it fit y = 1.

      Author response: We have included these plots in the revision (Fig. S14, S15).

      1. If the sum of gammas can be well-approximated by a gamma, does that mean that the gamma is just a fairly flexible distribution and we shouldn't take the quality of the gamma fits in general as a very specific indication of what's going on?

      Author response: While the sum of random variables that are drawn from gamma distributions with different parameters is often well-approximated by another gamma, this does not tell us why the gamma distribution holds for microbial communities at the finest-grain level (i.e., OTUs/ASVs). At present, the best explanation is that the gamma is a stationary distribution for certain stochastic differential equations which have ecological interpretations (Grilli, 2020; Shoemaker et al., 2023). Furthermore, alternative two-parameter distributions have been tested alongside the gamma and have done a comparatively poor job capturing observed macroecological patterns (Grilli, 2020). These results suggest that the utility of the gamma distribution is not simply an outcome of its flexible nature, it succeeds because it has captured core ecological properties of microbial communities. In the case of the SLM, gamma-like distributions arise when a community member is subject to self-limiting growth and environmental noise. On the other hand, the stability of the gamma distribution might explain why it can be detected as shape of the AFD, as it does not fade out across coarse-graining level.

      1. What's going on with the variance of diversity in Fig S12? Does this suggest that some of the problem in Figure 4 could be with the analytic approximation rather than the model? I had a hard time understanding the part of the Methods explaining the simulation details (lines 587-597). It would be worth expanding this. Is there some way to explain how the correlations were simulated in terms of the SLM, e.g., correlations in the noise term across OTUs?

      Author response: We believe that deviations in the variance of diversity in Fig. S16g,h are driven by small deviations in our predictions of the second moment $$< (x*ln(x) | N_{m}, \bar{x}{i}, \beta{i}^{2} >$$ (Eq. S16). Alone these predictions are slight, but their effects become noticeable when summed over hundreds or thousands of taxa. We have included this observation in the revised manuscript (lines 268-271). However, this deviation pales in comparison with the magnitude of covariance in the empirical data, suggesting that our inability to predict the variance of richness and diversity is primarily driven by our assumption of statistical independence.

      Regarding the source of the correlations, under the SLM correlations in abundances can be introduced either by adding deterministic interaction terms or through correlated environmental noise. Determining which of these two options drives empirical correlations is an active area of research (e.g., Camacho-Mateu et al., 2023). For the purpose of this study, we remain agnostic on the cause of the correlations, optioning to instead emphasize that that the inclusion of correlations is necessary to reproduce observed slopes of the fine vs. coarse-grained relationship for diversity.

      1. In Figure 5ab, is the idea that the correlation in richness is primarily driven by the number of samples from the environment? Line 390 seems to say so, but it would be good to make this explicit and put it right in that section of the Results.

      Author response: Our results suggest that sampling effort (# reads) plays a larger role in determining the correlations between fine and coarse-grained measures of richness. We now clarify this point in the revised manuscript (lines 429-435).

      1. I don't totally understand the contrast in lines 369-372. If fine-scale diversity within one group begets coarse-grained diversity in another group, couldn't that show up as correlations in the AFDs? Or is the argument that only including within-group correlations in AFDs is enough to reproduce the pattern? I'm not sure I see how that could be.

      Author response: The term “begets” implies both causation and direction. If we see a positive relationship between diversity estimates at two different scales of observation the causal mechanism cannot be determined solely from correlations between samples obtained once from different sites. So, mechanisms consistent with niche construction/"DBD" can produce correlations, though the existence of correlations do not necessarily imply DBD.

      1. The discussion of niche construction on 429-431 doesn't match very well with 440-441. Basically, niche construction is a very broad concept, not a specific one, right?

      Author response: In lines 472-576 (formerly 429-431) we discuss how the existence of correlations between fine and coarse-grained scales does not point to a single ecological mechanism. Alternatively stated, observing a non-zero slope does not mean that niche construction is driving the relationship.

      In lines 476-487 (formerly 440-441) we discuss how the mechanism of cross-feeding has been shown to generate a positive relationship between fine and coarse-grained measures of diversity. This mechanism can be interpreted as a form of “niche construction”, so it is an instance of a tested ecological mechanism that aligns with the interpretation given in Madi et al. (2020).

      1. Isn't (8) just the negative binomial distribution?

      Author response: The convolution of the stationary solution of the SLM (i.e., a gamma distribution) and the Poisson limit of a multinomial sampling distribution returns a negative binomial distribution of read counts across hosts if samples have identical sampling depths. We now include this detail in the revision (line 593-595). Note however that if different samples have different sampling depths, the distribution of reads across samples is not a negative binomial.

      1. Missing 1/M in (9).

      Author response: We have fixed this omission in the revision.

      1. Schematic figures illustrating what the different statistics are intuitively capturing would really help this work be understandable to a broader audience, but they'd also be a ton of work.

      Author response: Richness and diversity are used in ecology to such an extent that we do not see the benefit of a conceptual diagram. Furthermore, we have included a conceptual diagram about our pipeline in our revision at the request of Reviewer 2 (Fig. S20).

      Reviewer #2:

      Major Recommendations

      If I were reviewing this manuscript for a regular journal, I believe the following issues would be important to address prior to publication.

      1. From my reading, the main points of this advance are that

      a. SLM models AFDs well at all levels of coarse-graining.

      b. This makes SLM a better null-model than UNTB for macroecological relationships.

      c. Using SLM on the EMP data, the richness slopes are well explained by SLM but not the diversity slopes. Therefore, any theory that hopes to explain the diversity slopes must include interactions. Argument B appears to be one of the key points yet is missing from the abstract, and should be made clearer. If these aren't the main points the authors intended, then other main points need to be highlighted more.

      Author response: In the revision we now explicitly mention argument b in the Abstract.

      1. The title should be more specific, so as to better reflect the content. (E.g. "UNTB is not a good null model for macroecological patterns" would seem more appropriate.)

      Author response: We would prefer to focus on the success of the SLM rather than the limitations of the UNTB in the title of this work. Therefore, we have modified our title as follows: “Investigating macroecological patterns in coarse-grained microbial communities using the stochastic logistic model of growth”.

      1. The manuscript would benefit from a clearer description of exactly what information the SLM retains about the data (perhaps even a cartoon panel in one of the figures). In particular, it is important to be explicit about the number of model parameters.

      Author response: The number of model parameters for the gamma AFD are now explicitly stated in the revision (Lines 579-580).

      1. The main point of Figures 2-4 seems to be that SLM is good at describing the data (and when it fails it is due to interactions) while UNTB fails to reproduce this behavior, in support of Argument B. This is not clear from the figure descriptions or titles, which focus on SLM's "predictive" power.

      Author response: Fig. 2a demonstrates that the gamma distribution predicted by the SLM explains the empirical distribution of abundances. This result provides motivation to predict the fraction of sites harboring a given community member (i.e., occupancy, Fig. 2c) as well as general measures of community composition including mean richness (Fig. 3a,c) and mean diversity (Fig. 3b,d) using parameters estimated from the data (not free parameters).

      This success led us to consider whether the gamma distribution could predict the variance of richness and diversity, which it could not because it does not capture covariance between community members (Fig. 4).

      In the revision we have identified opportunities to make these points clear throughout the Results. Furthermore, we have added additional detail to the legends of Figs. 2-4.

      1. The manuscript would benefit from clarifying the use of "prediction" related to the SLM. Since the gamma distributions predicted by SLM were fit to empirical data, it seems like the agreement between analytic means and empirical means (Fig. 3) is a statement on gamma distributions being a good fit for the AFD's more than SLM predicting richness and diversity. For example, from my reading, it seems like this analysis could be done numerically by shuffling species abundances across environments and seeing whether this changed the mean richness/diversity. I would not call this shuffling test a prediction, since it is more a statement on the relevance of interactions. SLM predicts gamma-distributed AFD's, but those distributions recovering the data they were trained on doesn't seem like a prediction.

      Author response: In this manuscript we identified the gamma distribution as an appropriate probability distribution to describe the distribution of relative abundances across samples over a range of coarse-grained scales. Motivated by this result, we performed a separate analysis where at each scale we estimated the mean and variance of relative abundance across sites for each community member. We then used these parameters to obtain the expected value of a community-level measure using an equation we derived by assuming that the gamma distribution was appropriate (e.g., richness, Eq. 13). We then compared the expected value of richness to the mean value from empirical data and assessed the similarity between the two values.

      The outcome of this procedure constitutes a prediction. While the mean and variance are parameters, estimating them from the empirical data has no connection with the operation of training a distribution on empirical data. We could have derived predictions such as Eq. 13 using any other probability distribution that can be parameterized using the mean and variance (e.g., Gaussian). Such a prediction would likely do a poor job even though it used the same means and variances used for our gamma predictions. This is because the choice of distribution would not have been a good descriptor of the distribution of abundances across hosts.

      To better explain this last -- perhaps the most significant -- issue, I'd like to ask the authors if the following recasting would be an accurate reflection of their conclusions, or if something is missing.

      1. "Focusing on the empirical relationship observed between diversity slopes by Madi 2020, we ask the question: does explaining these relationships require accounting for species-species correlations? Or could it be reproduced in a noninteracting model?" To address this question, one can perform a randomization test, shuffling abundances to preserve all single-OTU statistics but breaking any correlations. My reading of the authors' results is that (new result 1) the richness relationships would be preserved, while diversity relationships would not be preserved. [Note that this result 1 need not mention either SLM or UNTB.]

      Author response: The question of whether correlations between species are necessary to explain the observed slope of the fine vs. coarse-grained relationship was only one component of our research goals. Our first question was whether the SLM would prove to be a more appropriate null for evaluating the novelty of observed slopes. We believe that our results support the conclusion that the SLM is an appropriate null for this question, as it was able to capture observed slopes of the fine vs. coarse-grained relationship for estimates of richness, determining that correlations and the interactions that are ultimately responsible are not necessary to explain this result.

      We then find that the SLM as a null model fails to capture observed slopes of the fine vs. coarsegrained relationship for estimates of diversity and simulate the SLM with correlations to return reasonable estimates of the slope. However, here the question about correlations is a direct follow-up from our question about a null model that excludes interactions, so it is unclear how a randomization test would relate to this result.

      1. Instead of doing a randomization test (resampling the empirical distribution), one might insist on instead fitting a model to the AFD distributions, and sampling from that distribution rather than the empirical one.

      a. If doing it this way, one should of course ensure that the distribution being fit is a good description of the data.

      b. UNTB is a bad fit. SLM is a better fit, and in fact (new result 2) continues to be a good empirical fit even at coarse-grained levels.

      c. Can make statements on using SLM as a null model for these types of cross-scale relationships. Could try arguing that fitting an SLM model per-OTU (instead of resampling the empirical distribution) could offer some advantage if certain properties could be computed analytically from the fit parameters, instead of averaging over multiple computational rounds of resampling.

      Do these two points accurately summarize the manuscript? If so, this presentation avoids the confusion with "prediction". If my summary is missing some important point, the presentation should be revised to clarify the points I appear to have missed.

      Author response: In our manuscript we derive predictions from the gamma distribution, the stationary distribution of the SLM, that require parameters estimated from the data (i.e., mean and variance of relative abundance). These parameters are estimated from the data using normal procedures and then plugged into our predictions that assume the appropriateness of the gamma, returning values that are then compared to estimates from empirical data. Our estimation of the mean and variance does not assume that the empirical distribution following a gamma distribution, but the value returned by our function derived from the gamma distribution (e.g., Eq. 13) does make that assumption.

      To address the reviewer’s broader comment, we believe that following points summarize our manuscript:

      1. The gamma distribution as a stationary solution of the SLM captures macroecological patterns and predicts typical community-level properties (i.e., mean richness and diversity) across phylogenetic and taxonomic scales.

      2. The gamma distribution fails to predict variation in community-level properties (i.e., variance of richness and diversity) across phylogenetic and taxonomic scales. This occurs because the SLM is a mean-field model that does not explicitly include interactions between community members.

      3. Despite the inability to capture interactions, the gamma distribution succeeds at predicting the fine vs. coarse-grain slope for richness, a pattern that had previously been attributed to community member interactions. This result demonstrates that the novelty of a macroecological pattern hinges on one’s choice of null model.

      4. However, the gamma cannot capture the same relationship for diversity. Simulations of the gamma distribution that incorporate correlations between community members are capable of generating reasonable estimates of the slope.

      To address the reviewer’s comments regarding the appropriateness fitted gamma distributions, in our revision we have added fitted gamma distributions to plots of AFDs so that the reader can visually assess the ability of the gamma to describe empirical patterns (Fig. S3, S4).

      We have also obtained predictions for the slope of the fine vs. coarse-grained relationship for community richness using the same form of UNTB used by Madi et al (2020). In our revised manuscript we establish a procedure to infer the single parameter of this model, generate predictions of richness at fine and coarse-grained scales, and then evaluate whether the UNTB is capable of predicting the slope of the fine vs. coarse-grained relationship for richness (Supplementary Information; Figs. S18, 24-28; lines 277-278; 370-380).

      Other/minor comments

      1. The manuscript would be improved with more consistent terminology ("fine vs. coarse-grained relationship"/"the relationship" vs. "diversity slope"). Also, many readers may be used to OTUs referring to the rather fine level of description, as opposed to any chosen level; and could interpret indexing over groups as being in contrast with indexing over OTU's (coarse vs fine). The authors' use is perfectly correct, but keeping a consistent terminology would help.)

      Author response: We have revised our manuscript to specify the “slope” as the “slope of the fine vs. coarse-grained relationship” (e.g., Line 318). We also specify in the Results and in the Methods that we use “fine” and “coarse” as relative terms, keeping with the sliding-scale approach used in Madi et al (2020).

      1. While I appreciate this "slope" is something borrowed from other work, the clarity of the paper might benefit from a cartoon of how one goes from the raw data to the slopes at a particular coarse-graining level. (Optional).

      Author response: We had added a conceptual diagram to the revision (Fig. S20).

      1. The text often colloquially references "the gamma," "predictions of the gamma," etc. This phrasing comes across as sloppy, and the manuscript would be improved by being more specific.

      Author response: We now specify “gamma” as the “gamma distribution” throughout the manuscript.

      1. Equation 6 appears to be missing some subscripts on the x terms (included on the left of the equation).

      Author response: We thank the reviewer for noticing this error and we have corrected it in the revision.

      1. In "Simulating communities of correlated...AFDs", the acronym SAD is not defined.

      Author response: We thank the reviewer for noticing this error and we have corrected it in the revision.

      1. In Figure 2:

      a. Invariant is probably the wrong word for the title, since all the AFD's were rescaled by mean and variance before being compared. Data does support that the gamma distributions are good at describing the AFD's, but as stated in the description it's the general shape that is preserved, not the distribution itself.

      Author response: When we mention the invariance of the AFD we now specify that we mean that the shape of the distribution remained qualitatively invariant.

      b. I'd recommend changing the color coding to something with more contrast, since currently it's impossible to assess the claim that the shape of the distribution collapses.

      Author response: Our coarse-graining procedure is a sequential operation that has no intuitive point that would suggest the use of a contrasting colormap (e.g., if our scale ranged from -1 to 1 then there would be a natural point of contrast at zero).

      c. The legend is missing relevant technical details: How many OTU's were used to make plot a? How many samples?

      Author response: The number of samples was listed in the Materials and Methods (line 523). In the revision we now include a table with the average and total number of OTUs as well as the average number of reads for each environment (Table S1, S2).

      d. In plot b, is the mean relative abundance referring to "mean abundance when observed" or "mean across all samples"?

      Author response: The mean relative abundance is the mean abundance across all sites (line 204) and in the legend of Fig. 2.

      e. Since one argument here is that SLM fits these distributions better than UNTB, if possible it would be nice to see UNTB's failed fits here.

      Author response: A major feature of the UNTB is that the demographic parameters of community members are indistinguishable. Under the SLM, the variation in the mean relative abundance we observe suggests that the carrying capacities of community members vary over multiple orders of magnitude, a result that is incompatible with most forms of the UNTB (x-axis of Fig. 2b). We now mention this point in the revised manuscript (lines 110; 229; 455-471).

      1. In Figure 3:

      a. It is not clear how coarse-graining is included in model fitting. The "Deriving biodiversity measure predictions" section would benefit from including how coarse-graining is incorporated.

      Author response: We predict measures of biodiversity separately at each coarse-grained scale. We now clarify this detail in the revised manuscript (Lines 624-627).

      b. Reference Shannon Diversity in Methods.

      Author response: We now cite Shannon’s diversity.

      c. What is the blue/white color coding in plots a & c? It doesn't have any color key.

      Author response: Figs. 3-6 use a uniform light-to-dark scale for all environments, with each environment having its own color. For example, Fig. 3a contains data from the human gut microbiome. Human gut data were assigned the color aquamarine, so the shade of aquamarine for a given datapoint in Fig. 3a indicates the phylogenetic scale.

      In the revision we now clarify the colorscale in the legend of Fig. 3 and specify that the same scale is used in all subsequent figure legends.

      d. Re: earlier comments, why is richness considered a prediction? (Am I correct in my interpretation that panel b is almost a tautology - counting the number of zeros in the matrix either by rows or by columns - whereas panel d is nontrivial?)

      Author response: Mean richness as a measure of biodiversity depends on the fraction of sites where a given community member is present (i.e., occupancy). The mean relative abundance of a community member and its variation across sites (beta) is clearly related to occupancy, but those two statistics do not give you a prediction of occupancy. Obtaining a prediction of occupancy and, subsequently, richness, requires 1) a probability distribution of abundances (i.e., the gamma) and 2) a probability distribution of sampling (i.e., the Poisson). Using these two pieces of information, we derived a prediction for mean richness (Eq. 13). We then compare the value of richness obtained by plugging in the mean relative abundances, betas, and known number of reads to the observed mean richness obtained from the data.

      e. The lettering of subplots in Figure 3 is not consistent with Figure 4. Figure 3 subplots are also cited incorrectly in paragraph two on page six (lines 251-254).

      Author response: We thank the reviewer for noticing the error and we have corrected it in the revision.

      f. Again, if possible show UNTB predictions in plots a & c.

      Author response: In our revised manuscript we provide extensive descriptions and predictions of mean richness and the slope of the fine vs. coarse-grained relationship for richness using the form of the UNTB used in Madi et al. (2020; Figs. S18, S24 - S29; lines 277-282; 370-380). We then compare the error of these slope predictions to those obtained from the SLM, finding that the SLM generally outperforms UNTB (Figs. S27-S29).

      1. In Figure 4:

      a. What are the color codings in plots a & b?

      Author response: The color scale used in Fig. 4 is identical to the color scale used in Fig. 3. This detail is now specified in the legend of Fig. 4.

      b. What are the two lines of empirical data in plots a & b, and why is one of them dashed?

      Author response: We now specify what the two lines mean in the key within the figure.

      c. Same comment as earlier on predictions and richness.

      Author response: We now specify what the two lines mean in the key within the figure.

      1. In Figure 5:

      a. It wasn't clear to me in the manuscript how the authors generated these plots from the raw data. The manuscript would benefit from a clear cartoon/description of the data pipeline, from raw data to empirical (and analytic) slopes.

      Author response: We have added a conceptual diagram to the revised manuscript (Fig. S20).

      b. Make the figure title more descriptive to better connect it to the figure's objective (the richness slopes relationship is not novel, but the diversity slopes relationship is).

      Author response: We have revised the figure title.

      References

      Camacho-Mateu, J., Lampo, A., Sireci, M., Muñoz, M. Á., & Cuesta, J. A. (2023). Species interactions reproduce abundance correlations patterns in microbial communities (arXiv:2305.19154). arXiv. https://doi.org/10.48550/arXiv.2305.19154

      Grilli, J. (2020). Macroecological laws describe variation and diversity in microbial communities. Nature Communications, 11(1), 4743. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-020- 18529-y

      Madi, N., Vos, M., Murall, C. L., Legendre, P., & Shapiro, B. J. (2020). Does diversity beget diversity in microbiomes? eLife, 9, e58999. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.58999

      Shoemaker, W. R., Sánchez, Á., & Grilli, J. (2023). Macroecological laws in experimental microbial systems (p. 2023.07.24.550281). bioRxiv. https://doi.org/10.1101/2023.07.24.550281

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the reviewers for their thorough assessment of our study, their overall enthusiasm, and the helpful suggestions for clarifying the methods and results, additional analyses, and discussion points. We have made earnest efforts to address the weaknesses raised in the public review and other recommendations made by the reviewers.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Herein, Blaeser et al. explored the impact of migraine-related cortical spreading depression (CSD) on the calcium dynamics of meningeal afferents that are considered the putative source of migraine-related pain. Critically previous studies have identified widespread activation of these meningeal afferents following CSD; however, most studies of this kind have been performed in anesthetized rodents. By conducting a series of technically challenging calcium imaging experiments in conscious head fixed mice they find in contrast that a much smaller proportion of meningeal afferents are persistently activated following CSD. Instead, they identify that post-CSD responses are differentially altered across a wide array of afferents, including increased and decreased responses to mechanical meningeal deformations and activation of previously non-responsive afferents following CSD. Given that migraine is characterized by worsening head pain in response to movement, the findings offer a potential mechanism that may explain this clinical phenomenon.

      Strengths:

      Using head fixed conscious mice overcomes the limitations of anesthetized preps and the potential impact of anaesthesia on meningeal afferent function which facilitated novel results when compared to previous anesthetized studies. Further, the authors used a closed cranial window preparation to maximize normal physiological states during recording, although the introduction of a needle prick to induce CSD will have generated a small opening in the cranial preparation, rendering it not fully closed as suggested.

      Weaknesses:

      Although this is a well conducted technically challenging study that has added valuable knowledge on the response of meningeal afferents the study would have benefited from the inclusion of more female mice. Migraine is a female dominant condition and an attempt to compare potential sex-differences in afferent responses would undoubtedly have improved the outcome.

      Our study included only two females, largely reflecting the much higher success rate of AAV-mediated meningeal afferent GCaMP expression in males than in females. The reason for the lower yield in female mice is unclear to us at present but may involve, at least partly, sex-specific differences in the mechanisms responsible for efficient transduction with this AAV vector observed in peripheral tissues (Davidoff et al. 2003). While our study did not address sex differences, a recent study (Melo-Carrillo et al. 2017) reported CSD equally activating and sensitizing second-order dorsal horn neurons that receive input from meningeal afferents in male and female rats.

      The authors imply that the current method shows clear differences when compared to older anaesthetized studies; however, many of these were conducted in rats and relied on recording from the trigeminal ganglion. Inclusion of a subgroup of anesthetized mice in the current preparation may have helped to answer these outstanding questions, being is this species dependent or as a result of the different technical approaches.

      We have tried to address the anesthesia issue by conducting imaging sessions in several isoflurane-anesthetized mice. However, during these experiments, we observed a substantial decrease in the GCaMP fluorescence signal with a much lower signal-to-noise ratio that made the analyses of the afferents’ calcium signal unreliable. Reduced GCaMP signal in meningeal axons during anesthesia may be related to the development of respiratory acidosis, since lower pH leads to decreased GCaMP signal, as also mentioned by Reviewer #3. Of note, urethane anesthesia, which was used in all previous rat experiments, also produces respiratory acidosis.

      The authors discuss meningeal deformations as a result of locomotion; however, despite referring to their previous work (Blaeser et al., 2022), the exact method of how these deformations were measured could be clearer. It is challenging to imaging that simple locomotion would induce such deformations and the one reference in the introduction refers to straining, such as cough that may induce intracranial hypertension, which is likely a more powerful stimulus than locomotion.

      As part of the revision, we now provide a better description of the methodology (“Image processing and calcium signal extraction” section) used to determine meningeal deformations, including scaling, shearing, and Z-shift. In our previous paper (Blaeser et al. 2023), we provided an extensive description of the types of meningeal deformations occurring in locomoting mice. It should also be noted that locomotion drives cerebral vasodilation and intracranial pressure increases (Gao and Drew, 2016), which likely mediate, at least in part, the movement of the meninges towards the skull (positive Z-shift) and potentially other meningeal deformation parameters. We also agree with the reviewer that sudden maneuvers such as coughing and sneezing that lead to a larger increase in intracranial pressure are likely to be even more powerful drivers of endogenous intracranial mechanical stimulation than locomotion. Thus, our finding of increased responsiveness to locomotion-related meningeal deformation post-CSD may underestimate the increased afferent responsivity post-CSD during other behaviors such as coughing. We added this point to the discussion.

      More recently, several groups have used optogenetic triggering of CSD to avoid opening of the cranium for needle prick. Given the authors robustly highlight the benefit of the closed cranium approach, would such an approach not have been more appropriate.

      We agree with the reviewer that optogenetic methods used for CSD induction in non-craniotomized animals will further ensure accurate pressurization and, thus, will be an even better approach that avoids the burr hole used for pinprick. It should be noted, however, that the burr hole used for the pinprick likely had a minimal effect on intracranial pressure, as we minimized depressurization by plugging the burr hole throughout the experiments with a silicone elastomer. We have added this information to the revised Methods section.

      It is also worth noting that the optogenetic methodology used by others to provoke CSD was optimized only recently and relies on transgenic mice with a strong expression of YFP (Thy1.ChR2-YFP mice) within the superficial cortex that is not compatible with the afferent GCaMP imaging of meningeal afferents. Modifications using red-shifted opsins may allow the use of this strategy in the future.

      It was not clear how deformations predictors increased independent of locomotion (Figure 4D) as locomotion is essentially causing the deformations as noted in the study. This point was not so clear to this reviewer.

      As noted in our previous paper (Blaeser et al., 2023), deformation variables often exhibit different time courses than locomotion, even when a deformation is initially induced by the onset of locomotion. Most notably, the scaling-related deformation ramps up slowly and often persists for tens of seconds after the onset and termination of locomotion, which may be related to the recovery dynamics of the meningeal vascular response to locomotion. Overall, while locomotion serves as a predictor of meningeal deformation, we observed previously (Blaeser et al. 2023) many afferents whose responses were more closely associated with the moment-to-moment deformations than with the state of locomotion per se, suggesting that a unique set of stimuli is responsible for the activation of this deformation-sensitive afferent population. The increased sensitivity to deformation signals we observed following CSD suggests that the afferent population sensitive to deformation has unique properties that render it most susceptible to becoming sensitized following CSD. We now discuss this possibility.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This is an interesting study examining the question of whether CSD sensitizes meningeal afferent sensory neurons leading to spontaneous activity or whether CSD sensitizes these neurons to mechanical stimulation related to locomotion. Using two-photon in vivo calcium imaging based on viral expression of GCaMP6 in the TG, awake mice on a running wheel were imaged following CSD induction by cortical pinprick. The CSD wave evoked a rise in intracellular calcium in many sensory neurons during the propagation of the wave but several patterns of afferent activity developed after the CSD. The minority of recorded neurons (10%) showed spontaneous activity while slightly larger numbers (20%) showed depression of activity, the latter pattern developed earlier than the former. The vast majority of neurons (70%) were unaffected by the CSD. CSD decreased the time spent running and the numbers of bouts per minute but each bout was unaffected by CSD. There also was no influence of CSD on the parameters referred to as meningeal deformation including scale, shear, and Z-shift. Using GLM, the authors then determine that there there is an increase in locomotion/deformation-related afferent activity in 51% of neurons, a decrease in 12% of neurons, and no change in 37%. GLM coefficients were increased for deformation related activity but not locomotion related activity after CSD. There also was an increase in afferents responsive to locomotion/deformation following CSD that were previously silent. This study shows that unlike prior reports, CSD does not lead to spontaneous activity in the majority of sensory neurons but that it increases sensitivity to mechanical deformation of the meninges. This has important implications for headache disorders like migraine where CSD is thought to contribute to the pathology in unclear ways with this new study suggesting that it may lead to increased mechanical sensitivity characteristic of migraine attacks.

      1) It would be helpful to know what is meant by "post-CSD" in many of the figures where a time course is not shown. The methods indicate that 4, 30 min runs were collected after CSD but this would span 2 hours and the data do not indicate whether there are differences across time following CSD nor whether data from all 4 runs are averaged.

      While we monitored time course changes in ongoing activity (see Figure 2), it was challenging to evaluate post-CSD changes in locomotion-related deformation responses at a fine temporal scale, as running bouts resumed at different time points post-CSD and occurred intermittently throughout the post-CSD analysis period. Our experiments were also not sufficiently powered to break out analyses at multiple different epochs post-CSD, partly because there wasn’t much locomotion. To allow comparisons using a sufficient number of bouts, we conducted our GLM analyses using all data collected during running bouts in the 2-hour post-CSD period (termed “post-CSD) versus in the 1-hour pre-CSD period. We have now clarified this further in the main text and figure legends.

      2) Why is only the Z-shift data shown in Figures 4A-C? Each of the deformation values seems to contribute to the activity of neurons after CSD but only the Z-shift values are shown.

      In many afferents, only one deformation variable best predicted the activity at both the pre- and post-CSD epochs. However, at the population level, all deformation variables were equally predictive. In the examples provided, the afferent developed augmented sensitivity that could only be predicted by the Z-shift variable, and the other deformation variables were not included to keep the figure legible. This is now clarified in the figure legend.

      3) How much does the animal moving its skull against the head mount contribute to deformations of the meninges if the skull is potentially flexing during these movements? Even if mice are not locomoting, they can still attempt to move their heads thus creating pressure changes on the skull and underlying meninges. The authors mention in the methods that the strong cement used to bind the skull plates and headpost together minimize this, but how do they know it is minimized?

      We did not measure skull flexing during locomotion and its potential effect on meningeal deformation. However, we would like to point out several considerations. It is evident from numerous imaging studies across various brain regions in freely moving animals, utilizing brain motion registration, that brain motion of the same scale (a few microns), as that observed in our studies, also occurs in the absence of head fixation (e.g., Glas et al, 2019; Zong et al 2021). In our system, the head-fixed mouse is locomoting on a cantilevered (spring-like) running wheel (see also Ramesh et al., 2018), which dissipates most, albeit not all, upward and forward forces applied to the skull during locomotion. Furthermore, the position of the headpost, anterior to where the mouse's paws touch the wheel, makes it hard for the mouse to push straight up and apply forces to the skull. We have updated the text in the methods section (Running wheel habituation) to address this. In our previous work (See Figure 2B in Blaeser et al. 2023), we found a substantial subset of afferents showing an increase in calcium activity that began after each bout of locomotion had terminated, and that lasted for many seconds, suggesting that skull flexing during locomotion may not play a leading role. Finally, we proposed in that study that meningeal deformations play a major role in the afferent response, given our findings of (i) sigmoidal stimulus-response curves between afferent activity and meningeal deformation and (ii) of different afferents that track scaling deformations along different axes. It is unlikely that all of these are related to any residual forces generated from skull deformations.

      4) What is the mechanism by which afferents initiate the calcium wave during the CSD itself? Is this mechanical pressure due to swelling of the cortex during the wave? If so, why does the CSD have no impact on the deformation parameters? It seems that this cortical swelling would have some influence on these values unless the measurements of these values are taken well after cortical swelling subsides. Related to point 1 above, it is not clear when these measurements are taken post-CSD.

      We provide, for the first time, evidence that CSD evokes local calcium elevation in meningeal afferent fibers in a manner that is incongruent with action potential propagation, as the activity gradually advances along individual afferents across many seconds during the wave. As indicated in Figure 1H, we measured these changes during the first 2 minutes post-CSD. Based on the reviewer’s question, we have now addressed whether mechanical changes occurring in the cortex in the wake of CSD might be responsible for the acute afferent activation we observed. We now include new data (Results, “Acute afferent activation is not related to CSD-evoked meningeal deformation” and Figure S2) showing an acute phase of meningeal deformation (as expected given the changes in extracellular fluid volume) lasting 40-80 seconds following the induction of CSD. Our data suggests, however, that these meningeal deformations are unlikely to be the main driver of the acute afferent calcium response. We propose that, based on the speed of the afferent calcium wave propagation and the distinct dynamics of calcium activity as compared to the dynamics of the deformations, the acute afferent response is more likely to be mediated by the spread of algesic mediators (e.g., glutamate, K+ ATP) and their diffusion into the overlying meninges.

      Because the peri-CSD meningeal deformations return to baseline soon after the cessation of the CSD wave, they are unlikely to affect our analyses of post-CSD changes in afferent sensitivity in the following 2 hours. This is also supported by our data (see Figure 3F-H) showing similar locomotion-related deformations pre- and post-CSD, which were measured after the deformations related to the CSD itself had subsided.

      5) How does CSD cause suppression of afferent activity? This is not discussed. It is probably a good idea in this discussion to reinforce that suppression in this case is suppression of the calcium response and not necessarily suppression of all neuronal activity.

      The mechanism underlying the suppression of afferent activity remains unclear. We now discuss the following points:

      First, the pattern of afferent responses resembles the rapid loss of cortical activity in the wake of a CSD, but its faster recovery points to a mechanism distinct from the pre-and post-synaptic changes responsible for the silencing of cortical activity (Sawant-Pokam et al., 2017; Kucharz and Lauritzen, 2018). Whether CSD drives the local release of mediators capable of reducing afferent excitability and spiking dynamics will require further studies.

      Second, the reviewer proposes that the suppressed calcium activity we observed in ~20% of the afferents immediately following CSD may reflect a decreased calcium response independent of afferent spiking activity. Such a process could theoretically involve factors influencing the GCaMP fluorescence (see also our response to Reviewer #3) and/or factors modifying the afferents’ spiking-to-calcium coupling. We note that if a CSD-related factor could modify the calcium response independent of afferent spiking, one would expect a more consistent effect across axons, reflected as a reduced signal in a larger proportion of the afferents, which we did not observe.

      6) How do the authors interpret the influence of CSD on locomotor activity? There was a decrease in bouts but the bouts themselves showed similar patterns after CSD. Is CSD merely inhibiting the initiation of bouts? Is this consistent with what CSD is known to do to motor activity? And again related to point 1, how long after CSD were these measurements taken? Were there changes in locomotor activity during the actual CSD compared to post-CSD?

      To the best of our knowledge, there is very little data on the effect of CSD on motor activity, making it challenging to engage in further speculation regarding the mechanisms underlying the preservation of running bouts patterns post-CSD. Houben et al. (2017) described a similar reduction in locomotion in mice, corresponding to decreased motor cortex (M1) activity, and preservation of intermittent locomotion bouts. In the revised Results section, we now provide information about the cessation of locomotor activity during the CSD wave and have added information regarding the measurement of locomotion following CSD.

      7) The authors mention the caveats of prior work where the skull is open and is thus depressurized. Is this not also the case here given there is a hole in the skull needed to induce CSD?

      Unlike previous electrophysiological studies, which involved several large openings (~2x2 mm), including at the site of the afferents’ receptive field, our study involved only a small burr hole located remotely (1.5 mm) from the frontal edge of our imaging window. As noted in our response to Reviewer #1, this burr hole (~0.5 mm diameter) was unlikely to produce inflammation at the imaging site or cause depressurization as it was sealed with a silicone plug throughout the experiment.

      8) The authors should check the %'s and the numbers in the pie chart for Figure 4. Line 224 says 53 is 22% but it does not look this way from the chart.

      The 22% reported is the percentage of afferents that developed sensitivity post-CSD among all the non-sensitive ones pre-CSD. The pie chart illustrates only afferents that were deemed sensitive before and/or after the CSD. We removed the % to clarify.

      9) Line 319 mentions that CSD causes "powerful calcium transients" in sensory neurons but it is not clear what is meant by powerful if there are no downstream effects of these transients being measured. The speculation is that these calcium transients could cause transmitter release, which would be an important observation in the absence of AP firing, but there are no data evaluating whether this is the case.

      We changed the term to “robust”

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Blaeser et al. set out to explore the link between CSD and headache pain. How does an electrochemical wave in the brain parenchyma, which lacks nociceptors, result in pain and allodynia in the V1-3 distribution? Prior work had established that CSD increased the firing rate of trigeminal neurons, measured electrophysiologically at the level of the peripheral ganglion. Here, Blaeser et al. focus on the fine afferent processes of the trigeminal neurons, resolving Ca2+ activity of individual fibers within the meninges. To accomplish these experiments, the authors injected AAV encoding the Ca2+ sensitive fluorophore GCamp6s into the trigeminal ganglion, and 8 weeks later imaged fluorescence signals from the afferent terminals within the meninges through a closed cranial window. They captured activity patterns at rest, with locomotion, and in response to CSD. They found that mechanical forces due to meningeal deformations during locomotion (shearing, scaling, and Z-shifts) drove non-spreading Ca2+ signals throughout the imaging field, whereas CSD caused propagating Ca2+ signals in the trigeminal afferent fibers, moving at the expected speed of CSD (3.8 mm/min). Following CSD, there were variable changes in basal GCamp6s signals: these signals decreased in the majority of fibers, signals increased (after a 25 min delay) in other fibers, and signals remained unchanged in the remainder of fibers. Bouts of locomotion were less frequent following CSD, but when they did occur, they elicited more robust GCamp6s signals than pre-CSD. These findings advance the field, suggesting that headache pain following CSD can be explained on the basis of peripheral cranial nerve activity, without invoking central sensitization at the brain stem/thalamic level. This insight could open new pathways for targeting the parenchymal-meningeal interface to develop novel abortive or preventive migraine treatments.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well-written. The studies are broadly relevant to neuroscientists and physiologists, as well as neurologists, pain clinicians, and patients with migraine with aura and acephalgic migraine. The studies are well-conceived and appear to be technically well-executed.

      Weaknesses:

      1) Lack of anatomic confirmation that the dura were intact in these studies: it is notoriously challenging to create a cranial window in mouse skull without disrupting or even removing the dura. It was unclear which meningeal layers were captured in the imaging plane. Did the visualized trigeminal afferents terminate in the dura, subarachnoid space, or pia (as suggested by Supplemental Fig 1, capturing a pial artery in the imaging plane)? Were z-stacks obtained, to maintain the imaging plane, or to follow visualized afferents when they migrated out of the imaging plane during meningeal deformations?

      We agree that avoiding disruption of the dura is challenging. Indeed, it took many months of practice before conducting the experiments in this manuscript to master methods for a craniotomy that spared the dura.

      We addressed the issue of meningeal irritation due to cranial window surgery in our previous work (Blaeser et al., 2023). In brief, we conducted vascular imaging using the same cranial window approach and showed no leakage of macromolecules from dural or pial vessels anywhere within the imaging window at 2-6 weeks after the surgery (Figure S1D in Blaeser et al. 2022). This data suggested no ongoing meningeal inflammation below the window. The very low level of ongoing activity we observed at baseline also suggests a lack of an inflammatory response that could lead to afferent sensitization before CSD. This is now mentioned in the Discussion.

      We conducted volumetric imaging for three main reasons: 1) To capture the activity of afferents throughout the meningeal volume. In our volumetric imaging approach, including in this work, we observed afferent calcium signals throughout the meningeal thickness (see Figure 5 in Blaeser et al. 2022). However, the majority of afferents were localized to the most superficial 20 microns (Figure S1E in Blaeser et al. 2022), suggesting that we mostly recorded the activity of dural afferents; 2) to enable simultaneous quantification of three-dimensional deformation and the activity of afferents throughout the thickness of the meninges. This allowed us to determine whether changes in mechanosensitivity could involve augmented activity to intracranial mechanical forces that produced meningeal deformation along the Z-axis of the meninges (e.g., increased intracranial pressure); 3) to provide a direct means to confirm that the afferent GCaMP fluorescent changes we observed were not due to artifacts related to meningeal motion along the Z-axis. We have now added this information to the “Two-photon imaging” section of the Methods.

      2) Findings here, from mice with chronic closed cranial windows, failed to fully replicate prior findings from rats with acute open cranial windows. While the species, differing levels of inflammation and intracranial pressure in these two preparations may contribute, as the authors suggested, the modality of measuring neuronal activity could also contribute to the discrepancy. In the present study, conclusions are based entirely on fluorescence signals from GCamp6s, whereas prior rat studies relied upon multiunit recordings/local field potentials from tungsten electrodes inserted in the trigeminal ganglion.

      As a family, GCamp6 fluorophores are strongly pH dependent, with decreased signal at acidic pH values (at matched Ca2+ concentration). CSD induces an impressive acidosis transient, at least in the brain parenchyma, so one wonders whether the suppression of activity reported in the wake of CSD (Figure 2) in fact reflects decreased sensitivity of the GCamp6 reporter, rather than decreased activity in the fibers. If intracellular pH in trigeminal afferent fibers acidifies in the wake of CSD, GCamp6s fluorescence may underestimate the actual neuronal activity.

      Previous in vivo rodent studies observed a tissue acidosis transient that peaks during the DC shift corresponding to the wavefront of the spreading depolarization, and lasting for ~ 10 min. (Mutch and Hansen, 1984). Since we observed a massive increase in afferent calcium activity with a propagation pattern resembling the cortical wave, it is unlikely that the cortical acidosis during the CSD wave strongly affected the GCaMP signal in the overlying meninges. Furthermore, if cortical acidosis non-discriminately affects the GCaMP signal, one would expect a more consistent effect across axons, reflected as a reduced calcium signal in a larger proportion of the afferents, which we did not observe. Finally, the finding that in affected afferents, decreased calcium activity lasted for > 20 min – a time point when cortical acidosis has fully recovered - points to a distinct underlying mechanism. We also note that any residual acidosis would not confound our main finding of increased calcium responses to meningeal deformation at later periods post-CSD, as acidosis should, if anything, decrease calcium-related fluorescence.

      The authors might consider injecting an AAV encoding a pHi sensor to the trigeminal ganglion, and evaluating pHi during and after CSD, to assess how much this might be an issue for the interpretation of GCamp6s signals. Alternatively, experiments assessing trigeminal fiber (or nerve/ganglion) activity by electrophysiology or some other orthologous method would strengthen the conclusions.

      Please see our comment above regarding the short duration of the pH changes post-CSD.

      N's are generally reported as # of afferents, obscuring the number of technical/biological replicates (# of imaging sessions, # of locomotion bouts, # of CSDs induced, # of animals).

      We now report the number of replicates (# of afferent, # of CSD events, and # of mice).

      Fig 1F trace over the heatmap is not explained in the figure legend. Is this the speed of the running wheel? Is it the apparent propagation rate of the GCamp6s transient through the imaging field?

      We have added to the legend of Figure 1 that the trace in panel F depicts locomotion speed.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This valuable paper examines gene expression differences between male and female individuals over the course of flower development in the dioecious angiosperm Trichosantes pilosa. Male-biased genes evolve faster than female-biased and unbiased genes, which is frequently observed in animals, but this is the first report of such a pattern in plants. In spite of the limited sample size, the evidence is mostly solid and the methods appropriate for a non-model organism. The resources produced will be used by researchers working in the Cucurbitaceae, and the results obtained advance our understanding of the mechanisms of plant sexual reproduction and its evolutionary implications: as such they will broadly appeal to evolutionary biologists and plant biologists.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The evolution of dioecy in angiosperms has significant implications for plant reproductive efficiency, adaptation, evolutionary potential, and resilience to environmental changes. Dioecy allows for the specialization and division of labor between male and female plants, where each sex can focus on specific aspects of reproduction and allocate resources accordingly. This division of labor creates an opportunity for sexual selection to act and can drive the evolution of sexual dimorphism.

      In the present study, the authors investigate sex-biased gene expression patterns in juvenile and mature dioecious flowers to gain insights into the molecular basis of sexual dimorphism. They find that a large proportion of the plant transcriptome is differentially regulated between males and females with the number of sex-biased genes in floral buds being approximately 15 times higher than in mature flowers. The functional analysis of sex-biased genes reveals that chemical defense pathways against herbivores are up-regulated in the female buds along with genes involved in the acquisition of resources such as carbon for fruit and seed production, whereas male buds are enriched in genes related to signaling, inflorescence development and senescence of male flowers. Furthermore, the authors implement sophisticated maximum likelihood methods to understand the forces driving the evolution of sex-biased genes. They highlight the influence of positive and relaxed purifying selection on the evolution of male-biased genes, which show significantly higher rates of non-synonymous to synonymous substitutions than female or unbiased genes. This is the first report (to my knowledge) highlighting the occurrence of this pattern in plants. Overall, this study provides important insights into the genetic basis of sexual dimorphism and the evolution of reproductive genes in Cucurbitaceae.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study uses transcriptome sequence from a dioecious plant to compare evolutionary rates between genes with male- and female-biased expression and distinguish between relaxed selection and positive selection as causes for more rapid evolution. These questions have been explored in animals and algae, but few studies have investigated this in dioecious angiosperms, and none have so far identified faster rates of evolution in male-biased genes (though see Hough et al. 2014 https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1319227111).

      Strengths:

      The methods are appropriate to the questions asked. Both the sample size and the depth of sequencing are sufficient, and the methods used to estimate evolutionary rates and the strength of selection are appropriate. The data presented are consistent with faster evolution of genes with male-biased expression, due to both positive and relaxed selection.

      This is a useful contribution to understanding the effect of sex-biased expression in genetic evolution in plants. It demonstrates the range of variation in evolutionary rates and selective mechanisms, and provides further context to connect these patterns to potential explanatory factors in plant diversity such as the age of sex chromosomes and the developmental trajectories of male and female flowers.

      Weaknesses:

      The presence of sex chromosomes is a potential confounding factor, since there are different evolutionary expectations for X-linked, Y-linked, and autosomal genes. Attempting to distinguish transcripts on the sex chromosomes from autosomal transcripts could provide additional insight into the relative contributions of positive and relaxed selection.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The potential for sexual selection and the extent of sexual dimorphism in gene expression have been studied in great detail in animals, but hardly examined in plants so far. In this context, the study by Zhao, Zhou et al. al represents a welcome addition to the literature.

      Relative to the previous studies in Angiosperms, the dataset is interesting in that it focuses on reproductive rather than somatic tissues (which makes sense to investigate sexual selection), and includes more than a single developmental stage (buds + mature flowers).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I have reviewed this new version and find that it now addresses some of the shortcomings of the previous manuscript. However, several important limitations still remain:

      1) The conclusion that sex-linked genes contribute relatively little to the patterns described is important and would be worth including in the manuscript briefly (not just the response letter), focusing for instance on the overall comparable proportions of sex-linked genes among male-biased (3/343=0.087%), female-biased (19/1145=1.66%) and unbiased genes (36/2378=1.51%).

      Authors’ response: Thank you for your advice. We have added these sentences in “Discussion” section (Lines 492-499).

      2) The new sentence included in the results "we also found that most of them were members of different gene families generated by gene duplication" is too vague. The motivation of this analysis is not explained, leaving the intended message unclear.

      Authors’ response: In the previous revision, as stressed by reviewer #1 “(2) Paragraph (407-416) describes the analysis of duplicated genes under relaxed selection but there is no mention of this in the results”, we added the sentence “we also found that most of them were members of different gene families generated by gene duplication” in “Relaxed selection” paragraph of the results. Accordingly, in “Discussion” section, we discussed the associations between gene duplication and relaxed selection (Lines 461-473).

      Following your suggestion, we revised the results (Lines 304-307) to “Using the RELAX model, we detected that 18 out of 343 OGs (5.23%) showed significant evidence of relaxed selection (K = 0.0184–0.6497) (Tables S9). Most of the 18 OGs are members of different gene families generated by gene duplication (Table S13)”. This makes it more coherent with the discussion.

      3) The sentences "given that dN/dS values of sex-biased genes were higher due to codon usage bias..." are very confusing. I do not understand the argument being made here. I do not see why "lower dS rates would be expected in sex-biased genes ..."

      Authors’ response: We respectfully argue that codon usage bias was positively related to synonymous substitution rates. That is, stronger codon usage bias may be related to higher synonymous substitution rates (Parvathy et al., 2022). Lower ENC values represent stronger codon usage bias. So, if ω (dN/dS) values of sex-biased genes are higher due to codon usage bias, we expect lower dS rates (That is, higher ENC values). Please refer to the relevant papers (e. g. Darolti et al., 2018; Catalan et al., 2018; Schrader et al., 2021, cited in the references of the paper).

      4) The manuscript now reports the proportion of unitigs annotated by similarity with a number of species. While this is an interesting observation, the reviewer was actually asking for a comparison between the number of unitigs (59,051) and the number of genes annotated in a typical cucurbitaceae genome. This would give an indication of the level of redundancy of the de novo assembled transcriptome.

      Authors’ response: We admit that in the final assembly, transcripts may be overestimated. We respectfully suggest that it may be inappropriate to assess the redundancy of the de novo assembled transcriptome by comparing the transcriptome sequences with the genomic sequences. An appropriate approach is to compare transcriptome sequences and transcriptome sequences among different species. For example, Hu et al., 2020 (reference cited in the paper) obtained 145,975 non-redundant unigenes from flower buds of female and male plants in Trichosanthes kirilowii. Mohanty et al. (2017) obtained 71,823 non-redundant unigenes from flower buds of female and male plants in Coccinia grandis.

      Reference:

      Mohanty JN, Nayak S, Jha S, Joshi RK. 2017. Transcriptome profiling of the floral buds and discovery of genes related to sex-differentiation in the dioecious cucurbit Coccinia grandis (L.) Voigt. Gene. 626: 395-406.

      5) From reading the text I could not understand the extent to which the permutation test actually agreed with the Wilcoxon rank sum test. The text says that the results were "almost consistent", which is too vague. This paragraph should be clarified.

      Authors’ response: We performed permutation test for sex-biased genes in floral buds and flowers at anthesis. However, only in floral buds, the results of both tests (permutation test and Wilcoxon rank sum test) are significant. Taking your suggestions in consideration, we have revised them as “Additionally, we found that only in floral buds, there were significant differences in ω values in the results of ‘free-ratio’ model (female-biased versus male-biased genes, P = 0.04282 and male-biased versus unbiased genes, P = 0.01114) and ‘two-ratio’ model (female-biased versus male-biased genes, P = 0.01992 and male-biased versus unbiased genes, P = 0.02127, respectively) by permutation t test, which is consistent with the results of Wilcoxon rank sum test.(Lines 273-280)”.

      6) The paragraph on the link between codon usage and dN/dS is very unclear and quite unnecessary. I would suggest to simply remove lines 312-323.

      Authors’ response: We respectfully argue that codon usage bias is one of the most important factors for higher rates of sequence evolution. Please refer to Darolti et al. (2018), Catalan et al. (2018) and Schrader et al. (2021) (cited in the references of the paper). We retain these lines here.

      7) The discussion contains many unnecessary repeats from the introduction and results section. I suggest shortening drastically at several places, including:

      • remove lines 367-369

      Authors’ response: Thank you for your suggestion. We revised these lines to “In this study, we compared the expression profiles of sex-biased genes between sexes and two tissue types, investigated whether sex-biased genes exhibited evidence of rapid evolutionary rates of protein sequences and identified the evolutionary forces responsible for the observed patterns in the dioecious Trichosanthes pilosa (Lines 369-373)”.

      We removed the sentence “We compared the expression profiles of sex-biased genes between sexes and two tissue types and examined the signatures of rapid sequence evolution for sex-biased genes, as well as the contributions of potential evolutionary forces. (Lines 374-376)”.

      • remove lines 395-410

      Authors’ response: Here we mainly discussed the possible associations between sex-biased genes, adaptation and sexual dimorphic traits. We retain them here for clarity.

      • remove lines 449-483, as they are almost entirely repetitions of elements already made clear in the results section.

      Authors’ response: In these paragraphs, we discussed reasons that lead to relaxed purifying selection for sex-biased genes. They are coherent with the results section. We retain them to make it clearer.

      Minor comments:

      • line 146: remove "However"

      Authors’ response: We have revised it.

      • line 187: "female flower buds tend to masculinize": the meaning is obscure

      Authors’ response: We revised them as “Using hierarchical clustering analysis, we evaluated different levels of gene expression across sexes and tissues (Fig. 2C). Gene expression for female floral buds clustered most distantly from expression in female flowers at anthesis. However, expression in male floral buds clustered with expression in female flowers at anthesis, suggesting that male floral buds maybe tend to feminization in the early stages of floral development.”.

      • line 226: "we sequenced transcriptomes of T. pilosa": rather say "we used the transcriptomes described above for T. pilosa"

      Authors’ response: We have revised it.

      • line 279: the meaning of "branch-site model A and branch site model null" is still not made clear.

      Authors’ response: We have revised it.

      • line 324: change to: "we also analysed whether female-biased and unbiased genes underwent... "

      Authors’ response: We have revised it.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The apicoplast, a non-photosynthetic vestigial chloroplast, is a key metabolic organelle for the synthesis of certain lipids in apicomplexan parasites. Although it is clear metabolite exchange between the parasite cytosol and the apicoplast must occur, very few transporters associated with the apicoplast have been identified. The current study combines data from previous studies with new data from biotin proximity labeling to identify new apicoplast resident proteins including two putative monocarboxylate transporters termed MCT1 and MCT2. The authors conduct a thorough molecular phylogenetic analysis of the newly identified apicoplast proteins and they provide compelling evidence that MCT1 and MCT2 are necessary for normal growth and plaque formation in vitro along with maintenance of the apicoplast itself. They also provide indirect evidence for a possible need for these transporters in isoprenoid biosynthesis and fatty acid biosynthesis within the apicoplast. Finally, mouse infection experiments suggest that MCT1 and MCT2 are required for normal virulence, with MCT2 completely lacking at the administered dose. Overall, this study is generally of high quality, includes extensive quantitative data, and significantly advances the field by identifying several novel apicoplast proteins together with establishing a critical role for two putative transporters in the parasite. The study, however, could be further strengthened by addressing the following aspects:

      Response: We thank very much the reviewer for his/her positive evaluation of our work. To address the detailed function of the transporters, in the past three months, we have re-constructed plasmids (with codon-optimized DNA sequences of the genes) for expression of the transporters in a regular expression E. coli strain (BL21DE3) and in a pyruvate import knockout E. coli strain (a gift from Prof. Kirsten Jung), to examine the transport capability in vitro. And, we have also re-constructed a new plasmid containing a new leading peptide for targeting the pyruvate sensor PyronicSF to the apicoplast in the parasite, to probe the possible substrate pyruvate. However, we did not successfully observe expression of the transporters in the above E. coli strains, and we were unable to target the sensor to the correct localization (the apicoplast) in the parasite. As a result, all efforts have led the study to the current version of manuscript on the functional identification of transporters. We will keep working on this aspect, attempting to dissect out the exact transport function of the transporters in the future. In the current manuscript, we have discussed the limitations of our study in the last part of the manuscript.

      Main comments

      1) The conclusion that condition depletion of AMT1 and/or AMT2 affects apicoplast synthesis of IPP is only supported by indirect measurements (effects on host GFP uptake or trafficking, possibly due to effects on IPP dependent proteins such as rabs, and mitochondrial membrane potential, possibly due to effects on IPP dependent ubiquinone). This conclusion would be more strongly supported by directly measuring levels of IPP. If there are technical limitations that prevent direct measurement of IPP then the author should note such limitations and acknowledge in the discussion that the conclusion is based on indirect evidence.

      Response: We thank the reviewer very much for the suggestions. We have tried to establish the measurement of IPP using a commercial company in recent months, yet we have not been successful in making the assay work. Considering the problem of indirect evidence, we have discussed this limitation in the discussion.

      2) The conclusion that condition depletion of AMT1 and/or AMT2 affects apicoplast synthesis of fatty acids is also poorly supported by the data. The authors do not distinguish between the lower fatty acid levels being due to reduced synthesis of fatty acids, reduced salvage of host fatty acids, or both. Indeed, the authors provide evidence that parasite endocytosis of GFP is dependent on AMT1 and AMT2. Host GFP likely enters the parasite within a membrane bound vesicle derived from the PVM. The PVM is known to harbor host-derived lipids. Hence, it is possible that some of the decrease in fatty acid levels could be due to reduced lipid salvage from the host. Experiments should be conducted to measure the synthesis and salvage of fatty acids (e.g., by metabolic flux analysis), or the authors should acknowledge that both could be affected.

      Response: We thank the reviewer very much for comments and suggestions. We partially agree with the comments that the depletion of transporters could affect lipids scavenged from the host cells, as endocytic vesicles are indeed derived from the parasite plasma membrane at the micropore and potentially from the host cell endo-membrane system, as demonstrated with the micropore endocytosis in our previous study (pmid: 36813769). Our latest study has addressed this by showing that the endocytic trafficking of GFP vesicles is regulated by prenylation of proteins (e.g. Rab1B and YKT6.1), depletion of which resulted in diffusion of GFP vesicles, but not disappearance of GFP vesicles in the parasites (pmid: 37548452), indicating that the vesicles (containing lipids) enter the parasites. In the current manuscript, the percentage of parasites containing GFP foci was significantly reduced in AMT1/AMT2-depleted parasites, and instead, parasites containing GFP diffusion appeared and the percentage was almost equal to the reduced level of parasites with GFP foci. These results suggested that endocytic vesicles (e.g. GFP vesicles) were continuously generated by the micropore in the parasites depleted with AMT1/AMT2, and that the vesicle trafficking was regulated by proteins modified by IPP derivatives that were derived from the apicoplast. Based on these observations, we considered that lipids in endocytic vesicles should not contribute to the reduced level of fatty acids and other lipids in parasites depleted with AMT1/AMT2. We have added in a short discussion concerning the fatty acids and lipids reduced in the parasites.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In this study Hui Dong et al. identified and characterized two transporters of the monocarboxylate family, which they called Apcimplexan monocarboxylate 1 and 2 (AMC1/2) that the authors suggest are involved in the trafficking of metabolites in the non-photosynthetic plastid (apicoplast) of Toxoplasma gondii (the parasitic agent of human toxoplasmosis) to maintain parasite survival. To do so they first identified novel apicoplast transporters by conducting proximity-dependent protein labeling (TurboID), using the sole known apicoplast transporter (TgAPT) as a bait. They chose two out of the three MFS transporters identified by their screen based and protein sequence similarity and confirmed apicoplast localisation. They generated inducible knock down parasite strains for both AMC1 and AMC2, and confirmed that both transporters are essential for parasite intracellular survival, replication, and for the proper activity of key apicoplast pathways requiring pyruvate as carbon sources (FASII and MEP/DOXP). Then they show that deletion of each protein induces a loss of the apicoplast, more marked for AMC2 and affects its morphology both at its four surrounding membranes level and accumulation of material in the apicoplast stroma. This study is very timely, as the apicoplast holds several important metabolic functions (FASII, IPP, LPA, Heme, Fe-S clusters...), which have been revealed and studied in depth but no further respective transporter have been identified thus far. hence, new studies that could reveal how the apicoplast can acquire and deliver all the key metabolites it deals with, will have strong impact for the parasitology community as well as for the plastid evolution communities. The current study is well initiated with appropriate approaches to identify two new putatively important apicoplast transporters, and showing how essential those are for parasite intracellular development and survival. However, in its current state, this is all the study provides at this point (i.e. essential apicoplast transporters disrupting apicoplast integrity, and indirectly its major functions, FASII and IPP, as any essential apicoplast protein disruption does). The study fails to deliver further message or function regarding AMC1 and 2, and thus validate their study. Currently, the manuscript just describes how AMC1/2 deletion impacts parasite survival without answering the key question about them: what do they transport? The authors yet have to perform key experiments that would reveal their metabolic function. I would thus recommend the authors work further and determine the function of AMC1 and 2.

      Response: We thank very much the reviewer for his/her positive evaluation of our work. To address the detailed function of the transporters, in the past three months, we have re-constructed plasmids (with codon-optimized DNA sequences of the genes) for expression of the transporters in a regular expression E. coli strain (BL21DE3) and in a pyruvate import knockout E. coli strain (a gift from Prof. Kirsten Jung), to examine the transport capability in vitro. And, we have re-constructed a new plasmid containing a new leading peptide for targeting the pyruvate sensor PyronicSF to the apicoplast in the parasite, to probe the possible substrate pyruvate. However, we were unable to successfully observe expression of the transporters in the above E. coli strains, and we were unable to target the sensor to the correct localization (the apicoplast) in the parasite. As a result, all these efforts have led the study to the current version of manuscript on the functional identification of transporters. We will keep working on this aspect, attempting to dissect out the exact transport function of the transporters in the near future. In this current manuscript, we have discussed the limitations of our study in the last part of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor comments

      Line 35: ...appears to have evolved...

      Line 67: remove first comma

      Line 105: thereafter or therefore?

      Line 130: define ACP

      Line 131: define TMD

      Response: We thank very much the reviewer for the suggestions, and we have revised the points in the current manuscript.

      Figure 1: more information on APT1 would be helpful for readers to interpret the results from turboID e.g., consider showing an illustration showing, according to Karnataki et al 2007 that APT1 likely occupies all 4 membranes of the apicoplast. Also, according to DeRocher et al 2012, APT1 N-term and C-term are both cytosolically exposed, at least in the outermost membrane. The orientation in the other membranes is not known.

      Response: We thank very much the reviewer for the suggestions. We analyzed the localization information of APT1 in T. gondii, based on the studies as the reviewer proposed (Karnataki, et al., 2007; DeRocher et al., 2012). The HA tag at the C-terminus of APT1 was distributed at the four membranes of the apicoplast, indicating that the topology of APT1 might be difficult to be defined at the membranes. Considering this information, we felt hesitant to clearly describe the topology in a schematic diagram about the protein APT1. Nevertheless, the TurboID tagging at the C-terminus of APT1 was an excellent model for identification of potential transporters localized at membranes of the apicoplast. We have put more information about the topology of APT1 in the manuscript, thus providing a better understanding of the proteomic results.

      Figure 2: add a space between "T." and "gondii"

      Figure 2: remove period between "Fitness" and "scores"

      Figure 2: different fonts are used within the figure. Consider using only one font such as arial. Same for Figure 4.

      Figure 2: "Fitness scores" is not bold in panel A but is bold in panel B.

      Response: We thank very much the reviewer for the suggestions. We have revised the points in the current version of the manuscript.

      Line 187: superscript -7

      Line 249: Caution should be used in interpreting two bands as being a precursor and mature product without additional experiments to establish such a relationship. Consider using the term "might" rather than "appear to". The presence of multiple bands could be due to phenomena other than proteolytic processing e.g., alternative splicing, alternative initiator codons, etc.

      Response: We thank very much the reviewer for the suggestions. We have revised the sentences in the current version of manuscript.

      Line 291: define IPP

      Figure 3E. The data points for KD strains appear to be positioned above the zero value on the y-axis. Is this correct?

      Response: We thank very much the reviewer for the suggestions. We have rechecked the figure and replaced it with the correct one.

      Figure 3 G/H legend. Please describe what a single data point represents e.g., the average of one field of view, the average of a certain number of fields of view, or something else? Are the data combined from three experiments or from a representative experiment?

      Response: We thank very much the reviewer for the suggestions. Three independent experiments were performed with at least three replicates. At least 150 vacuoles were scored in each replicate, thus resulting in at least 9 data points in total. The data points were shown with the results from each replicate.

      Line 325: define MEP and explain how it is connected to IPP

      Response: We thank very much the reviewer for the suggestions. We have provided the information in the current version of the manuscript.

      Lines 351-355: The authors refer to Figure 4D to support this statement, but presumably they mean 4E. Also, the authors use the terms C14, C16, and C18. They should more precisely use the terms myristic acid, palmitoleic acid, and trans_oleic acid if this is what they are referring to. Finally, the authors should determine if there is a statistically significant difference between levels of these fatty acids between AMT1 KD and AMT2 KD. If not, they should suggest there is an overall trend toward lower levels of these fatty acids in AMT2 KD parasites compared to AMT1 KD parasites.

      Response: We thank very much the reviewer for the suggestions. We have revised the information in the current version of the manuscript.

      Lines 363-364: The basis of this comment is unclear. Please clarify.

      Lines 369-370: the authors have not shown that the observed lower levels of fatty acids are due to synthesis, as noted above

      Response: We thank very much the reviewer for the suggestions. We have accordingly revised the information in the current version of the manuscript.

      Line 383: Should be Figure S6D

      Line 386: An entire section of the results is used to describe data that are entirely in a supplemental figure. Consider moving this data to a main figure.

      Response: We thank very much the reviewer for the suggestions. We have transferred the data to the main figure in the current version of the manuscript.

      Line 391: Consider using the term virulence instead of growth since now experiments were performed to specifically assess parasite growth in the infected mice.

      Response: We thank very much the reviewer for the suggestions. We have revised the terms in the Results section.

      Line 427: Perhaps the authors mean "...strong growth defect..." or ...strong growth impairment..."

      Line 460-461: This statement is unclear. Please explain how strong backgrounds in proteomics have made it difficult to identify apicoplast transporters. Because they are low abundance? Because they are membrane proteins?

      Response: We thank very much the reviewer for the suggestions. We have revised the corresponding sentences in the current version. The strong backgrounds in the proteomics resulted from the high activity and nonspecific labeling of biotin ligase fused with the apicoplast proteins.

      518-521: It would be helpful for non-specialists if the authors explained how pyruvate is connected to IPP biosynthesis.

      523: delete period after "Escherichia"

      548-549: "We observed similar decreases in level of the MEP biosynthesis activity upon depletion of AMT1 and AMT2..." Reword this since no experiments were done to measure MEP biosynthesis activity.

      Response: We thank very much the reviewer for the suggestions. We have accordingly revised the relevant sentences in the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major points:

      • The metabolomic data on fatty acid synthesis and isoprenoid levels is relevant but cannot inform about the function of the transporter, since any protein causing loss of the apicoplast would behave in such a manner, i.e. block the apicoplast pathways.

      Response: We thank very much the reviewer for the comment. We agree with this comment. We have thus discussed these points in a subsection in the Discussion, pointing out some of the limitations in the study.

      • Currently, the manuscript fails to directly prove what AMC1 and AMC2 transports, potentially pyruvate as suggested to putatively fuel FASII and MEP/DOXP. Further experimental approaches using exogenous complementation and/or metabolomic analyses using stable isotope labelling (for example) should potentially bring light to the putative functions of AMC1/2.

      Response: We thank very much the reviewer for the comments. As described above, we attempted several approaches to find out the substrates that the AMT1 and AMT2 transports. However, we could not successfully express the proteins in E. coli strains, and we did not generate a T. gondii strain that a pyruvate sensor was properly targeted to the apicoplast. At the end of the Discussion, we have a subsection that discusses the limitations of this study. We hope that our future approaches will be able to tackle these difficulties on the substrate identification.

      Furthermore, the authors have not considered other pathways of interest, like heme or lysophosphatidic acid (LPA)n synthesis, which are two other key pathway, which may be related to AMC1/2 function. Those proposed experiments represent an important body of work, required to bring light to their metabolic functions.

      Response: We thank very much the reviewer for the comments. We thought about that, but we finally decided to mainly discuss two of the pathways that the transporters might participate in, since the transporters contain specific domains on the proteins sequences that potentially are associated with pyruvate.

      Further, the authors might have partially missed some referencing and data about the apicoplast in their introduction (and potentially to address other facets of the apicoplast metabolic functions/capacities in regards to AMC1/2 function): the introduction referencing and explanations are somehow not fully exact/precise for the part of the apicoplast and its pathway: references about the apicoplast, discovery and origin are not citing the original work (that should be Wilson et al. 1996, McFadden et al. 1996, Kohler et al. 1997,), same for the discovery of FASII and MEP./DOXP (Waller 1998, Jomaa et al...). The introduction (and the study?) lacks information about other key functions of the apicoplast: heme synthesis, lysophosphatidic acid synthesis (using FASII products). The explanations about the roles of FASII/DOXP are partial and not fully citing important references: Krishnan et al. 2020, and Amiar et al. 2020 are also key to understanding how the role of FASII is metabolically flexible depending on nutrient content. A whole part on the fact that FASII is not only dispensible but can also become essential under metabolic adaptations conditions, are missing (Botté et al. 2013, Amiar et al. 2020, Primo et al. 2021). These novel important facets of parasite biology should be mentioned as well as directly linked to the author's topic. This is more minor but could bring new ideas to the authors.

      Response: We thank very much the reviewer for the suggestions. We have revised the relevant part in the introduction.

      We are grateful for the suggestions to improve the manuscript.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This study presents a valuable conceptual advance of how Vitamin A and its derivatives contribute to atherosclerosis. There is solid evidence invoking the contributions of specialized populations of T cells in atherosclerosis resolution, including use of multiple in vivo models to validate the functional effect. The significance of the study would be strengthened with more detailed interrogation of lesions composition and consolidation with previous work on the topic from human studies.

      Answer: We thank the reviewers and editorial office for their comments and constructive criticism. Below we provide point by point responses to the comments and concerns, which include the issues of lesion composition and consolidation with human studies. We also proofread the manuscript and included information about the immunostaining procedures that were previously missing (Lines 199 – 206).

      Public Reviews

      REVIEWER #1:

      This is an interesting study by Pinos and colleagues that examines the effect of beta carotene on atherosclerosis regression. The authors have previously shown that beta carotene reduces atherosclerosis progress and hepatic lipid metabolism, and now they seek to extend these findings by feeding mice a diet with excess beta carotene in a model of atherosclerosis regression (LDLR antisense oligo plus Western diet followed by LDLR sense oligo and chow diet). They show some metrics of lesion regression are increased upon beta carotene feeding (collagen content) while others remain equal to normal chow diet (macrophage content and lesion size). These effects are lost when beta carotene oxidase (BCO) is deleted. The study adds to the existing literature that beta carotene protects from atherosclerosis in general, and adds new information regarding regulatory T-cells. However, the study does not present significant evidence about how beta-carotene is affecting T-cells in atherosclerosis. For the most part, the conclusions are supported by the data presented, and the work is completed in multiple models, supporting its robustness. However there are a few areas that require additional information or evidence to support their conclusions and/or to align with the previously published work.

      Specific additional areas of focus for the authors:

      1. The premise of the story is that b-carotene is converted into retinoic acid, which acts as a ligand of the RAR transcription factor in T-regs. The authors measure hepatic markers of retinoic acid signaling (retinyl esters, Cyp26a1 expression) but none of these are measured in the lesion, which calls into question the conclusion that Tregs in the lesion are responsible for the regression observed with b-carotene supplementation.

      Answer: We agree with the Reviewer’s comment, which prompted us to quantify the expression of the retinoic acid-sensitive maker Cyp26b1 in the atherosclerotic lesions. Cyp26b1, together with Cyp26a1 and c1, contain retinoic acid response elements (RAREs) in their promoter, and therefore, are highly sensitive to retinoic acid. Indeed, the mRNA/protein expression of Cyp26s are widely considered surrogate markers for retinoic acid levels in cells or tissues.

      We typically use Cyp26a1 as a surrogate marker for retinoic acid signaling in the adipose tissue and the liver, as we did in this study. However, our RNA seq data in murine bone-marrow derived macrophages (mBMDMs) exposed to retinoic acid revealed that Cyp26b1 is the only Cyp26 family member responsive to retinoic acid (PMID: 36754230). Actually, Cyp26a1 or c1 were not expressed in our mBMDMs (data not shown). Unlike the M2 marker arginase 1, Cyp26b1 did not respond to IL-4 (Figure iA). Hence, Cyp26b1 is an adequate marker to evaluate retinoic acid signaling in the lesion of mice, rich in macrophages.

      Before staining the lesions, we validated the Cyp26b1 antibody by staining mBMDMs exposed to retinoic acid (Figure iB).

      Author response image 1.

      (A) mBMDMs were divided in M0 or M2 (exposed to IL-4 for 24 h), and then treated with either DMSO or retinoic acid for 6 h before harvesting for RNA seq analysis. Exploring the RNA seq dataset, we identified Cyp26b1 as a RA-sensitive gene in mBMDMs (PMID: 36754230). (B) Validation of Cyp26b1 antibody in mBMDMs exposed to retinoic acid confirms the suitability of this antibody for measuring retinoic acid signaling in our experimental settings.

      In the current version of the manuscript, we include the results of Cyp26b1 quantifications (Figure 5H, I), (Lines: 362 - 366). To put these findings in perspective to human studies, we discuss these results with the role human CYP26B1 plays in the atherosclerotic lesion (Lines: 450 - 464).

      1. There does not appear to be a strong effect of Tregs on the b-carotene induced pro-regression phenotype presented in Figure 5. The only major CD25+ cell dependent b-carotene effect is on collagen content, which matches with the findings in Figure 1 +2. This mechanistically might be very interesting and novel, yet the authors do not investigate this further or add any additional detail regarding this observation. This would greatly strengthen the study and the novelty of the findings overall as it relates to b-carotene and atherosclerosis.

      Answer: As the Reviewer points out, the effects of β-carotene on collagen content are more pronounced than those on CD68 content in the lesion. Indeed, we have observed the majority of the experiments in this manuscript.

      Collagen accumulation in the lesion is a complex process, where smooth muscle cells secrete collagen and plaque macrophages (typically) degrade it. Matrix metalloproteases produced by macrophages contribute to the degradation of collagen, and studies show that retinoic acid regulates the expression of metalloproteinases in various cell types (PMID: 2324527, 24008270). We explored the expression of metalloproteases in macrophages exposed to retinoic acid in our mBMDM RNA seq, but we did not observe any significant result (data not shown).

      Interestingly, M2 macrophages can secrete collagen by upregulating arginase 1 expression. In the current version of the manuscript, we acknowledge this in the results (Lines: 358-359) and in the discussion section (Lines: 443-449).

      1. The title indicates that beta-carotene induces Treg 'expansion' in the lesion, but this is not measured in the study.

      Answer: Following the suggestion by the Reviewer, we have re-worded the title to “β-carotene accelerates the resolution of atherosclerosis in mice”

      REVIEWER #2:

      Pinos et al present five atherosclerosis studies in mice to investigate the impact of dietary supplementation with b-carotene on plaque remodeling during resolution. The authors use either LDLR-ko mice or WT mice injected with ASO-LDLR to establish diet-induced hyperlipidemia and promote atherogenesis during 16 weeks, and then they promote resolution by switching the mice for 3 weeks to a regular chow, either deficient or supplemented with b-carotene. Supplementation was successful, as measured by hepatic accumulation of retinyl esters. As expected, chow diet led to reduced hyperlipidemia, and plaque remodeling (both reduced CD68+ macs and increased collagen contents) without actual changes in plaque size. But, b-carotene supplementation resulted in further increased collagen contents and, importantly, a large increase in plaque regulatory T-cells (TREG). This accumulation of TREG is specific to the plaque, as it was not observed in blood or spleen. The authors propose that the anti-inflammatory properties of these TREG explain the atheroprotective effect of b-carotene, and found that treatment with anti-CD25 antibodies (to induce systemic depletion of TREG) prevents b-carotene-stimulated increase in plaque collagen and TREG.

      1. An obvious strength is the use of two different mouse models of atherogenesis, as well as genetic and interventional approaches. The analyses of aortic root plaque size and contents are rigorous and included both male and female mice (although the data was not segregated by sex). Unfortunately, the authors did not provide data on lesions in en face preparations of the whole aorta.

      Answer: We appreciate the positive comments on rigor. We considered displaying our data segregated by sex, although for some experiments, we did not have matching numbers of male and female mice, which could be distracting for the reader. The goal of our study was to analyze changes in plaque composition. Therefore, our experimental approach was designed to study atherosclerosis resolution (plaque composition changes, but not plaque size) instead of atherosclerosis regression (both plaque composition and size change). As expected, we did not observe differences in plaque size at the level of the atherosclerotic root for any of our experiments, which deterred us from quantifying plaque content by en-face in the aorta.

      2.Overall, the conclusion that dietary supplementation with b-carotene may be atheroprotective via induction of TREG is reasonably supported by the evidence presented. Other conclusions put forth by the authors (e.g., that vitamin A production favors TREG production or that BCO1 deficiency reduces plasma cholesterol), however, will need further experimental evidence to be substantiated.

      Answer: We apologize for the lack of clarity in the presentation of our results and overstating our conclusions. We have rephrased some of these conclusions in the results and discussion sections.

      3.The authors claim that b-carotene reduces blood cholesterol, but data shown herein show no differences in plasma lipids between mice fed b-carotene-deficient and -supplemented diets (Figs. 1B, 2A, and S3A).

      Answer: As Reviewer 2 points out, we did not observe changes in plasma cholesterol between mice undergoing Resolution in response to β-carotene. For clarity, we rephrased our plasma lipids results for each of our experimental designs (Lines: 230 – 236, 270 – 272, and 288-290). We also include a clarification in the discussion section about the differential effects of β-carotene on plasma lipids when mice undergo atherosclerosis progression and resolution. (Lines: 419 - 430).

      1. Also, the authors present no experimental data to support the idea that BCO1 activity favors plaque TREG expansion (e.g., no TREG data in Fig 3 using Bco1-ko mice).

      Answer: We appreciate the suggestion by the Reviewer 2. In the current version of the manuscript, we stained the aortic roots from Bco1-/- mice for FoxP3. We did not observe differences between Control and β-carotene resolution groups, in agreement with the results in plaque composition (CD68 and collagen contents). These new data strengthen our manuscript and now we included these results as a Supplementary Figure 3D, E. (Lines: 465 - 471).

      5.As the authors show, the treatment with anti-CD25 resulted in only partial suppression of TREG levels. Because CD25 is also expressed in some subpopulation of effector T-cells, this could potentially cloud the interpretation of the results. Data in Fig 4H showing loss of b-carotene-stimulated increase in numbers of FoxP3+GFP+ cells in the plaque should be taken cautiously, as they come from a small number of mice. Perhaps an orthogonal approach using FoxP3-DTR mice could have produced a more robust loss of TREG and further confirmation that the loss of plaque remodeling is indeed due to loss of TREG.

      Answer: We agree with the reviewer, and we rephrased the results and discussion to avoid overstating our findings. We now acknowledge a second experimental approach would help us confirm our findings employing a blocking antibody targeting CD25. We favored the use of anti-CD25 infusions over other depletion methods based on the experimental protocol carried out by our collaborators in which the examined the effect of Tregs on atherosclerosis regression (PMID: 32336197). The utilization of FoxP3-DTR mice would nicely complement our findings. In the current version of the manuscript, we discuss this alternative approach (Line : 491 - 501).

      Recommendations for the Authors

      All reviewers agreed that despite the claims of the title, there is no direct interrogation of Tregs or vitamin A signaling in lesions.

      The work does not consolidate well with the role of B-carotene in human heart disease. Additional discussion and synthesis are required to elaborate on the significance of the findings. For example, the idea of beta carotene supplementation for cardiovascular prevention has attracted attention for years but recent meta-analysis showed no benefit, and, if anything, an increase in cardiovascular events. The U.S. Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) went as far to recommend AGAINST the use of beta-carotene for the prevention of cardiovascular disease.

      In light of the above point and elife editorial policies, please revise the title to include species.

      Answer: Thanks for your feedback. Carotenoid metabolism in mammals is complex, and establishing direct parallelisms between humans and rodents must be done with caution. For example, β-carotene supplementation in humans inevitably results in the accumulation of this compound in plasma, while in rodents, β-carotene is quickly metabolized to vitamin A. Our findings over the years reveal that the effects of β-carotene in mice derive exclusively from its role as vitamin A precursor.

      In the current study, we confirm our previous work utilizing Bco1-/- mice, which are unable to produce vitamin A when fed β-carotene. Then, we observe that vitamin A promotes atherosclerosis resolution in mice independently of alterations in plasma cholesterol in two independent mouse models. Lastly, we utilized anti-CD25 blocking antibodies to deplete Tregs to establish a direct connection between dietary β-carotene/vitamin A and Tregs in the lesion. While this experimental approach failed to completely deplete Tregs, our morphometric assays indicates that these infusions were sufficient to partially mitigate the effect of β-carotene on atherosclerosis resolution.

      Regardless, in the discussion section of our manuscript, we attempt to consolidate our preclinical studies with clinical data (Lines: 374 – 376, and 461 – 464).

      We have also revised the title, as suggested by Reviewer 1. We also included “mice” in the title to align with the editorial policies of eLife.

      Reviewer #1:

      1.1. The authors need to measure retinoic acid signaling directly in the lesion and in Tregs to be able to draw the conclusion that b-carotene is directly activating Tregs to promote regression.

      Answer: Please see comments above.

      1.2. The authors to investigate the role of beta carotene on collagen production by T-regs.

      Answer: Please see comments above.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major:

      2.1. If the authors still have frozen sections of the aortas from their Bco1-ko experiment, it should be trivial to look at plaque TREG contents to confirm that vitamin A production is indeed needed for the effect of b-carotene on plaque remodeling.

      Answer: Please see comments above.

      Minor:

      2.2. This reviewer wonders if the axis for lesion size in all figures is off by an order of magnitude. Most studies show aortic root lesions in the 10^5 um2 range, not in the 10^6 um2.

      Answer: We apologize for this error. We have corrected the units in all our quantifications.

      2.3. FPLC lipoprotein profiles would enhance the manuscript.

      Answer: We have run FPLCs for the plasmas and included them in the results (Lines: 233 – 236). Data are presented in Figure 1C, D.

      2.4.This reviewer could not cope with the thought that mice that are fed 16+ weeks a diet that is vitamin A-deficient did not become vit A-deficient (e.g., Fig. 1E). Perhaps the authors could elaborate a little on this in their discussion.

      Answer: Mice are extremely resistant to vitamin A deficiency. A common protocol to achieve deficiency in mice requires feeding a vitamin A deficient diet to dams during their pregnancy and lactation to deplete new-born pups of vitamin A stores. Even in that situation, pups display enough vitamin A stores to sustain circulating vitamin A levels to those observed in wild-type mice. In the current version of the manuscript, we have included a paragraph in the discussion to cover this “interesting” aspect. (Lines: 476 – 483).

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The evolution of transporter specificity is currently unclear. Did solute carrier systems evolve independently in response to a cellular need to transport a specific metabolite in combination with a specific ion or counter metabolite, or did they evolve specificity from an ancestral protein that could transport and counter-transport most metabolites? The present study addresses this question by applying selective pressure to Saccharomyces cerevisiae and studying the mutational landscape of two well-characterised amino acid transporters. The data suggest that AA transporters likely evolved from an ancestral transporter and then specific sub-families evolved specificity depending on specific evolutionary pressure.

      Strengths:

      The work is based on sound logic and the experimental methodology is well thought through. The data appear accurate, and where ambiguity is observed (as in the case of citruline uptake by AGP1), in vitro transport assays are carried out to verify transport function.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the data and findings are well described, the study lacked additional contextual information that would support a clear take-home message.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s positive assessment of the work, and the helpful comment to summarize the findings into a short take-home message. We chose not to discuss protein evolution theories in detail to keep the text as concise as possible. However, we do acknowledge the fact that the reader might want to see our results embedded in more context. In a revised version, we will integrate our findings more with the pertinent literature, which will show how our results align with theoretical models for protein evolution towards novel functions. We will also discuss in more detail how our laboratory results could be translated into a “natural” setting of evolution.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This paper describes evolution experiments performed on yeast amino acid transporters aiming at the enlargement of the substrate range of these proteins. Yeast cells lacking 10 endogenous amino acid transporters and thus being strongly impaired to feed on amino acids were again complemented with amino acid transporters from yeast and grown on media with amino acids as the sole nitrogen source.

      In the first set of experiments, complementation was done with seven different yeast amino acid transporters, followed by measuring growth rates. Despite most of them have been described before in other experimental contexts, the authors could show that many of them have a broader substrate range than initially thought.

      Moving to the evolution experiments, the authors used the OrthoRep system to perform random mutagenesis of the transporter gene while it is actively expressed in yeast. The evolution experiments were conducted such that the medium would allow for poor/slow growth of cells expressing the wt transporters, but much better/faster growth if the amino acid transporter would mutate to efficiently take up a poorly transported (as in the case of citrulline and AGP1) or non-transported (as in case of Asp/Glu and PUT4) amino acid.

      This way and using Sanger sequencing of plasmids isolated from faster-growing clones, the authors identified a number of mutations that were repeatedly present in biological replicates. When these mutations were re-introduced into the transporter using site-directed mutagenesis, faster growth on the said amino acids was confirmed. Growth phenotype data were attempted to be confirmed by uptake experiments using radioactive amino acids; however, the radioactive uptake data and growth-dependent analyses do not fully match, hinting at the existence of further parameters than only amino acid uptake alone to impact the growth rates.

      When mapped to Alphafold prediction models on the transporters, the mutations mapped to the substrate permeation site, which suggests that the changes allow for more favourable molecular interactions with the newly transported amino acids.

      Finally, the authors compared the growth rates of the evolved transporter variants with those of the wt transporter and found that some variants exhibit a somewhat diminished capacity to transport its original range of amino acids, while other variants were as fit as the wt transporter in terms of uptake of its original range of amino acids.

      Based on these findings, the authors conclude that transporters can evolve novel substrates through generalist intermediates, either by increasing a weak activity or by establishing a new one.

      Strengths:

      The study provides evidence in favour of an evolutionary model, wherein a transporter can "learn" to translocate novel substrates without "forgetting" what it used to transport before. This evolutionary concept has been proposed for enzymes before, and this study shows that it also can be applied to transporters. The concept behind the study is easy to understand, i.e. improving growth by uptake of more amino acids as nitrogen source. In addition, the study contains a large and extensive characterization of the transporter variants, including growth assays and radioactive uptake measurements.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors took a genetic gain-of-function approach based on random mutagenesis of the transporter. While this has worked out for two transporters/substrate combinations, I wonder how comprehensive and general the insights are. In such approaches, it is difficult to know which mutation space is finally covered/tested. And information that can be gained from loss-of-function analyses is missed. The entire conclusions are grounded on a handful of variants analyzed. Accordingly, the outcome is somewhat anecdotal; in some cases, the fitness of the variants was changed and in others not. Highlighting the amino acid changes in the context of the structural models is interesting, but does not fully explain why the variants exhibit changed substrate ranges. Two important technical elements have not been studied in detail by the authors, but may well play a certain role in the interpretation of the results. Firstly, the authors did not quantify the amount of transporter being present on the cell surface; altered surface expression can impact uptake rates and thus growth rates. Secondly, the authors have not assessed whether overexpressing wt versus variant transporters has an impact on the growth rate per se. Overexpressing transporters from plasmids is quite a burden for the cells and often impacts growth rates. Variants may be more or less of a burden, an effect that may (or may also not) go hand in hand with increased/decreased surface production levels.

      And finally, I was somewhat missing an evolutionary analysis of these transporters to gain insights into whether the identified substitutions also occurred during natural evolution under real-life conditions.

      First of all, we thank the reviewer for the attention to detail with which they have read the manuscript, and the very helpful comments on how to improve it. We will indeed take on some of the suggestions in a revised version of the text:

      Regarding the match of growth rate and uptake rate measurements, we plan to plot their correlation in a graph.

      Regarding the amount of transporter on the plasma membrane, we acknowledge that the visual representation of the fluorescence micrographs already in the text might not be enough. We therefore will quantify expression levels from said micrographs and include the information in the manuscript.

      On a similar note, we had already measured the growth rates of all transporter variant cultures in the absence of selection for amino acid uptake (i.e., in medium with ammonium as the nitrogen source; Figure 4 - Supplement figure 1). We will include the measured growth rates in the text to give an indication of what the impact of transporter overexpression is on the growth rate per se.

      Regarding the proposed analysis of natural transporter sequences, we do see the possible value in such an analysis. However, it is currently out of scope for the present study. The reasons are 1) that preliminary analyses show that the sequence similarity of functionally verified/annotated transporters is too low to reliably pinpoint a phenotype to a single residue, and 2) that we do not envision that the variants that we discovered are necessarily beneficial in a natural setting, where fine-grained regulation of amino acid transport may be more important than a broad substrate range. Regarding the generality of the insights, we do agree on the reviewer’s comment that we “only” analyzed a relatively small number of variants. However, the target of the study was not to generate high-throughput data on a large set of variants (e.g., by NGS of the whole culture) but to provide in-depth data for characterized and verified variants in a clean genetic background (i.e., verified phenotype and fitness measurements on all native and novel substrates).

      As to the mutation space, we will include an estimate in a revised version of the text. We estimate that a majority of all possible single mutants is covered in the first and second passages of the selection experiment, which is corroborated by the fact that we repeatedly find the same mutants in biological replicates.

      Regarding the mentioned loss-of-function analyses, we are unsure about what the reviewer intends with this statement at this point. To briefly summarize, we feel that our results are a good indication that transporters can evolve new functions analogously to enzymes. We explicitly do not imply that this is the only way to evolve novelty.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The goal of the current manuscript is to investigate how changes in transporter substrate specificity emerge through experimental evolution. The authors investigate the APC family of amino acid transporters, a large family with many related transporters that together cover the spectrum of amino acid uptake in yeast.

      The authors use a clever approach for their experimental evolutions. By deleting 10 amino acid uptake transporters in yeast, they develop a strain that relies on amino acid import by introducing APC transporters under nitrogen-limiting conditions. They can thus evolve transporters towards the transport of new substrates if no other nitrogen source is available. The main takeaway from the paper is that it is relatively easy for the spectrum of substrates in a particular transporter of this family to shift, as a number of single mutants are identified that modulate substrate specificity. In general, transporters evolved towards gain-of-function mutations (better or new activities) and also confer transport promiscuity, expanding the range of amino acids transported.

      The data in the paper support the conclusions, in general, and the outcomes (evolution towards promiscuity) agree with the literature available for soluble enzymes. However, it is also a possibility that the design of these experiments selects for promiscuity among amino acids. The selections were designed such that yeast had access to amino acids that were already transported, with a greater abundance of the amino acid that was the target of selection. Under these conditions, it seems probable that the fittest variants will provide the yeast access to all amino acid substrates in the media, and unlikely that a specificity swap would occur, limiting the yeast to only the new amino acid.

      The authors also examine the fitness costs of mutants, but only in the narrow context of growth on a single (original) amino acid under conditions of nitrogen limitation. Amino acid uptake is typically tightly controlled because some amino acids (or their carbon degradation products) are toxic in excess. This paper does not address or discuss whether there might be a fitness cost to promiscuous mutants in conditions where nitrogen is not limiting.

      We are grateful for the reviewer’s insightful comments on the paper.

      Regarding the design of our experiments, we followed the concept of directed evolution as described by pioneers of the field, in which the starting point for evolving a protein is to have a basic level of that activity. In the case of AGP1, the promiscuous activity is Cit uptake. We recognize that elimination of all the already transported amino acids from the evolution media could also yield very insightful results. However, we aimed to simulate the effect of the evolutionary pressure acting in a “natural” environment, where the uptake of the specific amino acid is not initially crucial for its survival. In the case of PUT4, the experimental design was chosen to ensure the initial survival of the culture (since neither Glu nor Asp support the growth of the strain) by providing a low level of already transported amino acids. In the revised manuscript, we will state this more clearly.

      Regarding the second point, we agree that a short discussion about the potentially detrimental effects of promiscuous transporters would be beneficial for the reader. We will touch on this aspect in the revised version of the text. Indeed, our system is intentionally simplified, as we try to take regulation of transport out of the equation (e.g., by using the constitutive ADH1 promoter as opposed to a nitrogen-regulated one). In a natural setting, microorganisms encounter fluctuations of nutrient availability, necessitating tight control of nutrient transport. This is probably a major reason why microorganisms typically encode transporters with redundant specificities (i.e., promiscuous and specific ones). Otherwise, one very broad-range nutrient transporter would suffice. In our system, we artificially select for broad-range transport, which is reflected in the observed phenotypes of the evolved transporters. We expect that in a natural setting, a broad-range transporter would be a stepping stone to evolve a narrow-range transporter with a new specificity (which is actually what we see in the double-mutant AGP1-NV, with lowered fitness in original substrates and increased fitness in Cit).

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This important study advances our understanding of the ways in which different types of communication signals differentially affect mouse behaviors and amygdala cholinergic/dopaminergic neuromodulation. Researchers interested in the complex interaction between prior experience, sex, behavior, hormonal status, and neuromodulation should benefit from this study. Nevertheless, the data analysis is incomplete at this stage, requiring additional analysis and description, justification, and - potentially - power to support the conclusions fully. With the analytical part strengthened, this paper will be of interest to neuroscientists and ethologists.

      GENERAL COMMENTS ON REVIEWS AND REVISIONS

      Experimental design

      Here we address questions from several reviewers regarding our periods of neuromodulator and behavioral analysis. First, we recognize that the text would benefit from an overview of the experimental structure different from the narrative we provide in the first paragraphs of the Results. We now include this near the beginning for the Materials and Methods (page 17). We further articulate that the 10-minute time periods were dictated by the sampling duration required to perform accurate neurochemical analyses (and to reserve half of the sample in the event of a catastrophic failure of batch-processing samples). Since neurochemical release may display multiple temporal components (e.g., ACh: Aitta-aho et al., 2018) during playback stimulation, and since these could differ across neurochemicals of interest, we decided to collect, analyze, and report in two stimulus periods as well as one Pre-Stim control. We now clarify this in additional text in the Material and Methods (p. 24, lines 20-22; p. 26, lines 17-19). We decided not to include analyses of the post-stimulus period because this is subject to wider individual and neuromodulator-specific effects and because it weakens statistical power in addressing the core question—the change in neuromodulator release DURING vocal playback.

      We also sought to clarify the meaning of the periods “Stim 1” and “Stim 2”; they are two data collection periods, using the same examplar sequences in the same order. We have added statements in the Material and Methods (p. 18, lines 4-7; Fig. caption, p. 39, lines 11-13) to clarify these periods.

      For behavioral analyses, observation periods were much shorter than 10 mins, but the main purpose of behavioral analyses in this report is to relate to the neurochemical data. As a result, we matched the temporal features of the behavioral and neurochemical analyses (p. 22, lines 17-22). We plan a separate report, focused exclusively on a broader set of behavioral responses to playback, that may examine behaviors at a more granular level.

      Data and statistical analyses

      Reviewers 1 and 3 expressed concerns about our normalization of neurochemical data, suggesting that it diminishes statistical power or is not transparent. We note that normalization is a very common form of data transformation that does not diminish statistical power. It is particularly useful for data forms in which the absolute value of the measurement across experiments may be uninformative. Normalization is routine in microdialysis studies, because data can be affected by probe placement and factors affecting neurochemical recovery and processing. Recent examples include:

      Li, Chaoqun, Tianping Sun, Yimu Zhang, Yan Gao, Zhou Sun, Wei Li, Heping Cheng, Yu Gu, and Nashat Abumaria. "A neural circuit for regulating a behavioral switch in response to prolonged uncontrollability in mice." Neuron (2023).

      Gálvez-Márquez, Donovan K., Mildred Salgado-Ménez, Perla Moreno-Castilla, Luis Rodríguez-Durán, Martha L. Escobar, Fatuel Tecuapetla, and Federico Bermudez-Rattoni. "Spatial contextual recognition memory updating is modulated by dopamine release in the dorsal hippocampus from the locus coeruleus." Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 119, no. 49 (2022): e2208254119.

      Holly, Elizabeth N., Christopher O. Boyson, Sandra Montagud-Romero, Dirson J. Stein, Kyle L. Gobrogge, Joseph F. DeBold, and Klaus A. Miczek. "Episodic social stress-escalated cocaine self-administration: role of phasic and tonic corticotropin releasing factor in the anterior and posterior ventral tegmental area." Journal of Neuroscience 36, no. 14 (2016): 4093-4105.

      Bagley, Elena E., Jennifer Hacker, Vladimir I. Chefer, Christophe Mallet, Gavan P. McNally, Billy CH Chieng, Julie Perroud, Toni S. Shippenberg, and MacDonald J. Christie. "Drug-induced GABA transporter currents enhance GABA release to induce opioid withdrawal behaviors." Nature neuroscience 14, no. 12 (2011): 1548-1554.

      However, since all reviewers requested raw values of neurochemicals, we provide these in supplementary tables 1-3. The manuscript references these table early in the Results (p. 6, lines 18-19) and in the Material and Methods (p. 27, lines 3-4)

      All reviewers commented on correlation analyses that we presented, with different perspectives. Reviewer 2 questioned the validity of such analyses, performed across experimental groups, while Reviewer 1 pointed out that the analyses were redundant with the GLM. We agree with these criticisms, and note the challenges associated with correlations involving behaviors for which there is a “floor” in the number of observations. As a result, we have removed most correlation analyses from the manuscript. The text and figures have been modified accordingly. Due these changes, we have to decline requests of Reviewer 3 to include many more such analyses. While correlation analyses could still be performed between neurochemicals and behaviors for each group, the relatively small size of each experimental group, the large number of groups, and the even larger numbers of pairings between neurochemicals and behavior, the statistical power is very low. The only correlations we utilize in the manuscript concern the interpretation of our increased acetylcholine levels.

      As part of this revision, we re-ran our statistical analyses on neuromodulators because of a calculation error in 3 animals (regarding baseline values). In a few instances, a significance level changed, but none of these changed a conclusion regarding neuromodulator changes under our experimental conditions.

      Other revisions

      INTRODUCTION: We modified the Introduction to provide both a more general framework and specific gaps in our understanding relating neuromodulators with vocal communication.

      DISCUSSION: We have added material in the first two pages of the Discussion to provide more framework to our conclusions, to address the issues of the temporal aspects of neurochemical release and behavioral observations, and to identify limitations that should be addressed in future studies.

      FIGURES: All figures are now in the main part of the manuscript. We modified most figures in response to reviewer comments. We removed neuromodulator – behavior correlations from several figures. We modified all box plots to ensure that all data points are visible. The visible data points match the numbers reported in figure captions. We brought 5-HIAA data into the main figures reporting on neuromodulator results.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The manuscript addresses a fundamental question about how different types of communication signals differentially affect brain states and neurochemistry. In addition, the manuscript highlights the various processes that modulate brain responses to communication signals, including prior experience, sex, and hormonal status. Overall, the manuscript is well-written and the research is appropriately contextualized. The authors are thoughtful about their quantitative approaches and interpretations of the data.

      That being said, the authors need to work on justifying some of their analytical approaches (e.g., normalization of neurochemical data, dividing the experimental period into two periods (as opposed to just analyzing the entire experimental period as a whole)) and should provide a greater discussion of how their data also demonstrate dissociations between neurochemical release in the basolateral amygdala and behavior (e.g., neurochemical differences during both of the experimental periods but behavioral differences only during the first half of the experimental period). The normalization of neurochemical data seems unnecessary given the repeated-measures design of their analysis and could be problematic; by normalizing all data to the baseline data (p. 24), one artificially creates a baseline period with minimal variation (all are "0"; Figures 2, 3 & 5) that could inflate statistical power.

      Please see our general responses to structure of observation periods and normalization of neuromodulator data. Normalization is a common and appropriate procedure in microdialysis studies that does not alter statistical power.

      We have included a section in the Discussion concerning the temporal relationship between behavioral responses and neurochemical changes in response to vocal playback (p. 12, lines 3-17). We note where the linkage is particularly strong (e.g., ACh release and flinching). This points to a need to examine these phenomena with finer temporal resolution, but also with the recognition that the brain circuits driving a behavioral response may extend beyond the BLA.

      The Introduction could benefit from a priori predictions about the differential release of specific neuromodulators based on previous literature.

      We added some material to the Introduction to provide additional rationale for the study. However, we did not attempt to develop predictions for the range of neuromodulators that we sought to test. The literature can lead to opposite predictions for a given neuromodulator. For example, acetylcholine could be associated with both positive and negative valence. Instead, we note in the Introduction the association of both DA and ACh with vocalizations.

      The manuscript would also benefit from a description of space use and locomotion in response to different valence vocalizations.

      We have provided additional descriptions of space use and video tracking data in Material and Methods (p. 23, lines 1-6). We now report a few correlations based on these data in the Results to demonstrate that increased ACh in Restraint males and Mating estrus females was not related to the amount of locomotion (p. 9, lines 8-14).

      Nevertheless, the current manuscript seems to provide some compelling support for how positive and negative valence vocalizations differentially affect behavior and the release of acetylcholine and dopamine in the basolateral amygdala. The research is relevant to broad fields of neuroscience and has implications for the neural circuits underlying social behavior.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Ghasemahmad et al. report findings on the influence of salient vocalization playback, sex, and previous experience, on mice behaviors, and on cholinergic and dopaminergic neuromodulation within the basolateral amygdala (BLA). Specifically, the authors played back mice vocalizations recorded during two behaviors of opposite valence (mating and restraint) and measured the behaviors and release of acetylcholine (ACh), dopamine (DA), and serotonin in the BLA triggered in response to those sounds.

      Strength: The authors identified that mating and restraint sounds have a differential impact on cholinergic and dopaminergic release. In male mice, these two distinct vocalizations exert an opposite effect on the release of ACh and DA. Mating sounds elicited a decrease of Ach release and an increase of DA release. Conversely, restraint sounds induced an increase in ACh release and a trend to decrease in DA. These neurotransmission changes were different in estrus females for whom the mating vocalization resulted in an increase of both DA and ACh release.

      Weaknesses: The behavioral analysis and results remain elusive, and although addressing interesting questions, the study contains major flaws, and the interpretations are overstating the findings.

      Although Reviewer 2 raises several valid issues that we have addressed in our response and revision, we believe that none represent “major flaws” in the study that challenge the validity of our central conclusions. In brief, we will:

      --provide enhanced description of behaviors (pp. 22-23 and Table 1)

      --clarify / modify box-plot representations of data (p 28. Lines 3-9)

      --point to our methods that describe corrections for multiple comparisons (p. 27; lines 15-16)

      --revise figures to clarify sample size (Figs. 3-6)

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Ghasemahmad et al. examined behavioral and neurochemical responses of male and female mice to vocalizations associated with mating and restraint. The authors made two significant and exciting discoveries. They revealed that the affective content of vocalizations modulated both behavioral responses and the release of acetylcholine (ACh) and dopamine (DA) but not serotonin (5-HIAA) in the basolateral amygdala (BLA) of male and female mice. Moreover, the results show sex-based differences in behavioral responses to vocalizations associated with mating. The authors conclude that behavior and neurochemical responses in male and female mice are experience-dependent and are altered by vocalizations associated with restraint and mating. The findings suggest that ACh and DA release may shape behavioral responses to context-dependent vocalizations. The study has the potential to significantly advance our understanding of how neuromodulators provide internal-state signals to the BLA while an animal listens to social vocalizations; however, multiple concerns must be addressed to substantiate their conclusions.

      Major concerns:

      1) The authors normalized all neurochemical data to the background level obtained from a single pre-stimulus sample immediately preceding playback. The percentage change from the background level was calculated based on a formula, and the underlying concentrations were not reported. The authors should report the sample and background concentrations to make the results and analyses more transparent. The authors stated that NE and 5-HT had low recovery from the mouse brain and hence could not be tracked in the experiment. The authors could be more specific here by relating the concentrations to ACh, DA, and 5-HIAA included in the analyses.

      Please see our general statement regarding normalization of neurochemical data. We have added supplemental tables that shows concentrations of dopamine, acetylcholine, 5-HIAA. We do not report serotonin or noradrenalin since these were below the detection threshold.

      2) For the EXP group, the authors stated that each animal underwent 90-min sessions on two consecutive days that provided mating and restraint experiences. Did the authors record mating or copulation during these experiments? If yes, what was the frequency of copulation? What other behaviors were recorded during these experiences? Did the experiment encompass other courtship behaviors along with mating experiences? Was the female mouse in estrus during the experience sessions?

      In the mating experience, mounting or attempted mounting was required for the animal to be included in subsequent testing. Since the session lasted 90 minutes, more general courtship behavior was likely. However, we did not record detailed behaviors or track estrous stage for the mating experience. See p. 21, line 20-22.

      3) For the mating playback, the authors stated that the mating stimulus blocks contained five exemplars of vocal sequences emitted during mating interactions. The authors should clarify whether the vocal sequences were emitted while animals were mating/copulating or when the male and female mice were inside the test box. If the latter was the case, it might be better to call the playback "courtship playback" instead of "mating playback".

      We have modified the Results (p. 5, lines 18-20) and Materials and Methods (p. 21, lines 8-15) to clarify our meaning. We continue to use the term “mating” because this refers to a specific set of behaviors associated with mounting and copulation, rather than the more general term “courtship”. We also indicate that we based these behaviors on previous work (e.g., Gaub et al., 2016).

      4) Since most differences that the authors reported in Figure 3 were observed in Stim 1 and not in Stim 2, it might be better to perform a temporal analysis - looking at behaviors and neurochemicals over time instead of dividing them into two 10-minute bins. The temporal analysis will provide a more accurate representation of changes in behavior and neurochemicals over time.

      Please see our general response to the structuring of experimental periods. The 10-min periods are the minimum for the neurochemical analyses, and we adopted the same periods for behavioral analyses to match the two types of observations. Our repeated measures analysis is a form of temporal analysis, since it compares values in three observation periods.

      5) In Figures 2 and 3, the authors show the correlation between Flinching behavior and ACh concentration. The authors should report correlations between concentrations of all neurochemicals (not just ACh) and all behaviors recorded (not just Flinching), even if they are insignificant. The analyses performed for the stim 1 data should also be performed on the stim 2 data. Reporting these findings would benefit the field.

      Please see general comments regarding correlation analyses. We removed almost all such analyses and references to them from the manuscript based on concerns of the other reviewers.

      6) The mice used in the study were between p90 - p180. The mice were old, and the range of ages was considerable. Are the findings correlated with age? The authors should also discuss how age might affect the experiment's results.

      Our p90-p180 mice are not “old”. CBA/CaJ mice display normal hearing for at least 1 year (Ohlemiller, Dahl, and Gagnon, JARO 11: 605-623, 2010) and adult sexual and social behavior throughout our observation period. They are sexually mature adults, appropriate for this study. We decline to perform correlation analyses with age, both because this was not a question for this study and because the very large number of correlations, for each experimental group (as requested by reviewer #2), render this approach statistically problematic.

      7) The authors reported neurochemical levels estimated as the animals listened to the sounds played back. What about the sustained effects of changes in neurochemicals? Are there any potential long-term effects of social vocalizations on behavior and neurochemical levels? The authors might consider discussing long-term effects.

      We have not included discussion of long term effects of neuromodulatory release, both because our data analysis doesn’t address it (see response to Comment #10) and because we desired to keep the Discussion focused on topics more closely related to the results.

      8) Histology from a single recording was shown in supplementary figure 1. It would benefit the readers if additional histology was shown for all the animals, not just the colored schematics summarizing the recording probe locations. Further explanation of the track location is also needed to help the readers. Make it clear for the readers which dextran-fluorescein labeling image is associated with which track in the schematic.

      Based on the recent publications cited in our overall response to reviewer comments about statistical methods, our reporting of histological location of microdialysis exceeds the standard. We believe that the inclusion of all histology is unnecessary and not particularly helpful. Raw photomicrographs do not always illustrate boundaries, so interpretation is required. However, we added a second photomicrograph example and we identified which tracks correspond to these photomicrographs (see Figure 2; now in main body of manuscript).

      9) The authors did not control for the sounds being played back with a speaker. This control may be necessary since the effects are more pronounced in Stim 1 than in Stim 2. Playing white noise rather than restraint or courtship vocalizations would be an excellent control. However, the authors could perform a permutation analysis and computationally break the relationship between what sound is playing and the neurochemical data. This control would allow the authors to show that the actual neurochemical levels are above or below chance.

      We considered a potential “control” stimulus in our experimental design. We concluded, based on our previous work (e.g., Grimsley et al., 2013; Gadziola et al., 2016), that white noise is not or not necessarily a neutral stimulus and therefore the results would not clarify the responses to the two vocal stimuli. Instead, we opted to use experience as a type of control. This control shows very clearly that temporal patterns and across-group differences in neurochemical response to playback disappear in the absence of experience with the associated behavior.

      10) The authors indicated that each animal's post-vocalization session was also recorded. No data in the manuscript related to the post-vocalization playback period was included. This omission was a missed opportunity to show that the neurochemical levels returned to baseline, and the results were not dependent on the normalization process described in major concern #1. The data should be included in the manuscript and analyzed. It would add further support for the model described in Figure 6.

      We decided not to include analyses of the post-stimulus period because this period is subject to wider individual and neuromodulator-specific effects and because it weakens statistical power in addressing the core question—the change in neuromodulator release DURING vocal playback. We agree that the general question is of interest to the field, but we don’t think our study is best designed to answer that question.

      11) The authors could use a predictive model, such as a binary classifier trained on the CSF sampling data, to predict the type of vocalizations played back. The predictive model could support the conclusions and provide additional support for the model in Figure 6.

      We recognize that a binary classifier could provide an interesting approach to support conclusions. However, we do not believe that the sample size per group is sufficient to both create and test the classifier.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major comments:

      • Introduction: It would be useful to set up an experimental framework before delving into the results. What are the predictions about specific neuromodulators based on previous literature?

      Because this narrative is laid out in the first two paragraphs of the Results, which immediately follow the Introduction, we believe that additional text in the Introduction on the experimental framework is redundant. As stated above, detailing predictions for a range of neuromodulators would make for a long and not particularly illuminating Introduction. We instead have related our findings to more general understanding of DA and ACh in the Discussion.

      • There really isn't a major difference in stimuli during the "Stim 1" and "Stim 2" phases, and it's not clear why the authors divided the experimental period into two phases. Therefore, the authors need to justify their experimental approach. For example, the authors could first anecdotally mention that behavioral responses to playbacks seem to be larger in the first half of the playbacks than during the second half, therefore they individually analyzed each half of the experimental period. Or adopt a different approach to justify their design. Overall, the analytical approach is reasonable but it is currently not justified.

      See general comment for analysis periods. As noted, we clarified these issues in several locations with Materials and Methods (pp. 24, lines 20-22; p. 26, lines 17-19). We also sought to clarify the meaning of the periods “Stim 1” and “Stim 2”; they are two data collection periods, using the same examplar sequences in the same order. We have added statements in the Material and Methods (p. 18, lines 4-7; Fig. caption, p. 39, lines 11-13).

      • The normalization of neurochemical data seems problematic and unnecessary. By normalizing all data to the baseline data (p. 24), one artificially creates a baseline period with minimal variation (all are "0"; Figures 2, 3 & 5) and this has implications for statistical power. Because the analysis is a within-subjects analysis, this normalization is not necessary for the analysis itself. It can be useful to normalize data for visualization purposes, but raw data should be analyzed. Indeed, behavioral data are qualitatively similar to the neurochemical data, and those data are not normalized to baseline values.

      Please see our general comment on this issue. We believe normalization does not affect statistical power and is both the standard way and an appropriate way to analyze microdialysis results. We include concentrations of ACh, DA, and 5-HIAA in supplementary tables?

      • The authors should include a discussion (in the Discussion section) of how behavior and neurochemical release are associated during the first half of the experimental session but not in the second half (e.g., differences in Ach and DA release between mating and restraint groups during stim 1 and 2, but behavioral differences only during stim 1).

      We have included a section in the Discussion concerning the temporal relationship between behavioral responses and neurochemical changes in response to vocal playback. We note that the linkage is particularly strong in some cases (e.g., ACh release and flinching). This points to a need to examine these phenomena with finer temporal resolution, but also with the recognition that the brain circuits driving a behavioral response may extend beyond the BLA.

      Minor comments:

      • Keywords: add "serotonin" (even though there are no significant differences on 5-HIAA, people interested in serotonin would find this interesting).

      Added to keywords list.

      • Do the authors collect data on the vocalizations of mice in response to these playbacks?

      We monitored vocalizations during playback, noting that vocalizations–especially “Noisy” vocalization–were common. However, we did not record vocalizations and are therefore unable quantify our observations.

      • First line of page 7: readers do not know about "stim 1" and "stim 2". Therefore, the authors need to describe their approach to analyzing behavior and neurochemical release.

      We first introduce these terms earlier, citing Figure 1D,E. We have added some additional wording for further clarification. page 7, lines 4-5.

      • Make sure citations are uniformly formatted (e.g., Inconsistencies in: "As male and female mice emit different vocalizations during mating (Finton et al., 2017; J. M. S. Grimsley et al., 2013; Neunuebel et al., 2015; Sales (née Sewell), 1972)").

      We have reviewed and corrected citations throughout the manuscript.

      • Last paragraph of page 7: "attending behavior" has not been defined yet.

      Table 1 contains our description of the behaviors analyzed in this study. We have now inserted a reference to Table 1 earlier in the Results (p. 6, line 12).

      • Figure 2E and 3G: I find these correlations to be redundant with the GLMs. This is because the significant relationship is likely to be driven by group differences in behavior and in neurochemical release.

      Please see general comments regarding correlation analyses. We removed such analyses and references to them from the manuscript.

      • Page 2, 2nd paragraph, 2nd sentence: this paragraph seems to be rooted in comparing and contrasting experienced and inexperienced mice, so there should be explicit comparisons in each sentence. For example, the 2nd sentence should read: "Whereas EXP estrus females demonstrated increased flinching behaviors in response to mating vocalizations, INEXP ....". This paragraph overall could use some refining.

      We believe this refers to page 9. We have revised the paragraph to clarify our findings (Beginning p. 9, line 23).

      • Page 9: "Further, there were no significant differences across groups during Stim 1 or Stim 2 periods. These results contrast sharply with those from all EXP groups, in which both ACh and DA release changed significantly during playback (Figs. 2C, 2D, 3E, 3F)." While I understand their perspective, this is misleading because changes were only observed during the Stim 1 period.

      We have slightly revised the wording in this paragraph, because the restraint males did not show significant ACh decreases. However, we do not believe our statements mislead readers just because some changes are observed in only one of the stimulation periods (p 10, lines 13-16).

      • Last paragraph of page 14: it would be useful to mention the increase in flinching in experienced females in response to mating vocalizations.

      We have added a sentence in this paragraph relating flinching in estrus females to increased ACh (p. 15, lines 18-20).

      • Was there a full analysis of locomotion in response to playbacks? I see that locomotion was correlated with neurochemical release but was it different in response to different stimuli? Were there changes to the part of the arena that mice occupied in response to restraint vs. mating vocalizations? Given their methods section, it would be useful for the authors to mention the results of the analyses of these aspects of movement.

      We have provided additional descriptions of space use and video tracking data in Material and Methods (p. 23, lines 1-6). We now report additional results associated with these analyses (p. 8, lines 13-15; p. 9, lines 8-14).

      • I believe that each experimental mouse only heard one of the stimuli (given the analytical approach). Because it is plausible to measure neurochemical release in response to both types of stimuli, I encourage the authors to be more explicit about this aspect of the experimental design (e.g., mention in Results section).

      Sentence modified to read: “Each mouse received playback of either the mating or restraint stimuli, but not both: same-day presentation of both stimuli would require excessively long playback sessions, the condition of the same probe would likely change on subsequent days, and quality of a second implanted probe on a subsequent day was uncertain.” (p. 7, lines 5-9).

      • Figure 1A and 1B: add labels to the panels so readers don't have to read the legend to know what spectrogram is associated with what context.

      We added these labels to Figure 1.

      • Table 1: in the definition of "still and alert", should this mention "abrupt attending" instead of "abrupt freezing"? The latter isn't described.

      Yes, we intended “abrupt attending”, and now indicated that in Table 1

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major comments:

      • The authors report they performed manual behavioral analysis, and provide a table defining the different behaviors. However, it remains unclear how some of these behaviors were detected (such as still-and-alert events). A thorough description of the criteria used to define these events needs to be provided.

      We have modified some descriptions of manually analyzed behaviors in Table 1, and have added additional description of how we developed this set of behaviors for analysis in the study (pp. 22-23).

      • The box plots do not appear to represent the "minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum values." as specified on page 24 (Methods). Indeed, the individual data points sometimes do not reach the max or min of the bar plot, and sometimes are way beyond them.

      We used the “inclusive median” function in Excel to generate final boxplots. These boxplots will sometimes result in a data point being placed outside of the whiskers. SPSS considers these to be “outliers”, but our GLM analysis includes these values. We describe this in Data Analysis section of Materials and Methods (p. 28, lines 3-9)

      • Some of the data are replicated in different Figures: Figure 2A and Figure 3C. While this is acceptable, the authors did not correct for multiple comparisons (dividing the p value by the number of comparisons).

      Our analysis included corrections for multiple comparisons, as we have indicated on p. 27, lines 15-16.

      • Overall, the sample sizes are too small (for example in Figure 3, non-estrus females are at n=3), and are different in experiments where they should be equal (Figure 2B: mating stim 1 is at n=5 and mating stim 2 is at n=3).

      We apologize that sample sizes were not properly displayed in figures. Please note that sample sizes are identified in the figure captions. For neuromodulator data, all sample sizes are at least 7. For behavioral data, the minimum sample size is 5. We have revised Figures 3-6 to ensure that all data points are visible.

      • It remains unclear why the impact of mating vocalizations has been tested only in males.

      We assume the reviewer meant that only males were tested in restraint. We now indicate that our preliminary evidence indicated no difference in behavioral responses to restraint vocalization between males and females, so we opted to perform the neurochemical analysis for restraint only in males (page 22 lines 4-5). If there were no limitations to time and cost, we would have preferred to test responses to restraint in females as well. We note that such inclusion would have added up to 4 experimental groups (estrus and non-estrus groups in both EXP and INEXP groups).

      • The correlation between the number of flinching and ACh release changes (Figure 2E) visually appears to be opposite between mating and restraint playbacks. The authors should perform independent correlations for these 2 playbacks.

      Please see general comments regarding correlation analyses. We removed such analyses and references to them from the manuscript.

      • The authors state that their findings "indicate that behavioral responses to salient vocalizations result from interactions between sex of the listener or context of vocal stimuli with the previous behavioral experience associated with these vocalizations.". However, in male mice, they do not report any difference in previous experience on flinching for both restraint and mating sounds, as well as no difference in rearing for the restrain sounds (Figure 4A-B). Thus, the discussion of these results should be completely revisited.

      We revised the paragraph in question (p. 9, line 22 through p. 10, line 9). For instance, we note that significant differences between EXP male-mating and male-restraint flinching do not exist between the INEXP groups. We believe that the last sentence correctly summarizes findings described in this paragraph.

      • For serotonin experiments in Figure S2 there are strong outliers (150% increase in 5HIAA release). Did the authors correlate these levels with the behavior of the animals?

      Outliers are identified by the Excel function that generated the boxplots, but we have no reason to consider these as outliers and exclude them. As noted above, we have clarified that these “outliers” are the result of the Excel function in the Materials and Methods (p. 28, lines 3-9) and we have revised the plotting of data points

      Minor comments:

      • Mating vocalization playback is mainly emitted by males, thus, instead of a positive valence signal, this could also be interpreted as a competitive signal to other males.

      There is support in the literature for viewing our mating stimulus as having positive valence. Gaub et al., 2016 describe the emission of stepped calls, lower frequency harmonics, and increased sound level as indicators of “positive emotion”. We have shown (Grimsley et al, 2013) that the female LFH vocalization can be highly attractive to male mice, under the right conditions, indicating something like “sex is happening”. The inclusion of both the male and female vocalizations in our stimuli was a key piece of our experimental design, based on our understanding of the contributions of both vocalizations to the meaning of the overall acoustic experience.

      • Figure 1 should include panel titles.

      No change. This information is available in the Figure caption.

      • n=31 should be indicated in the EXP group.

      We’re not sure where the reviewer is referring to this value.

      • The color legend of Figure 1E is absent, making the Figure not understandable.

      We added text in the Figure 1 caption to indicate that each color represents a different exemplar. We don’t think a legend provides additional useful information.

      • The point of making two blocks (stim 1 and stim2) should be stated more clearly.

      Please see general statement regarding experimental blocks. We have modified our description of these in an Experimental overview section in the Material and Methods.

      • Including raw data of micro-dialysis in the supplementary figures would allow assessment of the variability and quality of the measurements.

      We have added concentrations of neurochemicals in supplemental tables 1-3.

      • Baseline (prestimulus) number of flinch and rearing should systematically be indicated (missing in Figure 4).

      The focus in this figure is on the differences that occur in Stim 1 values. There are no differences between EXP and INEXP animals of any group during the Pre-Stim period. We now state that in the Figure 4 caption.

      • Discussion: "increase in AMPA/NMDA currents". We believe the authors are referring to the ratio of AMPA to NMDA currents. This sentence should be reformulated.

      These are modified to refer to “… the AMPA/NMDA current ratio…” in two locations in the Discussion (p. 14, lines 8-9; p. 15, line 4)

      • Overall the discussion is very speculative and should rely more on the data.

      We believe that the Discussion provides appropriate speculation that is based on our experimental data and previous literature. We have added a paragraph to identify limitations of our findings and recommendations of future experiments to resolve some issues (p. 12, lines 3-17)

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor concerns:

      1) The authors stated that USVs are most likely to be emitted by males, and LFH are likely to be emitted by females. However, Oliveira-Stahl et al. 2023, Matsumoto et al. 2022, Warren et al. 2018, Heckman et al. 2017, Neunuebel et al., 2015 showed that females also emit USVs. The authors should mention that USVs are emitted by both males and females and discuss how the sex of the vocalizing animal (both males and females) can influence neuromodulator release.

      The reviewer slightly mis-stated the wording of our text, changing the meaning significantly. Our wording is “These sequences included ultrasonic vocalizations (USVs) with harmonics, steps, and complex structure, mostly emitted by males, and low frequency harmonic calls (LFHs) emitted by females (Fig. 1A,C)…” This phrasing is correct and carefully chosen. The Discussion in Oliveira-Stahl et al 2023 (p. 10-11) supports our statement: “The exact fraction of USVs emitted by females as concluded in all previous studies on dyadic courtship has varied, ranging from 18%, 17.5%, and 16% to 10.5% in the present study…”.

      2) The authors should explain why ECF from BLA was collected unilaterally from the left hemisphere.

      p. 23, lines 9-11: We inserted a sentence to explain why we targeted the BLA unilaterally. “Since both left and right amygdala are responsive to vocal stimuli in human and experimental animal studies (Wenstrup et al., 2020), we implanted microdialysis probes into the left amygdala to maintain consistency with other studies in our laboratory..” Beyond that, the choice was arbitrary.

      3) The authors said each animal recovered in its home cage for four days before the playback experiment. A 4-day period may not be sufficient for every animal to recover from surgery, so the authors should describe how a mouse's recovery was assessed.

      p. 23, lines 20-23: We provide more description about the recovery and how it was assessed. Except for a few animals that were not included in the experiments, all animals recovered within 4 days.

      4) The authors stated that each animal was exposed to 90-min sessions with mating and restraint behaviors in a counterbalanced design. This description for Figure 1D should also include the duration of the mating and restraint experience.

      The Results that immediately precede citation to this figure include this information.

      5) The authors stated, "Data are reported only from mice with more than 75% of the microdialysis probe implanted within the BLA". What are the implications of having 25% of the probe outside the BLA? The authors should shed more light on this by discussing this issue as it relates to the findings and commenting on where the other 25% of the probe was located.

      We inserted a sentence to explain the rationale for this inclusion criterion. “We verified placement of microdialysis probes to minimize variability that could arise because regions surrounding BLA receive neurochemical inputs from different sources (e.g., cholinergic inputs to putamen and central amygdala).” (p. 25, lines 21-23).

      All brain regions that surround BLA, dorsal, medial, ventral, or lateral, could have been sampled by the “other” 25%. Some of these, e.g., the central amygdala or caudate-putamen, have different sources of cholinergic input that may not have the same release pattern. We do not think it is worthy of further speculation in the Discussion. Due to the high cost of the neurochemical analysis, we often did not process the neurochemistry data if histology indicated that a probe missed the BLA target.

      6) The authors confirmed that the estrus stage did not change during the experiment day by evaluating and comparing estrus prior to and after data collection. This strategy was a fantastic experimental approach, but the authors should have discussed the results. How did the results the authors included change when the females were in estrus before but not after data collection? What percentage of females started in estrus but ended in metestrus? Assuming that some females changed estrus state, were these animals excluded from the analyses?

      All animals were in the same estrus state at the beginning and end of the playback session.

      7). Authors cite Neunuebel et al., 2015 for the sentence "As male and female mice emit different vocalizations during mating". However, Neunuebel et al., 2015 showed vocalizations emitted during chasing--not mating. If mating is a general term for courtship, then this reference is appropriate, but see major concern #3.

      In the Results (p. 8, line 5), we changed the phrasing to “courtship and mating” to include the Neunubel et al study.

      As we indicate in our response to Public Comment #3, we have modified the Results (p. 5, lines 18-20) and Materials and Methods (p. 21, lines 8-15) to clarify our meaning. We continue to use the term “mating” because this refers to a specific set of behaviors associated with mounting and copulation, rather than the more general term “courtship”. We also indicate that we based these behaviors on previous work (e.g., Gaub et al., 2016).

      8) Authors interpret Figure 3F as DA release showed a "consistent" increase during mating playback across all three experimental groups. However, the increase in the estrus female group is inconsistent, as seen in the graph. This verbiage should be reworded to describe the data more accurately.

      p. 8, line 23 “consistent” was deleted.

      9) In all the box plots, multiple data points overlay each other. A more transparent way of showing the data would be adding some jitter to the x value to make each data point visible. The mean (X's) in Figure 3D (pre-stim mating and mating estrus) are difficult to see, as are all the data points in mating non-estrus. Adding all the symbols to the figure legend or a key in the figure instead of the method section would aid the reader and make the plots easier to interpret

      We have revised the boxplots to ensure that all data points are visible.

      10) Some verbiage used in the discussion should be toned down. For example, "intense" experiences and "emotionally charged" vocalizations should be removed.

      We have not changed these terms, which we believe are appropriate to describe these experiences and vocalizations.

      11) The authors include "Emotional Vocalizations" in the title. It would be beneficial if the authors included more detail and references in the introduction to help set up the emotional content of vocalizations. It may benefit a broader readership as typically targeted by eLife.

      We now cite Darwin and some more recent publications that articulate the general understanding that social vocalizations carry emotional content.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This study presents potentially valuable results on glutamine-rich motifs in relation to protein expression and alternative genetic codes. The author's interpretation of the results is so far only supported by incomplete evidence, due to a lack of acknowledgment of alternative explanations, missing controls and statistical analysis and writing unclear to non experts in the field. These shortcomings could be at least partially overcome by additional experiments, thorough rewriting, or both.

      We thank both the Reviewing Editor and Senior Editor for handling this manuscript.

      Based on your suggestions, we have provided controls, performed statistical analysis, and rewrote our manuscript. The revised manuscript is significantly improved and more accessible to non-experts in the field.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary

      This work contains 3 sections. The first section describes how protein domains with SQ motifs can increase the abundance of a lacZ reporter in yeast. The authors call this phenomenon autonomous protein expression-enhancing activity, and this finding is well supported. The authors show evidence that this increase in protein abundance and enzymatic activity is not due to changes in plasmid copy number or mRNA abundance, and that this phenomenon is not affected by mutants in translational quality control. It was not completely clear whether the increased protein abundance is due to increased translation or to increased protein stability.

      In section 2, the authors performed mutagenesis of three N-terminal domains to study how protein sequence changes protein stability and enzymatic activity of the fusions. These data are very interesting, but this section needs more interpretation. It is not clear if the effect is due to the number of S/T/Q/N amino acids or due to the number of phosphorylation sites.

      In section 3, the authors undertake an extensive computational analysis of amino acid runs in 27 species. Many aspects of this section are fascinating to an expert reader. They identify regions with poly-X tracks. These data were not normalized correctly: I think that a null expectation for how often poly-X track occur should be built for each species based on the underlying prevalence of amino acids in that species. As a result, I believe that the claim is not well supported by the data.

      Strengths

      This work is about an interesting topic and contains stimulating bioinformatics analysis. The first two sections, where the authors investigate how S/T/Q/N abundance modulates protein expression level, is well supported by the data. The bioinformatics analysis of Q abundance in ciliate proteomes is fascinating. There are some ciliates that have repurposed stop codons to code for Q. The authors find that in these proteomes, Q-runs are greatly expanded. They offer interesting speculations on how this expansion might impact protein function.

      Weakness

      At this time, the manuscript is disorganized and difficult to read. An expert in the field, who will not be distracted by the disorganization, will find some very interesting results included. In particular, the order of the introduction does not match the rest of the paper.

      In the first and second sections, where the authors investigate how S/T/Q/N abundance modulates protein expression levels, it is unclear if the effect is due to the number of phosphorylation sites or the number of S/T/Q/N residues.

      There are three reasons why the number of phosphorylation sites in the Q-rich motifs is not relevant to their autonomous protein expression-enhancing (PEE) activities:

      First, we have reported previously that phosphorylation-defective Rad51-NTD (Rad51-3SA) and wild-type Rad51-NTD exhibit similar autonomous PEE activity. Mec1/Tel1-dependent phosphorylation of Rad51-NTD antagonizes the proteasomal degradation pathway, increasing the half-life of Rad51 from ∼30 min to ≥180 min (1). (page 1, lines 11-14)

      Second, in our preprint manuscript, we have already shown that phosphorylation-defective Rad53-SCD1 (Rad51-SCD1-5STA) also exhibits autonomous PEE activity similar to that of wild-type Rad53-SCD (Figure 2D, Figure 4A and Figure 4C). We have highlighted this point in our revised manuscript (page 9, lines 19-21).

      Third, as revealed by the results of Figure 4, it is the percentages, and not the numbers, of S/T/Q/N residues that are correlated with the PEE activities of Q-rich motifs.

      The authors also do not discuss if the N-end rule for protein stability applies to the lacZ reporter or the fusion proteins.

      The autonomous PEE function of S/T/Q-rich NTDs is unlikely to be relevant to the N-end rule. The N-end rule links the in vivo half-life of a protein to the identity of its N-terminal residues. In S. cerevisiae, the N-end rule operates as part of the ubiquitin system and comprises two pathways. First, the Arg/N-end rule pathway, involving a single N-terminal amidohydrolase Nta1, mediates deamidation of N-terminal asparagine (N) and glutamine (Q) into aspartate (D) and glutamate (E), which in turn are arginylated by a single Ate1 R-transferase, generating the Arg/N degron. N-terminal R and other primary degrons are recognized by a single N-recognin Ubr1 in concert with ubiquitin-conjugating Ubc2/Rad6. Ubr1 can also recognize several other N-terminal residues, including lysine (K), histidine (H), phenylalanine (F), tryptophan (W), leucine (L) and isoleucine (I) (68-70). Second, the Ac/N-end rule pathway targets proteins containing N-terminally acetylated (Ac) residues. Prior to acetylation, the first amino acid methionine (M) is catalytically removed by Met-aminopeptidases (MetAPs), unless a residue at position 2 is non-permissive (too large) for MetAPs. If a retained N-terminal M or otherwise a valine (V), cysteine (C), alanine (A), serine (S) or threonine (T) residue is followed by residues that allow N-terminal acetylation, the proteins containing these AcN degrons are targeted for ubiquitylation and proteasome-mediated degradation by the Doa10 E3 ligase (71).

      The PEE activities of these S/T/Q-rich domains are unlikely to arise from counteracting the N-end rule for two reasons. First, the first two amino acid residues of Rad51-NTD, Hop1-SCD, Rad53-SCD1, Sup35-PND, Rad51-ΔN, and LacZ-NVH are MS, ME, ME, MS, ME, and MI, respectively, where M is methionine, S is serine, E is glutamic acid and I is isoleucine. Second, Sml1-NTD behaves similarly to these N-terminal fusion tags, despite its methionine and glutamine (MQ) amino acid signature at the N-terminus. (Page 12, line 3 to page 13, line 2)

      The most interesting part of the paper is an exploration of S/T/Q/N-rich regions and other repetitive AA runs in 27 proteomes, particularly ciliates. However, this analysis is missing a critical control that makes it nearly impossible to evaluate the importance of the findings. The authors find the abundance of different amino acid runs in various proteomes. They also report the background abundance of each amino acid. They do not use this background abundance to normalize the runs of amino acids to create a null expectation from each proteome. For example, it has been clear for some time (Ruff, 2017; Ruff et al., 2016) that Drosophila contains a very high background of Q's in the proteome and it is necessary to control for this background abundance when finding runs of Q's.

      We apologize for not explaining sufficiently well the topic eliciting this reviewer’s concern in our preprint manuscript. In the second paragraph of page 14, we cite six references to highlight that SCDs are overrepresented in yeast and human proteins involved in several biological processes (5, 43) and that polyX prevalence differs among species (79-82).

      We will cite a reference by Kiersten M. Ruff in our revised manuscript (38).

      K. M. Ruff, J. B. Warner, A. Posey and P. S. Tan (2017) Polyglutamine length dependent structural properties and phase behavior of huntingtin exon1. Biophysical Journal 112, 511a.

      The authors could easily address this problem with the data and analysis they have already collected. However, at this time, without this normalization, I am hesitant to trust the lists of proteins with long runs of amino acid and the ensuing GO enrichment analysis. Ruff KM. 2017. Washington University in St.

      Ruff KM, Holehouse AS, Richardson MGO, Pappu RV. 2016. Proteomic and Biophysical Analysis of Polar Tracts. Biophys J 110:556a.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for this helpful suggestion and now address this issue by means of a different approach described below.

      Based on a previous study (43), we applied seven different thresholds to seek both short and long, as well as pure and impure, polyX strings in 20 different representative near-complete proteomes, including 4X (4/4), 5X (4/5-5/5), 6X (4/6-6/6), 7X (4/7-7/7), 8-10X (≥50%X), 11-10X (≥50%X) and ≥21X (≥50%X).

      To normalize the runs of amino acids and create a null expectation from each proteome, we determined the ratios of the overall number of X residues for each of the seven polyX motifs relative to those in the entire proteome of each species, respectively. The results of four different polyX motifs are shown in our revised manuscript, i.e., polyQ (Figure 7), polyN (Figure 8), polyS (Figure 9) and polyT (Figure 10). Thus, polyX prevalence differs among species and the overall X contents of polyX motifs often but not always correlate with the X usage frequency in entire proteomes (43).

      Most importantly, our results reveal that, compared to Stentor coeruleus or several non-ciliate eukaryotic organisms (e.g., Plasmodium falciparum, Caenorhabditis elegans, Danio rerio, Mus musculus and Homo sapiens), the five ciliates with reassigned TAAQ and TAGQ codons not only have higher Q usage frequencies, but also more polyQ motifs in their proteomes (Figure 7). In contrast, polyQ motifs prevail in Candida albicans, Candida tropicalis, Dictyostelium discoideum, Chlamydomonas reinhardtii, Drosophila melanogaster and Aedes aegypti, though the Q usage frequencies in their entire proteomes are not significantly higher than those of other eukaryotes (Figure 1). Due to their higher N usage frequencies, Dictyostelium discoideum, Plasmodium falciparum and Pseudocohnilembus persalinus have more polyN motifs than the other 23 eukaryotes we examined here (Figure 8). Generally speaking, all 26 eukaryotes we assessed have similar S usage frequencies and percentages of S contents in polyS motifs (Figure 9). Among these 26 eukaryotes, Dictyostelium discoideum possesses many more polyT motifs, though its T usage frequency is similar to that of the other 25 eukaryotes (Figure 10).

      In conclusion, these new normalized results confirm that the reassignment of stop codons to Q indeed results in both higher Q usage frequencies and more polyQ motifs in ciliates.  

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study seeks to understand the connection between protein sequence and function in disordered regions enriched in polar amino acids (specifically Q, N, S and T). While the authors suggest that specific motifs facilitate protein-enhancing activities, their findings are correlative, and the evidence is incomplete. Similarly, the authors propose that the re-assignment of stop codons to glutamine-encoding codons underlies the greater user of glutamine in a subset of ciliates, but again, the conclusions here are, at best, correlative. The authors perform extensive bioinformatic analysis, with detailed (albeit somewhat ad hoc) discussion on a number of proteins. Overall, the results presented here are interesting, but are unable to exclude competing hypotheses.

      Strengths:

      Following up on previous work, the authors wish to uncover a mechanism associated with poly-Q and SCD motifs explaining proposed protein expression-enhancing activities. They note that these motifs often occur IDRs and hypothesize that structural plasticity could be capitalized upon as a mechanism of diversification in evolution. To investigate this further, they employ bioinformatics to investigate the sequence features of proteomes of 27 eukaryotes. They deepen their sequence space exploration uncovering sub-phylum-specific features associated with species in which a stop-codon substitution has occurred. The authors propose this stop-codon substitution underlies an expansion of ploy-Q repeats and increased glutamine distribution.

      Weaknesses:

      The preprint provides extensive, detailed, and entirely unnecessary background information throughout, hampering reading and making it difficult to understand the ideas being proposed.

      The introduction provides a large amount of detailed background that appears entirely irrelevant for the paper. Many places detailed discussions on specific proteins that are likely of interest to the authors occur, yet without context, this does not enhance the paper for the reader.

      The paper uses many unnecessary, new, or redefined acronyms which makes reading difficult. As examples:

      1) Prion forming domains (PFDs). Do the authors mean prion-like domains (PLDs), an established term with an empirical definition from the PLAAC algorithm? If yes, they should say this. If not, they must define what a prion-forming domain is formally.

      The N-terminal domain (1-123 amino acids) of S. cerevisiae Sup35 was already referred to as a “prion forming domain (PFD)” in 2006 (48). Since then, PFD has also been employed as an acronym in other yeast prion papers (Cox, B.S. et al. 2007; Toombs, T. et al. 2011).

      B. S. Cox, L. Byrne, M. F., Tuite, Protein Stability. Prion 1, 170-178 (2007). J. A. Toombs, N. M. Liss, K. R. Cobble, Z. Ben-Musa, E. D. Ross, [PSI+] maintenance is dependent on the composition, not primary sequence, of the oligopeptide repeat domain. PLoS One 6, e21953 (2011).

      2) SCD is already an acronym in the IDP field (meaning sequence charge decoration) - the authors should avoid this as their chosen acronym for Serine(S) / threonine (T)-glutamine (Q) cluster domains. Moreover, do we really need another acronym here (we do not).

      SCD was first used in 2005 as an acronym for the Serine (S)/threonine (T)-glutamine (Q) cluster domain in the DNA damage checkpoint field (4). Almost a decade later, SCD became an acronym for “sequence charge decoration” (Sawle, L. et al. 2015; Firman, T. et al. 2018).

      L. Sawle and K, Ghosh, A theoretical method to compute sequence dependent configurational properties in charged polymers and proteins. J. Chem Phys. 143, 085101(2015).

      T. Firman and Ghosh, K. Sequence charge decoration dictates coil-globule transition in intrinsically disordered proteins. J. Chem Phys. 148, 123305 (2018).

      3) Protein expression-enhancing (PEE) - just say expression-enhancing, there is no need for an acronym here.

      Thank you. Since we have shown that the addition of Q-rich motifs to LacZ affects protein expression rather than transcription, we think it is better to use the “PEE” acronym.

      The results suggest autonomous protein expression-enhancing activities of regions of multiple proteins containing Q-rich and SCD motifs. Their definition of expression-enhancing activities is vague and the evidence they provide to support the claim is weak. While their previous work may support their claim with more evidence, it should be explained in more detail. The assay they choose is a fusion reporter measuring beta-galactosidase activity and tracking expression levels. Given the presented data they have shown that they can drive the expression of their reporters and that beta gal remains active, in addition to the increase in expression of fusion reporter during the stress response. They have not detailed what their control and mock treatment is, which makes complete understanding of their experimental approach difficult. Furthermore, their nuclear localization signal on the tag could be influencing the degradation kinetics or sequestering the reporter, leading to its accumulation and the appearance of enhanced expression. Their evidence refuting ubiquitin-mediated degradation does not have a convincing control.

      Although this reviewer’s concern regarding our use of a nuclear localization signal on the tag is understandable, we are confident that this signal does not bias our findings for two reasons. First, the negative control LacZ-NV also possesses the same nuclear localization signal (Figure 1A, lane 2). Second, another fusion target, Rad51-ΔN, does not harbor the NVH tag (Figure 1D, lanes 3-4). Compared to wild-type Rad51, Rad51-ΔN is highly labile. In our previous study, removal of the NTD from Rad51 reduced by ~97% the protein levels of corresponding Rad51-ΔN proteins relative to wild-type (1).

      Based on the experimental results, the authors then go on to perform bioinformatic analysis of SCD proteins and polyX proteins. Unfortunately, there is no clear hypothesis for what is being tested; there is a vague sense of investigating polyX/SCD regions, but I did not find the connection between the first and section compelling (especially given polar-rich regions have been shown to engage in many different functions). As such, this bioinformatic analysis largely presents as many lists of percentages without any meaningful interpretation. The bioinformatics analysis lacks any kind of rigorous statistical tests, making it difficult to evaluate the conclusions drawn. The methods section is severely lacking. Specifically, many of the methods require the reader to read many other papers. While referencing prior work is of course, important, the authors should ensure the methods in this paper provide the details needed to allow a reader to evaluate the work being presented. As it stands, this is not the case.

      Thank you. As described in detail below, we have now performed rigorous statistical testing using the GofuncR package (Figure 11, Figure 12 and DS7-DS32).

      Overall, my major concern with this work is that the authors make two central claims in this paper (as per the Discussion). The authors claim that Q-rich motifs enhance protein expression. The implication here is that Q-rich motif IDRs are special, but this is not tested. As such, they cannot exclude the competing hypothesis ("N-terminal disordered regions enhance expression").

      In fact, “N-terminal disordered regions enhance expression” exactly summarizes our hypothesis.

      On pages 12-13 and Figure 4 of our preprint manuscript, we explained our hypothesis in the paragraph entitled “The relationship between PEE function, amino acid contents, and structural flexibility”.

      The authors also do not explore the possibility that this effect is in part/entirely driven by mRNA-level effects (see Verma Na Comms 2019).

      As pointed out by the first reviewer, we present evidence that the increase in protein abundance and enzymatic activity is not due to changes in plasmid copy number or mRNA abundance (Figure 2), and that this phenomenon is not affected in translational quality control mutants (Figure 3).

      As such, while these observations are interesting, they feel preliminary and, in my opinion, cannot be used to draw hard conclusions on how N-terminal IDR sequence features influence protein expression. This does not mean the authors are necessarily wrong, but from the data presented here, I do not believe strong conclusions can be drawn. That re-assignment of stop codons to Q increases proteome-wide Q usage. I was unable to understand what result led the authors to this conclusion.

      My reading of the results is that a subset of ciliates has re-assigned UAA and UAG from the stop codon to Q. Those ciliates have more polyQ-containing proteins. However, they also have more polyN-containing proteins and proteins enriched in S/T-Q clusters. Surely if this were a stop-codon-dependent effect, we'd ONLY see an enhancement in Q-richness, not a corresponding enhancement in all polar-rich IDR frequencies? It seems the better working hypothesis is that free-floating climate proteomes are enriched in polar amino acids compared to sessile ciliates.

      We thank this reviewer for raising this point, however her/his comments are not supported by the results in Figure 7.

      Regardless, the absence of any kind of statistical analysis makes it hard to draw strong conclusions here.

      We apologize for not explaining more clearly the results of Tables 5-7 in our preprint manuscript.

      To address the concerns about our GO enrichment analysis by both reviewers, we have now performed rigorous statistical testing for SCD and polyQ protein overrepresentation using the GOfuncR package (https://bioconductor.org/packages/release/bioc/html/GOfuncR.html). GOfuncR is an R package program that conducts standard candidate vs. background enrichment analysis by means of the hypergeometric test. We then adjusted the raw p-values according to the Family-wise error rate (FWER). The same method had been applied to GO enrichment analysis of human genomes (89).

      The results presented in Figure 11 and Figure 12 (DS7-DS32) support our hypothesis that Q-rich motifs prevail in proteins involved in specialized biological processes, including Saccharomyces cerevisiae RNA-mediated transposition, Candida albicans filamentous growth, peptidyl-glutamic acid modification in ciliates with reassigned stop codons (TAAQ and TAGQ), Tetrahymena thermophila xylan catabolism, Dictyostelium discoideum sexual reproduction, Plasmodium falciparum infection, as well as the nervous systems of Drosophila melanogaster, Mus musculus, and Homo sapiens (78). In contrast, peptidyl-glutamic acid modification and microtubule-based movement are not overrepresented with Q-rich proteins in Stentor coeruleus, a ciliate with standard stop codons.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Please note that you control which revisions to undertake from the public reviews and recommendations for the authors.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The order of paragraphs in the introduction was very difficult to follow. Each paragraph was clear and easy to understand, but the order of paragraphs did not make sense to this reader. The order of events in the abstract matches the order of events in the results section. However, the order of paragraphs in the introduction is completely different and this was very confusing. This disordered list of facts might make sense to an expert reader but makes it hard for a non-expert reader to understand.

      Apologies. We endeavored to improve the flow of our revised manuscript to make it more readable.

      The section beginning on pg 12 focused on figures 4 and 5 was very interesting and highly promising. However, it was initially hard for me to tell from the main text what the experiment was. Please add to the text an explanation of the experiment, because it is hard to figure out what was going on from the figures alone. Figure 4 is fantastic, but would be improved by adding error bars and scaling the x-axis to be the same in panels B,C,D.

      Thank you for this recommendation. We have now scaled both the x-axis and y-axis equivalently in panels B, C and D of Figure 4. Error bars are too small to be included.

      It is hard to tell if the key variable is the number of S/T/Q/N residues or the number of phosphosites. I think a good control would be to add a regression against the number of putative phosphosites. The sequences are well designed. I loved this part but as a reader, I need more interpretation about why it matters and how it explains the PEE.

      As described above, we have shown that the number of phosphorylation sites in the Q-rich motifs is not relevant to their autonomous protein expression-enhancing (PEE) activities.

      I believe that the prevalence of polyX runs is not meaningful without normalizing for the background abundance of each amino acid. The proteome-wide abundance and the assumption that amino acids occur independently can be used to form a baseline expectation for which runs are longer than expected by chance. I think Figures 6 and 7 should go into the supplement and be replaced in the main text with a figure where Figure 6 is normalized by Figure 7. For example in P. falciparum, there are many N-runs (Figure 6), but the proteome has the highest fraction of N’s (Figure 7).

      Thank you for these suggestions. The three figures in our preprint manuscript (Figures 6-8) have been moved into the supplementary information (Figures S1-S3). For normalization, we have provided four new figures (Figures 7-10) in our revised manuscript.

      The analysis of ciliate proteomes was fascinating. I am particularly interested in the GO enrichment for “peptidyl-glutamic acid modification” (pg 20) because these enzymes might be modifying some of Q’s in the Q-runs. I might be wrong about this idea or confused about the chemistry. Do these ciliates live in Q-rich environments? Or nitrogen rich environments?

      Polymeric modifications (polymodifications) are a hallmark of C-terminal tubulin tails, whereas secondary peptide chains of glutamic acids (polyglutamylation) and glycines (polyglycylation) are catalyzed from the γ-carboxyl group of primary chain glutamic acids. It is not clear if these enzymes can modify some of the Q’s in the Q-runs.

      To our knowledge, ciliates are abundant in almost every liquid water environment, i.e., oceans/seas, marine sediments, lakes, ponds, and rivers, and even soils.

      I think you should include more discussion about how the codons that code for Q’s are prone to slippage during DNA replication, and thus many Q-runs are unstable and expand (e.g. Huntington’s Disease). The end of pg 24 or pg 25 would be good places.

      We thank the reviewer for these comments.

      PolyQ motifs have a particular length-dependent codon usage that relates to strand slippage in CAG/CTG trinucleotide repeat regions during DNA replication. In most organisms having standard genetic codons, Q is encoded by CAGQ and CAAQ. Here, we have determined and compared proteome-wide Q contents, as well as the CAGQ usage frequencies (i.e., the ratio between CAGQ and the sum of CAGQ, CAGQ, TAAQ, and TAGQ).

      Our results reveal that the likelihood of forming long CAG/CTG trinucleotide repeats are higher in five eukaryotes due to their higher CAGQ usage frequencies, including Drosophila melanogaster (86.6% Q), Danio rerio (74.0% Q), Mus musculus (74.0% Q), Homo sapiens (73.5% Q), and Chlamydomonas reinhardtii (87.3% Q) (orange background, Table 2). In contrast, another five eukaryotes that possess high numbers of polyQ motifs (i.e., Dictyostelium discoideum, Candida albicans, Candida tropicalis, Plasmodium falciparum and Stentor coeruleus) (Figure 1) utilize more CAAQ (96.2%, 84.6%, 84.5%, 86.7% and 75.7%) than CAAQ (3.8%, 15.4%, 15.5%, 13.3% and 24.3%), respectively, to avoid the formation of long CAG/CTG trinucleotide repeats (green background, Table 2). Similarly, all five ciliates with reassigned stop codons (TAAQ and TAGQ) have low CAGQ usage frequencies (i.e., from 3.8% Q in Pseudocohnilembus persalinus to 12.6% Q in Oxytricha trifallax) (red font, Table 2). Accordingly, the CAG-slippage mechanism might operate more frequently in Chlamydomonas reinhardtii, Drosophila melanogaster, Danio rerio, Mus musculus and Homo sapiens than in Dictyostelium discoideum, Candida albicans, Candida tropicalis, Plasmodium falciparum, Stentor coeruleus and the five ciliates with reassigned stop codons (TAAQ and TAGQ).

      Author response table 1.

      Usage frequencies of TAA, TAG, TAAQ, TAGQ, CAAQ and CAGQ codons in the entire proteomes of 20 different organisms.

      Pg 7, paragraph 2 has no direction. Please add the conclusion of the paragraph to the first sentence.

      This paragraph has been moved to the “Introduction” section” of the revised manuscript.

      Pg 8, I suggest only mentioning the PFDs used in the experiments. The rest are distracting.

      We have addressed this concern above.

      Pg 12. Please revise the "The relationship...." text to explain the experiment.

      We apologize for not explaining this topic sufficiently well in our preprint manuscript.

      SCDs are often structurally flexible sequences (4) or even IDRs. Using IUPred2A (https://iupred2a.elte.hu/plot_new), a web-server for identifying disordered protein regions (88), we found that Rad51-NTD (1-66 a.a.) (1), Rad53-SCD1 (1-29 a.a.) and Sup35-NPD (1-39 a.a.) are highly structurally flexible. Since a high content of serine (S), threonine (T), glutamine (Q), asparanine (N) is a common feature of IDRs (17-20), we applied alanine scanning mutagenesis approach to reduce the percentages of S, T, Q or N in Rad51-NTD, Rad53-SCD1 or Sup35-NPD, respectively. As shown in Figure 4 and Figure 5, there is a very strong positive relationship between STQ and STQN amino acid percentages and β-galactosidase activities. (Page 13, lines 5-10)

      Pg 13, first full paragraph, "Futionally, IDRs..." I think this paragraph belongs in the Discussion.

      This paragraph is now in the “Introduction” section (Page 5, Lines 11-15).

      Pg. 15, I think the order of paragraphs should be swapped.

      These paragraphs have been removed or rewritten in the “Introduction section” of our revised manuscript.

      Pg 17 (and other parts) I found the lists of numbers and percentages hard to read and I think you should refer readers to the tables.

      Thank you. In the revised manuscript, we have avoided using lists of numbers and percentages, unless we feel they are absolutely essential.

      Pg. 19 please add more interpretation to the last paragraph. It is very cool but I need help understanding the result. Are these proteins diverging rapidly? Perhaps this is a place to include the idea of codon slippage during DNA replication.

      Thank you. The new results in Table 2 indicate that the CAG-slippage mechanism is unlikely to operate in ciliates with reassigned stop codons (TAAQ and TAGQ).

      Pg 24. "Based on our findings from this study, we suggest that Q-rich motifs are useful toolkits for generating novel diversity during protein evolution, including by enabling greater protein expression, protein-protein interactions, posttranslational modifications, increased solubility, and tunable stability, among other important traits." This idea needs to be cited. Keith Dunker has written extensively about this idea as have others. Perhaps also discuss why Poly Q rich regions are different from other IDRs and different from other IDRs that phase-separate.

      Agreed, we have cited two of Keith Dunker’s papers in our revised manuscript (73, 74).

      Minor notes:

      Please define Borg genomes (pg 25).

      Borgs are long extrachromosomal DNA sequences in methane-oxidizing Methanoperedens archaea, which display the potential to augment methane oxidation (101). They are now described in our revised manuscript. (Page 15, lines 12-14)

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors dance around disorder but never really quantify or show data. This seems like a strange blindspot.

      We apologize for not explaining this topic sufficiently well in our preprint manuscript. We have endeavored to do so in our revised manuscript.

      The authors claim the expression enhancement is "autonomous," but they have not ruled things out that would make it not autonomous.

      Evidence of the “autonomous” nature of expression enhancement is presented in Figure 1, Figure 4, and Figure 5 of the preprint manuscript.

      Recommendations for improving the writing and presentation.

      The title does not recapitulate the entire body of work. The first 5 figures are not represented by the title in any way, and indeed, I have serious misgivings as to whether the conclusion stated in the title is supported by the work. I would strongly suggest the authors change the title.

      Figure 2 could be supplemental.

      Thank you. We think it is important to keep Figure 2 in the text.

      Figures 4 and 5 are not discussed much or particularly well.

      This reviewer’s opinion of Figure 4 and Figure 5 is in stark contrast to those of the first reviewer.

      The introduction, while very thorough, takes away from the main findings of the paper. It is more suited to a review and not a tailored set of minimal information necessary to set up the question and findings of the paper. The question that the authors are after is also not very clear.

      Thank you. The entire “Introduction” section has been extensively rewritten in the revised manuscript.

      Schematics of their fusion constructs and changes to the sequence would be nice, even if supplemental.

      Schematics of the fusion constructs are provided in Figure 1A.

      The methods section should be substantially expanded.

      The method section in the revised manuscript has been rewritten and expanded. The six Javascript programs used in this work are listed in Table S4.

      The text is not always suited to the general audience and readership of eLife.

      We have now rewritten parts of our manuscript to make it more accessible to the broad readership of eLife.

      In some cases, section headers really don't match what is presented, or there is no evidence to back the claim.

      The section headers in the revised manuscript have been corrected.

      A lot of the listed results in the back half of the paper could be a supplemental table, listing %s in a paragraph (several of them in a row) is never nice

      Acknowledged. In the revised manuscript, we have removed almost all sentences listing %s.

      Minor corrections to the text and figures.

      There is a reference to table 1 multiple times, and it seems that there is a missing table. The current table 1 does not seem to be the same table referred to in some places throughout the text.

      Apologies for this mistake, which we have now corrected in our revised manuscript.

      In some places its not clear where new work is and where previous work is mentioned. It would help if the authors clearly stated "In previous work...."

      Acknowledged. We have corrected this oversight in our revised manuscript.

      Not all strains are listed in the strain table (KO's in figure 3 are not included)

      Apologies, we have now corrected Table S2, as suggested by this reviewer.

      Author response table 2.

      S. cerevisiae strains used in this study

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      While the details are mostly well-explained, I think that the authors could better bring forth the goals and potential usages of hippocampome.org overall.

      I think that this is a great and helpful tool that can leverage various and detailed cellular experimental studies that are out there in the literature to garner potential insights, direct future experimental studies, observe/classify experimental 'differences' (e.g., the deep and superficial pyramidal studies they mention) and so on. Say that one gets some mechanistic insight from more abstract theoretical models, hippocampome can be used to determine whether the experimental data where available is supportive of the theory. They also describe CA3 model and grid cells. While I am not suggesting that the authors completely re-organize the manuscript, I did feel that the last section 'potential applications...' could have perhaps been brought forth earlier (in a summarized form) for the reader/user to better appreciate hippocampome - indeed it is line 288 that should be near the beginning of the paper I thought.

      We thank the Reviewer for the suggestion. We have now included a summary of the simulation readiness of Hippocampome.org in the Introduction.

      I thought the 'application' paragraph (starting line 288) needed expansion to appreciate - I did not have a chance to look at the cited papers in that section - but maybe 2 paragraphs, one on CA3 and the other on grid cells, with a few more sentences of goal/context and tool usage details could be provided?

      We thank the Reviewer for the suggestion. We have added expanded paragraphs describing the simulation work on CA3 and grid cells.

      The authors start their Discussion by mentioning other resources (e.g. blue brain) in comparison. I thought that this was not too helpful without a bit more expansion about these other resources and what in particular is comparable. For example, the blue brain project is different in that it does not mine the literature per se (I think)? But then I am not sure of the extent of the comparison that the authors intend with blue brain and the other mentioned resources.

      Thank you for the helpful suggestion. We have now expanded upon the paragraph to draw more explicit parallels and contrasts among the various projects, in particular between the Blue Brain Project and Hippocampome.org.

      Minor comments

      • Fig 3D caption missing

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have now amended the figure caption.

      • Fig 5A line 211-12 refers to v2.0 but Fig 5 caption says v1.0?

      We apologize for the confusion. We have now added text clarifying the V1.X relevant descriptions around Figure 5.

      • Fig 6A confusing with thin and thick arrows and direction?

      We apologize for the confusion. We have re-colored the thick arrows orange to emphasize the fact that they are feeding directly into the spiking neural simulations.

      • Line 260 - not sure what this means - how is importance defined?

      We apologize for the confusion. We have now added text clarifying that “importance” refers to the role the neuron type plays in the functioning circuitry of the hippocampal formation.

      • CARLsim vs Brian/NEST in choosing - maybe a sentence or two for rationale

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have now added a sentence explaining the selection of CARLsim. CARLsim was selected due to its ability to run on collections of GPUs. CARLsim was the only simulator with this capability at the time the simulation work was being planned, and the power of a GPU supercomputer was needed to simulate the millions of neurons that comprise a full simulation of the complete hippocampal formation.

      • Fig 9 mv should be mV, and the voltage values specified there refer to which dash?

      Thank you for pointing these situations out. We have amended the millivolts label and have made changes to the figure to help clarify which specific tick marks are being labeled.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Compliments to the authors on this nicely organized and structured presentation of V 2.0 of hippocampome.org. The paper is well prepared giving a useful short summary of the history of hippocampome for the newcomers and refreshing the memory of users, switching to highlighting the new data additions, why these are relevant and how these complement the existing database, and opening up to new applications. The added potential is well illustrated and in addition, the authors provide numerical information on the usage of this amazing resource. I enjoyed roaming around in the new version, which was made available for reviewers, and although it has been a while since I worked with the system, the new version is easy to work with. I have not had the time to use it extensively so cannot comment in detail but based on the long experience of the authors and their support team, I trust that version 2 will be almost not completely flawless; however that will for sure become clear when it is released.

      One could always wish for more, disagree, or even criticize choices made to cluster neurons, divide areas, and so forth, though in my view that does not contribute to what the resource has to offer. Having said this, the authors might consider addressing briefly issues about differences in the nomenclature used in original descriptions and how they handled the translation into their nomenclature. To mention one that is constantly being debated: how does one define the border between SMo and SMi.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have added text to the Introduction that addresses the nomenclature issue, as presented in Hamilton et al. (2017), and provide a definition for SMo and SMi.

      Another confusing issue is presented by layers in the entorhinal cortex or its subdivisions (how many and how are these defined). So, some remarks for newcomers in the field who might use the database without spending too much energy to read the original data, might be useful.

      Thank you for the suggestion to clarify this situation pertaining to the entorhinal cortex. Often, we have assumed the authors’ own definitions of the layers and subdivisions (medial and lateral), when naming neuron types. When our name is a hybrid of two published names that include both medial and lateral neurons, our name is prefixed by a simple EC, rather than by MEC or LEC.

      As noted, the authors present version 2 nicely and comprehensibly and I have only a few additional comments, meant to further improve the already high quality of the paper.

      1) The figures, nice as they are, are incredibly information-dense, so they require serious study to get the details; the legends do help, but the many abbreviations coming from totally different fields make it challenging to keep track of them while reading. This is a pity since there is a lot of new information in this version of the dataset, compared to previous versions and the authors overall succeed in emphasizing what is new and why this might be of use/importance.

      So a few suggestions: i) add relevant/most important abbreviations to the legends of the individual figures; ii) introduce all abbreviations upon first use and do not simply refer to the table in the methods. Interestingly, even the authors lose track in the introduction where they use BICCN in line 43 and refer to the abbreviation list, though the full name is given two lines below.

      We apologize for the confusion. We have amended the main text to clarify abbreviations. We have added the abbreviation definitions to the captions of the figures, and in some instances, removed the abbreviations from the figures altogether where space allowed.

      2) Figure 3 and even more so figure 5 depend strongly on the color differences red/green; please change since generally red/green is no longer used for obvious reasons.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have switched the fonts in Figure 3 to black (excitatory) and gray (inhibitory) to match our previous publication. We have also changed the color schemes in Figure 5 to avoid red and green.

      Reviewer #3 commented on the complexity of our figures and how the figures are information dense. To partially address this, we have decided to remove panel A2 of Figure 3. It was originally meant to emphasize where the information came from to add new axonal projections to two v1.0 neuron types; however, it is not necessary to make the point in the illustration. Thus, we have removed the panel and amended the caption for Figure 3A to include the cited reference.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for The Authors):

      1) While the specificity of the observed muscle phenotypes seems clear, the subsequent molecular analysis of Numb protein interactors does not seem to consider the potential involvement of Numb-like. The authors should demonstrate the relative expression levels of Numb and Numb-like in the models used, and establish the specificity of the antibodies used in IP, western and staining experiments.

      Response: Perhaps the most convincing evidence that the anti-Numb antibody did not pull down Numb-like is that this protein was not detected among immunoprecipitated protein complexes pulled down by the anti-Numb antibody used. The antibody used in the immunoprecipitation was validated by the supplier and was previously reported to immunoprecipitate Numb [1, 2]. We previously demonstrated that a morpholino against Numb mRNA almost completely eliminated the band detected by this antibody and that this band was at the expected molecular weight [ref]. In our hands, mRNA levels for Numb-like in skeletal muscle are 5-10-fold lower than those for Numb [3]. We have been unable to detect Numb-like protein in healthy adult skeletal muscle by immunoblotting or immunofluorescence staining. Taking all of these findings together, it seems unlikely that the antibodies used for immunoprecipitating Numb-protein complexes pulls down Numb-like.

      2) The authors use PCR to investigate Numb isoform expression and conclude that p65 is likely the dominant protein isoform expressed. While this agrees with the single band observed in Supp Figure 4A, a positive control for exon 9 excluded and included isoforms in the PCR reactions would strengthen this conclusion.

      Response: The amplicons shown in Supplemental 4 were sequenced. The clones corresponded to the isoforms with the exon 3 present or removed. No amplicons containing exon 9 were detected. The following sentence was added to the Analysis of Splice Variants section of Methods to address this point: “PCR products were cloned using the TOPO TA cloning system (ThermoFisher) and multiple resulting clones were sequenced to confirm that the expected products were generated.”

      3) PCR analysis of total Numb and Numb-like expression levels are not shown. This is important given the specificity of the Numb antibodies used for AP-MS experiments are not described and some Numb antibodies are well known to also recognize Numb-like. Two different Numb antibodies were used for Western and immunoprecipitation but the specificity for Numb and Numb-like is not described. In particular, does the antibody used in the AP-MS experiment recognize both Numb and Numb-like? Supplementary Table 1 does not list Numb or Numb-like, but presumably peptides were identified?

      Response: As noted above, the specificity of anti-Numb antibodies was confirmed in previous studies [3]. Importantly, Numb-like mRNA levels are 5-10-fold lower than Numb mRNA, and NumbL protein is undetectable in healthy adult skeletal muscle by Western. The physiology data reported in this manuscript supports the conclusion that a single KO of Numb is sufficient to recapitulate the physiological phenotype of Numb/Numb-like KO . We therefore reason that the majority, if not all, of the physiological contribution of these proteins to muscle contractility due to Numb (Fig. 1).

      4) The validation experiment used the same Numb antibody for immunoprecipitation, immunoblotted with Septin 7. A reciprocal IP of Septin 7 and blotted with Numb should be performed. In addition, a Numb-like IP or immunoblot would also be useful to demonstrate the specificity of the interaction. Efforts to map the interaction between Numb and Septin 7 would be useful to demonstrate specificity of the interaction and strategies to establish the biological relevance of the interaction.

      Response: We agree with the reviewer and attempted several IPs with anti-Septin7 antibodies. These were unsuccessful. In a new collaboration, Dr. Italo Cavini (University of Sao Paulo) has used machine-learning-based approaches to model binding between Numb and several septins, including Septin 7. The analysis suggests that binding of Numb with septins involves a domain of Numb that has not yet been ascribed a function in protein-protein interactions. These computational predictions require experimental validation but provide rational starting point for experiments to define the domains responsible for these interactions. Such experiments were included in our recent NIH R01 renewal application. We hope to be able to report on results of confirmatory experiments of these computational models in the future.

      5) Other septins were identified in the AP-MS experiment and might have been anticipated to also be disrupted by Numb/Numb-like deletion. Are these septins known to interact in a complex?

      Response: This is an excellent question. Septins have conserved motifs providing a clear reason to imagine that many different mammalian septins could directly interact with Numb. Septins form heterooligomers consisting of complexes formed by 3, 6 or 8 septins [4]. It is likely that when Numb binds to one septin, antibodies against Numb pull down other septins present in the septin oligomer to which Numb is bound. The following paragraph was added to the discussion: “Our findings suggest that Numb may also interact with other septins such as septins 2, 9 and 10, which were also identified with a high level of confidence as Numb interacting proteins by our LC/MS/MS analysis. Our data to not allow us to determine if Numb binds directly to these septins. Septins contain highly conserved regions, and, consequently, if one such region of septin 7 interacts with Numb, then many septins would be expected to directly bind Numb through the same domain. However, because septins self-oligomerize, is possible that when Numb binds to one septin, antibodies against Numb could also pull down other septins present in the septin oligomer to which Numb is bound regardless of whether or not they are also bound by Numb. “

      6) The text for Figure 5 describes analysis of Septin localization in inducible Numb/Numb-like cKO muscle, but the figure indicates only Numb is knocked out. Please clarify.

      Response: We apologize for this oversight on our part. The Legend to Figure 5 has been corrected.

      7) Supplementary Figure 2 seems to show that TAM treatment increases Numb expression. Please clarify. Also, please correct reference 9.

      Response: The figure was incorrectly labeled. We apologize for this oversight and have corrected the figure in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for The Authors):

      Overall, the manuscript is well written. I do have a few minor issues/concerns, which are detailed below.

      Abstract: Please be a little more specific regarding which where the tissue came from (i.e. humans, mice, cell) when referring to your previous studies.

      Response: The abstract has been revised as requested.

      Introduction: Please be more specific regarding the technique used for detecting ultrastructural changes. I assume it was done with TEM, but the reference is listed as an "invalid citation" in your reference list.

      Response: The introduction was revised as requested and the citation was updated to reference a valid citation.

      Methods / Numb Co-Immunoprecipitation: Please indicated the level of confluency of the C2C12 cells as this will alter gene expression.

      Response: As indicated in the updated Methods section, confluent C2C12 cells were switched to differentiation media (low serum) for seven days. When harvested, the cells had differentiated and fused into myotubes.

      Methods / Immunohistochemical Staining: The first sentence needs to be edited regarding plurality and grammar.

      Response: Thank you for this comment. The text was revised accordingly.

      Results / GWAS and WGS Identify...: Please spell out phosphodiesterase (I assume) for PDE4D

      Response: This change was incorporated in the text.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This important study reports jAspSnFR3, a biosensor that enables high spatiotemporal resolution of aspartate levels in living cells. To develop this sensor, the authors used a structurally guided amino acid substitution in a glutamate/aspartate periplasmic binding protein to switch its specificity towards aspartate. The in vitro and in cellulo functional characterization of the biosensor is convincing, but evidence of the sensor's effectiveness in detecting small perturbations of aspartate levels and information on its behavior in response to acute aspartate elevations in the cytosol are still lacking.

      We thank the reviewers and editors for the detailed assessment of our work and for their constructive feedback. Most comments have now been experimentally addressed in the revised manuscript, which we feel is substantially improved from the initial draft.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this manuscript, Davidsen and coworkers describe the development of a novel aspartate biosensor jAspSNFR3. This collaborative work supports and complements what was reported in a recent preprint by Hellweg et al., (bioRxiv; doi: 10.1101/2023.05.04.537313). In both studies, the newly engineered aspartate sensor was developed from the same glutamate biosensor previously developed by the authors of this manuscript. This coincidence is not casual but is the result of the need to find tools capable of measuring aspartate levels in vivo. Therefore, it is undoubtedly a relevant and timely work carried out by groups experienced in aspartate metabolism and in the generation of metabolite biosensors.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In this work the IGluSnFR3 sensor, recently developed by Marvin et al (2023) is mutated position S72, which was previously reported to switch the specificity from Glu to Asp. They made 3 mutations at this position, selected a S72P mutant, then made a second mutation at S27 to generate an Asp-specific version of the sensor. This was then characterized thoroughly and used on some test experiments, where it was shown to detect and allow visualization of aspartate concentration changes over time. It is an incremental advance on the iGluSnFR3 study, where 2 predictable mutations are used to generate a sensor that works on a close analog of Glu, Asp. It is shown to have utility and will be useful in the field of Asp-mediated biological effects.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In this manuscript, Davidsen and collaborators introduce jAspSnFR3, a new version of aspartate biosensor derived from iGluSnFR3, that allows monitoring in real-time aspartate levels in cultured cells. A selective amino acids substitution was applied in a key region of the template to switch its specificity from glutamate to aspartate. The jAspSnFR3 does not respond to other tested metabolites and performs well, is not toxic for cultured cells, and is not affected by temperature ensuring the possibility of using this tool in tissues physiologically more relevant. The high affinity for aspartate (KD=50 uM) allowed the authors to measure fluctuations of this amino acid in the physiological range. Different strategies were used to bring aspartate to the minimal level. Finally, the authors used jAspSnFR3 to estimate the intracellular aspartate concentration. One of the highlights of the manuscript was a treatment with asparagine during glutamine starvation. Although didn't corroborate the essentiality of asparagine in glutamine depletion, the measurement of aspartate during this supplementation is a glimpse of how useful this sensor can be.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors should evaluate the effectiveness of the sensor in detecting small perturbations of aspartate levels and its behavior in response to acute aspartate elevations in the cytosol. In vivo aspartate determinations were performed exclusively in conditions that cause aspartate depletion. By means the use of mitochondrial respiratory inhibitors or aspartate withdrawal, it was determined the reliability of the sensor performing readings during relatively long periods, until reaching a steady-state of aspartate-depletion 12-60 hours later. Although in Hellweg and coworkers, it has been demonstrated that a related aspartate sensor could detect increases in aspartate in cell overexpressing the aspartate-glutamate GLAST transporter, the differences reported here between both sensors advise testing whether this aspect is also improved, or not, using jAspSNFR3.

      Similarly, Davidsen et al. did not test if the sensor can be able to detect transient variations in cytosolic aspartate levels. In proliferative cells aspartate synthesis is linked to NAD+ regeneration by ETC (Sullivan et al., 2015, Cell), indeed the authors deplete aspartate using CI or CIII inhibitors but do not analyze if those are recovered, and increased, after its removal. Furthermore, the sequential addition of oligomycin and uncouplers could generate measurable fluctuations of aspartate in the cytosol.

      We agree with the reviewer that only including situations of aspartate depletion in our cell culture experiments provided an incomplete evaluation of the utility of this biosensor. In the revised manuscript we provide three additional experiments using secondary treatments that restore aspartate synthesis to conditions that initially caused aspartate depletion. First, we conducted experiments where cells expressing jAspSnFR3/NucRFP were changed into media without glutamine, inducing aspartate depletion, with glutamine being replenished at various time points to observe if GFP/RFP measurements recover. As expected, glutamine withdrawal caused a decay in the GFP/RFP signal and we found that restoring glutamine caused a subsequent restoration of the GFP/RFP signal at all time points, with each fully recovering the GFP/RFP signal over time (Revised Manuscript Figure 2E). Next, we conducted the experiment suggested by the reviewer, testing whether the published finding, that oligomycin induced aspartate limitation can be remedied by co-treatment with electron transport chain uncouplers, could be visualized using jAspSnFR3 measurements of GFP/RFP. Indeed, after 24 hours of oligomycin induced aspartate depletion, treatment with the ETC uncoupler BAM15 dose dependently restored GFP/RFP signal (Revised Manuscript Figure 2G). Finally, we also measured whether the ability of pyruvate to mitigate the decrease in aspartate upon co-treated with rotenone (Figure 2B) could also be detected in a sequential treatment protocol after aspartate depletion. Indeed, after 24 hours of aspartate depletion by rotenone treatment, the GFP/RFP signal was rapidly restored by additional treatment with pyruvate (Revised Manuscript Figure 2, figure supplement 1C). Collectively, these results provide support for the utility of jAspSnFR3 to measure transient changes in aspartate levels in diverse metabolic situations, including conditions that restore aspartate to cells that had been experiencing aspartate depletion.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Weaknesses: Sensor basically identical to iGluSnFR3, but nevertheless useful and specific. The results support the conclusions, and the paper is very straightforward. I think the work will be useful to people working on the effects of free aspartate in biology and given it is basically iGluSnFR3, which is widely used, should be very reproducible and reliable.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment that sensor is useful for specific detection of aspartate. We agree that the advance of the paper is primarily in demonstrating its utility to measure aspartate, rather than any fundamental innovation on the biosensor approach. We hope the fact that jAspSnFR3 derives from a well validated biosensor (iGluSnFR3) will support its adoption.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Although this is a well-performed study, I have some comments for the authors to address:

      1) A red tag version of the sensor (jAspSnFR3-mRuby3) was generated for normalization purposes, with this the authors plan to correct GFP signal from expression and movement artifacts. I naturally interpret "movement artifacts" as those generated by variations in cell volume and focal plane during time-lapse experiments. However, it was mentioned that jAspSnFR3-mRuby3 included a histidine tag that may induce a non-specific effect (responses to the treatment with some amino acids). This suggests that a version without the tag needs to be generated and that an alternative design needs to be set for normalization purposes. A nuclear-localized RFP was expressed in a second attempt to incorporate RFP as a normalization signal. Here the cell lines that express both signals (sensor and RFP) were generated by independent lentiviral transductions (insertions). Unless the number of insertions for each construct is known, this approach will not ensure an equimolar expression of both proteins (sensor and RFP). In this scenario is not clear how the nuclear expression of RFP will help the correction by expression or monitor changes in cell volume. The authors may be interested in attempting a bicistronic system to express both the sensor and RFP.

      The reviewer noted several potential issues concerning the use of RFP for normalization, which will be separated into sections below:

      Movement artifacts:

      We are glad the reviewer raised this issue since we see how it was confusingly worded. We have deleted the text “and movement artefacts” from the sentence.

      His-tag and non-specific responses to some amino acids:

      We also found it concerning that non-specific responses to amino acids could potentially contribute to our RFP normalization signal, and so we conducted additional experiments to address whether this was likely to be an issue in intracellular measurements. We first tested whether the non-specific signal was related to the histidine tag, or was intrinsic to the mRuby3 protein itself, by comparing the fluorescence response to a titration of histidine (which showed the largest effect of red fluorescence), aspartate, and GABA (structurally related to glutamate and aspartate, but lacking a carboxylate group) across a group of mRuby containing variants, with or without histidine tags. We replicated the non-specific signal originally observed in jAspSnFR3-mRuby3-His and found that another biosensor with a histidine tagged on the C terminus of mRuby3 had a similar response (iGlucoSnFR2.mRuby3-His), as did mRuby3-His alone, indicating that the aspect of being fused with jAspSnFR3 or another binding protein was not required for this effect. Additionally, we also compared the fluorescence response of lysates expressing mRuby2 and mRuby3 without histidine tags and found that the non-specific signal was essentially absent (Revised Manuscript Figure 1, figure supplement 4B-D). Collectively. These data support our original hypothesis that the histidine tag was responsible for the non-specific signal, alleviating concerns about more substantial protein design issues or with using nuc-RFP for normalization. Since we also found that measuring aspartate signal using GFP/RFP ratios from cells with linked the jAspSnFR3-Ruby3-His agreed with measurements from cells separately expressing jAspSnFR3 and nucRFP (without a His tag), and the amino acid concentrations needed to significantly alter His tagged Ruby3 signal are above those typically found in cells, we conclude that this is unlikely to be a significant factor in cells. Nonetheless, we have added all the relevant data to the manuscript to allow readers to make their own decision about which construct would be best for their purposes.

      Original text:

      "Surprisingly, the mRuby3 component responds to some amino acids at high millimolar concentrations, indicating a non-specific effect, potentially interactions with the C-terminal histidine tag (Figure 1—figure Supplement 2, panel B). Notably, this increase in fluorescence is still an order of magnitude lower than the green fluorescence response and it occurs at amino acid concentrations that are unlikely to be achieved in most cell types."

      Revised text:

      "Surprisingly, the mRuby3 fluorescence of affinity-purified jAspSnFR3.mRuby3 responds to some amino acids at high millimolar concentrations, indicating a non-specific effect (Figure 1—figure Supplement 4, panel A). This was determined to be due to an unexpected interaction with the C-terminal histidine tag and could be reproduced with other proteins containing mRuby3 and purified via the same C-terminal histidine tag (Figure 1—figure Supplement 4, panel B and C). Interestingly, a structurally related, non-amino acid compound, GABA, does not elicit a change in red fluorescence; indicating, that only amino acids are interacting with the histidine tag (Figure 1—figure Supplement 4, panel D). Nevertheless, most of our cell culture experiments were performed with nuclear localized mRuby2, which lacks a C-terminal histidine tag, and these measurements correlated with those using the histidine tagged jAspSnFR3-mRuby3 construct (Figure 1—figure Supplement 1 panel D)."

      Lentiviral transductions

      We agree that splitting the two fluorescent proteins across two expression constructs and infections effectively guarantees that there will not be equimolar expression of jAspSnFR3 and RFP, however we do not think equimolar expression is necessary in this context. The primary goal of RFP measurements in these experiments (and in experiments using the jAspSnFR3-mRuby3 fused construct) is to control for global alterations in protein expression that might confound the interpretation that a change in GFP fluorescence corresponds to a change in aspartate levels. While a bicistronic system is arguably a better approach to improve the similarity of expression of jAspSnFR3 and nuc-RFP in a cell, we only require that the cells have consistent expression of both proteins across all cells in the population, not that the expression of one necessarily be a similar molarity to the other. We accomplish consistent expression of proteins by single cell cloning after expression of jAspSnFR3 and nucRFP (or jAspSnFR3-mRuby3), and screening for clones that have high enough expression of both proteins such that they are well detected by standard Incucyte conditions. Given that our data do not identify an obvious downside to separate expression of jASPSnFR3 and nuc-RFP compared to the fused jAspSnFR3-mRuby3 construct (where the fluorescent proteins are truly equimolar) (Figure 2, Figure Supplement 1C), we elected to prioritize the separate jAspSnFR3 and nuc-RFP combination, which provides additional opportunities to measure cell number in the same experiment (see below).

      2) The authors were interested in establishing the temporal dynamics of aspartate depletion by genetics and pharmaceutical means. For the inhibition of mitochondrial complex I rotenone and metformin were used. Although the assays are clearly showing aspartate depletion the report of cell viability is missing. Considering that glutamine deprivation induces arrest in cell proliferation, I think will be important to know the conditions of the cell cultures after 60 hours of treatment with such inhibitors.

      We agree that ensuring that cells are still viable in conditions where aspartate is depleted, as determined by GFP/RFP in jAspSnFR3 expressing cells, is an important goal. To this end, we added a new experiment investigating the restoration of glutamine on the GFP/RFP signal at different time points after glutamine depletion (Revised Manuscript Figure 2E, see response to reviewer 1). One advantage of using the nuclear RFP as a normalization marker is that it also enables measurements of nuclei counts, a surrogate measurement for cell number. In the same glutamine depletion experiment we therefore measured cell counts using nuclear RFP incidences and confluency as measurements of cell proliferation/growth. In both cases, the arrest in cell proliferation upon glutamine withdrawal was obvious, as was the restoration of cell proliferation following glutamine replenishment, with the amount of growth delay corresponding to the length of glutamine withdrawal (Revised Manuscript Figure 2, Figure Supplement 2A-B). Nonetheless, there was no obvious lasting defects in restarting cell proliferation even after 12 hours of glutamine withdrawal, indicating that cell viability is preserved. In the case of mitochondrial inhibitors, we also observe even that after 24 hours of treatment with oligomycin or rotenone, restoration of aspartate synthesis from BAM15 or pyruvate, respectively, can also restore GFP/RFP signal, supporting the conclusion that cellular metabolism is still active in these conditions (Revised Manuscript Figure 2G; Revised Manuscript Figure 2, figure supplement 1C).

      3) The pH sensitivity was checked in vitro with jAspSnFR3-mRuby3 and the sensor reported suitable for measurements at physiological pH. It would be an opportunity to revisit the analysis for pH sensitivity in cultured cells using an untagged version of jAspSnFR3 coupled, for example, to a sensor for pH.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion and agree that pH effects on sensor signal could be a confounding factor in some conditions. Unfortunately, measuring intracellular pH is not trivial and using multiple fluorescent sensors that change simultaneously would be complex to interpret, particularly in the absence of controls to unambiguously control intracellular pH and aspartate concentrations. Thus, we believe that proper investigation of the variable of pH is beyond the scope of this study. Nonetheless, we agree that measuring the contribution of pH to sensor signal is an important goal for future work, particularly if deploying it in conditions likely to cause substantial pH differences, such as comparing compartmentalized signal of jAspSnFR3 in the cytosol and mitochondria. We have added the following italicized text to the conclusions section to underscore this point:

      “Another potential use for this sensor would be to dissect compartmentalized metabolism, with mitochondria being a critical target, although incorporating the influence of pH on sensor fluorescence will be an important consideration in this context.”

      4) While the authors take an interesting approach to measuring intracellular aspartate concentration, it will be highly desirable if a calibration protocol can be designed for this sensor. Clearly, glutamine depletion grants a minimal ("zero") aspartate concentration. However, having a more dynamic way for calibration will facilitate the introduction of this tool for metabolism studies. This may be achieved by incorporating a cultured cell that already expresses the transporter or by ectopic expression in the cells that have already been used.

      We appreciate the suggestion and would similarly desire a calibration protocol to serve as a quantitative readout of aspartate levels from fluorescence signal, if possible. While we do calibrate jAspSnFR3 fluorescence in purified settings, conducting an analogous experiment intracellularly is currently difficult, if not impossible. While we have several methods to constrain the production rate of aspartate (glutamine withdrawal, mitochondrial inhibitors, and genetic knockouts of GOT1 and GOT2), we cannot prevent cells from decreasing aspartate consumption and so cannot get a true intracellular zero to aid in calibration. Additionally, the impermeability of aspartate to cell membranes makes it challenging to specifically control intracellular concentrations using environmental aspartate, and the best-known aspartate transporter (SLC1A3) is concentrative and so has the reciprocal problem. Considering these issues, we are wary of implying to readers that any specific fluorescence measurement can be used to directly interpret aspartate concentration given the many variables that can impact its signal, both related to the biosensor system itself (expression of jAspSnFR3, expression of Nuc-RFP, sensitivity and settings of the fluorescence detector) and based on cell intrinsic variability (differences in basal ASP levels, different sensitivity to treatments, influence of pH, etc.). We maintain that jAspSnFR3 has utility to measure relative changes in aspartate within a cell line across treatment conditions and over time, but absolute quantitation of aspartate still will require complementary approaches, like mass spectrometry, enzymatic assays, or NMR.

      5) jAspSnFR3 seems to have the potential to be incorporated easily for several research groups as a main tool. In general, a minor correction to replace F/F with ΔF/F in the text.

      Thank you for catching this error, the text has been edited accordingly.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this work, the authors provide evidence to show that an increase in Kv7 channels in hilar mossy cells of Fmr1 knock out mice results in a marked decrease in their excitability. The reduction in excitatory drive onto local hilar interneurons produces an increased excitation/inhibition ratio in granule cells. Inhibiting Kv7 channels can help normalize the excitatory drive in this circuit, suggesting that they may represent a viable target for targeted therapeutics for fragile-x syndrome.

      Strengths:

      The work is supported by a compelling and thorough set of electrophysiological studies. The authors do an excellent job of analysing their data and present a very complete data set.

      We thank the Reviewer for the positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      There are no significant weaknesses in the experimental work, however the complexity of the data presentation and the lack of a schematic showing the organizational framework of this circuit make the data less accessible to non-experts in the field. I highly encourage a graphical abstract and network diagram to help individuals understand the implications of this work.

      We thank the Reviewer for the suggestion, and added a schematic of the dentate network organization (Figure 1A).

      The work is important as it identifies a unique regional and cell-specific abnormality in Fmr1 KO mice, showing how the loss of one gene can result in region-specific changes in brain circuits.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Deng et al. investigate, for the first time to my knowledge, the role that hippocampal dentate gyrus mossy cells play in Fragile X Syndrome. They provide strong evidence that, in slice preparations from Fmr1 knockout mice, mossy cells are hypoactive due to increased Kv7 function whereas granule cells are hyperactive compared to slices from wild-type mice. They provide indirect evidence that the weakness of mossy cell-interneuron connections contributes to granule cell hyperexcitability, despite converse adaptations to mossy cell inputs. The authors show that application of the Kv7 inhibitor XE991 is able to rescue granule cell hyperexcitability back to wild-type baseline, supporting the overall conclusion that inhibition of Kv7 in the dentate may be a potential therapeutic approach for Fragile X Syndrome. However, any claims regarding specific circuit-based intervention or analysis are limited by the exclusively pharmacological approach of the manipulations.

      Strengths:

      Thorough electrophysiological characterization of mossy cells in Fmr1 knockout mice, a novel finding.

      Their electrophysiological approach is quite rigorous: patched different neuron types (GC, MC, INs) one at a time within the dentate gyrus in FMR1 KO and WT, with and without 'circuit blockade' by pharmacologically inhibiting neurotransmission. This allows the most detailed characterization possible of passive membrane/intrinsic cell differences in the dentate gyrus of Fmr1 knockout mice.

      Provide several examples showing the use of Kv7 inhibitor XE991 is able to rescue excitability of granule cell circuit in Fmr1 knockout mice (AP firing in the intact circuit, postsynaptic current recordings, theta-gamma coupling stimulation).

      We thank the Reviewer for the positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      The implications for these findings and the applicability of the potential treatment for the disorder in a whole animal are limited due to the fact that all experiments were done in slices.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s point and agree. To address this concern, we have revised the Discussion to state that “the applicability of a circuit-wide approach as a potential treatment in vivo will require extensive future behavioral analyses, which are beyond the scope of the current study”. We also now emphasize in Discussion that “these findings provide a proof-of-principle demonstration that a circuit-based intervention can normalize dynamic E/I balance and restore dentate circuit output in vitro”.

      The authors' interpretation of the word 'circuit-based' is problematic - there are no truly circuit-specific manipulations in this study due to the reliance on pharmacology for their manipulations. While the application of the Kv7 inhibitor may have a predominant effect on the circuit through changes to mossy cell excitability, this manipulation would affect many other cells within the dentate and adjacent brain regions that connect to the dentate that express Kv7 as well.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s point but would like to clarify that by using a term “circuit-based” we did not intend to imply that it is a “’circuit-specific” intervention. Our intended interpretation of the term ‘circuit-based’ stems from the following reasoning: the dentate circuit has two types of excitatory neurons which show opposite excitability defects in FXS mice, thus presenting an irreconcilable conflict to correct pharmacologically for each cell type individually. Instead, we sought an approach to correct the overall dentate circuit output, rather than to restore excitability defects of individual cell types. Notably, when we pharmacologically isolated granule cells from the circuit, inhibition of Kv7 failed to restore their excitability, suggesting that normalization of the dentate output depends on the circuit activity. Since we focused on correcting dentate output using such a circuit-dependent approach, we used the term ‘circuit-based intervention’ to emphasize this notion.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The paper by Deng, Kumar, Cavalli, Klyachko describes that, unlike in other cell types, loss of Fmr1 decreases the excitability of hippocampal mossy cells due to up-regulation of Kv7 currents. They also show evidence that while muting mossy cells appears to be a compensatory mechanism, it contributes to the higher activity of the dentate gyrus, because the removal of mossy cell output alleviates the inhibition of dentate principal cells. This may be important for the patho-mechanism in Fragile X syndrome caused by the loss of Fmr1.

      These experiments were carefully designed, and the results are presented ‎in a very logical, insightful, and self-explanatory way. Therefore, this paper represents strong evidence for the claims of the authors. In the current state of the manuscript, there are only a few points that need additional explanation.

      We thank the Reviewer for the positive comments.

      One of the results, which is shown in the supplementary dataset, does not fit the main conclusions. Changes in the mEPSC frequency suggest that in addition to the proposed network effects, there are additional changes in the synaptic machinery or synapse number that are independent of the actual activity of the neurons. Since the differences of the mEPSC and sEPSC frequencies are similar and because only the latter can signal network effects, while the former is typically interpreted as a presynaptic change, it cannot be claimed that sEPSC frequency changes are due to the hypo-excitability of mossy cells.

      We thank the Reviewer for this important point and agree. To address this concern, we now state in Results that “We note that changes in the excitatory drive onto interneurons include both mEPSC and sEPSC frequencies, which reflect not only potential deficits in excitability of their input cells, such as MCs, but also changes in synaptic connectivity/function, that may arise from homeostatic circuit reorganization/compensation (see Discussion)”.

      We also now emphasize this point in Discussion by stating that “alterations in excitatory drives, including both mEPSC and sEPSC frequencies onto interneurons, suggest changes in the excitatory synapse number and/or function. Together with alterations in inhibitory drives these changes may reflect compensatory circuit reorganization of both excitatory and inhibitory connections, including mossy cell synapses”.

      We also note in Discussion that “Such circuit reorganization can explain the balanced E/I drive onto granule cells in Fmr1 KO mice we observed in the basal state, which can result from reorganization of excitatory and inhibitory axonal terminals”.

      Notably, our findings that Kv7 blocker acting by increasing MC excitability is sufficient to correct dentate output, supports the notion that hypo-excitability of mossy cells is a major factor contributing to dentate circuit E/I imbalance. This does not exclude the presence of additional mechanisms contributing to E/I imbalance, such as changes of synaptic connectivity or release machinery. To reflect this point, we revised the Results to temper the initial claim that “this analysis supports the notion that the hypo-excitability of MCs in Fmr1 KO mice caused (now replaced with “is a major factor contributing to”) the reduction of excitatory drive onto hilar interneurons, which ultimately results in reduced local inhibition”.

      An apparent technical issue may imply a second weak point in the interpretation of the results. Because the IPSCs in the PP stimulation experiments (Fig 8) start within a few milliseconds, it is unlikely that its first ‎components originate from the PP-GC-MC-IN feedforward inhibitory circuit. The involvement of this circuit and MCs in the Kv7-dependent excitability changes is the main implication of the results of this paper. But this feedforward inhibition requires three consecutive synaptic steps and EPSP-AP couplings, each of them lasting for at least 1ms + 2-5ms. Therefore, the inhibition via the PP-GC-MC-IN circuit can be only seen from 10-20ms after PP stimulation. The earlier components of the cPSCs should originate from other circuit elements that are not related to the rest of the paper. Therefore, more isolated measurements on the cPSC recordings are needed ‎which consider only the later phase of the IPSCs. This can be either a measurement of the decay phase or a pharmacological manipulation that selectively enhances/inhibits a specific component of the proposed circuit.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s point. As we mentioned in Results: “The EPSP measured in granule cells in response to the PP stimulation integrates both excitatory and inhibitory synaptic inputs onto granule cells, including the direct synaptic input from the PP and all the PP stimulation-associated feedforward and feedback synaptic inputs. In other words, the EPSP in granule cells integrates all dentate circuit ‘operations’.” As the Reviewer pointed out, this is also the case in the measurements of cPSCs, which comprise all of PP stimulation-associated feedforward and feedback inhibition. We thank the Reviewer for the suggestion to isolate specific components of IPSC. However, we did not attempt to do it in this study for three reasons. First, activity of all of these circuit components likely overlaps extensively in time and it is difficult to identify the specific time point that can separate contributions from earlier canonical feed-forward and feed-back components from the contribution of the later MC-dependent PP-GC-MC-IN feed-forward component. Notably the tri-synapse PP-GC-MC-IN component differs temporarily from the canonical di-synaptic (PP-GC-IN) feed-back inhibition only by a single synaptic activation step, resulting in only a few milliseconds difference. Moreover, the temporal differences in the contributions of these components vary widely among different recordings making a uniform analysis very difficult. Second, we used three different metrics to assess E/I changes in cPSC measurements, which capture a wide range of temporal processes and their integration, including peak-to-peak measurements, the charge transfer, and the excitation window metrics. Third, the principal readout in our study was the overall dentate output (i.e., granule cell firing), which reflects the integration of all dentate circuit ‘operations’ thus making the overall cPSC measurements appropriate, in our view, for this readout.

      I suggest refraining from the conclusions saying "‎MCs provide at least ~51% of the excitatory drive onto interneurons in WT and ~41% in KO mice", because too many factors (eg. IN cell types, slice condition, synaptic reliability) are not accounted for in these actual numbers, and these values are not necessary for the general observation of the paper.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion, and have revised the manuscript accordingly.

      There are additional minor issues about the presentation of the results.

      We have carefully checked and corrected the minor errors that reviewer pointed out.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Revisions that are considered essential for improved assessment regarding the strengths of support of the claims:

      • Temper claims regarding circuit-based effects

      • Temper claims regarding very specific quantitative assessments of synaptic drives

      • Differentiate between monosynaptic inputs and inputs arriving through multiple synaptic contacts with proper analytical techniques.

      We appreciate these suggestions and have revised the manuscript to address the concerns raised by the reviewers.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors do an outstanding job of reviewing and presenting all of their data. This is a paper I will recommend all of my trainees read, as it is an excellent example of a complete research project. While I am impressed with the effort involved, I also wondered if the complexity and thoroughness of their presentations could make the story less accessible to non-expert readers. My comments are simply intended to help them present a more coherent and succinct story to a wider audience, though I am not sure I really provide any meaningful changes. This is simply a very thorough and complete body of work that the authors should be commended for. After reading it I felt they had gone above and beyond what most authors would provide in terms of data to support their story, and thus I had no doubt that a change in Kv7 plays a role in changing the excitability of the network.

      We thank the Reviewer for the positive comments and great suggestions. We have made numerous changes to present our work in a more coherent and succinct way, in part by re-plotting some of the figures, as well as by adding a schematic of the dentate circuit in Figure 1.

      Figure 1. A visual of mossy cells and the local circuit they are studying would be a useful addition to Figure. 1. I also feel this is important for conveying the story of how hypo-excitability can impact the E/I of the network. I think it has to be more of a cell structure/circuit-based figure than is presented in Supplementary Figure 8.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have added a schematic of the dentate circuit with all major cell types involved in Figure 1A.

      Figure 1. A, B, and C tell a coherent story and are easy to understand. The interpretation of the phase plot in D is harder to access. Perhaps having this as a separate figure and providing a clearer presentation of the way the phaseplot was created (see Figure 3 Bove et al., 2019, Neuroscience 418; DOI: 10.1016/j.neuroscience.2019.08.048)

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s point and agree. In order to keep Figure 1 more concise and readable, we removed the phase plot in the revised version. This change did not negatively impact the result presentation because the primary aim of this plot was to visualize changes in voltage threshold in an alternative way, but it was already clearly shown by the ramp-evoked AP traces (revised Figure 1D, insert), and thus was not essential to show.

      Figure 1 E-N might be better situated in a supplementary graph as the characteristics of the AP aren't changing.

      We understand the Reviewer’s point, but we feel it would be better to keep all action potential metrics together in one figure, to show that only a specific subset of parameters was affected in Fmr1 KO mice.

      Figure 2: (A-D) I am not sure having so many figures is required given the focus is on having a small change in Ir at one membrane potential. I do worry that the significance appears to be due to 2 cells with an IR of over 100 in the WT group and 2 with an IR of around 62 in the KO group. All other cells are between 75-100 in both groups. I also worry a bit bc in the literature IRs between 55 and 125 seem to be commonly reported by groups that do this work normally (Buzsacki, Westbrook, etc.). I would be cautious about making too much out of this result.

      We thank the Reviewer for these comments. We have performed additional analyses of these data, as also suggested by Reviewer 3 (Point #1), and improved presentation of the data in Figure 2D-F by showing the effect of XE991 on increasing input resistance in WT vs KO. We also plotted other panels in a similar way to show the comparisons between WT and KO, as well as comparisons within genotype +/- XE991, which makes the results easy to follow. For more details, please also see the response to Reviewer 3, Point 1.

      Figure 2D-E: As in the text, this result is really pointing towards there being a Kv7 issue. Worries about the data in D aside, I think these two figures alone tell a clearer story. Figure 3 on the other hand tells a story of the effects of blocking Kv7 on membrane potential. Is this central to the story the others are trying to tell?

      We thank the reviewer for this point. We believe that Figure 2, Figure 3 and Figure 4—figure supplement 1 together provide strong and multifaceted evidence to support changes in Kv7 function in Fmr1 KO mossy cells.

      Figure 3. This is an interesting finding that shows how detailed their analysis was. Showing that the change in holding current in KO animals is greater than in WT is the first solid piece of evidence that there is a change in Kv7 in these cells that affects their excitability.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment. As mentioned above, we believe that Figure 2, Figure 3 and Figure 4—figure supplement 1 together provide strong and multifaceted evidence to support changes in Kv7 function in Fmr1 KO mossy cells.

      Figures 4 and 5 provide additional detail to support the idea that Kv& changes by showing how the E/I ratio and spontaneous minis are shifted in KO animals.

      We thank the Reviewer for the comments.

      Figures 6-8 build a compelling story for the reduction in excitatory drive in mossy cells affecting the network dynamics in excitatory/inhibitory interactions in DG cells.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s comment.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) Other than location and characteristic morphology, the other parameters that were used to identify mossy cells and granule cells were also parameters used to find differences in cellular properties between wild-type and Fmr1 KO mice (RMP, sEPSC frequency, etc.), which would confound the results shown. The use of available transgenic mouse lines would provide for a more unbiased screen of these cells. Afterhyperpolarization was also used as a parameter while screening cells, yet none of the data on this measurement is shown.

      We thank the reviewer for this point and agree that transgenic mouse lines provide a more unbiased way to identify various types of neurons. However, since the present study involves analyses of at least three different types of neurons, establishing multiple transgenic lines labeling different types of dentate neurons in the Fmr1 KO mouse model would be very time consuming and beyond the current resources of the lab. We would also like to clarify that the three types of dentate neurons are easily distinguished according to the large differences in location, morphology and basal electrophysiological properties, none of which were essential in defining differences between genotypes. Specifically, granule cells are located in the granule cell layer, have a small cell body (<10 m), RMP around -80mV, capacitance ~20 pF, and infrequent sEPSCs (<20 events/min); mossy cells are located in the hilus, have a large cell body (>15 m), RMP around -65 mV, capacitance >100 pF, and fast afterhyperpolarization less than -10 mV (WT –5.1 ± 0.7 mV, KO -5.8 ± 0.5 mV); interneurons are located in the hilus or border of granule cell layer, have a relative smaller cell body (10-15 m), RMP around -55 mV, capacitance <60 pF, and afterhyperpolarization larger than -15 mV (WT -20.4 ± 1.3 mV, KO -19.8 ±1.4 mV). We note that the cells that could not be definitively classified into the three categories were not included in analyses, and we have now clarified this further in the Methods. To address the reviewer’s second concern regarding AHP, we now provided the corresponding values in the Methods.

      2) A definitive way to test the cell-autonomous nature of the Kv7 changes would be to use female mice, who will have a mosaic of cells affected by the fragile X chromosome, and the Fmr1 KO cells could be engineered to express GFP to help identify them from wild-type cells.

      We agree and appreciate this suggestion. This could be an interesting follow up study to further verify the cell-autonomous nature of Kv7 changes.

      3) The authors heavily rely on XE991 as a selective Kv7 blocker. Is it blocking all Kv7 channels at the concentration used? If so, given the significant expression of Kv7 in the dentate as shown by Western blot, is it surprising that there is no effect of this inhibitor on wild-type slices in most cases?

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. We used 10x of IC50 concentration in the present study, suggesting that more than 80% of Kv7 should be blocked. Notably, we observed several effects of XE991 in WT mice: it significantly increased input resistance (new Figure 2D-F), and strongly enhanced AP firing evoked by step depolarization (Figure 7E-H), although we did not observe effect of XE991 in WT in the analyses of spiking evoked by theta-gamma stimulation in Figure 8. However, this is not surprising. If a parameter we measured is predominately cell-autonomous (for example, input resistance), the effects of XE991 are easy to observe. However, if a parameter reflects integration of all dentate circuit operations (for example, AP probability in response to theta-gamma stimulation), it is difficult to detect the effect of XE991 in WT mice because the dentate circuit of WT mice has larger capability to maintain E/I balance in response to XE991.

      4) E/I ratio is a helpful concept, and it is heavily relied upon in the results text, but statistically shaky, especially for sEPSC:sIPSCs since you are combining uncertainty in the sEPSC and sIPSC to make one very uncertain ratio that doesn't undergo any subsequent statistical confirmation (such as in Fig 4I).

      We appreciate the reviewer’s point and apologize for the confusion in presentation of Fig 4I (and 5I), due to lack of detailed explanation. The E/I ratio shown in Figs. 4I (and 5I) is a single data-point estimate calculated from the mean values of independent sEPSC and sIPSC measurements (Figs. 4G-H and 5G-H, respectively). This ratio was used only as an estimate/illustration of the changes, rather than a precise determination of the shift in E/I balance. Because there is only one data-point for this ratio, statistical analysis is not possible. For this reason we performed extensive additional analyses in Figures 7 and 8, in which the EPSC and IPSC were measured from the same cells and at the same time to define the actual E/I ratio with the corresponding statistical analyses (i.e., a real matched and dynamic E/I ratio).

      5) Is this mGlur2/CB1 specificity to PP/granule and MC axons, respectively, true in the Fmr1 KO mice? It is possible that mGluR2 and CB1 expression patterns are altered in FMR1 KO, thus the assumption used to isolate these distinct inputs may not hold true.

      This is a very good point. We do assume that the specificity of Group II mGluR and CB1 is similar between Fmr1 KO and WT mice, but this is an assumption that we have not directly verified. However, our results in Figures 7 and 8 strongly support this assumption, because if it were not true, then our intervention would be unlikely to correct the excessive dentate output.

      6) XE991 only normalized GC firing when other cells were not pharmacologically blocked. The authors suggest this means blockage of MC Kv7 reduces GC excitability back to normal...presumably by increasing MC --> IN --> GC firing. This is a conclusion from many indirect comparisons (comparing XE991 effect on GC with/without GABA and glutamate blockers; comparing MC firing rates with/without XE991, and using CB1 agonist versus mGluR2 agonist to say it is mossy cells that are mostly controlling INs) - a clincher experiment would be to acutely knockdown Kv7 in mossy cells specifically and measure GC and IN firing.

      Thank you, this is a great suggestion. Indeed, as an expansion of this project, in the future studies we are planning to manipulate excitability of mossy cells through manipulating Kv7, or using chemogenetic or optogenetic approaches.

      7) The reasoning behind the FMRP-Kv7 connection is quite weak, citing the paper Darnell 2011 as "translational target", but FMRP has myriad translational targets.

      We agree, and attempted to define the mechanism of increased Kv7 function using co-immunoprecipitation approach, as well as immunostaining to look at cell-type specific expression changes. However, both of these approaches were difficult to interpret due to technical limitations of the available antibodies. We also note that “We did not further investigate the precise mechanisms underlying enhancement of Kv7 function in the absence of FMRP, since the present study primarily focuses on the functional consequences of abnormal cellular and circuit excitability”. To address this concern, we extensively discussed the potential mechanisms of FMRP-Kv7 connection, acknowledged in Discussion that “further studies will be needed to elucidate the precise mechanism responsible for the increased Kv7 function in Fmr1 KO mice”, and will continue to investigate it in the future studies.

      8) The authors attempt to look for changes in Kv7 expression with Western blot, but since they hypothesize that Kv7 changes are mainly in the mossy cells, it is perhaps not surprising that they would not be able to see any changes when they look at dentate as a whole. Staining for Kv7 subunits to look at expression on a cellular level would be beneficial.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion. We attempted to perform the suggested experiments using immunostaining for KCNQ2, KCNQ3 and KCNQ5 in different subtypes of dentate neurons. However, these experiments failed to produce interpretable results due to technical limitations of the available antibodies.

      9) Is Kv7 localization or splice/composition different in FMR1 KO mice?

      This is a very good point. As we mentioned in Point 8 above, we were not able to perform these experiments and do not have the answer at this point.

      10) Regarding the 3 subtypes of interneurons in the dentate, the authors are pooling data based on similar intrinsic properties, but this conclusion may be affected by the low number of recorded neurons for the regular-spiking type. In addition, it is unclear whether these different interneuron types have differential circuit connectivity (most likely) which would make it imperative to keep circuit analysis for interneurons segregated into these cell types.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s point. Indeed, these different interneuron types may have distinct circuit connectivity and contributions to circuit activity. However, identification of these 3 types of interneurons and determination of their respective functions is in itself a very extensive set of experiments which is beyond the scope of the current manuscript. We also note that the functional readout of circuit activity in our measurements was the AP firing and EPSPs evoked in granule cells by PP stimulation, which integrate all dentate circuit operations, including all of the feedforward and feedback loops which are mediated by all of these different types of interneurons. For simplicity, we thus pooled all interneuron data for the purposes of this study. But we fully agree that extensive future work is required to elucidate interneuron-type specific changes in Fmr1 KO mice and their contributions to the dentate circuit dysfunction.

      11) To do statistics treating each cell individually, and therefore assuming each cell is independent of one another, is not correct. Two cells from the same mouse will be more similar than two cells from different mice, therefore they are not independent data points. Nested statistical methods (n cells from o slices from p mice) will be important in future work, as discussed by (Aarts et al., Nat. Neurosci. 2014).

      We agree with the Reviewer’s point and appreciate this suggestion. In the present study, the cells tested in electrophysiological experiments were from at least 3 different mice for each condition, which help minimize this kind of errors.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Is there a difference in the Rin at -45mV of the control cell after the application of XE991? This is important to appreciate whether the XE991-sensitive conductances contribute to the basal excitability of MCs. Furthermore, the statistical comparison of the Rin at -45mV of the FXS animals in the control solution and in the presence of XE991 would be also important‎. Actually, the most accurate measurement would be to show a difference in the acute Kv7-blockade between control and FXS animals, if that is possible with this blocker. Additionally, it would be also informative if the bar graphs in Fig.2 D & E were merged for this purpose, similarly as in the later figures.

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion and agree. Following this suggestion, we have re-plotted the data in Figure 2 accordingly. Specifically, we now show that XE991 significantly increased input resistance in both WT and KO mossy cells, and the effect of XE991 on increasing input resistance was markedly larger in KO than WT mossy cells. For other figures, we have plotted data in a similar way to show the comparisons between WT and KO, as well as comparisons within genotype +/- XE991.

      Because of the cell-to-cell variability of the voltage responses, it would be more informative and representative if the average of traces from all cells were shown in Fig.2 D & E.

      We agree with the Reviewer’s point. For clarity of presentation, we presented the cell-to-cell variability of the data as scatter points of input resistance values in the bar graph (Figure 2E), together with the representative traces (Figure 2D). Plotting the average traces from all cells would result in a total of 30 traces for all the WT and KO mice, which is difficult to visually assess clearly.

      On page 7, please clarify the recorded cell type in this sentence: "In ‎contrast, WIN markedly reduced the number of sEPSCs in both WT and KO mice...".

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing out this omission and have clarified it in the revised version.

      In Figures 6 C, F, and I, the title of the Y-axis should be normalized frequency. Please also correct the figure legend accordingly because the current sentence can be also interpreted as the absolute or total number of events that were compared, irrespective of the duration of the recordings.

      We thank the Reviewer for this point and have corrected the revised version accordingly.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I highly appreciate this study and found the paper to be very well-written and easy to follow. However, a more extensive discussion of what I summarized under "weakness" would strengthen the paper. This may include a broader discussion of the canopy effect itself and the most relevant literature on its extent in rainforest settings in general and primate foods in particular, as well as more details on the dietary behavior of modern orangutans (stratigraphy of orangutan foods) and how seasonal their diet is. The extreme seasonality in orangutan plant food availability should be discussed. Now there are only 2 sentences in the discussion (lines 304-312) and I find the word "plant' only twice overall, though variation in plant food d18O is what drives variation in orangutan dental d18O values.

      We very much appreciate the support of this reviewer, and their feedback about the clarity of the paper. As noted in the provisional reply to reviewers, we are happy to add additional context about the issue of isotopic enrichment within forest canopies, and have expanded the original paragraph in the discussion devoted to this subject. We made reference to the fact that orangutan diets vary by season and site in the original submission, and have now acknowledged that seasonal diet variation may also contribute to variation in enamel isotope values.

      Also, I'd like to note that there has been only one recent study so far that made some level of an attempt to find a breastfeeding effect in orangutans using fecal isotope data. Tsutaya et al. 2022 (AJBA) report some seasonality in adult orangutan fecal isotope values, which could be relevant here as well. But also they reported some data from 2 to 7-year-old orangutan offspring and did not see any breastfeeding pattern in isotope values here either. Probably not too surprising at this older age, but still worth noting in the context of this study.

      There is a 2019 study that sampled fecal isotopes in 43 mother-infant orangutan pairs and found a different pattern than Tsutaya et al. (2022), although these data have not been published in full (Knott et al. (2019) AJBA 168, S68, 128-129). Given these contradictions, the fact that neither study serially sampled the first two years of life, and caveats to fecal isotope sampling of wild primates reviewed in Bădescu et al. (2023: American Journal of Primatology 2023;e235), introducing these nitrogen isotope studies does not aide in the interpretation of oxygen isotope data during intensive nursing, and thus is beyond the scope of this paper. The seasonality Tsutaya et al. (2022) reported in adult fecal samples was for carbon isotopes rather than nitrogen isotopes, and its relevance to the current study is unclear given that the orangutan plant foods measured did not show seasonal variation in carbon isotopes. As requested above, we have noted orangutans’ dietary seasonality might influence the variation of oxygen isotope values.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      First, the manuscript offers upfront flashy numbers with respect to the number of samples, but what the reader really needs to know upfront is the number of individuals and the number of teeth per individual. These facts are buried and make the reader work too hard to keep track. While the specimen ID numbers are valuable in the table, perhaps a different ID could be used in the text, such as individuals modern Borneo A and B, fossil Sumatra A and B, etc.? Similarly, it would be helpful to remind readers of each locality - Borneo or Sumatra, modern or fossil.

      Tables 1 and 2 and the first sentence of the results and the materials and methods stated that we measured 18 teeth in this study. It is likely that the placement of the tables at the very end of the manuscript in the submitted version made the sample sizes and specimen information less evident to the reviewer. In response to this critique we have now added the number of teeth to the abstract, and trust that when the tables are placed within the text as indicated it will be easier to follow textual references to particular individuals. Museum identification codes have been provided in two previous publications of these teeth, and we retain them here for consistency.

      Second, the manuscript mentions some climate change in Sumatra, but what about Borneo?

      The results on the Bornean fossil teeth stated: “The range of values from these two fossil molars (14.2–24.8 ‰) markedly exceeds the range of modern Bornean orangutans (12.7–20.0 ‰) (Figure 4), with the mean δ18O value at least 2‰ heavier, suggesting possibly drier conditions with greater seasonality during their formation.” In the final section of the discussion, we devoted two paragraphs to discussing evidence for climate change at Niah Cave in Borneo - more than we devote to discussing such data from Sumatra.

      The most valuable figure in the manuscript is Figure 3 showing the serial sampling of modern teeth. It would be incredibly useful to see a similar graph for the fossils and a graph of the modern and fossils together for each island. The violin plots demonstrate a range of values but fail to provide the important seasonality signals. The manuscript is promising but as written is difficult to follow, and the results and conclusions with regard to climate change need more demonstration. On a minor note, I found myself wanting to know about the dates of fossils before knowing the isotopic values. You might wish to move the dating section to precede the isotopes.

      As requested, we have added an additional Supplemental figure making the comparisons of seasonality between fossil and modern individual more evident.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study addressed an alternative hypothesis to temporal binding phenomena. In temporal binding, two events that are separated in time are "pulled" towards one another, such that they appear more coincidental. Previous research has shown evidence of temporal binding events in the context of actions and multisensory events. In this context, the author revisits the well-known Libet clock paradigm, in which subjects view a moving clock face, press a button at a time of their choosing to stop the clock, a tone is played (after some delay), and then subjects move the clock dial to the point where the one occurred (or when the action occurred). Classically, the reported clock time is a combination of the action and sound times. The author here suggests that attention can explain this by a mechanism in which the clock dial leads to a roving window of spatiotemporal attention (that is, it extends in both space and time around the dial). To test this, the author conducted a number of experiments where subjects performed the Libet clock experiment, but with a variety of different stimulus combinations. Crucially, a visual detection task was introduced by flashing a disc at different positions along the clock face. The results showed that detection performance was also "pulled" towards the action event or sensory event, depending on the condition. A model of roving spatiotemporal attention replicated these effects, providing further evidence of the attentional window.

      Strengths:

      The study provides a novel explanation for temporal binding phenomena, with clear and cleverly designed experiments. The results provide a nice fit to the proposed model, and the model itself is able to recapitulate the observed effects.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite the above, the paper could be clearer on why these effects are occurring. In particular, the control experiment introduced in Experiment 3 is not well justified. Why should a tactile stimulus not lead to a similar effect? There are possibilities here, but the author could do well to lay them out. Further, from a perspective related to the attentional explanation, other alternatives are not explored. The author cites and considers work suggesting that temporal binding relies on a Bayesian cue combination mechanism, in which the estimate is pulled towards the stimulus with the lowest variance, but this is not discussed. None of this necessarily detracts from the findings, but otherwise makes the case for attention less clear.

      I would like to thank the reviewer for the helpful comments and recommendations. Regarding Experiment 3, the rationale is this. We showed in Experiments 1 and 2 that, for outcome binding, there were two types of difference between Action Sound condition and Sound Only condition: the reported time of sound onset (i.e. the reported clock hand location at the sound onset) and the attention distribution. To experimentally test the relevance of the attention difference to the difference of reported time, we created a situation where the attention difference could be minimised and then checked the difference of reported time. We found that when the attention difference was controlled for between the two conditions, the difference of reported time was also gone, thus providing further evidence for a close link between attention and time report in the current testing paradigm. Therefore, Experiment 3 was primarily targeting the experimental evidence for the claim of the current study. What we needed in Experiment 3 was a condition that could have a smaller attention difference with the Action Sound condition than the attention difference between Sound Only and Action Sound conditions in Experiments 1 and 2. We expected that a tactile stimulus before the sound onset could work, without a clear prediction of the strength of the tactile stimulus in shifting attention, which was also not necessary. This experimental manipulation was a nice fit for the purpose of experiment 3, as we could empirically measur the effectiveness of the tactile stimulus on attention shift and then relate it to the changes in outcome binding.

      As the reviewer correctly suggested, the Bayesian framework has been applied in several studies to explain the time judgement distortion in sensorimotor situations (e.g. the temporal binding effect studied here). However, the current study asked what temporal binding is really about when it is measured with the Libet clock method. Is it really about a distortion in time perception (which the Bayesian account tries to explain)? Or is it also about attention? The results showed that the spatiotemporal attention distribution is at least a confound in measuring the perceived time of an event using the Libet clock method. Therefore, the Bayesian account raised in previous studies is relevant when explaining the distortion in time perception, given that it really exists. We here asked if the distortion really exists, and to what extent.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Temporal binding, generally considered a timing illusion, results from actions triggering outcomes after a brief delay, distorting perceived timing. The present study investigates the relationship between attention and the perception of timing by employing a series of tasks involving auditory and visual stimuli. The results highlight the role of attention in event timing and the functional relevance of attention in outcome binding.

      Strengths:

      • Experimental Design: The manuscript details a well-structured sequence of experiments investigating the attention effect in outcome binding. Thoughtful variations in manipulation conditions and stimuli contribute to a thorough and meaningful investigation of the phenomenon.

      • Statistical Analysis: The manuscript employs a diverse set of statistical tests, demonstrating careful selection and execution. This statistical approach enhances the reliability of the reported findings.

      • Narrative Clarity: Both in-text descriptions and figures provide clear insights into the experiments and their results, facilitating readers in following the logic of the study.

      Weaknesses:

      • Conceptual Clarity: The manuscript aims to integrate key concepts in human cognitive functions, including attention, timing perception, and sensorimotor processes. However, before introducing experiments, there's a need for clearer definitions and explanations of these concepts and their known and unknown interrelationships. Given the complexity of attention, a more detailed discussion, including specific types and properties, would enhance reader comprehension.

      • Computational Modeling: The manuscript lacks clarity in explaining the model architecture and setup, and it's unclear if control comparisons were conducted. These details are critical for readers to properly interpret attention-related findings in the modeling section. Providing a clearer overview of these aspects will improve the overall understanding of the computational models used.

      I would like to thank the reviewer for the helpful comments and recommendations. The attention in the current study, which has been made clearer in the revised manuscript, refers specifically to visuospatial attention. It is presented as a key factor shaping the results of timing report obtained with the clock method, thereby contributing to the explanation of temporal binding. Indeed, attention has been mentioned previously in a similar context, but was treated vaguely as a kind of general cognitive resources. The current study specifically tested and verified that the visuospatial attention paid to the clock face influenced the timing reports. This point has been discussed in a dedicated paragraph in the discussion section of the revised manuscript.

      The modelling of the timing report using the attention data was based on a very simple idea: The clock hand location receiving more attention should be given more weight when participants made the timing report (i.e. reporting the clock hand position). The weight for each location was calculated using the detection rate at each location. The relevant methods section has been extensively revised to provide a step-by-step implementation of the modelling, with rationales and pitfalls in the interpretation of the modelling results given (also in the discussion section).

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This study presents a valuable finding on the immunophenotypes of cancer treatment-related pneumonitis. The evidence supporting the claims of the authors is solid, although the inclusion of controls, as suggested by one of the reviewers, strengthened the study. The work will be of interest to cancer immunologists.

      Response: We are thankful for the editor's recognition of the contribution our study makes to understanding the immunophenotypes associated with cancer treatment-related pneumonitis. We agree that the inclusion of control data is pivotal for benchmarking biomarkers. While our initial study design was constrained by the availability of BALF from healthy individuals within clinical settings, we addressed this limitation by incorporating scRNA-seq data from healthy control and COVID-19 BALF cells sourced from the GSE145926 dataset. This additional analysis has provided a baseline for comparison, revealing that CD16 is expressed in a minority of T cells in healthy BALF, specifically 1.0% of CD4+ T cells and 1.6% of CD8+ T cells. The inclusion of this data as Figures 6H and 6I in our manuscript offers a robust context for the significant increase in CD16-expressing T cells observed in patients with PCP, thus enhancing the robustness of our study's conclusions.

      Author response image 1.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Many thanks for giving me the opportunity to review your paper. I really enjoyed the way you carried out this work - for example, your use of a wide panel of markers and the use of two analytical methods - you have clearly given great thought to bias avoidance. I also greatly appreciated your paragraph on the limitations, as there are several, but you do not 'over-sell' your conclusions so there is no issue here for me.

      To improve the piece, there are a few typos (eg 318 - specific to alpha-myosin) and I was briefly confused about the highlighted clusters in Figure 4. Perhaps mention why they are highlighted when they first appear in 4D instead of E?

      Response: We have corrected the typos, and we have rearranged the sequence of Figures 3E and 3F, as well as 4D and 4E, to ensure a logical flow. Citrus-generated violin plots are now presented prior to the heatmap of the clusters, which better illustrates the progression of our analysis and the derivation of the clusters.

      In terms of improvements to the data, obviously it would have been ideal if you had had some sort of healthy control as a point of reference for all cohorts, but working in the field I understand the difficulties in getting healthy BAL. It would be worth your while however trying to find more supportive data in the literature in general. There are studies which assess various immune markers in healthy BAL eg https://journal-inflammation.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/1476-9255-11-9. and so I think it is worth looking wrt the main findings. For example, are CD16+ T cells seen in healthy BAL or any other conditions (at present the COVID study is being over-relied on)? Could these cells be gamma deltas? (gamma deltas frequently express CD8 and CD16, and can switch to APC like phenotypes).

      Response: We are grateful for the reviewer's consideration of the practical challenges associated with collecting BALF from healthy individuals. Alternatively, we have supplemented our analysis with single-cell RNA sequencing data from BALF cells of healthy controls, as found in existing literature (Nature Medicine 2020; 26: 842-844). We have accessed to GSE145926 and downloaded data of BALF cells from healthy control (n=3) and severe COVID19 (n=6). The filtered gene-barcode matrix was first normalized using ‘NormalizeData’ methods in Seurat v.4 with default parameters. The top 2,000 variable genes were then identified using the ‘vst’ method in Seurat FindVariableFeatures function. Then PCA and UMAP was performed. T cells were identified as CD2 >1 and CD3E >1, and FCGR3A expression was explored using an expression threshold of 0.5. Violin plots and bar plots were generated by ggplot function.

      Regarding the pivotal finding of increased CD16-expressing T cells in patients with PCP, the scRNA-seq data mining indicates that CD16 is expressed by a minority of T cells in healthy BALF—1.0% of CD4+ T cells and 1.6% of CD8+ T cells. These figures, now incorporated into our revised manuscript as Figures 6H and 6I, substantiate our findings. These cells could be gamma delta T cells, but we could not confirm it with the limited data. We will investigate in the future study. The main text has been updated to reflect these findings.

      Author response image 2.

      I would agree with your approach of not going down the transcript route, so just focus on protein expression.

      I think you need to mention more about the impact of ICI on PD1 expression - in the methods you lose one approach owing to low T cell expression (132) but in the discussion you mention ICI induced high expression (311) as previously reported. This apparent contradiction needs an explanation.

      Response: We acknowledge the need for clarification regarding the impact of ICIs on PD-1 expression. In the methods section, the low detection of PD-1 expression on T cells in patients treated with nivolumab was indeed noted; this was due to the competitive nature of the PD-1 detection antibody EH12.2 with nivolumab. As reported by Suzuki et al. (International Immunology 2020; 32: 547-557), T cells from patients with ICI-induced ILD, including those treated with nivolumab, exhibit upregulated PD-1 expression, where the PD-1 detection antibody (clone: MIH4). Conversely, as outlined by Yanagihara et al. (BBRC 2020; 527: 213-217), the PD-1 detection antibody clone EH12.2 conjugated with 155Gd (#3155009B) used in our study is unable to detect PD-1 when patients are under nivolumab treatment due to competitive inhibition. The absence of a metal-conjugated PD-1 antibody with the MIH4 clone presented a limitation in our study. Ideally, we would have conjugated the MIH4 antibody with 155Gd for our analysis, which is a refinement we aim to incorporate in future research. We have now included this discussion in our manuscript to clarify the contradiction between the methodological limitations and the high PD-1 expression induced by ICIs, as reported in the literature. This addition will guide readers through the nuances of antibody selection and its implications for detecting PD-1 expression in the context of ICI treatment.

      Finally, since you have the severity data, it would be good to assess all the significantly different clusters against this metric, as you have done for CD16+ T cells. Not only may this reveal more wrt the impact of other immune populations, but it'll also give a point of reference for the CD16+ T cell data.

      Response: Thank you for the suggestion to assess all significantly different clusters against the disease severity metric. We have expanded our analysis to include a thorough correlation study between the disease severity and intensity of various T-cell markers. Notably, we observed that intensity of CCR7 expression correlates with the disease severity. Although the precise biological significance of this correlation remains to be elucidated, it may suggest a role for CCR7+ T cells in the pathogenesis or progression of the disease. We have considered the potential implications of this finding and included it as Supplementary Figure 5. We have also discussed this observation in the discussion section.

      Author response image 3.

      Overall though I think this is a really nice study, with a potentially very significant finding in linking CD16+ T cells with severity. Congratulations.

      Response: We would like to thank the reviewer’s heartful comments on our manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      General:

      1) The fact that this is a retrospective study should be indicated earlier in the paper.

      Response: Now we have mentioned the retrospective nature of the study in the method section as follows: In this retrospective study, patients who were newly diagnosed with PCP, DI-ILD, and ICI-ILD and had undergone BALF collection at Kyushu University Hospital from January 2017 to April 2022 were included. The retrospective study was approved by the Ethics Committee of Kyushu University Hospital (reference number 22117-00).

      2) tSNE and UMAP are dimensionality reduction techniques that don't cluster the cells, the authors should specify what clustering algorithm was used subsequently (e.g FlowSOM)

      Response: The cluster was determined manually by their expression pattern.

      3) With regards to the role of CD16 in a potential exacerbated cytotoxicity in the fatal PCP case, the authors could measure the levels of C3a related proteins in patient serum to link to a common immunopathogenic pathway with COVID.

      Response: We did not collect serum from the patients in this study as our research protocol was approved by the Ethics committee for the use of BALF only. However, we agree with your assessment that the measurement of serum C3a levels would be informative. In future studies, we will incorporate the measurement of serum C3a levels to provide more comprehensive insights into the impact of C3a on immune function. Thank you for your valuable feedback and for helping us to improve the quality of our research.

      Line-specific:

      101 The authors should provide some information on how the cryopreservation of the BALF was carried out.

      Response: Upon collection, BALF samples were immediately centrifuged at 300 g for 5 minutes to pellet the cells. The resultant cell pellets were then resuspended in Cellbanker 1 cryopreservation solution (Takara, catalog #210409). This suspension was aliquoted into cryovials and gradually frozen to –80ºC using a controlled rate freezing method to ensure cell viability. The samples were stored at –80ºC until required for experimental analysis. We have added the information in the method section.

      Fig 3B: It would be very helpful if the authors could add a supplementary figure with marker expression on the UMAP projection.

      Response: We have added Supplementary Figure 4 with marker expression on the UMAP projection in Figure 3B.

      Fig 4A: Same as Fig 3B

      Response: We have added Supplementary Figure 5 with marker expression on the UMAP projection in Figure 4A.

      Fig 5B: Same as Fig 3B

      Response: We have added Supplementary Figure 6 with marker expression on the tSNE projection in Figure 5B.

      266 Authors should state if the data is not shown with regards to differences in myeloid cell fractions

      430 Marker intensity is not shown in panel D

      Re: Corrected as follows: “Citrus network tree visualizing the hierarchical relationship of each marker between identified T cell ~”

      446 The legend says patients have IPF, CTD-ILD, sarcoidosis but the figure shows PCP, DI-ILD, ICI-ILD.

      Re: Corrected.

      451 What do the authors mean in "Graphical plots represent individual samples"? Panel B is a dot plot of all samples.

      Response: Corrected as “Dot plots represent ~”.

      472 What do the authors mean in "Graphical plots represent individual samples"? Panel C is a dot plot of all samples.

      Response: Corrected as “Dot plots represent ~”.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      An important thing is to add comparisons against healthy donors, at least. A common baseline is needed to firmly establish any biomarkers.

      Response: We acknowledge the reviewer's concern regarding the comparison with healthy donors. Although our study did not initially include BALF collection from healthy controls due to the constraints of clinical practice, we recognize the importance of a control baseline to validate biomarkers. To address this, we have integrated scRNA-seq data from healthy control BALF cells available in public datasets (Nature Medicine 2020; 26: 842-844), accessed from GSE145926. This dataset includes BALF cells from healthy controls (n=3) alongside severe COVID-19 patients (n=6). Data mining confirmed that CD16 expression is in a minority of T cells in healthy BALF—1.0% of CD4+ T cells and 1.6% of CD8+ T cells. We have included this comparative data in our manuscript as Figures 6H and 6I to provide context for the observed increase in CD16-expressing T cells in PCP patients, which substantiates our findings.

      Author response image 4.

      Data analysis needs to go deeper. There are several other tools on Cytobank alone that would allow a more quantitative analysis of the data. Fold changes in marker expressions would be very important as measurements of phenotypic changes.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for their constructive feedback on the depth of our data analysis. We acknowledge the value of a more quantitative approach, including the use of fold change measurements to assess phenotypic alterations, and recognize the potential insights such tools on Cytobank could provide. Due to the scope and limited space of the current study, we have focused our analysis on the most pertinent findings relevant to our research questions. We believe the present analysis serves the immediate objectives of this study. However, we agree that further quantitative analysis would enhance the understanding of the data. We have expanded our analysis to include a thorough correlation study between the disease severity of PCP and intensity of various T-cell markers. Notably, we observed that intensity of CCR7 expression correlates with the disease severity of PCP. Although the precise biological significance of this correlation remains to be elucidated, it may suggest a role for CCR7+ T cells in the pathogenesis or progression of the disease. We have considered the potential implications of this finding and included it as Supplementary Figure 5. We have also discussed this observation in the discussion section. We aim to consider these approaches in future work to build upon the foundation laid by this study. Your suggestions are invaluable and will be kept at the forefront as we plan subsequent research phases.

      Author response image 5.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Cytotoxic agents and immune checkpoint inhibitors are the most commonly used and efficacious treatments for lung cancers. However their use brings two significant pulmonary side-effects; namely Pneumocystis jirovecii infection and resultant pneumonia (PCP), and interstitial lung disease (ILD). To observe the potential immunological drivers of these adverse events, Yanagihara et al. analysed and compared cells present in the bronchoalveolar lavage of three patient groups (PCP, cytotoxic drug-induced ILD [DI-ILD], and ICI-associated ILD [ICI-ILD]) using mass cytometry (64 markers). In PCP, they observed an expansion of the CD16+ T cell population, with the highest CD16+ T proportion (97.5%) in a fatal case, whilst in ICI-ILD, they found an increase in CD57+ CD8+ T cells expressing immune checkpoints (TIGIT+ LAG3+ TIM-3+ PD-1+), FCRL5+ B cells, and CCR2+ CCR5+ CD14+ monocytes. Given the fatal case, the authors also assessed for, and found, a correlation between CD16+ T cells and disease severity in PCP, postulating that this may be owing to endothelial destruction. Although n numbers are relatively small (n=7-9 in each cohort; common numbers for CyTOF papers), the authors use a wide panel (n=65) and two clustering methodologies giving greater strength to the conclusions. The differential populations discovered using one or two of the analytical methods are robust: whole population shifts with clear and significant clustering. These data are an excellent resource for clinical disease specialists and pan-disease immunologists, with a broad and engaging contextual discussion about what they could mean.

      Strengths:

      • The differences in immune cells in BAL in these specific patient subgroups is relatively unexplored.

      • This is an observational study, with no starting hypothesis being tested.

      • Two analytical methods are used to cluster the data.

      • A relatively wide panel was used (64 markers), with particular strength in the alpha beta T cells and B cells.

      • Relevant biomarkers, beta-D-glucan and KL-6 were also analysed

      • Appropriate statistics were used throughout.

      • Numbers are low (7 cases of PCP, 9 of DI-ILD, and 9 of ICI-ILD) but these are difficult samples to collect and so in relative terms, and considering the use of CyTOF, these are good numbers.

      • Beta-D-glucan shows potential as a biomarker for PCP (as previously reported) whilst KL-6 shows potential as a biomarker for ICI-ILD (not reported before). Interestingly, KL-6 was not seen to be increased in DI-ILD patients.

      • Despite the relatively low n numbers and lack of matching there are some clear differentials. The CD4/CD8+CD16+HLA-DR+CXCR3+CD14- T cell result is striking - up in PCP (with EM CD4s significantly down) - whilst the CD8 EMRA population is clear in ICI-ILD and 'non-exhausted' CD4s, with lower numbers of EMRA CD8s in DI-ILD.

      • The authors identify 17/31 significantly differentiated clusters of myeloid cells, eg CD11bhi CD11chi CD64+ CD206+ alveolar macrophages with HLA-DRhi in PCP.

      • With respect to B cells, the authors found that FCRL5+ B cells were more abundant in patients with ICI-ILD compared to those with PCP and DI-ILD, suggesting these FCRL5+ B cells may have a role in irAE.

      • One patient's extreme CD16+ T cell (97.5% positive) and death, led the authors to consider CD16+ T cells as an indicator of disease severity in PCP. This was then tested and found to be correct.

      • Authors discuss results in context of literature leading them to suggest that CD16+ T cells may target endothelial cells and wonder if anti-complement therapy may be efficacious in PCP.

      • Great discussion on auto-reactive T cell clones where the authors suggest that in ICI-ILD CD8s may react against healthy lung, driving ILD.

      • An observation of CXCR3 in different CD8 populations in ICI-ILD and PCP lead the authors to hypothesise on the chemoattractants in the microenvironment.

      • Excellent point suggesting CD57 may not always be a marker of senescence on T cells - reflective of growing change within the community.

      • Well considered suggestion that FCRL5+ B cells may be involved in ICI-ILD driven autoimmunity.

      • The authors discuss the main weaknesses in the discussion and stress that the findings detailed in the paper "demonstrate a correlation rather than proof of causation".

      • Figures and legends are clear and pleasing to the eye.

      Weaknesses:

      • This is an observational study, with no starting hypothesis being tested.

      • Only patients who were able to have a lavage taken have been recruited.

      • One set of analysis wasn't carried out for one subgroup (ICI-ILD) as PD1 expression was negative owing to the use of nivolumab.

      • Some immune cell subsets wouldn't be picked up with the markers and gating strategies used; e.g. NK cells.

      • Some immune cells would be disproportionately damaged by the storage, thawing and preparation of the samples; e.g. granulocytes.

      • Numbers are low (7 cases of PCP, 9 of DI-ILD, and 9 of ICI-ILD), sex, age and adverse event matching wasn't performed, and treatment regimen are varied and 'suspected' (suggesting incomplete clinical data) - but these are difficult samples to collect. These numbers drop further for some analyses e.g. T cell clustering owing to factors such as low cell number.

      • The disease comparisons are with each other, there is no healthy control.

      • Samples are taken at one time point.

      • The discussion on probably the stand out result - the CD16+ T cells in PCP - relies on two papers - leading to a slightly skewed emphasis on one paper on CD16+ cells in COVID. There are other papers out there that have observed CD16+ T cells in other conditions. It is also worth being in mind that given the markers used, these CD16+ T cell may be gamma deltas.

      • The discussion on ICI patient consistently showing increased PD1, could have been greater, as given the ICI is targeting PD1, one would expect the opposite as commented on, and observed, in the methods section.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Yanagihara and colleagues investigated the immune cell composition of bronchoalveolar lavage fluid (BALF) samples in a cohort of patients with malignancy undergoing chemotherapy and with with lung adverse reactions including Pneumocystis jirovecii pneumonia (PCP) and immune-checkpoint inhibitors (ICIs) or cytotoxic drug induced interstitial lung diseases (ILDs). Using mass cytometry, their aim was to characterize the cellular and molecular changes in BAL to improve our understanding of their pathogenesis and identify potential biomarkers and therapeutic targets. In this regard, the authors identify a correlation between CD16 expression in T cells and the severity of PCP and an increased infiltration of CD57+ CD8+ T cells expressing immune checkpoints and FCLR5+ B cells in ICI-ILD patients.

      The conclusions of this paper are mostly well supported by data, but some aspects of the data analysis need to be clarified and extended.

      1) The authors should elaborate on why different set of markers were selected for each analysis step. E.g., Different set of markers were used for UMAP, CITRUS and viSNE in the T cell and myeloid analysis.

      2) The authors should state if a normality test for the distribution of the data was performed. If not, non-parametric tests should be used.

      3) The authors should explore the correlation between CD16 intensity and the CTCAE grade in T cell subsets such as EMRA CD8 T cells, effector memory CD4, etc as identified in Figure 1B.

      4) The authors could use CITRUS to better assess the B cell compartment.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The authors collected BALF samples from lung cancer patients newly diagnosed with PCP, DI-ILD or ICI-ILD. CyTOF was performed on these samples, using two different panels (T-cell and B-cell/myeloid cell panels). Results were collected, cleaned-up, manually gated and pre-processed prior to visualisation with manifold learning approaches t-SNE (in the form of viSNE) or UMAP, and analysed by CITRUS (hierarchical clustering followed by feature selection and regression) for population identification - all using Cytobank implementation - in an attempt to identify possible biomarkers for these disease states. By comparing cell abundances from CITRUS results and qualitative inspection of a small number of marker expressions, the authors claimed to have identified an expansion of CD16+ T-cell population in PCP cases and an increase in CD57+ CD8+ T-cells, FCRL5+ B-cells and CCR2+ CCR5+ CD14+ monocytes in ICI-ILD cases.

      By the authors' own admission, there is an absence of healthy donor samples and, perhaps as a result of retrospective experimental design, also an absence of pre-treatment samples. The entire analysis effectively compares three yet-established disease states with no common baseline - what really constitutes a "biomarker" in such cases? The introduction asserts that "y characterizing the cellular and molecular changes in BAL from patients with these complications, we aim to improve our understanding of their pathogenesis and identify potential therapeutic targets" (lines 82-84). Given these obvious omissions, no real "changes" have been studied in the paper. These are very limited comparisons among three, and only these three, states.

      Even assuming more thorough experimental design, the data analysis is unfortunately too shallow and has not managed to explore the wealth of information that could potentially be extracted from the results. CITRUS is accessible and convenient, but also make a couple of big assumptions which could affect data analysis - 1) Is it justified to concatenate all FCS files to analyse the data in one batch / small batches? Could there be batch effects or otherwise other biological events that could confuse the algorithm? 2) With a relatively small number of samples, and after internal feature selection of CITRUS, is the regression model suitable for population identification or would it be too crude and miss out rare populations? There are plenty of other established methods that could be used instead. Have those methods been considered?

      Colouring t-SNE or UMAP (e.g. Figure 6C) plots by marker expression is useful for quick identification of cell populations but it is not a quantitative analysis. In a CyTOF analysis like this, it is common to work out fold changes of marker expressions between conditions. It is inadequate to judge expression levels and infer differences simply by looking at colours.

      The relatively small number of samples also mean that most results presented in the paper are not statistical significant. Whilst it is understandable that it is not always possible to collect a large number of patient samples for studies like this, having several entire major figures showing "n.s." (e.g. Figures 3A, 4B and 5C), together with limitations in the comparisons themselves and inadequate analysis, make the observations difficult to be convincing, and even less so for the single fatal PCP case where N = 1.

      It would also be good scientific practice to show evidence of sample data quality control. Were individual FCS files examined? Did the staining work? Some indication of QC would also be great.

      This dataset generated and studied by the authors have the potential to address the question they set out to answer and thus potentially be useful for the field. However, in the current state of presentation, more evidence and more thorough data analysis are needed to draw any conclusions, or correlations, as the authors would like to frame them.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1:

      Summary:

      This paper performs fine-mapping of the silkworm mutants bd and its fertile allelic version, bdf, narrowing down the causal intervals to a small interval of a handful of genes. In this region, the gene orthologous to mamo is impaired by a large indel, and its function is later confirmed using expression profiling, RNAi, and CRISPR KO. All these experiments are convincingly showing that mamo is necessary for the suppression of melanic pigmentation in the silkworm larval integument. The authors also use in silico and in vitro assays to probe the potential effector genes that mamo may regulate. Strengths: The genotype-to-phenotype workflow, combining forward (mapping) and reverse genetics (RNAi and CRISPR loss-of-function assays) linking mamo to pigmentation are extremely convincing.

      Response: Thank you very much for your affirmation of our work. The reviewer discussed the parts of our manuscript that involve evolution sentence by sentence. We have further refined the description in this regard and improved the logical flow. Thank you again for your help.

      Weaknesses:

      1) The last section of the results, entitled "Downstream target gene analysis" is primarily based on in silico genome-wide binding motif predictions.

      While the authors identify a potential binding site using EMSA, it is unclear how much this general approach over-predicted potential targets. While I think this work is interesting, its potential caveats are not mentioned. In fact the Discussion section seems to trust the high number of target genes as a reliable result. Specifically, the authors correctly say: "even if there are some transcription factor-binding sites in a gene, the gene is not necessarily regulated by these factors in a specific tissue and period", but then propose a biological explanation that not all binding sites are relevant to expression control. This makes a radical short-cut that predicted binding sites are actual in vivo binding sites. This may not be true, as I'd expect that only a subset of binding motifs predicted by Positional Weight Matrices (PWM) are real in vivo binding sites with a ChIP-seq or Cut-and-Run signal. This is particularly problematic for PWM that feature only 5-nt signature motifs, as inferred here for mamo-S and mamo-L, simply because we can expect many predicted sites by chance.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. The analysis and identification of transcription factor-binding sites is an important issue in gene regulation research. Techniques such as ChIP-seq can be used to experimentally identify the binding sites of transcription factors (TFs). However, reports using these techniques often only detect specific cell types and developmental stages, resulting in a limited number of downstream target genes for some TFs. Interestingly, TFs may regulate different downstream target genes in different cell types and developmental stages.

      Previous research has suggested that the ZF-DNA binding interface can be understood as a “canonical binding model”, in which each finger contacts DNA in an antiparallel manner. The binding sequence of the C2H2-ZF motif is determined by the amino acid residue sequence of its α-helical component. Considering the first amino acid residue in the α-helical region of the C2H2-ZF domain as position 1, positions -1, 2, 3, and 6 are key amino acids for recognizing and binding DNA. The residues at positions -1, 3, and 6 specifically interact with base 3, base 2, and base 1 of the DNA sense sequence, respectively, while the residue at position 2 interacts with the complementary DNA strand (Wolfe SA et al., 2000; Pabo CO et al., 2001). Based on this principle, the binding sites of C2H2-ZF have good reference value. For the 5-nt PWM sequence, we referred to the study of D. melanogaster, which was identified by EMSA (Shoichi Nakamura et al., 2019). In the new version, we have rewritten this section.

      Pabo CO, Peisach E, Grant RA. Design and selection of novel Cys2His2 zinc finger proteins. Annu Rev Biochem. 2001;70:313-340.

      Wolfe SA, Nekludova L, Pabo CO. DNA recognition by Cys2His2 zinc finger proteins. Annu Rev Biophys Biomol Struct. 2000;29:183-212.

      Nakamura S, Hira S, Fujiwara M, et al. A truncated form of a transcription factor Mamo activates vasa in Drosophila embryos. Commun Biol. 2019;2:422. Published 2019 Nov 20.

      2) The last part of the current discussion ("Notably, the industrial melanism event, in a short period of several decades ... a more advanced self-regulation program") is flawed with important logical shortcuts that assign "agency" to the evolutionary process. For instance, this section conveys the idea that phenotypically relevant mutations may not be random. I believe some of this is due to translation issues in English, as I understand that the authors want to express the idea that some parts of the genome are paths of least resistance for evolutionary change (e.g. the regulatory regions of developmental regulators are likely to articulate morphological change). But the language and tone is made worst by the mention that in another system, a mechanism involving photoreception drives adaptive plasticity, making it sound like the authors want to make a Lamarckian argument here (inheritance of acquired characteristics), or a point about orthogenesis (e.g. the idea that the environment may guide non-random mutations).

      Because this last part of the current discussion suffers from confused statements on modes and tempo of regulatory evolution and is rather out of topic, I would suggest removing it.

      In any case, it is important to highlight here that while this manuscript is an excellent genotype-to-phenotype study, it has very few comparative insights on the evolutionary process. The finding that mamo is a pattern or pigment regulatory factor is interesting and will deserve many more studies to decipher the full evolutionary study behind this Gene Regulatory Network.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. In this part of the manuscript, we introduced some assumptions that make the statement slightly unconventional. The color pattern of insects is an adaptive trait. The bd and bdf mutants used in the study are formed spontaneously. As a frequent variation and readily observable phenotype, color patterns have been used as models for evolutionary research (Wittkopp PJ et al., 2011). Darwin's theory of natural selection has epoch-making significance. I deeply believe in the theory that species strive to evolve through natural selection. However, with the development of molecular genetics, Darwinism’s theory of undirected random mutations and slow accumulation of micromutations resulting in phenotype evolution has been increasingly challenged.

      The prerequisite for undirected random mutations and micromutations is excessive reproduction to generate a sufficiently large population. A sufficiently large population can contain sufficient genotypes to face various survival challenges. However, it is difficult to explain how some small groups and species with relatively low fertility rates have survived thus far. More importantly, the theory cannot explain the currently observed genomic mutation bias. In scientific research, every theory is constantly being modified to adapt to current discoveries. The most famous example is the debate over whether light is a particle or a wave, which has lasted for hundreds of years. However, in the 20th century, both sides seemed to compromise with each other, believing that light has a wave‒particle duality.

      In summary, we have rewritten this section to reduce unnecessary assumptions.

      Wittkopp PJ, Kalay G. Cis-regulatory elements: molecular mechanisms and evolutionary processes underlying divergence. Nat Rev Genet. 2011;13(1):59-69.

      Minor Comment:

      The gene models presented in Figure 1 are obsolete, as there are more recent annotations of the Bm-mamo gene that feature more complete intron-exon structures, including for the neighboring genes in the bd/bdf intervals. It remains true that the mamo locus encodes two protein isoforms.

      An example of the Bm-mamo locus annotation, can be found at: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/gene/101738295 RNAseq expression tracks (including from larval epidermis) can be displayed in the embedded genome browser from the link above using the "Configure Tracks" tool.

      Based on these more recent annotations, I would say that most of the work on the two isoforms remains valid, but FigS2, and particularly Fig.S2C, need to be revised.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. In this study, we referred to the predicted genes of SilkDB, NCBI and Silkbase. In different databases, there are varying degrees of differences in the number of predicted genes and the length of gene mRNA. Because the SilkDB database is based on the first silkworm genome, it has been used for the longest time and has a relatively large number of users. In the revised manuscript, we have added the predicted genes of NCBI and Silkbase in Figure S1.

      Author response image 1.

      The predicted genes and qPCR analysis of candidate genes in the responsible genomic region for bd mutant. (A) The predicted genes in SilkDB;(B) the predicted genes in Genbak;(C) the predicted genes in Silkbase;(D) analysis of nucleotide differences in the responsible region of bd;(E) investigation of the expression level of candidate genes.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors tried to identify new genes involved in melanin metabolism and its spatial distribution in the silkworm Bombyx mori. They identified the gene Bm-mamo as playing a role in caterpillar pigmentation. By functional genetic and in silico approaches, they identified putative target genes of the Bm-mamo protein. They showed that numerous cuticular proteins are regulated by Bm-mamo during larval development.

      Strengths:

      • preliminary data about the role of cuticular proteins to pattern the localization of pigments

      • timely question

      • challenging question because it requires the development of future genetic and cell biology tools at the nanoscale

      Response: Thank you very much for your affirmation of our work. The reviewer's familiarity with the color patterns of Lepidoptera is helpful, and the recommendation raised has provided us with very important assistance. This has allowed us to make significant progress with our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      • statistical sampling limited

      • the discussion would gain in being shorter and refocused on a few points, especially the link between cuticular proteins and pigmentation. The article would be better if the last evolutionary-themed section of the discussion is removed.

      A recent paper has been published on the same gene in Bombyx mori (https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0965174823000760) in August 2023. The authors must discuss and refer to this published paper through the present manuscript.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. First, we believe that competitive research is sometimes coincidental and sometimes intentional. Our research began in 2009, when we began to configure the recombinant population. In 2016, we published an article on comparative transcriptomics (Wu et al. 2016). The article mentioned above has a strong interest in our research and is based on our transcriptome analysis for further research, with the aim of making a preemptive publication. To discourage such behavior, we cannot cite it and do not want to discuss it in our paper.

      Songyuan Wu et al. Comparative analysis of the integument transcriptomes of the black dilute mutant and the wild-type silkworm Bombyx mori. Sci Rep. 2016 May 19:6:26114. doi: 10.1038/srep26114.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) please consider using a more recent annotation model of the B. mori genome to revise your Result Section 1, Fig.1, and Fig. S2. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/gene/101738295

      Specifically, you used BGIM_ gene models, while the current annotation such as the one above featured in the NCBI database provides more accurate intron-exon structures without splitting mamo into tow genes. I believe this can be done with minor revisions of the figures, and you could keep the BGIM_ gene names for the text.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. The GenBank of NCBI (National Center for Biotechnology Information) is a very good database that we often use and refer to in this research process. Our research started in 2009, so we mainly referred to the SilkDB database (Jun Duan et al., 2010), although other databases also have references, such as NCBI and Silkbase (https://silkbase.ab.a.u-tokyo.ac.jp/cgi-bin/index.cgi). Because the SilkDB database was constructed based on the first published silkworm genome data, it has been used for the longest time and has a relatively large number of users. Recently, researchers are still using these data (Kejie Li et al., 2023).

      The problem with predicting the mamo gene as two genes (BGIBMGA012517 and BGIBMGA012518) in SilkDB is mainly due to the presence of alternative splicing of the mamo gene. BGIBMGA012517 corresponds to the shorter transcript (mamo-s) of the mamo gene. Due to the differences in sequencing individuals, sequencing methods, and methods of gene prediction, there are differences in the number and sequence of predicted genes in different databases. We added the pattern diagram of predicted genes from NCBI and Silkbase, and the expression levels of new predicted genes are shown in Supplemental Figure S1.

      Jun Duan et al., SilkDB v2.0: a platform for silkworm (Bombyx mori) genome biology. Nucleic Acids Res. 2010 Jan;38(Database issue): D453-6. doi: 10.1093/nar/gkp801. Kejie Li et al., Transcriptome analysis reveals that knocking out BmNPV iap2 induces apoptosis by inhibiting the oxidative phosphorylation pathway. Int J Biol Macromol. 2023 Apr 1;233:123482. doi: 10.1016/j.ijbiomac.2023.123482. Epub 2023 Jan 31.

      Author response image 2.

      The predicted genes and qPCR analysis of candidate genes in the responsible genomic region for bd mutant. (A) The predicted genes in SilkDB;(B) the predicted genes in Genbak;(C) the predicted genes in Silkbase;(D) analysis of nucleotide differences in the responsible region of bd;(E) investigation of the expression level of candidate genes.

      2) As I mentioned in my public review, I strongly believe the interpretation of the PWM binding analyses require much more conservative statements taking into account the idea that short 5-nt motifs are expected by chance. The work in this section is interesting, but the manuscript would benefit from a quite significant rewrite of the corresponding Discussion section, making it that the in silico approach is prone to the identification of many sites in the genomes, and that very few of those sites are probably relevant for probabilistic reasons. I would recommend statements such as "Future experiments assessing the in vivo binding profile of Bm-mamo (eg. ChIP-seq or Cut&Run), will be required to further understand the GRNs controlled by mamo in various tissues".

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. Previous research has suggested that the ZF-DNA binding interface can be understood as a “canonical binding model”, in which each finger contacts DNA in an antiparallel manner. The binding sequence of the C2H2-ZF motif is determined by the amino acid residue sequence of its α-helical component. Considering the first amino acid residue in the α-helical region of the C2H2-ZF domain as position 1, positions -1, 2, 3, and 6 are key amino acids for recognizing and binding DNA. The residues at positions -1, 3, and 6 specifically interact with base 3, base 2, and base 1 of the DNA sense sequence, respectively, while the residue at position 2 interacts with the complementary DNA strand (Wolfe SA et al., 2000; Pabo CO et al., 2001). Based on this principle, the prediction of DNA recognition motifs of C2H2-type zinc finger proteins currently has good accuracy.

      The predicted DNA binding sequence (GTGCGTGGC) of the mamo protein in Drosophila melanogaster was highly consistent with that of silkworms. In addition, in D. melanogaster, the predicted DNA binding sequence of mamo, the bases at positions 1 to 7 (GTGCGTG), was highly similar to the DNA binding sequence obtained from EMSA experiments (Seiji Hira et al., 2013). Furthermore, in another study on the mamo protein of Drosophila melanogaster, five bases (TGCGT) were used as the DNA recognition core sequence of the mamo protein (Shoichi Nakamura et al., 2019). In the JASPAR database (https://jaspar.genereg.net), there are also some shorter (4-6 nt) DNA recognition sequences; for example, the DNA binding sequence of Ubx is TAAT (ID MA0094.1) in Drosophila melanogaster. However, we used longer DNA binding motifs (9 nt and 15 nt) of mamo to study the 2 kb genomic regions near the predicted gene. Over 70% of predicted genes were found to have these feature sequences near them. This analysis method is carried out with common software and processes. Due to sufficient target proteins, the accessibility of DNA, the absence of suppressors, the suitability of ion environments, etc., zinc finger protein transcription factors are more likely to bind to specific DNA sequences in vitro than in vivo. Using ChIP-seq or Cut&Run techniques to analyze various tissues and developmental stages in silkworms can yield one comprehensive DNA-binding map of mamo, and some false positives generated by predictions can be excluded. Thank you for your suggestion. We will conduct this work in the next research step. In addition, for brevity, we deleted the predicted data (Supplemental Tables S7 and S8) that used shorter motifs.

      Pabo CO, Peisach E, Grant RA. Design and selection of novel Cys2His2 zinc finger proteins. Annu Rev Biochem. 2001;70:313-340.

      Wolfe SA, Nekludova L, Pabo CO. DNA recognition by Cys2His2 zinc finger proteins. Annu Rev Biophys Biomol Struct. 2000;29:183-212.

      Anton V Persikov et al., De novo prediction of DNA-binding specificities for Cys2His2 zinc finger proteins. Nucleic Acids Res. 2014 Jan;42(1):97-108. doi: 10.1093/nar/gkt890. Epub 2013 Oct 3.

      Seiji Hira et al., Binding of Drosophila maternal Mamo protein to chromatin and specific DNA sequences. Biochem Biophys Res Commun. 2013 Aug 16;438(1):156-60. doi: 10.1016/j.bbrc.2013.07.045. Epub 2013 Jul 20.

      Shoichi Nakamura et al., A truncated form of a transcription factor Mamo activates vasa in Drosophila embryos. Commun Biol. 2019 Nov 20;2: 422. doi: 10.1038/s42003-019-0663-4. eCollection 2019.

      3) In my opinion, the last section of the Discussion needs to be completely removed ("Notably, the industrial melanism event, in a short period of several decades ... a more advanced self-regulation program"), as it is over-extending the data into evolutionary interpretations without any support. I would suggest instead writing a short paragraph asking whether the pigmentary role of mamo is a Lepidoptera novelty, or if it could have been lost in the fly lineage.

      Below, I tried to comment point-by-point on the main issues I had.

      Wu et al: Notably, the industrial melanism event, in a short period of several decades, resulted in significant changes in the body color of multiple Lepidoptera species(46). Industrial melanism events, such as changes in the body color of pepper moths, are heritable and caused by genomic mutations(47).

      Yes, but the selective episode was brief, and the relevant "carbonaria" mutations may have existed for a long time at low-frequency in the population.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. Moth species often have melanic variants at low frequencies outside industrial regions. Recent molecular work on genetics has revealed that the melanic (carbonaria) allele of the peppered moth had a single origin in Britain. Further research indicated that the mutation event causing industrial melanism of peppered moth (Biston betularia) in the UK is the insertion of a transposon element into the first intron of the cortex gene. Interestingly, statistical inference based on the distribution of recombined carbonaria haplotypes indicates that this transposition event occurred in approximately 1819, a date highly consistent with a detectable frequency being achieved in the mid-1840s (Arjen E Van't Hof, et al., 2016). From molecular research, it is suggested that this single origin melanized mutant (carbonaria) was generated near the industrial development period, rather than the ancient genotype, in the UK. We have rewritten this part of the manuscript.

      Arjen E Van't Hof, et al., The industrial melanism mutation in British peppered moths is a transposable element. Nature. 2016 Jun 2;534(7605):102-5. doi: 10.1038/nature17951.

      Wu et al: If relying solely on random mutations in the genome, which have a time unit of millions of years, to explain the evolution of the phenotype is not enough.

      What you imply here is problematic for several reasons.

      First, as you point out later, some large-effect mutations (e.g. transpositions) can happen quickly.

      Second, it's unclear what "the time units of million of years" means here... mutations occur, segregate in populations, and are selected. The speed of this process depends on the context and genetic architectures.

      Third, I think I understand what you mean with "to explain the evolution of the phenotype is not enough", but this would probably need a reformulation and I don't think it's relevant to bring it here. After all, you used loss-of-function mutants to explain the evolution of artificially selected mutants. The evolutionary insights from these mutants are limited. Random mutations at the mamo locus are perfectly sufficient here to explain the bd and bdf phenotypes and larval traits.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. Charles Darwin himself, who argued that “natural selection can act only by taking advantage of slight successive variations; she can never take a leap, but must advance by the shortest and slowest steps” (Darwin, C. R. 1859). This ‘micromutational’ view of adaptation proved extraordinarily influential. However, the accumulation of micromutations is a lengthy process, which requires a very long time to evolve a significant phenotype. This may be only a proportion of the cases. Interestingly, recent molecular biology studies have shown that the evolution of some morphological traits involves a modest number of genetic changes (H Allen Orr. 2005).

      One example is the genetic basis analysis of armor-plate reduction and pelvic reduction of the three-spined stickleback (Gasterosteus aculeatus) in postglacial lakes. Although the marine form of this species has thick armor, the lake population (which was recently derived from the marine form) does not. The repeated independent evolution of lake morphology has resulted in reduced armor plate and pelvic structures, and there is no doubt that these morphological changes are adaptive. Research has shown that pelvic loss in different natural populations of three-spined stickleback fish occurs by regulatory mutations deleting a tissue-specific enhancer (Pel) of the pituitary homeobox transcription factor 1 (Pitx1) gene. The researchers genotyped 13 pelvic-reduced populations of three-spined stickleback from disparate geographic locations. Nine of the 13 pelvic-reduced stickleback populations had sequence deletions of varying lengths, all of which were located at the Pel enhancer. Relying solely on random mutations in the genome cannot lead to such similar mutation forms among different populations. The author suggested that the Pitx1 locus of the stickleback genome may be prone to double-stranded DNA breaks that are subsequently repaired by NHEJ (Yingguang Frank Chan et al., 2010).

      The bd and bdf mutants used in the study are formed spontaneously. Natural mutation is one of the driving forces of evolution. Nevertheless, we have rewritten the content of this section.

      Darwin, C. R. The Origin of Species (J. Murray, London, 1859).

      H Allen Orr. The genetic theory of adaptation: a brief history. Nat Rev Genet. 2005 Feb;6(2):119-27. doi: 10.1038/nrg1523.

      Yingguang Frank Chan et al., Adaptive evolution of pelvic reduction in sticklebacks by recurrent deletion of a Pitx1 enhancer. Science. 2010 Jan 15;327(5963):302-5. doi: 10.1126/science.1182213. Epub 2009 Dec 10.

      Wu et al: Interestingly, the larva of peppered moths has multiple visual factors encoded by visual genes, which are conserved in multiple Lepidoptera, in the skin. Even when its compound eyes are covered, it can rely on the skin to feel the color of the environment to change its body color and adapt to the environment(48). Therefore, caterpillars/insects can distinguish the light wave frequency of the background. We suppose that perceptual signals can stimulate the GRN, the GRN guides the expression of some transcription factors and epigenetic factors, and the interaction of epigenetic factors and transcription factors can open or close the chromatin of corresponding downstream genes, which can guide downstream target gene expression.

      This is extremely confusing because you are bringing in a plastic trait here. It's possible there is a connection between the sensory stimulus and the regulation of mamo in peppered moths, but this is a mere hypothesis. Here, by mentioning a plastic trait, this paragraph sounds as if it was making a statement about directed evolution, especially after implying in the previous sentence that (paraphrasing) "random mutations are not enough". To be perfectly honest, the current writing could be misinterpreted and co-opted by defenders of the Intelligent Design doctrine. I believe and trust this is not your intention.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. The plasticity of the body color of peppered moth larvae is very interesting, but we mainly wanted to emphasize that their skin shows the products of visual genes that can sense the color of the environment by perceiving light. Moreover, these genes are conserved in many insects. Human skin can also perceive light by opsins, suggesting that they might initiate light–induced signaling pathways (Haltaufderhyde K et al., 2015). This indicates that the perception of environmental light by the skin of animals and the induction of feedback through signaling pathways is a common phenomenon. For clarity, we have rewritten this section of the manuscript.

      Haltaufderhyde K, Ozdeslik RN, Wicks NL, Najera JA, Oancea E. Opsin expression in human epidermal skin. Photochem Photobiol. 2015;91(1):117-123.

      Wu et al: In addition, during the opening of chromatin, the probability of mutation of exposed genomic DNA sequences will increase (49).

      Here again, this is veering towards a strongly Lamarckian view with the environment guiding specific mutation. I simply cannot see how this would apply to mamo, nothing in the current article indicates this could be the case here. Among many issues with this, it's unclear how chromatin opening in the larval integument may result in heritable mutations in the germline.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. Previous studies have shown that there is a mutation bias in the genome; compared with the intergenic region, the mutation frequency is reduced by half inside gene bodies and by two-thirds in essential genes. In addition, they compared the mutation rates of genes with different functions. The mutation rate in the coding region of essential genes (such as translation) is the lowest, and the mutation rates in the coding region of specialized functional genes (such as environmental response) are the highest. These patterns are mainly affected by the traits of the epigenome (J Grey Monroe et al., 2022).

      In eukaryotes, chromatin is organized as repeating units of nucleosomes, each consisting of a histone octamer and the surrounding DNA. This structure can protect DNA. When one gene is activated, the chromatin region of this gene is locally opened, becoming an accessible region. Research has found that DNA accessibility can lead to a higher mutation rate in the region (Radhakrishnan Sabarinathan et al., 2016; Schuster-Böckler B et al., 2012; Lawrence MS et al., 2013; Polak P et al., 2015). In addition, the BTB-ZF protein mamo belongs to this family and can recruit histone modification factors such as DNA methyltransferase 1 (DMNT1), cullin3 (CUL3), histone deacetylase 1 (HDAC1), and histone acetyltransferase 1 (HAT1) to perform chromatin remodeling at specific genomic sites. Although mutations can be predicted by the characteristics of apparent chromatin, the forms of mutations are diverse and random. Therefore, this does not violate randomness. For clarity, we have rewritten this section of the manuscript.

      J Grey Monroe, Mutation bias reflects natural selection in Arabidopsis thaliana. Nature. 2022 Feb;602(7895):101-105.

      Sabarinathan R, Mularoni L, Deu-Pons J, Gonzalez-Perez A, López-Bigas N. Nucleotide excision repair is impaired by binding of transcription factors to DNA. Nature. 2016;532(7598):264-267.

      Schuster-Böckler B, Lehner B. Chromatin organization is a major influence on regional mutation rates in human cancer cells. Nature. 2012;488(7412):504-507.

      Lawrence MS, Stojanov P, Polak P, et al. Mutational heterogeneity in cancer and the search for new cancer-associated genes. Nature. 2013;499(7457):214-218.

      Polak P, Karlić R, Koren A, et al. Cell-of-origin chromatin organization shapes the mutational landscape of cancer. Nature. 2015;518(7539):360-364.

      Mathew R, Seiler MP, Scanlon ST, et al. BTB-ZF factors recruit the E3 ligase cullin 3 to regulate lymphoid effector programs. Nature. 2012;491(7425):618-621.

      Wu et al: Transposon insertion occurs in a timely manner upstream of the cortex gene in melanic pepper moths (47), which may be caused by the similar binding of transcription factors and opening of chromatin.

      No, we do not think that the peppered moth mutation is Lamarckian at all, as seems to be inferred here (notice that by mentioning the peppered moth twice, you are juxtaposing a larval plastic trait and then a purely genetic wing trait, making it even more confusing). Also, the "in a timely manner" is superfluous, because all the data are consistent with a chance mutation being eventually picked up by strong directional mutation. The mutation and selection did NOT occur at the same time.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. The insertion of one transposon into the first intron of the cortex gene of industrial melanism in peppered moth occurred in approximately 1819, which is similar to the time of industrial development in the UK (Arjen E Van't Hof, et al., 2016). In multiple species of Heliconius, the cortex gene is the shared genetic basis for the regulation of wing coloring patterns. Interestingly, the SNP of the cortex, associated with the wing color pattern, does not overlap among different Heliconius species, such as H. erato dephoon and H. erato favorinus, which suggests that the mutations of this cortex gene have different origins (Nadeau NJ et al., 2016). In addition, in Junonia coenia (van der Burg KRL et al., 2020) and Bombyx mori (Ito K et al., 2016), the cortex gene is a candidate for regulating changes in wing coloring patterns. Overall, the cortex gene is an evolutionary hotspot for the variation of multiple butterfly and moth wing coloring patterns. In addition, it was observed that the variations in the cortex are diverse in these species, including SNPs, indels, transposon insertions, inversions, etc. This indicates that although there are evolutionary hotspots in the insect genome, this variation is random. Therefore, this is not completely detached from randomness.

      Arjen E Van't Hof, et al., The industrial melanism mutation in British peppered moths is a transposable element. Nature. 2016 Jun 2;534(7605):102-5. doi: 10.1038/nature17951.

      Nadeau NJ, Pardo-Diaz C, Whibley A, et al. The gene cortex controls mimicry and crypsis in butterflies and moths. Nature. 2016;534(7605):106-110.

      van der Burg KRL, Lewis JJ, Brack BJ, Fandino RA, Mazo-Vargas A, Reed RD. Genomic architecture of a genetically assimilated seasonal color pattern. Science. 2020;370(6517):721-725.

      Ito K, Katsuma S, Kuwazaki S, et al. Mapping and recombination analysis of two moth colour mutations, Black moth and Wild wing spot, in the silkworm Bombyx mori. Heredity (Edinb). 2016;116(1):52-59.

      Wu et al: Therefore, we proposed that the genetic basis of color pattern evolution may mainly be system-guided programmed events that induce mutations in specific genomic regions of key genes rather than just random mutations of the genome.

      While the mutational target of pigment evolution may involve a handful of developmental regulator genes, you do not have the data to infer such a strong conclusion at the moment.

      The current formulation is also quite strong and teleological: "system-guided programmed events" imply intentionality or agency, an idea generally assigned to the anti-scientific Intelligent Design movement. There are a few examples of guided mutations, such as the adaptation phase of gRNA motifs in bacterial CRISPR assays, where I could see the term ""system-guided programmed events" to be applicable. But it is irrelevant here.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. The CRISPR-CAS9 system is indeed very well known. In addition, recent studies have found the existence of a Cas9-like gene editing system in eukaryotes, such as Fanzor. Fanzor (Fz) was reported in 2013 as a eukaryotic TnpB-IS200/IS605 protein encoded by the transposon origin, and it was initially thought that the Fz protein (and prokaryotic TnpBs) might regulate transposon activity through methyltransferase activity (Saito M et al., 2023). Fz has recently been found to be a eukaryotic CRISPR‒Cas system. Although this system is found in fungi and mollusks, it raises hopes for scholars to find similar systems in other higher animals. However, before these gene-editing systems became popular, zinc finger nucleases (ZFNs) were already being studied as a gene-editing system in many species. The mechanism by which ZFN recognizes DNA depends on its zinc finger motif (Urnov FD et al., 2005). This is consistent with the mechanism by which transcription factors recognize DNA-binding sites.

      Furthermore, a very important evolutionary event in sexual reproduction is chromosome recombination during meiosis, which helps to produce more abundant alleles. Current research has found that this recombination event is not random. In mice and humans, the PRDM9 transcription factors are able to plan the sites of double-stranded breaks (DSBs) in meiosis recombination. PRDM9 is a histone methyltransferase consisting of three main regions: an amino-terminal region resembling the family of synovial sarcoma X (SSX) breakpoint proteins, which contains a Krüppel-associated box (KRAB) domain and an SSX repression domain (SSXRD); a PR/SET domain (a subclass of SET domains), surrounded by a pre-SET zinc knuckle and a post-SET zinc finger; and a long carboxy-terminal C2H2 zinc finger array. In most mammalian species, during early meiotic prophase, PRDM9 can determine recombination hotspots by H3K4 and H3K36 trimethylation (H3K4me3 and H3K36me3) of nucleosomes near its DNA-binding site. Subsequently, meiotic DNA DSBs are formed at hotspots through the combined action of SPO11 and TOPOVIBL. In addition, some proteins (such as RAD51) are involved in repairing the break point. In summary, programmed events of induced and repaired DSBs are widely present in organisms (Bhattacharyya T et al., 2019).

      These studies indicate that on the basis of randomness, the genome also exhibits programmability.

      Saito M, Xu P, Faure G, et al. Fanzor is a eukaryotic programmable RNA-guided endonuclease. Nature. 2023;620(7974):660-668.

      Urnov FD, Miller JC, Lee YL, et al. Highly efficient endogenous human gene correction using designed zinc-finger nucleases. Nature. 2005;435(7042):646-651.

      Bhattacharyya T, Walker M, Powers NR, et al. Prdm9 and Meiotic Cohesin Proteins Cooperatively Promote DNA Double-Strand Break Formation in Mammalian Spermatocytes [published correction appears in Curr Biol. 2021 Mar 22;31(6):1351]. Curr Biol. 2019;29(6):1002-1018.e7.

      Wu et al: Based on this assumption, animals can undergo phenotypic changes more quickly and more accurately to cope with environmental changes. Thus, seemingly complex phenotypes such as cryptic coloring and mimicry that are highly similar to the background may have formed in a short period. However, the binding sites of some transcription factors widely distributed in the genome may be reserved regulatory interfaces to cope with potential environmental changes. In summary, the regulation of genes is smarter than imagined, and they resemble a more advanced self-regulation program.

      Here again, I can agree with the idea that certain genetic architectures can evolve quickly, but I cannot support the concept that the genetic changes are guided or accelerated by the environment. And again, none of this is relevant to the current findings about Bm-mamo.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. Darwin's theory of natural selection has epoch-making significance. I deeply believe in the theory that species strive to evolve through natural selection. However, with the development of molecular genetics, Darwinism’s theory of undirected random mutations and slow accumulation of micromutations resulting in phenotype evolution has been increasingly challenged.

      The prerequisite for undirected random mutations and micromutations is excessive reproduction to generate a sufficiently large population. A sufficiently large population can contain sufficient genotypes to face various survival challenges. However, it is difficult to explain how some small groups and species with relatively low fertility rates have survived thus far. More importantly, the theory cannot explain the currently observed genomic mutation bias. In scientific research, every theory is constantly being modified to adapt to current discoveries. The most famous example is the debate over whether light is a particle or a wave, which has lasted for hundreds of years. However, in the 20th century, both sides seemed to compromise with each other, believing that light has a wave‒particle duality.

      Epigenetics has developed rapidly since 1987. Epigenetics has been widely accepted, defined as stable inheritance caused by chromosomal conformational changes without altering the DNA sequence, which differs from genetic research on variations in gene sequences. However, an increasing number of studies have found that histone modifications can affect gene sequence variation. In addition, both histones and epigenetic factors are essentially encoded by genes in the genome. Therefore, genetics and epigenetics should be interactive rather than parallel. However, some transcription factors play an important role in epigenetic modifications. Meiotic recombination is a key process that ensures the correct separation of homologous chromosomes through DNA double-stranded break repair mechanisms. The transcription factor PRDM9 can determine recombination hotspots by H3K4 and H3K36 trimethylation (H3K4me3 and H3K36me3) of nucleosomes near its DNA-binding site (Bhattacharyya T et al., 2019). Interestingly, mamo has been identified as an important candidate factor for meiosis hotspot setting in Drosophila (Winbush A et al., 2021).

      Bhattacharyya T, Walker M, Powers NR, et al. Prdm9 and Meiotic Cohesin Proteins Cooperatively Promote DNA Double-Strand Break Formation in Mammalian Spermatocytes [published correction appears in Curr Biol. 2021 Mar 22;31(6):1351]. Curr Biol. 2019;29(6):1002-1018.e7.

      Winbush A, Singh ND. Genomics of Recombination Rate Variation in Temperature-Evolved Drosophila melanogaster Populations. Genome Biol Evol. 2021;13(1): evaa252.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major comments

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. First, we believe that competitive research is sometimes coincidental and sometimes intentional. Our research began in 2009, when we began to configure the recombinant population. In 2016, we published an article on comparative transcriptomics (Wu et al. 2016). The article mentioned above has a strong interest in our research and is based on our transcriptome analysis for further research, with the aim of making a preemptive publication.

      To discourage such behavior, we cannot cite it and do not want to discuss it in our paper.

      Songyuan Wu et al. Comparative analysis of the integument transcriptomes of the black dilute mutant and the wild-type silkworm Bombyx mori. Sci Rep. 2016 May 19:6:26114. doi: 10.1038/srep26114.

      • line 52-54. The numerous biological functions of insect coloration have been thoroughly investigated. It is reasonable to expect more references for each function.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have made the appropriate modifications.

      Sword GA, Simpson SJ, El Hadi OT, Wilps H. Density-dependent aposematism in the desert locust. Proc Biol Sci. 2000;267(1438):63-68. … Behavior.

      Barnes AI, Siva-Jothy MT. Density-dependent prophylaxis in the mealworm beetle Tenebrio molitor L. (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae): cuticular melanization is an indicator of investment in immunity. Proc Biol Sci. 2000;267(1439):177-182. … Immunity.

      N. F. Hadley, A. Savill, T. D. Schultz, Coloration and Its Thermal Consequences in the New-Zealand Tiger Beetle Neocicindela-Perhispida. J Therm Biol. 1992;17, 55-61…. Thermoregulation.

      Y. G. Hu, Y. H. Shen, Z. Zhang, G. Q. Shi, Melanin and urate act to prevent ultraviolet damage in the integument of the silkworm, Bombyx mori. Arch Insect Biochem. 2013; 83, 41-55…. UV protection.

      M. Stevens, G. D. Ruxton, Linking the evolution and form of warning coloration in nature. P Roy Soc B-Biol Sci. 2012; 279, 417-426…. Aposematism.

      K. K. Dasmahapatra et al., Butterfly genome reveals promiscuous exchange of mimicry adaptations among species. Nature.2012; 487, 94-98…. Mimicry.

      Gaitonde N, Joshi J, Kunte K. Evolution of ontogenic change in color defenses of swallowtail butterflies. Ecol Evol. 2018;8(19):9751-9763. Published 2018 Sep 3. …Crypsis.

      B. S. Tullberg, S. Merilaita, C. Wiklund, Aposematism and crypsis combined as a result of distance dependence: functional versatility of the colour pattern in the swallowtail butterfly larva. P Roy Soc B-Biol Sci.2005; 272, 1315-1321…. Aposematism and crypsis combined.

      • line 59-60. This general statement needs to be rephrased. I suggest remaining simple by indicating that insect coloration can be pigmentary, structural, or bioluminescent. About the structural coloration and associated nanostructures, the authors could cite recent reviews, such as: Seago et al., Interface 2009 + Lloyd and Nadeau, Current Opinion in Genetics & Development 2021 + "Light as matter: natural structural colour in art" by Finet C. 2023. I suggest doing the same for recent reviews that cover pigmentary and bioluminescent coloration in insects. The very recent paper by Nishida et al. in Cell Reports 2023 on butterfly wing color made of pigmented liquid is also unique and worth to consider.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have made the appropriate modifications.

      Insect coloration can be pigmentary, structural, or bioluminescent. Pigments are mainly synthesized by the insects themselves and form solid particles that are deposited in the cuticle of the body surface and the scales of the wings (10, 11). Interestingly, recent studies have found that bile pigments and carotenoid pigments synthesized through biological synthesis are incorporated into body fluids and passed through the wing membranes of two butterflies (Siproeta stelenes and Philaethria diatonica) via hemolymph circulation, providing color in the form of liquid pigments (12). The pigments form colors by selective absorption and/or scattering of light depending on their physical properties (13). However, structural color refers to colors, such as metallic colors and iridescence, generated by optical interference and grating diffraction of the microstructure/nanostructure of the body surface or appendages (such as scales) (14, 15). Pigment color and structural color are widely distributed in insects and can only be observed by the naked eye in illuminated environments. However, some insects, such as fireflies, exhibit colors (green to orange) in the dark due to bioluminescence (16). Bioluminescence occurs when luciferase catalyzes the oxidation of small molecules of luciferin (17). In conclusion, the color patterns of insects have evolved to be highly sophisticated and are closely related to their living environments. For example, cryptic color can deceive animals via high similarity to the surrounding environment. However, the molecular mechanism by which insects form precise color patterns to match their living environment is still unknown.

      • RNAi approach. I have no doubt that obtaining phenocopies by electroporation might be difficult. However, I find the final sampling a bit limited to draw conclusions from the RT-PCR (n=5 and n=3 for phenocopies and controls). Three control individuals is a very low number. Moreover, it would nice to see the variability on the plot, using for example violin plots.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. In the RNAi experiment, we injected more than 20 individuals in the experimental group and control group. We have added the RNAi data in Figure 4.

      Author response table 1.

      • Figure 6. Higher magnification images of Dazao and Bm-mamo knockout are needed, as shown in Figure 5 on RNAi.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have added enlarged images.

      Author response image 3.

      • Phylogenetic analysis/Figure S6. I am not sure to what extent the sampling is biased or not, but if not, it is noteworthy that mamo does not show duplicated copies (negative selection?). It might be interesting to discuss this point in the manuscript.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. mamo belongs to the BTB/POZ zinc finger family. The members of this family exhibit significant expansion in vertebrates. For example, there are 3 members in C. elegans, 13 in D. melanogaster, 16 in Bombyx mori, 58 in M. musculus and 63 in H. sapiens (Wu et al, 2019). These members contain conserved BTB/POZ domains but vary in number and amino acid residue compositions of the zinc finger motifs. Due to the zinc finger motifs that bind to different DNA recognition sequences, there may be differences in their downstream target genes. Therefore, when searching for orthologous genes from different species, we required high conservation of their zinc finger motif sequences. Due to these strict conditions, only one orthologous gene was found in these species.

      • Differentially-expressed genes and CP candidate genes (line 189-191). The manuscript would gain in clarity if the authors explain more in details their procedure. For instance, they moved from a list of 191 genes to CP genes only. Can they say a little bit more about the non-CP genes that are differentially expressed? Maybe quantify the number of CPs among the total number of differentially-expressed genes to show that CPs are the main class?

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. The nr (Nonredundant Protein Sequence Database) annotations for 191 differentially expressed genes in Supplemental Table S3 were added. Among them, there were 19 cuticular proteins, 17 antibacterial peptide genes, 6 transporter genes, 5 transcription factor genes, 5 cytochrome genes, 53 enzyme-encoding genes and others. Because CP genes were significantly enriched in differentially expressed genes (DEGs), previous studies have found that BmorCPH24 can affect pigmentation. Therefore, we first conducted an investigation into CP genes.

      • Interaction between Bm-mamo. It is not clear why the authors chose to investigate the physical interaction of Bm-mamo protein with the putative binding site of yellow, and not with the sites upstream of tan and DDC. Do the authors test one interaction and assume the conclusion stands for the y, tan and DDC?

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. In D. melanogaster, the yellow gene is the most studied pigment gene. The upstream and intron sequences of the yellow gene have been identified as containing multiple cis-regulatory elements. Due to the important pigmentation role of the yellow gene and its variable cis-regulatory sequence among different species, it has been considered a research model for cis-regulatory elements (Laurent Arnoult et al. 2013, Gizem Kalay et al. 2019, Yaqun Xin et al. 2020, Yann Le Poul et al. 2020). We use yellow as an example to illustrate the regulation of the mamo gene. We added this description to the discussion.

      Laurent Arnoult et al. Emergence and diversification of fly pigmentation through evolution of a gene regulatory module. Science. 2013 Mar 22;339(6126):1423-6. doi: 10.1126/science.1233749.

      Gizem Kalay et al. Redundant and Cryptic Enhancer Activities of the Drosophila yellow Gene. Genetics. 2019 May;212(1):343-360. doi: 10.1534/genetics.119.301985. Epub 2019 Mar 6.

      Yaqun Xin et al. Enhancer evolutionary co-option through shared chromatin accessibility input. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2020 Aug 25;117(34):20636-20644. doi: 10.1073/pnas.2004003117. Epub 2020 Aug 10.

      Yann Le Poul et al. Regulatory encoding of quantitative variation in spatial activity of a Drosophila enhancer. Sci Adv. 2020 Dec 2;6(49):eabe2955. doi: 10.1126/sciadv.abe2955. Print 2020 Dec.

      • Please note that some controls are missing for the EMSA experiments. For instance, the putative binding-sites should be mutated and it should be shown that the interaction is lost.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. In this study, we found that the DNA recognition sequence of mamo is highly conserved across multiple species. In D. melanogaster, studies have found that mamo can directly bind to the intron of the vasa gene to activate its expression. The DNA recognition sequence they use is TGCGT (Shoichi Nakamura et al. 2019). We chose a longer sequence, GTGCGTGGC, to detect the binding of mamo. This binding mechanism is consistent across species.

      • Figure 7 and supplementary data. How did the name of CPs attributed? According to automatic genome annotation of Bm genes and proteins? Based on Drosophila genome and associated gene names? Did the authors perform phylogenetic analyses to name the different CP genes?

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. The naming of CPs is based on their conserved motif and their arrangement order on the chromosome. In previous reports, sequence identification and phylogenetic analysis of CPs have been carried out in silkworms (Zhengwen Yan et al. 2022, Ryo Futahashi et al. 2008). The members of the same family have sequence similarity between different species, and their functions may be similar. We have completed the names of these genes in the text, for example, changing CPR2 to BmorCPR2.

      Zhengwen Yan et al. A Blueprint of Microstructures and Stage-Specific Transcriptome Dynamics of Cuticle Formation in Bombyx mori. Int J Mol Sci. 2022 May 5;23(9):5155.

      Ningjia He et al. Proteomic analysis of cast cuticles from Anopheles gambiae by tandem mass spectrometry. Insect Biochem Mol Biol. 2007 Feb;37(2):135-46.

      Maria V Karouzou et al. Drosophila cuticular proteins with the R&R Consensus: annotation and classification with a new tool for discriminating RR-1 and RR-2 sequences. Insect Biochem Mol Biol. 2007 Aug;37(8):754-60.

      Ryo Futahashi et al. Genome-wide identification of cuticular protein genes in the silkworm, Bombyx mori. Insect Biochem Mol Biol. 2008 Dec;38(12):1138-46.

      • Discussion. I think the discussion would gain in being shorter and refocused on the understudied role of CPs. Another non-canonical aspect of the discussion is the reference to additional experiments (e.g., parthogenesis line 290-302, figure S14). This is not the place to introduce more results, and it breaks the flow of the discussion. I encourage the authors to reshuffle the discussion: 1) summary of their findings on mamo and CPs, 2) link between pigmentation mutant phenotypes, pigmentation pattern and CPs, 3) general discussion about the (evo-)devo importance of CPs and link between pigment deposition and coloration. Three important papers should be mentioned here:

      1) Matsuoka Y and A Monteiro (2018) Melanin pathway genes regulate color and morphology of butterfly wing scales. Cell Reports 24: 56-65... Yellow has a pleiotropic role in cuticle deposition and pigmentation.

      2) https://arxiv.org/abs/2305.16628... Link between nanoscale cuticle density and pigmentation

      3) https://www.cell.com/cell-reports/pdf/S2211-1247(23)00831-8.pdf... Variation in pigmentation and implication of endosomal maturation (gene red).

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have rewritten the discussion section.

      1) We have summarized our findings.

      Bm-mamo may affect the synthesis of melanin in epidermis cells by regulating yellow, DDC, and tan; regulate the maturation of melanin granules in epidermis cells through BmMFS; and affect the deposition of melanin granules in the cuticle by regulating CP genes, thereby comprehensively regulating the color pattern in caterpillars.

      2) We describe the relationship among the pigmentation mutation phenotype, pigmentation pattern, and CP.

      Previous studies have shown that the lack of expression of BmorCPH24, which encodes important components of the endocuticle, can lead to dramatic changes in body shape and a significant reduction in the pigmentation of caterpillars (53). We crossed Bo (BmorCPH24 null mutation) and bd to obtain F1(Bo/+Bo, bd/+), then self-crossed F1 and observed the phenotype of F2. The lunar spots and star spots decreased, and light-colored stripes appeared on the body segments, but the other areas still had significant melanin pigmentation in double mutation (Bo, bd) individuals (Fig. S13). However, in previous studies, introduction of Bo into L (ectopic expression of wnt1 results in lunar stripes generated on each body segment) (24) and U (overexpression of SoxD results in excessive melanin pigmentation of the epidermis) (58) strains by genetic crosses can remarkably reduce the pigmentation of L and U (53). Interestingly, there was a more significant decrease in pigmentation in the double mutants (Bo, L) and (Bo, U) than in (Bo, bd). This suggests that Bm-mamo has a stronger ability than wnt1 and SoxD to regulate pigmentation. On the one hand, mamo may be a stronger regulator of the melanin metabolic pathway, and on the other hand, mamo may regulate other CP genes to reduce the impact of BmorCPH24 deficiency.

      3) We discussed the importance of (evo-) devo in CPs and the relationship between pigment deposition and coloring.

      CP genes usually account for over 1% of the total genes in an insect genome and can be categorized into several families, including CPR, CPG, CPH, CPAP1, CPAP3, CPT, CPF and CPFL (68). The CPR family is the largest group of CPs, containing a chitin-binding domain called the Rebers and Riddiford motif (R&R) (69). The variation in the R&R consensus sequence allows subdivision into three subfamilies (RR-1, RR-2, and RR-3) (70). Among the 28 CPs, 11 RR-1 genes, 6 RR-2 genes, 4 hypothetical cuticular protein (CPH) genes, 3 glycine-rich cuticular protein (CPG) genes, 3 cuticular protein Tweedle motif (CPT) genes, and 1 CPFL (like the CPFs in a conserved C-terminal region) gene were identified. The RR-1 consensus among species is usually more variable than RR-2, which suggests that RR-1 may have a species-specific function. RR-2 often clustered into several branches, which may be due to gene duplication events in co-orthologous groups and may result in conserved functions between species (71). The classification of CPH is due to their lack of known motifs. In the epidermis of Lepidoptera, the CPH genes often have high expression levels. For example, BmorCPH24 had a highest expression level, in silkworm larvae epidermis (72). The CPG protein is rich in glycine. The CPH and CPG genes are less commonly found in insects outside the order Lepidoptera (73). This suggests that they may provide species specific functions for the Lepidoptera. CPT contains a Tweedle motif, and the TweedleD1 mutation has a dramatic effect on body shape in D. melanogaster (74). The CPFL members are relatively conserved in species and may be involved in the synthesis of larval cuticles (75). CPT and CPFL may have relatively conserved functions among insects. The CP genes are a group of rapidly evolving genes, and their copy numbers may undergo significant changes in different species. In addition, RNAi experiments on 135 CP genes in brown planthopper (Nilaparvata lugens) showed that deficiency of 32 CP genes leads to significant defective phenotypes, such as lethal, developmental retardation, etc. It is suggested that the 32 CP genes are indispensable, and other CP genes may have redundant and complementary functions (76). In previous studies, it was found that the construction of the larval cuticle of silkworms requires the precise expression of over two hundred CP genes (22). The production, interaction, and deposition of CPs and pigments are complex and precise processes, and our research shows that Bm-mamo plays an important regulatory role in this process in silkworm caterpillars. For further understanding of the role of CPs, future work should aim to identify the function of important cuticular protein genes and the deposition mechanism in the cuticle.

      Minor comments - Title. At this stage, there is no evidence that Bm-mamo regulates caterpillar pigmentation outside of Bombyx mori. I suggest to precise 'silkworm caterpillars' in the title.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified the title.

      • Abstract, line 29. Because the knowledge on pigmentation pathway(s) is advanced, I would suggest writing 'color pattern is not fully understood' instead of 'color pattern is not clear'.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 29. I suggest 'the transcription factor' rather than 'a transcription factor'.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 30. If you want to mention the protein, the name 'Bm-mamo' should not be italicized.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 30. 'in the silkworm'.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 31. 'mamo' should not be italicized.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 31. 'in Drosophila' rather 'of Drosophila'.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 32. Bring detail if the gamete function is conserved in insects? In all animals?

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. The sentence was changed to “This gene has a conserved function in gamete production in Drosophila and silkworms and evolved a pleiotropic function in the regulation of color patterns in caterpillars.”

      • Introduction, line 51. I am not sure what the authors mean by 'under natural light'. Please rephrase.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have deleted “under natural light”.

      • line 43. I find that the sentence 'In some studies, it has been proven that epidermal proteins can affect the body shape and appendage development of insects' is not necessary here. Furthermore, this sentence breaks the flow of the teaser.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have deleted this sentence.

      • line 51-52. 'Greatly benefit them' should be rephrased in a more neutral way. For example, 'colours pattern have been shown to be involved in...'.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified to “and the color patterns have been shown to be involved in…”

      • line 62. CPs are secreted by the epidermis, but I would say that CPs play their structural role in the cuticle, not directly in the epidermis. I suggest rephrasing this sentence and adding references.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified “epidermis” to “cuticle”.

      • line 67. Please indicate that pathways have been identified/reported in Lepidoptera (11). Otherwise, the reader does not understand if you refer to previous biochemical in Drosophila for example.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence. “Moreover, the biochemical metabolic pathways of pigments used for color patterning in Lepidoptera…have been reported.”

      • line 69. Missing examples of pleiotropic factors and associated references. For example, I suggest adding: engrailed (Dufour, Koshikawa and Finet, PNAS 2020) + antennapedia (Prakash et al., Cell Reports 2022) + optix (Reed et al., Science 2011), etc. Need to add references for clawless, abdominal-A.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have made modifications.

      • line 76. The simpler term moth might be enough (instead of Lepidoptera).

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this to “insect”.

      • line 96. I would simplify the text by writing "Then, quantitative RT-PCR was performed..."

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 112. 'Predict' instead of 'estimate'?

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 113. I would rather indicate the full name first, then indicate mamo between brackets.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 144. The Perl script needs to be made accessible on public repository.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work.

      • line 147-150. Too many technical details here. The details are already indicated in the material and methods section. Furthermore, the details break the flow of the paragraph.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this section.

      • line 152. Needs to make the link with the observed phenotypes in Figure 1. Just needs to state that RNAi phenocopies mimic the mutant alleles.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 153-157. Too many technical details here. The details are already indicated in the material and methods section. Furthermore, the details break the flow of the paragraph.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have simplified this paragraph.

      • line 170. Please rephrase 'conserved in 30 species' because it might be understood as conserved in 30 species only, and not in other species.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 182. Maybe explain the rationale behind restricting the analysis to +/- 2kb. Can you cite a paper that shows that most of binding sites are within 2kb from the start codon?

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 182. '14,623 predicted genes'.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 183. '10,622 genes'

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 183. Redundancy. Please remove 'silkworm' or 'B. mori'.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 187. '10,072 genes'

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 188. '9,853 genes'

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 200. "Therefore, the differential...in caterpillars" is a strong statement.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 204. Remove "The" in front of eight key genes. Also, needs a reference... maybe a recent review on the biochemical pathway of melanin in insects.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 220. This sentence is too general and vague. Please explicit what you mean by "in terms of evolution". Number of insect species? Diversity of niche occupancy? Morphological, physiological diversity?

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 285. The verb "believe" should be replaced by a more neutral one.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 354-355. This sentence needs to be rephrased in a more objective way.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have rewritten this sentence.

      • line 378. Missing reference for MUSCLE.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 379. Pearson model?

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • line 408. "The CRISPRdirect online software was used...".

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this sentence.

      • Figure 1. In the title, I suggest indicating Dazao, bd, bdf as it appears in the figure. Needs to precise 'silkworm larval development'.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this figure title.

      • Figure 3. In the title, is the word 'pattern' really necessary? In the legend, please indicate the meaning of the acronyms AMSG and PSG.

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have modified this figure legend.

      • Figure S7A. Typo 'Znic finger 1', 'Znic finger 2', 'Znic finger 3',

      Response: Thank you very much for your careful work. We have fixed these typos. .

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In 2019, Wilkinson and colleagues (PMID: 31142833) managed to break the veil in a 20-year open question on how to properly culture and expand Hematopoietic Stem Cells (HSCs). Although this study is revolutionizing the HSC biology field, several questions regarding the mechanisms of expansion remain open. Leveraging on this gap, Zhang et al.; embarked on a much-needed investigation regarding HSC self-renewal in this particular culturing setting.

      The authors firstly tacked the known caveat that some HSC membrane markers are altered during in vitro cultures by functionally establishing EPCR (CD201) as a reliable and stable HSC marker (Figure 1), demonstrating that this compartment is also responsible for long-term hematopoietic reconstitution (Figure 3). Next in Figure 2, the authors performed single-cell omics to shed light on the potential mechanisms involved in HSC maintenance, and interestingly it was shown that several hematopoietic populations like monocytes and neutrophils are also present in this culture conditions, which has not been reported. The study goes on to functionally characterize these cultured HSCs (cHSC). The authors elegantly demonstrate using state-of-the-art barcoding strategies that these culturing conditions provoke heterogeneity in the expanding HSC pool (Figure 4). In the last experiment (Figure 5), it was demonstrated that cHSC not only retain their high EPCR expression levels but upon transplantation, these cells remain more quiescent than freshly-isolated controls.

      Taken together, this study independently validates that the proposed culturing system works and provides new insights into the mechanisms whereby HSC expansion takes place.

      Most of the conclusions of this study are well supported by the present manuscript, some aspects regarding experimental design and especially the data analysis should be clarified and possibly extended.

      1) The first major point regards the single-cell (sc) omics performed on whole cultured cells (Figure 2):

      a. The authors claim that both RNA and ATAC were performed and indeed some ATAC-seq data is shown in Figure 2B, but this collected data seems to be highly underused.

      We appreciate the opportunity to clarify our analytical approach and the rationale behind it. In our study, we employed a novel deep learning framework, SAILERX, for our analysis. This framework is specifically designed to integrate multimodal data, such as RNAseq and ATACseq. The advantage of SAILERX lies in its ability to correct for technical noise inherent in sequencing processes and to align information from different modalities. Unlike methods that force a hard alignment of modalities into a shared latent space, SAILERX allows for a more refined integration. It achieves this by encouraging the local structures of the two modalities, as measured by pairwise similarities.

      To put it more simply, SAILERX combines RNAseq and ATACseq data, ensuring that the unique characteristics of each data type are respected and used to enhance the overall biological picture, rather than forcing them into a uniform framework.

      While it is indeed possible to analyze the ATAC-seq and RNA-seq modalities separately, and we acknowledge the potential value in such an approach, our primary objective in this study was to highlight the relatively low content of HSCs in cultures. This finding is a key point of our work, and the multiome data support this from a molecular point of view.

      The Seurat object we provide was created to facilitate further analysis by interested researchers. This object simplifies the exploration of both the ATAC-seq and RNA-seq data, allowing for additional investigations that may be of interest to the scientific community. We hope this explanation clarifies our methodology and its implications.

      b. It's not entirely clear to this reviewer the nature of the so-called "HSC signatures"(SF2C) and why exactly these genes were selected. There are genes such as Mpl and Angpt1 which are used for Mk-biased HSCs. Maybe relying on other HSC molecular signatures (PMID: 12228721, for example) would not only bring this study more into the current field context but would also have a more favorable analysis outcome. Moreover reclustering based on a different signature can also clarify the emergence of relevant HSC clusters.

      In our study, the selection of the HSC signature in our work was based on well-referenced datasets on well-defined HSPCs, as detailed in the "v. HSC signature" section of our methods. This signature was projected also to another single-cell RNA sequencing dataset generated from ex vivo expanded HSC culture (PMID: 35971894, see Author response image 1 below), demonstrating again an association primarily to the most primitive cells (at least based on gene expression).

      Author response image 1.

      Projection of "our" HSC signature on scRNAseq data from independent work.

      In further response to the suggestion here, we have also examined the molecular signature of HSCs referenced in PMID: 12228721 but also of another HSC signature from PMID: 26004780 in our data (Author response image 2). While these signatures do indeed enrich for cells that fall in the cluster of molecularly defined HSCs, our analysis indicates that neither of them significantly improves the identification of HSCs in our dataset compared to the signature we originally used. This finding reinforces our confidence in the appropriateness of our chosen HSC signature for this study.

      Author response image 2.

      Projection of alternative HSC signatures onto the SAILERX UMAP.

      Regarding the specific genes Mpl and Angpt1, we respectfully oppose the view that these genes are exclusively associated with MK-biased HSCs. There is substantial evidence supporting the broader role of Mpl in regulating HSCs, regardless of any particular "lineage bias". Similarly, while Angpt1 has been less extensively studied, its role in HSCs, as examined in PMID: 25821987, suggests a more general association with HSCs rather than a specific impact on MKs. Therefore, we maintain that it is more accurate to consider these genes as HSC-associated rather than restricted to MK-biased HSCs.

      Finally, addressing the comment on reclustering based on different signatures, we would like to clarify that the clustering process is independent of the projection of signatures. The clustering aims to identify cell populations based on their overall molecular profiles, and while signatures can aid in characterizing these populations, they do not influence the clustering process itself.

      c. The authors took the hard road to perform experiments with the elegant HSC-specific Fgd5-reporter, and they claim in lines 170-171 that it "failed to clearly demarcate in our single-cell multimodal data". This seems like a rather vague statement and leads to the idea that the scRNA-seq experiment is not reliable. It would be interesting to show a UMAP with this gene expression regardless and also potentially some other HSC markers.

      We understand the concerns raised about our statement on the performance of the Fgd5-reporter in our multimodal data analysis. Our aim was not to suggest that single-cell molecular data are unreliable. Instead, we intended to point out specific challenges associated with scRNA sequencing, notably the high rates of dropout. Regarding the specific example of Fgd5, it appears this transcript is not efficiently captured by 10x technology. Our previous 10x scRNA-seq experiments on cells from the Fgd5 reporter strain (Säwén et al., eLife 2018; Konturek-Ciesla et al., Cell Rep. 2023) support this observation. Despite cells being sorted as Fgd5-reporter positive, many showed no detectable transcripts.

      We consider it pertinent to note that our study integrates ATAC-seq data in conjunction with single-cell molecular data. We believe that this integration, coupled with the analytical methods we have employed, potentially offers a way to address some of the limitations typically associated with scRNA sequencing. However, in assessing frequencies, we observe that the number of candidate HSCs identified via single-cell molecular data is substantially higher compared to those identified through flow cytometry, the latter which we demonstrate correlate functionally with genuine long-term repopulating activity.

      With respect to Fgd5, as depicted in our analysis below, there appears to be an enrichment of cells in the cluster identified as HSCs, as well as a significant representation in the cycling cell cluster (Author response image 3). Regarding the projection of other individual genes, the Seurat object we have provided allows for such projections to be readily performed. This offers an opportunity for further exploration and validation of our findings by interested researchers.

      Author response image 3.

      Feature plot depicting Fgd5 expression in the SAILERX UMAP.

      2) During the discussion and in Figure 4, the authors ponder and demonstrate that this culturing system can provoke divert HSC close expansion, having also functional consequences. This a known caveat from the original system, but in more recent publications from the original group (PMID: 36809781 and PMID: 37385251) small alterations into the protocol seem to alleviate clone selection. It's intriguing why the authors have not included these parameters at least in some experiments to show reproducibility or why these studies are not mentioned during the discussion section.

      Thank you for pointing out the recent publications (PMID: 36809781 and PMID: 37385251) that discuss modifications to the HSC culturing system. We appreciate the opportunity to address why these were not included in our discussion or experiments.

      Firstly, it is important to note that these papers were published after the submission of our manuscript. In fact, one of the studies (PMID: 36809781) references the preprint version of our work on Biorxiv. This timing meant that we were unable to consider these studies in our initial manuscript or incorporate any of their findings into our experimental designs.

      Furthermore, as strong advocates for the peer-review system, we prioritize references that have undergone this rigorous process. Preprints, while valuable for early dissemination of research findings, do not offer the same level of scrutiny and validation as peer-reviewed publications. Our approach was to rely on the most relevant and rigorously reviewed literature available to us at the time of submission. This included, most notably, the original and ground-breaking work by Wilkinson et al., which provided a foundational basis for our research.

      We acknowledge that the field of HSC research is rapidly evolving, and new findings, such as those mentioned, are continually emerging. These new studies undoubtedly contribute valuable insights into HSC culturing systems and their optimization. However, given the timing of their publication relative to our study, we were not able to include them in our analysis or discussion.

      3) In this reviewer's opinion, the finding that transplanted cHSC are more quiescent than freshly isolated controls is the most remarkable aspect of this manuscript. There is a point of concern and an intriguing thought that sprouts from this experiment. It is empirical that for this experiment the same HSC dose is transplanted between both groups. This however is technically difficult since the membrane markers from both groups are different. Although after 8 weeks chimerism levels seem to be the same (SF5D) for both groups, it would strengthen the evidence if the author could demonstrate that the same number of HSCs were transplanted in both groups, likely by limiting dose experiments. Finally, it's interesting that even though EE100 cells underwent multiple replication rounds (adding to their replicative aging), these cells remained more quiescent once they were in an in vivo setting. Since the last author of this manuscript has also expertise in HSC aging, it would be interesting to explore whether these cells have "aged" during the expansion process by assessing whether they display an aged phenotype (myeloid-skewed output in serial transplantations and/or assisting their transcriptional age).

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful observations regarding the quiescence of transplanted cultured HSCs. We appreciate the opportunity to clarify the experimental design and its implications, particularly in the context of HSC aging.

      The primary aim of comparing cKit-enriched bone BM cells with cultured cells was to investigate if ex vivo activated HSCs exhibit a similar proliferation pattern to in vivo quiescent HSCs post-transplantation. This comparison was crucial for evaluating the similarity between in vitro cultured and "unmanipulated" HSC behavior. While we acknowledge the technical challenge of transplanting equivalent HSC doses between groups due to differing membrane markers, our study design focused on assessing stem cell activity post-culture. This was quantitatively evaluated by calculating the repopulating units (detailed in Table 1 and Fig S4G), rather than through a limiting dilution assay. There exists a plethora of literature demonstrating the correlation between these assays, although of course the limiting dilution assay is designed to provide a more exact output.

      Regarding the intriguing aspect of HSC aging in the context of ex vivo expansion, our observations indicate that both the subfraction of ex vivo expanded cells (Fig 3 and Fig S3) and the entire cultured population (Fig 4B, Fig 5B, Fig S4A, and Fig S5B) maintain long-term multilineage reconstitution capacity post-transplantation. This suggests that the PVA-culture system does not lead to apparent signs of "HSC aging," despite the cells undergoing active self-renewal in vitro. This is further supported by our serial transplantation experiments, where cultured cells continued to demonstrate multilineage capacity rather than any evident myeloid-biased reconstitution 16 weeks post-second transplantation (see Author response image 4 below).

      Author response image 4.

      Serial transplantation behavior of ex vivo expanded HSCs. 5 million whole BM cells from primary transplantation were transplanted together with 5 million competitor whole BM cells. The control group was transplanted with 100 cHSCs freshly isolated from BM for the primary transplantation. Mann-Whitney test was applied and the asterisks indicate significant differences. , p < 0.05; , p < 0.01; ***, p < 0.0001. Error bars denote SEM.

      However, we recognize the complexity of defining HSC aging and the potential for the culture system to influence certain aspects of this process. The association of aging signature genes with HSC primitiveness and young signature genes with differentiation presents an interesting dichotomy. Our analysis of a native dataset on young mice and the projection of aged signatures onto our multiome data (as shown below for a set of genes known to be induced at higher levels in aged HSCs (f.i. Wahlestedt et al., Nature Comm 2017), aging scRNAseq data from PMID: 36581635) does not directly indicate that the culture system promotes HSC aging compared to aged Lin-Sca+Kit+ cells. Yet, we do not rule out the possibility that culturing may influence other facets of the HSC aging process.

      In conclusion, while our current data do not provide direct evidence of induced HSC aging through the culture system, this remains a compelling area for future research. The potential impact of ex vivo culture on aspects of the HSC aging process warrants further exploration, and we appreciate your suggestion in this regard.

      Author response image 5.

      No evident signs of "molecular aging" following ex vivo expansion of HSCs. Young and aged scRNAseq data from PMID: 36581635 were integrated and explored from the perspective of known genes associating to HSC aging. The top row depicts contribution to UMAPs from young and aged cells (two left plots), cell cycle scores of the cells, and the expression of EPCR and CD48 as examples markers for primitive and more differentiated cells, respectively. The expression of the HSC aging-associated genes Wwtr1, Cavin2, Ghr, Clu and Aldh1a1 was then assessed in the data as well as in the SAILERX UMAP of cultured HSCs (bottom row).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Zhang and colleagues characterise the behaviour of mouse hematopoietic stem cells when cultured in PVA conditions, a recently published method for HSC expansion (Wilkinson et al., Nature, 2019), using multiome analysis (scRNA-seq and scATACseq in the same single cell) and extensive transplantation experiments. The latter are performed in several settings including barcoding and avoiding recipient conditioning. Collectively the authors identify several interesting properties of these cultures namely: 1) only very few cells within these cultures have long-term repopulation capacity, many others, however, have progenitor properties that can rescue mice from lethal myeloablation; 2) single-cell characterisation by combined scRNAseq and scATACseq is not sufficient to identify cells with repopulation capacity; 3) expanded HSCs can be engrafted in unconditioned host and return to quiescence.

      The authors also confirm previous studies that EPCRhigh HSCs have better reconstitution capability than EPCRlow HSCs when transplanted.

      Strengths:

      The major strength of this manuscript is that it describes how functional HSCs are expanded in PVA cultures to a deeper extent than what has been done in the original publication. The authors are also mindful of considering the complexities of interpreting transplantation data. As these PVA cultures become more widely used by the HSC community, this manuscript is valuable as it provides a better understanding of the model and its limitations.

      Novelty aspects include:

      • The authors determined that small numbers of expanded HSCs enable transplantation into non-conditioned syngeneic recipients.

      • This is to my knowledge the first report characterising the output of PVA cultures by multiome. This could be a very useful resource for the field.

      • They are also the first to my knowledge to use barcoding to quantify HSC repopulation capacity at the clonal level after PVA culture.

      • It is also useful to report that HSCs isolated from fetal livers do expand less than their adult counterparts in these PVA cultures.

      Weaknesses:

      • The analysis of the multiome experiment is limited. The authors do not discuss what cell types, other than functional or phenotypic HSCs are present in these cultures (are they mostly progenitors or bona fide mature cells?) and no quantifications are provided.

      The primary objective of our manuscript was to characterize the features of HSCs expanded from ex vivo culture. In this context, our analysis of the single cell multiome sequencing data was predominantly centered on elucidating the heterogeneity of cultures, along with subsequent in vivo functional analysis. This focus is reflected in our comparisons between the molecular features of ex vivo cultured candidate HSCs (cHSCs) and "fresh/unmanipulated" HSCs, as illustrated in Figures 2D-E of our manuscript.

      Our findings provide substantial evidence that ex vivo expanded cells share significant similarities with HSCs isolated from the BM in terms of molecular features, differentiation potential, heterogeneity, and in vivo stem cell activity/function. This suggests that the ex vivo culture system closely mimics several aspects of the in vivo environment, thereby broadening the potential applications of this system for HSC research.

      Regarding the presence of other cell types in the cultures, it is important to note that most cells did not express mature lineage markers, suggesting their immature status. However, we acknowledge the presence of some mature lineage marker-positive cells within the cultures. These cells are represented by the endpoints in our SAILERX UMAP, indicating a progression from immature to more differentiated states within the culture system.

      While the main emphasis of our study was on HSCs, we understand the importance of acknowledging and briefly discussing the presence and characteristics of other cell types in the cultures. This aspect provides a more comprehensive understanding of the culture system and its impact on cellular heterogeneity, although it was for the most part beyond the scope of our studies.

      • Barcoding experiments are technically elegant but do not bring particularly novel insights. We respectfully disagree with the view that our barcoding experiments do not offer novel insights. We believe that the application of barcoding technology in our study represents a significant advancement over previous methods, both in terms of quantitative rigor and ethical considerations.

      In the foundational work by Wilkinson et al., clonal assessments were indeed performed, but these were limited in scope and largely served as proof of concept. Our use of barcoding technology, on the other hand, allowed for a comprehensive quantitative assessment of the expansion potential of HSC clones. This technology enabled us to rigorously quantify the number of HSC clones capable of undergoing at least three self-renewing divisions (e.g. those clones present in 5 separate animals), while also revealing the heterogeneity in their expansion potential.

      One alternative approach could have been to culture single HSCs and distribute the progeny among multiple mice for analysis. However, when considering the sheer number of mice that would be required for such an experiment for quantitative assessments, it becomes evident that viral barcoding is a far superior method. Not only does it provide a more efficient and scalable approach to assessing clonal expansion, but it also significantly reduces the number of animals required for the study, aligning with the principles of ethical research and animal welfare.

      In conclusion, we assert that the barcoding experiments conducted in our study are not only technically robust but also yield novel quantitative insights into the dynamics of HSC clones within expansion cultures. These insights have value not only for current research but also hold potential implications for future applications.

      • The number of mice analysed in certain experiments is fairly low (Figures 1 and 5).

      We would like to clarify our approach in the context of the 3R (replacement, refinement, and reduction) policy, which guides ethical considerations in animal research.

      In alignment with the 3R principles, our study was designed to minimize the use of experimental animals wherever possible. For most experiments, including those presented in Figures 1 and 5, we adopted a standard of using five mice per group. Based on the effect sizes we observed, we concluded that this sample size was appropriate for most parts of our study.

      Specifically for Figure 5, we used two animals per time point, totaling seven animals per treatment group. It is important to note that we did not monitor the same animals over time but used different animals at each time point, as mice had to be sacrificed for the type of analyses conducted. Despite the seemingly small sample size, the results we obtained were remarkably consistent across groups. This consistency provided strong evidence that ex vivo activated HSCs return to a more quiescent state after being transplanted into unconditioned recipients. Given the clear and consistent nature of these results, we determined that including more animals for the purpose of additional statistical analysis was not necessary.

      Our approach reflects a balance between adhering to ethical standards in animal research and ensuring the scientific validity and reliability of our findings. We believe that the sample sizes chosen for our experiments are justified by the consistent and significant results we obtained, which contribute meaningfully to our understanding of HSC behavior post-transplantation.

      • The manuscript remains largely descriptive. While the data can be used to make useful recommendations to future users working with PVA cultures and in general with HSCs, those recommendations could be more clearly spelled out in the discussion.

      We fully agree that many aspects of our study are indeed descriptive, which is reflective of the exploratory and foundational nature of this type of research.

      We have strived to provide clear and direct recommendations for researchers interested in utilizing the PVA culture system, which we believe are evident throughout our manuscript:

      1) Utility of Viral Delivery in HSC Research: Our research, particularly through the use of barcoding experiments, underscores the effectiveness of viral delivery methods in HSC studies. While barcoding itself is a significant tool, it is the underlying process of viral delivery that truly exemplifies the potential of this approach. Our work shows that the culture system is highly conducive to maintaining HSC activity, which is critical for genetic manipulation. This is evident not only in our current study but also in our previous work that included for transient delivery methods (Eldeeb et al., Cell Reports 2023).

      2) Non-conditioned transplantation: Our findings suggest that non-conditioned transplantation can be a valuable method in studying both normal and malignant hematopoiesis. This approach can complement genetic lineage tracing models, providing a more native and physiological context for hematopoietic research. We state this explicitly in our discussion.

      3) Integration with recent technical advances: The combination of the PVA culture system with recent developments in transplantation biology, genome engineering, and single-cell technologies holds significant promise. This integration is likely to yield exciting discoveries with relevance to both basic and clinically oriented hematopoietic research. This is the end statement of our discussion.

      While our manuscript is in a way tailored to those with experience in HSC research, we have made a concerted effort to ensure that the content is accessible and informative to a broader audience, including those less familiar with this area of study. Our intention is to provide a resource that is both informative for experts in the field and approachable for newcomers.

      • The authors should also provide a discussion of the other publications that have used these methods to date.

      We would like to clarify that the scope of literature on the specific methods we employed, particularly in the context of our research objectives, is not extensive. Most of the existing references on these methods come from a relatively narrow range of research groups. In preparing our manuscript, we tried to be comprehensive yet selective in our citations to maintain focus and relevance. Our referencing strategy was guided by the aim to include literature that was most directly pertinent to our study's methodologies and findings.

      Overall, the authors succeeded in providing a useful set of experiments to better interpret what type of HSCs are expanded in PVA cultures. More in-depth mining of their bioinformatic data (by the authors or other groups) is likely to highlight other interesting/relevant aspects of HSC biology in relation to this expansion methodology.

      We are grateful for the overall positive assessment of our work and the recognition of its contributions to understanding HSC expansion in PVA cultures.

      We agree that every study, including ours, has its limitations, particularly regarding the scope and depth of exploration. It is challenging to cover every aspect comprehensively in a single study. Our research aimed to provide a foundational understanding of HSCs in PVA cultures, and we are pleased that this goal appears to have been met.

      We also concur with your point on the potential for further in-depth mining of our bioinformatic data. Our hope is that this data can serve as a resource (or at least a starting point) for other investigators.

      In conclusion, we hope that our responses have adequately addressed your queries and clarified any concerns. We are committed to contributing to the growth of knowledge in HSC research and look forward to the advancements that our study might enable, both within our team and the wider scientific community.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) In Line 150, the R packages can/should be mentioned just in the method section;

      We have moved this text to the methods section.

      2) In Figure F3C adding a legend next to the plot would assist the reader in identifying which populations are referred to, as the same color pellet is used for other panels;

      We have now adjusted the figure legend position to make it more clear for the reader.

      3) In Figure 4D, for the pre-culture experiments 1000 cHSCs were used and then in the post-culture 1200 cHSCs were used. Can the authors justify the different numbers?

      The decision to use 1000 cHSCs in the pre-culture experiments and 1200 cHSCs in the post-culture experiments was not based on a specific rationale favoring one cell number over the other. In our Method section, we have detailed our experimental design, which was structured to provide robust and reliable readouts of HSC behavior and characteristics in different conditions.

      We consider the two cell numbers – 1000 and 1200 – to be quite similar in the context of our experimental aims. Since the readouts here are based on clonal assessments, this slight difference in cell numbers is unlikely to significantly impact the overall conclusions drawn from these experiments. The primary focus of our study was on qualitative aspects of HSC behavior and function, rather than on quantitative differences that might arise from small variations in initial cell numbers.

      4) In SF5F it would help readers if a line plot (per group) was also shown together with the dot plots. Moreover, applying statistics to the trend lines (Wilcoxon, for example) would strengthen the argument that cHSCs divide less than control cells.

      We would like to clarify that the data presented in SF5F were derived from different animals at each respective time point. As such, the data points at each time point represent independent measurements from separate animals, rather than a continuous measurement from the same set of animals over time. Therefore, creating a line plot that connects each time point within a group would inadvertently convey a misleading impression of a longitudinal study on the same animals, which is not reflective of the actual experimental design. Instead, the dot plot format was chosen as it more accurately depicts the independent and discrete nature of the measurements at each time point. Our current data presentation method was selected to provide the most accurate and transparent representation of our findings.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Listed below are recommendations to further improve this manuscript:

      Major Comments

      1) Fig 1: the authors showed that EPCRhigh HSCs have better reconstitution capability than EPCRlow HSCs via bone marrow transplantation. Additionally, mice receiving cultured EPCRhigh SLAM LSK cells were more efficiently radioprotected than those receiving PVA expanded EPCRlow SLAM LSK.

      a. In addition to Fig.1F, authors should show the lineage distributions and chimerism of mice receiving cultured EPCRhigh and EPCRlow SLAM LSK respectively.

      We have indeed analyzed the lineage distribution in these experiments, and our findings indicate no statistically significant differences between the groups (see graph in Author response image 6). This suggests that the cultured EPCRhigh and EPCRlow SLAM LSK cells do not preferentially differentiate into specific lineages in a way that would impact the overall interpretation of our results.

      Author response image 6.

      Regarding the chimerism in peripheral blood (PB) lineages, Fig. 1F in our manuscript currently shows the PB myeloid chimerism. We chose to focus on this parameter as it most directly relates to our study's objectives. We did here not transplant with competitor cells, and in most cases, the chimerism levels reached 100% for lineages other than T cells (T cells being more radioresistant). Based on our analysis, including data on chimerism in other PB lineages would not significantly enhance the understanding of the functional capacity of the transplanted cells, as the myeloid chimerism data already provides a robust indicator of their engraftment and functional potential.

      We believe that our current presentation of data in Fig. 1F, along with the additional analyses provided in the results section, offers a comprehensive understanding of the behavior and potential of the cultured EPCRhigh and EPCRlow SLAM LSK cells.

      b. Fig1F: only 5 mice were used in each group. Could this result occur by chance? Testing with Fisher's exact test with the data provided results in p=0.16. The authors should consider adding more animals or adding the p-value above (or from another relevant test) for readers' consideration.

      We acknowledge the point that only five mice were used in each group and understand the concern regarding the robustness of our findings.

      As correctly noted, applying Fisher's exact test to the data in Fig. 1F results in a p-value which does not reach the conventional threshold for statistical significance. However, one might also consider the analysis of the KM survival curve, which associated with a p-value of 0.0528 (Fig. 1F, left graph below; Gehan-Breslow-Wilcoxon test). A similar test on the single-cell culture transplantation experiment (Fig. 1E, right graph below) also demonstrated statistical significance (p-value = 0.0485).

      While these p-values meet (or are very close to) the conventional criteria for statistical significance (p<0.05), we have chosen to place greater emphasis on effect sizes rather than strictly on p-values. This decision is based on our belief that effect sizes provide a more direct and meaningful measure of the biological impact observed in our experiments. We find that the effect sizes observed are compelling and consistent with the overall narrative of our study.

      Author response image 5.

      2) The characterisation of the multiome experiment is highly underdeveloped.

      a. From an experimental point of view, it is not clear how the PVA culture for this experiment was started. Are there technical/biological replicates? Have several PVA cultures been pooled together?

      We have included these details in the revised text to ensure a comprehensive understanding of our experimental setup.

      b. Fig2B: The authors should present more data as to how each of the clusters was annotated (bubble plot of marker genes used for annotation?) and importantly the percentage of cells in each of the clusters. It is particularly relevant to note what % is the cluster annotated as HSCs and compare that to the % of phenotypic HSCs and the % repopulating HSCs calculated in the transplantation experiments.

      In our study, the annotation of clusters was primarily based on reference genes for cell types from prior works in the field, such as from our recent work (Konturek-Ciesla et al., Cell Reports 2023). Additionally, we employed transcription factor (TF) motifs to assign identities to these clusters. This approach is relatively standard in the field, and we believe it provides a robust framework for our analysis. We included information on some of the key TF motifs used to guide our annotations.

      Regarding the assignment of a percentage to cells within the HSC cluster, we initially had reservations about the utility of this measure. This is because the transcriptional identity of HSCs might not align precisely with their identity based on candidate HSC protein markers. There are complexities related to transcriptional continuums that could influence the interpretation of such data. However, acknowledging your request for this information, we have now included the percentage of cells in the HSC cluster in Fig. 2B for reference.

      We also wish to highlight that when isolating EPCR+ cells, which encompasses a range of CD48 expression, clustering becomes much less distinct, as shown in Fig. 2E. Most of these cells do not demonstrate long-term functional HSC activity in a transplantation setting (as presented in Figure 3). This observation underscores the challenges in deducing HSC identity based solely on molecular data and reinforces the importance of functional validation.

      c. Are there any mature cells in these PVA cultures? The annotations presented in the table under the UMAP are vague: Are cluster 4 monocytes or monocytes progenitors? Same for clusters 0,1 and 7 - are these progenitors or more mature cells? How were HPCs (cluster 3) distinguished from cHSCs (cluster 5)?

      We agree with your observation that the annotations for certain clusters, such as clusters 4, 0, 1, and 7, as well as the distinction between HPCs (cluster 3) and cHSCs (cluster 5), appear vague. This vagueness to some extent stems from the challenges inherent in comparing cultured cells to their counterparts isolated directly from animals. Most reference data defining cell types are derived from cells in their native state, and less is known about how these definitions translate to the progeny of HSPCs cultured in vitro.

      In our study, we used the expression of reference genes and enriched transcription factor motifs to annotate clusters. This method, while useful, has its limitations in precisely defining the maturation stage of cells in culture. The enrichment of lineage-defining factors at the ends of the UMAP suggests the presence of more mature cells, whereas the lack of lineage marker expression in the majority of cells implies a general lack of terminal differentiation.

      This issue is not necessarily unique to the culture situation, as similar challenges in cell type annotation are encountered in other contexts, such as the analysis of granulocyte-macrophage progenitors in bone marrow, where a vast range of cell types and clusters are identified (e.g., PMID: 26627738). To try to address these challenges, we employed an approach detailed in the methods section under the header "iv. ATAC processing and cluster annotation." We assessed marker genes for clusters using Enrichr for cell types, relying on databases designed to provide gene expression identities to defined cell types. This methodology informed our references to the clusters.

      In summary, while our annotations provide a general overview of the cell types present in the cultures, we acknowledge the complexities and limitations in precisely defining these types, particularly in distinguishing between progenitors and more mature cells. We hope this explanation clarifies our approach and the considerations behind our cluster annotations, but at the same time feel that the alternative approaches have their own drawbacks.

      d. What is the meaning of the trajectories presented in Figure 2C? In the absence of a comparison to i) what is observed either when HSCs are cultured in control/non-expanding conditions ii) an in vivo landscape of differentiation in mouse bone marrow; this analysis does not bring any relevant piece of information.

      We understand the perspective on comparisons to control conditions and in vivo differentiation landscapes. However, we respectfully disagree with the viewpoint that the analysis that we have performed does not bring relevant information.

      The trajectory analysis in Figure 2C is intended to provide insights into the cell types generated in our PVA cultures and the potential differentiation pathways they may follow. This kind of analysis is particularly valuable in the context of understanding how in vitro cultures can support HSC maintenance and differentiation, which is a topic of significant interest in the field. For instance, studies like PMID: 31974159 have highlighted the importance of combining in vitro HSC cultures with molecular investigations.

      While we acknowledge that our analysis would benefit from a direct comparison to control or non-expanding conditions, as well as to an in vivo differentiation landscape, we believe that the information provided by our current analysis still holds substantial value. It offers a glimpse into the possible cellular dynamics and differentiation routes within our culture system, which can be a valuable reference point for other investigators working with similar systems.

      Regarding the confidence in computed differentiation trajectories, we recognize that this is an area where caution is warranted. Computational approaches to define cell differentiation pathways have inherent limitations and should be interpreted within the context of their assumptions and the data available. This challenge is not unique to our work but is a broader issue in the field of computational biology.

      In conclusion, while we agree that additional comparative analyses could further enrich our findings, we maintain that the trajectory analysis presented in Figure 2C contributes meaningful insights into cell differentiation in our PVA culture system. We believe these insights are of interest and value to researchers exploring the complex interplay of HSC maintenance and differentiation in vitro.

      3) The addition of barcoding experiments is appreciated. However, it is already known that upon transplantation clonal output is highly heteroegeneous, with a small number of clones predominating over others. This is particularly the case after myeloablation conditioning.

      a. The "pre-culture" experimental design makes sense. The "post-culture" one is however ambiguous in terms of result interpretation. The authors observe fewer clones contributing to a large proportion of the graft (>5%) than in the "pre-culture" setting. Their interpretation is that expanded HSCs are functionally more homogeneous than the input HSCs. However, in the pre-culture experiment, there are 19 days of expansion during which there will be selection pressures over culture plus ongoing differentiation. In the post-culture experiment, there is no time for such pressures to be exerted. Therefore the conclusion drawn by the authors is not the only conclusion. I would encourage the authors to compare the "pre-culture" experiment to an experiment in which cHSCs are in culture for 48h, then barcoded, and then transplanted. This would be much more informative and would allow a proper comparison of expanded HSCs vs input HSCs.

      We understand the perspective that a shorter culture period would reduce the influence of selection pressures and differentiation, potentially allowing for a more direct comparison between expanded HSCs and input HSCs. However, we would like to point out that similar experiments have been conducted in the past, as referenced in our work (PMID: 28224997) and others (PMID: 21964413). These studies have demonstrated a significant heterogeneity in the reconstituting clones when barcoding is done early and cells are transplanted directly.

      In light of previous research, we are confident that our methodology — tracking the fates of candidate HSC clones throughout the culture period and assessing the outcomes of individual cells from these expanding clones — yields significant and pertinent insights. We want to highlight the significance of barcoding cells late in the culture, a strategy that allows us to barcode cells that have already been subjected to potential selection pressures within the culture environment. Our primary objective is to investigate the effects of these selection pressures on the subsequent in vivo behavior of the cells that emerge from this process. By focusing on this aspect, we aim to deepen the understanding of how in vitro culture conditions influence the functional characteristics and heterogeneity of HSCs after expansion. We believe this approach provides a unique perspective on the adaptive changes HSCs undergo during culture and their implications for transplantation efficacy and HSC biology. Our study thus addresses a critical question in the field: how do the conditions and selection pressures inherent to in vitro culture impact the quality and behavior of HSCs upon their return to an in vivo environment?

      b. Another experiment the authors may consider is barcoding in unconditioned recipients as there the bottleneck of selecting specific clones should be lower. In addition, this could nicely complement the return to quiescence observed in Figure 5 (see point below)

      We agree that this experiment could provide valuable insights, particularly in understanding how different selection pressures might affect HSC clones in various transplantation contexts. It would indeed be a worthwhile complement to our observations in Figure 5 regarding the return to quiescence of HSCs post-transplantation.

      However, we would like to point out that our study already includes a substantial amount of data and analyses aimed at addressing specific research questions within this defined scope. The addition of an experiment with barcoding in unconditioned recipients, while undoubtedly relevant and interesting, would extend beyond the boundaries we set for this particular study.

      4) Figure 5D-F, only 2 animals per condition were tested, so the experiment is underpowered for any statistics. How about cell viability of cHSC after in vitro culture? The authors have also not tested whether there is a difference in cell viability post-transplant between EE100 and control. In addition, comparing cell cycle profiles of donor EPCR+ HSCs in these transplanted mice would provide additional evidence to support the conclusion.

      Regarding the sample size, we acknowledge that only two animals per condition were used in these experiments, which limits the statistical power for robust quantitative analysis. This decision was guided by ethical considerations to minimize animal use, in line with the 3Rs principle (Replacement, Reduction, Refinement). Despite the small sample size, we believe that the strong trends observed in these experiments are indicative and consistent with our broader findings, although we recognize the limitations in terms of statistical generalization. At the same time, as we have written in the public response: "Specifically for Figure 5, we used two animals per time point, totaling seven animals per treatment group. It is important to note that we did not monitor the same animals over time but used different animals at each time point, as mice had to be sacrificed for the type of analyses conducted."

      In the context of post-transplant analysis, conducting separate viability assessments on transplanted cells is not typically informative. This is because non-viable cells would naturally be eliminated through biological processes such as phagocytosis soon after transplantation. Therefore, any post-transplant viability analysis would not provide meaningful insights into the engraftment potential or behavior of the transplanted cells.

      However, it is important to note that in all our cell isolation and analysis protocols, we routinely include viability markers. This practice ensures that the cell populations we study and report on are indeed viable. Including these markers is a standard part of our methodology and contributes to the accuracy and reliability of our data.

      Regarding the comparison of cell cycle profiles, we chose to focus on the cell trace assay as a means to monitor and track cell division history, which directly addresses the central theme here - informing on the proliferation and quiescence dynamics of transplanted HSCs. While comparing cell cycle profiles could perhaps offer an additional layer of information, we did not deem it essential for our core objectives.

      5) Several publications have used these PVA cultures and made comments on their strengths and limitations. They do not overlap with this study but should be discussed here for completeness (for example Che et al, Cell Reports, 2022; Becker et al., Cell Stem Cell, 2023; Igarashi, Blood Advances, 2023).

      See comments to reviewer 1.

      Minor Comments

      Figure 1C: should add in the legend that this is in peripheral blood.

      Figure 2C: typo in the title.

      Figure 3A: typo in "equivalent". We thank the reviewer for catching these errors, which we have now corrected.

      Figure 3B and 3C: symbol colours of EPCRhighCD48+ and EPCR- are too similar to distinguish the 2 groups easily. We highly recommend using contrasting colours.

      For easier visualization, we have changed the symbol types and colors in our revised version.

      Fig3B and S3A-B: authors should show statistical significance in comparing the 4 fractions. We have now added this information.

      In the discussion, the authors rightly point out a paper that described EPCR+ HSCs. There are other papers that also looked at EPCR intensity (high vs low), for example, Umemoto et al., EMBO J, 2022.

      While we acknowledge the relevance of the paper you mentioned, we faced constraints in the number of references we could include. Therefore, we prioritized citing the original demonstration of EPCR as an HSC marker, particularly focusing on the work by the Mulligan laboratory, which established that cells expressing the highest levels of EPCR exhibit the most potent HSC activity. We believe this reference most directly supports the core focus of our study and provides the necessary context for our findings.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Xia et al. investigated the mechanisms underlying Glucocorticoid-induced osteonecrosis of the femoral head (GONFH). The authors observed that abnormal osteogenesis and adipogenesis are associated with decreased β-catenin in the necrotic femoral head of GONFH patients, and that the inhibition of β-catenin signalling leads to abnormal osteogenesis and adipogenesis in GONFH rats. Of interest, the deletion of β-catenin in Col2-expressing cells rather than in Osx-expressing cells leads to a GONFH-like phenotype in the femoral head of mice.

      Strengths:

      A strength of the study is that it sets up a Col2-expressing cell-specific β-catenin knockout mouse model that mimics the full spectrum of osteonecrosis phenotype of GONFH. This is interesting and provides new insights into the understanding of GONFH. Overall, the data are solid and support their conclusions.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) Fig. 1I should be quantified and presented as bar graphs to make it consistent with other data, and the significance should be shown.

      Reply: Thanks for your comments. We have provided the quantitative bar graph in the new version.

      2) Fig. 2H, beta-catenin, ALP and FABP4 should be labled below the X axis. Moreover, the pattern of Fig. 2H is different from other bar graphs and the dots for individual samples are missing, so I could not judge the N values for the experiments. N values should also be provided for Fig. 3.

      Reply: Thanks for your comments. We have added the labels of beta-catenin, ALP and FABP4 below the X axis in Fig. 2H. The modes of quantitative bar graphs were changed to show the N values in the each experiment.

      3) Fig. 4 shows the fate mapping of Col2+ cells and Osx+ cells in the femoral head. In this regard, the authors presented images for Col2-expressing cells at all the indicated time points, i.e. 1, 3, 6, and 9 months, but only presented images for Osx-expressing cells for 1 month while those for 3, 6, and 9 months are missing.

      Reply: Thanks for your comments. Here, we showed that the expression of Osx+ cells in the femoral head were total different with Col2+ cells at the age of 3, 6 month, further indicating they were two different progenitor lineage cells.

      Author response image 1.

      4) Some experiments may need to be described in more detail" e.g., ABH/Orange G staining, biomechanical testing, μCT analysis, et al.

      Reply: Thanks for your comments. We have provided more information of experiment procedures.

      5) This study proposed that Col2-expressing cells play a key role in the progression of GONFH, did the authors use Col2+ cells for the in vitro experiments?

      Reply: As in vitro experiments could not reflect the location of Col2-expressing cells in the femoral head, therefore here we applied in vivo lineage tracing study. After as long as 9 month of linage trace, we thoroughly showed the self-renew ability and osteogenic commitment of Col2+ cells, as well as its space variation in the femoral head with age. Conditional knockout of β-catenin caused that Col2+ cells trans-differentiated into adipogenic cells instead of osteogenic cells, which directly clarified the mechanism of Col2+ cells leading to GONFH-like phenotype in mice.

      6) A few typo errors, such as Line 13, "contribute" should be "contributes"; Line 118, "reveled" should be "revealed".

      Reply: We have revised the grammar errors in the new manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors reported a study to uncover that β-catenin inhibition disrupting the homeostasis of osteogenic/adipogenic differentiation contributes to the development of Glucocorticoid-induced osteonecrosis of the femoral head (GONFH). In this study, they first observed abnormal osteogenesis and adipogenesis associated with decreased β-catenin in the necrotic femoral head of GONFH patients, but the exact pathological mechanisms of GONFH remain unknown. They then performed in vivo and in vitro studies to further reveal that glucocorticoid exposure disrupted osteogenic/adipogenic differentiation of bone marrow stromal cells (BMSCs) by inhibiting β-catenin signaling in glucocorticoid-induced GONFH rats, and specific deletion of β-catenin in Col2+ cells shifted BMSCs commitment from osteoblasts to adipocytes, leading to a full spectrum of disease phenotype of GONFH in adult mice.

      Strengths:

      This innovative study provides strong evidence supporting that β-catenin inhibition disrupts the homeostasis of osteogenic/adipogenic differentiation that contributes to the development of GONFH. This study also identifies an ideal genetically modified mouse model of GONFH. Overall, the experiment is logically designed, the figures are clear, and the data generated from humans and animals is abundant supporting their conclusions.

      Weaknesses:

      There is a lack of discussion to explain how the Wnt agonist 1 works. There are several types of Wnt ligands. It is not clear if this agonist only targets Wnt1 or other Wnts as well. Also, why Wnt agonist 1 couldn't rescue the GONFH-like phenotype in β-cateninCol2ER mice needs to be discussed.

      Reply: Thanks for your constructive comments. Wnt agonist 1 is a cell-permeating activator of the Wnt signaling pathway that induces transcriptional activity dependent on β-catenin (PMID: 25514428,18624906). In the present study, we aim to demonstrate that activation of β-catenin signaling could alleviate the phenotype of rat GONFH, thus only β-catenin and downstream targets (RUNX2, ALP, PPAR-γ, FABP4) expressions were detected after Wnt agonist 1 intervention. Conditional knockout β-catenin in Col2+ cells lead to an mouse GONFH-like phenotype. Wnt agonist 1 couldn't rescue this GONFH-like, as it did not activate β-catenin signaling. We have discussed them in the new version.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors are trying to delineate the mechanism underlying the osteonecrosis of the femoral head.

      Strengths:

      The authors provided compelling in vivo and in vitro data to demonstrate Col2+ cells and Osx+ cells were differentially expressed in the femoral head. Moreover, inducible knockout of β-catenin in Col2+ cells but not Osx+ cells lead to a GONFH-like phenotype including fat accumulation, subchondral bone destruction, and femoral head collapse, indicating that imbalance of osteogenic/adipogenic differentiation of Col2+ cells plays an important role in GONFH pathogenesis. Therefore, this manuscript provided mechanistic insights into osteonecrosis as well as potential therapeutic targets for disease treatment.

      Weaknesses:

      However, additional in-depth discussion regarding the phenotype observed in mice is highly encouraged.

      Reply: Thanks for your comments. Inducible knockout of β-catenin in Col2+ cells but not Osx+ cells lead to a GONFH-like phenotype. Lineage tracing data showed Col2+ cells and Osx+ cells were different cell populations, and we have discussed the potential mechanism caused the different phenotypes between β-cateninCol2ER mice and β-cateninOsxER mice.

      1) Why did the authors use dexamethasone in the cellular experiments but methylprednisolone to induce the GONFH rat model?

      Reply: Thanks for the comments. Here, we applied a dexamethasone (DEX)-treated BMSC model in vitro and a methylprednisolone (MPS)-induced rat model in vivo for GONFH study based on the published literatures (PMID: 37317020, 29662787, 29512684,35126710, 32835568).

      2) Both bone damage and fat accumulation were observed in 3-month-old and 6-month-old β-cateninCol2ER mice, but the femoral head collapse (the feature of GONFH at the late stage) only occurred in the older β-catenin Col2ER mice. This interesting observation needs to be discussed. Reply: Thanks for the comments. Bone damage caused a poor mechanical support is the key to femoral head collapse. Despite of similar trabecular bone loss and fat accumulation in the 3-month-old and 6-month-old β-cateninCol2ER mice, the older mice also presented extensive subchondral bone destruction. Integrated subchondral bone provided a well mechanical support for femoral head morphology, therefore femoral head collapse were occurred in the older β-cateninCol2ER mice.

      3) In the Materials and Methods, detailed information on the reagents should be provided.

      Reply: We have provided detailed information of the important reagents.

      4) As shown in Figure 4, β-cateninOsxER mice at 3 months of age did not show differences in lipid droplet area and empty lacunae rate, but there was a decrease in bone area. The authors should at least provide some necessary discussion of this phenomenon.

      Reply: Thanks for your comments. In the present study, we found few lipid droplet and empty lacuna but a significant decrease of bone mass in the femoral heads of β-cateninOsxER mice. Previous studies showed that specific knockout of β-catenin in Osx-expressing cells promoted osteoclast formation and activity, leading to the bone mass loss (PMID: 29124436, 34973494). We discussed this phenomenon in the new version.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the reviewers and the editors for their constructive and critical comments/ suggestions regarding our paper. We have since extensively revised the manuscript accordingly, including the addition of new experimental data. Hope the readers, reviewers, and editors are now satisfied with the quality and significance of the revised paper.

      Our responses to the eLife assessment and the reviewers’ comment as well as the details of the revisions are described below.

      Wang et al present a useful manuscript that builds modestly on the group's previous publication on KLF1 (EKLF) K47R mice focused on understanding how Eklf mutation confers anticancer and longevity advantages in vivo (Shyu et al., Adv Sci (Weinh). 2022). The data demonstrates that Eklf (K74R) imparts these advantages in a background, age, and gender independent manner, not the consequence of the specific amino acid substitution, and transferable by BMT. However, the authors overstate the meaning of these results and the strength of evidence is incomplete, since only a melanoma model of cancer is used, it is unclear why only homozygous mutation is needed when only a small fraction of cells during BMT confer benefit, they do not show EKLF expression in any cells analyzed, and the PD-1 and PDL-1 experiments are not conclusive. The definitive mechanism relative to the prior publication from this group on this topic remains unclear.

      The issues in the assessment by the editor on our paper were also brought up by the reviewers. We have taken care of them by carrying out new experiments as well as rewriting of the paper to highlight the rationales and novel aspects of the current study, as described below in our responses to the three reviewers.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors Wang et al. present a study of a mouse model K74R that they claim can extend the life span of mice, and also has some anti-cancer properties. Importantly, this mechanism seems to be mediated by the hematopoietic system, and protective effects can be transferred with bone marrow transplantation.

      The authors need to be more specific in the title and abstract as to what is actually novel in this manuscript (a single tumor model), and what relies on previously published data (lifespan). Because many of these claims derive from previously published data, and the current manuscript is an extension of previously published work. The authors need to be more specific as to the actual data they present (they only use the B16 melanoma model) and the actual novelty of this manuscript.

      Especially experiments on life span are published and not sufficiently addressed in this actual paper, as the title would suggest.

      Indeed important to point out the novelty of this paper in comparison to the previous paper. First, we have modified the title, the abstract, and the text so to emphasize that the extended lifespan as well as tumor resistance could be transferred by from Eklf(K74R) mice to WT mice by a single transplantation of the Eklf(K74R) bone marrow mononuclear cells (BMT) to the WT mice at their young age (2 months).

      We now also provide several new experimental data including the one demonstrating that Eklf(K74R) mice are resistant to tumorigenesis of hepatocellular carcinoma as well (new Fig. 1E). These points are elaborated in more details below in my responses to the reviewers’ comments/ suggestions.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The manuscript by Wang et al. follows up on the group's previous publication on KLF1 (EKLF) K47R mice and reduced susceptibility to tumorigenesis and increased life span (Shyu et al., Adv Sci (Weinh). Sep 2022;9(25):e2201409. doi:10.1002/ advs.202201409). In the current manuscript, the authors have described the dependence of these phenotypes on age, gender, genetic background, and hematopoietic translation of bone marrow mononuclear cells. Considering the current study is centered on the phenotypes described in the previous study, the novelty is diminished. Further, there are significant conceptual concerns in the study that make the inferences in the manuscript far less convincing. Major concerns are listed below:

      1) The authors mention more than once in the manuscript that KLF1 is expressed in range of blood cells including hematopoietic stem cells, megakaryocytes, T cells and NK cells. In the case of megakaryocytes, studies from multiple labs have shown that while EKLF is expressed megakaryocyte-erythroid progenitors, EKLF is important for the bipotential lineage decision of these progenitors, and its high expression promotes erythropoiesis, while its expression is antagonized during megakaryopoiesis. In the case of HSCs, the authors reference to their previous publication for KLF1's expression in these cells- however, in this study nor in the current study, there is no western blot documented to convincingly show that KLF1 protein is expressed at detectable levels in these cells. For T cells, the authors have referenced a study which is based on ectopic expression of KLF1. For NK cells, the authors reference bioGPS: however, upon inspection, this is also questionable.

      2) The current study rests on the premise that KLF1 is expressed in HSCs, NK cells and leukocytes, and the references cited are not sufficient to make this assumption, for the reasons mentioned in the first point. Therefore, the authors will have to show both KLF1 mRNA and protein levels in these cells, and also compare them to the expression levels seen in KLF1 wild type erythroid cells along with knockout erythroid cells as controls, for context and specificity.

      Regarding the novelties of the current story. Besides demonstration of the independence of the healthy longevity characteristics on age, gender, and genetic background, as exemplified by the tumor resistance, another novelty of the current study is that the healthy longevity characteristics, in particular the tumor resistance and extended lifespan, could be transferred by one-time long-term transplantation of the Eklf(K74R) bone marrow mononuclear cells from young Eklf(K74R) mice to young WT mice. Also, since submission of the last version of the paper, we have carried out new experiments, including the characterization of the anti-cancer capability of NK cells (new Fig. 6) as well as assay of the tumor-resistance of Eklf(K74R) mice to hepatocellular carcinoma (new Fig. 1E), etc.

      We have also modified the title, Abstract, and different parts of the text to highlight the novelties of the current study.

      As to the expression of EKLF in different hematopoietic blood cell types, we have now added a paragraph in Result (p.6 and p.7) describing what have been known in literature in relation to our data presented in the paper. Importantly, following the reviewer’s comments, we have since carried out Western blot analysis of EKLF expression in NK, T, and B cells (p. 6, p.7 and new Fig. S4B). Also noted is that the level of EKLF in B cells is very low and only could be detected by RT-qPCR (Fig. S4C) and RNA-Seq (Bio-GPS database)

      3) To get to the mechanism driving the reduced susceptibility to tumorigenesis and increased life span phenotypes in EKLF K74R mice, the authors report some observations- However, how these observations are connected to the phenotypes is unclear.

      a. For example, in Figure S3, they report that the frequency of NK1.1+ cells is higher in the mutant mice. The significance of this in relation to EKLF expression in these cells and the tumorigenesis and life span related phenotypes are not described. Again, as mentioned in the second point, KLF1 protein levels are not shown in these cells.

      b. In Figure 4, the authors show mRNA levels of immune check point genes, PD-1 and PD-l1 are lower in EKLF K74R mice in PB, CD3+ T cells and B220+ B cells. Again, the questions remain on how these genes are regulated by EKLF, and whether and at what levels EKLF protein is expressed in T cells and B cells relative to erythroid cells. Further, while the study they reference for EKLF's role in T cells is based on ectopic expression of EKLF in CD4+ T cells, in the current study, CD3+ T cells are used. Also, there are no references for the status of EKLF in B cells. These details are not discussed in the manuscript.

      Regarding this part of the questions and comments by the reviewer.

      First, we have since assayed the effect of the K74R substitution of EKLF on the in vitro cancer cell-killing ability of NK cells (termed NK1.1 cells in the previous version). The data showed that NK(K74R) cells have higher ability than the WT NK cells (new Fig. 6). This property together with the higher expression level of NK(K74R) cells in 24 month-old Eklf (K74R) mice than NK cells in 24 month-old WT mice would contribute to the higher tumor-resistance of the Eklf (K74R) mice. This point is also addressed on p. 8 andp.9.

      Second, as stated in previous sections, we have since carried out comparative Western blot analysis of the expression of EKLF protein in NK, CD3 T, and B cells of the WT and Eklf(K74R) mice, respectively (please see the new Fig. S4B). Also, description regarding what are known in literature in relation to our data on the expression of EKLF protein/ Eklf mRNA in different types of hematopoietic blood cells is now included in the Result (please see p.6 and p.7). Notably though, the level of EKLF protein in B cells was too low to be detected by WB (Fig. S4B).

      4) The authors perform comparative proteomics in the leukocytes of EKLF K74R and WT mice as shown in Figure S5. What is the status of EKLF levels in the mutant lysate vs wild type lysates based on this analysis? More clarity needs to be provided on what cells were used for this analysis and how they were isolated since leukocytes is a very broad term.

      The leukocytes used by us were isolated from the peripheral blood after removal of red blood cells, as described in the Materials and Methods.

      Also, the Western blot analysis of EKLF expression in the lysates of leukocytes/ white blood cells (WBC) has been shown previously, now presented in the new Figure S4A.

      5) In the discussion the authors make broad inferences that go beyond the data shown in the manuscript. They mention that the tumorigenesis resistance and long lifespan is most likely due to changes in transcription regulatory properties and changes in global gene expression profile of the mutant protein relative to WT leukocytes. And based on reduced mRNA levels of Pd-1 Pd-l1 genes in the CD3+ T cells and B220+ B cells from mutant mice, they "assert" that EKLF is an upstream regulator of these genes and regulates the transcriptomes of a diverse range of hematopoietic cells. The lack of a ChIP assay to show binding of WT EKLF on genes in these cells and whether this binding is reduced or abolished in the mutant cells, make the above statements unsubstantiated.

      We have since carried out ChIP-PCR analysis of EKLF-binding in the Pd-1 promoter (new Fig. S5). The data showed that EKLF was bound on the CACCC box at -103 of the promoter in WT CD3+T as well as in CD3+T(K74R) cells. This result is discussed on p.7.

      6) Where westerns are shown, the authors need to show the molecular weight ladder, and where qPCR data are shown for EKLF, it will be helpful to show the absolute levels and compare these levels to those in erythroid cells, along the corresponding EKLF knock out cells as controls.

      We have since included the molecular weight markers by the side of Western blots in Fig. S4. Also, we have added a new figure (Fig.S4C) showing the comparison of the expression levels of Eklf mRNA in B cells and CD3+ T cells to the mouse erythroleukemia (MEL) cells, as analyzed by RT-qPCR.

      Also, as indicated now in the Material and Methods section, the specificity of the primers used for RT-qPCR quantitation of mouse Eklf mRNA has been validated before by comparative analysis of wild type and EKLF-knockout mouse erythroid cells (Hung et al., IJMS, 2020).

      7) Figure S1D does not have a figure legend. Therefore, it is unclear what the blot in this figure is showing. In the text of the manuscript where they reference this figure, they mention that the levels of the mutant EKLF vs WT EKLF does not change in peripheral blood, while in the figure they have labeled WBCs for the blot, and the mRNA levels shown do seem to decrease in the mutant compared to WT peripheral blood.

      We apologize for this ignorance on our side. The data shown in the original Fig. SID (new Fig. S4A) are from Western blot analysis of EKLF protein and RT-qPCR analysis of Eklf mRNA in leukocytes/ white blood cells (WBC) isolated from the peripheral blood samples. We have now added back the figure legend and also rewritten the corresponding description in the text on p.6.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Hung et al provide a well-written manuscript focused on understanding how Eklf mutation confers anticancer and longevity advantages in vivo. The work is fundamental and the data is convincing although several details remain incompletely elucidated. The major strengths of the manuscript include the clarity of the effect and the appropriate controls. For instance, the authors query whether Eklf (K74R) imparts these advantages in a background, age, and gender dependent manner, demonstrating that the findings are independent. In addition, the authors demonstrate that the effect is not the consequence of the specific amino acid substitution, with a similar effect on anticancer activity. Furthermore, the authors provide some evidence that PD-1 and PDL-1 are altered in Eklf (K74R) mice.

      Here we thank the encouraging comments by this reviewer.

      Finally, they demonstrate that the effects are transferrable with BMT. Several weaknesses are also evidence. For instance, only melanoma is tested as a model of cancer such that a broad claim of "anti-cancer activity" may be somewhat of an overreach.

      We have now included new data showing that the Eklf(K74R) mice also carry a higher anti-cancer ability against hepatocellular carcinoma than the WT mice (new Fig. 1E).

      It is also unclear why a homozygous mutation is needed when only a small fraction of cells during BMT can confer benefit. It is also difficult to explain how transplanted donor Eklf (K74R) HSCs confer anti-melanoma effect 7 and 14 days after BMT.

      First, these two observations not necessarily conflict with each other. It is likely that homozygosity, but not heterozygosity, of the K74R substitution in EKLF allows one or more types of hematopoietic blood cells to gain new functions, e.g. the higher cancer cell- killing capability of NK(K74R) cells (new Fig. 6), that help the mice to live long and healthy. Also, the data in Fig. 2D indicated that as low as 20% of the blood cells carrying homozygous Eklf(K74R) alleles in the recipient mice upon BMT could be sufficient to confer the mice a higher anti-cancer capability, likely in part due to cells such as NK(K74R). These points are now clarified in Discussion (p.9 and p.10).

      Second, we think the NK(K74R) cells contributed a significant part to the anti-cancer capability of the transplanted Eklf(K74R) blood in the recipient WT mice. As documented in some literature, e.g. Ferreira et al., Journal of Molecular Medicine (2019), the hematopoietic lineage of the NK cells would be fully reconstituted as early as 2 weeks after BMT. Of course, there could be other still unknown factors/ cells that also contribute to the tumor-resistance of the recipient mice at 7 day following BMT. This point is now touched upon on p.8 and p.9.

      Furthermore, it would be useful to see whether there are virulence marker alterations in the melanoma loci in WT vs Eklf (K74R) mice.

      As responded in the Public Reviews, we will analyze this in future together with other types of tumors in a separate study.

      Finally, the data in Fig 4c is difficult to interpret as decreased PD-1 and PDL-1 after knockdown of EKLF in vitro is not a useful experiment to corroborate how mutation without changing EKLF expression impacts immune cells. The work is impactful as it provides evidence that healthspan and lifespan may be modulated by specific hematological mutation but the mechanism by which this occurs is not completely elucidated by this work.

      As described in a previous section, we have since also carried out ChIP-qPCR analysis of the binding of WT EKLF and EKLF (K74R) on the Pd-1 promoter (new Fig. S5).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors present interesting melanoma model data but need to tone down their claim of multiple effects of their model system. It needs to be clear what is new and what is previously known.

      As respond in the Public Reviews, we have since added new data on the tumor resistance of the Eklf(K74R) mice to hepatocellular carcinoma (new Fig. 1E). We have also modified the title as well as highlighted the novel points in the Abstract and text of the revised draft.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In addition to the major concerns listed in the public review, the minor concerns that the authors could address are listed below:

      1) Will be helpful to describe why was the pulmonary melanoma focus assay chosen for metastasis assay?

      We now describe on p. 4 the rationale behind the initial choice of this assay for analysis of the anti-cancer capability of the Eklf(K74R) mice. Also, we have since included data from experiment using the subcutaneous cancer cell inoculation assay for comparative analysis of the anti-hepatocellular carcinoma capability of Eklf(K74R) and WT mice (Fig. 1E and p.5).

      2) Reference #61 for B16-F10-luc cells cited in the methods does not have details on the generation of these cells. What these cells are and why this model was chosen needs to be described.

      Sorry about not providing this information before. We now describe the generation of B16F10-luc cells in the Material and Methods section (p.13). The rationale of choosing the B16-F10 cells for the pulmonary lung foci assay is also added on p.4.

      3) The DNA binding consensus site for EKLF needs to be expanded in the introduction.

      This part has been taken care of now on p.13.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Hung et al provide a well-written manuscript focused on understanding how Eklf mutation confers anticancer and longevity advantages in vivo. The work is fundamental and the data is convincing although several details remain incompletely elucidated.

      1) Only melanoma is tested as a model of cancer such that a broad claim of "anti-cancer activity" may be somewhat of an overreach. The authors, therefore, need to provide evidence of a second type of malignancy to which Eklf mutation confers anticancer and longevity advantages or temper the claims in the discussion that the effect still needs to be tested in non-melanoma cancer models to determine the broad anti-cancer effect.

      As responded in the Public Reviews, we have since shown that Eklf(K74R) mice also exhibited a higher resistance to the carcinogenesis of hepatocellular carcinoma (new Fig. 1E).

      2) Why is a homozygous mutation needed when only a small fraction of cells during BMT can confer benefit of Eklf mutation? Is there evidence that the cellular effect is binary but only a few such cells are needed? This is confusing and requires further clarification.

      As responded in the Public Reviews, these two observations not necessarily conflict with each other. It is likely that homozygosity, but not heterozygosity, of the K74R substitution in EKLF allows one or more types of hematopoietic blood cells to gain new functions, e.g. the higher cancer cell- killing capability of NK(K74R) cells (new Fig. 6), that help the mice to live long and healthy. Also, the data in Fig. 2D indicated that as low as 20% of the blood cells carrying homozygous Eklf(K74R) alleles in the recipient mice upon BMT could be sufficient to confer the mice a higher anti-cancer capability, likely in part due to cells such as NK(K74R). This point is now clarified in Discussion (p.9).

      3) BMT typically requires at least 3-4 weeks to reconstitute the marrow compartment but the authors are able to see effects of Eklf mutation as early as 7 days following BMT. This is surprising and brings into question the mechanism of effect.

      As responded in the Public Reviews, we think the NK(K74R) cells contributed a significant part to the anti-cancer capability of the transplanted Eklf(K74R) blood in the recipient WT mice. As documented in some literature, e.g. Ferreira et al., Journal of Molecular Medicine (2019), the hematopoietic lineage of the NK cells would be fully reconstituted as early as 2 weeks after BMT. Of course, there could be other still unknown factors/ cells that also contribute to the tumor-resistance of the recipient mice at 7 day following BMT (please see discussion of this point on p. 9).

      4) It would be useful to see whether there are virulence marker alterations in the melanoma loci in WT vs Eklf (K74R) mice.

      As responded in the Public Reviews, we will analyze this in future together with other types of tumors in a separate study.

      5) The data in Fig 4c is difficult to interpret as decreased PD-1 and PDL-1 after knockdown of EKLF in vitro is not a useful experiment to corroborate how mutation WITHOUT changing EKLF expression impacts immune cells.

      Indeed, the RNAi knockdown experiment only demonstrated a positive regulatory role of EKLF in Pd1/Pd-l1 gene expression. We have followed the reviewer’s suggestion and carried out ChIP-qPCR analysis and shown that the factor is bound on the Pd-1 promoter in both WT CD3+T cells and CD3+T(K74R) cells (new Fig. S5). We briefly discuss these data on p.7 in relation to the possible effect of K74R substitution of EKLF on Pd-1 expression.

      We have now further clarified this point on p. 7.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Congratulations on the very nice structure! In my opinion, which you can feel free to take or leave, this would work better as a short report focused on the improvement of the structure relative to the current published model. To my mind, while the functional and dimerization studies are supportive of the cryo-EM studies (specifically, the purified protein is functional, and does tend to dimerize in various membrane mimetics), these experiments don't provide a lot of new mechanistic insight on their own. The dimerization, in particular, could be developed further.

      Response: Thank you for the comments. We have chosen to stick with the current article format. That the protein is dimeric is exciting in our view and we are working to further define the functional significance of this formation.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Ln 48. Abstract. "highlighting feature of the complex interface" sounds a bit vague. I was wondering if the authors considered including more specific findings here.

      Response: This sentence has been removed.

      Ln 149 and elsewhere. The authors refer to the previously published structure of HiSiaQM as "low resolution". It may just be me and likely not the intention of the authors, but this comes across as an attempt to diminish the validity of this previous work from another group, which is not necessary. I would recommend rewording these parts slightly, even if it is just to say "lower resolution" instead of "low resolution".

      Response: It was not our intention to diminish the excellent work published by another group, we have changed “low resolution” to “lower resolution” throughout.

      Ln 160. The authors state that the inward-open conformation is likely "the resting state of the transporter". I think this statement should be modified slightly to acknowledge that this is only true under these conditions, i.e. in the absence of the bilayer, membrane potential and chemical gradients.

      Response: We have edited this as follows “That we observe the inward-open conformation without either a bound P-subunit or fiducial marker, suggests that this is the resting state of the transporter under experimental conditions (in the absence of a membrane bilayer, membrane potential and chemical gradients).”

      Ln 202. I'm not convinced that the use of the word "probable" is appropriate here; "possible" would likely fit better in the absence of compelling evidence that this dimer forms in a bacterial cell membrane with physiological levels of HiSiaQM expression.

      Response: We have changed “probable” to “possible”.

      The authors show an SEC trace for DDM solubilised protein, which is a single peak, whereas the LMNG extracted protein has 2 distinctly different elution profiles depending on the LMNG concentration. Was the same phenomenon observed when varying the DDM concentration?

      Response: We observed significantly more aggregation with DDM than L-MNG, so it was infrequently used and considerably less well characterised. In one purification, moderately higher DDM shifted the elution peak to be slightly later but retained a similar profile. Overall, we did not observe the same phenomenon of distinctly different elution profiles with DDM, but we have limited data.

      Ln 245. The two positions cited as important for the elevator-type mechanism are the fusion helix and the dimer interface. However, there is no evidence that the dimer interface observed in this work has any relevance to the transport mechanism. To make this statement, the interface would need to be disrupted and the effects on transport evaluated.

      Response: This has been edited as follows. “Evident in our cryo-EM maps are well-defined phospholipid densities associated with areas of HiSiaQM that may be important for the function of an elevator-type mechanism (Figure 4), but require further testing.”

      Ln 257. The authors state that the lipids form "specific and strong interactions" with the protein, but without knowing the identity of the lipids present, it is difficult to say anything about the specificity of this interaction. I think the authors could consider rewording this. Response: We have edited this by removing the term “specific” and describing the lipid interactions only as strong interactions.

      Ln 270. The authors identify a lipid-binding site and residues that likely interact with the headgroup. It would be interesting if the authors could speculate on the purpose of this lipid binding site and how it could affect transport. The residues are not conserved, which the authors suggest reflects the variety of lipid compositions in different bacteria. Are the authors suggesting that this lipid binding site is a general feature for all fused TRAP transporters and that the identity of the lipid changes depending on the species?

      Response: Yes, we speculate that the lipid binding site may be a general feature for fused TRAP transporters. We have added speculation about this binding site, specifically that “the fusion helix and concomitant lipid molecule may provide a more structurally rigid scaffold than a Q-M heterodimer, i.e., PpSiaQM, although how this impacts the elevator transition requires further testing” at Line 283.

      Though we believe that a binding pocket is likely found in a number of fused TRAPs (based on sequence and Alphafold predictions, e.g., FnSiaQM and AaSiaQM), we have now acknowledged that some fusions may not necessarily bind a lipid molecule here, by stating “While this binding pocket is likely found in a number of fused TRAPs (based on sequence predictions, e.g., FnSiaQM and AaSiaQM in Supplementary Figure 8), it is not clear whether they also bind lipids here without experimental data” at Line 290.

      Ln 306. The authors state that the HiSiaPQM has a 10-fold higher transport activity than PpSiaPQM. Unless the transport assays were performed in parallel (to mitigate small changes in experimental set-up) and the reconstitution efficiency for each proteoliposome preparation was carefully analysed, it is very difficult for this to be a meaningful comparison. Even if the amount of protein incorporated into the proteoliposomes is quantified (e.g. by evaluating protein band intensity when the proteoliposomes are analysed using SDS-PAGE), this does not account for an inactive protein that was incorporated, nor the proportion of the protein that was incorporated in the inside-out orientation, which would be functionally silent in these assays. I'm not suggesting these assays actually need to be performed, but I think the text should be modified to reflect what can actually be compared.

      Response: We agree with the reviewer that a meaningful comparison is difficult to make without a careful analysis of the reconstitution efficiency and have modified the text to reflect this. We have altered the paragraph beginning at Line 319 to the following: “The fused HiSiaPQM system appears to have a higher transport activity than the non-fused PpSiaPQM system. With the same experimental setup used for PpSiaPQM (5 M Neu5Ac, 50 M SiaP) (33), the accumulation of [3H]-Neu5Ac by the fused HiSiaPQM is ~10-fold greater. Although this difference may reflect the reconstitution efficiency of each proteoliposome preparation, it is possible that it has evolved as a result of the origins of each transporter system—P. profundum is a deep-sea bacterium and as such the transporter is required to be functional at low temperatures and high pressures… ”

      Ln 335. "S298A did not show an effect on growth when mutated to alanine previously." Suggest changing "S298A" here to "S298".

      Response: This has been changed.

      Ln 340. In addition to PpSiaQM, the large cavity was also presumably observed in the lower resolution structure of HiSiaQM?

      Response: The cavity is detectable in the lower resolution structure (7qe5), though very poorly defined by the density. Furthermore, the AlphaFold model fitted to this density has positioned sidechains inside the cavity, which we consider very likely to be an error (in comparison to our structures, VcINDY and our estimates of the volume required to house sialic acid). The cavity is generally much better defined by the structures we have referenced.

      Ln 345. Reference missing after "previously reported"? Response: This has been added. Measuring the affinity for the P-to-QM interaction is very useful, but it would have enhanced the study if some of the residues identified as important for this interaction (detailed on p.13) had been tested for their contributions to binding using this approach.

      Response: We do aim to perform this assay with these mutants in the future, but are also developing parallel assays to further test this interaction in different membrane mimetics.

      Ln 436. As stated previously, it is more accurate to say that "this is the most stable conformation" under these conditions.

      Response: We have edited this to say “The ‘elevator down’ (inward-facing) conformation is preferred in experimental conditions”. We have also changed the last sentence of this paragraph to say “However, the dimeric structures we have presented have no other proteins bound, yet exist stably in the elevator down state, suggesting this is the most stable conformation in experimental conditions, where there is no membrane bilayer, membrane potential, or chemical gradient present.”

      Ln 438. "Lipids associated with HiSiaQM are structurally and mechanistically important." This conclusion is not supported by the data presented; there is no evidence that the bound lipids influence the mechanism at all. The lipids observed are certainly interestingly placed and one could speculate about their relevance, but this statement of fact is not supported. Therefore, their importance to the mechanism needs to be tested or this conclusion needs to be substantially softened.

      Response: We have softened this statement by changing it to “Lipids have strong interactions with HiSiaQM and are likely to be important for the transport mechanism.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The fact that HiSiaQM samples consist of a mixture of compact monomer and dimer is clear, from Fig. S5 and S6. However, the analysis displayed in Fig 3 and Fig S4 would require more explanation. To my understanding, it requires the values of the sedimentation and diffusion coefficients. It could be good to provide the experimental values of D, and explain a little more about the method in the material and method section.

      Response: Yes, the analysis requires the experimental diffusion coefficients. These have been added to the Figure 3 and S4 legends and more detail has been added to the method section.

      In addition, I am puzzled when reading, in the legend of Fig 3, considerations that peak 2 could not correspond to a monomer or trimer: do these sentences correspond to other mathematical solutions, or is a given frictional ratio considered, or do they refer to Fig. S5 analysis?

      We can see where this confusion could arise from. These sentences do not correspond to a given frictional ratio or the Fig. S5 analysis (this is a separate, complementary analysis). For peak 2 not existing as a monomer is strictly a physical justification – with pure protein and an observed peak smaller than peak 2, a monomer is not possible for peak 2. For peak 2 not existing as a trimer is a mathematical solution using the s and D coefficients. The solutions identify that an unreasonably low amount of detergent would be bound to a trimer (32 molecules for L-MNG or 0 for DDM) to exist at those s and D values so we have ruled the trimer out. Reassuringly, the complementary analysis in Fig. S5/S6 agrees with the monomer-dimer outputs from the s and D analysis. We have adjusted the text in the legends of Fig. 3 and S4 to better convey these points.

    1. Author Response

      eLife assessment

      This useful study uses a mouse model of pancreatic cancer to examine mitochondrial mass and structure in atrophying muscle along with aspects of mitochondrial metabolism in the same tissue. Most relevant are the solid transcriptomics and proteomics approaches to map out related changes in gene expression networks in muscle during cancer cachexia.

      Response: We very much appreciate the positive feedback from the editors on our article and are delighted to have it published in eLife. Our sincere thanks to the Reviewers for their positive feedback on our work, and for their insightful and constructive comments.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This important study provides a comprehensive evaluation of skeletal muscle mitochondrial function and remodeling in a genetically engineered mouse model of pancreatic cancer cachexia. The study builds upon and extends previous findings that implicate mitochondrial defects in the pathophysiology of cancer cachexia. The authors demonstrate that while the total quantity of mitochondria from skeletal muscles of mice with pancreatic cancer cachexia is similar to controls, mitochondria were elongated with disorganized cristae, and had reduced oxidative capacity. The mitochondrial dysfunction was not associated with exercise-induced metabolic stress (insufficient ATP production), suggesting compensation by glycolysis or other metabolic pathways. However, mitochondrial dysfunction can lead to increased production of ROS/oxidative stress and would be expected to interfere with carbohydrate and lipid metabolism, events that are linked to cancer-induced muscle loss. The data are convincing and were collected and analyzed using state-of-the-art techniques, with unbiased proteomics and transcriptomics analyses supporting most of their conclusions.

      Additional Strengths:

      The authors utilize a genetically engineered mouse model of pancreatic cancer which recapitulates key aspects of human PDAC including the development of cachexia, making the model highly appropriate and translational.

      The authors perform transcriptomic and proteomics analyses on the same tissue, providing a comprehensive analysis of the transcriptional networks and protein networks changed in the context of PDAC cachexia.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors refer to skeletal muscle wasting induced by PDAC as sarcopenia. However, the term sarcopenia is typically reserved for the loss of skeletal muscle mass associated with aging.

      Response: We agree that the term sarcopenia initially refers to aged muscle, but its use has spread to other fields, including oncology (for example, in this article, which we quote: Mintziras I et al. Sarcopenia and sarcopenic obesity are significantly associated with poorer overall survival in patients with pancreatic cancer: Systematic review and meta-analysis. Int J Surg 2018;59:19-26). Actually, the term sarcopenia is now widely used in the literature and in the clinic to describe the loss of muscle mass and strength in cancer patients (see for example, this recent review: Papadopetraki A. et al. The Role of Exercise in Cancer-Related Sarcopenia and Sarcopenic Obesity. Cancers 2023;15;5856).

      In Figure 2, the MuRF1 IHC staining appears localized to the extracellular space surrounding blood vessels and myofibers-which causes concern as to the specificity of the antibody staining. MuRF1, as a muscle-specific E3 ubiquitin ligase that degrades myofibrillar proteins, would be expected to be expressed in the cytosol of muscle fibers.

      Response: We agree that MuRF1 IHC staining was also observed in the extracellular space, which was a surprise, for which we have no explanation to date.

      Disruptions to skeletal muscle metabolism in PDAC mice are predicted based on mitochondrial dysfunction and the transcriptomic and proteomics data. The manuscript could therefore be strengthened by additional measures looking at skeletal muscle metabolites, or linking the findings to previous work that has looked at the skeletal muscle metabolome in related models of PDAC cachexia (Neyroud et al., 2023).

      Response: We agree that our omics data could be strengthened by additional measures looking at skeletal muscle metabolites. It's an excellent suggestion to parallel the transcriptomic and proteomic data we obtained on the gastrocnemius muscle with the metabolomic data obtained by Neyroud et al. on the same muscle. These authors used another mouse model of PDAC than our KIC GEMM model, namely the allograft model implanting KPC cells (derived from the pancreatic tumor of KPC mice, another PDAC GEMM model) into syngeneic recipient mice. They carried out a proteomic study on the tibialis anterior muscle and a metabolomic study on the gastrocnemius muscle. Proteomics data identified in particular a KPC-induced reduction in the relative abundance of proteins annotating to oxidative phosphorylation, consistently with our data showing reduced mitochondrial activity pathways. Metabolomic data showed reduced abundance of many amino acids as expected, and of intermediates of the mitochondrial TCA cycle (malate and fumarate) in KPC-atrophied muscle consistently with reduced mitochondrial metabolic pathways that we illustrated. In contrast, metabolites that were increased in abundance included those related to oxidative stress and redox homeostasis, which is not surprising regarding the profound oxidative stress affecting atrophied muscle. Finally, we noted in Neyroud's metabolomic data the dysregulation of certain lipids and nucleotides in atrophied muscle, which is very interesting to relate to our study describing alterations in lipid and nucleotide metabolic pathways.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The present work analyzed the mitochondrial function and bioenergetics in the context of cancer cachexia induced by pancreatic cancer (PDAC). The authors used the KIC transgenic mice that spontaneously develop PDAC within 9-11 weeks of age. They deeply characterize bioenergetics in living mice by magnetic resonance (MR) and mitochondrial function/morphology mainly by oxygraphy and imaging on ex vivo muscles. By MR they found that phosphocreatine resynthesis and maximal oxidative capacity were reduced in the gastrocnemius muscle of tumor-bearing mice during the recovery phase after 6 minutes of 1 Hz electrical stimulation while pH was reduced in muscle during the stimulation time. By oxygraphy, the authors showed a decrease in basal respiration, proton leak, and maximal respiration in tumor-bearing mice that was associated with the decrease of complex I, II, and IV activity, a reduction of OXPHOS proteins, mitochondrial mass, mtDNA, and to several morphological alterations of mitochondrial shape. The authors performed transcriptomic and proteomic analyses to get insights into mitochondrial defects in the muscles of PDAC mice. By IPA analyses on transcriptomics, they found an increase in the signature of protein degradation, atrophy, and glycolysis and a downregulation of muscle function. Focusing on mitochondria they showed a downregulation mainly in OXPHOS, TCA cycle, and mitochondrial dynamics genes and upregulation of glycolysis, ROS defense, mitophagy, and amino acid metabolism. IPA analysis on proteomics revealed major changes in muscle contraction and metabolic pathways related to lipids, protein, nucleotide, and DNA metabolism. Focusing on mitochondria, the protein changes mainly were related to OXPHOS, TCA cycle, translation, and amino acid metabolism.

      The major strength of the paper is the bioenergetics and mitochondrial characterization associated with the transcriptomic and proteomic analyses in PDAC mice that confirmed some published data of mitochondrial dysfunction but underlined some novel metabolic insights such as nucleotide metabolism.

      There are minor weaknesses related to some analyses on mitochondrial proteins and to the fact that proteomic and transcriptomic comparison may be problematic in catabolic conditions because some gene expression is required to maintain or re-establish enzymes/proteins that are destroyed by the proteolytic systems (including the autophagy proteins and ubiquitin ligases). The authors should consider the following points.

      Point 1. The authors used the name sarcopenia as synonymous with muscle atrophy. However, sarcopenia clearly defines the disease state (disease code: ICD-10-CM (M62.84)) of excessive muscle loss and force drop during ageing (Ref: Anker SD et al. J Cachexia Sarcopenia Muscle 2016 Dec;7(5):512-514.). Therefore, the word sarcopenia must be used only when pathological age-related muscle loss is the subject of study. Sarcopenia can be present in cancer patients who also experience cachexia, however since the age of tumor-bearing mice in this study is 7-9 weeks old, the authors should refrain from using sarcopenia and instead replace it with the words muscle atrophy/ muscle wasting/muscle loss.

      Response: This issue has also been raised by the Reviewer #1. We agree that the term sarcopenia historically refers to aged muscle, but it is also used in oncology (for example, in this article, which we quote: Mintziras I et al. Sarcopenia and sarcopenic obesity are significantly associated with poorer overall survival in patients with pancreatic cancer: Systematic review and meta-analysis. Int J Surg 2018;59:19-26). Actually, the term sarcopenia is now widely used in the literature and in the clinic to describe the loss of muscle mass and strength in cancer patients (see for example, this recent review: Papadopetraki A. et al. The Role of Exercise in Cancer-Related Sarcopenia and Sarcopenic Obesity. Cancers 2023;15;5856).

      Point 2. Most of the analyses of mitochondrial function are appropriate. However, the methodological approach to determining mitochondrial fusion and fission machinery shown in Fig. 5F is wrong. The correct way is to normalize the OPA1, MFn1/2 on mitochondrial proteins such as VDAC/porin. In fact, by loading the same amount of total protein (see actin in panel 5F) the difference between a normal and a muscle with enhanced protein breakdown is lost. In fact, we should expect a decrease in actin level in tumor-bearing mice with muscle atrophy while the blots clearly show the same level due to the normalization of protein content. Moreover, by loading the same amount of proteins in the gel, the atrophying muscle lysates become enriched in the proteins/organelles that are less affected by the proteolysis resulting in an artefactual increase. The correct way should be to lyse the whole muscle of control and tumor-bearing mice in an identical volume and to load in western blot the same volume between control cachectic muscles. Alternatively, the relative abundance of mitochondrial shaping proteins related to mitochondrial transmembrane or matrix proteins (mito mass) should compensate for the loading normalization. Because the authors showed elongated mitochondria despite mitophagy genes being up, fragmentation may be altered. Moreover, DNM1l gene is suppressed and therefore DRP1 protein must be analyzed. Finally, OPA 1 protein has different isoforms due to the action of proteases like OMA1, and YME1L that elicit different functions being the long one pro-fusion while the short ones do not. The authors must quantify the long and short isoforms of OPA1.

      Response: We acknowledge that our analysis of a minor set of proteins involved in mitochondrial dynamics by Western blotting (Figure 5F) is basic and could have been improved. We thank the Reviewer for all the suggestions, which will be very useful in future projects studying the subject in greater depth and according to the molecular characteristics of each player in mitochondrial fusion, fission, mitophagy and biogenesis.

      Point 3. The comparison of proteomic and transcriptomic profiles to identify concordance or not is problematic when atrophy programs are induced. In fact, most of the transcriptional-dependent upregulation is to preserve/maintain/reestablish enzymes that are consumed during enhanced protein breakdown. For instance, the ubiquitin ligases when activated undergo autoubiquitination and proteasome degradation. The same happens for several autophagy-related genes belonging to the conjugation system (LC3, Gabarap), the cargo recognition pathways (e.g. Ubiquitin, p62/SQSTM1) and the selective autophagy system (e.g. BNIP3, PINK/PARKIN) and metabolic enzymes (e.g. GAPDH, lipin). Finally, in case identical amounts of proteins have been loaded in mass spec the issues rise in point 2 of selective enrichment should be considered. Therefore, when comparing proteomic and transcriptomic these issues should be considered in discussion.

      Response: We fully agree with the Reviewer that seeking concordance between transcriptomic and proteomic data in the case of an organ affected by a high level of proteolysis is a difficult business. Another major difficulty we discussed in the Discussion section of the article is the fact that there is no concordance between RNA and protein level for a good proportion of proteins, for multiple reasons, so each level of omics has to be interpreted independently to give information on the pathophysiology of the organ studied.

    1. Author Response

      We thank the editors and reviewers for taking the time to provide a critical assessment of our manuscript. We are delighted our work was found to have merit, and will revise the manuscript based on their valuable input.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for The Authors):

      Major comments:

      1) The immunolabeling data in Figure S4 shows no change in puncta number but reduced puncta size in Kit KO. sIPSC data show reduced frequency but little change in amplitude. These data would seem contradictory in that one suggests reduced synaptic strength, but not number, and the other suggests reduced synapse number, but not strength. How do the authors reconcile these results?

      Regarding the synaptic puncta, In Kit KO (or KL KO), we have not detected an overt reduction in the average VGAT/Gephyrin/Calbindin positive puncta density or puncta size per animal. With respect to puncta size, only in the Kit KO condition, and only when individual puncta are assessed does this modest (~10%) difference in size become statistically significant. In the revision, we eliminate this figure and focus on the per animal averages.

      We interpret that the reduction in sIPSC and mIPSC frequency likely stems from a decreased proportion of functional synapse sites. The number of MLIs, their action potential generation, the density of synaptic puncta, and the ability of direct stimulation to evoke release and equivalent postsynaptic currents, are all similar in Control vs Kit KO. It is therefore feasible that a reduced frequency of postsynaptic inhibitory events is due to a reduced ability of MLI action potentials to invade the axon terminal, and/or an impaired ability for depolarization to drive (e.g. coordinated calcium flux) transmitter release. That is, while the number of MLIs and their synapses appear similar, the reduced mIPSC frequency suggests that there is a reduced proportion of, or probability that, Kit KO synapse sites that function properly.

      2) Related to point 1, it would be helpful to see immunolabeling data from Kit ligand KO mice? Do these show the same pattern of reduced puncta size but no change in number?

      Although we have not added a figure, we have now added experiments and a corresponding analysis in the manuscript. As we had previously for Kit KO, we now for KL KO conducted IHC for VGAT, Gephyrin, and Calbindin, and we analyzed triple-positive synaptic puncta in the molecular layer of Pcp2 Cre KL KO mice and Control (Pcp2 Cre negative, KL floxed homozygous) mice. We did not find a gross reduction in the average synaptic puncta size or density, or in the PSD-95 pinceau size. From this initial analysis, it appears that the presynaptic hypotrophy is more notable in the receptor than in the ligand knockout. We speculate that this is perhaps because the Kit receptor may have basal activity in the absence of Kit ligand, that Kit may serve a presynaptic scaffolding role that is lost in the receptor (but not the ligand) knockout, or simply that the embryonic timing of the Pax2 Cre vs Pcp2 Cre recombination events is more relevant to pinceaux development, especially as basket cells are born primarily prenatally.

      3) The data using KL overexpression in PC (figure 4E,F) are intriguing, but puzzling. The reduction in sIPSC frequency and amplitude in the control PC is much greater than seen in the Kit or KL KO. The interpretation of these data, "Thus, KL-Kit levels may not set the number of MLI:PC release sites, but may instead influence the proportion of synapses that are functional for neurotransmission (Figure 4G)" is not clear and the reasoning here should be explained in more detail, perhaps in the discussion.

      We have attempted to clarify this portion of the manuscript by eliminating the cartoon of the proposed model, and by revising and adding to the discussion. Either MLI Kit KO or PC KL KO seems to preserve the absolute number of MLI:PC anatomical synapse sites (IHC) but to reduce the proportion of those synapse that are contributing to neurotransmission (mIPSC). We speculate that sparse PC KL overexpression (OX) may either 1) weaken inhibition to surrounding control PCs by either diminishing KL OX PC to KL Control PC inhibition, and/or 2) act retrogradely through MLI Kit to potentiate MLI:MLI inhibition, reducing the MLI:PC inhibition at neighboring Control PCs.

      Minor comments:

      1) In the first sentence of the results, should "Figure 1A, B" be "Figure C, D"?

      Yes, corrected.

      2) The top of page 6 states "the mean mIPSC amplitude was ~10% greater in PC KL KO than in control", this does not appear to be the case in Figure 3E. control and KL KO look very similar here.

      In this portion of the text citing the modest 10% increase in mIPSC amplitude, we are referring to the average amplitude of all individual mIPSC events in the PC KL KO condition; in the figure referred to by the reviewer (3E), we are instead referring to the average of all mIPSC event amplitudes per KL KO PC. Because of the dramatic difference in sample size for individual events vs cells, this modest difference rises to statistical, if not biological, significance. We include this individual event analysis only to suggest that, since we in fact saw a slightly higher event amplitude in the KL KO condition, it is unlikely that a reduced amplitude would have been a technical reason that we detected a lower event frequency.

      3) Figure 3 D, duration, y-axis should be labelled "ms"

      Event duration is no longer graphed or referenced. This has been replaced with total inhibitory charge.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Methods:

      • Pax2-Cre line: embryonal Cre lines sometimes suffer from germline recombination. Was this evaluated, and if yes, how?

      The global loss of Kit signaling is incompatible with life, as seen from perinatal lethality in other Kit Ligand or Kit mutant mouse lines or other conditional approaches. Furthermore, a loss of Kit signaling in germ cells impedes fertility. Thus, while not explicitly ruled out, since conditional Pax2 Cre mediated Kit KO animals were born, survived, and produced offspring in normal ratios, we do not suspect that germline recombination was a major issue in this specific study.

      • Include rationale for using different virus types in different studies (AAV vs. Lenti).

      This rationale is now included and reflects the intention to achieve infection sparsity in the smaller and less dense tissue of perinatal mouse brains.

      • How, if at all, was blinding performed for histological and electrophysiological experiments?

      It was not possible for electrophysiology to be conducted blinded for the Kit KO experiments, owing to the subjects’ hypopigmentation. However, whenever feasible, resultant microscopy images or electrophysiological data sets were analyzed by Transnetyx Animal ID, and the genotypes unmasked after analysis.

      • Provide justification for limiting electrophysiology recordings to lobule IV/V and why MLIs in the middle third of the molecular layer were prioritized when inhibition of PCs is dominated by large IPSCs from basket cells. Why were 2 different internals used for recording IPSCs and EPSCs in PCs and MLIs? While that choice is justified for action potential recordings, it provides poor voltage control in PC voltage clamp. Both IPSCs and EPSCs could have been isolated pharmacologically using a CsCl internal.

      The rationale for regional focus has been added to the text. For MLI action potential recordings, we opted to sample the middle third of the molecular layer so that we would not be completely biased to either classic distal stellate vs proximal basket subtypes. It is our hope, in future optogenetic interrogations, to simultaneously record the dynamics of all MLI subtypes in a more unbiased way. With respect to internal solutions, we initially utilized a cesium chloride internal to maximize our ability to resolve differences in GABAA mediated currents, which was the hypothesis-driven focus of our study. While we agree that utilizing a single internal and changing the voltage clamp to arrive at per-cell analysis of Excitatory/Inhibitory input would have been most informative, our decision to utilize pharmacological methods was driven by our experience that achieving adequate voltage clamp across large Purkinje cells was often problematic, particularly in adult animals.

      Introduction:

      In the introduction, the authors state that inactivating Kit contributes to neurological dysfunction - their examples highlight neurological, psychiatric, and neurodevelopmental conditions.

      The language has been changed.

      General:

      Using violin plots illustrates the data distribution better than bar graphs/SEM.

      We have included violin plots throughout, and we have changed p values to numeric values, both in the interest of presenting the totality of the data more clearly.

      Synapses 'onto' PCs sounds more common than 'upon' PCs.

      We have changed the wording throughout.

      Figure 1:

      1F - there seems to be an antero-posterior gradient of Kit expression.

      Though not explicitly pursued in the manuscript, it is possible that such a gradient may reflect differences in the timing of the genesis and maturation of the cerebellum along the AP axis. Regional variability is however now briefly addressed as a motivator for focused studies within lobules IV/V.

      E doesn't show male/female ratios but only hypopigmentation.

      This language has been corrected.

      Figure 2 and associated supplementary figures:

      2A/B: The frequency of sIPSCs is very high in PCs, making the detection of single events challenging. How was this accomplished? Please add strategy to the methods.

      We have added methodological detail for electrophysiology analysis.

      How were multi-peak events detected and analyzed? 'Duration' is not specified - do the authors refer to kinetics? If so, report rise and decay. It is likely impossible to show individual aligned sIPSCs with averages superimposed, given that sIPSCs strongly overlap. Alternatively, since no clear baseline can be determined in between events, and therefore frequency, amplitude, and kinetics quantification is near-impossible, consider plotting inhibitory charge.

      Given the heterogeneity of events, we now do not refer to individual event kinetics. As suggested, we have now included an analysis of the total inhibitory charge transferred by all events during the recording epoch.

      S2: Specify how density, distribution, and ML thickness were determined in methods. How many animals/cells/lobules?

      For consistency with viral injections and electrophysiology, the immunohistochemical analysis was restricted to lobule IV/V. This is clearer in the revision and detail is added in the methods.

      S3:

      S3B: the labels of Capacitance and Input resistance are switched.

      This has been corrected.

      How were these parameters determined? Add to methods.

      Added

      In the previous figure the authors refer to 'frequency', in this figure to 'rate' - make consistent

      This has been corrected.

      D: example does not seem representative. Add amplitude of current pulse underneath traces.

      We added new traces from nearer the group means and we now include the current trace.

      F/G example traces (aligned individual events + average) are necessary.

      We added example traces near the relevant group means for each condition.

      Statement based on evoked IPCSs that 'synapses function normally' is a bit sweeping and can only be fully justified with paired recordings. Closer to the data would be the release probability of individual synapses is similar between control and Kit KO.

      Paired recordings in both Kit Ligand and Kit receptor conditional knockout conditions is indeed an informative aim of future studies should support permit. For now, we have clarified the language to be more in line with the reviewer’s welcome suggestion.

      S4:

      Histological strategy cannot unambiguously distinguish MLI-PC and PC-PC synapses. Consider adding this confound to the text.

      We have added this confound to the discussion.

      The observation that the pinceau is decreased in size could have important implications for ephaptic coupling of MLI and PC and could be mentioned.

      We agree and have added this notion to the discussion.

      Y-label is missing in B.

      Corrected.

      Figure 3 and associated supplementary figures:

      In the text, change PC-Cre to L7-Cre or Pcp2-Cre.

      Changed

      How do the authors explain a reduction in frequency, amplitude, and duration of sIPSCs in the KL KO but not in the Kit KO? Add to the discussion

      We now address this apparent discordance in the discussion. Pax2 Cre mediates recombination weeks ahead of Pcp2 Cre. We therefore suspect that postnatal PC KL KO may be more phenotypic than embryonic MLI Kit KO because there is less time for developmental compensation. A future evaluation of the impact of postnatal Kit KO would be informative to this end.

      As in Figure 2, plotting the charge might be more accurate.

      We now plot total charge transfer.

      Are the intrinsic properties in KL KO PCs altered? (Spontaneous firing, capacitance, input resistance).

      We have added to the text that we found no difference in capacitance or input resistance between Purkinje cells from KL floxed homozygous Control animals versus those from KL floxed homozygous, PCP2 Cre positive KL KO animals. We plan to characterize both basal and MLI modulated PC firing in a future manuscript, especially since Pcp2 Cre mediated KL KO seems more phenotypic than Pax2 Cre mediated Kit KO, we agree that this seems a better testbed for investigating differences in both the basal, and the MLI-mediated modulations in, PC firing.

      3D-F - Example traces would be desirable (see above, analogous to Fig. 2).

      More example traces have been added.

      Figure 4: 'In vivo mixtures' sounds unusual. Consider revision (e.g., 'to sparsely delete KL').

      Changed

      The observation that control PC sIPSC frequency is lower in KL OX PCs than in sham is interesting. This observation would be consistent with overall inhibitory synapse density being preserved. This could be evaluated with immunohistochemistry. For how far away from the injection area does this observation hold true?

      Because we have now analyzed and failed to find an overt (per animal average) change in synaptic puncta size or density in the whole animal Control vs PCP2 Cre mediated KL KO conditions, we do not have confidence that it is feasible to pursue this IHC strategy in the sparse viral-mediated KL KO or OX conditions. To the reviewer’s valid point however, we intend to probe the spatial extent/specificity of the sparse phenomenon when we are resourced to complement the KL/Kit manipulations with transgenic methods for evaluating MLI-PC synapses specifically, potentially by GRASP or related methods that would not be confounded by PC-PC synapses. Transgenic MLI access would also facilitate determining the spatial extent to which opto-genetically activated MLIs evoke equivalent responses in Control vs KL manipulated PCs.

      Y-legend in D clipped.

      Corrected

      Existing literature suggests that MLI inhibition regulates the regularity of PC firing - this could be tested in Kit and KL mutants.

      For now, based upon transgenic animal availability, we have now included an evaluation of PC firing in the (Pax2 Cre mediated) Kit KO condition. PC average firing frequency, mean ISI, and ISI CV2 were not significantly different across genotypes. A KS test of individual ISI durations for Control vs Kit KO did reveal a difference (p<0.0001). We have added a supplementary figure (S6) with this data. It is possible that in the more phenotypic PC KL KO condition that we may find a difference in these PC spiking patterns of PC firing, however, we are also eager to test in future studies whether postnatal KL or Kit KO impairs the ability of MLI activation to produce pauses or other alterations in PC firing or in PF-PC mediated plasticity.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Reference to Figure 1A in the Results section is slightly inaccurate. Kit gene modifications are illustrated in Figures 1A, B. Where Figure 1A shows Kit distribution. Please rephrase. Relatedly, the reference to Figs 1B - D are shifted in the results section, and 1E is skipped.

      We have changed the text.

      Please show cumulative histograms for frequency too for consistency with amplitude (e.g. Fig 2).

      We have instead, for reasons outlined by other reviewers, documented total charge transfer for both Kit KO and KL KO experiments where sIPSC events were analyzed.

      Fig S3: include example traces of PPR.

      This is now included.

      Include quantifications of GABAergic synapse density in Fig S4.

      This is now included.

      Include inset examples of KO in Fig S4A.

      This is now included.

      Add average puncta size graphs along Figure S4B. The effect apparent in the histogram of S4B is small and statistics using individual puncta as n values (in the 20,000s) therefore misleading.

      Per animal analysis is now instead included in the figure and text.

      Figure S4B y axis label blocked.

      Corrected

      Include quantification referenced in "As PSD95 immunoreactivity faithfully follows multiple markers of pinceaux size 40, we quantified PSD95 immunoreactive pinceau area and determined that pinceaux area was decreased by ~50% in Kit KO (n 26 Control vs 43 Kit KO, p<0.0001, two-tailed t-test)."

      We added a graph of per animal averages, instead of in text individual pinceau areas.

      Include antibody dilutions in the methods.

      Added.

      It's unclear from the text where the Mirow lab code comes from.

      Detail has now been added in text.

      Typo in methods "The Kit tm1c alle was bred...".

      Corrected

      Typo in Figure S4 legend "POSD-95 immuno-reactivity".

      Corrected

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      First of all, we'd like to thank the three reviewers for their meticulous work that enable us to present now an improved manuscript and substantial changes were made to the article following reviewers' and editors' recommendations. We read all their comments and suggestions very carefully. Apart from a few misunderstandings, all comments were very pertinent. We responded positively to almost all the comments and suggestions, and as a result, we have made extensive changes to the document and the figures. This manuscript now contains 16 principal figures and 15 figure supplements.

      The number of principal figures is now 16 (1 new figure), and additional panels have been added to certain figures. On the other hand, we have added 7 additional figures (supplement figures) to answer the reviewers' questions and/or comments.

      Main figures

      ▪ Figures 1, 4, 5, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14: unchanged ▪ Figure 7 and 8 were switched.

      ▪ Figure 2: we added panel F in response to reviewer 3's and request for sperm defect statistics

      ▪ Figure 3: the contrast in panel B has been taken over to homogenize colors

      ▪ Figure 6: This figure was recomposed. The WB on testicular extract was suppressed and we present a new WB allowing to compare the presence of CCDC146 in the flagella fraction. Using an anti-HA Ab, we demonstrate that the protein is localized in the flagella in epididymal sperm. Request of the 3 reviewers.

      ▪ Figure 7 (old 8): to avoid the issue of the non-specificity of secondary antibodies, we performed a new set of IF experiments using an HA Tag Alexa Fluor® 488-conjugated Antibody (anti-HA-AF488-C Ab) on WT and HA-CCDC146 sperm. These results are now presented in figure 7 panel A (new). The specificity of the signal obtained with the anti-HA-AF488-C Ab on mouse spermatozoa was evaluated by performing a statistical study of the density of dots in the principal piece of the flagellum from HA-CCDC146 and WT sperm. These results are now presented in figure 7 panel B (new). This study was carried out by analyzing 58 WT spermatozoa and 65 CCDC146 spermatozoa coming from 3 WT and 3 KI males. We found a highly significant difference, with a p-value <0.0001, showing that the signal obtained on spermatozoa expressing the tagged protein is highly specific. We have added a paragraph in the MM section to describe the process of image analysis. We finally present new images obtained by ExM showing no staining in the midpiece (figure 7C new). Altogether, these results demonstrate unequivocally the presence of the protein in the flagellum. Moreover, the WB was removed and is now presented in figure 6 (improved as requested).

      ▪ Figure 8. Was old figure 7

      ▪ Figure 9: figure 9 was recomposed and improved for increased clarity as suggested by reviewer 2 and 3.

      ▪ Figure 16 was before appendix 11

      Figure supplements and supplementary files

      ▪ Figure 1-Figure supplement 1 New. Sperm parameters of the 2 patients. requested by editor (remark #1) by the reviewer 1 (Note #3)

      ▪ Figure 2-Figure supplement 1 new. Sperm parameters of the line 2 (KO animals) requested by the reviewer 1 (Note #5)

      ▪ Figure 4-Figure supplement 1 New. Experiment to evaluate the specificity of the human CCDC146 antibody. Minimal revision request and reviewer 1 note #8

      ▪ Figure 6-Figure supplement 1 New. Figure recomposed; Asked by reviewer 2 note #4 and reviewer 3

      ▪ Figure 8-Figure supplement 1 New. We now provide new images to show the non-specific staining of the midpiece of human sperm by secondary Abs in ExM experiments; Asked by reviewer 2

      ▪ Figure 10-Figure supplement 1 New. We added new images to show the non-specific staining of the midpiece of mouse sperm by secondary Abs in IF (panel B). Rewiever 1 note #9 and reviewer 2 note #5

      ▪ Figure 12-Figure supplement 1 New. Control requested by reviewer 3 Note #23

      ▪ Figure 13-Figure supplement 1 New. We provide a graph and a statistical analysis demonstrating the increase of the length of the manchette in the Ccdc146 KO. Requested by editor and reviewer 3 Note 24

      ▪ Figure 15-Figure supplement 1 New. Control requested by reviewer 2. Minor comments

      ▪ Figure supplementary 1 New. Answer to question requested by reviewer 2 note #1

      All the reviewers' and editors’ comments have been answered (see our point to point response) and we resubmit what we believe to be a significantly improved manuscript. We strongly hope that we meet all your expectations and that our manuscript will be suitable for publication in "eLife". We look forward to your feedback,

      Point by point answer

      Please note that there has been active discussion of the manuscript and the summarize points below is the minimal revision request that the reviewers think the authors should address even under this new review model system. It was the reviewers' consensus that the manuscript is prepared with a lot of oversights - please see all the minor points to improve your manuscript.

      All minimal revision requests have been addressed

      Minimal revision request

      1) Clinical report/evaluation of the two patients should be given as it was not described even in their previous study as well as full description of CCDC146.

      We provide now a new Figure 1-figure supplement 1 describing the patients sperm parameters

      2) Antibody specificity should be provided, especially given two of the reviewers were not convinced that the mid piece signal is non-specific as the authors claim. As both KO and KI model in their hands, this should be straightforward.

      To validate the specificity of the Antibody, we transfected HEK cells with a human DDK-tagged CCDC146 plasmid and performed a double immunostaining with a DDK antibody and the CCDC146 antibody. We show that both staining are superimposable, strongly suggesting that the CCDC146 Ab specifically target CCDC146. This experiment is now presented in Figure 4-Figure supplement 1. Next, to avoid the issue of the non-specificity of secondary antibodies, we performed a new set of IF experiments using an HA Tag Alexa Fluor® 488-conjugated Antibody (anti-HA-AF488-C Ab) on WT and HA-CCDC146 sperm. These results are now presented in figure 7 panel A (new). The specificity of the signal obtained with the anti-HA-AF488-C Ab on mouse spermatozoa was evaluated by performing a statistical study of the density of dots in the principal piece of the flagellum from HA-CCDC146 and WT sperm. These results are now presented in figure 7 panel B (new). This study was carried out by analyzing 58 WT spermatozoa and 65 CCDC146 spermatozoa coming from 3 WT and 3 KI males. We found a highly significant difference, with a p-value <0.0001, showing that the signal obtained on spermatozoa expressing the tagged protein is highly specific. We have added a paragraph in the MM section to describe the process of image analysis. We finally present new images obtained by ExM showing no staining in the midpiece (figure 7C new). Altogether, these results demonstrate unequivocally the presence of the protein in the flagellum.

      3) The authors should improve statistical analysis to support their experimental results for the reader can make fair assessment. Combined with clear demonstration of ab specificity, this lack of statistical analysis with very few sample number is a major driver of dampening enthusiasm towards the current study.

      Several statistical analyses were carried out and are now included:

      1) distribution of the HA signal in mouse sperm cells (see point 2 Figure 7 panel B)

      2) quantification and statistical analyses of the defect observed in Ccdc146 KO sperm (figure 2 panel E)

      3) Quantification and statistical analyses of the length of the manchette in spermatids 13-15 steps (Figure 13-Figure supplement 1 new)

      4) The authors need to clarify (peri-centriolar vs. centriole)

      In figure 4A, we have clearly shown that the protein colocalizes with centrin, a centriolar core protein in somatic cells. This colocalization strongly suggests that CCDC146 is therefore a centriolar protein, and this is now clearly indicated lines 211-212. However, its localization is not restricted to the centrioles and a clear staining was also observed in the pericentriolar material (PCM). The presence of a protein in PCM and centriole was already described, and the best example is maybe gamma-tubulin (PMID: 8749391).

      or tone down (CCDC146 to be a MIP) of their claim/description.

      Concerning its localization in sperm, we agree with the reviewer that our demonstration that CCDC146 is MIP would deserve more results. Because of that, we have toned down the MIP hypothesis throughout the manuscript. See lines 491495

      Testis-specific expression of CCDC146 as it is not consistent with their data.

      We have also modified our claim concerning the testis-expression of CCDC146. Line 176

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major comments

      1) As described in general comments, this study limits how the CCDC146 deficiency impairs abnormal centriole and manchette formation. The authors should explain their relationship in developing germ cells.

      In fact, there are limited information about the relationship between the manchette and the centriole. However, few articles have highlighted that both organelles share molecular components. For instance, WDR62 is required for centriole duplication in spermatogenesis and manchette removal in spermiogenesis (Commun Biol. 2021; 4: 645. doi: 10.1038/s42003-021-02171-5). Another study demonstrates that CCDC42 localizes to the manchette, the connecting piece and the tail (Front. Cell Dev. Biol. 2019 https://doi.org/10.3389/fcell.2019.00151). These articles underline that centrosomal proteins are involved in manchette formation and removal during spermiogenesis and support our results showing the impact of CCDC146 lack on centriole and manchette biogenesis. This information is now discussed. See lines 596-603

      2) The authors generated knock-in mouse model. If then, are the transgene can rescue the MMAF phenotype in CCDC146-null mice? This reviewer strongly suggest to test this part to clearly support the pathogenicity by CCDC146.

      We indeed wrote that we created a “transgenic mice”, which was misleading. We actually created a CCDC16 knock-in expressing a tagged-protein. The strain was actually made by CRISPR-Cas9 and a sequence coding for the HA-tag was inserted just before the first amino acid in exon 2, leading to the translation of an endogenous HA-tagged CCDC146 protein. We have removed the word transgenic from the text and made changes accordingly (see lines 250-253). We can therefore not use this strain to rescue the MMAF phenotype as suggested by the reviewer.

      3) Although the authors cite the previous study (Coutton et al., 2019), the study does not describe any information for CCDC146 and clinical information for the patients. The authors must show the results for clinical analysis to clarify the attended patients are MMAF patients without other phenotypic defects.

      We have now inserted a table, indicating all sperm parameters for the patients harboring a mutation in the CCDC146 gene (Figure 1-Figure supplement 1) and is now indicated lines 159-160

      4) The authors describe CCDC146 expression is dominant in testes, However, the level in testis is only moderate in human (Supp Figure 1). Thus, this description is not suitable.

      In Figure 1-figure supplement 2 (old FigS1), the median of expression in testis is around 12 in human, a value considered as high expression by the analysis software from Genevestigator. However, for mouse, it is true that the level of expression is medium. We assumed that reviewer’s comment concerned testis expression in mouse. To take into account this remark, we changed the text accordingly. See line 176.

      5) Although the authors mentioned that two mice lines are generated, only one line information is provided. Authors must include information for another line and provide basic characterization results to support the shared phenotype within the lines.

      We now provide a revised Figure 2-figure supplement 1CD, presenting the second line and the corresponding text in the main text is found lines 178-183.

      6) In somatic cells, the CCDC146 localizes at both peri-centriole and microtubule but its intracellular localization in sperm is distinguished. The authors should explain this discrepancy.

      The multi-localization of a centriolar protein is already discussed in detail in discussion lines 520-526. We have written:

      “Despite its broad cellular distribution, the association of CCDC146 with tubulin-dependent structures is remarkable. However, centrosomal and axonemal localizations in somatic and germ cells, respectively, have also been reported for CFAP58 [37, 55], thus the re-use of centrosomal proteins in the sperm flagellar axoneme is not unheard of. In addition, 80% of all proteins identified as centrosomal are found in multiple localizations (https://www.proteinatlas.org/humanproteome/subcellular/centrosome). The ability of a protein to home to several locations depending on its cellular environment has been widely described, in particular for MAP. The different localizations are linked to the presence of distinct binding sites on the protein…. “

      7) Authors mention CCDC146 is a centriolar protein in the title and results subtitle. However, the description in results part depicts CCDC146 is a peri-centriolar protein, which makes confusion. Do the authors claim CCDC146 is centrosomal protein?

      In figure 4A, we have clearly shown that the protein colocalizes with centrin, a centriolar core protein. This colocalization strongly suggests that CCDC146 is therefore a centriolar protein in somatic cells, and is now clearly indicated lines 211-212. However, its localization is not restricted to the centrioles and a clear staining was also observed in the pericentriolar material (PCM). The presence of a protein in PCM and centriole was already described and the best example is maybe gamma-tubulin (PMID: 8749391).

      8) Verification of the antibody against CCDC146 must be performed and shown to support the observed signal are correct. 2nd antibody only signal is not proper negative control.

      It is a very important remark. The commercial antibody raised against human CCDC146 was validated in HEK293-cells expressing a DDK-tagged CCDC146 protein. Cells were co-marked with anti-DDK and anti-CCDC146 antibodies. We have a perfect colocalization of the staining. This experiment is now presented in Figure 4-figure supplement 1 and presented in the text (lines 206-208).

      9) In human sperm, conventional immunostaining reveals CCDC146 is detected from acrosome head and midpiece. However, in ExM, the signal at acrosome is not detected. How is this discrepancy explained? The major concern for the ExM could be physical (dimension) and biochemical (properties) distortion of the sample. Without clear positive and negative control, current conclusion is not clearly understood. Furthermore, it is unclear why the authors conclude the midpiece signal is non-specific. The authors must provide experimental evidence.

      Staining on acrosome should always be taken with caution in sperm. Indeed, numerous glycosylated proteins are present at the surface of the plasma membrane regarding the outer acrosomal membrane for sperm attachment and are responsible for numerous nonspecific staining. Moreover, this acrosomal staining was not observed in mouse sperm, strongly suggesting that it is not specific.

      Concerning the staining in the midpiece observed in both conventional and Expansion microscopy, it also seems to be nonspecific and associated with secondary Abs.

      For IF, we now provide new images showing clearly the nonspecific staining of the midpiece when secondary Ab were used alone (see Figure 10-figure supplement 1B).

      For ExM, we provide new images in Figure 8-figure supplement 1B (POC5 staining) showing a staining of the midpiece (likely mitochondria), although POC5 was never described to be present in the midpiece. Both experiments (CCDC146 and POC5 staining by ExM) shared the same secondary Ab and the midpiece signal was likely due to it.

      Moreover, we now provide new images (figure 7C) in ExM on mouse sperm showing no staining in the midpiece and demonstrating that the punctuated signal is present all along the flagellum. Finally, we would like to underline that we now provide new IF results, using an anti-HA conjugated with alexafluor 488 and confirming the ExM results.

      These points are now discussed lines 498-502 for acrosome and lines 503-511 for midpiece staining.

      10) For intracellular localization of the CCDC146 in mouse sperm, the authors should provide clear negative control using WT sperm which do not carry the transgene.

      This experiment was performed.

      To avoid the issue of the non-specificity of secondary antibodies, we performed a new set of IF experiments using an HA Tag Alexa Fluor® 488-conjugated Antibody (anti-HA-AF488-C Ab) on WT and HA-CCDC146 sperm. These results are now presented in figure 7 panel A (new). The specificity of the signal obtained with the anti-HA-AF488-C Ab on mouse spermatozoa was evaluated by performing a statistical study of the density of dots in the principal piece of the flagellum from HA-CCDC146 and WT sperm. These results are now presented in figure 7 panel B (new). This study was carried out by analyzing 58 WT spermatozoa and 65 CCDC146 spermatozoa coming from 3 WT and 3 KI males. We found a highly significant difference, with a p-value <0.0001, showing that the signal obtained on spermatozoa expressing the tagged protein is highly specific. We have added a paragraph in the MM section to describe the process of image analysis. We finally present new images obtained by ExM showing no staining in the midpiece (figure 7C new). Altogether, these results demonstrate unequivocally the presence of the protein in the flagellum.

      11) Current imaging data do not clearly support the intracellular localization of the CCDC146. Although western blot imaging reveal that CCDC146 is detected from sperm flagella, this is crude approach. Thus, this reviewer highly recommends the authors provide more clear experimental evidence, such as immuno EM.

      We provide now a WB comparing the presence of the protein in the flagellum and in the head fractions; see new figure 6. We show that CCDC146 is only present in the flagellum fraction; The detection of the band appeared very quickly at visualization and became very strong after few minutes, demonstrating that the protein is abundant in the flagella. It is important to note that epididymal sperm do not have centrioles and therefore this signal is not a centriolar signal. We also now provide new statistical analyses showing that the immuno-staining observed in the principal piece is very specific (Figure 7B). Altogether, these results demonstrate unequivocally the intracellular localization of CCDC146 in the flagellum. This point is now discussed lines 480-489

      12) Although sarkosyl is known to dissociate tubulin, it is not well understood and accepted that the enhanced detection of CCDC146 by the detergent indicates its microtubule inner space. Sperm axoneme to carry microtubule is also wrapped peri-axonemal components with structural proteins, which are even not well solubilized by high concentration of the ionic detergent like SDS.

      We agree with the reviewer that the solubilization of the protein by sarkozyl is not a proof of the presence of the protein inside microtubule. Taking into account this point, the MIP hypothesis was toned down and we now discuss alternative hypothesis concerning these results; See discussion lines 490-497

      13) SEM image is not suitable to explain internal structure (line 317-323).

      We agree with the reviewers and changes were made accordingly. See lines 354-357

      Minor comments

      1) In main text, supplementary figures are cited "Supp Figure". And the corresponding legends are written in "Appendix - Figure". Please unify them.

      Done Labelled now “Figure X-figure supplement Y”

      2) Line 159, "exon 9/19" is not clear.

      We have written now exons 9 and indicated earlier that the gene contains 19 exons

      3) Line 188, "positive cells" are vague.

      Positive was changed by “fluorescent”

      4) Representative TUNEL assay image for knockout testes were not shown in Supp Figure 3B.

      It was a mistake now Figure 2-figure supplement 2C

      5) Please provide full description for "IF" and "AB" when described first.

      Done

      6) Line 262, It is unclear what is "main piece".

      Changed to principal piece

      7) Line 340, Although the "stage" information might be applicable, this is information for "seminiferous tubule" rather than "spermatid". This reviewer suggests to provide step information rather than stage information.

      We agree with the reviewer that there was a confusion between “stage” and “step”. We change to step spermatids

      8) Line 342, Step 1 is not correct in here.

      OK corrected. now steps 13-15 spermatids

      9) Line 803, "C." is duplicated.

      Removed

      10) Figure 3A, it will be good to mark the defective nuclei which are described in figure legends.

      These cells are now indicated by white arrow heads

      11) Figure 5, Please provide what MT stands for.

      Now explained in the legend of figure 5

      12) Figure 6. Author requires clear blot images for C. In addition, Panel B information is not correct. If the blot was performed using HA antibody, then how "WT" lane shows bands rather than "HA" bands?

      The reviewer is correct. It was a mistake; The figure was recomposed and improved.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Overall, editing oversights are present throughout the manuscript, which has made the review process quite difficult. Some repetitive figures can be removed to streamline to grasp the overall story easier. Some claims are not fully supported by evidence that need to tone down. Some figures not referenced in the main text need to be mentioned at least once.

      All figures are now referenced in the text

      Major comments:

      1) 163-164 - Please clarify the claim that there is going to be an absence of the protein or nonfunctional protein, especially for the patient with a deletion that could generate a truncated protein at two third size of the full-length protein. Similarly, 35% of the protein level is present for the patient with a nonsense mutation. Some in silico structural analysis or analysis of conserved domains would be beneficial to support these claims.

      Both mutations are predicted to produce a premature stop codons: p.Arg362Ter and p.Arg704serfsTer7, leading either to the complete absence of the protein in case of non-sense mediated mRNA decay or to the production of a truncated protein missing almost two third or one fourth of the protein respectively. CCDC146 is very well conserved throughout evolution (Figure supplementary 1), including the 3’ end of the protein which contains a large coil-coil domain (Figure 1B). In view of the very high degree of conservation, it is most likely that the 3’ end of the protein, absent in both subjects, is critical for the CCDC146 function and hence that both mutations are deleterious. This explanation is now added to the discussion. see lines 439-448

      2) 173, 423 - Please clearly state a rationale of your mouse model design (i.e., why a mouse model that recapitulate human mutation is not generated) as the truncations identified in human patients are located further towards the C-terminus, and it is not clear whether truncated proteins are present, and if so, they could still be functional. Basically, the current mouse model supports the causality of the human mutations.

      This is an important question, which goes beyond the scope of this article, and raises the question of how to confirm the pathogenicity of mutations identified by high-throughput sequencing. The production of KO or KI animals is an important tool to help confirm one’ suspicions but the first element to take into consideration is the nature of the genetic data.

      Here we had two patients with homozygous truncating variants. In human, it is well established that the presence of premature stop codons usually induces non-sense mediated mRNA decay (NMD), inducing the complete absence of the protein or a strong reduction in protein production. In the unlikely absence of NMD in our two patients, the identified variants would induce the production of proteins missing 60% and 30% of their C terminal part. Often (and it is particularly true for structural proteins) the production of abnormal proteins is more deleterious than the complete absence of the protein (and it is most likely the purpose of NMD, to limit the production of abnormal “toxic” proteins). For these reasons, to try to recapitulate the most likely consequences of the human variants, without risking obtaining an even more severe effect, we decided to introduce a stop codon in the first exon in order to remove the totality of the protein in the KO mice.

      The second element is to interpret the phenotype of the KO animals. Here, the human sperm phenotype is perfectly recapitulated in the KO mice.

      Overall, we have strong genetic arguments in human and the reproduction of the phenotype in KO mice confirming the pathogenicity of the variants identified in men.

      This point is now discussed see lines 433-438

      3) Figure 6A - the labelling is misleading as it seems to suggest that the specific cells were isolated from the testes for RT-PCR.

      We have modified the labelling to avoid any confusion.

      Figure 6B -Signal of HA-tag is shown in WT, not in transgenic. Please check the order of the labels. Figure 6C - This blot is NOT a publication-quality figure. The bands are very difficult to observe, especially in lane D18. Because it is one of the important data of this study, replacing this figure is a must.

      The figure has been completely remade, including new results. See new figure 6. Figure 6C was suppressed.

      4) Supplementary fig 6 is also not a publication-level figure, and the top part seems largely unnecessary (already in the figure legend).

      The figure has been completely remade as well (now Figure 6-Figure Supplement 1).

      5) 261/267- The conclusion that mitochondrial staining in the flagellum (in both mice and humans) is non-specific is not convincing. Supplementary fig 8 shows that the signal from secondary only IF possibly extends beyond the midpiece - but it is hard to determine as no mitochondrial-specific staining is present. Either need to tone down the conclusion or provide supporting experimental evidence.

      First, to avoid the issue of the non-specificity of secondary antibodies, we performed a new set of IF experiments using an HA Tag Alexa Fluor® 488-conjugated Antibody (anti-HA-AF488-C Ab) on WT and HA-CCDC146 sperm. These results are now presented in figure 7 panel A (new). The specificity of the signal obtained with the anti-HA-AF488-C Ab on mouse spermatozoa was evaluated by performing a statistical study of the density of dots in the principal piece of the flagellum from HA-CCDC146 and WT sperm. These results are now presented in figure 7 panel B (new). This study was carried out by analyzing 58 WT spermatozoa and 65 CCDC146 spermatozoa coming from 3 WT and 3 KI males. We found a highly significant difference, with a p-value <0.0001, showing that the signal obtained on spermatozoa expressing the tagged protein is highly specific. We have added a paragraph in the MM section to describe the process of image analysis. We finally present new images obtained by ExM showing no staining in the midpiece (figure 7C new). Altogether, these results demonstrate unequivocally the presence of the protein in the flagellum. These experiments are now described lines 271-279

      Second, we provide new images of the signal obtained with secondary Abs only that shows more clearly that the secondary Ab gave a non-specific staining (Figure 10-Figure supplement 1B). This point is discussed lines 503-511

      6) Figure 9 A - Please relate the white line to Fig. 9B label in X-axis. The information from Fig 9A+D and 9E+F are redundant. The main text nor the figure legends indicate why these specific two sperm were chosen for quantification and demonstrating the outcomes. One of them could be moved to supplementary information or removed, or the two could be combined.

      As suggested by the reviewer, we have combined the two sperm to demonstrate that CCDC146 staining is mostly located on microtubule doublets. Moreover, the figure was recomposed to make it clearer.

      Minor comments:

      All of the supplementary figures are referred to as Supp Fig X in the text, however, they are actually titled Appendix - Figure X. This needs to be consistent.

      The figures are now referred as figure supplement x in both text and figures

      Line 125 - edit spacing.

      We think this issue (long internet link) will be curated later and more efficiently by the journal, during the step of formatting necessary for publication.

      144 - With which to study  with which we studied?

      We made the change as suggested.

      151 - Supp Fig 1 - the text says that the gene is highly transcribed in human and mouse testes, but the information in the figure states that the level in mouse tissues is "medium"

      We have corrected this mistake in the text; See line 176

      165 - The two mutations are most likely deleterious. Please specifically mention what analyses done to predict the deleterious nature to support these claims.

      Both variants, c.1084C>T and c.2112del, are extremely rare in the general population with a reported allele frequency of 6.5x10-5 and 6.5x10-06 respectively in gnomAD v3. Moreover, these variants are annotated with a high impact on the protein structure (MoBiDiC prioritization algorithm (MPA) score = 10, DOI: 10.1016/j.jmoldx.2018.03.009) and predicted to induce each a premature termination codon, p.(Arg362Ter) and p.(Arg704SerfsTer7) respectively, leading to the production of a truncated protein. This information is now given line 164-169

      196-200/Figure 4 - As serum starved cells/basal body (B) are not mentioned in the main text, as is, Fig 4A would be sufficient/is relevant to the text. Please make the text reflect the contents of the whole figure, or re/move to supplement.

      We agree with the reviewer that the full description of the figure should be in the text. We added two sentences to describe figure 4B see lines 217-218.

      224 - spermatozoa (plural) fits better here, not spermatozoon

      OK changed accordingly

      236 - According to the figure legend, 6B is only showing data from the epididymal sperm, not postnatal time points; should be referencing 6C. Alignment of Marker label

      As indicated above, the figure has been completely remade, including new results. See new figure 6. Figure 6C was suppressed. The corresponding text was changed accordingly see lines 249-266

      255-256 - Referenced figure 7B3, however, 7B3 only shows tubulin staining, so no CCDC146 can be observed. Did authors mean to reference fig 7B as a whole?

      Sorry for this mistake. We agree and the text is now figure 8B6 (figure 7 and 8 were switched)

      305 - "of tubules" - I presume it is meant to be microtubules?

      Yes; The text was changed as suggested

      317-321 - a diagram of HTCA would be useful here

      We have added a reference where HTCA diagram is available see line 363. Moreover, a TEM view of HTCA is presented figure 12A

      322/Fig 11A - an arrow denoting the damage might be useful, as A1 and A3 look similar. The size of the marker bar is missing. Please update the information on figure legend.

      Concerning, the comparison between A1 and A3, the take home message is that there is a great variability in the morphological damages. This point is now underlined in the corresponding text. We updated the size of the marker bar as suggested (200 nm). See line 365-367

      323 - Please mark where capitulum is in the figure

      Capitulum was changed for nucleus

      Since Fig 11B2 is not referenced in the main text, it does not seem to add anything to the data, and could be removed/moved to supplement.

      We added a sentence to describe figure 11B2 line 370

      342-343 - manchette in step I is not seen clearly - the figure needs to be annotated better. However, DPY19L2 is absent in step I in the KO, but the main text does not reflect that - why is that?

      We do not understand the remark of the reviewer “manchette in step I is not seen clearly”. The figure shows clearly the manchette (red signal) in both WT and KO (Figure 13 D1/D2).

      For steps 13-15 WT spermatids, the size of the manchette decreases and become undetectable. In KO spermatids, the shrinkage of the manchette is hampered and in contrast continue to expand (Figure 13D2). We also provide a new Figure 13-figure supplement 1 for other illustrations of very long manchettes and a statistical analysis. In the meantime, the acrosome is strongly remodeled, as shown in figure 16-new, with detached acrosome (panel H). This morphological defect may induce a loss of the DPY19L2 staining (Figure 13 D2 stage I-III). This explanation is now inserted in the text line 396399

      Figure 15B and 15C only show KO, corresponding images from the WT should be present for comparison.

      WT images are now provided in Figure 1-figure supplement 1 new

      Figure 12 - Figure 12 - JM?.

      JM was removed. It does not mean anything

      Figure 12C and Supplementary Fig 10 - structures need to be labelled, as it is unclear what is where

      Done

      338 - text mentions step III, but only sperm from step VII are shown in Figure 13

      As suggested by reviewer 3, we changed stage by step. The text was modified to take into account this remark see lines 388-396

      360 - This is likely supposed to say Supp Figure 11E-G, not 13??

      Yes, it is a mistake. Corrected

      388 Typo "in a in a".

      Yes, it is a mistake. Corrected

      820 - Fig 3 legend - in KO spermatid nuclei were elongated - could this be labelled by arrows? I am not convinced this phenotype is that different from the WT.

      In fact, the nuclei of elongating KO spermatids are elongated and also very thin, a shape not observed in the WT; We have added arrow heads and modified the text to indicate this point line 200.

      836 - Figure 5 legend says that in yellow is centrin, but that is not true for 5A, where the figure shows labelling for y-tubulin (presumably, according to the figure itself).

      We have modified the text of the legend to take into account the remark

      837- 5A supposedly corresponds to synchronized HEK293T cells, but the reasoning behind using synchronized cells is not mentioned at all in the main text; furthermore, how this synchronization is achieved is not explained in materials and methods (serum starvation? Thymidine block?).

      Yes, figure 5A was obtained with synchronized cells. We have added one paragraph in the MM section. For cell synchronization experiments, cells underwent S-phase blockade with thymidine (5 mM, SigmaAldrich) for 17 h followed by incubation in a control culture medium for 5 h, then a second blockade at the G2-M transition with nocodazole (200 nM, Sigma-Aldrich) for 12 h. Cells were then fixed with cold methanol at different times for IF labelling. See line 224 for changes made in the result section and lines 700-704 for changes made in the MM section.

      845- figure legend says that the RT-PCR was done on CCDC146-HA tagged mice, but the main text does not reflect that.

      We made changes and the description of the KI is now presented before (line 240) the RT-PCR experiment (line 257).

      949 - it is likely supposed to say A2, not B1 (B1 does not exist in Fig 15)

      Yes, it is a mistake. Corrected

      971 - Appendix Fig 3 legend - I believe that the description for B and C are swapped.

      Yes, it is a mistake. Corrected

      Furthermore, some questions to address in A would be: Which cross sections were from which animal/points? How many per animal? Were they always in the same location?

      Yes, we have a protocol for arranging and orienting all testes in the same way during the paraffin embedding phase. The cross-sections are therefore not taken at random, and we can compare sections from the same part of the testis. The number of animals was already indicated in the figure legend (see line 1128)

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) There are a number of grammatical and orthographical errors in the text. Careful proofreading should be performed.

      We have sent the manuscript to a professional proofreader

      2) The author should also check for redundancies between the introduction and the discussion.

      The discussion has modified to take into account reviewers’ remarks. Nevertheless, we did our best to avoid redundancies between introduction and discussion.

      3) Can the authors provide a rationale why they have chosen to tag their gene with an HA tag for localisation? One would rather think of fluorescent proteins or a Halo tag.

      Because the functional domains of the protein are unknown, adding a fluorescent protein of 24 KDa may interfere with both the localization and the function of CCDC146. For this reason, we choose a small tag of only 1.1 KDa, to limit as such as possible the risk of interfering with the structure of the protein. This rational is now indicated in the manuscript lines 251-254. It is worth to note, that the tagged-strain shows no sperm defect, demonstrating that the HA-tag does not interfere with CCDC146 function.

      4) In the abstract, line 53, "provide evidence" is not the right term for something that is just suggestive. The term "suggests" would be more appropriate.

      The text was modified to take into account this remark

      5) Line 74: "genetic deficiency" sounds strange here, do the authors mean simply "mutation"?

      Infertility may be due to several genetic deficiency such as chromosomal defects (XXY (Klinefelter syndrome)), microdeletion of the Y chromosome or mutations in a single gene. Therefore, mutation is too restrictive. Nevertheless, we modified the sentence which is now “…or a genetic disorder including chromosomal or single gene deficiencies”

      6) Lines 163-164: the authors describe the mutations (premature stop mutations) and say that they could either lead to complete absence of the gene product, or the expression of a truncated protein. Did they test this, for example, with some immuno blot analyses?

      As stated above, unfortunately, we were unable to verify the presence of RNA-decay in these patients for lack of biological material.

      7) Line 184 and Fig 2E: the sperm head morphologies should be quantitatively assessed.

      We provide now a full statistical analysis of the observed defects: see new panel in Figure 2 F

      8) Fig 3: The annotation should be more precise - KO certainly means CDCC146-KO. The colours of the IH panels is different, which attracts attention but is clearly a colour-adjustment artefact. Colours should be adjusted for the panels to look comparable. It would be also helpful to add arrowheads into the figure to point at the phenotypes that are highlighted in the text.

      We have added Ccdc146 KO in all figures. We have added arrow heads to point out the spermatids showing a thin and elongated nucleus. Concerning adjustment of colors, we attempted to make images of panel B comparable. See new figure 3.

      9) Fig 6A: the authors use RT PCR to determine expression dynamics of their gene of interested, and use actin (apparently) as control. However, actin and CDCC146 expression levels follow the same trend. How is the interpreted?

      The reviewer did not understand the figure. The orange bars do not correspond to actin expression and the grey bars to Ccdc146 expression but both bars represent the mRNA expression levels of Ccdc146 relative to Actb (orange) and Hprt (grey) expression in CCDC146-HA mouse pups’ testes. We tested two housekeeping genes as reference to be sure that our results were not distorted by an unstable expression of a housekeeping gene. We did not see significant difference between both house keeping genes. Actin was not used.

      10) In line 235, the authors suggest posttranslational modifications of their protein as potential cause for a slightly different migration in SDS PAGE as predicted from the theoretical molecular weight. This is not necessarily the case, some proteins do migrate just differently as predicted.

      We have changed the text accordingly and now provide alternative explanation for the slightly different migration. See lines 258-259

      11) The annotation of Fig 6 panels is problematic. First, why do the authors write "Laemmli" as description of the gel? It would be more helpful to write what is loaded on the gel, such as "sperm". Second, in panels B and C it would be helpful to add the antibodies used. It is not clear why there is a signal in the WT lane of panel B, but not in the HA lane (supposing an anti-HA antibody is used: why has WT a specific HA band?). In panel C, it is not clear why the blot that has so beautifully shown a single band in panel B suddenly gives such a bad labelling. Can the authors explain this? Also, they cut off the blot, likely because to too much background, but this is bad practice as full blots should be shown. In the current state, the panel C does not allow any clear conclusion. To make it conclusive, it must be repeated.

      Several mistakes were present in this figure. This figure was recomposed. The WB on testicular extract was suppressed and we now present a new WB allowing to compare the presence of CCDC146 in the flagella and head fractions from WT and HA-CCDC146 sperm. Using an anti-HA Ab, we demonstrate that in epididymal sperm the protein is localized in the flagella only. See new figure 6. The corresponding text was changed accordingly.

      12) The authors have raised an HA-knockin mouse for CDCC146, which they explained by the unavailability of specific antibodies. However, in Fig 7, they use a CDCC146 antibody. Can they clarify?

      The commercial Ab work for HUMAN CCDC146 but not for MOUSE CCDC146. We have added few words to make the situation clearer, we have added the following information “the commercial Ab works for human CCDC146 only”. See line 240

      13) In Fig 7A (line 258), the authors hypothesise that they stain mitochondria - why not test this directly by co-staining with mitochondria markers?

      We chose another solution to resolve this question:

      To avoid the issue of the non-specificity of secondary antibodies, we performed a new set of IF experiments using an HA Tag Alexa Fluor® 488-conjugated Antibody (anti-HA-AF488-C Ab) on WT and HA-CCDC146 sperm. These results are now presented in figure 7 panel A (new). The specificity of the signal obtained with the anti-HA-AF488-C Ab on mouse spermatozoa was evaluated by performing a statistical study of the density of dots in the principal piece of the flagellum from HA-CCDC146 and WT sperm. These results are now presented in figure 7 panel B (new). This study was carried out by analyzing 58 WT spermatozoa and 65 CCDC146 spermatozoa coming from 3 WT and 3 KI males. We found a highly significant difference, with a p-value <0.0001, showing that the signal obtained on spermatozoa expressing the tagged protein is highly specific. We have added a paragraph in the MM section to describe the process of image analysis. We finally present new images obtained by ExM showing no staining in the midpiece (figure 7C new). Altogether, these results demonstrate unequivocally the presence of the protein in the whole flagellum.

      14) It seems that in both, Fig 7 and 8, the authors use expansion microscopy to localise CDCC146 in sperm tails. However, the staining differs substantially between the two figures. How is this explained?

      In figure 8 we used the commercial Ab in human sperm, whereas in figure 7 we used the anti-HA Abs in mouse sperm. Because the antibodies do not target the same part of the CCDC146 protein (the tag is placed at the N-terminus of the protein, and the HPA020082 Ab targets the last 130 amino acids of the Cter), their accessibility to the antigenic site could be different. However, it is important to note that both antibodies target the flagellum. This explanation is now inserted see lines 304-312

      15) Fig 8D and line 274: the authors do a fractionation, but only show the flagella fraction. Why?

      Showing all fractions of their experiment would have underpinned the specific enrichment of CDCC146 in the flagella fraction, which is what they aim to show. Actually, given the absence of control proteins, the fact that the band in the flagellar fraction appears to be weaker than in total sperm, one could even conclude that there is more CDCC146 in another (not analysed) fraction of this experiment. Thus, the experiment as it stands is incomplete and does not, as the authors claim, confirm the flagellar localisation of the protein.

      We agree with the reviewer’s remark. We provide now new results showing both flagella and nuclei fractions in new figure 6A. This experiment is presented lines 253-256

      16) Line 283, Fig 9D,F: The description of the microtubules in this experiment is not easy to understand. Do the authors mean to say that the labelling shows that the protein is associated with doublet microtubules, but not with the two central microtubules? They should try to find a clearer way to explain their result.

      As suggested by reviewer 2, we have changed the figure to make it clearer. The text was changed accordingly. See new figure 9 and new corresponding legend lines 1006.

      17) Fig 9G - how often could the authors observe this? Why is the axoneme frayed? Does this happen randomly, or did the authors apply a specific treatment?

      Yes, it happens randomly during the fixation process.

      18) Line 300 and Fig 10A - the authors talk about the 90-kDa band, but do say anything about what they think this band is representing.

      We have now added the following sentence lines 340-342: “This band may correspond to proteolytic fragment of CCDC146, the solubilization of microtubules by sarkosyl may have made CCDC146 more accessible to endogenous proteases.”

      19) Fig 11A, lines 321-322: the authors write that the connecting piece is severely damaged. This is not obvious for somebody who does not work in sperm. Perhaps the authors could add some arrow heads to point out the defects, and briefly describe them in the text.

      We realized from your remark that our message was not clear. In fact, there is a great variability in the morphological damages of the HTCA. For instance, the HTCA of Ccdc146 KO sperm presented in figure 10A2 is quite normal, whereas that in figure 10A4 is completely distorted. This point is now underlined in the corresponding text. See lines 367-369

      We also added the size of the marker bar (200 nm), which were missing in the figure’s legend.

      20) Line 323: it will be important to name which tubulin antibody has been used to identify centrioles, as they are heavily posttranslationally modified.

      The different types of anti-tubulin Abs are described in the corresponding figure’s legend

      21) Fig 11B - phenotypes must be quantified to make these observations meaningful.

      We agree that a quantification would improve the message. However, testicular sperm are obtained by enzymatic separation of spermatogenic cells and the number of testicular sperm are very low. Moreover, not all sperm are stained. Taking these two points into account, it seems to us that quantification could be difficult to analyze. For this reason, the quantification was not done; however, it is important to note that these defects were not observed in WT sperm, demonstrating that these defects are cased by the lack of CCDC146. We have added a sentence to underline this point; See lines 374-375

      22) Line 329: Figure 12AB - is this a typo - should it read Figure 12B?

      We have split the panel A in A1 and A2 and changed the text accordingly. See line 378

      23) Why are there not wildtype controls in Fig 12B, C?

      We provide now as Figure 12-figure supplement 1, a control image for fig 12B. For figure 12C, the emergence of the flagellum from the distal centriole in WT is already shown in Fig 12A1

      24) Fig 13: the authors write that the manchette is "clearly longer and wider than in WT cells" (lines 342-343). How can they claim this without quantitative data?

      We now provide a statistical analysis of the length of the manchette. See figure 13-figure supplement 1A. We also provide a new a new image illustrating the length of the manchette in Ccdc146 KO spermatids; See Figure 13-figure supplement 1B.

    1. Author Response

      We appreciate the insightful and constructive feedback from the reviewers regarding our manuscript, "Gain neuromodulation mediates perceptual switches: evidence from pupillometry, fMRI, and RNN Modelling." The comments have provided us with a number of valuable perspectives that will undoubtedly strengthen the impact and clarity of our work.

      We recognize the need for a more detailed and comparative analysis of the perceptual tasks used in our pupil and fMRI experiments. To address these points directly: the jittered intertrial intervals (ITIs) in the fMRI work were deemed necessary to effectively deconvolve the BOLD response (see Stottinger et al., 2018). In our fMRI work, each image was randomly preceded and followed by varying ITIs (2, 4, 6, and 8 seconds), ensuring an equitable distribution across sets and subjects. Importantly, our analysis of both fMRI and behavioral studies, including eye tracking data, indicates that perceptual switch behavior – the point at which switches occur – is consistent across modalities. If more predictive or preparatory activity were present in the fMRI version of the task, we would expect earlier switches or choices and altered reaction time distributions – neither of these signatures was observed in the original study (Stottinger et al., 2018). Importantly, this suggests that the additional time available in the fMRI experiments did not significantly alter behavioral outcomes. Thus, our findings suggest that despite the differences in timing and task structure, the behavioural responses remain consistent across both experimental setups. We will clarify this in the revised manuscript.

      In response to the reviewer's comments on our computational model, particularly regarding the modelling of noradrenaline (NA) effects in the RNN, we agree that modelling gain as stationary is a substantial approximation. However, given the slow ramping of pupil diameter, which served as our proxy for gain, it is an approximation that we believe is justified: in the revised manuscript, we will run additional simulations to ensure the validity of this approximation. In addition, whilst we agree that the model is more complicated than is needed for the task, we opted for RNN modelling, in lieu of a simpler modelling approach, because we wanted to use RNN modelling as a method for both hypothesis testing and generation. To build the RNN, the only key elements of model structure we had to specify in advance were the inputs and the target outputs of the network. The solution the RNN arrived at, although involving many more parameters than a simpler model, was entirely determined by optimisation (i.e., not our a priori hypotheses). We feel that this strengthens the result considerably. Importantly, this approach also allowed us to be surprised by the results of the model – for instance, we did not anticipate that the effect of gain on the energy landscape to be primarily mediated by inhibitory gain. In the revised manuscript, we will integrate this line of thinking into the paper. We are also sensitive to the fact that this result is both counterintuitive and difficult to study in high-dimensional dynamical systems like RNNs. In revisions, we will provide further analysis of the RNN and build a 2D approximation to the RNN that can be studied on the phase plane to better conceptually illuminate the mechanisms at play.

      Furthermore, we agree with the suggestion to consider alternative mechanisms that might contribute to perceptual switches, such as attention and top-down processing. While our study primarily focuses on LC-mediated gain modulation, we acknowledge the complexity of neural processes involved in perception and will expand our discussion to include these potential mechanisms. Furthermore, noting the importance of moderating the causal language used in our manuscript. We will revise our wording to more accurately reflect the correlational nature of our findings and ensure that our conclusions are firmly grounded in the data presented.

      In conclusion, we are enthusiastic about the opportunity to refine our manuscript based on these valuable comments. In an updated version, we will address the overall points by providing clearer explanations of our methods, refining our figures for better readability, and ensuring that our conclusions are supported by robust analysis. We believe that these revisions will not only address the concerns raised but also significantly enhance the overall quality of our research. We thank the reviewers for their thorough and thoughtful critiques and look forward to submitting our revised manuscript.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this manuscript, the authors explore the effects of DNA methylation on the strength of regulatory activity using massively parallel reporter assays in cell lines on a genome-wide level. This is a follow-up of their first paper from 2018 that describes this method for the first time. In addition to adding more indepth information on sequences that are explored by many researchers using two main methods, reduced bisulfite sequencing and sites represented on the Illumina EPIC array, they now show also that DNA methylation can influence changes in regulatory activity following a specific stimulation, even in absence of baseline effects of DNA methylation on activity. In this manuscript, the authors explore the effects of DNA methylation on the response to Interferon alpha (INFA) and a glucocorticoid receptor agonist (dexamethasone). The authors validate their baseline findings using additional datasets, including RNAseq data, and show convergences across two cell lines. The authors then map the methylation x environmental challenge (IFNA and dex) sequences identified in vitro to explore whether their methylation status is also predictive of regulatory activity in vivo. This is very convincingly shown for INFA response sequences, where baseline methylation is predictive of the transcriptional response to flu infection in human macrophages, an infection that triggers the INF pathways.

      Thank you for your strong assessment of our work!

      The extension of the functional validity of the dex-response altering sequences is less convincing.

      We agree. We note that genes close to dex-specific mSTARR-seq enhancers tend to be more strongly upregulated after dex stimulation than those near shared enhancers, which parallels our results for IFNA (lines 341-344). However, there is unfortunately no comparable data set to the human flu data set (i.e., with population-based whole genome-bisulfite sequencing data before and after dex challenge), so we could not perform a parallel in vivo validation step. We have added this caveat to the revised manuscript (lines 555-557).

      Sequences altering the response to glucocorticoids, however, were not enriched in DNA methylation sites associated with exposure to early adversity. The authors interpret that "they are not links on the causal pathway between early life disadvantage and later life health outcomes, but rather passive biomarkers". However, this approach does not seem an optimal model to explore this relationship in vivo. This is because exposure to early adversity and its consequences is not directly correlated with glucocorticoid release and changes in DNA methylation levels following early adversity could be related to many physiological mechanisms, and overall, large datasets and meta-analyses do not show robust associations of exposure to early adversity and DNA methylation changes. Here, other datasets, such as from Cushing patients may be of more interest.

      Thank you for making these important points. We have expanded the set of caveats regarding the lack of enrichment of early adversity-reported sites in the mSTARR-data set (lines 527-533). Specifically, we note that the relationship between early adversity and glucocorticoid physiology is complex (e.g., Eisenberger and Cole, 2012; Koss and Gunnar, 2018) and that dex challenge models one aspect of glucocorticoid signaling but not others (e.g., glucocorticoid resistance). Nevertheless, we also see little evidence for enrichment of early adversity-associated sites in the mSTARR data set at baseline, independently of the dex challenge experiment (lines 483-485; Figure 4).

      We also agree that large data sets (e.g., Houtepen et al., 2018; Marzi et al., 2018) and reviews (e.g., Cecil et al., 2020) of early adversity and DNA methylation in humans show limited evidence of associations between early adversity and DNA methylation levels. However, the idea that early adversity impacts downstream outcomes remains pervasive in the literature and popular science (see Dubois et al., 2019), which we believe makes tests like ours important to pursue. We also hope that our data set (and others generated through these methods) will be useful in interpreting other settings in which differential methylation is of interest as well—in line with your comment below. We have clarified both of these points in the revised manuscript (lines 520-522; 536-539).

      Overall, the authors provide a great resource of DNA methylation-sensitive enhancers that can now be used for functional interpretation of large-scale datasets (that are widely generated in the research community), given the focus on sites included in RBSS and the Illumina EPIC array. In addition, their data lends support that differences in DNA methylation can alter responses to environmental stimuli and thus of the possibility that environmental exposures that alter DNS methylation can also alter the subsequent response to this exposure, in line with the theory of epigenetic embedding of prior stimuli/experiences. The conclusions related to the early adversity data should be reconsidered in light of the comments above.

      Thank you! And yes, we have revised our discussion of early life adversity effects as discussed above.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      While the paper has a lot of strengths and provides new insight into the epigenomic regulation of enhancers as well as being a great resource, there are some aspects that would benefit from clarification.

      a. It would be great to have a clearer description of how many sequences are actually passing QC in the different datasets and what the respective overlaps are in bps or 600bp windows. Now often only % are given. Maybe a table/Venn diagram for overview of the experiments and assessed sequences would help here. This concern the different experiments in the K652, A549, and Hep2G cell lines, including stimulations.

      We now provide a supplementary figure and supplementary table providing, for each dataset, the number of 600 bp windows passing each filter (Figure 2-figure supplement 1; Supplementary File 9), as well as a supplementary figure providing an upset plot to show the number of assessed sequences shared across the experiments (Figure 2-figure supplement 2).

      b. It would also be helpful to have a brief description of the main differences in assessed sequences and their coverage of the old (2018) and new libraries in the main text to be able better interpret the validation experiments.

      We now provide information on the following characteristics for the 2018 data set versus the data set presented for the first time here: mean (± SD) number of CpGs per fragment; mean (± SD) DNA sequencing depth; and mean (± SD) RNA sequencing depth (lines 169-170 provide values for the new data set; in line 194, we reference Supplementary File 5, which provides the same values for the old data set). Notably, the coverage characteristics of analyzed windows in both data sets are quite high (mean DNA-seq read coverage = 94x and mean RNA-seq read coverage = 165x in the new data set at baseline; mean DNA-seq read coverage = 22x and mean RNA-seq read coverage = 54x in Lea et al. 2018).

      c. Statements of genome-wide analyses in the abstract and discussion should be a bit tempered, as quite a number of tested sites do not pass QC and do not enter the analysis. From the results it seems like from over 4.5 million sequences, only 200,000 are entering the analysis.

      The reason why many of the windows are not taken forward into our formal modeling analysis is that they fail our filter for RNA reads because they are never (or almost never) transcribed—not because there was no opportunity for transcription (i.e., the region was indeed assessed in our DNA library, and did not show output transcription, as now shown in Figure 2-figure supplement 1). We have added a rarefaction analysis (lines 715-722 in Materials and Methods) of the DNA fragment reads to the revised manuscript which supports this point. Specifically, it shows that we are saturated for representation of unique genomic windows (i.e., we are above the stage in the curve where the proportion of active windows would increase with more sequencing: Figure 1figure supplement 4). Similarly, a parallel rarefaction curve for the mSTARR-seq RNA-seq data (Figure 1-figure supplement 4) shows that we would gain minimal additional evidence for regulatory activity with more sequencing depth. We now reference these analyses in revised lines 179-184 and point to the supporting figure in line 182.

      In other words, our analysis is truly genome-wide, based on the input sequences we tested. Most of the genome just doesn’t have regulatory activity in this assay, despite the potential for it to be detected given that the relevant sequences were successfully transfected into the cells.

      d. Could the authors comment on the validity of the analysis if only one copy is present (cut-off for QC)?

      We think this question reflects a misunderstanding of our filtering criteria due to lack of clarity on our part, which we have modified in the revision. We now specify that the mean DNA-seq sequencing depth per sample for the windows we subjected to formal modeling was quite high:

      93.91 ± 10.09 SD (range = 74.5 – 113.5x) (see revised lines 169-170). In other words, we never analyze windows in which there is scant evidence that plasmids containing the relevant sequence were successfully transfected (lines 170-172).

      Our minimal RNA-seq criteria require non-zero counts in at least 3 replicate samples within either the methylated condition or the unmethylated condition, or both (lines 166-168). Because we know that multiple plasmids containing the corresponding sequence are present for all of these windows—even those that just cross the minimal RNA-seq filtering threshold—we believe our results provide valid evidence that all analyzed windows present the opportunity to detect enhancer activity, but many do not act as enhancers (i.e., do not result in transcribed RNA). Notably, we observe a negligible correlation between DNA sequencing depth for a fragment, among analyzed windows, and mSTARR-seq enhancer activity (R2 = 0.029; now reported in lines 183-184). We also now report reproducibility between replicates, in which all replicate pairs have r > 0.89, on par with previously published STARR-seq datasets (e.g., Klein et al., 2020; Figure 1-figure supplement 6, pointed to in line 193).

      e. While the authors state that almost all of the control sequences contain CpGs sites, could the authors also give information on the total number of CpG sites in the different subsets? Was the number of CpGs in a 600 bp window related to the effects of DNA methylation on enhancer activity?

      We now provide the number of CpG sites per window in the different subsets in lines 282-284. As expected, they are higher for EPIC array sites and for RRBS sites because the EPIC array is biased towards CpG-rich promoter regions, and the enzyme typically used in the starting step of RRBS digests DNA at CpG motifs (but control sequences still contain an average of ~13 CpG sites per fragment). We also now model the magnitude of the effects of DNA methylation on regulatory activity as a function of number of CpG sites within the 600 bp windows. Consistent with our previous work in Lea et al., 2018, we find that mSTARR-seq enhancers with more CpGs tend to be repressed by DNA methylation (now reported in lines 216-219 and Figure 1figure supplement 11).

      f. In the discussion, a statement on the underrepresented regions, likely regulatory elements with lower CG content, that nonetheless can be highly relevant for gene regulation would be important to put the data in perspective.

      Thanks for this suggestion. We agree that regulatory regions, independent of CpG methylation, can be highly relevant, and now clarify in the main text that the “unmethylated” condition of mSTARR-seq is essentially akin to a conventional STARR-seq experiment, in that it assesses regulatory activity regardless of CpG content or methylation status (lines 128-130).

      Consequently, our study is well-designed to detect enhancer-like activity, even in windows with low GC content. We now show with additional analyses that we generated adequate DNA-seq coverage on the transfected plasmids to analyze 90.2% of the human genome, including target regions with no or low CpG content (lines 148-149; 153-156; Supplementary file 2). As noted above, we also now clarify that regions dropped out of our formal analysis because we had little to no evidence that any transcription was occurring at those loci, not because sequences for those regions were not successfully transfected into cells (see responses above and new Figure 1-figure supplement 4 and Figure 2-figure supplement 1).

      g. To control for differences in methylation of the two libraries, the authors sequence a single CpGs in the vector. Could the authors look at DNA methylation of the 600 bp windows at the end of the experiment, could DNA methylation of these windows be differently affected according to sequence? 48 hours could be enough for de-methylation or re-methylation.

      We agree that variation in demethylation or remethylation depending on fragment sequence is possible. We now state this caveat in the main text (lines 158-159), and specify that genomic coverage of our bisulfite sequencing data across replicates are (unfortunately) too variable to perform reliable site-by-site analysis of DNA methylation levels before and after the 48 hour experiment (lines 1182-1185). Instead, we focus on a CpG site contained in the adapter sequence (and thus included in all plasmids) to generate a global estimate of per replicate methylation levels. We also now note that any de-methylation or re-methylation would reduce our power to detect methylation-dependent activity, rather than leading to false positives (lines 163-165).

      h. The section on the method for correction for multiple testing should be more detailed as it is very difficult to follow. Why were only 100 permutations used, the empirical p-value could then only be <0.01? The description of a subsample of the N windows with positive Betas is unclear, should the permutation not include the actual values and thus all windows - or were the no negative Betas? Was FDR accounting for all elements and pairs?

      We have now expanded the text in the Materials and Methods section to clarify the FDR calculation (lines 691, 695-699, 702, 706). We clarify that the 100 permutations were used to generate a null distribution of p-values for the data set (e.g., 100 x 17,461 p-values for the baseline data set), which we used to derive a false discovery rate. Because we base our evidence on FDRs, we therefore compare the distribution of observed p-values to the distribution of pvalues obtained via permutation; we do not calculate individual p-values by comparing an observed test statistic against the test statistics for permuted data for that individual window.

      We compare the data to permutations with only positive betas because in the observed data, we observe many negative betas. These correspond to windows which have no regulatory activity (i.e., they have many more input DNA reads than RNA-seq reads) and thus have very small pvalues in a model testing for DNA-RNA abundance differences. However, we are interested in controlling the false discovery rate of windows that do have regulatory activity (positive betas). In the permuted data, by contrast and because of the randomization we impose, test statistics are centered around 0 and essentially symmetrical (approximately equally likely to be positive or negative). Retaining all p-values to construct the null therefore leads to highly miscalibrated false discovery rates because the distribution of observed values is skewed towards smaller values— because of windows with “significantly” no regulatory activity—compared to the permuted data. We address that problem by using only positive betas from the permutations.

      i. The interpretation of the overlap of Dex-response windows with CpGs sites associated with early adversity should be revisited according to the points also mentioned in the public review and the authors may want to consider exploring additional datasets with other challenges.

      Thank you, see our responses to the public review above and our revisions in lines (lines 555559). We agree that comparisons with more data sets and generation of more mSTARR-seq data in other challenge conditions would be of interest. While beyond the scope of this manuscript, we hope the resource we have developed and our methods set the stage for just such analyses.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This work presents a remarkably extensive set of experiments, assaying the interaction between methylation and expression across most CpG positions in the genome in two cell types. To this end, the authors use mSTARR-seq, a high-throughput method, which they have previously developed, where sequences are tested for their regulatory activity in two conditions (methylated and unmethylated) using a reporter gene. The authors use these data to study two aspects of DNA methylation:

      1) Its effect on expression, and 2. Its interaction with the environment. Overall, they identify a small number of 600 bp windows that show regulatory potential, and a relatively large fraction of these show an effect of methylation on expression. In addition, the authors find regions exhibiting methylation-dependent responses to two environmental stimuli (interferon alpha and glucocorticoid dexamethasone).

      The questions the authors address represent some of the most central in functional genomics, and the method utilized is currently the best method to do so. The scope of this study is very impressive and I am certain that these data will become an important resource for the community. The authors are also able to report several important findings, including that pre-existing DNA methylation patterns can influence the response to subsequent environmental exposures.

      Thank you for this generous summary!

      The main weaknesses of the study are: 1. The large number of regions tested seems to have come at the expense of the depth of coverage per region (1 DNA read per region per replicate). I have not been convinced that the study has sufficient statistical power to detect regulatory activity, and differential regulatory activity to the extent needed. This is likely reflected in the extremely low number of regions showing significant activity.

      We apologize for our lack of clarity in the previous version of the manuscript. Nonzero coverage for half the plasmid-derived DNA-seq replicates is a minimum criterion, but for the baseline dataset, the mean depth of DNA coverage per replicate for windows passing the DNA filter is quite high: 12.723 ± 41.696 s.d. overall, and 93.907 ± 10.091 s.d. in the windows we subjected to full analysis (i.e., windows that also passed the RNA read filter). We now provide these summary statistics in lines 148-149 and 169-170 and Supplementary file 5 (see also our responses to Reviewer 1 above). We also now show, using a rarefaction analysis, that our data set saturates the ability to detect regulatory windows based on DNA and RNA sequencing depth (new Figure 1-figure supplement 4; lines 179-184; 715-722).

      2) Due to the position of the tested sequence at the 3' end of the construct, the mSTARR-seq approach cannot detect the effect of methylation on promoter activity, which is perhaps the most central role of methylation in gene regulation, and where the link between methylation and expression is the strongest. This limitation is evident in Fig. 1C and Figure 1-figure supplement 5C, where even active promoters have activity lower than 1. Considering these two points, I suspect that most effects of methylation on expression have been missed.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We agree that we have not exhaustively detected methylationdependent activity in all promoter regions, given that not all promoter regions are active in STARR-seq. However, there is good evidence that some promoter regions can function like enhancers and thus be detected in STARR-seq-type assays (Klein et al., 2020). This important point is now noted in lines 187-189; an example promoter showing methylation-dependent regulatory activity in our dataset is shown in Figure 3E.

      We also now clarify that Figure 1C shows significant enrichment of regulatory activity in windows that overlap promoter sequence (line 239). The y-axis is not a measure of activity, but rather the log-transformed odds ratio, with positive values corresponding to overrepresentation of promoter sequences in regions of mSTARR-seq regulatory activity. Active promoters are 1.640 times more likely to be detected with regulatory activity than expected by chance (p = 1.560 x 10-18), which we now report in a table that presents enrichment statistics for all ENCODE elements shown in Figure 1C for clarity (Supplementary file 4). Moreover, 74.1% of active promoters that show regulatory activity have methylation-dependent activity, also now reported in Supplementary file 4.

      Overall, the combination of an extensive resource addressing key questions in functional genomics, together with the findings regarding the relationship between methylation and environmental stimuli makes this a key study in the field of DNA methylation.

      Thank you again for the positive assessment!

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I suggest the authors conduct several tests to estimate and/or increase the power of the study:

      1) To estimate the potential contribution of additional sequencing depth, I suggest the authors conduct a downsampling analysis. If the results are not saturated (e.g., the number of active windows is not saturated or the number of differentially active windows is not saturated), then additional sequencing is called for.

      We appreciate the suggestion. We have now performed a downsampling/rarefaction curve analysis in which we downsampled the number of DNA reads, and separately, the number of RNA reads. We show that for both DNA-seq depth and RNA-seq depth, we are within the range of sequencing depth in which additional sequencing would add minimal new analysis windows in the dataset (Figure 1-figure supplement 4; lines 179-184; 715-722).

      2) Correlation between replicates should be reported and displayed in a figure because low correlations might also point to too few reads. The authors mention: "This difference likely stems from lower variance between replicates in the present study, which increases power", but I couldn't find the data.

      We now report the correlations between RNA and DNA replicates within the current dataset and within the Lea et al., 2018 dataset (Figure 1-figure supplement 6). The between-replicate correlations in both our RNA libraries and DNA libraries are consistently high (r ≥ 0.89).

      3) The correlation between the previous and current K562 datasets is surprisingly low. Given that these datasets were generated in the same cell type, in the same lab, and using the same protocol, I expected a higher correlation, as seen in other massively parallel reporter assays. The fact that the correlations are almost identical for a comparison of the same cell and a comparison of very different cell types is also suspicious.

      Thanks for raising this point. We think it is in reference to our original Figure 1-Figure supplement 6, for which we now provide Pearson correlations in addition to R2 values (now Figure 1-Figure supplement 8). We note that this is not a correlation in raw data, but rather the correlation in estimated effect sizes from a statistical model for methylation-dependent activity. We now provide Pearson correlations for the raw data between replicates within each dataset (Figure 1-Figure supplement 6), which for the baseline dataset are all r > 0.89 for RNA replicates and r > 0.98 for DNA replicates, showing that replicate reproducibility in this study is on par with other published studies (e.g., Klein et al., 2020 report r > 0.89 for RNA replicates and r > 0.91 for DNA replicates).

      We do not know of any comparable reports in other MPRAs for effect size correlations between two separately constructed libraries, so it’s unclear to us what the expectation should be. However, we note that all effect sizes are estimated with uncertainty, so it would be surprising to us to observe a very high correlation for effect sizes in two experiments, with two independently constructed libraries (i.e., with different DNA fragments), run several years apart—especially given the importance of winner’s curse effects and other phenomena that affect point estimates of effect sizes. Nevertheless, we find that regions we identify as regulatory elements in this study are 74-fold more likely to have been identified as regulatory elements in Lea et al., 2018 (p < 1 x10-300).

      4) The authors cite Johnson et al. 2018 to support their finding that merely 0.073% of the human genome shows activity (1.7% of 4.3%), but:

      a. the percent cited is incorrect: this study found that 27,498 out of 560 million regions (0.005%) were active, and not 0.165% as the authors report.

      We have modified the text to clarify the numerator and denominator used for the 0.165% estimate from Johnson et al 2018 (lines 175-176). The numerator is their union set of all basepairs showing regulatory activity in unstimulated cells, which is 5,547,090 basepairs. The denominator is the total length of the hg38 human genome, which is 3,298,912,062 basepairs.

      Notably, the denominator (the total human genome) is not 560 million—while Johnson et al (2018) tested 560 million unique ~400 basepair fragments, these fragments were overlapping, such that the 560 million fragments covered the human genome 59 times (i.e., 59x coverage).

      b. other studies that used massively parallel reporter assays report substantially higher percentages, suggesting that the current study is possibly underpowered. Indeed, the previous mSTARR-seq found a substantially larger percentage of regions showing regulatory activity (8%). The current study should be compared against other studies (preferably those that did not filter for putatively active sequences, or at least to the random genomic sequences used in these studies).

      We appreciate this point and have double checked comparisons to Johnson et al., 2018 and Lea et al., 2018. Our numbers are not unusual relative to Johnson et al., 2018 (0.165%), which surveyed the whole genome. Also, in comparing to the data from Lea et al., 2018, when processed in an identical manner (our criteria are more stringent here), our values of the percent of the tested genome showing significant regulatory activity are also similar: 0.108% in the Lea et al., 2018 dataset versus 0.082% in the baseline dataset. Finally, our rarefaction analyses (see our responses above) indicate that we are not underpowered based on sequencing depth for RNA or DNA samples. We also note that there are several differences in our analysis pipeline from other studies: we use more technical replicates than is typical (compare to 2-5 replicates in Arnold et al., 2013; Johnson et al., 2018; Muerdter et al., 2018), we measure DNA library composition based on DNA extracted from each replicate post-transfection (as opposed to basing it on the pre-transfection library: [Johnson et al., 2018], and we use linear mixed models to identify regulatory activity as opposed to binomial tests [Johnson et al., 2018; Arnold et al., 2013; Muerdter et al., 2018].

      I find it confusing that the four sets of CpG positions used: EPIC, RRBS, NR3C1, and random control loci, add up together to 27.3M CpG positions. Do the 600 bp windows around each of these positions sufficient to result in whole-genome coverage? If so, a clear explanation of how this is achieved should be added.

      Thanks for this comment. Although our sequencing data are enriched for reads that cover these targeted sites, the original capture to create the input library included some off target reads (as is typical of most capture experiments, which are rarely 100% efficient). We then sequenced at such high depth that we ultimately obtained sequencing coverage that encompassed nearly the whole genome. We now clarify in the main text that our protocol assesses 27.3 million CpG sites by assessing 600 bp windows encompassing 93.5% of all genomic CpG sites (line 89), which includes off-target sites (line 149).

      scatter plot showing the RNA to DNA ratios of the methylated (x-axis) vs unmethylated (y-axis) library would be informative. I expect to see a shift up from the x=y diagonal in the unmethylated values.

      We have added a supplementary figure showing this information, which shows the expected shift upwards (Figure 1-figure supplement 9).

      Another important figure missing is a histogram showing the ratios between the unmethylated and methylated libraries for all active windows, with the significantly differentially active windows marked.

      We have added a supplementary figure showing this information (Figure 1-Supplementary Figure 10).

      Perhaps I missed it, but what is the distribution of effect sizes (differential activity) following the various stimuli?

      This information is provided in table form in Supplementary Files 3, 10, and 11, which we now reference in the Figure 2 legend (lines 365-366).

      Minor changes

      It is unclear what the lines connecting the two groups in Fig.3C represent, as these are two separate groups of regions.

      We now clarify in the figure legend that values connected by a line are the same regions, not two different sets of regions. They show the correlation between DNA methylation and gene expression at mSTARR-seq-identified enhancers in individuals before and after IAV stimulation, separately for enhancers that are shared between conditions (left) versus those that are IFNAspecific (right). The two plots therefore do show two different sets of regions, which we have depicted to visualize the contrast in the effect of stimulation on the correlation on IFNA-specific enhancers versus shared enhancers. We have revised the figure legend to clarify these points (line 458-460).

      L235-242 are unclear. Specifically - isn't the same filter mentioned in L241-242 applied to all regions?

      Yes, the same filter for minimal RNA transcription was applied to all regions. We have modified the text (lines 264-265, 271, 275-277) to clarify that the enrichment analyses were performed twice, to test whether the target types were: 1) enriched in the dataset passing the RNA filter (i.e., the dataset showing plasmid-derived RNA reads in at least half the sham or methylated replicates; n = 216,091 windows) and 2) enriched in the set of windows showing significant regulatory activity (at FDR < 1%; n = 3,721 windows).

      To improve cohesiveness, the section about most CpG sites associated with early life adversity not showing regulatory activity in K562s can be moved to the supplementary in my opinion.

      Thank you for this suggestion. Because ELA and the biological embedding hypothesis (via DNA methylation) were major motivations for our analysis (see Introduction lines 42-48; 75-79), and we also discuss these results in the Discussion (lines 518-520), we have respectfully elected to retain this section in the main manuscript. We have added text in the Discussion explaining why we think experimental tests of methylation effects on regulation are relevant to the literature on early life adversity (lines 520-522), and have added discussion on limits to these analyses (lines 527-533).

      References:

      Arnold CD, Gerlach D, Stelzer C, Boryń ŁM, Rath M, Stark A (2013) Genome-wide quantitative enhancer activity maps identified by STARR-seq. Science, 339, 1074-1077.

      Cecil CA, Zhang Y, Nolte T (2020) Childhood maltreatment and DNA methylation: A systematic review. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 112, 392-409.

      Dubois M, Louvel S, Le Goff A, Guaspare C, Allard P (2019) Epigenetics in the public sphere: interdisciplinary perspectives. Environmental Epigenetics, 5, dvz019.

      Eisenberger NI, Cole SW (2012) Social neuroscience and health: neurophysiological mechanisms linking social ties with physical health. Nature neuroscience, 15, 669-674.

      Houtepen L, Hardy R, Maddock J, Kuh D, Anderson E, Relton C, Suderman M, Howe L (2018) Childhood adversity and DNA methylation in two population-based cohorts. Translational Psychiatry, 8, 1-12.

      Johnson GD, Barrera A, McDowell IC, D’Ippolito AM, Majoros WH, Vockley CM, Wang X, Allen AS, Reddy TE (2018) Human genome-wide measurement of drug-responsive regulatory activity. Nature communications, 9, 1-9.

      Klein JC, Agarwal V, Inoue F, Keith A, Martin B, Kircher M, Ahituv N, Shendure J (2020) A systematic evaluation of the design and context dependencies of massively parallel reporter assays. Nature Methods, 17, 1083-1091.

      Koss KJ, Gunnar MR (2018) Annual research review: Early adversity, the hypothalamic–pituitary– adrenocortical axis, and child psychopathology. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 59, 327-346.

      Marzi SJ, Sugden K, Arseneault L, Belsky DW, Burrage J, Corcoran DL, Danese A, Fisher HL, Hannon E, Moffitt TE (2018) Analysis of DNA methylation in young people: limited evidence for an association between victimization stress and epigenetic variation in blood. American journal of psychiatry, 175, 517-529.

      Muerdter F, Boryń ŁM, Woodfin AR, Neumayr C, Rath M, Zabidi MA, Pagani M, Haberle V, Kazmar T, Catarino RR (2018) Resolving systematic errors in widely used enhancer activity assays in human cells. Nature methods, 15, 141-149.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1:

      1) Can the authors statistically define the egg-laying classes? In some parts of the manuscript, the division between the different classes could be more ambiguous. I understand that the class III strains are divided by the kcnl-1 genotype, but given the different results for diverse traits, it could be more clear to keep them as one class. Also, overall, the authors choose a collection of 15 strains across the different classes to phenotype for many traits and perform genome edits. It is understandable that they cannot test all strains, but given the variation across traits and classes, it might be good to add a few more caveats about how these strains might not be representative of all strains across the species.

      Response: The egg-laying classes were defined as in Figure 1A by arbitrarily chosen cut-offs (at 10, 10-25, and 25 eggs in utero) to simplify subsequent analyses. We added this explanation to the first paragraph of the results section. However, the differences in average egg retention are significantly different between the four defined classes using the 15 selected strains (Fig. 2A).

      We think that the distinction between Class IIIA and IIIB strains is important and justified because the two Classes significantly differ in mean egg retention (Fig. 2A) and because Class IIIB harbour the large-effect variant KCNL-1 V530L whereas Class IIIA do not.

      We agree that the 15 selected strains are not necessarily representative of all strains across the species. We have added a note of caution regarding this point to the first paragraph of the section “Temporal progression of egg retention and internal hatching”: “Note that this strain selection, especially concerning the largest Class II, is unlikely to reflect the overall strain diversity observed across the species". In addition, we have reworded the first sentence of this paragraph as follows: “ To better characterize natural variation in C. elegans egg retention, we focused on a subset of 15 strains from divergent phenotypic Classes I-III, with an emphasis on Class III strains exhibiting strong egg retention (at mid-L4 + 30h) (Fig. 2A and 2B).”

      2) For the GWAS experiments, the authors should describe if any of the QTL overlap with hyper-divergent regions in the strain set. The QTL could be driven by these less well defined regions.

      Response: We have added the following sentence: “The three QTLs do not align with any of the recently identified hyper-divergent regions of the genome (Lee et al., 2021).

      3) The authors should look at correlations between the mod-5(n822) edit phenotypes and the exogenous 5-HT and SSRI phenotypes to demonstrate how the traits can differ. Some correlation plots might help that point as well.

      Response: We examined all possible correlations as suggested: none are significant and strain effects on trait differences are idiosyncratic, as written in our results section. The correlational analyses remain of limited value due to small samples: N=10 for mean strain values for measured phenotypes. We therefore feel that these analyses do not provide any additional insights beyond our figures (4C, 4D, 5C, 5D, S5A-C ) and our statement on page 15: “As in previous experiments (Fig. 4C and 5C), we find again that strains sharing the same egg retention phenotype may differ strongly in egg-laying behaviour in response to modulation of both exo- and endogenous serotonin levels (Class IIIA: ED3005 and JU2829) (Fig. 5D and S5C).”

      4) Figure 6D, was there any censoring of the data? Normally, these types of studies are plagued by an increase in censored animals that can decrease significance. The effects among the classes seem large, but statistical comparisons might help as well.

      Response: There was no censoring of animals (censoring of animals in lifespan studies is usually done by removing “bags of worms”, which here was our study phenotype). We now mention this in the corresponding figure legend. We also added a statistical analysis showing that mean survival was significantly different between all Classes.

      5) Many of the traits, edits, and deeper analyses are performed on the JU751 genetic background. This choice is sensible, otherwise, the work can increase exponentially. However, the authors should add a caveat about how these results might be limited to JU751 and other strains might respond differently.

      Response: For certain experiments, it was not feasible to include multiple strains from all phenotypic classes, so we selected JU751 (Class IIIB) and JU1200 (Class II), for which we had established CRISPR-engineered lines to modulate the egg retention phenotype by a single amino acid change in KCNL-1. To emphasize that these experimental observations cannot be generalized, we added the following statement in the relevant results section: “These experimental results offer preliminary evidence (bearing in mind that our analysis was primarily centered on a single genetic background) that laying of advanced-stage embryos may enhance intraspecific competitive ability, particularly in scenarios where multiple genotypes compete for colonization and exploitation of limited, patchily distributed resources.”

      6) The authors argue that evolution could be acting on specific parts of the egg-laying machinery (e.g., muscledirected signaling components). It might be useful to look at levels of standing variation and selection at groups of loci compared to genomic controls to see if this conclusion can be strengthened.

      Response: This is a good idea but how to select pertinent candidate loci is unclear (there are over 300 genes with effects on egg laying, www.wormbase.org). In addition, the genetics of muscle-directed signalling components in egg laying is only starting to be explored, with no specific candidate genes having been identified (Medrano & Collins, 2023, Curr Biol). We therefore think that such an analysis is currently not possible.

      7) Completely optional: The authors present a compelling and interesting case for transitions and trade-offs between oviparity and viviparity. The C. vivipara species has a different egg-laying mode than other Caenorhabditis species. The authors could add a short section describing their expectations about the neuronal morphology, 5-HT circuits, and muscle function in this species given their results. What genes or circuits should be the focus of future studies to address this question in Caenorhabditis. Also, Loer and Rivard present some similar ideas based on the differences in 5-HT staining neurons across diverse nematodes. Those results can be incorporated and discussed as well.

      Response: Our current research focuses on the evolution of egg laying in different Caenorhabditis species. So far, however, it remains difficult to provide specific hypotheses on how the egg-laying circuit has changed in C. vivipara. We rephrased the final paragraph of the discussion to incorporate some of the reviewer’s suggestions: “Nematodes display frequent transitions from oviparity to obligate viviparity in many distinct genera (Sudhaus, 1976; Ostrovsky et al., 2015), including in the genus Caenorhabditis, with at least one viviparous species, C. vivipara (Stevens et al., 2019). Although evidence exists for the evolution of egg-laying circuitry across oviparous Caenorhabditis species (Loer and Rivard, 2007), the specific cellular and genetic changes responsible for the transition to obligate viviparity in C. vivipara have yet to be examined. Resolving the genetic basis of intraspecific variation in C. elegans egg retention, including partial or facultative viviparity, may thus shed light on the molecular changes underlying the initial steps of evolutionary transitions from oviparity to obligate viviparity in invertebrates.”

      Specific edits:

      1) Perhaps a silly point, but "parity" (to my knowledge) does not have a biological meaning on its own. I suggest "egg-laying mode" or "birth mode".

      Response: This term has been used previously in the literature (e.g.https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/jeb.13886 or https://doi.org/10.1101/2023.10.22.563505). However, as the referee rightly points out, this is not a standard term. We therefore replaced “parity mode” with “egg-laying mode”.

      2) "Against fluctuating environmental fluctuations" is a bit strange

      Response: Corrected.

      3) The first publications of Egl mutants were by the Horvitz lab so some citations are not in all of the first descriptions of the trait (early in Results)

      Response: We have added the relevant work (Trent 1982, Trent 1983, Desai & Horvitz 1989) to this paragraph in the early results section.

      4) "Strong egg retention usually strongly..." is a bit strange

      Response: Corrected.

      1. Figure 8G font looks smaller than the others.

      Response: Corrected.

      Reviewer #2:

      1) In Figure 1A, I infer that in the graph class I measurements are represented by dark blue dots and class II by purple dots. I am having a really hard time distinguishing between these two colors in the graph. In the pie chart I have no problem, but in the graph the black lines around the colored dots seem to obscure the colors. Not sure how to fix this graphical problem, but it is preventing the graph from communicating the results effectively.

      Response: We have changed the colours, spacing and format of this figure to resolve this problem.

      2) The behavioral analysis of Figure 3B-3F is problematic. The experimental methods used and the interpretation of the results each have issues. This is cause for concern since this is the most direct analysis of the actual variations in egg-laying behavior across strains presented in this paper.

      This experiment is modeled after the work of Waggoner et al. 1998, who recorded egg laying events of individual worms on video over several hours and noted the exact time of individual egg laying events. Waggoner et al. found in the reference C. elegans strain N2 that egg-laying events occurred in ~2 minute clusters ("active phases") separated by ~20 minute silent periods ("inactive phases"). Mignerot et al. did not take continuous videos of animals, but rather examined plates bearing a single worm only every 5 minutes and noted the number of new eggs that appeared on the plate in each 5-minute interval. From these data, the authors claim they have measured the intervals between "egg-laying phases" (the term used in the Figure 3 legend). In the Results, the authors explicitly claim they are measuring the timing and frequency of actual active and inactive egg-laying phases. Apparently, all the eggs laid within one 5-minute interval are considered to have been laid in a single active phase, and the time between 5-minute intervals containing egg laying events is considered an "inactive phase" and is measured only with a resolution of 5 minutes. It is not explained anywhere how the authors handle the situation of seeing eggs laid in two consecutive 5-minute intervals. Is that one active phase that is 10 minutes long, or is that two separate active phases with a 5-minute active phase in between? Because of this ambiguity in how they define active and inactive phases, I find it impossible to understand and judge the data presented in Fig. 3D-3F. The authors in the results state that "Class I and Class IIIB displayed significantly accelerated and reduced egg laying activity respectively (Fig. 3C to 3E)" . I assume they are referring to the statistical analysis described in the figure legend, which is quite difficult to understand. Frankly, just looking at the graphs in Fig. 3D3F, it is hard for the reader to identify specific features shown in the graphs can explain why, for example, Class I strains have fewer retained eggs than Class III strains. So, I found this analysis very unsatisfying.

      I also feel the authors are making an unwarranted assumption that their non-N2 strains will have distinguishable active and inactive phases of egg-laying behavior analogous to those seen in the N2 strain. Given the possibly large variations in egg-laying behavior in the various strains examined, that assumption should be questioned. Thus, framing the entire analysis of behavior patterns in terms of the length of active and inactive phases might not be appropriate.

      Response: This comment validly highlights important problems and limitations of our scan-sampling method to quantify strain differences in egg-laying behaviour. We acknowledge that we failed to present the data with due diligence, and clarity regarding terminology and interpretation. However, we think that some of these results are still of value after revised presentation. Our biggest mistake was to use the terms “active and inactive phase”, as coined by Waggoner et al. 1998. We are aware that our measures are not equivalent to these previously defined measures but have been sloppy with terminology. We therefore carefully reworded this entire results section, using clear definitions to indicate differences between the Waggoner assay and our assay (including a graphical representation of our assay design in the revised Fig. 3B). In brief, our simplified assay is useful to estimate the frequency and approximate duration of prolonged inactive periods of egg laying because we can unambiguously determine intervals in which eggs were laid or not. In contrast, as pointed out by the reviewer, we cannot determine if multiple active phases occurred within a 5-min interval, nor can we estimate the duration of an active “phase”. We now state this limitation explicitly in the manuscript. What our results do show is that the number of intervals during which egg laying occurred is significantly different between strains and Classes: Class I (low retention) have a higher number of intervals with egg-laying events, whereas Class IIIB showed a reduced number of such events (Fig. 3D). We can therefore also roughly estimate the mean time (per individual) between two egg-laying intervals, giving us a proxy for prolonged periods when egg-laying is inactive (Fig. 3E); we note that our estimate for N2 is very close to what has been previously measured (~20 min). Therefore, we can confidently conclude that there are natural strains which have both shorter (Class I) and longer (Class IIIB) inactive periods of egg laying. These results partly align with observed variation in egg retention. However, we agree with the reviewer – as we had stated both in results and discussion sections – that these behavioural differences act together with differences in the sensing of egg accumulation in utero (as suggested by results shown in Fig. 3G and 3H). We also agree that it seems very plausible that the observed behavioural differences, as revealed by scan-sampling, may only have a secondary role in accounting for natural variation in egg retention. We will be testing these hypotheses specifically in our future research.

      Note: The statistical analyses are nested ANOVAs to ask (a) does the value differ between strains within a given class and (b) does the value differ between Classes? Classes labelled with different letters in the figures therefore significantly differ in their mean values, demonstrating that measured behavioural phenotypes consistently differ between some (but not all) phenotypic classes, yet largely in line with their egg retention phenotypes (Fig. 3D and 3E).

      3) Figure 4A is a schematic diagram of how the egg-laying circuit works based on previous literature, and the authors cite Collins et al. 2015 and Kopchock et al. 2021 as their sources. One feature of this figure seems unwarranted, namely the part indicating that egg accumulation acts on the UM muscles, and the statement in the legend that "mechanical excitation of uterine muscles (UM) in response to egg accumulation favours exit from the inactive state (Collins et al., 2016)". I believe Collins et al. 2016 showed that egg accumulation favors egg laying and may have speculated that it does so by stretching the um muscles, but this idea remains speculative and has not been established by any experimental data. I point out this issue,in particular, because it may bear on the nice data the authors of this manuscript show in Figure 3G and 3H, which show that some strains accumulate many eggs in the uterus before they initiate egg laying.

      Also, in Figure 4A and 4B, the legend does not explain the logic of the green areas labeled "egg-laying active phase" and the yellow area labeled "egg-laying inactive state". I was not sure what sure how to interpret these features of the graphics.

      Response: The input from uterine muscles remains indeed hypothetical, and we have corrected the figure accordingly, now simply referring to the feedback of egg accumulation on egg laying activity, as recently characterized in more detail by Medrano & Collins (2023, Curr Biol).

      The green/yellow backgrounds shown in figures 4A (and 4B) are not useful and we have removed them.

      4) Results, page 11: "We used standard assays, in which animals are reared in liquid M9 buffer without bacterial food." In the standard assays, animals are reared on NGM agar plates with bacterial food, and then at the start of the egg-laying assay, are transferred to liquid M9 buffer without bacterial food. I assume that is what these authors did, and they should correct the language of the text to make it more accurate.

      Response: The reviewer is correct. We have incorporated this change to improve accuracy.

      5) The authors note that "serotonin induced a much stronger egg-laying responds in the Class IIIA strain ED3005 than in other strains (Fig. 4C)". I would like to point out to the authors that strains such as ED3005 that have a very large number of unlaid eggs in their uterus are prone to lay a very large number of eggs when treated with exogenous serotonin, simply for the trivial reason that they have more eggs to release. This was previously seen in, for example, in Desai and Horvitz (1989) in certain egg-laying defective mutants.

      Response: This is an important point and our comparison of ED3005 to ALL other strains is problematic. We changed this result description by stating that ED3005 shows possible serotonin hypersensitivity compared to strains with similar levels of egg retention (Class IIIA): “In addition, serotonin induced a much stronger egg-laying response in the strain ED3005 than in other Class IIIA strains with similar levels of egg retention (Fig. 4B). ED3005 may thus exhibit serotonin hypersensitivity, which has been observed in certain egg-laying mutants where perturbed synaptic transmission impacts serotonin signalling (Schafer and Kenyon, 1995; Schafer et al., 1996).”

      6) In Figure 4 the authors show that all strains lay eggs in response to fluoxetine and imipramine, but some strains (Class IIIB) do not lay eggs in response to serotonin. They then cite a series of papers, starting with Trent et al. 1983, that they claim show that this specific phenotype demonstrates that the HSN neurons are functionally releasing serotonin (bottom of page 11). This statement needs to be removed - it is incorrect. It is true that egg laying in response to fluoxetine and/or imipramine AS WELL AS egg laying in response to serotonin has been interpreted as indicating the presence of HSN neurons that functionally release serotonin to stimulate egg laying (these were referred to as Category C by Trent et al., 1983). However, the mutants that Mignerot et al. are talking about (those that don't respond to serotonin but do respond to imipramine/fluoxetine) were called Category D by Trent et al., 1983, and to my knowledge these have never been interpreted as necessarily having functionally intact HSN neurons. Mutants such as these that can lay eggs in some circumstances but cannot lay eggs in response to exogenous serotonin have usually been interpreted as having egg-laying muscles that are defective in responding to serotonin.

      How can we interpret strains that respond to imipramine/fluoxetine and not serotonin? Mignerot et al. cite some of the papers (Kullyev et al. 2010; Wenishenker et al., 1999; Yue et al., 2018) showing that imipramine and fluoxetene have off-target effects and can stimulate egg laying by acting through proteins other than the serotonin-reuptake inhibitor. The authors later in their discussion at the top of Page 24 also cite Dempsey et al 2005, a paper that also argues that imipramine and fluoxetene act via off target effects. However, currently in Figure 4B Mignerot et al. emphasize that the serotonin reuptake inhibitor is the target of these drugs. Since the results presented for Class IIIB strains are not in accord with this interpretation, this seems misleading to me. The bottom line for me is that class IIIB strains cannot respond to exogenous serotonin, but can lay eggs in other conditions, so perhaps there is something specifically wrong with their ability to respond to serotonin.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this important comment – we misinterpreted some of these past findings and our statements were either inexact or incorrect. We have revised this section accordingly: “Both drugs also stimulated egg laying in the Class IIIB strains and the Class IIIA strain JU2829 for which exogenous serotonin either inhibited egg laying or had no effect on it (Fig. 4B). In the past, mutants unresponsive to serotonin yet responsive to other drugs, including fluoxetine and imipramine, have been interpreted as being defective in the serotonin response of vulval muscles (Trent et al., 1983; Reiner et al., 1995; Weinshenker et al., 1995). This is indeed the likely case of Class IIIB strains carrying the KCNL-1 V530L variant thought to specifically reduce excitability of vulval muscles (Vigne et al., 2021). Our results therefore suggest that JU2829 (Class IIIA) may exhibit a similar defect in vulval muscle activation via serotonin caused by an alternative genetic change. Overall, these pharmacological assays do not allow us to conclude if and how HSN function has diverged among strains because the mode of action and targets of tested drugs has not been fully resolved. Nevertheless, our results are consistent with previous models proposing that these drugs do not simply block serotonin reuptake but can stimulate egg laying, to some extent, through mechanisms independent of serotonergic signaling (Trent et al., 1983; Desai and Horvitz, 1989; Reiner et al., 1995; Weinshenker et al., 1995, 1999; Dempsey et al., 2005; Kullyev et al., 2010; Branicky et al., 2014; Yue et al., 2018).”

      We removed the oversimplified Fig. 4B to avoid any misinterpretation.

      8) In Figure 7B and 7C, the authors should add some type of error bars to the graphs to and give the readers an idea of whether the differences between strains that they write about are statistically significant or not.

      Response: These are frequency data to describe temporal dynamics of hatching (N=45-72 eggs per strain) (Fig. 7B) and development in single cohorts (N=48-177 eggs per strain) (Fig. 7C), hence, the absence of error bars.

      We agree that this representation of the data is not very telling. We therefore changed the data representation in these two figures to show that there are clear, statistically significant, negative correlations between egg retention and time to hatching / egg-to-adult developmental time.

      9) When the authors reference a list of papers in a single list, e.g. "(Burton et al., 2021; Fausett et al., 2021; Garsin et al., 2001; Padilla et al., 2002; Van Voorhies and Ward, 2000)" they seem to do so in alphabetical order by the first author's last name. I believe the usual practice is to list references by year of publication, with the earliest first.

      Response: We corrected citation style according to eLIFE format.

      10) At the top of page 24, the authors write "It seems unlikely, however, that any of these variants strongly alter central function of HSN and HSN-mediated signalling because fluoxetine and imipramine, known to act via HSN (Dempsey et al., 2005; Trent et al., 1983; Weinshenker et al., 1995), triggered a robust stimulatory effect on egg laying in all examined strains (Fig. 4C)." I believe that the Weinshenker paper in fact showed that imipramine does not act via the HSN, and the Dempsey paper suggested that both drugs can act at least in part independently of the HSN. Therefore, the authors should revise their statement.

      Response: We have removed the sentence.

      Reviewing Editor:

      Minor suggestions:

      1) p. 2, fifth line from bottom: "lead" instead of "leads";

      2) p. 2, last line: "muscle" instead of "muscles";

      3) p. 3, first full paragraph, 17th line: "populations" instead of "population";

      4) p. 5, fourth line from bottom: Delete first comma;

      5) p. 6, Figure 1D: "of" instead of "off";

      6) p. 7, fifth line: "KCNL-1";

      7) p. 9, third paragraph, second line: please clarify "late mid-L4";

      8) p. 16, first line: "exogenous";

      9) p 20, first paragraph, beginning of second sentence: "Whether" instead of "If";

      10) p. 22, ninth line from bottom: delete "shaped by";

      11) p. 23, last paragraph, third and eighth lines from bottom: change "between" to "among"

      Response: Thank you. All corrected.

      Additional changes:

      Figure 5A: We removed figure 5A showing a cartoon of mod-5/SERT and its effects on serotonin signalling. This figure was incorrectly showing that MOD-5 is expressed in HSN (Jafari et al 2011 J. Neuroscience, Hammarlund et al 2018 Neuron).

      Abstract: We reworded the abstract to reduce its length.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Koumoundourou et al., identify a pathway downstream of Bcl11b that controls synapse morphology and plasticity of hippocampal mossy fiber synapses. Using an elegant combination of in vivo, ex vivo, and in vitro approaches, the authors build on their previous work that indicated C1ql2 as a functional target of Bcl11b (De Bruyckere et al., 2018). Here, they examine the functional implications of C1ql2 at MF synapses in Bcl11b cKO mice and following C1ql2 shRNA. The authors find that Bcl11b KO and shRNA against C1ql2 significantly reduces the recruitment of synaptic vesicles and impairs LTP at MF synapses. Importantly, the authors test a role for the previously identified C1ql2 binding partner, exon 25b-containing Nrxn3 (Matsuda et al., 2016), as relevant at MF synapses to maintain synaptic vesicle recruitment. To test this, the authors developed a K262E C1ql2 mutant that disrupts binding to Nrxn3. Curiously, while Bcl11b KO and C1ql2 KD largely phenocopy (reduced vesicle recruitment and impaired LTP), only vesicle recruitment is dependent on C1ql2-Nrxn3 interactions. These findings provide new insight into the functional role of C1ql2 at MF synapses. While the authors convincingly demonstrate a role for C1ql2-Nrxn3(25b+) interaction for vesicle recruitment and a Nrxn3(25b+)independent role for C1ql2 in LTP, the underlying mechanisms remain inconclusive. Additionally, a discussion of how these findings relate to previous work on C1ql2 at mossy fiber synapses and how the findings contribute to the biology of Nrxn3 would increase the interpretability of this work.

      As suggested by reviewer #1, we extended our discussion of previous work on C1ql2 and additionally discussed the biology of Nrxn3 and how our work relates to it. Moreover, we extended our mechanistic analysis of how Bcl11b/C1ql2/Nrxn3 pathway controls synaptic vesicle recruitment as well as LTP (please see also response to reviewer #2 points 5 and 8 and reviewer #3 point 4 of public reviews below for detailed discussion).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This manuscript describes experiments that further investigate the actions of the transcription factor Bcl11b in regulating mossy fiber (MF) synapses in the hippocampus. Prior work from the same group had demonstrated that loss of Bcl11b results in loss of MF synapses as well as a decrease in LTP. Here the authors focus on a target of Bcl11b a secreted synaptic organizer C1ql2 which is almost completely lost in Bcl11b KO. Viral reintroduction of C1ql2 rescues the synaptic phenotypes, whereas direct KD of C1ql2 recapitulates the Bcl1 phenotype. C1ql2 itself interacts directly with Nrxn3 and replacement with a binding deficient mutant C1q was not able to rescue the Bcl11b KO phenotype. Overall there are some interesting observations in the study, however there are also some concerns about the measures and interpretation of data.

      The authors state that they used a differential transcriptomic analysis to screen for candidate targets of Bcl11b, yet they do not present any details of this screen. This should be included and at the very least a table of all DE genes included. It is likely that many other genes are also regulated by Bcl11b so it would be important to the reader to see the rationale for focusing attention on C1ql2 in this study.

      The transcriptome analysis mentioned in our manuscript was published in detail in our previous study (De Bruyckere et al., 2018), including chromatin-immunoprecipitation that revealed C1ql2 as a direct transcriptional target of Bcl11b. Upon revision of the manuscript, we made sure that this was clearly stated within the main text module to avoid future confusion. In the same publication (De Bruyckere et al., 2018), we discuss in detail several identified candidate genes such as Sema5b, Ptgs2, Pdyn and Penk as putative effectors of Bcl11b in the structural and functional integrity of MFS. C1ql2 has been previously demonstrated to be almost exclusively expressed in DG neurons and localized to the MFS.

      There it bridges the pre- and post-synaptic sides through interaction with Nrxn3 and KAR subunits, respectively, and regulates synaptic function (Matsuda et al., 2016). Taken together, C1ql2 was a very good candidate to study as a potential effector downstream of Bcl11b in the maintenance of MFS structure and function. However, as our data reveal, not all Bcl11b mutant phenotypes were rescued by C1ql2 (see supplementary figures 2d-f of revised manuscript). We expect additional candidate genes, identified in our transcriptomic screen, to act downstream of Bcl11b in the control of MFS.

      All viral-mediated expression uses AAVs which are known to ablate neurogenesis in the DG (Johnston DOI: 10.7554/eLife.59291) through the ITR regions and leads to hyperexcitability of the dentate. While it is not clear how this would impact the measurements the authors make in MF-CA3 synapses, this should be acknowledged as a potential caveat in this study.

      We agree with reviewer #2 and are aware that it has been demonstrated that AAV-mediated gene expression ablates neurogenesis in the DG. To avoid potential interference of the AAVs with the interpretability of our phenotypes, we made sure during the design of the study that all of our control groups were treated in the same way as our groups of interest, and were, thus, injected with control AAVs. Moreover, the observed phenotypes were first described in Bcl11b mutants that were not injected with AVVs (De Bruyckere et al., 2018). Finally, we thoroughly examined the individual components of the proposed mechanism (rescue of C1ql2 expression, over-expression of C1ql3 and introduction of mutant C1ql2 in Bcl11b cKOs, KD of C1ql2 in WT mice, and Nrxn123 cKO) and reached similar conclusions. Together, this strongly supports that the observed phenotypes occur as a result of the physiological function of the proteins involved in the described mechanism and not due to interference of the AAVs with these biological processes. We have now addressed this point in the main text module of the revised ms.

      The authors claim that the viral re-introduction "restored C1ql2 protein expression to control levels. This is misleading given that the mean of the data is 2.5x the control (Figure 1d and also see Figure 6c). The low n and large variance are a problem for these data. Moreover, they are marked ns but the authors should report p values for these. At the least, this likely large overexpression and variability should be acknowledged. In addition, the use of clipped bands on Western blots should be avoided. Please show the complete protein gel in primary figures of supplemental information.

      We agree with reviewer #2 that C1ql2 expression after its re-introduction in Bcl11b cKO mice was higher compared to controls and that this should be taken into consideration for proper interpretation of the data. To address this, based also on the suggestion of reviewer #3 point 1 below, we overexpressed C1ql2 in DG neurons of control animals. We found no changes in synaptic vesicle organization upon C1ql2 over-expression compared to controls. This further supports that the observed effect upon rescue of C1ql2 expression in Bcl11b cKOs is due to the physiological function of C1ql2 and not as result of the overexpression. These data are included in supplementary figure 2g-j and are described in detail in the results part of the revised manuscript.

      Additionally, we looked at the effects of C1ql2 overexpression in Bcl11b cKO DGN on basal synaptic transmission. We plotted fEPSP slopes versus fiber volley amplitudes, measured in slices from rescue animals, as we had previously done for the control and Bcl11b cKO (Author response image 1a). Although regression analysis revealed a trend towards steeper slopes in the rescue mice (Author response image 1a and b), the observation did not prove to be statistically significant, indicating that C1ql2 overexpression in Bcl11b cKO animals does not strongly alter basal synaptic transmission at MFS. Overall, our previous and new findings support that the observed effects of the C1ql2 rescue are not caused by the artificially elevated levels of C1ql2, as compared to controls, but are rather a result of the physiological function of C1ql2.

      Following the suggestion of reviewer #2 all western blot clipped bands were exchanged for images of the full blot. This includes figures 1c, 4c, 6b and supplementary figure 2g of the revised manuscript. P-value for Figure 1d has now been included.

      Author response image 1.

      C1ql2 reintroduction in Bcl11b cKO DGN does not significantly alter basal synaptic transmission at mossy fiber-CA3 synapses. a Input-output curves generated by plotting fEPSP slope against fiber volley amplitude at increasing stimulation intensities. b Quantification of regression line slopes for input-output curves for all three conditions. Control+EGFP, 35 slices from 16 mice; Bcl11b cKO+EGFP, 32 slices from 14 mice; Bcl11b cKO+EGFP-2A-C1ql2, 22 slices from 11 mice. The data are presented as means, error bars represent SEM. Kruskal-Wallis test (non-parametric ANOVA) followed by Dunn’s post hoc pairwise comparisons. p=0.106; ns, not significant.

      Measurement of EM micrographs: As prior work suggested that MF synapse structure is disrupted the authors should report active zone length as this may itself affect "synapse score" defined by the number of vesicles docked. More concerning is that the example KO micrographs seem to have lost all the densely clustered synaptic vesicles that are away from the AZ in normal MF synapses e.g. compare control and KO terminals in Fig 2a or 6f or 7f. These terminals look aberrant and suggest that the important measure is not what is docked but what is present in the terminal cytoplasm that normally makes up the reserve pool. This needs to be addressed with further analysis and modifications to the manuscript.

      As requested by reviewer #2 we analyzed and reported in the revised manuscript the active zone length. We found that the active zone length remained unchanged in all conditions (control/Bcl11b cKO/C1ql2 rescue, WT/C1ql2 KD, control/K262E and control/Nrxn123 cKO), strengthening our results that the described Bcl11b/C1ql2/Nrxn3 mechanism is involved in the recruitment of synaptic vesicles. These data have been included in supplementary figures 2c, 4h, 5f and 6g and are described in the results part of the revised manuscript.

      We want to clarify that the synapse score is not defined by the number of docked vesicles to the plasma membrane. The synapse score, which is described in great detail in our materials and methods part and has been previously published (De Bruyckere et al., 2018), rates MFS based on the number of synaptic vesicles and their distance from the active zone and was designed according to previously described properties of the vesicle pools at the MFS. The EM micrographs refer to the general misdistribution of SV in the proximity of MFS. Upon revision of the manuscript, we made sure that this was clearly stated in the main text module to avoid further confusion.

      The study also presents correlated changes in MF LTP in Bcl11b KO which are rescued by C1ql2 expression. It is not clear whether the structural and functional deficits are causally linked and this should be made clearer in the manuscript. It is also not apparent why this functional measure was chosen as it is unlikely that C1ql2 plays a direct role in presynaptic plasticity mechanisms that are through a cAMP/ PKA pathway and likely disrupted LTP is due to dysfunctional synapses rather than a specific LTP effect.

      The inclusion of functional experiments in this and our previous study (de Bruyckere et al., 2018) was first and foremost intended to determine whether the structural alterations observed at MFB disrupt MFS signaling. From the signaling properties we tested, basal synaptic transmission (this study) and short-term potentiation (de Bruyckere et al., 2018) were unaltered by Bcl11b KO, whereas MF LTP was found to be abolished (de Bruyckere et al., 2018). Indeed, because MF LTP largely depends on presynaptic mechanisms, including the redistribution of the readily releasable pool and recruitment of new active zones (Orlando et al., 2021; Vandael et al., 2020), it appears to be particularly sensitive to the specific structural changes we observed. We therefore believe that it is valuable information that MF LTP is affected in Bcl11b cKO animals - it conveys a direct proof for the functional importance of the observed morphological alterations, while basic transmission remains largely normal. Furthermore, it subsequently provided a functional marker for testing whether the reintroduction of C1ql2 in Bcl11b cKO animals or the KD of C1ql2 in WT animals can functionally recapitulate the control or the Bcl11b KO phenotype, respectively.

      We fully agree with the reviewer that C1ql2 is unlikely to directly participate in the cAMP/PKA pathway and that the ablation of C1ql2 likely disrupts MF LTP through an alternative mode of action. Our original wording in the paragraph describing the results of the forskolin-induced LTP experiment might have overstressed the importance of the cAMP pathway. We have now rephrased that paragraph to better describe the main idea behind the forskolin experiment, namely to circumvent the initial Ca2+ influx in order to test whether deficient presynaptic Ca2+ channel/KAR signaling might be responsible for the loss of LTP in Bcl11b cKO. The results are strongly indicative of a downstream mechanism and further investigation is needed to determine the specific mechanisms by which C1ql2 regulates MFLTP, especially in light of the result that C1ql2.K262E rescued LTP, while it was unable to rescue the SV recruitment at the MF presynapse. This raises the possibility that C1ql2 can influence MF-LTP through additional, yet uncharacterized mechanisms, independent of SV recruitment. As such, a causal link between the structural and functional deficits remains tentative and we have now emphasized that point by adding a respective sentence to the discussion of our revised manuscript. Nevertheless, we again want to stress that the main rationale behind the LTP experiments was to assess the functional significance of structural changes at MFS and not to elucidate the mechanisms by which MF LTP is established.

      The authors should consider measures that might support the role of Bcl11b targets in SV recruitment during the depletion of synapses or measurements of the readily releasable pool size that would complement their findings in structural studies.

      We fully agree that functional measurements of the readily releasable pool (RRP) size would be a valuable addition to the reported redistribution of SV in structural studies. We have, in fact, attempted to use high-frequency stimulus trains in both field and single-cell recordings (details on single-cell experiments are described in the response to point 8) to evaluate potential differences in RRP size between the control and Bcl11b KO (Figure for reviewers 2a and b). Under both recording conditions we see a trend towards lower values of the intersection between a regression line of late responses and the y-axis. This could be taken as an indication of slightly smaller RRP size in Bcl11b mutant animals compared to controls. However, due to several technical reasons we are extremely cautious about drawing such far-reaching conclusions based on these data. At most, they suffice to conclude that the availability of release-ready vesicles in the KO is likely not dramatically smaller than in the control.

      The primary issue with using high-frequency stimulus trains for RRP measurements at MFS is the particularly low initial release probability (Pr) at these synapses. This means that a large number of stimulations is required to deplete the RRP. As the RRP is constantly replenished, it remains unclear when steady state responses are reached (reviewed by Kaeser and Regehr, 2017). This is clearly visible in our single-cell recordings (Author response image 2b), which were additionally complicated by prominent asynchronous release at later stages of the stimulus train and by a large variability in the shapes of cumulative amplitude curves between cells. In contrast, while the cumulative amplitude curves for field potential recordings do reach a steady state (Author response image 2a), field potential recordings in this context are not a reliable substitute for single cell or, in the case of MFB, singlebouton recordings. Postsynaptic cells in field potential recordings are not clamped, meaning that the massive release of glutamate due to continuous stimulation depolarizes the postsynaptic cells and reduces the driving force for Na+, irrespective of depletion of the RRP. This is supported by the fact that we consistently observed a recovery of fEPSP amplitudes later in the trains where RRP had presumably been maximally depleted. In summary, high-frequency stimulus trains at the field potential level are not a valid and established technique for estimating RRP size at MFS.

      Specialized laboratories have used highly advanced techniques, such as paired recordings between individual MFB and postsynaptic CA3 pyramidal cells, to estimate the RRP size of MFB (Vandael et al., 2020). These approaches are outside the scope of our present study which, while elucidating functional changes following Bcl11b depletion and C1ql2 rescue, does not aim to provide a high-end biophysical analysis of the presynaptic mechanisms involved.

      Author response image 2.

      Estimation of RRP size using high-frequency stimulus trains at mossy fiber-CA3 synapses. a Results from field potential recordings. Cumulative fEPSP amplitude in response to a train of 40 stimuli at 100 Hz. All subsequent peak amplitudes were normalized to the amplitude of the first peak. Data points corresponding to putative steady state responses were fit with linear regression (RRP size is indirectly reflected by the intersection of the regression line with the yaxis). Control+EGFP, 6 slices from 5 mice; Bcl11b cKO+EGFP, 6 slices from 3 mice. b Results from single-cell recordings. Cumulative EPSC amplitude in response to a train of 15 stimuli at 50 Hz. The last four stimuli were fit with linear regression. Control, 5 cells from 4 mice; Bcl11b cKO, 3 cells from 3 mice. Note the shallow onset of response amplitudes and the subsequent frequency potentiation. Due to the resulting increase in slope at higher stimulus numbers, intersection with the y-axis occurs at negative values. The differences shown were not found to be statistically significant; unpaired t-test or Mann-Whitney U-test.

      Bcl11b KO reduces the number of synapses, yet the I-O curve reported in Supp Fig 2 is not changed. How is that possible? This should be explained.

      We agree with reviewer #2– this apparent discrepancy has indeed struck us as a counterintuitive result. It might be that synapses that are preferentially eliminated in Bcl11b cKO are predominantly silent or have weak coupling strength, such that their loss has only a minimal effect on basal synaptic transmission. Although perplexing, the result is fully supported by our single-cell data which shows no significant differences in MF EPSC amplitudes recorded from CA3 pyramidal cells between controls and Bcl11b mutants (Author response image 3; please see the response below for details and also our response to Reviewer #1 question 2).

      Matsuda et al DOI: 10.1016/j.neuron.2016.04.001 previously reported that C1ql2 organizes MF synapses by aligning postsynaptic kainate receptors with presynaptic elements. As this may have consequences for the functional properties of MF synapses including their plasticity, the authors should report whether they see deficient postsynaptic glutamate receptor signaling in the Bcl11b KO and rescue in the C1ql2 re-expression.

      We agree that the study by Matsuda et al. is of key importance for our present work. Although MF LTP is governed by presynaptic mechanisms and we previously did not see differences in short-term plasticity between the control and Bcl11b cKO (De Bruyckere et al., 2018), the clustering of postsynaptic kainate receptors by C1ql2 is indeed an important detail that could potentially alter synaptic signaling at MFS in Bcl11b KO. We, therefore, re-analyzed previously recorded single-cell data by performing a kinetic analysis on MF EPSCs recorded from CA3 pyramidal cells in control and Bcl11b cKO mice (Figure for reviewers 3a) to evaluate postsynaptic AMPA and kainate receptor responses in both conditions. We took advantage of the fact that AMPA receptors deactivate roughly 10 times faster than kainate receptors, allowing the contributions of the two receptors to mossy fiber EPSCs to be separated (Castillo et al., 1997 and reviewed by Lerma, 2003). We fit the decay phase of the second (larger) EPSC evoked by paired-pulse stimulation with a double exponential function, yielding a fast and a slow component, which roughly correspond to the fractional currents evoked by AMPA and kainate receptors, respectively. Analysis of both fast and slow time constants and the corresponding fractional amplitudes revealed no significant differences between controls and Bcl11b mutants (Figure for reviewers 3e-h), indicating that both AMPA and kainate receptor signaling is unaffected by the ablation of C1ql2 following Bcl11b KO.

      Importantly, MF EPSC amplitudes evoked by the first and the second pulse (Author response image 3b), paired-pulse facilitation (Author response image 3c) and failure rates (Author response image 3d) were all comparable between controls and Bcl11b mutants. These results further corroborate our observations from field recordings that basal synaptic transmission at MFS is unaltered by Bcl11b KO.

      We note that the results from single cell recordings regarding basal synaptic transmission merely confirm the observations from field potential recordings, and that the attempted measurement of RRP size at the single cell level was not successful. Thus, our single-cell data do not add new information about the mechanisms underlying the effects of Bcl11b-deficiency and we therefore decided not to report these data in the manuscript.

      Author response image 3.

      Basal synaptic transmission at mossy fiber-CA3 synapses is unaltered in Bcl11b cKO mice. a Representative average trace (20 sweeps) recorded from CA3 pyramidal cells in control and Bcl11b cKO mice at minimal stimulation conditions, showing EPSCs in response to paired-pulse stimulation (PPS) at an interstimulus interval of 40 ms. The signal is almost entirely blocked by the application of 2 μM DCG-IV (red). b Quantification of MF EPSC amplitudes in response to PPS for both the first and the second pulse. c Ratio between the amplitude of the second over the first EPSC. d Percentage of stimulation events resulting in no detectable EPSCs for the first pulse. Events <5 pA were considered as noise. e Fast decay time constant obtained by fitting the average second EPSC with the following double exponential function: I(t)=Afaste−t/τfast+Aslowe−t/τslow+C, where I is the recorded current amplitude after time t, Afast and Aslow represent fractional current amplitudes decaying with the fast (τfast) and slow (τslow) time constant, respectively, and C is the offset. Starting from the peak of the EPSC, the first 200 ms of the decaying trace were used for fitting. f Fractional current amplitude decaying with the fast time constant. g-h Slow decay time constant and fractional current amplitude decaying with the slow time constant. For all figures: Control, 8 cells from 4 mice; Bcl11b cKO, 8 cells from 6 mice. All data are presented as means, error bars indicate SEM. None of the differences shown were found to be statistically significant; Mann-Whitney U-test for nonnormally and unpaired t-test for normally distributed data.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Overall, this is a strong manuscript that uses multiple current techniques to provide specific mechanistic insight into prior discoveries of the contributions of the Bcl11b transcription factor to mossy fiber synapses of dentate gyrus granule cells. The authors employ an adult deletion of Bcl11b via Tamoxifen-inducible Cre and use immunohistochemical, electron microscopy, and electrophysiological studies of synaptic plasticity, together with viral rescue of C1ql2, a direct transcriptional target of Bcl11b or Nrxn3, to construct a molecular cascade downstream of Bcl11b for DG mossy fiber synapse development. They find that C1ql2 re-expression in Bcl11b cKOs can rescue the synaptic vesicle docking phenotype and the impairments in MF-LTP of these mutants. They also show that C1ql2 knockdown in DG neurons can phenocopy the vesicle docking and plasticity phenotypes of the Bcl11b cKO. They also use artificial synapse formation assays to suggest that C1ql2 functions together with a specific Nrxn3 splice isoform in mediating MF axon development, extending these data with a C1ql2-K262E mutant that purports to specifically disrupt interactions with Nrxn3. All of the molecules involved in this cascade are disease-associated and this study provides an excellent blueprint for uncovering downstream mediators of transcription factor disruption. Together this makes this work of great interest to the field. Strengths are the sophisticated use of viral replacement and multi-level phenotypic analysis while weaknesses include the linkage of C1ql2 with a specific Nrxn3 splice variant in mediating these effects.

      Here is an appraisal of the main claims and conclusions:

      1) C1ql2 is a downstream target of Bcl11b which mediates the synaptic vesicle recruitment and synaptic plasticity phenotypes seen in these cKOs. This is supported by the clear rescue phenotypes of synapse anatomy (Fig.2) and MF synaptic plasticity (Fig.3). One weakness here is the absence of a control assessing over-expression phenotypes of C1ql2. It's clear from Fig.1D that viral rescue is often greater than WT expression (totally expected). In the case where you are trying to suppress a LoF phenotype, it is important to make sure that enhanced expression of C1ql2 in a WT background does not cause your rescue phenotype. A strong overexpression phenotype in WT would weaken the claim that C1ql2 is the main mediator of the Bcl11b phenotype for MF synapse phenotypes.

      As suggested by reviewer #3, we carried out C1ql2 over-expression experiments in control animals. We show that the over-expression of C1ql2 in the DG of control animals had no effect on the synaptic vesicle organization in the proximity of MFS. This further supports that the observed effect upon rescue of C1ql2 expression in Bcl11b cKOs is due to the physiological function of C1ql2 and not a result of the artificial overexpression. These data are now included in supplementary figure 2g-j and are described in detail in the results part of the revised manuscript. Please also see response to point 3 of reviewer #2.

      2) Knockdown of C1ql2 via 4 shRNAs is sufficient to produce the synaptic vesicle recruitment and MFLTP phenotypes. This is supported by clear effects in the shRNA-C1ql2 groups as compared to nonsense-EGFP controls. One concern (particularly given the use of 4 distinct shRNAs) is the potential for off-target effects, which is best controlled for by a rescue experiment with RNA insensitive C1ql2 cDNA as opposed to nonsense sequences, which may not elicit the same off-target effects.

      We agree with reviewer #3 that the usage of shRNAs could potentially create unexpected off-target effects and that the introduction of a shRNA-insensitive C1ql2 in parallel to the expression on the shRNA cassette would be a very effective control experiment. However, the suggested experiment would require an additional 6 months (2 months for AAV production, 2-3 months from animal injection to sacrifice and 1-2 months for EM imaging/analysis and LTP measurements) and a high number of additional animals (minimum 8 for EM and 8 for LTP measurements). We note here, that before the production of the shRNA-C1ql2 and the shRNA-NS, the individual sequences were systematically checked for off-target bindings on the murine exome with up to two mismatches and presented with no other target except the proposed (C1ql2 for shRNA-C1ql2 and no target for shRNA-NS). Taking into consideration our in-silico analysis, we feel that the interpretation of our findings is valid without this (very reasonable) additional control experiment.

      3) C1ql2 interacts with Nrxn3(25b+) to facilitate MF terminal SV clustering. This claim is theoretically supported by the HEK cell artificial synapse formation assay (Fig.5), the inability of the K262-C1ql2 mutation to rescue the Bcl11b phenotype (Fig.6), and the altered localization of C1ql2 in the Nrxn1-3 deletion mice (Fig.7). Each of these lines of experimental evidence has caveats that should be acknowledged and addressed. Given the hypothesis that C1ql2 and Nrxn3b(25b) are expressed in DG neurons and work together, the heterologous co-culture experiment seems strange. Up till now, the authors are looking at pre-synaptic function of C1ql2 since they are re-expressing it in DGNs. The phenotypes they are seeing are also pre-synaptic and/or consistent with pre-synaptic dysfunction. In Fig.5, they are testing whether C1ql2 can induce pre-synaptic differentiation in trans, i.e. theoretically being released from the 293 cells "post-synaptically". But the post-synaptic ligands (Nlgn1 and and GluKs) are not present in the 293 cells, so a heterologous synapse assay doesn't really make sense here. The effect that the authors are seeing likely reflects the fact that C1ql2 and Nrxn3 do bind to each other, so C1ql2 is acting as an artificial post-synaptic ligand, in that it can cluster Nrxn3 which in turn clusters synaptic vesicles. But this does not test the model that the authors propose (i.e. C1ql2 and Nrxn3 are both expressed in MF terminals). Perhaps a heterologous assay where GluK2 is put into HEK cells and the C1ql2 and Nrxn3 are simultaneously or individually manipulated in DG neurons?

      C1ql2 is expressed by DG neurons and is then secreted in the MFS synaptic cleft, while Nrxn3, that is also expressed by DG neurons, is anchored at the presynaptic side. In our work we used the well established co-culture system assay and cultured HEK293 cells secreting C1ql2 (an IgK secretion sequence was inserted at the N-terminus of C1ql2) together with hippocampal neurons expressing Nrxn3(25b+). We used the HEK293 cells as a delivery system of secreted C1ql2 to the neurons to create regions of high concentration of C1ql2. By interfering with the C1ql2-Nrxn3 interaction in this system either by expression of the non-binding mutant C1ql2 variant in the HEK cells or by manipulating Nrxn expression in the neurons, we could show that C1ql2 binding to Nrxn3(25b+) is necessary for the accumulation of vGlut1. However, we did not examine and do not claim within our manuscript that the interaction between C1ql2 and Nrxn3(25b+) induces presynaptic differentiation. Our experiment only aimed to analyze the ability of C1ql2 to cluster SV through interaction with Nrxn3. Moreover, by not expressing potential postsynaptic interaction partners of C1ql2 in our system, we could show that C1ql2 controls SV recruitment through a purely presynaptic mechanism. Co-culturing GluK2-expressing HEK cells with simultaneous manipulation of C1ql2 and/or Nrxn3 in neurons would not allow us to appropriately answer our scientific question, but rather focus on the potential synaptogenic function of the Nrxn3/C1ql2/GluK2 complex and the role of the postsynaptic ligand in it. Thus, we feel that the proposed experiment, while very interesting in characterization of additional putative functions of C1ql2, may not provide additional information for the point we were addressing. In the revised manuscript we tried to make the aim and methodological approach of this set of experiments more clear.

      4) K262-C1ql2 mutation blocks the normal rescue through a Nrxn3(25b) mechanism (Fig.6). The strength of this experiment rests upon the specificity of this mutation for disrupting Nrxn3b binding (presynaptic) as opposed to any of the known postsynaptic C1ql2 ligands such as GluK2. While this is not relevant for interpreting the heterologous assay (Fig.5), it is relevant for the in vivo phenotypes in Fig.6. Similar approaches as employed in this paper can test whether binding to other known postsynaptic targets is altered by this point mutation.

      It has been previously shown that C1ql2 together with C1ql3 recruit postsynaptic GluK2 at the MFS. However, loss of just C1ql2 did not affect the recruitment of GluK2, which was disrupted only upon loss of both C1ql2 and C1ql3 (Matsuda et al., 2018). In our study we demonstrate a purely presynaptic function of C1ql2 through Nrxn3 in the synaptic vesicle recruitment. This function is independent of C1ql3, as C1ql3 expression is unchanged in all of our models and its over-expression did not compensate for C1ql2 functions (Fig. 2, 3a-c). Our in vitro experiments also reveal that C1ql2 can recruit both Nrxn3 and vGlut1 in the absence of any known postsynaptic C1ql2 partner (KARs and BAI3; Fig.5; please also see response above). Furthermore, we have now performed a kinetic analysis on single-cell data which we had previously collected to evaluate postsynaptic AMPA and kainate receptor responses in both the control and Bcl11b KO. Our analysis reveals no significant differences in postsynaptic current kinetics, making it unlikely that AMPA and kainate receptor signaling is altered upon the loss of C1ql2 following Bcl11b cKO (Author response image 3e-h; please also see our response to reviewer #2 point 8). Thus, we have no experimental evidence supporting the idea that a loss of interaction between C1ql2.K262E and GluK2 would interfere with the examined phenotype. However, to exclude that the K262E mutation disrupts interaction between C1ql2 and GluK2, we performed co-immunoprecipitation from protein lysate of HEK293 cells expressing GluK2myc-flag and GFP-C1ql2 or GluK2-myc-flag and GFP-K262E and could show that both C1ql2 and K262E had GluK2 bound when precipitated. These data are included in supplementary figure 5k of the revised manuscript.

      5) Altered localization of C1ql2 in Nrxn1-3 cKOs. These data are presented to suggest that Nrx3(25b) is important for localizing C1ql2 to the SL of CA3. Weaknesses of this data include both the lack of Nrxn specificity in the triple a/b KOs as well as the profound effects of Nrxn LoF on the total levels of C1ql2 protein. Some measure that isn't biased by this large difference in C1ql2 levels should be attempted (something like in Fig.1F).

      We acknowledge that the lack of specificity in the Nrxn123 model makes it difficult to interpret our data. We have now examined the mRNA levels of Nrxn1 and Nrxn2 upon stereotaxic injection of Cre in the DG of Nrxn123flox/flox animals and found that Nrxn1 was only mildly reduced. At the same time Nrxn2 showed a tendency for reduction that was not significant (data included in supplementary figure 6a of revised manuscript). Only Nrxn3 expression was strongly suppressed. Of course, this does not exclude that the mild reduction of Nrxn1 and Nrxn2 interferes with the C1ql2 localization at the MFS. We further examined the mRNA levels of C1ql2 in control and Nrxn123 mutants to ensure that the observed changes in C1ql2 protein levels at the MFS are not due to reduced mRNA expression and found no changes (data are included in supplementary figure 6b of the revised manuscript), suggesting that overall protein C1ql2 expression is normal.

      The reduced C1ql2 fluorescence intensity at the MFS was first observed when non-binding C1ql2 variant K262E was introduced to Bcl11b cKO mice that lack endogenous C1ql2 (Fig.6). In these experiments, we found that despite the overall high protein levels of C1ql2.K262E in the hippocampus (Fig. 6c), its fluorescence intensity at the SL was significantly reduced compared to WT C1ql2 (Fig. 6d-e). The remaining signal of the C1ql2.K262E at the SL was equally distributed and in a punctate form, similar to WT C1ql2. Together, this suggests that loss of C1ql2-Nrxn3 interaction interferes with the localization of C1ql2 at the MFS, but not with the expression of C1ql2. Of course, this does not exclude that other mechanisms are involved in the synaptic localization of C1ql2, beyond the interaction with Nrxn3, as both the mutant C1ql2 in Bcl11b cKO and the endogenous C1ql2 in Nrxn123 cKOs show residual immunofluorescence at the SL. Further studies are required to determine how C1ql2-Nrxn3 interaction regulates C1ql2 localization at the MFS.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In addition to addressing the comments below, this study would benefit significantly from providing insight and discussion into the relevant potential postsynaptic signaling components controlled exclusively by C1ql2 (postsynaptic kainate receptors and the BAI family of proteins).

      We have now performed a kinetic analysis on single-cell data that we had previously collected to evaluate postsynaptic AMPA and kainate receptor responses in both the control and Bcl11b cKO. Our analysis reveals no significant differences in postsynaptic current kinetics, making it unlikely that AMPA and kainate receptor signaling differ between controls and upon the loss of C1ql2 following Bcl11b cKO (Author response image 3e-h; please also see our response to Reviewer #2 point 8). This agrees with previous findings that C1ql2 regulates postsynaptic GluK2 recruitment together with C1ql3 and only loss of both C1ql2 and C1ql3 results in a disruption of KAR signaling (Matsuda et al., 2018). In our study we demonstrate a purely presynaptic function of C1ql2 through Nrxn3 in the synaptic vesicle recruitment. This function is independent of C1ql3, as C1ql3 expression is unchanged in all of our models and its over-expression did not compensate for C1ql2 functions (Fig. 2, 3a-c). Our in vitro experiments also reveal that C1ql2 can recruit both Nrxn3 and vGlut1 in the absence of any known postsynaptic C1ql2 partner (KARs and BAI3; Fig.5; please also see our response to reviewer #3 point 4 above). We believe that further studies are needed to fully understand both the pre- and the postsynaptic functions of C1ql2. Because the focus of this manuscript was on the role of the C1ql2-Nrxn3 interaction and our investigation on postsynaptic functions of C1ql2 was incomplete, we did not include our findings on postsynaptic current kinetics in our revised manuscript. However, we increased the discussion on the known postsynaptic partners of C1ql2 in the revised manuscript to increase the interpretability of our results.

      Major Comments:

      The authors demonstrate that the ultrastructural properties of presynaptic boutons are altered after Bcl11b KO and C1ql2 KD. However, whether C1ql2 functions as part of a tripartite complex and the identity of the postsynaptic receptor (BAI, KAR) should be examined.

      Matsuda and colleagues have nicely demonstrated in their 2016 (Neuron) study that C1ql2 is part of a tripartite complex with presynaptic Nrxn3 and postsynaptic KARs. Moreover, they demonstrated that C1ql2, together with C1ql3, recruit postsynaptic KARs at the MFS, while the KO of just C1ql2 did not affect the KAR localization. In our study we demonstrate a purely presynaptic function of C1ql2 through Nrxn3 in the synaptic vesicle recruitment. This function is independent of C1ql3, as C1ql3 expression is unchanged in all of our models and its over-expression did not compensate for C1ql2 functions (Fig. 2, 3a-c). Our in vitro experiments also reveal that C1ql2 is able to recruit both Nrxn3 and vGlut1 in the absence of any known postsynaptic C1ql2 partner (Fig. 5; please also see our response to reviewer #3 point 4 above). Moreover, we were able to show that the SV recruitment depends on C1ql2 interaction with Nrxn3 through the expression of a non-binding C1ql2 (Fig. 6) that retains the ability to interact with GluK2 (supplementary figure 5k of revised manuscript) or by KO of Nrxns (Fig. 7). Furthermore, we have now performed a kinetic analysis on single-cell data which we had previously collected to evaluate postsynaptic AMPA and kainate receptor responses in both the control and Bcl11b cKO. Our analysis reveals no significant differences in postsynaptic current kinetics, making it unlikely that AMPA and kainate receptor signaling differ between controls and Bcl11b mutants (Author response image 3e-h; please also see our response to Reviewer #2 question 8). Together, we have no experimental evidence so far that would support that the postsynaptic partners of C1ql2 are involved in the observed phenotype. While it would be very interesting to characterize the postsynaptic partners of C1ql2 in depth, we feel this would be beyond the scope of the present study.

      Figure 1f: For a more comprehensive understanding of the Bcl11b KO phenotype and the potential role for C1ql2 on MF synapse number, a complete quantification of vGlut1 and Homer1 for all conditions (Supplement Figure 2e) should be included in the main text.

      In our study we focused on the role of C1ql2 in the structural and functional integrity of the MFS downstream of Bcl11b. Bcl11b ablation leads to several phenotypes in the MFS that have been thoroughly described in our previous study (De Bruyckere et al., 2018). As expected, re-expression of C1ql2 only partially rescued these phenotypes, with full recovery of the SV recruitment (Fig. 2) and of the LTP (Fig. 3), but had no effect on the reduced numbers of MFS nor the structural complexity of the MFB created by the Bcl11b KO (supplementary figure 2d-f of revised manuscript). We understand that including the quantification of vGlut1 and Homer1 co-localization in the main figures would help with a better understanding of the Bcl11b mutant phenotype. However, in our manuscript we investigate C1ql2 as an effector of Bcl11b and thus we focus on its functions in SV recruitment and LTP. As we did not find a link between C1ql2 and the number of MFS/MFB upon re-expression of C1ql2 in Bcl11b cKO or now also in C1ql2 KD (see response to comment #4 below), we believe it is more suitable to present these data in the supplement.

      Figure 3/4: Given the striking reduction in the numbers of synapses (Supplement Figure 2e) and docked vesicles (Figure 2d) in the Bcl11b KO and C1ql2 KD (Figure 4e-f), it is extremely surprising that basal synaptic transmission is unaffected (Supplement Figure 2g). The authors should determine the EPSP input-output relationship following C1ql2 KD and measure EPSPs following trains of stimuli at various high frequencies.

      We fully acknowledge that this is an unexpected result. It is, however, well feasible that the modest displacement of SV fails to noticeably influence basal synaptic transmission. This would be the case, for example, if only a low number of vesicles are released by single stimuli, in line with the very low initial Pr at MFS. In contrast, the reduction in synapse numbers in the Bcl11b mutant might indeed be expected to reflect in the input-output relationship. It is possible, however, that synapses that are preferentially eliminated in Bcl11b cKO are predominantly silent or have weak coupling strength, such that their loss has only a minimal effect on basal synaptic transmission. Finally, we cannot exclude compensatory mechanisms (homeostatic plasticity) at the remaining synapses. A detailed analysis of these potential mechanisms would be a whole project in its own right.

      As additional information, we can say that the largely unchanged input-output-relation in Bcl11b cKO is also present in the single-cell level data (Author response image 3; details on single-cell experiments are described in the response to Reviewer #2 point 8).

      As suggested by the reviewer, we have now additionally analyzed the input-output relationship following C1ql2 KD and again did not observe any significant difference between control and KD animals. We have incorporated the respective input-output curves into the revised manuscript under Supplementary figure 3c-d.

      Figure 4: Does C1ql2 shRNA also reduce the number of MFBs? This should be tested to further identify C1ql2-dependent and independent functions.

      As requested by reviewer #1 we quantified the number of MFBs upon C1ql2 KD. We show that C1ql2 KD in WT animals does not alter the number of MFBs. The data are presented in supplementary figure 4d of the revised manuscript. Re-expression of C1ql2 in Bcl11b cKO did not rescue the loss of MFS created by the Bcl11b mutation. Moreover, C1ql2 re-expression did not rescue the complexity of the MFB ultrastructure perturbed by the Bcl11b ablation. Together, this suggests that Bcl11b regulates MFs maintenance through additional C1ql2-independent pathways. In our previously published work (De Bruyckere et al., 2018) we identified and discussed in detail several candidate genes such as Sema5b, Ptgs2, Pdyn and Penk as putative effectors of Bcl11b in the structural and functional integrity of MFS (please also see response to reviewer #2- point 1 of public reviews).

      Figure 5: Clarification is required regarding the experimental design of the HEK/Neuron co-culture: 1. C1ql2 is a secreted soluble protein - how is the protein anchored to the HEK cell membrane to recruit Nrxn3(25b+) binding and, subsequently, vGlut1?

      C1ql2 was secreted by the HEK293 cells through an IgK signaling peptide at the N-terminus of C1ql2. The high concentration of C1ql2 close to the secretion site together with the sparse coculturing of the HEK293 cells on the neurons allows for the quantification of accumulation of neuronal proteins. We have now described the experimental conditions in greater detail in the main text module of the revised manuscript

      2) Why are the neurons transfected and not infected? Transfection efficiency of neurons with lipofectamine is usually poor (1-5%; Karra et al., 2010), while infection of neurons with lentiviruses or AAVs encoding cDNAs routinely are >90% efficient. Thus, interpretation of the recruitment assays may be influenced by the density of neurons transfected near a HEK cell.

      We agree with reviewer #1 that viral infection of the neurons would have been a more effective way of expressing our constructs. However, due to safety allowances in the used facility and time limitation at the time of conception of this set of experiments, a lipofectamine transfection was chosen.

      However, as all of our examined groups were handled in the same way and multiple cells from three independent experiments were examined for each experimental set, we believe that possible biases introduced by the transfection efficiency have been eliminated and thus have trust in our interpretation of these results.

      3) Surface labeling of HEK cells for wild-type C1ql2 and K262 C1ql2 would be helpful to assess the trafficking of the mutant.

      We recognize that potential changes to the trafficking of C1ql2 caused by the K262E mutation would be important to characterize, in light of the reduced localization of the mutant protein at the SL in the in vivo experiments (Fig. 6e). In our culture system, C1ql2 and K262E were secreted by the HEK cells through insertion of an IgK signaling peptide at the N-terminus of the myc-tagged C1ql2/K262E. Thus, trafficking analysis on this system would not be informative, as the system is highly artificial compared to the in vivo model. Further studies are needed to characterize C1ql2 trafficking in neurons to understand how C1ql2-Nrxn3 interaction regulates the localization of C1ql2. However, labeling of the myc-tag in C1ql2 or K262E expressing HEK cells of the co-culture model reveals a similar signal for the two proteins (Fig. 5a,c). Nrxn-null mutation in neurons co-cultured with C1ql2-expressing HEK cells disrupted C1ql2 mediated vGlut1 accumulation in the neurons. Selective expression of Nrxn3(25b) in the Nrxn-null neurons restored vGlut1 clustering was (Fig. 5e-f). Together, these data suggest that it is the interaction between C1ql2 and Nrxn3 that drives the accumulation of vGlut1.

      Figure 6: Bcl11b KO should also be included in 6f-h.

      As suggested by reviewer #1, we included the Bcl11b cKO in figures 6f-h and in corresponding supplementary figures 5c-j.

      Figure 7b: What is the abundance of mRNA for Nrxn1 and Nrxn2 as well as the abundance of Nrxns after EGFP-Cre injection into DG?

      We addressed this point raised by reviewer #1 by quantifying the relative mRNA levels of Nrxn1 and Nrxn2 via qPCR upon Nrxn123 mutation induction with EGFP-Cre injection. We have now examined the mRNA levels of Nrxn1 and Nrxn2 upon stereotaxic injection of Cre in the DG of Nrxn123flox/flox animals and found that Nrxn1 was only mildly reduced. At the same time Nrxn2 showed a tendency for reduction that was not significant. The data are presented in supplementary figure 6a of the revised maunscript.

      Minor Comments for readability:

      Synapse score is referred to frequently in the text and should be defined within the text for clarification.

      'n' numbers should be better defined in the figure legends. For example, for protein expression analysis in 1c, n=3. Is this a biological or technical triplicate? For electrophysiology (e.g. 3c), does "n=7" reflect the number of animals or the number of slices? n/N (slices/animals) should be presented.

      Figure 7a: Should the diagrams of the cre viruses be EGFP-Inactive or active Cre and not CRE-EGFP as shown in the diagram?

      Figure 7b: the region used for the inset should be identified in the larger image.

      All minor points have been fixed in the revised manuscript according to the suggestions.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      -Please describe the 'synapse score' somewhere in the text - it is too prominently featured to not have a clear description of what it is.

      The description of the synapse score has been included in the main text module of the revised manuscript.

      -The claim that Bcl11b controls SV recruitment "specifically" through C1ql2 is a bit stronger than is warranted by the data. Particularly given that C1ql2 is expressed at 2.5X control levels in their rescue experiments. See pt.2

      Please see response to reviewer #3 point 1 of public reviews. To address this, we over-expressed C1ql2 in control animals and found no changes in the synaptic vesicle distribution (supplementary figure 2g-j of revised manuscript). This supports that the observed rescue of synaptic vesicle recruitment by re-expression of C1ql2 is due to its physiological function and not due to the artificially elevated protein levels. Of course, we cannot exclude the possibility that other, C1ql2-independent, mechanisms also contribute to the SV recruitment downstream of Bcl11b. Our data from the C1ql2 rescue, C1ql2 KD, the in vitro experiments and the interruption of C1ql2-Nrxn3 in vivo, strongly suggest C1ql2 to be an important regulator of SV recruitment.

      -Does Bcl11b regulate Nrxn3 expression? Considering the apparent loss of C1ql2 expression in the Nrxn KO mice, this is an important detail.

      We agree with reviewer #3 that this is an important point. We have previously done differential transcriptomics from DG neurons of Bcl11b cKOs compared to controls and did not find Nrxn3 among the differentially expressed genes. To further validate this, we now quantified the Nrxn3 mRNA levels via qPCR in Bcl11b cKOs compared to controls and found no differences. These data are included in supplementary figure 5a of the revised manuscript.

      -It appears that C1ql2 expression is much lower in the Nrxn123 KO mice. Since the authors are trying to test whether Nrxn3 is required for the correct targeting of C1ql2, this is a confounding factor. We can't really tell if what we are seeing is a "mistargeting" of C1ql2, loss of expression, or both. If the authors did a similar analysis to what they did in Figure 1 where they looked at the synaptic localization of C1ql2 (and quantified it) that could provide more evidence to support or refute the "mistargeting" claim.

      Please also see response to reviewer #3 point 5 of public reviews. To exclude that reduction of fluorescence intensity of C1ql2 at the SL in Nrxn123 KO mice is due to loss of C1ql2 expression, we examined the mRNA levels of C1ql2 in control and Nrxn123 mutants and found no changes (data are included in supplementary figure 6b of the revised manuscript), suggesting that C1ql2 gene expression is normal. The reduced C1ql2 fluorescence intensity at the MFS was first observed when non-binding C1ql2 variant K262E was introduced to Bcl11b cKO mice that lack endogenous C1ql2 (Fig.6). In these experiments, we found that despite the overall high protein levels of C1ql2.K262E in the hippocampus (Fig. 6c), its fluorescence intensity at the SL was significantly reduced compared to WT C1ql2 (Fig. 6d-e). The remaining C1ql2.K262E signal in the SL was equally distributed and in a punctate form, similar to WT C1ql2. Together, this indicates that the loss of C1ql2-Nrxn3 interaction interferes with the localization of C1ql2 along the MFS, but not with expression of C1ql2. Of course, this does not exclude that additional mechanisms regulate C1ql2 localization at the synapse, as both the mutant C1ql2 in Bcl11b cKO and the endogenous C1ql2 in Nrxn123 cKO show residual immunofluorescence at the SL.

      We note here that we have not previously quantified the co-localization of C1ql2 with individual synapses. C1ql2 is a secreted molecule that localizes at the MFS synaptic cleft. However, not much is known about the number of MFS that are positive for C1ql2 nor about the mechanisms regulating C1ql2 targeting, transport, and secretion to the MFS. Whether C1ql2 interaction with Nrxn3 is necessary for the protection of C1ql2 from degradation, its surface presentation and transport or stabilization to the synapse is currently unclear. Upon revision of our manuscript, we realized that we might have overstated this particular finding and have now rephrased the specific parts within the results to appropriately describe the observation and have also included a sentence in the discussion referring to the lack of understanding of the mechanism behind this observation.

      -Title of Figure S5 is "Nrxn KO perturbs C1ql2 localization and SV recruitment at the MFS", but there is no data on C1ql2 localization.

      This issue has been fixed in the revised manusript.

      -S5 should be labeled more clearly than just Cre+/-

      This issue has been fixed in the revised manuscript.

      References

      Castillo, P.E., Malenka, R.C., Nicoll, R.A., 1997. Kainate receptors mediate a slow postsynaptic current in hippocampal CA3 neurons. Nature 388, 182–186. https://doi.org/10.1038/40645

      De Bruyckere, E., Simon, R., Nestel, S., Heimrich, B., Kätzel, D., Egorov, A.V., Liu, P., Jenkins, N.A., Copeland, N.G., Schwegler, H., Draguhn, A., Britsch, S., 2018. Stability and Function of Hippocampal Mossy Fiber Synapses Depend on Bcl11b/Ctip2. Front. Mol. Neurosci. 11. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnmol.2018.00103

      Kaeser, P.S., Regehr, W.G., 2017. The readily releasable pool of synaptic vesicles. Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 43, 63–70. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.conb.2016.12.012

      Lerma, J., 2003. Roles and rules of kainate receptors in synaptic transmission. Nat. Rev. Neurosci. 4, 481–495. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrn1118

      Orlando, M., Dvorzhak, A., Bruentgens, F., Maglione, M., Rost, B.R., Sigrist, S.J., Breustedt, J., Schmitz, D., 2021. Recruitment of release sites underlies chemical presynaptic potentiation at hippocampal mossy fiber boutons. PLoS Biol. 19, e3001149. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pbio.3001149

      Vandael, D., Borges-Merjane, C., Zhang, X., Jonas, P., 2020. Short-Term Plasticity at Hippocampal Mossy Fiber Synapses Is Induced by Natural Activity Patterns and Associated with Vesicle Pool Engram Formation. Neuron 107, 509-521.e7. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2020.05.013

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This work describes new validated conditional double KO (cDKO) mice for LRRK1 and LRRK2 that will be useful for the field, given that LRRK2 is widely expressed in the brain and periphery, and many divergent phenotypes have been attributed previously to LRRK2 expression. The manuscript presents solid data demonstrating that it is the loss of LRRK1 and LRRK2 expression within the SNpc DA cells that is not well tolerated, as it was previously unclear from past work whether neurodegeneration in the LRRK double Knock Out (DKO) was cell autonomous or the result of loss of LRRK1/LRRK2 expression in other types of cells. Future studies may pursue the biochemical mechanisms underlying the reason for the apoptotic cells noted in this study, as here, the LRRK1/LRRK2 KO mice did not replicate the dramatic increase in the number of autophagic vacuoles previously noted in germline global LRRK1/LRRK2 KO mice.

      We thank the editors for handling our manuscript and for the succinct summary that recognizes the significance of our findings and points out interesting directions for future studies. We also thank the reviewers for their helpful comments and positive evaluation of our work. Below, we have provided point-by-point responses to the reviewers’ comments.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This is an important work showing that loss of LRRK function causes late-onset dopaminergic neurodegeneration in a cell-autonomous manner. One of the LRRK members, LRRK2, is of significant translational importance as mutations in LRRK2 cause late-onset autosomal dominant Parkinson's disease (PD). While many in the field assume that LRRK2 mutant causes PD via increased LRRK2 activity (i.e., kinase activity), it is not a settled issue as not all disease-causing mutant LRRK2 exhibit increased activity. Further, while LRRK2 inhibitors are under clinical trials for PD, the consequence of chronic, long-term LRRK2 inhibition is unknown. Thus, studies evaluating the long-term impact of LRRK deficit have important translational implications. Moreover, because LRRK proteins, particularly LRRK2, are known to modulate immune response and intracellular membrane trafficking, the study's results and the reagents will be valuable for others interested in LRRK function.

      Strengths:

      This report describes a mouse model where the LRRK1 and LRRK2 gene is conditionally deleted in dopaminergic neurons. Previously, this group showed that while loss of LRRK2 expression does not cause brain phenotype, loss of both LRRK1 and LRRK2 causes a later onset, progressive degeneration of catecholaminergic neurons and dopaminergic (DAergic) neurons in the substantia nigra (SN), and noradrenergic neurons in the locus coeruleus (LC). However, because LRRK genes are widely expressed with some peripheral phenotypes, it was unknown if the neurodegeneration in the LRRK double knockout (DKO) was cell autonomous. To rigorously test this question, the authors have generated a double conditional (cDKO) allele where both LRRK1 and LRRK2 genes were targeted to contain loxP sites. In my view, this was beyond what is usually required, as most investigators might might combine one KO allele with another floxed allele. The authors provide a rigorous validation showing that the Driver (DAT-Cre) is expressed in most DAergic neurons in the SN and that LRRK levers are decreased selectively in the ventral midbrain. Using these mice, the authors show that the number of DAergic neurons is normal at 15 but significantly decreased at 20 months of age. Moreover, the authors show that the number of apoptotic neurons is increased by ~2X in aged SN, demonstrating increased ongoing cell death, as well as an increase in activated microglia. The degeneration is limited to DAergic neurons as LC neurons are not lost as this population does not express DAT. Overall, the mouse genetics and experimental analysis were performed rigorously, and the results were statistically sound and compelling.

      Weaknesses:

      I only have a few minor comments. First is that in PD and other degenerative conditions, loss of axons and terminals occurs prior to cell bodies. It might be beneficial to show the status of DAergic markers in the striatum. Second, previous studies indicate that very little, if any, LRRK1 is expressed in SN DAergic neurons. This also the case with the Allen Brain Atlas profile. Thus, authors should discuss the discrepancy as authors seem to imply significant LRRK1 expression in DA neurons.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s recognition of the importance of the study as well as our rigorous experimental approaches and compelling results. Our responses to the reviewer's two minor comments are below.

      1) DAergic markers in the striatum: We performed TH immunostaining in the striatum and quantified TH+ DA terminals in the striatum of DA neuron-specific LRRK cDKO and littermate control mice at the ages of 15 and 24 months. We found similar levels of TH immunoreactivity in the striatum of LRRK cDKO and littermate control mice at the age of 15 months (p = 0.6565, unpaired Student’s t-test) and significantly reduced levels of TH immunoreactivity in the striatum of LRRK cDKO, compared to control mice at the age of 24 months (~19%, p = 0.0215), suggesting an age-dependent loss of dopaminergic terminals in the striatum of DA neuron-specific LRRK cDKO mice. These results are now included as Figure 5 of the revised manuscript.

      2) LRRK1 expression in the SNpc: It is shown in the Mouse brain RNA-seq dataset and the Allen Mouse brain ISH dataset (https://www.proteinatlas.org/ENSG00000154237-LRRK1/brain) that LRRK1 is broadly expressed in the mouse brain and is expressed at modest levels in the midbrain, comparable to the cerebral cortex. Indeed, our Western analysis also showed that levels of LRRK1 detected in the dissected ventral midbrain and the cerebral cortex of control mice are similar (40µg total protein loaded per lane; Figure 2E). Furthermore, we previously demonstrated that deletion of LRRK2 (or LRRK1) alone does not cause age-dependent loss of DA neurons in the SNpc, but deletions of both LRRK1 and LRRK2 result in age-dependent loss of DA neurons in LRRK DKO mice, indicating the functional importance of LRRK1 in the protection of DA neuron survival in the aging mouse brain (Tong et al., PNAS 2010, 107: 9879-9884, Giaime et al., Neuron 2017, 96: 796-807).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Shen and collaborators described the generation of cDKO mice lacking LRRK1 and LRRK2 selectively in DAT-positive DAergic neurons. The Authors asked whether selective deletion of both LRRK isoforms could lead to a Parkinsonian phenotype, as previously reported by the same group in germline double LRRK1 and LRRK2 knockout mice (PMID: 29056298). Indeed, cDKO mice developed a late reduction of TH+ neurons in SNpc that partially correlated with the reduction of NeuN+ cells. This was associated with increased apoptotic cell and microglial cell numbers in SNpc.

      Unlike the constitutive DKO mice described earlier, however, cDKO mice did not replicate the dramatic increase in the number of autophagic vacuoles. The study supports the authors' hypothesis that loss of function rather than gain of function of LRRK2 leads to PD.

      Strengths:

      The study described for the first time a model where both the PD-associated gene LRRK2 and its homolog LRRK1 are deleted selectively in DAergic neurons, offering a new tool to understand the physiopathological role of LRRK2 and the compensating role of LRRK1 in modulating DAergic cell function.

      Weaknesses:

      The model has no construct validity since loss of function mutations of LRRK2 are well-tolerated in humans and do not lead to PD. The evidence of a Parkinsonian phenotype in these cDKO mice is limited and should be considered preliminary.

      We thank the reviewer for commenting on the usefulness of this new PD mouse model.

      The reviewer did not include a reference citation for the statement "loss of function mutations of LRRK2 are well-tolerated in humans and do not lead to PD." It is possible that the reviewer was referring to a human population study (Whiffin et al., Nat Med 2020, 26: 869-877), entitled "The effect of LRRK2 lossof-function variants in humans." In this study, the authors analyzed 141,456 individuals sequenced in the Genome Aggregation Database, 49,960 exome-sequenced individuals from the UK Biobank, and more than 4 million participants in the 23andMe genotyped dataset, and they looked for human genetic variants predicted to cause loss-of-function of protein-coding genes (pLoF variants). The reported findings were interesting, and the authors were careful in stating their conclusions. However, this is not a linkage study of large pedigrees carrying a single, clear-cut loss-of-function mutation (e.g. large deletions of most exons and coding sequences). Therefore, the experimental evidence is not compelling enough to conclude whether loss-of-function mutations in LRRK2 cause PD or do not cause PD.

      The current report is an unbiased genetic study in an effort to reveal the normal physiological role of LRRK in dopaminergic neurons. It was not intended to produce Parkinsonian phenotypes in LRRK cDKO mice, which would be a biased effort. However, the unequivocal discovery of the cell intrinsic role of LRRK in the protection of DA neurons from age-dependent degeneration and apoptotic cell death should be considered seriously, while we contemplate the disease mechanism and how LRRK2 mutations may cause DA neuron loss and PD.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Kang, Huang, and colleagues investigated the impact of LRRK1 and LRRK2 deletion, specifically in dopaminergic neurons, using a novel cDKO mouse model. They observed a significant reduction in DAergic neurons in the substantia nigra in their conditional LRRK1 and LRRK2 KO mice and a corresponding increase in markers of apoptosis and gliosis. This work set out to address a longstanding question within the field around the role and importance of LRRK1 and LRRK2 in DAergic neurons and suggests that the loss of both proteins triggers some neurodegeneration and glial activation.

      The studies included in this work are carefully performed and clearly communicated, but additional studies are needed to strengthen further the authors' claims around the consequences of LRRK2 deletion in DAergic neurons.

      1) In Figures 2E and F, the authors assess the protein levels of LRRK1 and LRRK2 in their cDKO mouse model to confirm the deletion of both proteins. They observe a mild loss of LRRK1 and LRRK2 signals in the ventral midbrain compared to wild-type animals. While this is not surprising given other cell types that still express LRRK1 and LRRK2 would be present in their dissected ventral midbrain samples, it does not sufficiently confirm that LRRK1 and LRRK2 are not expressed in DAergic neurons. Additional data is needed to more directly demonstrate that LRRK1 and LRRK2 protein levels are reduced in DAergic neurons, including analysis of LRRK1 and LRRK2 protein levels via immunohistochemistry or FACS-based analysis of TH+ neurons.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this incredibly important but often overlooked issue. We agree that the data in Figure 2E, F alone would be inadequate to validate DA neuron-specific LRRK cDKO mice.

      Cell type-specific conditional knockouts are a mosaic with KO cells mixed with other cell types expressing the gene normally. DA neuron-specific cDKO is particularly challenging, as DA neurons are a subset of cells embedded in the ventral midbrain. Rather than using immunostaining, which relies upon specific, good LRRK1 and LRRK2 antibodies for IHC, or FACS sorting of TH+ neurons followed by Western blotting (few cells, mixed cell populations, etc.), we chose a clean genetic approach by generating germline mutant mice carrying the deleted LRRK1 and LRRK2 alleles in all cells from the floxed LRRK1 and LRRK2 alleles. This approach permits characterization of these deletion mutations in germline mutant mice using molecular approaches that yield unambiguous results.

      We crossed CMV-Cre deleter mice with floxed LRRK1 and LRRK2 mice to generate respective germline LRRK1 KO and LRRK2 KO mice, in which all cells carry the LRRK1 or LRRK2 deleted alleles that are identical to those in DA neurons of cDKO mice. We then performed Northern, extensive RTPCR followed by sequencing, and Western analyses to show the absence of the full length LRRK1 and LRRK2 mRNA (Figure 1G, H, Figure 1-figure supplement 8 and 10), and the expected truncation of LRRK1 and LRRK2 mRNA (Figure 1-figure supplement 9 and 11), and the absence of LRRK1 and LRRK2 proteins (Figure 1I). These analyses together demonstrate that in the presence of Cre, either CMV-Cre expressed in all cells or DAT-Cre expressed selectively in DA neurons, the floxed LRRK1 and LRRK2 exons are deleted, resulting in null alleles. We further demonstrated the specificity of DAT-Cremediated recombination (deletion) by crossing DAT-Cre mice with a GFP reporter, showing that 99% TH+ DA neurons in the SNpc are also GFP+ (Figure 2A, B), indicating that DAT-Cre-mediated recombination of the floxed alleles occurs in essentially all TH+ DA neurons in the SNpc.

      2) The authors observed a significant but modest effect of LRRK1 and LRRK2 deletion on the number of TH+ neurons in the substantia nigra (12-15% loss at 20-24 months of age). It is unclear whether this extent of neuron loss is functionally relevant. To strengthen the impact of these data, additional studies are warranted to determine whether this translates into any PD-relevant deficits in the mice, including motor deficits or alterations in alpha-synuclein accumulation/aggregation.

      Yes, the reduction of DA neurons in the SNpc of cDKO mice at the age of 20-24 months is modest. At 15 months of age, the number of TH+ DA neurons in the SNpc is similar between LRRK cDKO mice (10,000 ± 141) and littermate controls (10,077 ± 310, p > 0.9999). At 20 months of age, the number of DA neurons in the SNpc of LRRK cDKO mice (8,948 ± 273) is significantly reduced (-12.7%), compared to control mice (10,244 ± 220, F1,46 = 16.59, p = 0.0002, two-way ANOVA with Bonferroni’s post hoc multiple comparisons, p = 0.0041). By 24 months of age, the number of DA neurons in the SNpc of LRRK cDKO mice (8,188 ± 452) relative to controls (9,675 ± 232, p = 0.0010) is further reduced (15.4%).

      Similar results were obtained by an independent quantification by another investigator, also conducted in a genotype blind manner, using the fractionator and optical dissector method, by which TH+ cells were quantified in 25% areas. These results are included as Figure 3-figure supplement 1 in the revised manuscript. Because of the more limited sampling, the quantification data are more variable, compared to quantification of TH+ cells in all areas of the SNpc, shown in Figure 3. With both methods, we quantified TH+ cells in every 10th sections encompassing the entire SNpc (3D structure), as sampling using every 5th or every 10th sections yielded similar results.

      We also performed behavioral analysis of LRRK cDKO mice and littermate controls at the ages of 10 and 25 months using the beam walk test (10 mm and 20 mm beam) and the pole test, which are sensitive to impairment of motor coordination. We found that LRRK cDKO mice at 10 months of age showed significantly more hindlimb errors (p = 0.0005, unpaired two-tailed Student’s t-test) and longer traversal time (p = 0.0075) in the 10mm beam walk test, compared to control mice, though their performance is similar in the 20 mm beam walk (hindlimb slips: p = 0.0733, traversal time: p = 0.9796) and in the pole test. At 22 months of age, the performance of LRRK cDKO mice and littermate controls is more variable and worse, compared to the younger mice, and is not significantly different between the genotypic groups. These results are now included as Figure 9 of the revised manuscript.

      3) The authors demonstrate that, unlike in the germline LRRK DKO mice, they do not observe any alterations in electron-dense vacuoles via EM. Given their data showing increased apoptosis and gliosis, it remains unclear how the loss of LRRK proteins leads to DAergic neuronal cell loss. Mechanistic studies would be insightful to understand better potential explanations for how the loss of LRRK1 and LRRK2 may impair cellular survival, and additional text should be added to the discussion to discuss potential hypotheses for how this might occur.

      We agree that this phenotypic difference between germline DKO and DA neuron-specific cDKO mice is intriguing, suggesting a non-cell autonomous contribution of LRRK in age-dependent accumulation of autophagic and lysosomal vacuoles in SNpc neurons of germline LRRK DKO mice. We will discuss the phenotypic difference further in the revised manuscript. We are generating microglial specific LRRK cDKO mice to investigate the role of LRRK in microglia and whether microglia contribute in a cell extrinsic manner to the regulation of the autophagy-lysosomal pathway in DA neurons.

      4) The authors discuss the potential implications of the neuronal cell loss observed in cDKO mice for LRRK1 and LRRK2 for therapeutic approaches targeting LRRK2 and suggest this argues that LRRK2 variants may exert their effects through a loss-of-protein function. However, all of the data generated in this work focus on a mouse in which both LRRK1 and LRRK2 have been deleted, and it is therefore difficult to make any definitive conclusions about the consequences of specifically targeting LRRK2. The authors note potential redundancy between the two LRRK proteins, and they should soften some of their conclusions in the discussion section around implications for the effects of LRRK2 variants. Human subjects that carry LRRK2 loss-of-function alleles do not have an increased risk for developing PD, which argues against the author's conclusions that LRRK2 variants associated with PD are loss-o-ffunction. Additional text should be included in their discussion to better address these nuances and caution should be used in terms of extrapolating their data to effects observed with PD-linked variants in LRRK2.

      We will modify the discussion accordingly in the revised manuscript.

    1. Author Response

      eLife assessment

      This valuable paper presents a thoroughly detailed methodology for mesoscale-imaging of extensive areas of the cortex, either from a top or lateral perspective, in behaving mice. While the examples of scientific results to be derived with this method are in the preliminary stages, they offer promising and stimulating insights. Overall, the method and results presented are convincing and will be of interest to neuroscientists focused on cortical processing in rodents.

      Authors’ Response: We thank the reviewers for the helpful and constructive comments. They have helped us plan for significant improvements to our manuscript. Our preliminary response and plans for revision are indicated below.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors introduce two preparations for observing large-scale cortical activity in mice during behavior. Alongside this, they present intriguing preliminary findings utilizing these methods. This paper is poised to be an invaluable resource for researchers engaged in extensive cortical recording in behaving mice.

      Strengths:

      -Comprehensive methodological detailing:

      The paper excels in providing an exceptionally detailed description of the methods used. This meticulous documentation includes a step-by-step workflow, complemented by thorough workflow, protocols, and a list of materials in the supplementary materials.

      -Minimal movement artifacts:

      A notable strength of this study is the remarkably low movement artifacts. To further underscore this achievement, a more robust quantification across all subjects, coupled with benchmarking against established tools (such as those from suite2p), would be beneficial.

      Authors’ Response: This is a good suggestion. Since we used suite2p for our data analysis, and have records of the fast-z correction applied by the microscope, we can supply these as quantifications of movement corrections that were applied across our sample of mice. We hope to supply this information as a supplement in the revised manuscript.

      Currently, we have chosen to show that the corrected, post- suite2p registration movement artifacts are very close to zero. We will revise the manuscript with clear descriptions of methods that we have found important, such as fully tightening all mounting devices, utilizing the air table properly, implanting the cranial window with proper, even pressure across its entire extent, and mounting the mouse so that it is not too close or far from the surface of the running wheel.

      Insightful preliminary data and analysis:

      The preliminary data unveiled in the study reveal interesting heterogeneity in the relationships between neural activity and detailed behavioral features, particularly notable in the lateral cortex. This aspect of the findings is intriguing and suggests avenues for further exploration.

      Weaknesses:

      -Clarification about the extent of the method in the title and text:

      The title of the paper, using the term "pan-cortical," along with certain phrases in the text, may inadvertently suggest that both the top and lateral view preparations are utilized in the same set of mice. To avoid confusion, it should be explicitly stated that the authors employ either the dorsal view (which offers limited access to the lateral ventral regions) or the lateral view (which restricts access to the opposite side of the cortex). For instance, in line 545, the phrase "lateral cortex with our dorsal and side mount preparations" should be revised to "lateral cortex with our dorsal or side mount preparations" for greater clarity.

      Authors’ Response: We will revise the manuscript so that it is clear that we made use of two imaging configurations for the 2-photon mesoscope data and the benefits and limitations of these two preparations. The dorsal mount and the side mount each have their advantages and disadvantages, but together form a powerful tool for imaging much of the dorsal and lateral cortex in awake, behaving mice.

      -Comparison with existing methods:

      A more detailed contrast between this method and other published techniques would add value to the paper. Specifically, the lateral view appears somewhat narrower than that described in Esmaeili et al., 2021; a discussion of this comparison would be useful.

      Authors’ Response: We will modify the manuscript so that a more detailed comparison with other published techniques is included. The preparation by Esmaeili et al. 2021 has some similarities, but also differences, from our preparation. Our preliminary reading is that their through-the-skull field of view is approximately the same as our through-the-skull field of view that exists between our first (headpost implantation) and second (window implantation) surgeries, although our preparation appears to include more anterior areas both near to and on the contralateral side of the midline. We will compare these preparations more accurately in the revised manuscript.

      If you compare the imageable extent of our cranial window for mesoscale 2-photon imaging to that of their through-the-skull widefield preparation, which is a bit of an “apples to oranges” comparison, then you are likely correct that their field of view is larger than ours, if you are referring to our 10 mm radius-bend glass. However, use of our 9 mm radius bend glass (i.e. a tighter bend) allows us to image additional ventral auditory areas. We could show an example of this, perhaps, although we did not make as much use of this alternative window in the large FOV experiments, because the increased curvature of the glass relative to the 10 mm radius bend window prevents imaging of the entire preparation in a single 2-photon z-plane. With the 9 mm radius bend glass we mostly imaged in the multiple, small FOV configuration (see Fig. S2).

      Furthermore, the number of neurons analyzed seems modest compared to recent papers (50k) - elaborating on this aspect could provide important context for the readers.

      Authors’ response: With respect to the “modest” number of neurons analyzed (between 2000 and 8000 neurons per session for our dorsal and side mount preparations with medians near 4500; See Fig. S2e) we would like to point out that factors such as use of dual-plane imaging or multiple imaging planes, different mouse lines, use of different duration recording sessions (see our Fig S2c), use of different imaging speeds and resolutions (see our Fig S2d), use of different Suite2p run-time parameters, and inclusion or areas with blood vessels and different neuron cell densities, may all impact the count of total analyzed neurons. We could provide additional documentation of these issues, but we would like to point out that, in our case, we were not trying to maximize neuron count at the expense of other factors such as imaging speed and total spatial FOV extent.

      -Discussion of methodological limitations:

      The limitations inherent to the method, such as the potential behavioral effects of tilting the mouse's head, are not thoroughly examined. A more comprehensive discussion of these limitations would enhance the paper's balance and depth.

      Authors’ Response: Our mice readily adapted to the 22.5 degree head tilt and learned to perform 2-alternative forced choice (2-AFC) auditory and visual tasks in this situation (Hulsey et al, 2024; Cell Reports). The advantages and limitations of such a rotation of the mouse, and possible ways to alleviate these limitations, as detailed in the following paragraphs, will be discussed more thoroughly in the revised manuscript.

      One can look at Supplementary Movie 1 for examples of the relatively similar behavior between the dorsal mount (not rotated) and side mount (rotated) preparations. We do not have behavioral data from mice that were placed in both configurations. Our preliminary comparison across mice indicates that side and dorsal mount mice show similar behavioral variability.

      It was in general important to make sure that the distance between the wheel and all four limbs was similar for both preparations. In particular, careful attention must be paid to the positioning of the front limbs in the side mount mice so that they are not too high off the wheel. This can be accomplished by a slight forward angling of the left support arm for side mount mice.

      Although it would in principle be nearly possible to image the side mount preparation in the same optical configuration that we do without rotating the mouse, by rotating the objective to 20 degrees to the right, we found that the last 2-3 degrees of missing rotation (our preparation is rotated 22.5 degrees left, which is more than the full available 20 degrees rotation of the objective), along with several other factors, made this undesirable. First, it was very difficult to image auditory areas without the additional flexibility to rotate the objective more laterally. Second, it was difficult or impossible to attach the horizontal light shield and to establish a water meniscus with the objective fully rotated. One could use gel instead (which we found to be optically inferior to water), but without the horizontal light shield, the UV and IR LEDs can reach the PMTs via the objective and contaminate the image or cause tripping of the PMT. Third, imaging the right pupil and face of the mouse is difficult to impossible under these conditions because the camera would need the same optical access angle as the objective, or would need to be moved down toward the air table and rotated up 20 degrees, in which case its view would be blocked by the running wheel and other objects mounted on the air table.

      -Preliminary nature of results:

      The results are at a preliminary stage; for example, the B-soid analysis is based on a single mouse, and the validation data are derived from the training data set. The discrepancy between the maps in Figures 5e and 6e might indicate that a significant portion of the map represents noise. An analysis of variability across mice and a method to assign significance to these maps would be beneficial.

      Authors’ Response: In this methods paper, we have chosen to supply proof of principle examples, without a complete analysis of animal-to-animal variance. The dataset for this paper contains both neural and behavioral data for 91 sessions across 18 mice from both dorsal and side mount preparations. The complete analysis of this dataset exceeds the capacity of the present study. We will include more individual examples in the revised version, along with data showing the amount of between session and across mouse variance. We will include in the revised manuscript a comparison of the stability of B-SOiD measures across sessions, as a demonstration of what may be expected with this method.

      -Analysis details:

      More comprehensive details on the analysis would be beneficial for replicability and deeper understanding. For instance, the statement "Rigid and non-rigid motion correction were performed in Suite2p" could be expanded with a brief explanation of the underlying principles, such as phase correlation, to provide readers with a better grasp of the methodologies employed.

      Authors’ Response: We are revising the manuscript to give more detail without reducing readability, so as to increase clarity of presentation. Since this is a methods paper, we are modifying the manuscript to include more details and clear explanations so that the reader may replicate our methods and results.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a comprehensive technical overview of the challenging acquisition of large-scale cortical activity, including surgical procedures and custom 3D-printed headbar designs to obtain neural activity from large parts of the dorsal or lateral neocortex. They then describe technical adjustments for stable head fixation, light shielding, and noise insulation in a 2-photon mesoscope and provide a workflow for multisensory mapping and alignment of the obtained large-scale neural data sets in the Allen CCF framework. Lastly, they show different analytical approaches to relate single-cell activity from various cortical areas to spontaneous activity by using visualization and clustering tools, such as Rastermap, PCA-based cell sorting, and B-SOID behavioral motif detection.

      Authors’ Response: Thank you for this excellent summary of the scope of our paper.

      The study contains a lot of useful technical information that should be of interest to the field. It tackles a timely problem that an increasing number of labs will be facing as recent technical advances allow the activity measurement of an increasing number of neurons across multiple areas in awake mice. Since the acquisition of cortical data with a large field of view in awake animals poses unique experimental challenges, the provided information could be very helpful to promote standard workflows for data acquisition and analysis and push the field forward.

      Authors’ Response: We very much support the idea that our work here will contribute to the development of standard workflows across the field including multiple approaches to large-scale neural recordings.

      Strengths:

      The proposed methodology is technically sound and the authors provide convincing data to suggest that they successfully solved various problems, such as motion artifacts or high-frequency noise emissions, during 2-photon imaging. Overall, the authors achieved their goal of demonstrating a comprehensive approach for the imaging of neural data across many cortical areas and providing several examples that demonstrate the validity of their methods and recapitulate and further extend some recent findings in the field.

      Weaknesses:

      Most of the descriptions are quite focused on a specific acquisition system, the Thorlabs Mesoscope, and the manuscript is in part highly technical making it harder to understand the motivation and reasoning behind some of the proposed implementations. A revised version would benefit from a more general description of common problems and the thought process behind the proposed solutions to broaden the impact of the work and make it more accessible for labs that do not have access to a Thorlabs mesoscope. A better introduction of some of the specific issues would also promote the development of other solutions in labs that are just starting to use similar tools.

      Authors’ Response: We will re-write the motivation behind the study to clarify the general problems that are being addressed. As the 2-photon imaging component of these experiments were performed on a Thorlabs mesoscope, the imaging details will necessarily deal specifically with this system. We will briefly compare the methods and results from our Thorlabs system to that of other systems, based on what we are able to glean from the literature on their strengths and weaknesses.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary

      In their manuscript, Vickers and McCormick have demonstrated the potential of leveraging mesoscale two-photon calcium imaging data to unravel complex behavioural motifs in mice. Particularly commendable is their dedication to providing detailed surgical preparations and corresponding design files, a contribution that will greatly benefit the broader neuroscience community as a whole. The quality of the data is high, but it is not clear whether this is available to the community, some datasets should be deposited. More importantly, the authors have acquired activity-clustered neural ensembles at an unprecedented spatial scale to further correlate with high-level behaviour motifs identified by B-SOiD. Such an advancement marks a significant contribution to the field. While the manuscript is comprehensive and the analytical strategy proposed is promising, some technical aspects warrant further clarification. Overall, the authors have presented an invaluable and innovative approach, effectively laying a solid foundation for future research in correlating large-scale neural ensembles with behaviour. The implementation of a custom sound insulator for the scanner is a great idea and should be something implemented by others.

      Authors’ Response: Thank you for the kind words.

      We intend to make the data set used in making our main figures available to the public, perhaps using FigShare, so that they may check the validity of the methods and analysis. We intend to release a complete data set to the public as a Dandiset on the DANDI archive in conjunction with a second in-depth analysis paper that is currently in preparation.

      This is a methods paper, but there is no large diagram that shows how all the parts are connected, communicating, and triggering each other. This is described in the methods, but a visual representation would greatly benefit the readers looking to implement something similar.

      Authors’ Response: This is an excellent suggestion. We will include a workflow diagram in the revised manuscript for the methods, data collection, and analysis.

      The authors should cite sources for the claims stated in lines 449-453 and cite the claim of the mouse's hearing threshold mentioned in lines 463.

      Authors’ Response: For the claim stated in lines 449-453, “The unattenuated or native high-frequency background noise generated by the resonant scanner causes stress to both mice and experimenters, and can prevent mice from achieving maximum performance in auditory mapping, spontaneous activity sessions, auditory stimulus detection, and auditory discrimination sessions/tasks,” we can provide the following references: (i) for mice: Sadananda et al, 2008 (“Playback of 22-kHz and 50-kHz ultrasonic vocalizations induces differential c-fos expression in rat brain”, Neuroscience Letters, Vol 435, Issue 1, p 17-23), and (ii) for humans: Fletcher et al, 2018 (“Effects of very high-frequency sound and ultrasound on humans. Part I: Adverse symptoms after exposure to audible very-high frequency sound”, J Acoust Soc A, 144, 2511-2520). We will include these references in the revised paper.

      For line 463, “i.e. below the mouse hearing threshold at 12.5 kHz of roughly 15 dB”, we can provide the following reference: Zheng et al, 1999 (“Assessment of hearing in 80 inbred strains of mice by ABR threshold analyses”, Vol 130, Issues 1-2, p 94-107). We will also include this reference in the paper. Thank you for identifying these citation omissions.

      No stats for the results shown in Figure 6e, it would be useful to know which of these neural densities for all areas show a clear statistical significance across all the behaviors.

      Authors’ Response: There are two statistical comparisons that we feel may be useful to add to the single session data displayed in this figure, in order to address the point that you raise. The first would allow us to assess whether for each Rastermap group, the distribution of neuron densities across CCF areas differs from a null, uniform distribution. The second would allow us to examine differences between Rastermap groups associated with different qualitative behaviors in order to know with which patterns of neural activity they are reliably associated.

      For the first comparison, we could provide a statistic similar to what we provide for Fig. S6c and f, in which for each CCF area we compare the observed mean correlation values to a null of 0, or, in this case, the population densities of each Rastermap group for each CCF area to a null value equal to the total number of CCF areas divided by the total number of recorded neurons for that group (i.e. a Rastermap group with 500 neurons evenly distributed across ~30 CCF areas would contain ~17 neurons (or ~6% density) per CCF area.) Our current figure legend states that the maximum of the scale bar look-up value (reds) for each group ranges from ~8% to 32%. So indeed, adding these significances would be informative in this case.

      For the second comparison, we could compare the density of neurons for each CCF area across Rastermap groups for this session. For example, it may be the case that the density of neurons in primary and secondary visual areas belonging to Rastermap groups that predominate during the “walk” behavior is higher than in the Rastermap group that predominates during the “whisk” behavior, or that the density of neurons in the “whisk” and “twitch” Rastermap groups in primary and secondary motor areas is higher than in the Rastermap groups that are active during the “walk” and “oscillate” behaviors.

      Such a comparison should in fact be robust to Rastermap group variability across sessions and mice, as long as the same qualitative behaviors recur. However, our current qualitative methods for discretization of the Rastermap groups likely limits our ability to extend such an analysis accurately across our entire dataset. We are pursuing more rigorous analysis methods in this vein for our second, results oriented paper.

      While I understand that this is a methods paper, it seems like the authors are aware of the literature surrounding large neuronal recordings during mouse behavior. Indeed, in lines 178-179, the authors mention how a significant portion of the variance in neural activity can be attributed to changes in "arousal or self-directed movement even during spontaneous behavior." Why then did the authors not make an attempt at a simple linear model that tries to predict the activity of their many thousands of neurons by employing the multitude of regressors at their disposal (pupil, saccades, stimuli, movements, facial changes, etc). These models are straightforward to implement, and indeed it would benefit this work if the model extracts information on par with what is known from the literature.

      Authors’ Response: This is an excellent suggestion, but beyond the scope of the current methods paper. We are following up this methods paper with an in depth analysis of neural activity and corresponding behavior across the cortex during spontaneous and trained behaviors, but this analysis goes well beyond the scope of the present manuscript. Here, we prefer to present examples of the types of results that can be expected to be obtained using our methods, and how these results compare with those obtained by others in the field.

      Specific strengths and weaknesses with areas to improve:

      The paper should include an overall cartoon diagram that indicates how the various modules are linked together for the sampling of both behaviour and mesoscale GCAMP. This is a methods paper, but there is no large diagram that shows how all the parts are connected, communicating, and triggering each other.

      Authors’ Response: This is an excellent suggestion and will be included in the revised manuscript, so that readers can more readily follow our workflow, data collection, and analysis.

      The paper contains many important results regarding correlations between behaviour and activity motifs on both the cellular and regional scales. There is a lot of data and it is difficult to draw out new concepts. It might be useful for readers to have an overall figure discussing various results and how they are linked to pupil movement and brain activity. A simple linear model that tries to predict the activity of their many thousands of neurons by employing the multitude of regressors at their disposal (pupil, saccades, stimuli, movements, facial changes, etc) may help in this regard.

      Authors’ Response: This is an excellent suggestion, but beyond the scope of the present methods paper. Such an analysis is a significant undertaking with such large and heterogeneous datasets, and we provide proof-of-principle data here so that the reader can understand the type of data to be expected using our methods. We hope to provide a more complete analysis of data obtained using our methodology in the near future in a second manuscript.

      However, we may be amenable to including preliminary linear model fit results, as supplementary material, for the two example sessions highlighted in this paper (i.e. the one dorsal mount session in Fig. 4, and the one side mount session shown in Figs. 5 and 6).

      Previously, widefield imaging methods have been employed to describe regional activity motifs that correlate with known intracortical projections. Within the authors' data it would be interesting to perhaps describe how these two different methods are interrelated -they do collect both datasets. Surprisingly, such macroscale patterns are not immediately obvious from the authors' data. Some of this may be related to the scaling of correlation patterns or other factors. Perhaps there still isn't enough data to readily see these and it is too sparse.

      Authors’ Response: Unfortunately, we are unable to directly compare widefield GCaMP6s activity with mesoscope 2-photon GCaMP6s activity. During widefield data acquisition, animals were stimulated with visual, auditory, or somatosensory stimuli, while 2-photon mesoscope data collection occurred during spontaneous changes in behavioral state, without sensory stimulation. The suggested comparison is, indeed, an interesting project for the future.

      In lines 71-71, the authors described some disadvantages of one-photon widefield imaging including the inability to achieve single-cell resolution. However, this is not true. In recent years, the combination of better surgical preparations, camera sensors, and genetically encoded calcium indicators has enabled the acquisition of single-cell data even using one-photon widefield imaging methods. These methods include miniscopes (Cai et al., 2016), multi-camera arrays (Hope et al., 2023), and spinning disks (Xie et al., 2023).

      Cai, Denise J., et al. "A shared neural ensemble links distinct contextual memories encoded close in time." Nature 534.7605 (2016): 115-118.

      Hope, James, et al. "Brain-wide neural recordings in mice navigating physical spaces enabled by a cranial exoskeleton." bioRxiv (2023).

      Xie, Hao, et al. "Multifocal fluorescence video-rate imaging of centimetre-wide arbitrarily shaped brain surfaces at micrometric resolution." Nature Biomedical Engineering (2023): 1-14.

      Authors’ Response: We will correct these statements and incorporate these, and other relevant, references. There are advantages and disadvantages to each chosen technique, such as ease of use, field of view, accuracy, speed, etc., and we will highlight a few of these without an extensive literature review.

      Even the best one-photon imaging techniques typically have ~10-20 micrometer resolution in xy (we image at 5 micrometer resolution for our large FOV configuration, but the xy point-spread function for the Thorlabs mesoscope is 0.61 x 0.61 micrometers in xy with 970 nm excitation) and undefined z-resolution (4.25 micrometers for Thorlabs mesoscope). A coarser resolution increases the likelihood that activity data from neighboring cells may contaminate the fluorescence observed from imaged neurons. Reducing the FOV and using sparse expression of the indicator lessens this overlap problem.

      We do appreciate these recent advances, however, particularly for use in cases where more rapid imaging is desired over a large field of view (CCD acquisition can be much faster than that of standard 2-photon galvo-galvo or even galvo-resonant scanning, as the Thorlabs mesoscope uses). This being said, there are few currently available genetically encoded Ca2+ sensors that are able to measure fluctuations faster than ~10 Hz, which is a speed achievable on the Thorlabs 2-photon mesoscope with our techniques using the “small, multiple FOV” method (Fig. S2d, e).

      The authors' claim of achieving optical clarity for up to 150 days post-surgery with their modified crystal skull approach is significantly longer than the 8 weeks (approximately 56 days) reported in the original study by Kim et al. (2016). Since surgical preparations are an integral part of the manuscript, it may be helpful to provide more details to address the feasibility and reliability of the preparation in chronic studies. A series of images documenting the progression optical quality of the window would offer valuable insight.

      Authors’ Response: As you suggest, we will include images and data demonstrating the average changes in the window preparation, as well as the degree of variability and a range of outcome scenarios that we observed over the prolonged time periods of our study. We will also include methodological details that we found were useful for facilitating long term use of these preparations.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This paper performed a functional analysis of the poorly characterized pseudo-phosphatase Styxl2, one of the targets of the Jak/Stat pathway in muscle cells. The authors propose that Styxl2 is essential for de novo sarcomere assembly by regulating autophagic degradation of non-muscle myosin IIs (NM IIs). Although a previous study by Fero et al. (2014) has already reported that Styxl2 is essential for the integrity of sarcomeres, this study provides new mechanistic insights into the phenomenon. In vivo studies in this manuscript are compelling; however, I feel the contribution of autophagy in the degradation of NM IIs is still unclear.

      Major concerns:

      1) The contribution of autophagy in the degradation of Myh9 is still unclear to this reviewer.

      It has been reported that autophagy is dispensable for sarcomere assembly in mice (Cell Metab, 2009, PMID; 1994508). In Fig. 7A, the authors showed that overexpressed Styxl2 downregulated the amount of ectopically expressed Myh9 in an ATG5-dependent manner in C2C12 cells; however, the experiment is far from a physiological condition. Therefore, the authors should test ATG5 knockdown and the genetic interaction between Styxl2 and ATG5 in vivo. That is, 1) loss of ATG5 on sarcomere assembly in zebrafish, and 2) the genetic interaction between Styxl2 and ATG5; co-injection of Styxl2 mRNA and ATG5-MO into the zebrafish embryos.

      Our response: In fact, the reference cited by the reviewer (Cell Metab, 2009; PMID; 19945408) clearly indicated that autophagy is required for sarcomere assembly. Moreover, another paper using the fish extraocular muscle regeneration model (Autophagy, 2014, PMID: 27467399), also showed that the sarcomere structure was disrupted in the regenerated muscles when autophagy was inhibited by chloroquine. In addition, other references (Nature medicine, 2007, PMID: 17450150; Autophagy, 2010, PMID: 20431347) also showed that loss of Atg5 in mouse cardiac muscles led to disorganized sarcomere structure. We also performed the Atg5 knockdown experiments as suggested by the reviewer. However, the sarcomere structure defects were not so obvious as Styxl2 knockdown (see Author response image 1 below). In fact, it was reported that Atg5 knockdown may not be a desirable strategy to disrupt autophagy as it was found “--- only a small amount of Atg5 is needed for autophagy, knockdown of Atg5 to levels low enough to block autophagy might be difficult to achieve, --” (Nature medicine, 2007, PMID: 17450150). Due to the ineffectiveness of the Atg5 MO in our assays, we did not perform the second experiment suggested by the reviewer. Moreover, as Styxl2 is not a key component of the autophagy machinery, it is less likely that overexpression of Styxl2 alone can rescue the autophagy defects caused by Atg5.

      Author response image 1.

      The fish zygotes were injected with Atg5 or Ctrl MO. 48 hpf, the fish were stained with an anti-Actinin antibody. Some fast muscle fibers were disrupted when Atg5 was knocked down. The number in numerator at the bottom of each image represents fish embryos showing normal Actinin staining pattern, while that in denominator represents the total number of embryos examined. Scale bar, 10 µm.

      2) As referenced, Yamamoto et al. reported that Myh9 is degraded by autophagy. Mechanistically, Nek9 acts as an autophagic adaptor that bridges Atg8 and Myh9 through interactions with both. Inconsistent with the model, the authors mentioned on page 12, lines 365-367, "A recent report showed that Myh9 could also undergo Nek9-mediated selective autophagy (Yamamoto et al., 2021), suggesting that Myh9 is ubiquitinated". I think it is not yet explored whether autophagic degradation of Myh9 requires its ubiquitination. Moreover, I cannot judge whether Myh9 is ubiquitinated in a Styxl2-dependent manner from the data in Fig. 7C. The author should test whether Nek9 is required for Myh9 degradation in muscles. If Nek plays a role in the Myh9 degradation, it would be better to remove Fig. 7C.

      Our response: Indeed, as pointed out by the reviewer, it has not been explored whether Myh9 is ubiquitinated or not. However, it has been well-established that some proteins undergoing autophagic degradation are ubiquitinated, which are linked to Atg8/LC3 via p62 and NBR1 (Mol Cell, 2009, PMID: 19250911; J Biol Chem, 2007, PMID: 17580304). To improve the data quality, we repeated the Myh9 ubiquitination experiment in cells with or without Styxl2 by using a slightly different strategy: as shown in the revised Figure 7C, we first co-transfect HEK 293T cells with HA-Myh9, Myc-ubiquitin, and Flag-Styxl2. We then immunoprecipitated Myc-tagged Ubiquitin from the whole cell lysates, and then blot for HAMyh9. We detected an obvious increase in Ubiquitin-conjugated HA-Myh9 (revised Figure 7C). As suggested by the reviewer, we also tested whether knockdown of Nek9 affects the degradation of Myh9. We failed to detect an obvious effect (see Author response image 2 below) caused by Nek9 knockdown. One possible explanation for this negative result is that Nek9 itself is a negative regulator of selective autophagy (J Biol Chem, 2020, PMID: 31857374). By knocking it down, the functions of the autophagy machinery are expected to be enhanced instead of being impaired. This may explain why we failed to detect an effect on Myh9 degradation simply by knocking down Nek9. To further elucidate whether Nek9 is involved in Myh9 degradation in myoblasts, we may need to use a dominant-negative mutant of Nek9 missing the LCIII-binding motif as shown by Yamamoto (Nat Commun, 2021, PMID: 34078910). This will be addressed in our future study.

      Author response image 2.

      C2C12 cells were transfected with negative control siRNA (NC), siNek9#2 or siNek9#3. 18 h later, the cells were transfected with plasmids HA-Myh9 and Flag-Styxl2 or Flag-Stk24. After another 24 h, the cells were harvested for RT-qPCR (left panel) or western blot (right panel).

      3) In Fig. 5F, the protein level of Styxl2 and Myh10 should be checked because the efficiency of Myh10-MO was not shown anywhere in this manuscript.

      Our response: As suggested by the reviewer, a Western blot showing the protein levels of Myh10 was shown in Figure 5-figure supplement 1B.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The authors investigated the role of the Jak1-Stat1 signaling pathway in myogenic differentiation by screening the transcriptional targets of Jak1-Stat1 and identified Styxl2, a pseudophosphatase, as one of them. Styxl2 expression was induced in differentiating muscles. The authors used a zebrafish knockdown model and conditional knockout mouse models to show that Styxl2 is required for de novo sarcomere assembly but is dispensable for the maintenance of existing sarcomeres. Styxl2 interacts with the non-muscle myosin IIs, Myh9 and Myh10, and promotes the replacement of these non-muscle myosin IIs by muscle myosin IIs through inducing autophagic degradation of Myh9 and Myh10. This function is independent of its phosphatase domain.

      A previous study using zebrafish found that Styxl2 (previously known as DUSP27) is expressed during embryonic muscle development and is crucial for sarcomere assembly, but its mechanism remains unknown. This paper provides important information on how Styxl2 mediates the replacement of non-muscle myosin with muscle myosin during differentiation. This study may also explain why autophagy deficiency in muscles and the heart causes sarcomere assembly defects in previous mouse models.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Wu and colleagues are characterising the function of Styxl2 during muscle development, a pseudo-phosphatase that was already described to have some function in sarcomere morphogenesis or maintenance (Fero et al. 2014). The authors verify a role for Styxl2 in sarcomere assembly/maintenance using zebrafish embryonic muscles by morpholino knockdown and by a conditional Styxl2 allele in mice (knocked-out in satellite cells with Pax7 Cre).

      Experiments using a tamoxifen inducible Cre suggest that Styxl2 is dispensable for sarcomere maintenance and only needed for sarcomere assembly.

      BioID experiments with Styxl2 in C2C 12 myoblasts suggest binding of nonmuscle myosins (NMs) to Styxl2. Interestingly, both NMs are downregulated when muscles differentiate after birth or during regeneration in mice. This down-regulation is reduced in the Styxl2 mutant mice, suggesting that Styxl2 is required for the degradation of these NMs.

      Impressively, reducing one NM (zMyh10) by double morpholino injection in a Styxl2 morphant zebrafish, does improve zebrafish mobility and sarcomere structure. Degradation of Mhy9 is also stimulated in cell culture if Styxl2 is co-expressed. Surprisingly, the phosphatase domain is not needed for these degradation and sarcomere structure rescue effects. Inhibitor experiments suggest that Styxl2 does promote the degradation of NMs by promoting the selective autophagy pathway.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the paper is the combination of various systems, mouse and fish muscles in vivo to test Styxl2 function, and cell culture including a C2C12 muscle cell line to assay protein binding or protein degradation as well as inhibitor studies that can suggest biochemical pathways.

      Weakness:

      The weakness of this manuscript is that the sarcomere phenotypes and also the western blots are not quantified. Hence, we rely on judging the results from a single image or blot. Also, Styxl2 role in sarcomere biology was not entirely novel.

      Few high resolution sarcomere images are shown, myosins have not been stained for.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor concerns:

      4) The position of molecular weight markers should be shown in all Western blot data.

      Our response: As suggested by the reviewer, the molecular weight markers have been added in the Western blot data.

      5) Schematic models of Styxl2deltaN509 and N513 construct would be helpful for the readers.

      Our response: A schematic has been added in Figure 6B (upper panel) to show Styxl2deltaN509 and Styxl2N513.

      6) Several data were described but not shown (data not shown). I think the data need to be included in the main or supplemental figures.

      Our response: As suggested by the reviewer, the raw data were now included in the Figure 6-figure supplement 1A and Figure 7-figure supplement 1.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) In Fig. 5E, the authors suggest that the needle touch response was improved by additional knockdown of Myh10. This is a bit confusing because the germline knockout of Myh10 is lethal (line 445). The authors should provide more explanation on this point. Additionally, it would be better to include Myh10-MO in Fig. 5E.

      Our response:<br /> In line 445 of our original manuscript, we stated that germline knockout of mouse Myh10 gene is lethal based on a published report (Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 1997, PMID: 9356462). Here, in zebrafish zygotes, we only knocked down zMyh10, thus, we do not expect to get a lethal phenotype. In addition, other groups who knocked down Myh10 in fish also did not get a lethal phenotype (Dev Biol, 2015, PMID: 25446029). As to the control involving Myh10MO in the experiment in Fig.5E, we did include it in our experiments. As we did not observe any obvious effects on either motility or sarcomere structures, we did not include the data set in the figure.

      2) It was suggested that Myh9 and Myh10 form a complex (Rao et al. PLoS One 9, e114087, 2014). Thus, the IP experiments do not rule out the possibility that Styxl2 directly interacts with either Myh9 or Myh10 and indirectly with the other.

      Our response: In known myosin-II complexes, different myosin molecules can associate with each other through their tail domains (Bioarchitecture, 2013, PMID: 24002531). Thus, if we use fulllength myosin molecules in our co-immunoprecipitation assays, it will be difficult to exclude the possibility raised by the reviewer. However, by using truncated myosin proteins, we showed that the head domain of either Myh9 or Myh10 could interact with Styxl2 in the absence of the tail domain (Figure 4E, F). This result strongly suggests that both Myh9 and Myh10 can independently interact with Styxl2.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) The western blot shown in Figure 3B supporting the induced deletion of Styxl2 should be quantified. Ideally, some other blots, e.g., in Figure 5, too. Please add the age of the mice in Figure 5B to the figure legend.

      Our response:<br /> As suggested by the reviewer, we quantified the data in Figures.3B, 3F, 5B, 5D, and 7A and the data were included in the revised figures. In Fig.5B, we already indicated the age of the mice (i.e., P1) in the legend.

      2) A quantification of the sarcomere phenotypes in the double knock-down of zMyh10 and Styxl2 compared to Styxl2 single would make the paper significantly stronger. Furthermore, a double morpholino control should be included to rule out any RNAi machinery 'dilution effect'.

      Our response: As suggested by the reviewer, we quantified the sarcomere structures using the line scan analysis in ImageJ and the scan images were placed as inserts in the upper corner of the immunofluorescent images (revised Figures 5F, and 6C). To avoid potential “dilution effects”, in all the experiments involving the use of two different MOs, the total amount of MO was kept the same in all control samples by including a control MO (e.g., in samples treated with one specific MO, an equal amount of a control MO was also included, while in samples without any specific MO, twice as much control MO was used).

      3) The sarcomere phenotypes in figure 6 should also be better quantified, for example using simple line scans of the alpha-actinin stains and assay periodicity or calculating the autocorrelation coefficients. How about myosin stains?

      Our response: We quantified Figure 6C as suggested by the reviewer. We also performed myosin staining. The results were similar to that shown by the a-actinin antibody (see revised Figure 6-Fig supplement 1B).

      4) Do the authors see periodic NMs patterns in developing mouse muscle fibers as indicated by the model in in in figure 7D? It is unclear if nonmuscle myosin is present in a PERIODIC pattern in early myofibrils. NM myosin periodic patterns that have been observed have a periodicity of only about 1 µm fitting the shorter length of the NM bipolar filaments (about 300 nm only, PMID 28114270).

      Our response: The reviewer raised a good point here. Ideally, we should examine developing mouse muscle fibers to prove that NM shows periodic patterns. However, due to the difficulty in catching myocytes undergoing sarcomere assembly, the majority of the studies involving NM in sarcomeres use cultured cardiomyocytes. Using TA muscles from P1 new-born mice, we failed to detect the presence of NM in sarcomeres (see Author response image 3 below). Actually, nearly all the myofibers showed mature sarcomere pattern without the NM signal. More work is needed in the future to examine developing mouse fibers at different embryonic stages to look for the presence of NM in developing sarcomeres.

      Author response image 3.

      The TA muscles were collected from male and female P1 mice. The muscles were sectioned and co-stained for a-actinin (Actn) and Myh9. The majority of myofibrils is mature without the NM II signal. Scale bar, 10 µm.

      5) Recent work suggested that mechanical tension is key to assemble the first long periodic myofibril containing immature sarcomeres. Tension is likely produced by a combination of NM and Mhc in the assembling sarcomeres themselves. This could be included in the introduction or discussion (PMIDs 24631244, 29316444, 29702642, 35920628).

      Our response: We thank the reviewer for pointing to us additional relevant references. We have added them in the Introduction.

      6) I suggest replacing "sarcomeric muscles" with "striated muscles".

      Our response: We revised the term in the manuscript as suggested by the reviewer.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This study addresses how protein synthesis in activated lymphocytes keeps up with their rapid division, with important findings that are of significance to cell biologists and immunologists endeavouring to understand the 'economy' of the immune system. The work is supported by solid data but because it proposes non-conventional mechanisms, it requires additional explanation and justification to align with the current understanding in the field.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors examine the fascinating question of how T lymphocytes regulate proteome expression during the dramatic cell state change that accompanies the transition from the resting quiescent state to the activated, dividing state. Orthogonal, complementary assays for translation (RPM/RTA, metabolic labeling) are combined with polyribosome profiling and quantitative, biochemical determinations of protein and ribosome content to explore this question, primarily in the OT-I T lymphocyte model system. The authors conclude that the ratio of protein levels to ribosomes/protein synthesis capacity is insufficient to support activation-coupled T cell division and cell size expansion. The authors hint at cellular mechanisms to explain this apparent paradox, focusing on protein acquisition strategies, including emperipolesis and entosis, though these remain topic areas for future study.

      The strengths of the paper include the focus on a fundamental biological question - the transcriptional/translational control mechanisms that support the rapid, dramatic cell state change that accompanies lymphocyte activation from the quiescent to activated state, the use of orthogonal approaches to validate the primary findings, and the creative proposal for how this state change is achieved.

      The weakness of the work is that several cellular regulatory processes that could explain the apparent paradox are not explored, though they are accessible for experimental analysis. In the accounting narrative that the authors highlight, a thorough accounting of the cellular process inventory that could support the cell state change should be further explored before committing to the proposal, provocative as it is, that protein acquisition provides a principal mechanism for supporting lymphocyte activation cell state change.

      Appraisal and Discussion:

      1) relating to the points raised above, two recent review articles explore this topic area and highlight important areas of study in RNA biology and translational control that likely contribute to the paradox noted by the authors: Choi et al. 2022, doi.org/10.4110/in.2022.22.e39 ("RNA metabolism in T lymphocytes") and Turner 2023, DOI: 10.1002/bies.202200236 ("Regulation and function of poised mRNAs in lymphocytes"). These should be cited, and the broader areas of RNA biology discussed by these authors integrated into the current manuscript.

      Good suggestion. We have added these references with a short discussion.

      2) The authors cite the Wolf et al. study from the Geiger lab (doi.org/10.1038/s41590-020-07145, ref. 41) though largely to compare determined values for ribosome number. Many other elements of the Wolf paper seem quite relevant, for example, the very high abundance of glycolytic enzymes (and whose mRNAs are quite abundant as well), where (and as others have reported) there is a dramatic activation of glycolytic flux upon T cell activation that is largely independent of transcription and translation, the evidence for "pre-existing, idle ribosomes", the changes in mRNA copy number and protein synthesis rate Spearman correlation that accompanies activation, and that the efficiencies of mRNA translation are heterogeneous. These data suggest that more accounting needs to be done to establish that there is a paradox.

      As one example, what if glycolytic enzyme protein levels in the resting cell are in substantial excess of what's needed to support glycolysis (likely true) and so translational upregulation can be directed to other mRNAs whose products are necessary for function of the activated cell? In this scenario, the dilution of glycolytic enzyme concentration that would come with cell division would not necessarily have a functional consequence. And the idle ribosomes could be recruited to key subsets of mRNAs (transcriptionally or post-transcriptionally upregulated) and with that a substantial remodeling of the proteome (authors ref. 44). The study of Ricciardi et al. 2018 (The translational machinery of human CD4+ T cells is poised for activation and controls the switch from quiescence to metabolic remodeling (doi.org/10.1016/j.cmet.2018.08.009) is consistent with this possibility. That study, and the short reviews noted above, are useful in highlighting the contributions of selective translational remodeling and the signaling pathways that contribute to the cell state change of T cell activation.

      Our study focuses on the central issue of whether measured ribosome translation rates support rapid division. The abundance of glycolytic enzymes, mRNA copy numbers etc., are clearly interesting and critical to cell metabolism, but are irrelevant to measuring the overall translation rate and capacity of T cells.

      From this perspective, an alternative view can be posited, where the quiescent state is biologically poised to support activation, where subsets of proteins and mRNAs are present in far higher levels than that necessary to support basal function of the quiescent lymphocyte. In such a model, the early stages of lymphocyte activation and cell division are supported by this surplus inventory, with transcriptional activation, including ribosomal genes, primarily contributing at later stages of the activation process. An obvious analogy is the developing Drosophila embryo where maternal inheritance supports early-stage development and zygotic transcriptional contributions subsequently assuming primary control (e.g. DOI 10.1002/1873-3468.13183 , DOI: 10.1126/science.abq4835). To pursue that biological logic would require quantifying individual mRNAs and their ribosome loading states, mRNA-specific elongation rates, existing individual protein levels, turnover rates of both mRNAs and proteins, ribosome levels, mean ribosome occupancy state, and how each of these parameters is altered in response to activation. Such accounting could go far to unveil the paradox. This is a considerable undertaking, though, and outside the scope of the current paper.

      The reviewer is essentially proposing RiboSeq analysis of pre- and post-activation T cells, whereby individual mRNAs can be queried for ribosome occupancy, and where translation inhibitors could be used to quantify mRNA-specific transit rates. This is important information but would not provide a more accurate accounting of protein synthesis rates than our much more direct measurement. We note that other labs have begun to work on this exact topic, however – see both PMID: 36002234 and PMID: 32330465.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This paper takes a novel look at the protein economy of primary human and mouse T-cells - in both resting and activated state. Their findings in primary human T-cells are that:

      1) A large fraction of ribosomes are stalled in resting cultured primary human lymphocytes, and these stalled ribosomes are likely to be monosomes.

      2) Elongation occurs at similar rates for HeLa cells and lymphocytes, with the active ribosomes in resting lymphocytes translating at a similar rate as fully activated lymphocytes.

      They then turn their attention to mouse OT-1 lymphocytes, looking at translation rates both in vitro and in vivo. Day 1 resting T-cells also show stalling - which curiously wasn't seen on freshly purified cells - I didn't understand these differences.

      This is clarified and discussed starting in the third paragraph of “Protein synthesis in mouse lymphocytes ex vivo” section. Cells cultured ex vivo for 1 day with no activation show signs of stalling, as we observed in isolated human cells. But cells immediately out of an animal show a measurable decay rate since they are obviously synthesizing proteins in vivo and are processed rapidly.

      In vivo, they show that it is possible to monitor accurate translation and measure rates. Perhaps most interestingly they note a paradoxically high ratio of cellular protein to ribosomes insufficient to support their rapid in vivo division, suggesting that the activated lymphocyte proteome in vivo may be generated in an unusual manner.

      This was an interesting and provocative paper. Lots of interesting techniques and throwing down challenges to the community - it manages to address a number of important issues without necessarily providing answers.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      This manuscript provides a more or less quantitative analysis of protein synthesis in lymphocytes. I have no issue with the data as presented, as I'm sure all measurements have been expertly done. I see no need for additional experimental work, although it would be helpful if the authors could comment on the possibility of measuring the rate of synthesis of a defined protein, say a histone, in cells prior to and after activation. The conclusion the authors leave us with is the idea that the rates of protein synthesis recorded here are incompatible with observed rates of T cell division in vivo. Indeed, in the final paragraph of the discussion, the authors note the mismatch between what they consider a requirement for cell division, and the observed rates of protein synthesis. They then invoke unconventional mechanisms to make up for the shortfall, without -in this reviewer's opinion- discussing in adequate detail the technical limitations of the methodology used.

      Points #1-3 in the Discussion relate to potential pitfalls of our analyses; in point #3 we now add further limitations of RTA based on non-random detection of nascent chains due either to bias in either puromycylation or antibody detection of puromycylated nascent chains.

      A key question is the broad interest, novelty, and extension of current knowledge, in comparison with Argüello's (reference 27) 'SunRise' method. It would be helpful for the authors to stake out a clear position as to the similarities and differences with reference 27: what have we learned that is new? The authors could cite reference 27 in the introduction of their manuscript, given the similarity in approach. That said, the findings reported here will generate further discussion.

      We did cite this reference (27) in the section “Flow RPM measures ribosome elongation rate in live cells” giving credit where credit is due. We independently devised the method in 2014, and uniquely, to our knowledge, have applied it in vivo. We now further discuss the importance of our CHX modification to limit dissociation and increase the accuracy of RTA (second and third paragraphs of “Protein synthesis in mouse lymphocytes and innate immune cells in vivo”).

      The manuscript would increase in impact if the authors were to clearly define why a particular measurement is important and then show the actual experiment/result. As an example, it would be helpful to explain to the non-expert why the distinction between monosomes, polysomes, and stalled versions of the same is important, and then explain the rationale of the actual experiment: how can these distinctions be made with confidence, and what are confounding variables?

      We believe this is addressed in the section “Resting human lymphocytes have a dominant monosome population”.

      The initial use of human cells, later abandoned in favor of the OT-1 in vitro and in vivo models, requires contextualization. If the goal is to address the relationship between rates of translation and cell division of antigen-activated T cells in vivo, then a lot of the work on the human model and the in vitro experiments becomes more of a distraction, unless properly contextualized. Is there any reason to assume that antigen-specific activation in vivo will impact translation differently than the use of the PMA/ionomycin/IL2 cocktail? The way the work is presented leaves me with the impression that everything that was done is included, regardless of whether it goes to the core of the question(s) of interest.

      Donor PBMCs are clearly the more relevant model for understanding human T cell biology, which is why started our studies with this model. Had the manuscript strictly described mouse studies it is likely that we would be criticized for not studying human cells: Catch 22! However, as we state in the manuscript, the human cell model has a variety of technical downsides, including donor heterogeneity. PMA/ionomycin activation is also physiologically questionable, and while we could deliver a defined TCR to redirect their specificity, this is typically done after cells have been activated, since lentiviral delivery is poor in resting lymphocytes. A main point we try to make from this work is that cells derived from human blood donors show signs of ribosomal stalling by the time they are isolated and put into culture. This may limit the usefulness of studying them preactivation, although based on our mouse data, some level of stalled ribosomes may be a feature as well – to prime T cells to be ready for their massive expansion. The move to the OT-I system gave us complete control over the system, including in vivo delivery of translation inhibitors.

      It would be helpful if the authors made explicit some of the assumptions that underlie their quantitative comparisons. Likewise, the authors should discuss the limitations of their methods and provide alternative interpretations where possible, even if they consider them less/not plausible, with justification. As they themselves note, improvements in the RPM protocols raised the increase in translating ribosomes upon activation from 10-fold to 15-fold. Who's to say that is the best achievable result? What about the reliability/optimization of the other measurements?

      We expanded discussion of potential pitfalls of the RPM techniques and others in the Discussion section. Regarding RPM per se, we use it as a readout of ribosome time decay, so even if further optimizations can be made, the decay rates we have made should still be accurate. In addition, for our cell accounting measurements in Figure 6, we do not use RPM data and rather calculate based on the assumption that every ribosome is used for protein synthesis at a “maximal” rate of mRNA transit.

      The composition of the set of proteins produced upon activation will differ from cell to cell (CD4, CD8, B, resting vs. dividing). Even if analyses are performed on fixed cells, the ability of the monoclonal anti-puromycin antibody to penetrate the matrix of the various fixed cell types may not be equal for all of them, depending on protein composition, susceptibility to fixation etc. Is it possible for puromycin to occupy the ribosome's A site and terminate translation without forming a covalent bond with the nascent chain? This could affect the staining with anti-puromycin antibodies and also underestimate the number of nascent chains.

      Yes, the method (like every other one) is imperfect. Harringtonine run-off experiments show that RPM staining only detects nascent chains. Note that reference 47 reports that 75% of translation in activated T cells is devoted to synthesizing ~250 housekeeping proteins, which are likely to be highly similar between lymphocyte subsets.

      I believe that the concept of FACS-based quantitation also requires an explanation for the nonexpert. For the FACS plots shown, the differences between the highest and lowest RPM scores for cells that divided and that have a similar CFSE score is at least 10-fold. Does that mean that divided cells can differ by that margin in terms of the number of nascent chains present? If I make the assumption that cells stimulated with PMA/ionomycin/IL2 respond more or less synchronously, why would there be a 10-fold difference in absolute fluorescence intensity (anti=puromycin) for randomly chosen cells with similar CFSE values? While the use of MFI values is standard practice in cytofluorimetry, the authors should devote some comments to such variation at the population level.

      We believe that the referee is referring to Sup Fig. 1B. In this experiment the T cells are polyclonal and represent the full range of naïve to potentially exhausted differentiation states. Looking at our initial in vivo RPM study (reference 22) and comparing Figure 2 (OTI’s) to Figure 3 (endogenous CD4s or CD8s), reveals more spread in the RPM values polyclonal vs. monoclonal T cells - now clarified in the third paragraph of “Protein synthesis in mouse lymphocytes and innate immune cells in vivo”). Flow cytometry is by far the most accurate method for measuring fluorescence in individual cells. It is likely to be an accurate measure of the variation of nascent chains in cells in the same division cohort but likely represents the diversity of T cell activation profiles in blood of healthy donors.

      It is assumed that for cells to complete division, they must have produced a full and complete copy of their proteome and only then divide. What if cells can proceed to divide even when expressing a subset of the proteome of departure (=the threshold set required for initiation of division), only to complete synthesis of the 'missing ' portion once cell division is complete? Would this obviate the requirement for an unusual mechanism of protein acquisition (trogocytosis; other)?

      There must be a steady state level of translation and proteome replenishment, though. If a cell can divide when it affords daughter cells with 90% of its G0 proteome (as an example), that daughter cell would either 1) be 10% smaller, or 2) require extra translation to make up for the missing proteome during its own division cycle. Though T cells do typically shrink slightly after an initial activation, cell size stabilizes over time. Requiring each daughter cell to make more and more missing proteome could be plausible, considering that initial bursts of division do take longer over time, but still, even in vitro activated T cells divide rapidly for weeks without large decreases in their division rates.

      Translation is estimated to proceed at a rate of ~6 amino acids per second, but surely there is variability in this number attributable to inaccuracies of the methods used, in addition to biological variability. Were these so-called standard values determined for a range of different tissues? It stands to reason that there might be variation depending on the availability of initiation/elongation factors, NTPs, aminoacyl tRNAs etc. What is the margin of error in calculating chain elongation rates based on the results shown here?

      We refer to all relevant studies we know of, including new in vivo estimates of elongation rates (reference 40).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      A "limitations of study" section would be a helpful way to detail potential contributing mechanisms that were not explored in the current study.

      We have expanded the methodological limitations in the Discussion section.

      Major:

      1) Broaden the scope of biological models that could explain the paradox.

      In the Discussion, we suggest that T cells acquire some fraction of their proteome through external sources and highlight some examples of this occurring.

      Minor:

      1) Include Mr markers for Fig. 2C.

      Done.

      2) Though commonly used interchangeably, historically the term protein synthesis was the consequence of mRNA translation. In other words, proteins are not translated.

      Good point! We have changed the text accordingly.

      3) Include more meaningful X-axis legend in polysome gradient panels i.e., Fig. S2, e.g., fraction number.

      In most experiments, fractions were not collected. Rather, the x-axis refers to time that the sample took to be queried by the detector.

      4) Figure 3A does not report polysome profiles as described in the text, pg. 5, though this is reported in Fig S2D.

      The figure callouts were correct but confusing. We now separately refer to out each result to clarify.

      5) In Fig 5A, SDS-PAGE/anti-Puro blots would be more convincing and contain more information. The dot-blot is difficult to interpret.

      Disagree. To quantitate total anti-puromycin signal a dot blot is far better than immunoblotting, which is compromised by unequal transfer of different protein species.

      6) It's not clear why a degree of monosome translation is necessarily surprising (pg. 7).

      It’s surprising since for many decades it was believed that translation by monosomes is a tiny fraction of translation. But separately, with this particular mode of activation, activated T cells displayed a preponderance of monosomes during their burst of division. When the activation method was improved, polysomes dominated. But monosome translation clearly supported T cell division during activation without cognate peptide, which was interesting.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1) One concern is the dose of puromycin used. My understanding is that puromycin acts as a chain termination inhibitor - but is being used here predominantly as a label for nascent polypeptide chains. My concern, therefore, is the dose being used - here at 50ug/ml - which seems high and I would be concerned that at this dose it would act as a translational inhibitor rather than just labelling nascent chains, and is therefore resulting in a lower signal/background ration than expected. In human cell lines 0.1ug/ml is optimal and doses published (in cell lines) range between 1 and 10ug/ml so it will be interesting to understand why this high dose was used.

      Do they have a dose-response curve - is this high dose necessary because these are primary Tcells. Can the authors show that 50 µg/mL of puromycin is optimal for studying protein translation in primary human T cells? A titration curve will help answer this question and could be included in Suppl Figure 1. This experiment is critical as the authors use a higher dose than previous studies (commonly between 1 and 10 µg/mL).

      The reviewer is referencing puromycin concentrations typically used in the selection of cells – for the RPM assay, puromycin is used at saturating doses to label the maximal number of nascent chains stalled by CHX or EME pretreatment.

      2) None of the figures show statistical significance.

      Statistics on relevant comparisons are now indicated on figures and in legends.

      3) The authors mention: "We performed RPM on cells labelled with CFSE to track cell division by dye dilution (Supplemental Figure 1B). On day 2, activated cells exhibited multiple populations, with nearly all divided cells showing a high RPM signal.". However, on day 2 it is hard to see any dividing cells in the dot plot included in the supplemental figure. Dividing cells only appear on day 5? Their statements make the subsequent paragraphs also difficult to follow.

      We modified the text to clarify this data – there is likely activation-induced cell death occurring which is why there are relatively few CFSE-low cells at this timepoint, and they do exhibit a fairly wide range of RPM staining. The main point is that by day 5, nearly all divided cells exhibit high RPM.

      4) "Many divided cells exhibited near baseline RPM signals, however, consistent with their return to the resting state. Interestingly, although non-activated cells did not divide, ~50% demonstrated increased RPM staining.". Again, it is hard to see the ~50% of cells with increased RPM the authors refer to in the provided supplemental figure.

      This is from quantification of the flow data and is described more fully later when we discuss ribosome stalling.

      5) The authors say "Thus, we cannot attribute the persistence of flow RPM staining in translation initiation inhibitor-treated cells to incomplete inhibition of protein synthesis.' - but it's unclear what this refers to as in the previous paragraph they also say: 'Initiation inhibitors, however, clearly discriminated between day 1 resting and activated cells. RPM signal was diminished by up to 8090% on day 5 post-activation.' - this is all somewhat confusing. It would be helpful to have this clarified and in the text to make more liberal use of referring to specific figures.

      Figure 1B shows that RPM is maintained at fairly high levels during treatment with EME or CHX (in contrast to the initiation inhibitors HAR/PA). To rule out that the drugs were simply not active, tritiated leucine labeling was conducted to confirm that incorporation of the radiolabeled amino acid dropped to near-baseline (Figure 1C). Therefore, we can conclude that the drugs are indeed working as intended, but EME/CHX does not decrease RPM signal to the same extent that they prevent leucine incorporation.

      6) Page 5 Fig 3A - I don't understand the difference between freshly isolated OT-1 cells - which don't stall and day 1 OT-1 cells which do. Why are freshly isolated cells not behaving like the naïve cells- isn't this what they would predict? Also - I accept that there is a move from monosome to polysome population between day 1 and 2 - the effect isn't huge - it would be helpful/interesting to know what has happened by day 5 - is the effect much more significant?

      Freshly isolated cells are harvested from animals and immediately queried, whereas day 1 cells are cultured for 24h in the absence of any activation. Presumably, the ex vivo culture without any activation causes the mouse T cell ribosomes to stall, just as we observed in cells obtained from human donors that took hours to collect and bring to the bench. The appearance of polysomes is really related to how the activation of the cells is done… refer to Figure 5B to see how significant the polysome buildup can be!

      7) Fig S3C - I don't understand how they reach the conclusion from this figure that: '~15-fold increase in translating ribosomes in activated OT-I T cells in vivo (Supplemental Figure 3C) as compared to the 10-fold increase we previously reported using the original protocol. It would very much help the reader if these calculations could be better explained.

      These are simply quantifications of the RPM staining done in Supplemental Figure 3C compared to experiments done in the absence of the CHX-modified method.

      8) Page 7 - They conclude that the Tan paper has superior lymphocyte activation - but presumably this depends on the signal as to whether there is more activation and how this affects the shift from monosome to polysome -ie maybe a stronger activation signal affects the distribution more - perhaps their method is the more physiological? Is their conclusion fair - that 'These findings indicate that monosomes make a major contribution to translation in resting T cells but are likely to make a minor contribution in fully activated cells.'

      Yes, we believe that their published method would be more physiological with the use of the natural OT-I peptide. We conclude that although monosome translation is present (as others have published), there are relatively few monosomes in fully activated T cells. Therefore, the monosome contribution to overall translation in activated T cells appears to be minor.

      9) Contrary to observations in vitro, ribosomes are not stalled in naïve mouse T cells in vivo, as we show via RTA analysis of non-activated T cells. - yes - this seems somewhat surprising - what is the explanation?

      We presume this is due to the stress/non-native environment that ex vivo cultured cells are subjected to.

      10) Whilst I understand the point that the authors are trying to make in Figure 1D about resting T cells having high background RPM staining due to stalled ribosomes, it is intriguing that there is almost no difference (no statistical significance provided) after 2 or 5 days of activation. Isn't this finding contrary to the one provided in Figure 1A and Suppl Figure 1B?

      Figure 1A is showing the difference between no activation and activation conditions. Figure 1D is predominantly meant to show that the increase in RPM from activated cells at day 1 and day 5 are not as different as one might predict. The reason, as we describe in further experiments, is likely that cells exhibiting ribosomal stalling can incorporate puromycin, damping the “fold change” we calculate (unlike what we observe in metabolic labeling experiments in the same figure panel). Statistics have now been displayed on the graphs in Figure 1D for further clarification.

      11) "Including EME with HAR prevented decay of the RPM signal, as predicted, since EME blocks elongation while enabling (even enhancing) puromycylation21,26." I find this very confusing. I understand that emetine blocks protein elongation whilst enabling puromycilation, but why does it block the effect of the protein initiation inhibitor Harringtonin? Do they compete with each other?

      When ribosomes are frozen with emetine, they cannot transit mRNA and “fall off”. Therefore, the inclusion of EME in these experiments is a control to ensure that we are looking at true transit and runoff of ribosomes with harringtonine treatment (explanation in the second paragraph of “Flow RPM measures ribosome elongation rates in live cells” section)

      12) Can the authors explain why the RPM signal of activated OT-I cells (PMA/Iono) increases 20fold compared to resting cells, but there is only a ~2-fold increase in signal in human cells? The authors previously mentioned: "We noted that the RPM signal in activated cells was only 2- to 5fold higher than in non-activated cells. This increase is modest compared to the ~15-fold activation-induced increase in protein synthesis in original studies 10,11. To examine this discrepancy, we incubated cells for 15 min with harringtonin (HAR) or pactamycin (PA) to block translation initiation or emetine (EME) or cycloheximide (CHX) to block elongation." Would the authors have followed the same path if they had started the paper with OT-I cells?

      Human cells are not as well activated as OT-I in our study. The last question is beyond the scope of our reasoning as empirical evidence-based scientists, but we have applied for funding from the HG Wells Foundation for a time machine to answer this question.

      13) Authors should include representative raw data of the flow cytometries used to perform the "Ribosome Transit Assay (RTA) in Figures 2 and 3 as supplemental data.

      Done; now included in Supplemental Figures 1 and 3.

      14) It would be interesting to compare RPM in T cells activated with a more physiological stimulus, such as beads anti-CD3 anti-CD28 vs PMA/Iono. Particularly after showing that peptide-specific stimulation (with SIINFEKL) is more effective than PMA/Iono in activating OT-I cells and inducing polysome formation (Figures 5B and Suppl Figure 4A).

      We tried plate bound anti- CD3 and anti-CD28 early in these studies, and they didn’t induce as much early activation.

      15) Can the authors include the gating strategy to call "activated OT-I cells" to the cells shown in Suppl Figure 3c?

      A new Supplemental Figure 3D has been added showing the exact gating strategy for the OT-I cell RTA assays described in Supplemental Figure 3C and elsewhere.

      16) In Figure 6B, the authors mention an increase in the volume of the cells based on the assumption of spherical morphology but then show an increase in diameter. It would be more consistent to show both parameters in the same graph.

      The graph was changed to volume calculations instead of diameter for clarity. But they are linked as volume scales by radius cubed.

      17) The paper's main conclusion (i.e., that the ratio of proteins to ribosomes in T cells activated in-vivo does not support their doubling time) is exciting. They conclude this after measuring cell volume, protein abundance, and ribosomes per cell. As no changes in cell volume and protein abundance between T cells activated in vitro vs in vivo were observed (Figures 6B and 6C), the difference is exclusively attributable to a reduced number of ribosomes per cell in T cells activated in vivo (Figure 6F). Critically, the measurement of ribosomes per cell in T cells activated in vivo (Figure 6F, "ex vivo day 2") includes only two data points. It is hard to understand how the authors calculated this figure's means and standard deviations as it is not described in the figure legend. From the dispersion observed for "day 1" and "day 2" in vitroactivated T cells, it seems that the variability of the assay to measure ribosome content could explain part of the phenotype. Additionally, there are several missing data points in Figure 6H. As this figure is just a transformation of Figures 6D and 6G, it isn't easy to understand why. Can I suggest that they include more data points for Figures 6F, G, and H in the ex vivo day 2' category as the two data points shown with little variability is out of keeping with the rest of the data, and may be skewing their data?

      Figure 6F does not have the same number of data points as other panels because it required measurement of both protein content and ribosome number. Since the ribosome quantification method described here was developed later than some of our earlier protein measurements, not all experiments had both sets of data to properly calculate the proteins per ribosome. All data that had both values are included, though.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor points:

      If an increase in cell diameter is recorded upon activation, why not also provide the value for the increase in volume?

      Done

      Regarding the writing, the erratic punctuation/hyphenation - or lack thereof - doesn't improve readability. One example: "....consistent with the idea that the flow RPM signal in day 1 resting lymphocytes...." Perhaps better: "... consistent with the idea that the RPM signal, obtained by flow cytometry for lymphocytes analyzed on day 1 and maintained in the absence of any activating agent,..." I understand that this can make for longer sentences, but I object to the use of 'flow' as shorthand for 'flow cytometry', and to the use of day 1 as an adverb or adjective. That works as lab jargon, it's less effective in a written text. The abbreviation 'DRiPs' is not defined. Words like 'notably', and 'surprisingly' can be eliminated.

      This work would benefit from the inclusion of a section describing 'Limitations of the study'.

      This is now expanded in the Discussion, as described above.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The association of vitamin D supplementation in reducing Asthma risk is well studied, although the mechanistic basis for this remains unanswered. In the presented study, Kilic and co-authors aim to dissect the pathway of Vitamin D-mediated amelioration of allergic airway inflammation. They use initial leads from bioinformatic approaches, which they then associate with results from a clinical trial (VDAART) and then validate them using experimental approaches in murine models. The authors identify a role of VDR in inducing the expression of the key regulator Ikzf3, which possibly suppresses the IL-2/STAT5 axis, consequently blunting the Th2 response and mitigating allergic airway inflammation.

      The major strength of the paper lies in its interdisciplinary approach, right from hypothesis generation, and linkage with clinical data, as well as in the use of extensive ex vivo experiments and in vivo approaches using knock-out mice. The study presents some interesting findings including an inducible baseline absence/minimal expression of VDR in lymphocytes, which could have physiological implications and needs to be explored in future studies. However, the study presents a potential for further dissection of relevant pathophysiological parameters using additional techniques, to explain certain seemingly associative results, and allow for a more effective translation.

      Several results in the study suggest multiple factors and pathways influencing the phenotype seen, which remain unexplored. The inferences of this study also need to be read in the context of the different sub-phenotypes and endotypes of Asthma, where the Th2 response may not be predominant. While this does not undermine the importance of this elegant study, it is essential to emphasize a holistic picture while interpreting the results.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study seeks to advance our knowledge of how vitamin D may be protective in allergic airway disease in both adult and neonatal mouse models. The rationale and starting point are important human clinical, genetic/bioinformatic data, with a proposed role for vitamin D regulation of 2 human chromosomal loci (Chr17q12-21.1 and Chr17q21.2) linked to the risk of immune-mediated/inflammatory disease. The authors have made significant contributions to this work specifically in airway disease/asthma. They link these data to propose a role for vitamin D in regulating IL-2 in Th2 cells implicating genes associated with these loci in this process.

      Strengths:

      Here the authors draw together evidence form. multiple lines of investigation to propose that amongst murine CD4+ T cell populations, Th2 cells express high levels of VDR, and that vitamin D regulates many of the genes on the chromosomal loci identified to be of interest, in these cells. The bottom line is the proposal that vitamin D, via Ikfz3/Aiolos, suppresses IL-2 signalling and reduces IL-2 signalling in Th2 cells. This is a novel concept and whilst the availability of IL-2 and the control of IL-2 signalling is generally thought to play a role in the capacity of vitamin D to modulate both effector and especially regulatory T cell populations, this study provides new data.

      Weaknesses:

      Overall, this is a highly complicated paper with numerous strands of investigation, methodologies etc. It is not "easy" reading to follow the logic between each series of experiments and also frequently fine detail of many of the experimental systems used (too numerous to list), which will likely frustrate immunologists interested in this. There is already extensive scientific literature on many aspects of the work presented, much of which is not acknowledged and largely ignored. For example, reports on the effects of vitamin D on Th2 cells are highly contradictory, especially in vitro, even though most studies agree that in vivo effects are largely protective. Similarly other reports on adult and neonatal models of vitamin D and modulation of allergic airway disease are not referenced. In summary, the data presentation is unwieldy, with numerous supplementary additions, that makes the data difficult to evaluate and the central message lost. Whilst there are novel data of interest to the vitamin D and wider community, this manuscript would benefit from editing to make it much more readily accessible to the reader.

      Wider impact: Strategies to target the IL-2 pathway have long been considered and there is a wealth of knowledge here in autoimmune disease, transplantation, GvHD etc - with some great messages pertinent to the current study. This includes the use of IL-2, including low dose IL-2 to boost Treg but not effector T cell populations, to engineered molecules to target IL-2/IL-2R.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In the revised manuscript, the authors have addressed a significant number of concerns raised. The restructuring and incorporation of a number of discussion points have improved the readability. Moreover, the authors have also incorporated some more figures to address certain questions raised.

      However, the authors could reconsider a few more points which would improve the readability of the manuscript.

      For e.g.

      1) While it is appreciated that the authors have provided the schematic of the study design for the VDAART trial, the visualization for the RNA-seq analysis may be helpful.

      We have created a visualization of the workflow for the RNA seq analysis as part of Figure 1 – figure supplement 1C.

      2) Quantification of images would not require any additional experiments, yet can reinforce the results with objectivity.

      We appreciate this comment. We chose to display histology images to allow a glimpse at the inflammatory condition in the lung tissue. For histological quantification, lung tissue should have been harvested and analyzed in a systematic and randomized way as well as in sufficient animal numbers to allow statistical analyses. This has not been done for these mouse models since the focus was in analyzing cytokine production by lung tissue CD4+ T cells as the driver of inflammation.

      3) The authors have not addressed the discrepancy of the sample sizes in the experiments. Some dot plots still don't match the legends, and there is a wide variation in the numbers chosen for different experiments and different groups in the same experiments.

      We appreciate the thorough screening of our manuscript and apologize for this oversight. We corrected the errors in the respective figure legends.

      The in vivo experiments comprise studies performed in (A) VDR-KO mice and (B) WT mice fed with vit-D supplemented chow.

      Sample size calculations for the mouse models of allergic airway inflammation based on BAL cell numbers revealed a minimum of n=8 per group for correct statistical analysis. In both experimental settings, the respective mouse lines were bred in the mouse facilities of MGH (A) and BWH (B). Depending on the litter sizes, additional mice were added in the HDM group, since bigger variability was expected in this group than the saline group.

      Intracellular CD4+ cytokine staining was performed for all mice, however some stainings failed and could not be reliably interpreted and were therefore excluded.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors have largely replied to the reviewer comments, amended some noted typos & figure legend issues, as well as discussed the reviewers concerns in text and in their rebuttal.

      The data presented are novel and of significant interest, conceptually moving this field forward, but in this reviewer's opinion reflect one pathway, of likely several, linked to protective effects of vitamin D on airway disease. This reviewer recommends a further slight editing of the text to present this broader scenario.

      i) Treg cells are highly dependent on IL-2 (both Foxp3+ and IL-10+ cells, not always the same population), constitutively express the IL-2R, and there is already a significant literature regarding vitamin D and IL-10/Treg in control of immune-mediated conditions. A simple statement acknowledging this and that there are likely more than one mechanisms by which vitamin D may regulate allergic airway disease (directly or indirectly) would be appreciated - this is no way detracts from the novelty and contribution of the current findings.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have added the following statement to the manuscript (lines 623-625):

      “Additional pathways, including the induction of IL-10 production by CD4+ T cells as well as a direct induction of Foxp3+ T reg cells could have further contributed to the observed protective effect of vitamin D supplementation (PMID: 21047796; 22529297).”

      ii) More comprehensive referencing of earlier papers proposing effects of vitamin D in controlling Treg/IL-10 and dampening Th2 responses in mouse (and human) models

      (e.g. Taher, Y. A., van Esch, B. C. A. M., Hofman, G. A., Henricks, P. A. J. & van Oosterhout, A. J. M. 1alpha,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 potentiates the beneficial effects of allergen immunotherapy in a mouse model of allergic asthma: role for IL-10 and TGF-beta. J. Immunol. 180, 5211-21 (2008). Vassiliou JE et al, 2014. Vitamin D deficiency induces Th2 skewing and eosinophilia in neonatal allergic airways disease. Allergy DOI10.1111/all.12465).

      We have included the reference in the discussion section of our manuscript in lines 617-619:

      “Similar findings regarding the effects of vitamin D in controlling Treg/IL-10 and dampening Th2 responses have been reported, e.g., in (PMID: 18390702) and in offspring of mice that had been subjected to vitamin D deficiency in the third trimester of their pregnancy (PMID: 24943330).”

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors of the manuscript "High-resolution kinetics of herbivore-induced plant volatile transfer reveal tightly clocked responses in neighboring plants" assessed the effects of herbivory induced maize volatiles on receiver plants over a period of time in order to assess the dynamics of the responses of receiver plants. Different volatile compound classes were measured over a period of time using PTR-ToF-MS and GC-MS, under both natural light:dark conditions, and continuous light. They also measured gene expression of related genes as well as defense related phytohormones. The effects of a secondary exposure to GLVs on primed receiver plants was also measured.

      The paper addresses some interesting points, however some questions arise regarding some of the methods employed. Firstly, I am wondering why VOCs (as measured by GC-MS) were not quantified. While I understand that quantification is time consuming and requires more work, it allows for comparisons to be made between lines of the same species, as well as across other literature on the subject. Simply relying on the area under the curve and presenting results using arbitrary units is not enough for analyses like these. AU values do not allow for conclusions regarding total quantities, and while I understand that this is not the main focus of this paper, it raises a lot of uncertainty for readers (for example, the references cited show that TMTT has been found to accumulate at similar levels of caryophyllene, however the AU values reported are an order of magnitude higher for TMTT. Again, without actual quantification this is meaningless, but for readers it is confusing).

      With regards to the correlation analyses shown in figure 6, the results presented in many of the correlation plots are not actually informative. While there is a trend, I do not think that this is an appropriate way to show the data, as there are clearly other relationships at play. The comparison between plants under continuous light and normal light:dark conditions is interesting.

      This paper addresses a very interesting idea and I look forward to seeing further work that builds on these ideas.

      As mentioned in our previous response, we have added the quantification of GLVs in order to increase the comparability of our work to other studies.

      Regarding the comment about TMTT (only measured as internal pools), the purpose of the inclusion of these internal pool data, was simply to determine whether terpenes were accumulating in leaf tissue during the night when emissions are hindered (likely due to closed stomata). The data clearly show that internal terpene pools do not accumulate above daytime levels during darkness – this is further supported by gene expression data that show downregulation of terpene synthase genes during darkness. While quantification would certainly increase the ability to compare internal pools, it would not change the interpretation of our results. Also note that absolute quantification is challenging for compounds such as TMTT, which are not readily available.

      Regarding the comment on Figure 6, while we agree there may be interesting patterns beyond linear relationships, as stated in our previous response, the purpose of our analysis was to determine if the higher terpene burst in receiver plants on the second day may be explained by sender plants emitting more GLVs on the second day. Figure 6 shows that this is not the case. Further analyses would not provide additional significant insights into the hypothesis that we tested here.

      We thank the reviewer for their overall positive outlook on our paper and for the constructive comments.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The exact dynamics of responses to volatiles from herbivore-attacked neighbouring plants have been little studied so far. Also, we still lack evidence whether herbivore-induced plant volatiles (HIPVs) induce or prime plant defences of neighbours. The authors investigated the volatile emission patterns of receiver plants that respond to the volatile emission of neighbouring sender plants which are fed upon by herbivorous caterpillars. They applied a very elegant approach (more rigorous than the current state-of-the-art) to monitor temporal response patterns of neighbouring plants to HIPVs by measuring volatile emissions of senders and receivers, senders only and receivers only. Different terpenoids were produced within 2 h of such exposure in receiver plants, but not during the dark phase. Once the light turned on again, large amounts of terpenoids were released from the receiver plants. This may indicate a delayed terpene burst, but terpenoids may also be induced by the sudden change in light. As one contrasting control, the authors also studied the time-delay in volatile emission when plants were just kept under continuous light. Here they also found a delayed terpenoid production, but this seemed to be lower compared to the plants exposed to the day-night-cycle. Another helpful control was now performed for the revision in which the herbivory treatment was started in the evening hours and lights were left on. This experiment revealed that the burst of terpenoid emission indeed shifted somewhat. Circadiane and diurnal processes must thus interact.

      Interestingly, internal terpene pools of one of the leaves tested here remained more comparable between night and day, indicating that their pools stay higher in plants exposed to HIPVs. In contrast, terpene synthases were only induced during the light-phase, not in the dark-phase. Moreover, jasmonates were only significantly induced 22 h after onset of the volatile exposure and thus parallel with the burst of terpene release.

      An additional experiment exposing plants to the green leaf volatile (glv) (Z)-3-hexenyl acetate revealed that plants can be primed by this glv, leading to a stronger terpene burst. The results are discussed with nice logic and considering potential ecological consequences. All data are now well discussed.

      Overall, this study provides intriguing insights in the potential interplay between priming and induction, which may co-occur, enhancing (indirect and direct) plant defence. Follow-up studies are suggested that may provide additional evidence.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive outlook on our paper and for their constructive comments.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors did a great job with the revision. The additional experiments strengthened their conclusions. Thanks also for performing the suggested test for potential differences in induction capacity at different times of day, the new data are very interesting.

      Thank you very much.

      Line 49-52: The newly added sentence could be clarified in wording.

      We will clarify the sentence.

      Line 254-255: The newly added sentence needs to be corrected. This is no full sentence and it is not clear what the authors wanted to say here.

      We will clarify this sentence.

      Figure 6: In those instances, in which the correlation is not significant, the line should not be shown.

      We will remove the lines when correlations are not significant.

      The names of chemical compounds and terpene synthases should be written in lower case letters (see legend Fig 6, e.g. hexenal, not Hexenal; legend fig. 2: terpene synthase, not Terpene synthase)

      In the last round of revisions, I commented on Line 23: consequences on community dynamics are not investigated here, so this is a bit misleading. ... Your response was "We have deleted the sentence about community dynamics ..." which, however, in fact was not done! Please change!

      Apologies for that, we will delete mention of community dynamics in that sentence (for real).


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This important study examines the effects of herbivory-induced maize volatiles on neighboring plants and their responses over time. Measurements of volatile compound classes and gene expression in receiver plants exposed to these volatiles led to the conclusion that the delayed emission of certain terpenes in receiver plants after the onset of light may be a result of stress memory, highlighting the role of priming and induction in plant defenses triggered by herbivore-induced plant volatiles (HIPVs). Most experimental data are compelling but additional experiments and accurate quantifications of the compounds would be required to confirm some of the main claims.

      Response: We thank the editors for their overall positive feedback on our MS. We have added additional experiments to quantify green leaf volatile emissions in both sender plants and synthetic dispensers (Reviewer 1) and address the importance of the precise time of day plants are induced (Reviewer 2). These additions strengthen the main conclusions of our study.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors of the manuscript "High-resolution kinetics of herbivore-induced plant volatile transfer reveal tightly clocked responses in neighboring plants" assessed the effects of herbivory-induced maize volatiles on receiver plants over a period of time in order to assess the dynamics of the responses of receiver plants. Different volatile compound classes were measured over a period of time using PTR-ToF-MS and GC-MS, under both natural light:dark conditions, and continuous light. They also measured gene expression of related genes as well as defence-related phytohormones. The effects of a secondary exposure to GLVs on primed receiver plants were also measured.

      The paper addresses some interesting points, however, some questions arise regarding some of the methods employed. Firstly, I am wondering why VOCs (as measured by GC-MS) were not quantified. While I understand that quantification is time-consuming and requires more work, it allows for comparisons to be made between lines of the same species, as well as across other literature on the subject. As experiments with VOC dispensers were also used in this experiment, I find it even more baffling that the authors didn't confirm the concentration of the emission from the plants they used to make sure they matched. The references cited justifying the concentration used (saying it was within the range of GLVs emitted by their plants) to prepare the dispenser were for either a different variety of maize (delprim versus B73) or arabidopsis. Simply relying on the area under the curve and presenting results using arbitrary units is not enough for analyses like these.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for their comment. We have now quantified both the emission of dispensers and maize seedlings infested with 3 4th-instar Spodoptera exigua larvae. Averaged across 1 h, HAC dispensers emitted roughly 2x higher molar concentrations than total GLV molar concentrations emitted by plants infested by 3 caterpillars. Of note, GLV emissions induced by caterpillars vary over time, and can be more than 2-fold higher than the average during times of strong active feeding (Supplemental Fig 4). Thus, the release rate of the dispensers is well within the plant’s physiological range.

      Note that the references cited were included to support the claim of the biological activity of all three GLVs rather than to justify concentration of our dispensers. We have rephrased this sentence to reflect this (see L330-333).

      With regards to the correlation analyses shown in Figure 6, the results presented in many of the correlation plots are not actually informative. By blindly reporting the correlation coefficient important trends are being ignored, as there are clearly either bimodal relationships (e.g. upper left panel, HAC/TMTT, HAC/MNT) or even stranger relationships (e.g. upper left panel, IND/SQT, IND/MNT) that are not being well explained by a correlation plot. It is not appropriate to discuss the correlation factors presented here and to draw such strong conclusions on emission kinetics. The comparison between plants under continuous light and normal light:dark conditions is interesting, but I think there are better ways to examine these relationships, for example, multivariate analysis might reveal some patterns.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for their comment. With our analysis we aimed at testing specifically whether the high release of known bioactive volatiles (GLVs and indole) by sender plants on the second day can explain the higher terpene emissions in the receiver plants. We explicitly mention this in the text (L176-L186). Indeed, under normal light conditions (light and dark phase), there are clear positive correlations between the GLV release of sender plants and the terpene release of receiver plants over time (see also Fig 1 and Fig 5). However, under continuous light conditions, GLV emissions in sender plants no longer correlate with terpene emissions in receiver plants (also apparent by comparison of Fig 4 and Fig 5). This shows that temporal variation in GLV emissions are insufficient to explain the delayed terpene burst. This is the relevant conclusion we draw from this analysis. As presented, we find the data to provide strong evidence that the delayed burst in receiver plant terpene emissions cannot be solely explained by higher availability of active signals on the second day. The priming experiment in Figure 7 then provides a direct additional test for this concept. While more complex analyses could indeed reveal additional patterns, these would not be particularly informative for the question at hand.

      In Figure 2, the elevated concentrations of beta-caryophyllene found in the control plants at 8h and 16.75h measurement timepoints are curious. Is this something that is commonly seen in B73?

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this comment. A small number of untreated plants indeed accumulated β -caryophyllene at night, which is likely the result of biological variability between samples. Our plants were soil-grown, and it is for instance possible that variation in soil biota may account for this variability. Alternatively, some plants may have been slightly stressed during handling. Note that this variability does not affect any of the conclusions in our manuscript.

      While there can be discrepancies between emissions and compounds actually present within leaf tissue, it is a little bit odd that such high levels of b-caryophyllene were found at these timepoints, however, this is not reflected in the PTR-ToF-MS measurements of sesquiterpenes. It would be beneficial to include an overview of the mechanism of production and storage of sesquiterpenes in maize leaves, which would clarify why high amounts were found only in the GC-MS analysis and not the PTR-ToF-MS analysis, which is a more sensitive analytical tool. It is possible that the amounts of b-caryophyllene present in the leaf are actually extremely low, however as the values are not given as a concentration but rather arbitrary units, it is not possible to tell. I would include a line explaining what is seen with b-caryophyllene.

      Response: Thank you for this comment. It is important to note that accumulation in maize leaves can differ substantially from emission, especially at night when stomata are closed. This has been observed before in maize leaves (Seidl-Adams et al., 2015). As the reviewer suspects, earlier work indeed found that β-caryophyllene is a minor sesquiterpene compared to β-farnesene and α-bergamotene in B73 ( Block et al., 2018). The PTR-ToF-MS does not discriminate between terpenes with the same m/z and thus measures total sesquiterpene emissions. Given that sesquiterpene emissions are strongly regulated by stomatal aperture and that overall sesquiterpene accumulation in control plants is low, it is not surprising that we measure only minor amounts of sesquiterpene emissions in general, and in control plants in particular. We now text to the manuscript to explain these aspects (L116-L122). Block, A.K., Hunter, C.T., Rering, C. et al. Contrasting insect attraction and herbivore-induced plant volatile production in maize. Planta 248, 105–116 (2018).

      Seidl-Adams I, Richter A, Boomer KB, Yoshinaga N, Degenhardt J, Tumlinson JH. Emission of herbivore elicitor-induced sesquiterpenes is regulated by stomatal aperture in maize (Zea mays) seedlings. Plant Cell Environ. 38, 23-34 (2015).

      Additionally, it seems like the amounts of TMTT within the leaf are extraordinarily high (judging only by the au values given for scale), far higher than one would expect from maize.

      Response: We are unsure about the reviewer’s interpretation here. The AU values do not allow for conclusions regarding total quantities. An earlier study found that TMTT in induced B73 plants accumulates to similar amounts as β-caryophyllene (Block et al., 2018), thus it is not surprising to detect significant TMTT pools in induced maize leaves. It is important to note that the aim of the experiment here was to test the hypothesis that plants may be hyperaccumulating volatiles when the stomata are closed at night, which could potentially explain the delayed terpene burst on the second day. We do not observe such a hyperaccumulation, thus ruling out this as the primary factor responsible for the observed phenomenon. This is further supported by the continuous light experiments, where the delayed burst in terpene emission is not hindered by the lack of a dark phase.

      Block, A.K., Hunter, C.T., Rering, C. et al. Contrasting insect attraction and herbivore-induced plant volatile production in maize. Planta 248, 105–116 (2018).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The exact dynamics of responses to volatiles from herbivore-attacked neighbouring plants have been little studied so far. Also, we still lack evidence of whether herbivore-induced plant volatiles (HIPVs) induce or prime plant defences of neighbours. The authors investigated the volatile emission patterns of receiver plants that respond to the volatile emission of neighbouring sender plants which are fed upon by herbivorous caterpillars. They applied a very elegant approach (more rigorous than the current state-of-the-art) to monitor temporal response patterns of neighbouring plants to HIPVs by measuring volatile emissions of senders and receivers, senders only and receivers only. Different terpenoids were produced within 2 h of such exposure in receiver plants, but not during the dark phase. Once the light turned on again, large amounts of terpenoids were released from the receiver plants. This may indicate a delayed terpene burst, but terpenoids may also be induced by the sudden change in light. A potential caveat exists with respect to the exact timing and the day-night cycle. The timing may be critical, i.e. at which time-point after onset of light herbivores were placed on the plants and how long the terpene emission lasted before the light was turned off. If the rhythm or a potential internal clock matters, then this information should also be highly relevant. Moreover, light on/off is a rather arbitrary treatment that is practical for experiments in the laboratory but which is not a very realistic setting. Particularly with regard to terpene emission, the sudden turning on of light instead of a smooth and continuous change to lighter conditions may trigger emission responses that are not found in nature.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for their comment. Although not explicitly mentioned it in the initial draft of the MS, we employed 15 min transition periods for light and dark phase transitions with a light intensity of 60 µmol m-2 s-1 (compared to 300 µmol m-2 s-1 at full light) to achieve a more gradual transition. We now included this information in the manuscript (L291-L292).

      As one contrasting control, the authors also studied the time-delay in volatile emission when plants were just kept under continuous light (just for the experiment or continuously?). Here they also found a delayed terpenoid production, but this seemed to be lower compared to the plants exposed to the day-night-cycle. Another helpful control would be to start the herbivory treatment in the evening hours and leave the light on. If then again plants only release volatiles after a 17 h delay, the response is indeed independent of the diurnal clock of the plant.

      Response: This is a very interesting point raised by the reviewer. We now conducted an additional experiment under continuous light where we started the herbivory treatment just before the start of the dark phase (ca. 20:00 PM). We found a similar pattern: a distinct delay in the highest burst. However, interestingly, the burst was shifted from 12-18 hr to 10-12 hr (Supplemental Fig 1). This burst aligned reasonably well with the point at which lights would normally be turned on again. In light of this, and, as the herbivore additions typically started ca. 5 hrs after the onset of light following a dark period (Figures 1-7), we wanted to rule out the possibility that the lack of a burst on the first day, was simply due to a difference in induction capacity depending on how shortly after the onset of light plants became exposed to GLVs. As such, we designed an additional experiment to examine whether exposure to GLVs immediately after the lights come on induce higher terpene emissions than plants exposed to GLVs ca. 5 hr after lights come on (Supplemental Fig 2). Interestingly, emissions across the terpenes were similar, regardless how long after the onset of lights on plants were exposed to GLVs. This suggests that the delayed burst is not due to the fact that, on the second day, plants are exposed to GLVs immediately after the lights come on whereas the first day they are only exposed 5 hr after the lights come on. Both continuous light experiments (normal timing and shifted timing) show bursts that occur slightly earlier than we observe with under normal day : night light conditions (L159-L166 and L207-L211), suggesting an interaction between circadian and diurnal processes. For instance, it is possible that plants would start producing volatiles slightly earlier than the onset of the day, however, light and stomatal opening limits the exact timing of the burst under normal light:dark transitions. The additional data provide further evidence for the delayed burst as a timed response in maize plants.

      Additionally, we have added explanation the continuous light figure legends that plants were grown under normal conditions and lights were only left on following treatment.

      Interestingly, internal terpene pools of one of the leaves tested here remained more comparable between night and day, indicating that their pools stay higher in plants exposed to HIPVs. In contrast, terpene synthases were only induced during the light-phase, not in the dark-phase. Moreover, jasmonates were only significantly induced 22 h after the onset of the volatile exposure and thus parallel with the burst of terpene release. An additional experiment exposing plants to the green leaf volatile (glv) (Z)-3-hexenyl acetate revealed that plants can be primed by this glv, leading to a stronger terpene burst. The results are discussed with nice logic and considering potential ecological consequences. Some data are not discussed, e.g. the jasmonate and gene induction pattern.

      Response: Thanks for this comment. We have added a sentence regarding the jasmonate data suggesting that, in addition to providing an additional layer of evidence for the observed delay, suggest that other JA-dependent defenses in maize may follow similar temporal patterns (L254-L257).

      Overall, this study provides intriguing insights into the potential interplay between priming and induction, which may co-occur, enhancing (indirect and direct) plant defence. Follow-up studies are suggested that may provide additional evidence.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Could the authors please explain why they chose not to calculate concentrations for VOCs? Perhaps it is that B73 is a very unique variety in that it contains very high levels of TMTT, even in control plants? This should be clarified by the authors.

      Response: We address this comment in the public review portion

      For the legend within Figure 2, I would move it to be in the upper left or right corners of the figure. It is not easy to see in its current position.

      Response: We have moved the figure legend based on the reviewers recommendation

      Figures depicting PTR-ToF-MS data: add m/z values to either the figures themselves and/or the legends.

      Response: We have added m/z values to the legends and added molecular formulas of protonated compounds to each panel.

      Overall, here are some other suggestions: I am slightly weary of the term "clocked response". I'm not sure this is the correct fit for what you are trying to convey. I think "regulated" is a better term than "clocked". I understand that it is likely a stylistic choice to use this word, however, I advise reconsidering for the sake of clarity of the results.

      Response: Thank you. We find clocked to be an appropriate term, as it highlights the temporal aspect of the burst, and have thus left the title as is.

      Have another look at the references as some are not in the correct format (i.e., species not in italics).

      Response: We have checked and corrected the references

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Line 23: consequences on community dynamics are not investigated here, so this is a bit misleading.

      Last sentence of the abstract: It would be nice to read the answer to this long-standing question here.

      Response: We have deleted he sentence about community dynamics and provided a more concrete final sentence (L38-L40)

      Lines 48-50: The example does not fit so well with the first sentence and is not entirely clear (relation to temporal dynamics; similar to what?).

      Response: We have reworded the sentence for clarity (L49-L52)

      Line 56: "volatiles" should be plural.

      Response: Changed (L58)

      Line 58: "to be produced" rather than "to produce"

      Response: This seems a stylistic choice, and have left it as is.

      End of abstract: Did you have any hypotheses? These should be stated here.

      Response: The listing of hypotheses is also a stylistic choice, which is in some cases required by journals, but not eLife. As such we have not included a discrete list of hypotheses and instead describe what we aimed to investigate and what we found.

      Line 93: "This response disappeared at night." Does this mean: "No volatiles were emitted during night"? Or was this a gradual disappearance? How many hours after the onset of light did the herbivore treatment start and how many hours after the first emission of volatiles was the light turned off?

      Response: We have added when herbivory began (L92-L93) and changed the text to ‘as soon as light was restored’ (L97-L98).

      Line 93: "as soon as the night was over" means practically rather "as soon as the light was switched on".

      Response: See above

      Line 91: "small induction" - do you mean "low amounts of xxx"?

      Response: We mean a small induction. Terpene emission is relatively low (hence small), but still induced relative controls.

      Line 91: which mono- and sesquiterpenes were monitored?

      Response: It is PTR-ToF-MS a thus we cannot identify individual sesquiterpenes and monoterpenes (as they all have the same mass), and thus group them generally.

      Figure 1: What exactly is the "control"? And what does the vertical hatched line in the beginning represent?

      Response: We have defined the control and added a sentence describing the vertical hatched line

      "Black points represent the same but with undamaged sender plants" - what is "the same" here? I find that a bit confusing!

      Response: We have rephrased

      Line 104: how do you define an "overaccumulation"?

      Response: We have added ‘above daytime levels’ to clarify that we mean over daytime levels (L106)

      Why was the oldest developing leaf chosen? Is this the largest one when plants are two weeks old? How many leaves do they have then? Is this the leaf with the highest biomass?

      Response: We chose this leaf as it is the largest and also highly responsive to HIPVs. We have added this sentence (with a reference) in the methods section (L369-L370)

      Line 107: "started increasing after 3 hours" - they may already have started before. The following description also sounds like the dynamics were investigated here. However, instead the authors measured samples at four distinct time-points and cannot say whether something "began" or "remained" etc. The wording should be changed to a more appropriate description, describing the differences at a given time-point.

      Response: We changed the wording to ‘were marginally induced after 3 hr’ see L110

      Line 113: What do you mean by "delete BELOW NIGHTTIME levels"?

      Response: The word we used was ‘deplete’ to ‘drop’ (L116)

      Line 114: "the expression of terpene synthases" add "in the receiver plants exposed to HIPVs."

      Response: Added

      Figure 2ff: The situation of receiver plants exposed to control plant volatiles is not explained in the method section and also not depicted in the Suppl. Fig. 1. Here, the sender plants seem to always have been induced (if the red star-like structure should resemble an induction - a legend may be helpful here).

      Response: We have changed to ‘connected to undamaged sender plants’. We additionally added a sentence to the methods section describing controls L300

      Line 140: This treatment is not described in the methods section. Were the plants only kept under constant conditions for the 2 experimental days? Compared to the induction shown in Fig. 1, the amount of released volatiles seems less here.

      Response: We have added explanation of this to the figure legends, explaining that plants were grown under normal conditions and lights were only left on following treatment

      Another helpful control would be to start the herbivory treatment in the evening hours and leave the light on. If then again plants only release volatiles after a 17 h delay, the response is indeed independent of the diurnal clock of the plant.

      Response: See public review comment. We have added this experiment and discuss it accordingly in the MS (L159-L166 and L207-L211)

      Line 157: Check sentence/grammar

      Response: Checked and modified

      Figure 5: I suggest using a different colour for volatiles released from the sender plants, not again the green also used in the other figures for the receiver plants. This would help the reader to quickly see which plants are in focus in each figure.

      Response: We have changed the color of the figures for clarity

      Figure 6 legend: check grammar in several sentences (use of singular vs. plural)

      Response: We have made the tense uniform

      The diurnal rhythm of jasmonates (and potentially also terpene synthases?) is not considered in the discussion.

      Response: See above, and we have added a sentence to the discussion mentioning the jasmonates (L254-L257)

      Line 230-231: check grammar. Given the complexity, the response pattern may not be so predictable.

      Response: We do not understand this comment, but have checked the grammar throughout the manuscript.

      Line 235: I like the discussion on potential ecological consequences.

      While some interpretation for each experiment is already given in the results section, not all results are discussed in the discussion section. For example, the jasmonate data are not discussed. This should be added.

      Response: See above

      Line 266: To get an idea about the plant size: How many leaves do the plants have in that stage?

      Response: Added a sentence describing the size L287-L288

      Line 321: change to "as in the greenhouse"

      Response: Changed

      Line 334: How were the terpenoids identified and, in particular, quantified?

      Response: Added (L379-L380)

      Line 354: Maybe rather change to: "Plant treatments and tissue collection for phytohormone sampling were identical as described above for terpene and gene expression analysis.

      Response: Changed

      Line 357: add "material" or "leaf tissue" after "flash frozen"

      Response: Added

      Line 359: What was the source of the isotopically labelled phytohormones?

      Response: Added (L400-L403)

      Line 360: The phytohormones are "analyzed" using UPLC. The "quantification" is then done afterward. Please correct.

      Response: Corrected (L404)

      Overall: a great approach and a wonderful idea!

      Thanks